summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
commite0c6872cf40896c7be36b11dcc744620f10adf1d (patch)
tree60335e10d2f4354b0674ec22d7b53f0f8abee672 /obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib
Initial commit
Diffstat (limited to 'obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib')
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aaai/aaai-doc.tex384
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aaai/aaai.sty135
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/Makefile96
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/README328
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aasms.doc1152
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aasms.sty416
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspp.doc1153
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspp.sty415
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspptwo.doc1165
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspptwo.sty398
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aastex.tex1670
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aj_pt.doc1172
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aj_pt.sty409
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/apjpt.doc1166
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/apjpt.sty403
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/art8.doc369
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/art8.sty150
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/eqsecnum.sty16
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/flushrt.sty4
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/graphics.aux11
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/graphics.tex169
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/kspp.tex263
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/manual.tex798
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/mathsec.sty16
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/paper1.tex279
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/paper2.tex267
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/samp2tbl.tex138
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample1.tex54
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample2.aux37
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample2.tex503
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/samptbls.tex11
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9259.eps377
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9279.eps817
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9289.eps998
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table1.tex299
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table2.tex114
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table3.tex106
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/tighten.sty15
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/agu.bst1145
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/agu2e.sty49
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/aguplus.sty818
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/aguplus.tex953
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/changes.lis43
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/readme.pwd64
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/sample.bib51
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/samplus.tex274
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/album/example.bum31
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/album/tapeman.tex243
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/bnf/bnf.README22
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/bnf/bnf.doc528
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curves.sty522
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curves.tex821
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curvesls.sty511
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/eclbip.sty112
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/eclbipsample.tex148
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/ecltree.sty142
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/ecltreesample.tex247
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/README.unix43
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsbb68
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig62
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig.2e1337
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig.sty1137
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/makefile28
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/exam.sty759
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/examdoc.dvibin0 -> 60052 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/examdoc.tex1741
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/fac/fac.sty934
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/fac/facguide.tex836
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/lgraph/lgraph.p457
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/lgraph/lgraph.skel32
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/10pt.sty7
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/9pt.sty126
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a4wide.sty36
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5.sty30
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/algorithm.sty108
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/alltt.sty32
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/amsfonts.sty414
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/amssymbols.sty292
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/askinclude.sty96
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/braille.sty49
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/briefdoc.tex283
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/captcont.sty16
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/changebar.sty155
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/chappg.sty15
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/citesort.sty56
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/doublespace.sty208
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endfloat.sty350
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnote.sty34
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnotes.sty325
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/float.sty815
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/fnpara.sty138
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/index.doc1367
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/nar.sty282
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/natsci.sty61
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/nofm.sty56
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/preprint.sty149
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/refman.sty502
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadethm.sty187
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadow.sty84
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/showlabels.sty28
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/spie.sty126
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/subfigure.sty446
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/texnames.sty13
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/threepart.sty40
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/twoup.sty20
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/varioref.sty168
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/xr.sty207
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-sample.tex135
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis.sty186
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ascii.tcpbin0 -> 2624 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.com152
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.sty207
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.swi138
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/cmcyr.sty277
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/doc.sty741
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/dutch.tex199
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/english.tex174
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/french.tex163
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/german.tex222
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/greek.tex205
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ibmkbd.sty315
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ipa.sty294
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/logos.sty109
l---------obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ltugboat.sty1
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/minutes.sty181
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.bib454
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.doc970
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.sty496
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mldoc.tex52
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mlletter.sty570
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mlletter.tex33
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/multicol.sty525
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/newdoc.sty65
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/places.sty63
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/plainml.bst1272
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/readme24
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/rgreek.sty129
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/rgreekma.tex151
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/russian.tex176
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/setspace.sty178
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex219
l---------obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/tugboat.cmn1
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/README17
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mn.sty1873
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnguide.tex1853
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnland.tex34
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnsample.tex743
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-doc.dvibin0 -> 30332 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-doc.tex459
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-make.tex83
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-read.me60
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.doc907
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.readme24
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.sty2
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.tex563
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outline.sty50
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outline.tex94
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outlineitems.sty51
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res-sample.tex83
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res-sample2.tex149
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res.sty781
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/resume-sample.tex58
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/resume.sty100
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/checkprt.tex104
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/dir.tex74
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/phone.tex31
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.dvibin0 -> 99792 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.sty673
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.tex1466
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script10.sty39
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script11.sty39
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script12.sty39
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script_l.sty514
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script_s.sty602
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/sctitle.sty88
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/typearea.sty120
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/fixup.sty167
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/numinsec.sty16
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam-doc.tex166
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.bib18
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.bst1035
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.sty340
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam10.sty103
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam11.sty104
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam12.sty105
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jns.sty801
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsl.dem354
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsl.doc1162
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsldoc.sty39
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.dem467
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.doc1458
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.sty855
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.the364
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laamt.sty996
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/read.me14
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/amsfont.sty247
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/amssymb.sty265
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/cljour1.ini13
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/flplain.tex20
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/fontdef.tex1261
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/linvmat.dem361
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.doc1791
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.mac1179
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.ref249
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/lmatann.dem360
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/lnummat.dem365
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/pljour1.ini13
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/preload.tex130
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/read.me133
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/xxxlfont.sty144
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.dem434
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.doc1117
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.sty754
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncsdoc.sty45
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/read.me12
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamudoc.sty34
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.dem426
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.doc1114
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.sty775
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/read.me11
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.dem651
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.doc1145
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.sty934
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/read.me45
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicread.me19
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsadv.org97
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsadv.tex107
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsbook.org58
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsbook.sty82
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/README10
l---------obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/ltugboat.sty1
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/module.sty267
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/msam.sty285
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/msbm.sty253
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/stmaryrd.sty335
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/stmaryrd.tex701
l---------obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/tugboat.cmn1
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svcon.sty412
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svlatex.doc186
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svmult.sty399
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svsing.sty346
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/NOTE14
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/READ.ME23
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/abstract.tex47
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ack.tex8
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/app.sty49
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/append.tex6
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/approve.tex9
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/bib.tex17
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/bibdata.bib113
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/biblio.tex2
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ch1.tex117
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ch2.tex309
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ded.tex1
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethe12.sty555
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethesis.sty1338
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethetitle.sty670
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/file.c30
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/lists.tex5
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/manv4.ps3072
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/manv4.tex1639
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/subequation.sty224
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/thesis.ps1625
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/thesis.tex23
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/title.tex6
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/vita.tex5
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/.idx0
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/fnidx.idx0
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/moremath.ps550
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/pmmr.tfmbin0 -> 1648 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/typeidx.idx0
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdm.sty1413
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdm.tex1533
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdmindex17
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdmindex.sty78
275 files changed, 98251 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aaai/aaai-doc.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aaai/aaai-doc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43ed4241f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aaai/aaai-doc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+%NAME: aaai-doc.tex
+\documentstyle[aaai]{article}
+
+\title{Instructions to Authors\thanks{Schlumberger Palo Alto Research
+supported the development of these instructions.}}
+\author{Tom Mitchell \and Reid G. Smith \\
+ Program Co-Chairs \\ AAAI-88 Conference
+ \And
+ Shirley Jowell \\
+ Morgan Kaufmann Publishers \\
+ San Mateo, California}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+The {\em Proceedings of AAAI-88}, the published presentations of
+ the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, will be
+ printed using the photo-offset print process directly from
+ camera-ready copy furnished by the authors.
+ To ensure that all papers in the {\em Proceedings} have a uniform
+ appearance, authors are asked to adhere to the following
+ instructions.
+\end{abstract}
+
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This year AAAI papers will not be reduced by the printers,
+but instead will be printed from $8.5 \times 11''$ masters.
+As a result, preparation of AAAI papers will be easier at most
+institutions.
+
+AAAI papers should be typeset using a system such as \LaTeX{} or Scribe
+and printed using a good laser or other letter-quality printer.
+{\em Do not use line printer or dot matrix printer output.}
+Papers with poor quality output, e.g., light or gray type,
+and papers which significantly deviate from these instructions,
+e.g., by using 8-point fonts,
+will not be included in the proceedings,
+as such papers would be rendered
+unreadable by the printing process.
+
+Output can either be printed directly on the model forms,
+or printed on heavy bond paper and pasted onto
+the model forms using a glue stick, spray adhesive, or rubber cement.
+The pasted area should be flat and free from creases,
+and there should be no excess glue anywhere on the forms.
+
+\section{Style and Format}
+
+\subsection{General Instructions}
+
+Manuscripts must be printed two columns to a page on the master forms
+supplied.
+The light blue guidelines on the forms (which will not reproduce in
+the printing process) outline the printing area.
+Do not print anything outside of these lines.
+Use only one side of the master forms.
+
+Use 10-point type in a clear, readable font with 1-point leading (10 on 11).
+``Write-white'' laser printers must use fonts specifically designed for
+them---not fonts for ``write-black'' printers.
+
+Start all pages (except the first) directly under the top margin, as
+indicated.
+See next section regarding how to format the first page.
+
+Indent when starting a new paragraph, except after major headings.
+
+\subsection{Title Page}
+
+\subsubsection{Title and Author Information}
+The title appears near the top of the first page, centered on the entire
+width of the page, in a 14-point bold font.
+The name(s) of the author(s) appear in the designated areas below the title
+of the paper, along with affiliation(s) and complete address(es) in a
+12-point font.
+
+Any credit to a sponsoring agency should appear in a footnote at the
+bottom of the left column of the first page.
+See the example in these instructions.
+
+\subsubsection{Abstract}
+The Abstract appears at the beginning of the first column, using a
+slightly smaller width than the body of the paper.
+The title ``Abstract'' appears above the body of the abstract in
+a bold font.
+The Abstract should be no longer than 200 words.
+
+\subsubsection{Text}
+The main body of the text follows the Abstract, observing the blue
+guidelines for the two-column format.
+
+
+\subsection{Sections}
+
+Section, subsection, and subsubsection headings should be printed in the
+style shown in these instructions.
+Leave a blank space of approximately 10 points above and 8 points below
+section headings, 9 points above and 4 points below subsection headings,
+and 8 points above and 3 points below subsubsection headings.
+
+Special sections should be arranged and headed as follows:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Acknowledgments:] The Acknowledgments section, if included,
+ follows the main body of the text and is headed
+ ``Acknowledgments,'' printed in the same style
+ as a section heading, but without a number.
+\item[Appendices:] Any Appendices follow the Acknowledgments
+ (or directly follow the text) and look like
+ sections, except that they are numbered with capital
+ letters instead of arabic numerals.
+\item[References:]
+The References section is headed ``References,'' printed in the same
+style as a section heading, but without a number.
+A sample list of references is given at the end of these
+instructions.
+Use a consistent format for references, such as provided by
+Bib\TeX{}.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Citations}
+
+Citations within the text should include the author's last name and
+year, for example \cite{cheeseman:probability}.
+Append lower case letters to the year in cases of ambiguity.
+Multiple authors should be treated as in the following examples:
+\cite{abelson-et-al:scheme} and
+\cite{brachman-schmolze:kl-one}.
+If the author portion of a citation is obvious, it should be omitted,
+e.g., Levesque \shortcite{levesque:belief}.
+Multiple citations should be collapsed as follows:
+\cite{levesque:functional-foundations,levesque:belief}.
+
+\nocite{abelson-et-al:scheme}
+\nocite{brachman-schmolze:kl-one}
+\nocite{cheeseman:probability}
+\nocite{haugeland:mind-design}
+\nocite{lenat:heuristics}
+\nocite{levesque:functional-foundations}
+\nocite{levesque:belief}
+
+\subsection{Footnotes}
+
+Footnotes should appear at the bottom of the page.
+They are referred to by superscript numbers.\footnote{This is how your
+footnotes should appear.}
+Footnotes should be separated from the text by a short line.\footnote{Note
+the line separating these footnotes from the text.}
+
+\section{Figures, Drawings, Tables, and Photographs}
+
+\subsection{General Instructions}
+
+Figures, drawings, tables, and photographs should be placed throughout
+the paper at the places where they are first discussed, rather than at
+the end of the paper.
+If placed at the bottom or top of a page, illustrations may run across
+both columns.
+Securely attach them to the master form with glue stick, spray adhesive,
+rubber cement, or write tape.
+Do not use transparent tape as the printing process causes it to
+obscure copy.
+Number them sequentially.
+The references should be in the following form:
+Figure 1, Table 1, etc.
+
+The illustration number and caption should appear under the
+illustration.
+Leave a margin of 1/4-inch around the area covered by the
+figure and caption.
+
+Captions, labels, and other text in illustrations
+be at least 10-point type.
+
+{\em Line printer printouts should not be used.}
+
+\subsection{Drawings}
+
+Original line drawings should be drawn in {\em black\/} ink, not pencil.
+Do not color in drawings.
+Lines should be heavy enough to reproduce well.
+
+\subsection{Photographs}
+
+Photographs should be black and white glossies.
+Do not pre-halftone photographs.
+Color photographs do not produce well.
+(Red will reproduce as black, for example.)
+Photographs incur extra expense, so
+please use them judiciously.
+
+\section{Length of Papers}
+
+Papers should not exceed {\em five\/} pages, including illustrations and
+tables.
+One additional page may be included by accompanying the paper with a
+check for \$250, payable to the American Association for Artificial
+Intelligence.
+Papers over six pages will not be accepted for publication.
+
+\section{Identification}
+
+Make certain that your name is typed or written on the {\em back\/} of
+every page of the masters, and number the pages sequentially.
+Failure to do this may result in some pages of your paper being
+misplaced or, worse, inserted in another paper.
+This information is for identification only (final page numbers will
+be assigned by the Publisher).
+
+\section{Mailing}
+
+{\em Make a photocopy of your final paper.}
+Keep the photocopy in your files for reference or in case the original
+is lost in the mail.
+
+Your paper should be {\em received\/} by June 1, 1988.
+{\em Papers received later than June 1, 1988 will not be
+included in the proceedings.}
+
+Do not fold the master forms for mailing.
+Use the enclosed cardboard backing and envelope for mailing.
+If you use a separate envelope, clearly mark on the envelope:
+{\bf Do Not Fold or Bend}.
+
+Send to:
+\begin{quote}
+Shirley Jowell \\
+Attn: AAAI-88 Conference \\
+Morgan Kaufmann Publishers \\
+2929 Campus Drive \\
+San Mateo, CA \hspace{1em} 94403\\
+U. S. A.
+\end{quote}
+
+\section{Inquiries}
+
+If you have any questions about the preparation or submission of your
+paper as instructed in this package, please contact:
+\begin{quote}
+Shirley Jowell \\
+Morgan Kaufmann Publishers \\
+(415) 578-9911
+\end{quote}
+
+\appendix
+
+\section{Using \LaTeX{}}
+
+A \LaTeX{} style option (for version 2.09 of \LaTeX{}) that implements these
+instructions has been prepared,
+as well as
+two Bib\TeX{} styles
+(one for version 0.98i and one for version 0.99c of Bib\TeX{})
+that implement the citation and reference style in
+these instructions.
+
+The relevant files have been placed in the \LaTeX{} style collection at
+Rochester.
+To retrieve these files use one of the following methods:
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item For Internet users - how to ftp:
+
+Here is an example session. Ftp syntax varies from host to
+host; your syntax may be different.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+% ftp cayuga.cs.rochester.edu
+ ... (general blurb)
+ftp> login anonymous
+Password: <any non-null string>
+ ... (more blurb)
+ftp> cd public/latex-style
+ ... (more blurb)
+ftp> get aaai-instructions.tex
+ ... (more blurb)
+ftp> get aaai.sty
+ ... (more blurb)
+ftp> get aaai-named-0.99.bst
+ ... (more blurb)
+ftp> get aaai-named-0.98.bst
+ ... (more blurb)
+ftp> quit
+\end{verbatim}
+
+The name ``rochester.arpa'' or the address
+``192.\discretionary{}{}{}5.\discretionary{}{}{}53.\discretionary{}{}{}209''
+can be used instead of ``cayuga.cs.rochester.edu''.
+
+\item Non-Internet users - how to retrieve by mail:
+
+Send a piece of mail to LaTeX-Style@cs.rochester.edu
+in the following format:
+Subject line should contain the phrase ``@file request''. Body of the
+mail should start with a line containing only an @ (at) sign.
+The first line following should be a mail address {\em from}
+rochester {\em to} you. Follow with the names of the files you want
+separated by spaces or new lines.
+End with a line containing only an @ sign. Case is not significant.
+
+For example, if you are {\tt user} at {\tt dept.site.edu}, this is what you
+should send:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+To: latex-style@cs.rochester.edu
+Subject: @file request
+
+@
+user@dept.site.edu
+aaai-instructions.tex aaai.sty
+aaai-named-0.99.bst aaai-named-0.98.bst
+@
+\end{verbatim}
+
+It is best to fully qualify your mail address unless it is fully
+registered. For example, use user\%site.bitnet@cunyvm.cuny.edu instead of
+user@site.bitnet.
+
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Further information on using these styles can be obtained by writing:
+\begin{quote}
+Peter F. Patel-Schneider \\
+Schlumberger Palo Alto Research \\
+3340 Hillview Avenue \\
+Palo Alto, California \hspace{1em} 94304 \\
+pfps@spar.slb.com
+\end{quote}
+
+%% This section was initially prepared using BibTeX. The .bbl file was
+%% placed here later
+%\bibliography{publications}
+%\bibliographystyle{aaai-named-0.99}
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+
+\bibitem[\protect\citename{Abelson \bgroup \em et al.\egroup ,
+ }1985]{abelson-et-al:scheme}
+Harold Abelson, Gerald~Jay Sussman, and Julie Sussman.
+\newblock {\em Structure and Interpretation of Computer Programs}.
+\newblock MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1985.
+
+\bibitem[\protect\citename{Brachman and Schmolze,
+ }1985]{brachman-schmolze:kl-one}
+Ronald~J. Brachman and James~G. Schmolze.
+\newblock An overview of the {KL-ONE} knowledge representation system.
+\newblock {\em Cognitive Science}, 9(2):171--216, April--June 1985.
+
+\bibitem[\protect\citename{Cheeseman, }1985]{cheeseman:probability}
+Peter Cheeseman.
+\newblock In defense of probability.
+\newblock In {\em Proceedings IJCAI-85}, pages 1002--1009. International Joint
+ Committee for Artificial Intelligence, August 1985.
+
+\bibitem[\protect\citename{Haugeland, }1981]{haugeland:mind-design}
+John Haugeland, editor.
+\newblock {\em Mind Design}.
+\newblock Bradford Books, Montgomery, Vermont, 1981.
+
+\bibitem[\protect\citename{Lenat, }1981]{lenat:heuristics}
+Douglas~B. Lenat.
+\newblock The nature of heuristics.
+\newblock Technical Report CIS-12 (SSL-81-1), Xerox Palo Alto Research Centers,
+ April 1981.
+
+\bibitem[\protect\citename{Levesque, }1984a]{levesque:functional-foundations}
+Hector~J. Levesque.
+\newblock Foundations of a functional approach to knowledge representation.
+\newblock {\em Artificial Intelligence}, 23(2):155--212, July 1984.
+
+\bibitem[\protect\citename{Levesque, }1984b]{levesque:belief}
+Hector~J. Levesque.
+\newblock A logic of implicit and explicit belief.
+\newblock In {\em Proceedings AAAI-84}, pages 198--202. American Association
+ for Artificial Intelligence, August 1984.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aaai/aaai.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aaai/aaai.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f50ee3e1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aaai/aaai.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+% This LaTeX style is for papers to be printed in the proceedings of AAAI-88.
+% Prepared by Peter F. Patel-Schneider, liberally using the ideas of
+% other style hackers, including Barbara Beeton.
+% This style is NOT guaranteed to work. It is provided in the hope
+% that it will make the preparation of papers for AAAI-88 easier.
+%
+% There are undoubtably bugs in this style. If you make bug fixes,
+% improvements, etc. please let me know. My e-mail address is:
+% pfps@spar.slb.com
+
+\typeout{Conference Style for AAAI-88 -- released 5 April 1988}
+
+% NOTE: Some laser printers have a serious problem printing TeX output.
+% These printing devices, commonly known as ``write-white'' laser
+% printers, tend to make characters too light. To get around this
+% problem, a darker set of fonts must be created for these devices.
+%
+
+% Physical page layout
+\setlength\topmargin{-0.5in} \setlength\oddsidemargin{-0.5in}
+\setlength\textheight{9.5in} \setlength\textwidth{7.3in}
+\setlength\columnsep{0.3in} \newlength\titlebox \setlength\titlebox{1.75in}
+\setlength\headheight{0pt} \setlength\headsep{0pt}
+\setlength\footheight{0pt} \setlength\footskip{0pt}
+\thispagestyle{empty} \pagestyle{empty}
+\flushbottom \twocolumn \sloppy
+
+% We're never going to need a table of contents, so just flush it to
+% save space --- suggested by drstrip@sandia-2
+\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{}
+
+% Title stuff, taken from deproc.
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \def\@makefnmark{\hbox to 0pt{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}}
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle] \@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\maketitle\relax \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax}
+\def\@maketitle{\vbox to \titlebox{\hsize\textwidth
+ \linewidth\hsize \vskip 2ex plus 1fil minus 2ex \centering
+ {\Large\bf \@title \par} \vskip 3ex plus 0.5fil minus 2ex
+ {\def\and{\unskip\enspace{\rm and}\enspace}%
+ \def\And{\end{tabular}\hss \egroup \hskip 1in plus 2fil
+ \hbox to 0pt\bgroup\hss \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bf}%
+ \hbox to \linewidth{\large \hfil\hfil
+ \hbox to 0pt\bgroup\hss \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\bf\@author
+ \end{tabular}\hss\egroup
+ \hfil\hfil}}
+ \vskip 4ex plus 2fil minus 2ex
+}}
+\renewenvironment{abstract}{\centerline{\large\bf
+ Abstract}\vspace{0.5ex}\begin{quote}}{\par\end{quote}\vskip 1ex}
+
+% don't box citations, add space between multiple citations, separate with ;
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{; }\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{{\bf ?}\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+% Allow short (name-less) citations, when used in
+% conjunction with a bibliography style that creates labels like
+% \citename{<names>, }<year>
+\let\@internalcite\cite
+\def\cite{\def\citename##1{##1}\@internalcite}
+\def\shortcite{\def\citename##1{}\@internalcite}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\def\citename##1{##1}[#1]\hfill}
+
+% sections with less space
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-2.0ex plus
+ -0.5ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus 0.3ex minus .2ex}{\Large\bf\raggedright}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-1.8ex plus
+ -0.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.8ex plus .2ex}{\large\bf\raggedright}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
+ 0.5ex minus .2ex}{0.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf\raggedright}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{1.5ex plus
+ 0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}{1.5ex plus
+ 0.5ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+
+% Footnotes
+\footnotesep 6.65pt %
+\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3pt \hrule width 5pc \kern 2.6pt }
+\setcounter{footnote}{0}
+
+% Lists and paragraphs
+\parindent 1em
+\topsep 4pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
+\partopsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
+\itemsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
+\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
+
+\leftmargin 2em \leftmargini\leftmargin \leftmarginii 2em
+\leftmarginiii 1.5em \leftmarginiv 1.0em \leftmarginv .5em \leftmarginvi .5em
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \labelsep 5pt
+
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
+ \parsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 1pt plus 0.5pt minus 0.5pt
+ \parsep \z@ \partopsep 0.5pt plus 0pt minus 0.5pt
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\abovedisplayskip 7pt plus2pt minus5pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
+
+% Less leading in most fonts (due to the narrow columns)
+% The choices were between 1-pt and 1.5-pt leading
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{23pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{28pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/Makefile b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5e4f280371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# Makefile for AAS author prepared package.
+
+# Macros to facilitate pkg development.
+PACKAGE = aastex30
+DATE = 10 Jan 93
+ARCEXT = tar.Z
+PDL = ps
+STYLES = aasms.sty aaspp.sty aaspptwo.sty aj_pt.sty apjpt.sty art8.sty
+GUIDE = aastex
+DVIS = $(GUIDE).dvi graphics.dvi paper1.dvi paper2.dvi sample1.dvi \
+ sample2.dvi samptbls.dvi kspp.dvi
+FILES = Makefile README aasms.doc aasms.sty aaspp.doc aaspp.sty \
+ aaspptwo.doc aaspptwo.sty apjpt.doc apjpt.sty aj_pt.doc \
+ aj_pt.sty art8.doc art8.sty \
+ aastex.tex eqsecnum.sty flushrt.sty tighten.sty epsf.sty \
+ paper1.tex paper2.tex sample1.tex sample2.tex sample2.aux \
+ samp2tbl.tex samptbls.tex table1.tex table2.tex table3.tex \
+ graphics.tex graphics.aux sgi*.eps kspp.tex
+
+# Add some useful inference rules for LaTeX development.
+.SUFFIXES: .doc .sty .tex .dvi .$(PDL)
+
+.doc.sty:
+ doc2sty $*
+
+.tex.dvi:
+ latex $<
+
+.dvi.$(PDL):
+ dvips $< -o $*.$(PDL)
+
+# Generalized targets, housekeeping, etc.
+first: $(GUIDE)
+all: $(DVIS)
+allsty: $(STYLES)
+
+clean:
+ $(RM) a.out core *.dvi *.log *.$(PDL)
+
+veryclean: clean
+ $(RM) *.aux
+ $(RM) $(PACKAGE).$(ARCEXT)
+ $(RM) $(STYLES)
+
+tar: clean
+ $(RM) $(PACKAGE).$(ARCEXT)
+ tar -cvf - $(FILES) | compress -c > /tmp/$(PACKAGE).$(ARCEXT)
+ mv /tmp/$(PACKAGE).$(ARCEXT) .
+
+uu: tar
+ uuencode $(PACKAGE).$(ARCEXT) $(PACKAGE).$(ARCEXT) > /tmp/$(PACKAGE).uu
+ mv /tmp/$(PACKAGE).uu $(HOME)
+
+unZ:
+ zcat $(HOME)/$(PACKAGE).$(ARCEXT) | tar -xvf -
+
+zoo: clean
+ $(RM) $(PACKAGE).zoo
+ zoo ah $(PACKAGE).zoo $(FILES)
+
+ver: setver
+ @echo 'Version in Makefile'
+ @egrep '^(PACKAGE|DATE)' Makefile
+
+setver:
+ @echo 'Version in paspconf.doc'
+ @echo -n 'PACKAGE = pasp'
+ @grep 'def.*tex@ver' paspconf.doc | sed 's/[^0-9]//g'
+ @echo -n 'DATE = '
+ @grep 'def.*tex@date' paspconf.doc | sed 's/^.*{//' | sed 's/}.*$$//'
+
+# Dependency targets.
+
+$(GUIDE): $(GUIDE).dvi
+$(GUIDE).$(PDL): $(GUIDE).dvi
+$(GUIDE).dvi: $(GUIDE).tex aaspptwo.sty
+
+graphics: graphics.dvi
+graphics.$(PDL): graphics.dvi
+graphics.dvi: graphics.tex aasms.sty
+
+kspp: kspp.dvi
+kspp.$(PDL): kspp.dvi
+kspp.dvi: kspp.tex aaspp.sty
+
+sample1: sample1.dvi
+sample1.$(PDL): sample1.dvi
+sample1.dvi: sample1.tex aasms.sty
+
+sample2: sample2.dvi
+sample2.$(PDL): sample2.dvi
+sample2.dvi: sample2.tex samp2tbl.tex aasms.sty aaspp.sty aaspptwo.sty
+
+samptbls: samptbls.dvi
+samptbls.$(PDL): samptbls.dvi
+samptbls.dvi: samptbls.tex aj_pt.sty apjpt.sty art8.sty table1.tex table2.tex table3.tex
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/README b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41e3cad431
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/README
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+% README -- Contents of the AASTeX macro package distribution
+
+Thanks for your interest in the AASTeX macros for manuscript preparation.
+This directory contains all the files in the distribution. They are
+described briefly immediately below. Following the file descriptions
+are short installation instructions, the generic recipe for printing the
+user guide and samples, and information about contacting us regarding
+the distribution.
+
+
+README This file
+
+aasms.doc Fully documented source for the "manuscript"
+ substyle. Contains macro definitions + comments.
+aasms.sty LaTeX input style file for the "manuscript"
+ substyle. This is the .doc file stripped of
+ comments and unnecessary whitespace.
+
+aaspp.doc Fully documented source for the "preprint"
+ substyle. Contains macro definitions + comments.
+aaspp.sty LaTeX input style file for the "preprint"
+ substyle. This is the .doc file stripped of
+ comments and unnecessary whitespace.
+
+aaspptwo.doc Documented source for a two-column preprint substyle.
+aaspptwo.sty LaTeX input style file for two-column preprint
+ substyle.
+
+aj_pt.doc Documented source for the AJ plano tables substyle.
+aj_pt.sty LaTeX input style file for AJ plano tables substyle.
+
+apjpt.doc Documented source for the ApJ plano tables substyle.
+apjpt.sty LaTeX input style file for ApJ plano tables substyle.
+
+art8.doc Documented 8pt style option.
+art8.sty LaTeX input style file for the 8pt style option.
+
+eqsecnum.sty Substyle file that enables equations to be
+ numbered with sections, rather than ordinally.
+tighten.sty Substyle file that causes "manuscript" style
+ papers to be single-spaced rather than double.
+
+epsf.sty A copy of Rokicki's epsf.sty file that is supplied
+ with dvips. It is included so that style files
+ can be interpreted, and so that authors can
+ include proper space for EPS files even if they
+ do not have dvips.
+
+aastex.tex The user input guide for the package.
+
+sample1.tex Minimal sample paper.
+sample2.tex Sample paper with "typical" content and markup.
+samp2tbl.tex "Long" table for sample, marked up as a plano
+ table in the manuscript.
+
+samptbls.tex Plano tables sample. Sets style and includes:
+table1.tex Sample plano table #1.
+table2.tex Sample plano table #2.
+table3.tex Sample plano table #3.
+
+graphics.tex Initial proposal to WGAS and Pubs Board
+ suggesting standardized use of Encapsulated
+ PostScript for graphics inclusions.
+sgi*.eps Encapsulated PostScript plots for graphics.tex.
+
+kspp.tex Preprint format proposal from K.Sellgren to the
+ Pubs Board.
+
+paper1.tex LaTeX source for June 1989 AAS poster.
+paper2.tex LaTeX source for June 1990 AAS poster.
+
+
+aastex30.tar.Z All of the above files can be retrieved at once
+ in this compressed tarfile, if desired.
+
+
+INSTALLING THE STYLE FILES
+
+The *.sty files must be "installed" so that LaTeX can read them. This
+simply means that they must be placed either in (1) the user's working
+directory containing the paper being processed [single-user installation],
+or (2) in the TeX/LaTeX system input directory [site-wide installation].
+
+Individuals who obtain the files for their personal use should just put
+the files in the same directory that they usually use when preparing
+papers, memos, etc. with LaTeX.
+
+Sites that expect usage by several authors will probably find it preferable
+to install the files in the standard TeX inputs area. In the parlances of
+popular OS's, these areas are typically called
+
+ /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs Unix and variants
+ SOME$DISK:[TEX.INPUTS] VMS/Files-11 specification
+ C:\EMTEX\TEXINPUT DOS
+
+The *.doc files are not actually read by LaTeX. They are the "source code"
+files for the corresponding .sty files. The *.sty files are produced
+mechanically from the *.doc files; these .sty files are never edited.
+Most installations of LaTeX keep .doc and .sty files in the same directory
+so that they can be easily found. We suggest doing the same with these.
+
+The user's guide and sample papers could be kept in a system-wide TeX
+inputs directory as well, but the system administrator may find it desirable
+to change the filenames somewhat, since they are quite generic and prone
+to filename collisions.
+
+
+PRINTING THE GUIDE AND SAMPLES
+
+The User Guide should be printed out for best results in reading it.
+The Guide is written using the aaspp substyle from the AASTeX macro
+package, and is therefore a LaTeX document. It must be processed by
+LaTeX, resulting in a compiled, device-independent format (a .dvi file).
+The DVI file has to be translated through a program that knows about the
+specific printer you wish to print on; such a program is often called a
+"DVI driver".
+
+Suppose you wish to print on a PostScript laser printer, and that the
+DVI driver on your computer system is called "dvips". The generic steps
+to be followed to get hardcopy are
+
+ prompt> latex aastex
+ prompt> dvips aastex
+ prompt> print aastex.ps
+
+There are various system- and program-specific eccentricities which
+cannot be fully enumerated here. Some things to watch out for:
+
+ 1. On some systems, TeX and LaTeX do not permit a filename extension
+ (the .tex) on the input file specification; .tex is assumed.
+ On other systems, it is optional.
+ 2. Most DVI drivers do not require the .dvi extension on the input
+ filename. The extension of the output file (the one destined
+ for a specific printer) is variable, often a site-dependent
+ configuration parameter.
+ 3. The user interfaces for DVI drivers are quite inconsistent.
+ Some operate in an interactive mode, asking the user about
+ variable setup parameters, while some only accept control
+ input on the command line.
+ 4. On some systems, the DVI translation and printing are combined,
+ so one would enter only one OS command after running LaTeX.
+
+There is no way for us to know details of your installation, so you must
+inquire of the system administrator responsible for LaTeX, or hope that
+someone has written the LaTeX "Local Guide" for your site.
+
+
+ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS
+
+This package has been prepared by Chris Biemesderfer on behalf of the
+AAS Executive Office. It has evolved from a project of the Working
+Group on Astronomical Software (WGAS), chaired by Bob Hanisch of the
+Space Telescope Science Institute in Baltimore. We would like to
+express appreciation to the National Radio Astronomy Observatory and
+National Optical Astronomy Observatories for their support of this
+project during its germination.
+
+Comments, suggestions, complaints, etc., can be sent electronically.
+Community feedback is valuable, and will be retained and evaluated so
+that we can coordinate the evolution of the package with the
+requirements of editors and publishers as moderated by the AAS
+Executive Office and the Publications Board.
+
+cbiemes@noao.edu
+7 Jan 1993
+
+
+REVISION HISTORY
+
+v1.0, Feb 1989
+ Original test version written at STScI and NRAO.
+
+v2.0, Jun 1990
+ First public release of package to community following AAS meeting
+ in Albuquerque.
+
+v2.1, May 1991
+ Changed style filenames: aasmanuscript -> aasms, aaspreprint -> aaspp
+ for benefit of DOS users, and to conform to Posix.
+
+ Fixed the textheight to compensate for header and footer space
+ so that page numbers will in fact be on the bottoms of the pages.
+
+ Updated journal abbreviations as per scheme agreed upon by various
+ editors and announced by Helmut Abt in ApJ 357, 1.
+
+ Added an assortment of symbols, etc. from Francois Schweizer.
+
+v2.2, Aug 1991
+ Rewrote the tablenote code, using ideas from a style file posted
+ to the Usenet in June. This new implementation permits the use
+ of any identifying letters (or number for that matter) for the
+ notes, and will print them in the order specified by the user
+ rather than assuming alphabetical. In the process, fixed a bug
+ where the buffered tablenotes were not being erased from table
+ to table.
+
+ Revised the way journal abbreviations are typeset. Rather than
+ simply being a string, they are now processed through a macro and
+ the journal type style is parameterized.
+
+ Moved the WGAS ID footnote to the last page of references from
+ title page. There have been some "complaints" about this being
+ present at all, but it is the only way we can keep track of the
+ use of the package at this point, so we retain it.
+
+v2.3, Aug 1992
+ Formalized naming convention for style files (see Stynames.spc).
+
+ Revisions for compliance with RevTeX markup.
+ Added some revtex@ parameters for software development and
+ tracking/reporting purposes. Changed mathsec substyle option
+ to eqsecnum (mathsec.sty -> eqsecnum.sty). Changed
+ \mathwithsecnums -> \eqsecnum. Changed \la -> \alt,
+ \ga -> \agt. Added \text for cased fractions.
+
+ Revised aasms to conform with preferences of UofC Press manuscript
+ editors. Such things as ragged right text, no hyphenation, proper
+ double spacing in tables, etc. are ensured. (G.Brady)
+
+ Fixed bug that resulted in the persistent \footnoterule in table
+ footnotes. (C.Pilachowski, P.Shopbell)
+
+ Added a Makefile to ease development.
+
+v3.0, Dec 1992
+ Moved page numbers to top of pages, per request from ApJ
+ editorial office. Created "plaintop" pagestyle for MSs that
+ numbers pages at the top of the sheet, centered.
+
+ Added \tablerefs, \tablecomments, \cutinhead, and \sidehead,
+ macros to facilitate handling complexities in ApJ/AJ tables.
+
+ Added plano tables styles (non-trivial!). This includes some
+ new author markup that is applicable to "long" tables in MSs
+ as well. Added a "planotables" environment, and commands
+ for identifying structural parts of the table: \tablewidth,
+ \tablecaption, \tablehead, \colhead, \tableheadfrac, \tabletail,
+ \startdata, \nodata, \nl, \tablevspace, \tablebreak, and, in
+ the plano style files, \ptlandscape.
+
+ Fixed bug with preliminary plano tables that prevented \nodata
+ symbol to be justified with numerals (usually r). The ellipsis
+ or em-dash (or whatever) now centers horizontally as well as
+ vertically. (C.Pilachowski, G.Brady)
+
+ Added some internal parameterization and control of automatic
+ upper-casing of section heads, etc. Authors should NOT be
+ instructed to upper case anything; the style should do this
+ when necessary. See remarks in .doc file for more information
+ about how the style designer can control this "easily".
+
+ Footnotes in MSs are same size as body text.
+
+ Fixed bug in \altaffiltext so that increment LaTeX footnote now
+ increments with alternate affiliation footnotes. The first
+ footnote called out in the text will then be properly numbered
+ N+1, where N is the number of \altaffiltexts.
+
+ Added markup for ionization state: \ion.
+
+ Added \singlespace, \doublespace so that leading can be
+ adjusted by authors. Use of these is not encouraged.
+
+ Changed \keywords syntax. Authors are now required to provide
+ proper punctuation in the keyword list. The earlier attempt at
+ parsing the keywords was problematic.
+
+ Added EPS inclusion macros. These are designed to work with
+ Rokicki's dvips program. There is some concern that these
+ should have been designed to work with psfig instead. My
+ opinion about that is that intermediate layer (psfig) is
+ redundant with this package and by relying on it we require
+ authors to have two additional add-on packages (dvips and
+ psfig) rather than one. The psfig package and the EPS part
+ of the AASTeX package both serve the same purpose, namely,
+ to isolate the author from the details of the DVI driver.
+ The AASTeX package goes a bit farther in explicilty defining
+ descriptive markup semantics for specifying external plot files.
+
+ Revisions for compliance with RevTeX markup.
+ Changed \tightenlines -> \tighten. Changed \alt -> \lesssim,
+ \agt -> \gtrsim. Changed \text -> \case. Added \slantfrac.
+ Changed \applopt -> \ao.
+
+ Added slug line markup for assorted administrative details.
+ \revised, \paperid, \ccc, \cpright, \rectohead, \versohead, and
+ \slugcomment can all be used in preamble. Formatting for slug
+ line data has been isolated in internal \@dates, \@runheads,
+ \@slug, and \@makeslugcmmnt. \@journalname and \cpr@holder
+ have been added as internal parameters.
+
+ Added \authoraddr front matter (or back matter, whatever)
+ command for specifying author's postal address. This is the
+ address that is preferred for correspondence.
+
+ Added \markcite to correspond with references environment
+ to provide non-BibTeX-based citation and reference list
+ markup. \markcite does not do anything typographically in
+ AAS styles because the citation call-out style is straight
+ text. This is included partly for symmetry, but mostly
+ because we want to start training authors to identify
+ structure in their manuscripts. In the future, browsers
+ with hypertext-like capabilities will be widely available
+ to build linkage between citations, references, and the
+ articles being cited/referenced, and this will facilitate
+ preparation of the articles for such systems.
+
+ Changed \appendix to reset the equation counter and to
+ redefine \theequation.
+
+ Added mathletters environment to support "subequations".
+ This environment is used to suspend incrementing of the
+ primary equation counter in favor of a secondary one, so
+ that related equations can be grouped with the same
+ identifying number while still being separately identified
+ with lower case letters. I originally called this new
+ environment "letteredsubeqn" but changed to "mathletters"
+ for RevTeX compliance.
+
+ Added \eqnum, \tablenum, and \figurenum commands to enable
+ authors to override LaTeX automatic numbering for equations,
+ tables and figures. The corresponding LaTeX counter is NOT
+ auto-incremented when these commands are used. The commands
+ function by temporarily overriding \the<counter>; formatting
+ defined by \@eqnnum, \fnum@table, and \fnum@figure is not
+ affected. Note that these commands must be used *inside* the
+ appropriate displayed equation or float environment.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aasms.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aasms.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5a5925a19c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aasms.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1152 @@
+% AASMS.STY -- AAS manuscript substyle definition for LaTeX.
+
+% My convention for identifying configuration information is for styles
+% to define the five parameters below.
+
+\def\revtex@ver{3.0} % Version number of this file.
+\def\revtex@date{10 Jan 93} % Revision date.
+\def\revtex@org{AAS} % Sponsoring organization.
+\def\revtex@jnl{AAS} % Applicable journal, if specific.
+\def\revtex@genre{manuscript} % Document "type".
+
+% Display identifying message on screen and in logfile.
+
+\typeout{\revtex@org\space \revtex@genre\space substyle,
+ v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.}
+
+% The following mini-colophon identifies the article are having been
+% prepared with this macro package. The \revtex@pageid command only
+% defines the formatting of this colophon; its existence and placement
+% within the printed article is controlled by the use of this command
+% in the style file.
+
+\def\revtex@pageid{\xdef\@thefnmark{\null}
+ \@footnotetext{This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
+ \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.}}
+
+% Issue a warning if manuscripts are formatted with type smaller than 12pt.
+
+\def\genre@MS{manuscript}
+\def\genre@PP{preprint}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\genre@MS
+ \ifnum\@ptsize<2
+ \typeout{Warning: Undersize \revtex@genre\space font (1\@ptsize\space pts).
+ Using 12pt documentstyle option.}
+ \@input{art12.sty}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE LAYOUT *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Create "plaintop" page style that has folios at top of page.
+
+\def\ps@plaintop{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\rm\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}
+ \def\@evenfoot{}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+
+\ps@plaintop % Use "plaintop" pagestyle by default.
+\pretolerance=10000 % Disable hyphenation
+
+% The following gives "reasonable" ragged right results.
+
+\@rightskip=\z@ plus 4em\rightskip\@rightskip
+
+% Page size, spacing parameters, etc.
+
+\textwidth=6.5in
+\textheight=8.4in
+\topmargin=0in
+\headheight=.15in
+\headsep=.35in
+\oddsidemargin=0in
+\evensidemargin=0in
+\parindent=2em
+\parskip=1.5ex
+
+
+%\@input{styopts.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * STYLE OPTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Make footnotes same size as main text.
+
+\let\footnotesize=\normalsize
+
+% Define parameters to adjust the baselineskip.
+% These are passed as the scale factor argument to \baselinestretch.
+
+\def\@tightleading{1.1}
+\def\@doubleleading{1.6}
+
+% Double-space by default. Observe that you double-space in LaTeX by
+% resetting \baselinestretch, which is essentially a scale factor for
+% \baselineskip (= leading, for you typographophiles). The style uses
+% the \@doubleleading factor, defined above.
+
+\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}
+
+% The \tighten command merely resets the \baselinestretch to a
+% smaller factor, resulting in single-column text that is more closely
+% spaced. (This will always work.) Tightening the vertical spacing
+% in the text results in output that is more attractive for distribution
+% to colleagues who are primarily interested in reading the paper, as
+% opposed to copy editing it. Double-spaced output for referees and
+% copy editors is, however, the main objective of this style, hence
+% double-spacing occurs by default. The same effect as \tighten
+% can be achieved by using the "tighten" document style option.
+%
+% \tighten
+%
+% \tighten is intended for use in the preamble of the article.
+
+\def\tighten{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}}
+\let\tightenlines=\tighten
+
+% For authors who feel compelled to change between single and double
+% spacing in the manuscript, \singlespace and \doublespace commands
+% are provided. (Following recommendations of AAS Publications Board
+% Subcommittee on Preprints.) These are no-ops in manuscript style.
+%
+% \singlespace
+% \doublespace
+
+\let\singlespace=\relax
+\let\doublespace=\relax
+
+% Upper case for sections (optional upper case items). These are created
+% so that some headings can be toggled between mixed case and upper case
+% readily. Headings that might be changed can be wrapped in the style
+% file in \sec@upcase{TEXT} constructs; the expansion of \sec@upcase is
+% controlled here. It is `\relax' by default (mixed case heads), and can
+% easily be changed to `\uppercase' if desired. If mixed case headings
+% are wanted by the editor, authors MUST supply mixed case text, although
+% this is what authors should be doing anyway. (Mixed can be converted
+% to upper, but the reverse transformation cannot be automated.)
+
+%\def\sec@upcase#1{\uppercase{#1}}
+\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}
+
+% Sometimes people want to number equations by section, rather than
+% sequentially through the whole paper.
+
+\def\eqsecnum{
+ \@newctr{equation}[section]
+ \def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}}}
+
+%\@input{slug.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SLUG LINE *
+% ****************************************
+
+% There are some obvious style-dependent parameters and formatting
+% instructions in this file. The object has been to keep the author
+% commands (the user interface, if you will) society, journal, and
+% style-independent, while the style-specific parameters and commands
+% are kept below that level. Commands and parameters that are susceptible
+% to external interpretation, either by authors or publishers/translators,
+% are identified by indented comment lines, with the semantics of command
+% arguments described in upper case text.
+%
+% \@journalname{JOURNAL NAME}
+% \cpr@holder{COPYRIGHT HOLDER}
+
+\def\@journalname{The Astropolitical Journal}
+\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}
+
+% Journal and article identification information is established by the
+% editorial staff. The following macros are used by personnel at the
+% editorial office to annotate/record slug-line data and should be included
+% in the manuscript preamble, i.e., before the LaTeX \begin{document}. All
+% they do is globally define other TeX control sequences that are used by
+% other macros at a later time.
+%
+% \received{RECEIPT DATE}
+% \revised{REVISION DATE}
+% \accepted{ACCEPTANCE DATE}
+% \journalid{VOL}{JOURNAL DATE}
+% \articleid{START PAGE}{END PAGE}
+% \paperid{ID}
+% \ccc{CODE}
+%
+% For preprints and submitted manuscripts in draft/referee format, etc.,
+% the slug-line information is irrelevant and in those kinds of style,
+% the data are never used. In my estimation, it is perfectly acceptable
+% to have these commands in the file (for future use), so they are defined
+% in the usual way.
+
+\def\received#1{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}} \received{\relax}
+\def\revised#1{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}} \revised{\relax}
+\def\accepted#1{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}} \accepted{\relax}
+\def\journalid#1#2{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}
+\def\articleid#1#2{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}
+\def\paperid#1{\gdef\@paperid{#1}} \paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}
+\def\ccc#1{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}} \ccc{000-00\$75.95-CDB}
+
+% Following copyright and running heads \defs are stubs.
+%\let\cpright=\@gobbletwo
+%\let\righthead=\@gobble
+%\let\lefthead=\@gobble
+
+% Copyright data. Permit the author/editor to supply a copyright
+% "type" as well as the year.
+%
+% \cpright{TYPE}{YEAR}
+%
+% Copyright types are designated by name and converted to numeric form.
+% The mapping of types is defined by the code that sets the @cprtype
+% counter. The language of the copyright notices is defined by \@slug.
+
+\def\cpright#1#2{\@nameuse{cpr@#1} \gdef\cpr@year{#2}
+ \typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}}
+
+\newcount\@cprtype \@cprtype=\@ne % Default copyright type.
+\def\cpr@AAS{\@cprtype=1}
+\def\cpr@PD{\@cprtype=2}
+\def\cpr@Crown{\@cprtype=3}
+\def\cpr@none{\@cprtype=4}
+\def\cpr@ASP{\@cprtype=5}
+
+\def\cpr@year{\number\year} % Default copyright year.
+
+% \@slug determines formatting of slugline information.
+% ATTN: Check with AAS/AIP/UCP about exact wording of these.
+
+\def\@slug{\par\noindent
+ \ifcase\@cprtype
+ \relax
+ \or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+ \or
+ This article is in the public domain.
+ \or
+ Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+ \or
+ No copyright is claimed for this article.
+ \or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the ASP.
+ \fi
+ \par\noindent
+ Manuscript number \@paperid.\par\noindent
+ \CCC@code
+}
+
+% Authors may be asked to supply running head information. We use the
+% language of the publisher here to distinguish between two pieces of
+% information: the left head frequently contains an author list (last
+% names, possibly truncated as et al.), while the right head frequently
+% contains an abbreviated form of the paper title. The \lefthead and
+% \righthead commands merely collect the information and buffer the text.
+%
+% \lefthead{TEXT}
+% \righthead{TEXT}
+%
+% For the ApJ, right heads are the short titles, and the publisher would
+% like for the author to specify a 44-character or less abbreviated title
+% to use as the running head on right pages.
+
+\def\lefthead#1{\gdef\@versohead{#1}} \lefthead{\relax}
+\def\righthead#1{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}} \righthead{\relax}
+
+% \@runheads determines formatting of running head information.
+
+\def\@runheads{\@tempcnta\c@page
+ \@whilenum \@tempcnta >0\do{
+ \vskip 3ex
+ \hbox to30pc{\small\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
+ \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil}
+ \advance\@tempcnta by\m@ne}
+}
+
+% The \slugcomment command is provided so authors or editors may include
+% a remark about the manuscript that may be desired in print for some
+% styles. For instance, authors like to include information about the
+% journal and publication date of accepted papers ("To appear in AJ,
+% November 1992").
+%
+% \slugcomment{TEXT}
+%
+% The formatting of the \slugcomment information is controlled by the
+% \@makeslugcmmnt command and its placement on the page is dictated
+% by the presence of \@makeslugcmmnt in \sluginfo (or whatever).
+
+\def\slugcomment#1{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}} \slugcomment{}
+
+% For MS style, slug comments are set in a parbox after the dates.
+% Short comments are centered.
+
+\newdimen\@slugcmmntwidth \@slugcmmntwidth \textwidth
+\long\def\@makeslugcmmnt{\ifx\slug@comment\@empty\relax\else
+ \vskip 5ex
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\slug@comment}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\@slugcmmntwidth
+ \hbox to\textwidth{\hss
+ \parbox\@slugcmmntwidth\slug@comment}
+ \else
+ \hbox to\textwidth{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi
+\fi}
+
+% Editorial offices like to have receipt and acceptance dates on the front
+% page for tracking purposes. The current practice is to require the author
+% to type Received __________________ and Accepted ________________ lines
+% for the staff to type on. The \@dates command will typeset either rules
+% or the dates specified in \received and/or \accepted commands. Note that
+% authors should not include \received and \accepted.
+
+\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}
+
+% \@dates determines formatting of MS date information.
+
+\def\@dates{{Received}\space%
+ \if\@recvdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
+ \hspace{1.5em}{accepted}\space%
+ \if\@accptdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
+}
+
+% The \sluginfo command is executed automatically when a \begin{abstract} is
+% encountered, so it is not necessary (or appropriate) for the author to
+% include this line explicitly. The received/accepted business is a
+% concern only for the editorial staff, hence we have arranged for the
+% author not to have to fuss with it.
+
+\def\sluginfo{{\center
+ \@dates
+ \@makeslugcmmnt
+ %\@slug
+ %\@runheads
+ \endcenter}}
+
+\let\dates=\sluginfo % Backwards compatibility
+
+%\@input{text.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FRONT MATTER *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Make adjustments to LaTeX abstract style: optional upper case heading,
+% retain current type size (should be normalsize), ignore twocolumn option
+% in this substyle, add \sluginfo, and start abstract on fresh page.
+
+\def\abstract{\sluginfo\clearpage
+ \begin{center}
+ {\bf{ABSTRACT}}
+ \end{center}
+ \quotation
+}
+
+% Title and author identification is by way of standard LaTeX commands
+% \title and \author, although the macros themselves are rather different.
+% The information is typeset by these macros in this style, rather than
+% being buffered as per regular LaTeX. The authors' principal affiliation
+% is specified with a separate macro \affil. Each \author command should
+% be followed by its own \affil (or address).
+%
+% Authors often have affiliations above and beyond their main employer,
+% and these are specified with the \altaffilmark and \altaffiltext commands.
+% These commands behave like the \footnotemark and \footnotetext commands
+% of LaTeX. \altaffilmark is appended to author's names in the \author
+% lists, and generates the superscript identification numbers.
+% The text for the individual alternate affiliations is generated by the
+% \altaffiltext command. It is up to the author to make sure that the
+% \altaffilmark numbers attached to authors' names correspond to the correct
+% alternate affiliation.
+%
+% \title{LUCID TEXT}
+% \author{NAME(S)}
+% \authoraddr{AUTHOR'S POSTAL ADDRESS}
+% \affil{AFFILIATION}
+% \altaffilmark{TAG NUMBER(S)}
+% \altaffiltext{NUMERICAL TAG}{TEXT}
+%
+% The typesetting performed by these commands is appropriate for the top of
+% the first text page of the manuscript. They could as well be used on a
+% title cover page, but vertical placement would have to be controlled by
+% the author. This is not to be encouraged, since I want to discourage
+% the introduction of any extra horizontal or vertical space.
+
+\def\title#1{{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}
+ \center\large\bf{#1}\endcenter}
+ \thispagestyle{empty}}
+\def\author#1{{\topsep\z@\center\normalsize#1\endcenter}}
+\let\authoraddr=\@gobble
+\def\affil#1{\vspace*{-2.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center#1\endcenter}}
+\def\altaffilmark#1{$^{#1}$}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\footnotetext[#1]{#2}\stepcounter{footnote}}
+
+% Redefine the LaTeX \and command for this style.
+
+\def\and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * KEYWORDS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Keywords environment. Keywords, subject headings, etc., are accommodated
+% only as a piece of text; the \keywords command indents if necessary and
+% supplies the proper leading text ("Keywords:", "Subject headings:", etc.)
+% but does not apply formatting to the user's keyword text. The author
+% must supply the correct punctuation according to the journal style.
+%
+% Note that the editors of A&A, ApJ, and MNRAS have discussed the issue
+% of keywords, and there is disagreement about whether "subject headings"
+% or "keywords" should appear after abstracts in astronomical papers.
+% It does not really matter what the macro is called, so I will stick
+% to \keywords since I don't know what the difference is anyway.
+
+\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}
+\def\@keyworddelim{---}
+
+\def\keywords#1{\vspace*{-.7ex}%\vspace{\z@}
+ \if@twocolumn\noindent{{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}
+ \else{\quote{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}\endquote}
+ \fi}
+
+\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
+
+% It might be possible to handle keywords and their punctuation more
+% automatically at some stage, but at the moment using this looping
+% construct is serious overkill. It also causes problems because the
+% loop delimiter is a comma, and there are keywords that legitimately
+% contain commas. It also seem ponderous to me for keywords in the
+% \keyword list to be delimited by `|', so I make the author responsible
+% for keyword list punctuation.
+
+%\def\@kwds#1{\def\@kwddlm{}\@for\@kwd:=#1\do
+% {\@kwddlm\def\@kwddlm{\space\@keyworddelim\penalty\@m\space}{\@kwd}}}
+
+\def\@kwds#1{#1\relax}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FOOTNOTES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% The following code redefines a few things so that spacing in footnotes is
+% different than LaTeX defaults. The adjustment to \skip\footins increases
+% the amount of vspace inserted before the \footnoterule. Redefine
+% \@makefntext to get proper indentation.
+
+\skip\footins 4ex plus 1ex minus .5ex
+\footnotesep 3ex
+
+%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent\hbox to\z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\indent\hbox{$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SECTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% \@startsection {NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
+% optional * [ALTHEADING]{HEADING}
+% Generic command to start a section.
+% NAME : e.g., 'subsection'
+% LEVEL : a number, denoting depth of section -- e.g., chapter=1,
+% section = 2, etc.
+% INDENT : Indentation of heading from left margin
+% BEFORESKIP : Absolute value = skip to leave above the heading.
+% If negative, then paragraph indent of text following
+% heading is suppressed.
+% AFTERSKIP : if positive, then skip to leave below heading, else
+% negative of skip to leave to right of run-in heading.
+% STYLE : commands to set style
+% If '*' missing, then increments the counter. If it is present, then
+% there should be no [ALTHEADING] argument.
+
+% Adjust section heading typography slightly. The manuscript editors
+% seem to like the idea that the heads will be centered, and that there
+% will be a "." trailing the section number. This requires hacking below
+% the normal LaTeX programming interface (\@startsection), since the
+% centering has to be turned on and off again before the section starts.
+%
+% Also, modify the indentation behavior so that ALL paragraphs, including
+% those first after section heads, are indented. This is consonant with
+% the styles of many journals, although it's non-standard typographic practice.
+
+\newif\if@firstsection \@firstsectiontrue
+
+\def\section{\if@firstsection\clearpage
+ \@firstsectionfalse\fi
+ \@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}.}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection\@arabic{\c@subsection}.}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}.}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+
+% For ApJ, acknowledgments are set off from main body text simply by
+% vertical space (no heading or type size change). I do the same for
+% the AAS manuscript style. For use in producing more polished output
+% for other journals, this macro might generate text saying
+% "Acknowledg[e]ments".
+
+\def\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex plus .8ex minus .4ex}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments % second spelling
+
+% LaTeX sectioning tools.
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup \center#6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#8}\par}%
+ \endcenter\endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec \sec@upcase{#8}\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #4\center\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#5}\par}\endcenter\endgroup
+ \else \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax \sec@upcase{#5}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#3}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * EQUATION NUMBERING *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Redefine \appendix so that equation numbers are prepended with
+% \theappendix number. Reset equation counter so that equation
+% numbers in the appendix begin again with 1. Note that the
+% \appendix command is NOT a sectioning command; it is merely
+% a delimiting markup between the main body of the paper and the
+% appendix. Sections in the appendix are still started with
+% \section commands.
+%
+% \appendix
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}.}
+ \def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}}}
+
+% Define mathletters environment. This is a wrapper that goes
+% *around* (outside of) equation or eqnarray environments.
+%
+% \begin{mathletters}
+% \end{mathletters}
+
+\newcounter{cureqno}
+
+\newenvironment{mathletters}{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+ \setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
+ \let\@curtheeqn\theequation%
+ \edef\cur@eqn{\csname theequation\endcsname}%
+ \def\theequation{\cur@eqn\alph{equation}}%
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}}%
+ {\let\theequation\@curtheeqn%
+ \setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}}
+
+% The \eqnum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% equation marking schemes.
+%
+% \eqnum{TEXT}
+
+\def\eqnum#1{\def\theequation{#1}\let\@currentlabel\theequation
+ \addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * BIBLIOGRAPHY *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Bibliography/references environment. For the time being, I don't think
+% it would be a good idea to force an implementation based on BibTeX,
+% although I'll prepare for that eventuality by using the constructs and
+% general ideas of the LaTeX thebibliography environment. Adjustments
+% have been made so that the \cite-\bibitem mechanism can be used to cite
+% references symbolically while maintaining proper citation syntax within
+% the paper; the author must create the citation label for each reference
+% in proper journal format in the \bibitem command.
+%
+% \begin{thebibliography}
+% \bibitem[LABEL]{TEXTTAG} \reference <bibliographic data>
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% where LABEL must adhere to the journal's standards, e.g. "Abt 1986".
+%
+% It is not necessary to use the thebibliography environment. This style
+% defines a references environment that simply sets off the list of references
+% and adjusts spacing parameters. It is not possible to use \bibitems
+% within the references environment. (The \reference command cannot be
+% shortened to \ref; \ref is used in vanilla LaTeX for cross-referencing.)
+%
+% \begin{references}
+% \reference <bibliographic data>
+% \end{references}
+%
+% \markcite{TEXT}
+%
+% Observe that the bibliographic data supplied by the author must also
+% conform to the standards of the journal. I have elected not to burden
+% authors with tedious LaTeX commands which would require many curly braces
+% to delimit the bibliographic fields because many of the journals I have
+% targeted in this project have agreed to reduce typographic overhead (bolding,
+% italicizing, etc.) in reference lists. (See Abt's editorial in ApJ 357.)
+% It is the responsibility of the author to get these fields in the proper
+% order with the correct punctuation; the information will be typeset as is,
+% i.e., in roman with no size or style changes.
+%
+% Macros are provided for many of the oft-referenced journals so that authors
+% may use the LaTeX names rather than having to look up a particular journal's
+% specific abbreviation. In principle, all the journals should be using the
+% same abbreviations, too, but I anticipate some changes in the specific
+% abbreviations before a set is finally settled on. As long as these macros
+% are kept up to date, authors need not be concerned about such editorial
+% changes.
+%
+% Corresponding with the non-BibTeX references environment and \reference
+% command for the reference list is the \markcite command. This can be
+% used to identify in-text citations; in this case, the author provides
+% the actual citation text as opposed to the symbolic tag. The use of
+% this is encouraged, even for journals where no special formatting of
+% citation call-outs is required; it is crucial for the future use of
+% on-line browsers.
+
+\def\references{\clearpage\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+ \bgroup\parindent=\z@\parskip=\itemsep
+ \def\refpar{\par\hangindent=3em\hangafter=1}}
+\def\endreferences{\refpar\egroup\revtex@pageid}
+
+\def\thebibliography{\clearpage\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+ \list{\null}{\leftmargin 3em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent -3em
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\refpar{\relax}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\revtex@pageid}
+
+\def\@biblabel#1{\relax}
+%\def\@cite#1#2{({#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi})}
+\def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}
+
+\def\reference{\relax\refpar} % Generic: might be better...
+\def\markcite#1{#1\relax}
+
+% Modify \@citex so that individual citation texts are NOT hboxed.
+% This allows TeX to break lines at spaces between words in citations.
+% Remove the obnoxious {\bf ?} that was inserted in the text when
+% undefined citations are encountered; here, the warning message is
+% printed only on the terminal.
+
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+
+%\@input{mstblfig.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TABLES AND FIGURES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Additions and adjustments for tables and figures.
+
+% Footnotes for tables are to be identified with lower case alphabetics,
+% rather than numeric. \tablenotemark and \tablenotetext commands are
+% provided analogous to \footnotemark and \footnotetext, but with the
+% identifier *required*, like \altaffilmark and \altaffiltext. The
+% \tablenotetext must be specified before the \end{table}, since
+% \end{table} displays it.
+%
+% \tablenotemark{TAG LETTER(S)}
+% \tablenotetext{ALPHA TAG}{TEXT}
+%
+% Note that TAG LETTER == ALPHA TAG for corresponding text. It is the
+% responsibility of the author to get the correspondence correct.
+%
+% The table footnotes are coupled to the table in which they occur, rather
+% than being associated with a particular page, and they are printed with
+% the table (relatively close to the caption) instead of appearing at the
+% extreme bottom of the page. This is done to ensure that the notes wind
+% up on the same page as the table, since tables are floats and can migrate
+% from one page to another. There is the additional benefit that the notes
+% are unambiguously attached to the proper table, which is what is required
+% in the event that the editorial requirement of one table only per page
+% is ever changed to permit several tables per page.
+%
+% Footnotes are NOT supported for figures.
+
+\def\tablenotemark#1{\rlap{$^{\rm #1}$}}
+
+% The \tablenotetext command buffers the table note text and the "proper"
+% tablenote formatting information in a token buffer. The tablenotes are
+% dispensed into the vertical page list by \spew@tblnotes, which is
+% executed by \end{table}. Note that certain "global" tablenote formatting
+% details are handled by \spew@tblnotes, which also clears the tblnote list.
+% Praise and honor are due to Kresten Krab Thorup (krab@iesd.auc.dk) for
+% posting ftn.sty to the Usenet, from which I drew the technique.
+
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\def\tblnote@list{}
+
+\def\tablenotetext#1#2{
+ \@temptokena={\vspace{.5ex}{\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2}\par}
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+\def\spew@tblnotes{
+ \ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+ \else
+ \vspace{4.5ex}
+ \footnoterule
+ \vspace{.5ex}
+ {\footnotesize\tblnote@list}
+ \gdef\tblnote@list{}
+ \fi}
+
+\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\end@float}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\spew@tblnotes\end@dblfloat}
+
+% Add a \tableline command for use in tabular environments. This command
+% produces the horizontal rule(s) between the column headings and the body
+% of the table. Authors are discouraged from using any \hlines themselves,
+% and are typically forbidden from using vertical rules by editors.
+
+\let\tableline=\hline
+
+% \@makecaption determines formatting for figure and table captions.
+% For manuscripts, all captions should be set as flushleft paragraphs.
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent #1 #2\par}
+
+% The \tablenum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% table marking schemes.
+%
+% \tablenum{TEXT}
+
+\def\tablenum#1{\def\thetable{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thetable
+ \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}}
+
+% The \figurenum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% figure marking schemes.
+%
+% \figurenum{TEXT}
+
+\def\figurenum#1{\def\thefigure{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thefigure
+ \addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PLANO TABLES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Plano tables are camera-ready pages that are included in a typeset
+% article the same way as line drawings, graphs, and other camera-ready
+% art, i.e., as "planographic" figures. There are desirable properties
+% for a formatter to have that are somewhat above and beyond LaTeX'x
+% tabular environment that would facilitate the creation of such tables.
+% Among these are breaking long tables across pages, using footnotes
+% in a table, specifying comments and references for tables, etc.
+%
+% What follows was inspired by supertab.sty by Theo Jurriens, 1988.
+
+% Commands for identifying table elements in a consistent way. Observe
+% that the formatting is embedded in the macro definitions so that the
+% author doesn't need to be concerned about stylistic nuances.
+%
+% \tablecaption{TEXT}
+% \tablehead{TEXT}
+% \colhead{HEADING}
+% \tabletail{TEXT}
+% \tablewidth{DIMEN}
+% \tableheadfrac{NUM}
+
+\newbox\pt@box
+\newdimen\pt@width
+\newcount\pt@line
+\newcount\pt@nlines
+\newcount\pt@ncol
+
+\def\colhead#1{\omit\hidewidth{#1}\hidewidth\global\advance\pt@ncol by\@ne}
+\def\tablecaption#1{\gdef\pt@caption{#1}} \def\pt@caption{\relax}
+\def\tablehead#1{\gdef\pt@head{\hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]
+ #1\hskip\tabcolsep\\[.7ex]\hline\relax\\[-1.5ex]}} \def\pt@head{\relax}
+\def\tabletail#1{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}} \def\pt@tail{\relax}
+\def\tablewidth#1{\pt@width=#1} \pt@width\textwidth
+\def\tableheadfrac#1{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}} \def\pt@headfrac{.1}
+
+% Calculate the number of tabular rows that will fit in the body of the
+% table. The height of the table body and the number of lines are
+% calculated thus:
+%
+% bodyheight = \textheight * (1 - \pt@headfrac)
+% \pt@nlines = bodyheight / (\arraystretch * \baselineskip)
+%
+% The row height can be seen to be valid algebraically if one examines the
+% definitions for \strutbox, \@setstrut, and \@array. I could eliminate
+% this calculation, as well as its attendant parameters, if it were possible
+% to determine the accumulated height of the \halign box as TeX goes along.
+
+\def\pt@calcnlines{\@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight
+ \@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by-\@tempdima
+ \@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
+ \divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
+ \global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb}
+
+% Define \pt@tabular, a ripoff of \@tabular but with \leavevmode removed
+% so tabular box can be set with \setbox. I do this so that table notes
+% can be set to natural width of table, if desired. Also, set \@acol
+% to \@ptabacol, which is called when building the preamble for the
+% \halign (assuming the first column format specification is "l", which
+% it should be for ApJ tables) so that \tabskip within the table is set
+% to \fill. This permits us to toggle between natural and fixed-width
+% tables without requiring the user to change markup. Note that by
+% forcing \tabskip always to be \fill, I pretty well nullify any
+% @{\hspace} commands the user puts in the template, but this environment
+% is for people who don't want to think about that sort of stuff anyway.
+
+\def\pt@tabular{\hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@ptabacol
+ \let\@classz\@tabclassz
+ \let\@classiv\@tabclassiv \let\\\@tabularcr\@tabarray}
+
+\def\@ptabacol{\edef\@preamble{\@preamble \hskip \tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}}
+
+% Permit different identifying strings, one for the first page of the
+% table and one for continuation pages. LaTeX's \fnum@table is set to
+% one or the other automatically in the environment. Note that caption
+% handling is not so graceful: you have to edit inside the big macros to
+% adjust this. Someday, I will be ambitious enough to fix this.
+
+\def\fnum@ptable{Table \thetable}
+\def\fnum@ptablecont{Table \thetable---{\rm Continued}}
+
+\def\set@mkcaption{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+ \center\rm##1.\quad##2\endcenter\vskip 2.5ex}}
+\def\set@mkcaptioncont{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+ \center\rm##1\endcenter\vskip 2.5ex}}
+
+\newenvironment{planotable}[1]{\def\pt@format{\string#1}%
+ \set@tblnotetext\pt@ncol=0}%
+ {\crcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\endtabular%
+ \pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box\spew@ptblnotes%
+ \typeout{Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width}%
+ \endcenter\end@float}
+
+\def\startdata{\pt@line=0\pt@calcnlines%
+ \ifdim\pt@width>\z@\def\@halignto{to \pt@width}\else\def\@halignto{}\fi%
+ \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable\set@mkcaption%
+ \@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+ \setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head}
+
+% A kludgey kind of line delimiter is needed so that the line counter
+% can be checked prior to adding the line to the alignment box. This
+% is bad because this form does not permit the addition of vertical
+% space using the [.5ex] construct; this has to be done with an explicit
+% \vskip. And a disgusting \noalign is required, so I have to create
+% another silly piece of markup to accomplish this conveniently.
+%
+% What is desired, of course, is for this line count checking to take
+% place within the syntax of the regular LaTeX \\ command. I have been
+% giving myself apoplexy trying to figure this out for the last 36 hours,
+% and I have decided I will have to wait for the onset of my "lucid
+% period" for a solution. In the meantime...
+
+\def\pt@nl{\global\advance\pt@line by\@ne%
+ \ifnum\pt@line=\pt@nlines%
+ \endtabular\box\pt@box
+ \endcenter\end@float\clearpage%
+ \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
+ \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont\set@mkcaptioncont%
+ \@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+ \global\pt@ncol=0%
+ \setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head%
+ \global\pt@line=0%
+ \else\\
+ \fi}
+
+% Author markup commands for planotable environment line breaks.
+%
+% \nl == \nextline
+% \tablevspace{DIMEN}
+% \tablebreak
+
+\let\nl=\pt@nl
+\let\nextline=\pt@nl
+
+\def\tablevspace#1{\noalign{\vskip{#1}}}
+\def\tablebreak{\pt@line\pt@nlines\advance\pt@line by\m@ne\pt@nl}
+
+% We have some specialty heads that are sometimes wanted in tables.
+%
+% \cutinhead{TEXT}
+% \sidehead{TEXT}
+
+\def\cutinhead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+ \hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -4ex}
+ \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}\pt@nl
+ \noalign{\vskip .8ex}
+ \hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2ex}}
+
+\def\sidehead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+ \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}\pt@nl
+ \noalign{\vskip .5ex}}
+
+\def\set@tblnotetext{\def\tablenotetext##1##2{{%
+ \@temptokena={\vspace{0ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em$^{\rm ##1}$##2}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}}}
+
+\def\spew@ptblnotes{
+ \ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+ \else
+ \par
+ \vspace{2ex}
+ {\tblnote@list}
+ \gdef\tblnote@list{}
+ \fi}
+
+% Special kinds of table footnotes. Sometimes authors tabulate things
+% which have corresponding references, and it may be desirable to associate
+% these references with the table rather than (or in addition to) the
+% formal reference list. Occasionally, authors wish to append a short
+% paragraph of explanatory notes that pertain to the entire table, but
+% which are different than the caption.
+%
+% \tablerefs{REFERENCE LIST}
+% \tablecomments{TEXT}
+
+\def\tablerefs#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em\rm References. --- #1}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+\def\tablecomments#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em\rm Note. --- #1}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+% Figure and table style parameters.
+
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fnum@figure{{\rm Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}
+
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fnum@table{{\rm Table \thetable:}}
+
+% Figure and table float positions.
+
+\def\fps@figure{bp}
+\def\fps@table{bp}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * EPS INCLUSIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Include Rokicki's epsf.sty file explicitly.
+
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\@input{epsf.sty}}{\relax}
+
+% Simplified EPS inclusion macros so we can see how this goes...
+% These are layered on Rokicki's dvips material, and are dependent
+% on the author's use of that DVI driver.
+%
+% \plotone{EPSFILE}
+% \plottwo{EPSFILE}{EPSFILE}
+% \plotfiddle{EPSFILE}{VSIZE}{ROT}{HSF}{VSF}{HTRANS}{VTRANS}
+%
+% \plotone inserts the plot in a space that is \columnwidth wide; the
+% plot is scaled so the horizontal dimension fits in the text width,
+% and the vertical dimension is scaled to maintain the aspect ratio.
+% \plottwo inserts two plots next to each other in one \columnwidth,
+% sort of like "two-up" mode.
+%
+% EPSFILE name of file with EPS
+%
+% The following arguments are for the \plotfiddle macro which formats
+% the \special itself, prepares vspace, etc. This completely bypasses
+% Rokicki's macros that attempt to rationalize the EPS BoundingBox with
+% the LaTeX page dimensions.
+%
+% VSIZE vertical white space to allow for plot
+% ROT rotation angle
+% HSF horiz scale factor
+% VSF vert scale factor
+% HTRANS horiz translation
+% VTRANS vert translation
+
+%\epsfverbosetrue
+
+\def\plotone#1{\centering \leavevmode
+ \epsfxsize=\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1}}
+
+\def\plottwo#1#2{\centering \leavevmode
+ \epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1} \hfil
+ \epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#2}}
+
+\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\centering \leavevmode
+ \vbox to#2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
+ \special{psfile=#1 voffset=#7 hoffset=#6 vscale=#5 hscale=#4 angle=#3}}
+
+%\@input{abbrevs.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * ABBREVIATIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Abbreviations for journals. The object here is to provide authors
+% with convenient shorthands for the most "popular" (often-cited)
+% journals; the author can use these markup tags without being concerned
+% about the exact form of the journal abbreviation, or its formatting.
+% It is up to the keeper of the macros to make sure the macros expand
+% to the proper text. If macro package writers agree to all use the
+% same TeX command name, authors only have to remember one thing, and
+% the style file will take care of editorial preferences. This also
+% applies when a single journal decides to revamp its abbreviating
+% scheme, as happened with the ApJ (Abt 1991).
+
+\let\jnl@style=\rm
+\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}
+
+\def\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}} % Astronomical Journal
+\def\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}} % Annual Review of Astron and Astrophys
+\def\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}} % Astrophysical Journal
+\def\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}} % Astrophysical Journal, Letters
+\def\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}} % Astrophysical Journal, Supplement
+\def\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.Optics}} % Applied Optics
+\def\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}} % Astrophysics and Space Science
+\def\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics
+\def\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics Reviews
+\def\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics, Supplement
+\def\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}} % Astronomicheskii Zhurnal
+\def\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}} % Bulletin of the AAS
+\def\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}} % Journal of the RAS of Canada
+\def\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}} % Memoirs of the RAS
+\def\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}} % Monthly Notices of the RAS
+\def\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.A}} % Physical Review A: General Physics
+\def\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.B}} % Physical Review B: Solid State
+\def\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.C}} % Physical Review C
+\def\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.D}} % Physical Review D
+\def\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.Lett}} % Physical Review Letters
+\def\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}} % Publications of the ASP
+\def\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}} % Publications of the ASJ
+\def\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}} % Quarterly Journal of the RAS
+\def\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}} % Sky and Telescope
+\def\solphys{\ref@jnl{Solar~Phys.}} % Solar Physics
+\def\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}} % Soviet Astronomy
+\def\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.Rev.}} % Space Science Reviews
+\def\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}} % Zeitschrift fuer Astrophysik
+
+\let\astap=\aap
+\let\apjlett=\apjl
+\let\apjsupp=\apjs
+
+%\@input{misc.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * MISCELLANEOUS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Handy little things everybody works out for themselves anyway. Many
+% of these come from Springer's A&A package, and some were contributed
+% by Francois Schweizer at DTM. You can go berserk making these up,
+% especially when you start getting into the composite ones. We have
+% tried to select a tractable number that were useful, and somewhat
+% difficult to get right because fussy kerning or some such is required.
+% Most can be used in or out of math mode with impunity; \alt and \agt
+% are relations and can only be used in math mode.
+
+\def\deg{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\earth{\hbox{$\oplus$}}
+\def\lesssim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$<$}}}}
+\def\gtrsim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$>$}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\micron{\hbox{$\mu$m}}
+
+\let\la=\lesssim % For Springer A&A compliance...
+\let\ga=\gtrsim
+
+% Permit author to typeset "case" fractions. This is sometimes
+% wanted in displayed equations, during which LaTeX will set fractions
+% specified as \frac{x}{y} as "built-up" fractions (numerator and
+% denominator at body text size).
+
+\def\case#1#2{\hbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}
+
+% Permit author to typeset fractions set with solidus where the size
+% is reduced and the numerals are oriented diagonally. Note that this
+% is different from a "shilled" fraction, which the author can produce
+% without any special formatting markup. Define markup shorthands for
+% several common fractions using solidus.
+
+\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}
+\def\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}
+\def\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}
+\def\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}
+\def\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}
+\def\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}
+
+\def\ubvr{\hbox{$U\!BV\!R$}} % UBVR system
+\def\ub{\hbox{$U\!-\!B$}} % U-B
+\def\bv{\hbox{$B\!-\!V$}} % B-V
+\def\vr{\hbox{$V\!-\!R$}} % V-R
+\def\ur{\hbox{$U\!-\!R$}} % U-R
+
+% Notation for atomic species (ionization levels). The ionization state
+% is specified as the second argument, and should be given as a numeral.
+% The macro has to expand the numeric state into the proper notation for
+% the publication (roman, numeric, plus signs, etc.)
+%
+% \ion{ELEMENT}{IONIZATION STATE}
+
+\def\ion#1#2{#1$\;${\small\rm\@Roman{#2}}\relax}
+
+% Centered ellipsis for use in tables (for unknown values). \nodata
+% is generalized markup for this notion: format of null-valued entries
+% in tables is style-specific.
+
+%\def\cellipsis{\hfill$\cdots$\hfill}
+\def\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\cdots$}}
+
+% This is a generalization of the \LaTeX definition that comes in LaTeX.
+% The change here ensures that LaTeX will be typeset in the current style,
+% rather than always in roman.
+
+\newcount\lecurrentfam
+\def\LaTeX{\lecurrentfam=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+ \hbox{$\fam\lecurrentfam\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * DEBUGGING *
+% ****************************************
+
+\def\sizrpt{
+ (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+ \typeout{
+ (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aasms.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aasms.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5466af1fbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aasms.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+\def\revtex@ver{3.0}
+\def\revtex@date{10 Jan 93}
+\def\revtex@org{AAS}
+\def\revtex@jnl{AAS}
+\def\revtex@genre{manuscript}
+\typeout{\revtex@org\space \revtex@genre\space substyle,
+v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.}
+\def\revtex@pageid{\xdef\@thefnmark{\null}
+\@footnotetext{This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
+ \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.}}
+\def\genre@MS{manuscript}
+\def\genre@PP{preprint}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\genre@MS
+\ifnum\@ptsize<2
+\typeout{Warning: Undersize \revtex@genre\space font (1\@ptsize\space pts).
+ Using 12pt documentstyle option.}
+\@input{art12.sty}
+\fi
+\fi
+\def\ps@plaintop{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\rm\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}
+\def\@evenfoot{}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+\ps@plaintop
+\pretolerance=10000
+\@rightskip=\z@ plus 4em\rightskip\@rightskip
+\textwidth=6.5in
+\textheight=8.4in
+\topmargin=0in
+\headheight=.15in
+\headsep=.35in
+\oddsidemargin=0in
+\evensidemargin=0in
+\parindent=2em
+\parskip=1.5ex
+\let\footnotesize=\normalsize
+\def\@tightleading{1.1}
+\def\@doubleleading{1.6}
+\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}
+\def\tighten{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}}
+\let\tightenlines=\tighten
+\let\singlespace=\relax
+\let\doublespace=\relax
+\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}
+\def\eqsecnum{
+\@newctr{equation}[section]
+\def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}}}
+\def\@journalname{The Astropolitical Journal}
+\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}
+\def\received#1{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}} \received{\relax}
+\def\revised#1{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}} \revised{\relax}
+\def\accepted#1{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}} \accepted{\relax}
+\def\journalid#1#2{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}
+\def\articleid#1#2{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}
+\def\paperid#1{\gdef\@paperid{#1}} \paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}
+\def\ccc#1{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}} \ccc{000-00\$75.95-CDB}
+\def\cpright#1#2{\@nameuse{cpr@#1} \gdef\cpr@year{#2}
+\typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}}
+\newcount\@cprtype \@cprtype=\@ne
+\def\cpr@AAS{\@cprtype=1}
+\def\cpr@PD{\@cprtype=2}
+\def\cpr@Crown{\@cprtype=3}
+\def\cpr@none{\@cprtype=4}
+\def\cpr@ASP{\@cprtype=5}
+\def\cpr@year{\number\year}
+\def\@slug{\par\noindent
+\ifcase\@cprtype
+ \relax
+\or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+\or
+ This article is in the public domain.
+\or
+ Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+\or
+ No copyright is claimed for this article.
+\or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the ASP.
+\fi
+\par\noindent
+Manuscript number \@paperid.\par\noindent
+\CCC@code
+}
+\def\lefthead#1{\gdef\@versohead{#1}} \lefthead{\relax}
+\def\righthead#1{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}} \righthead{\relax}
+\def\@runheads{\@tempcnta\c@page
+\@whilenum \@tempcnta >0\do{
+\vskip 3ex
+\hbox to30pc{\small\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
+ \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil}
+\advance\@tempcnta by\m@ne}
+}
+\def\slugcomment#1{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}} \slugcomment{}
+\newdimen\@slugcmmntwidth \@slugcmmntwidth \textwidth
+\long\def\@makeslugcmmnt{\ifx\slug@comment\@empty\relax\else
+\vskip 5ex
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\slug@comment}
+\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\@slugcmmntwidth
+\hbox to\textwidth{\hss
+ \parbox\@slugcmmntwidth\slug@comment}
+\else
+\hbox to\textwidth{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+\fi
+\fi}
+\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}
+\def\@dates{{Received}\space%
+\if\@recvdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
+\hspace{1.5em}{accepted}\space%
+\if\@accptdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
+}
+\def\sluginfo{{\center
+\@dates
+\@makeslugcmmnt
+
+
+\endcenter}}
+\let\dates=\sluginfo
+\def\abstract{\sluginfo\clearpage
+\begin{center}
+{\bf{ABSTRACT}}
+\end{center}
+\quotation
+}
+\def\title#1{{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}
+\center\large\bf{#1}\endcenter}
+\thispagestyle{empty}}
+\def\author#1{{\topsep\z@\center\normalsize#1\endcenter}}
+\let\authoraddr=\@gobble
+\def\affil#1{\vspace*{-2.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center#1\endcenter}}
+\def\altaffilmark#1{$^{#1}$}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\footnotetext[#1]{#2}\stepcounter{footnote}}
+\def\and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}
+\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}
+\def\@keyworddelim{---}
+\def\keywords#1{\vspace*{-.7ex}
+\if@twocolumn\noindent{{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}
+\else{\quote{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}\endquote}
+\fi}
+\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
+\def\@kwds#1{#1\relax}
+\skip\footins 4ex plus 1ex minus .5ex
+\footnotesep 3ex
+\newif\if@firstsection \@firstsectiontrue
+\def\section{\if@firstsection\clearpage
+\@firstsectionfalse\fi
+\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}.}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection\@arabic{\c@subsection}.}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}.}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+\def\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex plus .8ex minus .4ex}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+\def\@svsec{}\else
+\refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em }\fi
+\@tempskipa #5\relax
+\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+\begingroup \center#6\relax
+\@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#8}\par}%
+\endcenter\endgroup
+\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+#7}\else
+\def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec \sec@upcase{#8}\csname #1mark\endcsname
+{#7}\addcontentsline
+{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+#7}}\fi
+\@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+\begingroup #4\center\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+\sec@upcase{#5}\par}\endcenter\endgroup
+\else \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax \sec@upcase{#5}}\fi
+\@xsect{#3}}
+\def\appendix{\par
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+\setcounter{subsection}{0}
+\setcounter{equation}{0}
+\def\thesection{\Alph{section}.}
+\def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}}}
+\newcounter{cureqno}
+\newenvironment{mathletters}{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+\setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
+\let\@curtheeqn\theequation%
+\edef\cur@eqn{\csname theequation\endcsname}%
+\def\theequation{\cur@eqn\alph{equation}}%
+\setcounter{equation}{0}}%
+{\let\theequation\@curtheeqn%
+\setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}}
+\def\eqnum#1{\def\theequation{#1}\let\@currentlabel\theequation
+\addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}}
+\def\references{\clearpage\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+\bgroup\parindent=\z@\parskip=\itemsep
+\def\refpar{\par\hangindent=3em\hangafter=1}}
+\def\endreferences{\refpar\egroup\revtex@pageid}
+\def\thebibliography{\clearpage\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+\list{\null}{\leftmargin 3em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent -3em
+\usecounter{enumi}}
+\def\refpar{\relax}
+\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+\sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\revtex@pageid}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\relax}
+\def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}
+\def\reference{\relax\refpar}
+\def\markcite#1{#1\relax}
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+{\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+{b@\@citeb}{\@warning
+{Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+\def\tablenotemark#1{\rlap{$^{\rm #1}$}}
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\def\tblnote@list{}
+\def\tablenotetext#1#2{
+\@temptokena={\vspace{.5ex}{\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2}\par}
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\spew@tblnotes{
+\ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+\else
+\vspace{4.5ex}
+\footnoterule
+\vspace{.5ex}
+{\footnotesize\tblnote@list}
+\gdef\tblnote@list{}
+\fi}
+\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\end@float}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\spew@tblnotes\end@dblfloat}
+\let\tableline=\hline
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent #1 #2\par}
+\def\tablenum#1{\def\thetable{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thetable
+\addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}}
+\def\figurenum#1{\def\thefigure{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thefigure
+\addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}}
+\newbox\pt@box
+\newdimen\pt@width
+\newcount\pt@line
+\newcount\pt@nlines
+\newcount\pt@ncol
+\def\colhead#1{\omit\hidewidth{#1}\hidewidth\global\advance\pt@ncol by\@ne}
+\def\tablecaption#1{\gdef\pt@caption{#1}} \def\pt@caption{\relax}
+\def\tablehead#1{\gdef\pt@head{\hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]
+#1\hskip\tabcolsep\\[.7ex]\hline\relax\\[-1.5ex]}} \def\pt@head{\relax}
+\def\tabletail#1{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}} \def\pt@tail{\relax}
+\def\tablewidth#1{\pt@width=#1} \pt@width\textwidth
+\def\tableheadfrac#1{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}} \def\pt@headfrac{.1}
+\def\pt@calcnlines{\@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight
+\@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by-\@tempdima
+\@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
+\divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
+\global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb}
+\def\pt@tabular{\hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@ptabacol
+\let\@classz\@tabclassz
+\let\@classiv\@tabclassiv \let\\\@tabularcr\@tabarray}
+\def\@ptabacol{\edef\@preamble{\@preamble \hskip \tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}}
+\def\fnum@ptable{Table \thetable}
+\def\fnum@ptablecont{Table \thetable---{\rm Continued}}
+\def\set@mkcaption{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+\center\rm##1.\quad##2\endcenter\vskip 2.5ex}}
+\def\set@mkcaptioncont{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+\center\rm##1\endcenter\vskip 2.5ex}}
+\newenvironment{planotable}[1]{\def\pt@format{\string#1}%
+\set@tblnotetext\pt@ncol=0}%
+{\crcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\endtabular%
+\pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box\spew@ptblnotes%
+\typeout{Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width}%
+\endcenter\end@float}
+\def\startdata{\pt@line=0\pt@calcnlines%
+\ifdim\pt@width>\z@\def\@halignto{to \pt@width}\else\def\@halignto{}\fi%
+\let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable\set@mkcaption%
+\@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+\setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head}
+\def\pt@nl{\global\advance\pt@line by\@ne%
+\ifnum\pt@line=\pt@nlines%
+\endtabular\box\pt@box
+\endcenter\end@float\clearpage%
+\addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
+\let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont\set@mkcaptioncont%
+\@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+\global\pt@ncol=0%
+\setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head%
+\global\pt@line=0%
+\else\\
+\fi}
+\let\nl=\pt@nl
+\let\nextline=\pt@nl
+\def\tablevspace#1{\noalign{\vskip{#1}}}
+\def\tablebreak{\pt@line\pt@nlines\advance\pt@line by\m@ne\pt@nl}
+\def\cutinhead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+\hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -4ex}
+\multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}\pt@nl
+\noalign{\vskip .8ex}
+\hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2ex}}
+\def\sidehead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+\multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}\pt@nl
+\noalign{\vskip .5ex}}
+\def\set@tblnotetext{\def\tablenotetext##1##2{{%
+\@temptokena={\vspace{0ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em$^{\rm ##1}$##2}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}}}
+\def\spew@ptblnotes{
+\ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+\else
+\par
+\vspace{2ex}
+{\tblnote@list}
+\gdef\tblnote@list{}
+\fi}
+\def\tablerefs#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em\rm References. --- #1}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\tablecomments#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em\rm Note. --- #1}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fnum@figure{{\rm Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fnum@table{{\rm Table \thetable:}}
+\def\fps@figure{bp}
+\def\fps@table{bp}
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\@input{epsf.sty}}{\relax}
+\def\plotone#1{\centering \leavevmode
+\epsfxsize=\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1}}
+\def\plottwo#1#2{\centering \leavevmode
+\epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1} \hfil
+\epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#2}}
+\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\centering \leavevmode
+\vbox to#2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
+\special{psfile=#1 voffset=#7 hoffset=#6 vscale=#5 hscale=#4 angle=#3}}
+\let\jnl@style=\rm
+\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}
+\def\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}}
+\def\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}}
+\def\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}
+\def\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}
+\def\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}}
+\def\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.Optics}}
+\def\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}}
+\def\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}}
+\def\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}}
+\def\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}}
+\def\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}}
+\def\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}}
+\def\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}}
+\def\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}}
+\def\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}}
+\def\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.A}}
+\def\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.B}}
+\def\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.C}}
+\def\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.D}}
+\def\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.Lett}}
+\def\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}}
+\def\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}}
+\def\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}}
+\def\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}}
+\def\solphys{\ref@jnl{Solar~Phys.}}
+\def\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}}
+\def\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.Rev.}}
+\def\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}}
+\let\astap=\aap
+\let\apjlett=\apjl
+\let\apjsupp=\apjs
+\def\deg{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\earth{\hbox{$\oplus$}}
+\def\lesssim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$<$}}}}
+\def\gtrsim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$>$}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\micron{\hbox{$\mu$m}}
+\let\la=\lesssim
+\let\ga=\gtrsim
+\def\case#1#2{\hbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}
+\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}
+\def\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}
+\def\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}
+\def\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}
+\def\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}
+\def\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}
+\def\ubvr{\hbox{$U\!BV\!R$}}
+\def\ub{\hbox{$U\!-\!B$}}
+\def\bv{\hbox{$B\!-\!V$}}
+\def\vr{\hbox{$V\!-\!R$}}
+\def\ur{\hbox{$U\!-\!R$}}
+\def\ion#1#2{#1$\;${\small\rm\@Roman{#2}}\relax}
+\def\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\cdots$}}
+\newcount\lecurrentfam
+\def\LaTeX{\lecurrentfam=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+\hbox{$\fam\lecurrentfam\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+\def\sizrpt{
+(\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+\typeout{
+(\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspp.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspp.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37135123ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspp.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@
+% AASPP.STY -- AAS preprint substyle definition for LaTeX.
+
+% My convention for identifying configuration information is for styles
+% to define the five parameters below.
+
+\def\revtex@ver{3.0} % Version number of this file.
+\def\revtex@date{10 Jan 93} % Revision date.
+\def\revtex@org{AAS} % Sponsoring organization.
+\def\revtex@jnl{AAS} % Applicable journal, if specific.
+\def\revtex@genre{preprint} % Document "type".
+
+% Display identifying message on screen and in logfile.
+
+\typeout{\revtex@org\space \revtex@genre\space substyle,
+ v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.}
+
+% The following mini-colophon identifies the article are having been
+% prepared with this macro package. The \revtex@pageid command only
+% defines the formatting of this colophon; its existence and placement
+% within the printed article is controlled by the use of this command
+% in the style file.
+
+\def\revtex@pageid{\xdef\@thefnmark{\null}
+ \@footnotetext{This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
+ \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.}}
+
+% Issue a warning if manuscripts are formatted with type smaller than 12pt.
+
+\def\genre@MS{manuscript}
+\def\genre@PP{preprint}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\genre@PP
+ \ifnum\@ptsize<1
+ \typeout{Warning: Undersize \revtex@genre\space font (1\@ptsize\space pts).
+ Use 11pt or 12pt documentstyle option.}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE LAYOUT *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Create "plaintop" page style that has folios at top of page.
+
+\def\ps@plaintop{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\rm\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}
+ \def\@evenfoot{}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+
+\ps@plaintop % Use "plaintop" pagestyle by default.
+\pretolerance=10000 % Disable hyphenation
+
+% The following gives "reasonable" ragged right results.
+
+\@rightskip=\z@ plus 4em\rightskip\@rightskip
+
+% Page size, spacing parameters, etc.
+
+\textwidth=6.5in
+\textheight=8.4in
+\topmargin=0in
+\headheight=.15in
+\headsep=.35in
+\oddsidemargin=0in
+\evensidemargin=0in
+\parindent=2em
+\parskip=1.5ex
+
+
+%\@input{styopts.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * STYLE OPTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Make footnotes same size as main text.
+
+%\let\footnotesize=\normalsize
+
+% Define parameters to adjust the baselineskip.
+% These are passed as the scale factor argument to \baselinestretch.
+
+\def\@tightleading{1.1}
+\def\@doubleleading{1.6}
+
+% Double-space by default. Observe that you double-space in LaTeX by
+% resetting \baselinestretch, which is essentially a scale factor for
+% \baselineskip (= leading, for you typographophiles). The style uses
+% the \@doubleleading factor, defined above.
+
+\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}
+
+% The \tighten command merely resets the \baselinestretch to a
+% smaller factor, resulting in single-column text that is more closely
+% spaced. (This will always work.) Tightening the vertical spacing
+% in the text results in output that is more attractive for distribution
+% to colleagues who are primarily interested in reading the paper, as
+% opposed to copy editing it. Double-spaced output for referees and
+% copy editors is, however, the main objective of this style, hence
+% double-spacing occurs by default. The same effect as \tighten
+% can be achieved by using the "tighten" document style option.
+%
+% \tighten
+%
+% \tighten is intended for use in the preamble of the article.
+
+\def\tighten{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}}
+\let\tightenlines=\tighten
+
+% For authors who feel compelled to change between single and double
+% spacing in the manuscript, \singlespace and \doublespace commands
+% are provided. (Following recommendations of AAS Publications Board
+% Subcommittee on Preprints.)
+%
+% \singlespace
+% \doublespace
+
+\def\singlespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}\normalsize}
+\def\doublespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}\normalsize}
+
+% Upper case for sections (optional upper case items). These are created
+% so that some headings can be toggled between mixed case and upper case
+% readily. Headings that might be changed can be wrapped in the style
+% file in \sec@upcase{TEXT} constructs; the expansion of \sec@upcase is
+% controlled here. It is `\relax' by default (mixed case heads), and can
+% easily be changed to `\uppercase' if desired. If mixed case headings
+% are wanted by the editor, authors MUST supply mixed case text, although
+% this is what authors should be doing anyway. (Mixed can be converted
+% to upper, but the reverse transformation cannot be automated.)
+
+%\def\sec@upcase#1{\uppercase{#1}}
+\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}
+
+% Sometimes people want to number equations by section, rather than
+% sequentially through the whole paper.
+
+\def\eqsecnum{
+ \@newctr{equation}[section]
+ \def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}}}
+
+%\@input{tighten.sty}
+
+\tighten
+
+%\@input{slug.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SLUG LINE *
+% ****************************************
+
+% There are some obvious style-dependent parameters and formatting
+% instructions in this file. The object has been to keep the author
+% commands (the user interface, if you will) society, journal, and
+% style-independent, while the style-specific parameters and commands
+% are kept below that level. Commands and parameters that are susceptible
+% to external interpretation, either by authors or publishers/translators,
+% are identified by indented comment lines, with the semantics of command
+% arguments described in upper case text.
+%
+% \@journalname{JOURNAL NAME}
+% \cpr@holder{COPYRIGHT HOLDER}
+
+\def\@journalname{The Astropolitical Journal}
+\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}
+
+% Journal and article identification information is established by the
+% editorial staff. The following macros are used by personnel at the
+% editorial office to annotate/record slug-line data and should be included
+% in the manuscript preamble, i.e., before the LaTeX \begin{document}. All
+% they do is globally define other TeX control sequences that are used by
+% other macros at a later time.
+%
+% \received{RECEIPT DATE}
+% \revised{REVISION DATE}
+% \accepted{ACCEPTANCE DATE}
+% \journalid{VOL}{JOURNAL DATE}
+% \articleid{START PAGE}{END PAGE}
+% \paperid{ID}
+% \ccc{CODE}
+%
+% For preprints and submitted manuscripts in draft/referee format, etc.,
+% the slug-line information is irrelevant and in those kinds of style,
+% the data are never used. In my estimation, it is perfectly acceptable
+% to have these commands in the file (for future use), so they are defined
+% in the usual way.
+
+\def\received#1{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}} \received{\relax}
+\def\revised#1{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}} \revised{\relax}
+\def\accepted#1{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}} \accepted{\relax}
+\def\journalid#1#2{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}
+\def\articleid#1#2{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}
+\def\paperid#1{\gdef\@paperid{#1}} \paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}
+\def\ccc#1{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}} \ccc{000-00\$75.95-CDB}
+
+% Following copyright and running heads \defs are stubs.
+%\let\cpright=\@gobbletwo
+%\let\righthead=\@gobble
+%\let\lefthead=\@gobble
+
+% Copyright data. Permit the author/editor to supply a copyright
+% "type" as well as the year.
+%
+% \cpright{TYPE}{YEAR}
+%
+% Copyright types are designated by name and converted to numeric form.
+% The mapping of types is defined by the code that sets the @cprtype
+% counter. The language of the copyright notices is defined by \@slug.
+
+\def\cpright#1#2{\@nameuse{cpr@#1} \gdef\cpr@year{#2}
+ \typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}}
+
+\newcount\@cprtype \@cprtype=\@ne % Default copyright type.
+\def\cpr@AAS{\@cprtype=1}
+\def\cpr@PD{\@cprtype=2}
+\def\cpr@Crown{\@cprtype=3}
+\def\cpr@none{\@cprtype=4}
+\def\cpr@ASP{\@cprtype=5}
+
+\def\cpr@year{\number\year} % Default copyright year.
+
+% \@slug determines formatting of slugline information.
+% ATTN: Check with AAS/AIP/UCP about exact wording of these.
+
+\def\@slug{\par\noindent
+ \ifcase\@cprtype
+ \relax
+ \or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+ \or
+ This article is in the public domain.
+ \or
+ Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+ \or
+ No copyright is claimed for this article.
+ \or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the ASP.
+ \fi
+ \par\noindent
+ Manuscript number \@paperid.\par\noindent
+ \CCC@code
+}
+
+% Authors may be asked to supply running head information. We use the
+% language of the publisher here to distinguish between two pieces of
+% information: the left head frequently contains an author list (last
+% names, possibly truncated as et al.), while the right head frequently
+% contains an abbreviated form of the paper title. The \lefthead and
+% \righthead commands merely collect the information and buffer the text.
+%
+% \lefthead{TEXT}
+% \righthead{TEXT}
+%
+% For the ApJ, right heads are the short titles, and the publisher would
+% like for the author to specify a 44-character or less abbreviated title
+% to use as the running head on right pages.
+
+\def\lefthead#1{\gdef\@versohead{#1}} \lefthead{\relax}
+\def\righthead#1{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}} \righthead{\relax}
+
+% \@runheads determines formatting of running head information.
+
+\def\@runheads{\@tempcnta\c@page
+ \@whilenum \@tempcnta >0\do{
+ \vskip 3ex
+ \hbox to30pc{\small\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
+ \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil}
+ \advance\@tempcnta by\m@ne}
+}
+
+% The \slugcomment command is provided so authors or editors may include
+% a remark about the manuscript that may be desired in print for some
+% styles. For instance, authors like to include information about the
+% journal and publication date of accepted papers ("To appear in AJ,
+% November 1992").
+%
+% \slugcomment{TEXT}
+%
+% The formatting of the \slugcomment information is controlled by the
+% \@makeslugcmmnt command and its placement on the page is dictated
+% by the presence of \@makeslugcmmnt in \sluginfo (or whatever).
+
+\def\slugcomment#1{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}} \slugcomment{}
+
+% For PP style, slug comments are set flushright at the top of the title
+% page in a parbox of 2/3 the textwidth.
+
+\newdimen\@slugcmmntwidth \@slugcmmntwidth .67\textwidth
+\long\def\@makeslugcmmnt{\ifx\slug@comment\@empty\relax\else
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\slug@comment}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\@slugcmmntwidth
+ \hbox to\textwidth{\hss
+ \parbox\@slugcmmntwidth\slug@comment}
+ \else
+ \hbox to\textwidth{\hfil\box\@tempboxa}
+ \fi
+ \vskip 2ex
+\fi}
+
+% Editorial offices like to have receipt and acceptance dates on the front
+% page for tracking purposes. The current practice is to require the author
+% to type Received __________________ and Accepted ________________ lines
+% for the staff to type on. The \@dates command will typeset either rules
+% or the dates specified in \received and/or \accepted commands. Note that
+% authors should not include \received and \accepted.
+
+\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}
+
+% \@dates determines formatting of MS date information.
+
+\def\@dates{{Received}\space%
+ \if\@recvdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
+ \hspace{1.5em}{accepted}\space%
+ \if\@accptdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
+}
+
+% The \sluginfo command is executed automatically when a \begin{abstract} is
+% encountered, so it is not necessary (or appropriate) for the author to
+% include this line explicitly. The received/accepted business is a
+% concern only for the editorial staff, hence we have arranged for the
+% author not to have to fuss with it.
+
+\def\sluginfo{{\center
+ \@dates
+ %\@slug
+ %\@runheads
+ \endcenter}}
+
+\let\dates=\sluginfo % Backwards compatibility
+
+%\@input{text.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FRONT MATTER *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Make adjustments to LaTeX abstract style: optional upper case heading,
+% retain current type size (should be normalsize), ignore twocolumn option
+% in this substyle, add \sluginfo, and start abstract on fresh page.
+
+\def\abstract{%\sluginfo\clearpage
+ \begin{center}
+ {\bf{ABSTRACT}}
+ \end{center}
+ \quotation
+}
+
+% Title and author identification is by way of standard LaTeX commands
+% \title and \author, although the macros themselves are rather different.
+% The information is typeset by these macros in this style, rather than
+% being buffered as per regular LaTeX. The authors' principal affiliation
+% is specified with a separate macro \affil. Each \author command should
+% be followed by its own \affil (or address).
+%
+% Authors often have affiliations above and beyond their main employer,
+% and these are specified with the \altaffilmark and \altaffiltext commands.
+% These commands behave like the \footnotemark and \footnotetext commands
+% of LaTeX. \altaffilmark is appended to author's names in the \author
+% lists, and generates the superscript identification numbers.
+% The text for the individual alternate affiliations is generated by the
+% \altaffiltext command. It is up to the author to make sure that the
+% \altaffilmark numbers attached to authors' names correspond to the correct
+% alternate affiliation.
+%
+% \title{LUCID TEXT}
+% \author{NAME(S)}
+% \authoraddr{AUTHOR'S POSTAL ADDRESS}
+% \affil{AFFILIATION}
+% \altaffilmark{TAG NUMBER(S)}
+% \altaffiltext{NUMERICAL TAG}{TEXT}
+%
+% The typesetting performed by these commands is appropriate for the top of
+% the first text page of the manuscript. They could as well be used on a
+% title cover page, but vertical placement would have to be controlled by
+% the author. This is not to be encouraged, since I want to discourage
+% the introduction of any extra horizontal or vertical space.
+
+\def\title#1{\@makeslugcmmnt{\center\large\bf{#1}\endcenter}
+ \thispagestyle{empty}}
+\def\author#1{{\topsep\z@\center\normalsize#1\endcenter}}
+\let\authoraddr=\@gobble
+\def\affil#1{\vspace*{-2.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center#1\endcenter}}
+\def\altaffilmark#1{$^{#1}$}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\footnotetext[#1]{#2}\stepcounter{footnote}}
+
+% Redefine the LaTeX \and command for this style.
+
+\def\and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * KEYWORDS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Keywords environment. Keywords, subject headings, etc., are accommodated
+% only as a piece of text; the \keywords command indents if necessary and
+% supplies the proper leading text ("Keywords:", "Subject headings:", etc.)
+% but does not apply formatting to the user's keyword text. The author
+% must supply the correct punctuation according to the journal style.
+%
+% Note that the editors of A&A, ApJ, and MNRAS have discussed the issue
+% of keywords, and there is disagreement about whether "subject headings"
+% or "keywords" should appear after abstracts in astronomical papers.
+% It does not really matter what the macro is called, so I will stick
+% to \keywords since I don't know what the difference is anyway.
+
+\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}
+\def\@keyworddelim{---}
+
+\def\keywords#1{\vspace*{-.7ex}%\vspace{\z@}
+ \if@twocolumn\noindent{{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}
+ \else{\quote{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}\endquote}
+ \fi}
+
+\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
+
+% It might be possible to handle keywords and their punctuation more
+% automatically at some stage, but at the moment using this looping
+% construct is serious overkill. It also causes problems because the
+% loop delimiter is a comma, and there are keywords that legitimately
+% contain commas. It also seem ponderous to me for keywords in the
+% \keyword list to be delimited by `|', so I make the author responsible
+% for keyword list punctuation.
+
+%\def\@kwds#1{\def\@kwddlm{}\@for\@kwd:=#1\do
+% {\@kwddlm\def\@kwddlm{\space\@keyworddelim\penalty\@m\space}{\@kwd}}}
+
+\def\@kwds#1{#1\relax}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FOOTNOTES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% The following code redefines a few things so that spacing in footnotes is
+% different than LaTeX defaults. The adjustment to \skip\footins increases
+% the amount of vspace inserted before the \footnoterule. Redefine
+% \@makefntext to get proper indentation.
+
+\skip\footins 4ex plus 1ex minus .5ex
+\footnotesep 3ex
+
+%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent\hbox to\z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\indent\hbox{$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SECTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% \@startsection {NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
+% optional * [ALTHEADING]{HEADING}
+% Generic command to start a section.
+% NAME : e.g., 'subsection'
+% LEVEL : a number, denoting depth of section -- e.g., chapter=1,
+% section = 2, etc.
+% INDENT : Indentation of heading from left margin
+% BEFORESKIP : Absolute value = skip to leave above the heading.
+% If negative, then paragraph indent of text following
+% heading is suppressed.
+% AFTERSKIP : if positive, then skip to leave below heading, else
+% negative of skip to leave to right of run-in heading.
+% STYLE : commands to set style
+% If '*' missing, then increments the counter. If it is present, then
+% there should be no [ALTHEADING] argument.
+
+% Adjust section heading typography slightly. The manuscript editors
+% seem to like the idea that the heads will be centered, and that there
+% will be a "." trailing the section number. This requires hacking below
+% the normal LaTeX programming interface (\@startsection), since the
+% centering has to be turned on and off again before the section starts.
+%
+% Also, modify the indentation behavior so that ALL paragraphs, including
+% those first after section heads, are indented. This is consonant with
+% the styles of many journals, although it's non-standard typographic practice.
+
+\newif\if@firstsection \@firstsectiontrue
+
+\def\section{\if@firstsection
+ \@firstsectionfalse\fi
+ \@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}.}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection\@arabic{\c@subsection}.}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}.}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+
+% For ApJ, acknowledgments are set off from main body text simply by
+% vertical space (no heading or type size change). I do the same for
+% the AAS manuscript style. For use in producing more polished output
+% for other journals, this macro might generate text saying
+% "Acknowledg[e]ments".
+
+\def\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex plus .8ex minus .4ex}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments % second spelling
+
+% LaTeX sectioning tools.
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup \center#6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#8}\par}%
+ \endcenter\endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec \sec@upcase{#8}\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #4\center\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#5}\par}\endcenter\endgroup
+ \else \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax \sec@upcase{#5}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#3}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * EQUATION NUMBERING *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Redefine \appendix so that equation numbers are prepended with
+% \theappendix number. Reset equation counter so that equation
+% numbers in the appendix begin again with 1. Note that the
+% \appendix command is NOT a sectioning command; it is merely
+% a delimiting markup between the main body of the paper and the
+% appendix. Sections in the appendix are still started with
+% \section commands.
+%
+% \appendix
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}.}
+ \def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}}}
+
+% Define mathletters environment. This is a wrapper that goes
+% *around* (outside of) equation or eqnarray environments.
+%
+% \begin{mathletters}
+% \end{mathletters}
+
+\newcounter{cureqno}
+
+\newenvironment{mathletters}{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+ \setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
+ \let\@curtheeqn\theequation%
+ \edef\cur@eqn{\csname theequation\endcsname}%
+ \def\theequation{\cur@eqn\alph{equation}}%
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}}%
+ {\let\theequation\@curtheeqn%
+ \setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}}
+
+% The \eqnum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% equation marking schemes.
+%
+% \eqnum{TEXT}
+
+\def\eqnum#1{\def\theequation{#1}\let\@currentlabel\theequation
+ \addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * BIBLIOGRAPHY *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Bibliography/references environment. For the time being, I don't think
+% it would be a good idea to force an implementation based on BibTeX,
+% although I'll prepare for that eventuality by using the constructs and
+% general ideas of the LaTeX thebibliography environment. Adjustments
+% have been made so that the \cite-\bibitem mechanism can be used to cite
+% references symbolically while maintaining proper citation syntax within
+% the paper; the author must create the citation label for each reference
+% in proper journal format in the \bibitem command.
+%
+% \begin{thebibliography}
+% \bibitem[LABEL]{TEXTTAG} \reference <bibliographic data>
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% where LABEL must adhere to the journal's standards, e.g. "Abt 1986".
+%
+% It is not necessary to use the thebibliography environment. This style
+% defines a references environment that simply sets off the list of references
+% and adjusts spacing parameters. It is not possible to use \bibitems
+% within the references environment. (The \reference command cannot be
+% shortened to \ref; \ref is used in vanilla LaTeX for cross-referencing.)
+%
+% \begin{references}
+% \reference <bibliographic data>
+% \end{references}
+%
+% \markcite{TEXT}
+%
+% Observe that the bibliographic data supplied by the author must also
+% conform to the standards of the journal. I have elected not to burden
+% authors with tedious LaTeX commands which would require many curly braces
+% to delimit the bibliographic fields because many of the journals I have
+% targeted in this project have agreed to reduce typographic overhead (bolding,
+% italicizing, etc.) in reference lists. (See Abt's editorial in ApJ 357.)
+% It is the responsibility of the author to get these fields in the proper
+% order with the correct punctuation; the information will be typeset as is,
+% i.e., in roman with no size or style changes.
+%
+% Macros are provided for many of the oft-referenced journals so that authors
+% may use the LaTeX names rather than having to look up a particular journal's
+% specific abbreviation. In principle, all the journals should be using the
+% same abbreviations, too, but I anticipate some changes in the specific
+% abbreviations before a set is finally settled on. As long as these macros
+% are kept up to date, authors need not be concerned about such editorial
+% changes.
+%
+% Corresponding with the non-BibTeX references environment and \reference
+% command for the reference list is the \markcite command. This can be
+% used to identify in-text citations; in this case, the author provides
+% the actual citation text as opposed to the symbolic tag. The use of
+% this is encouraged, even for journals where no special formatting of
+% citation call-outs is required; it is crucial for the future use of
+% on-line browsers.
+
+\def\references{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+ \bgroup\parindent=\z@\parskip=\itemsep
+ \def\refpar{\par\hangindent=3em\hangafter=1}}
+\def\endreferences{\refpar\egroup\revtex@pageid}
+
+\def\thebibliography{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+ \list{\null}{\leftmargin 3em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent -3em
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\refpar{\relax}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\revtex@pageid}
+
+\def\@biblabel#1{\relax}
+%\def\@cite#1#2{({#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi})}
+\def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}
+
+\def\reference{\relax\refpar} % Generic: might be better...
+\def\markcite#1{#1\relax}
+
+% Modify \@citex so that individual citation texts are NOT hboxed.
+% This allows TeX to break lines at spaces between words in citations.
+% Remove the obnoxious {\bf ?} that was inserted in the text when
+% undefined citations are encountered; here, the warning message is
+% printed only on the terminal.
+
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+
+%\@input{mstblfig.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TABLES AND FIGURES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Additions and adjustments for tables and figures.
+
+% Footnotes for tables are to be identified with lower case alphabetics,
+% rather than numeric. \tablenotemark and \tablenotetext commands are
+% provided analogous to \footnotemark and \footnotetext, but with the
+% identifier *required*, like \altaffilmark and \altaffiltext. The
+% \tablenotetext must be specified before the \end{table}, since
+% \end{table} displays it.
+%
+% \tablenotemark{TAG LETTER(S)}
+% \tablenotetext{ALPHA TAG}{TEXT}
+%
+% Note that TAG LETTER == ALPHA TAG for corresponding text. It is the
+% responsibility of the author to get the correspondence correct.
+%
+% The table footnotes are coupled to the table in which they occur, rather
+% than being associated with a particular page, and they are printed with
+% the table (relatively close to the caption) instead of appearing at the
+% extreme bottom of the page. This is done to ensure that the notes wind
+% up on the same page as the table, since tables are floats and can migrate
+% from one page to another. There is the additional benefit that the notes
+% are unambiguously attached to the proper table, which is what is required
+% in the event that the editorial requirement of one table only per page
+% is ever changed to permit several tables per page.
+%
+% Footnotes are NOT supported for figures.
+
+\def\tablenotemark#1{\rlap{$^{\rm #1}$}}
+
+% The \tablenotetext command buffers the table note text and the "proper"
+% tablenote formatting information in a token buffer. The tablenotes are
+% dispensed into the vertical page list by \spew@tblnotes, which is
+% executed by \end{table}. Note that certain "global" tablenote formatting
+% details are handled by \spew@tblnotes, which also clears the tblnote list.
+% Praise and honor are due to Kresten Krab Thorup (krab@iesd.auc.dk) for
+% posting ftn.sty to the Usenet, from which I drew the technique.
+
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\def\tblnote@list{}
+
+\def\tablenotetext#1#2{
+ \@temptokena={\vspace{.5ex}{\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2}\par}
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+\def\spew@tblnotes{
+ \ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+ \else
+ \vspace{4.5ex}
+ \footnoterule
+ \vspace{.5ex}
+ {\footnotesize\tblnote@list}
+ \gdef\tblnote@list{}
+ \fi}
+
+\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\end@float}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\spew@tblnotes\end@dblfloat}
+
+% Add a \tableline command for use in tabular environments. This command
+% produces the horizontal rule(s) between the column headings and the body
+% of the table. Authors are discouraged from using any \hlines themselves,
+% and are typically forbidden from using vertical rules by editors.
+
+\let\tableline=\hline
+
+% \@makecaption determines formatting for figure and table captions.
+% For manuscripts, all captions should be set as flushleft paragraphs.
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent #1 #2\par}
+
+% The \tablenum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% table marking schemes.
+%
+% \tablenum{TEXT}
+
+\def\tablenum#1{\def\thetable{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thetable
+ \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}}
+
+% The \figurenum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% figure marking schemes.
+%
+% \figurenum{TEXT}
+
+\def\figurenum#1{\def\thefigure{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thefigure
+ \addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PLANO TABLES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Plano tables are camera-ready pages that are included in a typeset
+% article the same way as line drawings, graphs, and other camera-ready
+% art, i.e., as "planographic" figures. There are desirable properties
+% for a formatter to have that are somewhat above and beyond LaTeX'x
+% tabular environment that would facilitate the creation of such tables.
+% Among these are breaking long tables across pages, using footnotes
+% in a table, specifying comments and references for tables, etc.
+%
+% What follows was inspired by supertab.sty by Theo Jurriens, 1988.
+
+% Commands for identifying table elements in a consistent way. Observe
+% that the formatting is embedded in the macro definitions so that the
+% author doesn't need to be concerned about stylistic nuances.
+%
+% \tablecaption{TEXT}
+% \tablehead{TEXT}
+% \colhead{HEADING}
+% \tabletail{TEXT}
+% \tablewidth{DIMEN}
+% \tableheadfrac{NUM}
+
+\newbox\pt@box
+\newdimen\pt@width
+\newcount\pt@line
+\newcount\pt@nlines
+\newcount\pt@ncol
+
+\def\colhead#1{\omit\hidewidth{#1}\hidewidth\global\advance\pt@ncol by\@ne}
+\def\tablecaption#1{\gdef\pt@caption{#1}} \def\pt@caption{\relax}
+\def\tablehead#1{\gdef\pt@head{\hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]
+ #1\hskip\tabcolsep\\[.7ex]\hline\relax\\[-1.5ex]}} \def\pt@head{\relax}
+\def\tabletail#1{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}} \def\pt@tail{\relax}
+\def\tablewidth#1{\pt@width=#1} \pt@width\textwidth
+\def\tableheadfrac#1{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}} \def\pt@headfrac{.1}
+
+% Calculate the number of tabular rows that will fit in the body of the
+% table. The height of the table body and the number of lines are
+% calculated thus:
+%
+% bodyheight = \textheight * (1 - \pt@headfrac)
+% \pt@nlines = bodyheight / (\arraystretch * \baselineskip)
+%
+% The row height can be seen to be valid algebraically if one examines the
+% definitions for \strutbox, \@setstrut, and \@array. I could eliminate
+% this calculation, as well as its attendant parameters, if it were possible
+% to determine the accumulated height of the \halign box as TeX goes along.
+
+\def\pt@calcnlines{\@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight
+ \@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by-\@tempdima
+ \@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
+ \divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
+ \global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb}
+
+% Define \pt@tabular, a ripoff of \@tabular but with \leavevmode removed
+% so tabular box can be set with \setbox. I do this so that table notes
+% can be set to natural width of table, if desired. Also, set \@acol
+% to \@ptabacol, which is called when building the preamble for the
+% \halign (assuming the first column format specification is "l", which
+% it should be for ApJ tables) so that \tabskip within the table is set
+% to \fill. This permits us to toggle between natural and fixed-width
+% tables without requiring the user to change markup. Note that by
+% forcing \tabskip always to be \fill, I pretty well nullify any
+% @{\hspace} commands the user puts in the template, but this environment
+% is for people who don't want to think about that sort of stuff anyway.
+
+\def\pt@tabular{\hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@ptabacol
+ \let\@classz\@tabclassz
+ \let\@classiv\@tabclassiv \let\\\@tabularcr\@tabarray}
+
+\def\@ptabacol{\edef\@preamble{\@preamble \hskip \tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}}
+
+% Permit different identifying strings, one for the first page of the
+% table and one for continuation pages. LaTeX's \fnum@table is set to
+% one or the other automatically in the environment. Note that caption
+% handling is not so graceful: you have to edit inside the big macros to
+% adjust this. Someday, I will be ambitious enough to fix this.
+
+\def\fnum@ptable{Table \thetable}
+\def\fnum@ptablecont{Table \thetable---{\rm Continued}}
+
+\def\set@mkcaption{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+ \center\rm##1.\quad##2\endcenter\vskip 2.5ex}}
+\def\set@mkcaptioncont{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+ \center\rm##1\endcenter\vskip 2.5ex}}
+
+\newenvironment{planotable}[1]{\def\pt@format{\string#1}%
+ \set@tblnotetext\pt@ncol=0}%
+ {\crcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\endtabular%
+ \pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box\spew@ptblnotes%
+ \typeout{Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width}%
+ \endcenter\end@float}
+
+\def\startdata{\pt@line=0\pt@calcnlines%
+ \ifdim\pt@width>\z@\def\@halignto{to \pt@width}\else\def\@halignto{}\fi%
+ \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable\set@mkcaption%
+ \@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+ \setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head}
+
+% A kludgey kind of line delimiter is needed so that the line counter
+% can be checked prior to adding the line to the alignment box. This
+% is bad because this form does not permit the addition of vertical
+% space using the [.5ex] construct; this has to be done with an explicit
+% \vskip. And a disgusting \noalign is required, so I have to create
+% another silly piece of markup to accomplish this conveniently.
+%
+% What is desired, of course, is for this line count checking to take
+% place within the syntax of the regular LaTeX \\ command. I have been
+% giving myself apoplexy trying to figure this out for the last 36 hours,
+% and I have decided I will have to wait for the onset of my "lucid
+% period" for a solution. In the meantime...
+
+\def\pt@nl{\global\advance\pt@line by\@ne%
+ \ifnum\pt@line=\pt@nlines%
+ \endtabular\box\pt@box
+ \endcenter\end@float\clearpage%
+ \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
+ \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont\set@mkcaptioncont%
+ \@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+ \global\pt@ncol=0%
+ \setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head%
+ \global\pt@line=0%
+ \else\\
+ \fi}
+
+% Author markup commands for planotable environment line breaks.
+%
+% \nl == \nextline
+% \tablevspace{DIMEN}
+% \tablebreak
+
+\let\nl=\pt@nl
+\let\nextline=\pt@nl
+
+\def\tablevspace#1{\noalign{\vskip{#1}}}
+\def\tablebreak{\pt@line\pt@nlines\advance\pt@line by\m@ne\pt@nl}
+
+% We have some specialty heads that are sometimes wanted in tables.
+%
+% \cutinhead{TEXT}
+% \sidehead{TEXT}
+
+\def\cutinhead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+ \hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2.0ex}
+ \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}\pt@nl
+ \noalign{\vskip .8ex}
+ \hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2ex}}
+
+\def\sidehead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+ \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}\pt@nl
+ \noalign{\vskip .5ex}}
+
+\def\set@tblnotetext{\def\tablenotetext##1##2{{%
+ \@temptokena={\vspace{0ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em$^{\rm ##1}$##2}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}}}
+
+\def\spew@ptblnotes{
+ \ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+ \else
+ \par
+ \vspace{2ex}
+ {\tblnote@list}
+ \gdef\tblnote@list{}
+ \fi}
+
+% Special kinds of table footnotes. Sometimes authors tabulate things
+% which have corresponding references, and it may be desirable to associate
+% these references with the table rather than (or in addition to) the
+% formal reference list. Occasionally, authors wish to append a short
+% paragraph of explanatory notes that pertain to the entire table, but
+% which are different than the caption.
+%
+% \tablerefs{REFERENCE LIST}
+% \tablecomments{TEXT}
+
+\def\tablerefs#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em\rm References. --- #1}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+\def\tablecomments#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em\rm Note. --- #1}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+% Figure and table style parameters.
+
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fnum@figure{{\rm Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}
+
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fnum@table{{\rm Table \thetable:}}
+
+% Figure and table float positions.
+
+\def\fps@figure{bp}
+\def\fps@table{bp}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * EPS INCLUSIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Include Rokicki's epsf.sty file explicitly.
+
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\@input{epsf.sty}}{\relax}
+
+% Simplified EPS inclusion macros so we can see how this goes...
+% These are layered on Rokicki's dvips material, and are dependent
+% on the author's use of that DVI driver.
+%
+% \plotone{EPSFILE}
+% \plottwo{EPSFILE}{EPSFILE}
+% \plotfiddle{EPSFILE}{VSIZE}{ROT}{HSF}{VSF}{HTRANS}{VTRANS}
+%
+% \plotone inserts the plot in a space that is \columnwidth wide; the
+% plot is scaled so the horizontal dimension fits in the text width,
+% and the vertical dimension is scaled to maintain the aspect ratio.
+% \plottwo inserts two plots next to each other in one \columnwidth,
+% sort of like "two-up" mode.
+%
+% EPSFILE name of file with EPS
+%
+% The following arguments are for the \plotfiddle macro which formats
+% the \special itself, prepares vspace, etc. This completely bypasses
+% Rokicki's macros that attempt to rationalize the EPS BoundingBox with
+% the LaTeX page dimensions.
+%
+% VSIZE vertical white space to allow for plot
+% ROT rotation angle
+% HSF horiz scale factor
+% VSF vert scale factor
+% HTRANS horiz translation
+% VTRANS vert translation
+
+%\epsfverbosetrue
+
+\def\plotone#1{\centering \leavevmode
+ \epsfxsize=\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1}}
+
+\def\plottwo#1#2{\centering \leavevmode
+ \epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1} \hfil
+ \epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#2}}
+
+\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\centering \leavevmode
+ \vbox to#2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
+ \special{psfile=#1 voffset=#7 hoffset=#6 vscale=#5 hscale=#4 angle=#3}}
+
+%\@input{abbrevs.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * ABBREVIATIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Abbreviations for journals. The object here is to provide authors
+% with convenient shorthands for the most "popular" (often-cited)
+% journals; the author can use these markup tags without being concerned
+% about the exact form of the journal abbreviation, or its formatting.
+% It is up to the keeper of the macros to make sure the macros expand
+% to the proper text. If macro package writers agree to all use the
+% same TeX command name, authors only have to remember one thing, and
+% the style file will take care of editorial preferences. This also
+% applies when a single journal decides to revamp its abbreviating
+% scheme, as happened with the ApJ (Abt 1991).
+
+\let\jnl@style=\rm
+\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}
+
+\def\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}} % Astronomical Journal
+\def\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}} % Annual Review of Astron and Astrophys
+\def\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}} % Astrophysical Journal
+\def\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}} % Astrophysical Journal, Letters
+\def\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}} % Astrophysical Journal, Supplement
+\def\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.Optics}} % Applied Optics
+\def\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}} % Astrophysics and Space Science
+\def\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics
+\def\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics Reviews
+\def\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics, Supplement
+\def\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}} % Astronomicheskii Zhurnal
+\def\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}} % Bulletin of the AAS
+\def\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}} % Journal of the RAS of Canada
+\def\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}} % Memoirs of the RAS
+\def\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}} % Monthly Notices of the RAS
+\def\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.A}} % Physical Review A: General Physics
+\def\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.B}} % Physical Review B: Solid State
+\def\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.C}} % Physical Review C
+\def\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.D}} % Physical Review D
+\def\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.Lett}} % Physical Review Letters
+\def\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}} % Publications of the ASP
+\def\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}} % Publications of the ASJ
+\def\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}} % Quarterly Journal of the RAS
+\def\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}} % Sky and Telescope
+\def\solphys{\ref@jnl{Solar~Phys.}} % Solar Physics
+\def\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}} % Soviet Astronomy
+\def\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.Rev.}} % Space Science Reviews
+\def\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}} % Zeitschrift fuer Astrophysik
+
+\let\astap=\aap
+\let\apjlett=\apjl
+\let\apjsupp=\apjs
+
+%\@input{misc.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * MISCELLANEOUS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Handy little things everybody works out for themselves anyway. Many
+% of these come from Springer's A&A package, and some were contributed
+% by Francois Schweizer at DTM. You can go berserk making these up,
+% especially when you start getting into the composite ones. We have
+% tried to select a tractable number that were useful, and somewhat
+% difficult to get right because fussy kerning or some such is required.
+% Most can be used in or out of math mode with impunity; \alt and \agt
+% are relations and can only be used in math mode.
+
+\def\deg{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\earth{\hbox{$\oplus$}}
+\def\lesssim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$<$}}}}
+\def\gtrsim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$>$}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\micron{\hbox{$\mu$m}}
+
+\let\la=\lesssim % For Springer A&A compliance...
+\let\ga=\gtrsim
+
+% Permit author to typeset "case" fractions. This is sometimes
+% wanted in displayed equations, during which LaTeX will set fractions
+% specified as \frac{x}{y} as "built-up" fractions (numerator and
+% denominator at body text size).
+
+\def\case#1#2{\hbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}
+
+% Permit author to typeset fractions set with solidus where the size
+% is reduced and the numerals are oriented diagonally. Note that this
+% is different from a "shilled" fraction, which the author can produce
+% without any special formatting markup. Define markup shorthands for
+% several common fractions using solidus.
+
+\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}
+\def\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}
+\def\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}
+\def\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}
+\def\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}
+\def\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}
+
+\def\ubvr{\hbox{$U\!BV\!R$}} % UBVR system
+\def\ub{\hbox{$U\!-\!B$}} % U-B
+\def\bv{\hbox{$B\!-\!V$}} % B-V
+\def\vr{\hbox{$V\!-\!R$}} % V-R
+\def\ur{\hbox{$U\!-\!R$}} % U-R
+
+% Notation for atomic species (ionization levels). The ionization state
+% is specified as the second argument, and should be given as a numeral.
+% The macro has to expand the numeric state into the proper notation for
+% the publication (roman, numeric, plus signs, etc.)
+%
+% \ion{ELEMENT}{IONIZATION STATE}
+
+\def\ion#1#2{#1$\;${\small\rm\@Roman{#2}}\relax}
+
+% Centered ellipsis for use in tables (for unknown values). \nodata
+% is generalized markup for this notion: format of null-valued entries
+% in tables is style-specific.
+
+%\def\cellipsis{\hfill$\cdots$\hfill}
+\def\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\cdots$}}
+
+% This is a generalization of the \LaTeX definition that comes in LaTeX.
+% The change here ensures that LaTeX will be typeset in the current style,
+% rather than always in roman.
+
+\newcount\lecurrentfam
+\def\LaTeX{\lecurrentfam=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+ \hbox{$\fam\lecurrentfam\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * DEBUGGING *
+% ****************************************
+
+\def\sizrpt{
+ (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+ \typeout{
+ (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspp.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspp.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d6947b642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspp.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+\def\revtex@ver{3.0}
+\def\revtex@date{10 Jan 93}
+\def\revtex@org{AAS}
+\def\revtex@jnl{AAS}
+\def\revtex@genre{preprint}
+\typeout{\revtex@org\space \revtex@genre\space substyle,
+v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.}
+\def\revtex@pageid{\xdef\@thefnmark{\null}
+\@footnotetext{This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
+ \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.}}
+\def\genre@MS{manuscript}
+\def\genre@PP{preprint}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\genre@PP
+\ifnum\@ptsize<1
+\typeout{Warning: Undersize \revtex@genre\space font (1\@ptsize\space pts).
+ Use 11pt or 12pt documentstyle option.}
+\fi
+\fi
+\def\ps@plaintop{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\rm\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}
+\def\@evenfoot{}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+\ps@plaintop
+\pretolerance=10000
+\@rightskip=\z@ plus 4em\rightskip\@rightskip
+\textwidth=6.5in
+\textheight=8.4in
+\topmargin=0in
+\headheight=.15in
+\headsep=.35in
+\oddsidemargin=0in
+\evensidemargin=0in
+\parindent=2em
+\parskip=1.5ex
+\def\@tightleading{1.1}
+\def\@doubleleading{1.6}
+\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}
+\def\tighten{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}}
+\let\tightenlines=\tighten
+\def\singlespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}\normalsize}
+\def\doublespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}\normalsize}
+\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}
+\def\eqsecnum{
+\@newctr{equation}[section]
+\def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}}}
+\tighten
+\def\@journalname{The Astropolitical Journal}
+\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}
+\def\received#1{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}} \received{\relax}
+\def\revised#1{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}} \revised{\relax}
+\def\accepted#1{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}} \accepted{\relax}
+\def\journalid#1#2{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}
+\def\articleid#1#2{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}
+\def\paperid#1{\gdef\@paperid{#1}} \paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}
+\def\ccc#1{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}} \ccc{000-00\$75.95-CDB}
+\def\cpright#1#2{\@nameuse{cpr@#1} \gdef\cpr@year{#2}
+\typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}}
+\newcount\@cprtype \@cprtype=\@ne
+\def\cpr@AAS{\@cprtype=1}
+\def\cpr@PD{\@cprtype=2}
+\def\cpr@Crown{\@cprtype=3}
+\def\cpr@none{\@cprtype=4}
+\def\cpr@ASP{\@cprtype=5}
+\def\cpr@year{\number\year}
+\def\@slug{\par\noindent
+\ifcase\@cprtype
+ \relax
+\or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+\or
+ This article is in the public domain.
+\or
+ Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+\or
+ No copyright is claimed for this article.
+\or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the ASP.
+\fi
+\par\noindent
+Manuscript number \@paperid.\par\noindent
+\CCC@code
+}
+\def\lefthead#1{\gdef\@versohead{#1}} \lefthead{\relax}
+\def\righthead#1{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}} \righthead{\relax}
+\def\@runheads{\@tempcnta\c@page
+\@whilenum \@tempcnta >0\do{
+\vskip 3ex
+\hbox to30pc{\small\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
+ \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil}
+\advance\@tempcnta by\m@ne}
+}
+\def\slugcomment#1{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}} \slugcomment{}
+\newdimen\@slugcmmntwidth \@slugcmmntwidth .67\textwidth
+\long\def\@makeslugcmmnt{\ifx\slug@comment\@empty\relax\else
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\slug@comment}
+\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\@slugcmmntwidth
+\hbox to\textwidth{\hss
+ \parbox\@slugcmmntwidth\slug@comment}
+\else
+\hbox to\textwidth{\hfil\box\@tempboxa}
+\fi
+\vskip 2ex
+\fi}
+\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}
+\def\@dates{{Received}\space%
+\if\@recvdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
+\hspace{1.5em}{accepted}\space%
+\if\@accptdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
+}
+\def\sluginfo{{\center
+\@dates
+
+
+\endcenter}}
+\let\dates=\sluginfo
+\def\abstract{
+\begin{center}
+{\bf{ABSTRACT}}
+\end{center}
+\quotation
+}
+\def\title#1{\@makeslugcmmnt{\center\large\bf{#1}\endcenter}
+\thispagestyle{empty}}
+\def\author#1{{\topsep\z@\center\normalsize#1\endcenter}}
+\let\authoraddr=\@gobble
+\def\affil#1{\vspace*{-2.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center#1\endcenter}}
+\def\altaffilmark#1{$^{#1}$}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\footnotetext[#1]{#2}\stepcounter{footnote}}
+\def\and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}
+\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}
+\def\@keyworddelim{---}
+\def\keywords#1{\vspace*{-.7ex}
+\if@twocolumn\noindent{{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}
+\else{\quote{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}\endquote}
+\fi}
+\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
+\def\@kwds#1{#1\relax}
+\skip\footins 4ex plus 1ex minus .5ex
+\footnotesep 3ex
+\newif\if@firstsection \@firstsectiontrue
+\def\section{\if@firstsection
+\@firstsectionfalse\fi
+\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}.}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection\@arabic{\c@subsection}.}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}.}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+\def\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex plus .8ex minus .4ex}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+\def\@svsec{}\else
+\refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em }\fi
+\@tempskipa #5\relax
+\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+\begingroup \center#6\relax
+\@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#8}\par}%
+\endcenter\endgroup
+\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+#7}\else
+\def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec \sec@upcase{#8}\csname #1mark\endcsname
+{#7}\addcontentsline
+{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+#7}}\fi
+\@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+\begingroup #4\center\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+\sec@upcase{#5}\par}\endcenter\endgroup
+\else \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax \sec@upcase{#5}}\fi
+\@xsect{#3}}
+\def\appendix{\par
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+\setcounter{subsection}{0}
+\setcounter{equation}{0}
+\def\thesection{\Alph{section}.}
+\def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}}}
+\newcounter{cureqno}
+\newenvironment{mathletters}{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+\setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
+\let\@curtheeqn\theequation%
+\edef\cur@eqn{\csname theequation\endcsname}%
+\def\theequation{\cur@eqn\alph{equation}}%
+\setcounter{equation}{0}}%
+{\let\theequation\@curtheeqn%
+\setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}}
+\def\eqnum#1{\def\theequation{#1}\let\@currentlabel\theequation
+\addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}}
+\def\references{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+\bgroup\parindent=\z@\parskip=\itemsep
+\def\refpar{\par\hangindent=3em\hangafter=1}}
+\def\endreferences{\refpar\egroup\revtex@pageid}
+\def\thebibliography{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+\list{\null}{\leftmargin 3em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent -3em
+\usecounter{enumi}}
+\def\refpar{\relax}
+\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+\sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\revtex@pageid}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\relax}
+\def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}
+\def\reference{\relax\refpar}
+\def\markcite#1{#1\relax}
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+{\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+{b@\@citeb}{\@warning
+{Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+\def\tablenotemark#1{\rlap{$^{\rm #1}$}}
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\def\tblnote@list{}
+\def\tablenotetext#1#2{
+\@temptokena={\vspace{.5ex}{\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2}\par}
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\spew@tblnotes{
+\ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+\else
+\vspace{4.5ex}
+\footnoterule
+\vspace{.5ex}
+{\footnotesize\tblnote@list}
+\gdef\tblnote@list{}
+\fi}
+\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\end@float}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\spew@tblnotes\end@dblfloat}
+\let\tableline=\hline
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent #1 #2\par}
+\def\tablenum#1{\def\thetable{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thetable
+\addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}}
+\def\figurenum#1{\def\thefigure{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thefigure
+\addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}}
+\newbox\pt@box
+\newdimen\pt@width
+\newcount\pt@line
+\newcount\pt@nlines
+\newcount\pt@ncol
+\def\colhead#1{\omit\hidewidth{#1}\hidewidth\global\advance\pt@ncol by\@ne}
+\def\tablecaption#1{\gdef\pt@caption{#1}} \def\pt@caption{\relax}
+\def\tablehead#1{\gdef\pt@head{\hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]
+#1\hskip\tabcolsep\\[.7ex]\hline\relax\\[-1.5ex]}} \def\pt@head{\relax}
+\def\tabletail#1{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}} \def\pt@tail{\relax}
+\def\tablewidth#1{\pt@width=#1} \pt@width\textwidth
+\def\tableheadfrac#1{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}} \def\pt@headfrac{.1}
+\def\pt@calcnlines{\@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight
+\@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by-\@tempdima
+\@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
+\divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
+\global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb}
+\def\pt@tabular{\hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@ptabacol
+\let\@classz\@tabclassz
+\let\@classiv\@tabclassiv \let\\\@tabularcr\@tabarray}
+\def\@ptabacol{\edef\@preamble{\@preamble \hskip \tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}}
+\def\fnum@ptable{Table \thetable}
+\def\fnum@ptablecont{Table \thetable---{\rm Continued}}
+\def\set@mkcaption{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+\center\rm##1.\quad##2\endcenter\vskip 2.5ex}}
+\def\set@mkcaptioncont{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+\center\rm##1\endcenter\vskip 2.5ex}}
+\newenvironment{planotable}[1]{\def\pt@format{\string#1}%
+\set@tblnotetext\pt@ncol=0}%
+{\crcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\endtabular%
+\pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box\spew@ptblnotes%
+\typeout{Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width}%
+\endcenter\end@float}
+\def\startdata{\pt@line=0\pt@calcnlines%
+\ifdim\pt@width>\z@\def\@halignto{to \pt@width}\else\def\@halignto{}\fi%
+\let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable\set@mkcaption%
+\@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+\setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head}
+\def\pt@nl{\global\advance\pt@line by\@ne%
+\ifnum\pt@line=\pt@nlines%
+\endtabular\box\pt@box
+\endcenter\end@float\clearpage%
+\addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
+\let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont\set@mkcaptioncont%
+\@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+\global\pt@ncol=0%
+\setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head%
+\global\pt@line=0%
+\else\\
+\fi}
+\let\nl=\pt@nl
+\let\nextline=\pt@nl
+\def\tablevspace#1{\noalign{\vskip{#1}}}
+\def\tablebreak{\pt@line\pt@nlines\advance\pt@line by\m@ne\pt@nl}
+\def\cutinhead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+\hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2.0ex}
+\multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}\pt@nl
+\noalign{\vskip .8ex}
+\hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2ex}}
+\def\sidehead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+\multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}\pt@nl
+\noalign{\vskip .5ex}}
+\def\set@tblnotetext{\def\tablenotetext##1##2{{%
+\@temptokena={\vspace{0ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em$^{\rm ##1}$##2}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}}}
+\def\spew@ptblnotes{
+\ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+\else
+\par
+\vspace{2ex}
+{\tblnote@list}
+\gdef\tblnote@list{}
+\fi}
+\def\tablerefs#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em\rm References. --- #1}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\tablecomments#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em\rm Note. --- #1}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fnum@figure{{\rm Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fnum@table{{\rm Table \thetable:}}
+\def\fps@figure{bp}
+\def\fps@table{bp}
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\@input{epsf.sty}}{\relax}
+\def\plotone#1{\centering \leavevmode
+\epsfxsize=\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1}}
+\def\plottwo#1#2{\centering \leavevmode
+\epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1} \hfil
+\epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#2}}
+\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\centering \leavevmode
+\vbox to#2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
+\special{psfile=#1 voffset=#7 hoffset=#6 vscale=#5 hscale=#4 angle=#3}}
+\let\jnl@style=\rm
+\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}
+\def\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}}
+\def\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}}
+\def\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}
+\def\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}
+\def\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}}
+\def\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.Optics}}
+\def\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}}
+\def\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}}
+\def\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}}
+\def\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}}
+\def\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}}
+\def\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}}
+\def\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}}
+\def\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}}
+\def\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}}
+\def\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.A}}
+\def\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.B}}
+\def\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.C}}
+\def\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.D}}
+\def\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.Lett}}
+\def\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}}
+\def\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}}
+\def\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}}
+\def\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}}
+\def\solphys{\ref@jnl{Solar~Phys.}}
+\def\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}}
+\def\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.Rev.}}
+\def\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}}
+\let\astap=\aap
+\let\apjlett=\apjl
+\let\apjsupp=\apjs
+\def\deg{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\earth{\hbox{$\oplus$}}
+\def\lesssim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$<$}}}}
+\def\gtrsim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$>$}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\micron{\hbox{$\mu$m}}
+\let\la=\lesssim
+\let\ga=\gtrsim
+\def\case#1#2{\hbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}
+
+
+\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}
+\def\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}
+\def\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}
+\def\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}
+\def\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}
+\def\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}
+\def\ubvr{\hbox{$U\!BV\!R$}}
+\def\ub{\hbox{$U\!-\!B$}}
+\def\bv{\hbox{$B\!-\!V$}}
+\def\vr{\hbox{$V\!-\!R$}}
+\def\ur{\hbox{$U\!-\!R$}}
+\def\ion#1#2{#1$\;${\small\rm\@Roman{#2}}\relax}
+\def\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\cdots$}}
+\newcount\lecurrentfam
+\def\LaTeX{\lecurrentfam=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+\hbox{$\fam\lecurrentfam\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+\def\sizrpt{
+(\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+\typeout{
+(\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspptwo.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspptwo.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2ea89ab39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspptwo.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1165 @@
+% AASPPTWO.STY -- AAS two-column preprint substyle definition for LaTeX.
+
+% My convention for identifying configuration information is for styles
+% to define the five parameters below.
+
+\def\revtex@ver{3.0} % Version number of this file.
+\def\revtex@date{10 Jan 93} % Revision date.
+\def\revtex@org{AAS} % Sponsoring organization.
+\def\revtex@jnl{AAS} % Applicable journal, if specific.
+\def\revtex@genre{2-column preprint} % Document "type".
+
+% Display identifying message on screen and in logfile.
+
+\typeout{\revtex@org\space \revtex@genre\space substyle,
+ v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.}
+
+% The following mini-colophon identifies the article are having been
+% prepared with this macro package. The \revtex@pageid command only
+% defines the formatting of this colophon; its existence and placement
+% within the printed article is controlled by the use of this command
+% in the style file.
+
+\def\revtex@pageid{\xdef\@thefnmark{\null}
+ \@footnotetext{This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
+ \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.}}
+
+% Issue a warning if manuscripts are formatted with type smaller than 12pt.
+
+\def\genre@MS{manuscript}
+\def\genre@PP{preprint}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\genre@MS
+ \ifnum\@ptsize<2
+ \typeout{Warning: Undersize \revtex@genre\space font (1\@ptsize\space pts).
+ Use 12pt documentstyle option.}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE LAYOUT *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Create "plaintop" page style that has folios at top of page.
+
+\def\ps@plaintop{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\rm\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}
+ \def\@evenfoot{}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+
+\ps@plain % Use "plain" pagestyle by default.
+
+% Page size, spacing parameters, etc.
+
+\textwidth=6.9in
+\textheight=8.4in
+\topmargin=0in
+\headheight=.15in
+\headsep=.35in
+\oddsidemargin=0in
+\evensidemargin=0in
+\parindent=1.2em
+\parskip=0.5ex
+\columnsep=0.5in
+
+\hoffset=-0.2in % To compensate for wide \textwidth
+\tolerance=600 % 3x "normal" value; cuts down on overfull complaints
+
+%\@input{styopts.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * STYLE OPTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% It is not the objective of the AASTeX project to develop LaTeX styles
+% that produce pages that mimic the appearance of specific AAS journals.
+% However, it would be nice to offer format options within the preprint
+% styles so that output format can be changed. (Within the "manuscript"
+% style, \tighten is available, and this effectively turns off the double-
+% spacing.) The primary motivation behind this idea is to provide some
+% definitions that permit institutions to distribute "pretty" preprints
+% with this package. (Of course, I make the glaring assumption that I
+% can determine what someone else will think is pretty.)
+%
+% This style has the principle function of setting up two-column output.
+% Although it should be painfully obvious, it is important to remember
+% that text lines are considerably shorter when two of them are typeset
+% side by side on a page. Long equations, wide tables and figures, and
+% the like, may not slide into this format without some adjustments.
+% It is our opinion that great effort to adapt copy and markup for
+% two-column pages is counterproductive; remember that the main goals
+% of this package are to enable comprehensive tagging of the article
+% and, secondarily, to produce "correct" draft (or referee) format pages.
+%
+% I elect not to impose a format for the front matter, although I feel
+% it looks best if the title, author, abstract, and keyword material is
+% typeset on its own page at full text width. The author may supply the
+% \twocolumn command wherever desired, and, for that matter, is free to
+% switch between \onecolumn and \twocolumn modes. (This is bad form.)
+%
+% \twocolumn Enter two-column format
+%
+% Note that the two-column format begins at the point \twocolumn appears
+% in the text, and if that point is before the front-matter, that stuff
+% gets typeset in two-column mode along with the rest of it. For purposes
+% of producing "pretty" output, it is probably desirable to put this command
+% after the abstract and keywords, just before the body of the paper.
+% If the command is not specified explicitly, the first \section command
+% will initiate the two-column format.
+
+% Make footnotes same size as main text.
+
+%\let\footnotesize=\normalsize
+
+% Define parameters to adjust the baselineskip.
+% These are passed as the scale factor argument to \baselinestretch.
+
+\def\@tightleading{1.1}
+\def\@doubleleading{1.6}
+
+% Double-space by default. Observe that you double-space in LaTeX by
+% resetting \baselinestretch, which is essentially a scale factor for
+% \baselineskip (= leading, for you typographophiles). The style uses
+% the \@doubleleading factor, defined above.
+
+%\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}
+
+% The \tighten command merely resets the \baselinestretch to a
+% smaller factor, resulting in single-column text that is more closely
+% spaced. (This will always work.) Tightening the vertical spacing
+% in the text results in output that is more attractive for distribution
+% to colleagues who are primarily interested in reading the paper, as
+% opposed to copy editing it. Double-spaced output for referees and
+% copy editors is, however, the main objective of this style, hence
+% double-spacing occurs by default. The same effect as \tighten
+% can be achieved by using the "tighten" document style option.
+%
+% \tighten
+%
+% \tighten is intended for use in the preamble of the article.
+
+\let\tighten=\relax
+\let\tightenlines=\tighten
+
+% For authors who feel compelled to change between single and double
+% spacing in the manuscript, \singlespace and \doublespace commands
+% are provided. (Following recommendations of AAS Publications Board
+% Subcommittee on Preprints.)
+%
+% \singlespace
+% \doublespace
+
+\let\singlespace=\relax
+\let\doublespace=\relax
+
+% Upper case for sections (optional upper case items). These are created
+% so that some headings can be toggled between mixed case and upper case
+% readily. Headings that might be changed can be wrapped in the style
+% file in \sec@upcase{TEXT} constructs; the expansion of \sec@upcase is
+% controlled here. It is `\relax' by default (mixed case heads), and can
+% easily be changed to `\uppercase' if desired. If mixed case headings
+% are wanted by the editor, authors MUST supply mixed case text, although
+% this is what authors should be doing anyway. (Mixed can be converted
+% to upper, but the reverse transformation cannot be automated.)
+
+%\def\sec@upcase#1{\uppercase{#1}}
+\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}
+
+% Sometimes people want to number equations by section, rather than
+% sequentially through the whole paper.
+
+\def\eqsecnum{
+ \@newctr{equation}[section]
+ \def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}}}
+
+%\@input{slug.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SLUG LINE *
+% ****************************************
+
+% There are some obvious style-dependent parameters and formatting
+% instructions in this file. The object has been to keep the author
+% commands (the user interface, if you will) society, journal, and
+% style-independent, while the style-specific parameters and commands
+% are kept below that level. Commands and parameters that are susceptible
+% to external interpretation, either by authors or publishers/translators,
+% are identified by indented comment lines, with the semantics of command
+% arguments described in upper case text.
+%
+% \@journalname{JOURNAL NAME}
+% \cpr@holder{COPYRIGHT HOLDER}
+
+\def\@journalname{The Astropolitical Journal}
+\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}
+
+% Journal and article identification information is established by the
+% editorial staff. The following macros are used by personnel at the
+% editorial office to annotate/record slug-line data and should be included
+% in the manuscript preamble, i.e., before the LaTeX \begin{document}. All
+% they do is globally define other TeX control sequences that are used by
+% other macros at a later time.
+%
+% \received{RECEIPT DATE}
+% \revised{REVISION DATE}
+% \accepted{ACCEPTANCE DATE}
+% \journalid{VOL}{JOURNAL DATE}
+% \articleid{START PAGE}{END PAGE}
+% \paperid{ID}
+% \ccc{CODE}
+%
+% For preprints and submitted manuscripts in draft/referee format, etc.,
+% the slug-line information is irrelevant and in those kinds of style,
+% the data are never used. In my estimation, it is perfectly acceptable
+% to have these commands in the file (for future use), so they are defined
+% in the usual way.
+
+\def\received#1{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}} \received{\relax}
+\def\revised#1{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}} \revised{\relax}
+\def\accepted#1{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}} \accepted{\relax}
+\def\journalid#1#2{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}
+\def\articleid#1#2{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}
+\def\paperid#1{\gdef\@paperid{#1}} \paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}
+\def\ccc#1{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}} \ccc{000-00\$75.95-CDB}
+
+% Following copyright and running heads \defs are stubs.
+%\let\cpright=\@gobbletwo
+%\let\righthead=\@gobble
+%\let\lefthead=\@gobble
+
+% Copyright data. Permit the author/editor to supply a copyright
+% "type" as well as the year.
+%
+% \cpright{TYPE}{YEAR}
+%
+% Copyright types are designated by name and converted to numeric form.
+% The mapping of types is defined by the code that sets the @cprtype
+% counter. The language of the copyright notices is defined by \@slug.
+
+\def\cpright#1#2{\@nameuse{cpr@#1} \gdef\cpr@year{#2}
+ \typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}}
+
+\newcount\@cprtype \@cprtype=\@ne % Default copyright type.
+\def\cpr@AAS{\@cprtype=1}
+\def\cpr@PD{\@cprtype=2}
+\def\cpr@Crown{\@cprtype=3}
+\def\cpr@none{\@cprtype=4}
+\def\cpr@ASP{\@cprtype=5}
+
+\def\cpr@year{\number\year} % Default copyright year.
+
+% \@slug determines formatting of slugline information.
+% ATTN: Check with AAS/AIP/UCP about exact wording of these.
+
+\def\@slug{\par\noindent
+ \ifcase\@cprtype
+ \relax
+ \or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+ \or
+ This article is in the public domain.
+ \or
+ Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+ \or
+ No copyright is claimed for this article.
+ \or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the ASP.
+ \fi
+ \par\noindent
+ Manuscript number \@paperid.\par\noindent
+ \CCC@code
+}
+
+% Authors may be asked to supply running head information. We use the
+% language of the publisher here to distinguish between two pieces of
+% information: the left head frequently contains an author list (last
+% names, possibly truncated as et al.), while the right head frequently
+% contains an abbreviated form of the paper title. The \lefthead and
+% \righthead commands merely collect the information and buffer the text.
+%
+% \lefthead{TEXT}
+% \righthead{TEXT}
+%
+% For the ApJ, right heads are the short titles, and the publisher would
+% like for the author to specify a 44-character or less abbreviated title
+% to use as the running head on right pages.
+
+\def\lefthead#1{\gdef\@versohead{#1}} \lefthead{\relax}
+\def\righthead#1{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}} \righthead{\relax}
+
+% \@runheads determines formatting of running head information.
+
+\def\@runheads{\@tempcnta\c@page
+ \@whilenum \@tempcnta >0\do{
+ \vskip 3ex
+ \hbox to30pc{\small\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
+ \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil}
+ \advance\@tempcnta by\m@ne}
+}
+
+% The \slugcomment command is provided so authors or editors may include
+% a remark about the manuscript that may be desired in print for some
+% styles. For instance, authors like to include information about the
+% journal and publication date of accepted papers ("To appear in AJ,
+% November 1992").
+%
+% \slugcomment{TEXT}
+%
+% The formatting of the \slugcomment information is controlled by the
+% \@makeslugcmmnt command and its placement on the page is dictated
+% by the presence of \@makeslugcmmnt in \sluginfo (or whatever).
+
+\def\slugcomment#1{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}} \slugcomment{}
+
+% For PP style, slug comments are set flushright at the top of the title
+% page in a parbox of 2/3 the textwidth.
+
+\newdimen\@slugcmmntwidth \@slugcmmntwidth .67\textwidth
+\long\def\@makeslugcmmnt{\ifx\slug@comment\@empty\relax\else
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\slug@comment}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\@slugcmmntwidth
+ \hbox to\textwidth{\hss
+ \parbox\@slugcmmntwidth\slug@comment}
+ \else
+ \hbox to\textwidth{\hfil\box\@tempboxa}
+ \fi
+ \vskip 2ex
+\fi}
+
+% Editorial offices like to have receipt and acceptance dates on the front
+% page for tracking purposes. The current practice is to require the author
+% to type Received __________________ and Accepted ________________ lines
+% for the staff to type on. The \@dates command will typeset either rules
+% or the dates specified in \received and/or \accepted commands. Note that
+% authors should not include \received and \accepted.
+
+\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}
+
+% \@dates determines formatting of MS date information.
+
+\def\@dates{{\center\if@twocolumn\small\else\normalsize\fi%
+ {\it Received}\space%
+ \if\@recvdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
+ \if@twocolumn\\[.5ex]\else\hspace{1.5em}\fi%
+ {\it accepted}\space%
+ \if\@accptdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
+ \endcenter}
+}
+
+% The \sluginfo command is executed automatically when a \begin{abstract} is
+% encountered, so it is not necessary (or appropriate) for the author to
+% include this line explicitly. The received/accepted business is a
+% concern only for the editorial staff, hence we have arranged for the
+% author not to have to fuss with it.
+
+\def\sluginfo{{\center
+ \@dates
+ %\@slug
+ %\@runheads
+ \endcenter}}
+
+\let\dates=\sluginfo % Backwards compatibility
+
+%\@input{text.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FRONT MATTER *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Make adjustments to LaTeX abstract style: optional upper case heading,
+% bump size up in single column mode. This is a two-column style by
+% default, and I presume most of the text will be set at 10pt. However,
+% one-column front matter should be set larger.
+
+\def\abstract{\if@twocolumn
+ \section*{Abstract}
+ \else \large \vspace{3em}
+ \begin{center}
+ {\bf{ABSTRACT}\vspace{-.5em}\vspace{0pt}}
+ \end{center}
+ \quotation
+\fi}
+
+% Title and author identification is by way of standard LaTeX commands
+% \title and \author, although the macros themselves are rather different.
+% The information is typeset by these macros in this style, rather than
+% being buffered as per regular LaTeX. The authors' principal affiliation
+% is specified with a separate macro \affil. Each \author command should
+% be followed by its own \affil (or address).
+%
+% Authors often have affiliations above and beyond their main employer,
+% and these are specified with the \altaffilmark and \altaffiltext commands.
+% These commands behave like the \footnotemark and \footnotetext commands
+% of LaTeX. \altaffilmark is appended to author's names in the \author
+% lists, and generates the superscript identification numbers.
+% The text for the individual alternate affiliations is generated by the
+% \altaffiltext command. It is up to the author to make sure that the
+% \altaffilmark numbers attached to authors' names correspond to the correct
+% alternate affiliation.
+%
+% \title{LUCID TEXT}
+% \author{NAME(S)}
+% \authoraddr{AUTHOR'S POSTAL ADDRESS}
+% \affil{AFFILIATION}
+% \altaffilmark{TAG NUMBER(S)}
+% \altaffiltext{NUMERICAL TAG}{TEXT}
+%
+% The typesetting performed by these commands is appropriate for the top of
+% the first text page of the manuscript. They could as well be used on a
+% title cover page, but vertical placement would have to be controlled by
+% the author. This is not to be encouraged, since I want to discourage
+% the introduction of any extra horizontal or vertical space.
+
+\def\title#1{{\center\if@twocolumn\large\else\Large\fi\bf#1\endcenter}}
+\def\author#1{{\topsep 0pt\center
+ \if@twocolumn\normalsize\else\vspace{4ex}\large\fi#1\endcenter}}
+\let\authoraddr=\@gobble
+\def\affil#1{\vspace*{-0.8ex}{\topsep 0pt\center
+ \if@twocolumn\small\else\normalsize\fi\it#1\endcenter}}
+\def\altaffilmark#1{$^{#1}$}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\footnotetext[#1]{#2}}
+
+% Redefine the LaTeX \and command for this style.
+
+\def\and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * KEYWORDS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Keywords environment. Keywords, subject headings, etc., are accommodated
+% only as a piece of text; the \keywords command indents if necessary and
+% supplies the proper leading text ("Keywords:", "Subject headings:", etc.)
+% but does not apply formatting to the user's keyword text. The author
+% must supply the correct punctuation according to the journal style.
+%
+% Note that the editors of A&A, ApJ, and MNRAS have discussed the issue
+% of keywords, and there is disagreement about whether "subject headings"
+% or "keywords" should appear after abstracts in astronomical papers.
+% It does not really matter what the macro is called, so I will stick
+% to \keywords since I don't know what the difference is anyway.
+
+\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}
+\def\@keyworddelim{---}
+
+\def\keywords#1{\vspace*{-.7ex}%\vspace{0pt}
+ \if@twocolumn\noindent{\small{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}
+ \else{\quote\if@twocolumn\small\else\large\fi
+ {\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}\endquote}
+ \fi}
+
+\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
+
+% It might be possible to handle keywords and their punctuation more
+% automatically at some stage, but at the moment using this looping
+% construct is serious overkill. It also causes problems because the
+% loop delimiter is a comma, and there are keywords that legitimately
+% contain commas. It also seem ponderous to me for keywords in the
+% \keyword list to be delimited by `|', so I make the author responsible
+% for keyword list punctuation.
+
+%\def\@kwds#1{\def\@kwddlm{}\@for\@kwd:=#1\do
+% {\@kwddlm\def\@kwddlm{\space\@keyworddelim\penalty\@m\space}{\@kwd}}}
+
+\def\@kwds#1{#1\relax}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FOOTNOTES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% The following code redefines a few things so that spacing in footnotes is
+% different than LaTeX defaults. The adjustment to \skip\footins increases
+% the amount of vspace inserted before the \footnoterule. Redefine
+% \@makefntext to remove hspace and indentation.
+
+\skip\footins 3ex plus 1ex minus .5ex
+\footnotesep 2ex
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent\hbox to\z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SECTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% \@startsection {NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
+% optional * [ALTHEADING]{HEADING}
+% Generic command to start a section.
+% NAME : e.g., 'subsection'
+% LEVEL : a number, denoting depth of section -- e.g., chapter=1,
+% section = 2, etc.
+% INDENT : Indentation of heading from left margin
+% BEFORESKIP : Absolute value = skip to leave above the heading.
+% If negative, then paragraph indent of text following
+% heading is suppressed.
+% AFTERSKIP : if positive, then skip to leave below heading, else
+% negative of skip to leave to right of run-in heading.
+% STYLE : commands to set style
+% If '*' missing, then increments the counter. If it is present, then
+% there should be no [ALTHEADING] argument.
+
+% Adjust section heading typography slightly. The manuscript editors
+% seem to like the idea that the heads will be centered, and that there
+% will be a "." trailing the section number. This requires hacking below
+% the normal LaTeX programming interface (\@startsection), since the
+% centering has to be turned on and off again before the section starts.
+%
+% Also, modify the indentation behavior so that ALL paragraphs, including
+% those first after section heads, are indented. This is consonant with
+% the styles of many journals, although it's non-standard typographic practice.
+%
+% Add simple logic to engage \twocolumn when the first \section command
+% is encountered if this hasn't been done already.
+
+\newif\if@firstsection \@firstsectiontrue
+
+\def\section{\if@firstsection
+ \if@twocolumn\relax\else\twocolumn\fi
+ \@firstsectionfalse\fi
+ \@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}
+ {2.3ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+ {2ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+ {2ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}.}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection\@arabic{\c@subsection}.}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}.}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+
+% For ApJ, acknowledgments are set off from main body text simply by
+% vertical space (no heading or type size change). I do the same for
+% the AAS manuscript style. For use in producing more polished output
+% for other journals, this macro might generate text saying
+% "Acknowledg[e]ments".
+
+\def\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex plus .8ex minus .4ex}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments % second spelling
+
+% ****************************************
+% * EQUATION NUMBERING *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Redefine \appendix so that equation numbers are prepended with
+% \theappendix number. Reset equation counter so that equation
+% numbers in the appendix begin again with 1. Note that the
+% \appendix command is NOT a sectioning command; it is merely
+% a delimiting markup between the main body of the paper and the
+% appendix. Sections in the appendix are still started with
+% \section commands.
+%
+% \appendix
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}.}
+ \def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}}}
+
+% Define mathletters environment. This is a wrapper that goes
+% *around* (outside of) equation or eqnarray environments.
+%
+% \begin{mathletters}
+% \end{mathletters}
+
+\newcounter{cureqno}
+
+\newenvironment{mathletters}{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+ \setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
+ \let\@curtheeqn\theequation%
+ \edef\cur@eqn{\csname theequation\endcsname}%
+ \def\theequation{\cur@eqn\alph{equation}}%
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}}%
+ {\let\theequation\@curtheeqn%
+ \setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}}
+
+% The \eqnum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% equation marking schemes.
+%
+% \eqnum{TEXT}
+
+\def\eqnum#1{\def\theequation{#1}\let\@currentlabel\theequation
+ \addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * BIBLIOGRAPHY *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Bibliography/references environment. For the time being, I don't think
+% it would be a good idea to force an implementation based on BibTeX,
+% although I'll prepare for that eventuality by using the constructs and
+% general ideas of the LaTeX thebibliography environment. Adjustments
+% have been made so that the \cite-\bibitem mechanism can be used to cite
+% references symbolically while maintaining proper citation syntax within
+% the paper; the author must create the citation label for each reference
+% in proper journal format in the \bibitem command.
+%
+% \begin{thebibliography}
+% \bibitem[LABEL]{TEXTTAG} \reference <bibliographic data>
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% where LABEL must adhere to the journal's standards, e.g. "Abt 1986".
+%
+% It is not necessary to use the thebibliography environment. This style
+% defines a references environment that simply sets off the list of references
+% and adjusts spacing parameters. It is not possible to use \bibitems
+% within the references environment. (The \reference command cannot be
+% shortened to \ref; \ref is used in vanilla LaTeX for cross-referencing.)
+%
+% \begin{references}
+% \reference <bibliographic data>
+% \end{references}
+%
+% \markcite{TEXT}
+%
+% Observe that the bibliographic data supplied by the author must also
+% conform to the standards of the journal. I have elected not to burden
+% authors with tedious LaTeX commands which would require many curly braces
+% to delimit the bibliographic fields because many of the journals I have
+% targeted in this project have agreed to reduce typographic overhead (bolding,
+% italicizing, etc.) in reference lists. (See Abt's editorial in ApJ 357.)
+% It is the responsibility of the author to get these fields in the proper
+% order with the correct punctuation; the information will be typeset as is,
+% i.e., in roman with no size or style changes.
+%
+% Macros are provided for many of the oft-referenced journals so that authors
+% may use the LaTeX names rather than having to look up a particular journal's
+% specific abbreviation. In principle, all the journals should be using the
+% same abbreviations, too, but I anticipate some changes in the specific
+% abbreviations before a set is finally settled on. As long as these macros
+% are kept up to date, authors need not be concerned about such editorial
+% changes.
+%
+% Corresponding with the non-BibTeX references environment and \reference
+% command for the reference list is the \markcite command. This can be
+% used to identify in-text citations; in this case, the author provides
+% the actual citation text as opposed to the symbolic tag. The use of
+% this is encouraged, even for journals where no special formatting of
+% citation call-outs is required; it is crucial for the future use of
+% on-line browsers.
+
+\def\references{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+ \bgroup\parindent=\z@\parskip=\itemsep
+ \def\refpar{\par\hangindent=1.2em\hangafter=1}}
+\def\endreferences{\refpar\egroup\revtex@pageid}
+
+\def\thebibliography{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+ \list{\null}{\leftmargin 1.2em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent -1.2em
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\refpar{\relax}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\revtex@pageid}
+
+\def\@biblabel#1{\relax}
+%\def\@cite#1#2{({#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi})}
+\def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}
+
+\def\reference{\relax\refpar} % Generic: might be better...
+\def\markcite#1{#1\relax}
+
+% Modify \@citex so that individual citation texts are NOT hboxed.
+% This allows TeX to break lines at spaces between words in citations.
+% Remove the obnoxious {\bf ?} that was inserted in the text when
+% undefined citations are encountered; here, the warning message is
+% printed only on the terminal.
+
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+
+%\@input{mstblfig.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TABLES AND FIGURES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Additions and adjustments for tables and figures.
+
+% Footnotes for tables are to be identified with lower case alphabetics,
+% rather than numeric. \tablenotemark and \tablenotetext commands are
+% provided analogous to \footnotemark and \footnotetext, but with the
+% identifier *required*, like \altaffilmark and \altaffiltext. The
+% \tablenotetext must be specified before the \end{table}, since
+% \end{table} displays it.
+%
+% \tablenotemark{TAG LETTER(S)}
+% \tablenotetext{ALPHA TAG}{TEXT}
+%
+% Note that TAG LETTER == ALPHA TAG for corresponding text. It is the
+% responsibility of the author to get the correspondence correct.
+%
+% The table footnotes are coupled to the table in which they occur, rather
+% than being associated with a particular page, and they are printed with
+% the table (relatively close to the caption) instead of appearing at the
+% extreme bottom of the page. This is done to ensure that the notes wind
+% up on the same page as the table, since tables are floats and can migrate
+% from one page to another. There is the additional benefit that the notes
+% are unambiguously attached to the proper table, which is what is required
+% in the event that the editorial requirement of one table only per page
+% is ever changed to permit several tables per page.
+%
+% Footnotes are NOT supported for figures.
+
+\def\tablenotemark#1{\rlap{$^{\rm #1}$}}
+
+% The \tablenotetext command buffers the table note text and the "proper"
+% tablenote formatting information in a token buffer. The tablenotes are
+% dispensed into the vertical page list by \spew@tblnotes, which is
+% executed by \end{table}. Note that certain "global" tablenote formatting
+% details are handled by \spew@tblnotes, which also clears the tblnote list.
+% Praise and honor are due to Kresten Krab Thorup (krab@iesd.auc.dk) for
+% posting ftn.sty to the Usenet, from which I drew the technique.
+
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\def\tblnote@list{}
+
+\def\tablenotetext#1#2{
+ \@temptokena={\vspace{.5ex}{\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2}\par}
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+\def\spew@tblnotes{
+ \ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+ \else
+ \vspace{3.2ex}
+ \footnoterule
+ \vspace{.4ex}
+ {\footnotesize\tblnote@list}
+ \gdef\tblnote@list{}
+ \fi}
+
+\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\end@float}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\spew@tblnotes\end@dblfloat}
+
+% Add a \tableline command for use in tabular environments. This command
+% produces the horizontal rule(s) between the column headings and the body
+% of the table. Authors are discouraged from using any \hlines themselves,
+% and are typically forbidden from using vertical rules by editors.
+
+\let\tableline=\hline
+
+% \@makecaption determines formatting for figure and table captions.
+% For manuscripts, all captions should be set as flushleft paragraphs.
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent #1 #2\par}
+
+% The \tablenum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% table marking schemes.
+%
+% \tablenum{TEXT}
+
+\def\tablenum#1{\def\thetable{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thetable
+ \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}}
+
+% The \figurenum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% figure marking schemes.
+%
+% \figurenum{TEXT}
+
+\def\figurenum#1{\def\thefigure{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thefigure
+ \addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PLANO TABLES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Plano tables are camera-ready pages that are included in a typeset
+% article the same way as line drawings, graphs, and other camera-ready
+% art, i.e., as "planographic" figures. There are desirable properties
+% for a formatter to have that are somewhat above and beyond LaTeX'x
+% tabular environment that would facilitate the creation of such tables.
+% Among these are breaking long tables across pages, using footnotes
+% in a table, specifying comments and references for tables, etc.
+%
+% What follows was inspired by supertab.sty by Theo Jurriens, 1988.
+
+% Commands for identifying table elements in a consistent way. Observe
+% that the formatting is embedded in the macro definitions so that the
+% author doesn't need to be concerned about stylistic nuances.
+%
+% \tablecaption{TEXT}
+% \tablehead{TEXT}
+% \colhead{HEADING}
+% \tabletail{TEXT}
+% \tablewidth{DIMEN}
+% \tableheadfrac{NUM}
+
+\newbox\pt@box
+\newdimen\pt@width
+\newcount\pt@line
+\newcount\pt@nlines
+\newcount\pt@ncol
+
+\def\colhead#1{\omit\hidewidth{#1}\hidewidth\global\advance\pt@ncol by\@ne}
+\def\tablecaption#1{\gdef\pt@caption{#1}} \def\pt@caption{\relax}
+\def\tablehead#1{\gdef\pt@head{\hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]
+ #1\hskip\tabcolsep\\[.7ex]\hline\relax\\[-1.5ex]}} \def\pt@head{\relax}
+\def\tabletail#1{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}} \def\pt@tail{\relax}
+\def\tablewidth#1{\pt@width=#1} \pt@width\textwidth
+\def\tableheadfrac#1{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}} \def\pt@headfrac{.1}
+
+% Calculate the number of tabular rows that will fit in the body of the
+% table. The height of the table body and the number of lines are
+% calculated thus:
+%
+% bodyheight = \textheight * (1 - \pt@headfrac)
+% \pt@nlines = bodyheight / (\arraystretch * \baselineskip)
+%
+% The row height can be seen to be valid algebraically if one examines the
+% definitions for \strutbox, \@setstrut, and \@array. I could eliminate
+% this calculation, as well as its attendant parameters, if it were possible
+% to determine the accumulated height of the \halign box as TeX goes along.
+
+\def\pt@calcnlines{\@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight
+ \@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by-\@tempdima
+ \@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
+ \divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
+ \global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb}
+
+% Define \pt@tabular, a ripoff of \@tabular but with \leavevmode removed
+% so tabular box can be set with \setbox. I do this so that table notes
+% can be set to natural width of table, if desired. Also, set \@acol
+% to \@ptabacol, which is called when building the preamble for the
+% \halign (assuming the first column format specification is "l", which
+% it should be for ApJ tables) so that \tabskip within the table is set
+% to \fill. This permits us to toggle between natural and fixed-width
+% tables without requiring the user to change markup. Note that by
+% forcing \tabskip always to be \fill, I pretty well nullify any
+% @{\hspace} commands the user puts in the template, but this environment
+% is for people who don't want to think about that sort of stuff anyway.
+
+\def\pt@tabular{\hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@ptabacol
+ \let\@classz\@tabclassz
+ \let\@classiv\@tabclassiv \let\\\@tabularcr\@tabarray}
+
+\def\@ptabacol{\edef\@preamble{\@preamble \hskip \tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}}
+
+% Permit different identifying strings, one for the first page of the
+% table and one for continuation pages. LaTeX's \fnum@table is set to
+% one or the other automatically in the environment. Note that caption
+% handling is not so graceful: you have to edit inside the big macros to
+% adjust this. Someday, I will be ambitious enough to fix this.
+
+\def\fnum@ptable{Table \thetable}
+\def\fnum@ptablecont{Table \thetable---{\it Continued}}
+
+\def\set@mkcaption{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+ \center\sc##1\\[.5ex]##2\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+\def\set@mkcaptioncont{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+ \center\sc##1\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+
+\newenvironment{planotable}[1]{\def\pt@format{\string#1}%
+ \set@tblnotetext\pt@ncol=0}%
+ {\crcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\endtabular%
+ \pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box\spew@ptblnotes%
+ \typeout{Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width}%
+ \endcenter\end@dblfloat}
+
+\def\startdata{\pt@line=0\pt@calcnlines%
+ \ifdim\pt@width>\z@\def\@halignto{to \pt@width}\else\def\@halignto{}\fi%
+ \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable\set@mkcaption%
+ \@dblfloat{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+ \setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head}
+
+% A kludgey kind of line delimiter is needed so that the line counter
+% can be checked prior to adding the line to the alignment box. This
+% is bad because this form does not permit the addition of vertical
+% space using the [.5ex] construct; this has to be done with an explicit
+% \vskip. And a disgusting \noalign is required, so I have to create
+% another silly piece of markup to accomplish this conveniently.
+%
+% What is desired, of course, is for this line count checking to take
+% place within the syntax of the regular LaTeX \\ command. I have been
+% giving myself apoplexy trying to figure this out for the last 36 hours,
+% and I have decided I will have to wait for the onset of my "lucid
+% period" for a solution. In the meantime...
+
+\def\pt@nl{\global\advance\pt@line by\@ne%
+ \ifnum\pt@line=\pt@nlines%
+ \endtabular\box\pt@box
+ \endcenter\end@dblfloat\clearpage%
+ \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
+ \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont\set@mkcaptioncont%
+ \@dblfloat{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+ \global\pt@ncol=0%
+ \setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head%
+ \global\pt@line=0%
+ \else\\
+ \fi}
+
+% Author markup commands for planotable environment line breaks.
+%
+% \nl == \nextline
+% \tablevspace{DIMEN}
+% \tablebreak
+
+\let\nl=\pt@nl
+\let\nextline=\pt@nl
+
+\def\tablevspace#1{\noalign{\vskip{#1}}}
+\def\tablebreak{\pt@line\pt@nlines\advance\pt@line by\m@ne\pt@nl}
+
+% We have some specialty heads that are sometimes wanted in tables.
+%
+% \cutinhead{TEXT}
+% \sidehead{TEXT}
+
+\def\cutinhead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+ \hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2.0ex}
+ \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}\pt@nl
+ \noalign{\vskip .8ex}
+ \hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2ex}}
+
+\def\sidehead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+ \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}\pt@nl
+ \noalign{\vskip .5ex}}
+
+\def\set@tblnotetext{\def\tablenotetext##1##2{{%
+ \@temptokena={\vspace{0ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em$^{\rm ##1}$##2}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}}}
+
+\def\spew@ptblnotes{
+ \ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+ \else
+ \par
+ \vspace{2ex}
+ {\tblnote@list}
+ \gdef\tblnote@list{}
+ \fi}
+
+% Special kinds of table footnotes. Sometimes authors tabulate things
+% which have corresponding references, and it may be desirable to associate
+% these references with the table rather than (or in addition to) the
+% formal reference list. Occasionally, authors wish to append a short
+% paragraph of explanatory notes that pertain to the entire table, but
+% which are different than the caption.
+%
+% \tablerefs{REFERENCE LIST}
+% \tablecomments{TEXT}
+
+\def\tablerefs#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em{\sc References.---}#1}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+\def\tablecomments#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em{\sc Note.---}#1}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+% Figure and table style parameters.
+
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fnum@figure{{\rm Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}
+
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fnum@table{{\rm Table \thetable:}}
+
+% Figure and table float positions.
+
+\def\fps@figure{bp}
+\def\fps@table{bp}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * EPS INCLUSIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Include Rokicki's epsf.sty file explicitly.
+
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\@input{epsf.sty}}{\relax}
+
+% Simplified EPS inclusion macros so we can see how this goes...
+% These are layered on Rokicki's dvips material, and are dependent
+% on the author's use of that DVI driver.
+%
+% \plotone{EPSFILE}
+% \plottwo{EPSFILE}{EPSFILE}
+% \plotfiddle{EPSFILE}{VSIZE}{ROT}{HSF}{VSF}{HTRANS}{VTRANS}
+%
+% \plotone inserts the plot in a space that is \columnwidth wide; the
+% plot is scaled so the horizontal dimension fits in the text width,
+% and the vertical dimension is scaled to maintain the aspect ratio.
+% \plottwo inserts two plots next to each other in one \columnwidth,
+% sort of like "two-up" mode.
+%
+% EPSFILE name of file with EPS
+%
+% The following arguments are for the \plotfiddle macro which formats
+% the \special itself, prepares vspace, etc. This completely bypasses
+% Rokicki's macros that attempt to rationalize the EPS BoundingBox with
+% the LaTeX page dimensions.
+%
+% VSIZE vertical white space to allow for plot
+% ROT rotation angle
+% HSF horiz scale factor
+% VSF vert scale factor
+% HTRANS horiz translation
+% VTRANS vert translation
+
+%\epsfverbosetrue
+
+\def\plotone#1{\centering \leavevmode
+ \epsfxsize=\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1}}
+
+\def\plottwo#1#2{\centering \leavevmode
+ \epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1} \hfil
+ \epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#2}}
+
+\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\centering \leavevmode
+ \vbox to#2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
+ \special{psfile=#1 voffset=#7 hoffset=#6 vscale=#5 hscale=#4 angle=#3}}
+
+%\@input{abbrevs.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * ABBREVIATIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Abbreviations for journals. The object here is to provide authors
+% with convenient shorthands for the most "popular" (often-cited)
+% journals; the author can use these markup tags without being concerned
+% about the exact form of the journal abbreviation, or its formatting.
+% It is up to the keeper of the macros to make sure the macros expand
+% to the proper text. If macro package writers agree to all use the
+% same TeX command name, authors only have to remember one thing, and
+% the style file will take care of editorial preferences. This also
+% applies when a single journal decides to revamp its abbreviating
+% scheme, as happened with the ApJ (Abt 1991).
+
+\let\jnl@style=\rm
+\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}
+
+\def\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}} % Astronomical Journal
+\def\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}} % Annual Review of Astron and Astrophys
+\def\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}} % Astrophysical Journal
+\def\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}} % Astrophysical Journal, Letters
+\def\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}} % Astrophysical Journal, Supplement
+\def\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.Optics}} % Applied Optics
+\def\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}} % Astrophysics and Space Science
+\def\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics
+\def\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics Reviews
+\def\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics, Supplement
+\def\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}} % Astronomicheskii Zhurnal
+\def\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}} % Bulletin of the AAS
+\def\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}} % Journal of the RAS of Canada
+\def\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}} % Memoirs of the RAS
+\def\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}} % Monthly Notices of the RAS
+\def\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.A}} % Physical Review A: General Physics
+\def\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.B}} % Physical Review B: Solid State
+\def\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.C}} % Physical Review C
+\def\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.D}} % Physical Review D
+\def\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.Lett}} % Physical Review Letters
+\def\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}} % Publications of the ASP
+\def\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}} % Publications of the ASJ
+\def\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}} % Quarterly Journal of the RAS
+\def\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}} % Sky and Telescope
+\def\solphys{\ref@jnl{Solar~Phys.}} % Solar Physics
+\def\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}} % Soviet Astronomy
+\def\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.Rev.}} % Space Science Reviews
+\def\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}} % Zeitschrift fuer Astrophysik
+
+\let\astap=\aap
+\let\apjlett=\apjl
+\let\apjsupp=\apjs
+
+%\@input{misc.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * MISCELLANEOUS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Handy little things everybody works out for themselves anyway. Many
+% of these come from Springer's A&A package, and some were contributed
+% by Francois Schweizer at DTM. You can go berserk making these up,
+% especially when you start getting into the composite ones. We have
+% tried to select a tractable number that were useful, and somewhat
+% difficult to get right because fussy kerning or some such is required.
+% Most can be used in or out of math mode with impunity; \alt and \agt
+% are relations and can only be used in math mode.
+
+\def\deg{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\earth{\hbox{$\oplus$}}
+\def\lesssim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$<$}}}}
+\def\gtrsim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$>$}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\micron{\hbox{$\mu$m}}
+
+\let\la=\lesssim % For Springer A&A compliance...
+\let\ga=\gtrsim
+
+% Permit author to typeset "case" fractions. This is sometimes
+% wanted in displayed equations, during which LaTeX will set fractions
+% specified as \frac{x}{y} as "built-up" fractions (numerator and
+% denominator at body text size).
+
+\def\case#1#2{\hbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}
+
+% Permit author to typeset fractions set with solidus where the size
+% is reduced and the numerals are oriented diagonally. Note that this
+% is different from a "shilled" fraction, which the author can produce
+% without any special formatting markup. Define markup shorthands for
+% several common fractions using solidus.
+
+\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}
+\def\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}
+\def\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}
+\def\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}
+\def\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}
+\def\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}
+
+\def\ubvr{\hbox{$U\!BV\!R$}} % UBVR system
+\def\ub{\hbox{$U\!-\!B$}} % U-B
+\def\bv{\hbox{$B\!-\!V$}} % B-V
+\def\vr{\hbox{$V\!-\!R$}} % V-R
+\def\ur{\hbox{$U\!-\!R$}} % U-R
+
+% Notation for atomic species (ionization levels). The ionization state
+% is specified as the second argument, and should be given as a numeral.
+% The macro has to expand the numeric state into the proper notation for
+% the publication (roman, numeric, plus signs, etc.)
+%
+% \ion{ELEMENT}{IONIZATION STATE}
+
+\def\ion#1#2{#1$\;${\small\rm\@Roman{#2}}\relax}
+
+% Centered ellipsis for use in tables (for unknown values). \nodata
+% is generalized markup for this notion: format of null-valued entries
+% in tables is style-specific.
+
+%\def\cellipsis{\hfill$\cdots$\hfill}
+\def\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\cdots$}}
+
+% This is a generalization of the \LaTeX definition that comes in LaTeX.
+% The change here ensures that LaTeX will be typeset in the current style,
+% rather than always in roman.
+
+\newcount\lecurrentfam
+\def\LaTeX{\lecurrentfam=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+ \hbox{$\fam\lecurrentfam\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * DEBUGGING *
+% ****************************************
+
+\def\sizrpt{
+ (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+ \typeout{
+ (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspptwo.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspptwo.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8ac3c98fa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aaspptwo.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+\def\revtex@ver{3.0}
+\def\revtex@date{10 Jan 93}
+\def\revtex@org{AAS}
+\def\revtex@jnl{AAS}
+\def\revtex@genre{2-column preprint}
+\typeout{\revtex@org\space \revtex@genre\space substyle,
+v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.}
+\def\revtex@pageid{\xdef\@thefnmark{\null}
+\@footnotetext{This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
+ \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.}}
+\def\genre@MS{manuscript}
+\def\genre@PP{preprint}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\genre@MS
+\ifnum\@ptsize<2
+\typeout{Warning: Undersize \revtex@genre\space font (1\@ptsize\space pts).
+ Use 12pt documentstyle option.}
+\fi
+\fi
+\def\ps@plaintop{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\rm\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}
+\def\@evenfoot{}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+\ps@plain
+\textwidth=6.9in
+\textheight=8.4in
+\topmargin=0in
+\headheight=.15in
+\headsep=.35in
+\oddsidemargin=0in
+\evensidemargin=0in
+\parindent=1.2em
+\parskip=0.5ex
+\columnsep=0.5in
+\hoffset=-0.2in
+\tolerance=600
+\def\@tightleading{1.1}
+\def\@doubleleading{1.6}
+\let\tighten=\relax
+\let\tightenlines=\tighten
+\let\singlespace=\relax
+\let\doublespace=\relax
+\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}
+\def\eqsecnum{
+\@newctr{equation}[section]
+\def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}}}
+\def\@journalname{The Astropolitical Journal}
+\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}
+\def\received#1{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}} \received{\relax}
+\def\revised#1{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}} \revised{\relax}
+\def\accepted#1{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}} \accepted{\relax}
+\def\journalid#1#2{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}
+\def\articleid#1#2{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}
+\def\paperid#1{\gdef\@paperid{#1}} \paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}
+\def\ccc#1{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}} \ccc{000-00\$75.95-CDB}
+\def\cpright#1#2{\@nameuse{cpr@#1} \gdef\cpr@year{#2}
+\typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}}
+\newcount\@cprtype \@cprtype=\@ne
+\def\cpr@AAS{\@cprtype=1}
+\def\cpr@PD{\@cprtype=2}
+\def\cpr@Crown{\@cprtype=3}
+\def\cpr@none{\@cprtype=4}
+\def\cpr@ASP{\@cprtype=5}
+\def\cpr@year{\number\year}
+\def\@slug{\par\noindent
+\ifcase\@cprtype
+ \relax
+\or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+\or
+ This article is in the public domain.
+\or
+ Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+\or
+ No copyright is claimed for this article.
+\or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the ASP.
+\fi
+\par\noindent
+Manuscript number \@paperid.\par\noindent
+\CCC@code
+}
+\def\lefthead#1{\gdef\@versohead{#1}} \lefthead{\relax}
+\def\righthead#1{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}} \righthead{\relax}
+\def\@runheads{\@tempcnta\c@page
+\@whilenum \@tempcnta >0\do{
+\vskip 3ex
+\hbox to30pc{\small\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
+ \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil}
+\advance\@tempcnta by\m@ne}
+}
+\def\slugcomment#1{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}} \slugcomment{}
+\newdimen\@slugcmmntwidth \@slugcmmntwidth .67\textwidth
+\long\def\@makeslugcmmnt{\ifx\slug@comment\@empty\relax\else
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\slug@comment}
+\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\@slugcmmntwidth
+\hbox to\textwidth{\hss
+ \parbox\@slugcmmntwidth\slug@comment}
+\else
+\hbox to\textwidth{\hfil\box\@tempboxa}
+\fi
+\vskip 2ex
+\fi}
+\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}
+\def\@dates{{\center\if@twocolumn\small\else\normalsize\fi%
+{\it Received}\space%
+\if\@recvdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
+\if@twocolumn\\[.5ex]\else\hspace{1.5em}\fi%
+{\it accepted}\space%
+\if\@accptdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
+\endcenter}
+}
+\def\sluginfo{{\center
+\@dates
+
+
+\endcenter}}
+\let\dates=\sluginfo
+\def\abstract{\if@twocolumn
+\section*{Abstract}
+\else \large \vspace{3em}
+\begin{center}
+{\bf{ABSTRACT}\vspace{-.5em}\vspace{0pt}}
+\end{center}
+\quotation
+\fi}
+\def\title#1{{\center\if@twocolumn\large\else\Large\fi\bf#1\endcenter}}
+\def\author#1{{\topsep 0pt\center
+\if@twocolumn\normalsize\else\vspace{4ex}\large\fi#1\endcenter}}
+\let\authoraddr=\@gobble
+\def\affil#1{\vspace*{-0.8ex}{\topsep 0pt\center
+\if@twocolumn\small\else\normalsize\fi\it#1\endcenter}}
+\def\altaffilmark#1{$^{#1}$}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\footnotetext[#1]{#2}}
+\def\and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}
+\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}
+\def\@keyworddelim{---}
+\def\keywords#1{\vspace*{-.7ex}
+\if@twocolumn\noindent{\small{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}
+\else{\quote\if@twocolumn\small\else\large\fi
+{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}\endquote}
+\fi}
+\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
+\def\@kwds#1{#1\relax}
+\skip\footins 3ex plus 1ex minus .5ex
+\footnotesep 2ex
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent\hbox to\z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+\newif\if@firstsection \@firstsectiontrue
+\def\section{\if@firstsection
+\if@twocolumn\relax\else\twocolumn\fi
+\@firstsectionfalse\fi
+\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}
+{2.3ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+{2ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+{2ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}.}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection\@arabic{\c@subsection}.}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}.}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+\def\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex plus .8ex minus .4ex}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments
+\def\appendix{\par
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+\setcounter{subsection}{0}
+\setcounter{equation}{0}
+\def\thesection{\Alph{section}.}
+\def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}}}
+\newcounter{cureqno}
+\newenvironment{mathletters}{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+\setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
+\let\@curtheeqn\theequation%
+\edef\cur@eqn{\csname theequation\endcsname}%
+\def\theequation{\cur@eqn\alph{equation}}%
+\setcounter{equation}{0}}%
+{\let\theequation\@curtheeqn%
+\setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}}
+\def\eqnum#1{\def\theequation{#1}\let\@currentlabel\theequation
+\addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}}
+\def\references{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+\bgroup\parindent=\z@\parskip=\itemsep
+\def\refpar{\par\hangindent=1.2em\hangafter=1}}
+\def\endreferences{\refpar\egroup\revtex@pageid}
+\def\thebibliography{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+\list{\null}{\leftmargin 1.2em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent -1.2em
+\usecounter{enumi}}
+\def\refpar{\relax}
+\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+\sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\revtex@pageid}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\relax}
+\def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}
+\def\reference{\relax\refpar}
+\def\markcite#1{#1\relax}
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+{\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+{b@\@citeb}{\@warning
+{Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+\def\tablenotemark#1{\rlap{$^{\rm #1}$}}
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\def\tblnote@list{}
+\def\tablenotetext#1#2{
+\@temptokena={\vspace{.5ex}{\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2}\par}
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\spew@tblnotes{
+\ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+\else
+\vspace{3.2ex}
+\footnoterule
+\vspace{.4ex}
+{\footnotesize\tblnote@list}
+\gdef\tblnote@list{}
+\fi}
+\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\end@float}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\spew@tblnotes\end@dblfloat}
+\let\tableline=\hline
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent #1 #2\par}
+\def\tablenum#1{\def\thetable{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thetable
+\addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}}
+\def\figurenum#1{\def\thefigure{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thefigure
+\addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}}
+\newbox\pt@box
+\newdimen\pt@width
+\newcount\pt@line
+\newcount\pt@nlines
+\newcount\pt@ncol
+\def\colhead#1{\omit\hidewidth{#1}\hidewidth\global\advance\pt@ncol by\@ne}
+\def\tablecaption#1{\gdef\pt@caption{#1}} \def\pt@caption{\relax}
+\def\tablehead#1{\gdef\pt@head{\hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]
+#1\hskip\tabcolsep\\[.7ex]\hline\relax\\[-1.5ex]}} \def\pt@head{\relax}
+\def\tabletail#1{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}} \def\pt@tail{\relax}
+\def\tablewidth#1{\pt@width=#1} \pt@width\textwidth
+\def\tableheadfrac#1{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}} \def\pt@headfrac{.1}
+\def\pt@calcnlines{\@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight
+\@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by-\@tempdima
+\@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
+\divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
+\global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb}
+\def\pt@tabular{\hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@ptabacol
+\let\@classz\@tabclassz
+\let\@classiv\@tabclassiv \let\\\@tabularcr\@tabarray}
+\def\@ptabacol{\edef\@preamble{\@preamble \hskip \tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}}
+\def\fnum@ptable{Table \thetable}
+\def\fnum@ptablecont{Table \thetable---{\it Continued}}
+\def\set@mkcaption{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+\center\sc##1\\[.5ex]##2\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+\def\set@mkcaptioncont{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+\center\sc##1\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+\newenvironment{planotable}[1]{\def\pt@format{\string#1}%
+\set@tblnotetext\pt@ncol=0}%
+{\crcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\endtabular%
+\pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box\spew@ptblnotes%
+\typeout{Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width}%
+\endcenter\end@dblfloat}
+\def\startdata{\pt@line=0\pt@calcnlines%
+\ifdim\pt@width>\z@\def\@halignto{to \pt@width}\else\def\@halignto{}\fi%
+\let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable\set@mkcaption%
+\@dblfloat{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+\setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head}
+\def\pt@nl{\global\advance\pt@line by\@ne%
+\ifnum\pt@line=\pt@nlines%
+\endtabular\box\pt@box
+\endcenter\end@dblfloat\clearpage%
+\addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
+\let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont\set@mkcaptioncont%
+\@dblfloat{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+\global\pt@ncol=0%
+\setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head%
+\global\pt@line=0%
+\else\\
+\fi}
+\let\nl=\pt@nl
+\let\nextline=\pt@nl
+\def\tablevspace#1{\noalign{\vskip{#1}}}
+\def\tablebreak{\pt@line\pt@nlines\advance\pt@line by\m@ne\pt@nl}
+\def\cutinhead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+\hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2.0ex}
+\multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}\pt@nl
+\noalign{\vskip .8ex}
+\hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2ex}}
+\def\sidehead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+\multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}\pt@nl
+\noalign{\vskip .5ex}}
+\def\set@tblnotetext{\def\tablenotetext##1##2{{%
+\@temptokena={\vspace{0ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em$^{\rm ##1}$##2}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}}}
+\def\spew@ptblnotes{
+\ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+\else
+\par
+\vspace{2ex}
+{\tblnote@list}
+\gdef\tblnote@list{}
+\fi}
+\def\tablerefs#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em{\sc References.---}#1}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\tablecomments#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{3ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em{\sc Note.---}#1}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fnum@figure{{\rm Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fnum@table{{\rm Table \thetable:}}
+\def\fps@figure{bp}
+\def\fps@table{bp}
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\@input{epsf.sty}}{\relax}
+\def\plotone#1{\centering \leavevmode
+\epsfxsize=\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1}}
+\def\plottwo#1#2{\centering \leavevmode
+\epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1} \hfil
+\epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#2}}
+\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\centering \leavevmode
+\vbox to#2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
+\special{psfile=#1 voffset=#7 hoffset=#6 vscale=#5 hscale=#4 angle=#3}}
+\let\jnl@style=\rm
+\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}
+\def\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}}
+\def\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}}
+\def\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}
+\def\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}
+\def\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}}
+\def\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.Optics}}
+\def\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}}
+\def\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}}
+\def\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}}
+\def\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}}
+\def\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}}
+\def\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}}
+\def\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}}
+\def\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}}
+\def\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}}
+\def\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.A}}
+\def\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.B}}
+\def\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.C}}
+\def\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.D}}
+\def\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.Lett}}
+\def\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}}
+\def\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}}
+\def\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}}
+\def\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}}
+\def\solphys{\ref@jnl{Solar~Phys.}}
+\def\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}}
+\def\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.Rev.}}
+\def\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}}
+\let\astap=\aap
+\let\apjlett=\apjl
+\let\apjsupp=\apjs
+\def\deg{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\earth{\hbox{$\oplus$}}
+\def\lesssim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$<$}}}}
+\def\gtrsim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$>$}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\micron{\hbox{$\mu$m}}
+\let\la=\lesssim
+\let\ga=\gtrsim
+\def\case#1#2{\hbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}
+
+
+\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}
+\def\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}
+\def\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}
+\def\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}
+\def\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}
+\def\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}
+\def\ubvr{\hbox{$U\!BV\!R$}}
+\def\ub{\hbox{$U\!-\!B$}}
+\def\bv{\hbox{$B\!-\!V$}}
+\def\vr{\hbox{$V\!-\!R$}}
+\def\ur{\hbox{$U\!-\!R$}}
+\def\ion#1#2{#1$\;${\small\rm\@Roman{#2}}\relax}
+\def\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\cdots$}}
+\newcount\lecurrentfam
+\def\LaTeX{\lecurrentfam=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+\hbox{$\fam\lecurrentfam\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+\def\sizrpt{
+(\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+\typeout{
+(\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aastex.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aastex.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d7f7c98ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aastex.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1670 @@
+% MANUAL.TEX -- User input guide for AAS\TeX\ markup package.
+
+\documentstyle[aaspptwo]{article}
+
+\textwidth 7.3in
+\hoffset=-0.4in % This centers the extra wide page
+\voffset=-0.4in % This is because the printer I use prints too low...
+\def\baselinestretch{0.96}
+
+\hyphenation{com-pu-scripts}
+
+\begin{document}
+\twocolumn
+
+\title{The AAS\TeX\ Macros for\\
+ Manuscript Preparation}
+
+\author{Chris Biemesderfer}
+\affil{American Astronomical Society}
+\authoraddr{P.O. Box 1180, Oracle, AZ 85623}
+
+\vspace{.2in}
+
+The AAS has developed an author markup package to assist authors in
+preparing manuscripts for articles that
+are intended for submission to the AAS- and ASP-affiliated journals.
+It is important that the markup used by authors in electronic
+manuscripts (sometimes called compuscripts) be consistent and
+standardized so that such manuscripts can be widely accepted
+by the journals, ultimately so that they can become part of
+the normal production procedures.
+
+This guide contains basic instructions for creating
+manuscripts using the AAS\TeX\ markup package, which functions
+as substyles to the standard \LaTeX\ {\tt article} style.
+Authors are expected to be familiar with the editorial
+requirements of the journals so that they can make
+appropriate submissions, as well as to have at least
+a rudimentary knowledge of \TeX\ (for instance, knowing
+how to set up equations using \TeX\ commands).
+It is unrealistic to provide a tutorial on \TeX;
+readers who are unfamiliar with \TeX\ are advised
+that they will need additional sources of information.
+A number of useful publications are listed in the
+references section of this guide.
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+The AAS\TeX\ author-prepared package was developed to provide
+authors with a consistent means of preparing articles for
+submission to AAS and ASP journals. The most important aspect of the
+package is that it defines the set of commands (called {\sl markup\/})
+that can be used to identify the structural elements of papers.
+When articles are marked up using this set of standard commands,
+the papers can be submitted electronically to the editorial
+offices, and it can also eventually be passed along to the publisher.
+
+For purposes of producing paper output, the AAS\TeX\ package contains
+a number of \LaTeX\ style files that produce variously formatted pages.
+There is a ``manuscript'' style, two ``preprint'' styles, and
+two ``plano table'' styles.
+The manuscript style is used for papers that are submitted to
+AAS and ASP journals for review.
+The preprint styles render articles in a compact form that may
+be suitable for distribution among colleagues.
+The plano table styles are used by authors who wish to submit
+camera-ready tables to the journals for publication.
+
+\section{General preparation instructions}
+
+Computer manuscripts must include all the necessary components,
+e.g., a title, author names and their affiliations,
+an abstract, a main body, tables, etc., in the proper
+order according to the editorial requirements of the journal.
+It is the author's responsibility to ensure that the article
+conforms to all editorial specifications regarding content and
+organization, mathematical formul\ae, chemical names, etc.
+
+In the sections that follow, we review some essential procedures
+that must be followed when preparing \TeX\ input.
+
+\subsection{Running text}
+
+Printing is different from typewriting, and \TeX\ is different
+from other word processing tools. This section consists of
+reminders (admonitions) about things that require special
+attention so that \TeX\ can format the input properly.
+
+The ends of words and sentences are marked by white space, and
+it doesn't matter how many spaces are typed; one is as good as 100.
+\TeX\ treats the end of a line in the input file as a space.
+
+Paragraphs are separated by blank lines.
+Don't hyphenate words in the input file;
+\TeX\ takes care of hyphenation automatically.
+Continue to hyphenate modifiers within a line of text, e.g.,
+``author-prepared copy.''
+
+Quotation marks should be typed as pairs of opening and
+closing single quotes, e.g., {\tt ``quoted text''};
+don't use double quotes ({\tt "bad form"}).
+
+Do not underline.
+In printing, text is emphasized by changing the type style,
+usually to {\sl slanted\/} or {\it italic\/} type.
+
+A number of common characters are interpreted as commands,
+and these must be entered specially, by preceding them with
+a backslash (\verb"\"): \$ \& \% \# \{ and \} must be typed
+\verb"\$" \verb"\&" \verb"\%" \verb"\#" \verb"\{" and \verb"\}".
+
+Authors should refrain from adding vertical or horizontal space.
+Concentrate on the content of the document and identifying its
+components with the structural markup commands.
+Authors should avoid creating new commands by using \LaTeX\ commands
+that create ``private'' markup commands that are not described in this guide.
+
+\subsection{Math}
+
+Mathematical expressions that are part of the running text are
+delimited by a single dollar sign (\$),
+e.g., \verb"$\pi r^2$" yields $\pi r^2$.
+To get the appropriately sized superscript or subscript in the
+roman font, use the \verb"\rm" command, e.g.,
+\verb"$J_{\rm HF}(t)$" produces $J_{\rm HF}(t)$.
+
+Displayed equations can be delimited in several ways.
+The most concise markup is to bracket the equation between
+\verb"\[" and \verb"\]" commands,
+which is equivalent to placing the formula in a {\tt displaymath}
+environment. These markup commands will produce
+{\sl unnumbered} equations.
+
+Numbered equations can be typeset by typing the formula in
+an {\tt equation} environment.
+A series of related equations that need vertical alignment,
+e.g., a derivation where alignment is wanted on the equal sign (=),
+can be typeset in an {\tt eqnarray} environment.
+
+While it is possible for authors to assign their own equation numbers,
+it is easier to let \LaTeX\ number them automatically.
+By default, \LaTeX\ will number equations sequentially from the
+beginning of the paper to the end.
+
+It is sometimes appropriate for equation numbering sequences
+to carry through sections of the paper only.
+Equations can be numbered ({\it sec-eqn}) by placing the command
+\verb"\eqsecnum" in the preamble of the document.
+
+\subsection{Tables}
+
+Tables are notoriously difficult to compose,
+and great care and patience are usually required
+before tabular information can be typeset satisfactorily.
+Tables should be placed in separate table environments,
+i.e., the tabular material must be enclosed within
+\verb"\begin{table}" and \verb"\end{table}" commands.
+Tables should have a title or caption and the correct
+number of descriptive column headings.
+A single horizontal rule should be set after the column headings
+with the \verb"\tableline" command.
+Do not insert any other horizontal or vertical
+lines in the body of the table.
+
+The {\tt planotable} environment is intended to make it easier
+to prepare camera-ready tables, although
+many authors will find {\tt planotable}
+suitable for {\sl all\/} tables.
+Authors who are using the plano tables styles to prepare
+camera-ready tables are urged to read the plano tables
+section carefully.
+
+Notes in tables should be marked by
+\verb"\tablenotemark";
+corresponding text should appear in a
+\verb"\tablenotetext" command.
+
+\subsection{Cross-referencing}
+
+Cross-referencing equations, tables, and figures
+in text depends upon the use of ``tags'', which
+are defined by the user. The \verb"\label" command is used
+to define cross-reference tags for \LaTeX; \verb"\ref" is used to
+refer to them. Tags are simply text strings that
+serve to label equations, tables, and figures, so that
+they may be referred to symbolically in the text.
+Authors should place \verb"\label" commands immediately
+after the markup command that starts the structure being referenced.
+References to page numbers should {\sl not} be made.
+
+\LaTeX\ keeps track of autonumbered counters and cross-reference
+information by maintaining an auxiliary file in the same working
+directory as the source file. The auxiliary file will have an
+extension of {\tt .aux}. This file should not be deleted, since
+subsequent \LaTeX\ processing uses the auxiliary data to resolve
+references, etc.
+
+The auxiliary file mechanism makes it necessary to run \LaTeX\
+on a given source file more than once to
+ensure that the cross-reference information has been properly resolved.
+This is most evident when changes are made that affect the number
+or the placement of equations, tables, and the like.
+\LaTeX\ will typically issue a warning message that advises
+the user to ``rerun to get cross-references right'',
+in which case, run \LaTeX\ again.
+If the error message appears after two successive \LaTeX\ runs,
+it is likely that a reference has been made to an undefined label.
+
+\subsection{Alternate style options}
+
+It is not the objective of the AAS\TeX\ project to develop \LaTeX\ styles
+that produce pages that mimic the appearance of specific journals.
+Since this is the case, we have chosen
+to provide several format options within the preprint styles
+themselves so that output format can be varied.
+The {\tt aaspp} substyle offers a single-spaced alternative for manuscripts,
+for instance. The primary motivation behind this idea is to provide some
+definitions that permit individuals to distribute ``pretty'' preprints
+with this package.
+In recognition of the fact that beauty is in the eye of the beholder,
+there is no intention that any of these styles should define pretty.
+
+Editors prefer a large typeface with
+adequate space between typed lines for technical editing marks and
+wide margins for editor and author comments.
+The use of the {\tt aasms} substyle will produce
+double-spaced, full-width output by default.
+
+Authors may prefer a denser form of output for distribution
+to colleagues who are primarily interested in reading the paper, as
+opposed to copy editing it.
+The {\tt aaspp} substyle is similar to the manuscript style,
+but it is single-spaced, and it is possible to use a smaller typeface.
+For wide text lines (as in the {\tt aaspp} style), it is advisable
+to use faces no smaller than 11 points ({\tt 11pt} substyle option).
+Author's remarks appear in the upper right corner of the title page,
+and no explicit page breaks are inserted in the front matter by the style.
+
+Another alternative is to include the \verb"\tighten" command
+in the document preamble when the {\tt aasms} substyle is used;
+its effect is to reduce the vertical spacing in the text.
+The rest of the formatting will be identical to the manuscript format.
+
+For institutional purposes, it may be preferable for preprints
+to be set in two columns, have running heads, etc.
+The {\tt aaspptwo} substyle may be used instead to produce
+two-column pages.
+This style can be used as is, but it can also serve as a point of
+departure for \LaTeX\ style writers at institutions that want
+preprints of this general nature.
+
+The preparation of ``plano tables'' (camera-ready, or {\sl planographic\/})
+is possible by using one of the style files \verb"aj_pt" or \verb"apjpt".
+These styles produce tables in formats suitable for the \aj\ and the
+\apj, respectively; the \verb"aj_pt" style could be used to create
+camera-ready tables for \pasp\ as well. These styles are intended
+primarily for the production of tables that the author wishes to
+submit camera-ready; they are not designed to produce journal pages.
+
+\section{Command descriptions}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{1}
+
+This section describes the commands in the AAS\TeX\ markup
+package that an author might enter in an electronic manuscript.
+In the interest of completeness, all the structural markup that
+is needed to identify components is discussed.
+The commands will be described in roughly the same order as they
+would appear in a manuscript.
+The reader will probably find it helpful to examine the
+sample papers (\verb"sample1.tex" and \verb"sample2.tex") as well.
+
+\subsection{Preamble}
+
+Most documents processed with a formatter have a collection of
+commands at the beginning of the file that establish settings
+for global parameters; this initialization section is sometimes
+called the {\sl preamble}. In \LaTeX\ manuscripts, the
+preamble is that portion of the file before the
+\verb"\begin{document}" command.
+
+The first piece of markup in the manuscript must declare the
+overall style of the document.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\documentstyle[12pt,aasms]{article}"
+\end{quote}
+The \verb"\documentstyle" command must appear first in any
+\LaTeX\ file, and this one specifies the main style to be
+the {\tt article} style using twelve point fonts,
+with modifications and additions for the {\tt aasms} substyle.
+It is preferable to use fonts at twelve points to prevent
+illegibility due to exceedingly long lines
+(too many characters on a line make it hard to read).
+The {\tt aasms} substyle will issue a warning message
+if the font size is smaller than twelve points, and the
+size will be set to twelve points; the file will still be processed.
+
+Tightening the vertical spacing
+in the text results in output that may be attractive for distribution
+to colleagues who are primarily interested in reading the paper, as
+opposed to copy editing it. Authors may include~a
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tighten"
+\end{quote}
+declaration in the preamble to direct the formatter to produce
+a somewhat denser manuscript.
+If the authors prefer not to insert this markup directly,
+the same effect can be achieved with the \verb"tighten"
+document substyle.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\documentstyle[aasms,tighten]{article}"
+\end{quote}
+
+Double-spaced output for referees and
+copy editors is the main objective of this style, hence
+the double-spacing occurs by default.
+Neither the \verb"\tighten" command nor the \verb"tighten"
+substyle should be used for manuscripts
+submitted to the editorial office for scientific review.
+
+\subsubsection{Preprint format}
+
+A single-column preprint format can be specified with the {\tt aaspp}
+substyle option.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\documentstyle[11pt,aaspp]{article}"
+\end{quote}
+The size of the typeface used is under author control by way of
+\LaTeX's {\tt NNpt} article subtyles (where {\tt NN} is 10, 11, or 12).
+Use of 10 point type is not recommended with the {\tt aaspp} style.
+
+Authors may wish to adjust vertical spacing within a preprint,
+for instance, double-spacing text while single-spacing tables.
+Authors who want to alternate between single and double
+spacing in the manuscript may use the following commands.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\singlespace"\\
+\verb"\doublespace"
+\end{quote}
+\verb"\singlespace" sets the vertical spacing to a smaller value,
+while \verb"\doublespace" causes double-spacing.
+These are different from \verb"\tighten", which is intended for use
+in the preamble of the article.
+
+\subsubsection{Two-column format}
+
+The {\tt aaspptwo} substyle has the principle function of setting
+up two-column output.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\documentstyle[aaspptwo]{article}"
+\end{quote}
+Although it is quite obvious, it is important to remember
+that text lines are considerably shorter when two of them are typeset
+side by side on a page. Long equations, wide tables and figures, and
+the like, may not typeset in this format without some adjustments.
+The expenditure of great effort to adapt copy and markup for
+two-column pages is probably counterproductive.
+Remember that the main
+goal of this package at this point is to produce ``correct'' draft
+(or referee) format pages;
+it is the responsibility of the editors and publishers to
+produce publication format papers for the journals.
+
+The {\tt aaspptwo} substyle does not
+impose a format for the article's front matter,
+although there is often merit in setting the title, author, abstract,
+and keyword material on a separate page at full text width.
+The author may supply the
+\verb"\twocolumn" command wherever desired.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\twocolumn"
+\end{quote}
+Note that the two-column format begins at the point \verb"\twocolumn"
+appears in the text, and if that point is before the front matter,
+title and author and so forth will be typeset in two-column mode
+along with the rest of the paper; that's how this manual is prepared,
+for example.
+For purposes of producing ``pretty'' output, it is probably desirable
+to put the \verb"\twocolumn" command after the abstract and keywords,
+just before the body of the paper.
+If \verb"\twocolumn" is not specified explicitly in {\tt aaspptwo}
+style documents, the introductory material of the paper will be set
+in one-column mode; the first \verb"\section" command (presumably
+demarcating the beginning of the main body of the article) will
+engage the two-column mode.
+
+\subsubsection{Slug line data}
+
+Journal and article identification information is established by the
+editorial staff. The following markup will be used by personnel at the
+editorial office to record slug-line data;
+these commands appear in the manuscript preamble.
+These pieces of markup can be used to facilitate communication between
+the editorial office and the publisher.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\received{RECEIPT DATE}"\\
+\verb"\revised{REVISION DATE}"\\
+\verb"\accepted{ACCEPT DATE}"
+\end{quote}
+
+For preprints and manuscripts in draft/referee format, etc.,
+the slug-line information is irrelevant and generally in those styles
+of that nature, the data are never formatted or printed.
+Receipt and acceptance dates (or blank lines representing them) are
+printed on {\tt aasms} articles, that is, on true manuscripts.
+The {\tt aaspp} and {\tt aaspptwo} styles do not print the rules or the dates.
+Authors do not know what these dates are, however,
+so there is no reason for the author to include
+\verb"\received" and \verb"\accepted" commands in manuscripts.
+Editorial staff will insert the correct information as appropriate.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\journalid{VOL}{JOURNAL DATE}"\\
+\verb"\articleid{START PAGE}{END PAGE}"\\
+\verb"\paperid{MANUSCRIPT ID}"
+\end{quote}
+
+The \verb"\journalid" and \verb"articleid" commands are used to identify
+the volume and page numbers of a scheduled article.
+The manuscript identification number used to track the manuscript is
+specified in the \verb"\paperid" command.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\cpright{TYPE}{YEAR}"\\
+\verb"\ccc{CODE}"
+\end{quote}
+Copyright information is specified through the commands \verb"\cpright"
+and \verb"\ccc". The ``type'' of copyright and the corresponding year
+are given in \verb"\cpright"; valid copyright types are as follows.
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}p{2in}}
+\tt AAS & Copyright has been asigned to the AAS.\\
+\tt ASP & Copyright has been asigned to the ASP.\\
+\tt Crown & Crown (UK) copyright has been asigned to the AAS.\\
+\tt PD & The article is in the public domain.\\
+\tt none & No copyright is claimed for the article.\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{quote}
+The copyright type is case-sensitive, so the type string must be
+entered exactly as given above.
+The Copyright Clearing Center code may be given in the \verb"\ccc"
+command; the code is taken as regular text, so any special characters,
+notably `\$', must be properly specified.
+
+Authors are invited to supply running head information.
+There are generally two different kinds of data in running heads;
+what is called here the left head contains an author list (last
+names, possibly truncated as ``et al.''), while the right head
+is an abbreviated form of the paper title.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\lefthead{TEXT}"\\
+\verb"\righthead{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+Editors and publishers impose varying requirements
+on the brevity of these data;
+authors are asked to keep these items as short as possible.
+
+Authors who wish to include a short remark on the title page,
+such as the name and date of the journal in which an article
+has been scheduled, may do so with the following command.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\slugcomment{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+In the {\tt aasms} style, such comments appear after the dates;
+in the {\tt aaspp} style, they are placed at the upper right corner
+of the title page.
+
+\subsection{Starting the main body}
+
+None of the markup that appears in the preamble actually typesets
+anything; the preamble is only a control section.
+The author must include a
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{document}"
+\end{quote}
+command to identify the beginning of the main textual
+portion of the manuscript.
+
+\subsection{Title, byline, abstract, etc.}
+
+Title and author identification are by way of the markup commands
+\verb"\title" and \verb"\author".
+The authors' principal affiliation is specified with
+a separate command \verb"\affil".
+Each \verb"\author" command
+should be followed by a corresponding \verb"\affil".
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\title{LUCID TEXT}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\author{NAME(S)}"\\
+\verb"\affil{AFFILIATION}"\\
+\verb"\authoraddr{ADDRESS}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\and"
+\end{quote}
+
+Line breaks are permitted in the title if the author wishes
+to specify them with the \verb"\\" command. Long titles will
+be broken automatically, so the \verb"\\" markup is not required.
+If the title is explicitly broken over several lines, the
+preferred style for titles in AAS and ASP journals is the so-called
+``inverted pyramid'' style. In this style, the longest line
+is the first (or top) line, and each succeeding line is shorter.
+The text of the title should be entered in mixed case;
+it will be converted to uppercase by the publisher.
+Footnotes are permissible in titles; be careful to ensure that
+alternate affiliations (see below) are properly numbered if a
+footnote to the title is specified.
+
+Authors' names are given in \verb"\author" commands,
+and should be entered in mixed case.
+Names that appear together in the author list for authors who
+have the same primary affiliation should be specified in a single
+\verb"\author" command.
+Each author group (\verb"\author" command)
+should be followed by an \verb"\affil" command, giving the principal
+affiliation of that author. Physical and postal address information
+for the institution specified may be included with its name.
+The address can be broken over several lines by using the
+\verb"\\" command to indicate the line breaks.
+Usually, however, postal information will fit on one line.
+When there is more than one \verb"\author" command, the last
+one should be preceded by an \verb"\and" command.
+
+When there is a lengthy author list, all authors' names may be
+specified in a single \verb"\author" command, with affiliations
+specified using the \verb"\altaffilmark" mechanism described below.
+In this case, no \verb"\affil" commands would be used, and the
+affiliations would all be listed in a footnote block at the bottom
+of the title page. The style file performs this formatting.
+
+Postal addresses for individual authors may be specified in
+\verb"\authoraddr" commands. This command does not produce
+any formatted text in most AAS\TeX\ styles, and can be used to specify the
+corresponding address of the first author for purposes of
+editorial communication.
+
+Authors often have affiliations in addition to their principal employer,
+and these are specified with the \verb"\altaffilmark"
+and \verb"\altaffiltext" commands.
+These behave like the \verb"\footnotemark"
+and \verb"\footnotetext" commands of \LaTeX.
+\verb"\altaffilmark" is appended to author's names in the \verb"\author"
+lists, and generates superscript identification numbers.
+The text for the individual alternate affiliations is generated by the
+\verb"\altaffiltext" command.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\altaffilmark{TAG NUMBER(S)}"\\
+\verb"\altaffiltext{NUMERICAL TAG}{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+It is up to the author to make sure that \verb"\altaffilmark" numbers
+attached to authors' names correspond to the correct alternate affiliation,
+i.e., that each {\small TAG NUMBER} match the {\small NUMERICAL TAG} for
+the corresponding {\small TEXT}.
+
+\subsubsection{Abstract}
+
+The paper abstract should be enclosed in an {\tt abstract} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{abstract}"\\
+{\it abstract text\/}\\
+\verb"\end{abstract}"
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsubsection{Keywords}
+
+Keywords, subject headings, etc., are accommodated
+as a single piece of text.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\keywords{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+Authors must supply keywords delimited by the appropriate punctuation
+required by the journal. Keywords should be specified in alphabetical order.
+The \verb"\keywords" command
+supplies the proper leading text (``Keywords:'', ``Subject headings:'',
+etc.), according to the style.
+
+\subsection{Sections}
+
+The {\tt article} style for AAS\TeX\ manuscripts supports four levels of
+sectioning.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\section{HEADING}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\subsection{HEADING}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\subsubsection{HEADING}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\paragraph{HEADING}"
+\end{quote}
+Section headings should be given in mixed case.
+Note that these commands delimit sections by marking the
+{\sl beginning\/} of each section;
+there are not separate commands to identify the ends.
+
+In addition, AAS\TeX\ manuscript styles support an
+\verb"\acknowledgments" section.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\acknowledgments"
+\end{quote}
+In the AAS\TeX\ substyles, acknowledgments are set off from the
+concluding main body text simply by vertical space
+(no heading or type size change).
+For use in producing output for specific journals,
+this command might generate text saying ``Acknowledg[e]ments''.
+
+\subsubsection{Appendices}
+
+When one or more appendices are needed in a paper, the end of the
+main body text must be marked.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\appendix"
+\end{quote}
+Note that the \verb"\appendix" command has no arguments;
+sections in the appendix must be headed with \verb"\section"
+commands containing the section headings, as described before.
+The \verb"\appendix" command takes care of a number of internal
+housekeeping concerns, such as identifying sections with letters
+instead of numerals, resetting the equation counter, etc.
+
+\subsection{Citations}
+
+Citations in the text may be called out with either a \verb"\markcite"
+command or a \verb"\cite" command.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\markcite{TEXT}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\cite{TAG}"
+\end{quote}
+Which of these is used depends on the form chosen for the reference list
+(described below). \verb"\markcite" corresponds to the use of the
+{\tt references} environment, while \verb"\cite" would be used in
+conjunction with {\tt thebibliography}.
+
+The conventional method used by authors to manage the citations and
+reference list in a paper is a manual one. For these authors, the
+{\tt references} environment and \verb"\markcite" are appropriate.
+The text supplied in the \verb"\markcite" command is the text that
+will be inserted in the body at that point; this text should include
+any necessary punctuation.
+
+\LaTeX's {\tt thebibliography} environment allows authors to identify
+references symbolically using unique tags (the author makes these up).
+If this mechanism is used, the {\small TAG} given in the \verb"\cite"
+command must correspond to a {\small TAG} given in a \verb"\bibitem"
+command in the {\tt thebibliography} environment (see below).
+
+In many cases, citations may be called out explicitly by the author
+without any markup, since they are usually just running text
+for AAS and ASP journals. However, the use of \verb"\markcite" is still
+encouraged, even for journals where no special formatting of
+citation call-outs is required.
+This will make the electronic texts more useful in the future
+in the event that they are perused with on-line browsers.
+
+\subsection{Equations}
+
+Displayed equations can be typeset in many ways using the standard
+displayed math environments of \LaTeX;
+these three are probably of greatest use.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{displaymath}"\\
+\verb"\end{displaymath}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\begin{equation}"\\
+\verb"\end{equation}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\begin{eqnarray}"\\
+\verb"\end{eqnarray}"
+\end{quote}
+The {\tt displaymath} environment will break out a single,
+unnumbered formula. The equation will appear the same if it
+is set in an {\tt equation} environment, and it will be
+autonumbered by \LaTeX.
+In order to set several formul\ae\ in which vertical alignment
+is required, use the {\tt eqnarray} environment.
+
+Authors occasionally wish to group related equations together and
+identify them with letters appended to the same equation number,
+as opposed to having each with a separate numeral.
+When this is desired, such related equations should still be set
+in {\tt equation} or {\tt eqnarray} environments (whichever is
+appropriate may be used), and this grouping should be placed within
+a {\tt mathletters} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{mathletters}"\\
+{\it {\tt equation} or {\tt eqnarray} environment(s)\/}\\
+\verb"\end{mathletters}"
+\end{quote}
+
+It is possible to override \LaTeX's automatic numbering within
+{\tt equation} or {\tt eqnarray} environments.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\eqnum{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+When \verb"\eqnum" is specified inside an {\tt equation} environment,
+or on a particular equation within an {\tt eqnarray}, the text supplied
+as an argument to \verb"\eqnum" is used as the equation identifier.
+\LaTeX's equation counter is {\sl not\/} incremented when \verb"\eqnum"
+is used.
+\verb"\eqnum" must be used {\sl inside\/} the environment.
+
+When unnumbered equations are desired, authors can use either the
+{\tt displaymath} environment (for single displayed equations) or place
+a \verb"\nonumber" command before the equation delimiter (\verb"\\")
+in a particular equation in an {\tt eqnarray}.
+\LaTeX's equation counter is {\sl not\/} incremented when
+\verb"\nonumber" is used.
+
+If, as a consequence of the use of \verb"\eqnum" or \verb"\nonumber",
+\LaTeX's equation counter gets out of the author's intended sequence,
+the counter may be reset to a particular value.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\setcounter{equation}{NUMBER}"
+\end{quote}
+The equation counter should be set to the number corresponding to the
+last equation that was formatted, so it is most appropriate for this
+command to appear immediately after an {\tt equation} or {\tt eqnarray}
+environment ends.
+\verb"\setcounter{equation}" must be used {\sl outside\/} the math
+environments.
+
+Sometimes it is appropriate to number equations by section,
+rather than sequentially through the whole paper.
+When this is required,
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\eqsecnum"
+\end{quote}
+should be specified in the document preamble.
+As is the case with tightening the interline spacing
+(\verb"\tighten", above), authors need not insert
+the extra markup command in the text.
+The same effect can be achieved with the \verb"eqsecnum"
+document substyle.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\documentstyle[aasms,eqsecnum]{article}"
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsection{Bibliography}
+
+As discussed briefly in the preceding section on citations,
+there are two main methods for managing citations and references.
+Many authors are comfortable with the standard
+process of entering citations in the proper format directly
+in the body of an article, and then organizing the reference
+list themselves.
+Such authors would use \verb"\markcite" for the citation call-outs
+in the text, and employ the {\tt references} environment for the
+reference list. The {\tt references} environment simply sets off
+the list of references and adjusts spacing parameters.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{references}"\\
+\verb"\reference" {\it bibliographic data\/}\\
+\verb" ."\\
+\verb" ."\\
+\verb"\end{references}"
+\end{quote}
+Each reference is preceded by a \verb"\reference" command.
+
+Observe that the {\it bibliographic data\/} supplied by the author must
+conform to the standards of the journal. We have elected not to burden
+authors with tedious markup commands
+to delimit the bibliographic fields because many of the journals we have
+targeted in this project have agreed to reduce typographic overhead (bolding,
+italicizing, etc.) in reference lists (Abt 1990).
+It is the responsibility of the author to get these fields in the proper
+order with the correct punctuation; the information will be typeset as is,
+i.e., in roman with no size or style changes.
+
+It is also possible to use the semantics
+of \LaTeX's {\tt thebibliography} environment,
+marking citations with \verb"\cite" and associating references
+with them via \verb"\bibitem". The \verb"\cite"-\verb"\bibitem"
+mechanism associates citations and references symbolically
+while maintaining proper citation syntax within the paper.
+The author must create the citation label for each reference
+in proper journal format in the \verb"\bibitem" command.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{thebibliography}"\\
+\verb"\bibitem[LABEL]{TAG} \reference" {\it bibliographic data\/}\\
+\verb" ."\\
+\verb" ."\\
+\verb"\end{thebibliography}"
+\end{quote}
+where {\small LABEL} must adhere to journal standards, e.g., ``Abt 1986''.
+Note that it is not possible to use \verb"\bibitem"s
+within the {\tt references} environment,
+nor will \verb"\cite" commands work properly in the main body
+if \verb"\bibitem"s are not properly specified.
+This technique can be a bit tricky, and there are limitations on the
+way that the citation {\small LABEL} is formatted.
+Authors are advised to consult the \LaTeX\ manual (Lamport 1985).
+
+Citation management can be complex, and systems have been
+developed to assist authors in preparing bibliographies.
+The program that manages references within the \TeX\ family
+is called BIB\TeX, and it is designed to work in conjunction
+with the citation and reference list capabilities of \LaTeX.
+At the present time, there
+is no compelling reason to force an implementation based on BIB\TeX,
+although it should be possible to build reference lists with
+BIB\TeX\ if authors choose.
+(It is also possible to define a bibliographic style for BIB\TeX\ so
+that citations and reference lists are formatted correctly automatically.)
+
+An identifier denoting that the article was
+prepared with the AAS\TeX\ package appears as a footnote
+on the last page of references.
+
+\subsubsection{Abbreviations for journals}
+
+There are markup commands for many of the oft-referenced journals so that
+authors may use the markup names as a shorthand rather than having to look
+up a particular journal's specific abbreviation.
+In principle, all the journals should be using the
+same abbreviations as well, but it is fair to anticipate some changes in the
+specific abbreviations before a set is finally settled on. As long as
+these commands are kept up to date, authors need not be concerned about
+such editorial preferences and changes.
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\verb"\aj" & Astronomical Journal\\
+\verb"\araa" & Annual Review of Astronomy\\
+ & \hspace*{1em} and Astrophysics\\
+\verb"\apj" & Astrophysical Journal\\
+\verb"\apjl" & \rule[.5ex]{2em}{.4pt}, Letters to the Editor\\
+\verb"\apjs" & \rule[.5ex]{2em}{.4pt}, Supplement Series\\
+\verb"\ao" & Applied Optics\\
+\verb"\apss" & Astrophysics and Space Science\\
+\verb"\aap" & Astronomy and Astrophysics\\
+\verb"\aaps" & \rule[.5ex]{2em}{.4pt}, Supplement Series\\
+\verb"\azh" & Astronomicheskii Zhurnal\\
+\verb"\baas" & Bulletin of the AAS\\
+\verb"\jrasc" & Journal of the RAS of Canada\\
+\verb"\memras" & Memoirs of the RAS\\
+\verb"\mnras" & Monthly Notices of the RAS\\
+\verb"\pra" & Physical Review A: General Physics\\
+\verb"\prb" & Physical Review B: Solid State\\
+\verb"\prc" & Physical Review C:\\
+\verb"\prd" & Physical Review D:\\
+\verb"\prl" & Physical Review Letters\\
+\verb"\pasp" & Publications of the ASP\\
+\verb"\pasj" & Publications of the ASJ\\
+\verb"\qjras" & Quarterly Journal of the RAS\\
+\verb"\skytel" & Sky and Telescope\\
+\verb"\sovast" & Soviet Astronomy\\
+\verb"\ssr" & Space Science Reviews\\
+\verb"\zap" & Zeitschrift f\"ur Astrophysik\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\subsection{Tables}
+
+There is support in the AAS\TeX\ package for tables via two mechanisms:
+\LaTeX's standard {\tt table} and {\tt tabular} environments,
+and a {\tt planotable} environment that facilitates the formatting
+of lengthy tabular material. Short tables may be marked up using
+either mechanism; long tables will require the use of {\tt planotable}.
+
+\LaTeX\ permits the preparation of fairly complex tables with
+arbitrary spacing, straddle heads and rules, and the like.
+Authors who need to specify complicated column headings and
+so forth are advised to consult the \LaTeX\ manual (Lamport 1985)
+for details.
+Most of the capabilities are applicable to AAS\TeX's {\tt planotable}
+environment as well as \LaTeX's {\tt tabular}.
+
+\subsubsection{Long tables, plano tables}
+
+This section describes the use of the {\tt planotable} environment.
+This environment is so named because it was originally developed to
+aid authors in preparing camera-ready tables for an article; such
+camera-ready material would be produced in the same way as planographic
+figures, hence the term ``plano table''.
+
+There are several desiderata that are somewhat above and beyond LaTeX's
+{\tt tabular} environment that facilitate the formatting of such tables.
+Among these are breaking long tables across pages, using footnotes
+in a table, specifying comments and references for tables, etc.
+
+There are special \LaTeX\ substyle options within the AAS\TeX\ package
+that authors can use to produce plano table output suitable for
+photographic reproduction in specific AAS and ASP journals; these are the
+\verb"aj_pt" and \verb"apjpt" substyles.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\documentstyle[aj_pt]{article}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\documentstyle[apjpt]{article}"
+\end{quote}
+When tabular material is prepared with one of these style files,
+the pages produced will be suitable for submission to the
+journal as camera-ready ``art''.
+These special styles are intended for producing plano tables {\sl only\/};
+manuscripts should {\sl not\/} be formatted with the \verb"aj_pt" or
+the \verb"apjpt" substyle;
+Plano tables should be formatted separately from the manuscript.
+
+Very long tables can be formatted within manuscripts using the same
+markup commands as plano tables; the output looks different, of course.
+The {\tt planotable} environment is delimited by \LaTeX's familiar
+\verb"\begin" and \verb"\end" constructs.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{planotable}{COLS}"\\
+\verb"\end{planotable}"
+\end{quote}
+{\small COLS} specifies the justification for each column.
+One of the letters `l', `c', or `r' is given for each column,
+indicating left, center, or right justification. Authors are
+referred to the \LaTeX\ manual (Lamport 1985) for further information.
+
+There are several items in a {\tt planotable} environment that
+must be given before the data for the table.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tablewidth{DIMEN}"\\
+\verb"\tablecaption{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+
+The width of a plano table is defined by \verb"\tablewidth";
+the default width is the width of the body text.
+The table can be set to its natural width by specifying
+a {\small DIMEN} of 0pt.
+
+The caption (actually, the title) of the table is specified
+in \verb"\tablecaption".
+The intent is for the text of \verb"\tablecaption" to be brief;
+explanatory notes may be specified in the end notes to the table
+(\verb"\tablecomments", see below).
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tablehead{TEXT}"\\
+\verb"\colhead{HEADING}"
+\end{quote}
+
+Column headings are specified within a \verb"\tablehead".
+Within the \verb"\tablehead", each column heading can be given
+in a \verb"\colhead", which will ensure that the heading is centered
+on the natural width of the column; this is the typical disposition
+of column headings, and the use of \verb"\colhead" is encouraged.
+There should be a heading for each column, so there should be as
+many \verb"\colhead" commands in the \verb"\tablehead" as there
+are data columns.
+If more complicated column headings are required,
+any valid {\tt tabular} commands that constitute a proper
+head line for the table may be used.
+Consult the \LaTeX\ manual (Lamport 1985) for details about using
+the {\tt tabular} environment to prepare tables.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tableheadfrac{NUM}"
+\end{quote}
+
+It is possible that a complicated table heading will overflow
+the vertical space allotted for the table heading.
+The fraction of the page allocated
+for the table heading may be changed with \verb"\tableheadfrac".
+The {\small NUM} argument to \verb"\tableheadfrac" should be the
+decimal fraction of the page used for heading information.
+The default value is .1, meaning that 10\% of the page height
+is reserved for the table heading. It should rarely be necessary
+to change this value.
+
+After the table title and column headings are specified, data lines
+can be entered.
+There are some concessions that must be made in the markup language
+in order to enable the automatic page breaking.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\startdata"
+\end{quote}
+The body of the plano table (the beginning of the data lines) is
+indicated by a \verb"\startdata" command.
+\verb"\startdata" produces a table title (caption), the column headings
+are formatted, and tabular formatting is engaged.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\nl"\\
+\verb"\tablevspace{DIMEN}"
+\end{quote}
+
+Data elements within a row of the table are separated with \& (ampersand)
+characters. The end of each row is indicated with \verb"\nl".
+Extra vertical space can be inserted between rows with a
+\verb"\tablevspace" command; the argument is a dimension,
+and may be specified in any units that are legitimate in \LaTeX.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tablebreak"\\
+\verb"\nodata"
+\end{quote}
+
+If a page break needs to be forced in a plano table,
+\verb"\tablebreak" should be used instead of \verb"\nl".
+This is sometimes necessary when several rows of data are
+associated with a single object or item; such logical groupings
+should not be broken across pages, and \verb"\tablebreak" can
+be used to ensure that the page breaks are rational in these cases.
+
+The journals often require that elements for which there are no data
+be explicitly marked. This is to differentiate such elements from
+blank elements, which are frequently interpreted as implicitly
+repeating the entry in the corresponding element in the row preceding.
+Data elements for which there are no data should contain
+a \verb"\nodata" command; an appropriate symbol will be placed in
+that data element.
+
+Within the plano table body, two kinds of ``specialty'' heads are
+recognized.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\cutinhead{TEXT}"\\
+\verb"\sidehead{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+
+A cut-in head is a piece of text that is centered on the table width;
+it is spaced above and below from the data rows that precede and
+follow it, and there may be rules associated, depending on the
+journal or manuscript style. All of these formatting particulars
+are managed by the style files. The author need only specify the
+text to be centered with a \verb"\cutinhead" command.
+Similarly, a side head is a piece of text that is left-justified.
+
+Table footnotes (more properly, table {\sl endnotes\/})
+may be used in the {\tt planotable} environment;
+their use is described in detail in the section on
+{\it Table footnotes\/}, below.
+The markup commands for such endnotes are as follows.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tablenotemark{TAG LETTER(S)}"\\
+\verb"\tablenotetext{ALPHA TAG}{TEXT}"\\
+\verb"\tablecomment{TEXT}"\\
+\verb"\tablerefs{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+
+It is possible to override \LaTeX's automatic numbering within the
+{\tt planotable} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tablenum{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+When \verb"\tablenum" is specified inside a {\tt planotable} environment,
+the text supplied as an argument to \verb"\tablenum" is used as the
+table identifier.
+\LaTeX's equation counter is {\sl not\/} incremented when \verb"\tablenum"
+is used.
+\verb"\tablenum" must be used {\sl inside\/} the {\tt planotable} environment.
+
+\subsubsection{Short tables}
+
+Short tables (smaller than one manuscript page)
+may be marked and composed using the standard \LaTeX\ tools for tables.
+Tables should appear in {\tt table} environments.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{table}"\\
+\verb"\end{table}"
+\end{quote}
+The {\tt table} environment encloses not only the tabular
+material but also any title (caption) or footnote information
+associated with the table.
+
+Titles or captions for short tables are indicated with
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\caption{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+Tables will be identified with arabic numerals, e.g., ``Table 2'';
+the identifying text, including the number, is generated automatically
+by \verb"\caption" within the \verb"table" environment.
+
+Tabular information is typeset within the
+{\tt tabular} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{tabular}{COLS}"\\
+\verb"\end{tabular}"
+\end{quote}
+where {\small COLS} specifies the justification for each column.
+One of the letters `l', `c', or `r' is given for each column,
+indicating left, center, or right justification.
+Consult the \LaTeX\ manual (Lamport 1985) for details about using
+the {\tt tabular} environment to prepare tables.
+There should be only one {\tt tabular} table per {\tt table} environment.
+If the journal requests manuscripts with only one table per page,
+the author may need to insert a \verb"\clearpage" command after
+especially short tables.
+
+There is a \verb"\tableline" command for use in {\tt tabular}
+environments.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tableline"
+\end{quote}
+This command produces the horizontal rule(s) between the column headings
+and the body of the table.
+Authors are discouraged from using any \verb"\hlines" themselves;
+vertical rules are typically forbidden by editorial preference.
+
+It is possible to override \LaTeX's automatic numbering within the
+{\tt table} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tablenum{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+When \verb"\tablenum" is specified inside a {\tt table} environment,
+the text supplied as an argument to \verb"\tablenum" is used as the
+table identifier.
+\LaTeX's equation counter is {\sl not\/} incremented when \verb"\tablenum"
+is used.
+\verb"\tablenum" must be used {\sl inside\/} the {\tt table} environment.
+
+\subsubsection{Table footnotes}
+
+AAS\TeX\ supports footnotes (endnotes) that are associated with tables;
+this support applies to both the {\tt planotable} environment
+and the standard \LaTeX\ {\tt table} environment.
+Footnotes for tables are usually identified by lower case letters
+rather than numbers.
+Marking and assigning associated text is achieved with
+the \verb"\tablenotemark" and \verb"\tablenotetext"
+commands, in which the note identifier is required
+(cf.\ \verb"\altaffilmark" and \verb"\altaffiltext").
+The \verb"\tablenotetext" {\sl must} be specified before
+the enclosing \verb"\end{table}", since the text of
+notes to tables are displayed by that command.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tablenotemark{TAG LETTER(S)}"\\
+\verb"\tablenotetext{ALPHA TAG}{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+Note that the {\small TAG LETTER} should be the same as the
+{\small ALPHA TAG} for the corresponding {\small TEXT}.
+It is the responsibility of the author to get the correspondence correct.
+
+AAS\TeX\ also supports special kinds of table endnotes.
+Sometimes authors tabulate things which have corresponding references,
+and it may be desirable to associate these references with the table
+rather than (or in addition to) the formal reference list.
+Occasionally, authors wish to append a short paragraph of explanatory
+notes that pertain to the entire table, but which are different than
+the caption.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tablerefs{REFERENCE LIST}"\\
+\verb"\tablecomments{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+
+The table endnotes are coupled to the table in which they occur, rather
+than being associated with a particular page, and they are printed with
+the table (relatively close to the caption) instead of appearing at the
+extreme bottom of the page. This is done to ensure that the notes wind
+up on the same page as the table, since tables are floats and can migrate
+from one page to another.
+
+\subsection{Figures}
+
+At this time, the most widely used means of including
+non-textual data in electronic manuscripts is to insert such
+information as PostScript.\footnote{PostScript
+is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.}
+There is limited support for handling PostScript figures in
+this version of the AAS\TeX\ markup package.
+
+If the author wishes for the PostScript figure to be inserted in the
+page being produced, it is necessary to use the {\it dvips\/} program.
+This program is available in the public domain via anonymous FTP
+from labrea.stanford.edu.
+It is also necessary that the graphics files being included conform
+to the Encapsulated PostScript standard (Adobe 1990).
+Encapsulated PostScript will be referred to as `EPS' in what follows.
+
+There are three commands for including EPS files in AAS\TeX\ manuscripts,
+and these should be placed within a {\tt figure} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{figure}"\\
+\verb"\plotone{EPSFILE}"\\
+\verb"\plottwo{EPSFILE}{EPSFILE}"\\
+\verb"\plotfiddle{EPSFILE}{VSIZE}"\\
+\hspace*{2em}\verb"{ROT}{HSF}{VSF}{HTRANS}{VTRANS}"\\
+\verb"\caption{TEXT}"\\
+\verb"\end{figure}"
+\end{quote}
+\verb"\plotone" inserts the graphic in the named {\small EPSFILE},
+scaled (in both dimensions) so that the horizontal
+dimension fits in the body text width;
+the vertical dimension is scaled to maintain the aspect ratio.
+\verb"\plottwo" inserts two plots next to each other.
+Scale factors are determined automatically from information in the
+EPS file.
+
+For the adventuresome, there is also \verb"\plotfiddle", which can be
+used to override any automatic scaling, or to compensate for the fact
+that scaling data in the EPS file may be erroneous.
+When this method is used, the author must specify the {\sl vertical\/}
+space allotment for the graphic.
+The scaling and placement of the figure are controlled by these parameters:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}p{2in}}
+\tt VSIZE & vertical white space to allow for plot (\LaTeX\ dimension)\\
+\tt ROT & rotation angle (degrees)\\
+\tt HSF & horizontal scale (percentage)\\
+\tt VSF & vertical scale (percentage)\\
+\tt HTRANS & horizontal translation (PS points)\\
+\tt VTRANS & vertical translation (PS points)\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{quote}
+PostScript points are 1/72 inches, so an {\small HTRANS} of 72 moves
+the graphic 1 inch to the right. The PostScript reference point is
+the lower left corner of the page, so a {\small VTRANS} of 72 moves
+the graphic {\sl up} 1 inch.
+
+Authors are referred to the submission instructions for the appropriate
+editorial office if EPS figures will be submitted along with a manuscript
+via email. These instructions can be obtained by sending a request by
+email to one of the addresses given in the {\small README} file.
+
+Figures may still be submitted on paper in the usual way,
+with or without a companion paper manuscript.
+When an author submits figures on paper, only the figure captions
+need to be generated with the text of the paper.
+They should be produced by using the \verb"\caption" command within an
+otherwise empty {\tt figure} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{figure}"\\
+\verb"\caption{TEXT}"\\
+\verb"\end{figure}"
+\end{quote}
+When the {\tt figure} environment is used, the figure identification,
+e.g., ``Figure 1'', is generated automatically by \verb"\caption".
+It is usually acceptable for several figure captions to appear
+on the same page.
+
+It is possible to override \LaTeX's automatic numbering within the
+{\tt figure} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\figurenum{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+When \verb"\figurenum" is specified inside a {\tt figure} environment,
+the text supplied as an argument to \verb"\figurenum" is used as the
+figure identifier.
+\LaTeX's equation counter is {\sl not\/} incremented when \verb"\figurenum"
+is used.
+\verb"\figurenum" must be used {\sl inside\/} the {\tt figure} environment.
+
+Footnotes are {\sl not} supported for figures.
+
+\subsection{Miscellaneous}
+
+When discussing atomic species, ionization levels can be indicated
+with the following command.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\ion{ELEMENT}{LEVEL}"
+\end{quote}
+The ionization state is specified as the second argument,
+and should be given as a numeral.
+For example, \ion{Ca}{3} is specified by typing \verb"\ion{Ca}{3}".
+
+AAS\TeX\ contains two commands that permit authors to specify alternate
+forms for fractions. Authors submitting manuscripts electronically
+will generally find it unnecessary to use any markup other than the
+standard \LaTeX\ \verb"\frac".
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\case{NUM}{DENOM}"\\
+\verb"\slantfrac{NUM}{DENOM}"
+\end{quote}
+\LaTeX\ will set fractions in displayed math as built-up fractions;
+it is sometimes desirable to use case fractions in displayed equations.
+In such instances, one should use \verb"\case" rather than \verb"\frac".
+Occasionally, authors wish to typeset fractions with a solidus but in
+which the type size is reduced and the numerals are oriented diagonally.
+In this case, \verb"\slantfrac" should be used instead of \verb"\frac".
+Note that this is different from a shilled fraction, which authors can
+produce without any special markup.
+\begin{displaymath}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.4}
+\begin{array}{llc}
+\mbox{Built-up} & \verb"\frac{1}{2}" & \displaystyle\frac{1}{2} \\[.5ex]
+\mbox{Case} & \verb"\case{1}{2}" & \case{1}{2} \\
+\mbox{Slant} & \verb"\slantfrac{1}{2}" & \slantfrac{1}{2} \\
+\mbox{Shilled} & \verb"1/2" & 1/2 \\
+\end{array}
+\end{displaymath}
+
+The AAS\TeX\ package also contains a collection of assorted macros
+for special symbols (or abbreviations) that authors tend to work
+out for themselves anyway.
+Some of the definitions come from the {\it A\&A\/} package (Springer 1989);
+some are contributions from individuals. We have
+tried to select a tractable number that were useful and also somewhat
+difficult to get right because fussy kerning or some such is required.
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll}
+\verb"\deg" & \deg &
+\verb"\sq" & \sq \\
+\verb"\sun" & \sun &
+\verb"\earth" & \earth \\
+\verb"\arcmin" & \arcmin &
+\verb"\arcsec" & \arcsec \\
+\verb"\fd" & \fd &
+\verb"\fh" & \fh \\
+\verb"\fm" & \fm &
+\verb"\fs" & \fs \\
+\verb"\fdg" & \fdg &
+\verb"\farcm" & \farcm \\
+\verb"\farcs" & \farcs &
+\verb"\fp" & \fp \\
+\verb"\micron" & \micron & \\[.8ex]
+\verb"\onehalf" & \onehalf &
+\verb"\ubvr" & \ubvr \\
+\verb"\onethird" & \onethird &
+\verb"\ub" & \ub \\
+\verb"\twothirds" & \twothirds &
+\verb"\bv" & \bv \\
+\verb"\onequarter" & \onequarter &
+\verb"\vr" & \vr \\
+\verb"\threequarters" & \threequarters &
+\verb"\ur" & \ur \\[.8ex]
+\verb"$\lesssim$" & $\lesssim$ &
+\verb"$\gtrsim$" & $\gtrsim$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+Most of these commands can be used in running text as well as when
+setting mathematical expressions.
+\verb"\lesssim" and \verb"\gtrsim" can only be used in math mode,
+which is sensible since they are relations.
+It is possible to use \verb"\earth" and \verb"\sun" as subscripts,
+e.g., \verb"$1.4 M_{\sun}$" yields $1.4 M_{\sun}$.
+
+\subsection{Concluding the file}
+
+The last thing in the electronic manuscript file should be the
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\end{document}"
+\end{quote}
+command, which appears after all the back matter of the paper.
+This command directs the formatter to perform assorted termination
+activities and finish processing.
+
+\section{Additional documentation}
+
+The preceding detailed explanation of the markup commands in this
+package has certain merit, but many authors will prefer to examine
+the sample papers that are included with the style files.
+The files of interest are described below.
+
+The file \verb"sample1.tex" is a paper prepared
+with the AAS\TeX\ package utilizing a minimal amount of markup.
+The most salient thing to observe about this example is that,
+apart from the document style declarations, no formatting
+instructions are given in the file.
+
+A more comprehensive example requiring nearly all of the capabilities
+of the package (in terms of markup as well as formatting)
+is in \verb"sample2.tex".
+This file is annotated with comments that describe
+the purpose of most of the markup.
+\verb"sample2.tex" includes \verb"samp2tbl.tex", which
+contains an example of a long table marked up using the
+{\tt planotable} environment.
+This demonstrates the use of {\tt planotable} for long tables
+in manuscripts.
+
+A set of three tables prepared as ``plano'' tables are contained in
+the files \verb"table1.tex", \verb"table2.tex", and
+\verb"table3.tex". They can be formatted by running \LaTeX\ on
+the \verb"samptbls.tex" file, into which they are included.
+The document style in \verb"samptbls.tex" is {\tt apjpt} in the
+distribution, but this can be changed to \verb"aj_pt" to see the
+effects of differing requirements among journals.
+Page breaks are explicitly indicated in \verb"table1.tex",
+and they are set for the \apj\ style; due to the different
+type size used in the \aj, the pages break somewhat irrationally
+when the \verb"aj_pt" style is used. It is left as an exercise
+to the reader to make sense of this.
+
+Also included in the distribution are files for two
+AAS meeting posters, marked up as they would be for submission;
+they are called \verb"paper1.tex" and \verb"paper2.tex".
+One of these (\verb"paper2.tex") includes a discussion of some
+of the issues surrounding standardized markup for electronic
+manuscripts (Hanisch and Biemesderfer 1990).
+This user guide (\verb"aastex.tex")
+is also marked up with the AAS\TeX\ package,
+although it is not exemplary as a scientific paper.
+
+A number of the markup commands described in the preceding
+sections are standard \LaTeX\ commands, and the reader who is
+unfamiliar with their syntax is referred to the \LaTeX\
+manual (Lamport 1985) for details. A cribsheet listing all
+the \LaTeX\ commands (and some pertinent plain \TeX\ commands)
+with short descriptions of each is published by the \TeX\ Users
+Group (Botway and Biemesderfer 1989).
+
+Authors who wish to know the ins and outs of \TeX\ itself
+should read the {\it\TeX book} (Knuth 1984), probably more than once.
+There is a good deal of information about typography in general
+in this source. Many details of mathematical typography are
+discussed in a book by Swanson (1971).
+
+\begin{references}
+\reference Abt, H. 1990, \apj, 357, 1 (editorial)
+\reference Adobe Systems, Inc. 1990, PostScript Language Reference
+ Manual, Appendix H (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley)
+\reference Biemesderfer, C. and Hanisch R. 1989, \baas, 21, 780
+\reference Botway, L. and Biemesderfer, C. 1989,
+ {\rm \LaTeX\ Command Summary} (Providence, RI: \TeX\ Users Group)
+\reference Hanisch, R. and Biemesderfer, C. 1990, \baas, 22, 829
+\reference Knuth, D. 1984, {\rm The \TeX book} (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley)
+\reference Lamport, L. 1985,
+ {\rm \LaTeX: A Document Preparation System\/} (Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley)
+\reference Springer-Verlag. 1989,
+ {\rm Springer-Verlag \TeX\ AA macro package 1989}
+ (Springer: Heidelberg)
+\reference Springer-Verlag. 1990,
+ {\rm Springer-Verlag \LaTeX\ AA macro package 1990}
+ (Springer: Heidelberg)
+\reference Swanson, E. 1979, {\rm Mathematics into Type} (Providence, RI:
+ American Mathematical Society)
+\end{references}
+
+\newpage
+\appendix
+
+\section{Special symbols}
+
+The \LaTeX\ language has a wide variety of special symbols
+for which markup commands have already been defined.
+These range from diacritics to exotic mathematical operators.
+
+This section groups \LaTeX's symbols together more or less
+according to function.
+Some of these symbols are primarily for use in text;
+most of them are mathematical symbols, and can only be
+used in \LaTeX's math mode.
+These tables are excerpted from the \LaTeX\ Command Summary
+(Botway 1989).
+
+\begin{table}[h]
+\caption{Text-mode accents}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*{2}{ll@{\hspace{4em}}}ll}
+\`{o} & \verb"\`{o}" & \={o} & \verb"\={o}" & \t{oo} & \verb"\t{oo}" \\
+\'{o} & \verb"\'{o}" & \.{o} & \verb"\.{o}" & \c{o} & \verb"\c{o}" \\
+\^{o} & \verb"\^{o}" & \u{o} & \verb"\u{o}" & \d{o} & \verb"\d{o}" \\
+\"{o} & \verb#\"{o}# & \v{o} & \verb"\v{o}" & \b{o} & \verb"\b{o}" \\
+\~{o} & \verb"\~{o}" & \H{o} & \verb"\H{o}" & & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}[h]
+\caption{National symbols}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*{2}{ll@{\hspace{4em}}}ll}
+\oe & \verb"\oe" & \aa & \verb"\aa" & \l & \verb"\l" \\
+\OE & \verb"\OE" & \AA & \verb"\AA" & \L & \verb"\L" \\
+\ae & \verb"\ae" & \o & \verb"\o" & \ss & \verb"\ss" \\
+\AE & \verb"\AE" & \O & \verb"\O" & & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}[h]
+\caption{Miscellaneous symbols}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{*{2}{ll@{\hspace{4em}}}ll}
+\dag & \verb"\dag" & \S & \verb"\S" & \copyright & \verb"\copyright" \\
+\ddag & \verb"\ddag" & \P & \verb"\P" & \pounds & \verb"\pounds" \\
+\# & \verb"\#" & \$ & \verb"\$" & \% & \verb"\%" \\
+\& & \verb"\&" & \_ & \verb"\_" & & \\
+\{ & \verb"\{" & \} & \verb"\}" & & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}[h]
+\caption{Math-mode accents}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace{4em}}ll}
+$\hat{a}$ & \verb"\hat{a}" & $\dot{a}$ & \verb"\dot{a}" \\
+$\check{a}$ & \verb"\check{a}" & $\ddot{a}$ & \verb"\ddot{a}" \\
+$\tilde{a}$ & \verb"\tilde{a}" & $\breve{a}$ & \verb"\breve{a}" \\
+$\acute{a}$ & \verb"\acute{a}" & $\bar{a}$ & \verb"\bar{a}" \\
+$\grave{a}$ & \verb"\grave{a}" & $\vec{a}$ & \verb"\vec{a}" \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}[h]
+\caption{Greek letters (math mode)}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{cl@{\hspace{3em}}cl}
+$\alpha$ & \verb"\alpha" & $\nu$ & \verb"\nu" \\
+$\beta$ & \verb"\beta" & $\xi$ & \verb"\xi" \\
+$\gamma$ & \verb"\gamma" & $o$ & \verb"o" \\
+$\delta$ & \verb"\delta" & $\pi$ & \verb"\pi" \\
+$\epsilon$ & \verb"\epsilon" & $\rho$ & \verb"\rho" \\
+$\zeta$ & \verb"\zeta" & $\sigma$ & \verb"\sigma" \\
+$\eta$ & \verb"\eta" & $\tau$ & \verb"\tau" \\
+$\theta$ & \verb"\theta" & $\upsilon$ & \verb"\upsilon" \\
+$\iota$ & \verb"\iota" & $\phi$ & \verb"\phi" \\
+$\kappa$ & \verb"\kappa" & $\chi$ & \verb"\chi" \\
+$\lambda$ & \verb"\lambda" & $\psi$ & \verb"\psi" \\
+$\mu$ & \verb"\mu" & $\omega$ & \verb"\omega" \\[4ex]
+
+$\varepsilon$ & \verb"\varepsilon" & $\varsigma$ & \verb"\varsigma" \\
+$\vartheta$ & \verb"\vartheta" & $\varphi$ & \verb"\varphi" \\
+$\varrho$ & \verb"\varrho" & & \\[4ex]
+
+$\Gamma$ & \verb"\Gamma" & $\Sigma$ & \verb"\Sigma" \\
+$\Delta$ & \verb"\Delta" & $\Upsilon$ & \verb"\Upsilon" \\
+$\Theta$ & \verb"\Theta" & $\Phi$ & \verb"\Phi" \\
+$\Lambda$ & \verb"\Lambda" & $\Psi$ & \verb"\Psi" \\
+$\Xi$ & \verb"\Xi" & $\Omega$ & \verb"\Omega" \\
+$\Pi$ & \verb"\Pi" & & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{Binary operations (math mode)}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{cl@{\hspace{3em}}cl}
+$\pm$ & \verb"\pm" & $\cap$ & \verb"\cap" \\
+$\mp$ & \verb"\mp" & $\cup$ & \verb"\cup" \\
+$\setminus$ & \verb"\setminus" & $\uplus$ & \verb"\uplus" \\
+$\cdot$ & \verb"\cdot" & $\sqcap$ & \verb"\sqcap" \\
+$\times$ & \verb"\times" & $\sqcup$ & \verb"\sqcup" \\
+$\ast$ & \verb"\ast" & $\triangleleft$ & \verb"\triangleleft" \\
+$\star$ & \verb"\star" & $\triangleright$ & \verb"\triangleright" \\
+$\diamond$ & \verb"\diamond" & $\wr$ & \verb"\wr" \\
+$\circ$ & \verb"\circ" & $\bigcirc$ & \verb"\bigcirc" \\
+$\bullet$ & \verb"\bullet" & $\bigtriangleup$ & \verb"\bigtriangleup" \\
+$\div$ & \verb"\div" & $\bigtriangledown$ & \verb"\bigtriangledown" \\
+$\lhd$ & \verb"\lhd" & $\rhd$ & \verb"\rhd" \\
+$\vee$ & \verb"\vee" & $\odot$ & \verb"\odot" \\
+$\wedge$ & \verb"\wedge" & $\dagger$ & \verb"\dagger" \\
+$\oplus$ & \verb"\oplus" & $\ddagger$ & \verb"\ddagger" \\
+$\ominus$ & \verb"\ominus" & $\amalg$ & \verb"\amalg" \\
+$\otimes$ & \verb"\otimes" & $\unlhd$ & \verb"\unlhd" \\
+$\oslash$ & \verb"\oslash" & $\unrhd$ & \verb"\unrhd" \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{Relations (math mode)}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{cl@{\hspace{4em}}cl}
+$\leq$ & \verb"\leq" & $\geq$ & \verb"\geq" \\
+$\prec$ & \verb"\prec" & $\succ$ & \verb"\succ" \\
+$\preceq$ & \verb"\preceq" & $\succeq$ & \verb"\succeq" \\
+$\ll$ & \verb"\ll" & $\gg$ & \verb"\gg" \\
+$\subset$ & \verb"\subset" & $\supset$ & \verb"\supset" \\
+$\subseteq$ & \verb"\subseteq" & $\supseteq$ & \verb"\supseteq" \\
+$\sqsubset$ & \verb"\sqsubset" & $\sqsupset$ & \verb"\sqsupset" \\
+$\sqsubseteq$ & \verb"\sqsubseteq" & $\sqsupseteq$ & \verb"\sqsupseteq" \\
+$\in$ & \verb"\in" & $\ni$ & \verb"\ni" \\
+$\vdash$ & \verb"\vdash" & $\dashv$ & \verb"\dashv" \\
+$\smile$ & \verb"\smile" & $\mid$ & \verb"\mid" \\
+$\frown$ & \verb"\frown" & $\parallel$ & \verb"\parallel" \\
+$\neq$ & \verb"\neq" & $\perp$ & \verb"\perp" \\
+$\equiv$ & \verb"\equiv" & $\cong$ & \verb"\cong" \\
+$\sim$ & \verb"\sim" & $\bowtie$ & \verb"\bowtie" \\
+$\simeq$ & \verb"\simeq" & $\propto$ & \verb"\propto" \\
+$\asymp$ & \verb"\asymp" & $\models$ & \verb"\models" \\
+$\approx$ & \verb"\approx" & $\doteq$ & \verb"\doteq" \\
+ & & $\Join$ & \verb"\Join" \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{Variable-sized symbols (math mode)}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{displaymath}
+\begin{array}{ccl@{\hspace{2em}}ccl}
+\sum & \displaystyle \sum & \hbox{\verb"\sum"} &
+ \bigcap & \displaystyle \bigcap & \hbox{\verb"\bigcap"} \\[.7ex]
+\prod & \displaystyle \prod & \hbox{\verb"\prod"} &
+ \bigcup & \displaystyle \bigcup & \hbox{\verb"\bigcup"} \\[.7ex]
+\coprod & \displaystyle \coprod & \hbox{\verb"\coprod"} &
+ \bigsqcup & \displaystyle \bigsqcup & \hbox{\verb"\bigsqcup"} \\[.7ex]
+\int & \displaystyle \int & \hbox{\verb"\int"} &
+ \bigvee & \displaystyle \bigvee & \hbox{\verb"\bigvee"} \\[.7ex]
+\oint & \displaystyle \oint & \hbox{\verb"\oint"} &
+ \bigwedge & \displaystyle \bigwedge & \hbox{\verb"\bigwedge"} \\[.7ex]
+\bigodot & \displaystyle \bigodot & \hbox{\verb"\bigodot"} &
+ \bigotimes & \displaystyle \bigotimes & \hbox{\verb"\bigotimes"} \\[.7ex]
+\bigoplus & \displaystyle \bigoplus & \hbox{\verb"\bigoplus"} &
+ \biguplus & \displaystyle \biguplus & \hbox{\verb"\biguplus"} \\
+\end{array}
+\end{displaymath}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{Delimiters (math mode)}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{lc@{\hspace{2em}}lc}
+$($ & \verb"(" & $)$ & \verb")" \\
+$[$ & \verb"[" & $]$ & \verb"]" \\
+$\{$ & \verb"\{" & $\}$ & \verb"\}" \\
+$\lfloor$ & \verb"\lfloor" & $\rfloor$ & \verb"\rfloor" \\
+$\lceil$ & \verb"\lceil" & $\rceil$ & \verb"\rceil" \\
+$\langle$ & \verb"\langle" & $\rangle$ & \verb"\rangle" \\
+$/$ & \verb"/" & $\backslash$ & \verb"\backslash" \\
+$\vert$ & \verb"\vert" & $\Vert$ & \verb"\Vert" \\
+$\uparrow$ & \verb"\uparrow" & $\Uparrow$ & \verb"\Uparrow" \\
+$\downarrow$ & \verb"\downarrow" & $\Downarrow$ & \verb"\Downarrow" \\
+$\updownarrow$ & \verb"\updownarrow" & $\Updownarrow$ & \verb"\Updownarrow" \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{Function names (math mode)}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \arccos \csc \ker \min
+ \arcsin \deg \lg \Pr
+ \arctan \det \lim \sec
+ \arg \dim \liminf \sin
+ \cos \exp \limsup \sinh
+ \cosh \gcd \ln \sup
+ \cot \hom \log \tan
+ \coth \inf \max \tanh
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{Arrows (math mode)}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{clcl}
+$\leftarrow$ & \verb"\leftarrow" & $\longleftarrow$ & \verb"\longleftarrow" \\
+$\Leftarrow$ & \verb"\Leftarrow" & $\Longleftarrow$ & \verb"\Longleftarrow" \\
+$\rightarrow$ & \verb"\rightarrow" &
+ $\longrightarrow$ & \verb"\longrightarrow" \\
+$\Rightarrow$ & \verb"\Rightarrow" &
+ $\Longrightarrow$ & \verb"\Longrightarrow" \\
+$\leftrightarrow$ & \verb"\leftrightarrow" &
+ $\longleftrightarrow$ & \verb"\longleftrightarrow" \\
+$\Leftrightarrow$ & \verb"\Leftrightarrow" &
+ $\Longleftrightarrow$ & \verb"\Longleftrightarrow" \\
+$\mapsto$ & \verb"\mapsto" & $\longmapsto$ & \verb"\longmapsto" \\
+$\hookleftarrow$ & \verb"\hookleftarrow" &
+ $\hookrightarrow$ & \verb"\hookrightarrow" \\
+$\leftharpoonup$ & \verb"\leftharpoonup" &
+ $\rightharpoonup$ & \verb"\rightharpoonup" \\
+$\leftharpoondown$ & \verb"\leftharpoondown" &
+ $\rightharpoondown$ & \verb"\rightharpoondown" \\
+$\rightleftharpoons$ & \verb"\rightleftharpoons" &
+ $\leadsto$ & \verb"\leadsto" \\
+$\uparrow$ & \verb"\uparrow" & $\Updownarrow$ & \verb"\Updownarrow"\\
+$\Uparrow$ & \verb"\Uparrow" & $\nearrow$ & \verb"\nearrow"\\
+$\downarrow$ & \verb"\downarrow" & $\searrow$ & \verb"\searrow" \\
+$\Downarrow$ & \verb"\Downarrow" & $\swarrow$ & \verb"\swarrow"\\
+$\updownarrow$ & \verb"\updownarrow" & $\nwarrow$ & \verb"\nwarrow"\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{Miscellaneous symbols (math mode)}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{cl@{\hspace{3em}}cl}
+$\aleph$ & \verb"\aleph" & $\prime$ & \verb"\prime" \\
+$\hbar$ & \verb"\hbar" & $\emptyset$ & \verb"\emptyset" \\
+$\imath$ & \verb"\imath" & $\nabla$ & \verb"\nabla" \\
+$\jmath$ & \verb"\jmath" & $\surd$ & \verb"\surd" \\
+$\ell$ & \verb"\ell" & $\top$ & \verb"\top" \\
+$\wp$ & \verb"\wp" & $\bot$ & \verb"\bot" \\
+$\Re$ & \verb"\Re" & $\|$ & \verb"\|" \\
+$\Im$ & \verb"\Im" & $\angle$ & \verb"\angle" \\
+$\partial$ & \verb"\partial" & $\triangle$ & \verb"\triangle" \\
+$\infty$ & \verb"\infty" & $\backslash$ & \verb"\backslash" \\
+$\Box$ & \verb"\Box" & $\Diamond$ & \verb"\Diamond" \\
+$\forall$ & \verb"\forall" & $\sharp$ & \verb"\sharp" \\
+$\exists$ & \verb"\exists" & $\clubsuit$ & \verb"\clubsuit" \\
+$\neg$ & \verb"\neg" & $\diamondsuit$ & \verb"\diamondsuit" \\
+$\flat$ & \verb"\flat" & $\heartsuit$ & \verb"\heartsuit" \\
+$\natural$ & \verb"\natural" & $\spadesuit$ & \verb"\spadesuit" \\
+$\mho$ & \verb"\mho" & & \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aj_pt.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aj_pt.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8fac6bed67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aj_pt.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1172 @@
+% AJ_PT.STY -- AJ plano tables style.
+
+% Plano tables are camera-ready pages that are included in a typeset
+% article the same way as line drawings, graphs, and other camera-ready
+% art, i.e., as "planographic" figures. This file is parameterized so
+% that the tables are appropriate for the AJ.
+
+% My convention for identifying configuration information is for styles
+% to define the five parameters below.
+
+\def\revtex@ver{1.1} % Version number of this file.
+\def\revtex@date{10 Jan 93} % Revision date.
+\def\revtex@org{AAS} % Sponsoring organization.
+\def\revtex@jnl{AJ} % Applicable journal, if specific.
+\def\revtex@genre{plano tables} % Document "type".
+
+% Display identifying message on screen and in logfile.
+
+\typeout{\revtex@org\space \revtex@jnl\space \revtex@genre\space substyle,
+ v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.}
+
+% The following mini-colophon identifies the article are having been
+% prepared with this macro package. The \revtex@pageid command only
+% defines the formatting of this colophon; its existence and placement
+% within the printed article is controlled by the use of this command
+% in the style file.
+
+\def\revtex@pageid{\xdef\@thefnmark{\null}
+ \@footnotetext{This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
+ \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.}}
+
+% Issue a warning if manuscripts are formatted with type smaller than 12pt.
+
+\def\genre@MS{manuscript}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\genre@MS
+ \ifnum\@ptsize<2
+ \typeout{Warning: Undersize \revtex@genre\space font (1\@ptsize\space pts).
+ Use 12pt documentstyle option.}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% ****************************************
+% * INITIALIZATION *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Initialization has to occur at the head of this file because LaTeX's
+% "plain" pagestyle is used to establish defaults. These are modified
+% below to suit the requirements of this journal.
+
+%\@input{art8.sty}
+
+\ps@plain % Use "plain" pagestyle for defaults.
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE LAYOUT *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Create "plaintop" page style that has folios at top of page.
+
+\def\ps@plaintop{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\rm\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}
+ \def\@evenfoot{}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+
+%\pretolerance=10000 % Disable hyphenation
+
+% The following gives "reasonable" ragged right results.
+
+%\@rightskip=\z@ plus 4em\rightskip\@rightskip
+
+% Page size, spacing parameters, etc.
+
+\newdimen\@fmwidth \@fmwidth=44pc % Front matter width
+\newdimen\@bodywidth \@bodywidth=44pc % Body text width
+\textwidth=\@bodywidth
+\textheight=8.9in
+\topmargin=0in
+\headheight=0in % .15in
+\headsep=0in % .35in
+\oddsidemargin=0in
+\evensidemargin=0in
+\parindent=1em
+\parskip=0ex
+\columnsep=1pc
+
+\hoffset=-2.5pc % To compensate for wide \textwidth
+\tolerance=400 % 2x "normal" value; cuts down on overfull complaints
+
+% For landscape plano tables.
+
+\def\ptlandscape{\textwidth=9in \textheight=6.5in \hoffset=0in}
+
+%\@input{styopts.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * STYLE OPTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Make footnotes same size as main text.
+
+%\let\footnotesize=\normalsize
+
+% Define parameters to adjust the baselineskip.
+% These are passed as the scale factor argument to \baselinestretch.
+
+\def\@tightleading{1.1}
+\def\@doubleleading{1.6}
+
+% Double-space by default. Observe that you double-space in LaTeX by
+% resetting \baselinestretch, which is essentially a scale factor for
+% \baselineskip (= leading, for you typographophiles). The style uses
+% the \@doubleleading factor, defined above.
+
+%\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}
+
+% The \tighten command merely resets the \baselinestretch to a
+% smaller factor, resulting in single-column text that is more closely
+% spaced. (This will always work.) Tightening the vertical spacing
+% in the text results in output that is more attractive for distribution
+% to colleagues who are primarily interested in reading the paper, as
+% opposed to copy editing it. Double-spaced output for referees and
+% copy editors is, however, the main objective of this style, hence
+% double-spacing occurs by default. The same effect as \tighten
+% can be achieved by using the "tighten" document style option.
+%
+% \tighten
+%
+% \tighten is intended for use in the preamble of the article.
+
+%\def\tighten{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}}
+\def\tighten=\relax
+\let\tightenlines=\tighten
+
+% For authors who feel compelled to change between single and double
+% spacing in the manuscript, \singlespace and \doublespace commands
+% are provided. (Following recommendations of AAS Publications Board
+% Subcommittee on Preprints.)
+%
+% \singlespace
+% \doublespace
+
+\def\singlespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}\normalsize}
+\def\doublespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}\normalsize}
+
+% Upper case for sections (optional upper case items). These are created
+% so that some headings can be toggled between mixed case and upper case
+% readily. Headings that might be changed can be wrapped in the style
+% file in \sec@upcase{TEXT} constructs; the expansion of \sec@upcase is
+% controlled here. It is `\relax' by default (mixed case heads), and can
+% easily be changed to `\uppercase' if desired. If mixed case headings
+% are wanted by the editor, authors MUST supply mixed case text, although
+% this is what authors should be doing anyway. (Mixed can be converted
+% to upper, but the reverse transformation cannot be automated.)
+
+%\def\sec@upcase#1{\uppercase{#1}}
+\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}
+
+% Sometimes people want to number equations by section, rather than
+% sequentially through the whole paper.
+
+\def\eqsecnum{
+ \@newctr{equation}[section]
+ \def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}}}
+
+%\@input{slug.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SLUG LINE *
+% ****************************************
+
+% There are some obvious style-dependent parameters and formatting
+% instructions in this file. The object has been to keep the author
+% commands (the user interface, if you will) society, journal, and
+% style-independent, while the style-specific parameters and commands
+% are kept below that level. Commands and parameters that are susceptible
+% to external interpretation, either by authors or publishers/translators,
+% are identified by indented comment lines, with the semantics of command
+% arguments described in upper case text.
+%
+% \@journalname{JOURNAL NAME}
+% \cpr@holder{COPYRIGHT HOLDER}
+
+\def\@journalname{The Astropolitical Journal}
+\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}
+
+% Journal and article identification information is established by the
+% editorial staff. The following macros are used by personnel at the
+% editorial office to annotate/record slug-line data and should be included
+% in the manuscript preamble, i.e., before the LaTeX \begin{document}. All
+% they do is globally define other TeX control sequences that are used by
+% other macros at a later time.
+%
+% \received{RECEIPT DATE}
+% \revised{REVISION DATE}
+% \accepted{ACCEPTANCE DATE}
+% \journalid{VOL}{JOURNAL DATE}
+% \articleid{START PAGE}{END PAGE}
+% \paperid{ID}
+% \ccc{CODE}
+%
+% For preprints and submitted manuscripts in draft/referee format, etc.,
+% the slug-line information is irrelevant and in those kinds of style,
+% the data are never used. In my estimation, it is perfectly acceptable
+% to have these commands in the file (for future use), so they are defined
+% in the usual way.
+
+\def\received#1{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}} \received{\relax}
+\def\revised#1{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}} \revised{\relax}
+\def\accepted#1{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}} \accepted{\relax}
+\def\journalid#1#2{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}
+\def\articleid#1#2{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}
+\def\paperid#1{\gdef\@paperid{#1}} \paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}
+\def\ccc#1{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}} \ccc{000-00\$75.95-CDB}
+
+% Following copyright and running heads \defs are stubs.
+%\let\cpright=\@gobbletwo
+%\let\righthead=\@gobble
+%\let\lefthead=\@gobble
+
+% Copyright data. Permit the author/editor to supply a copyright
+% "type" as well as the year.
+%
+% \cpright{TYPE}{YEAR}
+%
+% Copyright types are designated by name and converted to numeric form.
+% The mapping of types is defined by the code that sets the @cprtype
+% counter. The language of the copyright notices is defined by \@slug.
+
+\def\cpright#1#2{\@nameuse{cpr@#1} \gdef\cpr@year{#2}
+ \typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}}
+
+\newcount\@cprtype \@cprtype=\@ne % Default copyright type.
+\def\cpr@AAS{\@cprtype=1}
+\def\cpr@PD{\@cprtype=2}
+\def\cpr@Crown{\@cprtype=3}
+\def\cpr@none{\@cprtype=4}
+\def\cpr@ASP{\@cprtype=5}
+
+\def\cpr@year{\number\year} % Default copyright year.
+
+% \@slug determines formatting of slugline information.
+
+\def\@slug{\par\noindent
+ \ifcase\@cprtype
+ \relax
+ \or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+ \or
+ This article is in the public domain.
+ \or
+ Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+ \or
+ No copyright is claimed for this article.
+ \or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the ASP.
+ \fi
+ \par\noindent
+ Manuscript number \@paperid.\par\noindent
+ \CCC@code
+}
+
+% Authors may be asked to supply running head information. We use the
+% language of the publisher here to distinguish between two pieces of
+% information: the left head frequently contains an author list (last
+% names, possibly truncated as et al.), while the right head frequently
+% contains an abbreviated form of the paper title. The \lefthead and
+% \righthead commands merely collect the information and buffer the text.
+%
+% \lefthead{TEXT}
+% \righthead{TEXT}
+
+\def\lefthead#1{\gdef\@versohead{#1}} \lefthead{\relax}
+\def\righthead#1{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}} \righthead{\relax}
+
+% \@runheads determines formatting of running head information.
+
+\def\@runheads{\@tempcnta\c@page
+ \@whilenum \@tempcnta >0\do{
+ \vskip 3ex
+ \hbox to30pc{\small\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
+ \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil}
+ \advance\@tempcnta by\m@ne}
+}
+
+% The \slugcomment command is provided so authors or editors may include
+% a remark about the manuscript that may be desired in print for some
+% styles. For instance, authors like to include information about the
+% journal and publication date of accepted papers ("To appear in AJ,
+% November 1992").
+%
+% \slugcomment{TEXT}
+%
+% The formatting of the \slugcomment information is controlled by the
+% \sluginfo command.
+
+\def\slugcomment#1{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}} \slugcomment{\relax}
+
+% Editorial offices like to have receipt and acceptance dates on the front
+% page for tracking purposes. The current practice is to require the author
+% to type Received___________________ and Accepted ________________ lines
+% for the staff to type on. The \@dates command will typeset either rules
+% or the dates specified in \received and/or \accepted commands. Note that
+% authors should not include \received and \accepted.
+
+\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}
+
+% \@dates determines formatting of MS date information.
+
+\def\@dates{{Received}\space%
+ \if\@recvdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
+ \hspace{1.5em}{accepted}\space%
+ \if\@accptdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
+}
+
+% The \sluginfo command is executed automatically when a \begin{abstract} is
+% encountered, so it is not necessary (or appropriate) for the author to
+% include this line explicitly. The received/accepted business is a
+% concern only for the editorial staff, hence we have arranged for the
+% author not to have to fuss with it.
+
+\def\sluginfo{{\center
+ \@dates
+ %\@slug
+ %\@runheads
+ \endcenter}}
+
+\let\dates=\sluginfo % Backwards compatibility
+
+%\@input{text.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FRONT MATTER *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Make adjustments to LaTeX abstract style: optional upper case heading,
+% retain current type size (should be normalsize), ignore twocolumn option
+% in this substyle, add \sluginfo, and start abstract on fresh page.
+
+\def\abstract{\sluginfo\clearpage
+ \begin{center}
+ {\bf{ABSTRACT}}
+ \end{center}
+ \quotation
+}
+
+% Title and author identification is by way of standard LaTeX commands
+% \title and \author, although the macros themselves are rather different.
+% The information is typeset by these macros in this style, rather than
+% being buffered as per regular LaTeX. The authors' principal affiliation
+% is specified with a separate macro \affil. Each \author command should
+% be followed by its own \affil (or address).
+%
+% Authors often have affiliations above and beyond their main employer,
+% and these are specified with the \altaffilmark and \altaffiltext commands.
+% These commands behave like the \footnotemark and \footnotetext commands
+% of LaTeX. \altaffilmark is appended to author's names in the \author
+% lists, and generates the superscript identification numbers.
+% The text for the individual alternate affiliations is generated by the
+% \altaffiltext command. It is up to the author to make sure that the
+% \altaffilmark numbers attached to authors' names correspond to the correct
+% alternate affiliation.
+%
+% \title{LUCID TEXT}
+% \author{NAME(S)}
+% \authoraddr{AUTHOR'S POSTAL ADDRESS}
+% \affil{AFFILIATION}
+% \altaffilmark{TAG NUMBER(S)}
+% \altaffiltext{NUMERICAL TAG}{TEXT}
+%
+% The typesetting performed by these commands is appropriate for the top of
+% the first text page of the manuscript. They could as well be used on a
+% title cover page, but vertical placement would have to be controlled by
+% the author. This is not to be encouraged, since I want to discourage
+% the introduction of any extra horizontal or vertical space.
+
+\def\title#1{{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}
+ \center\large\bf{#1}\endcenter}
+ \thispagestyle{empty}}
+\def\author#1{{\topsep\z@\center\normalsize#1\endcenter}}
+\let\authoraddr=\@gobble
+\def\affil#1{\vspace*{-2.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center#1\endcenter}}
+\def\altaffilmark#1{$^{#1}$}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\footnotetext[#1]{#2}\stepcounter{footnote}}
+
+% Redefine the LaTeX \and command for this style.
+
+\def\and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * KEYWORDS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Keywords environment. Keywords, subject headings, etc., are accommodated
+% only as a piece of text; the \keywords command indents if necessary and
+% supplies the proper leading text ("Keywords:", "Subject headings:", etc.)
+% but does not apply formatting to the user's keyword text. The author
+% must supply the correct punctuation according to the journal style.
+%
+% Note that the editors of A&A, AJ, and MNRAS have discussed the issue
+% of keywords, and there is disagreement about whether "subject headings"
+% or "keywords" should appear after abstracts in astronomical papers.
+% It does not really matter what the macro is called, so I will stick
+% to \keywords since I don't know what the difference is anyway.
+
+\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}
+\def\@keyworddelim{---}
+
+\def\keywords#1{\vspace*{-.7ex}%\vspace{\z@}
+ \if@twocolumn\noindent{{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}
+ \else{\quote{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}\endquote}
+ \fi}
+
+\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
+
+\def\@kwds#1{\def\@kwddlm{}\@for\@kwd:=#1\do
+ {\@kwddlm\def\@kwddlm{\space\@keyworddelim\penalty\@m\space}{\@kwd}}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FOOTNOTES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% The following code redefines a few things so that spacing in footnotes is
+% different than LaTeX defaults. The adjustment to \skip\footins increases
+% the amount of vspace inserted before the \footnoterule. Redefine
+% \@makefntext to get proper indentation.
+
+\skip\footins 4ex plus 1ex minus .5ex
+\footnotesep 3ex
+
+%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent\hbox to\z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\indent\hbox{$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SECTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% \@startsection {NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
+% optional * [ALTHEADING]{HEADING}
+% Generic command to start a section.
+% NAME : e.g., 'subsection'
+% LEVEL : a number, denoting depth of section -- e.g., chapter=1,
+% section = 2, etc.
+% INDENT : Indentation of heading from left margin
+% BEFORESKIP : Absolute value = skip to leave above the heading.
+% If negative, then paragraph indent of text following
+% heading is suppressed.
+% AFTERSKIP : if positive, then skip to leave below heading, else
+% negative of skip to leave to right of run-in heading.
+% STYLE : commands to set style
+% If '*' missing, then increments the counter. If it is present, then
+% there should be no [ALTHEADING] argument.
+
+% Adjust section heading typography slightly. This is one of the spots
+% where my personal preference is going to bite me. Anyway, I have reduced
+% the size of the main section heads to whatever the normal size is for
+% the paper; I don't think it needs to be larger, especially when the
+% layout is double-spaced.
+%
+% Also, modify the indentation behavior so that ALL paragraphs, including
+% those first after section heads, are indented. This is consonant with
+% the styles of many journals, although it's non-standard typographic practice.
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}.}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection\@arabic{\c@subsection}.}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}.}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+
+% For AJ, acknowledgments are set off from main body text simply by
+% vertical space (no heading or type size change). I do the same for
+% the AAS manuscript style. For use in producing more polished output
+% for other journals, this macro might generate text saying
+% "Acknowledg[e]ments".
+
+\def\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex plus .8ex minus .4ex}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments % second spelling
+
+% LaTeX sectioning tools.
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup \center#6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#8}\par}%
+ \endcenter\endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec \sec@upcase{#8}\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #4\center\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#5}\par}\endcenter\endgroup
+ \else \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax \sec@upcase{#5}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#3}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * EQUATION NUMBERING *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Redefine \appendix so that equation numbers are prepended with
+% \theappendix number. Reset equation counter so that equation
+% numbers in the appendix begin again with 1. Note that the
+% \appendix command is NOT a sectioning command; it is merely
+% a delimiting markup between the main body of the paper and the
+% appendix. Sections in the appendix are still started with
+% \section commands.
+%
+% \appendix
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}.}
+ \def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}}}
+
+% Define mathletters environment. This is a wrapper that goes
+% *around* (outside of) equation or eqnarray environments.
+%
+% \begin{mathletters}
+% \end{mathletters}
+
+\newcounter{cureqno}
+
+\newenvironment{mathletters}{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+ \setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
+ \let\@curtheeqn\theequation%
+ \edef\cur@eqn{\csname theequation\endcsname}%
+ \def\theequation{\cur@eqn\alph{equation}}%
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}}%
+ {\let\theequation\@curtheeqn%
+ \setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}}
+
+% The \eqnum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% equation marking schemes.
+%
+% \eqnum{TEXT}
+
+\def\eqnum#1{\def\theequation{#1}\let\@currentlabel\theequation
+ \addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * BIBLIOGRAPHY *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Bibliography/references environment. For the time being, I don't think
+% it would be a good idea to force an implementation based on BibTeX,
+% although I'll prepare for that eventuality by using the constructs and
+% general ideas of the LaTeX thebibliography environment. Adjustments
+% have been made so that the \cite-\bibitem mechanism can be used to cite
+% references symbolically while maintaining proper citation syntax within
+% the paper; the author must create the citation label for each reference
+% in proper journal format in the \bibitem command.
+%
+% \begin{thebibliography}
+% \bibitem[LABEL]{TEXTTAG} \reference <bibliographic data>
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% where LABEL must adhere to the journal's standards, e.g. "Abt 1986".
+%
+% It is not necessary to use the thebibliography environment. This style
+% defines a references environment that simply sets off the list of references
+% and adjusts spacing parameters. It is not possible to use \bibitems
+% within the references environment. (The \reference command cannot be
+% shortened to \ref; \ref is used in vanilla LaTeX for cross-referencing.)
+%
+% \begin{references}
+% \reference <bibliographic data>
+% \end{references}
+%
+% \markcite{TEXT}
+%
+% Observe that the bibliographic data supplied by the author must also
+% conform to the standards of the journal. I have elected not to burden
+% authors with tedious LaTeX commands which would require many curly braces
+% to delimit the bibliographic fields because many of the journals I have
+% targeted in this project have agreed to reduce typographic overhead (bolding,
+% italicizing, etc.) in reference lists. (See Abt's editorial in ApJ 357.)
+% It is the responsibility of the author to get these fields in the proper
+% order with the correct punctuation; the information will be typeset as is,
+% i.e., in roman with no size or style changes.
+%
+% Macros are provided for many of the oft-referenced journals so that authors
+% may use the LaTeX names rather than having to look up a particular journal's
+% specific abbreviation. In principle, all the journals should be using the
+% same abbreviations, too, but I anticipate some changes in the specific
+% abbreviations before a set is finally settled on. As long as these macros
+% are kept up to date, authors need not be concerned about such editorial
+% changes.
+%
+% Corresponding with the non-BibTeX references environment and \reference
+% command for the reference list is the \markcite command. This can be
+% used to identify in-text citations; in this case, the author provides
+% the actual citation text as opposed to the symbolic tag. The use of
+% this is encouraged, even for journals where no special formatting of
+% citation call-outs is required; it is crucial for the future use of
+% on-line browsers.
+
+\def\references{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+ \bgroup\parindent=\z@\parskip=\itemsep
+ \def\refpar{\par\hangindent=3em\hangafter=1}}
+\def\endreferences{\refpar\egroup\revtex@pageid}
+
+\def\thebibliography{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+ \list{\null}{\leftmargin 3em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent -3em
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\refpar{\relax}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\revtex@pageid}
+
+\def\@biblabel#1{\relax}
+%\def\@cite#1#2{({#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi})}
+\def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}
+
+\def\reference{\relax\refpar} % Generic: might be better...
+\def\markcite#1{#1\relax}
+
+% Modify \@citex so that individual citation texts are NOT hboxed.
+% This allows TeX to break lines at spaces between words in citations.
+% Remove the obnoxious {\bf ?} that was inserted in the text when
+% undefined citations are encountered; here, the warning message is
+% printed only on the terminal.
+
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+% Permit \keywords declaration, but eat the contents.
+
+\let\keywords=\@gobble
+\let\subjectheadings=\@gobble
+
+%\@input{tblfig.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TABLES AND FIGURES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Additions and adjustments for tables and figures.
+
+% Footnotes for tables are to be identified with lower case alphabetics,
+% rather than numeric. \tablenotemark and \tablenotetext commands are
+% provided analogous to \footnotemark and \footnotetext, but with the
+% identifier *required*, like \altaffilmark and \altaffiltext. The
+% \tablenotetext must be specified before the \end{table}, since
+% \end{table} displays it.
+%
+% \tablenotemark{TAG LETTER(S)}
+% \tablenotetext{ALPHA TAG}{TEXT}
+%
+% Note that TAG LETTER == ALPHA TAG for corresponding text. It is the
+% responsibility of the author to get the correspondence correct.
+%
+% The table footnotes are coupled to the table in which they occur, rather
+% than being associated with a particular page, and they are printed with
+% the table (relatively close to the caption) instead of appearing at the
+% extreme bottom of the page. This is done to ensure that the notes wind
+% up on the same page as the table, since tables are floats and can migrate
+% from one page to another. There is the additional benefit that the notes
+% are unambiguously attached to the proper table, which is what is required
+% in the event that the editorial requirement of one table only per page
+% is ever changed to permit several tables per page.
+%
+% Footnotes are NOT supported for figures.
+
+\def\tablenotemark#1{\rlap{$^{\rm #1}$}}
+
+% The \tablenotetext command buffers the table note text and the "proper"
+% tablenote formatting information in a token buffer. The tablenotes are
+% dispensed into the vertical page list by \spew@tblnotes, which is
+% executed by \end{table}. Note that certain "global" tablenote formatting
+% details are handled by \spew@tblnotes, which also clears the tblnote list.
+% Praise and honor are due to Kresten Krab Thorup (krab@iesd.auc.dk) for
+% posting ftn.sty to the Usenet, from which I drew the technique.
+
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\def\tblnote@list{}
+
+\def\tablenotetext#1#2{
+ \@temptokena={\vspace{.5ex}{\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2}\par}
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+\def\spew@tblnotes{
+ \ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+ \else
+ \vspace{4.5ex}
+ \footnoterule
+ \vspace{.5ex}
+ {\footnotesize\tblnote@list}
+ \gdef\tblnote@list{}
+ \fi}
+
+\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\end@float}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\spew@tblnotes\end@dblfloat}
+
+% Add a \tableline command for use in tabular environments. This command
+% produces the horizontal rule(s) between the column headings and the body
+% of the table. Authors are discouraged from using any \hlines themselves,
+% and are typically forbidden from using vertical rules by editors.
+
+\let\tableline=\hline
+
+% \@makecaption determines formatting for figure and table captions.
+% For manuscripts, all captions should be set as flushleft paragraphs.
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent #1 #2\par}
+
+% The \tablenum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% table marking schemes.
+%
+% \tablenum{TEXT}
+
+\def\tablenum#1{\def\thetable{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thetable
+ \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}}
+
+% The \figurenum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% figure marking schemes.
+%
+% \figurenum{TEXT}
+
+\def\figurenum#1{\def\thefigure{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thefigure
+ \addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PLANO TABLES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Plano tables are camera-ready pages that are included in a typeset
+% article the same way as line drawings, graphs, and other camera-ready
+% art, i.e., as "planographic" figures. There are desirable properties
+% for a formatter to have that are somewhat above and beyond LaTeX'x
+% tabular environment that would facilitate the creation of such tables.
+% Among these are breaking long tables across pages, using footnotes
+% in a table, specifying comments and references for tables, etc.
+%
+% What follows was inspired by supertab.sty by Theo Jurriens, 1988.
+
+% Commands for identifying table elements in a consistent way. Observe
+% that the formatting is embedded in the macro definitions so that the
+% author doesn't need to be concerned about stylistic nuances.
+%
+% \tablecaption{TEXT}
+% \tablehead{TEXT}
+% \colhead{HEADING}
+% \tabletail{TEXT}
+% \tablewidth{DIMEN}
+% \tableheadfrac{NUM}
+%
+% AJ has no "standard" widths for camera-ready tables, they simply need
+% to be narrower than the page. Landscape orientation is acceptable,
+% and I have provided the pseudo-option \ptlandscape that resets the
+% page dimensions; the author is still responsible for running the
+% local DVI translator with the proper parameters so that landscape
+% pages actually emerge from the laser printer.
+
+\newbox\pt@box
+\newdimen\pt@width
+\newcount\pt@line
+\newcount\pt@nlines
+\newcount\pt@ncol
+
+\def\colhead#1{\omit\hidewidth{#1}\hidewidth\global\advance\pt@ncol by\@ne}
+\def\tablecaption#1{\gdef\pt@caption{#1}} \def\pt@caption{\relax}
+\def\tablehead#1{\gdef\pt@head{
+ #1\hskip\tabcolsep\\[.7ex]\hline\relax\\[-1.5ex]}} \def\pt@head{\relax}
+\def\tabletail#1{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}} \def\pt@tail{\relax}
+\def\tablewidth#1{\pt@width=#1} \pt@width\textwidth
+\def\tableheadfrac#1{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}} \def\pt@headfrac{.1}
+
+% Calculate the number of tabular rows that will fit in the body of the
+% table. The height of the table body and the number of lines are
+% calculated thus:
+%
+% bodyheight = \textheight * (1 - \pt@headfrac)
+% \pt@nlines = bodyheight / (\arraystretch * \baselineskip)
+%
+% The row height can be seen to be valid algebraically if one examines the
+% definitions for \strutbox, \@setstrut, and \@array. I could eliminate
+% this calculation, as well as its attendant parameters, if it were possible
+% to determine the accumulated height of the \halign box as TeX goes along.
+
+\def\pt@calcnlines{\@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight
+ \@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by-\@tempdima
+ \@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
+ \divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
+ \global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb}
+
+% Define \pt@tabular, a ripoff of \@tabular but with \leavevmode removed
+% so tabular box can be set with \setbox. I do this so that table notes
+% can be set to natural width of table, if desired. Also, set \@acol
+% to \@ptabacol, which is called when building the preamble for the
+% \halign (assuming the first column format specification is "l", which
+% it should be for ApJ tables) so that \tabskip within the table is set
+% to \fill. This permits us to toggle between natural and fixed-width
+% tables without requiring the user to change markup. Note that by
+% forcing \tabskip always to be \fill, I pretty well nullify any
+% @{\hspace} commands the user puts in the template, but this environment
+% is for people who don't want to think about that sort of stuff anyway.
+
+\def\pt@tabular{\hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@ptabacol
+ \let\@classz\@tabclassz
+ \let\@classiv\@tabclassiv \let\\\@tabularcr\@tabarray}
+
+\def\@ptabacol{\edef\@preamble{\@preamble \hskip \tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}}
+
+% Permit different identifying strings, one for the first page of the
+% table and one for continuation pages. LaTeX's \fnum@table is set to
+% one or the other automatically in the environment. Note that caption
+% handling is not so graceful: you have to edit inside the big macros to
+% adjust this. Someday, I will be ambitious enough to fix this.
+
+\def\fnum@ptable{Table \thetable.}
+\def\fnum@ptablecont{Table \thetable.\space{\rm (continued)}}
+
+\def\set@mkcaption{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+ \center\large{\sc##1}\space##2\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+\def\set@mkcaptioncont{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+ \center\large{\sc##1}\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+
+% The environment definition. It is desirable for the last portion of
+% a multi-page table to be \topinserted, rather than \midinserted.
+% At the moment, this doesn't happen. It's not straightforward to
+% make that preference known at the *end* of table processing.
+%
+% \begin{planotable}
+% \end{planotable}
+%
+% \startdata
+
+\newenvironment{planotable}[1]{\def\pt@format{\string#1}%
+ \set@tblnotetext\pt@ncol=0}%
+ {\crcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\hline\endtabular%
+ \pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box\spew@ptblnotes%
+ \typeout{Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width}%
+ \endcenter\end@float}
+
+\def\startdata{\pt@line=0\pt@calcnlines%
+ \ifdim\pt@width>\z@\def\@halignto{to \pt@width}\else\def\@halignto{}\fi%
+ \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable\set@mkcaption%
+ \@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+ \setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}%
+ \hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]\pt@head}
+
+% A kludgey kind of line delimiter is needed so that the line counter
+% can be checked prior to adding the line to the alignment box. This
+% is bad because this form does not permit the addition of vertical
+% space using the [.5ex] construct; this has to be done with an explicit
+% \vskip. And a disgusting \noalign is required, so I have to create
+% another silly piece of markup to accomplish this conveniently.
+%
+% What is desired, of course, is for this line count checking to take
+% place within the syntax of the regular LaTeX \\ command. I have been
+% giving myself apoplexy trying to figure this out for the last 36 hours,
+% and I have decided I will have to wait for the onset of my "lucid
+% period" for a solution. In the meantime...
+
+\def\pt@nl{\global\advance\pt@line by\@ne%
+ \ifnum\pt@line=\pt@nlines%
+ \\\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\endtabular\box\pt@box%
+ \endcenter\end@float\clearpage%
+ \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
+ \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont\set@mkcaptioncont%
+ \@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+ \global\pt@ncol=0%
+ \setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}%
+ \hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]\pt@head%
+ \global\pt@line=0%
+ \else\\
+ \fi}
+
+% Author markup commands for planotable environment line breaks.
+%
+% \nl == \nextline
+% \tablevspace{DIMEN}
+% \tablebreak
+
+\let\nl=\pt@nl
+\let\nextline=\pt@nl
+
+\def\tablevspace#1{\noalign{\vskip{#1}}}
+\def\tablebreak{\pt@line\pt@nlines\advance\pt@line by\m@ne\pt@nl}
+
+% We have some specialty heads that are sometimes wanted in tables.
+%
+% \cutinhead{TEXT}
+% \sidehead{TEXT}
+
+\def\cutinhead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+ \hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -4ex}
+ \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}\pt@nl
+ \noalign{\vskip .8ex}
+ \hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2ex}}
+
+\def\sidehead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+ \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}\pt@nl
+ \noalign{\vskip .5ex}}
+
+% Internal commands for dealing with table footnotes. I had to hack at
+% these to make them co-exist with similarly/identically named commands
+% for non-plano tables. This is admittedly ugly, and is on the agenda
+% for improved treatment Real Soon Now.
+
+\def\set@tblnotetext{\def\tablenotetext##1##2{{%
+ \@temptokena={\vspace{0ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em$^{\rm ##1}$##2}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}}}
+
+\def\spew@ptblnotes{
+ \ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+ \else
+ \par
+ \vspace{2ex}
+ {\tblnote@list}
+ \gdef\tblnote@list{}
+ \fi}
+
+% Special kinds of table footnotes. Sometimes authors tabulate things
+% which have corresponding references, and it may be desirable to associate
+% these references with the table rather than (or in addition to) the
+% formal reference list. Occasionally, authors wish to append a short
+% paragraph of explanatory notes that pertain to the entire table, but
+% which are different than the caption.
+%
+% \tablerefs{REFERENCE LIST}
+% \tablecomments{TEXT}
+
+\def\tablerefs#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{2.0ex}{%
+ {\rm References for Table \thetable.}\\%
+ \vspace*{1.6ex}%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{#1}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+\def\tablecomments#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{2.0ex}{%
+ {\rm Notes to Table \thetable.}\\%
+ \vspace*{1.6ex}%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{#1}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+% Figure and table style parameters.
+
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fnum@figure{{\rm Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}
+
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fnum@table{{\rm Table \thetable:}}
+
+% Figure and table float positions.
+
+\def\fps@figure{bp}
+\def\fps@table{bp}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * EPS INCLUSIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Include Rokicki's epsf.sty file explicitly.
+
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\@input{epsf.sty}}{\relax}
+
+% Simplified EPS inclusion macros so we can see how this goes...
+% These are layered on Rokicki's dvips material, and are dependent
+% on the author's use of that DVI driver.
+%
+% \plotone{EPSFILE}
+% \plottwo{EPSFILE}{EPSFILE}
+% \plotfiddle{EPSFILE}{VSIZE}{ROT}{HSF}{VSF}{HTRANS}{VTRANS}
+%
+% \plotone inserts the plot in a space that is \columnwidth wide; the
+% plot is scaled so the horizontal dimension fits in the text width,
+% and the vertical dimension is scaled to maintain the aspect ratio.
+% \plottwo inserts two plots next to each other in one \columnwidth,
+% sort of like "two-up" mode.
+%
+% EPSFILE name of file with EPS
+%
+% The following arguments are for the \plotfiddle macro which formats
+% the \special itself, prepares vspace, etc. This completely bypasses
+% Rokicki's macros that attempt to rationalize the EPS BoundingBox with
+% the LaTeX page dimensions.
+%
+% VSIZE vertical white space to allow for plot
+% ROT rotation angle
+% HSF horiz scale factor
+% VSF vert scale factor
+% HTRANS horiz translation
+% VTRANS vert translation
+
+%\epsfverbosetrue
+
+\def\plotone#1{\centering \leavevmode
+ \epsfxsize=\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1}}
+
+\def\plottwo#1#2{\centering \leavevmode
+ \epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1} \hfil
+ \epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#2}}
+
+\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\centering \leavevmode
+ \vbox to#2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
+ \special{psfile=#1 voffset=#7 hoffset=#6 vscale=#5 hscale=#4 angle=#3}}
+
+%\@input{abbrevs.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * ABBREVIATIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Abbreviations for journals. The object here is to provide authors
+% with convenient shorthands for the most "popular" (often-cited)
+% journals; the author can use these markup tags without being concerned
+% about the exact form of the journal abbreviation, or its formatting.
+% It is up to the keeper of the macros to make sure the macros expand
+% to the proper text. If macro package writers agree to all use the
+% same TeX command name, authors only have to remember one thing, and
+% the style file will take care of editorial preferences. This also
+% applies when a single journal decides to revamp its abbreviating
+% scheme, as happened with the ApJ (Abt 1991).
+
+\let\jnl@style=\rm
+\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}
+
+\def\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}} % Astronomical Journal
+\def\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}} % Annual Review of Astron and Astrophys
+\def\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}} % Astrophysical Journal
+\def\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}} % Astrophysical Journal, Letters
+\def\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}} % Astrophysical Journal, Supplement
+\def\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.Optics}} % Applied Optics
+\def\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}} % Astrophysics and Space Science
+\def\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics
+\def\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics Reviews
+\def\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics, Supplement
+\def\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}} % Astronomicheskii Zhurnal
+\def\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}} % Bulletin of the AAS
+\def\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}} % Journal of the RAS of Canada
+\def\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}} % Memoirs of the RAS
+\def\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}} % Monthly Notices of the RAS
+\def\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.A}} % Physical Review A: General Physics
+\def\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.B}} % Physical Review B: Solid State
+\def\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.C}} % Physical Review C
+\def\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.D}} % Physical Review D
+\def\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.Lett}} % Physical Review Letters
+\def\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}} % Publications of the ASP
+\def\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}} % Publications of the ASJ
+\def\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}} % Quarterly Journal of the RAS
+\def\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}} % Sky and Telescope
+\def\solphys{\ref@jnl{Solar~Phys.}} % Solar Physics
+\def\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}} % Soviet Astronomy
+\def\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.Rev.}} % Space Science Reviews
+\def\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}} % Zeitschrift fuer Astrophysik
+
+\let\astap=\aap
+\let\apjlett=\apjl
+\let\apjsupp=\apjs
+
+%\@input{misc.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * MISCELLANEOUS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Handy little things everybody works out for themselves anyway. Many
+% of these come from Springer's A&A package, and some were contributed
+% by Francois Schweizer at DTM. You can go berserk making these up,
+% especially when you start getting into the composite ones. We have
+% tried to select a tractable number that were useful, and somewhat
+% difficult to get right because fussy kerning or some such is required.
+% Most can be used in or out of math mode with impunity; \alt and \agt
+% are relations and can only be used in math mode.
+
+\def\deg{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\earth{\hbox{$\oplus$}}
+\def\lesssim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$<$}}}}
+\def\gtrsim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$>$}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\micron{\hbox{$\mu$m}}
+
+\let\la=\lesssim % For Springer A&A compliance...
+\let\ga=\gtrsim
+
+% Permit author to typeset "case" fractions. This is sometimes
+% wanted in displayed equations, during which LaTeX will set fractions
+% specified as \frac{x}{y} as "built-up" fractions (numerator and
+% denominator at body text size).
+
+\def\case#1#2{\hbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}
+
+% Permit author to typeset fractions set with solidus where the size
+% is reduced and the numerals are oriented diagonally. Note that this
+% is different from a "shilled" fraction, which the author can produce
+% without any special formatting markup. Define markup shorthands for
+% several common fractions using solidus.
+
+\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}
+\def\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}
+\def\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}
+\def\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}
+\def\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}
+\def\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}
+
+\def\ubvr{\hbox{$U\!BV\!R$}} % UBVR system
+\def\ub{\hbox{$U\!-\!B$}} % U-B
+\def\bv{\hbox{$B\!-\!V$}} % B-V
+\def\vr{\hbox{$V\!-\!R$}} % V-R
+\def\ur{\hbox{$U\!-\!R$}} % U-R
+
+% Notation for atomic species (ionization levels). The ionization state
+% is specified as the second argument, and should be given as a numeral.
+% The macro has to expand the numeric state into the proper notation for
+% the publication (roman, numeric, plus signs, etc.)
+%
+% \ion{ELEMENT}{IONIZATION STATE}
+
+\def\ion#1#2{#1$\;${\small\rm\@Roman{#2}}\relax}
+
+% Centered ellipsis for use in tables (for unknown values). \nodata
+% is generalized markup for this notion: format of null-valued entries
+% in tables is style-specific.
+
+%\def\cellipsis{\hfill$\cdots$\hfill}
+\def\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{---}}
+
+% This is a generalization of the \LaTeX definition that comes in LaTeX.
+% The change here ensures that LaTeX will be typeset in the current style,
+% rather than always in roman.
+
+\newcount\lecurrentfam
+\def\LaTeX{\lecurrentfam=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+ \hbox{$\fam\lecurrentfam\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * DEBUGGING *
+% ****************************************
+
+\def\sizrpt{
+ (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+ \typeout{
+ (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aj_pt.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aj_pt.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..88d28c8ee9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/aj_pt.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+\def\revtex@ver{1.1}
+\def\revtex@date{10 Jan 93}
+\def\revtex@org{AAS}
+\def\revtex@jnl{AJ}
+\def\revtex@genre{plano tables}
+\typeout{\revtex@org\space \revtex@jnl\space \revtex@genre\space substyle,
+v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.}
+\def\revtex@pageid{\xdef\@thefnmark{\null}
+\@footnotetext{This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
+ \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.}}
+\def\genre@MS{manuscript}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\genre@MS
+\ifnum\@ptsize<2
+\typeout{Warning: Undersize \revtex@genre\space font (1\@ptsize\space pts).
+ Use 12pt documentstyle option.}
+\fi
+\fi
+\ps@plain
+\def\ps@plaintop{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\rm\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}
+\def\@evenfoot{}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+\newdimen\@fmwidth \@fmwidth=44pc
+\newdimen\@bodywidth \@bodywidth=44pc
+\textwidth=\@bodywidth
+\textheight=8.9in
+\topmargin=0in
+\headheight=0in
+\headsep=0in
+\oddsidemargin=0in
+\evensidemargin=0in
+\parindent=1em
+\parskip=0ex
+\columnsep=1pc
+\hoffset=-2.5pc
+\tolerance=400
+\def\ptlandscape{\textwidth=9in \textheight=6.5in \hoffset=0in}
+\def\@tightleading{1.1}
+\def\@doubleleading{1.6}
+\def\tighten=\relax
+\let\tightenlines=\tighten
+\def\singlespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}\normalsize}
+\def\doublespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}\normalsize}
+\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}
+\def\eqsecnum{
+\@newctr{equation}[section]
+\def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}}}
+\def\@journalname{The Astropolitical Journal}
+\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}
+\def\received#1{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}} \received{\relax}
+\def\revised#1{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}} \revised{\relax}
+\def\accepted#1{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}} \accepted{\relax}
+\def\journalid#1#2{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}
+\def\articleid#1#2{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}
+\def\paperid#1{\gdef\@paperid{#1}} \paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}
+\def\ccc#1{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}} \ccc{000-00\$75.95-CDB}
+\def\cpright#1#2{\@nameuse{cpr@#1} \gdef\cpr@year{#2}
+\typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}}
+\newcount\@cprtype \@cprtype=\@ne
+\def\cpr@AAS{\@cprtype=1}
+\def\cpr@PD{\@cprtype=2}
+\def\cpr@Crown{\@cprtype=3}
+\def\cpr@none{\@cprtype=4}
+\def\cpr@year{\number\year}
+\def\@slug{\par\noindent
+\ifcase\@cprtype
+ \relax
+\or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+\or
+ This article is in the public domain.
+\or
+ Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+\or
+ No copyright is claimed for this article.
+\fi
+\par\noindent
+Manuscript number \@paperid.\par\noindent
+\CCC@code
+}
+\def\lefthead#1{\gdef\@versohead{#1}} \lefthead{\relax}
+\def\righthead#1{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}} \righthead{\relax}
+\def\@runheads{\@tempcnta\c@page
+\@whilenum \@tempcnta >0\do{
+\vskip 3ex
+\hbox to30pc{\small\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
+ \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil}
+\advance\@tempcnta by\m@ne}
+}
+\def\slugcomment#1{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}} \slugcomment{\relax}
+\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}
+\def\@dates{{Received}\space%
+\if\@recvdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
+\hspace{1.5em}{accepted}\space%
+\if\@accptdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
+}
+\def\sluginfo{{\center
+\@dates
+
+
+\endcenter}}
+\let\dates=\sluginfo
+\def\abstract{\sluginfo\clearpage
+\begin{center}
+{\bf{ABSTRACT}}
+\end{center}
+\quotation
+}
+\def\title#1{{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}
+\center\large\bf{#1}\endcenter}
+\thispagestyle{empty}}
+\def\author#1{{\topsep\z@\center\normalsize#1\endcenter}}
+\let\authoraddr=\@gobble
+\def\affil#1{\vspace*{-2.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center#1\endcenter}}
+\def\altaffilmark#1{$^{#1}$}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\footnotetext[#1]{#2}\stepcounter{footnote}}
+\def\and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}
+\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}
+\def\@keyworddelim{---}
+\def\keywords#1{\vspace*{-.7ex}
+\if@twocolumn\noindent{{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}
+\else{\quote{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}\endquote}
+\fi}
+\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
+\def\@kwds#1{\def\@kwddlm{}\@for\@kwd:=#1\do
+{\@kwddlm\def\@kwddlm{\space\@keyworddelim\penalty\@m\space}{\@kwd}}}
+\skip\footins 4ex plus 1ex minus .5ex
+\footnotesep 3ex
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}.}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection\@arabic{\c@subsection}.}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}.}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+\def\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex plus .8ex minus .4ex}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+\def\@svsec{}\else
+\refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em }\fi
+\@tempskipa #5\relax
+\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+\begingroup \center#6\relax
+\@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#8}\par}%
+\endcenter\endgroup
+\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+#7}\else
+\def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec \sec@upcase{#8}\csname #1mark\endcsname
+{#7}\addcontentsline
+{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+#7}}\fi
+\@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+\begingroup #4\center\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+\sec@upcase{#5}\par}\endcenter\endgroup
+\else \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax \sec@upcase{#5}}\fi
+\@xsect{#3}}
+\def\appendix{\par
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+\setcounter{subsection}{0}
+\setcounter{equation}{0}
+\def\thesection{\Alph{section}.}
+\def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}}}
+\newcounter{cureqno}
+\newenvironment{mathletters}{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+\setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
+\let\@curtheeqn\theequation%
+\edef\cur@eqn{\csname theequation\endcsname}%
+\def\theequation{\cur@eqn\alph{equation}}%
+\setcounter{equation}{0}}%
+{\let\theequation\@curtheeqn%
+\setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}}
+\def\eqnum#1{\def\theequation{#1}\let\@currentlabel\theequation
+\addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}}
+\def\references{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+\bgroup\parindent=\z@\parskip=\itemsep
+\def\refpar{\par\hangindent=3em\hangafter=1}}
+\def\endreferences{\refpar\egroup\revtex@pageid}
+\def\thebibliography{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+\list{\null}{\leftmargin 3em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent -3em
+\usecounter{enumi}}
+\def\refpar{\relax}
+\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+\sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\revtex@pageid}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\relax}
+\def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}
+\def\reference{\relax\refpar}
+\def\markcite#1{#1\relax}
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+{\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+{b@\@citeb}{\@warning
+{Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+\let\keywords=\@gobble
+\let\subjectheadings=\@gobble
+\def\tablenotemark#1{\rlap{$^{\rm #1}$}}
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\def\tblnote@list{}
+\def\tablenotetext#1#2{
+\@temptokena={\vspace{.5ex}{\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2}\par}
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\spew@tblnotes{
+\ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+\else
+\vspace{4.5ex}
+\footnoterule
+\vspace{.5ex}
+{\footnotesize\tblnote@list}
+\gdef\tblnote@list{}
+\fi}
+\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\end@float}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\spew@tblnotes\end@dblfloat}
+\let\tableline=\hline
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent #1 #2\par}
+\def\tablenum#1{\def\thetable{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thetable
+\addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}}
+\def\figurenum#1{\def\thefigure{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thefigure
+\addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}}
+\newbox\pt@box
+\newdimen\pt@width
+\newcount\pt@line
+\newcount\pt@nlines
+\newcount\pt@ncol
+\def\colhead#1{\omit\hidewidth{#1}\hidewidth\global\advance\pt@ncol by\@ne}
+\def\tablecaption#1{\gdef\pt@caption{#1}} \def\pt@caption{\relax}
+\def\tablehead#1{\gdef\pt@head{
+#1\hskip\tabcolsep\\[.7ex]\hline\relax\\[-1.5ex]}} \def\pt@head{\relax}
+\def\tabletail#1{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}} \def\pt@tail{\relax}
+\def\tablewidth#1{\pt@width=#1} \pt@width\textwidth
+\def\tableheadfrac#1{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}} \def\pt@headfrac{.1}
+\def\pt@calcnlines{\@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight
+\@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by-\@tempdima
+\@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
+\divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
+\global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb}
+\def\pt@tabular{\hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@ptabacol
+\let\@classz\@tabclassz
+\let\@classiv\@tabclassiv \let\\\@tabularcr\@tabarray}
+\def\@ptabacol{\edef\@preamble{\@preamble \hskip \tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}}
+\def\fnum@ptable{Table \thetable.}
+\def\fnum@ptablecont{Table \thetable.\space{\rm (continued)}}
+\def\set@mkcaption{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+\center\large{\sc##1}\space##2\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+\def\set@mkcaptioncont{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+\center\large{\sc##1}\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+\newenvironment{planotable}[1]{\def\pt@format{\string#1}%
+\set@tblnotetext\pt@ncol=0}%
+{\crcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\hline\endtabular%
+\pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box\spew@ptblnotes%
+\typeout{Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width}%
+\endcenter\end@float}
+\def\startdata{\pt@line=0\pt@calcnlines%
+\ifdim\pt@width>\z@\def\@halignto{to \pt@width}\else\def\@halignto{}\fi%
+\let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable\set@mkcaption%
+\@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+\setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}%
+\hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]\pt@head}
+\def\pt@nl{\global\advance\pt@line by\@ne%
+\ifnum\pt@line=\pt@nlines%
+\\\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\endtabular\box\pt@box%
+\endcenter\end@float\clearpage%
+\addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
+\let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont\set@mkcaptioncont%
+\@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+\global\pt@ncol=0%
+\setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}%
+\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]\pt@head%
+\global\pt@line=0%
+\else\\
+\fi}
+\let\nl=\pt@nl
+\let\nextline=\pt@nl
+\def\tablevspace#1{\noalign{\vskip{#1}}}
+\def\tablebreak{\pt@line\pt@nlines\advance\pt@line by\m@ne\pt@nl}
+\def\cutinhead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+\hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -4ex}
+\multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}\pt@nl
+\noalign{\vskip .8ex}
+\hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2ex}}
+\def\sidehead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+\multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}\pt@nl
+\noalign{\vskip .5ex}}
+\def\set@tblnotetext{\def\tablenotetext##1##2{{%
+\@temptokena={\vspace{0ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em$^{\rm ##1}$##2}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}}}
+\def\spew@ptblnotes{
+\ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+\else
+\par
+\vspace{2ex}
+{\tblnote@list}
+\gdef\tblnote@list{}
+\fi}
+\def\tablerefs#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{2.0ex}{%
+{\rm References for Table \thetable.}\\%
+\vspace*{1.6ex}%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{#1}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\tablecomments#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{2.0ex}{%
+{\rm Notes to Table \thetable.}\\%
+\vspace*{1.6ex}%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{#1}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fnum@figure{{\rm Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fnum@table{{\rm Table \thetable:}}
+\def\fps@figure{bp}
+\def\fps@table{bp}
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\@input{epsf.sty}}{\relax}
+\def\plotone#1{\centering \leavevmode
+\epsfxsize=\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1}}
+\def\plottwo#1#2{\centering \leavevmode
+\epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1} \hfil
+\epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#2}}
+\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\centering \leavevmode
+\vbox to#2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
+\special{psfile=#1 voffset=#7 hoffset=#6 vscale=#5 hscale=#4 angle=#3}}
+\let\jnl@style=\rm
+\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}
+\def\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}}
+\def\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}}
+\def\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}
+\def\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}
+\def\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}}
+\def\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.Optics}}
+\def\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}}
+\def\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}}
+\def\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}}
+\def\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}}
+\def\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}}
+\def\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}}
+\def\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}}
+\def\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}}
+\def\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}}
+\def\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.A}}
+\def\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.B}}
+\def\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.C}}
+\def\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.D}}
+\def\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.Lett}}
+\def\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}}
+\def\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}}
+\def\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}}
+\def\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}}
+\def\solphys{\ref@jnl{Solar~Phys.}}
+\def\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}}
+\def\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.Rev.}}
+\def\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}}
+\let\astap=\aap
+\let\apjlett=\apjl
+\let\apjsupp=\apjs
+\def\deg{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\earth{\hbox{$\oplus$}}
+\def\lesssim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$<$}}}}
+\def\gtrsim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$>$}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\micron{\hbox{$\mu$m}}
+\let\la=\lesssim
+\let\ga=\gtrsim
+\def\case#1#2{\hbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}
+
+
+\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}
+\def\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}
+\def\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}
+\def\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}
+\def\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}
+\def\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}
+\def\ubvr{\hbox{$U\!BV\!R$}}
+\def\ub{\hbox{$U\!-\!B$}}
+\def\bv{\hbox{$B\!-\!V$}}
+\def\vr{\hbox{$V\!-\!R$}}
+\def\ur{\hbox{$U\!-\!R$}}
+\def\ion#1#2{#1$\;${\small\rm\@Roman{#2}}\relax}
+\def\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{---}}
+\newcount\lecurrentfam
+\def\LaTeX{\lecurrentfam=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+\hbox{$\fam\lecurrentfam\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+\def\sizrpt{
+(\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+\typeout{
+(\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/apjpt.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/apjpt.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8f8b8a1e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/apjpt.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1166 @@
+% APJPT.STY -- ApJ plano tables style.
+
+% Plano tables are camera-ready pages that are included in a typeset
+% article the same way as line drawings, graphs, and other camera-ready
+% art, i.e., as "planographic" figures. This file is parameterized so
+% that the tables are appropriate for the ApJ.
+
+% My convention for identifying configuration information is for styles
+% to define the five parameters below.
+
+\def\revtex@ver{1.1} % Version number of this file.
+\def\revtex@date{10 Jan 93} % Revision date.
+\def\revtex@org{AAS} % Sponsoring organization.
+\def\revtex@jnl{ApJ} % Applicable journal, if specific.
+\def\revtex@genre{plano tables} % Document "type".
+
+% Display identifying message on screen and in logfile.
+
+\typeout{\revtex@org\space \revtex@jnl\space \revtex@genre\space substyle,
+ v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.}
+
+% The following mini-colophon identifies the article are having been
+% prepared with this macro package. The \revtex@pageid command only
+% defines the formatting of this colophon; its existence and placement
+% within the printed article is controlled by the use of this command
+% in the style file.
+
+\def\revtex@pageid{\xdef\@thefnmark{\null}
+ \@footnotetext{This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
+ \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.}}
+
+% Issue a warning if manuscripts are formatted with type smaller than 12pt.
+
+\def\genre@MS{manuscript}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\genre@MS
+ \ifnum\@ptsize<2
+ \typeout{Warning: Undersize \revtex@genre\space font (1\@ptsize\space pts).
+ Use 12pt documentstyle option.}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+% ****************************************
+% * INITIALIZATION *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Initialization has to occur at the head of this file because LaTeX's
+% "plain" pagestyle is used to establish defaults. These are modified
+% below to suit the requirements of this journal.
+
+\@input{art8.sty}
+
+\ps@plain % Use "plain" pagestyle for defaults.
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE LAYOUT *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Create "plaintop" page style that has folios at top of page.
+
+\def\ps@plaintop{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\rm\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}
+ \def\@evenfoot{}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+
+%\pretolerance=10000 % Disable hyphenation
+
+% The following gives "reasonable" ragged right results.
+
+%\@rightskip=\z@ plus 4em\rightskip\@rightskip
+
+% Page size, spacing parameters, etc.
+
+\newdimen\@fmwidth \@fmwidth=44pc % Front matter width
+\newdimen\@bodywidth \@bodywidth=44pc % Body text width
+\textwidth=\@bodywidth
+\textheight=8.9in
+\topmargin=0in
+\headheight=0in % .15in
+\headsep=0in % .35in
+\oddsidemargin=0in
+\evensidemargin=0in
+\parindent=1em
+\parskip=0ex
+\columnsep=1pc
+
+\hoffset=-2.5pc % To compensate for wide \textwidth
+\tolerance=400 % 2x "normal" value; cuts down on overfull complaints
+
+
+%\@input{styopts.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * STYLE OPTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Make footnotes same size as main text.
+
+%\let\footnotesize=\normalsize
+
+% Define parameters to adjust the baselineskip.
+% These are passed as the scale factor argument to \baselinestretch.
+
+\def\@tightleading{1.1}
+\def\@doubleleading{1.6}
+
+% Double-space by default. Observe that you double-space in LaTeX by
+% resetting \baselinestretch, which is essentially a scale factor for
+% \baselineskip (= leading, for you typographophiles). The style uses
+% the \@doubleleading factor, defined above.
+
+%\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}
+
+% The \tighten command merely resets the \baselinestretch to a
+% smaller factor, resulting in single-column text that is more closely
+% spaced. (This will always work.) Tightening the vertical spacing
+% in the text results in output that is more attractive for distribution
+% to colleagues who are primarily interested in reading the paper, as
+% opposed to copy editing it. Double-spaced output for referees and
+% copy editors is, however, the main objective of this style, hence
+% double-spacing occurs by default. The same effect as \tighten
+% can be achieved by using the "tighten" document style option.
+%
+% \tighten
+%
+% \tighten is intended for use in the preamble of the article.
+
+%\def\tighten{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}}
+\let\tighten=\relax
+\let\tightenlines=\tighten
+
+% For authors who feel compelled to change between single and double
+% spacing in the manuscript, \singlespace and \doublespace commands
+% are provided. (Following recommendations of AAS Publications Board
+% Subcommittee on Preprints.)
+%
+% \singlespace
+% \doublespace
+
+\def\singlespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}\normalsize}
+\def\doublespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}\normalsize}
+
+% Upper case for sections (optional upper case items). These are created
+% so that some headings can be toggled between mixed case and upper case
+% readily. Headings that might be changed can be wrapped in the style
+% file in \sec@upcase{TEXT} constructs; the expansion of \sec@upcase is
+% controlled here. It is `\relax' by default (mixed case heads), and can
+% easily be changed to `\uppercase' if desired. If mixed case headings
+% are wanted by the editor, authors MUST supply mixed case text, although
+% this is what authors should be doing anyway. (Mixed can be converted
+% to upper, but the reverse transformation cannot be automated.)
+
+%\def\sec@upcase#1{\uppercase{#1}}
+\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}
+
+% Sometimes people want to number equations by section, rather than
+% sequentially through the whole paper.
+
+\def\eqsecnum{
+ \@newctr{equation}[section]
+ \def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}}}
+
+%\@input{slug.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SLUG LINE *
+% ****************************************
+
+% There are some obvious style-dependent parameters and formatting
+% instructions in this file. The object has been to keep the author
+% commands (the user interface, if you will) society, journal, and
+% style-independent, while the style-specific parameters and commands
+% are kept below that level. Commands and parameters that are susceptible
+% to external interpretation, either by authors or publishers/translators,
+% are identified by indented comment lines, with the semantics of command
+% arguments described in upper case text.
+%
+% \@journalname{JOURNAL NAME}
+% \cpr@holder{COPYRIGHT HOLDER}
+
+\def\@journalname{The Astropolitical Journal}
+\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}
+
+% Journal and article identification information is established by the
+% editorial staff. The following macros are used by personnel at the
+% editorial office to annotate/record slug-line data and should be included
+% in the manuscript preamble, i.e., before the LaTeX \begin{document}. All
+% they do is globally define other TeX control sequences that are used by
+% other macros at a later time.
+%
+% \received{RECEIPT DATE}
+% \revised{REVISION DATE}
+% \accepted{ACCEPTANCE DATE}
+% \journalid{VOL}{JOURNAL DATE}
+% \articleid{START PAGE}{END PAGE}
+% \paperid{ID}
+% \ccc{CODE}
+%
+% For preprints and submitted manuscripts in draft/referee format, etc.,
+% the slug-line information is irrelevant and in those kinds of style,
+% the data are never used. In my estimation, it is perfectly acceptable
+% to have these commands in the file (for future use), so they are defined
+% in the usual way.
+
+\def\received#1{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}} \received{\relax}
+\def\revised#1{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}} \revised{\relax}
+\def\accepted#1{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}} \accepted{\relax}
+\def\journalid#1#2{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}
+\def\articleid#1#2{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}
+\def\paperid#1{\gdef\@paperid{#1}} \paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}
+\def\ccc#1{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}} \ccc{000-00\$75.95-CDB}
+
+% Following copyright and running heads \defs are stubs.
+%\let\cpright=\@gobbletwo
+%\let\righthead=\@gobble
+%\let\lefthead=\@gobble
+
+% Copyright data. Permit the author/editor to supply a copyright
+% "type" as well as the year.
+%
+% \cpright{TYPE}{YEAR}
+%
+% Copyright types are designated by name and converted to numeric form.
+% The mapping of types is defined by the code that sets the @cprtype
+% counter. The language of the copyright notices is defined by \@slug.
+
+\def\cpright#1#2{\@nameuse{cpr@#1} \gdef\cpr@year{#2}
+ \typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}}
+
+\newcount\@cprtype \@cprtype=\@ne % Default copyright type.
+\def\cpr@AAS{\@cprtype=1}
+\def\cpr@PD{\@cprtype=2}
+\def\cpr@Crown{\@cprtype=3}
+\def\cpr@none{\@cprtype=4}
+\def\cpr@ASP{\@cprtype=5}
+
+\def\cpr@year{\number\year} % Default copyright year.
+
+% \@slug determines formatting of slugline information.
+
+\def\@slug{\par\noindent
+ \ifcase\@cprtype
+ \relax
+ \or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+ \or
+ This article is in the public domain.
+ \or
+ Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+ \or
+ No copyright is claimed for this article.
+ \or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the ASP.
+ \fi
+ \par\noindent
+ Manuscript number \@paperid.\par\noindent
+ \CCC@code
+}
+
+% Authors may be asked to supply running head information. We use the
+% language of the publisher here to distinguish between two pieces of
+% information: the left head frequently contains an author list (last
+% names, possibly truncated as et al.), while the right head frequently
+% contains an abbreviated form of the paper title. The \lefthead and
+% \righthead commands merely collect the information and buffer the text.
+%
+% \lefthead{TEXT}
+% \righthead{TEXT}
+
+\def\lefthead#1{\gdef\@versohead{#1}} \lefthead{\relax}
+\def\righthead#1{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}} \righthead{\relax}
+
+% \@runheads determines formatting of running head information.
+
+\def\@runheads{\@tempcnta\c@page
+ \@whilenum \@tempcnta >0\do{
+ \vskip 3ex
+ \hbox to30pc{\small\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
+ \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil}
+ \advance\@tempcnta by\m@ne}
+}
+
+% The \slugcomment command is provided so authors or editors may include
+% a remark about the manuscript that may be desired in print for some
+% styles. For instance, authors like to include information about the
+% journal and publication date of accepted papers ("To appear in AJ,
+% November 1992").
+%
+% \slugcomment{TEXT}
+%
+% The formatting of the \slugcomment information is controlled by the
+% \sluginfo command.
+
+\def\slugcomment#1{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}} \slugcomment{\relax}
+
+% Editorial offices like to have receipt and acceptance dates on the front
+% page for tracking purposes. The current practice is to require the author
+% to type Received___________________ and Accepted ________________ lines
+% for the staff to type on. The \@dates command will typeset either rules
+% or the dates specified in \received and/or \accepted commands. Note that
+% authors should not include \received and \accepted.
+
+\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}
+
+% \@dates determines formatting of MS date information.
+
+\def\@dates{{Received}\space%
+ \if\@recvdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
+ \hspace{1.5em}{accepted}\space%
+ \if\@accptdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
+}
+
+% The \sluginfo command is executed automatically when a \begin{abstract} is
+% encountered, so it is not necessary (or appropriate) for the author to
+% include this line explicitly. The received/accepted business is a
+% concern only for the editorial staff, hence we have arranged for the
+% author not to have to fuss with it.
+
+\def\sluginfo{{\center
+ \@dates
+ %\@slug
+ %\@runheads
+ \endcenter}}
+
+\let\dates=\sluginfo % Backwards compatibility
+
+%\@input{text.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FRONT MATTER *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Make adjustments to LaTeX abstract style: optional upper case heading,
+% retain current type size (should be normalsize), ignore twocolumn option
+% in this substyle, add \sluginfo, and start abstract on fresh page.
+
+\def\abstract{\sluginfo\clearpage
+ \begin{center}
+ {\bf{ABSTRACT}}
+ \end{center}
+ \quotation
+}
+
+% Title and author identification is by way of standard LaTeX commands
+% \title and \author, although the macros themselves are rather different.
+% The information is typeset by these macros in this style, rather than
+% being buffered as per regular LaTeX. The authors' principal affiliation
+% is specified with a separate macro \affil. Each \author command should
+% be followed by its own \affil (or address).
+%
+% Authors often have affiliations above and beyond their main employer,
+% and these are specified with the \altaffilmark and \altaffiltext commands.
+% These commands behave like the \footnotemark and \footnotetext commands
+% of LaTeX. \altaffilmark is appended to author's names in the \author
+% lists, and generates the superscript identification numbers.
+% The text for the individual alternate affiliations is generated by the
+% \altaffiltext command. It is up to the author to make sure that the
+% \altaffilmark numbers attached to authors' names correspond to the correct
+% alternate affiliation.
+%
+% \title{LUCID TEXT}
+% \author{NAME(S)}
+% \authoraddr{AUTHOR'S POSTAL ADDRESS}
+% \affil{AFFILIATION}
+% \altaffilmark{TAG NUMBER(S)}
+% \altaffiltext{NUMERICAL TAG}{TEXT}
+%
+% The typesetting performed by these commands is appropriate for the top of
+% the first text page of the manuscript. They could as well be used on a
+% title cover page, but vertical placement would have to be controlled by
+% the author. This is not to be encouraged, since I want to discourage
+% the introduction of any extra horizontal or vertical space.
+
+\def\title#1{{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}
+ \center\large\bf{#1}\endcenter}
+ \thispagestyle{empty}}
+\def\author#1{{\topsep\z@\center\normalsize#1\endcenter}}
+\let\authoraddr=\@gobble
+\def\affil#1{\vspace*{-2.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center#1\endcenter}}
+\def\altaffilmark#1{$^{#1}$}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\footnotetext[#1]{#2}\stepcounter{footnote}}
+
+% Redefine the LaTeX \and command for this style.
+
+\def\and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * KEYWORDS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Keywords environment. Keywords, subject headings, etc., are accommodated
+% only as a piece of text; the \keywords command indents if necessary and
+% supplies the proper leading text ("Keywords:", "Subject headings:", etc.)
+% but does not apply formatting to the user's keyword text. The author
+% must supply the correct punctuation according to the journal style.
+%
+% Note that the editors of A&A, ApJ, and MNRAS have discussed the issue
+% of keywords, and there is disagreement about whether "subject headings"
+% or "keywords" should appear after abstracts in astronomical papers.
+% It does not really matter what the macro is called, so I will stick
+% to \keywords since I don't know what the difference is anyway.
+
+\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}
+\def\@keyworddelim{---}
+
+\def\keywords#1{\vspace*{-.7ex}%\vspace{\z@}
+ \if@twocolumn\noindent{{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}
+ \else{\quote{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}\endquote}
+ \fi}
+
+\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
+
+\def\@kwds#1{\def\@kwddlm{}\@for\@kwd:=#1\do
+ {\@kwddlm\def\@kwddlm{\space\@keyworddelim\penalty\@m\space}{\@kwd}}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FOOTNOTES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% The following code redefines a few things so that spacing in footnotes is
+% different than LaTeX defaults. The adjustment to \skip\footins increases
+% the amount of vspace inserted before the \footnoterule. Redefine
+% \@makefntext to get proper indentation.
+
+\skip\footins 4ex plus 1ex minus .5ex
+\footnotesep 3ex
+
+%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent\hbox to\z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\indent\hbox{$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SECTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% \@startsection {NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
+% optional * [ALTHEADING]{HEADING}
+% Generic command to start a section.
+% NAME : e.g., 'subsection'
+% LEVEL : a number, denoting depth of section -- e.g., chapter=1,
+% section = 2, etc.
+% INDENT : Indentation of heading from left margin
+% BEFORESKIP : Absolute value = skip to leave above the heading.
+% If negative, then paragraph indent of text following
+% heading is suppressed.
+% AFTERSKIP : if positive, then skip to leave below heading, else
+% negative of skip to leave to right of run-in heading.
+% STYLE : commands to set style
+% If '*' missing, then increments the counter. If it is present, then
+% there should be no [ALTHEADING] argument.
+
+% Adjust section heading typography slightly. This is one of the spots
+% where my personal preference is going to bite me. Anyway, I have reduced
+% the size of the main section heads to whatever the normal size is for
+% the paper; I don't think it needs to be larger, especially when the
+% layout is double-spaced.
+%
+% Also, modify the indentation behavior so that ALL paragraphs, including
+% those first after section heads, are indented. This is consonant with
+% the styles of many journals, although it's non-standard typographic practice.
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+ {5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}.}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection\@arabic{\c@subsection}.}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}.}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+
+% For ApJ, acknowledgments are set off from main body text simply by
+% vertical space (no heading or type size change). I do the same for
+% the AAS manuscript style. For use in producing more polished output
+% for other journals, this macro might generate text saying
+% "Acknowledg[e]ments".
+
+\def\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex plus .8ex minus .4ex}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments % second spelling
+
+% LaTeX sectioning tools.
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup \center#6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#8}\par}%
+ \endcenter\endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec \sec@upcase{#8}\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #4\center\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#5}\par}\endcenter\endgroup
+ \else \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax \sec@upcase{#5}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#3}}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * EQUATION NUMBERING *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Redefine \appendix so that equation numbers are prepended with
+% \theappendix number. Reset equation counter so that equation
+% numbers in the appendix begin again with 1. Note that the
+% \appendix command is NOT a sectioning command; it is merely
+% a delimiting markup between the main body of the paper and the
+% appendix. Sections in the appendix are still started with
+% \section commands.
+%
+% \appendix
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}.}
+ \def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}}}
+
+% Define mathletters environment. This is a wrapper that goes
+% *around* (outside of) equation or eqnarray environments.
+%
+% \begin{mathletters}
+% \end{mathletters}
+
+\newcounter{cureqno}
+
+\newenvironment{mathletters}{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+ \setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
+ \let\@curtheeqn\theequation%
+ \edef\cur@eqn{\csname theequation\endcsname}%
+ \def\theequation{\cur@eqn\alph{equation}}%
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}}%
+ {\let\theequation\@curtheeqn%
+ \setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}}
+
+% The \eqnum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% equation marking schemes.
+%
+% \eqnum{TEXT}
+
+\def\eqnum#1{\def\theequation{#1}\let\@currentlabel\theequation
+ \addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * BIBLIOGRAPHY *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Bibliography/references environment. For the time being, I don't think
+% it would be a good idea to force an implementation based on BibTeX,
+% although I'll prepare for that eventuality by using the constructs and
+% general ideas of the LaTeX thebibliography environment. Adjustments
+% have been made so that the \cite-\bibitem mechanism can be used to cite
+% references symbolically while maintaining proper citation syntax within
+% the paper; the author must create the citation label for each reference
+% in proper journal format in the \bibitem command.
+%
+% \begin{thebibliography}
+% \bibitem[LABEL]{TEXTTAG} \reference <bibliographic data>
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% where LABEL must adhere to the journal's standards, e.g. "Abt 1986".
+%
+% It is not necessary to use the thebibliography environment. This style
+% defines a references environment that simply sets off the list of references
+% and adjusts spacing parameters. It is not possible to use \bibitems
+% within the references environment. (The \reference command cannot be
+% shortened to \ref; \ref is used in vanilla LaTeX for cross-referencing.)
+%
+% \begin{references}
+% \reference <bibliographic data>
+% \end{references}
+%
+% \markcite{TEXT}
+%
+% Observe that the bibliographic data supplied by the author must also
+% conform to the standards of the journal. I have elected not to burden
+% authors with tedious LaTeX commands which would require many curly braces
+% to delimit the bibliographic fields because many of the journals I have
+% targeted in this project have agreed to reduce typographic overhead (bolding,
+% italicizing, etc.) in reference lists. (See Abt's editorial in ApJ 357.)
+% It is the responsibility of the author to get these fields in the proper
+% order with the correct punctuation; the information will be typeset as is,
+% i.e., in roman with no size or style changes.
+%
+% Macros are provided for many of the oft-referenced journals so that authors
+% may use the LaTeX names rather than having to look up a particular journal's
+% specific abbreviation. In principle, all the journals should be using the
+% same abbreviations, too, but I anticipate some changes in the specific
+% abbreviations before a set is finally settled on. As long as these macros
+% are kept up to date, authors need not be concerned about such editorial
+% changes.
+%
+% Corresponding with the non-BibTeX references environment and \reference
+% command for the reference list is the \markcite command. This can be
+% used to identify in-text citations; in this case, the author provides
+% the actual citation text as opposed to the symbolic tag. The use of
+% this is encouraged, even for journals where no special formatting of
+% citation call-outs is required; it is crucial for the future use of
+% on-line browsers.
+
+\def\references{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+ \bgroup\parindent=\z@\parskip=\itemsep
+ \def\refpar{\par\hangindent=3em\hangafter=1}}
+\def\endreferences{\refpar\egroup\revtex@pageid}
+
+\def\thebibliography{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+ \list{\null}{\leftmargin 3em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent -3em
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\refpar{\relax}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\revtex@pageid}
+
+\def\@biblabel#1{\relax}
+%\def\@cite#1#2{({#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi})}
+\def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}
+
+\def\reference{\relax\refpar} % Generic: might be better...
+\def\markcite#1{#1\relax}
+
+% Modify \@citex so that individual citation texts are NOT hboxed.
+% This allows TeX to break lines at spaces between words in citations.
+% Remove the obnoxious {\bf ?} that was inserted in the text when
+% undefined citations are encountered; here, the warning message is
+% printed only on the terminal.
+
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+% Permit \keywords declaration, but eat the contents.
+
+\let\keywords=\@gobble
+\let\subjectheadings=\@gobble
+
+%\@input{tblfig.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TABLES AND FIGURES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Additions and adjustments for tables and figures.
+
+% Footnotes for tables are to be identified with lower case alphabetics,
+% rather than numeric. \tablenotemark and \tablenotetext commands are
+% provided analogous to \footnotemark and \footnotetext, but with the
+% identifier *required*, like \altaffilmark and \altaffiltext. The
+% \tablenotetext must be specified before the \end{table}, since
+% \end{table} displays it.
+%
+% \tablenotemark{TAG LETTER(S)}
+% \tablenotetext{ALPHA TAG}{TEXT}
+%
+% Note that TAG LETTER == ALPHA TAG for corresponding text. It is the
+% responsibility of the author to get the correspondence correct.
+%
+% The table footnotes are coupled to the table in which they occur, rather
+% than being associated with a particular page, and they are printed with
+% the table (relatively close to the caption) instead of appearing at the
+% extreme bottom of the page. This is done to ensure that the notes wind
+% up on the same page as the table, since tables are floats and can migrate
+% from one page to another. There is the additional benefit that the notes
+% are unambiguously attached to the proper table, which is what is required
+% in the event that the editorial requirement of one table only per page
+% is ever changed to permit several tables per page.
+%
+% Footnotes are NOT supported for figures.
+
+\def\tablenotemark#1{\rlap{$^{\rm #1}$}}
+
+% The \tablenotetext command buffers the table note text and the "proper"
+% tablenote formatting information in a token buffer. The tablenotes are
+% dispensed into the vertical page list by \spew@tblnotes, which is
+% executed by \end{table}. Note that certain "global" tablenote formatting
+% details are handled by \spew@tblnotes, which also clears the tblnote list.
+% Praise and honor are due to Kresten Krab Thorup (krab@iesd.auc.dk) for
+% posting ftn.sty to the Usenet, from which I drew the technique.
+
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\def\tblnote@list{}
+
+\def\tablenotetext#1#2{
+ \@temptokena={\vspace{.5ex}{\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2}\par}
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+\def\spew@tblnotes{
+ \ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+ \else
+ \vspace{4.5ex}
+ \footnoterule
+ \vspace{.5ex}
+ {\footnotesize\tblnote@list}
+ \gdef\tblnote@list{}
+ \fi}
+
+\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\end@float}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\spew@tblnotes\end@dblfloat}
+
+% Add a \tableline command for use in tabular environments. This command
+% produces the horizontal rule(s) between the column headings and the body
+% of the table. Authors are discouraged from using any \hlines themselves,
+% and are typically forbidden from using vertical rules by editors.
+
+\let\tableline=\hline
+
+% \@makecaption determines formatting for figure and table captions.
+% For manuscripts, all captions should be set as flushleft paragraphs.
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent #1 #2\par}
+
+% The \tablenum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% table marking schemes.
+%
+% \tablenum{TEXT}
+
+\def\tablenum#1{\def\thetable{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thetable
+ \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}}
+
+% The \figurenum command allows the author to override all automatic
+% figure marking schemes.
+%
+% \figurenum{TEXT}
+
+\def\figurenum#1{\def\thefigure{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thefigure
+ \addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PLANO TABLES *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Plano tables are camera-ready pages that are included in a typeset
+% article the same way as line drawings, graphs, and other camera-ready
+% art, i.e., as "planographic" figures. There are desirable properties
+% for a formatter to have that are somewhat above and beyond LaTeX'x
+% tabular environment that would facilitate the creation of such tables.
+% Among these are breaking long tables across pages, using footnotes
+% in a table, specifying comments and references for tables, etc.
+%
+% What follows was inspired by supertab.sty by Theo Jurriens, 1988.
+
+% Commands for identifying table elements in a consistent way. Observe
+% that the formatting is embedded in the macro definitions so that the
+% author doesn't need to be concerned about stylistic nuances.
+%
+% \tablecaption{TEXT}
+% \tablehead{TEXT}
+% \colhead{HEADING}
+% \tabletail{TEXT}
+% \tablewidth{DIMEN}
+% \tableheadfrac{NUM}
+%
+% ApJ "standard" widths for tables are 21 and 42 picas, which are the
+% widths of single and double columns in the journal. For wide tables,
+% any width less than 42 is acceptable, although using widths of 30pc
+% and up will result in better appearance when centering.
+
+\newbox\pt@box
+\newdimen\pt@width
+\newcount\pt@line
+\newcount\pt@nlines
+\newcount\pt@ncol
+
+\def\colhead#1{\omit\hidewidth{#1}\hidewidth\global\advance\pt@ncol by\@ne}
+\def\tablecaption#1{\gdef\pt@caption{#1}} \def\pt@caption{\relax}
+\def\tablehead#1{\gdef\pt@head{\hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]
+ #1\hskip\tabcolsep\\[.7ex]\hline\relax\\[-1.5ex]}} \def\pt@head{\relax}
+\def\tabletail#1{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}} \def\pt@tail{\relax}
+\def\tablewidth#1{\pt@width=#1} \pt@width\textwidth
+\def\tableheadfrac#1{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}} \def\pt@headfrac{.1}
+
+% Calculate the number of tabular rows that will fit in the body of the
+% table. The height of the table body and the number of lines are
+% calculated thus:
+%
+% bodyheight = \textheight * (1 - \pt@headfrac)
+% \pt@nlines = bodyheight / (\arraystretch * \baselineskip)
+%
+% The row height can be seen to be valid algebraically if one examines the
+% definitions for \strutbox, \@setstrut, and \@array. I could eliminate
+% this calculation, as well as its attendant parameters, if it were possible
+% to determine the accumulated height of the \halign box as TeX goes along.
+
+\def\pt@calcnlines{\@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight
+ \@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by-\@tempdima
+ \@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
+ \divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
+ \global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb}
+
+% Define \pt@tabular, a ripoff of \@tabular but with \leavevmode removed
+% so tabular box can be set with \setbox. I do this so that table notes
+% can be set to natural width of table, if desired. Also, set \@acol
+% to \@ptabacol, which is called when building the preamble for the
+% \halign (assuming the first column format specification is "l", which
+% it should be for ApJ tables) so that \tabskip within the table is set
+% to \fill. This permits us to toggle between natural and fixed-width
+% tables without requiring the user to change markup. Note that by
+% forcing \tabskip always to be \fill, I pretty well nullify any
+% @{\hspace} commands the user puts in the template, but this environment
+% is for people who don't want to think about that sort of stuff anyway.
+
+\def\pt@tabular{\hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@ptabacol
+ \let\@classz\@tabclassz
+ \let\@classiv\@tabclassiv \let\\\@tabularcr\@tabarray}
+
+\def\@ptabacol{\edef\@preamble{\@preamble \hskip \tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}}
+
+% Permit different identifying strings, one for the first page of the
+% table and one for continuation pages. LaTeX's \fnum@table is set to
+% one or the other automatically in the environment. Note that caption
+% handling is not so graceful: you have to edit inside the big macros to
+% adjust this. Someday, I will be ambitious enough to fix this.
+
+\def\fnum@ptable{TABLE \thetable}
+\def\fnum@ptablecont{TABLE \thetable---{\it Continued}}
+
+\def\set@mkcaption{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+ \center\Large\sc##1\\[.5ex]##2\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+\def\set@mkcaptioncont{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+ \center\Large\sc##1\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+
+% The environment definition. It is desirable for the last portion of
+% a multi-page table to be \topinserted, rather than \midinserted.
+% At the moment, this doesn't happen. It's not straightforward to
+% make that preference known at the *end* of table processing.
+%
+% \begin{planotable}
+% \end{planotable}
+%
+% \startdata
+
+\newenvironment{planotable}[1]{\def\pt@format{\string#1}%
+ \set@tblnotetext\pt@ncol=0}%
+ {\crcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\endtabular%
+ \pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box\spew@ptblnotes%
+ \typeout{Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width}%
+ \endcenter\end@float}
+
+\def\startdata{\pt@line=0\pt@calcnlines%
+ \ifdim\pt@width>\z@\def\@halignto{to \pt@width}\else\def\@halignto{}\fi%
+ \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable\set@mkcaption%
+ \@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+ \setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head}
+
+% A kludgey kind of line delimiter is needed so that the line counter
+% can be checked prior to adding the line to the alignment box. This
+% is bad because this form does not permit the addition of vertical
+% space using the [.5ex] construct; this has to be done with an explicit
+% \vskip. And a disgusting \noalign is required, so I have to create
+% another silly piece of markup to accomplish this conveniently.
+%
+% What is desired, of course, is for this line count checking to take
+% place within the syntax of the regular LaTeX \\ command. I have been
+% giving myself apoplexy trying to figure this out for the last 36 hours,
+% and I have decided I will have to wait for the onset of my "lucid
+% period" for a solution. In the meantime...
+
+\def\pt@nl{\global\advance\pt@line by\@ne%
+ \ifnum\pt@line=\pt@nlines%
+ \endtabular\box\pt@box
+ \endcenter\end@float\clearpage%
+ \addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
+ \let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont\set@mkcaptioncont%
+ \@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+ \global\pt@ncol=0%
+ \setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head%
+ \global\pt@line=0%
+ \else\\
+ \fi}
+
+% Author markup commands for planotable environment line breaks.
+%
+% \nl == \nextline
+% \tablevspace{DIMEN}
+% \tablebreak
+
+\let\nl=\pt@nl
+\let\nextline=\pt@nl
+
+\def\tablevspace#1{\noalign{\vskip{#1}}}
+\def\tablebreak{\pt@line\pt@nlines\advance\pt@line by\m@ne\pt@nl}
+
+% We have some specialty heads that are sometimes wanted in tables.
+%
+% \cutinhead{TEXT}
+% \sidehead{TEXT}
+
+\def\cutinhead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+ \hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -4ex}
+ \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}\pt@nl
+ \noalign{\vskip .8ex}
+ \hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2ex}}
+
+\def\sidehead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+ \multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}\pt@nl
+ \noalign{\vskip .5ex}}
+
+% Internal commands for dealing with table footnotes. I had to hack at
+% these to make them co-exist with similarly/identically named commands
+% for non-plano tables. This is admittedly ugly, and is on the agenda
+% for improved treatment Real Soon Now.
+
+\def\set@tblnotetext{\def\tablenotetext##1##2{{%
+ \@temptokena={\vspace{0ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em$^{\rm ##1}$##2}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}}}
+
+\def\spew@ptblnotes{
+ \ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+ \else
+ \par
+ \vspace{2ex}
+ {\tblnote@list}
+ \gdef\tblnote@list{}
+ \fi}
+
+% Special kinds of table footnotes. Sometimes authors tabulate things
+% which have corresponding references, and it may be desirable to associate
+% these references with the table rather than (or in addition to) the
+% formal reference list. Occasionally, authors wish to append a short
+% paragraph of explanatory notes that pertain to the entire table, but
+% which are different than the caption.
+%
+% \tablerefs{REFERENCE LIST}
+% \tablecomments{TEXT}
+%
+% It is acceptable to the Press for the titles of these paragraphs to be
+% in all caps in \normalsize. Note that I have employed the hacker's
+% caps and small caps, although this may be considered inferior.
+
+\def\tablerefs#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{.8ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em{\rm R{\footnotesize EFERENCES}.---}#1}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+\def\tablecomments#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{.8ex}{%
+ \parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em{\rm N{\footnotesize OTE}.---}#1}\par}}%
+ \@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+ \xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+
+% Figure and table style parameters.
+
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fnum@figure{{\rm Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}
+
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fnum@table{{\rm Table \thetable:}}
+
+% Figure and table float positions.
+
+\def\fps@figure{bp}
+\def\fps@table{bp}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * EPS INCLUSIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Include Rokicki's epsf.sty file explicitly.
+
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\@input{epsf.sty}}{\relax}
+
+% Simplified EPS inclusion macros so we can see how this goes...
+% These are layered on Rokicki's dvips material, and are dependent
+% on the author's use of that DVI driver.
+%
+% \plotone{EPSFILE}
+% \plottwo{EPSFILE}{EPSFILE}
+% \plotfiddle{EPSFILE}{VSIZE}{ROT}{HSF}{VSF}{HTRANS}{VTRANS}
+%
+% \plotone inserts the plot in a space that is \columnwidth wide; the
+% plot is scaled so the horizontal dimension fits in the text width,
+% and the vertical dimension is scaled to maintain the aspect ratio.
+% \plottwo inserts two plots next to each other in one \columnwidth,
+% sort of like "two-up" mode.
+%
+% EPSFILE name of file with EPS
+%
+% The following arguments are for the \plotfiddle macro which formats
+% the \special itself, prepares vspace, etc. This completely bypasses
+% Rokicki's macros that attempt to rationalize the EPS BoundingBox with
+% the LaTeX page dimensions.
+%
+% VSIZE vertical white space to allow for plot
+% ROT rotation angle
+% HSF horiz scale factor
+% VSF vert scale factor
+% HTRANS horiz translation
+% VTRANS vert translation
+
+%\epsfverbosetrue
+
+\def\plotone#1{\centering \leavevmode
+ \epsfxsize=\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1}}
+
+\def\plottwo#1#2{\centering \leavevmode
+ \epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1} \hfil
+ \epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#2}}
+
+\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\centering \leavevmode
+ \vbox to#2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
+ \special{psfile=#1 voffset=#7 hoffset=#6 vscale=#5 hscale=#4 angle=#3}}
+
+%\@input{abbrevs.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * ABBREVIATIONS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Abbreviations for journals. The object here is to provide authors
+% with convenient shorthands for the most "popular" (often-cited)
+% journals; the author can use these markup tags without being concerned
+% about the exact form of the journal abbreviation, or its formatting.
+% It is up to the keeper of the macros to make sure the macros expand
+% to the proper text. If macro package writers agree to all use the
+% same TeX command name, authors only have to remember one thing, and
+% the style file will take care of editorial preferences. This also
+% applies when a single journal decides to revamp its abbreviating
+% scheme, as happened with the ApJ (Abt 1991).
+
+\let\jnl@style=\rm
+\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}
+
+\def\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}} % Astronomical Journal
+\def\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}} % Annual Review of Astron and Astrophys
+\def\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}} % Astrophysical Journal
+\def\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}} % Astrophysical Journal, Letters
+\def\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}} % Astrophysical Journal, Supplement
+\def\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.Optics}} % Applied Optics
+\def\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}} % Astrophysics and Space Science
+\def\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics
+\def\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics Reviews
+\def\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}} % Astronomy and Astrophysics, Supplement
+\def\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}} % Astronomicheskii Zhurnal
+\def\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}} % Bulletin of the AAS
+\def\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}} % Journal of the RAS of Canada
+\def\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}} % Memoirs of the RAS
+\def\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}} % Monthly Notices of the RAS
+\def\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.A}} % Physical Review A: General Physics
+\def\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.B}} % Physical Review B: Solid State
+\def\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.C}} % Physical Review C
+\def\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.D}} % Physical Review D
+\def\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.Lett}} % Physical Review Letters
+\def\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}} % Publications of the ASP
+\def\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}} % Publications of the ASJ
+\def\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}} % Quarterly Journal of the RAS
+\def\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}} % Sky and Telescope
+\def\solphys{\ref@jnl{Solar~Phys.}} % Solar Physics
+\def\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}} % Soviet Astronomy
+\def\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.Rev.}} % Space Science Reviews
+\def\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}} % Zeitschrift fuer Astrophysik
+
+\let\astap=\aap
+\let\apjlett=\apjl
+\let\apjsupp=\apjs
+
+%\@input{misc.sty}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * MISCELLANEOUS *
+% ****************************************
+
+% Handy little things everybody works out for themselves anyway. Many
+% of these come from Springer's A&A package, and some were contributed
+% by Francois Schweizer at DTM. You can go berserk making these up,
+% especially when you start getting into the composite ones. We have
+% tried to select a tractable number that were useful, and somewhat
+% difficult to get right because fussy kerning or some such is required.
+% Most can be used in or out of math mode with impunity; \alt and \agt
+% are relations and can only be used in math mode.
+
+\def\deg{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\earth{\hbox{$\oplus$}}
+\def\lesssim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$<$}}}}
+\def\gtrsim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$>$}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\micron{\hbox{$\mu$m}}
+
+\let\la=\lesssim % For Springer A&A compliance...
+\let\ga=\gtrsim
+
+% Permit author to typeset "case" fractions. This is sometimes
+% wanted in displayed equations, during which LaTeX will set fractions
+% specified as \frac{x}{y} as "built-up" fractions (numerator and
+% denominator at body text size).
+
+\def\case#1#2{\hbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}
+
+% Permit author to typeset fractions set with solidus where the size
+% is reduced and the numerals are oriented diagonally. Note that this
+% is different from a "shilled" fraction, which the author can produce
+% without any special formatting markup. Define markup shorthands for
+% several common fractions using solidus.
+
+\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}
+\def\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}
+\def\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}
+\def\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}
+\def\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}
+\def\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}
+
+\def\ubvr{\hbox{$U\!BV\!R$}} % UBVR system
+\def\ub{\hbox{$U\!-\!B$}} % U-B
+\def\bv{\hbox{$B\!-\!V$}} % B-V
+\def\vr{\hbox{$V\!-\!R$}} % V-R
+\def\ur{\hbox{$U\!-\!R$}} % U-R
+
+% Notation for atomic species (ionization levels). The ionization state
+% is specified as the second argument, and should be given as a numeral.
+% The macro has to expand the numeric state into the proper notation for
+% the publication (roman, numeric, plus signs, etc.)
+%
+% \ion{ELEMENT}{IONIZATION STATE}
+
+\def\ion#1#2{#1$\;${\small\rm\@Roman{#2}}\relax}
+
+% Centered ellipsis for use in tables (for unknown values). \nodata
+% is generalized markup for this notion: format of null-valued entries
+% in tables is style-specific.
+
+%\def\cellipsis{\hfill$\cdots$\hfill}
+\def\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\cdots$}}
+
+% This is a generalization of the \LaTeX definition that comes in LaTeX.
+% The change here ensures that LaTeX will be typeset in the current style,
+% rather than always in roman.
+
+\newcount\lecurrentfam
+\def\LaTeX{\lecurrentfam=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+ \hbox{$\fam\lecurrentfam\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * DEBUGGING *
+% ****************************************
+
+\def\sizrpt{
+ (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+ \typeout{
+ (\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/apjpt.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/apjpt.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4aef25c59a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/apjpt.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+\def\revtex@ver{1.1}
+\def\revtex@date{10 Jan 93}
+\def\revtex@org{AAS}
+\def\revtex@jnl{ApJ}
+\def\revtex@genre{plano tables}
+\typeout{\revtex@org\space \revtex@jnl\space \revtex@genre\space substyle,
+v\revtex@ver\space <\revtex@date>.}
+\def\revtex@pageid{\xdef\@thefnmark{\null}
+\@footnotetext{This \revtex@genre\space was prepared with the
+ \revtex@org\space \LaTeX\ macros v\revtex@ver.}}
+\def\genre@MS{manuscript}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\genre@MS
+\ifnum\@ptsize<2
+\typeout{Warning: Undersize \revtex@genre\space font (1\@ptsize\space pts).
+ Use 12pt documentstyle option.}
+\fi
+\fi
+\@input{art8.sty}
+\ps@plain
+\def\ps@plaintop{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\rm\hfil--\space\thepage\space--\hfil}
+\def\@evenfoot{}\let\@evenhead\@oddhead}
+\newdimen\@fmwidth \@fmwidth=44pc
+\newdimen\@bodywidth \@bodywidth=44pc
+\textwidth=\@bodywidth
+\textheight=8.9in
+\topmargin=0in
+\headheight=0in
+\headsep=0in
+\oddsidemargin=0in
+\evensidemargin=0in
+\parindent=1em
+\parskip=0ex
+\columnsep=1pc
+\hoffset=-2.5pc
+\tolerance=400
+\def\@tightleading{1.1}
+\def\@doubleleading{1.6}
+\let\tighten=\relax
+\let\tightenlines=\tighten
+\def\singlespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}\normalsize}
+\def\doublespace{\def\baselinestretch{\@doubleleading}\normalsize}
+\def\sec@upcase#1{\relax{#1}}
+\def\eqsecnum{
+\@newctr{equation}[section]
+\def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\arabic{section}-\arabic{equation}}}}
+\def\@journalname{The Astropolitical Journal}
+\def\cpr@holder{American Astronomical Society}
+\def\received#1{\gdef\@recvdate{#1}} \received{\relax}
+\def\revised#1{\gdef\@revisedate{#1}} \revised{\relax}
+\def\accepted#1{\gdef\@accptdate{#1}} \accepted{\relax}
+\def\journalid#1#2{\gdef\@jourvol{#1}\gdef\@jourdate{#2}}
+\def\articleid#1#2{\gdef\@startpage{#1}\gdef\@finishpage{#2}}
+\def\paperid#1{\gdef\@paperid{#1}} \paperid{MS-0001-SAMP}
+\def\ccc#1{\gdef\CCC@code{#1}} \ccc{000-00\$75.95-CDB}
+\def\cpright#1#2{\@nameuse{cpr@#1} \gdef\cpr@year{#2}
+\typeout{`#1' copyright \cpr@year.}}
+\newcount\@cprtype \@cprtype=\@ne
+\def\cpr@AAS{\@cprtype=1}
+\def\cpr@PD{\@cprtype=2}
+\def\cpr@Crown{\@cprtype=3}
+\def\cpr@none{\@cprtype=4}
+\def\cpr@year{\number\year}
+\def\@slug{\par\noindent
+\ifcase\@cprtype
+ \relax
+\or
+ Copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+\or
+ This article is in the public domain.
+\or
+ Crown copyright \cpr@year\space by the \cpr@holder.
+\or
+ No copyright is claimed for this article.
+\fi
+\par\noindent
+Manuscript number \@paperid.\par\noindent
+\CCC@code
+}
+\def\lefthead#1{\gdef\@versohead{#1}} \lefthead{\relax}
+\def\righthead#1{\gdef\@rectohead{#1}} \righthead{\relax}
+\def\@runheads{\@tempcnta\c@page
+\@whilenum \@tempcnta >0\do{
+\vskip 3ex
+\hbox to30pc{\small\expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@versohead}:
+ \expandafter\uppercase\expandafter{\@rectohead}\hfil}
+\advance\@tempcnta by\m@ne}
+}
+\def\slugcomment#1{\gdef\slug@comment{#1}} \slugcomment{\relax}
+\def\@rcvaccrule{\vrule\@width1.75in\@height0.5pt\@depth\z@}
+\def\@dates{{Received}\space%
+\if\@recvdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@recvdate\fi;%
+\hspace{1.5em}{accepted}\space%
+\if\@accptdate\relax\@rcvaccrule\else\@accptdate\fi%
+}
+\def\sluginfo{{\center
+\@dates
+
+
+\endcenter}}
+\let\dates=\sluginfo
+\def\abstract{\sluginfo\clearpage
+\begin{center}
+{\bf{ABSTRACT}}
+\end{center}
+\quotation
+}
+\def\title#1{{\def\baselinestretch{\@tightleading}
+\center\large\bf{#1}\endcenter}
+\thispagestyle{empty}}
+\def\author#1{{\topsep\z@\center\normalsize#1\endcenter}}
+\let\authoraddr=\@gobble
+\def\affil#1{\vspace*{-2.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center#1\endcenter}}
+\def\altaffilmark#1{$^{#1}$}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\footnotetext[#1]{#2}\stepcounter{footnote}}
+\def\and{\vspace*{-0.5ex}{\topsep\z@\center and\endcenter}}
+\def\@keywordtext{Subject headings}
+\def\@keyworddelim{---}
+\def\keywords#1{\vspace*{-.7ex}
+\if@twocolumn\noindent{{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}}
+\else{\quote{\it\@keywordtext:\/}\space\@kwds{#1}\endquote}
+\fi}
+\let\subjectheadings=\keywords
+\def\@kwds#1{\def\@kwddlm{}\@for\@kwd:=#1\do
+{\@kwddlm\def\@kwddlm{\space\@keyworddelim\penalty\@m\space}{\@kwd}}}
+\skip\footins 4ex plus 1ex minus .5ex
+\footnotesep 3ex
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+{5ex plus .5ex}{1ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}.}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection\@arabic{\c@subsection}.}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}.}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+\def\acknowledgments{\vskip 3ex plus .8ex minus .4ex}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+\def\@svsec{}\else
+\refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em }\fi
+\@tempskipa #5\relax
+\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+\begingroup \center#6\relax
+\@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \sec@upcase{#8}\par}%
+\endcenter\endgroup
+\csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+#7}\else
+\def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec \sec@upcase{#8}\csname #1mark\endcsname
+{#7}\addcontentsline
+{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+#7}}\fi
+\@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+\ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+\begingroup #4\center\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+\sec@upcase{#5}\par}\endcenter\endgroup
+\else \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax \sec@upcase{#5}}\fi
+\@xsect{#3}}
+\def\appendix{\par
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+\setcounter{subsection}{0}
+\setcounter{equation}{0}
+\def\thesection{\Alph{section}.}
+\def\theequation{\hbox{\normalsize\Alph{section}\arabic{equation}}}}
+\newcounter{cureqno}
+\newenvironment{mathletters}{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+\setcounter{cureqno}{\value{equation}}%
+\let\@curtheeqn\theequation%
+\edef\cur@eqn{\csname theequation\endcsname}%
+\def\theequation{\cur@eqn\alph{equation}}%
+\setcounter{equation}{0}}%
+{\let\theequation\@curtheeqn%
+\setcounter{equation}{\value{cureqno}}}
+\def\eqnum#1{\def\theequation{#1}\let\@currentlabel\theequation
+\addtocounter{equation}{\m@ne}}
+\def\references{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+\bgroup\parindent=\z@\parskip=\itemsep
+\def\refpar{\par\hangindent=3em\hangafter=1}}
+\def\endreferences{\refpar\egroup\revtex@pageid}
+\def\thebibliography{\subsection*{REFERENCES}
+\list{\null}{\leftmargin 3em\labelwidth\z@\labelsep\z@\itemindent -3em
+\usecounter{enumi}}
+\def\refpar{\relax}
+\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+\sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\revtex@pageid}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\relax}
+\def\@cite#1#2{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}
+\def\reference{\relax\refpar}
+\def\markcite#1{#1\relax}
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+{\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+{b@\@citeb}{\@warning
+{Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+\let\keywords=\@gobble
+\let\subjectheadings=\@gobble
+\def\tablenotemark#1{\rlap{$^{\rm #1}$}}
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\def\tblnote@list{}
+\def\tablenotetext#1#2{
+\@temptokena={\vspace{.5ex}{\noindent\llap{$^{#1}$}#2}\par}
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\spew@tblnotes{
+\ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+\else
+\vspace{4.5ex}
+\footnoterule
+\vspace{.5ex}
+{\footnotesize\tblnote@list}
+\gdef\tblnote@list{}
+\fi}
+\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\end@float}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\spew@tblnotes\end@dblfloat}
+\let\tableline=\hline
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 2ex\noindent #1 #2\par}
+\def\tablenum#1{\def\thetable{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thetable
+\addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}}
+\def\figurenum#1{\def\thefigure{#1}\let\@currentlabel\thefigure
+\addtocounter{figure}{\m@ne}}
+\newbox\pt@box
+\newdimen\pt@width
+\newcount\pt@line
+\newcount\pt@nlines
+\newcount\pt@ncol
+\def\colhead#1{\omit\hidewidth{#1}\hidewidth\global\advance\pt@ncol by\@ne}
+\def\tablecaption#1{\gdef\pt@caption{#1}} \def\pt@caption{\relax}
+\def\tablehead#1{\gdef\pt@head{\hline\hline\relax\\[-1.7ex]
+#1\hskip\tabcolsep\\[.7ex]\hline\relax\\[-1.5ex]}} \def\pt@head{\relax}
+\def\tabletail#1{\gdef\pt@tail{#1}} \def\pt@tail{\relax}
+\def\tablewidth#1{\pt@width=#1} \pt@width\textwidth
+\def\tableheadfrac#1{\gdef\pt@headfrac{#1}} \def\pt@headfrac{.1}
+\def\pt@calcnlines{\@tempdima\pt@headfrac\textheight
+\@tempdimb\textheight\advance\@tempdimb by-\@tempdima
+\@tempdima\arraystretch\baselineskip
+\divide\@tempdimb by\@tempdima
+\global\pt@nlines\@tempdimb}
+\def\pt@tabular{\hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@ptabacol
+\let\@classz\@tabclassz
+\let\@classiv\@tabclassiv \let\\\@tabularcr\@tabarray}
+\def\@ptabacol{\edef\@preamble{\@preamble \hskip \tabcolsep\tabskip\fill}}
+\def\fnum@ptable{TABLE \thetable}
+\def\fnum@ptablecont{TABLE \thetable---{\it Continued}}
+\def\set@mkcaption{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+\center\Large\sc##1\\[.5ex]##2\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+\def\set@mkcaptioncont{\long\def\@makecaption##1##2{
+\center\Large\sc##1\endcenter\vskip 1.5ex}}
+\newenvironment{planotable}[1]{\def\pt@format{\string#1}%
+\set@tblnotetext\pt@ncol=0}%
+{\crcr\noalign{\vskip .7ex}\hline\endtabular%
+\pt@width\wd\pt@box\box\pt@box\spew@ptblnotes%
+\typeout{Table \thetable\space has been set to width \the\pt@width}%
+\endcenter\end@float}
+\def\startdata{\pt@line=0\pt@calcnlines%
+\ifdim\pt@width>\z@\def\@halignto{to \pt@width}\else\def\@halignto{}\fi%
+\let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptable\set@mkcaption%
+\@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+\setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head}
+\def\pt@nl{\global\advance\pt@line by\@ne%
+\ifnum\pt@line=\pt@nlines%
+\endtabular\box\pt@box
+\endcenter\end@float\clearpage%
+\addtocounter{table}{\m@ne}%
+\let\fnum@table=\fnum@ptablecont\set@mkcaptioncont%
+\@float{table}\center\caption{\pt@caption}\leavevmode%
+\global\pt@ncol=0%
+\setbox\pt@box=\pt@tabular{\pt@format}\pt@head%
+\global\pt@line=0%
+\else\\
+\fi}
+\let\nl=\pt@nl
+\let\nextline=\pt@nl
+\def\tablevspace#1{\noalign{\vskip{#1}}}
+\def\tablebreak{\pt@line\pt@nlines\advance\pt@line by\m@ne\pt@nl}
+\def\cutinhead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+\hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -4ex}
+\multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{c}{#1}\pt@nl
+\noalign{\vskip .8ex}
+\hline\pt@nl\noalign{\vskip -2ex}}
+\def\sidehead#1{\noalign{\vskip 1.5ex}
+\multicolumn{\pt@ncol}{@{\hskip\z@}l}{#1}\pt@nl
+\noalign{\vskip .5ex}}
+\def\set@tblnotetext{\def\tablenotetext##1##2{{%
+\@temptokena={\vspace{0ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em$^{\rm ##1}$##2}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}}}
+\def\spew@ptblnotes{
+\ifx\tblnote@list\@empty\relax
+\else
+\par
+\vspace{2ex}
+{\tblnote@list}
+\gdef\tblnote@list{}
+\fi}
+\def\tablerefs#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{.8ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em{\rm R{\footnotesize EFERENCES}.---}#1}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\tablecomments#1{\@temptokena={\vspace*{.8ex}{%
+\parbox{\pt@width}{\hskip1em{\rm N{\footnotesize OTE}.---}#1}\par}}%
+\@temptokenb=\expandafter{\tblnote@list}
+\xdef\tblnote@list{\the\@temptokenb\the\@temptokena}}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fnum@figure{{\rm Fig.\space\thefigure.---}}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fnum@table{{\rm Table \thetable:}}
+\def\fps@figure{bp}
+\def\fps@table{bp}
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\@input{epsf.sty}}{\relax}
+\def\plotone#1{\centering \leavevmode
+\epsfxsize=\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1}}
+\def\plottwo#1#2{\centering \leavevmode
+\epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#1} \hfil
+\epsfxsize=.45\columnwidth \epsfbox{#2}}
+\def\plotfiddle#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\centering \leavevmode
+\vbox to#2{\rule{0pt}{#2}}
+\special{psfile=#1 voffset=#7 hoffset=#6 vscale=#5 hscale=#4 angle=#3}}
+\let\jnl@style=\rm
+\def\ref@jnl#1{{\jnl@style#1}}
+\def\aj{\ref@jnl{AJ}}
+\def\araa{\ref@jnl{ARA\&A}}
+\def\apj{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}
+\def\apjl{\ref@jnl{ApJ}}
+\def\apjs{\ref@jnl{ApJS}}
+\def\ao{\ref@jnl{Appl.Optics}}
+\def\apss{\ref@jnl{Ap\&SS}}
+\def\aap{\ref@jnl{A\&A}}
+\def\aapr{\ref@jnl{A\&A~Rev.}}
+\def\aaps{\ref@jnl{A\&AS}}
+\def\azh{\ref@jnl{AZh}}
+\def\baas{\ref@jnl{BAAS}}
+\def\jrasc{\ref@jnl{JRASC}}
+\def\memras{\ref@jnl{MmRAS}}
+\def\mnras{\ref@jnl{MNRAS}}
+\def\pra{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.A}}
+\def\prb{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.B}}
+\def\prc{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.C}}
+\def\prd{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.D}}
+\def\prl{\ref@jnl{Phys.Rev.Lett}}
+\def\pasp{\ref@jnl{PASP}}
+\def\pasj{\ref@jnl{PASJ}}
+\def\qjras{\ref@jnl{QJRAS}}
+\def\skytel{\ref@jnl{S\&T}}
+\def\solphys{\ref@jnl{Solar~Phys.}}
+\def\sovast{\ref@jnl{Soviet~Ast.}}
+\def\ssr{\ref@jnl{Space~Sci.Rev.}}
+\def\zap{\ref@jnl{ZAp}}
+\let\astap=\aap
+\let\apjlett=\apjl
+\let\apjsupp=\apjs
+\def\deg{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\earth{\hbox{$\oplus$}}
+\def\lesssim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$<$}}}}
+\def\gtrsim{\mathrel{\hbox{\rlap{\hbox{\lower4pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}\hbox{$>$}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\micron{\hbox{$\mu$m}}
+\let\la=\lesssim
+\let\ga=\gtrsim
+\def\case#1#2{\hbox{$\frac{#1}{#2}$}}
+
+
+\def\slantfrac#1#2{\hbox{$\,^#1\!/_#2$}}
+\def\onehalf{\slantfrac{1}{2}}
+\def\onethird{\slantfrac{1}{3}}
+\def\twothirds{\slantfrac{2}{3}}
+\def\onequarter{\slantfrac{1}{4}}
+\def\threequarters{\slantfrac{3}{4}}
+\def\ubvr{\hbox{$U\!BV\!R$}}
+\def\ub{\hbox{$U\!-\!B$}}
+\def\bv{\hbox{$B\!-\!V$}}
+\def\vr{\hbox{$V\!-\!R$}}
+\def\ur{\hbox{$U\!-\!R$}}
+\def\ion#1#2{#1$\;${\small\rm\@Roman{#2}}\relax}
+\def\nodata{\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\cdots$}}
+\newcount\lecurrentfam
+\def\LaTeX{\lecurrentfam=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+\hbox{$\fam\lecurrentfam\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em\TeX}
+\def\sizrpt{
+(\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+\typeout{
+(\fontname\the\font): em=\the\fontdimen6\font, ex=\the\fontdimen5\font
+}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/art8.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/art8.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c97428516e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/art8.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+% ARTICLE DOCUMENT STYLE -- Released 22 Dec 1987
+% for LaTeX version 2.09
+% Copyright (C) 1987 by Leslie Lamport
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FONTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+
+\lineskip 1pt % \lineskip is 1pt for all font sizes.
+\normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+% Each size-changing command \SIZE executes the command
+% \@setsize\SIZE{BASELINESKIP}\FONTSIZE\@FONTSIZE
+% where:
+% BASELINESKIP = Normal value of \baselineskip for that size. (Actual
+% value will be \baselinestretch * BASELINESKIP.)
+%
+% \FONTSIZE = Name of font-size command. The currently available
+% (preloaded) font sizes are: \vpt (5pt), \vipt (6pt),
+% \viipt (etc.), \viiipt, \ixpt, \xpt, \xipt, \xiipt,
+% \xivpt, \xviipt, \xxpt, \xxvpt.
+% \@FONTSIZE = The same as the font-size command except with an
+% '@' in front---e.g., if \FONTSIZE = \xivpt then
+% \@FONTSIZE = \@xivpt.
+%
+% For reasons of efficiency that needn't concern the designer,
+% the document style defines \@normalsize instead of \normalsize . This is
+% done only for \normalsize, not for any other size-changing commands.
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{9.2pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 6pt plus2pt minus4pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus2pt%
+\let\@listi\@listI} % Setting of \@listi added 9 Jun 87
+
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{8pt}\viipt\@viipt
+\abovedisplayskip 5pt plus 2pt minus 3pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini %% Added 22 Dec 87
+\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt
+\abovedisplayskip 4.5pt plus 2pt minus 3pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini %% Added 22 Dec 87
+\topsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{10.4pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+
+\normalsize % Choose the normalsize font.
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE LAYOUT *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% All margin dimensions measured from a point one inch from top and side
+% of page.
+
+% SIDE MARGINS:
+\if@twoside % Values for two-sided printing:
+ \oddsidemargin 44pt % Left margin on odd-numbered pages.
+ \evensidemargin 82pt % Left margin on even-numbered pages.
+ \marginparwidth 107pt % Width of marginal notes.
+\else % Values for one-sided printing:
+ \oddsidemargin 63pt % Note that \oddsidemargin = \evensidemargin
+ \evensidemargin 63pt
+ \marginparwidth 90pt
+\fi
+\marginparsep 11pt % Horizontal space between outer margin and
+ % marginal note
+
+
+% VERTICAL SPACING:
+ % Top of page:
+\topmargin 27pt % Nominal distance from top of page to top of
+ % box containing running head.
+\headheight 12pt % Height of box containing running head.
+\headsep 25pt % Space between running head and text.
+% \topskip = 10pt % '\baselineskip' for first line of page.
+ % Bottom of page:
+\footskip 30pt % Distance from baseline of box containing foot
+ % to baseline of last line of text.
+
+
+ % DIMENSION OF TEXT:
+% 24 Jun 86: changed to explicitly compute \textheight to avoid roundoff.
+% The value of the multiplier was calculated as the floor of the
+% old \textheight minus \topskip, divided by \baselineskip for \normalsize.
+% The old value of \textheight was 528pt.
+% \textheight is the height of text (including footnotes and figures,
+% excluding running head and foot).
+
+\textheight = 63\baselineskip
+\advance\textheight by \topskip
+\textwidth 345pt % Width of text line.
+ % For two-column mode:
+\columnsep 10pt % Space between columns
+\columnseprule 0pt % Width of rule between columns.
+
+% A \raggedbottom command causes 'ragged bottom' pages: pages set to
+% natural height instead of being stretched to exactly \textheight.
+
+% FOOTNOTES:
+
+\footnotesep 4.5pt % Height of strut placed at the beginning of every
+ % footnote = height of normal \footnotesize strut,
+ % so no extra space between footnotes.
+
+\skip\footins 6pt plus 4pt minus 2pt % Space between last line of text and
+ % top of first footnote.
+
+% FLOATS: (a float is something like a figure or table)
+%
+% FOR FLOATS ON A TEXT PAGE:
+%
+% ONE-COLUMN MODE OR SINGLE-COLUMN FLOATS IN TWO-COLUMN MODE:
+\floatsep 8pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Space between adjacent floats moved
+ % to top or bottom of text page.
+\textfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 4pt % Space between main text and floats
+ % at top or bottom of page.
+\intextsep 8pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Space between in-text figures and
+ % text.
+\@maxsep 12pt % The maximum of \floatsep,
+ % \textfloatsep and \intextsep (minus
+ % the stretch and shrink).
+% TWO-COLUMN FLOATS IN TWO-COLUMN MODE:
+\dblfloatsep 8pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Same as \floatsep for double-column
+ % figures in two-column mode.
+\dbltextfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 4pt % \textfloatsep for double-column
+ % floats.
+\@dblmaxsep 12pt % The maximum of \dblfloatsep and
+ % \dbltexfloatsep.
+
+% FOR FLOATS ON A SEPARATE FLOAT PAGE OR COLUMN:
+% ONE-COLUMN MODE OR SINGLE-COLUMN FLOATS IN TWO-COLUMN MODE:
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at top of float page/column. (Must be
+ % 0pt plus ...)
+\@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil % Space between floats on float page/column.
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at bottom of float page/column. (Must be
+ % 0pt plus ... )
+
+% DOUBLE-COLUMN FLOATS IN TWO-COLUMN MODE.
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at top of float page. (Must be 0pt plus ...)
+\@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil % Space between floats on float page.
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at bottom of float page. (Must be
+ % 0pt plus ... )
+% MARGINAL NOTES:
+%
+\marginparpush 5pt % Minimum vertical separation between two marginal
+ % notes.
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PARAGRAPHING *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt % Extra vertical space between paragraphs.
+\parindent 15pt % Width of paragraph indentation.
+%\topsep 5pt plus 2pt minus 4pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip, added above and below list and
+ % paragraphing environments.
+\partopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip and \topsep, added when user
+ % leaves blank line before environment.
+%\itemsep 2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip, added between list items.
+% See \@listI for values of \topsep and \itemsep
+% (Change made 9 Jun 87)
+
+% The following page-breaking penalties are defined
+
+\@lowpenalty 51 % Produced by \nopagebreak[1] or \nolinebreak[1]
+\@medpenalty 151 % Produced by \nopagebreak[2] or \nolinebreak[2]
+\@highpenalty 301 % Produced by \nopagebreak[3] or \nolinebreak[3]
+
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty % Before a list or paragraph environment.
+\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty % After a list or paragraph environment.
+\@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty % Between list items.
+
+% \clubpenalty % 'Club line' at bottom of page.
+% \widowpenalty % 'Widow line' at top of page.
+% \displaywidowpenalty % Math display widow line.
+% \predisplaypenalty % Breaking before a math display.
+% \postdisplaypenalty % Breaking after a math display.
+% \interlinepenalty % Breaking at a line within a paragraph.
+% \brokenpenalty % Breaking after a hyphenated line.
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SECTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+
+% \secdef{UNSTARCMDS}{STARCMDS} :
+% When defining a sectionioning command without using
+% \@startsection, you can use \secdef as follows:
+% \def\part { ... \secdef \CMDA \CMDB }
+% \def\CMDA [#1]#2{ ... } % Command to define \part[...]{...}
+% \def\CMDB #1{ ... } % Command to define \part*{...}
+
+\def\part{\par % New paragraph
+ \addvspace{4ex} % Adds vertical space above title.
+ \@afterindentfalse % Suppresses indent in first paragraph. Change
+ \secdef\@part\@spart} % to \@afterindenttrue to have indent.
+
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne % IF secnumdepth > -1
+ \refstepcounter{part} % THEN step part counter
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart % add toc line
+ \hspace{1em}#1}\else % ELSE add unnumbered line
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi % FI
+ { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne % IF secnumdepth > -1
+ \Large \bf Part \thepart % THEN Print 'Part' and
+ \par \nobreak % number in \Large boldface.
+ \fi % FI
+ \huge \bf % Select \huge boldface.
+ #2\markboth{}{}\par } % Print title and set heading marks null.
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+ \vskip 3ex % Space between title and text.
+ \@afterheading % Routine called after part and
+ } % section heading.
+
+% Heading for \part* command
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \huge \bf
+ #1\par} % Title.
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+ \vskip 3ex % Space between title and text.
+ \@afterheading % Routine called after part and
+ } % section heading.
+
+% \@startsection {NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
+% optional * [ALTHEADING]{HEADING}
+% Generic command to start a section.
+% NAME : e.g., 'subsection'
+% LEVEL : a number, denoting depth of section -- i.e., section=1,
+% subsection = 2, etc. A section number will be printed if
+% and only if LEVEL < or = the value of the secnumdepth
+% counter.
+% INDENT : Indentation of heading from left margin
+% BEFORESKIP : Absolute value = skip to leave above the heading.
+% If negative, then paragraph indent of text following
+% heading is suppressed.
+% AFTERSKIP : if positive, then skip to leave below heading,
+% else - skip to leave to right of run-in heading.
+% STYLE : commands to set style
+% If '*' missing, then increments the counter. If it is present, then
+% there should be no [ALTHEADING] argument. A sectioning command
+% is normally defined to \@startsection + its first six arguments.
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{\Large\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\large\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus
+-1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection
+ {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{4}{\parindent}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus
+ .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+
+
+% Default initializations of \...mark commands. (See below for their
+% us in defining page styles.
+%
+
+% \def\sectionmark#1{} % Preloaded definitions
+% \def\subsectionmark#1{}
+% \def\subsubsectionmark#1{}
+% \def\paragraphmark#1{}
+% \def\subparagraphmark#1{}
+
+% The value of the counter secnumdepth gives the depth of the
+% highest-level sectioning command that is to produce section numbers.
+%
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+
+% APPENDIX
+%
+% The \appendix command must do the following:
+% -- reset the section and subsection counters to zero
+% -- redefine the section counter to produce appendix numbers
+% -- redefine the \section command if appendix titles and headings are
+% to look different from section titles and headings.
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * LISTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+
+% The following commands are used to set the default values for the list
+% environment's parameters. See the LaTeX manual for an explanation of
+% the meanings of the parameters. Defaults for the list environment are
+% set as follows. First, \rightmargin, \listparindent and \itemindent
+% are set to 0pt. Then, for a Kth level list, the command \@listK is
+% called, where 'K' denotes 'i', 'ii', ... , 'vi'. (I.e., \@listiii is
+% called for a third-level list.) By convention, \@listK should set
+% \leftmargin to \leftmarginK.
+%
+% For efficiency, level-one list's values are defined at top level, and
+% \@listi is defined to set only \leftmargin
+
+\leftmargini 2.5em
+\leftmarginii 2.2em % > \labelsep + width of '(m)'
+\leftmarginiii 1.87em % > \labelsep + width of 'vii.'
+\leftmarginiv 1.7em % > \labelsep + width of 'M.'
+\leftmarginv 1em
+\leftmarginvi 1em
+
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelsep 5pt
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+% \parsep 2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt (Removed 9 Jun 87)
+
+% \@listI defines top level and \@listi values of
+% \leftmargin, \topsep, \parsep, and \itemsep
+% (Added 9 Jun 87)
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini \parsep 2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt%
+\topsep 5pt plus 2pt minus 4pt%
+\itemsep 2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}
+
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@ \partopsep 1pt plus 0pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/art8.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/art8.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6df9eb2011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/art8.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+\lineskip 1pt
+\normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{9.2pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 6pt plus2pt minus4pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus2pt%
+\let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{8pt}\viipt\@viipt
+\abovedisplayskip 5pt plus 2pt minus 3pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{7pt}\vipt\@vipt
+\abovedisplayskip 4.5pt plus 2pt minus 3pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\topsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{10.4pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\normalsize
+\if@twoside
+\oddsidemargin 44pt
+\evensidemargin 82pt
+\marginparwidth 107pt
+\else
+\oddsidemargin 63pt
+\evensidemargin 63pt
+\marginparwidth 90pt
+\fi
+\marginparsep 11pt
+\topmargin 27pt
+\headheight 12pt
+\headsep 25pt
+\footskip 30pt
+\textheight = 63\baselineskip
+\advance\textheight by \topskip
+\textwidth 345pt
+\columnsep 10pt
+\columnseprule 0pt
+\footnotesep 4.5pt
+\skip\footins 6pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\floatsep 8pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\textfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 8pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\@maxsep 12pt
+\dblfloatsep 8pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\dbltextfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\@dblmaxsep 12pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\marginparpush 5pt
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt
+\parindent 15pt
+\partopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\@lowpenalty 51
+\@medpenalty 151
+\@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\def\part{\par
+\addvspace{4ex}
+\@afterindentfalse
+\secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{part}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart
+ \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi
+{ \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+\Large \bf Part \thepart
+\par \nobreak
+\fi
+\huge \bf
+#2\markboth{}{}\par }
+\nobreak
+\vskip 3ex
+\@afterheading
+}
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+\huge \bf
+#1\par}
+\nobreak
+\vskip 3ex
+\@afterheading
+}
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+-.2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{\Large\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus
+-.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\large\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus
+-1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection
+{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection
+{subparagraph}{4}{\parindent}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus
+.2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+\def\appendix{\par
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+\setcounter{subsection}{0}
+\def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+\leftmargini 2.5em
+\leftmarginii 2.2em
+\leftmarginiii 1.87em
+\leftmarginiv 1.7em
+\leftmarginv 1em
+\leftmarginvi 1em
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelsep 5pt
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini \parsep 2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt%
+\topsep 5pt plus 2pt minus 4pt%
+\itemsep 2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+\labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\topsep 2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+\labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\parsep \z@ \partopsep 1pt plus 0pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \topsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+\labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+\labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+\labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/eqsecnum.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/eqsecnum.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..79776844d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/eqsecnum.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+% EQSECNUM.STY -- Substyle definition for equations numbered with
+% corresponding section number.
+
+% This is the least intrusive way to implement a substyle layered on top
+% the standard LaTeX styles: by creating a foo.sty style that is read when
+% the specifies the document substyle foo. This file is read in when
+%
+% \documentstyle[12pt,aasms,eqsecnum]{article}
+%
+% is specified by the author.
+
+\eqsecnum
+
+% That's all this files does. It would be more efficient to have "eqsecnum"
+% declared as an internal substyle, but that requires modifications in the
+% main LaTeX article.sty file.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/flushrt.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/flushrt.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b868527a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/flushrt.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+% FLUSHRT.STY -- Enable full justification and hyphenation.
+
+\@rightskip=\z@\rightskip\@rightskip % Flush right
+\pretolerance=100 % Enable hyphenation
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/graphics.aux b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/graphics.aux
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb7dee491b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/graphics.aux
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+\relax
+\@writefile{lof}{\string\contentsline\space {figure}{\string\numberline\space {1}{\ignorespaces IRAF plot}}{1}}
+\newlabel{onebarrel}{{1}{1}}
+\@writefile{toc}{\string\contentsline\space {section}{\string\numberline\space {1.}Why PostScript is good}{2}}
+\@writefile{toc}{\string\contentsline\space {subsection}{\string\numberline\space {1.1.}Encapsulated PostScript}{2}}
+\@writefile{toc}{\string\contentsline\space {section}{\string\numberline\space {2.}Overview of the DVIPS commands}{3}}
+\@writefile{lof}{\string\contentsline\space {figure}{\string\numberline\space {2}{\ignorespaces Dual IRAF plots}}{3}}
+\newlabel{twobarrel}{{2}{3}}
+\@writefile{toc}{\string\contentsline\space {section}{\string\numberline\space {3.}Implications for the AAST\kern -.1667em\lower .5ex\hbox {E}\kern -.125emX\ package}{3}}
+\@writefile{lof}{\string\contentsline\space {figure}{\string\numberline\space {3}{\ignorespaces Inverted IRAF plot}}{4}}
+\@writefile{lof}{\string\contentsline\space {figure}{\string\numberline\space {4}{\ignorespaces Mangled IRAF plot}}{5}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/graphics.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/graphics.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5c229d0a29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/graphics.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+% GRAPHICS.TEX -- EPS graphics inclusion proposal for WGAS.
+
+\documentstyle[12pt,aaspp,flushrt]{article}
+
+\def\emphasize#1{{\sl #1\/}}
+
+\begin{document}
+\title{Graphics inclusions in manuscripts}
+\author{C. D. Biemesderfer}
+\affil{NOAO, Tucson, AZ}
+
+There has been considerable development of text processing and
+typesetting tools over the past decade, and more and more
+scientists are using these complex programs to produce the
+material that they publish.
+Over the past several years, technology for creating
+finished-quality charts and graphics has started to come of age:
+versatile plotting and drawing programs are now widely available,
+high-resolution bit-mapped video displays are becoming commonplace,
+and laser printer hardware and software has matured.
+
+\begin{figure}[h]
+\plotone{sgi9289.eps}
+\caption{IRAF plot} \label{onebarrel}
+\end{figure}
+
+It is natural for astronomers who are publishing scientific
+results to desire a mechanism for merging their graphical and
+textual data in a way that ensures a certain integrity in the
+page layout.
+Fortunately, the adoption of PostScript\footnote{PostScript
+is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated.}
+as a de facto \emphasize{page description language} standard
+by a substantial fraction of the relevant sectors of the
+industry makes it simpler for programmers to set up the machinery.
+
+\section{Why PostScript is good}
+
+PostScript has a number of merits that make it a good choice
+as the language to use for graphics exchange.
+Most important is that it is a \emphasize{device-independent}
+means of describing printing on a page, and has been widely
+implemented across a variety of printers and display devices.
+It is fairly well-documented and tested, so different
+implementations work reliably and behave predictably.
+
+Furthermore, PostScript is composed of text using the ASCII
+character set. This makes is very easy to transport files
+on networks, and they are susceptible to manipulation by
+standard text processing tools, e.g., editors, pagers, etc.
+
+\subsection{Encapsulated PostScript}
+
+It is desirable for graphics inclusions to conform to certain
+codes of behavior, so that the graphics can be manipulated
+readily and reliably. PostScript can be generated at any of
+several levels of so-called \emphasize{structuring conventions},
+which are a more or less inevitable consequence of PostScript's
+heritage as a programming language.
+
+When a PostScript program is to be interpreted as a simple
+page description, it is convenient if it obeys some rules of
+form. For the purposes of graphics inclusion, the most
+important property is that the PostScript be \emphasize{encapsulated}.
+What this means essentially is that the including application
+can determine the size and location on the page of the graphic
+\emphasize{without} having to interpret any PostScript code.
+
+The boundaries of such a ``capsule'' graphic are defined by
+a \verb"BoundingBox" comment that specifies the $x$ and $y$
+coordinates of two opposing corners of the graphic.
+There are other ``do's and don'ts'' in the quest to produce
+encapsulated PostScript; however, it is generally sufficient
+for the including application to specify that imported
+PostScript graphics conform to the encapsulation standard.
+
+\section{Overview of the DVIPS commands}
+
+This is intended as a cursory look at the commands that can
+be used to work with graphics inclusions. It is by no means
+necessary for authors to know \emphasize{any} of this; markup
+language writers can easily shield the end-user from all of
+the details of the PostScript interface.
+
+A graphic that is delivered to an application in a capsule
+defined by a bounding box can be subjected to a limited number
+of operations: translation, truncation, scaling, and rotation.
+Translation, truncation (called \emphasize{clipping} in PostScript
+context), and scaling can be performed on each coordinate
+independently, hence we can identify seven primitive functions:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace{2em}}ll}
+\tt hoffset & horizontal offset & \tt voffset & vertical offset \\
+\tt hsize & horizontal clip size & \tt vsize & vertical clip size \\
+\tt hscale & horizontal scale factor & \tt vscale & vertical scale factor \\
+\tt angle & rotation angle \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+For most graphics inclusions, scaling is the most important
+function. It is rare to clip or rotate imported graphics,
+and moving the coordinate system origin from the current
+point is often troublesome in a text formatter.
+Furthermore, there is usually no reason to alter the aspect
+ratio of the graphic, so including encapsulated PostScript is
+often as simple as specifying a scale factor or a dimension
+and reading the file.
+
+\begin{figure}[h]
+\plottwo{sgi9279.eps}{sgi9259.eps}
+\caption{Dual IRAF plots} \label{twobarrel}
+\end{figure}
+
+\section{Implications for the AAS\TeX\ package}
+
+We are concerned with the import of two-dimensional graphics and
+grey-scale images into scientific manuscripts and other technical
+documentation. At this point in time, it should be adequate to
+require that all graphics for import be in the form of encapsulated
+PostScript, and to declare that figures will be imported in their
+entirety and with the same aspect ratio as in the original.
+It is then trivial to build some simple macros based on the \verb"epsf"
+substyle that is supplied with the DVIPS program by its author
+Tom Rokicki.
+
+The \verb"epsf" macros we need to worry about are \verb"\epsfxsize"
+and \verb"\epsfbox", which perform the two functions we determined
+in the preceding section to be critical. For purposes of having
+prototype macros, I wrote two simple macros:
+
+\hangindent=3pc \hangafter=1
+\noindent
+\verb"\plotone{FILE}" reads the PostScript in FILE and adjusts
+the scale such that the $x$-coordinate width of the graphic matches
+the \verb"\textwidth" of the manuscript.
+Figure~\ref{onebarrel} on page~\pageref{onebarrel} is an example.
+
+\hangindent=3pc \hangafter=1
+\noindent
+\verb"\plottwo{FILE1}{FILE2}" reads the PostScript from two
+files and scales each to fit across half the \verb"\textwidth"
+(actually, slightly less than half so the graphics don't collide).
+Figure~\ref{twobarrel} on page~\pageref{twobarrel} shows a pair
+of dueling inclusions.
+
+The arguments to the \verb"\plotone" and \verb"\plottwo" commands
+should not include additional scaling and rotation information.
+These commands are suggested as part of the AAS\TeX\ markup
+conventions, but it is entirely reasonable for authors to use the
+markup syntax of DVIPS for handling encapsulated PostScript graphics.
+If direct access to the graphic is desired, it is necessary to use
+the interface syntax defined by Rokicki.
+
+\begin{figure}[h]
+\vbox to2.6in{\rule{0pt}{2.6in}}
+\special{psfile=sgi9259.eps angle=180 hoffset=424 voffset=232 vscale=60 hscale=60}
+\caption{Inverted IRAF plot}
+\end{figure}
+
+One has to be careful, though, when using this approach, since the
+automatic link between the formatter (\LaTeX) and the PostScript
+is abandoned. One can get great effects, or totally funky ones \ldots
+
+\begin{figure}[h]
+\vbox to3in{\rule{0pt}{3in}}
+\special{psfile=sgi9259.eps voffset=-218 hoffset=60 vscale=75 hscale=55 angle=30}
+\caption{Mangled IRAF plot}
+\end{figure}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/kspp.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/kspp.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de2c4a468f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/kspp.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+% KSPP.TEX -- K.Sellgren's proposal about preprints for AAS Pubs Board.
+%
+% I have made a few modifications to the file so that the markup reads
+% as true preprint markup. Kris had to prepare this with a couple
+% items handled explicitly; I have added the commands for these.
+
+\documentstyle[12pt,aaspp]{article}
+%\documentstyle[12pt,aasms]{article}
+%\tighten
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\slugcomment{\shortstack[r]{
+Submitted to the AAS Publications Board, 1992 June 1\\
+Revised, 1992 November 17}}
+%\hbox to 6.5truein {\hfil Submitted to the AAS Publications Board, 1992 June 1}
+%\hbox to 6.5truein {\hfil Revised, 1992 November 17}
+
+\title
+{A Proposed Format for the AAS/WGAS Latex Macros Preprint Style}
+
+\author
+{K. Sellgren\altaffilmark{1}}
+%{K. Sellgren$^ {1}$}
+
+\affil
+{Department of Astronomy, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210}
+
+\altaffiltext{1}
+{Alfred P. Sloan Foundation Fellow.}
+
+%\vskip 24pt
+%\clearpage
+
+%\centerline
+%{\bf Abstract}
+\begin{abstract}
+This is a sample preprint for defining the AAS/WGAS Latex Macros preprint
+style. Results are presented for two surveys of preprint formats preferred
+by astronomers.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\keywords{publications: preprint --- publications: or perish ---
+publications: sample --- AAS: Pub Board --- committee report}
+
+%\clearpage
+\section
+{Introduction}
+
+Preprints provide an opportunity for astronomers to share their results
+quickly with the astronomical community, in the six to nine month period
+between acceptance of a paper for publication and appearance of the paper
+in the journal. Preprint distribution schemes vary widely, from sending
+preprints only upon request, to sending preprints to all astronomical
+libraries plus a list of 50 or 100 astronomers who might remotely have
+some interest in the subject of one's paper. The preprint is a publishing
+phenomenon which is likely to persist as long as there is a many month
+delay between acceptance and publication of a journal paper, although in
+future some or all preprints may be distributed electronically rather than
+on paper.
+
+A subcommittee of the AAS Publications Board, chaired by myself, was charged
+with examining the format of the AAS/WGAS Latex Macros package which
+produces preprints. I prepared a draft document which was reviewed by the
+preprint subcommittee at the June 1992 AAS meeting. This revised version
+incorporates the suggestions made then.
+
+At the May 1992 Publications Board meeting, it was felt that the current
+preprint format generated by the AAS/WGAS Latex Macros, using the aaspp.sty
+style file, was unacceptable and that changes were desired. Certain
+essential characteristics of a preprint were agreed upon. First, the
+preprint should not mimic a page of one particular astronomical journal,
+such as the Astrophysical Journal. This slights the other journals such
+as the Astronomical Journal and the Publications of the Astronomical
+Society of the Pacific, and furthermore blurs the distinction between the
+preprint and the final published version of the paper in the journal.
+Second, the preprint should be easily read. Other features also seem
+desirable, such as compactness to save trees and mailing charges, the
+ability to include figures and figure captions gracefully, and some
+flexibility so that more than one style of preprint could be accommodated
+for those with very divergent tastes. Additionally, there is a clear need
+for something which will estimate how many pages a given text file will
+produce in the Astrophysical Journal Letters, due to the stringent page
+limit of that journal. This estimate of the number of ApJ Letters pages
+might be possible to include as part of the output of a preprint formatter,
+although other approaches may be more desirable, such as a separate page
+length estimator program.
+
+\section
+{Observations}
+
+I employed two techniques for surveying preferred preprint formats. First,
+I examined 85 preprints I received in the last two years, to determine what
+the average preprint already looked like. Since most astronomers have had
+access to a variety of word processors for many years, and thus have had
+the opportunity to select a format which suits their needs and tastes, it
+seemed this was a good indication of what most astronomers would prefer in
+a preprint format. This sample mostly (but not exclusively) contained
+preprints submitted to refereed journals, since preprints of papers intended
+for conference proceedings were often in camera-ready format, reflecting not
+the tastes of the authors but of the publishers of the conference proceedings.
+Second, I prepared several examples of possible preprint formats, using
+variations on the AAS/WGAS Latex Macros, and showed the output to various
+persons in my department to solicit opinions.
+
+\section
+{Results}
+
+\subsection{Survey of 85 Recent Preprints}
+
+The overwhelming majority of preprints in the 1990--1992 sample surveyed
+were formatted with single columns of text per page (98 \%) and one page
+of text per preprint page (96 \%). Obviously the AAS/WGAS Latex macros
+should respect this strong preference.
+
+Most preprints had the figures at the end (87 \%) rather than interspersed
+in the text. This may be partly due to preference and partly due to the
+current difficulty of including the figures within the text.
+
+Astronomers were divided on whether to single space (42 \%) or double space
+(58 \%) their text of their preprints. Since there was no clear preference
+for either style, the AAS/WGAS Latex macros should make it extremely simple
+to choose either single spaced or double spaced output.
+
+There was a wide divergence of opinions on how to divide up the title,
+abstract, and main text beginning with the introduction into pages. Most
+preprints (62 \%) put title, abstract, and introduction on three separate
+pages, but a significant subset (14 \%) of preprints ran all three together
+with no page breaks. Most astronomers (81 \%) preferred a separate title
+page whether or not they ran the abstract and introduction together. Many
+preprints had two title pages: one printed on the institutional preprint
+cover or designed so that the title and authors were visible through a hole
+in the institution's preprint cover, and a second title page following in a
+format more suited to the author's tastes or needs. A common feature of
+title pages was some indication of where the paper was to be published
+(title of the conference proceedings or name of the journal), its status
+(submitted, accepted, in press), and a date of some sort (date of the
+conference, date of submission to the journal, scheduled date for journal
+publication, or date of preprint mailing). Clearly there should be a lot
+of flexibility in how the AAS/WGAS Latex macros format the title page.
+Fortunately page breaks are simple to add or subtract in Latex.
+
+\subsection{Survey of Seven OSU Astronomers}
+
+The results from a survey of seven Ohio State astronomers, chosen because
+they happened to be in their offices when I walked down the hall, confirms
+the results of a larger preprint sample. No-one liked a double column format.
+There was a mix of opinions on whether or not to single space the text.
+Most preferred the title, abstract, and main text on separate pages, but a
+significant minority felt strongly that the title and abstract should be
+on the same page.
+
+\section
+{Discussion}
+
+The main feature that became apparent in this survey of preprint styles
+was that most authors were very lazy: they most often sent out preprints
+in the identical format that was used to submit the paper to the journal
+($\sim$ 60 \%), and if they made a change at all, it was to single space
+the text and perhaps remove some page breaks to conserve paper. Thus, if
+the only change an author need make to produce a nice preprint is to include
+aaspp.sty instead of aasms.sty at the top of their paper, they will do it;
+but anything much more complex is likely not to be used.
+
+\subsection{Text Format}
+
+A preprint format which to first order satisfies all needs can be created
+with the current aasms.sty style file, using the $\backslash$tightenlines
+option (which makes the output single spaced instead of double spaced).
+I propose the preprint format have as its default single-spaced lines and
+no page breaks between title, abstract, and main text, since it is simple
+for the author to insert $\backslash$clearpage wherever desired. The main
+differences between the manuscript format and the preprint format, then,
+would be the spacing default (this should include tables; tables must be
+double spaced for the manuscript and should be single spaced as a default
+for the preprint), and the treatment of figures. There should also be a
+simple Latex command to toggle the preprint format anywhere in the paper
+between single spaced and double spaced, in case the author prefers to use
+one spacing for text and another for tables.
+
+Most authors like to include extra information in their preprints along the
+lines of ``Invited paper presented at IAU Symposium 153, Galactic Bulges,
+Ghent, Belgium, August 1992'' or ``Accepted for publication in AJ, November
+1992 issue.'' The preprint subcommittee prefers placing this information
+in the upper righthand corner of the title page, and suggests that a macro
+be created to do this.
+
+\subsection
+{Figures}
+
+There are two possibilities for handling figures in preprints. One is the
+traditional method of attaching a page or more of figure captions at the
+end of the paper, followed by full page figures. This strategy has the
+advantage of providing large versions of figures which are later reduced
+to tiny sizes in the journal, and is popular among authors since it is
+also simple. The other is to include the figures in the body of the text.
+The AAS/WGAS Latex macros for preprints provide an opportunity to experiment
+with this latter technique. The preprint subcommittee feels that placing
+the figures at the end of the text should be the default, but that the
+capability to move figures into the body of the text be included in the
+AAS/WGAS Latex macros for preprints.
+
+I suggest the AAS/WGAS Latex macros for preprints should place figures
+in the text with one Latex command to include the contents of a Postscript
+file containing the figure, and a second Latex command to place the figure
+caption for each figure immediately under the figure, followed by white
+space separating the figure caption from the main text. In some cases
+astronomers will not have the ability to create Postscript output for their
+figures, in which case a third Latex command is needed to leave the
+appropriate space (in cm or inches) for the figure above the figure caption,
+in case authors desire to paste in figures by hand. The preprint subcommittee
+suggests that the command to include a figure embedded within the text act
+as a comment to the journal suggesting where the figure should go in the
+paper, when used with aasms.sty, but this same command when used with
+aaspp.sty should actually incorporate the Postscript format figure into
+the text.
+
+\section
+{Summary}
+
+The results of two surveys of astronomers concerning preprint formats are
+presented. The consensus is that the default format should be single column
+text, with the text either double spaced or single spaced as the author
+prefers. The placing of page breaks between title, abstract, and main text
+should be at the author's discretion. A macro is needed to place the
+date and publication status of the preprint in the upper right hand corner
+of the title page. It may be useful for the preprint formatter to output
+an estimate of the number of pages of ApJ Letters format text that the
+preprint will produce. While placing the figures at the end of the preprint
+should be the default, the preprint format also provides an opportunity for
+authors to experiment with including figures in the text. This might
+be done with a command which in manuscript style acts as a comment to
+the journal on figure placement, but which in preprint style acts to include
+a Postscript file containing the figure in the output.
+
+\acknowledgments
+This wonderful document was prepared at the instigation of Caty Pilachowski.
+
+\begin{references}
+
+\reference
+Allen, N., Boisson, P., \& Chang, K.-Y.
+1990, ApJ, 356, 907
+
+\reference
+Djorestky, J., Estevez, M., \& Fujikama, K.
+1991, AJ, 93, 473
+
+\reference
+Garcia, I., Heitzman, T., \& Innis, R.
+1992, PASP, 102, 558
+
+\reference
+Jones, E., Kaminski, C., \& Lee, H.
+1990, AA, 127, 290
+
+\reference
+Monet, C., Ng, T., \& Ortiz, A.
+1991, MNRAS, 295, 684
+
+\end{references}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/manual.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/manual.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ca93d0457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/manual.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
+% MANUAL.TEX -- User input guide for AAS WGAS LaTeX macros.
+
+\documentstyle[aaspp]{article}
+
+\textwidth 7.3in
+\hoffset=-0.4in % This centers the extra wide page
+\voffset=-0.4in % This is because the printer I use prints too low...
+\def\baselinestretch{0.94}
+
+\hyphenation{com-pu-scripts}
+
+\begin{document}
+\twocolumn
+
+\title{The WGAS \LaTeX\ Macros\\
+ for Manuscript Preparation}
+
+\author{Chris Biemesderfer}
+\affil{National Optical Astronomy Observatories}
+\author{Bob Hanisch}
+\affil{Space Telescope Science Institute}
+
+\vspace{.2in}
+
+The AAS Working Group on Astronomical Software (WGAS)
+has developed a \LaTeX\ macro package to assist authors in
+preparing manuscripts for articles that
+are intended for submission to the AAS-affiliated journals.
+% This sentence is not intended to exclude other journals
+% or other societies from engaging in dialogue with us about
+% electronic publishing issues, or, for that matter, using
+% these macros for their own authors. However, that is as
+% much as I can state officially and publically today.
+It is important that the markup used by authors in computer
+manuscripts (called {\sl compuscripts}) be consistent and
+standardized so that compuscripts might be widely accepted
+by the journals, and perhaps even become part of the normal
+production procedures.
+
+This guide contains basic instructions for creating
+compuscripts using the WGAS macros, which function
+as substyles to the standard \LaTeX\ {\tt article} style.
+Authors are expected to be familiar with the editorial
+requirements of the journals so that they can make
+appropriate submissions, as well as to have at least
+a rudimentary knowledge of \TeX.
+It is unrealistic for us to provide a tutorial
+on \TeX, hence we warn readers who are unfamiliar with
+\TeX\ that they will need additional sources of information.
+These are listed in the {\it References} section.
+
+\section{General preparation instructions}
+
+Computer manuscripts must include all the necessary components,
+e.g., a title, author names and their affiliations,
+an abstract, a main body, tables, etc., in the proper
+order according to the editorial requirements of the journal.
+It is the author's responsibility to ensure that the article
+conforms to all editorial specifications regarding content and
+organization, mathematical formul\ae, chemical names, etc.
+
+In the sections that follow, we review some essential procedures
+that must be followed when preparing \TeX\ input.
+
+\subsection{Running text}
+
+Printing is different from typewriting, and \TeX\ is different
+from other word processing tools. This section consists of
+reminders (admonitions) about things that require special
+attention so that \TeX\ can format the input properly.
+
+The ends of words and sentences are marked by white space, and
+it doesn't matter how many spaces are typed; one is as good as 100.
+\TeX\ treats the end of a line in the input file as a space.
+
+Paragraphs are separated by blank lines.
+Don't hyphenate words in the input file;
+\TeX\ takes care of hyphenation automatically.
+Continue to hyphenate modifiers within a line of text, e.g.,
+``author-prepared copy.''
+
+Quotation marks should be typed as pairs of opening and
+closing single quotes, e.g., {\tt ``quoted text''};
+don't use double quotes ({\tt "bad form"}).
+
+Do not underline.
+In printing, text is emphasized by changing the type style,
+usually to {\sl slanted\/} or {\it italic\/} type.
+
+A number of common characters are interpreted as commands,
+and these must be entered specially, by preceding them with
+a backslash (\verb"\"): \$ \& \% \# \{ and \} must be typed
+\verb"\$" \verb"\&" \verb"\%" \verb"\#" \verb"\{" and \verb"\}".
+
+Authors should refrain from adding vertical or horizontal space.
+Concentrate on the content of the document and identifying its
+components with the structural markup commands.
+Authors should avoid the use of any \LaTeX\ command definitions
+that create markup commands not described in this guide.
+
+\subsection{Math}
+
+Mathematical expressions that are part of the running text are
+delimited by a single dollar sign (\$),
+e.g., \verb"$\pi r^2$" yields $\pi r^2$.
+To get the appropriately sized superscript or subscript in the
+roman font, use the \verb"\rm" command, e.g.,
+\verb"$J_{\rm HF}(t)$" produces $J_{\rm HF}(t)$.
+
+Displayed equations can be delimited in several ways.
+The most concise markup is bracket the equation between
+\verb"\[" and \verb"\]" commands,
+which is equivalent to placing the formula in a {\tt displaymath}
+environment. These markup commands will produce
+{\sl unnumbered} equations.
+
+Numbered equations can be typeset by typing the formula in
+an {\tt equation} environment.
+A series of related equations that need vertical alignment,
+e.g., a derivation where alignment is wanted on the equal sign (=),
+can be typeset in an {\tt eqnarray} environment.
+
+While it is possible for authors to assign their own equation numbers,
+it is easier to let \LaTeX\ number them automatically.
+By default, \LaTeX\ will number equations sequentially from the
+beginning of the paper to the end.
+
+It is sometimes appropriate for equation numbering sequences
+to carry through sections of the paper only.
+Equations can be numbered ({\it sec-eqn}) by placing the command
+\verb"\mathwithsecnums" in the preamble of the document.
+
+\subsection{Tables}
+
+Tables are notoriously difficult to compose,
+and great care and patience are usually required
+before tabular information can be typeset satisfactorily.
+Tables should be placed in a separate {\tt table} environments,
+i.e., the tabular material must be enclosed within
+\verb"\begin{table}" and \verb"\end{table}" commands.
+Tables should have a title or caption and the correct
+number of descriptive column headings.
+A single horizontal rule should be set after the column headings
+with the \verb"\tableline" command.
+Do not insert any other horizontal or vertical
+lines in the body of the table.
+
+Notes in tables should be marked by
+\verb"\tablenotemark";
+corresponding text should appear in a
+\verb"\tablenotetext" command.
+
+\subsection{Cross-referencing}
+
+Cross-referencing equations, tables, and figures
+in text depends upon the use of ``tags'', which
+are defined by the user. The \verb"\label" command is used
+to define cross-reference tags for \LaTeX; \verb"\ref" is used to
+refer to them. Tags are simply text strings that
+serve to label equations, tables, and figures, so that
+they may be referred to symbolically in the text.
+References to page numbers should {\sl not} be made.
+
+\LaTeX\ keeps track of autonumbered counters and cross-reference
+information by maintaining an auxiliary file in the same working
+directory as the source file. The auxiliary file will have an
+extension of {\tt .aux}. This file should not be deleted, since
+subsequent \LaTeX\ processing uses the auxiliary data to resolve
+references, etc.
+
+The auxiliary file mechanism makes it necessary to run \LaTeX\
+on a given source file more than once to
+ensure that the cross-reference information has been properly resolved.
+This is most evident when changes are made that affect the number
+or the placement of equations, tables, and the like.
+\LaTeX\ will typically issue a warning message that advises
+the user to ``rerun to get cross-references right'',
+in which case, run \LaTeX\ again.
+If the error message appears after two successive \LaTeX\ runs,
+it is likely that a reference has been made to an undefined label.
+
+\subsection{Alternate style options}
+
+Editors prefer a large typeface with
+adequate space between typed lines for technical editing marks and
+wide margins for editor and author comments.
+The use of the {\tt aasms} substyle will produce
+double-spaced, full-width output by default.
+
+Authors may prefer a denser form of output for distribution
+to colleagues who are primarily interested in reading the paper, as
+opposed to copy editing it. The \verb"\tightenlines" command
+can be inserted in the document preamble when the {\tt aasms}
+substyle is used; its effect is to reduce
+the vertical spacing in the text.
+
+For institutional purposes, it may be preferable for preprints
+to be set in two columns, have running heads, etc.
+The {\tt aaspp} substyle may be used instead to produce
+two-column pages.
+
+\section{Command descriptions}
+
+This section describes all the commands in the WGAS \LaTeX\ macro
+package that an author might enter in a manuscript (or preprint).
+In the interest of completeness, all the structural markup that
+is needed to identify components is discussed, including those
+commands that are standard \LaTeX\ instructions.
+The commands will be described in roughly the same order as they
+would appear in a compuscript.
+The reader will probably find it helpful to examine the
+sample papers (\verb"sample1.tex" and \verb"sample2.tex") as well.
+
+\subsection*{Preamble}
+
+Most documents processed with a formatter have a collection of
+commands at the beginning of the file that establish settings
+for global parameters; this initialization section is sometimes
+called the {\sl preamble}. In \LaTeX\ compuscripts, the
+preamble is that portion of the file before the
+\verb"\begin{document}" command.
+
+The first piece of markup in the compuscript must declare the
+overall style of the document.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\documentstyle[12pt,aasms]{article}"
+\end{quote}
+The \verb"\documentstyle" command must appear first in any
+\LaTeX\ file, and this one specifies the main style to be
+the \LaTeX\ {\tt article} style using twelve point fonts,
+with modifications and additions for the {\tt aasms} substyle.
+It is preferable to use fonts at twelve points to prevent
+illegibility due to exceedingly long lines
+(too many characters on a line make it hard to read).
+The {\tt aasms} substyle will issue a warning message
+if the font size is smaller than twelve points; the file will
+still be processed.
+
+Tightening the vertical spacing
+in the text results in output that is more attractive for distribution
+to colleagues who are primarily interested in reading the paper, as
+opposed to copy editing it. Authors may include~a
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tightenlines"
+\end{quote}
+declaration in the preamble to direct \LaTeX\ to produce
+a somewhat denser manuscript.
+If the authors prefer not to insert this markup directly,
+the same effect can be achieved with the \verb"tighten"
+document substyle.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\documentstyle[aasms,tighten]{article}"
+\end{quote}
+
+Double-spaced output for referees and
+copy editors is the main objective of this style, hence
+the double-spacing occurs by default.
+Neither the \verb"\tightenlines" command nor the \verb"tighten"
+substyle should be used for manuscripts
+submitted to the editorial office for scientific review.
+
+\subsubsection*{Two-column format}
+
+We acknowledge that people would probably be happier with this macro package
+if they could produce two-column pages that look like the {\it Ap.J}\null.
+However, that is not the primary goal of this project at the present
+time; besides, this is easier said than done.
+
+Our solution is to provide format options within the preprint styles
+themselves so that output format can be changed.
+For instance, within the {\tt aasms} substyle is
+\verb"\tightenlines", which effectively turns off the double-spacing.
+The primary motivation behind this idea is to provide some
+definitions that permit institutions to distribute ``pretty'' preprints
+with this package. (Of course, we make the glaring assumption that we
+can determine what someone else will think is pretty.)
+
+The {\tt aaspp} substyle has the principle function of setting
+up two-column output.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\documentstyle[aaspp]{article}"
+\end{quote}
+Although it is quite obvious, it is important to remember
+that text lines are considerably shorter when two of them are typeset
+side by side on a page. Long equations, wide tables and figures, and
+the like, may not typeset in this format without some adjustments.
+It is our opinion that great effort to adapt copy and markup for
+two-column pages may be counterproductive.
+Remember that the main
+goal of this package at this point is to produce ``correct'' draft
+(or referee) format pages;
+it is the responsibility of the editors and publishers to
+produce publication format papers for the journals.
+
+The {\tt aaspp} substyle does not
+impose a format for the article's front matter,
+although there is often merit in setting the title, author, abstract,
+and keyword material on a separate page at full text width.
+The author may supply the
+\verb"\twocolumn" command wherever desired.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\twocolumn"
+\end{quote}
+Note that the two-column format begins at the point \verb"\twocolumn"
+appears in the text, and if that point is before the front-matter,
+it will be typeset in two-column mode along with the rest of the paper.
+For purposes of producing ``pretty'' output, it is probably desirable
+to put this command after the abstract and keywords, just before the
+body of the paper.
+If \verb"\twocolumn" is not specified explicitly in {\tt aaspp}
+style documents, the introductory material of the paper will be set
+in one-column mode; the first \verb"\section" command (presumably
+demarcating the beginning of the main body of the article) will
+engage the two-column mode.
+
+\subsubsection*{Slug line data}
+
+Journal and article identification information is established by the
+editorial staff. The following macros could be used by personnel at the
+editorial office to record slug-line data and would be included
+in the manuscript preamble.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\received{RECEIPTDATE}"\\
+\verb"\accepted{ACCEPTDATE}"\\
+\verb"\journalid{VOL}{JOURNALDATE}"\\
+\verb"\articleid{STARTPAGE}{ENDPAGE}"
+\end{quote}
+For preprints and submitted manuscripts in draft/referee format, etc.,
+the slug-line information is irrelevant and in those kinds of style,
+the data are never used.
+There are no commands in these styles that typeset the information,
+hence there is no real reason to include slug-line markup in manuscripts.
+
+\subsection*{Starting the main body}
+
+None of the markup that appears in the preamble actually typesets
+anything; the preamble is only a control section.
+The author must include a
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{document}"
+\end{quote}
+command to identify the beginning of the main textual
+portion of the compuscript.
+
+\subsection*{Title, byline, abstract, etc.}
+
+Title and author identification are by way of standard \LaTeX\ commands
+\verb"\title" and \verb"\author", although the macros themselves are
+somewhat different.
+The information is typeset by these macros in this style, rather than
+simply being buffered for later use, as in standard \LaTeX.
+The authors' principal affiliation is specified with
+a separate macro \verb"\affil".
+Each \verb"\author" command
+should be followed by a corresponding \verb"\affil" (or address).
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\title{LUCID TEXT}"\\
+\verb"\author{NAME(S)}"\\
+\verb"\affil{ADDRESS}"
+\end{quote}
+The \verb"\affil" command provides the only opportunity
+to give the author's full postal address,
+and that is what is anticipated for {\small ADDRESS}.
+The address can be broken over several lines by using the
+\LaTeX\ \verb"\\" command to indicate the line breaks.
+Usually, however, postal information will fit on one line.
+
+Authors often have affiliations in addition to their principal employer,
+and these are specified with the \verb"\altaffilmark"
+and \verb"\altaffiltext" commands.
+These behave like the \verb"\footnotemark"
+and \verb"\footnotetext" commands of \LaTeX.
+\verb"\altaffilmark" is appended to author's names in the \verb"\author"
+lists, and generates superscript identification numbers.
+The text for the individual alternate affiliations is generated by the
+\verb"\altaffiltext" command.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\altaffilmark{TAG NUMBER(S)}"\\
+\verb"\altaffiltext{NUMERICAL TAG}{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+It is up to the author to make sure that the \verb"\altaffilmark" numbers
+attached to authors' names correspond to the correct alternate affiliation,
+i.e., that {\small TAG NUMBER == NUMERICAL TAG} for
+corresponding {\small TEXT}.
+
+The typesetting performed by all of the title and byline commands
+is appropriate for the top of the first text page of the manuscript
+(as opposed to a title page).
+
+The paper abstract should be enclosed in an {\tt abstract} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{abstract}"\\
+{\it abstract text\/}\\
+\verb"\end{abstract}"
+\end{quote}
+
+The {\tt aasms} style will print a pair of horizontal rules before the
+abstract. These are present so that the editorial staff can enter the
+``received'' and ``accepted'' dates for the paper. The author should
+not include \verb"\received" and \verb"\accepted" commands in the
+manuscript, since these dates are not usually known at submission time.
+The {\tt aaspp} style does not print the rules or the dates.
+
+\subsubsection*{Keywords}
+
+Keywords, subject headings, etc., are accommodated
+as a single piece of text.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\keywords{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+The \verb"\keywords" command indents if necessary and supplies
+the proper leading text (``Keywords:'', ``Subject headings:'', etc.).
+The author should supply keywords delimited by commas.
+
+\subsection*{Sections}
+
+The \LaTeX\ {\tt article} environment supports three levels of
+sectioning. (Actually, it supports more, but these are the
+relevant ones.)
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\section{HEADING}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\subsection{HEADING}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\subsubsection{HEADING}"
+\end{quote}
+Note that these commands delimit sections by marking the
+{\sl beginning\/} of each section;
+there are not separate commands to identify the {\sl ends}.
+
+In addition, WGAS compuscript styles support an
+\verb"\acknowledgments" section.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\acknowledgments"
+\end{quote}
+In the WGAS substyles, acknowledgments are set off from the
+concluding main body text simply by vertical space
+(no heading or type size change).
+For use in producing output for specific journals,
+this macro might generate text saying ``Acknowledg[e]ments''.
+
+\subsection*{Citations}
+
+Citations may be called out either explicitly by the author without
+any markup, or the \LaTeX\ \verb"\cite" command may be used.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\cite{TAG}"
+\end{quote}
+The {\small TAG} must correspond to a {\small TAG} given in
+a \verb"\bibitem" command in the {\tt thebibliography} environment
+(see below).
+
+\subsection*{Equations}
+
+Displayed equations can be typeset in many ways using the standard
+displayed math environments of \LaTeX;
+these three are probably of greatest use.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{displaymath}"\\
+\verb"\end{displaymath}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\begin{equation}"\\
+\verb"\end{equation}"\\[.5ex]
+\verb"\begin{eqnarray}"\\
+\verb"\end{eqnarray}"
+\end{quote}
+The {\tt displaymath} environment will break out a single,
+unnumbered formula. The equation will appear the same if it
+is set in an {\tt equation} environment, and it will be
+autonumbered by \LaTeX.
+In order to set several formul\ae\ in which vertical alignment
+is required, use the {\tt eqnarray} environment.
+
+Sometimes it is appropriate to number equations by section,
+rather than sequentially through the whole paper.
+When this is required,
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\mathwithsecnums"
+\end{quote}
+should be specified in the document preamble.
+As is the case with tightening the interline spacing
+(\verb"\tightenlines", above), authors need not insert
+the extra markup command in the text.
+The same effect can be achieved with the \verb"mathsec"
+document substyle.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\documentstyle[aasms,mathsec]{article}"
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsection*{Bibliography}
+
+Citation management can be complex, and systems have been
+developed to assist authors in preparing bibliographies.
+The program that manages references within the \TeX\ family
+is called BIB\TeX, and it is designed to work in conjunction
+with the citation and reference list capabilities of \LaTeX.
+
+References and citations can be handled in several ways with
+the WGAS macro package. It is possible to use the semantics
+of \LaTeX's {\tt thebibliography} environment,
+marking citations with \verb"\cite" and associating references
+with them via \verb"\bibitem". The \verb"\cite"-\verb"\bibitem"
+mechanism associates citations and references symbolically
+while maintaining proper citation syntax within the paper.
+The author must create the citation label for each reference
+in proper journal format in the \verb"\bibitem" command.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{thebibliography}"\\
+\verb"\bibitem[LABEL]{TAG} \reference" {\it bibliographic data\/}\\
+\verb" ."\\
+\verb" ."\\
+\verb"\end{thebibliography}"
+\end{quote}
+where {\small LABEL} must adhere to journal standards, e.g., ``Abt 1986''.
+For the time being, there
+is no compelling reason to force an implementation based on BIB\TeX,
+although it should be possible to build reference lists with
+BIB\TeX\ if authors choose.
+(It is also possible to define a bibliographic style for BIB\TeX\ so
+that citations and reference lists are formatted correctly automatically.)
+
+It is not necessary to use the {\tt thebibliography} environment.
+Many authors are comfortable with the standard
+process of entering citations in the proper format directly
+in the body of an article, and then organizing the reference
+list themselves.
+There is also a {\tt references} environment that simply sets off
+the list of references and adjusts spacing parameters.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{references}"\\
+\verb"\reference" {\it bibliographic data\/}\\
+\verb" ."\\
+\verb" ."\\
+\verb"\end{references}"
+\end{quote}
+It is not possible to use \verb"\bibitem"s
+within the {\tt references} environment,
+nor will \verb"\cite" commands work properly in the main body.
+
+Observe that the {\it bibliographic data\/} supplied by the author must
+conform to the standards of the journal. We have elected not to burden
+authors with tedious \LaTeX\ commands which would require many curly braces
+to delimit the bibliographic fields because many of the journals we have
+targeted in this project have agreed to reduce typographic overhead (bolding,
+italicizing, etc.) in reference lists (Abt 1990);
+in any event, these macros can be expanded to whatever abbreviations are
+desired by the various editor(s).
+It is the responsibility of the author to get these fields in the proper
+order with the correct punctuation; the information will be typeset as is,
+i.e., in roman with no size or style changes.
+
+\subsubsection*{Abbreviations for journals}
+
+There are macros for many of the oft-referenced journals so that authors
+may use the \LaTeX\ names rather than having to look up a particular journal's
+specific abbreviation. In principle, all the journals should be using the
+same abbreviations, too, but it is fair to anticipate some changes in the
+specific abbreviations before a set is finally settled on. As long as
+these macros are kept up to date, authors need not be concerned about
+such editorial changes.
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{ll}
+\verb"\aj" & Astronomical Journal\\
+\verb"\araa" & Annual Review of Astronomy\\
+ & \hspace*{1em} and Astrophysics\\
+\verb"\apj" & Astrophysical Journal\\
+\verb"\apjl" & \rule[.5ex]{2em}{.4pt}, Letters to the Editor\\
+\verb"\apjs" & \rule[.5ex]{2em}{.4pt}, Supplement Series\\
+\verb"\applopt" & Applied Optics\\
+\verb"\apss" & Astrophysics and Space Science\\
+\verb"\aap" & Astronomy and Astrophysics\\
+\verb"\aaps" & \rule[.5ex]{2em}{.4pt}, Supplement Series\\
+\verb"\azh" & Astronomicheskii Zhurnal\\
+\verb"\baas" & Bulletin of the AAS\\
+\verb"\jrasc" & Journal of the RAS of Canada\\
+\verb"\memras" & Memoirs of the RAS\\
+\verb"\mnras" & Monthly Notices of the RAS\\
+\verb"\pra" & Physical Review A: General Physics\\
+\verb"\prb" & Physical Review B: Solid State\\
+\verb"\prc" & Physical Review C:\\
+\verb"\prd" & Physical Review D:\\
+\verb"\prl" & Physical Review Letters\\
+\verb"\pasp" & Publications of the ASP\\
+\verb"\pasj" & Publications of the ASJ\\
+\verb"\qjras" & Quarterly Journal of the RAS\\
+\verb"\skytel" & Sky and Telescope\\
+\verb"\sovast" & Soviet Astronomy\\
+\verb"\ssr" & Space Science Reviews\\
+\verb"\zap" & Zeitschrift f\"ur Astrophysik\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\subsection*{Tables and figures}
+
+Tables should appear in {\tt table} environments.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{table}"\\
+\verb"\end{table}"
+\end{quote}
+There should be only one table per environment, and for many
+journals, only one table per page.
+The {\tt table} environment encloses not only the tabular
+material but also any title (caption) or footnote information
+associated with the table.
+
+Tabular information is typeset within \LaTeX's
+{\tt tabular} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{tabular}{"{\it cols\/}\verb"}"\\
+\verb"\end{tabular}"
+\end{quote}
+where {\it cols\/} specifies the formatting for each column.
+
+There is a \verb"\tableline" command for use in {\tt tabular}
+environments.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tableline"
+\end{quote}
+This command produces the horizontal rule(s) between the column headings
+and the body of the table.
+Authors are discouraged from using any \verb"\hlines" themselves,
+and are typically forbidden from using vertical rules by editors.
+
+Titles or captions for tables are indicated with
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\caption{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+Tables will be identified with arabic numerals, e.g., ``Table 2'';
+the identifying text, including the number, is generated automatically
+by \verb"\caption" within the \verb"table" environment.
+
+Footnotes for tables are usually identified by lower case letters
+rather than numbers.
+Marking and assigning associated text is achieved with
+the \verb"\tablenotemark" and \verb"\tablenotetext"
+commands, in which the note identifier is required
+(cf. \verb"\altaffilmark" and \verb"\altaffiltext").
+The \verb"\tablenotetext" {\sl must} be specified before
+the enclosing \verb"\end{table}", since the text of
+notes to tables are displayed by that command.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\tablenotemark{TAG LETTER(S)}"\\
+\verb"\tablenotetext{ALPHA TAG}{TEXT}"
+\end{quote}
+Note that {\small TAG LETTER == ALPHA TAG} for corresponding {\small TEXT}.
+It is the responsibility of the author to get the correspondence correct.
+
+The table footnotes are coupled to the table in which they occur, rather
+than being associated with a particular page, and they are printed with
+the table (relatively close to the caption) instead of appearing at the
+extreme bottom of the page. This is done to ensure that the notes wind
+up on the same page as the table, since tables are floats and can migrate
+from one page to another.
+
+\subsubsection*{Figures}
+
+At the present time, there is no universal way to include
+non-textual data in compuscripts, even if they are graphical
+images produced digitally. This situation will surely change,
+but it is not addressed by this version of the WGAS macro package.
+
+Figures must still be submitted with manuscripts in the usual
+way, and only the figure captions need to be generated with the
+text of the paper. They can be typeset in the traditional way
+without using any markup, or they can be produced within an
+otherwise empty {\tt figure} environment.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\begin{figure}"\\
+\verb"\caption{TEXT}"\\
+\verb"\end{figure}"
+\end{quote}
+When the {\tt figure} environment is used, the figure identification,
+e.g., ``Figure 1'', is generated automatically by \verb"\caption".
+It is usually acceptable for several figure captions to appear
+on the same page.
+
+Footnotes are {\sl not} supported for figures.
+
+\subsection*{Miscellaneous}
+
+Here are some handy things people tend to work out for themselves anyway.
+Many of the definitions come from the {\it A\&A\/} package (Springer 1989);
+some are contributions from individuals.
+You can go berserk making these up,
+especially when you start getting into the composite ones. We have
+tried to select a tractable number that were useful, and somewhat
+difficult to get right because fussy kerning or some such is required.
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{ll@{\hspace*{3em}}ll}
+\verb"\deg" & \deg &
+\verb"\sq" & \sq \\
+\verb"\sun" & \sun &
+\verb"\earth" & \earth \\
+\verb"\arcmin" & \arcmin &
+\verb"\arcsec" & \arcsec \\
+\verb"\fd" & \fd &
+\verb"\fh" & \fh \\
+\verb"\fm" & \fm &
+\verb"\fs" & \fs \\
+\verb"\fdg" & \fdg &
+\verb"\farcm" & \farcm \\
+\verb"\farcs" & \farcs &
+\verb"\fp" & \fp \\
+\verb"\micron" & \micron & \\[.8ex]
+\verb"\onehalf" & \onehalf &
+\verb"\ubvr" & \ubvr \\
+\verb"\onethird" & \onethird &
+\verb"\ub" & \ub \\
+\verb"\twothirds" & \twothirds &
+\verb"\bv" & \bv \\
+\verb"\onequarter" & \onequarter &
+\verb"\vr" & \vr \\
+\verb"\threequarters" & \threequarters &
+\verb"\ur" & \ur \\[.8ex]
+\verb"$\la$" & $\la$ &
+\verb"$\ga$" & $\ga$ \\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+Most of these commands can be used in running text as well as when
+setting mathematical expressions.
+\verb"\la" and \verb"\ga" can only be used in math mode,
+which is sensible since they are relations.
+It is possible to use \verb"\earth" and \verb"\sun" as subscripts,
+e.g., \verb"$1.4 M_{\sun}$" yields $1.4 M_{\sun}$.
+
+\subsection*{Concluding the file}
+
+The last thing in a \LaTeX\ file should be the
+\begin{quote}
+\verb"\end{document}"
+\end{quote}
+command, which appears after all the back matter of the paper.
+This command directs \LaTeX\ to perform assorted termination
+activities and finish processing.
+
+\section{Additional documentation}
+
+The preceding detailed explanation of the markup commands in this
+package has certain merit, but many authors will prefer to examine
+the sample papers that are included with the style files.
+The purely instructional examples are named \verb"sample1.tex"
+and \verb"sample2.tex". The file \verb"sample1.tex" is a paper prepared
+with the WGAS macros utilizing a {\sl minimal\/} amount of markup.
+A more ``complete'' paper requiring nearly all of the capabilities
+of the package is provided as \verb"sample2.tex";
+this file is annotated with comments that describe
+the purpose of most of the markup.
+
+We have also included in the distribution the source files for our
+AAS posters, marked up as they would be for submission;
+they are called \verb"paper1.tex" and \verb"paper2.tex".
+This user guide (\verb"manual.tex")
+is also marked up with the WGAS macro package,
+although it is not exemplary as a scientific paper.
+
+A number of the markup commands described in the preceding
+sections are standard \LaTeX\ macros, and the reader who is
+unfamiliar with their syntax is referred to the \LaTeX\
+manual (Lamport 1985) for details. A cribsheet listing all
+the \LaTeX\ commands (and some pertinent plain \TeX\ commands)
+with short descriptions of each is published by the \TeX\ Users
+Group (Botway and Biemesderfer 1989).
+
+Authors who wish to know the ins and outs of \TeX\ itself
+should read the {\it\TeX book} (Knuth 1984), probably more than once.
+There is a good deal of information about typography in general
+in this source. Many details of mathematical typography are
+discussed in a book by Swanson (1971).
+
+The goals and objectives of this project have changed somewhat
+since we first wrote on the this subject
+(Biemesderfer and Hanisch 1989).
+A discussion of some of the issues surrounding standardized
+markup for compuscripts has been presented elsewhere
+(Hanisch and Biemesderfer 1990).
+
+\begin{references}
+\reference Abt, H. 1990, \apj, 357, 1 (editorial)
+\reference Biemesderfer, C. and Hanisch R. 1989, \baas, 21, 780
+\reference Botway, L. and Biemesderfer, C. 1989,
+ {\it \LaTeX\ Command Summary}, Providence: \TeX\ Users Group
+\reference Hanisch, R. and Biemesderfer, C. 1990, \baas, 22, 829
+\reference Knuth, D. 1984, {\it The \TeX book}, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley
+\reference Lamport, L. 1985,
+ {\it \LaTeX: A Document Preparation System\/}, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley
+\reference Springer-Verlag. 1989,
+ {\it Springer-Verlag \TeX\ AA macro package 1989},
+ Springer: Heidelberg
+\reference Springer-Verlag. 1990,
+ {\it Springer-Verlag \LaTeX\ AA macro package 1990},
+ Springer: Heidelberg
+\reference Swanson, E. 1971, {\it Mathematics Into Type}
+\end{references}
+
+\makeatletter
+\wgas@pageid
+\makeatother
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/mathsec.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/mathsec.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e526ea517a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/mathsec.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+% MATHSEC.STY -- AAS WGAS substyle definition for equations numbered
+% according to section number.
+
+% This is the least intrusive way to implement a substyle layered on top
+% the standard LaTeX styles: by creating a foo.sty style that is read when
+% the specifies the document substyle foo. This file is read in when
+%
+% \documentstyle[12pt,aasms,mathsec]{article}
+%
+% is specified by the author.
+
+\mathwithsecnums
+
+% That's all this files does. It would be more efficient to have "mathsec"
+% declared as an internal substyle, but that requires modifications in the
+% main LaTeX article.sty file.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/paper1.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/paper1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d296bcdd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/paper1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+% PAPER1.TEX -- Original proposal, presented as a display paper at
+% June 1989 AAS meeting in Ann Arbor.
+
+\documentstyle[12pt,aasms,tighten]{article}
+\nofiles
+
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\begin{document}
+
+% title page -----------------------------------------------------------------
+\null \vspace*{1.5in}
+
+\hbox to\textwidth{\hfill
+\begin{minipage}{5in}
+\begin{center}
+\large\bf \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ Macro Definition Files\\
+for Astronomical Publications\\[4ex]
+\normalsize C. D. Biemesderfer$^1$\\[1ex] and\\[1ex]
+ R. J. Hanisch$^2$
+\end{center}
+\end{minipage}
+\hfill}
+
+\vfill
+
+\begin{quote}
+\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\arabic{enumi})}
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item National Radio Astronomy Observatory, Tucson, AZ 85721.
+NRAO is operated by Associated Universities, Inc.\ under cooperative
+agreement with the National Science Foundation.
+
+\item Space Telescope Science Institute, Baltimore, MD 21218.
+STScI is operated for NASA by Associated Universities for
+Research in Astronomy, Inc.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{quote}
+
+\newpage
+% ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\title{\TeX\ and \LaTeX\ Macro Definition Files\\
+ for Astronomical Publications}
+\author{C. D. Biemesderfer (NRAO), R. J. Hanisch (STScI)}
+
+\vspace{1.5ex}
+
+As astronomers have become skilled in the use of the typesetting
+programs \TeX\ and \LaTeX, their use in preparing articles for
+astronomical journals has steadily increased.
+We believe that the community, including the journal publishers,
+can benefit significantly from the adoption of \TeX\ for production
+purposes as well as for the creation of authors' drafts.
+We have begun the development of macro definition files for the
+Chicago University Press journals ({\it Ap.J.\/} and {\it A.J.\/}),
+and have developed templates which guide authors in the preparation of
+their manuscripts.
+
+We wish to illustrate several points with our display:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item High-quality output can be produced, even with a 300 dot per inch
+ laser printer.
+ \item There is merit in the use of a ``general'' set of macros,
+ usable by several authors, in order to produce identical
+ {\sl looking} results (identical form vs. variable
+ content).
+ \item We demonstrate the power of the typesetting system itself,
+ and the versatility possible with layers of macros,
+ with ``draft''
+ and ``reprint'' versions of the same paper produced
+ {\sl with the same markup} (variable form vs.
+ identical content).
+\end{itemize}
+
+%\pagebreak
+\subsection*{Why use \TeX~?}
+
+Look around. How many presentations and preprints that were prepared
+with \TeX\ have you seen at this meeting~?
+The most important reason for selecting these programs is
+{\sl familiarity}.
+Another consideration is that the whole \TeX\ system is in the public
+domain, so there is very little encumbrance of cost levied on the
+community.
+The system has been ported to a significant fraction of available
+computing machinery and printers, so the likelihood of requiring the
+acquisition of new hardware is very small.
+
+In addition, \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ do typesetting {\sl well}.
+They are capable of producing printed manuscripts that are practically
+indistinguishable from the printed pages of the various journals.
+Finally, \TeX\ has a well-developed macro facility.
+Through the use of standard macro files, it is possible for authors
+to send their manuscripts electronically to the journal editorial offices
+and for the journals to reduce costs by directly typesetting the submissions.
+Given the widening of the research computing network, it is easy to
+imagine that publishers need not produce final-copy reprints for
+authors to distribute; the bulk of reprint requests could be made
+{\sl and filled} via electronic mail.
+
+%\pagebreak
+\subsection*{Why use macros~?}
+
+The most important reason to use identical markup is to guarantee uniformity
+in the typeset results of manuscripts written by different authors.
+A secondary benefit is that by changing the {\sl definitions}
+of the markup macros, an author (or publisher) can produce articles with
+entirely different form, without modifying the source document.
+This means that an author can create an ``editorial'' copy of a
+paper suitable for review by a referee or a copy editor, and the
+journal publisher can produce ``proof'' pages (or the author can produce
+his own reprints) with the same markup.
+
+The accompanying figures show the original source files and typeset results of
+a trial article produced in ``draft'' and ``final'' forms.
+
+With the use of \LaTeX\ style files, the macro definitions can also be
+customized for the style differences between the different journals.
+Although we encourage the standardization efforts now in progress, if
+differences were to remain in the layout, font styles, references, etc.,
+between different journals, these could be accommodated in suitably
+tailored style files. Again, the source text would be identical except
+for the name of the style file.
+
+%\pagebreak
+\subsection*{Macro names}
+
+Proposing a ``standard'' for a community at large is always a
+contentious undertaking, and there will undoubtedly be differences
+of opinion about the nomenclature of the markup and the semantics
+of the ``little language'' that comprises the definitions.
+We have adopted the naming conventions and to a major extent the
+semantics of \LaTeX, primarily because the control sequence names
+of \LaTeX\ reflect the canonical terminology of typography and
+copy editing. \LaTeX\ is also widely used, and many scientists
+are likely to be familiar with the command names.
+
+We list in what follows the major features of the
+experimental {\it apj\/} style definition.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Journal and article identification information is established by the
+editorial staff. The following macros can (and probably should) be included
+in the manuscript preamble.
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\journalid{VOL}{JOURNALDATE}
+\articleid{STARTPAGE}{ENDPAGE}
+\received{RECEIPTDATE}
+\accepted{ACCEPTDATE}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+The copyright line found at the beginning of each article is typeset using
+the journal and article identification information set by the
+\verb"\journalid" and \verb"\articleid" commands.
+
+\item Title and author identification is by way of standard \LaTeX\ commands
+\verb"\title" and \verb"\author".
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title{TITLE}
+\author{AUTHOR}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+Authors' principal affiliation(s) is specified with a separate macro
+\verb"\affiliation". Authors often have
+affiliations above and beyond their main employer, and these are specified
+with the \verb"\altaffil" and \verb"\altaffiltext" commands.
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\affiliation{PLACE}
+\altaffil{IDNUMBER}
+\altaffiltext{IDNUMBER}{PLACE}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+\item The paper abstract is enclosed in a grouping construct as per the
+\LaTeX\ abstract environment.
+There is also a subject headings environment that permits main headings
+with subheadings, identified with \verb"\heading" and \verb"\subheading"
+macros, respectively.
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{abstract}
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{subjects}
+\heading{MAINTOPIC}
+\subheading{SUBTOPIC}
+\end{subjects}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+\item We permit sections, subsections, and subsubsections
+as described by the Manual of Style, and using the same syntax as their
+paradigms in \LaTeX.
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{NAME}
+\subsection{NAME}
+\subsubsection{NAME}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+\item There is an \verb"\acknowledgements" command to be used before any
+final paragraphs that may contain expressions of gratitude.
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\acknowledgements
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+\item At the present time, the references environment is not implemented
+with BIB\TeX, although we borrow syntactic and semantic ideas
+from that system (which, in turn, borrows from Scribe and {\it refer\/}).
+We have simply defined the several macros we needed for the sample
+papers, using the entry types described in the BIB\TeX\ documentation.
+The definitions make use of the required and optional fields as per
+BIB\TeX\ as well, and the required arguments are in the same order as
+they are mentioned in Appendix B of the \LaTeX\ manual. We have added
+the optional arguments where necessary in order to make correct {\it Ap.J.\/}
+references, although the specific syntax may not be desirable for
+authors submitting to many journals; something more general should
+be devised, or else BIB\TeX\ should be properly used.
+\begin{quote}\small
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{references}
+\article{AUTHOR}{TITLE}{JOURNAL}{YEAR}{VOL}{PAGE}
+\book{AUTHOR}{TITLE}{PUBLISHER}{YEAR}
+\inbook{AUTHOR}{TITLE}{CHAP/PAGE}{ED/PUB}{YEAR}
+\misc{AUTHOR}{YEAR}{NOTE}
+\end{references}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+\item There is an authors' addresses environment.
+The syntax here is experimental.
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{authoraddresses}
+\authoraddress{NAME}{ADDRESS}
+\end{authoraddresses}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+where address components should be delimited by \verb"\\".
+For {\it Ap.J.\/} main journal addresses,
+\verb"\\" doesn't mean a line break; it is redefined to
+be simply a comma. In preprints, though, people frequently set up
+their addresses in a standard ``envelope'' form, hence that choice for
+the delimiter.
+\end{itemize}
+
+We also suggest that a number of commonplace abbreviations
+be specified as macros, particularly for the names of journals
+used in citations. The reason for this is because different
+journals do not use the same abbreviations, and if the ideas
+proposed in this paper catch on with several publishers, we can
+use the same citation macros without having to look up in the
+corresponding Manual of Style how to abbreviate
+{\it Astronomy and Astrophysics\/}.
+
+%\pagebreak
+\subsection*{Status of the macros}
+
+The macro package is in a very preliminary form, with many known
+shortcomings and omissions;
+the purpose of this paper is to serve as a trial balloon for the
+concepts we are proposing.
+
+There are several outstanding problems, most notably a generalized
+way of going in and out of ``two-column'' mode. Macros for setting
+tabular material and for inserting space for figures have not been
+developed (although they will not be terribly difficult).
+The most flexible way to handle embedded graphical material is for
+the graphics to be submitted in electronic form also, in some
+standard metacode such as PostScript, but this is a separate
+issue.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/paper2.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/paper2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b292d8494
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/paper2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+% PAPER2.TEX -- Overview of how TeX is used by several journal publishers
+% for production purposes. Discussion of various desiderata for markup.
+
+\documentstyle[aaspp]{article}
+\nofiles
+
+\hyphenation{ma-nu-script ma-nu-scripts} % curious...
+\hyphenation{pre-load-ed turn-around Spring-er}
+
+\pagestyle{empty}
+
+\begin{document}
+\twocolumn
+
+\title{A Comparison of\\ \TeX-based Production Methods\\
+for Selected Physics and Astronomy Journals}
+
+\author{\sl R. J. Hanisch, STScI\\[.5ex]
+C. D. Biemesderfer, NOAO}
+
+\vspace{.25in}
+
+Many astronomers are familiar with the \TeX\ computer typesetting system.
+A considerable number of them now use an editor and \TeX\ in tandem as
+a word processor, composing many diverse forms such as letters, memoranda,
+recipes, party invitations, and even books and journal articles.
+Most of this material is distributed informally (via laser printer and
+photocopier), although some commercial firms have begun to produce
+technical volumes using \TeX\ as the primary typesetting engine.
+
+In this paper, we review the production cycles of three journals with
+which astronomers are likely to be acquainted. These are the
+{\it Physical Review},
+{\it Astronomy and Astrophysics}, and the
+{\it Australian Journal of Physics}.
+
+%\newpage
+\subsection*{Physical Review}
+
+The {\it Physical Review\/} is published by the
+American Physical Society (APS).
+The APS Publications Liaison Office has developed a macro package called
+REV\TeX\ which is designed to work with standard \LaTeX.
+REV\TeX\ is distributed to interested authors along with sample
+papers and a user guide (Sutherland 1989), and authors are encouraged
+to write their articles for the
+{\it Physical Review\/} with REV\TeX\ markup.
+The objective of REV\TeX\ is to avoid the costs and time delays of
+keyboard entry, as well as to provide authors with their own means
+of producing markup and preprint versions of their manuscripts.
+
+REV\TeX\ has a {\sl preprint} format (a \LaTeX\ substyle) that can
+be used for initial review; authors submit {\sl manuscripts}
+(paper copies) of their articles to the editorial office,
+and the paper is refereed in the usual fashion.
+At some stage in the review process, the REV\TeX\ source file (called
+a {\sl compuscript}) will be requested from the author.
+Compuscripts may be submitted via floppy diskette, magnetic tape,
+or Bitnet. After a paper has been accepted, the author may elect
+to have the compuscript returned so that the author may make subsequent
+corrections, or changes can be made by staff at the production site.
+
+The publishing offices of the AIP, which produces the
+{\it Physical Review} for APS, do not actually use
+\TeX\ for their typesetting.
+Rather, they use a turn-key computer typesetting system called Xyvision.
+Xyvision has its own markup language, and the production staff
+at AIP has been trained in its use.
+However, Xyvision provides the tools to develop
+translators between various typesetting markup languages and the
+Xyvision internal system. The AIP has already implemented a translation
+between WordPerfect and Xyvision, and this summer will be developing
+a translation facility between \TeX\ (i.e., the REV\TeX\ macro package)
+and Xyvision. Other translators, such as to the industry-standard
+SGML, are likely to be developed as well.
+
+%\newpage
+\subsection*{Astronomy and Astrophysics}
+
+{\it Astronomy and Astrophysics\/} is published by Springer-Verlag;
+the {\it Supplement\/} is published by Les Editions de Physique.
+Springer has a macro package for use with plain \TeX\ which is
+distributed to authors (Springer 1989).
+Springer's purposes in using \TeX\ in their production cycle are
+to increase the total number of pages produced per year, and to afford
+authors quicker turnaround, resulting in a timlier publication schedule.
+
+Editorial procedures are similar to those of the {\it Physical Review}.
+Manuscripts are submitted to the {\it A\&A} editorial offices, and
+the electronic copy of the paper (on floppy diskette) is requested
+after acceptance.
+Springer has integrated their production environment in a way
+so that journal pages can be typeset by \TeX\ and produced on
+Springer's phototypesetter. In general, this system functions well,
+and at least some authors find the publication process
+(once the paper has been accepted)
+to be less time-consuming. % Andre 1990, private comm.
+
+There are shortcomings in the procedure as a whole, however.
+Authors who choose to process their own papers {\sl for publication\/}
+with the {\it A\&A\/} macros are supposed to submit a DVI file
+in addition to the \TeX\ source.
+The \TeX$\rightarrow$DVI processing is done with
+preloaded fonts for the typesetter used by Springer, % a Mergenthaler?
+{\sl not} the Computer Modern fonts. The configuration that must be
+arranged (on each author's host computer) for this processing require
+intervention of a fairly knowledgeable \TeX pert, and also possibly
+a system administrator.
+
+It is not clear that there is any real benefit to Springer in using
+this approach, as opposed to simply processing the \TeX\ source
+(which Springer will do, if an author is unable to do so)
+at the production site.
+We feel this is a peculiar requirement that is unnecessarily
+burdensome to authors.
+More fundamentally, standardization at the level of DVI files
+is inappropriate for widespread document interchange.
+
+An additional criticism of Springer's macro package is that
+the markup that was devised is unique, drawing only tangentially
+on existing markup command conventions. In other words,
+the {\it A\&A\/} package is a completely new markup language.
+It is desirable to use standard environments and commands
+to the greatest extent possible in order to both simplify
+the process of text preparation for authors and to ensure
+that a minimum amount of reworking of the text
+is required by the editorial offices.
+It is unfortunate that \LaTeX\ was not used as a starting point instead;
+because \LaTeX\ has a higher
+level view of a document than \TeX, it provides a more suitable
+framework in which to develop a standard markup style.
+
+%\newpage
+\subsection*{Australian Journal of Physics}
+
+The {\it Australian Journal of Physics\/} is published by the
+Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation.
+The CSIRO has been experimenting with \TeX\ for production
+of a number of its journals since 1985 and in 1989 began
+publication of the {\it Aust.~J.~Phys.} with a specialized
+version of \TeX\ running on MacIntoshes.
+
+The CSIRO system, called AJSR\TeX\ (Clarke 1989),
+was developed by the System Design Unit of CSIRO
+specifically for the production of the Australian Journals of
+Scientific Research (AJSR).
+AJSR\TeX\ is designed for use by the staff of the
+publishing office, particularly technical typists,
+rather than as a package distributed to authors.
+The managing editor accepts plain \TeX, AMS\TeX, and
+\LaTeX\ submissions on floppy diskette, but each is translated into
+the AJSR\TeX\ system and subsequently recomposed by a staff typographer.
+The production environment consists of the AJSR\TeX\ package layered
+on \TeX tures (a commercial \TeX\ implementation for the MacIntosh),
+in conjunction with a commercial text editing product called QUED/M.
+
+Submission procedures are the same those described above.
+Traditional hardcopy manuscripts are submitted initially for
+refereeing and editorial revision; a diskette containing
+the \TeX\ compuscript is requested after the article
+has been accepted for publication.
+While the acceptance of author submissions doesn't necessarily
+save production time at the AJSR office (Clarke 1990),
+a reduction in typesetting costs and a shortening of the
+publication cycle has already been realized (Robertson 1989).
+
+% It is interesting to realize that CSIRO's decision to use TeX was
+% entirely motivated by commercial publishing concerns. The reasoning
+% that led to this decision is described to some extent in:
+%
+% Clarke, T. 1988, Australian Mac World.
+%
+% The move had as much (if not more) to do with a desire to use the
+% MacIntosh, but they were clearly enough impressed by the results of
+% their previous experiments with TeX to invest in the in-house version.
+%
+% An article entitled "How and Why a Trade Typesetter Chose \TeX" in the
+% 1988 TUG Conference Proceedings describes the course followed by another
+% Melbourne-based organisation (Trade Graphics Pty. Ltd.) as they migrated
+% from Compugraphic hardware. They run TeX on a Compaq 386 and continue
+% to send output to the CG8400.
+%
+% Tonkin, P. and Warman, A. 1988, {\it TUG Conference Proceedings},
+% AMS, Providence, p. 61
+
+There are a number of interesting things to note about CSIRO's operation.
+Most significant are the facts that \TeX\ is used to produce the
+{\sl entire} {\it Australian Journal of Physics\/},
+the production is carried out on very inexpensive equipment
+(three MacIntoshes and a 600 dpi laser printer), and
+the journal's appearance does not suffer. % In fact, it looks pretty good.
+It is clear that the production offices of the AJSR chose
+\TeX\ because it was a sound commercial publishing solution,
+basically equivalent to the AIP's decision to use Xyvision.
+
+Furthermore, there is a striking similarity between the APS' and AJSR's
+use of author submissions in their production operations.
+Both offices {\sl translate} the author's markup (some dialect of \TeX)
+into an internal representation (Xyvision's proprietary language on
+one hand, a different dialect of \TeX\ on the other).
+We discuss this further below.
+
+
+%\newpage
+\subsection*{Discussion}
+
+In recent years, the exchange of manuscripts by electronic means has
+become more prevalent.
+We anticipate an increase in the use of electronic (computerized) methods
+for the production of commercially published material, including
+scholarly journals. % as indicated by our survey
+
+In order to shorten the time from submission of articles to publication
+and to decrease the costs of production, editors and publishers must
+be able to make direct use of author-prepared computerized manuscripts.
+However, for the usual cycles involved in review, acceptance, and
+editing of journal articles, a form that is readily manipulated by
+humans is desirable.
+ASCII text documents with embedded markup permits humans to read and edit
+while providing the tags necessary for a computer to process or translate
+the paper.
+
+A common {\sl form} for such markup facilitates the processing
+stages of the publishing operation.
+It is not important that the markup be identical in all cases,
+i.e., it is not necessary to declare a particular language or syntax
+as ``the standard''.
+What is essential is that the acceptable
+formats (markup languages) be sufficiently alike conceptually
+so that the translation or conversion between forms
+can be readily specified. % at the lexical level, not the grammatical.
+
+It is possible to make assertions about what properties a ``good'' markup
+language has for dealing with the documentation issues we are considering.
+Its principle attribute is that it {\sl identify the structure}
+of the document.
+Equally important is that certain relationships among components
+be enforced (e.g., it should not be permissible to place a running
+head in a section heading).
+Obviously, the markup should be ASCII strings.
+
+SGML is such a language; so, to a certain extent, is \LaTeX.
+As we have seen in the production of the {\it Physical Review\/} and
+the {\it Australian Journal of Physics\/}, \LaTeX\ markup can be
+translated into alternate formats suitable for commercial publications.
+As long as authors, editors, and publishers agree on good principles
+of structure, translations from one markup to another should
+be straightforward (Mamrak et al. 1987).
+The macros that we have developed on behalf of the AAS Working
+Group on Astronomical Software (Biemesderfer and Hanisch 1990)
+are intended as a working model for such principles.
+
+\begin{references}
+\reference Biemesderfer, C. D. and Hanisch, R. J. 1990, in publication.
+\reference Clarke, T. 1989, {\it ASJR\TeX\ User Manual}, CSIRO: Melbourne
+\reference Clarke, T. 1990, private communication
+\reference Mamrak, S. A., Kaelbing, M. J., Nicholas, C. K., and Share, M.
+ 1987, {\it CACM}, {\bf 30}, 408
+\reference Robertson, P. 1989, {\it Aust.J.Phys.}, {\bf 42}, 1
+\reference Springer-Verlag. 1989,
+ {\it Springer-Verlag \TeX\ AA macro package 1989},
+ Springer: Heidelberg
+\reference Sutherland, P. 1989, {\it Physical Review Input Guide for
+ \TeX\ Author-Prepared Compuscripts}, APS: New York
+\end{references}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/samp2tbl.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/samp2tbl.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3446811f10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/samp2tbl.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+% TABLE1.TEX -- AASTeX sample table 1.
+
+\begin{planotable}{lrrrrcrrrrr}
+\tablewidth{0pc}
+\tablecaption{Literature Data for Program Stars}
+\tablehead{
+\colhead{Star} & \colhead{V} &
+\colhead{b$-$y} & \colhead{m$_1$} &
+\colhead{c$_1$} & \colhead{ref} &
+\colhead{T$_{\rm eff}$} & \colhead{log g} &
+\colhead{v$_{\rm turb}$} & \colhead{[Fe/H]} &
+\colhead{ref}}
+\startdata
+HD 97 & 9.7& 0.51& 0.15& 0.35& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5015 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 10 \nl
+HD 2665 & 7.7& 0.54& 0.09& 0.34& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 2.50 & 2.4 & $-1.99$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 5120 & 3.00 & 2.0 & $-1.69$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 4980 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.05$ & 10 \nl
+HD 4306 & 9.0& 0.52& 0.05& 0.35& 20, 2& \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 1.75 & 2.0 & $-2.70$ & 13 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 1.50 & 1.8 & $-2.65$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4950 & 2.10 & 2.0 & $-2.92$ & 8 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 2.25 & 2.0 & $-2.83$ & 18 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.80$ & 21 \nl
+& & & & & & 4930 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.45$ & 10 \nl
+HD 4906 & 8.8& 0.48& 0.22& 0.30& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata\nl
+HD 5426 & 9.6& 0.50& 0.08& 0.34& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \nl
+HD 6755 & 7.7& 0.49& 0.12& 0.28& 20, 2& \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5200 & 2.50 & 2.4 & $-1.56$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 5260 & 3.00 & 2.7 & $-1.67$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.58$ & 21 \nl
+& & & & & & 5200 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 10 \nl
+HD 18907 & 5.9& 0.51& 0.23& 0.32& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata\nl
+HD 21581 & 8.7& 0.56& 0.14& 0.34& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4750 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.66$ & 10 \nl
+HD 24289 & 10.0& 0.39& 0.05& 0.29& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.64$ & 21 \nl
+HD 24616 & 6.7& 0.51& 0.25& 0.32& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata\nl
+HD 44007 & 8.1& 0.56& 0.14& 0.35& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 24 \nl
+HD 45282 & 8.0& 0.45& 0.11& 0.28& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.51$ & 21 \nl
+HD 76932 & 5.8& 0.35& 0.12& 0.30& 20 & 5860 & 3.50 & \nodata & $-1.10$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 5630 & 3.88 & 0.8 & $-1.01$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 5810 & 3.50 & \nodata & $-1.12$ & 15 \nl
+HD 84937 & 8.3& 0.30& 0.06& 0.35& 20,11& 6200 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.10$ & 4 \nl
+& & & & & & 6250 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.18$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 6216 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.42$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 6240 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.13$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.14$ & 21 \nl
+& & & & & & 6200 & 3.60 & 1.5 & $-2.43$ & 16 \nl
+& & & & & & 6250 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-2.10$ & 22 \nl
+HD 87140 & 9.0& 0.48& 0.12& 0.28& 20 & 5000 & 4.50 & 1.0 & $-1.41$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.56$ & 21 \nl
+HD 88609 & 8.6& 0.68& 0.09& 0.54& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.50$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 1.10 & 2.8 & $-2.77$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 0.80 & 3.2 & $-2.65$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4600 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.75$ & 10 \tablebreak
+HD 94028 & 8.2& 0.34& 0.08& 0.25& 20 & 5795 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 5860 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 4 \nl
+& & & & & & 5910 & 3.80 & \nodata & $-1.76$ & 15 \nl
+& & & & & & 5800 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.67$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 5902 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 5900 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.57$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.32$ & 21 \nl
+HD 97916 & 9.2& 0.29& 0.10& 0.41& 20 & 6125 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-1.10$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 6160 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.39$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & 6240 & 3.70 & \nodata & $-1.28$ & 15 \nl
+& & & & & & 5950 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 6204 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.36$ & 11 \nl
+\cutinhead{This is a cut-in head.}
++26\deg2606& 9.7&0.34&0.05&0.28&20,11& 5980 & \nodata & \nodata &$<-2.20$ & 19 \nl
+& & & & & & 5950 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.89$ & 24 \nl
++26\deg3578& 9.4&0.31&0.05&0.37&20,11& 5830 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.60$ & 4 \nl
+& & & & & & 5800 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.62$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 6177 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.51$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 6000 & 3.25 & \nodata & $-2.20$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 6140 & 3.50 & \nodata & $-2.57$ & 15 \tablebreak
++30\deg2611& 9.2&0.82&0.33&0.55& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4400 & 1.80 & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 12 \nl
+& & & & & & 4400 & 0.90 & 1.7 & $-1.20$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4260 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.55$ & 10 \nl
++37\deg1458& 8.9&0.44&0.07&0.22&20,11& 5296 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.39$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 5420 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.43$ & 3 \nl
++58\deg1218&10.0&0.51&0.03&0.36& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.80$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 1.10 & 2.2 & $-2.71$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 2.20 & 1.8 & $-2.46$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 4980 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.55$ & 10 \nl
++72\deg0094&10.2&0.31&0.09&0.26&12 & 6160 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 19 \nl
+\sidehead{Side head:}
+G5--36 & 10.8& 0.40& 0.07& 0.28& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.19$ & 21 \nl
+G18--54 & 10.7& 0.37& 0.08& 0.28& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.34$ & 21 \nl
+G20--08 & 9.9& 0.36& 0.05& 0.25& 20,11& 5849 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.59$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.03$ & 21 \nl
+G20--15 & 10.6& 0.45& 0.03& 0.27& 20,11& 5657 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.00$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 6020 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.56$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.58$ & 21 \nl
+G21--22 & 10.7& 0.38& 0.07& 0.27& 20,11& \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.23$ & 21 \tablebreak
+G24--03 & 10.5& 0.36& 0.06& 0.27& 20,11& 5866 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.78$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 21 \nl
+G30--52 & 8.6& 0.50& 0.25& 0.27& 11 & 4757 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.12$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 4880 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.14$ & 3 \nl
+G33--09 & 10.6& 0.41& 0.10& 0.28& 20 & 5575 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.48$ & 11 \nl
+G59--18 & 10.2& 0.47& 0.16& 0.26& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.08$ & 21 \nl
+G60--26 & 9.8& 0.43& 0.14& 0.24& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.15$ & 21 \nl
+G66--22 & 10.5& 0.46& 0.16& 0.28& 11 & 5060 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.77$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.04$ & 21 \nl
+G90--03 & 10.4& 0.37& 0.04& 0.29& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.01$ & 21 \nl
+G102--47 & 10.3& 0.46& 0.10& 0.23& 20,11& 5220 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.25$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.62$ & 21 \nl
+G122--57 & 8.4& 0.53& 0.27& 0.31& 11 & 4744 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.71$ & 11 \nl
+G141--19 & 10.6& 0.50& 0.01& 0.26& 20 & 5155 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.91$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 5680 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.95$ & 21 \nl
+G141--47 & 10.5& 0.39& 0.09& 0.29& 11 & 6056 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.57$ & 11 \nl
+G170--47 & 8.9& 0.45& 0.06& 0.28& 11 & 5126 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.91$ & 11 \nl
+G186--26 & 10.8& 0.31& 0.04& 0.34& 20 & 6220 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.90$ & 25 \nl
+& & & & & & 6222 & \nodata & \nodata &$<-2.80$ & 11 \nl
+G205--42 & 10.0& 0.43& 0.10& 0.23& 11 & 5301 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.18$ & 11 \nl
+G217--08 & 10.5& 0.35& 0.06& 0.28& 11 & 6066 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.29$ & \nodata\nl
+G243--63 & 7.7& 0.48& 0.13& 0.30& 11 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.66$ & 21 \nl
+LP 608--62\tablenotemark{a} & 10.5& 0.30& 0.07& 0.35& 11 & 6250 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.70$ & 4 \nl
+\tablenotetext{a}{Star LP 608--62 is also known as BD+1\deg 2341p.}
+\tablenotetext{b}{This is not a real table footnote.}
+\tablerefs{
+(1) Barbuy, Spite, \& Spite 1985; (2) Bond 1980; (3) Carbon et al. 1987;
+(4) Hobbs \& Duncan 1987; (5) Gilroy et al. 1988: (6) Gratton \& Ortolani 1986;
+(7) Gratton \& Sneden 1987; (8) Gratton \& Sneden (1988); (9) Gratton \& Sneden 1991;
+(10) Kraft et al. 1982; (11) LCL, or Laird, 1990; (12) Leep \& Wallerstein 1981;
+(13) Luck \& Bond 1981; (14) Luck \& Bond 1985; (15) Magain 1987;
+(16) Magain 1989; (17) Peterson 1981; (18) Peterson, Kurucz, \& Carney 1990;
+(19) RMB; (20) Schuster \& Nissen 1988; (21) Schuster \& Nissen 1989b;
+(22) Spite et al. 1984; (23) Spite \& Spite 1986; (24) Hobbs \& Thorburn 1991;
+(25) Hobbs et al. 1991; (26) Olsen 1983.}
+\tablecomments{Occasionally, authors wish to append a short
+paragraph of explanatory notes that pertain to the entire table, but
+which are different than the caption. Such notes should be placed in
+a {\tt tablecomments} command like this.}
+\end{planotable}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample1.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffaea5622a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+% SAMPLE1.TEX -- AASTeX sample paper with minimal markup.
+
+\documentstyle[12pt,aasms]{article}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{AAS\TeX\ Sample Papers. I. The Minimalist Approach}
+\author{M. Headroom}
+\affil{Industrial Metaphysics, Inc., Alluvia, HG 67555}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+This example illustrates how to use the AAS\TeX\ markup in a
+way that is as unobtrusive as possible while still identifying
+all the important structural parts of the paper.
+The most salient thing to observe is that, apart from the document
+style declaration, no formatting instructions are given in the file.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\keywords{Brevity --- models}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+Reader, this is my paper. Paper, this is our reader.
+
+\section{Observations}
+
+The observations upon which this paper is based were taken on Wednesday
+while I was grocery shopping. I needed a half-gallon of milk, chips and
+salsa, and a bag of kitty litter. Calibration data were taken on Friday
+when I went back for a six-pack of beer.
+
+\section{Discussion}
+
+Grocery stores seem to be inordinately crowded on Wednesdays and Fridays
+\markcite{(Headroom 1988)}. The increase in Friday-shopper density can
+be understood by assuming that many people get paid on Fridays,
+and by recognizing that such people often do not work on Saturdays and
+Sundays and can be assumed to be ``stocking up'' for the weekend.
+
+The Wednesday peak is harder to explain, but may be related to the
+delivery of fresh produce on Tuesday nights. This interpretation
+depends on the assumption that many people
+eat sensibly and therefore find fresh produce attractive.
+
+\acknowledgments
+
+My cats, Hal and Yoda, provided motivation for the initiation of this study.
+
+\begin{references}
+\reference Berlioz, H. 1837, Grande Messe du Morts (Paris: Durand)
+\reference Headroom, M. 1988, \apj, 278, 356
+\end{references}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample2.aux b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample2.aux
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32d0c435cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample2.aux
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+\relax
+\citation{hen61,lyn68,spi85}
+\citation{kin75,new78}
+\citation{djo84}
+\citation{can78}
+\citation{kin68,pet76,har84,ort85}
+\citation{kin66}
+\citation{kro84}
+\@writefile{toc}{\string\contentsline\space {section}{\string\numberline\space {1.}Introduction}{3}}
+\@writefile{toc}{\string\contentsline\space {section}{\string\numberline\space {2.}Observations}{3}}
+\citation{hag86}
+\@writefile{toc}{\string\contentsline\space {section}{\string\numberline\space {3.}Helicity Amplitudes}{4}}
+\@writefile{toc}{\string\contentsline\space {subsection}{\string\numberline\space {3.1.}Formalism}{4}}
+\newlabel{hairymath}{{3.1.}{4}}
+\@writefile{toc}{\string\contentsline\space {section}{\string\numberline\space {4.}Floating material and so forth}{5}}
+\@writefile{toc}{\string\contentsline\space {section}{\string\numberline\space {A.}Floating material and so forth}{6}}
+\@writefile{lot}{\string\contentsline\space {table}{\string\numberline\space {1}{\ignorespaces Terribly relevant tabular information.}}{7}}
+\newlabel{tbl-1}{{1}{7}}
+\@writefile{lot}{\string\contentsline\space {table}{\string\numberline\space {1A}{\ignorespaces More terribly relevant tabular information. Notice that it is possible to have more than one table on a page where each can have associated independent notes. We extend the caption with further pointless drivel to see the effects of lengthy text on caption formatting.}}{8}}
+\newlabel{tbl-2}{{1A}{8}}
+\@input{samp2tbl.aux}
+\bibcite{aur82}{Auri{\accent 18 e}re 1982}
+\bibcite{can78}{Canizares et al.\ 1978}
+\bibcite{djo84}{Djorgovski and King 1984}
+\bibcite{hag86}{Hagiwara and Zeppenfeld 1986}
+\bibcite{har84}{Harris and van den Bergh 1984}
+\bibcite{hen61}{H{\accent 18 e}non 1961}
+\bibcite{kin66}{King 1966}
+\bibcite{kin75}{King 1975}
+\bibcite{kin68}{King et al.,\ 1968}
+\bibcite{kro84}{Kron et al.,\ 1984}
+\bibcite{lyn68}{Lynden-Bell and Wood 1968}
+\bibcite{new78}{Newell and O'Neil 1978}
+\bibcite{ort85}{Ortolani et al.,\ 1985}
+\bibcite{pet76}{Peterson 1976}
+\bibcite{spi85}{Spitzer 1985}
+\@writefile{lof}{\string\contentsline\space {figure}{\string\numberline\space {1}{\ignorespaces We use the \lecurrentfam =0\unhbox \voidb@x L\raise .42ex \hbox {$\fam \lecurrentfam \scriptstyle \kern -.3em A$}\kern -.15emT\kern -.1667em\lower .5ex\hbox {E}\kern -.125emX\ {\string\ptt\space figure} environment syntax to set this figure caption.}}{16}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample2.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3f1b57de6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sample2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
+% SAMPLE2.TEX -- AASTeX macro package tutorial paper.
+
+% The first item in a LaTeX file must be a \documentstyle command to
+% declare the overall style of the paper. The two \documentstyle lines
+% that are relevant for the AASTeX macros are shown; one is commented out
+% so that the file can be processed.
+
+\documentstyle[12pt,aasms]{article}
+%\documentstyle[11pt,aaspp]{article}
+%\documentstyle[aaspptwo]{article}
+
+% There are two optional preamble declarations that enable to user to
+% control certain formatting options. \tighten is used with the
+% aasms substyle to turn off double-spacing; don't do this for
+% actual manuscripts intended for editorial review, only for your friends.
+%
+% \eqsecnum changes the way equations are numbered. Normally,
+% equations are just numbered sequentially through the entire paper.
+% If \eqsecnum appears in the preamble, equation numbers will
+% be sequential through each section, and will be formatted "(sec-eqn)",
+% where sec is the current section number and eqn is the number of the
+% equation within that section. \eqsecnum can be used with
+% either substyle.
+
+%\tighten
+%\eqsecnum
+
+% Here's some slug-line data. They're never printed out by these
+% substyles because they're only relevant to the actual publication
+% process, and these styles aren't used in publication (yet).
+% The receipt and acceptance dates would be filled in by the editorial
+% staff on the appropriate dates; they are commented out in this sample
+% so that the abstract environment prints out rules so that the dates
+% can be typed onto the manuscript according to current practice.
+
+\received{4 August 1988}
+%\accepted{23 September 1988}
+\journalid{337}{15 January 1989}
+\articleid{11}{14}
+
+% This is the end of the "preamble". Now we wish to start with the
+% real material for the paper, which we indicate with \begin{document}.
+% Following the \begin{document} command is the front matter for the
+% paper, viz., the title, author and address data, the abstract, and
+% any keywords or subject headings that are relevant.
+
+\slugcomment{Not to appear in Nonlearned J., 45.}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Collapsed Cores in Globular Clusters,\\
+ Gauge-Boson Couplings,\\
+ and AAS\TeX\ Macro Sample}
+
+\author{S. Djorgovski\altaffilmark{1,2,3} and Ivan R. King\altaffilmark{1}}
+\affil{Astronomy Department, University of California,
+ Berkeley, CA 94720}
+
+\author{C. D. Biemesderfer\altaffilmark{4,5}}
+\affil{National Optical Astronomy Observatories, Tucson, AZ 85719}
+
+\and
+
+\author{R. J. Hanisch\altaffilmark{5}}
+\affil{Space Telescope Science Institute, Baltimore, MD 21218}
+
+% Notice that each of these authors has alternate affiliations, which
+% are identified by the \altaffilmark after each name. The actual alternate
+% affiliation information is typeset in footnotes at the bottom of the
+% first page, and the text itself is specified in \altaffiltext commands.
+% There is a separate \altaffiltext for each alternate affiliation
+% indicated above.
+
+\altaffiltext{1}{Visiting Astronomer, Cerro Tololo Inter-American Observatory.
+CTIO is operated by AURA, Inc.\ under contract to the National Science
+Foundation.}
+\altaffiltext{2}{Society of Fellows, Harvard University.}
+\altaffiltext{3}{present address: Center for Astrophysics,
+ 60 Garden Street, Cambridge, MA 02138}
+\altaffiltext{4}{Visiting Programmer, Space Telescope Science Institute}
+\altaffiltext{5}{Patron, Alonso's Bar and Grill}
+
+% The abstract environment prints out the receipt and acceptance dates
+% if they are relevant for the journal style. For the aasms style, they
+% will print out as horizontal rules for the editorial staff to type
+% on, so long as the author does not include \received and \accepted
+% commands. This should not be done, since \received and \accepted dates
+% are not known to the author.
+
+\begin{abstract}
+This is a preliminary report on surface photometry of the major
+fraction of known globular clusters, to see which of them show the signs
+of a collapsed core.
+We also show off the results of some recreational mathematics,
+and give pause to consider the dangers of the too fertile mind.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\keywords{clusters: globular, peanut --- bosons: bozos}
+%\keywords{globular clusters,peanut clusters,bosons,bozos}
+
+% That's it for the front matter. On to the main body of the paper.
+% We'll only put in tutorial remarks at the beginning of each section
+% so you can see entire sections together.
+%
+% In the first two sections, you should notice the use of the LaTeX \cite
+% command to identify citations. The citations are tied to the
+% reference list via symbolic tags. We have chosen the first three
+% characters of the first author's name plus the last two numeral of the
+% year of publication. The corresponding reference has a \bibitem
+% command in the reference list below.
+%
+% Please go to the LaTeX manual for a complete description of the
+% \cite-\bibitem mechanism.
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+A focal problem today in the dynamics of globular clusters is
+core collapse. It has been predicted by theory
+for decades (\cite{hen61,lyn68,spi85}), but
+observation has been less alert to the phenomenon. For many years the
+central brightness peak in M15 (\cite{kin75,new78})
+seemed a unique anomaly. Then Auri\`ere (1982) suggested a central peak
+in NGC 6397, and a limited photographic survey of ours (\cite[Paper I]{djo84})
+found three more cases, including NGC 6624, whose
+sharp center had often been remarked on (e.g., \cite{can78}).
+
+\section{Observations}
+
+All our observations were short direct exposures with CCD's. At
+Lick Observatory we used a TI 500$\times$500 chip
+and a GEC 575$\times$385, on the 1-m Nickel reflector. The only
+filter available at Lick was red. At CTIO we used a GEC 575$\times$385, with
+$B, V,$ and $R$ filters, and an RCA 512$\times$320, with $U, B, V, R,$ and $I$
+filters, on the 1.5-m reflector. In the CTIO observations we tried to
+concentrate on the shortest practicable wavelengths; but faintness, reddening,
+and poor short-wavelength sensitivity often kept us from observing in $U$ or
+even in $B$. All four cameras had scales of the order of 0.4 arcsec/pixel, and
+our field sizes were around 3 arcmin.
+
+The CCD images are unfortunately not always suitable, for very poor
+clusters or for clusters with large cores. Since the latter are easily
+studied by other means, we augmented our own CCD profiles by collecting
+from the literature a number of star-count
+profiles (\cite{kin68,pet76,har84,ort85}),
+as well as photoelectric profiles (\cite{kin66}) and
+electronographic profiles (\cite{kro84}).
+In a few cases we judged normality by eye estimates on one of the Sky
+Surveys.
+
+% In this section, we see the use of the \subsection command to set off
+% an independent subsection. We only have one here; usually there would
+% be several.
+%
+% We show the use of several of the displayed math environments described
+% in the User Guide, and you get a healthy dose of mathematical typesetting
+% examples. Also, observe the use of the LaTeX \label command after the
+% \subsection to give a symbolic tag to the subsection for cross-referencing
+% in a \ref command. LaTeX automatically numbers the sections, equations,
+% tables, etc. as it goes, so in general you don't know what number something
+% is going to have. We'll refer to the "hairymath" section a little later.
+
+\section{Helicity Amplitudes}
+
+It has been realized that helicity amplitudes provide a convenient means
+for Feynman diagram\footnote{Footnotes can be inserted like this.}
+evaluations. These amplitude-level techniques
+are particularly convenient for calculations involving many Feynman
+diagrams, where the usual trace techniques for the amplitude
+squared becomes unwieldy. Our calculations use the helicity techniques
+developed by other authors (\cite{hag86}); we briefly summarize below.
+
+\subsection{Formalism} \label{hairymath}
+
+A tree-level amplitude in $e^+e^-$ collisions can be expressed in
+terms of fermion strings of the form
+\begin{equation}
+\bar v(p_2,\sigma_2)P_{-\tau}\not\!a_1\not\!a_2\cdots
+\not\!a_nu(p_1,\sigma_1)\;,
+\end{equation}
+where $p$ and $\sigma$ label the initial $e^{\pm}$ four-momenta
+and helicities $(\sigma = \pm 1)$, $\not\!a_i=a^\mu_i\gamma_\nu$
+and $P_\tau=\frac{1}{2}(1+\tau\gamma_5)$ is a chirality projection
+operator $(\tau = \pm1)$. The $a^\mu_i$ may be formed from particle
+four-momenta, gauge-boson polarization vectors or fermion strings with
+an uncontracted Lorentz index associated with final-state fermions.
+
+In the chiral representation the $\gamma$ matrices are expressed
+in terms of $2\times 2$ Pauli matrices $\sigma$ and the unit matrix 1 as
+\begin{mathletters}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\gamma^\mu \: & = &
+\: \left(
+\begin{array}{cc}
+0 & \sigma^\mu_+ \\
+\sigma^\mu_- & 0
+\end{array} \; \; \right)\;,
+\;\gamma^5= \left(
+\begin{array}{cc}
+-1 & \; 0\\
+0 & \; 1
+\end{array} \; \; \right) \;, \nonumber \\ & & \\
+\sigma^\mu_{\pm} \:& = & \: ({\bf 1} ,\pm \sigma)\;, \nonumber
+\end{eqnarray}
+\end{mathletters}
+giving
+\begin{equation}
+\not\!a= \left(
+\begin{array}{cc}
+0 & (\not\!a)_+\\
+(\not\!a)_- & 0
+\end{array}\right),\;(\not\!a)_\pm=a_\mu\sigma^\mu_\pm\;,
+\end{equation}
+The spinors are expressed in terms of two-component Weyl spinors as
+\begin{equation}
+u=\left(
+\begin{array}{c}
+(u)_-\\
+(u)_+
+\end{array}\right),\;v={\bf (}(v)^\dagger_+{\bf ,} \; (v)^\dagger_-{\bf )}\;.
+\eqnum{3A}
+\end{equation}
+The Weyl spinors are given in terms of helicity eigenstates
+$\chi_\lambda(p)$ with $\lambda=\pm1$ by
+\begin{eqnarray}
+u(p,\lambda)_\pm & = & (E\pm\lambda|{\bf p}|)^{1/2}\chi_\lambda(p)\;,
+\nonumber \\ & & \\
+v(p,\lambda)_\pm & = & \pm\lambda(E\mp\lambda|{\bf p}|)^{1/2}\chi
+_{-\lambda}(p) \nonumber
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+% In these sections, we see some additional math-related markup, and we
+% have references to one of the tables (occurs later in the document)
+% and the "hairymath" section immediately preceding this one.
+%
+% In the second paragraph, note the use of in-text math ($stuff$) including
+% a couple of the miscellaneous symbol commands defined in the AASTeX macro
+% package.
+%
+% This is the last section of the paper, so there is an \acknowledgments
+% section at the end of the main body.
+
+\section{Floating material and so forth}
+
+Consider a task that computes profile parameters for a modified
+Lorentzian of the form
+\begin{equation}
+I = \frac{1}{1 + d_{1}^{P (1 + d_{2} )}}
+\end{equation}
+where
+\begin{displaymath}
+d_{1} = \sqrt{ \left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{x_{1}}{R_{maj}}
+\end{array} \right) ^{2} +
+\left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{y_{1}}{R_{min}} \end{array} \right) ^{2} }
+\end{displaymath}
+\begin{displaymath}
+d_{2} = \sqrt{ \left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{x_{1}}{P R_{maj}}
+\end{array} \right) ^{2} +
+\left( \begin{array}{c} \case{y_{1}}{P R_{min}} \end{array} \right) ^{2} }
+\end{displaymath}
+\[x_{1} = (x - x_{0}) \cos \Theta + (y - y_{0}) \sin \Theta \]
+\[y_{1} = -(x - x_{0}) \sin \Theta + (y - y_{0}) \cos \Theta \]
+
+In these expressions $x_{0}$,$y_{0}$ is the star center, and $\Theta$ is the
+angle with the $x$ axis. Results of this task are shown in table~\ref{tbl-1}.
+It is not clear how these sorts of analyses may affect determination of
+$M_{\sun}$ and $M_{\earth}$, but the assumption is that the alternate results
+should be less than 90\deg\ out of phase with previous values.
+We have no observations of \ion{Ca}{2}.
+Roughly \slantfrac{4}{5} of the electronically submitted abstracts
+for AAS meetings are error-free.
+
+\acknowledgments
+
+We are grateful to V. Barger, T. Han, and R. J. N. Phillips for
+doing the math in section~\ref{hairymath}.
+
+\appendix
+\section{Floating material and so forth}
+
+Consider a task that computes profile parameters for a modified
+Lorentzian of the form
+\begin{equation}
+I = \frac{1}{1 + d_{1}^{P (1 + d_{2} )}}
+\end{equation}
+where
+\begin{mathletters}
+\begin{displaymath}
+d_{1} = \frac{3}{4} \sqrt{ \left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{x_{1}}{R_{maj}}
+\end{array} \right) ^{2} +
+\left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{y_{1}}{R_{min}} \end{array} \right) ^{2} }
+\end{displaymath}
+\begin{equation}
+d_{2} = \case{3}{4} \sqrt{ \left( \begin{array}{c} \frac{x_{1}}{P R_{maj}}
+\end{array} \right) ^{2} +
+\left( \begin{array}{c} \case{y_{1}}{P R_{min}} \end{array} \right) ^{2} }
+\end{equation}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+x_{1} & = & (x - x_{0}) \cos \Theta + (y - y_{0}) \sin \Theta\\
+y_{1} & = & -(x - x_{0}) \sin \Theta + (y - y_{0}) \cos \Theta
+\end{eqnarray}
+\end{mathletters}
+
+For completeness, here is one last equation.
+\begin{equation}
+e = mc^2
+\end{equation}
+
+% That's the end of the main body of the paper. Now we will have some
+% back matter.
+%
+% Tables are usually supposed to be submitted one per page, following
+% the main body of the text, so before each table we would have a
+% \clearpage to force a page break at that point. There should also
+% be a \clearpage after the last table so that it gets forced onto
+% its own page, too.
+%
+% The tabular data is aligned within the "tabular" environment. Observe
+% that our tabular environment is embedded within a "center" environment,
+% which is in turn inside a "table" environment. Exercise for the reader:
+% Why do you think we used the "table*" environment?
+%
+% We need the table environment for autonumbering and caption generation,
+% which is why it is not enough to have a centered tabular.
+%
+% Within the tabular environment, please note that we use no vertical
+% rules, and the only horizontal rule is the \tableline (*not* an \hline)
+% which delimits the column headings from the tabular data. Also note
+% that a couple of the column headings require special annotation, i.e.,
+% footnotes for tables. They are marked and tagged with \tablenotemark.
+% \tablenotemarks could be placed on individual data entries as well,
+% but be careful not to go berserk doing this.
+
+\clearpage
+
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{crrrrrrrrrrr}
+Star & Height & $d_{x}$ & $d_{y}$ & $n$ & $\chi^2$ & $R_{maj}$ & $R_{min}$ &
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{$P$\tablenotemark{a}} & $P R_{maj}$ & $P R_{min}$ &
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\Theta$\tablenotemark{b}} \\
+\tableline
+1 &33472.5 &-0.1 &0.4 &53 &27.4 &2.065 &1.940 &3.900 &68.3 &116.2 &-27.639\\
+2 &27802.4 &-0.3 &-0.2 &60 &3.7 &1.628 &1.510 &2.156 &6.8 &7.5 &-26.764\\
+3 &29210.6 &0.9 &0.3 &60 &3.4 &1.622 &1.551 &2.159 &6.7 &7.3 &-40.272\\
+4 &32733.8 &-1.2 &-0.5 &41 &54.8 &2.282 &2.156 &4.313 &117.4 &78.2 &-35.847\\
+5 & 9607.4 &-0.4 &-0.4 &60 &1.4 &1.669 &1.574 &2.343 &8.0 &8.9 &-33.417\\
+6 &31638.6 &1.6 &0.1 &39 &315.2 & 3.433 &3.075 &7.488 &92.1 &25.3 &-12.052\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+% Text for table footnotes must follow the tabular environment but must
+% be inside the table environment. Note that it is OK to put \ref's
+% in \tablenotetext's.
+
+\tablenotetext{a}{Sample footnote for table~\ref{tbl-1}}
+\tablenotetext{b}{Another sample footnote for table~\ref{tbl-1}}
+\tablenotetext{c}{Footnote with no call out}
+\tablenotetext{d}{Another footnote with no call out}
+\tablenotetext{e}{A further additional footnote with no call out}
+
+% The caption contains only the caption text. The "Table N." identification
+% is generated by the \caption command on its own.
+%
+% It is necessary to \label tables and figures *after* the \caption has been
+% specified because the table/figure number is generated by \caption, not
+% by \begin{whatever}.
+
+\caption{Terribly relevant tabular information.} \label{tbl-1}
+
+\end{table*}
+
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{crrrrrrrrrrr}
+Star & Height & $d_{x}$ & $d_{y}$ & $n$ & $\chi^2$ & $R_{maj}$ & $R_{min}$ &
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{$P$\tablenotemark{t}} & $P R_{maj}$ & $P R_{min}$ &
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{$\Theta$\tablenotemark{u}} \\
+\tableline
+1 &33472.5 &-0.1 &0.4 &53 &27.4 &2.065 &1.940 &3.900 &68.3 &116.2 &-27.639\\
+2 &27802.4 &-0.3 &-0.2 &60 &3.7 &1.628 &1.510 &2.156 &6.8 &7.5 &-26.764\\
+3 &29210.6 &0.9 &0.3 &60 &3.4 &1.622 &1.551 &2.159 &6.7 &7.3 &-40.272\\
+4 &32733.8 &-1.2\tablenotemark{v} &-0.5 &41 &54.8 &2.282 &2.156 &4.313 &117.4 &78.2 &-35.847\\
+5 & 9607.4 &-0.4 &-0.4 &60 &1.4 &1.669\tablenotemark{v} &1.574 &2.343 &8.0 &8.9 &-33.417\\
+6 &31638.6 &1.6 &0.1 &39 &315.2 & 3.433 &3.075 &7.488 &92.1 &25.3 &-12.052\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+% Text for table footnotes must follow the tabular environment but must
+% be inside the table environment. Note that it is OK to put \ref's
+% in \tablenotetext's.
+
+\tablenotetext{t}{Sample footnote for table~\ref{tbl-2}}
+\tablenotetext{v}{Yet another sample footnote for table~\ref{tbl-2}}
+\tablenotetext{u}{Another sample footnote for table~\ref{tbl-2}}
+
+% The caption contains only the caption text. The "Table N." identification
+% is generated by the \caption command on its own.
+%
+% It is necessary to \label tables and figures *after* the \caption has been
+% specified because the table/figure number is generated by \caption, not
+% by \begin{whatever}.
+
+\tablenum{1A}
+\caption{
+More terribly relevant tabular information. Notice that it is possible
+to have more than one table on a page where each can have associated
+independent notes. We extend the caption with
+further pointless drivel to see the effects of lengthy text on
+caption formatting.} \label{tbl-2}
+
+\tablecomments{We can also attach a long-ish paragraph of explanatory
+material to a table. This would be done for journals where long
+captions are not permitted (usually because the caption is regarded
+as the table's title). A different command would be used if the
+paragraph contained a list of references for the table.}
+
+\end{table*}
+
+\include{samp2tbl}
+
+% This is the last table for this paper (as well as the first), so we
+% should follow it with a \clearpage. In order to force all the floating
+% tables out of their buffers and onto vertical page lists, we must use
+% \clearpage rather than \newpage.
+
+\clearpage
+
+% Now comes the reference list. In this document, we used \cite to call
+% out citations, so we must use \bibitem in the reference list, which
+% means we use the LaTeX thebibliography environment. Please note that
+% \begin{thebibliography} is followed by a null argument. If you forget
+% this, mayhem ensues, and LaTeX will say "Perhaps a missing item?" when
+% you run it. Do not call us, do not send mail when this happens. Put
+% the silly {} after the \begin{thebibliography}.
+%
+% Each reference has a \bibitem command to define the citation format
+% and the symbolic tag, as well as a \reference command which sets up
+% formatting parameters for the reference list itself.
+%
+% If we had not bothered with the \cite-\bibitem business, calling out
+% the references outselves, the reference list could be enclosed in
+% a references environment (\begin{references} has no null argument),
+% and there would be no need for the leading \bibitem's.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+\bibitem[Auri\`ere 1982]{aur82} \reference Auri\`ere, M. 1982, \astap,
+ 109, 301
+\bibitem[Canizares et al.\ 1978]{can78} \reference Canizares, C. R.,
+ Grindlay, J. E., Hiltner, W. A., Liller, W., and
+ McClintock, J. E. 1978, \apj, 224, 39
+\bibitem[Djorgovski and King 1984]{djo84} \reference Djorgovski, S.,
+ and King, I. R. 1984, \apjlett, 277, L49
+\bibitem[Hagiwara and Zeppenfeld 1986]{hag86} \reference Hagiwara, K., and
+ Zeppenfeld, D. 1986, Nucl.Phys., 274, 1
+\bibitem[Harris and van den Bergh 1984]{har84} \reference Harris, W. E.,
+ and van den Bergh, S. 1984, \aj, 89, 1816
+\bibitem[H\`enon 1961]{hen61} \reference H\'enon, M. 1961, Ann.d'Ap., 24, 369
+\bibitem[King 1966]{kin66} \reference King, I. R. 1966, \aj, 71, 276
+\bibitem[King 1975]{kin75} \reference King, I. R. 1975, Dynamics of
+ Stellar Systems, A. Hayli, Dordrecht: Reidel, 1975, 99
+\bibitem[King et al.,\ 1968]{kin68} \reference King, I. R., Hedemann, E.,
+ Hodge, S. M., and White, R. E. 1968, \aj, 73, 456
+\bibitem[Kron et al.,\ 1984]{kro84} \reference Kron, G. E., Hewitt, A. V.,
+ and Wasserman, L. H. 1984, \pasp, 96, 198
+\bibitem[Lynden-Bell and Wood 1968]{lyn68} \reference Lynden-Bell, D.,
+ and Wood, R. 1968, \mnras, 138, 495
+\bibitem[Newell and O'Neil 1978]{new78} \reference Newell, E. B.,
+ and O'Neil, E. J. 1978, \apjsupp, 37, 27
+\bibitem[Ortolani et al.,\ 1985]{ort85} \reference Ortolani, S., Rosino, L.,
+ and Sandage, A. 1985, \aj, 90, 473
+\bibitem[Peterson 1976]{pet76} \reference Peterson, C. J. 1976, \aj, 81, 617
+\bibitem[Spitzer 1985]{spi85} \reference Spitzer, L. 1985, Dynamics of
+ Star Clusters, J. Goodman and P. Hut, Dordrecht: Reidel, 109
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+% Finally, we have figure captions. Usually these must be on a separate
+% page, although unlike table, it is often permissible to have several
+% figure captions on the same page. We force the page break between
+% the reference list and the figure captions.
+%
+% The \caption command in the figure environment works like the one in the
+% table environment (it's the same one, actually), except that this one
+% produces identification text that reads "Figure N."
+
+\clearpage
+
+\begin{figure}
+\plotone{sgi9259.eps}
+\caption{We use the \LaTeX\ {\tt figure} environment syntax to set this
+figure caption.}
+\end{figure}
+
+% That's all, folks.
+%
+% The technique of segregating major semantic components of the document
+% within "environments" is a very good one, but you as an author have to
+% come up with a way of making sure each \begin{whatzit} has a corresponding
+% \end{whatzit}. If you miss one, LaTeX will probably complain a great
+% deal during the composition of the document. Occasionally, you get away
+% with it right up to the \end{document}, in which case, you will see
+% "\begin{whatzit} ended by \end{document}".
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/samptbls.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/samptbls.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed2dac1cd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/samptbls.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+% SAMPTBLS.TEX -- AASTEX sample plano tables.
+
+\documentstyle[apjpt]{article}
+
+%\includeonly{table1}
+
+\begin{document}
+\include{table1}
+\include{table2}
+\include{table3}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9259.eps b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9259.eps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ecc5671ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9259.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%Title: IRAF SGI plot
+%%Creator: sgieps
+%%CreationDate: Fri May 10 04:18:42 1991
+%%BoundingBox: 72 72 540 384
+%%EndComments
+/devppi 300 def
+/userppi 72 def
+/pagewidth 8.5 def
+/devpixtouser { userppi mul devppi div } def
+/setscale { 1 devpixtouser 1 devpixtouser scale } def
+/pagetolandscape 90 def
+/setcoords { pagewidth userppi mul 0 translate
+ pagetolandscape rotate setscale } def
+/setjoins { 1 setlinejoin 1 setlinecap } def
+gsave setscale setjoins
+/getpoint {
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and 6 bitshift
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and or
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and 6 bitshift
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and or
+ } def
+/m { getpoint moveto } def
+/d { getpoint lineto } def
+01 setlinewidth
+01 setlinewidth
+m NxXh d NxXP m NyXh d NyXP m NtXh d N|Xh m NtXP d N|XP m OEXh d OEXP
+m OFXh d OFXP m OAXh d OOXh m OOXh d ORXg m ORXg d OTXe m OTXe d OUXc
+m OUXc d OUXa m OUXa d OTX_ m OTX_ d ORX^ m ORX^ d OOX] m OOX] d OFX]
+m OOXh d OQXg m OQXg d ORXe m ORXe d OTXc m OTXc d OTXa m OTXa d ORX_
+m ORX_ d OQX^ m OQX^ d OOX] m OAXP d OIXP m OMX] d OQXS m OQXS d OTXP
+m OTXP d OVXP m OVXP d OWXS m OMX] d OOXZ m OOXZ d OTXP m OlXd d OmXb
+m OmXb d OmXh m OmXh d OlXd m OlXd d OjXg m OjXg d OfXh m OfXh d OdXh
+m OdXh d O`Xg m O`Xg d O^Xd m O^Xd d O]Xb m O]Xb d O\X_ m O\X_ d O\XY
+m O\XY d O]XV m O]XV d O^XT m O^XT d O`XQ m O`XQ d OdXP m OdXP d OfXP
+m OfXP d OjXQ m OjXQ d OlXT m OlXT d OmXV m OdXh d ObXg m ObXg d O_Xd
+m O_Xd d O^Xb m O^Xb d O]X_ m O]X_ d O]XY m O]XY d O^XV m O^XV d O_XT
+m O_XT d ObXQ m ObXQ d OdXP m PSXd d PSXP m PIXZ d P^XZ m P}Xc d Q@Xd
+m Q@Xd d QCXh m QCXh d QCXP m QBXg d QBXP m P}XP d QHXP m QXXh d QTXg
+m QTXg d QRXc m QRXc d QQX^ m QQX^ d QQXZ m QQXZ d QRXU m QRXU d QTXQ
+m QTXQ d QXXP m QXXP d QZXP m QZXP d Q^XQ m Q^XQ d Q`XU m Q`XU d QaXZ
+m QaXZ d QaX^ m QaX^ d Q`Xc m Q`Xc d Q^Xg m Q^Xg d QZXh m QZXh d QXXh
+m QXXh d QVXg m QVXg d QTXe m QTXe d QSXc m QSXc d QRX^ m QRX^ d QRXZ
+m QRXZ d QSXU m QSXU d QTXS m QTXS d QVXQ m QVXQ d QXXP m QZXP d Q]XQ
+m Q]XQ d Q^XS m Q^XS d Q_XU m Q_XU d Q`XZ m Q`XZ d Q`X^ m Q`X^ d Q_Xc
+m Q_Xc d Q^Xe m Q^Xe d Q]Xg m Q]Xg d QZXh m QiXc d QkXb m QkXb d QiXa
+m QiXa d QhXb m QhXb d QhXc m QhXc d QiXe m QiXe d QkXg m QkXg d QnXh
+m QnXh d QsXh m QsXh d QvXg m QvXg d QwXe m QwXe d QxXc m QxXc d QxXa
+m QxXa d QwX_ m QwX_ d QtX] m QtX] d QnXZ m QnXZ d QlXY m QlXY d QiXW
+m QiXW d QhXT m QhXT d QhXP m QsXh d QuXg m QuXg d QvXe m QvXe d QwXc
+m QwXc d QwXa m QwXa d QvX_ m QvX_ d QsX] m QsX] d QnXZ m QhXS d QiXT
+m QiXT d QlXT m QlXT d QqXQ m QqXQ d QuXQ m QuXQ d QwXS m QwXS d QxXT
+m QlXT d QqXP m QqXP d QvXP m QvXP d QwXQ m QwXQ d QxXT m QxXT d QxXV
+m RCXc d REXd m REXd d RIXh m RIXh d RIXP m RHXg d RHXP m RCXP d RMXP
+m ReXd d RcXc m RcXc d ReXb m ReXb d RfXc m RfXc d RfXd m RfXd d ReXg
+m ReXg d RbXh m RbXh d R_Xh m R_Xh d R[Xg m R[Xg d RYXd m RYXd d RXXb
+m RXXb d RWX^ m RWX^ d RWXW m RWXW d RXXT m RXXT d RZXQ m RZXQ d R^XP
+m R^XP d R`XP m R`XP d RcXQ m RcXQ d RfXT m RfXT d RgXW m RgXW d RgXX
+m RgXX d RfX[ m RfX[ d RcX^ m RcX^ d R`X_ m R`X_ d R_X_ m R_X_ d R[X^
+m R[X^ d RYX[ m RYX[ d RXXX m R_Xh d R\Xg m R\Xg d RZXd m RZXd d RYXb
+m RYXb d RXX^ m RXX^ d RXXW m RXXW d RYXT m RYXT d R[XQ m R[XQ d R^XP
+m R`XP d RbXQ m RbXQ d ReXT m ReXT d RfXW m RfXW d RfXX m RfXX d ReX[
+m ReX[ d RbX^ m RbX^ d R`X_ m SQXh d SQXP m SRXh d SRXP m SQX] d SNX_
+m SNX_ d SLX` m SLX` d SJX` m SJX` d SFX_ m SFX_ d SDX] m SDX] d SCXY
+m SCXY d SCXW m SCXW d SDXT m SDXT d SFXQ m SFXQ d SJXP m SJXP d SLXP
+m SLXP d SNXQ m SNXQ d SQXT m SJX` d SGX_ m SGX_ d SEX] m SEX] d SDXY
+m SDXY d SDXW m SDXW d SEXT m SEXT d SGXQ m SGXQ d SJXP m SMXh d SRXh
+m SQXP d SUXP m S]X^ d S]X] m S]X] d S\X] m S\X] d S\X^ m S\X^ d S]X_
+m S]X_ d S`X` m S`X` d SdX` m SdX` d SgX_ m SgX_ d ShX^ m ShX^ d SiX[
+m SiX[ d SiXT m SiXT d SjXQ m SjXQ d SkXP m ShX^ d ShXT m ShXT d SiXQ
+m SiXQ d SkXP m SkXP d SmXP m ShX[ d SgXZ m SgXZ d S`XY m S`XY d S\XX
+m S\XX d S[XV m S[XV d S[XT m S[XT d S\XQ m S\XQ d S`XP m S`XP d ScXP
+m ScXP d SfXQ m SfXQ d ShXT m S`XY d S]XX m S]XX d S\XV m S\XV d S\XT
+m S\XT d S]XQ m S]XQ d S`XP m SuXh d SuXU m SuXU d SvXQ m SvXQ d SxXP
+m SxXP d SzXP m SzXP d S}XQ m S}XQ d S~XT m SvXh d SvXU m SvXU d SwXQ
+m SwXQ d SxXP m SqX` d SzX` m TFX^ d TFX] m TFX] d TEX] m TEX] d TEX^
+m TEX^ d TFX_ m TFX_ d THX` m THX` d TMX` m TMX` d TOX_ m TOX_ d TQX^
+m TQX^ d TRX[ m TRX[ d TRXT m TRXT d TSXQ m TSXQ d TTXP m TQX^ d TQXT
+m TQXT d TRXQ m TRXQ d TTXP m TTXP d TUXP m TQX[ d TOXZ m TOXZ d THXY
+m THXY d TEXX m TEXX d TDXV m TDXV d TDXT m TDXT d TEXQ m TEXQ d THXP
+m THXP d TLXP m TLXP d TNXQ m TNXQ d TQXT m THXY d TFXX m TFXX d TEXV
+m TEXV d TEXT m TEXT d TFXQ m TFXQ d THXP m TxXg d TwXe m TwXe d TxXd
+m TxXd d TyXe m TyXe d TyXg m TyXg d TxXh m TxXh d TvXh m TvXh d TsXg
+m TsXg d TrXd m TrXd d TrXP m TvXh d TtXg m TtXg d TsXd m TsXd d TsXP
+m ToX` d TwX` m ToXP d TwXP m U@X^ d U@X] m U@X] d T?X] m T?X] d T?X^
+m T?X^ d U@X_ m U@X_ d UBX` m UBX` d UGX` m UGX` d UIX_ m UIX_ d UKX^
+m UKX^ d ULX[ m ULX[ d ULXT m ULXT d UMXQ m UMXQ d UNXP m UKX^ d UKXT
+m UKXT d ULXQ m ULXQ d UNXP m UNXP d UOXP m UKX[ d UIXZ m UIXZ d UBXY
+m UBXY d T?XX m T?XX d T~XV m T~XV d T~XT m T~XT d T?XQ m T?XQ d UBXP
+m UBXP d UFXP m UFXP d UHXQ m UHXQ d UKXT m UBXY d U@XX m U@XX d T?XV
+m T?XV d T?XT m T?XT d U@XQ m U@XQ d UBXP m UWXh d UWXP m UXXh d UXXP
+m UXX] d U[X_ m U[X_ d U]X` m U]X` d U_X` m U_X` d UcX_ m UcX_ d UeX]
+m UeX] d UfXY m UfXY d UfXW m UfXW d UeXT m UeXT d UcXQ m UcXQ d U_XP
+m U_XP d U]XP m U]XP d U[XQ m U[XQ d UXXT m U_X` d UbX_ m UbX_ d UdX]
+m UdX] d UeXY m UeXY d UeXW m UeXW d UdXT m UdXT d UbXQ m UbXQ d U_XP
+m UTXh d UXXh m UpX` d UpXP m UqX` d UqXP m UqXY d UrX] m UrX] d UtX_
+m UtX_ d UwX` m UwX` d UzX` m UzX` d U{X_ m U{X_ d U{X^ m U{X^ d UzX]
+m UzX] d UyX^ m UyX^ d UzX_ m UlX` d UqX` m UlXP d UtXP m VCXh d VBXg
+m VBXg d VCXe m VCXe d VEXg m VEXg d VCXh m VCX` d VCXP m VEX` d VEXP
+m V@X` d VEX` m V@XP d VHXP m V\X] d V[X[ m V[X[ d V\XZ m V\XZ d V]X[
+m V]X[ d V]X] m V]X] d V[X_ m V[X_ d VXX` m VXX` d VUX` m VUX` d VQX_
+m VQX_ d VOX] m VOX] d VNXY m VNXY d VNXW m VNXW d VOXT m VOXT d VQXQ
+m VQXQ d VUXP m VUXP d VWXP m VWXP d V[XQ m V[XQ d V]XT m VUX` d VSX_
+m VSX_ d VPX] m VPX] d VOXY m VOXY d VOXW m VOXW d VPXT m VPXT d VSXQ
+m VSXQ d VUXP m VfX^ d VfX] m VfX] d VeX] m VeX] d VeX^ m VeX^ d VfX_
+m VfX_ d ViX` m ViX` d VmX` m VmX` d VpX_ m VpX_ d VqX^ m VqX^ d VrX[
+m VrX[ d VrXT m VrXT d VsXQ m VsXQ d VtXP m VqX^ d VqXT m VqXT d VrXQ
+m VrXQ d VtXP m VtXP d VuXP m VqX[ d VpXZ m VpXZ d ViXY m ViXY d VeXX
+m VeXX d VdXV m VdXV d VdXT m VdXT d VeXQ m VeXQ d ViXP m ViXP d VlXP
+m VlXP d VnXQ m VnXQ d VqXT m ViXY d VfXX m VfXX d VeXV m VeXV d VeXT
+m VeXT d VfXQ m VfXQ d ViXP m V}Xh d V}XU m V}XU d V?XQ m V?XQ d WAXP
+m WAXP d WCXP m WCXP d WFXQ m WFXQ d WGXT m V?Xh d V?XU m V?XU d W@XQ
+m W@XQ d WAXP m VzX` d WCX` m WOXh d WNXg m WNXg d WOXe m WOXe d WPXg
+m WPXg d WOXh m WOX` d WOXP m WPX` d WPXP m WKX` d WPX` m WKXP d WTXP
+m W`X` d W]X_ m W]X_ d W[X] m W[X] d WYXY m WYXY d WYXW m WYXW d W[XT
+m W[XT d W]XQ m W]XQ d W`XP m W`XP d WcXP m WcXP d WfXQ m WfXQ d WhXT
+m WhXT d WjXW m WjXW d WjXY m WjXY d WhX] m WhX] d WfX_ m WfX_ d WcX`
+m WcX` d W`X` m W`X` d W^X_ m W^X_ d W\X] m W\X] d W[XY m W[XY d W[XW
+m W[XW d W\XT m W\XT d W^XQ m W^XQ d W`XP m WcXP d WeXQ m WeXQ d WgXT
+m WgXT d WhXW m WhXW d WhXY m WhXY d WgX] m WgX] d WeX_ m WeX_ d WcX`
+m WsX` d WsXP m WtX` d WtXP m WtX] d WvX_ m WvX_ d WzX` m WzX` d W|X`
+m W|X` d X@X_ m X@X_ d XAX] m XAX] d XAXP m W|X` d W~X_ m W~X_ d X@X]
+m X@X] d X@XP m WoX` d WtX` m WoXP d WxXP m W|XP d XDXP m XaX` d XaXP
+m XbX` d XbXP m XbXY d XdX] m XdX] d XfX_ m XfX_ d XhX` m XhX` d XlX`
+m XlX` d XmX_ m XmX_ d XmX^ m XmX^ d XlX] m XlX] d XkX^ m XkX^ d XlX_
+m X^X` d XbX` m X^XP d XfXP m XtXY d YBXY m YBXY d YBX[ m YBX[ d YAX^
+m YAX^ d Y@X_ m Y@X_ d X}X` m X}X` d XzX` m XzX` d XvX_ m XvX_ d XtX]
+m XtX] d XsXY m XsXY d XsXW m XsXW d XtXT m XtXT d XvXQ m XvXQ d XzXP
+m XzXP d X|XP m X|XP d Y@XQ m Y@XQ d YBXT
+stroke
+m YBXT m YAXY d YAX] m YAX] d Y@X_ m XzX` d XwX_ m XwX_ d XuX] m XuX]
+d XtXY m XtXY d XtXW m XtXW d XuXT m XuXT d XwXQ m XwXQ d XzXP m YTX_
+d YVX` m YVX` d YVX] m YVX] d YTX_ m YTX_ d YQX` m YQX` d YMX` m YMX`
+d YJX_ m YJX_ d YIX^ m YIX^ d YIX] m YIX] d YJXZ m YJXZ d YLXY m YLXY
+d YRXW m YRXW d YTXV m YTXV d YVXU m YIX] d YJX[ m YJX[ d YLXZ m YLXZ
+d YRXX m YRXX d YTXW m YTXW d YVXU m YVXU d YVXS m YVXS d YTXQ m YTXQ
+d YQXP m YQXP d YMXP m YMXP d YJXQ m YJXQ d YIXT m YIXT d YIXP m YIXP
+d YJXQ m Y_X` d Y_XT m Y_XT d Y`XQ m Y`XQ d YcXP m YcXP d YfXP m YfXP
+d YiXQ m YiXQ d YlXT m Y`X` d Y`XT m Y`XT d YaXQ m YaXQ d YcXP m YlX`
+d YlXP m YmX` d YmXP m Y[X` d Y`X` m YhX` d YmX` m YlXP d YpXP m YxXh
+d YxXP m YzXh d YzXP m YuXh d YzXh m YuXP d Y}XP m ZEXh d ZEXU m ZEXU
+d ZFXQ m ZFXQ d ZIXP m ZIXP d ZKXP m ZKXP d ZMXQ m ZMXQ d ZNXT m ZFXh
+d ZFXU m ZFXU d ZGXQ m ZGXQ d ZIXP m ZBX` d ZKX` m Z`X_ d ZaX` m ZaX`
+d ZaX] m ZaX] d Z`X_ m Z`X_ d Z\X` m Z\X` d ZYX` m ZYX` d ZUX_ m ZUX_
+d ZTX^ m ZTX^ d ZTX] m ZTX] d ZUXZ m ZUXZ d ZXXY m ZXXY d Z^XW m Z^XW
+d Z`XV m Z`XV d ZaXU m ZTX] d ZUX[ m ZUX[ d ZXXZ m ZXXZ d Z^XX m Z^XX
+d Z`XW m Z`XW d ZaXU m ZaXU d ZaXS m ZaXS d Z`XQ m Z`XQ d Z\XP m Z\XP
+d ZYXP m ZYXP d ZUXQ m ZUXQ d ZTXT m ZTXT d ZTXP m ZTXP d ZUXQ m SoEk
+d SqEi m SqEi d SqEn m SqEn d SoEk m SoEk d SmEm m SmEm d SjEn m SjEn
+d SgEn m SgEn d SdEm m SdEm d SbEk m SbEk d S`Ei m S`Ei d S_Ee m S_Ee
+d S_E` m S_E` d S`E\ m S`E\ d SbEZ m SbEZ d SdEX m SdEX d SgEW m SgEW
+d SjEW m SjEW d SmEX m SmEX d SoEZ m SoEZ d SqE\ m SgEn d SeEm m SeEm
+d ScEk m ScEk d SbEi m SbEi d S`Ee m S`Ee d S`E` m S`E` d SbE\ m SbE\
+d ScEZ m ScEZ d SeEX m SeEX d SgEW m SzEn d SzEW m S{En d S{EW m S{Ec
+d S}Ee m S}Ee d TAEf m TAEf d TCEf m TCEf d TGEe m TGEe d THEc m THEc
+d THEW m TCEf d TEEe m TEEe d TGEc m TGEc d TGEW m SvEn d S{En m SvEW
+d S?EW m TCEW d TKEW m TSEd d TSEc m TSEc d TREc m TREc d TREd m TREd
+d TSEe m TSEe d TVEf m TVEf d TZEf m TZEf d T]Ee m T]Ee d T^Ed m T^Ed
+d T_Eb m T_Eb d T_EZ m T_EZ d T`EX m T`EX d TaEW m T^Ed d T^EZ m T^EZ
+d T_EX m T_EX d TaEW m TaEW d TcEW m T^Eb d T]Ea m T]Ea d TVE` m TVE`
+d TRE_ m TRE_ d TQE\ m TQE\ d TQEZ m TQEZ d TREX m TREX d TVEW m TVEW
+d TYEW m TYEW d T\EX m T\EX d T^EZ m TVE` d TSE_ m TSE_ d TRE\ m TRE\
+d TREZ m TREZ d TSEX m TSEX d TVEW m TkEf d TkEW m TlEf d TlEW m TlEc
+d TnEe m TnEe d TrEf m TrEf d TtEf m TtEf d TwEe m TwEe d TyEc m TyEc
+d TyEW m TtEf d TvEe m TvEe d TwEc m TwEc d TwEW m TgEf d TlEf m TgEW
+d ToEW m TtEW d T|EW m UDEf d UDEW m UEEf d UEEW m UEEc d UHEe m UHEe
+d UKEf m UKEf d UMEf m UMEf d UQEe m UQEe d UREc m UREc d UREW m UMEf
+d UPEe m UPEe d UQEc m UQEc d UQEW m UAEf d UEEf m UAEW d UIEW m UMEW
+d UVEW m U]E` d UjE` m UjE` d UjEb m UjEb d UiEd m UiEd d UhEe m UhEe
+d UfEf m UfEf d UbEf m UbEf d U_Ee m U_Ee d U]Ec m U]Ec d U[E` m U[E`
+d U[E^ m U[E^ d U]EZ m U]EZ d U_EX m U_EX d UbEW m UbEW d UeEW m UeEW
+d UhEX m UhEX d UjEZ m UiE` d UiEc m UiEc d UhEe m UbEf d U`Ee m U`Ee
+d U^Ec m U^Ec d U]E` m U]E` d U]E^ m U]E^ d U^EZ m U^EZ d U`EX m U`EX
+d UbEW m UtEn d UtEW m UuEn d UuEW m UpEn d UuEn m UpEW d UxEW m EZM~
+d EsM~ m EZM? d EsM? m EZMw d E`Mv m E`Mv d EZMv m EZMv d EZNG m EZNG
+d E`NG m E`NG d EZNF m EsM{ d EsNB m EeNc d EfNc m EfNc d EfNa m EfNa
+d EeNa m EeNa d EdNc m EdNc d EcNe m EcNe d EcNi m EcNi d EdNk m EdNk
+d EeNm m EeNm d EgNn m EgNn d EoNn m EoNn d ErNo m ErNo d EsNp m EeNm
+d EoNm m EoNm d ErNn m ErNn d EsNp m EsNp d EsNq m EgNm d EhNk m EhNk
+d EjNe m EjNe d EkNa m EkNa d EmN` m EmN` d EoN` m EoN` d ErNa m ErNa
+d EsNe m EsNe d EsNh m EsNh d ErNj m ErNj d EoNm m EjNe d EkNc m EkNc
+d EmNa m EmNa d EoNa m EoNa d ErNc m ErNc d EsNe m EcNy d EsNy m EcNz
+d EsNz m EfNz d EdN| m EdN| d EcN? m EcN? d EcOB m EcOB d EdOE m EdOE
+d EfOF m EfOF d EsOF m EcOB d EdOD m EdOD d EfOE m EfOE d EsOE m EcNu
+d EcNz m EsNu d EsN} m EsOB d EsOI m EZOQ d EnOQ m EnOQ d ErOR m ErOR
+d EsOT m EsOT d EsOW m EsOW d ErOY m ErOY d EoOZ m EZOR d EnOR m EnOR
+d ErOS m ErOS d EsOT m EcON d EcOW m EjO` d EjOn m EjOn d EgOn m EgOn
+d EeOm m EeOm d EdOl m EdOl d EcOi m EcOi d EcOf m EcOf d EdOc m EdOc
+d EfO` m EfO` d EjO_ m EjO_ d ElO_ m ElO_ d EoO` m EoO` d ErOc m ErOc
+d EsOf m EsOf d EsOh m EsOh d ErOl m ErOl d EoOn m EjOm d EfOm m EfOm
+d EdOl m EcOf d EdOd m EdOd d EfOb m EfOb d EjO` m EjO` d ElO` m ElO`
+d EoOb m EoOb d ErOd m ErOd d EsOf m EcOw d EsOw m EcOx d EsOx m EfOx
+d EdOz m EdOz d EcO} m EcO} d EcO? m EcO? d EdPC m EdPC d EfPD m EfPD
+d EsPD m EcO? d EdPB m EdPB d EfPC m EfPC d EsPC m EcOs d EcOx m EsOs
+d EsO{ m EsO? d EsPG m EcPO d EsPO m EcPP d EsPP m EfPP d EdPR m EdPR
+d EcPV m EcPV d EcPX m EcPX d EdP[ m EdP[ d EfP\ m EfP\ d EsP\ m EcPX
+d EdPZ m EdPZ d EfP[ m EfP[ d EsP[ m EcPL d EcPP m EsPL d EsPS m EsPX
+d EsP_ m EePg d EfPg m EfPg d EfPf m EfPf d EePf m EePf d EdPg m EdPg
+d EcPi m EcPi d EcPn m EcPn d EdPp m EdPp d EePq m EePq d EgPr m EgPr
+d EoPr m EoPr d ErPs m ErPs d EsPu m EePq d EoPq m EoPq d ErPr m ErPr
+d EsPu m EsPu d EsPv m EgPq d EhPp m EhPp d EjPi m EjPi d EkPf m EkPf
+d EmPe m EmPe d EoPe m EoPe d ErPf m ErPf d EsPi m EsPi d EsPm m EsPm
+d ErPo m ErPo d EoPq m EjPi d EkPg m EkPg d EmPf m EmPf d EoPf m EoPf
+d ErPg m ErPg d EsPi m GnFm d ahFm m GnFm d GnF~ m HoFm d HoFv m IpFm
+d IpFv m JqFm d JqFv m KqFm d KqFv m LrFm d LrF~ m MsFm d MsFv m NtFm
+d NtFv m OtFm d OtFv m PuFm d PuFv m QvFm d QvF~ m RwFm d RwFv m SwFm
+d SwFv m TxFm d TxFv m UyFm d UyFv m VzFm d VzF~ m WzFm d WzFv m X{Fm
+d X{Fv m Y|Fm d Y|Fv m Z}Fm d Z}Fv m [}Fm d [}F~ m \~Fm d \~Fv m ]?Fm
+d ]?Fv m _@Fm d _@Fv m `@Fm d `@Fv m aAFm d aAF~ m GmF_ d GjF^ m GjF^
+d GgFZ m GgFZ d GfFU m GfFU d GfFR m GfFR d GgFL m GgFL d GjFI m GjFI
+d GmFH m GmFH d GpFH m GpFH d GsFI m GsFI d GuFL m GuFL d GwFR m GwFR
+d GwFU m GwFU d GuFZ m GuFZ d GsF^ m GsF^ d GpF_ m GpF_ d GmF_ m GmF_
+d GkF^ m GkF^ d GjF] m GjF] d GiFZ m GiFZ d GgFU m GgFU d GgFR m GgFR
+d GiFL m GiFL d GjFJ m GjFJ d GkFI m GkFI d GmFH m GpFH d GrFI m GrFI
+d GsFJ m GsFJ d GtFL m GtFL d GuFR m GuFR d GuFU m GuFU d GtFZ m GtFZ
+d GsF] m GsF] d GrF^ m GrF^ d GpF_ m LaF_ d L^FT m L^FT d LaFU m LaFU
+d LdFV m LdFV d LhFV m LhFV d LkFU m LkFU d LnFS m LnFS d LoFO m LoFO
+d LoFN m LoFN d LnFK m LnFK d LkFI m LkFI d LhFH m LhFH d LdFH m LdFH
+d LaFI m LaFI d L`FJ m L`FJ d L^FL m L^FL d L^FM m L^FM d L`FN m L`FN
+d LaFM m LaFM d L`FL m LhFV d LjFU m LjFU d LlFS m LlFS d LnFO m LnFO
+d LnFN m LnFN d LlFK m LlFK d LjFI m LjFI d LhFH m LaF_ d LlF_ m LaF^
+d LgF^ m LgF^ d LlF_ m L}F_ d LyF^ m LyF^ d LwFZ m LwFZ d LvFU m LvFU
+d LvFR m LvFR d LwFL m LwFL d LyFI m LyFI d L}FH m L}FH d L?FH m L?FH
+d MBFI m MBFI d MEFL m MEFL d MFFR m MFFR d MFFU m MFFU d MEFZ m MEFZ
+d MBF^ m MBF^ d L?F_ m L?F_ d L}F_ m L}F_ d LzF^ m LzF^ d LyF] m LyF]
+d LxFZ m LxFZ d LwFU m LwFU d LwFR m LwFR d LxFL m LxFL d LyFJ m LyFJ
+d LzFI m LzFI d L}FH m L?FH d MAFI m MAFI d MBFJ m MBFJ d MDFL m MDFL
+d MEFR m MEFR d MEFU m MEFU d MDFZ m MDFZ d MBF] m MBF] d MAF^ m MAF^
+d L?F_ m QZFZ d Q\F\ m Q\F\ d Q`F_ m Q`F_ d Q`FH m Q_F^ d Q_FH m QZFH
+d QeFH m QuF_ d QqF^ m QqF^ d QoFZ m QoFZ d QnFU m QnFU d QnFR m QnFR
+d QoFL m QoFL d QqFI m QqFI d QuFH m QuFH d QwFH m QwFH d Q{FI m Q{FI
+d Q}FL m Q}FL d Q~FR m Q~FR d Q~FU m Q~FU d Q}FZ m Q}FZ d Q{F^ m Q{F^
+d QwF_ m QwF_ d QuF_ m QuF_ d QrF^ m QrF^ d QqF]
+stroke
+m QqF] m QqF] d QpFZ m QpFZ d QoFU m QoFU d QoFR m QoFR d QpFL m QpFL
+d QqFJ m QqFJ d QrFI m QrFI d QuFH m QwFH d QyFI m QyFI d Q{FJ m Q{FJ
+d Q|FL m Q|FL d Q}FR m Q}FR d Q}FU m Q}FU d Q|FZ m Q|FZ d Q{F] m Q{F]
+d QyF^ m QyF^ d QwF_ m RLF_ d RIF^ m RIF^ d RFFZ m RFFZ d REFU m REFU
+d REFR m REFR d RFFL m RFFL d RIFI m RIFI d RLFH m RLFH d RNFH m RNFH
+d RRFI m RRFI d RTFL m RTFL d RUFR m RUFR d RUFU m RUFU d RTFZ m RTFZ
+d RRF^ m RRF^ d RNF_ m RNF_ d RLF_ m RLF_ d RJF^ m RJF^ d RIF] m RIF]
+d RGFZ m RGFZ d RFFU m RFFU d RFFR m RFFR d RGFL m RGFL d RIFJ m RIFJ
+d RJFI m RJFI d RLFH m RNFH d RQFI m RQFI d RRFJ m RRFJ d RSFL m RSFL
+d RTFR m RTFR d RTFU m RTFU d RSFZ m RSFZ d RRF] m RRF] d RQF^ m RQF^
+d RNF_ m V^FZ d V`F\ m V`F\ d VdF_ m VdF_ d VdFH m VbF^ d VbFH m V^FH
+d VhFH m VtF_ d VrFT m VrFT d VtFU m VtFU d VwFV m VwFV d V{FV m V{FV
+d V~FU m V~FU d WAFS m WAFS d WBFO m WBFO d WBFN m WBFN d WAFK m WAFK
+d V~FI m V~FI d V{FH m V{FH d VwFH m VwFH d VtFI m VtFI d VsFJ m VsFJ
+d VrFL m VrFL d VrFM m VrFM d VsFN m VsFN d VtFM m VtFM d VsFL m V{FV
+d V}FU m V}FU d V?FS m V?FS d WAFO m WAFO d WAFN m WAFN d V?FK m V?FK
+d V}FI m V}FI d V{FH m VtF_ d V?F_ m VtF^ d VzF^ m VzF^ d V?F_ m WPF_
+d WLF^ m WLF^ d WJFZ m WJFZ d WIFU m WIFU d WIFR m WIFR d WJFL m WJFL
+d WLFI m WLFI d WPFH m WPFH d WRFH m WRFH d WVFI m WVFI d WXFL m WXFL
+d WYFR m WYFR d WYFU m WYFU d WXFZ m WXFZ d WVF^ m WVF^ d WRF_ m WRF_
+d WPF_ m WPF_ d WMF^ m WMF^ d WLF] m WLF] d WKFZ m WKFZ d WJFU m WJFU
+d WJFR m WJFR d WKFL m WKFL d WLFJ m WLFJ d WMFI m WMFI d WPFH m WRFH
+d WTFI m WTFI d WVFJ m WVFJ d WWFL m WWFL d WXFR m WXFR d WXFU m WXFU
+d WWFZ m WWFZ d WVF] m WVF] d WTF^ m WTF^ d WRF_ m [_FZ d [`FY m [`FY
+d [_FX m [_FX d [^FY m [^FY d [^FZ m [^FZ d [_F] m [_F] d [`F^ m [`F^
+d [dF_ m [dF_ d [hF_ m [hF_ d [lF^ m [lF^ d [mF] m [mF] d [nFZ m [nFZ
+d [nFX m [nFX d [mFV m [mFV d [jFT m [jFT d [dFR m [dFR d [bFQ m [bFQ
+d [_FN m [_FN d [^FK m [^FK d [^FH m [hF_ d [kF^ m [kF^ d [lF] m [lF]
+d [mFZ m [mFZ d [mFX m [mFX d [lFV m [lFV d [hFT m [hFT d [dFR m [^FJ
+d [_FK m [_FK d [bFK m [bFK d [gFI m [gFI d [kFI m [kFI d [mFJ m [mFJ
+d [nFK m [bFK d [gFH m [gFH d [lFH m [lFH d [mFI m [mFI d [nFK m [nFK
+d [nFM m [|F_ d [yF^ m [yF^ d [vFZ m [vFZ d [uFU m [uFU d [uFR m [uFR
+d [vFL m [vFL d [yFI m [yFI d [|FH m [|FH d [?FH m [?FH d \BFI m \BFI
+d \DFL m \DFL d \FFR m \FFR d \FFU m \FFU d \DFZ m \DFZ d \BF^ m \BF^
+d [?F_ m [?F_ d [|F_ m [|F_ d [zF^ m [zF^ d [yF] m [yF] d [xFZ m [xFZ
+d [vFU m [vFU d [vFR m [vFR d [xFL m [xFL d [yFJ m [yFJ d [zFI m [zFI
+d [|FH m [?FH d \AFI m \AFI d \BFJ m \BFJ d \CFL m \CFL d \DFR m \DFR
+d \DFU m \DFU d \CFZ m \CFZ d \BF] m \BF] d \AF^ m \AF^ d [?F_ m \SF_
+d \PF^ m \PF^ d \NFZ m \NFZ d \LFU m \LFU d \LFR m \LFR d \NFL m \NFL
+d \PFI m \PFI d \SFH m \SFH d \VFH m \VFH d \YFI m \YFI d \\FL m \\FL
+d \]FR m \]FR d \]FU m \]FU d \\FZ m \\FZ d \YF^ m \YF^ d \VF_ m \VF_
+d \SF_ m \SF_ d \QF^ m \QF^ d \PF] m \PF] d \OFZ m \OFZ d \NFU m \NFU
+d \NFR m \NFR d \OFL m \OFL d \PFJ m \PFJ d \QFI m \QFI d \SFH m \VFH
+d \XFI m \XFI d \YFJ m \YFJ d \ZFL m \ZFL d \\FR m \\FR d \\FU m \\FU
+d \ZFZ m \ZFZ d \YF] m \YF] d \XF^ m \XF^ d \VF_ m `cFZ d `dFY m `dFY
+d `cFX m `cFX d `bFY m `bFY d `bFZ m `bFZ d `cF] m `cF] d `dF^ m `dF^
+d `hF_ m `hF_ d `lF_ m `lF_ d `pF^ m `pF^ d `qF] m `qF] d `rFZ m `rFZ
+d `rFX m `rFX d `qFV m `qFV d `mFT m `mFT d `hFR m `hFR d `eFQ m `eFQ
+d `cFN m `cFN d `bFK m `bFK d `bFH m `lF_ d `oF^ m `oF^ d `pF] m `pF]
+d `qFZ m `qFZ d `qFX m `qFX d `pFV m `pFV d `lFT m `lFT d `hFR m `bFJ
+d `cFK m `cFK d `eFK m `eFK d `kFI m `kFI d `oFI m `oFI d `qFJ m `qFJ
+d `rFK m `eFK d `kFH m `kFH d `pFH m `pFH d `qFI m `qFI d `rFK m `rFK
+d `rFM m `{F_ d `yFT m `yFT d `{FU m `{FU d `?FV m `?FV d aBFV m aBFV
+d aFFU m aFFU d aHFS m aHFS d aIFO m aIFO d aIFN m aIFN d aHFK m aHFK
+d aFFI m aFFI d aBFH m aBFH d `?FH m `?FH d `{FI m `{FI d `zFJ m `zFJ
+d `yFL m `yFL d `yFM m `yFM d `zFN m `zFN d `{FM m `{FM d `zFL m aBFV
+d aEFU m aEFU d aGFS m aGFS d aHFO m aHFO d aHFN m aHFN d aGFK m aGFK
+d aEFI m aEFI d aBFH m `{F_ d aGF_ m `{F^ d aAF^ m aAF^ d aGF_ m aWF_
+d aTF^ m aTF^ d aQFZ m aQFZ d aPFU m aPFU d aPFR m aPFR d aQFL m aQFL
+d aTFI m aTFI d aWFH m aWFH d aZFH m aZFH d a]FI m a]FI d a_FL m a_FL
+d a`FR m a`FR d a`FU m a`FU d a_FZ m a_FZ d a]F^ m a]F^ d aZF_ m aZF_
+d aWF_ m aWF_ d aUF^ m aUF^ d aTF] m aTF] d aSFZ m aSFZ d aQFU m aQFU
+d aQFR m aQFR d aSFL m aSFL d aTFJ m aTFJ d aUFI m aUFI d aWFH m aZFH
+d a\FI m a\FI d a]FJ m a]FJ d a^FL m a^FL d a_FR m a_FR d a_FU m a_FU
+d a^FZ m a^FZ d a]F] m a]F] d a\F^ m a\F^ d aZF_ m GnW~ d ahW~ m GnW~
+d GnWn m HoW~ d HoWv m IpW~ d IpWv m JqW~ d JqWv m KqW~ d KqWv m LrW~
+d LrWn m MsW~ d MsWv m NtW~ d NtWv m OtW~ d OtWv m PuW~ d PuWv m QvW~
+d QvWn m RwW~ d RwWv m SwW~ d SwWv m TxW~ d TxWv m UyW~ d UyWv m VzW~
+d VzWn m WzW~ d WzWv m X{W~ d X{Wv m Y|W~ d Y|Wv m Z}W~ d Z}Wv m [}W~
+d [}Wn m \~W~ d \~Wv m ]?W~ d ]?Wv m _@W~ d _@Wv m `@W~ d `@Wv m aAW~
+d aAWn m GnFm d GnW~ m GnFm d HGFm m GnGR d G{GR m GnGw d G{Gw m GnH\
+d G{H\ m GnIA d G{IA m GnIf d HGIf m GnJJ d G{JJ m GnJo d G{Jo m GnKT
+d G{KT m GnKy d G{Ky m GnL^ d HGL^ m GnMC d G{MC m GnMg d G{Mg m GnNL
+d G{NL m GnNq d G{Nq m GnOV d HGOV m GnO{ d G{O{ m GnP` d G{P` m GnQD
+d G{QD m GnQi d G{Qi m GnRN d HGRN m GnRs d G{Rs m GnSX d G{SX m GnS}
+d G{S} m GnTa d G{Ta m GnUF d HGUF m GnUk d G{Uk m GnVP d G{VP m GnVu
+d G{Vu m GnWZ d G{WZ m GnW~ d HGW~ m FgFm d F{Fm m GFFv d GHFw m GHFw
+d GLF{ m GLF{ d GLFd m GKFz d GKFd m GFFd d GPFd m GIIs d GFIr m GFIr
+d GDIn m GDIn d GBIi m GBIi d GBIf m GBIf d GDI` m GDI` d GFI] m GFI]
+d GII\ m GII\ d GLI\ m GLI\ d GOI] m GOI] d GQI` m GQI` d GSIf m GSIf
+d GSIi m GSIi d GQIn m GQIn d GOIr m GOIr d GLIs m GLIs d GIIs m GIIs
+d GGIr m GGIr d GFIq m GFIq d GEIn m GEIn d GDIi m GDIi d GDIf m GDIf
+d GEI` m GEI` d GFI^ m GFI^ d GGI] m GGI] d GII\ m GLI\ d GNI] m GNI]
+d GOI^ m GOI^ d GPI` m GPI` d GQIf m GQIf d GQIi m GQIi d GPIn m GPIn
+d GOIq m GOIq d GNIr m GNIr d GLIs m GFLg d GHLh m GHLh d GLLk m GLLk
+d GLLT m GKLj d GKLT m GFLT d GPLT m GDO_ d GEO^ m GEO^ d GDO] m GDO]
+d GBO^ m GBO^ d GBO_ m GBO_ d GDOa m GDOa d GEOb m GEOb d GHOc m GHOc
+d GMOc m GMOc d GPOb m GPOb d GQOa m GQOa d GSO_ m GSO_ d GSO] m GSO]
+d GQOZ m GQOZ d GNOX m GNOX d GHOV m GHOV d GFOU m GFOU d GDOS m GDOS
+d GBOO m GBOO d GBOL m GMOc d GOOb m GOOb d GPOa m GPOa d GQO_ m GQO_
+d GQO] m GQO] d GPOZ m GPOZ d GMOX m GMOX d GHOV m GBON d GDOO m GDOO
+d GFOO m GFOO d GLOM m GLOM d GOOM m GOOM d GQON m GQON d GSOO m GFOO
+d GLOL m GLOL d GPOL m GPOL d GQOM m GQOM d GSOO m GSOO d GSOR m GDRX
+d GERW m GERW d GDRV m GDRV d GBRW m GBRW d GBRX m GBRX d GERZ m GERZ
+d GHR[ m GHR[ d GMR[ m GMR[ d GPRZ m GPRZ d GQRX m GQRX d GQRU m GQRU
+d GPRS m GPRS d GMRQ m GMRQ d GIRQ m GMR[ d GORZ m GORZ d GPRX m GPRX
+d GPRU m GPRU d GORS m GORS d GMRQ m GMRQ d GORP m GORP d GQRN m GQRN
+d GSRL m GSRL d GSRI m GSRI d GQRF m GQRF d GPRE m GPRE d GMRD m GMRD
+d GHRD m GHRD d GERE m GERE d GDRF m GDRF d GBRI m GBRI d GBRJ m GBRJ
+d GDRK m GDRK d GERJ m GERJ d GDRI m GPRO d GQRL m GQRL d GQRI m GQRI
+d GPRF m GPRF d GORE m GORE d GMRD m GMUQ d GMT| m GNUT d GNT| m GNUT
+d GAUC m GAUC d GTUC m GIT| d GQT| m GEXL d GBXA m GBXA d GEXB m GEXB
+d GHXC m GHXC d GLXC m GLXC d GOXB m GOXB d GQX@
+stroke
+m GQX@ m GQX@ d GSW| m GSW| d GSW{ m GSW{ d GQWx m GQWx d GOWv m GOWv
+d GLWu m GLWu d GHWu m GHWu d GEWv m GEWv d GDWw m GDWw d GBWy m GBWy
+d GBWz m GBWz d GDW{ m GDW{ d GEWz m GEWz d GDWy m GLXC d GNXB m GNXB
+d GPX@ m GPX@ d GQW| m GQW| d GQW{ m GQW{ d GPWx m GPWx d GNWv m GNWv
+d GLWu m GEXL d GPXL m GEXK d GKXK m GKXK d GPXL m ahFm d ahW~ m ahFm
+d aPFm m ahGR d a\GR m ahGw d a\Gw m ahH\ d a\H\ m ahIA d a\IA m ahIf
+d aPIf m ahJJ d a\JJ m ahJo d a\Jo m ahKT d a\KT m ahKy d a\Ky m ahL^
+d aPL^ m ahMC d a\MC m ahMg d a\Mg m ahNL d a\NL m ahNq d a\Nq m ahOV
+d aPOV m ahO{ d a\O{ m ahP` d a\P` m ahQD d a\QD m ahQi d a\Qi m ahRN
+d aPRN m ahRs d a\Rs m ahSX d a\SX m ahS} d a\S} m ahTa d a\Ta m ahUF
+d aPUF m ahUk d a\Uk m ahVP d a\VP m ahVu d a\Vu m ahWZ d a\WZ m ahW~
+d aPW~ m GuIy d G{I_ d HBI] d HHJH d HOHo d HUIN d H\IX d HbII d HiIA
+d HoJy d HvIT d H|Hg d ICHa d IIK^ d IPIt d IVIW d I\H} d IcIZ d IiHv
+d IpH{ d IvJV d I}Hh d JCIp d JJJT d JPI@ d JWJE d J]Ir d JdIh d JjIv
+d JqHY d JwJK d J~JF d KDIm d KKKF d KQIM d KXIg d K^JH d KdJI d KkHy
+d KqKj d KxKI d K~HX d LEHb d LKHS d LRJ\ d LXIS d L_J@ d LeIo d LlJD
+d LrHi d LyHf d L?HW d MFKD d MLJM d MSJm d MYIe d M_HW d MfH[ d MlJ[
+d MsIN d MyJe d N@I\ d NFHo d NMI^ d NSJo d NZIY d N`KH d NgIU d NmJO
+d NtIW d NzI` d OAIZ d OGIS d ONI] d OTIY d OZJx d OaIA d OgKK d OnIH
+d OtHc d O{Iq d PAIl d PHHt d PNJG d PUI} d P[JC d PbJQ d PhHm d PoI]
+d PuIp d P|Hg d QBJE d QIIO d QOIw d QVJc d Q\Im d QbL] d QiJd d QoJ{
+d QvJO d Q|KW d RCLA d RILr d RPKJ d RVJm d R]MM d RcKt d RjMI d RpO@
+d RwOJ d R}NE d SDPF d SJO[ d SQOo d SWPk d S]P~ d SdSq d SjRg d SqSO
+d SwSP d S~UC d TDTT d TKTR d TQUV d TXVQ d T^UK d TeS} d TkVZ d TrWH
+d TxUE d T?UP d UETy d ULUn d URUH d UXTV d U_S~ d UeSm d UlR\ d UrQB
+d UyRS d U?QD d VFPW d VLNx d VSO` d VYMR d V`Me d VfNS d VmMB d VsNi
+d VzKi d W@Ja d WGLF d WMKq d WTJg d WZKS d W`Ij d WgK@ d WmJG d WtIr
+d WzJO d XAIJ d XGIg d XNJo d XTIu d X[IA d XaIq d XhI~ d XnIa d XuJO
+d X{JB d YBI[ d YHIV d YOId d YUI? d Y[IB d YbHv d YhJI d YoI` d YuH^
+d Y|IC d ZBJ\ d ZIJP d ZOI? d ZVKX d Z\IN d ZcH} d ZiHD d ZpHM d ZvGz
+d Z}IT d [CIk d [JIj d [PHQ d [VJZ d []Hj d [cHu d [jIs d [pJ^ d [wHR
+d [}IO d \DIv d \JIS d \QIj d \WIR d \^Ig d \dJG d \kId d \qIs d \xHZ
+d \~Id d ]EHp d ]KIS d ]RH_ d ]XHT d ]^Jd d ]eJX d ]kIQ d ]rJ` d ]xHb
+d ]?Ha d ^EJK d ^LID d ^RHB d ^YIj d ^_Ig d ^fIm d ^lJd d ^sJ^ d ^yI{
+d _@Ie d _FHp d _MIQ d _SJa d _YJS d _`K} d _fJF d _mI] d _sHz d _zJA
+d `@Gn d `GHs d `MJz d `TKA d `ZI] d `aJi d `gHk d `nJN d `tHe d `{Hn
+d aAIT d aHHv d aNK^ d aUJK d a[J@ d aaIW d ahHj
+stroke
+grestore showpage
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9279.eps b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9279.eps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..610394c127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9279.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,817 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%Title: IRAF SGI plot
+%%Creator: sgieps
+%%CreationDate: Fri May 10 04:35:29 1991
+%%BoundingBox: 72 72 540 384
+%%EndComments
+/devppi 300 def
+/userppi 72 def
+/pagewidth 8.5 def
+/devpixtouser { userppi mul devppi div } def
+/setscale { 1 devpixtouser 1 devpixtouser scale } def
+/pagetolandscape 90 def
+/setcoords { pagewidth userppi mul 0 translate
+ pagetolandscape rotate setscale } def
+/setjoins { 1 setlinejoin 1 setlinecap } def
+gsave setscale setjoins
+/getpoint {
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and 6 bitshift
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and or
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and 6 bitshift
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and or
+ } def
+/m { getpoint moveto } def
+/d { getpoint lineto } def
+01 setlinewidth
+03 setlinewidth
+m WBLs d WFL} d WOMF d W[ML d WgML d WsMF d W}L} d XALs d W|Lh d WsL_
+d WgLZ
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WMLq d WRLr d WTLp d WTLm d WQLk d WMLk d WKLk m WMLk d WLLh d WILe
+d WDLd d WBLf d WCLi m WZLn
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WWLk d W[Ll d W_Lj d W^Lh d WYLd d WLLc d WJLa d WQL] m WdLh
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WfLf d WaLd d WXL^ d WVLZ d WYLX d W^LZ d WgLa d WiLd d WfLf m WoLb
+m WDLo d WBLs m SLN[ d SBNc d RwNk d RjNr d R^Ny d RWOA d RSOL d RMOV
+d RJO` d RROi d RXOn
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m ROOu d RMOw d RNOy d RROz d RVOy d RYOv d RXOu m RYOv d R]Ov d RbOu
+d RdOr d RbOp d R]Op m RPO~
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m RUO} d RRO? d RTPB d RXPB d R_P@ d RdOx d RgOw d RkO| m RVPF
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m RYPH d R\PD d RhPA d RnPA d RpPC d RlPF d R`PJ d RZPJ d RYPH m R\PN
+m RoPN d RpPP d RsP\ d RwPe d SBPf d SQPb d SaP] d SqP] d TAP` d TPPb
+d T_P_ d TfP\
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TqP^ d TvP^ d TxP] d TxPZ d TuPX d TpPW d ToPX m TpPW d TpPT d TlPQ
+d ThPQ d TePR d TgPV m T~PZ
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m T{PX d T?PX d UCPV d UBPT d T}PP d TpPO d TnPM d TtPJ m UHPT
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m UJPR d UDPQ d T{PJ d TzPF d T|PE d UBPF d UKPM d ULPQ d UJPR m URPN
+m UMPD d UNPC d UVOy d U\Oo d UaOe d U`O[ d U\OQ d UVOG d UPN} d UJNs
+d UBNi d T?Nf
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TRNW d TRNZ d TUN\ d TYN[ d T\NY d T\NV d T[NU m T\NV d T`NU d TdNR
+d TdNP d TbNN d T]NO m TZN_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m T]N] d T\N` d T`Nb d TcNa d ThN] d ThNU d TjNS d TqNV m TdNe
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TgNf d ThNb d TqN[ d TvNZ d TyN[ d TxN_ d ToNf d TjNh d TgNf m TnNk
+m TVNP d TSNN d TCNK d SsNK d SdNM d SXNS d SLN[ m WTLs d W]L| d WjLx
+d WjLm d W]Li d WTLs m SPN~ d SKOH d SIOR d SJO\ d SNOe d SUOn d S_Ov
+d SkO} d SyPA d THPC d TUPA d TVPA
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TXO} d T]O} d T_O{ d T]Ox d TYOv d TTOv d TROw d TTO{ d TXO} d T^O?
+d TfP@ m TlO|
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m T\On d TpOx d ToOx d T_Ou d T]Ot d TaOq m TaOq d TcOp m TtOu
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TuOs d TpOr d TeOm d TbOi d TdOg d TjOh d TuOm d TwOq d TuOs m T|Om
+m TuOe d TxO` d TwOV d TrOL d TlOC d TdNz d T[Nr d TONl d T@Ni d SqNj
+d ScNn d S^Nq m S^Nq d SPN~ m SaOa d SjOi d SwOo d TDOt d TQOu d T\Oo
+d TeOf d TgO\ d TbOQ d T[OH d TQOB d TOOB
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m SfOK d SmON d SqOR d StOU d StOX d SqOY d SmOX d SjOU d SiOQ d SlOP
+d SqOR m S{OV
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m SsOM d SwOO d SzON d SzOJ d SwOG d SrOF d SpOG d SpOJ d SsOM d SwOQ
+d S~OT m TFOQ
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m THOO d TCOM d S|OF d S{OB d S~OA d TCOC d TJOJ d TKON d THOO m TQOL
+m SeOU d SbOW d SaOa m T@Oa d TKOg d TVOc d TTOY d THOY d T@Oa
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m SaGW d SOGd d RxGk d R_Ge d RFG_ d QlG\ d QQG\ d PyGa d PeGm d PQGw
+d OwG} d OaHE d OPHS d ODHb d NxHr d NgH? d NQIH d NDIW d MwIg d MgIt
+d MUJ@ d MEJO d LxJ^ d LmJm d LcJ~ d L]KN d L\K` d L[Kq d LZLC d LSLS
+d LGLc d K|Lr d KxMD d KvMU d KoMf d KjMw d K_NG d KSNV d KRNg d KWNx
+d KXOJ d KUO[ d KPOl d KLO} d KHPO d KFP` d KIPq d KMQC d KKQT d KBQd
+m KBQd d JwQt d JlRD d JfRU d JeRf d JdRw d JcSI d JcSZ d JdSl d JeS}
+d JgTO d JkT_ d JrTo d JyUB d KAUV d KKUY d KWUH d K_Tu d KaTd d KbTS
+d KeTB d KjSo d KxSf d LQSo d LcS} d LmTM d LvT^ d L?Tn d MNT| d M`UJ
+d MmUX d MuUi d NEUy d NXVB d NqU~ d OKU{ d OdVA d O~VD d PVVK d PkVW
+d Q@V_ d QYV[ d QsVW d RNVW d RhVW d SAVR d SYVH d SoVJ d TEVX d TVVX
+m TVVX d TdVG d TyU} d UMUq d UaUf d U{Ue d VUUd d VnU` d WHU\ d W`UU
+d WvUL d XJU@ d X^Tu d XsTk d YHT` d Y\TU d YmTH d Y}Sz d ZLSl d ZYS]
+d ZgSN d ZuS@ d [CRq d [MRa d [VRQ d [^R@ d [fQo d [nQ_ d [vQN d [}P}
+d \EPm d \LP\ d \QPK d \XOz d \^Oi d \bOX d \dOF d \oNw d \zNg d \}NV
+d \yNE d \vMs d \xMb d \?MQ d ]LMA d ]ULq d ]TL` d ]NLO d ]FK~ d ]@Km
+m ]@Km d \?K\ d ]DKK d ]QJ{ d ]]Jl d ]cJ[ d ]eJI d ]eIx d ]cIg d ]^IU
+d ]YID d ]XHs d ]VHb d ]LHP d \|H@ d \iG{ d \UHG d \FHX d \IHh d \WHw
+d \dIH d \kIY d \hIi d \XIw d \IJF d [|JT d [iJa d []Jp d [ZKB d [TKS
+d [IKc d ZzKp d Z`Kx d ZGKt d ZEKb d ZDKQ d ZBK@ d Y?Jo d Y|J] d Y|JL
+d ZAI{ d ZNIl d ZeId d [CIc d [ZId d [TIY d [AII d ZmH} d ZTIJ d ZEIH
+m ZEIH d YyHx d YbHo d YKHc d XuH] d XaHh d XOHw d W}Hs d WiHe d WRH\
+d V~HQ d VpHB d VgGr d V^Gb d VQGQ d U|GU d UjGc d UTGj d TyGj d TxGj
+d TwGi d TvGi d TvGi d TuGi d TtGi d TsGh d TrGh d TqGh d TqGh d TpGg
+d ToGg d TnGg d TmGg d TlGf d TlGf d TkGf d TjGe d TiGe d ThGe d ThGd
+d TgGd d TfGd d TeGd d TdGc d TdGc d TcGc d TbGb d TaGb d T`Gb d T`Ga
+m T`Ga d T_Ga d T^Ga d T]G` d T\G` d T\G` d T[G` d TZG_ d TYG_ d TXG_
+d TXG^ d TWG^ d TVG^ d TUG] d TTG] d TSG] d TSG] d TRG\ d TQG\ d TPG\
+d TOG\ d TNG\ d TNG[ d TMG[ d TLG[ d TKG[ d TJG[ d TIG[ d THG[ d TGG[
+d TGGZ d TFGZ d TEGZ d TDGZ d TCGZ d TBGZ d TAGZ d T@GZ d S?GZ d S?GZ
+d S~GY d S}GY d S|GY d S{GY d SzGY d SyGY d SxGY d SwGX d SvGX d SvGX
+m SvGX d SuGX d StGX d SsGW d SrGW d SqGW d SpGV d SoGV d SnGV d SnGV
+d SmGU d SlGU d SkGU d SjGT d SiGT d ShGT d SgGT d SgGT d SfGT d SeGT
+d SdGT d SdGU d ScGU d SbGV d SbGV d SaGW d SaGW m [VGW d [cGW d [VGW
+d [VGW m OiKJ d OsKQ d OzK[ d O~Kd d O}Kn d OtKu d OfKy d OVKy d OGKw
+d O@Kp d N}Kf d N{K\ d N{KR d N?KJ d OKKG d O[KH d OiKJ d OiKJ m NiLs
+d N^Lx d NPLx d NHLq d NOLg d NZLc d NeLj d NiLs d NiLs m Z~TZ d [BTc
+d [LTl d [XTq d [dTn d [oTg d [uT] d [tTS d [mTJ d [bTC d [VTB d [KTH
+d [ATQ d Z~TZ d Z~TZ m KrVC d KvVL d K?VU d LJV] d LWVa d LbV_ d LmVX
+d LuVO d LzVE d LwUz d LpUq d LeUj d LYUg d LLUj d L@Up d KwUy d KrVC
+d KrVC m XbH? d XfII d XoIQ d XzIQ d YCIH d YFH~ d X?Hu d XsHq d XhHv
+d XbH? d XbH? m XBJE d WsJM d WjJ\ d WhJk d WoJx d WyKE d W}KR d W~K`
+d W~Ko d XCK? d XDLM d WvLQ d W_LQ d WMLY d V?Le d VyLs d W@MA d WNMM
+d W_MU d WuMP d XHML d XNMY d XGMf d XAMt d WvM? d WfNH d WUNS d WPN_
+d W_Nj d WoNs d W?N| d XNOF d X]OQ d XjO\ d XmOi d XhOw d XlPE d X{PC
+d X~Os d X?Oe d YMO_ d YbOZ d YrOP d Y|OC d Y{Nu d YqNh d YaN^ d YQNY
+d Y^NL d YcM~ m YcM~ d YbMp d Y_Mb d Y\MT d YXMF d YTLx d YLLk d YCL^
+d X~LP d YDLC d YLKv d YOKh d YGK[ d XxKP d XcKJ d XtKB d Y@Ju d YAJg
+d XwJ[ d XhJP d XVJG d XBJE d XBJE m TuKJ d UBKJ d TuKJ d TuKJ m RnKm
+d R[Ky d RDLA d QlLH d QVLQ d P~LX d PkLd d PZLq d PJL? d O{MN d OoM]
+d OaMk d OOMy d OGNI d O@NZ d NvNj d NmNz d NiOL d NgO] d N_Om d NPO|
+d NMPK d N`PY d NrPe d N{Pw d ONP} d OgPs d OoPb d OpPP d OkP@ d ObOn
+d OhO^ d OzOR d PIOC d PUNt d PiNh d PzN[ d P}NJ d QJM| d QWMm d Q`M\
+d QrMS d R@Ma d Q}Ms d QvNE d QpNU d QiNf d QZNt d QMOC d QIOT m QIOT
+d QIOf
+stroke
+m QIOf d QJOw d QOPI d QZPY d QoPc d RLPd d RPPm d RAP~ d QxQP d Q|Qa
+d RFQr d RYQ} d RsRB d SIRJ d S`RR d SwR\ d TMRe d TbR_ d TwRR d T?RC
+d ToQu d TUQp d S|Qk d TFQY d T[QU d TrQa d UKQd d UeQ^ d U}QR d VPQO
+d VZQ_ d VeQr d VvQ~ d WLQx d WcQk d WvQZ d X@QK d WlQG d WTP? d WEPq
+d V{P` d VpPP d VaPB d VWOr d VROa d VSOO d VRN~ d VINm d VCN\ m VCN\
+d U{NL d UsM{ d UkMk d UcMZ d U^M] d UYMa d UUMe d UPMh d UKMl d UFMo
+d U@Mq d T{Mr d TvMr d TqMq d TlMn d TfMk d TaMh d T\Md d TVMa d TQM_
+d TKM] d TEM] d S?M] d SxM\ d SrM\ d SjM\ d SbM[ d SZMY d SSMW d SQMV
+d SUMU d S\MT d SeMS d SlMP d SqMM d SvMI d S{MF d S?MB d TBL~ d TFL{
+d TJLx d TOLv d TTLv d TYLw d T_Ly d TeL{ d TkL~ d TqMA d TwMD m TwMD
+d T~MG d UDMJ d UJMM d UPMP d UVMR d U\MT d UaMT d UeMS d UiMP d UmML
+d UpMH d UrMC d UtL~ d UuLy d UuLu d UtLp d UpLl d UlLi d UgLf d UaLd
+d U[Lb d UTLb d UMLa d UFLa d U@L` d TzL_ d TtL] d ToLZ d TjLW d TfLT
+d TbLP d T^LL d TZLI d TWLE d TTLA d TPK~ d TKKz d TGKw d TBKt d S|Kq
+d SwKo d SrKm d SlKj d SfKh d S`Ke d SZKb d STK_ d SNK\ d SHKY m SHKY
+d SBKW d R~KV d RzKX d RxK[ d RvK` d RtKe d RrKi d RnKm d RnKm m SALs
+d SAL~ d R|MF d RrM@ d RmLt d RxLl d SALs d SALs m YnPD d YvPM d ZAPT
+d ZNPT d ZWPK d Z[P@ d ZWOu d ZOOl d ZEOi d YzOo d YqOy d YnPD d YnPD
+m LxQI d LtQR d LrQ[ d LqQe d LtQo d LzQz d MBRA d MHQ~ d MNQt d MTQj
+d MZQa d MaQY d MjQR d MuQK d MtQC d MgP| d MXP{ d MJP| d L?QA d LxQI
+d LxQI m W\QI d WUQR d WJQX d V|Q\ d VmQ[ d V_QV d VUQO d VQQG d VVP}
+d V_Pu d VkPn d VxPl d WEPo d WQPw d WZQ@ d W\QI d W\QI m NrQl d NeQu
+d NVQ} d NLRG d NBRR d MxR\ d MjRe d MZRm d MZRw d MjS@ d M}R? d NORz
+d N^R} d NiSH d NoSU d NnSb d NjSn d NhSz d NjTF d NnTS d NsT_ d N{Tj
+d OGTs d OWTy d OiT~ d OuUG d O|US d PDU^ d PQUg d PbUm d PuUo d QFUn
+d QUUh d QhUb d QvU_ d QdUX d QZUM d QUUB d QOTv d QITj d Q@T_ d PtTU
+d PfTM d PYTD d PRSx d POSl d PMS` d PLSS d PKSG d PJR{ m PJR{ d PGRn
+d PBRb d O{RW d OrRL d OgRB d O]Qx d OSQm d OJQ_ d OBQV d N{Q_ d NrQl
+d NrQl m UwTZ d U}Tb d VKTg d VZTk d VgTm d VuTm d W@Tk d WLTf d WWT`
+d WdTZ d WXTT d WLTN d WATH d VvTF d VjTH d V]TL d VPTQ d VATT d UwTZ
+d UwTZ m XEJh d XNJm d XOJd d XEJh d XEJh m P|Ls d PqLy d PhM@ d P`MH
+d PWMP d PPMY d PXM` d PgMa d PvM] d QAMW d QIMO d QRMH d Q[M@ d QfLy
+d QpLr d QfLk d QXLk d QILo d P|Ls d P|Ls m V}Ls d WAL} d WJMF d WUMN
+d WaMQ d WnMM d WyMF d XBL} d XFLr d XBLh d WyL_ d WmLX d WaLT d WULX
+d WJL_ d WALi d V}Ls d V}Ls m OgN[ d OfNf d OhNq d OlNu d OqNm d OtNa
+d OnNV d OgN[ d OgN[ m RqN[ d RbNa d RTNg d RINp d RANz d Q{OE d QvOP
+d QsO\ d QwOf d Q?Op d RIOy d RSPC d RYPM d R^PX d RdPb d RlPn d RvPx
+d SCPy d SRPr d SaPk d SrPl d TCPq d TRPq d T_Pi d TnPc d T}P_ d UJPW
+d UUPN d U^PE d UdOz d UmOp d UuOe d UuO[ d UlOQ d UcOG d U^N| d U[Nq
+d UWNf d UQN[ d UFNS d TxNL d TiNF d TZNB d TIM? d SxM~ d SgN@ d SXNE
+d SKNL d R}NT d RqN[ m RqN[ d RqN[ m NmRr d NsR{ d N|SC d OGSC d ORR}
+d OYRs d OXRi d OQR_ d OGRX d N~RW d NuR^ d NoRh d NmRr d NmRr m O\Sw
+d O\TA d O]TJ d O`TS d OhT\ d OrTX d OvTO d OvTF d OuS} d OsSr d OqSf
+d OoS\ d OlSU d OgSX d ObSb d O^Sm d O[Sw d O\Sw m WGLs d WKL| d WUME
+d WaMI d WmME d WwL| d W|Ls d WwLi d WmL` d WaL\ d WULa d WKLi d WGLs
+d WGLs m S`N[ d SVNc d SLNk d SBNs d RwNz d RnOB d RmOL d RoOW d RsOa
+d RzOj d R~Ot d SAO? d SHPG d SUPL d SdPQ d SsPU d TBPY d TPPZ d T^PV
+d TjPP d TvPH d U@PA d UIOx d UPOn d UVOe d UUO[ d UPOQ d UJOH d UCN~
+d T|Nu d TrNm d TgNf d T[N` d TMNZ d S}NW d SmNV d S`N[ d S`N[ m WKLs
+d WPL| d W[MD d WgMC d WrL| d WwLs d WqLi d WfLb d W[Lb d WPLi d WKLs
+d WKLs m S@N~ d R}OH d R}OR d R?O\ d SCOf d SIOo d SQOx d SZP@ d SePF
+d SsPK d TAPP d TNPR d T[PO d TgPH d TqP@ d TzOx d UCOo d UJOf d UKO]
+d UEOT d T}OK d TxOA d TrNx d TjNp d T_Nh d TSNb d TEN_ d SuN^ d SgN`
+d SZNe d SPNm d SGNu d S@N~ d S@N~ m WPLs d WVL|
+stroke
+m WVL| d WaMA d WlL| d WrLs d WlLi d W`Le d WULj d WPLs d WPLs m SHN~
+d SDOH d SCOR d SDO\ d SIOf d SPOp d SYOx d SdO? d SrPB d T@PF d TNPJ
+d TZPE d TdO} d TmOu d TvOm d T?Od d T~O[ d TwOR d TsOH d ToN~ d ThNv
+d T^Nn d TRNg d TDNd d StNd d SeNg d SYNm d SPNu d SHN~ d SHN~ m WYLs
+d WdLx d WdLn d WYLs d WYLs m SXN~ d SSOG d SPOQ d SOO[ d SROd d SZOm
+d SdOt d SqOz d S?O~ d TMP@ d TYO| d TdOu d TmOl d TsOb d TsOY d TnOP
+d ThOG d T`N~ d TXNu d TLNp d S}No d SnNq d SaNv d SXN~ d SXN~ m SaN~
+d SZOG d SVOP d SUOZ d SWOc d S_Ok d SjOr d SwOx d TDO| d TQO| d T]Ov
+d TgOn d TnOe d ToO\ d TkOS d TeOJ d T]OB d TUNz d TINu d SzNu d SkNx
+d SaN~ d SaN~ m SzN~ d SlOA d SbOG d S\OP d SZOZ d S]Od d SfOk d SsOr
+d T@Ow d TMOy d TYOu d TcOm d TjOd d TkOZ d TgOP d T_OG d TVO@ d TIN}
+d SzN~ d SzN~ m SfOa d SnOi d S{Oo d TIOr d TVOp d T_Oh d TcO^ d T`OT
+d TYOK d TNOG d TAOI d StOP d SjOX d SfOa d SfOa m SoOa d SxOi d TFOn
+d TTOm d T]Oe d T^O[ d TXOQ d TNOL d T@OP d StOX d SoOa d SoOa m SwOa
+d TBOi d TQOj d T[Ob d TXOW d TMOQ d S~OW d SwOa d SwOa m THOa d TSO_
+d THOa d THOa m IkFo d ^JFo m ^JFo d ^JWp m ^JWp d IkWp m IkWp d IkFo
+m IcFj d ^QFj m ^QFj d ^QWu m ^QWu d IcWu m IcWu d IcFj m IpFo d IpFj
+m IpWp d IpWu
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m InFf d ImFd d ImF_ d InF] d IpF] d IrF_ d IrFd d IpFf d InFf m ItFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m InXD d ImXB d ImW} d InW{ d IpW{ d IrW} d IrXB d IpXD d InXD m ItXE
+m JJFo d JJFj m JJWp d JJWu m JcFo d JcFj m JcWp d JcWu m J|Fo d J|Fj
+m J|Wp d J|Wu m KVFo d KVFj m KVWp d KVWu m KoFo d KoFj m KoWp d KoWu
+m LIFo d LIFj m LIWp d LIWu m LbFo d LbFj m LbWp d LbWu m L{Fo d L{Fj
+m L{Wp d L{Wu m MUFo d MUFj m MUWp d MUWu m MnFo d MnFj m MnWp d MnWu
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m McFd d MeFf d MeF] m MjFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m MlFf d MjFd d MjF_ d MlF] d MnF] d MoF_ d MoFd d MnFf d MlFf m MrFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m MsFf d MrFd d MrF_ d MsF] d MuF] d MwF_ d MwFd d MuFf d MsFf m MyFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m McXB d MeXD d MeW{ m MjXE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m MlXD d MjXB d MjW} d MlW{ d MnW{ d MoW} d MoXB d MnXD d MlXD m MrXE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m MsXD d MrXB d MrW} d MsW{ d MuW{ d MwW} d MwXB d MuXD d MsXD m MyXE
+m NGFo d NGFj m NGWp d NGWu m NaFo d NaFj m NaWp d NaWu m NzFo d NzFj
+m NzWp d NzWu m OSFo d OSFj m OSWp d OSWu m OmFo d OmFj m OmWp d OmWu
+m PFFo d PFFj m PFWp d PFWu m P_Fo d P_Fj m P_Wp d P_Wu m PyFo d PyFj
+m PyWp d PyWu m QRFo d QRFj m QRWp d QRWu m QkFo d QkFj m QkWp d QkWu
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m Q`Fe d QaFf d QdFf d QeFe d QeFb d Q`F^ d Q`F] d QeF] m QgFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m QiFf d QhFd d QhF_ d QiF] d QkF] d QlF_ d QlFd d QkFf d QiFf m QoFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m QqFf d QoFd d QoF_ d QqF] d QsF] d QtF_ d QtFd d QsFf d QqFf m QwFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m Q`XC d QaXD d QdXD d QeXC d QeX@ d Q`W} d Q`W{ d QeW{ m QgXE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m QiXD d QhXB d QhW} d QiW{ d QkW{ d QlW} d QlXB d QkXD d QiXD m QoXE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m QqXD d QoXB d QoW} d QqW{ d QsW{ d QtW} d QtXB d QsXD d QqXD m QwXE
+m REFo d REFj m REWp d REWu m R^Fo d R^Fj m R^Wp d R^Wu m RwFo d RwFj
+m RwWp d RwWu m SQFo d SQFj m SQWp d SQWu m SjFo d SjFj m SjWp d SjWu
+m TCFo d TCFj m TCWp d TCWu m T]Fo d T]Fj m T]Wp d T]Wu m TvFo d TvFj
+m TvWp d TvWu m UOFo d UOFj m UOWp d UOWu m UiFo d UiFj m UiWp d UiWu
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m U]Fe d U_Ff d UaFf d UbFe d UbFc d UaFb d U`Fb m UaFb d UbF` d UbF^
+d UaF] d U_F] d U]F^ m UeFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m UfFf d UeFd d UeF_ d UfF] d UhF] d UjF_ d UjFd d UhFf d UfFf m UlFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m UnFf d UmFd d UmF_ d UnF] d UpF] d UrF_ d UrFd d UpFf d UnFf m UtFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m U]XC d U_XD d UaXD d UbXC d UbXA d UaX@ d U`X@ m UaX@ d UbW? d UbW}
+d UaW{ d U_W{ d U]W} m UeXE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m UfXD d UeXB d UeW} d UfW{ d UhW{ d UjW} d UjXB d UhXD d UfXD m UlXE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m UnXD d UmXB d UmW} d UnW{ d UpW{ d UrW} d UrXB d UpXD d UnXD m UtXE
+m VBFo d VBFj m VBWp d VBWu m V[Fo d V[Fj m V[Wp d V[Wu m VuFo d VuFj
+m VuWp d VuWu m WNFo d WNFj m WNWp d WNWu m WgFo d WgFj m WgWp d WgWu
+m XAFo d XAFj m XAWp d XAWu m XZFo d XZFj m XZWp d XZWu m XsFo d XsFj
+m XsWp d XsWu m YMFo d YMFj m YMWp d YMWu m YfFo d YfFj m YfWp d YfWu
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m Y^F] d Y^Ff d Y^Ff d Y[F` d Y[F_ d Y^F_ m Y^F_ d Y`F_ m YbFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m YdFf d YbFd d YbF_ d YdF] d YfF] d YgF_ d YgFd d YfFf d YdFf m YjFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m YlFf d YjFd d YjF_ d YlF] d YnF] d YoF_ d YoFd d YnFf d YlFf m YrFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m Y^W{ d Y^XD d Y^XD d Y[W~ d Y[W~ d Y^W~ m Y^W~ d Y`W~ m YbXE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m YdXD d YbXB d YbW} d YdW{ d YfW{ d YgW} d YgXB d YfXD d YdXD m YjXE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m YlXD d YjXB d YjW} d YlW{ d YnW{ d YoW} d YoXB d YnXD d YlXD m YrXE
+m Y?Fo d Y?Fj m Y?Wp d Y?Wu m ZYFo d ZYFj m ZYWp d ZYWu m ZrFo d ZrFj
+m ZrWp d ZrWu m [KFo d [KFj m [KWp d [KWu m [eFo d [eFj m [eWp d [eWu
+m [~Fo d [~Fj m [~Wp d [~Wu m \WFo d \WFj m \WWp d \WWu m \qFo d \qFj
+m \qWp d \qWu m ]JFo d ]JFj m ]JWp d ]JWu m ]cFo d ]cFj m ]cWp d ]cWu
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ]XF] d ]\F] d ]]F^ d ]]Fa d ]\Fc d ]YFc d ]XFa d ]XFf d ]]Ff m ]`Ff
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ]aFf d ]`Fd d ]`F_ d ]aF] d ]cF] d ]eF_ d ]eFd d ]cFf d ]aFf m ]gFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ]iFf d ]hFd d ]hF_ d ]iF] d ]kF] d ]lF_ d ]lFd d ]kFf d ]iFf m ]oFf
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ]XW{ d ]\W{ d ]]W} d ]]W? d ]\XA d ]YXA d ]XX@ d ]XXD d ]]XD m ]`XE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ]aXD d ]`XB d ]`W} d ]aW{ d ]cW{ d ]eW} d ]eXB d ]cXD d ]aXD m ]gXE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ]iXD d ]hXB d ]hW} d ]iW{ d ]kW{ d ]lW} d ]lXB d ]kXD d ]iXD m ]oXE
+m ]}Fo d ]}Fj m ]}Wp d ]}Wu m IkFr d IcFr m ^JFr d ^QFr
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IXFx d IWFv d IWFp d IXFn d IZFn d I\Fp d I\Fv d IZFx d IXFx m I_Fx
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^XFx d ^VFv d ^VFp d ^XFn d ^ZFn d ^[Fp d ^[Fv d ^ZFx d ^XFx m ^^Fx
+m IkGG d IcGG m ^JGG d ^QGG m IkG\ d IcG\ m ^JG\ d ^QG\ m IkGq d IcGq
+m ^JGq d ^QGq m IkHF d IcHF m ^JHF d ^QHF m IkH[ d IcH[ m ^JH[ d ^QH[
+m IkHq d IcHq m ^JHq d ^QHq m IkIF d IcIF m ^JIF d ^QIF m IkI[ d IcI[
+m ^JI[ d ^QI[ m IkIp d IcIp m ^JIp d ^QIp m IkJE d IcJE m ^JJE d ^QJE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IHJI d IJJK d IJJB m IOJK
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IQJK d IOJI d IOJD d IQJB d ISJB d ITJD d ITJI d ISJK d IQJK m IWJK
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IXJK d IWJI d IWJD d IXJB d IZJB d I\JD d I\JI d IZJK d IXJK m I_JK
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^WJI d ^YJK d ^YJB m ^^JK
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^`JK d ^^JI d ^^JD d ^`JB d ^bJB d ^cJD d ^cJI d ^bJK d ^`JK m ^fJK
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^gJK d ^fJI d ^fJD d ^gJB d ^iJB d ^kJD d ^kJI d ^iJK d ^gJK m ^mJK
+m IkJZ d IcJZ m ^JJZ d ^QJZ m IkJo d IcJo m ^JJo d ^QJo m IkKD d IcKD
+m ^JKD d ^QKD m IkKY d IcKY m ^JKY d ^QKY m IkKo d IcKo m ^JKo d ^QKo
+m IkLD d IcLD m ^JLD d ^QLD m IkLY d IcLY m ^JLY d ^QLY m IkLn d IcLn
+m ^JLn d ^QLn m IkMC d IcMC m ^JMC d ^QMC m IkMX d IcMX m ^JMX d ^QMX
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IHM] d IIM^ d IKM^ d ILM] d ILMZ d IHMV d IHMU d ILMU m IOM^
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IQM^ d IOM\ d IOMW d IQMU d ISMU d ITMW d ITM\ d ISM^ d IQM^ m IWM^
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IXM^ d IWM\ d IWMW d IXMU d IZMU d I\MW d I\M\ d IZM^ d IXM^ m I_M^
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^VM] d ^XM^ d ^ZM^ d ^[M] d ^[MZ d ^VMV d ^VMU d ^[MU m ^^M^
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^`M^ d ^^M\ d ^^MW d ^`MU d ^bMU d ^cMW d ^cM\ d ^bM^ d ^`M^ m ^fM^
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^gM^ d ^fM\ d ^fMW d ^gMU d ^iMU d ^kMW d ^kM\ d ^iM^ d ^gM^ m ^mM^
+m IkMm d IcMm m ^JMm d ^QMm m IkNB d IcNB m ^JNB d ^QNB m IkNX d IcNX
+m ^JNX d ^QNX m IkNm d IcNm m ^JNm d ^QNm m IkOB d IcOB m ^JOB d ^QOB
+m IkOW d IcOW m ^JOW d ^QOW m IkOl d IcOl m ^JOl d ^QOl m IkPA d IcPA
+m ^JPA d ^QPA m IkPV d IcPV m ^JPV d ^QPV m IkPk d IcPk m ^JPk d ^QPk
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IHPp d IIPq d IKPq d ILPp d ILPn d IKPm d IJPm m IKPm d ILPk d ILPi
+d IKPh d IIPh d IHPj m IOPq
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IQPq d IOPo d IOPj d IQPh d ISPh d ITPj d ITPo d ISPq d IQPq m IWPq
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IXPq d IWPo d IWPj d IXPh d IZPh d I\Pj d I\Po d IZPq d IXPq m I_Pq
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^VPp d ^XPq d ^ZPq d ^[Pp d ^[Pn d ^ZPm d ^YPm m ^ZPm d ^[Pk d ^[Pi
+d ^ZPh d ^XPh d ^VPj m ^^Pq
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^`Pq d ^^Po d ^^Pj d ^`Ph d ^bPh d ^cPj d ^cPo d ^bPq d ^`Pq m ^fPq
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^gPq d ^fPo d ^fPj d ^gPh d ^iPh d ^kPj d ^kPo d ^iPq d ^gPq m ^mPq
+m IkQ@ d IcQ@ m ^JQ@ d ^QQ@ m IkQV d IcQV m ^JQV d ^QQV m IkQk d IcQk
+m ^JQk d ^QQk m IkR@ d IcR@ m ^JR@ d ^QR@ m IkRU d IcRU m ^JRU d ^QRU
+m IkRj d IcRj m ^JRj d ^QRj m IkR? d IcR? m ^JR? d ^QR? m IkST d IcST
+m ^JST d ^QST m IkSi d IcSi m ^JSi d ^QSi m IkS~ d IcS~ m ^JS~ d ^QS~
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IKS{ d IKTD d IKTD d IHS~ d IHS} d IKS} m IKS} d ILS} m IOTE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IQTD d IOTB d IOS} d IQS{ d ISS{ d ITS} d ITTB d ISTD d IQTD m IWTE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IXTD d IWTB d IWS} d IXS{ d IZS{ d I\S} d I\TB d IZTD d IXTD m I_TE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^ZS{ d ^ZTD d ^ZTD d ^VS~ d ^VS} d ^ZS} m ^ZS} d ^[S} m ^^TE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^`TD d ^^TB d ^^S} d ^`S{ d ^bS{ d ^cS} d ^cTB d ^bTD d ^`TD m ^fTE
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^gTD d ^fTB d ^fS} d ^gS{ d ^iS{ d ^kS} d ^kTB d ^iTD d ^gTD m ^mTE
+m IkTT d IcTT m ^JTT d ^QTT m IkTi d IcTi m ^JTi d ^QTi m IkT~ d IcT~
+m ^JT~ d ^QT~ m IkUS d IcUS m ^JUS d ^QUS m IkUh d IcUh m ^JUh d ^QUh
+m IkU} d IcU} m ^JU} d ^QU} m IkVR d IcVR m ^JVR d ^QVR m IkVg d IcVg
+m ^JVg d ^QVg m IkV} d IcV} m ^JV} d ^QV} m IkWR d IcWR m ^JWR d ^QWR
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IHWN d IKWN d ILWP d ILWR d IKWT d IIWT d IHWS d IHWW d ILWW m IOWX
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IQWW d IOWU d IOWP d IQWN d ISWN d ITWP d ITWU d ISWW d IQWW m IWWX
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m IXWW d IWWU d IWWP d IXWN d IZWN d I\WP d I\WU d IZWW d IXWW m I_WX
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^WWN d ^ZWN d ^[WP d ^[WR d ^ZWT d ^XWT d ^VWS d ^VWW d ^[WW m ^^WX
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^`WW d ^^WU d ^^WP d ^`WN d ^bWN d ^cWP d ^cWU d ^bWW d ^`WW m ^fWX
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m ^gWW d ^fWU d ^fWP d ^gWN d ^iWN d ^kWP d ^kWU d ^iWW d ^gWW m ^mWX
+m IkWg d IcWg m ^JWg d ^QWg
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m QRXf d QOXi d QKXi d QHXf d QHXa d QKX^ d QOX^ d QRXa m QRX^ d QRXr
+m QYXr m QYXd d QcXd d QcXf d Q`Xi d Q\Xi d QYXf d QYXa d Q\X^ d Q`X^
+d QcX` m QjXr m QkXi d QoX^ d QtXi m Q{Xr m R@Xr d R@X^ m Q{Xb d Q~X_
+d RCX_ d RFXa d RFXe d RCXh d Q~Xh d Q{Xj d Q{Xm d Q~Xp d RCXp d RFXm
+m RLXr m RLXi d RLXX m RLXf d ROXi d RSXi d RVXf d RVXa d RSX^ d ROX^
+d RLXa m R]Xr m RbXm d RbXl d RcXl d RcXm d RbXm d RcXl m RbXg d RcXg
+d RcX^ m RnXr m RoXi d RxX^ m RoX^ d RxXi m R?Xr m SEXk d SFXk d SFXi
+d SEXi d SEXk d SFXi m SEXd d SEXa d SFXa d SFXd d SEXd d SFXa m SPXr
+m SPXr m SaXr m SbXi d SbX^ m SgX^ d SgXg m SbXg d ScXi d SeXi d SgXg
+d ShXi d SjXi d SlXg d SlX^ m SrXr m SsX^ d SzX^ d S}Xa d S}Xg d SzXj
+d SvXj d SsXg d SsXr d S}Xr m TCXr m TEXm d TIXr d TIX^ m TTXr m TTXr
+m TeXr m TeXr m TvXr m TwXr d T?Xr d UAXo d UAXk d T?Xh d TwXh m T?Xh
+d UAXe d UAXa d T?X^ d TwX^ d TwXr m UGXr m UGXr m UXXr m UXXr m UiXr
+m UjXf d UmXi d UqXi d UtXf d UtXa d UqX^ d UmX^ d UjXa d UjXf d UjXl
+d UoXr m UzXr m U~Xr d U{Xm d U{Xb d U~X^ d VBX^ d VEXb d VEXm d VBXr
+d U~Xr m VKXr m VOXr d VLXm d VLXb d VOX^ d VSX^ d VVXb d VVXm d VSXr
+d VOXr m V\Xr m V]X_ d V_X^ d VdX^ d VfX_ d VfXb d VdXd d V_Xd d V]Xe
+d V]Xg d V_Xi d VdXi d VfXg m VmXr
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m N[EP d N[E^ d NbEP d NbE^ m NgE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m NgE\ d NiE^ d NlE^ d NoE\ d NoES d NlEP d NiEP d NgES d NgE\ m NlE\
+d NoE^ m NsE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m NsEP d NvE^ d NxE^ d NzEP m NtEU d NyEU m N?E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m N?E\ d OBE^ d OEE^ d OGE\ d OGES d OEEP d OBEP d N?ES d N?E\ m OEE\
+d OGE^ m OKE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m OKEP d OSE^ m OWE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m OYE^ d O]E^ m O[E^ d O[EP m OYEP d O]EP m OcE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m OdEP d OdE^ d OiE^ d OkE\ d OkEY d OiEX d OdEX m OiEX d OkEP m OoE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m OpEP d OrE^ d OtE^ d OwEP m OqEU d OvEU m O|E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m O|E^ d O|EP m O|EX d PAEX m O|E^ d PDE^ m PHE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m PHE_ m PTE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m PTE^ d PXEP d P[E^ m P`E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m P`E\ d PbE^ d PfE^ d PhE\ d PhEX d P`ER d P`EP d PhEP m PlE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m PpEQ d PpEP d PqEP d PqEQ d PpEQ d PqEP m PxE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m P}EP d Q@ET d Q@EY d Q@E\ d P~E^ d P{E^ d PyE\ d PyEY d P{EV d P~EV
+d Q@EY m QDE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m QHEQ d QHEP d QIEP d QIEQ d QHEQ d QIEP m QQE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m QRE[ d QUE^ d QUEP m Q]E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m Q]E^ d Q]EP d QeEP m Q]EX d QbEX m Q]E^ d QeE^ m QiE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m QiE^ d QqEP m QiEP d QqE^ m QuE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m QuEP d QuE^ d Q{E^ d Q}E\ d Q}EY d Q{EW d QuEW m RAE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m RAE\ d RDE^ d RGE^ d RIE\ d RIES d RGEP d RDEP d RAES d RAE\ m RGE\
+d RIE^ m RME_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m RNEP d RNE^ d RSE^ d RUE\ d RUEY d RSEX d RNEX m RSEX d RUEP m RYE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m R^EP d R^E^ m RZE^ d RbE^ m ReE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m ReE_ m RrE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m RxEW d RwEX d RtEX d RrEV d RrER d RtEP d RwEP d RxEQ m R~E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m R~E^ d R~EP m R~ER d S@EP d SCEP d SEER d SEEV d SCEX d S@EX d R~EV
+m SJE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m SME[ d SMEZ d SNEZ d SNE[ d SME[ d SNEZ m SMEW d SNEW d SNEP m SVE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m SVET d S]ET d S]EV d S[EX d SXEX d SVEV d SVER d SXEP d S[EP d S]ER
+m SbE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m ScEX d ScEP m SfEP d SfEW m ScEW d SdEX d SeEX d SfEW d SgEX d ShEX
+d SjEW d SjEP m SnE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m SoET d SuET d SuEV d StEX d SqEX d SoEV d SoER d SqEP d StEP d SuER
+m SzE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m S{EQ d S}EP d T@EP d TBEQ d TBES d T@ET d S}ET d S{EU d S{EW d S}EX
+d T@EX d TAEW m TGE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TMER d TIER d TGET d TGEZ d TIE\ d TME\ d TOEZ d TOEV d TNEU d TMEU
+d TLEV d TLEX d TLEZ d TJEZ d TIEX d TIEV d TJEU d TLEU d TLEV m TSE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TSEX d TSER d TUEP d TXEP d TZER m TZEP d TZEX m T_E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m T_EX d T_EP m T_EV d TaEX d TdEX d TfEW m TkE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TkEQ d TmEP d TpEP d TrEQ d TrES d TpET d TmET d TkEU d TkEW d TmEX
+d TpEX d TrEW m TwE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TyEX d T|EX d T}EW d T}ER d T|EP d TyEP d TxER d TxES d TyEU d T|EU
+d T}ET m T}ER d T?EP m UCE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m UCE_ m UOE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m UPE^ d UPEP m UPEX d UUEX m UPE^ d UXE^ m U\E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m U\EX d U\EP m U\EV d U^EX d UaEX d UcEW m UhE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m UkE[ d UkEZ d UlEZ d UlE[ d UkE[ d UlEZ m UkEW d UlEW d UlEP m UtE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m UtE_ m V@E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m VCE^ d V@E[ d V@ES d VCEP d VFEP d VHES d VHE[ d VFE^ d VCE^ m VLE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m VREP d VRE^ d VRE^ d VMEU d VMET d VRET m VRET d VTET m VXE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m V\EZ d V]EZ d V]EX d V\EX d V\EZ d V]EX m V\ET d V\ES d V]ES d V]ET
+d V\ET d V]ES m VdE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m VeE\ d VgE^ d VjE^ d VmE\ d VmEZ d VjEX d VhEX m VjEX d VmEU d VmER
+d VjEP d VgEP d VeES m VqE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m VwEP d VwE^ d VvE^ d VqEU d VqET d VwET m VwET d VyET m V}E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WAEZ d WBEZ d WBEX d WAEX d WAEZ d WBEX m WAET d WAES d WBES d WBET
+d WAET d WBES m WIE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WJE[ d WME^ d WMEP m WUE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WVE[ d WYE^ d WYEP m WaE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WaE_ m WmE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WoE[ d WrE^ d WrEP m WyE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m W|E^ d WzE[ d WzES d W|EP d W?EP d XBES d XBE[ d W?E^ d W|E^ m XFE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m XFEW d XMEW m XRE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m XREP d XRE^ d XVEW d XYE^ d XYEP m X^E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m X`EX d XcEX d XdEW d XdER d XbEP d X`EP d X^ER d X^ES d X`EU d XcEU
+d XdET m XdER d XfEP m XjE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m XjEX d XnEP m XlEL d XrEX m XvE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m XwEW d X~EW m YBE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m YGEP d YJET d YJEY d YJE\ d YHE^ d YEE^ d YCE\ d YCEY d YEEV d YHEV
+d YJEY m YNE_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m YPE[ d YSE^ d YSEP m Y[E_
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m OPEs d OOEu d OKEu d OIEr d OIEn d OKEk d OOEk d OPEl m OWE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m OWEr d OWEn d OZEk d O]Ek d O_En d O_Er d O]Eu d OZEu d OWEr m OeE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m OfEu d OfEk m OfEr d OhEu d OlEu d OnEr d OnEk m OtE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m OvEu d O|Eu m O|El d O{Ek d OyEk d OxEl d OxE{ m PCE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m PCEr d PCEn d PEEk d PIEk d PKEn d PKEr d PIEu d PEEu d PCEr m PQE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m PREu d PREn d PTEk d PXEk d PZEn m PZEk d PZEu m P`E}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m P`Eu d P`Ek m P`Er d PbEu d PfEu d PhEs m PnE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m PoEp d PwEp d PwEr d PuEu d PqEu d PoEr d PoEn d PqEk d PuEk d PwEm
+m P}E}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m QFEr d QCEu d Q@Eu d P}Er d P}En d Q@Ek d QCEk d QFEn m QFEk d QFE|
+m QLE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m QLE} m QZE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m Q\Eu d QbEu m Q^Ek d Q^Ey d Q_E{ d QbE{ d QcEz m QiE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m QiEu d QiEk m QiEr d QkEu d QoEu d QqEs m QwE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m QxEr d QxEn d QzEk d Q~Ek d R@En d R@Er d Q~Eu d QzEu d QxEr m RFE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m RFEu d RFEk m RKEk d RKEs m RFEs d RHEu d RJEu d RKEs d RLEu d RMEu
+d ROEs d ROEk m RTE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m RTE} m RcE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m RfE| d RdEx d RdEo d RfEk d RjEk d RmEo d RmEx d RjE| d RfE| m RrE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m RvEl d RvEj d RwEj d RwEl d RvEl d RwEj m S@E}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m S@E} m SOE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m SQEu d SVEu m SWEl d SVEk d STEk d SSEl d SSE{ m S]E}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m S^Er d S^En d S`Ek d SdEk d SfEn d SfEr d SdEu d S`Eu d S^Er m SlE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m SlE} m SzE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m S|Ex d T@E| d T@Ek m TIE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TJEz d TLE| d TPE| d TSEz d TSEv d TPEt d TNEt m TPEt d TSEq d TSEn
+d TPEk d TLEk d TJEn m TXE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TXEr d T[Eu d T_Eu d TaEr d TaEn d T_Ek d T[Ek d TXEn d TXEr d TYEw
+d T]E| m TfE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TiE| d TgEx d TgEo d TiEk d TmEk d TpEo d TpEx d TmE| d TiE| m TuE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m TzEl d TzEj d T{Ej d T{El d TzEl d T{Ej m UCE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m UHEi d UHEj d UHEl d UHEl d UHEk d UHEk m URE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m URE} m UaE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m UeEx d UeEw d UfEw d UfEx d UeEx d UfEw m UeEs d UeEs d UeEk m UoE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m UpEu d UpEk m UpEr d UrEu d UvEu d UxEr d UxEk m U~E}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m V@Eu d VEEu m VFEl d VEEk d VCEk d VBEl d VBE{ m VLE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m VMEp d VUEp d VUEr d VSEu d VOEu d VMEr d VMEn d VOEk d VSEk d VUEm
+m V[E}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m V[Eu d V[Ek m V[Er d V^Eu d VaEu d VcEs m ViE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m VkEu d VnEk d VrEu m VxE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m VzEu d V~Eu d W@Es d W@Em d V}Ej d V{Ej d VyEm d VyEo d VzEq d V~Eq
+d W@Ep m W@Em d WBEj m WGE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WJE| d WKE{ d WKEl d WLEk m WUE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WUE} m WdE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WmEu d WeEu m WeEp d WmEp m WrE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m WrE} m XAE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m XDE| d XAEz d XAEv d XDEt d XAEq d XAEn d XDEk d XHEk d XKEn d XKEq
+d XHEt d XDEt m XHEt d XKEv d XKEz d XHE| d XDE| m XOE}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m XSE| d XPEx d XPEo d XSEk d XVEk d XYEo d XYEx d XVE| d XSE| m X^E}
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m XcEl d XcEj d XdEj d XdEl d XcEl d XdEj m XmE}
+stroke
+grestore showpage
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9289.eps b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9289.eps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f0630354a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/sgi9289.eps
@@ -0,0 +1,998 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0 EPSF-2.0
+%%Title: IRAF SGI plot
+%%Creator: sgieps
+%%CreationDate: Fri May 10 04:39:26 1991
+%%BoundingBox: 72 72 540 384
+%%EndComments
+/devppi 300 def
+/userppi 72 def
+/pagewidth 8.5 def
+/devpixtouser { userppi mul devppi div } def
+/setscale { 1 devpixtouser 1 devpixtouser scale } def
+/pagetolandscape 90 def
+/setcoords { pagewidth userppi mul 0 translate
+ pagetolandscape rotate setscale } def
+/setjoins { 1 setlinejoin 1 setlinecap } def
+gsave setscale setjoins
+/getpoint {
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and 6 bitshift
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and or
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and 6 bitshift
+ currentfile read pop 8#77 and or
+ } def
+/m { getpoint moveto } def
+/d { getpoint lineto } def
+01 setlinewidth
+03 setlinewidth
+m F~Ph d GRPh d GRPz d GRPh m G@PV d GGPV m GLP_ m GMP[ d GPP^ d GPPP
+m GXP_ m GYPP d G^PP d G`PR d G`PV d G^PY d GZPY d GXPW d GXP^ d G`P^
+m GdP_ m GRPh d GgPh d GgPq d GgPh d G}Ph d G}Pq d G}Ph d HRPh d HRPq
+d HRPh d HgPh d HgPq d HgPh d H}Ph d H}Pz d H}Ph m HkPV d HrPV m HvP_
+m HxP[ d H{P^ d H{PP m ICP_ m IEP^ d ICP[ d ICPS d IEPP d IHPP d IKPS
+d IKP[ d IHP^ d IEP^ m IOP_ m H}Ph d IRPh d IRPq d IRPh d IgPh d IgPq
+d IgPh d I}Ph d I}Pq d I}Ph d JRPh d JRPq d JRPh d JgPh d JgPz d JgPh
+m J\PV d JcPV m JgP_ m JhPP d JmPP d JpPR d JpPV d JmPY d JjPY d JhPW
+d JhP^ d JpP^ m JtP_ m JgPh d J}Ph d J}Pq d J}Ph d KRPh d KRPq d KRPh
+d KhPh d KhPq d KhPh d K}Ph d K}Pq d K}Ph d LRPh d LRPz d LRPh m LOP^
+d LMP[ d LMPS d LOPP d LRPP d LTPS d LTP[ d LRP^ d LOP^ m LXP_ m LRPh
+d LhPh d LhPq d LhPh d L}Ph d L}Pq d L}Ph d MRPh d MRPq d MRPh d MhPh
+d MhPq d MhPh d M}Ph d M}Pz d M}Ph m MxPP d M}PP d M?PR d M?PV d M}PY
+d MzPY d MwPW d MwP^ d M?P^ m NCP_ m M}Ph d NRPh d NRPq d NRPh d NhPh
+d NhPq d NhPh d N}Ph d N}Pq d N}Ph d OSPh d OSPq d OSPh d OhPh d OhPz
+d OhPh m O]P[ d O`P^ d O`PP m OhP_ m OkP^ d OhP[ d OhPS d OkPP d OnPP
+d OpPS d OpP[ d OnP^ d OkP^ m OtP_ m OhPh d O}Ph d O}Pq d O}Ph d PSPh
+d PSPq d PSPh d PhPh d PhPq d PhPh d P}Ph d P}Pq d P}Ph d QSPh d QSPz
+d QSPh m QHP[ d QKP^ d QKPP m QSP_ m QTPP d QYPP d Q[PR d Q[PV d QYPY
+d QUPY d QSPW d QSP^ d Q[P^ m Q_P_ m QSPh d QhPh d QhPq d QhPh d QhPh
+m QhPh d QhPo d QWPo d QhPo d QhQD d Q`QD d QhQD d QhQX d Q`QX d QhQX
+d QhQl d Q`Ql d QhQl d QhRA d QWRA d QhRA d QhRU d Q`RU d QhRU d QhRj
+d Q`Rj d QhRj d QhR~ d Q`R~ d QhR~ d QhSS d QWSS d QhSS d QhSg d Q`Sg
+d QhSg d QhS{ d Q`S{ d QhS{ d QhTP d Q`TP d QhTP d QhTd d QWTd d QhTd
+d QhTy d Q`Ty d QhTy d QhUM d Q`UM d QhUM d QhUa d Q`Ua d QhUa d QhUv
+d QWUv d QhUv d QhVJ d Q`VJ d QhVJ d QhV_ d Q`V_ d QhV_ d QhVs d Q`Vs
+d QhVs d QhWH d QWWH d QhWH d QhW\ d Q`W\ d QhW\ d QhWp d Q`Wp d QhWp
+d QhXE d Q`XE d QhXE d QhXY d QWXY d QhXY d QhXY m F~Ph d F~Po d GOPo
+d F~Po m FTPp d F[Pp m F_Py m FcPj d FcPi d FdPi d FdPj d FcPj d FdPi
+m FkPy m FlPv d FnPx d FrPx d FsPv d FsPr d FlPl d FlPj d FsPj m FxPy
+m F~Po d F~QD d GFQD d F~QD d F~QX d GFQX d F~QX d F~Ql d GFQl d F~Ql
+d F~RA d GORA d F~RA m FnRJ d FlRG d FlQ? d FnQ{ d FqQ{ d FsQ? d FsRG
+d FqRJ d FnRJ m FxRJ m F~RA d F~RU d GFRU d F~RU d F~Rj d GFRj d F~Rj
+d F~R~ d GFR~ d F~R~ d F~SS d GOSS d F~SS m FcSN d FcSM d FdSM d FdSN
+d FcSN d FdSM m FkS\ m FlSY d FnS\ d FrS\ d FsSY d FsSU d FlSO d FlSM
+d FsSM m FxS\ m F~SS d F~Sg d GFSg d F~Sg d F~S{ d GFS{ d F~S{ d F~TP
+d GFTP d F~TP d F~Td d GOTd d F~Td m FcT_ d FcT^ d FdT^ d FdT_ d FcT_
+d FdT^ m FkTn m FrT_ d FrTm d FqTm d FlTd d FlTc d FrTc m FrTc d FsTc
+m FxTn m F~Td d F~Ty d GFTy d F~Ty d F~UM d GFUM d F~UM d F~Ua d GFUa
+d F~Ua d F~Uv d GOUv d F~Uv m FcUq d FcUp d FdUp d FdUq d FcUq d FdUp
+m FkU? m FlUv d FnUy d FqUy d FsUv d FsUs d FqUq d FnUq d FlUs d FlUv
+d FlU{ d FpU? m FxU? m F~Uv d F~VJ d GFVJ d F~VJ d F~V_ d GFV_ d F~V_
+d F~Vs d GFVs d F~Vs d F~WH d GOWH d F~WH m FcWC d FcWB d FdWB d FdWC
+d FcWC d FdWB m FkWQ m FnWQ d FlWN d FlWL d FnWJ d FlWH d FlWD d FnWB
+d FrWB d FsWD d FsWH d FrWJ d FnWJ m FrWJ d FsWL d FsWN d FrWQ d FnWQ
+m FxWQ m F~WH d F~W\ d GFW\ d F~W\ d F~Wp d GFWp d F~Wp d F~XE d GFXE
+d F~XE d F~XY d GOXY d F~XY m FmX_ d FpXb d FpXT m FxXc m F~XY d F~XY
+m F~XY d GRXY d GRXG d GRXY d GgXY d GgXP d GgXY d G}XY d G}XP d G}XY
+d HRXY d HRXP d HRXY d HgXY d HgXP d HgXY d H}XY d H}XG d H}XY d IRXY
+d IRXP d IRXY d IgXY d IgXP d IgXY d I}XY d I}XP d I}XY d JRXY d JRXP
+d JRXY d JgXY d JgXG d JgXY d J}XY d J}XP d J}XY d KRXY d KRXP d KRXY
+d KhXY d KhXP d KhXY d K}XY d K}XP d K}XY d LRXY d LRXG d LRXY d LhXY
+d LhXP d LhXY d L}XY d L}XP d L}XY d MRXY d MRXP d MRXY d MhXY d MhXP
+d MhXY d M}XY d M}XG d M}XY d NRXY d NRXP d NRXY d NhXY d NhXP d NhXY
+d N}XY d N}XP d N}XY d OSXY d OSXP d OSXY d OhXY d OhXG d OhXY d O}XY
+d O}XP d O}XY d PSXY d PSXP d PSXY d PhXY d PhXP d PhXY d P}XY d P}XP
+d P}XY d QSXY d QSXG d QSXY d QhXY d QhXP d QhXY d QhXY m KoPA d KwOs
+m KoOs d KwPA m K{PB m K{Oy d LBOy m LGPB m LGOs d LJPA d LLPA d LNOs
+m LHOx d LNOx m LSPB m LSPA d L[Os m LSOs d L[PA m L_PB m LaPA d LePA
+m LcPA d LcOs m LaOs d LeOs m LkPB m LlOu d LmOs d LqOs d LsOu d LsOx
+d LqOz d LmOz d LlO}
+stroke
+m LlO} d LlO? d LmPA d LqPA d LsO? m LwPB m EMTI d EVTK d EbTK m EVTK
+d EMTM m ELTP m EXTQ d EXTV m ELTY m EbTY d EMT[ d EMT\ d EbT^ m EZTY
+d EZT] m ELTa m EMTa d EbTf m EbTa d EMTf m ELTi m EMTj d EMTm m EMTk
+d EbTk m EbTj d EbTm m ELTq m E_Tq d EbTr d EbTu d E_Tv d E[Tv d EXTu
+d EWTr d ETTq d EPTq d EMTr d EMTu d EPTv m ELTy m JpXg d JpXu m JlXu
+d JtXu m JxXv m JxXu d JxXg m JxXm d JzXo d J}Xo d J?Xm d J?Xg m KDXv
+m KDXk d KKXk d KKXm d KIXo d KFXo d KDXm d KDXi d KFXg d KIXg d KKXi
+m KPXv m KPXv m K\Xv m K]Xi d K_Xg d KcXg d KdXi d KdXl d KcXn d K_Xn
+d K]Xq d K]Xs d K_Xu d KcXu d KdXs m KhXv m KjXu d KoXu m KmXu d KmXg
+m KkXg d KoXg m KuXv m KuXg d KuXu d K}Xg d K}Xu m LAXv m LIXj d LGXg
+d LCXg d LAXj d LAXs d LCXu d LGXu d LIXs m LMXv m LMXv m LYXv m LYXu
+d LYXg m LYXn d L^Xn m LYXu d LaXu m LeXv m LfXo d LfXi d LgXg d LkXg
+d LlXi m LlXg d LlXo m LqXv m LrXo d LrXg m LrXm d LtXo d LwXo d LxXm
+d LxXg m L}Xv m MDXn d MCXo d M@Xo d L~Xm d L~Xi d M@Xg d MCXg d MDXh
+m MJXv m MKXo d MPXo m MPXh d MOXg d MNXg d MMXh d MMXt m MVXv m MYXr
+d MYXq d MZXq d MZXr d MYXr d MZXq m MYXn d MZXn d MZXg m MbXv m MbXm
+d MbXi d MdXg d MgXg d MiXi d MiXm d MgXo d MdXo d MbXm m MnXv m MnXo
+d MnXg m MnXm d MpXo d MsXo d MuXm d MuXg m MzXv
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m F~Q{ d F?Q} d G@Q~ d GBR@ d GCRA d GDRC d GFRE d GGRF d GHRH d GJRJ
+d GKRK d GLRM d GNRN d GORP d GPRQ d GRRS d GSRT d GTRU d GVRV d GWRX
+d GXRY d GZRZ d G[RZ d G\R[ d G^R\ d G_R\ d G`R] d GbR] d GcR^ d GdR^
+d GfR^ d GgR^ d GhR^ d GjR] d GkR] d GlR\ d GnR\ d GoR[ d GpRZ d GrRY
+d GsRX d GtRW d GvRV d GwRT d GxRS d GzRQ d G{RP d G}RN d G~RL d G?RJ
+d H@RI d HBRG d HCRE d HDRC d HFRA d HGQ? d HIQ} d HJQ{ d HKQy d HMQv
+d HNQt d HOQr d HPQq d HRQo d HSQm d HUQk d HVQi d HWQh d HYQf d HZQd
+d H[Qc d H]Qb d H^Qa d H_Q` d HaQ_ d HbQ^ d HcQ] d HeQ\ d HfQ\ d HgQ\
+d HiQ\ d HjQ\ d HkQ\ d HmQ\ d HnQ\ d HoQ] d HqQ^ d HrQ_ d HsQ` d HuQa
+d HvQb d HwQd d HyQe d HzQg d H{Qi d H}Qk d H~Qm d H?Qo d IAQq d IBQs
+d ICQv d IEQx d IFQ{ d IGQ~ d IIR@ d IJRC d IKRF d IMRI d INRK d IORN
+d IQRQ d IRRT d ISRV d IURY d IVR[ d IWR^ d IYR` d IZRc d I[Re d I]Rg
+d I^Ri d I_Rk d IaRm d IbRo d IcRp d IeRq d IfRr d IgRs d IiRt d IjRu
+d IkRu d ImRu d InRu d IoRu d IqRu d IrRt d IsRs d IuRr d IvRq d IwRo
+d IyRn d IzRl d I{Ri d I}Rg d I~Re d I?Rb d JAR_ d JBR\ d JCRY d JERV
+d JFRR d JGRN d JIRK d JJRG d JKRC d JMQ? d JNQ{ d JOQv d JQQr d JRQn
+d JSQj d JUQe d JVQa d JWQ] d JYQY d JZQT d J[QP d J]QL d J^QI d J_QE
+d JaQA d JbP~ d JcP{ d JePx d JfPu d JgPs d JiPp d JjPn d JkPl d JmPk
+d JnPj d JoPi d JqPh d JrPh d JsPh d JuPi d JvPj d JwPk d JyPl d JzPn
+d J{Pq d J}Pt d J~Pw d J?Pz d KAP~ d KBQC d KDQG d KEQL d KFQR d KGQX
+d KIQ^ d KJQe d KKQl d KMQs d KNQ{ d KPRC d KQRK d KRRT d KTR] d KURf
+d KVRp d KXRz d KYSD d KZSN d K\SX d K]Sc d K^Sm d K`Sx d KaTC d KbTN
+d KdTY d KeTd d KfTo d KhT{ d KiUF d KjUQ d KlU\ d KmUf d KnUq d KpU|
+d KqVF d KrVP d KtVZ d KuVd d KvVn d KxVw d KyW@ d KzWH d K|WQ d K}WY
+d K~W` d L@Wg d LAWn d LBWt d LDWz d LEW? d LFXD d LHXH d LIXL d LJXP
+d LLXS d LMXU d LNXW d LPXX d LQXY d LRXY d LTXY d LUXX d LVXW d LXXU
+d LYXS d LZXP d L\XL d L]XH d L^XD d L`W? d LaWz d LbWt d LdWn d LeWg
+d LfW` d LhWY d LiWQ d LjWH d LlW@ d LmVw d LnVn d LpVd d LqVZ d LrVP
+d LtVF d LuU| d LvUq d LxUf d LyU\ d LzUQ d L|UF d L}T{ d L~To d M@Td
+d MATY d MBTN d MDTC d MESx d MFSm d MHSc d MISX d MJSN d MLSD d MMRz
+d MNRp d MPRf d MQR] d MRRT d MTRK d MURC d MVQ{ d MXQs d MYQl d MZQe
+d M\Q^ d M]QX d M^QR d M`QL d MaQG d MbQC d MdP~ d MePz d MfPw d MhPt
+d MiPq d MjPn d MlPl d MmPk d MnPj d MpPi d MqPh d MrPh d MtPh d MuPi
+d MvPj d MxPk d MyPl d MzPn d M|Pp d M}Ps d M~Pu d N@Px d NAP{ d NBP~
+d NDQA d NEQE d NFQI d NHQL d NIQP d NKQT d NLQY d NMQ] d NOQa d NPQe
+d NQQj d NRQn d NTQr d NUQv d NWQ{ d NXQ? d NYRC d N[RG d N\RK d N]RN
+d N_RR d N`RV d NaRY d NcR\ d NdR_ d NeRb d NgRe d NhRg d NiRi d NkRl
+d NlRn d NmRo d NoRq d NpRr d NqRs d NsRt d NtRu d NuRu d NwRu d NxRu
+d NyRu d N{Ru d N|Rt d N}Rs d N?Rr d O@Rq d OARp d OCRo d ODRm d OERk
+d OGRi d OHRg d OIRe d OKRc d OLR` d OMR^ d OOR[ d OPRY d OQRV d OSRT
+d OTRQ d OURN d OWRK d OXRI d OYRF d O[RC d O\R@ d O]Q~ d O_Q{ d O`Qx
+d OaQv d OcQs d OdQq d OeQo d OgQm d OhQk d OiQi d OkQg d OlQe d OmQd
+d OoQb d OpQa d OqQ` d OsQ_ d OtQ^ d OuQ] d OwQ\ d OxQ\ d OyQ\ d O{Q\
+d O|Q\ d O}Q\ d O?Q\ d P@Q\ d PAQ] d PCQ^ d PDQ_ d PEQ` d PGQa d PHQb
+d PIQc d PKQd d PLQf d PMQh d POQi d PPQk d PQQm d PSQo d PTQq d PUQr
+d PWQt d PXQv d PYQy d P[Q{ d P\Q} d P]Q? d P_RA d P`RC d PaRE d PcRG
+d PdRI d PeRJ d PgRL d PhRN d PiRP d PkRQ d PlRS d PmRT d PoRV d PpRW
+d PqRX d PsRY d PtRZ d PuR[ d PwR\ d PxR\ d PyR] d P{R] d P|R^ d P}R^
+d P?R^ d Q@R^ d QAR^ d QCR] d QDR] d QER\ d QGR\ d QHR[ d QIRZ d QKRZ
+d QLRY d QMRX d QORV d QPRU d QQRT d QSRS d QTRQ d QVRP d QWRN d QXRM
+d QYRK d Q[RJ d Q\RH d Q]RF d Q_RE d Q`RC d QbRA d QcR@ d QdQ~ d QfQ}
+d QgQ{ d QhQz m O_Sg d O_Sj d O^Sl
+stroke
+m O^Sl d O]So d O[Sq d OYSs d OVSu d OSSw d OOSx d OKSz d OGS{ d OCS{
+d N~S{ d NzS{ d NvS{ d NqSz d NmSy d NjSx d NfSv d NcSt d NaSr d N^Sp
+d N]Sm d N\Sk d N[Sh d N[Sf d N\Sc d N]Sa d N^S^ d NaS\ d NcSZ d NfSX
+d NjSV d NmSU d NqST d NvSS d NzSS d N~SS d OCSS d OGSS d OKST d OOSU
+d OSSW d OVSY d OYS[ d O[S] d O]S_ d O^Sb d O_Sd d O_Sg m OvSo d OuSs
+d OtSw d OrS{ d OpS~ d OmTA d OjTD d OfTG d OaTI d O\TK d OWTL d ORTM
+d OLTN d OGTN d OATM d N|TL d NwTJ d NrTH d NnTF d NjTC d NgT@ d NdS|
+d NbSy d NaSu d N`Sq d N`Sm d NaSi d NbSe d NdSb d NgS^ d NjS[ d NnSX
+d NrSV d NwST d N|SR d OASQ d OGSQ d OLSP d ORSQ d OWSR d O\SS d OaSU
+d OfSW d OjSZ d OmS] d OpS` d OrSd d OtSg d OuSk d OvSo m PQS{ d PQTA
+d PPTG d PMTM d PKTR d PGTW d PBT[ d O}T_ d OxTc d OrTe d OkTg d OeTi
+d O^Ti d OWTi d OPTh d OJTf d OCTd d N}Ta d NxT] d NsTY d NoTT d NlTO
+d NiTJ d NhTD d NgS~ d NgSx d NhSs d NiSm d NlSg d NoSb d NsS^ d NxSY
+d N}SV d OCSS d OJSP d OPSO d OWSN d O^SM d OeSN d OkSO d OrSQ d OxST
+d O}SW d PBS[ d PGS` d PKSe d PMSj d PPSp d PQSu d PQS{ m PtTN d PtTW
+d PrT_ d PoTh d PlTp d PgTw d PaT~ d P[UD d PTUI d PLUM d PDUP d O|UR
+d OsUS d OkUR d OcUQ d OZUN d OSUK d OKUF d ODUA d N~Tz d NyTs d NuTl
+d NrTd d NpT[ d NoTR d NoTI d NpTA d NrSx d NuSp d NySh d N~Sa d ODS[
+d OKSU d OSSQ d OZSM d OcSK d OkSI d OsSI d O|SJ d PDSL d PLSO d PTSS
+d P[SX d PaS^ d PgSe d PlSl d PoSt d PrS| d PtTE d PtTN m Q`Ti d Q_Tw
+d Q]UD d QYUP d QUU\ d QOUg d QHUq d Q@Uz d PwVB d PnVH d PdVL d PYVO
+d POVQ d PDVP d OzVN d OoVJ d OfVE d O\U~ d OTUv d OMUl d OFUb d OAUV
+d N}UJ d NzT} d NyTp d NyTc d NzTU d N}TI d OAS| d OFSq d OMSf d OTS]
+d O\SU d OfSN d OoSH d OzSE d PDSB d POSB d PYSC d PdSF d PnSK d PwSQ
+d Q@SX d QHSa d QOSk d QUSw d QYTB d Q]TO d Q_T\ d Q`Ti m QhWS d QdWW
+d QXW` d QKWg d P~Wl d PqWn d PcWm d PVWj d PIWd d O}W\ d OrWR d OgWE
+d O^Vw d OVVg d OPVV d OJVD d OGUp d OEU] d OEUI d OGTu d OJTb d OPTO
+d OVS~ d O^Sn d OgS` d OrST d O}SI d PISA d PVR| d PcRx d PqRx d P~Ry
+d QKR~ d QXSE d QdSN d QhSS m OnXY d OjXP d ObWv d O[WZ d OWV} d OUV`
+d OUVB d OWUd d O[UG d ObTl d OjTR d OtSz d P@Se d PMSR d P[SC d PjRw
+d PzRn d QKRi d Q[Rh d QhRj m OjXY d OiXD d OiWW d OkVk d OqU? d OyUV
+d PCTo d POTL d P^Sl d PnSP d Q@Ry d QSRf d QgRZ d QhRZ m PDXY d PDXU
+d PKWT d PUVV d PbU\ d PqTf d QDSv d QXSL d QhRs m PtXY d PyWv d QIV^
+d Q\UN d QhTg
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m F~F^ d GRF^ d GRFp d GRF^ m G@FL d GGFL m GLFU m GLFR d GNFT d GQFT
+d GTFR d GTFO d GQFM d GPFM m GQFM d GTFK d GTFH d GQFF d GNFF d GLFH
+m GXFU m GZFT d GXFQ d GXFI d GZFF d G^FF d G`FI d G`FQ d G^FT d GZFT
+m GdFU m GRF^ d GlF^ d GlFg d GlF^ d HGF^ d HGFg d HGF^ d HbF^ d HbFg
+d HbF^ d H}F^ d H}Fp d H}F^ m HkFL d HrFL m HvFU m HwFR d HyFT d H}FT
+d H?FR d H?FN d HwFH d HwFF d H?FF m ICFU m IEFT d ICFQ d ICFI d IEFF
+d IHFF d IKFI d IKFQ d IHFT d IEFT m IOFU m H}F^ d IWF^ d IWFg d IWF^
+d IrF^ d IrFg d IrF^ d JMF^ d JMFg d JMF^ d JgF^ d JgFp d JgF^ m JVFL
+d J]FL m JaFU m JcFQ d JfFT d JfFF m JmFU m JpFT d JnFQ d JnFI d JpFF
+d JsFF d JvFI d JvFQ d JsFT d JpFT m JzFU m JgF^ d KBF^ d KBFg d KBF^
+d K]F^ d K]Fg d K]F^ d KxF^ d KxFg d KxF^ d LRF^ d LRFp d LRF^ m LOFT
+d LMFQ d LMFI d LOFF d LRFF d LTFI d LTFQ d LRFT d LOFT m LXFU m LRF^
+d LmF^ d LmFg d LmF^ d MHF^ d MHFg d MHF^ d MbF^ d MbFg d MbF^ d M}F^
+d M}Fp d M}F^ m MrFQ d MuFT d MuFF m M}FU m N@FT d M}FQ d M}FI d N@FF
+d NCFF d NEFI d NEFQ d NCFT d N@FT m NIFU m M}F^ d NXF^ d NXFg d NXF^
+d NsF^ d NsFg d NsF^ d OMF^ d OMFg d OMF^ d OhF^ d OhFp d OhF^ m O\FR
+d O^FT d ObFT d OdFR d OdFN d O\FH d O\FF d OdFF m OhFU m OkFT d OhFQ
+d OhFI d OkFF d OnFF d OpFI d OpFQ d OnFT d OkFT m OtFU m OhF^ d PCF^
+d PCFg d PCF^ d P]F^ d P]Fg d P]F^ d PxF^ d PxFg d PxF^ d QSF^ d QSFp
+d QSF^ m QGFR d QIFT d QLFT d QOFR d QOFO d QLFM d QKFM m QLFM d QOFK
+d QOFH d QLFF d QIFF d QGFH m QSFU m QUFT d QSFQ d QSFI d QUFF d QYFF
+d Q[FI d Q[FQ d QYFT d QUFT m Q_FU m QSF^ d QhF^ m QhF^ d QhFe d QWFe
+d QhFe d QhFz d Q`Fz d QhFz d QhGN d Q`GN d QhGN d QhGb d Q`Gb d QhGb
+d QhGw d QWGw d QhGw d QhHK d Q`HK d QhHK d QhH` d Q`H` d QhH` d QhHt
+d Q`Ht d QhHt d QhII d QWII d QhII d QhI] d Q`I] d QhI] d QhIq d Q`Iq
+d QhIq d QhJF d Q`JF d QhJF d QhJZ d QWJZ d QhJZ d QhJo d Q`Jo d QhJo
+d QhKC d Q`KC d QhKC d QhKW d Q`KW d QhKW d QhKl d QWKl d QhKl d QhL@
+d Q`L@ d QhL@ d QhLU d Q`LU d QhLU d QhLi d Q`Li d QhLi d QhL~ d QWL~
+d QhL~ d QhMR d Q`MR d QhMR d QhMf d Q`Mf d QhMf d QhM{ d Q`M{ d QhM{
+d QhNO d QWNO d QhNO d QhNO m F~F^ d F~Fe d GOFe d F~Fe m FTFf d F[Ff
+m F_Fo m FcF` d FcF_ d FdF_ d FdF` d FcF` d FdF_ m FkFo m FlFl d FnFn
+d FrFn d FsFl d FsFh d FlFb d FlF` d FsF` m FxFo m F~Fe d F~Fz d GFFz
+d F~Fz d F~GN d GFGN d F~GN d F~Gb d GFGb d F~Gb d F~Gw d GOGw d F~Gw
+m FnH@ d FlG} d FlGu d FnGr d FqGr d FsGu d FsG} d FqH@ d FnH@ m FxH@
+m F~Gw d F~HK d GFHK d F~HK d F~H` d GFH` d F~H` d F~Ht d GFHt d F~Ht
+d F~II d GOII d F~II m FcID d FcIC d FdIC d FdID d FcID d FdIC m FkIR
+m FlIO d FnIR d FrIR d FsIO d FsIK d FlIE d FlIC d FsIC m FxIR m F~II
+d F~I] d GFI] d F~I] d F~Iq d GFIq d F~Iq d F~JF d GFJF d F~JF d F~JZ
+d GOJZ d F~JZ m FcJU d FcJT d FdJT d FdJU d FcJU d FdJT m FkJd m FrJU
+d FrJc d FqJc d FlJZ d FlJY d FrJY m FrJY d FsJY m FxJd m F~JZ d F~Jo
+d GFJo d F~Jo d F~KC d GFKC d F~KC d F~KW d GFKW d F~KW d F~Kl d GOKl
+d F~Kl m FcKg d FcKf d FdKf d FdKg d FcKg d FdKf m FkKu m FlKl d FnKo
+d FqKo d FsKl d FsKi d FqKg d FnKg d FlKi d FlKl d FlKq d FpKu m FxKu
+m F~Kl d F~L@ d GFL@ d F~L@ d F~LU d GFLU d F~LU d F~Li d GFLi d F~Li
+d F~L~ d GOL~ d F~L~ m FcLy d FcLx d FdLx d FdLy d FcLy d FdLx m FkMG
+m FnMG d FlMD d FlMB d FnM@ d FlL~ d FlLz d FnLx d FrLx d FsLz d FsL~
+d FrM@ d FnM@ m FrM@ d FsMB d FsMD d FrMG d FnMG m FxMG m F~L~ d F~MR
+d GFMR d F~MR d F~Mf d GFMf d F~Mf d F~M{ d GFM{ d F~M{ d F~NO d GONO
+d F~NO m FmNU d FpNX d FpNJ m FxNY m F~NO d F~NO m F~NO d GRNO d GRM}
+d GRNO d GlNO d GlNF d GlNO d HGNO d HGNF d HGNO d HbNO d HbNF d HbNO
+d H}NO d H}M} d H}NO d IWNO d IWNF d IWNO d IrNO d IrNF d IrNO d JMNO
+d JMNF d JMNO d JgNO d JgM} d JgNO d KBNO d KBNF d KBNO d K]NO d K]NF
+d K]NO d KxNO d KxNF d KxNO d LRNO d LRM} d LRNO d LmNO d LmNF d LmNO
+d MHNO d MHNF d MHNO d MbNO d MbNF d MbNO d M}NO d M}M} d M}NO d NXNO
+d NXNF d NXNO d NsNO d NsNF d NsNO d OMNO d OMNF d OMNO d OhNO d OhM}
+d OhNO d PCNO d PCNF d PCNO d P]NO d P]NF d P]NO d PxNO d PxNF d PxNO
+d QSNO d QSM} d QSNO d QhNO
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m F~Fe d G@Fe m GGFe d GIFe m GQFe d GSFe m GZFe d G\Fe m GdFe d GfFe
+m GmFe d GoFe m GwFe d GyFe m H@Fe d HBFe m HJFe d HLFe m HSFe d HUFe
+m H]Fe d H_Fe m HfFe d HhFe m HpFe d HrFe m HzFe d H{Fe m ICFe d IEFe
+m IMFe d INFe m IVFe d IXFe m I`Fe d IaFe m IiFe d IkFe m IsFe d IuFe
+m I|Fe d I~Fe m JFFe d JHFe m JOFe d JQFe m JYFe d J[Fe m JbFe d JdFe
+m JlFe d JnFe m JuFe d JwFe m J?Fe d KAFe m KHFe d KJFe m KRFe d KTFe
+m K[Fe d K]Fe m KeFe d KgFe m KnFe d KpFe m KxFe d KzFe m LAFe d LCFe
+m LKFe d LMFe m LUFe d LVFe m L^Fe d L`Fe m LhFe d LiFe m LqFe d LsFe
+m L{Fe d L|Fe m MDFe d MFFe m MNFe d MPFe m MWFe d MYFe m MaFe d McFe
+m MjFe d MlFe m MtFe d MvFe m M}Fe d M?Fe m NGFe d NIFe m NPFe d NRFe
+m NZFe d N\Fe m NcFe d NeFe m NmFe d NoFe m NvFe d NxFe m O@Fe d OBFe
+m OIFe d OKFe m OSFe d OUFe m O\Fe d O^Fe m OfFe d OhFe m OpFe d OqFe
+m OyFe d O{Fe m PCFe d PDFe m PLFe d PNFe m PVFe d PWFe m P_Fe d PaFe
+m PiFe d PkFe m PrFe d PtFe m P|Fe d P~Fe m QEFe d QGFe m QOFe d QQFe
+m QXFe d QZFe m QbFe d QdFe m QhFe m F~Gw m GAGw d GCGw m GJGw d GLGw
+m GTGw d GVGw m G]Gw d G_Gw m GgGw d GiGw m GpGw d GrGw m GzGw d G|Gw
+m HCGw d HEGw m HMGw d HOGw m HWGw d HXGw m H`Gw d HbGw m HjGw d HkGw
+m HsGw d HuGw m H}Gw d H?Gw m IFGw d IHGw m IPGw d IRGw m IYGw d I[Gw
+m IcGw d IeGw m IlGw d InGw m IvGw d IxGw m I?Gw d JAGw m JIGw d JKGw
+m JRGw d JTGw m J\Gw d J^Gw m JeGw d JgGw m JoGw d JqGw m JxGw d JzGw
+m KBGw d KDGw m KKGw d KMGw m KUGw d KWGw m K^Gw d K`Gw m KhGw d KjGw
+m KrGw d KsGw m K{Gw d K}Gw m LEGw d LFGw m LNGw d LPGw m LXGw d LZGw
+m LaGw d LcGw m LkGw d LmGw m LtGw d LvGw m L~Gw d M@Gw m MGGw d MIGw
+m MQGw d MSGw m MZGw d M\Gw m MdGw d MfGw m MmGw d MoGw m MwGw d MyGw
+m N@Gw d NBGw m NJGw d NLGw m NSGw d NUGw m N]Gw d N_Gw m NfGw d NhGw
+m NpGw d NrGw m NyGw d N{Gw m OCGw d OEGw m OMGw d ONGw m OVGw d OXGw
+m O`Gw d OaGw m OiGw d OkGw m OsGw d OuGw m O|Gw d O~Gw m PFGw d PHGw
+m POGw d PQGw m PYGw d P[Gw m PbGw d PdGw m PlGw d PnGw m PuGw d PwGw
+m P?Gw d QAGw m QHGw d QJGw m QRGw d QTGw m Q[Gw d Q]Gw m QeGw d QgGw
+m QhGw m F~II m GDII d GFII m GMII d GOII m GWII d GYII m G`II d GbII
+m GjII d GlII m GtII d GuII m G}II d G?II m HGII d HHII m HPII d HRII
+m HZII d H\II m HcII d HeII m HmII d HoII m HvII d HxII m I@II d IBII
+m IIII d IKII m ISII d IUII m I\II d I^II m IfII d IhII m IoII d IqII
+m IyII d I{II m JBII d JDII m JLII d JNII m JUII d JWII m J_II d JaII
+m JhII d JjII m JrII d JtII m J{II d J}II m KEII d KGII m KOII d KPII
+m KXII d KZII m KbII d KcII m KkII d KmII m KuII d KwII m K~II d L@II
+m LHII d LJII m LQII d LSII m L[II d L]II m LdII d LfII m LnII d LpII
+m LwII d LyII m MAII d MCII m MJII d MLII m MTII d MVII m M]II d M_II
+m MgII d MiII m MpII d MrII m MzII d M|II m NCII d NEII m NMII d NOII
+m NVII d NXII m N`II d NbII m NjII d NkII m NsII d NuII m N}II d N~II
+m OFII d OHII m OPII d ORII m OYII d O[II m OcII d OeII m OlII d OnII
+m OvII d OxII m O?II d PAII m PIII d PKII m PRII d PTII m P\II d P^II
+m PeII d PgII m PoII d PqII m PxII d PzII m QBII d QDII m QKII d QMII
+m QUII d QWII m Q^II d Q`II m QhII d QhII m F~JZ d F?JZ m GGJZ d GIJZ
+m GQJZ d GRJZ m GZJZ d G\JZ m GdJZ d GeJZ m GmJZ d GoJZ m GwJZ d GyJZ
+m H@JZ d HBJZ m HJJZ d HLJZ m HSJZ d HUJZ m H]JZ d H_JZ m HfJZ d HhJZ
+m HpJZ d HrJZ m HyJZ d H{JZ m ICJZ d IEJZ m ILJZ d INJZ m IVJZ d IXJZ
+m I_JZ d IaJZ m IiJZ d IkJZ m IrJZ d ItJZ m I|JZ d I~JZ m JEJZ d JGJZ
+m JOJZ d JQJZ m JXJZ d JZJZ m JbJZ d JdJZ m JlJZ d JmJZ m JuJZ d JwJZ
+m J?JZ d K@JZ m KHJZ d KJJZ m KRJZ d KTJZ m K[JZ d K]JZ m KeJZ d KgJZ
+m KnJZ d KpJZ m KxJZ d KzJZ m LAJZ d LCJZ m LKJZ d LMJZ m LTJZ d LVJZ
+m L^JZ d L`JZ m LgJZ d LiJZ m LqJZ d LsJZ m LzJZ d L|JZ m MDJZ d MFJZ
+m MMJZ d MOJZ m MWJZ d MYJZ m M`JZ d MbJZ m MjJZ d MlJZ m MsJZ d MuJZ
+m M}JZ d M?JZ m NGJZ d NHJZ m NPJZ d NRJZ m NZJZ d N[JZ m NcJZ d NeJZ
+m NmJZ d NoJZ m NvJZ d NxJZ m O@JZ d OBJZ m OIJZ d OKJZ m OSJZ d OUJZ
+m O\JZ d O^JZ m OfJZ d OhJZ m OoJZ d OqJZ m OyJZ d O{JZ m PBJZ d PDJZ
+m PLJZ d PNJZ m PUJZ d PWJZ m P_JZ d PaJZ m PhJZ d PjJZ m PrJZ d PtJZ
+m P{JZ d P}JZ m QEJZ d QGJZ m QNJZ d QPJZ m QXJZ d QZJZ m QbJZ d QcJZ
+m QhJZ m F~Kl m GAKl d GBKl m GJKl d GLKl m GTKl d GVKl m G]Kl d G_Kl
+m GgKl d GiKl m GpKl d GrKl m GzKl d G|Kl m HCKl d HEKl m HMKl d HOKl
+m HVKl d HXKl m H`Kl d HbKl m HiKl d HkKl m HsKl d HuKl m H|Kl d H~Kl
+m IFKl d IHKl m IOKl d IQKl m IYKl d I[Kl m IbKl d IdKl m IlKl d InKl
+m IuKl d IwKl m I?Kl d JAKl m JIKl d JJKl m JRKl d JTKl m J\Kl d J]Kl
+m JeKl d JgKl m JoKl d JqKl m JxKl d JzKl m KBKl d KDKl m KKKl d KMKl
+m KUKl d KWKl m K^Kl d K`Kl m KhKl d KjKl m KqKl d KsKl m K{Kl d K}Kl
+m LDKl d LFKl m LNKl d LPKl m LWKl d LYKl m LaKl d LcKl m LjKl d LlKl
+m LtKl d LvKl m L}Kl d L?Kl m MGKl d MIKl m MPKl d MRKl m MZKl d M\Kl
+m MdKl d MeKl m MmKl d MoKl m MwKl d MxKl m N@Kl d NBKl m NJKl d NLKl
+m NSKl d NUKl m N]Kl d N_Kl m NfKl d NhKl m NpKl d NrKl m NyKl d N{Kl
+m OCKl d OEKl m OLKl d ONKl m OVKl d OXKl m O_Kl d OaKl m OiKl d OkKl
+m OrKl d OtKl m O|Kl d O~Kl m PEKl d PGKl m POKl d PQKl m PXKl d PZKl
+m PbKl d PdKl m PkKl d PmKl m PuKl d PwKl m P?Kl d Q@Kl m QHKl d QJKl
+m QRKl d QSKl m Q[Kl d Q]Kl m QeKl d QgKl m QhKl m F~L~ m GDL~ d GFL~
+m GML~ d GOL~ m GWL~ d GYL~ m G`L~ d GbL~ m GjL~ d GlL~ m GsL~ d GuL~
+m G}L~ d G?L~ m HFL~ d HHL~ m HPL~ d HRL~ m HYL~ d H[L~ m HcL~ d HeL~
+m HlL~ d HnL~ m HvL~ d HxL~ m H?L~ d IAL~ m IIL~ d IKL~ m IRL~ d ITL~
+m I\L~ d I^L~ m IfL~ d IgL~ m IoL~ d IqL~ m IyL~ d IzL~ m JBL~ d JDL~
+m JLL~ d JNL~ m JUL~ d JWL~ m J_L~ d JaL~ m JhL~ d JjL~ m JrL~ d JtL~
+m J{L~ d J}L~ m KEL~ d KGL~ m KNL~ d KPL~ m KXL~ d KZL~ m KaL~ d KcL~
+m KkL~ d KmL~ m KtL~ d KvL~ m K~L~ d L@L~ m LGL~ d LIL~ m LQL~ d LSL~
+m LZL~ d L\L~ m LdL~ d LfL~ m LmL~ d LoL~ m LwL~ d LyL~ m MAL~ d MBL~
+m MJL~ d MLL~ m MTL~ d MUL~ m M]L~ d M_L~ m MgL~ d MiL~ m MpL~ d MrL~
+m MzL~ d M|L~ m NCL~ d NEL~ m NML~ d NOL~ m NVL~ d NXL~ m N`L~ d NbL~
+m NiL~ d NkL~ m NsL~ d NuL~ m N|L~ d N~L~ m OFL~ d OHL~ m OOL~ d OQL~
+m OYL~ d O[L~ m ObL~ d OdL~ m OlL~ d OnL~ m OuL~ d OwL~ m O?L~ d PAL~
+m PHL~ d PJL~ m PRL~ d PTL~ m P\L~ d P]L~ m PeL~ d PgL~ m PoL~ d PpL~
+m PxL~ d PzL~ m QBL~ d QDL~ m QKL~ d QML~ m QUL~ d QWL~ m Q^L~ d Q`L~
+m QhL~ d QhL~ m F~NO d F?NO m GGNO d GINO m GPNO d GRNO m GZNO d G\NO
+m GcNO d GeNO m GmNO d GoNO m GvNO d GxNO m H@NO d HBNO m HINO d HKNO
+m HSNO d HUNO m H\NO d H^NO m HfNO d HhNO m HpNO d HqNO m HyNO d H{NO
+m ICNO d IDNO m ILNO d INNO m IVNO d IWNO m I_NO d IaNO m IiNO d IkNO
+m IrNO d ItNO m I|NO d I~NO m JENO d JGNO m JONO d JQNO m JXNO d JZNO
+m JbNO d JdNO m JkNO d JmNO m JuNO d JwNO m J~NO d K@NO m KHNO d KJNO
+m KQNO d KSNO m K[NO d K]NO m KdNO d KfNO m KnNO d KpNO m KwNO d KyNO
+m LANO d LCNO m LKNO d LLNO m LTNO d LVNO m L^NO d L_NO m LgNO d LiNO
+m LqNO d LrNO m LzNO d L|NO m MDNO d MFNO m MMNO d MONO m MWNO d MYNO
+m M`NO d MbNO m MjNO d MlNO m MsNO d MuNO m M}NO d M?NO m NFNO d NHNO
+m NPNO d NRNO m NYNO d N[NO m NcNO d NeNO m NlNO d NnNO m NvNO d NxNO
+m N?NO d OANO m OINO d OKNO m ORNO d OTNO m O\NO d O^NO m OfNO d OgNO
+m OoNO d OqNO m OyNO d OzNO m PBNO d PDNO m PLNO d PMNO m PUNO d PWNO
+m P_NO d PaNO m PhNO d PjNO m PrNO d PtNO m P{NO d P}NO m QENO d QGNO
+m QNNO d QPNO m QXNO d QZNO m QaNO d QcNO m QhNO m GRF^ m GRF` d GRFa
+m GRFf d GRFh m GRFm d GRFn m GRFs d GRFt m GRFy d GRF{ m GRG@ d GRGA
+m GRGF d GRGG m GRGL d GRGN m GRGS d GRGT
+stroke
+m GRGT m GRGY d GRGZ m GRG_ d GRGa m GRGf d GRGg m GRGl d GRGm m GRGr
+d GRGt m GRGy d GRGz m GRG? d GRH@ m GRHE d GRHG m GRHL d GRHM m GRHR
+d GRHS m GRHY d GRHZ m GRH_ d GRH` m GRHe d GRHf m GRHl d GRHm m GRHr
+d GRHs m GRHx d GRHz m GRH? d GRI@ m GRIE d GRIF m GRIK d GRIM m GRIR
+d GRIS m GRIX d GRIY m GRI^ d GRI` m GRIe d GRIf m GRIk d GRIl m GRIq
+d GRIs m GRIx d GRIy m GRI~ d GRI? m GRJD d GRJF m GRJK d GRJL m GRJQ
+d GRJR m GRJW d GRJY m GRJ^ d GRJ_ m GRJd d GRJe m GRJk d GRJl m GRJq
+d GRJr m GRJw d GRJx m GRJ~ d GRJ? m GRKD d GRKE m GRKJ d GRKL m GRKQ
+d GRKR m GRKW d GRKX m GRK] d GRK_ m GRKd d GRKe m GRKj d GRKk m GRKp
+d GRKr m GRKw d GRKx m GRK} d GRK~ m GRLC d GRLE m GRLJ d GRLK m GRLP
+d GRLQ m GRLV d GRLX m GRL] d GRL^ m GRLc d GRLd m GRLi d GRLk m GRLp
+d GRLq m GRLv d GRLw m GRL} d GRL~ m GRMC d GRMD m GRMI d GRMJ m GRMP
+d GRMQ m GRMV d GRMW m GRM\ d GRM^ m GRMc d GRMd m GRMi d GRMj m GRMo
+d GRMq m GRMv d GRMw m GRM| d GRM} m GRNB d GRND m GRNI d GRNJ m GRNO
+d GRNO m H}F^ d H}F_ m H}Fd d H}Ff m H}Fk d H}Fl m H}Fq d H}Fr m H}Fw
+d H}Fy m H}F~ d H}F? m H}GD d H}GE m H}GJ d H}GL m H}GQ d H}GR m H}GW
+d H}GX m H}G] d H}G_ m H}Gd d H}Ge m H}Gj d H}Gk m H}Gp d H}Gr m H}Gw
+d H}Gx m H}G} d H}G~ m H}HC d H}HE m H}HJ d H}HK m H}HP d H}HQ m H}HW
+d H}HX m H}H] d H}H^ m H}Hc d H}Hd m H}Hj d H}Hk m H}Hp d H}Hq m H}Hv
+d H}Hx m H}H} d H}H~ m H}IC d H}ID m H}II d H}IK m H}IP d H}IQ m H}IV
+d H}IW m H}I\ d H}I^ m H}Ic d H}Id m H}Ii d H}Ij m H}Io d H}Iq m H}Iv
+d H}Iw m H}I| d H}I} m H}JB d H}JD m H}JI d H}JJ m H}JO d H}JP m H}JU
+d H}JW m H}J\ d H}J] m H}Jb d H}Jc m H}Ji d H}Jj m H}Jo d H}Jp m H}Ju
+d H}Jv m H}J| d H}J} m H}KB d H}KC m H}KH d H}KJ m H}KO d H}KP m H}KU
+d H}KV m H}K[ d H}K] m H}Kb d H}Kc m H}Kh d H}Ki m H}Kn d H}Kp m H}Ku
+d H}Kv m H}K{ d H}K| m H}LA d H}LC m H}LH d H}LI m H}LN d H}LO m H}LT
+d H}LV m H}L[ d H}L\ m H}La d H}Lb m H}Lg d H}Li m H}Ln d H}Lo m H}Lt
+d H}Lu m H}L{ d H}L| m H}MA d H}MB m H}MG d H}MH m H}MN d H}MO m H}MT
+d H}MU m H}MZ d H}M\ m H}Ma d H}Mb m H}Mg d H}Mh m H}Mm d H}Mo m H}Mt
+d H}Mu m H}Mz d H}M{ m H}N@ d H}NB m H}NG d H}NH m H}NM d H}NN m H}NO
+m JgF^ m JgFb d JgFd m JgFi d JgFj m JgFo d JgFp m JgFu d JgFw m JgF|
+d JgF} m JgGB d JgGC m JgGH d JgGJ m JgGO d JgGP m JgGU d JgGV m JgG[
+d JgG] m JgGb d JgGc m JgGh d JgGi m JgGn d JgGp m JgGu d JgGv m JgG{
+d JgG| m JgHB d JgHC m JgHH d JgHI m JgHN d JgHO m JgHU d JgHV m JgH[
+d JgH\ m JgHa d JgHc m JgHh d JgHi m JgHn d JgHo m JgHt d JgHv m JgH{
+d JgH| m JgIA d JgIB m JgIG d JgII m JgIN d JgIO m JgIT d JgIU m JgIZ
+d JgI\ m JgIa d JgIb m JgIg d JgIh m JgIm d JgIo m JgIt d JgIu m JgIz
+d JgI{ m JgJ@ d JgJB m JgJG d JgJH m JgJM d JgJN m JgJT d JgJU m JgJZ
+d JgJ[ m JgJ` d JgJa m JgJg d JgJh m JgJm d JgJn m JgJs d JgJu m JgJz
+d JgJ{ m JgK@ d JgKA m JgKF d JgKH m JgKM d JgKN m JgKS d JgKT m JgKY
+d JgK[ m JgK` d JgKa m JgKf d JgKg m JgKl d JgKn m JgKs d JgKt m JgKy
+d JgKz m JgK? d JgLA m JgLF d JgLG m JgLL d JgLM m JgLR d JgLT m JgLY
+d JgLZ m JgL_ d JgL` m JgLf d JgLg m JgLl d JgLm m JgLr d JgLs m JgLy
+d JgLz m JgL? d JgM@ m JgME d JgMG m JgML d JgMM m JgMR d JgMS m JgMX
+d JgMZ m JgM_ d JgM` m JgMe d JgMf m JgMk d JgMm m JgMr d JgMs m JgMx
+d JgMy m JgM~ d JgN@ m JgNE d JgNF m JgNK d JgNL m JgNO m LRF^ m LRF`
+d LRFb m LRFg d LRFh m LRFm d LRFn m LRFs d LRFu m LRFz d LRF{ m LRG@
+d LRGA m LRGF d LRGH m LRGM d LRGN m LRGS d LRGT m LRGY d LRG[ m LRG`
+d LRGa m LRGf d LRGg m LRGl d LRGn m LRGs d LRGt m LRGy d LRGz m LRH@
+d LRHA m LRHF d LRHG m LRHL d LRHM m LRHS d LRHT m LRHY d LRHZ m LRH_
+d LRHa m LRHf d LRHg m LRHl d LRHm m LRHr d LRHt m LRHy d LRHz m LRH?
+d LRI@ m LRIE d LRIG m LRIL d LRIM m LRIR d LRIS m LRIX d LRIZ m LRI_
+d LRI` m LRIe d LRIf m LRIk d LRIm m LRIr d LRIs m LRIx d LRIy m LRI~
+d LRJ@ m LRJE d LRJF m LRJK d LRJL m LRJR d LRJS m LRJX d LRJY m LRJ^
+d LRJ_ m LRJe d LRJf m LRJk d LRJl m LRJq d LRJs m LRJx d LRJy m LRJ~
+d LRJ? m LRKD d LRKF m LRKK d LRKL m LRKQ d LRKR m LRKW d LRKY m LRK^
+d LRK_ m LRKd d LRKe m LRKj d LRKl m LRKq d LRKr m LRKw d LRKx m LRK}
+d LRK? m LRLD d LRLE m LRLJ d LRLK m LRLP d LRLR m LRLW d LRLX m LRL]
+d LRL^ m LRLd d LRLe m LRLj d LRLk m LRLp d LRLq m LRLw d LRLx m LRL}
+d LRL~ m LRMC d LRME m LRMJ d LRMK m LRMP d LRMQ m LRMV d LRMX m LRM]
+d LRM^ m LRMc d LRMd m LRMi d LRMk m LRMp d LRMq m LRMv d LRMw m LRM|
+d LRM~ m LRNC d LRND m LRNI d LRNJ m LRNO m M}F^ m M}F^ d M}F` m M}Fe
+d M}Ff m M}Fk d M}Fl m M}Fq d M}Fs m M}Fx d M}Fy m M}F~ d M}F? m M}GD
+d M}GF m M}GK d M}GL m M}GQ d M}GR m M}GW d M}GY m M}G^ d M}G_ m M}Gd
+d M}Ge m M}Gj d M}Gl m M}Gq d M}Gr m M}Gw d M}Gx m M}G~ d M}G? m M}HD
+d M}HE m M}HJ d M}HK m M}HQ d M}HR m M}HW d M}HX m M}H] d M}H_ m M}Hd
+d M}He m M}Hj d M}Hk m M}Hp d M}Hr m M}Hw d M}Hx m M}H} d M}H~ m M}IC
+d M}IE m M}IJ d M}IK m M}IP d M}IQ m M}IV d M}IX m M}I] d M}I^ m M}Ic
+d M}Id m M}Ii d M}Ik m M}Ip d M}Iq m M}Iv d M}Iw m M}I| d M}I~ m M}JC
+d M}JD m M}JI d M}JJ m M}JP d M}JQ m M}JV d M}JW m M}J\ d M}J^ m M}Jc
+d M}Jd m M}Ji d M}Jj m M}Jo d M}Jq m M}Jv d M}Jw m M}J| d M}J} m M}KB
+d M}KD m M}KI d M}KJ m M}KO d M}KP m M}KU d M}KW m M}K\ d M}K] m M}Kb
+d M}Kc m M}Kh d M}Kj m M}Ko d M}Kp m M}Ku d M}Kv m M}K{ d M}K} m M}LB
+d M}LC m M}LH d M}LI m M}LN d M}LP m M}LU d M}LV m M}L[ d M}L\ m M}Lb
+d M}Lc m M}Lh d M}Li m M}Ln d M}Lp m M}Lu d M}Lv m M}L{ d M}L| m M}MA
+d M}MC m M}MH d M}MI m M}MN d M}MO m M}MT d M}MV m M}M[ d M}M\ m M}Ma
+d M}Mb m M}Mg d M}Mi m M}Mn d M}Mo m M}Mt d M}Mu m M}Mz d M}M| m M}NA
+d M}NB m M}NG d M}NH m M}NM d M}NO m M}NO m OhF^ m OhFc d OhFd m OhFi
+d OhFj m OhFo d OhFq m OhFv d OhFw m OhF| d OhF} m OhGB d OhGD m OhGI
+d OhGJ m OhGO d OhGP m OhGU d OhGW m OhG\ d OhG] m OhGb d OhGc m OhGi
+d OhGj m OhGo d OhGp m OhGu d OhGv m OhG| d OhG} m OhHB d OhHC m OhHH
+d OhHJ m OhHO d OhHP m OhHU d OhHV m OhH[ d OhH] m OhHb d OhHc m OhHh
+d OhHi m OhHn d OhHp m OhHu d OhHv m OhH{ d OhH| m OhIA d OhIC m OhIH
+d OhII m OhIN d OhIO m OhIT d OhIV m OhI[ d OhI\ m OhIa d OhIb m OhIg
+d OhIi m OhIn d OhIo m OhIt d OhIu m OhI{ d OhI| m OhJA d OhJB m OhJG
+d OhJH m OhJN d OhJO m OhJT d OhJU m OhJZ d OhJ\ m OhJa d OhJb m OhJg
+d OhJh m OhJm d OhJo m OhJt d OhJu m OhJz d OhJ{ m OhK@ d OhKB m OhKG
+d OhKH m OhKM d OhKN m OhKS d OhKU m OhKZ d OhK[ m OhK` d OhKa m OhKf
+d OhKh m OhKm d OhKn m OhKs d OhKt m OhKy d OhK{ m OhL@ d OhLA m OhLF
+d OhLG m OhLM d OhLN m OhLS d OhLT m OhLY d OhLZ m OhL` d OhLa m OhLf
+d OhLg m OhLl d OhLn m OhLs d OhLt m OhLy d OhLz m OhL? d OhMA m OhMF
+d OhMG m OhML d OhMM m OhMR d OhMT m OhMY d OhMZ m OhM_ d OhM` m OhMe
+d OhMg m OhMl d OhMm m OhMr d OhMs m OhMx d OhMz m OhM? d OhN@ m OhNE
+d OhNF m OhNK d OhNM m OhNO m QSF^ m QSFa d QSFb m QSFg d QSFh m QSFm
+d QSFo m QSFt d QSFu m QSFz d QSF{ m QSG@ d QSGB m QSGG d QSGH m QSGM
+d QSGN m QSGS d QSGU m QSGZ d QSG[ m QSG` d QSGa m QSGg d QSGh m QSGm
+d QSGn m QSGs d QSGt m QSGz d QSG{ m QSH@ d QSHA m QSHF d QSHH m QSHM
+d QSHN m QSHS d QSHT m QSHY d QSH[ m QSH` d QSHa m QSHf d QSHg m QSHl
+d QSHn m QSHs d QSHt m QSHy d QSHz m QSH? d QSIA m QSIF d QSIG m QSIL
+d QSIM m QSIR d QSIT m QSIY d QSIZ m QSI_ d QSI` m QSIe d QSIg m QSIl
+d QSIm m QSIr d QSIs m QSIy d QSIz m QSI? d QSJ@ m QSJE d QSJF m QSJL
+d QSJM m QSJR d QSJS m QSJX d QSJZ m QSJ_ d QSJ` m QSJe d QSJf m QSJk
+d QSJm m QSJr d QSJs m QSJx d QSJy m QSJ~ d QSK@ m QSKE d QSKF m QSKK
+d QSKL m QSKQ d QSKS m QSKX d QSKY m QSK^ d QSK_
+stroke
+m QSK_ m QSKd d QSKf m QSKk d QSKl m QSKq d QSKr m QSKw d QSKy m QSK~
+d QSK? m QSLD d QSLE m QSLK d QSLL m QSLQ d QSLR m QSLW d QSLX m QSL^
+d QSL_ m QSLd d QSLe m QSLj d QSLl m QSLq d QSLr m QSLw d QSLx m QSL}
+d QSL? m QSMD d QSME m QSMJ d QSMK m QSMP d QSMR m QSMW d QSMX m QSM]
+d QSM^ m QSMc d QSMe m QSMj d QSMk m QSMp d QSMq m QSMv d QSMx m QSM}
+d QSM~ m QSNC d QSND m QSNI d QSNK m QSNO
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m KoEw d KwEi m KoEi d KwEw m K{Ex m K{Eo d LBEo m LGEx m LGEi d LJEw
+d LLEw d LNEi m LHEn d LNEn m LSEx m LSEw d L[Ei m LSEi d L[Ew m L_Ex
+m LaEw d LeEw m LcEw d LcEi m LaEi d LeEi m LkEx m LlEk d LmEi d LqEi
+d LsEk d LsEn d LqEp d LmEp d LlEs d LlEu d LmEw d LqEw d LsEu m LwEx
+m EMI? d EVJA d EbJA m EVJA d EMJC m ELJF m EXJG d EXJL m ELJO m EbJO
+d EMJQ d EMJR d EbJT m EZJO d EZJS m ELJW m EMJW d EbJ\ m EbJW d EMJ\
+m ELJ_ m EMJ` d EMJc m EMJa d EbJa m EbJ` d EbJc m ELJg m E_Jg d EbJh
+d EbJk d E_Jl d E[Jl d EXJk d EWJh d ETJg d EPJg d EMJh d EMJk d EPJl
+m ELJo m JpN] d JpNk m JlNk d JtNk m JxNl m JxNk d JxN] m JxNc d JzNe
+d J}Ne d J?Nc d J?N] m KDNl m KDNa d KKNa d KKNc d KINe d KFNe d KDNc
+d KDN_ d KFN] d KIN] d KKN_ m KPNl m KPNl m K\Nl m K]N_ d K_N] d KcN]
+d KdN_ d KdNb d KcNd d K_Nd d K]Ng d K]Ni d K_Nk d KcNk d KdNi m KhNl
+m KjNk d KoNk m KmNk d KmN] m KkN] d KoN] m KuNl m KuN] d KuNk d K}N]
+d K}Nk m LANl m LIN` d LGN] d LCN] d LAN` d LANi d LCNk d LGNk d LINi
+m LMNl m LMNl m LYNl m LYNk d LYN] m LYNd d L^Nd m LYNk d LaNk m LeNl
+m LfNe d LfN_ d LgN] d LkN] d LlN_ m LlN] d LlNe m LqNl m LrNe d LrN]
+m LrNc d LtNe d LwNe d LxNc d LxN] m L}Nl m MDNd d MCNe d M@Ne d L~Nc
+d L~N_ d M@N] d MCN] d MDN^ m MJNl m MKNe d MPNe m MPN^ d MON] d MNN]
+d MMN^ d MMNj m MVNl m MYNh d MYNg d MZNg d MZNh d MYNh d MZNg m MYNd
+d MZNd d MZN] m MbNl m MbNc d MbN_ d MdN] d MgN] d MiN_ d MiNc d MgNe
+d MdNe d MbNc m MnNl m MnNe d MnN] m MnNc d MpNe d MsNe d MuNc d MuN]
+m MzNl
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m F~G} d F?G{ d G@Gz d GBGx d GCGv d GDGu d GFGs d GGGr d GHGp d GJGo
+d GKGm d GLGl d GNGk d GOGj d GPGj d GRGi d GSGi d GTGi d GVGi d GWGj
+d GXGj d GZGk d G[Gl d G\Gn d G^Go d G_Gp d G`Gr d GbGt d GcGu d GdGw
+d GfGy d GgG{ d GhG} d GjG~ d GkH@ d GlHA d GnHC d GoHD d GpHE d GrHE
+d GsHF d GtHF d GvHF d GwHF d GxHF d GzHE d G{HD d G}HC d G~HB d G?H@
+d H@G~ d HBG} d HCG{ d HDGy d HFGw d HGGu d HIGs d HJGq d HKGo d HMGm
+d HNGk d HOGj d HPGi d HRGg d HSGg d HUGf d HVGf d HWGe d HYGf d HZGf
+d H[Gg d H]Gh d H^Gi d H_Gj d HaGl d HbGn d HcGp d HeGr d HfGt d HgGw
+d HiGy d HjG{ d HkG~ d HmH@ d HnHB d HoHD d HqHF d HrHG d HsHH d HuHI
+d HvHJ d HwHK d HyHK d HzHK d H{HJ d H}HJ d H~HH d H?HG d IAHE d IBHD
+d ICHA d IEG? d IFG} d IGGz d IIGw d IJGu d IKGr d IMGo d INGm d IOGj
+d IQGh d IRGf d ISGd d IUGb d IVGa d IWG` d IYG_ d IZG_ d I[G_ d I]G`
+d I^Ga d I_Gb d IaGc d IbGe d IcGg d IeGj d IfGm d IgGo d IiGs d IjGv
+d IkGy d ImG| d InH@ d IoHC d IqHF d IrHI d IsHK d IuHN d IvHP d IwHQ
+d IyHR d IzHS d I{HT d I}HT d I~HS d I?HR d JAHQ d JBHO d JCHM d JEHJ
+d JFHG d JGHD d JIH@ d JJG} d JKGy d JMGu d JNGq d JOGl d JQGh d JRGe
+d JSGa d JUG^ d JVGZ d JWGX d JYGV d JZGT d J[GR d J]GR d J^GR d J_GR
+d JaGS d JbGU d JcGW d JeGZ d JfG] d JgGa d JiGe d JjGi d JkGn d JmGt
+d JnGy d JoG? d JqHD d JrHJ d JsHO d JuHT d JvHY d JwH] d JyHa d JzHe
+d J{Hg d J}Hi d J~Hk d J?Hk d KAHk d KBHj d KDHh d KEHe d KFHb d KGH]
+d KIHX d KJHR d KKHK d KMHD d KNG} d KPGu d KQGl d KRGd d KTG[ d KUGS
+d KVGJ d KXGB d KYF{ d KZFt d K\Fn d K]Fi d K^Fd d K`Fa d KaF_ d KbF^
+d KdF_ d KeFa d KfFd d KhFj d KiFp d KjFy d KlGB d KmGN d KnG[ d KpGi
+d KqGy d KrHJ d KtH\ d KuHp d KvID d KxIY d KyIn d KzJD d K|JZ d K}Jq
+d K~KG d L@K] d LAKr d LBLF d LDLZ d LELm d LFL~ d LHMO d LIM] d LJMj
+d LLMu d LMM~ d LNNF d LPNK d LQNN d LRNO d LTNN d LUNK d LVNF d LXM~
+d LYMu d LZMj d L\M] d L]MO d L^L~ d L`Lm d LaLZ d LbLF d LdKr d LeK]
+d LfKG d LhJq d LiJZ d LjJD d LlIn d LmIY d LnID d LpHp d LqH\ d LrHJ
+d LtGy d LuGi d LvG[ d LxGN d LyGB d LzFy d L|Fp d L}Fj d L~Fd d M@Fa
+d MAF_ d MBF^ d MDF_ d MEFa d MFFd d MHFi d MIFn d MJFt d MLF{ d MMGB
+d MNGJ d MPGS d MQG[ d MRGd d MTGl d MUGu d MVG} d MXHD d MYHK d MZHR
+d M\HX d M]H] d M^Hb d M`He d MaHh d MbHj d MdHk d MeHk d MfHk d MhHi
+d MiHg d MjHe d MlHa d MmH] d MnHY d MpHT d MqHO d MrHJ d MtHD d MuG?
+d MvGy d MxGt d MyGn d MzGi d M|Ge d M}Ga d M~G] d N@GZ d NAGW d NBGU
+d NDGS d NEGR d NFGR d NHGR d NIGR d NKGT d NLGV d NMGX d NOGZ d NPG^
+d NQGa d NRGe d NTGh d NUGl d NWGq d NXGu d NYGy d N[G} d N\H@ d N]HD
+d N_HG d N`HJ d NaHM d NcHO d NdHQ d NeHR d NgHS d NhHT d NiHT d NkHS
+d NlHR d NmHQ d NoHP d NpHN d NqHK d NsHI d NtHF d NuHC d NwH@ d NxG|
+d NyGy d N{Gv d N|Gs d N}Go d N?Gm d O@Gj d OAGg d OCGe d ODGc d OEGb
+d OGGa d OHG` d OIG_ d OKG_ d OLG_ d OMG` d OOGa d OPGb d OQGd d OSGf
+d OTGh d OUGj d OWGm d OXGo d OYGr d O[Gu d O\Gw d O]Gz d O_G} d O`G?
+d OaHA d OcHD d OdHE d OeHG d OgHH d OhHJ d OiHJ d OkHK d OlHK d OmHK
+d OoHJ d OpHI d OqHH d OsHG d OtHF d OuHD d OwHB d OxH@ d OyG~ d O{G{
+d O|Gy d O}Gw d O?Gt d P@Gr d PAGp d PCGn d PDGl d PEGj d PGGi d PHGh
+d PIGg d PKGf d PLGf d PMGe d POGf d PPGf d PQGg d PSGg d PTGi d PUGj
+d PWGk d PXGm d PYGo d P[Gq d P\Gs d P]Gu d P_Gw d P`Gy d PaG{ d PcG}
+d PdG~ d PeH@ d PgHB d PhHC d PiHD d PkHE d PlHF d PmHF d PoHF d PpHF
+d PqHF d PsHE d PtHE d PuHD d PwHC d PxHA d PyH@ d P{G~ d P|G} d P}G{
+d P?Gy d Q@Gw d QAGu d QCGt d QDGr d QEGp d QGGo d QHGn d QIGl d QKGk
+d QLGj d QMGj d QOGi d QPGi d QQGi d QSGi d QTGj d QVGj d QWGk d QXGl
+d QYGm d Q[Go d Q\Gp d Q]Gr d Q_Gs d Q`Gu d QbGv d QcGx d QdGz d QfG{
+d QgG} d QhG~
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m UtPB d UtPB d UtPT d UtPB m UqOx d UoOu d UoOm d UqOi d UtOi d UvOm
+d UvOu d UtOx d UqOx m UzOx m UtPB d VYPB d VYPK d VYPB d V}PB d V}PK
+d V}PB d WbPB d WbPK d WbPB d XGPB d XGPT d XGPB m W~Oj d W~Oi d W?Oi
+d W?Oj d W~Oj d W?Oi m XGOx m XGOv d XIOx d XMOx d XOOv d XOOq d XGOl
+d XGOi d XOOi m XSOx m XGPB d XkPB d XkPK d XkPB d YPPB d YPPK d YPPB
+d YtPB d YtPK d YtPB d ZYPB d ZYPT d ZYPB m ZQOj d ZQOi d ZROi d ZROj
+d ZQOj d ZROi m ZYOx m Z_Oi d Z_Ox d Z^Ox d ZYOn d ZYOm d Z_Om m Z_Om
+d ZaOm m ZeOx m ZYPB d Z}PB d Z}PK d Z}PB d [bPB d [bPK d [bPB d \GPB
+d \GPK d \GPB d \kPB d \kPT d \kPB m \cOj d \cOi d \dOi d \dOj d \cOj
+d \dOi m \kOx m \kOo d \nOr d \qOr d \sOo d \sOl d \qOi d \nOi d \kOl
+d \kOo d \lOt d \pOx m \wOx m \kPB d ]PPB d ]PPK d ]PPB d ]tPB d ]tPK
+d ]tPB d ^YPB d ^YPK d ^YPB d ^}PB d ^}PT d ^}PB m ^uOj d ^uOi d ^vOi
+d ^vOj d ^uOj d ^vOi m ^}Ox m ^?Ox d ^~Ov d ^~Os d ^?Oq d ^~Oo d ^~Ol
+d ^?Oi d _DOi d _EOl d _EOo d _DOq d ^?Oq m _DOq d _EOs d _EOv d _DOx
+d ^?Ox m _IOx m ^}PB d _bPB d _bPK d _bPB d `FPB d `FPK d `FPB d `kPB
+d `kPK d `kPB d aPPB d aPPT d aPPB m aKOu d aNOx d aNOi m aVOx m aPPB
+d aPPB m aPPB d aPPB d `~PB d aPPB d aPP] d aGP] d aPP] d aPPw d aGPw
+d aPPw d aPQR d aGQR d aPQR d aPQm d `~Qm d aPQm d aPRH d aGRH d aPRH
+d aPRc d aGRc d aPRc d aPR} d aGR} d aPR} d aPSX d `~SX d aPSX d aPSs
+d aGSs d aPSs d aPTN d aGTN d aPTN d aPTh d aGTh d aPTh d aPUC d `~UC
+d aPUC d aPU^ d aGU^ d aPU^ d aPUy d aGUy d aPUy d aPVS d aGVS d aPVS
+d aPVn d `~Vn d aPVn d aPWI d aGWI d aPWI d aPWd d aGWd d aPWd d aPW~
+d aGW~ d aPW~ d aPXY d `~XY d aPXY d aPXY m UtPB d UtPB d VFPB d UtPB
+m UePK d UbPH d UbP@ d UeO} d UhO} d UjP@ d UjPH d UhPK d UePK m UnPK
+m UtPB d UtP] d U}P] d UtP] d UtPw d U}Pw d UtPw d UtQR d U}QR d UtQR
+d UtQm d VFQm d UtQm m UZQh d UZQg d U[Qg d U[Qh d UZQh d U[Qg m UbQv
+m UbQt d UdQv d UhQv d UjQt d UjQp d UbQj d UbQh d UjQh m UnQv m UtQm
+d UtRH d U}RH d UtRH d UtRc d U}Rc d UtRc d UtR} d U}R} d UtR} d UtSX
+d VFSX d UtSX m UZSS d UZSR d U[SR d U[SS d UZSS d U[SR m UbSb m UhSS
+d UhSa d UgSa d UbSW d UbSV d UhSV m UhSV d UjSV m UnSb m UtSX d UtSs
+d U}Ss d UtSs d UtTN d U}TN d UtTN d UtTh d U}Th d UtTh d UtUC d VFUC
+d UtUC m UZT~ d UZT} d U[T} d U[T~ d UZT~ d U[T} m UbUM m UbUD d UeUF
+d UhUF d UjUD d UjU@ d UhT~ d UeT~ d UbU@ d UbUD d UcUH d UfUL m UnUM
+m UtUC d UtU^ d U}U^ d UtU^ d UtUy d U}Uy d UtUy d UtVS d U}VS d UtVS
+d UtVn d VFVn d UtVn m UZVi d UZVh d U[Vh d U[Vi d UZVi d U[Vh m UbVx
+m UdVw d UbVu d UbVr d UdVp d UbVn d UbVk d UdVi d UhVi d UjVk d UjVn
+d UhVp d UdVp m UhVp d UjVr d UjVu d UhVw d UdVw m UnVx m UtVn d UtWI
+d U}WI d UtWI d UtWd d U}Wd d UtWd d UtW~ d U}W~ d UtW~ d UtXY d VFXY
+d UtXY m UcX_ d UfXb d UfXT m UnXc m UtXY d UtXY m UtXY d UtXY d UtXG
+d UtXY d VYXY d VYXP d VYXY d V}XY d V}XP d V}XY d WbXY d WbXP d WbXY
+d XGXY d XGXG d XGXY d XkXY d XkXP d XkXY d YPXY d YPXP d YPXY d YtXY
+d YtXP d YtXY d ZYXY d ZYXG d ZYXY d Z}XY d Z}XP d Z}XY d [bXY d [bXP
+d [bXY d \GXY d \GXP d \GXY d \kXY d \kXG d \kXY d ]PXY d ]PXP d ]PXY
+d ]tXY d ]tXP d ]tXY d ^YXY d ^YXP d ^YXY d ^}XY d ^}XG d ^}XY d _bXY
+d _bXP d _bXY d `FXY d `FXP d `FXY d `kXY d `kXP d `kXY d aPXY d aPXG
+d aPXY d aPXY
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m `WRo d `eRo d `eR~ d `WR~ d `WRo m [}P\ d \AP\ d \APa d [}Pa d [}P\
+m VjRK d VxRK d VxRY d VjRY d VjRK m _uQR d `BQR d `BQ` d _uQ` d _uQR
+m YHSG d YUSG d YUSU d YHSU d YHSG m ]kQF d ]~QF d ]~QY d ]kQY d ]kQF
+m \xWo d \|Wo d \|Wt d \xWt d \xWo m _QXB d _ZXB d _ZXL d _QXL d _QXB
+m ZTP~ d ZfP~ d ZfQQ d ZTQQ d ZTP~ m UtWC d VBWC d VBWW d UtWW m `AUj
+d `FUj d `FUo d `AUo d `AUj m ZBQi d ZTQi d ZTQ| d ZBQ| d ZBQi m ]~Vk
+d ^BVk d ^BVp d ]~Vp d ]~Vk m VqRZ d V~RZ d V~Rh d VqRh d VqRZ m ]RT^
+d ]dT^ d ]dTr d ]RTr d ]RT^ m W^VN d WgVN d WgVX d W^VX d W^VN m ]~Qv
+d ^GQv d ^GQ? d ]~Q? d ]~Qv m W|Si d X@Si d X@Sn d W|Sn d W|Si m Z^Vc
+d ZcVc d ZcVh d Z^Vh d Z^Vc m [bUf d [pUf d [pUt d [bUt d [bUf m [JVR
+d [SVR d [SV\ d [JV\ d [JVR m VyP} d V}P} d V}QB d VyQB d VyP} m YVUC
+d YhUC d YhUV d YVUV d YVUC m [EUt d [NUt d [NU~ d [EU~ d [EUt m XfWr
+d XxWr d XxXE d XfXE d XfWr m `cWU d `uWU d `uWh d `cWh d `cWU m `NQq
+d `[Qq d `[R@ d `NR@ d `NQq m VbUB d VpUB d VpUP d VbUP d VbUB m UtVy
+d VBVy d VBWL d UtWL m Y\WN d YeWN d YeWX d Y\WX d Y\WN m XUVh d XZVh
+d XZVm d XUVm d XUVh m VxRR d WARR d WAR[ d VxR[ d VxRR m ]iQT d ]rQT
+d ]rQ] d ]iQ] d ]iQT m ]ZQh d ]cQh d ]cQr d ]ZQr d ]ZQh m __SH d _dSH
+d _dSM d __SM d __SH m X~PW d YLPW d YLPf d X~Pf d X~PW m XjQF d XsQF
+d XsQP d XjQP d XjQF m ]qSD d ]zSD d ]zSN d ]qSN d ]qSD m `|SL d aISL
+d aIS[ d `|S[ d `|SL m `UXS d `^XS d `^XY m `UXY d `UXS m YXRG d Y\RG
+d Y\RL d YXRL d YXRG m ]EXA d ]NXA d ]NXK d ]EXK d ]EXA m \bS| d \fS|
+d \fT@ d \bT@ d \bS| m VuVy d V}Vy d V}WB d VuWB d VuVy m XsVU d X|VU
+d X|V_ d XsV_ d XsVU m `sPQ d `wPQ d `wPV d `sPV d `sPQ m _CT^ d _UT^
+d _UTq d _CTq d _CT^ m XnPH d XwPH d XwPQ d XnPQ d XnPH m `_QU d `cQU
+d `cQZ d `_QZ d `_QU m \qVV d \vVV d \vV[ d \qV[ d \qVV m `eVm d `sVm
+d `sV{ d `eV{ d `eVm m \pWl d \yWl d \yWv d \pWv d \pWl m ZvSy d Z?Sy
+d Z?TB d ZvTB d ZvSy m XRTV d XdTV d XdTj d XRTj d XRTV m _ZTL d _^TL
+d _^TQ d _ZTQ d _ZTL m _XRz d _fRz d _fSH d _XSH d _XRz m ZwTo d [ETo
+d [ET~ d ZwT~ d ZwTo m ZrQA d [@QA d [@QP d ZrQP d ZrQA m XdPx d XmPx
+d XmQB d XdQB d XdPx m ]fTO d ]xTO d ]xTb d ]fTb d ]fTO m ZWSW d ZeSW
+d ZeSf d ZWSf d ZWSW m ^IQA d ^RQA d ^RQK d ^IQK d ^IQA m `cPB d `cPG
+d `ZPG d `ZPB m UtUw d UwUw d UwU| d UtU| m UwRP d U|RP d U|RU d UwRU
+d UwRP m `EQp d `IQp d `IQt d `EQt d `EQp m aHXG d aPXG m aPXQ d aHXQ
+d aHXG m \pUL d \yUL d \yUU d \pUU d \pUL m [IPJ d [NPJ d [NPO d [IPO
+d [IPJ m ]dTi d ]mTi d ]mTs d ]dTs d ]dTi m XwWA d Y@WA d Y@WK d XwWK
+d XwWA m _aWU d _nWU d _nWc d _aWc d _aWU m _BTW d _GTW d _GT\ d _BT\
+d _BTW m \FWt d \OWt d \OW} d \FW} d \FWt m XqTH d XzTH d XzTR d XqTR
+d XqTH m `BR| d `GR| d `GSA d `BSA d `BR| m ^dPB d ^iPB d ^iPG d ^dPG
+d ^dPB m XMUP d XVUP d XVUZ d XMUZ d XMUP m [TT` d [YT` d [YTe d [TTe
+d [TT` m ^VXA d ^_XA d ^_XK d ^VXK d ^VXA m \AUt d \EUt d \EUy d \AUy
+d \AUt m _LW| d _QW| d _QXA d _LXA d _LW| m \oXJ d \}XJ d \}XX d \oXX
+d \oXJ m XiVo d XrVo d XrVy d XiVy d XiVo m aCT@ d aPT@ m aPTO d aCTO
+d aCT@ m [\SA d [jSA d [jSO d [\SO d [\SA m ZRPf d ZdPf d ZdPz d ZRPz
+d ZRPf m ]{Wd d ^MWd d ^MWw d ]{Ww d ]{Wd m ZmWk d ZvWk d ZvWu d ZmWu
+d ZmWk m WKPT d WYPT d WYPc d WKPc d WKPT m ]hVf d ]qVf d ]qVo d ]hVo
+d ]hVf m ]IUO d ]MUO d ]MUT d ]IUT d ]IUO m ^SRH d ^\RH d ^\RQ d ^SRQ
+d ^SRH m `wVr d a@Vr d a@V{ d `wV{ d `wVr m [FWU d [SWU d [SWd d [FWd
+d [FWU m WOXK d WaXK d WaXY m WOXY d WOXK m `FWp d `KWp d `KWu d `FWu
+d `FWp m WwRi d W{Ri d W{Rn d WwRn d WwRi m ZeRi d ZjRi d ZjRn d ZeRn
+d ZeRi m [KPm d [OPm d [OPr d [KPr d [KPm m \BQJ d \KQJ d \KQT d \BQT
+d \BQJ m ]USx d ]^Sx d ]^TB d ]UTB d ]USx m ^TV^ d ^bV^ d ^bVm d ^TVm
+d ^TV^ m ZwUR d [DUR d [DUa d ZwUa d ZwUR m _|W~ d `EW~ d `EXH d _|XH
+d _|W~ m ZSWQ d ZWWQ d ZWWV d ZSWV d ZSWQ m _bPf d _kPf d _kPo d _bPo
+d _bPf m _~W\ d `PW\ d `PWp d _~Wp d _~W\ m ZkTV d ZoTV d ZoT[ d ZkT[
+d ZkTV m ]bRl d ]pRl d ]pR{ d ]bR{ d ]bRl m \XQm d \jQm d \jR@ d \XR@
+d \XQm m VqQE d VvQE d VvQJ d VqQJ d VqQE m ^`WF d ^rWF d ^rWY d ^`WY
+d ^`WF m ZaQh d ZjQh d ZjQr d ZaQr d ZaQh m \xWq d ]FWq d ]FX@ d \xX@
+d \xWq m YKUK d YTUK d YTUU d YKUU d YKUK m WmWv d WvWv d WvW? d WmW?
+d WmWv m _FTo d _XTo d _XUB d _FUB d _FTo m _XTM d _fTM d _fT[ d _XT[
+d _XTM m ZhU{ d ZzU{ d ZzVN d ZhVN d ZhU{ m `GRR d `KRR d `KRW d `GRW
+d `GRR m ^sQ] d ^|Q] d ^|Qg d ^sQg d ^sQ] m UzSy d VGSy d VGTH d UzTH
+d UzSy m ^zUQ d ^?UQ d ^?UV d ^zUV d ^zUQ m W~W\ d XCW\ d XCWa d W~Wa
+d W~W\ m XrWO d X{WO d X{WY d XrWY d XrWO m _TRR d _fRR d _fRe d _TRe
+d _TRR m `yTR d aFTR d aFTa d `yTa d `yTR m ^~Wp d _GWp d _GWy d ^~Wy
+d ^~Wp m ^NUa d ^[Ua d ^[Uo d ^NUo d ^NUa m ]bSc d ]gSc
+stroke
+m ]gSc d ]gSh d ]bSh d ]bSc m aGVk d aLVk d aLVp d aGVp d aGVk m UtUY
+d V@UY d V@Ug d UtUg m ZqRI d ZzRI d ZzRS d ZqRS d ZqRI m _TXI d _fXI
+d _fXY m _TXY d _TXI m \JWo d \SWo d \SWy d \JWy d \JWo m `oPy d `}Py
+d `}QG d `oQG d `oPy m VnVM d V|VM d V|V[ d VnV[ d VnVM m `rR^ d `vR^
+d `vRc d `rRc d `rR^ m ^PVS d ^]VS d ^]Va d ^PVa d ^PVS m YqRn d ZCRn
+d ZCSA d YqSA d YqRn m a@VS d aPVS m aPVg d a@Vg d a@VS m XHTf d XQTf
+d XQTp d XHTp d XHTf m ^PU{ d ^bU{ d ^bVO d ^PVO d ^PU{ m XdQr d XqQr
+d XqRA d XdRA d XdQr m XpT~ d X~T~ d X~UL d XpUL d XpT~ m _lPk d _yPk
+d _yPy d _lPy d _lPk m W_Vo d WcVo d WcVt d W_Vt d W_Vo m `fXR d `kXR
+d `kXW d `fXW d `fXR m _zT] d _~T] d _~Tb d _zTb d _zT] m WeQc d WwQc
+d WwQv d WeQv d WeQc m YlVQ d Y~VQ d Y~Vd d YlVd d YlVQ m `uSn d `~Sn
+d `~Sw d `uSw d `uSn m [cXJ d [hXJ d [hXO d [cXO d [cXJ m ]HQE d ]ZQE
+d ]ZQX d ]HQX d ]HQE m \HSI d \[SI d \[S\ d \HS\ d \HSI m ^yWC d _BWC
+d _BWM d ^yWM d ^yWC m \uUO d ]CUO d ]CU^ d \uU^ d \uUO m XKRe d XTRe
+d XTRo d XKRo d XKRe m VGRm d VPRm d VPRw d VGRw d VGRm m \GUF d \LUF
+d \LUK d \GUK d \GUF m VzRb d WGRb d WGRq d VzRq d VzRb m `{Pq d aMPq
+d aMQD d `{QD d `{Pq m _VRW d __RW d __R` d _VR` d _VRW m XhV@ d XvV@
+d XvVN d XhVN d XhV@ m \\TH d \nTH d \nT[ d \\T[ d \\TH m WHTS d WQTS
+d WQT] d WHT] d WHTS m VcP_ d VuP_ d VuPr d VcPr d VcP_ m _YPl d _^Pl
+d _^Pq d _YPq d _YPl m _US} d _gS} d _gTQ d _UTQ d _US} m _OPP d _\PP
+d _\P^ d _OP^ d _OPP m \mSA d \rSA d \rSF d \mSF d \mSA m \WTV d \\TV
+d \\TZ d \WTZ d \WTV m [wXN d \AXN d \AXW d [wXW d [wXN m \[Vj d \mVj
+d \mV} d \[V} d \[Vj m XqU@ d XzU@ d XzUI d XqUI d XqU@ m UxWN d VFWN
+d VFW] d UxW] d UxWN m [mQS d [zQS d [zQa d [mQa d [mQS m _xUL d `JUL
+d `JU` d _xU` d _xUL m ^BWx d ^TWx d ^TXL d ^BXL d ^BWx m WzVw d XCVw
+d XCWA d WzWA d WzVw m WjPB d WjPF d WePF d WePB m [gV~ d [yV~ d [yWQ
+d [gWQ d [gV~ m _qUl d _?Ul d _?Uz d _qUz d _qUl m WXVe d WjVe d WjVx
+d WXVx d WXVe m \rVe d \{Ve d \{Vn d \rVn d \rVe m ]^Tm d ]bTm d ]bTr
+d ]^Tr d ]^Tm m _oWb d `AWb d `AWu d _oWu d _oWb m \BU{ d \GU{ d \GV@
+d \BV@ d \BU{ m _VWL d _[WL d _[WQ d _VWQ d _VWL m _|S@ d `JS@ d `JSN
+d _|SN d _|S@ m _KPm d _]Pm d _]Q@ d _KQ@ d _KPm m ZMVy d ZQVy d ZQV~
+d ZMV~ d ZMVy m VWQi d VdQi d VdQx d VWQx d VWQi m XEWy d XNWy d XNXB
+d XEXB d XEWy m XIQv d XRQv d XRR@ d XIR@ d XIQv m \vTm d \?Tm d \?Tw
+d \vTw d \vTm m [QQ^ d [ZQ^ d [ZQg d [QQg d [QQ^ m YQUy d YcUy d YcVM
+d YQVM d YQUy m `NPY d `RPY d `RP] d `NP] d `NPY m ^MS} d ^VS} d ^VTF
+d ^MTF d ^MS} m WaWW d WjWW d WjW` d WaW` d WaWW m Z@W~ d ZNW~ d ZNXM
+d Z@XM d Z@W~ m WsRX d X@RX d X@Rf d WsRf d WsRX m UtQK d VAQK d VAQY
+d UtQY m [_Sm d [dSm d [dSr d [_Sr d [_Sm m WLTQ d WYTQ d WYT_ d WLT_
+d WLTQ m WoRR d XARR d XARe d WoRe d WoRR m [jSi d [nSi d [nSn d [jSn
+d [jSi m \zVf d ]CVf d ]CVp d \zVp d \zVf m _pTa d `BTa d `BTt d _pTt
+d _pTa m [dVy d [mVy d [mWC d [dWC d [dVy m ]XU` d ]jU` d ]jUs d ]XUs
+d ]XU` m _~QX d `BQX d `BQ] d _~Q] d _~QX m XOSl d XSSl d XSSq d XOSq
+d XOSl m ZzVn d [CVn d [CVw d ZzVw d ZzVn m YsQj d ZEQj d ZEQ} d YsQ}
+d YsQj m ^ZWZ d ^_WZ d ^_W_ d ^ZW_ d ^ZWZ m _FRY d _JRY d _JR^ d _FR^
+d _FRY m XHSB d XZSB d XZSU d XHSU d XHSB m YNPb d Y`Pb d Y`Pu d YNPu
+d YNPb m [QUv d [VUv d [VU{ d [QU{ d [QUv m Y{Q@ d ZDQ@ d ZDQJ d Y{QJ
+d Y{Q@ m ``QY d `nQY d `nQh d ``Qh d ``QY m `hXA d `qXA d `qXK d `hXK
+d `hXA m ]aQq d ]fQq d ]fQv d ]aQv d ]aQq m _hRi d _qRi d _qRs d _hRs
+d _hRi m _NSn d _WSn d _WSw d _NSw d _NSn m Y_SX d YqSX d YqSk d Y_Sk
+d Y_SX m XhU_ d XvU_ d XvUm d XhUm d XhU_ m YPQi d YcQi d YcQ| d YPQ|
+d YPQi m VCTD d VGTD d VGTI d VCTI d VCTD m X{Sg d YMSg d YMSz d X{Sz
+d X{Sg m ^oU[ d ^}U[ d ^}Ui d ^oUi d ^oU[ m W\TH d WnTH d WnT[ d W\T[
+d W\TH m ]yRc d ]~Rc d ]~Rg d ]yRg d ]yRc m [QRx d [^Rx d [^SF d [QSF
+d [QRx m _VXL d _iXL d _iXY m _VXY d _VXL m Y}TE d ZOTE d ZOTX d Y}TX
+d Y}TE m ViWx d VrWx d VrXA d ViXA d ViWx m \dPc d \mPc d \mPl d \dPl
+d \dPc m YAR\ d YSR\ d YSRo d YARo d YAR\ m ]lUB d ]uUB d ]uUK d ]lUK
+d ]lUB m [ERm d [WRm d [WS@ d [ES@ d [ERm m VoVa d VtVa d VtVf d VoVf
+d VoVa m WHUB d WQUB d WQUK d WHUK d WHUB m ]yQ} d ^GQ} d ^GRL d ]yRL
+d ]yQ} m [pPc d \BPc d \BPv d [pPv d [pPc m `YPq d `bPq d `bPz d `YPz
+d `YPq m _VSe d _ZSe d _ZSj d _VSj d _VSe m [KUX d [OUX d [OU] d [KU]
+d [KUX m \KPq d \XPq d \XP? d \KP? d \KPq m _oTy d _xTy d _xUC d _oUC
+d _oTy m `CUz d `QUz d `QVH d `CVH d `CUz m XjTc d XoTc d XoTh d XjTh
+d XjTc m `rTi d `?Ti d `?Tw d `rTw d `rTi m YLWx d YZWx d YZXF d YLXF
+d YLWx m YXPm d YjPm d YjQ@ d YXQ@ d YXPm m WZSF d WcSF d WcSP d WZSP
+d WZSF m `kWx d `uWx d `uXA d `kXA d `kWx
+stroke
+m `kWx m [mT\ d [?T\ d [?To d [mTo d [mT\ m _OVL d _\VL d _\VZ d _OVZ
+d _OVL m WiWa d WmWa d WmWf d WiWf d WiWa m ZGUi d ZUUi d ZUUw d ZGUw
+d ZGUi m [cUf d [gUf d [gUk d [cUk d [cUf m ^~Sd d _BSd d _BSh d ^~Sh
+d ^~Sd m ZIWX d ZWWX d ZWWf d ZIWf d ZIWX m `fRX d `xRX d `xRk d `fRk
+d `fRX m ^RRS d ^[RS d ^[R] d ^RR] d ^RRS m YZWa d YdWa d YdWk d YZWk
+d YZWa m VMWJ d VRWJ d VRWO d VMWO d VMWJ m \NSV d \`SV d \`Si d \NSi
+d \NSV m [mSt d [vSt d [vS~ d [mS~ d [mSt m [hS] d [uS] d [uSl d [hSl
+d [hS] m _XRq d _]Rq d _]Rv d _XRv d _XRq m W\Tb d WeTb d WeTl d W\Tl
+d W\Tb m UuSe d VBSe d VBSt d UuSt d UuSe m ]ORc d ]aRc d ]aRv d ]ORv
+d ]ORc m ]FVe d ]XVe d ]XVx d ]FVx d ]FVe m \qP} d \~P} d \~QL d \qQL
+d \qP} m \gSU d \lSU d \lSZ d \gSZ d \gSU m VTTB d VbTB d VbTQ d VTTQ
+d VTTB m ]hVK d ]qVK d ]qVU d ]hVU d ]hVK m [BTk d [PTk d [PTy d [BTy
+d [BTk m `ZWj d `_Wj d `_Wo d `ZWo d `ZWj m XbWO d XpWO d XpW^ d XbW^
+d XbWO m YmWP d YrWP d YrWU d YmWU d YmWP m [vWi d [?Wi d [?Wr d [vWr
+d [vWi m `GR@ d `KR@ d `KRD d `GRD d `GR@ m \~T\ d ]KT\ d ]KTk d \~Tk
+d \~T\ m _sPQ d `APQ d `AP` d _sP` d _sPQ m ZIWM d ZMWM d ZMWR d ZIWR
+d ZIWM m XfRF d XjRF d XjRJ d XfRJ d XfRF m `TUO d `YUO d `YUT d `TUT
+d `TUO m VWW? d VjW? d VjXR d VWXR d VWW? m UuTp d VGTp d VGUC d UuUC
+d UuTp m _TR~ d _]R~ d _]SG d _TSG d _TR~ m [sU} d [|U} d [|VF d [sVF
+d [sU} m `gPz d `uPz d `uQH d `gQH d `gPz m XORs d XTRs d XTRx d XORx
+d XORs
+stroke
+03 setlinewidth
+m UtEx d UtEx d UtFJ d UtEx m UqEn d UoEk d UoEc d UqE_ d UtE_ d UvEc
+d UvEk d UtEn d UqEn m UzEn m UtEx d XGEx d XGFJ d XGEx m W{El d W}En
+d XAEn d XBEl d XBEg d W{Eb d W{E_ d XBE_ m XGEn m XIEn d XGEk d XGEc
+d XIE_ d XLE_ d XOEc d XOEk d XLEn d XIEn m XSEn m XGEx d ZYEx d ZYFJ
+d ZYEx m ZSE_ d ZSEn d ZREn d ZMEd d ZMEc d ZSEc m ZSEc d ZUEc m ZYEn
+m Z[En d ZYEk d ZYEc d Z[E_ d Z_E_ d ZaEc d ZaEk d Z_En d Z[En m ZeEn
+m ZYEx d \kEx d \kFJ d \kEx m \_Ee d \bEh d \eEh d \gEe d \gEb d \eE_
+d \bE_ d \_Eb d \_Ee d \`Ej d \cEn m \kEn m \nEn d \kEk d \kEc d \nE_
+d \qE_ d \sEc d \sEk d \qEn d \nEn m \wEn m \kEx d ^}Ex d ^}FJ d ^}Ex
+m ^sEn d ^rEl d ^rEi d ^sEg d ^rEe d ^rEb d ^sE_ d ^wE_ d ^yEb d ^yEe
+d ^wEg d ^sEg m ^wEg d ^yEi d ^yEl d ^wEn d ^sEn m ^}En m _@En d ^~Ek
+d ^~Ec d _@E_ d _CE_ d _EEc d _EEk d _CEn d _@En m _IEn m ^}Ex d aPEx
+d aPFJ d aPEx m `?Ek d aBEn d aBE_ m aIEn m aLEn d aJEk d aJEc d aLE_
+d aOE_ d aREc d aREk d aOEn d aLEn m aVEn m aXEn d aVEk d aVEc d aXE_
+d a[E_ d a^Ec d a^Ek d a[En d aXEn m abEn m aPEx d aPEx m UtEx d UtG@
+d VFG@ d UtG@ m T?GE d UBGI d UBFz m UJGI m ULGI d UJGE d UJF~ d ULFz
+d UPFz d URF~ d URGE d UPGI d ULGI m UVGI m UXGI d UVGE d UVF~ d UXFz
+d U\Fz d U^F~ d U^GE d U\GI d UXGI m UbGI m UeGI d UbGE d UbF~ d UeFz
+d UhFz d UjF~ d UjGE d UhGI d UeGI m UnGI m UtG@ d UtHh d VFHh d UtHh
+m T~Ho d U@Hq d UDHq d UFHo d UFHj d T~He d T~Hc d UFHc m UJHq m ULHq
+d UJHn d UJHf d ULHc d UPHc d URHf d URHn d UPHq d ULHq m UVHq m UXHq
+d UVHn d UVHf d UXHc d U\Hc d U^Hf d U^Hn d U\Hq d UXHq m UbHq m UeHq
+d UbHn d UbHf d UeHc d UhHc d UjHf d UjHn d UhHq d UeHq m UnHq m UtHh
+d UtJP d VFJP d UtJP m T~JW d U@JY d UCJY d UFJW d UFJT d UCJR d UBJR
+m UCJR d UFJP d UFJM d UCJK d U@JK d T~JM m UJJZ m ULJY d UJJV d UJJN
+d ULJK d UPJK d URJN d URJV d UPJY d ULJY m UVJZ m UXJY d UVJV d UVJN
+d UXJK d U\JK d U^JN d U^JV d U\JY d UXJY m UbJZ m UeJY d UbJV d UbJN
+d UeJK d UhJK d UjJN d UjJV d UhJY d UeJY m UnJZ m UtJP d UtKx d VFKx
+d UtKx m UDKs d UDLA d UCLA d T~Kx d T~Kw d UDKw m UDKw d UFKw m UJLB
+m ULLA d UJK~ d UJKv d ULKs d UPKs d URKv d URK~ d UPLA d ULLA m UVLB
+m UXLA d UVK~ d UVKv d UXKs d U\Ks d U^Kv d U^K~ d U\LA d UXLA m UbLB
+m UeLA d UbK~ d UbKv d UeKs d UhKs d UjKv d UjK~ d UhLA d UeLA m UnLB
+m UtKx d UtM` d VFM` d UtM` m T~M[ d UCM[ d UFM^ d UFMa d UCMd d U@Md
+d T~Mb d T~Mi d UFMi m UJMj m ULMi d UJMf d UJM^ d ULM[ d UPM[ d URM^
+d URMf d UPMi d ULMi m UVMj m UXMi d UVMf d UVM^ d UXM[ d U\M[ d U^M^
+d U^Mf d U\Mi d UXMi m UbMj m UeMi d UbMf d UbM^ d UeM[ d UhM[ d UjM^
+d UjMf d UhMi d UeMi m UnMj m UtM` d UtM| m UtM| d UtM| d UtMj d UtM|
+d XGM| d XGMj d XGM| d ZYM| d ZYMj d ZYM| d \kM| d \kMj d \kM| d ^}M|
+d ^}Mj d ^}M| d aPM| d aPMj d aPM| d aPM| m XlNk d XlN] d XtN] m XxNl
+m X|Nh d X|Ng d X|Ng d X|Nh d X|Nh d X|Ng m X|Nd d X|Nd d X|N] m YDNl
+m YENe d YEN] m YENc d YFNe d YINe d YKNc d YKN] m YPNl m YQNa d YWNa
+d YWNc d YVNe d YRNe d YQNc d YQN_ d YRN] d YVN] d YWN_ m Y\Nl m Y\Nl
+m YiNl m YiNi d YkNk d YoNk d YqNi d YqNe d YiN_ d YiN] d YqN] m YuNl
+m YvN] d YzN] d Y}N` d Y}Nc d YzNf d YwNf d YuNd d YuNk d Y}Nk m ZANl
+m ZCNk d ZANh d ZAN` d ZCN] d ZGN] d ZIN` d ZINh d ZGNk d ZCNk m ZMNl
+m ZMNl m ZYNl m ZZNc d ZZN_ d Z[N] d Z^N] d Z`N_ d Z`Nc d Z^Ne d Z[Ne
+d ZZNc m ZeNl m ZgNe d ZkNe m ZhN] d ZhNi d ZjNj d ZkNj d ZlNi m ZqNl
+m ZqNl m Z~Nl m [ENc d [CNe d [@Ne d Z~Nc d Z~N_ d [@N] d [CN] d [EN_
+m [EN] d [ENk m [JNl m [JNa d [QNa d [QNc d [ONe d [LNe d [JNc d [JN_
+d [LN] d [ON] d [QN_ m [VNl m [WNe d [ZN] d []Ne m [bNl m [fNk d [fN]
+m [bN` d [dN^ d [hN^ d [jN` d [jNb d [hNd d [dNd d [bNf d [bNh d [dNj
+d [hNj d [jNh m [nNl m [nNe d [nNY m [nNc d [pNe d [sNe d [uNc d [uN_
+d [sN] d [pN] d [nN_ m [zNl m [~Nh d [~Ng d [?Ng d [?Nh d [~Nh d [?Ng
+m [~Nd d [~Nd d [~N] m \FNl m \GNe d \MN] m \GN] d \MNe m \RNl m \XNl
+d \VNl d \VN\ d \XN\ m \_Nl m \_Ni d \aNk d \eNk d \gNi d \gNe d \_N_
+d \_N] d \gN] m \kNl m \mNk d \kNh d \kN` d \mN] d \qN] d \sN` d \sNh
+d \qNk d \mNk m \wNl m \zNk d \wNh d \wN` d \zN] d \}N] d \?N` d \?Nh
+d \}Nk d \zNk m ]CNl m ]GNg d ]HNg d ]HNe d ]GNe d ]GNg d ]HNe m ]GNa
+d ]GN` d ]HN` d ]HNa d ]GNa d ]HN` m ]ONl m ]PNi d ]RNk d ]UNk d ]WNi
+d ]WNg d ]UNd d ]SNd m ]UNd d ]WNb d ]WN_ d ]UN] d ]RN] d ]PN` m ][Nl
+m ]^Nk d ]\Nh d ]\N` d ]^N] d ]aN] d ]cN` d ]cNh d ]aNk d ]^Nk m ]gNl
+m ]jNk d ]hNh d ]hN` d ]jN] d ]mN] d ]pN` d ]pNh d ]mNk d ]jNk m ]tNl
+m ]wN[ d ]xN\ d ]xN^ d ]wN^ d ]wN] d ]xN] m ^@Nl m ^@Nh d ^GN` m ^DNj
+d ^DN_ m ^@N` d ^GNh m ^LNl m ^ONl d ^QNl d ^QN\ d ^ON\ m ^XNl m ZGNR
+d ZGNJ m ZGNP d ZINR d ZLNR d ZNNP d ZNNJ m ZSNY m ZSNG d ZUNF d ZXNF
+d ZZNH d ZZNR m ZZNP d ZXNR d ZUNR d ZSNP d ZSNL d ZUNJ d ZXNJ d ZZNL
+m Z_NY m ZfNQ d ZeNR d ZaNR d Z`NP d Z`NL d ZaNJ d ZeNJ d ZfNK m ZkNY
+m ZkNY m ZwNY m Z~NJ d Z~NX d Z}NX d ZxNO d ZxNN d Z~NN
+stroke
+m Z~NN m Z~NN d [@NN m [DNY m [ENU d [HNX d [HNJ m [PNY m [VNJ d [VNX
+d [UNX d [PNO d [PNN d [VNN m [VNN d [XNN m [\NY m [\NX d [dNX d [_NJ
+m [hNY m [hNY m [tNY m [uNX d [uNJ m [uNL d [vNJ d [yNJ d [{NL d [{NP
+d [yNR d [vNR d [uNP m \@NY m \@NY m \LNY m \NNU d \QNX d \QNJ m \YNY
+m \[NX d \YNV d \YNS d \[NQ d \YNO d \YNL d \[NJ d \_NJ d \aNL d \aNO
+d \_NQ d \[NQ m \_NQ d \aNS d \aNV d \_NX d \[NX m \eNY m \gNX d \eNU
+d \eNM d \gNJ d \kNJ d \mNM d \mNU d \kNX d \gNX m \qNY m \tNX d \qNU
+d \qNM d \tNJ d \wNJ d \yNM d \yNU d \wNX d \tNX m \}NY m aPEx d aPG]
+d `~G] d aPG] m aWGc d aZGf d aZGW m abGf m adGf d abGc d abG[ d adGW
+d ahGW d ajG[ d ajGc d ahGf d adGf m anGf m aqGf d anGc d anG[ d aqGW
+d atGW d avG[ d avGc d atGf d aqGf m azGf m aPG] d aPIC d `~IC d aPIC
+m aVII d aXIK d a\IK d a^II d a^IE d aVH? d aVH} d a^H} m abIL m adIK
+d abIH d abI@ d adH} d ahH} d ajI@ d ajIH d ahIK d adIK m anIL m aqIK
+d anIH d anI@ d aqH} d atH} d avI@ d avIH d atIK d aqIK m azIL m aPIC
+d aPJh d `~Jh d aPJh m aVJo d aXJq d a[Jq d a^Jo d a^Jm d a[Jj d aZJj
+m a[Jj d a^Jh d a^Je d a[Jc d aXJc d aVJf m abJr m adJq d abJn d abJf
+d adJc d ahJc d ajJf d ajJn d ahJq d adJq m anJr m aqJq d anJn d anJf
+d aqJc d atJc d avJf d avJn d atJq d aqJq m azJr m aPJh d aPLN d `~LN
+d aPLN m a\LI d a\LW d a[LW d aVLN d aVLM d a\LM m a\LM d a^LM m abLX
+m adLW d abLT d abLL d adLI d ahLI d ajLL d ajLT d ahLW d adLW m anLX
+m aqLW d anLT d anLL d aqLI d atLI d avLL d avLT d atLW d aqLW m azLX
+m aPLN d aPMt d `~Mt d aPMt m aWMo d a[Mo d a^Mq d a^Mu d a[Mx d aXMx
+d aVMv d aVM} d a^M} m abM~ m adM} d abMz d abMr d adMo d ahMo d ajMr
+d ajMz d ahM} d adM} m anM~ m aqM} d anMz d anMr d aqMo d atMo d avMr
+d avMz d atM} d aqM} m azM~ m aPMt d aPM|
+stroke
+01 setlinewidth
+m aPIs d aPIx d aPIu d aIIu d aPIu m U|E| d VCE~ d VJE| d VREz d VYEx
+d V`Ey d VhEx d VoEy d VvE| d V}Ez d WEEy d WLEz d WSEy d W[E{ d WbE{
+d WiE{ d WqEz d WxEy d W?E| d XGE{ d XNE{ d XUE| d X]E} d XdE~ d XkFE
+d XrFO d XzFI d YAFA d YHF@ d YPFA d YWFA d Y^FB d YfFF d YmFO d YtFK
+d Y|FH d ZCFE d ZJFE d ZRFD d ZYFF d Z`FL d ZgFQ d ZoFQ d ZvFO d Z}FR
+d [EFO d [LFF d [SE? d [[FB d [bFC d [iFK d [qFZ d [xF\ d [?FY d \GFX
+d \NF] d \UFj d \\GE d \dG^ d \kHq d \rMR d \zM| d ]AIk d ]HH@ d ]PHf
+d ]WIK d ]^HE d ]fGL d ]mF{ d ]tFo d ]|Fe d ^CFW d ^JFO d ^QFN d ^YF]
+d ^`Fu d ^gFy d ^oF| d ^vF{ d ^}F} d _EFn d _LFi d _SFa d _[FT d _bFP
+d _iFS d _qFY d _xFd d _?F| d `FGN d `NGH d `UGA d `\GJ d `dGL d `kGA
+d `rFt d `zFu d aAGA d aHGC d aPFi m U|Ez d VCE| d VJE~ d VME} m VREz
+m VSEz d VYEy d V`Ey d VfEy m VgEy m VmE{ d VoE| d VvE{ d V}Ez d W@Ez
+m WEE{ m WGE| d WLE~ d WRFF m WSFG m WXFH d W[FI d WbFI d WgFD m WiFB
+m WmFA d WqF@ d WxEz d WzE{ m W?E~ m X@E? d XGFH d XJFI m XNFK m XOFJ
+d XUFD d X[E? m X\E} m XaE~ d XdE~ d XkE| d XrE{ d XsE{ m XzE{ m XzE{
+d YAE{ d YHE? d YKE~ m YPE} m YRE~ d YWFB d Y^FH m Y^FH m YeFG d YfFG
+d YmFK d YqFQ m YtFV d YtFV d YyFb m Y|Fg d Y|Fg d ZCFc d ZJF_ m ZJF^
+m ZPF\ d ZQF[ d ZYFZ d Z_FU m Z`FT m ZcFP d ZgFJ d ZnFF m ZoFE m ZuFF
+d ZvFG d Z}FF d [EFF d [GFG m [LFI m [NFJ d [SFL d [[FM d [_FK m [bFK
+m [gFK d [iFK d [qFJ d [xFH d [xFI m [|FM d [?FR d \CFY m \EF^ d \FF`
+d \NFi d \NFi m \UFi m \VFh d \\Fd d \`Fj m \bFo d \dFr d \fF| m \gGA
+d \kGM m \kGO m \oGP d \rGQ d \zGJ d \{GK m ]@GO d ]AGQ d ]CG\ m ]CGa
+d ]EGn m ]FGs d ]GG? m ]HHD d ]HHG d ]IHQ m ]IHV d ]JHc m ]JHh d ]KHt
+m ]KHz d ]LIF m ]LIK d ]MIX m ]MI] d ]MIj m ]NIo d ]NI| m ]OJA d ]OJM
+m ]OJR d ]PJU d ]PJ_ m ]QJd d ]QJq m ]RJv d ]RKC m ]SKH d ]TKT m ]TKY
+d ]UKf m ]UKk d ]VKx m ]VK} d ]WLJ m ]WLM m ]XLK d ]^K? m ]^K? m ]_Kz
+d ]_Km m ]`Kh d ]`K[ m ]aKV d ]bKI m ]bKD d ]cJx m ]cJs d ]dJf m ]dJa
+d ]eJT m ]eJO d ]fJL d ]fJB m ]gI} d ]hIq m ]hIl d ]jI_ m ]jIZ d ]kIM
+m ]lIH d ]mH{ m ]mHz m ]mHv d ]oHj m ]pHe d ]qHX m ]rHS d ]sHF m ]tHA
+d ]tHA d ]wGu m ]xGp d ]{Gc m ]{G_ m ]}G^ d ^CGZ d ^EG` m ^FGe d ^JGq
+m ^JGs m ^MGv d ^QGx d ^YGs d ^YGu m ^[Gy d ^_HF m ^`HH m ^bHJ d ^gHO
+d ^kHH m ^nHC d ^oHB d ^vHI d ^vHK m ^wHQ d ^xH] m ^yHb d ^{Ho m ^{Ht
+d ^}IA m ^}IE m ^~IF d _AIR m _BIW d _EI` d _EId m _FIi d _HIu m _HI{
+d _JJG m _KJL d _LJR d _MJY m _MJ^ d _NJk m _OJp d _PJ| m _QKA d _RKN
+m _SKS d _SKZ d _TKT m _TKN d _UKB m _UJ} d _VJp m _WJk d _XJ^ m _XJY
+d _YJM m _YJG d _ZI{ m _[Iv d _[Iu d _\Ii m _]Id d __IW m _`IR d _bIF
+m _bID m _cIG d _fIS m _hIX d _iI] d _kIe m _lIj d _oIv m _pI{ d _pI}
+d _uIs m _xIn d _xIn d _zIb m _{I] d _}IP m _~IK d _?IG d `EIO m `FIQ
+m `IIN d `NII d `OIC m `QH~ d `THq m `UHl d `UHk d `[H` m `\H\ m `^H\
+d `dH[ d `eHd m `fHi d `hHu m `hH{ d `jIG m `kIL d `kIN d `lIY m `mI^
+d `nIk m `oIp d `qI| m `qJA d `rJJ d `sJG m `tJB d `wIu m `xIp d `zIl
+d `{Id m `|I_ d `?IR m a@IM d aAIK d aBIA m aCH{ d aEHo m aFHj d aHH]
+m aHHX m aHHX d aNHL m aPHH m aPI{ d aPJN d aPJE d aIJE d aPJE m U|Ey
+m U|Ey d U~Ez m VCE{ m VEE{ d VGE{ m VJE{ m VOE| d VQE| m VRE| m VXE}
+d VYE~ d VZE~ m V`E~ m VaE~ d VcE~ m VgE? m VkE? d VmE? m VoE~ m VsFA
+d VtFB m VvFC m V{FC d V}FC m V}FC m WDF@ d WEF@ d WEF@ m WKE} d WLE|
+d WME| m WSE| m WUE{ d WWE{ m W[Ez m W^Ez d W`Ez m WbEz m WhEz d WiEy
+d WjEy m WqE{ m WqE{ d WsEz m WxEx m WyEy d W{Ey m W?E{ m XAE| d XCE}
+m XGE? m XGFA d XHFB m XKFG d XLFH m XNFL m XNFM d XOFN m XQFS d XRFT
+m XTFY d XTFZ m XUF\ m XYFZ d XZFY m X\FW m X^FU d X^FS m XaFO d XaFM
+m XdFI d XdFH d XeFH m XjFD d XkFC d XlFC m XrFB m XsFB d XtFA m XzE}
+d X{E~ m YAE? m YBF@ d YCFA m YHFD m YIFE d YIFF m YMFK d YMFL m YPFO
+m YRFO d YTFP m YWFQ m Y[FQ d Y]FQ m Y^FR m YcFO d YeFN m YfFN m YjFK
+d YlFJ m YmFI m YsFJ d YtFJ d YuFJ m YzFN d Y{FO m Y|FO m Z@FR d ZBFS
+m ZCFT m ZIFU d ZJFU d ZJFU m ZOFQ d ZPFP m ZQFO m ZUFL d ZVFK m ZYFH
+m Z[FG d Z\FF m Z`FE m ZcFE d ZeFF m ZgFG m ZjFI d ZlFJ m ZoFL m ZrFL
+d ZtFK m ZvFK m Z{FJ d Z|FI m Z}FI m [DFJ d [EFK d [EFK m [JFO d [KFP
+m [LFQ m [PFT d [RFU m [SFV m [VFY d [WFZ m [[F^ m [[F^ d []F^ m [bF^
+m [dF\ d [eF[ m [iFX m [jFX d [jFY m [nF^ d [oF_ m [qFa m [qFd d [qFe
+m [sFj d [sFk m [tFp d [uFq m [vFv d [vFx m [xF} d [xF} d [xF~ m [zGC
+d [{GD m [}GI d [~GJ m [?GM m \@GK d \@GJ m \BGE d \CGD m \EF? d \EF~
+m \FF{ m \HFy d \JFx m \NFu m \NFv d \OFw m \QF| d \QF} m \SGB d \TGC
+m \UGG m \UGH d \UGI m \VGO d \VGP m \WGU d \WGV m \XG[ d \XG\ m \YGa
+d \YGc m \ZGh d \ZGi m \[Gn d \[Go m \[Gt d \\Gv m \\G{ d \\G| d \\G|
+m \]HA d \]HB m \^HG d \^HI m \_HN d \_HO m \`HT d \`HU m \aHZ d \aH\
+m \bHa d \bHb m \bHg d \cHh m \cHm d \cHo m \dHp m \eHm d \eHl m \gHg
+d \hHf m \iHa d \jH` m \kH\ m \mH[ d \nHZ m \rHX m \sHY d \sHZ m \sH_
+d \sHa m \tHf d \tHg m \uHl d \uHm m \vHr d \vHt m \vHy d \vHz m \wH?
+d \wI@ m \xIE d \xIG m \yIL d \yIM m \yIR d \zIS m \zIT m \{IX d \{IZ
+m \|I_ d \}I` m \~Ie d \~If m \?Ik d ]@Il m ]AIq m ]AIq d ]AIp m ]BIk
+d ]BIi m ]CId d ]CIc m ]CI^ d ]DI] m ]DIX d ]DIW m ]EIQ d ]EIP m ]FIK
+d ]FIJ m ]GIE d ]GID m ]HH~ d ]HH} m ]HHx d ]HHx d ]JHx m ]PHw m ]PHy
+d ]PHz m ]RH? d ]RI@ m ]TIE d ]TIF m ]VIK d ]VIL m ]WIO m ]WIL d ]WIK
+m ]XIF d ]XID m ]YH? d ]YH~ m ]ZHy d ]ZHx m ][Hs d ][Hq m ]\Hl d ]\Hk
+m ]\Hf d ]]He m ]]H` d ]]H_ m ]^HY d ]^HX m ]^HX m ]`HS d ]`HR m ]bHM
+d ]bHL m ]dHG d ]dHF m ]eHA d ]fH@ d ]gH@ m ]mG~ m ]mG} d ]nG| m ]qGw
+d ]rGv m ]tGt m ]vGu d ]wGv m ]{Gy m ]|Gz d ]|G| m ]}HA d ]}HB m ]~HG
+d ]?HH m ^@HM d ^@HO m ^AHT d ^AHU m ^CHZ d ^CH[ d ^CH[ m ^CH` d ^CHa
+m ^DHg d ^DHh m ^EHm d ^EHn m ^EHs d ^EHt m ^FHz d ^FH{ m ^FI@ d ^GIA
+m ^GIF d ^GIG m ^HIM d ^HIN m ^HIS d ^HIT m ^IIY d ^IIZ m ^JI` d ^JIa
+m ^JIf d ^JIf d ^JIg m ^JIl d ^KIm m ^KIs d ^KIt m ^KIy d ^KIz m ^KI?
+d ^KJA m ^LJF d ^LJG m ^LJL d ^LJM m ^LJR d ^LJT m ^MJY d ^MJZ m ^MJ_
+d ^MJ` m ^MJe d ^MJg m ^NJl d ^NJm m ^NJr d ^NJs m ^NJx d ^NJz m ^OJ?
+d ^OK@ m ^OKE d ^OKF m ^OKK d ^OKM m ^PKR d ^PKS m ^PKX d ^PKY m ^PK^
+d ^PK` m ^QKe d ^QKf m ^QKk d ^QKl m ^QKq d ^QKs m ^QKw m ^QKx d ^RKy
+m ^RK~ d ^RK? m ^RLD d ^RLF m ^SLK d ^SLL m ^SLQ d ^SLR m ^TLX d ^TLY
+m ^TL^ d ^TL_ m ^TLd d ^TLe m ^ULk d ^ULl m ^ULq d ^ULr m ^VLw d ^VLy
+m ^VL~ d ^VL? m ^VMD d ^WME m ^WMJ d ^WML m ^WMQ d ^WMR m ^XMW d ^XMX
+m ^XM] d ^XM_ m ^YMd d ^YMe m ^YMg m ^YMe d ^YMd m ^ZM^ d ^ZM] m ^[MX
+d ^[MW m ^\MR d ^\MQ m ^]MK d ^]MJ m ^]ME d ^^MD m ^^L? d ^^L~ m ^_Ly
+d ^_Lw m ^`Lr d ^`Lr d ^`Ls m ^aLx d ^aLy m ^bL~ d ^bL? m ^cMD d ^cMF
+m ^dMK d ^dML m ^eMQ d ^eMR m ^fMW d ^fMY m ^gM^ d ^gM_ m ^gMc m ^gMd
+d ^gMe m ^hMj d ^hMl m ^hMq d ^hMr m ^hMw d ^hMx
+stroke
+m ^hMx m ^hM| m `kM| m `kM{ d `kMz m `kMt d `kMs m `kMn d `kMm m `kMh
+d `kMf m `kMa d `kMa d `kM` m `kM[ d `kMZ m `lMU d `lMS m `lMN d `lMM
+m `lMH d `mMG m `mMB d `mM@ m `mL{ d `mLz m `nLu d `nLt m `nLo d `nLm
+m `nLh d `nLg m `oLb d `oLa m `oL\ d `oLZ m `oLU d `pLT m `pLO d `pLN
+m `pLI d `pLG m `qLB d `qLA m `qK| d `qK{ m `qKv d `qKt m `rKo d `rKn
+m `rKi d `rKh m `rKf m `tKc d `tKa m `vK\ d `vK[ m `xKV d `xKU m `zKR
+m `zKP d `zKO m `{KJ d `{KH m `|KC d `|KB m `}J} d `}J| m `}Jw d `~Jv
+m `~Jp d `?Jo m `?Jj d `?Ji m a@Jd d a@Jc m aAJ^ m aAJ] d aAJ\ m aBJW
+d aBJV m aBJQ d aBJO m aCJJ d aCJI m aDJD d aDJC m aDI~ d aDI| m aEIw
+d aEIv m aEIq d aFIp m aFIk d aFIi m aGId d aGIc m aGI^ d aGI] m aHIX
+d aHIV m aHIT m aIIQ d aIIP m aJIK d aJIJ m aLIE d aLID m aMH? d aMH}
+m aNHx d aOHw m aPHr m aPJK d aPJ_ d aPJU d aIJU d aPJU m U|Fp d VCFq
+d VJFw d VOF~ m VRGB m VRGC d VSGD m VYGG m VYGG d V`F~ d VgFz d ViF~
+m VkGC d VkGE m VmGJ d VoGP d VqG^ m VqGc d VrGd m VrGi d VuG} m VvHB
+d VvHD m VvHF m VvHI d VxH] m VxHb d VxHc m VyHh d VzH} m VzIB d VzIC
+m V{IH d V|I\ m V}Ia d V}Ic m V}Ih d V}Im d W@I| m WAJA d WAJB m WBJG
+d WEJZ d WEJY m WFJT d WFJS m WGJN d WLIz m WLIy m WLI} d WLI~ m WMJC
+d WNJW m WNJ\ d WNJ^ m WNJc d WPJw m WPJ| d WPJ} m WPKB d WQKW m WRK\
+d WRK] m WRKb d WSKv m WSKv m WTK{ d WTK} m WTLB d WTLV m WTL[ d WTL\
+m WTLb d WULv m WUL{ d WUL| m WUMA d WVMV m WVM[ d WVM\ m WVMa d WWMu
+m WWMz d WWM| m WWM| m WeM| m WeMx d WfMc m WfM^ d WfM] m WfMX d WgMC
+m WgL~ d WgL} m WgLx d WhLd m WhL_ d WhL] m WhLX d WiLD m WiK? d WiK~
+m WiKy d WiKs d WjKd m WjK_ d WjK^ m WkKY d WkKD m WlJ? d WlJ~ m WlJy
+d WmJe m WmJ` d WmJ^ m WnJY d WnJE m WoJ@ d WoI? m WoIz d WpIe m WpI`
+d WpI_ m WpIZ d WqIW d WrIF m WsIA d WsH? m WsHz d WuHf m WvHa d WvH`
+m WvHZ d WxHG d WxHF m WzHA d W{H@ m W}G{ d W?Gu d XFGh m XGGf m XGGc
+d XHGb m XIG] d XNGH m XNGH m XOGC d XPGB m XRF} d XUFs d X\Fu d X`Fy
+m XdF} m XdF} d XeF~ m XjGC d XkGD d XrGB d XyFu m XzFt m X{Fq d X{Fo
+m X}Fj d YAF^ d YHF] d YIF_ m YKFd d YLFe m YNFj d YPFn d YTF~ m YUGC
+d YUGD m YWGI d YWGJ d Y^GY d Y_G] m Y`Gb d YaGc m YbGh d YfGx d YfG|
+m YfHA d YfHB m YgHG d YhH\ m YhHa d YhHb m YiHg d YjH{ m YjIA d YjIB
+m YkIG d YlI[ m YlI` d YlIb m YmIg d YmIh d YnI{ m YnJ@ d YnJA m YnJF
+d YpJ[ m YpJ` d YpJa m YpJf d YqJz m YrJ? d YrKA m YrKF d YsKZ m YsK_
+d YsK` m YsKf d YtKt d YuKm m YuKh d YvKg m YvKb d YyKN m YyKI d YyKG
+m YzKB d Y|Ju d Y|Jn m Y|Ji d Y|Jh m Y|Jc d Y}JN m Y~JI d Y~JH m Y~JC
+d Y?Io m Y?Ii d Y?Ih m Y?Ic d Z@IO m ZAIJ d ZAII m ZAIC d ZBHo m ZBHj
+d ZBHi m ZBHd d ZCHZ d ZDHO m ZDHJ d ZDHI m ZEHD d ZGGp m ZGGk d ZGGi
+m ZHGd d ZIGP m ZJGK d ZJGJ m ZJGG m ZKGE d ZQFw d ZTF| m ZVGA d ZVGB
+m ZXGG d ZYGI d Z]G[ m Z^G` d Z^Ga m Z_Gf d Z`Gj d ZgGY m ZgGX m ZhGT
+d ZhGS m ZiGN d ZlFz m ZmFu d ZmFt m ZnFn d ZoFl d ZvFj d Z|Fv m Z}Fz
+m [@Fz d [AF{ m [EF| m [FFy d [LFj d [OFf m [RFa d [RF` m [SF^ m [VF[
+d [[FW d [bFV d [iFV d [pFS m [qFR m [tFO d [vFN m [xFL m [zFJ d [?FF
+d \FFA d \NFA d \SFB m \UFB m \ZFC d \\FD m \\FD m \cFE d \dFF d \kFF
+d \rFG d \zFI d ]@FG m ]AFG m ]FFD d ]HFC m ]HFB m ]NFD d ]PFE d ]WFB
+d ]^FD d ]eFK m ]fFL m ]iFO d ]jFQ m ]mFT m ]nFU d ]tFW d ]{FP d ^@FJ
+m ^CFG m ^EFE d ^FFD m ^JFA m ^KFA d ^QF@ d ^YFD d ^`FI d ^cFH m ^gFF
+m ^iFE d ^jFD m ^mE? d ^oE~ d ^vE{ d ^}E{ d _EEz d _IE{ m _LE| m _PE}
+d _RE~ m _SE~ m _YE~ d _[E~ d _bE} d _iE? d _pF@ d _wE? m _xE? m _}E|
+d _~E{ m _?E{ m `FEz d `FEz d `NEy d `UEz d `\Ez d `dE{ m `dE{ m `kEz
+d `mEz m `rE{ m `tE| d `zE} d aAE} d aHEz d aPEy m aPIs d aPJF d aPI}
+d aII} d aPI}
+stroke
+grestore showpage
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table1.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a5fa4b158
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+% TABLE1.TEX -- AASTeX sample table 1.
+
+% The following gobbledygook is done so that this particular table
+% paginates in a way that "looks nice" regardless of whether apjpt
+% or aj_pt styles are chosen. The \tablebreak commands that appear
+% after some of the lines force page breaks when the apjpt style is
+% selected, but act simply as line delimiters for aj_pt.
+
+\makeatletter
+\def\jnl@aj{AJ}
+\ifx\revtex@jnl\jnl@aj\let\tablebreak=\nl\fi
+\makeatother
+
+% From here on, the file contains tabular data as an author might
+% prepare it.
+
+\begin{planotable}{lrrrrcrrrrr}
+\tablewidth{33pc}
+\tablecaption{Literature Data for Program Stars}
+\tablehead{
+\colhead{Star} & \colhead{V} &
+\colhead{b$-$y} & \colhead{m$_1$} &
+\colhead{c$_1$} & \colhead{ref} &
+\colhead{T$_{\rm eff}$} & \colhead{log g} &
+\colhead{v$_{\rm turb}$} & \colhead{[Fe/H]} &
+\colhead{ref}}
+\startdata
+HD 97 & 9.7& 0.51& 0.15& 0.35& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5015 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 10 \nl
+HD 2665 & 7.7& 0.54& 0.09& 0.34& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 2.50 & 2.4 & $-1.99$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 5120 & 3.00 & 2.0 & $-1.69$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 4980 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.05$ & 10 \nl
+HD 4306 & 9.0& 0.52& 0.05& 0.35& 20, 2& \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 1.75 & 2.0 & $-2.70$ & 13 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 1.50 & 1.8 & $-2.65$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4950 & 2.10 & 2.0 & $-2.92$ & 8 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 2.25 & 2.0 & $-2.83$ & 18 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.80$ & 21 \nl
+& & & & & & 4930 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.45$ & 10 \nl
+HD 4906 & 8.8& 0.48& 0.22& 0.30& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata\nl
+HD 5426 & 9.6& 0.50& 0.08& 0.34& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \nl
+HD 6755 & 7.7& 0.49& 0.12& 0.28& 20, 2& \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5200 & 2.50 & 2.4 & $-1.56$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 5260 & 3.00 & 2.7 & $-1.67$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.58$ & 21 \nl
+& & & & & & 5200 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 10 \nl
+HD 18907 & 5.9& 0.51& 0.23& 0.32& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata\nl
+HD 21581 & 8.7& 0.56& 0.14& 0.34& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4750 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.66$ & 10 \nl
+HD 24289 & 10.0& 0.39& 0.05& 0.29& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.64$ & 21 \nl
+HD 24616 & 6.7& 0.51& 0.25& 0.32& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata\nl
+HD 44007 & 8.1& 0.56& 0.14& 0.35& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 24 \nl
+HD 45282 & 8.0& 0.45& 0.11& 0.28& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.51$ & 21 \nl
+HD 76932 & 5.8& 0.35& 0.12& 0.30& 20 & 5860 & 3.50 & \nodata & $-1.10$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 5630 & 3.88 & 0.8 & $-1.01$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 5810 & 3.50 & \nodata & $-1.12$ & 15 \nl
+HD 84937 & 8.3& 0.30& 0.06& 0.35& 20,11& 6200 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.10$ & 4 \nl
+& & & & & & 6250 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.18$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 6216 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.42$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 6240 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.13$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.14$ & 21 \nl
+& & & & & & 6200 & 3.60 & 1.5 & $-2.43$ & 16 \nl
+& & & & & & 6250 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-2.10$ & 22 \nl
+HD 87140 & 9.0& 0.48& 0.12& 0.28& 20 & 5000 & 4.50 & 1.0 & $-1.41$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.56$ & 21 \nl
+HD 88609 & 8.6& 0.68& 0.09& 0.54& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.50$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 1.10 & 2.8 & $-2.77$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 0.80 & 3.2 & $-2.65$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4600 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.75$ & 10 \nl
+HD 94028 & 8.2& 0.34& 0.08& 0.25& 20 & 5795 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 5860 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 4 \nl
+& & & & & & 5910 & 3.80 & \nodata & $-1.76$ & 15 \nl
+& & & & & & 5800 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.67$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 5902 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 5900 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.57$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.32$ & 21 \nl
+HD 97916 & 9.2& 0.29& 0.10& 0.41& 20 & 6125 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-1.10$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 6160 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.39$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & 6240 & 3.70 & \nodata & $-1.28$ & 15 \nl
+& & & & & & 5950 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 6204 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.36$ & 11 \nl
+HD 101063 & 9.4& 0.50& 0.15& 0.27& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.35$ & 21 \nl
+HD 107752 & 10.0& 0.58& 0.09& 0.39& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.60$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4750 & 0.80 & 2.7 & $-2.54$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4775 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.70$ & 10 \tablebreak
+HD 108317 & 8.1& 0.44& 0.06& 0.30& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 2.30 & 1.5 & $-2.29$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 5200 & 2.50 & 1.5 & $-2.20$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 5125 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.35$ & 10 \nl
+HD 111721 & 8.0& 0.51& 0.18& 0.30& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.11$ & 21 \nl
+& & & & & & 5100 & 2.90 & 1.0 & $-1.25$ & 9 \nl
+HD 115444 & 9.0& 0.57& 0.07& 0.43& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4800 & 2.00 & 2.2 & $-2.64$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 4750 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.65$ & 10 \nl
+HD 122563 & 6.2& 0.64& 0.09& 0.52& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.60$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4600 & 0.80 & 3.2 & $-2.59$ & 13 \nl
+& & & & & & 4600 & 1.40 & 2.8 & $-2.35$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4640 & 1.30 & 2.0 & $-2.38$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 4600 & 1.20 & 2.3 & $-2.45$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 0.75 & 2.5 & $-2.93$ & 18 \nl
+& & & & & & 4650 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.75$ & 10 \nl
+& & & & & & 4615 & 1.20 & 1.5 & $-2.71$ & 9 \nl
+HD 126587 & 9.1& 0.60& 0.05& 0.37& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4750 & 1.10 & 2.0 & $-2.66$ & 14 \nl
+HD 128279 & 8.0& 0.47& 0.05& 0.28& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.50$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 2.20 & 1.4 & $-2.19$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 5125 & 2.20 & 2.0 & $-2.50$ & 18 \nl
+HD 132475 & 8.6& 0.40& 0.06& 0.28& 20,11& 5542 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.93$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 5550 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.60$ & 19 \nl
+& & & & & & 5600 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.16$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.32$ & 21 \nl
+HD 134169 & 7.7& 0.38& 0.12& 0.31& 11 & 5800 & 3.80 & \nodata & $-1.60$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 5750 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.49$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & 5720 & 3.60 & 0.5 & $-0.97$ & 9 \nl
+& & & & & & 5750 & 4.50 & 1.0 & $-1.02$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 5780 & 3.40 & \nodata & $-1.02$ & 15 \nl
+HD 140283 & 7.2& 0.38& 0.03& 0.28& 20,11& 5600 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.60$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 5483 & 3.30 & \nodata & $-2.40$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 5630 & 3.20 & \nodata & $-2.78$ & 15 \nl
+& & & & & & 5650 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.79$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 5650 & 3.30 & 1.5 & $-2.25$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 5740 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.19$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & 5640 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.50$ & 19 \nl
+& & & & & & 5650 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.60$ & 4 \nl
+& & & & & & 5570 & 3.30 & 1.5 & $-2.61$ & 8 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.49$ & 21 \nl
+& & & & & & 5690 & 3.60 & 0.5 & $-2.57$ & 9 \nl
+& & & & & & 5640 & 3.10 & 1.5 & $-2.75$ & 16 \nl
+HD 160617 & 8.7& 0.35& 0.05& 0.33& 20 & 5861 & 3.50 & \nodata & $-1.60$ & 23 \nl
+& & & & & & 5920 & 3.30 & \nodata & $-1.74$ & 15 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.84$ & 21 \nl
+& & & & & & 5910 & 3.50 & 1.5 & $-2.04$ & 16 \nl
+HD 161770 & 9.7& 0.49& 0.04& 0.30& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.38$ & 21 \nl
+HD 163810 & 9.6& 0.42& 0.10& 0.26& 11 & 5377 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.55$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.40$ & 21 \nl
+HD 165195 & 7.3& 0.92& 0.14& 0.70& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.10$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4525 & 0.80 & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 12 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 1.20 & 2.0 & $-2.21$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 1.50 & 2.8 & $-2.21$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 4475 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.25$ & 10 \nl
+& & & & & & 4510 & 1.25 & 2.0 & $-2.22$ & 9 \nl
+HD 171496 & 8.5& 0.76& 0.15& 0.41& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.10$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4580 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.75$ & 10 \nl
+HD 175305 & 7.2& 0.50& 0.16& 0.31& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5160 & 3.00 & 2.0 & $-1.53$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 5150 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.26$ & 3 \nl
+HD 186478 & 9.2& 0.69& 0.08& 0.49& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.60$ & 2 \nl
+HD 187111 & 7.7& 0.84& 0.22& 0.55& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.10$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4300 & 0.75 & \nodata & $-2.35$ & 6 \nl
+& & & & & & 4300 & 0.75 & 1.5 & $-2.35$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 4260 & 0.50 & 1.4 & $-1.74$ & 9 \nl
+HD 189558 & 7.7& 0.39& 0.11& 0.28& 26 & 5660 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-1.30$ & 22 \nl
+HD 190287 & 8.5& 0.50& 0.14& 0.28& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 2 \nl
+HD 201889 & 8.1& 0.39& 0.14& 0.28& 4? & 5570 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.40$ & 4 \nl
+& & & & & & 5580 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.10$ & 19 \nl
+HD 204543 & 8.3& 0.64& 0.16& 0.52& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.60$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4750 & 1.15 & 2.9 & $-1.63$ & 13 \nl
+& & & & & & 4640 & 1.20 & 2.0 & $-1.79$ & 8 \nl
+& & & & & & 4710 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.85$ & 10 \nl
+HD 211998 & 5.3& 0.45& 0.11& 0.25& 20 & 5200 & 3.50 & \nodata & $-1.50$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.51$ & 21 \nl
+& & & & & & 5200 & 3.70 & \nodata & $-1.54$ & 15 \nl
+& & & & & & 5120 & 3.50 & 1.0 & $-1.68$ & 7 \nl
+HD 216143 & 7.8& 0.69& 0.16& 0.55& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 1.10 & 3.0 & $-2.27$ & 13 \nl
+& & & & & & 4560 & 2.00 & \nodata & $-2.23$ & 6 \nl
+& & & & & & 4520 & 1.60 & 1.5 & $-2.20$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 1.00 & 1.8 & $-2.11$ & 8 \nl
+& & & & & & 4565 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.20$ & 10 \nl
+HD 218502 & 8.3& 0.32& 0.07& 0.35& 14? & 6000 & 3.80 & 1.5 & $-1.75$ & 14 \nl
+HD 218857 & 8.9& 0.50& 0.09& 0.31& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.10$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5200 & 2.00 & 2.5 & $-2.11$ & 13 \nl
+HD 221170 & 7.7& 0.75& 0.14& 0.54& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.60$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4350 & 0.00 & \nodata & $-1.90$ & 12 \nl
+& & & & & & 4625 & 1.40 & 2.8 & $-2.04$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 1.30 & 1.4 & $-1.96$ & 7 \nl
+& & & & & & 4525 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.20$ & 10 \nl
+HDE 232078& & 1.45& 0.39& 0.61& 2 & 4000 & 0.40 & \nodata & $-1.40$ & 12 \nl
+--30\deg1121&10.3&0.51&0.10&0.35& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.00$ & 2 \nl
+--24\deg1782& 9.9&0.47&0.04&0.29&20, 2& \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5250 & 2.60 & 1.8 & $-2.31$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 5360 & 3.00 & 1.2 & $-2.35$ & 8 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.56$ & 21 \nl
+--18\deg5550&9.3&0.69&-0.05&0.40& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-3.50$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4750 & 0.80 & 2.9 & $-2.65$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4582 & 1.00 & \nodata & $-3.00$ & 1 \nl
+& & & & & & 4600 & 1.30 & 3.0 & $-2.93$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 4580 & 1.10 & 2.0 & $-2.99$ & 8 \nl
+& & & & & & 4750 & 1.10 & 2.5 & $-2.90$ & 18 \nl
+--14\deg5890&10.2&0.55&0.09&0.36& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.10$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4905 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 10 \nl
+--10\deg0388& 9.2&0.33&0.05&0.36&20 & 5860 & 3.30 & \nodata & $-2.40$ & 1 \nl
+& & & & & & 5950 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.20$ & 19 \nl
+& & & & & & 5980 & 3.50 & \nodata & $-2.50$ & 15 \nl
+& & & & & & 5955 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.71$ & 24 \nl
+& & & & & & 6010 & 3.20 & 1.5 & $-2.66$ & 16 \nl
+--10\deg0548&10.4&0.51&0.13&0.34& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.60$ & 2 \nl
+--01\deg1792& 9.2&0.51&0.23&0.27&20 & 5000 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.02$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.02$ & 11 \nl
+--01\deg2582& 9.7&0.49&0.10&0.20& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.90$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 1.20 & 1.8 & $-2.19$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 5035 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 10 \nl
++03\deg0740& 9.8&0.31&0.07&0.35&20 & 6240 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.90$ & 24 \nl
+& & & & & & 6110 & \nodata & \nodata &$<-2.30$ & 19 \nl
+& & & & & & 6110 & 3.20 & 1.5 & $-2.98$ & 16 \nl
++04\deg2466&10.5&0.53&0.17&0.22& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.40$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5010 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.40$ & 10 \tablebreak
++04\deg2621&10.0&0.62&0.06&0.47& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.80$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4750 & 1.10 & 2.0 & $-2.21$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4725 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.60$ & 10 \nl
++06\deg0648& 9.1&0.86&0.19&0.60& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4500 & 0.80 & 2.4 & $-1.94$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4145 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.25$ & 10 \nl
++08\deg2856&10.1&0.69&0.13&0.62& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.50$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4565 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.25$ & 10 \nl
++09\deg2870& 9.4&0.64&0.12&0.49& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.40$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4640 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.50$ & 10 \nl
++10\deg2495& 9.7&0.50&0.09&0.35& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4940 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.15$ & 10 \nl
++12\deg2547& 9.9&0.63&0.14&0.42& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 2 \nl
++18\deg2890& 9.8&0.50&0.12&0.36& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.00$ & 2 \nl
++20\deg3603& 9.9&0.32&0.05&0.31&20,11& 6040 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.30$ & 4 \nl
+& & & & & & 6000 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.28$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 6198 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.26$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 6000 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-2.20$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 6200 & 4.50 & \nodata & $-2.49$ & 15 \nl
++23\deg3912& 8.9&0.37&0.08&0.29&20 & 5600 & 4.00 & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 5600 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 4 \nl
+& & & & & & 5720 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.30$ & 19 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.29$ & 21 \nl
++26\deg2606& 9.7&0.34&0.05&0.28&20,11& 5980 & \nodata & \nodata &$<-2.20$ & 19 \nl
+& & & & & & 5950 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.89$ & 24 \nl
++26\deg3578& 9.4&0.31&0.05&0.37&20,11& 5830 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.60$ & 4 \nl
+& & & & & & 5800 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.62$ & 17 \nl
+& & & & & & 6177 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.51$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 6000 & 3.25 & \nodata & $-2.20$ & 22 \nl
+& & & & & & 6140 & 3.50 & \nodata & $-2.57$ & 15 \nl
++30\deg2611& 9.2&0.82&0.33&0.55& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 4400 & 1.80 & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 12 \nl
+& & & & & & 4400 & 0.90 & 1.7 & $-1.20$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 4260 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.55$ & 10 \nl
++37\deg1458& 8.9&0.44&0.07&0.22&20,11& 5296 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.39$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 5420 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.43$ & 3 \nl
++58\deg1218&10.0&0.51&0.03&0.36& 2 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.80$ & 2 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 1.10 & 2.2 & $-2.71$ & 14 \nl
+& & & & & & 5000 & 2.20 & 1.8 & $-2.46$ & 5 \nl
+& & & & & & 4980 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.55$ & 10 \nl
++72\deg0094&10.2&0.31&0.09&0.26&12 & 6160 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 19 \nl
+G5--36 & 10.8& 0.40& 0.07& 0.28& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.19$ & 21 \nl
+G18--54 & 10.7& 0.37& 0.08& 0.28& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.34$ & 21 \nl
+G20--08 & 9.9& 0.36& 0.05& 0.25& 20,11& 5849 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.59$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.03$ & 21 \nl
+G20--15 & 10.6& 0.45& 0.03& 0.27& 20,11& 5657 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.00$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 6020 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.56$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.58$ & 21 \nl
+G21--22 & 10.7& 0.38& 0.07& 0.27& 20,11& \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.23$ & 21 \nl
+G24--03 & 10.5& 0.36& 0.06& 0.27& 20,11& 5866 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.78$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.70$ & 21 \nl
+G30--52 & 8.6& 0.50& 0.25& 0.27& 11 & 4757 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.12$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 4880 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.14$ & 3 \nl
+G33--09 & 10.6& 0.41& 0.10& 0.28& 20 & 5575 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.48$ & 11 \nl
+G59--18 & 10.2& 0.47& 0.16& 0.26& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.08$ & 21 \nl
+G60--26 & 9.8& 0.43& 0.14& 0.24& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.15$ & 21 \nl
+G66--22 & 10.5& 0.46& 0.16& 0.28& 11 & 5060 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.77$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.04$ & 21 \nl
+G90--03 & 10.4& 0.37& 0.04& 0.29& 20 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.01$ & 21 \nl
+G102--47 & 10.3& 0.46& 0.10& 0.23& 20,11& 5220 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.25$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.62$ & 21 \nl
+G122--57 & 8.4& 0.53& 0.27& 0.31& 11 & 4744 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.71$ & 11 \nl
+G141--19 & 10.6& 0.50& 0.01& 0.26& 20 & 5155 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.91$ & 11 \nl
+& & & & & & 5680 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.80$ & 3 \nl
+& & & & & & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.95$ & 21 \nl
+G141--47 & 10.5& 0.39& 0.09& 0.29& 11 & 6056 & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.57$ & 11 \nl
+G170--47 & 8.9& 0.45& 0.06& 0.28& 11 & 5126 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.91$ & 11 \nl
+G186--26 & 10.8& 0.31& 0.04& 0.34& 20 & 6220 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.90$ & 25 \nl
+& & & & & & 6222 & \nodata & \nodata &$<-2.80$ & 11 \nl
+G205--42 & 10.0& 0.43& 0.10& 0.23& 11 & 5301 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.18$ & 11 \nl
+G217--08 & 10.5& 0.35& 0.06& 0.28& 11 & 6066 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.29$ & \nodata\nl
+G243--63 & 7.7& 0.48& 0.13& 0.30& 11 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $-1.66$ & 21 \nl
+LP 608--62\tablenotemark{a} & 10.5& 0.30& 0.07& 0.35& 11 & 6250 & \nodata & \nodata & $-2.70$ & 4 \nl
+\tablenotetext{a}{Star LP 608--62 is also known as BD+1\deg 2341p.}
+\tablenotetext{b}{This is not a real table footnote.}
+\tablerefs{
+(1) Barbuy, Spite, \& Spite 1985; (2) Bond 1980; (3) Carbon et al. 1987;
+(4) Hobbs \& Duncan 1987; (5) Gilroy et al. 1988: (6) Gratton \& Ortolani 1986;
+(7) Gratton \& Sneden 1987; (8) Gratton \& Sneden (1988); (9) Gratton \& Sneden 1991;
+(10) Kraft et al. 1982; (11) LCL, or Laird, 1990; (12) Leep \& Wallerstein 1981;
+(13) Luck \& Bond 1981; (14) Luck \& Bond 1985; (15) Magain 1987;
+(16) Magain 1989; (17) Peterson 1981; (18) Peterson, Kurucz, \& Carney 1990;
+(19) RMB; (20) Schuster \& Nissen 1988; (21) Schuster \& Nissen 1989b;
+(22) Spite et al. 1984; (23) Spite \& Spite 1986; (24) Hobbs \& Thorburn 1991;
+(25) Hobbs et al. 1991; (26) Olsen 1983.}
+\tablecomments{Occasionally, authors wish to append a short
+paragraph of explanatory notes that pertain to the entire table, but
+which are different than the caption. Such notes should be placed in
+a {\tt tablecomments} command like this.}
+\end{planotable}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table2.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df417bd445
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+% TABLE2.TEX -- Sample table 2.
+
+\begin{planotable}{lrrrrrr}
+%\tablewidth{33pc}
+\tablewidth{0pc}
+\tablecaption{Equivalent Widths}
+\tablehead{
+\colhead{Star} & \colhead{6678{\AA}} &
+\colhead{6703{\AA}} & \colhead{6705{\AA}} &
+\colhead{6707{\AA}} & \colhead{6717{\AA}} &
+\colhead{6750{\AA}} \\[.2ex]
+\colhead{} & \colhead{Fe I} &
+\colhead{Fe I} & \colhead{Fe I} &
+\colhead{Li I} & \colhead{Ca I} &
+\colhead{Fe I}}
+
+\startdata
+HD 97 & 105.1 & 18.9 & 15.1 & 12.1 & 71.3 & 52.5 \nl
+HD 2665 & 68.1 & 7.3 & \nodata & 15.0 & 24.9 & 22.6 \nl
+HD 4306 & 21.6 & \nodata & \nodata & 17.7 & 7.7 & \nodata \nl
+HD 4906 & 113.5 & 29.3 & 30.7 & 9: & 108.7 & 70.8 \nl
+HD 5426 & 53.2 & \nodata & \nodata & 9.1 & 21.8 & 13.7 \nl
+HD 6755 & 84.5 & 7.3 & 6.3 & 15.3 & 46.8 & 34.5 \nl
+HD 18907 & 129.1 & 36.8 & 33.5 & \nodata & 121.0 & 74.6 \nl
+HD 21581 & 88.7 & 7.1 & 6.2 & 17.3 & 53.6 & 41.5 \nl
+HD 24289 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 45.0 & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 24616 & 121.9 & 38.4 & 31.3 & \nodata & 112.0 & 75.7 \nl
+HD 44007 & 90.9 & 10.7 & \nodata & 18.7 & 60.6 & 46.1 \nl
+HD 45282 & 74.3 & 7.1 & 4.1 & 9.9 & 47.2 & 34.1 \nl
+HD 76932 & 74.4 & 6.7 & 12.0 & 26.7 & 64.7 & \nodata \nl
+HD 84937 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 20\tablenotemark{1}& \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 87140 & 71.9 & \nodata & \nodata & 13.8 & 37.6 & \nodata \nl
+HD 88609 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $<$2 & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 94028 & 44.1 & 9.9 & 7.4 & 36.6 & 29.1 & \nodata \nl
+HD 97916 & 52.4 & \nodata & \nodata & $<$5 & 55.1 & \nodata \nl
+HD 101063 & 93.5 & 19.9 & \nodata & 12.3 & 68.6 & \nodata \nl
+HD 107752 & 35.4 & \nodata & \nodata & $<$4 & 13.1 & \nodata \nl
+HD 108317 & 34.3 & \nodata & \nodata & $<$4 & 15.3 & \nodata \nl
+HD 111721 & 91.8 & 16.5 & 12.2 & 17.2 & 72.9 & \nodata \nl
+HD 115444 & 31.8 & \nodata & \nodata & $<$3 & 8.6 & \nodata \nl
+HD 122563 & 51.8 & \nodata & \nodata & $<$2 & 11.9 & \nodata \nl
+HD 126587 & 23.6 & \nodata & \nodata & 14.5 & 10.9 & \nodata \nl
+HD 128279 & 41.1 & \nodata & \nodata & 11.4 & 17.3 & 7.5 \nl
+HD 132475 & 55.7 & \nodata & \nodata & 52.8 & 38.1 & \nodata \nl
+HD 134169 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 44\tablenotemark{5}& \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 140283 & 12.5 & \nodata & \nodata & 42.2 & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 160617 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 42\tablenotemark{4}& \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 161770 & 51.1 & \nodata & 6.4 & 44.9 & 31.4 & 14.4 \nl
+HD 163810 & 83.0 & 9.5 & 7.6 & 22.1 & 54.9 & \nodata \nl
+HD 165195 & 103.8 & 7.7 & 2.9 & $<$2 & 35.9 & \nodata \nl
+HD 171496 & 138.8 & 47.4 & 38.0 & $<$3 & 124.8 & \nodata \nl
+HD 175305 & \nodata & \nodata & 8.2 & 13.7 & 60.9 & \nodata \nl
+HD 186478 & 56.8 & \nodata & \nodata & $<$4 & 21.7 & \nodata \nl
+HD 187111 & 136.4 & 35.1 & 13.8 & $<$2 & 93.4 & \nodata \nl
+HD 189558 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 42\tablenotemark{5}& \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 190287 & 86.6 & 9.6 & 11.7 & 15.0 & 63.1 & \nodata \nl
+HD 201889 & 93.6 & 16.3 & 16.8 & $<$4 & 86.2 & \nodata \nl
+HD 204543 & 109.8 & 7.7 & \nodata & $<$3 & 54.5 & 52.3 \nl
+HD 211998 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 13\tablenotemark{5}& \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 216143 & 92.1 & 8.2 & \nodata & $<$8 & 30.3 & 40.1 \nl
+HD 218502 & 20.0 & \nodata & \nodata & 30.0 & 10.0 & \nodata \nl
+HD 218857 & 61.6 & \nodata & \nodata & 12.1 & \nodata & 21.3 \nl
+HD 221170 & 94.0 & 8.6 & \nodata & $<$3 & 41.7 & 45.6 \nl
+HDE 232078 & 198.1 & 67.4 & 23.5 & 32.8 & 136.5 & 143.0 \nl
+--30\deg1121 & 74.1 & \nodata & 7.5 & 14.6 & 30.5 & 28.8 \nl
+--24\deg1782 & 16.0 & \nodata & \nodata & 12.6 & 10.4 & \nodata \nl
+--18\deg5550 & 28.6 & \nodata & \nodata & 16.8 & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+--14\deg5890 & 58.9 & \nodata & \nodata & 25.8 & 28.6 & \nodata \nl
+--10\deg0388 & 7.2 & \nodata & \nodata & 23.6 & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+--10\deg0548 & 85.1 & 17.1 & \nodata & 17.2 & 57.0 & \nodata \nl
+--01\deg1792 & 112.4 & 30.0 & 25.0 & 10: & 104.4 & \nodata \nl
+--01\deg2582 & 40.9 & \nodata & \nodata & 10.2 & 19.3 & \nodata \nl
++03\deg0740 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 21\tablenotemark{3} & \nodata & \nodata \nl
++04\deg2466 & 52.9 & \nodata & \nodata & $<$6 & 38.0 & \nodata \nl
++04\deg2621 & 49.8 & \nodata & \nodata & $<$5 & 17.4 & \nodata \nl
++06\deg0648 & \nodata & 13.5 & 8.1 & $<$4 & 46.5 & 51.8 \nl
++08\deg2856 & 99.3 & \nodata & \nodata & 8: & 42.8 & \nodata \nl
++09\deg2870 & 70.4 & \nodata & \nodata & $<$4 & 23.6 & \nodata \nl
++10\deg2495 & 67.6 & \nodata & \nodata & 21.3 & 29.2 & \nodata \nl
++12\deg2547 & 198.1 & 86.0 & 62.7 & $<$4 & 180.7 & \nodata \nl
++18\deg2890 & 88.0 & 12.0 & 8.6 & $<$4 & 57.7 & \nodata \nl
++20\deg3603 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 27\tablenotemark{1}& \nodata & \nodata \nl
++23\deg3912 & 50.1 & \nodata & \nodata & 80.8 & 41.2 & 13.9 \nl
++26\deg2606 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 35\tablenotemark{3}& \nodata & \nodata \nl
++26\deg3578 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 27\tablenotemark{1}& \nodata & \nodata \nl
++30\deg2611 & 166.1 & 52.4 & 25.1 & $<$6 & 104.8 & 115.6 \nl
++37\deg1458 & 42.9 & \nodata & \nodata & 17.0 & 17.3 & \nodata \nl
++58\deg1218 & 27.9 & \nodata & \nodata & 17.2 & \nodata & \nodata \nl
++72\deg0094 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 27\tablenotemark{3}& \nodata & .. \nl
+G5--36 & 54.4 & 9.2 & 7.7 & 44.2 & 53.1 & \nodata \nl
+G18--54 & 52.3 & \nodata & \nodata & 34.9 & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+G20--08 & 14.5 & \nodata & \nodata & 36.3 & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+G20--15 & 40.7 & \nodata & \nodata & 28.3 & 36.9 & \nodata \nl
+G21--22 & 63.5 & \nodata & \nodata & 41.4 & 37.9 & \nodata \nl
+G24--03 & 38.4 & \nodata & \nodata & 28.5 & 21.4 & \nodata \nl
+G30--52 & \nodata & 15.6 & 11.0 & \nodata & 59.7 & 59.8 \nl
+G33--09 & \nodata & \nodata & 7.7 & 35.2 & 55.9 & 30.5 \nl
+G59--18 & 94.7 & 18.5 & 15.0 & 15.7 & 78.9 & \nodata \nl
+G60--26 & 81.8 & 7.6 & 11.0 & 13.6 & 64.6 & \nodata \nl
+G66--22 & 115.2 & 19.6 & 21.2 & 6: & 86.8 & \nodata \nl
+G90--03 & 23.6 & \nodata & \nodata & 43.5 & 20.9 & \nodata \nl
+G102--47 & 71.5 & \nodata & \nodata & 17.5 & 44.4 & 25.2 \nl
+G122--57 & 128.5 & 41.0 & 32.0 & $<$3 & 120.8 & \nodata \nl
+G141--19 & 25.5 & \nodata & \nodata & 32.5 & 13.8 & \nodata \nl
+G141--47 & 59.9 & 9.6 & 7.8 & 35.0 & 39.8 & \nodata \nl
+G170--47 & 27.8 & \nodata & \nodata & 14: & 7.5 & \nodata \nl
+G186--26 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & $\leq$3\tablenotemark{2}& & \nodata \nl
+G205--42 & 54.1 & \nodata & \nodata & 24.0 & 25.6 & 24.8 \nl
+G217--08 & 15.4 & \nodata & \nodata & 32.6 & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+G243--63 & \nodata & 8.3 & 4.3 & 13.1 & 41.1 & 38.0 \nl
+LP 608--62 & \nodata & \nodata & \nodata & 23\tablenotemark{1}& \nodata & \nodata \nl
+\tablerefs{(1) Hobbs \& Duncan 1987; (2) Hobbs et al. 1991; (3) RMB;
+(4) Spite \& Spite 1986; (5) Spite et al. 1984}
+\end{planotable}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table3.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e58cbe32d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/table3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+% TABLE3.TEX -- Sample table 3.
+
+\begin{planotable}{lrrrr}
+\tablewidth{27pc}
+\tablecaption{Models and Abundances}
+\tablehead{
+\colhead{Star} & \colhead{T$_{\rm eff}$} &
+\colhead{log $\epsilon$(Li)} & \colhead{[Fe/H]} &
+\colhead{[Ca/H]}}
+
+\startdata
+HD 97 & 5000 & $ 0.81 $ & $-1.23$ & $-0.92$ \nl
+HD 2665 & 5100 & $ 0.90 $ & $-1.89$ & $-1.80$ \nl
+HD 4306 & 4950 & $ 0.92 $ & $-2.87$ & $-2.45$ \nl
+HD 4906 & 5100 & $ 0.77 $ & $-0.84$ & $-0.18$ \nl
+HD 5426 & 5100 & $ 0.77 $ & $-2.08$ & $-1.83$ \nl
+HD 6755 & 5200 & $ 1.12 $ & $-1.52$ & $-1.31$ \nl
+HD 18907 & 5000 & \nodata & $-0.78$ & +0.01 \nl
+HD 21581 & 4900 & $ 0.84 $ & $-1.73$ & $-1.35$ \nl
+HD 24289 & 5570 & $ 2.00 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 24616 & 5000 & \nodata & $-0.78$ & $-0.14$ \nl
+HD 44007 & 4900 & $ 0.88 $ & $-1.50$ & $-1.15$ \nl
+HD 45282 & 5400 & $ 1.12 $ & $-1.29$ & $-1.09$ \nl
+HD 76932 & 5900 & $ 2.02 $ & $-0.90$ & $-0.56$ \nl
+HD 84937 & 6252 & $ 2.10 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 87140 & 5000 & $ 0.86 $ & $-1.75$ & $-1.58$ \nl
+HD 88609 & 4510 & $<-0.80$& \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 94028 & 5800 & $ 2.09 $ & $-1.51$ & $-1.28$ \nl
+HD 97916 & 6000 & $<\phantom{-}1.30$ & $-1.38$ & $-1.23$ \nl
+HD 101063 & 5000 & $ 0.81 $ & $-1.13$ & $-0.90$ \nl
+HD 107752 & 4700 & $<-0.10$& $-2.88$ & $-2.33$ \nl
+HD 108317 & 5300 & $<\phantom{-}0.60$& $-2.32$ & $-1.91$ \nl
+HD 111721 & 5000 & $ 0.97 $ & $-1.34$ & $-0.89$ \nl
+HD 115444 & 4800 & $<-0.10$& $-2.72$ & $-2.47$ \nl
+HD 122563 & 4600 & $<-0.60$& $-2.75$ & $-2.45$ \nl
+HD 126587 & 4750 & $ 0.56 $ & $-3.06$ & $-2.37$ \nl
+HD 128279 & 5100 & $ 0.88 $ & $-2.32$ & $-1.99$ \nl
+HD 132475 & 5500 & $ 2.04 $ & $-1.48$ & $-1.23$ \nl
+HD 134169 & 5800 & $ 2.18 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 140283 & 5650 & $ 2.05 $ & $-2.52$ & \nodata \nl
+HD 160617 & 5900 & $ 2.23 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 161770 & 5050 & $ 1.50 $ & $-2.12$ & $-1.64$ \nl
+HD 163810 & 5400 & $ 1.51 $ & $-1.23$ & $-1.00$ \nl
+HD 165195 & 4490 & $<-0.80$& $-2.26$ & $-1.97$ \nl
+HD 171496 & 4500 & $<-0.60$& $-1.12$ & $-0.35$ \nl
+HD 175305 & 5190 & $ 1.08 $ & $-1.50$ & $-1.00$ \nl
+HD 186478 & 4600 & $<-0.10$& $-2.68$ & $-2.15$ \nl
+HD 187111 & 4300 & $<-1.20$& $-1.76$ & $-1.22$ \nl
+HD 189558 & 5600 & $ 2.00 $ & $-1.30$ & \nodata \nl
+HD 190287 & 5100 & $ 1.01 $ & $-1.38$ & $-1.01$ \nl
+HD 201889 & 5600 & $ 0.91 $ & $-0.73$ & $-0.22$ \nl
+HD 204543 & 4650 & $<-0.40$& $-1.96$ & $-1.57$ \nl
+HD 211998 & 5210 & $ 1.04 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+HD 216143 & 4500 & $<-0.10$& $-2.18$ & $-2.05$ \nl
+HD 218502 & 6000 & $ 2.16 $ & $-1.96$ & $-1.77$ \nl
+HD 218857 & 5100 & $ 0.91 $ & $-1.87$ & \nodata \nl
+HD 221170 & 4625 & $<-0.10$& $-1.96$ & $-1.74$ \nl
+HDE 232078 & 3950 & $-0.22$ & -$-1.73$ & $-1.31$ \nl
+--30\deg1121 & 5100 & $ 0.99 $ & $-1.62$ & $-1.58$ \nl
+--24\deg1782 & 5300 & $ 1.13 $ & $-2.70$ & $-2.10$ \nl
+--18\deg5550 & 4600 & $ 0.42 $ & $-3.15$ & \nodata \nl
+--14\deg5890 & 4950 & $ 1.10 $ & $-2.07$ & $-1.72$ \nl
+--10\deg0388 & 5950 & $ 2.00 $ & $-2.52$ & \nodata \nl
+--10\deg0548 & 5100 & $ 1.07 $ & $-1.07$ & $-0.98$ \nl
+--01\deg1792 & 5000 & $ 0.78 $ & $-0.94$ & $-0.28$ \nl
+--01\deg2582 & 5100 & $ 0.83 $ & $-2.29$ & $-1.89$ \nl
++03\deg0740 & 6110 & $ 2.07 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
++04\deg2466 & 5000 & $<\phantom{-}0.50$& $-2.15$ & $-1.47$ \nl
++04\deg2621 & 4550 & $-0.30$ & $-2.83$ & $-2.31$ \nl
++06\deg0648 & 4500 & $<-0.50$& $-1.91$ & $-1.70$ \nl
++08\deg2856 & 4560 & $<\phantom{-}0.00$& $-2.05$ & $-1.78$ \nl
++09\deg2870 & 4600 & $<-0.30$& $-2.48$ & $-2.10$ \nl
++10\deg2495 & 5000 & $ 1.07 $ & $-1.83$ & $-1.70$ \nl
++12\deg2547 & 4500 & $<-0.50$& $-0.72$ & +0.14 \nl
++18\deg2890 & 5000 & $<\phantom{-}0.30$& $-1.61$ & $-1.15$ \nl
++20\deg3603 & 6000 & $ 2.12 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
++23\deg3912 & 5600 & $ 2.38 $ & $-1.59$ & $-1.11$ \nl
++26\deg2606 & 5980 & $ 2.20 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
++26\deg3578 & 6000 & $ 2.05 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
++30\deg2611 & 4400 & $<-0.40$& $-1.35$ & $-1.08$ \nl
++37\deg1458 & 5300 & $ 1.27 $ & $-1.97$ & $-1.87$ \nl
++58\deg1218 & 5000 & $ 0.97 $ & $-2.66$ & \nodata \nl
++72\deg0094 & 6160 & $ 2.22 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+G5--36 & 5600 & $ 2.03 $ & $-1.35$ & $-0.82$ \nl
+G18--54 & 5800 & $ 2.07 $ & $-1.33$ & \nodata \nl
+G20--08 & 5850 & $ 2.13 $ & $-2.26$ & \nodata \nl
+G20--15 & 5600 & $ 1.80 $ & $-1.78$ & $-1.22$ \nl
+G21--22 & 5700 & $ 2.08 $ & $-1.09$ & $-1.03$ \nl
+G24--03 & 5800 & $ 1.97 $ & $-1.63$ & $-1.42$ \nl
+G30--52 & 5000 & \nodata & $-1.31$ & $-1.14$ \nl
+G33--09 & 5500 & $ 1.82 $ & $-1.27$ & $-0.94$ \nl
+G59--18 & 5200 & $ 1.13 $ & $-1.08$ & $-0.65$ \nl
+G60--26 & 5400 & $ 1.26 $ & $-1.22$ & $-0.83$ \nl
+G66--22 & 5300 & $ 0.79 $ & $-0.90$ & $-0.65$ \nl
+G90--03 & 5900 & $ 2.25 $ & $-1.93$ & $-1.41$ \nl
+G102--47 & 5200 & $ 1.18 $ & $-1.69$ & $-1.30$ \nl
+G122--57 & 4800 & $<-0.10$& $-0.92$ & $-0.13$ \nl
+G141--19 & 5150 & $ 1.43 $ & $-2.59$ & $-2.01$ \nl
+G141--47 & 6000 & $ 2.23 $ & $-1.13$ & $-0.98$ \nl
+G170--47 & 5250 & $ 1.13 $ & $-2.42$ & $-2.30$ \nl
+G186--26 & 6220 & $<\phantom{-}1.28$& \nodata & \nodata \nl
+G205--42 & 5300 & $ 1.44 $ & $-1.51$ & $-1.61$ \nl
+G217--08 & 6050 & $ 2.24 $ & $-2.05$ & \nodata \nl
+G243--63 & 5200 & $ 1.05 $ & $-1.39$ & $-1.36$ \nl
+LP 608--62 & 6250 & $ 2.21 $ & \nodata & \nodata \nl
+\end{planotable}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/tighten.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/tighten.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d42504bbc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aasmacros/tighten.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+% TIGHTEN.STY -- Substyle definition for "single-spaced" manuscripts.
+
+% This is the least intrusive way to implement a substyle layered on top
+% the standard LaTeX styles: by creating a foo.sty style that is read when
+% the specifies the document substyle foo. This file is read in when
+%
+% \documentstyle[12pt,aasms,tighten]{article}
+%
+% is specified by the author.
+
+\tightenlines
+
+% That's all this files does. It would be more efficient to have "tighten"
+% declared as an internal substyle, but that requires modifications in the
+% main LaTeX article.sty file.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/agu.bst b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/agu.bst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16a1e9357f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/agu.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1145 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `agu.bst', generated
+%% on <1994/5/27> with the docstrip utility (2.2e).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% genbst.mbs (with options: `ay,seq-lab,nm-rev1,nmlm,x9,m1,dt-end,thtit-a,vol-it,volp-com,edby,blk-com,pp,ed,abr,lab-it,and-com,em-it')
+%% ----------------------------------------
+%% *** For publications of the American Geophysical Union ***
+%%
+%% (Here are the specifications of the source file)
+%% \def\filename{genbst.mbs}
+%% \def\filedate{1994 February 7}
+%% \def\fileversion{1.2}
+%% For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09
+%%-------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% NOTICE:
+%% This file may be used for non-profit purposes.
+%% It may not be distributed in exchange for money,
+%% other than distribution costs.
+%%
+%% The author provides it `as is' and does not guarantee it in any way.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1993 Patrick W. Daly
+%% Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Aeronomie
+%% Postfach 20
+%% D-37189 Katlenburg-Lindau
+%% Germany
+%%
+%% E-mail:
+%% SPAN-- nsp::linmpi::daly (note nsp also known as ecd1)
+%% Internet-- daly@linmpi.dnet.gwdg.de
+%%-----------------------------------------------------------
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % This is an author-year citation style bibliography. As such, it is
+ % non-standard LaTeX, and requires a style option to function properly.
+ % An appropriate style option is: natbib.sty by Patrick W. Daly
+ % The form of the \bibitem entries is
+ % \bibitem[Jones et al.(1990)]{key}...
+ % The essential feature is that the label (the part in brackets) consists
+ % of the author names, as they should appear in the citation, with the year
+ % in parentheses following. There must be no space before the opening
+ % parenthesis!
+ % In natbib.sty, it is possible to define the type of enclosures that is
+ % really wanted (brackets or parentheses), but in either case, there must
+ % be parentheses in the label.
+ % The \cite command functions as follows:
+ % \cite{key} ==>> Jones et al. (1990)
+ % \cite[]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990)
+ % \cite[chap. 2]{key} ==>> (Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2)
+ % \cite[e.g.][]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., 1990)
+ % \cite[e.g.][p. 32]{key} ==>> (e.g. Jones et al., p. 32)
+ % \citeauthor{key} Jones et al.
+ % \citeyear{key} 1990
+%%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label extra.label sort.label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem[" write$
+ label write$
+ ")]{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\it " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't := }
+ { s nameptr "{vv~}{ll}{, jj}{, f.}" format.name$ 't := }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ nameptr #2 =
+ numnames #9 > and
+ { "others" 't :=
+ #1 'namesleft := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ {
+ "," *
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.names.ed}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr
+ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}"
+ format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ {
+ namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ {
+ "," *
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.key}
+{ empty$
+ { key field.or.null }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { " (eds.)" * }
+ { " (ed.)" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names.ed
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {word.in}
+{ "in " }
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year duplicate$ empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * "; set to ????" * warning$
+ pop$ "????" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series emphasize * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "no." }
+ { "No." }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { edition "l" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ { edition "t" change.case$ " edn." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp." pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+ { "p." pages tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ emphasize
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ", " * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "chap." }
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { word.in booktitle emphasize * }
+ { word.in booktitle emphasize * ", edited by " *
+ format.in.editors * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Tech. Rep." }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ word.in
+ }
+ { "vol." volume tie.or.space.connect
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{
+ word.in
+ "\cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ {
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check
+ editor format.key output
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ organization output
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ "Master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ author format.key output
+ format.title output
+ howpublished output
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ "Ph.D. thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.editors output
+ editor format.key output
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address output
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ note output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ author format.key output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"January"}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"February"}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"March"}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"April"}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"August"}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"September"}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"October"}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"November"}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"December"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+ s #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ s num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { s #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * s #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.key.label}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+ 'key
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor format.lab.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.key.label
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.key.label
+ 'author.key.label
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ emphasize
+ "("
+ *
+ year duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "????" }
+ { purify$ #-1 #4 substring$ }
+ if$
+ *
+ 'label :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr
+ "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}"
+ format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { numnames #2 > nameptr #2 = and
+ { "zzzzzz" * #1 'namesleft := }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ calc.label
+ label sortify
+ " "
+ *
+ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.label :=
+ sort.label
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { last.label next.extra }
+
+INTEGERS { last.extra.num }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+{ #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.label :=
+ "" 'next.extra :=
+ #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.label label =
+ { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+ last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+ }
+ { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+ "" 'extra.label :=
+ label 'last.label :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+ { "a" 'extra.label := }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ extra.label 'next.extra :=
+ label extra.label * 'label :=
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.extra.label.stuff}
+
+ITERATE {forward.pass}
+
+REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {bib.sort.order}
+{ sort.label
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {bib.sort.order}
+
+SORT
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+%% End of customized bst file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/agu2e.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/agu2e.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b627341b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/agu2e.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `agu2e.sty', generated
+%% on <1994/5/27> with the docstrip utility (2.2e).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% aguplus.dtx (with options: `patch')
+%% ---------------------------------
+%% AGU2E
+%% ---------------------------------
+%% A patch to allow AGUTeX to run
+%% under LaTeX2e
+%% ---------------------------------
+%%
+%%============================AGUPLUS.DTX===========================
+\def\filename{aguplus}
+\def\fileversion{1.0}
+\def\filedate{1994/05/26}
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % NOTICE:
+ % This file may be used for non-profit purposes.
+ % It may not be distributed in exchange for money,
+ % other than distribution costs.
+ %
+ % The author provides it `as is' and does not guarantee it in any way.
+ %
+%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly
+ % Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Aeronomie
+ % Postfach 20
+ % D-37189 Katlenburg-Lindau
+ % Germany
+ %
+ % E-mail:
+ % SPAN-- nsp::linmpi::daly (note nsp also known as ecd1)
+ % Internet-- daly@linax1.dnet.gwdg.de
+ %-----------------------------------------------------------
+ % This package fixes up some problems between AGUTeX and LaTeX2e
+ % It must be read in BEFORE any of the AGUTeX packages, as
+ % \usepackage{agu2e,agums,aguplus}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{agu2e}[\filedate (Patch for AGUTeX and LaTeX2e)]
+\newdimen\@maxsep \newdimen\@dblmaxsep
+\let\ori@input=\@input
+\def\@input#1{\def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{art12.sty}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \ori@input{size12.clo}\else\ori@input{#1}\fi}
+
+%% <<<<< End of decommented file <<<<<<
+%%
+%% End of file agu2e.sty.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/aguplus.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/aguplus.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b573d3d95d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/aguplus.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,818 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `aguplus.sty', generated
+%% on <1994/6/6> with the docstrip utility (2.2e).
+%% (With manual patch on 1994/08/22, until true LaTeX2e version ready
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% aguplus.dtx (with options: `style,mtitle,209')
+%% sublabel.dtx (with options: `package,subpack,209,agu')
+%% appendix.dtx (with options: `package,subpack,209,agu,plates')
+%% figcaps.dtx (with options: `package,subpack,agu,209,plates,sublab')
+%% natbib.dtx (with options: `package,subpack,agu,209')
+%% (with manual patch)
+%% balance.dtx (with options: `package,subpack,209')
+%% ---------------------------------
+%% AGU++
+%% ---------------------------------
+%% An unofficial LaTeX extension to
+%% the official AGU package AGUTeX
+%% ---------------------------------
+%%
+%% >>>>> Start of decommented files >>>>>>>
+%%============================AGUPLUS.DTX===========================
+\def\filename{aguplus}
+%\def\fileversion{1.0a}
+%\def\filedate{1994/06/06}
+%% Manual patch in natbib part because this version originally made
+%% for preliminary test release of LaTeX2e. It does not work under true 2e
+%% so the patch has been added until a proper LaTeX2e version is ready
+\def\fileversion{1.0b}
+\def\filedate{1994/08/22}
+ %-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ % NOTICE:
+ % This file may be used for non-profit purposes.
+ % It may not be distributed in exchange for money,
+ % other than distribution costs.
+ %
+ % The author provides it `as is' and does not guarantee it in any way.
+ %
+%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly
+ % Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Aeronomie
+ % Postfach 20
+ % D-37189 Katlenburg-Lindau
+ % Germany
+ %
+ % E-mail:
+ % SPAN-- nsp::linmpi::daly (note nsp also known as ecd1)
+ % Internet-- daly@linax1.dnet.gwdg.de
+ %-----------------------------------------------------------
+ % This is AGU++, an extension to the AGU official package AGUTeX
+ % It fixes up some problems with AGUTeX, adds many extra features
+ % including putting figures, plates, tables in the text,
+ % decent author-year citations and BibTeX support,
+ % \title, \author, \affil allowed in preamble,
+ % supplemental abstract for JGR,
+ % balanced columns on last preprint page,
+ % sublabelling of counters figure, plate, table, equation.
+ %
+ % This package MUST be used in conjunction with one of the AGUTeX
+ % packages, and must follow it, as
+ % \documentstyle[agupp,aguplus]{article}
+ % or with the newer LaTeX2e
+ % \documentclass{article}
+ % \usepackage{agu2e,agupp,aguplus}
+ %
+ % See the manual AGUPLUS.TEX for details.
+ %--------------------------------------------------------------------
+\typeout{Package: `\filename' v\fileversion\space <\filedate> --P.W.Daly}
+\newif\if@twoOnine \let\if@twoOnine=\if@compatibility
+\@ifundefined{documentclass}{
+ \@twoOninetrue
+}{
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{\filename}[\filedate\space (PWD)]
+}
+\newcommand{\optionlogo}{AGU$^{++}$}
+\@ifundefined{revtex@genre}{\@latexerr{Option `\filename' must
+ come before the AGU option}{\@ehd}\def\@tempa{\endinput}}
+ {\def\@tempa{\relax}}
+\@tempa
+\let\agupid=\revtex@pageid
+\let\@fv=\fileversion
+\def\revtex@pageid{\agupid
+ \@footnotetext{With the extension option `\optionlogo' v\@fv.}}
+\newif\if@draft
+\newif\if@preprint
+\newif\if@camera
+\def\@tempa{manuscript}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\@tempa\@drafttrue\else\@draftfalse\fi
+\def\@tempa{preprint}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\@tempa\@preprinttrue\else\@preprintfalse\fi
+\def\@tempa{galley}
+\ifx\revtex@genre\@tempa\@cameratrue\else\@camerafalse\fi
+\@ifundefined{reset@font}{\def\reset@font{\relax}}{}
+\@ifundefined{p@LaTeX}{}{\def\LaTeX{\protect\p@LaTeX}}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}
+ \edef\@svsec{\sectype\csname the#1\endcsname\sectchar\hskip 1ex }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax{\@svsec}}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3{\@svsec} #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #4
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M \sectype\ssectchar#5\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \else \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax \sectype\ssectchar#5}\fi
+ \@xsect{#3}}
+\def\sectchar{.} \def\ssectchar{} \def\sectype{}
+\def\@hangfrom#1{\noindent#1}
+\def\thesection{\@arabic{\c@section}}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection.\@arabic{\c@subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\@arabic{\c@subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\@arabic{\c@paragraph}:}
+\def\sectionnumbers{\c@secnumdepth=3}
+\let\agureferences=\references
+\def\references{\noappendix\agureferences}
+\let\aguacknow=\acknowledgments
+\def\acknowledgments{\noappendix\aguacknow}
+\let\acknowledgements=\acknowledgments
+\if@preprint
+\newdimen\@fmwidth \@fmwidth=33pc
+\def\auth@skip{12pt}
+\def\affil@skip{5pt}
+\def\agutitle#1{\@makeslugcmmnt
+\hsize\@fmwidth
+\par\noindent
+\parbox{\@fmwidth}%
+ {\pretolerance=10000
+ \raggedright
+ \Large\bf#1}}
+\def\aguauthor#1{%
+\par\vskip\auth@skip\noindent
+\parbox{\@fmwidth}%
+ {\pretolerance=10000
+ \raggedright
+ \large#1}
+\gdef\auth@skip{12pt}}
+\def\aguaffil#1{\par\vskip\affil@skip\noindent
+\parbox{\@fmwidth}%
+ {\pretolerance=10000
+ \raggedright
+ \small#1}}
+\def\aguabs{\par\vspace{4ex}\noindent
+\minipage{\@fmwidth}\pretolerance=100
+\@rightskip=\z@ plus 2em\rightskip\@rightskip
+\large
+{\bf Abstract.}}
+
+\def\endaguabs{\endminipage\vspace{2ex}}
+\newbox\@abstract
+\setbox\@abstract\vbox{}
+
+\def\abstract{\global\setbox\@abstract\vbox\bgroup
+ \aguabs}
+\def\endabstract{\endaguabs\egroup}
+\def\xmaketitle{
+\par
+ \begingroup
+ \clearpage
+ \twocolumn[\box\@title
+ \box\@abstract
+ \null]
+ \global\@topnum\z@
+ \thispagestyle{plain}
+ \ifx\@titlenote\empty \else
+ \global\@botnum\z@
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{##1}
+ \footnotetext{{\parindent=1em\indent
+ \let\@elt=\par\@titlenote}}
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \pt@width=\hsize
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \global\let\xmaketitle\relax}
+\let\agusection=\section
+
+\def\section{\pagestyle{myheadings}
+\if@twoside \markboth{\@versohead}{\@rectohead} \else
+ \markright{\@versohead: \@rectohead} \fi
+\xmaketitle\agusection}
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip 10\p@
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1 #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ #1 #2\par
+ \else
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi}
+\def\fps@figure{tbp}
+\def\fps@plate{tbp}
+\def\fps@table{tbp}
+\else
+\let\agutitle=\title
+\let\aguaffil=\affil
+\let\aguauthor=\author
+\def\xmaketitle{\par \hsize\wd\@title
+\begingroup
+ \box\@title
+ \ifx\@titlenote\empty \else
+ \global\@botnum\z@
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{##1}
+ \footnotetext{{\parindent=10pt\indent
+ \parskip=6pt\let\@elt=\par\@titlenote}}
+ \fi
+\endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \global\let\xmaketitle\relax}
+\let\aguabs=\abstract
+\def\abstract{\xmaketitle\aguabs}
+\let\aguendabs=\endabstract
+\def\endabstract{\aguendabs\par}
+\let\agusection=\section
+\def\section{\xmaketitle\par\agusection}
+\fi
+\newbox\@title
+\setbox\@title=\vbox{}
+
+\def\title#1{\setbox\@title=\vbox{
+ \let\@nodocument=\relax
+ \agutitle{#1}}}
+\def\author#1{\setbox\@title=\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@title
+ \let\@nodocument=\relax
+ \box\@title \aguauthor{#1}}}
+\def\affil#1{\setbox\@title=\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@title
+ \let\@nodocument=\relax
+ \box\@title \aguaffil{#1}}}
+\def\altaffiltext#1#2{\let\@elt=\relax
+ \ifx\@titlenote\empty \def
+ \@titlenote{\altaffilmark{#1}#2} \else
+ \xdef\@titlenote{\@titlenote\@elt \altaffilmark{#1}#2}\fi}
+\def\@titlenote{}
+\let\maketitle=\xmaketitle
+\let\date=\slugcomment
+\newif\if@supabs \@supabsfalse
+\def\extraabstract{\global\@supabstrue}
+\if@camera
+\begingroup
+ \catcode `|=0 \catcode `[= 1
+ \catcode`]=2 \catcode `\{=12 \catcode `\}=12
+ \catcode`\^^M=13 \catcode`\\=12 %
+|long|gdef|@preabs#1\begin{abstract}[|endgroup|begin[abstract]]%
+|endgroup
+\long\def\supabs{\newpage \thispagestyle{empty}%
+ \hsize=20pc \reset@font\footnotesize
+ \hbox to \hsize{\hfil Paper number \@paperid}\par\vskip1em}
+\def\endsupabs{\par\endinput}
+\def\dosupabs{{\def\documentstyle{\begingroup\set@literal\@preabs}
+\let\abstract=\supabs\let\endabstract=\endsupabs
+\input{\jobname}}}
+\def\dosupabse{{\def\documentclass{\begingroup\set@literal\@preabs}
+\let\abstract=\supabs\let\endabstract=\endsupabs
+\input{\jobname}}}
+\if@twoOnine
+ \let\keependdoc=\enddocument
+ \def\enddocument{\if@supabs\dosupabs\fi\keependdoc}
+\else
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\AtEndDocument{\if@supabs\dosupabse\fi}}
+\fi
+\fi
+\def\iftwocol#1#2{\if@draft#2\else#1\fi}
+\def\afour{\textheight=24cm
+ \if@draft \textwidth=15cm \fi
+ \if@preprint \textwidth=17.3cm \columnsep=0.5cm
+ \oddsidemargin=-0.5cm \evensidemargin=-0.9cm \hoffset=0pt\fi}
+
+
+%%======================SUBLABEL.DTX========================================
+\def\filename{sublabel}
+\def\fileversion{4.3}
+\def\filedate{1994/05/16}
+%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly
+\@ifundefined{iffigcaps}{}{\@@warning
+ {^^J ********************************^^J
+ `\filename' read in after `figcaps'^^J
+ There could be problems with sublabelled^^J
+ figure and table numbers.^^J
+ ********************************}}
+\def\substyle#1{\alph{#1}}
+\def\sublabon#1{\@bsphack
+\@ifundefined{c@#1}{\@latexerr{\string\sublabon\space called for a
+ non-existent counter}{\@eha}}{%
+\@ifundefined{c@sb@#1}{\expandafter\newcount\csname c@sb@#1\endcsname
+ \setcounter{sb@#1}{-1}}{}%
+\ifnum\@nameuse{c@sb@#1}<0\else\sublaboff{#1}\fi
+\stepcounter{#1}%
+\setcounter{sb@#1}{0}%
+\def\@tempa{eqnarray}\ifx \@tempa\@currenvir
+ \addtocounter{equation}{-1}\setcounter{sb@equation}{1}\fi
+\global\expandafter\let\csname @ldthe#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname the#1\endcsname
+\expandafter\gdef\csname the#1\endcsname{%
+ \@nameuse{@ldthe#1}{\substyle{sb@#1}}}
+}\@esphack}
+\def\sublaboff#1{\@bsphack
+\@ifundefined{c@#1}{\@latexerr{\string\sublaboff\space called for a
+ non-existent counter}{\@eha}}{%
+\@ifundefined{c@sb@#1}{\@warning{\string\sublaboff{#1} called without
+ any previous^^J \string\sublabon{#1} command}}{%
+\ifnum\@nameuse{c@sb@#1}<0\@warning{\string\sublaboff{#1} called without
+ a previous^^J \string\sublabon{#1} command being active}\else
+\ifnum\@nameuse{c@sb@#1}=0\addtocounter{#1}{-1}\fi
+\setcounter{sb@#1}{-1}%
+\global\expandafter\let\csname the#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname @ldthe#1\endcsname
+\def\@tempa{eqnarray}\ifx \@tempa\@currenvir
+ \stepcounter{equation}\fi
+\fi}}\@esphack}
+\if@twoOnine
+\@ifundefined{selectfont}{}{%
+\def\@setref#1#2#3{%
+ \ifx#1\relax {\reset@font\bf ??}%
+ \@warning{Reference `#3' on page \thepage \space undefined}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter#2#1\null
+ \fi}
+\def\ref#1{\expandafter\@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname\@firstoftwo{#1}}
+\def\pageref#1{\expandafter\@setref\csname r@#1\endcsname
+ \@secondoftwo{#1}}
+\def\@firstoftwo#1#2{#1}
+\def\@secondoftwo#1#2{#2}
+}
+\fi
+\@ifundefined{reset@font}{\def\reset@font{\relax}}{}
+\let\@ldstepcounter=\stepcounter
+\def\stepcounter#1{%
+\@ifundefined{c@sb@#1}{\@ldstepcounter{#1}}{\ifnum
+ \@nameuse{c@sb@#1}<0\relax
+ \@ldstepcounter{#1}\else \@ldstepcounter{sb@#1}\fi}%
+}
+\let\@ldaddtoctr=\addtocounter
+\def\addtocounter#1#2{%
+\@ifundefined{c@sb@#1}{\@ldaddtoctr{#1}{#2}}{\ifnum
+ \@nameuse{c@sb@#1}<0\relax
+ \@ldaddtoctr{#1}{#2}\else \@ldaddtoctr{sb@#1}{#2}\fi}%
+}
+\let\@ldendeqnarray=\endeqnarray
+\def\endeqnarray{\@ldendeqnarray
+ \@ifundefined{c@sb@equation}{}{\ifnum\c@sb@equation<0\else
+ \@ldaddtoctr{equation}{1}\@ldaddtoctr{sb@equation}{-1}\fi}}
+%%======================APPENDIX.DTX========================================
+\def\filename{appendix}
+\def\fileversion{2.0}
+\def\filedate{1994/05/17}
+%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly
+\@ifundefined{iffigcaps}{}{\@@warning
+ {^^J ********************************^^J
+ `\filename' read in after `figcaps'^^J
+ There could be problems with figure,^^J
+ table numbering in appendices^^J
+ ********************************}}
+\@ifundefined{appendixname}{\def\appendixname{Appendix}}{}
+\let\orisection=\section
+\let\theolds=\thesection
+\let\theoldss=\thesubsection
+\let\orisubsection=\subsection
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}
+ \def\thesubsection{\thesection\arabic{subsection}}
+ \setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+ \@addtoreset{equation}{section}
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}
+ \def\theequation{\thesection\arabic{equation}}
+ \@addtoreset{figure}{section}
+ \setcounter{figure}{0}
+ \def\thefigure{\thesection\arabic{figure}}
+ \@addtoreset{table}{section}
+ \def\thetable{\thesection\arabic{table}}
+ \setcounter{table}{0}
+ \@ifundefined{c@plate}{\newcounter{plate}}{}
+ \@addtoreset{plate}{section}
+ \def\theplate{\thesection\arabic{plate}}
+ \setcounter{plate}{0}
+ \def\@Alph##1{\ifcase##1A\or A\or B\or C\or D\else\@Ialph{##1}\fi}
+ \def\section{\@sectiontrue\orisection}
+ \def\sectype{\if@section\appendixname~\fi}
+ \def\sectchar{\if@section:\else.\fi}
+ \def\ssectchar{\if@section\unskip:~\else\fi}
+ \def\subsection{\@sectionfalse\orisubsection}
+}
+\newif\if@section \@sectionfalse
+\def\noappendix{\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
+ \global\let\section=\orisection
+ \global\let\thesection=\theolds
+ \global\let\thesubsection=\theoldss
+ \gdef\sectchar{.} \gdef\ssectchar{}
+ \gdef\sectype{}
+ \global\let\subsection=\orisubsection
+}
+\@ifundefined{reset@font}{\let\reset@font=\relax}{}
+\@ifundefined{bfseries}{\let\bfseries=\bf}{}
+%%======================FIGCAPS.DTX========================================
+\def\filename{figcaps}
+\def\fileversion{4.3a}
+\def\filedate{1994/06/06}
+%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly
+\newif\if@twoOnine \let\if@twoOnine=\if@compatibility
+\@ifundefined{documentclass}{
+ \@twoOninetrue
+}{
+}
+\@ifundefined{chapter}{}{\@latexerr{`\filename' may only be used with
+ article-like classes}{There is no help. You just cannot use `\filename'}}
+\newif\iffigcaps \figcapstrue
+\newif\iffigmark \figmarkfalse
+\newif\if@figpage \@figpagefalse
+\@ifundefined{figurecapname}{\def\figurecapname{Figure Captions}}{}
+\@ifundefined{tablepagename}{\def\tablepagename{Tables}}{}
+\@ifundefined{figurepagename}{\def\figurepagename{Figures}}{}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode `|=0 \catcode `[= 1
+ \catcode`]=2 \catcode `\{=12 \catcode `\}=12
+ \catcode`\^^M=13 \catcode`\\=12 %
+|long|gdef|@vfig#1\end{figure}[|def|@term[\end{figure}]%
+ |expandafter|writelof#1^^M\end{figure}^^M|end[figure]]%
+|long|gdef|@vsfig#1\end{figure*}[|def|@term[\end{figure*}]%
+ |expandafter|writelof#1^^M\end{figure*}^^M|end[figure*]]%
+|long|gdef|@vtab#1\end{table}[|def|@term[\end{table}]%
+ |expandafter|writelot#1^^M\end{table}^^M|end[table]]%
+|long|gdef|@vstab#1\end{table*}[|def|@term[\end{table*}]%
+ |expandafter|writelot#1^^M\end{table*}^^M|end[table*]]%
+|long|gdef|@vpla#1\end{plate}[|def|@term[\end{plate}]%
+ |expandafter|writelof#1^^M\end{plate}^^M|end[plate]]%
+|long|gdef|@vspla#1\end{plate*}[|def|@term[\end{plate*}]%
+ |expandafter|writelof#1^^M\end{plate*}^^M|end[plate*]]%
+|long|gdef|@vptab#1\end{planotable}[|def|@term[\end{planotable}]%
+ |expandafter|writelot#1^^M\end{planotable}^^M|end[planotable]]%
+ |endgroup
+\def\lof{lof} \def\lot{lot}
+
+{\catcode`\^^M=13%
+ \long\gdef\writelof#1^^M{\def\@tempb{#1}%
+ \ifx\@tempb\@term\let\@tempa\relax\else
+ \if@filesw\@writefile{pof}{#1}\fi\let\@tempa\writelof\fi \@tempa}
+ \long\gdef\writelot#1^^M{\def\@tempb{#1}%
+ \ifx\@tempb\@term\let\@tempa\relax\else
+ \if@filesw\@writefile{pot}{#1}\fi\let\@tempa\writelot\fi \@tempa}
+}
+\def\figcapson{\figcapstrue}
+\def\figcapsoff{\figcapsfalse}
+\def\figmarkon{\figmarktrue}
+\def\figmarkoff{\figmarkoff}
+\def\figure{\iffigcaps \let\@tempb=\@zfigure \else \let\@tempb=\@float\fi
+ \@tempb{figure}}
+\def\@zfigure#1{\begingroup\set@literal\@ifnextchar[{\@figure}{\@figure[]}}
+\def\@figure[#1]{\@ifundefined{tf@pof}{\newwrite\tf@pof
+ \if@filesw\immediate\openout\tf@pof\jobname.\lof\fi}{}%
+ \refstepcounter{figure}\iffigmark\marginpar{\fbox{\fnum@figure}}\fi
+ \def\@captype{figure}\if@filesw\@writefile{pof}{\string\begin{figure}}\fi
+ \@vfig}
+
+\def\endfigure{\iffigcaps
+ \endgroup\if@filesw\@writefile{pof}{\string\end{figure}}\fi\else
+ \end@float\fi}
+
+\@namedef{figure*}{\iffigcaps \let\@tempb=\@zsfigure \else
+ \let\@tempb=\@dblfloat\fi \@tempb{figure}}
+\def\@zsfigure#1{\begingroup\set@literal\@ifnextchar[{\@sfigure}{\@sfigure[]}}
+\def\@sfigure[#1]{\@ifundefined{tf@pof}{\newwrite\tf@pof
+ \if@filesw\immediate\openout\tf@pof\jobname.\lof\fi}{}%
+ \refstepcounter{figure}\iffigmark\marginpar{\fbox{\fnum@figure}}\fi
+ \def\@captype{figure}\if@filesw\@writefile{pof}{\string\begin{figure}}\fi
+ \@vsfig}
+
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\iffigcaps\endfigure\else\end@dblfloat\fi}
+\@ifundefined{c@plate}{\newcounter{plate}}{}
+
+\def\plate{\iffigcaps \let\@tempb=\@zplate \else \let\@tempb=\@float\fi
+ \@tempb{plate}}
+\def\@zplate#1{\begingroup\set@literal\@ifnextchar[{\@plate}{\@plate[]}}
+\def\@plate[#1]{\@ifundefined{tf@pof}{\newwrite\tf@pof
+ \if@filesw\immediate\openout\tf@pof\jobname.\lof\fi}{}%
+ \refstepcounter{plate}\iffigmark\marginpar{\fbox{\fnum@plate}}\fi
+ \def\@captype{plate}\if@filesw\@writefile{pof}{\string\begin{plate}}\fi
+ \@vpla}
+
+\def\endplate{\iffigcaps
+ \endgroup\if@filesw\@writefile{pof}{\string\end{plate}}\fi\else
+ \end@float\fi}
+
+\@namedef{plate*}{\iffigcaps \let\@tempb=\@zsplate \else
+ \let\@tempb=\@dblfloat\fi \@tempb{plate}}
+\def\@zsplate#1{\begingroup\set@literal\@ifnextchar[{\@splate}{\@splate[]}}
+\def\@splate[#1]{\@ifundefined{tf@pof}{\newwrite\tf@pof
+ \if@filesw\immediate\openout\tf@pof\jobname.\lof\fi}{}%
+ \refstepcounter{plate}\iffigmark\marginpar{\fbox{\fnum@plate}}\fi
+ \def\@captype{plate}\if@filesw\@writefile{pof}{\string\begin{plate}}\fi
+ \@vspla}
+
+\@namedef{endplate*}{\iffigcaps\endplate\else\end@dblfloat\fi}
+\def\table{\iffigcaps \let\@tempb=\@ztable \else \let\@tempb=\@float\fi
+ \@tempb{table}}
+\def\@ztable#1{\begingroup\set@literal\@ifnextchar[{\@table}{\@table[]}}
+\def\@table[#1]{\@ifundefined{tf@pot}{\newwrite\tf@pot
+ \if@filesw\immediate\openout\tf@pot\jobname.\lot\fi}{}%
+ \refstepcounter{table}\iffigmark\marginpar{\fbox{\fnum@table}}\fi
+ \def\@captype{table}\if@filesw\@writefile{pot}{\string\begin{table}}\fi
+ \@vtab}
+
+\def\endtable{\iffigcaps
+ \endgroup\if@filesw\@writefile{pot}{\string\end{table}}\fi\else
+ \end@float\fi}
+
+\@namedef{table*}{\iffigcaps \let\@tempb=\@zstable \else
+ \let\@tempb=\@dblfloat\fi \@tempb{table}}
+\def\@zstable#1{\begingroup\set@literal\@ifnextchar[{\@stable}{\@stable[]}}
+\def\@stable[#1]{\@ifundefined{tf@pot}{\newwrite\tf@pot
+ \if@filesw\immediate\openout\tf@pot\jobname.\lot\fi}{}%
+ \refstepcounter{table}\iffigmark\marginpar{\fbox{\fnum@table}}\fi
+ \def\@captype{table}\if@filesw\@writefile{pot}
+ {\string\begin{table}}%
+ \fi\@vstab}
+
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\iffigcaps\endtable\else\end@dblfloat\fi}
+\let\aguplano=\planotable
+\let\endaguplano=\endplanotable
+
+\def\planotable{\iffigcaps \let\@tempb=\@ptable \else
+ \let\@tempb=\aguplano\fi \@tempb}
+\def\@ptable{\begingroup\set@literal
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pot}{\newwrite\tf@pot
+ \if@filesw\immediate\openout\tf@pot\jobname.\lot\fi}{}%
+ \refstepcounter{table}\iffigmark\marginpar{\fbox{\fnum@table}}\fi
+ \def\@captype{table}\if@filesw\@writefile{pot}
+ {\string\begin{planotable}}\fi \@vptab}
+
+\def\endplanotable{\iffigcaps
+ \endgroup\if@filesw\@writefile{pot}{\string\end{planotable}}\fi\else
+ \endaguplano\fi}
+\def\tableofcontents{\@@warning{Ignored:
+ \string\tableofcontents\space command}}
+\def\listoffigures{\@@warning{Ignored:
+ \string\listoffigures\space command}}
+\def\listoftables{\@@warning{Ignored:
+ \string\listoftables\space command}}
+\def\listofplates{\@@warning{Ignored:
+ \string\listofplates\space command}}
+\def\addtocontents#1#2{\relax}
+\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{\relax}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cr@relax{\catcode`\^^M=\active \let^^M=\relax}}
+\def\set@literal{\cr@relax \let\do\@makeother\dospecials}
+\def\@figurecaps{\@ifundefined{tf@pof}{}{\if@filesw
+ \immediate\closeout\tf@pof\fi
+ \@ifundefined{appendixname}{}{\def\appendixname{}}
+ \noappendix \parindent\z@
+ \reset@figtab\clearpage\section*{\figurecapname}\vspace{1cm}%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase{\figurecapname}}{\uppercase{\figurecapname}}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\figurecapname}%
+ \def\figure{\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}%
+ \def\@captype{figure}%
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ }\def\endfigure{\egroup\bigskip}%
+ \def\plate{\def\addcontentsline####1####2####3{}%
+ \def\@captype{plate}%
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ }\let\endplate=\endfigure
+ {\let\@makecaption=\@makefcaption
+ \def\figbox##1##2##3{\relax}
+ \@input{\jobname.\lof}}%
+ \clearpage}}%
+\def\@tablepage{\@ifundefined{tf@pot}{}{\if@filesw
+ \immediate\closeout\tf@pot\fi
+ \@ifundefined{appendixname}{}{\def\appendixname{}}
+ \noappendix \parindent\z@
+ \reset@figtab\clearpage\section*{\tablepagename}
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase{\tablepagename}}{\uppercase{\tablepagename}}%
+ \def\table{\def\@captype{table}\vbox\bgroup
+ }\def\endtable{\spew@tblnotes\egroup\bigskip}%
+ \let\planotable=\aguplano \let\endplanotable=\endaguplano
+ \def\@float##1{\def\@captype{table}\vbox\bgroup}
+ \let\@dblfloat=\@float \let\clearpage=\newpage
+ \@input{\jobname.\lot}
+ \clearpage}}
+\def\printfigures{\@figpagetrue}
+\def\@figurepage{\if@figpage\@ifundefined{tf@pof}{}{%
+ \@ifundefined{appendixname}{}{\def\appendixname{}}
+ \noappendix \parindent\z@
+ \reset@figtab\clearpage\section*{\figurepagename}%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase{\figurepagename}}{\uppercase{\figurepagename}}%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\figurewidth##1{\pt@width##1\hsize##1}
+ \def\figure{\def\@captype{figure}\vbox\bgroup}\def\endfigure{\egroup
+ \vspace{20pt}}%
+ \let\platewidth=\figurewidth
+ \def\plate{\def\@captype{plate}\vbox\bgroup}\let\endplate=\endfigure
+ \def\label##1{}%
+ \@input{\jobname.\lof}\newpage\endgroup}\fi}
+\def\reset@figtab{%
+ \setcounter{figure}{0}\setcounter{table}{0}
+ \setcounter{plate}{0}
+}
+\if@twoOnine
+\let\@nddoc=\enddocument
+\def\enddocument{\iffigcaps\@figurecaps\@tablepage\@figurepage\fi\@nddoc}
+\else
+\AtEndDocument{\iffigcaps\@figurecaps\@tablepage\@figurepage\fi}
+\fi
+\let\@appendix=\appendix
+
+\def\appendix{%
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pof}{}{\if@filesw\@writefile{pof}{\string\doappendix}\fi}%
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pot}{}{\if@filesw\@writefile{pot}{\string\doappendix}\fi}%
+ \let\@section=\section
+ \doappendix
+ \let\@@section=\section
+ \def\section{%
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pof}{}{\if@filesw\@writefile{pof}{\string
+ \stepcounter{section}}\fi}%
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pot}{}{\if@filesw\@writefile{pot}{\string
+ \stepcounter{section}}\fi}%
+ \@@section}
+ \let\reset@figtab=\@unappendix}
+\def\doappendix{%
+ \let\@thefigure=\thefigure
+ \let\@thetable=\thetable
+ \let\@theplate=\theplate
+ \let\@cl@section=\cl@section
+ \@appendix
+}
+\def\@unappendix{%
+ \setcounter{figure}{0}\setcounter{table}{0}
+ \let\thefigure=\@thefigure
+ \let\thetable=\@thetable
+ \setcounter{plate}{0}%
+ \let\theplate=\@theplate
+ \let\cl@section=\@cl@section
+ \let\section=\@section
+}
+\let\orisubon=\sublabon
+\let\orisuboff=\sublaboff
+\def\sublabon#1{\orisubon{#1}\if@filesw
+ \iffigcaps\def\@tempb{#1}
+ \def\@tempa{figure}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pof}{\newwrite\tf@pof
+ \immediate\openout\tf@pof\jobname.\lof}{}%
+ \@writefile{pof}{\string\orisubon{#1}}\fi
+ \def\@tempa{plate}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pof}{\newwrite\tf@pof
+ \immediate\openout\tf@pof\jobname.\lof}{}%
+ \@writefile{pof}{\string\orisubon{#1}}\fi
+ \def\@tempa{table}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pot}{\newwrite\tf@pot
+ \immediate\openout\tf@pot\jobname.\lot}{}%
+ \@writefile{pot}{\string\orisubon{#1}}\fi
+\fi\fi}
+\def\sublaboff#1{\orisuboff{#1}\if@filesw
+ \iffigcaps\def\@tempb{#1}
+ \def\@tempa{figure}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pof}{\newwrite\tf@pof
+ \immediate\openout\tf@pof\jobname.\lof}{}%
+ \@writefile{pof}{\string\orisuboff{#1}}\fi
+ \def\@tempa{plate}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pof}{\newwrite\tf@pof
+ \immediate\openout\tf@pof\jobname.\lof}{}%
+ \@writefile{pof}{\string\orisuboff{#1}}\fi
+ \def\@tempa{table}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \@ifundefined{tf@pot}{\newwrite\tf@pot
+ \immediate\openout\tf@pot\jobname.\lot}{}%
+ \@writefile{pot}{\string\orisuboff{#1}}\fi
+\fi\fi}
+\def\figbox#1#2#3{\hbox to \hsize{\hfil
+ \framebox[#1][c]{\@tempdima#2 \divide\@tempdima by2\relax
+ \advance\@tempdima by-\fboxsep \advance\@tempdima by-\fboxrule
+ \vrule\@height\@tempdima\@depth\@tempdima\@width\z@
+ \vbox to \z@{\vss\hbox{#3}\vss}}\hfil}}
+\figmarktrue
+\if@preprint \figcapsfalse
+ \def\figurewidth#1{\pt@width=\hsize}
+ \def\platewidth#1{\pt@width=\hsize}
+\fi
+\if@draft
+ \def\figurewidth#1{\pt@width=\hsize}
+ \def\platewidth#1{\pt@width=\hsize}
+\fi
+\let\ori@makecap=\@makecaption
+\def\@makefcaption#1#2{{\if@dblcap\if@camera\pt@width=\textwidth
+ \ori@makecap{#1}{#2}
+ \pt@width=\wpt@width
+ \hsize=\pt@width
+ \vskip10pt \def\label##1{}\fi\fi
+ \ori@makecap{#1}{#2}}
+}
+\newdimen\wpt@width
+\newif\if@dblcap \@dblcapfalse
+\def\doublecaption#1{\wpt@width=#1\relax\@dblcaptrue}
+%%======================NATBIB.DTX========================================
+\def\filename{natbib}
+\def\fileversion{5.0}
+\def\filedate{1994/05/18}
+%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly
+\newif\if@twoOnine \let\if@twoOnine=\if@compatibility
+\@ifundefined{documentclass}{
+ \@twoOninetrue
+}{
+}
+\def\bibstyle@agu{\bibpunct{[}{]}{;}{a}{,}{,}}
+\def\@cite#1#2#3{\if@tempswa\@citebegin\if#2\@empty\else#2 \fi
+ #1\if#3\@empty\else, #3\fi\@citeend\else#1\fi}
+\def\@citex[#1][#2]#3{\if@filesw\immediate\write
+ \@auxout{\string\citation{#3}}\fi
+ \let\@citea\@empty
+ \@cite{\let\@citenm\@empty
+ \@for\@citeb:=#3\do
+ {\def\@tempa##1##2\@nil{\edef\@citeb{\if##1\space##2\else##1##2\fi}}%
+ \expandafter\@tempa\@citeb\@nil
+ \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{\@citea{\reset@font\bfseries ?}\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+ {\let\@citemm=\@citenm
+ \@cite@parse{\@citeb}%
+ \if@tempswa
+ \ifx\@citemm\@citenm\@yrsep\else\@citea{\@citenm}\@auyrsep\fi
+ \ \@citedt \def\@citea{\@citesep\ }%
+ \else
+ \ifx\@citemm\@citenm, \@citedt\else\@citea{\@citenm}
+ \@citebegin\@citedt\fi
+ \def\@citea{\@citeend\@citesep\ }%
+ \fi}}\if@tempswa\else\@citeend\fi}{#1}{#2}}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\hfill}
+\def\bibpunct#1#2#3#4#5#6{\gdef\@citebegin{#1}\gdef\@citeend{#2}\gdef
+ \@citesep{#3}\ifx #4n\global\let\@bibsetup=\@bibsetnum
+ \global\let\@citex=\@citexnum
+ \global\let\@biblabel=\@biblabelnum
+ \global\let\@cite=\@citenum\fi
+ \gdef\@auyrsep{#5}\gdef\@yrsep{#6}}
+\bibstyle@agu
+\def\cite{\@ifnextchar [{\@tempswatrue\@citex@}{\@tempswafalse
+ \@citex@[]}}
+\def\@citex@[#1]{\@ifnextchar [{\@citex[#1]}{\@citex[][#1]}}
+\def\citeauthor#1{\ifx\@citex\@citexnum{\reset@font\bfseries(author?)}\@warning
+ {Cannot use \string\citeauthor\space with numerical citations}\else
+ \@ifundefined{b@#1}{{\reset@font\bfseries ?}\@warning
+ {Citation `#1' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+ {\@cite@parse{#1}\@citenm}\fi}
+\def\citeyear#1{\ifx\@citex\@citexnum{\reset@font\bfseries(year?)}\@warning
+ {Cannot use \string\citeyear\space with numerical citations}\else
+ \@ifundefined{b@#1}{{\reset@font\bfseries ?}\@warning
+ {Citation `#1' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+ {\@cite@parse{#1}\@citedt}\fi}
+\def\@cite@parse#1{{%
+ \@ifundefined{documentclass}
+ {\let\prm=\relax\let\psf=\relax\let\ptt=\relax\let\pbf=\relax
+ \let\psl=\relax\let\psc=\relax\let\pit=\relax\let\pem=\relax
+ \let\prmfamily=\relax\let\psffamily=\relax\let\pttfamily=\relax
+ \let\pbfseries=\relax\let\pslshape=\relax\let\pscshape=\relax
+ \let\pitshape=\relax\let\pmdseries=\relax\let\pupshape=\relax
+ \let\pc=\relax \let\pd=\relax \let\pb=\relax}
+% The manual patch to allow this to run under true LaTeX2e
+ {\let\protect\noexpand}%
+ \xdef\@tempa{\csname b@#1\endcsname\relax}}%
+ \expandafter\@citez\@tempa()\@nil}
+\def\@citez#1(#2)#3\@nil{\gdef\@citenm{#1}\gdef\@citedt{#2}%
+}
+\let\aguthebib=\thebibliography
+\def\thebibliography#1{\noappendix\aguthebib{#1}}
+\@ifundefined{reset@font}{\let\reset@font=\relax}{}
+\@ifundefined{bfseries}{\let\bfseries=\bf}{}
+%%======================BALANCE.DTX========================================
+\def\filename{balance}
+\def\fileversion{4.1}
+\def\filedate{1994/05/16}
+%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly
+\def\@BAlancecol{\if@twocolumn
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\unvbox\@outputbox} \@tempdima=\ht0
+ \advance\@tempdima by \topskip \advance\@tempdima
+ by -\baselineskip \divide\@tempdima by 2
+ \splittopskip=\topskip
+ {\vbadness=\@M \loop \global\setbox3=\copy0
+ \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to \@tempdima
+ \ifdim\ht3>\@tempdima \global\advance\@tempdima by 1pt \repeat}
+ \setbox\@leftcolumn=\vbox to \@tempdima{\unvbox1\vfil}
+ \setbox\@outputbox=\vbox to \@tempdima
+ {\dimen2=\dp3\unvbox3\kern-\dimen2
+ \vfil}
+ \fi}
+\newif\if@BAlanceone
+\global\@BAlanceonefalse
+\newdimen\oldvsize
+\def\@BAdblcol{\if@firstcolumn
+ \unvbox\@outputbox \penalty\outputpenalty
+ \global\oldvsize=\@colht \global\multiply \@colht by 2
+ \global\@BAlanceonetrue
+ \global\@firstcolumnfalse
+ \else \global\@firstcolumntrue
+ \if@BAlanceone
+ \global\@BAlanceonefalse\@BAlancecol
+ \global\@colht=\oldvsize \else
+ \@@warning{You have called \string\balance\space
+ in second column^^J
+ Columns may not be balanced}\fi
+ \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to \@colht{\hbox to\textwidth
+ {\hbox to\columnwidth {\box\@leftcolumn \hss}\hfil
+ \vrule width\columnseprule\hfil \hbox to\columnwidth
+ {\box\@outputbox \hss}}\vfil}\@combinedblfloats
+ \@outputpage \begingroup \@dblfloatplacement
+ \@startdblcolumn \@whilesw\if@fcolmade \fi
+ {\@outputpage\@startdblcolumn}\endgroup
+ \fi}
+\let\@@utputdblcol=\@outputdblcol
+\def\balance{\global\let\@outputdblcol=\@BAdblcol}
+\def\nobalance{\global\let\@outputdblcol=\@@utputdblcol}
+%% <<<<< End of decommented file <<<<<<
+%%
+%% End of file aguplus.sty.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/aguplus.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/aguplus.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8cf3f1278d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/aguplus.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `aguplus.tex', generated
+%% on <1994/5/27> with the docstrip utility (2.2e).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% aguplus.dtx (with options: `manual')
+%%
+%% ---------------------------------
+%% AGUPLUS.TEX
+%% ---------------------------------
+%% This is the user's manual for
+%% AGU++
+%% an extension to the AGU
+%% LaTeX package AGUTeX
+%%
+%%============================AGUPLUS.DTX===========================
+\ifx\documentclass\undefined
+\documentstyle[twoside,agupp,aguplus]{article}
+\else
+\documentclass[twoside]{article}
+\usepackage{agupp,aguplus}
+\fi
+\def\filename{aguplus}
+\def\fileversion{1.0}
+\def\filedate{1994/05/26}
+%% Copyright (C) 1994 Patrick W. Daly
+\expandafter\ifx\csname if@compatibility\endcsname\iffalse\else
+\def\LaTeXe{\protect\pLaTeXe}
+\def\pLaTeXe{\mbox{%
+ \LaTeX\kern.15em$2_{\textstyle\varepsilon}$}}
+\fi
+\expandafter\ifx\csname if@compatibility\endcsname\relax
+\makeatletter
+\def\p@LaTeX{\@tempcnta=\the\fam \leavevmode L\raise.42ex
+ \hbox{$\fam\@tempcnta\scriptstyle\kern-.3em A$}\kern-.15em%
+ T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}
+\makeatother
+ \let\bfseries=\bf \let\mdseries=\rm
+ \let\upshape=\rm \let\itshape=\it
+ \let\slshape=\sl \let\scshape=\sc
+ \let\sffamily=\sf \let\rmfamily=\rm
+ \let\ttfamily=\tt \let\normalfont=\rm
+\fi
+\expandafter\ifx\csname emph\endcsname\relax
+ \newcommand{\emph}[1]{{\em #1\/}}
+ \newcommand{\textbf}[1]{{\bf #1}}
+ \newcommand{\textit}[1]{{\it #1}\/}
+ \newcommand{\texttt}[1]{{\tt #1}}
+ \newcommand{\textsf}[1]{{\sf #1}}
+ \newcommand{\textrm}[1]{{\rm #1}}
+ \newcommand{\textsc}[1]{{\sc #1}}
+ \newcommand{\textsl}[1]{{\sl #1\/}}
+\fi
+\newcommand{\btx}{\textsc{Bib}\TeX}
+\newcommand{\theoption}{\texttt{\filename}}
+\newcommand{\app}{{\small\optionlogo}}
+\newcommand{\bsl}{\char`\\}
+\lefthead{P. W. Daly}
+\righthead{\protect\optionlogo: an Extension to AGU\TeX}
+\cpright{PD}{1993}
+\afour
+
+\sloppy
+\begin{document}
+\title{The \LaTeX{}
+ Extension Package \optionlogo\\
+ for Use with AGU\TeX}
+
+\author{Patrick W. Daly}
+\affil{Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Aeronomie, Lindau, Germany}
+\authoraddr{P. W. Daly, Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Aeronomie, D--37189
+ Katlenburg-Lindau, Germany}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+This paper describes how to use the AGU package (AGU\TeX) for producing
+manuscripts, preprints, and camera-ready copy, together with an unofficial
+extension package called \app{}. This extension adds extra features such as
+author-year citations with \btx{} and true figures in the preprint version.
+Other extra features include corrected coding to avoid having to give certain
+numbers explicitly, sublabelling of equations, figures, etc., and balancing
+two columns of text on the last page. These features were all part of my older
+unofficial AGU package and are thus well-known among its users.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+The American Geophysical Union (AGU) has finally come out with its own
+official \LaTeX\ package for producing manuscripts and camera-ready copy
+for its journals. At the same time the format of the journals has been
+dramatically altered. Thus my unofficial \LaTeX\ package for AGU
+(\texttt{art-jgr} and \texttt{art-grl}) becomes not only superfluous but
+obsolete.
+
+However, in looking over the instructions and coding of the official package,
+I realize that not only are some imperfections present, but many useful
+features of my styles are missing. The most noticeable of these is the means
+of using author-year citations with \btx{} in an automated manner.
+
+The coding imperfections are related to the way in which figure captions and
+tables are treated: they must be placed at the end of the document, and if an
+appendix is present, then the automatic numbering system will consider them as
+appendix figures and tables (numbered A1, A2, \dots). To avoid this, explicit
+numbers must be given, something that violates the essential principles of a
+formatting program like \LaTeX. A second implication of this treatment is that
+preprints will be missing the figures and tables in the text. In my older
+system, neither of these problems occurred.
+
+{\em By popular demand}, I have undertaken to write an extension to the
+official AGU package, called \app (for AGU doubly-ionized or super-charged, as
+you please). It includes my extra features without changing any of the formats
+of the original package. The user should prepare his documents in the manner
+described by the AGU, except that figures, tables, and plates are to be
+included {\em in the text\/} as described below. A number of extra commands
+are available to control and/or enable the extra features.
+
+This manual explains the official package with my extensions. This is to
+enable the user to obtain all the necessary information in one article rather
+than to have to search among several. It is not meant to serve as instructions
+for the standard AGU package alone, although differences will be indicated;
+neither is it intended to be a manual for \LaTeX, since it assumes that the
+user already understands the workings of that text formatting scheme. The
+classic textbook on \LaTeX{} is \cite{la}; a more recent and more extensive
+work is by \cite{koda}.
+
+\section{The Official Package}
+The official AGU package is called AGU\TeX. It consists of an instruction
+manual (\texttt{aguguide.tex}), a sample article (\texttt{sample.tex}),
+and, of course, a number of {\em style options\/} that
+are to be used with the standard main style \texttt{article}. These are
+\begin{description}
+\item[\ttfamily agums] to produce a manuscript for submission;
+
+\item[\ttfamily agupp] to produce a preprint in two-column format (like
+ this paper) for distribution to colleagues;
+
+\item[\ttfamily jgrga] to produce camera-ready copy (or {\em galley proofs\/})
+ for the {\em Journal of Geophysical Research\/} (JGR), the {\em Global
+ Biogeochemical Cycles}, and {\em Pale\-ocean\-o\-graphy};
+
+\item[\ttfamily grlga] to produce camera-ready copy for {\em Geophysical
+ Research Letters\/} (GRL);
+
+\item[\ttfamily tecga] to produce camera-ready copy for {\em Tectonics};
+
+\item[\ttfamily radga] to produce camera-ready copy for {\em Radio Science}.
+\end{description}
+For example, the first line of the document should be something like
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\documentstyle[jgrga]{article}! \\
+\makebox[0pt][r]{or\hspace{1ex}}\verb!\documentstyle[agums]{article}!
+\end{quote}
+for JGR camera-ready copy or a manuscript, respectively.
+
+Note that the term {\em galley proofs\/} is more accurate than {\em
+camera-ready copy\/}, since the latter implies finished pages in 1-to-1
+relation with the final journal article. In fact, the papers are still cut and
+pasted together, with figures and tables inserted by hand. However, I will
+continue to refer to the galley proofs as camera-ready copy since this is the
+terminology that most of us are used to.
+
+\subsection{The Extension Package}
+The \app{} extension package is now included by adding the option \theoption{}
+{\em after\/} the above options, as e.g.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\documentstyle[jgrga,!\theoption\verb!]{article}!
+\end{quote}
+
+It makes sense to include the \texttt{twoside} option with the preprint
+\texttt{agupp} choice; there is no point in selecting \texttt{titlepage}.
+
+The manuscript produced with \texttt{agums} is double spaced. In order to
+generate a single space manuscript, add the option \texttt{tighten}, or include
+the command \verb!\tighten! in the preample. (Reminder: the {\em preamble\/}
+is everything that comes between \verb!\documentstyle! and
+\verb!\begin{document}!.)
+To alternate between single and double spaced text, use the commands
+\verb!\singlespace! and \verb!\doublespace! anywhere in the text.
+
+\subsection{The New \LaTeX{} Standard}
+The package \app{} works under the new standard \LaTeXe; however, there are
+some problems with AGU\TeX, which are fixed up by calling the special
+package \texttt{agu2e} \emph{before} any of the AGU\TeX{} files. For example,
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\documentclass{article}!\\
+\verb! \usepackage{agu2e,jgrga,aguplus}!
+\end{quote}
+
+\section{Organization of the Paper}
+
+\subsection{Front Material}
+Before the main body of the text, some information about the manuscript and
+paper must be given. This information may actually be printed at the end of
+the article, depending on which option has been selected, but it is always
+entered at the start, before \verb!\begin{document}!.
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\received{!{\em date\_received\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\revised{!{\em date\_revised\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\accepted{!{\em date\_accepted\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+These commands enter the relevant dates, which are only meaningful for the
+camera-ready copy. They will be communicated to the author by the editor.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\journalid{!{\em vol\/}\verb!}{!{\em journal\_date\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\articleid{!{\em start\_page\/}\verb!}{!{\em end\_page\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\paperid{!{\em manuscript\_id\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+Again, this information will be communicated to the author by the editor. (It
+seems that at the moment the first two do not really do anything at all, but
+may be provided for the future when AGU dispenses with cutting and pasting and
+goes to true camera-ready production.)
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\cpright{!{\em type\/}\verb!}{!{\em year\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\ccc{!{\em code\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+These enter copyright information, for which {\em code\/} will be communicated
+to the author. The {\em type\/} is one of
+\begin{description}
+\item[\ttfamily AGU] for AGU copyright
+\item[\ttfamily Crown] for (Commonwealth) government copyright
+\item[\ttfamily PD] for public domain (no copyright)
+\end{description}
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\lefthead{!{\em authors\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\righthead{!{\em short\_title\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+These commands permit text for the running heads to be included. For the
+camera-ready copy, they are (currently) printed out so many times at the end
+(later cutting and pasting!) but with \theoption, they will be added at the
+top of each page of the preprint.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\slugcomment{!{\em text\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+With this command, the author may include his own text to be printed at the
+top of the preprint title page, such as ``This article is to appear in
+\dots.''
+
+The information that is printed at the end of the camera-ready copy comes
+after the list of references, and the output is part of that command. If
+there are no references, then the information must be forced out with the
+command
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\forcesluginfo!
+\end{quote}
+following the main text.
+
+\subsection[]{Declarations for \app}
+A number of additional \app{} declarations are available to enable or modify
+some of the features. These may all be given in the preamble too, although
+some may actually be permitted anywhere in the document. They are all
+described later, but are listed here for completeness.
+\begin{description}
+\item[\ttfamily \bsl sectionnumbers]
+ turns on section numbering; default is no
+ numbering, as preferred by AGU; must be given before the first
+ \verb!\section! command.
+
+\item[\ttfamily \bsl extraabstract]
+ prints a supplemental abstract at the end of the
+ camera-ready version, as required by JGR; this may be invoked anywhere in
+ the paper, for it only enables the output which always comes at the end.
+
+\item[\ttfamily \bsl printfigures]
+ causes the figures and plates to be output at the
+ end of the manuscript and camera-ready copy; this is in addition to the
+ figure captions that are always output and is only meaningful if the
+ \texttt{figure} and \texttt{plate} environments really contain
+ something to print.
+
+\item[\ttfamily \bsl figmarkoff]
+ suppresses the printing of marginal notes next to the location where
+ \texttt{figure}, \texttt{plate}, and \texttt{table} environments occur;
+ by default such mar\-gin\-al notes are enabled.
+
+\item[\ttfamily \bsl figmarkon]
+ re-enables the marginal notes; these two declarations
+ may be given as often and wherever one feels they are needed.
+
+\item[\ttfamily \bsl doublecaption\char`\{35pc\char`\}]
+ enables the printing of all
+ figure and plate captions in two widths: once in the single column width
+ and again in the width specified, here 35~pc; JGR still requires (for now
+ anyway) that all captions be provided in two sizes.
+
+\item[\ttfamily \bsl afour]
+ changes the page layout to be more appropriate to
+ European A4 paper; for camera-ready this means only that the page is
+ slightly longer but the column width remains the same.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Title and Authors}
+The preamble is ended with \verb!\begin{document}!, and the title and author
+information are given.
+\begin{quote}\slshape
+Contrary to standard \LaTeX, the title and authors are printed by the commands
+that enter the information. This means these commands {\bfseries may not
+be given in the preamble!} For many authors, this means changing
+long-standing habits.
+\end{quote}
+
+The coding in \app{} corrects this, so that the traditional \LaTeX{}
+behaviour is re-established.
+
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\title{!{\em full\_title\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\author{!{\em names\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\affil{!{\em organization\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\authoraddr{!{\em full\_address\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+The order of these commands is important. First comes the \verb!\title!, the
+argument of which may be broken up into lines with \verb!\\! commands (not
+absolutely necessary). Next come sets of \verb!\author! and \verb!\affil!
+commands, one set per author organization.
+ {\slshape(This again is different from standard \LaTeX{} where
+ \verb!\author! is given only once.)}
+Finally, the \verb!\authoraddr! command is given (anywhere) once for each
+author, with the name and full postal address as argument.
+
+An alternative method of presenting the authors is with footnotes for the
+affiliations. This is done with the commands
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\altaffilmark{!{\em numbers\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\altaffiltext{!{\em number\/}\verb!}{!{\em text\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+The first command is included in the text of the \verb!\author! command; the
+second is given once per footnote afterwards. For example,
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{J. P. Smith\altaffilmark{1,2}
+ and C. J. Jones\altaffilmark{2}}
+\altaffiltext{1}{On leave}
+\altaffiltext{2}{Research Institute X}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+The two methods (\verb!\affil! or footnotes) may be combined.
+
+The \verb!\authoraddr! commands should rightly come in the preamble after the
+copyright information. Their arguments are printed out only for the
+camera-ready copy, at the end.
+
+\subsection{The Abstract}
+Following the title comes the abstract. This is given as in standard \LaTeX{}
+within an \texttt{abstract} environment, as
+\begin{quote}\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{abstract}
+ This is the text of the abstract. . .
+\end{abstract}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsection{The Text Body}
+The rest of the body of the article is organized into {\em sections\/}, {\em
+subsections}, and {\em sub-subsections}, with commands
+\verb!\section{!{\em heading\/}\verb!}!,
+\verb!\subsection{!{\em heading\/}\verb!}!, and
+\verb!\subsubsection{!{\em heading\/}\verb!}!, whereby the third-level {\em
+heading\/} should capitalize only the first word and end with a period.
+
+\subsubsection{This is a third-level heading.}
+It has been entered with: \verb!\subsubsection{!\texttt{This is a
+third-level heading.}\verb!}! with the final period included. (In the
+camera-ready copy, the third-level heading is run into the following text on
+the same line.)
+
+\begin{quote}
+Sections are normally not numbered, unless the \app{} declaration
+\verb!\sectionnumbers! has been issued. The AGU manual states that section
+numbering should be carried out {\em by explicitly including the numbers in
+the heading text.} This would violate a fundamental principle of a
+formatting language like \LaTeX, and will lead to much annoyance when sections
+are referred to or are changed. The AGU's argument is that \LaTeX{} will not
+format the numbered sections in the way that it wants them. \app{} has
+corrected so that the automatic numbering may be used.
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsection{Appendices}
+As in normal \LaTeX, the declaration \verb!\appendix! is issued at that point
+where the appendices are to start. This command redefines a number of things
+so that the sectioning commands now function as appendix headers. The
+numbering of equations and tables is also changed.
+
+\begin{quote}
+With \app, the numbering of figures and plates is also changed. I think it was
+an oversight on the part of AGU not to do this too, for it seems strange to
+have such inconsistent behavior. Besides, there are enough examples in
+previous AGU publications where figures too are numbered within appendices.
+\end{quote}
+
+If there is only one appendix, it should be introduced with the command
+\verb!\section*! rather than \verb!\section!. Recall that the starred versions
+suppress section numbering, or in the case of appendices, lettering.
+
+\begin{quote}
+The standard AGU package requires that the appendix letter be included in the
+heading text. This is the same repugnant notion as putting section numbers in
+explicitly. In \app, this is not necessary. Thus where AGU says to give
+\verb!\section{Appendix A: Title}!, it is sufficient to type only
+\verb!\section{Title}! (or \verb!\section*{Title}! if there is only one
+appendix).
+\end{quote}
+
+\subsection{The Acknowledgments}
+Acknowledgments come after the main text, including appendices, but before the
+list of references. They are introduced with the command
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\acknowledgments!\\
+\makebox[0pt][r]{or }\verb!\acknowledgements!
+\end{quote}
+Both print the same word, with the American spelling. (This command is part of
+AGU\TeX, and is not an \app{} extra.)
+
+\section{Floats}
+
+The major difference between the official AGU package and \app{} is the
+treatment of figures, plates, and tables, objects that are referred to as
+`floats' in \LaTeX{} terminology because they do not appear where they are
+typed in in the text, but move around to an appropriate location. The AGU
+standard package wants {\em all\/} floats to appear at the end of the
+manuscript and camera-ready copy (fair enough), and the figures and plates to
+be printed {\em only as captions}. This means that the preprints will also
+only exhibit the captions, and that all floats come at the end and will not be
+integrated in the text.
+
+Another major, ridiculous problem, is that if there is an appendix in the
+work, then all floats entered at the end must be given explicit numbers, for
+otherwise \LaTeX{} automatic numbering will treat them as appendix items with
+corresponding numbering. I have already expressed my sentiment about explicit
+numbering.
+
+With \app, these problems are solved. Floats are entered in the text {\em
+where they are first referred to}. For preprints, they are then printed in the
+text as in a normal \LaTeX{} article; for manuscripts and camera-ready copy,
+only a marginal note is printed with the number, something AGU insists on
+anyway.
+(This may be suppressed with \verb!\figmarkfalse! and reinstated with
+\verb!\figmarktrue!.) The figure and plate captions are then automatically
+listed at the end, followed by the tables, followed optionally by the figures
+and plates themselves.
+
+\subsection{Figures and Plates}
+\begin{figure}
+\figbox{\hsize}{6cm}{Paste Figure Here}
+\caption[]{A demonstration paste-in figure. The width was given as
+ {\tt\protect\bsl hsize} (the column width), the height as
+ 6~cm.\label{fig:demo}}
+\end{figure}
+
+\noindent The following instructions are for \app{} only.
+
+Figures are entered in the \texttt{figure} or \texttt{figure*} environments, the
+latter being intended for double-column figures in two-column (preprint)
+format. Both environments produce identical results for manuscripts and
+camera-ready. The AGU provides a command \verb!\figurewidth! to specify the
+{\em width of the camera-ready caption\/}; if it is omitted, the caption width
+is the normal column width. There is a limited number of allowed values as
+arguments: 20~pc (the default single-column width), 35~pc, and 41~pc. (For
+{\em Radio Science\/} with \texttt{radga}, the values are 19, 33, and 38~pc.)
+
+JGR is still demanding that all figure captions be printed twice, once in
+width 20 and again in 35~pc. To enable this, give \verb!\doublecaption{35pc}!
+somewhere in the document, preferrably in the preamble so you notice it.
+
+The standard AGU package says that a \texttt{figure} environment should contain
+only an optional \verb!\figurewidth! command and a compulsory \verb!\caption!
+command, and nothing else. \app{} allows real figure contents to be included,
+but packed in a special \verb!\figbox!.
+This command takes three arguments:
+the width and height of the box, and the figure contents. The contents may be
+merely a note about what figure is to be pasted here, or a diagram made with
+\texttt{picture} or \textsc{Pic}\TeX, or an imported figure from other software,
+such as an encapsulated PostScript\footnote{PostScript is registered trademark
+of Adobe-Systems Incorporated.} file.
+
+An example of the input text for a figure is:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure*}
+ \figurewidth{35pc}
+ \figbox{35pc}{12cm}{\epsfysize=10cm
+ \epsfbox{myfig.eps}}
+ \caption{A plot of Y versus X for various
+ times\label{fig:my}}
+\end{figure*}
+\end{verbatim}
+(The commands \verb!\epsf...! require the style option \texttt{epsf} and the
+PostScript driver \texttt{dvips} of Tomas Rokicki.)
+
+A sample result is shown in Figure~\ref{fig:demo}.
+
+The \verb!\figbox! command reserves a framed box of the specified size and
+centers the contents both horizontally and vertically. It makes use of the
+standard \LaTeX{} \verb!\framebox! command, which can be customized with the
+parameters \verb!\fboxrule! and \verb!\fboxsep!. The rule may be suppressed by
+setting the former to {\tt0pt}.
+
+Plates are made up in exactly the same way as figures but with the \texttt{plate}
+and \texttt{plate*} environments. These are not part of standard \LaTeX, but have
+been added for AGU publications. In place of \verb!\figurewidth!, one must use
+\verb!\platewidth!; however, \verb!\figbox! works for plates as well.
+
+\subsection{Tables}
+\noindent The following instructions are for \app{} only.
+
+Tables function somewhat differently from figures and plates because their
+contents will always be printed. Thus there is no equivalent of \verb!\figbox!
+for tables.
+
+Tables are constructed with the \LaTeX{} \texttt{tabular} or
+\texttt{tabbing} environments, as described in the manuals. To make them
+into floats, they must be included in a \texttt{table} or \texttt{table*}
+environment. For \app, they are to be placed in the text where
+appropriate, and not at the end as in standard AGU\TeX.
+There is an AGU command \verb!\tablewidth! to set the width of the
+table caption. Allowed values are 20, 30, 41, 48--57~pc, except for {\em Radio
+Science\/} which has 19, 20, 37, 43--51~pc.
+
+The AGU package contains some additions to standard \LaTeX{} to put footnotes
+and comments in a table. These are
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\tablenotemark{!{\em letter\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\tablenotetext{!{\em letter\/}\verb!}{!{\em text\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\tablecomments{!{\em cmnt\_text\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+The footnotes are numbered with lowercase letters which the author must enter
+explicitly. The {\em cmnt\_text\/} is explanatory material that is printed
+below the table. These will all work with \app{} as well.
+
+AGU\TeX{} also provides an additional table-making environment, called
+\texttt{planotable}, for tables that may be continued over several pages.
+This too works with \app.
+
+\begin{planotable}{lcc}
+\tablewidth{20pc}
+\tablecaption{Coordinates of stations
+ \label{tab:coords}}
+\tablehead{\colhead{Station} &
+ \colhead{$\theta$\tablenotemark{\it a}} &
+ \colhead{$\phi$\tablenotemark{\it b}}}
+\tablenotetext{\it a}{Latitute, north $>0$}
+\tablenotetext{\it b}{Longitude, east $>0$}
+\tablecomments{Taken from Broodey [1976]}
+\startdata
+Brixstone & $45^\circ$ & $90^\circ$ \nl
+Wilstone &$-45^\circ$ &$-50^\circ$ \nl
+Tipstone & $56^\circ$ &$124^\circ$
+\end{planotable}
+
+The \texttt{planotable} environment is encouraged by AGU, because it
+automatically formats the tables with the three horizontal rules that they
+want: after the title, after the column headings, and after the table data.
+A typical example would look like
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{planotable}{lcc}
+\tablewidth{20pc}
+\tablecaption{Coordinates of stations
+ \label{tab:coords}}
+\tablehead{\colhead{Station} &
+ \colhead{$\theta$\tablenotemark{\it a}} &
+ \colhead{$\phi$\tablenotemark{\it b}}}
+\tablenotetext{\it a}{Latitute, north $>0$}
+\tablenotetext{\it b}{Longitude, east $>0$}
+\tablecomments{Taken from Broodey [1976]}
+\startdata
+Brixstone & $45^\circ$ & $90^\circ$ \nl
+Wilstone &$-45^\circ$ &$-50^\circ$ \nl
+Tipstone & $56^\circ$ &$124^\circ$
+\end{planotable}
+\end{verbatim}
+The result is shown in Table~\ref{tab:coords}
+
+Additional commands possible are
+\begin{description}
+\item[\ttfamily\bsl tablebreak] to force a page break in the middle of table;
+\item[\ttfamily\bsl nodata] for table elements that are empty;
+\item[\ttfamily\bsl cutinhead] to add new heading centered across whole table.
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Citations and List of References}
+The great disappointment in AGU\TeX{} is the lack of a decent author-year
+citation scheme and \btx{} style file. This is corrected with \app, which also
+provides the bibliography style file \texttt{agu.bst} along with the interfacing
+to use it correctly.
+
+Even if one does not make use of \btx{} to generate the list of references,
+one may type it in oneself as a \texttt{thebibliography} environment. The form of
+the entries must be observed, however.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{} %<-- Note {}
+ \bibitem[Smith {\it et al.}(1992)]{smi92}
+ Smith, J. G., P. G. Jones, and F. H. Weston,
+ Some results, {\it J. Strange Results},
+ {\it 32}, 345--350, 1992
+
+ \bibitem . . .
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+Each \verb!\bibitem! entry contains in square brackets the text that should
+appear in the citation, {\em but with the year in round parentheses}.
+Following that is the {\em key\/} to refer to the citation, here \texttt{smi92}.
+This is also the key that is used to identify a reference in a \btx{}
+database. Of course, it is much easier to make up such a database and let
+\btx{} generate the \texttt{thebibliography} environment. This is done with
+commands
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\bibliographystyle{agu}!\\
+\verb!\bibliography{!{\em database\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+where {\em database\/} is the name of the bibliographic database file(s) that
+are to be searched by \btx. (The \btx{} program must also be run after at
+least one \LaTeX{} processing, and then \LaTeX{} must be run at least two
+times more.)
+
+In the main text, the \verb!\cite! command is used almost as in
+standard \LaTeX{} to print the citation, but with the following variations:
+\\[1ex]
+\begin{tabular}{l@{~$\Rightarrow$~}l}
+\verb!\cite{smi92}! & Smith {\it et al.} [1992] \\
+\verb!\cite[]{smi92}! & [Smith {\it et al.}, 1992] \\
+\verb!\cite[p.~3]{smi92}! & [Smith {\it et al.}, 1992, p.~3]\\
+\verb!\cite[see][]{smi92}! & [see Smith {\it et al.}, 1992]
+\end{tabular}\\[1ex]
+Note that the use of optional arguments is somewhat different from that
+of normal \LaTeX{} where only a single argument in square brackets is
+allowed to place a note \emph{after} the citation. Here one optional
+argument behaves that way, but if there are two, then the first goes
+before, the second after the citation. This is because in author-year
+citations one often wants to say [see Smith {\it et al.}, 1992, and
+references therein].
+
+Multiple citations may be made with one \verb!\cite! command:\\[1ex]
+\begin{tabular}{l@{~$\Rightarrow$~}l}
+\verb!\cite[]{smi92,jam89}! & [Smith {\it et al.}, 1992; \\
+\multicolumn{1}{c}{} & \quad James, 1989]\\
+\verb!\cite[]{smi89,smi92}! & [Smith {\it et al.}, 1989, 1992]
+\end{tabular}
+
+\section{Other Features}
+These are the major features of \app, but there are a few more
+nice frills that are provided at no extra charge.
+
+\subsection{Improved Preprint Title}
+The AGU\TeX{} style \texttt{agupp} puts the title, authors, and abstract on
+a titlepage and starts the two-column mode with the first \verb!\section!
+command on the next page. Frankly, this looks cheap. By selecting the
+option \texttt{twocolumn} explicitly, the title and authors are put on the
+same page as the opening text, but the abstract goes into a narrow
+column. (This is actually standard \LaTeX, so one should not complain.)
+\app, on the other hand, puts the
+title, author, and abstract all across the two columns of the starting
+text.
+This is illustrated on the first page of this paper.
+Furthermore, the information in \verb!\lefthead! and \verb!\righthead!
+are added in the running heads; the option \texttt{twoside} may be used
+to effect here. This looks far more professional, more like a reprint
+than a preprint.
+
+\subsection{Supplemental Abstract}
+JGR requires an additional abstract with the paper number for printing in the
+JGR-Space Physics Subsets. By including the declaration
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\extraabstract!
+\end{quote}
+anywhere in the paper (preferrably in the preamble), this will be printed
+automatically as the very last page of the camera-ready copy. For other
+versions, it does nothing, so that it may be left in all the time.
+
+\subsection{Sublabelling}
+Sometimes it is required to label some equations, figures, or tables as 4a,
+4b, 4c, \dots, that is, to sublabel them. This can be done with the pair of
+commands
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\sublabon{!{\em counter\/}\verb!}!\\
+\verb!\sublaboff{!{\em counter\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+where {\em counter\/} is one of \texttt{equation}, \texttt{figure},
+\texttt{plate}, or \texttt{table}. For example,
+\begin{verbatim}
+\sublabon{figure}
+\begin{figure}
+ \caption{Caption of fig. 4a}
+\end{figure}
+\begin{figure}
+ \caption{Caption of fig. 4b}
+\end{figure}
+\sublaboff{figure}
+\begin{figure}
+ \caption{Caption of fig. 5}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+The \verb!\sublabon! contains an implicit \verb!\sublaboff! so it is not
+necessary to turn the sublabelling first off then on again in order to step
+the main counter: a single \verb!\sublabon! will do the job.
+
+AGU\TeX{} provides a \texttt{mathletters} environment that is equivalent to
+\verb!\sublabon{equation}!. There is no reason not to use this with \app{}
+too.
+
+\subsection{Balancing Two Columns}
+An annoying thing about the \LaTeX{} two-column mode is that the two columns
+on the last page are of different lengths. The \app{} package contains the
+command \verb!\balance! that activates the equalizing of columns of text on
+one page. Since this sometimes causes problems with floats and footnotes, it
+is better to issue it only on the last page. More precisely, it should appear
+somewhere in the text of the (unbalanced) left-hand column of the last page.
+Obviously, it only makes sense for preprints; in other modes, it has no
+effect, and may safely be left in the text.
+
+The counter command \verb!\nobalance! undoes the equalizing if this should be
+necessary.
+
+\subsection{Alternative Text for One and Two Columns}
+Often one needs to format text differently for the narrow columns of the
+preprint and camera-ready copy than for the wider columns of the manuscript.
+This is especially so for mathematical formulas. Since it is frustrating to
+have to alter the text every time one changes between manuscript and other
+output, \app{} provides the command
+\begin{quote}
+\verb!\iftwocol{!{\em two\_col\_text\/}\verb!}{!{\em one\_col\_text\/}\verb!}!
+\end{quote}
+to be able to keep the alternative versions always present. The {\em
+two\_col\_text\/} will be printed for preprints or camera-ready copy (which
+ultimately appears as double columns) and {\em one\_col\_text\/} for
+manuscripts.
+
+\section{Conclusions}
+The extension package \app{} adds features to AGU\TeX{} that have been gained
+over many years of practical experience of providing camera-ready copy to JGR
+and GRL. It has not been thought up out of the blue, but derives from feedback
+between the author, his colleagues, other users, and their interactions with
+the AGU copy editors, who often have been quite frustrating in their demands.
+The extension package is a distillation from the full-fledged \LaTeX{} styles
+\texttt{art-jgr} and \texttt{art-grl}. However, since \app{} is an extension to
+AGU\TeX, it simply assumes the layout specifications given to it, and so
+should be able to survive any future format alterations.
+
+It is the offspring of a battle-tested warrior and as such should be able to
+provide much more sturdy service. Its major advantages over standard AGU\TeX{}
+are
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item explicit numbering of many items can be avoided,
+
+\item figures, plates, and tables may be put into the text so that decent
+ preprints are made with a minimum of changes (simply by changing an option
+ in \verb!\documentstyle!),
+
+\item and yet figure captions and tables appear at the end as required for
+ manuscripts and camera-ready copy,
+
+\item author-year citations may be done comfortably with \btx,
+
+\item appendices do not require explicit lettering, nor do they imply that
+ tables must be explicitly numbered afterwards,
+
+\item sublabelling of counters other than \texttt{equation} is possible,
+
+\item alternative text may be inserted for narrow and wide columns so that,
+ for example, math formulas always fit properly,
+
+\item the appearance of the first preprint page is improved, with title,
+ authors, and abstract across the two columns of text,
+
+\item the two columns on the last page of a preprint may be nicely balanced.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+The main emphasis of \app{} is that explicit numbering should be avoided at
+all costs, and that the text should be able to output manuscripts,
+camera-ready copy, and preprints, with only a simple change to the
+\verb!\documentstyle! command.
+
+\appendix
+\section{Encapsulated PostScript}
+As mentioned here, it is possible to include encapsulated PostScript files in
+a figure or plate, but within a \verb!\figbox! frame. What makes a PostScript
+file `encapsulated' is the addition of certain standardized comments, the most
+important of which, for our purposes, is the {\em bounding box
+specifications}. This tells \LaTeX{} (more properly the \texttt{dvips} driver)
+how to scale and shift the diagram to make it fit into the reserved space.
+
+However, many application programs cheat on the bounding box. It is not
+trivial to calculate (I know, for I have written a program to do it), so many
+programs just give the size of the full page. In this case, the figure will
+not fit so well into \verb!\figbox!, which places the center of the specified
+bounding box in the center of the \verb!\figbox!. If your figures come out
+displaced, or too small, then this may be the problem. A bounding box
+adjustment is necessary.
+
+\balance
+\section{A Template for an \app{} Article}
+I present here the outline of a source file with the essential
+AGU\TeX{} and \app{} shown.
+\begin{small}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[twoside,agupp,aguplus]{article}
+ % ALTERNATIVELY:
+ %\documentstyle[agums,aguplus]{article}
+ %\documentstyle[jgrga,aguplus]{article}
+ % FOR LATEX2E:
+ %\documentclass{article}
+ % \usepackage{agu2e,agums,aguplus}
+ % AGU++ OPTIONS
+ %\printfigures % ADDS FIGURES AT END
+ %\doublecaption{35pc} % CAPTIONS PRINTED TWICE
+ %\sectionnumbers % TURNS ON SECTION NUMBERS
+ %\extraabstract % ADDS SUPPLEMENTAL ABSTRACT
+ %\afour % EUROPEAN A4 PAPER SIZE
+ %\figmarkoff % SUPPRESS MARGINAL MARKINGS
+
+ % AGUTeX OPTIONS AND ENTRIES
+ %\tighten % TURNS OFF DOUBLE SPACING
+\lefthead{authors}
+\righthead{short title}
+\received{date1}
+\revised{date2}
+\accepted{date3}
+\journalid{JGRA}{Journal date}
+\articleid{page1}{page2}
+\paperid{94JZ12345}
+\ccc{0000-0000/00/94JZ-12345\$05.00}
+ % \cpright{PD}{1994}
+ % \cpright{Crown}{1994}
+ % (No \ccc{} for Crown copyrights.)
+\cpright{AGU}{1994}
+
+\authoraddr{author1, full address}
+\authoraddr{author2, full address}
+
+\slugcomment{To appear ...}
+
+ % END OF PREAMBLE
+\begin{document}
+\title{Full Title}
+ %
+ % TWO METHODS FOR GIVING THE AUTHORS
+ %
+\author{author set 1}
+\affil{Institute 1}
+
+\author{author set 2\altaffilmark{1}}
+\affil{Institute 2}
+
+\altaffiltext{1}{Other institute}
+
+ % ALTERNATIVELY:
+ %\author{author1\altaffilmark{1} and
+ % author2\altaffilmark{2,3}}
+ %\altaffiltext{1}{Institute 1}
+ %\altaffiltext{2}{Institute 2}
+ %\altaffiltext{3}{Other institute}
+
+ %
+ % THE ABSTRACT
+ %
+\begin{abstract}
+ Text of abstract.
+\end{abstract}
+
+ %
+ % THE MAIN BODY OF TEXT
+ %
+\section{Introduction}\label{sec:lab}
+
+\subsection{..}
+
+\subsubsection{..}
+
+ %
+ % FLOAT EXAMPLES
+ %
+\begin{figure}
+ \figbox{\hsize}{10cm}{Paste Fig Here}
+ \caption{Caption text.\label{fig:lab}}
+\end{figure}
+
+\begin{plate*}
+ \platewidth{35pc}
+ \figbox{35pc}{12cm}{Paste Plate Here}
+ \caption{Caption text.\label{pla:lab}}
+\end{plate*}
+
+\begin{table}
+ \caption{Caption of table.\label{tab:lab}}
+ \begin{tabular}{...}
+ .....
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+ %
+ % CITATION EXAMPLES
+ %
+As shown by \cite{smi92}, one may ...
+
+It has been shown \cite[]{smi92} that one may ...
+
+ %
+ % APPENDIX
+ %
+\appendix
+\section{Some More Stuff}
+
+ %
+ % ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
+ %
+\acknowledgments
+We wish to thank...
+
+ %
+ % BALANCING PREPRINT COLUMNS
+ %
+\balance
+
+ %
+ % LIST OF REFERENCES (BIBTEX)
+ %
+\bibliographystyle{agu}
+\bibliography{...}
+ %
+ % WITHOUT BIBTEX
+ %
+ %\begin{thebibliography}{}
+ % \bibitem[author {\it et al.}(year)]{key}
+ % reference text
+ %
+ % \bibitem[author1 and author2(year)]{key}
+ % reference text
+ %
+ %\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{small}
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+
+\bibitem[Kopka and Daly(1993)]{koda}
+Helmut Kopka and Patrick~W. Daly.
+\newblock {\em A Guide to \LaTeX, Document Preparation for Beginners and
+ Advanced Users}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1993.
+
+\bibitem[Lamport(1986)]{la}
+Leslie Lamport.
+\newblock {\em \LaTeX, a Documentation Preparation System}.
+\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1986.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
+
+%%
+%% End of file aguplus.tex.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/changes.lis b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/changes.lis
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d6275c7abb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/changes.lis
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+ CHANGES TO AGU++ SINCE THE ORIGINAL VERSION
+
+Version 0.5x 1993 December 2
+ Original version
+(The version numbers less than 1 are meant to be experimental still.
+Letters are prefixed to some to indicate that only minor corrections
+ have been undertaken.)
+
+Version 0.5y 1993 December 17
+ Corrections to fix up problems with planotable, which was not behaving
+ ideally when moved to the back of the manuscript and galley proof.
+
+ Sublabelling of planotables that extended over more than one page
+ did not work correctly, and this has been repaired.
+
+Version 1.0 1994 May 26
+ Made compatible with the new LaTeX2e, although it does not take
+ advantage of any of the new features. (This may come in future.)
+ Add a patch to make AGUTeX work with LaTeX2e.
+
+ Otherwise, only change on the surface is in the \cite command, which
+ now takes 2 optional arguments, for text before and after the citation.
+ \cite{key} ==>> Jones et al. [1990]
+ \cite[]{key} ==>> [Jones et al., 1990]
+ \cite[chap. 2]{key} ==>> [Jones et al., 1990, chap. 2]
+ \cite[e.g.,][]{key} ==>> [e.g., Jones et al., 1990]
+ \cite[see][pg. 34]{key}==>> [see Jones et al., 1990, pg. 34]
+
+ The title of the preprint has been changed to be left justified instead
+ of centered. This makes it the same as the galley proofs and final
+ printing. (I prefer centered myself.)
+
+Version 1.0a 1994 June 6
+ Fix up problems with overfull hboxes.
+
+Version 1.0b 1994 Aug 22
+ The 1.0 versions were made using a preliminary test release of LaTeX2e. The
+ official release of 1994 June 1 contained some changes that made the
+ citations no longer work properly. This has now been fixed up. (Which means
+ it will not work with the preliminary test release!)
+
+ NOTE: this 1.0b version is still a hybrid; it works under both 2.09 and 2e
+ versions of LaTeX. In future, a LaTeX2e only package will be supported.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/readme.pwd b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/readme.pwd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8ada22a371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/readme.pwd
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+**************************************************
+* LATEX STYLES FOR AMERICAN GEOPHYICAL UNION *
+**************************************************
+ Latest news from 1994 May 26
+
+The American Geophysical Union (AGU) has finally come out with its own
+official LaTeX package for producing manuscripts and camera-ready copy for its
+journals. At the same time the format of the journals has been dramatically
+altered. Thus my unofficial LaTeX package for AGU (art-jgr and art-grl)
+becomes not only superfluous but obsolete.
+
+However, in looking over the instructions and coding of the official package,
+I realize that not only are some imperfections present, but many useful
+features of my styles are missing. The most noticeable of these is the means
+of using author-year citations with BibTeX in an automated manner.
+
+The coding imperfections are related to the way in which figure captions and
+tables are treated: they must be placed at the end of the document, and if an
+appendix is present, then the automatic numbering system will consider them as
+appendix figures and tables (numbered A1, A2, ...). To avoid this, explicit
+numbers must be given, something that violates the essential principles of a
+formatting program like LaTeX. A second implication of this treatment is that
+preprints will be missing the figures and tables in the text. In my older
+system, neither of these problems occurred.
+
+BY POPULAR DEMAND, I have undertaken to write an extension to the official AGU
+package, called AGU++ (for AGU doubly-ionized or super-charged, as you
+please). It includes my extra features without changing any of the formats of
+the original package. The user should prepare his documents in the manner
+described by the AGU, except that figures, tables, and plates are to be
+included *in the text*. A number of extra commands are available to control
+and/or enable the extra features.
+
+Details on how to use AGUTeX with AGU++ are to be found in the manual
+AGUPLUS.TEX. The package is still EXPERIMENTAL, so I would appreciate
+comments and complaints from trial users. The package consists of the files:
+
+I have now come up with version 1.0 (not so experimental), which is compatible
+with the new standard LaTeX2e, as well as with the older standard 2.09.
+Since AGUTeX itself has some problems with LaTeX2e, a patch is included.
+
+aguplus.sty The style file itself
+aguplus.tex A manual, to be LaTeX (under AGUTeX and AGU++)
+samplus.tex A sample paper
+agu2e.sty A package for LaTeX2e, to patch up inconsistencies in AGUTeX
+agu.bst A bibliography style file with AGU formats
+sample.bib A BibTeX data base, for use with samplus.tex
+
+In addition, I supply some useful files for listing the contents of *.bib
+files, with their keys. These have nothing really to do with AGU as such.
+keylist.tex A file to be LaTeXed in order to list a *.bib file contents
+keylist.bst A bibliography style to go along with it.
+
+NOTE: this package does not contain AGUTeX itself. This is because AGU++ is
+still unofficial. (The AGU is considering what they want to do with it.)
+The official package can be obtained from anonymous FTP server
+ kosmos.agu.org
+in directory agutex
+
+Patrick W. Daly
+Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Aeronomie
+D-37189 Katlenburg-Lindau
+
+daly@linmpi.dnet.gwdg.de
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/sample.bib b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/sample.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31f1829ec5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/sample.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+% ****************************************
+% * File: SAMPLE.BIB *
+% ****************************************
+% * An invented bib file *
+% * For the sample texts *
+% * The order is unimportant and there *
+% * may be more entries than references *
+% * in the text *
+% ****************************************
+%
+@ARTICLE{smit54,
+ AUTHOR = {J. G. Smith and H. K. Weston},
+ TITLE = {Nothing Particular in this Year's History},
+ YEAR = {1954},
+ JOURNAL = {J. Geophys. Res.},
+ VOLUME = {2},
+ PAGES = {14-15}
+}
+@BOOK{colu92,
+ AUTHOR = {Christopher Columbus},
+ TITLE = {How {I} Discovered {America}},
+ YEAR = {1492},
+ PUBLISHER = {Hispanic Press},
+ ADDRESS = {Barcelona}
+}
+@ARTICLE{gree00,
+ AUTHOR = {R. J. Green and U. P. Fred and W. P. Norbert},
+ TITLE = {Things that Go Bump in the Night},
+ YEAR = {1900},
+ JOURNAL = {Psych. Today},
+ VOLUME = {46},
+ PAGES = {345-678}
+}
+@ARTICLE{phil99,
+ AUTHOR = {T. P. Phillips},
+ TITLE = {Possible Influence of the Magnetosphere on {American} History},
+ YEAR = {1999},
+ JOURNAL = {J. Oddball Res.},
+ VOLUME = {98},
+ PAGES = {1000-1003}
+}
+@ARTICLE{jame76,
+ AUTHOR = {Kelly James and Harris, Jr., George and Wilby Wollops},
+ TITLE = {{American} Independence and Magnetism},
+ YEAR = {1776},
+ JOURNAL = {Revol. Tracts},
+ VOLUME = {32},
+ PAGES = {34-55}
+}
+
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/samplus.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/samplus.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..feab94ec3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/aguplus/samplus.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `samplus.tex', generated
+%% on <1994/5/27> with the docstrip utility (2.2e).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% sample.dtx (with options: `agu')
+%% **************************************
+% * SAMPLE INPUT FOR AGUTeX & AGU++ *
+%% **************************************
+% Various alternatives for the input are shown, commented out.
+% E.g., for the documentstyle options
+% for the authors' names,
+% for the bibliography
+% Feel free to play around with these variations, especially with
+% the style options draft and twocolumn and 11pt/12pt
+
+ %%%% SELECT ONE OF THE NEXT LINES FOR LATEX2E ONLY
+%\documentclass{article}
+%\documentclass[twoside]{article}
+
+%% AND THEN ONE OF THESE LINES
+%\usepackage{agu2e,jgrga,aguplus} % CAMERA-READY, JGR
+%\usepackage{agu2e,agupp,aguplus} % PREPRINT
+%\usepackage{agu2e,agums,aguplus} % MANUSCRIPT
+
+ %%%% FOR LATEX 2.09, SELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING
+\documentstyle[jgrga,aguplus]{article} % CAMERA-READY FOR JGR
+
+%\documentstyle[twoside,agupp,aguplus]{article} % PREPRINT, TWOSIDED
+
+%\documentstyle[agums,aguplus]{article} % MANUSCRIPT
+
+
+% SOME EXTRA FEATURES THAT MAY BE TURNED ON WITH APPROPRIATE COMMANDS
+% THESE ARE ALL PART OF AGU++, NOT STANDARD AGUTeX
+%
+\printfigures % PRINTS OUT FIGURES AT END OF MANUSCRIPT AND
+ % CAMERA-READY COPY
+\doublecaption{35pc} % FIGURE CAPTIONS PRINTED OUT TWICE, IN REGULAR
+ % WIDTH AND WIDTH 35 PICAS (STILL REQ'D BY JGR)
+ % EFFECTIVE ONLY FOR CAMERA-READY COPY
+\sectionnumbers % TURNS ON SECTION NUMBERS, WHICH ARE TURNED
+ % OFF BY DEFAULT (AGU DISCOURAGES THEM)
+\extraabstract % ADDS SUPPLEMENTAL ABSTRACT WITH PAPER NUMBER
+ % AT END OF CAMERA-READY COPY (FOR JGR)
+%\afour % SET PAPER SIZE FOR EUROPEAN A4 SPECIFICATION
+
+
+%\figmarkoff % INCLUDE TO SUPPRESS AUTOMATIC MARGINAL MARKING OF FIGS, TABLES
+
+%\tighten % STANDARD AGUTeX: TURNS OFF DOUBLE SPACING IN MANUSCRIPT
+
+% PREAMBLE INFOMATION ABOUT THE PAPER
+\lefthead{Smith and Weston}
+\righthead{Western Frontiers and Geophysics}
+\received{April 1, 1989}
+\revised{November 11, 1993}
+\accepted{December 25, 1999}
+\journalid{JGRA}{January 2000}
+\articleid{1}{4}
+\paperid{99JZ12345}
+\ccc{0000-0000/00/99JZ-12345\$05.00}
+ % \cpright{PD}{1999}
+ % \cpright{Crown}{1999}
+ % (Crown copyrights have no "\ccc{}" information.)
+\cpright{AGU}{1999}
+
+\authoraddr{J. G. Smith, Institute for Historical Geophysics, 26 Camrose
+Drive, Houston, Texas}
+
+\authoraddr{H. K. Weston, School for Military Advances, 87 Blackborn Rd,
+London, United Kingdom}
+
+\slugcomment{To appear in the Journal of Irreproducible Results, February 30,
+1999}
+
+\begin{document}
+\title{How the Western Frontiers were Won with the Help of Geophysics}
+
+
+%
+% TWO METHODS FOR GIVING THE AUTHORS' NAMES
+%
+\author{J. G. Smith}
+\affil{Institute for Historical Geophysics, Houston, Texas}
+
+\author{H. K. Weston\altaffilmark{1}}
+\affil{School for Military Advances, London, United Kingdom}
+
+\altaffiltext{1}{Present address Playa del Ingeles, Gran Canaria.}
+
+%\author{J. G. Weston\altaffilmark{1} and H. K. Smith\altaffilmark{2,3}}
+%\altaffiltext{1}{Institute for Historical Geophysics, Houston, Texas.}
+%\altaffiltext{2}{School for Military Advances, London, United Kingdom.}
+%\altaffiltext{3}{Present address Playa del Ingeles, Gran Canaria.}
+
+
+
+\begin{abstract}
+To date, very little has been written about the very important role
+played by the magnetosphere during the conquest of the Western Hemisphere.
+This paper tries to fill this gap by drawing on historical documents from the
+years 1492 to 1888, the most vital years for this development. Almost no
+conclusions are drawn as the influence appears to approach absolute zero.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Introduction}\label{sec:intro}
+
+With the discovery of America \cite[]{colu92} a new continent was opened up.
+However its full exploitation by Europeans and their offspring was not fully
+complete until many centuries later, as reported by \cite{jame76}. During this
+interval, known as the Winning of the West \cite[]{smit54}, a major role in
+the development of the continent was played by the lowly revolver
+\cite[e.g.][]{gree00}. Recently, \cite{phil99} suggested that the
+magnetosphere could have played an even more significant role. In order to
+pursue this conjecture, the authors of this work have carried out a historical
+survey and have found start\-ling\-ly little evidence for such a claim.
+
+\section{The discovery}\label{sec:dis}
+
+America was discovered by \cite{colu92}, as illustrated in
+Figure~\ref{fig:dis}.
+Without the use of the compass, this would never have been possible. In fact,
+this could be considered the most important (and only) contribution of the
+geomagnetism to the development of the American continent. A portrait of
+Christopher Columbus is shown in
+Plate~\ref{pla:columbus}.
+
+\begin{figure}
+ \figbox{8cm}{4cm}{Paste map here}
+ \caption[]{\label{fig:dis}
+A map showing the route of Columbus from the Old to the New
+World. His real route is shown with a solid line, that that he might have
+taken without a compass is drawn as a dashed line.}
+\end{figure}
+\begin{plate*}
+ \platewidth{35pc}
+ \figbox{12cm}{6cm}{Paste portrait here}
+ \caption{\label{pla:columbus}
+A portrait of Christopher Columbus, the discoverer of America.}
+\end{plate*}
+
+The subsequent taming of the West took place with considerable quantities of
+lead, but since this non-mag\-ne\-tic, there are no geomagnetic variances
+attributed to it.
+
+\section{The next five centuries}\label{sec:next5}
+
+In Section~\ref{sec:dis}, the discovery of America was described. Here we will
+outline the subsequent history until the present. This is best summarized in
+Table~\ref{tab:sum}.
+
+\begin{planotable}{cll}
+ \tablewidth{20pc}
+\tablecaption
+{\label{tab:sum}The History of America from Discovery to Present}
+\tablehead{\colhead{Date} & \colhead{Event} & \colhead{Ref.}}
+\startdata
+1492 & Discovery & \cite{colu92}
+ \nl
+1776 & Independence & \cite{jame76}
+ \nl
+1954 & Nothing much & \cite{smit54}
+ \nl
+1999 & Present & \cite{phil99}
+\end{planotable}
+
+As can be seen from Table~\ref{tab:sum}, there is almost no mention of
+geomagnetism or the magnetosphere at all. This sorry situation is discussed
+further and explained away in Section~\ref{sec:end}.
+
+\subsection{The Mathematics of Development}
+
+The complete mathematical description is beyond the scope of this report, but
+can be found in \cite{smit54}. The basic equation is
+\begin{equation}
+ z = \sqrt{x^2 + y^2} \label{eq:z} .
+\end{equation}
+
+In addition to Eq.~\ref{eq:z}, we also have
+\begin{eqnarray}
+x & = & A \sin\theta \nonumber \\
+y & = & A \cos\theta \nonumber \\
+A & = & \int^\infty_0 dt\,f(t) \label{eq:int}
+.\end{eqnarray}
+Equations~\ref{eq:z} and \ref{eq:int} together describe the entire time
+development of the history of America. Again no geomagnetic term enters.
+
+\subsubsection{Pseudo-mathematics.}
+In addition to the true mathematics mentioned above, there are a number of
+pseudo-mathematical theories, but these cannot be seriously considered by
+reputable scientists.
+
+\section{Conclusions}\label{sec:end}
+
+Considering Figure~\ref{fig:dis} and Table~\ref{tab:sum} we see that the
+influence of the geomagnetic and magnetospheric terms is negligible.
+Furthermore, equations~\ref{eq:z} and \ref{eq:int} add no insight to the
+problem. We must therefore conclude that \cite{phil99} incorrectly supposed
+such a connection to exist.
+
+In spite of this negative result, research will continue on this highly
+interesting question. For if it were to prove correct, then the consequences
+would be enormous to say the least.
+
+\balance % USE THIS TO BALANCE THE LAST TWO COLUMNS IN TWOCOLUMN MODE
+
+\appendix
+%%
+%% IF THERE IS ONLY ONE APPENDIX, USE \section*
+%% FOR MORE THAN ONE, USE \section FOR EACH APPENDIX
+%%
+\section*{Mathematical Background}
+Apart from the following equation
+%%
+%% HERE IS AN EXAMPLE OF AN EQUATION THAT IS TO BE BROKEN UP IN TWOCOLUMN
+%% MODE, BUT LEFT IN ONE LINE IN ONECOLUMN
+%%
+\iftwocol{% HERE FOLLOWS THE TWOCOLUMN VERSION
+\begin{eqnarray}
+(1-x)^n & = & 1 - n x + \frac{n(n-1)}{2}\,x^2 \nonumber\\
+ & & -{} \,\frac{n(n-1)(n-2)}{3\cdot2}\,x^3 + \cdots
+\end{eqnarray}
+}{% NOW THE ONECOLUMN VERSION
+\begin{equation}
+(1-x)^n = 1 - n x + \frac{n(n-1)}{2!}\,x^2 - \frac{n(n-1)(n-2)}{3\cdot2}\,x^3 +
+\cdots
+\end{equation}} % END OF THE \iftwocol DEMONSTRATION
+there is not very much to say about mathematical background to this topic.
+
+
+\acknowledgments % OR ALTERNATIVELY \acknowledgements
+The authors thank their colleagues for continuing support and discussion
+around the coffee breaks. The editor thanks X. Y. Furore and another referee
+for assisting in evaluating this paper.
+
+%% TWO METHODS FOR INCLUDING THE BIBLIOGRAPHY (LIST OF REFERENCES)
+%% EITHER TYPE IN THE ENTRIES YOURSELF AS SHOWN HERE IN
+%% `thebibliography' ENVIRONMENT,
+%% OR
+%% USE THE FOLLOWING TWO COMMANDS SO THAT BIBTEX WILL GENERATE
+%% `thebibliography' TEXT FOR YOU AND READ IT IN.
+%%
+%\bibliographystyle{agu}%<-- LIST OF REFERENCES TO BE IN "AGU" STYLE
+%\bibliography{sample} %<-- REFERENCES ARE IN FILE "SAMPLE.BIB"
+%%
+%% IF THE ABOVE TWO COMMANDS ARE USED, THEN thebibliography ENVIRONMENT
+%% MUST BE REMOVED.
+\begin{thebibliography}{} % (THIS TEXT WAS GENERATED BY BIBTEX)
+
+\bibitem[{\it Columbus}(1492)]{colu92}
+Columbus, C., {\it How {I} Discovered {America}}. Hispanic Press, Barcelona,
+ 1492.
+
+\bibitem[{\it Green et~al.}(1900)]{gree00}
+Green, R.~J., U.~P. Fred, and W.~P. Norbert, Things that go bump in the night,
+ {\it Psych. Today}, {\it 46}, 345--678, 1900.
+
+\bibitem[{\it James et~al.}(1776)]{jame76}
+James, K., G.~Harris, Jr., and W.~Wollops, {American} independence and
+ magnetism, {\it Revol. Tracts}, {\it 32}, 34--55, 1776.
+
+\bibitem[{\it Phillips}(1999)]{phil99}
+Phillips, T.~P., Possible influence of the magnetosphere on {American} history,
+ {\it J. Oddball Res.}, {\it 98}, 1000--1003, 1999.
+
+\bibitem[{\it Smith and Weston}(1954)]{smit54}
+Smith, J.~G., and H.~K. Weston, Nothing particular in this year's history, {\it
+ J. Geophys. Res.}, {\it 2}, 14--15, 1954.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/album/example.bum b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/album/example.bum
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa0d73eac9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/album/example.bum
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+\album{vivaldi.1}{\small Vivaldi, Antonio\hfill (1678-1741)\\
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Concerto in G Major for Two Mandolins, Strings \& Basso Continuo
+\item Concerto in C Major for Mandolin, Strings \& Basso Continuo
+\item Concerto in C Major for Two Mandolins, Two Theorboes, Two flutes,
+Two ``Salmoe'', Two Violins, Cello, Strings \& Basso Continuo
+\item Concerto a dve Chori in B flat Major, ``Con Violino Discordato'',
+Strings \& Basso Continuo
+\end{enumerate}
+}%
+{\normalsize\sf Vivaldi\\Mandolin Concertos}%
+{\small {\it I Solisti Veneti} --- Claudio Scimone\\[1mm]
+Bonifacio Bianchi, Alessandro Pitrelli --- Mandolins
+}
+%%-----------------------------------------------------------
+\album{vivaldi.2}{\small Vivaldi, Antonio\\[1mm]
+{\bf \underline{The Four Seasons\rule[-0.7mm]{0mm}{1mm}}}
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item SPRING, Concerto No. 1 in E Major
+\item SUMMER, Concerto No. 2 in G Minor
+\item AUTUMN, Concerto No. 3 in F Major
+\item WINTER, Concerto No. 4 in F Minor
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Simon Standage --- Violin\\
+Trevor Pinnock --- Harpsichord\\[1mm]
+{\it The English Chamber Orchestra} on authentic instruments.
+}%
+{\normalsize\sf Vivaldi\\The Four Seasons}{}
+%%-----------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/album/tapeman.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/album/tapeman.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..785eb687fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/album/tapeman.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+\documentstyle[tape]{article}
+\setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}
+\setlength{\textheight}{9in}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1in}
+\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.25}
+\parindent=15pt
+\parskip=6pt plus 1pt
+\pagestyle{plain}
+\begin{document}
+
+\section*{Making Casette Tape Labels using \LaTeX}
+\begin{flushright}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}}
+Sunil Podar (podar@sbcs)\\
+S.U.N.Y.\ at Stony Brook.\\
+
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushright}
+
+\vspace*{8mm}
+This document describes a way to maintain a simple ``album database'' and
+susequently print formatted casette tape labels. The commands to accomplish
+this have been implemented as a documentstyle option {\tt tape} and should be
+used with the {\it article} documentstyle, i.e., it should be invoked with
+the command:
+
+\verb|\documentstyle[tape]{article}|
+
+A casette has two sides and each side is assumed to hold one {\it album}.
+Each side of a casette tape label has three major fields of information,
+depicted in Figure 1.:
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[side\hfill] the textual information that goes on the front-flap. This
+is where most of the information goes.
+\item[title\hfill] the title given to the {\it side} that goes on the side
+face of the casette cover.
+\item[addendum\hfill] the textual information that goes on the back-flap of
+the casette tape cover.
+\end{description}
+
+\album{1}{\it side--1}{\it title--1}{\it addendum--1}
+\album{2}{\it side--2}{\it title--2}{\it addendum--2}
+\begin{figure}[hb]
+\begin{center}
+\renewcommand{\globaltapeid}{\footnotesize global\\tapeid}
+\small
+\maketape[tapeid]{1}{2}%
+\caption[]{The Layout of a Casette Tape Label and the Terminology Used}
+\end{center}
+\end{figure}
+
+\newpage
+Each side of the tape in the database is defined using the following
+command:
+
+{\it
+\verb|\album{|album-id\verb|}{|side\verb|}{|title\verb|}{|addendum\verb|}|}
+
+\verb|\album| command defines an album. More precisely, it defines one side
+of a casette tape. It takes four arguements: first one
+is a unique label assigned to every album, the other three being {\it side},
+{\it title} and {\it addendum}.
+
+A tape label holds information for two sides. Following command produces the
+tape label:
+
+{\it \verb|\maketape[|tape-id\verb|]{|album1-id\verb|}%
+{|album2-id\verb|}[|optional tape title\verb|]|}
+
+The album entry corresponding to {\it album1-id} goes on the left side of the
+tape label and those corresponding to {\it album2-id} on the right side. By
+default, individual titles are picked up from the album definition and
+formatted to appear under their own sides. If it is desired to have a single
+title as the case may be if both sides of a tape are by the same composer or
+group, then a title may be explicitly specified as the last arguement in
+which case individual titles of the two albums, as specified in their
+respective \verb|\album| definitions, are ignored.
+
+A tape label also has two minor
+fields of information, that go on the side face of the tape label, on either
+side of the title. They are:
+\begin{description}
+\item[globaltapeid\hfill] This goes on the left side of the title, almost
+flush with the left edge. This may hold information such as the owner's name.
+By default, it is empty and may be changed using a \verb|\renewcommand|.
+
+\item[tapeid\hfill] This is an identification for individual tapes and goes
+to the right of the title almost flush with the right edge.
+\end{description}
+
+The width of the box in which the two fields described above are printed, is
+controlled by a variable \verb|\tapeidwidth| and may be changed using a
+\verb|\setlength| command. Also, by default, a vertical line is drawn
+separating the two boxes from the title region. It may be changed by a
+\verb|\renewcommand| on the parameter \verb|\tapeidmarker| --- one may
+prefer a $\bullet$ (\verb|$\bullet$|) as the demarcator.
+
+The {\it side} and the {\it addendum} fields are set in a \verb|minipage|
+environment, thus any of the regular paragraph formatting commands of \LaTeX\
+may be used; various formatting environments, such as {\tt tabbing}, {\tt
+tabular}, {\tt itemize}, {\tt enumerate}, etc., can also be used. The other
+fields, i.e., {\it title}, {\it globaltapeid} and {\it tapeid} are set in a
+\verb|\parbox| thus only \verb|\\| command may be used with no blank lines in
+the fields -- a parbox permits only one simple paragraph. Just a reminder: to
+get indentation on a line following a \verb|\\| command, use \verb|\hspace*|
+instead of \verb|\hspace|; according to the manual, any \verb|\hspace| after
+a \verb|\\| is ignored.
+
+On the outside of the left hand edge of the tape label, three vertical lines
+are shown. In addition to enforcing a correct height for each of the three
+regions, they also serve as an indicator. Their height is invariant and in
+the case when more text has been typed in a region than will fit on the
+label, they indicate precisely by how much has the height been overshot. They
+should, of course, be left out when the label is cut.
+
+No choice of fonts or fontsizes is enforced and one is completely free to
+choose these, although it is suggested that a small-sized font (such as those
+obtained by \verb|\small|, \verb|\footnotesize| or \verb|\tiny| declarations)
+be used since the width of the paragraphs is rather small. Also, if more
+information need to be put than will fit, the inter-line spacing may be
+reduced using a \verb|\renewcommand| on the parameter \verb|\baselinestretch|.
+
+Two tape labels can be fit on a page, and a \verb|\newpage| declaration ought
+to be placed after every two \verb|\maketape| commands.
+
+It is assumed that each \verb|\album| describes one {\it side} of the tape
+label, which is also usually the case. If one side of a tape contains more
+than one album then one will have to declare it as a single \verb|\album|
+description. On the other hand, if a single album, or piece of music spans
+both sides of a casette tape, its description will have to be broken
+into two \verb|\album| declarations.
+
+The label can be cut out along the outer boundary -- the border lines are
+meant to be part of the label so the cut should be just along the outer edge
+of the lines.
+
+\section*{General Comments}
+
+The tape database is implemented by storing all fields as control sequences,
+thus it is suggested that the database be constructed using reasonable-sized
+files; subsequently to make tape labels, only the necessary files be
+\verb|\input|, otherwise \TeX\ may run out of memory.
+
+The tape database has been implemented with the aim that the database
+files be sharable amongst various users so long as every album has a unique
+{\it album-id}. In order to load a tape database, all one needs to do is
+\verb|\input| the appropriate files and subsequently type the
+\verb|\maketape| commands for each desired pair of albums.
+Following suggestions are made for conventions to be adopted
+so as to enable a large community to share files without much effort:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Each album database file have a ``{\tt .bum}'' file-name
+extension\footnote{music album $\Leftrightarrow$ musical bum --- Benny Hill}.
+For such files, the extension will have to be explicitly specified in the
+\verb|\input| statement, otherwise \TeX\ will look for a file with a {\tt
+.tex} extension.
+
+\item Separate files be maintained for different composers or groups.
+
+\item Any character can be used in the {\it album-id}, thus following
+formats are suggested for {\it album-id}'s\\[1mm]
+\hspace*{0.5in}\verb|filename.#|, or\\
+\hspace*{0.5in}\verb|filename[#]|, where {\tt \#} is an integer.
+
+For example, one may have a file {\tt mozart1.bum} with various album
+descriptions of Mozart's compositions, each having an album-id of the form
+{\tt mozart1.1}, {\tt mozart1.2}, and so on. If a single piece of music
+spans both sides then we might label the two parts using another level of
+subscripts, for example {\tt mozart.12.1} and {\tt mozart.12.2}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The only problem with above conventions is that if two users have a file with
+identical album-id's then the file will have to be
+copied and the album-id's changed.
+
+Following page contains an example. Commands used to generate the label would
+be:
+\leftmargini 25pt
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[tape]{article}
+\renewcommand{\globaltapeid}{\footnotesize\sf Sunil\\Podar}
+\begin{document}
+\input{example.bum}
+\maketape[\sf WC\\12]{vivaldi.1}{vivaldi.2}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+\newpage
+\vspace*{-4mm}
+{%
+\input{tape.sty}
+\input{example.bum}
+\renewcommand{\globaltapeid}{\footnotesize\sf Sunil\\Podar}
+\begin{center}
+\small
+\maketape[\sf WC\\12]{vivaldi.1}{vivaldi.2}
+\end{center}%
+}
+
+\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{0.85}
+\small\normalsize
+
+\noindent The file {\tt example.bum} contains:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\album{vivaldi.1}{\small Vivaldi, Antonio\hfill (1678-1741)\\
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Concerto in G Major for Two Mandolins, Strings \& Basso Continuo
+\item Concerto in C Major for Mandolin, Strings \& Basso Continuo
+\item Concerto in C Major for Two Mandolins, Two Theorboes, Two flutes,
+Two ``Salmoe'', Two Violins, Cello, Strings \& Basso Continuo
+\item Concerto a dve Chori in B flat Major, ``Con Violino Discordato'',
+Strings \& Basso Continuo
+\end{enumerate}
+}%
+{\normalsize\sf Vivaldi\\Mandolin Concertos}%
+{\small {\it I Solisti Veneti} --- Claudio Scimone\\[1mm]
+Bonifacio Bianchi, Alessandro Pitrelli --- Mandolins
+}
+%%-----------------------------------------------------------
+\album{vivaldi.2}{\small Vivaldi, Antonio\\[1mm]
+{\bf \underline{The Four Seasons\rule[-0.7mm]{0mm}{1mm}}}
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item SPRING, Concerto No. 1 in E Major
+\item SUMMER, Concerto No. 2 in G Minor
+\item AUTUMN, Concerto No. 3 in F Major
+\item WINTER, Concerto No. 4 in F Minor
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Simon Standage --- Violin\\
+Trevor Pinnock --- Harpsichord\\[1mm]
+{\it The English Chamber Orchestra} on authentic instruments.
+}%
+{\normalsize\sf Vivaldi\\The Four Seasons}{}
+%%-----------------------------------------------------------
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/bnf/bnf.README b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/bnf/bnf.README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bae8c349bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/bnf/bnf.README
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+The bnf.sty file provides a mechanism for pretty printing context free
+grammars. To use it, include it in one of the TEXINPUTS directories ---
+if you can't get it installed in your standard TeX macro directory, your
+current working directory should do. To make the macros available,
+include it as an optional parameter of the \documentstyle command.
+
+The bnf.tex file is the documentation.
+
+Known bugs are reported in bnf.bugs.
+
+Please report any new bugs to hugh@cs.kun.nl, or
+ Hugh Osborne,
+ Department of Informatics,
+ University of Nijmegen,
+ 6525GT Nijmegen,
+ The Netherlands.
+
+If you have not received this file directly from me, please let me know.
+I like to have an idea of how widespread its use is.
+Thanks,
+ Hugh.
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/bnf/bnf.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/bnf/bnf.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9198425030
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/bnf/bnf.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,528 @@
+\def\filedate{12/09/92 12:56pm}
+%\iffalse
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-file{
+%%% filename = "bnf.sty",
+%%% date = "9 Dec 1992",
+%%% time = "12:56 BST",
+%%% author = "Mike Piff",
+%%% address = "Dr M. J. Piff
+%%% University of Sheffield
+%%% Department of Pure Mathematics
+%%% Hicks Building
+%%% Hounsfield Road
+%%% SHEFFIELD S3 7RH
+%%% England",
+%%% telephone = "0742-305468",
+%%% email = "M.Piff@shef.ac.uk (Janet)",
+%%% keywords = "Backus,Naur,syntax,grammar",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% checksum = "10141 528 2414 20734",
+%%% docstring = "A style option to LaTeX for producing
+%%% Backus-Naur Form syntax notation.",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%% This is BNF.STY
+%% Copyright (C) 1992 by Mike Piff.
+%% All rights reserved.
+%% Copying of this file is authorized only if
+%% you make absolutely no changes to your copy.
+%%
+%% Usage:
+%% \documentstyle[bnf]{article} %% in LaTeX
+%<+driver>\documentstyle[12pt,doc,bnf]{article}
+%<+driver>% Select paper size.
+%<+driver>\def\firstletter#1#2\end{#1}
+%<+driver>\typein[\papersize]{Intended paper size?^^J%
+%<+driver>Choices: US letter size or A4; enter u or a, please:}%
+%<+driver>\edef\setpapersize{\lowercase{\edef\noexpand\papersize{%
+%<+driver> \noexpand\firstletter\papersize u\noexpand\end}}}
+%<+driver>\setpapersize
+%<+driver>\if a\papersize\relax
+%<+driver> \typeout{%
+%<+driver>OK, adjusting textwidth and textheight for A4 paper size}
+%<+driver>% A4 paper size, 21cm x 30cm
+%<+driver> \textwidth 6.375 true in \textheight 42\baselineskip
+%<+driver>\else
+%<+driver> \typeout{%
+%<+driver>Adjusting textwidth and textheight for US letter paper size}
+%<+driver>% US letter-size paper, 8.5 x 11 in:
+%<+driver> \textwidth 6.5in \textheight 8.9in
+%<+driver>\fi
+%<+driver>\begin{document}
+%<+driver> \DocInput{bnf.doc}
+%<+driver>\end{document}
+%<*style>
+%\fi
+%
+\typeout{Backus-Naur Form style option for LaTeX, (c) Mike Piff, \filedate}
+%\CheckSum{334}
+%\MakeShortVerb{\"}
+%\emergencystretch1in
+%\title{{\protect\bf Backus Naur Form in \protect\LaTeX}}
+%\author{Mike Piff}
+%\date{\filedate}
+%\maketitle
+%\thispagestyle{headings}
+%\begin{abstract}
+% This article explains how to produce Backus-Naur Form
+% in a \LaTeX\ document.
+% The objective is to produce this notation as simply and efficiently
+% as possible.
+% Thus, short cuts looking like the teletype equivalents are set up
+% for most of the symbolism.
+% This has the advantage that the source looks generally comparable
+% to the typeset equivalent.
+%\end{abstract}
+%
+%\section{Introduction}
+%\begin{bnf}
+%The macros described below grew out of a sub-task of the \LaTeX-3 project.
+%The objective was to program \LaTeX\ to produce Backus-Naur Form, or BNF
+%for short, which is a way of describing the syntax of formal languages.
+%In particular, the context-free syntax of modern programming languages
+%and of \TeX\ itself are described in this notation.
+%
+%The idea is that we set up an extended language consisting of all of
+%the symbols that are part of our real language, the {\bf terminal}
+%symbols, such as "a", "(", "@" or "{", and also some {\bf non-terminal}
+%symbols which represent syntactic structures, such as
+%$<statement>$, $<space token>$ or $<module>$.
+%A list of {\bf productions} is then given.
+%In the usual {\bf context-free} case, each one of these productions states
+%that a certain non-terminal can be replaced by a string of terminal
+%and non-terminal symbols. For instance, a production might express the fact
+%that a $<statement>$ could be a $<while statement>$. We write
+%$$<statement>-><while statement>$$
+%in BNF. Another production might say
+%$$<while statement>->"WHILE" <condition> "DO" <statement sequence> "END"$$
+%to indicate the form of a while-loop in the language.
+%
+%In general there will be several productions from any given non-terminal.
+%For instance, a $<statement>$ could also be a $<for statement>$.
+%Each non-terminal defines a {\bf language} of strings or {\bf words}
+%in the terminal alphabet. Starting from the non-terminal, randomly
+%substitute a replacement string for it. Then, in that replacement string,
+%choose any non-terminal and randomly substitute one of its replacement
+%expressions. Continue randomly replacing non-terminals until a string
+%with no non-terminals results. This string is in the language defined
+%by the non-terminal. For instance, the non-terminal $<statement>$ would
+%define a language consisting of all valid statements in the programming
+%language, and a non-terminal $<module>$ would generate all valid
+%modules.
+%
+%Because it is possible for a non-terminal to expand to nothing at all,
+%we introduce the symbol $\Empty$ to indicate a null replacement string.
+%
+%In more complicated examples, we have {\bf context sensitive} productions,
+%such as
+%$$"a"<B>"cd"<E>->"d"<D>$$
+%which say that the string $"a"<B>"cd"<E>$ may be replaced by the string
+%$"d"<D>$ anywhere that it appears. There might not be any direct replacement
+%for either $<B>$ or $<E>$.
+%
+%Backus-Naur Form allows us to condense several productions into one
+%compound production.
+%Thus, the productions
+%\begin{eqnarray*}
+% <S>&->&"a"<B><D>"c"\\
+% <S>&->&"a"<C><D>"c"
+%\end{eqnarray*}
+%are condensed into the single production
+%$$<S>->"a"(<B>|<C>)<D>"c".$$
+%It indicates certain {\em alternatives\/} in the replacement.
+%
+%Similarly, the two productions
+%\begin{eqnarray*}
+% <S>&->&"a"<B><C>"c"<D>"c"\\
+% <S>&->&"a"<D>"c"
+%\end{eqnarray*}
+%can be condensed into
+%$$<S>->"a"[<B><C>"c"]<D>"c".$$
+%This indicates that a substring $s$ in the replacement string
+%is {\em optional}. We have the alternative form
+%$$<S>->"a"(<B><C>"c"|\Empty)<D>"c".$$
+%
+%
+%A more complex case is that of an unlimited number of repetitions of a
+%substring. For instance, identifiers are often defined as consisting of
+%a letter followed by arbitrarily many letters and digits.
+%An example might then be
+%\begin{eqnarray*}
+% <identifier>&->&<letter><sequence>\\
+% <sequence>&->&\Empty\\
+% <sequence>&->&<letter><sequence>\\
+% <sequence>&->&<digit><sequence>
+%\end{eqnarray*}
+%where it is assumed that these are the only productions that use the
+%non-terminal $<sequence>$. The above productions are condensed into
+%$$<identifier>-><letter>{@ <letter>|<digit>}.$$
+%
+%Further notation is used to express the fact that the string $w_2$ is
+%obtained from the string $w_1$ by the use of just one substitution defined
+%by one production. We write $w_1=>w_2$. If $w_2$ is obtainable from $w_1$
+%by a sequence of substitutions we write $w_1=>^*w_2$.
+%\end{bnf}
+%
+%\section{The macros}
+%The macros in "bnf.sty" can be used in one of two ways.
+%The first is to use the long forms of the commands to generate the
+%BNF notation. These only work in mathematics mode.
+%
+%The second is to
+%surround the block where BNF notation is required within a "bnf"
+%environment, or to use the command "\bnf" locally or globally.
+%In either case, the effect is to change the meaning of certain characters
+%in the input stream when they are met in mathematics mode. This makes
+%it possible to use the short forms of the commands.
+%
+%We first describe the long forms of the commands.
+%
+%The notation $\begin{NonTerminal}non terminal\end{NonTerminal}$
+%is produced by the environment "NonTerminal",
+%surrounding the name of the symbol. Spaces in the name are respected, and
+%the font used is governed by the definition of "\NonTerminalStyle".
+%
+%A terminal letter or string is produced by the command "\Terminal",
+%which equates to "\verb*" in \LaTeX; thus \verb*|\Terminal"xy z"|
+%produces $\Terminal"xy z"$, and \verb*|\Terminal`"`|
+%produces~$\Terminal`"`$.
+%By redefining the commands "\PreTerminal" and "\PostTerminal", the
+%terminal strings can be started and ended with given strings; for instance,
+%we might want all such terminal strings to begin and end with a
+%double quote symbol. We could achieve this by means of the following
+%definitions.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+% \def\PreTerminal{\mbox{\tt"}} \let\PostTerminal\PreTerminal
+%\end{verbatim}
+%The empty string $\Empty$ is generated
+%by "\Empty".
+%
+%The production symbol $\Production$ is produced by "\Production", while
+%"\Yields" yields $\Yields$. The alternative symbol $\OR$ is "\OR",
+%and the optional brackets $\Optional w_1\endOptional$ are generated by
+%the environment "Optional". Environment "Star" will generate the
+%repetition braces $\Star w_2\endStar$. Ordinary round meta-brackets
+%$\Bracket w_3\endBracket$ are generated by the "Bracket" environment.
+%
+%Here is an example, taken from Modula-2.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%$$ \begin{NonTerminal}Case Statement\end{NonTerminal}
+% \Production\Terminal"CASE"
+% \begin{NonTerminal}expression\end{NonTerminal}
+% \Terminal"OF"
+% \begin{NonTerminal}case\end{NonTerminal}
+% \begin{Star}
+% \Terminal"|"\begin{NonTerminal}case\end{NonTerminal}
+% \end{Star}
+% \begin{Optional}
+% \Terminal"ELSE"
+% \begin{NonTerminal}Statement Sequence\end{NonTerminal}
+% \end{Optional}
+% \Terminal"END" $$
+%\end{verbatim}
+%{\small
+%$$ \begin{NonTerminal}Case Statement\end{NonTerminal}
+% \Production\Terminal"CASE"
+% \begin{NonTerminal}expression\end{NonTerminal}
+% \Terminal"OF"
+% \begin{NonTerminal}case\end{NonTerminal}
+% \begin{Star}
+% \Terminal"|"\begin{NonTerminal}case\end{NonTerminal}
+% \end{Star}
+% \begin{Optional}
+% \Terminal"ELSE"
+% \begin{NonTerminal}Statement Sequence\end{NonTerminal}
+% \end{Optional}
+% \Terminal"END" $$
+%}%
+%
+%\begin{bnf}
+%The short forms are now described. We can get $<A>$ by typing "<A>",
+%and
+%\DeleteShortVerb\"
+%$"ab c"$
+%\MakeShortVerb\"
+%by typing \verb*|"ab c"| or \verb*|`ab c`|. The pairs "->" and "=>" give
+%$->$ and $=>$ respectively, and $[s_1](s_2|s_3)$ is obtained by
+%typing "[s_1](s_2|s_3)". Notice that these yield "\left" and "\right"
+%style brackets. The Star environment ${@w}$ can be produced by
+%"{@w}". There seemed to be no obvious way to obtain this one
+%directly from the braces. The "@" symbol produces a "Star" group
+%starting at the current point and ending at the end of the current group.
+%Thus, it must be used within grouping brackets "{" and~"}".
+%
+%There is another restriction on the use of "@". Because we might also want to
+%produce $@<$ and $@>$ in some BNF text, these can be obtained by using
+%the pairs "@<" and "@>". An alternative that is provided is to use
+%"\lt" and~"\gt". Otherwise "<" and ">" will attempt to open and close
+%a "NonTerminal" environment, probably unsuccessfully.
+%\end{bnf}
+%
+%Here are some examples of the short forms.
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\begin{bnf}
+% \begin{eqnarray*}
+% <assignment>& -> & <non-macro assignment> | <macro assignment>\\
+% <equals> & ->& <optional spaces> | <optional spaces>"="_{12}\\
+% <def>&->&"\def"|"\gdef"|"\edef"|"\xdef"\\
+% <normal integer>&->&<integer constant>\\
+% &&|<integer constant><one optional space>\\
+% &&|"'"_{12}<octal constant><one optional space>\\
+% &&|`"`_{12}<hexadecimal constant><one optional space>\\
+% &&|"`"_{12}<character token><one optional space>\\
+% <S>&->& "a" <B>\\
+% <S>&->&\Empty\\
+% <B>&->& "b" <B>\\
+% <B>&->&{@ a{@ b{@ c{@ d{@ e<B>}}}}}\\
+% <B>&->& ["c"{@"ab"}"d"] | {@ {@"aba"}["d"]{@"baab"}}
+% \end{eqnarray*}
+%\end{bnf}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{bnf}
+% \begin{eqnarray*}
+% <assignment>& -> & <non-macro assignment> | <macro assignment>\\
+% <equals> & ->& <optional spaces> | <optional spaces>"="_{12}\\
+% <def>&->&"\def"|"\gdef"|"\edef"|"\xdef"\\
+% <normal integer>&->&<integer constant>\\
+% &&|<integer constant><one optional space>\\
+% &&|"'"_{12}<octal constant><one optional space>\\
+% &&|`"`_{12}<hexadecimal constant><one optional space>\\
+% &&|"`"_{12}<character token><one optional space>\\
+% <S>&->& "a" <B>\\
+% <S>&->&\Empty\\
+% <B>&->& "b" <B>\\
+% <B>&->&{@ a{@ b{@ c{@ d{@ e<B>}}}}}\\
+% <B>&->& ["c"{@"ab"}"d"] | {@ {@"aba"}["d"]{@"baab"}}
+% \end{eqnarray*}
+%\end{bnf}
+%
+%\StopEventually{}
+%\section{Implementation of the long forms}
+%The "NonTerminal" environment is easy to implement.
+%We set nonterminal letters in roman by default, that is, maths family~0,
+%and make sure that spaces are respected. The boolean is there to
+%make the checking of the short forms easier later. Certain characters
+%can be excluded from the text of a nonterminal, and an error message
+%issued if they are encountered.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifnonterminal
+\def\NonTerminal{\left\langle\obeyspaces\ControlSpaces
+ \nonterminaltrue\NonTerminalStyle}
+\def\endNonTerminal{\right\rangle}
+\def\NonTerminalStyle{\fam0 }
+{\obeyspaces\gdef\ControlSpaces{\let =\ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%The "Star", "Optional" and "Bracket" environments are all similar.
+%A small amount of extra space has been introduced round each,
+%to improve their appearance.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\Star{\,\left\{} \def\endStar{\right\}\,}
+\def\Optional{\,\left[} \def\endOptional{\right]\,}
+\def\Bracket{\,\left(} \def\endBracket{\right)\,}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%The single symbols have easy definitions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\OR{\mathop{\left|\right.}\nolimits}
+\def\Production{\mathrel{\longrightarrow}}
+\def\Yields{\mathrel{\Longrightarrow}}
+\def\Empty{\varepsilon}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%By far the most difficult effect to produce is that of a terminal.
+%We could make "\Terminal" expand to "\verb*", but that prevents us
+%from including extra text before and after the terminal string.
+%Thus a definition similar to that of "\verb*" from NFSS is included.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\`=\active
+ \gdef\TerminalFont{\tt \catcode96\active
+ \def`{\leavevmode\kern\z@\char96 }}
+\endgroup
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\~=\active
+ \lccode`\~=`\^^M
+ \lowercase{\endgroup
+ \gdef\Terminal{\relax\PreTerminal
+ \ifmmode \hbox \else \leavevmode\null \fi
+ \bgroup
+ \TerminalFont
+ \catcode`~\active
+ \def~{\egroup\@latexerr{Terminal string ended by
+ end of line.}\@ehc}%
+ \let\do\@makeother \dospecials
+ \@sTerminal}}
+\def\@sTerminal#1{%
+ \catcode`#1\active
+ \lccode`\~`#1%
+ \lowercase{\def~{\egroup\PostTerminal}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%The default leading and trailing text is defined to be empty.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\PreTerminal{} \def\PostTerminal{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\section{Implementation of the short forms}
+%
+%Our first task is to make $<$ and $>$ available as mathematical symbols.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\mathchardef\lt="313C \mathchardef\gt="313E
+% \end{macrocode}
+%The next task is more subtle, and at first puzzled the author when he
+%tried to make a preliminary version of these macros work.
+%The problem is that we are making "-" into an active character.
+%If we do this we find that it tries to expand in text as well, and so
+%we make sure that it only expands in maths mode.
+%Our objective is to make "->" expand to $\Production$, but here is
+%where things go wrong. In plain \TeX, the control sequence
+%"\longrightarrow" is defined to expand to a "\relbar" and a "\rightarrow".
+%In turn, a relbar expands to yield a "-" again, and so we are in an
+%infinite loop.
+%
+%The solution seems to be to abandon the definition of "\relbar" in
+%plain \TeX\ and produce our own. The same applies to "=" and "\Relbar".
+%We also make a hyphen available for use within nonterminals.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\mathchardef\HYPHEN="2D \mathchardef\MINUS="2200
+\mathchardef\Relbar="303D \def\relbar{\mathrel{\smash{\MINUS}}}
+\mathchardef\EQUALS="303D
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%We next define "\bnf" to set the mathcodes of the characters we wish to
+%use to the active value \verb|"8000|. Thus in text they will behave as
+%normal characters, but in mathematics they will expand as though they were
+%active characters. We also allow "bnf" to be an environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\mathactive{"8000}
+\def\bnf{%
+ \mathcode`"=\mathactive
+ \mathcode`[=\mathactive \mathcode`\]=\mathactive
+ \mathcode`(=\mathactive \mathcode`\)=\mathactive
+ \mathcode`|=\mathactive \mathcode`-=\mathactive
+ \mathcode`<=\mathactive \mathcode`\>=\mathactive
+ \mathcode`@=\mathactive \mathcode`==\mathactive
+ \mathcode96 \mathactive
+}
+\def\endbnf{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%Several characters are not allowed to appear in nonterminal names,
+%and so we define an error message to warn the user.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\NotInNonTerminal{\errmessage{Not allowed in a non-terminal}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%Several of our mathactive characters have similar definitions;
+%we use this fact to allow some condensation of our file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\NotNTdef#1#2{\gdef#1{\ifnonterminal\NotInNonTerminal\else#2\fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%The expansion text of all our mathactive characters must be defined
+%inside a group in which they are all active.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`"\active
+ \catcode`[\active \catcode`\]\active
+ \catcode`(\active \catcode`\)\active
+ \catcode`|\active \catcode`-\active
+ \catcode`<\active \catcode`>\active
+ \catcode`@\active \catcode`=\active
+ \catcode96 \active
+% \end{macrocode}
+%First we have the two short forms of "\Terminal".
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \gdef"{\Terminal"}%
+ \gdef`{\Terminal`}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Next a block of definitions of characters which are illegal inside
+%nonterminals.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \NotNTdef[\Optional \NotNTdef]\endOptional
+ \NotNTdef(\Bracket \NotNTdef)\endBracket
+ \NotNTdef|\OR \NotNTdef<\NonTerminal
+% \end{macrocode}
+%The end of a nonterminal has to be defined directly, of course.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \gdef>{\endNonTerminal}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%A "-" character in a nonterminal is just a hyphen, but otherwise it
+%could possibly be a production arrow.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \gdef-{%
+ \ifnonterminal
+ \def\Nnext{\HYPHEN}%
+ \else
+ \def\Nnext{\futurelet\Next\SeeIfProdn}%
+ \fi\Nnext}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%The "=" character, on the other hand, should not appear in a nonterminal.
+%Otherwise, it could be a yields arrow.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \gdef={%
+ \ifnonterminal
+ \def\Nnext{\NotInNonTerminal}%
+ \else
+ \def\Nnext{\futurelet\Next\SeeIfYields}%
+ \fi\Nnext}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%The "@" character should examine the next character to see whether it should
+%be given a special treatment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \gdef@{% either an escape char or a star group
+ \ifnonterminal
+ \def\Nnext{\NotInNonTerminal}%
+ \else
+ \def\Nnext{\futurelet\Next\SeeIfSpecial}%
+ \fi\Nnext}%
+\endgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%All that remains now is to see that the checks used above
+%are defined. First we have the check for a production.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SeeIfProdn{%
+ \if\noexpand\Next\noexpand>%
+ \def\Nnext{\Production\@gobble}%
+ \else
+ \def\Nnext{\MINUS}%
+ \fi
+ \Nnext}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Second we have the check for a yields.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SeeIfYields{%
+ \if\noexpand\Next\noexpand>%
+ \def\Nnext{\Yields\@gobble}%
+ \else
+ \def\Nnext{\EQUALS}%
+ \fi\Nnext}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%Finally the "@" character must produce a "Star" environment unless it
+%is immediately followed by "<" or~">".
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\SeeIfSpecial{%
+ \if\noexpand\Next\noexpand<%
+ \def\Nnext{\lt\@gobble}%
+ \else
+ \if\noexpand\Next\noexpand>%
+ \def\Nnext{\gt\@gobble}%
+ \else
+ \def\Nnext{\Star\bgroup\aftergroup\endStar\aftergroup\egroup}%
+ \fi
+ \fi\Nnext}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\Finale
+
+%\endinput
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% Dr M J Piff %% e-mail:
+%% Department of Pure Mathematics %%
+%% University of Sheffield %% M.Piff@sheffield.ac.uk
+%% Hicks Building %% M.Piff@pa.shef.ac.uk
+%% Hounsfield Road %% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% SHEFFIELD S3 7RH %% Telephone: SHEFFIELD (0742) 768555
+%% England %% Ext. 4431
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curves.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curves.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81c4169eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curves.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+% curves.sty version 1.42 for LaTeX 2.09, SLiTeX, and LaTeX2e.
+% I.L. Maclaine-cross, The University of New South Wales.
+% Internet: i.maclaine-cross@unsw.edu.au
+\typeout{Document Style Option `curves' <12 August 2000>}
+% Draws curves in LaTeX picture environment using parabolas between points
+% with continuous slope at points. Equivalent to technical pens with
+% compasses and French curves.
+% A Command Summary is at the end of this file.
+%
+% curvesls.sty is a faster equivalent requiring less memory which uses
+% straight line drawing \specials like emTeX's.
+
+% Make `;' appear like a letter so control sequences can use it and they
+% will not be accidently used by other macro packages.
+\catcode`\;=11
+
+\newcount\;sc % number of symbols on Bezier segment
+\newcount\;scp
+\newcount\;t
+\newcount\;cc % coordinate count
+\newcount\;cnd % actual point count to next dot
+\newcount\;mcnd % maximum point count to next dot
+\newcount\;np
+\newcount\;overhang
+\newcount\;pns
+\newcount\;psc % maximum dot spacing on line in sp.
+\newcount\;pbs
+\newcount\;rc
+\newcount\;rtc
+\newcount\;tc
+\let\;tca=\@tempcnta
+\let\;tcb=\@tempcntb
+
+\newdimen\csdiameter
+\newdimen\curvelength
+\newdimen\overhang \overhang\z@
+\newdimen\;dx
+\newdimen\;ddx
+\newdimen\;dy
+\newdimen\;ddy
+\newdimen\;pl \;pl\z@
+\newdimen\;ucd
+\newdimen\;y
+\let\;td=\@tempdima
+\let\;ytd=\@tempdimb
+
+\newsavebox{\;csbox}
+\newsavebox{\;pt}
+
+\newif\ifcurvewarn \curvewarntrue % Warn about curve problems
+\newif\if;ccn % coordinate number correct
+\newif\if;pt % plot points if true
+\newif\if;csym % curve symbol defined
+\newif\if;scnt % symbol or pattern count <>0
+
+\newhelp\;strline{curve straight from}
+\newhelp\m;ssingcoord{curve needs more points, add them.}
+\newhelp\;negdash{curvedashes needs the same sign for all arguments.}
+\newhelp\;oddcoord{curve requires two co-ordinates for each point,
+ count them.}
+
+\newcommand\arc{\@ifnextchar[\;arc{\;arc[0]}}
+\newcommand\;arc{}
+\def\;arc[#1](#2,#3)#4{\;setpoint{#1}\scaleput(#2,#3){\;ddx-#3\unitlength
+ \;ddy#2\unitlength \;firstpoint \;td#4\p@ \;drwarc}}
+
+
+% Redefines version in LaTeX 2e of 1 June 1994.
+\def\bezier#1)#2(#3)#4({\@bezier#1)(#3)(}
+\def\@bezier#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7){\;dx#4\unitlength \;ddx-\;dx
+ \advance\;dx-#2\unitlength \advance\;ddx#6\unitlength \;dy#5\unitlength
+ \;ddy-\;dy \advance\;dy-#3\unitlength \advance\;ddy#7\unitlength
+ \;setpoint{#1}\scaleput(#2,#3){\;firstpoint \;bezier}}
+
+\newcommand\bigcircle{\@ifnextchar[\;bgcrcl{\;bgcrcl[0]}}
+\newcommand\;bgcrcl{}
+\def\;bgcrcl[#1]#2{\;setpoint{#1}\;dx\unitlength \global\divide\unitlength\tw@
+ \scaleput(#2,0){\;ddx\z@ \;ddy#2\unitlength \global\unitlength\;dx \;td360\p@
+ \;drwarc}}
+
+\newcommand\closecurve{\@ifnextchar[\;closecurve{\;closecurve[0]}}
+\newcommand\;closecurve{}
+\def\;closecurve[#1](#2){\;coordn\closecurve\thr@@{#2}{#1}%
+ \if;ccn\scaleput(\;xb,\;yb){\edef\;ci{\;xa,\;ya,#2,\;xb,\;yb,\;xc,\;yc}%
+ \advance\;cc\thr@@ \;tagcurve\;ci}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\curve{\@ifnextchar[\;curve{\;curve[0]}}
+\newcommand\;curve{}
+\def\;curve[#1](#2){\;coordn\curve\tw@{#2}{#1}%
+ \if;ccn \scaleput(\;xa,\;ya){\;firstpoint
+ \ifnum\;cc=\tw@ \;slbezd \;slbez
+ \else \;scbezd\;dx\;ddx\;xa\;xb\;xc \;scbezd\;dy\;ddy\;ya\;yb\;yc
+ \;bezier \;tagcurve{#2}\ifnum\;cc>6\;endcurve\fi \fi}\fi}
+\newcommand\;scbezd[5]{\;slcd#2#3#5\divide#24\;slcd#1#3#4\advance#1-#2}
+\newcommand\;xa{} \newcommand\;xb{} \newcommand\;xc{}
+\newcommand\;ya{} \newcommand\;yb{} \newcommand\;yc{}
+\newcommand\;ci{}
+
+\newcommand\curvesymbol[1]{\def\;curvesymbol{#1}\ch;ckcs
+ \global\setbox\;csbox\hbox{#1}\csdiameter\wd\;csbox}
+\newcommand\;curvesymbol{} \def\;curvesymbol{}
+
+\newcommand\curvedashes{\@ifnextchar[\;crvdshs{\;crvdshs[\unitlength]}}
+\newcommand\;crvdshs{}
+\def\;crvdshs[#1]#2{\;ucd#1\def\;icurvedashes{#2}\;ccnfalse \;pl\z@
+ \@for \;ci:=#2\do{\ifdim\;ci\;ucd<\z@ \;ccntrue \@latexerr{\string
+ \curvedashes\space sign bad at \;ci}{\the\;negdash ^^J\@eha}%
+ \else \advance\;pl\;ci\;ucd \fi}\if;ccn\;pl\z@\fi}
+\newcommand\;icurvedashes{}
+
+\newcommand\diskpitchstretch{\@ne}
+
+\newcommand\tagcurve{\@ifnextchar[\;tgcrv{\;tgcrv[0]}}
+\newcommand\;tgcrv{}
+\def\;tgcrv[#1](#2){\;coordn\tagcurve\thr@@{#2}{#1}\if;ccn
+ \scaleput(\;xb,\;yb){\;firstpoint \;tagcurve{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\scaleput{}
+\long\def\scaleput(#1,#2)#3{\@killglue \;td#2\unitlength
+ \raise\yscale\;td \hbox to \z@{\kern\xscaley\;td \;td#1\unitlength
+ \kern\xscale\;td \raise\yscalex\;td \hbox{#3}\hss}\ignorespaces}
+\newcommand\xscale{\@ne}
+\newcommand\xscaley{0}
+\newcommand\yscale{\@ne}
+\newcommand\yscalex{0}
+
+% Plot first point if any.
+\newcommand\;firstpoint{\ifdim\;pl=\z@\;point\fi}
+
+% Calculates segment count, sine, cosine and differences then plots segments.
+\newcommand\;drwarc{\;cc\;td \;np\;td \;td23\p@ \divide\;cc\;td
+ \;abs\;cc \advance\;cc\@ne \;pns\p@ \divide\;pns\tw@
+ \divide\;np\;cc \;rc\;np \divide\;rc\;pns \;abs\;rc
+ \advance\;rc\@ne \divide\;np\;rc \multiply\;np\;pns \divide\;np14668 %
+ \multiply\;np\;rc \divide\;np\@cclvi \;scp\p@ \multiply\;scp\@cclvi
+ \;t\;pns \;csi\;csi\;csi\;csi \;rxy\;ddx\;ddy \divide\;rc\p@
+ \advance\;rc\@ne \;rtc\;rc \advance\;rc\;rc \;ndd\;ddx \;ndd\;ddy
+ \;csi \;rxy\;ddx\;ddy \divide\;rc\;pns \advance\;rc\@ne
+ \@whilenum\;cc>\z@ \do{\advance\;cc\m@ne \;dx\;ddx \;dy\;ddy
+ \divide\;ddx\;rc \divide\;ddy\;rc \;td\;ddx \;ddx\;t\;td
+ \advance\;ddx-\;np\;ddy \;ddy\;t\;ddy \advance\;ddy\;np\;td
+ \divide\;ddx\;pns \divide\;ddy\;pns \;ddx\;rc\;ddx \;ddy\;rc\;ddy
+ {\;bezier \global\;ytd\;y \global\;tca\;overhang}\;y\;ytd \;overhang\;tca}}
+\newcommand\;ndd[1]{\divide#1\;rc \multiply#1\;np \divide#1\;t #1\;rtc#1}
+% Cosine and sine half angle iteration.
+\newcommand\;csi{\;tcb\;np \multiply\;np\;t \divide\;np\;pns \;t\;tcb
+ \multiply\;t\;t \divide\;t-\;scp \advance\;t\;pns \divide\;scp4 }
+
+% Count the number of co-ordinate specified and warns if incorrect.
+\newcommand\;coordn[4]{\;setpoint{#4}\ifx#1\closecurve\;cc\tw@\else\;cc\z@\fi
+ \@for\;ci:=#3\do{\advance\;cc\@ne
+ \ifcase\;cc \or \;d;f\;xa \or \;d;f\;ya \or \;d;f\;xb
+ \or \;d;f\;yb \or \;d;f\;xc \or \;d;f\;yc \fi
+ \ifx#1\closecurve\ifodd\;cc \;d;f\;xa \else \;d;f\;ya \fi\fi}%
+ \;ccnfalse \ifx#1\closecurve \advance\;cc-\tw@ \fi
+ \ifodd\;cc \@latexerr{\string #1\space points odd}{\the\;oddcoord ^^J\@eha}%
+ \else \divide\;cc\tw@
+ \ifnum#2>\;cc \@latexerr{\string #1 needs \the#2 points}%
+ {\the\m;ssingcoord ^^J\@eha}%
+ \else \;ccntrue \fi\fi}
+
+% Sets symbol, character or disk depending on how line is to be plotted.
+% Corrects overhang to be positive or zero but no greater than \;pl.
+\newcommand\;setpoint[1]{\curvelength\z@ \def\;po;nt{\raise\;y\copy\;pt}\ch;ckcs
+ \ifnum#1=\z@\;scntfalse\else\;scnttrue\fi \;sc#1\relax \;abs\;sc \;psc\;sc
+ \ifdim\;pl>\z@ \;overhang\overhang
+ \ifnum\;overhang=\z@\else \;np\;overhang \divide\;np\;pl \multiply\;np\;pl
+ \ifnum\;overhang<\z@ \advance\;overhang\;pl
+ \else \ifnum\;overhang=\;np\advance\;overhang\;pl\fi
+ \fi \advance\;overhang-\;np
+ \fi \if;csym \if;scnt\;setdisk\else\;setsymbol\;td\p@\fi \else \;setdisk \fi
+ \s;tpitch
+ \else\ifnum#1>\z@ \s;tcirc{\hss\vrule\@height\@wholewidth\@width\@wholewidth}%
+ \else\ifnum#1<\z@ \if;csym\;setsymbol\else\set;pt{}\fi
+ \else \;setdisk \s;tpitch \fi\fi\fi
+ \edef\;point{\;po;nt}\;y\dp\;pt \advance\;y-\ht\;pt \divide\;y\tw@}
+\newcommand\;setsymbol{\s;tcirc{\hss\unhcopy\;csbox}\edef\;po;nt{\;po;nt
+ \s;tcirc{\hss\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\;curvesymbol}%
+ \global\setbox\;csbox\copy\;pt}}
+\newcommand\s;tpitch{\;td\diskpitchstretch\;td \;psc\;td}
+\newcommand\;po;nt{} \newcommand\;point{}
+
+% Sets LaTeX disk character and calculates maximum spacing or selects period.
+\newcommand\;setdisk{\ifdim\@halfwidth>.85\p@
+ \s;tcirc{\@circ{\@wholewidth}{112}}\;td\@wholewidth
+ \divide\;td 8\advance\;td.6\p@ \ifdim\;td>\thr@@\p@\;td\thr@@\p@\fi
+ \else \;setperiod \fi}%
+
+% OFSS, SLiTeX or NFSS version for period selected at load time.
+% NFSS fix requested by Peter Vanroose and
+% Michel Goossens who also supplied a workable patch.
+\@ifundefined{selectfont}{\@ifundefined{fourteenrm}{%
+\newcommand\;setperiod{\ifdim\@halfwidth>.6\p@ \let\;ci\svtnrm \;td.7\p@
+ \else\ifdim\@wholewidth>.85\p@ \let\;ci\twlrm \;td.48\p@
+ \else \ifdim\@wholewidth>.6\p@ \let\;ci\egtrm \else \let\;ci\fivrm \fi
+ \;td.34\p@ \fi\fi \s;tcirc{\;ci\hss.}}%
+ }{%
+\newcommand\;setperiod{\;td.7\p@ \s;tcirc{\fourteenrm\hss.}}%
+ }}{%
+\newcommand\;setperiod{%
+ \ifdim\@halfwidth>.6\p@ \;tcb17\;td.7\p@
+ \else\ifdim\@wholewidth>.85\p@ \;tcb12\;td.48\p@
+ \else \ifdim\@wholewidth>.6\p@ \;tcb8\else \;tcb5\fi \;td.34\p@ \fi\fi
+ \s;tcirc{\rm \fontseries m\fontshape n\fontsize{\the\;tcb}\p@
+ \selectfont \hss.}}%
+ }
+
+% Check if curvesymbol exists and set switch.
+\newcommand\ch;ckcs{\ifx\;curvesymbol\@empty\;csymfalse\else\;csymtrue\fi}
+
+% Makes zero width box \;pt of point
+\newcommand\s;tcirc[1]{\set;pt to\z@{#1\hss}}
+
+% Set global box \;pt
+\newcommand\set;pt{\global\setbox\;pt\hbox}
+
+% Plots last segment of curve from coordinates already read.
+\newcommand\;endcurve{\;ecbezd\;dx\;ddx\;xa\;xb\;xc
+ \;ecbezd\;dy\;ddy\;ya\;yb\;yc \;bezier}
+\newcommand\;ecbezd[5]{\;slcd#1#3#5\divide#14 #2-#1\advance#2#5\unitlength
+ \advance#2-#4\unitlength}
+
+% Reads coordinates of four points before going to difference calculation.
+\newcommand\;tagcurve[1]{\ifnum\;cc=\thr@@ \;endcurve \else \;cc\z@
+ \@for\;ci:=#1\do{\advance\;cc\@ne \ifnum\;cc>6 %
+ \ifodd\;cc \;slcd\;dx\;xa\;xc \let\;xa\;xb \let\;xb\;xc \;d;f\;xc
+ \else \t;gcrv \fi \fi}\fi}
+
+% Calculates differences over whole segment from four points.
+\newcommand\t;gcrv{\;slcd\;dy\;ya\;yc \let\;ya\;yb \let\;yb\;yc \;d;f\;yc
+ \;rxy\;dx\;dy \divide\;dx\;rtc \divide\;dy\;rtc
+ \;ddx-\;ya\;dx \advance\;ddx\;xa\;dy \;ddy\;ddx
+ \advance\;ddx\;yb\;dx \advance\;ddx-\;xb\;dy
+ \advance\;ddy\;yc\;dx \advance\;ddy-\;xc\;dy
+ \;slbezd \;td\;ddy \divide\;td\@m
+ \ifdim\;td=\z@ \ifcurvewarn
+ \@warning{\the\;strline \;xa,\;ya\space to \;xb,\;yb}\fi \;slbez
+ \else \;td\unitlength \;rtc\;td \advance\;rtc\;rtc
+ \divide\;rtc\p@ \advance\;rtc\@ne \divide\;td\;rtc
+ \;t\;ddx \;scp\;t \;abs\;t
+ \advance\;t\;t \divide\;t\p@ \advance\;t\@ne \divide\;scp\;t
+ \multiply\;td\;scp \divide\;td\;ddy \multiply\;td\;rtc \multiply\;td\;t
+ \;ddx\;xc\;td \advance\;ddx-\;xa\;td \advance\;dx-\;ddx
+ \;ddy\;yc\;td \advance\;ddy-\;ya\;td \advance\;dy-\;ddy \;bezier \fi}
+
+% Avoid repeating {\;ci}
+\newcommand\;d;f[1]{\edef#1{\;ci}}
+
+\newcommand\;slbezd{\;slcd\;dx\;xa\;xb \;slcd\;dy\;ya\;yb}
+
+% Calculates difference between two coordinates.
+\newcommand\;slcd[3]{#1#3\unitlength \advance#1-#2\unitlength}
+
+% Calculates differences for bezier straight line.
+\newcommand\;slbez{\divide\;dx\tw@ \;ddx\;dx \divide\;dy\tw@ \;ddy\;dy \;bezier}
+
+% Scales segment differences, then calculates segment pattern and disk count,
+% and initial disk differences; selects line or dashes.
+\newcommand\;bezier{\;scale\;dx\;dy \;scp\;rc \;np\;rc \;scale\;ddx\;ddy
+ \ifnum\;rc>\;np\;np\;rc\fi \advance\;np\;np
+ \advance\;scp\;rc \;bezc\;dx\;ddx \;bezc\;dy\;ddy \;rxy\;ddx\;ddy
+ \divide\;rc\p@ \advance\;rc\thr@@
+ \;tc\;rc \;sroot\;sroot\;sroot \;tca\;rc \;rxy\;dx\;dy
+ \advance\;rc\;scp \divide\;rc\thr@@ \global\advance\curvelength\;rc sp%
+ \divide\;np\;psc \ifnum\;np<\@ne\;np\@ne\fi \;t\;np
+ \if;scnt\ifdim\;pl=\z@ \;t\;sc
+ \else\;np
+ \if;csym \;rc \divide\;np\;sc \advance\;np-\csdiameter
+ \;td\;pl \divide\;td\tw@ \advance\;np\;td \divide\;np\;pl
+ \ifnum\;np<\@ne\;np\@ne\fi \multiply\;np\;sc
+ \else \;sc \fi \advance\;t\;np \divide\;t\;np \multiply\;t\;np
+ \fi \fi
+ \ifnum\;t>\;tca \;mcnd\;t \divide\;mcnd\;tca \else \;mcnd\@ne \;tca\;t \fi
+ \;tc\;t \advance\;tc\;tc \;rtc\;tc
+ \;tcb\;tca \advance\;tcb\@ne \multiply\;tcb\;mcnd \advance\;rtc-\;tcb
+ \multiply\;rtc\;tca \;tcb\;t \multiply\;tcb\;tcb \divide\;tcb\;mcnd
+ \;bezd\;dx\;ddx \;bezd\;dy\;ddy \edef\;tplot{\;po;nts}\;cnd\;mcnd
+ \ifdim\;pl>\z@ \;dashes \else \;points \fi}
+\newcommand\;scale[2]{\;td\xscale#1\advance\;td\xscaley#2%
+ #2\yscale#2\advance#2\yscalex#1#1\;td \;rxy#1#2}
+\newcommand\;bezc[2]{\advance#1#1\advance#2#2\;td#2\advance#2-#1\advance#1\;td}
+\newcommand\;bezd[2]{\divide#2\;tcb \;td#2\multiply\;td\;rtc \advance#1-\;td
+ \divide#1\;tc}
+
+% Calculates length of vector \;rc from coordinates #1,#2
+\newcommand\;rxy[2]{\;tc#1\;abs\;tc \;tcb#2\;abs\;tcb
+ \;rc\;tc \advance\;rc\;tcb
+ \ifnum\;rc>\z@ \;rtc\;rc \advance\;rtc\;rtc \divide\;rtc\p@
+ \ifnum\;rtc>\z@ \advance\;rtc\@ne \divide\;tc\;rtc
+ \divide\;tcb\;rtc \divide\;rc\;rtc
+ \else \;rtc\@ne \fi \multiply\;tc\;tc \multiply\;tcb\;tcb
+ \advance\;tc\;tcb \;sroot \multiply\;rc\;rtc \fi}
+
+% Replaces argument by magnitude
+\newcommand\;abs[1]{\ifnum#1<\z@ #1-#1\fi}
+
+% Iteration of square root calculation by Newton's method.
+\newcommand\;sroot{\;rroot\;rroot\;rroot}
+\newcommand\;rroot{\;tcb\;tc \divide\;tcb\;rc \advance\;rc\;tcb \divide\;rc\tw@}
+
+% Variable uses in \;dashes, \;scdashes, \;nscdashes, \;pdashes and \;dash.
+% counts
+% \;scp = distance between points.
+% \;rc = length of Bezier segment.
+% \;rtc = total points in Bezier segment.
+% \;np = number of whole patterns in Bezier segment or scratch.
+% \;overhang = of dash pattern past symbol or end of segment.
+% \;pbs = total points between symbols
+% \;pns = points to next symbol or dot.
+% \;tc = number of points to blank for curve symbol.
+% \;tcb = number of points along pattern.
+% dimens
+% \;pl = length of dash pattern.
+% \;ucd = dash pattern unit length.
+
+% Initializes dash plot for segment and selects symbol count alternative.
+\newcommand\;dashes{\let\;ticd\;icurvedashes \let\;tucd\;ucd \divide\;rc\;t
+ \;rtc\;t \;tc\;rc \advance\;tc\csdiameter \divide\;tc\;rc
+ \divide\;tc\tw@ \;t\;tc \multiply\;tc\tw@ \;ptfalse
+ \;pbs\;rc \divide\;pbs\tw@ \advance\;overhang\;pbs \divide\;overhang-\;rc
+ \if;scnt \;scdashes \else \;nscdashes \fi \multiply\;overhang\;rc}
+
+% Plots dash pattern when a nonzero symbol count is specified.
+\newcommand\;scdashes{\;pbs\;rtc \divide\;pbs\;sc \;ccss \;scp
+ \if;csym \;pl \multiply\;scp\;np \divide\;scp\;sc \advance\;pbs-\;tc
+ \else \;pbs \multiply\;scp\;rc \fi \;np\;overhang \;overhang\z@
+ \divide\;scp\;pbs \;tcb\z@ \;pns\;t \;dash \;overhang\;np
+ \if;csym\else \advance\;overhang-\;tcb \advance\;rtc-\;tcb
+ \advance\;pbs-\;tc \fi
+ \;pns\;pbs \advance\;pns-\;np \if;csym\else\advance\;pns\;tcb\fi
+ \@whilenum\;rtc>\z@\do{\;pdashes \;ptfalse \;t\;tc \;pns\;t \;dash
+ \;pns\;pbs \;overhang\if;csym\;np\else-\;overhang\fi
+ \advance\;pns-\;overhang}\;overhang-\if;csym\;np\else\;overhang
+ \;ptfalse \;t\;tc \;tcb\;overhang
+ \divide\;t\tw@ \;rtc\;t \;pns\;t \;dash \fi}
+
+% Plots symbols at natural pattern length but shrinks pattern to fit between.
+\newcommand\;nscdashes{\advance\;pbs\;pl \divide\;pbs\;rc
+ \if;csym \;bpdashes \fi \;ccss \;pns\;t
+ \;dash \advance\;pbs-\;tc \;scp\;pl \divide\;scp\;pbs \;pns\;pbs
+ \@whilenum\;rtc>\z@\do{\;pdashes \;ptfalse \;t\;tc \;pns\;t \;dash
+ \;pns\;pbs}\if;csym \else \divide\;tc\tw@ \advance\;overhang\;tc \fi}
+
+% If large symbol spaces, blank curve.
+\newcommand\;ccss{\ifnum\;pbs>\;tc\else \;bpdashes \fi}
+
+% A blank or symbol plotting dash pattern
+\newcommand\;bpdashes{\let\;tucd\;pl \let\;ticd\;ricd \;tc\z@ \;t\z@}
+\newcommand\;ricd{1,0}
+
+% Reads dash pattern plotting dashes and spaces up to next symbol space.
+\newcommand\;pdashes{\ifnum\;pns>\z@ \;td\z@ \;tcb\z@ \;ptfalse
+ \@for\;ci:=\;ticd \do{\advance\;td\;ci\;tucd \;t\;scp \divide\;t\tw@
+ \advance\;t\;td \divide\;t\;scp \advance\;t-\;tcb \;dash
+ \if;pt\;ptfalse\else\;pttrue\fi}%
+ \let\n;xt\;pdashes \else \let\n;xt\relax \fi \n;xt}
+
+% Checks if dash or space occurs before or after curve, calculates fractions.
+\newcommand\;dash{\ifnum\;t=\z@ \if;csym\ifnum\;rtc>\z@\if;pt\;point\fi\fi\fi
+ \else \advance\;tcb\;t \advance\;pns-\;t
+ \ifnum\;overhang<\z@ \advance\;overhang\;t
+ \ifnum\;overhang<\z@ \;t\z@ \else \;t\;overhang \;overhang\;tcb \fi
+ \else \;overhang\;tcb \fi
+ \ifnum\;pns<\z@ \advance\;overhang\;pns \advance\;tcb\;pns
+ \advance\;t\;pns \;pns\z@ \fi \advance\;rtc-\;t
+ \ifnum\;rtc<\z@ \advance\;overhang\;rtc \advance\;t\;rtc\fi
+ \ifnum\;t>\z@ \if;pt\;point\;points\else\let\n;xt\;space\;space\fi \fi\fi}
+
+% Makes \;tplot then plots a single dash.
+\newcommand\;points{\let\n;xt\;sdash \;sdash}
+\newcommand\;sdash{\let\n;;t\;tplot \ifnum\;t<\;cnd \let\n;xt\relax
+ \advance\;cnd-\;t \;tca\;t \;tplot
+ \else \advance\;t-\;cnd \;tca\;cnd \;tplot
+ \advance\;dx\;ddx \advance\;dy\;ddy \;cnd\;mcnd
+ \fi \n;xt}
+
+% A fast single macro for drawing straight lines.
+\newcommand\;tplot{}
+\newcommand\;po;nts{\noexpand\ifnum\;tca>\z@
+ \advance\;y\;dy \kern\;dx \;po;nt \advance\;tca\m@ne
+ \noexpand\else \let\noexpand\n;;t\relax \noexpand\fi \noexpand\n;;t}
+
+% Plots a single space at high speed.
+\newcommand\;space{\ifnum\;t<\;cnd \let\n;xt\relax
+ \advance\;cnd-\;t \advance\;y\;t\;dy \kern\;t\;dx
+ \else \advance\;t-\;cnd \advance\;y\;cnd\;dy \kern\;cnd\;dx
+ \advance\;dx\;ddx \advance\;dy\;ddy \;cnd\;mcnd
+ \fi \n;xt}
+
+% Make `;' a punctuation mark again.
+ \catcode`\;=12
+
+\endinput
+
+MODIFICATION HISTORY
+--------------------
+1.0 26 June 1991
+1.1 8 Jan 1992 large \diskpitchstretch and maximum integer=2^30 - 1.
+1.11 6 April 1993 Correct \@setdisk defined for SLiTeX.
+1.12 20 April 1993 Scaling improved in \t@gcrv to allow large \curves.
+1.13 23 April 1993 Calculation of differences corrected in \@bezier.
+1.14 29 April 1993 Alignment of spaces improved in \@nscdashes, \overhang
+ normalized.
+1.15 1 May 1993 Rounding errors in \nscdashes and \pdashes improved.
+1.16 8 May 1993 Increased speed and dots corrected.
+1.2 23 May 1993 Variable curve symbol introduced.
+1.21 8 June 1993 \unitlength corrected in \bigcircle.
+1.22 15 June 1993 \csb@x saves curve symbol, pattern selection rounded.
+1.23 18 June 1993 test for bad point order tightened. 1st network release.
+ 2421 words of TeX main memory.
+1.30 9 July 1993 2nd network release.
+ Bugs Fixed:
+ Blank curve if \csdiameter too large;
+ Thicknesses of thin curves set correct for 300dpi fonts;
+ Made compatible with NFSS of Mittelbach and Sch\"opf;
+ Transfer of \@y and \@overhang from inner loop of \@drwarc;
+ Missing \pt@false in \@ncsdashes and \@pdashes;
+ Check for zero \@np in \@bezier.
+ Improvements (?):
+ New internal macros to save tokens;
+ Uses LaTeX error messages and warnings;
+ Checks \curvedashes signs;
+ Potential conflicts with other macros reduced with new \@y, \@tc;
+ Warns more readily and replaces possible inflexions with straight line;
+ Some internal variable names rationalized.
+ 2410 words of TeX main memory with NFSS, 2400 with OFSS.
+1.31 10 July 1993 \shape changed to \fontshape etc. for NFSS.
+1.32 14 June 1994 3rd network release tested with LaTeX 2e of February 1994.
+1.33 28 June 1994 4th network release tested with LaTeX 2e of 1 June 1994.
+ Redefines \bezier from June LaTeX 2e.
+ \@bezier renamed to \@Vbezier to avoid conflict with June LaTeX 2e.
+1.40 20 August 1995 .
+ Bug Fixed: All curves use straight segments to reduce rounding error.
+ Improvements:
+ \curvewarnfalse stops warning of straight line use between points;
+ ; catcoded to character to protect internal names;
+ New internal macros save tokens and increase speed;
+ 1799 nett extra words of TeX main memory (LaTeX 2e 1995/6/1 pl1).
+1.41 22 August 1995 5th network release tested with LaTeX 2e of 1 June 1995
+ \edef\;tplot moved to speed dash plotting.
+1.42 12 August 2000 6th Network release and last tested and
+ working with LaTeX 2.09.
+
+CURVES SUMMARY
+--------------
+The commands following are for the picture environment in the LaTeX manual.
+
+Arguments of Commands:
+<blank length> decimal number of <unit len> blank. Not negative.
+<character or symbol> is anything which a \put or \multiput may plot.
+<coordinates> are decimal numbers giving alternate x and y coordinates of
+ the curve as multiples of \unitlength, comma separated.
+<[,dash...]> optional continuation of alternating dash and blank numbers
+ of unit lengths, comma separated. Not negative. Decimals allowed.
+<diameter> is a decimal number giving the diameter in \unitlengths.
+<symbol count> is the number of symbols or patterns to be plotted, default 0.
+<unit len> unit length dimension e.g., 2.5mm, 10pt, used in measuring
+ blanks and dashes. Not negative. Default value is \unitlength.
+
+Lengths used by Commands:
+\csdiameter is the size of the space left for a symbol and can be
+ increased or set with \settowidth{\csdiameter}{<character or symbol>}.
+\curvelength is the total length of the curve calculated before drawing
+ by using Simpson's rule once between each pair of coordinate points.
+\overhang length of as drawn dash pattern overlapping start of dashes.
+
+Control Commands:
+\curvewarntrue warns every time a straight line is used between points
+ to avoid possible worse errors (default).
+\curvewarnfalse use the straight line without warning.
+
+Parameter Setting Commands:
+\curvesymbol{<character or symbol>} sets symbol and \csdiameter.
+\curvedashes[<unit len>]{<blank length><[,dash...]>} Drawing commands before a
+ \curvedashes or after one with an empty or zero length pattern will draw:
+ if <symbol count> is zero or missing, a continuous curve;
+ else if <symbol count> is positive, <symbol count>-1 squares of line
+ thickness size between and additional squares at coordinates or bezier
+ end points;
+ else if no <character or symbol> exists, nothing;
+ else, -<symbol count>-1 characters or symbols between coordinates and
+ additional ones at coordinates or bezier end points.
+After a \curvedashes command defining a pattern whose length exceeds
+ zero, commands draw:
+ if <symbol count> is zero or missing then at a spacing equal to the
+ specified pattern length,
+ if no <character or symbol> exists, a dash pattern reduced in length
+ by \csdiameter to fit between symbol spaces of \csdiameter,
+ else if \overhang is not 0pt, a <character or symbol> at all positions,
+ else a <character or symbol> with the first position blank;
+ else, \csdiameter wide symbol spaces, one at and |<symbol count>|-1 between
+ coordinate points with dash pattern lengths,
+ if no <character or symbol> exists, exact but broken by the spaces,
+ else, adjusted to give a whole number of patterns between spaces.
+\diskpitchstretch is initially 1 but \renewcommand can change it to a higher
+ value like 5 to save memory in drafts of complex documents or a lower local
+ value like 0.5 to smooth curve digitization.
+\linethickness{<len>} sets line or dash thicknesses to <len> from 0.5pt up to
+ 15pt (0.17mm to 5mm). \thicklines and \thinlines also set the thickness.
+\xscale, \xscaley, \yscale and \yscalex are scale factors initially set to
+ 1, 0, 1 and 0 respectively which \renewcommand or \def can reset.
+
+Curve Drawing Commands:
+Curves drawn consist of parabolic arcs between coordinate points with
+tangents at each point parallel to the straight line through adjacent points.
+\arc[<symbol count>](X1,Y1){<angle>} draws a circular arc centred on current
+ position, starting from (X1,Y1) and proceeding counterclockwise for
+ <angle> degrees.
+\bezier{<symbol count>}(X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3) draws a curve through the points
+ (X1,Y1) and (X3,Y3) tangent to the straight lines joining them to (X2,Y2).
+ Faster and more powerful replacement for bezier.sty version.
+\bigcircle[<symbol count>]{<diameter>} draws a circle of diameter equal to
+ <diameter> times \unitlength.
+\closecurve[<symbol count>](<coordinates>) draws a closed curve with continuous
+ tangents at all points. At least 6 coordinates required.
+\curve[<symbol count>](<coordinates>) draws a curve through the specified
+ <coordinates>. For 4 coordinates this is a straight line.
+\scaleput(X1,Y1){<picture object>} places a picture object in a position
+ scaled by \xscale, \xscaley, \yscale and \yscalex for axonometric projection
+ or rotations.
+\tagcurve[<symbol count>](<coordinates>) draws a curve without its first and
+ last segments but if only 6 coordinates draws the last segment only. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curves.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curves.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32df0f162c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curves.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,821 @@
+ % To LaTeX this file requires curves.sty in the default or
+ % a texinputs directory.
+ % Requires 55000 word of TeX main memory.
+ \documentstyle[curves]{article}
+ \newcommand{\version}{1.42}
+ \pagestyle{headings}
+ \begin{document}
+ \title{Curves in \LaTeX\ Pictures\\
+ A Manual for {\tt CURVES.STY} and {\tt CURVESLS.STY}\\Version \version}
+ \author{Ian Maclaine-cross\thanks{Current Internet address: {\tt
+i.maclaine-cross@unsw.edu.au}}\\
+ \small School of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering\\
+ \small The University of New South Wales\\
+ \small UNSW Sydney 2052, Australia}
+ \date{12th August 2000}
+ \maketitle
+ \thispagestyle{empty}
+ \tableofcontents
+ \section{Introduction}
+ Version \version\ is the last release of {\tt curves} tested with \LaTeX\
+ 2.09. Future releases will be tested only with later versions of \LaTeX\
+ and may be found in the directory tree for the later \LaTeX\ version.
+Future {\tt curves} releases are unlikely to work with \LaTeX\ 2.09.
+
+ The picture environment in the \LaTeX \footnote{Leslie Lamport, {\sl
+\LaTeX\ A Document Preparation System 2nd ed.,} Addison-Wesley, 1994.} macro
+package for \TeX \footnote{Donald E. Knuth, {\sl The \TeX book,}
+Addison-Wesley, 1984.} allows simple line drawing using
+characters. These characters include quadrant circular arcs, solid
+disks with diameters from 1 to 15pt\footnote{A printer's point,
+abbreviated pt, is approximately 0.351460 mm.} and short lines with a
+limited range of slopes in two thicknesses. A \verb?\begin{picture}?
+command defines an area where following commands place these
+characters to draw a \LaTeX\ picture.
+
+ \LaTeX\ pictures save disk space for source descriptions and
+computer time in producing documents compared with printer commands or
+bit mapped graphics. From initial pencil sketch on squared graph
+paper to final printout, they take half the time for manual pen
+drawings. The labor savings are higher for revisions and
+rewrites. Unfortunately standard \LaTeX\ cannot yet draw curves like a
+pen, compass and French curves can.
+
+ Superimposing characters closely can draw any curve. Disks give directional
+independence of line thickness and visual smoothness at large pitch.
+Smoothness increases with output resolution but is almost independent of disk
+pitch below a critical maximum. The following table suggests this maximum
+varies from 0.34pt for an 0.5pt thick curve to 3pt for a 15pt curve.
+ \begin{center}
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1pt}
+ \begin{tabular}{cccc}
+ Thickness & \makebox[3em][l]{Magnified} & Comments & Line at 1/6 slope \\
+ \hline
+ 15pt & $\times1$ & 1pt pitch disks&
+ \begin{picture}(80,20)(0,15) \linethickness{15pt}
+ \renewcommand{\diskpitchstretch}{0.33} \curve(10,15, 70,25)
+ \end{picture} \\
+ 15pt & $\times1$ & 3pt pitch disks&
+ \begin{picture}(80,20)(0,15) \linethickness{15pt} \curve(10,15, 70,25)
+ \end{picture} \\
+ $\approx$0.5pt & $\times1$ & \LaTeX\ \verb?\line(6,1)? &
+ \begin{picture}(80,20)(0,15) \thinlines \put(10,15){\line(6,1){60}}
+ \end{picture} \\
+ $\approx$0.5pt & $\times1$ & 0.34pt pitch disks &
+ \begin{picture}(80,20)(0,15) \thinlines
+ \curve(10,15, 70,25)
+ \end{picture} \\
+ $\approx$0.5pt & $\times30$ \rule[-10pt]{0pt}{10pt} &
+\parbox{8em}{\centering 0.34pt pitch disks\\ resolution $\times30$ } &
+ \begin{picture}(80,20)(0,15) \multiput(10,15)(10.2,1.7){7}{\circle*{15}}
+ \end{picture} \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+ \LaTeX\ \verb?\line?\footnotemark[1] or line drawing \verb?\special?
+commands require a tenth the \TeX\ memory so are preferable to disks if
+available. A smooth curve may require thousands of disks or hundreds of lines.
+\LaTeX\ can load \TeX\footnote{Donald E. Knuth, {\sl The \TeX book,}
+ Addison-Wesley, 1984, Chapter 20.} macros from style files with a
+\verb?.sty? extension. These macros can calculate the disk or line positions
+for a curve.
+
+ {\tt curves.sty} provides macro commands for drawing curves using disks.
+Version \version\ loads in about 2500 words\footnote{A character or token
+takes a \TeX\ word, 32 bits or larger.} of \TeX's main memory, which allows a
+small \TeX. Complex or numerous floating drawings still require a big \TeX\
+with {\tt curves.sty}. {\tt curvesls.sty} uses fewer disks and line drawing
+\verb?\special?s for increased speed and a tenth the \TeX\ memory.
+
+ The capabilities of these macros are:---
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item A compatible replacement for \verb?\bezier?\footnote{See your Local
+Guide. Try the system command {\tt latex local} to get a \LaTeX ed Guide.}
+from {\tt bezier.sty} or {\tt LaTeX2e}.
+ \item Work with {\makeatletter \@ifundefined{SLiTeX}{\tt SLiTeX}{\SLiTeX}}
+for overhead transparencies and {\tt LaTeX2e}\footnote{Michel Goossens, Frank
+Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin, {\sl The \LaTeX\ Companion,} Addison-Wesley,
+1994.}
+ \item Curves have the minimum number of disks or straight lines for visual
+smoothness.
+ \item Curve thickness adjustable from 0.5 to 15pt (0.17 to 5mm).
+ \item Curves have continuous slope.
+ \item Curves for any number of points greater than one using \verb?\curve?.
+ \item Control of end slopes using \verb?\tagcurve?.
+ \item Closed curves with continuous slope using \verb?\closecurve?.
+ \item Large circles \verb?\bigcircle? and circular arcs \verb?\arc?.
+ \item Independent scaling of curve abscissa and ordinates to fit graphs.
+ \item Affine scaling for making arcs or circles elliptical.
+ \item Symbols and dash patterns combined without interference.
+ \item Any dash length or spacing.
+ \item Three methods for fitting dash patterns to curves.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+ Parabolas approximate the segments between the specified coordinate points.
+At an internal point, the slope of the parabolas joining from either side is
+the same as the straight line joining the points on either side. For an end
+segment, the inside point of the parabola is made a vertex which determines
+the slope of the end point. \verb?\tagcurve? has hidden end segments which
+allows complete control of slope at the visible end point when desired.
+
+ The four points at the end and adjacent to a segment may make a parabola
+inappropriate. The points could be close to a straight line or consistent with
+an inflexion point. A straight line then replaces the parabola and optionally
+a warning is issued.
+
+The parabolas are drawn as a series of short straight line segments.
+For {\tt curvesls.sty}, the dvi driver draws the straight lines as instructed
+by \verb?\special? commands. For {\tt curves.sty}, the straight lines are
+drawn as overlapping disks at high speed using a simple tail chasing macro.
+This macro's arithmetic calculations are two fixed point additions per disk
+drawn.
+
+The \TeX\ arithmetic in {\tt curves.sty} for the initial differences
+between disk positions gives an error of less than 0.005\% at the
+segment end. Even for a segment 1000pt long, this is less than 0.05pt and the
+resolution of most output devices. Errors are sometimes slightly larger
+between coordinates but you can reduce them if necessary by specifying more
+coordinates.
+
+ For circles and circular arcs, a parabola approximates an arc segment no
+more than 23$^\circ$ giving a radius increase between segment ends less than
+0.02\%. The error in computing and multiplying by sine and cosine is usually
+less than 0.01\% of the radius at the far end of an arc.
+
+ Brief descriptions, simple examples and a command summary follow. They
+presume familiarity with relevant chapters of the \LaTeX\
+manual\footnotemark[1].
+
+ \section{Installation}
+
+ Name either {\tt curves} or {\tt curvesls} in the \verb?\usepackage?
+command at the top of your main {\tt .tex} file {\it e.g.\/,}
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \documentclass[11pt]{article}
+ \usepackage{curves}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ {\tt curves.sty} or {\tt curvesls.sty} should be in the default or a {\tt
+texinput} directory. For the older \LaTeX\ 2.09 name them in the
+\verb?\documentstyle? command.
+
+ Do not combine {\tt curves} or {\tt curvesls} with {\tt bezier} in this
+command. They contain a fast powerful replacement for \verb?\bezier?.
+Drawings using \verb?\bezier? should not change their appearance.
+
+ \newcommand{\PiCTeX}{\relax P\kern-.10em\lower.4ex\hbox{I}\kern
+ -.10em\/C\kern-0.15em\TeX}
+ \PiCTeX\footnote{Michael J. Wichura, {\sl The \PiCTeX\ Manual,} Chicago,
+1987, available from \TeX\ Users' Group.} is a large set of \TeX nical drawing
+macros for plain \TeX\ which \LaTeX\ pictures can also use. \PiCTeX\ requires
+a big \TeX. I have not checked compatibility with {\tt curves} or {\tt
+curvesls} because I do not use \PiCTeX.
+ \renewcommand{\PiCTeX}{}
+
+ {\tt curvesls.sty} uses line drawing \verb?\special?s to reduce required
+memory and increase speed. As originally supplied it uses the \verb?\special?s
+of em\TeX\ by Eberhard Mattes for IBM PC compatibles. em\TeX\ is available
+from CTAN\footnote{Directory {\tt /tex-archive/systems/msdos/emtex} at {\tt
+ftp.shsu.edu} for example.} and the \TeX\ Users' Group. The em\TeX\
+\verb?\special?s are also available for Tomas Rokicki's {\tt dvips}. If you
+use {\tt dvips}, ask if they have been compiled in. To use other line drawing
+ \verb?\special?s substitute them at {\tt curvesls.sty}'s start. Your system
+guru may do this for you. You can test {\tt curvesls.sty} after substituting
+\verb?\special?s, by replacing {\tt curves} with {\tt curvesls} in this file's
+\verb?\documentstyle? command. This file looks the same \LaTeX ed with either
+{\tt curves} or {\tt curvesls}.
+
+ A drawing frequently uses auxiliary commands to size, place, label and
+caption it. The following commands draw the box in Figure~\ref{box} on
+page~\pageref{box}:
+
+ \begin{figure}
+ \begin{center}
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
+ \begin{picture}(100,50) \large\sf
+ \linethickness{1mm}
+ \put(20,5){\framebox(60,40){BOX}}
+ \end{picture}
+ \end{center}
+ \caption{This is a box.}
+ \label{box}
+ \end{figure}
+
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{figure}
+ \begin{center}
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
+ \begin{picture}(100,50) \large\sf
+ \linethickness{1mm}
+ \put(20,5){\framebox(60,40){BOX}}
+ \end{picture}
+ \end{center}
+ \caption{This is a box.}
+ \label{box}
+ \end{figure}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ Lamport\footnotemark[1] explains these commands. This example is for those
+unfamiliar with the \LaTeX\ picture environment. The following examples avoid
+the {\tt figure} environment but it is often essential.
+
+ \section{Curves}
+ \label{curves}
+ The curve drawing commands, \verb?\curve?, \verb?\closecurve? and
+\verb?\tagcurve?, draw parabola segments between coordinate points in the
+argument. The segments' tangents at these points are parallel to each other
+and to straight lines through the points either side. Segments at curve ends
+are from parabolas through the last three points. \verb?\closecurve? adds a
+parabola between end points to close the curve. \verb?\tagcurve? omits the
+first and last segments drawing curves with end tangents specified. The
+following table shows these features.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \setlength\unitlength{0.4pt}
+ \linethickness{0.7mm}
+ \begin{tabular}{lc}
+ Example & Curve \\
+ \hline
+ \raisebox{60\unitlength}{\tt\char92 curve(0,0, 50,100, 100,0)} &
+ \begin{picture}(100,120)(0,-10)
+ \curve(0,0, 50,100, 100,0)
+ \end{picture}\\
+ \raisebox{80\unitlength}{\tt\char92 closecurve(0,0, 50,100, 100,0)} &
+ \begin{picture}(100,170)(0,-60)
+ \closecurve(0,0, 50,100, 100,0)
+ \end{picture} \\
+ \raisebox{60\unitlength}{
+ \tt\char92 tagcurve(100,0, 0,0, 50,100, 100,0, 0,0)} &
+ \begin{picture}(120,120)(-10,-10)
+ \tagcurve(100,0, 0,0, 50,100, 100,0, 0,0)
+ \end{picture} \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{center}
+
+ Axial flow fans often use the RAF 6E aerofoil section. The section
+coordinates in the following macro come directly from aerodynamic
+tables\footnote{R.A. Wallis, {\sl Axial Flow Fans,} Academic Press, 1961,
+p.335}. The \verb?\arc? commands draw the leading and trailing radii and the
+two coordinate \verb?\curve? the flat chord.
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\RAFsixE}{
+ \scaleput(1.25,1.25){\arc(0,-1.25){-135}}
+ \scaleput(0,0){\curve(0.366,2.133, 1.25,3.19, 2.5,4.42,
+ 5.0,6.10, 7.5,7.24, 10,8.09, 15,9.28, 20,9.90, 30,10.3,
+ 40,10.22, 50,9.80, 60,8.98, 70,7.70, 80,5.91, 90,3.79,
+ 95,2.58, 99.24,1.52)}
+ \scaleput(99.24,0.76){\arc(0,-0.76){180}}
+ \scaleput(0,0){\curve(1.25,0, 99.24,0)}
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+ \newcommand{\RAFsixE}{
+ \scaleput(1.25,1.25){\arc(0,-1.25){-135}}
+ \scaleput(0,0){\curve(0.366,2.133, 1.25,3.19, 2.5,4.42,
+ 5.0,6.10, 7.5,7.24, 10,8.09, 15,9.28, 20,9.90, 30,10.3,
+ 40,10.22, 50,9.80, 60,8.98, 70,7.70, 80,5.91, 90,3.79,
+ 95,2.58, 99.24,1.52)}
+ \scaleput(99.24,0.76){\arc(0,-0.76){180}}
+ \scaleput(0,0){\curve(1.25,0, 99.24,0)}
+ }
+ In a picture environment like:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{picture}(100,20)
+ \RAFsixE
+ \end{picture}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ this macro draws:
+ \linethickness{0.7mm}
+ \setlength\unitlength{0.5mm}
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{picture}(100,20)
+ \RAFsixE
+ \end{picture}\\
+ The RAF 6E has a flat undersurface.
+ \end{center}
+
+ The drawing command \verb?\bigcircle? works similarly to \verb?\circle?
+except there is no \verb?\circle*? equivalent. The following section scales it
+to an ellipse.
+
+ \section{Scaling}
+ The size of \LaTeX\ picture objects may be uniformly scaled by preceding
+them with:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{x\unitlength}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ where {\tt x} the desired scale factor is a decimal number.
+
+ The \verb?\scaleput?s in \verb?\RAFsixE? position the curves using the scale
+factors \verb?\xscale?, \verb?\xscaley?, \verb?\yscale? and \verb?\yscalex?.
+The drawing commands use the same scale factors. {\tt curve} initially sets
+these scale factors to 1, 0, 1 and 0 respectively. \verb?\renewcommand? may
+reset them to any decimal number. These factors can rotate pictures. The
+factors following rotate the RAF~6E through 12$^\circ$ clockwise about its
+{\tt (0,0)} co-ordinate:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\xscale}{0.9781}
+ \renewcommand{\xscaley}{0.2079}
+ \renewcommand{\yscale}{0.9781}
+ \renewcommand{\yscalex}{-0.2079}
+ \put(0,20){\RAFsixE}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ This draws:
+ \begin{center}
+ \begin{picture}(120,30)(-20,0)
+ \renewcommand{\xscale}{0.9781}
+ \renewcommand{\xscaley}{0.2079}
+ \renewcommand{\yscale}{0.9781}
+ \renewcommand{\yscalex}{-0.2079}
+ \put(0,20){\RAFsixE}
+ \thicklines
+ \put(-20,5){\vector(1,0){20}}
+ \end{picture}
+
+ The RAF 6E has maximum lift at angles of attack over 12$^\circ$.
+ \end{center}
+ Note that \(\cos12^\circ\approx0.9781\) and \(\sin12^\circ\approx0.2079\)
+ \let\RAFsixE\relax
+
+
+ Axonometric projection is another scaling application. Circles become
+ellipses and circular arcs become elliptical arcs. The commands drawing the
+ellipse and arc in the following washer are:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \put(20,5){
+ \renewcommand{\xscale}{1}
+ \renewcommand{\xscaley}{-1}
+ \renewcommand{\yscale}{0.6}
+ \renewcommand{\yscalex}{0.6}
+ \scaleput(10,10){\bigcircle{10}}
+ \put(0,-2){
+ \scaleput(10,10){\arc(5,0){121}}
+ \scaleput(10,10){\arc(5,0){-31}}
+ }
+ }
+ \end{verbatim}
+ {\tt (20,5)} are the drawing coordinates of the upper vertex of the washer
+closest to the reader. The angles for the \verb?\arc?s were found by trial and
+error.
+ \begin{center}
+ \setlength\unitlength{1mm}
+ \begin{picture}(40,30)
+ \thicklines
+ \multiput(20,5)(20,12){2}{\line(0,-1){2}\line(-5,3){20}}
+ \multiput(20,5)(-20,12){2}{\line(5,3){20}}
+ \put(20,3){\line(5,3){20}}
+ \put(20,3){\line(-5,3){20}}
+ \put(0,15){\line(0,1){2}}
+ \linethickness{1pt}
+ \put(20,5){
+ \renewcommand{\xscale}{1}
+ \renewcommand{\xscaley}{-1}
+ \renewcommand{\yscale}{0.6}
+ \renewcommand{\yscalex}{0.6}
+ \scaleput(10,10){\bigcircle{10}}
+ \put(0,-2){
+ \scaleput(10,10){\arc(5,0){121}}
+ \scaleput(10,10){\arc(5,0){-31}}
+ }
+ }
+ \end{picture}
+
+ Square washers are sometimes preferred for soft materials.
+ \end{center}
+
+ \section{Symbols}
+ \label{symbols}
+
+ {\tt curves} can also place symbols. \verb?\curvesymbol? must first define
+the symbol as anything a \verb?\put? or \verb?\multiput? may draw. A negative
+symbol count between drawing command and coordinates {\it e.g.,}
+\verb?\tagcurve[-3](0,100,...)? fixes the number of symbols per curve segment.
+
+ These commands draw flight times and successive positions in the following
+drawing:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \newcounter{time}
+ \curvesymbol{\thetime\,s\addtocounter{time}{1}}
+ \put(5,4){\curve[-2](0,0, 9.8,19.6, 19.6,0)}
+ \curvesymbol{\phantom{\circle*{1}}\circle*{1}}
+ \put(5,2){\curve[-2](0,0, 9.8,19.6, 19.6,0)}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ where \verb?\phantom? is a plain \TeX\ command from the \TeX
+book\footnotemark[2].
+ \begin{center}
+ \setlength\unitlength{2mm}
+ \begin{picture}(40,35)(-5,-5) \sf
+ \thicklines
+ \newcounter{time}
+ \curvesymbol{\thetime\,s\addtocounter{time}{1}}
+ \put(5,4){\curve[-2](0,0, 9.8,19.6, 19.6,0)}
+ \curvesymbol{\phantom{\circle*{1}}\circle*{1}}
+ \put(5,2){\curve[-2](0,0, 9.8,19.6, 19.6,0)}
+ \put(0,0){\vector(0,1){28}}
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){30}}
+ \multiput(5,0)(5,0){5}{\line(0,1){1}}
+ \multiput(0,5)(0,5){5}{\line(1,0){1}}
+ \setcounter{time}{0}
+ \multiput(0,-1)(5,0){6}{\makebox(0,0)[t]{\thetime}\addtocounter{time}{5}}
+ \put(28,-1){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{$x$ (m)}}
+ \setcounter{time}{0}
+ \multiput(-1,0)(0,5){6}{\makebox(0,0)[r]{\thetime}\addtocounter{time}{5}}
+ \put(-1,27){\makebox(0,0)[rb]{$y$ (m)}}
+ \end{picture} \\
+ Successive positions of a sphere with initial position $(5,2)$ m,\\ initial
+velocity $(4.9,9.8)$ m/s, and acceleration $(0,-9.8)$ m/s$^2$. \\
+ The flight time is recorded above each sphere position.
+ \end{center}
+
+ Fixed spacing of symbols at lengths other than the segment's requires more
+commands. Empty \verb?\curvedashes?, empty \verb?\curvesymbol? and negative
+symbol count stops drawing so a drawing command will calculate
+\verb?\curvelength? only. \verb?\curvesymbol? then resets the symbol and
+\verb?\curvedashes? sets the spacing to its pattern length. If there are no
+symbols at the ends, \verb?\overhang? pulls symbols along the curve. The last
+command with no symbol count draws the symbols.
+
+ \verb?\arc? and \verb?\bigcircle? use sixteen segments for a circle so if
+eight symbols are required the fixed spacing technique is necessary. The
+following commands draw the pin numbers on a relay base:
+
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \newcounter{pin}
+ \curvedashes{}
+ \curvesymbol{}
+ \put(60,60){\arc[-1](40,0){-360}}
+ \setlength{\curvelength}{0.125\curvelength}
+ \curvedashes[\curvelength]{1}
+ \setlength{\overhang}{0.5\curvelength}
+ \curvesymbol{\addtocounter{pin}{1}\thepin}
+ \put(60,60){\arc(40,0){-360}}
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \setlength\unitlength{0.3mm}
+ \begin{picture}(120,120) \sf
+ \thicklines
+ \linethickness{1pt}
+ \curvedashes{}
+ \curvesymbol{}
+ % base
+ \put(60,60){\bigcircle{100}}
+ % spigot
+ \put(60,60){\arc(10,3){325}\put(10,0){\arc(0,3){-180}}}
+ % pins
+ \put(60,60){\bigcircle[-1]{60}}
+ \setlength{\curvelength}{0.125\curvelength}
+ \curvedashes[\curvelength]{1}
+ \overhang0.5\curvelength
+ \curvesymbol{\phantom{\circle{5}}\circle{5}}
+ \put(60,60){\bigcircle{60}}
+ % pin numbers
+ \newcounter{pin}
+ \curvedashes{}
+ \curvesymbol{}
+ \put(60,60){\arc[-1](40,0){-360}}
+ \divide\curvelength8
+ \curvedashes[\curvelength]{1}
+ \setlength{\overhang}{0.5\curvelength}
+ \curvesymbol{\addtocounter{pin}{1}\thepin}
+ \put(60,60){\arc(40,0){-360}}
+ \end{picture} \\
+ The pin numbering of plug-in relays is clockwise \\
+ from the spigot key when viewed from below.
+ \end{center}
+
+ If symbols and dash pattern exist and \verb?\overhang? is 0pt, \verb?curves?
+draw the first position blank. For equal spacing they draw the last position
+blank if rounding error causes the last pattern to be slightly short. If
+\verb?\renewcommand? changes \verb?\diskpitchstretch?, rounding error changes
+and the final symbol may reappear. To avoid fiddling with
+\verb?\diskpitchstretch? for closed curves with symbols equally spaced, use an
+\verb?\overhang? which is a fraction of a pattern length as in the previous
+example.
+
+ \section{Dashes}
+
+ \verb?\curvedashes? must first define a dash pattern with length greater
+than 0pt. Many symbol and pattern combinations are possible. The fixed number
+and fixed spacing methods of symbol drawing described in Section~\ref{symbols}
+work with three methods of drawing dashes which are:
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item if there is no symbol count and no symbol, a dash pattern with its
+length reduced by \verb?\csdiameter? is drawn between symbols spaces of width
+close to \verb?\csdiameter? to give an overall spacing equal to the pattern
+length specified by the \verb?\curvedashes? command;
+ \item if there is a symbol count but no symbol, the dash patterns drawn have
+their length equal to that defined by \verb?\curvedashes? with
+\verb?\csdiameter? gaps at symbol positions;
+ \item if there is a symbol count and a symbol, the dash patterns drawn have
+their length adjusted slightly so an integral number of patterns fit between
+symbol positions.
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+ Dash pattern commands for centrelines\footnote{R.N. Roth and I.A. van
+Haeringen, {\sl The Australian Engineering Drawing Handbook, Part~1 Basic
+Principles and Techniques,} The Institution of Engineers, Australia, Canberra,
+1986.} follow for the three techniques above in order:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ \linethickness{0.25mm}
+ \curvedashes[1.2mm]{0,8,1,3,1,8}
+ \settowidth{\csdiameter}{00}
+ \put(0,20){\curve(0,0, 30,5, 60,0)}
+ \put(0,10){\curve[1](0,0, 30,5, 60,0)}
+ \curvesymbol{\thepin\addtocounter{pin}{1}}
+ \setlength{\csdiameter}{2\csdiameter}
+ \put(0,0){\curve[1](0,0, 30,5, 60,0)}
+ \end{verbatim}
+
+ The following figure shows the resulting dash patterns. The upper line has
+first position blank because the \verb?\overhang? is 0pt. It has patterns
+shrunk to scale between symbol spaces {\it e.g.,}~1 to~2, and symbol space
+centres one pattern length apart. The middle line has patterns close to
+defined length but with the first dash part blanked by half of symbol space~3
+and the second pattern broken in its first dash by symbol space~4. The lower
+line patterns are stretched between symbol spaces. Which pattern is
+appropriate depends on picture meaning and function.
+
+ \begin{center}
+ \setlength\unitlength{1mm}
+ \begin{picture}(60,25) \sf
+ \setcounter{pin}{1}
+ \linethickness{0.25mm}
+ \curvedashes[1.2mm]{0,8,1,3,1,8}
+ \settowidth{\csdiameter}{00}
+ \put(0,20){\curve(0,0, 30,5, 60,0)}
+ \put(0,10){\curve[1](0,0, 30,5, 60,0)}
+ \curvesymbol{\thepin\addtocounter{pin}{1}}
+ \setlength{\csdiameter}{2\csdiameter}
+ \put(0,0){\bezier{-2}(0,0)(30,10)(60,0)}
+ \put(0,20){\curve(0,0, 30,5, 60,0)}
+ \curvedashes{}
+ \put(0,10){\curve[-1](0,0, 30,5, 60,0)}
+ \put(0,0){\bezier{-2}(0,0)(30,10)(60,0)}
+ \end{picture} \\
+ Centrelines and Symbols
+ \end{center}
+
+ \section{Errors}
+ Syntax errors like incorrect or missing punctuation while using {\tt curves}
+will result in \TeX\ or \LaTeX\ error messages. The \TeX book\footnotemark[2]
+and \LaTeX\ manual\footnotemark[1] explain the meaning and correction of these
+errors. The previous examples and Section~\ref{summary} should make the
+correct syntax for {\tt curves} commands clear.
+
+ {\tt curves} will write a {\tt LaTeX error.} message to the screen and {\tt
+log} file if you supply an incorrect number of coordinates.
+
+ If four sequential points in a drawing command argument have the line
+through the first and third parallel to the line through the second and
+fourth:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item exactly or closely, {\tt curves} knows it cannot draw a parabola
+tangent to two parallel lines, issues to the screen and log file:\\
+ {\tt LaTeX Warning: \string\curve\ straight from \ldots}\\
+ and draws a straight line;
+ \item or approximately, {\tt curves} may draw an unexpected curve with no
+warning.
+ \end{itemize}
+ If four sequential points in a drawing command argument have the line
+through the first and second parallel to the line through the third and
+fourth:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item {\tt curves} draws a parabola which may be nowhere near the curve.
+ \end{itemize}
+ If the four points were on a straight line, removing one or more points is
+a remedy. If they are not on a straight line, adding points may help.
+ Specifying many points will give you a satisfactory curve with perhaps an
+annoying number of \verb?\curve straight? warnings. After a
+\verb?\curvewarnfalse?, {\tt curves} still uses the straight lines but does
+not tell you.
+
+ Curvature changes sign on curves like \(y=\sin x\). Specifying inflection
+points as {\tt curve} coordinates will reduce error and specifying sufficient
+coordinates will then give satisfactory results. For discontinuous tangents
+splitting a curve into pieces is unavoidable. Splitting a curve into pieces
+with curvature the same sign can give satisfactory results with fewer
+coordinates. \verb?\tagcurve? can prevent tangent discontinuities. If an
+inflexion point's exact location is unknown, try the midpoint of the straight
+line through the ends of its segment.
+
+ Curves appear rougher than horizontal and vertical lines. Picture
+digitization causes this not inaccuracy in \TeX, {\tt curves.sty} or {\tt
+curvesls.sty}. Setting \verb?\diskpitchstretch? to a value less than one with
+\verb?\renewcommand? may smooth an unusually rough curve.
+
+ Symbols and symbol spaces misaligned are usually due to rounding error.
+Adjusting \verb?\diskpitchstretch? below one can reduce rounding error and
+increase alignment accuracy. This should be limited to the misaligned curve
+with {\tt \{\ \}}\footnotemark[1].
+
+ The replacement \verb?\bezier? does not give exactly the same results as the
+original in {\tt bezier.sty} or in {\tt LaTeX2e}. The difference is extremely
+small but if it is important to you comment out the five lines of code for
+\verb?\bezier? and \verb?\@bezier? near the start of {\tt curves.sty} or {\tt
+curvesls.sty}. You now have a \verb?\bezier? which is slower and needs more
+memory but has only its original capabilities and gives only its original
+results.
+
+Please email me examples of any errors not covered above. You may have found a
+bug in the code or documentation.
+
+\section{Pleas for the Future}
+
+{\tt curves} will never work with plain \TeX\ and it will never be as
+powerful as {\sf METAFONT} or importing encapsulated PostScript
+files. Suggestions or criticisms by email are
+welcome. Version \version\ has benefitted greatly from previous
+help. The latest versions are first available at URL:
+ \begin{verbatim}
+ ftp://ilm.mech.unsw.edu.au/pub/archive/latex/macros/curves/
+ \end{verbatim}
+ At your local CTAN mirror the latest version should be near the
+ directory for the latest version of \LaTeX. Please use
+ CTAN to reduce Internet load.
+
+{\tt curvesls.sty} uses much less \TeX\ memory and is faster than
+{\tt curves.sty}. More people could use {\tt curvesls.sty} if em\TeX\
+or equivalent line drawing \verb?\special?s were compiled into dvi
+drivers for viewing and printing. Ask your system people for this!
+
+A {\tt .dvi} file containing curves produced with {\tt curvesls.sty}
+has many occurrences of the text strings {\tt em:lineto}, {\tt
+em:moveto} and {\tt em:linewidth XXXXpt} placed by the em\TeX\
+\verb?\special?s. These strings would have earlier occupied \TeX\
+memory. Extra space is also taken by the disks {\tt curvesls} uses to
+cover the cracks between square line ends at a slight angle. Renaming
+these \verb?\special?s to {\tt L}, {\tt M} and {\tt W XXXXpt}
+respectively would save \TeX\ memory. Even better, {\tt W XXXXpt}
+could also calculate and store the bitmap of a disk which {\tt L}
+would add to its line end to round it so {\tt curvesls} need not add
+disks to cover cracks. A fourth \verb?\special?, {\tt D}, could place
+the disk at the current position which {\tt curvesls} would use to
+round the beginning of a curve. If you write dvi drivers, please add
+these four proposed \verb?\special?s.
+
+
+
+
+ \section{Curves Summary}
+ \label{summary}
+ The commands following are for the picture environment in the \LaTeX\
+manual\footnotemark[1].
+ \makeatletter
+ % Hanging indentation with paragraph separation for author-date, etc.
+ \newenvironment{hanging}{\list{}{\topsep\itemsep \advance\topsep-\parskip
+ \parsep\itemsep \itemsep\z@skip \partopsep\parskip
+ \ifdim\parindent>\z@ \@tempdimb\parindent \else \@tempdimb1.5 em\fi
+ \leftmargin\@tempdimb \listparindent-\@tempdimb \itemindent-\@tempdimb
+ \rightmargin\z@ \labelsep\z@ \labelwidth\z@ }\item[]}%
+ {\endlist \addvspace\parsep}
+ \makeatother
+
+
+ \subsection{Arguments of Commands}
+
+ \begin{hanging}
+
+{\tt <blank length>} decimal number of {\tt <unit len>} blank. Not negative.
+
+ {\tt <character or symbol>} is anything which a \verb?\put? or
+\verb?\multiput? may draw.
+
+ {\tt <coordinates>} are decimal numbers giving alternate $x$ and $y$
+ coordinates of the curve as multiples of \verb?\unitlength?, comma
+separated.
+
+{\tt <[,dash...]>} optional continuation of alternating dash and blank numbers
+of unit lengths, comma separated. Not negative. Allows decimal points.
+
+ {\tt <diameter>} is a decimal number giving the diameter in
+ \verb?\unitlength?s.
+
+ {\tt <symbol count>} is the number of symbols or patterns to be drawn,
+default 0.
+
+ {\tt <unit len>} unit length dimension {\it e.g.\/,} 2.5mm, 10pt, used in
+measuring blanks and dashes. Not negative. Default value is
+\verb?\unitlength?.
+
+ \end{hanging}
+
+
+ \subsection{Lengths used by Commands}
+ \begin{hanging}
+
+ \verb?\csdiameter? is the size of the space left for a symbol and can be
+increased or set with \verb?\settowidth{\csdiameter}{<character or symbol>}?.
+
+ \verb?\curvelength? is the total length of the curve calculated before
+drawing by using Simpson's rule once between each pair of coordinate points.
+
+\verb?\overhang? length of as drawn dash pattern overlapping start of
+patterns.
+ \end{hanging}
+ \subsection{Control Commands}
+ \begin{hanging}
+ \verb?\curvewarntrue? turns warning of parabola replacement by straight
+lines on (default).
+
+ \verb?\curvewarnfalse? turns warning of parabola replacement by straight
+lines off.
+ \end{hanging}
+ \subsection{Parameter Setting Commands}
+
+ \begin{hanging}
+ \verb?\curvesymbol{<character or symbol>}? sets symbol and
+ \verb?\csdiameter?.
+
+ \verb?\curvedashes[<unit len>]{<blank length><[,dash...]>}? A drawing
+command before a \verb?\curvedashes? or after one with an empty or zero length
+pattern will draw:
+
+ \begin{hanging}
+
+ if {\tt <symbol count>} is zero or missing, a continuous curve;
+
+else if {\tt <symbol count>} is positive, {\tt <symbol count>-1} squares of
+line thickness size between and additional squares at coordinates or bezier
+end points;
+
+else if no {\tt <character or symbol>} exists, nothing;
+
+ else, {\tt -<symbol count>-1} characters or symbols between coordinates and
+additional ones at coordinates or bezier end points.
+
+ \end{hanging}
+ After a \verb?\curvedashes? command defining a pattern whose length exceeds
+zero, commands draw:
+
+ \begin{hanging}
+
+if {\tt <symbol count>} is zero or missing then at a spacing equal to the
+specified pattern length,
+
+ \begin{hanging}
+ if no {\tt <character or symbol>} exists, a dash pattern reduced in length
+by \verb?\csdiameter? to fit between symbol spaces of \verb?\csdiameter?,
+
+ else if \verb?\overhang? is not 0pt, a {\tt <character or symbol>} at all
+positions,
+
+ else a {\tt <character or symbol>} with the first position blank;
+
+ \end{hanging}
+
+else, \verb?\csdiameter? wide symbol spaces, one at and
+ {\tt |<symbol count>|-1} between coordinate points with dash pattern
+lengths,
+ \begin{hanging}
+ if no {\tt <character or symbol>} exists, exact but broken by the spaces,
+
+else, adjusted to give a whole number of patterns between spaces.
+ \end{hanging}
+ \end{hanging}
+
+
+ \verb?\diskpitchstretch? is initially 1 but \verb?\renewcommand? can
+change it to a higher value like 5 to save memory in drafts of complex
+documents or a lower local value like 0.5 to smooth curve digitization.
+
+ \verb?\linethickness{<len>}? sets line or dash thicknesses to {\tt
+<len>} from 0.5pt up to 15pt (0.17mm to 5mm). \verb?\thicklines? and
+\verb?\thinlines? also set thickness.
+
+ \verb?\xscale?, \verb?\xscaley?, \verb?\yscale? and \verb?\yscalex? are
+scale factors initially set to 1, 0, 1 and 0 respectively which
+\verb?\renewcommand? or \verb?\def? can reset.
+ \end{hanging}
+
+
+ \subsection{Curve Drawing Commands}
+ Curves drawn consist of parabolic arcs between coordinate points with
+tangents at each point parallel to the straight line through adjacent points.
+
+ \begin{hanging}
+ \verb?\arc[<symbol count>](X1,Y1){<angle>}? draws a circular arc centred
+on current position, starting from {\tt (X1,Y1)} and proceeding
+counterclockwise for {\tt <angle>} degrees.
+
+ \verb?\bezier{<symbol count>}(X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3)? draws a curve through
+the end points {\tt (X1,Y1)} and {\tt (X3,Y3)} tangent to the straight lines
+joining each of them to {\tt (X2,Y2)}. Extended faster replacement for {\tt
+bezier.sty} version.
+
+ \verb?\bigcircle[<symbol count>]{<diameter>}? draws a circle of diameter
+equal to {\tt <diameter>} times \verb?\unitlength?.
+
+ \verb?\closecurve[<symbol count>](<coordinates>)? draws a closed curve
+with continuous tangents at all points. At least 6 coordinates required.
+
+ \verb?\curve[<symbol count>](<coordinates>)? draws a curve through the
+specified {\tt <coordinates>}. For 4 coordinates this is a straight line.
+
+ \verb?\scaleput(X1,Y1){<picture object>}? places a picture object in a
+position scaled by \verb?\xscale?, \verb?\xscaley?, \verb?\yscale? and
+\verb?\yscalex? for axonometric projection or rotations.
+
+ \verb?\tagcurve[<symbol count>](<coordinates>)? draws a curve without its
+first and last segments but if only 6 coordinates draws the last segment only.
+ \end{hanging}
+ \end{document} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curvesls.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curvesls.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..841eb55dc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/curves/curvesls.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
+% curvesls.sty version 1.42 for LaTeX 2.09 and LaTeX2e.
+% I.L. Maclaine-cross, The University of New South Wales.
+% Internet: i.maclaine-cross@unsw.edu.au
+\typeout{Document Style Option `curvesls' <12th August 2000>}
+% Draws curves in LaTeX picture environment using parabolas between points
+% with continuous slope at points. Equivalent to technical pens with
+% compasses and French curves.
+% A Command Summary is at the end of this file.
+
+% Make `;' appear like a letter so control sequences can use it and they
+% will not be accidently used by other macro packages.
+\catcode`\;=11
+
+% DRIVER SPECIFIC COMMANDS
+% These are not required by curves.sty a companion macro package
+% which is slower and requires more TeX memory.
+% Requires the dvi driver have the following three line drawing \specials
+% which draw straight lines rectangular at both ends. curvesls.sty adds a
+% circle of appropriate size to smooth junctions and round ends.
+% If these are unavailable use the slower curves.sty with more TeX memory.
+% The \special text in the following three commands is for emTeX's dvi drivers:
+% before drawing every line sets the driver's straight line width
+% to dimen #1;
+\newcommand\;linewidth[1]{\special{em:linewidth \the#1}}
+% sets driver page position to current TeX page position;
+\newcommand\;startline{\special{em:moveto}}
+% draws straight line from last driver position to current TeX position and
+% then resets driver position to current TeX page position.
+\newcommand\;stopl;ne{\special{em:lineto}}
+% To use other dvi drivers which draw straight lines like emTeX, alter the
+% above three commands to make their function the same as described above.
+% The manual for Tomas Rokicki's DVIPS version 5.515 for the IBM PC says
+% that this PostScript driver supports the above emTeX \specials. This style
+% file works unmodified with Rokicki's driver when the emTeX specials are
+% compiled in.
+
+\newcount\;sc % number of symbols on Bezier segment
+\newcount\;scp
+\newcount\;t
+\newcount\;cc % coordinate count
+\newcount\;cnd % actual point count to next dot
+\newcount\;mcnd % maximum point count to next dot
+\newcount\;np
+\newcount\;overhang
+\newcount\;pbs
+\newcount\;pns
+\newcount\;psc % maximum dot spacing on line in sp.
+\newcount\;rc
+\newcount\;rtc
+\newcount\;tc
+\let\;tca=\@tempcnta
+\let\;tcb=\@tempcntb
+
+\newdimen\csdiameter \csdiameter\z@
+\newdimen\curvelength
+\newdimen\overhang \overhang\z@
+\newdimen\;dx
+\newdimen\;ddx
+\newdimen\;dy
+\newdimen\;ddy
+\newdimen\;pl \;pl\z@
+\newdimen\;ucd
+\newdimen\;y
+\let\;td=\@tempdima
+\let\;ytd=\@tempdimb
+
+\newsavebox{\;csbox}
+\newsavebox{\;pt}
+
+\newif\ifcurvewarn \curvewarntrue % Warn about curve problems
+\newif\if;ccn % coordinate number correct
+\newif\if;pt % plot points if true
+\newif\if;csym % curve symbol defined
+\newif\if;scnt % symbol or pattern count <>0
+
+\newhelp\;strline{curve straight from}
+\newhelp\m;ssingcoord{curve needs more points, add them.}
+\newhelp\;negdash{curvedashes needs the same sign for all arguments.}
+\newhelp\;oddcoord{curve requires two co-ordinates for each point,
+ count them.}
+
+\newcommand\arc{\@ifnextchar[\;arc{\;arc[0]}}
+\newcommand\;arc{}
+\def\;arc[#1](#2,#3)#4{\;setpoint{#1}\scaleput(#2,#3){\;ddx-#3\unitlength
+ \;ddy#2\unitlength \;firstpoint \;td#4\p@ \;drwarc}}
+
+
+% Redefines version in LaTeX 2e of 1 June 1994.
+\def\bezier#1)#2(#3)#4({\@bezier#1)(#3)(}
+\def\@bezier#1(#2,#3)(#4,#5)(#6,#7){\;dx#4\unitlength \;ddx-\;dx
+ \advance\;dx-#2\unitlength \advance\;ddx#6\unitlength \;dy#5\unitlength
+ \;ddy-\;dy \advance\;dy-#3\unitlength \advance\;ddy#7\unitlength
+ \;setpoint{#1}\scaleput(#2,#3){\;firstpoint \;bezier}}
+
+\newcommand\bigcircle{\@ifnextchar[\;bgcrcl{\;bgcrcl[0]}}
+\newcommand\;bgcrcl{}
+\def\;bgcrcl[#1]#2{\;setpoint{#1}\;dx\unitlength \global\divide\unitlength\tw@
+ \scaleput(#2,0){\;startline \;ddx\z@ \;ddy#2\unitlength \global\unitlength\;dx
+ \;td360\p@ \;drwarc}}
+
+\newcommand\closecurve{\@ifnextchar[\;closecurve{\;closecurve[0]}}
+\newcommand\;closecurve{}
+\def\;closecurve[#1](#2){\;coordn\closecurve\thr@@{#2}{#1}%
+ \if;ccn\scaleput(\;xb,\;yb){\;startline
+ \edef\;ci{\;xa,\;ya,#2,\;xb,\;yb,\;xc,\;yc}%
+ \advance\;cc\thr@@ \;tagcurve\;ci}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\curve{\@ifnextchar[\;curve{\;curve[0]}}
+\newcommand\;curve{}
+\def\;curve[#1](#2){\;coordn\curve\tw@{#2}{#1}%
+ \if;ccn \scaleput(\;xa,\;ya){\;firstpoint
+ \ifnum\;cc=\tw@ \;slbezd \;slbez
+ \else \;scbezd\;dx\;ddx\;xa\;xb\;xc \;scbezd\;dy\;ddy\;ya\;yb\;yc
+ \;bezier \;tagcurve{#2}\ifnum\;cc>6\;endcurve\fi \fi}\fi}
+\newcommand\;scbezd[5]{\;slcd#2#3#5\divide#24\;slcd#1#3#4\advance#1-#2}
+\newcommand\;xa{} \newcommand\;xb{} \newcommand\;xc{}
+\newcommand\;ya{} \newcommand\;yb{} \newcommand\;yc{}
+\newcommand\;ci{}
+
+\newcommand\curvesymbol[1]{\def\;curvesymbol{#1}\ch;ckcs
+ \global\setbox\;csbox\hbox{#1}\csdiameter\wd\;csbox}
+\newcommand\;curvesymbol{} \def\;curvesymbol{}
+
+\newcommand\curvedashes{\@ifnextchar[\;crvdshs{\;crvdshs[\unitlength]}}
+\newcommand\;crvdshs{}
+\def\;crvdshs[#1]#2{\;ucd#1\def\;icurvedashes{#2}\;ccnfalse \;pl\z@
+ \@for \;ci:=#2\do{\ifdim\;ci\;ucd<\z@ \;ccntrue \@latexerr{\string
+ \curvedashes\space sign bad at \;ci}{\the\;negdash ^^J\@eha}%
+ \else \advance\;pl\;ci\;ucd \fi}\if;ccn\;pl\z@\fi}
+\newcommand\;icurvedashes{}
+
+\newcommand\diskpitchstretch{\@ne}
+
+\newcommand\tagcurve{\@ifnextchar[\;tgcrv{\;tgcrv[0]}}
+\newcommand\;tgcrv{}
+\def\;tgcrv[#1](#2){\;coordn\tagcurve\thr@@{#2}{#1}\if;ccn
+ \scaleput(\;xb,\;yb){\;firstpoint \;tagcurve{#2}}\fi}
+
+\newcommand\scaleput{}
+\long\def\scaleput(#1,#2)#3{\@killglue \;td#2\unitlength
+ \raise\yscale\;td \hbox to \z@{\kern\xscaley\;td \;td#1\unitlength
+ \kern\xscale\;td \raise\yscalex\;td \hbox{#3}\hss}\ignorespaces}
+\newcommand\xscale{\@ne}
+\newcommand\xscaley{0}
+\newcommand\yscale{\@ne}
+\newcommand\yscalex{0}
+
+% Plot first point if any.
+\newcommand\;firstpoint{\;startline \ifdim\;pl=\z@\;point\relax\fi}
+
+% Calculates segment count, sine, cosine and differences then plots segments.
+\newcommand\;drwarc{\;cc\;td \;np\;td \;td23\p@ \divide\;cc\;td
+ \;abs\;cc \advance\;cc\@ne \;pns\p@ \divide\;pns\tw@
+ \divide\;np\;cc \;rc\;np \divide\;rc\;pns \;abs\;rc
+ \advance\;rc\@ne \divide\;np\;rc \multiply\;np\;pns \divide\;np14668 %
+ \multiply\;np\;rc \divide\;np\@cclvi \;scp\p@ \multiply\;scp\@cclvi
+ \;t\;pns \;csi\;csi\;csi\;csi \;rxy\;ddx\;ddy \divide\;rc\p@
+ \advance\;rc\@ne \;rtc\;rc \advance\;rc\;rc \;ndd\;ddx \;ndd\;ddy
+ \;csi \;rxy\;ddx\;ddy \divide\;rc\;pns \advance\;rc\@ne
+ \@whilenum\;cc>\z@ \do{\advance\;cc\m@ne \;dx\;ddx \;dy\;ddy
+ \divide\;ddx\;rc \divide\;ddy\;rc \;td\;ddx \;ddx\;t\;td
+ \advance\;ddx-\;np\;ddy \;ddy\;t\;ddy \advance\;ddy\;np\;td
+ \divide\;ddx\;pns \divide\;ddy\;pns \;ddx\;rc\;ddx \;ddy\;rc\;ddy
+ {\;bezier \global\;ytd\;y \global\;tca\;overhang}\;y\;ytd \;overhang\;tca}}
+\newcommand\;ndd[1]{\divide#1\;rc \multiply#1\;np \divide#1\;t #1\;rtc#1}
+% Cosine and sine half angle iteration.
+\newcommand\;csi{\;tcb\;np \multiply\;np\;t \divide\;np\;pns \;t\;tcb
+ \multiply\;t\;t \divide\;t-\;scp \advance\;t\;pns \divide\;scp4 }
+
+% Count the number of co-ordinate specified and warns if incorrect.
+\newcommand\;coordn[4]{\;setpoint{#4}\ifx#1\closecurve\;cc\tw@\else\;cc\z@\fi
+ \@for\;ci:=#3\do{\advance\;cc\@ne
+ \ifcase\;cc \or \;d;f\;xa \or \;d;f\;ya \or \;d;f\;xb
+ \or \;d;f\;yb \or \;d;f\;xc \or \;d;f\;yc \fi
+ \ifx#1\closecurve\ifodd\;cc \;d;f\;xa \else \;d;f\;ya \fi\fi}%
+ \;ccnfalse \ifx#1\closecurve \advance\;cc-\tw@ \fi
+ \ifodd\;cc \@latexerr{\string #1\space points odd}{\the\;oddcoord ^^J\@eha}%
+ \else \divide\;cc\tw@
+ \ifnum#2>\;cc \@latexerr{\string #1 needs \the#2 points}%
+ {\the\m;ssingcoord ^^J\@eha}%
+ \else \;ccntrue \fi\fi}
+
+% Sets symbol, character or disk depending on how line is to be plotted.
+% Corrects overhang to be positive or zero but no greater than \;pl.
+\newcommand\;setpoint[1]{\curvelength\z@ \let\;stopline\relax
+ \def\;point##1{\raise\;y\hbox{{\copy\;pt##1}}}\ch;ckcs
+ \ifnum#1=\z@\;scntfalse\else\;scnttrue\fi \;sc#1\relax \;abs\;sc \;psc\;sc
+ \ifdim\;pl>\z@ \;overhang\overhang
+ \ifnum\;overhang=\z@\else \;np\;overhang \divide\;np\;pl \multiply\;np\;pl
+ \ifnum\;overhang<\z@ \advance\;overhang\;pl
+ \else \ifnum\;overhang=\;np\advance\;overhang\;pl\fi
+ \fi \advance\;overhang-\;np \fi
+ \if;csym \if;scnt\;setdisk\else\;setsymbol\fi \else \;setdisk \fi\s;tpitch
+ \else\ifnum#1>\z@ \s;tcirc{\hss\vrule\@height\@wholewidth\@width\@wholewidth}%
+ \else\ifnum#1<\z@ \if;csym\;setsymbol\else\set;pt{}\fi
+ \else\;setdisk\s;tpitch
+ \fi\fi\fi \;y\dp\;pt \advance\;y-\ht\;pt \divide\;y\tw@}
+\newcommand\;setsymbol{\s;tcirc{\hss\unhcopy\;csbox}\edef\;point{\;point\relax
+ \s;tcirc{\hss\noexpand\;curvesymbol}\global\setbox\;csbox\copy\;pt}}
+\newcommand\s;tpitch{\;td\diskpitchstretch\p@ \;psc\;td}
+\newcommand\;stopline{} \newcommand\;point{}
+
+% Sets LaTeX disk character and thickness.
+\newcommand\;setdisk{\@killglue \ifdim\@halfwidth>\p@
+ \set;pt{\@circ\@wholewidth{112}}\;linewidth{\wd\;pt}\s;tcirc{\unhbox\;pt}%
+ \else \;linewidth\@wholewidth \set;pt{}\fi \let\;stopline\;stopl;ne}
+
+% Check if curvesymbol exists and set switch.
+\newcommand\ch;ckcs{\ifx\;curvesymbol\@empty\;csymfalse\else\;csymtrue\fi}
+
+% Makes zero width box \;pt of point
+\newcommand\s;tcirc[1]{\set;pt to\z@{#1\hss}}
+
+% Set global box \;pt
+\newcommand\set;pt{\global\setbox\;pt\hbox}
+
+% Plots last segment of curve from coordinates already read.
+\newcommand\;endcurve{\;ecbezd\;dx\;ddx\;xa\;xb\;xc
+ \;ecbezd\;dy\;ddy\;ya\;yb\;yc \;bezier}
+\newcommand\;ecbezd[5]{\;slcd#1#3#5\divide#14 #2-#1\advance#2#5\unitlength
+ \advance#2-#4\unitlength}
+
+% Reads coordinates of four points before going to difference calculation.
+\newcommand\;tagcurve[1]{\ifnum\;cc=\thr@@ \;endcurve \else \;cc\z@
+ \@for\;ci:=#1\do{\advance\;cc\@ne \ifnum\;cc>6 %
+ \ifodd\;cc \;slcd\;dx\;xa\;xc \let\;xa\;xb \let\;xb\;xc \;d;f\;xc
+ \else \t;gcrv \fi \fi}\fi}
+
+% Calculates differences over whole segment from four points.
+\newcommand\t;gcrv{\;slcd\;dy\;ya\;yc \let\;ya\;yb \let\;yb\;yc \;d;f\;yc
+ \;rxy\;dx\;dy \divide\;dx\;rtc \divide\;dy\;rtc
+ \;ddx-\;ya\;dx \advance\;ddx\;xa\;dy \;ddy\;ddx
+ \advance\;ddx\;yb\;dx \advance\;ddx-\;xb\;dy
+ \advance\;ddy\;yc\;dx \advance\;ddy-\;xc\;dy
+ \;slbezd \;td\;ddy \divide\;td\@m
+ \ifdim\;td=\z@ \ifcurvewarn
+ \@warning{\the\;strline \;xa,\;ya\space to \;xb,\;yb}\fi \;slbez
+ \else \;td\unitlength \;rtc\;td \advance\;rtc\;rtc
+ \divide\;rtc\p@ \advance\;rtc\@ne \divide\;td\;rtc
+ \;t\;ddx \;scp\;t \;abs\;t
+ \advance\;t\;t \divide\;t\p@ \advance\;t\@ne \divide\;scp\;t
+ \multiply\;td\;scp \divide\;td\;ddy \multiply\;td\;rtc \multiply\;td\;t
+ \;ddx\;xc\;td \advance\;ddx-\;xa\;td \advance\;dx-\;ddx
+ \;ddy\;yc\;td \advance\;ddy-\;ya\;td \advance\;dy-\;ddy \;bezier \fi}
+
+% Avoid repeating {\;ci}
+\newcommand\;d;f[1]{\edef#1{\;ci}}
+
+\newcommand\;slbezd{\;slcd\;dx\;xa\;xb \;slcd\;dy\;ya\;yb}
+
+% Calculates difference between two coordinates.
+\newcommand\;slcd[3]{#1#3\unitlength \advance#1-#2\unitlength}
+
+% Calculates differences for bezier straight line.
+\newcommand\;slbez{\divide\;dx\tw@ \;ddx\;dx \divide\;dy\tw@ \;ddy\;dy \;bezier}
+
+% Scales segment differences, then calculates segment pattern and disk count,
+% and initial disk differences; selects line or dashes.
+\newcommand\;bezier{\;scale\;dx\;dy \;scp\;rc \;scale\;ddx\;ddy
+ \advance\;scp\;rc \;bezc\;dx\;ddx \;bezc\;dy\;ddy \;rxy\;ddx\;ddy
+ \divide\;rc\p@ \advance\;rc\thr@@
+ \;tc\;rc \;sroot\;sroot\;sroot \;t\;rc \;mcnd\@ne \;rxy\;dx\;dy
+ \advance\;rc\;scp \divide\;rc\thr@@ \global\advance\curvelength\;rc sp%
+ \ifdim\;pl>\z@ \;np\;rc \divide\;np\;psc
+ \ifnum\;t<\;np \;mcnd\;np \divide\;mcnd\;t
+ \divide\;np\;mcnd \multiply\;np\;mcnd \;t\;np
+ \fi \fi
+ \if;scnt\ifdim\;pl=\z@ \;t\;sc
+ \else\;np
+ \if;csym \;rc \divide\;np\;sc \advance\;np-\csdiameter
+ \;td\;pl \divide\;td\tw@ \advance\;np\;td \divide\;np\;pl
+ \ifnum\;np<\@ne\;np\@ne\fi \multiply\;np\;sc
+ \else \;sc \fi \advance\;t\;np \divide\;t\;np \multiply\;t\;np
+ \fi \fi \;rtc\;t \divide\;rtc\;mcnd \;tcb\;rtc \multiply\;tcb\;t
+ \advance\;rtc\m@ne \multiply\;rtc\;t \;tc\;t \advance\;tc\;tc
+ \;bezd\;dx\;ddx \;bezd\;dy\;ddy
+ \ifdim\;pl>\z@ \;dashes \else \let\n;xt\;spoints \;spoints \fi}
+\newcommand\;scale[2]{\;td\xscale#1\advance\;td\xscaley#2%
+ #2\yscale#2\advance#2\yscalex#1#1\;td \;rxy#1#2}
+\newcommand\;bezc[2]{\advance#1#1\advance#2#2\;td#2\advance#2-#1\advance#1\;td}
+\newcommand\;bezd[2]{\divide#2\;tcb \;td#2\multiply\;td\;rtc \advance#1-\;td
+ \divide#1\;tc}
+
+% Plots a continuous line or equispaced squares or symbols along a segment.
+\newcommand\;spoints{\advance\;y\;dy \kern\;dx
+ \;point\;stopline \advance\;t\m@ne
+ \ifnum\;t>\z@ \advance\;dx\;ddx \advance\;dy\;ddy
+ \else \let\n;xt\relax \fi \n;xt}
+
+% Calculates length of vector \;rc from coordinates #1,#2
+\newcommand\;rxy[2]{\;tc#1\;abs\;tc \;tcb#2\;abs\;tcb
+ \;rc\;tc \advance\;rc\;tcb
+ \ifnum\;rc>\z@ \;rtc\;rc \advance\;rtc\;rtc \divide\;rtc\p@
+ \ifnum\;rtc>\z@ \advance\;rtc\@ne \divide\;tc\;rtc
+ \divide\;tcb\;rtc \divide\;rc\;rtc
+ \else \;rtc\@ne \fi \multiply\;tc\;tc \multiply\;tcb\;tcb
+ \advance\;tc\;tcb \;sroot \multiply\;rc\;rtc \fi}
+
+% Replaces argument by magnitude
+\newcommand\;abs[1]{\ifnum#1<\z@ #1-#1\fi}
+
+% Iteration of square root calculation by Newton's method.
+\newcommand\;sroot{\;rroot\;rroot\;rroot}
+\newcommand\;rroot{\;tcb\;tc \divide\;tcb\;rc \advance\;rc\;tcb \divide\;rc\tw@}
+
+% Variable uses in \;dashes, \;scdashes, \;nscdashes, \;pdashes and \;dash.
+% counts
+% \;scp = distance between points.
+% \;rc = length of Bezier segment.
+% \;rtc = total points in Bezier segment.
+% \;np = number of whole patterns in Bezier segment or scratch.
+% \;overhang = of dash pattern past symbol or end of segment.
+% \;pbs = total points between symbols
+% \;pns = points to next symbol or dot.
+% \;tc = number of points to blank for curve symbol.
+% \;tcb = number of points along pattern.
+% dimens
+% \;pl = length of dash pattern.
+% \;ucd = dash pattern unit length.
+
+% Initializes dash plot for segment and selects symbol count alternative.
+\newcommand\;dashes{\let\;ticd\;icurvedashes \let\;tucd\;ucd \divide\;rc\;t
+ \;rtc\;t \;tc\;rc \advance\;tc\csdiameter \divide\;tc\;rc
+ \divide\;tc\tw@ \;t\;tc \multiply\;tc\tw@ \;ptfalse \;cnd\;mcnd
+ \;pbs\;rc \divide\;pbs\tw@ \advance\;overhang\;pbs \divide\;overhang-\;rc
+ \if;scnt \;scdashes \else \;nscdashes \fi \multiply\;overhang\;rc}
+
+% Plots dash pattern when a nonzero symbol count is specified.
+\newcommand\;scdashes{\;pbs\;rtc \divide\;pbs\;sc \;ccss \;scp
+ \if;csym \;pl \multiply\;scp\;np \divide\;scp\;sc \advance\;pbs-\;tc
+ \else \;pbs \multiply\;scp\;rc \fi \;np\;overhang \;overhang\z@
+ \divide\;scp\;pbs \;tcb\z@ \;pns\;t \;dash \;overhang\;np
+ \if;csym\else \advance\;overhang-\;tcb \advance\;rtc-\;tcb
+ \advance\;pbs-\;tc \fi
+ \;pns\;pbs \advance\;pns-\;np \if;csym\else\advance\;pns\;tcb\fi
+ \@whilenum\;rtc>\z@\do{\;pdashes \;ptfalse \;t\;tc \;pns\;t \;dash
+ \;pns\;pbs \;overhang\if;csym\;np\else-\;overhang\fi
+ \advance\;pns-\;overhang}\;overhang-\if;csym\;np\else\;overhang
+ \;ptfalse \;t\;tc \;tcb\;overhang
+ \divide\;t\tw@ \;rtc\;t \;pns\;t \;dash \fi}
+
+% Plots symbols at natural pattern length but shrinks pattern to fit between.
+\newcommand\;nscdashes{\advance\;pbs\;pl \divide\;pbs\;rc
+ \if;csym \;bpdashes \fi \;ccss \;pns\;t
+ \;dash \advance\;pbs-\;tc \;scp\;pl \divide\;scp\;pbs \;pns\;pbs
+ \@whilenum\;rtc>\z@\do{\;pdashes \;ptfalse \;t\;tc \;pns\;t \;dash
+ \;pns\;pbs}\if;csym \else \divide\;tc\tw@ \advance\;overhang\;tc \fi}
+
+% If large symbol spaces, blank curve.
+\newcommand\;ccss{\ifnum\;pbs>\;tc\else \;bpdashes \fi}
+
+% A blank or symbol plotting dash pattern
+\newcommand\;bpdashes{\let\;tucd\;pl \let\;ticd\;ricd \;tc\z@ \;t\z@}
+\newcommand\;ricd{1,0}
+
+% Reads dash pattern plotting dashes and spaces up to next symbol space.
+\newcommand\;pdashes{\ifnum\;pns>\z@ \;td\z@ \;tcb\z@ \;ptfalse
+ \@for\;ci:=\;ticd \do{\advance\;td\;ci\;tucd \;t\;scp \divide\;t\tw@
+ \advance\;t\;td \divide\;t\;scp \advance\;t-\;tcb \;dash
+ \if;pt\;ptfalse\else\;pttrue\fi}%
+ \let\n;xt\;pdashes \else \let\n;xt\relax \fi \n;xt}
+
+% Checks if dash or space occurs before or after curve, calculates fractions.
+\newcommand\;dash{\ifnum\;t=\z@
+ \if;csym \ifnum\;rtc>\z@ \if;pt\;point\;startline\fi \fi \fi
+ \else \advance\;tcb\;t \advance\;pns-\;t
+ \ifnum\;overhang<\z@ \advance\;overhang\;t
+ \;t \ifnum\;overhang<\z@ \z@ \else \;overhang \;overhang\;tcb \fi
+ \else \;overhang\;tcb \fi
+ \ifnum\;pns<\z@ \advance\;overhang\;pns \advance\;tcb\;pns
+ \advance\;t\;pns \;pns\z@ \fi \advance\;rtc-\;t
+ \ifnum\;rtc<\z@ \advance\;overhang\;rtc \advance\;t\;rtc\fi
+ \ifnum\;t>\z@ \if;pt\;point\;startline\fi \let\n;xt\;points \;points \fi\fi}
+
+% Plots a single dash or space depending on \if;pt.
+\newcommand\;points{\ifnum\;t<\;cnd \;tca\;t \else \;tca\;cnd \fi
+ \advance\;y\;tca\;dy \kern\;tca\;dx \if;pt\;point\;stopline\fi
+ \ifnum\;t<\;cnd \let\n;xt\relax \advance\;cnd-\;t
+ \else \advance\;t-\;cnd \advance\;dx\;ddx \advance\;dy\;ddy \;cnd\;mcnd
+ \fi \n;xt}
+
+% Make `;' a punctuation mark again.
+ \catcode`\;=12
+
+\endinput
+
+
+MODIFICATION HISTORY
+--------------------
+curves.sty 1.0 26 June 1991
+curves.sty 1.1 8 Jan 1992 large \diskpitchstretch and maximum integer=2^30 - 1.
+curvesls.sty 1.0 21 Mar 1993 draw lines using emTeX dvidriver \special's.
+1.1 23 April, 1993 corrected for large \curves and 2nd differences.
+1.14 29 April, 1993 Alignment of spaces improved in \@nscdashes, \overhang
+ normalized.
+1.15 1 May, 1993 Rounding errors in \nscdashes and \pdashes improved.
+1.16 8 May, 1993 Reduced .dvi size and dots corrected.
+1.2 23 May, 1993 Variable curve symbol introduced.
+1.21 8 June, 1993 \unitlength corrected in \bigcircle.
+1.22 15 June, 1993 \csb@x saves curve symbol, dash pattern selection rounded.
+1.23 18 June, 1993 extra \@killglue and curve smoothing, test for
+ bad point order tightened. 1st network release.
+ 2517 words of TeX main memory.
+1.30 9 July 1993 2nd network release.
+ Bugs Fixed:
+ Blank curve if \csdiameter too large;
+ Transfer of \@y and \@overhang from inner loop of \@drwarc;
+ Missing \pt@false in \@ncsdashes and \@pdashes;
+ Check for zero \@np in \@bezier.
+ Improvements (?):
+ New internal macros to save tokens;
+ Uses LaTeX error messages and warnings;
+ Checks \curvedashes signs;
+ Potential conflicts with other macros reduced with new \@y, \@tc;
+ Warns more readily and replaces possible inflexions with straight line;
+ Some internal variable names rationalized.
+ 2489 words of TeX main memory.
+1.32 14 June 1994 3rd network release tested with LaTeX 2e of February 1994.
+1.33 28 June 1994 4th network release tested with LaTeX 2e of 1 June 1994.
+ Redefines \bezier from June LaTeX 2e.
+ \@bezier renamed to \@Vbezier to avoid conflict with June LaTeX 2e.
+1.40 20 August 1995 5th network release tested with LaTeX 2e of 1 June 1995.
+ Bug Fixed: Dashed curves use straight segments to reduce rounding error.
+ Improvements:
+ \curvewarnfalse stops warning of straight line use between points;
+ ; catcoded to character to protect internal names;
+ New internal macros save tokens and increase speed;
+ 1772 nett extra words of TeX main memory (LaTeX 2e 1995/6/1 pl1).
+1.41 28 November 1996 \;points for wrong \;dy in dash.
+1.42 12th August 2000 6th Network release and last tested and
+ working with LaTeX 2.09.
+
+CURVESLS SUMMARY
+----------------
+The commands following are for the picture environment in the LaTeX manual.
+
+Arguments of Commands:
+<blank length> decimal number of <unit len> blank. Not negative.
+<character or symbol> is anything which a \put or \multiput may plot.
+<coordinates> are decimal numbers giving alternate x and y coordinates of
+ the curve as multiples of \unitlength, comma separated.
+<[,dash...]> optional continuation of alternating dash and blank numbers
+ of unit lengths, comma separated. Not negative. Decimals allowed.
+<diameter> is a decimal number giving the diameter in \unitlengths.
+<symbol count> is the number of symbols or patterns to be plotted, default 0.
+<unit len> unit length dimension e.g., 2.5mm, 10pt, used in measuring
+ blanks and dashes. Not negative. Default value is \unitlength.
+
+Lengths used by Commands:
+\csdiameter is the size of the space left for a symbol and can be
+ increased or set with \settowidth{\csdiameter}{<character or symbol>}.
+\curvelength is the total length of the curve calculated before drawing
+ by using Simpson's rule once between each pair of coordinate points.
+\overhang length of as drawn dash pattern overlapping start of dashes.
+
+Control Commands:
+\curvewarntrue warns every time a straight line is used between points
+ to avoid possible worse errors (default).
+\curvewarnfalse use the straight line without warning.
+
+Parameter Setting Commands:
+\curvesymbol{<character or symbol>} sets symbol and \csdiameter.
+\curvedashes[<unit len>]{<blank length><[,dash...]>} Drawing commands before a
+ \curvedashes or after one with an empty or zero length pattern will draw:
+ if <symbol count> is zero or missing, a continuous curve;
+ else if <symbol count> is positive, <symbol count>-1 squares of line
+ thickness size between and additional squares at coordinates or bezier
+ end points;
+ else if no <character or symbol> exists, nothing;
+ else, -<symbol count>-1 characters or symbols between coordinates and
+ additional ones at coordinates or bezier end points.
+After a \curvedashes command defining a pattern whose length exceeds
+ zero, commands draw:
+ if <symbol count> is zero or missing then at a spacing equal to the
+ specified pattern length,
+ if no <character or symbol> exists, a dash pattern reduced in length
+ by \csdiameter to fit between symbol spaces of \csdiameter,
+ else if \overhang is not 0pt, a <character or symbol> at all positions,
+ else a <character or symbol> with the first position blank;
+ else, \csdiameter wide symbol spaces, one at and |<symbol count>|-1 between
+ coordinate points with dash pattern lengths,
+ if no <character or symbol> exists, exact but broken by the spaces,
+ else, adjusted to give a whole number of patterns between spaces.
+\diskpitchstretch is initially 1 but \renewcommand can change it to a higher
+ value like 5 to save memory in drafts of complex documents or a lower local
+ value like 0.5 to smooth curve digitization.
+\linethickness{<len>} sets line or dash thicknesses to <len> from 0.5pt up to
+ 15pt (0.17mm to 5mm). \thicklines and \thinlines also set the thickness.
+\xscale, \xscaley, \yscale and \yscalex are scale factors initially set to
+ 1, 0, 1 and 0 respectively which \renewcommand or \def can reset.
+
+Curve Drawing Commands:
+Curves drawn consist of parabolic arcs between coordinate points with
+tangents at each point parallel to the straight line through adjacent points.
+\arc[<symbol count>](X1,Y1){<angle>} draws a circular arc centred on current
+ position, starting from (X1,Y1) and proceeding counterclockwise for
+ <angle> degrees.
+\bezier{<symbol count>}(X1,Y1)(X2,Y2)(X3,Y3) draws a curve through the points
+ (X1,Y1) and (X3,Y3) tangent to the straight lines joining them to (X2,Y2).
+ Faster and more powerful replacement for bezier.sty version.
+\bigcircle[<symbol count>]{<diameter>} draws a circle of diameter equal to
+ <diameter> times \unitlength.
+\closecurve[<symbol count>](<coordinates>) draws a closed curve with continuous
+ tangents at all points. At least 6 coordinates required.
+\curve[<symbol count>](<coordinates>) draws a curve through the specified
+ <coordinates>. For 4 coordinates this is a straight line.
+\scaleput(X1,Y1){<picture object>} places a picture object in a position
+ scaled by \xscale, \xscaley, \yscale and \yscalex for axonometric projection
+ or rotations.
+\tagcurve[<symbol count>](<coordinates>) draws a curve without its first and
+ last segments but if only 6 coordinates draws the last segment only.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/eclbip.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/eclbip.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..478ecd2bcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/eclbip.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+% eclbip.sty (C) Hideki ISOZAKI Nov. 24, 1990
+% \ignorespaces Dec.2, 1990
+% draw a bipartite graph with epic.sty
+
+\typeout{ECL Bipartite graph style file by isozaki Dec.2, 1990}
+
+\endlinechar=-1\relax
+\makeatletter
+
+\newdimen\bip@len
+\newbox\bip@box
+
+% #1...Width of Left Node Group
+% #2...Width of Gap between Left Node Group and Right Node Group
+% #3...Width of Right Node Group
+% #4...Height of Vertical Gap between Nodes
+% #5...Width of a Bullet and its Label
+
+\def\bipartite#1#2#3#4#5{
+ \bip@init\bip@sep{#4}
+ \bip@init\bip@lW{#1}
+ \bip@init\bip@eW{#2}
+ \bip@init\bip@rW{#3}
+ \let\bip@lX=\bip@lW
+ \bip@init\bip@rX{\bip@lX\p@}\bip@add\bip@rX{#2}
+ \bip@init\bip@tX{\bip@rX\p@}\bip@add\bip@tX{#3}
+ \bip@init\bip@lY{\z@}
+ \bip@init\bip@rY{\z@}
+ \xdef\bip@bot{0.0}
+ \bip@init\bip@elX{\bip@lX\p@}
+ \bip@add\bip@elX{#5}
+ \bip@init\bip@erX{\bip@rX\p@}
+ \bip@add\bip@erX{-#5}
+ \unitlength=\p@
+ \def\endbipartite{\endpicture
+ \hbox{\vrule\@depth\bip@bot\p@\@height\z@\@width\z@}}
+ \picture(\bip@tX,0)(0,0)\ignorespaces}
+
+%
+% \leftnode[#1]{#2}
+% #1=label, #2=content
+%
+% \leftnode{#1}=\leftnode[#1]{#1}
+%
+
+\def\leftnode{\@dblarg{\@leftnode}}
+
+\def\@leftnode[#1]#2{
+ \setbox\bip@box=\hbox to \z@{\hss
+ \@iparbox[c]{\bip@lW\p@}{\raggedleft #2}}
+ \bip@init\bip@halfH{-.5\ht\bip@box}
+ \bip@add\bip@halfH{-.5\dp\bip@box}
+ \bip@init\bip@corrY{\bip@halfH\p@}
+ \bip@add\bip@corrY{\dp\bip@box}
+ \bip@add\bip@lY{\bip@halfH\p@}
+ \put(\bip@lX,\bip@lY){\raise\bip@corrY\p@\box\bip@box}
+ \put(\bip@elX,\bip@lY){\makebox(0,0){$\bullet$}}
+ \expandafter\edef\csname bip@L#1\endcsname{\bip@lY}
+ \bip@add\bip@lY{\bip@halfH\p@}
+ \bip@max\bip@bot{-\bip@lY\p@}
+ \bip@add\bip@lY{-\bip@sep\p@}\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\rightnode{\@dblarg{\@rightnode}}
+
+\def\@rightnode[#1]#2{
+ \setbox\bip@box=\hbox to \z@{
+ \@iparbox[c]{\bip@rW\p@}{\raggedright #2}\hss}
+ \bip@init\bip@halfH{-.5\ht\bip@box}
+ \bip@add\bip@halfH{-.5\dp\bip@box}
+ \bip@init\bip@corrY{\bip@halfH\p@}
+ \bip@add\bip@corrY{\dp\bip@box}
+ \bip@add\bip@rY{\bip@halfH\p@}
+ \put(\bip@rX,\bip@rY){\raise\bip@corrY\p@\box\bip@box}
+ \put(\bip@erX,\bip@rY){\makebox(0,0){$\bullet$}}
+ \expandafter\edef\csname bip@R#1\endcsname{\bip@rY}
+ \bip@add\bip@rY{\bip@halfH\p@}
+ \bip@max\bip@bot{-\bip@rY\p@}
+ \bip@add\bip@rY{-\bip@sep\p@}\ignorespaces}
+
+%
+% Draw Edges between Nodes
+%
+
+\def\brush#1{\def\bip@brush{#1}\ignorespaces}
+\brush{\drawline}
+
+\def\match#1#2{
+ \bip@brush(\bip@elX,\@nameuse{bip@L#1})(\bip@erX,\@nameuse{bip@R#2})
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+%
+% (1) Avoidance of too much use of dimen.
+% (2) Easy conversion between picture coord and real dimen
+% ---> Keep dimen without 'pt'
+%
+
+\def\bip@init#1#2{\bip@len=#2\relax
+ \edef#1{\expandafter\@RemoveDim\the\bip@len}}
+
+\def\bip@add#1#2{\bip@len=#1\p@\relax\advance\bip@len by #2\relax
+ \edef#1{\expandafter\@RemoveDim\the\bip@len}}
+
+\def\bip@max#1#2{\bip@len=#1\p@\relax
+ \ifdim\bip@len<#2\relax\bip@len=#2
+ \xdef#1{\expandafter\@RemoveDim\the\bip@len}\fi}
+
+{\catcode`\p=12 \catcode`\t=12
+\gdef\@RemoveDim#1pt{#1}}
+
+\endlinechar=13\relax
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/eclbipsample.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/eclbipsample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c03df4343b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/eclbipsample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+\documentstyle[epic,eepic,eclbip]{article}
+
+
+\title{A bipartite graph macro}
+
+\author{Hideki ISOZAKI\\NTT Basic Research Labs \& Stanford Univ.}
+
+\date{Nov. 30, 1990}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Setup}
+
+Include epic.sty and eclbip.sty\footnote{Electrical
+Communications Labs}
+in your \verb|\documentstyle|
+option as below.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[epic,eclbip]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+If your printer driver accepts tpic commands,
+you should specify eepic.sty after epic.sty.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[epic,eepic,eclbip]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+As eepic.sty redefines some macros defined in epic.sty,
+Do not reverse this order.
+
+\section{bipartite environment}
+
+A bipartite graph is drawn by {\it bipartite} environment.
+The {\it bipartite} environment has five arguments.
+They represent the following parameters.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Maximum width of labels in the left node group.
+\item Width of gap between the left node group and the right node group.
+\item Maximum width of labels in the right node group.
+\item Minimum height of vertical gaps between node labels.
+\item Width between a node (bullet) and its label.
+\end{enumerate}
+Labels in the left node group
+should be specified by \verb|\leftnode| in this environment.
+Labels in the right node group
+should be specified by \verb|\rightnode| in this environment.
+
+An edge between a left node and a right node can be drawn
+by \verb|\match| command.
+
+If you write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{bipartite}{2cm}{1.5cm}{2cm}{3mm}{2mm}
+\leftnode{xxx}
+\leftnode{yyy}
+\leftnode{zzz}
+\rightnode{aaa}
+\rightnode{bbb}
+\rightnode{ccc}
+\match{xxx}{ccc}
+\end{bipartite}
+\end{verbatim}
+you get
+\begin{bipartite}{2cm}{1.5cm}{2cm}{3mm}{2mm}
+\leftnode{xxx}
+\leftnode{yyy}
+\leftnode{zzz}
+\rightnode{aaa}
+\rightnode{bbb}
+\rightnode{ccc}
+\match{xxx}{ccc}
+\end{bipartite}.
+
+Even if labels are long,
+you don't have to type them many times as arguments of \verb|\match|.
+You can give short names for
+\verb|\leftnode| and \verb|\rightnode| as options,
+and you can use them as arguments of \verb|\match|.
+
+If you write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{bipartite}{2cm}{1.5cm}{2cm}{3mm}{2mm}
+\leftnode[x]{xxx is very long}
+\leftnode{yyy}
+\leftnode{zzz}
+\rightnode{aaa}
+\rightnode[b]{bbb is very long}
+\rightnode{ccc}
+\match{x}{ccc}
+\match{yyy}{b}
+\end{bipartite}
+\end{verbatim}
+you get
+\begin{bipartite}{2cm}{1.5cm}{2cm}{3mm}{2mm}
+\leftnode[x]{xxx is very long}
+\leftnode{yyy}
+\leftnode{zzz}
+\rightnode{aaa}
+\rightnode[b]{bbb is very long}
+\rightnode{ccc}
+\match{x}{ccc}
+\match{yyy}{b}
+\end{bipartite}.
+
+
+\section{Line attribute}
+You can draw not only solid lines but also
+dotted lines and dash lines.
+epic.sty and eepic.sty define several commands for them.
+If you want to use
+\begin{verbatim}
+\dashline[65]{3}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+\end{verbatim}
+to draw lines, use \verb|\brush| command
+before corresponding \verb|\match| command.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\brush{\dashline[65]{3}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If you write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{bipartite}{2cm}{1.5cm}{2cm}{3mm}{2mm}
+\leftnode{xxx}
+\leftnode{yyy}
+\leftnode{zzz}
+\rightnode{aaa}
+\rightnode{bbb}
+\rightnode{ccc}
+\match{xxx}{ccc}
+\brush{\dottedline{3}}
+\match{zzz}{bbb}
+\end{bipartite}
+\end{verbatim}
+you get
+\begin{bipartite}{2cm}{1.5cm}{2cm}{3mm}{2mm}
+\leftnode{xxx}
+\leftnode{yyy}
+\leftnode{zzz}
+\rightnode{aaa}
+\rightnode{bbb}
+\rightnode{ccc}
+\match{xxx}{ccc}
+\brush{\dottedline{3}}
+\match{zzz}{bbb}
+\end{bipartite}.
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/ecltree.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/ecltree.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..927f50a54b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/ecltree.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+% ecltree.sty (C) hideki isozaki Nov. 12, 1990
+%
+% In this style file, I intentionally didn't use ordinary
+% terms such as \tree, \subtree, \leaf etc.
+% because I will use different tree macros in one file.
+%
+% This macro needs epic.sty
+% Confirm your epic.sty does not contain \makeatother at EOF.
+
+\makeatletter
+\typeout{ECL Tree graph macro by isozaki, Nov. 12, 1990}
+
+% Ignore End Of Line
+
+\endlinechar=-1\relax
+
+% Dimensions and Boxes : See below
+
+\newdimen\@BundleWidth
+\newdimen\@BundleDepth
+\newdimen\@BundleHeight
+\newbox\@NodeBox
+\newdimen\GapDepth
+\GapDepth=15\p@
+\newdimen\GapWidth
+\GapWidth=4\p@
+\newdimen\EdgeLabelSep
+\EdgeLabelSep=7\p@
+
+%
+% --------------- -
+% | \@TopLabel | |
+% --------------- - |
+% (\@SupportX,\@SupportY) | |
+% / \ | |
+% / \ | |
+% / \ | \GapDepth | \@BundleHeight
+% / \ | |
+% / \ | |
+%(\@HandleX,0) \ | |
+% -------------- -------------- - -
+% | \@NodeBox | | \@NodeBox | | \@BundleDepth
+% | | -------------- |
+% -------------- -
+% |---|
+% \GapWidth
+%
+% |-----------------------------|
+% \@PicWidth
+
+%
+% The main environment to make a (sub)tree: bundle
+% \begin{bundle} \chunk_1 \chunk_2 ... \chunk_n \end{bundle}
+%
+\def\bundle#1{\leavevmode\hbox\bgroup
+ \endlinechar=-1
+ \def\@TopLabel{#1}
+ \def\@HandleList{}
+ \def\@EdgeLabels{}
+ \edef\@EdgeLabelsY{\expandafter\@RemoveDim\the\EdgeLabelSep}
+ \unitlength=\p@
+ \@BundleWidth=\z@
+ \@BundleHeight=\z@
+ \@BundleDepth=\z@
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+\def\endbundle{
+ \advance\@BundleWidth by -\GapWidth
+ \hskip-\GapWidth
+ \setbox\@NodeBox=\hbox{\vbox{\null\@TopLabel}}
+ \advance\@BundleHeight by \GapDepth
+ \advance\@BundleHeight by \ht\@NodeBox
+ \advance\@BundleHeight by \dp\@NodeBox
+ \vrule\@height\@BundleHeight\@width\z@\@depth\@BundleDepth
+ \edef\@SupportY{\expandafter\@RemoveDim\the\GapDepth}
+ \edef\@SupportX{\expandafter\@RemoveDim\the\@BundleWidth}
+ \setbox\@NodeBox=\hbox to \z@{\hss\@TopLabel\hss}
+ \hskip-\@BundleWidth
+ \edef\@EdgeLabels{\@EdgeLabels{}}
+ \edef\@PicWidth{\expandafter\@RemoveDim\the\@BundleWidth}
+ \@BundleWidth=0.5\@BundleWidth
+ \edef\@SupportX{\expandafter\@RemoveDim\the\@BundleWidth}
+ \@DrawBundle}
+
+
+\def\@DrawBundle{
+ \begin{picture}(\@PicWidth,0)(0,0)
+ \edef\@HandleList{\expandafter\@cdr\@HandleList\@nil}
+ \@for\@HandleX:=\@HandleList\do{
+ \@DrawLine(\@SupportX,\@SupportY)(\@HandleX,0)
+ \put(\@HandleX,\@EdgeLabelsY){
+ \makebox(0,0){\expandafter\@car\@EdgeLabels\@nil}}
+ \edef\@EdgeLabels{\expandafter\@cdr\@EdgeLabels\@nil}}
+ \put(\@SupportX,\@SupportY){\raise\dp\@NodeBox\box\@NodeBox}
+ \end{picture}\egroup}
+
+
+%
+% \chunk[#1]{#2} means a leaf or a subtree.
+% #1 ... Label for the edge which connects the leaf or the subtree
+% with its parent node. (optional argument)
+% #2 ... Label for the leaf or the subtree
+%
+
+\def\chunk{\@ifnextchar[{\@chunk}{\@chunk[]}}
+
+\def\@chunk[#1]#2{\edef\@EdgeLabels{\@EdgeLabels{#1}}
+ \setbox\@NodeBox=\vtop{\null\hbox{#2}}
+ \advance\@BundleWidth by 0.5\wd\@NodeBox
+ \ifnum\@BundleDepth<\dp\@NodeBox
+ \@BundleDepth=\dp\@NodeBox\fi
+ \edef\@HandleList{\@HandleList,
+ \expandafter\@RemoveDim\the\@BundleWidth}
+ \advance\@BundleWidth by 0.5\wd\@NodeBox
+ \advance\@BundleWidth by \GapWidth
+ \box\@NodeBox\hskip\GapWidth
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+% To change line attribute
+% ex.
+% \drawwith{\path} ... efficient solid line defined by eepic.sty
+% \drawwith{\dashline{2}}
+
+\def\drawwith#1{\def\@DrawLine{#1}}
+
+% Default
+\drawwith{\drawline}
+
+% Ordinary catcode for p and t is 11
+% Application of \the to dimen generates text such as 1.0pt.
+% This pt's catcode is 12.
+
+{\catcode`\p=12 \catcode`\t=12
+\gdef\@RemoveDim#1pt{#1}}
+
+% Restore original End Of Line
+
+\endlinechar=13\relax
+
+\endinput
+
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/ecltreesample.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/ecltreesample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..712470c820
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip/ecltreesample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+\documentstyle[epic,eepic,ecltree]{article}
+
+\title{A tree macro}
+
+\author{Hideki ISOZAKI\\NTT Basic Research Labs \& Stanford Univ.}
+
+\date{Nov. 30, 1990}
+
+
+\addtolength{\textwidth}{12pt}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+
+\section{Setup}
+
+Include epic.sty and ecltree.sty\footnote{Electrical Communications Labs}
+in your \verb|\documentstyle|
+option as below.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[epic,ecltree]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+If your printer driver accepts tpic commands,
+you should specify eepic.sty after epic.sty.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[epic,eepic,ecltree]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+As eepic.sty redefines some macros defined in epic.sty,
+Do not reverse this order.
+
+\section{bundle environment}
+
+A tree is drawn by {\it bundle} environment.
+The {\it bundle} environment has one argument.
+This argument specifies the top node label.
+Leaves should be specified by \verb|\chunk| in this environment.
+
+If you write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{bbb}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\end{bundle}
+\end{verbatim}
+you get
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{bbb}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\end{bundle}.
+
+You can nest the {\it bundle} environment.
+If you write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\end{bundle}
+\end{verbatim}
+you get
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\end{bundle}.
+
+\section{Line attribute}
+
+You can draw not only solid lines but also
+dotted lines and dash lines.
+epic.sty and eepic.sty define several commands for them.
+If you want to use
+\begin{verbatim}
+\dashline[65]{3}(x1,y1)(x2,y2)
+\end{verbatim}
+to draw lines, use \verb|\drawwith| command
+before (or in) the bundle environment.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\drawwith{\dashline[65]{3}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\drawwith{\dashline[65]{3}}
+Then you get
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\end{bundle}.
+
+The argument of \verb|\drawwith| is evaluated
+at \verb|\end{bundle}|. Hence, if you write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \drawwith{\drawline}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \drawwith{\dashline[65]{3}}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\drawwith{\dottedline{3}}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\end{bundle}
+\end{verbatim}
+you get
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \drawwith{\drawline}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \drawwith{\dashline[65]{3}}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\drawwith{\dottedline{3}}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\end{bundle}.
+
+You can nest the \verb|\drawwith|. If you write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\drawwith{\drawwith{\drawwith{\dottedline{3}}\drawline}\dashline{3}}
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \chunk{eee}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\chunk{fff}
+\end{bundle}
+\end{verbatim}
+you get
+\drawwith{\drawwith{\drawwith{\dottedline{3}}\drawline}\dashline{3}}
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \chunk{eee}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\chunk{fff}
+\end{bundle}.
+Thus the nested \verb|\drawwith| is used in the reverse order.
+
+\section{Edge labels}
+
+You can write edge labels. They should be specified as the optional
+argument of \verb|\chunk|. Note that the width of an edge label
+is neglected. If you write
+\drawwith{\drawline}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk[left]{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\chunk[right]{ccc}
+\end{bundle}
+\end{verbatim}
+you get
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk[left]{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\chunk[right]{ccc}
+\end{bundle}.
+
+
+\section{Spacing}
+
+The {\it bundle} environment
+has three parameters for spacing.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+
+\item \verb|\GapDepth| means minimum height of gaps between
+adjacent nodes.
+
+\item \verb|\GapWidth| means minimum width of gaps between
+adjacent nodes.
+
+\item \verb|\EdgeLabelSep| means height of an edge label
+from the lower node of the edge.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+You should set these parameters before the {\tt bundle} environment
+if you dislike default values.
+
+If you write
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \setlength{\GapDepth}{5pt}
+ \setlength{\GapWidth}{5pt}
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\end{bundle}
+\end{verbatim}
+you get
+\begin{bundle}{xxx}
+\chunk{aaa}
+\chunk{
+ \setlength{\GapDepth}{5pt}
+ \setlength{\GapWidth}{5pt}
+ \begin{bundle}{yyy}
+ \chunk{bbb}
+ \chunk{ddd}
+ \end{bundle}}
+\chunk{ccc}
+\end{bundle}.
+
+
+
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/README.unix b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/README.unix
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..788eff6e07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/README.unix
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+REQUIREMENTS
+
+ o Perl
+ o GNU gunzip.
+ o UNIX (maybe).
+
+INSTALLATION.
+
+ o Edit the Makefile installation paths.
+ o Edit the config variables at the beginning of the perl scripts "epsfig"
+ and "epsbb".
+ o Type 'make install' (or 'make -n install' to see what its gonna do).
+
+MANIFEST
+
+ o README -- you're reading it.
+ o Makefile -- just does installation.
+ o epsbb -- will construct *.bb files, and compress ps files either
+ individually or for a whole directory.
+ o epsfig -- Used by dvips. Will try to find file on TEXINPUTS path
+ print that file to stdout. Will gnuzip where necessary.
+ o epsfig.sty -- slightly modified version incorporating epsfig. By default
+ epsbb will be applied to the \epsfig files when dvips is
+ run. This can be turned off with the control sequence
+ \psnocompress and on again with \pscompress.
+
+DOCUMENTATION
+
+ Minimal. See above, read the beginning comments in the perl scripts, and
+ the comments in epsfig.sty.
+
+PROBLEMS
+
+ I really hacked this up quickly because I some problems with the way
+ decompression was implemented in the original epsfig.sty. It seems to work
+ on our setup but no guarantees.
+
+ Suggestions, comments regarding the decompressions stuff mail me:
+ peta@mcrcim.mcgill.edu (Peter Whaite).
+
+ I wouldn't have a clue about any of the other epsfig.sty things. Best mail
+ the author: rahtz@dxcern.cern.ch (Sebastian Rahtz).
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsbb b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsbb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e8fbccab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsbb
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/perl
+#
+# Extract Bounding Box *.bb and compress postscript figure files.
+#
+# usage: epsbb --- For all files in the current directory.
+# epsbb DIR --- For all files in the directory DIR.
+# epsbb FILES... --- For all the FILES on the command line
+#
+# Author: Peter Whaite (peta@mcrcim.mcgill.edu)
+# Centre for Intelligent Machines, McGill University.
+$RCSVERSION='$Id: epsbb,v 1.2 1993/09/05 20:16:45 peta Exp $';
+
+## USER CONFIG -- edit the following to suit your system.
+#
+$GZIP='/usr/local/bin/gzip';
+$ZCAT='/usr/local/bin/gunzip -c';
+#
+## END USER CONFIG
+
+@ARGV=<*> unless ($#ARGV>=0); # epsbb
+@ARGV=<$ARGV[0]/*> if ($#ARGV==0 && (-d $ARGV[0])); # epsbb DIR
+
+FILE: while ($_=shift)
+{
+ /\.bb$/ && next;
+ -e ($eps=$_) || -e ($eps="$_.gz") || -e ($eps="$_.z") || -e ($eps="$_.Z")
+ || do { warn("$_ does not exist\n"); next;};
+ -f $eps || do { warn("$eps not a plain file\n"); next;};
+ $epsf = $eps;
+ $compressed = 0;
+ $eps =~ /^(.*)\.(gz|z|Z)$/ && do
+ {
+ $eps = $1;
+ $epsf = "$ZCAT $eps|";
+ $compressed = 1;
+ };
+
+ open(EPS,$epsf) || do {warn("$0: $epsf: $!\n"); next;};
+ while (<EPS>)
+ {
+ /^%[%\w]*BoundingBox/ && do
+ {
+ open(BB,">$eps.bb") || do
+ {
+ warn("$0: $eps.bb: $!\n");
+ next FILE;
+ };
+ print STDERR "Writing $eps.bb";
+ print BB;
+ close BB;
+ if (!$compressed)
+ {
+ print STDERR ", compressing $eps...";
+ system("$GZIP $eps") unless $compressed;
+ }
+ print STDERR "\n";
+ close EPS;
+ next FILE;
+ };
+ };
+ close EPS;
+ warn("$eps has no bounding box\n");
+}
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: perl
+# auto-fill-hook: do-auto-fill
+# End:
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71d39bc1ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#!/usr/local/bin/perl
+#
+# usage: epsfig [-c] FILE
+#
+# Write (possibly compressed) epsfig FILE to stdout. The TEXINPUTS path is
+# searched for FILE{,.gz,z,Z}. With the -c option the FILE is gziped and
+# FILE.bb is generated. If FILE is in the system default $SYSTEXINPUTS path
+# no attempt is made to epsbb it.
+#
+# Used by epsfig.sty inside backquoted dvips specials.
+#
+# Author: Peter Whaite (peta@mcrcim.mcgill.edu)
+# Centre for Intelligent Machines, McGill University.
+# $Id: epsfig,v 1.3 1993/09/13 22:55:00 peta Exp $
+
+## USER CONFIG -- edit the following to suit your system.
+#
+$SYSTEXINPUTS='.:/usr/local/tex/lib/texinputs';
+$ZCAT='/usr/local/bin/gunzip -c';
+#
+## END USER CONFIG
+
+while ($_=shift,/^-/)
+{
+ /^-c/ && do {$compress++;next};
+ die "$0: bad option $_\nusage: $0 [-c] <file>\n";
+}
+die "usage: $0 [-c] <file>\n" unless $#ARGV == -1;
+$file=$_;
+
+$TEXINPUTS=$ENV{'TEXINPUTS'};
+$TEXINPUTS .= $SYSTEXINPUTS if ((! $TEXINPUTS)||($TEXINPUTS =~ /:$/));
+@SYSTEXINPUTS = split(/:/,$SYSTEXINPUTS);
+@TEXINPUTS = split(/:/,$TEXINPUTS);
+
+foreach $dir (@TEXINPUTS)
+{
+ $epsf = "$dir/$file";
+ (-f $epsf) && do {$cmd = "$epsf"; $uncompressed=1; last;};
+ (-f "$epsf.gz") && do {$cmd="$ZCAT $epsf|"; last;};
+ (-f "$epsf.z") && do {$cmd="$ZCAT $epsf|"; last;};
+ (-f "$epsf.Z") && do {$cmd= "$ZCAT $epsf|"; last;};
+}
+$cmd || die("$0: $file.{z,gz,Z} not found\n");
+
+open(EPSF,$cmd) || die("$0: $cmd: $!\n");
+while (<EPSF>)
+{
+ print;
+}
+close EPSF;
+
+if ($compress && $uncompressed)
+{
+ exit(0) if (grep(/^$dir$/,@SYSTEXINPUTS) && ($dir =~ m#^/#));
+ system("epsbb $epsf");
+};
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: perl
+# auto-fill-hook: do-auto-fill
+# End:
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig.2e b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig.2e
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e86ec981b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig.2e
@@ -0,0 +1,1337 @@
+%----------------------------------------------
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\def\fileversion{2}%
+\def\filedate{1994/01/25}%
+\ProvidesPackage{epsfig}[\filedate]
+\message{ Epsfig }
+% minimal reworking for LaTeX2e!
+%
+% this will be all be rewritten when the LaTeX2e includegraphics
+% comes out.
+%
+% SPQR Jan 94
+%
+%%%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% psfig merged with EPSF = epsfig Release 1
+%%% 1.0 November 91
+%%% 1.1 Dec 91 fixed some bugs
+%%% 1.2 Jan 92 fixed bug that it never stopped reading PS file until
+%%% it reached the end! merged in changes from psfig1.8
+%%% (plain TeX definition of \fbox, new code for rotation)
+%%% 1.3 Jan 92 separated out \special code so that dvitops can be
+%%% supported. use \psfigdriver{dvitops}%
+%%% 1.4 Jan 92 fixed dvitops. need to input psfig at different point
+%%% in dvips from dvitops. define \psfig@start and \psfig@end to cope
+%%% with this
+%%% 1.5 Jan 92 force use of psfig method if using dvitops
+%%% 1.6 May 92 fixed bugs
+%%% 1.7 Sep 92 added support for emtex, sort of. reads a .bb file
+%%% and imports .pcx file. Boolean flag \epsfigdos used
+%%% to indicate that we cannot have more than one . in the
+%%% suffix (ie we will look at file.bb not file.eps.bb)
+%%%
+%%% 1.8 Sep 92 added support for OzTeX; fixed bugs in dvips support
+%%% (including clipping to bounding box); removed use of dimen100.
+%%%
+%%% 1.9 Dec 92 cleaned up documentation again
+%%% 1.10 Mar 93 cleaned up for plain TeX
+%%% 1.11 Mar 93 merged in changes by Peter Galko (supplied by CERN) for
+%%% use with Textures
+%%% 1.12 Apr 93 actually *tested* the Textures additions, and so rewrote
+%%% from scratch (borrowed an idea from psbox)
+%%% 1.13 May 93 allow for file names with _ or $ in them in \psdraft, and
+%%% fix problem that occurred with missing BoundingBox
+%%% 1.14 May 93 allow for .z suffix
+%%% 1.15 July 93 allow for .gz suffix
+%%% use \leavevmode as appropriate
+%%% fix plain \TeX mode
+%%% (fixes from Peter-Klaus Schilling <R02SCH@DSYIBM.DESY.DE>)
+%%% 1.16 August 93 [peta@mcrcim.mcgill.edu (Peter Whaite)]
+%%% -- Implement Perl scripts to do compressed file inclusion and bb
+%%% generation.
+%%% -- Add \pscompress.
+%%% -- Tidy up comments.
+%%% 1.17 September 93 SPQR
+%%% better code for literal name printing
+%%% allowed for spaces around , and =
+%%% 1.18 17.9.93
+%%% updates to epsbb and epsfig from Peter W
+%%% 1.19 14.11.93
+%%% mistaken placement of calculation of EPS@Height resulted in errors
+%%%
+%--------------------------------------------------------
+%%%
+%%% code rearranged by Sebastian Rahtz (spqr@uk.ac.york.minster)
+%%% from work by
+%%% Trevor Darrell; Tom Rokicki; Daniel Smith; H. Payne, Robert Russell
+%%%
+%%% This is a version of Darrell's `psfig' macros which are designed
+%%% to be used with dvips or dvitops, and the `epsf' macros (these are
+%%% automaticaly included by the style file). I did this because the
+%%% \special commands used by `epsf' appear to be more robust and
+%%% portable than the raw \specials used by `psfig', but I preferred
+%%% the psfig interface. This system preserves the psfig interface,
+%%% but mainly uses epsf macros to carry out the job. The user
+%%% interface is identical to \psfig, but you just use \epsfig
+%%% instead. Rotation uses the original psfig macros: I could not work
+%%% out how to do rotation with the epsf macros.
+%%%
+%%% The same applies to `rheight' and `rwidth'
+%%%
+%%% If you *really* want old psfig behaviour regardless, use \psfig. It is
+%%% still there. Some of the features have gone, however. \figurepath
+%%% seemed redundant, since it could be controlled by the TEXINPUTS
+%%% variable anyway.
+%%%
+%%% As an added feature, if FILE cannot be found, a file called FILE.bb
+%%% is searched for. This should simply contain a %%BoundingBox line. A perl
+%%% script "epsbb" is provided to generate these automatically. It is
+%%% assumed that if this exists, then the actual postscript is in UNIX
+%%% compress format in FILE.Z or in GNU gzip format in FILE.gz or FILE.z.
+%%%
+%%% The macros then read the BB from FILE.bb, but insert "`epsfig FILE`" in
+%%% the output for dvips to interpret (don't worry, it knows about this).
+%%% "Epsfig" is another perl script which searches the TEXINPUTS path for
+%%% FILE or FILE.{gz,z,Z}.
+%%%
+%%% As an added bonus if you say \pscompress the -c switch will be passed to
+%%% epsfig, causing automatic FILE.bb generation and compression the first
+%%% time dvips is run. Files in the system directories will NOT be
+%%% compressed.
+%%% If you are *not* on a Unix system and use this, deliberately or by
+%%% mischance, you will have problems!
+%%%
+%%% This file can be included in a dumped format, or used as a LaTeX
+%%% style file, or used in plain TeX. It does not load itself twice (I hope)
+%%%
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% previous notes. this copy of psfig.tex inherited from versions 1.8
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% All psfig/tex software, documentation, and related files
+%%% in this distribution of psfig/tex are
+%%% Copyright 1987, 1988, 1991 Trevor J. Darrell
+%
+%%% Permission is granted for use and non-profit distribution of psfig/tex
+%%% providing that this notice be clearly maintained. The right to
+%%% distribute any portion of psfig/tex for profit or as part of any commercial
+%%% product is specifically reserved for the author(s) of that portion.
+%%%
+%%% Thanks to Greg Hager (GDH) and Ned Batchelder for their contributions
+%%% to this project.
+%%%--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% GDH 7/26/87 -- changed so that it first looks in the local directory,
+%%% then in a specified global directory for the ps file.
+%%% SPQR 12/91 removed that last change. it follows TEXINPUTS anyway
+%%% RPR 6/25/91 -- changed so that it defaults to user-supplied name if
+%%% boundingbox info is specified, assuming graphic will be created by
+%%% print time.
+%%% SPQR 12/91 removed that last change. use LaTeX error message instead
+%%% SPQR 12/91 -- `no file found' produces LaTeX error message.
+%%% If you recover from that the file name is set in draft
+%%% mode in place of the file.
+%%%
+%%% Modified by J. Daniel Smith on 9 October 1990 to accept the
+%%% %%BoundingBox: comment with or without a space after the colon. Stole
+%%% file reading code from Tom Rokicki's EPSF.TEX file (see below).
+%%% --- SPQR 12.91 removed most of this to use epsf directly
+%%%
+%%% More modifications by J. Daniel Smith on 29 March 1991 to allow the
+%%% the included PostScript figure to be rotated. The amount of
+%%% rotation is specified by the "angle=" parameter of the \epsfig command.
+%%%
+%%% Modified by Robert Russell on June 25, 1991 to allow users to specify
+%%% .ps filenames which don't yet exist, provided they explicitly provide
+%%% boundingbox information via the \epsfig command. Note: This will only work
+%%% if the "file=" parameter follows all four "bb???=" parameters in the
+%%% command. This is due to the order in which psfig interprets these params.
+%%% ---- SPQR 12.91 removed all this
+%%%
+%%% 3 Jul 1991 JDS check if file already read in once
+%%%
+%-----------------------------USAGE---------------------------------------
+% From: gvr@cs.brown.edu (George V. Reilly)
+%
+% \psdraft draws an outline box, but doesn't include the figure
+% in the DVI file. Useful for previewing.
+%
+% \psfull includes the figure in the DVI file (default).
+%
+% \psscalefirst width= or height= specifies the size of the figure
+% before rotation.
+% \psrotatefirst (default) width= or height= specifies the size of the
+% figure after rotation. Asymetric figures will
+% appear to shrink.
+%
+% usage: \epsfig{file=, figure=, height=, width=,
+% bbllx=, bblly=, bburx=, bbury=,
+% rheight=, rwidth=, clip=, angle=, silent=}%
+%
+% "file" is the filename. If no path name is specified and the
+% file is not found in the current directory,
+% it will be looked for in directory \psfigurepath.
+% "figure" is a synonym for "file".
+% By default, the width and height of the figure are taken from
+% the BoundingBox of the figure.
+% If "width" is specified, the figure is scaled so that it has
+% the specified width. Its height changes proportionately.
+% If "height" is specified, the figure is scaled so that it has
+% the specified height. Its width changes proportionately.
+% If both "width" and "height" are specified, the figure is scaled
+% anamorphically.
+% "bbllx", "bblly", "bburx", and "bbury" control the PostScript
+% BoundingBox.
+% "rheight" and "rwidth" are the reserved height and width
+% of the figure, i.e., how big TeX actually thinks
+% the figure is. They default to "width" and "height".
+% The "clip" option ensures that no portion of the figure will
+% appear outside its BoundingBox. "clip=" is a switch and
+% takes no value, but the `=' must be present.
+% The "angle" option specifies the angle of rotation (degrees, ccw).
+% The "silent" option makes \psfig work silently.
+%
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% if this is true, the original Darrell macros and specials are used
+\newif\ifuse@psfig
+\use@psfigtrue
+\newcount\EPS@Height \newcount\EPS@Width \newcount\EPS@xscale
+\newcount\EPS@yscale
+\def\psfig@start{\typeout{EPSFIG - driver}}
+\def\psfig@end{\typeout{EPSFIG - driver}}
+\def\epsfig@gofer{\typeout{EPSFIG - driver}}
+\newcount\fig@driver
+\DeclareOption{ln03}{
+\typeout{WARNING! ****
+ no specials for LN03 epsfig}%
+}
+\DeclareOption{dvitops}{%
+ \use@psfigtrue
+ \def\psfig@start{}%
+ \def\psfig@end{\special{dvitops: import \@p@sfilefinal \space
+ \@p@swidth sp \space \@p@sheight sp \space fill}%
+ \if@clip \typeout{Clipping not supported}\fi
+ \if@angle \typeout{Rotating not supported}\fi}
+ \let\epsfig@gofer\psfig@end
+}
+
+\DeclareOption{dvips}{%
+ \message{(dvips)}%
+ \use@psfigfalse
+ \def\psfig@start{
+ \message{ what are \@p@swidth, and \@p@sheight}%
+ \special{ps::[begin] \@p@swidth \space \@p@sheight \space%
+ \@p@sbbllx \space \@p@sbblly \space%
+ \@p@sbburx \space \@p@sbbury \space%
+ startTexFig \space }%
+ \if@angle
+ \special {ps:: \@p@sangle \space rotate \space}
+ \fi
+ \if@clip
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{(clipped to BB) }%
+ \fi
+ \special{ps:: doclip \space }%
+ \fi
+ \special{ps: plotfile \@p@sfilefinal \space }%
+ \special{ps::[end] endTexFig \space }%
+ }%
+ \def\psfig@end{}%
+ \def\epsfig@gofer{
+ \if@clip
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{(clipped to BB)}%
+ \fi
+ \epsfclipon
+ \fi
+ \epsfsetgraph{\@p@sfilefinal}%
+ }
+}
+
+\DeclareOption{emtex}{%
+ \use@psfigtrue
+ \fig@driver3
+ \Typeout{WARNING. You must have a .bb info file with the Bounding Box
+ of the pcx file}%
+ \def\psfig@start{}%
+ % when emtex imports a pcx file, it is *below* where we are now.
+ % so raise the box
+ \def\psfig@end{\typeout{pcx import of \@p@sfilefinal}%
+ \if@clip \typeout{Clipping not supported}\fi
+ \if@angle \typeout{Rotating not supported}\fi
+ \raisebox{\@p@srheight sp}{\special{em: graph \@p@sfilefinal}}}%
+ \def\epsfig@gofer{}%
+}
+
+\DeclareOption{oztex}{%
+ \use@psfigtrue
+ \message{(OzTeX)}%
+ \def\psfig@start{}%
+ \def\psfig@end{%
+ \EPS@Width\@p@swidth
+ \EPS@Height\@p@sheight
+ \divide\EPS@Width by 65781 % convert sp to bp
+ \divide\EPS@Height by 65781
+ \special{epsf=\@p@sfilefinal
+ \space
+ width=\the\EPS@Width
+ \space
+ height=\the\EPS@Height
+ }%
+ \if@clip \typeout{Clipping not supported}\fi
+ \if@angle \typeout{Rotating not supported}\fi
+ }%
+ \let\epsfig@gofer\psfig@end
+}
+\DeclareOption{textures}{%
+ \message{(Textures)}%
+ \use@psfigtrue
+ \def\psfig@end{
+ % what is scaling of picture
+ \EPS@Width=\@bbw
+ \divide\EPS@Width by 1000
+ \EPS@xscale=\@p@swidth \divide \EPS@xscale by \EPS@Width
+ \EPS@Height=\@bbh
+ \divide\EPS@Height by 1000
+ \EPS@yscale=\@p@sheight \divide \EPS@yscale by\EPS@Height
+ % take largest calculated scale
+ \ifnum\EPS@xscale>\EPS@yscale\EPS@xscale=\EPS@yscale\fi
+ \if@clip
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{(clipped to BB)}%
+ \fi
+ \epsfclipon
+ \fi
+ \special{illustration \@p@sfilefinal\space scaled \the\EPS@xscale}%
+ }%
+ \def\psfig@start{}%
+}
+\ProcessOptions
+
+% copies of bits of LaTeX we need....
+\newdimen\ps@dimcent
+%
+% \fbox is defined in latex.tex; so if \fbox is undefined, assume that
+% we are not in LaTeX.
+% Perhaps this could be done better???
+\ifx\undefined\fbox
+% \fbox code from modified slightly from LaTeX
+\newdimen\fboxrule
+\newdimen\fboxsep
+\newdimen\ps@tempdima
+\newbox\ps@tempboxa
+\fboxsep = 0pt
+\fboxrule = .4pt
+\long\def\fbox#1{\leavevmode\setbox\ps@tempboxa\hbox{#1}\ps@tempdima\fboxrule
+ \advance\ps@tempdima \fboxsep \advance\ps@tempdima \dp\ps@tempboxa
+ \hbox{\lower \ps@tempdima\hbox
+ {\vbox{\hrule height \fboxrule
+ \hbox{\vrule width \fboxrule \hskip\fboxsep
+ \vbox{\vskip\fboxsep \box\ps@tempboxa\vskip\fboxsep}\hskip
+ \fboxsep\vrule width \fboxrule}%
+ \hrule height \fboxrule}}}}%
+\fi
+\ifx\@ifundefined\undefined
+\long\def\@ifundefined#1#2#3{\expandafter\ifx\csname
+ #1\endcsname\relax#2\else#3\fi}%
+\fi
+%
+\@ifundefined{typeout}%
+{\gdef\typeout#1{\immediate\write\sixt@@n{#1}}}%
+{\relax}%
+%
+%%% check to see if macros already loaded in (maybe some other file says
+%%% "\input epsfig") ...
+\@ifundefined{epsfig}{}{\typeout{EPSFIG --- already loaded}\endinput}%
+%
+%%%
+%%% we need Rokicki's EPSF macros anyway:
+%
+% EPSF.TEX macro file:
+% Written by Tomas Rokicki of Radical Eye Software, 29 Mar 1989.
+% Revised by Don Knuth, 3 Jan 1990.
+% Revised by Tomas Rokicki to accept bounding boxes with no
+% space after the colon, 18 Jul 1990.
+%
+% TeX macros to include an Encapsulated PostScript graphic.
+% Works by finding the bounding box comment,
+% calculating the correct scale values, and inserting a vbox
+% of the appropriate size at the current position in the TeX document.
+%
+% To use with the center environment of LaTeX, preface the \epsffile
+% call with a \leavevmode. (LaTeX should probably supply this itself
+% for the center environment.)
+%
+% To use, simply say
+% \input epsf % somewhere early on in your TeX file
+% \epsfbox{filename.ps} % where you want to insert a vbox for a figure
+%
+% Alternatively, you can type
+%
+% \epsfbox[0 0 30 50]{filename.ps} % to supply your own BB
+%
+% which will not read in the file, and will instead use the bounding
+% box you specify.
+%
+% The effect will be to typeset the figure as a TeX box, at the
+% point of your \epsfbox command. By default, the graphic will have its
+% `natural' width (namely the width of its bounding box, as described
+% in filename.ps). The TeX box will have depth zero.
+%
+% You can enlarge or reduce the figure by saying
+% \epsfxsize=<dimen> \epsfbox{filename.ps}
+% (or
+% \epsfysize=<dimen> \epsfbox{filename.ps})
+% instead. Then the width of the TeX box will be \epsfxsize and its
+% height will be scaled proportionately (or the height will be
+% \epsfysize and its width will be scaled proportiontally). The
+% width (and height) is restored to zero after each use.
+%
+% A more general facility for sizing is available by defining the
+% \epsfsize macro. Normally you can redefine this macro
+% to do almost anything. The first parameter is the natural x size of
+% the PostScript graphic, the second parameter is the natural y size
+% of the PostScript graphic. It must return the xsize to use, or 0 if
+% natural scaling is to be used. Common uses include:
+%
+% \epsfxsize % just leave the old value alone
+% 0pt % use the natural sizes
+% #1 % use the natural sizes
+% \hsize % scale to full width
+% 0.5#1 % scale to 50% of natural size
+% \ifnum#1>\hsize\hsize\else#1\fi % smaller of natural, hsize
+%
+% If you want TeX to report the size of the figure (as a message
+% on your terminal when it processes each figure), say `\epsfverbosetrue'.
+%
+\newread\epsffilein % file to \read
+\newif\ifepsffileok % continue looking for the bounding box?
+\newif\ifepsfbbfound % success?
+\newif\ifepsfverbose % report what you're making?
+\newif\ifepsfdraft % use draft mode?
+\newdimen\epsfxsize % horizontal size after scaling
+\newdimen\epsfysize % vertical size after scaling
+\newdimen\epsftsize % horizontal size before scaling
+\newdimen\epsfrsize % vertical size before scaling
+\newdimen\epsftmp % register for arithmetic manipulation
+\newdimen\pspoints % conversion factor
+%
+\pspoints=1bp % Adobe points are `big'
+\epsfxsize=0pt % Default value, means `use natural size'
+\epsfysize=0pt % ditto
+%
+\def\epsfbox#1{\global\def\epsfllx{72}\global\def\epsflly{72}%
+ \global\def\epsfurx{540}\global\def\epsfury{720}%
+ \def\lbracket{[}\def\testit{#1}\ifx\testit\lbracket
+ \let\next=\epsfgetlitbb\else\let\next=\epsfnormal\fi\next{#1}}%
+%
+\def\epsfgetlitbb#1#2 #3 #4 #5]#6{\epsfgrab #2 #3 #4 #5 .\\%
+ \epsfsetgraph{#6}}%
+%
+\def\epsfnormal#1{\epsfgetbb{#1}\epsfsetgraph{#1}}%
+%
+\def\epsfgetbb#1{%
+%
+% The first thing we need to do is to open the
+% PostScript file, if possible.
+%
+\openin\epsffilein=#1
+\ifeof\epsffilein\errmessage{I couldn't open #1, will ignore it}\else
+%
+% Okay, we got it. Now we'll scan lines until we find one that doesn't
+% start with %. We're looking for the bounding box comment.
+%
+ {\epsffileoktrue \chardef\other=12
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials \catcode`\ =10
+ \loop
+ \read\epsffilein to \epsffileline
+ \ifeof\epsffilein\epsffileokfalse\else
+%
+% We check to see if the first character is a % sign;
+% if not, we stop reading (unless the line was entirely blank);
+% if so, we look further and stop only if the line begins with
+% `%%BoundingBox:'.
+%
+ \expandafter\epsfaux\epsffileline:. \\%
+ \fi
+ \ifepsffileok\repeat
+ \ifepsfbbfound\else
+ \ifepsfverbose\message{No bounding box comment in #1; using defaults}\fi\fi
+ }\closein\epsffilein\fi}%
+%
+% Now we have to calculate the scale and offset values to use.
+% First we compute the natural sizes.
+%
+\def\epsfclipon{\def\epsfclipstring{ clip}}%
+\def\epsfclipoff{\def\epsfclipstring{\ifepsfdraft\space clip\fi}}%
+\epsfclipoff
+%
+\def\epsfsetgraph#1{%
+ \epsfrsize=\epsfury\pspoints
+ \advance\epsfrsize by-\epsflly\pspoints
+ \epsftsize=\epsfurx\pspoints
+ \advance\epsftsize by-\epsfllx\pspoints
+%
+% If `epsfxsize' is 0, we default to the natural size of the picture.
+% Otherwise we scale the graph to be \epsfxsize wide.
+%
+ \epsfxsize\epsfsize\epsftsize\epsfrsize
+ \ifnum\epsfxsize=0 \ifnum\epsfysize=0
+ \epsfxsize=\epsftsize \epsfysize=\epsfrsize
+ \epsfrsize=0pt
+%
+% We have a sticky problem here: TeX doesn't do floating point arithmetic!
+% Our goal is to compute y = rx/t. The following loop does this reasonably
+% fast, with an error of at most about 16 sp (about 1/4000 pt).
+%
+ \else\epsftmp=\epsftsize \divide\epsftmp\epsfrsize
+ \epsfxsize=\epsfysize \multiply\epsfxsize\epsftmp
+ \multiply\epsftmp\epsfrsize \advance\epsftsize-\epsftmp
+ \epsftmp=\epsfysize
+ \loop \advance\epsftsize\epsftsize \divide\epsftmp 2
+ \ifnum\epsftmp>0
+ \ifnum\epsftsize<\epsfrsize\else
+ \advance\epsftsize-\epsfrsize \advance\epsfxsize\epsftmp \fi
+ \repeat
+ \epsfrsize=0pt
+ \fi
+ \else \ifnum\epsfysize=0
+ \epsftmp=\epsfrsize \divide\epsftmp\epsftsize
+ \epsfysize=\epsfxsize \multiply\epsfysize\epsftmp
+ \multiply\epsftmp\epsftsize \advance\epsfrsize-\epsftmp
+ \epsftmp=\epsfxsize
+ \loop \advance\epsfrsize\epsfrsize \divide\epsftmp 2
+ \ifnum\epsftmp>0
+ \ifnum\epsfrsize<\epsftsize\else
+ \advance\epsfrsize-\epsftsize \advance\epsfysize\epsftmp \fi
+ \repeat
+ \epsfrsize=0pt
+ \else
+ \epsfrsize=\epsfysize
+ \fi
+ \fi
+%
+% Finally, we make the vbox and stick in a \special that dvips can parse.
+%
+ \ifepsfverbose\message{#1: width=\the\epsfxsize, height=\the\epsfysize}\fi
+ \epsftmp=10\epsfxsize \divide\epsftmp\pspoints
+ \vbox to\epsfysize{\vfil\hbox to\epsfxsize{%
+ \ifnum\epsfrsize=0\relax
+ \special{PSfile=\ifepsfdraft psdraft.ps\else#1\fi\space
+ llx=\epsfllx\space lly=\epsflly\space
+ urx=\epsfurx\space ury=\epsfury\space rwi=\number\epsftmp
+ \epsfclipstring}%
+ \else
+ \epsfrsize=10\epsfysize \divide\epsfrsize\pspoints
+ \special{PSfile=\ifepsfdraft psdraft.ps\else#1\fi\space
+ llx=\epsfllx\space lly=\epsflly\space
+ urx=\epsfurx\space ury=\epsfury\space rwi=\number\epsftmp\space
+ rhi=\number\epsfrsize \epsfclipstring}%
+ \fi
+ \hfil}}%
+\global\epsfxsize=0pt\global\epsfysize=0pt}%
+%
+% We still need to define the tricky \epsfaux macro. This requires
+% a couple of magic constants for comparison purposes.
+%
+{\catcode`\%=12 \global\let\epsfpercent=%\global\def\epsfbblit{%BoundingBox}}%
+%
+% So we're ready to check for `%BoundingBox:' and to grab the
+% values if they are found.
+%
+\long\def\epsfaux#1#2:#3\\{\ifx#1\epsfpercent
+ \def\testit{#2}\ifx\testit\epsfbblit
+ \epsfgrab #3 . . . \\%
+ \epsffileokfalse
+ \global\epsfbbfoundtrue
+ \fi\else\ifx#1\par\else\epsffileokfalse\fi\fi}%
+%
+% Here we grab the values and stuff them in the appropriate definitions.
+%
+\def\epsfempty{}%
+\def\epsfgrab #1 #2 #3 #4 #5\\{%
+\global\def\epsfllx{#1}\ifx\epsfllx\epsfempty
+ \epsfgrab #2 #3 #4 #5 .\\\else
+ \global\def\epsflly{#2}%
+ \global\def\epsfurx{#3}\global\def\epsfury{#4}\fi}%
+%
+% We default the epsfsize macro.
+%
+\def\epsfsize#1#2{\epsfxsize}
+%
+% Finally, another definition for compatibility with older macros.
+%
+\let\epsffile=\epsfbox
+
+%
+%% SPQR 12.91 handling of errors using standard LaTeX error
+%% mechanism. In case we are plain TeX we first define the
+%% error routines...
+\ifx\undefined\@latexerr
+ \newlinechar`\^^J
+ \def\@spaces{\space\space\space\space}%
+ \def\@latexerr#1#2{%
+ \edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+ \typeout{Error. \space see a manual for explanation.^^J
+ \space\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces Type \space H <return> \space for
+ immediate help.}\errmessage{#1}}%
+\fi
+%------------------------
+%% a couple of LaTeX error messages
+\def\@whattodo{You tried to include a PostScript figure which
+cannot be found^^JIf you press return to carry on anyway,^^J
+The failed name will be printed in place of the figure.^^J
+or type X to quit}%
+\def\@whattodobb{You tried to include a PostScript figure which
+has no^^Jbounding box, and you supplied none.^^J
+If you press return to carry on anyway,^^J
+The failed name will be printed in place of the figure.^^J
+or type X to quit}%
+%------------------------
+%
+%------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% @psdo control structure -- similar to Latex @for.
+%%% I redefined these with different names so that psfig can
+%%% be used with TeX as well as LaTeX, and so that it will not
+%%% be vunerable to future changes in LaTeX's internal
+%%% control structure,
+%
+\def\@nnil{\@nil}%
+\def\@empty{}%
+\def\@psdonoop#1\@@#2#3{}%
+\def\@psdo#1:=#2\do#3{\edef\@psdotmp{#2}\ifx\@psdotmp\@empty \else
+ \expandafter\@psdoloop#2,\@nil,\@nil\@@#1{#3}\fi}%
+\def\@psdoloop#1,#2,#3\@@#4#5{\def#4{#1}\ifx #4\@nnil \else
+ #5\def#4{#2}\ifx #4\@nnil \else#5\@ipsdoloop #3\@@#4{#5}\fi\fi}%
+\def\@ipsdoloop#1,#2\@@#3#4{\def#3{#1}\ifx #3\@nnil
+ \let\@nextwhile=\@psdonoop \else
+ #4\relax\let\@nextwhile=\@ipsdoloop\fi\@nextwhile#2\@@#3{#4}}%
+\def\@tpsdo#1:=#2\do#3{\xdef\@psdotmp{#2}\ifx\@psdotmp\@empty \else
+ \@tpsdoloop#2\@nil\@nil\@@#1{#3}\fi}%
+\def\@tpsdoloop#1#2\@@#3#4{\def#3{#1}\ifx #3\@nnil
+ \let\@nextwhile=\@psdonoop \else
+ #4\relax\let\@nextwhile=\@tpsdoloop\fi\@nextwhile#2\@@#3{#4}}%
+%%%
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% file reading stuff from epsf.tex
+%%% EPSF.TEX macro file:
+%%% Written by Tomas Rokicki of Radical Eye Software, 29 Mar 1989.
+%%% Revised by Don Knuth, 3 Jan 1990.
+%%% Revised by Tomas Rokicki to accept bounding boxes with no
+%%% space after the colon, 18 Jul 1990.
+%%% Portions modified/removed for use in PSFIG package by
+%%% J. Daniel Smith, 9 October 1990.
+%%% Just the bit which knows about (atend) as a BoundingBox
+%
+%%% hacked back a bit by SPQR 12/91
+%
+\long\def\epsfaux#1#2:#3\\{\ifx#1\epsfpercent
+ \def\testit{#2}\ifx\testit\epsfbblit
+ \@atendfalse
+ \epsf@atend #3 . \\%
+ \if@atend
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{epsfig: found `(atend)'; continuing search}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \epsfgrab #3 . . . \\%
+ \epsffileokfalse\global\no@bbfalse
+ \global\epsfbbfoundtrue
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi}%
+%
+%%% Determine if the stuff following the %%BoundingBox is `(atend)'
+%%% J. Daniel Smith. Copied from \epsf@grab above.
+%
+\def\epsf@atendlit{(atend)}
+%
+\def\epsf@atend #1 #2 #3\\{%
+ \def\epsf@tmp{#1}\ifx\epsf@tmp\empty
+ \epsf@atend #2 #3 .\\\else
+ \ifx\epsf@tmp\epsf@atendlit\@atendtrue\fi\fi}%
+
+
+%%% End of file reading stuff from epsf.tex
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% trigonometry stuff from "trig.tex"
+\chardef\trig@letter = 11
+\chardef\other = 12
+
+\newif\ifdebug %%% turn me on to see TeX hard at work ...
+\newif\ifc@mpute %%% don't need to compute some values
+\newif\if@atend
+\c@mputetrue % but assume that we do
+
+\let\then = \relax
+\def\r@dian{pt }%
+\let\r@dians = \r@dian
+\let\dimensionless@nit = \r@dian
+\let\dimensionless@nits = \dimensionless@nit
+\def\internal@nit{sp }%
+\let\internal@nits = \internal@nit
+\newif\ifstillc@nverging
+\def \Mess@ge #1{\ifdebug \then \message {#1} \fi}%
+
+{ %%% Things that need abnormal catcodes %%%
+ \catcode `\@ = \trig@letter
+ \gdef \nodimen {\expandafter \n@dimen \the \dimen}%
+ \gdef \term #1 #2 #3%
+ {\edef \t@ {\the #1}%%% freeze parameter 1 (count, by value)
+ \edef \t@@ {\expandafter \n@dimen \the #2\r@dian}%
+ %%% freeze parameter 2 (dimen, by value)
+ \t@rm {\t@} {\t@@} {#3}%
+ }%
+ \gdef \t@rm #1 #2 #3%
+ {{%
+ \count 0 = 0
+ \dimen 0 = 1 \dimensionless@nit
+ \dimen 2 = #2\relax
+ \Mess@ge {Calculating term #1 of \nodimen 2}%
+ \loop
+ \ifnum \count 0 < #1
+ \then \advance \count 0 by 1
+ \Mess@ge {Iteration \the \count 0 \space}%
+ \Multiply \dimen 0 by {\dimen 2}%
+ \Mess@ge {After multiplication, term = \nodimen 0}%
+ \Divide \dimen 0 by {\count 0}%
+ \Mess@ge {After division, term = \nodimen 0}%
+ \repeat
+ \Mess@ge {Final value for term #1 of
+ \nodimen 2 \space is \nodimen 0}%
+ \xdef \Term {#3 = \nodimen 0 \r@dians}%
+ \aftergroup \Term
+ }}%
+ \catcode `\p = \other
+ \catcode `\t = \other
+ \gdef \n@dimen #1pt{#1} %%% throw away the ``pt''
+}%
+
+\def \Divide #1by #2{\divide #1 by #2} %%% just a synonym
+
+\def \Multiply #1by #2%%% allows division of a dimen by a dimen
+ {{%%% should really freeze parameter 2 (dimen, passed by value)
+ \count 0 = #1\relax
+ \count 2 = #2\relax
+ \count 4 = 65536
+ \Mess@ge {Before scaling, count 0 = \the \count 0 \space and
+ count 2 = \the \count 2}%
+ \ifnum \count 0 > 32767 %%% do our best to avoid overflow
+ \then \divide \count 0 by 4
+ \divide \count 4 by 4
+ \else \ifnum \count 0 < -32767
+ \then \divide \count 0 by 4
+ \divide \count 4 by 4
+ \else
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifnum \count 2 > 32767 %%% while retaining reasonable accuracy
+ \then \divide \count 2 by 4
+ \divide \count 4 by 4
+ \else \ifnum \count 2 < -32767
+ \then \divide \count 2 by 4
+ \divide \count 4 by 4
+ \else
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \multiply \count 0 by \count 2
+ \divide \count 0 by \count 4
+ \xdef \product {#1 = \the \count 0 \internal@nits}%
+ \aftergroup \product
+ }}%
+
+\def\r@duce{\ifdim\dimen0 > 90\r@dian \then % sin(x) = sin(180-x)
+ \multiply\dimen0 by -1
+ \advance\dimen0 by 180\r@dian
+ \r@duce
+ \else \ifdim\dimen0 < -90\r@dian \then % sin(x) = sin(360+x)
+ \advance\dimen0 by 360\r@dian
+ \r@duce
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+
+\def\Sine#1%
+ {{%
+ \dimen 0 = #1 \r@dian
+ \r@duce
+ \ifdim\dimen0 = -90\r@dian \then
+ \dimen4 = -1\r@dian
+ \c@mputefalse
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\dimen0 = 90\r@dian \then
+ \dimen4 = 1\r@dian
+ \c@mputefalse
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\dimen0 = 0\r@dian \then
+ \dimen4 = 0\r@dian
+ \c@mputefalse
+ \fi
+%
+ \ifc@mpute \then
+ % convert degrees to radians
+ \divide\dimen0 by 180
+ \dimen0=3.141592654\dimen0
+%
+ \dimen 2 = 3.1415926535897963\r@dian %%% a well-known constant
+ \divide\dimen 2 by 2 %%% we only deal with -pi/2 : pi/2
+ \Mess@ge {Sin: calculating Sin of \nodimen 0}%
+ \count 0 = 1 %%% see power-series expansion for sine
+ \dimen 2 = 1 \r@dian %%% ditto
+ \dimen 4 = 0 \r@dian %%% ditto
+ \loop
+ \ifnum \dimen 2 = 0 %%% then we've done
+ \then \stillc@nvergingfalse
+ \else \stillc@nvergingtrue
+ \fi
+ \ifstillc@nverging %%% then calculate next term
+ \then \term {\count 0} {\dimen 0} {\dimen 2}%
+ \advance \count 0 by 2
+ \count 2 = \count 0
+ \divide \count 2 by 2
+ \ifodd \count 2 %%% signs alternate
+ \then \advance \dimen 4 by \dimen 2
+ \else \advance \dimen 4 by -\dimen 2
+ \fi
+ \repeat
+ \fi
+ \xdef \sine {\nodimen 4}%
+ }}%
+
+%%% Now the Cosine can be calculated easily by calling \Sine:
+%%% cos(x) = sin(90-x)
+\def\Cosine#1{\ifx\sine\UnDefined\edef\Savesine{\relax}\else
+ \edef\Savesine{\sine}\fi
+ {\dimen0=#1\r@dian\multiply\dimen0 by -1
+ \advance\dimen0 by 90\r@dian
+ \Sine{\nodimen 0}%
+ \xdef\cosine{\sine}%
+ \xdef\sine{\Savesine}}}
+%%% end of trig stuff
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+\def\psdraft{\def\@psdraft{0}}%
+\def\psfull{\def\@psdraft{1}}%
+\psfull
+\newif\if@compress
+\def\pscompress{\@compresstrue}
+\def\psnocompress{\@compressfalse}
+\@compressfalse
+\newif\if@scalefirst
+\def\psscalefirst{\@scalefirsttrue}%
+\def\psrotatefirst{\@scalefirstfalse}%
+\psrotatefirst
+%
+\newif\if@draftbox
+\def\psnodraftbox{\@draftboxfalse}%
+\@draftboxtrue
+%
+\newif\if@noisy
+\@noisyfalse
+\newif\ifno@bb
+%%% These are for the option list.
+%%% A specification of the form a = b maps to calling \@p@@sa{b}%
+\newif\if@bbllx
+\newif\if@bblly
+\newif\if@bburx
+\newif\if@bbury
+\newif\if@height
+\newif\if@width
+\newif\if@rheight
+\newif\if@rwidth
+\newif\if@angle
+\newif\if@clip
+\newif\if@verbose
+\newif\if@prologfile
+\def\@p@@sprolog#1{\@prologfiletrue\def\@prologfileval{#1}}%
+\def\@p@@sclip#1{\@cliptrue}%
+%
+\newif\ifepsfig@dos % only single suffix possible
+\def\epsfigdos{\epsfig@dostrue}%
+\epsfig@dosfalse
+%
+\def\ParseName#1{\expandafter\@Parse#1}%
+\def\@Parse#1.#2:{\gdef\BaseName{#1}\gdef\FileType{#2}}%
+
+\def\@p@@sfile#1{%
+ \ifepsfig@dos
+ \ParseName{#1:}%
+ \else
+ \gdef\BaseName{#1}\gdef\FileType{}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@p@sfile{NO FILE: #1}%
+ \def\@p@sfilefinal{NO FILE: #1}%
+ \openin1=#1
+ \ifeof1\closein1\openin1=\BaseName.bb
+ \ifeof1\closein1
+ \if@bbllx % No postscript file but bb given explicitly.
+ \if@bblly\if@bburx\if@bbury
+ \def\@p@sfile{#1}%
+ \def\@p@sfilefinal{#1}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \else % No bounding box found.
+ \@latexerr{ERROR. PostScript file #1 not found}\@whattodo
+ \@p@@sbbllx{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbblly{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbburx{200bp}%
+ \@p@@sbbury{200bp}%
+ \psdraft
+ \fi
+ \else % Postscript file is compressed.
+ \closein1%
+ \edef\@p@sfile{\BaseName.bb}%
+ \typeout{using BB from \@p@sfile}%
+ \ifnum\fig@driver=3
+ \edef\@p@sfilefinal{\BaseName.pcx}%
+ \else
+ \ifepsfig@dos
+ \edef\@p@sfilefinal{"`gunzip -c `texfind \BaseName.{z,Z,gz}"}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@p@sfilefinal{"`epsfig \if@compress-c \fi#1"}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else\closein1 % Postscript file is not compressed.
+ \edef\@p@sfile{#1}%
+ \if@compress
+ \edef\@p@sfilefinal{"`epsfig -c #1"}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@p@sfilefinal{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi%
+}
+
+% alternative syntax: figure=
+\let\@p@@sfigure\@p@@sfile
+%
+\def\@p@@sbbllx#1{%
+ \@bbllxtrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@sbbllx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \divide\ps@dimcent by65536
+ \global\edef\epsfllx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@sbblly#1{%
+ \@bbllytrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@sbblly{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \divide\ps@dimcent by65536
+ \global\edef\epsflly{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@sbburx#1{%
+ \@bburxtrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@sbburx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \divide\ps@dimcent by65536
+ \global\edef\epsfurx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@sbbury#1{%
+ \@bburytrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@sbbury{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \divide\ps@dimcent by65536
+ \global\edef\epsfury{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@sheight#1{%
+ \@heighttrue
+ \global\epsfysize=#1
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@sheight{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@swidth#1{%
+ \@widthtrue
+ \global\epsfxsize=#1
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@swidth{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@srheight#1{%
+ \@rheighttrue\use@psfigtrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@srheight{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@srwidth#1{%
+ \@rwidthtrue\use@psfigtrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@srwidth{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@sangle#1{%
+ \use@psfigtrue
+ \@angletrue
+ \edef\@p@sangle{#1}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@ssilent#1{%
+ \@verbosefalse
+}%
+\def\@p@@snoisy#1{%
+ \@verbosetrue
+}%
+\def\@cs@name#1{\csname #1\endcsname}%
+\def\@setparms#1=#2,{\@cs@name{@p@@s#1}{#2}}%
+%
+%%% initialize the defaults (size the size of the figure)
+%
+\def\ps@init@parms{%
+ \@bbllxfalse \@bbllyfalse
+ \@bburxfalse \@bburyfalse
+ \@heightfalse \@widthfalse
+ \@rheightfalse \@rwidthfalse
+ \def\@p@sbbllx{}\def\@p@sbblly{}%
+ \def\@p@sbburx{}\def\@p@sbbury{}%
+ \def\@p@sheight{}\def\@p@swidth{}%
+ \def\@p@srheight{}\def\@p@srwidth{}%
+ \def\@p@sangle{0}%
+ \def\@p@sfile{}%
+ \@prologfilefalse
+ \def\@sc{}%
+ \if@noisy
+ \@verbosetrue
+ \else
+ \@verbosefalse
+ \fi
+ \@clipfalse
+}%
+%
+%%% Go through the options setting things up.
+%
+\def\parse@ps@parms#1{%
+ \@psdo\@psfiga:=#1\do
+ {\expandafter\@setparms\@psfiga,}%
+\if@prologfile
+\special{header=\@prologfileval}%
+\fi
+}%
+%
+%%% Compute bb height and width
+%
+\def\bb@missing{%
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{psfig: searching \@p@sfile \space for bounding box}%
+ \fi
+ \epsfgetbb{\@p@sfile}%
+ \ifepsfbbfound
+ \ps@dimcent=\epsfllx bp\edef\@p@sbbllx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \ps@dimcent=\epsflly bp\edef\@p@sbblly{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \ps@dimcent=\epsfurx bp\edef\@p@sbburx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \ps@dimcent=\epsfury bp\edef\@p@sbbury{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \else
+ \epsfbbfoundfalse
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% rotate point (#1,#2) about (0,0).
+% The sine and cosine of the angle are already stored in \sine and
+% \cosine. The result is placed in (\p@intvaluex, \p@intvaluey).
+\newdimen\p@intvaluex
+\newdimen\p@intvaluey
+\def\rotate@#1#2{{\dimen0=#1 sp\dimen1=#2 sp
+% calculate x' = x \cos\theta - y \sin\theta
+ \global\p@intvaluex=\cosine\dimen0
+ \dimen3=\sine\dimen1
+ \global\advance\p@intvaluex by -\dimen3
+% calculate y' = x \sin\theta + y \cos\theta
+ \global\p@intvaluey=\sine\dimen0
+ \dimen3=\cosine\dimen1
+ \global\advance\p@intvaluey by \dimen3
+ }}%
+\def\compute@bb{%
+ \epsfbbfoundfalse
+ \if@bbllx\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bblly\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bburx\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bbury\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \ifepsfbbfound\else\bb@missing\fi
+ \ifepsfbbfound\else
+ \@latexerr{ERROR. cannot locate BoundingBox}\@whattodobb
+ \@p@@sbbllx{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbblly{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbburx{200bp}%
+ \@p@@sbbury{200bp}%
+ \no@bbtrue
+ \psdraft
+ \fi
+ %
+%
+% store height/width of original (unrotated) bounding box
+ \count203=\@p@sbburx
+ \count204=\@p@sbbury
+ \advance\count203 by -\@p@sbbllx
+ \advance\count204 by -\@p@sbblly
+ \edef\ps@bbw{\number\count203}%
+ \edef\ps@bbh{\number\count204}%
+ \edef\@bbw{\number\count203}%
+ \edef\@bbh{\number\count204}%
+ \if@angle
+ \Sine{\@p@sangle}\Cosine{\@p@sangle}%
+
+{\ps@dimcent=\maxdimen\xdef\r@p@sbbllx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+
+\xdef\r@p@sbblly{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+
+\xdef\r@p@sbburx{-\number\ps@dimcent}%
+
+\xdef\r@p@sbbury{-\number\ps@dimcent}}%
+%
+% Need to rotate all four points and take the X-Y extremes of the new
+% points as the new bounding box.
+ \def\minmaxtest{%
+ \ifnum\number\p@intvaluex<\r@p@sbbllx
+ \xdef\r@p@sbbllx{\number\p@intvaluex}\fi
+ \ifnum\number\p@intvaluex>\r@p@sbburx
+ \xdef\r@p@sbburx{\number\p@intvaluex}\fi
+ \ifnum\number\p@intvaluey<\r@p@sbblly
+ \xdef\r@p@sbblly{\number\p@intvaluey}\fi
+ \ifnum\number\p@intvaluey>\r@p@sbbury
+ \xdef\r@p@sbbury{\number\p@intvaluey}\fi
+ }%
+% lower left
+ \rotate@{\@p@sbbllx}{\@p@sbblly}%
+ \minmaxtest
+% upper left
+ \rotate@{\@p@sbbllx}{\@p@sbbury}%
+ \minmaxtest
+% lower right
+ \rotate@{\@p@sbburx}{\@p@sbblly}%
+ \minmaxtest
+% upper right
+ \rotate@{\@p@sbburx}{\@p@sbbury}%
+ \minmaxtest
+
+\edef\@p@sbbllx{\r@p@sbbllx}\edef\@p@sbblly{\r@p@sbblly}%
+
+\edef\@p@sbburx{\r@p@sbburx}\edef\@p@sbbury{\r@p@sbbury}%
+ \fi
+ \count203=\@p@sbburx
+ \count204=\@p@sbbury
+ \advance\count203 by -\@p@sbbllx
+ \advance\count204 by -\@p@sbblly
+ \edef\@bbw{\number\count203}%
+ \edef\@bbh{\number\count204}%
+}%
+%
+% \in@hundreds performs #1 * (#2 / #3) correct to the hundreds,
+% then leaves the result in @result
+%
+\def\in@hundreds#1#2#3{\count240=#2 \count241=#3
+ \count100=\count240 % 100 is first digit #2/#3
+ \divide\count100 by \count241
+ \count101=\count100
+ \multiply\count101 by \count241
+ \advance\count240 by -\count101
+ \multiply\count240 by 10
+ \count101=\count240 %101 is second digit of #2/#3
+ \divide\count101 by \count241
+ \count102=\count101
+ \multiply\count102 by \count241
+ \advance\count240 by -\count102
+ \multiply\count240 by 10
+ \count102=\count240 % 102 is the third digit
+ \divide\count102 by \count241
+ \count200=#1\count205=0
+ \count201=\count200
+ \multiply\count201 by \count100
+ \advance\count205 by \count201
+ \count201=\count200
+ \divide\count201 by 10
+ \multiply\count201 by \count101
+ \advance\count205 by \count201
+ %
+ \count201=\count200
+ \divide\count201 by 100
+ \multiply\count201 by \count102
+ \advance\count205 by \count201
+ %
+ \edef\@result{\number\count205}%
+}%
+\def\compute@wfromh{%
+ % computing : width = height * (bbw / bbh)
+ \in@hundreds{\@p@sheight}{\@bbw}{\@bbh}%
+ \edef\@p@swidth{\@result}%
+}%
+\def\compute@hfromw{%
+ % computing : height = width * (bbh / bbw)
+ \in@hundreds{\@p@swidth}{\@bbh}{\@bbw}%
+ \edef\@p@sheight{\@result}%
+}%
+\def\compute@handw{%
+ \if@height
+ \if@width
+ \else
+ \compute@wfromh
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \if@width
+ \compute@hfromw
+ \else
+ \edef\@p@sheight{\@bbh}%
+ \edef\@p@swidth{\@bbw}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\def\compute@resv{%
+ \if@rheight \else \edef\@p@srheight{\@p@sheight} \fi
+ \if@rwidth \else \edef\@p@srwidth{\@p@swidth} \fi
+}%
+%
+% Compute any missing values
+\def\compute@sizes{%
+ \if@scalefirst\if@angle
+% at this point the bounding box has been adjsuted correctly for
+% rotation. PSFIG does all of its scaling using \@bbh and \@bbw. If
+% a width= or height= was specified along with \psscalefirst, then the
+% width=/height= value needs to be adjusted to match the new (rotated)
+% bounding box size (specifed in \@bbw and \@bbh).
+% \ps@bbw width=
+% ------- = ----------
+% \@bbw new width=
+% so `new width=' = (width= * \@bbw) / \ps@bbw; where \ps@bbw is the
+% width of the original (unrotated) bounding box.
+ \if@width
+ \in@hundreds{\@p@swidth}{\@bbw}{\ps@bbw}%
+ \edef\@p@swidth{\@result}%
+ \fi
+ \if@height
+ \in@hundreds{\@p@sheight}{\@bbh}{\ps@bbh}%
+ \edef\@p@sheight{\@result}%
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi
+ \compute@handw
+ \compute@resv
+}
+%
+
+%------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% by the way, possible parameters to the PSfile= command in dvips are:
+%%% llx
+%%% lly
+%%% urx
+%%% ury
+%%% rwi
+% hoffset The horizontal offset (default 0)
+% voffset The vertical offset (default 0)
+% hsize The horizontal clipping size (default 612)
+% vsize The vertical clipping size (default 792)
+% hscale The horizontal scaling factor (default 100)
+% vscale The vertical scaling factor (default 100)
+% angle The rotation (default 0)
+%------------------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\graphic@verb#1{\def\next{#1}%
+ {\expandafter\graphic@strip\meaning\next}}
+\def\graphic@strip#1>{}
+\def\graphic@zapspace#1{%
+ #1\ifx\graphic@zapspace#1\graphic@zapspace%
+ \else\expandafter\graphic@zapspace%
+ \fi}
+\def\psfig#1{%
+\edef\@tempa{\graphic@zapspace#1{}}%
+\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi\vbox {%
+ %
+ \ps@init@parms
+ \parse@ps@parms{\@tempa}%
+ %
+ \ifnum\@psdraft=1
+ \typeout{[\@p@sfilefinal]}%
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{epsfig: using PSFIG macros}%
+ \fi
+ \psfig@method
+ \else
+ \epsfig@draft
+ \fi
+}
+}%
+\def\graphic@zapspace#1{%
+ #1\ifx\graphic@zapspace#1\graphic@zapspace%
+ \else\expandafter\graphic@zapspace%
+ \fi}
+\def\epsfig#1{%
+\edef\@tempa{\graphic@zapspace#1{}}%
+\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi\vbox {%
+ %
+ \ps@init@parms
+ \parse@ps@parms{\@tempa}%
+ %
+ \ifnum\@psdraft=1
+ \if@angle\use@psfigtrue\fi
+ \ifuse@psfig
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{epsfig: using PSFIG macros}%
+ \fi
+ \psfig@method
+ \else
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{epsfig: using EPSF macros}%
+ \fi
+ \epsf@method
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \epsfig@draft
+ \fi
+}%
+}%
+
+
+\def\epsf@method{%
+ \epsfbbfoundfalse
+ \if@bbllx\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bblly\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bburx\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bbury\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \ifepsfbbfound\else\epsfgetbb{\@p@sfile}\fi
+ \ifepsfbbfound
+ \typeout{<\@p@sfilefinal>}%
+ \epsfig@gofer
+ \else
+ \@latexerr{ERROR - Cannot locate BoundingBox}\@whattodobb
+ \@p@@sbbllx{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbblly{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbburx{200bp}%
+ \@p@@sbbury{200bp}%
+ \count203=\@p@sbburx
+ \count204=\@p@sbbury
+ \advance\count203 by -\@p@sbbllx
+ \advance\count204 by -\@p@sbblly
+ \edef\@bbw{\number\count203}%
+ \edef\@bbh{\number\count204}%
+ \compute@sizes
+ \epsfig@@draft
+ \fi
+}%
+\def\psfig@method{%
+ \compute@bb
+ \ifepsfbbfound
+ \compute@sizes
+ \psfig@start
+ % Create the vbox to reserve the space for the figure%
+ \vbox to \@p@srheight sp{\hbox to \@p@srwidth
+ sp{\hss}\vss\psfig@end}%
+ \else
+ \epsfig@draft
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% draft figure, just reserve the space and print the
+% path name.
+\def\epsfig@draft{\compute@bb\compute@sizes\epsfig@@draft}%
+%
+\def\epsfig@@draft{%
+\typeout{<(draft only) \@p@sfilefinal>}%
+\if@draftbox
+ % Verbose draft: print file name in box
+ \hbox{{\fboxsep0pt\fbox{\vbox to \@p@srheight sp{%
+ \vss\hbox to \@p@srwidth sp{ \hss
+ \expandafter\Literally\@p@sfilefinal\@nil
+ \hss }\vss
+ }}}}%
+\else
+ % Non-verbose draft
+ \vbox to \@p@srheight sp{%
+ \vss\hbox to \@p@srwidth sp{\hss}\vss}%
+\fi
+}%
+\def\Literally#1\@nil{{\tt\graphic@verb{#1}}}
+\def\psfigdriver#1{\typeout{^J WARNING: dont use psfigdriver!
+ use a class option!^J}}
+\endinput
+
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d4bb4d9ef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/epsfig.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1137 @@
+%----------------------------------------------
+\def\fileversion{v1.20}%
+\def\filedate{26.1.94}%
+%%%
+%%% from a suggestion by eijkhout@csrd.uiuc.edu to allow
+%%% loading as a style file:
+\edef\epsfigRestoreAt{\catcode`@=\number\catcode`@\relax}%
+\catcode`\@=11\relax
+\ifx\undefined\@makeother % -pks-
+\def\@makeother#1{\catcode`#1=12\relax} % -pks-
+\fi % -pks-
+\immediate\write16{Document style option `epsfig', \fileversion\space
+<\filedate> (edited by SPQR)}%
+%%%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% psfig merged with EPSF = epsfig Release 1
+%%% 1.0 November 91
+%%% 1.1 Dec 91 fixed some bugs
+%%% 1.2 Jan 92 fixed bug that it never stopped reading PS file until
+%%% it reached the end! merged in changes from psfig1.8
+%%% (plain TeX definition of \fbox, new code for rotation)
+%%% 1.3 Jan 92 separated out \special code so that dvitops can be
+%%% supported. use \psfigdriver{dvitops}%
+%%% 1.4 Jan 92 fixed dvitops. need to input psfig at different point
+%%% in dvips from dvitops. define \psfig@start and \psfig@end to cope
+%%% with this
+%%% 1.5 Jan 92 force use of psfig method if using dvitops
+%%% 1.6 May 92 fixed bugs
+%%% 1.7 Sep 92 added support for emtex, sort of. reads a .bb file
+%%% and imports .pcx file. Boolean flag \epsfigdos used
+%%% to indicate that we cannot have more than one . in the
+%%% suffix (ie we will look at file.bb not file.eps.bb)
+%%%
+%%% 1.8 Sep 92 added support for OzTeX; fixed bugs in dvips support
+%%% (including clipping to bounding box); removed use of dimen100.
+%%%
+%%% 1.9 Dec 92 cleaned up documentation again
+%%% 1.10 Mar 93 cleaned up for plain TeX
+%%% 1.11 Mar 93 merged in changes by Peter Galko (supplied by CERN) for
+%%% use with Textures
+%%% 1.12 Apr 93 actually *tested* the Textures additions, and so rewrote
+%%% from scratch (borrowed an idea from psbox)
+%%% 1.13 May 93 allow for file names with _ or $ in them in \psdraft, and
+%%% fix problem that occurred with missing BoundingBox
+%%% 1.14 May 93 allow for .z suffix
+%%% 1.15 July 93 allow for .gz suffix
+%%% use \leavevmode as appropriate
+%%% fix plain \TeX mode
+%%% (fixes from Peter-Klaus Schilling <R02SCH@DSYIBM.DESY.DE>)
+%%% 1.16 August 93 [peta@mcrcim.mcgill.edu (Peter Whaite)]
+%%% -- Implement Perl scripts to do compressed file inclusion and bb
+%%% generation.
+%%% -- Add \pscompress.
+%%% -- Tidy up comments.
+%%% 1.17 September 93 SPQR
+%%% better code for literal name printing
+%%% allowed for spaces around , and =
+%%% 1.18 17.9.93
+%%% updates to epsbb and epsfig from Peter W
+%%% 1.19 14.11.93
+%%% mistaken placement of calculation of EPS@Height resulted in errors
+%%% 1.20 defaults to no compression
+%--------------------------------------------------------
+%%%
+%%% code rearranged by Sebastian Rahtz (spqr@uk.ac.york.minster)
+%%% from work by
+%%% Trevor Darrell; Tom Rokicki; Daniel Smith; H. Payne, Robert Russell
+%%%
+%%% This is a version of Darrell's `psfig' macros which are designed
+%%% to be used with dvips or dvitops, and the `epsf' macros (these are
+%%% automaticaly included by the style file). I did this because the
+%%% \special commands used by `epsf' appear to be more robust and
+%%% portable than the raw \specials used by `psfig', but I preferred
+%%% the psfig interface. This system preserves the psfig interface,
+%%% but mainly uses epsf macros to carry out the job. The user
+%%% interface is identical to \psfig, but you just use \epsfig
+%%% instead. Rotation uses the original psfig macros: I could not work
+%%% out how to do rotation with the epsf macros.
+%%%
+%%% The same applies to `rheight' and `rwidth'
+%%%
+%%% If you *really* want old psfig behaviour regardless, use \psfig. It is
+%%% still there. Some of the features have gone, however. \figurepath
+%%% seemed redundant, since it could be controlled by the TEXINPUTS
+%%% variable anyway.
+%%%
+%%% As an added feature, if FILE cannot be found, a file called FILE.bb
+%%% is searched for. This should simply contain a %%BoundingBox line. A perl
+%%% script "epsbb" is provided to generate these automatically. It is
+%%% assumed that if this exists, then the actual postscript is in UNIX
+%%% compress format in FILE.Z or in GNU gzip format in FILE.gz or FILE.z.
+%%%
+%%% The macros then read the BB from FILE.bb, but insert "`epsfig FILE`" in
+%%% the output for dvips to interpret (don't worry, it knows about this).
+%%% "Epsfig" is another perl script which searches the TEXINPUTS path for
+%%% FILE or FILE.{gz,z,Z}.
+%%%
+%%% As an added bonus if you say \pscompress the -c switch will be passed to
+%%% epsfig, causing automatic FILE.bb generation and compression the first
+%%% time dvips is run. Files in the system directories will NOT be
+%%% compressed.
+%%% If you are *not* on a Unix system and use this, deliberately or by
+%%% mischance, you will have problems!
+%%%
+%%% This file can be included in a dumped format, or used as a LaTeX
+%%% style file, or used in plain TeX. It does not load itself twice (I hope)
+%%%
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% previous notes. this copy of psfig.tex inherited from versions 1.8
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% All psfig/tex software, documentation, and related files
+%%% in this distribution of psfig/tex are
+%%% Copyright 1987, 1988, 1991 Trevor J. Darrell
+%
+%%% Permission is granted for use and non-profit distribution of psfig/tex
+%%% providing that this notice be clearly maintained. The right to
+%%% distribute any portion of psfig/tex for profit or as part of any commercial
+%%% product is specifically reserved for the author(s) of that portion.
+%%%
+%%% Thanks to Greg Hager (GDH) and Ned Batchelder for their contributions
+%%% to this project.
+%%%--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% GDH 7/26/87 -- changed so that it first looks in the local directory,
+%%% then in a specified global directory for the ps file.
+%%% SPQR 12/91 removed that last change. it follows TEXINPUTS anyway
+%%% RPR 6/25/91 -- changed so that it defaults to user-supplied name if
+%%% boundingbox info is specified, assuming graphic will be created by
+%%% print time.
+%%% SPQR 12/91 removed that last change. use LaTeX error message instead
+%%% SPQR 12/91 -- `no file found' produces LaTeX error message.
+%%% If you recover from that the file name is set in draft
+%%% mode in place of the file.
+%%%
+%%% Modified by J. Daniel Smith on 9 October 1990 to accept the
+%%% %%BoundingBox: comment with or without a space after the colon. Stole
+%%% file reading code from Tom Rokicki's EPSF.TEX file (see below).
+%%% --- SPQR 12.91 removed most of this to use epsf directly
+%%%
+%%% More modifications by J. Daniel Smith on 29 March 1991 to allow the
+%%% the included PostScript figure to be rotated. The amount of
+%%% rotation is specified by the "angle=" parameter of the \epsfig command.
+%%%
+%%% Modified by Robert Russell on June 25, 1991 to allow users to specify
+%%% .ps filenames which don't yet exist, provided they explicitly provide
+%%% boundingbox information via the \epsfig command. Note: This will only work
+%%% if the "file=" parameter follows all four "bb???=" parameters in the
+%%% command. This is due to the order in which psfig interprets these params.
+%%% ---- SPQR 12.91 removed all this
+%%%
+%%% 3 Jul 1991 JDS check if file already read in once
+%%%
+%-----------------------------USAGE---------------------------------------
+% From: gvr@cs.brown.edu (George V. Reilly)
+%
+% \psdraft draws an outline box, but doesn't include the figure
+% in the DVI file. Useful for previewing.
+%
+% \psfull includes the figure in the DVI file (default).
+%
+% \psscalefirst width= or height= specifies the size of the figure
+% before rotation.
+% \psrotatefirst (default) width= or height= specifies the size of the
+% figure after rotation. Asymetric figures will
+% appear to shrink.
+%
+% usage: \epsfig{file=, figure=, height=, width=,
+% bbllx=, bblly=, bburx=, bbury=,
+% rheight=, rwidth=, clip=, angle=, silent=}%
+%
+% "file" is the filename. If no path name is specified and the
+% file is not found in the current directory,
+% it will be looked for in directory \psfigurepath.
+% "figure" is a synonym for "file".
+% By default, the width and height of the figure are taken from
+% the BoundingBox of the figure.
+% If "width" is specified, the figure is scaled so that it has
+% the specified width. Its height changes proportionately.
+% If "height" is specified, the figure is scaled so that it has
+% the specified height. Its width changes proportionately.
+% If both "width" and "height" are specified, the figure is scaled
+% anamorphically.
+% "bbllx", "bblly", "bburx", and "bbury" control the PostScript
+% BoundingBox.
+% "rheight" and "rwidth" are the reserved height and width
+% of the figure, i.e., how big TeX actually thinks
+% the figure is. They default to "width" and "height".
+% The "clip" option ensures that no portion of the figure will
+% appear outside its BoundingBox. "clip=" is a switch and
+% takes no value, but the `=' must be present.
+% The "angle" option specifies the angle of rotation (degrees, ccw).
+% The "silent" option makes \psfig work silently.
+%
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+\newcount\EPS@Height \newcount\EPS@Width \newcount\EPS@xscale
+\newcount\EPS@yscale
+\def\psfigdriver#1{%
+ \bgroup\edef\next{\def\noexpand\tempa{#1}}%
+ \uppercase\expandafter{\next}%
+ \def\LN{DVITOLN03}%
+ \def\DVItoPS{DVITOPS}%
+ \def\DVIPS{DVIPS}%
+ \def\emTeX{EMTEX}%
+ \def\OzTeX{OZTEX}%
+ \def\Textures{TEXTURES}%
+ \global\chardef\fig@driver=0
+ \ifx\tempa\LN
+ \global\chardef\fig@driver=0\fi
+ \ifx\tempa\DVItoPS
+ \global\chardef\fig@driver=1\fi
+ \ifx\tempa\DVIPS
+ \global\chardef\fig@driver=2\fi
+ \ifx\tempa\emTeX
+ \global\chardef\fig@driver=3\fi
+ \ifx\tempa\OzTeX
+ \global\chardef\fig@driver=4\fi
+ \ifx\tempa\Textures
+ \global\chardef\fig@driver=5\fi
+ \egroup
+\def\psfig@start{}%
+\def\psfig@end{}%
+\def\epsfig@gofer{}%
+\ifcase\fig@driver
+% case 0 ln03
+\typeout{WARNING! ****
+ no specials for LN03 psfig}%
+%
+\or % case 1: dvitops
+\def\psfig@start{}%
+\def\psfig@end{\special{dvitops: import \@p@sfilefinal \space
+\@p@swidth sp \space \@p@sheight sp \space fill}%
+\if@clip \typeout{Clipping not supported}\fi
+\if@angle \typeout{Rotating not supported}\fi
+}%
+\let\epsfig@gofer\psfig@end
+%
+\or %case2 dvips
+\def\psfig@start{\special{ps::[begin] \@p@swidth \space \@p@sheight \space%
+ \@p@sbbllx \space \@p@sbblly \space%
+ \@p@sbburx \space \@p@sbbury \space%
+ startTexFig \space }%
+ \if@angle
+ \special {ps:: \@p@sangle \space rotate \space}
+ \fi
+ \if@clip
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{(clipped to BB) }%
+ \fi
+ \special{ps:: doclip \space }%
+ \fi
+ \special{ps: plotfile \@p@sfilefinal \space }%
+ \special{ps::[end] endTexFig \space }%
+}%
+\def\psfig@end{}%
+\def\epsfig@gofer{\if@clip
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{(clipped to BB)}%
+ \fi
+ \epsfclipon
+ \fi
+ \epsfsetgraph{\@p@sfilefinal}%
+}%
+%
+\or % case 3, emTeX
+\typeout{WARNING. You must have a .bb info file with the Bounding Box
+ of the pcx file}%
+\def\psfig@start{}%
+% when emtex imports a pcx file, it is *below* where we are now.
+% so raise the box
+\def\psfig@end{\typeout{pcx import of \@p@sfilefinal}%
+\if@clip \typeout{Clipping not supported}\fi
+\if@angle \typeout{Rotating not supported}\fi
+\raisebox{\@p@srheight sp}{\special{em: graph \@p@sfilefinal}}}%
+\def\epsfig@gofer{}%
+%
+\or % case 4, OzTeX
+\def\psfig@start{}%
+\def\psfig@end{%
+\EPS@Width\@p@swidth
+\EPS@Height\@p@sheight
+\divide\EPS@Width by 65781 % convert sp to bp
+\divide\EPS@Height by 65781
+\special{epsf=\@p@sfilefinal
+\space
+width=\the\EPS@Width
+\space
+height=\the\EPS@Height
+}%
+\if@clip \typeout{Clipping not supported}\fi
+\if@angle \typeout{Rotating not supported}\fi
+}%
+\let\epsfig@gofer\psfig@end
+\or % case 5, Textures
+\def\psfig@end{
+% what is scaling of picture
+ \EPS@Width=\@bbw
+ \divide\EPS@Width by 1000
+ \EPS@xscale=\@p@swidth \divide \EPS@xscale by \EPS@Width
+ \EPS@Height=\@bbh
+ \divide\EPS@Height by 1000
+ \EPS@yscale=\@p@sheight \divide \EPS@yscale by\EPS@Height
+% take largest calculated scale
+ \ifnum\EPS@xscale>\EPS@yscale\EPS@xscale=\EPS@yscale\fi
+\if@clip
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{(clipped to BB)}%
+ \fi
+ \epsfclipon
+\fi
+\special{illustration \@p@sfilefinal\space scaled \the\EPS@xscale}%
+}%
+\def\psfig@start{}%
+\let\epsfig\psfig
+\else
+\typeout{WARNING. *** unknown driver - no psfig}%
+\fi
+}%
+% copies of bits of LaTeX we need....
+\newdimen\ps@dimcent
+%
+% \fbox is defined in latex.tex; so if \fbox is undefined, assume that
+% we are not in LaTeX.
+% Perhaps this could be done better???
+\ifx\undefined\fbox
+% \fbox code from modified slightly from LaTeX
+\newdimen\fboxrule
+\newdimen\fboxsep
+\newdimen\ps@tempdima
+\newbox\ps@tempboxa
+\fboxsep = 0pt
+\fboxrule = .4pt
+\long\def\fbox#1{\leavevmode\setbox\ps@tempboxa\hbox{#1}\ps@tempdima\fboxrule
+ \advance\ps@tempdima \fboxsep \advance\ps@tempdima \dp\ps@tempboxa
+ \hbox{\lower \ps@tempdima\hbox
+ {\vbox{\hrule height \fboxrule
+ \hbox{\vrule width \fboxrule \hskip\fboxsep
+ \vbox{\vskip\fboxsep \box\ps@tempboxa\vskip\fboxsep}\hskip
+ \fboxsep\vrule width \fboxrule}%
+ \hrule height \fboxrule}}}}%
+\fi
+\ifx\@ifundefined\undefined
+\long\def\@ifundefined#1#2#3{\expandafter\ifx\csname
+ #1\endcsname\relax#2\else#3\fi}%
+\fi
+%
+\@ifundefined{typeout}%
+{\gdef\typeout#1{\immediate\write\sixt@@n{#1}}}%
+{\relax}%
+%
+%%% check to see if macros already loaded in (maybe some other file says
+%%% "\input epsfig") ...
+\@ifundefined{epsfig}{}{\typeout{EPSFIG --- already loaded}\endinput}%
+%
+%%%
+%%% we need Rokicki's EPSF macros anyway, unless they are already loaded
+%
+\@ifundefined{epsfbox}{\input epsf}{}%
+%
+%% SPQR 12.91 handling of errors using standard LaTeX error
+%% mechanism. In case we are plain TeX we first define the
+%% error routines...
+\ifx\undefined\@latexerr
+ \newlinechar`\^^J
+ \def\@spaces{\space\space\space\space}%
+ \def\@latexerr#1#2{%
+ \edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+ \typeout{Error. \space see a manual for explanation.^^J
+ \space\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces Type \space H <return> \space for
+ immediate help.}\errmessage{#1}}%
+\fi
+%------------------------
+%% a couple of LaTeX error messages
+\def\@whattodo{You tried to include a PostScript figure which
+cannot be found^^JIf you press return to carry on anyway,^^J
+The failed name will be printed in place of the figure.^^J
+or type X to quit}%
+\def\@whattodobb{You tried to include a PostScript figure which
+has no^^Jbounding box, and you supplied none.^^J
+If you press return to carry on anyway,^^J
+The failed name will be printed in place of the figure.^^J
+or type X to quit}%
+%------------------------
+%
+%------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% @psdo control structure -- similar to Latex @for.
+%%% I redefined these with different names so that psfig can
+%%% be used with TeX as well as LaTeX, and so that it will not
+%%% be vunerable to future changes in LaTeX's internal
+%%% control structure,
+%
+\def\@nnil{\@nil}%
+\def\@empty{}%
+\def\@psdonoop#1\@@#2#3{}%
+\def\@psdo#1:=#2\do#3{\edef\@psdotmp{#2}\ifx\@psdotmp\@empty \else
+ \expandafter\@psdoloop#2,\@nil,\@nil\@@#1{#3}\fi}%
+\def\@psdoloop#1,#2,#3\@@#4#5{\def#4{#1}\ifx #4\@nnil \else
+ #5\def#4{#2}\ifx #4\@nnil \else#5\@ipsdoloop #3\@@#4{#5}\fi\fi}%
+\def\@ipsdoloop#1,#2\@@#3#4{\def#3{#1}\ifx #3\@nnil
+ \let\@nextwhile=\@psdonoop \else
+ #4\relax\let\@nextwhile=\@ipsdoloop\fi\@nextwhile#2\@@#3{#4}}%
+\def\@tpsdo#1:=#2\do#3{\xdef\@psdotmp{#2}\ifx\@psdotmp\@empty \else
+ \@tpsdoloop#2\@nil\@nil\@@#1{#3}\fi}%
+\def\@tpsdoloop#1#2\@@#3#4{\def#3{#1}\ifx #3\@nnil
+ \let\@nextwhile=\@psdonoop \else
+ #4\relax\let\@nextwhile=\@tpsdoloop\fi\@nextwhile#2\@@#3{#4}}%
+%%%
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% file reading stuff from epsf.tex
+%%% EPSF.TEX macro file:
+%%% Written by Tomas Rokicki of Radical Eye Software, 29 Mar 1989.
+%%% Revised by Don Knuth, 3 Jan 1990.
+%%% Revised by Tomas Rokicki to accept bounding boxes with no
+%%% space after the colon, 18 Jul 1990.
+%%% Portions modified/removed for use in PSFIG package by
+%%% J. Daniel Smith, 9 October 1990.
+%%% Just the bit which knows about (atend) as a BoundingBox
+%
+%%% hacked back a bit by SPQR 12/91
+%
+\long\def\epsfaux#1#2:#3\\{\ifx#1\epsfpercent
+ \def\testit{#2}\ifx\testit\epsfbblit
+ \@atendfalse
+ \epsf@atend #3 . \\%
+ \if@atend
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{epsfig: found `(atend)'; continuing search}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \epsfgrab #3 . . . \\%
+ \epsffileokfalse\global\no@bbfalse
+ \global\epsfbbfoundtrue
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi}%
+%
+%%% Determine if the stuff following the %%BoundingBox is `(atend)'
+%%% J. Daniel Smith. Copied from \epsf@grab above.
+%
+\def\epsf@atendlit{(atend)}
+%
+\def\epsf@atend #1 #2 #3\\{%
+ \def\epsf@tmp{#1}\ifx\epsf@tmp\empty
+ \epsf@atend #2 #3 .\\\else
+ \ifx\epsf@tmp\epsf@atendlit\@atendtrue\fi\fi}%
+
+
+%%% End of file reading stuff from epsf.tex
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% trigonometry stuff from "trig.tex"
+\chardef\trig@letter = 11
+\chardef\other = 12
+
+\newif\ifdebug %%% turn me on to see TeX hard at work ...
+\newif\ifc@mpute %%% don't need to compute some values
+\newif\if@atend
+\c@mputetrue % but assume that we do
+
+\let\then = \relax
+\def\r@dian{pt }%
+\let\r@dians = \r@dian
+\let\dimensionless@nit = \r@dian
+\let\dimensionless@nits = \dimensionless@nit
+\def\internal@nit{sp }%
+\let\internal@nits = \internal@nit
+\newif\ifstillc@nverging
+\def \Mess@ge #1{\ifdebug \then \message {#1} \fi}%
+
+{ %%% Things that need abnormal catcodes %%%
+ \catcode `\@ = \trig@letter
+ \gdef \nodimen {\expandafter \n@dimen \the \dimen}%
+ \gdef \term #1 #2 #3%
+ {\edef \t@ {\the #1}%%% freeze parameter 1 (count, by value)
+ \edef \t@@ {\expandafter \n@dimen \the #2\r@dian}%
+ %%% freeze parameter 2 (dimen, by value)
+ \t@rm {\t@} {\t@@} {#3}%
+ }%
+ \gdef \t@rm #1 #2 #3%
+ {{%
+ \count 0 = 0
+ \dimen 0 = 1 \dimensionless@nit
+ \dimen 2 = #2\relax
+ \Mess@ge {Calculating term #1 of \nodimen 2}%
+ \loop
+ \ifnum \count 0 < #1
+ \then \advance \count 0 by 1
+ \Mess@ge {Iteration \the \count 0 \space}%
+ \Multiply \dimen 0 by {\dimen 2}%
+ \Mess@ge {After multiplication, term = \nodimen 0}%
+ \Divide \dimen 0 by {\count 0}%
+ \Mess@ge {After division, term = \nodimen 0}%
+ \repeat
+ \Mess@ge {Final value for term #1 of
+ \nodimen 2 \space is \nodimen 0}%
+ \xdef \Term {#3 = \nodimen 0 \r@dians}%
+ \aftergroup \Term
+ }}%
+ \catcode `\p = \other
+ \catcode `\t = \other
+ \gdef \n@dimen #1pt{#1} %%% throw away the ``pt''
+}%
+
+\def \Divide #1by #2{\divide #1 by #2} %%% just a synonym
+
+\def \Multiply #1by #2%%% allows division of a dimen by a dimen
+ {{%%% should really freeze parameter 2 (dimen, passed by value)
+ \count 0 = #1\relax
+ \count 2 = #2\relax
+ \count 4 = 65536
+ \Mess@ge {Before scaling, count 0 = \the \count 0 \space and
+ count 2 = \the \count 2}%
+ \ifnum \count 0 > 32767 %%% do our best to avoid overflow
+ \then \divide \count 0 by 4
+ \divide \count 4 by 4
+ \else \ifnum \count 0 < -32767
+ \then \divide \count 0 by 4
+ \divide \count 4 by 4
+ \else
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifnum \count 2 > 32767 %%% while retaining reasonable accuracy
+ \then \divide \count 2 by 4
+ \divide \count 4 by 4
+ \else \ifnum \count 2 < -32767
+ \then \divide \count 2 by 4
+ \divide \count 4 by 4
+ \else
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \multiply \count 0 by \count 2
+ \divide \count 0 by \count 4
+ \xdef \product {#1 = \the \count 0 \internal@nits}%
+ \aftergroup \product
+ }}%
+
+\def\r@duce{\ifdim\dimen0 > 90\r@dian \then % sin(x) = sin(180-x)
+ \multiply\dimen0 by -1
+ \advance\dimen0 by 180\r@dian
+ \r@duce
+ \else \ifdim\dimen0 < -90\r@dian \then % sin(x) = sin(360+x)
+ \advance\dimen0 by 360\r@dian
+ \r@duce
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+
+\def\Sine#1%
+ {{%
+ \dimen 0 = #1 \r@dian
+ \r@duce
+ \ifdim\dimen0 = -90\r@dian \then
+ \dimen4 = -1\r@dian
+ \c@mputefalse
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\dimen0 = 90\r@dian \then
+ \dimen4 = 1\r@dian
+ \c@mputefalse
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\dimen0 = 0\r@dian \then
+ \dimen4 = 0\r@dian
+ \c@mputefalse
+ \fi
+%
+ \ifc@mpute \then
+ % convert degrees to radians
+ \divide\dimen0 by 180
+ \dimen0=3.141592654\dimen0
+%
+ \dimen 2 = 3.1415926535897963\r@dian %%% a well-known constant
+ \divide\dimen 2 by 2 %%% we only deal with -pi/2 : pi/2
+ \Mess@ge {Sin: calculating Sin of \nodimen 0}%
+ \count 0 = 1 %%% see power-series expansion for sine
+ \dimen 2 = 1 \r@dian %%% ditto
+ \dimen 4 = 0 \r@dian %%% ditto
+ \loop
+ \ifnum \dimen 2 = 0 %%% then we've done
+ \then \stillc@nvergingfalse
+ \else \stillc@nvergingtrue
+ \fi
+ \ifstillc@nverging %%% then calculate next term
+ \then \term {\count 0} {\dimen 0} {\dimen 2}%
+ \advance \count 0 by 2
+ \count 2 = \count 0
+ \divide \count 2 by 2
+ \ifodd \count 2 %%% signs alternate
+ \then \advance \dimen 4 by \dimen 2
+ \else \advance \dimen 4 by -\dimen 2
+ \fi
+ \repeat
+ \fi
+ \xdef \sine {\nodimen 4}%
+ }}%
+
+%%% Now the Cosine can be calculated easily by calling \Sine:
+%%% cos(x) = sin(90-x)
+\def\Cosine#1{\ifx\sine\UnDefined\edef\Savesine{\relax}\else
+ \edef\Savesine{\sine}\fi
+ {\dimen0=#1\r@dian\multiply\dimen0 by -1
+ \advance\dimen0 by 90\r@dian
+ \Sine{\nodimen 0}%
+ \xdef\cosine{\sine}%
+ \xdef\sine{\Savesine}}}
+%%% end of trig stuff
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+\def\psdraft{\def\@psdraft{0}}%
+\def\psfull{\def\@psdraft{1}}%
+\psfull
+\newif\if@compress
+\def\pscompress{\@compresstrue}
+\def\psnocompress{\@compressfalse}
+\@compressfalse
+\newif\if@scalefirst
+\def\psscalefirst{\@scalefirsttrue}%
+\def\psrotatefirst{\@scalefirstfalse}%
+\psrotatefirst
+%
+\newif\if@draftbox
+\def\psnodraftbox{\@draftboxfalse}%
+\@draftboxtrue
+%
+\newif\if@noisy
+\@noisyfalse
+\newif\ifno@bb
+%%% These are for the option list.
+%%% A specification of the form a = b maps to calling \@p@@sa{b}%
+\newif\if@bbllx
+\newif\if@bblly
+\newif\if@bburx
+\newif\if@bbury
+\newif\if@height
+\newif\if@width
+\newif\if@rheight
+\newif\if@rwidth
+\newif\if@angle
+\newif\if@clip
+\newif\if@verbose
+\newif\if@prologfile
+\def\@p@@sprolog#1{\@prologfiletrue\def\@prologfileval{#1}}%
+\def\@p@@sclip#1{\@cliptrue}%
+%
+\newif\ifepsfig@dos % only single suffix possible
+\def\epsfigdos{\epsfig@dostrue}%
+\epsfig@dosfalse
+%%% if this is true, the original Darrell macros and specials are used
+\newif\ifuse@psfig
+%
+\def\ParseName#1{\expandafter\@Parse#1}%
+\def\@Parse#1.#2:{\gdef\BaseName{#1}\gdef\FileType{#2}}%
+
+\def\@p@@sfile#1{%
+ \ifepsfig@dos
+ \ParseName{#1:}%
+ \else
+ \gdef\BaseName{#1}\gdef\FileType{}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@p@sfile{NO FILE: #1}%
+ \def\@p@sfilefinal{NO FILE: #1}%
+ \openin1=#1
+ \ifeof1\closein1\openin1=\BaseName.bb
+ \ifeof1\closein1
+ \if@bbllx % No postscript file but bb given explicitly.
+ \if@bblly\if@bburx\if@bbury
+ \def\@p@sfile{#1}%
+ \def\@p@sfilefinal{#1}%
+ \fi\fi\fi
+ \else % No bounding box found.
+ \@latexerr{ERROR. PostScript file #1 not found}\@whattodo
+ \@p@@sbbllx{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbblly{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbburx{200bp}%
+ \@p@@sbbury{200bp}%
+ \psdraft
+ \fi
+ \else % Postscript file is compressed.
+ \closein1%
+ \edef\@p@sfile{\BaseName.bb}%
+ \typeout{using BB from \@p@sfile}%
+ \ifnum\fig@driver=3
+ \edef\@p@sfilefinal{\BaseName.pcx}%
+ \else
+ \ifepsfig@dos
+ \edef\@p@sfilefinal{"`gunzip -c `texfind \BaseName.{z,Z,gz}"}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@p@sfilefinal{"`epsfig \if@compress-c \fi#1"}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else\closein1 % Postscript file is not compressed.
+ \edef\@p@sfile{#1}%
+ \if@compress
+ \edef\@p@sfilefinal{"`epsfig -c #1"}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@p@sfilefinal{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi%
+}
+
+% alternative syntax: figure=
+\let\@p@@sfigure\@p@@sfile
+%
+\def\@p@@sbbllx#1{%
+ \@bbllxtrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@sbbllx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \divide\ps@dimcent by65536
+ \global\edef\epsfllx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@sbblly#1{%
+ \@bbllytrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@sbblly{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \divide\ps@dimcent by65536
+ \global\edef\epsflly{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@sbburx#1{%
+ \@bburxtrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@sbburx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \divide\ps@dimcent by65536
+ \global\edef\epsfurx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@sbbury#1{%
+ \@bburytrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@sbbury{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \divide\ps@dimcent by65536
+ \global\edef\epsfury{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@sheight#1{%
+ \@heighttrue
+ \global\epsfysize=#1
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@sheight{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@swidth#1{%
+ \@widthtrue
+ \global\epsfxsize=#1
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@swidth{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@srheight#1{%
+ \@rheighttrue\use@psfigtrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@srheight{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@srwidth#1{%
+ \@rwidthtrue\use@psfigtrue
+ \ps@dimcent=#1
+ \edef\@p@srwidth{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@sangle#1{%
+ \use@psfigtrue
+ \@angletrue
+ \edef\@p@sangle{#1}%
+}%
+\def\@p@@ssilent#1{%
+ \@verbosefalse
+}%
+\def\@p@@snoisy#1{%
+ \@verbosetrue
+}%
+\def\@cs@name#1{\csname #1\endcsname}%
+\def\@setparms#1=#2,{\@cs@name{@p@@s#1}{#2}}%
+%
+%%% initialize the defaults (size the size of the figure)
+%
+\def\ps@init@parms{%
+ \@bbllxfalse \@bbllyfalse
+ \@bburxfalse \@bburyfalse
+ \@heightfalse \@widthfalse
+ \@rheightfalse \@rwidthfalse
+ \def\@p@sbbllx{}\def\@p@sbblly{}%
+ \def\@p@sbburx{}\def\@p@sbbury{}%
+ \def\@p@sheight{}\def\@p@swidth{}%
+ \def\@p@srheight{}\def\@p@srwidth{}%
+ \def\@p@sangle{0}%
+ \def\@p@sfile{}%
+ \use@psfigfalse
+ \@prologfilefalse
+ \def\@sc{}%
+ \if@noisy
+ \@verbosetrue
+ \else
+ \@verbosefalse
+ \fi
+ \@clipfalse
+}%
+%
+%%% Go through the options setting things up.
+%
+\def\parse@ps@parms#1{%
+ \@psdo\@psfiga:=#1\do
+ {\expandafter\@setparms\@psfiga,}%
+\if@prologfile
+\special{header=\@prologfileval}%
+\fi
+}%
+%
+%%% Compute bb height and width
+%
+\def\bb@missing{%
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{psfig: searching \@p@sfile \space for bounding box}%
+ \fi
+ \epsfgetbb{\@p@sfile}%
+ \ifepsfbbfound
+ \ps@dimcent=\epsfllx bp\edef\@p@sbbllx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \ps@dimcent=\epsflly bp\edef\@p@sbblly{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \ps@dimcent=\epsfurx bp\edef\@p@sbburx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \ps@dimcent=\epsfury bp\edef\@p@sbbury{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+ \else
+ \epsfbbfoundfalse
+ \fi
+}
+%
+% rotate point (#1,#2) about (0,0).
+% The sine and cosine of the angle are already stored in \sine and
+% \cosine. The result is placed in (\p@intvaluex, \p@intvaluey).
+\newdimen\p@intvaluex
+\newdimen\p@intvaluey
+\def\rotate@#1#2{{\dimen0=#1 sp\dimen1=#2 sp
+% calculate x' = x \cos\theta - y \sin\theta
+ \global\p@intvaluex=\cosine\dimen0
+ \dimen3=\sine\dimen1
+ \global\advance\p@intvaluex by -\dimen3
+% calculate y' = x \sin\theta + y \cos\theta
+ \global\p@intvaluey=\sine\dimen0
+ \dimen3=\cosine\dimen1
+ \global\advance\p@intvaluey by \dimen3
+ }}%
+\def\compute@bb{%
+ \epsfbbfoundfalse
+ \if@bbllx\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bblly\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bburx\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bbury\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \ifepsfbbfound\else\bb@missing\fi
+ \ifepsfbbfound\else
+ \@latexerr{ERROR. cannot locate BoundingBox}\@whattodobb
+ \@p@@sbbllx{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbblly{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbburx{200bp}%
+ \@p@@sbbury{200bp}%
+ \no@bbtrue
+ \psdraft
+ \fi
+ %
+%
+% store height/width of original (unrotated) bounding box
+ \count203=\@p@sbburx
+ \count204=\@p@sbbury
+ \advance\count203 by -\@p@sbbllx
+ \advance\count204 by -\@p@sbblly
+ \edef\ps@bbw{\number\count203}%
+ \edef\ps@bbh{\number\count204}%
+ \edef\@bbw{\number\count203}%
+ \edef\@bbh{\number\count204}%
+ \if@angle
+ \Sine{\@p@sangle}\Cosine{\@p@sangle}%
+
+{\ps@dimcent=\maxdimen\xdef\r@p@sbbllx{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+
+\xdef\r@p@sbblly{\number\ps@dimcent}%
+
+\xdef\r@p@sbburx{-\number\ps@dimcent}%
+
+\xdef\r@p@sbbury{-\number\ps@dimcent}}%
+%
+% Need to rotate all four points and take the X-Y extremes of the new
+% points as the new bounding box.
+ \def\minmaxtest{%
+ \ifnum\number\p@intvaluex<\r@p@sbbllx
+ \xdef\r@p@sbbllx{\number\p@intvaluex}\fi
+ \ifnum\number\p@intvaluex>\r@p@sbburx
+ \xdef\r@p@sbburx{\number\p@intvaluex}\fi
+ \ifnum\number\p@intvaluey<\r@p@sbblly
+ \xdef\r@p@sbblly{\number\p@intvaluey}\fi
+ \ifnum\number\p@intvaluey>\r@p@sbbury
+ \xdef\r@p@sbbury{\number\p@intvaluey}\fi
+ }%
+% lower left
+ \rotate@{\@p@sbbllx}{\@p@sbblly}%
+ \minmaxtest
+% upper left
+ \rotate@{\@p@sbbllx}{\@p@sbbury}%
+ \minmaxtest
+% lower right
+ \rotate@{\@p@sbburx}{\@p@sbblly}%
+ \minmaxtest
+% upper right
+ \rotate@{\@p@sbburx}{\@p@sbbury}%
+ \minmaxtest
+
+\edef\@p@sbbllx{\r@p@sbbllx}\edef\@p@sbblly{\r@p@sbblly}%
+
+\edef\@p@sbburx{\r@p@sbburx}\edef\@p@sbbury{\r@p@sbbury}%
+ \fi
+ \count203=\@p@sbburx
+ \count204=\@p@sbbury
+ \advance\count203 by -\@p@sbbllx
+ \advance\count204 by -\@p@sbblly
+ \edef\@bbw{\number\count203}%
+ \edef\@bbh{\number\count204}%
+}%
+%
+% \in@hundreds performs #1 * (#2 / #3) correct to the hundreds,
+% then leaves the result in @result
+%
+\def\in@hundreds#1#2#3{\count240=#2 \count241=#3
+ \count100=\count240 % 100 is first digit #2/#3
+ \divide\count100 by \count241
+ \count101=\count100
+ \multiply\count101 by \count241
+ \advance\count240 by -\count101
+ \multiply\count240 by 10
+ \count101=\count240 %101 is second digit of #2/#3
+ \divide\count101 by \count241
+ \count102=\count101
+ \multiply\count102 by \count241
+ \advance\count240 by -\count102
+ \multiply\count240 by 10
+ \count102=\count240 % 102 is the third digit
+ \divide\count102 by \count241
+ \count200=#1\count205=0
+ \count201=\count200
+ \multiply\count201 by \count100
+ \advance\count205 by \count201
+ \count201=\count200
+ \divide\count201 by 10
+ \multiply\count201 by \count101
+ \advance\count205 by \count201
+ %
+ \count201=\count200
+ \divide\count201 by 100
+ \multiply\count201 by \count102
+ \advance\count205 by \count201
+ %
+ \edef\@result{\number\count205}%
+}%
+\def\compute@wfromh{%
+ % computing : width = height * (bbw / bbh)
+ \in@hundreds{\@p@sheight}{\@bbw}{\@bbh}%
+ \edef\@p@swidth{\@result}%
+}%
+\def\compute@hfromw{%
+ % computing : height = width * (bbh / bbw)
+ \in@hundreds{\@p@swidth}{\@bbh}{\@bbw}%
+ \edef\@p@sheight{\@result}%
+}%
+\def\compute@handw{%
+ \if@height
+ \if@width
+ \else
+ \compute@wfromh
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \if@width
+ \compute@hfromw
+ \else
+ \edef\@p@sheight{\@bbh}%
+ \edef\@p@swidth{\@bbw}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}%
+\def\compute@resv{%
+ \if@rheight \else \edef\@p@srheight{\@p@sheight} \fi
+ \if@rwidth \else \edef\@p@srwidth{\@p@swidth} \fi
+}%
+%
+% Compute any missing values
+\def\compute@sizes{%
+ \if@scalefirst\if@angle
+% at this point the bounding box has been adjsuted correctly for
+% rotation. PSFIG does all of its scaling using \@bbh and \@bbw. If
+% a width= or height= was specified along with \psscalefirst, then the
+% width=/height= value needs to be adjusted to match the new (rotated)
+% bounding box size (specifed in \@bbw and \@bbh).
+% \ps@bbw width=
+% ------- = ----------
+% \@bbw new width=
+% so `new width=' = (width= * \@bbw) / \ps@bbw; where \ps@bbw is the
+% width of the original (unrotated) bounding box.
+ \if@width
+ \in@hundreds{\@p@swidth}{\@bbw}{\ps@bbw}%
+ \edef\@p@swidth{\@result}%
+ \fi
+ \if@height
+ \in@hundreds{\@p@sheight}{\@bbh}{\ps@bbh}%
+ \edef\@p@sheight{\@result}%
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi
+ \compute@handw
+ \compute@resv
+}
+%
+
+%------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%% by the way, possible parameters to the PSfile= command in dvips are:
+%%% llx
+%%% lly
+%%% urx
+%%% ury
+%%% rwi
+% hoffset The horizontal offset (default 0)
+% voffset The vertical offset (default 0)
+% hsize The horizontal clipping size (default 612)
+% vsize The vertical clipping size (default 792)
+% hscale The horizontal scaling factor (default 100)
+% vscale The vertical scaling factor (default 100)
+% angle The rotation (default 0)
+%------------------------------------------------------------------
+\long\def\graphic@verb#1{\def\next{#1}%
+ {\expandafter\graphic@strip\meaning\next}}
+\def\graphic@strip#1>{}
+\def\graphic@zapspace#1{%
+ #1\ifx\graphic@zapspace#1\graphic@zapspace%
+ \else\expandafter\graphic@zapspace%
+ \fi}
+\def\psfig#1{%
+\edef\@tempa{\graphic@zapspace#1{}}%
+\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi\vbox {%
+ %
+ \ps@init@parms
+ \parse@ps@parms{\@tempa}%
+ %
+ \ifnum\@psdraft=1
+ \typeout{[\@p@sfilefinal]}%
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{epsfig: using PSFIG macros}%
+ \fi
+ \psfig@method
+ \else
+ \epsfig@draft
+ \fi
+}
+}%
+\def\graphic@zapspace#1{%
+ #1\ifx\graphic@zapspace#1\graphic@zapspace%
+ \else\expandafter\graphic@zapspace%
+ \fi}
+\def\epsfig#1{%
+\edef\@tempa{\graphic@zapspace#1{}}%
+\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi\vbox {%
+ %
+ \ps@init@parms
+ \parse@ps@parms{\@tempa}%
+ %
+ \ifnum\@psdraft=1
+ \if@angle\use@psfigtrue\fi
+ {\ifnum\fig@driver=1\global\use@psfigtrue\fi}%
+ {\ifnum\fig@driver=3\global\use@psfigtrue\fi}%
+ {\ifnum\fig@driver=4\global\use@psfigtrue\fi}%
+ {\ifnum\fig@driver=5\global\use@psfigtrue\fi}%
+ \ifuse@psfig
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{epsfig: using PSFIG macros}%
+ \fi
+ \psfig@method
+ \else
+ \if@verbose
+ \typeout{epsfig: using EPSF macros}%
+ \fi
+ \epsf@method
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \epsfig@draft
+ \fi
+}%
+}%
+
+
+\def\epsf@method{%
+ \epsfbbfoundfalse
+ \if@bbllx\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bblly\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bburx\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \if@bbury\epsfbbfoundtrue\fi
+ \ifepsfbbfound\else\epsfgetbb{\@p@sfile}\fi
+ \ifepsfbbfound
+ \typeout{<\@p@sfilefinal>}%
+ \epsfig@gofer
+ \else
+ \@latexerr{ERROR - Cannot locate BoundingBox}\@whattodobb
+ \@p@@sbbllx{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbblly{100bp}%
+ \@p@@sbburx{200bp}%
+ \@p@@sbbury{200bp}%
+ \count203=\@p@sbburx
+ \count204=\@p@sbbury
+ \advance\count203 by -\@p@sbbllx
+ \advance\count204 by -\@p@sbblly
+ \edef\@bbw{\number\count203}%
+ \edef\@bbh{\number\count204}%
+ \compute@sizes
+ \epsfig@@draft
+ \fi
+}%
+\def\psfig@method{%
+ \compute@bb
+ \ifepsfbbfound
+ \compute@sizes
+ \psfig@start
+ % Create the vbox to reserve the space for the figure%
+ \vbox to \@p@srheight sp{\hbox to \@p@srwidth
+ sp{\hss}\vss\psfig@end}%
+ \else
+ \epsfig@draft
+ \fi
+}%
+%
+% draft figure, just reserve the space and print the
+% path name.
+\def\epsfig@draft{\compute@bb\compute@sizes\epsfig@@draft}%
+%
+\def\epsfig@@draft{%
+\typeout{<(draft only) \@p@sfilefinal>}%
+\if@draftbox
+ % Verbose draft: print file name in box
+ \hbox{{\fboxsep0pt\fbox{\vbox to \@p@srheight sp{%
+ \vss\hbox to \@p@srwidth sp{ \hss
+ \expandafter\Literally\@p@sfilefinal\@nil
+ \hss }\vss
+ }}}}%
+\else
+ % Non-verbose draft
+ \vbox to \@p@srheight sp{%
+ \vss\hbox to \@p@srwidth sp{\hss}\vss}%
+\fi
+}%
+\def\Literally#1\@nil{{\tt\graphic@verb{#1}}}
+% default to dvips
+\psfigdriver{dvips}%
+% and to DOS file conventions
+%%% \epsfigdos
+\epsfigRestoreAt
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/makefile b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5e5540631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/epsfig/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# USER CONFIG -- edit the following to suit your system
+#
+BINDIR=${HOME}/bin
+STYDIR=${HOME}/lib/tex
+INSTALL=/usr/local/bin/install -g tex
+#
+# END USER CONFIG.
+
+BINS=epsfig epsbb
+STYS=epsfig.sty
+
+
+install: ${STYDIR}/epsfig.sty ${BINDIR}/epsfig ${BINDIR}/epsbb
+
+${STYDIR}/epsfig.sty : epsfig.sty
+ $(INSTALL) -m 0644 epsfig.sty ${STYDIR}
+
+${BINDIR}/epsfig : epsfig
+ $(INSTALL) -m 0755 epsfig ${BINDIR}
+
+${BINDIR}/epsbb : epsbb
+ $(INSTALL) -m 0755 epsbb ${BINDIR}
+
+
+shar: epsfig.shar
+
+epsfig.shar: Makefile README ${BINS} ${STYS}
+ shar Makefile README ${BINS} ${STYS} > epsfig.shar
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/exam.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/exam.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2023b03452
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/exam.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,759 @@
+% exam.sty
+%
+% A LaTeX document style for preparing exams.
+%
+% Written by Philip Hirschhorn
+
+
+\def\fileversion{1.0}
+\def\filedate{04-DEC-94}
+
+\typeout{Document style `exam.sty' by Philip Hirschhorn}
+\typeout{Version \fileversion, \filedate}
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+% PLEASE DO NOT MAKE ANY CHANGES TO THIS FILE!
+%
+% If you wish to make changes to this file, rename this file
+% to something other than exam.sty BEFORE YOU MAKE THE CHANGES!
+%
+% If there's some feature that you'd like that this file doesn't
+% provide, tell me about it.
+%
+% Philip Hirschhorn
+% Department of Mathematics
+% Wellesley College
+% Wellesley, MA 02181
+% psh@math.mit.edu
+% phirschhorn@wellesley.edu
+% (617) 283-3116
+%
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% The user documentation for exam.sty is in the file examdoc.tex.
+
+
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\input{article.sty}
+
+
+
+
+
+% *****************
+% ** PAGE LAYOUT **
+% *****************
+
+
+\setlength{\textwidth}{6.5in}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt}
+\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0pt}
+
+
+\setlength{\headheight}{15pt}
+\setlength{\headsep}{15pt}
+\setlength{\topmargin}{0in}
+\addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}
+\addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}
+\setlength{\textheight}{8.8in}
+\setlength{\footskip}{29pt}
+\setlength{\marginparwidth}{.5in}
+\setlength{\marginparsep}{5pt}
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% ****************
+% ** EXTRAWIDTH **
+% ****************
+
+\newlength\@extrawidth
+
+% We put the argument of \extrawidth into a length so that it will
+% work correctly even if it's negative:
+
+\def\extrawidth#1{%
+ \@extrawidth=#1
+ \advance \textwidth by \@extrawidth
+ \divide\@extrawidth by 2
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by -\@extrawidth
+ \advance\evensidemargin by -\@extrawidth
+}
+
+
+
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+% Making room for large headers and footers
+
+% The following are used to save the effect of any changes to
+% \topmargin and \textheight caused by \extraheadheight or
+% \extrafootheight commands. They hold the value given in the most
+% recent command. We put them into a length so that it will work
+% correctly even if the argument is negative:
+
+\newlength\@extrahead
+\newlength\@extrafoot
+\setlength{\@extrahead}{0in}
+\setlength{\@extrafoot}{0in}
+
+
+\def\extraheadheight{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\@doextraheads}%
+ {\@setheadheight}%
+}
+
+\def\@doextraheads[#1]#2{%
+ \@setheadheight{#1}%
+ \@appendoutput{\ifnum\thepage=2\@setheadheight{#2}\fi}%
+}
+
+
+\def\extrafootheight{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\@doextrafeet}%
+ {\@setfootheight}%
+}
+
+\def\@doextrafeet[#1]#2{%
+ \@setfootheight{#1}%
+ \@appendoutput{\ifnum\thepage=2\@setfootheight{#2}\fi}%
+}
+
+\def\@appendoutput#1{%
+ \output=\expandafter{\the\output #1}%
+}
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+% \setheadheight and \setfootheight:
+
+\def\@setheadheight#1{%
+ \begingroup % Avoid trouble from using \@temp and \@spaces
+ % Reset the effect of the most recent change:
+ \global\advance\topmargin by -\@extrahead
+ \global\advance\textheight by \@extrahead
+ % Save the newly set value:
+ \def\@temp{#1}
+ \def\@spaces{ }
+ \ifx\@temp\@empty
+ \global\@extrahead=0in
+ \else
+ \ifx\@temp\@spaces
+ \global\@extrahead=0in
+ \else
+ \global\@extrahead=#1
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % Set the new values:
+ \global\advance\topmargin by \@extrahead
+ \global\advance\textheight by -\@extrahead
+ % Make it take effect RIGHT NOW!:
+ % (The following stuff isn't necessary if \@setheadheight is
+ % executed only in the preamble or as we return from the output
+ % routine, but we're leaving it in so that this will still work if
+ % we use this at some random point in the middle of composing a
+ % page).
+ \global\@colht=\textheight
+ \global\@colroom=\textheight
+ \global\vsize=\textheight
+ \global\pagegoal=\textheight
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\@setfootheight#1{%
+ \begingroup % Avoid trouble from using \@temp and \@spaces
+ % Reset the effect of the most recent change:
+ \global\advance\textheight by \@extrafoot
+ % Save the newly set value:
+ \def\@temp{#1}
+ \def\@spaces{ }
+ \ifx\@temp\@empty
+ \global\@extrafoot=0in
+ \else
+ \ifx\@temp\@spaces
+ \global\@extrafoot=0in
+ \else
+ \global\@extrafoot=#1
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % Set the new values:
+ \global\advance\textheight by -\@extrafoot
+ % Make it take effect RIGHT NOW!:
+ % (The following stuff isn't necessary if \@setfootheight is
+ % executed only in the preamble or as we return from the output
+ % routine, but we're leaving it in so that this will still work if
+ % we use this at some random point in the middle of composing a
+ % page).
+ \global\@colht=\textheight
+ \global\@colroom=\textheight
+ \global\vsize=\textheight
+ \global\pagegoal=\textheight
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% *************************
+% ** HEADERS AND FOOTERS **
+% *************************
+%
+% The pagestyles available are head, foot, headandfoot, and empty.
+% \pagestyle{head} prints the head, and gives an empty foot.
+% \pagestyle{foot} prints the foot, and gives an empty head.
+% \pagestyle{headandfoot} prints both the head and the foot.
+% \pagestyle{empty} gives an empty head and an empty foot.
+%
+
+% Pagestyles:
+
+\def\ps@head{%
+ \@dohead
+ \@nofoot
+}
+
+\def\ps@headandfoot{%
+ \@dohead
+ \@dofoot
+}
+
+\def\ps@foot{%
+ \@nohead
+ \@dofoot
+}
+
+\def\ps@empty{%
+ \@nohead
+ \@nofoot
+}
+
+
+
+\def\@dohead{%
+ \def\@oddhead{%
+ \ifnum\value{page}=1
+ \@fullhead
+ \else
+ \r@fullhead
+ \fi
+ }% @oddhead
+ \let\@evenhead=\@oddhead
+}
+
+\def\@dofoot{%
+ \def\@oddfoot{%
+ \ifnum\value{page}=1
+ \@fullfoot
+ \else
+ \r@fullfoot
+ \fi
+ }% @oddfoot
+ \let\@evenfoot=\@oddfoot
+
+}
+
+\def\@nohead{%
+ \def\@oddhead{}%
+ \let\@evenhead=\@oddhead
+}
+
+\def\@nofoot{%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}%
+ \let\@evenfoot=\@oddfoot
+}
+
+
+
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+% \@fullhead, \r@fullhead, \@fullfoot, and \r@fullfoot:
+
+\def\@fullhead{%
+ \vbox to \headheight{%
+ \vss
+ \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \rm\rlap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\@lhead\strut}}%
+ \hss\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\centering\@chead\strut}\hss
+ \llap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\@rhead\strut}}%
+ }% hbox
+ \if@headrule
+ \hrule
+ \else
+ % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
+ \hrule width 0pt
+ \fi
+ }% vbox
+}
+
+
+\def\r@fullhead{%
+ \vbox to \headheight{%
+ \vss
+ \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \rm\rlap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\r@lhead\strut}}%
+ \hss\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\centering\r@chead\strut}\hss
+ \llap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\r@rhead\strut}}%
+ }% hbox
+ \ifr@headrule
+ \hrule
+ \else
+ % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
+ \hrule width 0pt
+ \fi
+ }% vbox
+}
+
+
+
+% We arrange it so that the very top of first line of text in the
+% foot is at a fixed position on the page, whether or not there's
+% a footrule:
+
+\def\@fullfoot{%
+ \vbox to 0pt{%
+ \if@footrule
+ \hrule
+ \else
+ % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
+ \hrule width 0pt
+ \fi
+ \vskip 3pt
+ \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \rm\rlap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\@lfoot}}%
+ \hss\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\centering\@cfoot}\hss
+ \llap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\@rfoot}}%
+ }% hbox
+ \vss
+ }% vbox
+}
+
+
+\def\r@fullfoot{%
+ \vbox to 0pt{%
+ \ifr@footrule
+ \hrule
+ \else
+ % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
+ \hrule width 0pt
+ \fi
+ \vskip 3pt
+ \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \rm\rlap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\r@lfoot}}%
+ \hss\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\centering\r@cfoot}\hss
+ \llap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\r@rfoot}}%
+ }% hbox
+ \vss
+ }% vbox
+}
+
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% ********************************************
+% ** COMMANDS TO DEFINE HEADERS AND FOOTERS **
+% ********************************************
+%
+% \lhead[#1]{#2} sets the first page left head to #1, and the
+% running left head to #2
+%
+% \lhead{#1} sets both the first page left head and the running
+% left head to #1
+%
+% \chead, \rhead, \lfoot, \cfoot, and \rfoot work similarly.
+%
+%
+% \@lhead is the left head for Page 1
+% \r@lhead is the running left head
+% (i.e., for all pages other than the first)
+%
+% \@chead is the center head for Page 1
+% \r@chead is the running center head
+% (i.e., for all pages other than the first)
+%
+% etc.
+%
+% Alternative commands are:
+% \firstpageheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
+% \runningheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
+% or
+% \header{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
+% which is equivalent to the two commands
+% \firstpageheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
+% \runningheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
+%
+% Alternative commands are:
+% \firstpagefooter{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
+% \runningfoother{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
+% or
+% \footer{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
+% which is equivalent to the two commands
+% \firstpagefooter{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
+% \runningfoother{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
+
+\def\firstpageheader#1#2#3{%
+ \def\@lhead{#1}%
+ \def\@chead{#2}%
+ \def\@rhead{#3}%
+}
+
+\def\runningheader#1#2#3{%
+ \def\r@lhead{#1}%
+ \def\r@chead{#2}%
+ \def\r@rhead{#3}%
+}
+
+\def\header#1#2#3{%
+ \firstpageheader{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \runningheader{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+
+
+\def\firstpagefooter#1#2#3{%
+ \def\@lfoot{#1}%
+ \def\@cfoot{#2}%
+ \def\@rfoot{#3}%
+}
+
+\def\runningfooter#1#2#3{%
+ \def\r@lfoot{#1}%
+ \def\r@cfoot{#2}%
+ \def\r@rfoot{#3}%
+}
+
+\def\footer#1#2#3{%
+ \firstpagefooter{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \runningfooter{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+}
+
+
+
+\def\lhead{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlhead}{\@ylhead}}
+\def\@xlhead[#1]#2{\def\@lhead{#1}\def\r@lhead{#2}}
+\def\@ylhead#1{\def\r@lhead{#1}\def\@lhead{#1}}
+
+\def\chead{\@ifnextchar[{\@xchead}{\@ychead}}
+\def\@xchead[#1]#2{\def\@chead{#1}\def\r@chead{#2}}
+\def\@ychead#1{\def\r@chead{#1}\def\@chead{#1}}
+
+\def\rhead{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrhead}{\@yrhead}}
+\def\@xrhead[#1]#2{\def\@rhead{#1}\def\r@rhead{#2}}
+\def\@yrhead#1{\def\r@rhead{#1}\def\@rhead{#1}}
+
+\def\lfoot{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlfoot}{\@ylfoot}}
+\def\@xlfoot[#1]#2{\def\@lfoot{#1}\def\r@lfoot{#2}}
+\def\@ylfoot#1{\def\r@lfoot{#1}\def\@lfoot{#1}}
+
+\def\cfoot{\@ifnextchar[{\@xcfoot}{\@ycfoot}}
+\def\@xcfoot[#1]#2{\def\@cfoot{#1}\def\r@cfoot{#2}}
+\def\@ycfoot#1{\def\r@cfoot{#1}\def\@cfoot{#1}}
+
+\def\rfoot{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrfoot}{\@yrfoot}}
+\def\@xrfoot[#1]#2{\def\@rfoot{#1}\def\r@rfoot{#2}}
+\def\@yrfoot#1{\def\r@rfoot{#1}\def\@rfoot{#1}}
+
+
+% Initialize head and foot:
+
+
+
+\pagestyle{headandfoot}
+
+\lhead{}
+\chead{}
+\rhead{}
+\lfoot{}
+\cfoot[]{Page \thepage}
+\rfoot{}
+
+
+
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% Headrules and footrules:
+
+\newif\if@headrule
+\newif\ifr@headrule
+
+\def\firstpageheadrule{\@headruletrue}
+\def\nofirstpageheadrule{\@headrulefalse}
+
+\def\runningheadrule{\r@headruletrue}
+\def\norunningheadrule{\r@headrulefalse}
+
+\def\headrule{\@headruletrue\r@headruletrue}
+\def\noheadrule{\@headrulefalse\r@headrulefalse}
+
+
+
+\newif\if@footrule
+\newif\ifr@footrule
+
+\def\firstpagefootrule{\@footruletrue}
+\def\nofirstpagefootrule{\@footrulefalse}
+
+\def\runningfootrule{\r@footruletrue}
+\def\norunningfootrule{\r@footrulefalse}
+
+\def\footrule{\@footruletrue\r@footruletrue}
+\def\nofootrule{\@footrulefalse\r@footrulefalse}
+
+
+
+% Initialize:
+
+\noheadrule
+\nofootrule
+
+
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% \numpages, \iflastpage and \oddeven
+
+% Make the number of pages available as the macro \numpages:
+\def\numpages{\pageref{@lastpage}}
+\let\@realenddocument=\enddocument
+\def\enddocument{\clearpage
+ \if@filesw
+ {\advance\c@page-1 \immediate\write\@mainaux
+ {\string\newlabel{@lastpage}{{}{\arabic{page}}}}%
+ }
+ \fi
+ \@realenddocument
+}
+
+
+% We define \iflastpage so that it can safely be used
+% in headers and footers:
+\def\iflastpage#1#2{%
+ \@ifundefined{r@@lastpage}{\def\@@lastpage{-1}}%
+ {\edef\@@lastpage{\expandafter\@cdr\r@@lastpage\@nil}}%
+ \ifnum\value{page}=\@@lastpage
+ #1%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% The macro \oddeven takes two arguments. If the page number is odd,
+% then you get the first argument; otherwise, you get the second
+% argument.
+\def\oddeven#1#2{%
+ \ifodd\value{page}%
+ #1
+ \else
+ #2
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% ***************************
+% ** QUESTION ENVIRONMENTS **
+% ***************************
+%
+%
+%
+% We define the command \part only inside of a parts environment,
+% so that we don't interfere with the meaning of the standard
+% article documentstyle command \part if that is used inside of a
+% questions environment. The commands \question and \subpart are
+% defined everywhere inside of a questions environment. (If the
+% user accidentally gives a \subpart command outside of a subparts
+% environment, then a warning will be printed, and the \subpart
+% command will be treated as either a \question command or a
+% \part command (depending on the current environment).
+
+
+
+
+% We use the counter name `partno' for the parts environment so that
+% we will not interfere with the counter `part' used by the article
+% document style.
+
+\@definecounter{question}
+\@definecounter{partno}
+\@definecounter{subpart}
+
+
+
+\newenvironment{questions}%
+ {\def\@queslevel{question}%
+ \def\question{\@checkqueslevel{question}\@doitem}%
+ \def\subpart{\@checkqueslevel{subpart}\@doitem}
+ \list{\thequestion.}%
+ {\usecounter{question}\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}%
+ \def\thequestion{\arabic{question}}%
+ \settowidth{\leftmargin}{10.\hskip\labelsep}
+ \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \partopsep=0pt
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\endlist}
+
+\newenvironment{parts}%
+ {\def\@queslevel{part}%
+ \def\part{\@checkqueslevel{part}\@doitem}
+ \list{(\thepartno)}%
+ {\usecounter{partno}\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}%
+ \def\thepartno{\alph{partno}}%
+ \settowidth{\leftmargin}{(m)\hskip\labelsep}
+ \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep=0pt
+ \partopsep=0pt
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\endlist}
+
+\newenvironment{subparts}%
+ {\def\@queslevel{subpart}%
+ \list{\thesubpart.}%
+ {\usecounter{subpart}\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}%
+ \def\thesubpart{\roman{subpart}}%
+ \settowidth{\leftmargin}{vii.\hskip\labelsep}
+ \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep=0pt
+ \partopsep=0pt
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\endlist}
+
+
+\def\@checkqueslevel#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\@temp\@queslevel
+ % Everything's fine; do nothing.
+ \else
+ \@warning{I found a #1 where I expected to find a \@queslevel}
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+
+\def\@doitem{\@ifnextchar[{\@readpoints}{\item\@setpoints}}
+
+\def\@readpoints[#1]{%
+ \edef\@points{#1}%
+ \@placepointstrue
+ \item
+ \@setpoints
+}
+
+\def\@setpoints{%
+ % The \item command sets \everypar so that the first time we enter
+ % horizontal mode (which will cause \everypar to be added to the
+ % paragraph), the label (or labels, if, e.g., a \question begins
+ % with a parts environment) will be placed on the page, a couple
+ % of other bookkeeping chores are done, and then \everypar is
+ % set to the empty token string (so that none of this will be
+ % repeated for the following paragraphs).
+ %
+ % We check to see if there are points to be placed for this item.
+ % if so, we append either
+ % \llap{(\@points)\hskip\@totalleftmargin\hskip\marginpointssep}%
+ % \@placepointsfalse
+ % or
+ % (\@points\@pointname)\enspace\@placepointsfalse
+ % to \everypar, so that the number of points will be set whenever
+ % we first enter horizontal mode, and the flag to set points will
+ % be turned off. (Resetting the flag is put into \everypar so that
+ % if another \item is encounteres before we actually enter
+ % horizontal mode, we'll put this back into the new version of
+ % \everypar that will be created by that \item.)
+ \if@placepoints
+ \if@pointsinmargin
+ \everypar=\expandafter{\the\everypar
+ \llap{(\@points)\hskip\@totalleftmargin\hskip\marginpointssep}%
+ \@placepointsfalse}%
+ \else
+ \everypar=\expandafter{\the\everypar
+ (\@points\@pointname)\enspace\@placepointsfalse}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}% @setpoints
+
+\newif\if@placepoints
+\@placepointsfalse
+
+
+
+% If the user says \pointsinmargin, then the distance from
+% the right parentheses enclosing the points to the left margin
+% will be \marginpointssep:
+\newskip\marginpointssep
+\setlength{\marginpointssep}{5pt}
+
+\newif\if@pointsinmargin
+\def\pointsinmargin{\global\@pointsinmargintrue}
+\def\nopointsinmargin{\global\@pointsinmarginfalse}
+\@pointsinmarginfalse
+
+
+\def\pointname#1{\gdef\@pointname{#1}}
+% Initialize to leave a space, and then the word `points':
+\pointname{ points}
+
+
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% \uplevel and \fullwidth:
+
+% \uplevel is used to print text at the indentation level of the
+% enclosing environment. For example, to precede a question with
+% directions about how that question should be answered, you would
+% say \uplevel{Answer this question correctly.}
+%
+% \fullwidth is similar, but uses the full page of text on the page.
+
+\long\def\uplevel#1{%
+ \par\bigskip
+ \vbox{%
+ \advance\leftskip\@totalleftmargin
+ \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin
+ #1\par
+ }% vbox
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+\long\def\fullwidth#1{%
+ \par\bigskip
+ \vbox{%
+ \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt
+ #1\par
+ }% vbox
+ \nobreak
+}
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+\endinput
+
+
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/examdoc.dvi b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/examdoc.dvi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b7987fc95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/examdoc.dvi
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/examdoc.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/examdoc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ea8401ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/exam/examdoc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1741 @@
+% examdoc.tex
+
+\documentstyle[12pt]{exam}
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\newenvironment{example}%
+ {\bigskip\filbreak
+ \subsubsection{Example:}
+ }%
+ {}
+
+
+\def\samplehead#1#2#3#4{%
+ \begin{trivlist}
+ \item[]
+ \leavevmode
+ \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \rlap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedright#1\strut}}%
+ \hfil\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\centering#2\strut}\hfil
+ \llap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft#3\strut}}%
+ }% hbox
+ #4
+ \end{trivlist}
+}
+
+\def\samplefoot#1#2#3#4{%
+ \begin{trivlist}
+ \item[]
+ \leavevmode
+ #1
+ \vskip 3pt
+
+ \hbox to \textwidth{%
+ \rlap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedright#2}}%
+ \hfil\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\centering#3}\hfil
+ \llap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft#4}}%
+ }% hbox
+ \end{trivlist}
+}
+
+
+
+\makeatletter
+\@ifundefined{AmS}{\def\AmS{{\protect\the\textfont\tw@
+ A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}}
+ {}
+\makeatother
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Using the exam document style}
+
+\author{Philip Hirschhorn\\
+Department of Mathematics\\
+Wellesley College\\
+Wellesley, MA 02181\\
+phirschhorn@wellesley.edu}
+
+\date{December 12, 1994}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+
+The file \verb"exam.sty" provides a document style that attempts to
+make it easier to prepare exams. Most of what's here can also be
+accomplished by using \verb"fancyheadings.sty", adjusting \LaTeX's
+page layout parameters (perhaps by using \verb"fullpage.sty") and
+making careful use of the \verb"list" environment, but \verb"exam.sty"
+tries to make all this as simple as possible.
+
+Specifically, \verb"exam.sty" sets the page layout so that there are
+one inch margins all around and provides commands that make it easy
+to format questions and create very flexible headers and footers. In
+particular:
+%
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The style will automatically format and number the questions,
+ parts of questions, and subparts of questions, while making it easy
+ to refer to specific questions by number in any special directions
+ you need to print on the exam.
+
+\item You can include the point value of each question (or part, or
+ subpart), with your choice of having the point values either at the
+ beginning of the text of the question or in the left margin.
+
+\item You can specify the header in three parts: The left head, the
+ center head, and the right head. The left head is left justified,
+ the center head is centered, and the right head is right justified,
+ and one or all of these can be omitted.
+
+\item The footer is also specified in three parts: Left justified,
+ centered, and right justified.
+
+\item The header and footer for the first page can be different from
+ the ones used on other pages.
+
+\item Both headers and footers can contain more than one line. To
+ accommodate headers and footers with many lines, simple commands are
+ provided to increase the parts of the page devoted to the header
+ and/or the footer, and these commands can give one amount of space
+ on the first page and a different amount of space on all other
+ pages.
+
+\item You can have a horizontal rule at the base of the header and/or
+ at the top of the footer.
+
+\item Macros are defined to allow you to state the total number of
+ pages in the exam and to change the header and/or footer that
+ appears on the {\em last\/} page of the exam.
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\section{The documentstyle command}
+
+To use the \verb"exam" document style, you should specify \verb"exam"
+as your main document style. For example, if you want to use
+12~point type, then your \verb"documentstyle" command should be
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\documentstyle[12pt]{exam}"
+\end{center}
+%
+If you would also like to use some of the features of \AmS-\LaTeX,
+then you should use the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\documentstyle[12pt,amstex]{exam}"
+\end{center}
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\section{Questions}
+
+To type the questions in the exam, you use the \verb"questions"
+environment. Each question is then begun with the command
+\verb"\question", and the questions will be numbered automatically.
+
+For example, if you type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{questions}
+
+\question
+Why is there air?
+
+\question
+
+How much wood would a woodchuck chuck if a woodchuck could chuck
+wood?
+
+\question
+Compute $\displaystyle\int_0^1 x^2 \, dx$.
+\end{questions}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+then you'll get
+%
+\begin{questions}
+
+\question
+Why is there air?
+
+\question
+
+How much wood would a woodchuck chuck if a woodchuck could chuck
+wood?
+
+\question
+Compute $\displaystyle\int_0^1 x^2 \, dx$.
+\end{questions}
+
+\bigskip
+
+As the above example illustrates, you can leave blank lines between
+the \verb"\question" command and the actual beginning of the
+question, or before the first \verb"\question" command in the
+environment, and they will be ignored.
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Questions with parts and subparts}
+
+If you want a question to have several parts, then you use the
+\verb"parts" environment. For example, if you type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+Why is there air?
+
+\question
+What if there were no air?
+
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+Describe the effect on the balloon industry.
+
+\part
+Describe the effect on the aircraft industry.
+\end{parts}
+
+\question
+
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+Define the universe. Give three examples.
+
+\part
+If the universe were to end, how would you know?
+
+\end{parts}
+
+
+\end{questions}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+then you'll get
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+Why is there air?
+
+\question
+What if there were no air?
+
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+Describe the effect on the balloon industry.
+
+\part
+Describe the effect on the aircraft industry.
+\end{parts}
+
+\question
+
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+Define the universe. Give three examples.
+
+\part
+If the universe were to end, how would you know?
+
+\end{parts}
+
+
+\end{questions}
+
+\bigskip
+
+The above example illustrates several things:
+%
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+Parts of a question should be put into a \verb"parts" environment.
+
+\item
+If a question begins with a \verb"parts" environment, then the first
+part will appear on the same line with the question number.
+
+\item
+You can leave blank lines before and after the \verb"\part" command,
+and they will be ignored.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\bigskip
+
+There is also a \verb"subparts" environment, and it works just as you
+would expect. For example, if you type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+This is the first question.
+
+\question
+This is the second question.
+
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+This is the first part.
+
+\part
+This is the second part.
+
+\begin{subparts}
+\subpart
+This is the first subpart.
+
+\subpart
+This is the second subpart.
+
+\subpart
+This is the third subpart.
+
+\end{subparts}
+
+\part
+This is the third part.
+
+\end{parts}
+
+\question
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+\begin{subparts}
+\subpart
+This is a subpart.
+
+\subpart
+This is another subpart.
+\end{subparts}
+\part
+This is another part.
+
+\end{parts}
+
+
+\end{questions}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+then you'll get
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+This is the first question.
+
+\question
+This is the second question.
+
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+This is the first part.
+
+\part
+This is the second part.
+
+\begin{subparts}
+\subpart
+This is the first subpart.
+
+\subpart
+This is the second subpart.
+
+\subpart
+This is the third subpart.
+
+\end{subparts}
+
+\part
+This is the third part.
+
+\end{parts}
+
+\question
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+\begin{subparts}
+\subpart
+This is a subpart.
+
+\subpart
+This is another subpart.
+\end{subparts}
+\part
+This is another part.
+
+\end{parts}
+
+
+\end{questions}
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Point values for the questions}
+\label{sec:points}
+
+Each of the commands \verb"\question", \verb"\part" and
+\verb"\subpart" take an optional argument, which is the number of
+points for that question, part, or subpart. The default is that the
+point value will be inserted at the beginning of the question (or
+part, or subpart) in parentheses, but if you give the command
+\verb"\pointsinmargin", then the point values will be set in the left
+margin. For example, if you type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{questions}
+\question[20]
+Why is there air?
+
+
+\question
+What if there were no air?
+
+\begin{parts}
+\part[10]
+Describe the effect on the balloon industry.
+
+\part[10]
+Describe the effect on the aircraft industry.
+\end{parts}
+
+\end{questions}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+then, with the default setup, you'll get
+\nopointsinmargin
+\begin{questions}
+\question[20]
+Why is there air?
+
+
+\question
+What if there were no air?
+
+\begin{parts}
+\part[10]
+Describe the effect on the balloon industry.
+
+\part[10]
+Describe the effect on the aircraft industry.
+\end{parts}
+
+\end{questions}
+\bigskip
+If you give the command \verb"\pointsinmargin", then the above input
+will produce instead
+\pointsinmargin
+\begin{questions}
+\question[20]
+Why is there air?
+
+
+\question
+What if there were no air?
+
+\begin{parts}
+\part[10]
+Describe the effect on the balloon industry.
+
+\part[10]
+Describe the effect on the aircraft industry.
+\end{parts}
+
+\end{questions}
+
+If you want to switch back and forth between the two formats during
+the exam, you can do so by giving the commands \verb"\pointsinmargin"
+and \verb"\nopointsinmargin" whenever you want to switch.
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsubsection*{Using a substitute for the word ``points''}
+
+If you want the point value to be inserted at the beginning of the
+text of the question (i.e., using the default,
+\verb"\nopointsinmargin"), but you want to label it with some word
+other than ``points'', then you can change the word inserted by using
+the \verb"\pointname" command. If you give the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\pointname{text}"
+\end{center}
+%
+then ``text'' will be inserted inside the parentheses immediately
+after the point value. For example, if you give the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\pointname{\%}"
+\end{center}
+%
+and then type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\question[25]
+Where, oh where, has my little dog gone?
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+then you'll get
+\pointname{\%}
+\nopointsinmargin
+%
+\begin{questions}
+\question[25]
+Where, oh where, has my little dog gone?
+\end{questions}
+%
+Using the default is equivalent to the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\pointname{ points}"
+\end{center}
+%
+\pointname{ points}
+(Note that the space following the point value must be explicitly
+included.)
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsubsection*{Questions that begin with a parts environment}
+One thing to keep in mind is that {\em only one point value can
+appear on a line, and it will be the last one to be placed there}.
+This matters only if a question begins with a parts environment, or
+if a part begins with a subparts environment. In either of these
+cases, the question number and part number (or the part number and
+subpart number) will appear on the same line, and if both of these
+commands include an optional point value, {\em only the last one
+given will be used}. For example, if you type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{questions}
+\question[10]
+\begin{parts}
+\part[5]
+This is the first part.
+
+\part[5]
+This is the second part.
+\end{parts}
+\end{questions}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+then you'll get
+%
+\begin{questions}
+\question[10]
+\begin{parts}
+\part[5]
+This is the first part.
+
+\part[5]
+This is the second part.
+\end{parts}
+\end{questions}
+%
+Notice that the 10~points for the entire question are never mentioned
+anywhere, since they would have appeared on the same line with the
+5~points for the first part, and the 5~points for the part were
+placed later. This is true whether \verb"\pointsinmargin" or
+\verb"\nopointsinmargin" is in effect.
+
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Including special instructions for a group of questions}
+\label{sec:uplevel}
+
+There are two commands provided for including special instructions
+for specific questions: \verb"\uplevel" and \verb"\fullwidth". These
+commands allow you to give instructions that will be set with the
+left indentation appropriate for the scope of the instructions.
+
+For example, if you are inside of a parts environment, and you want
+to give directions for the next few parts, then those directions
+should be indented to the level of the question of which they are
+parts, i.e., up one level. If you type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+This is the first question.
+
+\question
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+This is the first part.
+
+\uplevel{The following two parts should be answered in classical
+Greek:}
+\part
+This is the second part.
+
+\part
+This is the third part.
+
+\end{parts}
+\end{questions}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+then you'll get
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+This is the first question.
+
+\question
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+This is the first part.
+
+\uplevel{The following two parts should be answered in classical
+Greek:}
+\part
+This is the second part.
+
+\part
+This is the third part.
+
+\end{parts}
+\end{questions}
+
+
+
+
+\bigskip
+If you want to give instructions for a group of questions, then the
+indenting for those instructions should be to the outer left margin,
+i.e., up one level. For example, if you type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+Approximate $\displaystyle \int_0^1 \sin x^2 \, dx$ within $.001$ of
+its true value.
+
+\uplevel{Questions \ref{exact-start} through~\ref{exact-end} should
+be evaluated completely, not just approximated.}
+
+\question
+\label{exact-start}
+$\displaystyle \int_0^1 \frac{x^2 \, dx}{\sqrt{1-x^2}}$
+
+\question
+$\displaystyle \int_0^1 \frac{1}{1+x^2}\, dx$
+
+\question
+\label{exact-end}
+$\displaystyle \int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}} \sin^3 x \cos x \, dx$
+\end{questions}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+you'll get
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+Approximate $\displaystyle \int_0^1 \sin x^2 \, dx$ within $.001$ of
+its true value.
+
+\uplevel{Questions \ref{exact-start} through~\ref{exact-end} should
+be evaluated completely, not just approximated.}
+
+\question
+\label{exact-start}
+$\displaystyle \int_0^1 \frac{x^2 \, dx}{\sqrt{1-x^2}}$
+
+\question
+$\displaystyle \int_0^1 \frac{1}{1+x^2}\, dx$
+
+\question
+\label{exact-end}
+$\displaystyle \int_0^{\frac{\pi}{2}} \sin^3 x \cos x \, dx$
+\end{questions}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\bigskip
+If you want to give instructions that use the full width of the page
+(rather than just going up one level of indentation), then use the
+\verb"\fullwidth" command. For example, if you type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+This is the first question.
+
+\question
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+This is the first part.
+
+\part
+This is the second part.
+\begin{subparts}
+\subpart
+This is a subpart.
+
+\fullwidth{When you finish this exam, you should go back and
+reexamine your work, both on the earlier part of this exam and in
+your life up until the day of this exam, for any errors that you may
+have made.}
+
+\subpart
+This is another subpart.
+\end{subparts}
+\end{parts}
+\end{questions}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+then you'll get
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+This is the first question.
+
+\question
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+This is the first part.
+
+\part
+This is the second part.
+\begin{subparts}
+\subpart
+This is a subpart.
+
+\fullwidth{When you finish this exam, you should go back and
+reexamine your work, both on the earlier part of this exam and in
+your life up until the day of this exam, for any errors that you may
+have made.}
+
+\subpart
+This is another subpart.
+\end{subparts}
+\end{parts}
+\end{questions}
+
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsubsection*{Referring to specific questions by number}
+
+You can use the standard \LaTeX{} commands \verb"\label" and
+\verb"\ref" to refer to questions (or parts, or subparts) by number.
+For example, if you type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+The first question is question number~\ref{ques:first}, but it's
+question number~\ref{ques:second} that has both a good part
+(part~\ref{part:good}) and a bad part (part~\ref{part:bad}).
+
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+\label{ques:first}
+This is the first question.
+
+\question
+\label{ques:second}
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+\label{part:good}
+This is the good part.
+
+\part
+\lable{part:bad}
+This is the {\em bad\/} part.
+\end{parts}
+
+\question
+Is there a question?
+\end{questions}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+then you'll get:
+
+\medskip
+
+The first question is question number~\ref{ques:first}, but it's
+question number~\ref{ques:second} that has both a good part
+(part~\ref{part:good}) and a bad part (part~\ref{part:bad}).
+
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+\label{ques:first}
+This is the first question.
+
+\question
+\label{ques:second}
+\begin{parts}
+\part
+\label{part:good}
+This is the good part.
+
+\part
+\label{part:bad}
+This is the {\em bad\/} part.
+\end{parts}
+
+\question
+Is there a question?
+\end{questions}
+
+
+
+\bigskip
+
+As with all other cross references in \LaTeX, you'll have to run your
+file through \LaTeX{} {\em twice\/} to be sure that all the cross
+references are correct.
+
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Naming the parts of a long exam}
+
+There are two ways of naming the parts of a long exam. The first way
+uses the \verb"\uplevel" and \verb"\fullwidth" commands (see
+section~\ref{sec:uplevel}), and the other way uses the standard
+\verb"\part" and \verb"\section" commands.
+
+
+
+
+\subsubsection*{Using {\tt fullwidth} and {\tt uplevel}}
+
+To place a section name in the exam, just use a \verb"\fullwidth"
+command (see section~\ref{sec:uplevel}) and include whatever font
+changing commands that you want to use. For example, if you type
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+This is a question in the non-essay part of the exam.
+
+\fullwidth{\Large\bf Essay questions}
+
+\question
+Explain how the cooling of matter in the centuries following the big
+bang has influenced the British parliamentary system of government.
+
+\fullwidth{\Large\bf Laboratory questions}
+
+\question
+In the cabinet below your laboratory bench you will find a single
+edged razor blade, several C-clamps, and a bottle of whiskey. Remove
+your appendix. Do not suture until your work has been inspected.
+\end{questions}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+then you'll get
+%
+\begin{questions}
+\question
+This is a question in the non-essay part of the exam.
+
+\fullwidth{\Large\bf Essay questions}
+
+\question
+Explain how the cooling of matter in the centuries following the big
+bang has influenced the British parliamentary system of government.
+
+\fullwidth{\Large\bf Laboratory questions}
+
+\question
+In the cabinet below your laboratory bench you will find a single
+edged razor blade, several C-clamps, and a bottle of whiskey. Remove
+your appendix. Do not suture until your work has been inspected.
+\end{questions}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+\subsubsection*{Using the standard sectioning commands}
+
+The exam document style is built upon the standard article document
+style, and so the sectioning commands used with the article document
+style can be used here as well. In particular, you can give the
+commands \verb"\part", \verb"\part*", \verb"\section", and
+\verb"\section*". The definitions made in \verb"exam.sty" ensure
+that if a \verb"\part" command appears {\em outside of a parts
+environment} it will be interpreted as a sectioning command, while if
+it appears {\em inside\/} of a parts environment, it will be
+interpreted as beginning a new part of a question.
+
+
+
+You can give these commands in the middle of a questions environment
+so as not to interrupt the numbering of the questions, or you can end
+a questions environment, give a sectioning command, and then start a
+new questions environment (which would reset the question counter
+to start again with number~1). If you give any of these commands
+while inside of a questions environment, then the section titles will
+be indented to the same extent that questions are indented, unless
+they are given as the argument of a \verb"\fullwidth" or
+\verb"\uplevel" command. These
+commands have the advantage, however, that the unstarred versions
+provide automatic numbering of the parts (or sections).
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Leaving space for the answers}
+
+To leave a specific amount of blank space on the page for the answer
+to a question, you should use the \verb"\vspace*" command. For
+example, the command \verb"\vspace*{1in}" inserts one inch of vertical
+space after the line in which it appears. (If it appears in between
+paragraphs, then it inserts the space right there.) You can also use
+the \verb"\vspace" command, the difference being that any space
+inserted by \verb"\vspace" will be deleted if it occurs at the top
+of a new page, whereas space inserted by \verb"\vspace*" will never
+be deleted.
+
+If you want to equally distribute the blank space among the questions
+on the page, then just put \verb"\vspace*{\fill}" after each question
+on the page and use \verb"\newpage" to end the page.
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Changing the page size}
+\label{sec:pagesize}
+
+The exam document style arranges things so that if you print onto
+standard American letter size paper (8.5~inches wide by 11~inches
+high) you'll get one inch margins at the top, bottom and
+sides. If you want to change the size of these margins (or if you're
+printing onto some other size paper), commands are provided to change
+the size of the printed area.
+
+To change the width of the printed area, you would use the
+\verb"\extrawidth" command. The \verb"\extrawidth" command takes one
+argument and enlarges the width of the printed area by the amount of
+the argument. It keeps the printed area centered as it changes its
+width. If the argument is negative, then the width of the printed
+area is decreased.
+
+For example, to enlarge the left and right margins by one half inch
+each, you would use the command
+\begin{center}
+ \verb"\extrawidth{-1in}"
+\end{center}
+since the printed region must shrink by one inch to allow an
+additional one half inch on both sides. To decrease the left and
+right margins to three quarters of an inch each, you would use the
+command
+\begin{center}
+ \verb"\extrawidth{.5in}"
+\end{center}
+since the printed region must grow by one half inch to decrease both
+margins by one quarter of an inch.
+
+To change the height of the printed area, you must choose whether the
+top or the bottom of the printed area (or possibly both) should move.
+The commands for this are principally intended to allow additional
+room for large headers and footers, and so they are called
+\verb"\extraheadheight" and \verb"\extrafootheight". For a full
+description of these commands, see section~\ref{sec:extra-room}.
+
+To move the top of the printed region (and any header that's present)
+downwards, you use the command \verb"\extraheadheight". This command
+takes one argument and moves the top of the text and the header down
+by this amount (keeping the distance between header and text
+constant). Thus, to increase the top margin by three quarters of an
+inch, you would give the command
+\begin{center}
+ \verb"\extraheadheight{.75in}"
+\end{center}
+To decrease the top margin by one half inch, you would give the
+command
+\begin{center}
+ \verb"\extraheadheight{-.5in}"
+\end{center}
+The \verb"\extraheadheight" command takes an optional argument to
+provide a top margin on the first page that's different from that on
+all other pages. For an explanation of this, see
+section~\ref{sec:extra-room}.
+
+
+To move the bottom of the printed region (and any footer that's
+present) upwards, you use the command \verb"\extrafootheight". This
+command takes one argument, and moves the bottom of the text and the
+footer up by this amount (keeping the distance between footer and text
+constant). Thus, to increase the bottom margin by three quarters of an
+inch, you would give the command
+\begin{center}
+ \verb"\extrafootheight{.75in}"
+\end{center}
+To decrease the bottom margin by one half inch, you would give the
+command
+\begin{center}
+ \verb"\extrafootheight{-.5in}"
+\end{center}
+The \verb"\extrafootheight" command takes an optional argument to
+provide a bottom margin on the first page that's different from that
+on all other pages. For an explanation of this, see
+section~\ref{sec:extra-room}.
+
+
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\section{Headers and footers}
+
+
+The following sections explain all of the technicalities of the
+commands that deal with headers and footers. There are a number of
+things to explain here, and so you may find it easier to skip this
+section and instead look at the examples in
+sections~\ref{sec:beginexamples} through~\ref{sec:endexamples} (on
+pages~\pageref{sec:beginexamples} through~\pageref{sec:endexamples}).
+You can then refer back to the technical sections for the full story
+on whatever isn't clear from the examples.
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Page styles: Headers and/or footers}
+
+It's the \verb"\pagestyle" command that determines whether the exam
+will have headers, footers, both, or neither. The contents of the
+header and footer are specified using the commands described in
+sections~\ref{sec:header} through~\ref{sec:rules}, but it's the
+\verb"\pagestyle" command that determines whether the header and
+footer that you construct will actually be placed onto the page. The
+\verb"\pagestyle" command should be given after the
+\verb"\documentstyle" command, and before the \verb"\begin{document}".
+
+To have both a header and a footer, give the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\pagestyle{headandfoot}"
+\end{center}
+%
+If you want every page to have a header but no footer, give the
+command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\pagestyle{head}"
+\end{center}
+%
+To give every page a foot but no head, give the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\pagestyle{foot}"
+\end{center}
+%
+Finally, to omit both the header and the footer from the page, give
+the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\pagestyle{empty}"
+\end{center}
+
+
+\bigskip
+
+
+As is true in all \LaTeX{} document styles, you can change the page
+style used on a single page by giving the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\thispagestyle{somestyle}"
+\end{center}
+%
+somewhere on that page (where \verb"somestyle" is the style that you
+want to use on that page). This is most often needed if you use the
+\verb"\maketitle" command, since that command inserts a
+\verb"\thispagestyle{plain}" immediately following the title. If you
+use the \verb"\maketitle" command and you want the entire document to
+use \verb"\pagestyle{headandfoot}", then you'll need to put the
+command \verb"\thispagestyle{headandfoot}" immediately after the
+\verb"\maketitle" command to override the \verb"\thispagestyle{plain}"
+that is inserted by \verb"\maketitle".
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{The three parts of the header}
+\label{sec:header}
+The header is specified in three parts:
+%
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+One part to be left justified.
+
+\item
+One part to be centered.
+
+\item
+One part to be right justified.
+\end{itemize}
+%
+There are two different ways in which you can specify the three parts
+of the header. The first uses the commands \verb"\lhead",
+\verb"\chead", and \verb"\rhead", each of which takes an optional
+argument to specify a different header for the first page (see
+section~\ref{sec:lhead}). The second uses the single command
+\verb"\header" to specify all three parts of the header, or the
+commands \verb"\firstpageheader" and \verb"\runningheader" to specify
+a different header for the first page (see
+section~\ref{sec:runningheader}).
+
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsubsection{Using lhead, chead and rhead}
+\label{sec:lhead}
+
+The command \verb"\lhead{Text}" puts ``Text'' into the left justified
+part of the header on every page. The command \verb"\lhead[Text
+1]{Text 2}" puts ``Text~1'' into the left justified header on the
+first page and ``Text~2'' into the left justified header on all other
+pages. The commands \verb"\chead" and \verb"\rhead" have similar
+effects on the centered and right justified parts of the header.
+
+
+For example, to put the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{Second Exam}{July 4, 1776}{}
+on every page of the exam, you would give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\lhead{Math 115}
+\chead{Second Exam}
+\rhead{July 4, 1776}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If you want any of the three parts to have a special version to be
+used only on the first page, then you just include that special
+version as an optional argument (enclosed in square brackets) to the
+command. For example, if you want the above header for the first
+page, but on all pages after the first you want to have the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{Second Exam (Continued)}{July 4, 1776}{}
+then you would give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\lhead{Math 115}
+\chead[Second Exam]{Second Exam (Continued)}
+\rhead{July 4, 1776}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+You can leave one or more of the three parts empty. To have the
+header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{Second Exam}{July 4, 1776}{}
+on the first page, with the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{}{Second Exam (Continued)}{}
+on all other pages, you would give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pagestyle{headandfoot}
+\lhead{Math 115}
+\chead[Second Exam]{}
+\rhead[July 4, 1776]{Second Exam Continued)}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+
+Any of the three parts of the header can have multiple lines. To
+specify where the line breaks should go, you just type \verb"\\".
+Thus, to have the header
+\samplehead{\bf\large Math 115\\Professor Hilbert}{}
+ {\bf\large First Exam\\July 4, 1776}{}
+appear on every page, you would give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\lhead{\bf\large Math 115\\Professor Hilbert}
+\chead{}
+\rhead{\bf\large First Exam\\July 4, 1776}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsubsection{Using header, firstpageheader and runningheader}
+\label{sec:runningheader}
+
+
+The command \verb"\header{Text 1}{Text 2}{Text 3}" puts ``Text~1''
+into the left justified header, ``Text~2'' into the centered header
+and ``Text~3'' into the right justified header on every page. If you
+want the header on the first page to be different from that on the
+other pages, then you should use the commands \verb"\firstpageheader"
+and \verb"\runningheader", which also take three arguments and affect
+either the first page or all pages except the first.
+
+
+For example, to put the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{Second Exam}{July 4, 1776}{}
+on every page of the exam, you would give the command
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\header{Math 115}{Second Exam}{July 4, 1776}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If you want to have different header on the first page from the header
+on all other pages, you would use the commands \verb"\firstpageheader"
+and \verb"\runningheader" instead of \verb"\header".
+For example, if you want the above header for the first
+page, but on all pages after the first you want to have the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{Second Exam (Continued)}{July 4, 1776}{}
+then you would give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\firstpageheader{Math 115}{Second Exam}{July 4, 1776}
+\runningheader{Math 115}{Second Exam (Continued)}{July 4, 1776}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+You can leave one or more of the three parts empty. To have the
+header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{Second Exam}{July 4, 1776}{}
+on the first page, with the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{}{Second Exam (Continued)}{}
+on all other pages, you would give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\firstpageheader{Math 115}{Second Exam}{July 4, 1776}
+\runningheader{Math 115}{}{Second Exam (Continued)}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+
+Any of the three parts of the header can have multiple lines. To
+specify where the line breaks should go, you just type \verb"\\".
+Thus, to have the header
+\samplehead{\bf\large Math 115\\Professor Hilbert}{}
+ {\bf\large First Exam\\July 4, 1776}{}
+appear on every page, you would give the command
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\header{\bf\large Math 115\\Professor Hilbert}%
+ {}%
+ {\bf\large First Exam\\July 4, 1776}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsubsection*{Leaving extra room for multiple line headers}
+
+See section~\ref{sec:extra-room} for a description of the
+\verb"\extraheadheight" command.
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\subsection{The three parts of the footer}
+\label{sec:footer}
+
+The footer is composed of three parts, the whole setup being similar
+to that for the header (see section~\ref{sec:header}). There are two
+different ways in which you can specify the three parts of the footer.
+The first uses the commands \verb"\lfoot", \verb"\cfoot", and
+\verb"\rfoot", each of which takes an optional argument to specify a
+different footer for the first page (see section~\ref{sec:lfoot}). The
+second uses the single command \verb"\footer" to specify all three
+parts of the footer, or the commands \verb"\firstpagefooter" and
+\verb"\runningfooter" to specify a different footer for the first page
+(see section~\ref{sec:runningfooter}).
+
+
+
+
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsubsection{Using lfoot, cfoot and rfoot}
+\label{sec:lfoot}
+
+The command \verb"\lfoot{Text}" puts ``Text'' into the left justified
+part of the footer on every page. The command
+\verb"\lfoot[Text 1]{Text 2}" puts ``Text~1'' into the left justified
+footer on the first page and ``Text~2'' into the left justified footer
+on all other pages. The commands \verb"\cfoot" and \verb"\rfoot" have
+similar effects on the centered and right justified parts of the
+footer.
+
+
+For example, to have an empty footer on the first page and the footer
+\samplefoot{}{}{Page 3 of 5}{}
+on all pages after the first, you would give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\lfoot{}
+\cfoot{}
+\rfoot[]{Page \thepage\ of \numpages}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+(For an explanation of the \verb"\numpages" command, see
+section~\ref{sec:numpages}.)
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\subsubsection{Using footer, firstpagefooter and runningfooter}
+\label{sec:runningfooter}
+
+The command \verb"\footer{Text 1}{Text 2}{Text 3}" puts ``Text~1''
+into the left justified footer, ``Text~2'' into the centered footer
+and ``Text~3'' into the right justified footer on every page. If you
+want the footer on the first page to be different from that on the
+other pages, then you should use the commands \verb"\firstpagefooter"
+and \verb"\runningfooter", which also take three arguments and affect
+either the first page or all pages except the first.
+
+
+For example, to have an empty footer on the first page and the footer
+\samplefoot{}{}{Page 3 of 5}{}
+on all pages after the first, you would give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\firstpagefooter{}{}{}
+\runningfooter{}{Page \thepage\ of \numpages}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+(For an explanation of the \verb"\numpages" command, see
+section~\ref{sec:numpages}.)
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsubsection*{Leaving extra room for multiple line footers}
+
+See section~\ref{sec:extra-room} for a description of the
+\verb"\extrafootheight" command.
+
+
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Leaving extra room for multiple line headers and footers}
+\label{sec:extra-room}
+
+\subsubsection*{Headers}
+If you specify more than one or two lines for any part of the header,
+then you may want to move the header down slightly so that it doesn't
+run off of the top of the paper. The command for this is
+\verb"\extraheadheight". You can also use the \verb"\extraheadheight"
+command to adjust the size of the text area. The
+\verb"\extraheadheight" command never changes the distance between the
+header and the text.
+
+For example, to move the header and the text a half inch
+down from the top of the page, you would give the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\extraheadheight{.5in}"
+\end{center}
+%
+You can also specify a negative distance to \verb"extraheadheight" to
+move the header up closer to the top of the paper. For example, the
+command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\extraheadheight{-.25in}"
+\end{center}
+%
+moves the header one quarter inch closer to the top of the paper.
+
+If you want to have a different value for \verb"\extraheadheight" on
+the first page from that on the pages after the first, then use the
+same syntax as in the \verb"\lhead", \verb"\chead", and \verb"\rhead"
+commands: Include an optional argument giving the extra head height
+for the first page, and the required argument will apply only to
+those pages after the first. For example, the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\extraheadheight[.5in]{.25in}"
+\end{center}
+%
+gives a half inch of extra head height on the first page and a
+quarter inch of extra head height on all pages after the first.
+If you say
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\extraheadheight[.5in]{}"
+\end{center}
+%
+then this will be interpreted as if it was
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\extraheadheight[.5in]{0in}"
+\end{center}
+%
+Note that the braces {\em must\/} appear.
+
+
+If you give an \verb"\extraheadheight" command, it should be after the
+\verb"\documentstyle" command but before the \verb"\begin{document}"
+command. The \verb"\extraheadheight" command can also be used to
+change the size of the text region (see section~\ref{sec:pagesize}).
+
+
+
+
+\subsubsection*{Footers}
+To leave extra room for multiple line footers, you use the command
+\verb"\extrafootheight". Thus, to move the footer one half inch
+higher up on the paper, you would give the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\extrafootheight{.5in}"
+\end{center}
+%
+If you wanted to move the footer an eighth of an inch lower down on
+the paper, you would give the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\extrafootheight{-.125in}"
+\end{center}
+
+If you want to have a different value for \verb"\extrafootheight" on
+the first page from that on the pages after the first, then use the
+same syntax as in the \verb"\lfoot", \verb"\cfoot", and \verb"\rfoot"
+commands: Include an optional argument giving the extra foot height
+for the first page, and the required argument will apply only to
+those pages after the first. For example, the command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\extrafootheight[.5in]{.25in}"
+\end{center}
+%
+gives a half inch of extra foot height on the first page and a
+quarter inch of extra foot height on all pages after the first.
+If you say
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\extrafootheight[.5in]{}"
+\end{center}
+%
+then this will be interpreted as if it was
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\extrafootheight[.5in]{0in}"
+\end{center}
+%
+Note that the braces {\em must\/} appear.
+
+
+If you give an \verb"\extrafootheight" command, it should be after the
+\verb"\documentstyle" command but before the \verb"\begin{document}"
+command. The \verb"\extrafootheight" command can also be used to
+change the size of the text region (see section~\ref{sec:pagesize}).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Horizontal rules}
+\label{sec:rules}
+
+The \verb"exam" document style make it easy to put a horizontal rule
+under the header and one above the footer. It is also easy to do
+this for the pages after the first page without affecting the first
+page.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+The command \verb"\runningheadrule" puts a horizontal rule below the
+header on all pages after the first.
+
+\item
+The command
+\verb"\firstpageheadrule" puts a rule under the header of only the
+first page.
+
+\item
+The command \verb"\headrule" is equivalent to the two
+commands \verb"\firstpageheadrule" and \verb"\runningheadrule".
+
+\item
+The command \verb"\runningfootrule" puts a horizontal rule above the
+footer on all pages after the first.
+
+\item
+The command
+\verb"\firstpagefootrule" puts a rule above the footer of only the
+first page.
+
+\item
+The command \verb"\footrule" is equivalent to the two
+commands \verb"\firstpagefootrule" and \verb"\runningfootrule".
+
+\end{itemize}
+%
+For example, to have the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{First Exam}{July 4, 1776}{}
+on the first page, with the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{First Exam}{July 4, 1776}{\hrule}
+on all pages after the first, give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\runningheadrule
+\lhead{Math 115}
+\chead{First Exam}
+\rhead{July 4, 1776}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\bigskip
+
+To have no footer on the first page, and the footer
+\samplefoot{\hrule}{}{Page 3 of 5}{}
+on all pages after the first, you would give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\runningfootrule
+\lfoot{}
+\cfoot[]{Page \thepage\ of \numpages}
+\rfoot{}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Listing the number of pages in the exam}
+\label{sec:numpages}
+
+The \verb"exam" document style defines the command \verb"\numpages"
+so that it will expand to the number of pages in the exam. Thus, to
+have the footer
+\samplefoot{}{}{Page \thepage\ of \numpages}{}
+you should give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\lfoot{}
+\cfoot{Page \thepage\ of \numpages}
+\rfoot{}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+For a description of the commands \verb"\lfoot", \verb"\cfoot", and
+\verb"\rfoot", see section~\ref{sec:footer}.
+
+As with all other cross referencing commands in \LaTeX, you'll have to
+run the file through \LaTeX{} {\em twice\/} to be sure that
+\verb"\numpages" is correct.
+
+%---------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Testing for the last page}
+\label{sec:lastpage}
+
+If you want to vary the text that appears in the header or footer on
+the last page of the exam, you should use the command
+\verb"\iflastpage". The command
+%
+\begin{center}
+\verb"\iflastpage{Text 1}{Text 2}"
+\end{center}
+%
+expands to `Text~1' on the last page, and to `Text~2' on all
+pages before the last. Thus, to have the footer
+\samplefoot{}{}{Please go on to the next page\ldots}{}
+on all pages before the last page, and the footer
+\samplefoot{}{}{End of exam}{}
+on the last page, you would give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\lfoot{}
+\cfoot{\iflastpage{End of exam}{Please go on to the next page\ldots}}
+\rfoot{}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+For a description of the commands \verb"\lfoot", \verb"\cfoot", and
+\verb"\rfoot", see section~\ref{sec:footer}.
+
+As with all other cross referencing commands in \LaTeX, you'll have to
+run the file through \LaTeX{} {\em twice\/} to be sure that
+\verb"\iflastpage" correctly detects the last page.
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Treating odd and even numbered pages differently}
+
+If you'd like odd and even numbered pages to be treated differently
+(perhaps because you'll be printing onto both sides of the paper), you
+should use the \verb"\oddeven" command.
+
+The \verb"\oddeven" command takes two arguments. If the current page
+number is odd it expands to the first argument; otherwise, it expands
+to the second argument.
+
+For example, to have the page number printed in the right head on odd
+numbered pages and in the left head on even numbered pages, you would
+use the commands
+\begin{center}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\rhead{\oddeven{\thepage}{}}
+\lhead{\oddeven{}{\thepage}}
+\chead{}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{center}
+If you wanted the footer of the even numbered pages to be empty and
+the footer of the odd numbered pages to contain the message ``Please
+continue\dots'', except that the last page of the exam should have an empty
+footer whether its page number is even or odd, then you would use the
+commands
+\begin{center}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\lfoot{}
+\rfoot{}
+\cfoot{\oddeven{\iflastpage{}{Please continue\dots}}{}}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{center}
+(see section~\ref{sec:lastpage} for an explanation of
+\verb"\iflastpage").
+
+Although the \verb"\oddeven" command can be used anywhere in the
+document (i.e., not just in headers and footers), it is reliable only
+in headers and footers. This is because \LaTeX{} generally processes
+more text than can fit on the current page before it outputs a page.
+When the \verb"\oddeven" command is encountered it will act as though
+it will appear on the current page whether it appears on that page or
+on the following page.
+
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+\subsection{Examples}
+
+\begin{example}
+\label{sec:beginexamples}
+To have the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{First Exam}{July 4, 1776}{}
+on the first page, the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{First Exam, Page 2 of 5}{July 4, 1776}{\hrule}
+on all pages after the first, and no footer on any page, give the
+commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pagestyle{head}
+\runningheadrule
+\lhead{Math 115}
+\chead[First Exam]{First Exam, Page \thepage\ of \numpages}
+\rhead{July 4, 1776}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+Alternatively, you could give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pagestyle{head}
+\runningheadrule
+\firstpageheader{Math 115}{First Exam}{July 4, 1776}
+\runningheader{Math 115}%
+ {First Exam, Page \thepage\ of \numpages}%
+ {July 4, 1776}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\end{example}
+
+
+\begin{example}
+To have the header
+\samplehead{\large\bf Mathematics 115\\
+ First Exam, July 4, 1776}%
+ {}{\large\bf Name:\enspace\hbox to 2in{\hrulefill}}{}
+on the first page, the header
+\samplehead{\large\bf Mathematics 115\\
+ First Exam, July 4, 1776}%
+ {}{}{}
+on all pages after the first, an empty foot on the first page, and
+the footer
+\samplefoot{}{}{Page 2}{}
+on all pages after the first, give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pagestyle{headandfoot}
+\lhead{\large\bf Mathematics 115\\ First Exam, July 4, 1776}
+\chead{}
+\rhead[\large\bf Name:\enspace\hbox to 2in{\hrulefill}]{}
+\lfoot{}
+\cfoot[]{Page \thepage}
+\rfoot{}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+Alternatively, you could give the commands
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pagestyle{headandfoot}
+\firstpageheader{\large\bf Mathematics 115\\
+ First Exam, July 4, 1776}%
+ {}{\large\bf Name:\enspace\hbox to 2in{\hrulefill}}
+\runningheader{\large\bf Mathematics 115\\
+ First Exam, July 4, 1776}{}{}
+\firstpagefooter{}{}{}
+\runningfooter{}{Page \thepage}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{example}
+
+\begin{example}
+To have the header
+\samplehead{}{Wellesley College\\
+ Second Semester Final Examination, Spring 1993\\
+ Mathematics 115}{}{}
+on the first page, the header
+\samplehead{}{Wellesley College\\
+ Second Semester Final Examination, Spring 1993\\
+ Mathematics 115 (Continued)}{}{}
+on all pages after the first, the footer
+\samplefoot{}{}{Page 3 of 10}{Please go on to the next page\ldots}
+on all pages {\em except the last\/} page, and the footer
+\samplefoot{}{}{Page 10 of 10}{End of exam.}
+on the last page, give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pagestyle{headandfoot}
+\extraheadheight{.25in}
+\lhead{}
+\chead[Wellesley College\\
+ Second Semester Final Examination, Spring 1993\\
+ Mathematics 115]
+ {Wellesley College\\
+ Second Semester Final Examination, Spring 1993\\
+ Mathematics 115 (Continued)}
+\rhead{}
+\lfoot{}
+\cfoot{Page \thepage\ of \numpages}
+\rfoot{\iflastpage{End of exam.}{Please go on to the next page\ldots}}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+Alternatively, you could give the commands
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pagestyle{headandfoot}
+\extraheadheight{.25in}
+\firstpageheader{}{Wellesley College\\
+ Second Semester Final Examination, Spring 1993\\
+ Mathematics 115}{}
+\runningheader{}{Wellesley College\\
+ Second Semester Final Examination, Spring 1993\\
+ Mathematics 115 (Continued)}{}
+\footer{}{Page \thepage\ of \numpages}%
+ {\iflastpage{End of exam.}{Please go on to the next page\ldots}}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{example}
+
+\begin{example}
+\label{sec:endexamples}
+To have the header
+\samplehead{Math 115}{First Exam}{July 4, 1776}{}
+on the first page, no header on the pages after the first, no footer
+on the first page, and the footer
+\samplefoot{\hrule}{Math 115}{First Exam}{Page 2 of 5}
+on all pages after the first, give the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pagestyle{headandfoot}
+\runningfootrule
+\lhead[Math 115]{}
+\chead[First Exam]{}
+\rhead[July 4, 1776]{}
+\lfoot[]{Math 115}
+\cfoot[]{First Exam}
+\rfoot[]{Page \thepage\ of \numpages}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+Alternatively, you could give the commands
+\begin{verbatim}
+\pagestyle{headandfoot}
+\runningfootrule
+\firstpageheader{Math 115}{First Exam}{July 4, 1776}
+\runningheader{}{}{}
+\firstpagefooter{}{}{}
+\runningfooter{Math 115}{First Exam}{Page \thepage\ of \numpages}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\end{example}
+%--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/fac/fac.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/fac/fac.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3b653a7e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/fac/fac.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,934 @@
+% Springer Journal FAC document style
+% v1.22 released 13th October 1998
+% for LaTeX version 2.09
+% Copyright (C) 1993, 1997, 1998 Cambridge University Press
+%
+% based on the original LaTeX ARTICLE DOCUMENT STYLE by Leslie Lamport
+%
+% v1.22 - 13th October 1998 mods by Mark Reed.
+
+\newif\ifoldfss
+\newif\ifnfssone
+\newif\ifnfsstwo
+\newif\ifprodtf
+\newif\ifCUPmtlplainloaded
+\def\f@s@s{}%
+%
+\@ifundefined{DeclareFontShape}%
+ {%
+ \@ifundefined{selectfont}%
+ {\global\oldfsstrue\def\f@s@s{(with OFSS)\space}%
+ \let\reset@font=\relax}% old font selection scheme
+ {\global\nfssonetrue\def\f@s@s{(with NFSS release 1)\space}}%
+ }%
+ {\global\nfsstwotrue\def\f@s@s{(with NFSS release 2)\space}}%
+
+\typeout{Document Style `FAC journal style' \f@s@s v1.22, 13th October 1998}
+%
+% Journals use two-sided printing.
+%
+\@twosidetrue
+\@mparswitchtrue
+\newif\ifforth@event
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+\def\ds@forthevt{\forth@eventtrue}
+\def\ds@prodtf{\CUPmtlplainloadedtrue\prodtftrue}
+\@options
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FONTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\ifx\CUP@mtlplain@loaded\undefined
+\else
+ \CUPmtlplainloadedtrue \prodtftrue
+\fi
+
+\lineskip 1pt
+\normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt
+ \abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayshortskip
+ \let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{9pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+ \abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayshortskip
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@
+ \itemsep 2pt}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{9pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+ \abovedisplayskip 5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayshortskip
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@
+ \itemsep 2pt}}
+\def\indexsize{\@setsize\indexsize{9pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\medium{\@setsize\large{12pt}\xipt\@xipt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{18pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\normalsize
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE LAYOUT *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% SIDE MARGINS:
+\oddsidemargin 2pc
+\evensidemargin 2pc
+\marginparwidth 2.0cm
+\marginparsep 10pt
+
+% VERTICAL SPACING:
+\topmargin 3pc
+\headheight 11pt
+\headsep 11pt
+\topskip = 11pt
+\footheight 11pt
+\footskip 26pt
+
+% DIMENSION OF TEXT:
+\textheight = 50\baselineskip \advance\textheight by \topskip
+\textwidth 29pc
+\columnsep 10pt
+\columnseprule 0pt
+
+% FOOTNOTES:
+\footnotesep 6.65pt
+\skip\footins 16.5pt plus 12pt minus 1pt
+
+% FLOATS:
+\floatsep 11pt plus 5.5pt minus 1pt
+\textfloatsep 15pt plus 4.5pt minus 3pt
+\intextsep 11pt plus 5.5pt minus 2pt
+\@maxsep 15pt
+\dblfloatsep 11pt plus 5.5pt minus 2pt
+\dbltextfloatsep 15pt plus 4.5pt minus 3pt
+\@dblmaxsep 15pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 0fil
+\@fpsep 11pt plus 0fil
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 3fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 0fil
+\@dblfpsep 11pt plus 0fil
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 3fil
+\marginparpush 5pt
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PARAGRAPHING *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\parskip \z@ plus .3pt
+\parindent 1.5em
+\partopsep 0pt plus 1pt
+\@lowpenalty 51
+\@medpenalty 151
+\@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\clubpenalty=0
+\widowpenalty=10000
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PARTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex}\@afterindentfalse
+ \secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{part}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Part \thepart: #1}
+ \else \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}
+ \fi
+ {\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \large\rm PART
+ \ifcase\thepart \or ONE \or TWO \or THREE \or FOUR \or FIVE
+ \or SIX \or SEVEN \or EIGHT \or NINE \or TEN \else \fi
+ \par \nobreak
+ \fi
+ \LARGE \rm #2 \markboth{}{}\par }
+ \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading}
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \LARGE \rm #1\par}
+ \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SECTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}
+ {-19pt plus -5.5pt minus -2.25pt}
+ {11pt plus 0pt minus 1pt}
+ {\raggedright\large\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+ {-21pt plus -2.25pt minus -2.25pt}
+ {11pt plus 0pt minus 1pt}
+ {\raggedright\medium\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+ {-11pt plus -2.25pt minus -2.25pt}
+ {11pt plus 0pt minus 1pt}
+ {\raggedright\normalsize\it}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}
+ {11pt plus 2.25pt minus 1pt}
+ {-0.5em}
+ {\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{4}{\parindent}
+ {11pt plus 2.25pt minus 1pt}
+ {-0.5em}
+ {\normalsize\it}}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+%
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}%
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}
+ \edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname.\hskip 0.5em }% modified for 1en
+ \fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi #7}
+ \else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi#7}}%
+ \fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PARTS & SECTIONS NUMBERS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter {section}
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+\newcounter {subparagraph}[paragraph]
+\def\thepart {\arabic{part}}
+\def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection .\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SKIPS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\newskip\@indentskip
+\newskip\smallindent
+\newskip\@footindent
+\newskip\@leftskip
+\@indentskip=1.5em
+\smallindent=1.5em
+\@footindent=\smallindent
+\@leftskip=\z@
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * LISTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\leftmargini \@indentskip
+\leftmarginii 1.25pc
+\leftmarginiii 1.25pc
+\leftmarginiv 1.25pc
+\leftmarginv 1pc
+\leftmarginvi 1pc
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelsep 0.5em
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+%
+% label macros for Range-Left and Range-Right labels
+\def\makeRLlabel#1{\rlap{#1}\hss}
+\def\makeRRlabel#1{\hss\llap{#1}}
+%
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \parsep \z@
+ \topsep 6pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
+% \let\makelabel\makeRRlabel
+}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 6pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@
+ \itemsep 2pt
+ \let\makelabel\makeRRlabel
+}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 6pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep \z@
+ \itemsep \topsep
+ \let\makelabel\makeRRlabel
+}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \let\makelabel\makeRRlabel}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \let\makelabel\makeRRlabel}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \let\makelabel\makeRRlabel}
+%
+% ITEMIZE
+\def\itemize{\ifnum \@itemdepth >3 \@toodeep
+ \else \advance\@itemdepth \@ne
+ \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%
+ \list{\csname\@itemitem\endcsname}%
+ {\let\makelabel\makeRRlabel}%
+ \fi}
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{--}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\cdot$}
+\def\labelitemiv{*}
+%
+% ENUMERATE
+% SFB -- enumerate with optional argument to set left margin...
+\def\enumerate{\ifnum \@enumdepth >3 \@toodeep \else
+ \advance\@enumdepth \@ne
+ \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%
+ \fi
+ \@ifnextchar [{\@enumeratetwo}{\@enumerateone}%
+}
+\def\@enumeratetwo[#1]{%
+ \list{\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname}%
+ {\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{\@enumctr}
+ \let\makelabel\makeRRlabel}
+}
+\def\@enumerateone{%
+ \list{\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname}%
+ {\usecounter{\@enumctr}
+ \let\makelabel\makeRRlabel}}
+%
+%%%\def\labelenumi{\theenumi}
+%%%\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}.} % SFB v 0.09
+%%%\def\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}
+%%%\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+%%%\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+%%%\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii}
+%%%\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+%%%\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+%%%\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv}
+%%%\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+%%%\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+\def\labelenumi{\arabic{enumi}.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+
+\def\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi.}
+
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi.\theenumii.}
+
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii.}
+%
+% DESCRIPTION
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * DISPLAYED TEXT *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% VERSE
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@
+ \itemindent -\@indentskip
+ \listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin
+ \advance\leftmargin \@indentskip}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+%
+% QUOTATION
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent \smallindent
+% \itemindent\listparindent
+ \leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\leftmargin
+ \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]\small}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+%
+% QUOTE
+\def\quote{\list{}{\leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]\small}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * OTHER ENVIRONMENTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% THEOREM
+\def\@begintheorem#1#2{\rm \trivlist \item[\hskip \labelsep{\bf #1\ #2.}]}
+\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\rm \trivlist
+ \item[\hskip \labelsep{\bf #1\ #2\ (#3)}]}
+\def\@endtheorem{\endtrivlist}
+%
+% PROOF
+\def\proof{\rm \trivlist \item[\hskip \labelsep{\it Proof.}]}
+\def\endproof{\hspace*{1em}{\begin{picture}(6.5,6.5)%
+ \put(0,0){\framebox(6.5,6.5){}}\end{picture}}\endtrivlist}
+\@namedef{proof*}{\rm \trivlist \item[\hskip \labelsep{\it Proof.}]}
+\@namedef{endproof*}{\endtrivlist}
+\def\proofbox{\begin{picture}(6.5,6.5)%
+ \put(0,0){\framebox(6.5,6.5){}}\end{picture}}
+%
+% TITLEPAGE
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+% ARRAY AND TABULAR
+%
+\arraycolsep 5pt
+\tabcolsep 6pt
+\arrayrulewidth .5pt
+\doublerulesep 1.5pt
+
+\def\tabular{\def\@halignto{}
+ \def\hline{\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi
+ \vskip 3pt
+% \hrule \@height \arrayrulewidth
+ {\hbox to 0.667\textwidth{\hrulefill}}
+ \vskip 3pt
+ \futurelet \@tempa\@xhline}
+%
+ \def\@xhline{\ifx\@tempa\hline
+ \vskip -6pt
+ \vskip \doublerulesep
+ \fi
+ \ifnum0=`{\fi}}
+%
+ \def\fullhline{\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi
+ \vskip 3pt
+% \hrule \@height \arrayrulewidth
+ {\hbox to \textwidth{\hrulefill}}
+ \vskip 3pt
+ \futurelet \@tempa\@xfhline}
+%
+ \def\@xfhline{\ifx\@tempa\fullhline
+ \vskip -6pt
+ \vskip \doublerulesep
+ \fi
+ \ifnum0=`{\fi}}
+%
+ \def\@arrayrule{\@addtopreamble{\hskip -.5\arrayrulewidth
+% \vrule \@width \arrayrulewidth
+ \hskip .5\arrayrulewidth}}
+\@tabular
+}
+% TABBING
+%
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+% MINIPAGE
+%
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+
+% FRAMEBOX
+%
+% Space left between box and text by \fbox and \framebox.
+\fboxsep = 3pt
+% Width of rules in box made by \fbox and \framebox.
+\fboxrule = \arrayrulewidth
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TITLE AND ABSTRACT *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\newif\if@shortcom
+\def\shortcom{\@shortcomtrue
+ \ifCUPmtlplainloaded
+ \font\seventeenbxi=mtbxti10 at 17pt
+ \else
+ \font\seventeenbxi=cmbxti10 at 17pt
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\editor#1{\gdef\@editor{#1}}
+\gdef\@editor{}
+
+\newif\if@correspondset
+\gdef\@correspond{\@shortauthor}
+\def\correspond#1{\gdef\@correspond{#1}\@correspondsettrue}
+\def\makecorrespond{\make@correspond}
+\def\make@correspond{{\def\thefootnote{\relax}
+ \footnotetext{\hspace*{-5pt}{\em Correspondence and offprint
+ requests to\/}: \@correspond}}}
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+% \begingroup
+% \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+% \def\@makefnmark{\hbox to 0pt{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}}
+ \newpage \global\@topnum\z@
+ \@maketitle
+ \thispagestyle{titlepage}
+ \@thanks
+ \if@correspondset\relax\else\make@correspond\fi
+% \endgroup
+% \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax
+}
+
+\def\and{\end{author@tabular}\vskip 6pt\par
+ \begin{author@tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}}
+
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \if@shortcom \vspace*{30pt}\else \vspace*{95pt}\fi
+ {\raggedright \sloppy
+ \if@shortcom
+ {\seventeenbxi Short Communication \par}%
+ {\large\it Edited by\ \@editor\par}%
+ \vskip 38pt
+ \fi
+ {\LARGE \bf \@title \par}%
+ \vskip 11pt
+ {\large
+ \begin{author@tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}\@author
+ \end{author@tabular}\par}%
+ \vskip 11pt
+ }%
+ \par\noindent
+ \vskip 22pt
+}
+
+\def\abstract{\list{}{\leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\leftmargin
+ \parsep 0pt plus 1pt \listparindent\parindent}%
+ \item[]\normalsize{\bf Abstract.}}
+\def\endabstract{\endlist\titlerule}
+\def\keywords{\list{}{\leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\leftmargin
+ \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]\normalsize{\bf Keywords:}}
+\def\endkeywords{\endlist}
+\def\titlerule{\vspace{3pt}\footnoterule\vspace{7pt}\par}
+
+\def\author@tabular{\def\@halignto{}\@authortable}
+\let\endauthor@tabular=\endtabular
+\def\author@tabcrone{{\ifnum0=`}\fi\@xtabularcr\small
+ \let\\=\author@tabcrtwo\ignorespaces}
+\def\author@tabcrtwo{{\ifnum0=`}\fi\@xtabularcr[-5pt]\small
+ \let\\=\author@tabcrtwo\ignorespaces}
+\def\@authortable{\leavevmode \hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@tabacol
+ \let\@classz\@tabclassz \let\@classiv\@tabclassiv
+ \let\\=\author@tabcrone \ignorespaces \@tabarray}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE STYLES *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\mark{{}{}}
+\gdef\@author{\mbox{}}
+\def\author{\@ifnextchar [{\@authortwo}{\@authorone}}
+\def\@authortwo[#1]#2{\gdef\@author{#2}\gdef\@shortauthor{#1}}
+\def\@authorone#1{\gdef\@author{#1}\gdef\@shortauthor{#1}}
+\def\shortauthor#1{\gdef\@shortauthor{#1}}
+\gdef\@shortauthor{}
+\gdef\@title{\mbox{}}
+\def\title{\@ifnextchar [{\@titletwo}{\@titleone}}
+\def\@titletwo[#1]#2{\gdef\@title{#2}\gdef\@shorttitle{#1}}
+\def\@titleone#1{\gdef\@title{#1}\gdef\@shorttitle{#1}}
+\def\shorttitle#1{\gdef\@shorttitle{#1}}
+\gdef\@shorttitle{}
+\def\volume#1{\gdef\@volume{#1}}
+\gdef\@volume{3}
+\def\pagerange#1{\gdef\@pagerange{#1}}
+\def\pubyear#1{\gdef\@pubyear{#1}}
+\gdef\@pubyear{1997}
+\gdef\@pagerange{1--000}
+\def\journal#1{\gdef\@journal{#1}}
+\gdef\@journal{Formal Aspects of Computing
+ (\number\@pubyear) \@volume: \@pagerange}
+%
+% \ps@empty and \ps@plain defined in LATEX.TEX
+%
+\def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \def\@oddhead{\small \@shorttitle \hfill \rm \thepage}
+ \def\@oddfoot{}
+ \def\@evenhead{\small \thepage \hfill \@shortauthor}
+ \def\@evenfoot{}
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markboth{##1}{}}
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{\markright{##1}}}
+\def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddhead{\it \rightmark \hfill \rm \thepage}
+ \def\@oddfoot{}
+ \def\@evenhead{\it \leftmark \hfill \rm \thepage}
+ \def\@evenfoot{}
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\def\ps@titlepage{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddhead{\footnotesize
+ \raisebox{0pt}[8pt][1pt]{\parbox{0.7\textwidth}{\@journal\\
+ \copyright\ \@pubyear\ BCS}} \hfill}
+ \def\@oddfoot{}
+ \def\@evenhead{\footnotesize
+ \raisebox{0pt}[8pt][1pt]{\parbox{0.7\textwidth}{\@journal\\
+ \copyright\ \@pubyear\ BCS}} \hfill}
+ \def\@evenfoot{}
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TABLE OF CONTENTS, ETC. *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+\def\@undottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth
+ \else
+ \vskip \z@ plus .2pt
+ {\hangindent #2\relax
+ \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip
+ \parindent #2\relax \@afterindenttrue
+ \interlinepenalty\@M \leavevmode
+ \@tempdima #3\relax #4\nobreak \hfill \nobreak
+ \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hfil\rm \ }\par}\fi}
+\def\tableofcontents{\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \section*{Contents} \@starttoc{toc}
+ \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi \par\vspace{11pt}}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt}
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ {\normalsize\rm
+ \leavevmode \hspace*{3pc}
+ #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss \ }}\par
+ \nobreak \global\@nobreaktrue
+ \everypar{\global\@nobreakfalse\everypar{}}\endgroup}
+\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \@tempdima 1.5em
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth \rm \leavevmode
+ \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip
+ #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss \ }\par
+ \endgroup}
+\def\l@subsection{\@undottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@undottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@undottedtocline{4}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@undottedtocline{5}{10em}{5em}}
+\def\listoffigures{\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \section*{List of Figures\@mkboth{List of Figures}{List of Figures}}
+ \@starttoc{lof} \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\def\l@figure{\@undottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \section*{List of Tables\@mkboth{List of Tables}{List of Tables}}
+ \@starttoc{lot} \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * BIBLIOGRAPHY *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{References}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{References}
+ % SFB v 0.09
+ \list{[\arabic{enumi}]}{\labelwidth3.5pc
+ \leftmargin 3.5pc \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \itemsep 0pt
+ \usecounter{enumi}
+ \let\makelabel=\makeRLlabel
+}
+ \small \parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .1pt\relax
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax
+}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+\def\@biblabel#1{[#1]}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * THE INDEX *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\section*{Index}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}
+ \footnotesize \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@ plus .1pt\relax
+ \let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 1em}
+\def\subitem {\par\hangindent 1em \hspace*{1em}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 1em\hspace*{1em}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par\vskip\baselineskip \relax}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FOOTNOTES *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width 12pc height .5pt \kern 3\p@}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ $^{\@thefnmark}$\hspace{4pt}#1}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FIGURES AND TABLES *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.9}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{2}
+\def\bottomfraction{.5}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{0.1}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.85}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.9}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.85}
+
+\newif\if@contcap
+\let\@@caption\caption
+\def\contcaption{\@contcaptrue\addtocounter{\@captype}{-1}\@@caption}
+
+\newif\ifrem@fullpt
+\newcommand\removefullpoint{\global\rem@fullpttrue}
+
+\def\cap@extra{\if@contcap {\it---cont.}\else\ifrem@fullpt\else .\fi\fi\ }
+
+\newcounter{table}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{tbp}
+\def\ftype@table{1}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable}
+\def\table{\@float{table}}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+\def\fstyle@table{\small\rm}
+\def\fjust@table{\sloppy}
+\def\fcapjust@table{\sloppy}
+\def\fcapsize@table{\small\bf}
+\def\fcapstyle@table{\small\rm}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption@table#1#2{\vskip 5.5pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1\cap@extra #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ #1\cap@extra #2\par
+ \else
+ \hbox to\hsize{\box\@tempboxa\hfill}%
+ \fi
+ \@contcapfalse
+ \rem@fullptfalse
+}
+
+\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fps@figure{tbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{2}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{Fig.\ \thefigure}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}
+\let\endfigure\end@float
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+\def\fstyle@figure{\rm}
+\def\fjust@figure{\sloppy}
+\def\fcapjust@figure{\sloppy}
+\def\fcapsize@figure{\small\bf}
+\def\fcapstyle@figure{\small\rm}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption@figure#1#2{\vskip 5.5pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1\cap@extra #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ #1\cap@extra #2\par
+ \else
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \@contcapfalse
+ \rem@fullptfalse
+}
+
+\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ {\ignorespaces #2}}\par
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+% SFB 0.08
+ \csname @makecaption@#1\endcsname
+ {\csname fcapjust@#1\endcsname
+ \csname fcapsize@#1\endcsname
+ \csname fnum@#1\endcsname}%
+ {\csname fcapstyle@#1\endcsname \ignorespaces #3}
+ \par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\@xfloat#1[#2]{\ifhmode \@bsphack\@floatpenalty-\@Mii
+ \else \@floatpenalty-\@Miii \fi
+ \def\@captype{#1}%
+ \ifinner \@parmoderr\@floatpenalty\z@
+ \else \@next\@currbox\@freelist{\@tempcnta\csname ftype@#1\endcsname
+ \multiply\@tempcnta\@xxxii\advance\@tempcnta\sixt@@n
+ \@tfor \@tempa :=#2\do
+ {\if\@tempa h\advance\@tempcnta \@ne\fi
+ \if\@tempa t\advance\@tempcnta \tw@\fi
+ \if\@tempa b\advance\@tempcnta 4\relax\fi
+ \if\@tempa p\advance\@tempcnta 8\relax\fi
+ }\global\count\@currbox\@tempcnta}\@fltovf
+ \fi
+ \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox\bgroup
+ \boxmaxdepth\z@
+ \csname fstyle@#1\endcsname
+ \hsize\textwidth \linewidth\textwidth \@parboxrestore
+ \csname fjust@#1\endcsname}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * CUP specials *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% received line and accepted line
+\def\receivedline{\@ifnextchar [{\rec@arg}{\rec@noarg}}
+\def\rec@noarg{\par\noindent{\small\it Received \@date}}
+\def\rec@arg[#1]{\par\noindent{\small\it Received #1}}
+\newcommand{\acceptedline}[2]{\par\noindent{\small\it
+ Accepted in revised form #1 by #2}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FLEQN *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% FLEQN DOCUMENT-STYLE OPTION - released 9 March 1987
+% for LaTeX version 2.09
+% Copyright (C) 1987 by Leslie Lamport
+%
+% The following commands make the displayed math environments flush left,
+% with an indentation of \mathindent from the prevailing left margin.
+
+\def\[{\relax\ifmmode\@badmath\else\begin{trivlist}\item[]\leavevmode
+ \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup$
+ \displaystyle
+ \hskip\mathindent\bgroup\fi}
+
+\def\]{\relax\ifmmode \egroup $\hfil
+ \egroup \end{trivlist}\else \@badmath \fi}
+
+\def\equation{\refstepcounter{equation}\trivlist \item[]\leavevmode
+ \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup $
+ \displaystyle
+\hskip\mathindent}
+
+
+\def\endequation{$\hfil
+ \displaywidth\linewidth\@eqnnum\egroup \endtrivlist}
+
+\def\eqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\global\@eqnswtrue
+\global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\mathindent\let\\=\@eqncr
+\abovedisplayskip\topsep\ifvmode\advance\abovedisplayskip\partopsep\fi
+\belowdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip
+\belowdisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+$$\halign
+to \linewidth\bgroup\@eqnsel\hskip\@centering$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@
+ {##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne \hskip 2\arraycolsep \hfil${##}$\hfil
+ &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ \hskip 2\arraycolsep $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil
+ \tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+
+\def\endeqnarray{\@@eqncr\egroup
+ \global\advance\c@equation\m@ne$$\global\@ignoretrue}
+
+\newdimen\mathindent
+\mathindent = 2pc
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * MISCELLANEOUS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% DATE
+\def\today{\number\day\ \ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December
+ \fi \ \number\year}
+
+\def\hexnumber#1{\ifcase#1 0\or1\or2\or3\or4\or5\or6\or7\or8\or9\or
+ A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi}
+
+\newif\iffontfound
+\newcommand\checkfont[1]{%
+ \batchmode
+ \font\test=#1\relax
+ \errorstopmode
+ \fontfoundfalse
+ \ifx\test\nullfont \else \fontfoundtrue\fi
+}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * INITIALIZATION *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\ps@headings
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\onecolumn
+\ifforth@event \else
+ \let\onecolumn=\relax
+ \def\twocolumn{\typeout{Two column mode not available with FAC style.}}
+\fi
+\flushbottom
+\frenchspacing
+
+\ifprodtf \input facsym.sty\fi
+\ifforth@event \input facfcevt.sty\relax\fi
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/fac/facguide.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/fac/facguide.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45e0558ac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/fac/facguide.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,836 @@
+% FACGUIDE.TEX
+% v1.12 released 14th October 1998
+% Copyright (C) 1991, 1997, 1998 Cambridge University Press
+
+\documentstyle{fac}
+
+% The following macros automatically define symbols to be used in Table 1 of
+% the authors' guide, using characters from the AMS symbol fount MSAM.
+
+\newif\ifmsafound
+\ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \checkfont{msam5}
+ \iffontfound
+ \msafoundtrue
+ \font\fivemsa=msam5
+ \newfam\msafam
+ \textfont\msafam=\fivemsa
+ \edef\msa{\hexnumber\msafam}
+ \mathchardef\blacktriangleright="3\msa49
+ \mathchardef\vartriangleright="3\msa42
+ \newcommand\black{\raisebox{.2ex}{$\blacktriangleright$}}
+ \newcommand\white{\raisebox{.2ex}{$\vartriangleright$}}
+ \newcommand\whbl{\white\kern-1pt--\black}
+ \newcommand\blwh{\black\kern-1pt--\white}
+ \newcommand\blbl{\black\kern-1pt--\black}
+ \newcommand\whwh{\white\kern-1pt--\white}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\newcommand\eg{{\it e.g.\ }}
+\newcommand\etc{{\it etc}}
+\newcommand\visiblespace{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt\char`\ }}
+\renewcommand\LaTeX{L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{a}\kern-.15em
+ T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}
+
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]
+
+\title[Formal Aspects of Computing: \LaTeX\ Submissions]
+ {Formal Aspects of Computing:\\
+ \LaTeX\ Style Guide for Authors}
+
+\author[C. Notarmarco and R. Mulvey]
+ {Christiane Notarmarco$^1$ and Rod Mulvey$^2$\\
+ $^1$Springer-Verlag London Limited, Springer House,
+ Wimbledon, SW19 7JZ, UK;\\ $^2$\TeX-to-type,
+ Cambridge University Press, Shaftesbury Road,
+ Cambridge, CB2 2BS,\\ UK}
+
+\correspond{Christiane Notarmarco, Springer-Verlag London
+ Limited, Springer House, 8 Alexandra Road,
+ Wimbledon, London, SW19 7JZ, UK.}
+
+\pubyear{1998}
+\pagerange{\pageref{firstpage}--\pageref{lastpage}}
+
+\begin{document}
+\label{firstpage}
+
+\makecorrespond
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{keywords}
+\LaTeX; Style files; \verb"fac.sty"; Sample text; User guide
+\end{keywords}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+This guide is for authors who are preparing papers for
+{\em Formal Aspects of Computing\/} using the \LaTeX\ document
+preparation system and the FAC style file.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+In addition to the standard submission of hard-copy from authors,
+{\em Formal Aspects of Computing\/} accepts machine-readable forms of
+papers in \LaTeX.
+The layout design for {\em Formal Aspects of Computing\/} has been
+implemented as a \LaTeX\ style file.
+The FAC style is based on the \verb"ARTICLE" style as discussed in the
+\LaTeX\ manual \cite{Lam:LaTeX}.
+Commands which differ from the standard \LaTeX\ interface, or which are
+provided in addition to the standard interface, are explained in this
+guide. This guide is not a substitute for the \LaTeX\ manual itself.
+Authors planning to submit their papers in \LaTeX\ are advised to use
+\verb"fac.sty" as early as possible in the creation of their files.
+
+\subsection{Introduction to \LaTeX}
+
+\LaTeX\ is constructed as a series of macros on top of the \TeX\
+typesetting program.
+\LaTeX\ adds to \TeX\ a collection of facilities which simplify typesetting
+for authors by allowing them to concentrate on the logical structure of the
+document rather than its visual layout.
+Careful use of the \LaTeX\ mark-up philosophy results in uniform
+layout rather than the {ad hoc} results of some word-processing systems.
+Authors are advised to let the defaults control fount selection, \etc.\
+rather than tinker themselves.
+
+\LaTeX\ provides a consistent and comprehensive document preparation
+interface. There are macros for generating a table of contents,
+lists of figures and/or tables;
+\LaTeX\ can automatically number list entries, equations, figures, tables,
+and footnotes, as well as parts, sections and subsections.
+Using this numbering system, bibliographic citations, page references and
+cross references to any other numbered entity (\eg sections, equations,
+figures, list entries) are straightforward.
+
+\subsection{The FAC Document Style}
+
+The use of document styles allows a simple change of style (or style
+option) to transform the appearance of your document.
+The Springer-Verlag London Limited (SVL) FAC style file preserves the
+standard \LaTeX\ interface such that any document which can be produced
+using the standard \LaTeX\ \verb"ARTICLE" style, can also be produced with
+the FAC style.
+However, the measure (or width of text) is wider than the default for
+\verb"ARTICLE" therefore line breaks will change and long equations may
+need re-setting.
+Authors are urged to use \verb"fac.sty" from the beginning of their
+document preparation; in particular, they are advised not to use wider
+measures as given by \verb"a4.sty", \etc.\ because this will involve
+changes after they think their submissions are technically accurate.
+
+\subsection{General Style Issues}
+
+Use of \LaTeX\ defaults will result in a pleasing uniformity of layout
+and fount selection. Authors should resist the temptation to make
+{\em ad hoc\/} changes to these.
+Whether using the default founts or not, displayed mathematics should
+be set in a distinct fount from running text and the same fount should
+be used where formulae occur in running text.
+In addition to the standard \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ founts, authors can use the
+AMS {\em msam\/} and {\em msbm\/} founts. The AMS {\em msam\/}
+founts have been used in Table~\ref{symbols} to define some of the
+characters in the first four lines.
+
+The final makeup will use Times Roman founts and if these are
+available to authors (\eg via PSLaTeX) they should be employed in order
+to ensure good use of space (they are in general more economical than
+computer modern founts).
+
+For general style issues, authors are referred to the `Instructions for
+authors' in the FAC journal. Authors who are interested in the detail of style
+are referred to \cite{But:Copy} and \cite{Chicago}. The language of the
+journal is British English and spelling should conform to this.
+
+Use should be made of symbolic references (\verb"\ref") in order to
+protect against late changes of order, \etc.
+
+\subsection{Submission of \LaTeX\ Articles to the Journal}
+
+Authors who intend to submit a \LaTeX\ article to FAC should obtain a
+copy of the journal's style file \verb"fac.sty". This is available on
+request in the first instance from Springer-Verlag London Limited; remember to
+specify the type of media you require. Alternatively, you can download
+the files from one of the CTAN (Comprehensive TeX Archive Network) anonymous
+FTP sites around the world: \verb"ftp.tex.ac.uk" (England), \verb"ftp.dante.de"
+(Germany) or \verb"ctan.tug.org" (US).
+
+The required files \verb"fac.sty" and \verb"facguide.tex" can be found in the
+directory \verb"tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/publications". If you
+cannot obtain the journal style file, use \verb"ARTICLE" style.
+
+When submitting the final article, ensure that the following are included:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Hardcopy printout of the article;
+ \item The input file;
+ \item A copy of all user-defined macros;
+ \item Bibliography files, or if you have used BIB\TeX, the \verb".bib"
+ and \verb".bbl" files;
+ \item Any other files necessary to prepare the article
+ for typesetting.
+\end{enumerate}
+The files for the {\em final\/} article should be text-only with no
+system dependent control codes. Submit this, if at all possible, by
+e-mail over JANET, and the hardcopy by post to D.\,J. Cooke (see the
+inside-cover of the journal for correct e-mail and postal addresses).
+If you do not have access to e-mail, send the files on disc -- PC $5
+{1\over4\,}$in.\ or Apple $3 {1\over 2\,}$in.\ -- along with the hard copy to D.\,J. Cooke.
+
+\section{Using the FAC Style}
+
+First, copy the file \verb"fac.sty" into an appropriate subdirectory on
+your system.
+The FAC document style is implemented as a complete document style {\em
+not\/} a document style option.
+In order to use the FAC style, replace \verb"article" by \verb"fac" in the
+\verb"\documentstyle" command at the beginning of your document:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentstyle{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+is replaced by,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentstyle{fac}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+In general, the following standard document style options should {\em
+not\/} be used with the FAC style:
+%
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item {\tt 10pt}, {\tt 11pt}, {\tt 12pt} -- unavailable.
+ \item {\tt draft}, {\tt twoside} (no associated style file) -- {\tt
+ twoside} is the default.
+ \item {\tt fleqn}, {\tt leqno}, {\tt titlepage}, {\tt twocolumn} --
+ should not be used (\verb"fleqn" is already incorporated into
+ the FAC style).
+\end{itemize}
+%
+However, {\tt proc}, {\tt ifthen}, {\tt bezier} -- can be used if
+necessary.
+
+\section{Additional Facilities}
+
+In addition to all the standard \LaTeX\ design elements, the FAC style
+includes the following features:
+%
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Extended commands for specifying a short version of the title and
+ author(s) for the running headlines.
+ \item \verb"\correspond" and \verb"\makecorrespond" commands for printing
+ the name and address for further correspondence.
+ \item A \verb"keywords" environment.
+ \item A \verb"proof" environment.
+ \item Control of enumerated lists.
+\end{itemize}
+%
+In general, once you have used the additional \verb"fac.sty"
+facilities in your document, do not process it with a standard \LaTeX\
+style file.
+
+\subsection{Titles and Author's Name}
+
+In the FAC style, the title of the article and the author's name (or
+authors' names) are used both at the beginning of the article for the main
+title and throughout the article as running headlines at the top of every
+page.
+The title is used on odd-numbered pages (rectos) and the author's name
+appears on even-numbered pages (versos).
+Although the main heading can run to several lines of text, the running
+head line must be a single line.
+Moreover, the main heading can also incorporate new line commands
+(\eg \verb"\\") but these are not acceptable in a running headline.
+To enable you to specify an alternative short title, which should not be
+more than 48 characters and spaces, and an alternative short author's name,
+the standard \verb"\title" and \verb"\author" commands have been extended
+to take an optional argument to be used as the running headline:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \title[Formal Aspects of Computing: \LaTeX\ submissions]
+ {Formal Aspects of Computing:\\
+ \LaTeX\ Style Guide for Authors}
+\end{verbatim}
+and,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \author[C. Notarmarco and R. Mulvey]
+ {Christiane Notarmarco$^1$ and Rod Mulvey$^2$\\
+ $^1$Springer-Verlag London Limited, Springer House,
+ Wimbledon, SW19 7JZ, UK;\\ $^2$\TeX-to-type,
+ Cambridge University Press, Shaftesbury Road,
+ Cambridge,\\ UK}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+You may wish to add a \verb"\thanks" note, which produces a footnote to the
+title or author. In the latter case, the superscripts by the authors' names
+will be automatically generated.
+
+\subsection{Correspondence Note}
+
+The footnote at the bottom of the first page is generated automatically,
+and begins with the words {\it Correspondence and offprint
+requests to\/{\rm:\visiblespace }}.
+The appropriate name and address must be given as an argument to the macro
+\verb"\correspond" in the preamble:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \correspond{Christiane Notarmarco, Springer-Verlag
+ London Limited, Springer House, 8 Alexandra
+ Road, Wimbledon, London, SW19 7JZ, UK.}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+This information is subsequently used by the command
+\verb"\makecorrespond". This may be placed anywhere
+after \verb"\begin{document}" within the text of the first page. If you
+have other footnotes on the first page, \verb"\makecorrespond" should
+follow them so as to make {\em Correspondence and \ldots} print at the foot
+of the page.
+
+If you omit the \verb"\correspond" and \verb"\makecorrespond" commands,
+the name in the correspondence note defaults to the short author's name.
+
+\subsection{Keywords and Abstracts}
+
+At the beginning of your article, the title should be generated in the
+usual way using the \verb"\maketitle" command. Immediately following the
+title you should include a list of keywords followed by an abstract. For
+example, the titles for this guide were produced by the following source:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \maketitle
+ \begin{keywords}
+ \LaTeX; Style files; \verb"fac.sty"; Sample text;
+ User guide
+ \end{keywords}
+
+ \begin{abstract}
+ This guide is for authors who are preparing papers
+ for {\em Formal Aspects of Computing\/} using the
+ \LaTeX\ document preparation system and the FAC style
+ file.
+ \end{abstract}
+
+ \section{Introduction}
+ ...
+\end{verbatim}
+The abstract is automatically followed by a 12~pica rule.
+
+\subsection{Proofs}
+
+The \verb"proof" environment has been added to the standard \LaTeX\
+constructs to provide a consistent format for proofs.
+For example,
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]
+ ...
+ \begin{theorem}
+ $VS \Rightarrow FP$ for program {\em Multi-States}.
+ \end{theorem}
+ \begin{proof}
+ Noting that a state satisfying $VS$ has no elements
+ $V_{xi}$ of $V$ satisfying $0<V_{xi}<1$, it follows
+ that the proof is just as the proof was for the
+ corresponding case of {\em Bi-States}.
+ \end{proof}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+produces the following text:
+%
+ \begin{theorem}
+ $VS \Rightarrow FP$ for program {\em Multi-States}.
+ \end{theorem}
+ \begin{proof}
+ Noting that a state satisfying $VS$ has no elements
+ $V_{xi}$ of $V$ satisfying $0<V_{xi}<1$, it follows
+ that the proof is just as the proof was for the
+ corresponding case of {\em Bi-States}.
+ \end{proof}
+
+\subsection{Lists}
+
+The FAC style provides the three standard list environments:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Numbered lists, created using the \verb"enumerate" environment.
+ \item Bulleted lists, created using the \verb"itemize" environment.
+ \item Labelled lists, created using the \verb"description" environment.
+\end{itemize}
+The enumerated list numbers each list item with an arabic numeral.
+Alternative styles can be achieved by inserting a redefinition of the
+number labelling command after the \verb"\begin{enumerate}".
+For example, a list numbered with roman numerals inside parentheses can be
+produced by the following commands:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \renewcommand{\theenumi}{(\roman{enumi})}
+ \item first item
+ :
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+This produces the following list:
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \renewcommand{\theenumi}{(\roman{enumi})}
+ \item first item
+ \item second item
+ \item \etc\ldots
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+In the last example, the labels were pushed out into the margin because
+the standard list indentation is designed to be sufficient for arabic
+numerals rather than the longer roman numerals. In order to enable
+different labels to be used more easily, the \verb"enumerate" environment
+in the FAC style can be given an optional argument which (like a standard
+\verb"bibliography" environment) specifies the {\em widest label}. For
+example,
+%
+\begin{enumerate}[(iii)]
+\renewcommand{\theenumi}{(\roman{enumi})}
+ \item first item
+ \item second item
+ \item \etc\ldots
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+was produced by the following input:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{enumerate}[(iii)]
+ \renewcommand{\theenumi}{(\roman{enumi})}
+ \item first item
+ :
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Some Guidelines for Using Standard Facilities}
+
+The following notes may help you achieve the best effects with the FAC
+style file.
+
+\subsection{Sections}
+
+\LaTeX\ provides five levels of section headings and they are all
+defined in the FAC style file:
+%
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \verb"\section"
+ \item \verb"\subsection"
+ \item \verb"\subsubsection"
+ \item \verb"\paragraph"
+ \item \verb"\subparagraph"
+\end{itemize}
+%
+Section numbers are given for sections, subsection and subsubsection
+headings.
+
+\subsection{Running Headlines}
+
+As described above, the title of the article and the author's name (or
+authors' names) are used as running headlines at the top of every page.
+The \verb"\pagestyle" and \verb"\thispagestyle" commands should {\em not\/}
+be used. Similarly, the commands \verb"\markright" and \verb"\markboth"
+should not be necessary.
+
+\subsection{Illustrations (or Figures)}
+
+The FAC style will cope with most positioning of your illustrations and you
+should not normally use the optional positional qualifiers on the
+\verb"figure" environment which would override these decisions.
+See `Instructions for authors' in FAC journal for submission of artwork.
+Figure captions should be below the figure itself therefore the
+\verb"\caption"
+command should appear after the figure or space left for an illustration.
+For example, Figure~\ref{sample-figure} is produced using the following
+commands:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \vspace{5cm}
+ \caption{An example figure in which space has been
+ left for the artwork}
+ \label{sample-figure}
+ \end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+ \begin{figure}
+ \centering
+ \vspace{5cm}
+ \caption{An example figure in which space has been
+ left for the artwork}
+ \label{sample-figure}
+ \end{figure}
+
+\subsection{Tables}
+\begin{table}
+ \caption{Index of Symbols}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+ \hline
+ Symbol\hspace{1cm} & Meaning \\
+ \hline
+\ifmsafound
+ \whbl & \hbox{Forward closure} \\
+ \blwh & \hbox{Backward closure} \\
+ \blbl & \hbox{Overlap closure} \\
+ \whwh & \hbox{Rule closure} \\
+\fi
+ $\leadsto$ & \hbox{Rule closure constructor} \\
+ $\bigtriangleup$ & \hbox{Substitution sum} \\
+ $\cdot$ & \hbox{Substitution composition} \\
+ $\sqcup$ & \hbox{Substitution join} \\
+ $\bot$ & \hbox{Coherence relation} \\
+ $-^n$ & \hbox{Substitution operator
+ (exponent)} \\
+ $W_n(-,-)$ & \hbox{Substitution operator
+ (Whale)} \\
+ $T_n(-,-,-)$ & \hbox{Substitution operator
+ (Turtle)} \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+ \label{symbols}
+\end{table}
+
+The FAC style will cope with most positioning of your tables
+and you should not normally use the optional positional qualifiers on the
+\verb"table" environment which would override these decisions.
+Table captions should be at the top, therefore the \verb"\caption" command
+should appear before the body of the table.
+
+The \verb"tabular" environment should be used to produce ruled tables;
+it has been modified for the FAC style in the following ways:
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Rules may either be two-thirds or the full width of a page,
+depending on the width of the material in your table. \verb"\hline"
+will produce a rule two-thirds the width and \verb"\fullhline" will
+produce a rule the full width of a page;
+ \item Additional vertical space is inserted on either side of a rule;
+ \item Vertical lines are not produced.
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+Commands to redefine quantities such as \verb"\arraystretch" should be
+omitted.
+For example, Table~\ref{symbols} is produced using the following
+commands:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+ \caption{Index of Symbols}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}
+ \hline
+ Symbol\hspace{1cm} & Meaning \\
+ \hline
+ $\leadsto$ & \hbox{Rule closure constructor} \\
+ $\bigtriangleup$ & \hbox{Substitution sum} \\
+ $\cdot$ & \hbox{Substitution composition} \\
+ $\sqcup$ & \hbox{Substitution join} \\
+ $\bot$ & \hbox{Coherence relation} \\
+ $-^n$ & \hbox{Substitution operator
+ (exponent)} \\
+ $W_n(-,-)$ & \hbox{Substitution operator
+ (Whale)} \\
+ $T_n(-,-,-)$ & \hbox{Substitution operator
+ (Turtle)} \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+ \label{symbols}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsubsection{Continued captions}
+
+If a table or figure will not fit onto a single page and has to broken into
+more than one part, the subsequent parts should have a `continued' caption.
+To achieve
+this, use \verb"\contcaption" instead of \verb"\caption", in the subsequent
+figure or table environments. The \verb"\contcaption" uses exactly the same
+syntax as the normal \verb"\caption" command, except it does not step
+the counter.
+
+\subsection{Displayed Mathematics}
+
+The FAC style will set displayed mathematics with the correct indent
+provided you use the \LaTeX\ standard of open and closed square brackets
+as delimiters. The following equation
+ \[ \sum_{i=1}^p \lambda_i = {\rm trace}({\bf S}) \]
+was typeset in the FAC style using the commands:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \[ \sum_{i=1}^p \lambda_i = {\rm trace}({\bf S}) \]
+\end{verbatim}
+Note the difference between the positioning of this equation and of
+the following centred equation
+ $$ \alpha_{j+1} > \bar{\alpha}+ks_{\alpha} $$
+which was (wrongly) typeset using double dollars as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ $$ \alpha_{j+1} > \bar{\alpha}+ks_{\alpha} $$
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Bibliography}
+
+References to published literature should be quoted in text by an
+abbreviation in square brackets of name(s) (three letters) and date (two
+digits). See examples below for style.
+This is consistent with the Bib\TeX\ bibliography style `\verb"alpha".'
+Where more than one reference is cited having the author(s) and date, the
+letters a,b,c, \ldots\ should follow the date (\eg [Smi88a], [Smi88b],
+\etc.). References should be listed in \verb"thebibliography" environment
+alphabetically by author(s)' name(s) and then by year if the same author
+has several papers.
+
+The following listing shows some references prepared in the style of the
+journal:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{thebibliography}{Lam86}
+ \bibitem[But81]{But:Copy}
+ Butcher, J.:
+ {\em Copy-editing: The Cambridge Handbook.}
+ Cambridge University Press, 1981.
+
+ \bibitem[Chi69]{Chicago}
+ {\em The Chicago Manual of Style.}
+ University of Chicago Press, Chicago 60637, USA, 1982.
+
+ \bibitem[For84]{For:Program}
+ Forgaard, R.:
+ A Program for Generating and Analyzing Term Rewriting
+ Systems,
+ Master's Thesis, MIT Lab. for Computer Science, 1984.
+
+ \bibitem[JLR82]{Jou:Recursive}
+ Jouannaud, J. P., Lescanne, P. and Reinig, F.:
+ Recursive Decomposition Ordering,
+ {\em Proc.\ Conf. on Formal Description of Programming
+ Concepts II}, \,pp.\ 331--346, 1982.
+
+ \bibitem[Lam86]{Lam:LaTeX}
+ Lamport, L.:
+ {\em LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.}
+ Addison-Wesley, New York, 1986.
+
+ \bibitem[Ped85]{Ped:Obtaining}
+ Pederson, J.:
+ Obtaining Complete Sets of Reproductions and Equations
+ without Using Special Unification Algorithms.
+ Unpublished manuscript, 1985.
+
+ \bibitem[PeS81]{Pet:Complete}
+ Peterson, G. E. and Stickel, M. E.:
+ Complete Sets of Reductions for Some Equational
+ Theories. {\em J.\ ACM}, {\bf 28}, 223--264 (1981).
+ \end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+This produces the following references:
+%
+\begin{thebibliography}{Lam86}
+%
+\bibitem[But81]{But:Copy}
+Butcher, J.:
+{\em Copy-editing: The Cambridge Handbook.}
+Cambridge University Press, 1981.
+
+\bibitem[Chi69]{Chicago}
+{\em The Chicago Manual of Style.}
+University of Chicago Press, Chicago 60637, USA, 1982.
+
+\bibitem[For84]{For:Program}
+Forgaard, R.:
+A Program for Generating and Analyzing Term Rewriting Systems,
+Master's Thesis, MIT Lab. for Computer Science, 1984.
+
+\bibitem[JLR82]{Jou:Recursive}
+Jouannaud, J. P., Lescanne, P. and Reinig, F.:
+Recursive Decomposition Ordering,
+{\em Proc.\ Conf. on Formal Description of Programming Concepts
+II}, \,pp.\ 331--346, 1982.
+
+\bibitem[Lam86]{Lam:LaTeX}
+Lamport, L.:
+{\em LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.}
+Addison-Wesley, New York, 1986.
+
+\bibitem[Ped85]{Ped:Obtaining}
+Pederson, J.:
+Obtaining Complete Sets of Reproductions and Equations without Using
+Special Unification Algorithms. Unpublished manuscript, 1985.
+
+\bibitem[PeS81]{Pet:Complete}
+Peterson, G. E. and Stickel, M. E.:
+Complete Sets of Reductions for Some Equational Theories. {\em J.\ ACM},
+{\bf 28}, 223--264 (1981).
+%
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\ifCUPmtlplainloaded
+\newpage
+\appendix
+\section{Notes for editors}
+
+This appendix contains additional information which may be useful to those
+who are involved with the final production stages of an article. Authors,
+who are generally not typesetting the final pages in the journal's correct
+typeface (Monotype Times), do not need this information.
+
+\subsection{Catchline commands}
+
+To be placed in the preamble:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb"\pubyear{}"
+\item \verb"\volume{}"
+\item \verb"\pagerange{}"
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{New and changed things}
+
+\subsubsection{\tt FAClogo.sty}
+
+The \verb"faclogo" style option has been modified for use in electronic papers
+(Computer Modern) as well as in the production typeface (Monotype Times).
+The correct fonts are automatically selected.
+Do not use the old \verb"CMLOGO.STY".
+
+\subsubsection{Short communications}
+
+The modifications made by the old style file \verb"newtitle.sty" have been
+built into the main style file (\verb"FAC.sty"). To activate this option you
+have to place \verb"\shortcom" in the preamble of the article. Then you have
+to add the `edited by' information with the \verb"\editor{}" command.
+Do not use \verb"newtitle.sty".
+
+\subsubsection{Forthcoming events}
+
+The old version(s) of the style file ($<$v1.2), required the use of
+\verb"fac2col.sty", to allow two-column mode (which is normally disaabled
+in FAC). The main style file has an new document option \verb"forthevt",
+which automatically allows FAC to use two-column and loads the extra
+\verb"facevent.sty". You should not load \verb"facevent" yourself.
+The \verb"fac2col.sty" option should not be used.
+
+
+\newcommand\lra{\quad\longrightarrow\quad}
+
+\section{Macros provided by {\tt FACsym.sty}}
+
+\subsection{Automatic font/character changes}
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=6pt
+\item The \verb|\le|, \verb|\leq|, \verb|\ge|, \verb|\geq| commands
+use the equivalent AMS slanted symbols:
+\[
+\oldle \oldleq \oldge \oldgeq
+ \lra
+\le \leq \ge \geq
+\]
+The normal characters can be obtained by using the \verb|\old| form
+(\eg \verb|\oldge|).
+
+\item The \verb"\normalsize" size is fully loaded, so that all font styles
+should work in text, script and scriptscript sizes.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Additional fonts}
+
+\begin{itemize}\itemsep=6pt
+\item The complete (v1) AMS symbols are available using the normal names:
+\[
+\hbox{\verb"\boxdot \boxplus \boxtimes"} \lra
+ \boxdot \boxplus \boxtimes
+\]
+
+\item Blackboard bold:
+\[
+\hbox{\verb"$\Bbb{ABC}$"} \lra \Bbb{ABC}
+\]
+
+\item Fraktur/Gothic:
+\[
+ \hbox{\verb"$\frak{ABC}$"} \lra \frak{ABC}
+\]
+
+\item Monotype Script and bold Script:\\[6pt]
+\verb" $\mathscr{ABCabc}$ " $\lra \mathscr{ABCabc}$\\
+\verb" $\mathbscr{ABCabc}$" $\lra \mathbscr{ABCabc}$\\[6pt]
+You may still use \verb"\cal" to obtain upper-case Script characters.
+
+\item Bold math italic/symbols are provided by the \verb"\bmath" macro.
+\verb"FACsym" also defines most of the
+symbols from Appendix F of the \TeX book. These can be obtained by using
+their normal (unbold) symbol name prefixed with a `b'. \eg \verb|\nabla|
+becomes \verb|\bnabla|. The only exception to this rule is \verb|\eta|,
+which whould lead to a clash with \verb|\beta|. In this case use
+\verb|\boldeta| for bold eta.
+
+\item Upright Greek: The \verb"\upmath" and \verb"\bupmath" macros are provided to obtain
+upright lowercase Greek characters.\\[6pt]
+%
+\verb" $\upmath{\alpha}$" $\lra \upmath{\alpha}$ \qquad
+\verb"$\bupmath{\alpha}$" $\lra \bupmath{\alpha}$
+
+\item Sans serif symbols:
+The \verb"\sf" command changes the typeface to sans serif, giving upright characters.
+Occasionally, bold-sloping sans serif is needed. You should use the following supplied
+macros to obtain these fonts.\\[6pt]
+%
+\verb" {\sf text} " $\lra$ {\sf text}
+ \qquad \verb"${\sf math}$ " $\lra {\sf math}$\\
+\verb" \textsfi{text} " $\lra$ \textsfi{text}
+ \qquad \verb"$\mathsfi{math}$ " $\lra \mathsfi{math}$\\
+\verb" \textsfb{text} " $\lra$ \textsfb{text}
+ \qquad \verb"$\mathsfb{math}$ " $\lra \mathsfb{math}$\\
+\verb" \textsfbi{text}" $\lra$ \textsfbi{text}
+ \qquad \verb"$\mathsfbi{math}$" $\lra \mathsfbi{math}$\\[6pt]
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{Producing electronic versions of papers}
+
+If an electronic version of a paper is required, this is normally supplied
+to the customer as a PostScript file. As we are not allowed to re-distribute
+PostScript Type~1 font data to other people (for licensing reasons), we must
+be very careful what we supply.
+
+The source files for electronic articles should be stored away from the normal
+printed articles in the \verb"ELECTRON" directory in the FAC work area.
+
+An electronic article should be printable using the old (TR)DVIPS PostScript driver
+-- if it isn't please seek help.
+The electronic article should only use Computer Modern fonts and/or AMS v2.0 symbol
+fonts (any other bitmap fonts generated with {\sf MetaFont} are also allowed).
+You can use the DVIWindo `Fonts/DVI File Fonts' (or CTRL-K) function to check this.
+If your are in any doubt about the fonts used -- again seek advice.
+
+Before proceeding ensure that the article has been \TeX'ed three times, and there
+are no reference problems. Then use TRDVIPS to generate the PostScript file:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ trdvips -V <filename>
+\end{verbatim}
+During the generation of the PostScript, TRDVIPS may automatically call
+MetaFont to produce the required bitmap fonts. When the process has finished,
+if there are still error messages -- seek help. The \verb"-V" option tells
+TRDVIPS to generate a PostScript file containing only bitmap fonts (at the
+300dpi default resolution).
+
+If no further error messages are given, you can run TRDVIPS once again (as above)
+to ensure that the generated PostScript is complete.
+
+Finally, place the final \verb".ps" file on to a PC 3$\frac{1}{2}$
+floppy disk. You may need to use the ZIP program to compress the file,
+if it is too large. e.g.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ zip -9 <zipfile> <PostScript file>
+\end{verbatim}
+e.g.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ zip -9 fac264 fac264.ps
+\end{verbatim}
+Will produce \verb"fac264.zip", which should then be copied to the floppy disk.
+
+Remember to remove any \verb".zip" and \verb".ps" file(s) you have generated
+from the job directory when you have finished.
+\fi
+
+\label{lastpage}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/lgraph/lgraph.p b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/lgraph/lgraph.p
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2029add6f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/lgraph/lgraph.p
@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
+(**************************************************************************)
+(* This program simulates a graph environment for LaTeX. Using a list of *)
+(* parameters, it generates LaTeX commands to produce a complete graph. *)
+(* see the latexgraph.doc file for detailed documentation. *)
+(* author:Sunil Podar, podar@sbcs.csnet, ...!{allegra,philabs}!sbcs!podar *)
+(* Please quote the following date when sending bug reports. *)
+(* last update: Feb 2, 1987 (fixed bugs: wasn't doings things right when *)
+(* (0,0) was not on the graph. Also removed the printing of *)
+(* a few of the margin commands from preamble. *)
+(* last update: Oct 5, 1986 *)
+(**************************************************************************)
+program main (input,output);
+const delim = '@'; (* Latex never uses @ except for \@ for a little *)
+ (* space before a sentence-ending period *)
+ maxchar = 'F';(* maximum types of characters permitted for plotchar*)
+ (* A..F i.e. 6 distinct chars permitted *)
+type wholeline = packed array[1..80] of char;
+ tenchar = packed array[1..10] of char;
+ ninechar = packed array[1..9] of char;
+ twochar = packed array[1..2] of char;
+ plotstufftype = record
+ chardef : wholeline;
+ charname : wholeline
+ end;
+var
+ plotstuff : array['A'..maxchar] of plotstufftype;
+ error1,itsreal :boolean;
+ picwd,picht,pos,Xdeltabar,
+ Ydeltabar,i,Xlegloc,Ylegloc,Xdeltanum,Ydeltanum : integer;
+ Xaxisstrg,Yaxisstrg,capstring,blank80,labelname,fontname : wholeline;
+ legendloc,captiontwo,prepost : twochar;
+ string,blank10,captiontype,fignumber : tenchar;
+ plotchar,c : char;
+ string9 : ninechar;
+ Xscalegraph,Yscalegraph : integer;
+ XGorig,YGorig,XP1orig,YP1orig,XP2orig,YP2orig : integer;
+ Xscalereal,Yscalereal,xreality, yreality, xgraph, ygraph,
+ unitlngth,textwd,Xorignum,Yorignum,deln,num : real;
+
+procedure strreadline(var commandstr: wholeline);
+var charac:char;
+ i : integer;
+ endoffile, endofline:boolean;
+begin
+ i:=1;
+ endoffile :=false;
+ endofline:=false;
+ commandstr:=blank80;
+ repeat
+ read(charac);
+ if (i < 80) then commandstr[i] := charac; (* 80th char remains @ *)
+ i := i+1;
+ if eof then endoffile :=true
+ else if eoln then endofline :=true
+ until (endoffile or endofline);
+ if (i <= 80) then commandstr[i] := delim;
+ if not endoffile then readln
+end; (*strreadline*)
+
+procedure strreadword(var string: tenchar; var string9: ninechar);
+var charac:char;
+ i : integer;
+begin
+ i:=1;
+ string:=blank10;
+ read(charac);
+ repeat
+ string[i] := charac;
+ read(charac);
+ i := i+1
+ until ((charac = '/') or (charac = ' ') or (i > 10) or eoln);
+ (* so I'm reading the / without assigning it to string, neat *)
+ if (eoln and (i <=10)) then string[i]:= charac;
+ (* a kluge, to capture the last charac when using this procedure to *)
+ (* read the argument. normally I use it only for parameters. *)
+ for i:= 1 to 9 do string9[i] := string[i]
+end; (*strreadword*)
+
+procedure strwrite(str: wholeline);
+var i : integer;
+begin
+i := 1;
+while (str[i] <> delim) do
+ begin
+ write(str[i]); i := i+1
+ end
+end;
+
+procedure legendread;
+var i : integer;
+ temp : twochar;
+begin
+ temp := ' ';
+ legendloc := ' '; i := 0;
+ if (not eoln) then
+ repeat
+ i := i+1; read(legendloc[i]);
+ until (eoln) or (i >= 2) or (legendloc[i] = '/');
+ if (not eoln) then if (legendloc[i] <> '/') then read(temp[1]);
+ if (temp[1] = '/') or (legendloc[i] = '/')
+ then readln(Xlegloc,Ylegloc)
+ else readln
+end; (* legendread *)
+
+(* in the following procedures, the boolean var XorY: true => X & false => Y*)
+procedure putbars(XorY:boolean; Xpos, Ypos, deltabar, distance: integer);
+var times: integer;
+begin
+ times := distance div abs(deltabar);
+ if times > 0 then
+ if XorY (* X *)
+ then writeln('\multiput(',Xpos:1,',',Ypos:1,')(',
+ deltabar:1,',0){',times:1,'}{\line(0,1){2}}')
+ else writeln('\multiput(',Xpos:1,',',Ypos:1,')(0,',
+ deltabar:1,'){',times:1,'}{\line(1,0){2}}');
+end; (* putbars *)
+
+(* see a note about putnumbers in the main program. *)
+(* because we may have real numbers, we can't use a counter *)
+(* in conjunction with a \multiput statement. *)
+procedure putnumbers(XorY:boolean; fixedpos, initpos:integer;
+ initnum, deln:real; deltanum:integer; limit:real);
+var pos: integer;
+ num: real;
+begin
+ num:=initnum; pos:= initpos;
+ if (abs(num) - round(abs(num) - 0.5)) > 0 then itsreal := true;
+ while abs(pos) < abs(limit) do
+ begin
+ if XorY then (* X *)
+ write('\put(',pos:1,',',fixedpos:1,'){\makebox(0,0)[t]{')
+ else write('\put(',fixedpos:1,',',pos:1,'){\makebox(0,0)[r]{');
+ if itsreal then writeln(num:1:2,'}}')
+ else writeln(trunc(num):1,'}}');
+ pos := pos + deltanum;
+ num := num + deln
+ end;
+end; (* putnumbers *)
+
+begin(* main *)
+ (*----------------------------------*)
+ (* Initializations & default values *)
+ (*----------------------------------*)
+ error1 := false;
+ itsreal:=false;
+ for i := 1 to 10 do blank10[i] := ' ';
+ for i := 1 to 79 do blank80[i] := ' '; blank80[80] := delim;
+ captiontype := blank10; captiontype := 'no '; (*default 'no' *)
+ fignumber := blank10;
+ fontname := blank80; (* just playing it safe *)
+ fontname := '{normalsize}'; fontname[13] := delim;
+ labelname := blank80; labelname[1] := 'n'; (* default 'no' *)
+ prepost := 'no';
+ unitlngth := 1.0;
+ picwd := 100; picht := 100; XP1orig := 0; YP1orig := 0;
+ legendloc := 'no';
+ Xscalegraph := 10; Xscalereal := 10;
+ Yscalegraph := 10; Yscalereal := 10;
+ Xdeltabar := 5; Xdeltanum := 10;
+ Ydeltabar := 5; Ydeltanum := 10;
+ Xorignum := 0;
+ Yorignum := 0;
+ for c := 'A' to maxchar do
+ begin
+ plotstuff[c].chardef[1] := 'n'; (* default value is 'no' *)
+ plotstuff[c].charname := blank80;
+ plotstuff[c].charname[1] := c;
+ plotstuff[c].charname[2] := delim
+ end;
+ Xlegloc := -999999;
+ Ylegloc := -999999;
+ strreadword(string, string9);
+ while string <> '%%%%%%%%%%' do
+ begin
+ if string = '%pre&post?' then readln(prepost[1])
+ else if string = '%unitlngth' then readln(unitlngth)
+ else if string = '%font-name' then strreadline(fontname)
+ else if string = '%picdimens' then readln(picwd,picht,XP1orig,YP1orig)
+ else if string = '%??caption' then begin
+ strreadword(captiontype, string9);
+ readln
+ end
+ else if string = '%fignumber' then begin
+ strreadword(fignumber, string9);
+ readln
+ end
+ else if string = '%Xaxisstrg' then strreadline(Xaxisstrg)
+ else if string = '%Yaxisstrg' then strreadline(Yaxisstrg)
+ else if string = '%capstring' then strreadline(capstring)
+ else if string = '%labelname' then strreadline(labelname)
+ else if string = '%legendloc' then legendread
+ else if string = '%Xdeltab:n' then readln(Xdeltabar,Xdeltanum)
+ else if string = '%Xoriginum' then readln(Xorignum)
+ else if string = '%Ydeltab:n' then readln(Ydeltabar,Ydeltanum)
+ else if string = '%Yoriginum' then readln(Yorignum)
+ else if string = '%Xratiog:r' then readln(Xscalegraph,Xscalereal)
+ else if string = '%Yratiog:r' then readln(Yscalegraph,Yscalereal)
+ else if string9 = '%plotchar' then
+ strreadline(plotstuff[string[10]].chardef)
+ else if string9 = '%plotname' then
+ strreadline(plotstuff[string[10]].charname)
+ else begin
+ readln;writeln;
+ writeln('**********************************************');
+ writeln('error: unknown string: "',string,'"');
+ writeln('**********************************************');
+ error1:=true
+ end;
+ string := blank10;
+ strreadword(string, string9)
+ end; (* while *)
+ readln; (* this readln is to finish reading the %%%%%.. line*)
+
+ (* THE FUN BEGINS HERE *)
+ if not error1 then
+ begin
+ textwd := picwd*unitlngth + 15.0; (* in mm *)
+ if (textwd < 170) then textwd := 170;
+ if textwd >240
+ then begin
+ writeln('% *****************************************************');
+ writeln('% max-possible-picwd is about 240mm which will have ');
+ writeln('% to be in Landscape. You''ll have to reduce scales.');
+ writeln('% *****************************************************')
+ end
+ else if textwd > 170 then
+ begin
+ writeln('% *****************************************************');
+ writeln('% THIS TEXT IS A BIT TOO WIDE FOR VERTICAL PAPER MODE.');
+ writeln('% YOU WILL HAVE TO USE LANDSCAPE MODE TO PRINT.');
+ writeln('% *****************************************************')
+ end;
+
+ if prepost[1] = 'y' then
+ begin
+ writeln('\documentstyle{article}');
+ writeln('\setlength{\textwidth}{',textwd:1:2,'mm}');
+ writeln('\pagestyle{empty} % => no page number ');
+ writeln('\begin{document}');
+ writeln;
+ end; (* end prepost *)
+
+ write('\newcommand{\xaxis}{'); strwrite(Xaxisstrg);
+ writeln('} % the literal for X-axis');
+ write('\newcommand{\yaxis}{'); strwrite(Yaxisstrg);
+ writeln('} % the literal for Y-axis');
+ c := 'A';
+ while (plotstuff[c].chardef[1] <> 'n') and (c <= maxchar) do
+ begin
+ write('\newcommand{\pchar',c,'}');
+ strwrite(plotstuff[c].chardef); writeln;
+ c := chr(ord(c) + 1)
+ end;
+ writeln;
+ write('\begin'); strwrite(fontname); writeln; (* fontname contains braces*)
+ writeln('\begin{figure}[p] %you might want different options here');
+
+ (* XGorig & YGorig refer to the origin of the graph. *)
+ (* XP1orig & YP1orig refer to the bottom-left origin of the picture box.*)
+ (* XP2orig & YP2orig refer to the bottom-right corner of the picture box.*)
+ (* see if (0,0) is on the graph or not *)
+ XGorig := 0; YGorig := 0;
+ if XP1orig >= 0 then XGorig := XP1orig
+ else if (picwd + XP1orig) < 0 then XGorig := XP1orig + picwd;
+ if YP1orig >= 0 then YGorig := YP1orig
+ else if (picht + YP1orig) < 0 then YGorig := YP1orig + picht;
+ XP2orig := picwd + XP1orig;
+ YP2orig := picht + YP1orig;
+ writeln('\unitlength = ',unitlngth:1:2,'mm');
+ writeln('\begin{center}');
+ writeln('\begin{picture}(',(picwd+10):1,',',(picht+10):1,')(',
+ (XP1orig-5):1,',',(YP1orig-5):1,')');
+ (* need a box of +10 on both axes to account for -10 origins & to *)
+ (* get proper centering *)
+ writeln('\thicklines');
+ (* plot the horizontal axis *)
+ if (XP2orig - XGorig) > 0 then
+ begin
+ writeln('\put(',XGorig:1,',',YGorig:1,'){\vector(1,0){',
+ abs(XP2orig-XGorig):1,'}}');
+ writeln('\put(',(XP2orig+2):1,',',YGorig:1,'){\makebox(0,0)[l]{X}}')
+ end;
+ if (XGorig - XP1orig) > 0 then
+ begin
+ writeln('\put(',XGorig:1,',',YGorig:1,'){\vector(-1,0){',
+ abs(XGorig-XP1orig):1,'}}');
+ writeln('\put(',(XP1orig-2):1,',',YGorig:1,
+ '){\makebox(0,0)[r]{X}}')
+ end;
+ (* plot the vertical axis *)
+ if (YP2orig - YGorig) > 0 then
+ begin
+ writeln('\put(',XGorig:1,',',YGorig:1,'){\vector(0,1){',
+ abs(YP2orig-YGorig):1,'}}');
+ writeln('\put(',XGorig:1,',',(YP2orig+2):1,'){\makebox(0,0)[b]{Y}}')
+ end;
+ if (YGorig - YP1orig) > 0 then
+ begin
+ writeln('\put(',XGorig:1,',',YGorig:1,'){\vector(0,-1){',
+ abs(YGorig-YP1orig):1,'}}');
+ writeln('\put(',XGorig:1,',',(YP1orig-2):1,
+ '){\makebox(0,0)[t]{Y}}')
+ end;
+ writeln('\thinlines');
+
+ (*********************************************************************)
+ (*the following put numbers & bars along X-axis and Y-axis *)
+ (*********************************************************************)
+ putbars(true,XGorig,(YGorig-1),Xdeltabar,abs(XP2orig-XGorig));
+ putbars(true,XGorig,(YGorig-1),-Xdeltabar,abs(XGorig-XP1orig));
+ putbars(false,(XGorig-1),YGorig,Ydeltabar,abs(YP2orig-YGorig));
+ putbars(false,(XGorig-1),YGorig,-Ydeltabar,abs(YGorig-YP1orig));
+
+(* Before invoking putnumbers, we must explicitly check if it needs to
+ be invoked at all. This is because in the procedure putnumbers I use
+ absolute values as the stopping condition for while loop.
+ We use absolute values in the procedure so as to handle plotting
+ numbers on both the positive and negative halves of the axes.
+ deln below represents the delta graph units corresponding to X|Ydeltanum.
+*)
+ writeln('% Add a line similar to next one if number at origin desired.');
+ deln := (Xscalereal*Xdeltanum) / Xscalegraph;
+ pos := XGorig + Xdeltanum; num:=Xorignum + deln;
+ if pos < XP2orig then
+ putnumbers(true,(YGorig-2),pos,num,deln,Xdeltanum,XP2orig);
+ pos := XGorig - Xdeltanum; num:=Xorignum - deln;
+ if pos > XP1orig then
+ putnumbers(true,(YGorig-2),pos,num,-deln,-Xdeltanum,XP1orig);
+
+ deln := ( Yscalereal*Ydeltanum) / Yscalegraph;
+ pos := YGorig + Ydeltanum; num:=Yorignum + deln;
+ if pos < YP2orig then
+ putnumbers(false,(XGorig-2),pos,num,deln,Ydeltanum,YP2orig);
+ pos := YGorig - Ydeltanum; num:=Yorignum - deln;
+ if pos > YP1orig then
+ putnumbers(false,(XGorig-2),pos,num,-deln,-Ydeltanum,YP1orig);
+
+ (***********************)
+ (* put the legend box *)
+ (***********************)
+ if (legendloc <> 'no') then
+ begin (* and if it is then obviously do nothing *)
+ if (Xlegloc = -999999) and (Ylegloc = -999999) then
+ begin (* implies explicit coordinates not specified *)
+ (* if they are then they are set in legendread *)
+ Xlegloc := picwd div 2; (* default is center *)
+ Ylegloc := picht div 2; (* default is center *)
+ if (legendloc[1] = 't') or (legendloc[2] = 't')
+ then if YP2orig > 0 then Ylegloc := picht else Ylegloc := picht-10;
+ if (legendloc[1] = 'b') or (legendloc[2] = 'b')
+ then if YP1orig >= 0 then Ylegloc := 10 else Ylegloc := 0;
+ if (legendloc[1] = 'l') or (legendloc[2] = 'l')
+ then if XP1orig >= 0 then Xlegloc := 10 else Xlegloc := 0;
+ if (legendloc[1] = 'r') or (legendloc[2] = 'r')
+ then if XP2orig > 0 then Xlegloc := picwd else Xlegloc := picwd-10;
+ Xlegloc := Xlegloc + XP1orig;
+ Ylegloc := Ylegloc + YP1orig
+ end;
+
+ write('\put(',Xlegloc:1,',',Ylegloc:1,'){\makebox(0,0)');
+ i:= 1; write('[');
+ while (i <= 2) do
+ begin
+ if (legendloc[i] <> ' ') and (legendloc[i] <> '/') then
+ write(legendloc[i]);
+ i:=i+1
+ end;
+ write(']');
+ writeln('{\fbox{\shortstack[l]{');
+ c:='A';
+ while (plotstuff[c].chardef[1] <> 'n') and (c <= maxchar) do
+ begin
+ write(' {\makebox(4,2)[lb]{\put(2,1){\pchar',c,'}}}: ');
+ strwrite(plotstuff[c].charname); writeln('\\');
+ c := chr(ord(c) + 1)
+ end;
+ writeln(' {\makebox(4,4)[b]{X}}: \xaxis \\');
+ writeln(' {\makebox(4,2)[b]{Y}}: \yaxis');
+ writeln(' }}}}')
+ end; (* not 'no' of legendloc*)
+
+ (* put the caption if explicit *)
+ captiontwo[1]:=capstring[1];
+ captiontwo[2]:=capstring[2];
+ if captiontype[1] = 'e' then (* "e"xplicit, anything else other than *)
+ (* "L" for LaTeX => no *)
+ if captiontwo = 'YX' then
+ begin
+ writeln('% if the caption line is longer than the graphwidth, comment');
+ writeln('% out the second line and use first one. you might have to');
+ writeln('% fiddle with the width of parbox in the second stmt.');
+ write('%\put(',XP1orig:1,',',(YP1orig-18):1,
+ '){\makebox(',picwd:1,',0)[tl]{');
+ writeln('Figure ',fignumber,'$\!$: \parbox[t]{',(textwd-32):1:1,'mm}{%');
+ write('\put(',XP1orig:1,',',(YP1orig-18):1,
+ '){\makebox(',picwd:1,',0)[t]{');
+ writeln('Figure ',fignumber,'$\!$: {%');
+ writeln('%\yaxis\ vs.\ \xaxis}}}')
+ end
+ else (* means explicit string is specified *)
+ begin
+ write('%\put(',XP1orig:1,',',(YP1orig-18):1,
+ '){\makebox(',picwd:1,',0)[tl]{');
+ writeln('Figure ',fignumber,'$\!$: \parbox[t]{',(textwd-32):1:1,'mm}{%');
+ write('\put(',XP1orig:1,',',(YP1orig-18):1,
+ '){\makebox(',picwd:1,',0)[t]{');
+ writeln('Figure ',fignumber,'$\!$: {%');
+ strwrite(capstring); writeln;
+ writeln('}}}');
+ end;
+
+ writeln('% beginning of data');
+ while not eof do
+ begin
+ readln(plotchar,xreality,yreality);
+ xgraph := (xreality*Xscalegraph)/Xscalereal;
+ ygraph := (yreality*Yscalegraph)/Yscalereal;
+ writeln('\put(',xgraph:1:5,',',ygraph:1:5,'){\pchar',plotchar,'}')
+ end;
+ writeln('% end of data');
+ writeln('\end{picture}');
+ writeln('\end{center}');
+
+ (* put the LaTeX \caption if so specified *)
+ if captiontype[1] = 'L' then (* "L"aTeX . if it is not = 'L' or 'e'*)
+ (* then interpreted as 'no' *)
+ begin
+ writeln('% if the caption line is longer than the graphwidth,use a');
+ writeln('% \parbox[t]{...mm}{.......} like statement for the argument');
+ writeln('% with suitable args for parbox to get things centered.');
+ if captiontwo = 'YX'
+ then begin
+ writeln('% You might want to add a [] to \caption below.');
+ writeln('\caption{\protect\normalsize \yaxis\ vs.\ \xaxis }')
+ end
+ else begin
+ writeln('\caption{\protect\normalsize ');
+ strwrite(capstring); writeln;
+ writeln('}')
+ end;
+ if labelname[1] = '{' then (* anything else => 'no' *)
+ begin
+ write('\label'); strwrite(labelname); writeln
+ (* labelname contains the braces *)
+ end
+ end;
+
+ writeln('\end{figure}');
+ writeln; (* a blank line is supposedly needed before \end fontname *)
+ (* so says the latex manual *)
+ write('\end'); strwrite(fontname); writeln; (* fontname contains braces *)
+ writeln;
+
+ if prepost[1] = 'y' then
+ writeln('\end{document}');
+ end (* not error1 *)
+end.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/lgraph/lgraph.skel b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/lgraph/lgraph.skel
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..23e1fb1b20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/lgraph/lgraph.skel
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+%pre&post?/yes
+%unitlngth 1.0
+%font-name/{footnotesize}
+%picdimens 140 120 -70 -60
+%Xaxisstrg/Number of Hops.
+%Yaxisstrg/\%age of Hops
+%??caption/explicit
+%fignumber/1-1
+%capstring/Half-Length of Symmetric Intervals as \%-age of Lifetime means
+%labelname/{my-graph-1}
+%legendloc/tr
+%Xratiog:r 10 10
+%Xdeltab:n 5 10
+%Xoriginum 0
+%Yratiog:r 10 10
+%Ydeltab:n 5 10
+%Yoriginum 0
+%plotcharA/{\circle*{1.0}}
+%plotnameA/Message Switching
+%plotcharB/{\makebox(0,0){$\otimes$}}
+%plotnameB/Circuit Switching
+%plotcharD/no
+%plotcharE/no
+%%%%%%%%%%
+A 20 20
+A 20 -20
+A -20 20
+A -20 -20
+B 30 10
+B 30 -10
+B -30 10
+B -30 -10
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/10pt.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/10pt.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..661bd79c25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/10pt.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+%%% Save file as: 10pt.sty Source: FILESERV@SHSU.BITNET
+%%% The following checksum includes all SHSU-generated topmatter.
+%%% checksum = "57724 7 44 319"
+% A simple style file to give you 10pt text. It does nothing but makes
+% \documentstyle[10pt]{article}
+% equivalent to
+% \documentstyle{article}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/9pt.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/9pt.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92cd1623b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/9pt.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+% 9pt.sty 17-Apr-90 Patrick van der Smagt
+% changed lines are preceded by a comment marker
+%
+% Available font sizes: vpt, vipt, viipt, viiipt, ixpt, xpt,
+% xipt, xiipt, xivpt, xviipt, xxpt, xxvpt
+%
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{10.8pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 8pt plus2pt minus4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 5pt plus3pt
+minus3pt\let\@listi\@listI}
+%
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{9.6pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 7.5pt plus 3pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt\parsep 2pt
+plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+%
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{7.5pt}\viipt\@viipt
+\abovedisplayskip 5pt plus 2pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt\belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus
+2pt
+%
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt\parsep 2pt
+plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+%
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{7.2pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+%
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+%
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}
+%
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{14.4pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+%
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{16.8pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+%
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{20.4pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+%
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{24pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\normalsize
+
+\if@twoside \oddsidemargin 44pt \evensidemargin 82pt \marginparwidth 107pt
+\else \oddsidemargin 63pt \evensidemargin 63pt
+ \marginparwidth 90pt
+\fi
+\marginparsep 11pt
+ \topmargin 27pt \headheight 12pt \headsep 25pt \footskip 30pt
+
+\textheight = 43\baselineskip
+\advance\textheight by \topskip
+\textwidth 345pt \columnsep 10pt \columnseprule 0pt
+
+\footnotesep 6.65pt
+\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\floatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \@maxsep 20pt \dblfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt
+minus 2pt \dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt \@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil \@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil \@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\marginparpush 5pt
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt \parindent 15pt \partopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@itempenalty
+-\@lowpenalty
+
+
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex} \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \Large \bf Part \thepart \par \nobreak \fi \huge
+\bf #2\markboth{}{}\par } \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \huge \bf
+ #1\par} \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{\Large\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\large\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus
+-1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection
+ {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{4}{\parindent}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus
+ .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+
+\leftmargini 25pt
+\leftmarginii 22pt \leftmarginiii 18.7pt \leftmarginiv 17pt \leftmarginv 10pt
+\leftmarginvi 10pt
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelsep 5pt
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+%
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini \parsep 3.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt\topsep 6pt
+plus 1pt minus 3pt\itemsep 2.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+%
+ \topsep 3.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@ \partopsep 1pt plus 0pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a4wide.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a4wide.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2985221f9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a4wide.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+%
+% "moretext" document style option.
+% Jean-Francois Lamy, July 86
+%
+% Redefines the margins so that they are more in line with
+% what we are used to see.
+%
+
+\input a4.sty
+
+\ifcase \@ptsize
+ % mods for 10 pt
+ \oddsidemargin 0.15 in % Left margin on odd-numbered pages.
+ \evensidemargin 0.35 in % Left margin on even-numbered pages.
+ \marginparwidth 1 in % Width of marginal notes.
+ \oddsidemargin 0.25 in % Note that \oddsidemargin = \evensidemargin
+ \evensidemargin 0.25 in
+ \marginparwidth 0.75 in
+ \textwidth 5.875 in % Width of text line.
+\or % mods for 11 pt
+ \oddsidemargin 0.1 in % Left margin on odd-numbered pages.
+ \evensidemargin 0.15 in % Left margin on even-numbered pages.
+ \marginparwidth 1 in % Width of marginal notes.
+ \oddsidemargin 0.125 in % Note that \oddsidemargin = \evensidemargin
+ \evensidemargin 0.125 in
+ \marginparwidth 0.75 in
+ \textwidth 6.125 in % Width of text line.
+\or % mods for 12 pt
+ \oddsidemargin -10 pt % Left margin on odd-numbered pages.
+ \evensidemargin 10 pt % Left margin on even-numbered pages.
+ \marginparwidth 1 in % Width of marginal notes.
+ \oddsidemargin 0 in % Note that \oddsidemargin = \evensidemargin
+ \evensidemargin 0 in
+ \marginparwidth 0.75 in
+ \textwidth 6.375 true in % Width of text line.
+\fi
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf619734e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Mario Wolczko",
+%%% version = "10",
+%%% date = "21 May 1992",
+%%% time = "20:51:10 BST",
+%%% filename = "a5.sty",
+%%% email = "mario@acm.org",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX, A5 page size, page layout",
+%%% supported = "no",
+%%% docstring = "Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal
+%%% spaces to left, middle and right and top:side:bottom space =
+%%% 2:3:4. See also a5comb.sty, a4.sty"
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%
+% This file is in the public domain.
+%
+% based on ratios suggested by Dick Wakefield
+
+\headheight=12truept \headsep=18truept
+\topmargin= -35.62truept % Nominal distance from top of paper to top of page
+% top paper margin of 48.72pt
+% (between top of page and top of text, excluding header)
+\textwidth=313truept
+\evensidemargin=-0.47truept \oddsidemargin=-35.77truept
+\textheight=426truept % 10pt only (\baselineskip=12pt)
+
+\footskip=36truept \footheight=12truept
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/algorithm.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/algorithm.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ad31b578e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/algorithm.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%% ALGORITHMS STYLE %%%%%%%%%%%
+% This style defines an environment for algorithms with the following
+% features:
+%
+% 1) Defines an Theorem like environment (not exactly one) for
+% algorithms called ``algorithm''.
+% \begin{algorithm}{NAME} ... \end{algorithm}
+% NAME is the NAME of the algorithm.
+% Algorithms are numbered using a counter called ``algorithm''.
+%
+% 2) Inside this environment, the following commands are defined.
+%
+% \= Put the small left arrow commonly used for assignment.
+%
+% \invariant{INVARIANT} Use to describe invariants, put its parameter
+% between ``{}'' in math mode.
+%
+% \begin{Block} ... \end{Block} Environment use to start a indented
+% block of instructions \end{Block} put
+% an ``end'' to close the block.
+%
+% \nextBlock{SEPARATOR} Inside a Block, it allows to put a separator
+% of parts of the indented block. Usefull for
+% constructions like ``IF..THEN..ELSE..END''
+% i.e. If cond then
+% \begin{Block}
+% then part
+% \nextBlock{else}
+% else part
+% \end{Block}
+%
+% 3) \Blockindent and \algorithmindent are length that specify the
+% indentention of Blocks and of the algorithm resp.
+%
+% 4) Instructions are separated by ``\\'', ``\par'' or by leaving a
+% blank line. Before an ``\end{Block}'' a ``\\'' can't be used.
+%
+%
+% Created by Jose Alberto Fernandez R.
+% e-mail: alberto@cs.umd.edu
+%
+
+%
+\newcounter{algorithm}
+\newtheorem{Alg@orithm}[algorithm]{Algorithm}
+% Invariants
+\newcommand{\inv@ariant}[1]{\mbox{$\{#1\}$}}
+% Steps environment
+\newenvironment{ste@ps}[1]{
+\begin{list}{}
+{\setlength\labelsep{0in}
+\addtolength\partopsep\topsep
+\addtolength\partopsep\parsep
+\setlength\parsep{0in}
+\setlength\topsep{0in}
+\setlength\itemsep{0in}
+\setlength\labelwidth{0in}
+\setlength\rightmargin{0in}
+\setlength\leftmargin{#1}}
+}{
+\end{list}
+}
+
+% Block environment
+% Indentation of the Block
+\newlength{\Blockindent}
+% NextBlock command
+\newcommand{\next@Block}[1]{
+\end{ste@ps}
+#1
+\begin{ste@ps}{\Blockindent}
+\item
+}
+
+\newenvironment{Blo@ck}{
+\let\nextBlock\next@Block
+\begin{ste@ps}{\Blockindent}
+\item
+}{
+\end{ste@ps}
+end
+}
+% Algorithm environment
+% Assign command
+\newcommand{\ass@ign}{\mbox{$\leftarrow$}}
+% Indentation of the algorithm
+\newlength{\algorithmindent}
+% Algorithm definition
+\newenvironment{algorithm}[1]{
+\let\=\ass@ign
+\let\invariant\inv@ariant
+\let\Block\Blo@ck
+\let\endBlock\endBlo@ck
+\begin{Alg@orithm} #1
+\rm\par
+\begin{ste@ps}{\algorithmindent}
+\item
+}{
+\end{ste@ps}
+\bf end
+\end{Alg@orithm}
+}
+
+% Setting default indentation
+\setlength{\algorithmindent}{1em}
+\setlength{\Blockindent}{2em}
+
+% End of algorithm.sty
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/alltt.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/alltt.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b7290b7563
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/alltt.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+% ALLTT DOCUMENT-STYLE OPTION - released 17 December 1987
+% for LaTeX version 2.09
+% Copyright (C) 1987 by Leslie Lamport
+
+% Defines the `alltt' environment, which is like the `verbatim'
+% environment except that `\', `\{', and `\}' have their usual meanings.
+% Thus, other commands and environemnts can appear within an `alltt'
+% environment. Here are some things you may want to do in an `alltt'
+% environment:
+%
+% * Change fonts--e.g., by typing `{\em empasized text\/}'.
+%
+% * Insert text from a file foo.tex by typing `input{foo}'. Beware that
+% each <return> stars a new line, so if foo.tex ends with a <return>
+% you can wind up with an extra blank line if you're not careful.
+%
+% * Insert a math formula. Note that `$' just produces a dollar sign,
+% so you'll have to type `\(...\)' or `\[...\]'. Also, `^' and `_'
+% just produce their characters; use `\sp' or `\sb' for super- and
+% subscripts, as in `\(x\sp{2}\)'.
+
+\def\docspecials{\do\ \do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~}
+
+\def\alltt{\trivlist \item[]\if@minipage\else\vskip\parskip\fi
+\leftskip\@totalleftmargin\rightskip\z@
+\parindent\z@\parfillskip\@flushglue\parskip\z@
+\@tempswafalse \def\par{\if@tempswa\hbox{}\fi\@tempswatrue\@@par}
+\obeylines \tt \catcode``=13 \@noligs \let\do\@makeother \docspecials
+ \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces}
+
+\let\endalltt=\endtrivlist
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/amsfonts.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/amsfonts.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..754deb1baf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/amsfonts.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+% This style file makes it possible to work with the AmS fonts
+% in LaTeX
+% calling sequence: \documentstyle[...,amsfonts,...]{....}
+% Slightly modified from a version snarfed from LISTSERV at DHDURZ1
+% One modification is that \Huge also uses the same sizes
+% like the CMR family of fonts.
+% The other modification is using the command \@addto to
+% modify the virtual font size definitions later used
+% by ARTxx.STY or REPxx.STy or so on.
+% I found \@addto in VDM.STY by Mario Wolcko.
+% The advantage is that using this trick you can add
+% different families of fonts to the existing LATEX fonts
+% and the later style options do not remove font families added
+% by previous style option. SO you an add selectively
+% e.g. the MSXMxx and MSYMxx families and later also
+% the Euler Fraktur and the cyrillic fonts without anz changes
+% in the style files. Without \@addto this is rather difficult
+% to accomplish.
+% Updates 11/20/1988 by E. Neuwirth (A4422DAB at AWIUNI11)
+
+ \def\@addto#1#2{\ifx#1\undefined % do nothing
+ \else \toks0=\expandafter{#1}\toks1={#2}%
+ \global\edef#1{\the\toks0 \the\toks1 }\fi}
+
+\catcode`@=11
+
+ \font\twtymsx=msxm10 \@magscale4
+ \font\svtnmsx=msxm10 \@magscale3
+ \font\frtnmsx=msxm10 \@magscale2
+ \font\twelvemsx=msxm10 \@magscale1
+ \font\elevenmsx=msxm10 \@halfmag
+ \font\tenmsx=msxm10
+ \font\ninemsx=msxm9
+ \font\eightmsx=msxm8
+ \font\sevenmsx=msxm7
+ \font\sixmsx=msxm6
+ \font\fivemsx=msxm5
+ %
+ \font\twtymsy=msym10 \@magscale4
+ \font\svtnmsy=msym10 \@magscale3
+ \font\frtnmsy=msym10 \@magscale2
+ \font\twelvemsy=msym10 \@magscale1
+ \font\elevenmsy=msym10 \@halfmag
+ \font\tenmsy=msym10
+ \font\ninemsy=msym9
+ \font\eightmsy=msym8
+ \font\sevenmsy=msym7
+ \font\sixmsy=msym6
+ \font\fivemsy=msym5
+
+
+\newfam\msxfam
+\newfam\msyfam
+
+% Hier sind jetzt geaenderte LFONTS Definitionen (fuer LaTeX)
+
+\@addto\@vpt{
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\fivemsx}\textfont\msxfam=\fivemsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\fivemsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\fivemsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\fivemsy}\textfont\msyfam=\fivemsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\fivemsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\fivemsy
+\@setstrut\rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@vipt{
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\sixmsx}\textfont\msxfam=\sixmsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\sixmsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\sixmsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\sixmsy}\textfont\msyfam=\sixmsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\sixmsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\sixmsy
+\@setstrut\rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@viipt{
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\sevenmsx}\textfont\msxfam=\sevenmsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\fivemsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\fivemsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\sevenmsy}\textfont\msyfam=\sevenmsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\fivemsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\fivemsy
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@viiipt{
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\eightmsx}\textfont\msxfam=\eightmsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\sixmsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\fivemsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\eightmsy}\textfont\msyfam=\eightmsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\sixmsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\fivemsy
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@ixpt{
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\ninemsx}\textfont\msxfam=\ninemsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\sixmsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\fivemsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\ninemsy}\textfont\msyfam=\ninemsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\sixmsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\fivemsy
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@xpt{
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\tenmsx}\textfont\msxfam=\tenmsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\sevenmsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\fivemsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\tenmsy}\textfont\msyfam=\tenmsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\sevenmsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\fivemsy
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@xipt{
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\elevenmsx}\textfont\msxfam=\elevenmsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\eightmsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\sixmsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\elevenmsy}\textfont\msyfam=\elevenmsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\eightmsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\sixmsy
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@xiipt{
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\twelvemsx}\textfont\msxfam=\twelvemsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\eightmsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\sixmsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\twelvemsy}\textfont\msyfam=\twelvemsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\eightmsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\sixmsy
+ \@setstrut \rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@xivpt{\textfont\z@\frtnrm
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\frtnmsx}\textfont\msxfam=\frtnmsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\tenmsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\sevenmsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\frtnmsy}\textfont\msyfam=\frtnmsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\tenmsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\sevenmsy
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@xviipt{\textfont\z@\svtnrm
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\svtnmsx}\textfont\msxfam=\svtnmsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\twelvemsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\tenmsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\svtnmsy}\textfont\msyfam=\svtnmsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\twelvemsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\tenmsy
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@xxpt{
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\twtymsx}\textfont\msxfam=\twtymsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\frtnmsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\twelvemsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\twtymsy}\textfont\msyfam=\twtymsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\frtnmsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\twelvemsy
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+
+\@addto\@xxvpt{
+% Hier AmS-Fonts
+\def\msx{\fam\msxfam\twtymsx}\textfont\msxfam=\twtymsx
+ \scriptfont\msxfam=\twtymsx \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\svtnmsx
+\def\msy{\fam\msyfam\twtymsy}\textfont\msyfam=\twtymsy
+ \scriptfont\msyfam=\twtymsy \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\svtnmsy
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+
+%\def\text{\relaxnext@\ifmmode\let\next\text@\else\let\next\text@@\fi\next}
+%\def\text@@#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+\def\relaxnext@{\let\next\relax}
+
+\def\accentfam@{7}
+\def\noaccents@{\def\accentfam@{0}}
+
+\def\hexnumber@#1{\ifnum#1<10 \number#1\else
+ \ifnum#1=10 A\else\ifnum#1=11 B\else\ifnum#1=12 C\else
+ \ifnum#1=13 D\else\ifnum#1=14 E\else\ifnum#1=15 F\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\mathhexbox@#1#2#3{\hbox{$\m@th\mathchar"#1#2#3$}}
+
+\edef\msx@{\hexnumber@\msxfam}
+\edef\msy@{\hexnumber@\msyfam}
+
+\mathchardef\boxdot="2\msx@00
+\mathchardef\boxplus="2\msx@01
+\mathchardef\boxtimes="2\msx@02
+\mathchardef\square="0\msx@03
+\mathchardef\blacksquare="0\msx@04
+\mathchardef\centerdot="2\msx@05
+\mathchardef\lozenge="0\msx@06
+\mathchardef\blacklozenge="0\msx@07
+\mathchardef\circlearrowright="3\msx@08
+\mathchardef\circlearrowleft="3\msx@09
+\mathchardef\rightleftharpoons="3\msx@0A
+\mathchardef\leftrightharpoons="3\msx@0B
+\mathchardef\boxminus="2\msx@0C
+\mathchardef\Vdash="3\msx@0D
+\mathchardef\Vvdash="3\msx@0E
+\mathchardef\vDash="3\msx@0F
+\mathchardef\twoheadrightarrow="3\msx@10
+\mathchardef\twoheadleftarrow="3\msx@11
+\mathchardef\leftleftarrows="3\msx@12
+\mathchardef\rightrightarrows="3\msx@13
+\mathchardef\upuparrows="3\msx@14
+\mathchardef\downdownarrows="3\msx@15
+\mathchardef\upharpoonright="3\msx@16
+\let\restriction\upharpoonright
+\mathchardef\downharpoonright="3\msx@17
+\mathchardef\upharpoonleft="3\msx@18
+\mathchardef\downharpoonleft="3\msx@19
+\mathchardef\rightarrowtail="3\msx@1A
+\mathchardef\leftarrowtail="3\msx@1B
+\mathchardef\leftrightarrows="3\msx@1C
+\mathchardef\rightleftarrows="3\msx@1D
+\mathchardef\Lsh="3\msx@1E
+\mathchardef\Rsh="3\msx@1F
+\mathchardef\rightsquigarrow="3\msx@20
+\mathchardef\leftrightsquigarrow="3\msx@21
+\mathchardef\looparrowleft="3\msx@22
+\mathchardef\looparrowright="3\msx@23
+\mathchardef\circeq="3\msx@24
+\mathchardef\succsim="3\msx@25
+\mathchardef\gtrsim="3\msx@26
+\mathchardef\gtrapprox="3\msx@27
+\mathchardef\multimap="3\msx@28
+\mathchardef\therefore="3\msx@29
+\mathchardef\because="3\msx@2A
+\mathchardef\doteqdot="3\msx@2B
+\let\Doteq\doteqdot
+\mathchardef\triangleq="3\msx@2C
+\mathchardef\precsim="3\msx@2D
+\mathchardef\lesssim="3\msx@2E
+\mathchardef\lessapprox="3\msx@2F
+\mathchardef\eqslantless="3\msx@30
+\mathchardef\eqslantgtr="3\msx@31
+\mathchardef\curlyeqprec="3\msx@32
+\mathchardef\curlyeqsucc="3\msx@33
+\mathchardef\preccurlyeq="3\msx@34
+\mathchardef\leqq="3\msx@35
+\mathchardef\leqslant="3\msx@36
+\mathchardef\lessgtr="3\msx@37
+\mathchardef\backprime="0\msx@38
+\mathchardef\risingdotseq="3\msx@3A
+\mathchardef\fallingdotseq="3\msx@3B
+\mathchardef\succcurlyeq="3\msx@3C
+\mathchardef\geqq="3\msx@3D
+\mathchardef\geqslant="3\msx@3E
+\mathchardef\gtrless="3\msx@3F
+\mathchardef\sqsubset="3\msx@40
+\mathchardef\sqsupset="3\msx@41
+\mathchardef\vartriangleright="3\msx@42
+\mathchardef\vartriangleleft ="3\msx@43
+\mathchardef\trianglerighteq="3\msx@44
+\mathchardef\trianglelefteq="3\msx@45
+\mathchardef\bigstar="0\msx@46
+\mathchardef\between="3\msx@47
+\mathchardef\blacktriangledown="0\msx@48
+\mathchardef\blacktriangleright="3\msx@49
+\mathchardef\blacktriangleleft="3\msx@4A
+\mathchardef\vartriangle="0\msx@4D
+\mathchardef\blacktriangle="0\msx@4E
+\mathchardef\triangledown="0\msx@4F
+\mathchardef\eqcirc="3\msx@50
+\mathchardef\lesseqgtr="3\msx@51
+\mathchardef\gtreqless="3\msx@52
+\mathchardef\lesseqqgtr="3\msx@53
+\mathchardef\gtreqqless="3\msx@54
+\mathchardef\Rrightarrow="3\msx@56
+\mathchardef\Lleftarrow="3\msx@57
+\mathchardef\veebar="2\msx@59
+\mathchardef\barwedge="2\msx@5A
+\mathchardef\doublebarwedge="2\msx@5B
+\mathchardef\angle="0\msx@5C
+\mathchardef\measuredangle="0\msx@5D
+\mathchardef\sphericalangle="0\msx@5E
+\mathchardef\varpropto="3\msx@5F
+\mathchardef\smallsmile="3\msx@60
+\mathchardef\smallfrown="3\msx@61
+\mathchardef\Subset="3\msx@62
+\mathchardef\Supset="3\msx@63
+\mathchardef\Cup="2\msx@64
+\let\doublecup\Cup
+\mathchardef\Cap="2\msx@65
+\let\doublecap\Cap
+\mathchardef\curlywedge="2\msx@66
+\mathchardef\curlyvee="2\msx@67
+\mathchardef\leftthreetimes="2\msx@68
+\mathchardef\rightthreetimes="2\msx@69
+\mathchardef\subseteqq="3\msx@6A
+\mathchardef\supseteqq="3\msx@6B
+\mathchardef\bumpeq="3\msx@6C
+\mathchardef\Bumpeq="3\msx@6D
+\mathchardef\lll="3\msx@6E
+\let\llless\lll
+\mathchardef\ggg="3\msx@6F
+\let\gggtr\ggg
+\mathchardef\circledS="0\msx@73
+\mathchardef\pitchfork="3\msx@74
+\mathchardef\dotplus="2\msx@75
+\mathchardef\backsim="3\msx@76
+\mathchardef\backsimeq="3\msx@77
+\mathchardef\complement="0\msx@7B
+\mathchardef\intercal="2\msx@7C
+\mathchardef\circledcirc="2\msx@7D
+\mathchardef\circledast="2\msx@7E
+\mathchardef\circleddash="2\msx@7F
+\def\ulcorner{\delimiter"4\msx@70\msx@70 }
+\def\urcorner{\delimiter"5\msx@71\msx@71 }
+\def\llcorner{\delimiter"4\msx@78\msx@78 }
+\def\lrcorner{\delimiter"5\msx@79\msx@79 }
+\def\yen{{\mathhexbox@\msx@55 }}
+\def\checkmark{{\mathhexbox@\msx@58 }}
+\def\circledR{{\mathhexbox@\msx@72 }}
+\def\maltese{{\mathhexbox@\msx@7A }}
+\mathchardef\lvertneqq="3\msy@00
+\mathchardef\gvertneqq="3\msy@01
+\mathchardef\nleq="3\msy@02
+\mathchardef\ngeq="3\msy@03
+\mathchardef\nless="3\msy@04
+\mathchardef\ngtr="3\msy@05
+\mathchardef\nprec="3\msy@06
+\mathchardef\nsucc="3\msy@07
+\mathchardef\lneqq="3\msy@08
+\mathchardef\gneqq="3\msy@09
+\mathchardef\nleqslant="3\msy@0A
+\mathchardef\ngeqslant="3\msy@0B
+\mathchardef\lneq="3\msy@0C
+\mathchardef\gneq="3\msy@0D
+\mathchardef\npreceq="3\msy@0E
+\mathchardef\nsucceq="3\msy@0F
+\mathchardef\precnsim="3\msy@10
+\mathchardef\succnsim="3\msy@11
+\mathchardef\lnsim="3\msy@12
+\mathchardef\gnsim="3\msy@13
+\mathchardef\nleqq="3\msy@14
+\mathchardef\ngeqq="3\msy@15
+\mathchardef\precneqq="3\msy@16
+\mathchardef\succneqq="3\msy@17
+\mathchardef\precnapprox="3\msy@18
+\mathchardef\succnapprox="3\msy@19
+\mathchardef\lnapprox="3\msy@1A
+\mathchardef\gnapprox="3\msy@1B
+\mathchardef\nsim="3\msy@1C
+\mathchardef\napprox="3\msy@1D
+\mathchardef\varsubsetneq="3\msy@20
+\mathchardef\varsupsetneq="3\msy@21
+\mathchardef\nsubseteqq="3\msy@22
+\mathchardef\nsupseteqq="3\msy@23
+\mathchardef\subsetneqq="3\msy@24
+\mathchardef\supsetneqq="3\msy@25
+\mathchardef\varsubsetneqq="3\msy@26
+\mathchardef\varsupsetneqq="3\msy@27
+\mathchardef\subsetneq="3\msy@28
+\mathchardef\supsetneq="3\msy@29
+\mathchardef\nsubseteq="3\msy@2A
+\mathchardef\nsupseteq="3\msy@2B
+\mathchardef\nparallel="3\msy@2C
+\mathchardef\nmid="3\msy@2D
+\mathchardef\nshortmid="3\msy@2E
+\mathchardef\nshortparallel="3\msy@2F
+\mathchardef\nvdash="3\msy@30
+\mathchardef\nVdash="3\msy@31
+\mathchardef\nvDash="3\msy@32
+\mathchardef\nVDash="3\msy@33
+\mathchardef\ntrianglerighteq="3\msy@34
+\mathchardef\ntrianglelefteq="3\msy@35
+\mathchardef\ntriangleleft="3\msy@36
+\mathchardef\ntriangleright="3\msy@37
+\mathchardef\nleftarrow="3\msy@38
+\mathchardef\nrightarrow="3\msy@39
+\mathchardef\nLeftarrow="3\msy@3A
+\mathchardef\nRightarrow="3\msy@3B
+\mathchardef\nLeftrightarrow="3\msy@3C
+\mathchardef\nleftrightarrow="3\msy@3D
+\mathchardef\divideontimes="2\msy@3E
+\mathchardef\varnothing="0\msy@3F
+\mathchardef\nexists="0\msy@40
+\mathchardef\mho="0\msy@66
+\mathchardef\eth="0\msy@67
+\mathchardef\beth="0\msy@69
+\mathchardef\gimel="0\msy@6A
+\mathchardef\daleth="0\msy@6B
+\mathchardef\lessdot="3\msy@6C
+\mathchardef\gtrdot="3\msy@6D
+\mathchardef\ltimes="2\msy@6E
+\mathchardef\rtimes="2\msy@6F
+\mathchardef\shortmid="3\msy@70
+\mathchardef\shortparallel="3\msy@71
+\mathchardef\smallsetminus="2\msy@72
+\mathchardef\thicksim="3\msy@73
+\mathchardef\thickapprox="3\msy@74
+\mathchardef\approxeq="3\msy@75
+\mathchardef\succapprox="3\msy@76
+\mathchardef\precapprox="3\msy@77
+\mathchardef\curvearrowleft="3\msy@78
+\mathchardef\curvearrowright="3\msy@79
+\mathchardef\digamma="0\msy@7A
+\mathchardef\varkappa="0\msy@7B
+\mathchardef\hslash="0\msy@7D
+\mathchardef\hbar="0\msy@7E
+\mathchardef\backepsilon="3\msy@7F
+\def\Bbb{\relaxnext@\ifmmode\let\next\Bbb@\else
+ \def\next{\Err@{Use \string\Bbb\space only in math mode}}\fi\next}
+\def\Bbb@#1{{\Bbb@@{#1}}}
+\def\Bbb@@#1{\noaccents@\fam\msyfam#1}
+%\def\fontlist@{\\{\tenrm}\\{\sevenrm}\\{\fiverm}\\{\teni}\\{\seveni}%
+%\\{\fivei}\\{\tensy}\\{\sevensy}\\{\fivesy}\\{\tenex}\\{\tenbf}\\{\sevenbf}%
+%\\{\fivebf}\\{\tensl}\\{\tenit}%
+% AmS-Fonts Anfang
+%\\{\tenmsx}\\{\sevenmsx}\\{\fivemsx}\\{\tenmsy}\\{\sevenmsy}\\{\fivemsy }%
+% AmS-Fonts Anfang
+
+\def\AmSTeX{{$\cal A$}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
+ {$\cal M$}\kern-.125em{$\cal S$}-\TeX}
+
+\catcode`@=12 % at signs are no longer letters
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/amssymbols.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/amssymbols.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fda9335849
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/amssymbols.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+% Adapted by Charles Karney (Karney%PPC.MFENET@NMFECC.ARPA) 1986/07/28.
+% This style option loads up the AMS symbol fonts and associated symbol
+% definitions. See the Nov 85 issue of TUGBoat for a listing of these
+% symbols. Only \textfont, \scriptfont, and \scriptscriptfont sizes are
+% provided. 10pt, 11pt, 12pt styles are supported.
+
+%% This is the LATEX version of MSSYMB.TEX.
+%% Changes:
+%% (1) take out the \catcode`\@ business (LaTeX takes care of this)
+%% (2) Set font sizes according to \@ptsize
+
+%
+% ***** MSSYMB.TeX ***** 4 Nov 85
+%
+% This file contains the definitions for the symbols in the two
+% "extra symbols" fonts created at the American Math. Society.
+
+%% \catcode`\@=11
+
+%% \font\tenmsx=msxm10
+%% \font\sevenmsx=msxm7
+%% \font\fivemsx=msxm5
+%% \font\tenmsy=msym10
+%% \font\sevenmsy=msym7
+%% \font\fivemsy=msym5
+
+\ifcase\@ptsize
+ \font\tenmsx=msxm10
+ \font\sevenmsx=msxm7
+ \font\fivemsx=msxm5
+ \font\tenmsy=msym10
+ \font\sevenmsy=msym7
+ \font\fivemsy=msym5
+\or
+ \font\tenmsx=msxm10 scaled \magstephalf
+ \font\sevenmsx=msxm8
+ \font\fivemsx=msxm6
+ \font\tenmsy=msym10 scaled \magstephalf
+ \font\sevenmsy=msym8
+ \font\fivemsy=msym6
+\or
+ \font\tenmsx=msxm10 scaled \magstep1
+ \font\sevenmsx=msxm8
+ \font\fivemsx=msxm6
+ \font\tenmsy=msym10 scaled \magstep1
+ \font\sevenmsy=msym8
+ \font\fivemsy=msym6
+\fi
+
+\newfam\msxfam
+\newfam\msyfam
+\textfont\msxfam=\tenmsx \scriptfont\msxfam=\sevenmsx
+ \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\fivemsx
+\textfont\msyfam=\tenmsy \scriptfont\msyfam=\sevenmsy
+ \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\fivemsy
+
+\def\hexnumber@#1{\ifnum#1<10 \number#1\else
+ \ifnum#1=10 A\else\ifnum#1=11 B\else\ifnum#1=12 C\else
+ \ifnum#1=13 D\else\ifnum#1=14 E\else\ifnum#1=15 F\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\msx@{\hexnumber@\msxfam}
+\def\msy@{\hexnumber@\msyfam}
+\mathchardef\boxdot="2\msx@00
+\mathchardef\boxplus="2\msx@01
+\mathchardef\boxtimes="2\msx@02
+\mathchardef\square="0\msx@03
+\mathchardef\blacksquare="0\msx@04
+\mathchardef\centerdot="2\msx@05
+\mathchardef\lozenge="0\msx@06
+\mathchardef\blacklozenge="0\msx@07
+\mathchardef\circlearrowright="3\msx@08
+\mathchardef\circlearrowleft="3\msx@09
+\mathchardef\rightleftharpoons="3\msx@0A
+\mathchardef\leftrightharpoons="3\msx@0B
+\mathchardef\boxminus="2\msx@0C
+\mathchardef\Vdash="3\msx@0D
+\mathchardef\Vvdash="3\msx@0E
+\mathchardef\vDash="3\msx@0F
+\mathchardef\twoheadrightarrow="3\msx@10
+\mathchardef\twoheadleftarrow="3\msx@11
+\mathchardef\leftleftarrows="3\msx@12
+\mathchardef\rightrightarrows="3\msx@13
+\mathchardef\upuparrows="3\msx@14
+\mathchardef\downdownarrows="3\msx@15
+\mathchardef\upharpoonright="3\msx@16
+\let\restriction=\upharpoonright
+\mathchardef\downharpoonright="3\msx@17
+\mathchardef\upharpoonleft="3\msx@18
+\mathchardef\downharpoonleft="3\msx@19
+\mathchardef\rightarrowtail="3\msx@1A
+\mathchardef\leftarrowtail="3\msx@1B
+\mathchardef\leftrightarrows="3\msx@1C
+\mathchardef\rightleftarrows="3\msx@1D
+\mathchardef\Lsh="3\msx@1E
+\mathchardef\Rsh="3\msx@1F
+\mathchardef\rightsquigarrow="3\msx@20
+\mathchardef\leftrightsquigarrow="3\msx@21
+\mathchardef\looparrowleft="3\msx@22
+\mathchardef\looparrowright="3\msx@23
+\mathchardef\circeq="3\msx@24
+\mathchardef\succsim="3\msx@25
+\mathchardef\gtrsim="3\msx@26
+\mathchardef\gtrapprox="3\msx@27
+\mathchardef\multimap="3\msx@28
+\mathchardef\therefore="3\msx@29
+\mathchardef\because="3\msx@2A
+\mathchardef\doteqdot="3\msx@2B
+\let\Doteq=\doteqdot
+\mathchardef\triangleq="3\msx@2C
+\mathchardef\precsim="3\msx@2D
+\mathchardef\lesssim="3\msx@2E
+\mathchardef\lessapprox="3\msx@2F
+\mathchardef\eqslantless="3\msx@30
+\mathchardef\eqslantgtr="3\msx@31
+\mathchardef\curlyeqprec="3\msx@32
+\mathchardef\curlyeqsucc="3\msx@33
+\mathchardef\preccurlyeq="3\msx@34
+\mathchardef\leqq="3\msx@35
+\mathchardef\leqslant="3\msx@36
+\mathchardef\lessgtr="3\msx@37
+\mathchardef\backprime="0\msx@38
+\mathchardef\risingdotseq="3\msx@3A
+\mathchardef\fallingdotseq="3\msx@3B
+\mathchardef\succcurlyeq="3\msx@3C
+\mathchardef\geqq="3\msx@3D
+\mathchardef\geqslant="3\msx@3E
+\mathchardef\gtrless="3\msx@3F
+\mathchardef\sqsubset="3\msx@40
+\mathchardef\sqsupset="3\msx@41
+\mathchardef\vartriangleright="3\msx@42
+\mathchardef\vartriangleleft="3\msx@43
+\mathchardef\trianglerighteq="3\msx@44
+\mathchardef\trianglelefteq="3\msx@45
+\mathchardef\bigstar="0\msx@46
+\mathchardef\between="3\msx@47
+\mathchardef\blacktriangledown="0\msx@48
+\mathchardef\blacktriangleright="3\msx@49
+\mathchardef\blacktriangleleft="3\msx@4A
+\mathchardef\vartriangle="3\msx@4D
+\mathchardef\blacktriangle="0\msx@4E
+\mathchardef\triangledown="0\msx@4F
+\mathchardef\eqcirc="3\msx@50
+\mathchardef\lesseqgtr="3\msx@51
+\mathchardef\gtreqless="3\msx@52
+\mathchardef\lesseqqgtr="3\msx@53
+\mathchardef\gtreqqless="3\msx@54
+\mathchardef\Rrightarrow="3\msx@56
+\mathchardef\Lleftarrow="3\msx@57
+\mathchardef\veebar="2\msx@59
+\mathchardef\barwedge="2\msx@5A
+\mathchardef\doublebarwedge="2\msx@5B
+\mathchardef\angle="0\msx@5C
+\mathchardef\measuredangle="0\msx@5D
+\mathchardef\sphericalangle="0\msx@5E
+\mathchardef\varpropto="3\msx@5F
+\mathchardef\smallsmile="3\msx@60
+\mathchardef\smallfrown="3\msx@61
+\mathchardef\Subset="3\msx@62
+\mathchardef\Supset="3\msx@63
+\mathchardef\Cup="2\msx@64
+\let\doublecup=\Cup
+\mathchardef\Cap="2\msx@65
+\let\doublecap=\Cap
+\mathchardef\curlywedge="2\msx@66
+\mathchardef\curlyvee="2\msx@67
+\mathchardef\leftthreetimes="2\msx@68
+\mathchardef\rightthreetimes="2\msx@69
+\mathchardef\subseteqq="3\msx@6A
+\mathchardef\supseteqq="3\msx@6B
+\mathchardef\bumpeq="3\msx@6C
+\mathchardef\Bumpeq="3\msx@6D
+\mathchardef\lll="3\msx@6E
+\let\llless=\lll
+\mathchardef\ggg="3\msx@6F
+\let\gggtr=\ggg
+\mathchardef\circledS="0\msx@73
+\mathchardef\pitchfork="3\msx@74
+\mathchardef\dotplus="2\msx@75
+\mathchardef\backsim="3\msx@76
+\mathchardef\backsimeq="3\msx@77
+\mathchardef\complement="0\msx@7B
+\mathchardef\intercal="2\msx@7C
+\mathchardef\circledcirc="2\msx@7D
+\mathchardef\circledast="2\msx@7E
+\mathchardef\circleddash="2\msx@7F
+\def\ulcorner{\delimiter"4\msx@70\msx@70 }
+\def\urcorner{\delimiter"5\msx@71\msx@71 }
+\def\llcorner{\delimiter"4\msx@78\msx@78 }
+\def\lrcorner{\delimiter"5\msx@79\msx@79 }
+\def\yen{\mathhexbox\msx@55 }
+\def\checkmark{\mathhexbox\msx@58 }
+\def\circledR{\mathhexbox\msx@72 }
+\def\maltese{\mathhexbox\msx@7A }
+\mathchardef\lvertneqq="3\msy@00
+\mathchardef\gvertneqq="3\msy@01
+\mathchardef\nleq="3\msy@02
+\mathchardef\ngeq="3\msy@03
+\mathchardef\nless="3\msy@04
+\mathchardef\ngtr="3\msy@05
+\mathchardef\nprec="3\msy@06
+\mathchardef\nsucc="3\msy@07
+\mathchardef\lneqq="3\msy@08
+\mathchardef\gneqq="3\msy@09
+\mathchardef\nleqslant="3\msy@0A
+\mathchardef\ngeqslant="3\msy@0B
+\mathchardef\lneq="3\msy@0C
+\mathchardef\gneq="3\msy@0D
+\mathchardef\npreceq="3\msy@0E
+\mathchardef\nsucceq="3\msy@0F
+\mathchardef\precnsim="3\msy@10
+\mathchardef\succnsim="3\msy@11
+\mathchardef\lnsim="3\msy@12
+\mathchardef\gnsim="3\msy@13
+\mathchardef\nleqq="3\msy@14
+\mathchardef\ngeqq="3\msy@15
+\mathchardef\precneqq="3\msy@16
+\mathchardef\succneqq="3\msy@17
+\mathchardef\precnapprox="3\msy@18
+\mathchardef\succnapprox="3\msy@19
+\mathchardef\lnapprox="3\msy@1A
+\mathchardef\gnapprox="3\msy@1B
+\mathchardef\nsim="3\msy@1C
+\mathchardef\napprox="3\msy@1D
+\mathchardef\varsubsetneq="3\msy@20
+\mathchardef\varsupsetneq="3\msy@21
+\mathchardef\nsubseteqq="3\msy@22
+\mathchardef\nsupseteqq="3\msy@23
+\mathchardef\subsetneqq="3\msy@24
+\mathchardef\supsetneqq="3\msy@25
+\mathchardef\varsubsetneqq="3\msy@26
+\mathchardef\varsupsetneqq="3\msy@27
+\mathchardef\subsetneq="3\msy@28
+\mathchardef\supsetneq="3\msy@29
+\mathchardef\nsubseteq="3\msy@2A
+\mathchardef\nsupseteq="3\msy@2B
+\mathchardef\nparallel="3\msy@2C
+\mathchardef\nmid="3\msy@2D
+\mathchardef\nshortmid="3\msy@2E
+\mathchardef\nshortparallel="3\msy@2F
+\mathchardef\nvdash="3\msy@30
+\mathchardef\nVdash="3\msy@31
+\mathchardef\nvDash="3\msy@32
+\mathchardef\nVDash="3\msy@33
+\mathchardef\ntrianglerighteq="3\msy@34
+\mathchardef\ntrianglelefteq="3\msy@35
+\mathchardef\ntriangleleft="3\msy@36
+\mathchardef\ntriangleright="3\msy@37
+\mathchardef\nleftarrow="3\msy@38
+\mathchardef\nrightarrow="3\msy@39
+\mathchardef\nLeftarrow="3\msy@3A
+\mathchardef\nRightarrow="3\msy@3B
+\mathchardef\nLeftrightarrow="3\msy@3C
+\mathchardef\nleftrightarrow="3\msy@3D
+\mathchardef\divideontimes="2\msy@3E
+\mathchardef\varnothing="0\msy@3F
+\mathchardef\nexists="0\msy@40
+\mathchardef\mho="0\msy@66
+\mathchardef\thorn="0\msy@67
+\mathchardef\beth="0\msy@69
+\mathchardef\gimel="0\msy@6A
+\mathchardef\daleth="0\msy@6B
+\mathchardef\lessdot="3\msy@6C
+\mathchardef\gtrdot="3\msy@6D
+\mathchardef\ltimes="2\msy@6E
+\mathchardef\rtimes="2\msy@6F
+\mathchardef\shortmid="3\msy@70
+\mathchardef\shortparallel="3\msy@71
+\mathchardef\smallsetminus="2\msy@72
+\mathchardef\thicksim="3\msy@73
+\mathchardef\thickapprox="3\msy@74
+\mathchardef\approxeq="3\msy@75
+\mathchardef\succapprox="3\msy@76
+\mathchardef\precapprox="3\msy@77
+\mathchardef\curvearrowleft="3\msy@78
+\mathchardef\curvearrowright="3\msy@79
+\mathchardef\digamma="0\msy@7A
+\mathchardef\varkappa="0\msy@7B
+\mathchardef\hslash="0\msy@7D
+\mathchardef\hbar="0\msy@7E
+\mathchardef\backepsilon="3\msy@7F
+% Use the next 4 lines with AMS-TeX:
+%\def\Bbb{\relaxnext@\ifmmode\let\next\Bbb@\else
+% \def\next{\Err@{Use \string\Bbb\space only in math mode}}\fi\next}
+%\def\Bbb@#1{{\Bbb@@{#1}}}
+%\def\Bbb@@#1{\noaccents@\fam\msyfam#1}
+% Use the next 4 lines if NOT using AMS-TeX:
+\def\Bbb{\ifmmode\let\next\Bbb@\else
+ \def\next{\errmessage{Use \string\Bbb\space only in math mode}}\fi\next}
+\def\Bbb@#1{{\Bbb@@{#1}}}
+\def\Bbb@@#1{\fam\msyfam#1}
+
+%% \catcode`\@=12
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/askinclude.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/askinclude.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed0b74d1e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/askinclude.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+% askinclude.sty - interactive asking of included files
+%
+% VERSION 1.0 November 7, 1991
+%
+% (c) 1991 by Pablo A. Straub. Permission is granted to copy and use this
+% in any way and for any purpose, except direct commercial advantage,
+% provided that you retain this copyright notice.
+%
+% HISTORY
+%
+% 0.95 11/05/91 First beta-test version (asked two questions)
+% 0.99 11/05/91 Second beta-test version (asks one question; uses * and -.)
+% 1.0 11/07/91 Changed prompts (sent to comp.text.tex)
+%
+% Please send enhancements and corrections to straub@cs.umd.edu.
+%
+% USAGE
+%
+% \documentstyle[...,askinclude,...]{...}
+%
+% HOW IT WORKS
+%
+% The askinclude style option asks the user which files to include. If
+% the user presses return, the files from the previous run are included
+% automatically (except on the first run, in which case all files are
+% included); if the answer is * all files are included; if the answer
+% is - no files are included; otherwise the specified files (separated
+% by commas, with no embedded spaces) are included.
+%
+% RESTRICTIONS
+%
+% This file redefines \document, the command executed with \begin{document}.
+% It may be incompatible with other styles that also redefine \document.
+%
+% The user's input is not validated. Anything that is not a * or a - or an
+% empty line is passed to \includeonly.
+%
+% ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
+%
+% Tom Scavo (scavo@cie.uoregon.edu) suggested saving the include file list
+% from the previous run and a simplified user interface.
+
+
+\def\@includeonly{\@gobble} % assume we do not include from last run
+
+\def\@inputs{*} % assume all files included
+
+
+% determine which files to include
+
+\def\@star{*} % used for comparing user's answer
+\def\@minus{-} % ditto
+
+\typeout { }
+\typeout {Enter file(s) to include (separated by commas and no spaces),}
+\typeout {or enter * for all files, or enter - for none, or}
+\typein [\inputfiles]{press Return if this run is the same as the last.}
+
+\ifx\inputfiles\@star % all files included
+ % do nothing
+\else \ifx\inputfiles\@minus % no files included
+ \includeonly{}
+ \def\@inputs{}
+\else \ifx\inputfiles\empty % include according to previous run
+ \def\@includeonly#1{%
+ \gdef\@inputs{#1}
+ \ifx\@inputs\@star \else \global\@partswtrue\global\edef\@partlist{#1}\fi}
+\else
+ \def\@inputs{\inputfiles} % include these files
+ \includeonly{\inputfiles}
+\fi\fi\fi
+
+
+% \document - redefinition of \begin{document} to handle last included files
+
+\def\document{\endgroup
+ \@colht\textheight \@colroom\textheight \vsize\textheight
+ \columnwidth\textwidth \@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
+ \if@twocolumn \advance\columnwidth -\columnsep
+ \divide\columnwidth\tw@ \hsize\columnwidth \@firstcolumntrue
+ \fi
+ \hsize\columnwidth \linewidth\hsize
+ \begingroup\@floatplacement\@dblfloatplacement
+ \makeatletter\let\@writefile\@gobbletwo
+ \@input{\jobname.aux}\endgroup
+ \if@filesw \immediate\openout\@mainaux=\jobname.aux
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\relax}%
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@includeonly\string{\@inputs\string}}%NEW
+ \fi
+ \def\@includeonly{} %NEW
+ \def\do##1{\let ##1\@notprerr}
+ \@preamblecmds
+ \let\do\noexpand
+ \@normalsize\everypar{}}
+
+% END OF FILE askinclude.sty
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/braille.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/braille.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f8f974dc48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/braille.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% LaTeX-Style zur Definition der 6-Punkt Braille-Schrift-Umgebung
+% V. 1.0 11.11.88
+%
+% copyright FernUniversit\"at Hagen Nicht-kommerzielle
+% Rechenzentrum Weitergabe an wissenschaft-
+% J. Breuer / G. Barg liche Institutionen erlaubt
+% EARN: RZB02 at DHAFEU11
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Zugeh\"orige Dateien:
+% braille.sty diese Datei
+% braille.tfm
+% braille.pk (bzw. braille.1500pk) oder:
+% braille.pxl (bzw. braille.1500pxl)
+% Ausgabe-Zeichenvorrat:
+% alle druckbaren Zeichen nach deutscher 7 Bit ASCII /
+% 6-Punkt Braille-Zuordnung (also ohne Gro\ss{}buchstaben)
+% Aufruf:
+% \begin{braille} ... \end{braille}
+% Eingabe:
+% Gro\ss{}- und Kleinbuchstaben benutzbar,
+% Umlaute und und Esszet nach der \"ublichen TeX-Konvention
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newenvironment{braille}%
+{\font\braille=braille
+\braille
+\def\"##1{\if##1a\char91%
+\else\if##1o\char92%
+\else\if##1u\char93%
+\else\if##1A\char91%
+\else\if##1O\char92%
+\else\if##1U\char93%
+\else\if##1s\char126%
+\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}%
+\def\ss##1{\char126}%
+\begin{raggedright}
+\spaceskip=18pt
+\xspaceskip=18pt
+\newcount\oldtolerance \oldtolerance=\tolerance
+\newcount\oldpretolerance \oldpretolerance=\pretolerance
+\newcount\oldhyphenpenalty \oldhyphenpenalty=\hyphenpenalty
+\tolerance=10000\pretolerance=-10000\hyphenpenalty=0%trennt trotz flatterrand
+}%
+{
+\tolerance=\oldtolerance
+\pretolerance=\oldpretolerance
+\hyphenpenalty=\oldhyphenpenalty
+\end{raggedright}
+}%
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/briefdoc.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/briefdoc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..315ae6b1e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/briefdoc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+\documentstyle[a4]{artikel1}
+
+\begin{document}
+\title{De Nederlandse Briefstijl}
+\author{Victor Eijkhout}
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+Een bescheiden handleiding voor de Nederlandse briefstijl,
+met opmerkingen over het wat, hoe en waarom.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Verantwoording}
+
+De Nederlandse \LaTeX-stijl `brief' conformeert zich aan
+NEN-normen\footnote{Mijn zeer grote dank aan Jan Grootenhuis
+die mijn aandacht vestigde op het bestaan van de normbladen.}
+1026 voor briefpapier, 3162 voor het indelen van documenten,
+1025 voor enveloppen, en 3516 voor het ontwerp van formulieren.
+
+Briefontwerp is controversieel. Iedereen heeft een smaak, en
+met name bij briefpapier is die vaak zeer uitgesproken.
+Ik wil beklemtonen dat ik bij de implementatie van de briefstijl
+bijna nergens mijn smaak nodig heb gehad. Dankzij de NEN-normen
+is het ontwerp van briefpapier een zaak van exacte wetenschap,
+niet van schone kunsten.
+
+Deze stijl is redelijk incompatibel met de \LaTeX\ `letter' stijl.
+Hij is in bescheiden mate met opties in te stellen,
+en de sleutelwoorden kunnen uit een aantal talen
+gekozen worden. Alle teksten zijn verder geparametriseerd.
+Het is dus goed mogelijk stijlopties te maken om deze stijl
+aan een specifieke omgeving aan te passen.
+
+Als de gebruiker geen gebruik maakt van een voorgedrukt briefhoofd,
+kan hij zijn eigen briefhoofd in \LaTeX\ implementeren, of
+door de stijl een briefhoofd geleverd krijgen. Het ontwerp van
+dit briefhoofd is de enige plaats waar mijn smaak zich heeft
+doen gelden, maar zelfs dit ontwerp heb ik gejat uit een NEN-norm.
+
+Opmerking: zeker bij het gebruik van vensterenveloppen is het
+voor de briefstijl
+van cruciaal belang dat de gebruikte printer goed afgesteld
+staat. Dit valt te controleren aan de hand van het adres:
+dit dient op 33mm van de linker kantlijn te staan, terwijl
+de `baseline' van de eerste regel zich 59mm onder de bovenrand
+van het papier dient te bevinden.
+
+\section{Velden van het briefpapier}
+
+Deze sectie behandelt de indeling van brieven aan de hand
+van NEN-norm~1026.
+
+\subsection{Marges}
+
+Alle marges conformeren zich aan NEN-1026, behalve de
+rechtermarge die ik voor een evenwichtiger bladverdeling
+gelijk gemaakt heb aan de linkermarge.
+Met een gezette brief ziet dit er beduidend beter uit.
+
+De linkermarge is 33 millimeter; er zijn nog geen voorzieningen
+voor de versmalde marge van 20 millimeter, die voor facturen
+beter is.
+Dit zal misschien ooit een optie worden.
+
+Om aan te sluiten by traditionele getypte briefopmaak
+is `raggedright' bij verstek ingeschakeld.
+Aangezien briefhoofd, referentieregels, en voetregel de brief
+vrij breed kunnen maken, is de corpsgrootte bij verstek 11-punt.
+10~en~12 zijn opties.
+
+\subsection{Briefhoofd}
+
+Het moeilijkste deel van een brief, en de voornaamste plek waar
+de ontwerper van briefpapier zijn creativiteit kwijt kan
+is het briefhoofd.
+In de huidige stijl heeft de gebruiker drie mogelijkheden.
+
+Een. Hij gebruikt voorgedrukt briefpapier. Als dit zich een
+beetje aan NEN-normen houdt is er verder niets aan de hand.
+
+Twee. De gebruiker kan zelf een macro \verb.\briefhoofd. schrijven.
+Als dit binnen de hoogte van
+\verb.\@headheight. blijft, is er niets aan de hand;
+voorkeursbreedte is \verb.4\refveldbreedte., dat wil zeggen, de
+breedte van de referentieregel.
+
+Drie. Er is een macro van twee argumenten, `maakbriefhoofd',
+die een briefhoofd levert dat ge\"\i nspireerd is op de
+voorbeeldbrief in NEN-1026. Voorbeeld:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\maakbriefhoofd{WG13}{Werkgroep 13\\ Mathematisch Instituut
+ \\ Toernooiveld 5\\ 6525 ED Nijmegen}\end{verbatim}
+Het eerste argument levert
+een tekst op die links boven een verticale lijn gezet wordt.
+Het links aanlijnen gebeurt met \verb.\hfil., dus met een
+\verb.\hfill. in het argument kan een deel van het hoofd naar
+rechts worden geschoven.
+
+Het tweede argument van `maakbriefhoofd' wordt als een blokje tekst
+rechts onder de lijn in het briefhoofd gehangen.
+In principe is dit argument er voor het adres van de afzender.
+Er is echter een mogelijkheid het antwoordadres
+in het adresveld op te nemen, zie hier onder.
+In het briefhoofd kan dan een omschrijving als
+`adviesburo voor gespecialiseerde algemeenheden' staan.
+
+Het tekstblok in het tweede argument lijnt links met de datum en
+het vierde voetitem (zie onder), en blijft idealiter binnen
+de marge van de pagina. Er worden echter geen
+`overfull box' meldingen gegeven als de tekst te breed is.
+
+Er is een `sterretje'-versie van `maakbriefhoofd';
+deze geeft op de vervolgbladen alleen het eerste argument
+plus de streep. Dat maakt de kop van de pagina wat minder
+zwaar.
+
+\subsection{Adresveld}
+
+Het adresveld wordt zodanig geplaatst dat het in het
+venster van een vensterenvelop zichtbaar is als het
+venster 5cm onder de bovenrand van de envelop begint.
+Omdat er zowel vensterenveloppen zijn met het venster
+links als rechts, is er een optie {\tt adresrechts}
+die het adresveld rechts plaatst. De voorkeurspositie
+is echter links; er blijft dan namelijk rechts een
+`ontvangerruimte' waar de geadresseerde stempels (`binnen
+gekomen dd.') en dergelijke kan zetten.
+
+Het adresveld komt op dezelfde manier tot stand als in de
+oude `letter' stijl: de gebruiker geeft
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{brief}{Jan \TeX er\\ Overfullplein 10000 \\ Baselinestad}
+\end{verbatim}
+in, en hieruit destilleert \LaTeX\ de naam en het verdere
+adres van de geadresseerde.
+De naam komt nog voor op de vervolgbladen.
+
+Het schijnt van de PTT te mogen dat er (helemaal boven) in het ruitje
+van de vensterenvelop een antwoordadres wordt opgenomen,
+als dat maar gebeurt zodanig dat het geen verwarring
+schept met het adres. Er is een commando \verb.\antwoordadres.
+dat een adres als argument accepteert,
+met de regels gescheiden door~\verb.\\..
+Voorbeeld:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\maakbriefhoofd{WG13}{De de facto standaard \\ in Vaderlandse
+ \\ \TeX verwerking}
+\antwoordadres{Mathematisch Instituut \\ Toernooiveld 5
+ \\ 6525 ED Nijmegen}\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsection{De Referentieregels}
+
+Direct onder het adresveld volgt ruimte voor gegevens
+van de geadresseerde, `Uw brief van' en `Uw kenmerk',
+en van afzender, `Ons kenmerk' en `Datum'.
+
+Voor deze referentiegegevens staan de gebruiker
+de commando's \verb.\uwbriefvan., \verb.\uwkenmerk.,
+\verb.\onskenmerk., en \verb.\datum. ter beschikking.
+Deze macro's hebben elk \'e\'en argument tussen accolades.
+De datum wordt automatisch ingevuld; niet ingevulde
+gegevens worden niet opgenomen.
+
+De teksten die hier in de kopjes staan worden
+in eerste instantie door de taalopties bepaald.
+Verstekwaarde is natuurlijk `nederlands', maar er
+zijn `engels', `amerikaans', en `duits' beschikbaar.
+Ik houd me aanbevolen voor correcte terminologie
+in andere talen; enkele fouten in de Duitse termen
+zijn op aanwijzing van Marc van Woerkom verbeterd.
+Wie geeft me de Franse termen?
+
+De teksten in de referentieregel
+zijn waardes van de macros
+\verb.\uwbriefvantekst., \verb.\uwkenmerktekst.,
+\verb.\onskenmerktekst., en \verb.\datumtekst..
+Het is dus mogelijk `doorkiesnummer' in plaats van `ons kenmerk'
+te krijgen door deze tekst
+als `onskernmerktekst' te declareren, bij voorbeeld
+met \verb.\renewcommand. in het preamble.
+
+
+\subsection{De tekst van de brief}
+
+Hier hoeft op deze plaats niets over gezegd te worden,
+anders dan dat de aanhef, net als in de `letter' stijl
+met \verb.\opening. gebeurt. Er is een `betreft' commando.
+
+Ook de afsluiting staat in het \LaTeX-boek beschreven,
+maar de commandonamen zijn Nederlands geworden:
+`ondertekening' (was `signature'),
+`afsluiting' (was `closing'), `ps', en `cc' Dit is Engels,
+maar bijna niemand weet wat het betekent.
+Verder is er zowel een `bijlage' als
+`bijlagen' (was~`encl').
+
+
+\subsection{Voetruimte}
+
+`In de voetruimte' (ik citeer NEN-1026) `komen die gegevens
+van de afzender die niet reeds in het briefhoofd zijn
+vermeld'. De keuze hiervan wordt aan de gebruiker overgelaten.
+Enkele suggesties zijn: kantooradres, telefoonnummer van de
+centrale, faxnummer, inschrijvingsnummer en -plaats in het
+handelsregister.
+
+Er kunnen maximaal vier voetitems zijn.
+Items verschijnen op de pagina in de volgorder waarin de
+gebruiker ze gedeclareerd heeft.
+Bij twee items of meer is het laatste rechtsgeplaatst. Goeie truc.
+
+Omdat hier beduidend meer keuze is dan bij de referentieregel,
+moet de gebruiker zelf het hoofdje en de daaronder
+geplaatste tekst van items in de voetregel voorschrijven.
+De macro van twee argumenten \verb.\voetitem. staat
+hem/haar daartoe ter beschikking. Elke van de argumenten
+kan meer dan \'e\'en regel lang zijn, gebruik~\verb.\\..
+Voorbeeld:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\voetitem{fax:}{12345 Winat nl}
+\voetitem{telefoon:}{080-613169\\ bgg: 612986}
+\voetitem{telefoon\\ priv\'e:}{080-448664}\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Hulplijntjes; vouwstreepjes}
+
+Door een optie `streepjes' in te schakelen, is het briefpapier
+van hulpstreepjes te voorzien.
+
+Volgens NEN-1026 heeft briefpapier een instelstreepje halverwege,
+niet voor vouwen in twee\"en zoals hele volksstammen denken, maar
+voor het aanlijnen van de perforator.
+Aan de rechterzijde van het blad zijn twee vouwstreepjes, een
+voor vouwen in drie\"en, en een voor vouwen in twee\"en.
+Geen van beide bevindt zich op de helft of een-derde van de
+papierhoogte. Omdat enveloppen hoger zijn dan een A4-tje gedeeld
+door 2 of~3 zou dat ook niet kunnen. Vensters, weet U wel?
+
+Ik ben uitgegaan van envelopformaten EN-C5 ($162\times229$mm
+voor een A4 in twee\"en) en EN-DL ($110\times220$ voor
+een A4 in drie\"en) volgens NEN-1025 en ISO 269-1979.
+Vouwstreepjes bevinden zich op 105mm en 155mm onder de
+bovenrand van het papier.
+
+
+\section{Vervolgbladen}
+
+Boven elk vervolgblad komt het briefhoofd (mogelijk verkort,
+zie boven) en een verkorte
+vorm van de referentieregel; deze regel bevat het
+bladnummer.
+
+Als het briefhoofd met daaronder de `vervolgreferentieregel'
+(galgje! galgje!) te veel ruimte innemen, gaat de extra ruimte
+af van de teksthoogte. Voor dit mechanisme durf ik niet
+voor de volle achtien-en-een-half procent in te staan.
+Het lijkt in ieder geval te werken.
+
+
+\section{Opties}
+
+De optie `adresrechts' is boven al genoemd, evenals `streepjes';
+verder is er nog een optie `typhulp' die een
+hulplijntje voor het aanlijnen van het adres zet. Misschien leuk
+als je deze stijl gebruikt voor briefpapier dat daarna voor de
+typmachine gebruikt wordt.
+
+Belangrijker zijn natuurlijk de taalopties.
+
+Voor mensen met te goede of slechte ogen zijn er de 10- en
+12-punts opties. Let op: de kopjes in de referentie- en
+voetregel blijven in {\tt cmssq8} staan.
+
+Puur voor het genoegen van de implementator van de briefstijl
+is er de optie `USletter' die het papier 19.7 millimeter
+korter maakt.
+
+\section{Labels}
+
+Pijnlijk punt. Dit moet nog gedaan worden.
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/captcont.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/captcont.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70f662ee25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/captcont.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+% SubStyle file to permit the use of captions in continuations of floats.
+%
+% \captcont is like \caption, except that it doesn't update the counter, and
+% it doesn't make an entry in the list of figures or list of tables.
+
+\def\captcont{\@dblarg{\@captcont\@captype}}
+
+\long\def\@captcont#1[#2]#3{
+% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+% the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}
+ \par
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/changebar.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/changebar.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0532ade63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/changebar.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+% Change bar document-style option for LaTeX.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1990 by David B. Johnson (dbj@titan.rice.edu).
+
+% These macros draw a solid bar down the right margin of the output,
+% covering a range of the input file that has been declared to be changed.
+%
+% The beginning and end of a change bar in the text are marked with
+% \chgbarbegin and \chgbarend, respectively. For example,
+%
+% Here is some sample text \chgbarbegin that was
+% changed\chgbarend{} and some that wasn't changed.
+%
+% The change bar is drawn continuously between the line of output
+% containing the \chgbarbegin and the line of output containing the
+% \chgbarend. These lines can end up on separate pages, and the
+% division at page boundaries is handled automatically.
+
+% Two dimensions control the size and placement of the change bars:
+% \chgbarwidth The width of a change bar
+% \chgbarsep The distance between the text and the change bar
+
+% Warning: it does not appear to be possible to do this completely
+% correctly, due to the time at which the verticle glue on a page is
+% finally set, and the way that page breaks are decided. With
+% \raggedbottom, this normally works fine. It hasn't been tested with
+% \flushbottom, but will probably behave worse. In strange rare
+% situations, a change bar might be drawn from the first line of a page
+% up off the top of a page; this can usually be fixed by slightly moving
+% the \chngbarend around, or by breaking a single change bar range
+% into two ranges.
+
+\newdimen\chgbarwidth \newdimen\chgbarsep
+\chgbarwidth 4pt
+\chgbarsep .25in
+
+\def\chgbarbegin{\ifhmode\@chgbar{-2}\else\@chgbar{-3}\fi}
+\def\chgbarend{\@chgbar{-4}}
+
+\marginparpush 0pt
+
+% The remainder of this is hacked up based on the LaTeX 2.09 latex.tex.
+
+% copied from \marginpar
+\def\@chgbar#1{\ifhmode \@bsphack\@floatpenalty -\@Mii\else
+ \@floatpenalty-\@Miii\fi\ifinner
+ \@parmoderr\@floatpenalty\z@
+ \else\@next\@currbox\@freelist{\global
+ \count\@currbox#1}{\@floatpenalty\z@ \@fltovf
+ \def\@currbox{\@tempboxa}}\fi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox
+ \bgroup\end@float\@esphack}
+
+\newdimen\@chgbarbegin
+\newif\if@inchgbar \@inchgbarfalse
+
+\def\@addmarginpar{%
+\ifnum\count\@currbox = -2 % change bar begin from hmode
+ \global\@chgbarbegin\@pageht \global\advance\@chgbarbegin -\baselineskip
+ \global\@inchgbartrue
+ \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
+\else
+\ifnum\count\@currbox = -3 % change bar begin not from hmode
+ \global\@chgbarbegin\@pageht
+ \global\@inchgbartrue
+ \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
+\else
+\ifnum\count\@currbox = -4 % change bar end
+ \if@inchgbar\else\@latexbug\fi
+ \@tempdima\@pageht \advance\@tempdima -\@chgbarbegin
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \@tempcnta\@ne
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \if@firstcolumn \@tempcnta\m@ne \fi
+ \else
+ \if@mparswitch
+ \ifodd\c@page \else\@tempcnta\m@ne \fi
+ \fi
+ \if@reversemargin \@tempcnta -\@tempcnta \fi
+ \fi
+ \hbox to\columnwidth
+ {\ifnum \@tempcnta >\z@
+ \hskip\columnwidth \hskip\chgbarsep
+ \else \hskip -\chgbarsep \fi
+\hbox{\vbox to 0pt{\vss
+ \hrule \@height\@tempdima \@width\chgbarwidth \@depth\z@
+}}
+\hss}
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \global\@inchgbarfalse
+ \@cons\@freelist\@currbox
+\else
+ \@next\@marbox\@currlist{\@cons\@freelist\@marbox
+ \@cons\@freelist\@currbox}\@latexbug\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \if@firstcolumn \@tempcnta\m@ne \fi
+ \else
+ \if@mparswitch
+ \ifodd\c@page \else\@tempcnta\m@ne \fi
+ \fi
+ \if@reversemargin \@tempcnta -\@tempcnta \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta <\z@ \global\setbox\@marbox\box\@currbox \fi
+ \@tempdima\@mparbottom \advance\@tempdima -\@pageht
+ \advance\@tempdima\ht\@marbox \ifdim\@tempdima >\z@
+ \@warning{Marginpar on page \thepage\space moved}\else\@tempdima\z@ \fi
+ \global\@mparbottom\@pageht \global\advance\@mparbottom\@tempdima
+ \global\advance\@mparbottom\dp\@marbox
+ \global\advance\@mparbottom\marginparpush
+ \advance\@tempdima -\ht\@marbox
+ \global\ht\@marbox\z@ \global\dp\@marbox\z@
+ \vskip -\@pagedp \vskip\@tempdima\nointerlineskip
+ \hbox to\columnwidth
+ {\ifnum \@tempcnta >\z@
+ \hskip\columnwidth \hskip\marginparsep
+ \else \hskip -\marginparsep \hskip -\marginparwidth \fi
+ \box\@marbox \hss}
+ \vskip -\@tempdima
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \hbox{\vrule \@height\z@ \@width\z@ \@depth\@pagedp}
+\fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def\@makecol{\setbox\@outputbox\box\@cclv
+ \if@inchgbar
+ \@tempcnta\@ne
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \if@firstcolumn \@tempcnta\m@ne \fi
+ \else
+ \if@mparswitch
+ \ifodd\c@page \else\@tempcnta\m@ne \fi
+ \fi
+ \if@reversemargin \@tempcnta -\@tempcnta \fi
+ \fi
+ \@tempdima\ht\@outputbox \advance\@tempdima -\@chgbarbegin
+ \advance\@tempdima -\baselineskip
+ \setbox\@outputbox
+ \vbox{\boxmaxdepth \maxdepth
+ \unvbox\@outputbox \nointerlineskip \hbox to\columnwidth
+ {\ifnum \@tempcnta >\z@
+ \hskip\columnwidth \hskip\chgbarsep
+ \else \hskip -\chgbarsep \fi
+ \hbox{\vbox to 0pt{\vss
+ \hrule \@height\@tempdima \@width\chgbarwidth \@depth\z@}}\hss}}
+ \global\@chgbarbegin 0pt
+\fi
+ \ifvoid\footins\else\setbox\@outputbox
+ \vbox{\boxmaxdepth \maxdepth
+ \unvbox\@outputbox\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule\unvbox\footins}\fi
+ \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}\gdef\@midlist{}\@combinefloats
+ \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\@colht{\boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \@texttop\dimen128=\dp\@outputbox\unvbox\@outputbox
+ \vskip-\dimen128\@textbottom}
+ \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth}
+
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/chappg.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/chappg.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8ed6c14249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/chappg.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+% Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+% Define \thepage to output chapter-page (such as 1-3, 5-2, etc.)
+% and have each chapter's page number begin on 1.
+% Original source: TeXMaG Vol. 5, No. 3 (part 1)
+%
+% \documentstyle[chappg]{report} or whatnot:
+
+\renewcommand{\thepage}{\arabic{chapter}-\arabic{page}}% chapter-page numbering
+\@addtoreset{page}{chapter}% reset page number when chapter is stepped
+% The next magic makes the page counter be reset to one rather than zero
+\def\@stpelt#1{\global\csname c@#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\ifx \csname#1\endcsname \page
+ \@ne
+ \else
+ \z@ \fi}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/citesort.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/citesort.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de21ebb252
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/citesort.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+%NAME: citesort.sty
+% A replacement for \@citex which sorts citation numbers as well as
+% compressing and allowing breaks. Based on cite.sty by Donald
+% Arseneau.
+%
+% for use in LaTeX say, \documentstyle[...,citesort,...]{...}
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Allow, but strongly discourage, line breaks within a long
+% series of citations. Compress lists of successive numbers
+% to one number range, e.g., 5,6,7,8,9 --> 5--9. Compatible
+% with versions of \@cite that use exponents.
+% -- Donald Arseneau 1989
+%
+% Modified to sort the numbers so they come out in increasing order,
+% regardless of the way they appear in the source. O(N^2) sort!
+% Ian Green, CUED, 10-Dec-1991. Improvements to img@eng.cam.ac.uk
+% please. Version 1
+
+\newcount\@minsofar
+\newcount\@min
+\newcount\@cite@temp
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{%
+\if@filesw \immediate \write \@auxout {\string \citation {#2}}\fi
+\@tempcntb\m@ne \let\@h@ld\relax \def\@citea{}%
+\@min\m@ne%
+\@cite{%
+ \@for \@citeb:=#2\do {\@ifundefined {b@\@citeb}%
+ {\@h@ld\@citea\@tempcntb\m@ne{\bf ?}%
+ \@warning {Citation `\@citeb ' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\@minsofar\z@ \@for \@scan@cites:=#2\do {%
+ \@ifundefined{b@\@scan@cites}%
+ {\@cite@temp\m@ne}
+ {\@cite@temp\number\csname b@\@scan@cites \endcsname \relax}%
+\ifnum\@cite@temp > \@min% select the next one to list
+ \ifnum\@minsofar = \z@
+ \@minsofar\number\@cite@temp
+ \edef\@scan@copy{\@scan@cites}\else
+ \ifnum\@cite@temp < \@minsofar
+ \@minsofar\number\@cite@temp
+ \edef\@scan@copy{\@scan@cites}\fi\fi\fi}\@tempcnta\@min
+ \ifnum\@minsofar > \z@ % some more
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \@min\@minsofar
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta=\@minsofar % Number follows previous--hold on to it
+ \ifx\@h@ld\relax
+ \edef \@h@ld{\@citea\csname b@\@scan@copy\endcsname}%
+ \else \edef\@h@ld{\ifmmode{-}\else--\fi\csname b@\@scan@copy\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ \else \@h@ld\@citea\csname b@\@scan@copy\endcsname
+ \let\@h@ld\relax
+ \fi % no more
+\fi}%
+\def\@citea{,\penalty\@highpenalty\,}}\@h@ld}{#1}}
+
+% end of citesort.sty
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/doublespace.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/doublespace.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34b33e1f0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/doublespace.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+%% Copyright 1986 Stephen Page
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `unmaintained'.
+%
+% This work consists of the file doublespace.sty.
+%
+% The licence statement above was added by Clea F. Rees on behalf of
+% Stephen Page on 2008/10/31.
+%------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% LaTeX Document style option "doublespace"
+% -- usage: \documentstyle[...,doublespace,...]{...}
+%
+% This style option produces a double-spaced document by redefining
+% the LaTeX parameter \baselinestretch to 2.
+%
+% It also fixes a number of problems with standard LaTeX, as follows:
+%
+% 1. A new environment "singlespace" is provided, within which single
+% spacing will apply.
+% JFL - changed so that it works in regular text and so that vertical
+% space is before and after is correctly computed
+% 2. Double spacing is turned off within footnotes and floats (figures
+% and tables).
+% 3. Proper double spacing happens below tabular environments and in other
+% places where LaTeX uses a strut.
+% 4. Slightly more space is inserted before footnotes.
+% 5. JFL - fixes spacing before and after displayed math
+% 6. MAR - fix to work with new font selection scheme if used
+% 7. KPC - fix superfluous space bug.
+% 8. HGS - fixed for use with NFSS2
+%
+% Note: This version sets a baselinestretch of 2. If this is too much,
+% put \setstretch{1.7} (or some appropriate value) before the
+% \begin{document} command. To print the document with single spacing
+% again, without removing "singlespace" environments, just put a
+% \setstretch{1} at the top of the document.
+%
+% PLEASE REPORT ANY BUGS
+%
+% Modified by: Kaja P. Christiansen, kaja@daimi.aau.dk
+%
+% Modified by: Mark A. Roth, mroth@afit.af.mil
+%
+% Modified by: Jean-Francois Lamy
+% lamy@ai.toronto.edu
+% lamy@utai.uucp
+%
+% Modified by: Hendrik G. Seliger (HGS)
+% hank@Blimp.automat.uni-essen.de
+%
+% Author: Stephen Page -- sdpage@prg.oxford.ac.uk
+% sdpage%prg.oxford.ac.uk@cs.ucl.ac.uk
+%
+% Release date: 6 July 1986 - September 3, 1986
+%
+% Known bugs:
+% . It might be nice if spacing before the footnote rule (\footins)
+% were provided in a tidier way.
+% . Increasing struts may possibly cause some other obscure part of
+% formatting to fall over.
+% . \begin{singlespace}\begin{quote} produces the wrong spacing before
+% the quote (extra glue is inserted), use \begin{quote}\begin{singlespace}
+% . shouldn't @setsize stretch parskip as well?
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%---Set up double spacing
+
+\def\baselinestretch{2}
+
+
+%---New command "\setstretch" (slightly more mnemonic... and easier to type)
+
+\def\setstretch#1{\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{#1}}
+
+%---Stretch the baseline BEFORE calculating the strut size. This improves
+% spacing below tabular environments etc., probably...
+% Comments are welcomed.
+% This change not needed with new font selection scheme-MAR
+
+\ifx\undefined\selectfont %then new font selection scheme not invoked-MAR
+\def\@setsize#1#2#3#4{\@nomath#1%-KPC
+ \let\@currsize#1\baselineskip
+ #2\baselineskip\baselinestretch\baselineskip
+ \parskip\baselinestretch\parskip
+ \setbox\strutbox\hbox{\vrule height.7\baselineskip
+ depth.3\baselineskip width\z@}%-KPC
+ \normalbaselineskip\baselineskip#3#4}
+\else %new font selection scheme is defined, set up way to change baselines-MAR
+ % NFSS2 does not have \setnew@baselineskip anymore - HGS
+\def\@newbaseline{%
+ \ifx\undefined\setnew@baselineskip% HGS
+ \baselineskip\f@baselineskip\relax%
+ \else% HGS
+ \setnew@baselineskip%
+ \fi% HGS
+ \baselineskip\baselinestretch\baselineskip
+ \setbox\strutbox\hbox{\vrule\@height.7\baselineskip
+ \@depth.3\baselineskip \@width\z@}%
+ \normalbaselineskip\baselineskip}% -MAR
+\fi %-MAR
+
+
+%---Increase the space between last line of text and footnote rule.
+% This is a very untidy way to do it!
+
+\skip\footins 20pt plus4pt minus4pt
+
+
+%---Reset baselinestretch within footnotes and floats. Originally stolen
+% from Stanford thesis style.
+
+\def\@xfloat#1[#2]{\ifhmode \@bsphack\@floatpenalty -\@Mii\else
+ \@floatpenalty-\@Miii\fi\def\@captype{#1}\ifinner
+ \@parmoderr\@floatpenalty\z@
+ \else\@next\@currbox\@freelist{\@tempcnta\csname ftype@#1\endcsname
+ \multiply\@tempcnta\@xxxii\advance\@tempcnta\sixt@@n
+ \@tfor \@tempa :=#2\do
+ {\if\@tempa h\advance\@tempcnta \@ne\fi
+ \if\@tempa t\advance\@tempcnta \tw@\fi
+ \if\@tempa b\advance\@tempcnta 4\relax\fi
+ \if\@tempa p\advance\@tempcnta 8\relax\fi
+ }\global\count\@currbox\@tempcnta}\@fltovf\fi
+ \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox\bgroup
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}
+ \ifx\undefined\selectfont %then new font selection scheme not invoked-MAR
+ \small\normalsize
+ \else %else new font selection scheme is invoked-MAR
+ \@newbaseline %include new baselinestretch-MAR
+ \fi %-MAR
+ \boxmaxdepth\z@
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore}
+\long\def\@footnotetext#1{\insert\footins{\def\baselinestretch{1}\footnotesize
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep
+ \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}\@makefntext
+ {\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}}}
+
+% Stolen from MIT.
+%
+% A single spaced quote (say) is done by surrounding singlespace with quote.
+%
+\def\singlespace{%
+\vskip\parskip%
+\vskip\baselineskip%
+\def\baselinestretch{1}%
+\ifx\undefined\selectfont %then new font selection scheme not invoked-MAR
+\ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi%
+\else %else new font selection scheme is invoked-MAR
+\@newbaseline %include new baselinestretch-MAR
+\fi %-MAR
+\vskip-\parskip%
+\vskip-\baselineskip%
+}
+
+\def\endsinglespace{\par}
+
+% spacing, doublespace and onehalfspace all are meant to INCREASE the
+% spacing (i.e. calling onehalfspace from within doublespace will not
+% produce a graceful transition between spacings)
+%
+\def\spacing#1{\par%
+ \begingroup % moved from \endspacing by PGBR 1-29-91
+ \def\baselinestretch{#1}%
+ \ifx\undefined\selectfont %then new font selection scheme not invoked-MAR
+ \ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi
+ \else %else new font selection scheme is invoked-MAR
+ \@newbaseline %include new baselinestretch-MAR
+ \fi %-MAR
+}
+
+\def\endspacing{\par%
+ \vskip \parskip%
+ \vskip \baselineskip%
+ \endgroup%
+ \vskip -\parskip%
+ \vskip -\baselineskip%
+} %\begingroup used to be here, PGBR 1-29-91
+
+\def\onehalfspace{\spacing{1.5}}
+\let\endonehalfspace=\endspacing
+
+\def\doublespace{\spacing{2}}
+\let\enddoublespace=\endspacing %corrected--first end missing-MAR
+
+% Fix up spacing before and after displayed math
+% (arraystretch seems to do a fine job for inside LaTeX displayed math,
+% since array and eqnarray seem to be affected as expected)
+% Changing \baselinestretch and doing a font change also works if done here,
+% but then you have to change @setsize to remove the call to @nomath)
+%
+\everydisplay{
+ \abovedisplayskip \baselinestretch\abovedisplayskip%
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip%
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \baselinestretch\abovedisplayshortskip%
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \baselinestretch\belowdisplayshortskip}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endfloat.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endfloat.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8427156bc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endfloat.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+%% Save file as: ENDFLOAT.STY Source: FILESERV@SHSU.BITNET
+% Name: endfloat.sty
+% Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article
+% Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table
+% Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+% Latest Version: Version 2.0 <02 Jun 1992>
+% Archives: pasture.ecn.purdue.edu, shsu.edu or FILESERV@SHSU.BITNET
+% Note: See USAGE, CHANGE LOG, and BUGS below.
+% See also: comment.sty, endnotes.sty
+%
+% WHAT IS THIS STYLE FOR?
+% The purpose of this style is to put all figures on pages by themselves
+% at the end of an article in a section named Figures. Likewise for tables.
+% Reference can be made in the text of where the figure should have been
+% (only caption appears - see \markersintext [default] and \nomarkersintext
+% below. \ref and \label always works on the ones at the end). This is
+% usually required when preparing submissions to journals.
+%
+% WARNING!
+% This creates two extra files: \jobname.fff and \jobname.ttt
+% It may also necessitate another latex cycle because of the float
+% movement (when you use \label and \ref) and bibtex.
+%
+% WHY WRITE THIS STYLE?
+% Many journals require tables and figures to be separated from the text
+% when you submit those ugly doublespaced copies. They also usually want
+% a list of figures/tables before these sections (capability added in v2.0).
+%
+% I am writing a set of styles that look exactly like a journal, but just
+% by adding one style option, I wanted the user to meet the requirements
+% for formatting submissions. I encourage others to do the same.
+%
+% USAGE:
+% if you use: \documentstyle{article}
+% change it to: \documentstyle[endfloat]{article}
+% That's all you have to do. This will produce two extra files with
+% .ttt and .fff extensions (for tables and figures, respectively).
+%
+% This puts all figures and tables at the end of your document
+% and creates a List of Figures and/or List of Tables section
+% at the end (when appropriate). If you do not want a these, they
+% can be turned off by putting \nofiglist and \notablist in the
+% preamble of your document.
+%
+% It also leaves notes in the text (i.e., ``[Figure 4 about here.]'').
+% If you would rather not have these, this can be turned off by
+% putting \nomarkersintext in the preamble of your document. If you
+% do not like this marker, you can change it by using \renewcommand
+% (see PREPARING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE VERSION below).
+%
+% HOW DID I WRITE THIS?
+%
+% Overview: redefine the figure and table environment following % bj
+% the \begin{comment} ... \end{comment} environment of % bj
+% comment.sty by Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@csrd.uiuc.edu>.
+% Instead of processing what was between \begin{...} and \end{...},
+% every line is written to a file (\jobname.fff for figures, \jobname.ttt
+% for tables). Then, when you do an \end{document}, the figure section
+% is processed, then the table section is processed. This could easily
+% be reversed (tables first) if necessary.
+%
+% After initial versions, I received much help from Ronald Kappert
+% and Brian Junker (see CHANGE LOG below). <Thanks guys!>
+% If anyone has any bugs/suggestions to report, mail them to
+% jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu.
+% Darrell McCauley <02 Jun 1992>
+%
+% PREPARING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE VERSION
+%
+% 10-03-92: Announcements in any language can be generated with
+% a \renewcommand{\figureplace} or \renewcommand{\tableplace}
+% with default
+%\def\figureplace{\bf\figurename~\thepostfig should be placed near here.}
+% and
+%\def\tableplace{\bf\tablename~\theposttbl should be placed near here.}
+% The name of figures and tables is governed by standard
+% LaTeX variables \figurename and \tablename.
+% The name of the section with the figures can be governed with
+% a \renewcommand{\figuresection}{...Name of Figs. section...}
+% Ditto for \tablesection. Default is \def\tablesection{Tables}
+% and \def\figuresection{Figures}.
+%
+% URC (RJHK)
+%
+% CHANGE LOG
+% (if you make any changes to this, record them here)
+% <25 Feb 1992> v0.1 - created by Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+% <01 Mar 1992> v1.0 - cleaned up and released <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+%
+% <10 Mar 1992> v1.0 - some adaptions for LaTeX 2.09 <14-1-92> and
+% international namegiving by Ronald Kappert
+% <R.Kappert@urc.kun.nl>.
+% <13 Mar 1992> v1.1 - verified that floats were used before a section was
+% created for them. <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+% <14 Mar 1992> v1.2 - corrected typo that may have caused figures not
+% to be printed. <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+%
+% <27 May 1992> ???? - (1) changed "comment" to "figure" and "komment" to
+% "table" throughout, to avoid collisions with other
+% style files' definitions of "\comment". Also
+% fixes "\begin{table} ends with \end{komment}"
+% error generated by my (older) version of PC TeX.
+%
+% (2) Fixed gobble of float position specifiers.
+% There are two ways to do this: (a) \write
+% \ifnextchar[{\gobbleuntilnext}{} into every
+% environment written to \jobname.fff, etc.; (b)
+% save LaTeX's old def's of \figure and \table
+% and re-use them when processing fig's and tables.
+% I chose the latter approach, for maximum
+% consistency with LaTeX, other style files, etc.
+%
+% (3) Added def's of \tablename and \figurename,
+% which my version of PC-TeX seemed to need.
+% <backward compatability for earlier versions :-> %jdm
+%
+% (4) Moved formatting of figure/table markers to
+% \figureplace and \tableplace.
+%
+% (5) Style change: in-text markers are now
+% centered reminders like "[Figure 4 about here.]".
+%
+% (6) Style change: added list of tables and
+% figures to the table and figure sections.
+% Change back to old format with \nofiglist and
+% \notablist.
+%
+% (7) Changed default to \markersintext.
+%
+% (8) Fixed trivial typo in \@openposttbls
+%
+% All changes marked "% bj" at end of line.
+% Brian Junker <brian@stat.cmu.edu>
+% <02 Jun 1992> v2.0 - incorporated changes made by Junker (see above).
+% Corrected problem of extra blank spaces in
+% the output when \nomarkersintext was in effect
+% (bug reported by <schultz@unixg.ubc.ca>).
+% <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+% BUGS:
+% <14 Mar 1992> still needs to gobble float position specifiers.
+%
+\newif\if@domarkers
+\def\markersintext{
+ \@domarkerstrue }
+\def\nomarkersintext{
+ \@domarkersfalse
+}
+%\nomarkersintext
+\markersintext % bj
+
+\newif\if@tablist % bj
+\def\dotablist{\@tablisttrue} % bj
+\def\notablist{\@tablistfalse} % bj
+\dotablist % bj
+
+\newif\if@figlist % bj
+\def\dofiglist{\@figlisttrue} % bj
+\def\nofiglist{\@figlistfalse} % bj
+\dofiglist % bj
+
+\newcounter{postfig}
+\newwrite\@postfigs
+\newif\if@postfigsopen \global\@postfigsopenfalse
+ \def\@openpostfigs{\immediate\openout\@postfigs=\jobname.fff\relax
+ \message{(\jobname.fff)}%
+ \global\@postfigsopentrue}
+
+\newcounter{posttbl}
+\newwrite\@posttbls
+\newif\if@posttblsopen \global\@posttblsopenfalse
+
+\def\@openposttbls{\immediate\openout\@posttbls=\jobname.ttt\relax
+ \message{(\jobname.ttt)}% % bj
+ \global\@posttblsopentrue}
+
+\def\makeinnocent#1{\catcode`#1=12 }
+
+%\def\figureplace{\bf\figurename~\thepostfig should be placed near here.} % bj
+%\def\tableplace{\bf\tablename~\theposttbl should be placed near here.} % bj
+
+\@ifundefined{figurename}{\def\figurename{Figure}}{} % bj
+\@ifundefined{tablename}{\def\tablename{Table}}{} % bj
+
+\def\figureplace{\begin{center} % bj
+[\figurename~\thepostfig\ about here.] % bj
+\end{center}} % bj
+\def\tableplace{\begin{center} % bj
+[\tablename~\theposttbl\ about here.] % bj
+\end{center}} % bj
+
+\def\@gobbleuntilnext[#1]{}
+%\let\eatarg\@gobbleuntilnext % bj
+%\let\ifnextchar\@ifnextchar % bj
+
+\let\@bfig\figure % bj
+\let\@efig\endfigure % bj
+\let\@btab\table % bj
+\let\@etab\endtable % bj
+\let\endfigure\relax % bj
+\let\endtable\relax % bj
+
+%
+% the {blank space } appearing with \nomarkersintext was fixed by adding
+% a percent sign (%) at strategic locations, determined by setting
+% \tracingcommands=1 % Darrell
+%
+
+\def\figure{%
+% \if@nextchar[{
+ \if@postfigsopen \else \@openpostfigs \fi%
+ \immediate\write\@postfigs{\string\begin{figure}}%
+% \immediate\write\@postfigs{\string\ifnextchar[{\string\eatarg}{}} % bj
+ \if@domarkers%
+ \addtocounter{postfig}{1}% % bj
+ \figureplace% % bj
+ \fi%
+ \def\@currenvir{figure}%
+ \begingroup%
+ \let\do\makeinnocent \dospecials%
+ \makeinnocent\^^L% and whatever other special cases
+ \endlinechar`\^^M \catcode`\^^M=12 \xfigure}%
+{\catcode`\^^M=12 \endlinechar=-1 %
+ \gdef\xfigure#1^^M{\def\test{#1}%
+ \ifx\test\endfiguretest%
+ \def\next{\endgroup\end{figure}%
+ \immediate\write\@postfigs{\string\end{figure}}%
+ \immediate\write\@postfigs{\string\clearpage}%
+ \immediate\write\@postfigs{ }}%
+ \else\ifx\test\enddblfiguretest%
+ \def\next{\endgroup\end{figure}%
+ \immediate\write\@postfigs{\string\end{figure}}%
+ \immediate\write\@postfigs{\string\clearpage}%
+ \immediate\write\@postfigs{ }}%
+ % skip over float position specifier (fps)
+ \else\@ifnextchar[%
+ \@whilesw \ifx\test\CB \fi%
+ \@gobble%
+ \else%
+ \if@postfigsopen \else \@openpostfigs \fi%
+ \immediate\write\@postfigs{#1}%
+ \let\next\xfigure%
+ \fi \fi \next}%
+}%
+
+%hello
+{\escapechar=-1%
+ \xdef\CB{]}%
+ \xdef\endfiguretest{\string\\end\string\{figure\string\}}%
+ \xdef\enddblfiguretest{\string\\end\string\{figure*\string\}}%
+}%
+
+\def\table{\if@posttblsopen \else \@openposttbls \fi
+ \immediate\write\@posttbls{\string\begin{table}}%
+% \immediate\write\@posttbls{\string\ifnextchar[{\string\eatarg}{}} % bj
+ \if@domarkers
+ \addtocounter{posttbl}{1} % bj
+ \tableplace % bj
+ \fi
+ \def\@currenvir{table}%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\do\makeinnocent \dospecials
+ \makeinnocent\^^L% and whatever other special cases
+ \endlinechar`\^^M \catcode`\^^M=12 \xtable}
+{\catcode`\^^M=12 \endlinechar=-1 %
+ \gdef\xtable#1^^M{\def\test{#1}
+ \ifx\test\enddbltabletest
+ \def\next{\endgroup\end{table}
+ \immediate\write\@posttbls{\string\end{table}}
+ \immediate\write\@posttbls{\string\clearpage}
+ \immediate\write\@posttbls{ }}
+ \else\ifx\test\endtabletest
+ \def\next{\endgroup\end{table}
+ \immediate\write\@posttbls{\string\end{table}}
+ \immediate\write\@posttbls{\string\clearpage}
+ \immediate\write\@posttbls{ }}
+ \else
+ \if@posttblsopen \else \@openposttbls \fi
+ \immediate\write\@posttbls{#1}%
+ \let\next\xtable
+ \fi \fi \next}
+}
+
+{\escapechar=-1
+ \xdef\enddbltabletest{\string\\end\string\{table*\string\}}
+ \xdef\endtabletest{\string\\end\string\{table\string\}}
+}
+%% end of stuff from comment.sty
+
+% \let\figure=\figure
+%\ let\table=\table
+\@namedef{figure*}{\figure}
+\@namedef{table*}{\table}
+\def\endfloat{\endfigure}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\figuresection{Figures}
+\def\tablesection{Tables}
+
+\def\processfigures{
+ \if@postfigsopen
+ \immediate\closeout\@postfigs \global\@postfigsopenfalse
+% \let\figure={\@float{figure}} % bj
+% \let\endfigure=\end@float % bj
+ \let\figure\@bfig % bj
+ \let\endfigure\@efig % bj
+ \clearpage % bj
+ \if@figlist % bj
+ {\normalsize\listoffigures} % bj
+ \clearpage % bj
+ \else % bj
+ \section*{\figuresection} % bj
+ \markboth{\uppercase{\figuresection}}{\uppercase{\figuresection}}% bj
+ \fi % bj
+ { % bj
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}\tiny\normalsize % bj
+ \@input{\jobname.fff} % bj
+ } % bj
+ \fi}
+
+\def\processtables{
+\if@posttblsopen
+ \immediate\closeout\@posttbls \global\@posttblsopenfalse
+% \let\table={\@float{table}} % bj
+% \let\endtable=\end@float % bj
+ \let\table\@btab % bj
+ \let\endtable\@etab % bj
+ \clearpage % bj
+ \if@tablist % bj
+ {\normalsize\listoftables} % bj
+ \clearpage % bj
+ \else % bj
+ \section*{\tablesection} % bj
+ \markboth{\uppercase{\tablesection}}{\uppercase{\tablesection}}% bj
+ \fi % bj
+ { % bj
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}\tiny\normalsize % bj
+ \@input{\jobname.ttt} % bj
+ }
+ \fi}
+
+\def\enddocument{\onecolumn\processfigures\clearpage\processtables
+\@checkend{document}\clearpage\begingroup
+\if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+\def\global\@namedef##1##2{}\def\newlabel{\@testdef r}%
+\def\bibcite{\@testdef b}\@tempswafalse \makeatletter\input \jobname.aux
+\if@tempswa \@warning{Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get
+cross-references right}\fi\fi\endgroup\deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnote.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnote.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a6f9af68e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnote.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+% Use \endnote{1}{text}. At the end of your document, type
+% \producenotes to actually flush all end notes to be printed.
+%
+% macros for making endnotes instead of footnotes
+% We make @ signs act like letters, temporarily, to avoid conflict
+% between user names and internal control sequences of plain format.
+\catcode`@=11
+\newbox\endnotebox
+
+\def\setendnotefont#1{\gdef\endnotefont{#1}}
+\setendnotefont{\normalsize\rm}
+\@definecounter{endnotei}
+\def\theendnotei{\arabic{endnotei}}
+\def\labelendnotei{(\theendnotei)}
+
+\def\endnote#1{\let\@sf\empty
+ \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi
+ \stepcounter{endnotei} $^{\theendnotei}$\@sf% \vendnote
+ {\global\setbox\endnotebox=
+ \vbox{\parindent=0pt\endnotefont\unvbox\endnotebox\bgroup \theendnotei.\
+ #1\@endnote}}}
+
+\def\no@te{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\n@@te
+ \else\let\next\n@t\fi }%\next}
+
+\def\n@@te{\bgroup\aftergroup\@endnote\let\next}
+
+\def\n@t#1{#1\@endnote}
+
+\def\@endnote{\strut\unskip\hfil \penalty -\@M\relax \egroup} %
+
+\def\producenotes{%
+\ifvoid\endnotebox\else\medskip\unvbox\endnotebox\par\fi}
+\catcode`@=12 % at signs are no longer letters
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnotes.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnotes.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d28e593ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnotes.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Save file as: ENDNOTES.STY
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% ****************************************
+% * ENDNOTES *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% Date of this version: 24 September 1991.
+%
+% Based on the FOOTNOTES section of
+% LATEX.TEX (VERSION 2.09 - RELEASE OF 19 April 1986), with
+% "footnote" changed to "endnote" and "fn" changed to "en" (where
+% appropriate), with all the minipage stuff pulled out, and with
+% some small changes for the different operation of endnotes.
+%
+% Uses an extra external file, with .ENT extension, to hold the
+% text of the endnotes. This may be deleted after the run; a new
+% version is generated each time.
+%
+% This code does not obey \nofiles. Perhaps it should.
+%
+% John Lavagnino (lav@brandeis.bitnet), 9/23/88
+% Department of English and American Literature,
+% Brandeis University
+%
+% To turn all the footnotes in your documents into endnotes, say
+%
+% \let\footnote=\endnote
+%
+% in your preamble, and then add something like
+%
+% \newpage
+% \begingroup
+% \parindent 0pt
+% \parskip 2ex
+% \def\enotesize{\normalsize}
+% \theendnotes
+% \endgroup
+%
+% as the last thing in your document.
+%
+% ****************************************
+% * CHANGE LOG *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% JL Modified to include \addtoendnotes. JL, 10/22/89.
+%
+% JK Modification by J"org Knappen 25. 2. 1991:
+% JK
+% JK Introduced \notesname in the spirit of international \LaTeX.
+% JK \notesname is set per default to be {Notes}, but can easily
+% JK be redifined, e.g. for german language
+% JK \renewcommand{\notesname}{Anmerkungen}
+%
+% DW Modification by Dominik Wujastyk, London, 19 September 1991:
+% DW
+% DW Moved the line
+% DW \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@endnote\endcsname\@theenmark}
+% DW out of the definition of \@endnotetext and into the definition
+% DW of \@doanenote so that \label and \ref commands work correctly in
+% DW endnotes. Otherwise, the \label just pointed to the last section
+% DW heading (or whatever) preceding the \theendnotes command.
+%
+% JL Revised documentation and macros. 24 Sept 1991.
+%
+% ****************************************
+% * ENDNOTE COMMANDS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+%
+% \endnote{NOTE} : User command to insert a endnote.
+%
+% \endnote[NUM]{NOTE} : User command to insert a endnote numbered
+% NUM, where NUM is a number -- 1, 2,
+% etc. For example, if endnotes are numbered
+% *, **, etc. within pages, then \endnote[2]{...}
+% produces endnote '**'. This command does not
+% step the endnote counter.
+%
+% \endnotemark[NUM] : Command to produce just the endnote mark in
+% the text, but no endnote. With no argument,
+% it steps the endnote counter before generating
+% the mark.
+%
+% \endnotetext[NUM]{TEXT} : Command to produce the endnote but no
+% mark. \endnote is equivalent to
+% \endnotemark \endnotetext .
+%
+% \addtoendnotes{TEXT} : Command to add text or commands to current
+% endnotes file: for inserting headings,
+% pagebreaks, and the like into endnotes
+% sections. TEXT a moving argument:
+% \protect required for fragile commands.
+%
+% ****************************************
+% * ENDNOTE USER COMMANDS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% Endnotes use the following parameters, similar to those relating
+% to footnotes:
+%
+% \enotesize : Size-changing command for endnotes.
+%
+% \theendnote : In usual LaTeX style, produces the endnote number.
+%
+% \@theenmark : Holds the current endnote's mark--e.g., \dag or '1' or 'a'.
+%
+% \@makeenmark : A macro to generate the endnote marker from \@theenmark
+% The default definition is \hbox{$^\@theenmark$}.
+%
+% \@makeentext{NOTE} :
+% Must produce the actual endnote, using \@theenmark as the mark
+% of the endnote and NOTE as the text. It is called when effectively
+% inside a \parbox, with \hsize = \columnwidth. For example, it might
+% be as simple as
+% $^{\@theenmark}$ NOTE
+%
+%
+% ****************************************
+% * ENDNOTE PSEUDOCODE *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% \endnote{NOTE} ==
+% BEGIN
+% \stepcounter{endnote}
+% \@theenmark :=G eval (\theendnote)
+% \@endnotemark
+% \@endnotetext{NOTE}
+% END
+%
+% \endnote[NUM]{NOTE} ==
+% BEGIN
+% begingroup
+% counter endnote :=L NUM
+% \@theenmark :=G eval (\theendnote)
+% endgroup
+% \@endnotemark
+% \@endnotetext{NOTE}
+% END
+%
+% \@endnotetext{NOTE} ==
+% BEGIN
+% write to \@enotes file: "\@doanenote{ENDNOTE MARK}"
+% begingroup
+% \next := NOTE
+% set \newlinechar for \write to \space
+% write to \@enotes file: \meaning\next
+% (that is, "macro:->NOTE)
+% endgroup
+% END
+%
+% \addtoendnotes{TEXT} ==
+% BEGIN
+% open endnotes file if not already open
+% begingroup
+% let \protect to \string
+% set \newlinechar for \write to \space
+% write TEXT to \@enotes file
+% endgroup
+% END
+%
+% \endnotemark ==
+% BEGIN \stepcounter{endnote}
+% \@theenmark :=G eval(\theendnote)
+% \@endnotemark
+% END
+%
+% \endnotemark[NUM] ==
+% BEGIN
+% begingroup
+% endnote counter :=L NUM
+% \@theenmark :=G eval(\theendnote)
+% endgroup
+% \@endnotemark
+% END
+%
+% \@endnotemark ==
+% BEGIN
+% \leavevmode
+% IF hmode THEN \@x@sf := \the\spacefactor FI
+% \@makeenmark % put number in main text
+% IF hmode THEN \spacefactor := \@x@sf FI
+% END
+%
+% \endnotetext ==
+% BEGIN \@theenmark :=G eval (\theendnote)
+% \@endnotetext
+% END
+%
+% \endnotetext[NUM] ==
+% BEGIN begingroup counter endnote :=L NUM
+% \@theenmark :=G eval (\theendnote)
+% endgroup
+% \@endnotetext
+% END
+%
+% ****************************************
+% * ENDNOTE MACROS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+
+\@definecounter{endnote}
+\def\theendnote{\arabic{endnote}}
+
+% Default definition
+\def\@makeenmark{\hbox{$^{\@theenmark}$}}
+
+\newdimen\endnotesep
+
+\def\endnote{\@ifnextchar[{\@xendnote}{\stepcounter
+ {endnote}\xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}\@endnotemark\@endnotetext}}
+
+\def\@xendnote[#1]{\begingroup \c@endnote=#1\relax
+ \xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}\endgroup
+ \@endnotemark\@endnotetext}
+
+% Here begins endnote code that's really different from the footnote
+% code of LaTeX.
+
+\let\@doanenote=0
+\let\@endanenote=0
+
+\newwrite\@enotes
+\newif\if@enotesopen \global\@enotesopenfalse
+
+\def\@openenotes{\immediate\openout\@enotes=\jobname.ent\relax
+ \global\@enotesopentrue}
+
+% The stuff with \next and \meaning is a trick from the TeXbook, 382,
+% there intended for setting verbatim text, but here used to avoid
+% macro expansion when the footnote text is written. \next will have
+% the entire text of the footnote as one long line, which might well
+% overflow limits on output line length; the business with \newlinechar
+% makes every space become a newline in the \@enotes file, so that all
+% of the lines wind up being quite short.
+
+\long\def\@endnotetext#1{%
+ \if@enotesopen \else \@openenotes \fi
+ \immediate\write\@enotes{\@doanenote{\@theenmark}}%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\next{#1}%
+ \newlinechar='40
+ \immediate\write\@enotes{\meaning\next}%
+ \endgroup
+ \immediate\write\@enotes{\@endanenote}}
+
+% \addtoendnotes works the way the other endnote macros probably should
+% have, requiring the use of \protect for fragile commands.
+
+\long\def\addtoendnotes#1{%
+ \if@enotesopen \else \@openenotes \fi
+ \begingroup
+ \newlinechar='40
+ \let\protect\string
+ \immediate\write\@enotes{#1}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+% End of unique endnote code
+
+\def\endnotemark{\@ifnextchar[{\@xendnotemark
+ }{\stepcounter{endnote}\xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}\@endnotemark}}
+
+\def\@xendnotemark[#1]{\begingroup \c@endnote #1\relax
+ \xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}\endgroup \@endnotemark}
+
+\def\@endnotemark{\leavevmode\ifhmode
+ \edef\@x@sf{\the\spacefactor}\fi \@makeenmark
+ \ifhmode\spacefactor\@x@sf\fi\relax}
+
+\def\endnotetext{\@ifnextchar
+ [{\@xendnotenext}{\xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}\@endnotetext}}
+
+\def\@xendnotenext[#1]{\begingroup \c@endnote=#1\relax
+ \xdef\@theenmark{\theendnote}\endgroup \@endnotetext}
+
+
+% \theendnotes actually prints out the endnotes.
+
+% The user may want separate endnotes for each chapter, or a big
+% block of them at the end of the whole document. As it stands,
+% either will work; you just say \theendnotes wherever you want the
+% endnotes so far to be inserted. However, you must add
+% \setcounter{endnote}{0} after that if you want subsequent endnotes
+% to start numbering at 1 again.
+
+% \enoteformat is provided so user can specify some special formatting
+% for the endnotes. It needs to set up the paragraph parameters, start
+% the paragraph, and print the label. The \leavemode stuff is to make
+% and undo a dummy paragraph, to get around the games \section*
+% plays with paragraph indenting.
+
+\def\notesname{Notes}% <------ JK
+\def\enoteheading{\section*{\notesname
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase{\notesname}}{\uppercase{\notesname}}}%
+ \leavevmode\par\vskip-\baselineskip}
+
+\def\enoteformat{\rightskip\z@ \leftskip\z@ \parindent=1.8em
+ \leavevmode\llap{\hbox{$^{\@theenmark}$}}}
+
+\def\enotesize{\footnotesize}
+
+% The definition of \ETC. is needed only for versions of TeX prior
+% to 2.992. Those versions limited \meaning expansions to 1000
+% characters; in 2.992 and beyond there is no limit. At Brandeis the
+% BIGLATEX program changed the code in the token_show procedure of
+% TeX to eliminate this problem, but most ``big'' versions of TeX
+% will not solve this problem.
+
+\def\theendnotes{\immediate\closeout\@enotes \global\@enotesopenfalse
+ \begingroup
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\@doanenote##1##2>{\def\@theenmark{##1}\par\begingroup
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@endnote\endcsname\@theenmark} %DW
+ \enoteformat}
+ \def\@endanenote{\par\endgroup}%
+ \def\ETC.{\errmessage{Some long endnotes will be truncated; %
+ use BIGLATEX to avoid this}%
+ \def\ETC.{\relax}}
+ \enoteheading
+ \enotesize
+ \@input{\jobname.ent}%
+ \endgroup}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/float.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/float.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ff0fd8b81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/float.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,815 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% filename = "float.sty",
+%%% version = "1.1c",
+%%% date = "18 December 1992",
+%%% time = "10:00:00 CET",
+%%% author = "Anselm Lingnau",
+%%% address = "Hochschulrechenzentrum/FB Mathematik
+%%% Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universit\"at
+%%% Postfach 11 19 32
+%%% DW-6000 Frankfurt am Main
+%%% Germany",
+%%% telephone = "+49 798 2554",
+%%% checksum = "56253 815 4764 35676"
+%%% email = "lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX, figure, table, floats",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "
+%%%
+%%% float.sty
+%%%
+%%% A LaTeX style option which defines a \newfloat command
+%%% to define new classes of floats in the spirit of \newtheorem.
+%%% Floats can be defined to use any of various 'float styles'.
+%%% float.sty also incorporates the functionality of David Carlisle's
+%%% here.sty, giving floats a [H] option, meaning 'do not float',
+%%% or 'PUT IT HERE'.
+%%%
+%%% Documentation requires Frank Mittelbach's doc.sty.",
+%%% }
+%%% ========================================================================
+%
+% Beware of file version and date in banner at top of implementation below.
+% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% * Version 1.1a, added here.sty functionality.
+% * Version 1.1b, \@Esphack in place of \@esphack. Removed spurious
+% * whitespace. Fixed documentation. Thanks to David Carlisle.
+% * Version 1.1c, \@Esphack hack for compatibility with old LaTeXes. Fixed
+% * checksums. Removed spurious blank line at end of file. Thanks again.
+% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%<*x>
+% This file may be used without modification as a style (.sty) file.
+%
+% If you have Mittelbach's doc.sty, this file may be formatted with a
+% command like:
+% latex float.sty
+%
+% If you have the Mittelbach/Duchier/Braams docstrip utility, you may
+% produce a faster loading .sty file. Rename this file to: float.doc
+% Then run this file through *plain* TeX:
+% tex float.doc
+% This should produce the file float.sty.
+% If you do not have plain TeX on your system, you can trick LaTeX into
+% doing the work as follows:
+% latex \def\fmtname{plain} \input float.doc
+% Note that you may need to quote the arguments here to stop your
+% operating system treating the \ characters incorrectly.
+%
+% latex float.doc
+% will produce a typeset version of the documentation, as above.
+%
+% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\plain{plain}\ifx\fmtname\plain\csname fi\endcsname
+ \def\batchfile{float.doc}
+ \input docstrip
+ \preamble
+ Do not distribute the stripped version of this file.
+
+ \endpreamble
+ \generateFile{float.sty}{t}{\from{float.doc}{}}
+ \endinput
+\fi
+%
+\ifcat a\noexpand @\let\next\relax\else\def\next{%
+ \documentstyle[float,doc]{article}\MakePercentIgnore}\fi\next
+%
+%\def\eatmodule<#1>{}\eatmodule
+%</x>
+% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% \textwidth=355pt ^^A Allow macrocode text with 72 columns
+% \CodelineIndex ^^A Code lines numbered
+% \EnableCrossrefs ^^A No Cross References
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|} ^^A |\foo| works like \verb+|\foo|
+% \CheckSum{467}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\@Esphack,\@Mii,\@Miv,\@cons,\@currlist,\@dblarg,\@dbldeferlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@dblfloat,\@dottedtocline,\@eha,\@esphack,\@float}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@floatpenalty,\@ifnextchar,\@ifundefined,\@latexerr}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@mkboth,\@namedef,\@nameuse,\@parboxrestore,\@spaces}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@starttoc,\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@warning}
+% \DoNotIndex{\addcontentsline,\advance,\arabic,\bf,\bgroup,\box,\chapter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\columnwidth,\csname,\def,\dimen,\docdate,\edef,\egroup,\else}
+% \DoNotIndex{\endcsname,\endinput,\expandafter,\fi,\filedate,\fileversion}
+% \DoNotIndex{\global,\hbadness,\hbox,\hfil,\hrule,\hsize,\ht,\if@twocolumn}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifdim,\iffalse,\ifnum,\iftrue,\ifvbox,\ifx,\ignorespaces}
+% \DoNotIndex{\intextsep,\kern,\let,\long,\moveleft,\newbox,\newcount}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcounter,\newif,\noexpand,\normalsize,\numberline,\par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\penalty,\prevdepth,\protect,\refstepcounter,\relax}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rm,\section,\setbox,\space,\textheight,\the,\typeout,\unvbox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\uppercase,\vadjust,\vbox,\vrule,\vskip,\wd,\wlog,\z@}
+%
+% \title{An Improved Environment for Floats}
+% \author{Anselm Lingnau\thanks{Hochschulrechenzentrum/Fachbereich Mathematik,
+% Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universit\"at, Postfach 11\,19\,32,
+% DW-6000 Frankfurt am Main.
+% E-Mail: {\tt lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de}}%
+% \thanks{Part of this style option is based on
+% {\tt here.sty} by David Carlisle ({\tt carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk}),
+% who also provided helpful criticism.}}
+% \date{8 October 1992}
+% \floatstyle{ruled}
+% \newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}[section]
+% \floatstyle{plain}
+% \newfloat{Example}{t}{lox}[section]
+% \floatstyle{boxed}
+% \restylefloat{table}
+% \begin{document}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% This style option improves the interface for defining floating
+% objects such as figures and tables in \LaTeX{}.
+% It adds the notion of a `float style' that governs appearance
+% of floats.
+% New kinds of floats may be defined using a |\newfloat| command
+% analogous to |\newtheorem|.
+% This style option also incorporates the functionality
+% of David Carlisle's {\tt here.sty},
+% giving floating environments a {\tt [H]} option which means `PUT IT HERE'
+% (as opposed to the standard {\tt [h]} option which means
+% `You may put it here if you like').
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% Among the features of \LaTeX\ are `floating' figures and tables
+% that drift from where they appear in the input text to, say, the top
+% of a page. The contents and formatting of floats is pretty much up
+% to the user, except that there is a |\caption| command that
+% governs formatting of the caption --- it is centered if it is short,
+% and formatted as a paragraph if it is longer than a single line of text.
+% Sometimes other types of floating objects, e.g., algorithms or programs,
+% are desirable, but they must be defined by analogy to the existing
+% floats since there is no simple command for doing this. This goes
+% beyond the knowledge or inclination of the average \LaTeX\ user.
+%
+% In this style option, I present an interface to floating objects
+% that attempts to fix some of these shortcomings.
+% First of all, I introduce the notion of a `float style'.
+% A float style governs the appearance of a class of floats like a page style
+% governs the appearance of a page (\LaTeX\ has page styles {\tt plain},
+% {\tt empty} and {\tt headings}, among others). This style option
+% provides some exemplary float styles:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[plain] This is the float style that \LaTeX\ normally applies to
+% its floats, i.e., nothing in particular. The only difference is
+% that the caption comes out {\em below\/} the body of the float,
+% regardless of where it is given in the text.
+% \item[boxed] The body of the float is printed inside a box. The caption
+% goes below that box.
+% \item[ruled] This float style is patterned on the table style of
+% {\sl Concrete Mathematics}. The caption is printed at the top of the
+% float, surrounded by rules; another rule finishes off the float.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \begin{Program}
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% #include <stdio.h>
+%
+% int main(int argc, char **argv)
+% {
+% int i;
+% for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i)
+% printf("argv[%d] = %s\n", i, argv[i]);
+% return 0;
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \caption{The first program. This hasn't got anything to do with the style
+% but is included as an example. Note the {\tt ruled} float style.%
+% \label{prog1.1}}
+% \end{Program}
+% To facilitate the definition of new floating objects, {\tt float.sty}
+% supports the |\newfloat| command. This command is comparable to
+% |\newtheorem| in that it allows the user to add a new class of floats
+% at the document level. No style option hacking is necessary.
+% There's also a |\listof| command that prints a listing of all the
+% floats of a given type, like |\listoffigures| and |\listoftables|
+% in vanilla \LaTeX.
+%
+% \section{The User Interface --- New Floats}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newfloat}
+% The most important command in {\tt float.sty} is the |\newfloat|
+% command. As mentioned above, it is patterned on |\newtheorem|.
+% The |\newfloat| command takes three required and one optional
+% argument; it is of the form\\[2pt]
+% \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\newfloat{|\meta{type}|}{|^^A
+% \meta{placement}|}{|\meta{ext}|}[|\meta{within}{\tt]}\\[2pt]
+% \meta{type} is the `type' of the new class of floats, like {\tt program}
+% or {\tt algorithm}. After the appropriate |\newfloat|, commands
+% like |\begin{program}| or |\end{algorithm*}| will be available.
+% \meta{placement} gives the default placement parameters for this class
+% of floats. The placement parameters are the same as in standard \LaTeX,
+% i.e., {\tt t}, {\tt b}, {\tt p} and {\tt h} for `top', `bottom',
+% `page' and `here', respectively.
+% When \LaTeX\ writes the captions to an auxiliary file for the list
+% of figures (or whatever), it'll use the job name followed by \meta{ext}
+% as a file name.
+% Finally, the optional argument \meta{within} determines whether floats
+% of this class will be numbered within some sectional unit of the document.
+% For example, if \meta{within}$=${\tt chapter}, the floats will be numbered
+% within chapters. (In standard \LaTeX, this happens with figures and tables
+% in the {\tt report} and {\tt book} document styles.)
+% As an example, Program~\ref{prog1.1} above was created by a command
+% sequence similar to that shown in the following Example.
+% \begin{Example}[H]
+% \begin{verse}
+% |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\
+% |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}[section]|\\
+% \dots\ loads o' stuff \dots\\
+% |\begin{Program}|\\
+% |\begin{verbatim}|\\
+% \dots\ program text \dots\\
+% |\end{verbatim}|\\
+% |\caption{|\dots\ caption \dots|}|\\
+% |\end{Program}|
+% \end{verse}
+% \caption{This is another silly floating Example. Except that this one
+% doesn't actually float because it uses the {\tt[H]} optional parameter
+% to appear {\bf Here}. (Gotcha.)}
+% \end{Example}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\floatstyle}
+% The |\floatstyle| command sets a default float style. This float style
+% will be used for all the floats that are subsequently defined using
+% |\newfloat|, until another |\floatstyle| command appears.
+% The |\floatstyle| command takes one argument, the name of a float
+% style. For instance, |\floatstyle{ruled}|. Specifying a string that
+% does not name a valid float style is an error.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\floatname}
+% The |\floatname| command lets you define the {\em float name\/} that
+% \LaTeX\ uses in the caption of a float, i.e., `Figure' for a figure
+% and so on. For example, |\floatname{program}{Program}|.
+% The |\newfloat| command sets the float name to its argument
+% \meta{type} if no other name has been specified before.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\floatplacement}
+% The |\floatplacement| command resets the default placement specifier
+% of a class of floats. E.g., |\floatplacement{figure}{tp}|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\restylefloat}
+% The |\restylefloat| command is necessary to change styles for the
+% standard float types {\tt figure} and {\tt table}. Since these aren't
+% usually defined via |\newfloat|, they don't have a style associated
+% with them. Thus you have to say, for example,\\[2pt]
+% \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\floatstyle{ruled}|\\
+% \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\restylefloat{table}|\\[2pt]
+% to have tables come out {\tt ruled}. The command also lets you change
+% style for floats that you define via |\newfloat|, although this
+% is, typographically speaking, not a good idea.
+% See table~\ref{table1} for an example.
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \begin{table} \def\B#1{$\displaystyle{n\choose#1}$}
+% \begin{center} \begin{tabular}{c|ccccc}
+% $n$&\B0&\B1&\B2&\B3&\B4\\ \hline
+% 0 & 1\\
+% 1 & 1&1\\
+% 2 & 1&2&1\\
+% 3 & 1&3&3&1\\
+% 4 & 1&4&6&4&1
+% \end{tabular} \end{center}
+% \caption{Pascal's triangle. This is a re-styled \LaTeX\ {\tt table}.%
+% \label{table1}}
+% \end{table}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\listof}
+% The |\listof| command produces a list of all the floats of a given
+% class. Its syntax is\\[2pt]
+% \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\listof{|\meta{type}|}{|\meta{title}^^A
+% |}|\\[2pt]
+% \meta{type} is the float type given in the |\newfloat| command.
+% \meta{title} is used for the title of the list as well as the headings
+% if the current page style includes them. Otherwise, the |\listof|
+% command is analogous to the built-in \LaTeX\ commands
+% |\listoffigures| and |\listoftables|.
+%
+% \section{The User Interface --- {\tt[H]} Placement Specifier}
+%
+% Many people find \LaTeX's float placement specifiers too restrictive.
+% A Commonly Uttered Complaint (CUC) calls for a way to place a float
+% exactly at the spot where it occurs in the input file, i.e., to {\em not\/}
+% have it float at all.
+% It seems that the {\tt[h]} specifier should do that, but in fact it
+% only suggests to \LaTeX\ something along the lines of ``put the float
+% here if it's OK with you''. As it turns out, \LaTeX\ hardly ever feels
+% inclined to actually do that. This situation can be improved by
+% judicious manipulation of float style parameters.
+%
+% The same effect can be achieved by changing the actual method of
+% placing floats. David Carlisle's {\tt here.sty} introduces a new float
+% placement specifier, namely {\tt[H]}, which, when added to a float,
+% tells \LaTeX\ to ``put it HERE, period''. If there isn't enough space
+% left on the page, the float is carried over to the next page together
+% with whatever follows, even though there might still be room left for
+% some of that.
+% This style option provides the {\tt[H]} specifier for newly defined
+% classes of floats as well as the predefined {\tt figure}s and
+% {\tt table}s, thereby superseding {\tt here.sty}. David suggests
+% that the {\tt here.sty} be withdrawn from the archives in due course.
+%
+% The {\tt[H]} specifier may simply be added to the float as an optional
+% argument, like all the other specifiers.
+% It may {\em not\/} be used in conjunction with any other placement
+% specifiers, so {\tt[Hhtbp]} is illegal.
+% Neither may it be used as the default placement specifier for a whole
+% class of floats.
+% The following table is
+% defined like this:
+% \begin{verse}
+% |\begin{table}[H]|\\
+% |\begin{tabular}{cl}|\\
+% |\tt t & Top of the page\\|\\
+% \dots\ more stuff \dots\\
+% \end{verse}
+% (It seems that I have to add some extraneous chatter here just so that
+% the float actually comes out right in the middle of a printed page.
+% When I \LaTeX ed the documentation just now it turned out that there
+% was a page break that fell exactly between the ``So now'' line and the
+% float. This wouldn't Prove Anything. Bother.)
+% So now we have the following float placement specifiers:
+% \begin{table}[H]
+% \begin{tabular}{cl}
+% \tt t & Top of the page\\
+% \tt b & Bottom of the page\\
+% \tt p & Page of floats\\
+% \tt h & Here, if possible\\
+% \tt H & Here, definitely
+% \end{tabular}
+% ^^A\caption{Could it be that this just needs a caption?}
+% \end{table}
+%
+% \typeout{End of the Introduction.}
+% \typein[\answer]%
+% {Do you want an annotated listing of the macro definitions (y/n) ?}
+% \def\next{y}\ifx\answer\next\else\expandafter\stop\fi
+% \StopEventually{\PrintIndex}
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+%
+% As usual, the file identifies itself in the log file.
+% But only if this file's macros aren't yet defined.
+% `Old' versions of \LaTeX\ (those before March 1992) don't have |\@Esphack|.
+% We do an |\@esphack| hack to get around that.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{newfloat}{}{\endinput}
+\wlog{Style-Option: `float' 1.1c 18 Dec 92 (AL)}
+\@ifundefined{@Esphack}{\let\@Esphack\@esphack}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% In \LaTeX, floats are assigned `type numbers' that are powers of two.
+% Since there are only two classes of floats, their type numbers are
+% hardwired into the document styles. We need to be somewhat more flexible,
+% and thus we initialize a counter to hold the next type number to be
+% assigned. This counter will be incremented appropriately later.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\float@type
+\@ifundefined{c@figure}{\float@type=1}{\float@type=4}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% To warm up, we'll look at some of the simpler commands first.
+% \begin{macro}{\floatstyle}
+% The |\floatstyle| command puts its argument into the
+% |\float@style| macro as the name of the new float style.
+% But if the argument doesn't denote a float style, an error message
+% is output instead: Each float style \meta{style} has a corresponding command
+% |\fs@|\meta{style} that contains the appropriate declarations.
+% If the control sequence |\fs@|\meta{arg} (which goes with the
+% argument \meta{arg} to |\floatstyle|) is undefined, i.e.,
+% equals |\relax| under |\ifx|, then the float style \meta{arg}
+% is unknown, and we call |\float@error{|\meta{arg}|}| for the
+% error message.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\floatstyle#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname fs@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \float@error{#1}\else\def\float@style{#1}\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\float@error}
+% Here's the error message. |\@eha| is the help message that says
+% `Your command was ignored.'
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\float@error#1{\@latexerr{Unknown float style `#1'}\@eha}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The next two commands are even simpler. \LaTeX\ says that
+% |\fps@|\meta{float} contains the default placement specifier for
+% the class of floats \meta{float}. |\fname@|\meta{float} expands
+% to the name that appears in \meta{float} captions, e.g., `Figure'.
+% (This is our own definition.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\floatname#1#2{\@namedef{fname@#1}{#2}}
+\def\floatplacement#1#2{\@namedef{fps@#1}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\restylefloat}
+% The |\restylefloat| command sets up everything so that subsequent
+% commands like |\begin{|\meta{float}|}| use the appropriate
+% float style. It defines |\fst@|\meta{float} to expand to a command
+% that sets up the currently selected float style (|\fs@|\meta{style}).
+% Then it defines the commands |\begin{|\meta{float}|}|,
+% |\end{|\meta{float}|}|, |\begin{|\meta{float}|*}| and
+% |\end{|\meta{float}|*}|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\restylefloat#1{\expandafter\edef\csname
+ fst@#1\endcsname{\expandafter\noexpand\csname
+ fs@\float@style\endcsname}%
+ \@namedef{#1}{\bgroup\@nameuse{fst@#1}\@float{#1}}%
+ \@namedef{#1*}{\bgroup\@nameuse{fst@#1}\@dblfloat{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname end#1\endcsname\float@end
+ \expandafter\let\csname end#1*\endcsname\float@dblend}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newfloat}
+% Now we can explain how to define a new class of floats. Recall that
+% the three required arguments to |\newfloat| are \meta{type},
+% \meta{placement} and \meta{ext}, respectively. First we save the
+% latter two.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\newfloat#1#2#3{\@namedef{ext@#1}{#3}
+ \floatplacement{#1}{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then we figure out a default value for the `caption name' of this
+% class of floats. If the |\fname@|\meta{type} isn't already defined,
+% we tentatively use \meta{type} as the name. This is convenient if
+% \meta{type} is, say, {\tt Program}, since no |\floatname| command
+% is necessary at all.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname fname@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \floatname{#1}{#1}\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Then we set up the type number for \LaTeX\ in |\ftype@|\meta{type}.
+% Afterwards we have to set the |\float@type| to the next greater power
+% of two, so that it is ready for the next |\newfloat|. Fortunately,
+% we just have to double it by adding. We don't bother to check for overflow
+% since it is pretty unlikely that somebody will define 25 different classes
+% of floats. Finally, we call |\restylefloat| to define the style and
+% commands for this class of floats.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#1\endcsname{\the\float@type}%
+ \advance\float@type by\float@type
+ \restylefloat{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now all that's left is to assemble the |\fnum@|\meta{type} macro
+% that \LaTeX\ wants to use in its captions. Basically it is just
+% `caption name'${}+{}$`counter value', disguised so that the command
+% {\em names\/} appear in the definition instead of their expansions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\edef\csname fnum@#1\endcsname%
+ {\expandafter\noexpand\csname fname@#1\endcsname{}
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1\endcsname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally, we have to take care of the optional argument, \meta{within}.
+% If the optional argument is present, we pass control to |\@xnewfloat|.
+% Otherwise, we just define the counter for this class of floats.
+% By default, the numbers come out |\arabic|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifnextchar[{\@xnewfloat{#1}}%
+ {\@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}\@namedef{the#1}{\arabic{#1}}}%
+ {}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@xnewfloat}
+% Here we deal with the optional argument to |\newfloat|. We have
+% to create a new counter as per |\newcounter{|\meta{type}|}|
+% and add that counter to the list of counters to be reset whenever
+% counter \meta{within} is stepped. The standard command
+% |\newcounter{|\meta{type}|}[|\meta{within}{\tt]} takes care of that.
+% However, we can't define the \meta{type} counter if it's already defined.
+% While this case is simply ignored when \meta{within} is not present,
+% we issue a warning here since what comes out is probably not what the user
+% expects.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@xnewfloat#1[#2]{\@ifundefined{c@#1}{\newcounter{#1}[#2]%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname the#1\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname
+ the#2\endcsname.\noexpand\arabic{#1}}}%
+ {\@warning{Can't redefine counter variable for #1.}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% We have to adapt some of \LaTeX's internal macros to our needs.
+% There are several things that have to be changed around
+% in order to provide the functionality of David Carlisle's {\tt here.sty}.
+% The following is thus lifted from {\tt here.sty}, with changes and with
+% David's permission:
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@Hxfloat}
+% We save the original version of |\@xfloat|. (This macro is called from
+% |\@float|, which we used above to define the environment commands for a
+% new class of floats.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@Hxfloat\@xfloat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@xfloat}
+% The new version of |\@xfloat| looks for a |[H]| argument.
+% If it is present |\@HHfloat| is called, otherwise the original macro
+% (renamed to |\@Hxfloat|) is called.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@xfloat#1[{\@ifnextchar{H}{\@HHfloat{#1}[}{\@Hxfloat{#1}[}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Later on we'll need a box to save a |[H]| float.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newbox\float@box
+\newif\if@flstyle
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\@HHfloat}
+% First gobble the |[H]|. Note that {\tt H} should not be used in
+% conjunction with the other placement options, nor as the value of the
+% default placement, as set in |\fps@|{\it type}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@HHfloat#1[H]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Locally redefine the end of the environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\csname end#1\endcsname\float@endH
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We don't get a |\@currbox| if we don't actually use the float mechanism.
+% Therefore we fake one using the |\float@box| defined above.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@currbox\float@box
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now we save the current float class name for use in constructing the
+% |\caption|. The caption box (defined below) is initialised to an empty
+% box to avoid trouble with floats not having a caption. Then we start the
+% box that'll hold the float itself.
+% |\parindent| is set to zero for compatibility with the standard {\tt [h]}
+% option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@captype{#1}\setbox\@floatcapt=\vbox{}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \@flstylefalse\else\@flstyletrue\fi
+ \setbox\@currbox=\vbox\bgroup\parindent\z@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The final |\ignorespaces| is needed to gobble any spaces or newlines
+% after the {\tt[H]} tokens.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ignorespaces}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@makebox}
+% Basically, we must arrange for `style commands' to be executed
+% at certain points during the generation of the float.
+% \LaTeX\ puts a float into a vertical box |\@currbox| which it takes
+% off a list of empty boxes for insertions. When the |\float@makebox| macro
+% is called, |\@currbox| contains the complete float, minus the caption
+% --- we'll see later that we use our own |\caption| command to
+% put the caption into a |\vbox| of its own. This is the only way
+% we can control the position of the caption by the float style,
+% regardless of where the caption appears in the float's input text itself.
+% So the `style commands' are |\@fs@pre|, which is inserted at the
+% very beginning of the float, |\@fs@mid|, which comes between the
+% float and the caption (or the caption and the float, if captions are put
+% at the top), and |\@fs@post|, which finishes off the float.
+% The caption may appear at the top or at the bottom of the float,
+% as defined by |\@fs@iftopcapt|. Therefore, before we hand the
+% float to \LaTeX\ for positioning, it is taken apart and reassembled
+% using the style commands.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\float@makebox{%
+ \vbox{\hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore
+ \@fs@pre\@fs@iftopcapt
+ \ifvbox\@floatcapt\unvbox\@floatcapt\par\@fs@mid\fi
+ \unvbox\@currbox
+ \else\unvbox\@currbox
+ \ifvbox\@floatcapt\par\@fs@mid\unvbox\@floatcapt\fi
+ \fi\par\@fs@post\vskip\z@}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\float@end}
+% The internal macro |\end@float| appears here under the name of |\float@end|.
+% The main thing which is changed is that we call |\float@makebox| to
+% reconstruct the float according to the float style.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\float@end{\egroup
+ \global\setbox\@currbox\float@makebox
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now \LaTeX\ takes over again.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\@floatpenalty <\z@ \@cons\@currlist\@currbox
+ \ifdim \ht\@currbox >\textheight
+ \ht\@currbox\textheight \fi
+ \ifnum\@floatpenalty < -\@Mii
+ \penalty -\@Miv \@tempdima\prevdepth
+ \vbox{}\prevdepth \@tempdima \penalty\@floatpenalty
+ \else \vadjust{\penalty -\@Miv
+ \vbox{}\penalty\@floatpenalty}\@Esphack
+ \fi\fi\egroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% (The final |\egroup| is not present in the original definition;
+% we need it to finish off the |\bgroup| that precedes the
+% |\@nameuse| in the |\begin{|\meta{float}|}| commands.
+% This is to keep the style commands local.)
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@endH}
+% The |\float@endH| command is, again, derived from {\tt here.sty}. It'll
+% deal correctly with a non-floating float, inserting the proper amounts
+% of white space above and below.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\float@endH{\egroup \vskip\intextsep
+ \if@flstyle\float@makebox\else\box\@currbox\fi
+ \vskip\intextsep\egroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@dblend}
+% The |\float@dblend| macro is an almost-verbatim copy of
+% |\end@dblfloat| but for the last part, from |\fi\egroup| on.
+% The |\egroup| is, of course, necessary because of the |\bgroup|
+% at the very beginning of the float. And we have to call |\float@end|
+% instead of |\end@float|, naturally.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\float@dblend{\if@twocolumn
+ \par\vskip\z@\egroup
+ \ifnum\@floatpenalty <\z@ \@cons\@dbldeferlist\@currbox\fi
+ \ifnum \@floatpenalty =-\@Mii \@Esphack\fi\egroup\else\float@end\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Now for the caption routines.
+% We use a box, |\@floatcapt|, to hold the caption while the float
+% is assembled.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newbox\@floatcapt
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption}
+% This is the only \LaTeX\ macro that this document style supersedes.
+% Our |\caption| command checks whether there is a custom style
+% defined for the current float (whose type can be found in |\@captype|).
+% If so, the caption routines from {\tt float.sty} are used, otherwise
+% we call the vanilla \LaTeX\ routines.
+% The |\@flcapt| conditional is used to tell the float-assembly routines
+% that there actually {\em is\/} a caption. We need this to properly handle
+% {\tt figure}s and {\tt table}s that have been restyled.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption{\refstepcounter\@captype
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@\@captype\endcsname\relax
+ \let\@tempf\@caption
+ \else\let\@tempf\float@caption\fi \@dblarg{\@tempf\@captype}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@caption}
+% The |\float@caption| macro takes care of entering the caption into
+% the appropriate listing. It also controls the typesetting of the caption
+% itself, although a style-dependent macro |\@fs@capt| is called
+% to handle the specifics. Note that because the caption is saved in a box
+% instead of being output to the float right away, you cannot simply put
+% a legend after the caption proper; it has to follow the |\caption|
+% command in an optional argument.
+%
+% First of all, we call |\addcontentsline| to update the list of
+% floats of this class. Note that |\float@caption| is |\long|
+% to allow for paragraph breaks in its arguments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\float@caption#1[#2]#3{\addcontentsline{\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Now we collect the caption proper. The caption name and number are
+% taken from |\fnum@|\meta{float}, where \meta{float} is the class
+% of float we're currently handling.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox\bgroup\@parboxrestore
+ \normalsize\@fs@capt{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally we check for the presence of the optional argument. If there is
+% one, we call |\float@ccon| to pick it up; otherwise, the |\egroup|
+% finishes off the box.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifnextchar[{\float@ccon}{\egroup}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@ccon}
+% The |\float@ccon| macro expands to the optional argument of a
+% |\caption| command, followed by |\par\egroup|. Note that this
+% precludes using |\verb| \& Co.\ in the optional argument; the
+% interested reader is urged to fix this problem as an exercise.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\float@ccon[#1]{#1\par\egroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\listof}
+% The |\listof| command reads the desired list of floats from the
+% appropriate auxiliary file. The file is then restarted.
+% Currently the list appears at the chapter or the section level, depending
+% on whether chapters are supported in the document style at all.
+% First of all, we check whether the float style that's supposed to be
+% listed is actually defined. If not, we output a |\float@error|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\listof#1#2{\expandafter\ifx\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname\relax\float@error{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% All's well until now. We determine whether the list is going to be a
+% chapter or a section, and we define the |\l@|\meta{float} command
+% that \LaTeX\ needs for formatting the list.
+% After that, we call |\@starttoc| with the correct file extension
+% to do the actual work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \else
+ \@ifundefined{chapter}{\def\@tempa{\section*}}%
+ {\def\@tempa{\chapter*}}%
+ \@tempa{#2\@mkboth{\uppercase{#2}}{\uppercase{#2}}}%
+ \expandafter\def\csname
+ l@#1\endcsname{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}%
+ \@starttoc{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{The Float Styles}
+%
+% Finally, we define the three standard float styles that were outlined
+% in the Introduction. Every float style \meta{style} corresponds to a
+% command |\fs@|\meta{style} which contains the definitions of the
+% style commands, namely
+% \begin{center}\begin{tabular}{rl}
+% |\@fs@pre|&top of the float\\
+% |\@fs@mid|&between float and caption\\
+% |\@fs@post|&bottom of the float\\
+% |\@fs@capt|&formatting routine for caption\\
+% |\@fs@cfont|&font for caption name \& number
+% \end{tabular}\end{center}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\floatc@plain}
+% The |\floatc@plain| macro formats a caption the way \LaTeX\ does
+% it: if the caption is fairly short, it is centered, otherwise it is
+% formatted as a paragraph. The only difference is that the portion
+% containing the caption name and number uses the |\@fs@captfont|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\floatc@plain#1#2{\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\@fs@cfont #1:} #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize {\@fs@cfont #1:} #2\par
+ \else\hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\fs@plain}
+% The {\tt plain} float style is similar to what \LaTeX\ does of its
+% own accord; the only difference is that the caption is guaranteed
+% to come out at the bottom of the float.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fs@plain{\def\@fs@cfont{\rm}\let\@fs@capt\floatc@plain
+ \def\@fs@pre{}\def\@fs@post{}\def\@fs@mid{\vskip10pt\relax}%
+ \let\@fs@iftopcapt\iffalse}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\floatc@ruled}
+% The |\floatc@ruled| command is even simpler than the
+% |\floatc@plain| macro. The caption is simply printed `as is'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\floatc@ruled#1#2{{\@fs@cfont #1} #2\par}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fs@ruled}
+% In the {\tt ruled} float style, the caption appears at the top of the
+% float, preceded and followed by horizontal rules.
+% Another rule followes the whole of the float.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fs@ruled{\def\@fs@cfont{\bf}\let\@fs@capt\floatc@ruled
+ \def\@fs@pre{\hrule height.8pt depth0pt \kern2pt}%
+ \def\@fs@post{\kern2pt\hrule\relax}%
+ \def\@fs@mid{\kern2pt\hrule\kern2pt}%
+ \let\@fs@iftopcapt\iftrue}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\fs@boxed}
+% The {\tt boxed} float style puts the float into a box (which is slightly
+% larger than the usual |\textwidth|). The caption appears below
+% the box.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@namedef{fs@boxed}{\def\@fs@cfont{\bf}\let\@fs@capt\floatc@plain
+ \def\@fs@pre{\dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by6.8pt \hbadness10000
+ \moveleft3.4pt\vbox\bgroup\hsize=\dimen0\hrule
+ \hbox to\dimen0\bgroup\vrule\kern3pt\vbox\bgroup\kern3pt}%
+ \def\@fs@mid{\kern3pt\egroup\kern3pt\vrule\egroup
+ \hrule\egroup\kern2pt}%
+ \def\@fs@post{}\let\@fs@iftopcapt\iffalse}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Before we finish, we set the float style to {\tt plain}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\floatstyle{plain}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Other float styles can be added without much ado.
+% If there are many more float styles, it should be worthwhile
+% to invent a scheme similar to that used in Frank Mittelbach's
+% {\tt theorem} option in order to conserve space, i.e., put the
+% float styles into individual files that can be loaded on demand.
+% I would like to hear from people who define interesting
+% float styles.
+% \Finale
+% \end{document}
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/fnpara.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/fnpara.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03e909b7e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/fnpara.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+% FNPARA.STY
+% A LaTeX style to typeset footnotes in run-on paragraphs.
+% See end of this file (after \endinput) for comments.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% From LaTeX.tex :
+\long\def\@footnotetext#1{\insert\footins{\footnotesize
+%CCCC ---the next four lines are probably redundant, since:
+% the paragraphing takes place later;
+% and this style of footnote never gets split.
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep
+ \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox
+%CCCC ---these two lines will need to be reproduced when doing the unboxing.
+ \hsize\columnwidth
+ \@parboxrestore
+%CCCC
+ \floatingpenalty \@MM
+\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}
+%CCCC --- need to set each footnote in an hbox and apply
+% the fudge factor here:
+ \setbox0=\hbox{%
+ \@makefntext
+%CCCC --- this needs a parameter
+% --- the rule should be moved to the beginning of the footnote
+% paragraph:
+% --- but the \ignorespaces should be left here.
+% \rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}
+ {\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut
+%CCCC --- penalty to help line breaking in footnote para goes here:
+% value from TeXbook.
+ \penalty -10
+ \hskip\footglue
+ } % end of parameter
+ } % end of \hbox
+ \dp0=0pt \ht0=\fudgefactor\wd0 \box0
+ } % end of \footins
+ } % end of \def
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%CCCC --- from TeXbook
+\newskip\footglue \footglue=1em plus.3em minus.3em
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Cut down from ARTICLE.TEX :
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{{$^{\@thefnmark}$}\nobreak\hskip.5em\relax#1}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% From LaTeX.TEX:
+\def\@makecol{\ifvoid\footins \setbox\@outputbox\box\@cclv
+ \else\setbox\@outputbox
+ \vbox{\boxmaxdepth \maxdepth
+ \unvbox\@cclv\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule
+ \global\setbox1\vbox{\makefootnoteparagraph}\unvbox1}\fi
+ \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}\gdef\@midlist{}\@combinefloats
+ \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\@colht{\boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \@texttop\dimen128=\dp\@outputbox\unvbox\@outputbox
+ \vskip-\dimen128\@textbottom}
+ \global\maxdepth\@maxdepth}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% From TeXbook, p.398 ff., AVOIDING the redefinition of \\ in LaTeX!!
+{\catcode`p=12 \catcode`t=12 \gdef\@ennumber#1pt{#1}}
+
+{\footnotesize \newdimen\footnotebaselineskip
+%CCCC --definitely needed:
+ \global
+ \footnotebaselineskip=\normalbaselineskip}
+
+\dimen0=\footnotebaselineskip \multiply\dimen0 by 1024
+\divide \dimen0 by \columnwidth \multiply\dimen0 by 64
+\xdef\fudgefactor{\expandafter\@ennumber\the\dimen0 }
+
+\def\makefootnoteparagraph{\unvbox\footins \makehboxofhboxes
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\unhbox0 \removehboxes}
+%CCCC ---now we are ready to set the paragraph:
+ \hsize\columnwidth
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \baselineskip=\footnotebaselineskip
+ \noindent
+%CCCC ---this is where the strut is needed:
+ \rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}%
+ \unhbox0\par}
+\def\makehboxofhboxes{\setbox0=\hbox{}
+ \loop\setbox2=\lastbox \ifhbox2 \setbox0=\hbox{\box2\unhbox0}\repeat}
+\def\removehboxes{\setbox0=\lastbox
+ \ifhbox0{\removehboxes}\unhbox0 \fi}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\endinput
+
+ FNPARA.STY
+ A LaTeX style to typeset footnotes in run-on paragraphs.
+
+History:
+
+A vain attempt at this LaTeX modification was tried in late
+September 1988 by Dominik Wujastyk, and sent to TeXhax and UKTeX
+for comment. Chris Rowley came up with a working
+version a few days later, but it still needs thorough testing.
+
+The Style:
+
+This LaTeX style changes the way LaTeX does footnotes. With this
+style invoked (\documentstyle[fnpara]{article}), footnotes will
+be typeset in a running paragraph, instead of one above another.
+It is suitable for texts such as critical editions, which contain
+many short footnotes.
+
+This is based on the TeX macros described by Knuth in the
+TeXbook, Dirty Tricks, pages 398--400. It is not tested beyond
+some simple examples. In particular, it has not been tested
+properly in connection with even the simplest of environments, nor with
+other floats.
+
+(In fact, ordinary LaTeX footnotes sometimes do not work well
+if they need splitting (e.g. producing blank pages,
+or appearing in shufled form): but these
+problems should not affect this style.
+I --CR-- have sent in a Bug Report about some
+of these problems.)
+
+Be aware of Knuth's note on the limitations of this method of
+doing the job: the TeX stack is used four times per footnote,
+and the stack is limited (TeXbook pp. 300--301). So if you have
+very many footnotes (in the hundreds) and encounter
+ "! TeX capacity exceeded, sorry [... save size ...]"
+errors, you may need to break your text into smaller sections.
+Fortunately, this is very easy to do with LaTeX. And the
+footnote counter can be reset to make the joins seamless.
+
+Chris Rowley
+Office tel: (England) 01 794 0575
+Janet: CA_ROWLEY@UK.AC.OPEN.ACS.VAX
+
+Dominik Wujastyk
+Office tel: (England) 01 387 4477 x 3013
+Janet: Wujastyk@UK.AC.UCL.EUCLID
+
+
+October 3, 1988
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/index.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/index.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7060e05772
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/index.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1367 @@
+% \iffalse
+% ====================================================================
+% @LaTeX-style-file{
+% author = "David M. Jones",
+% version = "3.02",
+% date = "15 September 1993",
+% time = "15:11:39 EDT",
+% filename = "index.doc",
+% address = "MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
+% Room NE43-316
+% 545 Technology Square
+% Cambridge, MA 02139
+% USA",
+% telephone = "(617) 253-5936",
+% FAX = "(617) 253-3480",
+% checksum = "61047 1367 6478 49767",
+% email = "dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu",
+% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+% keywords = "LaTeX, index",
+% supported = "yes",
+% docstring = "This is a reimplementation of LaTeX's
+% indexing macros to provide better support
+% for indexing in LaTeX. For example, it
+% supports multiple indexes in a single
+% document and provides a more robust \index
+% command.
+%
+% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+% checksum as the first value, followed by
+% the equivalent of the standard UNIX wc
+% (word count) utility output of lines,
+% words, and characters. This is produced
+% by Robert Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%
+% }
+% ====================================================================
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%
+% HOW TO INSTALL THIS FILE:
+%
+% If you have the latest versions of DocStrip and doc.sty installed on
+% your system, type "tex index.doc" to unpack the files index.sty and
+% sample.tex. Then install index.sty wherever style files belong on
+% your system and read the comments at the beginning of sample.tex to
+% see how to run the test. Finally, format the documentation by
+% executing the following three commands:
+%
+% latex index.doc
+% makeindex -s gind.ist index
+% latex index.doc
+%
+% If you don't already have DocStrip and doc.sty installed on your
+% system, you should get them from one of the following sources:
+%
+% ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:soft/tex/macros/latex/distribs/doc
+% pip.shsu.edu:tex-archive/macros/latex/distribs/doc
+% ftp.tex.ac.uk:tex-archive//macros/latex/distribs/doc
+%
+% If for some reason you really can't install the doc package on your
+% system, then you can name this file index.sty and use it as a style
+% file. However, you will likely notice some slowness in loading this
+% file, due to the large number of comments that have to be skipped
+% over.
+%
+% CAUTION: Use only as directed. Do not take internally. May cause
+% rash if applied directly to skin. Federal law prohibits
+% distributing without a proscription.
+%
+% __ __
+% / \ / \
+% / \ / \
+% / \ \ / \ \
+% / ) \ / ) \
+% \ ( / \ ( /
+% \ \ / \ \ /
+% \ / \ /
+% \__/ \__/
+% || ||
+% || ||
+% ------ ------
+%
+% Now the real fun starts. This file is designed to serve 4 (or 5, if
+% you prefer) distinct functions:
+%
+% (1) In the absence of DocStrip, it can be named index.sty and used
+% as a LaTeX style file.
+%
+% (2) It is a DocStrip batch file that can be used to unpack index.sty
+% and sample.tex. This function is triggered when the file is used as
+% an input file for plain TeX, i.e., when the command "tex index.doc"
+% is executed.
+%
+% (3) It is the driver file for the documentation of index.sty. This
+% function is triggered when the file is used as an input file for
+% LaTeX, i.e., when the command "latex index.doc" is executed.
+%
+% (4) It is the source file for steps 2 and 3.
+%
+% To make this work, we have to be able to determine which of these
+% cases we are in and take appropriate action.
+%
+% The next few lines of code accomplish this. First, note that if
+% this file is used as input to the doc.sty \DocInput command, then
+% the \iffalse ... \fi will cause this code to be ignored. Similarly,
+% the <install> guard prevents this code from being copied into any
+% output files by DocStrip.
+%
+% Next comes the more interesting code. We need two auxiliary
+% commands to make sure that the correct commands get executed at the
+% correct time. In order to avoid impinging on the user's namespace,
+% I use two macro names from index.sty.
+%
+% \proofmodetrue: This is a no-op, unless we are producing
+% documentation (i.e., the user has typed "latex index.doc"), in
+% which case it expands to the appropriate initialization code,
+% namely a \documentstyle command, plus \MakePercentIgnore to set
+% things up for doc.sty, and a call to \csname iffalse\endcsname
+% to match the fi that follows. (The earlier iffalse was ignored
+% because when that line was read, % was still a comment character
+% and not an ignored character.)
+%
+% \renewindex: This eats its argument unless this file is being used
+% as a DocStrip batchfile (i.e., the user has typed "tex
+% index.doc"), in which case it simply regurgitates its argument.
+% The commands inside the \renewindex commands are just normal
+% DocStrip batchfile commands.
+%
+% Before doing anything else, we check to make sure that \newindex is
+% not already defined. If it is, that means this file has already
+% been loaded once as a style file (or else someone else has already
+% defined a \newindex command), which means we should not load the
+% file a second time. (This is the same test that will be used later
+% to determine whether or not index.sty has already been loaded. So,
+% if you are using index.doc as index.sty, this test will actually be
+% made twice, but that should be ok.)
+%
+% Finally, we determine whether we are inside plain TeX or LaTeX by
+% checking to see if \documentstyle is defined. If we are inside
+% LaTeX, we check to see if we are being used as a style file or a
+% documentation file by checking to see if the \catcode of @ is 11
+% (letter) or not.
+%
+% The braces around the first two blocks of code below are necessary
+% because DocStrip will open this file and start reading it
+% line-by-line. The braces ensure that the entire \ifx ... \fi
+% structures are picked up at once.
+%
+% No doubt strange and terrible things will happen if you feed this
+% file to any dialect of TeX other than plain TeX or LaTeX.
+%
+% The blame for much of the following code goes to David Wald
+% <wald@theory.lcs.mit.edu>, who forced me to adopt this approach
+% after I had already come up with a safer alternative that was almost
+% as easy to unpack. If anything goes wrong, it's his fault.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*install>
+{\expandafter\ifx\csname newindex\endcsname\relax\else\endinput\fi}
+{
+ \global\let\proofmodetrue\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname documentstyle\endcsname\relax
+ \gdef\renewindex#1{#1}
+ \else
+ \gdef\renewindex#1{}
+ \ifcat a\noexpand @\else
+ \gdef\proofmodetrue{%
+ \documentstyle[doc]{article}\MakePercentIgnore
+ \csname iffalse\endcsname
+ }
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}
+\renewindex{\def\batchfile{index.doc}}
+\renewindex{\input docstrip.tex }
+\renewindex{\generateFile{index.sty}{t}{\from{index.doc}{style}}}
+\renewindex{\generateFile{sample.tex}{t}{\from{index.doc}{test}}}
+\renewindex{\endinput}
+\proofmodetrue
+%</install>
+% \fi
+
+\def\fileversion{v3.02}
+\def\filedate{15 September 1993}
+\def\docdate {15 September 1993}
+
+%% \CheckSum{692}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\!,\/,\?,\@,\^,\_}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@@par,\@M,\@auxout,\@bsphack,\@esphack,\@depth,\@ehc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@flushglue,\@gobble,\@gobbletwo,\@height,\@idxitem}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@input,\@latexerr}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@makeschapterhead,\@namedef,\@nameuse,\@nil}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@nobreakfalse,\@restonecolfalse,\@restonecoltrue}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempf,\@temptokena,\@themark,\@width}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\aindex,\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\c@page,\catcode,\chapter,\char,\chardef,\closeout}
+% \DoNotIndex{\CodelineIndex,\sp,\sb,\label,\leavevmode,\mark}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mark,\newinsert,\newwrite,\newtoks,\xdef}
+% \DoNotIndex{\columnsep,\columnseprule,\columnwidth,\csname,\def}
+% \DoNotIndex{\dimen,\do,\DocInput,\documentstyle,\edef,\else,\em}
+% \DoNotIndex{\EnableCrossrefs,\end,\endcsname,\endgroup,\endinput}
+% \DoNotIndex{\everypar,\expandafter,\fi,\filedate,\fileversion}
+% \DoNotIndex{\footnotesize,\gdef,\global,\glossary,\hangindent}
+% \DoNotIndex{\if@filesw,\if@nobreak,\if@twocolumn,\if@twoside}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hsize,\hskip,\ifhmode,\ifmmode,\ifodd,\ifvmode,\ifx}
+% \DoNotIndex{\immediate,\insert,\item,\jobname,\long}
+% \DoNotIndex{\let,\lineskip,\marginparsep,\marginparwidth,\maxdimen}
+% \DoNotIndex{\makeatletter,\noexpand,\openout,\protect,\rlap}
+% \DoNotIndex{\min,\newpage,\nobreak,\normalbaselineskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normallineskip,\p@,\par,\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\penalty,\relax,\section,\sin,\sloppy,\space,\string}
+% \DoNotIndex{\tableofcontents,\the,\thepage,\thispagestyle,\toks,\tt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\uppercase,\vbox,\vrule,\vskip,\vss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\write,\z@,\z@skip}
+%
+% \MakeShortVerb{\=}
+%
+% \setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1}
+%
+% \CodelineIndex
+%
+% \title{A new implementation of \LaTeX's indexing
+% commands\thanks{This file has version number \fileversion,
+% last revised \filedate, documentation dated \docdate. The
+% definitive version of this file is
+% {\tt theory.lcs.mit.edu:pub/tex/index.doc}.}}
+%
+% \author{David M. Jones}
+%
+% \date{\filedate}
+%
+% \begin{document}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% This style file reimplements \LaTeX's indexing macros to provide
+% better and more robust support for indexes. In particular, it
+% provides the following features:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+%
+% \item
+% Support for multiple indexes.
+%
+% \item
+% A $*$-variant of the =\index= command that, in addition to putting
+% it's argument in the index, also typesets it in the running text.
+%
+% \item
+% A =\shortindexingon= command that makes =^= and =_= shorthand for
+% =\index= and =\index*=, respectively (but only outside of math mode,
+% of course). This can be turned of with the =\shortindexingoff=
+% command.
+%
+% \item
+% The {\tt showidx} style option has been merged into this file. The
+% command =\proofmodetrue= can be used to enable the printing of index
+% entries in the margin of pages. The size and style of font can be
+% controlled with the =\indexproofstyle= command.
+%
+% \item
+% A two-stage process for creating the raw index files, similar to
+% that used to create tables of contents. This means that if you have
+% a large document consisting of several =\include='d files, you no
+% longer lose the index if you format only part of the document with
+% =\includeonly=.
+%
+% \item
+% The =\index= command has been rewritten to be more robust. In
+% particular, it no longer depends on =\catcode= changes to work
+% properly, so the new =\index= command can be used in places that the
+% original couldn't, such as inside the arguments of other macros.
+%
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+%
+% \section{Creating an index with \LaTeX}
+%
+% Conceptually, there are three stages to creating an index with
+% \LaTeX. First, the raw index information has to be written out to a
+% file. Then, the raw information needs to be processed and turned
+% into a finished index. Finally, the finished index has to be read
+% back in by \LaTeX\ and formated.
+%
+% In \LaTeX, this is accomplished with the commands =\makeindex=,
+% =\index=, =\printindex=, and (most often) with the auxiliary program
+% {\tt makeindex}. Assuming that your main file is called {\tt
+% foo.tex}, =\makeindex= opens the file {\tt foo.idx} and initializes
+% it for holding the raw index entries and =\index= is used to put raw
+% index entries into {\tt foo.idx}. Then the raw index file is
+% processed by {\tt makeindex}, which puts the finished index in {\tt
+% foo.ind}. Finally, the =\printindex= command is used in your
+% \LaTeX\ document to indicate where the file {\tt foo.idx} should be
+% read back in, i.e., where the index should appear in your document.
+%
+% This style modifies the =\makeindex=, =\index=, and =\printindex=
+% commands, as described below.
+%
+%
+% \section{The user interface}
+%
+% There are four pieces of information associated with each index:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+%
+% \item
+% A short, unique tag that identifies the index.
+%
+% \item
+% The extension of the output file where the raw index information
+% will be put by \LaTeX.
+%
+% \item
+% The extension of the input file where the processed information will
+% be put by {\tt makeindex} to be read in later by \LaTeX.
+%
+% \item
+% The title of the index.
+%
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newindex}
+% Correspondingly, the =\newindex= command takes four arguments. For
+% example, if you wanted to declare an author index, you might use the
+% following:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \newindex{aut}{adx}{and}{Name Index}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% Here, =aut= is the tag used to identify the author index, and ``Name
+% Index'' is the title of the index. If the name of your main file is
+% =root.tex=, then \LaTeX\ will write the raw index entries to the
+% file =root.adx=, and you will execute the following {\tt makeindex}
+% command to process the author index:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% makeindex -o root.and root.adx
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\renewindex}
+% The =\renewindex= command takes the same four arguments as the
+% =\newindex= command and can be used to redefine indexes that have
+% been previously declared.
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\makeindex}
+% For backwards compatibility, the =\makeindex= command is redefined
+% to use =\newindex=. It is essentially equivalent to
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \newindex{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% The index labeled =default= is special: it is the one that will be
+% used by =\index= and =\printindex= unless another index is
+% specified (see below).
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\printindex}
+% The =\printindex= command is modified by the addition of an optional
+% argument, which is the tag of the index that should be printed.
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\index}
+% The =\index= command is modified in two ways. First, there is a
+% $*$-variant of the command that, in addition to putting its
+% argument in an index, also typesets it on the page. Second,
+% =\index= now takes an optional argument that should be the tag of
+% the index where its argument should be put. If no such tag is
+% supplied, the =default= index (such as that opened by =\makeindex=
+% above) is used.
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\shortindexingon}
+% \DescribeMacro{\shortindexingoff}
+% Perhaps the most dubious feature of =index.sty= is that it allows
+% you to define the characters =^= and =_= to be abbreviations for
+% =\index*= and =\index= outside of math mode. These abbreviations
+% are enables by the =\shortindexingon= command and disabled by the
+% =\shortindexingoff= command. Both of these commands make their
+% changes locally rather than globally, so they can be used to enable
+% or disable the abbreviations within a group. (This might be useful,
+% for example, if you wanted the abbreviations turned on throughout
+% most of the documentation, but turned off in one particular
+% environment.) In addition,
+% \DescribeMacro{shortindexingon}=shortindexingon= can be used as an
+% environment if that seems appropriate.
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\proofmodetrue}
+% \DescribeMacro{\proofmodefalse}
+% \DescribeMacro{\indexproofstyle}
+% As mentioned above, the =showidx= document-style option has been
+% merged into =index.sty=. It can be turned on with =\proofmodetrue=
+% and turned off with =\proofmodefalse=. When it is turned on,
+% all\footnote{Well, most, at least. There are some circumstances
+% under which the index entries won't show up in the proofs, although
+% they will show up in the index.} index entries will be put in the
+% margin of the page where they appear. By default, they appear in
+% the typewriter font at =\footnotesize=, but the user can override
+% this with the =\indexproofstyle= command, for example,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \indexproofstyle{\footnotesize\it}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% will cause them to be put in italics instead.
+%
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\disableindex}
+% There are some circumstances where it might be helpful to suppress
+% the writing of a particular raw index file. The =\disableindex=
+% command is provided for this purpose. It takes one argument, a
+% comma-separated list of tags of the indexes that should be disabled.
+% This command should come {\em before\/} the declarations for the
+% indexes that are being disabled\footnote{This limits its usefulness
+% somewhat, but since the output file for an index is opened when the
+% index is declared, the damage has already been done. We could close
+% the file, but we can't prevent a new output stream from being
+% allocated and we can't keep the old file from being truncated.}.
+% One situation where the =\disableindex= command might be useful is
+% if you have so many indexes that you are exhausting \TeX's supply of
+% output streams\footnote{\TeX\ only has 16 output streams, which are
+% allocated with the {\tt\string\newwrite} command. The standard
+% \LaTeX\ styles use from 3 to 7 of these, which should leave room for
+% up to 9 indexes. Of course, if you have extra output files, then
+% there will be fewer output streams left for indexes.}. For example,
+% suppose you have 10 indexes, but only 5 output streams available for
+% indexes. Then you could add a =\disableindex= command to the top of
+% your file to suppress the writing of all but 5 of the indexes.
+% (Note that the index entries would still get written to the =.aux=
+% file; they just wouldn't get copied to the individual raw index
+% files at the end of the run.) At the end of the run, you could then
+% re-run your main file a couple of times with different indexes
+% disabled until you had created all of the raw index files. This is
+% somewhat clumsy, but safer than any alternative I've come up
+% with\footnote{A less clumsy (for the user, at least) solution would
+% be to read the =.aux= file multiple times at the end of the run,
+% each time writing just one of the raw index files. The main
+% disadvantage of this scheme is that it would require a modification
+% of {\tt\string\enddocument}.}.
+%
+%
+% \section{Caveats}
+%
+% In order to implement this style file, it's been necessary to modify
+% a number of \LaTeX\ commands seemingly unrelated to indexing,
+% namely, =\@starttoc=, =\raggedbottom=, =\flushbottom=,
+% =\addcontentsline=, =\markboth=, and =\markright=. Naturally, this
+% could cause incompatibilities between {\tt index.sty} and any style
+% files that either redefine these same commands or make specific
+% assumptions about how they operate. See Section~\ref{sec:thecode}
+% for explanations of why these various commands needed modification.
+%
+% It's also been necessary to modify the =\theindex= environment, but
+% I've tried to do so very conservatively. If your style file uses
+% =\indexname= and your definition of =\theindex= doesn't take any
+% arguments, you should be ok. Otherwise, you'll have to redefine the
+% =\theindex= environment yourself if you don't want the \LaTeX\ {\tt
+% book.sty} default.
+%
+% In the current implementation, {\tt index.sty} uses one output
+% stream for each index. Since there are a limited number of output
+% indexes, this means that there is a limit on the number of indexes
+% you can have in a document. See the description of =\disableindex=
+% for a fuller discussion of this problem and one way around it.
+%
+%
+% \section{To do's}
+%
+% It might be nice if the =\index*= command parsed its argument so
+% that, for example, instead of writing `=\index{sin@$\sin$}$\sin$=',
+% one could write `=\index*{sin@$\sin$}='. However, this fraught with
+% numerous dangers, and I'm both too lazy and too cowardly to
+% undertake it now.
+%
+% Maybe the user should be given the option of deciding which
+% characters are used for the shortindexing abbreviations
+%
+% The documentation should be carefully read, edited, and finished.
+% (In particular, I should add some scathing comments about some of
+% the problems that made it necessary to redefine so many of \LaTeX's
+% commands.)
+%
+% Maybe it would be nice if this package were compatible with plain
+% \TeX.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \section{The code}
+% \label{sec:thecode}
+%
+% As is customary, we first make sure the file is loaded only once.
+% Then we print an identifying message to the terminal.
+% loaded
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*style>
+\@ifundefined{newindex}{}{\endinput}
+
+\typeout{Style-Option: `index' \fileversion\space <\filedate> (dmj)}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined}
+% We begin by redefining the \LaTeX\ command =\@ifundefined= to
+% prevent it from expanding its arguments prematurely. This also
+% requires us to redefine =\@leftmark= and =\@rightmark= to make them
+% =\long=. The following three definitions are borrowed from {\tt
+% amsart.sty}, v1.1b $\langle$31 Jul 1991$\rangle$. I rely heavily
+% upon this more robust definition of =\@ifundefined=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ifundefined#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\@leftmark
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@rightmark
+ \fi
+}
+
+\long\def\@leftmark#1#2{#1}
+\long\def\@rightmark#1#2{#2}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\disableindex}
+% The =\disableindex= should come before the declarations of the
+% indexes it refers to. (Question: If an index has been disabled,
+% should it show up in index proofs? Maybe there should be a separate
+% command to disable index proofs on and index-by-index basis.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\disableindex#1{%
+ \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \@namedef{disable@\@tempa}{}%
+ \@ifundefined{tf@\@tempa}{}{%
+ \typeout{index.sty> Warning! It's too late to disable the
+ `\@tempa' index; the output}%
+ \typeout{index.sty> file \jobname.\@tempa\space has already
+ been opened for output. You should}%
+ \typeout{index.sty> put the \string\disableindex\space
+ command before the declaration of the}%
+ \typeout{index.sty> `\@tempa' index.}%
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\if@newindex}
+% \begin{macro}{\newindex}
+% \begin{macro}{\renewindex}
+% The =\newindex= and =\renewindex= commands are defined on analogy
+% with the =\[re]newcommand= macros. Each index is identified by a
+% unique tag, which is specified in the first argument of =\newindex=.
+% Most of the information about the index labeled \meta{tag} is kept
+% in the macro =\idx@=\meta{tag}, so we can check to see if a
+% particular index has already been defined by checking whether
+% =\idx@=\meta{tag} is defined. =\newindex= and =\renewindex= both
+% check to see if their first argument is already associated with an
+% index and then either issue an appropriate error message or call
+% =\@newindex=.
+%
+% The =\if@newindex= flag will be used to keep =\renewindex= from
+% re-allocating =\write= and =\toks= registers later.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\if@newindex
+
+\def\newindex#1{%
+ \@ifundefined{idx@#1}%
+ {\@newindextrue\@newindex{#1}}%
+ {%
+ \@latexerr{Index type `\string#1' already defined}\@ehc
+ \expandafter\@gobble\@gobbletwo
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\renewindex#1{%
+ \@ifundefined{idx@#1}%
+ {%
+ \@newindextrue
+ \@latexerr{Index type `\string#1' not defined}\@ehc
+ }%
+ {\@newindexfalse}%
+ \@newindex{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@preamblecmds}
+% Neither =\newindex=, =\renewindex=, nor =\disableindex= should be
+% used anywhere except inside style files or in the preamble of a
+% document, so we add them to the =\@preamblecmds= list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+ \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}%
+ \xdef\@preamblecmds{%
+ \@preamblecmds
+ \do\newindex
+ \do\renewindex
+ \do\disableindex
+ }
+\endgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@newindex}
+% =\@newindex= does most of the work. First, it picks up the first
+% three arguments of the =\[re]newindex= command and stores the second
+% two in an appropriate =\idx@= macro. The title of the index is
+% treated differently, however, since it is potentially fragile in a
+% particularly odd way. To prevent mishaps, it is stored in a token
+% register. In addition to stashing away the information about the
+% index, =\@newindex= also opens an appropriate output files if we are
+% writing auxiliary files (i.e., unless =\nofiles= has been called).
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\my@newtoks}
+% Since we need to declare new token registers on the fly, we need a
+% non-=\outer= version of =\newtoks=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\my@newtoks{\csname newtoks\endcsname}
+
+\def\@newindex#1#2#3{%
+ \@namedef{idx@#1}{#2:#3}%
+ \if@filesw
+ \@ifundefined{disable@#1}{%
+ \if@newindex
+ \expandafter\newwrite\csname tf@#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\my@newtoks\csname idxtitle@#1\endcsname
+ \else
+ \immediate\closeout\@nameuse{tf@#1}%
+ \fi
+ \immediate\openout\@nameuse{tf@#1}=\jobname.#2 %
+ \typeout{index.sty> Writing index file \jobname.#2 }%
+ }
+ {\typeout{index.sty> Index `#2' disabled -- not opening
+ \jobname.#2 }}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\csname idxtitle@#1\endcsname
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@second}
+% This is a useful macro for retreiving the second field of an index
+% specification.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@second#1:#2\@nil{#2}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@nearverbatim}
+% \begin{macro}{\@meaning}
+% =\@nearverbatim\foo= is much like =\meaning\foo=, except that it
+% suppresses the ``=macro ->='' string produced when =\meaning=
+% expands a macro. It is used by =\@wrindex= and =\@vwritefile= to
+% produce an ``almost verbatim'' copy of their arguments. This method
+% replaces the use of =\@sanitize= from latex.tex and allows indexing
+% macros to be used in places (such as inside macro arguments) where
+% the original =\index= command could not. Thanks to Donald Arseneau
+% $\langle${\tt asnd@erich.triumf.ca}$\rangle$ for pointing out this
+% trick to me. (For more information on this trick, see Dirty Trick
+% \#3 of the \TeX book, page 382).
+%
+% As defined, \@nearverbatim only works on macros. It would be nice
+% if it could work with other tokens, but it's more important that it
+% work only by expansion, which means we can't put in tests to see
+% what the next token is.
+% \begin{macrocode}{\@nearverbatim}
+\def\@nearverbatim{\expandafter\@meaning\meaning}
+
+\def\@meaning#1>{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Now we define the =\index= macro itself. The following definitions
+% are adapted from {\tt latex.tex} v2.09 $\langle$25 March
+% 1992$\rangle$.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\makeindex}
+% First we redefine =\makeindex= to define the default index using
+% =\newindex=. We use =\edef= to make sure that =\indexname= gets
+% expanded here. Otherwise we'll get into an infinite loop later on
+% when we try to redefine =\indexname= inside the =\theindex=
+% environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\edef\makeindex{%
+ \noexpand\newindex{default}{idx}{ind}{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname indexname\endcsname\relax
+ Index%
+ \else
+ \indexname
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\if@silentindex}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@addtoindex}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@proofmode}
+% We need three new flags. The first, =\if@silentindex=, indicates
+% whether the entry should be typeset in running text, as well as
+% written out to the index; this is used to implement the =\index*=
+% command. The second, =\if@addtoindex=, indicates whether entries
+% should be written to the index; this is used to disable the =\index=
+% command inside of page headings and tables of contents. The third,
+% =\ifproofmode=, indicates whether index entries should be put in the
+% margin of the page for proofing purposes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\if@silentindex\@silentindextrue
+
+\newif\if@addtoindex\@addtoindextrue
+
+\newif\ifproofmode\proofmodefalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\index}
+% \begin{macro}{\p@index}
+% \begin{macro}{\x@index}
+% =\index= will be made self-protecting (a la =\em=, etc.) so it can
+% be used inside, for example, sectioning commands. Unfortunately, to
+% really make =\index= robust, we have to redefine some of \LaTeX's
+% commands for dealing with tables of contents and page headings.
+% (See below.) $*$sigh$*$
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\index{\protect\p@index}
+
+\def\p@index{%
+ \if@silentindex\@bsphack\fi
+ \@ifstar{\@silentindexfalse\@xindex}{\@silentindextrue\@xindex}%
+}
+
+\def\@xindex{\@ifnextchar[{\@index}{\@index[default]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@index}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@index}
+% \begin{macro}{\@wrindex}
+% The following is much more complicated than it should have to be.
+% First, note the check to see if =\index= is equal to =\@gobble=.
+% This is so I don't have to redefine =\@outputpage=, which
+% temporarily disables =\label=, =\index=, and =\glossary= by
+% =\let='ing them equal to =\@gobble=. (For this reason, we have to
+% be very careful to make sure that =\index= has expanded to
+% =\p@index= before it gets to =\@outputpage=.) Second, note that if
+% =\if@addtoindex= is false, we don't complain about undefined index
+% types. This is because if your page headings, for example, are
+% being typeset in all uppercase, you might end up with something like
+% =\index[AUT]{...}= instead of =\index[aut]{...}=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@index[#1]{%
+ \ifx\index\@gobble
+ \@addtoindexfalse
+ \fi
+ \def\@tempf{\@@index{#1}}%
+ \if@addtoindex
+ \@ifundefined{idx@#1}%
+ {%
+ \def\@tempf{%
+ \@latexerr{Index type `\string#1' undefined}%
+ \@ehc
+ \@silentindextrue
+ \@gobble
+ }%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ \fi
+ \@tempf
+}
+
+\def\@@index#1#2{%
+ \if@addtoindex
+ \if@filesw\@wrindex{#1}{#2}\fi
+ \ifproofmode\@showidx{#2}\fi
+ \fi
+ \if@silentindex\expandafter\@esphack\else\@silentindextrue#2\fi
+}
+
+\def\@wrindex#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\thepage\relax
+ \def\@tempa{#2}%
+ \edef\@tempa{%
+ \write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@vwritefile{#1}{%
+ \string\indexentry{\@nearverbatim\@tempa}{\thepage}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \expandafter\endgroup\@tempa
+ \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\seename}
+% \begin{macro}{\see}
+% \begin{macro}{\printindex}
+% \begin{macro}{\@printindex}
+% The following are adapted from {\tt makeidx.sty}, v2.09 $\langle$21
+% Oct 91$\rangle$.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{seename}{\def\seename{see}}{}
+
+\def\see#1#2{{\em \seename\/} #1}
+
+\def\printindex{\@ifnextchar [{\@printindex}{\@printindex[default]}}
+
+\def\@printindex[#1]{%
+ \def\@indextype{#1}%
+ \@ifundefined{idx@#1}%
+ {\@latexerr{Index type `\string#1' undefined}\@ehc}%
+ {%
+ \edef\@tempa{\@nameuse{idx@#1}}%
+ \@input{\jobname.\expandafter\@second\@tempa\@nil}%
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@indexstar@}
+% Now we set things up for =\shortindexing=. First, we define a
+% one-token shorthand for =\index*=. This will be needed in the
+% definition of =\idx@activehat=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@indexstar@{\index*}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\idx@activehat}
+% \begin{macro}{\idx@activebar}
+% Next, we define the values that =^= and =_= will have when
+% shortindexing is turned on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\idx@activehat{%
+ \relax
+ \ifmmode\expandafter\sp\else\expandafter\@indexstar@\fi
+}
+
+\def\idx@activebar{
+ \relax
+ \ifmmode\expandafter\sb\else\expandafter\index\fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\shortindexingon}
+% \begin{macro}{\shortindexingoff}
+% Now we define the =\shortindexingon= and =\shortindexinoff= commands
+% to turn shortindexing on and off (surprise!). =\shortindexingon=
+% saves the old definitions and =\catcode='s of =^= and =_= so they
+% can later be restored by =\shortindexingoff=. Both of these make
+% their changes local to any enclosing group, so they can be used as
+% declarations to disable or enable shortindexing temporarily. In
+% addition, {\tt shortindexingon} can also be used as an environment.
+%
+% This is potentially very confusing. My basic rationale (if it can
+% be described as such) was that under normal circumstances, one would
+% put =\shortindexingon= in the preamble of one's document, and never
+% want to turn it off. =\shortindexingoff= is an attempt to make
+% allowance for the contingency that someone might want to turn
+% shortindexing off, either permanently or temporarily.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\if@shortindexing
+
+\begingroup
+
+ \catcode`\^=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+
+ \gdef\shortindexingon{%
+ \@shortindexingtrue
+ \chardef\old@idxhatcode=\catcode`\^\relax
+ \chardef\old@idxbarcode=\catcode`\_\relax
+ \catcode`\^=\active
+ \catcode`\_=\active
+ \let\old@idxhat=^%
+ \let\old@idxbar=_%
+ \let^\idx@activehat
+ \let_\idx@activebar
+ }
+
+ \gdef\shortindexingoff{%
+ \if@shortindexing
+ \@shortindexingfalse
+ \let^=\old@idxhat
+ \let_=\old@idxbar
+ \catcode`\^=\old@idxhatcode
+ \catcode`\_=\old@idxbarcode
+ \fi
+ }
+
+\endgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Now we redefine =\theindex=. We try to make the minimal possible
+% change, but if the user's style doesn't know about =\indexname=, we
+% have no alternative but to redefine the entire environment and issue
+% a warning.
+%
+% Thanks to Alan Jeffrey $\langle${\tt
+% alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk}$\rangle$ for pointing out how the package
+% should behave when =\indexname= is already defined and for the code
+% to implement that case.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\ifx\csname indexname\endcsname\relax
+
+ \typeout{index.sty> Uh oh! It looks like your document style
+ doesn't use \string\indexname.}
+ \typeout{index.sty> I'll have to redefine the
+ \string\theindex\space environment, using}
+ \typeout{index.sty> the `book' style default.}
+
+ \def\indexname{Index}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The following is adapted from {\tt book.sty} v2.09 $\langle$14 Jan
+% 92$\rangle$.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\theindex{%
+ \@restonecoltrue
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+ \columnseprule\z@ \columnsep 35\p@
+ \edef\@indexname{%
+ \expandafter\the\@nameuse{idxtitle@\@indextype}%
+ }%
+ \twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{\@indexname}]%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase{\@indexname}}{\uppercase{\@indexname}}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3\p@\relax\let\item\@idxitem
+ }
+
+\else
+
+ \@temptokena={%
+ \edef\indexname{\the\@nameuse{idxtitle@\@indextype}}%
+ }
+ \toks0=\expandafter{\theindex}
+ \edef\theindex{\the\@temptokena\the\toks0}
+
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@vwritefile}
+% \begin{macro}{\x@vwritefile}
+% \begin{macro}{\y@vwritefile}
+% Now we define the =\@vwritefile= macro, which copies information
+% from the =aux= file to one of the other auxiliary files.
+% =\@vwritefile= performs essentially the same function as
+% =\@writefile=, except that it does not expand it second argument
+% (i.e., it writes it out verbatim (well, almost verbatim)).
+%
+% NOTE: There doesn't seem to be any reason why =\@writefile= *should*
+% expand its second argument and in fact, we later redefine
+% =\addcontentsline= to use =\@vwritefile= instead of =\@writefile=.
+% A slight extension of this idea could be used to solve the problem
+% of fragility in sectioning commands.
+%
+% =\@vwritefile=, like =\@writefile=, should be disabled when the
+% =aux= file is being read by =\begin{document}=. To avoid having to
+% redefine =\document=, we make the behaviour of =\@vwritefile=
+% conditional on the current meaning of =\@writefile=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@vwritefile{%
+ \ifx\@writefile\@gobbletwo
+ \expandafter\@gobbletwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\x@vwritefile
+ \fi
+}
+
+\def\x@vwritefile#1{%
+ \@ifundefined{tf@#1}{\@gobbletwo}{\y@vwritefile}{#1}%
+}
+
+\long\def\y@vwritefile#1#2{%
+ \def\@tempa{#2}%
+ \immediate\write\csname tf@#1\endcsname{\@nearverbatim\@tempa}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Now we take some code from {\tt showidx.sty} and merge it into our
+% new system. There are four reasons for redefining the commands here
+% rather than just inputting {\tt showidx.sty} (or requiring the user
+% to do so). First, {\tt showidx.sty} ends with a call to
+% =\flushbottom=, which I want to avoid. Second, the instructions for
+% successfully using {\tt showidx.sty} along with {\tt index.sty}
+% would be somewhat tricky. This way, I can just tell users not to
+% use {\tt showidx.sty} at all. Third, I need to make some
+% alterations to =\@showidx= anyway. In particular, (a) I need to add
+% the =\@sanitizeat= command so this works correctly with AMS-\LaTeX\
+% and (b) I want to add the =\indexproofstyle= command so the user can
+% customize the size and font used for the index proofs. Finally,
+% {\tt showidx.sty} has at least two annoying bugs in it. See the
+% edit-history for version 2.01 for a description.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@indexbox}
+% This code is adapted from {\tt showidx.sty}, v2.09 $\langle$16 Jun
+% 1991$\rangle$.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newinsert\@indexbox
+
+\dimen\@indexbox=\maxdimen
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@sanitizeat}
+% The definition of =\@sanitizeat= is slightly tricky, since we need
+% =@= to be active when this macro is defined, but we also need it to
+% be part of the control sequence name.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\@=\active
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname\string @sanitizeat\endcsname
+ {\def @{\char`\@}}
+\endgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\indexproofstyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\@showidx}
+% \begin{macro}{\@leftidx}
+% \begin{macro}{\@rightidx}
+% \begin{macro}{\@mkidx}
+% \begin{macro}{\raggedbottom}
+% \begin{macro}{\flushbottom}
+% \begin{macro}{\@texttop}
+% Note the cautious way of calling =\reset@font=, which is necessary
+% for this to work correctly under both the Old and New Font Selection
+% Schemes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newtoks\indexproofstyle
+
+\indexproofstyle{\footnotesize\csname reset@font\endcsname\tt}
+
+\def\@showidx#1{%
+ \insert\@indexbox{%
+ \@sanitizeat
+ \the\indexproofstyle
+ \hsize\marginparwidth
+ \hangindent\marginparsep \parindent\z@
+ \everypar{}\let\par\@@par \parfillskip\@flushglue
+ \lineskip\normallineskip
+ \baselineskip .8\normalbaselineskip\sloppy
+ \raggedright \leavevmode
+ \vrule \@height .7\normalbaselineskip \@width \z@\relax#1\relax
+ \vrule \@height\z@ \@depth.3\normalbaselineskip \@width\z@\relax
+ }%
+ \ifhmode\penalty\@M \hskip\z@skip\fi
+}
+
+\def\@leftidx{\hskip-\marginparsep \hskip-\marginparwidth}
+
+\def\@rightidx{\hskip\columnwidth \hskip\marginparsep}
+
+\def\@mkidx{%
+ \vbox to \z@{%
+ \rlap{%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \if@firstcolumn \@leftidx \else \@rightidx \fi
+ \else
+ \if@twoside
+ \ifodd\c@page \@rightidx \else \@leftidx \fi
+ \else
+ \@rightidx
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \box\@indexbox
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }%
+}
+
+\def\raggedbottom{%
+ \def\@textbottom{\vskip\z@ plus.0001fil}%
+ \let\@texttop\@mkidx
+}
+
+\def\flushbottom{\let\@textbottom\relax \let\@texttop\@mkidx}
+
+\let\@texttop\@mkidx
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Now, this next bit really gets up my nose. The only way to make
+% sure that the =\index= command gets handled correctly when used
+% inside of sectioning commands is to redefine a bunch of \LaTeX's
+% table of contents and running-heads macros. $*$blech$*$ Fragility
+% rears its ugly head again. (Incidentally, it should be possible to
+% use the =\@nearverbatim= trick to make arguments of sectioning
+% commands robust. I'll have to explore this.)
+%
+% These are based on {\tt latex.tex} 2.09 $\langle$25 March
+% 1992$\rangle$.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\addcontentsline}
+% We need to redefine =\addcontentsline= to keep it from expanding
+% =\index= commands too far. In particular, we have removed =\index=
+% from the list of macros that are set equal to =\@gobble= and we
+% substitute =\@vwritefile= for =\@writefile=. This latter change
+% also means that we can simplify the definition of =\protect=
+% somewhat.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+ \if@filesw
+ \begingroup
+ \let\label\@gobble
+ \let\glossary\@gobble
+ \def\protect##1{\string##1\space}%
+ \@temptokena{\thepage}%
+ \edef\@tempa{%
+ \write\@auxout{%
+ \string\@vwritefile{#1}{\string\contentsline{#2}{#3}%
+ {\the\@temptokena}}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@tempa
+ \endgroup
+ \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi
+ \fi
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@starttoc}
+% We need to redefine =\@starttoc= to =\@addtoindexfalse= so that items
+% don't get written to the index from within tables of contents. The
+% only change here is the addition of =\@addtoindexfalse=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@starttoc#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \@addtoindexfalse
+ \makeatletter
+ \@input{\jobname.#1}%
+ \if@filesw
+ \expandafter\newwrite\csname tf@#1\endcsname
+ \immediate\openout \csname tf@#1\endcsname \jobname.#1\relax
+ \fi
+ \global\@nobreakfalse
+ \endgroup
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\markboth}
+% \begin{macro}{\markright}
+% Finally, we have to redefine =\markboth= and =\markright= to keep
+% them from disabling the expansion of =\index= while putting section
+% heads into the =\mark=. Otherwise, we'd end up with ``=\index='' in
+% the mark, which would cause problems when =\@outputpage= redefines
+% =\index= to be equal to =\@gobble=. Instead, we want =\index= to
+% expand to =\p@index= in the =\mark=, so we retain control over what
+% happens in \@outputpage.
+%
+% This time, the only change is to remove =\index= from the list of
+% macros that are =\let= equal to =\relax=.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\markboth#1#2{%
+ \gdef\@themark{{#1}{#2}}%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\protect\noexpand
+ \let\label\relax
+ \let\glossary\relax
+ \mark{\@themark}%
+ \endgroup
+ \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi
+}
+
+\def\markright#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\protect\noexpand
+ \let\label\relax
+ \let\glossary\relax
+ \expandafter\@markright\@themark{#1}%
+ \mark{\@themark}%
+ \endgroup
+ \if@nobreak\ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi
+}
+%</style>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Edit history}
+%
+% \begin{description}
+%
+% \item[v1.00 (4 Mar 1993)]
+% initial version, posted to comp.text.tex.
+%
+% \item[v1.01 (4 Mar 1993)]
+% added =\renewindex= command and checking to make sure index is (or
+% is not) defined in =\newindex=, =\index= and =\printindex=. Also
+% tightened up the code in various places and added check to make sure
+% file is only loaded once.
+%
+% \item[v2.00 (24 Mar 1993)]
+% added support for =\index*=, proofmode, =\shortindexingon= and
+% =\shortindexingoff=.
+%
+% \item[v2.01 (24 Jun 1993)]
+% Fixed 3 bugs. (1) If proofmode was turned on, then something like
+% ``=\index{WORD}WORD='' would suppress the hyphenation of WORD. This
+% was fixed by adding ``=\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip='' to the end of
+% =\@showidx=. (This is just the definition of =\allowhyphens=
+% borrowed from german.sty, v2 $\langle$4 Nov 1988$\rangle$). (2) The
+% =\hbox= in =\@mkidx= was being set at its natural width, which had a
+% tendency to interfere with the width of the page. The =\hbox= is
+% now replaced by =\rlap=. (3) If the title of an index (i.e., the
+% fourth argument of =\newindex=) contained a particularly fragile
+% command like~=\d=, havoc would ensue when =\theindex= tried to
+% extract the title. Titles are now kept in token registers to
+% prevent such unpleasantness. Bugs (2) and (3) were reported by
+% Dominik Wujastyk $\langle$D.Wujastyk@ucl.ac.uk$\rangle$ on 24 June
+% 1993. Note that bugs (1) and (2) are actually bugs in showidx.sty,
+% v2.09 $\langle$16 Jun 1991$\rangle$.
+%
+% \item[v2.02 (25 Jun 1993)]
+% Rewrote the code that implements the short indexing commands (=^=
+% and =_=) to make index.sty compatible with other style files that
+% need to make =^= and =_= active in some contexts. See the code for
+% more details.
+%
+% \item[v2.03 (30 Jun 1993)]
+% Once again rewrote the code that implements the short indexing
+% commands. Dumped the shortindexing environment and rewrote the
+% =\shortindexingon= and =\shortindxingoff= commands to save and
+% restore the =\catcode='s and meanings of =^= and =_= in the safest
+% possible (I hope) order. Also added the =\if@shortindexing= flag to
+% keep =\shortindexingoff= from doing anything if it is called outside
+% of the scope of a =\shortindexingon= command. (Question: Should
+% =\shortindexingon= check that flag before doing anything?)
+%
+% \item[v2.04 (beta) (14 Jul 1993)]
+% Added =\disableindex= command. Added =\newindex= and =\renewindex=
+% to =\@preamblecmds=. Add =\if@newindex= flag to =\@newindex= to
+% prevent =\renewindex= from re-allocating new =\write= and =\toks=
+% registers. Rewrote using {\tt doc.sty} and {\tt DocStrip}. Also
+% cleaned up the code somewhat.
+%
+% \item[v3.00 (15 Jul 1993)]
+% Made further minor tweaks to code and internal documentation.
+% Booted version number up to 3.00 and released on the world.
+%
+% \item[v3.01 (19 Jul 1993)]
+% Fixed {\tt DocStrip} CheckSum.
+%
+% \item[v3.02 (15 Sep 1993)]
+% Corrected spelling of =\@shortindexingfalse= in definition of
+% =\shortindexingoff=. Thanks to Hendrik G. Seliger $\langle
+% hank@Blimp.automat.uni-essen.de\rangle$ for this bug report. Also
+% added redefinitions of =\@leftmark= and =\@rightmark= to fix a bug
+% reported by Dominik Wujastyk $\langle$D.Wujastyk@ucl.ac.uk$\rangle$.
+%
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \DisableCrossrefs
+%
+% \section{The sample file}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<test>%% This is a sample file for index.sty. To run the sample,
+%<test>%% execute the following commands:
+%<test>%%
+%<test>%% latex sample.tex
+%<test>%% makeindex sample
+%<test>%% makeindex -o sample.and sample.adx
+%<test>%% makeindex -o sample.nnd sample.ndx
+%<test>%% latex sample.tex
+%<test>
+%<test>\documentstyle[index]{book}
+%<test>
+%<test>\makeindex
+%<test>\newindex{aut}{adx}{and}{Name Index}
+%<test>\newindex{not}{ndx}{nnd}{List of Notation}
+%<test>
+%<test>\shortindexingon
+%<test>
+%<test>\proofmodetrue
+%<test>
+%<test>\def\aindex{\index*[aut]}
+%<test>
+%<test>\begin{document}
+%<test>
+%<test>\tableofcontents
+%<test>
+%<test>\newpage
+%<test>
+%<test>\chapter{Here is a ^[aut]{chapter} title}
+%<test>
+%<test>\section{Section header\index[aut]{section}}
+%<test>
+%<test>Here is some text.\index{subject}
+%<test>
+%<test>Here is \index[not]{notation}some more \index[not]{sin@$\sin$}
+%<test>text.
+%<test>
+%<test>Here is some ^{more} _[not]{notation} text.
+%<test>
+%<test>Here is yet more \aindex{text}.
+%<test>
+%<test>\section{Another Section header _[aut]{section2}}
+%<test>
+%<test>And here is some math: $x^1_b$.
+%<test>
+%<test>Here is an ^[aut]{index} entry \fbox{inside an
+%<test>\index[not]{min@$\min$}fbox}
+%<test>
+%<test>\fbox{Here is an ^[aut]{entry} in a box.}
+%<test>
+%<test>\printindex[not]
+%<test>
+%<test>\printindex[aut]
+%<test>
+%<test>\printindex
+%<test>
+%<test>\end{document}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \PrintIndex
+% \PrintChanges
+%
+% \Finale
+%
+% \end{document}
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/nar.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/nar.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59a0a10766
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/nar.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Tom Schneider",
+%%% version = "2.00",
+%%% date = "10 Sep 1991",
+%%% filename = "nar.sty",
+%%% address = "National Cancer Institute
+%%% Laboratory of Mathematical Biology
+%%% Frederick, Maryland 21701-1013
+%%% USA",
+%%% checksum = "64913 282 628 9329",
+%%% email = "toms@ncifcrf.gov (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "nucleic acid research",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "This LaTeX style file is for the journal
+%%% Nucleic Acid Research. It should be used
+%%% as a major style, with
+%%% \documentstyle[...]{nar}.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+
+% version = 2.00 of nar.sty 1990 April 30
+%
+% from:
+% article.sty 16-Mar-88
+
+%
+% All cases of 'newcounter' were commented out because these
+% were `already used' by LaTeX. Why this is necessary, I don't know!
+%
+
+\typeout{Document Style `nar' <16 Mar 88>.}
+%\typeout{Document Style `article' <16 Mar 88>.}
+
+
+\def\@ptsize{0} \@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue} \def\ds@draft{\overfullrule
+5pt}
+\@options
+\input art1\@ptsize.sty\relax
+
+
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\ast$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+\arraycolsep 5pt \tabcolsep 6pt \arrayrulewidth .4pt \doublerulesep 2pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\fboxsep = 3pt \fboxrule = .4pt
+
+%\newcounter{part}
+%\newcounter {section}
+%\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+%\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+%\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+%\newcounter {subparagraph}[paragraph]
+
+\def\thepart{\Roman{part}} \def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection .\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{Contents\@mkboth{CONTENTS}{CONTENTS}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} \begingroup
+ \@tempdima 3em \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth \parfillskip
+-\@pnumwidth
+ {\large \bf \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak \endgroup}
+\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty} \addvspace{1.0em plus 1pt}
+\@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \bf \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip #1\nobreak\hfil
+\nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{10em}{5em}}
+\def\listoffigures{\section*{List of Figures\@mkboth
+ {LIST OF FIGURES}{LIST OF FIGURES}}\@starttoc{lof}}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\section*{List of Tables\@mkboth
+ {LIST OF TABLES}{LIST OF TABLES}}\@starttoc{lot}}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+
+% This next line alters the cite from [] to () (worked the first time!!!)
+\def\@cite#1#2{({#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi})}
+% Modified from line 6317 in the DEFAULT DEFINITIONS of the file latex.tex,
+% which is: LATEX VERSION 2.09 - RELEASE OF 27 October 1986
+
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{References\@mkboth
+ {REFERENCES}{REFERENCES}}\list
+ {[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+
+
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\section*{Index}]
+ \@mkboth{INDEX}{INDEX}\thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40pt}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{20pt}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{30pt}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width .4\columnwidth
+ \kern 2.6\p@}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to 1.8em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.7}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.2}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.5}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.7}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.5}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1: #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize #1: #2\par \else \hbox
+to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi}
+
+
+%\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fps@figure{tbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{Figure \thefigure}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}
+\let\endfigure\end@float
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+%\newcounter{table}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{tbp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable}
+\def\table{\@float{table}}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \def\@makefnmark{\hbox
+ to 0pt{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+ \else \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle \fi\thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax}
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \null
+ \vskip 2em \begin{center}
+ {\LARGE \@title \par} \vskip 1.5em {\large \lineskip .5em
+\begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 1em {\large \@date} \end{center}
+ \par
+ \vskip 1.5em}
+\def\abstract{\if@twocolumn
+\section*{Abstract}
+\else \small
+\begin{center}
+{\bf Abstract\vspace{-.5em}\vspace{0pt}}
+\end{center}
+\quotation
+\fi}
+\def\endabstract{\if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi}
+
+\mark{{}{}}
+
+\if@twoside \def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\rm \thepage\hfil \sl
+\leftmark}\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl \rightmark \hfil
+\rm\thepage}\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth {\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth
+>\z@
+ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}{}}\def\subsectionmark##1{\markright
+{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
+ \thesubsection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}
+\else \def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\hbox {}\sl \rightmark \hfil
+\rm\thepage}\def\sectionmark##1{\markright {\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth
+>\z@
+ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}}
+\fi
+\def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl\rightmark \hfil
+\rm\thepage}\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\rm \thepage\hfil\sl\leftmark\hbox
+{}}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+\ps@plain \pagenumbering{arabic} \onecolumn \if@twoside\else\raggedbottom\fi
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/natsci.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/natsci.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9114409fcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/natsci.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+%NAME: natsci.sty
+% natsci.sty 22 Feb 89
+
+% Correctly formats citations in the NATSCI bibliography style.
+% You also need the file natsci.bst to get the most out of this.
+
+% Use with LaTeX version 2.09 article document style
+% and the natsci bibliography style:
+% \documentstyle[natsci]{article}
+% \begin{document}
+% \bibliographystyle{natsci}
+
+% Copyright (c) 1987 by Stephen Gildea
+% Permission to copy all or part of this work is granted, provided
+% that the copies are not made or distributed for resale, and that
+% the copyright notice and this notice are retained.
+%
+% THIS WORK IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS. THE AUTHOR PROVIDES NO
+% WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE WORK,
+% INCLUDING WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO ITS MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
+% FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+% If you make any improvements, I'd like to hear about them.
+
+% Stephen Gildea
+% MIT Earth Resources Lab
+% Cambridge, Mass. 02139
+% mit-erl!gildea
+% gildea@erl.mit.edu
+
+% This definition has to be changed slightly for different document
+% styles such as report.
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{References\@mkboth
+ {REFERENCES}{REFERENCES}}\list
+ %% default is no labels, for those not using \cite or BibTeX
+ {}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}\@bibsetup}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+
+% Don't put the citation in an hbox.
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{\@citesep}\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{{\bf ?}\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+
+% undent first line of a reference by using negative \itemindent.
+\def\@bibsetup{\itemindent=-\leftmargin \itemsep=0pt}
+
+% Use a semicolon instead of a comma between multiple citations.
+\def\@citesep{; }
+
+% round parens instead of square brackets
+\def\@cite#1#2{({#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi})}
+
+% Labels should not be printed in References
+\def\@biblabel#1{\hfill}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/nofm.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/nofm.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..062c1b6738
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/nofm.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+% nofm.sty
+%
+% This is a LaTeX document style option for "n of m" style pagination.
+% It produces a centered header in the above style, and no footer;
+% variations to put the information elsewhere, incorporate other
+% information, or include the word "page" should be easy. This option
+% works by recording the last page's page number in the .aux file
+% (using the standard label/pageref mechanism). Therefore, you will
+% have to run LaTeX a second time if the number of pages changes, in
+% order to get correct output.
+%
+% -- Max Hailperin, 9/27/88
+%
+% 25 Feb 91 - Don't clobber \pagestyle, redefine \ps@plain.
+% Define \@lastpageref to eliminate warnings.
+% clayton@thumper.bellcore.com
+
+
+% Make the plain page style be the same as the empty page style to
+% avoid having a footer-centered page number on the first page and on
+% index pages (in article style, anyway).
+
+\let \ps@plain = \ps@empty
+
+
+% The below is reproduced from the latex.tex file, version 2.09 of 27 October
+% 1986, Copyright (C) 1985 by Leslie Lamport, with the exception of the
+% marked change in the first line----vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv.
+
+\def\enddocument{\@checkend{document}\label{@lastpage}\clearpage\begingroup
+\if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+\def\global\@namedef##1##2{}\def\newlabel{\@testdef r}%
+\def\bibcite{\@testdef b}\@tempswafalse \makeatletter\input \jobname.aux
+\if@tempswa \@warning{Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get
+cross-references right}\fi\fi\endgroup\deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+
+
+% Define a special-purpose \pageref to avoid having a "Reference
+% @lastpage undefined" warning on every page.
+
+\def\@lastpageref{%
+ \@ifundefined{r@@lastpage}{{\bf ??}}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\@nameuse{r@@lastpage}}%
+ \expandafter\@cdr\@tempa\@nil\null
+ }%
+}
+
+
+% The page number is centered in the header. Change the definitions
+% to make it something else.
+
+\def \@oddhead{\rm\hfil\thepage\ of \@lastpageref\hfil}
+\def \@evenhead{\@oddhead}
+\def \@oddfoot{}
+\def \@evenfoot{\@oddfoot}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/preprint.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/preprint.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6da168d40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/preprint.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+% aps12.sty
+% March 12, 1989 version
+\global\twelvepointontrue
+
+\lineskip 2pt \normallineskip 2pt%<== were 1pt each
+\def\baselinestretch{1}%
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{16pt%14.5pt
+}\xiipt\@xiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 12pt plus3pt minus7pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt
+minus3pt}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt
+\abovedisplayskip 11pt plus3pt minus6pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt
+minus3pt
+\def\@listi{\parsep 4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep
+ \topsep 9pt plus 3pt minus 5pt}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt\parsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\let\Huge=\huge
+\normalsize
+
+
+
+\if@twoside \oddsidemargin 21pt \evensidemargin 59pt \marginparwidth 85pt
+\else \oddsidemargin 39.5pt \evensidemargin 39.5pt
+ \marginparwidth 68pt
+\fi
+\marginparsep 10pt
+ \topmargin 27pt \headheight 12pt \headsep 25pt \footheight 12pt \footskip
+30pt
+
+\textheight 536.5pt \textwidth 390pt \columnsep 10pt \columnseprule 0pt
+
+\footnotesep 8.4pt
+\skip\footins 10.8pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\floatsep 14pt plus 2pt minus 4pt \textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 14pt plus 4pt minus 4pt \@maxsep 20pt \dblfloatsep 14pt plus 2pt
+minus 4pt \dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt \@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil \@fpsep 10pt plus 2fil \@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil \@dblfpsep 10pt plus 2fil \@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\marginparpush 7pt
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt \parindent 1.5em \topsep 10pt plus 4pt minus 6pt
+\partopsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \itemsep 5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@itempenalty
+-\@lowpenalty
+
+\def\part{\cleardoublepage \thispagestyle{plain} \if@twocolumn \onecolumn
+\@tempswatrue \else \@tempswafalse \fi \hbox{}\vfil \bgroup \centering
+\secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax \refstepcounter{part}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi \markboth{}{}
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax \huge\bf Part \thepart \par \vskip 20pt \fi
+\Huge \bf #1\@endpart}
+\def\@endpart{\par\egroup \vfil\newpage \if@twoside \hbox{}
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+ \newpage
+ \fi \if@tempswa \twocolumn \fi}
+\def\@spart#1{\Huge \bf #1\@endpart}
+
+\def\@makechapterhead#1{ \vspace*{50pt} { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \huge\bf \@chapapp{} \thechapter \par
+ \vskip 20pt \fi \Huge \bf #1\par
+ \nobreak \vskip 40pt } }
+
+\def\@makeschapterhead#1{ \vspace*{50pt} { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \Huge \bf #1\par
+ \nobreak \vskip 40pt } }
+
+\def\chapter{\clearpage \thispagestyle{plain} \global\@topnum\z@
+\@afterindentfalse \secdef\@chapter\@schapter}
+\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect
+ \numberline{\thechapter}#1}\else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}\fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+\addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} \if@twocolumn
+\@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]
+ \else \@makechapterhead{#2}
+ \@afterheading \fi}
+\def\@schapter#1{\if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{#1}]
+ \else \@makeschapterhead{#1}
+ \@afterheading\fi}
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{\Large\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\large\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus
+ -1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection
+ {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{4}{\parindent}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus
+ .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+
+\def\chaptermark#1{}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{chapter}{0}
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \def\@chapapp{Appendix}
+ \def\thechapter{\Alph{chapter}}}
+
+
+\leftmargini 2.5em
+\leftmarginii 2.2em \leftmarginiii 1.87em \leftmarginiv 1.7em \leftmarginv 1em
+\leftmarginvi 1em
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\labelsep .5em
+\parsep 5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep 2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@ \partopsep 1pt plus 0pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/refman.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/refman.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02e177cdc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/refman.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+% This is REFMAN.STY by H.Partl, TU Wien, Version 1.1 of 4 Oct 1989.
+% Revised 30.08.93
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% Modifikations:
+% 30.08.93 by Wolfgang Kaspar; kaspar@uni-muenster.de
+% The correction of a LaTeX bug that occurs when marginpars and footnotes
+% appear on the same page (by Chris Rowley, TUGboat 9/2 Aug.88) is
+% no longer needed.
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+% Document Style Option to `article' and `report',
+% for technical reference manuals, users' guides and articles,
+% with a design similar to that of the PostScript Reference Manual:
+% All pages have a wide left margin and no right margin, and section
+% headings and other `guiding' material appear in that margin.
+% Supports one-column only. REFMAN should be specified as the LAST
+% optional argument of the \documentstyle command, e.g.
+% \documentstyle[11pt,twoside,german,refman]{article}
+%
+% It CAN be used with twoside, fleqn and others.
+% It can NOT be used with twocolumn, titlepage, fullpage, a4, a4wide
+% and others.
+%
+% +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
+% ! This style file has been designed for reference manuals, users' !
+% ! guides, short instants, and related papers at the EDP centre of !
+% ! the Technical University of Vienna. It must be re-designed and !
+% ! changed before application at any other institution or for any !
+% ! other purpose. !
+% +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
+% Copyright H.Partl TU Wien 1988.
+
+% Process this file only once:
+\@ifundefined{leftmarginwidth}{}{\endinput}
+
+\typeout{ TU Wien Refman Style - Version 1.1 as of 4 Oct 1989, revised 30.08.93 }
+
+\newdimen\leftmarginwidth % value of odd & evensidemargin, set below.
+\newdimen\fullwidth % = \textwidth + \leftmarginwidth
+\newdimen\emptyheadtopmargin % used by some pagestyles
+\newdimen\emptyfoottopmargin % dto.
+
+% \longhrule and \longthickhrule are defined for \hrule's of width \fullwidth
+
+\def\longhrule{\par\hbox to \linewidth{\hss
+ \vrule width \fullwidth height 0.4pt depth 0pt}\par}
+\def\longthickhrule{\par\hbox to \linewidth{\hss
+ \vrule width \fullwidth height 1.0pt depth 0pt}\par}
+
+% Re-definitions of the \section commands to use \fullwidth and smaller
+% vertical skips and smaller fonts.
+% (Note that the afterskip must be >zero, not =zero)
+
+\def\secshape{\leftskip=-\leftmarginwidth % use \fullwidth
+ \rightskip=\@flushglue % raggedright
+ \hyphenpenalty=2000} % no hyphenation
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-2ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{0.5ex plus .2ex}{\secshape\large\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-1.5ex plus -.5ex minus
+ -.2ex}{0.5ex plus .2ex}{\secshape\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-1.5ex plus
+-.5ex minus -.2ex}{0.5ex plus .2ex}{\secshape\normalsize\rm}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection
+ {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{2ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{4}{\parindent}{2ex plus 1ex minus
+ .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+
+% For ARTICLE:
+% Re-definitions of \maketitle and \part (\clearpage, \fullwidth, \hrules).
+% This \maketitle prints the \title only.
+% A \makeauthor command is defined to print the \author (to be used either
+% just after \maketitle or at the end of the article, without \thanks).
+
+\def\@redefinemaketitle{
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+ \else \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@maketitle \fi\thispagestyle{plain}
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}}
+
+\def\@maketitle{\clearpage
+ \longthickhrule\bigskip
+ {\secshape\parskip\z@\parindent\z@ \Large\bf \@title\par}
+ \bigskip\longthickhrule\bigskip}
+
+\def\makeauthor{\par\nopagebreak\vskip 2ex plus 1ex minus 1ex
+ \begin{flushright}\normalsize\sl \@author \end{flushright}\par
+ \vskip 2ex plus 1ex minus 1ex\relax }
+
+\def\and{\\*}
+\def\thanks{\footnote}
+
+% In \part, only \thepart (the Roman part number) is printed, without
+% the word `Part' in front of it, and \markboth is replaced by \@mkboth
+% to preserve the marks with the myheadings and myfootings page styles.
+
+\def\part{\par \clearpage \thispagestyle{plain}
+ \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+
+\def\@part[##1]##2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}##1}\else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{##1}\fi
+ \longhrule\medskip
+ {\secshape\parskip\z@\parindent\z@ \Large\rm
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \thepart.\quad \fi ##2\par}
+ \medskip\longhrule\bigskip \@mkboth{}{}\@afterheading }
+
+\def\@spart##1{\longhrule\medskip
+ {\secshape\parskip\z@\parindent\z@ \Large\rm ##1\par}
+ \medskip\longhrule\bigskip \@afterheading }
+
+} % end of \@redefinemaketitle
+
+% For REPORT:
+% Re-definition of \chapter (\clearpage, \fullwidth, \hrules).
+% However, \maketitle and \part remain unchanged.
+
+\def\@redefinechapter{
+
+\def\@makechapterhead##1{\longthickhrule\bigskip
+ {\secshape\parskip\z@\parindent\z@ \Large\bf
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \@chapapp{} \thechapter.\quad \fi
+ ##1\par}
+ \bigskip\longthickhrule\bigskip}
+
+\def\@makeschapterhead##1{\longthickhrule\bigskip
+ {\secshape\parskip\z@\parindent\z@ \Large\bf ##1\par}
+ \bigskip\longthickhrule\bigskip}
+
+% No word `Chapter'/`Kapitel' before the chapter number, but the word
+% `Appendix'/`Anhang' will still be inserted after \appendix !
+\def\@chapapp{}
+
+% Note that \chapter itself is defined like this:
+% \def\chapter{\clearpage \thispagestyle{plain} \global\@topnum\z@
+% \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@chapter\@schapter}
+% This definition and those of \@chapter and \@schapter remain unchanged.
+
+} % end of \@redefinechapter
+
+% Now, do either the first one or the second one, depending on the main
+% document style (article= \chapter undefined, or report= \chapter defined).
+% (Note that \par must not appear inside \@ifundefined, therefore this
+% indirect approach is taken.)
+
+\@ifundefined{chapter}{\@redefinemaketitle}{\@redefinechapter}
+
+% Re-defintion of the \marginpar command to use always the left margin
+% (never the right margin). Be careful that Marginpars do not come to
+% near to each other!
+
+\def\@addmarginpar{\@next\@marbox\@currlist{\@cons\@freelist\@marbox
+ \@cons\@freelist\@currbox}\@latexbug\@tempcnta\@ne
+%- \if@twocolumn
+%- \if@firstcolumn \@tempcnta\m@ne \fi
+%- \else
+%- \if@mparswitch
+%- \ifodd\c@page \else\@tempcnta\m@ne \fi
+%- \fi
+%- \if@reversemargin \@tempcnta -\@tempcnta \fi
+%- \fi
+ \@tempcnta\m@ne % always to left margin <---
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta <\z@ \global\setbox\@marbox\box\@currbox \fi
+ \@tempdima\@mparbottom \advance\@tempdima -\@pageht
+ \advance\@tempdima\ht\@marbox \ifdim\@tempdima >\z@
+ \@warning{Marginpar on page \thepage\space moved}\else\@tempdima\z@ \fi
+ \global\@mparbottom\@pageht \global\advance\@mparbottom\@tempdima
+ \global\advance\@mparbottom\dp\@marbox
+ \global\advance\@mparbottom\marginparpush
+ \advance\@tempdima -\ht\@marbox
+ \global\ht\@marbox\z@ \global\dp\@marbox\z@
+ \vskip -\@pagedp \vskip\@tempdima\nointerlineskip
+ \hbox to\columnwidth
+ {\ifnum \@tempcnta >\z@
+ \hskip\columnwidth \hskip\marginparsep
+ \else \hskip -\marginparsep \hskip -\marginparwidth \fi
+ \box\@marbox \hss}
+ \vskip -\@tempdima
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \hbox{\vrule \@height\z@ \@width\z@ \@depth\@pagedp}}
+
+% Special Marginpars:
+% \marginlabel{X} puts X into a flushright Marginpar.
+% To be used like description-items or short
+% \subsubsection* headings.
+% \attention puts ! --> to the left of the text.
+% To mark an important piece of text.
+% \seealso{X} puts a small ---> X to the very left.
+% To mark a reference within the text.
+% These three commands start with an empty \mbox, i.e. they can be used
+% before the first word of a paragraph and still have the desired
+% effect, namely that the marginal stuff appears next to the first
+% line of this paragraph, not at the last line of the previous one.
+% They end with \ignorespaces, i.e. blanks (spaces) after the argument's
+% } are allowed and do NOT appear in the printed text.
+% Like all \marginpar's, they cannot be used in math mode or inside boxes.
+
+\def\marginlabel#1{\mbox{}\marginpar{\raggedleft #1}\ignorespaces}
+\def\attention{\mbox{}\marginpar{\raggedleft \large\bf ! $\rightarrow$}}
+\def\seealso#1{\mbox{}\marginpar{\small $\rightarrow$ #1}\ignorespaces}
+
+% The description environment is redefined such that the item labels use
+% the whole left margin (and are in roman, right bound, with colon).
+% \labelwidth = \leftmarginwidth + previous\@totalleftmargin +
+% + new\leftmargin - \labelsep
+% \descriptioncolontrue and -false can be used to select whether a colon
+% is added to the item label.
+% \descriptionlefttrue and -false can be used to select whether the item labels
+% are set left bound or right bound.
+
+\newif\ifdescriptioncolon \descriptioncolontrue
+\newif\ifdescriptionleft \descriptionleftfalse
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\ifdescriptionleft\else \hfil \fi
+ \rm #1\ifdescriptioncolon :\fi
+ \ifdescriptionleft \hfil \fi}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelsep=\marginparsep
+ \labelwidth=\leftmarginwidth \advance\labelwidth by \@totalleftmargin
+ \advance\labelwidth by \leftmargin \advance\labelwidth by -\labelsep
+ \let\makelabel=\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription=\endlist
+
+% The maxipage environment is a minipage that uses the \fullwidth,
+% with \hrules above and below. Marginpars are not allowed.
+% To be used for wide tables, long math equations, and the like.
+% It cannot be split across pages.
+% It can be used in floats, e.g. like
+% \begin{table}\begin{maxipage}
+% ... a wide table ... \caption{the caption}
+% \end{maxipage}\end{table}
+% \maxipageruletrue and -false can be used to select whether \hrule's are
+% added to the minpage.
+
+\newif\ifmaxipagerule \maxipageruletrue
+\def\maxipage{\par % (here a \vskip\parskip will happen by the final \par)
+ \mbox{}\kern-\leftmarginwidth \kern-\@totalleftmargin
+ \begin{minipage}{\fullwidth}
+ \medskip \ifmaxipagerule \hrule\medskip \fi
+ \parskip = 0.5\baselineskip % <--- same as outside minipage
+ \def\marginpar{\typeout{Marginpar not allowed within Maxipage.}}}
+\def\endmaxipage{\par \vskip\parskip
+ \medskip \ifmaxipagerule \hrule\medskip \fi
+ \end{minipage}\par}
+
+% The fullpage environment changes the page layout such that normal text
+% and all environments use the \fullwidth. Marginpars are not allowed.
+% Both \begin{fullpage} and \end{fullpage} start a new page before switching
+% to the other layout.
+% To be used for one or several special pages where the full line length is
+% needed.
+
+\def\fullpage{\clearpage \leftmarginwidth\z@ \textwidth=\fullwidth
+ \oddsidemargin=\z@ \evensidemargin\z@
+ \hsize=\fullwidth \linewidth=\fullwidth \columnwidth=\fullwidth
+ \def\marginpar{\typeout{Marginpar not allowed within Fullpage.}}}
+\def\endfullpage{\clearpage}
+
+% The example environment is a verse enironment with \tt font and with
+% trying to avoid page breaks at the \begin{example}. Lines in the example
+% should be separated by \\*.
+
+\def\example{\@beginparpenalty=\@highpenalty \verse \tt }
+\let\endexample=\endverse
+
+% Page Styles:
+% The pagestyles plain, headings and myheadings are redefined and new
+% pagestyles footings and myfootings are defined, which all use the
+% \fullwidth, with \thepage on the outer side of the (odd/even) page
+% and some with a \hrule below the head line or above the foot line.
+% My favourite is
+% \pagestyle{myfootings}
+% \markboth{the title of the paper}{the title of the paper}
+% (Note that the \markboth is not destroyed by the new \part command.)
+
+% The pagestyles headings and myheadings set \topmargin to \emptyfoottopmargin.
+% The pagestyles footings and myfootings set \topmargin to \emptyheadtopmargin.
+% The pagestyles empty and plain do not change \topmargin.
+% Therefore, within one document,
+% - you may switch between headings, myheadings, empty, and plain,
+% - or you may switch between footings, myfootings, empty, and plain,
+% - but you should not mix (my)headings with (my)footings pages.
+
+% As a compromise between article (section+subsection) and report
+% (chapter+section), \sectionmark (without uppercase) will be put on
+% both side pages in the headings and footings style (neither chapter
+% nor subsection).
+
+\def\ps@plain{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddhead{}\def\@evenhead{}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\rm\hfil\thepage}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hss \hbox to \fullwidth{\normalsize\rm\thepage\hfil}}}
+
+\if@twoside % If two-sided printing.
+\def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth \topmargin\emptyfoottopmargin
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% No feet.
+\def\@evenhead{\hss\vbox to 0pt{\vss \hsize=\fullwidth
+ \hbox to \fullwidth{\normalsize\rm\thepage \hfil
+ \small\sl \leftmark}%
+ \vskip 3pt \hrule}}%
+\def\@oddhead{\hss\vbox to 0pt{\vss \hsize=\fullwidth
+ \hbox to \fullwidth{\small\sl \rightmark \hfil
+ \normalsize\rm\thepage}%
+ \vskip 3pt \hrule}}%
+\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth
+ {{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}%
+ {{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}%
+\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\else % If one-sided printing.
+\def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth \topmargin\emptyfoottopmargin
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% No feet.
+\def\@oddhead{\hss\vbox to 0pt{\vss \hsize=\fullwidth
+ \hbox to \fullwidth{\small\sl \rightmark \hfil
+ \normalsize\rm\thepage}%
+ \vskip 3pt \hrule}}%
+\def\sectionmark##1{\markright {{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}}
+\fi
+
+\if@twoside % If two-sided printing.
+\def\ps@footings{\let\@mkboth\markboth \topmargin\emptyheadtopmargin
+\def\@oddhead{}\def\@evenhead{}% No heads.
+\def\@evenfoot{\hss\vbox to 0pt{\vss \hsize=\fullwidth \hrule \vskip 3pt
+ \hbox to \fullwidth{\normalsize\rm\thepage \hfil
+ \small\sl\leftmark}}}%
+\def\@oddfoot{\hss\vbox to 0pt{\vss \hsize=\fullwidth \hrule \vskip 3pt
+ \hbox to \fullwidth{\small\sl\rightmark \hfil
+ \normalsize\rm\thepage}}}%
+\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth
+ {{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}%
+ {{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}%
+\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\else % If one-sided printing.
+\def\ps@footings{\let\@mkboth\markboth \topmargin\emptyheadtopmargin
+\def\@oddhead{}\def\@evenhead{}% No heads.
+\def\@oddfoot{\hss\vbox to 0pt{\vss \hsize=\fullwidth \hrule \vskip 3pt
+ \hbox to \fullwidth{\small\sl\rightmark \hfil
+ \normalsize\rm\thepage}}}%
+\def\sectionmark##1{\markright {{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}}
+\fi
+
+\def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo \topmargin\emptyfoottopmargin
+\def\@evenhead{\hss\vbox to 0pt{\vss \hsize=\fullwidth
+ \hbox to \fullwidth{\normalsize\rm\thepage \hfil
+ \small\sl\leftmark}%
+ \vskip 3pt \hrule}}%
+\def\@oddhead{\hss\vbox to 0pt{\vss \hsize=\fullwidth
+ \hbox to \fullwidth{\small\sl\rightmark \hfil
+ \normalsize\rm\thepage}%
+ \vskip 3pt \hrule}}%
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+\def\ps@myfootings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo \topmargin\emptyheadtopmargin
+\def\@evenfoot{\hss\vbox to 0pt{\vss \hsize=\fullwidth \hrule \vskip 3pt
+ \hbox to \fullwidth{\normalsize\rm\thepage \hfil
+ \small\sl\leftmark}}}%
+\def\@oddfoot{\hss\vbox to 0pt{\vss \hsize=\fullwidth \hrule \vskip 3pt
+ \hbox to \fullwidth{\small\sl\rightmark \hfil
+ \normalsize\rm\thepage}}}%
+\def\@oddhead{}\def\@evenhead{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+% The \condbreak{length} command is defined for conditional pagebreaks:
+% If less then length vertical space remains on the current page, then
+% a new page is started. This means that the following stuff remains
+% together (either on the current or the next page).
+
+\def\condbreak#1{\vskip 0pt plus #1\pagebreak[3]\vskip 0pt plus -#1\relax}
+
+% The \noparskip command is defined to take away the vertical Parskip,
+% just like \noindent takes away the horizontal Parindent.
+
+\def\noparskip{\vskip-\parskip}
+
+% Correction of a LaTeX bug that occurs when marginpars and footnotes
+% appear on the same page (by Chris Rowley, TUGboat 9/2 Aug.88)
+%
+% no longer needed. 30.08.93 kaspar@uni-muenster.de
+
+%\def\@specialoutput{\ifnum\outputpenalty > -\@Mii
+% \@doclearpage
+% \else
+% \ifnum \outputpenalty <-\@Miii
+% \ifnum\outputpenalty<-\@MM \deadcycles\z@\fi
+% \global\setbox\@holdpg\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}
+% \else \setbox\@tempboxa\box\@cclv
+% \@pagedp\dp\@holdpg \@pageht\ht\@holdpg
+% \unvbox\@holdpg
+%%- \ifvoid\footins\else\advance\@pageht\ht\footins
+%%- \advance\@pageht\skip\footins \advance\@pagedp\dp\footins
+%%- \insert\footins{\unvbox\footins}\fi
+% \@next\@currbox\@currlist{\ifnum\count\@currbox >\z@
+%% moved --->
+% \ifvoid\footins\else\advance\@pageht\ht\footins
+% \advance\@pageht\skip\footins \advance\@pagedp\dp\footins
+% \insert\footins{\unvbox\footins}\fi
+% \@addtocurcol\else
+%% moved and changed --->
+% \ifvoid\footins\else
+% \insert\footins{\unvbox\footins}\fi
+% \@addmarginpar\fi}\@latexbug
+% \ifnum \outputpenalty <\z@ \penalty \z@ \fi
+% \fi\fi}
+
+
+% Setting of the Layout Parameters and Dimensions:
+% ------------------------------------------------
+
+% Switch to \onecolumn and disable \twocolumn.
+\onecolumn
+\let\onecolumn=\relax
+\def\twocolumn{\typeout{Twocolumn not allowed with Refman.}}
+
+% Horizontal Layout:
+% \fullwidth = \leftmarginwidth + \textwidth
+% \odd&evensidemargin = \leftmarginwidth - 3mm
+% (DIN-A4 paper is about 6mm narrower than 8.5 Inch.)
+% \marginparwidth = \leftmarginwidth - \marginparsep
+
+% \textwidth, \columnwidth, \linewidth remain unchanged from art10...rep12
+\fullwidth=6.5in
+\leftmarginwidth=\fullwidth \advance\leftmarginwidth by -\textwidth
+\oddsidemargin=\leftmarginwidth \advance\oddsidemargin by -3mm
+\evensidemargin=\oddsidemargin
+\marginparwidth=\leftmarginwidth \advance\marginparwidth by -\marginparsep
+
+% The horizontal layout can be changed in the preamble with the command
+% \setleftmarginwidth{length}
+% This sets \leftmarginwidth=length and \textwidth=\fullwidth-<length> .
+% Example: \setleftmarginwidth{2.5in} ---> 2.5 : 4 = 4 : 6.5
+
+\newdimen\templength@
+\def\setleftmarginwidth#1{\templength@=#1\relax
+ \leftmarginwidth=\templength@
+ \textwidth=\fullwidth \advance\textwidth by -\templength@
+ \oddsidemargin=\leftmarginwidth \advance\oddsidemargin by -3mm
+ \evensidemargin=\oddsidemargin
+ \marginparwidth=\leftmarginwidth \advance\marginparwidth by -\marginparsep
+ \hsize=\textwidth \linewidth=\textwidth \columnwidth=\textwidth }
+
+% Vertical Layout (for DIN-A4 paper):
+% The Top Margin is made smaller by 4.5 baselineskips,
+% the Head and Foot separations are increased by 0.5 baselineskips each,
+% the Textheight is increased by 10 lines.
+% On DIN-A4 paper (which is about 2 lines higher than 11 Inch), this
+% makes the Bootom Margin equal to the Top Margin.
+% \raggedbottom is switched on (even for twoside).
+% With some pagestyles, the page contents are shifted up or down a bit,
+% by using \emptyheadtopmargin or \emptyfoottopmargin, respectively.
+
+\advance\topmargin by -4.5\baselineskip
+\advance\headsep by 0.5\baselineskip
+\advance\footskip by 0.5\baselineskip
+\advance\textheight by 10\baselineskip
+\@colht=\textheight \@colroom=\textheight
+\emptyheadtopmargin=\topmargin \advance\emptyheadtopmargin by -1\baselineskip
+\emptyfoottopmargin=\topmargin \advance\emptyfoottopmargin by 1\baselineskip
+\raggedbottom
+
+% Zero minimal vertical separation between Marginpars (because we use a lot
+% of them, and all must find room above each other).
+
+\marginparpush=\z@
+
+% Paragraph Layout:
+% Zero Parindent and non-zero Parskip. The stretchable glue in \parskip
+% helps LaTeX in finding the best place for page breaks.
+
+\parskip=0.5\baselineskip \advance\parskip by 0pt plus 2pt
+\parindent=\z@
+
+% Redefinition of the vertical spacing in the list environments
+% to use the same as \parskip in all relevant places (normalsize only):
+% \parsep = \parskip
+% \itemsep = \z@ % add nothing to \parskip between items
+% \topsep = \z@ % add nothing to \parskip before first item
+
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep\z@ \parsep\parskip \itemsep\z@}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep\z@ \parsep\parskip \itemsep\z@}
+
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep\z@ \parsep\parskip \itemsep\z@}
+
+% Note that listiv, listv and listvi don't change vertical parameters.
+
+
+% Switch on the new version of the plain pagestyle.
+\pagestyle{plain}
+
+% This is the end of REFMAN.STY.
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadethm.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadethm.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a974cb7e21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadethm.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+\typeout{ LaTeX 2.09 substyle: ShadeThm <94/07/11 jh>}
+% ShadeThm.sty
+% Shaded theorem environments in LaTeX 2.09 with \newshadetheorem instead of
+% \newtheorem. Requires PostScript.
+%
+% USAGE
+% Used as a LaTeX substyle
+% \documentstyle[...,shadethm,...]{...}
+% it allows declarations like
+% \newshadetheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+% so that
+% \begin{theorem} $e=mc^2$ \end{theorem}
+% will produce the usual theorem text, only placed in a shaded box.
+%
+% REMARKS
+% (1) You can of course have non-shaded environments, also. The
+% \newtheorem command still works (but see Remark (2)).
+% (2) Numbering within:
+% LaTeX allows you to say \newtheorem{guess}{Conjecture}[section] so
+% that at each new section the conjectures are numbered starting again
+% at 1. So does \newshadetheorem.
+% LaTeX also allows you to say \newtheorem{remark}[guess]{Remark} so
+% that remark and guess use the same counter:
+% \begin{guess}
+% Dinosaurs are small at one end, large in the middle,
+% and very small again at the other end.
+% \end{guess}
+% \begin{remark}
+% This conjecture is due to me.
+% \end{remark}
+% gets printed as
+% Conjecture 1 Dinosaurs are small at one end, large in the middle, and
+% very small again at the other end.
+% Remark 2 This conjecture is due to me.
+% The \newshadetheorem allows the same thing, but with one change. If you want
+% to refer to a theorem environment `xxx' that was declared with
+% \newshadetheorem{xxx}{Xxx} then you must call it `shadexxx': e.g.,
+% \newshadetheorem{thm}{Theorem}
+% \newshadetheorem{note}[shadethm]{Note}
+% (references to non-shaded theorem environments, of course, go as usual).
+% (3) Uses fancybox.sty and pstricks.sty. They are available, for instance,
+% in the TeX-archive at pip.shsu.edu. In particular, they require PostScript
+% for the shade. If you want to figure out a way to, for example, use PiCTeX
+% to shade, then that could work also. (I use dvips; PSTricks may work with
+% other PS drivers but it definitely works with dvips.)
+%
+% INSTALLATION
+% Put this where your TeX looks for .sty files. In emTeX that is probably
+% c:\emtex\texinput\shadethm.sty.
+% There are three parameters to set the default for (try it as it is, first).
+% (i) thmshade the darkness of the shading
+% (ii) shadeparindent the paragraph indentation inside the shaded text
+% (iii) frameboxsep the length by which the shade box surrounds the text
+% Find them by using your editor to find `PARAMETER'.
+% If you want this file to input fancybox and pstricks (that is, you don't
+% want to ask for them yourself) uncomment those lines.
+%
+% BUGS
+% 1) Page breaks are a problem since it sets the theorem before it shades it.
+% 2) I haven't tested it with the new LaTeX.
+%
+% HISTORY
+% 94VII11 jim hefferon hefferon@smcvax.smcvt.edu. First written (after lots
+% of sporadic tries, over months; I couldn't get any of the extant shading
+% macros to work with theorems) from a hint in TvZ's Fancybox writeup.
+% It's all so easy once you know how.
+%
+%\input{fancybox.sty}
+%\input{pstricks.sty}
+
+% PARAMETER: thmshade
+% Set the default darkness for the shading.
+% I find .97 looks good out of my printer, but a darker shade like .92 is
+% needed to make it copy well. (PostScript sets 0 as black and 1 as white.)
+% This can be reset in each document, say with \newgray{thmshade}{.92}
+% (or with \newrgbcolor{thmshade}{num1 num2 num3} for color, I think).
+\newgray{thmshade}{.97}
+
+% PARAMETER: saveparindent
+% Normally, in theorems, paragraphs retain their usual indent. But inside
+% a minipage they lose their indent, so I need to restore it once I'm inside
+% the minipage that is to be shaded. This can be changed inside of each
+% document, say with \resetlength{\saveparindent}{0pt}.
+\newlength{\saveparindent} %to have paragraphs default to their
+\setlength{\saveparindent}{\parindent} %usual indent inside the minipage
+
+% PARAMETER: frameboxsep
+% I think the shading looks best if the text doesn't run all the way to the
+% exact edge of the gray. That is, I like the gray to overlap outside the text
+% box a little. That amount is this number. This can be changed inside of
+% each document, say with \resetlength{\frameboxsep}{.2ex}.
+\newlength{\frameboxsep} % user can change in a .sty file or on
+\setlength{\frameboxsep}{2pt} % a per-document basis.
+
+\newbox{\shadesavebox} % no `@'; users can redefine shadebox if they want
+\newenvironment{shadebox}% % shadow boxes or something.
+{\beginsbox{\shadesavebox}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}%
+\setlength{\parindent}{\saveparindent}}%
+{\end{minipage}\endsbox%
+{\begin{trivlist}\item[]%
+\psframebox*[fillcolor=thmshade,boxsep=false,framesep=\frameboxsep]{%
+\usebox{\shadesavebox}}%
+\end{trivlist}}}
+
+% The definition of \newshadetheorem is modelled on the one for \newtheorem
+% in latex.tex.
+% The invocation possibilities are:
+% \newshadetheorem{NAME}{TEXT}[COUNTER]
+% e.g., \newshadetheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section] meaning to allow
+% one to say \begin{theorem} $e=mc^2$ \end{theorem} to produce
+% Theorem 1.1.1 e=mc2
+% shaded and numbered by section.
+% \newshadetheorem{NAME}[OLDNAME]{TEXT}
+% e.g., \newshadetheorem{remark}[theorem]{Remark} meaning to allow
+% one to say \begin{remark} Obvious. \end{remark} to produce
+% Remark 1.1.2 Obvious.
+% shaded and numbered with the same counter used for theorems.
+% The flowchart for parsing the arguments goes like this.
+% 1) \newshadetheorem{#1} (note #1<--NAME)
+% 2) If the next character is `[' then we have the second case. This
+% is handled by \shade@othm
+% 3) If not, go to \shade@nthm. There are two cases here, either there
+% is an optional argument (this is handled by \shade@xnthm) or there is
+% not (this is handled by \shade@ynthm).
+% (Possibly these cases could be folded somewhat as all use the same tail.)
+% Notice I have to have different names for the theorem and the environment.
+% I elected to call the theorem `xxx' by the name `shadexxx' so the user
+% just says `\begin{xxx} ...' for the environment. (All this is, of course,
+% just adapted from Lamport's code.)
+%
+\def\newshadetheorem#1{\@ifnextchar[{\shade@othm{#1}}{\shade@nthm{#1}}}
+
+\def\shade@othm#1[#2]#3{%
+\newtheorem{shade#1}[#2]{#3}%
+\newenvironment{#1}%
+{\begin{shadebox}\begin{shade#1}}%
+{\end{shade#1}\end{shadebox}}}
+
+\def\shade@nthm#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\shade@xnthm{#1}{#2}}{\shade@ynthm{#1}{#2}}}
+
+\def\shade@xnthm#1#2[#3]{%
+\newtheorem{shade#1}{#2}[#3]%
+\newenvironment{#1}%
+{\begin{shadebox}\begin{shade#1}}%
+{\end{shade#1}\end{shadebox}}}
+
+\def\shade@ynthm#1#2{%
+\newtheorem{shade#1}{#2}%
+\newenvironment{#1}%
+{\begin{shadebox}\begin{shade#1}}%
+{\end{shade#1}\end{shadebox}}}
+
+\endinput %end shadethm.sty
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-test.tex-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+\documentstyle[fancybox,pstricks,shadethm]{article}
+
+\newshadetheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newshadetheorem{cor}[shadetheorem]{Corollary}
+\newtheorem{remark}[shadetheorem]{Remark}
+
+\begin{document}
+Here is some initial text before the shaded box.
+
+\begin{theorem}
+This is the text to be shaded.
+\end{theorem}
+
+This is some text after the first shade.
+It is separated from the environments by a blank line; that is
+all handled as usual in \LaTeX.
+
+\begin{cor}
+This is more text to be shaded.
+It is numbered with the same counter as the environment above.
+
+Multiple paragraphs will be handled with the usual paragraph indentation,
+unless of course the user asks for a different paragraph indentation inside
+the environment.
+\end{cor}
+
+\begin{remark}
+More text.
+This time not set in shade, however it is numbered in the same sequence.
+\end{remark}
+
+Finishing text.
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadow.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadow.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c4d5e76a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadow.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+%%% ======================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% filename = "shadow.sty",
+%%% version = "1.2.1",
+%%% date = "16 September 1996",
+%%% time = "16:26:21.52 MET",
+%%% author = "Mauro Orlandini",
+%%% address = "TeSRE Institute/CNR
+%%% Area della Ricerca di Bologna
+%%% Via Gobetti 101
+%%% 40129 Bologna - Italy",
+%%% Email = "orlandini@tesre.bo.cnr.it (Internet)
+%%% 38045::ORLANDINI (DECnet)",
+%%% telephone = "+39 51 639-8667",
+%%% FAX = "+39 51 639-8723",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% archived = "TeX archive",
+%%% keywords = "shadow",
+%%% abstract = "The command \shabox has the same meaning of the
+%%% LaTeX command \fbox except for the fact that a
+%%% "shadow" is added to the bottom and the right side
+%%% of the box. It computes the right dimension of the
+%%% box, even if the text spans over more than one
+%%% line; in this case a warning messagge is given.",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% checksum = "15806 84 430 4506",
+%%% docstring = "There are three parameters governing:
+%%% 1. the width of the lines delimiting the box:
+%%% \sboxrule
+%%% 2. the separation between the edge of the box and
+%%% its contents: \sboxsep
+%%% 3. the dimension of the shadow: \sdim
+%%% Sintax: \shabox{<text>}
+%%% where <text> is the text to be put in the
+%%% framed box. It can be an entire paragraph.
+%%% Adapted from the file dropshadow.tex by
+%%% drstrip@cd.sandia.gov.
+%%% V1.1 Works in a double column environment.
+%%% V1.2 When there is an online shadow box, it
+%%% will be centered on the line (in V1.1 the
+%%% box was aligned with the baseline).
+%%% (Courtesy by Mike Piff)
+%%% V1.2.1 Dropped of unwanted CRs by Ralf Nitsch
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%% }
+%%% ======================================================================
+\typeout{Style Option: `shadow' v1.2.1 <16 September 1996> (M.O.)}
+\newdimen\txtwdth \newdimen\sht \newdimen\shw \newbox\shbox
+\newdimen\sboxsep \newdimen\sboxrule \newdimen\sdim
+\sboxsep = 10pt
+\sdim = 4pt
+\sboxrule = .4pt
+\def\shabox#1{\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1}% <-- V1.2.1 Added by R. Nitsch
+\shw\wd\@tempboxa
+\if@twocolumn\txtwdth\columnwidth\else\txtwdth\textwidth\fi
+\ifdim\shw<\txtwdth
+ \leavevmode\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1}% <-- V1.2.1 Added by R. Nitsch
+\else
+ \typeout{Shadow Warning: Box dimension greater than textwidth.}
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\hsize\txtwdth\advance\hsize-2\sboxsep
+ \advance\hsize-2\sboxrule \advance\hsize-2\sdim \advance\hsize-15pt#1}
+\fi
+ \setbox\shbox\hbox{\@tempdima\sboxrule
+ \advance\@tempdima \sboxsep \advance\@tempdima \dp\@tempboxa
+ \hbox{\lower \@tempdima\hbox
+ {\vbox{\hrule \@height \sboxrule
+ \hbox{\vrule \@width \sboxrule \hskip\sboxsep
+ \vbox{\vskip\sboxsep \box\@tempboxa\vskip\sboxsep}\hskip
+ \sboxsep\vrule \@width \sboxrule}
+ \hrule \@height \sboxrule}}}}% <-- V1.2.1 Added by R. Nitsch
+\sht\ht\shbox \advance\sht-\sdim
+\leavevmode\vbox{\baselineskip0pt\lineskip0pt\vtop{%% V1.2
+ %% Added \vtop
+ %% From M.Piff
+ \hbox{\copy\shbox\vrule width\sdim height\sht}
+ \hbox{\kern\sdim\vrule height\sdim width \wd\shbox}}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/showlabels.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/showlabels.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47d445c670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/showlabels.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+% showlabels.sty
+% gil@svax.cs.cornell.edu (Gil Neiger)
+%
+% Change \label, \ref, and \pageref to show labels in line
+%
+
+\def\ref#1{\@ifundefined{r@#1}{\mbox{\tt#1?}\@warning
+ {Reference `#1' on page \thepage \space
+ undefined}}{\edef\@tempa{\@nameuse{r@#1}}\expandafter
+ \@car\@tempa \@nil\null}}
+
+\def\pageref#1{\@ifundefined{r@#1}{\mbox{\tt#1?}\@warning
+ {Reference `#1' on page \thepage \space
+ undefined}}{\edef\@tempa{\@nameuse{r@#1}}\expandafter
+ \@cdr\@tempa\@nil\null}}
+
+\def\label#1{\@bsphack\if@filesw {\let\thepage\relax
+ \xdef\@gtempa{\write\@auxout{\string
+ \newlabel{#1}{{\@currentlabel}{\thepage}}}}}\@gtempa
+ \if@nobreak \ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi\fi\@esphack
+ \mbox{\tt[#1]}}
+
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{,}\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{\mbox{\tt\@citeb?}\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+\hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/spie.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/spie.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8c965cea3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/spie.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+\typeout{Document Style Option `spie proceedings style'.}
+%
+% Prepared by Rick Zaccone <zaccone@bucknell.edu> on 6/3/91.
+% Modified by Adrian F Clark <alien@uk.ac.essex> on 11-Jan-1992.
+%
+% Usage:
+% \documentstyle[spie]{article}
+%
+% The user needs to make a few adjustments manually:
+%
+% 1. Section titles should be in upper case.
+% 2. Title, subsection, subsubsection, etc. should be in lower case except
+% for the first letter.
+% 3. Format authors as follows
+% \author{author1 \\[12pt]
+% affiliation\\
+% affiliation\\[12pt]
+% author2 \\[12pt]
+% affiliation\\
+% affiliation\\[12pt]}
+%
+% 4. No date: use \date{}
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+% No headers or footers
+
+\oddsidemargin -.15in \evensidemargin -.15in \topmargin .1in
+\headheight 0in \headsep 0in
+\footheight 0in \footskip 0in
+\pagestyle{empty} % No page numbers
+
+
+% Page parameters
+
+\parskip 12pt
+\textheight 8.8in \textwidth 6.8in
+\floatsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 4pt \textfloatsep 30pt plus 20pt minus 10pt
+
+
+% Center section headings and make them produce indexted next lines (ugh)
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{\centering\Large\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{3.25ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\large\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{3.25ex plus
+-1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+
+
+% Add theorem, lemma, and definition environments
+
+\def\@begintheorem#1#2{\par\bgroup{\sc #1\ #2. }\it\ignorespaces}
+\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\par\bgroup{\sc #1\ #2\ (#3). }\it\ignorespaces}
+\def\@endtheorem{\egroup}
+\def\proof{\par{\it Proof}. \ignorespaces}
+\def\endproof{{\ \vbox{\hrule\hbox{%
+ \vrule height1.3ex\hskip0.8ex\vrule}\hrule
+ }}\par}
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]
+\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Definition}
+
+
+% The abstract
+
+\def\abstract{
+\section*{ABSTRACT}
+}
+\def\endabstract{}
+
+% Citations are superscripts (taken from aip.sty)
+
+% Superscript citations -- skip optional arg to \cite
+% Move citation after period and comma.
+
+\def\@cite#1#2{\unskip\nobreak\relax
+ \def\@tempa{$\m@th^{\hbox{\the\scriptfont0 #1}}$}%
+ \futurelet\@tempc\@citexx}
+\def\@citexx{\ifx.\@tempc\let\@tempd=\@citepunct\else
+ \ifx,\@tempc\let\@tempd=\@citepunct\else
+ \let\@tempd=\@tempa\fi\fi\@tempd}
+\def\@citepunct{\@tempc\edef\@sf{\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor\relax}\@tempa
+ \@sf\@gobble}
+
+% \citenum emits the plain citation number without ornament
+% \citea puts its argument into the ornamentation for citations
+% thus \cite{foo} is equivalent to \citea{\citenum{foo}}
+
+\def\citenum#1{{\def\@cite##1##2{##1}\cite{#1}}}
+\def\citea#1{\@cite{#1}{}}
+
+% Collapse citation numbers to ranges. Non-numeric and undefined labels
+% are handled. No sorting is done. E.g., 1,3,2,3,4,5,foo,1,2,3,?,4,5
+% gives 1,3,2-5,foo,1-3,?,4,5
+
+\newcount\@tempcntc
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \@tempcnta\z@\@tempcntb\m@ne\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{\@citeo\@tempcntb\m@ne\@citea\def\@citea{,}{\bf ?}\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+ {\setbox\z@\hbox{\global\@tempcntc0\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname\relax}%
+ \ifnum\@tempcntc=\z@ \@citeo\@tempcntb\m@ne
+ \@citea\def\@citea{,}\hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}%
+ \else
+ \advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\@tempcntc
+ \else\advance\@tempcntb\m@ne\@citeo
+ \@tempcnta\@tempcntc\@tempcntb\@tempcntc\fi\fi}}\@citeo}{#1}}
+\def\@citeo{\ifnum\@tempcnta>\@tempcntb\else\@citea\def\@citea{,}%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb\the\@tempcnta\else
+ {\advance\@tempcnta\@ne\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb \else \def\@citea{--}\fi
+ \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne\the\@tempcnta\@citea\the\@tempcntb}\fi\fi}
+
+
+% Give the references section a section number
+
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section{REFERENCES\@mkboth
+ {REFERENCES}{REFERENCES}}\list
+ {[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/subfigure.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/subfigure.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8a448e7f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/subfigure.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+%$% subfigure.sty
+%$% Subfigure/table command for use with the LaTeX figure environment.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% Copyright (C) 1988-1995 Steven Douglas Cochran.
+%%%
+%%% The subfigure style is made available for academic and research
+%%% purposes only. No commercial license is hereby granted. Copying
+%%% and other reproduction is authorized only for research, education,
+%%% and other non-commercial purposes. No warranties, either
+%%% expressed or impiled, are made regarding the operation, use, or
+%%% results of the subfigure style.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% Author = "Steven Douglas Cochran",
+%%% Version = "2.0 (LaTeX209 version)",
+%%% Date = "1995 Mar 06",
+%%% Time = "12:43:14 EDT",
+%%% Filename = "subfigure.sty",
+%%% Address = "Digital Mapping Laboratory
+%%% School of Computer Science
+%%% Carnegie-Mellon University
+%%% 5000 Forbes Avenue
+%%% Pittsburgh, PA 15213-3891
+%%% USA",
+%%% Telephone = "(412) 268-5654",
+%%% FAX = "(412) 268-5576",
+%%% checksum = "23098 438 1899 18286",
+%%% Email = "sdc+@CS.CMU.EDU (Internet)",
+%%% CodeTable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% Keywords = "LaTeX, float, figure, table",
+%%% Supported = "yes",
+%%% Abstract = "LaTeX document-style option for
+%%% providing support for the inclusion of
+%%% small `sub' figures and tables. It
+%%% simplifies the positioning, captioning
+%%% and labeling of them within a single
+%%% figure or table environment.",
+%%% DocString = "The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by
+%%% the equivalent of the standard UNIX wc
+%%% (word count) utility output of lines,
+%%% words, and characters. This is produced
+%%% by Robert Solovay's checksum utility."
+%%% }
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% $Log: subfigure.sty,v $
+%$% Revision 2.0 95/03/06 12:43:14 sdc
+%$% This version of `subfigure' is the first to be ported to LaTeX2e
+%$% (with backward compatibility to LaTeX 2.09). "\subfigure" and
+%$% "\subtable" are now identical and the environment controls
+%$% internal differences between them. Now, the caption setting
+%$% portion of "\@subfloat" is broken into the separate macros
+%$% "\@makesubfigurecaption" and "\@makesubtablecaption" to allow a
+%$% separate hook for the modification of how the caption is
+%$% constructed and to allow the table and figure captions to be
+%$% different. In addition, support of the `normal', `hang',
+%$% `center', `centerlast', 'nooneline'; `scriptsize', \ldots,
+%$% `Large'; `up', `it', `sl', `sc', `md', `bf', `rm', `sf', and `tt'
+%$% package options were added for compatibility with the caption.sty
+%$% by H.A. Sommerfeldt.}
+%$%
+%$% Revision 1.6 93/05/13 12:58:34 sdc
+%$% Changed to use the \thefigure macro in building the referenced
+%$% label. The old form caused a problem when used with the
+%$% report.sty as pointed out by Andrew Anselmo
+%$% (anselmo@cumesb.mech.columbia.edu). Also modified to restrict
+%$% the scope of the subfigure \label to the body of the subfigure.
+%$% Added \@thesubfigure to allow a separate labeling of the
+%$% subfigure in the figure and in the text. By default it is the
+%$% same as \thesubfigure with space appended. Added some hooks to
+%$% print the subfigure captions to the list-of-figures file if
+%$% desired. Finally, added the corresponding support for sub-tables
+%$% as well as sub-figures. NOTE: the optional caption is now a
+%$% moving argument and any fragile commands that appear in the
+%$% caption must be preceded by a \protect (just like that of the
+%$% \caption command).
+%$%
+%$% Revision 1.5 92/08/11 23:13:12 sdc
+%$% Fixed a bug which caused an problem with captions that contained
+%$% expressions like \sqrt; This was pointed out by Tom Scavo
+%$% (scavo@cie.uoregon.edu). A separate bug was fixed which caused
+%$% different sized captions to be misaligned; This problem was
+%$% pointed out by Simon Marshall (S.Marshal@Hull.ac.uk). Also
+%$% cleaned up the code a mite and *changed* the figure spacing so that
+%$% if no optional section is given, then the figure is only followed
+%$% by \subfigbottomskip and not that plus (\subfigcapskip + \strut
+%$% height). This should make it easier to adjust spacing as desired.
+%$%
+%$% Revision 1.4 92/06/27 10:40:34 sdc
+%$% Added a hack to allow the \label command to be used within the
+%$% body of the subfigure giving a reference label in the form
+%$% \arabic{thefigure}\thesubfigure. Added standard file header for
+%$% style.
+%$%
+%$% Revision 1.3 90/10/22 17:04:28 cochran
+%$% Changed test for empty caption inside of \@subfigure to compare
+%$% tokens and not the caption vs. \@empty. The former (incorrect)
+%$% test caused an error when the first two letters of the caption
+%$% were the same.
+%$%
+%$% Revision 1.2 89/08/30 07:18:29 cochran
+%$% Added a separate bottom margin and expanded the comments.
+%$%
+%$% Revision 1.1 88/11/02 11:03:46 cochran
+%$% Initial revision.
+%$%
+%$% 05 Mar 86 cochran@dworkin.usc.edu (USC-IRIS)
+%$% Created.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%$% Usage: \documentstyle[...,subfigure,...]{...}
+%$%
+%$% \subfigure[CAPTIONtext]{FIGUREbox}
+%%%
+%%% Creates a subfigure box with an optional CAPTION under a FIGURE.
+%%% The FIGURE is centered with \subfigtopskip of vertical space added
+%%% above. If there is a CAPTION, then \subfigcapskip vertical space
+%%% is added below the FIGURE followed by the CAPTION. Finally,
+%%% \subfigbottomskip of vertical space added at the bottom.
+%%%
+%%% If a CAPTION is given (including a null CAPTION `[]') then the
+%%% subfigure is labeled with a counter formatted by the macro
+%%% `\thesubfigure' which returns `(a)', `(b)', etc. If desired,
+%%% this macro may be redefined. The counter used for labeling the
+%%% subfigures is `subfigure' and is incremented for each subfigure
+%%% regardless of whether a CAPTION was printed.
+%%%
+%$% \subfigure[CAPTIONtext]{FIGUREbox}
+%%%
+%%% The subtable command is symmetric to the subfigure command defined
+%%% above.
+%%%
+%%% One example of use is to surround the figure in a center
+%%% environment or to specifying \centering:
+%%%
+%%% *---------*
+%%% \newcommand{\goodgap}{% | .. . | *---------*
+%%% \hspace{\subfigtopskip}% | . . | | . . . |
+%%% \hspace{\subfigbottomskip}} | .. . . | | . . .. |
+%%% ... *---------* *---------*
+%%% \begin{figure}% (a) First (b) Second
+%%% \centering Figure
+%%% \subfigure[First]{...}\goodgap
+%%% \subfigure[Second Figure]{...}\\ *---------*
+%%% \subfigure[Third]{\label{3figs-c}...}% | . .. . |
+%%% \caption{Three Subfigures.} | . .. . |
+%%% \label{3figs} *---------*
+%%% \end{figure} (c) Third
+%%% ... Figure 1. Three Subfigures.
+%%% Figure~\ref{3figs} contains
+%%% two top `subfigures' and Figure 1 contains two top `sub-
+%%% Figure~\ref{3figs-c}. figures' and Figure 1(c).
+%%%
+%%% A second example is to change the way that the subfigures are labeled
+%%% and to have the subfigure captions printed in the list-of-figures.
+%%%
+%%% \renewcommand{\thesubfigure}{\thefigure.\arabic{subfigure}}
+%%% \makeatletter
+%%% \renewcommand{\@thesubfigure}{\thesubfigure:\space}
+%%% \renewcommand{p@subfigure}{}
+%%% \makeatother
+%%% ...
+%%% \setcounter{lofdepth}{2}
+%%% \listoffigures
+%%% ...
+%%% \begin{figure}%
+%%% \begin{center}%
+%%% \subfigure[First]{% *--------------* *--------------*
+%%% \label{fig:first}% | .. . . | | . ... .. . . |
+%%% ...}% | . . . . | | . . . . .. |
+%%% \goodgap | .. . . . . | | . . . .. .. |
+%%% \subfigure[Second]{% *--------------* *--------------*
+%%% \label{fig:second}%
+%%% ...}% 1.1: First 1.2: Second
+%%% \end{center}%
+%%% \caption{Two Subfigures.} Figure 1. Two Subfigures.
+%%% \end{figure}
+%%% ... See subfigures 1.1 and 1.2.
+%%% See subfigures \ref{fig:first}
+%%% and \ref{fig:second}.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%% Options:
+%%%
+%%% I. Subfloat caption shape.
+%%% By default the caption paragraphs are centered under the
+%%% subfigure or table with a little indentation at each side.
+%%% There are three options that may be used to change the shape
+%%% of the centered paragraph -- they only have an effect when the
+%%% caption is more than one line long. These should be set in
+%%% the preamble of your LaTeX file:
+%%%
+%%% \subcaphangtrue Causes the label to be a hanging
+%%% indentation to the caption paragraph.
+%%% \subcapcentertrue Causes each line of the paragraph
+%%% to be separately centered.
+%%% \subcapcenterlasttrue Causes the last line only to be
+%%% centered.
+%%% \subcapnooneline If a caption fits on one line it
+%%% will, by default, be centered.
+%%% This option left-justifies the one
+%%% line caption.
+%%%
+%%% The hang option may be used in addition to either center
+%%% option. (If both center options are true it is the same as if
+%%% only the \subcapcenter was true.)
+%%%
+%%%
+%%% II. Subfloat label font.
+%%% The subfloat label font may be separately set by changing the
+%%% definition of \subcaplabelfont. For example:
+%%%
+%%% \newcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{\it}
+%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%
+%%% Identification
+%%%
+\ifx\if@compatibility\undefined\else
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{subfigure}[1995/03/06 v2.0 subfigure package]
+ \typeout{Package: subfigure 1995/03/06 v2.0}
+\fi
+
+%%%
+%%% Initialization and Shared constants
+%%%
+\newif\ifsubcaphang
+\newif\ifsubcapcenter
+\newif\ifsubcapcenterlast
+\newif\ifsubcapnooneline
+
+%%
+%% Common values (mention of `subfig' in names is for upward compatibility)
+%%
+\newcommand{\subfigtopskip}{10pt} % Length from the top of the subfloat
+ % box to the begining of the FIGURE box.
+\newcommand{\subfigbottomskip}{10pt} % Length from the bottom of the CAPTION
+ % to the bottom of the subfloat.
+\newcommand{\subfigcapskip}{10pt} % Length from the bottom of the FIGURE box
+ % to the begining of the CAPTION.
+\newcommand{\subfigcapmargin}{10pt} % Indentation of the caption from the
+ % sides of the subfloat box (This should
+ % always be positive).
+\newcommand{\subcapsize}{} % Size of the CAPTION font.
+\newcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{} % Font of the caption label.
+
+%%
+%% Subfigure values
+%%
+\newcounter{subfigure}[figure] % Subfigure counter.
+\def\thesubfigure{(\alph{subfigure})} % Generate CAPTION label (text).
+\newcommand{\@thesubfigure}{% % Generate CAPTION label (figure).
+ {\subcaplabelfont\thesubfigure}\space}
+\let\p@subfigure\thefigure % Figure number for \label.
+
+\let\ext@subfigure\ext@figure % Default SubFigure file extension.
+\newcommand{\l@subfigure}{% % How to print an LOF subfigure line.
+ \@dottedxxxline{\ext@subfigure}{2}{3.9em}{2.3em}}
+\newcounter{lofdepth} % LOF depth counter.
+\setcounter{lofdepth}{1} % Default is to NOT print an LOF line.
+
+%%
+%% Subtable values
+%%
+\newcounter{subtable}[table] % Subtable counter.
+\def\thesubtable{(\alph{subtable})} % Generate CAPTION label (text).
+\newcommand{\@thesubtable}{% % Generate CAPTION label (figure).
+ {\subcaplabelfont\thesubtable}\space}
+\let\p@subtable\thetable % Figure number for \label.
+
+\let\ext@subtable\ext@table % Default SubTable file extension.
+\newcommand{\l@subtable}{% % How to print an LOT subtable line.
+ \@dottedxxxline{\ext@subtable}{2}{3.9em}{2.3em}}
+\newcounter{lotdepth} % LOT depth counter.
+\setcounter{lotdepth}{1} % Default is to NOT print an LOT line.
+
+
+%%
+%% Declaration of options
+%%
+\ifx\if@compatibility\undefined
+ \subcaphangfalse
+ \subcapcenterfalse
+ \subcapcenterlastfalse
+ \subcapnoonelinefalse
+ \def\subcapsize{\footnotesize}
+\else
+ \DeclareOption{normal}{%
+ \subcaphangfalse
+ \subcapcenterfalse
+ \subcapcenterlastfalse}
+ \DeclareOption{hang}{\subcaphangtrue}
+ \DeclareOption{center}{\subcapcentertrue}
+ \DeclareOption{centerlast}{\subcapcenterlasttrue}
+ \DeclareOption{nooneline}{\subcapnoonelinetrue}
+ \DeclareOption{isu}{\ExecuteOption{hang}}
+ \DeclareOption{anne}{\ExecuteOption{centerlast}}
+
+ \DeclareOption{scriptsize}{\renewcommand{\subcapsize}{\scriptsize}}
+ \DeclareOption{footnotesize}{\renewcommand{\subcapsize}{\footnotesize}}
+ \DeclareOption{small}{\renewcommand{\subcapsize}{\small}}
+ \DeclareOption{normalsize}{\renewcommand{\subcapsize}{\normalsize}}
+ \DeclareOption{large}{\renewcommand{\subcapsize}{\large}}
+ \DeclareOption{Large}{\renewcommand{\subcapsize}{\Large}}
+ \DeclareOption{up}{\renewcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{\upshape}}
+ \DeclareOption{it}{\renewcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{\itshape}}
+ \DeclareOption{sl}{\renewcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{\slshape}}
+ \DeclareOption{sc}{\renewcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{\scshape}}
+ \DeclareOption{md}{\renewcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{\mdseries}}
+ \DeclareOption{bf}{\renewcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{\bfseries}}
+ \DeclareOption{rm}{\renewcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{\rmfamily}}
+ \DeclareOption{sf}{\renewcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{\sffamily}}
+ \DeclareOption{tt}{\renewcommand{\subcaplabelfont}{\ttfamily}}
+
+ \ExecuteOptions{normal,footnotesize}
+ \ProcessOptions
+\fi
+
+
+%%%
+%%% Define the subfigure and subtable commands
+%%%
+\newcommand{\subfigure}{%
+ \bgroup
+ % Since the table caption is usually generated later, we
+ % must locally anticipate the future value of its counter.
+ \advance\csname c@\@captype\endcsname\@ne
+ \refstepcounter{sub\@captype}%
+ \leavevmode
+ \@ifnextchar [%
+ {\@subfloat{sub\@captype}}%
+ {\@subfloat{sub\@captype}[\@empty]}}
+\let\subtable\subfigure
+
+%%%
+%%% Define the common subfloat macro
+%%%
+\def\@subfloat#1[#2]#3{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa \hbox{#3}%
+ \@tempdima=\wd\@tempboxa
+ \vtop{%
+ %% Put the top spacing and the figure in the top box
+ \vbox{%
+ \vskip\subfigtopskip
+ \box\@tempboxa}%
+ %% Now skip down and add the caption paragraph
+ %% (unless #2 == \@empty)
+ \ifx \@empty#2\relax \else
+ \vskip\subfigcapskip
+ \@subcaption{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi
+ %% Finally add the bottom spacing.
+ \vskip\subfigbottomskip}%
+ \egroup}
+
+\newcommand{\@subfigcaptionlist}{}
+
+\newcommand{\@subcaption}[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\label\@gobble
+ \def\protect{\string\string\string}%
+ \xdef\@subfigcaptionlist{%
+ \@subfigcaptionlist,%
+ {\protect\numberline {\@currentlabel}%
+ \noexpand{\ignorespaces #2}}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \@nameuse{@make#1caption}{\@nameuse{@the#1}}{#2}}
+
+\newcommand{\@makesubfigurecaption}[2]{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa \hbox{%
+ \subcapsize
+ \ignorespaces #1%
+ \ignorespaces #2}%
+ \@tempdimb=-\subfigcapmargin
+ \multiply\@tempdimb\tw@
+ \advance\@tempdimb\@tempdima
+ \hbox to\@tempdima{%
+ \hfil
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\@tempdimb
+ \subfig@caption{#1}{#2}%
+ \else\ifsubcapnooneline
+ \subfig@caption{#1}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \box\@tempboxa
+ \fi\fi
+ \hfil}}
+
+\let\@makesubtablecaption\@makesubfigurecaption
+
+\newcommand{\subfig@caption}[2]{%
+ \ifsubcaphang
+ \sbox{\@tempboxa}{%
+ \subcapsize
+ \ignorespaces #1}%
+ \addtolength{\@tempdimb}{-\wd\@tempboxa}%
+ \usebox{\@tempboxa}%
+ \subfig@captionpar{\@tempdimb}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \subfig@captionpar{\@tempdimb}{#1#2}%
+ \fi}
+
+\newcommand{\subfig@captionpar}[2]{%
+ \parbox[t]{#1}{%
+ \strut
+ \ifsubcapcenter
+ \setlength{\leftskip}{\@flushglue}%
+ \setlength{\rightskip}{\@flushglue}%
+ \setlength{\parfillskip}{\z@skip}%
+ \else\ifsubcapcenterlast
+ \addtolength{\leftskip}{0pt plus 1fil}%
+ \addtolength{\rightskip}{0pt plus -1fil}%
+ \setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt plus 2fil}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \subcapsize
+ \ignorespaces #2}}
+
+%%%
+%%% Generalized wrapper for the \@dottedtocline macro. This checks for
+%%% the level based on the output file (#1) and not using only
+%%% \@tocdepth.
+%%%
+\newcommand{\@dottedxxxline}[6]{%
+ \ifnum #2>\@nameuse{c@#1depth}\else
+ \@dottedtocline{0}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}
+ \fi}
+
+%%%
+%%% Finally, wrap the \@caption macro to dump any sub-captions saved
+%%% after calling the standard \@caption.
+%%%
+\let\subfig@oldcaption\@caption
+
+\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+ \@for \@tempa:=\@subfigcaptionlist \do {%
+ \ifx\@empty\@tempa\relax \else
+ \addcontentsline
+ {\@nameuse{ext@sub#1}}%
+ {sub#1}%
+ {\@tempa}%
+ \fi}%
+ \gdef\@subfigcaptionlist{}}
+\endinput
+
+%%%
+%%% End of file `subfigure.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/texnames.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/texnames.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7314a8de47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/texnames.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+\font\mf=logo10
+\hyphenchar\mf=-1
+\newcommand{\METAFONT}{{\mf METAFONT}}
+\newcommand{\AMSTEX}{$\cal A$\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.125em
+ $\cal S$-\TeX}
+\newcommand{\AMSTeX}{\AMSTEX}
+\newcommand{\BibTeX}{{\sc Bib}\TeX}
+\newcommand{\VorTeX}{{V\kern-2.7pt\lower.5ex\hbox{O\kern-1.4pt R}\kern-2.6pt
+ T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}
+\newcommand\FergTeX{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{\^E}\kern-.125emX}
+\font\gut=cminch
+\hyphenchar\gut=-1
+\newcommand{\Gut}{{\gut GUT}{\Huge \kern-1em\hbox{enberg}}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/threepart.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/threepart.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8d9104688d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/threepart.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+% Three part head and foot macros. 1/87
+% Lance Berc
+% Olsen & Associates mcvax!unizh!olsen!lance@seismo.css.gov
+% Seefeldstrasse 233
+% CH-8008 Zurich
+
+% How users can set the head and foot text.
+\def\lhead#1{\gdef\@lhead{#1}} \def\lfoot#1{\gdef\@lfoot{#1}}
+\def\chead#1{\gdef\@chead{#1}} \def\cfoot#1{\gdef\@cfoot{#1}}
+\def\rhead#1{\gdef\@rhead{#1}} \def\rfoot#1{\gdef\@rfoot{#1}}
+
+% Initialization of the head and foot text.
+% By default the page number is at the center of the foot and everything
+% else is empty.
+\def\@lhead{} \def\@lfoot{}
+\def\@chead{} \def\@cfoot{{\rm \thepage}}
+\def\@rhead{} \def\@rfoot{}
+
+% Put together a three part header or footer given the left, center and
+% right text. The \lap commands put the text into an hbox of zero size,
+% so overlapping text is not detected (it just overlaps).
+\def\@threepart#1#2#3{\rlap{#1} \hfil {#2} \hfil \llap{#3}}
+
+% Swap the notices on odd and even pages when twosided.
+\def\ps@threepartheadings
+ {
+ \def\@oddhead{\@threepart{\@lhead}{\@chead}{\@rhead}}
+ \def\@oddfoot{\@threepart{\@lfoot}{\@cfoot}{\@rfoot}}
+
+ \if@twoside
+ \def\@evenhead{\@threepart{\@rhead}{\@chead}{\@lhead}}
+ \def\@evenfoot{\@threepart{\@rfoot}{\@cfoot}{\@lfoot}}
+ \else
+ \def\@evenhead{\@threepart{\@lhead}{\@chead}{\@rhead}}
+ \def\@evenfoot{\@threepart{\@lfoot}{\@cfoot}{\@rfoot}}
+ \fi
+ }
+
+% Default page style
+\ps@threepartheadings
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/twoup.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/twoup.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9fb4796d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/twoup.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+% Gary Levin gary@sun.mcs.clarkson.edu
+%
+% to format files for two up printing use the following style file
+% feel free to modify before you install. the units are pretty good, so
+% don't fiddle much. leaves enough room for punching holes at the top.
+%
+% once latex'ed, reorganize the file using
+% dvidvi '2:0(-0.35in,-0.25in),1(4.65in,-0.25in)' $1.dvi twoup.dvi
+% then print using dvi2ps -L
+% probably should package as a shell file
+%
+\newcommand\twoup{
+\topmargin 0.00in
+\oddsidemargin 0.00in
+\evensidemargin 0.00in
+\headheight 0.25in
+\headsep 0.20in
+\textheight 6.50in
+\pagestyle{headings}
+}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/varioref.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/varioref.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d895e04bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/varioref.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `varioref.sty', generated
+%% on <1993/5/1> with the docstrip utility (2.1e).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% varioref.doc (with options: `style')
+%%
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1992,1993 by Frank Mittelbach. All rights reserved.
+%%
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% You are not allowed to change this file. You may however copy this
+%% file to a file with a different name and then change the copy.
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to distribute this file alone. You are NOT
+%% ALLOWED to take money for the distribution or use of this file (or a
+%% changed version) except for a nominal charge for copying etc.
+%%
+%% You are allowed to distribute this file under the condition that it is
+%% distributed together with all files mentioned in readme.mz7.
+%%
+%% If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain!
+%%
+%% However, if these files are distributed by established suppliers as
+%% part of a complete TeX distribution, and the structure of the
+%% distribution would make it difficult to distribute the whole set of
+%% files, *those parties* are allowed to distribute only some of the
+%% files provided that it is made clear that the user will get a complete
+%% distribution-set upon request to that supplier (not me). Notice that
+%% this permission is not granted to the end user.
+%%
+%% For error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions see readme files.
+%%
+%%
+%%
+
+\def\filename{varioref}
+\def\fileversion{v0.1g}
+\def\filedate{93/02/14}
+\def\docdate {93/02/14}
+
+%% \CheckSum{257}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+%% Style-option varioref to use with LaTeX v2.09
+%% Copyright (C) 1992-1993 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+\@ifundefined{c@vrcnt}{}{\endinput}
+\typeout{Style option: `varioref'
+ \fileversion\space <\filedate> (FMi)}
+\typeout{English documentation
+ \@spaces\@spaces\space<\docdate> (FMi)}
+\newcounter{vrcnt}
+\def\vpageref{\protect\p@vpageref}
+\def\p@vpageref{\@ifnextchar[%
+ \@vpageref{\@vpageref[\reftextcurrent]}%
+}
+\def\@vpageref[#1]{\@ifnextchar[%
+ \@@vpageref{\@@vpageref[#1][\unskip\space]}}
+\def\@@vpageref[#1][#2]#3{%
+ \leavevmode\unskip
+ \global\advance\c@vrcnt\@ne
+ \@ifundefined{r@vr@\the\c@vrcnt}%
+ {\@namedef{r@vr@\the\c@vrcnt}{{??}{??}}}{}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \@cdr\csname r@vr@\the\c@vrcnt\endcsname
+ \@nil}%
+ \@ifundefined{r@xvr@\the\c@vrcnt}%
+ {\@namedef{r@xvr@\the\c@vrcnt}{{??}{??}}}{}%
+ \edef\@tempb{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \@cdr\csname r@xvr@\the\c@vrcnt\endcsname
+ \@nil}%
+ {\let\@currentlabel\@empty\label{xvr@\the\c@vrcnt}}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else
+ \vref@err{***^^J%
+ * Warning: \noexpand\vref over page boundary
+ \@tempa-\@tempb\space (may loop)^^J%
+ ***}%
+ \fi
+ \@ifundefined{r@#3}{\@namedef{r@#3}{{??}{??}}}{}%
+ \edef\@tempb{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \@cdr\csname r@#3\endcsname
+ \@nil}%
+ \space
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ #1%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \is@pos@number\@tempb
+ {%
+ \is@pos@number\@tempa
+ {\@tempcnta\@tempa
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ }%
+ {\@tempcnta\maxdimen}%
+ \ifnum \@tempb =\@tempcnta
+ \ifodd\@tempcnta
+ \if@twoside
+ \reftextfaceafter
+ \else
+ \reftextafter
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \reftextafter
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \advance\@tempcnta-2
+ \ifnum \@tempb =\@tempcnta
+ \ifodd\@tempcnta
+ \reftextbefore
+ \else
+ \if@twoside
+ \reftextfacebefore
+ \else
+ \reftextbefore
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \reftextfaraway{#3}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ }%
+ {\reftextfaraway{#3}}%
+ \fi
+ {\let\@currentlabel\@empty\label{vr@\the\c@vrcnt}}%
+}
+\def\vrefwarning{\let\vref@err\typeout}
+\let\vref@err\errmessage
+\def\vref{\protect\p@vref}
+\def\p@vref#1{%
+ \unskip~\ref{#1}%
+ \@vpageref[\unskip]{#1}%
+}
+\def\is@pos@number#1{\is@pos@num0#1\space\@nil}
+\def\is@pos@num{\afterassignment\is@pos@num@ \count@}
+\def\is@pos@num@#1\@nil{%
+ \if0#10%
+ \expandafter\@firstarg \else
+ \expandafter\@secondarg \fi}
+\def\@firstarg#1#2{#1}
+\def\@secondarg#1#2{#2}
+\def\reftextvario#1#2{\ifodd\c@vrcnt #1\else#2\fi}
+\def\reftextfaceafter {on the \reftextvario{facing}{next} page}
+\def\reftextfacebefore{on the \reftextvario{facing}{preceding} page}
+\def\reftextafter {on the \reftextvario{following}{next} page}
+\def\reftextbefore {on the \reftextvario{preceding page}{page before}}
+\def\reftextcurrent {on \reftextvario{this}{the current} page}
+\def\reftextfaraway#1{on page~\pageref{#1}}
+\def\fullref#1{\ref{#1} on page~\pageref{#1}}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `varioref.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/xr.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/xr.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4b11da30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/misc/xr.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "David Carlisle",
+%%% version = "5.01",
+%%% date = "20 July 1993",
+%%% time = "10:57:34 BST",
+%%% filename = "xr.sty",
+%%% address = "Computer Science Department
+%%% Manchester University
+%%% Oxford Road
+%%% Manchester
+%%% England
+%%% M13 9PL",
+%%% telephone = "+44 61 275 6139",
+%%% FAX = "+44 61 275 6236",
+%%% checksum = "04455 207 971 7348",
+%%% email = "carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX, \ref, \pageref, \label",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "
+%%%
+%%% xr.sty
+%%%
+%%% A style which allows the use \[page]ref in one file to access
+%%% labels defined by \label in another document.
+%%% Each such file which is to be cross referenced is declared with
+%%% the \externaldocument command.
+%%%
+%%% Versions 1-4 of this style were written by Jean-Pierre Drucbert
+%%%
+%%% Version 5 re-implements the main mechanism, and adds an
+%%% optional argument to allow the user to resolve conflicts if two
+%%% files use the same \label.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above was produced by
+%%% Robert Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%
+% Version 5.00 07 July 1993
+% New mechanism (\read instead of \input).
+%
+% Version 5.01 20 July 1993
+% V5.00 did not import aux files of \include'ed files. (Reported by
+% Jean-Pierre Drucbert.)
+%
+% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%<*x>
+% This file may be used without modification as a style (.sty) file.
+%
+% If you have Mittelbach's doc.sty, this file may be formatted with a
+% command like:
+% latex xr.sty
+%
+% If you have the Mittelbach/Duchier/Braams docstrip utility, you may
+% produce a faster loading .sty file. Rename this file to: xr.doc
+% Then run this file through *plain* TeX:
+% tex xr.doc
+% This should produce the file xr.sty.
+% If you do not have plain TeX on your system, you can trick LaTeX into
+% doing the work as follows:
+% latex \def\fmtname{plain} \input xr.doc
+% Note that you may need to quote the arguments here to stop your
+% operating system treating the \ characters incorrectly.
+%
+% latex xr.doc
+% Will produce a typeset version of the documentation, as above.
+%
+% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\plain{plain}\ifx\fmtname\plain\csname fi\endcsname
+ \def\batchfile{xr.doc}
+ \input docstrip
+ \preamble
+
+ Do not distribute the stripped version of this file.
+ The checksum in the header refers to the documented version.
+
+ \endpreamble
+ \generateFile{xr.sty}{t}{\from{xr.doc}{}}
+ \endinput
+\fi
+%
+\ifcat a\noexpand @\let\next\relax\else\def\next{%
+ \documentstyle[doc]{article}\MakePercentIgnore}\fi\next
+%
+%\def\eatmodule<#1>{}\eatmodule
+%</x>
+% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% \textwidth=355pt ^^A Allow macrocode text with 72 columns.
+% \CodelineIndex ^^A Code lines numbered.
+% \DisableCrossrefs ^^A No Cross references.
+% \MakeShortVerb{\"} ^^A "\foo" works like \verb+\foo+
+%
+% \title{xr.sty}
+% \author{D. P. Carlisle^^A
+% \thanks{The Author of Versions 1--4 was Jean-Pierre Drucbert}}
+% \date{20 July 1993}
+%
+% \begin{document}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% This style implements a system for eXternal References.
+%
+% If one document needs to refer to sections of another, say "aaa.tex",
+% then this style may be given as a "\documentstyle" option in the main
+% file, and the command "\externaldocument{aaa}" given in the preamble.
+%
+% Then you may use "\ref" and "\pageref" to refer to anything which has
+% been given a "\label" in either "aaa.tex" or the main document.
+% You may declare any number of such external documents.
+%
+% If any of the external documents, or the main document, use the same
+% "\label" then an error will occur as the label will be multiply
+% defined. To overcome this problem "\externaldocument" has an optional
+% argument. If you declare "\externaldocument[A-]{aaa}" Then all
+% references from "aaa" are prefixed by "A-". So for instance, if a
+% section of "aaa" had "\label{intro}", then this could be referenced
+% with "\ref{A-intro}". The prefix need not be "A-", it can be any
+% string chosen to ensure that all the labels imported from external
+% files are unique. Note however that if your style declares certain
+% active characters (":" in French, \verb|"| in German) then these
+% characters can not usually be used in "\label", and similarly may not
+% be used in the optional argument to "\externaldocument".
+%
+% \typeout{End of the Introduction and Examples.}
+% \typein[\answer]%
+% {Do you want an annotated listing of the macro definitions (y/n) ?}
+% \def\next{y}\ifx\answer\next\else\expandafter\stop\fi
+%
+% \section{The macros}
+% Check for the optional argument.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\externaldocument{\@ifnextchar[{\XR@}{\XR@[]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Save the optional prefix. Start processing the first "aux" file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\XR@[#1]#2{{%
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\XR@prefix{#1}%
+ \XR@next#2.aux\relax\\}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Process the next "aux" file in the list and remove it from the head of
+% the list of files to process.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\XR@next#1\relax#2\\{%
+ \edef\XR@list{#2}%
+ \XR@loop{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Check whether the list of "aux" files is empty.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\XR@aux{%
+ \ifx\XR@list\@empty\else\expandafter\XR@explist\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+
+% Expand the list of aux files, and call "\XR@next" to process the first
+% one.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\XR@explist{\expandafter\XR@next\XR@list\\}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the "aux" file exists, loop through line by line, looking for
+% "\newlabel" and "\@input". Otherwise process the next file in the
+% list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\XR@loop#1{\openin\@inputcheck#1\relax
+ \ifeof\@inputcheck
+ \typeout{^^JNo file #1^^JLABELS NOT IMPORTED.^^J}%
+ \expandafter\XR@aux
+ \else
+ \typeout{IMPORTING LABELS FROM #1}%
+ \expandafter\XR@read\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Read the next line of the aux file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\XR@read{%
+ \read\@inputcheck to\XR@line
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The "..." make sure that "\XR@test" always has sufficient arguments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\XR@test\XR@line...\XR@}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Look at the first token of the line.
+% If it is "\newlabel", do the "\newlabel". If it is "\@input", add the
+% filename to the list of files to process. Otherwise ignore.
+% Go around the loop if not at end of file. Finally process the next
+% file in the list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\XR@test#1#2#3#4\XR@{%
+ \ifx#1\newlabel
+ \newlabel{\XR@prefix#2}{#3}%
+ \else\ifx#1\@input
+ \edef\XR@list{\XR@list#2\relax}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \ifeof\@inputcheck\expandafter\XR@aux
+ \else\expandafter\XR@read\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{document}
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-sample.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-sample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..60dee20994
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis-sample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+% mitthesis-sample.tex 12 Sep 89
+% by Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+\documentstyle[11pt,mitthesis]{report}
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Mixed Mode Oblique Ionograms in Transverse Shear Deformations
+of Epitaxial Laminar Turbulent Circular Cylindrical Shells}
+
+\author{J. Casey Salas}
+\prevdegrees{B.S., University of California (1978) \\
+ S.M., Massachusetts Institute of Technology (1981)}
+\department{Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science}
+
+% If the thesis is for two degrees simultaneously, list them both
+% separated by \and like this:
+% \degree{Doctor of Philosophy \and Master of Science}
+\degree{Doctor of Philosophy}
+
+\degreemonth{February}
+\degreeyear{1987}
+\thesisdate{December 10, 1986}
+
+% If the thesis is copyright by the Institute, leave this line out and
+% the standard copyright line will be used instead.
+\copyrightnotice{J. Casey Salas, 1986}
+
+% If there is more than one supervisor, use the \supervisor command
+% once for each.
+\supervisor{John D. Galli}{Director, Sound Instrument Laboratory}
+
+% The \supervisor command takes an optional argument in case you
+% want to label a person other than "Thesis Supervisor". For example,
+% \supervisor[Thesis Co-supervisor]{Michael Prange}{Senior Research Scientist}
+
+% this is the department committee chairman, not the thesis committee chairman
+\chairman{Arthur C. Smith}
+ {Chairman, Departmental Committee on Graduate Students}
+
+% Make the titlepage based on the above information. If you need
+% something special and can't use the standard form, you can specify
+% the exact text of the titlepage yourself. Put it in a titlepage
+% environment and leave blank lines where you want vertical space.
+% The spaces will be adjusted to fill the entire page. The dotted
+% lines for the signatures are made with the \signature command.
+\maketitle
+
+% The abstractpage environment sets up everything on the page except
+% the text itself. The title and other header material are put at the
+% top of the page, and the supervisors are listed at the bottom. A
+% new page is begun both before and after. Of course, an abstract may
+% be more than one page itself. If you need more control over the
+% format of the page, you can use the abstract environment, which puts
+% the word "Abstract" at the beginning and single spaces its text.
+
+\begin{abstractpage}
+Recursive lattice least squares (RLLS) was selected as the baseline
+algorithm for the identification. Simulation results on a
+one-dimensional LSS demonstrated that it provided good estimates, was
+not ill-conditioned in the presence of under-excited modes, allowed
+activity by a supervisory control system which prevented damage to the
+LSS or excessive drift, and was capable of real-time processing for
+typical LSS models.
+
+The editor generates data files
+representing this model that can be used as input to a ray-tracing
+program. The description of the file format is
+written in a high-level declarative language, so that the editor can
+be easily modified to support other formats.
+\end{abstractpage}
+
+% The text of the thesis itself begins here.
+
+% You may want to put a \tableofcontents command here.
+
+% An acknowledgments section (probably begun with
+% \section*{Acknowledgments}) might go here.
+
+\chapter{Introduction}
+
+\section{Background}
+Observed elevation changes near the 1979 hypocenter
+(on the southern end of Imperial fault) and in the Brawley Seismic Zone show
+significant deviations from those predicted by models of fault slip
+inferred from strong ground motion measurements. Specifically, the
+geodetic data suggest that
+slip on the Imperial fault is significantly lower in the
+vicinity of the earthquake hypocenter
+than along the central and northern sections of the
+fault. In addition,
+there is marginal evidence that the dip of the Imperial fault
+changes along strike from approximately vertical
+just north of the US-Mexico border to between $70^\circ$ and $80^\circ$ near
+the northernmost extent of the 1979 surface break. This change in dip
+may be related to a change in local strike along the fault. Large
+elevation changes ($>15$ cm) also occur within the Brawley Seismic
+Zone well north of the primary surface faulting.
+
+While these
+movements are consistent with a number of possible fault
+models, our prefered interpretation based on geodetic and seismic
+observations (aftershock locations and focal mechanisms)
+involves right lateral, aseismic slip on a northwest
+striking fault along the east side of the Brawley Seismic Zone and
+conjugate left lateral faulting on a northeast striking fault
+(possibly associated with a M=5.8 aftershock).\footnote{Buried creep on this
+same right lateral fault in the Brawley Seismic Zone can also
+account for vertical deformation during the postseismic period of the
+1940, M=7.1 Imperial Valley earthquake as well as deformation during the
+interseismic period between the 1940 and 1979 events.}
+
+Substantial
+right lateral slip in the Brawley Seismic Zone suggests that a
+significant part of the shear strain released during and following the
+1940 and 1979 earthquakes on the Imperial fault is transferred through
+the Brawley Seismic Zone to the southern end of the San Andreas
+fault.
+
+Elevation changes in the Imperial Valley, California derived from
+repeated leveling surveys for the time period including the 1979,
+M=6.6 earthquake, provide some constraints on fault geometry and slip
+distribution associated with this event. Many of the first order
+features of the observed vertical movements are well matched by simple
+models consisting of variable slip on planar faults in an elastic
+half-space using fault offsets
+inferred from strong ground motion observations (Archuleta, 1984) and measured
+after-slip. The geodetic and seismic observations suggest that
+significant slip is confined to depths above
+13 km with maximum right lateral offset reaching about 1.5 m on the
+Imperial fault. Dip slip occurs predominantly in
+the sediments on the upper 5 km of the Imperial fault and on the
+Brawley fault. Right lateral after-slip is confined to the upper 5 km
+of the Imperial fault and reaches about 30 cm for the period 1979 to
+1981.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a70bd4bfc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mitthesis/mitthesis.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+% mitthesis.sty 12 Sep 89
+% For Massachusetts Institute of Technology theses (grad and undergrad),
+% based on "Specifications for Thesis Preparation" Revised 1986.
+%
+% This style option is designed to work with the report document
+% style of LaTeX version 2.09. Use
+% \documentstyle[mitthesis]{report}
+
+% "Preferably, the text should appear on only one side of the paper."
+% Hence no doubleside option.
+
+% Copyright (c) 1987 by Stephen Gildea
+% Permission to copy all or part of this work is granted, provided
+% that the copies are not made or distributed for resale, and that
+% the copyright notice and this notice are retained.
+%
+% THIS WORK IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS. THE AUTHOR PROVIDES NO
+% WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE WORK,
+% INCLUDING WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO ITS MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
+% FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+% If you make any improvements, I'd like to hear about them.
+
+% Stephen Gildea
+% MIT Earth Resources Lab
+% Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
+% mit-erl!gildea
+% gildea@erl.mit.edu
+
+% 29 Jun 87 original version
+% 12 Sep 89 <prange> \supervisor optional arg added
+
+% "Margins must be at least an inch and a quarter on the binding margin
+% (normally the left side), and at least one inch on the other sides."
+\oddsidemargin .25in
+\evensidemargin 0in
+
+\topmargin 0in
+\headheight 0in % no header
+\headsep \headheight
+
+\textwidth 6.25in
+\textheight 8.5in
+
+\footskip .4in
+
+% "The main body of the text should utilize a space and a half or double
+% spacing. The abstract, biography, footnotes, and bibliography
+% sections may be single spaced"
+\input doublespace.sty %available from Clarkson LaTeX-style collection
+\def\baselinestretch{1.5}
+
+%% End of formatting parameters %%
+
+%% Define all the pieces that go on the title page and the abstract.
+
+% \title and \author already exist
+
+\def\prevdegrees#1{\gdef\@prevdegrees{#1}}
+\def\@prevdegrees{}
+
+\def\department#1{\gdef\@department{#1}}
+
+% If you are getting two degrees, use \and between the names.
+\def\degree#1{\setbox0\hbox{#1} %for side effect of setting \@degreeword
+ \gdef\@degree{#1}}
+
+% \and is used inside the \degree argument to separate two degrees
+\def\and{\gdef\@degreeword{degrees} \par and \par}
+\def\@degreeword{degree}
+
+% If there is no \copyrightnotice command, it is asssumed that MIT
+% holds the copyright. This commands adds the copyright symbol to the
+% beginning, and puts the standard permission notice below.
+\def\copyrightnotice#1{\copyrightnoticetext{\copyright\ #1\par\permission}}
+
+% Occacionally you will need to exactly specify the text of the
+% copyright notice. The \copyrightnoticetext command is then useful.
+\long\def\copyrightnoticetext#1{\gdef\@copyrightnotice{#1}}
+\def\@copyrightnotice{\copyright\ \Mit\ \@degreeyear}
+
+\def\thesisdate#1{\gdef\@thesisdate{#1}}
+
+% typically just a month and year
+\def\degreemonth#1{\gdef\@degreemonth{#1}}
+\def\degreeyear#1{\gdef\@degreeyear{#1}}
+
+% Usage: \supervisor{name}{title}
+% \chairman{name}{title}
+
+% since there can be more than one supervisor,
+% we build the appropriate boxes for the titlepage and
+% the abstractpage as the user makes multiple calls
+% to \supervisor
+\newbox\@titlesupervisor \newbox\@abstractsupervisor
+
+% The \supervisor command takes an optional argument in case you
+% want to label a person other than "Thesis Supervisor". For example,
+% \supervisor[Thesis Co-supervisor]{Arthur Cheng}{Principle Research Scientist}
+
+\def\supervisor{\@ifnextchar[{\@supervisor}{\@supervisor[Thesis Supervisor]}}
+\def\@supervisor[#1]#2#3{\setbox\@titlesupervisor\vbox
+ {\unvbox\@titlesupervisor \vskip 10pt plus 1fil minus 1fil
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}\large
+ \signature{Certified by}{#2 \\ #3 \\ #1}}
+ \setbox\@abstractsupervisor\vbox{\unvbox\@abstractsupervisor
+ \vskip\baselineskip \def\baselinestretch{1}\@normalsize
+ \par\noindent #1: #2 \\ Title: #3}}
+
+% department chairman, not thesis committee chairman
+\def\chairman#1#2{\gdef\@chairmanname{#1}\gdef\@chairmantitle{#2}}
+
+\def\maketitle{\begin{titlepage}
+\large
+{\def\baselinestretch{1.2}\Large\bf \@title \par}
+by\par
+{\Large \@author}
+\par
+\@prevdegrees
+\par
+Submitted to the \@department \\
+in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the \@degreeword\ of
+\par
+\@degree
+\par
+at the
+\par\MIT\par
+\@degreemonth\ \@degreeyear
+\par
+\@copyrightnotice
+\par
+\vskip \baselineskip
+\signature{Signature of Author}{\@department \\ \@thesisdate}
+\par
+\unvbox\@titlesupervisor
+\par
+\signature{Accepted by}{\@chairmanname \\ \@chairmantitle}
+\end{titlepage}}
+
+% this environment should probably be called abstract,
+% but we want people to also be able to get at the more
+% basic abstact environment
+\def\abstractpage{\newpage
+\begin{center}{\large{\bf \@title} \\
+by \\
+\@author \\[\baselineskip]}
+\par
+\def\baselinestretch{1}\@normalsize
+Submitted to the \@department \\
+on \@thesisdate, in partial fulfillment of the \\
+requirements for the \@degreeword\ of \\
+\@degree
+\end{center}
+\par
+\begin{abstract}}
+
+\def\endabstractpage{\end{abstract}\noindent
+ \unvbox\@abstractsupervisor \newpage}
+
+% You can use the titlepage environment to do it all yourself if you
+% don't want to use \maketitle. If the titlepage environment, the
+% paragraph skip is infinitely stretchable, so if you leave a blank line
+% between lines that you want space between, the space will stretch so
+% that the title page fills up the entire page.
+\def\titlepage{\newpage\centering
+ \thispagestyle{empty}
+ \parindent 0pt \parskip 10pt plus 1fil minus 1fil
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}\@normalsize\vbox to \vsize\bgroup\vbox to 9in\bgroup}
+% The \kern0pt pushes any depth into the height. Thanks to Richard Stone.
+\def\endtitlepage{\par\kern 0pt\egroup\vss\egroup\newpage}
+
+\def\MIT{MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY}
+\def\Mit{Massachusetts Institute of Technology}
+
+\def\permission{\par\noindent{\centering
+ The author hereby grants to MIT permission to reproduce and \\*
+ to distribute copies of this thesis document in whole or in part.}\par}
+
+\def\signature#1#2{\par\noindent#1\dotfill\null\\*
+ {\raggedleft #2\par}}
+
+\def\abstract{\subsection*{Abstract}\small\def\baselinestretch{1}\@normalsize}
+\def\endabstract{\par}
+
+% If using the report style, use - instead of . in the figure number.
+\@ifundefined{thechapter}{}{\def\thefigure{\thechapter-\arabic{figure}}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ascii.tcp b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ascii.tcp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02ad35e136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ascii.tcp
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.com b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.com
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1c6936d47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.com
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `babel.com', generated
+%% on <1993/12/9> with the docstrip utility (2.1e).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% babel.doc (with options: `code')
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1989-1993 by Johannes Braams.
+%% All rights reserved.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the Babel package, version 3.3.
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% You are not allowed to change this file. You may however copy
+%% this file to a file with a different name and then change the copy
+%% if you obey the restrictions on file changes described in
+%% readme.babel.
+%%
+%% You are allowed to distribute this file under the condition that
+%% it is distributed together with all files mentioned in readme.babel.
+%% If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain!
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to distribute this file alone. You are NOT
+%% ALLOWED to take money for the distribution or use of either this
+%% file or a changed version, except for a nominal charge for copying
+%% etc.
+%%
+%% For error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions see readme files.
+%%
+%% Please do not request updates from me directly. Distribution is
+%% done through Mail-Servers and TeX organizations.
+%%
+%%%\iffalse
+%%% @LaTeX-file{
+%%% author = "Johannes L. Braams",
+%%% version = "3.3.2",
+%%% date = "23 September 1993",
+%%% time = "23:26:20 MET",
+%%% filename = "babel.doc",
+%%% address = "PTT Research
+%%% St. Paulusstraat 4
+%%% 2264 XZ Leidschendam
+%%% The Netherlands",
+%%% telephone = "(70) 3325051",
+%%% FAX = "(70) 3326477",
+%%% checksum = "52222 1292 6341 53569",
+%%% email = "J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "babel",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "This file ,babel.doc contains the core of
+%%% the babel system as it was described in
+%%% TuGboat Volume 12 no 2 and Volume 14 no 1.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%% }
+%%% \fi
+%%
+\def\fileversion{babel-3.3.2}
+\def\filedate{23 september 1993}
+\wlog{Style option `babel' version \fileversion\space <\filedate>}
+\ifx\undefined\iflanguage
+ \input babel.switch\relax
+\fi
+\let\babel@core@loaded\relax
+\def\babel@add@special#1{\begingroup
+ \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}%
+ \def\@makeother{\noexpand\@makeother\noexpand}%
+ \edef\x{\endgroup
+ \def\noexpand\dospecials{\dospecials\do#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @sanitize\endcsname\relax \else
+ \def\noexpand\@sanitize{\@sanitize\@makeother#1}%
+ \fi}%
+ \x}
+\def\babel@remove@special#1{\begingroup
+ \def\x##1##2{\ifnum`#1=`##2\noexpand\empty
+ \else\noexpand##1\noexpand##2\fi}%
+ \def\do{\x\do}%
+ \def\@makeother{\x\@makeother}%
+ \edef\x{\endgroup
+ \def\noexpand\dospecials{\dospecials}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @sanitize\endcsname\relax \else
+ \def\noexpand\@sanitize{\@sanitize}%
+ \fi}%
+ \x}
+\def\babel@beginsave{\babel@savecnt\z@}
+\newcount\babel@savecnt
+\babel@beginsave
+\def\babel@save#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname babel@\number\babel@savecnt\endcsname #1\relax
+ \begingroup
+ \toks@\expandafter{\originalTeX \let#1=}%
+ \edef\x{\endgroup
+ \def\noexpand\originalTeX{\the\toks@ \expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname babel@\number\babel@savecnt\endcsname\relax}}%
+ \x
+ \advance\babel@savecnt\@ne}
+\def\babel@savevariable#1{\begingroup
+ \toks@\expandafter{\originalTeX #1=}%
+ \edef\x{\endgroup
+ \def\noexpand\originalTeX{\the\toks@ \the#1\relax}}%
+ \x}
+\def\addto#1#2{%
+ \ifx\undefined#1\def#1{#2}\else
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
+ \fi
+}
+\def\allowhyphens{\penalty\@M \hskip\z@skip}
+\def\set@low@box#1{\setbox\tw@\hbox{,}\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}%
+ \dimen\z@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen\z@ -\ht\tw@%
+ \setbox\z@\hbox{\lower\dimen\z@ \box\z@}\ht\z@\ht\tw@ \dp\z@\dp\tw@}
+\def\save@sf@q#1{{\ifhmode
+ \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi \leavevmode #1\@SF}}
+{\def\format{lplain}
+\ifx\fmtname\format
+\else
+ \aftergroup\endinput
+\fi}
+\long\def\babel@sanitize@arg#1#2{\bgroup\def\@tempa{#2}%
+ \expandafter\babel@strip@meaning\meaning\@tempa\relax{#1}}
+\def\babel@strip@meaning#1->#2\relax#3{\egroup #3{#2}}
+\let\LTX@label=\label
+\def\label#1{\babel@sanitize@arg\LTX@label{#1}}
+\let\LTX@newlabel=\newlabel
+\def\newlabel#1#2{\babel@sanitize@arg\LTX@newlabel{#1}{#2}}
+\let\LTX@ref=\ref
+\def\ref#1{\babel@sanitize@arg\LTX@ref{#1}}
+\let\LTX@pageref=\pageref
+\def\pageref#1{\babel@sanitize@arg\LTX@pageref{#1}}
+\let\LTX@@citex\@citex
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\babel@sanitize@arg{\LTX@@citex[#1]}{#2}}
+\let\LTX@nocite\nocite
+\def\nocite#1{\babel@sanitize@arg\LTX@nocite{#1}}
+\let\LTX@bibcite\bibcite
+\def\bibcite#1#2{\babel@sanitize@arg\LTX@bibcite{#1}{#2}}
+\let\LTX@@bibitem\@bibitem
+\def\@bibitem#1{\babel@sanitize@arg\LTX@@bibitem{#1}}
+\let\LTX@@lbibitem\@lbibitem
+\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\babel@sanitize@arg{\LTX@@lbibitem[#1]}{#2}}
+\let\LTX@@testdef=\@testdef
+\def\@testdef#1#2{\babel@sanitize@arg{\LTX@@testdef{#1}}{#2}}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `babel.com'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad6c30562f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `babel.sty', generated on <1993/5/18>
+%% with the docstrip utility (2.0r).
+%%
+%% The original source file was `babel.doc'.
+%%
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%% You are not allowed to distribute this file.
+%% For distribution of the original source see
+%% the copyright notice in the file babel.doc.
+%%
+\def\filename{babel.doc}
+\let\thisfilename\filename
+\def\fileversion{babel-3.0c}
+\def\filedate{15 july 1991}
+\def\docdate{6 juni 1991}
+%% \CheckSum{5282}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\wlog{Style option `babel' version \fileversion\space <\filedate>}
+\wlog{English documentation dated <\docdate>}
+\@ifundefined{iflanguage}{\input babel.switch\relax}{\relax}
+\let\babel@core@loaded\relax
+{\def\format{plain}
+\ifx\fmtname\format
+ \aftergroup\endinput
+\fi}
+\@ifundefined{doc@style}%
+ {\def\doc@style{0}%
+ \@ifundefined{opening}%
+ {\@ifundefined{chapter}%
+ {\def\doc@style{1}}%
+ {\def\doc@style{2}}%
+ }{\def\doc@style{3}}%
+ }{\relax}%
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\@ifundefined{figurename}{\def\fnum@figure{\figurename{} \thefigure}}{}
+\@ifundefined{tablename}{\def\fnum@table{\tablename{} \thetable}}{}
+\ifcase \doc@style\relax
+\or
+\@ifundefined{contentsname}%
+ {\def\tableofcontents{\section*{\contentsname%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase\expandafter{\contentsname}}%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\contentsname}}}%
+ \@starttoc{toc}}}{}%
+
+\@ifundefined{listfigurename}%
+ {\def\listoffigures{\section*{\listfigurename\@mkboth%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\listfigurename}}%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\listfigurename}}}\@starttoc{lof}}}{}%
+
+\@ifundefined{listtablename}%
+ {\def\listoftables{\section*{\listtablename\@mkboth%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\listtablename}}%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\listtablename}}}\@starttoc{lot}}}{}%
+\@ifundefined{refname}%
+ {\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{\refname%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase\expandafter{\refname}}%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\refname}}}%
+ \list{[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth%
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep%
+ \usecounter{enumi}}%
+ \def\newblock{\hskip 0.11em plus 0.33em minus 0.07em}%
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}}{}%
+
+\@ifundefined{indexname}%
+ {\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi%
+ \columnseprule \z@%
+ \columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\section*{\indexname}]%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase\expandafter{\indexname}}%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\indexname}}\thispagestyle{plain}%
+ \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@ plus 0.3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}}{}%
+\@ifundefined{abstractname}%
+ {\def\abstract{\if@twocolumn%
+ \section*{\abstractname}%
+ \else \small%
+ \begin{center}%
+ {\bf \abstractname\vspace{-0.5em}\vspace{0pt}}%
+ \end{center}%
+ \quotation%
+ \fi}}{}%
+\@ifundefined{partname}%
+{\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne % IF secnumdepth > -1
+ \refstepcounter{part} % THEN step part counter
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart % add toc line
+ \hspace{1em}#1}\else % ELSE add unnumbered line
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi % FI
+ { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne % IF secnumdepth > -1
+ \Large \bf \partname{} \thepart % THEN Print 'Part' and
+ \par \nobreak % number in \Large boldface.
+ \fi % FI
+ \huge \bf % Select \huge boldface.
+ #2\markboth{}{}\par } % Print title and set heading marks null.
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+ \vskip 3ex % Space between title and text.
+ \@afterheading % Routine called after part and
+ } % section heading.
+}{}%
+\or
+\@ifundefined{contentsname}%
+ {\def\tableofcontents{\@restonecolfalse%
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn%
+ \fi\chapter*{\contentsname%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase\expandafter{\contentsname}}%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\contentsname}}}%
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}}{}%
+
+\@ifundefined{listfigurename}
+ {\def\listoffigures{\@restonecolfalse%
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn%
+ \fi\chapter*{\listfigurename%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase\expandafter{\listfigurename}}%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\listfigurename}}}%
+ \@starttoc{lof}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}}{}%
+
+\@ifundefined{listtablename}
+ {\def\listoftables{\@restonecolfalse%
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn%
+ \fi\chapter*{\listtablename%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase\expandafter{\listtablename}}%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\listtablename}}}%
+ \@starttoc{lot}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}}{}%
+\@ifundefined{bibname}
+ {\def\thebibliography#1{\chapter*{\bibname%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase\expandafter{\bibname}}%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\bibname}}}%
+ \list{[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}%
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth \advance\leftmargin\labelsep%
+ \usecounter{enumi}}%
+ \def\newblock{\hskip 0.11em plus 0.33em minus 0.07em}%
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}}{}%
+
+\@ifundefined{indexname}
+ {\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi%
+ \columnseprule \z@%
+ \columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{\indexname}]%
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase\expandafter{\indexname}}%
+ {\uppercase\expandafter{\indexname}}%
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@%
+ \parskip\z@ plus 0.3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}}{}%
+\@ifundefined{abstractname}
+ {\def\abstract{\titlepage%
+ \null\vfil%
+ \begin{center}%
+ {\bf \abstractname}%
+ \end{center}}}{}%
+\@ifundefined{chaptername}{\def\@chapapp{\chaptername}}{}
+
+\@ifundefined{appendixname}
+ {\def\appendix{\par%
+ \setcounter{chapter}{0}%
+ \setcounter{section}{0}%
+ \def\@chapapp{\appendixname}%
+ \def\thechapter{\Alph{chapter}}}}{}%
+
+\@ifundefined{partname}
+ {\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax% IF secnumdepth > -2
+ \refstepcounter{part} % THEN step part counter
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart% add toc line
+ \hspace{1em}#1}\else % ELSE add unnumbered line
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi % FI
+ \markboth{}{}
+ {\centering % %% added 19 Jan 88
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax % IF secnumdepth > -2
+ \huge\bf \partname{} \thepart % THEN Print 'Part' and number
+ \par % in \huge bold.
+ \vskip 20pt \fi % Add space before title.
+ \Huge \bf % FI
+ #1\par}\@endpart}}{} % Print Title in \Huge bold.
+\or
+\@ifundefined{ccname}%
+ {\def\cc#1{\par\noindent%
+ \parbox[t]{\textwidth}%
+ {\@hangfrom{\rm \ccname : }\ignorespaces #1\strut}\par}}{}%
+
+\@ifundefined{enclname}%
+ {\def\encl#1{\par\noindent%
+ \parbox[t]{\textwidth}%
+ {\@hangfrom{\rm \enclname : }\ignorespaces #1\strut}\par}}{}%
+\@ifundefined{headtoname}
+ {\def\ps@headings{%
+ \def\@oddhead{\sl \headtoname{} \ignorespaces\toname \hfil%
+ \@date \hfil \headpagename{} \thepage}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}}}{}%
+\fi
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `babel.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.swi b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.swi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33d15a1aa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/babel.swi
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `babel.switch', generated
+%% on <1993/9/27> with the docstrip utility (2.0r).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% hyphen.doc
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1989-1993 by Johannes Braams.
+%% All rights reserved.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the Babel package, version 3.3.
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% You are not allowed to change this file. You may however copy
+%% this file to a file with a different name and then change the copy
+%% if you obey the restrictions on file changes described in
+%% readme.babel.
+%%
+%% You are allowed to distribute this file under the condition that
+%% it is distributed together with all files mentioned in readme.babel.
+%% If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain!
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to distribute this file alone. You are NOT
+%% ALLOWED to take money for the distribution or use of either this
+%% file or a changed version, except for a nominal charge for copying
+%% etc.
+%%
+%% For error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions see readme files.
+%%
+%% Please do not request updates from me directly. Distribution is
+%% done through Mail-Servers and TeX organizations.
+%%
+%%%\iffalse
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Braams J.L.",
+%%% version = "1.1f",
+%%% date = "11 July 1993,
+%%% time = "00:08:27 MET,
+%%% filename = "hyphen.doc",
+%%% address = "PTT Research
+%%% St. Paulusstraat 4
+%%% 2264 XZ Leidschendam
+%%% The Netherlands",
+%%% telephone = "(70) 3325051",
+%%% FAX = "(70) 3326477",
+%%% checksum = "62265 567 3115 23933",
+%%% email = "J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "babel",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "",
+%%% docstring = "This file contains the part of the babel
+%%% core that implements the language switching
+%%% mechanism. It also contains the code to
+%%% switch hyphenation tables for versions of
+%%% TeX later than 3.0. With the docstrip
+%%% program two variants of this file can be
+%%% produced.",
+%%% }
+%%% \fi
+\expandafter\ifx\csname iflanguage\endcsname\relax \else
+\expandafter\endinput
+\fi
+\ifx\language\undefined
+ \csname newcount\endcsname\language
+\fi
+\ifx\newlanguage\undefined
+ \csname newcount\endcsname\last@language
+\else
+ \countdef\last@language=19
+\fi
+\ifx\newlanguage\undefined
+ \def\addlanguage#1{%
+ \global\advance\last@language \@ne
+ \ifnum\last@language<\@cclvi
+ \else
+ \errmessage{No room for a new \string\language!}%
+ \fi
+ \global\chardef#1\last@language
+ \wlog{\string#1 = \string\language\the\last@language}}
+\else
+ \def\addlanguage{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi}
+\fi
+\def\adddialect#1#2{%
+ \global\chardef#1#2\relax
+ \wlog{\string#1 = a dialect from \string\language#2}}
+\def\iflanguage#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \@nolanerr{#1}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\csname l@#1\endcsname=\language #2%
+ \else#3\fi
+ \fi}
+\def\selectlanguage#1{\protect\p@selectlanguage{%
+ \ifnum\escapechar=\expandafter`\string#1\empty
+ \else \string#1\empty\fi}}
+\ifx\undefined\protect\let\protect\relax\fi
+\def\p@selectlanguage#1{\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \@nolanerr{#1}%
+ \else
+ \language=\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \originalTeX
+ \edef\languagename{#1}%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\originalTeX
+ \expandafter{\csname noextras#1\endcsname
+ \let\originalTeX\empty}%
+ \babel@beginsave
+ \csname captions#1\endcsname
+ \csname date#1\endcsname
+ \csname extras#1\endcsname\relax
+ \fi}%
+\ifx\undefined\originalTeX\let\originalTeX\empty\fi
+\ifx\undefined\babel@beginsave\let\babel@beginsave\relax\fi
+\def\@nolanerr#1{%
+ \errhelp{Your command will be ignored, type <return> to proceed}%
+ \errmessage{You haven't defined the language #1\space yet}}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `babel.switch'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/cmcyr.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/cmcyr.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47e02fceac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/cmcyr.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `cmcyr.sty'
+%% Modified for use with DVIps
+\def\fileversion{1.1}
+\def\filedate{94/09/16}
+\def\docdate {}
+
+\expandafter\ifx\csname daterussian\endcsname\else\endinput\fi
+\typeout{Style Option: `cmcyr'
+ \fileversion\space <\filedate>}
+%\typeout{English Documentation:
+% \@spaces\space <\docdate>}
+
+%\def\@fonterr#1#2{%
+%\edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+%\typeout{Font Selection error.^^J
+% Type \space H <return> \space for immediate help.}\errmessage{#1}}
+%
+\wlog{Style Option: `cmcyr' \fileversion\space <\filedate>}
+\expandafter\ifx\csname selectfont\endcsname
+ \typeout{The `cmcyr' style option can only be used
+ ^^Jwith the new font selection scheme.}\endinput\fi
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Cyrillic
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%+
+% Medium weight series
+%-
+%
+% Cyrillic-Regular
+%
+\new@fontshape{cyr}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>cmcyr10 at4.82pt%
+ <6>cmcyr10 at6pt%
+ <7>cmcyr10 at6.94pt%
+ <8>cmcyr10 at8.33pt%
+ <9>cmcyr10 at9pt%
+ <10>cmcyr10 at10pt%
+ <11>cmcyr10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmcyr10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmcyr10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmcyr10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmcyr10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmcyr10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+%
+% Cyrillic-SansSerif
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cyr}{m}{sf}{%
+% <5>cmcss10 at4.82pt%
+% <6>cmcss10 at5.79pt%
+% <7>cmcss10 at6.94pt%
+% <8>cmcss10 at8.33pt%
+% <9>cmcss10 at9pt%
+% <10>cmcss10 at10pt%
+% <11>cmcss10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmcss10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmcss10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmcss10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmcss10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmcss10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+% Cyrillic-Italic
+%
+\new@fontshape{cyr}{m}{it}{%
+ <5>cmcti10 at4.82pt%
+ <6>cmcti10 at5.79pt%
+ <7>cmcti10 at6.94pt%
+ <8>cmcti10 at8.33pt%
+ <9>cmcti10 at9pt%
+ <10>cmcti10 at10pt%
+ <11>cmcti10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmcti10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmcti10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmcti10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmcti10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmcti10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+%
+% Cyrillic-Slanted
+%
+\new@fontshape{cyr}{m}{sl}{%
+ <5>cmcsl10 at4.82pt%
+ <6>cmcsl10 at5.79pt%
+ <7>cmcsl10 at6.94pt%
+ <8>cmcsl10 at8.33pt%
+ <9>cmcsl10 at9pt%
+ <10>cmcsl10 at10pt%
+ <11>cmcsl10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmcsl10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmcsl10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmcsl10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmcsl10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmcsl10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+%
+% Cyrillic-TypewriterType
+%
+\new@fontshape{cyr}{m}{tt}{%
+ <5>cmctt10 at4.82pt%
+ <6>cmctt10 at5.79pt%
+ <7>cmctt10 at6.94pt%
+ <8>cmctt10 at8.33pt%
+ <9>cmctt10 at9pt%
+ <10>cmctt10 at10pt%
+ <11>cmctt10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmctt10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmctt10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmctt10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmctt10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmctt10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+%+
+% The bold weight series
+%-
+%
+% Cyrillic-Bold
+%
+\new@fontshape{cyr}{b}{n}{%
+ <5>cmcbx10 at4.82pt%
+ <6>cmcbx10 at5.79pt%
+ <7>cmcbx10 at6.94pt%
+ <8>cmcbx10 at8.33pt%
+ <9>cmcbx10 at9pt%
+ <10>cmcbx10 at10pt%
+ <11>cmcbx10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmcbx10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmcbx10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmcbx10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmcbx10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmcbx10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+%
+% Cyrillic-BoldItalic
+%
+\new@fontshape{cyr}{b}{it}{%
+ <5>cmcbxti1 at4.82pt%
+ <6>cmcbxti1 at5.79pt%
+ <7>cmcbxti1 at6.94pt%
+ <8>cmcbxti1 at8.33pt%
+ <9>cmcbxti1 at9pt%
+ <10>cmcbxti1 at10pt%
+ <11>cmcbxti1 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmcbxti1 at12pt%
+ <14>cmcbxti1 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmcbxti1 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmcbxti1 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmcbxti1 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+%
+% Cyrillic-BoldSlanted
+%
+\new@fontshape{cyr}{b}{sl}{%
+ <5>cmcbxsl1 at4.82pt%
+ <6>cmcbxsl1 at5.79pt%
+ <7>cmcbxsl1 at6.94pt%
+ <8>cmcbxsl1 at8.33pt%
+ <9>cmcbxsl1 at9pt%
+ <10>cmcbxsl1 at10pt%
+ <11>cmcbxsl1 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmcbxsl1 at12pt%
+ <14>cmcbxsl1 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmcbxsl1 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmcbxsl1 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmcbxsl1 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+%
+% Cyrillic-BoldSansSerif
+%
+\new@fontshape{cyr}{b}{sf}{%
+ <5>cmcssdc1 at4.82pt%
+ <6>cmcssdc1 at5.79pt%
+ <7>cmcssdc1 at6.94pt%
+ <8>cmcssdc1 at8.33pt%
+ <9>cmcssdc1 at9pt%
+ <10>cmcssdc1 at10pt%
+ <11>cmcssdc1 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmcssdc1 at12pt%
+ <14>cmcssdc1 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmcssdc1 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmcssdc1 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmcssdc1 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\extra@def{cyr}{}{}
+
+\def\graffiti{\protect\pgraffiti}
+\def\@makefnmark{\raise 1ex\hbox{\scriptsize\@thefnmark}}
+
+%+
+% Now make these fonts the defaults??
+%-
+\gdef\cyrmode{%
+\def\pgraffiti{\family{cyr}\series{c}\shape{sl}\size{9}{10pt}\selectfont}%
+ \chardef\Zh='021%
+ \chardef\zh='031%
+ \chardef\Ui='022%
+ \chardef\ui='032%
+ \chardef\Kh='110%
+ \chardef\kh='150%
+ \chardef\Ts='103%
+ \chardef\ts='143%
+ \chardef\Ch='121%
+ \chardef\ch='161%
+ \chardef\Sh='130%
+ \chardef\sh='170%
+ \chardef\Shch='127%
+ \chardef\shch='167%
+ \chardef\cDprime='137%
+ \chardef\cdprime='176%
+ \chardef\cPrime='136%
+ \chardef\cprime='176%
+ \chardef\Ee='003%
+ \chardef\ee='013%
+ \chardef\Yu='020%
+ \chardef\yu='030%
+ \chardef\Ya='027%
+ \chardef\ya='037}
+\gdef\transcyr{\family{cmr}\selectfont\@ifnextchar
+ [{\@transcyr}{\@transcyr[n]}}
+\def\@transcyr[#1]{\if #1s%
+ \def\Zh{\v{Z}}%
+ \def\zh{\v{z}}%
+ \def\Ui{J}%
+ \def\ui{j}%
+ \def\Kh{Ch}%
+ \def\kh{ch}%
+ \def\Ts{C}%
+ \def\ts{c}%
+ \def\Ch{\v{C}}%
+ \def\ch{\v{c}}%
+ \def\Sh{\v{S}}%
+ \def\sh{\v{s}}%
+ \def\Shch{\v{S}\v{c}}%
+ \def\shch{\v{s}\v{c}}%
+ \def\cprime{\kern0pt'\kern0pt\relax}%
+ \def\cPrime{\kern0pt'\kern0pt\relax}%
+ \def\cdprime{\kern0pt'\kern0pt'\kern0pt\relax}%
+ \def\cDprime{\kern0pt'\kern0pt'\kern0pt\relax}%
+ \def\Ee{\`{E}}%
+ \def\ee{\`{e}}%
+ \def\Yu{\t{J}{u}}%
+ \def\yu{\t{\j}{u}}%
+ \def\Ya{\t{J}{a}}%
+ \def\ya{\t{\j}{a}}%
+\else\if #1n%
+ \def\Zh{\t{Z}{h}}%
+ \def\zh{\t{z}{h}}%
+ \def\Ui{\t{U}{i}}%
+ \def\ui{\t{u}{i}}%
+ \def\Kh{\t{K}{h}}%
+ \def\kh{\t{k}{h}}%
+ \def\Ts{\t{T}{s}}%
+ \def\ts{\t{t}{s}}%
+ \def\Ch{\t{C}{h}}%
+ \def\ch{\t{c}{h}}%
+ \def\Sh{\t{S}{h}}%
+ \def\sh{\t{s}{h}}%
+ \def\Shch{\t{S}{h}\t{c}{h}}%
+ \def\shch{\t{s}{h}\t{c}{h}}%
+ \def\cprime{$^\prime$}%
+ \def\cPrime{$\underline{^\prime}$}%
+ \def\cDprime{$^{\prime\prime}$}%
+ \def\cdprime{$\underline{^{\prime\prime}}$}%
+ \def\Ee{\`{E}}%
+ \def\ee{\`{e}}%
+ \def\Yu{\t{Y}{u}}%
+ \def\yu{\t{y}{u}}%
+ \def\Ya{\t{Y}{a}}%
+ \def\ya{\t{y}{a}}%
+\fi\fi}
+\gdef\cyr{\family{cyr}\selectfont\cyrmode\frenchpunctuation}
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/doc.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/doc.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f466b2e3be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/doc.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,741 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `doc.sty', generated
+%% on <1993/9/27> with the docstrip utility (2.0r).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% doc.doc (with options: `style,multicol')
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1989-1992 by Frank Mittelbach. All rights reserved.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the doc package.
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% You are not allowed to change this file. You may however copy
+%% this file to a file with a different name and then change the
+%% copy if you obey the restrictions on file changes described in
+%% readme.mz.
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to distribute this file alone. You are NOT
+%% ALLOWED to take money for the distribution or use of this file
+%% (or a changed version) except for a nominal charge for copying
+%% etc.
+%%
+%% You are allowed to distribute this file under the condition that
+%% it is distributed together with all files mentioned in
+%% readme.mz0.
+%%
+%% If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain!
+%%
+%% However, if these files are distributed by established suppliers
+%% as part of a complete TeX distribution, and the structure of the
+%% distribution would make it difficult to distribute the whole set
+%% of files, *those parties* are allowed to distribute only some of
+%% the files provided that it is made clear that the user will get
+%% a complete distribution-set upon request to that supplier (not
+%% me). Notice that this permission is not granted to the end
+%% user.
+%%
+%%
+%% For error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions see readme.mz
+%%
+%%
+
+\def\fileversion{v1.7k}
+\def\filedate{92/08/24}
+\def\docdate {92/08/28}
+
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+
+%% Copyright (C) 1989-1992 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+%%% \CharacterTable
+%%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%%
+\@ifundefined{macro@cnt}{}{\endinput} \typeout{Style-Option: `doc'
+\fileversion \@spaces\space\space <\filedate> (FMi)} \typeout{English
+ Documentation \@spaces\@spaces\space <\docdate> (DLo, FMi, RMCS)}
+\catcode`\^^A=14
+\def\macrocode{\macro@code
+ \frenchspacing \@vobeyspaces
+ \xmacro@code}
+\def\macro@code{%
+ \topsep \MacrocodeTopsep
+ \@beginparpenalty \predisplaypenalty
+ \trivlist \parskip \z@ \item[]%
+ \macro@font
+ \leftskip\@totalleftmargin \advance\leftskip\MacroIndent
+ \rightskip\z@ \parindent\z@ \parfillskip\@flushglue
+ \blank@linefalse \def\par{\ifblank@line
+ \leavevmode\fi
+ \blank@linetrue\@@par
+ \penalty\interlinepenalty}
+ \obeylines \let\do\@makeother \catcode`\`\active \@noligs \dospecials
+ \global\@newlistfalse
+ \global\@minipagefalse
+ \ifcodeline@index
+ \everypar{\global\advance\c@CodelineNo\@ne
+ \llap{\theCodelineNo\ \hskip\@totalleftmargin}%
+ \check@module}%
+ \else \everypar{\check@module}%
+ \fi
+ \init@crossref}
+\newif\ifblank@line
+\def\endmacrocode{%
+ \ifpm@module \endgroup \pm@modulefalse \fi
+ \everypar{}%
+ \global\@inlabelfalse
+ \endtrivlist
+ \close@crossref}
+\@ifundefined{MacroFont}{%
+ \ifx\undefined\selectfont
+ \def\MacroFont{\small\tt}\else
+ \def\MacroFont{\math@fontsfalse\reset@font\small\tt}\fi
+ }{}
+\@ifundefined{AltMacroFont}{%
+ \ifx\undefined\selectfont
+ \def\AltMacroFont{\small\tt}\else
+ \def\AltMacroFont{\math@fontsfalse\small\reset@font\it\tt}\fi
+ }{}
+\let\macro@font=\MacroFont
+\def\check@module{%
+ \ifcheck@modules
+ \ifpm@module \endgroup \pm@modulefalse \fi
+ \expandafter\futurelet\expandafter\next\expandafter\ch@percent
+ \fi}
+\newif\ifpm@module
+\def\DontCheckModules{\check@modulesfalse}
+\def\CheckModules{\check@modulestrue}
+\newif\ifcheck@modules \check@modulestrue
+\def\ch@percent{%
+ \if \percentchar\next
+ \expandafter\check@angle
+ \fi}
+\def\check@angle#1{\futurelet\next\ch@angle}
+\def\ch@angle{\if<\next
+ \expandafter\ch@plus@etc
+ \else \percentchar \fi}
+\def\ch@plus@etc<{\futurelet\next\check@plus@etc}
+\def\check@plus@etc{%
+ \if +\next
+ \let\next\pm@module
+ \else\if -\next
+ \let\next\pm@module
+ \else\if *\next
+ \let\next\star@module
+ \else\if /\next
+ \let\next\slash@module
+ \else
+ \let\next\pm@module
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+\def\pm@module#1>{\pm@moduletrue
+ \Module{#1}\begingroup
+ \advance\guard@level\@ne
+ \ifnum\guard@level>\c@StandardModuleDepth\AltMacroFont\fi
+}
+\def\star@module#1>{%
+ \Module{#1}%
+ \global \advance \guard@level\@ne
+ \ifnum \guard@level>\c@StandardModuleDepth
+ \global\let\macro@font=\AltMacroFont \macro@font
+ \fi}
+\def\slash@module#1>{%
+ \Module{#1}%
+ \global \advance \guard@level\m@ne
+ \ifnum \guard@level=\c@StandardModuleDepth
+ \global\let\macro@font\MacroFont \macro@font
+ \fi
+}
+\newcounter{StandardModuleDepth}
+\newcount \guard@level
+\@ifundefined{Module}{%
+ \ifx\undefined\selectfont
+ \def\Module#1{{\mod@math@codes$\fam\sffam\langle #1\rangle$}}
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname ds@oldlfont\endcsname\relax
+ \def\Module#1{{\mod@math@codes$\langle\sfmath{#1}\rangle$}}
+ \else
+ \def\Module#1{{\mod@math@codes$\langle{\sfmath #1}\rangle$}}
+ \fi
+ \fi}{}
+\def\mod@math@codes{\mathcode`\|="226A \mathcode`\&="2026}
+\ifx\selectfont\undefined
+\else
+ \ifx\sfmath\undefined
+ \newmathalphabet*{\sfmath}{\sfdefault}{m}{n}\fi
+\fi
+\newskip\MacrocodeTopsep \MacrocodeTopsep = 3pt plus 1.2pt minus 1pt
+\newdimen\MacroIndent
+\settowidth\MacroIndent{\rm\scriptsize 00\ }
+\@namedef{macrocode*}{\macro@code\sxmacro@code}
+\expandafter\let\csname endmacrocode*\endcsname = \endmacrocode
+\catcode`\!=\catcode`\% ^^A In this section there must not be
+ ^^A any exclamation marks.
+ ^^A
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\|=\z@ \catcode`\[=\@ne \catcode`\]=\tw@
+\catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12
+\catcode`\%=12 \catcode`\ =\active \catcode`\\=\active
+!% \end{macrocode*}
+! Next follows the actual definition of \verb+\macro@code+;
+! notice the
+! use of the new escape character. We manage to get the argument
+! surrounded by the string \verb+\end{macrocode}+, but at the end
+! however, in spite of the actual characters used during the
+! definition of
+! this macro, \verb+\end+ with the argument \verb+{macrocode}+
+! will be executed, to ensure a balanced environment.
+! \begin{macrocode*}
+|gdef|xmacro@code#1% \end{macrocode}[#1|end[macrocode]]
+!% \end{macrocode*}
+! \begin{macro}{\sxmacro@code}
+! The definition of \verb+\sxmacro@code+ is completely analogous,
+! only
+! here a slightly different terminating string will be used.
+! Note that the space is not active in this environment.
+! \begin{macrocode}
+|catcode`| =12
+|gdef|sxmacro@code#1% \end{macrocode*}[#1|end[macrocode*]]
+!% \end{macrocode}
+! because the \verb+\catcode+ changes have been made local by
+! commencing a
+! new group, there now follows the matching \verb+\endgroup+
+! in a rather
+! unusual style of writing.
+! \begin{macrocode}
+|endgroup
+!% \end{macrocode}
+\catcode`\!=12
+\def\DescribeMacro{\leavevmode\@bsphack
+ \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macro}
+\def\Describe@Macro#1{\endgroup
+ \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeMacro{#1}}%
+ \SpecialUsageIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
+\def\DescribeEnv{\leavevmode\@bsphack\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters
+ \Describe@Env}
+\def\Describe@Env#1{\endgroup
+ \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeEnv{#1}}%
+ \SpecialEnvIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces}
+\reversemarginpar
+\setlength\marginparpush{0pt} \setlength\marginparwidth{8pc}
+{\catcode`\|=\z@ \catcode`\\=12
+|gdef|bslash{\}}
+\def\verbatim{\@beginparpenalty \predisplaypenalty \@verbatim
+ \MacroFont \frenchspacing \@vobeyspaces \@xverbatim}
+\@namedef{verbatim*}{\@beginparpenalty \predisplaypenalty \@verbatim
+ \MacroFont \@sxverbatim}
+\def\@verbatim{\trivlist \item[]\if@minipage\else\vskip\parskip\fi
+ \leftskip\@totalleftmargin\rightskip\z@
+ \parindent\z@\parfillskip\@flushglue\parskip\z@
+ \@@par
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \def\par{\if@tempswa\hbox{}\fi\@tempswatrue\@@par
+ \penalty\interlinepenalty
+ \check@percent}%
+ \obeylines \catcode`\`\active \@noligs \let\do\@makeother
+ \dospecials}
+{\catcode`\%=12
+ \long\gdef\check@percent#1{\ifx #1%\let\next\@empty \else
+ \let\next=#1\fi \next}}
+\begingroup
+ \lccode`\~=`\^^M
+ \lowercase{%
+ \gdef\verb{\relax
+ \ifmmode \hbox \else \leavevmode\null \fi
+ \bgroup
+ \tt \catcode`\`\active \@noligs
+ \let~\verb@err
+ \catcode`\^^M\active
+ \let\do\@makeother \dospecials
+ \@ifstar\@sverb{\@vobeyspaces \frenchspacing \@sverb}}}
+\endgroup
+\def\verb@err{\egroup\@latexerr{\string\verb\space
+ command ended by end of line.}\@ehc}
+\def\@sverb#1{%
+ \catcode`#1\active \lccode`\~`#1%
+ \lowercase{\let~\egroup}}
+\newcount\macro@cnt \macro@cnt=0
+\newcount\macro@level \macro@level=0
+\def\macro{%
+ \ifnum\macro@level=\z@ \begingroup \fi
+ \catcode`\\12
+ \MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@}
+\long\def\m@cro@#1{\endgroup \topsep\MacroTopsep \trivlist
+ \advance\macro@level\@ne
+ \edef\saved@macroname{\string#1}%
+ \def\makelabel##1{\llap{##1}}%
+ \if@inlabel
+ \let\@tempa\@empty \count@\macro@cnt
+ \loop \ifnum\count@>\z@
+ \edef\@tempa{\@tempa\hbox{\strut}}\advance\count@\m@ne \repeat
+ \edef\makelabel##1{\llap{\vtop to\baselineskip
+ {\@tempa\hbox{##1}\vss}}}%
+ \advance \macro@cnt \@ne
+ \else \macro@cnt\@ne \fi
+ \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\item[\noexpand\PrintMacroName{\string#1}]}%
+ \@tempa
+ {\advance\c@CodelineNo\@ne\SpecialMainIndex{#1}\nobreak}%
+ \DoNotIndex{#1}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+\def\endmacro{%
+ \endtrivlist
+ \ifnum\macro@level>\@ne \advance\macro@level\m@ne \begingroup \fi}
+\newskip\MacroTopsep \MacroTopsep = 7pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\@ifundefined{PrintMacroName}
+ {\def\PrintMacroName#1{\strut \MacroFont \string #1\ }}{}
+\@ifundefined{PrintDescribeMacro}
+ {\def\PrintDescribeMacro#1{\strut \MacroFont \string #1\ }}{}
+\@ifundefined{PrintDescribeEnv}
+ {\def\PrintDescribeEnv#1{\strut \MacroFont #1\ }}{}
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\~\active
+\gdef\SpecialEscapechar#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\~`#1%
+ \uppercase{\gdef\active@escape@char{~}}%
+ \escapechar\m@ne \xdef\special@escape@char{\string#1}%
+ \endgroup}
+\endgroup
+\begingroup \catcode`\|=\z@ \catcode`\\=\active
+|gdef|init@crossref{|catcode`|\|active |let\|bslash
+ |MakePrivateLetters
+ |catcode|expandafter`|special@escape@char|active
+ |expandafter|let|active@escape@char|scan@macro}
+|endgroup
+\SpecialEscapechar{\\}
+\@ifundefined{MakePrivateLetters}
+ {\let\MakePrivateLetters\makeatletter}{}
+\def\close@crossref{\SpecialEscapechar\\}
+\def\scan@macro{%
+ \special@escape@char
+ \step@checksum
+ \ifscan@allowed
+ \let\macro@namepart\@empty
+ \def\next{\futurelet\next\macro@switch}%
+ \else \let\next\@empty \fi
+ \next}
+\newif\ifscan@allowed \scan@allowedtrue
+\def\DisableCrossrefs{\@bsphack\scan@allowedfalse\@esphack}
+\def\EnableCrossrefs{\@bsphack\scan@allowedtrue
+ \def\DisableCrossrefs{\@bsphack\@esphack}\@esphack}
+\def\macro@switch{\ifcat\noexpand\next a%
+ \let\next\macro@name
+ \else \let\next\short@macro \fi
+ \next}
+\def\short@macro#1{\begingroup
+ \catcode`\&=11 \uccode`\&=\expandafter`\string#1%
+ \uppercase{\def\macro@namepart{&}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \ifnot@excluded
+ \produce@index{#1}\fi
+ \scan@allowedfalse#1%
+ \scan@allowedtrue }
+\def\produce@index#1{%
+ \if\noexpand#1\special@escape@char
+ \scan@allowedfalse \it@is@a\special@escape@char \else
+ \if\noexpand#1\bslash \it@is@a\bslash \else
+ \if\noexpand#1\space \it@is@a\space \else
+ \ifx#1\par
+ \it@is@a\space \else
+ \ifx#1\relax \else
+ \if\noexpand#1\bgroup \LeftBraceIndex \else
+ \if\noexpand#1\egroup \RightBraceIndex \else
+ \if\noexpand#1\percentchar \PercentIndex \else
+ \it@is@a{\string#1}%
+ \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi}
+\def\macro@name#1{\edef\macro@namepart{\macro@namepart#1}%
+ \futurelet\next\more@macroname}
+\def\more@macroname{\ifcat\noexpand\next a%
+ \let\next\macro@name
+ \else \let\next\macro@finish \fi
+ \next}
+\def\macro@finish{%
+ \macro@namepart
+ \ifnot@excluded
+ \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\SpecialIndex{\bslash\macro@namepart}}%
+ \@tempa \fi}
+\def\DoNotIndex{\begingroup \MakePrivateLetters
+ \catcode`\\12
+ \do@not@index}
+\long\def\do@not@index#1{%
+ \endgroup
+ \addto@hook\index@excludelist{#1,}}
+\long\def\addto@hook#1#2{#1\expandafter{\the#1#2}}
+\newtoks\index@excludelist
+\index@excludelist{}
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\|=0%
+\catcode`\\=12
+|gdef|ifnot@excluded{|expandafter
+ |expanded@notin|expandafter{|expandafter
+ \|macro@namepart,}{|the|index@excludelist}}
+|endgroup
+\def\expanded@notin#1#2{%
+ \def\in@@##1#1##2##3\in@@{%
+ \ifx\expanded@notin##2}%
+ \expandafter\in@@#2#1\expanded@notin\in@@}
+\@ifundefined{actualchar}{\def\actualchar{=}}{}
+\@ifundefined{quotechar}{\def\quotechar{!}}{}
+\@ifundefined{levelchar}{\def\levelchar{>}}{}
+\@ifundefined{encapchar}{\def\encapchar{|}}{}
+\@ifundefined{verbatimchar}{\def\verbatimchar{+}}{}
+\def\SpecialIndex#1{\@bsphack\special@index{\expandafter\@gobble
+ \string#1\actualchar
+ \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar\string#1\verbatimchar}%
+ \@esphack}
+
+\def\SpecialMainIndex#1{\@bsphack\special@index{\expandafter\@gobble
+ \string#1\actualchar
+ \string\verb
+ \quotechar*\verbatimchar
+ \string#1\verbatimchar
+ \encapchar main}%
+ \@esphack}
+\def\SpecialUsageIndex#1{\@bsphack\index{\expandafter\@gobble\string#1%
+ \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar
+ \string#1\verbatimchar
+ \encapchar usage}\@esphack}
+\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack
+ \index{#1\actualchar{\tt #1} (environment)\encapchar usage}%
+ \index{environments:\levelchar{\tt #1}\encapchar usage}\@esphack}
+\def\SortIndex#1#2{\index{#1\actualchar#2}}
+\def\it@is@a#1{\special@index{\quotechar #1\actualchar
+ \string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar
+ \quotechar\bslash\quotechar#1\verbatimchar}}
+\@ifundefined{LeftBraceIndex}{\def\LeftBraceIndex{%
+ \special@index{\bgroup\actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*\verbatimchar
+ \quotechar\bslash{\verbatimchar\string\iffalse}\string\fi}}}{}
+
+\@ifundefined{RightBraceIndex}{\def\RightBraceIndex{%
+ \special@index{\egroup\actualchar\string\iffalse{\string\fi\string\verb
+ \quotechar*\verbatimchar\quotechar\bslash}\verbatimchar}}}{}
+\@ifundefined{PercentIndex}
+ {\def\PercentIndex{\it@is@a\percentchar}}{}
+\def\OldMakeindex{\def\PercentIndex{%
+ \special@index{\quotechar\percentchar\actualchar\string\verb
+ \quotechar*\verbatimchar\quotechar\bslash
+ \percentchar\percentchar\verbatimchar}}}
+{\catcode`\%=12 \gdef\percentchar{%}}
+\newif\ifhave@multicol
+\openin\@ne multicol.sty
+\ifeof\@ne \else \have@multicoltrue \fi
+\closein\@ne \relax
+\have@multicoltrue
+\ifhave@multicol \input{multicol.sty} \fi
+\newdimen\IndexMin \IndexMin = 80pt
+\newcount\c@IndexColumns \c@IndexColumns = 3
+\ifhave@multicol
+ \renewenvironment{theindex}
+ {\begin{multicols}\c@IndexColumns[\index@prologue][\IndexMin]%
+ \IndexParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces}%
+ {\end{multicols}}
+\else
+ \typeout{Can't find multicols.sty -- will use normal index layout if
+ necessary.}
+ \def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+ \columnseprule \z@ \columnsep 35\p@
+ \twocolumn[\index@prologue]%
+ \IndexParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces}
+ \def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\fi
+\long\def\IndexPrologue#1{\@bsphack\def\index@prologue{#1}\@esphack}
+\@ifundefined{index@prologue}
+ {\def\index@prologue{\section*{Index}%
+ \markboth{Index}{Index}%
+ The italic numbers denote the pages where the
+ corresponding entry is described,
+ numbers underlined point to the definition,
+ all others indicate the places where it is used.
+ }}{}
+\@ifundefined{IndexParms}
+ {\def\IndexParms{%
+ \parindent \z@
+ \columnsep 15pt
+ \parskip 0pt plus 1pt
+ \rightskip 15pt
+ \mathsurround \z@
+ \parfillskip=-15pt
+ \small
+ \def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 30pt}%
+ \def\subitem{\@idxitem\hspace*{15pt}}%
+ \def\subsubitem{\@idxitem\hspace*{25pt}}%
+ \def\indexspace{\par\vspace{10pt plus 2pt minus 3pt}}%
+ }}{}
+\def\efill{\hfill\nopagebreak}%
+\def\dotfill{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hskip\z@ plus 1fill}%
+\def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}%
+\def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak
+ \dotfil~\ignorespaces}%
+\def\*{\leavevmode\lower.8ex\hbox{$\,\widetilde{\ }\,$}}
+\@ifundefined{main}{\def\main#1{\underline{#1}}}{}
+\@ifundefined{usage}{\def\usage#1{{\it #1}}}{}
+\def\PrintIndex{\@input{\jobname.ind}}
+\def\printindex{\typeout{\string\printindex\space is obsolete!}%
+ \typeout{Please use \string\PrintIndex\space
+ if you are a macro implementor^^J
+ or get a newer version of the documented
+ software if you are a user}%
+ \PrintIndex}
+\def\changes{\@bsphack\begingroup\@sanitize
+ \catcode`\\\z@ \catcode`\ 10 \MakePercentIgnore
+ \changes@}
+\def\changes@#1#2#3{%
+ \def\protect##1{\string##1\space}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\glossary{#1\levelchar
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \saved@macroname\actualchar
+ \string\verb\quotechar*%
+ \verbatimchar\saved@macroname
+ \verbatimchar:\levelchar #3}}%
+ \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack}
+\def\saved@macroname{"General"}
+\let\RecordChanges\makeglossary
+\newdimen\GlossaryMin \GlossaryMin = 80pt
+\newcount\c@GlossaryColumns \c@GlossaryColumns = 2
+\ifhave@multicol
+ \newenvironment{theglossary}{%
+ \begin{multicols}\c@GlossaryColumns
+ [\glossary@prologue][\GlossaryMin]%
+ \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces}%
+ {\end{multicols}}
+\else
+ \newenvironment{theglossary}{%
+ \@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+ \columnseprule \z@ \columnsep 35\p@
+ \twocolumn[\glossary@prologue]%
+ \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces}
+ {\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\fi
+\long\def\GlossaryPrologue#1{\@bsphack
+ \def\glossary@prologue{#1}%
+ \@esphack}
+\@ifundefined{glossary@prologue}
+ {\def\glossary@prologue{\section*{{Change History}}%
+ \markboth{{Change History}}{{Change History}}%
+ }}{}
+\@ifundefined{GlossaryParms}{\let\GlossaryParms\IndexParms}{}
+\def\PrintChanges{\@input{\jobname.gls}}
+\long\def\StopEventually#1{\@bsphack\gdef\Finale{#1%
+ \check@checksum}%
+ \init@checksum
+ \@esphack}
+\def\OnlyDescription{\@bsphack\long\def\StopEventually##1{%
+ ##1\endinput}\@esphack}
+\begingroup
+\obeyspaces%
+\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\gdef\meta{\begingroup\obeyspaces\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\let^^M\do@space\let \do@space%
+\def\-{\egroup\discretionary{-}{}{}\hbox\bgroup\it}%
+\m@ta}%
+\endgroup
+\def\m@ta#1{\leavevmode\hbox\bgroup$\langle$\it#1\/$\rangle$\egroup
+ \endgroup}
+\def\do@space{\egroup\space
+ \hbox\bgroup\it\futurelet\next\sp@ce}
+\def\sp@ce{\ifx\next\do@space\expandafter\sp@@ce\fi}
+\def\sp@@ce#1{\futurelet\next\sp@ce}
+\def\IndexInput#1{%
+ \begingroup \macro@code
+ \frenchspacing \@vobeyspaces
+ \input{#1}\endmacrocode
+ \endgroup}
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup \def \thefootnote {\fnsymbol {footnote}}%
+ \setcounter {footnote}\z@
+ \def \@makefnmark {\hbox to \z@{$^{\@thefnmark }$\hss }}%
+ \if@twocolumn \twocolumn [\@maketitle ]%
+ \else \newpage \global \@topnum \z@ \@maketitle \fi
+ \thispagestyle{titlepage}\@thanks \endgroup
+ \setcounter {footnote}\z@
+ \gdef\@date{\today}\gdef\@thanks{}%
+ \gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}}
+\@ifundefined{ps@titlepage}
+ {\let\ps@titlepage=\ps@plain}{}
+\def\MakeShortVerb#1{%
+ \typeout{*** Made \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space a short
+ reference for \string\verb \on@line\space ***}%
+ \add@special{#1}%
+ \expandafter
+ \xdef\csname cc\string#1\endcsname{\the\catcode`#1}%
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\~\active \lccode`\~`#1%
+ \lowercase{%
+ \global\expandafter\let
+ \csname ac\string#1\endcsname~%
+ \gdef~{\verb~}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \global\catcode`#1\active}
+\def\DeleteShortVerb#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname cc\string#1\endcsname\relax
+ \else
+ \typeout{*** Deleted \expandafter\@gobble\string#1\space as short
+ reference for \string\verb \on@line\space ***}%
+ \rem@special{#1}%
+ \global\catcode`#1\csname cc\string#1\endcsname
+ \ifnum\catcode`#1=\active
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\~\active \lccode`\~`#1%
+ \lowercase{%
+ \global\expandafter\let\expandafter~%
+ \csname ac\string#1\endcsname}%
+ \endgroup \fi \fi}
+\def\add@special#1{%
+ \rem@special{#1}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\dospecials\expandafter
+ {\dospecials \do #1}%
+ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\@sanitize\expandafter
+ {\@sanitize \@makeother #1}}
+\def\rem@special#1{%
+ \def\do##1{%
+ \ifnum`#1=`##1 \else \noexpand\do\noexpand##1\fi}%
+ \xdef\dospecials{\dospecials}%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@makeother##1{%
+ \ifnum`#1=`##1 \else \noexpand\@makeother\noexpand##1\fi}%
+ \xdef\@sanitize{\@sanitize}%
+ \endgroup}
+\def\MakeShortverb{\typeout{*** Switch to \noexpand\MakeShortVerb
+ syntax, this is obsolete ***}\MakeShortVerb}
+\def\DeleteShortverb{\typeout{*** Switch to \noexpand\DeleteShortVerb
+ syntax, this is obsolete ***}\DeleteShortVerb}
+\def\init@checksum{\relax
+ \global\bslash@cnt\z@}
+\def\check@checksum{\relax
+ \ifnum\check@sum=\z@
+ \typeout{**********************************}%
+ \typeout{* This macro file has no checksum!}%
+ \typeout{* The checksum should be \the\bslash@cnt!}%
+ \typeout{**********************************}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\check@sum=\bslash@cnt
+ \typeout{*******************}%
+ \typeout{* Checksum passed *}%
+ \typeout{*******************}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp\wrong@checksum
+ \errmessage{Checksum not passed
+ (\the\check@sum<>\the\bslash@cnt)}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \global\check@sum\z@}
+\newcount\check@sum \check@sum = \z@
+\newcount\bslash@cnt \bslash@cnt = \z@
+\newhelp\wrong@checksum
+ {The currently documented file seems to be wrong.^^J%
+ Try to get a correct version.}%
+\def\CheckSum#1{\@bsphack\global\check@sum#1\relax\@esphack}
+\def\step@checksum{\global\advance\bslash@cnt\@ne}
+\def\CharacterTable{\begingroup \CharTableChanges \character@table}
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\~=11
+ \gdef\character@table#1{\def\used~table{#1}%
+ \ifx\used~table\default~table
+ \typeout{***************************}%
+ \typeout{* Character table correct *}%
+ \typeout{***************************}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp\wrong@table
+ \errmessage{Character table corrupted}%
+ \show\default~table
+ \show\used~table
+ \fi
+ \endgroup}
+ \global\let\CharTableChanges\@empty
+ \makeatother
+ \gdef\default~table
+ {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+ Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+ Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+ Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+ Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+ Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+ Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+ Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+ Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+ Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+ Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+ Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+\endgroup
+ \newhelp\wrong@table{Some of the ASCII characters are corrupted.^^J
+ I now \string\show\space you both tables for comparison.}
+\newif\ifcodeline@index \codeline@indexfalse
+\def\codeline@wrindex#1{\if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@indexfile
+ {\string\indexentry{#1}%
+ {\number\c@CodelineNo}}\fi}
+\let\special@index = \@gobble
+\def\CodelineIndex{\makeindex
+ \codeline@indextrue
+ \let\special@index\codeline@wrindex}
+\def\PageIndex{\makeindex
+ \codeline@indexfalse
+ \let\special@index\index}
+\newcount\c@CodelineNo \c@CodelineNo\z@
+\@ifundefined{theCodelineNo}
+ {\ifx\selectfont\undefined
+ \def\theCodelineNo{\rm\scriptsize\arabic{CodelineNo}}%
+ \else
+ \def\theCodelineNo{\reset@font\scriptsize\arabic{CodelineNo}}%
+ \fi}
+ {}
+ \tolerance=1000\relax
+{ \catcode`\"=12
+ \global\mathcode`\\="705C \global\mathcode`\@="7040 }
+\@ifundefined{DocstyleParms}{}{}
+\DocstyleParms \let\DocstyleParms\relax
+\@ifundefined{AmSTeX}
+ {\def\AmSTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\cal A\kern-.2em\lower.376ex%
+ \hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.2em\cal S$-\TeX}}}{}
+\@ifundefined{BibTeX}
+ {\def\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\sc i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em%
+ T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}}{}
+\@ifundefined{SliTeX}
+ {\def\SliTeX{{\rm S\kern-.06emL\kern-.18em\raise.32ex\hbox
+ {\sc i}\kern -.03em\TeX}}}{}
+\@ifundefined{PlainTeX}{\def\PlainTeX{{\sc Plain}\kern2pt\TeX}}{}
+\@ifundefined{Web}{\def\Web{{\sc Web}}}{}
+\def\MakePercentIgnore{\catcode`\%9\relax}
+\def\MakePercentComment{\catcode`\%14\relax}
+\def\DocInput#1{\MakePercentIgnore\input{#1}\MakePercentComment}
+\ifx\on@line\undefined
+ \def\on@line{ on input line \the\inputlineno}
+ \errhelp{Support for input line numbers has been added
+ to latex.tex <dec91>.^^J^^J%
+ Please update to a newer LaTeX release.}
+ \errmessage{Obsolete LaTeX release (older than Dec.91)}
+\fi
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `doc.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/dutch.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/dutch.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ec0817281
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/dutch.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `dutch.tex', generated on <1994/9/16>
+%%
+\def\filename{dutch.tex}
+\def\fileversion{dutch-1.2}
+\def\filedate{16 sept 1994}
+%%
+{\def\format{plain}
+\ifx\fmtname\format
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @ifundefined\endcsname\relax
+ \gdef\next{latexhax.com}
+ \aftergroup\input\aftergroup\next
+ \fi
+\fi}
+\chardef\atcatcode=\catcode`\@
+\makeatletter
+\@ifundefined{captionsdutch}{}{\catcode`\@=\atcatcode\endinput}
+\wlog{Language: `Dutch' version \fileversion\space<\filedate>}
+\ifx\undefined\babel@core@loaded\input babel.com\fi
+\ifx\undefined\originalTeX \let\originalTeX\relax \else\originalTeX\fi
+\ifx\undefined\l@dutch
+ \message{!! The language `Dutch' doesn't have hyphenation patterns.}
+ \message{!! I will use the patterns loaded for \string\language=0 instead.}
+ \adddialect\l@dutch0\fi
+\def\captionsdutch{%
+\def\dashes{--}%
+\def\leftquotes{\dlqq}%
+\def\rightquotes{\drqq}%
+\def\presentname{Aanwezig:}%
+\def\notpresentname{Niet Aanwezig:}%
+\def\agendaname{Agenda}%
+\def\openname{Opening}%
+\def\signname{Getekend:}%
+\def\tlxname{telex:}%
+\def\telname{telefoon:}%
+\def\faxname{telefax:}%
+\def\emailname{E-mail:}%
+\def\fidoname{Fidonet:}%
+\def\bankname{rekeningnr.:}%
+\def\of{van }%
+\def\Of{van }%
+\def\In{In }%
+\def\from{Uit }%
+\def\and{en }%
+\def\page{p. }%
+\def\pages{pp. }%
+\def\atplace{te }%
+\def\volume{Deel}%
+\def\editor{(ed.)}%
+\def\editors{(eds.)}%
+\def\ownedition{Uitgegeven in eigen beheer}%
+\def\first{Eerste druk}%
+\def\second{Tweede druk}%
+\def\third{Derde druk}%
+\def\secondrevised{Tweede herziene druk}%
+\def\thirdrevised{Derde herziene druk}%
+\def\fourthrevised{Vierde herziene druk}%
+\def\fifthrevised{Vijfde herziene druk}%
+\def\sixthrevised{Zesde herziene druk}%
+\def\seventhrevised{Zevende herziene druk}%
+\def\eightthrevised{Achtste herziene druk}%
+\def\ninthrevised{Negende herziene druk}%
+\def\higher{$^{\rm e}$ druk}%
+\def\technicalreport{Intern Rapport}%
+\def\masters{Doktoraalskriptie}%
+\def\conference{Referaat voor een Congres }%
+\def\phdthesis{Dissertatie}%
+\def\tbp{Nog te publiceren}%
+\def\seename{zie ook}%
+\def\jan{januari }%
+\def\feb{februari }%
+\def\mar{maart }%
+\def\apr{april }%
+\def\may{mei }%
+\def\jun{juni }%
+\def\jul{juli }%
+\def\aug{augustus }%
+\def\sep{september }%
+\def\oct{oktober }%
+\def\nov{november }%
+\def\dec{december }%
+\def\exercisename{Oefening}%
+\def\lessonname{Les}%
+\def\prefname{Voorwoord}%
+\def\refname{Referenties}%
+\def\rename{Onderwerp:}%
+\def\yourlettername{Uw brief van}%
+\def\yourrefname{Uw kenmerk}%
+\def\ourrefname{Ons kenmerk}%
+\def\datetext{Datum}%
+\def\abstractname{Samenvatting}%
+\def\bibname{Bibliografie}%
+\def\notesname{Noten}%
+\def\chaptername{Hoofdstuk}%
+\def\appendixname{Bijlage:}%
+\def\contentsname{Inhoudsopgave}%
+\def\listfigurename{Lijst van figuren}%
+\def\listtablename{Lijst van tabellen}%
+\def\indexname{Index}%
+\def\figurename{Figuur}%
+\def\tablename{Tabel}%
+\def\partname{Deel}%
+\def\enclname{Bijlagen:}%
+\def\ccname{i.a.a.:}%
+\def\psname{P.S.:}%
+\def\headtoname{Geaddresseerde}%
+\def\headpagename{Bladnummer}%
+\def\arabicedname{Arabische uitgave}%
+\def\croatianedname{Kroatische uitgave}%
+\def\czechedname{Tsjechische uitgave}%
+\def\danishedname{Deense uitgave}%
+\def\dutchedname{Nederlandse uitgave}%
+\def\englishedname{Engelse uitgave}%
+\def\esperantoedname{Esperanto uitgave}%
+\def\finnishedname{Finse uitgave}%
+\def\frenchedname{Franse uitgave}%
+\def\germanedname{Duitse uitgave}%
+\def\greekedname{Griekse uitgave}%
+\def\hebrewedname{Hebreeuwse uitgave}%
+\def\hindiedname{Hindi uitgave}%
+\def\italianedname{Italiaanse uitgave}%
+\def\maasaiedname{Maasai uitgave}%
+\def\magyaredname{Hongaarse uitgave}%
+\def\norskedname{Noorse uitgave}%
+\def\polishedname{Poolse uitgave}%
+\def\portugesedname{Portugese uitgave}%
+\def\romanianedname{Roemeense uitgave}%
+\def\russianedname{Russische uitgave}%
+\def\sloveneedname{Sloveense uitgave}%
+\def\spanishedname{Spaanse uitgave}%
+\def\swahiliedname{Swahili uitgave}%
+\def\swedishedname{Zweedse uitgave}%
+\def\tamiledname{Tamil uitgave}%
+\def\turkishedname{Turkse uitgave}%
+\def\nul{\ifnum\ii=0 nul\else\getall\fi}%
+\def\getall{\ifcase\ii\or\qmeen\or\qmtwee\or\qmdrie\or\qmvier\or\qmvijf\or%
+ \qmzes\or\qmze\-ven\or\qmacht\or\qmne\-gen\or\qmtien\or\qmelf\or\qmtwaalf\or%
+ \qmder\-tien\or\qmveer\-tien\else%
+ \jj=\ii\ifnum\ii<100 \divide\jj by 10 \edef\tig{\ifcase\jj\or tien\or%
+ twin\-tig\or der\-tig\or veer\-tig\or vijf\-tig\or zes\-tig\or ze\-ven\-tig\or%
+ tach\-tig\or ne\-gen\-tig\fi}\multiply\jj by 10 \advance\ii by-\jj\getall%
+ \ifnum\jj=10 \else\ifcase\ii\or\-en\or"en\or"en\else\-en\fi\fi\qm\tig%
+ \else\ifnum\ii<1000 \num100 \qmhon\-derd%
+ \else\ifnum\ii<1100 \num1000 \qmdui\-zend%
+ \else\ifnum\ii<2000 \num100 \qmhon\-derd%
+ \else\ifnum\ii<1000000 \num1000 \qmdui\-zend%
+ \else\num1000000 \qmmil\-joen%
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}
+\def\datedutch{%
+\def\today{\number\day~\ifcase\month\or
+ januari\or februari\or maart\or april\or mei\or juni\or juli\or
+ augustus\or september\or oktober\or november\or december\fi
+ \space \number\year}}
+\begingroup \catcode`\"\active
+\gdef\extrasdutch{%
+ \frenchspacing\let\resetspacing\nonfrenchspacing%
+ \let\original@dospecials\dospecials%
+ \let\original@sanitize\@sanitize%
+ \let\original@dieresis\"%
+ \let\original@dq="%
+ \edef\original@xcode{\catcode`\noexpand\"=\the\catcode`\"\relax}
+ \catcode`\"\active%
+ \def"{\protect\active@dq}%
+% \def\"{\protect\@umlaut}%
+ \righthyphenmin=2%
+ \umlautlow%
+}
+\endgroup
+\begingroup\catcode`\"=\active
+\gdef\noextrasdutch{%
+ \catcode`\"12%
+ \original@xcode
+ \let"\original@dq
+ \let\"\original@dieresis%
+ \let\dospecials\original@dospecials%
+ \let\@sanitize\original@sanitize%
+ \resetspacing%
+}\endgroup
+\def\set@low@box#1{\setbox\tw@\hbox{,}\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}%
+ \dimen\z@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen\z@ -\ht\tw@%
+ \setbox\z@\hbox{\lower\dimen\z@ \box\z@}\ht\z@\ht\tw@ \dp\z@\dp\tw@}
+\def\dlqq{\protect\@dlqq}
+\def\@dlqq{{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else%
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi \leavevmode%
+ \set@low@box{''}\box\z@\kern-.04em\allowhyphens\@SF\relax}}
+\def\drqq{\protect\@drqq}
+\def\@drqq{{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else%
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi ''\@SF\relax}}
+\let\dieresis\"
+%\def\@umlaut#1{%
+% \ifx #1u\dieresis{u}\else
+% \allowhyphens\discretionary{-}{#1}{\dieresis #1}\allowhyphens\fi}
+\def\-{\allowhyphens\discretionary{-}{}{}\allowhyphens}
+\@ifundefined{l@dutch}{\adddialect\l@dutch0}{}
+
+\catcode`\@=\atcatcode \let\atcatcode\relax
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `dutch.tex'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/english.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/english.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74fb2013bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/english.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+
+%%
+%% This is file `english.tex', generated on <1994/2/16>.
+%%
+\def\filename{english.tex}
+\def\fileversion{english-1.2}
+\def\filedate{16 sept 1994}
+%%
+{\def\format{plain}
+\ifx\fmtname\format
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @ifundefined\endcsname\relax
+ \gdef\next{latexhax.com}
+ \aftergroup\input\aftergroup\next
+ \fi
+\fi}
+\chardef\atcatcode=\catcode`\@
+\makeatletter
+\@ifundefined{captionsenglish}{}{\catcode`\@=\atcatcode\endinput}
+\wlog{Language: `English' version \fileversion\space<\filedate>}
+\ifx\undefined\babel@core@loaded\input babel.com\fi
+\ifx\undefined\originalTeX \let\originalTeX\relax \else\originalTeX\fi
+\ifx\undefined\l@english
+ \message{!! The language `English' doesn't have hyphenation patterns.}
+ \message{!! I will use the patterns loaded for \string\language=0 instead.}
+ \adddialect\l@english0\fi
+\def\captionsenglish{%
+\def\dashes{---}%
+\def\leftquotes{``}%
+\def\rightquotes{''}%
+\def\presentname{Attendance:}%
+\def\notpresentname{Not Attended:}%
+\def\agendaname{Agenda}%
+\def\openname{Opening}%
+\def\signname{Signed:}%
+\def\telname{telephone:}%
+\def\faxname{telefax:}%
+\def\emailname{E-mail:}%
+\def\fidoname{Fidonet:}%
+\def\bankname{Bank account:}%
+\def\of{of }%
+\def\Of{of }%
+\def\In{In }%
+\def\from{In }%
+\def\and{and }%
+\def\page{page }%
+\def\pages{pages }%
+\def\atplace{in }%
+\def\volume{volume}%
+\def\editor{editor}%
+\def\editors{editors}%
+\def\ownedition{Published under own control}%
+\def\first{first edition}%
+\def\second{second edition}%
+\def\third{third edition}%
+\def\secondrevised{second revised edition}%
+\def\thirdrevised{third revised edition}%
+\def\fourthrevised{fourth revised edition}%
+\def\fifthrevised{fifth revised edition}%
+\def\sixthrevised{sixth revised edition}%
+\def\seventhrevised{seventh revised edition}%
+\def\eightthrevised{eighth revised edition}%
+\def\ninthrevised{ninth revised edition}%
+\def\higher{$^{\rm th}$ edition}%
+\def\technicalreport{Technical Report}%
+\def\masters{Master's thesis}%
+\def\conference{Paper for a Conference }%
+\def\phdthesis{PhD thesis}%
+\def\tbp{To be published}%
+\def\seename{see}%
+\def\jan{January }%
+\def\feb{February }%
+\def\mar{March }%
+\def\apr{April }%
+\def\may{May }%
+\def\jun{June }%
+\def\jul{July }%
+\def\aug{August }%
+\def\sep{September }%
+\def\oct{October }%
+\def\nov{November }%
+\def\dec{December }%
+\def\exercisename{Exercise }%
+\def\lessonname{Lesson }%
+\def\prefname{Preface}%
+\def\refname{References}%
+\def\rename{Re}%
+\def\yourlettername{Your letter of}%
+\def\yourrefname{Your reference}%
+\def\ourrefname{Our reference}%
+\def\datetext{Date}%
+\def\abstractname{Abstract}%
+\def\bibname{Bibliography}%
+\def\notesname{Notes}%
+\def\chaptername{Chapter }%
+\def\appendixname{Appendix }%
+\def\contentsname{Contents}%
+\def\listfigurename{List of Figures}%
+\def\listtablename{List of Tables}%
+\def\indexname{Index}%
+\def\figurename{Figure}%
+\def\tablename{Table}%
+\def\partname{Part}%
+\def\enclname{Enclosure:}%
+\def\enclnames{Enclosures:}%
+\def\ccname{cc:}%
+\def\psname{P.S.:}%
+\def\headtoname{To}%
+\def\headpagename{Page}%
+\def\arabicedname{Arabic edition}%
+\def\croatianedname{Croatian edition}%
+\def\czechedname{Czech edition}%
+\def\danishedname{Danish edition}%
+\def\dutchedname{Dutch edition}%
+\def\englishedname{English edition}%
+\def\esperantoedname{Esperanto edition}%
+\def\finnishedname{Finnish edition}%
+\def\frenchedname{French edition}%
+\def\germanedname{German edition}%
+\def\greekedname{Greek edition}%
+\def\hebrewedname{Hebrew edition}%
+\def\hindiedname{Hindi edition}%
+\def\italianedname{Italian edition}%
+\def\maasaiedname{Maasai edition}%
+\def\magyaredname{Hungarian edition}%
+\def\norskedname{Norwegian edition}%
+\def\polishedname{Polish edition}%
+\def\portugesedname{Portuguese edition}%
+\def\romanianedname{Romanian edition}%
+\def\russianedname{Russian edition}%
+\def\sloveneedname{Slovenian edition}%
+\def\spanishedname{Spanish edition}%
+\def\swahiliedname{Swahili edition}%
+\def\swedishedname{Swedish edition}%
+\def\tamiledname{Tamil edition}%
+\def\turkishedname{Turkish edition}}
+\def\dateenglish{%
+\def\today{\ifcase\day\or
+ 1st\or 2nd\or 3rd\or 4th\or 5th\or
+ 6th\or 7th\or 8th\or 9th\or 10th\or
+ 11th\or 12th\or 13th\or 14th\or 15th\or
+ 16th\or 17th\or 18th\or 19th\or 20th\or
+ 21st\or 22nd\or 23rd\or 24th\or 25th\or
+ 26th\or 27th\or 28th\or 29th\or 30th\or
+ 31st\fi~\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space \number\year}}
+\def\dateamerican{%
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}}
+\def\extrasenglish{\nonfrenchspacing}
+\def\noextrasenglish{}
+\@ifundefined{l@english}{\adddialect\l@english0}{}
+\adddialect\l@american\l@english
+\let\captionsamerican\captionsenglish
+\let\extrasamerican\extrasenglish
+\let\noextrasamerican\noextrasenglish
+\hyphenation{Ki-twai Ma-ta-pa-to}
+%\@bsphack\@ifundefined{l@english}{\@nolanerr{english}}%
+% {\language=\csname l@english\endcsname\relax
+% \l@nguage=\csname l@english\endcsname\relax
+% \originalTeX
+% \csname captionsenglish\endcsname
+% \csname dateenglish\endcsname
+% \csname extrasenglish\endcsname
+% \def\originalTeX{\csname noextrasenglish\endcsname}%
+% \@esphack}%
+
+\catcode`\@=\atcatcode \let\atcatcode\relax
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `english.tex'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/french.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/french.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..828b198d65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/french.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `french.tex', generated on <1994/9/16>.
+%%
+\def\filename{french.tex}
+\def\fileversion{french-1.2}
+\def\filedate{16 sept 1994}
+%%
+{\def\format{plain}
+\ifx\fmtname\format
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @ifundefined\endcsname\relax
+ \gdef\next{latexhax.com}
+ \aftergroup\input\aftergroup\next
+ \fi
+\fi}
+\chardef\atcatcode=\catcode`\@
+\makeatletter
+\@ifundefined{captionsfrench}{}{\catcode`\@=\atcatcode\endinput}
+\wlog{Language: `French' version \fileversion\space<\filedate>}
+\ifx\undefined\babel@core@loaded\input babel.com\fi
+\ifx\undefined\originalTeX \let\originalTeX\relax \else\originalTeX\fi
+\ifx\undefined\l@french
+ \message{!! The language `French' doesn't have hyphenation patterns.}
+ \message{!! I will use the patterns loaded for \string\language=0 instead.}
+ \adddialect\l@french0\fi
+\def\captionsfrench{%
+\def\dashes{---}
+\def\leftquotes{\ouvreguillemet\everypar={\ouvreguillemet\ }\,}%
+\def\rightquotes{\,\fermeguillemet\everypar={}}%
+\def\presentname{Pr\'esent:}%
+\def\notpresentname{Absent:}%
+\def\agendaname{Agenda}%
+\def\openname{Ouverture}%
+\def\signname{Sign\'e:}%
+\def\tlxname{T\'elex:}%
+\def\telname{T\'el\'ephone:}%
+\def\faxname{T\'el\'ecopier:}%
+\def\emailname{Courrier \'electronique:}%
+\def\fidoname{R\'eseau de Fido:}%
+\def\bankname{num\'ero de compte:}%
+\def\of{de la S\'erie }%
+\def\Of{au s\'eminaire de l'Organisation }%
+\def\in{Dans }%
+\def\from{Dans }%
+\def\and{at }%
+\def\page{page }%
+\def\pages{pages }%
+\def\atplace{\`a }%
+\def\volume{Tome}%
+\def\editor{\'ed.}%
+\def\editors{\'eds.}%
+\def\ownedition{Publi\'e en regie propre}%
+\def\first{\'edition simplex}%
+\def\second{seconde \'edition}%
+\def\third{troisi\`eme \'edition}%
+\def\secondrevised{seconde \'edition revis\'ee}%
+\def\thirdrevised{troisi\`eme \'edition revis\'ee}%
+\def\fourthrevised{quatri\`eme \'edition revis\'ee}%
+\def\fifthrevised{cinqui\`eme \'edition revis\'ee}%
+\def\sixthrevised{sizi\`eme \'edition revis\'ee}%
+\def\seventhrevised{septi\`eme \'edition revis\'ee}%
+\def\eightthrevised{huiti\`eme \'edition revis\'ee}%
+\def\ninthrevised{neuvi\`eme \'edition revis\'ee}%
+\def\higher{$^{\rm e}$ \'edition}%
+\def\technicalreport{Rapport Interne}%
+\def\masters{M\'emoire de licence}%Th\`ese de Doctorat
+\def\conference{Communication pr\'esent\'ee }%
+\def\phdthesis{Th\`ese}%Dissertation doctorale
+\def\tbp{A publier}%
+\def\seename{voir}%
+\def\jan{janvier }%
+\def\feb{f\'evrier }%
+\def\mar{mars }%
+\def\apr{avril }%
+\def\may{mai }%
+\def\jun{juin }%
+\def\jul{juillet }%
+\def\aug{ao\^ut }%
+\def\sep{septembre }%
+\def\oct{octobre }%
+\def\nov{novembre }%
+\def\dec{d\'ecembre }%
+\def\lessonname{Le\c{c}on }%
+\def\exercisename{Exercise }%
+\def\prefname{Pr\'eface}%
+\def\refname{R\'ef\'erences}%
+\def\rename{Objet:}%
+\def\yourlettername{Votre lettre du}%
+\def\yourrefname{Vos r\'ef\'erences:}%
+\def\ourrefname{Nos r\'ef\'erences:}%
+\def\datetext{Date:}%
+\def\abstractname{R\'esum\'e}%
+\def\bibname{Bibliographie}%
+\def\notesname{Notes}%
+\def\chaptername{Chapitre }%
+\def\appendixname{Annexe }%
+\def\contentsname{Table des mati\`eres}%
+\def\listfigurename{Liste des figures}%
+\def\listtablename{Liste des tableaux}%
+\def\indexname{Index}%
+\def\figurename{Figure}%
+\def\tablename{Tableau}%
+\def\partname{Partie}%
+\def\enclname{Pi\`ece jointe:}%
+\def\enclnames{Pi\`eces jointes:}%
+\def\ccname{Copie \`a:}%
+\def\psname{P.S.:}%
+\def\headtoname{\`A l'attention de}%
+\def\headpagename{Page}%
+\def\arabicedname{\'edition arabe}%
+\def\croatianedname{\'edition croate}%
+\def\czechedname{\'edition tch\`eque}%
+\def\danishedname{\'edition danoise}%
+\def\dutchedname{\'edition hollandaise}%
+\def\englishedname{\'edition anglaise}%
+\def\esperantoedname{\'edition esperanto}%
+\def\finnishedname{\'edition finnoise}%
+\def\frenchedname{\'edition fran\c{c}aise}%
+\def\germanedname{\'edition allemande}%
+\def\greekedname{\'edition grecque}%
+\def\hebrewedname{\'edition hebreue}%
+\def\hindiedname{\'edition hindi}%
+\def\italianedname{\'edition italienne}%
+\def\maasaiedname{\'edition maasai}%
+\def\magyaredname{\'edition hongroise}%
+\def\norskedname{\'edition norv\'egienne}%
+\def\polishedname{\'edition polonaise}%
+\def\portugesedname{\'edition portugu\`ese}%
+\def\romanianedname{\'edition roumaine}%
+\def\russianedname{\'edition russe}%
+\def\sloveneedname{\'edition slovaine}%
+\def\spanishedname{\'edition espagnole}%
+\def\swahiliedname{\'edition swahili}%
+\def\swedishedname{\'edition su\'edoise}%
+\def\tamiledname{\'edition tamil}%
+\def\turkishedname{\'edition turque}}
+\def\datefrench{%
+\def\today{\ifnum\day=1\relax 1\/$^{\rm er}$\else
+ \number\day\fi \space\ifcase\month\or
+ janvier\or f\'evrier\or mars\or avril\or mai\or juin\or
+ juillet\or ao\^ut\or septembre\or octobre\or novembre\or d\'ecembre\fi
+ \space\number\year}}
+\begingroup
+\def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}%
+\xdef\french@dospecials{\dospecials\do\;\do:\do\!\do\?}%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname @sanitize\endcsname\relax \else
+ \def\@makeother{\noexpand\@makeother\noexpand}%
+ \xdef\french@sanitize{\@sanitize%
+ \@makeother\;\@makeother\;\@makeother\!\@makeother?}%
+\fi
+\endgroup
+\@ifundefined{l@french}{\adddialect\l@french0}{}
+% \l@nguage=\csname l@french\endcsname\relax
+% \originalTeX
+% \csname captionsfrench\endcsname
+% \csname datefrench\endcsname
+% \csname extrasfrench\endcsname
+% \def\originalTeX{\csname noextrasfrench\endcsname}%
+% \@esphack}%
+
+\catcode`\@=\atcatcode \let\atcatcode\relax
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `french.tex'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/german.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/german.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c8d50c2491
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/german.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `german.tex', generated on <1994/2/16>.
+%%
+\def\filename{german.tex}
+\def\fileversion{german-1.2}
+\def\filedate{16 sept 1994}
+%%
+{\def\format{plain}
+\ifx\fmtname\format
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @ifundefined\endcsname\relax
+ \gdef\next{latexhax.com}
+ \aftergroup\input\aftergroup\next
+ \fi
+\fi}
+\chardef\atcatcode=\catcode`\@
+\makeatletter
+\@ifundefined{captionsgerman}{}{\catcode`\@=\atcatcode\endinput}
+\wlog{Language: `German' version \fileversion\space<\filedate>}
+\ifx\undefined\babel@core@loaded\input babel.com\fi
+\ifx\undefined\originalTeX \let\originalTeX\relax \else\originalTeX\fi
+\ifx\undefined\l@german
+ \message{!! The language `German' doesn't have hyphenation patterns.}
+ \message{!! I will use the patterns loaded for \string\language=0 instead.}
+ \adddialect\l@german0\fi
+\def\captionsgerman{%
+\def\dashes{--}%
+\def\leftquotes{\glqq\/}%
+\def\rightquotes{\grqq}%
+\def\presentname{Anwesend:}%
+\def\notpresentname{Abwesend:}%
+\def\agendaname{Agenda}%
+\def\openname{\"Offnung}%
+\def\signname{Unterzeichnet:}%
+\def\tlxname{Telex:}%
+\def\telname{Telephon:}%
+\def\faxname{Telefax:}%
+\def\emailname{E-mail:}%
+\def\fidoname{Fidonetz:}%
+\def\bankname{Bankkonto:}%
+\def\of{aus der Reihe }%
+\def\Of{von }%
+\def\in{In }%
+\def\from{Aus }%
+\def\and{und }%
+\def\page{Seite }%
+\def\pages{Seiten }%
+\def\atplace{in }%
+\def\volume{Band}%
+\def\editor{Hrsg.}%
+\def\editors{Hrsg.}%
+\def\ownedition{Im Selbstverlag}%
+\def\first{erste Auf"|lage}%
+\def\second{zweite Auf"|lage}%
+\def\third{dritte Auf"|lage}%
+\def\secondrevised{zweite neubearbeitete Auf"|lage}%
+\def\thirdrevised{dritte neubearbeitete Auf"|lage}%
+\def\fourthrevised{vierte neubearbeitete Auf"|lage}%
+\def\fifthrevised{f\"unfte neubearbeitete Auf"|lage}%
+\def\sixthrevised{sechste neubearbeitete Auf"|lage}%
+\def\seventhrevised{siebte neubearbeitete Auf"|lage}%
+\def\eightthrevised{achtste neubearbeitete Auf"|lage}%
+\def\ninthrevised{neunte neubearbeitete Auf"|lage}%
+\def\higher{. Auf"|lage}%
+\def\technicalreport{Interner Rapport}%
+\def\masters{Doktorandenarbeit}%
+\def\conference{Vortrag f\"ur eine Tagung }%
+\def\phdthesis{Dissertation}%
+\def\tbp{Noch zu ver\"offentlichen}%
+\def\seename{siehe}%
+\def\jan{Januar }%
+\def\feb{Februar }%
+\def\mar{M\"arz }%
+\def\apr{April }%
+\def\may{Mai }%
+\def\jun{Juni }%
+\def\jul{Juli }%
+\def\aug{August }%
+\def\sep{September }%
+\def\oct{October }%
+\def\nov{November }%
+\def\dec{Dezember }%
+\def\exercisename{\"Ubung }%
+\def\lessonname{Lektion }%
+\def\prefname{Vorwort}%
+\def\refname{Literatur}%
+\def\rename{Betreff}%
+\def\yourlettername{Ihr Brief vom}%
+\def\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen:}%
+\def\ourrefname{Unser Zeichen:}%
+\def\datetext{Datum:}%
+\def\abstractname{Zusammenfassung}%
+\def\bibname{Literaturverzeichnis}%
+\def\notesname{Anmerkungen}%
+\def\chaptername{Kapitel }%%
+\def\appendixname{Anhang }%%
+\def\contentsname{Inhaltsverzeichnis}% % oder nur: Inhalt
+\def\listfigurename{Abbildungsverzeichnis}%
+\def\listtablename{Tabellenverzeichnis}%
+\def\indexname{Index}%
+\def\figurename{Abbildung}%
+\def\tablename{Tabelle}% % oder: Tafel
+\def\partname{Teil}%
+\def\enclname{Anlage:}% % oder: Beilage(n)
+\def\enclnames{Anlagen:}% % oder: Beilage(n)
+\def\ccname{Verteiler:}% % oder: Kopien an
+\def\psname{P.S.:}%
+\def\headtoname{An}%
+\def\headpagename{Seite}%
+\def\arabicedname{Arabische Ausgabe}%
+\def\croatianedname{Kroatische Ausgabe}%
+\def\czechedname{Tchechische Ausgabe}%
+\def\danishedname{D\"anische Ausgabe}%
+\def\dutchedname{Holl\"andische Ausgabe}%
+\def\englishedname{Englische Ausgabe}%
+\def\esperantoedname{Esperanto Ausgabe}%
+\def\finnishedname{Finnische Ausgabe}%
+\def\frenchedname{Franz\"osische Ausgabe}%
+\def\germanedname{Deutsche Ausgabe}%
+\def\greekedname{Griechische Ausgabe}%
+\def\hebrewedname{Hebr\"aische Ausgabe}%
+\def\hindiedname{Hindi Ausgabe}%
+\def\italianedname{Italienische Ausgabe}%
+\def\maasaiedname{Maasai Ausgabe}%
+\def\magyaredname{Ungarische Ausgabe}%
+\def\norskedname{Nordische Ausgabe}%
+\def\polishedname{Polnische Ausgabe}%
+\def\portugesedname{Portugiesische Ausgabe}%
+\def\romanianedname{Rum\"anische Ausgabe}%
+\def\russianedname{Russische Ausgabe}%
+\def\sloveneedname{Slovenische Ausgabe}%
+\def\spanishedname{Spanische Ausgabe}%
+\def\swahiliedname{Suaheli Ausgabe}%
+\def\swedishedname{Schwedische Ausgabe}%
+\def\tamiledname{Tamil Ausgabe}%
+\def\turkishedname{T\"urkische Ausgabe}%
+\def\nul{\ifnum\ii=0 null\else\ifnum\ii=1 eins\getall\fi\fi}%
+\def\getall{\ifcase\ii\or\qmein\or\qmzwei\or\qmdrei\or\qmvier\or\qmf"unf\or%
+ \qmsechs\or\qmsie\-ben\or\qmacht\or\qmneun\or\qmzehn\or\qmelf\or\qmzw"olf\or%
+ \qmdrei\-zehn\or\qmvier\-zehn\else%
+ \jj=\ii\ifnum\ii<100 \divide\jj by 10 \edef\zig{\ifcase\jj\or zehn\or%
+ zwan\-zig\or drei\-"ssig\or vier\-zig\or f"unf\-zig\or sechs\-zig\or%
+ sieb\-zig\or ach\-zig\or neun\-zig\fi}\multiply\jj by 10 \advance\ii%
+ by-\jj\getall \ifnum\jj=10 \else\ifcase\ii\or\-und\else\-und\fi\fi\qm\zig%
+ \else\ifnum\ii<1000 \num100 \qmhun\-dert%
+ \else\ifnum\ii<1100 \num1000 \qmtau\-send%
+ \else\ifnum\ii<2000 \num100 \qmhun\-dert%
+ \else\ifnum\ii<1000000 \num1000 \qmtau\-send%
+ \else\num1000000 \qmmil\-jon%
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}
+\def\dategerman{%
+\def\today{\number\day.~\ifcase\month\or
+ Januar\or Februar\or M\"arz\or April\or Mai\or Juni\or
+ Juli\or August\or September\or Oktober\or November\or Dezember\fi
+ \space\number\year}}
+\def\dateaustrian{%
+\def\today{\number\day.~\ifcase\month\or
+ J\"anner\or Februar\or M\"arz\or April\or Mai\or Juni\or
+ Juli\or August\or September\or Oktober\or November\or Dezember\fi
+ \space\number\year}}
+\begingroup \catcode`\"\active
+\def\extrasgerman{%
+ \ifnum\the\sfcode`\.=\@m\frenchspacing\fi%
+ \let\original@three\3%
+ \let\original@dieresis\"%
+ \let\original@dq="%
+ \edef\original@xcode{\lccode`\noexpand\^^Y=\the\lccode`\^^Y\relax%
+ \catcode`\noexpand\"=\the\catcode`\"\relax}
+ \lccode`\^^Y=`\^^Y%
+ \let\3\ss%
+ \catcode`\"\active%
+ \umlautlow%
+ \def"{\protect\active@dq}}%
+\endgroup
+\begingroup\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\noextrasgerman{%
+ \catcode`\"12%
+ \original@xcode
+ \let"\original@dq%
+ \let\"\original@dieresis% \umlauthigh%
+ \let\3\original@three%
+}\endgroup
+\def\umlauthigh{\let\"=\dieresis}
+\def\set@low@box#1{\setbox\tw@\hbox{,}\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}
+ \dimen\z@\ht\z@ \advance\dimen\z@ -\ht\tw@
+ \setbox\z@\hbox{\lower\dimen\z@ \box\z@}\ht\z@\ht\tw@ \dp\z@\dp\tw@}
+\def\glqq{\protect\@glqq}
+\def\@glqq{{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi \leavevmode
+ \set@low@box{''}\box\z@\kern-.04em\allowhyphens\@SF\relax}}
+\def\grqq{\protect\@grqq}
+\def\@grqq{{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi \kern-.07em``\kern.07em\@SF\relax}}
+\def\glq{\protect\@glq}
+\def\@glq{{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi \leavevmode
+ \set@low@box{'}\box\z@\kern-.04em\allowhyphens\@SF\relax}}
+\def\grq{\protect\@grq}
+\def\@grq{\kern-.07em`\kern.07em}
+\begingroup \catcode`\"=\active
+\global\let"\dq
+\global\let\active@dq\dq
+\endgroup
+\@ifundefined{l@german}{\adddialect\l@german0}{}
+\adddialect\l@austrian\l@german
+\let\captionsaustrian\captionsgerman
+\let\extrasaustrian\extrasgerman
+\let\noextrasaustrian\noextrasgerman
+\def\ck{\allowhyphens\discretionary{k-}{k}{ck}\allowhyphens}
+%\@bsphack\@ifundefined{l@german}{\@nolanerr{german}}%
+% {\language=\csname l@german\endcsname\relax
+% \l@nguage=\csname l@german\endcsname\relax
+% \originalTeX
+% \csname captionsgerman\endcsname
+% \csname dategerman\endcsname
+% \csname extrasgerman\endcsname
+% \def\originalTeX{\csname noextrasgerman\endcsname}%
+% \@esphack}}%
+
+\catcode`\@=\atcatcode \let\atcatcode\relax
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `german.tex'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/greek.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/greek.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..17e634c6aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/greek.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `greek.tex', generated on <1993/6/16>.
+%%
+\def\fileversion{greek-1.2}
+\def\filedate{16 sept 1994}
+%%
+{\def\format{plain}
+\ifx\fmtname\format
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @ifundefined\endcsname\relax
+ \gdef\next{latexhax.com}
+ \aftergroup\input\aftergroup\next
+ \fi
+\fi}
+\chardef\atcatcode=\catcode`\@
+\makeatletter
+\@ifundefined{captionsgreek}{}{\catcode`\@=\atcatcode\endinput}
+\wlog{Language: `Greek' version \fileversion\space<\filedate>}
+\ifx\undefined\babel@core@loaded\input babel.com\fi
+\ifx\undefined\originalTeX \let\originalTeX\relax \else\originalTeX\fi
+\ifx\undefined\l@greek
+ \message{!! The language `Greek' doesn't have hyphenation patterns.}
+ \message{!! I will use the patterns loaded for \string\language=0 instead.}
+ \adddialect\l@greek0\fi
+\openin1 rgreekmac \ifeof1
+ \typeout{! I can't find file `rgreekmac.tex'.}
+ \else\closein1 \relax\input{rgreekmac}\fi
+ \def\begingreek{\bgroup\family{greek}\selectfont%
+ \ifx\keybgreek\undefined\relax\else\keybgreek\fi%
+ \greektrue}
+ \def\beginmgreek{\typeout{Warning:
+ Use monotoniko.sty for monotonical greek!}%
+ \family{mgreek}\selectfont\ifx\keybgreek\undefined\relax%
+ \else\keybgreek\fi\greektrue}
+ \def\monotoniko{\family{mgreek}\selectfont}
+ \def\polutoniko{\family{greek}\selectfont}
+\ifx\selectfont\undefined\endinput\fi
+
+\gdef\captionsgreek{%
+\def\dashes{---}%
+\def\leftquotes{((}%
+\def\rightquotes{))}%
+\def\presentname{Parous'ia:}%
+\def\notpresentname{>Apous'ia:}%
+\def\agendaname{Shmeiwmat'arion}%
+\def\openname{>'Anoigma}%
+\def\signname{>Upograf'h:}%
+\def\tlxname{Thl'etupon:}%
+\def\telname{Thl'efwnon:}%
+\def\faxname{Thl'efax:}%
+\def\emailname{E-mail:}%
+\def\fidoname{Fidonet:}%
+\def\bankname{Trapezitik'os logariasm'os:}%
+\def\of{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi t~hs Seir~as \endgreek}%
+\def\Of{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi t~hs Diorgan'wsews \endgreek}%
+\def\in{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi >Ev \endgreek}%
+\def\from{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi >Ek \endgreek}%
+\def\and{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi ka`i \endgreek}%
+\def\page{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi sel. \endgreek}%
+\def\pages{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi sel. \endgreek}%
+\def\atplace{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi >en \endgreek}%
+\def\volume{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi T'omos\endgreek}%
+\def\editor{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi >ekd'oths\endgreek}%
+\def\editors{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi >ekd'otes\endgreek}%
+\def\ownedition{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+di`a logariasm`on to~u suggraf'ews\endgreek}%
+\def\first{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi pr~wth >ekt'upwsh\endgreek}%
+\def\second{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi de'uterh >ekt'upwsh\endgreek}%
+\def\third{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi tr'ith >ekt'upwsh\endgreek}%
+\def\secondrevised{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+de'uterh >ekt'upwsh, n'ea >exergas'ia\endgreek}%
+\def\thirdrevised{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+tr'ith >ekt'upwsh, n'ea >exergas'ia\endgreek}%
+\def\fourthrevised{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+tet'arth >ekt'upwsh, n'ea >exergas'ia\endgreek}%
+\def\fifthrevised{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+p'empth >ekt'upwsh, n'ea >exergas'ia\endgreek}%
+\def\sixthrevised{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+<'ekth >ekt'upwsh, n'ea >exergas'ia\endgreek}%
+\def\seventhrevised{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+<ebd'omh >ekt'upwsh, n'ea >exergas'ia\endgreek}%
+\def\eightthrevised{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+>ogd'oh >ekt'upwsh, n'ea >exergas'ia\endgreek}%
+\def\ninthrevised{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+>en'ath >ekt'upwsh, n'ea >exergas'ia\endgreek}%
+\def\higher{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi $^h$
+>ekt'upwsh\endgreek}%
+\def\technicalreport{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+>Eswterik'o >Anafor'a\endgreek}%
+\def\masters{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+Didaktorik'h diatrib'h\endgreek}%
+\def\conference{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+Di'alexh gi`a Sunedr'iasin \endgreek}%
+\def\phdthesis{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi
+>Ena'isimos diatrib'h\endgreek}%
+\def\tbp{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi N`a dhme'uein\endgreek}%
+\def\seename{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi bl'epe\endgreek}%
+\def\jan{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi >Ianou'arios \endgreek}%
+\def\feb{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi Febrou'arios \endgreek}%
+\def\mar{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi M'artios \endgreek}%
+\def\apr{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi >Apr'ilios \endgreek}%
+\def\may{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi M'a"ios \endgreek}%
+\def\jun{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi >Io'unios \endgreek}%
+\def\jul{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi >Io'ulios \endgreek}%
+\def\aug{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi A>'ugoustos \endgreek}%
+\def\sep{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi Sept'embrios \endgreek}%
+\def\oct{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi >Okt'wbrios \endgreek}%
+\def\nov{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi No'embrios \endgreek}%
+\def\dec{\ifgreek\relax\else\begingreek\fi Dek'embrios \endgreek}%
+\def\lessonname{M'ajhma}%
+\def\exercisename{>'Askhsh}%
+\def\prefname{Pr'ologos}%
+\def\rename{<Upoke'imenon:}%
+\def\refname{Sqetik'a suggr'ammata}%
+\def\yourlettername{T`o gr'amma so~u t~hs:}%
+\def\yourrefname{T`o gn'wrisma so~u:}%
+\def\ourrefname{T`o gn'wrisma <hm~wn:}%
+\def\datetext{<Hmerwmhn'ia:}%
+\def\abstractname{Sugkefala'iwsh}%
+\def\bibname{Kat'alogos bibl'iwn}%
+\def\notesname{Par'ajeseis}%
+\def\chaptername{Kef'alaion }%
+\def\appendixname{Par'arthma }%
+\def\contentsname{Perieq'omena}%
+\def\listfigurename{Kat'alogos e>ikon~wn}%
+\def\listtablename{Kat'alogos p'inakwn}%
+\def\indexname{P'inax perieqom'enwn}%
+\def\figurename{E>ik'ona}%
+\def\tablename{P'inax}%
+\def\partname{M'eros}%
+\def\enclname{>Es'wkleiston:}%
+\def\enclnames{>Es'wkleista:}%
+\def\ccname{Dianome~us:}%
+\def\psname{U.G.:}%
+\def\headtoname{Pr`os}%
+\def\headpagename{Sel'ida}%
+\def\arabicedname{>'ekdosis >arabik'h}%
+\def\croatianedname{>'ekdosis kroatik'h}%
+\def\czechedname{>'ekdosis tseqik'h}%
+\def\danishedname{>'ekdosis danik'h}%
+\def\dutchedname{>'ekdosis <ollandik'h}%
+\def\englishedname{>'ekdosis >agglik'h}%
+\def\esperantoedname{>'ekdosis >esper'anto}%
+\def\finnishedname{>'ekdosis fillandik'h}%
+\def\frenchedname{>'ekdosis gallik'h}%
+\def\germanedname{>'ekdosis germanik'h}%
+\def\greekedname{>'ekdosis <ellhnik'h}%
+\def\hebrewedname{>'ekdosis <ebra"ik'h}%
+\def\hindiedname{>'ekdosis <indik'h}%
+\def\italianedname{>'ekdosis >italik'h}%
+\def\maasaiedname{>'ekdosis maasai}%
+\def\magyaredname{>'ekdosis o>uggrik'h}%
+\def\norskedname{>'ekdosis norbhgik'h}%
+\def\polishedname{>'ekdosis polwnik'h}%
+\def\portugesedname{>'ekdosis portogallik'h}%
+\def\romanianedname{>'ekdosis roumanik'h}%
+\def\russianedname{>'ekdosis rwssik'h}%
+\def\sloveneedname{>'ekdosis slobenik'h}%
+\def\spanishedname{>'ekdosis <ispanik'h}%
+\def\swedishedname{>'ekdosis souhdik'h}%
+\def\tamiledname{>'ekdosis t'amil}%
+\def\turkishedname{>'ekdosis tourkik'h}}
+\gdef\dategreek{%
+\def\today{\ifnum\day=1\relax 1h\else
+ \number\day\fi \space\ifcase\month\or
+ >Ianouar'iou\or Febrouar'iou\or Mart'iou\or >April'iou\or Ma'iou\or
+ >Ioun'iou\or >Ioul'iou\or A>ugo'ustou\or Septembr'iou\or
+ >Oktwbr'iou\or Noembr'iou\or Dekembr'iou\fi
+ \space\number\year}}
+\def\extrasgreek{\ifnum\the\sfcode`\.=\@m\frenchspacing\fi}
+\let\regulargreek\rm%
+\let\slantedgreek\sl%
+\let\italicgreek\it%
+\let\boldgreek\bf%
+\let\smallcapsgreek\sc%
+\def\noextrasgreek{}
+%\@ifundefined{l@greek}{\adddialect\l@greek0}{}
+\adddialect\l@greek\l@english
+\let\noextrasgreek\noextrasenglish
+\gdef\begingrk{\bgroup\family{greek}\selectfont%
+\greektrue\greekmode\keybgreek%
+\def\rm{\regulargreek}%
+\def\sl{\slantedgreek}%
+\def\it{\italicgreek}%
+\def\bf{\boldgreek}%
+\def\sc{\smallcapsgreek}%
+\def\smc{\smallcapsgreek}%
+}
+\gdef\begingreek{\protect\begingrk}
+
+%\@bsphack\@ifundefined{l@greek}{\@nolanerr{greek}}%
+% {\language=\csname l@greek\endcsname\relax
+% \l@nguage=\csname l@greek\endcsname\relax
+% \originalTeX
+% \csname captionsgreek\endcsname
+% \csname dategreek\endcsname
+% \csname extrasgreek\endcsname
+% \def\originalTeX{\csname noextrasgreek\endcsname}%
+% \@esphack}%
+%\family{greek}\selectfont\ifx\keybgreek\undefined\relax\else\keybgreek\fi
+
+\catcode`\@=\atcatcode \let\atcatcode\relax
+\begingreek
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `greek.tex'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ibmkbd.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ibmkbd.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c78820fba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ibmkbd.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+\typeout{The extended characters used with this style
+ correspond with ASCII.TCP.}
+\newif\ifgreek
+\newif\ifdots\dotstrue
+\def\adddialect#1#2{%
+ \global\chardef#1#2
+ \wlog{\string#1 = a dialect from \string\language#2}}
+\def\ifnextchar#1#2#3{\let\tempe #1\def\tempa{#2}\def\tempb{#3}\futurelet
+ \tempc\ifnch}
+\def\ifnch{\ifx\tempc\tempe\let\tempd\tempa\else\let\tempd\tempb\fi\tempd}
+\ifx\iflanguage\undefined\def\iflanguage#1#2#3{#3}\fi
+\def\root#1{\ifmmode\sqrt#1\else\begin{math}\sqrt#1\end{math}\fi}
+\def\asciicxxviii{\iflanguage{russian}A{\c{C}}} % 128 €
+\def\asciicxxix{\iflanguage{russian}B{\"u}} % 129
+\def\asciicxxx{\iflanguage{russian}V\eac} % 130 ‚
+\def\asciicxxxi{\iflanguage{russian}G\ahat} % 131 ƒ
+\def\asciicxxxii{\iflanguage{russian}D{\"a}} % 132 „
+\def\asciicxxxiii{\iflanguage{russian}E\agr} % 133 …
+\def\asciicxxxiv{\iflanguage{russian}{\Z }{\aa }} % 134 †
+\def\asciicxxxv{\iflanguage{russian}Z{\c{c}}} % 135 ‡
+\def\asciicxxxvi{\iflanguage{russian}I\ehat} % 136 ˆ
+\def\asciicxxxvii{\iflanguage{russian}J{\"e}} % 137 ‰
+\def\asciicxxxviii{\iflanguage{russian}K\egr} % 138 Š
+\def\asciicxxxix{\iflanguage{russian}L\idots} % 139 ‹
+\def\asciicxl{\iflanguage{russian}M\ihat} % 140 Œ
+\def\asciicxli{\iflanguage{russian}N\igr} % 141
+\def\asciicxlii{\iflanguage{russian}O{\"A}} % 142 Ž
+\def\asciicxliii{\iflanguage{russian}P\AA } % 143
+\def\asciicxliv{\iflanguage{russian}R\'E} % 144
+\def\asciicxlv{\iflanguage{russian}S{\ae }} % 145 ‘
+\def\asciicxlvi{\iflanguage{russian}T{\AE }} % 146 ’
+\def\asciicxlvii{\iflanguage{russian}U\ohat} % 147 “
+\def\asciicxlviii{\iflanguage{russian}F{\"o}} % 148 ”
+\def\asciicxlix{\iflanguage{russian}H\ogr} % 149 •
+\def\asciicl{\iflanguage{russian}C\uhat} % 150 –
+\def\asciicli{\iflanguage{russian}{\Cz}\ugr} % 151 —
+\def\asciiclii{\iflanguage{russian}{\S}{\allowhyphens
+ i\kern-0.06pt j\allowhyphens}} % 152 ˜
+\def\asciicliii{\iflanguage{russian}{\Scz}{\"O}} % 153 ™
+\def\asciicliv{\iflanguage{russian}{\tz}{\"U}} % 154 š
+\def\asciiclvi{\iflanguage{russian}{\mz}{\pounds }} % 156 œ
+\def\asciiclviii{\iflanguage{russian}{\Ju}{}} % 158 ž
+\def\asciiclix{\iflanguage{russian}{\Ja}{{\it f\,}}} % 159 Ÿ
+\def\asciiclx{\iflanguage{russian}a\aac} % 160  
+\def\asciiclxi{\iflanguage{russian}b\iac} % 161 ¡
+\def\asciiclxii{\iflanguage{russian}v\oac} % 162 ¢
+\def\asciiclxiii{\iflanguage{russian}g\uac} % 163 £
+\def\asciiclxiv{\iflanguage{russian}d\ntilde} % 164 ¤
+\def\asciiclxv{\iflanguage{russian}e\~N} % 165 ¥
+\def\asciiclxvi{\iflanguage{russian}{\z}{}} % 166 ¦
+\def\asciiclxviii{\iflanguage{russian}i{?`}} % 168 ¨
+\def\asciiclxx
+ {\iflanguage{russian}k{\ifmmode\neg\else{\begin{math}\neg\end{math}}\fi{}}}
+% 170 ª
+\def\asciiclxxi{\iflanguage{russian}{l}
+ \ifmmode{\frac{1}{2}}\else{\begin{math}\frac{1}{2}\end{math}}\fi{}} % 171 «
+\def\asciiclxxii{\iflanguage{russian}{m}
+ \ifmmode{\frac{1}{4}}\else{\begin{math}\frac{1}{4}\end{math}}\fi{}} % 172 ¬
+\def\asciiclxxiii{\iflanguage{russian}n{!`}} % 173 ­
+\def\asciiclxxiv{\iflanguage{russian}o\leftquotes } % 174 ®
+\def\asciiclxxv{\iflanguage{russian}p\rightquotes } % 175 ¯
+\def\asciiclxxix{\,/\,\allowhyphens} % 179 ³
+\def\asciiclxxxvi{\ifmmode\|\else{\begin{math}\|\end{math}}\fi{}} % 186 º
+\def\asciicxci{\iflanguage{russian}{\leftquotes }{\rceil }} % 191 ¿
+\def\asciicxcii{\iflanguage{russian}{\rightquotes }{\lfloor }} % 192 À
+\def\asciicxciii{\ifmmode\bot\else{\begin{math}\bot\end{math}}\fi{}} % 193 Á
+\def\asciicxciv{\ifmmode\top\else{\begin{math}\top\end{math}}\fi{}} % 194 Â
+\def\asciicxcvi#1 {\mbox{\dashes#1}{ }} % 196 Ä
+\def\asciicxcvii{\dag } % 197 Å
+\def\asciicxcviii{\ifmmode\models\else{\begin{math}\models\end{math}}\fi{}} % 198 Æ
+\def\asciiccxvi{\ddag } % 216 Ø
+\def\asciiccxvii{\rfloor } % 217 Ù
+\def\asciiccxviii{\lceil } % 218 Ú
+\def\asciiccxxi{\discretionary{-}{}{\kern.03em}} % Ý
+\def\asciiccxxiv{\ifgreek{a}\else\iflanguage{russian}{r}
+ {\ifmmode\alpha\else{\begin{math}\alpha\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}} % 224 à
+\def\asciiccxxv{\ifgreek{b}\else\iflanguage{russian}s\ss{}\fi{}} % 225 á
+\def\asciiccxxvi{\ifgreek{G}\else\iflanguage{russian}{t}
+ {\ifmmode\Gamma\else{\begin{math}\Gamma\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}}% 226 â
+\def\asciiccxxvii{\ifgreek{p}\else\iflanguage{russian}{u}
+ {\ifmmode\pi\else{\begin{math}\pi\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}} % 227 ã
+\def\asciiccxxviii{\ifgreek{S}\else\iflanguage{russian}{v}
+ {\ifmmode\Sigma\else{\begin{math}\Sigma\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}} % 228 ä
+\def\asciiccxxix{\ifgreek{s}\else\iflanguage{russian}{h}
+ {\ifmmode\sigma\else{\begin{math}\sigma\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}} % 229 å
+\def\asciiccxxx{\ifgreek{m}\else\iflanguage{russian}{c}
+ {\ifmmode\mu\else{\begin{math}\mu\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}} % 230 æ
+\def\asciiccxxxi{\ifgreek{g}\else\iflanguage{russian}{\cz}
+ {\ifmmode\gamma\else{\begin{math}\gamma\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}} % 231 ç
+\def\asciiccxxxii{\ifgreek{F}\else\iflanguage{russian}{\s}
+ {\ifmmode\Phi\else{\begin{math}\Phi\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}} % 231 è
+\def\asciiccxxxiii{\ifgreek{j}\else\iflanguage{russian}{\scz}
+ {\ifmmode\theta\else{\begin{math}\theta\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}} % 233 é
+\def\asciiccxxxiv{\ifgreek{W}\else\iflanguage{russian}{\Tz}
+ {\ifmmode\Omega\else{\begin{math}\Omega\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}} % 234 ê
+\def\asciiccxxxv{\ifgreek{d}\else\iflanguage{russian}{y}
+ {\ifmmode\delta\else{\begin{math}\delta\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}} % 235 ë
+\def\asciiccxxxvi{\iflanguage{russian}{\Mz}
+ {\ifmmode\infty\else{\begin{math}\infty\end{math}}\fi{}}} % 236 ì
+\def\asciiccxxxvii{\iflanguage{russian}z{\o }} % 237 í
+\def\asciiccxxxviii{\ifgreek{e}\else\iflanguage{russian}{\ju}
+ {\ifmmode\varepsilon\else{\begin{math}\varepsilon\end{math}}\fi}\fi{}}
+% 238 î
+\def\asciiccxxxix{\iflanguage{russian}{\ja}
+{\ifmmode\bigcap\else{\begin{math}\bigcap\end{math}}\fi{}}} % 239 ï
+\def\asciiccxl{\ifmmode\equiv\else{\begin{math}\equiv\end{math}}\fi{}} % 240 ð
+\def\asciiccxli{\iflanguage{russian}{"e}
+ {\ifmmode\pm\else{\begin{math}\pm\end{math}}\fi{}}} % 241 ñ
+\def\asciiccxlii{\iflanguage{russian}
+ {\ifmmode^{2}\else{\begin{math}^{2}\end{math}}\fi{}}
+ {\ifmmode\geq\else{\begin{math}\geq\end{math}}\fi{}}} % 242 ò
+\def\asciiccxliii{\iflanguage{russian}{\footnote}
+ {\ifmmode\leq\else{\begin{math}\leq\end{math}}\fi{}}} % 243 ó
+\def\asciiccxlvi{\ifmmode\div\else{\begin{math}\div\end{math}}\fi{}} % 246 ö
+\def\asciiccxlvii{\ifmmode\approx\else{\begin{math}\approx\end{math}}\fi{}} % 247 ÷
+\def\asciiccxlviii{\ifmmode{^0}\else{\begin{math}^0\end{math}}\fi{}} % 248 ø
+\def\asciiccxlix{\pel} % 249 ù
+\def\asciiccla{\ifdots\hbox\bgroup\fi%\else\unskip\penalty-301\fi
+ \ifnextchar\asciiccl{\ifmmode\mathinner{\ldotp\,}
+ \else\begin{math}\mathinner{\ldotp\,}\end{math}\fi\dotsfalse}
+ {\ifmmode\mathinner{\ldotp\,}
+ \else\begin{math}\mathinner{\ldotp\,}\end{math}\fi\egroup\dotstrue}}
+\def\asciiccl{\protect\asciiccla} %
+%\@ifnextcharú{\ifmmode\ldotp\,\else
+% \begin{math}\ldotp\,\end{math}\fi\linebreak}
+% {\ifmmode\ldotp\,\else
+% \begin{math}\ldotp\,\end{math}\fi\nolinebreak}
+% % 250 ú
+\def\asciiccli{\root} % û
+\def\asciicclii{\footnote} % ü
+\def\asciiccliii{\ifmmode{^2}\else{\begin{math}^2\end{math}}\fi}
+\def\asciiccliv{\item } % þ
+\gdef\agr{\`{a}}
+\gdef\egr{\`{e}}
+\gdef\igr{\`{\i}}
+\gdef\ogr{\`{o}}
+\gdef\ugr{\`{u}}
+\gdef\aac{\'{a}}
+\gdef\eac{\'{e}}
+\gdef\iac{\'{\i}}
+\gdef\oac{\'{o}}
+\gdef\uac{\'{u}}
+\gdef\ahat{\^{a}}
+\gdef\ehat{\^{e}}
+\gdef\ihat{\^{\i}}
+\gdef\ohat{\^{o}}
+\gdef\uhat{\^{u}}
+\catcode`\"\active
+\gdef\idots{"i}
+\catcode`\"12
+\gdef\ntilde{\~{n}}
+\gdef\E{\relax}
+\gdef\e{\relax}
+\gdef\S{\relax}
+\gdef\s{\relax}
+\gdef\Z{\relax}
+\gdef\z{\relax}
+\gdef\Ja{\relax}
+\gdef\ja{\relax}
+\gdef\Ju{\relax}
+\gdef\ju{\relax}
+\gdef\Cz{\relax}
+\gdef\cz{\relax}
+\gdef\Mz{\relax}
+\gdef\mz{\relax}
+\gdef\Tz{\relax}
+\gdef\tz{\relax}
+\gdef\Scz{\relax}
+\gdef\scz{\relax}
+\catcode\lq\'=11
+\catcode\lq\`=11
+\catcode\lq\~=11
+\lccode\lq\'=\lq\'%
+\lccode\lq\`=\lq\`%
+\lccode\lq\~=\lq\~%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+\def\keybgreek{\ifx‚\undefined%
+\typeout{Warning: Be sure your TeX version uses ascii.tcp^^J
+\@spaces\@spaces
+or do not use an extended keyboard!}\fi%
+\def\eac{'e}%
+\def\ahat{~a}%
+\def\agr{`a}%
+\def\ehat{~e}%
+\def\egr{`e}%
+\def\ogr{`o}%
+\def\ihat{~i}%
+\def\igr{`i}%
+\def\ohat{~o}%
+\def\uhat{~u}%
+\def\ugr{`u}%
+\def\aac{'a}%
+\def\iac{'i}%
+\def\oac{'o}%
+\def\uac{'u}%
+\def\ntilde{~h}%
+\def\asciiccxxxvi{~w}%
+}
+\catcode\lq\'=12
+\catcode\lq\`=12
+\catcode\lq\~=13
+\lccode\lq\'=\lq\'%
+\lccode\lq\`=\lq\`%
+\lccode\lq\~=\lq\~%
+\newcount\vwl
+\newcount\acct
+\def\lt{<}
+\def\gt{>}
+{%
+\catcode\lq\<=13%
+\catcode\lq\>=13%
+\catcode\lq\~=11%
+\catcode\lq\"=11%
+\catcode\lq\|=11%
+\catcode\lq\'=13%
+\catcode\lq\`=13%
+\lccode\lq\>=\lq\>%
+\lccode\lq\<=\lq\<%
+\lccode\lq\~=\lq\~%
+\lccode\lq\"=\lq\"%
+\lccode\lq\|=\lq\|%
+\lccode\lq\'=\lq\'%
+\lccode\lq\`=\lq\`%
+ \gdef'{\ifnextchar `{\expandafter\smoothgrave\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar ~{\expandafter\smoothcircumflex\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar '{\expandafter\accent\rq136\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclx{\expandafter\aaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxx{\expandafter\eaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxi{\expandafter\iaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxii{\expandafter\oaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxiii{\expandafter\uaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxxiii{\expandafter\agrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxxviii{\expandafter\egrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxli{\expandafter\igrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxlix{\expandafter\ogrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicli{\expandafter\ugrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\char\lq\'}}}}}}}}}}}}}}
+ \gdef`{\ifnextchar `{\expandafter\roughgrave\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar ~{\expandafter\roughcircumflex\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar '{\expandafter\accent\rq126\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclx{\expandafter\aacasper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxx{\expandafter\eacasper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxi{\expandafter\iaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxii{\expandafter\oacasper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxiii{\expandafter\uaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxxiii{\expandafter\agrasper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxxviii{\expandafter\egrasper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxli{\expandafter\igrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxlix{\expandafter\ograsper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicli{\expandafter\ugrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\char\lq\`}}}}}}}}}}}}}}
+ \gdef>{\ifnextchar `{\expandafter\smoothgrave\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar ~{\expandafter\smoothcircumflex\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar '{\expandafter\accent\rq136\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclx{\expandafter\aaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxx{\expandafter\eaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxi{\expandafter\iaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxii{\expandafter\oaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxiii{\expandafter\uaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxxiii{\expandafter\agrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxxviii{\expandafter\egrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxli{\expandafter\igrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxlix{\expandafter\ogrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicli{\expandafter\ugrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\char\lq\>}}}}}}}}}}}}}}
+ \gdef\aaclenis{\accent\rq136 a\relax}
+ \gdef\eaclenis{\accent\rq136 e\relax}
+ \gdef\iaclenis{\accent\rq136 i\relax}
+ \gdef\oaclenis{\accent\rq136 o\relax}
+ \gdef\uaclenis{\accent\rq136 u\relax}
+ \gdef\agrlenis{\accent\rq137 a\relax}
+ \gdef\egrlenis{\accent\rq137 e\relax}
+ \gdef\igrlenis{\accent\rq137 i\relax}
+ \gdef\ogrlenis{\accent\rq137 o\relax}
+ \gdef\ugrlenis{\accent\rq137 u\relax}
+ \gdef<{\ifnextchar `{\expandafter\roughgrave\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar ~{\expandafter\roughcircumflex\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar '{\expandafter\accent\rq126\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclx{\expandafter\aacasper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxx{\expandafter\eacasper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxi{\expandafter\iaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxii{\expandafter\oacasper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciiclxiii{\expandafter\uaclenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxxiii{\expandafter\agrasper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxxxviii{\expandafter\egrasper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxli{\expandafter\igrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicxlix{\expandafter\ograsper\gobble}%
+ {\ifnextchar\asciicli{\expandafter\ugrlenis\gobble}%
+ {\char\lq\<}}}}}}}}}}}}}}
+ \gdef\aacasper{\accent\rq126 a\relax}
+ \gdef\eacasper{\accent\rq126 e\relax}
+ \gdef\iacasper{\accent\rq126 i\relax}
+ \gdef\oacasper{\accent\rq126 o\relax}
+ \gdef\uacasper{\accent\rq126 u\relax}
+ \gdef\agrasper{\accent\rq103 a\relax}
+ \gdef\egrasper{\accent\rq103 e\relax}
+ \gdef\igrasper{\accent\rq103 i\relax}
+ \gdef\ograsper{\accent\rq103 o\relax}
+ \gdef\ugrasper{\accent\rq103 u\relax}
+ \gdef\smoothgrave#1{\acct=\rq137 \vwl=\lq#1 \dobreathinggrave}
+ \gdef\roughgrave#1{\acct=\rq103 \vwl=\lq#1 \dobreathinggrave}
+ \gdef\dobreathinggrave{\ifnum\vwl\lt\rq133%40 %if uppercase
+ \ifnum\vwl\gt\rq100%
+ \char\the\acct\char\the\vwl\else\expandafter\testiota\fi\fi}
+ \gdef\smoothcircumflex#1{\acct=\rq134 \vwl=\lq#1 \dobreathingcircumflex}
+ \gdef\roughcircumflex#1{\acct=\rq100 \vwl=\lq#1 \dobreathingcircumflex}
+ \gdef\dobreathingcircumflex{\ifnum\vwl\lt\rq140 %if uppercase
+ \char\the\acct\kern -.2em\char\the\vwl\else
+ \doaccent\fi}
+ \gdef\doaccent{\accent\the\acct \char\the\vwl\relax}
+ \gdef\testiota{\ifnextchar |{\addiota\doaccent\gobble}{\doaccent}}
+ \gdef\addiota{\ifnum\vwl=\lq a\vwl=\rq370%
+ \else\ifnum\vwl=\lq h\vwl=\rq371 \else\vwl=\rq372 \fi\fi}
+ \gdef\doaccent{\accent\the\acct \char\the\vwl\relax}
+}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ipa.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ipa.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..67329c5aa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ipa.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `ipa.sty'
+
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{93/1/20}
+
+\typeout{Style Option: `ipa'
+ \fileversion\space <\filedate>}
+\@ifundefined{selectfont}
+ {\@latexerr{`ipa' style option could only be used
+ with the new font selection scheme}\@eha
+ \endinput}{}
+\new@fontshape{ipa}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>wsuipa8 at5pt%
+ <6>wsuipa8 at5.6pt%
+ <7>wsuipa8 at7pt%
+ <8>wsuipa8%
+ <9>wsuipa9%
+ <10>wsuipa10%
+ <11>wsuipa11%
+ <12>wsuipa12%
+ <14>wsuipa10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>wsuipa17%
+ <20>wsuipa12 at20.74pt%
+ <25>wsuipa12 at24.88pt}{}%
+\new@fontshape{ipa}{m}{sl}{%
+ <5>wslipa8 at5pt%
+ <6>wslipa8 at5.6pt%
+ <7>wslipa8 at7pt%
+ <8>wslipa8%
+ <9>wslipa9%
+ <10>wslipa10%
+ <11>wslipa11%
+ <12>wslipa12%
+ <14>wslipa10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>wslipa17%
+ <20>wslipa12 at20.74pt%
+ <25>wslipa12 at24.88pt}{}%
+\new@fontshape{ipa}{bx}{n}{%
+ <5>wbxipa8 at5pt%
+ <6>wbxipa8 at5.6pt%
+ <7>wbxipa8 at7pt%
+ <8>wbxipa8%
+ <9>wbxipa9%
+ <10>wbxipa10%
+ <11>wbxipa11%
+ <12>wbxipa12%
+ <14>wbxipa10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>wbxipa17%
+ <20>wbxipa12 at20.74pt%
+ <25>wbxipa12 at24.88pt}{}%
+\extra@def{ipa}{}{}
+
+\def\graffiti{\protect\pgraffiti}
+\def\pgraffiti{\family{ipa}\series{c}\shape{sl}\size{9}{10pt}\selectfont}
+\def\@makefnmark{\raise 1ex\hbox{\scriptsize\@thefnmark}}
+
+\gdef\ipa#1{{\protect\family{ipa}\protect\selectfont#1}} % \ipa redefined
+
+%% The following macro is necessary to place an accent over the
+%% character definitions below. For example, you should say:
+%% \diatop[\^|\openo]
+%%
+
+\def\diatop[#1|#2]{{\setbox1=\hbox{{#1{}}}\setbox2=\hbox{{#2{}}}%
+ \dimen0=\ifdim\wd1>\wd2\wd1\else\wd2\fi%
+ \dimen1=\ht2\advance\dimen1by-1ex%
+ \setbox1=\hbox to1\dimen0{\hss#1\hss}%
+ \rlap{\raise1\dimen1\box1}%
+ \hbox to1\dimen0{\hss#2\hss}}}%
+
+%% As an alternative, you could uncomment the following two lines:
+%%
+%% \catcode`"=\active
+%% \def"#1#2{\diatop[#1|#2]}
+%%
+%% And then you could place an accent over the ipa character by
+%% calling the macro " which itself calls \diatop. For example, you
+%% would say:
+%%
+%% "\^\openo
+
+%% THE FOLLOWING macros access the IPA chars from the WSU IPA font
+
+%% A-type shapes:
+\def\inva{{\ipa{\char'000}}}%
+\def\scripta{{\ipa{\char'001}}}%
+\def\nialpha{{\ipa{\char'002}}}%
+\def\invscripta{{\ipa{\char'003}}}%
+\def\invv{{\ipa{\char'004}}}%
+
+%% B-type shapes:
+\def\crossb{{\ipa{\char'005}}}%
+\def\barb{{\ipa{\char'006}}}%
+\def\slashb{{\ipa{\char'007}}}%
+\def\hookb{{\ipa{\char'010}}}%
+\def\nibeta{{\ipa{\char'011}}}%
+
+%% C-type shapes:
+\def\slashc{{\ipa{\char'012}}}%
+\def\curlyc{{\ipa{\char'013}}}%
+\def\clickc{{\ipa{\char'014}}}%
+
+%% D-type shapes:
+\def\crossd{{\ipa{\char'015}}}%
+\def\bard{{\ipa{\char'016}}}%
+\def\slashd{{\ipa{\char'017}}}%
+\def\hookd{{\ipa{\char'020}}}%
+\def\taild{{\ipa{\char'021}}}%
+\def\dz{{\ipa{\char'022}}}%
+\def\eth{{\ipa{\char'023}}}%
+\def\scd{{\ipa{\char'024}}}%
+
+%% E-type shapes:
+\def\schwa{{\ipa{\char'025}}}%
+\def\er{{\ipa{\char'026}}}%
+\def\reve{{\ipa{\char'027}}}%
+\def\niepsilon{{\ipa{\char'030}}}%
+\def\revepsilon{{\ipa{\char'031}}}%
+\def\hookrevepsilon{{\ipa{\char'032}}}%
+\def\closedrevepsilon{{\ipa{\char'033}}}%
+
+%% G-type shapes:
+\def\scriptg{{\ipa{\char'034}}}%
+\def\hookg{{\ipa{\char'035}}}%
+\def\scg{{\ipa{\char'036}}}%
+\def\nigamma{{\ipa{\char'037}}}%
+\def\ipagamma{{\ipa{\char'040}}}%
+\def\babygamma{{\ipa{\char'041}}}%
+
+%% H-type shapes:
+\def\hv{{\ipa{\char'042}}}%
+\def\crossh{{\ipa{\char'043}}}%
+\def\hookh{{\ipa{\char'044}}}%
+\def\hookheng{{\ipa{\char'045}}}%
+\def\invh{{\ipa{\char'046}}}%
+
+%% I-type shapes:
+\def\bari{{\ipa{\char'047}}}%
+\def\dlbari{{\ipa{\char'050}}}% ``dotless bar i''
+\def\niiota{{\ipa{\char'051}}}%
+\def\sci{{\ipa{\char'052}}}%
+\def\barsci{{\ipa{\char'053}}}% ``barred small cap i''
+
+%% J-type shape:
+\def\invf{{\ipa{\char'054}}}%
+
+%% L-type shapes:
+\def\tildel{{\ipa{\char'055}}}%
+\def\barl{{\ipa{\char'056}}}%
+\def\latfric{{\ipa{\char'057}}}%
+\def\taill{{\ipa{\char'060}}}%
+\def\lz{{\ipa{\char'061}}}%
+\def\nilambda{{\ipa{\char'062}}}%
+\def\crossnilambda{{\ipa{\char'063}}}%
+
+%% M-type shapes:
+\def\labdentalnas{{\ipa{\char'064}}}%
+\def\invm{{\ipa{\char'065}}}%
+\def\legm{{\ipa{\char'066}}}%
+
+%% N-type shapes:
+\def\nj{{\ipa{\char'067}}}%
+\def\eng{{\ipa{\char'070}}}%
+\def\tailn{{\ipa{\char'071}}}%
+\def\scn{{\ipa{\char'072}}}%
+
+%% O-type shapes:
+\def\clickb{{\ipa{\char'073}}}%
+\def\baro{{\ipa{\char'074}}}%
+\def\openo{{\kern.05em\ipa{\char'075}\kern-.05em}}%
+\def\niomega{{\ipa{\char'076}}}%
+\def\closedniomega{{\ipa{\char'077}}}%
+\def\oo{{\ipa{\char'100}}}%
+
+%% P-type shapes:
+\def\barp{{\ipa{\char'101}}}%
+\def\thorn{{\ipa{\char'102}}}%
+\def\niphi{{\ipa{\char'103}}}%
+
+%% R-type shapes:
+\def\flapr{{\ipa{\char'104}}}%
+\def\legr{{\ipa{\char'105}}}%
+\def\tailr{{\ipa{\char'106}}}%
+\def\invr{{\ipa{\char'107}}}%
+\def\tailinvr{{\ipa{\char'110}}}%
+\def\invlegr{{\ipa{\char'111}}}%
+\def\scr{{\ipa{\char'112}}}%
+\def\invscr{{\ipa{\char'113}}}%
+
+%% S-type shapes:
+\def\tails{{\ipa{\char'114}}}%
+\def\esh{{\ipa{\char'115}}}%
+\def\curlyesh{{\ipa{\char'116}}}%
+\def\nisigma{{\ipa{\char'117}}}%
+
+%% T-type shapes:
+\def\tailt{{\ipa{\char'120}\kern-.05em}}%
+\def\tesh{{\ipa{\char'121}}}%
+\def\clickt{{\ipa{\char'122}}}%
+\def\nitheta{{\ipa{\char'123}}}%
+
+%% U-type shapes:
+\def\baru{{\ipa{\char'124}}}%
+\def\slashu{{\ipa{\char'125}}}%
+\def\niupsilon{{\ipa{\char'126}}}%
+\def\scu{{\ipa{\char'127}}}%
+\def\barscu{{\ipa{\char'130}}}%
+
+%% V-type shape:
+\def\scriptv{{\ipa{\char'131}}}%
+
+%% W-type shape:
+\def\invw{{\ipa{\char'132}}}%
+
+%% X-type shape:
+\def\nichi{{\ipa{\char'133}}}%
+
+%% Y-type shapes:
+\def\invy{{\ipa{\char'134}}}%
+\def\scy{{\ipa{\char'135}}}%
+
+%% Z-type shapes:
+\def\curlyz{{\ipa{\char'136}}}%
+\def\tailz{{\ipa{\char'137}}}%
+\def\yogh{{\ipa{\char'140}}}%
+\def\curlyyogh{{\ipa{\char'141}}}%
+
+%% ?-type shapes:
+\def\glotstop{{\ipa{\char'142}}}%
+\def\revglotstop{{\ipa{\char'143}}}%
+\def\invglotstop{{\ipa{\char'144}}}%
+\def\ejective{{\ipa{\char'145}}}%
+\def\reveject{{\ipa{\char'146}}}%
+
+%% AND that should be it, as far as actual characters go.
+%%
+%% THE following is the set of diacritics. Please try to get
+%% the 4 t-bars lined up above the 4 pointers, so you may
+%% have to reshuffle things a bit. Not to worry too much. I
+%% think the diacritics can be grouped more according to
+%% shape, so comma-like things are together, etc.
+%%
+
+\def\dental#1{\oalign{#1\crcr
+ \hidewidth{\ipa{\char'147}}\hidewidth}}
+
+\def\upt{{\ipa{\char'154}}}% These are IPA pointers
+\def\downt{{\ipa{\char'155}}}%
+\def\leftt{{\ipa{\char'156}}}%
+\def\rightt{{\ipa{\char'157}}}%
+
+ % These are American versions of t-bars
+\def\upp{{\ipa{\char'164}}}%
+\def\downp{{\ipa{\char'165}}}%
+\def\leftp{{\ipa{\char'166}}}%
+\def\rightp{{\ipa{\char'167}}}%
+
+\def\stress{{\ipa{\char'150}}}% primary stress
+\def\secstress{{\ipa{\char'151}}}% secondary stress
+
+\def\syllabic{{\ipa{\char'152}}}% syllabic marker
+
+\def\corner{{\ipa{\char'153}}}%
+
+ % American equivalent: raised dot
+\def\halflength{{\ipa{\char'160}}}%
+ % American equivalent: colon
+\def\length{{\ipa{\char'161}}}%
+
+\def\underdots{{\ipa{\char'162}}}%
+
+ % ``reversed apostrophe'', p. 216
+\def\ain{{\ipa{\char'163}}}%
+
+\def\overring{{\ipa{\char'170}}}%
+\def\underring{{\ipa{\char'171}}}%
+
+\def\open{{\ipa{\char'172}}}%
+
+\def\midtilde{{\ipa{\char'173}}}%
+\def\undertilde{{\ipa{\char'174}}}%
+
+\def\underwedge{{\ipa{\char'175}}}%
+
+\def\polishhook{{\ipa{\char'176}}}%
+
+\def\underarch#1{\oalign{#1\crcr
+ \hidewidth{\ipa{\char'177}}\hidewidth}}
+
+%% AND that's it for the diacritics.
+
+\endinput
+%% End of file `ipa.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/logos.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/logos.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be509486b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/logos.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+% File : logos.sty
+% Author : Hans Stoks with ideas from Johannes Braams (JL_Braams@pttrnl.nl)
+% Date : 8-apr-1991
+% Version: 1.0
+% Purpose: Defines a new version of the LaTeX-logo and others for use
+% with the new font-selectionscheme by Mittelbach and Schoepf
+% Works with LaTeX 2.09 with lfonts.new (FMi & RS)
+%
+% With the new fontselection it becomes possible to ask for the
+% current size of the current font. Thus it becomes possible to
+% select the letter A from a font two steps smaller than the current
+% font instead of a \sc A.
+% The advantage is that \LaTeX now also works with \it, \bf and the like.
+% With 6-point we also chose 5-point for the letter a since no 4-point
+% font is available.
+%-
+\ifx\logosloaded\undefined\let\logosloaded\relax\else\endinput\fi
+\@ifundefined{selectfont}{\relax}{%
+\new@fontshape{manual}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>manfnt at4.82pt%
+ <6>manfnt at5.79pt%
+ <7>manfnt at6.94pt%
+ <8>manfnt at8.33pt%
+ <9>manfnt at9pt%
+ <10>manfnt%
+ <11>manfnt at10.95pt%
+ <12>manfnt at12pt%
+ <14>manfnt at14.4pt%
+ <17>manfnt at17.28pt%
+ <20>manfnt at20.74pt
+ <25>manfnt at24.88pt%
+ <30>manfnt}{}%
+\extra@def{manual}{}{}
+\new@fontshape{dunhill}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>cmdunh10 at4.82pt%
+ <6>cmdunh10 at5.79pt%
+ <7>cmdunh10 at6.94pt%
+ <8>cmdunh10 at8.33pt%
+ <9>cmdunh10 at9pt%
+ <10>cmdunh10%
+ <11>cmdunh10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmdunh10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmdunh10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmdunh10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmdunh10 at20.74pt
+ <25>cmdunh10 at24.88pt%
+ <30>cmdunh10}{}%
+\extra@def{dunhill}{}{}
+\gdef\graffiti{\protect\pgraffiti}
+\gdef\pgraffiti{\family{manual}\series{c}\shape{sl}\size{9}{10pt}\selectfont}
+\gdef\@makefnmark{\raise 1ex\hbox{\scriptsize\@thefnmark}}
+\gdef\smaller{\count0=\f@size\relax%
+\ifnum\count0=6\size{5}{\baselineskip}\else%
+\ifnum\count0=7\size{5}{\baselineskip}\else%
+\ifnum\count0=8\size{6}{\baselineskip}\else%
+\ifnum\count0=9\size{7}{\baselineskip}\else%
+\ifnum\count0=10\size{8}{\baselineskip}\else%
+\ifnum\count0=11\size{9}{\baselineskip}\else%
+\ifnum\count0=12\size{10}{\baselineskip}\else%
+\ifnum\count0=14\size{11}{\baselineskip}\else%
+\ifnum\count0=17\size{12}{\baselineskip}\else%
+\ifnum\count0=20\size{14}{\baselineskip}\else%
+\ifnum\count0=25\size{17}{\baselineskip}%
+\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\selectfont}%
+\newcount\mfc@unt
+\gdef\Metafont{%
+\mfc@unt=\f@size\relax%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=6\size{6}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont META\-FONT}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=7\size{7}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont META\-FONT}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=8\size{10}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont opqr\-stuq}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=9\size{10}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont hijk\-lmnj}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=10\size{10}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont META\-FONT}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=11\size{11}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont META\-FONT}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=12\size{12}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont META\-FONT}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=14\size{14}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont META\-FONT}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=17\size{17}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont META\-FONT}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=20\size{20}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont META\-FONT}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=25\size{25}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont META\-FONT}\else%
+\ifnum\mfc@unt=30\size{10}{\baselineskip}%
+{\family{manual}\selectfont{\vbox to30pt{}()*+,-.*}}%
+\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}}%
+\let\metafont\MF
+\let\latex\LaTeX
+\gdef\BibTeX{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\sc i\kern-.025emb}\kern-.08em\TeX}}
+\gdef\LaTeX{\@ifundefined{selectfont}{\latex}{%
+L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\protect\smaller A}\kern-.15em
+ T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}
+\gdef\MF{\@ifundefined{selectfont}{{\small\sf META}\-{\small\sf FONT}}%
+ {\Metafont}}%{{\protect\smaller\sf META}\-{\protect\smaller\sf FONT}}
+\gdef\WEB{{\tt WEB}}%
+\gdef\STEGON{\@ifundefined{selectfont}%
+ {{\sf\small ST{\Large\rm\ital{\kern-.1em\t{}\kern-.1667em e}}GON}}%
+ {{\protect\smaller\sf
+ST{\LARGE\rm\ital{\protect\smaller\kern-.1em\t{}\kern-.1667em e}}GON}}}%
+\gdef\de_Volkskrant{\@ifundefined{selectfont}%
+ {de Volks\-krant}%
+ {{\family{dunhill}\selectfont\protect\smaller de Volks\-krant}}}%
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ltugboat.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ltugboat.sty
new file mode 120000
index 0000000000..052eefff3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ltugboat.sty
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../../../../macros/latex209/contrib/tugboat/ltugboat.sty \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/minutes.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/minutes.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9d3c1b14bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/minutes.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+% This is MINUTES.STY in text format
+% a style for generating minutes of a meeting
+\def\fileversion{0.1}\def\filedate{16 sept 1994}
+% Author:
+% Hans Stoks
+% u251006@vm.uci.kun.nl
+\typeout{Document Style `Minutes'. Version <\fileversion>, <\filedate>}
+\input a4.sty
+\input outline.sty
+
+\def\@ptsize{1}
+\@namedef{ds@10pt}{\def\@ptsize{0}}
+\@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\@twosidefalse
+\@options
+\lineskip 1pt \normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+% separation between text en foot
+\newdimen\footsep \footsep=1.5cm % like headsep
+\advance\footskip by \footsep
+\def\ps@empty{
+ \def\@oddhead{}\def\@oddfoot{}
+ \def\@evenhead{}\def\@evenfoot{}}
+\def\ps@plain{
+ \def\@oddhead{}\def\@evenhead{}
+ \def\@oddfoot{\rm\hfil\thepage}
+ \let\@evenfoot=\@oddfoot}
+\ifcase \@ptsize\relax\parindent15pt
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 8.5pt plus 3pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus 2pt}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt\belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus
+2pt}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\or\parindent17pt
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt
+\abovedisplayskip 11pt plus3pt minus6pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt
+minus3pt}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 8pt plus 2pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus 2pt minus
+2pt}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\or\parindent1.5em
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{15pt}\xiipt\@xiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 12pt plus3pt minus7pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt
+minus3pt}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt
+\abovedisplayskip 11pt plus3pt minus6pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt
+minus3pt}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\let\Huge=\huge
+\fi
+\normalsize
+\def\topfraction{.7}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\def\textfraction{.2}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.5}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.7}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.5}
+\newdimen\@inspring
+\newdimen\@restlijn
+\@inspring=8em
+\@restlijn=\textwidth
+\advance \@restlijn by -\@inspring
+
+\gdef\title#1#2{%
+ \begin{flushleft}
+ {\Large\bf#1}\\
+ {\it#2}
+ \end{flushleft}
+ \vspace{2\baselineskip}}
+
+\gdef\f@rstskip{\vspace{2\baselineskip}}
+\gdef\pr@sent{\presentname}
+\gdef\notpr@sent{\notpresentname}
+
+\def\present#1{\f@rstskip\par
+ \halign{\vtop{\hsize\@inspring\noindent##} &
+ \vtop{\hsize\@restlijn\noindent##} \cr \pr@sent &
+ #1\cr}\def\pr@sent{\hspace\@inspring}\let\f@rstskip\relax}
+
+\def\notpresent#1{\f@rstskip\par
+ \halign{\vtop{\hsize\@inspring\noindent##} &
+ \vtop{\hsize\@restlijn\noindent##} \cr \notpr@sent &
+ #1\cr}\def\notpr@sent{\hspace\@inspring}\let\f@rstskip\relax}
+
+\newcounter{agenda}
+\def\theagenda{\arabic{agenda}}
+\def\agendamark#1{}
+%\def\l@agenda{}
+\def\numberline#1{\noindent{#1. }}
+\def\contentsline#1#2#3{#2\\}
+\def\head#1{%
+ \vspace{0.5\baselineskip}
+ \item
+ \begin{flushleft}
+ {\large\bf#1}
+ \end{flushleft}
+ \vspace{0.2\baselineskip}
+ \parskip0.3\baselineskip}
+
+\def\l@agenda#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}% good place for page break
+ \addvspace{1.0em plus\p@}%
+ \@tempdima 1.5em
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \bf
+ \leavevmode
+ \advance\leftskip\@tempdima
+ \hskip -\leftskip
+ #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+\def\point{\@startsection{agenda}{1}{\z@}{-3.25ex
+ plus-1ex minus-.2ex}{1.5ex
+ plus.2ex}{\reset@font\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\makeagenda{\point*\agendaname\@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\opening{\point*\openname}%\addtocounter{agenda}{-1}}
+
+\def\signature#1{\def\fromsig{#1}}\def\fromsig{}
+
+\def\approval{\par\interlinepenalty200\parindent\z@\relax}
+
+\long\def\closing#1{\par\nobreak\vspace{\parskip}
+ \interlinepenalty\@M\noindent
+ \ifx\@empty\fromsig
+ \else\ignorespaces #1\signname
+ \vspace{6\medskipamount}
+ \halign{\vtop{\hsize\@inspring\noindent##} &
+ \vtop{\hsize\@restlijn\noindent##} \cr \hspace{\@inspring} &
+ \fromsig\cr}
+ \fi \par}
+
+\setoutlinesep{0.2\baselineskip}
+
+\parskip .7em plus .3em minus .2em
+\topsep .4em \partopsep 0pt \itemsep .4em
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@itempenalty
+-\@lowpenalty
+\sloppy\ps@plain
+\pagenumbering{arabic} \onecolumn \@fileswtrue
+\ifx\undefined\presentname\def\presentname{Attendance}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\notpresentname\def\notpresentname{Not Attended}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\agendaname\def\agendaname{Agenda}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\openname\def\openname{Opening}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\signname\def\signname{Signed}\fi
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.bib b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5e26a7c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+@STRING{dutch = {\dutchedition}}
+@STRING{english = {\englishedition}}
+@STRING{french = {\frenchedition}}
+@STRING{german = {\germanedition}}
+@STRING{greek = {\greekedition}}
+@STRING{maasai = {\maasaiedition}}
+@STRING{russian = {\russianedition}}
+@STRING{spanish = {\spanishedition}}
+@STRING{swahili = {\swahiliedition}}
+
+@STRING{Alphen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{>'Alfen >`an d`e Ra~in}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Alfn v Rejne}
+ {Al\-phen aan de Rijn}}}}
+@STRING{Amersfoort =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{>'Amersfort}
+ {Amers\-foort}}}
+@STRING{Amman =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{>Amm'an}
+ {Amman}}}
+@STRING{Amsterdam =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{>Amsterd'am}
+ {Am\-ster\-dam}}}
+@STRING{Assen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{>'Assen}
+ {As\-sen}}}
+@STRING{Athens =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{>Aj~hnai}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Afiny}
+ {\iflanguage{english}{Athens}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Ath\`ene}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Atenas}
+ {Athene}}}}}}}
+@STRING{Auxerre =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{>Wxa~ir}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Aukserre}
+ {Auxerre}}}}
+@STRING{Baarn =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{B'arnh}
+ {Baarn}}}
+@STRING{Bale =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{B~al}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Bal{\Mz}}
+ {\iflanguage{english}{Bale}
+ {B\^ale}}}}}
+@STRING{Baltimore =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{B'altimwr}
+ {Baltimore}}}
+@STRING{Berlin =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Berol~ino}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Berlijn}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Berl\'{\i}n}
+ {Ber\-lin}}}}}
+@STRING{Bern =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{B'ernh}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Berne}
+ {Bern}}}}
+@STRING{Bloomington =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Blo'umigktwn}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Blumington}
+ {Bloomington}}}}
+@STRING{Bonn =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{B'onnh}
+ {Bonn}}}
+@STRING{Bruges =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Br'ugh}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Br{\ju}ge}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Brugge}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Br\"ugge}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Brujas}
+ {Bruges}}}}}}}
+@STRING{Brunswick =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Br'aounsoueiq}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Braun{\s}veig}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Brunswijk}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Braunschweig}
+ {Brunswick}}}}}}
+@STRING{Brussels =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Brux'ellai}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Br{\ju}ssel{\Mz}}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Brussel}
+ {\iflanguage{english}{Brussels}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Bruxelles}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Br\"ussel}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Bruselas}{}}}}}}}}}
+@STRING{Bussum =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Bo'ussoum}
+ {Bus\-sum}}}
+@STRING{Cambridge =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{K'embrits}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Kembrid{\z}}
+ {Cambridge}}}}
+@STRING{Caracas =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Kar'akas}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Karakas}
+ {Ca\-ra\-cas}}}}
+@STRING{Chicago =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Sik'agon}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Cikago}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Chikago}
+ {Chicago}}}}}
+@STRING{Cologne =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Kol'wnia}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Keln{\Mz}}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Keulen}
+ {\iflanguage{english}{Brussels}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Bruxelles}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{K\"oln}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Colonia}
+ {Cologne}}}}}}}}}
+@STRING{Dakar =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{D'akar}
+ {Dakar}}}
+@STRING{Dar =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Dar es Salaam}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Dar es Salaam}
+ {Dar es Salaam}}}}
+@STRING{Delft =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{D'elft}
+ {Delft}}}
+@STRING{Deventer =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{D'ebenter}
+ {De\-ven\-ter}}}
+@STRING{Diemen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{D'imen}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Dimn}
+ {Die\-men}}}}
+@STRING{Dordrecht =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{D'ordreqt}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Dordre{\ch}t}
+ {Dor\-drecht}}}}
+@STRING{Evanston =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{H>'uanston (>'illinois)}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Ivanston (Illinois)}
+ {Evanston (Illinois)}}}}
+@STRING{Frankfurt =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Fragkfo'urth}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Frankfurt}
+ {Frank\-furt am Main}}}}
+@STRING{Garden =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{G'arden S'ith}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Gardn Siti{\ui}}
+ {Garden City}}}}
+@STRING{Geneva =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Gen'euh}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\Z}eneva}
+ {\iflanguage{english}{Geneva}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Genf}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Ginebra}
+ {Gen\`eve}}}}}}}
+@STRING{Glencoe =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Gl'enkw (Illinois)}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Glenko (Illinois)}
+ {Glencoe (Illinois)}}}}
+@STRING{Glueckstadt =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Gl'ukstadt}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Gl{\ju}kstadt}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Gl\"uckstadt}
+ {Glueckstadt}}}}}
+@STRING{Godesberg =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{G'wdesberg}
+ {Go\-des\-berg}}}
+@STRING{Goettingen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Go~itiggen}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Getingn}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{G\"ottingen}
+ {Goettingen}}}}}
+@STRING{Gorinchem =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{G'orinqem}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Gorin{\kh}em}
+ {Gorinchem}}}}
+@STRING{Goteborg =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Go~iteborg}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Geteborg}
+ {G\o{}teborg}}}}
+@STRING{Groningen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Gr'wniggen}
+ {Gro\-nin\-gen}}}
+@STRING{Guetersloh =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{G'uterslw}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{G{\ju}trslo}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{G\"utersloh}
+ {Guetersloh}}}}}
+@STRING{Haarlem =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Q'arlem}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\Ch}arlm}
+ {\iflanguage{english}{Harlem (The Netherlands)}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Harlem (Pays-Bas)}
+ {Haar\-lem}}}}}}
+@STRING{Hague =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Q'agh}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Den {\Ch}ag}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{La Haye}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{La Haya}
+ {Den Haag}}}}}}
+@STRING{Harmondsworth =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Q'armondsborj (M'iddlesex)}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\Ch}armondsvyrf (Middleseks)}
+ {Harmondsworth (Middlesex)}}}}
+@STRING{Heidelberg =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Qe~idelberg}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\Ch}ejdlberg}
+ {Hei\-del\-berg}}}}
+@STRING{Indiana =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{O>uin'wna Leik, >Indi'ana}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Vinona Lejk, Indiana}
+ {Winona Lake, Indiana}}}}
+@STRING{Italy =
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Itali\"e}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{L'Italie}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Italien}
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{>Ital'ia}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Italia}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Itali{\ya}}
+ {Italy}}}}}}}}
+@STRING{Ithaca =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{>Ij'akh}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Ifaka}
+ {Ithaca}}}}
+@STRING{Kampen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{K'ampen}
+ {Kam\-pen}}}
+@STRING{Kenya =
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Kenia}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Kenia}
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{K'enia}
+ {Kenya}}}}}
+@STRING{LA =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{L`os >'Aggeles}
+ {Los Angeles}}}
+@STRING{Leipzig =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{La'iptsig}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Lejpcig}
+ {Leip\-zig}}}}
+@STRING{Leyden =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Le'iden}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Lejdn}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Leyde}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Leyden}
+ {Lei\-den}}}}}}
+@STRING{London =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Lond\'ino}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Londen}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Londres}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Londres}
+ {London}}}}}}
+@STRING{Louvain =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Loua~in}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Lyvn}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Leuven}
+ {Louvain}}}}}
+@STRING{Malden =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{M'alden}
+ {Mal\-den}}}
+@STRING{Manchester =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{M'entsester}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Mencestr}
+ {Manchester}}}}
+@STRING{Mannheim =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{M'anqaim}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Man{\ch}aim}
+ {Mannheim}}}}
+@STRING{Meppel =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{M'epl}
+ {Mep\-pel}}}
+@STRING{Metuchen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Meto'utsen (N'ea <I'ersh)}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Metu{\cz}n (N{\ju} D{\z}yrsn)}
+ {Metuchen (New Jersey)}}}}
+@STRING{Michigan =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Gr`en R'epids, M'itsigen}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Gren Repids, Mi{\cz}ign}
+ {Grand Rapids, Michigan}}}}
+@STRING{Moedling =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Bi'enna-Moidligg}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Bena-Medling}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Wenen-M\"odling}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Vienne-M\"odling}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Wien-M\"odling}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Viena-M\"odling}{}}}}}}}}
+@STRING{Moscow =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{M'osqa}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Moskva}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Moskou}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Moscou}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Moskau}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Mosc\'u}{}}}}}}}}
+@STRING{Muhangi =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Mouq'aggi (Za"ire)}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Mu{\ch}angi (Zaire)}
+ {Muhangi (Zaire)}}}}
+@STRING{Munich =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{M'onaqon}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{M{\ju}n{\ch}n}
+ {\iflanguage{english}{Munich}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Munich}
+ {M\"un\-chen}}}}}}
+@STRING{Munster =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Mhtr\opolis}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Sobor}
+ {M\"unster}}}}
+@STRING{Munstergeleen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{M'unsterqela'in}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{M{\ju}nstr{\ch}len}
+ {Munstergeleen}}}}
+@STRING{Nairobi =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Nair'wbi}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Najrobi}
+ {Nairobi}}}}
+@STRING{ND =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{N'ea D'elqi}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{N{\ju} Del{\ch}i}
+ {New Delhi}}}}
+@STRING{Norman =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{N'orman}
+ {Norman}}}
+@STRING{NY =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{N'ea <U'orkh}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{N{\ju} Jork}
+ {New York}}}}
+@STRING{Nymegen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{N'imegen}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Nejmegn}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Nim\`egue}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Nimwegen}
+ {N"y\-me\-gen}}}}}}
+@STRING{Oxford =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{>'Oxford}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Oksford}
+ {Oxford}}}}
+@STRING{Pennsylvania =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Pensulu'enia}
+ {Pennsylvania}}}
+@STRING{Paramaribo =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Param'aribw}
+ {Paramaribo}}}
+@STRING{Paris =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Par'isi}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Pari{\z}}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Par"ys}
+ {Paris}}}}}
+@STRING{Pittsburgh =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{P'ittsbourg}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Pittsburg}
+ {Pittsburgh}}}}
+@STRING{Rome =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{R'wmh}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Rim}
+ {\iflanguage{italian}{Roma}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Roma}
+ {Rome}}}}}}
+@STRING{Rotterdam =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Rotterd'am}
+ {Rot\-ter\-dam}}}
+@STRING{Saarbruecken =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Zarbro'uken}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Zarbr{\ju}kn}
+ {\iflanguage{english}{Saar\-bruecken}
+ {Saarbr\"ucken}}}}}
+@STRING{Sachsenmuehle =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Z'axenmule}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Zaksm{\ju}l{\Mz}}
+ {\iflanguage{english}{Sachsenmuehle}
+ {Sachsenm\"uhle}}}}}
+@STRING{StFe =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{S`anta F'e (N'eo Mexik'on)}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Santa F{\e} (N{\ju} Meksika)}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Santa Fe (Neuvo Mexico)}
+ {Santa Fe (New Mexico)}}}}}
+@STRING{Stuttgart =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Sto'uttgart}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\S}tuttgart}
+ {Stuttgart}}}}
+@STRING{Suriname =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{S'uriname}
+ {Su\-ri\-na\-me}}}
+@STRING{Tanzania =
+ {\iflanguage{french}{La Tanzanie}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Tansania}
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Tanzan'ia}
+ {Tanzania}}}}}
+@STRING{Thessalonica =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Jessalon'ikh}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Fessaloniki}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Thessalonique}
+ {Thessalonica}}}}}
+@STRING{Tucson =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{T'akson}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Takson}
+ {Tucson}}}}
+@STRING{Utrecht =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{O>'utreqt}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\Ju}tre{\ch}t}
+ {\mbox{Utrecht}}}}}
+@STRING{Vienna =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{B'ienna}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Vena}
+ {\iflanguage{dutch}{Wenen}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Vienne}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Wien}
+ {\iflanguage{spanish}{Viena}{}}}}}}}}
+@STRING{Wageningen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{O>u'ageniggen}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Vageningn}
+ {Wa\-ge\-nin\-gen}}}}
+@STRING{Washington =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{O>u'asigktwn}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Va{\s}ington}
+ {Washington}}}}
+@STRING{Weisweil =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{O>u'a"isoua"il}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Vajsvajl{\Mz}}
+ {Weis\-weil}}}}
+@STRING{Wiesbaden =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{O>u'ismbaden}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Visbadn}
+ {Wies\-ba\-den}}}}
+@STRING{Wikor =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{O>u'ikor}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Vikor}
+ {Wikor}}}}
+@STRING{Yaunde =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{I>ao~unde}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\Ya}unde}
+ {Yaunde}}}}
+@STRING{Zurich =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Zur'iqh}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\Cz\ju}ri{\ch}}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Zurich}
+ {Z\"u\-rich}}}}}
+@STRING{Zutphen =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Z'utfen}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{Z{\ju}tfn}
+ {Zutphen}}}}
+
+@STRING{Herodotus =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{<'Hr'odotos}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\Ch\e}rodotos}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Herodot}
+ {Herodotus}}}}}
+@STRING{Historiae =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{<Istor'iai}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\Ch}istorii}
+ {Histori{\ae}}}}}
+@STRING{Ilias =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{Ili'as}
+ {Ilias}}}
+@STRING{Homer =
+ {\iflanguage{greek}{<'Omhros}
+ {\iflanguage{russian}{{\Ch}om{\e}ros}
+ {\iflanguage{english}{Homer}
+ {\iflanguage{german}{Homer}
+ {\iflanguage{french}{Hom\`ere}
+ {Homerus}}}}}}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b56926c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,970 @@
+\def\filename{ml.doc}
+\let\thisfilename\filename
+\def\fileversion{ml-1.92}
+\def\filedate{16 sept 1994}
+\def\docdate{16 sept 1994}
+%% \CheckSum{2296}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+%
+%\iffalse
+%
+% ML DOCUMENT-STYLE option for LaTeX version 2.09
+% Copyright (C) 1993 by Hans Stoks, Malden, The Netherlands
+%
+% Please report errors to: J.W.H.M. Stoks
+% U251006@VM.UCI.KUN.NL
+%\fi
+%
+% \changes{ml~1.3}{20 febr 93}{Corrected some bugs}
+% \changes{ml~1.9}{15 june 93}{Except for ml.sty renamed the sty files to
+% be input to .tex}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\!,\',\,,\.,,\:,\;,\?,\/,\^,\`,\@M}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@,\@ne,\@m,\@afterheading,\@date,\@endpart}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@hangfrom,\@idxitem,\@makeschapterhead,\@mkboth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@oddfoot,\@oddhead,\@restonecolfalse,\@restonecoltrue}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@starttoc,\@unused}
+% \DoNotIndex{\accent,\active}
+% \DoNotIndex{\addcontentsline,\advance,\Alph,\arabic}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bf,\box,\c@secnumdepth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\char,\chardef,\clubpenalty}
+% \DoNotIndex{\columnsep,\columnseprule,\crcr,\csname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\day,\def,\dimen,\discretionary,\divide,\dp,\do,\docdate}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endgroup,\endcsname,\endinput}
+% \DoNotIndex{\errhelp,\errmessage,\expandafter,\fi,\filedate}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fileversion,\fmtname,\fnum@figure,\fnum@table,\fontdimen}
+% \DoNotIndex{\gdef,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hbox,\hidewidth,\hfil,\hskip,\hspace,\ht,\Huge,\huge,\ialign}
+% \DoNotIndex{\if@twocolumn,\ifcase,\ifcat,\ifhmode,\ifmmode,\ifnum}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\immediate,\ignorespaces,\input,\item,\kern,\labelsep,\Large}
+% \DoNotIndex{\large,\labelwidth,\lccode,\leftmargin,\leavevmode,\let}
+% \DoNotIndex{\lineskip,\list,\ll,\long,\lower,\m@ne}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mathchar,\mathaccent,\markboth,\month,\multiply}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newblock,\newbox,\newcount,\newdimen,\newwrite}
+%^^A\newif is defined \outer
+% \DoNotIndex{\nobreak,\noexpand,\noindent,\null,\number}
+% \DoNotIndex{\onecolumn,\or}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\parbox,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\protect,\ps@headings}
+%^^A\par is defined \outer
+% \DoNotIndex{\quotation,\raggedright,\raise,\refstepcounter,\relax,\rm,\setbox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\section,\setcounter,\settowidth,\scriptscriptstyle}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sfcode,\sl,\sloppy,\small,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textwidth,\thechapter,\thefigure,\thepage,\spacefactor,\string}
+% \DoNotIndex{\the,\thepart,\thetable,\thispagestyle,\titlepage,\tracingmacros}
+% \DoNotIndex{\tw@,\twocolumn,\typeout,\uppercase,\usecounter,\vbox,\vfil}
+% \DoNotIndex{\vskip,\vspace,\vss,\widowpenalty,\write,\xdef,\year,\z@,\z@skip}
+%
+%
+% \title {ML, a multilingual style-option system for use
+% with \LaTeX's standard document styles\thanks{
+% I took this mainly from J.~Braam's babel.doc, since
+% I wanted my ml to be compatible with his babel.}}
+%
+% \author{Hans Stoks}
+% \address{Kroonsingel 36\\
+% 6581 BM Malden\\
+% The Netherlands}
+% {\catcode`\"12
+% \netaddress{u251006@vm.uci.kun.nl}
+% }
+% \date{Printed \today}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \section{History}
+% For a long time I have been struggling to make documents
+% using different languages in the same document.
+% When M.~Ferguson came up with his ml.tex and H.~Partl with his german.sty
+% I started working at a styleoption which was mainly based on Partl's
+% example.
+%
+% The first problem I faced (on my 8088 processor) was to input so many
+% hyphenation patterns. I discovered that with only two pattern files,
+% say one for american and one for continental hyphenation,
+% I was able to hyphenate most modern languages correctly. I took
+% the original hyphen.tex (ahyphen.tex) for american and the {\sc celex}
+% patterns for continental hyphenation. However, I had to modify
+% especially the {\sc celex} patterns to have them function also with german
+% and french (for that reason I renamed the latter to euhyphen).
+%
+% Another thing I usually hate very much is to have to decide before
+% beginning my document how many and which different languages I am going
+% to use. So I made the call for the different languages automatic:
+% I just say \verb=\dutch=, or \verb=\Dutch=, or \verb=\dutchTeX=, to
+% switch to dutch (in fact these commands all input the file nl.sty).
+% Then {\sf babel} came and for a long time I continued with my ml.sty
+% (since it suited me well). However, I knew one day I just had to look at
+% this style especially since it seems to me to be accepted widely.
+%
+% This new version of ml.sty is a modification to make it compatible
+% with {\sf babel.} I designed it so that my old documents (and those of
+% some beta testers whom I gave my style) do not have to be changed;
+% i.e. the only style option requested is ml. I renamed the different
+% style files to be input to .tex and modified them somewhat
+% with ideas from the different style files coming with {\sf babel.} However,
+% basically I wanted to keep my files since they do much more translating
+% than J.~Braam's files.
+%
+% \section{The user interface}
+%
+% The user interface of this system of style options is quite simple.
+% It consists of only two commands. These commands can be used to
+% select another language or to find out what the current language is.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\selectlanguage
+% When a user wants to switch from one language to another he
+% can do so using the macro \verb=\selectlanguage=. This macro
+% takes the language, defined previously by a language-specific option,
+% as its argument. It calls several macros that should be
+% defined in the language-specific files to activate the special
+% definitions for the language chosen. For compatibility with
+% the original {\tt german.tex} (as much as possible)
+% the synonym
+% \verb=\setlanguage= is available, if it isn't already defined.
+% And for compatibility with my older ml.sty the commands \verb=\dutch=,
+% \verb=\Dutch=, or \verb=\dutchTeX=, \verb=\german=, \verb=\German=, or
+% \verb=\germanTeX=, \verb=\french=, \verb=\French=, or \verb=\frenchTeX=,
+% \verb=\english=, \verb=\English=, or \verb=\originalTeX=
+% \verb=\russian=, \verb=\Russian=, or \verb=\cyrTeX=, and
+% \verb=\greekTeX= still function in the same way they did.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\iflanguage
+% If more than one language is used it might be necessary to know
+% which language is active at a specific time. This can be checked
+% by a call to \verb=\iflanguage=. This macro takes three arguments.
+% The first argument is the name of a language,
+% the second and third arguments are the actions
+% to take if the result of the test is {\tt true} or {\tt false}
+% respectively.
+%
+%\StopEventually{%
+% \clearpage
+% \let\filename\thisfilename
+% \clearpage
+% \def\filename{index}
+% \PrintIndex
+% \clearpage
+% \def\filename{changes}
+% \PrintChanges
+% \makesignature
+% }
+%
+% \section{The implementation}
+%
+% The first thing to do is to write the current version of this
+% file\footnote{The file described in this section is called
+% {\tt \filename},
+% has version number~\fileversion,
+% was last revised on~\filedate,
+% while the documentation was last revised on~\docdate.}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\wlog{Style option `ml' version \fileversion\space <\filedate>}
+\wlog{English documentation dated <\docdate>}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% We want to be compatible with the {\sf babel} system, so we first
+% input babel.sty.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\undefined\mdqon\relax\else\endinput\fi
+\@ifundefined{iflanguage}{\input babel.sty\relax}{\relax}
+\ifx\undefined\babel@core@loaded\input babel.com\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\let\filename\thisfilename
+%
+% \subsection{Correcting and adding some LaTeX commands}
+%
+% Every now and then I find in my reader list a message concerning some
+% correction on some LaTeX command. I use to collect them and keep them
+% here in my ml style since I am using this style as my default anyway.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\firstcolmark\relax
+\def\@outputdblcol{\if@firstcolumn
+\xdef\firstcolmark{\firstmark}
+\global\@firstcolumnfalse
+ \global\setbox\@leftcolumn\box\@outputbox
+ \else \global\@firstcolumntrue
+ \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\hbox to\textwidth{\hbox to\columnwidth
+ {\box\@leftcolumn \hss}\hfil \vrule width\columnseprule\hfil
+ \hbox to\columnwidth{\box\@outputbox \hss}}}\@combinedblfloats
+ \@outputpage \begingroup \@dblfloatplacement \@startdblcolumn
+ \@whilesw\if@fcolmade \fi{\@outputpage\@startdblcolumn}\endgroup
+ \fi}
+\def\ps@right
+{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\rm \thepage\hfil \sl
+\leftmark}\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl \rightmark \hfil
+\hbox to 0pt{\kern30pt \rm\thepage\hss}
+}\def\sectionmark##1{\markright {\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Correction on \verb=\tt_=:
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\typewriter\tt
+\gdef\tt{\typewriter\def\_{\char95}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Some useful definitions}
+%
+% I have done quite some nice things with H.~Partl's macros containing
+% the double quote, not only while using german. So I already define
+% \verb=\mdqon= and \verb=\mdqoff= right here
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\mdqon{\catcode`\"\active}
+\def\mdqoff{\catcode`\"12}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now I would like to be able to switch to a lower trema in different
+% languages\ldots
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\allowhyphens{\penalty\@M \hskip\z@skip}
+\newcount\U@C\newbox\U@B\newdimen\U@D
+\gdef\umlauthigh{\def\"{\protect{\accent127 ##1}}}
+\gdef\umlautlow{\def\"{\protect\newumlaut}}
+\gdef\newumlaut#1{\leavevmode\allowhyphens
+ \vbox{\baselineskip\z@skip \lineskip.25ex
+ \ialign{##\crcr\hidewidth
+ \setbox\U@B\hbox{#1}\U@D .01\p@\U@C\U@D
+ \U@D\ht\U@B\advance\U@D -1ex\divide\U@D \U@C
+ \U@C\U@D\U@D\the\fontdimen1\the\font
+ \multiply\U@D \U@C\divide\U@D 100\kern\U@D
+ \vbox to .20ex
+ {\hbox{\char127}\vss}\hidewidth\crcr#1\crcr}}\allowhyphens}
+\gdef\@UMLAUT{\"}
+\gdef\@MATHUMLAUT{\mathaccent"707F }
+\gdef\@SS{\mathchar"7019 }
+\gdef\dq{"}
+\gdef\highumlaut#1{\leavevmode\allowhyphens%
+ \accent127 #1\allowhyphens}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% I add the quotes to the definitions of dospecials and sanitize:
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}%
+\xdef\dospecials{\dospecials\do\"}%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname @sanitize\endcsname\relax \else
+ \def\@makeother{\noexpand\@makeother\noexpand}%
+ \xdef\@sanitize{\@sanitize\@makeother\"}%
+\fi
+\endgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% and can now use the double quotes for fancy effects (I need a
+% dieresis for use in a discretionary command and, for efficiency,
+% I define a short macro for the most frequent characters used after
+% the double quotes).
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+{\mdqon
+\gdef"{\protect\active@dq}
+\gdef\dieresis{\"}
+\gdef\active@dq#1{%
+ \ifx #1s\ifmmode\@SS\else\ss\fi{}%
+\else\ifx #1a\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT a\else\@UMLAUT a\fi
+\else\ifx #1o\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT o\else\@UMLAUT o\fi
+\else\ifx #1u\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT u\else\@UMLAUT u\fi
+\else\ifx #1A\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT A\else\@UMLAUT A\fi
+\else\ifx #1O\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT O\else\@UMLAUT O\fi
+\else\ifx #1U\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT U\else\@UMLAUT U\fi
+\else\ifx #1`\leftquotes{}%
+\else\ifx #1'\rightquotes{}%
+\else\other@active@dq{#1}%
+\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi }
+% now a separate command for the less frequent ones:
+\gdef\other@active@dq#1{%
+ \ifx #1e\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT e\else\highumlaut e\fi
+\else\ifx #1i\ifmmode\discretionary{-}{#1}{\@MATHUMLAUT i}
+ \else\discretionary{-}{#1}{\dieresis\i}\fi
+\else\ifx #1j\ifmmode\discretionary{-}{#1}{\@MATHUMLAUT j}
+ \else\discretionary{-}{#1}{\dieresis\j}\fi
+\else\ifx #1E\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT E\else\highumlaut E\fi
+\else\ifx #1I\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT I\else\highumlaut I\fi
+\else\ifx #1SSS%
+\else\ifx #1-\allowhyphens\-\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1"\hskip\z@skip\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1|\discretionary{-}{}{\kern.03em}%
+\else\ifx #1c\allowhyphens\discretionary{k-}{}{c}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1f\allowhyphens\discretionary{ff-}{}{f}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1k\allowhyphens\discretionary{k-}{}{}\allowhyphens %% Maasai
+\else\ifx #1l\allowhyphens\discretionary{ll-}{}{l}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1m\allowhyphens\discretionary{mm-}{}{m}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1n\allowhyphens\discretionary{nn-}{}{n}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1p\allowhyphens\discretionary{pp-}{}{p}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1t\allowhyphens\discretionary{tt-}{}{t}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1C\allowhyphens\discretionary{K-}{}{C}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1F\allowhyphens\discretionary{FF-}{}{F}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1K\allowhyphens\discretionary{K-}{}{}\allowhyphens %% Maasai
+\else\ifx #1L\allowhyphens\discretionary{LL-}{}{L}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1M\allowhyphens\discretionary{MM-}{}{M}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1N\allowhyphens\discretionary{NN-}{}{N}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1P\allowhyphens\discretionary{PP-}{}{Pp}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1T\allowhyphens\discretionary{TT-}{}{T}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1y\allowhyphens i\kern-0.06\p@ j\allowhyphens%
+\else\ifx #1Y\allowhyphens I\kern-0.05\p@ J\allowhyphens%
+\else\ifx #1<\flqq{}%
+\else\ifx #1>\frqq{}%
+\else \dq #1%
+\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi }
+\gdef\at{{\char '100}}
+\gdef\boi{{\tt\char '134}}
+\gdef\circonflexe{{\char '136}}
+\gdef\tild{{\char '176}}
+\gdef\degre{{\char '27}}
+\gdef\french@circumflex#1{{\accent'136\if#1i\i\else#1\fi}}
+\gdef\french@dieresis#1{{\accent'177\if#1i\i\else#1\fi}}
+\gdef\up#1{\raise 1ex\hbox{\small#1}}
+\gdef\No{\kern-.25em\lower.2ex\hbox{\degre}}
+\gdef\ieme{$^{\rm e }$\kern+.17em}
+\gdef\FrenchEnumerate#1{$#1^{\rm o}$\kern+.29em}
+\gdef\FrenchPopularEnumerate#1{#1\No\kern-.25em)\kern+.3em}
+\gdef\primo{\FrenchEnumerate1}
+\gdef\secundo{\FrenchEnumerate2}
+\gdef\tertio{\FrenchEnumerate3}
+\gdef\quatro{\FrenchEnumerate4}
+\gdef\fprimo){\FrenchPopularEnumerate1}
+\gdef\fsecundo){\FrenchPopularEnumerate2}
+\gdef\ftertio){\FrenchPopularEnumerate3}
+\gdef\fquatro){\FrenchPopularEnumerate4}
+\gdef\flqq{\protect\@flqq}
+\gdef\@flqq{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi
+ \ifmmode \ll \else \leavevmode
+ \raise .2ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle \ll $}\fi \@SF\relax}
+\gdef\frqq{\protect\@frqq}
+\gdef\@frqq{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi
+ \ifmmode \gg \else \leavevmode
+ \raise .2ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle \gg $}\fi \@SF\relax}
+\gdef\flq{\protect\@flq}
+\gdef\@flq{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi
+ \ifmmode < \else \leavevmode
+ \raise .2ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle < $}\fi \@SF\relax}
+\gdef\frq{\protect\@frq}
+\gdef\@frq{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi
+ \ifmmode > \else \leavevmode
+ \raise .2ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle > $}\fi \@SF\relax}
+}
+\gdef\ouvreguillemet{\leavevmode\hbox{\ly(\kern-0.13em(}\nobreak}
+\gdef\fermeguillemet{\nobreak\leavevmode\hbox{\ly)\kern-0.13em)}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This is where I end having made quotes active (mdqon). Now
+% I would like to add some more useful definitions to make the
+% input of my files a little bit more convenient.
+%
+% To avoid having to make lots of italic corrections:
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\bold#1{{\bf#1\/}}
+\gdef\emph#1{{\em#1\/}}
+\gdef\ital#1{{\it#1\/}}
+\gdef\slant#1{{\sl#1\/}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% To prevent overfull hboxes with words containing ():
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\stopmath\)
+\gdef\specialhyphen{%
+\ifmmode\stopmath\else\allowhyphens\discretionary{-)}{}{-)}\allowhyphens\fi}
+\def\){\protect\specialhyphen}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% For an underline in italic:
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\B#1{\kern-.0667em\b{\kern.1788em#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Some of the definitions I collected:
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\rref#1{\ref{#1}\begingroup
+ \def\x{#1}\edef\x{\expandafter\GetMeaning\meaning\x\MeaningEnd}%
+ \ref{\x}\marginpar{\verb^ \x ^}\endgroup}
+\gdef\llabel#1{\label{#1}\begingroup
+ \def\x{#1}\edef\x{\expandafter\GetMeaning\meaning\x\MeaningEnd}%
+ \ref{\x}\marginpar{\verb^ \x ^}\endgroup}
+\gdef\trademark{\raise 1ex\hbox{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\sevenrm
+ R}\hfil\crcr\mathhexbox20D}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% For chemical formulas:
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\ch#1{$\textfont1=\the\font#1$}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Finally there are some macros which I would like to incorporate but
+% witch I leave out for the moment since they are not quite worked out yet.
+%
+% So I have been thinking of a definition for big initials or photos:
+%
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\photo#1#2{\hangindent#1\noindent\hangafter-#2}
+% \def\initial#1#2#3
+% {\hangindent#1\noindent\hangafter-#2\smash{\lower#2\baselineskip\hbox
+% to0pt{#3\hfill}}}
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% Eventually I want to have something for generating grammar paradigms:
+%
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% {\def\adjpar#1#2#3{ \begin{tabular}{rllll}
+% & & Masc. & Fem. & Neut. \\
+% Sg. & Nom. & #1 & #2 & #3 \\
+% \adjpari }
+% \def\adjpari#1#2#3{ & Gen. & #1 & #2 & #3 \\ \adjparii}
+% \def\adjparii#1#2#3{ & Dat. & #1 & #2 & #3 \\ \adjpariii}
+% \def\adjpariii#1#2#3{ & Acc. & #1 & #2 & #3 \\ \adjpariv}
+% \def\adjpariv#1#2#3{ Pl. & Nom. & #1 & #2 & #3 \\ \adjparv}
+% \def\adjparv#1#2#3{ & Gen. & #1 & #2 & #3 \\ \adjparvi}
+% \def\adjparvi#1#2#3{ & Dat. & #1 & #2 & #3 \\ \adjparvii}
+% \def\adjparvii#1#2#3{ & Acc. & #1 & #2 & #3 \end{tabular}}}
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+%\section{The actual ml style code}
+%
+% \subsection{My extra multilingual macros}
+%
+% Maybe David van Leeuwen's (DAVID@HLERUL59) `getallen' are useful:
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\ii\newcount\jj\newif\ifhyphen
+\gdef\numb{\hyphenfalse\afterassignment\nul\ii=}
+\gdef\num#1 #2 {\divide\jj by #1 \ifnum\jj>1 {\ii=\jj\getall}\fi
+ #2\multiply\jj by #1 \advance\ii by -\jj\getall}
+\gdef\qm{\ifhyphen\-\else\global\hyphentrue\fi}
+\gdef\s#1 {\showhyphens{\numb#1}}
+\newcount\n\newcount\m
+\n=0
+\m=1
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Some (school) books have exercises\ldots
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\lesson{\def\chaptername{\lessonname}\chapter}
+\def\exercise{\section*{\centering{\exercisename{}\thesection}}}
+\def\singleexercise{\section*{\centering{\exercisename{}\thechapter}}}
+\gdef\beginexercise{\@ifnextchar[\beginsingleexercise\begin@xercise}
+ \gdef\begin@xercise{
+ \refstepcounter{section}\exercise{}
+ \begin{itemize}\begin{enumerate}}
+ \gdef\beginsingleexercise[]{
+ \refstepcounter{section}\singleexercise{}
+ \begin{itemize}\begin{enumerate}}
+\gdef\endexercise{\end{enumerate}\end{itemize}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% And some books happen to have been published in different editions:
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\higherthenthird#1{\bgroup%
+ \def\arabicedition{\arabicedname}%
+ \def\croatianedition{\croatianedname}%
+ \def\czechedition{\czechedname}%
+ \def\danishedition{\danishedname}%
+ \def\dutchedition{\dutchedname}%
+ \def\englishedition{\englishedname}%
+ \def\esperantoedition{\esperantoedname}%
+ \def\finnishedition{\finnishedname}%
+ \def\frenchedition{\frenchedname}%
+ \def\germanedition{\germanedname}%
+ \def\greekedition{\greekedname}%
+ \def\hebrewedition{\hebrewedname}%
+ \def\hindiedition{\hindiedname}%
+ \def\italianedition{\italianedname}%
+ \def\maasaiedition{\maasaiedname}%
+ \def\magyaredition{\magyaredname}%
+ \def\norskedition{\norskedname}%
+ \def\polishedition{\polishedname}%
+ \def\portugesedition{\portugesedname}%
+ \def\romanianedition{\romanianedname}%
+ \def\russianedition{\russianedname}%
+ \def\sloveneedition{\sloveneedname}%
+ \def\spanishedition{\spanishedname}%
+ \def\swahiliedition{\swahiliedname}%
+ \def\swedishedition{\swedishedname}%
+ \def\tamiledition{\tamiledname}%
+ \def\turkishedition{\turkishedname}\if#12%
+ {2\higher}\else\if#13%
+ {3\higher}\else\if#14%
+ {4\higher}\else\if#15%
+ {5\higher}\else\if#16%
+ {6\higher}\else\if#17%
+ {7\higher}\else\if#18%
+ {8\higher}\else\if#19%
+ {9\higher}\else#1\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\egroup}
+\gdef\edition#1{\@bsphack\@ifundefined{l@#1}{\@nolanerr{#1}}%
+ {\language\csname l@#1\endcsname\@esphack}}%
+\gdef\arabicedition{\edition{arabic}}
+\gdef\croatianedition{\edition{croatian}}
+\gdef\czechedition{\edition{czech}}
+\gdef\danishedition{\edition{danish}}
+\gdef\dutchedition{\edition{dutch}}
+\gdef\englishedition{\edition{english}}
+\gdef\esperantoedition{\edition{esperanto}}
+\gdef\finnishedition{\edition{finnish}}
+\gdef\frenchedition{\edition{french}}
+\gdef\germanedition{\edition{german}}
+\gdef\greekedition{\edition{greek}}
+\gdef\hebrewedition{\edition{hebrew}}
+\gdef\hindiedition{\edition{hindi}}
+\gdef\italianedition{\edition{italian}}
+\gdef\maasaiedition{\edition{maasai}}
+\gdef\magyaredition{\edition{magyar}}
+\gdef\norskedition{\edition{norsk}}
+\gdef\polishedition{\edition{polish}}
+\gdef\portugesedition{\edition{portuges}}
+\gdef\romanianedition{\edition{romanian}}
+\gdef\russianedition{\edition{russian}}
+\gdef\sloveneedition{\edition{slovene}}
+\gdef\spanishedition{\edition{spanish}}
+\gdef\swahiliedition{\edition{swahili}}
+\gdef\swedishedition{\edition{swedish}}
+\gdef\tamiledition{\edition{tamil}}
+\gdef\turkishedition{\edition{turkish}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Then a book is supposed to begin with a preamble and to end with
+% a postamble.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\subtitle#1{\def\@subtitle{#1}}
+\gdef\soustitre#1{\begin{flushright}{\it#1}\end{flushright}}
+\gdef\see#1#2{{\em\seename\ #1,} #2}
+\newif\ifpagenumbering\pagenumberingtrue
+\gdef\sschapter#1{\ifpagenumbering
+ \bgroup\@schapter{#1}\pagenumbering{arabic}\egroup\pagenumberingfalse
+ \else\@schapter{#1}\fi}
+\gdef\cchapter[#1]#2{\ifpagenumbering\bgroup\@chapter[#1]{#2}
+ \pagenumbering{arabic}\egroup\pagenumberingfalse
+ \else\@chapter[#1]{#2}\fi}
+\gdef\ch@pter{\clearpage\relax\if@twoside \ifodd\c@page\else
+ \hbox{}\relax\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}
+ \if@twocolumn\hbox{}\newpage\fi\fi\fi
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\global\@topnum\z@\@afterindentfalse
+ \secdef\cchapter\sschapter}
+\gdef\maketitlepages{\def\chapter{\thispagestyle{empty}\ch@pter}
+ \pagenumbering{roman}
+ \begin{titlepage}\setcounter{page}{-3}
+ \null
+ \vfil
+ \vskip2\baselineskip \begin{center}
+ {\Huge\sc \@title \par}\end{center}
+ \end{titlepage}\begin{titlepage}\setcounter{page}{-2}\null\vfil
+ \end{titlepage}\begin{titlepage}
+ \let\footnotesize\small \let\footnoterule\relax\setcounter{page}{-1}
+ \null
+ \vfil
+ \vskip 60pt \begin{center}
+ {\LARGE\sc \@title \par} \ifx\@subtitle\undefined\relax\else
+ {\large \@subtitle \par}\fi \vskip 3em {\large
+ \lineskip .75em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vfil {\large \@date \par} \end{center}
+ \end{titlepage}\begin{titlepage}\null\vfil\end{titlepage}
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0} \let\thanks\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\maketitle\relax}
+\gdef\tableofcontents{\bgroup\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\pagenumberingfalse\chapter*{\contentsname
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase{\contentsname}}{\uppercase{\contentsname}}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi\egroup}
+\gdef\listoffigures{\bgroup\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\pagenumberingfalse\chapter*{\listfigurename\@mkboth
+ {\uppercase{\listfigurename}}{\uppercase{\listfigurename}}}\@starttoc
+ {lof}\if@restonecol
+ \twocolumn\fi\egroup}
+\gdef\listoftables{\bgroup\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\pagenumberingfalse\chapter*{\listtablename\@mkboth
+ {\uppercase{\listtablename}}{\uppercase{\listtablename}}}\@starttoc
+ {lot}\if@restonecol
+ \twocolumn\fi\egroup}
+\def\preface{\bgroup\pagenumberingfalse\chapter*{\prefname}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\prefname}\egroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% I want to make \verb=\footnote= also function in section headings---but
+% I do not want footnotemarks to appear in the table of contents---and
+% let it report indexentries in it.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\gdef\@footnotetext#1{\insert\footins{\footnotesize
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep
+ \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}\@makefntext
+ \def\@wrindex{\wrindex}{\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}}}
+\global\let\f@@tnote\footnote%
+\global\let\c@ntentsline\contentsline%
+\gdef\footnote{\rm\kern.05em\protect\f@@tnote}
+\gdef\nofootnote#1{\relax}
+\gdef\contentsline{%
+ \def\f@@tnote{\nofootnote}\let\footnotemark\relax\c@ntentsline}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Finally I want the bibliography and the index to appear in the toc.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\mlbibfilename#1{\def\bibfn{#1}}
+\gdef\bibliography#1{%
+ \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\bibdata{\bibfn,#1}}\fi
+ \@input{\jobname.bbl}}
+\gdef~{\penalty1000\ }
+\gdef\notename#1{#1\,n.}
+\gdef\index#1{\ifx\ind@x\undefined\relax\else\protect\ind@x{#1}\fi}
+\global\let\enddoc\enddocument
+\gdef\wrindex#1{\let\thepage\relax\xdef\@gtempa{%
+ \write\@indexfile{\string\indexentry{#1|notename}{\thepage}}}
+ \endgroup\@gtempa\if@nobreak \ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi\@esphack}
+\gdef\makeindex{\if@filesw \newwrite\@indexfile
+ \immediate\openout\@indexfile=\jobname.idx
+ \def\ind@x{\@bsphack\begingroup\ifx\no@french@active@punct\undefined\relax
+ \else\no@french@active@punct\def\'{\accent 19}\fi
+ \def\protect####1{\string####1\space}\@sanitize\@wrindex}
+ \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.idx}\fi
+ \def\theidx{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+ \columnseprule.4pt\small\columnsep 35pt
+ \twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{\indexname}]
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase{\indexname}}{\uppercase{\indexname}}
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@\parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax%
+ \let\item\@idxitem\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}}
+ \def\theindex{\ifx\multicols\undefined
+ \makeatletter\inputstyle{multicol}\makeatother
+ \ifx\multicols\undefined\theidx\else
+ \columnseprule=.4pt\small\chapter*{\indexname}
+ \parindent\z@\parskip\z@ plus.3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
+ \begin{multicols}{2}\fi\fi}
+ \def\endtheindex{\ifx\multicols\undefined\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else
+ \clearpage\fi\else\end{multicols}\fi}
+ \def\enddocument{\@input{\jobname.ind}\enddoc}}
+\gdef\cover{\@input{\jobname.ind}\def\enddocument{\enddoc}\pagestyle{empty}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Parallel Columns}
+%
+% I think a feature generating parallel columns, viz. one column of text
+% to the left and one column of (translated) text to the right, is essential
+% to a multilingual system. I have been working on this for a long time and
+% up till now I am not quite content with the result. The following code I
+% took basically from some macro I found in my reader list. I adapted it
+% somewhat and the result is not bad. However, a big problem is generating
+% footnotes. The numbers of the footnotes do not correspond with the
+% footnotes on the same page. Actually it seems footnotes appear on the
+% page {\em before\/} they appear in the text. Anyway, for the time being
+% I shall have to do with this code. For the future, however, I am thinking
+% of a more complex mechanism. Maybe I shall have to make two runs: First
+% to collect the text of one column, in order to know where exactly it skips
+% to the next page and then with this knowledge inserting the next column.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newinsert\mcpfootins
+\long\def\mcpfootnote#1{\footnotemark\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}
+ \global\setbox\mcpfootins \vbox{\unvcopy\mcpfootins\footnotesize%
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty\floatingpenalty=20000
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep%\splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox%
+ \hsize\columnwidth\pagebreak[3]
+ \parindent 1em\noindent\hbox to 1.8em{\hss\footnotemark}
+ {\rule{0pt}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces #1\strut}}}
+\gdef\multicolpar#1{\def\f@@tnote{\mcpfootnote}\let\footins\mcpfootins
+ \addvspace\topsep\pretolerance1001\tolerance9999
+ \finalhyphendemerits3000000\hbadness5000\vbadness10001
+ \advance\baselineskip0pt\multicolumnparallelparagraphs{#1}{2em}}
+\gdef\endmulticolpar{\xpar\egroup\egroup\leavevmode}
+\newcount\columnsleft \newcount\totalcolumns \newdimen\separation
+\gdef\multicolumnparallelparagraphs#1#2{\totalcolumns#1\separation#2
+ \let\xpar\par\vskip\parskip\columnsleft\totalcolumns\relax
+ \hbox to\hsize\bgroup\let\par\nextmulticolumnparallelparagraph
+ % Set hsize = (old hsize - (#1 - 1)*#2 ) / #1
+ \dimen0\separation\advance\hsize-\columnsleft\dimen0
+ \advance\hsize\dimen0\divide\hsize\columnsleft\relax
+ \leavevmode\vtop\bgroup\parindent0pt}
+\gdef\nextmulticolumnparallelparagraph{\strut\egroup\advance\columnsleft-1
+ \ifnum\columnsleft>0\hfil\leavevmode\vtop\bgroup\parindent0pt
+ \else\strut\egroup\xpar\vskip\parskip\xpar
+ \multicolumnparallelparagraphs\totalcolumns\separation
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we get the language selecting mechanism. I define a newcount
+% \verb=\l@nguage= in order to avoid conflicts with several dialects
+% using the same language count. Consequently I redefine
+% \verb=\p@selectlanguage= so that it contains also this newcount, and
+% \verb=\iflanguage= so that it also knows about different dialects.
+%
+% But first I have to take into account special languages, those that
+% use different alphabets.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\l@nguage
+\newif\ifgreek
+\newif\ifrussian
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\;=\active \catcode`\:=\active
+\catcode`\!=\active \catcode`\?=\active
+\gdef\french@active@punct{%
+ \catcode`\;=\active\catcode`\:=\active%
+ \catcode`\!=\active\catcode`\?=\active\relax}
+\gdef\no@french@active@punct{%
+ \catcode`\;=12\catcode`\:=12%
+ \catcode`\!=12\catcode`\?=12\relax}
+\endgroup
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\;=\active \catcode`\:=\active
+\catcode`\!=\active \catcode`\?=\active
+\gdef\extrasfrench{%
+ \let\original@dospecials\dospecials%
+ \let\original@sanitize\@sanitize%
+ \let\original@ref\ref%
+ \let\original@pageref\pageref%
+ \let\original@cite\cite%
+ \let\original@label\label%
+ \let\original@newlabel\newlabel%
+ \let\original@bibcite\bibcite%
+ \let\original@@bibitem\@bibitem%
+ \let\original@@lbitem\@lbitem%
+ \let\original@@testdef\@testdef%
+ \let\original@sc=;\let\original@co=:%
+ \let\original@em=!\let\original@qm=?%
+ \let\original@dieresis\"%
+ \let\original@circumflex\^%
+ \let\original@active@sc\active@sc%
+ \let\original@active@co\active@co%
+ \let\original@active@em\active@em%
+ \let\original@active@qm\active@qm%
+ \edef\original@xcode{%
+ \catcode`\noexpand\:=\the\catcode`\:\relax%
+ \catcode`\noexpand\;=\the\catcode`\;\relax%
+ \catcode`\noexpand\!=\the\catcode`\!\relax%
+ \catcode`\noexpand\?=\the\catcode`\?\relax}%
+ \let\dospecials\french@dospecials%
+ \let\@sanitize\french@sanitize%
+ \def\"{\protect\french@dieresis}%
+ \def\^{\protect\french@circumflex}%
+ \french@active@punct%
+ \def;{\protect\active@sc}%
+ \def:{\protect\active@co}%
+ \def!{\protect\active@em}%
+ \def?{\protect\active@qm}%
+ \let\active@sc\french@active@sc%
+ \let\active@co\french@active@co%
+ \let\active@em\french@active@em%
+ \let\active@qm\french@active@qm%
+ \let\ref\french@ref%
+ \let\pageref\french@pageref%
+ \let\cite\french@cite%
+ \let\label\french@label%
+ \let\newlabel\french@newlabel%
+ \let\@testdef\french@@testdef%
+ \let\@bibitem\french@@bibitem%
+ \let\@lbitem\french@lbitem%
+ \let\bibcite\french@bibcite%
+ \frenchspacing\let\resetspacing\nonfrenchspacing%
+}\endgroup
+\begingroup\french@active@punct
+\def\noextrasfrench{%
+ \no@french@active@punct%
+ \original@xcode;
+ \let;\original@sc%
+ \let:\original@co%
+ \let!\original@em%
+ \let?\original@qm%
+ \let\active@sc\original@active@sc%
+ \let\active@co\original@active@co%
+ \let\active@em\original@active@em%
+ \let\active@qm\original@active@qm%
+ \let\"\original@dieresis%
+ \let\^\original@circumflex%
+ \let\dospecials\original@dospecials%
+ \let\@sanitize\original@sanitize%
+ \let\ref\original@ref%
+ \let\pageref\original@pageref%
+ \let\cite\original@cite%
+ \let\label\original@label%
+ \let\newlabel\original@newlabel%
+ \let\@testdef\original@@testdef%
+ \let\@bibitem\original@@bibitem%
+ \let\@lbitem\original@lbitem%
+ \let\bibcite\original@bibcite%
+ \resetspacing%
+}\endgroup
+\def\french@active@sc{%
+ \ifmmode%
+ \string;%
+ \else\relax%
+ \ifhmode%
+% \ifdim\lastskip>\z@%
+ \unskip\penalty\@M\,%
+% \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \string;%
+ \fi}%
+\def\french@active@co{\ifmmode\string:\else\relax%
+ \ifhmode%\ifdim\lastskip>\z@%
+ \unskip\penalty\@M\,%\fi
+ \fi\string:\fi}
+\def\french@active@em{\ifmmode\string!\else\relax%
+ \ifhmode%\ifdim\lastskip>\z@%
+ \unskip\penalty\@M\,%\fi
+ \fi\string!\fi}
+\def\french@active@qm{%
+ \ifmmode\string?%
+ \else\relax%
+ \ifhmode%\ifdim\lastskip>\z@%
+ \unskip\kern\fontdimen2\font%
+ \kern-1.4\fontdimen3\font%
+ \fi%\fi%
+ \string?\fi}
+\def\french@ref{\no@french@active@punct\@french@ref}
+\def\@french@ref#1{\original@ref{#1}\french@active@punct}
+\def\french@pageref{\no@french@active@punct\@french@pageref}
+\def\@french@pageref#1{\original@pageref{#1}\french@active@punct}
+\def\french@cite{\no@french@active@punct\@french@cite}
+\def\@french@cite#1{\original@cite{#1}\french@active@punct}
+\def\french@label{\no@french@active@punct\@french@label}
+\def\@french@label#1{\original@label{#1}\french@active@punct}
+\def\french@newlabel{\no@french@active@punct\@french@newlabel}
+\def\@french@newlabel#1#2{\original@newlabel{#1}{#2}%
+ \french@active@punct}
+\def\french@bibcite{\no@french@active@punct\@french@bibcite}
+\def\@french@bibcite#1#2{\original@bibcite{#1}{#2}\french@active@punct}
+\def\french@@bibitem{\no@french@active@punct\@french@@bibitem}
+\def\@french@@bibitem#1{\original@@bibitem{#1}\french@active@punct}
+\def\french@@lbitem{\no@french@active@punct\@french@@lbitem}
+\def\@french@@lbitem#1{\original@@lbitem{#1}\french@active@punct}
+\def\french@@testdef{\no@french@active@punct\@french@@testdef}
+\def\@french@@testdef #1#2#3{\original@@testdef{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \french@active@punct}
+\gdef\p@selectlanguage#1{\ifgreek\endgreek\fi\russianfalse
+ \no@french@active@punct
+ \@bsphack\input#1
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \@nolanerr{#1}
+ \else
+ \language=\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \l@nguage=\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \originalTeX\mdqon
+ \edef\languagename{#1}
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\originalTeX
+ \expandafter{\csname noextras#1\endcsname
+ \let\originalTeX\empty}
+ \babel@beginsave
+ \csname captions#1\endcsname
+ \csname date#1\endcsname
+ \csname extras#1\endcsname\relax
+ \fi}
+\gdef\iflanguage#1#2#3{\@bsphack\@ifundefined{l@#1}{#3}
+ {\ifnum\l@nguage=\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax#2\else#3\fi\@esphack}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Because of their non roman alphabets I shall have to put in Greek
+% and Russian here. For the convenience of editing I also defined a
+% special ibmkbd.sty that could be input separately and since we are
+% inputting now anyway I could as well add some other useful styles.
+% However, if you do not have or want to use these styles, you can
+% skip them.
+% For that reason I define the command \verb=\inputstyle= which loads a
+% style file only if it exists.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\inputstyle#1{\openin1 #1.sty \ifeof1
+ \typeout{! I can't find file `#1.sty'.}
+ \else\closein1 \relax\input{#1.sty}\fi}
+\inputstyle{ibmkbd} % for an extended keyboard
+\inputstyle{picins} % to insert pictures (in columns)
+\inputstyle{setspace} % to manipulate interline spacing
+\inputstyle{logos} % some frequently used logos
+\inputstyle{rgreek}
+\inputstyle{cmcyr}
+\gdef\dutchTeX{\selectlanguage{dutch}}
+\gdef\frenchTeX{\selectlanguage{french}}
+\gdef\germanTeX{\selectlanguage{german}}
+\gdef\greekTeX{\selectlanguage{greek}}
+\gdef\cyrTeX{\selectlanguage{russian}}
+\gdef\english{\selectlanguage{english}}
+\gdef\English{\selectlanguage{english}}
+\global\let\dutch\dutchTeX
+\global\let\french\frenchTeX
+\global\let\german\germanTeX
+\global\let\greek\greekTeX
+\global\let\russian\cyrTeX
+\global\let\Dutch\dutchTeX
+\global\let\French\frenchTeX
+\global\let\German\germanTeX
+\global\let\Greek\greekTeX
+\global\let\Russian\cyrTeX
+%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Some people call French Francais [sic]. Now, if language French
+% is not defined, neither is Francais, we can just relax. But if
+% French is not defined, but Francais is I would French like to be
+% Francais so I can use its hyphenation patterns. Otherwise, if
+% Francais is not defined, but French is I would Francais like to be
+% French.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifx\undefined\l@french
+ \ifx\undefined\l@francais
+\else
+ \global\let\l@french\l@francais
+ \fi
+\fi
+\ifx\undefined\l@francais
+ \ifx\undefined\l@french
+\else
+ \global\let\l@francais\l@french
+ \fi
+\fi
+\mlbibfilename{ml}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Some corrections on the NFSS}
+%
+% Since I am using the NFSS as my default and since I think the
+% capability to use different fonts should be part of a multilingual
+% system I include some corrections on the NFSS I found while using it.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\global\let\mathit\mit
+\expandafter\ifx\csname selectfont\endcsname\relax\else
+\gdef\ly{\family{lasy}\selectfont}
+\gdef\tensf{\family{cmss}\series{m}\shape{n}\size{10}{13pt}\selectfont}
+\gdef\tensl{\family{cmsl}\series{m}\shape{n}\size{10}{12pt}\selectfont}
+\fi
+\selectlanguage{english}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32dc58989b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/ml.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,496 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `ml.sty', generated on <1994/7/21>
+%% with the docstrip utility (2.0r).
+%%
+%% The original source file was `ml.doc'.
+%%
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%% You are not allowed to distribute this file.
+%% For distribution of the original source see
+%% the copyright notice in the file ml.doc.
+%%
+\def\filename{ml.doc}
+\let\thisfilename\filename
+\def\fileversion{ml-1.9}
+\def\filedate{15 june 1993}
+\def\docdate{15 june 1993}
+%% \CheckSum{1920}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\wlog{Style option `ml' version \fileversion\space <\filedate>}
+\wlog{English documentation dated <\docdate>}
+\makeatletter
+\ifx\undefined\mdqon\relax\else\endinput\fi
+\@ifundefined{iflanguage}{\input babel.sty\relax}{\relax}
+\ifx\undefined\babel@core@loaded\input babel.com\fi
+\let\firstcolmark\relax
+\def\@outputdblcol{\if@firstcolumn
+\xdef\firstcolmark{\firstmark}
+\global\@firstcolumnfalse
+ \global\setbox\@leftcolumn\box\@outputbox
+ \else \global\@firstcolumntrue
+ \setbox\@outputbox\vbox{\hbox to\textwidth{\hbox to\columnwidth
+ {\box\@leftcolumn \hss}\hfil \vrule width\columnseprule\hfil
+ \hbox to\columnwidth{\box\@outputbox \hss}}}\@combinedblfloats
+ \@outputpage \begingroup \@dblfloatplacement \@startdblcolumn
+ \@whilesw\if@fcolmade \fi{\@outputpage\@startdblcolumn}\endgroup
+ \fi}
+\def\ps@right
+{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\rm \thepage\hfil \sl
+\leftmark}\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl \rightmark \hfil
+\hbox to 0pt{\kern30pt \rm\thepage\hss}
+}\def\sectionmark##1{\markright {\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}}
+\let\typewriter\tt
+\gdef\tt{\typewriter\def\_{\char95}}
+\def\mdqon{\catcode`\"\active}
+\def\mdqoff{\catcode`\"12 }
+\gdef\allowhyphens{\penalty\@M \hskip\z@skip}
+\newcount\U@C\newbox\U@B\newdimen\U@D
+\gdef\umlauthigh{\def\"{\protect{\accent127 ##1}}}
+\gdef\umlautlow{\def\"{\protect\newumlaut}}
+\gdef\newumlaut#1{\leavevmode\allowhyphens
+ \vbox{\baselineskip\z@skip \lineskip.25ex
+ \ialign{##\crcr\hidewidth
+ \setbox\U@B\hbox{#1}\U@D .01\p@\U@C\U@D
+ \U@D\ht\U@B\advance\U@D -1ex\divide\U@D \U@C
+ \U@C\U@D\U@D\the\fontdimen1\the\font
+ \multiply\U@D \U@C\divide\U@D 100\kern\U@D
+ \vbox to .20ex
+ {\hbox{\char127}\vss}\hidewidth\crcr#1\crcr}}\allowhyphens}
+\gdef\@UMLAUT{\"}
+\gdef\@MATHUMLAUT{\mathaccent"707F }
+\gdef\@SS{\mathchar"7019 }
+\gdef\dq{"}
+\gdef\highumlaut#1{\leavevmode\allowhyphens%
+ \accent127 #1\allowhyphens}%
+\begingroup
+\def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}%
+\xdef\dospecials{\dospecials\do\"}%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname @sanitize\endcsname\relax \else
+ \def\@makeother{\noexpand\@makeother\noexpand}%
+ \xdef\@sanitize{\@sanitize\@makeother\"}%
+\fi
+\endgroup
+{\mdqon
+\gdef"{\protect\active@dq}
+\gdef\dieresis{\"}
+\gdef\active@dq#1{%
+ \ifx #1s\ifmmode\@SS\else\ss\fi{}%
+\else\ifx #1a\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT a\else\@UMLAUT a\fi
+\else\ifx #1o\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT o\else\@UMLAUT o\fi
+\else\ifx #1u\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT u\else\@UMLAUT u\fi
+\else\ifx #1A\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT A\else\@UMLAUT A\fi
+\else\ifx #1O\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT O\else\@UMLAUT O\fi
+\else\ifx #1U\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT U\else\@UMLAUT U\fi
+\else\ifx #1`\leftquotes{}%
+\else\ifx #1'\rightquotes{}%
+\else\other@active@dq{#1}%
+\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi }
+\gdef\other@active@dq#1{%
+ \ifx #1e\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT e\else\highumlaut e\fi
+\else\ifx #1i\ifmmode\discretionary{-}{#1}{\@MATHUMLAUT i}
+ \else\discretionary{-}{#1}{\dieresis\i}\fi
+\else\ifx #1j\ifmmode\discretionary{-}{#1}{\@MATHUMLAUT j}
+ \else\discretionary{-}{#1}{\dieresis\j}\fi
+\else\ifx #1E\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT E\else\highumlaut E\fi
+\else\ifx #1I\ifmmode\@MATHUMLAUT I\else\highumlaut I\fi
+\else\ifx #1SSS%
+\else\ifx #1-\allowhyphens\-\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1"\hskip\z@skip\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1|\discretionary{-}{}{\kern.03em}%
+\else\ifx #1c\allowhyphens\discretionary{k-}{}{c}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1f\allowhyphens\discretionary{ff-}{}{f}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1k\allowhyphens\discretionary{k-}{}{}\allowhyphens %% Maasai
+\else\ifx #1l\allowhyphens\discretionary{ll-}{}{l}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1m\allowhyphens\discretionary{mm-}{}{m}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1n\allowhyphens\discretionary{nn-}{}{n}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1p\allowhyphens\discretionary{pp-}{}{p}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1t\allowhyphens\discretionary{tt-}{}{t}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1C\allowhyphens\discretionary{K-}{}{C}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1F\allowhyphens\discretionary{FF-}{}{F}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1K\allowhyphens\discretionary{K-}{}{}\allowhyphens %% Maasai
+\else\ifx #1L\allowhyphens\discretionary{LL-}{}{L}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1M\allowhyphens\discretionary{MM-}{}{M}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1N\allowhyphens\discretionary{NN-}{}{N}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1P\allowhyphens\discretionary{PP-}{}{Pp}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1T\allowhyphens\discretionary{TT-}{}{T}\allowhyphens
+\else\ifx #1y\allowhyphens i\kern-0.06\p@ j\allowhyphens%
+\else\ifx #1Y\allowhyphens I\kern-0.05\p@ J\allowhyphens%
+\else\ifx #1<\flqq{}%
+\else\ifx #1>\frqq{}%
+\else \dq #1%
+\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi }
+\gdef\at{{\char '100}}
+\gdef\boi{{\tt\char '134}}
+\gdef\circonflexe{{\char '136}}
+\gdef\tild{{\char '176}}
+\gdef\degre{{\char'27}}
+\gdef\french@circumflex#1{{\accent"5E \if#1i\i\else#1\fi}}
+\gdef\french@dieresis#1{{\accent"7F \if#1i\i\else#1\fi}}
+\gdef\up#1{\raise 1ex\hbox{\small#1}}
+\gdef\No{\kern-.25em\lower.2ex\hbox{\degre}}
+\gdef\ieme{$^{\rm e }$\kern+.17em}
+\gdef\FrenchEnumerate#1{$#1^{\rm o}$\kern+.29em}
+\gdef\FrenchPopularEnumerate#1{#1\No\kern-.25em)\kern+.3em}
+\gdef\primo{\FrenchEnumerate1}
+\gdef\secundo{\FrenchEnumerate2}
+\gdef\tertio{\FrenchEnumerate3}
+\gdef\quatro{\FrenchEnumerate4}
+\gdef\fprimo){\FrenchPopularEnumerate1}
+\gdef\fsecundo){\FrenchPopularEnumerate2}
+\gdef\ftertio){\FrenchPopularEnumerate3}
+\gdef\fquatro){\FrenchPopularEnumerate4}
+} % end of \mdqon
+\mdqon
+\gdef\flqq{\protect\@flqq}
+\gdef\@flqq{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi
+ \ifmmode \ll \else \leavevmode
+ \raise .2ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle \ll $}\fi \@SF\relax}
+\gdef\frqq{\protect\@frqq}
+\gdef\@frqq{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi
+ \ifmmode \gg \else \leavevmode
+ \raise .2ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle \gg $}\fi \@SF\relax}
+\gdef\flq{\protect\@flq}
+\gdef\@flq{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi
+ \ifmmode < \else \leavevmode
+ \raise .2ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle < $}\fi \@SF\relax}
+\gdef\frq{\protect\@frq}
+\gdef\@frq{\ifhmode \edef\@SF{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\else
+ \let\@SF\empty \fi
+ \ifmmode > \else \leavevmode
+ \raise .2ex \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle > $}\fi \@SF\relax}
+\gdef\bold#1{{\bf#1\/}}
+\gdef\emph#1{{\em#1\/}}
+\gdef\ital#1{{\it#1\/}}
+\gdef\slant#1{{\sl#1\/}}
+\let\stopmath\)
+\gdef\specialhyphen{%
+\ifmmode\stopmath\else\allowhyphens\discretionary{-)}{}{-)}\allowhyphens\fi}
+\def\){\protect\specialhyphen}
+\gdef\B#1{\kern-.0667em\b{\kern.1788em#1}}
+\gdef\rref#1{\ref{#1}\begingroup
+ \def\x{#1}\edef\x{\expandafter\GetMeaning\meaning\x\MeaningEnd}%
+ \ref{\x}\marginpar{\verb^ \x ^}\endgroup}
+\gdef\llabel#1{\label{#1}\begingroup
+ \def\x{#1}\edef\x{\expandafter\GetMeaning\meaning\x\MeaningEnd}%
+ \ref{\x}\marginpar{\verb^ \x ^}\endgroup}
+\gdef\trademark{\raise 1ex\hbox{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\sevenrm
+ R}\hfil\crcr\mathhexbox20D}}}
+\gdef\ch#1{$\textfont1=\the\font#1$}
+\gdef\framepar#1{\framebox[\hsize]{\vbox{\begin{quote}#1\end{quote}}}}
+\newcount\ii\newcount\jj\newif\ifhyphen
+\gdef\numb{\hyphenfalse\afterassignment\nul\ii=}
+\gdef\num#1 #2 {\divide\jj by #1 \ifnum\jj>1 {\ii=\jj\getall}\fi
+ #2\multiply\jj by #1 \advance\ii by -\jj\getall}
+\gdef\qm{\ifhyphen\-\else\global\hyphentrue\fi}
+\gdef\s#1 {\showhyphens{\numb#1}}
+\newcount\n\newcount\m
+\n=0
+\m=1
+\def\lesson{\def\chaptername{\lessonname}\chapter}
+\def\exercise{\section*{\centering{\exercisename{}\thesection}}}
+\def\singleexercise{\section*{\centering{\exercisename{}\thechapter}}}
+\gdef\beginexercise{\@ifnextchar[\beginsingleexercise\begin@xercise}
+ \gdef\begin@xercise{
+ \refstepcounter{section}\exercise{}
+ \begin{itemize}\begin{enumerate}}
+ \gdef\beginsingleexercise[]{
+ \refstepcounter{section}\singleexercise{}
+ \begin{itemize}\begin{enumerate}}
+\gdef\endexercise{\end{enumerate}\end{itemize}}
+\gdef\editions#1{\bgroup
+\if#1{arabic}\arabicedname\else
+\if#1{croatian}\croatianedname\else
+\if#1{czech}\czechedname\else
+\if#1{danish}\danishedname\else
+\if#1{dutch}\dutchedname\else
+\if#1{english}\englishedname\else
+\if#1{esperanto}\esperantoedname\else
+\if#1{finnish}\finnishedname\else
+\if#1{french}\frenchedname\else
+\if#1{german}\germanedname\else
+\if#1{greek}\greekedname\else
+\if#1{hebrew}\hebrewedname\else
+\if#1{italian}\italianedname\else
+\if#1{maasai}\maasaiedname\else
+\if#1{magyar}\magyaredname\else
+\if#1{norsk}\norskedname\else
+\if#1{polish}\polishedname\else
+\if#1{portuges}\portugesedname\else
+\if#1{romanian}\romanianedname\else
+\if#1{russian}\russianedname\else
+\if#1{slovene}\sloveneedname\else
+\if#1{spanish}\spanishedname\else
+\if#1{swahili}\swahiliedname\else
+\if#1{swedish}\swedishedname\else
+\typeout{Language not supported!}
+\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+\gdef\higherthenthird#1{\bgroup%
+ \def\arabicedition{\arabicedname}%
+ \def\croatianedition{\croatianedname}%
+ \def\czechedition{\czechedname}%
+ \def\danishedition{\danishedname}%
+ \def\dutchedition{\dutchedname}%
+ \def\englishedition{\englishedname}%
+ \def\esperantoedition{\esperantoedname}%
+ \def\finnishedition{\finnishedname}%
+ \def\frenchedition{\frenchedname}%
+ \def\germanedition{\germanedname}%
+ \def\greekedition{\greekedname}%
+ \def\hebrewedition{\hebrewedname}%
+ \def\hindiedition{\hindiedname}%
+ \def\italianedition{\italianedname}%
+ \def\maasaiedition{\maasaiedname}%
+ \def\magyaredition{\magyaredname}%
+ \def\norskedition{\norskedname}%
+ \def\polishedition{\polishedname}%
+ \def\portugesedition{\portugesedname}%
+ \def\romanianedition{\romanianedname}%
+ \def\russianedition{\russianedname}%
+ \def\sloveneedition{\sloveneedname}%
+ \def\spanishedition{\spanishedname}%
+ \def\swahiliedition{\swahiliedname}%
+ \def\swedishedition{\swedishedname}%
+ \def\tamiledition{\tamiledname}%
+ \def\turkishedition{\turkishedname}\if#12%
+ {2\higher}\else\if#13%
+ {3\higher}\else\if#14%
+ {4\higher}\else\if#15%
+ {5\higher}\else\if#16%
+ {6\higher}\else\if#17%
+ {7\higher}\else\if#18%
+ {8\higher}\else\if#19%
+ {9\higher}\else#1\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\egroup}
+\gdef\edition#1{\@bsphack\@ifundefined{l@#1}{\@nolanerr{#1}}%
+ {\language\csname l@#1\endcsname\@esphack}}%
+\gdef\arabicedition{\edition{arabic}}
+\gdef\croatianedition{\edition{croatian}}
+\gdef\czechedition{\edition{czech}}
+\gdef\danishedition{\edition{danish}}
+\gdef\dutchedition{\edition{dutch}}
+\gdef\englishedition{\edition{english}}
+\gdef\esperantoedition{\edition{esperanto}}
+\gdef\finnishedition{\edition{finnish}}
+\gdef\frenchedition{\edition{french}}
+\gdef\germanedition{\edition{german}}
+\gdef\greekedition{\edition{greek}}
+\gdef\hebrewedition{\edition{hebrew}}
+\gdef\hindiedition{\edition{hindi}}
+\gdef\italianedition{\edition{italian}}
+\gdef\maasaiedition{\edition{maasai}}
+\gdef\magyaredition{\edition{magyar}}
+\gdef\norskedition{\edition{norsk}}
+\gdef\polishedition{\edition{polish}}
+\gdef\portugesedition{\edition{portuges}}
+\gdef\romanianedition{\edition{romanian}}
+\gdef\russianedition{\edition{russian}}
+\gdef\sloveneedition{\edition{slovene}}
+\gdef\spanishedition{\edition{spanish}}
+\gdef\swahiliedition{\edition{swahili}}
+\gdef\swedishedition{\edition{swedish}}
+\gdef\tamiledition{\edition{tamil}}
+\gdef\turkishedition{\edition{turkish}}
+\gdef\subtitle#1{\def\@subtitle{#1}}
+\gdef\soustitre#1{\begin{flushright}{\it#1}\end{flushright}}
+\gdef\see#1#2{{\em\seename\ #1,} #2}
+\newif\ifpagenumbering\pagenumberingtrue
+\gdef\sschapter#1{\ifpagenumbering
+ \bgroup\@schapter{#1}\pagenumbering{arabic}\egroup\pagenumberingfalse
+ \else\@schapter{#1}\fi}
+\gdef\cchapter[#1]#2{\ifpagenumbering\bgroup\@chapter[#1]{#2}
+ \pagenumbering{arabic}\egroup\pagenumberingfalse
+ \else\@chapter[#1]{#2}\fi}
+\gdef\ch@pter{\clearpage\relax\if@twoside \ifodd\c@page\else
+ \hbox{}\relax\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}
+ \if@twocolumn\hbox{}\newpage\fi\fi\fi
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\global\@topnum\z@\@afterindentfalse
+ \secdef\cchapter\sschapter}
+\gdef\maketitlepages{\def\chapter{\thispagestyle{empty}\ch@pter}
+ \pagenumbering{roman}
+ \begin{titlepage}\setcounter{page}{-3}
+ \null
+ \vfil
+ \vskip2\baselineskip \begin{center}
+ {\Huge\sc \@title \par}\end{center}
+ \end{titlepage}\begin{titlepage}\setcounter{page}{-2}\null\vfil
+ \end{titlepage}\begin{titlepage}
+ \let\footnotesize\small \let\footnoterule\relax\setcounter{page}{-1}
+ \null
+ \vfil
+ \vskip 60pt \begin{center}
+ {\LARGE\sc \@title \par} \ifx\@subtitle\undefined\relax\else
+ {\large \@subtitle \par}\fi \vskip 3em {\large
+ \lineskip .75em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vfil {\large \@date \par} \end{center}
+ \end{titlepage}\begin{titlepage}\null\vfil\end{titlepage}
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0} \let\thanks\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\maketitle\relax}
+\gdef\tableofcontents{\bgroup\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\pagenumberingfalse\chapter*{\contentsname
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase{\contentsname}}{\uppercase{\contentsname}}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi\egroup}
+\gdef\listoffigures{\bgroup\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\pagenumberingfalse\chapter*{\listfigurename\@mkboth
+ {\uppercase{\listfigurename}}{\uppercase{\listfigurename}}}\@starttoc
+ {lof}\if@restonecol
+ \twocolumn\fi\egroup}
+\gdef\listoftables{\bgroup\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\pagenumberingfalse\chapter*{\listtablename\@mkboth
+ {\uppercase{\listtablename}}{\uppercase{\listtablename}}}\@starttoc
+ {lot}\if@restonecol
+ \twocolumn\fi\egroup}
+\def\preface{\bgroup\pagenumberingfalse\chapter*{\prefname}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\prefname}\egroup}
+\long\gdef\@footnotetext#1{\insert\footins{\footnotesize
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep
+ \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}\@makefntext
+ \def\@wrindex{\wrindex}{\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}}}
+\global\let\f@@tnote\footnote%
+\global\let\c@ntentsline\contentsline%
+\gdef\footnote{\rm\kern.05em\protect\f@@tnote}
+\gdef\nofootnote#1{\relax}
+\gdef\contentsline{%
+ \def\f@@tnote{\nofootnote}\let\footnotemark\relax\c@ntentsline}
+\gdef\mlbibfilename#1{\def\bibfn{#1}}
+\gdef\bibliography#1{\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\bibname}
+ \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\bibdata{\bibfn,#1}}\fi
+ \@input{\jobname.bbl}}
+\gdef~{\penalty1000\ }
+\gdef\notename#1{#1\,n.}
+\gdef\index#1{\ifx\ind@x\undefined\relax\else\protect\ind@x{#1}\fi}
+\global\let\enddoc\enddocument
+\gdef\wrindex#1{\let\thepage\relax\xdef\@gtempa{%
+ \write\@indexfile{\string\indexentry{#1|notename}{\thepage}}}
+ \endgroup\@gtempa\if@nobreak \ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi\@esphack}
+\gdef\makeindex{\if@filesw \newwrite\@indexfile
+ \immediate\openout\@indexfile=\jobname.idx
+ \def\ind@x{\@bsphack\begingroup\ifx\no@french@active@punct\undefined\relax
+ \else\no@french@active@punct\def\'{\accent 19}\fi
+ \def\protect####1{\string####1\space}\@sanitize\@wrindex}
+ \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.idx}\fi
+ \def\theidx{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+ \columnseprule.4pt\small\columnsep 35pt
+ \twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{\indexname}]
+ \@mkboth{\uppercase{\indexname}}{\uppercase{\indexname}}
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@\parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax%
+ \let\item\@idxitem\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}}
+ \def\theindex{\ifx\multicols\undefined
+ \makeatletter\inputstyle{multicol}\makeatother
+ \ifx\multicols\undefined\theidx\else
+ \columnseprule=.4pt\small\chapter*{\indexname}
+ \parindent\z@\parskip\z@ plus.3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\indexname}
+ \begin{multicols}{2}\fi\fi}
+ \def\endtheindex{\ifx\multicols\undefined\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else
+ \clearpage\fi\else\end{multicols}\fi}
+ \def\enddocument{\@input{\jobname.ind}\enddoc}}
+\gdef\cover{\@input{\jobname.ind}\def\enddocument{\enddoc}\pagestyle{empty}}
+\newinsert\mcpfootins
+\long\def\mcpfootnote#1{\footnotemark\addtocounter{footnote}{-1}
+ \global\setbox\mcpfootins \vbox{\unvcopy\mcpfootins\footnotesize%
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty\floatingpenalty=20000
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep%\splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox%
+ \hsize\columnwidth\pagebreak[3]
+ \parindent 1em\noindent\hbox to 1.8em{\hss\footnotemark}
+ {\rule{0pt}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces #1\strut}}}
+\gdef\multicolpar#1{\def\f@@tnote{\mcpfootnote}\let\footins\mcpfootins
+ \addvspace\topsep\pretolerance1001\tolerance9999
+ \finalhyphendemerits3000000\hbadness5000\vbadness10001
+ \advance\baselineskip0pt\multicolumnparallelparagraphs{#1}{2em}}
+\gdef\endmulticolpar{\xpar\egroup\egroup\leavevmode}
+\newcount\columnsleft \newcount\totalcolumns \newdimen\separation
+\gdef\multicolumnparallelparagraphs#1#2{\totalcolumns#1\separation#2
+ \let\xpar\par\vskip\parskip\columnsleft\totalcolumns\relax
+ \hbox to\hsize\bgroup\let\par\nextmulticolumnparallelparagraph
+ % Set hsize = (old hsize - (#1 - 1)*#2 ) / #1
+ \dimen0\separation\advance\hsize-\columnsleft\dimen0
+ \advance\hsize\dimen0\divide\hsize\columnsleft\relax
+ \leavevmode\vtop\bgroup\parindent0pt}
+\gdef\nextmulticolumnparallelparagraph{\strut\egroup\advance\columnsleft-1
+ \ifnum\columnsleft>0\hfil\leavevmode\vtop\bgroup\parindent0pt
+ \else\strut\egroup\xpar\vskip\parskip\xpar
+ \multicolumnparallelparagraphs\totalcolumns\separation
+ \fi}
+\newcount\l@nguage
+\newif\ifgreek
+\newif\ifrussian
+\gdef\p@selectlanguage#1{\ifgreek\endgreek\fi\russianfalse\@bsphack\input#1
+ \@ifundefined{l@#1}{\@nolanerr{#1}}%
+ {\language=\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \l@nguage=\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \originalTeX\mdqon
+ \csname captions#1\endcsname
+ \csname date#1\endcsname
+ \csname extras#1\endcsname
+ \def\originalTeX{\csname noextras#1\endcsname}%
+ \@esphack}}%
+\gdef\iflanguage#1#2#3{\@bsphack\@ifundefined{l@#1}{#3}
+ {\ifnum\l@nguage=\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax#2\else#3\fi\@esphack}}
+\gdef\inputstyle#1{\openin1 #1.sty \ifeof1
+ \typeout{! I can't find file `#1.sty'.}
+ \else\closein1 \relax\input{#1.sty}\fi}
+\inputstyle{ibmkbd} % for an extended keyboard
+\inputstyle{setspace} % to manipulate interline spacing
+\inputstyle{logos} % some frequently used logos
+\inputstyle{rgreek}
+\inputstyle{cmcyr}
+\gdef\dutchTeX{\selectlanguage{dutch}}
+\gdef\frenchTeX{\selectlanguage{french}}
+\gdef\germanTeX{\selectlanguage{german}}
+\gdef\greekTeX{\selectlanguage{greek}}
+\gdef\begingreek{\selectlanguage{greek}}
+\gdef\beginmgreek{\selectlanguage{greek}\monotoniko}
+\gdef\cyrTeX{\selectlanguage{russian}}
+\gdef\english{\selectlanguage{english}}
+\gdef\English{\selectlanguage{english}}
+\global\let\dutch\dutchTeX
+\global\let\french\frenchTeX
+\global\let\german\germanTeX
+\global\let\greek\greekTeX
+\global\let\russian\cyrTeX
+\global\let\Dutch\dutchTeX
+\global\let\French\frenchTeX
+\global\let\German\germanTeX
+\global\let\Greek\greekTeX
+\global\let\Russian\cyrTeX
+\mlbibfilename{ml}
+\expandafter\ifx\csname selectfont\endcsname
+\def\ly{\family{lasy}\selectfont}
+\let\mathit\mit
+\def\tensf{\family{cmss}\series{m}\shape{n}\size{10}{13pt}\selectfont}
+\def\tensl{\family{cmsl}\series{m}\shape{n}\size{10}{12pt}\selectfont}
+\else \endinput \fi
+\selectlanguage{english}\makeatother\mdqoff
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `ml.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mldoc.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mldoc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43b0a2aafa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mldoc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+\documentstyle[newdoc]{ltugboat}
+%
+% \EnableCrossrefs
+ \DisableCrossrefs % use \DisableCrossrefs if the index is ready
+
+ \RecordChanges
+% \OnlyDescription
+% \PageIndex
+ \CodelineIndex
+
+ \SelfDocumenting % macro defined in ltugboat.sty
+
+% -------------------------------------------------
+%^^A! aanwijzingen voor TUGboat-redactie in het Engels
+% define \dlqq so that we can give an example of "'
+% -------------------------------------------------
+\makeatletter
+\gdef\dlqq{{\setbox\tw@=\hbox{,}\setbox\z@=\hbox{''}%
+ \dimen\z@=\ht\z@ \advance\dimen\z@-\ht\tw@
+ \setbox\z@=\hbox{\lower\dimen\z@\box\z@}\ht\z@=\ht\tw@
+ \dp\z@=\dp\tw@ \box\z@\kern-.04em}}
+%+
+% Some extra definitions needed in the article
+%-
+\def\langvar{$\langle \it lang \rangle$}
+\def\ttbs{\char'134}
+\def\note#1{{\bf #1}}
+%\def\note#1{}
+\def\bsl{\protect\bslash}
+%
+\renewenvironment{theglossary}{%
+ \glossary@prologue%
+ \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces}%
+ {}
+%
+\ifx\indefined\selectfont
+\else
+ \def\tensl{\shape{sl}\size{10}{12pt}\selectfont}
+\fi
+\makeatother
+%
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\def\rtitlex{The implementation of the {\sf ml} system}
+\def\midrtitle{}
+\def\PrelimDraftfooter{%
+ \dlap{\kern\textheight\kern3pc
+ \rlap{\hbox to \pagewd{\filename\hfil{\tensl printed \Now}}}
+ }}
+
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{ml.doc}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mlletter.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mlletter.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6846358926
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mlletter.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
+% This is MLLETTER.STY in text format
+% a modification of Victor Eijkhout's BRIEF.STY,
+% a letter style following Dutch NEN-norms 1025, 1026, and 3162.
+\def\fileversion{0.1}\def\filedate{16 sept 1994}
+% A MultiLingual letterstyle compatible with letter.sty
+%
+% Author:
+% Hans Stoks
+% u251006@vm.uci.kun.nl
+%
+% Main changes of BRIEF.STY:
+% do away with \b@language,
+% let translation be done by external files
+
+\typeout{Document Style `Mlletter'. Version <\fileversion>, <\filedate>}
+
+\def\@ptsize{1}
+\@namedef{ds@10pt}{\def\@ptsize{0}}
+\@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\@twosidefalse
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+
+\def\ds@USletter{\@elfinchtrue} \newif\if@elfinch
+\@namedef{ds@a4}{\message{You do not need an A4-option:
+paper is adjusted automatically.}}
+\def\ds@sober{}
+
+\def\ds@typhulp{\@typhulptrue} \newif\if@typhulp
+\def\ds@streepjes{\@streepjestrue} \newif\if@streepjes
+\def\ds@adresrechts{\@adresrechtstrue} \newif\if@adresrechts
+
+\@options
+
+\lineskip 1pt \normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% point size %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\ifcase \@ptsize\relax
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 8.5pt plus 3pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus 2pt}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt\belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus
+2pt}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\or
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt
+\abovedisplayskip 11pt plus3pt minus6pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt
+minus3pt}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 8pt plus 2pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus 2pt minus
+2pt}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\or
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{15pt}\xiipt\@xiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 12pt plus3pt minus7pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt
+minus3pt}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt
+\abovedisplayskip 11pt plus3pt minus6pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt
+minus3pt}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\let\Huge=\huge
+\fi
+\normalsize
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Paper Size %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% 33mm leftmargin
+\oddsidemargin=7.6mm \evensidemargin=\oddsidemargin
+
+% rightmargin according to NEN 10mm; maybe better 33mm.
+\textwidth=144mm \@rightskip=0cm plus 5cm \rightskip=\@rightskip
+% no margin notes.
+\marginparwidth=0pt \marginparsep=0pt \marginparpush=0pt
+
+% topmargin 13mm
+\topmargin-12.4mm
+% heading up to 50mm from the top
+\headheight=37mm \headsep=0mm
+% textheight, the leftover
+\textheight=197mm
+\if@elfinch \advance\textheight by -17.6mm \fi
+
+% a possibillity to use other windows (vensters)
+\newdimen\vensterskip \vensterskip=50mm %% the default
+\newdimen\@vensterskip
+\newdimen\@firstheadheight \newdimen\@otherheadheight
+\newdimen\@othertextheight
+\newdimen\@otherheadsep \newdimen\@vervolgsep
+\@otherheadsep=2mm
+\def\@prepareerhoofden{\@vensterskip=\vensterskip
+ \advance\@vensterskip by -50mm
+ \@firstheadheight=\headheight
+ \@otherheadheight=\headheight % this should not be here
+ \@othertextheight=\textheight % idem
+ }
+
+% separation between text en foot
+\newdimen\footsep \footsep=1.5cm % like headsep
+
+\columnsep 10pt \columnseprule 0pt % if you want columns?!
+\raggedbottom %% hm! we seem to need this.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%V we'll get to this later
+\footnotesep 12pt \skip\footins 10pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\floatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\dblfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\@maxsep 20pt
+\@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% opening / closing %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\font\refkopfont=cmssq8
+\font\kleinvet=cmbx7
+
+\def\opening#1{\thispagestyle{firstpage}
+ \adresveld
+ \prevdepth=-1000pt \vskip-2pt %% ????
+ \referentieregel
+ \@dosubject #1\par\nobreak}
+\def\ondertekening#1{\def\fromsig{#1}}\def\fromsig{}
+% It is possible now to declare a signature
+% (\ondertekening) after the closing (\afsluiting).
+\long\def\afsluiting#1{\par\nobreak\vspace{\parskip}
+ \stopbreaks \noindent
+ \ifx\@empty\fromsig
+ \def\ondertekening##1{\def\fromsig{##1}
+ \parbox{.5\textwidth}{\raggedright
+ \ignorespaces #1\\[6\medskipamount] \fromsig \strut}}
+ \else \parbox{.5\textwidth}{\raggedright
+ \ignorespaces #1\\[6\medskipamount]
+ \fromsig \strut}
+ \fi \par}
+
+\def\betreft#1{\def\@subject{#1}} \def\@subject{}
+\def\@dosubject{\ifx\@empty\@subject
+ \else \par\noindent
+ \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\@hangfrom{\refkopfont \rename
+ \enspace}\rm\ignorespaces \@subject\strut}\par\fi}
+\def\ps{\par\startbreaks\psname\ }
+\def\cc#1{\par\noindent
+ \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\@hangfrom{\ccname\ }\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}\par}
+\def\bijlage#1{\par\noindent
+ \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\@hangfrom{\rm \enclname\ }\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}\par}
+\def\bijlagen#1{\par\noindent
+ \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\@hangfrom{\rm \enclnames\ }\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}\par}
+\def\stopletter{}
+
+\long\def\brief#1{\newpage
+ \c@page\@ne
+ \interlinepenalty=200 \@processto{#1}
+ \@defrefveld{\@Ad}{\headtoname}{\toname}
+%% only without any date the user will get \today.
+ \ifdim\wd\@Dt=0cm \@defrefveld{\@Dt}{\datetext}{\today}\fi
+%% maybe the user has a different windowsize,
+% which he specified;
+% so it is only now that we can prepare the headings.
+ \@prepareerhoofden % (looks like we are cannibals)
+%% maybe some more headheight and less textheight
+% for the subsequent pages. Nb: no changes of textheight
+% on the first page.
+ {\setbox\@tempboxa=\vervolghoofd
+ \@tempdima=\ht\@tempboxa
+ \advance\@tempdima by -\@otherheadheight
+ \ifdim\@tempdima>0cm
+ \global\advance\@otherheadheight by \@tempdima
+ \global\advance\@othertextheight by -\@tempdima \fi}
+%% idem look at the foot
+ {\setbox\@tempboxa=\vbox{\voetregel}
+ \global\footskip=\ht\@tempboxa % maybe a little bit less?
+ \global\advance\footskip by \footsep}
+ } % except if it has been there already!!!
+
+\def\endbrief{\stopletter\@@par\pagebreak\@@par
+ \if@filesw \begingroup
+ \def\protect{\string} \let\\=\relax
+ \def\protect##1{\string##1\space}
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\mlabel{\returnaddress}
+ {\toname\\ \toaddress}}
+ \endgroup \fi
+ }
+
+\long\def\@processto#1{\@xproc #1\\@@@\ifx\toaddress\@empty
+ \else \@yproc #1@@@\fi}
+\long\def\@xproc #1\\#2@@@{\def\toname{#1}\def\toaddress{#2}}
+\long\def\@yproc #1\\#2@@@{\def\toaddress{#2}}
+\def\stopbreaks{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \def\par{\@@par\nobreak}\let\\=\@nobreakcr
+ \let\vspace\@nobreakvspace}
+\def\@nobreakvspace{\@ifstar{\@nobreakvspacex}{\@nobreakvspacex}}
+\def\@nobreakvspacex#1{\ifvmode\nobreak\vskip #1\relax\else
+ \@bsphack\vadjust{\nobreak\vskip #1}\@esphack\fi}
+\def\@nobreakcr{\vadjust{\penalty\@M}\@ifstar{\@xnewline}{\@xnewline}}
+\def\startbreaks{\let\\=\@normalcr
+ \interlinepenalty 200\relax
+ \def\par{\@@par\penalty 200\relax}}
+
+% relics of 'letter', not used.
+\def\name#1{\def\fromname{#1}}
+\long\def\address#1{\def\fromaddress{#1}}\def\fromaddress{}
+\def\location#1{\def\fromlocation{#1}}\def\fromlocation{}
+\def\telephone#1{\def\telephonenum{#1}}\def\telephonenum{}
+\def\returnaddress{}
+
+\def\document{\endgroup
+ \@colht\textheight \@colroom\textheight \vsize\textheight
+ \columnwidth\textwidth \@clubpenalty\clubpenalty
+ \if@twocolumn \advance\columnwidth -\columnsep
+ \divide\columnwidth\tw@ \hsize\columnwidth \@firstcolumntrue
+ \fi
+ \hsize\columnwidth \linewidth\hsize
+ \begingroup\@floatplacement\@dblfloatplacement\endgroup
+ \if@filesw \immediate\openout\@mainaux=\jobname.aux
+ \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\startlabels\string\@startlabels}\fi
+ \csname process@table\endcsname %% new font selection scheme
+ \def\do##1{\let ##1\@notprerr}
+ \@preamblecmds
+ \let\do\noexpand
+ \@normalsize\everypar{}}
+\def\enddocument{\@checkend{document}\newpage\begingroup
+ \if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+ \makeatletter\input \jobname.aux\clearpage
+ \fi\endgroup\deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+
+\def\makelabels{\@fileswtrue}\let\maaketiketten=\makelabels
+\def\@startlabels{}
+\newcount\labelcount
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% address %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newdimen\adresveldbreedte
+\newif\if@antwoordadres
+\def\backaddress#1{\@antwoordadrestrue\def\@antwoordadres{#1}}
+\def\@antwoordadres{}
+\def\adresveld{\hbox{}\kern-\topskip
+ \kern\@vensterskip
+ \begingroup
+ \if@adresrechts \adresveldbreedte=4\refveldbreedte
+ \advance\adresveldbreedte by -76mm
+ \def\@tempa{\moveright 76mm}
+ \else \let\@tempa\relax \adresveldbreedte=83mm\fi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa= % addressee plus address
+ \vtop{\hsize=\adresveldbreedte \@normalsize
+ \rightskip=0cm plus \adresveldbreedte
+ \let\\=\@nobreakcr\toname\\ \toaddress}
+ \bgroup\baselineskip=0pt %% this avoids a lot of problems.
+ \lineskip=0pt %% this also
+ \if@antwoordadres\@tempa\vbox to 0cm{
+ \hbox to \adresveldbreedte{\kleinvet
+ \def\\{\unskip\enspace$\bullet$\enspace\ignorespaces}%
+ \@antwoordadres\hfil}\kern2pt
+ \hrule \vss}\fi
+ \if@typhulp \@tempa\llap{\vbox to 0cm
+ {\vskip9mm\streepje\vss}} \fi
+ \kern9mm \kern-\ht\@tempboxa \@tempdima=\dp\@tempboxa
+ \@tempa\box\@tempboxa \kern-\@tempdima
+ \vskip31mm
+ \egroup\endgroup}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% reference %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newdimen\refveldbreedte
+\refveldbreedte=38mm %% 3/2 inch. see NEN 3516
+
+\def\@defrefveld#1#2#3{\setbox#1=\@refveld{#2}{#3}}
+\def\@refveld#1#2{\vtop{\hsize=\refveldbreedte \parskip=0cm
+ \everypar{}% this might be in the preamble!!
+ \lineskiplimit=\z@ \baselineskip=12pt
+ \lineskip=\z@
+ \rightskip=0cm plus \refveldbreedte
+ minus .5\refveldbreedte
+ \vbox{\refkopfont\baselineskip=10pt
+ #1\@@par}\kern2pt\strut\ignorespaces#2}}
+
+% references will stay if there are more than one letter to be processed
+\newbox\@UB \newbox\@UK \newbox\@OK \newbox\@Dt
+\def\yourletter#1{\@defrefveld{\@UB}{\yourlettername}{#1}}
+\def\yourref#1{\@defrefveld{\@UK}{\yourrefname}{#1}}
+\def\ourref#1{\@defrefveld{\@OK}{\ourrefname}{#1}}
+\def\date#1{\def\@tempa{}\def\@tempb{#1}\ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \setbox\@Dt\hbox{ }\else\@defrefveld{\@Dt}{\datetext}{#1}\fi}
+% Date is initialized to \today in \brief,
+% without any statement concerning date there will not be any.
+
+\def\referentieregel{\hbox
+ {\hbox to \refveldbreedte{\copy\@UB\hfil}%
+ \hbox to \refveldbreedte{\copy\@UK\hfil}%
+ \hbox to \refveldbreedte{\copy\@OK\hfil}%
+ \hbox to \refveldbreedte{\copy\@Dt\hfil}\hss}}
+
+\newbox\@Ad % To: initialized in \brief
+\def\vervolgreferentieregel{\hbox
+ {\hbox to \refveldbreedte{\copy\@Ad\hfil}%
+ \hskip\refveldbreedte
+ \hbox to \refveldbreedte{\copy\@Dt\hfil}%
+ \@refveld{\headpagename}{\thepage}\hss}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% headers / footers %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\briefhoofd{}\def\vervolghoofd{\vbox{}}
+\def\maakbriefhoofd
+ {\@ifstar {\@kortvervolgbriefhoofd}{\@langvervolgbriefhoofd}}
+\def\@kortvervolgbriefhoofd
+ #1#2{
+ \@maakbriefhoofd{#1}{#2}
+ \def\vervolghoofd{\vbox{\hsize=4\refveldbreedte
+ \hbox to \hsize{\Large \sf #1\strut\hfil}
+ \hrule \kern2mm \vervolgreferentieregel}}}
+\def\@langvervolgbriefhoofd
+ #1#2{
+ \@maakbriefhoofd{#1}{#2}
+ \def\vervolghoofd{\vbox{\briefhoofd\vskip2mm
+ \vervolgreferentieregel
+ \vbox{}}}}
+\def\@maakbriefhoofd#1#2{\def\briefhoofd{%
+ \vbox{\hsize=4\refveldbreedte
+ \hbox to \hsize{\Large \sf #1\strut\hfil}
+ \hrule
+ \moveright 3\refveldbreedte\@refveld{\strut #2}{}
+ \vbox{}}}}
+\newbox\@voetruimte \setbox\@voetruimte=\hbox{}
+\newcount\@voetteller
+\def\voetregel{\copy\@voetruimte}
+\def\voetitem#1#2{\advance\@voetteller by 1
+ \setbox\@voetruimte=\hbox to 4\refveldbreedte
+ {\unhbox\@voetruimte
+ \ifcase\@voetteller \relax \or \relax \or
+ \hfil \else \hfill \fi
+ \@refveld{#1}{#2}\hskip0cm plus 3\refveldbreedte}}
+\def\ps@empty{
+ \def\@oddhead{}\def\@oddfoot{}
+ \def\@evenhead{}\def\@evenfoot{}}
+\def\ps@plain{
+ \def\@oddhead{}\def\@evenhead{}
+ \def\@oddfoot{\rm\hfil\thepage}
+ \let\@evenfoot=\@oddfoot}
+%% hss because head and foot are to wide.
+\def\@hss{\hskip 0cm plus 1filll minus 1filll\relax}
+\def\ps@headings{
+ \def\@oddhead{\vbox to \@otherheadheight
+ {\vervolghoofd\vfil
+ \if@streepjes\streepjes{\@otherheadheight}\fi}%
+ \hss}
+ \let\@evenhead=\@oddhead
+ \def\@oddfoot{\voetregel\hss} \let\@evenfoot=\@oddfoot}
+\def\ps@firstpage{\global\headheight=\@otherheadheight
+ \global\textheight=\@othertextheight %?? werkt dit ??
+ \global\headsep=\@otherheadsep
+ \def\@oddhead{\vbox to \@firstheadheight
+ {\briefhoofd\vfil
+ \if@streepjes\streepjes{\@firstheadheight}\fi}%
+ \hss}
+ \def\@evenhead{}
+ \def\@oddfoot{\voetregel\hss} \let\@evenfoot=\@oddfoot}
+
+\ps@headings
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% strips %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% only for envelopes EN-DL-V implemented
+\def\streepje{\hbox to 2mm{\hrulefill}}
+\def\streepjes#1{\vbox to 0cm
+ {\kern-#1 %% to the top of the heading, 13mm below
+ \hbox to \textwidth %% the top of the paper
+ {\llap{\perfstreepje\kern24mm}\hfill %% 7mm from the top at 33mm
+ \rlap{\kern24mm\vouwstreepjes}} %% 7mm from the top at 33mm
+ \vss}} %% see textwidth above.
+\def\perfstreepje {\vtop{\kern\z@
+ \kern 135mm %% 297/2 - 13
+ \streepje}}
+\def\vouwstreepjes{\vtop{\kern\z@
+ \kern 92mm %% 105-13
+ \streepje %% supposed to be without any width
+ \kern 50mm %% 155-150
+ \streepje}}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% lists %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% from `artikel3'
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \labelsep=.5em
+ \labelwidth=\leftmargin \advance\labelwidth by -\labelsep
+ \topsep=-.5\parskip plus 1pt %V half the amount of white around lists
+ \parsep \z@ %V defaults added
+ \itemsep \parsep} %V defaults added
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii \labelsep=.5em
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep=-.5\parskip plus 1pt %V half the amount of white around lists
+ \parsep \z@ %V zeroed
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii \labelsep=.5em
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep=-.5\parskip plus 1pt %V half the amount of white around lists
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep \z@ %V zeroed
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv \labelsep=.5em
+ \topsep=-.5\parskip plus 1pt %V half the amount of white around lists
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv \labelsep=.5em
+ \topsep=-.5\parskip plus 1pt %V half the amount of white around lists
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi \labelsep=.5em
+ \topsep=-.5\parskip plus 1pt %V half the amount of white around lists
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\leftmargini 2.5em
+\leftmarginii 2.2em \leftmarginiii 1.87em
+\leftmarginiv 1.7em \leftmarginv 1em
+\leftmarginvi 1em
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\labelsep 5pt
+\parsep 0pt
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% varia %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\parskip .7em plus .3em minus .2em
+\parindent 0pt \topsep .4em \partopsep 0pt \itemsep .4em
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@itempenalty
+-\@lowpenalty
+
+
+\def\labelenumi{\arabic{enumi}.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\alph{enumii})}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\labelenumiii{\roman{enumiii}.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\ast$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -15pt\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 15pt}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+\arraycolsep 5pt \tabcolsep 6pt \arrayrulewidth .4pt \doublerulesep 2pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\fboxsep = 3pt \fboxrule = .4pt
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-1\p@
+ \hrule width .4\columnwidth
+ \kern .6\p@}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent
+ \hbox to \leftmargini{${\@thefnmark}$.\hfil}#1}
+
+
+\c@topnumber=2
+\def\topfraction{.7}
+\c@bottomnumber=1
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\c@totalnumber=3
+\def\textfraction{.2}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.5}
+\c@dbltopnumber= 2
+\def\dbltopfraction{.7}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.5}
+
+
+\smallskipamount=.5\parskip \medskipamount=\parskip
+\bigskipamount=2\parskip
+\pagenumbering{arabic} \onecolumn \@fileswfalse
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% labels %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\startlabels{\labelcount=0 \baselineskip=0pt \lineskip=0pt
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\let\@texttop=\relax
+\topmargin -50pt
+\headsep 0pt
+\oddsidemargin -35pt
+\evensidemargin -35pt
+\textheight 10in
+\@colht\textheight \@colroom\textheight \vsize\textheight
+\textwidth 550pt
+\columnsep 25pt
+\xpt
+\baselineskip=0pt
+\lineskip=0pt
+\boxmaxdepth=0pt
+\twocolumn\relax}
+\def\mlabel#1#2{\setbox0\vbox{\parbox[b]{3.6in}{\strut\ignorespaces #2}}
+ \vbox to 2in{\vss \box0 \vss}}
+
+%% and finally, muchos against my will, emulation of original
+%% LaTeX letter style.
+\let\letter=\brief \let\endletter=\endbrief
+\let\closing=\afsluiting
+\def\signature{\ondertekening}
+\def\encl{\@ifstar{\bijlage}{\bijlagen}}
+\def\address#1{\maakbriefhoofd*{}{#1}}
+\let\re=\betreft
+
+%% with english translations of extra commands
+\let\footitem=\voetitem
+\def\windowright{\@adresrechtstrue}
+\gdef\b@ckaddress#1{\def\backaddressname{#1}}
+\gdef\makehead{\let\backaddress\b@ckaddress\maakbriefhoofd}
+\ifx\undefined\rename\def\rename{Re}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\psname\def\psname{P.S.:}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\ccname\def\psname{cc.:}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\enclname\def\enclname{Enclosure:}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\enclnames\def\enclnames{Enclosures:}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\headtoname\def\headtoname{To}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\yourlettername\def\yourlettername{Your letter of}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\yourrefname\def\yourrefname{Your reference}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\ourrefname\def\ourrefname{Our reference}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\datetext\def\datetext{Date}\fi
+\ifx\undefined\headpagename\def\headpagename{Page}\fi
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mlletter.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mlletter.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..217e7b7838
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/mlletter.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+%
+% Generic TeX/LaTeX preamble for address.tex .
+%
+\ifundefined{LaTeX} % TeX
+ \magnification=\magstep1
+ \voffset=0in
+ \hoffset=0in
+ \vsize=9in
+ \hsize=6.5in
+ \nopagenumbers
+ %
+ \def\\{\hfil\break}
+ \def\newpage{\vfil\eject}
+\else % LaTeX
+ \documentstyle[12pt,ml,places,streepjes]{mlletter}
+ \topmargin 0in
+ \headheight 0in
+ \headsep 0in
+ \oddsidemargin 0in
+ \textheight 9in
+ \textwidth 6.5in
+ \pagestyle{empty}
+ \def\letter{}
+ \def\endletter{}
+ \makeatletter
+ \long\def\letter{\ifx\@empty\fromaddress
+ \brief{\Name\relax\\\AddrBlock{1}}\else
+ \brief{\Name\relax\\\AddrBlock{1}\address}\fi}
+ \let\endletter\endbrief
+ \makeatother
+\fi
+% For sending within the country:
+\def\holland{}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/multicol.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/multicol.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a17442a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/multicol.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,525 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `multicol.sty', generated
+%% on <1993/9/27> with the docstrip utility (2.0r).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% multicol.doc (with options: `style,check,marktrace')
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1989-1992 by Frank Mittelbach. All rights reserved.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the multicol package.
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% You are not allowed to change this file. You may however copy
+%% this file to a file with a different name and then change the copy
+%% if you obey the restrictions on file changes described in
+%% readme.mz.
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to distribute this file alone. You are NOT
+%% ALLOWED to take money for the distribution or use of this file (or
+%% a changed version) except for a nominal charge for copying etc.
+%%
+%% You are allowed to distribute this file under the condition that
+%% it is distributed together with all files mentioned in readme.mz1.
+%%
+%% If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain!
+%%
+%% However, if these files are distributed by established suppliers
+%% as part of a complete TeX distribution, and the structure of the
+%% distribution would make it difficult to distribute the whole set
+%% of files, *those parties* are allowed to distribute only some of
+%% the files provided that it is made clear that the user will get a
+%% complete distribution-set upon request to that supplier (not me).
+%% Notice that this permission is not granted to the end user.
+%%
+%%
+%% For error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions see readme.mz
+%%
+%%
+\def\fileversion{v1.4m}
+\def\filedate{92/09/04}
+\def\docdate {92/09/04}
+
+%% \CheckSum{1101}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+%% Style-option `multicol' to use with LaTeX v2.09
+%% Copyright (C) 1989-1992 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+\@ifundefined{mult@cols}{}{\endinput}
+\typeout{Style option: `multicol'
+ \fileversion\space <\filedate> (FMi)}
+\typeout{English documentation
+ \@spaces\@spaces\space<\docdate> (FMi)}
+\def\multicols#1{\col@number#1\relax
+ \ifnum\col@number<\tw@
+ \@warning{Using `\number\col@number'
+ columns doesn't seem a good idea.^^J
+ I therefore use two columns instead}%
+ \col@number\tw@ \fi
+ \ifnum\col@number>5
+ \@warning{Current implementation doesn't
+ support more than five columns.^^J
+ I therefore use five columns instead}%
+ \col@number5 \fi
+ \@ifnextchar[\mult@cols{\mult@cols[]}}
+\def\mult@cols[#1]{\@ifnextchar[%
+ {\mult@@cols{#1}}%
+ {\mult@@cols{#1}[\premulticols]}}
+\def\mult@@cols#1[#2]{%
+ \par
+ \ifinner \@boxedmulticolstrue
+ \else
+ \ifnum \doublecol@number>\z@
+ \@boxedmulticolstrue
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\z@
+ \typeout{^^J^^JStarting multicolumn
+ output with \the\col@number
+ \space columns%
+ \if@boxedmulticols\space
+ (boxed mode)\fi
+ \on@line:^^J}\fi
+ \enough@room{#2}%
+ {#1\par}\addvspace\multicolsep
+ \begingroup
+ \prepare@multicols
+ \if@boxedmulticols
+ \setbox\mult@box\vbox\bgroup
+ \penalty-\@M
+ \fi
+ \ignorespaces}
+\newif\if@boxedmulticols \@boxedmulticolsfalse
+\newbox\mult@box
+\def\enough@room#1{%
+ \if@boxedmulticols\else
+ \par
+ \bgroup\@nobreakfalse\addpenalty\z@\egroup
+ \page@free \pagegoal
+ \advance \page@free -\pagetotal
+ \ifnum \c@tracingmulticols>\z@
+ \typeout{Current page:}%
+ \message{\@spaces goal height=%
+ \the\pagegoal: used \the\pagetotal
+ \space -> free=\the\page@free}%
+ \typeout{\@spaces needed \the#1
+ (for \string#1)}\fi
+ \ifdim \page@free <#1\newpage \fi
+ \fi}
+\def\prepare@multicols{%
+ \multicol@leftmargin\@totalleftmargin
+ \@totalleftmargin\z@
+ \parshape\z@
+ \doublecol@number\col@number
+ \multiply\doublecol@number\tw@
+ \if@boxedmulticols
+ \let\l@kept@firstmark\kept@firstmark
+ \let\l@kept@botmark\kept@botmark
+ \global\let\kept@firstmark\@empty
+ \global\let\kept@botmark\@empty
+ \else
+ \nointerlineskip \null
+ \output{%
+ \global\setbox\partial@page\vbox
+ {%
+ \ifvoid\partial@page\else
+ \@latexerr{Error saving partial
+ page\on@line}%
+ {The part of the page before
+ the multicols environment was
+ nearly full with the result
+ that starting the environment
+ will produce an overfull
+ page. Some text may be lost!
+ Please increase \premulticols
+ either generally or for this
+ environment by specifying a
+ suitable value in the second
+ optional argument to the
+ multicols environment.}
+ \unvbox\partial@page
+ \box\last@line
+ \fi
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+ \global\setbox\last@line\lastbox
+ }%
+ \prep@keptmarks
+ \global\let\kept@topmark\firstmark
+ }\eject
+ \advance\@colroom-\ht\partial@page
+ \vsize\col@number\@colroom
+ \advance\vsize\c@collectmore\baselineskip
+ \output{\multi@column@out}%
+ \multiply\count\footins\col@number
+ \multiply\skip \footins\col@number
+ \reinsert@footnotes
+ \fi
+ \vbadness10001 \hbadness5000
+ \tolerance\multicoltolerance
+ \pretolerance\multicolpretolerance
+ \setemergencystretch\col@number\hsize
+ \set@floatcmds
+ \advance\baselineskip\multicolbaselineskip
+ \hsize\linewidth \advance\hsize\columnsep
+ \advance\hsize-\col@number\columnsep
+ \divide\hsize\col@number
+ \full@width\linewidth
+ \linewidth\hsize
+}
+\newdimen\multicol@leftmargin
+\def\endmulticols{\par
+ \if@boxedmulticols
+ \egroup
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vsplit\mult@box to\z@
+ \balance@columns
+ \return@nonemptymark{first}\kept@firstmark
+ \return@nonemptymark{bot}\kept@botmark
+ \page@sofar
+ \global\let\kept@firstmark\l@kept@firstmark
+ \global\let\kept@botmark\l@kept@botmark
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\tw@
+ \typeout{Restore kept marks to%
+ ^^J first: \meaning\kept@firstmark%
+ ^^J bot\space\space:
+ \meaning\kept@botmark }%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \bgroup\@nobreakfalse\addpenalty\z@\egroup
+ \output{\balance@columns@out}\eject
+ \ifvbox\partial@page\unvbox\partial@page\fi
+ \global\let\kept@firstmark\@empty
+ \global\let\kept@botmark\@empty
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\tw@
+ \typeout{Make kept marks empty}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@checkend{multicols}%
+ \endgroup
+ \if@boxedmulticols\else
+ \reinsert@footnotes
+ \fi
+ \global\c@unbalance\z@
+ \enough@room\postmulticols
+ \addvspace\multicolsep
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\z@
+ \typeout{^^JEnding multicolumn
+ output%
+ \if@boxedmulticols
+ \space(boxed mode)\fi
+ .^^J^^J}\fi}
+\newcount\c@unbalance
+\newcount\c@collectmore
+\newcount\c@tracingmulticols
+\newcount\col@number
+\newcount\doublecol@number
+\newcount\multicoltolerance
+\newcount\multicolpretolerance
+\newdimen\full@width
+\newdimen\page@free
+\newdimen\premulticols
+\newdimen\postmulticols
+\newskip\multicolsep
+\newskip\multicolbaselineskip
+\newbox\partial@page
+\newbox\last@line
+\c@unbalance = 0
+\c@collectmore = 0
+\c@tracingmulticols = 0
+\col@number = 1
+\multicoltolerance = 9999
+\multicolpretolerance = -1
+\premulticols = 50pt
+\postmulticols= 20pt
+\multicolsep = 12pt plus 4pt minus 3pt
+\multicolbaselineskip=0pt
+\def\process@cols#1#2{\count@#1\relax
+ \loop #2%
+ \advance\count@\tw@
+ \ifnum\count@<\doublecol@number
+ \repeat}
+\def\page@sofar{%
+ \process@cols\z@{\wd\count@\hsize}%
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\z@
+ \typeout{Column spec:
+ (\the\multicol@leftmargin\space -->
+ \the\full@width\space = \the\hsize
+ \space x \the\col@number)^^J}%
+ \fi
+\ifvmode\else\errmessage{Multicol Error}\fi
+ \moveright\multicol@leftmargin
+ \hbox to\full@width{%
+ \process@cols\tw@{\box\count@
+ \hss\vrule\@width\columnseprule\hss}%
+ \box\z@
+ \rlap{\phantom p}%
+}%
+}
+\def\reinsert@footnotes{\ifvoid\footins\else
+ \insert\footins{}\fi}
+\def\multi@column@out{%
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@Mi
+ \speci@ls \else
+ \splittopskip\topskip
+ \splitmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \dimen@\@colroom
+ \divide\skip\footins\col@number
+ \ifvoid\footins \else
+ \advance\dimen@-\skip\footins
+ \advance\dimen@-\ht\footins \fi
+ \process@cols\tw@{\setbox\count@
+ \vsplit\@cclv to\dimen@
+ \set@keptmarks
+ \ifshr@nking
+ \setbox\count@\vbox to\dimen@
+ {\unvbox\count@\vfill}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \setbox\z@\vsplit\@cclv to\dimen@
+ \set@keptmarks
+ \ifshr@nking
+ \setbox\z@\vbox to\dimen@
+ {\unvbox\z@\vfill}%
+ \fi
+ \ifvoid\@cclv \else
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+ \penalty\outputpenalty
+ \ifvoid\footins\else
+ \@warning{I moved some lines to
+ the next page.^^J
+ \@spaces Footnotes on page
+ \thepage\space might be wrong}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum \c@tracingmulticols>\thr@@
+ \hrule\allowbreak \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@empty\kept@firstmark
+ \let\firstmark\kept@topmark
+ \let\botmark\kept@topmark
+ \else
+ \let\firstmark\kept@firstmark
+ \let\botmark\kept@botmark
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\tw@
+ \typeout{Use kept top
+ \space\space mark:
+ `\meaning\kept@topmark'%
+ ^^JUse kept first mark:
+ `\meaning\kept@firstmark'%
+ ^^JUse kept bot
+ \space\space mark:
+ `\meaning\kept@botmark'%
+ ^^JProduce first mark:
+ `\meaning\firstmark'%
+ ^^JProduce bot
+ \space\space mark:
+ `\meaning\botmark'}%
+ \fi
+ \setbox\@cclv\vbox{\unvbox\partial@page
+ \page@sofar}%
+ \@makecol\@outputpage
+ \global\let\kept@topmark\botmark
+ \global\let\kept@firstmark\@empty
+ \global\let\kept@botmark\@empty
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\tw@
+ \typeout{(Re)Init top
+ \space\space mark:
+ `\meaning\kept@topmark'}%
+ \fi
+ \global\@colroom\@colht
+ \process@deferreds
+ \@whilesw\if@fcolmade\fi{\@outputpage
+ \global\@colroom\@colht
+ \process@deferreds}%
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\@ne
+ \typeout{Colroom: \the\@colht\space
+ after float space removed
+ = \the\@colroom }\fi
+ \global\vsize\col@number\@colroom
+ \global\advance\vsize
+ \c@collectmore\baselineskip
+ \fi}
+\def\speci@ls{%
+ \typeout{Floats and marginpars not
+ allowed inside `multicols'
+ environment!}%
+ \unvbox\@cclv\reinsert@footnotes
+ \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@currlist}%
+ \gdef\@currlist{}}
+\def\process@deferreds{%
+ \@floatplacement
+ \@tryfcolumn\@deferlist
+ \if@fcolmade\else
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@tempb\@deferlist
+ \gdef\@deferlist{}%
+ \let\@elt\@scolelt
+ \@tempb \endgroup
+ \fi}
+\newif\ifshr@nking
+\def\raggedcolumns{%
+ \@bsphack\shr@nkingtrue\@esphack}
+\def\flushcolumns{%
+ \@bsphack\shr@nkingfalse\@esphack}
+\def\balance@columns@out{%
+ \setbox\mult@box\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}%
+ \balance@columns
+ \global\vsize\@colroom
+ \global\advance\vsize\ht\partial@page
+ \unvbox\partial@page
+ \return@nonemptymark{first}\kept@firstmark
+ \return@nonemptymark{bot}\kept@botmark
+ \page@sofar}
+\def\balance@columns{%
+ \setbox\mult@box\vbox to\ht\mult@box{%
+ \unvbox\mult@box
+ \remove@discardable@items
+ }%
+ \get@keptmarks\mult@box
+ \splittopskip\topskip
+ \splitmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \@tempdima\ht\mult@box
+ \advance\@tempdima\dp\mult@box
+ \divide\@tempdima\col@number
+ \count@\@tempdima
+ \divide\count@\baselineskip
+ \dimen@\count@\baselineskip
+ \advance\dimen@\topskip
+ \ifdim \dimen@ >\@tempdima
+ \advance\dimen@-\baselineskip
+ \fi
+ \advance\dimen@\c@unbalance\baselineskip
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\@ne
+ \typeout{Balance columns\on@line:
+ \ifnum\c@unbalance=\z@\else
+ (off balance=\number\c@unbalance)\fi}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\dimen@<\topskip
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\@ne
+ \typeout{Start value
+ \the\dimen@ \space ->
+ \the\topskip \space (corrected)}%
+ \fi
+ \dimen@\topskip
+ \fi
+ \vbadness\@M \loop
+ {\process@cols\@ne{\global\setbox\count@
+ \box\voidb@x}}%
+ \global\setbox\@ne\copy\mult@box
+ {\process@cols\thr@@{%
+ \global\setbox\count@
+ \vsplit\@ne to\dimen@
+ }}%
+ \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \global\setbox\@ne\vbox{\unvbox\@ne}%
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\@ne
+ \message{\@spaces First column
+ = \the\ht\thr@@}\fi
+ \ifshr@nking \global\setbox\thr@@
+ \vbox{\unvbox\thr@@}%
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\@ne
+ \message{ after shrinking
+ \the\ht\thr@@}\fi\fi
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\@ne
+ \message{<> last column =
+ \the\ht\@ne^^J}%
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\ht\@ne >\ht\thr@@
+ \advance\dimen@\p@
+ \repeat
+ \dimen@\ht\thr@@
+ \ifdim\dimen@>\@colroom
+ \dimen@\@colroom
+ \fi
+ \process@cols\z@{\@tempcnta\count@
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \setbox\count@\vbox to\dimen@
+ {\unvbox\@tempcnta
+ \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi}}%
+}
+\@ifundefined{emergencystretch}
+ {\newdimen\emergencystretch}{}
+\def\setemergencystretch#1#2{%
+ \emergencystretch 4pt
+ \multiply\emergencystretch#1}
+
+\def\set@floatcmds{%
+ \let\@dblfloat\@dbflt
+ \def\end@dblfloat{\par
+ \vskip\z@\egroup
+ \ifnum\@floatpenalty<\z@
+ \@cons\@deferlist\@currbox
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@floatpenalty=-\@Mii
+ \@esphack
+ \fi}}
+\def\kept@topmark{{}{}}
+\let\kept@firstmark\@empty
+\let\kept@botmark\@empty
+\def\return@nonemptymark#1#2{%
+ \ifx#2\@empty
+ \else
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\tw@
+ \typeout{Returned #1 mark: \meaning#2}%
+ \nobreak
+ \fi
+ \mark{#2}%
+ \nobreak
+ \fi}
+\def\get@keptmarks#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ \vbadness\@M
+ \setbox#1\copy#1%
+ \setbox#1\vsplit#1to\maxdimen
+ \set@keptmarks
+ \endgroup
+}
+\def\set@keptmarks{%
+ \ifx\kept@firstmark\@empty
+ \expandafter\gdef\expandafter
+ \kept@firstmark
+ \expandafter{\splitfirstmark}%
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\tw@
+ \ifx\kept@firstmark\@empty\else
+ \typeout{Set kept first mark:
+ `\meaning\kept@firstmark'}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa
+ \expandafter{\splitbotmark}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
+ \global\let\kept@botmark\@tempa
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\tw@
+ \typeout{Set kept bot mark:
+ `\meaning\kept@botmark'}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+\def\prep@keptmarks{%
+ \if@boxedmulticols \else
+ \get@keptmarks\partial@page
+ \fi}
+\def\remove@discardable@items{%
+ \unskip\unpenalty\unkern
+ \unskip\unpenalty\unkern
+ \unskip\unpenalty\unkern
+ \unskip\unpenalty\unkern
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `multicol.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/newdoc.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/newdoc.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..581c985fae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/newdoc.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `newdoc.sty', generated
+%% on <1993/9/27> with the docstrip utility (2.0r).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% newdoc.doc
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1989-1992 by Frank Mittelbach. All rights reserved.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the doc package.
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% You are not allowed to change this file. You may however copy
+%% this file to a file with a different name and then change the
+%% copy if you obey the restrictions on file changes described in
+%% readme.mz.
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to distribute this file alone. You are NOT
+%% ALLOWED to take money for the distribution or use of this file
+%% (or a changed version) except for a nominal charge for copying
+%% etc.
+%%
+%% You are allowed to distribute this file under the condition that
+%% it is distributed together with all files mentioned in
+%% readme.mz0.
+%%
+%% If you receive only some of these files from someone, complain!
+%%
+%% However, if these files are distributed by established suppliers
+%% as part of a complete TeX distribution, and the structure of the
+%% distribution would make it difficult to distribute the whole set
+%% of files, *those parties* are allowed to distribute only some of
+%% the files provided that it is made clear that the user will get
+%% a complete distribution-set upon request to that supplier (not
+%% me). Notice that this permission is not granted to the end
+%% user.
+%%
+%%
+%% For error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions see readme.mz
+%%
+%%
+
+%% \CheckSum{1}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\input{doc.sty}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `newdoc.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/places.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/places.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..630cc580c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/places.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+\def\belgium {\iflanguage{dutch} {Belgi\"e}
+ {\iflanguage{french} {La Belgique}
+ {\iflanguage{german} {Belgien}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {B'elgion}
+ {\iflanguage{russian} {Bel{\cprime}gi{\ya}}
+ {Belgium}}}}}}
+\def\ethiopia {\iflanguage{dutch} {Ethiopi\"e}
+ {\iflanguage{french} {L'\'Ethiopie}
+ {\iflanguage{german} {\"Athiopien}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {>Aijiop'ia}
+ {\iflanguage{russian} {\Efiopi{\ya}}
+ {Ethiopia}}}}}}
+\def\germany {\iflanguage{dutch} {Duitsland}
+ {\iflanguage{french} {L'Alemagne}
+ {\iflanguage{german} {Deutschland}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {German'ia}
+ {\iflanguage{russian} {Germani{\ya}}
+ {Germany}}}}}}
+\def\holland {\iflanguage{dutch} {Nederland}
+ {\iflanguage{french} {Les Pays Bas}
+ {\iflanguage{german} {Die Niederlande}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {K'atw Q~wrai}
+ {\iflanguage{russian} {Niderlandy}
+ {The Netherlands}}}}}}
+\def\ireland {\iflanguage{dutch} {Ierland}
+ {\iflanguage{french} {L'Irlande}
+ {\iflanguage{german} {Irland}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {>Irland'ia}
+ {\iflanguage{russian} {Irlandi{\ya}}
+ {Ireland}}}}}}
+\def\israel {\iflanguage{dutch} {Isra\"el}
+ {\iflanguage{french} {L'Israel}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {>Isra'hl}
+ {\iflanguage{russian} {Izrail{\cprime}}
+ {Israel}}}}}
+\def\italy {\iflanguage{dutch} {Itali\"e}
+ {\iflanguage{french} {L'Italie}
+ {\iflanguage{german} {Italien}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {>Ital'ia}
+ {\iflanguage{russian} {Itali{\ya}}
+ {Italy}}}}}}
+\def\kenya {\iflanguage{german} {Kenia}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {K'enia}
+ {\iflanguage{russian} {Ken{\ya}}
+ {Kenya}}}}
+\def\rwanda {\iflanguage{dutch} {Rwanda}
+ {\iflanguage{french} {Le Rwanda}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {Rou'anda}
+ {Rwanda}}}}
+\def\tanzania {\iflanguage{french} {La Tanzanie}
+ {\iflanguage{german} {Tansania}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {Tanzan'ia}
+ {Tanzania}}}}
+\def\usa {\iflanguage{dutch} {Verenigde Staten}
+ {\iflanguage{french} {Les \'Etats-Unies}
+ {\iflanguage{german} {Vereinigte Staaten}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {<Hnwm'enai Polite~iai}
+ {\iflanguage{russian} {Ob{\cdprime}edin\"ennye Gosudarstva}
+ {U.S.A.}}}}}}
+\def\zaire {\iflanguage{dutch} {Za\"{\i}re}
+ {\iflanguage{greek} {Za"ire}
+ {\iflanguage{russian} {Zaire}
+ {Zaire}}}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/plainml.bst b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/plainml.bst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..359c26d60d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/plainml.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1272 @@
+% BibTeX bibliography style `plainml'
+ % version 0.99a for BibTeX versions 0.99a or later, LaTeX version 2.09.
+ % Copyright (C) 1991, all rights reserved.
+ % Copying of this file is authorized only if either
+ % (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name, or
+ % (2) if you do make changes, you name it something other than
+ % btxbst.doc, plain(ml).bst, unsrt.bst, alpha.bst, and abbrv.bst.
+ % This restriction helps ensure that all standard styles are identical.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ isbn
+ journal
+ key
+ language
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ abstract
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.sentence :=
+ #3 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'write$
+ { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{newline$
+ language empty$
+ {"\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$}
+ {"\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ language write$}
+ if$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {abstract.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+ "\makeabstract{" write$
+ abstract write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+ 'skip$
+ { output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+ swap$ empty$
+ and
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.sentence
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " \and " * t * } % <----------
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" }
+ { author format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", \editors" * } % <----------
+ { ", \editor" * } % <----------
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "{\sc isbn}~" isbn * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.conference}
+{ organization empty$
+ { "\conference\atplace " address * }
+ { "\conference\Of " organization * " \atplace " address * * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "\volume~" volume * %% tie.or.space.connect % <---------- ff.
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$% { ", \volume" } %
+ { " \of " * series emphasize * }%{ ", " series emphasize * ", \volume" * } %
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check% volume tie.or.space.connect %
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { output.state mid.sentence =
+ { "number" }
+ { "Number" }
+ if$
+ number tie.or.space.connect
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " \in " * series * } % \In ?
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { edition "1" =
+ { "\first" } % Tweede
+ { edition "2" =
+ { "\second" }
+ { edition "3" =
+ { "\third" }
+ { "\higherthenthird" edition * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ % output.state mid.sentence =
+ % { "l" change.case$ " \edition" * } % <----------
+ % { "t" change.case$ " \edition" * } % <----------
+ % if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "\pages" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect } % <----------
+ { "\page" pages tie.or.space.connect } % <----------
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ number empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { "(" number * ")" * *
+ volume empty$
+ { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ format.pages }
+ { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "\chaptername" } % <----------
+ { type "l" change.case$ }
+ if$
+ chapter tie.or.space.connect
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "\from " booktitle emphasize * } % <---------- Uit !
+ { "\from " format.editors * ", " * booktitle emphasize * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ key empty$ not and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "t" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "\technicalreport" } % <----------
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "t" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "\from {\em " journal * "\/}" * } % <---------- In !
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\from " key * } % <---------- In !
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " \and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * } % <----------
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "\from " % <---------- In !
+ }
+ { "\volume~" volume %% tie.or.space.connect % <----------
+ " \of " * % <----------
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { "{\em " * series * "\/}" * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "\from {\em " booktitle * "\/}" * } % <----------
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\from " key * } % <----------
+ if$
+ }
+ { "\from " format.crossref.editor * } % <----------
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal emphasize "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.num.pages output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.isbn "isbn" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished address new.block.checkb
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ format.isbn "isbn" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.number.series output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.sentence
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ format.pages output
+ address empty$
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.conference "conference" output.check
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+ format.pages output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output.nonnull
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { address new.block.checka
+ address output
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ { organization address new.block.checkb
+ organization output
+ address output
+ }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "\masters" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % <----------
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ title howpublished new.block.checkb
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ "\phdthesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull % <----------
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.isbn "isbn" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+ { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+ organization output
+ }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.sentence
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ new.block
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ address output %% ! %%
+ format.date output
+ abstract empty$ %%
+ { fin.entry } %%
+ { abstract.entry } %%
+ if$ %%
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"\jan"} % <---------- ff.
+MACRO {feb} {"\feb"}
+MACRO {mar} {"\mar"}
+MACRO {apr} {"\apr"}
+MACRO {may} {"\may"}
+MACRO {jun} {"\jun"}
+MACRO {jul} {"\jul"}
+MACRO {aug} {"\aug"}
+MACRO {sep} {"\sep"}
+MACRO {oct} {"\oct"}
+MACRO {nov} {"\nov"}
+MACRO {dec} {"\dec"}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"{\sc Acm} Computing Surveys"}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the {\sc Acm}"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"{\sc Ibm} Journal of Research and Development"}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"{\sc Ibm} Systems Journal"}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"{\sc Ieee} Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"{\sc Ieee} Transactions on Computers"}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"{\sc Ieee} Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the {\sc Acm}"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"{\sc Siam} Journal on Computing"}
+MACRO {tocs} {"{\sc Acm} Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+MACRO {tods} {"{\sc Acm} Transactions on Database Systems"}
+MACRO {tog} {"{\sc Acm} Transactions on Graphics"}
+MACRO {toms} {"{\sc Acm} Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+MACRO {toois} {"{\sc Acm} Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+MACRO {poplas} {"{\sc Acm} Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+MACRO {Dokl} {"{\cyr Doklady Akademij Nauk SSSR}"}
+MACRO {Usp} {"{\cyr Uspe\ch i Akademij Nauk SSSR}"}
+MACRO {FizElJa}
+ {"{\cyr Fizika {\E}lementarni\ch\ {\Cz}astic i Atomnogo {\Ja}dra}"}
+MACRO {PiZETF} {"{\cyr Pis{\mz}ma v {\Z}\E TF}"}
+MACRO {ZETF}
+ {"{\cyr {\Z}urnal \Eksperimental{\mz}noj i Teoreti{\cz}eskoj Fiziki}"}
+
+MACRO {AcP} {"Acta Physica"}
+MACRO {AcPA} {"Acta Physica Austriaca"}
+MACRO {AcPP} {"Acta Physica Polonica"}
+MACRO {AdP} {"Advances in Physics"}
+MACRO {AdNP} {"Advances in Nuclear Physics"}
+MACRO {AmJP} {"American Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {ANA} {"Apostolate to the Nomads of {\sc Amecea}"}
+MACRO {AnPDu} {"Annalen der Physik (Leipzig)"}
+MACRO {AnPFr} {"Annales de Physique (\paris)"}
+MACRO {AnPNY} {"Annals of Physics (\ny)"}
+MACRO {ARevNS} {"Annual Review of Nuclear Science"}
+MACRO {ADNDT} {"Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables"}
+MACRO {AusJP} {"Australian Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {CanJP} {"Canadian Journal Physics"}
+MACRO {CPC} {"Computer Physics Communications"}
+MACRO {EJP} {"European Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {EPL} {"Europhysics Letters"}
+MACRO {FBS} {"Few Body Systems"}
+MACRO {FBSSup} {"Few Body Systems Supplement"}
+MACRO {FortP} {"Fortschritte der Physik"}
+MACRO {HePA} {"Helvetica Physica Acta"}
+MACRO {IEEE} {"{\sc Ieee} Transactions"}
+MACRO {IJMP} {"International Journal of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {JETP} {"{\sc Jetp}"}
+MACRO {JETPL} {"{\sc Jetp} Letters"}
+MACRO {JaFi} {"{\cyr {\Ja}derna\ja Fizika}"}
+MACRO {JPFr} {"Journal de Physique (Paris)"}
+MACRO {JP} {"Journal of Physics"}
+MACRO {JPSJ} {"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan"}
+MACRO {JPSJSup}{"Journal of the Physical Society of Japan Supplement"}
+MACRO {MPL} {"Modern Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {NCim} {"Il Nuovo Cimento"}
+MACRO {NDS} {"Nuclear Data Sheets"}
+MACRO {NP} {"Nuclear Physics"}
+MACRO {PL} {"Physics Letters"}
+MACRO {PRSLon} {"Proceedings of the Royal Society of London"}
+MACRO {PR} {"Physical Review"}
+MACRO {PRL} {"Physical Review Letters"}
+MACRO {PRep} {"Physics Reports"}
+MACRO {PScr} {"Physica Scripta"}
+MACRO {PToday} {"Physics Today"}
+MACRO {PTP} {"Progress of Theoretical Physics"}
+MACRO {RMP} {"Reviews of Modern Physics"}
+MACRO {ScAm} {"Scientific American"}
+MACRO {SSin} {"Scienta Sinica"}
+MACRO {SovJNP} {"Soviet Journal of Nuclear Physics"}
+MACRO {SovJPN} {"Soviet Journal of Particles and Nuclei"}
+MACRO {SovPDo} {"Soviet Physics Doklady"}
+MACRO {SovPUs} {"Soviet Physics Uspekhi"}
+MACRO {STS} {"Bulletin of Science, Technology and Social Affairs"}
+MACRO {ZfN} {"Zeitschrift f{\H{u}}r Naturforschung"}
+MACRO {ZfP} {"Zeitschrift f{\H{u}}r Physik"}
+
+MACRO {KUN} {"Katholieke Universiteit Nij\-me\-gen"}
+MACRO {RUU} {"Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht"}
+MACRO {UvA} {"Universiteit van Amsterdam"}
+MACRO {RUG} {"Rijksuniversiteit te Groningen"}
+MACRO {RUL} {"Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden"}
+MACRO {VU} {"Vrije Universiteit"}
+MACRO {TUD} {"Technische Universiteit Delft"}
+
+MACRO {revised2} {"\secondrevised"}
+MACRO {revised3} {"\thirdrevised"}
+MACRO {revised4} {"\fourthrevised"}
+MACRO {revised5} {"\fifthrevised"}
+MACRO {revised6} {"\sixhrevised"}
+MACRO {revised7} {"\seventhrevised"}
+MACRO {revised8} {"\eightthrevised"}
+MACRO {revised9} {"\ninthrevised"}
+
+MACRO {tbp} {"\tbp"} % <----------
+MACRO {own} {"\ownedition"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+% s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+% numnames 'namesleft :=
+% { namesleft #0 > }
+% { nameptr #1 >
+% { " " * }
+% 'skip$
+% if$
+ s nameptr "{ll{ } }{vv{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't := % s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ ff{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+% nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+% { "et al" * }
+% {
+t sortify * %}
+% if$
+% nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+% namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+% }
+% while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+ "\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\bibname}" write$ newline$
+ "\def\makeabstract#1{\openin1{#1}\ifeof1 \relax" write$ newline$
+ "\else\closein1 \relax\input{#1}\fi}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/readme b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/readme
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9657ae14c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/readme
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+This is ml.sty, a multilingual style option to generate documents in
+LaTeX built on babel.sty (so you need babel.sty babel.switch and
+babel.com) but which does much more translation than babel does. It is
+still in the process of being developed. But I do not think I shall be
+working on it for quite some time since I am leaving for Africa soon.
+It is not yet compatible with LaTeX2e. Run docstrip on ml.doc. give
+ml as your first option in your document. Select a language with the
+command \selectlanguage{}. More information in the file mldoc.tex
+
+Some things to think about:
+
+I want the diaeresis to be closer to the character ("i)
+
+I want parallel columns
+
+I want compatability with LaTeX2e
+
+have fun
+
+Hans Stoks
+somewhere in Africa
+(E-mail: sanders@studs.sci.kun.nl --- Note: This is my brother, who
+posted the package on the net for me. *Don't* flood him with mail about
+ml.sty, as he doesn't know much about it.)
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/rgreek.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/rgreek.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..982fc6c514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/rgreek.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+\def\fileversion{v1.1}
+\def\filedate{94/09/16}
+\def\docdate {94/09/16}
+
+\expandafter\ifx\csname dategreek\endcsname\else\endinput\fi
+\expandafter\ifx\csname selectfont\endcsname
+ \typeout{The `rgreek' style option can only be used
+ ^^Jwith the new font selection scheme.}\endinput\fi
+ \openin1 rgreekmac \ifeof1
+ \typeout{! I can't find file `rgreekmac.tex'.}
+ \else\closein1 \relax\input{rgreekmac}\fi
+\typeout{Style Option: `rgreek'
+ \fileversion\space <\filedate>}
+\typeout{English Documentation:
+ \@spaces\space <\docdate>}
+
+\new@fontshape{greek}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>grreg8 at5pt%
+ <6>grreg8 at5.6pt%
+ <7>grreg8 at7pt%
+ <8>grreg8%
+ <9>grreg9%
+ <10>rgrrg10%
+ <11>rgrrg10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>rgrrg10 at12pt%
+ <14>rgrrg10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>rgrrg10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>rgrrg10 at20.74pt
+ <25>rgrrg10 at24.88pt}{}%
+\new@fontshape{greek}{m}{tt}{%
+ <5>grtt8 at5pt%
+ <6>grtt8 at5.6pt%
+ <7>grtt8 at7pt%
+ <8>grtt8%
+ <9>grtt9%
+ <10>grtt10%
+ <11>grtt10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>grtt10 at12pt%
+ <14>grtt10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>grtt10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>grtt10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>grtt10 at24.88pt}{}%
+\new@fontshape{greek}{m}{sl}{%
+ <5>rgrsl10 at5pt%
+ <6>rgrsl10 at5.6pt%
+ <7>rgrsl10 at7pt%
+ <8>rgrsl10 at8pt%
+ <9>rgrsl10 at9pt%
+ <10>rgrsl10%
+ <11>rgrsl10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>rgrsl10 at12pt%
+ <14>rgrsl10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>rgrsl10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>rgrsl10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>rgrsl10 at24.88pt}{}%
+\new@fontshape{greek}{m}{it}{%
+ <5>rgrti10 at5pt%
+ <6>rgrti10 at5.6pt%
+ <7>rgrti10 at7pt%
+ <8>rgrti10 at8pt%
+ <9>rgrti10 at9pt%
+ <10>rgrti10%
+ <11>rgrti10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>rgrti10 at12pt%
+ <14>rgrti10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>rgrti10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>rgrti10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>rgrti10 at24.88pt}{}%
+\new@fontshape{greek}{m}{sc}{%
+ <5>rgrsc10 at5pt%
+ <6>rgrsc10 at5.6pt%
+ <7>rgrsc10 at7pt%
+ <8>rgrsc10 at8pt%
+ <9>rgrsc10 at9pt%
+ <10>rgrsc10%
+ <11>rgrsc10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>rgrsc10 at12pt%
+ <14>rgrsc10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>rgrsc10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>rgrsc10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>rgrsc10 at24.88pt}{}%
+\new@fontshape{greek}{bf}{n}{%
+ <5>grbld8 at5pt%
+ <6>grbld8 at5.6pt%
+ <7>grbld8 at7pt%
+ <8>grbld8%
+ <9>grbld9%
+ <10>rgrbf10%
+ <11>rgrbf10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>rgrbf10 at12pt%
+ <14>rgrbf10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>rgrbf10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>rgrbf10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>rgrbf10 at24.88pt}{}%
+\extra@def{greek}{}{}
+
+\def\graffiti{\protect\pgraffiti}
+\def\pgraffiti{\family{greek}\series{c}\shape{sl}\size{9}{10pt}\selectfont}
+\def\@makefnmark{\raise 1ex\hbox{\scriptsize\@thefnmark}}
+\gdef\pel{\raisebox{.6ex}{.}\ } % punctus elevatus
+
+\newif\ifgreek\greekfalse
+\def\greekmode{%
+\catcode`\<=13%
+\catcode`\>=13%
+\catcode`\'=13%11
+\catcode`\`=13%11
+\catcode`\~=11%
+\catcode`\"=11%
+\catcode`\|=11%
+\lccode`\<=`\<%
+\lccode`\>=`\>%
+\lccode`\'=`\'%
+\lccode`\`=`\`%
+\lccode`\~=`\~%
+\lccode`\"=`\"%
+\lccode`\|=`\|%
+\family{greek}\selectfont%
+\ifx\keybgreek\undefined\relax\else\keybgreek\fi\greektrue}
+\def\begingreek{\bgroup\greekmode}
+\def\endgreek{\egroup}
+
+\let\math=$
+{\catcode`\$=13
+\gdef\greekdelims{\catcode`\$=13
+\def${\ifgreek\endgreek\else\begingreek\fi}
+\def\display{\math\math}\def\enddisplay{\math\math}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/rgreekma.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/rgreekma.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54c3fb4770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/rgreekma.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+\def\lt{<}
+\def\gt{>}
+\newcount\fontnumber
+\fontnumber=0
+\newif\ifoneaccent\oneaccenttrue
+\def\ifnextchar#1#2#3{\let\tempe #1\def\tempa{#2}\def\tempb{#3}\futurelet
+ \tempc\ifnch}
+\def\ifnch{\ifx\tempc\tempe\let\tempd\tempa\else\let\tempd\tempb\fi\tempd}
+\def\gobble#1{}
+\def\greekmode{%
+\catcode`\<=13%
+\catcode`\>=13%
+\catcode`\'=13%11
+\catcode`\`=13%
+\catcode`\~=11%
+\catcode`\"=13%
+\lccode`\<=`\<%
+\lccode`\>=`\>%
+\lccode`\'=`\'%
+\lccode`\~=`\~%
+\lccode`\"=`\"%
+\def\rg{\fontnumber=1\tengr}%
+\def\sl{\fontnumber=2\tengrsl}%
+\def\it{\fontnumber=3\tengrit}%
+\def\bf{\fontnumber=4\tengrbf}%
+\def\smc{\fontnumber=5\tengrsmc}%
+\def\I##1{\setbox0\hbox{##1}\ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent\lq174 ##1%
+ \else{\ooalign{\hidewidth\char\lq174\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox0}}\fi}}%
+\newcount\vwl
+\newcount\acct
+{
+ \greekmode
+ \gdef"{\ifnextchar '{\expandafter\diaeresisacute\gobble}{\accent\lq\"}}
+ \gdef\diaeresisacute#1{\accent\rq043 #1}
+ \gdef`{'}
+}
+
+\newif\ifgreek\greekfalse
+
+\def\begingreek{\bgroup\font\tengr=rgrrg10\font\tengrsl=rgrsl10%
+\font\tengrbf=rgrbf10\font\tengrit=rgrti10\font\tengrsmc=rgrsc10%
+\greektrue\greekmode\rg}
+\def\beginmgreek{\bgroup\font\tengr=mrgrrg10\font\tengrsl=mrgrsl10%
+\font\tengrbf=mrgrbf10\font\tengrit=mrgrti10\font\tengrsmc=rgrsc10%
+\greektrue\greekmode\rg}
+\def\endgreek{\egroup}
+\def\endmgreek{\egroup}
+\def\monotoniko{%
+\font\tengr=mrgrrg10\font\tengrsl=mrgrsl10%
+\font\tengrbf=mrgrbf10\font\tengrit=mrgrti10%
+\ifnum\fontnumber=5\smc%
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=4\bf%
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=3\it%
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=2\sl%
+ \else\rg%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+\fi%
+}
+\def\polutoniko{%
+\font\tengr=rgrrg10\font\tengrsl=rgrsl10%
+\font\tengrbf=rgrbf10\font\tengrit=rgrti10%
+\ifnum\fontnumber=5\smc%
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=4\bf%
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=3\it%
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=2\sl%
+ \else\rg%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+ \fi%
+\fi%
+}
+\let\math=$%
+{\catcode`\$=13%
+\gdef\greekdelims{\catcode`\$=13%
+\def${\ifgreek\endgreek\else\begingreek\fi}
+\def\display{\math\math}\def\enddisplay{\math\math}}}
+\def\grave#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\smc\accent\rq001\next#1}}
+\def\roughgrave#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\smc\accent\rq002\next#1}}
+\def\smoothgrave#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\smc\accent\rq003\next#1}}
+\def\diaeresisgrave#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\smc\accent\rq004\next#1}}
+\def\diaeresiscircumflex#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\smc\accent\rq005\next#1}}
+\def\breve#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\smc\accent\rq006\next#1}}
+\def\macron#1{{\edef\next{\the\font}\smc\accent\rq007\next#1}}
+\def\rhorough{{\tengrsmc
+\ifnum\fontnumber=5\char\rq162
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=4\char\rq016
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=3\char\rq014
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=2\char\rq012
+ \else\char\rq010
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+}}
+\def\rhosmooth{{\tengrsmc
+\ifnum\fontnumber=5\char\rq162
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=4\char\rq017
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=3\char\rq015
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=2\char\rq013
+ \else\char\rq011
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+}}
+\def\digamma{{\smc\char\rq135}}
+\def\smallDigamma{{\smc\char\rq140}}
+\def\Digamma{{\tengrsmc
+\ifnum\fontnumber=5\char\rq021
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=4\char\rq027
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=3\char\rq025
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=2\char\rq023
+ \else\char\rq021
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+}}
+\def\vardigamma{{\tengrsmc
+\ifnum\fontnumber=5\char\rq020
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=4\char\rq026
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=3\char\rq024
+ \else\ifnum\fontnumber=2\char\rq022
+ \else\char\rq020
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+}}
+\def\understroke{{\smc\char\rq046}}
+\def\overstroke{{\smc\char\rq044}}
+\def\sanpi{{\smc\char\rq136}}
+\def\Sanpi{{\smc\char\rq137}}
+\def\qoppa{{\smc\char\rq133}}
+\def\varqoppa{{\smc\char\rq134}}
+\def\Qoppa{{\smc\char\rq103}}
+\def\Tao{{\smc\char\rq177}}
+\def\ssh{\breve{s}}\def\SSH{\breve{S}}
+\def\dz{\breve{z}}\def\DZ{\breve{Z}}
+\def\psh{\breve{y}}\def\PSH{\breve{Y}}
+\def\ksh{\breve{x}}\def\KSH{\breve{X}}
+\def\inviota{{\smc\char\rq126}}
+\def\grMF{{\smc\char\rq030\char\rq031\char\rq032\char\rq033}\-{\smc%
+\char\rq034\char\rq036\char\rq037\char\rq032}}
+\def\MF{{\smc\char\rq030\char\rq031\char\rq032\char\rq033}\-{\smc%
+\char\rq040\char\rq036\char\rq037\char\rq032}}
+
+\endinput
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/russian.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/russian.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2a7f8e686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/russian.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `russian.tex'
+%%
+\def\filename{russian.tex}
+\def\fileversion{1.1}
+\def\filedate{16 sept 1994}
+\def\docdate {}
+
+% \ifundefined{daterussian} or \daterussian=\relax
+\expandafter\ifx\csname daterussian\endcsname\endinput
+% \then go ahead \else do nothing
+\else \relax \fi
+\ifx\undefined\l@russian
+ \message{!! The language `Russian' doesn't have hyphenation patterns.}
+ \message{!! I will use the patterns loaded for \string\language=0 instead.}
+ \adddialect\l@russian0\fi
+\gdef\daterussian{\def\today{\number\day ogo\space\ifcase\month\or
+ {\ya}nvar{\ya}\or Fevral{\ya}\or Marta\or Aprel{\ya}\or Ma{\ya}\or
+ i{\yu}n{\ya}\or I{\yu}l{\ya}\or Avgusta\or Sent{\ya}br{\ya}\or
+ Okt{\ya}br{\ya}\or No{\ya}br{\ya}\or Dekabr{\ya}\fi
+ \space\number\year}}
+
+\gdef\russianedition{\fhyph}
+\ifx\fhyph\undefined\gdef\fhyph{\relax}\fi
+\gdef\captionsrussian{\fhyph%
+\def\dashes{---}%
+\def\leftquotes{\ouvreguillemet\everypar={\ouvreguillemet\ }\,}%
+\def\rightquotes{\,\fermeguillemet\everypar={}}%
+\def\presentname{Prisustvu{\yu\shch}ie:}%
+\def\notpresentname{Otsustvu{\yu\shch}ie:}%
+\def\agendaname{Slu{\zh}ebnik}%
+\def\openname{Otkrytie}%
+\def\signname{Podpicanie:}%
+\def\tlxname{Teleks:}%
+\def\telname{Telefon:}%
+\def\faxname{Telefaks:}%
+\def\emailname{E-mail:}%
+\def\fidoname{Fidonet:}%
+\def\bankname{Teku{\shch}i{\ui} S{\ch\"e}t:}%
+\def\of{iz serii }%
+\def\Of{Organizacii }%
+\def\in{Vo }%
+\def\from{Iz }%
+\def\and{i }%
+\def\page{stranica }%
+\def\pages{stranicy }%
+\def\atplace{vo }%
+\def\volume{Tom}%
+\def\editor{izdatel{\cprime}}%
+\def\editors{izdateli}%
+\def\ownedition{izdanie avtora}%
+\def\first{pervoe izdanie}%
+\def\second{vtoroe izdanie}%
+\def\third{tretoe izdanie}%
+\def\secondrevised{vtoroe pererabotannoe izdanie}%
+\def\thirdrevised{tretoe pererabotannoe izdanie}%
+\def\fourthrevised{{\ch}etv\"{e}rtoe pererabotannoe izdanie}%
+\def\fifthrevised{p{\ya}toe pererabotannoe izdanie}%
+\def\sixthrevised{{\sh}ectoe pererabotannoe izdanie}%
+\def\seventhrevised{ced{\cprime}moe pererabotannoe izdanie}%
+\def\eightthrevised{boc{\cprime}moe pererabotannoe izdanie}%
+\def\ninthrevised{dev{\ya}toe pererabotannoe izdanie}%
+\def\higher{oe izdanie}%
+\def\technicalreport{Vnutrennoe Donesenie}%
+\def\masters{Vypusknoe Co{\ch}inenie}%
+\def\conference{Referat dl{\ya} zasedani{\ya}}%
+\def\phdthesis{Dissertaci{\ya}}%
+\def\tbp{Opublikovat{\cprime}}%
+\def\seename{cmotri}%
+\def\jan{{\ya}nvar{\cprime}}%
+\def\feb{fevral{\cprime}}%
+\def\mar{mart}%
+\def\apr{aprel{\cprime}}%
+\def\may{ma{\ui}}%
+\def\jun{i{\yu}n{\cprime}}%
+\def\jul{i{\yu}l{\cprime}}%
+\def\aug{avgust}%
+\def\sep{sent{\ya}br{\cprime}}%
+\def\oct{okt{\ya}br{\cprime}}%
+\def\nov{no{\ya}br{\cprime}}%
+\def\dec{dekabr{\cprime}}%
+\def\lessonname{Urok }%
+\def\exercisename{Upra{\zh}nenie }%
+\def\prefname{Predislovie }%
+\def\refname{Spisok literatur}%
+\def\rename{Kasaets{\ya}:}%
+\def\yourlettername{Va{\sh}e pic{\cprime}o ot}%
+\def\yourrefname{Va{\sh}a pometka:}%
+\def\ourrefname{Na{\sh}a pometka:}%
+\def\datetext{{\ch}uclo:}%
+\def\abstractname{Rez{\yu}me}%
+\def\bibname{Bibliografi{\ya}}%
+\def\notesname{Zametki}%
+\def\chaptername{Glava}%
+\def\appendixname{Prilo{\zh}enie}%
+\def\contentsname{Soder{\zh}anie}%
+\def\listfigurename{Spisok izobra{\zh}enii}%
+\def\listtablename{Spisok tablic}%
+\def\indexname{Indekc}%
+\def\figurename{Izobra{\zh}enie}%
+\def\tablename{Tablica}%
+\def\partname{{\Ch}ast{\cprime}}%
+\def\enclname{prilo{\zh}enie}%
+\def\enclnames{prilo{\zh}eni{\ya}}%
+\def\ccname{Raspredelenie:}%
+\def\psname{P.S.:}%
+\def\headtoname{Vo}%
+\def\headpagename{Stranica}%
+\def\arabicedname{po arabski}%
+\def\croatianedname{po {\kh}orvacki}%
+\def\czechedname{po ce{\sh}ski}%
+\def\danishedname{po datski}%
+\def\dutchedname{po gollandski}%
+\def\englishedname{po angli{\ui}ski}%
+\def\esperantoedname{po esperantski}%
+\def\finnishedname{po finski}%
+\def\frenchedname{po francuzki}%
+\def\germanedname{po nemecki}%
+\def\greekedname{po gre{\ch}eski}%
+\def\hebrewedname{po evre{\ui}ski}%
+\def\hindiedname{po indi{\ui}ski}%
+\def\italianedname{po ital{\cprime\ya}nski}%
+\def\maasaiedname{po maasa{\ui}ski}%
+\def\magyaredname{po vengerski}%
+\def\norskedname{po norve{\zh}ski}%
+\def\polishedname{po pol{\cprime}ski}%
+\def\portugesedname{po portugal{\cprime}ski}%
+\def\romanianedname{po rumynski}%
+\def\russianedname{po russki}%
+\def\sloveneedname{po slowenski}%
+\def\spanishedname{po ispanski}%
+\def\swahiliedname{po sva{\kh}ili}%
+\def\swedishedname{po {\sh}vedski}%
+\def\tamiledname{po tamil{\cprime}ski}%
+\def\turkishedname{po turecki}%
+}
+\let\extrasrussian\extrasfrench
+\let\noextrasrussian\noextrasfrench
+\@ifundefined{l@russian}{\adddialect\l@russian0}{}
+\endinput
+% Q: What kind of transliteration schemes are there?
+% A: The most important one is called KOI-7: the Russian alphabet is
+% given by the ASCII characters (note the exchange of upper and lower
+% cases):
+%
+% UPPER CASE: abwgde$vzijklmnoprstufhc~{}"yx|`q
+% lower case: ABWGDE#VZIJKLMNOPRSTUFHC^[]_YX\@Q
+%
+% The following extensions to the official standard KOI-7 are supported
+% in Glen Thobe's conversion programs for invertibility:
+% '"'=YER, '#'=yo, '$'=YO, '<'=left guillemet, '>'=right guillemet.
+%
+% A slightly different (multicharacter) scheme is employed by Steve
+% Gaardner's (gaarder@theory.tc.cornell.edu) conversion code from Old
+% KOI-8. This provides easy readability but suffers from some
+% transliteration weirdness, such as mapping short ii and yeri on the
+% same character:
+%
+% #include <stdio.h>
+% char transtbl[64][5] =
+% {"yu", "a", "b", "ts", "d" , "e", "f", "g", "kh", "i", "y" , "k", "l",
+% "m", "n", "o", "p", "ya", "r" , "s", "t", "u", "zh", "v", "'",
+% "y", "z", "sh", "e", "shch", "ch", "`",
+% "YU", "A", "B", "TS", "D" , "E", "F", "G", "KH", "I", "Y" , "K", "L",
+% "M", "N", "O", "P", "YA", "R" , "S", "T", "U", "ZH", "V", "'",
+% "Y", "Z", "SH", "E", "SHCH", "CH", "`" };
+% main()
+% {
+% int c;
+%
+% while ((c = getchar()) != EOF)
+% { if ( c > 0x80) c -= 0x80;
+% if ( c < 0x40) putchar(c);
+% else printf("%s",transtbl[c-0x40]);
+% }
+% }
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/setspace.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/setspace.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8006c13bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/setspace.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+%% FILE: setspace.sty in SYS2.TEX.PUB.ISULATEX.STYLES
+%% AUTHOR: Erica M. S. Harris
+%% DATE: April 1990
+%% DESCR: LaTeX Document style option "setspace"
+%% Usage: \documentstyle[...,setspace,...]{...}
+%% Based on the doublespace option created by Stephen Page.
+%%
+%% This style option provides commands and environments for doing
+%% double and one-and-a-half spacing based on pt size.
+%%
+%% Single spacing is the default.
+%%
+%% Three commands, \doublespacing, \onehalfspacing, and
+%% \singlespacing, are for use in the preamble to set the overall
+%% spacing for the document. If a different spacing is required then
+%% the \setstretch{baselinestretch} command can be used in the
+%% preamble to set the baselinestretch appropriately. The default
+%% spacing with this style option is single spacing.
+%%
+%% Three environments, singlespace, onehalfspace, and doublespace,
+%% allow the spacing to be changed within the document. Both the
+%% onehalfspace and doublespace environments are intended to increase
+%% the spacing, so the onehalfspace environment should not be used in
+%% a double spaced document. If an increased spacing different from
+%% one-and-a-half or double spacing is required then the spacing
+%% environment can be used. The spacing environment takes one
+%% argument which is the larger baselinestretch to use,
+%% e.g., \begin{spacing}{2.5}.
+%%
+%% \footins is adjusted the same as \parskip - appears to work. Lose
+%% stretch parts but don't consider that to be crucial
+%%
+%% Removed code for altering spacing before and after displayed
+%% equations - just looked too much.
+%%
+%% MODS:
+%%
+%% PLEASE REPORT ANY BUGS
+%%
+%% Old Documentation follows:
+%% 1. A new environment "singlespace" is provided, within which single
+%% spacing will apply.
+%% JFL - changed so that it works in regular text and so that
+%% vertical space before and after is correctly computed
+%% 2. Double spacing is turned off within footnotes and floats (figures
+%% and tables).
+%% 3. Proper double spacing happens below tabular environments and in
+%% other places where LaTeX uses a strut.
+%% 4. Slightly more space is inserted before footnotes.
+%% 5. JFL - fixes spacing before and after displayed math
+%%
+%%
+%% mods: Jean-Francois Lamy
+%% lamy@ai.toronto.edu
+%% lamy@utai.uucp
+%%
+%% POSSIBLE BUGS:
+%% . Increasing struts may possibly cause some other obscure part of
+%% formatting to fall over.
+%% . \begin{singlespace}\begin{quote} produces the wrong spacing before
+%% the quote (extra glue is inserted).
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%---Set up double spacing
+
+\def\doublespacing{\ifcase \@ptsize \relax % 10pt
+ \def\baselinestretch{1.667}
+ \or % 11pt
+ \def\baselinestretch{1.618}
+ \or % 12pt
+ \def\baselinestretch{1.655}
+ \fi}
+%\doublespacing % the default
+
+\def\onehalfspacing{\ifcase \@ptsize \relax % 10pt
+ \def\baselinestretch{1.25}
+ \or % 11pt
+ \def\baselinestretch{1.213}
+ \or % 12pt
+ \def\baselinestretch{1.241}
+ \fi}
+
+\def\singlespacing{\def\baselinestretch{1}}
+
+\def\setstretch#1{\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{#1}}
+
+%---Stretch the baseline BEFORE calculating the strut size. This improves
+% spacing below tabular environments etc., probably...
+% Comments are welcomed.
+\ifx\selectfont\undefined\gdef\@setsize#1#2#3#4{\@nomath#1\let\@currsize#1 %
+ \baselineskip #2\baselineskip\baselinestretch\baselineskip%
+ \parskip\baselinestretch\parskip%
+ \setbox\strutbox\hbox{\vrule height.7\baselineskip
+ depth.3\baselineskip width\z@}%
+ \skip\footins\baselinestretch\skip\footins%
+ \normalbaselineskip\baselineskip#3#4}\else
+\gdef\@setsize#1#2#3#4{\@nomath#1\size{#4}{#2}\selectfont%
+ \let\@currsize#1\baselineskip\baselinestretch\baselineskip%
+ \parskip\baselinestretch\parskip%
+ \skip\footins\baselinestretch\skip\footins}\fi
+
+%---Increase the space between last line of text and footnote rule.
+%\skip\footins 20pt plus4pt minus4pt
+
+%---Reset baselinestretch within footnotes and floats.
+
+\def\@xfloat#1[#2]{\ifhmode \@bsphack\@floatpenalty -\@Mii\else
+ \@floatpenalty-\@Miii\fi\def\@captype{#1}\ifinner
+ \@parmoderr\@floatpenalty\z@
+ \else\@next\@currbox\@freelist{\@tempcnta\csname ftype@#1\endcsname
+ \multiply\@tempcnta\@xxxii\advance\@tempcnta\sixt@@n
+ \@tfor \@tempa :=#2\do
+ {\if\@tempa h\advance\@tempcnta \@ne\fi
+ \if\@tempa t\advance\@tempcnta \tw@\fi
+ \if\@tempa b\advance\@tempcnta 4\relax\fi
+ \if\@tempa p\advance\@tempcnta 8\relax\fi
+ }\global\count\@currbox\@tempcnta}\@fltovf\fi
+ \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox\bgroup
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}\@normalsize
+ \boxmaxdepth\z@
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore}
+
+\long\def\@footnotetext#1{\insert\footins{\def\baselinestretch{1}\footnotesize
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep
+ \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}\@makefntext
+ {\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}}}
+
+% A single spaced quote (say) is done by surrounding singlespace with quote.
+%
+\def\singlespace{%
+\vskip\parskip%
+\vskip\baselineskip%
+\def\baselinestretch{1}%
+\ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi%
+\vskip-\parskip%
+\vskip-\baselineskip}
+
+\def\endsinglespace{\par}
+
+% spacing, doublespace and onehalfspace all are meant to INCREASE the
+% spacing (i.e. calling onehalfspace from within doublespace will not
+% produce a graceful transition between spacings)
+%
+\def\spacing#1{\par%
+ \def\baselinestretch{#1}%
+ \ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi}
+
+\def\endspacing{\par%
+ \vskip \parskip%
+ \vskip \baselineskip%
+}% \endgroup%
+% \vskip -\parskip%
+% \vskip -\baselineskip%
+% \begingroup}
+
+% one and a half spacing is 1.5 x pt size
+\def\onehalfspace{\ifcase \@ptsize \relax % 10pt
+ \spacing{1.25}
+ \or % 11pt
+ \spacing{1.213}
+ \or % 12pt
+ \spacing{1.241}
+ \fi}
+\let\endonehalfspace=\endspacing
+
+% double spacing is 2 x pt size
+\def\doublespace{\ifcase \@ptsize \relax % 10pt
+ \spacing{1.667}
+ \or % 11pt
+ \spacing{1.618}
+ \or % 12pt
+ \spacing{1.655}
+ \fi}
+\let\enddoublespace=\endspacing
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ccb5c3537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `swahili.tex', generated on <1994/6/09>
+%%
+\def\filename{swahili.tex}
+\def\fileversion{swahili-1.1}
+\def\filedate{16 june 1994}
+%%
+{\def\format{plain}
+\ifx\fmtname\format
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @ifundefined\endcsname\relax
+ \gdef\next{latexhax.com}
+ \aftergroup\input\aftergroup\next
+ \fi
+\fi}
+\chardef\atcatcode=\catcode`\@
+\makeatletter
+\@ifundefined{captionsswahili}{}{\catcode`\@=\atcatcode\endinput}
+\wlog{Language: `Swahili' version \fileversion\space<\filedate>}
+\ifx\undefined\babel@core@loaded\input babel.com\fi
+\ifx\undefined\originalTeX \let\originalTeX\relax \else\originalTeX\fi
+\gdef\higherthenthird#1{\bgroup%
+ \def\arabicedition{\arabicedname}%
+ \def\croatianedition{\croatianedname}%
+ \def\czechedition{\czechedname}%
+ \def\danishedition{\danishedname}%
+ \def\dutchedition{\dutchedname}%
+ \def\englishedition{\englishedname}%
+ \def\esperantoedition{\esperantoedname}%
+ \def\finnishedition{\finnishedname}%
+ \def\frenchedition{\frenchedname}%
+ \def\germanedition{\germanedname}%
+ \def\greekedition{\greekedname}%
+ \def\hebrewedition{\hebrewedname}%
+ \def\hindiedition{\hindiedname}%
+ \def\italianedition{\italianedname}%
+ \def\maasaiedition{\maasaiedname}%
+ \def\magyaredition{\magyaredname}%
+ \def\norskedition{\norskedname}%
+ \def\polishedition{\polishedname}%
+ \def\portugesedition{\portugesedname}%
+ \def\romanianedition{\romanianedname}%
+ \def\russianedition{\russianedname}%
+ \def\sloveneedition{\sloveneedname}%
+ \def\spanishedition{\spanishedname}%
+ \def\swahiliedition{\swahiliedname}%
+ \def\swedishedition{\swedishedname}%
+ \def\tamiledition{\tamiledname}%
+ \def\turkishedition{\turkishedname}\if#12%
+ {\higher 2}\else\if#13%
+ {\higher 3}\else\if#14%
+ {\higher 4}\else\if#15%
+ {\higher 5}\else\if#16%
+ {\higher 6}\else\if#17%
+ {\higher 7}\else\if#18%
+ {\higher 8}\else\if#19%
+ {\higher 9}\else#1\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\egroup}
+\def\captionsswahili{%
+\def\dashes{---}%
+\def\leftquotes{``}%
+\def\rightquotes{''}%
+\def\telname{Simu: }%
+\def\faxname{Faks: }%
+\def\of{ya }%
+\def\Of{Ya }%
+\def\In{Kwenye }%
+\def\from{Kutoka }%
+\def\and{na }%
+\def\page{uk.~}%
+\def\pages{kr.~}%
+\def\atplace{}%
+\def\volume{Hatua}%
+\def\editor{(mtunzi)}%
+\def\editors{(watunzi)}%
+\def\ownedition{Kimetungwa na mwandishi}%
+\def\first{Utunzi wa kwanza}%
+\def\second{Utunzi wa pili}%
+\def\third{Utunzi wa tatu}%
+\def\secondrevised{Utunzi wa pili na marekebisho}%
+\def\thirdrevised{Utunzi wa tatu na marekebisho}%
+\def\fourthrevised{Utunzi wa nne na marekebisho}%
+\def\fifthrevised{Utunzi wa tano na marekebisho}%
+\def\sixthrevised{Utunzi wa sita na marekebisho}%
+\def\seventhrevised{Utunzi wa saba na marekebisho}%
+\def\eightthrevised{Utunzi wa nane na marekebisho}%
+\def\ninthrevised{Utunzi wa tisa na marekebisho}%
+\def\higher{Utunzi wa }%
+\def\technicalreport{Ripoti}%
+\def\masters{Stashahada}%
+\def\conference{Hotuba ya semina }%
+\def\phdthesis{Dissertatie}%
+\def\tbp{Kinachapishwa}%
+\def\seename{angalia}%
+\def\jan{mwezi wa kwanza }%
+\def\feb{mwezi wa pili }%
+\def\mar{mwezi wa tatu }%
+\def\apr{mwezi wa nne }%
+\def\may{mwezi wa tano }%
+\def\jun{mwezi wa sita }%
+\def\jul{mwezi wa saba }%
+\def\aug{mwezi wa nane }%
+\def\sep{mwezi wa tisa }%
+\def\oct{mwezi wa kumi }%
+\def\nov{mwezi wa kumi na moja }%
+\def\dec{mwezi wa kumi na mbili }%
+\def\exercisename{Zoezi}%
+\def\lessonname{Somo}%
+\def\prefname{Dibaji}%
+\def\refname{Maelekezo}%
+\def\rename{Yahusu}%
+\def\abstractname{Kifupi}%
+\def\bibname{Bibliografie}%
+\def\notesname{Maelezo}%
+\def\chaptername{Sura ya }%
+\def\appendixname{Viambatisho sehemu ya }%
+\def\contentsname{Yaliyomo}%
+\def\listfigurename{Picha zilizomo}%
+\def\listtablename{Lijst van tabellen}%
+\def\indexname{Index}%
+\def\figurename{Picha}%
+\def\tablename{Tabel}%
+\def\partname{Sehemu}%
+\def\enclname{Ambatanisha}%
+\def\ccname{Nakala}%
+\def\psname{P.S.}%
+\def\headtoname{Kwa}%
+\def\headpagename{Ukurasa wa}%
+\def\arabicedname{Tolea la kiarabu}%
+\def\croatianedname{Tolea la kikroatsia}%
+\def\czechedname{Tolea la kichekoslovakia}%
+\def\danishedname{Tolea la kidenmak}%
+\def\dutchedname{Tolea la kidachi}%
+\def\englishedname{Tolea la kiingereza}%
+\def\esperantoedname{Tolea la kiesperanto}%
+\def\finnishedname{Tolea la kifinland}%
+\def\frenchedname{Tolea la kifaransa}%
+\def\germanedname{Tolea la kijerumani}%
+\def\greekedname{Tolea la kigiriki}%
+\def\hebrewedname{Tolea la kiebrania}%
+\def\hindiedname{Tolea la kihindi}%
+\def\italianedname{Tolea la kiitalia}%
+\def\maasaiedname{Tolea la kimasai}%
+\def\magyaredname{Tolea la kihangari}%
+\def\norskedname{Tolea la kinorwei}%
+\def\polishedname{Tolea la kipoland}%
+\def\portugesedname{Tolea la kireno}%
+\def\romanianedname{Tolea la kiromania}%
+\def\russianedname{Tolea la kirusi}%
+\def\sloveneedname{Tolea la kisloven}%
+\def\spanishedname{Tolea la kihispania}%
+\def\swahiliedname{Tolea la kiswahili}%
+\def\swedishedname{Tolea la kiswiden}%
+\def\tamiledname{Tolea la kitamil}%
+\def\turkishedname{Tolea la kituruki}%
+%\def\nul{\ifnum\ii=0 nul\else\hesabu\fi}%
+%\def\getall{\ifcase\ii\or\qmeen\or\qmtwee\or\qmdrie\or\qmvier\or\qmvijf\or%
+%\qmzes\or\qmze\-ven\or\qmacht\or\qmne\-gen\or\qmtien\or\qmelf\or\qmtwaalf\or%
+% \qmder\-tien\or\qmveer\-tien\else%
+% \jj=\ii\ifnum\ii<100 \divide\jj by 10 \edef\tig{\ifcase\jj\or tien\or%
+% twin\-tig\or der\-tig\or veer\-tig\or vijf\-tig\or zes\-tig\or
+%ze\-ven\-tig\or%
+% tach\-tig\or ne\-gen\-tig\fi}\multiply\jj by 10 \advance\ii
+%by-\jj\getall%
+% \ifnum\jj=10
+%\else\ifcase\ii\or\-en\or"en\or"en\else\-en\fi\fi\qm\tig%
+% \else\ifnum\ii<1000 \num100 \qmhon\-derd%
+% \else\ifnum\ii<1100 \num1000 \qmdui\-zend%
+% \else\ifnum\ii<2000 \num100 \qmhon\-derd%
+% \else\ifnum\ii<1000000 \num1000 \qmdui\-zend%
+% \else\num1000000 \qmmil\-joen%
+% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+}
+\def\dateswahili{%
+\def\today{\number\day~\ifcase\month\or
+ mwezi wa kwanza\or mwezi wa pili\or mwezi wa tatu\or mwezi wa nne\or
+ mwezi wa tano\or mwezi wa sita\or mwezi wa saba\or mwezi wa nane\or
+ mwezi wa tisa\or mwezi wa kumi\or mwezi wa kumi na moja\or
+ mwezi wa kumi na mbili\fi
+ \space \number\year}}
+\begingroup \catcode`\"\active
+\gdef\extrasswahili{%
+ \ifnum\the\sfcode`\.=\@m\frenchspacing\fi%
+ \let\original@dospecials\dospecials%
+ \let\original@sanitize\@sanitize%
+ \let\original@dieresis\"%
+ \let\original@dq="%
+ \edef\original@xcode{\catcode`\noexpand\"=\the\catcode`\"\relax}
+ \catcode`\"\active%
+ \umlautlow%
+% \def"{\protect\active@dq}%
+% \def\"{\protect\@umlaut}%
+}
+\endgroup
+\begingroup\catcode`\"=\active
+\gdef\noextrasswahili{%
+ \catcode`\"12%
+ \original@xcode
+ \let"\original@dq
+ \let\"\original@dieresis%
+ \let\dospecials\original@dospecials%
+ \let\@sanitize\original@sanitize%
+}\endgroup
+%\@ifundefined{l@swahili}{\adddialect\l@swahili0}{}
+\adddialect\l@swahili\l@french
+
+%\@bsphack\@ifundefined{l@swahili}{\@nolanerr{swahili}}%
+% {\language=\csname l@swahili\endcsname\relax
+% \l@nguage=\csname l@swahili\endcsname\relax
+\hyphenation{Ne-der-as-selt Ritschl}
+% \originalTeX
+% \csname captionsswahili\endcsname
+% \csname dateswahili\endcsname
+% \csname extrasswahili\endcsname
+% \def\originalTeX{\csname noextrasswahili\endcsname}%
+% \@esphack}%
+
+\catcode`\@=\atcatcode \let\atcatcode\relax
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `swahili.tex'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/tugboat.cmn b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/tugboat.cmn
new file mode 120000
index 0000000000..a10c88d36c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/tugboat.cmn
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../../../../macros/plain/contrib/tugboat/tugboat.cmn \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/README b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4e513707f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/README
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+% readme.txt (v1.1 released 5th September 1994)
+% for Monthly Notices LaTeX style file
+%
+% The files for MN are as follows:
+%
+% README.TXT this file
+% MN.STY the style file
+% MNGUIDE.TEX authors' instructions
+% MNSAMPLE.TEX sample pages
+% MNLAND.TEX landscape page for sample pages
+%
+% If you have obtained this package by FTP you should have one large
+% file in which the above files are concatenated. Use a text editor,
+% or word-processor to split these files at the text `CUT HERE'.
+%
+% Typeset MNGUIDE.TEX and the sample pages with MN.STY for
+% instructions and examples.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mn.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mn.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cfc54307d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mn.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1873 @@
+% Blackwell Science MN journal document style
+% v1.4, released 14th September 1995
+%
+% Copyright (C) Cambridge University Press 1994
+% for LaTeX version 2.09, 1988, by Leslie Lamport
+% based on the original LaTeX ARTICLE DOCUMENT STYLE
+% modifications by Sue Brooks, Alison Woollatt and Mark Reed 1993, 1994
+%
+% > Incorporating also parts of authordate.sty
+% by David Rhead, Cripps Computing Centre (Feb 1990).
+% > Incorporating special symbol code from laa.sty v1.1 (25th Feb 1991)
+% used with the permission of Springer Verlag.
+% > Incorporating parts of mssymb.tex (8th July 1987).
+% > Incorporating newfont.sty vALPHA pl 8 (16th August 1994), by M. Reed
+%
+% v0.1.01 SFB text area, abstract heading, secnumdepth,
+% \dblfloatpagefraction
+% v0.1.02 SFB landscape, galley and referee options;
+% new catchline; enumerated lists; correct raggedright
+% on section headings;
+% v0.1.03 SFB continued floats with \caption* (removed now),
+% short captions centred
+% v0.1.04 SFB appendices, unnumbered list (using description)
+% v0.1.05 AJW roman catchline, final statement
+% v1.0 RM BSP note, \bsp, added to cup specials
+% v1.1 AJW / MR, 28th January 1994. NFSS 1/2 compatible,
+% Springer-Verlag macros added
+% v1.2 AJW, 18th July 1994. Improved cont. captions,
+% MR font selection check improved,
+% MR removed some redundant code, AW \sevensize added,
+% MR Added MR's `NewFont' support, MR Improved NFSS 1/2 support,
+% MR Added support for Bold math and AMS symbols for NFSS 1,
+% MR par's in abstract now have par indents.
+% MR added \ifCUPmtlplainloaded switch for use in documents.
+% MR Added mnsym.tex (for Times version).
+% v1.25 MR, not released to authors 16th August 1994.
+% Replaced existing Newfont.sty code with updated code, after
+% discovering several bugs. This version not released to authors
+% because they are unlikely to find the bugs unless:
+% 1) they have an extremely long article,
+% 2) have used many \New.. commands (no docs were supplied for
+% these anyway).
+% v1.3 MR, 5 September 1994. Added printing of style file version to
+% 'Printed' info in catchline. Will help us identify how the
+% article was produced (TeX/LaTeX) and the version number of the
+% macros.
+% MR Tables and Figures no longer get double spaced when using the
+% `referee' or `doublespacing' options.
+% MR Corrected 7th footnote symbol: made a \star\star (was **).
+% MR Corrected problem where some headings were not upper-case
+% when they should have been (\section*).
+% v1.4 AJW, 14th September 1995. Add footlines and \newauthor,
+% correct \listparindent in enumerate environment.
+
+\newif\ifoldfss
+\newif\ifnfssone
+\newif\ifnfsstwo
+\def\f@s@s{}
+
+\@ifundefined{DeclareFontShape}%
+ {%
+ \@ifundefined{selectfont}%
+ {\global\oldfsstrue\let\reset@font=\relax%
+ \def\f@s@s{with OFSS,\space}}% old font selection scheme
+ {\global\nfssonetrue\def\f@s@s{with NFSS release 1,\space}}%
+ }%
+ {\global\nfsstwotrue\def\f@s@s{with NFSS release 2,\space}}%
+
+\def\@version{1.4}
+
+\typeout{Document Style `MN' \f@s@s v\@version, released 14th September 1995}
+
+% Journals use two-sided printing.
+%
+\@twosidetrue
+\@twocolumntrue
+\@mparswitchtrue
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+\def\ds@twocolumn{\@twocolumntrue}
+\def\ds@onecolumn{\@twocolumnfalse}
+
+% letters option
+%
+\newif\if@letters
+\def\ds@letters{\@letterstrue}
+
+% landscape option
+%
+\newif\ifSFB@landscape
+\def\ds@landscape{\SFB@landscapetrue}
+
+% galley option
+%
+\newif\ifSFB@galley
+\def\ds@galley{\SFB@galleytrue}
+
+% referee option
+%
+\newif\ifSFB@referee
+\def\ds@referee{%
+ \SFB@refereetrue
+ \@twocolumnfalse
+}
+\newif\ifdoublesp@cing
+\def\ds@doublespacing{%
+ \doublesp@cingtrue
+}%
+\@options
+%
+% ****************************************
+% * FONTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\lineskip 1pt
+\normallineskip 1pt
+\ifSFB@referee
+ \def\baselinestretch{1.5}
+\else
+ \ifdoublesp@cing
+ \def\baselinestretch{2}
+\else
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}
+\fi\fi
+\if@twocolumn
+ \def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+ \abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip 6pt plus 2pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayshortskip
+ \let\@listi\@listI}
+ \else
+ \ifSFB@referee
+ \def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt
+ \abovedisplayskip 4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip 4pt plus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayshortskip
+ \let\@listi\@listI}
+ \else
+ \def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+ \abovedisplayskip 4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip 4pt plus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayshortskip
+ \let\@listi\@listI}
+ \fi
+\fi
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+ \abovedisplayskip 4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip 4pt plus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayshortskip
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@
+ \itemsep 2pt}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+ \abovedisplayskip 4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip 4pt plus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \abovedisplayshortskip
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@
+ \itemsep 2pt}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+%
+\if@twocolumn
+ \def\large{\@setsize\large{11pt}\xpt\@xpt}
+ \else
+ \def\large{\@setsize\large{12pt}\xpt\@xpt}
+ \fi
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{17pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{20pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+%
+\def\sevensize{\@setsize\sevensize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+%
+\normalsize
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Extra Math / Symbol code %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\hexnumber#1{\ifcase#1 0\or1\or2\or3\or4\or5\or6\or7%
+ \or8\or9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi}
+
+\def\setboxz@h{\setbox\z@\hbox}
+\def\wdz@{\wd\z@}
+\def\boxz@{\box\z@}
+\def\setbox@ne{\setbox\@ne}
+\def\wd@ne{\wd\@ne}
+
+\def\math@atom#1#2{%
+ \binrel@{#1}\binrel@@{#2}}
+\def\binrel@#1{\setboxz@h{\thinmuskip0mu
+ \medmuskip\m@ne mu\thickmuskip\@ne mu$#1\m@th$}%
+ \setbox@ne\hbox{\thinmuskip0mu\medmuskip\m@ne mu\thickmuskip
+ \@ne mu${}#1{}\m@th$}%
+ \setbox\tw@\hbox{\hskip\wd@ne\hskip-\wdz@}}
+\def\binrel@@#1{\ifdim\wd2<\z@\mathbin{#1}\else\ifdim\wd\tw@>\z@
+ \mathrel{#1}\else{#1}\fi\fi}
+
+% These must be here because \newif and \newtoks are defined \outer.
+\newif\iffirstta
+\newtoks\math@groups
+\newif\ifd@f
+
+\ifoldfss
+%
+% newfont.sty
+% ALPHA VERSION patchlevel 8, 16th August 1994, M. Reed
+
+% \addtom@thgroup{math font loading info}
+% Adds to internal \math@groups definition, which is executed at the end
+% of each size changing command. It is called by \NewSymbolFont.
+
+\math@groups={}
+\def\addtom@thgroup#1#2{#1\expandafter{\the#1#2}} % \mac={new\the\mac}
+
+
+% Redefine \@setsize to allow math fonts to be reloaded automatically.
+% \@setsize\SIZE{BASELINESKIP}\FONTSIZE\@FONTSIZE
+% \@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt
+
+\def\@setsize#1#2#3#4{\@nomath#1\let\@currsize#1\baselineskip
+ #2\setbox\strutbox\hbox{\vrule height.7\baselineskip
+ depth.3\baselineskip width\z@}\baselineskip\baselinestretch\baselineskip
+ \normalbaselineskip\baselineskip#3#4\relax
+ \the\math@groups
+}
+
+
+% Make LaTeX change the values of \s@ze, \ss@ze, \sss@ze when \@npt is
+% executed. This makes it possible for math characters to be loaded
+% at the correct size automatically when the size is changed.
+
+% \addtosizeh@ok{x}{10}{7}{5}
+
+\def\addtosizeh@ok#1#2#3#4{%
+ \expandafter\def\csname @#1pt\endcsname{%
+ \def\s@ze{#2}\def\ss@ze{#3}\def\sss@ze{#4}%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+% \resetsizehook allows the size parameters to be reset after \addtosizeh@ok
+% has been called (it re-defines \@npt).
+% e.g JFM which requires \xpt to have 10.5pt instead of 10pt.
+% Note: \resetsizehook must be used BEFORE \begin{document}, and BEFORE any
+% \New... commands.
+
+% e.g. \resetsizehook{x}{10.5}{7}{5}
+
+\let\resetsizehook=\addtosizeh@ok
+
+
+% Standard LaTeX sizes
+
+\ifx\CUP@mtlplain@loaded\undefined
+ \addtosizeh@ok{v} {5} {5} {5}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{vi} {6} {6} {6}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{vii} {7} {6} {5}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{viii} {8} {6} {5}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{ix} {9} {6} {5}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{x} {10} {7} {5}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xi} {10.95} {8} {6}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xii} {12} {8} {6}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xiv} {14.4} {10} {7}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xvii} {17.28} {12} {10}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xx} {20.74} {14.4} {12}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xxv} {24.88} {20.74} {17.28}
+\else
+ \addtosizeh@ok{v} {5} {5} {5}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{vi} {6} {6} {6}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{vii} {7} {6} {5}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{viii} {8} {6} {5}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{ix} {9} {6} {5}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{x} {10}{7} {5}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xi} {11}{8} {6}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xii} {12}{8} {6}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xiv} {14}{10} {7}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xvii} {17}{12}{10}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xx} {20}{14}{12}
+ \addtosizeh@ok{xxv} {25}{20}{17}
+\fi
+
+
+\def\get@font#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\fonts@ze{\romannumeral#3}% 10 -> x
+ \edef\fontn@me{\fonts@ze#1}% AMSa -> xAMSa
+ \@ifundefined{\fontn@me}%
+ {%%\typeout{defining \fontn@me}%
+ \global\expandafter\font\csname \fontn@me\endcsname=#2 at #3pt}%
+ {}%
+}
+
+\def\ass@tfont#1#2{%
+ \xdef\fam@name{\csname #1\endcsname}%
+ \xdef\font@name{\csname #2\endcsname}%
+ \let\textfont@name\font@name
+ \textfont\fam@name\textfont@name
+}
+
+\def\ass@sfont#1#2{%
+ \xdef\fam@name{\csname #1\endcsname}%
+ \xdef\font@name{\csname #2\endcsname}%
+ \let\textfont@name\font@name
+ \scriptfont\fam@name\textfont@name
+}
+
+\def\ass@ssfont#1#2{%
+ \xdef\fam@name{\csname #1\endcsname}%
+ \xdef\font@name{\csname #2\endcsname}%
+ \let\textfont@name\font@name
+ \scriptscriptfont\fam@name\textfont@name
+}
+
+
+% fam name base font (allocates a \newfam)
+% \NewSymbolFont {AMSa} {mtxm10}
+
+\def\NewSymbolFont#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname sym#1fam\endcsname\relax % if not defined
+ \expandafter\newfam\csname sym#1fam\endcsname
+ \expandafter\edef\csname sym#1fam\endcsname{\the\allocationnumber}%
+ \addtom@thgroup\math@groups{%
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\s@ze}%
+ \ass@tfont{sym#1fam}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\ss@ze}%
+ \ass@sfont{sym#1fam}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\sss@ze}%
+ \ass@ssfont{sym#1fam}{\fontn@me}%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Family `#1' already defined}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% symbol type fam pos (hex)
+% \NewMathSymbol {\blacksquare} {0} {AMSa} {04}
+
+\def\NewMathSymbol#1#2#3#4{%
+ \edef\f@mly{\expandafter\hexnumber{\csname sym#3fam\endcsname}}%
+ \mathchardef#1="#2\f@mly#4\relax
+}
+
+
+% macro name type fam1 pos fam2 pos
+% \NewMathDelimiter{\ulcorner} {4} {AMSa} {70} {AMSb} {70}
+
+\def\NewMathDelimiter#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \d@ftrue
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname sym#3fam\endcsname\relax
+ \d@ffalse \errmessage{Family `#3' is not defined}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname sym#5fam\endcsname\relax
+ \d@ffalse \errmessage{Family `#5' is not defined}%
+ \fi
+ \ifd@f
+ \edef\f@mly{\expandafter\hexnumber{\csname sym#3fam\endcsname}}%
+ \edef\f@mlytw@{\expandafter\hexnumber{\csname sym#5fam\endcsname}}%
+ \xdef#1{\delimiter"#2\f@mly #4\f@mlytw@ #6\relax}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+% macro name base font skewchar setting e.g '60 (octal)
+% \NewMathAlphabet {mathbssi} {mtmisb10} {}
+
+\def\m@thit{1}
+
+\def\set@skchar#1{\global\expandafter\skewchar
+ \csname\fontn@me\endcsname=#1\relax}
+
+\def\NewMathAlphabet#1#2#3{%
+ \def\tst{#3}%
+ \ifx\tst\empty\else % if a \skewchar setting is present
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname #1@sc\endcsname{}% \def\cmd@sc{..}
+ \fi
+ %
+ \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{% \def\cmd{\protect\@cmd}
+ \protect\csname @#1\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\def\csname @#1\endcsname##1{% \def\@cmd{..}
+ {%
+ \begingroup
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\s@ze}%
+ \@ifundefined{#1@sc}{}{\set@skchar{#3}}%
+ \ass@tfont{m@thit}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\ss@ze}%
+ \@ifundefined{#1@sc}{}{\set@skchar{#3}}%
+ \ass@sfont{m@thit}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\sss@ze}%
+ \@ifundefined{#1@sc}{}{\set@skchar{#3}}%
+ \ass@ssfont{m@thit}{\fontn@me}%
+ %
+ \math@atom{##1}{%
+ \mathchoice%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle##1$}}%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\textstyle##1$}}%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\scriptstyle##1$}}%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\scriptscriptstyle##1$}}}%
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+ }%
+}
+
+
+% macro name base font hyphenchar setting e.g -1 (off)
+% \NewTextAlphabet {textbfit} {mtbxti10} {}
+
+% save a family if \NewTextAlphabet is not used.
+\firsttatrue
+
+\def\set@hchar#1{\global\expandafter\hyphenchar
+ \csname\fontn@me\endcsname=#1\relax}
+
+\def\NewTextAlphabet#1#2#3{%
+ \iffirstta
+ \global\firsttafalse
+ \newfam\scratchfam
+ \edef\scrt@fam{\the\allocationnumber}%
+ \fi
+ \def\tst{#3}%
+ \ifx\tst\empty\else % if a \hyphenchar setting is required
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname #1@hc\endcsname{}% \def\cmd@sc{..}
+ \fi
+ %
+ \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{% \def\cmd{\protect\t@cmd}
+ \protect\csname t@#1\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \long\expandafter\def\csname t@#1\endcsname##1{% \def\t@cmd{..}
+ \ifmmode
+ \typeout{Warning: do not use \expandafter\string\csname #1\endcsname
+ \space in math mode}\fi%
+ {%
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\s@ze}\let\t@xtfnt=\fontn@me\relax
+ \@ifundefined{#1@hc}{}{\set@hchar{#3}}%
+ \ass@tfont{scrt@fam}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\ss@ze}%
+ \@ifundefined{#1@hc}{}{\set@hchar{#3}}%
+ \ass@sfont{scrt@fam}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\sss@ze}%
+ \@ifundefined{#1@hc}{}{\set@hchar{#3}}%
+ \ass@ssfont{scrt@fam}{\fontn@me}%
+ \fam\scratchfam\csname\t@xtfnt\endcsname
+ ##1%
+ }%
+ }%
+ %
+ \expandafter\def\csname #1shape% \def\cmdshape{\protect\@cmdshape}
+ \endcsname{\protect\csname @#1shape\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\def\csname @#1shape\endcsname{% \def\@cmdshape
+ \ifmmode
+ \typeout{Warning: do not use \expandafter\string\csname
+ #1shape\endcsname \space in math mode}\fi
+ %
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\s@ze}\let\t@xtfnt=\fontn@me\relax
+ \@ifundefined{#1@hc}{}{\set@hchar{#3}}%
+ \ass@tfont{scrt@fam}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\ss@ze}%
+ \@ifundefined{#1@hc}{}{\set@hchar{#3}}%
+ \ass@sfont{scrt@fam}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{#1}{#2}{\sss@ze}%
+ \@ifundefined{#1@hc}{}{\set@hchar{#3}}%
+ \ass@ssfont{scrt@fam}{\fontn@me}%
+ \fam\scratchfam\csname\t@xtfnt\endcsname
+ }%
+}
+
+
+% \bmath{math text}
+
+\ifx\CUP@mtlplain@loaded\undefined
+ \def\math@itfnt{cmmib10}
+ \def\math@syfnt{cmbsy10}
+\else
+ \def\math@itfnt{mtmib10}
+ \def\math@syfnt{mtbsy10}
+\fi
+
+\def\m@thsy{2}
+
+\def\bmath{\protect\@bmath}
+\def\@bmath#1{%
+ {%
+ \begingroup
+ \get@font{mthit}{\math@itfnt}{\s@ze}\set@skchar{'177}%
+ \ass@tfont{m@thit}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{mthit}{\math@itfnt}{\ss@ze}\set@skchar{'177}%
+ \ass@sfont{m@thit}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{mthit}{\math@itfnt}{\sss@ze}\set@skchar{'177}%
+ \ass@ssfont{m@thit}{\fontn@me}%
+ %
+ \get@font{mthsy}{\math@syfnt}{\s@ze}\set@skchar{'60}%
+ \ass@tfont{m@thsy}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{mthsy}{\math@syfnt}{\ss@ze}\set@skchar{'60}%
+ \ass@sfont{m@thsy}{\fontn@me}%
+ \get@font{mthsy}{\math@syfnt}{\sss@ze}\set@skchar{'60}%
+ \ass@ssfont{m@thsy}{\fontn@me}%
+ %
+ \math@atom{#1}{%
+ \mathchoice%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle#1$}}%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\textstyle#1$}}%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\scriptstyle#1$}}%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}}%
+ \endgroup
+ }%
+}
+%
+\fi % End of ofss
+
+% Make these do nothing (for backwards compatibility}
+\let\loadboldmathitalic=\relax
+\let\loadboldgreek=\relax
+
+\ifoldfss % if NFSS release 1 or 2
+\else
+ %
+ \def\mathch{\protect\p@mathch}
+ \def\p@mathch#1#2{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@nomath\@gobble \mathversion{#1}%
+ \math@atom{#2}{%
+ \mathchoice%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\displaystyle#2$}}%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\textstyle#2$}}%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\scriptstyle#2$}}%
+ {\hbox{$\m@th\scriptscriptstyle#2$}}}%
+ \endgroup}
+ %
+ \def\bmath{\protect\p@boldm}
+ \def\p@boldm#1{\mathch{bold}{#1}}
+ %
+\fi
+
+
+% Define lowercase bold Greek.
+% Use \boldeta for bold \eta (clashes with \beta).
+
+\ifnfsstwo % if OFSS or NFSS release 1
+\else
+%
+ \def\balpha{\bmath{\alpha}}
+ \def\bbeta{\bmath{\beta}}
+ \def\bgamma{\bmath{\gamma}}
+ \def\bdelta{\bmath{\delta}}
+ \def\bepsilon{\bmath{\epsilon}}
+ \def\bzeta{\bmath{\zeta}}
+ \def\boldeta{\bmath{\eta}}
+ \def\btheta{\bmath{\theta}}
+ \def\biota{\bmath{\iota}}
+ \def\bkappa{\bmath{\kappa}}
+ \def\blambda{\bmath{\lambda}}
+ \def\bmu{\bmath{\mu}}
+ \def\bnu{\bmath{\nu}}
+ \def\bxi{\bmath{\xi}}
+ \def\bpi{\bmath{\pi}}
+ \def\brho{\bmath{\rho}}
+ \def\bsigma{\bmath{\sigma}}
+ \def\btau{\bmath{\tau}}
+ \def\bupsilon{\bmath{\upsilon}}
+ \def\bphi{\bmath{\phi}}
+ \def\bchi{\bmath{\chi}}
+ \def\bpsi{\bmath{\psi}}
+ \def\bomega{\bmath{\omega}}
+ \def\bvarepsilon{\bmath{\varepsilon}}
+ \def\bvartheta{\bmath{\vartheta}}
+ \def\bvarpi{\bmath{\varpi}}
+ \def\bvarrho{\bmath{\varrho}}
+ \def\bvarsigma{\bmath{\varsigma}}
+ \def\bvarphi{\bmath{\varphi}}
+ %
+\fi
+
+\ifnfsstwo
+ %
+ \let\mit=\mathnormal
+ %
+ % The following is needed beause NFSS release 2 does not define the bold
+ % math symbol font to be available!
+ %
+ \SetSymbolFont{symbols}{bold}{OMS}{cmsy}{b}{n}
+ %
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{bmisymbols}{OML}{cmm}{b}{it}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\balpha}{0}{bmisymbols}{"0B}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bbeta}{0}{bmisymbols}{"0C}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bgamma}{0}{bmisymbols}{"0D}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bdelta}{0}{bmisymbols}{"0E}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bepsilon}{0}{bmisymbols}{"0F}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bzeta}{0}{bmisymbols}{"10}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\boldeta}{0}{bmisymbols}{"11}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\btheta}{0}{bmisymbols}{"12}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\biota}{0}{bmisymbols}{"13}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bkappa}{0}{bmisymbols}{"14}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\blambda}{0}{bmisymbols}{"15}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bmu}{0}{bmisymbols}{"16}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bnu}{0}{bmisymbols}{"17}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bxi}{0}{bmisymbols}{"18}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bpi}{0}{bmisymbols}{"19}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\brho}{0}{bmisymbols}{"1A}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bsigma}{0}{bmisymbols}{"1B}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\btau}{0}{bmisymbols}{"1C}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bupsilon}{0}{bmisymbols}{"1D}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bphi}{0}{bmisymbols}{"1E}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bchi}{0}{bmisymbols}{"1F}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bpsi}{0}{bmisymbols}{"20}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bomega}{0}{bmisymbols}{"21}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bvarepsilon}{0}{bmisymbols}{"22}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bvartheta}{0}{bmisymbols}{"23}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bvarpi}{0}{bmisymbols}{"24}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bvarrho}{0}{bmisymbols}{"25}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bvarsigma}{0}{bmisymbols}{"26}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\bvarphi}{0}{bmisymbols}{"27}
+ %
+\fi
+
+
+% Define font shapes for Euler upright Math, bold upright Math,
+% AMS symbol fonts A and B, sans-serif bold, bold text italic,
+% math italic bold and bold math symbol.
+% These font shapes are defined in mnsym.tex to use Times fonts.
+
+\ifx\CUP@mtlplain@loaded\undefined
+ %
+ \ifnfssone
+ %
+ \new@fontshape{eur}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>eurm5<6>eurm6<7>eurm7<8>eurm8<9>eurm9<10>eurm10%
+ <11>eurm10 at 10.95pt<12>eurm10 at 12pt<14>eurm10 at 14.4pt%
+ <17>eurm10 at 17.28pt<20>eurm10 at 20.74pt<25>eurm10 at 24.88pt}{}
+ %
+ \new@fontshape{eur}{b}{n}{%
+ <5>eurb5<6>eurb6<7>eurb7<8>eurb8<9>eurb9<10>eurb10%
+ <11>eurb10 at 10.95pt<12>eurb10 at 12pt<14>eurb10 at 14.4pt%
+ <17>eurb10 at 17.28pt<20>eurb10 at 20.74pt<25>eurb10 at 24.88pt}{}
+ %
+ \new@fontshape{msa}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>msam5<6>msam6<7>msam7<8>msam8<9>msam9<10>msam10%
+ <11>msam10 at 10.95pt<12>msam10 at 12pt<14>msam10 at 14.4pt%
+ <17>msam10 at 17.28pt<20>msam10 at 20.74pt<25>msam10 at 24.88pt}{}
+ %
+ \new@fontshape{msb}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>msbm5<6>msbm6<7>msbm7<8>msbm8<9>msbm9<10>msbm10%
+ <11>msbm10 at 10.95pt<12>msbm10 at 12pt<14>msbm10 at 14.4pt%
+ <17>msbm10 at 17.28pt<20>msbm10 at 20.74pt<25>msbm10 at 24.88pt}{}
+ %
+ \new@fontshape{cmss}{bx}{n}{%
+ <5>cmssbx10 at5pt<6>cmssbx10 at6pt<7>cmssbx10 at7pt<8>cmssbx10 at8pt%
+ <9>cmssbx10 at9pt<10>cmssbx10<11>cmssbx10 at10.95pt<12>cmssbx10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmssbx10 at14.4pt<17>cmssbx10 at17.28pt<20>cmssbx10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmssbx10 at24.88pt}{}
+ %
+ \new@fontshape{cmr}{bx}{it}{%
+ <5>cmbxti10 at5pt<6>cmbxti10 at6pt<7>cmbxti10 at7pt<8>cmbxti10 at8pt%
+ <9>cmbxti10 at9pt<10>cmbxti10<11>cmbxti10 at10.95pt<12>cmbxti10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmbxti10 at14.4pt<17>cmbxti10 at17.28pt<20>cmbxti10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmbxti10 at24.88pt}{}
+ %
+ \new@fontshape{cmm}{b}{it}{%
+ <5>cmmib10 at5pt<6>cmmib10 at6pt<7>cmmib10 at7pt<8>cmmib10 at8pt%
+ <9>cmmib10 at9pt<10>cmmib10<11>cmmib10 at10.95pt<12>cmmib10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmmib10 at14.4pt<17>cmmib10 at17.28pt<20>cmmib10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmmib10 at24.88pt}{}
+ %
+ \new@fontshape{cmsy}{b}{n}{%
+ <5>cmbsy10 at5pt<6>cmbsy10 at6pt<7>cmbsy10 at7pt<8>cmbsy10 at8pt%
+ <9>cmbsy10 at9pt<10>cmbsy10<11>cmbsy10 at10.95pt<12>cmbsy10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmbsy10 at14.4pt<17>cmbsy10 at17.28pt<20>cmbsy10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmbsy10 at24.88pt}{}
+ %
+ \def\UseAMStwoboldmath{%
+ \new@fontshape{cmm}{b}{it}{%
+ <5>cmmib5<6>cmmib6<7>cmmib7<8>cmmib8<9>cmmib9<10>cmmib10%
+ <11>cmmib10 at10.95pt<12>cmmib10 at12pt<14>cmmib10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmmib10 at17.28pt<20>cmmib10 at20.74pt<25>cmmib10 at24.88pt}{}
+ %
+ \new@fontshape{cmsy}{b}{n}{%
+ <5>cmbsy5<6>cmbsy6<7>cmbsy7<8>cmbsy8<9>cmbsy9<10>cmbsy10%
+ <11>cmbsy10 at10.95pt<12>cmbsy10 at12pt<14>cmbsy10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmbsy10 at17.28pt<20>cmbsy10 at20.74pt<25>cmbsy10 at24.88pt}{}
+ }%
+ %
+ \fi % End of NFSS release 1
+\else
+ \let\UseAMStwoboldmath=\relax
+\fi
+
+
+% Astronomy and Astrophysics symbol macros
+
+\def\la{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\sim\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\ga{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\sim\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\getsto{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\gets\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\gets\cr\to\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\cor{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\widehat=$}}{\hbox{$\widehat=$}}
+{\hbox{$\reset@font\scriptstyle\hat=$}}
+{\hbox{$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle\hat=$}}}}
+
+\def\lid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\gid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\sol{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr
+<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr
+<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\sim\cr<\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\sog{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr
+>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\sim\cr>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\sim\cr>\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\lse{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\simeq\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\gse{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\simeq\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.5pt}<\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\leogr{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.5pt}>\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\loa{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\approx\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\goa{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\reset@font\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\approx\cr}}}}}
+
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\degr{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\diameter{{\ifmmode\mathchoice
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\reset@font\displaystyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\reset@font\displaystyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\reset@font\textstyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\reset@font\textstyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\reset@font\scriptstyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\reset@font\scriptstyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+\else{\ooalign{\hfil/\hfil\crcr\mathhexbox20D}}%
+\fi}}
+
+\def\sq{\ifmmode\squareforqed\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil
+\penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\squareforqed
+\parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi}
+\def\squareforqed{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+
+\ifoldfss
+ \newcommand{\r@mn}[1] {{\rm #1}}%
+\else
+ \newcommand{\r@mn}[1] {\mathrm{#1}}%
+\fi
+
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\reset@font\r@mn{d}}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\reset@font\r@mn{h}}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\reset@font\r@mn{m}}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\reset@font\r@mn{s}}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\reset@font\scriptscriptstyle\r@mn{p}}$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of Extra Math / Symbol code %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE LAYOUT *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% SIDE MARGINS:
+\if@twocolumn
+ \oddsidemargin -2.5pc \evensidemargin -2.5pc
+\else
+ \ifSFB@referee
+ \oddsidemargin \z@ \evensidemargin \z@
+ \else
+ \oddsidemargin -2pc \evensidemargin -2pc
+ \fi
+\fi
+\marginparwidth 4pc
+\marginparsep 0.5pc
+
+% VERTICAL SPACING:
+%\if@twocolumn
+% \topmargin -2pc
+%\else
+ \topmargin \z@
+%\fi
+\headheight 14pt
+\headsep 15pt
+\topskip 9pt
+\footheight 11pt
+\footskip 22pt % was 26pt
+%
+% DIMENSION OF TEXT: % SFB 0.1.01
+%
+\newdimen\SFB@measure
+\SFB@measure 42pc
+%
+\textheight 682pt
+\textwidth \SFB@measure
+%
+\ifSFB@landscape
+ \textwidth \textheight
+ \textheight \SFB@measure
+\fi
+\ifSFB@referee
+ \textwidth 39pc
+\fi
+\columnsep 2pc
+\columnseprule 0pt
+
+% FOOTNOTES:
+\footnotesep 6pt
+\skip\footins 19.5pt plus 12pt minus 1pt
+
+% FLOATS:
+\floatsep 12pt plus 5.5pt minus 1pt
+\textfloatsep 12pt plus 7.5pt
+\intextsep 12pt plus 5.5pt minus 2pt
+\@maxsep 15pt
+\dblfloatsep 12pt plus 5.5pt minus 2pt
+\dbltextfloatsep 15pt plus 4.5pt minus 3pt
+\@dblmaxsep 15pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 0fil
+\@fpsep 12pt plus 0fil
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 0fil% 3fil ajw
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 0fil
+\@dblfpsep 12pt plus 0fil
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 0fil% 3fil ajw
+\marginparpush 5pt
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PARAGRAPHING *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\newdimen\realparindent % needed for abstract
+\parskip \z@ plus .1pt
+\parindent 18pt
+\realparindent=\parindent
+\partopsep 0pt plus 1pt
+\@lowpenalty 51
+\@medpenalty 151
+\@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\clubpenalty=0
+\widowpenalty=10000
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PARTS & SECTIONS NUMBERS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\newcounter {part}
+\newcounter {section}
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+\newcounter {subparagraph}[paragraph]
+\def\thepart {\arabic{part}}
+\def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PARTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex}\@afterindentfalse
+ \secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{part}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Part \thepart: #1}
+ \else \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}
+ \fi
+ {\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \reset@font\large\rm PART
+ \ifcase\thepart \or ONE \or TWO \or THREE \or FOUR \or FIVE
+ \or SIX \or SEVEN \or EIGHT \or NINE \or TEN \else \fi
+ \par \nobreak
+ \fi
+ \reset@font\LARGE \rm #2 \markboth{}{}\par }
+ \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading}
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \reset@font\LARGE \rm #1\par}
+ \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SECTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% \@startsection modified to leave less space before \subsection
+% if it immediately follows \section
+
+% \@startsection {NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
+
+\newif\if@levelone
+
+\def\@startsection#1#2#3#4#5#6{\if@noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
+ \par \@tempskipa #4\relax
+ \@afterindenttrue
+ \ifnum #2=\@ne % if level=1 ie. section
+ \global\@levelonetrue
+ \else
+ \global\@levelonefalse
+ \fi
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@ \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse\fi
+ \if@nobreak
+ \everypar{}\ifnum#2=2 \vskip 0pt plus1pt\fi % was 6pt
+ \else
+ \addpenalty{\@secpenalty}\addvspace{\@tempskipa}
+ \fi \@ifstar
+ {\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}{\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}}
+
+%\def\SFB@hangraggedright{\rightskip\@flushglue \let\\=\newline}
+%\def\SFB@raggedright{\rightskip\@flushglue \let\\=\@centercr
+% \parindent=\SFB@indent}
+
+\def\SFB@hangraggedright{\rightskip=\@flushglue \let\\=\@centercr \parindent=0pt}
+
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}
+ {-24pt plus -12pt minus -1pt}{6pt}
+ {\SFB@hangraggedright\reset@font\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}
+ {-18pt plus -9pt minus -1pt}{6pt}
+ {\SFB@hangraggedright\reset@font\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}
+ {-18pt plus -9pt minus -1pt}{6pt}
+ {\SFB@hangraggedright\reset@font\normalsize\it}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}
+ {12pt plus 2.25pt minus 1pt}{-0.5em}{\reset@font\normalsize\bf}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\parindent}
+ {12pt plus 2.25pt minus 1pt}{-0.5em}{\reset@font\normalsize\it}}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} % SFB 0.1.01
+%
+% \@sect{NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}[ARG1]{ARG2}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}%
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}%
+ \if@levelone % is it a \section or \section*
+ \ifSFB@appendix
+ \edef\@svsec{}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 1em}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \if@levelone
+ \ifSFB@appendix
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ APPENDIX \csname the#1\endcsname:\hskip 0.5em\uppercase{#8}\par}%
+ \else
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \uppercase{#8}\par}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else %ajw
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi #7}%ajw
+ \else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec \if@levelone \uppercase{#8}\else #8\fi
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else %ajw
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi#7}%ajw
+ }\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+% from latex.tex
+% \@ssect{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}{ARG}
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \@tempskipa #3\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #4\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{%
+ \interlinepenalty \@M
+ \if@levelone
+ \uppercase{#5}%
+ \else {#5}%
+ \fi\par}%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax
+ \if@levelone
+ \uppercase{#5}%
+ \else {#5}%
+ \fi}
+ \fi
+ \@xsect{#3}%
+}
+
+\newif\ifSFB@appendix
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \SFB@appendixtrue
+ \@addtoreset{equation}{section}
+ \@addtoreset{table}{section}
+ \@addtoreset{figure}{section}
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}
+ \setcounter{figure}{0}
+ \setcounter{table}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}
+ \def\thesubsection{\thesection\arabic{subsection}}
+ \def\theequation{\thesection\arabic{equation}}
+ \def\thefigure{\thesection\@arabic\c@figure}
+ \def\thetable{\thesection\@arabic\c@table}
+}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * SKIPS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\newskip\@indentskip
+\newskip\smallindent
+\newskip\@footindent
+\newskip\@leftskip
+\@indentskip=18pt
+\smallindent=1.5em
+\@footindent=\smallindent
+\@leftskip=\z@
+
+% ****************************************
+% * LISTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\leftmargini \z@
+\leftmarginii 1.25pc
+\leftmarginiii 1.25pc
+\leftmarginiv 1.25pc
+\leftmarginv 1pc
+\leftmarginvi 1pc
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelsep 0.5em
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+%
+% label macros for Range-Left and Range-Right labels
+\def\makeRLlabel#1{\rlap{#1}\hss}
+\def\makeRRlabel#1{\hss\llap{#1}}
+\def\makenewlabel#1{#1}
+%
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \parsep \z@
+ \topsep 6pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \z@ plus .1pt
+}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 6pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@
+ \itemsep \z@ plus .1pt
+}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 6pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep \z@
+ \itemsep \topsep
+}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+}
+%
+% ITEMIZE
+\def\itemize{%
+ \ifnum \@itemdepth >3 \@toodeep
+ \else \advance\@itemdepth \@ne
+ \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%
+ \list{\csname\@itemitem\endcsname}%
+ {\let\makelabel\makeRRlabel}%
+ \parindent 1em%
+ \leftmargin 3.5em\labelsep 0.5em\itemindent 2.0em\labelwidth 0.5em%
+ \fi}
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{--}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\cdot$}
+\def\labelitemiv{*}
+%
+% ENUMERATE
+% SFB -- enumerate with optional argument to set left margin...
+\def\enumerate{\ifnum \@enumdepth >3 \@toodeep \else
+ \advance\@enumdepth \@ne
+ \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%
+ \fi
+ \@ifnextchar [{\@enumeratetwo}{\@enumerateone}%
+}
+\def\@enumeratetwo[#1]{%
+ \list{\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname}%
+ {\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}
+ \leftmargin\z@
+ \listparindent 1em
+ \usecounter{\@enumctr}
+ \let\makelabel\makenewlabel}
+}
+\def\@enumerateone{%
+ \list{\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname}%
+ {\usecounter{\@enumctr}\itemindent 1em\listparindent 1em
+ \let\makelabel\makenewlabel}}
+%
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi}
+\def\theenumi{(\roman{enumi})}
+\def\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}
+\def\theenumii{(\alph{enumii})}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii}
+\def\theenumiii{(\arabic{enumiii})}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv}
+\def\theenumiv{(\Alph{enumiv})}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+%
+% DESCRIPTION
+%\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \reset@font\bf #1}
+%\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+% \leftmargin 1em
+% \itemindent-1em
+%}}
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\reset@font\bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@
+ \leftmargin \z@
+ \itemindent 1em
+}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+% ****************************************
+% * DISPLAYED TEXT *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% VERSE
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@
+ \itemindent -\@indentskip
+ \listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin
+ \advance\leftmargin \@indentskip}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+%
+% QUOTATION
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent \smallindent
+% \itemindent\listparindent
+ \leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\leftmargin
+ \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]\reset@font\small}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+%
+% QUOTE
+\def\quote{\list{}{\leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]%
+ \reset@font\small}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+% ****************************************
+% * OTHER ENVIRONMENTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% THEOREM
+\def\@begintheorem#1#2{\reset@font\rm \trivlist \item[\hskip \labelsep
+ {\reset@font\bf #1\ #2.}]}
+\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\reset@font\rm \trivlist
+ \item[\hskip \labelsep{\reset@font\bf #1\ #2.\ (#3)}]}
+\def\@endtheorem{\endtrivlist}
+%
+% PROOF
+\def\proof{\reset@font\rm \trivlist \item[\hskip \labelsep
+ {\reset@font\it Proof.}]}
+\def\endproof{\hspace*{1em}{\begin{picture}(6.5,6.5)%
+ \put(0,0){\framebox(6.5,6.5){}}\end{picture}}\endtrivlist}
+\@namedef{proof*}{\reset@font\rm \trivlist \item[\hskip \labelsep
+ {\reset@font\it Proof.}]}
+\@namedef{endproof*}{\endtrivlist}
+\def\proofbox{\begin{picture}(6.5,6.5)%
+ \put(0,0){\framebox(6.5,6.5){}}\end{picture}}
+%
+% TITLEPAGE
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+% ARRAY AND TABULAR
+%
+\arraycolsep 5pt
+\tabcolsep 6pt
+\arrayrulewidth .5pt
+\doublerulesep 1.5pt
+
+\def\tabular{\def\@halignto{}
+ \def\hline{\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi
+ \vskip 3pt
+ \hrule \@height \arrayrulewidth
+% {\hbox to 0.667\textwidth{\hrulefill}}
+ \vskip 3pt
+ \futurelet \@tempa\@xhline}
+ \def\fullhline{\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi
+ \vskip 3pt
+ \hrule \@height \arrayrulewidth
+% {\hbox to \textwidth{\hrulefill}}
+ \vskip 3pt
+ \futurelet \@tempa\@xhline}
+ \def\@xhline{\ifx\@tempa\hline
+ \vskip -6pt
+ \vskip \doublerulesep
+ \fi
+ \ifnum0=`{\fi}}
+ \def\@arrayrule{\@addtopreamble{\hskip -.5\arrayrulewidth
+% \vrule \@width \arrayrulewidth
+ \hskip .5\arrayrulewidth}}
+\@tabular
+}
+% TABBING
+%
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+% MINIPAGE
+%
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+
+% FRAMEBOX
+%
+% Space left between box and text by \fbox and \framebox.
+\fboxsep = 3pt
+% Width of rules in box made by \fbox and \framebox.
+\fboxrule = \arrayrulewidth
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TITLE AND ABSTRACT *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\vspace*{17pt}\@maketitle]
+ \else
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@
+ \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \thispagestyle{titlepage}
+ \endgroup
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@author{}
+ \gdef\@title{}
+ \let\thanks\relax
+}
+\def\newauthor{%
+ \end{author@tabular}\par
+ \begin{author@tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}%
+}
+\def\and{%
+ \end{author@tabular}\vskip 3pt\par
+ \begin{author@tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}%
+}
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \vspace*{7pt}
+ {\raggedright \sloppy
+ {\reset@font\huge \bf \@title \par}
+ \vskip 23pt
+ {\reset@font\LARGE
+ \begin{author@tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}\@author
+ \end{author@tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 22pt
+ }
+ \par\noindent
+ {\reset@font\small \@date \par}
+ \vskip 22pt
+}
+%
+\def\abstract{\if@twocolumn
+ \start@SFBbox\@abstract
+ \else
+ \@abstract
+ \fi}
+\def\endabstract{\if@twocolumn
+ \endlist\finish@SFBbox
+ \else
+ \endlist
+ \fi}
+\def\@abstract{\list{}{%
+ \listparindent\realparindent
+ \itemindent\z@
+ \labelwidth\z@ \labelsep\z@
+ \leftmargin 11pc\rightmargin\z@
+ \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]%
+ \reset@font\normalsize{\bf ABSTRACT}\\\reset@font\large
+} % SFB 0.1.01
+%
+\newif\ifSFB@keywords
+\def\keywords{\if@twocolumn
+ \start@SFBbox\@keywords
+ \else
+ \@keywords
+ \fi
+}
+\def\@keywords{\list{}{%
+ \labelwidth\z@ \labelsep\z@
+ \leftmargin 11pc\rightmargin\z@
+ \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]\reset@font\large{\bf Key words: }%
+}
+\def\endkeywords{\if@twocolumn
+ \endlist\addvspace{37pt plus 0.5\baselineskip}\finish@SFBbox
+ \else
+ \endlist
+ \fi
+ \@thanks
+ \gdef\@thanks{}
+ \SFB@keywordstrue
+}
+\def\nokeywords{\ifSFB@keywords\else
+ \if@twocolumn \start@SFBbox\addvspace{37pt}\finish@SFBbox \fi
+ \@thanks
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\fi
+}
+
+\def\author@tabular{\def\@halignto{}\@authortable}
+\let\endauthor@tabular=\endtabular
+%
+\def\author@tabcrone{\vspace{2pt}{\ifnum0=`}\fi%
+ \@xtabularcr[-7pt]\reset@font\small\it
+ \let\\=\author@tabcrtwo\ignorespaces}
+%
+\def\author@tabcrtwo{{\ifnum0=`}\fi\@xtabularcr[-7pt]\reset@font\small\it
+ \let\\=\author@tabcrtwo\ignorespaces}
+%
+\def\@authortable{\leavevmode \hbox \bgroup $\let\@acol\@tabacol
+ \let\@classz\@tabclassz \let\@classiv\@tabclassiv
+ \let\\=\author@tabcrone\ignorespaces \@tabarray}
+
+\def\start@SFBbox{\@next\@currbox\@freelist{}{}%
+ \global\setbox\@currbox
+ \vbox\bgroup
+ \hsize \textwidth
+ \@parboxrestore
+}
+\def\finish@SFBbox{\par\vskip -\dbltextfloatsep
+ \egroup
+ \global\count\@currbox\tw@
+ \global\@dbltopnum\@ne
+ \global\@dbltoproom\maxdimen\@addtodblcol
+ \global\vsize\@colht
+ \global\@colroom\@colht
+}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE STYLES *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\mark{{}{}}
+\gdef\@author{\mbox{}}
+\def\author{\@ifnextchar [{\@authortwo}{\@authorone}}
+\def\@authortwo[#1]#2{\gdef\@author{#2}\gdef\@shortauthor{#1}}
+\def\@authorone#1{\gdef\@author{#1}\gdef\@shortauthor{#1}}
+%\def\shortauthor#1{\gdef\@shortauthor{#1}}
+\gdef\@shortauthor{}
+\gdef\@title{\mbox{}}
+\def\title{\@ifnextchar [{\@titletwo}{\@titleone}}
+\def\@titletwo[#1]#2{\gdef\@title{#2}\gdef\@shorttitle{#1}}
+\def\@titleone#1{\gdef\@title{#1}\gdef\@shorttitle{#1}}
+%\def\shorttitle#1{\gdef\@shorttitle{#1}}
+\gdef\@shorttitle{}
+\def\volume#1{\gdef\@volume{#1}}
+\gdef\@volume{000}
+\def\tod@y{\today}
+\def\microfiche#1{\gdef\@microfiche{#1}}
+\gdef\@microfiche{}
+\def\pubyear#1{\gdef\@pubyear{#1}}
+\gdef\@pubyear{0000}
+\def\pagerange#1{\gdef\@pagerange{#1}}
+\gdef\@pagerange{000--000}
+\def\journal#1{\gdef\@journal{#1}}
+\def\plate#1{\gdef\pl@te{#1}}
+\ifx\CUP@mtlplain@loaded\undefined
+ \def\@printed{\qquad Printed \tod@y\qquad
+ (MN \LaTeX\ style file v\@version)}
+\else
+ \def\@printed{}
+\fi
+\gdef\@journal{{Mon.\ Not.\ R.\ Astron.\ Soc.} {\bf \@volume}, \@pagerange\
+% (\number\year) \@microfiche\@printed}
+ (\@pubyear) \@microfiche\@printed}
+%
+% \ps@empty and \ps@plain defined in LATEX.TEX
+%
+\def\@ddell{}
+\if@letters
+ \def\@ddell{L}
+\fi
+\def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \def\@oddhead{\Large\hfill{\it\@shorttitle}\hspace{1.5em}%
+ \rm\@ddell\thepage}
+ \def\@oddfoot{\small\copyright\ \@pubyear\ RAS, MNRAS {\bf \@volume}, \@pagerange\hfil}
+ \def\@evenhead{\Large\@ddell\thepage\hspace{1.5em}\it\@shortauthor\hfill}
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hfil\small\copyright\ \@pubyear\ RAS, MNRAS {\bf \@volume}, \@pagerange}
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markboth{##1}{}}
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{\markright{##1}}}
+
+\def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddhead{\Large\hfill\it\rightmark\hspace{1.5em}\rm\@ddell\thepage}
+ \def\@oddfoot{\small\copyright\ \@pubyear\ RAS, MNRAS {\bf \@volume}, \@pagerange\hfil}
+ \def\@evenhead{\Large\@ddell\thepage\hspace{1.5em}\it\leftmark\hfill}
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hfil\small\copyright\ \@pubyear\ RAS, MNRAS {\bf \@volume}, \@pagerange}
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+\def\ps@titlepage{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddhead{\footnotesize\@journal\hfill}
+ \def\@oddfoot{\small\copyright\ \@pubyear\ RAS\hfil}
+ \def\@evenhead{\footnotesize\@journal\hfill}
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hfil\small\copyright\ \@pubyear\ RAS}
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+\def\ps@plate{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddhead{\footnotesize\pl@te\hfill}
+ \def\@oddfoot{\small\copyright\ \@pubyear\ RAS, MNRAS {\bf \@volume},
+ \@pagerange\hfil}
+ \def\@evenhead{\footnotesize\pl@te\hfill}
+ \def\@evenfoot{\hfil\small\copyright\ \@pubyear\ RAS, MNRAS {\bf \@volume},
+ \@pagerange}
+}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TABLE OF CONTENTS, ETC. *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+\def\@undottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth
+ \else
+ \vskip \z@ plus .2pt
+ {\hangindent #2\relax
+ \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip
+ \parindent #2\relax \@afterindenttrue
+ \interlinepenalty\@M \leavevmode
+ \@tempdima #3\relax #4\nobreak \hfill \nobreak
+ \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hfil\reset@font\rm \ }\par}\fi}
+\def\tableofcontents{\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \section*{CONTENTS} \@starttoc{toc}
+ \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi \par\vspace{12pt}}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt}
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ {\reset@font\normalsize\rm
+ \leavevmode \hspace*{3pc}
+ #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss \ }}\par
+ \nobreak \global\@nobreaktrue
+ \everypar{\global\@nobreakfalse\everypar{}}\endgroup}
+\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \@tempdima 1.5em
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth \reset@font\rm \leavevmode
+ \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip
+ #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss \ }\par
+ \endgroup}
+\def\l@subsection{\@undottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@undottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@undottedtocline{4}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@undottedtocline{5}{10em}{5em}}
+\def\listoffigures{\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \section*{LIST OF FIGURES\@mkboth{LIST OF FIGURES}{LIST OF FIGURES}}
+ \@starttoc{lof} \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\def\l@figure{\@undottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \section*{LIST OF TABLES\@mkboth{LIST OF TABLES}{LIST OF TABLES}}
+ \@starttoc{lot} \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+% ****************************************
+% * BIBLIOGRAPHY *
+% ****************************************
+%
+
+\newcounter{dummy}
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{REFERENCES}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{REFERENCES}
+ \list{}{\usecounter{dummy}%
+ \labelwidth\z@
+ \leftmargin 1.5em
+ \itemsep \z@
+ \itemindent-\leftmargin}
+ \reset@font\small
+ \parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .1pt\relax
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax
+}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+\def\@biblabel#1{\hspace*{\labelsep}[#1]}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * THE INDEX *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\section*{INDEX}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{INDEX}
+ \reset@font\footnotesize \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@ plus .1pt\relax
+ \let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 1em}
+\def\subitem {\par\hangindent 1em \hspace*{1em}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 1em\hspace*{1em}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par\vskip\baselineskip \relax}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FOOTNOTES *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule width 12pc height \z@ \kern 3\p@}
+
+\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\mbox{{$\fnsymbol{footnote}$}}}
+
+\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ifcase#1\or \mbox{$\star$}\or \dagger\or \ddagger\or
+ \S \or \P \or \|\or \mbox{$\star\star$}\or \dagger\dagger
+ \or \ddagger\ddagger\or \S\S\or \P\P\or \|\|\else ***
+ \fi\relax}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ $^{\@thefnmark}$\hspace{4pt}#1}
+
+%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima \hsize
+% \advance\@tempdima-18pt\parshape \@ne 18pt\@tempdima}\par
+% \noindent \hbox to \z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$\hspace{0.5em}}#1}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FIGURES AND TABLES *
+% ****************************************
+%
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.9}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.9}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.1}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.9}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.9}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.9}
+
+\newif\ifst@rredfloat
+\newcounter{table}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{tbp}
+\def\ftype@table{1}
+\def\fstyle@table{\reset@font\small\rm}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable}
+\def\table{\def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \let\@makecaption=\SFB@maketablecaption%
+ \@float{table}\fstyle@table}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\def\baselinestretch{1}\st@rredfloattrue
+ \let\@makecaption=\SFB@maketablecaption%
+ \@dblfloat{table}\centering\fstyle@table}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat\st@rredfloatfalse}
+
+\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fps@figure{tbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{2}
+\def\fstyle@figure{\reset@font\small\rm}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{Figure \thefigure}
+\def\figure{\def\baselinestretch{1}%
+ \let\@makecaption=\SFB@makefigurecaption%
+ \@float{figure}\fstyle@figure}
+\let\endfigure\end@float
+\@namedef{figure*}{\def\baselinestretch{1}\st@rredfloattrue
+ \let\@makecaption=\SFB@makefigurecaption%
+ \@dblfloat{figure}\centering\fstyle@figure}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat\st@rredfloatfalse}
+
+\long\def\SFB@makefigurecaption#1#2{\vskip 6pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\reset@font\small{\bf #1}%
+ \if@cont \ -- {\it continued}\else{\bf .}\fi\ {\rm #2}\par}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ {\reset@font\small{\bf #1}%
+ \if@cont \ -- {\it continued}\else{\bf .}\fi\ {\rm #2}\par}%
+ \else
+ \ifst@rredfloat
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfill\box\@tempboxa\hfill}%
+ \else
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfill\box\@tempboxa\hfill}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \vskip 6pt
+ \@contfalse
+}
+
+\long\def\SFB@maketablecaption#1#2{\vskip 6pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\reset@font\small{\bf #1}%
+ \if@cont \ -- {\it continued}\else{\bf .}\fi\ {\rm #2}\par}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ {\reset@font\small{\bf #1}%
+ \if@cont \ -- {\it continued}\else{\bf .}\fi\ {\rm #2}\par}%
+ \else
+ \hbox to\hsize{\box\@tempboxa\hfill}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip 6pt
+ \@contfalse
+}
+
+\newif\if@cont
+\def\caption{\refstepcounter\@captype \@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}
+\def\contcaption{\@conttrue\SFB@caption\@captype}
+
+\long\def\SFB@caption#1#2{%\par
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \reset@font\normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * CUP specials *
+% ****************************************
+%
+%
+% The following code is taken from authordate.sty, by David Rhead, of
+% the Cripps Computing Centre (February 1990), with some modifications
+% by ggw. It is intended for documents
+% that use the author-date citation system. When used in conjunction with
+% authordate1.bst, ... , authordate4.bst, it allows citations of the
+% form \shortcite{bloggs-60} as well as the usual \cite{bloggs-60}.
+% When
+% ... \cite{bloggs-60} ... \shortcite{bloggs-60} ...
+% appears in the input file,
+% ... (Bloggs, 1960) ... (1960) ...
+% appears in the final document.
+%
+% Code taken from apalike.sty.
+%
+\def\@cite#1#2{(#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi)}
+\def\@biblabel#1{}
+
+% Set length of hanging indentation for bibliography entries
+%
+\newlength{\bibhang}
+\setlength{\bibhang}{2em}
+
+% Define default title and page-head text.
+%
+\def\bibtitle{References}
+\def\bibheadtitle{REFERENCES}
+
+% Code taken from aaai.sty.
+%
+% don't box citations, add space between multiple citations, separate with ;
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{%
+ \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{; }\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{{\reset@font\bf ?}\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}{#1}}
+% Allow short (name-less) citations, when used in
+% conjunction with a bibliography style that creates labels like
+% \citename{<names>, }<year>
+\let\@internalcite\cite
+\def\cite{\def\citename##1{##1}\@internalcite}
+\def\shortcite{\def\citename##1{}\@internalcite}
+
+% RM for BSP note at end of article
+\def\bsp{\medskip\reset@font\normalsize\noindent This paper has been
+ produced using the Royal Astronomical Society/Blackwell Science
+ \LaTeX\ style file.}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FLEQN *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% FLEQN DOCUMENT-STYLE OPTION - released 9 March 1987
+% for LaTeX version 2.09
+% Copyright (C) 1987 by Leslie Lamport
+%
+% The following commands make the displayed math environments flush left,
+% with an indentation of \mathindent from the prevailing left margin.
+
+\def\[{\relax\ifmmode\@badmath\else\begin{trivlist}\item[]\leavevmode
+ \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup$
+ \displaystyle
+ \hskip\mathindent\bgroup\fi}
+
+\def\]{\relax\ifmmode \egroup $\hfil
+ \egroup \end{trivlist}\else \@badmath \fi}
+
+\def\equation{\refstepcounter{equation}\trivlist \item[]\leavevmode
+ \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup $
+ \displaystyle
+\hskip\mathindent}
+
+
+\def\endequation{$\hfil
+ \displaywidth\linewidth\@eqnnum\egroup \endtrivlist}
+
+\def\eqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\global\@eqnswtrue
+\global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\mathindent\let\\=\@eqncr
+\abovedisplayskip\topsep\ifvmode\advance\abovedisplayskip\partopsep\fi
+\belowdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip
+\belowdisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+$$\halign
+to \linewidth\bgroup\@eqnsel\hskip\@centering$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@
+ {##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne \hskip 2\arraycolsep \hfil${##}$\hfil
+ &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ \hskip 2\arraycolsep $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil
+ \tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+
+\def\endeqnarray{\@@eqncr\egroup
+ \global\advance\c@equation\m@ne$$\global\@ignoretrue}
+
+\newdimen\mathindent
+\mathindent = \z@
+
+% ****************************************
+% * MISCELLANEOUS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% DATE
+\def\today{\number\day\ \ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December
+ \fi \ \number\year}
+
+% ****************************************
+% * INITIALIZATION *
+% ****************************************
+%
+%
+\newif\ifCUPmtlplainloaded
+\ifx\CUP@mtlplain@loaded\undefined
+\else
+ \global\CUPmtlplainloadedtrue
+ \input mnsym
+\fi
+%
+\flushbottom
+\ps@headings
+\ifSFB@galley
+ \raggedbottom
+ \ps@empty
+\fi
+\ifSFB@referee
+ \raggedbottom
+\fi
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn
+ \sloppy
+\else
+ \onecolumn
+\fi
+\frenchspacing
+
+% end of MN.sty
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnguide.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnguide.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf5cc70dd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnguide.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1853 @@
+% mnguide.tex
+%
+% v1.3 released 14th September 1995
+% v1.2 released 5th September 1994 (M. Reed)
+% v1.1 released 18th July 1994
+% v1.0 released 28th January 1994
+
+\documentstyle{mn}
+
+% If your system has the AMS fonts version 2.0 installed, MN.sty can be
+% made to use them by uncommenting the line: %\AMStwofontstrue
+%
+% By doing this, you will be able to obtain upright Greek characters.
+% e.g. \umu, \upi etc. See the section on "Upright Greek characters" in
+% this guide for further information.
+%
+% If you are using AMS 2.0 fonts, bold math letters/symbols are available
+% at a larger range of sizes for NFSS release 1 and 2 (using \boldmath or
+% preferably \bmath).
+
+\newif\ifAMStwofonts
+%\AMStwofontstrue
+
+%%%%% AUTHORS - PLACE YOUR OWN MACROS HERE %%%%%
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\ifoldfss
+ %
+ \newcommand{\rmn}[1] {{\rm #1}}
+ \newcommand{\itl}[1] {{\it #1}}
+ \newcommand{\bld}[1] {{\bf #1}}
+ %
+ \ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \NewTextAlphabet{textbfit} {cmbxti10} {}
+ \NewTextAlphabet{textbfss} {cmssbx10} {}
+ \NewMathAlphabet{mathbfit} {cmbxti10} {} % for math mode
+ \NewMathAlphabet{mathbfss} {cmssbx10} {} % " " "
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifAMStwofonts
+ %
+ \ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \NewSymbolFont{upmath} {eurm10}
+ \NewSymbolFont{AMSa} {msam10}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\upi} {0}{upmath}{19}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\umu} {0}{upmath}{16}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\upartial}{0}{upmath}{40}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\leqslant}{3}{AMSa}{36}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\geqslant}{3}{AMSa}{3E}
+ \let\oldle=\le \let\oldleq=\leq
+ \let\oldge=\ge \let\oldgeq=\geq
+ \let\leq=\leqslant \let\le=\leqslant
+ \let\geq=\geqslant \let\ge=\geqslant
+ \fi
+ %
+ \fi
+%
+\fi % End of OFSS
+
+\ifnfssone
+ %
+ \newmathalphabet{\mathit}
+ \addtoversion{normal}{\mathit}{cmr}{m}{it}
+ \addtoversion{bold}{\mathit}{cmr}{bx}{it}
+ %
+ \newcommand{\rmn}[1] {\mathrm{#1}}
+ \newcommand{\itl}[1] {\mathit{#1}}
+ \newcommand{\bld}[1] {\mathbf{#1}}
+ %
+ \def\textbfit{\protect\txtbfit}
+ \def\textbfss{\protect\txtbfss}
+ \long\def\txtbfit#1{{\fontfamily{cmr}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{it}%
+ \selectfont #1}}
+ \long\def\txtbfss#1{{\fontfamily{cmss}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{n}%
+ \selectfont #1}}
+ %
+ \newmathalphabet{\mathbfit} % math mode version of \textbfit{..}
+ \addtoversion{normal}{\mathbfit}{cmr}{bx}{it}
+ \addtoversion{bold}{\mathbfit}{cmr}{bx}{it}
+ %
+ \newmathalphabet{\mathbfss} % math mode version of \textbfss{..}
+ \addtoversion{normal}{\mathbfss}{cmss}{bx}{n}
+ \addtoversion{bold}{\mathbfss}{cmss}{bx}{n}
+ %
+ \ifAMStwofonts
+ %
+ \ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ %
+ % Make NFSS 1 use the extra sizes available for bold math italic and
+ % bold math symbol. These definitions may already be loaded if your
+ % NFSS format was built with fontdef.max.
+ %
+ \UseAMStwoboldmath
+ %
+ \makeatletter
+ \new@mathgroup\upmath@group
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@normal\upmath@group{eur}{m}{n}
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@bold\upmath@group{eur}{b}{n}
+ \edef\UPM{\hexnumber\upmath@group}
+ %
+ \new@mathgroup\amsa@group
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@normal\amsa@group{msa}{m}{n}
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@bold\amsa@group{msa}{m}{n}
+ \edef\AMSa{\hexnumber\amsa@group}
+ \makeatother
+ %
+ \mathchardef\upi="0\UPM19
+ \mathchardef\umu="0\UPM16
+ \mathchardef\upartial="0\UPM40
+ \mathchardef\leqslant="3\AMSa36
+ \mathchardef\geqslant="3\AMSa3E
+ %
+ \let\oldle=\le \let\oldleq=\leq
+ \let\oldge=\ge \let\oldgeq=\geq
+ \let\leq=\leqslant \let\le=\leqslant
+ \let\geq=\geqslant \let\ge=\geqslant
+ %
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+\fi % End of NFSS release 1
+
+\ifnfsstwo
+ %
+ \newcommand{\rmn}[1] {\mathrm{#1}}
+ \newcommand{\itl}[1] {\mathit{#1}}
+ \newcommand{\bld}[1] {\mathbf{#1}}
+ %
+ \def\textbfit{\protect\txtbfit}
+ \def\textbfss{\protect\txtbfss}
+ \long\def\txtbfit#1{{\fontfamily{cmr}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{it}%
+ \selectfont #1}}
+ \long\def\txtbfss#1{{\fontfamily{cmss}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{n}%
+ \selectfont #1}}
+ %
+ \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbfit}{OT1}{cmr}{bx}{it}
+ \SetMathAlphabet\mathbfit{bold}{OT1}{cmr}{bx}{it}
+ \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbfss}{OT1}{cmss}{bx}{n}
+ \SetMathAlphabet\mathbfss{bold}{OT1}{cmss}{bx}{n}
+ %
+ \ifAMStwofonts
+ %
+ \ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{UPM}{U}{eur}{m}{n}
+ \SetSymbolFont{UPM}{bold}{U}{eur}{b}{n}
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{AMSa}{U}{msa}{m}{n}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\upi}{0}{UPM}{"19}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\umu}{0}{UPM}{"16}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\upartial}{0}{UPM}{"40}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\leqslant}{3}{AMSa}{"36}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\geqslant}{3}{AMSa}{"3E}
+ %
+ \let\oldle=\le \let\oldleq=\leq
+ \let\oldge=\ge \let\oldgeq=\geq
+ \let\leq=\leqslant \let\le=\leqslant
+ \let\geq=\geqslant \let\ge=\geqslant
+ %
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+\fi % End of NFSS release 2
+
+\ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \ifAMStwofonts \else % If no AMS fonts
+ \def\upi{\pi}
+ \def\umu{\mu}
+ \def\upartial{\partial}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+\long\def\boxit#1{\noindent\ignorespaces
+ \framebox[\hsize][l]{\hbox{\vbox{\raggedright #1\par}}}\par
+ \medskip\noindent\ignorespaces
+} % for guide only
+
+
+\title[Monthly Notices: \LaTeX\ guide for authors]
+ {Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical
+ Society: \\ \LaTeX\ style guide for authors}
+\author[A. Woollatt et al.]
+ {A.~Woollatt,$^1$\thanks{Affiliated to ICRA.}
+ M.~Reed,$^1$ R.~Mulvey,$^1$ K.~Matthews,$^1$
+ D.~Starling,$^1$ Y.~Yu,$^1$
+ \newauthor % starts a new line in the
+ % author environment
+ A.~Richardson$^1$ and P.~Smith$^2$\\
+ $^1$Cambridge University Press, Shaftesbury
+ Road, Cambridge CB2 2BS\\
+ $^2$Blackwell Science,
+ 23 Ainslie Place, Edinburgh EH3 6AJ}
+\date{Accepted 1993 December 11. Received 1993 March 17}
+\pagerange{\pageref{firstpage}--\pageref{lastpage}}
+\pubyear{1994}
+
+\def\LaTeX{L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{a}\kern-.15em
+ T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}
+
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\label{firstpage}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+ This guide is for authors who are preparing papers for the
+ Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society using the
+\LaTeX\ document preparation system and the MN style file.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{keywords}
+ \LaTeX\ -- style files: \verb"mn.sty"\ -- sample text -- user guide.
+\end{keywords}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+In addition to the standard submission of hardcopy from authors,
+Monthly Notices accepts machine-readable forms of papers in \LaTeX.
+The layout design for Monthly Notices has been implemented as a
+\LaTeX\ style file. The MN style is based on the \verb"ARTICLE" style
+as discussed in the \LaTeX\ manual \cite {la}. Commands which differ
+from the standard \LaTeX\ interface, or which are provided in addition
+to the standard interface, are explained in this guide. This guide is
+not a substitute for the \LaTeX\ manual itself. Authors planning to
+submit their papers in \LaTeX\ are advised to use \verb"mn.sty" as
+early as possible in the creation of their files.
+
+\subsection{The MN document style}
+
+The use of \LaTeX\ document styles allows a simple change of style
+(or style option) to transform the appearance of your document. The
+MN style file preserves the standard \LaTeX\ interface such that any
+document that can be produced using the standard \LaTeX\ \verb"ARTICLE"
+style can also be produced with the MN style. However, the measure (or
+width of text) is narrower than the default for \verb"ARTICLE", and even
+narrower than for the \verb"A4" style, therefore line breaks will change
+and long equations may need re-setting.
+
+When your article is printed in the Monthly Notices journal, it is typeset
+in Monotype Times. As most authors do not have this font, it is likely that
+the make-up will change with the change of font. For this reason, we ask
+you to ignore details such as slightly long lines, page stretching, or
+figures falling out of synchronization, because these details can be dealt with at a later stage.
+
+\subsection{General style issues}
+
+For general style issues, authors are referred to the `Instructions for
+ Authors' on the inside back cover of Monthly Notices. Authors
+who are interested in the details of style are referred to Butcher
+\shortcite {bu} and The Chicago Manual \shortcite {ch}. The language of
+the journal is British English and spelling should conform to this.
+
+Use should be made of symbolic references (\verb"\ref") in order to
+protect against late changes of order, etc.
+
+\subsection{Submission of \LaTeX\ articles to the journal}
+
+Authors are urged to state that electronic submission is intended when
+first submitting their paper.
+Papers should initially be submitted in the usual way to the Executive
+Secretary, Royal Astronomical Society, Burlington House, London W1V 0NL,
+as set out on the inside front cover of
+each issue of Monthly Notices. Three hard copies should be supplied.
+One of these copies should
+be single-sided and double-spaced throughout, while the other two should
+be weight-reduced, by being either single-spaced or double-sided. Note
+that articles, or revised versions thereof, may not be submitted by
+electronic mail. Appropriate gaps should be left for figures, original
+versions and copies of which should also be supplied. Authors should
+ensure that their figures are suitable (in terms of lettering size, etc.)
+for the reductions they intend.
+
+Authors who wish to include PostScript artwork dir\-ectly into their
+articles can do so, by using either Tomas Rokicki's {\sf EPSF} macros
+or Trevor Darrell's {\sf PSFIG} macros (both of which are supplied with
+the DVIPS PostScript driver). Please remember to supply any additional
+figure macros you use with your article.
+Please also supply hard copies of your figures, for the use of production
+editors and as a back-up.
+Authors should not attempt to
+use implementation specific \verb"\special"'s directly.
+
+The correct Monthly Notices House Style should be used -- details are
+given in the Instructions for Authors, in the Style Guide published
+in the 1 January 1993 issue (\hbox{MNRAS}, 260, 1), and in Appendix~C of
+this guide. No disk should be submitted
+at this initial stage. When the paper has been accepted, the double-spaced
+copy will be marked up by sub-editors at Blackwell Science
+(BS) and returned to you for correction. When the requested corrections
+have been made, you should send the following to BS:
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item a 3.5-inch or 5.25-inch PC disk (double- or high-density or
+ Apple Mac), containing the {\em corrected\/} version of the paper,
+ plus any macro files you have been using. The files for the final
+ version should be text-only, with no system-dependent control codes
+ (often called an ASCII file);
+\item two hard copies of the corrected version, plus the original marked
+ copy of the article; {\em any further author corrections should be
+ clearly indicated on the latter\/};
+\item a signed statement that the revised copy and the disk do indeed
+ correspond.
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+In addition, you should submit the following information concerning the
+disk and its contents:
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item the disk format (e.g. IBM 360k);
+\item how many files the disk contains, their names,
+ a description of the file contents and the number of pages each file
+ will produce when printed; details of any user-defined macros;
+\item the computer system and implementation of \LaTeX\ used (e.g.
+ IBM AT, PC\TeX\ v3.0).
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+Ensure that any author-defined macros are gathered together in the file,
+just before the \verb"\begin{document}" command.
+
+Unless the layout of the paper has to be significantly changed by the
+typesetter (for example, if the gaps left for the figures are not
+suitable), it will not be necessary to send you a typeset proof to check,
+as the paper will be set directly from your submitted disk. However, you
+should note that, if serious problems are encountered with the coding of
+your paper (missing author-defined macros, for example), it may prove
+necessary to divert the paper to conventional typesetting.
+
+\section{Using the MN style}
+
+If the file \verb"mn.sty" is not already in the appropriate system
+directory for \LaTeX\ files, either arrange for it to be put there,
+or copy it to your working directory. The MN document style is implemented
+as a complete document style, {\em not\/} a document style option. In
+order to use the MN style, replace \verb"article" by \verb"mn" in the
+\verb"\documentstyle" command at the beginning of your document:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+is replaced by
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{mn}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+In general, the following standard document style options should {\em
+not\/} be used with the MN style:
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item {\tt 10pt}, {\tt 11pt}, {\tt 12pt} -- unavailable;
+ \item {\tt twoside} (no associated style file) -- {\tt
+ twoside} is the default;
+ \item {\tt fleqn}, {\tt leqno}, {\tt titlepage} --
+ should not be used (\verb"fleqn" is already incorporated into
+ the MN style);
+ \item {\tt twocolumn} -- is not necessary as it is the default style.
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+If necessary, {\tt draft}, {\tt proc}, {\tt ifthen} and {\tt bezier} can be used.
+
+The MN style file has been designed to operate with the standard version
+of \verb"lfonts.tex" that is distributed as part of \LaTeX. If you have
+access to the source file for this guide, \verb"mnguide.tex", and to the
+specimen article, \verb"mnsample.tex", attempt to typeset both of these.
+If you find font problems you might investigate whether a non-standard
+version of \verb"lfonts.tex" has been installed in your system.
+
+\subsection{Additional document style options}
+
+The following additional style options are available with the MN style:
+\begin{description}
+ \item {\tt onecolumn} -- to be used {\it only} when two-column output
+ is unable to accommodate long equations;
+ \item {\tt landscape} -- for producing wide figures and tables which
+ need to be included in landscape format (i.e.\ sideways) rather
+ than portrait (i.e.\ upright). This option is described below.
+ \item {\tt doublespacing} -- this will double-space your
+ article by setting \verb"\baselinestretch" to 2.
+ \item {\tt referee} -- 12/20pt text size, single column,
+ measure 16.45cm, left margin 2.75cm on A4 page.
+ \item {\tt galley} -- no running heads, no attempt to align
+ the bottom of columns.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Landscape pages}
+
+If a table or illustration is too wide to fit the standard measure, it
+must be turned, with its caption, through 90 degrees anticlockwise.
+Landscape illustrations and/or tables cannot be produced directly
+using the MN style file because \TeX\ itself cannot turn the
+page, and not all device drivers provide such a facility.
+The following procedure can be used to produce such pages.
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Use the \verb"table*" or \verb"figure*" environments in your
+ document to create the space for your table or figure on the
+ appropriate page of your document. Include an empty
+ caption in this environment to ensure the correct
+ numbering of subsequent tables and figures. For instance, the
+ following code prints a page with the running head, a message
+ half way down and the figure number towards the bottom. If you
+ are including a plate, the running headline is different, and you
+ need to key in the three lines that are marked with \verb"% **",
+ with an appropriate headline.
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+% ** \clearpage
+% ** \thispagestyle{plate}
+% ** \plate{Opposite p.~812, MNRAS, {\bf 261}}
+\begin{figure*}
+ \vbox to220mm{\vfil Landscape figure to go here.
+ \caption{}
+ \vfil}
+ \label{landfig}
+\end{figure*}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\item Create a separate document with the corresponding document style
+ but also with the \verb"landscape" document style option, and
+ include the \verb"\pagestyle" command, as follows:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[landscape]{mn}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+ \item Include your complete tables and illustrations (or space for
+ these) with captions using the \verb"table*" and \verb"figure*"
+ environments.
+ \item Before each float environment, use the
+ \verb"\setcounter" command to ensure the correct numbering of
+ the caption. For example,
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\setcounter{table}{0}
+\begin{table*}
+ \begin{minipage}{115mm}
+ \caption{The Largest Optical Telescopes.}
+ \label{tab1}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}llllcll}
+ :
+ \end{tabular}
+ \end{minipage}
+\end{table*}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+The corresponding example for a figure would be:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\clearpage
+\setcounter{figure}{12}
+\begin{figure*}
+ \vspace{144mm}
+ \caption{Chart for a cold plasma.}
+ \label{fig13}
+\end{figure*}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\section{Additional facilities}
+
+In addition to all the standard \LaTeX\ design elements, the MN style
+includes the following features.
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Extended commands for specifying a short version of the title and
+ author(s) for the running headlines.
+ \item A \verb"keywords" environment and a \verb"\nokeywords" command.
+ \item Use of the \verb"description" environment for unnumbered lists.
+ \item A \verb"\contcaption" command to produce captions for continued
+ figures or tables.
+ \end{enumerate}
+%
+In general, once you have used the additional \verb"mn.sty" facilities
+in your document, do not process it with a standard \LaTeX\ style file.
+
+\subsection{Titles and author's name}
+
+In the MN style, the title of the article and the author's name (or
+authors' names) are used both at the beginning of the article for the
+main title and throughout the article as running headlines at the top
+of every page. The title is used on odd-numbered pages (rectos) and the
+author's name appears on even-numbered pages (versos). Although the
+main heading can run to several lines of text, the running headline
+must be a single line ($\le 45$ characters). Moreover, the main
+heading can also incorporate new line commands (e.g. \verb"\\") but
+these are not acceptable in a running headline. To enable you to
+specify an alternative short title and an alternative short author's
+name, the standard \verb"\title" and \verb"\author" commands have been
+extended to take an optional argument to be used as the running
+headline. The running headlines for this guide were produced using the
+following code:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title[Monthly Notices: \LaTeX\ guide for authors]
+ {Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical
+ Society: \\ \LaTeX\ style guide for authors}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+and
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author[A. Woollatt et al.]
+ {A.~Woollatt,$^1$\thanks{Affiliated to ICRA.}
+ M.~Reed,$^1$ R.~Mulvey,$^1$ K.~Matthews,$^1$
+ D.~Starling,$^1$ Y.~Yu,$^1$
+ \newauthor % starts a new line in the
+ % author environment
+ A.~Richardson$^1$ and P.~Smith$^2$\\
+ $^1$Cambridge University Press, Shaftesbury
+ Road, Cambridge CB2 2BS\\
+ $^2$Blackwell Science,
+ 23 Ainslie Place, Edinburgh EH3 6AJ}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+The \verb"\thanks" note produces a footnote to the title or author.
+
+\subsection{Key words and abstracts}
+
+At the beginning of your article, the title should be generated in the
+usual way using the \verb"\maketitle" command. Immediately following
+the title you should include an abstract followed by a list of key
+words. The abstract should be enclosed within an \verb"abstract"
+environment, followed immediately by the key words enclosed in a
+\verb"keywords" environment. For example, the titles for this guide
+were produced by the following source:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract}
+ This guide is for authors who are preparing
+ papers for the Monthly Notices of the
+ Royal Astronomical Society using the \LaTeX\
+ document preparation system and the MN style
+ file.
+\end{abstract}
+\begin{keywords}
+ \LaTeX\ -- style files: \verb"mn.sty"\ --
+ sample text -- user guide.
+\end{keywords}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+ :
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+The heading `{\bf Key words}' is included automatically and the key
+words are followed by vertical space. If, for any reason, there are no
+key words, you should insert the \verb"\nokeywords" command immediately
+after the end of the \verb"abstract" environment. This ensures that the
+vertical space after the abstract and/or title is correct and that any
+\verb"thanks" acknowledgments are correctly included at the bottom of
+the first column. For example,
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract}
+ :
+\end{abstract}
+\nokeywords
+
+\section{Introduction}
+ :
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Lists}
+
+The MN style provides numbered lists using the \verb"enumerate"
+environment and unnumbered lists using the \verb"description"
+environment with an empty label. Bulleted lists are not part of the MN
+style and the \verb"itemize" environment should not be used.
+
+The enumerated list numbers each list item with roman numerals:
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item first item
+ \item second item
+ \item third item
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+Alternative numbering styles can be achieved by inserting a
+redefinition of the number labelling command after the
+\verb"\begin{enumerate}". For example, the list
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+\renewcommand{\theenumi}{(\arabic{enumi})}
+ \item first item
+ \item second item
+ \item etc\ldots
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+was produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \renewcommand{\theenumi}{(\arabic{enumi})}
+ \item first item
+ :
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+Unnumbered lists are provided using the \verb"description" environment.
+For example,
+\begin{description}
+ \item First unnumbered item which has no label and is indented from
+ the left margin.
+ \item Second unnumbered item.
+ \item Third unnumbered item.
+\end{description}
+was produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{description}
+ \item First unnumbered item...
+ \item Second unnumbered item.
+ \item Third unnumbered item.
+\end{description}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Captions for continued figures and tables}\label{contfigtab}
+
+The \verb"\contcaption" command may be used to produce a caption with the
+same number as the previous caption (for the corresponding type of
+float). For instance, if a very large table does not fit on one page,
+it must be split into two floats; the second float should use the
+\verb"\contcaption" command:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+ \contcaption{}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}lccll}
+ :
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\section[]{Some guidelines for using\\* standard facilities}
+
+The following notes may help you achieve the best effects with the MN
+style file.
+
+\subsection{Sections}
+
+\LaTeX\ provides five levels of section headings and they are all
+defined in the MN style file:
+\begin{description}
+ \item \verb"\section"
+ \item \verb"\subsection"
+ \item \verb"\subsubsection"
+ \item \verb"\paragraph"
+ \item \verb"\subparagraph"
+\end{description}
+Section numbers are given for section, subsection, subsubsection
+and paragraph headings. Section headings are automatically converted to
+upper case; if you need any other style, see the example in Section~\ref{headings}.
+
+If you find your section/subsection (etc.)\ headings are wrapping round,
+you must use the \verb"\\*" to end individual lines and include the
+optional argument \verb"[]" in the section command. This ensures that
+the turnover is flushleft.
+
+\subsection{Illustrations (or figures)}
+
+The MN style will cope with most positioning of your illustrations and
+you should not normally use the optional positional qualifiers on the
+\verb"figure" environment which would override these decisions. See
+`Instructions for Authors' in Monthly Notices for submission of
+artwork. Figure captions should be below the figure itself, therefore
+the \verb"\caption" command should appear after the figure or space
+left for an illustration. For example, Fig.~\ref{sample-figure} is
+produced using the following commands:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+ \vspace{5.5cm}
+ \caption{An example figure in which space has
+ been left for the artwork.}
+ \label{sample-figure}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{figure}
+ \vspace{5.5cm}
+ \caption{An example figure in which space has been
+ left for the artwork.}
+ \label{sample-figure}
+\end{figure}
+
+\subsection{Tables}
+
+The MN style will cope with most positioning of your tables and you
+should not normally use the optional positional qualifiers on the
+\verb"table" environment which would override these decisions. Table
+captions should be at the top, therefore the \verb"\caption" command
+should appear before the body of the table.
+
+The \verb"tabular" environment can be used to produce tables with
+single horizontal rules, which are allowed, if desired, at the head and
+foot only. This environment has been modified for the MN style in the
+following ways:
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item additional vertical space is inserted on either side of a rule;
+ \item vertical lines are not produced.
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+Commands to redefine quantities such as \verb"\arraystretch" should be
+omitted. For example, Table~\ref{symbols} is produced using the
+following commands. Note that \verb"\rmn" will produce a roman character
+in math mode. It has been defined in two ways in the source code of
+the guide, one way for authors using the New Font Selection Scheme, and
+the other for authors using the old font selection scheme. There are
+also \verb"\bld" and \verb"\itl", which produce bold face and text italic
+in math mode.
+\begin{table}
+ \caption{Radio-band beaming model parameters
+ for FSRQs and BL Lacs.}
+ \label{symbols}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}lcccccc}
+ Class & $\gamma _1$ & $\gamma _2$
+ & $\langle \gamma \rangle$
+ & $G$ & $f$ & $\theta _{\rmn{c}}$ \\
+ BL Lacs &5 & 36 & 7 & $-4.0$
+ & $1.0\times 10^{-2}$ & 10$^\circ$ \\
+ FSRQs & 5 & 40 & 11 & $-2.3$
+ & $0.5\times 10^{-2}$ & 14$^\circ$ \\
+ \end{tabular}
+
+ \medskip
+ {\em G} is the slope of the Lorentz factor distribution, i.e.
+ $n(\gamma)\propto \gamma ^G$, extending between $\gamma _1$ and
+ $\gamma_2$, with mean value $\langle \gamma \rangle$, {\em f\/} is the
+ ratio between the intrinsic jet luminosity and the extended, unbeamed
+ luminosity, while $\theta_{\rmn{c}}$ is the critical angle separating
+ the beamed class from the parent population.
+\end{table}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+ \caption{Radio-band beaming model parameters
+ for FSRQs and BL Lacs.}
+ \label{symbols}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}lcccccc}
+ Class & $\gamma _1$ & $\gamma _2$
+ & $\langle \gamma \rangle$
+ & $G$ & $f$ & $\theta _{\rmn{c}}$ \\
+ BL Lacs &5 & 36 & 7 & $-4.0$
+ & $1.0\times 10^{-2}$ & 10$^\circ$ \\
+ FSRQs & 5 & 40 & 11 & $-2.3$
+ & $0.5\times 10^{-2}$ & 14$^\circ$ \\
+ \end{tabular}
+
+ \medskip
+ {\em G} is the slope of the Lorentz factor
+ :
+ class from the parent population.
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+If you have a table that is to extend over two columns, you need to use
+\verb"table*" in a minipage environment, i.e., you can say
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{minipage}{80mm}
+ \caption{Caption which will wrap round to the
+ width of the minipage environment.}
+ \begin{tabular}{%
+ :
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{table*}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+The width of the minipage should more or less be the width of your table,
+so you can only guess on a value on the first pass. The value will have to
+be adjusted when your article is typeset in Times, so don't worry about
+making it the exact size.
+
+\subsection{Running headlines}
+
+As described above, the title of the article and the author's name (or
+authors' names) are used as running headlines at the top of every page.
+The headline on left-hand pages can list up to three names; for more than
+three use et~al. The \verb"\pagestyle" and \verb"\thispagestyle"
+commands should {\em not\/} be used. Similarly, the commands
+\verb"\markright" and \verb"\markboth" should not be necessary.
+
+
+\subsection[]{Typesetting mathematics}\label{TMth}
+
+\subsubsection{Displayed mathematics}
+
+The MN style will set displayed mathematics flush with the left margin,
+provided that you use the \LaTeX\ standard of open and closed square
+brackets as delimiters. The equation
+\[
+ \sum_{i=1}^p \lambda_i = \rmn{trace}(\bld{S})
+\]
+was typeset in the MN style using the commands
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\[
+ \sum_{i=1}^p \lambda_i = \rmn{trace}(\bld{S})
+\]
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+Note the difference between the positioning of this equation and of
+the following centred equation,
+$$ \alpha_{j+1} > \bar{\alpha}+ks_{\alpha} $$
+which was (wrongly) typeset using double dollars as follows:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+$$ \alpha_{j+1} > \bar{\alpha}+ks_{\alpha} $$
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsubsection{Bold math italic / bold symbols}
+
+To get bold math italic you can use \verb"\boldmath" (which only works for
+the `normal' size), but in many implementations of \LaTeX\ this has not
+been defined at 9pt. An alternative is to use \verb"\bmath" which works
+for all sizes. e.g.
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\[
+ d(\bmath{s_{t_u}}) = \langle [RM(\bmath{X_y}
+ + \bmath{s_t}) - RM(\bmath{x_y})]^2 \rangle
+\]
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+to produce:
+\[
+ d(\bmath{s_{t_u}}) = \langle [RM(\bmath{X_y}
+ + \bmath{s_t}) - RM(\bmath{x_y})]^2 \rangle
+\]
+Working this way, scriptstyle and scriptscriptstyle sizes will take care of themselves.
+
+\subsubsection{Bold Greek}\label{boldgreek}
+
+Bold lowercase Greek characters can now be obtained by prefixing
+the normal (unbold) symbol name with a `b', e.g.\ \verb"\bgamma" gives
+$\bgamma$. This rule does not apply to bold \verb"\eta", as this would lead
+to a name clash with \verb"\beta". Instead use \verb"\boldeta" for bold eta.
+Note that there is no \verb"\omicron" (so there is no \verb"\bomicron"),
+just use `o' in math mode for omicron ($o$) and `\verb"\bmath{o}"' for bold omicron ($\bmath{o}$).
+
+For bold uppercase Greek, prefix the unbold character name with
+\ifoldfss
+%
+\verb"\bf", e.g.\ \verb"\bf\Gamma" gives $\bf\Gamma$.
+%
+\else
+%
+\verb"\mathbf", e.g.\ \verb"\mathbf\Gamma" gives $\mathbf\Gamma$.
+%
+\fi
+Upper and lowercase Greek characters are available in all typesizes.
+
+You can then use these definitions in math mode, as you would normal Greek
+characters:
+%
+\ifoldfss
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\[
+ \balpha_{\bmu} = {\bf\Theta} \alpha.
+\]
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\else
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\[
+ \balpha_{\bmu} = \mathbf{\Theta} \alpha.
+\]
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\fi
+%
+will produce
+%
+\ifoldfss
+%
+\[
+ \balpha_{\bmu} = {\bf\Theta} \alpha.
+\]
+%
+\else
+%
+\[
+ \balpha_{\bmu} = \mathbf{\Theta} \alpha.
+\]
+%
+\fi
+
+\subsubsection{Upright Greek characters}\label{upgreek}
+
+You can obtain upright Greek characters if you have access to the
+American Maths Society Euler fonts (version 2.0), but you may not
+have these. In this case, you will have to use the normal math italic
+symbols and the typesetter will substitute the corresponding upright
+characters. You will make this easier if you can use the macros \verb|\upi|,
+\verb|\umu| and \verb|\upartial| etc.\ in your text to indicate the need for upright characters, together with the following definitions in the preamble
+(before \verb|\begin{document}|):
+
+\subsubsection*{Authors with AMS fonts}
+
+\ifoldfss
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \NewSymbolFont{upmath} {eurm10}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\upi} {0}{upmath}{19}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\umu} {0}{upmath}{16}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\upartial}{0}{upmath}{40}
+\fi
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\fi
+
+\ifnfssone
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \makeatletter
+ \new@mathgroup\upmath@group
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@normal\upmath@group{eur}{m}{n}
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@bold\upmath@group{eur}{b}{n}
+ \edef\UPM{\hexnumber\upmath@group}
+ \makeatother
+ \mathchardef\upi="0\UPM19
+ \mathchardef\umu="0\UPM16
+ \mathchardef\upartial="0\UPM40
+\fi
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\fi
+
+\ifnfsstwo
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{UPM}{U}{eur}{m}{n}
+ \SetSymbolFont{UPM}{bold}{U}{eur}{b}{n}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\upi}{0}{UPM}{"19}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\umu}{0}{UPM}{"16}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\upartial}{0}{UPM}{"40}
+\fi
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\fi
+
+\subsubsection*{Authors without AMS fonts}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \def\umu{\mu}
+ \def\upi{\pi}
+ \def\upartial{\partial}
+\fi
+\end{verbatim}
+Wether you have AMS fonts or not, the \verb|\if..| and \verb|\fi| are
+required in the above examples to ensure that when your article is
+typeset in Monotype Times, the correct definitions for these symbols
+are used.
+
+The sample pages and guide can be made to use AMS fonts if you have them.
+To use them, just uncomment the following line in the preamble
+of \verb|mnguide.tex| and \verb|mnsample.tex|:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+%\AMStwofontstrue
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+If you do this, the following upright symbols are used in the
+sample pages and guide: \verb|\upi|, \verb|\umu| and \verb|\upartial|.
+
+
+\subsubsection{Special symbols}\label{SVsymbols}
+
+The macros for the special symbols in Tables~\ref{mathmode} and~\ref{anymode}
+have been taken from the Springer Verlag `Astronomy and Astrophysics'
+design, with their permission. They are directly compatible and use the
+same macro names.
+These symbols will work in all text sizes, but are only guaranteed to work
+in text and displaystyles. Some of the symbols will not get any smaller when
+they are used in sub- or superscripts, and will therefore be displayed at the
+wrong size. Don't worry about this as the typesetter will be able to sort
+this out.
+%
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{minipage}{110mm}
+\caption{Special symbols which can only be used in math mode.}
+\label{mathmode}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}llllll}
+Input & Explanation & Output & Input & Explanation & Output\\
+\hline
+\verb"\la" & less or approx & $\la$ &
+ \verb"\ga" & greater or approx & $\ga$\\[2pt]
+\verb"\getsto" & gets over to & $\getsto$ &
+ \verb"\cor" & corresponds to & $\cor$\\[2pt]
+\verb"\lid" & less or equal & $\lid$ &
+ \verb"\gid" & greater or equal & $\gid$\\[2pt]
+\verb"\sol" & similar over less & $\sol$ &
+ \verb"\sog" & similar over greater & $\sog$\\[2pt]
+\verb"\lse" & less over simeq & $\lse$ &
+ \verb"\gse" & greater over simeq & $\gse$\\[2pt]
+\verb"\grole" & greater over less & $\grole$ &
+ \verb"\leogr" & less over greater & $\leogr$\\[2pt]
+\verb"\loa" & less over approx & $\loa$ &
+ \verb"\goa" & greater over approx & $\goa$\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{table*}
+%
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{minipage}{120mm}
+\caption{Special symbols which don't have to be
+used in math mode.}
+\label{anymode}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}llllll}
+Input & Explanation & Output & Input & Explanation & Output\\
+\hline
+\verb"\sun" & sun symbol & $\sun$ &
+ \verb"\degr" & degree & $\degr$\\[2pt]
+\verb"\diameter" & diameter & \diameter &
+ \verb"\sq" & square & \squareforqed\\[2pt]
+\verb"\fd" & fraction of day & \fd &
+ \verb"\fh" & fraction of hour & \fh\\[2pt]
+\verb"\fm" & fraction of minute & \fm &
+ \verb"\fs" & fraction of second & \fs\\[2pt]
+\verb"\fdg" & fraction of degree & \fdg &
+ \verb"\fp" & fraction of period & \fp\\[2pt]
+\verb"\farcs" & fraction of arcsecond & \farcs &
+ \verb"\farcm" & fraction of arcmin & \farcm\\[2pt]
+\verb"\arcsec" & arcsecond & \arcsec &
+ \verb"\arcmin" & arcminute & \arcmin\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{table*}
+
+\subsection{Bibliography}
+
+References to published literature should be quoted in text by author
+and date: e.g. Draine (1978) or (Begelman, Blandford \& Rees 1984).
+Where more than one reference is cited having the same author(s) and date,
+the letters a,b,c, \ldots\ should follow the date; e.g.\ Smith (1988a),
+Smith (1988b), etc.
+
+\subsubsection{References in the text}
+
+References in the text are given by author and date, and, whichever
+method is used to produce the bibliography, the references in the text
+are done in the same way. Each bibliographical entry has a key, which
+is assigned by the author and used to refer to that entry in the text.
+There is one form of citation -- \verb"\cite{key}" -- to produce the
+author and date, and another form -- \verb"\shortcite{key}" -- which
+produces the date only. Thus, Stella \& Campana \shortcite{sc} is
+produced by
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+Stella \& Campana \shortcite{sc}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+while \cite{mtw} is produced by
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\cite{mtw}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+When you introduce a three-author paper, you should list all
+three authors at the first citation, and thereafter use et al.
+
+\subsubsection{The list of references}
+
+The following listing shows some references prepared in the style of
+the journal; the code produces the references at the end of this guide.
+The following rules apply for the ordering of your references:
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item if an author has written several papers, some with other authors,
+ the rule is that the single-author papers precede the two-author
+ papers, which, in turn, precede the multi-author papers;
+ \item within the two-author paper citations, the order is determined
+ by the second author's surname, regardless of date;
+ \item within the multi-author paper citations, the order is
+ chronological, regardless of authors' surnames.
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Butcher }1992]{bu}
+ Butcher J., 1992, Copy-editing: The Cambridge
+ Handbook, 3rd edn. Cambridge Univ. Press,
+ Cambridge
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{The Chicago Manual }%
+ 1982]{ch} The Chicago Manual of Style, 1982.
+ Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Blanco }1991]{bl}
+ Blanco P., 1991, PhD thesis, Edinburgh
+ University
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Brown \& Jones }%
+ 1989]{bj} Brown A. B., Jones C. D., 1989,
+ in Robinson E. F., Smith G. H., eds,
+ Proc. IAU Symp. 345, Black Dwarfs.
+ Kluwer, Dordrecht, p. 210
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Edelson }1987]{ed}
+ Edelson R. A., 1987, ApJ, 313, 651
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Lamport }1986]{la}
+ Lamport L., 1986, \LaTeX: A Document
+ Preparation System. Addison--Wesley, New York
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Mirabel \& Sanders }%
+ 1989]{ms} Mirabel I. F., Sanders D. B., 1989,
+ ApJ, 340, L53
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Misner et al.\ }%
+ 1973]{mtw} Misner C. W., Thorne K. S.,
+ Wheeler J. A., 1973, Gravitation.
+ Freeman, San Francisco
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Sopp \& Alexander }%
+ 1991]{sa} Sopp H. M., Alexander P., 1991,
+ MNRAS, 251, 112
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Stella \& Campana }%
+ 1991]{sc} Stella L., Campana S., 1991, in
+ Treves A., Perola G. C., Stella L., eds,
+ Iron Line Diagnostic in X-ray Sources.
+ Springer--Verlag, Berlin, p. 230
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+Each entry takes the form
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\bibitem[\protect\citename{Author(s), }%
+ Date]{tag} Bibliography entry
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+where \verb"Author(s)" should be the author names as they are cited in
+the text, \verb"Date" is the date to be cited in the text, and
+\verb"tag" is the tag that is to be used as an argument for the
+\verb"\cite{}" and \verb"\shortcite{}" commands. \verb"Bibliography
+entry" should be the material that is to appear in the bibliography,
+suitably formatted.
+
+\subsection{Appendices}
+
+The appendices in this guide were generated by typing:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\appendix
+\section{For authors}
+ :
+\section{For editors}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+You only need to type \verb"\appendix" once. Thereafter, every
+\verb"\section" command will generate a new appendix which will be
+numbered A, B, etc.
+
+
+\section[]{Example of section heading with\\*
+ S{\sevensize\bf MALL} C{\sevensize\bf APS},
+ \lowercase{lowercase}, \textbfit{italic},
+ and bold\\* Greek such as
+ $\bmu^{\bkappa}$}\label{headings}
+
+\ifoldfss
+%
+There are at least two ways of achieving this section head. The first
+involves the use of \verb"\boldmath". You could say:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section[]{Example of section heading with\\*
+ S{\sevensize\bf MALL} C{\sevensize\bf APS},
+ \lowercase{lowercase}, \textbfit{italic},
+ and bold\\* Greek such as
+ \mbox{\boldmath{$\mu^{\kappa}$}}}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+Many implementations of \LaTeX\ do not support \verb"\boldmath" at 9pt,
+so you may need to use the bold Greek characters as described in
+Section~\ref{boldgreek}, and typeset the section head as follows:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section[]{Example of section heading with\\*
+ S{\sevensize\bf MALL} C{\sevensize\bf APS},
+ \lowercase{lowercase}, \textbfit{italic},
+ and bold\\* Greek such as
+ $\bmu^{\bkappa}$}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\else % nfss
+%
+Was produced with:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section[]{Example of section heading with\\*
+ S{\sevensize MALL} C{\sevensize APS},
+ \lowercase{lowercase}, \textbfit{italic},
+ and bold\\* Greek such as
+ $\bmu^{\bkappa}$}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\fi
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Butcher }1992]{bu}
+ Butcher J., 1992, Copy-editing: The Cambridge
+ Handbook, 3rd edn. Cambridge Univ. Press,
+ Cambridge
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{The Chicago Manual }%
+ 1982]{ch} The Chicago Manual of Style 1982. Univ.
+ Chicago Press, Chicago
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Blanco }1991]{bl}
+ Blanco P., 1991, PhD thesis, Edinburgh
+ University
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Brown \& Jones }%
+ 1989]{bj} Brown A. B., Jones C. D., 1989,
+ in Robinson E. F., Smith G. H., eds,
+ Proc. IAU Symp. 345, Black Dwarfs.
+ Kluwer, Dordrecht, p. 210
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Edelson }1987]{ed}
+ Edelson R. A., 1987, ApJ, 313, 651
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Lamport }1986]{la}
+ Lamport L., 1986, \LaTeX: A Document
+ Preparation System. Addison--Wesley, New York
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Mirabel \& Sanders }%
+ 1989]{ms} Mirabel I. F., Sanders D. B., 1989,
+ ApJ, 340, L53
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Misner et al.\ }%
+ 1973]{mtw} Misner C. W., Thorne K. S.,
+ Wheeler J. A., 1973, Gravitation.
+ Freeman, San Francisco
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Sopp \& Alexander }%
+ 1991]{sa} Sopp H. M., Alexander P., 1991,
+ MNRAS, 251, 112
+ \bibitem[\protect\citename{Stella \& Campana }%
+ 1991]{sc} Stella L., Campana S., 1991, in
+ Treves A., Perola G. C., Stella L., eds,
+ Iron Line Diagnostic in X-ray Sources.
+ Springer--Verlag, Berlin, p. 230
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+
+\appendix
+\section{For authors}
+
+Table~\ref{authors} is a list of design macros which are unique to MN. The
+list displays each macro's name and description.
+
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{minipage}{155mm}
+\caption{Authors' notes.}
+\label{authors}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
+\verb"\title[optional short title]{long title}"
+ & short title used in running head\\
+\verb"\author[optional short author(s)]{long author(s)}"
+ & short author(s) used in running head\\
+\verb"\newauthor" & starts a new line in the author environment\\
+\verb"\begin{abstract}...\end{abstract}"& for abstract on titlepage\\
+\verb"\begin{keywords}...\end{keywords}"& for keywords on titlepage\\
+\verb"\nokeywords" & if there are no keywords on titlepage\\
+\verb"\begin{figure*}...\end{figure*}" & for a double spanning figure in two-column mode\\
+\verb"\begin{table*}...\end{table*}" & for a double spanning table in
+ two-column mode\\
+\verb"\plate{Opposite p.~812, MNRAS, {\bf 261}}"
+ & used with \verb"\thispagestyle{plate}" for plate pages\\
+\verb"\contcaption{}" & for continuation figure and table captions\\
+\verb"\bmath{math text}" & Bold math italic / symbols.\\
+\verb"\textbfit{text}", \verb"\mathbfit{text}" & Bold text italic
+ (defined in the preamble of \verb"mnsample.tex").\\
+\verb"\textbfss{text}", \verb"\mathbfss{text}" & Bold text sans serif
+ (defined in the preamble of \verb"mnsample.tex").\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{table*}
+
+
+\section{For editors}
+
+The additional features shown in Table~\ref{editors} may be used for
+production purposes.
+
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{minipage}{155mm}
+\caption{Editors' notes.}
+\label{editors}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}lp{270pt}}
+\verb"\pagerange{000--000}"& for catchline, note use of en-rule\\
+\verb"\pagerange{L00--L00}"& for letters option, used in catchline\\
+\verb"\volume{000}" & volume number, for catchline\\
+\verb"\pubyear{0000}" & publication year, for catchline\\
+\verb"\microfiche{MN000/0}" & for articles accompanied by microfiche\\
+\verb"\journal" & replace the whole catchline at one go\\
+\verb"[doublespacing]" & documentstyle option for doublespacing\\
+\verb"[galley]" & documentstyle option for running to galley\\
+\verb"[landscape]" & documentstyle option for landscape illustrations\\
+\verb"[letters]" & documentstyle option, for short communications
+ (adds L to folios)\\
+\verb"[onecolumn]" & documentstyle option for one-column \\
+\verb"[referee]" & documentstyle option for 12/20pt, single col,
+ 39pc measure\\
+\verb"\bsp" & typesets the final phrase `This paper has been produced
+ using the\\
+ & Royal Astronomical Society/Blackwell Science \LaTeX\ style
+ file.'\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{table*}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\makeatletter
+% define \thebiblio (same as thebibliography, but
+% without the section heading)
+\def\thebiblio#1{%
+ \list{}{\usecounter{dummy}%
+ \labelwidth\z@
+ \leftmargin 1.5em
+ \itemsep \z@
+ \itemindent-\leftmargin}
+ \reset@font\small
+ \parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .1pt\relax
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax
+}
+\let\endthebiblio=\endlist
+\makeatother
+
+
+\section{Monthly Notices journal style}
+
+Authors submitting \TeX\ or \LaTeX\ papers to Monthly Notices
+may wish to note the following points regarding journal style.
+Adherence to correct style from the start will obviously save time
+and effort later on, in terms of fewer requested subeditorial
+corrections. The notes given here relate to common style errors found
+in Monthly Notices manuscripts, and are {\it not\/} intended to be
+exhaustive. Please see the editorials in issues 257/2 and 260/1, as
+well as any recent issue of the journal, for more details. As far
+as possible, the subeditor will indicate which of your changes
+would be best done globally, thus saving you time.
+
+\subsection{Punctuation}
+
+When deciding where to add commas, it may be helpful to read
+through the sentence and note where the natural `pauses' occur.
+The needs of readers for whom English is not a first language
+should be borne in mind when punctuating long sentences. For
+example, consider the following sentence as it appeared in Monthly Notices:
+`When we do not limit ourselves by constraints arising
+from the choice of an initial fluctuation spectrum, structures in
+an open universe, including the peculiar velocity structure, can
+be reproduced in a flat Lema\^{\i}tre universe for a large part of
+their evolution.' Now consider the same sentence without commas:
+`When we do not limit ourselves by constraints arising from the
+choice of an initial fluctuation spectrum structures in an open
+universe including the peculiar velocity structure can be reproduced
+in a flat Lema\^{\i}tre universe for a large part of their
+evolution.'
+
+\subsection{Spelling}
+
+Please use British spelling -- e.g.\ centre not center, labelled
+not labeled. The following style regarding -ise and -ize spellings is
+followed. -ise: devise, surprise, comprise, revise,
+exercise, analyse. -ize: recognize, criticize, minimize, emphasize, organize.
+
+\subsection{Titles and section/subsection headings}
+
+With the exception of section headings (e.g.\
+{\bf INTRO\-DUC\-TION}\ldots),
+capital letters should be used only where they occur in a normal
+sentence -- e.g.\
+`\textbfit{ROSAT\/} {\bf observations of the unusual star}\ldots', not
+`\textbfit{ROSAT\/} {\bf Observations of the Unusual Star}\ldots'.
+
+\subsection{Key words}
+
+The list of Monthly Notices key words is published with the 4th
+issue of each volume. No other key words should be used. Please
+use the correct layout for key words:
+\smallskip
+
+\noindent {\bf Key words:} galaxies: active -- galaxies: Seyfert --
+radio continuum: galaxies.
+
+\subsection{Hyphens and N-rules}
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Hyphens (one dash in \TeX/\LaTeX). Monthly Notices uses hyphens
+for compound adjectives (e.g.\ low-density gas, least-squares fit,
+two-component model). This also applies to simple units (e.g.\
+1.5-m telescope, 284.5-nm line), but not to complex units or
+ranges, which could become cumbersome (e.g.\ 15 km s$^{-1}$ feature,
+100--200 $\umu$m observations).
+
+\item N-rules (two dashes in \TeX/\LaTeX). These are used (a) to
+separate key words, (b) as parentheses (e.g.\ `the results --
+assuming no temperature gradient -- are indicative of\ldots), (c) to
+denote a range (e.g.\ 1.6--2.2 $\umu$m), and (d) to denote the joining
+of two words (e.g.\ Kolmogorov--Smirnov test, Herbig--Haro
+object).
+
+\item The M-rule (three dashes in \TeX/\LaTeX) is not used in
+Monthly Notices.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\subsection{References}
+
+It is important to use the correct reference style, details of
+which can be found in the editorials cited above, and which is
+demonstrated in any recent issue of the journal. The main points
+are summarized below.
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item In text -- for three-author papers, give all three authors
+at first mention, and `et al.' thereafter.
+
+\item In references list -- no bold or italic, no commas after
+author surnames, and no ampersand between final two author names.
+Use simplified abbreviations for frequently used journals (e.g.\
+MNRAS, ApJ, A\&A, PASP -- see full list in editorial in issue
+260/1). List all authors if eight or less, otherwise `et al.' For
+example,
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\begin{thebiblio}{}% you should use {thebibliography} here.
+\bibitem{} Biggs J.D., Lyne A.G., 1992, MNRAS, 254, 257
+
+\bibitem{} Brown A.B., Jones C.D., 1989, in Robinson E.F.,
+Smith G.H., eds, Proc. IAU Symp. 345, Black Dwarfs. Kluwer, Dordrecht,
+p.~210
+
+\bibitem{} Felsteiner J., Opher R., 1991, in Treves A., ed.,
+Iron Line Diagnostics in X-ray Sources. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, p.~209
+
+\bibitem{} Gunn J.E., Knapp G., 1993, in Soifer B.T., ed., ASP
+Conf.\ Ser.\ Vol.~43, Sky Surveys. Astron.\ Soc.\ Pac., San Francisco, p.~267
+
+\bibitem{} Peebles P.J.E., 1980, The Large-Scale Structure of the Universe. Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ
+
+\bibitem{} Pounds K.A. et al., 1993, MNRAS, 260, 77
+
+\bibitem{} Williams B.G., 1992, PhD thesis, Univ.\ Edinburgh
+\end{thebiblio}
+
+\subsection{Maths}
+Scalar variables are italic; vectors are bold italic; matrices
+are `bold Univers' font (like bold sans serif). Differential d,
+complex i, exponential e, sin, cos, tan, log, etc., are roman.
+Sub/superscripts that are physical variables are italic, while
+those that are just labels are roman (e.g.\ $C_p$, but $T_{\rmn{eff}}$).
+Equations should be punctuated as part of the sentence.
+
+\subsection{Miscellaneous}
+
+e.g., i.e., cf., etc., are roman.
+Single quotes ` ' not double quotes `` ".
+Take care to use correct units -- see recent \hbox{issues} for details.
+Use superscript $-1$, not solidus /, for units -- e.g.\ km~s$^{-1}$ not
+km/s. The unit of arcseconds is arcsec when used to denote angular
+size or separation (e.g.\ `beamsize 12~arcsec', `30~arcsec
+west of the star'); use \arcsec\ for positions (e.g.\
+Dec.~$-30^\circ$~29\arcmin~23\arcsec) (similarly for arcminutes).
+The unit of magnitudes is mag,
+not superscript m. Percentages should be written `per cent', not
+\%. Use the degree symbol $^\circ$ (\verb"$^\circ$") except to denote, e.g., areas, where
+`deg$^2$' may be more appropriate (e.g.\ `a survey area of 3~deg$^2$').
+Degree symbols should be positioned above the decimal point if
+there is one -- i.e.\ 23\fdg 4 not 23.4$^\circ$ (similarly for superscript
+h, m, s, and \arcmin, \arcsec\ symbols in coordinates). See guide for coding.
+Ionized species should be denoted by small caps, with a thin
+space -- e.g.\ \hbox{He\,{\sc ii}}, \hbox{C\,{\sc iv}},
+\hbox{[Fe\,{\sc ii}]} 465.8 nm, \hbox{N\,{\sc iii}} 463.4~nm. If
+lack of the correct font at your site prevents this from coming
+out on your printout, it would be helpful if you were to indicate
+as such on your manuscript so that the subeditor knows that there
+is no need for correction.
+Computer software (e.g.\ {\sc figaro}) should be in small capitals.
+Satellite names should be italic (e.g.\ {\it Ginga, IRAS\/}).
+The correct bracket order is \{[( )]\}.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\section{Trouble-shooting}
+
+Authors may from time to time encounter problems with the preparation
+of their papers in \TeX/\LaTeX. The appropriate action to
+take will depend on the nature of the problem -- the following is
+intended to act as a guide.
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item If a problem is with \TeX/\LaTeX\ itself, rather than with the
+actual macros, please refer to the appropriate handbooks for
+initial advice.\footnote{\TeX : Knuth D., 1986, The \TeX book.
+Addison Wesley; \LaTeX: Lamport L., 1985, \LaTeX\ User's Guide and
+Reference Manual. Addison Wesley.} If the
+solution cannot be found, and you suspect that the problem lies
+with the macros, then please contact the RAS Journal Production
+team at Blackwell Science (BS), 23 Ainslie
+Place, Edinburgh EH3 6AJ, UK (Tel: 031 226 7232; Fax: 031 226 3803;
+omit the first zero if calling from outside the UK).
+The BS office will shortly be
+accessible by email -- please see the Instructions for Authors on
+the inside back cover of Monthly Notices for details. Please
+provide precise details of the problem (what you were trying to
+do -- ideally, include examples of source code as well -- and
+what exactly happened; what error message was received).
+
+\item Problems with page make-up, particularly in the two-column
+mode (e.g.\ large spaces between paragraphs, or under headings or
+figures; uneven columns; figures/tables appearing out of order).
+Please do {\it not\/} attempt to remedy these yourself using `hard' page
+make-up commands -- the typesetters at Cambridge University Press
+(CUP) will sort out problems when typesetting. (You may, if you
+wish, draw attention to particular problems when submitting the
+final version of your paper.)
+
+\item If a required font is not available at your site, allow \TeX\
+to substitute the font and report the problem on your disk
+documentation form.
+
+\item If you choose to use \verb"\boldmath", you may find that boldmath has not been defined locally for use with a particular size of font. If this is the case, you will get a message that reads something like:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+LaTeX Warning: No \boldmath typeface in this size,
+using \unboldmath on input line 44.
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If you get this message, you are advised to use the alternative described
+in this guide for attaining bold face math italic characters,
+i.e.\ \verb"\bmath{...}".
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\subsection{Fixes for coding problems}
+
+The new versions of the style files and macros have been designed
+to minimize the need for user-defined macros to create special
+symbols. Authors are urged, wherever possible, to use the following
+coding rather than create their own. This will minimize the
+danger of author-defined macros being accidentally `over-ridden'
+when the paper is typeset in Monotype Times (see Section~\ref{TMth},
+`Typesetting mathematics', in the \LaTeX\ author guide).
+%
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item Fonts in sections and paper titles. The following are examples
+of styles that sometimes prove difficult to code.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\subsubsection*{P\lowercase{aper titles}}
+
+\boxit{\huge\bf
+ A survey of \textbfit{IRAS\/} galaxies at
+ $\bmath{\delta > \bld{50}^\circ}$}
+%
+is produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title[A survey of IRAS galaxies at
+ $\delta > 50^\circ$]
+ {A survey of \textbfit{IRAS\/} galaxies at
+ $\bmath{\delta > \bld{50}^\circ}$}
+\end{verbatim}
+\bigskip
+
+\boxit{\huge\bf Observations of compact H\,{\Large\bf II} regions}
+%
+is produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title[Observations of compact H\,{\normalsize
+ \it II} regions]
+ {Observations of compact H\,{\Large\bf II}
+ regions}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsubsection*{S\lowercase{ection headings}}
+
+\boxit{\bf 1\quad THE \textbfit{IRAS\/} DATA FOR
+ $\bmath{\delta > \bld{50}^\circ}$}
+%
+is produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section[]{The \textbfit{IRAS\/} data for
+ $\bmath{\delta > \bld{50}^\circ}$
+\end{verbatim}
+\bigskip
+
+\boxit{\bf 2\quad H\,{\sevensize\bf II} GALAXIES AT
+ $\bmath{\lowercase{z} > \bld{1.6}}$}
+%
+is produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section[]{H\,{\sevensize\bf II} galaxies at
+ $\bmath{\lowercase{z} > \bld{1.6}}$}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\subsubsection*{S\lowercase{ubsection headings}}
+
+\boxit{\bf 2.1\quad The \textbfit{IRAS\/} data for
+ $\bmath{\delta > \bld{50}^\circ}$: galaxies\\
+ at $\bmath{z > \bld{1.5}}$}
+%
+is produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\subsection[]{The \textbfit{IRAS\/} data for
+ $\bmath{\delta > \bld{50}^\circ}$: galaxies\\
+ at $\bmath{z > \bld{1.5}}$}
+\end{verbatim}
+\bigskip
+
+\boxit{\bf 2.2\quad Observations of compact H\,{\sevensize\bf II} regions}
+%
+is produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\subsection[]{Observations of compact
+ H\,{\sevensize\bf II} regions}
+\end{verbatim}
+\bigskip
+
+\boxit{\it 2.2.1\quad A survey of radio galaxies for
+ $\delta > \itl{50}^\circ$}
+%
+is produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\subsubsection[]{A survey of radio galaxies for
+ $\delta > \itl{50}^\circ$}
+\end{verbatim}
+\bigskip
+
+\boxit{\it 2.2.2\quad Determination of T$_{eff}$ in compact
+ H\,{\sevensize\it II} regions}
+%
+is produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\subsubsection[]{Determination of T$_{eff}$ in
+ compact H\,{\sevensize\it II} regions}
+\end{verbatim}
+\bigskip
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\stepcounter{enumi}
+
+\item Small capitals and other unusual fonts in table and figure captions:
+\par\smallskip
+\boxit{\small {\bf Figure 1.} Profiles of the H$\alpha$ and
+ N\,{\sc iii} lines observed.}
+%
+is produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\caption{Profiles of the H$\alpha$ and
+ N\,{\sc iii} lines observed.}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\item Multiple author lists (to get the correct vertical spacing
+and wraparound on the title page of a multiple-author paper).
+\par\smallskip
+
+\boxit{\huge\bf
+ The variation in the\newline
+ strength of low-$\bmath{l}$ solar
+ $\bmath{p}$-modes: 1981--2
+\medskip
+
+\LARGE
+ Y. Elsworth, R. Howe, G.R. Isaac, C.P. McLeod,
+ B.A. Miller, R. New,
+ C.C. Speake and S.J. Wheeler}
+%
+is produced by:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title[The variation in the strength of low-$l$
+ solar $p$-modes: 1981--2]%
+ {The variation in the strength of
+ low-$\bmath{l}$ solar
+ $\bmath{p}$-modes: 1981--2}
+
+\author[Y. Elsworth et al.]
+ {Y. Elsworth, R. Howe, G.R. Isaac,\cr
+ C.P. McLeod, B.A. Miller, R. New,\cr
+ C.C. Speake and S.J. Wheeler}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\item Ionized species (as used in the examples above). The correct
+style calls for the use of small capitals and a thin space after
+the symbol for the element: e.g.\ for \hbox{H\,{\sc ii}}, use the code
+\verb"\hbox{H\,{\sc ii}}". The use of the \verb"\hbox" will stop the
+H and the {\sc ii} being separated.
+
+\item Lower case greek pi ($\pi$), mu ($\mu$) and partial ($\partial$).
+In certain circumstances, the Monthly Notices style calls for these to be
+roman [when pi is used to denote the constant 3.1415$\ldots$, mu is
+used to denote `micro' in a unit (e.g.\ $\umu$m, $\umu$Jy), and partial
+is a differential symbol]. See Subsubsection~\ref{upgreek} for instructions.
+
+\item Decimal degrees, arcmin, arcsec, hours, minutes and seconds.
+The symbol needs to be placed vertically above the decimal point.
+For example, the sentence
+%
+\begin{quote}
+The observations were made along position angle
+120\fdg 5, starting from the central coordinates
+$\rmn{RA}(1950)=19^{\rmn{h}}~22^{\rmn{m}}~18\fs2$,
+$\rmn{Dec.}~(1950)=45^\circ~18'~36\farcs 4$
+\end{quote}
+%
+uses the following coding:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+The observations were made along position angle
+120\fdg 5, starting from the central coordinates
+$\rmn{RA}(1950)=19^{\rmn{h}}~22^{\rmn{m}}~18\fs2$,
+$\rmn{Dec.}~(1950)=45^\circ~18'~36\farcs 4$
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\item The correct coding for the prime symbol \arcmin\ is
+\verb"\arcmin", and that for \arcsec\ is \verb"\arcsec"; see the two
+tables on special symbols.
+
+\item N-rules, hyphens and minus signs (see style guide for
+correct usage). To create the correct symbols in the sentence
+%
+\begin{quote}
+The high-resolution observations were made along a
+line at an angle of $-15^\circ$ (east from north)
+from the axis of the jet, which runs north--south
+\end{quote}
+you would use the following code:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+The high-resolution observations were made along a
+line at an angle of $-15^\circ$ (east from north)
+from the axis of the jet, which runs north--south
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\item Vectors and matrices should be bold italic and bold sans
+serif respectively. To create the correct fonts for the vector $\bmath{x}$
+and the matrix \textbfss{P}, you should use \verb"$\bmath{x}$" and
+\verb"\textbfss{P}" respectively; \verb"\mathbfss" is for use in
+math mode. Bold face text italic can be obtained by using
+\verb"\textbfit{..}" and \verb"\mathbfit{..}" for math mode.
+
+\item Bold italic superscripts and subscripts. To get these
+to come out in the correct font and the right size,
+you need to use \verb"\bmath". You can create the output
+$\bmath{k_x}$ by typing \verb"$\bmath{k_x}$".
+Try to avoid using \LaTeX\ commands to determine script sizes
+that are already defined in the style file. For example, macros such as
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand{\th}{^\mbox{\tiny th}}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+are generating extra work;
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand{\th}{^{th}}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+will do, and will get the size of the superscript right whether
+in main text, tables or captions (the use of \verb"\tiny" over-rides
+the style file).
+Also, the \verb"\mbox" is not necessary, as \TeX\ won't split a
+superscript/subscript from its variable at a line break.
+
+\item Calligraphic letters (uppercase only).
+%
+\ifnfsstwo
+%
+Normal uppercase calligraphic can be produced with \verb"\mathcal" as
+normal (in math mode). Bold calligraphic can be produced with \verb"\bmath".
+e.g.\ \verb"$\bmath{\mathcal A}$" gives $\bmath{\mathcal A}$.
+%
+\else
+%
+Normal uppercase calligraphic can be produced with \verb"\cal" as
+normal (in math mode). Bold calligraphic can be produced with \verb"\bmath".
+e.g.\ \verb"$\bmath{\cal A}$" gives $\bmath{\cal A}$.
+%
+\fi
+
+\item Automatic scaling of brackets. The codes \verb"\left" and
+\verb"\right" should be used to scale brackets automatically to
+fit the equation being set. For example, to get
+\[
+ v = x \left( \frac{N+2}{N} \right)
+\]
+use the code
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\[
+ v = x \left( \frac{N+2}{N} \right)
+\]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\item Roman font in equations. It is often necessary to make some
+symbols roman in an equation (e.g.\ units, subscripts). For example,
+to get the following output:
+\[
+ \sigma \simeq (r/13~h^{-1}~\rmn{Mpc})^{-0.9},
+ \qquad \omega = \frac{N-N_{\rmn{s}}}{N_{\rmn{R}}},
+\]
+you should use:
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\[
+ \sigma \simeq (r/13~h^{-1}~\rmn{Mpc})^{-0.9},
+ \qquad \omega=\frac{N-N_{\rmn{s}}}{N_{\rmn{R}}},
+\]
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\item Continuation figure and table captions.
+See Section~\ref{contfigtab}.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\subsection{Springer-Verlag macro names}
+
+These have been incorporated from the Astronomy \& Astrophysics \LaTeX\
+style file, to aid in the creation of various commonly used
+astronomical symbols. Please see Subsection~\ref{SVsymbols} for details.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\bsp % ``This paper has been produced using the ...''
+
+\label{lastpage}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnland.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnland.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c462b066b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnland.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+% mnland.tex, landscape material for sample pages
+% v1.1 released 18th July 1994
+% v1.0 released 28th January 1994
+
+\documentstyle[landscape]{mn}
+
+\ifoldfss
+ \newcommand{\rmn}[1] {{\rm #1}}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\rmn}[1] {\mathrm{#1}}
+\fi
+
+\pagestyle{empty}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+% only use the following if your dvi driver understands `landscape'
+%\hbox{\special{landscape}}
+
+\clearpage
+\setcounter{figure}{3}
+\begin{figure*}
+\vspace{144mm}
+\caption{Photometric comparisons in the overlap areas between the
+ fields. The differences between photometry of individual images from
+ different fields for the overlapping fields 52--51, 50--51, 50--28 and
+ 30--29 are shown for the $B_{\rmn{J}}$ and $R$ wavebands. The axes are as
+ follows. Left-hand panels: $\Delta B$ ($-1$ to 1) against
+ $\langle B \rangle$ (13 to 21). Right-hand panels: $\Delta R$ ($-1$ to 1)
+ against $\langle R \rangle$ (12 to 20).}
+\label{landfig}
+\end{figure*}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnsample.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnsample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec0105d7a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/mnras/mnsample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,743 @@
+% mnsample.tex
+%
+% v1.2 released 5th September 1994 (M. Reed)
+% v1.1 released 18th July 1994
+% v1.0 released 28th January 1994
+
+\documentstyle{mn}
+
+% If your system has the AMS fonts version 2.0 installed, MN.sty can be
+% made to use them by uncommenting the line: %\AMStwofontstrue
+%
+% By doing this, you will be able to obtain upright Greek characters.
+% e.g. \umu, \upi etc. See the section on "Upright Greek characters" in
+% this guide for further information.
+%
+% If you are using AMS 2.0 fonts, bold math letters/symbols are available
+% at a larger range of sizes for NFSS release 1 and 2 (using \boldmath or
+% preferably \bmath).
+
+\newif\ifAMStwofonts
+%\AMStwofontstrue
+
+%%%%% AUTHORS - PLACE YOUR OWN MACROS HERE %%%%%
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\ifoldfss
+ %
+ \newcommand{\rmn}[1] {{\rm #1}}
+ \newcommand{\itl}[1] {{\it #1}}
+ \newcommand{\bld}[1] {{\bf #1}}
+ %
+ \ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \NewTextAlphabet{textbfit} {cmbxti10} {}
+ \NewTextAlphabet{textbfss} {cmssbx10} {}
+ \NewMathAlphabet{mathbfit} {cmbxti10} {} % for math mode
+ \NewMathAlphabet{mathbfss} {cmssbx10} {} % " " "
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifAMStwofonts
+ %
+ \ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \NewSymbolFont{upmath} {eurm10}
+ \NewSymbolFont{AMSa} {msam10}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\upi} {0}{upmath}{19}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\umu} {0}{upmath}{16}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\upartial}{0}{upmath}{40}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\leqslant}{3}{AMSa}{36}
+ \NewMathSymbol{\geqslant}{3}{AMSa}{3E}
+ \let\oldle=\le \let\oldleq=\leq
+ \let\oldge=\ge \let\oldgeq=\geq
+ \let\leq=\leqslant \let\le=\leqslant
+ \let\geq=\geqslant \let\ge=\geqslant
+ \fi
+ %
+ \fi
+%
+\fi % End of OFSS
+
+\ifnfssone
+ %
+ \newmathalphabet{\mathit}
+ \addtoversion{normal}{\mathit}{cmr}{m}{it}
+ \addtoversion{bold}{\mathit}{cmr}{bx}{it}
+ %
+ \newcommand{\rmn}[1] {\mathrm{#1}}
+ \newcommand{\itl}[1] {\mathit{#1}}
+ \newcommand{\bld}[1] {\mathbf{#1}}
+ %
+ \def\textbfit{\protect\txtbfit}
+ \def\textbfss{\protect\txtbfss}
+ \long\def\txtbfit#1{{\fontfamily{cmr}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{it}%
+ \selectfont #1}}
+ \long\def\txtbfss#1{{\fontfamily{cmss}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{n}%
+ \selectfont #1}}
+ %
+ \newmathalphabet{\mathbfit} % math mode version of \textbfit{..}
+ \addtoversion{normal}{\mathbfit}{cmr}{bx}{it}
+ \addtoversion{bold}{\mathbfit}{cmr}{bx}{it}
+ %
+ \newmathalphabet{\mathbfss} % math mode version of \textbfss{..}
+ \addtoversion{normal}{\mathbfss}{cmss}{bx}{n}
+ \addtoversion{bold}{\mathbfss}{cmss}{bx}{n}
+ %
+ \ifAMStwofonts
+ %
+ \ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ %
+ % Make NFSS 1 use the extra sizes available for bold math italic and
+ % bold math symbol. These definitions may already be loaded if your
+ % NFSS format was built with fontdef.max.
+ %
+ \UseAMStwoboldmath
+ %
+ \makeatletter
+ \new@mathgroup\upmath@group
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@normal\upmath@group{eur}{m}{n}
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@bold\upmath@group{eur}{b}{n}
+ \edef\UPM{\hexnumber\upmath@group}
+ %
+ \new@mathgroup\amsa@group
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@normal\amsa@group{msa}{m}{n}
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@bold\amsa@group{msa}{m}{n}
+ \edef\AMSa{\hexnumber\amsa@group}
+ \makeatother
+ %
+ \mathchardef\upi="0\UPM19
+ \mathchardef\umu="0\UPM16
+ \mathchardef\upartial="0\UPM40
+ \mathchardef\leqslant="3\AMSa36
+ \mathchardef\geqslant="3\AMSa3E
+ %
+ \let\oldle=\le \let\oldleq=\leq
+ \let\oldge=\ge \let\oldgeq=\geq
+ \let\leq=\leqslant \let\le=\leqslant
+ \let\geq=\geqslant \let\ge=\geqslant
+ %
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+\fi % End of NFSS release 1
+
+\ifnfsstwo
+ %
+ \newcommand{\rmn}[1] {\mathrm{#1}}
+ \newcommand{\itl}[1] {\mathit{#1}}
+ \newcommand{\bld}[1] {\mathbf{#1}}
+ %
+ \def\textbfit{\protect\txtbfit}
+ \def\textbfss{\protect\txtbfss}
+ \long\def\txtbfit#1{{\fontfamily{cmr}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{it}%
+ \selectfont #1}}
+ \long\def\txtbfss#1{{\fontfamily{cmss}\fontseries{bx}\fontshape{n}%
+ \selectfont #1}}
+ %
+ \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbfit}{OT1}{cmr}{bx}{it}
+ \SetMathAlphabet\mathbfit{bold}{OT1}{cmr}{bx}{it}
+ \DeclareMathAlphabet{\mathbfss}{OT1}{cmss}{bx}{n}
+ \SetMathAlphabet\mathbfss{bold}{OT1}{cmss}{bx}{n}
+ %
+ \ifAMStwofonts
+ %
+ \ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{UPM}{U}{eur}{m}{n}
+ \SetSymbolFont{UPM}{bold}{U}{eur}{b}{n}
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{AMSa}{U}{msa}{m}{n}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\upi}{0}{UPM}{"19}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\umu}{0}{UPM}{"16}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\upartial}{0}{UPM}{"40}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\leqslant}{3}{AMSa}{"36}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\geqslant}{3}{AMSa}{"3E}
+ %
+ \let\oldle=\le \let\oldleq=\leq
+ \let\oldge=\ge \let\oldgeq=\geq
+ \let\leq=\leqslant \let\le=\leqslant
+ \let\geq=\geqslant \let\ge=\geqslant
+ %
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ %
+\fi % End of NFSS release 2
+
+\ifCUPmtlplainloaded \else
+ \ifAMStwofonts \else % If no AMS fonts
+ \def\upi{\pi}
+ \def\umu{\mu}
+ \def\upartial{\partial}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+
+\title{Dust envelopes around RV Tauri stars}
+\author[A. V. Raveendran]
+ {A. V. Raveendran \\
+ Indian Institute of Astrophysics, Bangalore 560034, India}
+\date{Accepted 1988 December 15.
+ Received 1988 December 14;
+ in original form 1988 October 11}
+
+\pagerange{\pageref{firstpage}--\pageref{lastpage}}
+\pubyear{1994}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\label{firstpage}
+
+\begin{abstract}
+In the {\it IRAS\/} [12]--[25], [25]--[60] colour--colour diagram, RV
+Tauri stars are found to populate cooler temperature regions
+$(T<600\,\rmn{K})$, distinctly different from those occupied by the
+oxygen and carbon Miras. The {\it IRAS\/} fluxes are consistent with the
+dust density in the envelope varying as the inverse square of the
+radial distance, implying that the grain formation processes in these
+objects are most probably continuous and not sporadic. It is found that
+the spectroscopic subgroups A and B are well separated in the
+far-infrared two-colour diagram, with group B objects having
+systematically cooler dust envelopes. We interpret this as being due to
+a difference in the nature of grains, including the chemical
+composition, in the two cases.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\begin{keywords}
+circumstellar matter -- infrared: stars.
+\end{keywords}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+It has been well established that RV Tauri variables possess infrared
+emission far in excess of their expected blackbody continuum, arising
+from their extended cool dust envelopes (Gehrz \& Woolf 1970; Gehrz
+1972; Gehrz \& Ney 1972). Recently, Lloyd Evans (1985) and Goldsmith
+et al.\ (1987) have given detailed descriptions of the
+near-infrared properties of RV Tauri stars. In this paper we present an
+analysis of the {\it IRAS\/} data of RV Tauri stars with the help of the
+far-infrared two-colour diagram and a grid computed using a simple
+model of the dust envelope. Such two-colour plots have already been
+employed extensively by several investigators to study the
+circumstellar envelopes around oxygen-rich and carbon-rich objects
+which are in the late stages of stellar evolution (Hacking et al.\
+1985; Zuckerman \& Dyck 1986; van der Veen \& Habing 1988; Willems \&
+de Jong 1988).
+
+Table 1 summarizes the basic data on the 17 objects detected at
+\hbox{60\,$\umu$m}. Apart from the {\it IRAS\/} identification and the flux
+densities at 12-, 25-, 60- and 100-$\umu$m wavebands, it gives the
+spectroscopic groups of Preston et al.\ (1963), the light-curve classes
+of Kukarkin et al.\ (1969) and the periods of light variation. The
+list, which contains about 20 per cent of all the known RV Tauri
+stars, is essentially the same as that given by Jura (1986). The
+spectroscopic subgroups are from either Preston et al.\ (1963) or Lloyd
+Evans (1985).
+\begin{table*}
+ \centering
+ \begin{minipage}{140mm}
+ \caption{Data on the RV Tauri stars detected by {\it IRAS}.}
+ \begin{tabular}{@{}llrrrrlrlr@{}}
+ Name & & \multicolumn{4}{c}{Flux density (Jy)%
+ \footnote{Observed by {\em IRAS}.}}\\
+ Variable & {\it IRAS} & 12$\,\umu$m & 25$\,\umu$m & 60$\,\umu$m
+ & 100$\,\umu$m & Sp. & Period & Light- & $T_0\,(\rmn{K})$ \\
+ & & & & & & group & (d) & curve \\
+ & & & & & & & & type \\[10pt]
+ TW Cam & 04166$+$5719 & 8.27 & 5.62 & 1.82 & $<$1.73 & A & 85.6 & a & 555 \\
+ RV Tau & 04440$+$2605 & 22.53 & 18.08 & 6.40 & 2.52 & A & 78.9 & b & 460 \\
+ DY Ori & 06034$+$1354 & 12.44 & 14.93 & 4.12 & $<$11.22 & B & 60.3 & & 295 \\
+ CT Ori & 06072$+$0953 & 6.16 & 5.57 & 1.22 & $<$1.54 & B & 135.6 & & 330 \\
+ SU Gem & 06108$+$2734 & 7.90 & 5.69 & 2.16 & $<$11.66 & A & 50.1 & b & 575 \\
+ UY CMa & 06160$-$1701 & 3.51 & 2.48 & 0.57 & $<$1.00 & B & 113.9 & a & 420 \\
+ U Mon & 07284$-$0940 & 124.30 & 88.43 & 26.28 & 9.24 & A & 92.3 & b & 480 \\
+ AR Pup & 08011$-$3627 & 131.33 & 94.32 & 25.81 & 11.65 & B & 75.0 & b & 450 \\
+ IW Car & 09256$-$6324 & 101/06 & 96.24 & 34.19 & 13.07 & B & 67.5 & b & 395 \\
+ GK Car & 11118$-$5726 & 2.87 & 2.48 & 0.78 & $<$12.13 & B & 55.6 & & 405 \\
+ RU Cen & 12067$-$4508 & 5.36 & 11.02 & 5.57 & 2.01 & B & 64.7 & & 255 \\
+ SX Cen & 12185$-$4856 & 5.95 & 3.62 & 1.09 & $<$1.50 & B & 32.9 & b & 590 \\
+ AI Sco & 17530$-$3348 & 17.68 & 11.46 & 2.88 & $<$45.62 & A & 71.0 & b & 480 \\
+ AC Her & 18281$+$2149 & 41.47 & 65.33 & 21.12 & 7.79 & B & 75.5 & a & 260 \\
+ R Sct & 18448$-$0545 & 20.88 & 9.30 & 8.10 & $<$138.78 & A & 140.2 & a \\
+ R Sge & 20117$+$1634 & 10.63 & 7.57 & 2.10 & $<$1.66 & A & 70.6 & b & 455 \\
+ V Vul & 20343$+$2625 & 12.39 & 5.72 & 1.29 & $<$6.96 & A & 75.7 & a & 690
+\end{tabular}
+\end{minipage}
+\end{table*}
+
+\section[]{Description of the Envelope\\* Model}
+
+If we assume that the dust grains in the envelope are predominantly of
+the same kind and are in thermal equilibrium, the luminosity at
+frequency $\nu$ in the infrared is given by
+\begin{equation}
+ L(\nu)=\mskip-12mu\int\limits_{\rmn{envelope}}\mskip-12mu
+ \rho(r)Q_{\rmn{abs}}(\nu)B[\nu,T_{\rmn{g}}(r)]\exp [-\tau(\nu,r)]\>
+ \rmn{d}V,
+\end{equation}
+ where
+ $Q_{\rmn{abs}}(\nu)$ is the absorption efficiency at frequency $\nu$,
+ $\rho(r)$ is the dust grain density,
+ $T_{\rmn{g}}(\nu)$ is the grain temperature,
+ $B[\nu,T_{\rmn{g}}(r)]$ is the Planck function, and
+ $\tau(\nu,r)$ is the optical depth at distance {\it r\/} from the
+ centre of the star.
+
+The temperature $T_{\rmn{g}}(r)$ is determined by the condition of energy
+balance: amount of energy radiated = amount of energy absorbed. The
+amount of energy absorbed at any point is proportional to the total
+available energy at that point, which consists of:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item the attenuated and diluted stellar radiation;
+ \item scattered radiation, and
+ \item reradiation from other grains.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Detailed solutions of radiative transfer in circumstellar dust shells
+by Rowan-Robinson \& Harris (1983a,b) indicate that the effect of
+heating by other grains becomes significant only at large optical
+depths at the absorbing frequencies $[\tau(\rmn{UV})\gg 10]$, and at
+optical depths $\tau(\rmn{UV})<1$ the grains have approximately the
+same temperature that they would have if they were seeing the starlight
+unattenuated and no other radiation.
+
+The Planck mean optical depths of circumstellar envelopes around
+several RV Tauri stars, derived from the ratios of the luminosities of
+the dust shell (at infrared wavelengths) and the star, range from 0.07
+to 0.63 (Goldsmith et al.\ 1987). There is much uncertainty in the
+nature of the optical properties of dust grains in the envelope. The
+carbon-rich RV Tauri stars are also reported to show the 10-$\umu$m
+silicate emission feature typical of oxygen-rich objects (Gehrz \& Ney
+1972; Olnon \& Raimond 1986). The pure terrestrial silicates or lunar
+silicates are found to be completely unsuitable to account for the
+infrared emission from circumstellar dust shells around M-type stars
+(Rowan-Robinson \& Harris 1983a). We assume that the absorption
+efficiency $Q_{\rmn{abs}} (\nu)$ in the infrared varies as
+$\nu^{\gamma}$. ${\gamma}=1$ appears to provide a reasonable fit in a
+variety of sources (Harvey, Thronson \& Gatley 1979; Jura 1986). Under
+these circumstances the condition of energy balance implies that the
+dust temperature $T_{\rmn{g}}$ will vary as $r^{\beta}$.
+
+In view of the low value of the observed Planck mean optical depth for
+the stellar radiation and the nature of the assumed frequency
+dependence of the absorption efficiency, the extinction of the infrared
+radiation by the dust envelope can be neglected. If we consider the
+envelope to be spherically symmetric, equation (1) reduces to
+\begin{equation}
+ L(\nu)=\!\!\int_{r_{1}}^{r_{2}}\!\!4\upi r^2\rho(r)\> Q_{\rmn{abs}}(\nu)B[\nu,T_{\rmn{g}}(r)]\> {\rmn{d}}r,
+\end{equation}
+where $r_1$ and $r_2$ are the inner and outer radii of the shell. For
+a dusty density distribution $\rho(r)\propto r^{\alpha}$ and $r_2\gg
+r_1$, equation (2) reduces to
+\begin{equation}
+ L(\nu)\propto \nu^{2+\gamma-Q}\int_{X_0}^{\infty}{{x^Q}\over
+ {\rmn{e}^x-1}}\rmn{d}x ,
+\end{equation}
+where $Q=-(\alpha+\beta+3)/\beta$ and $X_0=(h\nu /kT_0)$. $T_0$
+represents the temperature at the inner boundary of the dust shell
+where grains start condensing. In a steady radiation pressure driven
+mass outflow in the optically thin case, values of $\alpha$ lie near $-2$
+(Gilman 1972). $\gamma$ and $\beta$ are related by
+$\beta=-2/(\gamma+4)$.
+
+In the {\it IRAS\/} Point Source Catalog (PSC, Beichman et al.\ 1985a),
+the flux densities have been quoted at the effective wavelengths 12,
+25, 60 and \hbox{100\,$\umu$m}, assuming a flat energy spectrum $[\nu F(\nu)=1]$
+for the observed sources. For each model given by equation (3), using
+the relative system response, the colour-correction factors (Beichman
+et al.\ 1985b) in each of the {\it IRAS\/} passbands were
+calculated and the fluxes were converted into flux densities expected
+for a flat energy distribution, as assumed in the {\it IRAS\/} PSC, so
+that the computed colours can be directly compared with the colours
+determined from the catalogue quantities. Such a procedure is
+more appropriate than correcting the {\it IRAS\/} colours for the energy
+distribution given by a particular model and then comparing them with
+those computed by the model.
+
+\subsection{Colour--colour diagram}
+
+The IR colour is defined as
+\[
+ [\nu_1]-[\nu_2]=-2.5\log [f(\nu_1)/f(\nu_2)],
+\]
+ where $\nu_1$ and $\nu_2$ are any two wavebands and $f(\nu_1)$
+and $f(\nu_2)$ are the corresponding flux densities assuming a flat
+energy spectrum for the source.
+In Fig.~1, we have plotted the [25]--[60] colours of RV Tauri stars
+against their corresponding [12]--[25] colours derived from the {\it
+IRAS\/} data. Filled circles represent stars of group A and open circles
+stars of group B. The two sets of near-parallel lines represent the
+loci of constant inner shell temperature $T_0$ and the quantity $Q$
+defined above. The models correspond to the case of absorption
+efficiency $Q_{\rmn{abs}}(\nu)$ varying as $\nu$ (with $\gamma=1$ and
+hence $\beta=-0.4$). We have omitted R Sct in Fig.~1 because it shows a
+large deviation from the average relation shown by all the other
+objects. R Sct has a comparatively large excess at 60$\,\umu$m, but the
+extent of a possible contamination by the infrared cirrus (Low et
+al. 1984) is unknown. Goldsmith et al.\ (1987) found no evidence
+of the presence of a dust envelope at near-IR wavelengths and the
+spectrum was consistent with a stellar continuum. This explains why R
+Sct lies well below the mean relation shown by stars of groups A and C
+between the [3.6]--[11.3] colour excess and the photometrically
+determined (Fe/H) (Dawson 1979). R Sct has the longest period of
+140$\,$d among the RV Tauri stars detected at far-infrared wavelengths
+and does not have the 10-$\umu$m emission feature seen in other objects
+(Gehrz 1972; Olnon \& Raimond 1986). R Sct is probably the most
+irregular RV Tauri star known (McLaughlin 1932).
+
+\begin{figure}
+ \vspace{302pt}
+ \caption{Plot of [25]--[60] colours of RV Tauri stars against their
+ [12]--[25] colours after normalizing as indicated in Beichman et al.\
+ (1985b). Some of the objects are identified by their variable-star
+ names. Typical error bars are shown in the bottom right-hand corner.
+ The lines represent the loci for constant inner shell temperature and
+ the quantity $Q$. Note the separation of group A and B stars at $T_0
+ \sim$ 460$\,$\,K. Positions occupied by a sample of carbon and oxygen
+ Miras are also shown. The $Q=1.0$ line differs from the blackbody line
+ by a maximum of $\sim 0.05$.}
+\end{figure}
+The inner shell temperatures $(T_0)$ derived for the various objects
+are also given in Table~1 and we find the majority of them to have
+temperatures in the narrow range 400--600$\,$K. If the dependences of
+$Q_{\rmn{abs}}(\nu)$ on $\nu$ and $\rho(r)$ on $r$ are similar in all
+the objects considered, then in the colour--colour diagram they all
+should lie along a line corresponding to different values of $T_0$ and
+in Fig.~1 we find that this is essentially the case. In view of the
+quoted uncertainties in the flux measurements, we cannot attach much
+significance to the scatter in Fig.~1.
+
+At \hbox{100\,$\umu$m} the infrared sky is characterized by emission, called
+infrared cirrus, from interstellar dust on all spatial scales (Low et
+al. 1984), thereby impairing the measurements at far-infrared
+wavelengths. In Fig.~2, we have plotted the [60]--[100] colours of the
+six RV Tauri stars detected at \hbox{100\,$\umu$m} against their [25]--[60]
+colours, along with the grid showing the regions of different values
+for inner shell temperature $T_0$ and the quantity $Q$, as in Fig.~1.
+The results indicated by Fig.~2 are consistent with those derived from
+Fig.~1. AR Pup shows a large excess at \hbox{100\,$\umu$m} but, in view of the
+large values for the cirrus flags given in the catalogue, the intrinsic
+flux at \hbox{100\,$\umu$m} is uncertain.
+
+\subsection{Radial distribution of dust}
+
+\begin{figure*}
+ \vspace*{174pt}
+ \caption{Plot of the [60]--[100] colours of RV Tauri stars against
+ their [25]--[60] colours after normalizing as indicated in Beichman
+ et al.\ (1985b). The solid lines represent the loci for constant
+ inner shell temperature and the quantity $Q$. The dashed line shows
+ the locus for a blackbody distribution.}
+\end{figure*}
+
+From Fig.~1, it is evident that all RV Tauri stars lie between the
+lines corresponding to $Q=1.5$ and 0.5. With
+ \[
+ \alpha=-(1+Q)\beta-3,
+ \]
+ these values suggest limits of $r^{-2.0}$ and $r^{-2.4}$ for the
+dust density variation, indicating a near-constant mass-loss rate. Jura
+(1986) has suggested that the density in the circumstellar envelope
+around RV Tauri stars varies as $r^{-1}$, implying a mass-loss rate
+that was greater in the past than it is currently. By fitting a power
+law to the observed fluxes, such that $f(\nu)$ varies as $\nu^q$,
+values of $q$ determined by him for the various objects given in Table~1
+lie in the range 0.6--1.2, with a mean $\skew5\bar q=0.98$. The
+assumption of a power law corresponds to the case of $X_0=0$ in
+equation (3) and hence we get
+ \[
+ q=2+\gamma -Q.
+ \]
+Since we assume that $Q_{\rmn{abs}}(\nu)$ varies as $\nu$, the
+resulting value for $Q$=2.0. None of the objects is found to lie in the
+corresponding region in the colour--colour diagram. Even this extreme
+value for $Q$ implies a density which varies as $r^{-1.8}$.
+
+Goldsmith et al.\ (1987) have reported that the simultaneous
+optical and near-IR data of AC Her can be fitted by a combination of
+two blackbodies at 5680 and 1800\,K, representing, respectively, the
+stellar and dust shell temperatures, and suggested that in RV Tauri
+stars the grain formation is a sporadic phenomenon and not a continuous
+process. Apparently, they have been influenced by the remark by Gehrz
+\& Woolf (1970) that their data in the 3.5--11$\,\umu$m region of AC Her
+indicated a dust temperature of $\sim$300\,K. We find that the {\it K--L\/}
+colours given by Gehrz (1972), Lloyd Evans (1985) and Goldsmith et
+al. (1987) are all consistent with each other. Surely, hot dust ($\sim
+1800\,$K), if present at the time of observations by Goldsmith et
+al. (1987), would have affected the {\it K--L\/} colour significantly.
+AC Her, like other members of its class, is found to execute elongated
+loops in the ({\it U--B\/}), ({\it B--V\/}) plane (Preston et al.\
+1963), indicating that significant departure of the stellar continuum
+from the blackbody is to be expected. Further, their data show only a
+marginal excess at the near-IR wavelengths. We feel that the case for
+the existence of hot dust around AC Her and hence for the sporadic
+grain formation around RV Tauri stars is not strong. In Fig.~3 we find that AC Her and RU Cen lie very close to R Sct
+which, according to Goldsmith et al.\ (1987), shows no evidence
+for the presence of a hot dust envelope.
+
+\subsubsection{Comparison with oxygen and carbon Miras}
+
+In Fig.~1 we have also shown the positions of a sample of oxygen-rich
+and carbon-rich Miras. At the low temperatures characteristic of the
+Miras, a part of the emission at 12$\,\umu$m comes from the photosphere.
+For a blackbody at 2000$\,$K, the ratio of fluxes at wavelengths of 12
+and 2$\,\umu$m $(f_{12}/f_{2})\sim 0.18$. The Miras shown in Fig.~1 have
+$(f_{12}/f_{2})$ ratios larger than twice the above value. It is
+clear that the three groups of objects populate three different regions
+of the diagram. Hacking et al.\ (1985) have already noticed that
+there are distinct differences between the {\it IRAS\/} colours of
+oxygen-rich and carbon-rich objects. On the basis of an analysis, using
+a bigger sample of bright giant stars in the {\it IRAS\/} catalogue, this
+has been interpreted by Zuckerman \& Dyck (1986) as being due to a
+systematic difference in the dust grain emissivity index. U Mon shows
+the 10-$\umu$m silicate emission convincingly and, in most of the other
+objects for which low-resolution spectra in the near-infrared have been
+reported (Gehrz 1972; Olnon \& Raimond 1986), the 10-$\umu$m emission
+may be partly attributed to silicates. Hence it is reasonable to expect
+that, in the envelopes around at least some of the RV Tauri stars, the
+dust grains are predominantly of silicates, as in the case of oxygen
+Miras (Rowan-Robinson \& Harris 1983a). The fact that none of the RV
+Tauri stars is found in the region of the two-colour diagram occupied
+by the oxygen Miras indicates that the emissivity indices of the
+silicate grains in the two cases are different. Because of the higher
+temperatures and luminosities, the environment of grain formation will
+be different in RV Tauri stars.
+
+\subsubsection{Correlation with subgroups}
+
+Preston et al.\ (1963) have identified three spectroscopic
+subgroups, which are designated as groups A, B and C. Objects of group
+A are metal-rich; group C are metal-poor; group B objects are also
+metal-poor, but show carbon enhancements (Preston et al.\ 1963; Lloyd
+Evans 1974; Dawson 1979; Baird 1981). It is interesting to see that
+Table~1 contains no group C objects and that in Fig.~1 there is a clear
+separation of the two spectroscopic subgroups A and B, with the
+demarcation occurring at an inner shell temperature of about 450$\,$K,
+group B stars having lower temperatures than group A. SX Cen is the
+only exception. Lloyd Evans (1974) has reported that metal lines are
+stronger in SX Cen than in other group B objects. It may be worth
+noting that SX Cen has the shortest period among the 100 or so objects
+with the RV Tauri classification. RU Cen has the coolest inner shell
+temperature, as already suggested by the near-infrared spectrum (Gehrz
+\& Ney 1972).
+\begin{figure}
+ \vspace*{174pt}
+ \caption{Plot of ({\it K--L\/}) colours of RV Tauri stars detected by
+ {\it IRAS\/} against their corresponding ({\it J--K\/}) colours. The
+ position of AR Pup is indicated. The three objects lying close to the
+ blackbody line are AC Her, RU Cen and R Sct.}
+\end{figure}
+
+Group B objects follow a different mean relationship from those of group
+A, having systematically larger 11-$\umu$m excess for a given excess at
+3$\,\umu$m (Lloyd Evans 1985). For a general sample of RV Tauri stars,
+the distinction between the oxygen-rich and carbon-rich objects is not
+that apparent in the {\it JHKL\/} bands. In Fig.~3 we have plotted the
+near-IR magnitudes of the objects given in Table~1 (except V Vul which
+has no available measurements) in the {\it J--K, K--L\/} plane. The
+colours, taken from Lloyd Evans (1985) and Goldsmith et al.\
+(1987), are averaged if more than one observation exists, because the
+internal agreements are found to be often of the order of observational
+uncertainties, in accordance with the earlier finding by Gehrz (1972)
+that variability has relatively little effect on colours. Barring RU
+Cen and AC Her, it is evident that stars belonging to group B show
+systematically larger excesses at {\it L\/} band for a given excess at
+{\it K}. The low excesses at near-IR wavelengths for AC Her and RU Cen
+are consistent with the very low dust temperatures indicated by the
+far-infrared colours.
+%
+\begin{figure*}
+\vbox to 220mm{\vfil
+Landscape figure to go here. This figure was not part of the original
+paper and is inserted here for illustrative purposes.\\ See the author
+guide for details on how to handle landscape figures or tables, and
+\verb|mnland.tex|.
+\caption{}
+\vfil}
+\label{landfig}
+\end{figure*}
+
+It is already well established that from {\it UBV\/} photometry one can
+distinguish between groups A and B, members of group A being
+significantly redder than those of group B (Preston et al.\ 1963).
+Similarly, Dawson (1979) has found that the two spectroscopic groups
+are well separated in the DDO colour--colour diagrams when mean colours
+are used for the individual objects.
+
+The clear separation of the spectroscopic subgroups A and B in the IR
+two-colour diagram suggests that the natures of dust grains in the
+envelopes in the two cases are not identical. This is to be expected
+because of the differences in the physical properties of the stars
+themselves. The average colours of group B stars are bluer than group
+A, but the envelope dust temperatures of B are cooler than those of A.
+The near-IR spectra of AC Her and RU Cen are extremely similar (Gehrz
+\& Ney 1972). The striking similarities in the optical spectra of AC
+Her and RU Cen have been pointed out by Bidelman (O'Connell 1961). We
+feel that the physical properties, including the chemical composition,
+of the grains formed in the circumstellar envelope strongly depend on
+those of the embedded star. This, probably, explains the diversity of
+the energy distributions of RV Tauri stars in the near-infrared found
+by Gehrz \& Ney (1972). On the basis of the observed differences in
+chemical abundances and space distribution of RV Tauri stars, Lloyd
+Evans (1985) has already pointed out that there is no direct
+evolutionary connection between group A and group B objects, thus
+ruling out the possibility that group B objects are the evolutionary
+successors of group A, in which grain formation has stopped and the
+cooler temperatures for the former are caused by an envelope expansion.
+
+Kukarkin et al.\ (1969) have subdivided RV Tauri stars
+into two classes, RVa and RVb, on the basis of their light curves; the
+former shows a constant mean brightness, whereas the latter shows a
+cyclically varying mean brightness. Extensive observations in the
+near-infrared show that, on average, RVb stars are redder than RVa
+stars, and Lloyd Evans (1985) has suggested that in RVb stars dust
+shells are denser in the inner regions and hence radiate strongly in
+the 1--3$\,\umu$m region. Fig.~3 confirms this; RVb objects show
+systematically larger ({\it J--K\/}) and ({\it K--L\/}) colours than RVa
+objects. Apparently, there is no distinction between objects of the two
+light-curve types at far-infrared wavelengths (Fig.~1).
+
+\section{Conclusions}
+
+In the [12]--[25], [25]--[60] colour diagram, RV Tauri stars populate
+cooler temperature regions $(T<600 \,\rmn{K})$, distinctly different from
+those occupied by the oxygen and carbon Miras. Using a simple model
+in which
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item the envelope is spherically symmetric,
+ \item the IR-emitting grains are predominantly of the same kind, and
+ \item in the infrared the absorption efficiency $Q_{\rmn{abs}}
+ (\nu)\propto\nu$,
+\end{enumerate}
+we find that the {\it IRAS\/} fluxes are
+consistent with the density in the envelope $\rho(r)\propto r^{-2}$,
+where {\it r\/} is the radial distance. Such a dependence for the dust
+density implies that the mass-loss rates in RV Tauri stars have not
+reduced considerably during the recent past, contrary to the suggestion
+by Jura (1986). In the two-colour diagram, the blackbody line and the
+line corresponding to $\rho(r)\propto r^{-2.2}$ nearly overlap and the
+present data are insufficient to resolve between the two cases. The
+latter case is more physically reasonable, however.
+
+The spectroscopic subgroups A and B are well separated in the {\it
+IRAS\/} two-colour diagram, with group B objects having systematically
+cooler dust envelopes. If we consider only the objects detected by {\it
+IRAS}, we find that stars belonging to group B show systematically
+larger excess at {\it L\/} band for a given excess at {\it K}.
+Apparently, there is no correlation between the light-curve types (RVa
+and RVb) and the far-infrared behaviour of these objects. It is fairly
+certain that the physical properties, including the chemical
+composition, of the embedded stars are directly reflected by those of
+the dust grains. Most probably, the grain formation process in RV Tauri
+stars is continuous and not sporadic as suggested by Goldsmith et
+al.\ (1987).
+
+\section*{Acknowledgments}
+
+I thank Professor N. Kameswara Rao for some helpful suggestions,
+Dr H. C. Bhatt for a critical reading of the original version of the
+paper and an anonymous referee for very useful comments that improved
+the presentation of the paper.
+
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+\bibitem{b1} Baird S.R., 1981, ApJ, 245, 208
+\bibitem{b2} Beichman C.A., Neugebauer G., Habing H.J., Clegg P.E.,
+ Chester T.J., 1985a, {\it IRAS\/} Point Source Catalog. Jet
+ Propulsion Laboratory, Pasadena
+\bibitem{b3} Beichman C.A., Neugebauer G., Habing H.J., Clegg P.E.,
+ Chester T.J., 1985b, {\it IRAS\/} Explanatory Supplement. Jet
+ Propulsion Laboratory, Pasadena
+\bibitem{b4} Dawson D.W., 1979, ApJS, 41, 97
+\bibitem{b5} Gerhz R.D., 1972, ApJ, 178, 715
+\bibitem{b6} Gerhz R.D., Ney E.P., 1972, PASP, 84, 768
+\bibitem{b7} Gerhz R.D., Woolf N.J., 1970, ApJ, 161, L213
+\bibitem{b8} Gilman R.C., 1972, ApJ, 178, 423
+\bibitem{b9} Goldsmith M.J., Evans A., Albinson J.S., Bode M.F., 1987, MNRAS,
+ 227, 143
+\bibitem{b10} Hacking P. et al., 1985, PASP, 97, 616
+\bibitem{b11} Harvey P.M., Thronson H.A., Gatley I., 1979, ApJ, 231, 115
+\bibitem{b12} Jura M., 1986, ApJ, 309, 732
+\bibitem{b13} Kukarkin B.V. et al., 1969, General Catalogue of Variable Stars.
+ Moscow
+\bibitem{b14} Lloyd Evans T., 1974, MNRAS, 167, 17{\sc p}
+\bibitem{b15} Lloyd Evans T., 1985, MNRAS, 217, 493
+\bibitem{b16} Low F.J. et al., 1984, ApJ, 278, L19
+\bibitem{b17} McLaughlin D.B., 1932, Publ. Univ. Obs. Mich., 4, 135
+\bibitem{b18} O'Connell J.K., 1961, Specola Vaticana Ric. Astron., 6, 341
+\bibitem{b19} Olnon F.M., Raimond E., 1986, A\&AS, 65, 607
+\bibitem{b20} Preston G.W., Krzeminski W., Smak J., Williams J.A.,
+ 1963, ApJ, 137, 401
+\bibitem{b21} Rowan-Robinson M., Harris S., 1983a, MNRAS, 202, 767
+\bibitem{b22} Rowan-Robinson M., Harris S., 1983b, MNRAS, 202, 797
+\bibitem{b23} van der Veen W.E.C.J., Habing H.J., 1988, A\&A, 194, 125
+\bibitem{b24} Willems F.J., de Jong T., 1988, A\&A, 196, 173
+\bibitem{b25} Zuckerman B., Dyck H.M., 1986, ApJ, 311, 345
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\appendix
+
+\section[]{Large gaps in L\lowercase{y}${\balpha}$ forests\\* due to fluctuations in line distribution}
+
+(This appendix was not part of the original paper by A.V.~Raveendran
+and is included here just for illustrative purposes.)
+
+Spectroscopic observations of bright quasars show that the mean number
+density of Ly$\alpha$ forest lines, which satisfy certain criteria,
+evolves like $\rmn{d}N/\rmn{d}z=A(1+z)^\gamma$, where $A$ and~$\gamma$ are two
+constants. Given the above intrinsic line distribution we examine the
+probability of finding large gaps in the Ly$\alpha$ forests. We
+concentrate here only on the statistics and neglect all observational
+complications such as the line blending effect (see Ostriker, Bajtlik
+\&~Duncan 1988).
+
+Suppose we have observed a Ly$\alpha$ forest between redshifts $z_1$
+and~$z_2$ and found $N-1$ lines. For high-redshift quasars $z_2$~is
+usually the emission redshift $z_{\rmn{em}}$ and $z_1$ is set to
+$(\lambda_{\rmn{Ly}\beta}/\lambda_{\rmn{Ly}\alpha})(1+z_{\rmn{em}})=0.844
+(1+z_{\rmn{em}})$ to avoid contamination by Ly$\beta$ lines. We
+want to know whether the largest gaps observed in the forest are
+significantly inconsistent with the above line distribution. To do
+this we introduce a new variable~$x$:
+%
+\begin{equation}
+x={(1+z)^{\gamma+1}-(1+z_1)^{\gamma+1} \over
+ (1+z_2)^{\gamma+1}-(1+z_1)^{\gamma+1}}.
+\end{equation}
+%
+$x$ varies from 0 to 1. We then have $\rmn{d}N/\rmn{d}x=\lambda$, where $\lambda$
+is the mean number of lines between $z_1$ and $z_2$ and is given by
+%
+\begin{equation}
+\lambda\equiv{A[(1+z_2)^{\gamma+1}-(1+z_1)^{\gamma+1}]\over\gamma+1}.
+\end{equation}
+%
+This means that the Ly$\alpha$ forest lines are uniformly
+distributed in~$x$. The probability of finding $N-1$ lines between $z_1$
+and~$z_2$, $P_{N-1}$, is assumed to be the Poisson distribution.
+%
+\newpage
+%
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{11pc}
+\caption{$P(>x_{\rmn{gap}})$ as a function of $x_{\rmn{gap}}$ for,
+ from left to right, $N=160$, 150, 140, 110, 100, 90, 50, 45 and~40.}
+\label{appenfig}
+\end{figure}
+
+\subsection{Subsection title}
+
+We plot in Fig.~\ref{appenfig} $P(>x_{\rmn{gap}})$ for several $N$ values.
+We see that, for $N=100$ and $x_{\rmn{gap}}=0.06$, $P(>0.06)\approx20$
+per cent. This means that the probability of finding a gap with a size
+larger than six times the mean separation is not significantly small.
+When the mean number of lines is large, $\lambda\sim N>>1$, our
+$P(>x_{\rmn{gap}})$ approaches the result obtained by Ostriker et al.\
+(1988) for small (but still very large if measured in units of the mean
+separation) $x_{\rmn{gap}}$, i.e., $P(>x_{\rmn{gap}})\sim N(1-
+x_{\rmn{gap}})^{N-1}\sim N {\rmn{exp}}(-\lambda x_{\rmn{gap}})$.
+
+\bsp
+
+\label{lastpage}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-doc.dvi b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-doc.dvi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74803b62d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-doc.dvi
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-doc.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-doc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed44f56a26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-doc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% md-doc.tex Version 1.0, 92/09/28 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% COPYING %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% COPYRIGHT 1992, by Timothy Van Zandt, tvz@Princeton.EDU
+%%
+%% Copying of part or all of this file is allowed under the following
+%% conditions only:
+%% (1) You may freely distribute unchanged copies of the file. Please
+%% include the documentation when you do so.
+%% (2) You may modify a renamed copy of the file, but only for personal
+%% use or use within an organization.
+%% (3) You may copy fragments from the file, for personal use or for
+%% distribution, as long as credit is given where credit is due.
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to take money for the distribution or use of
+%% this file or modified versions or fragments thereof, except for
+%% a nominal charge for copying etc.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DESCRIPTION: %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% multido.tex contains a loop macro, \multido, that supports floating
+%% point addition and has a nice interface. Among other things, it
+%% is useful for pictures and putting numbers on axes. multido.tex
+%% is compatible with most TeX macro packages. Name a copy of the file
+%% multido.sty if you want to use as a LaTeX style option.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% GETTING MULTIDO %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% The complete multido.tex distribution is available in .tar.Z form from
+%% the /pub directory at Princeton.EDU. multido.tex is also available
+%% at various TeX archives. However, all you really need is multido.tex
+%% and md-doc.tex.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PRINTING THE DOCUMENTATION
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%
+%% multido.tex is also distributed with the documentation already
+%% typeset. Check the /pub directory at Princeton.EDU if you can
+%% handle .tar.Z files.
+%%
+%% This file contains the Usage Notes, Run with LaTeX with or without NFSS.
+%%
+%% If you include the doc style option, the documented code
+%% in multido.doc is also printed at the end. For this,
+%% you must have the files doc.sty and gind.ist from Frank
+%% Mittelbach's doc package (try the /soft/tex/latex-supported/doc
+%% directory at ftp.uni-stuttgart.de ). This documented was originally
+%% prepared using v1.7k (92/08/24) of doc.sty.
+%%
+%% To make an index on UNIX using makeindex, resolve cross-references and
+%% give the command:
+%% makeindex -s gind.ist multido.idx
+%% and run the file again. The index is only for the documented code.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% BEGIN PREAMBLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\documentstyle[12pt]{article}
+\input multido.tex
+\catcode`\@=11
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DOC? STUFF %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Check whether doc.sty has been input. If not, code won't be printed.
+%% \CodeLineIndex can only be used in preamble. Other code-specific
+%% preamble stuff has been left to the end of this file.
+%%
+\@ifundefined{StopEventually}%
+ {\def\StopEventually{\end{document}}}%
+ {\CodelineIndex}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PAGE PARAMETERS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} % paragraph indent
+\setlength{\parskip}{4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{4pc}
+\setlength{\evensidemargin}{4pc}
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-2.5pc}
+\setlength{\headheight}{12pt} % height of running head
+\setlength{\headsep}{20pt} % distance between header and text
+\setlength{\textheight}{54pc} % height of text on page
+\setlength{\textwidth}{35pc} % total width of a page
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% VERBATIM %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% This is good for examples, using \verb or whatever explicitly.
+\def\Ex{\quote\tt}
+\def\endEx{\endquote}
+%%
+%% In the verbatim environment, \trivlist is changed to \list, so that
+%% verbatim code is offset from the left margin.
+%%
+\def\@verbatim{%
+ \list{}{} \item[]%
+ \leftskip\@totalleftmargin\rightskip\z@
+ \parindent\z@\parfillskip\@flushglue
+ \@@par\leavevmode\parskip=\z@
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\null\@@par}%
+ \obeylines
+ \let\do\@makeother \dospecials\catcode`\>=14\tt}
+\def\endverbatim{\endlist}
+%%
+\def\m#1{{\rm\it #1}} % For just putting things in italics (m=>meta>)
+\def\M#1{{\tt\{}\m{#1}{\tt\}}} % Argument is in italic, enclosed in tt braces.
+\def\N#1{{\tt\string#1}} % For in-line macro names
+\catcode`\>=13\def>{} % Now we can write \LaTeX> without problem.
+%%
+%% This is adapted from Mittelbach's doc.sty:
+\def\MyShortVerb#1{%
+ \expandafter
+ \xdef\csname cc\string#1\endcsname{\the\catcode`#1}%
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\~\active \lccode`\~`#1%
+ \lowercase{%
+ \global\expandafter\let
+ \csname ac\string#1\endcsname~%
+ \gdef~{\verb~}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \global\catcode`#1\active}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTIONS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Section headings use customizable fonts, leave less space above
+%% and below, and may overhang on left.
+%%
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\sechang}{-3ex plus -1ex
+ minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\secfont}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\subsechang}{-2.75ex plus -1ex
+ minus -.2ex}{1.25ex plus .2ex}{\subsecfont}}
+\newdimen\sechang
+\newdimen\subsechang
+\sechang=-.6in
+\subsechang=-.375in
+\def\secfont{\Large\bf} % Section headings
+\def\subsecfont{\tt\large} % Subsection heading
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DATES, VERSIONS AND TITLES %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\def\expanddate#1/#2/#3/{\number#3{} \month=#2 \ifcase\month\or
+ January \or February \or March \or April \or May \or June \or
+ July \or August \or September \or October \or November \or December \fi
+ 19#1}
+\def\thefiledate{\expandafter\expanddate\filedate/}
+\date{Version \fileversion\\ \thefiledate}
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \null
+ \begin{center}
+ {\Large\bf \@title \par}
+ \vskip 1.2em {\lineskip .5em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author\end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip .8em {\@date}%
+ \end{center}
+ \par
+ \vskip .5em}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PAGE STYLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+\markright{Documentation for multido.tex \hfill
+ v.\fileversion\hskip 1em \thefiledate\hfill}%
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END PREAMBLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\MyShortVerb\"
+\catcode`\@=12
+\begin{document}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\title{Documentation for multido.tex:\\[2pt]
+ A loop macro for Generic \protect\TeX}
+\author{Timothy Van Zandt%
+ \thanks{Author's address: Department of Economics, Princeton University,
+ Princeton, NJ 08544-1021, USA. Internet: {\tt tvz@Princeton.EDU}}}
+\maketitle
+
+
+\section{Usage notes}
+
+ "multido.tex"/"multido.sty" contains the \N\multido> macro, which is a loop
+facility for Generic TeX. This macro happens to be useful for drawing
+pictures, and was originally developed for the PSTricks
+package,\footnote{PSTricks is an extensive collection of PostScript-based
+macros for Generic TeX. It is available from the /pub directory at
+Princeton.EDU, and \TeX> archives.} but you can use it for other purposes as
+well.
+
+ A special feature is support of fixed-point addition. For example, PSTricks
+uses the \N\multido> to put numbers on axes, much like in the following
+\LaTeX> example:
+ PSTricks uses "\multdo" internally to put numbers on axes, much like in this
+\LaTeX> example:
+\begin{verbatim}>
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+\small
+\begin{picture}(8,1)(0,-.5)
+\put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}}
+\multido{\i=0+1,\n=0+0.25}{8}{%
+ \put(\i,-.1){\line(0,1){.2}}
+ \put(\i,-.2){\makebox[t](0,0){\n}}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{center}\leavevmode
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+\small
+\begin{picture}(8,1)(0,-.5)
+\put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}}
+\multido{\i=0+1,\n=0+0.25}{8}{%
+ \put(\i,-.1){\line(0,1){.2}}
+ \put(\i,-.2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\n}}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{center}
+
+The general syntax for \N\multido> is:
+\begin{Ex}
+"\multido"\M{variables}\M{repetitions}\M{stuff}
+\end{Ex}
+ \m{stuff} is whatever you want repeated; it can be any balanced \TeX{} input.
+\m{repetitions} is the number times \m{stuff} is repeated.
+
+ The first argument is the interesting one. \m{variables} is a comma-separated
+list of variable declarations.\footnote{Don't use commas to mark the decimal
+point within the \protect\m{variables} argument, as they will be confused for
+delimiters.} Each variable declaration is of the form:
+\begin{center}\em
+ variable "=" initial value "+" increment
+\end{center}
+ \m{variable} is a command sequence that can be used in \m{stuff}. It is
+initially set to {\em initial value}, and is then incremented by {\em
+increment} with each repetition.
+
+ The first letter of the variable name determines the variable type. There are
+four variable types:
+\begin{description}
+ \item[Dimension (d or D)] The initial value and the increment should be
+dimensions (lengths, in \LaTeX> parlance). The substitution text is a
+dimension, with "sp" units. E.g., "\dx=4cm+5pt".
+
+ \item[Number (n or N)] The initial value and increment should be integers or
+numbers with the same number of digits to the right of the decimal. The one
+exception is that it is always OK for the initial value to be an integer.
+There can be at most 8 digits on each side of the decimal. The substitution
+text is a number, with fixed-point addition. E.g., "\n=3+7.05",
+"\Nx=5.30+-1.25".
+
+ \item[Integer (i or I)] The initial value and increment should be integers.
+This gives the same result as using a number variable, but it is faster. E.g.,
+"\I=2+-1".
+
+ \item[Real (r or R)] The initial value and increment should be integers or
+numbers with at most 4 digits on each side of the decimal. The substitution
+text is a number, but with floating point addition and occasional small
+errors. This gives a less satisfactory result than using a number variable,
+but it is faster. E.g., "\ry=4.2+1.05".
+\end{description}
+
+ Here are some examples that illustrate how the substitution text is
+determined:
+\begin{quote}
+"\multido{}{10}{\TeX\ }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{}{10}{\TeX\ }{}\\[8pt]
+"\multido{\d=2pt+3pt}{5}{\d, }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{\d=2pt+3pt}{5}{\d, }{}\\[8pt]
+"\multido{\n=2+3}{10}{\n, }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{\n=2+3}{10}{\n, }{}\\[8pt]
+"\multido{\i=2+3}{10}{\i, }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{\i=2+-3}{10}{\i, }{}\\[8pt]
+"\multido{\r=2+3.05}{6}{\r, }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{\r=2+3.05}{6}{\r, }{}\\[8pt]
+"\multido{\n=2.00+3.05}{8}{\n, }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{\n=2.00+-3.05}{8}{\n, }{}
+\end{quote}
+
+Here are some details about the choice of names:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Your computer won't explode if you use names that conflict with \TeX>
+internal commands, but you might want to check name conflicts if you get
+inexplicable errors. The command "\MultidoCheckNames" can be useful in this
+case. It causes \N\multido> to report an error whenever you use a variable
+name that is already defined. But see the next item.
+ \item The whole \N\multido> loop is grouped. This means, e.g., that although
+"\i" is a Plain \TeX{} command sequence (giving a dotless ``\i''), you can use
+the variable "\i" if you do not use any dotless i's in \m{stuff} (and if you
+do not use "\MultidoCheckNames").
+\end{itemize}
+
+Here are a few more details:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \N\Multido> commands can be nested.
+ \item Spaces after a \N\multido> command are ignored. This makes \N\multido>
+more hospitable for pictures.
+ \item Spaces between the various parts of the \m{variables} argument are
+ignored.
+\end{itemize}
+
+ And finally here a few special features, some of which are of interest mainly
+macro writers and other \TeX nicians:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item The material that is repeated is not grouped, so that you can insert
+your own recursive routines.
+ \item There is a variant, "\mmultido", which works just like "\multido"
+except that the variables are all incremented once before starting.
+ \item There are variants, "\Multido" and "\MMultido" of "\multido" and
+"\mmultido", resp., that do not group the whole loop. This can be useful,
+e.g., for making entries in an alignment environment. However, these cannot be
+nested within any "\multido" macro.
+ \item If the number of repetitions is a negative number, the variables are
+incremented backwards.
+ \item The count register "\multidocount" keeps track of the number of the
+iterations.
+ \item The command "\multidostop" causes the "\multido" loop to quit at the
+end of the current iteration.
+\item Fixed point addition is performed by \N\FPadd> and \N\FPsub:
+\begin{Ex}
+"\FPadd"\M{num1}\M{num2}\M{cs}\\
+"\FPsub"\M{num1}\M{num2}\M{cs}
+\end{Ex}
+ \m{num2}\/ is added to or subtracted from \m{num1}, and the answers is stored
+in the command sequence given as the third argument. The rules about decimals
+and so on that apply to number variables apply here as well. E.g., after
+\begin{Ex}
+ "\FPsub{1.75}{-0.15}{\answer}"
+\end{Ex}
+the definition of "\answer" is 1.90.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\clearpage
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% STOP HERE IF DOC.STY NOT INPUT%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\StopEventually{}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% BEGIN CODE-SPECIFIC PREAMBLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\catcode`\@=11
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% CHANGE TO MACRO ENVIRONMENTS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% A change to the doc.sty's macro environment.
+%% Prints macro names like subsections, instead of as marginal notes.
+%% Argument is comma separated list of macro names.
+%% No nested macro environments.
+%%
+%% WHY: Don't need as many \begin{macro} ... \end{macro}.
+%% Works even there isn't anything between \begin{macro} and
+%% \begin{macrocode}.
+%%
+\newif\iffirst@macroname
+\newif\ifnestedmacro
+\def\macro{%
+ \ifnum\macro@level=\z@
+ \def\next{\MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@}%
+ \else
+ \def\next{\@latexerr{Nested \string\begin{macro}}\@eha
+ \endgroup\end{macro}\macro@level=\z@\begin{macro}}
+ \fi
+ \next}
+\def\m@cro@#1{%
+ \first@macronametrue
+ \m@@cro@@#1,\@nil,}
+\def\m@@cro@@#1,{%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{\@nil}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \let\next\finishm@@cro@@
+ \else
+ {\advance\c@CodelineNo\@ne\SpecialMainIndex{#1}\nobreak}%
+ \DoNotIndex{#1}%
+ \iffirst@macroname
+ \edef\saved@macronames{\string#1}%
+ \first@macronamefalse
+ \else
+ \def\comma{\noexpand\comma}%
+ \edef\saved@macronames{\saved@macronames\comma\string#1}%
+ \fi
+ \let\next\m@@cro@@
+ \fi
+ \next}
+\def\finishm@@cro@@{%
+ \advance\macro@level\@ne
+ \def\comma{{\rm, }}%
+ \subsection*{\tt\saved@macronames}}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DO NOT INDEX %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\DoNotIndex{\ ,\!,\[,\\,\],\^,\`,\{,\},\~}
+\DoNotIndex{\@ifundefined,\@namedef,\@spaces,\@tempa,\@tempb}
+\DoNotIndex{\@warning,\active}
+\DoNotIndex{\begingroup,\catcode,\char,\csname,\def,\do}
+\DoNotIndex{\docdate,\dospecials,\edef,\else,\endcsname,\endgroup}
+\DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\filedate,\fileversion}
+\DoNotIndex{\gdef,\if,\ifcat}
+\DoNotIndex{\ifx,\immediate,\lccode,\let}
+\DoNotIndex{\lowercase,\next,\noexpand}
+\DoNotIndex{\relax,\space,\the}
+\DoNotIndex{\toks@,\count@,\dimen@,\dimen@ii}
+\DoNotIndex{\theatcode,\string,\t,\@empty,\@nil,\@nnil,\advance}
+\DoNotIndex{\dimen@i,\@,\endinput,\errhelp,\errmessage,\global,ifnum}
+\DoNotIndex{\p,\number,\newtoks,\ignorespaces,\message,\multido@temp}
+\DoNotIndex{\newcount,\xdef,\z@,\@ne,\tw@,\number,\undefined,\ifnum}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% OTHER DOC PARAMETERS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} % two column index;
+
+%\DisableCrossrefs
+\EnableCrossrefs
+
+ \IndexPrologue{This index is only for the documented code. Underlined numbers
+refer roughly to the line number of the entry's definition, and all others
+indicate code lines where it is used.}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END CODE-SPECIFIC PREAMBLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\catcode`\@=12
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\section{Documented code}
+
+\DocInput{multido.doc}
+
+\clearpage
+
+\PrintIndex
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-make.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-make.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5cdd5d72c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-make.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+%% md-make.tex 1992 tvz@Princeton.EDU
+%%
+%% Run Plain TeX or LaTeX on this file to create a macro file multido.tex
+%% from multido.doc, stripped of comments.
+%%
+%% This is basically a take-off from F. Mittelbach's docstrip.tex
+%%
+%% This macros can be used for stripping comments from any TeX file.
+%% Just change these two lines:
+\def\outfile{multido.tex}
+\def\infile{multido.doc}
+
+\catcode`\@=11
+\expandafter\ifx\csname @latexerr\endcsname\relax\else\let\end\@@end\fi
+
+\newread\@infile
+\newwrite\@outfile
+
+\def\typeout{\immediate\write16}
+\typeout{}
+\typeout{Preparing to make stripped macro file \outfile.}
+
+\immediate\openin1=\outfile\relax
+\ifeof1\else
+ \typeout{%
+ File `\outfile' exists and will be overwritten if in current directory!!!}
+\fi
+
+\def\check@@OK#1#2\@nil{\ifx#1y\else\expandafter\end\fi}
+
+\typeout{Make `\outfile'? (y=yes, n=no)}
+\read16 to\OK
+\expandafter\check@@OK\OK\@nil
+
+\newif\ifflag
+
+{\catcode`\%=12\gdef\%{%}}
+\edef\@@percent{\%\%}
+
+\def\process@line{\expandafter\process@@line\inline\relax\relax\@nil}
+\def\process@@line#1#2#3\@nil{%
+ \def\temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\temp\%
+ \def\temp{#1#2}%
+ \ifx\temp\@@percent\owrite\inline\fi
+ \else
+ \owrite\inline
+ \fi}
+
+\def\owrite#1{\immediate\write\@outfile{#1}}
+
+\def\mo#1{\catcode`#1=12\relax}
+\def\sanitize{\mo\ \mo\\\mo\$\mo\&\mo\#\mo\^\mo\_\mo\%\mo\~\mo\}\mo\{}
+
+\def\stripfile{%
+ \begingroup
+ \sanitize
+ \endlinechar-1
+ \flagtrue
+ \loop
+ \read\@infile to\inline
+ \ifeof\@infile\flagfalse\fi
+ \ifflag
+ \process@line
+ \repeat
+ \endgroup}
+
+\immediate\openout\@outfile\outfile\relax
+
+\owrite{\%\% This is file `\outfile' generated on
+ <\the\year/\the\month/\the\day>.}
+\owrite{\%\% The original source file was `\infile'.}
+\owrite{\%\%}
+
+\immediate\openin\@infile\infile\relax
+\stripfile
+\immediate\closein\@infile
+
+\owrite{\%\%}%
+\owrite{\%\% End of file `\outfile'.}%
+\immediate\closeout\@outfile
+
+\end
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-read.me b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-read.me
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7045f62ac1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/md-read.me
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+***********************************************************************
+**** "readme" file for multido.tex, v1.0, 92/09/28 ****
+***********************************************************************
+
+COPYRIGHT 1992, by Timothy Van Zandt, tvz@Princeton.EDU
+
+COPYING:
+
+ Copying of part or all of any file in the multido.tex distribution
+ is allowed under the following conditions only:
+
+ (1) You may freely distribute unchanged copies of the files. Please
+ include the documentation when you do so.
+ (2) You may modify a renamed copy of any file, but only for personal
+ use or use within an organization.
+ (3) You may copy fragments from the files, for personal use or for use
+ in a macro package for distribution, as long as credit is given
+ where credit is due.
+
+ You are NOT ALLOWED to take money for the distribution or use of
+ these files or modified versions or fragments thereof, except for
+ a nominal charge for copying etc.
+
+DESCRIPTION:
+
+ multido.tex contains a loop macro, \multido, that supports floating
+ point addition and has a nice interface. Among other things, it
+ is useful for pictures and putting numbers on axes. multido.tex
+ is compatible with most TeX macro packages.
+
+GETTING MULTIDO
+
+ The complete multido.tex distribution is available in .tar.Z form from
+ the /pub directory at Princeton.EDU. multido.tex is also available
+ at various TeX archives. However, all you really need is multido.tex
+ and md-doc.tex.
+
+FILES:
+
+ multido.tex: The stripped input file.
+ multido.sty: Same as multido.tex, but with .sty extension.
+ multido.doc: Documented code, from which multido.tex was extracted.
+ md-doc.dvi: Documentation, already typeset.
+ md-doc.tex: The LaTeX file from which md-doc.dvi was generated.
+ md-make.tex: For getting multido.tex from multido.doc.
+ md-read.me: This file.
+
+PRINTING THE DOCUMENTATION:
+
+ Pages 1-4 of md-doc.dvi are the User's Guide. Pages 5-12 are the
+ documentated code - probably not worth printing as there isn't much
+ documentation.
+
+ If this prints out OK for you, then you don't need to typeset md-doc.tex.
+
+INSTALLATION:
+
+ Put multido.tex and multido.sty where your TeX looks for inputs.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END md-read.me %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ce7f128aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,907 @@
+%\iffalse%%%%%%%%%%%%% BEGIN multido.doc %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\fileversion{1.2}
+\def\filedate{92/10/12}
+%
+% DESCRIPTION:
+% multido.tex/multido.sty contains a loop macro, \multido, that supports
+% fixed point addition and has a nice interface. Among other things, it
+% is useful for pictures and putting numbers on axes. multido.tex
+% is compatible with most TeX macro packages, including Plain TeX, LaTeX,
+% AmSTeX, and Ams-LaTeX.
+%
+% INSTALLATION:
+% This file can be used as the input file. However, stripped input files
+% will load faster. To extract these files and typeset the documentation,
+% uncomment this line:
+%{}\let\endinput\relax
+% Plus one or more of the next three lines:
+%{}\let\PrintUsage\relax % To typeset Usage Notes.
+%{}\let\PrintCode\relax % To typeset Usage Notes and code.
+%{}\let\ExtractFiles\relax % To extract stripped multido.tex/multido.sty.
+% (Each line should still begin with {})
+% To print Usage Notes and/or Code, you must use LaTeX.
+% To extract files only, you can use Plain TeX or LaTeX.
+% To typeset code, you must have Frank Mittelbach's doc.sty, preferably
+% v1.7k (or later?), and gind.ist to make an index with
+% makeindex -s gind.ist multido.idx , if desired.
+%
+% CHANGES:
+%
+% V1.1: Fixed bug in FPadd that gave wrong answer for, e.g., 3.4 + -0.2.
+%
+% V1.2: Make unit optional for dimension variables when using PSTricks.
+%
+%--------------------------- BEGIN DOCUMENTED CODE -------------------------
+%%
+%% File multido.tex, for use with Generic TeX.
+%%
+%% COPYRIGHT 1992, by Timothy Van Zandt, tvz@Princeton.EDU
+%%
+%% Copying of part or all of this file is allowed under the following
+%% conditions only:
+%% (1) You may freely distribute unchanged copies of the file. Please
+%% include the documentation when you do so.
+%% (2) You may modify a renamed copy of the file, but only for personal
+%% use or use within an organization.
+%% (3) You may copy fragments from the file, for personal use or for
+%% distribution, as long as credit is given where credit is due.
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to take money for the distribution or use of
+%% this file or modified versions or fragments thereof, except for
+%% a nominal charge for copying etc.
+%%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{528}
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+% Yes, the documentation is pretty scimpy.
+%
+% These macros use \TeX{} primitives, plus the Plain \TeX{} commands:
+% \begin{quote}
+% "\dimen@", "\dimen@i", "\count@", "\newcount", "\newtoks", "\@ne",
+% "\tw@", and "\@z@".
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% Check whether file has been loaded already.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\ifx\csname multido@\endcsname\relax\else
+ \expandafter\endinput
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Identify the file on the terminal:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\message{\space\space v\fileversion\space\space
+ \filedate\space\space <tvz>}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Take care of the catcode of "@":
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\edef\MultidoAtCode{\the\catcode`\@}
+\catcode`\@=11
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% These are some hacks borrowed from PSTricks, which are loaded if PSTricks is
+% not being used. "\@dimtonum" strips the value of "#1", a dimension register,
+% of the "pt", and assigns the result to "#2", a command sequence.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\expandafter\ifx\csname @pstrickserr\endcsname\relax
+ \def\@empty{}
+ \def\@nnil{\@nil}
+ \def\@dimtonum#1#2{\edef#2{\@@dimtonum#1}}
+ \def\@@dimtonum#1{\expandafter\@@@dimtonum\the#1}
+ {\let\@nnil\expandafter\catcode`\p=12\catcode`\t=12
+ \global\@nnil\def\csname @@@dimtonum\endcsname#1pt{#1}}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido@count,\multidocount}
+% "\multido@count" stores the number of repetitions. "\multidocount" keeps
+% track of the iteration. These are also used locally as scratch counters by
+% "\FPadd@".
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcount\multido@count
+\newcount\multidocount
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido@stuff}
+% "\multido@stuff" is used to store the \m{stuff} that is to be repeated.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newtoks\multido@stuff
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido,\mmultido,\Multido,\MMultido}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\multido{\multido@{}{\begingroup}{\endgroup}}
+\def\mmultido{\multido@{\multido@stepvar}{\begingroup}{\endgroup}}
+\def\Multido{\multido@{}{}{}}
+\def\MMultido{\multido@{\multido@stepvar}{}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido@}
+% "\multido@initvar" processes the variable declarations, initializing the
+% value of the variables and defining "\multido@stepvar" to increment the
+% variables with each repetition. "\multido@count" is set to the number of
+% repetitions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\multido@#1#2#3#4#5#6{%\
+ #2%
+ \multido@count=#5\relax
+ \def\multido@stepvar{}%
+ \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}%
+ \multido@initvar#4,\@nil,%
+ \let\do\noexpand
+ \edef\multido@stepvar{\multido@stepvar}%
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@\multido@count=-\multido@count\fi
+ \multidocount=1\relax
+ #1%
+ \multido@stuff{#6}%
+ \multido@loop
+ #3%
+ \ignorespaces}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido@loop}
+% "\multido@loop" does the repetition.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\multido@loop{%
+ \the\multido@stuff
+ \ifnum\multidocount<\multido@count
+ \advance\multidocount\@ne
+ \multido@stepvar
+ \expandafter\multido@loop
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multidostop}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\multidostop{\multidocount=\multido@count}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido@initvar,\multido@@initvar,\multido@getvartype}
+% "\multido@initvar" passes each variable declaration to "\multido@@initvar".
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\multido@badvar{%
+ \multido@count=0
+ \errhelp{\multido command will be skipped.}%
+ \errmessage{Bad \string\multido\space variable declaration}}
+\def\multido@initvar#1,{%
+ \def\multido@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\multido@temp\@nnil\else
+ \ifx\multido@temp\@empty\else
+ \multido@@initvar#1\@nil=+\@nil\relax
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\multido@initvar
+ \fi}
+\def\multido@@initvar#1=#2+#3\@nil#4\relax{%
+ \ifx\@empty#4\@empty
+ \multido@badvar
+ \else
+ \multido@vartype#1\@empty
+ \ifx\multido@temp\relax
+ \multido@badvar
+ \else
+ \multido@temp{#2}{#3}#1%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+\def\multido@vartype#1{%
+ \ifcat\noexpand\@nil\noexpand#1%
+ \expandafter\multido@@vartype\string#1\@nil
+ \else
+ \let\multido@temp\relax
+ \fi}
+\def\multido@@vartype#1#2#3\@nil{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\multido@temp
+ \csname multido@init@#2\endcsname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\MultidoCheckNames}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\MultidoCheckNames{%
+ \let\multido@@@vartype\multido@vartype
+ \def\multido@vartype##1{%
+ \ifx\undefined##1%
+ \multido@@@vartype{##1}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp{\multido command will be skipped.}%
+ \errmessage{Multido variable \string##1 already defined}%
+ \let\multido@temp\relax
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% For each variable type, we must now define "\multido@init"\m{vartype}. The
+% syntax of these macros is:
+% \begin{quote}\tt
+% "\multido@init@"\m{vartype}\M{initial value}\M{increment}\M{variable}
+% \end{quote}
+% and the outcome should be:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Set \m{variable} to the initial value.
+% \item Invoke "\multido@addtostep"\M{step stuff}, where \m{step stuff} is
+% whatever should be done to increment the variable. \M{step stuff} is
+% expanded first, with expansion suppressed by "\do".
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido@addtostep}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\multido@addtostep#1{\edef\multido@stepvar{\multido@stepvar#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido@init@d,\multido@init@D,\multido@step@d}
+% We start with the variable type for dimensions ("d", "D").
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\multido@init@d#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pssetlength\endcsname\relax
+ \dimen@=#1\relax\dimen@i=#2\relax
+ \else
+ \pssetlength\dimen@{#1}\pssetlength\dimen@i{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \edef#3{\number\dimen@ sp}%
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@\dimen@i=-\dimen@i\fi
+ \multido@addtostep{\do\multido@step@d{\do#3}{\number\dimen@i sp}}}
+\def\multido@step@d#1#2{%
+ \dimen@=#1\advance\dimen@#2
+ \edef#1{\number\dimen@ sp}}%
+\def\multido@init@D{\multido@init@d}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido@init@i,\multido@init@I,\multido@step@i}
+% Now the variable type for integers ("i", "I").
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\multido@init@i#1#2#3{%
+ \count@=#1\relax
+ \edef#3{\the\count@}%
+ \count@=#2\relax
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@\count@=-\count@\fi
+ \multido@addtostep{\do\multido@step@i{\do#3}{\the\count@}}}
+\def\multido@step@i#1#2{%
+ \count@=#1\advance\count@ by #2
+ \edef#1{\the\count@}}
+\def\multido@init@I{\multido@init@i}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido@init@r,\multido@init@R,\multido@step@r}
+% Now the variable type for reals ("r", "R").
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\multido@init@r#1#2#3{%
+ \dimen@=#1pt
+ \@dimtonum\dimen@#3%
+ \dimen@=#2pt
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@\dimen@=-\dimen@\fi
+ \multido@addtostep{\do\multido@step@r{\do#3}{\number\dimen@ sp}}}
+\def\multido@step@r#1#2{%
+ \dimen@=#1pt\advance\dimen@#2
+ \@dimtonum\dimen@#1}
+\def\multido@init@R{\multido@init@r}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\multido@init@n,\multido@step@n}
+% Now the variable type for numbers ("n", "N").
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\multido@init@n#1#2#3{%
+ \edef#3{#1}%
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@\expandafter\FPsub\else\expandafter\FPadd\fi
+ {0}{#2}\multido@temp
+ \multido@addtostep{\do\FPadd{\do#3}{\multido@temp}{\do#3}}}
+\def\multido@init@N{\multido@init@n}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FPadd,\FPsub}
+% Simple fixed-point addition couldn't be harder. "\dimen@" and "\dimen@i" are
+% used as scratch {\em counters} (to avoid creating a new counter). "\count@",
+% "\multido@count" and "\multidocount" are also used as scratch counters. %
+% This is probably pretty optimal, given the requirements that leading and
+% trailing spaces be OK in the arguments, and that there need not be any
+% numbers to the left of the decimal.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\FPadd#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\multido@temp{#1..\noexpand\@nil#2}%
+ \expandafter\FPadd@\multido@temp..\@nil
+ \let#3\multido@temp}
+\def\FPsub#1#2{%
+ \edef\multido@temp{\noexpand\FPsub@#2\noexpand\@empty}%
+ \FPadd{#1}{\multido@temp}}
+\def\FPsub@#1{\ifx-#1\else-#1\fi}
+\def\FPadd@#1.#2.#3\@nil#4.#5.#6\@nil{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\multido@temp{\let\next\relax}%
+ \let\next\z@
+ \afterassignment\multido@temp\count@=#1\next
+ \dimen@i=0#2sp\relax
+ \let\next\z@
+ \afterassignment\multido@temp\multido@count=#4\next
+ \multidocount=0#5\relax
+ \dimen@=\number\count@ sp
+ \count@=\@ne
+ \FPadd@@@#500000000\@nil
+ \ifnum#11<\z@
+ \count@=-\tw@
+ \dimen@=-\dimen@
+ \fi
+ \ifnum#41<\z@
+ \count@=-\count@
+ \multido@count=-\multido@count
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\count@>\z@
+ \advance\multido@count\dimen@
+ \advance\multidocount\dimen@i
+ \ifnum\multidocount<\multido@temp\relax
+ \advance\multidocount\multido@temp\relax
+ \else
+ \advance\multido@count\@ne
+ \fi
+ \advance\count@-3
+ \else
+ \advance\multido@count-\dimen@
+ \advance\multidocount-\dimen@i
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@
+ \multido@count=-\multido@count
+ \multidocount=-\multidocount
+ \advance\count@\@ne
+ \else
+ \ifnum\multido@count=\z@
+ \ifnum\multidocount<\z@
+ \multidocount=-\multidocount
+ \advance\count@\@ne
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\multidocount<\z@
+ \advance\multidocount\multido@temp
+ \advance\multido@count-\@ne
+ \fi
+ \advance\multidocount\multido@temp\relax
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\FPadd@@\the\multidocount\@empty\@nil
+ \endgroup}
+\def\FPadd@@#1#2#3\@nil{\xdef\multido@temp{%
+ \ifnum\count@=-1-\fi
+ \the\multido@count\ifx#2\@empty\else.#2#3\fi}}
+\def\FPadd@@@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9\@nil{\def\multido@temp{1#9}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\catcode`\@=\MultidoAtCode\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+% \Endinput
+%
+\endinput
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END DOCUMENTED CODE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\catcode`\@=11
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% INPUT FILE EXTRACTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\ifx\ExtractFiles\relax\else
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\*=0 *catcode`*\=12
+ *long*def*next#1\relax\relax\relax{*endgroup}
+ *def*do#1{*catcode`#1=12}*dospecials*expandafter*next*fi
+\fi
+
+\def\infile{multido.doc}
+\def\outfile{multido.tex}
+\def\styfile{multido.sty}
+
+\newread\Infile
+\newwrite\Outfile
+
+\def\typeout{\immediate\write16}
+\newif\ifflag
+\def\CheckOK#1#2+{\ifx#1y\flagtrue\else\flagfalse\fi}
+
+\def\CheckFile#1{%
+ \typeout{}
+ \typeout{Preparing to make file `#1'.}
+ \immediate\openin1=#1\relax
+ \ifeof1\else
+ \typeout{%
+ File `#1' exists and will be overwritten if in current directory!!!}
+ \fi
+ \typeout{Make `#1'? (y=yes, n=no)}
+ \read16 to\OK
+ \expandafter\CheckOK\OK+}
+
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\{=12
+ \catcode`\}=12
+ \catcode`\(=1
+ \catcode`\)=2
+ \catcode`\%=12
+ \gdef\%(%)
+ \gdef\Percent(%%)
+ \gdef\Braces({})
+\endgroup
+
+\def\temp#1{}
+\edef\Endinput{\expandafter\temp\string\\endinput}
+
+\def\ProcessLine{\expandafter\ProcessLINE\inline\relax\relax\nil}
+\def\ProcessLINE#1#2#3\nil{%
+ \def\tempa{#1}%
+ \def\tempb{#1#2}%
+ \ifx\tempa\%
+ \ifx\tempb\Percent\owrite\inline\fi
+ \else
+ \ifx\tempb\Braces\else\owrite\inline\fi
+ \fi}
+
+\def\owrite#1{\immediate\write\Outfile{#1}}
+
+\def\stripfile{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12\relax}
+ \dospecials
+ \endlinechar-1
+ \flagtrue
+ \loop
+ \read\Infile to\inline
+ \ifx\inline\Endinput\flagfalse\fi
+ \ifeof\Infile\flagfalse\fi
+ \ifflag
+ \ProcessLine
+ \repeat
+ \endgroup}
+
+\CheckFile{\outfile}
+
+\ifflag
+ \immediate\openout\Outfile\outfile\relax
+
+ \owrite{\%\% This is file `\outfile' generated on
+ \the\year/\the\month/\the\day.}
+ \owrite{\%\% The original source file was `\infile'.}
+ \owrite{\%\%}
+
+ \immediate\openin\Infile\infile\relax
+ \stripfile
+ \immediate\closein\Infile
+
+ \owrite{\Endinput}
+ \owrite{\%\%}
+ \owrite{\%\% End of file `\outfile'.}
+ \immediate\closeout\Outfile
+\fi
+
+\expandafter\ifx\csname styfile\endcsname\relax\flagfalse\else
+ \CheckFile{\styfile}
+\fi
+
+\ifflag
+ \immediate\openout\Outfile\styfile\relax
+ \immediate\write\Outfile{\string\input\space \outfile}
+ \immediate\write\Outfile{\Endinput}
+ \immediate\closeout\Outfile
+\fi
+\relax\relax\relax
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END INPUT FILE EXTRACTION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\ifx\PrintUsage\relax
+ \let\next\relax
+\else
+ \ifx\PrintCode\relax
+ \let\next\relax
+ \else
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @latexerr\endcsname\relax
+ \let\next\end\else\let\next\@@end
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+\next
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% BEGIN PREAMBLE FOR DOCUMENATION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%%
+\let\FileVersion\fileversion
+\let\FileDate\filedate
+%%
+\documentstyle[12pt]{article}
+\makeatletter
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DOC? STUFF %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Check whether doc.sty has been input. If not, code won't be printed.
+%% \CodeLineIndex can only be used in preamble. Other code-specific
+%% preamble stuff has been left to the end of this file.
+%%
+\ifx\PrintCode\relax\@input{doc.sty}\CodelineIndex\else
+ \def\StopEventually{\end{document}}
+\fi
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PAGE PARAMETERS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} % paragraph indent
+\setlength{\parskip}{4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}
+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{4pc}
+\setlength{\evensidemargin}{4pc}
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-2.5pc}
+\setlength{\headheight}{12pt} % height of running head
+\setlength{\headsep}{20pt} % distance between header and text
+\setlength{\textheight}{54pc} % height of text on page
+\setlength{\textwidth}{35pc} % total width of a page
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% VERBATIM %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% This is good for examples, using \verb or whatever explicitly.
+\def\Ex{\quote\tt}
+\def\endEx{\endquote}
+%%
+%% In the verbatim environment, \trivlist is changed to \list, so that
+%% verbatim code is offset from the left margin.
+%%
+\def\@verbatim{%
+ \list{}{} \item[]%
+ \leftskip\@totalleftmargin\rightskip\z@
+ \parindent\z@\parfillskip\@flushglue
+ \@@par\leavevmode\parskip=\z@
+ \def\par{\leavevmode\null\@@par}%
+ \obeylines
+ \let\do\@makeother \dospecials\catcode`\>=14\tt}
+\def\endverbatim{\endlist}
+%%
+\def\m#1{{\rm\it #1}} % For just putting things in italics (m=>meta>)
+\def\M#1{{\tt\{}\m{#1}{\tt\}}} % Argument is in italic, enclosed in tt braces.
+\def\N#1{{\tt\string#1}} % For in-line macro names
+\catcode`\>=13\def>{} % Now we can write \LaTeX> without problem.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% SECTIONS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Section headings use customizable fonts, leave less space above
+%% and below, and may overhang on left.
+%%
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\sechang}{-3ex plus -1ex
+ minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\secfont}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\subsechang}{-2.75ex plus -1ex
+ minus -.2ex}{1.25ex plus .2ex}{\subsecfont}}
+\newdimen\sechang
+\newdimen\subsechang
+\sechang=-.6in
+\subsechang=-.375in
+\def\secfont{\Large\bf} % Section headings
+\def\subsecfont{\tt\large} % Subsection heading
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DATES, VERSIONS AND TITLES %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\def\expanddate#1/#2/#3/{\number#3{} \month=#2 \ifcase\month\or
+ January \or February \or March \or April \or May \or June \or
+ July \or August \or September \or October \or November \or December \fi
+ 19#1}
+\def\thefiledate{\expandafter\expanddate\FileDate/}
+\date{Version \FileVersion\\ \thefiledate}
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \null
+ \begin{center}
+ {\Large\bf \@title \par}
+ \vskip 1.2em {\lineskip .5em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author\end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip .8em {\@date}%
+ \end{center}
+ \par
+ \vskip .5em}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% PAGE STYLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+\markright{Documentation for multido.tex \hfill
+ v.\FileVersion\hskip 1em \thefiledate\hfill}%
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END PREAMBLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\catcode`\"=13
+\def"{\verb"}
+\catcode`\@=12
+\begin{document}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\title{Documentation for multido.tex:\\[2pt]
+ A loop macro for Generic \protect\TeX}
+\author{Timothy Van Zandt%
+ \thanks{Author's address: Department of Economics, Princeton University,
+ Princeton, NJ 08544-1021, USA. Internet: {\tt tvz@Princeton.EDU}}}
+\maketitle
+
+
+\section{Usage notes}
+
+ "multido.tex"/"multido.sty" contains the \N\multido> macro, which is a loop
+facility for Generic TeX. This macro happens to be useful for drawing
+pictures, and was originally developed for the PSTricks
+package,\footnote{PSTricks is an extensive collection of PostScript-based
+macros for Generic TeX. It is available from the /pub directory at
+Princeton.EDU, and \TeX> archives.} but you can use it for other purposes as
+well.
+
+ A special feature is support of fixed-point addition. For example, PSTricks
+uses the \N\multido> to put numbers on axes, much like in the following
+\LaTeX> example:
+\begin{verbatim}>
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+\small
+\begin{picture}(8,1)(0,-.5)
+\put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}}
+\multido{\i=0+1,\n=0+0.25}{8}{%
+ \put(\i,-.1){\line(0,1){.2}}
+ \put(\i,-.2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\n}}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{center}\leavevmode
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+\small
+\begin{picture}(8,1)(0,-.5)
+\put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}}
+\multido{\i=0+1,\n=0+0.25}{8}{%
+ \put(\i,-.1){\line(0,1){.2}}
+ \put(\i,-.2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\n}}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{center}
+
+The general syntax for \N\multido> is:
+\begin{Ex}
+"\multido"\M{variables}\M{repetitions}\M{stuff}
+\end{Ex}
+ \m{stuff} is whatever you want repeated; it can be any balanced \TeX{} input.
+\m{repetitions} is the number times \m{stuff} is repeated.
+
+ The first argument is the interesting one. \m{variables} is a comma-separated
+list of variable declarations.\footnote{Don't use commas to mark the decimal
+point within the \protect\m{variables} argument, as they will be confused for
+delimiters.} Each variable declaration is of the form:
+\begin{center}\em
+ variable "=" initial value "+" increment
+\end{center}
+ \m{variable} is a command sequence that can be used in \m{stuff}. It is
+initially set to {\em initial value}, and is then incremented by {\em
+increment} with each repetition.
+
+ The first letter of the variable name determines the variable type. There are
+four variable types:
+\begin{description}
+ \item[Dimension (d or D)] The initial value and the increment should be
+dimensions (lengths, in \LaTeX> parlance). The substitution text is a
+dimension, with "sp" units. E.g., "\dx=4cm+5pt".\footnote{For PSTricks users,
+the unit is optional.}
+
+ \item[Number (n or N)] The initial value and increment should be integers or
+numbers with the same number of digits to the right of the decimal. The one
+exception is that it is always OK for the initial value to be an integer.
+There can be at most 8 digits on each side of the decimal. The substitution
+text is a number, with fixed-point addition. E.g., "\n=3+7.05",
+"\Nx=5.30+-1.25".
+
+ \item[Integer (i or I)] The initial value and increment should be integers.
+This gives the same result as using a number variable, but it is faster. E.g.,
+"\I=2+-1".
+
+ \item[Real (r or R)] The initial value and increment should be integers or
+numbers with at most 4 digits on each side of the decimal. The substitution
+text is a number, but with floating point addition and occasional small
+errors. This gives a less satisfactory result than using a number variable,
+but it is faster. E.g., "\ry=4.2+1.05".
+\end{description}
+
+ Here are some examples that illustrate how the substitution text is
+determined:
+\begin{quote}
+"\multido{}{10}{\TeX\ }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{}{10}{\TeX\ }{}\\[8pt]
+"\multido{\d=2pt+3pt}{5}{\d, }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{\d=2pt+3pt}{5}{\d, }{}\\[8pt]
+"\multido{\n=2+3}{10}{\n, }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{\n=2+3}{10}{\n, }{}\\[8pt]
+"\multido{\i=2+-3}{10}{\i, }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{\i=2+-3}{10}{\i, }{}\\[8pt]
+"\multido{\r=2+3.05}{6}{\r, }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{\r=2+3.05}{6}{\r, }{}\\[8pt]
+"\multido{\n=2.00+-3.05}{8}{\n, }"\\[3pt]
+\hbox to 2em{}\multido{\n=2.00+-3.05}{8}{\n, }{}
+\end{quote}
+
+Here are some details about the choice of names:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Your computer won't explode if you use names that conflict with \TeX>
+internal commands, but you might want to check name conflicts if you get
+inexplicable errors. The command "\MultidoCheckNames" can be useful in this
+case. It causes \N\multido> to report an error whenever you use a variable
+name that is already defined. But see the next item.
+ \item The whole \N\multido> loop is grouped. This means, e.g., that although
+"\i" is a Plain \TeX{} command sequence (giving a dotless ``\i''), you can use
+the variable "\i" if you do not use any dotless i's in \m{stuff} (and if you
+do not use "\MultidoCheckNames").
+\end{itemize}
+
+Here are a few more details:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \N\Multido> commands can be nested.
+ \item Spaces after a \N\multido> command are ignored. This makes \N\multido>
+more hospitable for pictures.
+ \item Spaces between the various parts of the \m{variables} argument are
+ignored.
+\end{itemize}
+
+ And finally here a few special features, some of which are of interest mainly
+macro writers and other \TeX nicians:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item The material that is repeated is not grouped, so that you can insert
+your own recursive routines.
+ \item There is a variant, "\mmultido", which works just like "\multido"
+except that the variables are all incremented once before starting.
+ \item There are variants, "\Multido" and "\MMultido" of "\multido" and
+"\mmultido", resp., that do not group the whole loop. This can be useful,
+e.g., for making entries in an alignment environment. However, these cannot be
+nested within any "\multido" macro.
+ \item If the number of repetitions is a negative number, the variables are
+incremented backwards.
+ \item The count register "\multidocount" keeps track of the number of current
+iteration.
+ \item The command "\multidostop" causes the "\multido" loop to quit at the
+end of the current iteration.
+\item Fixed point addition is performed by \N\FPadd> and \N\FPsub:
+\begin{Ex}
+"\FPadd"\M{num1}\M{num2}\M{\string\cs}\\
+"\FPsub"\M{num1}\M{num2}\M{\string\cs}
+\end{Ex}
+ \m{num2}\/ is added to or subtracted from \m{num1}, and the answers is stored
+in the command sequence given as the third argument. The rules about decimals
+and so on that apply to number variables apply here as well. E.g., after
+\begin{Ex}
+ "\FPsub{1.75}{-0.15}{\answer}"
+\end{Ex}
+the definition of "\answer" is 1.90.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\clearpage
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% STOP HERE IF DOC.STY NOT INPUT%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\StopEventually{}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% BEGIN CODE-SPECIFIC PREAMBLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\catcode`\@=11
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% CHANGE TO MACRO ENVIRONMENTS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% A change to the doc.sty's macro environment.
+%% Prints macro names like subsections, instead of as marginal notes.
+%% Argument is comma separated list of macro names.
+%% No nested macro environments.
+%%
+%% WHY: Don't need as many \begin{macro} ... \end{macro}.
+%% Works even there isn't anything between \begin{macro} and
+%% \begin{macrocode}.
+%%
+\newif\iffirst@macroname
+\newif\ifnestedmacro
+\def\macro{%
+ \ifnum\macro@level=\z@
+ \def\next{\MakePrivateLetters \m@cro@}%
+ \else
+ \def\next{\@latexerr{Nested \string\begin{macro}}\@eha
+ \endgroup\end{macro}\macro@level=\z@\begin{macro}}
+ \fi
+ \next}
+\def\m@cro@#1{%
+ \first@macronametrue
+ \m@@cro@@#1,\@nil,}
+\def\m@@cro@@#1,{%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}\def\@tempb{\@nil}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb
+ \let\next\finishm@@cro@@
+ \else
+ {\advance\c@CodelineNo\@ne\SpecialMainIndex{#1}\nobreak}%
+ \DoNotIndex{#1}%
+ \iffirst@macroname
+ \edef\saved@macronames{\string#1}%
+ \first@macronamefalse
+ \else
+ \def\comma{\noexpand\comma}%
+ \edef\saved@macronames{\saved@macronames\comma\string#1}%
+ \fi
+ \let\next\m@@cro@@
+ \fi
+ \next}
+\def\finishm@@cro@@{%
+ \advance\macro@level\@ne
+ \def\comma{{\rm, }}%
+ \subsection*{\tt\saved@macronames}}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% DO NOT INDEX %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\DoNotIndex{\ ,\!,\[,\\,\],\^,\`,\{,\},\~}
+\DoNotIndex{\@ifundefined,\@namedef,\@spaces,\@tempa,\@tempb}
+\DoNotIndex{\@warning,\active}
+\DoNotIndex{\begingroup,\catcode,\char,\csname,\def,\do}
+\DoNotIndex{\docdate,\dospecials,\edef,\else,\endcsname,\endgroup}
+\DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\filedate,\fileversion}
+\DoNotIndex{\gdef,\if,\ifcat}
+\DoNotIndex{\ifx,\immediate,\lccode,\let}
+\DoNotIndex{\lowercase,\next,\noexpand}
+\DoNotIndex{\relax,\space,\the}
+\DoNotIndex{\toks@,\count@,\dimen@,\dimen@ii}
+\DoNotIndex{\theatcode,\string,\t,\@empty,\@nil,\@nnil,\advance}
+\DoNotIndex{\dimen@i,\@,\endinput,\errhelp,\errmessage,\global,ifnum}
+\DoNotIndex{\p,\number,\newtoks,\ignorespaces,\message,\multido@temp}
+\DoNotIndex{\newcount,\xdef,\z@,\@ne,\tw@,\number,\undefined,\ifnum}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% OTHER DOC PARAMETERS %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} % two column index;
+
+%\DisableCrossrefs
+\EnableCrossrefs
+
+\IndexPrologue{This index is only for the documented code. Underlined numbers refer roughly to the line number of the entry's definition, and all others indicate code lines where it is used.}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END CODE-SPECIFIC PREAMBLE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+\catcode`\@=12
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\section{Documented code}
+
+\def\Endinput{\clearpage\PrintIndex\end{document}}
+
+\DocInput{multido.doc}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END DOCUMENTATION %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END multido.doc %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.readme b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.readme
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e99bf86a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.readme
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+From: tvz@zandtwerk.Princeton.EDU
+Newsgroups: comp.text.tex
+Date: 21 Oct 92 19:12:29 GMT
+Organization: Princeton University
+Nntp-Posting-Host: zandtwerk.princeton.edu
+
+(This is a repost. The previously posted file had lines exceeeding 78
+characters.)
+
+Appended is v1.2 of multido.tex/multido.sty. v1.1 fixed a bug in
+fixed-point addition, and v1.2 made the unit optional for dimension
+variables when used with PSTricks. The version distributed with v0.92
+of PSTricks is v1.1.
+
+The appended file is called multido.doc. It can be used as the input
+file without modification, but it can also be used to extract stripped
+input files and to print the documentation.
+
+Tim
+---
+Timothy Van Zandt (609)258-4050 tvz@Princeton.EDU (NeXTMail)
+Dept. of Economics, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ 08544
+
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da78169679
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+\input multido.tex
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45c86505df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/multido/multido.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,563 @@
+%%% Save file as: MULTIDO.TEX/MULTIDO.STY Source: FILESERV@SHSU.BITNET
+%%% NOTE: The documentation for this TeX macro/LaTeX style option appears
+%%% in multido.doc, a LaTeX file which follows \endinput
+%%% The following checksum includes all SHSU-generated topmatter
+%%% checksum = "61709 563 2028 19405"
+%% BEGIN multido.tex/multido.sty
+%%
+\def\fileversion{1.3}
+\def\filedate{92/11/06}
+%%
+%% COPYRIGHT 1992, by Timothy Van Zandt, tvz@Princeton.EDU
+%%
+%% DESCRIPTION:
+%% multido.tex/multido.sty contains a loop macro, \multido, that supports
+%% fixed-point addition and has a nice interface. Among other things, it
+%% is useful for pictures and putting numbers on axes. multido.tex
+%% is compatible with most TeX macro packages, including Plain TeX, LaTeX,
+%% AmSTeX, and Ams-LaTeX.
+%%
+%% INSTALLATION:
+%% Put this file where your TeX looks for inputs, under the name multido.tex.
+%% Name a copy multido.sty to use as a LaTeX style option, or create a file
+%% multido.sty with the lines:
+%% \input multido.tex
+%% \endinput
+%%
+%% DOCUMENTATION:
+%% See multido.doc, which might be appended to this file.
+%%
+%% COPYING:
+%% Copying of part or all of this file is allowed under the following
+%% conditions only:
+%% (1) You may freely distribute unchanged copies of the file. Please
+%% include the documentation when you do so.
+%% (2) You may modify a renamed copy of the file, but only for personal
+%% use or use within an organization.
+%% (3) You may copy fragments from the file, for personal use or for
+%% distribution, as long as credit is given where credit is due.
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to take money for the distribution or use of
+%% this file or modified versions or fragments thereof, except for
+%% a nominal charge for copying etc.
+%%
+%% CODE:
+% These macros use TeX primitives, plus the Plain TeX commands:
+% \dimen@, \dimen@i, \count@, \newcount, \newtoks, \@ne, \tw@, \@z@.
+%
+% Check if file is loaded, announce file on terminal, and take care of @:
+%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname multido@\endcsname\relax\else\expandafter\endinput\fi
+\message{\space\space v\fileversion\space\space\filedate\space\space <tvz>}
+\edef\MultidoAtCode{\the\catcode`\@}\catcode`\@=11
+%
+% These are some hacks borrowed from PSTricks, which are loaded if PSTricks is
+% not being used. "\@dimtonum" strips the value of "#1", a dimension register,
+% of the "pt", and assigns the result to "#2", a command sequence.
+%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname @pstrickserr\endcsname\relax
+ \def\@empty{}
+ \def\@nnil{\@nil}
+ \def\@dimtonum#1#2{\edef#2{\@@dimtonum#1}}
+ \def\@@dimtonum#1{\expandafter\@@@dimtonum\the#1}
+ {\let\@nnil\expandafter\catcode`\p=12\catcode`\t=12
+ \global\@nnil\def\csname @@@dimtonum\endcsname#1pt{#1}}
+\fi
+%
+% "\multido@count" stores the number of repetitions. "\multidocount" keeps
+% track of the iteration. These are also used locally as scratch counters by
+% "\FPadd@". "\multido@stuff" is used to store the <stuff> that is to be
+% repeated.
+%
+\newcount\multido@count
+\newcount\multidocount
+\newtoks\multido@stuff
+%
+\def\multido{\multido@{}{\begingroup}{\endgroup}}
+\def\mmultido{\multido@{\multido@stepvar}{\begingroup}{\endgroup}}
+\def\Multido{\multido@{}{}{}}
+\def\MMultido{\multido@{\multido@stepvar}{}{}}
+%
+% "\multido@initvar" processes the variable declarations, initializing the
+% value of the variables and defining "\multido@stepvar" to increment the
+% variables with each repetition. "\multido@count" is set to the number of
+% repetitions.
+%
+\long\def\multido@#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ #2%
+ \multido@count=#5\relax
+ \ifnum\multido@count=\z@\else\multido@@{#1}{#4}{#6}\fi
+ #3%
+ \ignorespaces}
+\def\multido@@#1#2#3{%
+ \def\multido@stepvar{}%
+ \def\do{\noexpand\do\noexpand}%
+ \multido@initvar#2,\@nil,%
+ \let\do\noexpand
+ \edef\multido@stepvar{\multido@stepvar}%
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@\multido@count=-\multido@count\fi
+ \multidocount=1\relax
+ #1%
+ \multido@stuff{#3}%
+ \multido@loop}
+\def\multido@loop{%
+ \the\multido@stuff
+ \ifnum\multidocount<\multido@count
+ \advance\multidocount\@ne
+ \multido@stepvar
+ \expandafter\multido@loop
+ \fi}
+\def\multidostop{\multidocount=\multido@count}
+\def\multido@badvar{%
+ \multido@count=0
+ \errhelp{\multido command will be skipped.}%
+ \errmessage{Bad \string\multido\space variable declaration}}
+\def\multido@initvar#1,{%
+ \def\multido@temp{#1}%
+ \ifx\multido@temp\@nnil\else
+ \ifx\multido@temp\@empty\else
+ \multido@@initvar#1\@nil=+\@nil\relax
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\multido@initvar
+ \fi}
+\def\multido@@initvar#1=#2+#3\@nil#4\relax{%
+ \ifx\@empty#4\@empty
+ \multido@badvar
+ \else
+ \multido@vartype#1\@empty
+ \ifx\multido@temp\relax
+ \multido@badvar
+ \else
+ \multido@temp{#2}{#3}#1%
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+\def\multido@vartype#1{%
+ \ifcat\noexpand\@nil\noexpand#1%
+ \expandafter\multido@@vartype\string#1\@nil
+ \else
+ \let\multido@temp\relax
+ \fi}
+\def\multido@@vartype#1#2#3\@nil{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\multido@temp
+ \csname multido@init@#2\endcsname}
+\def\MultidoCheckNames{%
+ \let\multido@@@vartype\multido@vartype
+ \def\multido@vartype##1{%
+ \ifx\undefined##1%
+ \multido@@@vartype{##1}%
+ \else
+ \errhelp{\multido command will be skipped.}%
+ \errmessage{Multido variable \string##1 already defined}%
+ \let\multido@temp\relax
+ \fi}}
+%
+% For each variable type, we must now define \multido@init<vartype>. The
+% syntax of these macros is:
+%
+% \multido@init@<vartype>{initial value}{increment}{variable}
+%
+% and the outcome should be:
+%
+% 1. Set <variable> to the initial value.
+% 2. Invoke \multido@addtostep{step stuff}, where <step stuff> is whatever
+% should be done to increment the variable. <step stuff> is expanded first,
+% with expansion suppressed by "\do".
+%
+\def\multido@addtostep#1{\edef\multido@stepvar{\multido@stepvar#1}}
+%
+% Variable type for dimensions ("d", "D"):
+%
+\def\multido@init@d#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname pssetlength\endcsname\relax
+ \dimen@=#1\relax\dimen@i=#2\relax
+ \else
+ \pssetlength\dimen@{#1}\pssetlength\dimen@i{#2}%
+ \fi
+ \edef#3{\number\dimen@ sp}%
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@\dimen@i=-\dimen@i\fi
+ \multido@addtostep{\do\multido@step@d{\do#3}{\number\dimen@i sp}}}
+\def\multido@step@d#1#2{%
+ \dimen@=#1\advance\dimen@#2
+ \edef#1{\number\dimen@ sp}}%
+\def\multido@init@D{\multido@init@d}
+%
+% Variable type for integers ("i", "I"):
+%
+\def\multido@init@i#1#2#3{%
+ \count@=#1\relax
+ \edef#3{\the\count@}%
+ \count@=#2\relax
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@\count@=-\count@\fi
+ \multido@addtostep{\do\multido@step@i{\do#3}{\the\count@}}}
+\def\multido@step@i#1#2{%
+ \count@=#1\advance\count@ by #2
+ \edef#1{\the\count@}}
+\def\multido@init@I{\multido@init@i}
+%
+% Variable type for reals ("r", "R").
+%
+\def\multido@init@r#1#2#3{%
+ \dimen@=#1pt
+ \@dimtonum\dimen@#3%
+ \dimen@=#2pt
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@\dimen@=-\dimen@\fi
+ \multido@addtostep{\do\multido@step@r{\do#3}{\number\dimen@ sp}}}
+\def\multido@step@r#1#2{%
+ \dimen@=#1pt\advance\dimen@#2
+ \@dimtonum\dimen@#1}
+\def\multido@init@R{\multido@init@r}
+%
+% Variable type for numbers ("n", "N").
+%
+\def\multido@init@n#1#2#3{%
+ \edef#3{#1}%
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@\expandafter\FPsub\else\expandafter\FPadd\fi
+ {0}{#2}\multido@temp
+ \multido@addtostep{\do\FPadd{\do#3}{\multido@temp}{\do#3}}}
+\def\multido@init@N{\multido@init@n}
+%
+% Simple fixed-point addition couldn't be harder. "\dimen@" and "\dimen@i" are
+% used as scratch {\em counters} (to avoid creating a new counter). "\count@",
+% "\multido@count" and "\multidocount" are also used as scratch counters.
+%
+% This is probably pretty close to optimal, given the requirements that
+% leading and trailing spaces be OK in the arguments, and that there need not
+% be any numbers to the left of the decimal.
+%
+\def\FPadd#1#2#3{%
+ \edef\multido@temp{#1..\noexpand\@nil#2}%
+ \expandafter\FPadd@\multido@temp..\@nil
+ \let#3\multido@temp}
+\def\FPsub#1#2{%
+ \edef\multido@temp{\noexpand\FPsub@#2\noexpand\@empty}%
+ \FPadd{#1}{\multido@temp}}
+\def\FPsub@#1{\ifx-#1\else-#1\fi}
+\def\FPadd@#1.#2.#3\@nil#4.#5.#6\@nil{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\multido@temp{\let\next\relax}%
+ \let\next\z@
+ \afterassignment\multido@temp\count@=#1\next
+ \dimen@i=0#2sp\relax
+ \let\next\z@
+ \afterassignment\multido@temp\multido@count=#4\next
+ \multidocount=0#5\relax
+ \dimen@=\number\count@ sp
+ \count@=\@ne
+ \FPadd@@@#500000000\@nil
+ \ifnum#11<\z@
+ \count@=-\tw@
+ \dimen@=-\dimen@
+ \fi
+ \ifnum#41<\z@
+ \count@=-\count@
+ \multido@count=-\multido@count
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\count@>\z@
+ \advance\multido@count\dimen@
+ \advance\multidocount\dimen@i
+ \ifnum\multidocount<\multido@temp\relax
+ \advance\multidocount\multido@temp\relax
+ \else
+ \advance\multido@count\@ne
+ \fi
+ \advance\count@-3
+ \else
+ \advance\multido@count-\dimen@
+ \advance\multidocount-\dimen@i
+ \ifnum\multido@count<\z@
+ \multido@count=-\multido@count
+ \multidocount=-\multidocount
+ \advance\count@\@ne
+ \else
+ \ifnum\multido@count=\z@
+ \ifnum\multidocount<\z@
+ \multidocount=-\multidocount
+ \advance\count@\@ne
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\multidocount<\z@
+ \advance\multidocount\multido@temp
+ \advance\multido@count-\@ne
+ \fi
+ \advance\multidocount\multido@temp\relax
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\FPadd@@\the\multidocount\@empty\@nil
+ \endgroup}
+\def\FPadd@@#1#2#3\@nil{\xdef\multido@temp{%
+ \ifnum\count@=-1-\fi
+ \the\multido@count\ifx#2\@empty\else.#2#3\fi}}
+\def\FPadd@@@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9\@nil{\def\multido@temp{1#9}}
+%
+\catcode`\@=\MultidoAtCode\relax
+\endinput
+%% END multido.tex/multido.sty
+
+%% BEGIN multido.doc
+%%
+%% Documentation for multido.tex/multido.sty.
+%% Run through LaTeX, with or without the NFSS.
+%%
+%% If you find this file appended to multido.tex, copy it to a separate file
+%% or simply add "\let\endinput\relax" to the beginning of multido.tex.
+%%
+\documentstyle[12pt]{article}
+\input multido.tex
+
+\makeatletter
+
+%% PAGE PARAMETERS:
+\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} % paragraph indent
+\setlength{\parskip}{4pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}
+\setlength{\topmargin}{-2.5pc}
+\setlength{\headheight}{12pt} % height of running head
+\setlength{\headsep}{30pt} % distance between header and text
+\setlength{\textheight}{54pc} % height of text on page
+%%
+%% DATES, VERSIONS AND TITLES:
+%%
+\def\expanddate#1/#2/#3/{\year=19#1 \month=#2 \day=#3}
+\begingroup
+ \expandafter\expanddate\filedate/
+ \xdef\thefiledate{\today}
+\endgroup
+\date{Version \fileversion\\ \thefiledate}
+\def\@maketitle{%
+ \begin{center}
+ {\Large\bf \@title \par}
+ \vskip 1.2em {\lineskip .5em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author\end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip .8em {\@date}%
+ \end{center}
+ \par
+ \vskip .5em}
+%%
+%% PAGE STYLE:
+%%
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+\markright{Documentation for multido.tex \hfill
+ v.\fileversion\hskip 1em \thefiledate\hfill}%
+%%
+%% VERBATIM:
+%%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12
+ \catcode`\(=1 \catcode`\)=2
+ \catcode`\+=0 \catcode`\\=12
+ +gdef+|(\) % \| = character \
+ +gdef+{({) % \{ = character {
+ +gdef+}(}) % \} = character }
++endgroup
+\def\Backslash{\protect\|}
+%%
+%% Define some functional font commands:
+%%
+\def\MainFont{\tt} % For macro definitions.
+\def\UsageFont{\tt} % For in-line macro names.
+\def\InlineFont{\tt} % For other in-line snipets of code.
+\def\MetaFont{\rm\it} % For meta arguments.
+%%
+%% Short-cuts for font commands:
+%%
+\def\s#1{\string#1}
+\def\t#1{{\InlineFont\string#1}} % For other in-line code.
+\def\m#1{{\MetaFont #1\/}} % For just putting things in italics
+\def\M#1{{\InlineFont\{\m{#1}\}}} % Arg is in italic, enclosed in tt braces.
+\let\N\t % For in-line macro names.
+\catcode`\<=13 \def<#1>{\m{#1}} % <meta>
+%%
+%% This is for listing macro definitions in a quote-like environment.
+%%
+\begingroup
+ \catcode`\[=1 \catcode`\]=2
+ \catcode`\{=13 \catcode`\}=12
+ \gdef\@MD[%
+ \catcode`\{=13 \catcode`\}=12
+ \def{##1}[\{[\MetaFont ##1]\}]]
+\endgroup
+\def\MD{%
+ \quote
+ \begingroup
+ \@MD
+ \def\end{\endgroup\end}%
+ \def\\{\@centercr\s}%
+ \MainFont
+ \s}
+\def\endMD{\endquote}
+%%
+%% END PREAMBLE:
+%%
+\catcode`\"=13
+\def"{\verb"}
+\catcode`\@=12
+\begin{document}
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\title{Documentation for multido.tex:\\[2pt]
+ A loop macro for Generic \protect\TeX}
+\author{Timothy Van Zandt%
+ \thanks{Author's address: Department of Economics, Princeton University,
+ Princeton, NJ 08544-1021, USA. Internet: {\tt tvz@Princeton.EDU}}}
+\maketitle
+
+ "multido.tex"/"multido.sty" contains the \N\multido\ macro, which is a loop
+facility for Generic TeX. This macro happens to be useful for drawing
+pictures, and was originally developed for the PSTricks
+package,\footnote{PSTricks is an extensive collection of PostScript-based
+macros for Generic TeX. It is available from the /pub directory at
+Princeton.EDU, and \TeX\ archives.} but you can use it for other purposes as
+well.
+
+ A special feature is support of fixed-point addition. For example, PSTricks
+uses the \N\multido\ to put numbers on axes, much like in the following
+\LaTeX\ example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+ \small
+ \begin{picture}(8,1)(0,-.5)
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}}
+ \multido{\i=0+1,\n=0+0.25}{8}{%
+ \put(\i,-.1){\line(0,1){.2}}
+ \put(\i,-.2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\n}}}
+ \end{picture}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{center}
+ \setlength{\unitlength}{1cm}
+ \small
+ \begin{picture}(8,1)(0,-.5)
+ \put(0,0){\vector(1,0){8}}
+ \multido{\i=0+1,\n=0+0.25}{8}{%
+ \put(\i,-.1){\line(0,1){.2}}
+ \put(\i,-.2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\n}}}
+ \end{picture}
+\end{center}
+
+The general syntax for \N\multido\ is:
+\begin{MD}
+ \multido{variables}{repetitions}{stuff}
+\end{MD}
+ <stuff> is whatever you want repeated; it can be any balanced \TeX\ input.
+<repetitions> is the number times <stuff> is repeated.
+
+ The first argument is the interesting one. <variables> is a comma-separated
+list of variable declarations.\footnote{Don't use commas to mark the decimal
+point within the \protect<variables> argument, as they will be confused for
+delimiters.} Each variable declaration is of the form:
+\begin{center}\tt
+ <variable> = <initial value> + <increment>
+\end{center}
+ <variable> is a command sequence that can be used in <stuff>. It is initially
+set to <initial value>, and is then incremented by <increment> with each
+repetition.
+
+ The first letter of the variable name determines the variable type. There are
+four variable types:
+\begin{description}
+ \item[Dimension (d or D)] The initial value and the increment should be
+dimensions (lengths, in \LaTeX\ parlance). The substitution text is a
+dimension, with "sp" units. E.g., "\dx=4cm+5pt".\footnote{For PSTricks users,
+the unit is optional.}
+
+ \item[Number (n or N)] The initial value and increment should be integers or
+numbers with the same number of digits to the right of the decimal. The one
+exception is that it is always OK for the initial value to be an integer.
+There can be at most 8 digits on each side of the decimal. The substitution
+text is a number, with fixed-point addition. E.g., "\n=3+7.05",
+"\Nx=5.30+-1.25".
+
+ \item[Integer (i or I)] The initial value and increment should be integers.
+This gives the same result as using a number variable, but it is faster. E.g.,
+"\I=2+-1".
+
+ \item[Real (r or R)] The initial value and increment should be integers or
+numbers with at most 4 digits on each side of the decimal. The substitution
+text is a number, but with floating point addition and occasional small
+errors. This gives a less satisfactory result than using a number variable,
+but it is faster. E.g., "\ry=4.2+1.05".
+\end{description}
+
+ Here are some examples that illustrate how the substitution text is
+determined:
+\begin{quote}
+ "\multido{}{10}{\TeX\ }"\\[3pt]
+ \hbox to 2em{}\multido{}{10}{\TeX\ }{}\\[8pt]
+ "\multido{\d=2pt+3pt}{5}{\d, }"\\[3pt]
+ \hbox to 2em{}\multido{\d=2pt+3pt}{5}{\d, }{}\\[8pt]
+ "\multido{\n=2+3}{10}{\n, }"\\[3pt]
+ \hbox to 2em{}\multido{\n=2+3}{10}{\n, }{}\\[8pt]
+ "\multido{\i=2+-3}{10}{\i, }"\\[3pt]
+ \hbox to 2em{}\multido{\i=2+-3}{10}{\i, }{}\\[8pt]
+ "\multido{\r=2+3.05}{6}{\r, }"\\[3pt]
+ \hbox to 2em{}\multido{\r=2+3.05}{6}{\r, }{}\\[8pt]
+ "\multido{\n=2.00+-3.05}{8}{\n, }"\\[3pt]
+ \hbox to 2em{}\multido{\n=2.00+-3.05}{8}{\n, }{}
+\end{quote}
+
+Here are some details about the choice of names:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Your computer won't explode if you use names that conflict with \TeX\
+internal commands, but you might want to check name conflicts if you get
+inexplicable errors. The command \N\MultidoCheckNames\ can be useful in this
+case. It causes \N\multido\ to report an error whenever you use a variable
+name that is already defined. But see the next item.
+ \item The whole \N\multido\ loop is grouped. This means, e.g., that although
+"\i" is a Plain \TeX\ command sequence (giving a dotless ``\i''), you can use
+the variable "\i" if you do not use any dotless i's in <stuff> (and if you do
+not use \N\MultidoCheckNames).
+\end{itemize}
+
+Here are a few more details:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \N\Multido\ commands can be nested.
+ \item Spaces after a \N\multido\ command are ignored. This makes \N\multido\
+more hospitable for pictures.
+ \item Spaces between the various parts of the <variables> argument are
+ignored.
+\end{itemize}
+
+ And finally here a few special features, some of which are of interest mainly
+macro writers and other \TeX nicians:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item The material that is repeated is not grouped, so that you can insert
+your own recursive routines.
+ \item There is a variant, "\mmultido", which works just like "\multido"
+except that the variables are all incremented once before starting.
+ \item If you use "\Multido" or "\MMultido" instead of "\multido" or
+"\mmultido", resp., then the whole loop is not grouped. This can be useful,
+e.g., for making entries in an alignment environment. However, these cannot be
+nested within any "\multido" macro.
+ \item If the number of repetitions is a negative number, the variables are
+incremented backwards.
+ \item The count register "\multidocount" keeps track of the number of current
+iteration.
+ \item The command "\multidostop" causes the "\multido" loop to quit at the
+end of the current iteration.
+\item Fixed point addition is performed by \N\FPadd\ and \N\FPsub:
+\begin{MD}
+ \FPadd{num1}{num2}{command}\\
+ \FPsub{num1}{num2}{command}
+\end{MD}
+ <num2> is added to or subtracted from <num1>, and the answers is stored in
+the command sequence given as the third argument. The rules about decimals and
+so on that apply to number variables apply here as well. E.g., after
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \FPsub{1.75}{-0.15}{\answer}
+\end{verbatim}
+the definition of "\answer" is 1.90.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection*{Changes:}
+
+\begin{description}
+ \item[V1.1] Fixed bug in \N\FPadd\ that gave wrong answer for, e.g., $3.4 +
+-0.2.$
+
+\item[V1.2] Made unit optional for dimension variables when using PSTricks.
+
+ \item[V1.3] Now 0 repetitions really gets 0 repetitions. "\def\multido@"
+changed to "\long\def\multido@".
+\end{description}
+
+\end{document}
+%% END multido.doc
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outline.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outline.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a309d0586
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outline.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+% Save file as: OUTLINE.STY Source: FILESERV@SHSU.BITNET
+% outline.sty by Peter Halvorson, Georgia Institute of Technology,
+% Nuclear Engineering, (404) 894-8710 peter@fission.gatech.edu
+% ne201ph@prism.gatech.edu
+% As of January 10, 1991
+% Create six-level list environment {outline} for making outlines; mark
+% each outline topic with \item. Use of label/ref sequences provided.
+% A direct hack of the enumerate code from latex.tex ( added more depth and
+% outline style numbering). Use as you would use the enumerate environment.
+
+\@definecounter{@outlndepth}
+\newcount\@outlndepth \@outlndepth = 0
+
+\@definecounter{outlni}
+\@definecounter{outlnii}
+\@definecounter{outlniii}
+\@definecounter{outlniv}
+\@definecounter{outlnv}
+\@definecounter{outlnvi}
+
+\def\outline{\ifnum \@outlndepth >5 \@toodeep\else
+ \advance\@outlndepth \@ne
+ \edef\@outlnctr{outln\romannumeral\the\@outlndepth}\list
+ {\csname label\@outlnctr\endcsname}{\usecounter
+ {\@outlnctr}\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}}\fi}
+
+\let\endoutline =\endlist
+
+\def\labeloutlni{\theoutlni.}
+\def\theoutlni{\Roman{outlni}}
+
+\def\labeloutlnii{\theoutlnii.}
+\def\theoutlnii{\Alph{outlnii}}
+\def\p@outlnii{\theoutlni}
+
+\def\labeloutlniii{\theoutlniii.}
+\def\theoutlniii{\arabic{outlniii}}
+\def\p@outlniii{\p@outlnii\theoutlnii}
+
+\def\labeloutlniv{\theoutlniv.}
+\def\theoutlniv{\alph{outlniv}}
+\def\p@outlniv{\p@outlniii\theoutlniii}
+
+\def\labeloutlnv{(\theoutlnv)}
+\def\theoutlnv{\arabic{outlnv}}
+\def\p@outlnv{\p@outlniv\theoutlniv}
+
+\def\labeloutlnvi{(\theoutlnvi)}
+\def\theoutlnvi{\alph{outlnvi}}
+\def\p@outlnvi{\p@outlnv\theoutlnv}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outline.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outline.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aad701566d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outline.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+% Save file as: OUTLINE-SAMPLE.TEX Source: FILESERV@SHSU.BITNET
+\documentstyle[outline]{report}
+
+% [outline] includes new outline environment. I. A. 1. a. (1) (a)
+% use \begin{outline} \item ... \end{outline}
+
+\pagestyle{empty}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Introduction }
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Applications } \\
+ Motivation for research and applications related to the
+ subject.
+ \item {\bf Organization } \\
+ Explain organization of the report, what is included, and what
+ is not.
+ \end{outline}
+ \item {\bf Literature Survey }
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Experimental Work } \\
+ Literature describing experiments with something in common with
+ my experiment. My experiment is subdivided into section
+ relating to each aspect of the whole.
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Drop Delivery } \\
+ Literature relating to the production of droplets.
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Continuous } \\
+ Continuous drop production methods, i.e. jet methods.
+ \item {\bf Drop on Demand } \\
+ Drop on demand methods, i.e. ink jet devices. Produce drops
+ whenever needed, simplifies control of frequency.
+ \item {\bf Flexibility } \\
+ Best methods in terms of flexible velocities, volumes, and
+ frequencies.
+ \item {\bf Control Circuitry } \\
+ Circuitry necessary to control the drops, may include
+ control of generation, size, and frequency. Divertors and
+ drop chargers.
+ \item {\bf Extensibility } \\
+ Methods extensible to 2D applications.
+ \item {\bf Recirculation } \\
+ Recirculation techniques, pump, none, capillary.
+ \end{outline}
+ \item {\bf Instrumentation } \\
+ Literature dealing with measurement of various parameters.
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Temperature }
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Heater Surface }
+ \item {\bf Fluid Temperature }
+ \item {\bf Heat Flux }
+ \item {\bf Heat Transfer Coefficient }
+ \end{outline}
+ \item {\bf Drop Characteristics }
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Size }
+ \item {\bf Velocity }
+ \item {\bf Frequency }
+ \end{outline}
+ \end{outline}
+ \item {\bf Heating Element } \\
+ Literature dealing with the heating element. Material
+ properties, surface properties, heat sources.
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Material }
+ \item {\bf Heat Source }
+ \end{outline}
+ \end{outline}
+ \item {\bf Analytical Work }
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Evaporation }
+ \item {\bf Boiling }
+ \item {\bf Leidenfrost Temperatures }
+ \item {\bf Heat Transfer }
+ \item {\bf Numerical Analysis }
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Drop Characteristics }
+ \item {\bf Surface Wetting }
+ \item {\bf Transient Temperatures }
+ \end{outline}
+ \end{outline}
+ \end{outline}
+ \item {\bf Proposed Research }
+ \begin{outline}
+ \item {\bf Experimental Work }
+ \item {\bf Analytical Work }
+ \end{outline}
+\end{outline}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outlineitems.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outlineitems.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a12bd00651
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/outline/outlineitems.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+% Save file as: OUTLINEITEMS.STY Source: FILESERV@SHSU.BITNET
+%% OUTLINEITEMS.STY -- Different outline \item options for LaTeX version 2.09
+%% September 28, 1988; revised January 9, 1991 (label/ref now operable)
+%% George D. Greenwade (BED_GDG@SHSU), Department of Economics and Business
+%% Analysis, Sam Houston State University, Huntsville, TX 77341-2118
+%%
+%% Includes original FULLPAGE.STY as default. Defines \outlineitems
+%% for traditional outline enumerations; retains standard
+%% default for enumeration under \normalitems.
+
+\marginparwidth 0pt
+\oddsidemargin 0pt
+\evensidemargin 0pt
+\marginparsep 0pt
+
+\topmargin 0pt
+
+\textwidth 6.5in
+\textheight 8.5 in
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% define the enumeration options %%
+%% (\outlineitems and \normalitems) %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\outlineitems{
+\def\theenumi{\Roman{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
+\def\theenumii{\Alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi.}
+\def\labelenumii{\theenumii.}
+\def\theenumiii{\arabic{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\p@enumii\theenumii.}
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}
+\def\theenumiv{\alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii.}
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
+}
+
+\def\normalitems{
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi.}
+\def\labelenumii{\theenumii.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\p@enumii\theenumii.}
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii.}
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
+}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res-sample.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res-sample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c7d570917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res-sample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+\documentstyle[margin,line]{res}
+
+% Logos
+% =====
+
+\font\attand=cmr7
+%\font\MetafontLogoFont=logo10
+
+\def\PS{{\tt P\small OST\tt S\small CRIPT}}
+\def\ATT{{AT{\attand \&}T}}
+\def\MF{{METAFONT}}
+\def\Cplusplus{{\rm C\raise.5ex\hbox{\small ++}}}
+\def\AmSTeX{{$\cal A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.125em
+S$-\TeX}}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\name{Michael R. DeCorte}
+\address{2300 Naudain St\\
+Phily, PA\\
+(215) 546-0497\
+{\tt mrd@sun.soe.clarkson.edu}}
+
+\begin{resume}
+
+\section{Objective:}
+Gee, why can't I put ``To play with cool toys and have fun''?
+
+\section{Education:}
+{\bf Major:} Bachelor of Science, Computer Science, Clarkson
+University May 1989\\
+
+
+\section{Publications:}
+My picture was in my HS newpaper onc. Does that count?
+
+
+\section{Projects:}
+{\tt Eclipse}\\
+During a lunar eclipse the moon projects its shadow over the earth.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% I put the experience stuff here
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{format}
+\title{l}\dates{r}\\
+\body\\
+\end{format}
+
+\title{Unix Wizard}
+\dates{September 1986 to Present}
+
+\section{Experience:}
+\begin{position}
+{\it Math and Computer Science},Clarkson University---
+Well, people keep asking me all these nifty questions about Unix
+so that makes me a Wizard right?
+\end{position}
+
+\title{\TeX{} Wizard}
+\dates{September 1986 to Present}
+
+\begin{position}
+{\it Math and Computer Science},Clarkson University---
+See Unix Wizard for a description and substitue \TeX{} for Unix.
+\end{position}
+
+\section{Systems:}
+\begin{ncolumn}{4}
+$\bullet$ Unix 4.x &$\bullet$ Unix V &$\bullet$ Sun OS
+&$\bullet$ VMS\\
+\end{ncolumn}
+
+\section{References:}
+Call me I will see if I can dig someone up. I hope my old room mate
+counts.
+
+\end{resume}
+\end{document}
+
+
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res-sample2.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res-sample2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..891c60c0a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res-sample2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+\documentstyle[margin,line]{res}
+
+% Logos
+% =====
+
+\font\attand=cmr7
+%\font\MetafontLogoFont=logo10
+
+\def\PS{{\tt P\small OST\tt S\small CRIPT}}
+\def\ATT{{AT{\attand \&}T}}
+\def\MF{{METAFONT}}
+\def\Cplusplus{{\rm C\raise.5ex\hbox{\small ++}}}
+\def\AmSTeX{{$\cal A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\cal M$}\kern-.125em
+S$-\TeX}}
+
+\oddsidemargin -.5in
+\evensidemargin -.5in
+\textwidth=6.0in
+
+\begin{document}
+
+
+\name{Mark R. Anderson}
+\address{mail code c-014\\
+University of California, San Diego\\
+La Jolla, CA 92093}
+
+\begin{resume}
+
+\section{\sc Objective}
+I wish to join a team involved in software development of a parallel
+processing system.
+
+\section{\sc Education}
+University of California at San Diego, San Diego, CA. \newline
+M.S. in Computer Science, June 1985; GPA: 4.0
+
+Harvey Mudd College, Claremont, CA. \newline
+B.S. in Mathematics, May 1982; GPA: 3.3
+
+Graduate coursework includes:
+Advanced Compiler Construction,
+Automata Theory,
+Combinatorial Algorithms,
+Operating Systems,
+Software Engineering,
+Parallel Processing Seminars,
+Formal Semantics of Programming Languages Seminars.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% I put the experience stuff here
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\begin{format}
+\title{l}\employer{r}\\
+\location{l}\dates{r}\\
+\body\\
+\end{format}
+
+\title{\em Research Assistant.}
+\employer{\bf Prep-P Project.}
+\dates{\bf Sep. 1984 -- Present.}
+\location{UCSD}
+
+\section{\sc Research and Work Experience}
+\begin{position}
+The Prep-P project is
+developing a preprocessor for the CHiP parallel architecture.
+The goal of the preprocessor is to map problems that use an arbitrary
+number of processes onto the processing elements of a fixed
+size machine.
+On this project I have served as co-supervisor.
+My duties included devising tasks for and supervising the work of others
+as well as writing and maintaining programs written in C.
+\end{position}
+
+\title{\em Teaching Assistant}
+\employer{\bf Department of EECS}
+\dates{\bf Sep. 1984 -- Dec. 1985.}
+\location{UCSD}
+\begin{position}
+I graded homework and
+conducted review sessions for graduate and undergraduate classes.
+\end{position}
+
+\title{\em Consultant}
+\employer{\bf Simple Software}
+\dates{\bf Feb. 1984 -- Apr. 1984.}
+\location{San Diego, CA.}
+\begin{position}
+I was hired as a consultant to develop a file compression
+system on micros.
+The system was written in C.
+\end{position}
+
+\title{\em Programmer/Analyst}
+\employer{\bf System Development Corporation}
+\dates{\bf May 1982 -- Sep. 1983.}
+\location{Santa Monica, CA.}
+\begin{position}
+I was a member of a group developing an interactive testing system
+for the Jovial programming language. I wrote parts of a Jovial to
+threaded code compiler in CWIC. CWIC is SDC's Lisp based compiler
+writing system.
+\end{position}
+
+\title{\em Research Assistant.}
+\employer{\bf Self-Sorting Memory Project}
+\dates{\bf Sep. 1981 -- Dec. 1981.}
+\location{Harvey Mudd College}
+\begin{position}
+I wrote a simulation of an algorithm which performed Gaussian elimination
+on a parallel machine using self-sorting memory modules.
+The simulator was written in Fortran.
+\end{position}
+
+\section{\sc Special Skills}
+Programming Languages: Algol, C, Fortran, Jovial, Lisp, Pascal, Snobol, and
+SETL. \newline
+Assembly Languages: 6502, 8051, 8086. \newline
+Operating Systems: IBM CMS, Unix, Vax VMS.
+
+\section{\sc Honors and Awards}
+University of California Regents Fellowship \newline
+Graduation with Distinction from Harvey Mudd College
+
+\section{\sc Publications:}
+D. Beeman, R. Lynds, and M. R. Anderson, ``Structural
+and vibrational properties of a model vitreous $As_{2}O_{3}$,''
+Journal of Non-Crystalline Solids Vol. 42 pp. 61-7 (October 1980).
+
+D. Beeman, J. Silverman, R. Lynds, and M. R. Anderson,
+``Modeling studies of amorphous carbon.,'' Physics Review
+B Vol. 30 pp. 870-5 (July 15, 1984).
+
+M. Anderson and F. Berman, ``A Complexity Measure for
+Demand Driven Data Flow Models,'' UCSD Dept. of Computer
+Science Technical Report (CS-087) (September 1986).
+
+M. Anderson and F. Berman, ``Removing Useless Tokens from
+a Dataflow Computation,'' submitted for publication (Jan 1987).
+
+
+\section{\sc References}
+Available on request.
+
+\end{resume}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3885051dba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/res.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,781 @@
+% RESUME DOCUMENT STYLE -- Released 23 Nov 1989
+% for LaTeX version 2.09
+% Copyright (C) 1988,1989 by Michael DeCorte
+
+\typeout{Document Style `res' <26 Sep 89>.}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% res.sty
+%
+% \documentstyle{res}
+%
+% Copyright (c) 1988 by Michael DeCorte
+% Permission to copy all or part of this work is granted, provided
+% that the copies are not made or distributed for resale, and that
+% the copyright notice and this notice are retained.
+%
+% THIS WORK IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS. THE AUTHOR PROVIDES NO
+% WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE WORK,
+% INCLUDING WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO ITS MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
+% FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+%
+% If you make any improvements, I'd like to hear about them.
+%
+% Michael DeCorte
+% P.O. Box 652
+% Potsdam NY 13676
+% mrd@sun.soe.clarkson.edu
+% mrd@clutx.bitnet
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% You can have multiple style options the legal options ones are:
+%
+% centered the name and address are centered at the top of the
+% page (default)
+%
+% line the name is the left with a horizontal line then
+% the address to the right
+%
+% overlapped the section titles overlap the body text (default)
+%
+% margin the section titles are to the left of the body text
+%
+% 11pt use 11 point fonts instead of 10 point fonts
+%
+% 12pt use 12 point fonts instead of 10 point fonts
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Commands
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% \Resume prints the word resume but typeset nicely
+%
+% \newsectionwidth{dimen}
+% defines the amount of space the labels extend
+% into the left margin.
+% DO NOT TRY to change any of the dimensions
+% yourself. You will probably confuse the style file.
+%
+% \name{text} defines your name
+%
+% \address{text}
+% defines your address
+% this can be called twice if you have two addresses
+% use \\'s to indicate where either line breaks or
+% comas should go
+%
+% \opening this prints your name and address at that spot
+% this is not normally needed, as \begin{resume}
+% does this but is provided just in case you need
+% to do something odd
+%
+% \begin{resume} ... \end{resume}
+% all of the resume should go inside of this
+% environment
+%
+% \section{text}
+% This prints 'text' in the left hand margin.
+% Its exact placement depends on what the style
+% options has been set to. (overlapped or margin)
+% You should use \\ to start a new line. If the
+% style option is margin, the \\ is converted
+% to a space.
+% To use this in any of the list environments, put
+% the \section after the \item[] but before the
+% text.
+% Eg.
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item\section{text}
+% text
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \begin{ncolumn}{n} ... \end{ncolumn}
+% creates a tabular environment with n equally
+% spaced columns. Separate columns by & and
+% end them with \\
+%
+% \begin{position} ... \end{position}
+% this is used to print a job description. There should
+% be only one job description in it. Information
+% related to the job (such as title, dates...) will
+% be printed.
+%
+% \begin{format} ... \end{format}
+% used to change the default format for the position
+% environment. Within it the recognized commands are:
+% \title{option}
+% \employer{option}
+% \location{option}
+% \dates{option}
+% \body
+% \\
+% where option is one of l,r,c standing for left, right, center.
+% The format will eventually be used to make several
+% tabular environments and you are defining the number of columns
+% and the placement of text within the columns of the tabulars.
+% Each row is terminated by a \\. Any number of options can
+% be on a line, they will each be set in their own columns.
+% Any of the options except \body may be left out.
+%
+% Eg.
+% \begin{format}
+% \title{l}\employer{r}\\
+% \dates{r}\\
+% \body\\
+% \location{l}\\
+% \end{format}
+%
+% In this example the title and employer information
+% are set in 2 columns left justified and right justified
+% respectively. Then the date is set right justified.
+% Then the body is set. Then the location is set left
+% justified.
+%
+% \employer{text}
+% \title{text}
+% \dates{text}
+% \location{text}
+% declare text for the next invocation of the position
+% environment
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Glue
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% sectionskip the amount of horizontal before a section
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Dimensions
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% sectionwidth the amount that the section titles go in the
+% left margin
+%
+% resumewidth the width of the total resume from the left
+% margin to the right. Don't use textwidth
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Definitions
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% sectionfont the font used to print section titles
+% use \renewcommand to change it
+%
+% namefont the font used to print your name
+% use \renewcommand to change it
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% THINGS TO DO
+%
+% add lm,rm options to format style to allow things to be placed
+% in the left or right margin respectivly
+%
+% add capability so that \body doesn't have to be proceeded (followed)
+% by a \\ allowing part of the description (eg. location) to be the
+% first (last) thing of the body
+%
+% clean up the list building procedures
+%
+% write docs to tell people how to use this
+
+
+\nofiles % resume's don't need .aux files
+
+
+\newtoks\tabular@text % holds the current list being processed
+\newtoks\tabular@head % holds the head tabular list
+\newtoks\tabular@tail % holds the tail tabular list
+\newtoks\@ta % used by \@append
+\newtoks\undefined@token\undefined@token={}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% prints a centered name with the address centered
+% or the two address on opposite sides of the page
+%
+\def\@printcentername{\begingroup
+ % print the name centered
+ \leavevmode\hbox to \textwidth{\hfil\@tablebox{\namefont\@name}\hfil}\par
+ \@ifundefined{@addressone}{%
+ % do nothing
+ }{%
+ \@ifundefined{@addresstwo}{
+ % only one address
+ \leavevmode\hbox to \textwidth{\hfil\@tablebox{\@addressone}\hfil}\par
+ }{
+ % two addresses
+ \leavevmode\hbox to \textwidth{\@tablebox{\@addressone}\hfil
+ \@tablebox{\@addresstwo}}\par
+ }%
+ }%
+\endgroup}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% this is used to print the name and address at the top of
+% the page with a hline in between
+%
+\def\namefont{\large\bf}
+\def\@linename{\begingroup
+ \def\\{, }
+ {\namefont\@name}
+ \vskip 2pt
+ \fullline
+ \vskip 2pt
+ % where do you live?
+ \@ifundefined{@addressone}{%
+ % do nothing
+ }{%
+ \leavevmode\hbox to \textwidth
+ {\hfill\vbox{\hbox{\@addressone}
+ \hbox{\@addresstwo}
+ }%
+ }\par
+ }
+\endgroup}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% HEADINGS:
+% There are two types of headings:
+% 1) one with the name centered and the address centered or
+% in the left and right side if there are two address
+% 2) one where the name is in the upper left corner
+% the a line accross the paper
+% then the address all on one line in the right corner
+% the second address will be directly below the first if defined
+%
+\let\print@name\relax
+\def\ds@centered{\ifx\print@name\relax\let\print@name\@printcentername\fi}
+\def\ds@line{\ifx\print@name\relax\let\print@name\@linename\fi}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Use this to set the sectionwidth.
+% It adjust the width of the text as well as the hoffset
+% You probably shouldn't touch any of the size paramaters
+% unless you really understand all of this but it is not
+% hard. Either way, it can only be executed once
+%
+\def\sectionfont{\bf}
+\newdimen\sectionwidth
+\newskip\sectionskip
+\newdimen\resumewidth
+
+\resumewidth=6.5in
+\sectionskip=3.5ex plus 1ex minus -.2ex % values stolen from LaTeX
+
+\def\newsectionwidth#1{%
+ \sectionwidth=#1
+ \textwidth=\resumewidth
+ \advance\textwidth-\sectionwidth
+ \hsize=\textwidth
+ \hoffset=\sectionwidth
+}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% This is for sectiontitles that are entirely in the left margin.
+% multiline sectiontitles are permited and will be broken by
+% \TeX{} to fit into a box \verb|\sectionwidth| wide. It is advised
+% that \verb|\\| be used to break the lines by hand as \TeX{} will
+% probably not do what you want.
+%
+% When using this with {\tt tabbing} and {\tt list} (or anything
+% that is made out of {\tt list}) put the \section's inside of
+% the \verb|\begin{}| and the \verb|\item|Eg.
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \begin{trivlist}
+% \item[]
+% \section{foo}
+% text
+% \end{trivlist}
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+\def\boxed@sectiontitle#1{%
+ % this macro may be called in a tabular. Special code must be written
+ % to accomodate this. In LaTeX, a tabular is made out of hboxes.
+ % TeX never goes into horizontal mode because of this; it only
+ % gets into vertical mode and restricted horizontal mode. Certain
+ % indenting problems must be handled because of this. They
+ % are delt with at the end of this routine.
+ % It is also necessary to close the hbox that was created before
+ % the \section and create a new one when this macro has ended.
+ % This macro therefore simulates a \kill, so that any text before
+ % the \section not be printed. The proper use is therefore
+ % ...
+ % text\\
+ % \section{foo}
+ % more text\\
+ % ...
+ \ifx\\\@tabcr % is this in a tabular? (this *should* work but is a cludge)
+ \@stopfield % the is the first part of a \kill
+ \else
+ \@@par % This will end the previous paragraph if needed and
+ % go into vertical mode. If this was already in
+ % vertical mode then the \par does nothing.
+
+ \fi
+ \begingroup
+ \everypar={}%
+ \def\par{\@@par}%
+ \let\\=\@normalcr
+ \addpenalty{\@secpenalty} % this would be a good place for a page break
+ % \@secpenalty is what LaTeX uses before its
+ % section's. It happens to be -300
+ \addvspace{\sectionskip} % put in a bit of glue
+ % The following hbox will be contributed to the page list without going
+ % into horizontal mode. Therefore, any \parindent's, \parshape's, \leftskip
+ % will be ignored but \hoffset's are not. The result is that the box will
+ % only by \hoffset. This is what I want
+ \hbox to 0pt{%
+ \hss % this is an llap. In other words, this glue
+ % will shrink by the width of the stuff in the vbox
+ % (\sectionwidth) into the left margin and then
+ % insert the contents of the vbox.
+ \vtop to 0pt{% make a 0pt height paragraph, with the baseline at the
+ % lined up with the baseline of the first box in the list
+ \leftskip=0pt
+ \hsize=\sectionwidth
+ \textwidth=\sectionwidth
+ \raggedright % you don't want this filled out to the right margin
+ \sectionfont
+ #1\vss % Go into horizontal mode; do the paragraph;
+ % go into vertical mode; add some negative glue
+ % to give a box of 0pt height and depth
+ }%
+ }%
+ \addpenalty{-\@secpenalty} % this would be a bad place for a page break
+ \vskip-\baselineskip % when the next box is processed, baselineskip glue
+ % glue will be added (the box has no depth because of
+ % the \vss; therefore, we don't have to worry about
+ % \lineskiplimit). This -\baselineskip glue
+ % is to undo this. \nointerlineskip doesn't
+ % work because the baseline of this line would be lined
+ % up with the top of the top of the next box. We
+ % want the baselines lined up.
+ %
+ % It may have been possible to do this by forcing the
+ % baseline of this box to be the top of the box but
+ % then the interline skip between this box and the
+ % previous box would be off as the baselines of the
+ % this box (the one that being made above) and the
+ % previous line would be separated by \baselineskip
+ % (probably, it may be separted by the depth of the
+ % previous box + \lineskip) but as the baseline of
+ % this box has been moved to the top, the box's would
+ % separted by to much glue. The exact amount being
+ % the height of this box.
+ \endgroup
+ \ifx\\\@tabcr % is this in a tabular? (this *should* work but is a cludge)
+ % this is the second part of the \kill; it starts the next tabbing line
+ % Because this routine will never get into paragraph mode when used in
+ % tabbing the \parskip that is discussed below will never be inserted.
+ % Therefore it should not be negated as done below.
+ \@startline
+ \ignorespaces
+ \else
+ \vskip-\parskip % The next thing to be contributed will be a paragraph.
+ % Right before being contributed though a \vskip\parskip
+ % will be inserted. This is to negate it.
+ %
+ % I do consider this to be a bit of a cludge but
+ % I can not find a way to write \unskipfutureskip
+ % or a way to make TeX think that nothing has
+ % been contributed to the page list.
+ \fi
+}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% This is for sectiontitles that are entirely above the section text
+%
+\def\unboxed@sectiontitle#1{%
+ \ifx\\\@tabcr % see boxed@sectiontitle for explation
+ \@stopfield
+ \else
+ \@@par
+ \fi
+ \begingroup
+ \everypar={}%
+ \def\par{\@@par}%
+ \def\\{ }
+ \addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{\sectionskip}
+ \hbox to 0pt{\hss\hbox to \sectionwidth{\sectionfont#1\hss}}
+ \addpenalty{-\@secpenalty} % this would be a bad place for a page break
+ \endgroup
+ \ifx\\\@tabcr % see boxed@sectiontitle for explation
+ \@startline
+ \else
+ \vskip-\parskip
+ \fi
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% There are two types of section headings:
+% 1) the section heading is all on one line and directly
+% below it, is the body of the text
+% 2) the section heading is entirely in the left margin
+% (possibly taking multiple lines) with the body of
+% the text next to it
+%
+\let\@@section\relax
+\def\ds@overlapped{\ifx\@@section\relax\newsectionwidth{0.5in}\let
+ \@@section\unboxed@sectiontitle\fi}
+\def\ds@margin{\ifx\@@section\relax\newsectionwidth{1.3in}\let
+ \@@section\boxed@sectiontitle\fi}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% DEFAULTS: (some of them)
+%
+% centered name
+% overlapped section titles
+%
+% format is:
+% title employer
+% location dates
+% body
+% with everything in the left of its column
+
+\input article.sty
+
+\ds@centered
+\ds@overlapped
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% typeset resume all nice and pretty
+%
+\def\Resume{{R\'{e}sum\'{e}}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% makes a line of width \textwidth starting at -\hoffset
+%
+\def\fullline{ % hrules only listen to \hoffset
+ \nointerlineskip % so I have this code
+ \moveleft\hoffset\vbox{\hrule width\textwidth}
+ \nointerlineskip
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% create a multiline box.
+%
+\def\@tablebox#1{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}}#1\end{tabular}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% use this to define your name
+%
+\def\name#1{\def\@name{#1}}
+
+\def\@name{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% use this to define your address, this may be called more than once.
+%
+\let\@addressone\relax
+\let\@addresstwo\relax
+
+\def\address#1{
+ \@ifundefined{@addressone}{\def\@addressone{#1}}{\def\@addresstwo{#1}}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% if you want to print your name and address is a slightly
+% different format than sugessted, then this can be used
+% to place it exactly where you want
+%
+\def\opening{\def\@opening{}
+ \begingroup
+ \leftskip=-\hoffset % I use leftskip to move things to the left as
+ \advance\textwidth\hoffset % changing hoffset doesn't work. But this
+ \hsize=\textwidth % doesn't really work as hboxes are rules
+ % are unaffeted
+ \let\par=\@@par
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=0pt
+ \print@name
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% all of the resume goes in the resume environment
+%
+\newenvironment{resume}{\begingroup
+ \@ifundefined{@opening}{\opening}{}
+}{\endgroup}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% gives you a tabular environment with n equally spaced columns
+% \begin{ncolumn}{#} ... \end{ncolumn}
+%
+% The p option of LaTeX is broken in all but the newest verion
+% of latex.tex, this is how to fix it
+%
+\def\@endpbox{\par\egroup\hfil}
+\let\@@endpbox=\@endpbox
+
+\newdimen\@columnwidth % the width of each column equal to
+\def\ncolumn#1{%
+ % \@columnwidth = \textwidth / #1
+ \@columnwidth=\textwidth \divide\@columnwidth by #1
+ \begin{tabular*}{\textwidth}[t]%
+ {*{#1}{@{}p{\@columnwidth}@{\extracolsep{\fill}}}}
+}
+
+\def\endncolumn{\end{tabular*}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% \employer{text} defines employer to be text
+% \location{text} defines location to be text
+% \dates{text} defines dates to be text
+% \title{text} defines title to be text
+% \body
+%
+
+\def\employer#1{\def\@employer{\print@employer{#1}}}
+\def\location#1{\def\@location{\print@location{#1}}}
+\def\dates#1{\def\@dates{\print@dates{#1}}}
+\def\title#1{\def\@title{\print@title{#1}}}
+
+\let\l@justify\raggedright
+\let\r@justify\raggedleft
+\let\c@justify\centering
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% \@format{name}{justify}
+% will define \print@#1 to print it's one argument
+% justified according to #2 which can be
+% l = left
+% r = right
+% c = center
+%
+% eg.
+% \@format{employer}{c}
+% is the same as \def\print@employer#1{{\centering #1\par}}
+%
+\def\@format#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname print@#1\endcsname##1{%
+ {\csname#2@justify\endcsname##1\par}}
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% this is used to define how the position environment should
+% formated.
+%
+% \begin{format} positioning text \end{format}
+% where positioning text may be
+% \employer{pos}
+% \location{pos}
+% \dates{pos}
+% \title{pos}
+% \body (for the body of the position environment)
+% where pos is
+% l for left
+% r for right
+% c for center
+% use \\ to break the line
+% you don't have to use all of the options.
+% on any one line, you should indicate what you want on that line
+% and where it should go within its column.
+% eg.
+% the following prints the employer in the left with the location
+% centered within that its column. It then prints the date on the
+% right. Then it prints the body of the position environment. Then
+% it prints the title centered within its column; as there is only
+% one column here it is really just centered.
+%
+% \begin{format}
+% \employer{l}\location{c}\\
+% \dates{r}\\
+% \body\\
+% \title{c}\\
+% \end{format}
+
+\newcounter{numberofcolumns}
+\newenvironment{format}{%
+ \def\end@line@head{\append@tabular@head{tabular@text}\tabular@text={}%
+ \c@numberofcolumns 0}
+ \def\end@line@tail{\append@tabular@tail{tabular@text}\tabular@text={}%
+ \c@numberofcolumns 0}
+ \tabular@text={}
+ \tabular@head={}
+ \tabular@tail={}
+ \c@numberofcolumns 0
+ \let\\=\end@line@head
+ \def\employer##1{\advance\c@numberofcolumns 1
+ \@format{employer}{##1}
+ \append@tabular@text{employer}}
+ \def\location##1{\advance\c@numberofcolumns 1
+ \@format{location}{##1}
+ \append@tabular@text{location}}
+ \def\dates##1{\advance\c@numberofcolumns 1
+ \@format{dates}{##1}
+ \append@tabular@text{dates}}
+ \def\title##1{\advance\c@numberofcolumns 1
+ \@format{title}{##1}
+ \append@tabular@text{title}}
+ \def\body{\iftoks\tabular@head\undefined@token\then
+ \else
+ \@append{\noexpand\\}\to\tabular@head
+ \skotfi
+ \let\\=\end@line@tail}}{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%taken from page 378 of TeXbook but freely hacked
+%
+% appends the expansion of #1 to the token list #2
+
+\def\@append#1\to#2{%
+ \@ta=\expandafter{#1}%
+ \xdef\@append@temp{\the#2\the\@ta}
+ \global#2=\expandafter{\@append@temp}%
+}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% CHAA006%vaxb.rhbnc.ac.uk@NSS.Cs.Ucl.AC.UK
+% texhax.88.078
+% is used to see if two token lists are equal
+% there must be a better way
+%
+
+\let \then = \empty
+\def \iftoks #1#2\then #3\else #4\skotfi{
+ \edef \1{\the #1}
+ \edef \2{\the #2}
+ \ifx \1\2\then #3\else #4\fi}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% \append@tabular@text{command}
+%
+% appends command to the end of \tabular@text.
+% NOTE: command MUST be a command but without the \
+% Eg. \append@tabular@text{relax}
+%
+% used to define \tabular@text for the tabular environment
+% used by append@tabular@head and append@tabular@tail
+%
+
+\def\append@tabular@text#1{%
+\iftoks\tabular@text\undefined@token\then
+ \global\tabular@text=\expandafter{\csname @#1\endcsname}
+\else
+ \@append{&}\to\tabular@text
+ \@append{\csname @#1\endcsname}\to\tabular@text
+\skotfi
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% append@tabular@head
+%
+% appends command to the end of \tabular@text@head
+% NOTE: command MUST be a command but without the \
+% Eg. \append@tabular@head{relax}
+%
+% used to define \tabular@head for the tabular environment
+% used by the position environment
+%
+\def\append@tabular@head#1{%
+ \ifnum\the\c@numberofcolumns=0\relax
+ \else
+ \iftoks\tabular@head\undefined@token\then
+ \relax
+ \else
+ \@append{\noexpand\\}\to\tabular@head
+ \@append{\noexpand\penalty-\@secpenalty}\to\tabular@head
+ \skotfi
+ \@append{\noexpand\begin{ncolumn}}\to\tabular@head
+ \@append{\expandafter{\the\c@numberofcolumns}}\to\tabular@head
+ \@append{\the\csname#1\endcsname}\to\tabular@head
+ \@append{\noexpand\end{ncolumn}}\to\tabular@head
+ \fi
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% append@tabular@tail
+%
+% appends command to the end of \tabular@text@htail
+% NOTE: command MUST be a command but without the \
+% Eg. \append@tabular@tail{relax}
+%
+% used to define \tabular@tail for the tabular environment
+% used by the position environment
+%
+\def\append@tabular@tail#1{%
+ \ifnum\the\c@numberofcolumns=0\relax
+ \else
+ \iftoks\tabular@tail\undefined@token\then
+ \else
+ \@append{\noexpand\\}\to\tabular@tail
+ \@append{\noexpand\penalty-\@secpenalty}\to\tabular@tail
+ \skotfi
+ \@append{\noexpand\begin{ncolumn}}\to\tabular@tail
+ \@append{\expandafter{\the\c@numberofcolumns}}\to\tabular@tail
+ \@append{\the\csname#1\endcsname}\to\tabular@tail
+ \@append{\noexpand\end{ncolumn}}\to\tabular@tail
+ \fi
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% put the actual job descriptions here
+% \begin{postion} ... \end{position}
+% in the ... describe the position.
+% don't put the \dates \location etc in here. define them before hand
+\newenvironment{position}%
+ {%
+ \begingroup
+ \par
+ \the\tabular@head
+% \addpenalty{-\@secpenalty}% bad place for a page break
+ \penalty -\@secpenalty % bad place for a page break
+ \penalty 10000
+ \ignorespaces
+ }{%
+ \the\tabular@tail
+% \addpenalty{\@secpenalty}% good place for a page break
+ \penalty \@secpenalty % good place for a page break
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% DEFAULTS: (the rest of them)
+%
+% centered name
+% overlapped section titles
+%
+% format is:
+% title employer
+% location dates
+% body
+% with everything in the left of its column
+
+\@secpenalty = -500
+\topmargin 0pt
+\headheight 0pt
+\headsep 0pt
+\textheight 9in
+\parindent 0pt
+\topmargin 0in
+\oddsidemargin 0pt
+\evensidemargin 0pt
+\marginparwidth 0pt
+\parindent 0pt
+\parskip \baselineskip
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\topsep 0pt
+\parskip 0pt
+\partopsep 2pt plus 2pt
+\parsep 2pt plus 2pt
+\itemsep \parsep}
+
+\pagestyle{empty} % don't want page numbers
+
+\begin{format}
+\title{l}\employer{r}\\
+\location{l}\dates{r}\\
+\body\\
+\end{format}
+
+\let\section\@@section
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/resume-sample.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/resume-sample.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8522f68afd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/resume-sample.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+% resume-sample.tex 23 Oct 89
+% An example using the resume style option
+% By Stephen Gildea
+
+% original version 28 Sep 88
+% minor changes 23 Oct 89
+
+\documentstyle[11pt,resume]{article}
+\begin{document}
+
+\name{TERRY R. GENSYM}
+
+\addresses
+{{\bf Work Address} \\
+MIT Room E34--660 \\
+77 Massachusetts Ave. \\
+Cambridge, MA 02139 \\
+(617) 253--7955}
+{{\bf Home Address} \\
+72 West St.~Apt.~1 \\
+Cambridge, MA 02138 \\
+(617) 492--5543}
+
+\begin{llist}
+\sectiontitle{Objective}
+A large office, good pay, and very little work.
+Frequent expense-account trips to exotic lands would be a plus.
+
+\sectiontitle{Experience}
+\employer{CHENG'S CHINESE RESTAURANT} \location{Cambridge, MA}
+\dates{1970--1979}
+Soup taster for a small family-owned restaurant. Had final
+responsibility for the amount of Soy Sauce that went into the soups.
+
+\employer{CARL'S FASHIONS} \location{Watertown, MA}
+\dates{1979--1982}
+Needle-threader for Kelly Hormel, a leading tailor in the Boston area.
+Duties included keeping all needles ready for use and threaded with
+the appropriate type and color of thread for each day's jobs.
+
+\employer{INSIDIOUS BLUE MACHINES} \location{San Jose, CA}
+\dates{1982--present}
+Chief light bulb changer, with over 1500 square feet of office under my
+jurisdiction. The eyes of thousands were on me.
+
+\sectiontitle{Education}
+\employer{MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY} \location{Cambridge, MA}
+B.A. in English History June 1970. Graduated at the top of my class.
+
+\sectiontitle{Publications}
+``A Multi-Threaded System for Needle Management,'' {\em Womens Wear Daily,}
+August 20, 1981.
+
+``The Representation of Flavor,'' with August Rancatori, {\em IEEE 1985
+Proceedings of the Workshop on Taste in Computers.}
+
+\end{llist}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/resume.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/resume.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e70ec0c86c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/resume/resume.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+% resume.sty 08 Mar 89
+% style option for formatting resumes.
+
+% This style option is designed to work with the article document
+% style of LaTeX version 2.09. Use
+% \documentstyle[resume]{article}
+
+% Copyright (c) 1987 by Stephen Gildea
+% Permission to copy all or part of this work is granted, provided
+% that the copies are not made or distributed for resale, and that
+% the copyright notice and this notice are retained.
+%
+% THIS WORK IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS. THE AUTHOR PROVIDES NO
+% WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE WORK,
+% INCLUDING WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO ITS MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
+% FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+% If you make any improvements, I'd like to hear about them.
+
+% Stephen Gildea
+% MIT Earth Resources Lab
+% Cambridge, Mass. 02139
+% mit-erl!gildea
+% gildea@erl.mit.edu
+
+% 23 May 87 version 1
+% 08 Jun 88 center single \address lines
+% 02 Sep 88 enhancement to \employer from Jerry Leichter
+% LEICHTER-JERRY@cs.yale.edu or <LEICHTER@Venus.YCC.Yale.Edu>
+% 08 Mar 89 allow \\ in \sectiontitle to make multi-line titles
+
+\topmargin 0pt
+\headheight 0pt
+\headsep 0pt
+\textheight 9in
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\parindent 0pt
+\parskip \baselineskip
+\topmargin 0in
+\oddsidemargin 0in
+\evensidemargin 0in
+\textwidth 6.5in
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
+
+% use this to print your name at the top of the page
+\def\name#1{{\large\centering#1\\[2\baselineskip]}}
+
+% one address
+\def\address#1{{\centering #1\par}}
+
+% two addresses (say, home and work). They get printed side by side
+\def\addresses#1#2{\hbox to \hsize{\@tablebox{#1}\hfil\@tablebox{#2}}}
+
+\def\@tablebox#1{\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}#1\end{tabular}}
+
+\newbox\@title
+
+% Most of the resume goes inside a llist environment. Within it, use
+% the \sectiontitle{title} command to begin new sections. The title
+% of the section is put in the left margin. The section text begins
+% on the next line if the sectiontitle is too long.
+\newenvironment{llist}{\begin{list}{}{\setlength
+ \labelwidth{1in}\setlength\leftmargin{\labelwidth}\addtolength
+ \leftmargin{\labelsep}\itemsep 5pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+ \parsep 10pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+ %% Set the depth of the title to 0 in case more than one line.
+ %% If the title takes more lines than the body, you lose.
+ \def\sectiontitle##1{\setbox\@title=\hbox{{\bf\@tablebox{##1}}}\dp\@title=0pt
+ \item[\copy\@title]\ifdim\wd\@title>\labelwidth
+ \leavevmode \\* \else \fi}
+ \def\makelabel##1{##1\hfill}}}{\end{list}}
+
+% like itemize but bullets are at the left margin
+\newenvironment{items}{\begin{list}{$\bullet$}
+ {\setlength\labelwidth{.5em}\setlength\leftmargin{1em}
+ \def\makelabel##1{##1\hfill}}}{\end{list}}
+
+% Use the \employer and \location commands to print the names and
+% cities of your employers. \employer always starts a new paragraph,
+% and should be followed by \location.
+%
+% \employer* is like \employer but is used for additional information
+% about the employer. It does NOT start a new paragraph, must
+% NOT be followed by \location, and always forces a new line after itself.
+\def\employer{\@ifstar{\@semployer}{\@employer}}
+\def\@employer#1{\par{\sc #1}}
+\def\@semployer#1{{\sc #1}\\}
+
+% The location is always flush right. It is moved to the next
+% line if there is not room left on this one.
+% See the TeXbook Chapter 14.
+\def\location#1{{\unskip\nobreak\hfill\penalty50\hskip2em
+ \hbox{}\nobreak\hfill \hbox{#1}\finalhyphendemerits=0 \\}}
+
+% This prints the date flush left.
+% The major shortcoming of this file:
+% There needs to be an option to print the date in the left margin,
+% because many people like to do it that way.
+\def\dates#1{#1\\[2pt]}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/checkprt.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/checkprt.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c4d8ed87a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/checkprt.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+% checkprt.tex -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+
+\typeout{}
+\typeout{*** checkprt.tex v2.0 by Frank Neukam <01 Dec 1993> ***}
+\typeout{}
+\documentstyle{script_s}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+
+\textwidth 210mm
+\textheight 297mm
+\oddsidemargin -1in
+\evensidemargin -1in
+\marginparwidth 0in
+\marginparsep 0in
+\topmargin -1in
+\headheight 0in
+\headsep 0in
+\footheight 0in
+\footskip 0in
+\topskip 0in
+\parindent 0in
+
+\begin{document}
+\scriptsize\sf
+\newcounter{unitcnt}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1sp}
+\begin{picture}(0,0)
+\put(9323400,-27690498){\line(1,0){20511480}}
+\put(19579140,-9323400){\line(0,-1){36734196}}
+%
+% left
+% mm
+\multiput(186468,-27690498)(186468,0){50}{\line(0,1){372936}}
+\multiput(932340,-27690498)(932340,0){10}{\line(0,1){559404}}
+\multiput(1864680,-27690498)(1864680,0){5}{\line(0,1){745872}}
+\setcounter{unitcnt}{10}
+\multiput(1864680,-26571690)(1864680,0){5}%
+ {\makebox(0,0){\arabic{unitcnt}}\addtocounter{unitcnt}{10}}
+\put(10255740,-27354856){mm}
+% inch
+\multiput(236815,-27690498)(236815,0){40}{\line(0,-1){372936}}
+\multiput(473629,-27690498)(473629,0){20}{\line(0,-1){559404}}
+\multiput(4736290,-27690498)(4736290,0){2}{\line(0,-1){745872}}
+\setcounter{unitcnt}{1}
+\multiput(4736290,-28809306)(4736290,0){2}%
+ {\makebox(0,0){\arabic{unitcnt}}\addtocounter{unitcnt}{1}}
+\put(10255740,-28343136){inch}
+%
+% right
+% mm
+\multiput(38971812,-27690498)(-186468,0){50}{\line(0,1){372936}}
+\multiput(38225940,-27690498)(-932340,0){10}{\line(0,1){559404}}
+\multiput(37293600,-27690498)(-1864680,0){5}{\line(0,1){745872}}
+\setcounter{unitcnt}{10}
+\multiput(37293600,-26571690)(-1864680,0){5}%
+ {\makebox(0,0){\arabic{unitcnt}}\addtocounter{unitcnt}{10}}
+\put(27932906,-27354856){mm}
+% inch
+\multiput(38921465,-27690498)(-236815,0){40}{\line(0,-1){372936}}
+\multiput(38684651,-27690498)(-473629,0){20}{\line(0,-1){559404}}
+\multiput(34421990,-27690498)(-4736290,0){2}{\line(0,-1){745872}}
+\setcounter{unitcnt}{1}
+\multiput(34421990,-28809306)(-4736290,0){2}%
+ {\makebox(0,0){\arabic{unitcnt}}\addtocounter{unitcnt}{1}}
+\put(27932906,-28343136){inch}
+%
+% top
+% mm
+\multiput(19579140,-186468)(0,-186468){50}{\line(-1,0){372936}}
+\multiput(19579140,-932340)(0,-932340){10}{\line(-1,0){559404}}
+\multiput(19579140,-1864680)(0,-1864680){5}{\line(-1,0){745872}}
+\setcounter{unitcnt}{10}
+\multiput(18460332,-1864680)(0,-1864680){5}%
+ {\makebox(0,0){\arabic{unitcnt}}\addtocounter{unitcnt}{10}}
+\put(18460332,-10442208){\makebox(0,0)[b]{mm}}
+% inch
+\multiput(19579140,-236815)(0,-236815){40}{\line(1,0){372936}}
+\multiput(19579140,-473629)(0,-473629){20}{\line(1,0){559404}}
+\multiput(19579140,-4736290)(0,-4736290){2}{\line(1,0){745872}}
+\setcounter{unitcnt}{1}
+\multiput(20697948,-4736290)(0,-4736290){2}%
+ {\makebox(0,0){\arabic{unitcnt}}\addtocounter{unitcnt}{1}}
+\put(20697948,-10442208){\makebox(0,0)[b]{inch}}
+%
+% bottom
+% mm
+\multiput(19579140,-55194528)(0,186468){50}{\line(-1,0){372936}}
+\multiput(19579140,-54448656)(0,932340){10}{\line(-1,0){559404}}
+\multiput(19579140,-53516316)(0,1864680){5}{\line(-1,0){745872}}
+\setcounter{unitcnt}{10}
+\multiput(18460332,-53516316)(0,1864680){5}%
+ {\makebox(0,0){\arabic{unitcnt}}\addtocounter{unitcnt}{10}}
+\put(18460332,-45311724){\makebox(0,0)[b]{mm}}
+% inch
+\multiput(19579140,-55144181)(0,236815){40}{\line(1,0){372936}}
+\multiput(19579140,-54907367)(0,473629){20}{\line(1,0){559404}}
+\multiput(19579140,-50644706)(0,4736290){2}{\line(1,0){745872}}
+\setcounter{unitcnt}{1}
+\multiput(20697948,-50644706)(0,4736290){2}%
+ {\makebox(0,0){\arabic{unitcnt}}\addtocounter{unitcnt}{1}}
+\put(20697948,-45311724){\makebox(0,0)[b]{inch}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/dir.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/dir.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1aa7b8d117
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/dir.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+% dir.tex -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+% Generates a directory from given .ADR file
+% Remove `german' two lines below if german.sty is unavailable or useless
+
+\documentstyle[german,10pt,twoside]{script_s}
+\headseplineon
+\raggedbottom
+
+\def\empty{}
+\def\adrfile{}
+\def\adrtitle{}
+
+\typeout{}
+\typeout{*** dir.tex v2.0 by Frank Neukam <01 Dec 1993> ***}
+\typeout{}
+\typein[\adrfile]{Name of .ADR file (without .ADR): }
+\typeout{}
+\typein[\adrtitle]{Title of directory: }
+\typeout{}
+\ifx\adrtitle\empty\def\adrtitle{\ }\fi
+
+\newdimen\paperwidth
+\newdimen\leftfield
+\newdimen\rightfield
+\newdimen\adrindent
+\paperwidth 210mm
+\leftfield 40mm
+\rightfield 25mm
+\adrindent 1em
+\advance\leftfield by -\adrindent
+\textwidth 70mm
+\oddsidemargin -1in
+\evensidemargin -1in
+\advance\oddsidemargin by 9mm
+\advance\evensidemargin by \paperwidth
+\advance\evensidemargin by -9mm
+\advance\evensidemargin by -\textwidth
+\textheight 120mm
+\headheight 1\baselineskip
+\headsep 0.5\baselineskip
+\footheight 1\baselineskip
+\footskip 1.5\baselineskip
+\topmargin -1in
+\advance\topmargin by 8mm
+\marginparwidth 0in
+\marginparsep 0in
+\marginparpush 0in
+\parskip 0.5\baselineskip
+\parindent 0in
+
+\begin{document}
+\def\headfont{\sfb}
+\def\adrchar#1{\clearpage\typeout{#1}\markboth{#1}{#1}}
+\def\adrentry#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{\hspace{\adrindent}%
+ \parbox[b]{\leftfield}{\raggedright \hspace{-\adrindent}{\sc #1}%
+ \ifx #2\empty \else , #2\fi%
+ \ifx #3\empty \else \par #3\fi%
+ \ifx #7\empty \else \par (#7)\fi}%
+ \hfill%
+ \parbox[b]{\rightfield}{\raggedright%
+ \ifx #8\empty \else {\scriptsize #8}\par \fi #4}\par}
+\ifx\adrfile\empty \else
+ \pagestyle{empty}
+ \null\vfil
+ \begin{center}
+ {\Large \sfb \adrtitle}
+ \end{center}
+ \vfil\vfil\null
+ \cleardoublepage
+ \pagestyle{myheadings}
+ \input\adrfile.adr\relax
+\fi
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/phone.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/phone.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e58671e268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/phone.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+% phone.tex -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+% Generates a list of phone numbers from given .ADR file
+% Remove `german' two lines below if german.sty is unavailable or useless
+
+\documentstyle[german,12pt]{script_s}
+
+\def\empty{}
+\def\adrfile{}
+\def\adrtitle{}
+
+\typeout{}
+\typeout{*** phone.tex v2.0 by Frank Neukam <01 Dec 1993> ***}
+\typeout{}
+\typein[\adrfile]{Name of .ADR file (without .ADR): }
+\typeout{}
+\typein[\adrtitle]{Title of the list of phone numbers: }
+\typeout{}
+
+\parindent 0pt
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\begin{document}
+{\LARGE \sfb \null\hfill\adrtitle\hfill\null\par \vspace{3ex}}
+\def\adrchar#1{\vspace{1ex}}
+\def\adrentry#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{\setbox0\hbox{#4}
+ {\sc #1}%
+ \ifx #2\empty \else , #2\fi%
+ \ifx #7\empty \else \ (#7)\fi%
+ \ \dotfill\ \unhbox0\par}
+\ifx\adrfile\empty \else \input\adrfile.adr\relax \fi
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.dvi b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.dvi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71460cb122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.dvi
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4d32f55d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
+% script.sty -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+% based on Leslie Lamport's report and book styles.
+
+\typeout{Document Style `script' v2.0 by Frank Neukam <01 Dec 1993>}
+
+\ifx\selectfont\undefined
+ \font\tensfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep0
+ \font\elvsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstephalf
+ \font\twlsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep1
+ \font\frtnsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep2
+ \font\svtnsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep3
+ \font\twtysfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep4
+ \font\twfvsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep5
+\else
+ \def\tensfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{10}{12pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\elvsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{11}{13.6pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\twlsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{12}{14.5pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\frtnsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{14}{18pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\svtnsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{17}{22pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\twtysfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{20}{25pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\twfvsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{25}{30pt}\selectfont}
+\fi
+
+\def\@ptsize{1}
+\@namedef{ds@10pt}{\def\@ptsize{0}}
+\@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\newdimen\paperwidth
+\newdimen\paperheight
+\paperwidth 210mm
+\paperheight 297mm
+\@namedef{ds@DINA3}{\paperwidth=297mm \paperheight=420mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA4}{\paperwidth=210mm \paperheight=297mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA5}{\paperwidth=148.5mm \paperheight=210mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA6}{\paperwidth=105mm \paperheight=148.5mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA3l}{\paperwidth=420mm \paperheight=297mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA4l}{\paperwidth=297mm \paperheight=210mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA5l}{\paperwidth=210mm \paperheight=148.5mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA6l}{\paperwidth=148.5mm \paperheight=105mm}
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
+\@options
+\input script1\@ptsize.sty\relax
+\normalsize
+
+\newif\if@hincl
+\def\headincludeon{\@hincltrue}
+\def\headincludeoff{\@hinclfalse}
+\newif\if@hsl
+\def\headseplineon{\@hsltrue \@hincltrue}
+\def\headseplineoff{\@hslfalse \@hinclfalse}
+\headseplineoff
+\newif\if@fincl
+\def\footincludeon{\@fincltrue}
+\def\footincludeoff{\@finclfalse}
+\newif\if@fsl
+\def\footseplineon{\@fsltrue \@fincltrue}
+\def\footseplineoff{\@fslfalse \@finclfalse}
+\footseplineoff
+\newdimen\sc@bcor
+\newcount\sc@div
+\newdimen\sc@hblk
+\newdimen\sc@vblk
+\newdimen\sc@temp
+\def\typearea{\@ifnextchar [{\@typearea}{\@typearea[0mm]}}
+\def\@typearea[#1]#2{
+ \normalsize
+ \sc@bcor #1
+ \sc@div=#2
+ \sc@hblk \paperwidth
+ \advance \sc@hblk by -\sc@bcor
+ \divide\sc@hblk by \sc@div
+ \oddsidemargin -1in
+ \evensidemargin -1in
+ \if@twoside
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@bcor
+ \advance\evensidemargin by 2\sc@hblk
+ \else
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by 1.5\sc@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@bcor
+ \evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
+ \fi
+ \textwidth \paperwidth
+ \advance\textwidth by -\sc@bcor
+ \advance\textwidth by -3\sc@hblk
+ \headheight 15pt
+ \headsep 1.5\baselineskip
+ \footskip 3.5\baselineskip
+ \sc@vblk \paperheight
+ \divide\sc@vblk by \sc@div
+ \sc@temp \paperheight
+ \advance\sc@temp by -3\sc@vblk
+ \if@hincl
+ \advance\sc@temp by -\headheight
+ \advance\sc@temp by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@fincl
+ \advance\sc@temp by -\footskip
+ \fi
+ \textheight \topskip
+ \@whiledim\textheight<\sc@temp
+ \do{\advance\textheight by \baselineskip}
+ \topmargin \sc@vblk
+ \advance\topmargin by -1in
+ \if@hincl \else
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headheight
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@twoside
+ \marginparwidth 1.5\sc@hblk
+ \else
+ \marginparwidth \sc@hblk
+ \fi
+ \marginparsep 1cc
+ \marginparpush 0.45\baselineskip}
+\def\areaset{\@ifnextchar [{\@areaset}{\@areaset[0mm]}}
+\def\@areaset[#1]#2#3{
+ \normalsize
+ \sc@bcor #1
+ \textwidth #2
+ \textheight #3
+ \sc@hblk \paperwidth
+ \advance\sc@hblk by -\sc@bcor
+ \advance\sc@hblk by -\textwidth
+ \divide\sc@hblk by 3
+ \oddsidemargin -1in
+ \evensidemargin -1in
+ \if@twoside
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@bcor
+ \advance\evensidemargin by 2\sc@hblk
+ \else
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by 1.5\sc@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@bcor
+ \evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
+ \fi
+ \headheight 15pt
+ \headsep 1.5\baselineskip
+ \footskip 3.5\baselineskip
+ \sc@vblk \paperheight
+ \advance\sc@vblk by -\textheight
+ \divide\sc@vblk by 3
+ \if@hincl
+ \advance\textheight by -\headheight
+ \advance\textheight by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@fincl
+ \advance\textheight by -\footskip
+ \fi
+ \topmargin \sc@vblk
+ \advance\topmargin by -1in
+ \if@hincl \else
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headheight
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@twoside
+ \marginparwidth 1.5\sc@hblk
+ \else
+ \marginparwidth \sc@hblk
+ \fi
+ \marginparsep 1cc
+ \marginparpush 0.45\baselineskip}
+\ifcase \@ptsize\relax \typearea{8} \or \typearea{10} \or \typearea{12} \fi
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt
+\parindent 1em
+\partopsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\footnotesep 0.6\baselineskip
+\skip\footins 0.75\baselineskip plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\columnsep 1cc
+\columnseprule 0pt
+\floatsep 1\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 1\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\@maxsep 20pt
+\dblfloatsep 1\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@fpsep 0.7\baselineskip plus 2fil
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfpsep 0.7\baselineskip plus 2fil
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+
+\arraycolsep 5pt
+\tabcolsep 6pt
+\arrayrulewidth 0.4pt
+\doublerulesep 2pt
+\fboxsep 3pt
+\fboxrule 0.4pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+\labelsep .5em
+\leftmargini 2.5em
+\leftmarginii 2.2em
+\leftmarginiii 1.87em
+\leftmarginiv 1.7em
+\leftmarginv 1em
+\leftmarginvi 1em
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelwidth\leftmargini
+\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 0.8em plus 0.2em minus 0.4em
+ \parsep 0.4em plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0.4em plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep 0.2em plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0.2em plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep 1pt plus 0pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\@lowpenalty 51
+\@medpenalty 151
+\@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty
+
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
+\def\labelenumii{\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi\theenumii)}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\triangleright$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter {chapter}
+\newcounter {section}[chapter]
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+\newcounter {subparagraph}[paragraph]
+
+\def\thepart {\Roman{part}}
+\def\thechapter {\arabic{chapter}}
+\def\thesection {\thechapter.\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection .\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \descfont #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+\newdimen\descriptionmargin
+\descriptionmargin=3em
+
+\def\labelinglabel#1{#1\hfil\sc@septext}
+\def\labeling{\@ifnextchar [{\@labeling}{\@labeling[]}}
+\def\@labeling[#1]#2{\def\sc@septext{#1}
+ \list{}{\settowidth{\labelwidth}{#2#1}
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth \advance\leftmargin by \labelsep
+ \let\makelabel\labelinglabel}}
+\let\endlabeling\endlist
+
+\def\marginline#1{\marginpar%
+ {\if@twoside \ifodd\c@page \raggedright \else \raggedleft \fi
+ \else \raggedright \fi #1}}
+
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+\def\next@tpage{\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}\null}
+\def\@extratitle{}
+\long\def\extratitle#1{\def\@extratitle{#1}}
+\def\@titlehead{}
+\long\def\titlehead#1{\def\@titlehead{#1}}
+\def\@subject{}
+\def\subject#1{\def\@subject{#1}}
+\def\@publishers{}
+\def\publishers#1{\def\@publishers{#1}}
+\def\@uppertitleback{}
+\long\def\uppertitleback#1{\def\@uppertitleback{#1}}
+\def\@lowertitleback{}
+\long\def\lowertitleback#1{\def\@lowertitleback{#1}}
+\def\@dedication{}
+\def\dedication#1{\def\@dedication{#1}}
+\def\maketitle{\@ifnextchar [{\@maketitle}{\@maketitle[1]}}
+\def\@maketitle[#1]{\bgroup \@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn \else \newpage \fi
+ \thispagestyle{empty}\null
+ \setcounter{page}{#1}
+ \let\footnotesize\small
+ \let\footnoterule\relax
+ \ifx\@extratitle\@empty \else
+ \noindent\@extratitle \next@tpage \if@twoside \next@tpage \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@titlehead\@empty \else
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+ \@titlehead
+ \end{minipage}\par
+ \fi
+ \null \vfill
+ \ifx\@subject\@empty \else
+ {\centering \Large \@subject \par}
+ \vskip 3em
+ \fi
+ {\centering \huge \sectfont \@title \par}
+ \vskip 3em
+ {\centering \Large \lineskip 0.75em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 1.5em
+ {\centering \Large \@date \par}
+ \vskip 0pt plus 3fill
+ {\centering \Large \@publishers \par}
+ \vskip 3em
+ \par \@thanks
+ \if@twoside \next@tpage
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+ \@uppertitleback
+ \end{minipage}\par
+ \vfill
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}[b]{\textwidth}
+ \@lowertitleback
+ \end{minipage}
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@dedication\@empty \else
+ \next@tpage \vfill
+ {\centering \Large \@dedication \par}
+ \vskip 0pt plus 3fill
+ \if@twoside \next@tpage \fi
+ \fi
+ \if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi
+ \egroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\thanks\relax \gdef\@extratitle{}\gdef\@titlehead{}\gdef\@subject{}%
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\gdef\@publishers{}%
+ \gdef\@uppertitleback{}\gdef\@lowertitleback{}\gdef\@dedication{}%
+ \let\maketitle\relax \let\@maketitle\relax}
+
+\newif\if@abstrt
+\def\abstracton{\@abstrttrue}
+\def\abstractoff{\@abstrtfalse}
+\def\abstractname{Abstract}
+\def\abstract{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty} \null \vfil
+ \if@abstrt \begin{center} {\sectfont \abstractname} \end{center}\fi}
+\def\endabstract{\par \vfil \null
+ \if@twoside \next@tpage \fi
+ \if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+\def\partname{Part}
+\def\part{\cleardoublepage \thispagestyle{empty} \if@twocolumn \onecolumn
+ \@tempswatrue \else \@tempswafalse \fi \null \vfil \secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax \refstepcounter{part}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}\else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi \markboth{}{}
+ {\centering \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax \huge \sectfont\partname{}
+ \thepart \par \vskip 20pt \fi \Huge \sectfont #2\par}\@endpart}
+\def\@spart#1{{\centering \Huge \sectfont #1\par}\@endpart}
+\def\@endpart{\vfil\newpage \if@twoside \null \thispagestyle{empty}
+ \newpage \fi \if@tempswa \twocolumn \fi}
+
+\def\chaptername{Chapter}
+\def\@chapapp{\chaptername}
+\def\chaptermark#1{}
+\def\chapter{\clearpage \thispagestyle{plain} \global\@topnum\z@
+ \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@chapter\@schapter}
+\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect \numberline{\thechapter.}#1}
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}\fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+ \if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]
+ \else \@makechapterhead{#2} \fi \@afterheading}
+\def\@schapter#1{\if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{#1}]
+ \else \@makeschapterhead{#1} \fi \@afterheading}
+\def\@makechapterhead#1{\vspace*{50pt} {\Huge \sectfont
+ \@hangfrom{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \thechapter. \fi}%
+ {\raggedright \interlinepenalty \@M #1\par}} \nobreak \vskip 40pt}
+\def\@makeschapterhead#1{\vspace*{50pt} {\Huge \sectfont \@hangfrom{}%
+ {\raggedright \interlinepenalty \@M #1\par}} \nobreak \vskip 40pt}
+
+\def\addchap{\clearpage \thispagestyle{plain} \global\@topnum\z@
+ \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@addchap\@saddchap}
+\def\@addchap[#1]#2{\typeout{#2}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}
+ \if@twoside \markboth{#1}{}\else \markright{#1} \fi
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+ \if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{#2}]
+ \else \@makeschapterhead{#2} \fi \@afterheading}
+\def\@saddchap#1{\markboth{}{}
+ \if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{#1}]
+ \else \@makeschapterhead{#1} \fi \@afterheading}
+
+\def\appendixname{Appendix}
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{chapter}{0}
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \def\@chapapp{\appendixname}
+ \def\thechapter{\Alph{chapter}}}
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{\Large \sectfont}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\large \sectfont}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex
+ minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\sectfont}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus
+ .2ex}{-1em}{\sectfont}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{4}{\parindent}{3.25ex plus
+ 1ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\sectfont}}
+
+\def\minisec#1{\@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex {\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \sectfont #1\par\nobreak}\@afterheading}
+
+\def\contentsname{Contents}
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\def\tableofcontents{\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \chapter*{\contentsname \@mkboth{\contentsname}{\contentsname}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} \begingroup
+ \@tempdima 3em \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth \parfillskip
+ -\@pnumwidth
+ {\sectfont \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak \global\@nobreaktrue \everypar{\global\@nobreakfalse\everypar{}}
+ \endgroup}
+\def\l@chapter#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}
+ \vskip 1.0em plus 1pt \@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \sectfont \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip
+ #1\nobreak\hfil\nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup}
+\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{10em}{5em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{12em}{6em}}
+
+\def\listfigurename{List of Figures}
+\def\listoffigures{\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \chapter*{\listfigurename \@mkboth{\listfigurename}{\listfigurename}}
+ \@starttoc{lof}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+
+\def\listtablename{List of Tables}
+\def\listoftables{\@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \chapter*{\listtablename \@mkboth{\listtablename}{\listtablename}}
+ \@starttoc{lot}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+\def\bibname{Bibliography}
+\def\thebibliography#1{\chapter*{\bibname \@mkboth{\bibname}{\bibname}}
+ \list{[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip 0.11em plus 0.33em minus 0.07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+
+\def\indexname{Index}
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+ \columnseprule \z@
+ \columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{\indexname}]
+ \@mkboth{\indexname}{\indexname}
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus 0.3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40pt}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{20pt}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{30pt}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+\@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter}
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width 0.4\columnwidth
+ \kern 2.6\p@}
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent \sc@temp\columnwidth%
+ \advance\sc@temp by -1.5em \hbox to 1em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}\hskip .5em%
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@temp}{\parindent 0pt\parskip 0pt\hskip -.5em #1}}
+
+\@addtoreset{equation}{chapter}
+\def\theequation{\thechapter.\arabic{equation}}
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.7}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.2}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.5}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.7}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.5}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 10pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\captfont #1: #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize \@hangfrom{\captfont #1: }%
+ {\captfont #2\par}
+ \else \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi}
+
+\def\figurename{Figure}
+\newcounter{figure}[chapter]
+\def\thefigure{\thechapter.\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fps@figure{tbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{\figurename{} \thefigure}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}
+\let\endfigure\end@float
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+\def\tablename{Table}
+\newcounter{table}[chapter]
+\def\thetable{\thechapter.\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{tbp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{\tablename{} \thetable}
+\def\table{\@float{table}}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+\mark{{}{}}
+\if@twoside
+ \def\ps@plain{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@evenhead{}%
+ \def\@oddhead{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\thepage\hfil}}}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage}}}}
+ \def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \def\@evenhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\leftmark\hfil}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\hfil\rightmark}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\thepage\hfil}}}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage}}}%
+ \def\chaptermark##1{\markboth {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}{}}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection\ \ \fi ##1}}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+ \def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@evenhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\leftmark\hfil}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\hfil\rightmark}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\thepage\hfil}}}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage}}}%
+ \def\chaptermark##1{}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\else
+ \def\ps@plain{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@evenhead{}%
+ \def\@oddhead{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage\hfil}}}}
+ \def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \def\@evenhead{}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\hfil\rightmark\hfil}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage\hfil}}}%
+ \def\chaptermark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+ \def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@evenhead{}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\hfil\rightmark\hfil}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage\hfil}}}%
+ \def\chaptermark##1{}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\fi
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+\@abstrttrue
+\ps@headings
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\onecolumn
+\if@twoside \else \raggedbottom \fi
+\frenchspacing
+\def\captfont{\rm}
+\def\descfont{\sfb}
+\def\headfont{\it}
+\def\pnumfont{\rm}
+\def\sectfont{\sfb}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28b2479786
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1466 @@
+\documentstyle[twoside,german]{script}
+\headseplineon
+\typearea{10}
+\sloppy
+\def\com#1{{\tt \char92 #1}}
+
+\date{1. Dezember 1993}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Die Document-Style-Familie\\"`Script"'}
+\author{Version 2.0}
+\uppertitleback{Haftungsausschlu"s:\\Es wird keinerlei Haftung "ubernommen
+ f"ur irgendwelche Sch"aden, die aus der Benutzung der Programme des hier
+ beschriebenen Paketes folgen.}
+\maketitle[-1]
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\chapter{Allgemeines}
+
+\section{Einleitung}
+
+Urspr"unglich versuchte ich im Rahmen eines gr"o"seren Projektes\footnote{es
+handelte sich um ein Vorlesungs-Skript -- daher auch der Name f"ur die hier
+beschriebene Style-Familie} lediglich den "`boldface extended"'-Font
+({\tt cmbx}) in "Uberschriften durch einen sch"oneren zu ersetzen und
+forschte deshalb in den Style-Dateien nach "Anderungsm"oglichkeiten.
+Ungef"ahr gleichzeitig bekam ich ein sehr gutes Buch "uber Typographie%
+\footnote{{\sc Jan Tschichold}: Ausgew"ahlte Aufs"atze "uber die Gestalt des
+Buches und der Typographie, Zweite Auf\/lage, Birkh"auser Verlag Basel 1987}
+in die Hand, und es wurde mir sehr bald klar: es m"ussen komplett
+neue Styles her, die auch die europ"aischen typographischen Regeln und
+Papierformate (insbesondere DIN A4) ber"ucksichtigen.
+
+Nach einigen Wochen Arbeit habe ich am 6. Juni 1992 die Version~1.0
+der Document-Style-Familie "`Script"' per FTP ver"offentlicht und
+war sehr "uberrascht "uber die gro"se Resonanz. Neben
+vielen kleineren Problemen (die allerdings meistens auf \LaTeX\ und
+nicht auf {\tt script} zur"uckzuf"uhren waren) wurde auch eine echte
+Unzul"anglichkeit zur Verbesserung an mich herangetragen: der {\tt
+script\_l}-Style lieferte in Verbindung mit dem neuen Fontauswahlschema
+von Mittelbach und Sch"opf einige Fehlermeldungen. Dieses Schema --
+im folgenden kurz NFSS genannt -- war damals auf meinem Rechner noch
+nicht installiert, so da"s mir dieses Manko nicht aufgefallen war.
+Die jetzt vorliegende "`Script"'-Version~2.0 sollte nun in allen
+Teilen sowohl mit dem alten als auch dem neuen Fontauswahlschema
+fehlerfrei laufen. "Ubrigens kann ich das NFSS besten Gewissens jedermann
+empfehlen; es ist sehr angenehm damit zu arbeiten und wird ab der
+n"achsten \LaTeX -Version sowieso Standard.
+
+Der Erstbenutzer von "`Script"' kann einen ersten Eindruck von den
+durchgef"uhrten "Anderungen gegen"uber den Standardstyles durch diese
+Dokumentation selbst bekommen; sie wurde mit
+\verb|\documentstyle[twoside,german]{script}| und nachtr"aglicher
+Einstellung von \verb|\headseplineon| (siehe S.~\pageref{HEADSEPLINE})
+gesetzt. Doch auch "`alten Hasen"' sei die Lekt"ure ans Herz gelegt,
+da sich so manche Kleinigkeit gegen"uber Version~1.0 ge"andert hat.
+Diese Modifikationen sind jedoch aufw"artskompatibel und im Text gesondert
+erw"ahnt.
+
+\section{Autor, Copyright und Danksagungen}
+
+Die Document-Style-Familie {\tt script} und die dazugeh"orige Dokumentation
+(die Sie gerade lesen) wurden von Frank Neukam geschrieben. "`Script"'
+ist, wie bei \TeX\ "ublich, frei kopierbar (public domain).
+Nachtr"agliche "Anderungen Ihrerseits sind nat"urlich wie
+bei den Originalen legitim, nur bitte ich darum, bei Minimalmodifikationen
+der Styles die Autorenangabe nicht allzu dreist zu ver"andern (oder gar
+meinen werten Namen frech durch den eigenen zu ersetzen!), sondern
+Kommentarzeilen wie "`Modified by \dots"' einzuf"ugen. Au"serdem sollte dann
+in der typeout message und der ersten Kommentarzeile das Datum aktualisiert
+und jede "Anderung kommentiert werden.
+
+Sollten Sie Ihre modifizierte Version ver"offentlichen wollen,
+so bitte ich, diese nicht (wie schon geschehen) als "`offizielle"' neue
+Ausgabe mit neuer Versionsnummer zu verbreiten und wom"oglich sogar das
+alte Original auf einer Mailbox oder einem FTP-Server zu "uberschreiben.
+Bitte kennzeichnen Sie in diesem Fall Ihre Version eindeutig als "`Patch"',
+belassen Sie die Versionsnummer (sonst gibt es irgendwann zig verschiedene
+Modifikationen mit identischen Nummern) und speichern Sie sie in einem
+anderen Verzeichnis oder Archiv als das Original. Falls Sie Ihre "Anderungen
+gerne in einer neuen "`offiziellen"' Version von {\tt script} sehen w"urden,
+so setzen Sie sich bitte mit mir in Verbindung (Adresse siehe unten).
+
+Mein besonderer Dank gilt an dieser Stelle dem Rechenzentrum der
+Universit"at Karlsruhe f"ur viele Probeausdrucke, Thorsten Hoeppner,
+Klaus-J"urgen Wald und Christian Wurll f"ur Ideen und Kritik, Uta
+Janssen f"ur typographische Beratung, Dr.~Karlheinz Fingerle f"ur die
+Bereitstellung des NFSS, Oliver Schurr f"ur seinen Artikel "uber "`Script"'
+im DANTE-Magazin\footnote{Die \TeX nische Kom"odie, Heft 3/92}, Markus
+Kohm f"ur das Patch zur Papiergr"o"seneinstellung, Sven Gohlke f"ur
+Programmierarbeit und Tips bez"uglich der Sprachumschaltung beim {\tt
+script\_l.sty} sowie allen eifrigen Briefeschreibern, deren Lob, Kritik und
+Verbesserungsvorschl"agen Sie diese neue Version zu verdanken haben.
+
+\section{Was ist was}
+
+Das komplette Paket der Version~2.0 besteht aus folgenden Files:
+\begin{labeling}[\ ]{\tt checkprt.tex}
+\item[\tt checkprt.tex] Testseite zur genauen Einstellung von
+ Druckertreibern
+\item[\tt dir.tex] Programm zum Drucken eines Adre"sbuches aus einem
+ {\tt .adr}-File (siehe S.~\pageref{ADR})
+\item[\tt phone.tex] Programm zum Drucken eines
+ Telefonnummern-Verzeichnisses aus einem {\tt .adr}-File;
+ erst seit Version~2.0 Bestandteil des Paketes
+\item[\tt script.dvi] Dokumentation zur "`Script"'-Stylefamilie
+\item[\tt script.sty] Style-Hauptdatei; entspricht einem Mittelding aus
+ {\tt report.sty} und {\tt book.sty}
+\item[\tt script.tex] Quelltext zu {\tt script.dvi}
+\item[\tt script10.sty] Hilfsdatei f"ur alle drei Hauptstyles; wird von
+ diesen bei Einstellung der 10pt-Schrift nachgeladen
+\item[\tt script11.sty] Dito, f"ur 11 pt
+\item[\tt script12.sty] Dito, f"ur 12 pt
+\item[\tt script\_l.sty] Style-Hauptdatei "`script\_letter"'; entspricht dem
+ {\tt letter.sty}
+\item[\tt script\_s.sty] Style-Hauptdatei "`script\_small"'; entspricht dem
+ {\tt article.sty}
+\item[\tt sctitle.sty] Pendant zu {\tt titlepage.sty}; erzeugt eine eigene
+ Titelseite
+\item[\tt typearea.sty] Style-Option zur einfacheren Satzspiegeleinstellung
+\end{labeling}
+
+\section{Kompatibilit"at zu den Originalstyles}
+
+Alle Befehle, die in den zugrundeliegenden Original-Styles {\tt article},
+{\tt report}, {\tt book} und {\tt letter} vorhanden sind,
+sind auch weiterhin verf"ugbar. Es wurden lediglich Befehle hinzugef"ugt
+bzw. schon vorhandene Einstellungen und Befehlsdefinitionen modifiziert.
+Dadurch mu"s man bei Verwendung der "`Script"'-Styles eigentlich nichts
+besonders beachten, nur das Ergebnis wird etwas anders aussehen als
+gewohnt. So ist es auch kein Problem, "`alte"' Texte dem neuen Layout
+anzupassen, indem man in der Definition des Document-Styles z.B.
+{\tt article} einfach durch {\tt script\_s} ersetzt. Um die neuen
+M"oglichkeiten jedoch voll aussch"opfen zu k"onnen, ist die Lekt"ure
+dieser Anleitung unumg"anglich.
+
+\section{Fehler}
+
+Als Entsch"adigung daf"ur, da"s sich mit Sicherheit irgendwo neue Fehler
+in die Styles eingeschlichen haben, wurden ein paar bei den Originalen
+vorhandene entfernt. Falls Sie einen Fehler finden, der eindeutig
+auf eine Fehlprogrammierung der verwendeten Style-Dateien zur"uckzuf"uhren
+ist, bitte ich Sie, mir das auch im Interesse der anderen Benutzer zu
+schreiben, damit ich ihn beim n"achsten Update entfernen kann.
+Aber auch f"ur sonstige Kritik und Verbesserungsvorschl"age bin
+ich immer dankbar; bitte bestehen Sie jedoch nicht auf einer R"uckantwort
+und bestellen Sie keine Styles bei mir (irgendwoher m"ussen Sie diese
+Anleitung ja haben, da sind auch die Styles selbst bestimmt nicht weit).
+Hier meine Adresse:
+\begin{quote}
+Frank Neukam\\
+Franz-Stadelmayer-Str. 30\\
+97074 W"urzburg
+\end{quote}
+
+\chapter{Das neue Layout}
+
+\section{Die neuen Fonts}
+
+"Uberall, wo fr"uher Extended Boldface verwendet wurde (also in allen
+"Uberschriften, im Inhaltsverzeichnis und im {\tt description} Environment)
+wird jetzt standardm"a"sig ein neuer Font benutzt, n"amlich Sansserif
+Bold Extended ({\tt cmssbx}). Es handelt sich dabei um eine serifenlose
+Schrift in halbfetter Ausf"uhrung, die durch den Befehl \verb|\sfb|%
+\footnote{Bei Verwendung des NFSS ist die Befehlsfolge \com{sf}\com{bf}
+dem \com{sfb}-Kommando vorzuziehen, da \com{sfb} aus Kompatibilit"atsgr"unden
+wie ein "`alter"' Fontselektionsbefehl arbeitet, also {\em alle\/}
+Fontparameter einstellt.} selektiert wird. Zu beachten ist lediglich, da"s
+als kleinste Gr"o"se ein 10pt-Font zur Verf"ugung steht; wird z.B. mittels
+\verb|\tiny\sfb| eine kleinere Schrift gew"unscht, so wird aus
+Lesbarkeitsgr"unden die normale Extended Boldface eingestellt, da diese
+auch noch in kleineren Entwurfsgr"o"sen vorhanden ist.
+
+\section{Der Satzspiegel}
+
+\subsection{Grundlegendes}
+
+Der Satzspiegel definiert die Gr"o"se des bedruckten Bereichs einer Seite%
+\footnote{Im folgenden auch "`Textbereich"' genannt; Kopfzeile, Fu"szeile
+und Randnoten z"ahlen jedoch nicht dazu.} und dessen Positionierung auf
+der Seite; seine Breite ist abh"angig von der gew"ahlten Schriftart und
+-gr"o"se (optimale Lesbarkeit ist bei ca. 60-70 Zeichen pro Zeile gegeben).
+Bei seiner Konstruktion ist besonders auf die Seitenproportionen
+(Verh"altnis von Breite zu H"ohe) sowie auf seinen Stand auf der Seite zu
+achten.
+
+Jan Tschichold hat in dem in der Einleitung angegebenen Buch eine
+Konstruktion vorgeschlagen, die einfach durchf"uhrbar ist und bei jedem
+Seitenverh"altnis des gew"ahlten Papierformats (also auch bei dem
+"`unklassischen"' DIN A4-Format mit dem Seitenverh"altnis 1:$\sqrt{2}$, von
+dem in allen {\tt script}-Hauptstyles normalerweise ausgegangen wird) sehr
+ansprechende Ergebnisse liefert. Dies liegt wohl in der Hauptsache daran,
+da"s hier der Satzspiegel die gleichen Seitenverh"altnisse wie die zu
+bedruckende Seite selbst aufweist; auch die R"ander stehen in einer sehr
+einfachen Relation zueinander (innerer zu "au"serer bzw. oberer zu unterer
+Rand verhalten sich wie 1:2; bei einseitigem Druck, also ohne die
+{\tt twoside}-Option, sind innerer und "au"serer Rand gleich gro"s).
+
+\subsection{Konstruktion}
+
+Die Konstruktion basiert auf einer Einteilung der Breite und H"ohe
+der Seite in $n$ gleiche Teile. Das Ergebnis ist je eine L"angenangabe f"ur
+die Horizontale -- im folgenden mit HLE (horizontale L"angeneinheit)
+abgek"urzt -- und die Vertikale (VLE).
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Beispiel: ] F"ur eine DIN A4-Seite (210 mm $\times$ 297 mm) ergibt
+ sich bei Zehnteilung der Seite ($n=10$) f"ur die horizontale
+ L"angeneinheit HLE = 210 mm $\div$ 10 = 21 mm und f"ur die
+ vertikale L"angeneinheit VLE = 297 mm $\div$ 10 = 29.7 mm.
+\end{description}
+
+\noindent Nun wird bei doppelseitigem Druck einfach der innere Rand%
+\footnote{Es ist hier der effektiv sichtbare Rand gemeint, nicht die odd-
+bzw. evensidemargin-Einstellung; diese Gr"o"sen werden intern so
+errechnet, da"s eben genau der gew"unschte Rand sichtbar ist.} auf eine
+Breite von 1 HLE und der "au"sere Rand auf 2 HLE gesetzt. Soll einseitig
+gedruckt werden, so wird sowohl der innere als auch der "au"sere Rand auf
+1.5 HLE eingestellt. Analog dazu wird ein oberer Rand von 1 VLE und ein
+unterer Rand von 2 VLE freigelassen. F"ur den Textbereich bleibt so eine
+Fl"ache von $(n-3)$ HLE Breite mal $(n-3)$ VLE H"ohe. Randbemerkungen
+("`marginal notes"') stehen im "au"seren Rand und sind auf eine Breite von
+1.5 HLE (bei Verwendung der {\tt twoside}-Option) bzw. 1 HLE (sonst)
+begrenzt.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Beispiel: ] Bei Sechsteilung der Seite ($n=6$) sind der linke und
+ rechte Rand zusammen 3 HLE und der Textbereich ebenfalls
+ $6-3=3$ HLE breit. Das gleiche gilt f"ur die vertikalen
+ Gr"o"sen. Damit ist bei einer Sechsteilung der Seite der
+ Textbereich genau halb so breit und hoch wie die gesamte
+ Seite.
+\end{description}
+
+\noindent Die \TeX-Forderung, da"s die Textbereichsbreite
+(\verb|\textwidth|) ein Vielfaches der Zeichenbreite der
+{\tt Typewriter}-Schrift sein soll, wird durch die beschriebene exakte
+Konstruktion nicht erf"ullt.
+Sie wird allerdings selbst von den Original-Styles nicht eingehalten und
+ist nur bei komplett in {\tt Typewriter}-Schrift geschriebenen Zeilen von
+Belang. In Abschnitt~\ref{AREASET} wird eine M"oglichkeit aufgezeigt, wie
+z.B. f"ur Programmlistings der Satzspiegel doch noch der \verb|\tt|-Schrift
+angepa"st werden kann.
+
+Die zweite Regel der Satzspiegelkonstruktion, da"s \verb|\textheight| (die
+H"ohe des Textbereiches) gleich \verb|\topskip| vermehrt um ein ganzzahliges
+Vielfaches des Grundlinienabstandes (\verb|\baselineskip|) sein soll, wurde
+jedoch befolgt. Damit wird erreicht, da"s bei komplett mit Flie"stext
+gef"ullten Seiten (also Seiten ohne "Uberschriften, Tabellen, {\em displayed
+material\/} o."a.) die Abs"atze nicht auseinandergezogen werden m"ussen, um
+zu gew"ahrleisten, da"s die unterste Zeile mit dem unteren Rand des
+Textbereichs zusammenf"allt. Der Satzspiegel kann dadurch maximal eine
+knappe Zeile h"oher werden als dies bei einer exakten Konstruktion der Fall
+gewesen w"are.
+
+\subsection{Auswahl des gew"unschten Satzspiegels}
+
+Man erkennt leicht, da"s f"ur kleine $n$ auch der Textbereich im Verh"altnis
+zur Seitengr"o"se klein ist, und f"ur sehr gro"se $n$ der Textbereich die
+Seite nahezu ausf"ullt (Randbemerkungen sind bei $n$ gr"o"ser als 12 mangels
+Platz kaum noch m"oglich bzw. sinnvoll umbrechbar). So l"a"st sich mit
+lediglich einer Gr"o"se der Satzspiegel in weiten Grenzen ver"andern, und
+man hat au"serdem noch die Garantie, da"s er immer optimal konstruiert ist.
+
+Optional l"a"st sich noch ein Bindungs-Korrektur-Ma"s {\em BCOR\/} (f"ur
+binding-correction) angeben, so da"s bei der Satzspiegelkonstruktion
+ber"ucksichtigt wird, da"s ein Teil der Seite durch Heftung oder Bindung
+nicht sichtbar ist oder abgefr"ast wird. Die Seite wird dazu um {\em BCOR\/}
+schm"aler betrachtet, als sie wirklich ist, der Satzspiegel auf dieser Basis
+berechnet, und anschlie"send der innere Rand um dieses St"uck vergr"o"sert.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Beispiel: ] Ist durch eine Klebebindung, bei der sich die Seiten nicht
+ mehr bis ganz innen aufschlagen lassen, der sichtbare
+ Bereich der Seite nicht mehr 210 mm breit (DIN A4), sondern
+ 8 mm weniger, so gibt man f"ur {\em BCOR\/} 8 mm an (wie und wo
+ steht weiter unten) und schon steht der Satzspiegel z.B. bei
+ einseitigem Druck wieder exakt mittig auf dem sichtbaren
+ Teil der Seite und hat auch die gleichen Proportionen wie
+ dieser (202:297 statt 210:297).
+\end{description}
+
+\noindent Der Satzspiegel wird durch Angabe des Befehls
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\typearea[|{\em BCOR\/}\verb|]{|{\em DIV\/}\verb|}|
+\end{quote}
+neu konstruiert. Weil interne Gr"o"sen wie \verb|\oddsidemargin| u."a.
+ver"andert werden, die nur in der Pr"aambel (dem Teil der Textquelldatei vor
+\verb|\begin{document}|) modifiziert werden d"urfen, ist auch der
+\verb|\typearea|-Befehl nur in der Pr"aambel erlaubt. Die Optionalangabe
+{\em BCOR\/} stellt die gleichnamige Gr"o"se zur Bindungs-Korrektur ein,
+w"ahrend {\em DIV\/} die Rolle des oben genannten Divisors $n$ "ubernimmt.
+{\em BCOR\/} bedarf einer Ma"seinheit, wobei alle bei \TeX\ erlaubten
+Einheiten m"oglich sind (pt, mm, cm, in, \dots), {\em DIV\/} hingegen mu"s
+eine ganze Zahl gr"o"ser als 3 sein.
+
+Bei Verwendung des {\tt script} oder {\tt script\_s}-Styles wird
+{\em DIV\/} nach Tabelle~\ref{DIV1} gew"ahlt (wobei keine Bindungs-Korrektur
+vorgenommen wird) und der \verb|\typearea|-Befehl durch den
+\verb|\documentstyle|-Befehl automatisch ausgef"uhrt.
+
+\begin{table}
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{|c|c|}
+\hline
+Textfontgr"o"se & {\em DIV} \\
+\hline
+10pt & 8 \\
+11pt & 10 \\
+12pt & 12 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+
+\caption{{\em DIV\/}-Voreinstellungen}
+\label{DIV1}
+\end{table}
+
+Als Anhaltspunkt f"ur die manuelle {\em DIV\/}-Einstellung kann
+Tabelle~\ref{DIV2} dienen. Dabei wurde {\em BCOR\/} = 0 und das Papierformat
+DIN A4 sowie zweiseitiger Druck zugrundegelegt; die Abstimmung der
+Textbereichsh"ohe auf den (von der gew"ahlten Schriftgr"o"se abh"angigen)
+Grundlinienabstand, die die Textbereichsh"ohe nochmals um maximal 14.5 pt
+$\simeq$ 5.1 mm vergr"o"sern kann, wurde nicht ber"ucksichtigt.
+
+\begin{table}
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{|c||c|c|c|c|}
+\hline
+ & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{Textbereich} & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{R"ander}\\
+{\em DIV}& Breite [mm] & H"ohe [mm] & oben [mm] & innen [mm] \\
+\hline
+6 & 105.00 & 148.50 & 49.50 & 35.00 \\
+7 & 120.00 & 169.71 & 42.43 & 30.00 \\
+8 & 131.25 & 185.63 & 37.13 & 26.25 \\
+9 & 140.00 & 198.00 & 33.00 & 23.33 \\
+10 & 147.00 & 207.90 & 29.70 & 21.00 \\
+11 & 152.73 & 216.00 & 27.00 & 19.09 \\
+12 & 157.50 & 222.75 & 24.75 & 17.50 \\
+13 & 161.54 & 228.46 & 22.85 & 16.15 \\
+14 & 165.00 & 233.36 & 21.21 & 15.00 \\
+15 & 168.00 & 237.60 & 19.80 & 14.00 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+
+\caption{Satzspiegelma"se in Abh"angigkeit von {\em DIV}}
+\label{DIV2}
+\end{table}
+
+\subsection{Ungew"ohnliche Satzspiegel\label{AREASET}}
+
+Wird ein Satzspiegel gew"unscht, der ungew"ohnliche Proportionen hat oder
+zwar wie oben angegeben konstruiert werden soll, jedoch {\em exakt\/} die
+in der vorstehenden Tabelle aufgef"uhrten Ma"se (ohne die Korrektur auf
+Vielfache des Grundlinienabstandes) haben soll, so gibt es noch alternativ
+zu \verb|\typearea| den Befehl
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\areaset[|{\em BCOR\/}\verb|]{|{\em WIDTH\/}\verb|}{|{\em HEIGHT\/}%
+\verb|}|
+\end{quote}
+der die Textbereichsbreite auf {\em WIDTH\/} und die Textbereichsh"ohe auf
+{\em HEIGHT\/} setzt (jeweils ohne jede nachtr"agliche Korrektur) und die
+Rand- und Randnoten-Einstellungen so vornimmt, da"s der Textbereich sinnvoll
+positioniert wird ("ahnlich wie beim \verb|\typearea|-Befehl). Auch die
+Wirkung der optionalen {\em BCOR\/}-Angabe ist wie schon oben beschrieben.
+
+Damit ist es nun sehr einfach m"oglich, z.B. genau quadratische oder sehr
+schmale hohe Satzspiegel zu verwirklichen. Wenn die automatische
+Positionierung nicht gef"allt, kann diese durch die entsprechenden Befehle
+nat"urlich auch noch nachtr"aglich ver"andert werden. Weiterhin ist es
+hiermit m"oglich, die Satzspiegelbreite auf die Breite eines vorgegebenen
+Textes abzustimmen.
+Als Beispiel soll, wie weiter oben angek"undigt, der Textbereich der Breite
+von 30 Zeichen in {\tt Typewriter}-Schrift angepa"st werden. Eine
+Befehlsfolge, die dieses durchf"uhrt, w"urde etwa lauten:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\newlength{\thirtytt}|\\
+\verb|\settowidth{\thirtytt}{\tt 123456789012345678901234567890}|\\
+\verb|\areaset{\thirtytt}{20cm} % Textbereichsh"ohe: 20cm|
+\end{quote}
+Auch dieser Befehl darf selbstverst"andlich nur in der Pr"aambel
+auftreten.
+
+\subsection{Ber"ucksichtigung von Kopf- und/oder Fu"szeile}
+
+Manchmal ist es sinnvoll, da"s bei der Konstruktion des Satzspiegels auch
+die Kopf- und/oder Fu"szeile als zum Textbereich dazugeh"orig betrachtet wird.
+Dies ist z.B. der Fall, wenn der Kolumnentitel wie in dieser Dokumentation
+durch eine horizontale Linie vom eigentlichen Text getrennt ist und dadurch
+optisch n"aher an diesen heranr"uckt.
+
+Bei Angabe des \verb|\headincludeon| Befehls gilt bei einer nachfolgenden
+Satzspiegelberechnung mit Hilfe des \verb|\typearea|- oder
+\verb|\areaset|-Befehls alles, was oben "uber den Textbereich gesagt wurde,
+f"ur Textbereich plus Kopfzeile. Dieses Verhalten l"a"st sich nat"urlich mit
+der komplement"aren Anweisung \verb|\headincludeoff| wieder abschalten.
+F"ur Fu"szeilen gibt es ab der Version~2.0 von {\tt script} die entsprechenden
+Befehle \verb|\footincludeon| bzw. \verb|\footincludeoff|.
+
+\subsection{Andere Papierformate}
+
+Sollen sich die Satzspiegelberechnungen nicht auf DIN A4
+(wie es hier voreingestellt ist), sondern auf ein anderes Papierformat
+beziehen, so mu"s nun nicht mehr -- wie dies noch in der Version~1.0
+der "`Script"'-Styles der Fall war -- die Datei {\tt typearea.sty}
+modifiziert werden. Ab Version~2.0 lassen sich andere Blattma"se als
+DIN A4 einfach durch die "Anderung der Variablen \verb|\paperwidth| bzw.
+\verb|\paperheight| (vor dem Aufruf des \verb|\typearea|- bzw.
+\verb|\areaset|-Befehls) einstellen. Einem Vorschlag von Markus Kohm folgend,
+werden diese beiden Variablen automatisch durch die Angabe einer der
+Optionen \verb|DINA3|, \verb|DINA4|\footnote{Diese Option wurde nur der
+Vollst"andigkeit halber mit aufgenommen, da auch ohne deren Angabe das
+Papierformat DIN~A4 zugrunde gelegt wird.}, \verb|DINA5|, \verb|DINA6|,
+\verb|DINA3l|, \verb|DINA4l|, \verb|DINA5l| oder \verb|DINA6l| im
+\verb|\documentstyle| Befehl gesetzt und der Satzspiegel entsprechend
+berechnet. Der Buchstabe \verb|l| am Ende dieser Optionen kennzeichnet
+dabei die Verwendung des Querformats (\verb|l| steht f"ur "`Landscape"',
+dem englischen Fachbegriff f"ur Druck im Querformat).
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Beispiel 1: ] Ein Gedichtb"andchen soll im DIN A5-Format gedruckt
+ werden. Dazu gen"ugt nun die Angabe von \verb|DINA5| als
+ Styleoption, z.B.:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \verb|\documentstyle[german,DINA5]{script}|
+ \end{quote}
+\item[Beispiel 2: ] Der Textbereich eines Zeitplanes im DIN A4
+ {\em Quer\/}format soll exakt 270~mm mal 190~mm
+ gro"s sein. Dies wird erreicht durch die Angabe von
+ \begin{quote}
+ \verb|\documentstyle[german,DINA4l]{script_s}|\\
+ \verb|\areaset{270mm}{190mm}|
+ \end{quote}
+ und einer (systemabh"angigen) Anweisung an den Druckertreiber,
+ im Querformat zu drucken.
+\item[Beispiel 3: ] Beim Gedichtb"andchen aus Beispiel~1 soll zus"atzlich
+ eine Abfr"asung von 1,5~mm ber"ucksichtigt werden. Dazu mu"s
+ der Satzspiegel nochmal neu konstruiert werden, z.B. mit
+ \begin{quote}
+ \verb|\documentstyle[german,DINA5]{script}|\\
+ \verb|\typearea[1.5mm]{12}|
+ \end{quote}
+\item[Beispiel 4: ] Es soll auf Endlospapier mit den Ma"sen
+ $8\frac{1}{4}$~inch mal 12~inch gedruckt werden, und auch dort
+ soll der Satzspiegel ordentlich aussehen. Mit den Befehlen
+ \begin{quote}
+ \verb|\paperwidth 8.25in|\\
+ \verb|\paperheight 12in|\\
+ \verb|\typearea{10}|
+ \end{quote}
+ wird dies erreicht. Druckt man "ofters auf Endlospapier, so
+ empfiehlt es sich, diese Anweisungen in eine eigene Optionsdatei
+ (z.B. \verb|endlos.sty|) zu schreiben, die man dann einfach
+ z.B. mit
+ \begin{quote}
+ \verb|\documentstyle[endlos,german]{script}|
+ \end{quote}
+ verwenden kann. Soll zus"atzlich das Argument des
+ \verb|\typearea|-Befehls abh"angig von der gew"ahlten
+ Schriftgr"o"se sein, so ersetzt man in dieser Optionsdatei
+ \verb|\typearea{10}| durch
+ \begin{quote}
+ \verb|\ifcase \@ptsize\relax|\\
+ \verb| \typearea{8} %10pt|\\
+ \verb| \or \typearea{10} %11pt|\\
+ \verb| \or \typearea{12} %12pt|\\
+ \verb|\fi|
+ \end{quote}
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Einbindung der Befehle zur Satzspiegeleinstellung}
+
+In die beiden Hauptstyles {\tt script} und {\tt script\_s} sind die
+Befehle \verb|\typearea| und \verb|\areaset| bereits eingebunden. Da der
+brieferzeugende {\tt script\_l}-Style einen besonderen und vor allem
+festen Satzspiegel besitzt, wurde bei ihm auf die Einbindung verzichtet.
+
+Um diese Befehle auch in anderen Styles benutzen zu k"onnen, wurden ihre
+Definitionen zus"atzlich seperat in die Optionsdatei {\tt typearea.sty}
+geschrieben. Diese nimmt auch die von der gew"ahlten Schriftgr"o"se
+abh"angigen Voreinstellungen des Satzspiegels vor. Bei Verwendung des
+originalen {\tt article}-Styles wird also durch Angabe von
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\documentstyle[11pt,typearea]{article}|
+\end{quote}
+die 11pt-Schrift ausgew"ahlt und anschlie"send der neu eingebundene
+\verb|\typearea{10}|-Befehl automatisch ausgef"uhrt.
+
+Selbstverst"andlich kann {\tt typearea.sty} auch in Verbindung mit jedem
+anderen Style benutzt werden, jedoch ist dieses nur sinnvoll, wenn dieser
+nicht von einem festen Layout ausgeht (wie dies z.B. beim {\tt letter}-Style
+und seinen Varianten der Fall ist).
+
+\section{Sonstige "Anderungen}
+
+\subsection{Default-Fontgr"o"se}
+
+Wird in der Definition des Document-Styles nichts anderes angegeben, so wird
+standardm"a"sig als Textfont der 11pt-Font verwendet (wie z.B. in dieser
+Dokumentation). Eine Ausnahme hiervon bildet wieder der
+{\tt script\_l}-Style, bei dem ohne Optionsangabe die 12pt-Schrift benutzt
+wird. Im Gegensatz zu den Originalstyles wird jedoch keine Fehlermeldung
+erzeugt, wenn der Default-Font trotzdem als Option angegeben wird
+(probieren Sie doch einmal \verb|\documentstyle[10pt]{article}|\dots).
+
+\subsection{Kapitel"uberschriften und Nummerierung}
+
+Kapitel"uberschriften im {\tt script}-Style werden ohne die bei {\tt report}
+und {\tt book} "ublichen eigenen Zeilen f"ur das Wort "`Kapitel"' und die
+Kapitelnummer gesetzt, sondern wie bei "Uberschriften niedrigerer Priorit"at
+mit der Kapitelnummer direkt vor der eigentlichen "Uberschrift. Da hierdurch
+ein Anhang leicht f"ur ein normales Kapitel gehalten werden kann (er
+unterscheidet sich von diesen ja nur durch die Art der Nummerierung), ist
+es empfehlenswert, ihn mit \verb|\part*{Anhang}| deutlich vom Rest des
+Dokumentes abzusetzen.
+
+Nach einfachen Abschnittsnummern steht einheitlich ein Punkt (1. statt 1 ,
+aber nicht 1.1. sondern 1.1). Die einzige Ausnahme bildet die Nummerierung
+der Parts, da bei r"omischer Z"ahlung ein nachfolgender Punkt un"ublich ist.
+Dies gilt selbstverst"andlich auch f"ur Eintr"age in Kolumnentitel und in
+das Inhaltsverzeichnis.
+
+\subsection{Kolumnentitel und Pagina}
+
+Der {\tt script}-Style benutzt als Default den Pagestyle {\tt headings},
+der in den Kopfteil der Seiten das aktuelle Kapitel (linke Seiten) bzw.
+den aktuellen Abschnitt (rechte Seiten) schreibt (sog. lebender
+Kolumnentitel bzw. running head). Weiterhin wird eine Seitennummer in den
+Fu"sbereich der Seite gesetzt (sog. Pagina). {\tt script\_s} stellt
+standardm"a"sig {\tt plain} als Pagestyle ein, jedoch sind nat"urlich
+auch hier {\tt headings}, {\tt myheadings} und {\tt empty} verf"ugbar.
+Beim Brief stehen teilweise andere Seitenstile zur Auswahl, die in
+Abschnitt~\ref{PAGESTYLES} behandelt werden.
+
+Normalerweise werden Kolumnentitel und Pagina zentriert; wurde jedoch die
+{\tt twoside} Option angegeben, so wird beides an den "au"seren Rand der
+Seite gesetzt.
+
+Die Definitionen der Pagestyles {\tt headings}, {\tt myheadings} und
+{\tt plain}, sowie die Befehle zum automatischen Setzen der Kolumnentitel
+durch Befehle wie \verb|\section| oder \verb|\tableofcontents| wurden
+dahingehend ver"andert, da"s die Kolumnentitel mit normaler
+Gro"s-Klein-Schreibung (vorher alles gro"s), standardm"a"sig in
+{\it Italics} (vorher {\sl slanted}) und bei Kapiteln ohne das Wort
+CHAPTER bzw. KAPITEL gesetzt werden. Die Seitennummer wurde generell aus
+der Kopfzeile in die sonst leere Fu"szeile verbannt.
+Diese Ma"snahmen haben neben der besseren Lesbarkeit ("`Inhaltsverzeichnis"'
+liest sich viel angenehmer als "`INHALTSVERZEICHNIS"') vor allem den
+Vorteil, da"s nun auch wesentlich l"angere Abschnitts-"Uberschriften in die
+Kopfzeile passen ohne abgeschnitten zu werden.
+
+Wird unter den Kolumnentiteln eine horizontale Linie gew"unscht, so ist
+auch dies jetzt ohne Probleme m"oglich\label{HEADSEPLINE}: sie l"a"st sich
+einfach mit
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\headseplineon|
+\end{quote}
+an- bzw. durch
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\headseplineoff|
+\end{quote}
+wieder ausschalten. Das funktioniert nat"urlich nur bei den Pagestyles
+{\tt headings} und {\tt myheadings}, da ja alle anderen keinen Kolumnentitel
+generieren. Durch diese Befehle wird auch \verb|\headinclude|
+automatisch sinnvoll miteingestellt, d.h. \verb|\headincludeon| bei
+\verb|\headseplineon| und \verb|\headincludeoff| bei \verb|\headseplineoff|.
+Damit dies zum Tragen kommt, mu"s allerdings nach einer Ver"anderung dieses
+Schalters der Satzspiegel neu konstruiert werden. Default ist in den beiden
+Hauptstyles {\tt script} und {\tt script\_s} (bei {\tt script\_l} ist wieder
+alles anders; siehe Abschnitt~\ref{PAGESTYLES}) \verb|\headseplineoff|.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Beispiel: ] In der vorliegenden Dokumentation wurde
+ mit \verb|\headseplineon| der horizontale Strich unter den
+ Kolumnentiteln eingeschaltet (dadurch wurde auch gleichzeitig
+ \verb|\headincludeon| ausgef"uhrt). Damit der Satzspiegel dieser
+ "Anderung angepa"st wird, mu"ste dieser mit \verb|\typearea{10}| neu
+ berechnet werden.
+\end{description}
+
+\noindent Ab der Version~2.0 von {\tt script} und {\tt script\_s} gilt das
+oben f"ur eine horizontale Linie unter den Kolumnentiteln gesagte auch f"ur
+die Fu"szeile. Mit
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\footseplineon|
+\end{quote}
+kann man die Erzeugung einer solche Linie oberhalb der Seitennummer in
+den Pagestyles {\tt plain}, {\tt headings} und {\tt myheadings} an-,
+und mit
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\footseplineoff|
+\end{quote}
+wieder abschalten. Analog zu den \verb|\headinclude|-Befehlen existieren
+auch die Varianten f"ur die Fu"szeile \verb|\footincludeon| und
+\verb|\footincludeoff|.
+
+\subsection{Kleinere kosmetische Ver"anderungen}
+
+In Fu"snoten ist ein kleiner horizontaler Bereich (1 em) nur f"ur die
+Fu"snotennummer reserviert, der eigentliche Text beginnt also immer erst
+diesen Abstand vom linken Rand entfernt. Bei mehrzeiligen Fu"snoten werden
+die Folgezeilen nochmals 0.5 em links eingezogen. Dadurch setzen
+sich diese besser voneinander ab.
+
+Abs"atze werden ohne vertikalen Zwischenraum und mit einem Einzug von
+1 em (entspricht 1 \verb|\quad|) gesetzt.
+
+Zus"atzlich wurde der im europ"aischen Raum "ubliche "`franz"osische"'
+Punktbehandlungsmodus (\verb|\frenchspacing|) selektiert, was den Vorteil
+hat, da"s man nicht mehr hinter Abk"urzungen, die mit einem Kleinbuchstaben
+enden, ein \verb*|\ | schreiben mu"s, um einen zu gro"sen Zwischenraum zu
+vermeiden.
+
+Bei der {\tt enumerate}-Umgebung wurde in der zweiten Ebene eine Klammer
+entfernt, so da"s a) statt (a) geschrieben wird. Weiterhin wurde in der
+dritten Ebene des {\tt itemize}-Environments der "`$\ast$"' durch
+ein "`$\triangleright$"' ersetzt (das sieht zumindest f"ur meinen
+Geschmack etwas gef"alliger aus).
+
+Die Autoren- und Datumsangaben in Titeln erscheinen nicht in \verb|\large|,
+sondern in \verb|\Large|.
+
+In mehrzeiligen Captions (Unterschriften von {\tt table} bzw. {\tt figure})
+werden die zweiten und folgenden Zeilen so weit links einger"uckt, da"s
+diese nicht mehr unter "`Abbildung \dots:"', sondern unter dem eigentlichen
+Text der ersten Zeile beginnen.
+
+Es wurden noch etliche weitere Kleinigkeiten im Layout ver"andert,
+die allerdings dem unge"ubten Auge kaum auf\/fallen werden. So ist etwa der
+Spaltenabstand im zweispaltigen Satz von 10 pt auf die "ubliche 1 cc
+verg"o"sert worden (1 Cicero $\simeq$ 12 pt). Will man alles ganz genau
+wissen, so kann man ja immer noch die jeweilige Style-Datei studieren
+(dazu sollte man allerdings auch die niedrigeren \TeX-Befehle kennen bzw.
+zuerst die {\tt .doc}-Versionen der Originalstyles durcharbeiten).
+
+\chapter{Zus"atzliche Befehle}
+
+\section{Die Erweiterungen des Abstracts und der Titelseite}
+
+Bei Abstracts besteht nun die M"oglichkeit, die automatisch erzeugte
+"Uberschrift (z.B. "`Zusammenfassung"') mit \verb|\abstractoff| aus- bzw.
+mit \verb|\abstracton| wieder anzuschalten (voreingestellt ist
+\verb|\abstracton|).
+
+Der \verb|\maketitle|-Befehl des {\tt script}-Hauptstyles wurde durch die
+folgenden optionalen Angaben wesentlich erweitert:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb|\extratitle{|{\em Schmutztitel\/}\verb|}| erzeugt eine eigene
+ Seite, auf der der sog. "`Schmutztitel"'\footnote{Fr"uher war der
+ Buchblock oftmals nicht durch einen Buchdeckel vor Verschmutzung
+ gesch"utzt; diese Aufgabe "ubernahm dann die erste Seite des Buches, die
+ meist einen Kurztitel, eben jenen "`Schmutztitel"', trug. Auch heute
+ noch wird gerne eine Extraseite vor dem eigentlichen Haupttitel f"ur
+ Verlagsname, Buchreihennummer o."a. benutzt.} steht. Dieser wird wie
+ normaler Text, also ohne Zentrierung und in normaler Schriftart und
+ -gr"o"se gesetzt. Dadurch ist dessen Gestaltung v"ollig dem Anwender
+ "uberlassen. Die R"uckseite ist auch im zweiseitigen Druck leer.
+\item In den Kopfteil der Haupttitelseite kann nun mittels \verb|\titlehead|
+ zus"atzlicher Text wie z.B. eine Institutsadresse geschrieben werden.
+\item Direkt oberhalb des eigentlichen Titels wird durch \verb|\subject|
+ eine Zusatzangabe (z.B. "`Diplomarbeit"') in etwas gr"o"serer Schrift
+ eingef"ugt.
+\item \verb|\publishers{|{\em Verlag\/}\verb|}| plaziert den Verlagsnamen
+ in den unteren Teil der Haupttitelseite.
+\item Im zweiseitigen Druck l"a"st sich die R"uckseite des Haupttitels f"ur
+ weitere Informationen (im Beispiel dieser Dokumentation ist dies
+ der Haftungsausschlu"s) nutzen. Dazu stehen die Befehle
+ \verb|\uppertitleback| und \verb|\lowertitleback| zur Verf"ugung.
+\item \verb|\dedication{|{\em Widmung\/}\verb|}| erzeugt eine seperate
+ Widmungsseite, wobei {\em Widmung\/} zentriert und in etwas gr"o"serer
+ Schrift gesetzt wird. Wie bei \verb|\extratitle| ist die R"uckseite
+ grunds"atzlich leer.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Beispiel: ] \
+\begin{verbatim}
+\titlehead{Institut f"ur Nachrichtentechnik \hfill SS1993
+ \\Hochschulstr.12
+ \\3456 Unistadt}
+\subject{Diplomarbeit}
+\title{Digitale Raumsimulation mit dem DSP56004}
+\author{Ulrich Ungenannt}
+\lowertitleback{Diese Diplomarbeit wurde mit dem Textsatzsystem
+ \TeX\ erstellt.}
+\maketitle
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{description}
+
+\noindent Der Titel (Kurz- oder Haupttitel) beginnt normalerweise auf Seite
+1; im Original war hierf"ur Seite 0 vorgesehen, was zu der unangenehmen
+Tatsache f"uhrte, da"s die Titelseite im zweiseitigen Druck links zu liegen
+kam. Durch Angabe einer Zusatzoption (z.B. \verb|\maketitle[-1]|) l"a"st
+sich die Startseite jetzt beliebig festlegen.
+
+Im {\tt script\_s}-Hauptstyle ist von den genannten Features lediglich
+\verb|\titlehead| und \verb|\subject| vorhanden. Um jedoch auch dort oder
+in anderen Styles wie z.B. {\tt article} eine eigene Titelseite mit allen
+zus"atzlichen M"oglichkeiten zur Verf"ugung zu stellen, wurden alle dazu
+notwendigen Definitionen in die Optionsdatei {\tt sctitle.sty} geschrieben.
+Ab Version~2.0 dieses Files ist jedoch zu beachten, da"s der Font, in dem
+der Haupttitel und der Titel des Abstracts erscheint, vom Hauptstyle
+abh"angig ist: Bei Verwendung von {\tt script\_s}, Version~2.0, werden die
+Titel mit dem Zeichensatz gesetzt, der im \verb|\sectfont|-Befehl
+definiert ist (siehe Abschnitt~\ref{SECTFONT}). In Verbindung mit allen
+Hauptstyles, die diesen Befehl nicht kennen (das d"urften fast alle
+anderen sein, z.B. {\tt article}, {\tt report}, {\tt book}, {\tt script\_s}
+Version~1.0 usw.), wird f"ur die Titel \verb|\bf| selektiert.
+
+\section{Die "`xxxxfont"'-Variablen\label{SECTFONT}}
+
+Seit der Version~2.0 des "`Script"'-Paketes sind mehrere Variablen
+zur globalen Schrift\-"an\-de\-rung in Kolumnentiteln, Paginierung, Captions,
+"Uberschriften und dem {\tt description}-Environment bereitgestellt.
+Dadurch lassen sich mit einem einzigen Befehl z.B. s"amtliche "Uberschriften
+statt in \verb|\sfb| in \verb|\rm| ausgegeben. Dazu mu"s nur (am besten
+in der Pr"aambel) die Anweisung
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\def\sectfont{\rm}|
+\end{quote}
+oder, was gleichbedeutend ist,
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\renewcommand{\sectfont}{\rm}|
+\end{quote}
+stehen. Auf die gleiche Art und Weise k"onnen auch die anderen
+Fonteinstellungen ge"andert werden:
+
+\vspace{3ex}
+\begin{tabular}{lll}
+Variable & Wirkung auf: & Default \\
+\hline
+\verb|\captfont| & Caption-Texte & \verb|\rm| \\
+\verb|\descfont| & Item-Texte des {\tt description}-Environments
+ & \verb|\sfb| \\
+\verb|\headfont| & Kolumnentitel & \verb|\it| \\
+\verb|\pnumfont| & Paginierung & \verb|\rm| \\
+\verb|\sectfont| & S"amtliche "Uberschriften und Titel
+ & \verb|\sfb| \\
+\end{tabular}
+\vspace{3ex}
+
+\noindent Selbstverst"andlich sind nicht nur Fonteinstellungs-, sondern
+auch Gr"o"sen"anderungsbefehle m"oglich. Im {\tt script\_l}-Style ist
+keiner dieser Variablen definiert, da es dort weder Captions noch
+"Uberschriften gibt und Kopf- sowie Fu"szeilen h"aufig grundlegend
+modifiziert werden.
+
+\section{Die "`marginline"'}
+
+Analog zum \verb|\marginpar| wurde die \verb|\marginline| eingef"uhrt, die
+f"ur einzeilige Randnotizen gedacht ist. Bei diesen tritt n"amlich im
+{\tt twoside}-Modus auf linken Seiten das Problem auf, da"s sie mit
+\verb|\marginpar| nicht rechtsb"undig gesetzt werden (was sinnvoll w"are),
+sondern durch den Blocksatz einer nicht vollen Zeile linksb"undig
+erscheinen. Bei Verwendung von \verb|\marginline{|{\em Randnotiz\/}\verb|}|
+werden einzeilige Texte sinnvoll in den "au"seren Rand gesetzt, was zum
+Beispiel zum Hervorheben von Querverweisen n"utzlich ist.
+
+\section{Der "`addchap"'- bzw. "`addsec"'-Befehl}
+
+F"ur unnummerierte Abschnitte wie z.B. ein Vorwort oder Danksagungen
+stand bisher nur der \verb|\chapter*|- bzw. \verb|\section*|-Befehl zur
+Verf"ugung, die allerdings den Nachteil haben, da"s sie zwar das bis auf die
+Nummerierung komplette "Uberschrifts-Layout erzeugen, jedoch weder einen
+Eintrag ins Inhaltsverzeichnis noch einen Kolumnentitel generieren. Dies
+mu"ste, falls dies erw"unscht war, nachtr"aglich von Hand durchgef"uhrt
+werden, was wohl nicht ganz der \LaTeX-Philosophie entspricht.
+
+Gerade f"ur die oben genannten Anwendungen wurden daher die neuen Befehle
+\verb|\addchap| ("`additional chapter"', bei {\tt script.sty}) und
+\verb|\addsec| ("`additional section"', bei {\tt script\_s.sty})
+implementiert, die bis auf die fehlende Nummerierung genauso wie der
+\verb|\chapter|- bzw. \verb|\section|-Befehl (ohne Stern!) arbeiten, also
+alle Eintr"age an den entsprechenden Stellen erzeugen.
+Nat"urlich existieren auch \verb|\addchap*| bzw. \verb|\addsec*|,
+die den Stern-Versionen der "ublichen Befehle sehr "ahnlich sind,
+nur da"s zus"atzlich die Kolumnentitel gel"oscht werden (geht z.B. der zu
+einem \verb|\chapter*| geh"orende Text "uber mehrere Seiten, so tauchen
+die -- veralteten! -- Kolumnentitel pl"otzlich wieder auf). Zus"atzlich ist
+als Optionalargument wie bei den Originalen ein anderer Eintrag ins
+Inhaltsverzeichnis als die Abschnitts"uberschrift angebbar.
+
+\section{Der "`minisec"'-Befehl}
+
+Manchmal ist eine Art "Uberschrift w"unschenswert, die zwar etwas
+hervortritt (etwa durch die Wahl einer anderen Schrift), ansonsten aber eng
+mit dem nachfolgenden Text zusammenh"angt, also nicht wie bei den "ublichen
+Sektionierungsbefehlen relativ viel vertikalen Freiraum vor und nach der
+"Uberschrift l"a"st.
+
+\minisec{Wirkung des neuen "`minisec"'-Befehls:}
+Der Befehl \verb|\minisec| ("`minisec"' steht f"ur "`mini-section"')
+bewirkt nun genau das oben genannte, indem er das Argument in
+\verb|\sfb| mit einem vertikalen Freiraum von 1.5 ex vorher und keinem
+danach setzt. Die obige Zwischen"uberschrift wurde als Beispiel mit
+\verb|\minisec{Wirkung des ...}| gesetzt. Mini-Sections werden nicht mit
+ins Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen. Da von vorneherein keine Nummerierung
+vorgesehen ist, existiert auch keine Version mit Stern von diesem Befehl.
+Genauso wie \verb|\marginline|, \verb|\addchap|, \verb|\addsec| und die
+Titelseitenerweiterungen existiert \verb|\minisec| nicht im
+{\tt script\_l}-Style.
+
+\section{Das "`labeling"'-Environment}
+
+\begin{labeling}{Wirkung:}
+\item[Wirkung:] Wie in dieser tabellarischen Aufstellung, die auch
+ gleichzeitig wieder ein Beispiel f"ur die Wirkung des
+ Environments ist, setzt "`labeling"' Text
+ wie in einem normalen Absatz, nur da"s zus"atzlich ein Titel
+ vorangestellt werden kann (in diesem Fall "`Wirkung"').
+
+ Pro Titel sind, wie hier vorgef"uhrt, mehrere Abs"atze m"oglich, um
+ auch umfangreichere Texte "ubersichtlich gliedern zu k"onnen.
+\item[Syntax:] "`labeling"' ist ein gew"ohnliches Environment mit einer
+ Zusatzangabe plus einem Optionalargument:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \verb|\begin{labeling}[|{\em Trennzeichen\/}\verb|]{|%
+ {\em l"angster Titel\/}\verb|}|\\
+ \verb|\item[|{\em Titel\/}\verb|]| {\tt ...}\\
+ \ {\tt ...}\\
+ \verb|\end{labeling}|
+ \end{quote}
+ Dabei ist {\em l"angster Titel\/} das l"angste \verb|\item|-Argument
+ inklusive allen eventuellen Schrift"anderungsbefehlen. Wird kein
+ Trennzeichen ben"otigt, so kann dieses zusammen mit dem eckigen
+ Klammerpaar weggelassen werden.
+\item[Beispiel:] Die Standardform eines mathematischen Beweises wird
+ folgenderma"sen erzeugt:
+ \begin{quote}
+ \begin{verbatim}
+\begin{labeling}[:]{\sfb Auss.}
+\item[\sfb Vor.] $x$ sei ...
+\item[\sfb Auss.] Es gilt ...
+\item[\sfb Bew.] Nach Satz ...
+\end{labeling}
+ \end{verbatim}
+ \end{quote}
+ Dies bewirkt die Ausgabe:
+ \begin{labeling}[:]{\sfb Auss.}
+ \item[\sfb Vor.] $x$ sei \dots
+ \item[\sfb Auss.] Es gilt \dots
+ \item[\sfb Bew.] Nach Satz \dots
+ \end{labeling}
+\end{labeling}
+
+\chapter{Der script\_l-Style}
+
+\section{Das Original}
+
+Nur wenige \LaTeX-Anwender haben bisher auch Briefe mit \TeX\ geschrieben,
+was wohl vor allem daran liegt, da"s der originale {\tt letter}-Style sehr
+auf das amerikanische Brief\/format zugeschnitten und au"serdem schlecht
+dokumentiert ist. Daher soll hier kurz der Aufbau eines Quelltextes
+f"ur Briefe erl"autert werden. Ein typisches Eingabefile hat folgende
+Form:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[german]{letter}
+\name{Name des Absenders}
+\address{Adresse des Absenders}
+\signature{Unterschrift}
+\begin{document}
+
+\begin{letter}{Name und Adresse des Empf"angers des ersten Briefes}
+\opening{Anrede (z.B. Sehr geehrte Damen und Herren,)}
+Brieftext...Brieftext...Brieftext
+\closing{Gru"sformel (z.B. Mit freundlichen Gr"u"sen)}
+\ps{Postskriptum}
+\cc{Verteiler (z.B. Direktion\\Personalb"uro)}
+\encl{Anlagen (z.B. Lebenslauf\\Lichtbild)}
+\end{letter}
+
+\begin{letter}{Name und Adresse des Empf"angers des zweiten Briefes}
+ ...
+\end{letter}
+
+ ...
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+Die Befehle \verb|\signature|, \verb|\closing|, \verb|\ps|, \verb|\cc|
+und \verb|\encl| sind optional. Bei fehlender \verb|\signature|-Angabe wird
+das \verb|\name|-Argument als Unterschrift gesetzt. Ist eine gedruckte
+Unterschrift v"ollig unerw"unscht, so kann diese durch \verb|\signature{\ }|
+unterdr"uckt werden.
+
+Zu beachten ist weiterhin, da"s Adre"sfeld, Datum usw.
+erst durch den \verb|\opening|-Befehl erzeugt werden (wichtig z.B. bei
+Rechnungen ohne Anrede; dort mu"s dann trotzdem ein leerer
+\verb|\opening{}|-Befehl stehen). Dies hat weiterhin zur Folge, da"s
+z.B. bei einer zu langen {\tt backaddress} (s.u.) eine "`Overfull
+hbox"' in der Zeile gemeldet wird, in der der \verb|\opening|-Befehl
+steht, obwohl dieser gar nicht die eigentliche Ursache ist. Bei einer
+solchen Warnung sind also auch alle vorherigen Befehle zu pr"ufen!
+
+Um sich bei jedem Brief die wiederholte Eingabe der eigenen Adresse und
+sonstiger Voreinstellungen zu ersparen, ist es empfehlenswert, diese in eine
+eigene Datei (z.B. {\tt privat.sty}) zu schreiben, die dann einfach als
+Option beim \verb|\documentstyle| angegeben wird (ohne {\tt .sty}).
+Ein Beispiel f"ur eine solche Datei findet sich auf Seite~\pageref{PRIVAT}.
+
+\section{Zus"atzliche Eigenschaften des script\_l-Styles}
+
+Der neue {\tt script\_l}-Hauptstyle ist gegen"uber dem Original wesentlich
+erweitert und flexibler gestaltet worden. Ihn zeichnet vor allem die
+M"oglichkeit der Benutzung eigener Adre"sdateien und nahezu
+uneingeschr"ankte Serienbrief\/f"ahigkeit aus. Im Gegensatz zum
+{\tt letter}-Style, der die fontgr"o"senabh"angigen Einstellungen selbst
+vornimmt, verwendet {\tt script\_l} die Hilfsdateien {\tt script10.sty},
+{\tt script11.sty} und {\tt script12.sty}.
+
+\subsection{Mehrsprachigkeit}
+
+Der {\tt script\_l}-Style wurde von vorneherein mehrsprachig ausgelegt
+(englisch, amerikanisches englisch, deutsch, "osterreichisch und franz"osisch;
+voreingestellt ist amerikanisches englisch). Seit der Version~2.0 von
+{\tt script\_l} wird die Mehrsprachigkeit von \TeX3 voll unterst"utzt;
+dies hat allerdings zur Folge, da"s die Benutzung eines "`antiken"' \TeX\
+("alter als Version~3) in Verbindung mit dem neuen Briefstyle eine
+Fehlermeldung mit Abbruchm"oglichkeit produziert.
+
+Zur Einstellung der Sprache der automatisch gesetzten ("`Caption"'-) Texte
+wie "`Betreff"', "`Seite"', "`Anlagen"' usw. stehen die folgenden Befehle
+zur Verf"ugung:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\captionsenglish|\\
+\verb|\captionsUSenglish|\\
+\verb|\captionsgerman|\\
+\verb|\captionsaustrian|\\
+\verb|\captionsfrench|
+\end{quote}
+
+\noindent Die Schreibweise des Datums wird wird durch die nachstehenden
+Befehle festgelegt:
+\begin{labeling}[ :]{\com{dateUSenglish}}
+\item[\com{dateenglish}] 1/12/1993
+\item[\com{dateUSenglish}] 12/1/1993
+\item[\com{dategerman}] 1.\,12.\,1993
+\item[\com{dateaustrian}] 1.\,12.\,1993
+\item[\com{datefrench}] 1.\,12.\,1993
+\end{labeling}
+
+\noindent Es ist generell empfehlenswert (aber nicht zwingend notwendig),
+grunds"atzlich {\tt german} oder {\tt german3} als Option im
+\verb|\documentstyle|-Befehl anzugeben, da diese Styles den sehr
+komfortablen \verb|\selectlanguage|-Befehl zur Verf"ugung stellen, der
+gleichzeitig Captiontexte, die Schreibweise des Datums, einige
+sprachspezifische Extras und Trennregeln der verwendeten Sprache anpa"st.
+Im Zusammenhang mit {\tt script\_l} ist jedoch zu beachten, da"s
+\verb|\selectlanguage| erst {\em nach\/} \verb|\begin{document}| verwendet
+werden sollte\footnote{Die briefspezifischen Caption-Texte und Datumsformate
+werden nach einem Vorschlag von Sven Gohlke erst durch den
+\com{begin\{document\}}-Befehl definiert. Daher werden diese erst nach
+diesem Befehl aktiv.}.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Beispiel 1: ] F"ur eine Datei mit rein englischsprachigen Briefen
+(amerikanisches Englisch) gen"ugt:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{script_l}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{letter}{...}
+(...)
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+\item[Beispiel 2: ] F"ur eine Datei mit rein deutschsprachigen Briefen
+gen"ugt:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[german]{script_l}
+\begin{document}
+\begin{letter}{...}
+(...)
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+\item[Beispiel 3: ] Bei gemischtsprachigen Briefen empfiehlt sich:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[german]{script_l}
+\begin{document}
+
+\selectlanguage{USenglish}
+\begin{letter}{...}
+(...)
+\end{letter}
+
+\selectlanguage{german}
+\begin{letter}{...}
+(...)
+\end{letter}
+
+(...)
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Zweiseitiger Druck}
+
+Zweiseitig gedruckte Briefe werden durch Angabe der {\tt twoside}-Option
+unterst"utzt; jedoch "andert sich hier im Gegensatz zum {\tt script}- oder
+{\tt script\_s}-Style der Satzspiegel nicht, sondern es wird lediglich
+sichergestellt, da"s ein neuer Brief immer auf einer ungeraden
+{\em Druck\/}seite beginnt. Die {\em interne\/} \TeX-Seitenz"ahlung startet
+bei jedem \verb|\begin{letter}|-Befehl wieder bei 1.
+
+\subsection{Layout}
+
+Der {\tt script\_l}-Style verwendet einen festen Satzspiegel, an dem
+nichts mehr ver"andert werden sollte. Er ist recht anspruchsvoll, was
+Ma"shaltigkeit und bedruckbaren Bereich des verwendeten Druckers angeht, da
+Falzmarken so weit links wie m"oglich und die Adresse wirklich im
+Adre"sfenster eines Fensterbriefumschlages stehen sollen. Aus diesem Grund
+wurde dem Paket eine Datei {\tt checkprt.tex} mitgegeben, die eine Testseite
+zur Drucker(treiber)einstellung erzeugt. Mit ihrer Hilfe kann sehr leicht in
+Millimetern und Inch gemessen werden, welcher Bereich der Seite bedruckbar
+ist und ob die Offsets des {\tt dvi}-Treibers stimmen.
+
+Die H"ohe des Kopfbereichs der Seite ist in der {\tt script\_l}-Version~2.0
+von 20~mm auf 22~mm vergr"o"sert worden\footnote{Dadurch ist der Abstand
+des oberen Papierrandes vom Briefkopf von 10~mm auf 9~mm geschrumpft;
+die meisten mir bekannten Laser- und Tintenstrahldrucker kommen jedoch
+auch damit noch zurecht. Sollten durch diese "Anderung Probleme entstehen,
+so k"onnen diese durch geeignete Einstellung des Druckertreibers in der
+Regel umgangen werden.}; damit gibt es hoffentlich keine
+Probleme mehr bei Verwendung des voreingestellten Briefkopf-Formates%
+\footnote{Diese Probleme traten auf bei Verwendung der 12pt-Schrift und
+wenn beide Zeilen der Adresse Unterl"angen besa"sen. Dreizeilige Adressangaben
+sind jedoch nach wie vor mangels Platz nicht m"oglich. Falls mehr Information
+im Briefkopf untergebracht werden soll, so mu"s ein eigener entwickelt
+werden.}. Der Fu"sbereich der Seite ist 20 mm hoch, linker und
+rechter Rand sind beide 25.4 mm breit.
+
+Abs"atze werden ohne Einzug und mit einem vertikalen Abstand von einem
+halben \verb|\baselineskip| gesetzt. Ein unterer Randausgleich wird auch im
+zweiseitigen Druck nicht durchgef"uhrt (\verb|\raggedbottom|).
+
+Gegen"uber der Version~1.0 wurde die Brieftext-Zentrierung leicht
+verbessert, was die Probleme bei umfangreicheren Briefen mit sehr langen
+Abs"atzen hoffentlich beseitigt hat.
+
+\subsection{Adre"sfeld und Zusatz-"`location"'-Feld}
+
+Zur Beschriftung des Briefumschlages gab es im Original den
+\verb|\makelabels|-Befehl, der dazu gedacht war, Adre"setiketten zu
+bedrucken. Da mir keine Konfiguration bekannt ist, in der dieser Befehl
+mit all seinen Anforderungen bez"uglich Papierwechsel etc. wirklich Sinn
+macht, habe ich ihn erst gar nicht in den neuen Briefstyle
+miteinbezogen (mal ehrlich: haben Sie \verb|\makelabels| benutzt?)
+Hier sehe ich auch die -- hoffentlich -- einzige M"oglichkeit, wo eine
+Inkompatibilit"at zu den Originalstyles auftreten kann.
+
+Als Entsch"adigung erm"oglicht {\tt script\_l} die Verwendung von
+Fensterbriefumschl"agen, die Adre"setiketten "uberfl"ussig machen. In einem
+Feld der H"ohe \verb|\addrheight| und Breite \verb|\addrwidth|, das
+\verb|\addrvskip| von der Textbereichsoberkante und (\verb|\addrindent|
+plus 25.4 mm) vom linken Rand des Papiers entfernt ist, wird dazu die bei
+\verb|\begin{letter}| angegebene Adresse vertikal zentriert. Optional kann
+noch mit
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\backaddress{|{\em R"ucksende-Adresse\/}\verb|}|
+\end{quote}
+eine kleingeschriebene R"ucksende-Adresse und mit
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\specialmail{|{\em Versandart\/}\verb|}|
+\end{quote}
+eine spezielle Versandart (z.B. Einschreiben) in dieses Feld eingeblendet
+werden.
+
+Im freien Raum rechts neben dem Adre"sfeld l"a"st sich noch zus"atzlicher
+Text (z.B. Zweigstellen einer Firma) unterbringen. Dieser wird durch
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\location{|{\em Zusatz-Information\/}\verb|}|
+\end{quote}
+in ein \verb|\locwidth| breites Feld geschrieben, dessen rechter Rand mit
+der rechten Begrenzung des Textbereiches "ubereinstimmt.
+
+Beide Felder zusammen sind durch \verb|\addrfieldoff| ab- bzw. mit
+\verb|\addrfieldon| wieder anschaltbar (Default: \verb|\addrfieldon|).
+Dies kann z.B. f"ur pers"onliche Schreiben ohne Gesch"aftsbriefcharakter von
+Nutzen sein (wenngleich ich in diesem Falle eher zum F"uller greifen
+w"urde).
+
+Noch eine kleine Anmerkung zur Schreibweise des Wortes "`Adresse"':
+deutsch schreibt es sich mit {\em einem\/} "`d"', w"ahrend es im Englischen
+"`a{\em dd\/}ress"' hei"st. Daher ist bei allen Befehlen, die "`address"'
+enthalten, auf das doppelte "`d"' zu achten. Anweisungen, die etwas mit
+dem unten beschriebenen {\tt .adr}-File zu tun haben, werden allerdings mit
+{\em einem\/} "`d"' geschrieben (\verb|\adrentry| und \verb|\adrchar|).
+
+\subsection{Referenzfeld}
+
+Unterhalb des Adre"sfeldes steht normalerweise das Datum bzw. bei
+Gesch"aftsbriefen ein Referenzfeld mit vorgedruckten Unterfeldern f"ur
+Kundennummer, Durchwahl, Sachbearbeiter und "ahnliches. Dies ist jetzt
+auch m"oglich: ohne weitere Angabe erscheint rechtsb"undig Ort (definiert
+durch \verb|\place{|{\em Ort\/}\verb|}|) und Datum, w"ahrend bei Benutzung
+mindestens eines der folgenden Befehle das Datum in Vordruckform und die
+gew"unschten Unterfelder horizontal gegeneinander zentriert gesetzt werden:
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\yourref{|{\em Ihr Zeichen\/}\verb|}|\\
+\verb|\yourmail{|{\em Ihr Schreiben vom\/}\verb|}|\\
+\verb|\myref{|{\em Unser Zeichen\/}\verb|}|\\
+\verb|\customer{|{\em Kundennummer\/}\verb|}|\\
+\verb|\invoice{|{\em Rechnungsnummer\/}\verb|}|\\
+\verb|\refitemi{|{\em Eigenes Feld 1\/}\verb|}|\\
+\verb|\refitemii{|{\em Eigenes Feld 2\/}\verb|}|\\
+\verb|\refitemiii{|{\em Eigenes Feld 3\/}\verb|}|
+\end{quote}
+Die "`Vordrucke"' der selbstdefinierten Unterfelder lassen sich mit
+\verb|\refitemnamei|, \verb|\refitemnameii| und \verb|\refitemnameiii|
+bestimmen.
+
+\subsection{Titel und Betreff}
+
+Keine eigene Titelseite, sondern eine fettgedruckte "Uberschrift (z.B.
+"`Rechnung"', "`1. Mahnung"') wird durch
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\title{|{\em "Uberschrift\/}\verb|}|
+\end{quote}
+unterhalb des Referenzfeldes erzeugt.
+
+\noindent Ein "`Betreff"' l"a"st sich mit
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\subject{|{\em Kurzinhalt des Briefes\/}\verb|}|
+\end{quote}
+angeben, wobei mit \verb|\subjecton| bzw. \verb|\subjectoff| das Wort
+"`Betr."' selbst an- und ausgeschaltet werden kann (voreingestellt ist
+\verb|\subjectoff|).
+
+\subsection{Seitenstile\label{PAGESTYLES}}
+
+Im {\tt script\_l}-Style stehen nach wie vor die Seitenstile {\tt empty},
+{\tt plain} und {\tt headings} zur Verf"ugung (Default ist {\tt plain}).
+Zus"atzlich gibt es noch speziell f"ur die erste Seite eines Briefes
+den Pagestyle {\tt firstpage}. Der eigentliche Clou an der Sache ist nun,
+da"s die Eintr"age in den Kopf- und Fu"sbereich der Seiten bei
+{\tt firstpage} und {\tt headings} frei gestaltbar sind. Dies geschieht
+durch die Befehle \verb|\firsthead|, \verb|\firstfoot|, \verb|\nexthead| und
+\verb|\nextfoot|, die bei einer "Anderung auf jeden Fall {\em vor\/} dem
+Aufruf des zugeh"origen \verb|\pagestyle{...}|- bzw.
+\verb|\begin{letter}|-Befehls ausgef"uhrt werden m"ussen. Als Beispiel
+sollen die Vorbelegungen der Styledatei dienen\footnote{Das Verst"andnis
+der Definitionen ist zugegebenerma"sen nicht ganz einfach. Die Bedeutung der
+verwendeten Variablen schlagen Sie bitte in der Variablen"ubersicht in
+Abschnitt~\ref{VARIABLEN} nach.}:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\firsthead{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\begin{center}
+ {\sc \ignorespaces \fromname}\\[-8pt]
+ \rule{\textwidth}{.4pt}\\
+ \ignorespaces \fromaddress \end{center}}}
+\firstfoot{}
+\nexthead{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{{%
+ \sc \ignorespaces \fromname}\\[8pt] \headtoname\
+ \ignorespaces \toname \hfill \datename:\ \today
+ \hfill \pagename\ \thepage\\[-8pt]
+ \rule{\textwidth}{.4pt}}}
+\nextfoot{}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+Dadurch ist es nun m"oglich, eigene Briefk"opfe und Fu"sleisten (z.B. f"ur
+Bankverbindungen, Gerichtsstand etc.) zu entwerfen. Der Phantasie sind
+eigentlich nur durch die zur Verf"ugung stehenden Zeichens"atze Grenzen
+gesetzt; Ausgefallenes l"a"st sich durch das {\tt picture}-Environment
+oder "`Metafont"' realisieren.
+
+\subsection{Adre"sdateien}
+
+Um nicht in jedem Brief die komplette Anschrift des Adressaten nachschlagen
+und vor allem eingeben zu m"ussen, wurden Adre"sdateien ({\tt .adr}-Files)
+\label{ADR} eingef"uhrt. Sie enthalten f"ur jeden Adressaten einen Eintrag
+in Form eines \verb|\adrentry|-Befehles, der acht Argumente mit folgender
+Bedeutung hat:
+\begin{labeling}[. Argument:]{8}
+\item[1] Name
+\item[2] Vorname
+\item[3] Adresse
+\item[4] Telefonnummer
+\item[5] zur freien Verf"ugung
+\item[6] zur freien Verf"ugung
+\item[7] Kommentar
+\item[8] K"urzel
+\end{labeling}
+Eine solche Adre"sdatei bindet man mit \verb|\input| entweder direkt in
+den Quelltext des Briefes (am besten noch in der Pr"aambel) oder in das
+oben vorgeschlagene Optionsfile, das die Voreinstellungen enth"alt, ein.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Beispiel: ] Mein pers"onliches Optionsfile\label{PRIVAT} sieht
+folgenderma"sen aus:
+\begin{verbatim}
+% privat.sty
+\name{Frank Neukam}
+\address{Franz-Stadelmayer-Str. 30\\97074 W"urzburg}
+\backaddress{F. Neukam, F.-Stadelmayer-Str. 30, 97074 W"urzburg}
+\place{W"urzburg, }
+\input{privat.adr}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{description}
+
+\noindent F"ur jeden {\tt .adr}-Eintrag wird dann die komplette Anschrift
+unter dem jeweiligen K"urzel als \TeX-Makro abgelegt. Um das "Uberschreiben
+von \TeX- oder \LaTeX-Befehlen zu vermeiden, ist es empfehlenswert, f"ur
+K"urzel nur Gro"sbuchstaben zu verwenden. Lautet also z.B. ein
+{\tt .adr}-Eintrag
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\adrentry{abc-Lernsysteme}
+ {}
+ {z.Hd. Frau Streb\\Schulstr.1\\2345 Paukstadt}
+ {0\,678 / 90\,12\,34}
+ {}
+ {}
+ {}
+ {ABC}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+so schreibt man anstelle der kompletten Adresse nur noch
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\begin{letter}{\ABC}|
+\end{quote}
+
+\noindent Mit Hilfe des im {\tt script}-Paket enthaltenen
+{\tt dir.tex}-Files kann aus einer {\tt .adr}-Datei ein Adre"sheft erzeugt
+werden, das nach Zurechtschneidung in die Standard-Taschenkalenderh"ullen
+pa"st. Dazu sollten die Eintr"age alphabetisch sortiert sein und vor jedem
+neu begonnenen Anfangsbuchstaben des Nachnamens ein
+\begin{quote}
+\verb|\adrchar{|{\em Anfangsbuchstabe\/}\verb|}|
+\end{quote}
+stehen. Vom {\tt script\_l.sty} wird dieser Befehl ignoriert; {\tt dir.tex}
+jedoch beginnt bei einer solchen Anweisung eine neue Seite und schreibt
+diesen Buchstaben in die Kopfzeile. Am besten probieren Sie dieses Programm
+einfach einmal anhand einer kleinen Adre"sdatei aus, alle ben"otigten
+Informationen werden w"ahrend des \TeX-Kompilerlaufes erfragt.
+
+"Ahnlich wie {\tt dir.tex} arbeitet das Programm {\tt phone.tex},
+nur da"s dieses anstelle eines Adre"sheftes ein Telefonnummern-Verzeichnis
+anlegt. \verb|\adrchar| erzeugt hier lediglich einen kleinen vertikalen
+Zwischenraum.
+
+\subsection{Serienbriefe}
+
+Eine weitere Anwendung der {\tt .adr}-Dateien sind Serienbriefe.
+
+\begin{description}
+\item[Beispiel: ] Mit der folgenden kurzen Datei kann eine Einladung an
+s"amtliche Kollegen eines Betriebes erzeugt werden:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[privat,german]{script_l}
+\begin{document}
+\def\adrentry#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{
+ \begin{letter}{#2 #1\\#3}
+ \opening{Liebe Kolleginnen und Kollegen,}
+ anl"a"slich meines ...
+ \closing{Mit freundlichen Gr"u"sen}
+ \end{letter}
+}
+\input{kollegen.adr}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{description}
+
+\noindent Soll der Brieftext abh"angig von Adressatenmerkmalen, die in den
+beiden noch freien Argumenten des \verb|\adrentry|-Befehls stehen,
+ver"anderlich sein, k"onnen Konstrukte der folgenden Form verwendet
+werden\footnote{Als Beispiel ist das Geschlecht des Empf"angers im Argument
+\#5 kodiert : m f"ur m"annlich, w f"ur weiblich. In Argument \#6 steht die
+Anzahl der Kinder.}:
+\begin{quote}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\def\adrentry#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{
+ \ifcase #6
+ % Dieser Zweig wird bei #6 = 0 abgearbeitet.
+ % In diesem Beispiel sind Empf"anger ohne Kinder uninteressant,
+ % weshalb im \else-Zweig nur Briefe an Kunden mit mindestens
+ % einem Kind erzeugt werden.
+ \else
+ % #6 > 0
+ \begin{letter}{#2 #1\\#3}
+ \if #5m \opening{Sehr geehrter Herr #1,} \fi
+ \if #5w \opening{Sehr geehrte Frau #1,} \fi
+
+ Sie als% Direkt nach 'als' mu"s ein % stehen, da der \if-Befehl
+ % vor 'gl"ucklich..' einen zus"atzlichen Leerraum
+ % generiert.
+ \if #5m gl"ucklicher Vater \fi
+ \if #5w gl"uckliche Mutter \fi
+ wissen sicher am besten, was gut f"ur
+ \ifnum #6 < 2
+ Ihr Kind
+ \else
+ Ihre Kinder
+ \fi
+ ist. Um Sie...
+
+ \closing{Mit freundlichen Gr"u"sen}
+ \end{letter}
+ \fi
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{quote}
+Es ist also auch m"oglich, den Brieftext auf bestimmte Empf"angermerkmale
+gezielt abzustimmen und so den Eindruck eines pers"onlichen Schreibens
+zu erwecken. Die Anwendungsbreite ist lediglich durch die maximale Anzahl
+von zwei freien \verb|\adrchar|-Argumenten begrenzt.
+
+\newpage
+\section{Befehls- und Variablen"ubersicht\label{VARIABLEN}}
+
+\minisec{Briefspezifische Befehle, die strukturbeschreibend sind oder eine
+Ausgabe erzeugen:}
+\vspace{0.5em}
+\begin{labeling}{\tt 12345678901234567890123}
+\item[\com{begin\{letter\}\{}{\em Adressat\/\tt \}}]
+ Markiert den Beginn eines Briefes an {\em Adressat\/} und beginnt eine
+ neue Seite
+\item[\com{end\{letter\}}]
+ Markiert das Ende eines Briefes
+\item[\com{opening\{}{\em Anrede\/\tt \}}]
+ Setzt alle Teile eines Briefes oberhalb und einschlie"slich der
+ {\em Anrede}
+\item[\com{closing\{}{\em Gru"sformel\/\tt \}}]
+ Setzt {\em Gru"sformel\/} und Unterschrift
+\item[\com{ps\{}{\em Postskriptum\/\tt \}}]
+ Setzt ein {\em Postskriptum}
+\item[\com{cc\{}{\em Verteiler\/\tt \}}]
+ Setzt eine Verteilerliste (Eintr"age durch \com{}\com{} abgetrennt)
+\item[\com{encl\{}{\em Anlagen\/\tt \}}]
+ Setzt eine Anlagenliste (Eintr"age durch \com{}\com{} abgetrennt)
+\end{labeling}
+\vspace{1em}
+
+\minisec{Befehle der Adre"sdateien:}
+\vspace{0.5em}
+\verb|\adrchar| und \verb|\adrentry| (s.o.)
+\vspace{1.5em}
+
+\minisec{Befehle zur Sprachumschaltung:}
+\vspace{0.5em}
+\begin{labeling}{\com{captionsUSenglish}}
+\item[\com{captionsenglish}] Selektiert englische Caption-Texte
+\item[\com{captionsUSenglish}] Selektiert amerikanische Caption-Texte
+\item[\com{captionsgerman}] Selektiert deutsche Caption-Texte
+\item[\com{captionsaustrian}] Selektiert "osterreichische Caption-Texte
+\item[\com{captionsfrench}] Selektiert franz"osische Caption-Texte
+\item[\com{dateenglish}] Englisches Datum (1/12/1993)
+\item[\com{dateUSenglish}] Amerikanisches Datum (12/1/1993)
+\item[\com{dategerman}] Deutsches Datum (1.\,12.\,1993)
+\item[\com{dateaustrian}] "Osterreichisches Datum (1.\,12.\,1993)
+\item[\com{datefrench}] Franz"osisches Datum (1.\,12.\,1993)
+\end{labeling}
+\vspace{1em}
+
+\minisec{Sprachabh"angige Variablen}
+\vspace{0.5em}
+(d"urfen an beliebiger Stelle nach dem \verb|\begin{document}|-Befehl
+verwendet werden, k"onnen aber nur mit Hilfe von \verb|\def| oder
+\verb|\renewcommand| ge"andert werden; die Liste enth"alt die Variableninhalte
+nur in englisch, deutsch und franz"osisch, da die amerikanischen Namen
+den englischen und die "osterreichischen den deutschen entsprechen):
+\vspace{0.5em}
+\begin{labeling}{\tt 1234567890123}
+\item[\com{yourrefname}]
+ Your ref. / Ihr Zeichen / Vos r\'ef\'erences
+\item[\com{yourmailname}]
+ Your letter of / Ihr Schreiben vom / Votre lettre du
+\item[\com{myrefname}]
+ Our ref. / Unser Zeichen / Nos r\'ef\'erences
+\item[\com{customername}]
+ Customer no. / Kundennummer / Num\'ero de client
+\item[\com{invoicename}]
+ Invoice no./ Rechnungsnummer / Num\'ero de facture
+\item[\com{subjectname}]
+ Subject / Betr. / Concernant
+\item[\com{ccname}]
+ cc / Kopien an / Copie \`a
+\item[\com{enclname}]
+ encl / Anlagen / Annexes
+\item[\com{headtoname}]
+ To / An / A
+\item[\com{datename}]
+ Date / Datum / Date
+\item[\com{pagename}]
+ Page / Seite / Page
+\end{labeling}
+\vspace{1em}
+
+\minisec{Briefspezifische Variablen und deren Befehle zur Neu- oder
+Umdefininierung}
+\vspace{0.5em}
+(Variablen mit \verb|@| sind gesch"utzt; alle anderen k"onnen
+an beliebiger Stelle verwendet werden):
+\vspace{0.5em}
+\begin{labeling}["andert]{\tt 123456789012345}
+\item[\com{name}] \com{fromname}
+\item[\com{signature}] \com{fromsig}
+\item[\com{address}] \com{fromaddress}
+\item[\com{place}] \com{fromplace}
+\item[\com{location}] \com{fromlocation}
+\item[\com{backaddress}] \com{frombackaddress}
+\item[\com{telephone}] \com{telephonenum}
+\item[\com{yourref}] \com{varyourref}
+\item[\com{yourmail}] \com{varyourmail}
+\item[\com{myref}] \com{varmyref}
+\item[\com{customer}] \com{varcustomer}
+\item[\com{invoice}] \com{varinvoice}
+\item[\com{refitemi}] \com{varrefitemi}
+\item[\com{refitemii}] \com{varrefitemii}
+\item[\com{refitemiii}] \com{varrefitemiii}
+\item[\com{refitemnamei}] \com{varrefitemnamei}
+\item[\com{refitemnameii}] \com{varrefitemnameii}
+\item[\com{refitemnameiii}] \com{varrefitemnameiii}
+\item[\com{specialmail}] \verb|\@specialmail|
+\item[\com{title}] \verb|\@title|
+\item[\com{subject}] \verb|\@subject|
+\item[\com{firsthead}] \verb|\@firsthead|
+\item[\com{firstfoot}] \verb|\@firstfoot|
+\item[\com{nexthead}] \verb|\@nexthead|
+\item[\com{nextfoot}] \verb|\@nextfoot|
+\end{labeling}
+\vspace{1em}
+
+\minisec{Briefspezifische L"angenangaben}
+\vspace{0.5em}
+(voreingestellte L"ange in eckigen Klammern; die Ma"se \verb|\foldvskipi|
+bis \verb|\foldvskipiii| sind erst ab der Version~2.0 Bestandteil des
+{\tt script\_l.sty}):
+\vspace{0.5em}
+\begin{labeling}{\tt 1234567890123}
+\item[\com{foldhskip}] Abstand der Falzmarken vom linken Papierrand [3.5 mm]
+\item[\com{foldvskipi}] Abstand der ersten Falzmarke vom oberen
+ Papierrand [65 mm]
+\item[\com{foldvskipii}] Abstand der zweiten Falzmarke von der ersten
+ Falzmarke [40.5 mm]
+\item[\com{foldvskipiii}] Abstand der dritten Falzmarke von der zweiten
+ Falzmarke [58.5 mm]
+\item[\com{addrvskip}] Abstand des Adre"sfensters von der
+ Textbereichs-Oberkante [7.5 mm]
+\item[\com{addrindent}] Abstand des Adre"sfensters vom linken Rand des
+ Textbereiches [0 mm]
+\item[\com{addrwidth}] Breite des Adre"sfensters [70 mm]
+\item[\com{addrheight}] H"ohe des Adre"sfensters [35 mm]
+\item[\com{locwidth}] Breite des "`Location"'-Feldes [(\verb|\textwidth|
+ $-$ \verb|\addrwidth|)/2]
+\item[\com{refvskip}] Abstand des Referenzfeldes von der
+ Adre"sfeld-Unterkante [5.5 mm]
+\item[\com{sigindent}] Abstand der Gru"sformel und der Unterschrift vom
+ linken Rand des Textbereiches [0 mm]
+\end{labeling}
+\vspace{1em}
+
+\minisec{Schalter}
+\vspace{0.5em}
+(an jeden Schalternamen ist noch {\tt on} bzw. {\tt off} anzuh"angen):
+\vspace{0.5em}
+\begin{labeling}[schaltet]{\tt 1234567890}
+\item[\com{foldmarks}] Falzmarken [Default = on]
+\item[\com{addrfield}] Adre"s- und "`Location"'-Feld [Default = on]
+\item[\com{subject}] "`Betreff"'-Text [Default = off]
+\end{labeling}
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script10.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script10.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ef7fec147
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script10.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+% script10.sty -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+
+\lineskip 1pt
+\normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+ \let\sfb=\tensfb
+ \abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt
+ \let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+ \let\sfb=\bf
+ \abovedisplayskip 8.5pt plus 3pt minus 4pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus 2pt
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+ \parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+ \let\sfb=\bf
+ \abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt \let\sfb=\bf}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt \let\sfb=\bf}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt \let\sfb=\twlsfb}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt \let\sfb=\frtnsfb}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt \let\sfb=\svtnsfb}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt \let\sfb=\twtysfb}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt \let\sfb=\twfvsfb}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script11.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script11.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8508c0c0db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script11.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+% script11.sty -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+
+\lineskip 1pt
+\normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt
+ \let\sfb=\elvsfb
+ \abovedisplayskip 11pt plus3pt minus6pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt minus3pt
+ \let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+ \let\sfb=\tensfb
+ \abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+ \parsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+ \let\sfb=\bf
+ \abovedisplayskip 8pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+ \parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt \let\sfb=\bf}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt \let\sfb=\bf}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt \let\sfb=\twlsfb}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt \let\sfb=\frtnsfb}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt \let\sfb=\svtnsfb}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt \let\sfb=\twtysfb}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt \let\sfb=\twfvsfb}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script12.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script12.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a7edd7852
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script12.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+% script12.sty -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+
+\lineskip 1pt
+\normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{14.5pt}\xiipt\@xiipt
+ \let\sfb=\twlsfb
+ \abovedisplayskip 12pt plus3pt minus7pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt minus3pt
+ \let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt
+ \let\sfb=\elvsfb
+ \abovedisplayskip 11pt plus3pt minus6pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt minus3pt
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \parsep 4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep
+ \topsep 9pt plus 3pt minus 5pt}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+ \let\sfb=\tensfb
+ \abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+ \parsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt \let\sfb=\bf}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt \let\sfb=\bf}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt \let\sfb=\frtnsfb}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt \let\sfb=\svtnsfb}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt \let\sfb=\twtysfb}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt \let\sfb=\twfvsfb}
+\let\Huge=\huge
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script_l.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script_l.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b8577d87d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script_l.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
+% script_l.sty -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+% based on Leslie Lamport's letter style.
+
+\typeout{Document Style `script_l' v2.0 by Frank Neukam <01 Dec 1993>}
+
+\expandafter\ifx\csname language\endcsname\relax
+ \errhelp{Use script_l v1.0 or install TeX3 or MLTeX.}
+ \errmessage{script_l v2.0 can only be used with TeX3 or MLTeX!}
+\fi
+
+\ifx\selectfont\undefined
+ \font\tensfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep0
+ \font\elvsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstephalf
+ \font\twlsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep1
+ \font\frtnsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep2
+ \font\svtnsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep3
+ \font\twtysfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep4
+ \font\twfvsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep5
+\else
+ \def\tensfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{10}{12pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\elvsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{11}{13.6pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\twlsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{12}{14.5pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\frtnsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{14}{18pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\svtnsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{17}{22pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\twtysfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{20}{25pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\twfvsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{25}{30pt}\selectfont}
+\fi
+
+\def\@ptsize{2}
+\@namedef{ds@10pt}{\def\@ptsize{0}}
+\@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
+\@options
+\input script1\@ptsize.sty\relax
+\normalsize
+
+\let\sc@document=\document
+\def\document{\sc@document
+ \def\captionsenglish{%
+ \def\yourrefname{Your ref.}
+ \def\yourmailname{Your letter of}
+ \def\myrefname{Our ref.}
+ \def\customername{Customer no.}
+ \def\invoicename{Invoice no.}
+ \def\subjectname{Subject}
+ \def\ccname{cc}
+ \def\enclname{encl}
+ \def\headtoname{To}
+ \def\datename{Date}
+ \def\pagename{Page}}
+ \let\captionsUSenglish=\captionsenglish
+ \def\captionsgerman{%
+ \def\yourrefname{Ihr Zeichen}
+ \def\yourmailname{Ihr Schreiben vom}
+ \def\myrefname{Unser Zeichen}
+ \def\customername{Kundennummer}
+ \def\invoicename{Rechnungsnummer}
+ \def\subjectname{Betr.}
+ \def\ccname{Kopien an}
+ \def\enclname{Anlagen}
+ \def\headtoname{An}
+ \def\datename{Datum}
+ \def\pagename{Seite}}
+ \let\captionsaustrian=\captionsgerman
+ \def\captionsfrench{%
+ \def\yourrefname{Vos r\'ef\'erences}
+ \def\yourmailname{Votre lettre du}
+ \def\myrefname{Nos r\'ef\'erences}
+ \def\customername{Num\'ero de client}
+ \def\invoicename{Num\'ero de facture}
+ \def\subjectname{Concernant}
+ \def\ccname{Copie \`a}
+ \def\enclname{Annexes}
+ \def\headtoname{A}
+ \def\datename{Date}
+ \def\pagename{Page}}
+ \def\dateenglish{\def\today{\number\day/\number\month/\number\year}}
+ \def\dateUSenglish{\def\today{\number\month/\number\day/\number\year}}
+ \def\dategerman{\def\today{\number\day.\,\number\month.\,\number\year}}
+ \let\dateaustrian=\dategerman
+ \let\datefrench=\dategerman
+ \ifcase\language
+ \captionsUSenglish
+ \dateUSenglish
+ \or
+ \captionsgerman
+ \dategerman
+ \or
+ \captionsfrench
+ \datefrench
+ \fi}
+
+\oddsidemargin 0in
+\evensidemargin 0in
+\marginparwidth 0.9in
+\marginparsep 0.1in
+\marginparpush 0.45\baselineskip
+\topmargin -15.5mm
+\headheight 22mm
+\headsep 9mm
+\footheight 20mm
+\footskip 30mm
+\textheight 217mm
+\textwidth 159.2mm
+
+\parskip 0.5\baselineskip
+\parindent 0pt
+\smallskipamount=0.5\parskip
+\medskipamount=\parskip
+\bigskipamount=2\parskip
+\footnotesep 0.8\baselineskip
+\skip\footins 0.75\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\columnsep 1cc
+\columnseprule 0pt
+\floatsep 1\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 1\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\@maxsep 20pt
+\dblfloatsep 1\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@fpsep 0.7\baselineskip plus 2fil
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfpsep 0.7\baselineskip plus 2fil
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+
+\arraycolsep 5pt
+\tabcolsep 6pt
+\arrayrulewidth 0.4pt
+\doublerulesep 2pt
+\fboxsep 3pt
+\fboxrule 0.4pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+\topsep 0.25\baselineskip
+\partopsep 0pt
+\itemsep 0.25\baselineskip
+\parsep 0.25\baselineskip
+\labelsep .5em
+\leftmargini 2.5em
+\leftmarginii 2.2em
+\leftmarginiii 1.87em
+\leftmarginiv 1.7em
+\leftmarginv 1em
+\leftmarginvi 1em
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelwidth\leftmargini
+\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\@listi
+
+\@lowpenalty 51
+\@medpenalty 151
+\@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty
+
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
+\def\labelenumii{\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi\theenumii)}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\triangleright$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \sfb #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+\newdimen\descriptionmargin
+\descriptionmargin=3em
+
+\def\labelinglabel#1{#1\hfil\sc@septext}
+\def\labeling{\@ifnextchar [{\@labeling}{\@labeling[]}}
+\def\@labeling[#1]#2{\def\sc@septext{#1}
+ \list{}{\settowidth{\labelwidth}{#2#1}
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth \advance\leftmargin by \labelsep
+ \let\makelabel\labelinglabel}}
+\let\endlabeling\endlist
+
+\def\fromname{}
+\def\fromsig{}
+\def\fromaddress{}
+\def\fromplace{}
+\def\fromlocation{}
+\def\frombackaddress{}
+\def\telephonenum{}
+\def\varyourref{}
+\def\varyourmail{}
+\def\varmyref{}
+\def\varcustomer{}
+\def\varinvoice{}
+\def\varrefitemi{}
+\def\varrefitemii{}
+\def\varrefitemiii{}
+\def\varrefitemnamei{}
+\def\varrefitemnameii{}
+\def\varrefitemnameiii{}
+\def\@specialmail{}
+\def\@title{}
+\def\@subject{}
+
+\def\name#1{\def\fromname{#1}}
+\def\signature#1{\def\fromsig{#1}}
+\long\def\address#1{\def\fromaddress{#1}}
+\def\place#1{\def\fromplace{#1}}
+\long\def\location#1{\def\fromlocation{#1}}
+\def\backaddress#1{\def\frombackaddress{#1}}
+\def\telephone#1{\def\telephonenum{#1}}
+\def\yourref#1{\def\varyourref{#1}}
+\def\yourmail#1{\def\varyourmail{#1}}
+\def\myref#1{\def\varmyref{#1}}
+\def\customer#1{\def\varcustomer{#1}}
+\def\invoice#1{\def\varinvoice{#1}}
+\def\refitemi#1{\def\varrefitemi{#1}}
+\def\refitemii#1{\def\varrefitemii{#1}}
+\def\refitemiii#1{\def\varrefitemiii{#1}}
+\def\refitemnamei#1{\def\varrefitemnamei{#1}}
+\def\refitemnameii#1{\def\varrefitemnameii{#1}}
+\def\refitemnameiii#1{\def\varrefitemnameiii{#1}}
+\def\specialmail#1{\def\@specialmail{#1}}
+\def\title#1{\def\@title{#1}}
+\def\subject#1{\def\@subject{#1}}
+\long\def\firsthead#1{\def\@firsthead{#1}}
+\long\def\firstfoot#1{\def\@firstfoot{#1}}
+\long\def\nexthead#1{\def\@nexthead{#1}}
+\long\def\nextfoot#1{\def\@nextfoot{#1}}
+
+\newif\if@fold
+\newif\if@afield
+\newif\if@subj
+\def\foldmarkson{\@foldtrue}
+\def\foldmarksoff{\@foldfalse}
+\def\addrfieldon{\@afieldtrue}
+\def\addrfieldoff{\@afieldfalse}
+\def\subjecton{\@subjtrue}
+\def\subjectoff{\@subjfalse}
+
+\newdimen\sc@temp
+\newdimen\sc@@temp
+\newdimen\foldhskip
+\newdimen\foldvskipi
+\newdimen\foldvskipii
+\newdimen\foldvskipiii
+\newdimen\addrvskip
+\newdimen\addrindent
+\newdimen\addrwidth
+\newdimen\addrheight
+\newdimen\locwidth
+\newdimen\refvskip
+\newdimen\sigindent
+
+\foldhskip 3.5mm
+\foldvskipi 65mm
+\foldvskipii 40.5mm
+\foldvskipiii 58.5mm
+\addrvskip 7.5mm
+\addrindent 0mm
+\addrwidth 70mm
+\addrheight 35mm
+\locwidth\textwidth
+\advance\locwidth by -\addrwidth
+\divide\locwidth by 2
+\refvskip 5.5mm
+\sigindent 0mm
+
+\def\adrentry#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{\ifx #8\@empty \else
+ \ifx #2\@empty
+ \expandafter\def\csname #8\endcsname{#1\\#3}
+ \else
+ \expandafter\def\csname #8\endcsname{#2 #1\\#3}
+ \fi \fi}
+\def\adrchar#1{}
+
+\long\def\letter#1{\newpage
+ \if@twoside\ifodd\c@page\else \thispagestyle{empty}\null\newpage \fi\fi
+ \c@page\@ne \interlinepenalty=200 \@processto{#1}}
+\def\stopletter{}
+\def\endletter{\stopletter\@@par\pagebreak\@@par}
+\long\def\@processto#1{\expandafter\@xproc #1\\@@@\ifx\toaddress\@empty
+ \else\expandafter\@yproc #1@@@\fi}
+\long\def\@xproc #1\\#2@@@{\def\toname{#1}\def\toaddress{#2}}
+\long\def\@yproc #1\\#2@@@{\def\toaddress{#2}}
+
+\def\stopbreaks{\interlinepenalty \@M
+ \def\par{\@@par\nobreak}\let\\=\@nobreakcr
+ \let\vspace\@nobreakvspace}
+\def\@nobreakvspace{\@ifstar{\@nobreakvspacex}{\@nobreakvspacex}}
+\def\@nobreakvspacex#1{\ifvmode\nobreak\vskip #1\relax\else
+ \@bsphack\vadjust{\nobreak\vskip #1}\@esphack\fi}
+\def\@nobreakcr{\vadjust{\penalty\@M}\@ifstar{\@xnewline}{\@xnewline}}
+\def\startbreaks{\let\\=\@normalcr
+ \interlinepenalty 200\def\par{\@@par\penalty 200}}
+
+\def\@foldmarks{\if@fold \bgroup
+ \reversemarginpar\vspace{\foldvskipi}
+ \marginpar{\hspace{\foldhskip}\rule{2mm}{.2pt}} \vspace{\foldvskipii}
+ \marginpar{\hspace{\foldhskip}\rule{4mm}{.2pt}} \vspace{\foldvskipiii}
+ \marginpar{\hspace{\foldhskip}\rule{2mm}{.2pt}}
+ \vspace{-\foldvskipiii}\vspace{-\foldvskipii}\vspace{-\foldvskipi}
+ \egroup \fi}
+
+\def\@addrfield{\bgroup
+ \setbox0\vbox{\hsize\addrwidth
+ \ifx\frombackaddress\@empty \else
+ \underline{\scriptsize \sf \frombackaddress} \fi}
+ \setbox1\vbox{\hsize\addrwidth
+ \ifx\@specialmail\@empty \else \underline{\@specialmail} \fi}
+ \setbox2\vbox{\hsize\addrwidth
+ \toname \\ \toaddress}
+ \vskip\addrvskip \hskip\addrindent
+ \vbox to \addrheight{%
+ \ifx\frombackaddress\@empty \else \box0 \fi
+ \ifx\@specialmail\@empty \else \vfil\box1 \fi
+ \vfil\box2\vfil}\egroup}
+
+\def\@locfield{\begin{minipage}[b]{\locwidth}\fromlocation\end{minipage}}
+
+\newif\if@ref
+\def\@datefield{\@reffalse
+ \ifx\varyourref\@empty \else \@reftrue \fi
+ \ifx\varyourmail\@empty \else \@reftrue \fi
+ \ifx\varmyref\@empty \else \@reftrue \fi
+ \ifx\varcustomer\@empty \else \@reftrue \fi
+ \ifx\varinvoice\@empty \else \@reftrue \fi
+ \ifx\varrefitemi\@empty \else \@reftrue \fi
+ \ifx\varrefitemii\@empty \else \@reftrue \fi
+ \ifx\varrefitemiii\@empty \else \@reftrue \fi
+ \vskip -\parskip
+ \vskip \refvskip
+ \if@ref
+ \ifx\varyourref\@empty \else
+ \settowidth{\sc@temp}{\varyourref}
+ \setbox0\hbox{\scriptsize \sf \yourrefname}
+ \ifdim \sc@temp > \wd0 \sc@@temp\sc@temp \else \sc@@temp\wd0 \fi
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@@temp}{\noindent \box0\par \varyourref}\hfill
+ \fi
+ \ifx\varyourmail\@empty \else
+ \settowidth{\sc@temp}{\varyourmail}
+ \setbox0\hbox{\scriptsize \sf \yourmailname}
+ \ifdim \sc@temp > \wd0 \sc@@temp\sc@temp \else \sc@@temp\wd0 \fi
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@@temp}{\noindent \box0\par \varyourmail}\hfill
+ \fi
+ \ifx\varmyref\@empty \else
+ \settowidth{\sc@temp}{\varmyref}
+ \setbox0\hbox{\scriptsize \sf \myrefname}
+ \ifdim \sc@temp > \wd0 \sc@@temp\sc@temp \else \sc@@temp\wd0 \fi
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@@temp}{\noindent \box0\par \varmyref}\hfill
+ \fi
+ \ifx\varcustomer\@empty \else
+ \settowidth{\sc@temp}{\varcustomer}
+ \setbox0\hbox{\scriptsize \sf \customername}
+ \ifdim \sc@temp > \wd0 \sc@@temp\sc@temp \else \sc@@temp\wd0 \fi
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@@temp}{\noindent \box0\par \varcustomer}\hfill
+ \fi
+ \ifx\varinvoice\@empty \else
+ \settowidth{\sc@temp}{\varinvoice}
+ \setbox0\hbox{\scriptsize \sf \invoicename}
+ \ifdim \sc@temp > \wd0 \sc@@temp\sc@temp \else \sc@@temp\wd0 \fi
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@@temp}{\noindent \box0\par \varinvoice}\hfill
+ \fi
+ \ifx\varrefitemi\@empty \else
+ \settowidth{\sc@temp}{\varrefitemi}
+ \setbox0\hbox{\scriptsize \sf \varrefitemnamei}
+ \ifdim \sc@temp > \wd0 \sc@@temp\sc@temp \else \sc@@temp\wd0 \fi
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@@temp}{\noindent \box0\par \varrefitemi}\hfill
+ \fi
+ \ifx\varrefitemii\@empty \else
+ \settowidth{\sc@temp}{\varrefitemii}
+ \setbox0\hbox{\scriptsize \sf \varrefitemnameii}
+ \ifdim \sc@temp > \wd0 \sc@@temp\sc@temp \else \sc@@temp\wd0 \fi
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@@temp}{\noindent \box0\par \varrefitemii}\hfill
+ \fi
+ \ifx\varrefitemiii\@empty \else
+ \settowidth{\sc@temp}{\varrefitemiii}
+ \setbox0\hbox{\scriptsize \sf \varrefitemnameiii}
+ \ifdim \sc@temp > \wd0 \sc@@temp\sc@temp \else \sc@@temp\wd0 \fi
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@@temp}{\noindent \box0\par \varrefitemiii}\hfill
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@date\@empty \else
+ \settowidth{\sc@temp}{\@date}
+ \setbox0\hbox{\scriptsize \sf \datename}
+ \ifdim \sc@temp > \wd0 \sc@@temp\sc@temp \else \sc@@temp\wd0 \fi
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@@temp}{\noindent \box0\par \@date}
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \vspace{2.5\baselineskip}
+ \else
+ {\ifx\@date\@empty \else \raggedleft\fromplace\@date\par \fi}
+ \vspace{1.5\baselineskip}
+ \fi}
+
+\def\maketitle{\ifx\@title\@empty \else
+ {\centering \LARGE \sfb \@title\par} \vspace{1\baselineskip} \fi}
+
+\def\@subjfield{\if@subj%
+ \ifx\@subject\@empty\else\subjectname: \fi
+ \fi \@subject \par \vspace{1\baselineskip}}
+
+\def\opening#1{\thispagestyle{firstpage} \null \@foldmarks
+ \if@afield \@addrfield \hfill \@locfield \par \fi
+ \@datefield
+ \maketitle
+ \@subjfield
+ #1\par\nobreak}
+
+\long\def\closing#1{\par\nobreak\vspace{0.5\baselineskip}
+ \stopbreaks \noindent \sc@temp\textwidth \advance\sc@temp by
+ -\sigindent \hspace{\sigindent}%
+ \parbox{\sc@temp}{\raggedright \ignorespaces #1\\[6\medskipamount]
+ \ifx\@empty\fromsig \fromname \else \fromsig \fi\strut}\par
+ \vspace{1.5\baselineskip}}
+
+\def\ps{\par\startbreaks}
+
+\def\cc#1{\par\noindent \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\@hangfrom{\ccname: }%
+ \ignorespaces #1\strut}\par}
+
+\def\encl#1{\par\noindent \parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\@hangfrom{\enclname: }%
+ \ignorespaces #1\strut}\par}
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-1\p@
+ \hrule width 0.4\columnwidth
+ \kern .6\p@}
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent \sc@temp\columnwidth%
+ \advance\sc@temp by -1.5em \hbox to 1em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}\hskip .5em%
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@temp}{\parindent 0pt\parskip 0pt\hskip -.5em #1}}
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.7}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.2}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.5}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.7}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.5}
+
+\def\@firsthead{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\begin{center}
+ {\sc \ignorespaces \fromname}\\[-8pt] \rule{\textwidth}{.4pt}\\
+ \ignorespaces \fromaddress \end{center}}}
+\def\@firstfoot{}
+\def\@nexthead{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{{%
+ \sc \ignorespaces \fromname}\\[8pt] \headtoname\ \ignorespaces \toname
+ \hfill \datename:\ \@date \hfill \pagename\
+ \thepage\\[-8pt] \rule{\textwidth}{.4pt}}}
+\def\@nextfoot{}
+
+\mark{{}{}}
+\def\ps@plain{\def\@evenhead{\rm\hfil-- \thepage\ --\hfil}%
+ \let\@oddhead\@evenhead%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}}
+\def\ps@firstpage{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\@firsthead}%
+ \let\@oddhead\@evenhead%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\@firstfoot}%
+ \let\@oddfoot\@evenfoot}
+\def\ps@headings{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\@nexthead}%
+ \let\@oddhead\@evenhead%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\@nextfoot}%
+ \let\@oddfoot\@evenfoot}
+
+\@foldtrue
+\@afieldtrue
+\@subjfalse
+\ps@plain
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\onecolumn
+\raggedbottom
+\frenchspacing
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script_s.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script_s.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0a4347c06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/script_s.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,602 @@
+% script_s.sty -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+% based on Leslie Lamport's article style.
+
+\typeout{Document Style `script_s' v2.0 by Frank Neukam <01 Dec 1993>}
+
+\ifx\selectfont\undefined
+ \font\tensfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep0
+ \font\elvsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstephalf
+ \font\twlsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep1
+ \font\frtnsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep2
+ \font\svtnsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep3
+ \font\twtysfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep4
+ \font\twfvsfb =cmssbx10 scaled \magstep5
+\else
+ \def\tensfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{10}{12pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\elvsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{11}{13.6pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\twlsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{12}{14.5pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\frtnsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{14}{18pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\svtnsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{17}{22pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\twtysfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{20}{25pt}\selectfont}
+ \def\twfvsfb{\family{\sfdefault}\series{bx}\shape{n}\size{25}{30pt}\selectfont}
+\fi
+
+\def\@ptsize{1}
+\@namedef{ds@10pt}{\def\@ptsize{0}}
+\@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\newdimen\paperwidth
+\newdimen\paperheight
+\paperwidth 210mm
+\paperheight 297mm
+\@namedef{ds@DINA3}{\paperwidth=297mm \paperheight=420mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA4}{\paperwidth=210mm \paperheight=297mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA5}{\paperwidth=148.5mm \paperheight=210mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA6}{\paperwidth=105mm \paperheight=148.5mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA3l}{\paperwidth=420mm \paperheight=297mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA4l}{\paperwidth=297mm \paperheight=210mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA5l}{\paperwidth=210mm \paperheight=148.5mm}
+\@namedef{ds@DINA6l}{\paperwidth=148.5mm \paperheight=105mm}
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
+\@options
+\input script1\@ptsize.sty\relax
+\normalsize
+
+\newif\if@hincl
+\def\headincludeon{\@hincltrue}
+\def\headincludeoff{\@hinclfalse}
+\newif\if@hsl
+\def\headseplineon{\@hsltrue \@hincltrue}
+\def\headseplineoff{\@hslfalse \@hinclfalse}
+\headseplineoff
+\newif\if@fincl
+\def\footincludeon{\@fincltrue}
+\def\footincludeoff{\@finclfalse}
+\newif\if@fsl
+\def\footseplineon{\@fsltrue \@fincltrue}
+\def\footseplineoff{\@fslfalse \@finclfalse}
+\footseplineoff
+\newdimen\sc@bcor
+\newcount\sc@div
+\newdimen\sc@hblk
+\newdimen\sc@vblk
+\newdimen\sc@temp
+\def\typearea{\@ifnextchar [{\@typearea}{\@typearea[0mm]}}
+\def\@typearea[#1]#2{
+ \normalsize
+ \sc@bcor #1
+ \sc@div=#2
+ \sc@hblk \paperwidth
+ \advance \sc@hblk by -\sc@bcor
+ \divide\sc@hblk by \sc@div
+ \oddsidemargin -1in
+ \evensidemargin -1in
+ \if@twoside
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@bcor
+ \advance\evensidemargin by 2\sc@hblk
+ \else
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by 1.5\sc@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@bcor
+ \evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
+ \fi
+ \textwidth \paperwidth
+ \advance\textwidth by -\sc@bcor
+ \advance\textwidth by -3\sc@hblk
+ \headheight 15pt
+ \headsep 1.5\baselineskip
+ \footskip 3.5\baselineskip
+ \sc@vblk \paperheight
+ \divide\sc@vblk by \sc@div
+ \sc@temp \paperheight
+ \advance\sc@temp by -3\sc@vblk
+ \if@hincl
+ \advance\sc@temp by -\headheight
+ \advance\sc@temp by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@fincl
+ \advance\sc@temp by -\footskip
+ \fi
+ \textheight \topskip
+ \@whiledim\textheight<\sc@temp
+ \do{\advance\textheight by \baselineskip}
+ \topmargin \sc@vblk
+ \advance\topmargin by -1in
+ \if@hincl \else
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headheight
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@twoside
+ \marginparwidth 1.5\sc@hblk
+ \else
+ \marginparwidth \sc@hblk
+ \fi
+ \marginparsep 1cc
+ \marginparpush 0.45\baselineskip}
+\def\areaset{\@ifnextchar [{\@areaset}{\@areaset[0mm]}}
+\def\@areaset[#1]#2#3{
+ \normalsize
+ \sc@bcor #1
+ \textwidth #2
+ \textheight #3
+ \sc@hblk \paperwidth
+ \advance\sc@hblk by -\sc@bcor
+ \advance\sc@hblk by -\textwidth
+ \divide\sc@hblk by 3
+ \oddsidemargin -1in
+ \evensidemargin -1in
+ \if@twoside
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@bcor
+ \advance\evensidemargin by 2\sc@hblk
+ \else
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by 1.5\sc@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \sc@bcor
+ \evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
+ \fi
+ \headheight 15pt
+ \headsep 1.5\baselineskip
+ \footskip 3.5\baselineskip
+ \sc@vblk \paperheight
+ \advance\sc@vblk by -\textheight
+ \divide\sc@vblk by 3
+ \if@hincl
+ \advance\textheight by -\headheight
+ \advance\textheight by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@fincl
+ \advance\textheight by -\footskip
+ \fi
+ \topmargin \sc@vblk
+ \advance\topmargin by -1in
+ \if@hincl \else
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headheight
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@twoside
+ \marginparwidth 1.5\sc@hblk
+ \else
+ \marginparwidth \sc@hblk
+ \fi
+ \marginparsep 1cc
+ \marginparpush 0.45\baselineskip}
+\ifcase \@ptsize\relax \typearea{8} \or \typearea{10} \or \typearea{12} \fi
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt
+\parindent 1em
+\partopsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\footnotesep 0.6\baselineskip
+\skip\footins 0.75\baselineskip plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\columnsep 1cc
+\columnseprule 0pt
+\floatsep 1\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 1\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\@maxsep 20pt
+\dblfloatsep 1\baselineskip plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@fpsep 0.7\baselineskip plus 2fil
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfpsep 0.7\baselineskip plus 2fil
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+
+\arraycolsep 5pt
+\tabcolsep 6pt
+\arrayrulewidth 0.4pt
+\doublerulesep 2pt
+\fboxsep 3pt
+\fboxrule 0.4pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+\labelsep .5em
+\leftmargini 2.5em
+\leftmarginii 2.2em
+\leftmarginiii 1.87em
+\leftmarginiv 1.7em
+\leftmarginv 1em
+\leftmarginvi 1em
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelwidth\leftmargini
+\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 0.8em plus 0.2em minus 0.4em
+ \parsep 0.4em plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0.4em plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep 0.2em plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0.2em plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep 1pt plus 0pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\@lowpenalty 51
+\@medpenalty 151
+\@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty
+\@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty
+
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
+\def\labelenumii{\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi\theenumii)}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\triangleright$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter {section}
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+\newcounter {subparagraph}[paragraph]
+
+\def\thepart {\Roman{part}}
+\def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection .\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \descfont #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+\newdimen\descriptionmargin
+\descriptionmargin=3em
+
+\def\labelinglabel#1{#1\hfil\sc@septext}
+\def\labeling{\@ifnextchar [{\@labeling}{\@labeling[]}}
+\def\@labeling[#1]#2{\def\sc@septext{#1}
+ \list{}{\settowidth{\labelwidth}{#2#1}
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth \advance\leftmargin by \labelsep
+ \let\makelabel\labelinglabel}}
+\let\endlabeling\endlist
+
+\def\marginline#1{\marginpar%
+ {\if@twoside \ifodd\c@page \raggedright \else \raggedleft \fi
+ \else \raggedright \fi #1}}
+
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+\def\@titlehead{}
+\long\def\titlehead#1{\def\@titlehead{#1}}
+\def\@subject{}
+\def\subject#1{\def\@subject{#1}}
+\def\maketitle{\par \begingroup
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \def\@makefnmark{\hbox to 0pt{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+ \else
+ \newpage \global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@titlehead{}\gdef\@subject{}%
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax}
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \ifx\@titlehead\@empty \else
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+ \@titlehead
+ \end{minipage}\par\null\vskip 1em
+ \fi
+ \null \vskip 2em
+ \ifx\@subject\@empty \else
+ {\centering \Large \@subject \par}
+ \vskip 1.5em
+ \fi
+ \begin{center}
+ {\huge \sectfont \@title \par} \vskip 1.5em {\Large \lineskip .5em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 1em {\Large \@date}
+ \end{center}
+ \par \vskip 5em}
+
+\newif\if@abstrt
+\def\abstracton{\@abstrttrue}
+\def\abstractoff{\@abstrtfalse}
+\def\abstractname{Abstract}
+\def\abstract{\if@abstrt \if@twocolumn \section*{\abstractname} \else
+ \begin{center} {\sectfont \abstractname \vspace{-.5em}} \end{center}\fi
+ \quotation \fi}
+\def\endabstract{\if@twocolumn \else \endquotation \fi}
+
+\def\partname{Part}
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex} \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}\else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi \markboth{}{}
+ {\parindent 0pt \raggedright \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \LARGE \sectfont
+ \partname{} \thepart \par\nobreak \fi \huge \sectfont #2\par}\@endpart}
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright \huge \sectfont #1\par}\@endpart}
+\def\@endpart{\nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading}
+
+\def\section{\@afterindentfalse \secdef\@section\@ssection}
+\def\@section[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \refstepcounter{section}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect \numberline{\thesection.}#1}
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}\fi
+ \sectionmark{#1}
+ \@makesectionhead{#2} \@afterheading}
+\def\@ssection#1{\@makessectionhead{#1} \@afterheading}
+\def\@makesectionhead#1{\vskip 3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex {\Large \sectfont
+ \@hangfrom{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection.\hskip .7em\fi}%
+ {\raggedright \interlinepenalty \@M #1\par}} \nobreak \vskip 2.3ex
+ plus .2ex}
+\def\@makessectionhead#1{\vskip 3.5ex plus 1ex minus .2ex {\Large \sectfont
+ \@hangfrom{}{\raggedright \interlinepenalty \@M #1\par}} \nobreak
+ \vskip 2.3ex plus .2ex}
+
+\def\addsec{\secdef\@addsec\@saddsec}
+\def\@addsec[#1]#2{\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}
+ \if@twoside \markboth{#1}{}\else \markright{#1}\fi \section*{#2}}
+\def\@saddsec#1{\section*{#1}\markboth{}{}}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\large \sectfont}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex
+ minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\sectfont}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus
+ .2ex}{-1em}{\sectfont}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{4}{\parindent}{3.25ex plus
+ 1ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\sectfont}}
+
+\def\minisec#1{\@afterindentfalse \vskip 1.5ex {\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \sectfont #1\par\nobreak}\@afterheading}
+
+\def\contentsname{Contents}
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{\contentsname
+ \@mkboth{\contentsname}{\contentsname}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} \begingroup
+ \@tempdima 3em \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth \parfillskip
+ -\@pnumwidth
+ {\sectfont \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak \endgroup}
+\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{1.0em plus 1pt} \@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \sectfont \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip%
+ #1\nobreak \hfil\nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{10em}{5em}}
+
+\def\listfigurename{List of Figures}
+\def\listoffigures{\section*{\listfigurename\@mkboth
+ {\listfigurename}{\listfigurename}} \@starttoc{lof}}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+
+\def\listtablename{List of Tables}
+\def\listoftables{\section*{\listtablename\@mkboth
+ {\listtablename}{\listtablename}} \@starttoc{lot}}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+\def\refname{References}
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{\refname \@mkboth{\refname}{\refname}}
+ \list{[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip 0.11em plus 0.33em minus 0.07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+
+\def\indexname{Index}
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+ \columnseprule \z@
+ \columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\section*{\indexname}]
+ \@mkboth{\indexname}{\indexname}
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus 0.3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40pt}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{20pt}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{30pt}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width 0.4\columnwidth
+ \kern 2.6\p@}
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent \sc@temp\columnwidth%
+ \advance\sc@temp by -1.5em \hbox to 1em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}\hskip .5em%
+ \parbox[t]{\sc@temp}{\parindent 0pt\parskip 0pt\hskip -.5em #1}}
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.7}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.2}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.5}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.7}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.5}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vskip 10pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\captfont #1: #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize \@hangfrom{\captfont #1: }%
+ {\captfont #2\par}
+ \else \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi}
+
+\def\figurename{Figure}
+\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fps@figure{tbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{\figurename{} \thefigure}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}
+\let\endfigure\end@float
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+\def\tablename{Table}
+\newcounter{table}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{tbp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{\tablename{} \thetable}
+\def\table{\@float{table}}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+\mark{{}{}}
+\if@twoside
+ \def\ps@plain{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@evenhead{}%
+ \def\@oddhead{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\thepage\hfil}}}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage}}}}
+ \def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \def\@evenhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\leftmark\hfil}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\hfil\rightmark}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\thepage\hfil}}}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage}}}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markboth {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection. \ \fi ##1}{}}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
+ \thesubsection\ \ \fi ##1}}}
+ \def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@evenhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\leftmark\hfil}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\hfil\rightmark}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\thepage\hfil}}}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage}}}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\else
+ \def\ps@plain{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@evenhead{}%
+ \def\@oddhead{}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage\hfil}}}}
+ \def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \def\@evenhead{}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\hfil\rightmark\hfil}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage\hfil}}}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection. \ \fi ##1}}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+ \def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@evenhead{}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\headfont\hfil\rightmark\hfil}
+ \if@hsl \vskip 1.5pt \hrule \fi}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\vbox{\hsize=\textwidth
+ \if@fsl \hrule \vskip 3pt \fi
+ \hbox to \textwidth{\pnumfont\hfil\thepage\hfil}}}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\fi
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+\@abstrttrue
+\ps@plain
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\onecolumn
+\if@twoside \else \raggedbottom \fi
+\frenchspacing
+\def\captfont{\rm}
+\def\descfont{\sfb}
+\def\headfont{\it}
+\def\pnumfont{\rm}
+\def\sectfont{\sfb}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/sctitle.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/sctitle.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a6140e017a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/sctitle.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+% sctitle.sty -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+
+\ifx\sectfont\undefined
+ \def\@sectfont{\bf}
+\else
+ \let\@sectfont=\sectfont
+\fi
+
+\def\next@tpage{\newpage\thispagestyle{empty}\null}
+\def\@extratitle{}
+\long\def\extratitle#1{\def\@extratitle{#1}}
+\def\@titlehead{}
+\long\def\titlehead#1{\def\@titlehead{#1}}
+\def\@subject{}
+\def\subject#1{\def\@subject{#1}}
+\def\@publishers{}
+\def\publishers#1{\def\@publishers{#1}}
+\def\@uppertitleback{}
+\long\def\uppertitleback#1{\def\@uppertitleback{#1}}
+\def\@lowertitleback{}
+\long\def\lowertitleback#1{\def\@lowertitleback{#1}}
+\def\@dedication{}
+\def\dedication#1{\def\@dedication{#1}}
+\def\maketitle{\@ifnextchar [{\@maketitle}{\@maketitle[1]}}
+\def\@maketitle[#1]{\bgroup \@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn \else \newpage \fi
+ \thispagestyle{empty}\null
+ \setcounter{page}{#1}
+ \let\footnotesize\small
+ \let\footnoterule\relax
+ \ifx\@extratitle\@empty \else
+ \noindent\@extratitle \next@tpage \if@twoside \next@tpage \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@titlehead\@empty \else
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+ \@titlehead
+ \end{minipage}\par
+ \fi
+ \null \vfill
+ \ifx\@subject\@empty \else
+ {\centering \Large \@subject \par}
+ \vskip 3em
+ \fi
+ {\centering \huge \@sectfont \@title \par}
+ \vskip 3em
+ {\centering \Large \lineskip 0.75em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 1.5em
+ {\centering \Large \@date \par}
+ \vskip 0pt plus 3fill
+ {\centering \Large \@publishers \par}
+ \vskip 3em
+ \par \@thanks
+ \if@twoside \next@tpage
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}[t]{\textwidth}
+ \@uppertitleback
+ \end{minipage}\par
+ \vfill
+ \noindent\begin{minipage}[b]{\textwidth}
+ \@lowertitleback
+ \end{minipage}
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@dedication\@empty \else
+ \next@tpage \vfill
+ {\centering \Large \@dedication \par}
+ \vskip 0pt plus 3fill
+ \if@twoside \next@tpage \fi
+ \fi
+ \if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi
+ \egroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\thanks\relax \gdef\@extratitle{}\gdef\@titlehead{}\gdef\@subject{}%
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\gdef\@publishers{}%
+ \gdef\@uppertitleback{}\gdef\@lowertitleback{}\gdef\@dedication{}%
+ \let\maketitle\relax \let\@maketitle\relax}
+
+\newif\if@abstrt
+\def\abstracton{\@abstrttrue}
+\def\abstractoff{\@abstrtfalse}
+\def\abstractname{Abstract}
+\def\abstract{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty} \null \vfil
+ \if@abstrt \begin{center} {\@sectfont \abstractname} \end{center}\fi}
+\def\endabstract{\par \vfil \null
+ \if@twoside \next@tpage \fi
+ \if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/typearea.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/typearea.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46eb39f9ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/script/typearea.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+% typearea.sty -- by Frank Neukam (01 Dec 1993)
+
+\newif\if@hincl
+\def\headincludeon{\@hincltrue}
+\def\headincludeoff{\@hinclfalse}
+\@hinclfalse
+\newif\if@fincl
+\def\footincludeon{\@fincltrue}
+\def\footincludeoff{\@finclfalse}
+\@finclfalse
+\newdimen\paperwidth
+\newdimen\paperheight
+\newdimen\ta@bcor
+\newcount\ta@div
+\newdimen\ta@hblk
+\newdimen\ta@vblk
+\newdimen\ta@temp
+\paperwidth 210mm
+\paperheight 297mm
+\def\typearea{\@ifnextchar [{\@typearea}{\@typearea[0mm]}}
+\def\@typearea[#1]#2{
+ \normalsize
+ \ta@bcor #1
+ \ta@div=#2
+ \ta@hblk \paperwidth
+ \advance \ta@hblk by -\ta@bcor
+ \divide\ta@hblk by \ta@div
+ \oddsidemargin -1in
+ \evensidemargin -1in
+ \if@twoside
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \ta@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \ta@bcor
+ \advance\evensidemargin by 2\ta@hblk
+ \else
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by 1.5\ta@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \ta@bcor
+ \evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
+ \fi
+ \textwidth \paperwidth
+ \advance\textwidth by -\ta@bcor
+ \advance\textwidth by -3\ta@hblk
+ \headheight 15pt
+ \headsep 1.5\baselineskip
+ \footskip 3.5\baselineskip
+ \ta@vblk \paperheight
+ \divide\ta@vblk by \ta@div
+ \ta@temp \paperheight
+ \advance\ta@temp by -3\ta@vblk
+ \if@hincl
+ \advance\ta@temp by -\headheight
+ \advance\ta@temp by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@fincl
+ \advance\ta@temp by -\footskip
+ \fi
+ \textheight \topskip
+ \@whiledim\textheight<\ta@temp
+ \do{\advance\textheight by \baselineskip}
+ \topmargin \ta@vblk
+ \advance\topmargin by -1in
+ \if@hincl \else
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headheight
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@twoside
+ \marginparwidth 1.5\ta@hblk
+ \else
+ \marginparwidth \ta@hblk
+ \fi
+ \marginparsep 1cc
+ \marginparpush 0.45\baselineskip}
+\def\areaset{\@ifnextchar [{\@areaset}{\@areaset[0mm]}}
+\def\@areaset[#1]#2#3{
+ \normalsize
+ \ta@bcor #1
+ \textwidth #2
+ \textheight #3
+ \ta@hblk \paperwidth
+ \advance\ta@hblk by -\ta@bcor
+ \advance\ta@hblk by -\textwidth
+ \divide\ta@hblk by 3
+ \oddsidemargin -1in
+ \evensidemargin -1in
+ \if@twoside
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \ta@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \ta@bcor
+ \advance\evensidemargin by 2\ta@hblk
+ \else
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by 1.5\ta@hblk
+ \advance\oddsidemargin by \ta@bcor
+ \evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
+ \fi
+ \headheight 15pt
+ \headsep 1.5\baselineskip
+ \footskip 3.5\baselineskip
+ \ta@vblk \paperheight
+ \advance\ta@vblk by -\textheight
+ \divide\ta@vblk by 3
+ \if@hincl
+ \advance\textheight by -\headheight
+ \advance\textheight by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@fincl
+ \advance\textheight by -\footskip
+ \fi
+ \topmargin \ta@vblk
+ \advance\topmargin by -1in
+ \if@hincl \else
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headheight
+ \advance\topmargin by -\headsep
+ \fi
+ \if@twoside
+ \marginparwidth 1.5\ta@hblk
+ \else
+ \marginparwidth \ta@hblk
+ \fi
+ \marginparsep 1cc
+ \marginparpush 0.45\baselineskip}
+\ifcase \@ptsize\relax \typearea{8} \or \typearea{10} \or \typearea{12} \fi
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/fixup.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/fixup.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da8fe4e450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/fixup.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+% FIXUP DOCUMENT STYLE OPTION
+% for LaTeX Version 2.09 <25 Jan 1988>
+% by John Hobby
+%
+% If the fleqn style option is also used, it should precede this one.
+
+
+\hyphenation{bi-dif-fer-en-tial buzz-word data-path equi-vari-ant gauss-ian
+ hexa-dec-i-mal le-gendre mass-a-chu-setts non-smooth
+ qua-si-smooth stand-alone time-stamp wave-guide white-space}
+
+
+
+
+% Fix Plain's \bigl, \Bigl, etc. macros so that they try to scale with
+% LaTeX size changes. This uses the fact that \@setsize sets \ht\strutbox
+% to be 70% of the normal unstretched baselineskip.
+
+\def\big#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vcenter to1.428\ht\strutbox{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+\def\Big#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vcenter to2.142\ht\strutbox{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+\def\bigg#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vcenter to2.857\ht\strutbox{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+\def\Bigg#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vcenter to3.571\ht\strutbox{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+
+
+
+
+
+% Fix \sbox and \mbox so that they do not take the box contents as a parameter.
+% This makes environments that depend on catcode changes work inside
+
+\def\sbox#1{\setbox#1\hbox}
+\def\mbox{\leavevmode\hbox}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+% Apply \addpenalty's trick for not confusing \addvspace so that the \write
+% from \addtocontents or \addcontentsline will not mess up vertical spacing
+
+\def\addvstuff#1{%
+ \ifvmode\ifdim\lastskip=\z@ #1%
+ \else \@tempskipb\lastskip
+ \vskip -\lastskip #1\vskip\@tempskipb
+ \fi
+ \else #1\fi}
+
+\def\addpenalty#1{\ifvmode
+ \if@minipage\else\if@nobreak\else
+ \addvstuff{\penalty#1}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \else\@noitemerr\fi}
+
+\long\def\addtocontents#1#2{%
+ \if@filesw \begingroup
+ \let\label\@gobble \let\index\@gobble
+ \def\protect##1{\string\string\string##1\string\space\space}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\write \@auxout {\string\@writefile{#1}{#2}}}%
+ \addvstuff{\@tempa \if@nobreak \ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}%
+ \endgroup\fi}
+
+\def\addcontentsline#1#2#3{%
+ \if@filesw \begingroup
+ \let\label\@gobble \let\index\@gobble
+ \def\protect##1{\string\string\string##1\string\space\space}%
+ \@temptokena{\thepage}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\write \@auxout{\string\@writefile{#1}%
+ {\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\the\@temptokena}}}}%
+ \addvstuff{\@tempa \if@nobreak \ifvmode\nobreak\fi\fi}%
+ \endgroup\fi}
+
+
+
+
+% Make floats use the trick from the minipage environment to avoid extraneous
+% space at the top. e.g., "\begin{figure} \begin{center}..."
+
+\def\@xfloat#1[#2]{\ifhmode \@bsphack\@floatpenalty -\@Mii\else
+ \@floatpenalty-\@Miii\fi\def\@captype{#1}\ifinner
+ \@parmoderr\@floatpenalty\z@
+ \else\@next\@currbox\@freelist{\@tempcnta\csname ftype@#1\endcsname
+ \multiply\@tempcnta\@xxxii\advance\@tempcnta\sixt@@n
+ \@tfor \@tempa :=#2\do
+ {\if\@tempa h\advance\@tempcnta \@ne\fi
+ \if\@tempa t\advance\@tempcnta \tw@\fi
+ \if\@tempa b\advance\@tempcnta 4\relax\fi
+ \if\@tempa p\advance\@tempcnta 8\relax\fi
+ }\global\count\@currbox\@tempcnta}\@fltovf\fi
+ \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox\bgroup
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore
+ \@minipagetrue
+ \everypar{\global\@minipagefalse\everypar{}}}
+
+
+
+
+% We now redefine the eqnarray environment to correct the space around
+% the operator. Since the fleqn document style option also redefines
+% this environment, we carefully check the previous definition before
+% making any changes. Any changes to the definition in LaTeX itself
+% or in the fleqn document style option will cause the `Warning: unable...'
+% message to appear. If this happens it will be necessary to update the
+% definitions of \@tempa and \@tempb below and incorperate the changes into
+% the new definitions of \eqnarray.
+
+
+% This is the current definition of \eqnarray for the fleqn document style
+% option:
+
+\def\@tempa{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\global\@eqnswtrue
+\global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\mathindent\let\\=\@eqncr
+\abovedisplayskip\topsep\ifvmode\advance\abovedisplayskip\partopsep\fi
+\belowdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip
+\belowdisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+$$\halign to
+\linewidth\bgroup\@eqnsel\hskip\@centering$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@
+{##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne \hskip 2\arraycolsep \hfil${##}$\hfil
+&\global\@eqcnt\tw@ \hskip 2\arraycolsep $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil
+\tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+
+
+% Here is the corresponding defintion from latex.tex:
+
+\def\@tempb{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\global\@eqnswtrue
+\global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\@centering\let\\=\@eqncr
+$$\halign to \displaywidth\bgroup\@eqnsel\hskip\@centering
+ $\displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne
+ \hskip 2\arraycolsep \hfil${##}$\hfil
+ &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ \hskip 2\arraycolsep $\displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$\hfil
+ \tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+
+
+\ifx\eqnarray\@tempa % If the fleqn document style option is in effect
+
+ \def\eqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+ \global\@eqnswtrue
+ \global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\mathindent\let\\=\@eqncr
+ \abovedisplayskip\topsep\ifvmode\advance\abovedisplayskip\partopsep\fi
+ \belowdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip
+ \belowdisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+ $$\halign to \linewidth\bgroup\hfil
+ $\displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne
+ \hfil$\displaystyle{{}##{}}$\hfil
+ &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil
+ \tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+
+\else\ifx\eqnarray\@tempb % Else try the default eqnarray environment
+
+ \def\eqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+ \global\@eqnswtrue
+ \global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\@centering\let\\=\@eqncr
+ $$\halign to \displaywidth\bgroup\hfil
+ $\displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne
+ \hfil$\displaystyle{{}##{}}$\hfil
+ &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil
+ \tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+
+\else \typeout{Warning: Unable to fix unknown version of \string\enarray.}
+\fi\fi
+
+\def\@tempa{} % Free up TeX's memory
+\def\@tempb{}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/numinsec.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/numinsec.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a849c4965a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/numinsec.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+% SIAM Style option to get numbering of equations, figures, tables within sections
+
+\@addtoreset{equation}{section} % Makes \section reset 'equation' counter.
+\def\theequation{\thesection.\arabic{equation}}
+
+\@addtoreset{theorem}{section}
+\def\thetheorem{\thesection.\@arabic\c@theorem}
+\def\thelemma{\thesection.\@arabic\c@theorem}
+\def\thecorollary{\thecorollary.\@arabic\c@theorem}
+\def\theproposition{\theproposition.\@arabic\c@theorem}
+
+\@addtoreset{figure}{section}
+\def\thefigure{\thesection.\@arabic\c@figure}
+
+\@addtoreset{table}{section}
+\def\thetable{\thesection.\@arabic\c@table}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam-doc.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam-doc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85325cabef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam-doc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+\documentstyle{siam}
+\title{Using the SIAM \LaTeX\ Style%
+ \thanks{This document was written September 24, 1986.}}
+\author{Howard Trickey%
+ \thanks{AT\&T Bell Laboratories, 600 Mountain Ave.,
+ Murray Hill, NJ 07974.
+ {\tt research!trickey} or {\tt trickey@btl.csnet}}}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract}
+This note explains how to use a \LaTeX\ style that produces a good
+approximation to the style used in SIAM journals.
+The note is itself an example of the {\tt siam} style in action.
+\end{abstract}
+\begin{keywords}
+Document preparation, \LaTeX, SIAM
+\end{keywords}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+The {\em Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics (SIAM)\/}
+publishes a number of journals, as shown in Table~\ref{pub-table}.
+Authors who have prepared their articles using \LaTeX\ \cite{latexbook}
+can get them formatted in a style identical to a typical paper
+in one of those journals.
+Input that is suitable for the \LaTeX\ {\tt article} style needs
+only a couple of modifications besides changing the document style
+to {\tt siam}.
+
+\begin{table}\label{pub-table}
+\caption{SIAM Publications}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{l}
+\hline
+SIAM Journal on Algebraic and Discrete Methods\\
+SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics\\
+SIAM Journal on Computing\\
+SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization\\
+SIAM Journal on Mathematical Analysis\\
+SIAM Journal on Numerical Analysis\\
+SIAM Journal on Scientific and Statistical Computing\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+
+This paper itself gives an example of the {\tt siam} style.
+Figure~\ref{outline-fig} is an outline of the input used.
+
+\begin{figure}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{siam}
+\title{Using the SIAM \LaTeX\ Style%
+ \thanks{This document was written September 24, 1986.}}
+\author{Howard Trickey%
+ \thanks{AT\&T Bell Laboratories, 600 Mountain Ave.,
+ Murray Hill, NJ 07974.
+ {\tt research!trickey} or {\tt trickey@btl.csnet}}}
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract}
+This note explains ...
+\end{abstract}
+\begin{keywords}
+Document preparation, \LaTeX, SIAM
+\end{keywords}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+...
+\section*{Acknowledgment}
+\bibliography{siam}
+\bibliographystyle{siam}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{center}
+\caption{Input used to produce this paper}\label{outline-fig}
+\end{figure}
+
+\section{Title Material}
+Use the \LaTeX\ \verb|\title| and \verb|\author| declarations and the
+\verb|\maketitle| command as usual.
+SIAM journals don't put author affiliations below or beside
+the author(s); instead, use \verb|\thanks| to list addresses.
+In fact, it is an error to use \verb|\\| in the \verb|\author|
+command, because it interferes with some fairly fancy
+footwork that the style uses to change the author and title
+to all uppercase.
+If there are several authors with the same affiliation,
+the best I can suggest is to \verb|\thanks| only one, see
+what footnote mark comes out, and manually place it after
+the others (sorry).
+
+The \verb|\maketitle| can be followed by an abstract and/or a keywords
+section, as shown in the introduction.
+
+\section{Figures and Tables}
+SIAM tables have their captions above the table contents,
+while figures have captions below the contents.
+Place the \verb|\caption| command accordingly.
+Figure~\ref{outline-fig} and Table~\ref{pub-table}
+were examples.
+
+\section{Mathematics}
+Equations are entered as usual.
+SIAM journals put equation numbers on the left.
+It appears to be up to the author whether equations are numbered
+within a section (e.g., (4.2)) or within the paper (e.g., (2)).
+The {\tt siam} style uses the latter, as this example from
+the {\em SIAM Journal on Numerical Analysis\/}
+\cite{bube} shows:
+\begin{equation}
+r_k=\int_{-\Delta}^{\Delta} r(2k\Delta+\tau)\,d\tau\qquad (0\le k \le n)
+\end{equation}
+
+There are four ``theorem-like'' environments predefined:
+theorem, lemma, corollary, and proposition.
+Again, SIAM does not appear to prescribe the exact numbering scheme
+to be used.
+The {\tt siam} style numbers them all in the same index space, and
+not within each section.
+There is also a \verb|\proof| environment.
+For example, here is Theorem~1 of the example paper \cite{bube}:
+\begin{theorem}
+Suppose the ramp reflectance is sampled. Then
+\begin{equation}\label{theq}
+\|R_j\|_2 \le c_0 \equiv \|R_X\| < 1
+\end{equation}
+whenever $(j+1)\Delta\le X$;
+thus the discrete inverse problem can be solved,
+yielding a positive discrete impedance profile.
+\end{theorem}
+\begin{proof}
+Fix $\Delta$, and fix $j$ and $x$ with $0<x=(j+1)\Delta \le X$.\\
+\dots so since $R_j$ is symmetric, (\ref{theq}) follows.
+\end{proof}
+
+\section{SIAM Bibliographies}
+The {\tt siam} bibliography style uses numeric labels, abbreviations
+from Mathematical Reviews, titles in italics, mixed upper-lower case
+for book titles, lower case for article titles, and uses commas
+to separate fields.
+SIAM journal articles sometimes order the entries alphabetically,
+sometimes order-of-reference.
+The {\tt siam} style does alphabetic ordering.
+
+\section{Page Styles}
+Use the {\tt plain} style, or perhaps {\tt empty} or {\tt myheadings}.
+The {\tt headings} style doesn't do the right thing.
+(A problem with making {\tt headings} work is that
+often the title and/or authors have to be abbreviated to fit
+in the headings.)
+
+\section*{Acknowledgment}
+Eric Grosse and Bill Coughran were the instigators and first users
+of this style.
+Eric has made it available via {\em netlib}, a repository
+of mathematical software. You can get the {\tt siam} style
+files by
+\begin{verbatim}
+ mail research!netlib
+ send latex from siam
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\bibliography{siam}
+\bibliographystyle{siam}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.bib b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d1f0ae79a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+@BOOK(latexbook,
+ key = "Lamport",
+ author = "Leslie Lamport",
+ title = "{\LaTeX}: A Document Preparation System",
+ publisher = "Addison-Wesley",
+ year = 1986,
+ address = "Reading, Massachusetts")
+
+@ARTICLE(bube,
+ author = "Kenneth P. Bube",
+ title = "Numerical Methods for Reflection Inverse Problems:
+ Convergence and Nonimpulsive Sources",
+ journal = "SIAM J. Numerical Analysis",
+ volume = 23,
+ number = 2,
+ year = 1986,
+ month = apr,
+ pages = "227--258")
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.bst b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.bst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ab0e39599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,1035 @@
+% SIAM bibliography style (24-Jan-88 version)
+% numeric labels, alphabetic order, Mathematical Reviews abbreviations,
+% names in \sc, titles in italics, book titles mixed upper-lower and article
+% titles lowercase, commas separate all fields except before "notes".
+%
+% History
+% 1/30/86 (HWT) Original version, by Howard Trickey.
+% 6/15/87 (HWT) Fix format.editors---Martin Costabel.
+% 1/24/88 (OP&HWT) Updated for BibTeX version 0.99a, Oren Patashnik;
+% THIS `siam' VERSION DOES NOT WORK WITH BIBTEX 0.98i.
+
+ENTRY
+ { address
+ author
+ booktitle
+ chapter
+ edition
+ editor
+ howpublished
+ institution
+ journal
+ key
+ month
+ note
+ number
+ organization
+ pages
+ publisher
+ school
+ series
+ title
+ type
+ volume
+ year
+ }
+ {}
+ { label }
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence after.block }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+ #1 'mid.sentence :=
+ #2 'after.block :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t }
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+ output.state mid.sentence =
+ { ", " * write$ }
+ { output.state after.block =
+ { add.period$ write$
+ newline$
+ "\newblock " write$
+ }
+ 'write$
+ if$
+ mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+ }
+ if$
+ s
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'output.nonnull
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+ "\bibitem{" write$
+ cite$ write$
+ "}" write$
+ newline$
+ ""
+ before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+ write$
+ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+ 'skip$
+ { after.block 'output.state := }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{ { #0 }
+ { #1 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{ 'skip$
+ { pop$ #0 }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{ { pop$ #1 }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ 'new.block
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\em " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {scapify}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+ { pop$ "" }
+ { "{\sc " swap$ * "}" * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr #1 >
+ { namesleft #1 >
+ { ", " * t * }
+ { numnames #2 >
+ { "," * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ t "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * t * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ 't
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+STRINGS { last.authors }
+
+FUNCTION {init.last.authors}
+{ "" 'last.authors :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+ { "" 'last.authors :=
+ ""
+ }
+ { author last.authors =
+ { "\leavevmode\vrule height 2pt depth -1.6pt width 23pt" }
+ { author format.names scapify }
+ if$
+ author 'last.authors :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization}
+{ organization empty$
+ { "" 'last.authors :=
+ ""
+ }
+ { organization last.authors =
+ { "\leavevmode\vrule height 2pt depth -1.6pt width 23pt" }
+ { organization scapify }
+ if$
+ organization 'last.authors :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" 'last.authors :=
+ ""
+ }
+ { editor last.authors =
+ { "\leavevmode\vrule height 2pt depth -1.6pt width 23pt" }
+ { editor format.names scapify }
+ if$
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", eds." * }
+ { ", ed." * }
+ if$
+ editor 'last.authors :=
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.ineditors}
+{ editor empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor format.names
+ editor num.names$ #1 >
+ { ", eds." * }
+ { ", ed." * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+ { "" }
+ { title "t" change.case$ emphasize }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+ ""
+ { t empty$ not }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+ { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+ { "--" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ { { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+ { "-" *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ while$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+ t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+ { month empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+ month
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { month empty$
+ 'year
+ { month " " * year * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title emphasize
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+ { "~" }
+ { " " }
+ if$
+ swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+ 'pop$
+ { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "" }
+ { "vol.~" volume *
+ series empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { " of " * series * }
+ if$
+ "volume and number" number either.or.check
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+ { number empty$
+ { series field.or.null }
+ { "no.~" number *
+ series empty$
+ { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " in " * series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "" }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+ { "" }
+ { edition "l" change.case$ "~ed." * }
+ if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+ #0 'multiresult :=
+ { multiresult not
+ t empty$ not
+ and
+ }
+ { t #1 #1 substring$
+ duplicate$ "-" =
+ swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+ swap$ "+" =
+ or or
+ { #1 'multiresult := }
+ { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+ if$
+ }
+ while$
+ multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+ { "" }
+ { pages multi.page.check
+ { "pp.~" pages n.dashify * }
+ { "p.~" pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.vol.year}
+{ volume field.or.null
+ year empty$
+ { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ { " (" year * ")" * * }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+ 'format.pages
+ { type empty$
+ { "ch.~" chapter * }
+ { type "l" change.case$ chapter tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+ pages empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { ", " * format.pages * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+ { "" }
+ { editor empty$
+ { "in " booktitle * }
+ { "in " booktitle * ", " * format.ineditors * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+ month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+ and and and and and
+ key empty$ not and
+ { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { pop$
+ type "l" change.case$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+ { "Tech. Report" }
+ 'type
+ if$
+ number empty$
+ { "l" change.case$ }
+ { number tie.or.space.connect }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+ { journal empty$
+ { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+ warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "in " journal * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "in " key * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+ editor num.names$ duplicate$
+ #2 >
+ { pop$ " et~al." * }
+ { #2 <
+ 'skip$
+ { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+ { " et~al." * }
+ { " and " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+ { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+ "in "
+ }
+ { "vol.~" volume *
+ " of " *
+ }
+ if$
+ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { series empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ "" *
+ }
+ { series * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+ editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+ or
+ { key empty$
+ { booktitle empty$
+ { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+ crossref * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { "in " booktitle * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "in " key * }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "in " format.crossref.editor * }
+ if$
+ " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { journal "journal" output.check
+ format.vol.year output
+ }
+ { format.article.crossref output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.pages output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.book.crossref output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ address output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull
+ crossref missing$
+ { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ }
+ { format.book.crossref output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ publisher "publisher" output.check
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.chapter.pages output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ crossref missing$
+ { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { organization output
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ organization output
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.pages output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+ author empty$
+ { format.organization output }
+ { format.authors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ author empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ address output
+ format.edition output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ "master's thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors output
+ format.title output
+ howpublished new.block.checka
+ howpublished output
+ format.date output
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+ empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ "PhD thesis" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+ school "school" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+ editor empty$
+ { format.organization output }
+ { format.editors output.nonnull }
+ if$
+ format.btitle "title" output.check
+ format.bvolume output
+ format.number.series output
+ address empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ }
+ { address output.nonnull
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ editor empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { organization output }
+ if$
+ publisher output
+ }
+ if$
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ format.tr.number output.nonnull
+ institution "institution" output.check
+ address output
+ format.date "year" output.check
+ new.block
+ note output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+ format.authors "author" output.check
+ format.title "title" output.check
+ new.block
+ note "note" output.check
+ format.date output
+ fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+
+MACRO {jun} {"June"}
+
+MACRO {jul} {"July"}
+
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+
+MACRO {sep} {"Sept."}
+
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput. Surveys"}
+
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf."}
+
+MACRO {cacm} {"Comm. ACM"}
+
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J. Res. Dev."}
+
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J."}
+
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf. Process. Lett."}
+
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~Assoc. Comput. Mach."}
+
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput. System Sci."}
+
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci. Comput. Programming"}
+
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J. Comput."}
+
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans. Comput. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans. Database Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans. Gr."}
+
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans. Math. Softw."}
+
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans. Office Inf. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans. Prog. Lang. Syst."}
+
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput. Sci."}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+ "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+ 'len :=
+ s #1 len substring$ =
+ { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+ 's
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+ #1 'nameptr :=
+ ""
+ s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+ numnames 'namesleft :=
+ { namesleft #0 > }
+ { nameptr #1 >
+ { " " * }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+ s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{ f{ }}{ jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+ nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+ { "et al" * }
+ { t sortify * }
+ if$
+ nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+ namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+ }
+ while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+ "A " #2
+ "An " #3
+ "The " #4 t chop.word
+ chop.word
+ chop.word
+ sortify
+ #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { editor empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { author sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+ { organization empty$
+ { key empty$
+ { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+ ""
+ }
+ { key sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+ if$
+ }
+ { editor sort.format.names }
+ if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ type$ "book" =
+ type$ "inbook" =
+ or
+ 'author.editor.sort
+ { type$ "proceedings" =
+ 'editor.organization.sort
+ { type$ "manual" =
+ 'author.organization.sort
+ 'author.sort
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ }
+ if$
+ " "
+ *
+ year field.or.null sortify
+ *
+ " "
+ *
+ title field.or.null
+ sort.format.title
+ *
+ #1 entry.max$ substring$
+ 'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+ #1 'number.label :=
+ #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+ number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+ label width$ longest.label.width >
+ { label 'longest.label :=
+ label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+ }
+ 'skip$
+ if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+ 'skip$
+ { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+ if$
+ "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+EXECUTE {init.last.authors}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3eeff39ab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+% siam.sty 11 Feb 88, based on article.sty 5 Feb 88
+% Changed to hardwire the right headings for publications
+% Christian Bischof, 22January1990
+% last modified by P. Duggan 11/5/91
+% description-environment indention modified 6 Nov 91
+\typeout{Document Style 'siam'. Released 11 February 1988}
+\def\myoddhead{ }
+\def\myevenhead{ }
+%\typeout{*******************************************************}
+%\typeout{*** Make sure running heads are correct in siam.sty ***}
+%\typeout{*******************************************************}
+
+\def\@ptsize{0} \@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue} \def\ds@draft{\overfullrule
+5pt}
+\@options
+\input siam1\@ptsize.sty\relax
+
+
+\def\labelenumi{\arabic{enumi}.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\alph{enumii})}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\labelenumiii{\roman{enumiii}.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\ast$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+%\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\bf #1}
+%\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth10pt
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter {section}
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+\newcounter {subparagraph}[paragraph]
+
+\def\@begintheorem#1#2{\par\bgroup{\sc #1\ #2. }\it\ignorespaces}
+\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\par\bgroup{\sc #1\ #2\ (#3). }\it\ignorespaces}
+\def\@endtheorem{\egroup}
+\def\proof{\par{\it Proof}. \ignorespaces}
+\def\endproof{{\ \vbox{\hrule\hbox{%
+ \vrule height1.3ex\hskip0.8ex\vrule}\hrule
+ }}\par}
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]
+\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Corollary}
+\newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{Proposition}
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+\def\@eqnnum{\hbox to .01pt{}\rlap{\rm \hskip -\displaywidth(\theequation)}}
+
+
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+\arraycolsep 5pt \tabcolsep 6pt \arrayrulewidth .4pt \doublerulesep 2pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\fboxsep = 3pt \fboxrule = .4pt
+
+\def\thepart{\Roman{part}} \def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection .\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname.\hskip .5em }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8.\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #4\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M
+#5.\par}\endgroup
+ \else \def\@svsechd{#4\hskip #1\relax #5.}\fi
+ \@xsect{#3}}
+
+
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{Contents\@mkboth{CONTENTS}{CONTENTS}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} \begingroup
+ \@tempdima 3em \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth \parfillskip
+-\@pnumwidth
+ {\bf \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak \endgroup}
+\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty} \addvspace{1.0em plus 1pt}
+\@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \bf \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip #1\nobreak\hfil
+\nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{10em}{5em}}
+\def\listoffigures{\section*{List of Figures\@mkboth
+ {LIST OF FIGURES}{LIST OF FIGURES}}\@starttoc{lof}}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\section*{List of Tables\@mkboth
+ {LIST OF TABLES}{LIST OF TABLES}}\@starttoc{lot}}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+
+\def\thebibliography#1{\par\addvspace{.25in}%
+\begin{center}\footnotesize REFERENCES\end{center}\@mkboth
+ {REFERENCES}{REFERENCES}\addvspace{.15in}\nopagebreak\list
+ {[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep \advance\leftmargin 16pt \itemindent -16pt
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax\footnotesize}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+
+
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\section*{Index}]
+ \@mkboth{INDEX}{INDEX}\thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40pt}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{20pt}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{30pt}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width .5in
+ \kern 2.6\p@}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent .25in\noindent
+ \hbox to .25in{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$\kern 3pt}#1}
+
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.9}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.1}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.1}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.91}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.7}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.5}
+
+\def\@figtxt{figure}
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\footnotesize
+ \setlength{\parindent}{1.5pc}
+ \ifx\@captype\@figtxt
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\sc #1}. {\it #2}}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize {\sc #1}. {\it #2}\par \else \hbox
+to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi\else\hbox to\hsize{\hfil{\sc #1}\hfil}%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\it #2}}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize {\it #2}\par \else
+ \hbox to \hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}\fi
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \fi}
+
+
+\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fps@figure{tp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{Fig.\ \thefigure}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}
+\let\endfigure\end@float
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+\newcounter{table}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{tp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable}
+\def\table{\@float{table}}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \def\@makefnmark{\hbox
+ to 0pt{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+ \else %%%% commented out for \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle \fi\thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\thanks\relax}
+\def\@maketitle{%%% commented out\newpage
+ \null
+ \begin{center}
+ {\bf\@ucnothanks\@title\par}\vskip .075in
+ {\footnotesize\spaceskip=1.5\fontdimen2\the\font
+ \def\and{\ \scriptsize AND }\@tempswafalse\expandafter\@doauth\@author\and\relax}
+ \end{center}
+ \par \vskip .11in}
+\def\@ucnothanks#1{\expandafter\@ucnt#1\thanks\relax}
+\def\@ucnt#1\thanks{\uppercase{#1}\futurelet\@tempa\@ucnta}
+\def\@ucnta{\ifx\@tempa\relax\else\@ucntb\fi}
+\def\@ucntb#1\thanks\relax{\thanks{#1}}
+\def\@doauth#1\and{\let\@nextdoa=\@doauth
+ \def\@tempc{\@ucnothanks{#1}}
+ \futurelet\@tempa\@doautha}
+\def\@doautha{\ifx\@tempa\relax
+ \if@tempswa {\and}\fi
+ \let\@nextdoa=\relax
+ \else
+ \if@tempswa \gdef\and{,\ \scriptsize AND }, \fi
+ \fi
+ \@tempc\unskip\@tempswatrue\@nextdoa}
+\let\and=\relax
+\def\@abssec#1{\vspace{.05in}\footnotesize \parindent .2in
+{\bf #1. }\ignorespaces}
+\def\abstract{\@abssec{Abstract}}
+\def\keywords{\@abssec{Key words}}
+\def\AMSMOS{\@abssec{AMS(MOS) subject classifications}}
+
+\def\endabstract{\par\vspace{.1in}}
+\let\endkeywords\endabstract
+\let\endAMSMOS\endabstract
+
+\mark{{}{}}
+
+\def\ps@plain{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddhead{}\def\@oddfoot{\footnotesize\rm\hfil\thepage
+ \hfil}\def\@evenhead{}\let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}
+\if@twoside \def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\@evenhead{
+\rm\rlap{\thepage}\footnotesize\rm
+\hfil \leftmark\hfil}\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\hfil
+{\footnotesize\rm\rightmark \hfil}\llap{\rm\thepage}}
+\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth {\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth
+>\z@
+ \thesection.\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}{}}\def\subsectionmark##1{\markright
+{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
+ \thesubsection.\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}
+\else \def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%
+\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\hfil{\footnotesize\rm \rightmark}\hfil
+\llap{\rm\thepage}}\def\sectionmark##1{\markright
+{\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection.\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}}
+\fi
+\def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\hfil{\footnotesize\rm {\scriptsize \myoddhead}
+\rightmark}\hfil
+\llap{\rm\thepage}}\def\@oddfoot{}%
+\def\@evenhead{\rm\rlap{\thepage}\footnotesize\rm
+\hfil \leftmark {\scriptsize \myevenhead}
+\hfil\hbox{}}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}%
+\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+\def\sameauthor{\leavevmode\vrule height 2pt depth -1.6pt width 23pt}
+
+\def\endproof{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{%
+ \vrule height1.3ex\hskip0.8ex\vrule}\hrule
+ }}
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+
+\ps@plain \pagenumbering{arabic} \onecolumn \if@twoside\else\raggedbottom\fi
+
+
+\font\sevbf=cmbx7
+\@addfontinfo\@xpt{\def\pbf{\fam\bffam\tenbf}\scriptfont\bffam\sevbf}
+
+%\font\eightbf=cmbx8
+%\@addfontinfo\@viiipt{\def\pbf{\fam\bffam\tenbf}\textfont\bffam\eightbf}
+
+%\font\sevsyb=cmbsy7
+%\@addfontinfo\@xpt{\def\pbf{\fam\bffam\tensyb}\scriptfont\bffam\sevsyb}
+
+\font\sevsf=cmss8
+\@addfontinfo\@xpt{\def\psf{\fam\sffam\tensf}\scriptfont\sffam\sevsf}
+
+%\font\sevmib=cmmib7
+%\@addfontinfo\@xpt{\def\boldmath{\@prtct\@nomathbold
+%\scriptfont\@ne\sevmib \@prtct\@boldtrue}}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam10.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam10.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d93acc5525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam10.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+% ====================== SIAM10.STY ============================== %
+% siam10.sty 5 Feb 88, based on art10.sty 22 Dec 87
+\lineskip 1pt \normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
+\belowdisplayshortskip \belowdisplayskip \let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 8.5pt plus 3pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip\belowdisplayshortskip \belowdisplayskip
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep \z@\parsep \z@
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip\belowdisplayshortskip \belowdisplayskip
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep \z@\parsep \z@
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\normalsize
+
+\oddsidemargin .5in \evensidemargin .5in
+\marginparwidth 1.25in \marginparsep .25in
+ \topmargin \z@ \headheight 10pt \headsep .2in \footskip .2in
+
+\textheight 8.25in \textwidth 5.125in \columnsep 10pt \columnseprule 0pt
+
+\footnotesep 6.65pt
+\skip\footins 13pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\floatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \@maxsep 20pt \dblfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt
+minus 2pt \dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt \@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil \@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil \@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\marginparpush 5pt
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt \parindent .25in \partopsep \z@
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@itempenalty
+-\@lowpenalty
+
+
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex} \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \bf Part \thepart \par \nobreak \fi
+\bf #2\markboth{}{}\par } \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \bf
+ #1\par} \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{.25in}{1.3ex plus .5ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.5em plus -.1em}{\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection {subsection}{2}{.25in}{1.3ex plus .5ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.5em plus -.1em}{\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection {subsubsection}{3}{.25in}{1.3ex plus .5ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.5em plus -.1em}{\bf}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection {paragraph}{4}{.25in}{1.3ex plus .5ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.5em plus -.1em}{\it}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection {subparagraph}{4}{.25in}{1.3ex plus .5ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.5em plus -.1em}{\it}}
+
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+
+\leftmargini .5in
+\leftmarginii 22pt \leftmarginiii 18.7pt \leftmarginiv 17pt \leftmarginv 10pt
+\leftmarginvi 10pt
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelsep 5pt
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini \parsep \z@ \topsep \z@ \itemsep \parsep}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep \z@
+ \parsep \z@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep \z@
+ \parsep \z@ \partopsep \z@
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam11.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam11.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2764392c10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam11.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+% siam11.sty 5 Feb 88, based on art11.sty 22 Dec 87
+\lineskip 1pt \normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{13.6pt}\xipt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 11pt plus3pt minus6pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
+\belowdisplayshortskip \belowdisplayskip \let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip\belowdisplayshortskip \belowdisplayskip
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep \z@\parsep \z@
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 8pt plus 2pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip\belowdisplayshortskip \belowdisplayskip
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep \z@\parsep \z@
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\normalsize
+
+\voffset -.4in
+\oddsidemargin .3in \evensidemargin .3in
+\marginparwidth 1.14in \marginparsep .25in
+ \topmargin \z@ \headheight 11pt \headsep .22in \footskip .22in
+
+\textheight 9in \textwidth 5.64in \columnsep 11pt \columnseprule 0pt
+
+\footnotesep 7.3pt
+\skip\footins 14pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\floatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \@maxsep 20pt \dblfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt
+minus 2pt \dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt \@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil \@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil \@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\marginparpush 5pt
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt \parindent .275in \partopsep \z@
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@itempenalty
+-\@lowpenalty
+
+
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex} \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \bf Part \thepart \par \nobreak \fi
+\bf #2\markboth{}{}\par } \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \bf
+ #1\par} \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{.275in}{1.4ex plus .5ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.55em plus -.1em}{\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection {subsection}{2}{.275in}{1.4ex plus .5ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.55em plus -.1em}{\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection {subsubsection}{3}{.275in}{1.4ex plus .5ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.55em plus -.1em}{\bf}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection {paragraph}{4}{.275in}{1.4ex plus .5ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.55em plus -.1em}{\it}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection {subparagraph}{4}{.275in}{1.4ex plus .5ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.55em plus -.1em}{\it}}
+
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+
+\leftmargini .55in
+\leftmarginii 2.2em \leftmarginiii 1.87em \leftmarginiv 1.7em \leftmarginv 1em
+\leftmarginvi 1em
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelsep .5em
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini \parsep \z@ \topsep \z@ \itemsep \parsep}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep \z@
+ \parsep \z@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep \z@
+ \parsep \z@ \partopsep \z@
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam12.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam12.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4c119b317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/siam/siam12.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+% siam12.sty 5 Feb 88, based on art12.sty 22 Dec 87
+\lineskip 1pt \normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{15pt}\xiipt\@xiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 12pt plus3pt minus7pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip
+\belowdisplayshortskip \belowdisplayskip \let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt
+\abovedisplayskip 11pt plus3pt minus6pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip\belowdisplayshortskip \belowdisplayskip
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep \z@\parsep \z@
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \abovedisplayskip\belowdisplayshortskip \belowdisplayskip
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep \z@\parsep \z@
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\let\Huge=\huge
+\normalsize
+
+\voffset -.4in
+\if@twoside \oddsidemargin .5in \evensidemargin -.15in
+\else \oddsidemargin .25in \evensidemargin .25in \fi
+\marginparwidth 1in \marginparsep .25in
+ \topmargin \z@ \headheight 12pt \headsep .24in \footskip .2in
+
+\textheight 9in \textwidth 6.15in \columnsep 12pt \columnseprule 0pt
+
+\footnotesep 8pt
+\skip\footins 16pt plus 5pt minus 3pt
+\floatsep 14pt plus 4pt minus 4pt \textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 14pt plus 4pt minus 4pt \@maxsep 20pt \dblfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt
+minus 2pt \dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt \@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil \@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil \@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\marginparpush 5pt
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt \parindent .3in \partopsep \z@
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@itempenalty
+-\@lowpenalty
+
+
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex} \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \bf Part \thepart \par \nobreak \fi
+\bf #2\markboth{}{}\par } \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \bf
+ #1\par} \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{.3in}{1.6ex plus .6ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.5em plus -.1em}{\bf}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection {subsection}{2}{.3in}{1.6ex plus .6ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.5em plus -.1em}{\bf}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection {subsubsection}{3}{.3in}{1.6ex plus .6ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.5em plus -.1em}{\bf}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection {paragraph}{4}{.3in}{1.6ex plus .6ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.5em plus -.1em}{\it}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection {subparagraph}{4}{.3in}{1.6ex plus .6ex minus
+ .2ex}{-.5em plus -.1em}{\it}}
+
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+
+\leftmargini .6in
+\leftmarginii 2.2em \leftmarginiii 1.87em \leftmarginiv 1.7em \leftmarginv 1em
+\leftmarginvi 1em
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelsep .5em
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini \parsep \z@ \topsep \z@ \itemsep \parsep}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep \z@
+ \parsep \z@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep \z@
+ \parsep \z@ \partopsep \z@
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jns.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jns.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12b9b490ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jns.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,801 @@
+% JNS DOCUMENT STYLE -- Released 16 July 1990
+% i.e. Journal of Nonlinear Science document style
+% for LaTeX version 2.09
+
+% This style file is an adaptation of
+% the original LaTeX article.sty, by:
+% Frank Holzwarth, Springer-Verlag Heidelberg,
+% Tiergartenstrasse 17, D-6900 Heidelberg.
+
+\typeout{Document Style `jns' <16 Jul 90>.}
+
+\frenchspacing
+\def~{\penalty\@M\kern3pt}
+
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{References}\small\list
+ {\arabic{enumi}.}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+
+\def\ds@citeauthoryear{\def\thebibliography##1{\section*{References}%
+ \small\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{}\leftmargin\parindent
+ \itemindent=-\parindent
+ \labelsep=\z@
+ \usecounter{enumi}}%
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}%
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}%
+ \def\@cite##1{##1}%
+ \def\@lbibitem[##1]##2{\item[]\if@filesw
+ {\def\protect####1{\string ####1\space}\immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{##2}{##1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}}%
+
+\newif\if@envcountreset\@envcountresetfalse
+\def\ds@envcountreset{\@envcountresettrue}
+
+\def\@mbi{cmmib10}
+\def\@ptsize{0} \@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule
+5pt}
+\@options
+
+\ds@twoside
+
+\lineskip 1pt \normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip=3 mm plus6pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip=3 mm plus6pt minus 4pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0mm plus6pt minus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt}
+
+\mathchardef\Gamma="0100
+\mathchardef\Delta="0101
+\mathchardef\Theta="0102
+\mathchardef\Lambda="0103
+\mathchardef\Xi="0104
+\mathchardef\Pi="0105
+\mathchardef\Sigma="0106
+\mathchardef\Upsilon="0107
+\mathchardef\Phi="0108
+\mathchardef\Psi="0109
+\mathchardef\Omega="010A
+
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{10pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\belowdisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0mm plus6pt minus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt}}
+
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\belowdisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0mm plus6pt minus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt}}
+
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8.4pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{13.2pt}\xipt\@xipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{14.4pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{22pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\@normalsize
+
+\if@twoside
+ \oddsidemargin 44pt
+ \evensidemargin 82pt
+ \marginparwidth 107pt
+\else \oddsidemargin 63pt \evensidemargin 63pt
+ \marginparwidth 90pt
+\fi
+\marginparsep 11pt
+\topmargin 11pt \headheight 12pt \headsep 13.66pt
+\footheight 12pt \footskip 30pt
+\textwidth 12.2cm
+\textheight 19.4cm
+\columnsep 1cc \columnseprule 0pt
+
+\footnotesep 7.7pt
+\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\floatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\textfloatsep 8mm plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 8mm plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\@maxsep 8mm
+
+\dblfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\@dblmaxsep 20pt
+
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil \@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop0pt plus1fil \@dblfpsep8pt plus2fil\@dblfpbot 0pt plus1fil
+\marginparpush 5pt
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt \parindent 1.5em \topsep 8pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\partopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt \itemsep \z@
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty-\@lowpenalty\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty\@itempenalty
+-\@lowpenalty
+
+\def\vec#1{\mathchoice{\mbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\textstyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptstyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptscriptstyle\bf#1$}}}
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname. }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \noindent{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex} \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \Large \bf
+ Part\thepart\par\nobreak\fi\huge
+\bf #2\markboth{}{}\par } \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \huge \bf
+ #1\par} \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-18pt plus -4pt minus
+-4pt}{12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt}{\normalsize\bf\boldmath
+\pretolerance=10000\relax\rightskip=0pt plus8em}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-18pt plus-4pt minus
+ -4pt}{8pt plus 4pt minus 4pt}{\normalsize\it
+\pretolerance=10000\relax\rightskip=0pt plus8em}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-18pt plus-4pt
+ minus -4pt}{-0.5em plus -.22em minus -0.1em}{\normalsize\bf\boldmath}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{-12pt plus -4pt minus
+ -4pt}{-0.5em plus -.22em minus -0.1em}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\subparagraph#1{\typeout{JNS Warning: You should not use
+\protect\subparagraph \space in this style.}\vskip0.5cm
+You should not use $\backslash${\tt subparagraph} in this
+style.\vskip0.5cm}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+% Define \keywords
+\def\keywords{\par\vspace{12pt}\noindent{\bf Key words: }\ignorespaces}
+
+% Define \acknowledgements
+\def\acknowledgements{\vspace{12pt}\noindent{\em Acknowledgements.\/ }}
+
+% The `abstract' environment has been renamed to `abstr' so a new environment
+% `abstract' can be defined in terms of the old one.
+\def\abstr{{\noindent \bf Summary. }%
+\ignorespaces}
+\def\endabstr{\relax}
+
+\newenvironment{abstract}{\begin{abstr}}{\end{abstr}}
+
+\leftmargini 17pt \leftmarginii 17pt
+\leftmarginiii 17pt \leftmarginiv 17pt
+\leftmarginv 10pt \leftmarginvi 10pt
+\leftmargin\leftmargini \labelwidth\leftmargini
+\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\labelsep 5pt
+\parsep 0pt plus 1pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+
+\def\labelenumi{\arabic{enumi}.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\alph{enumii})}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\labelenumiii{\roman{enumiii}.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+\def\labelitemi{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemii{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\ast$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+\arraycolsep 1.4pt \tabcolsep 1.4pt \arrayrulewidth .4pt \doublerulesep
+2pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\fboxsep = 3pt \fboxrule = .4pt
+
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter {section}
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+
+\def\thepart{\Roman{part}}
+\def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{Table of Contents}
+ \@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} \begingroup
+ \@tempdima 3em \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth \parfillskip
+-\@pnumwidth
+ {\Large \bf \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak \endgroup}
+%
+\def\numberline#1{\advance\hangindent by\@tempdima%
+\hbox to\@tempdima{\hss#1\enspace}}
+%
+\def\bf@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth \else
+ \vskip \z@ plus .2pt
+ {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip
+ \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue
+ \interlinepenalty\@M
+ \leavevmode
+ \@tempdima #3\relax \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \hbox{}\hskip -\leftskip
+{\bf#4}\nobreak\leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern \@dotsep
+ mu$}\hfill \nobreak \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hfil\rm #5}\par}\fi}
+%
+\def\l@section{\vskip2mm\bf@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{1.7em}}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.7em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{4em}{2em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6em}{2em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{8em}{2em}}
+\def\listoffigures{\section*{List of Figures\markboth
+ {List of Figures}{List of Figures}}\@starttoc{lof}}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\section*{List of Tables\markboth
+ {List of Tables}{List of Tables}}\@starttoc{lot}}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\normalsize}
+
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\section*{Index}]
+ \markboth{Index}{Index}\thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40pt}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{20pt}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{30pt}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@\hrule width 2 true cm\kern 2.6\p@}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima-1em\parshape \@ne 1em\@tempdima}\par
+ \parindent 1em\noindent \hbox to \z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$\ }#1}
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.9}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.15}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.85}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.85}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.85}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\bf #1} #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize \unhbox\@tempboxa\par \else \hbox
+to\hsize{\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi\vskip5pt}
+
+\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\addcontentsline{\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\par
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+
+\def\fps@figure{htbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{Fig.\thinspace\thefigure.}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}\small\rm}
+\def\endfigure{\vskip-5pt\end@float}
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+\newcounter{table}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{htbp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable.}
+\def\table{\@float{table}\small\rm}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+% LaTeX does not provide a command to enter the authors institute
+% addresses. The \institute command is defined here.
+
+\newcounter{@inst}
+\newcounter{@auth}
+\newdimen\instindent
+
+\def\institute#1{\gdef\@institute{#1}}
+
+\def\institutename{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \parskip=0pt
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \def\and{\par\stepcounter{@inst}%
+ \hangindent\instindent\hangafter=0\noindent
+ \llap{$^{\the@inst}$\enspace}\ignorespaces}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\@institute}%
+ \ifnum\c@@inst>9\relax\setbox0=\hbox{$^{88}$\enspace}%
+ \else\setbox0=\hbox{$^{8}$\enspace}\fi
+ \instindent=\wd0\relax
+ \ifnum\c@@inst=1\relax\else
+ \setcounter{footnote}{\c@@inst}%
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \hangindent\instindent\hangafter=0\noindent
+ \llap{$^{\the@inst}$\enspace}\fi\ignorespaces
+ \@institute\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\@thanks{}
+
+\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ifcase#1\or\star\or{\star\star}\or{\star\star\star}%
+ \or \dagger\or \ddagger\or
+ \mathchar "278\or \mathchar "27B\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger
+ \or \ddagger\ddagger\else\@ctrerr\fi\relax}
+
+\def\inst#1{\unskip\/$^{#1}$}
+
+\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}}
+\def\@subtitle{}
+
+\def\titlerunning#1{\gdef\@titlerunning{#1}}
+\def\@titlerunning{}
+
+\def\authorrunning#1{\gdef\@authorrunning{#1}}
+\def\@authorrunning{}
+
+\def\Logo{\setbox254=\hbox{ THE JOURNAL OF }%
+\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\vbox{\kern3pt
+\copy254
+\hbox to\wd254{\hfil NONLINEAR\hfil}
+\hbox to\wd254{\hfil SCIENCE\hfil}
+\hbox to\wd254{\hfil\number\day.\number\month.\number\year\hfil}
+\kern3pt}\vrule}\hrule}}
+\def\makeheadbox{\hbox to\hsize{\hfil
+\Logo}}
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=\z@
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+ \else \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle \fi\thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\gdef\@subtitle{}%
+ \let\thanks\relax}
+
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \rm
+ \makeheadbox
+ {\LARGE \bf\boldmath
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \rightskip=0pt plus 4cm
+ \vskip2.1cm
+ \@title \par}\vskip .4cm
+\if!\@subtitle!\else {\bf\boldmath
+ \vskip -.2cm
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \rightskip=0pt plus 3cm
+ \@subtitle \par}\vskip .4cm\fi
+{\bf\@author\vskip.1cm
+\def\\{ }\def\inst##1{}\def\thanks##1{}\def\and{}%
+\setcounter{@auth}{1}%
+\if!\@titlerunning!\else\def\@title{\@titlerunning}\fi
+\if!\@authorrunning!\else\def\@author{\@authorrunning}\fi
+\xdef\@author{\@author\unskip\unskip}%
+\xdef\@title{\ignorespaces\@title}%
+\instindent=\hsize\advance\instindent by-1cm\relax
+\setbox0=\hbox{\small\@author}\ifdim\wd0>\instindent
+\typeout{Warning: The running head produced by the
+\protect\author \space command}\typeout{exceeds the pagewidth,
+please supply a short form with \protect\authorrunning.}%
+\def\@author{Author(s) suppressed due to excessive length,
+please use {\tt$\backslash$authorrunning}.}\fi
+\setbox0=\hbox{\small\@title}\ifdim\wd0>\instindent
+\typeout{Warning: The running head produced by the
+\protect\title \space command}\typeout{exceeds the pagewidth,
+please supply a short form with \protect\titlerunning.}%
+\def\@title{Title suppressed due to excessive length,
+please use {\tt$\backslash$titlerunning}.}\fi
+\markboth{\@author}{\@title}}
+ {\small\rm\institutename
+ \par
+ \vskip 0.3cm
+ \@date
+ \par}
+ \vskip 0.8cm}
+
+\mark{{}{}}
+
+\if@twoside
+\def\ps@headings{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%
+\def\@evenhead{\small\rm
+\thepage\hfil\leftmark}\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\small\rm\rightmark \hfil
+\thepage}\def\sectionmark##1{}%
+\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\else \def\ps@headings{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def
+\@oddhead{\hbox
+{}\sl \rightmark \hfil \rm\thepage}\def\sectionmark##1{\markright
+{\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}}
+\fi
+\def\ps@myheadings{\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl\rightmark \hfil
+\rm\thepage}\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\rm \thepage\hfil\sl
+\leftmark\hbox
+{}}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+\ps@headings \pagenumbering{arabic} \onecolumn
+\if@twoside\else\raggedbottom\fi
+
+% new environments and theorems
+% borrowed form the LTMP-style of Springer-Verlag
+% designed by Dr. Christoph Ender
+%
+% define the new theorem like environments
+% define a new style of environments where it is possible to define
+% the font % used as the theorem name and the fontfamily for the text.
+%
+% \newstytheorem{name}{thefont}{txtfont}{Text}[Counter]
+% \newstytheorem{name}{thefont}{txtfont}[oldname]{Text}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+%
+\def\newstytheorem#1#2#3{%
+\@ifnextchar[{\che@othm{#1}{#2}{#3}}{\che@nthm{#1}{#2}{#3}}}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - text string of theorem name
+%
+\def\che@nthm#1#2#3#4{%
+\@ifnextchar[{\che@xnthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{\che@ynthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - text string of thorem name
+% #5 - add theorem counter to reset list of another counter
+%
+\def\che@xnthm#1#2#3#4[#5]{\expandafter
+\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+{\@definecounter{#1}\if@envcountreset\@addtoreset{#1}{#5}\fi
+\expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}%
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\che@thm{#1}{#4}{#2}{#3}}\global
+\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - text string of thorem name
+%
+\def\che@ynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+{\@definecounter{#1}%
+\expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}%
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\che@thm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}\global
+\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+%
+% change oldthm if oldname in specification is '*'
+% then don't use a counter
+% #1 - countername
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - counter used
+% #5 - string containing theorem name to print
+%
+\def\che@othm#1#2#3[#4]#5{\expandafter\@ifdefinable
+\csname#1\endcsname%
+{\@@othm@{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}\global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+%
+\def\@@othm@#1#2#3#4#5{\if *#4{\global\@namedef{the#1}{\relax}
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\@bthm@{}{#5}{#2}{#3}}}\else
+{\global\@namedef{the#1}{\@nameuse{the#4}}% define the counter
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\che@thm{#4}{#5}{#2}{#3}}}\fi}
+%
+% new defs for theorem environment che 17-MAR-1989
+% it improves the option possible
+%
+% #1 - countername = theorem name
+% #2 - string containing theorem name to print
+% #3 - theorem font
+% #4 - text font
+\def\che@thm#1#2#3#4{\@ifnextchar({\@athm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+\@ifnextchar *{\@bthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+{\@@thm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}}
+%
+% \begin{thm}(A.1)[test] results in:
+% \end{thm} thm A.1 (test) ....
+% #1 - theorem
+% #2 - string of theorem name
+% #3 - font for theorem name and label
+% #4 - Text font
+% #5 - is the new label
+% #6 - optional string
+%
+\def\@athm#1#2#3#4(#5){\@ifnextchar[{%
+\@aythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}{\@axthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}}
+\def\@axthm#1#2#3#4#5{\@@locthmlab{#1}{#5}%
+\@begintheorem{#2}{#5}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+\def\@aythm#1#2#3#4#5[#6]{\@@locthmlab{#1}{#5}%
+\fuh@opargbegintheorem{#2}{#5}{#6}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+%
+% \begin{thm}*[xytest] results in:
+% \end{thm} thm (xytest) ....
+% #1 - theorem
+% #2 - string of theorem name
+% #3 - font for theorem name and label
+% #4 - Text font
+% #5 - optional string
+%
+\def\@bthm@#1#2#3#4{\@ifnextchar[{\@bythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+\@bxthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+\def\@bthm#1#2#3#4*{\@ifnextchar[{\@bythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+\@bxthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+\def\@bxthm#1#2#3#4{\if !#1!\relax\else\@@locthmlab{#1}{}\fi
+\@@begintheorem{#2}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+\def\@bythm#1#2#3#4[#5]{%
+\@@opargbegintheorem{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}\ignorespaces}
+%
+% define local label
+% if no number or a user specified label occured
+%
+\def\@@locthmlab#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname the#1\endcsname{#2}
+\let\@chetempa\protect\def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}%
+\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@#1\endcsname\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+\let\protect\@chetempa}
+%
+% #1 - counter = theorem name
+% #2 - string with name
+% #3 - font for theorem name and label
+% #4 - font for text
+\def\@@thm#1#2#3#4{\refstepcounter
+ {#1}\@ifnextchar[{\che@ythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+ \che@xthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+%
+\def\che@xthm#1#2#3#4{\che@begintheorem{#2}{\csname
+the#1\endcsname}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+\def\che@ythm#1#2#3#4[#5]{\che@opargbegintheorem{#2}{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{#5}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - label string
+% #3 - font for name and lable
+% #4 - text fomt
+%
+\def\che@begintheorem#1#2#3#4{#4\trivlist\item[#3 #1\ts #2.]}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - label string
+% #3 - additonal text
+% #4 - font for name and lable
+% #5 - text fomt
+%
+\def\che@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4#5{#5 \trivlist
+\item[#4 #1\ts #2\ #3.]}
+%
+\def\fuh@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\it \trivlist
+ \item[\hskip \labelsep{\bf #1\ #2\ (#3).}]}
+%
+\def\@@begintheorem#1#2#3{#3\trivlist\item[#2 #1.]}
+\def\@@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4{#3\trivlist\item[#2 #1 #4.]}
+
+\newstytheorem{theorem}{\bf}{\it}{Theorem}[section]
+\newstytheorem{example}{\it}{\rm}{Example}[section]
+\newstytheorem{proposition}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Proposition}
+\newstytheorem{corollary}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Corollary}
+\newstytheorem{lemma}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Lemma}
+\newstytheorem{proof}{\it}{\rm}[*]{Proof}
+\newstytheorem{definition}{\bf}{\rm}[theorem]{Definition}
+\newstytheorem{remark}{\it}{\rm}[*]{Remark}
+\newstytheorem{exercise}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Exercise}
+\newstytheorem{problem}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Problem}
+\newstytheorem{solution}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Solution}
+\newstytheorem{note}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Note}
+\newstytheorem{question}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Question}
+
+\def\squareforqed{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\qed{\ifmmode\squareforqed\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil
+\penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\squareforqed
+\parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi}
+
+\def\getsto{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\gets\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\gets\cr\to\cr}}}}}
+\def\lid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\gid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.8pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.3pt}<\cr}}}}}
+\def\bbbr{{\rm I\!R}} %reelle Zahlen
+\def\bbbm{{\rm I\!M}}
+\def\bbbn{{\rm I\!N}} %natuerliche Zahlen
+\def\bbbf{{\rm I\!F}}
+\def\bbbh{{\rm I\!H}}
+\def\bbbk{{\rm I\!K}}
+\def\bbbp{{\rm I\!P}}
+\def\bbbone{{\mathchoice {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l}
+{\rm 1\mskip-4.5mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-5mu l}}}
+\def\bbbc{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbq{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbt{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+T$}\hbox{\hbox to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbs{{\mathchoice
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.5\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbz{{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptstyle Z\kern-0.3em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptscriptstyle Z\kern-0.2em Z$}}}}
+\def\ts{\thinspace}
+
+\def\typeset{\vfill\small\noindent This article was processed using
+the \LaTeX{} macro package with JNS style\par}
+
+\def\enddocument{\par\typeset
+\@checkend{document}\clearpage\begingroup
+\if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+\def\global\@namedef##1##2{}\def\newlabel{\@testdef r}%
+\def\bibcite{\@testdef b}\@tempswafalse\makeatletter\input \jobname.aux
+\if@tempswa \@warning{Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get
+cross-references right}\fi\fi\endgroup\deadcycles\z@\@@end}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsl.dem b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsl.dem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a082828dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsl.dem
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+% This is JNSL.DEM the demonstration file of
+% the LaTeX macro package from Springer-Verlag
+% for the Journal of Nonlinear Science
+% version of 16 July 1990
+\def\12{{1\ov 2}}
+\def\al{\alpha}
+\def\Aun{A_\un}
+\def\aun{a_\un}
+\def\bullet{\cdot}
+\def\Bun{B_\un}
+\def\bun{b_\un}
+\def\de{\delta}
+\def\dx{\dot x}
+\def\ep{\varepsilon}
+\def\fa{\forall}
+\def\for{{\rm for}}
+\def\Lai{\Lambda}
+\def\lb{\left[}
+\def\lg{\left\{}
+\def\degr{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\liminfuu{{\rm lim inf}\,}
+\def\liminfu{\mathop{\vphantom{\tst\sum}\hbox{\liminfuu}}}
+\def\limsupuu{{\rm lim sup}\,}
+\def\limsupu{\mathop{\vphantom{\tst\sum}\hbox{\limsupuu}}}
+\def\lr{\left(}
+\def\lss{\left\|}
+\def\Min{{\rm Min\,}}
+\def\NN{\bbbn}
+\def\ol{\overline}
+\def\om{\omega}
+\def\ov{\over}
+\def\rb{\right]}
+\def\rg{\right\}}
+\def\RRn{\bbbr^{2n}}
+\def\RR{\bbbr}
+\def\rr{\right)}
+\def\rss{\right\|}
+\def\sm{\setminus}
+\def\tst{\textstyle}
+\def\tx{\wt x}
+\def\un{\infty}
+\def\wt{\widetilde}
+\def\ZZ{\bbbz}
+\documentstyle{jns}
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Haupttitel 14 pt halbfett/Title boldface -- 14/16}
+\titlerunning{Expression of Cellular Oncogenes}
+\subtitle{Untertitel 10 pt halbfett/Subtitle boldface -- 10/11}
+
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+\authorrunning{R. M\"uller}
+
+\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA
+\and
+Universit\'e de Paris-Sud,
+Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'erique, B\^atiment 425,\\
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France}
+
+\date{Received June 5, 1989}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+A new variant of the multi-grid algorithms is presented. It uses
+multiple coarse-grid corrections with particularly associated
+prolongations and restrictions. In this paper the robustness with
+respect to anisotropic problems is considered.
+
+\keywords multi-grid method -- coarse--grid correction --
+singular perturbation -- robustness.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{The Anisotropic Equation and Standard Multi-Grid Methods}
+\subsection{Introduction}
+Multi-grid methods are known as very fast solvers of a large class of
+discretised partial differential equations. However, the multi-grid
+method cannot be understood as a fixed algorithm. Usually, the
+components of the multi-grid iteration have to be adapted to the given
+problem and sometimes the problems are modified in order to make them
+acceptable for multi-grid methods. In particular, the smoothing
+iteration is the most delicated part of the multi-grid process.
+
+An iteration is called a {\em robust} one, if it works for a sufficient
+large class of problems. Attempts have been made to construct robust
+multi-grid iterations by means of sophisticated smoothing processes\dots
+\newpage
+With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the search
+for periodic solutions to Hamiltonian systems. All this will be done in
+the convex case; that is, we shall study the boundary-value problem
+\begin{eqnarray*}\dot x&=&JH' (t,x)\\ x(0) &=& x(T)
+\end{eqnarray*}
+with $H(t,\bullet )$ a convex function of $x$, going to $+\un$ when
+$\lss x\rss \to \un$.
+
+\subsection{Autonomous Systems}
+In this section, we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian $H(x)$
+is autonomous. For the sake of simplicity, we shall also assume that it
+is $C^1$.
+
+We shall first consider the question of nontriviality, within the
+general framework of $\lr \Aun , \Bun\rr$-subquadratic Hamiltonians. In
+the second subsection, we shall look into the special case when $H$ is
+$\lr 0,\bun\rr$-subquadratic, and we shall try to derive additional
+information.
+\subsubsection{ The General Case: Nontriviality.}
+We assume that $H$ is $\lr \Aun , \Bun \rr$-sub\-qua\-dra\-tic at infinity,
+for some constant symmetric matrices $\Aun$ and $\Bun$, with $\Bun
+-\Aun$ positive definite. Set:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\gamma :&=&{\rm smallest\ eigenvalue\ of}\ \ \Bun - \Aun \\
+\lambda : &=& {\rm largest\ negative\ eigenvalue\ of}\ \ J {d\ov dt}
++\Aun\ . \end{eqnarray}
+
+Theorem 21 tells us that if $\lambda +\gamma < 0$, the boundary-value
+problem:
+\begin{equation}\begin{array}{rcl} \dx&=&JH' (x)\\
+x(0)&=&x (T)\end{array}\end{equation}
+has at least one solution $\ol x$, which is found by minimizing the dual
+action functional:
+\begin{equation} \psi (u) = \int_o^T \lb \12 \lr \Lai_o^{-1} u,u\rr + N^\ast (-u)\rb
+dt\end{equation}
+
+\noindent on the range of $\Lai$, which is a subspace $R (\Lai )\sb L^2$ with
+finite codimension. Here
+\begin{equation} N(x) := H(x) - \12 \lr \Aun x,x\rr\end{equation}
+is a convex function, and
+\begin{equation} N(x) \le \12 \lr \lr \Bun - \Aun\rr x,x\rr + c\ \ \ \fa x\
+.\end{equation}
+
+\begin{proposition} Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set:
+\begin{equation} \de := \liminfu_{x\to 0} 2 N (x) \lss x\rss^{-2}\ .
+\label{eq:one}
+\end{equation}
+
+If $\gamma < - \lambda < \de$, the solution $\ol u$ is non-zero:
+\begin{equation} \ol x (t) \ne 0\ \ \ \fa t\ .\end{equation}
+\end{proposition}
+\begin{proof} Condition (\ref{eq:one}) means that, for every $\de ' >
+\de$, there is some $\ep > 0$ such that
+\begin{equation} \lss x\rss \le \ep \Rightarrow N (x) \le {\de '\ov 2} \lss x\rss^2\
+.\end{equation}
+
+It is an exercise in convex analysis, into which we shall not go, to
+show that this implies that there is an $\eta > 0$ such that
+\begin{equation} f\lss x\rss \le \eta \Rightarrow N^\ast (y) \le {1\ov 2\de '} \lss
+y\rss^2\ .\label{eq:two}\end{equation}
+
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{2.5cm}
+\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white eagle and
+a white horse on a snow field}
+\end{figure}
+
+Since $u_1$ is a smooth function, we will have $\lss hu_1\rss_\un \le
+\eta$ for $h$ small enough, and inequality (\ref{eq:two}) will hold,
+yielding thereby:
+\begin{equation} \psi (hu_1) \le {h^2\ov 2} {1\ov \lambda} \lss u_1 \rss_2^2 + {h^2\ov 2}
+{1\ov \de '} \lss u_1\rss^2\ .\end{equation}
+
+If we choose $\de '$ close enough to $\de$, the quantity $\lr {1\ov \lambda}
++ {1\ov \de '}\rr$ will be negative, and we end up with
+\begin{equation} \psi (hu_1) < 0\ \ \ \ \ \for\
+\ h\ne 0\ \ {\rm small}\ .\end{equation}
+
+On the other hand, we check directly that $\psi (0) = 0$. This shows
+that 0 cannot be a minimizer of $\psi$, not even a local one. So $\ol u
+\ne 0$ and $\ol u \ne \Lai_o^{-1} (0) = 0$. \qed
+\end{proof}
+\begin{corollary} Assume $H$ is $C^2$ and $\lr \aun
+,\bun\rr$-subquadratic at infinity. Let
+$\xi_1,\allowbreak\dots,\allowbreak\xi_N$ be the
+equilibria, that is, the solutions of $H' (\xi ) = 0$. Denote by $\om_k$
+the smallest eigenvalue of $H'' \lr \xi_k\rr$, and set:
+\begin{equation} \om : = \Min \lg \om_1 , \dots , \om_k\rg\ .\end{equation}
+If:
+\begin{equation} {T\ov 2\pi} \bun < - E \lb - {T\ov 2\pi}\aun\rb < {T\ov
+2\pi}\om\label{eq:three}\end{equation}
+then minimization of $\psi$ yields a non-constant $T$-periodic solution
+$\ol x$.\end{corollary}
+
+We recall once more that by the integer part $E [\al ]$ of $\al \in
+\RR$, we mean the $a\in \ZZ$ such that $a< \al \le a+1$. For instance,
+if we take $\aun = 0$, Corollary 2 tells us that $\ol x$ exists and is
+non-constant provided that:
+
+\begin{equation} {T\ov 2\pi} \bun < 1 < {T\ov 2\pi}\end{equation}
+or
+\begin{equation} T\in \lr {2\pi\ov \om},{2\pi\ov \bun}\rr\ .
+\label{eq:four}\end{equation}
+
+\begin{proof} The spectrum of $\Lai$ is ${2\pi\ov T} \ZZ +\aun$. The
+largest negative eigenvalue $\lambda$ is given by ${2\pi\ov T}k_o +\aun$,
+where
+\begin{equation} {2\pi\ov T}k_o + \aun < 0\le {2\pi\ov T} (k_o +1) + \aun\
+.\end{equation}
+Hence:
+\begin{equation} k_o = E \lb - {T\ov 2\pi} \aun\rb \ .\end{equation}
+
+The condition $\gamma < -\lambda < \de$ now becomes:
+\begin{equation} \bun - \aun < - {2\pi\ov T} k_o -\aun < \om -\aun\end{equation}
+which is precisely condition (\ref{eq:three}).\qed
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{lemma} Assume that $H$ is $C^2$ on $\RRn \sm \{ 0\}$ and
+that $H'' (x)$ is non-de\-gen\-er\-ate for any $x\ne 0$. Then any local
+minimizer $\tx$ of $\psi$ has minimal period $T$.\end{lemma}
+\begin{proof} We know that $\tx$, or $\tx + \xi$ for some constant $\xi
+\in \RRn$, is a $T$-periodic solution of the Hamiltonian system:
+\begin{equation} \dx = JH' (x)\ .\end{equation}
+
+There is no loss of generality in taking $\xi = 0$. So $\psi (x) \ge
+\psi (\tx )$ for all $\tx$ in some neighbourhood of $x$ in $W^{1,2} \lr
+\RR / T\ZZ ; \RRn\rr$.
+
+But this index is precisely the index $i_T (\tx )$ of the $T$-periodic
+solution $\tx$ over the interval $(0,T)$, as defined in Sect.~2.6. So
+\begin{equation} i_T (\tx ) = 0\ .\label{eq:five}\end{equation}
+
+Now if $\tx$ has a lower period, $T/k$ say, we would have, by Corollary
+31:
+\begin{equation} i_T (\tx ) = i_{kT/k}(\tx ) \ge ki_{T/k} (\tx ) + k-1 \ge k-1 \ge
+1\ .\end{equation}
+
+This would contradict (\ref{eq:five}), and thus cannot happen.\qed
+\end{proof}
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.} The results in this section are a
+refined version of \cite{clar:eke}; the minimality result of Proposition
+14 was the first of its kind.
+
+To understand the nontriviality conditions, such as the one in formula
+(\ref{eq:four}), one may think of a one-parameter family $x_T$, $T\in
+\lr 2\pi\om^{-1}, 2\pi \bun^{-1}\rr$ of periodic solutions, $x_T (0) =
+x_T (T)$, with $x_T$ going away to infinity when $T\to 2\pi \om^{-1}$,
+which is the period of the linearized system at 0.
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption[ ]{Observational results from NGC 4827}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+\begin{tabular}{llllllllllllll}
+\hline
+ & & \multicolumn{3}{l}{RA (1950)} &\ & \multicolumn{3}{l}{Dec (1950)}
+ & $S$ & Pol & \% & $\log P$\\
+\cline{3-5}\cline{7-9}
+ & &(h) &(m) & (s) & & (\degr) & (\arcmin) & (\arcsec)
+ & (mJy) & (mJy) & & (W Hz$^{-1}$)\\
+\hline
+Core & (5 GHz) & 12 & 54 & 18.0 & & 27 & 26 & 56.2
+ & 8 & & & 21.64 \\
+Total&(327 MHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 210 & & & 23.13 \\
+ &(1.4 GHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 57 & 1.3 & 2 & 22.49 \\
+ & (5 GHz) & & & & & & &
+ & 26 & 0.73 & 3 & 22.15 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table}
+\begin{theorem} [(Ghoussoub-Preiss)] Assume $H(t,x)$ is
+$(0,\ep )$-subquadratic at
+infinity for all $\ep > 0$, and $T$-periodic in $t$
+\begin{equation} H (t,\bullet )\ \ \ \ \ {\rm is\ convex}\ \ \fa t\end{equation}
+\begin{equation} H (\bullet ,x)\ \ \ \ \ {\rm is}\ \ T{\rm -periodic}\ \ \fa x
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation} H (t,x)\ge n\lr \lss x\rss\rr\ \ \ \ \ {\rm with}\ \ n (s)s^{-1}\to
+\un\ \ {\rm as}\ \ s\to \un\end{equation}
+\begin{equation} \fa \ep > 0\ ,\ \ \ \exists c\ :\ H(t,x) \le {\ep\ov 2}\lss x\rss^2 +
+c\ .\end{equation}
+
+Assume also that $H$ is $C^2$, and $H'' (t,x)$ is positive definite
+everywhere. Then there is a sequence $x_k$, $k\in \NN$, of $kT$-periodic
+solutions of the system
+\begin{equation} \dx = JH' (t,x)\end{equation}
+such that, for every $k\in \NN$, there is some $p_o\in\NN$ with:
+\begin{equation} p\ge p_o\Rightarrow x_{pk} \ne x_k\ .
+\end{equation}
+\qed
+\end{theorem}
+\begin{example} [{\rm(External forcing)}] Consider the system:
+\begin{equation} \dx = JH' (x) + f(t)\end{equation}
+where the Hamiltonian $H$ is $\lr 0,\bun\rr$-subquadratic, and the
+forcing term is a distribution on the circle:
+\begin{equation} f = {d\ov dt} F + f_o\ \ \ \ \ {\rm with}\ \ F\in L^2 \lr \RR / T\ZZ
+; \RRn\rr\ ,\end{equation}
+where $f_o : = T^{-1}\int_o^T f (t) dt$. For instance,
+\begin{equation} f (t) = \sum_{k\in \NN} \de_k \xi\ ,\end{equation}
+where $\de_k$ is the Dirac mass at $t= k$ and $\xi \in \RRn$ is a
+constant, fits the prescription. This means that the system $\dx = JH'
+(x)$ is being excited by a series of identical shocks at interval $T$.
+\end{example}
+\begin{definition} Let $A_\un (t)$ and $B_\un (t)$ be symmetric
+operators in $\RRn$, depending continuously on $t\in [0,T]$, such that
+$A_\un (t) \le B_\un (t)$ for all $t$.
+
+A Borelian function $H: [0,T]\times \RRn \to \RR$ is called $\lr A_\un
+,B_\un\rr$-{\it subquadratic at infinity} if there exists a function
+$N(t,x)$ such that:
+\begin{equation} H (t,x) = \12 \lr A_\un (t) x,x\rr + N(t,x)\end{equation}
+\begin{equation} \fa t\ ,\ \ \ N(t,x)\ \ \ \ \ {\rm is\ convex\ with\ respect\ to}\
+\ x\end{equation}
+\begin{equation} N(t,x) \ge n\lr \lss x\rss\rr\ \ \ \ \ {\rm with}\ \ n(s)s^{-1}\to
++\un\ \ {\rm as}\ \ s\to +\un\end{equation}
+\begin{equation} \exists c\in \RR\ :\ \ \ H (t,x) \le \12 \lr B_\un (t) x,x\rr + c\ \
+\ \fa x\ .\end{equation}
+
+If $A_\un (t) = a_\un I$ and $B_\un (t) = b_\un I$, with $a_\un \le
+b_\un \in \RR$, we shall say that $H$ is $\lr a_\un
+,b_\un\rr$-subquadratic at infinity. As an example, the function $\lss x
+\rss^\al$, with $1\le \al < 2$, is $(0,\ep )$-subquadratic at infinity
+for every $\ep > 0$. Similarly, the Hamiltonian
+\begin{equation} H (t,x) = \12 k \lss k\rss^2 +\lss x\rss^\al\end{equation}
+is $(k,k+\ep )$-subquadratic for every $\ep > 0$. Note that, if $k<0$,
+it is not convex.
+\end{definition}
+
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.} The first results on subharmonics were
+obtained by Rabinowitz in \cite{rab}, who showed the existence of
+infinitely many subharmonics both in the subquadratic and superquadratic
+case, with suitable growth conditions on $H'$. Again the duality
+approach enabled Clarke and Ekeland in \cite{clar:eke:2} to treat the
+same problem in the convex-subquadratic case, with growth conditions on
+$H$ only.
+
+Recently, Michalek and Tarantello (see \cite{mich:tar} and \cite{tar})
+have obtained lower bound on the number of subharmonics of period $kT$,
+based on symmetry considerations and on pinching estimates, as in
+Sect.~5.2 of this article.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{MT1}
+\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: Nonlinear oscillations
+and
+boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems. Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal.
+{\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+\bibitem[CE2]{clar:eke:2} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: Solutions
+p\'eriodiques, du
+p\'eriode donn\'ee, des \'equations hamiltoniennes. Note CRAS Paris {\bf
+287} (1978) 1013--1015
+\bibitem[MT1]{mich:tar} Michalek, R., Tarantello, G.: Subharmonic
+solutions with
+prescribed minimal period for nonautonomous Hamiltonian systems. J.
+Diff. Eq. {\bf 72} (1988) 28--55
+\bibitem[Ta1]{tar} Tarantello, G.: Subharmonic solutions for Hamiltonian
+systems via a $\bbbz_p$ pseudoindex theory. Annali di Matematica Pura
+(to appear)
+\bibitem[Ra1]{rab} Rabinowitz, P.: On subharmonic solutions of a
+Hamiltonian
+system. Comm. Pure Appl. Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsl.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsl.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45d3abd88c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsl.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1162 @@
+% This is JNSL.DOC the documentation file of
+% the LaTeX macro package from Springer-Verlag
+% for the Journal of Nonlinear Science
+% version of 16 July 1990
+\documentstyle[jnsldoc]{jns}
+%
+\newfont{\titelfont}{cmr10 scaled 1728}
+\newfont{\titelbffont}{cmbx10 scaled 2074}
+\newfont{\titelbigfont}{cmr10 scaled 2488}
+\markboth{Style File for Authors Coding with \LaTeX{}}{Style File
+for Authors Coding with \LaTeX{}}
+%
+\begin{document}
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\titelbffont Style File}\\[6pt]
+{\titelbffont for Authors Coding with \LaTex{}}\\[2cm]
+\end{flushleft}
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+\vspace{2pt}
+\begin{flushright}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l}
+{\titelbigfont The Journal of}\\[9pt]
+{\titelbigfont Nonlinear Science}\\[10pt]
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushright}
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+\vfill
+\begin{flushright}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l}
+{\titelfont Springer-Verlag}\\[5pt]
+{\titelfont New \kern-4pt York Berlin Heidelberg Tokyo}\\[5pt]
+{\titelfont London Paris Hong \kern-3pt Kong}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushright}
+\newpage
+%
+\section*{For further information please contact us:}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}l@{\hspace{3mm}}l}
+$\bullet$ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{\bf Springer-Verlag New \kern-3pt
+York}\\[0.5mm]
+ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{Springer-Verlag New \kern-2pt York, 175 Fifth
+ Avenue,}\\
+ & & New \kern-2pt York, New \kern-2pt York 10010
+ USA\\[0.5mm]
+ & Telex: & 232235\\
+ & Fax: & (212)437-6272\\
+ & Editorial: & (Mon--Fr; preferably between 9 a.m.
+ and 4 p.m. --\\
+ & & Mountain Standard Time)\\
+ & & Telephone (212)460-1565\\
+ & net-address: & TROWBRIDGE@COMPUSERVE.COM\\[1mm]
+$\bullet$ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{\bf Springer-Verlag Heidelberg}\\[1mm]
+ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{Springer-Verlag, Postfach 105280, D-6900 Heidelberg
+ 1, FRG}\\[0.5mm]
+ & DATEX-P dial: & FRG 456 221 4305\\
+ & & If you do not yet have an account, press RETURN\\
+ & & when asked for your name; then simply leave a message.\\
+ & & The file name should be your name and country\\
+ & & or state, e.g.\ smith-texas\\
+ & Telex: & 461723\\
+ & Telefax: & (06221)43982\\
+ & Editorial: & (Mon--Fr; preferably between 9 a.m.\\
+ & & and 4 p.m. -- European local time)\\
+ & & Telephone (0049)(0)6221-487534\\
+ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{\TeX{}nical and \LaTeX{}nical information
+ (Mon--Fri; preferably between}\\
+ & & 9 a.m. and 1 p.m. -- European local time):\\
+ & & Telephone (0049)(0)6221-487478\\
+ &bitnet/EARN:& SPRINGER@DHDSPRI6
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%
+\section*{Mailing address for your disk/magnetic tape and output:}
+%
+\begin{quote}
+Springer-Verlag New \kern-2pt York, Inc.\\
+175 Fifth Avenue\\
+New \kern-2pt York, New \kern-2pt York 10010 USA
+\end{quote}
+The following formats are acceptable: 5.25$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette
+MS-DOS, 5.25$^{\prime\prime}$ CP/M, 3.5$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette
+MS-DOS, 3.5$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette Apple MacIntosh, 9-track 1600
+bpi magnetic tape VAX/VMS, 9-track 1600 bpi magnetic tape ANSI with
+label, 9-track 1600 bpi magnetic tape, SUN-Streamer Tape.
+
+Once you have completed your work using this macro package,
+please submit your own printout of the {\it final
+version together with the disk or magnetic tape}, containing your
+\LaTeX{} input (source) file und the final DVI-file and make sure
+that the text is {\it identical in both cases.}
+
+Contributions coded with \LaTeX{} but not with the JNS style, cannot be
+accepted for electronic processing; they will be typeset in the
+conventional way.
+%
+\newpage
+\tableofcontents
+\newpage
+%
+\section{Introduction}
+%
+Authors wishing to code their contribution
+for the
+\begin{center}
+{\it Journal of Nonlinear Science,}
+\end{center}
+with \LaTeX{}, as well as those who have already coded with \LaTeX{},
+will be provided with a style file that will give the text the
+desired layout. Authors are requested to
+adhere strictly to these instructions; {\it the style
+file must not be changed}.
+
+The text output area is automatically set within an area of
+12.2\,cm horizontally and 19.4\,cm vertically, excluding
+running heads.
+
+If you are already familiar with \LaTeX{}, then the
+JNS style file should not give you any major difficulties.
+This style file will change the layout to the required JNS style
+(it will for instance define the layout of \verb|\section|).
+We had to invent some extra commands,
+which are not provided by \LaTeX{} (e.g.\
+\verb|\institute|, see also Sect.\,\ref{contbegin})
+
+For the main body of the paper (the text) you
+should use the commands of the standard \LaTeX{} ``article'' style.
+Even if you are familiar with those commands, we urge you to read
+this entire documentation thoroughly. It contains many suggestions on
+how to use our commands properly; thus your paper
+will be formatted exactly to JNS standard.
+For the input of the references at the end of your contribution,
+please follow our instructions given in Sect.\,\ref{refer} References.
+
+The majority of these hints are not specific for JNS; they may improve
+your use of \LaTeX{} in general.
+Furthermore, the documentation provides suggestions about the proper
+editing and use
+of the input files (capitalization, abbreviation etc.) (see
+Sect.\,\ref{refedit} How to Edit Your Input File).
+%
+\section{How to Proceed}
+%
+Please insert the enclosed diskette or tape into your computer. You will
+find the following files:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{2.5cm}l}
+{\it jnsl.doc} & General instructions (this document),\\
+ & {\it jnsl.doc} means jns latex.documentation\\
+{\it jnsl.dem} & An example showing how to code the text\\
+{\it jns.sty} & Style file to invoke \LaTeX{}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+You have to run each file twice with: \verb|latex file.name|.
+%
+\subsection{How to Invoke the JNS Style File}
+%
+The JNS style file is an adaptation of the \LaTeX{} ``article'' style.
+Therefore you may use all ``article'' style commands to prepare your
+manuscript.
+JNS style is invoked by replacing ``article'' by ``jns'' in the first
+line of your document:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{jns}|
+%
+\begin{document}
+ <Your contribution>
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\subsection{Contributions Already Coded with \protect\LaTeX{} without
+the JNS Style File}
+%
+If your file is already coded with \LaTeX{} you can easily
+adapt it a posteriori to JNS style. Contributions submitted
+to us in \LaTeX{} but not adapted to JNS style,
+cannot be accepted for electronic processing; they will be typeset
+in the conventional way.
+
+Please refrain from using any \LaTeX{} or \TeX{} commands
+that affect the layout or formatting of your document (i.e. commands
+like \verb|\textheight|, \verb|\vspace|, \verb|\hoffset| etc.).
+There may nevertheless be exceptional occasions on which to
+use some of them.
+
+The JNS style has been carefully designed to produce the right layout
+from your \LaTeX{} input. If there is anything specific you would like
+to do and for which the style file does not provide a command,
+{\em please contact us.\/}
+%
+\section{General Rules for Coding Formulas}
+%
+With mathematical formulas you may proceed as described
+in Sect.\,3.3 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport (1986), Addison-Wesley Publishing
+Company, Reading, Mass.
+
+Equations are automatically numbered sequentially throughout
+your contribution using arabic numerals in parentheses on the right-hand side.
+
+When you are working in math mode everything is typeset in italics.
+Sometimes you need to insert non-mathematical elements (e.g.\
+words or phrases). Such insertions should be coded in roman
+(with \verb|\mbox|) as illustrated in the following example:
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Input}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad
+ \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr \enspace .
+\end{equation}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad
+ \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr \enspace .
+\end{equation}
+
+If you wish to start a new paragraph immediately after a displayed
+equation, insert a blank line so as to produce the required
+indentation. If there is no new paragraph either do not insert
+a blank line or code \verb|\noindent| immediately before
+continuing the text. Titles have no end punctuation.
+
+Please punctuate a displayed equation in the same way as other
+ordinary text but with an \verb|\enspace| before end punctuation.
+
+Note that the sizes of the parentheses or other delimiter
+symbols used in equations should ideally match the height of the
+formulas being enclosed. This is automatically taken care of by
+the following \LaTeX{} commands:\\[2mm]
+\verb|\left(| or \verb|\left[| and
+\verb|\right)| or \verb|\right]|.
+%
+\subsection{Italic and Roman Type in Math Mode}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+In math mode \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} treat all letters as though they
+were mathematical or physical variables, hence they are typeset in
+italics. However, for certain components of formulas, like short texts,
+this would be incorrect and therefore coding in roman is required.
+Roman should also be used for
+subscripts and superscripts {\it in formulas\/} where these are
+merely labels and not in themselves variables,
+e.g.\ $T_{\rm eff}$ \ not \ $T_{eff}$,
+$T_{\rm K}$ \ not \ $T_K$ (K = Kelvin),
+$m_{\rm e}$ \ not \ $m_e$ (e = electron).
+However, do not code for roman
+if the sub/superscripts represent variables,
+e.g.\ $\sum_{i=1}^{n} a_{i}$.
+\item
+Please ensure that {\em physical units\/} (e.g.\ pc, erg s$^{-1}$
+K, cm$^{-3}$, W m$^{-2}$ Hz$^{-1}$, m kg s$^{-2}$ A$^{-2}$) and
+{\it abbreviations} such as Ord, Var, GL, SL, sgn, const.\
+are always set in roman type. To ensure
+this use the \verb|\rm| command: \verb|{\rm Hz}|.
+On p.\ 46 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport you will find the names of
+common mathe\-matical functions, such as log, sin, exp, max and sup.
+These should be coded as \verb|\log|,
+\verb|\sin|, \verb|\exp|, \verb|\max|, \verb|\sup|
+and will appear in roman.
+\item
+Chemical symbols and formulas should be coded for roman,
+e.g.\ Fe not $Fe$, H$_2$O not {\em H$_2$O\/}.
+\item
+Familiar foreign words and phrases, e.g.\ et al.,
+a priori, in situ, brems\-strah\-lung, eigenvalues should not be
+italicized.
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\section{How to Edit Your Input (Source) File}
+\label{refedit}
+%
+\subsection{Headings}
+%
+All words in headings should be capitalized except for
+conjunctions, prepositions
+(e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, under)
+and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they appear at
+the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text.
+%
+\subsection{Capitalization and Non-capitalization}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+The following should always be capitalized:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+Headings (see preceding Sect.\,4.1)
+\item
+Abbreviations and expressions
+in the text such as Fig(s)., Table(s), Sect(s)., Chap(s).,
+Theorem, Corollary, Definition etc. when used with numbers, e.g.\
+Fig.\,3, Table\,1, Theorem 2.
+\end{itemize}
+Please follow the special rules in Sect.\,4.3 for referring to equations.
+\item
+The following should {\it not\/} be capitalized:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+The words figure(s), table(s), equation(s),
+theorem(s) in the text when used without an accompanying number
+\item
+Figure legends and table captions except for names and
+abbreviations.
+\end{itemize}
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\subsection{Abbreviation of Words}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+The following {\it should} be abbreviated
+when they appear in running text {\it
+unless\/} they come at the beginning of a sentence: Chap., Sect., Fig.;
+e.g.\ The results are depicted in Fig.\,5. Figure 9 reveals that \dots .\\
+{\it Please note\/}: Equations should usually be referred to solely by their
+number in parentheses: e.g.\ (14). However, when the reference comes at the
+beginning of a sentence, the unabbreviated word ``Equation''
+should be used: e.g.\ Equation (14) is very important. However, (15)
+makes it clear that \dots .
+\item
+If abbreviations of names or concepts are used
+throughout the text, they should be defined at first occurrence,
+e.g.\ Plurisubharmonic (PSH) Functions, Strong Optimization (SOPT)
+Problem.
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\section{How to Code the Beginning of Your Contribution}
+\label{contbegin}
+%
+The title of your contribution should be coded as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title{<Your contribution title>}
+\end{verbatim}
+All words in titles should be capitalized except for
+conjunctions, prepositions
+(e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, under)
+and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they appear at
+the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text.
+Titles have no end punctuation.
+
+If a long \verb|\title| must be divided please use the
+code \verb|\\| (for new line).\\[6mm]
+Now the name(s) of the authors(s) must be given:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{<author(s) name(s)>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Numbers referring to different addresses are
+to be attached to each author.
+If you have done this correctly, the entry now reads, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+\end{verbatim}
+The first name\footnote{Other initials are optional
+and may be inserted if this is the usual
+way of writing your name, e.g.\ Alfred J.~Holmes, E.~Henry Green.}
+is followed by the surname.
+
+If there is more than one author, the order is up to you.
+However, if there are more than two authors, you must separate the names
+by commas. If the authors have different affiliations,
+each name has to be followed by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\inst{no}
+\end{verbatim}
+\newpage
+Next the address(es) of institute(s), company etc. is (are) required.
+If there is more than one address, the entries are numbered
+automatically with \verb|\and|, in the order in which you type them.
+Please make sure that the numbers match those placed next to
+to the authors' names.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\institute{<name of an institute>
+\and <name of the next institute>
+\and <name of the next institute>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Unlike usual \LaTeX{} the \verb|\and| command is used with the
+\verb|\institute| and not with the \verb|\author| command.
+
+\medskip
+If footnotes are needed in \verb|\title| please code
+(immediately after the word where the footnote
+indicator should be placed):
+\begin{verbatim}
+\thanks{<text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+\verb|\thanks| may only appear in \verb|\title|, \verb|\author|
+and \verb|\institute| (see below) to footnote anything.
+
+\medskip\noindent
+The command
+\begin{verbatim}
+\maketitle
+\end{verbatim}
+formats the complete heading of your article. If you leave
+it out the work done so far will produce {\bf no} text,
+see {\it Sample Input} on p.~\pageref{samppage}.
+%
+\section{How to Code Your Text}
+%
+The contribution title and all headings should be capitalized
+except for conjunctions, prepositions
+(e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, under)
+and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they appear at
+the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text.
+
+Headings will be automatically numbered by the following codes.\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{This is a First-Order Title}
+\subsection{This is a Second-Order Title}
+\subsubsection{This is a Third-Order Title.}
+\paragraph{This is a Fourth-Order Title.}
+\end{verbatim}
+\verb|\section| and \verb|\subsection| have no end punctuation.\\
+\verb|\subsubsection| and \verb|\paragraph|
+need to be punctuated at the end.
+
+Note that \verb|\title| and \verb|\author| will create the page
+header (running head), but it may happen that you need to shorten your
+title for the page header, because only one line is allowed (our macro
+will produce an error message whereupon you must provide a shortened
+version of the title for the page header). In this case you should use
+the following coding directly after the coding of \verb|\title|
+or \verb|\author|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\titlerunning{Abbreviated contribution title}
+\authorrunning{Abbreviated authors}
+\end{verbatim}
+\newpage
+In addition to the above-mentioned headings your text may be structured
+by subsections indicated by run-in headings (theorem-like environments).
+All the theorem-like environments are numbered automatically
+throughout the sections of your file.
+If you call lemma once, this will be numbered 1; if corollary follows,
+this will be numbered 2; if you then call lemma again, this will be
+numbered 3.
+
+But in case you want to reset this counter at 1 in each section,
+please give the document style option \verb|envcountreset|:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[envcountreset]{jns}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\vspace{.5cm}\noindent
+The following possibilities for run-in headings are available:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\verb|\begin{lemma} Text of the lemma \end{lemma}|\quad (see Output
+Sample 1)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma \end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 2)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}(overriding automatic numbering.) Text of the lemma
+\end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 3)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}(x)[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma\end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 4)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}* Text of lemma \end{lemma}| \quad (see Output
+Sample 5)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}*[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma\end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 6)
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Output Sample 1}
+\begin{lemma}Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 2}
+\begin{lemma}[additional explanation of lemma] Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 3}
+\begin{lemma}(overriding automatic numbering.) Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 4}
+\begin{lemma}(x)[additional explanation of lemma] Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 5}
+\begin{lemma}* Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 6}
+\begin{lemma}*[additional explanation of lemma] Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+\end{flushleft}
+\newpage
+\noindent
+The following variety of run-in headings are at your disposal:
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+{\bf Bold} run-in headings with italicized text
+as built-in environments:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{proposition} <text> \end{proposition}
+\begin{corollary} <text> \end{corollary}
+\begin{lemma} <text> \end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem} <text> \end{theorem}
+\end{verbatim}
+\item
+The following must generally appear as {\it italic} run-in heading:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{proof} <text> \qed \end{proof}
+\end{verbatim}
+\item
+Further {\it italic} or {\bf bold} run-in headings may also occur:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{definition} <text> \end{definition}
+\begin{example} <text> \end{example}
+\begin{remark} <text> \end{remark}
+\begin{exercise} <text> \end{exercise}
+\begin{problem} <text> \end{problem}
+\begin{solution} <text> \end{solution}
+\begin{note} <text> \end{note}
+\begin{question} <text> \end{question}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Defining Your Own Environments.}
+%
+You can define additional environments using the command
+\verb|\newstytheorem| which has five parameters. The first is the name
+your environment should have (e.g.\ \verb|conjecture|).
+After this follows the
+font family used for this heading (please use only \verb|\bf| for bold
+or \verb|\it| for italic) and the font family to use for the text of
+this new environment (e.g.\ \verb|\it| or \verb|\rm|). Then the name of
+an already known environment should be given in brackets (e.g.\
+\verb|[theorem]|). Your new environment will be numbered like the old
+one. Finally comes the real text of the new run-in heading (e.g.\
+\verb|Conjecture|).\\
+Sample definition:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newstytheorem{conjecture}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Conjecture}
+\end{verbatim}
+\newstytheorem{conjecture}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Conjecture}
+Use of that definition:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{conjecture} <text> \end{conjecture}
+\end{verbatim}
+e.g.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{conjecture} It is clear that ...\end{conjecture}
+\end{verbatim}
+Its output:
+\begin{conjecture}
+It is clear that \dots
+\end{conjecture}
+\newpage
+%
+\noindent
+{\it Sample Input}
+\label{samppage}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics}
+
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+
+\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA
+\and
+Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud,
+Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France}
+
+\maketitle
+%
+\section{Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case}
+%
+With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the
+search for periodic solutions \dots
+%
+\subsection{Autonomous Systems}
+%
+In this section we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian
+$H(x)$ \dots
+%
+\subsubsection*{The General Case: Nontriviality.}
+%
+We assume that $H$ is
+$\left(A_{\infty}, B_{\infty}\right)$-subqua\-dra\-tic
+at infinity, for some constant \dots
+%
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.}
+The first results on subharmonics were \dots
+%
+\begin{proposition}
+Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set \dots
+\end{proposition}
+\begin{proof}[of proposition]
+Condition (8) means that, for every $\delta'>\delta$, there is
+some $\varepsilon>0$ such that \dots \qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+\begin{example}[\rm (External forcing)]
+Consider the system \dots
+\end{example}
+\begin{corollary}
+Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and
+$\left(a_{\infty}, b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic
+at infinity. Let \dots
+\end{corollary}
+\begin{lemma}
+Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n}\backslash \{0\}$
+and that $H''(x)$ is \dots
+\end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem}[(Ghoussoub-Preiss)]
+Let $X$ be a Banach Space and $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ \dots
+\end{theorem}
+\begin{definition}
+We shall say that a $C^{1}$ function $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$
+satisfies \dots
+\end{definition}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output\/} (follows on the next page together with
+examples of the above run-in headings)
+%
+\setcounter{theorem}{0}
+\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics}
+
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+
+\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA
+\and
+Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud,
+Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France}
+
+\maketitle
+%
+\section*{1 \ Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case}
+%
+With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the search
+for periodic solutions \dots
+%
+\subsection*{1.1 \ Autonomous Systems}
+%
+In this section we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian
+$H(x)$ \dots
+%
+\subsubsection*{The General Case: Nontriviality.}
+%
+We assume that $H$ is
+$\left(A_{\infty}, B_{\infty}\right)$-subqua\-dra\-tic at
+infinity, for some constant \dots
+%
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.}
+The first results on subharmonics were \dots
+%
+\begin{proposition}
+Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set \dots
+\end{proposition}
+\begin{proof}[of proposition]
+Condition (8) means that, for every $\delta'>\delta$, there is
+some $\varepsilon>0$ such that \dots \qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+\begin{example}[\rm (External forcing)]
+Consider the system \dots
+\end{example}
+\begin{corollary}
+Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and
+$\left(a_{\infty}, b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic
+at infinity. Let \dots
+\end{corollary}
+\begin{lemma}
+Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n}\backslash \{0\}$
+and that $H''(x)$ is \dots
+\end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem}[(Ghoussoub-Preiss)]
+Let $X$ be a Banach Space and $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ \dots
+\end{theorem}
+\begin{definition}
+We shall say that a $C^{1}$ function $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ satisfies \dots
+\end{definition}
+\newpage
+%
+\markboth{Style File for Authors Coding with \LaTeX{}}{Style File
+for Authors Coding with \LaTeX{}}
+\section{Fine Tuning of the Text}
+%
+The following should be used to improve the readability of the text:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.19\textwidth}p{.79\textwidth}}
+\verb|\,| & a thin space, e.g.\ between numbers or between units
+ and num\-bers; a line division will not be made
+ following this space\\
+\verb|--| & en dash; two strokes, without a space at either end\\
+\verb*| -- | & en dash; two strokes, with a space at either end\\
+\verb|-| & hyphen; one stroke, no space at either end\\
+\verb|$-$| & minus, in the text {\em only} \\[8mm]
+{\em Input} & \verb|21\,$^{\circ}$C etc.,|\\
+ & \verb|Dr h.\,c.\,Rockefellar-Smith \dots|\\
+ & \verb|20,000\,km and Prof.\,Dr Mallory \dots|\\
+ & \verb|1950--1985 \dots|\\
+ & \verb|this -- written on a computer -- is now printed|\\
+ & \verb|$-30$\,K \dots|\\[3mm]
+{\em Output} & 21\,$^{\circ}$C etc., Dr h.\,c.\,Rockefellar-Smith \dots\\
+ & 20,000\,km and Prof.\,Dr Mallory \dots\\
+ & 1950--1985 \dots\\
+ & this -- written on a computer -- is now printed\\
+ & $-30$\,K \dots
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section {Special Typefaces}
+%
+Normal type (roman) need not be coded. {\it Italic}
+(not {\sl slanted}) or, if necessary, {\bf boldface}
+should be used for emphasis in the text.
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.19\textwidth}p{.79\textwidth}}
+\verb|{\it Text}| & {\it Italicized Text}\\
+\verb|{\em Text}| & {\em Emphasized Text}\\
+ & {\it If you would like to emphasize a {\em definition} within an
+ italicized text (e.g.\ of a {\em theorem)} you should code the
+ expression to be emphasized by} \verb|\em|.\\
+\verb|{\bf Text}| & {\bf Important Text}\\
+\verb|\vec{Symbol}| & Vectors may only appear in math mode. The default
+ \LaTeX{} vector symbol has been adapted to JNS conventions.\\
+ & \verb|$\vec{A times B\cdot C}| yields $\vec{A\times B\cdot C}$\\
+ & \verb|$\vec{A}^{T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes \vec{\hat{D}}$|\\
+ & yields $\vec{A}^{T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes \vec{\hat{D}}$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\newpage
+%
+\section {Footnotes}
+%
+Footnotes within the text should be coded:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\footnote{Text}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{flushleft}
+Text with a footnote\verb|\footnote{The footnote is automatically
+numbered.}| and text continues \dots
+\end{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\begin{flushleft}
+Text with a footnote\footnote{The footnote is automatically numbered.}
+and text continues \dots
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section {Lists}
+%
+Please code lists as described below:\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item First nested item
+ \item Second nested item
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item Third item
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+\item First item
+\item Second item
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item First nested item
+ \item Second nested item
+ \end{enumerate}
+\item Third item
+\end{enumerate}
+\newpage
+%
+\section {Figures}
+%
+Figure legends should be inserted after (not in)
+the paragraph in which the figure is first mentioned.
+They will be numbered automatically.
+
+{\it The figures\/} (line drawings and those containing halftone inserts
+as well as halftone figures) {\it should not be pasted into your
+laserprinter output}. They should be enclosed separately in camera-ready
+form (original artwork, glossy prints, photographs and/or slides). The
+lettering should be suitable for reproduction, and after reduction the
+height of capital letters should be at least
+1.8\,mm and not more than 2.5\,mm.
+Check that lines and other details are uniformly black and
+that the lettering on figures is clearly legible.
+
+To leave the desired amount of space for the height of
+your figures, please use the coding described below.
+As can be seen in the output, we will automatically
+provide 1\,cm space above and below the figure,
+so that you should only leave the space equivalent to the size of the
+figure itself. Please note that ``\verb|x|'' in the following
+coding stands for the actual height of the figure:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{x cm}
+\caption[ ]{...text of caption...} (Do type [ ])
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Input}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{2.5cm}
+\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white
+eagle and a white horse on a snow field}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{2.5cm}
+\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white eagle and
+a white horse on a snow field}
+\end{figure}
+%
+\section{Tables}
+%
+Table captions should be treated
+in the same way as figure legends, except that
+the table captions appear {\it above} the tables. The tables
+will be numbered automatically.
+%
+\subsection{Tables Coded with \protect\LaTeX{}}
+%
+Please use the following coding:\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption[ ]{Observational results from NGC 4827}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{llllllllllllll}
+\hline
+ & & \multicolumn{3}{l}{RA (1950)} &\
+ & \multicolumn{3}{l}{Dec (1950)}
+ & $S$ & Pol & \% & $\log P$\\
+\cline{3-5}\cline{7-9}
+ & &(h) &(m) & (s) & & (\degr)
+ & (\arcmin) & (\arcsec)
+ & (mJy) & (mJy) & & (W Hz$^{-1}$)\\
+\hline
+Core & (5 GHz) & 12 & 54 & 18.0 & & 27 & 26 & 56.2
+ & 8 & & & 21.64 \\
+Total&(327 MHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 210 & & & 23.13 \\
+ &(1.4 GHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 57 & 1.3 & 2 & 22.49 \\
+ & (5 GHz) & & & & & & &
+ & 26 & 0.73 & 3 & 22.15 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table}
+
+Before continuing your text you need an empty line. \dots
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption[ ]{Observational results from NGC 4827}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+\begin{tabular}{llllllllllllll}
+\hline
+ & & \multicolumn{3}{l}{RA (1950)} &\ & \multicolumn{3}{l}{Dec (1950)}
+ & $S$ & Pol & \% & $\log P$\\
+\cline{3-5}\cline{7-9}
+ & &(h) &(m) & (s) & & (\degr) & (\arcmin) & (\arcsec)
+ & (mJy) & (mJy) & & (W Hz$^{-1}$)\\
+\hline
+Core & (5 GHz) & 12 & 54 & 18.0 & & 27 & 26 & 56.2
+ & 8 & & & 21.64 \\
+Total&(327 MHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 210 & & & 23.13 \\
+ &(1.4 GHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 57 & 1.3 & 2 & 22.49 \\
+ & (5 GHz) & & & & & & &
+ & 26 & 0.73 & 3 & 22.15 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table}
+
+Before continuing your text you need an empty line. \dots
+
+\vspace{3mm}
+For further information you will find a complete description of
+the tabular environment
+on p.~63~ff. and p.~182 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport.
+%
+\subsection{Tables Not Coded with \protect\LaTeX{}}
+%
+If you do not wish to code your table using \LaTeX{}
+but prefer to have it reproduced separately,
+proceed as for figures and use the following coding:\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption{text of your caption}
+\vspace{x cm} % the actual height needed for your table
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\subsection{Signs and Characters}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Special Signs.}
+%
+You may need to use special signs. The available ones are listed in the
+{\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport,
+pp.~44\,ff.
+We have created further symbols for math mode (enclosed in \$):
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{1em}yields\hspace{1em}}
+c@{\hspace{3em}}l@{\hspace{1em}yields\hspace{1em}}c}
+\verb|\grole| & $\grole$ & \verb|\getsto| & $\getsto$\\
+\verb|\lid| & $\lid$ & \verb|\gid| & $\gid$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Gothic (Fraktur).}
+%
+If gothic letters are {\it necessary}, please use those of the
+relevant \AmSTeX{} alphabet which are available from the
+American Mathematical Society.
+
+In \LaTeX{} only the following gothic letters are
+available: \verb|$\Re$| yields $\Re$ and \verb|$\Im$| yields $\Im$.
+These should {\it not\/} be used when you need gothic letters for your
+contribution. Use \AmSTeX{} gothic as explained above.
+For the real and the imaginary parts of a complex number within math mode
+you should use instead: \verb|$\rm Re$| (which yields Re) or
+\verb|$\rm Im$| (which yields Im).
+%
+\subsubsection*{Script.}
+%
+For script capitals use the coding
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{1em}which yields\hspace{1em}}c}
+\verb|$\cal AB$| & $\cal AB$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+(see p.~43 of the \LaTeX{} book).
+%
+\subsubsection*{Special Roman.}
+%
+If you need other symbols than those below, you could use
+the blackboard bold characters of \AmSTeX{}, but there might arise
+capacity problems
+in loading additional \AmSTeX{} fonts. Therefore we created
+the blackboard bold characters listed below.
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{ yields }
+c@{\hspace{1.1em}}ll@{ yields }c}
+\verb|\bbbc| & (complex numbers) & $\bbbc$
+ & \verb|\bbbf| & (blackboard bold F) & $\bbbf$\\
+\verb|\bbbh| & (blackboard bold H) & $\bbbh$
+ & \verb|\bbbk| & (blackboard bold K) & $\bbbk$\\
+\verb|\bbbm| & (blackboard bold M) & $\bbbm$
+ & \verb|\bbbn| & (natural numbers N) & $\bbbn$\\
+\verb|\bbbp| & (blackboard bold P) & $\bbbp$
+ & \verb|\bbbq| & (rational numbers) & $\bbbq$\\
+\verb|\bbbr| & (real numbers) & $\bbbr$
+ & \verb|\bbbs| & (blackboard bold S) & $\bbbs$\\
+\verb|\bbbt| & (blackboard bold T) & $\bbbt$
+ & \verb|\bbbz| & (whole numbers) & $\bbbz$\\
+\verb|\bbbone| & (symbol one) & $\bbbone$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{displaymath}
+\begin{array}{c}
+\bbbc^{\bbbc^{\bbbc}} \otimes
+\bbbf_{\bbbf_{\bbbf}} \otimes
+\bbbh_{\bbbh_{\bbbh}} \otimes
+\bbbk_{\bbbk_{\bbbk}} \otimes
+\bbbm^{\bbbm^{\bbbm}} \otimes
+\bbbn_{\bbbn_{\bbbn}} \otimes
+\bbbp^{\bbbp^{\bbbp}}\\[2mm]
+\otimes
+\bbbq_{\bbbq_{\bbbq}} \otimes
+\bbbr^{\bbbr^{\bbbr}} \otimes
+\bbbs^{\bbbs_{\bbbs}} \otimes
+\bbbt^{\bbbt^{\bbbt}} \otimes
+\bbbz \otimes
+\bbbone^{\bbbone_{\bbbone}}
+\end{array}
+\end{displaymath}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Sans Serif.}
+%
+Using our macros you can also choose this font family;
+use the command \verb|\sf| for {\sf sans serif}
+(like \verb|\it| for {\it italic style}).
+%
+\section{References}
+\label{refer}
+%
+There are three reference systems available; only one, of course,
+should be used for your contribution. With each system (by author-year,
+by number only or by letter-number) a reference list
+containing all citations in the
+text, should be included at the end of your contribution placing the
+\LaTeX{} environment \verb|thebibliography| there.
+For an overall information on that environment
+see the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, p.~73.
+%
+\subsection{Author-Year System}
+%
+References are cited in the text by name and year in parentheses
+and should look as follows:
+(Smith 1970, 1980), (Ekeland et al. 1985, Theorem 2), (Jones and Jaffe
+1986; Farrow 1988, Chap.\,2). If the name is part of the sentence
+only the year may appear in parentheses,
+e.g.\ Ekeland et al. (1985, Sect.\,2.1)
+The reference list should contain all citations occurring in the text,
+ordered alphabetically by surname (with initials following). If there
+are several works by the same author(s) the references should be listed
+in the appropriate order indicated below:
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+One author: list works chronologically;
+\item
+Author and same co-author(s): list works chronologically;
+\item
+Author and different co-authors: list works alphabetically
+according to co-authors.
+\end{alpherate}
+If there are several works by the same author(s) and in the same year,
+but which are cited separately, they should be distinguished by
+the use of ``a'', ``b'' etc., e.g.\ (Smith 1982a), (Ekeland et al. 1982b).
+%
+\subsubsection*{How to Code Author-Year System.}
+%
+If you want to use this system you have to specify in \verb|documentstyle|
+the option \verb|[citeauthoryear]|, like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[citeauthoryear]{jns}
+\end{verbatim}
+Write your citations in the
+text explicitly except for the year, leaving that up to \LaTeX{} with the
+\verb|\cite| command. Then give only the appropriate year as the optional
+argument (i.e. the label in square brackets) with the \verb|\bibitem|
+command(s).\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+The results in this section are a refined version
+of Clarke and Ekeland (\cite{clar:eke}); the minimality result of
+Proposition~14 was the first of its kind.
+\end{verbatim}
+The above input produces the citation: ``\dots\ refined version of
+Clarke and Ekeland (1982); the minimality\dots''. Then the
+\verb|\bibitem|
+entry of the \verb|thebibliography| environment should read:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{} % (do not forget {})
+.
+.
+\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for
+Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+.
+.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\bibauthoryear
+%
+\subsection{References by Letter-Number or by Number Only}
+%
+References are cited in the text -- using the \verb|\cite|
+command of \LaTeX{} -- by number or by letter-number in square
+brackets, e.g.\ [1] or [E1, S2], [P1], according to your use of the
+\verb|\bibitem| command in the \verb|thebibliography| environment. The
+coding is as follows: if you choose your own label for the sources by
+giving an optional argument to the \verb|\bibitem| command the citations
+in the text are marked with the label you supplied. Otherwise a simple
+numbering is done.
+\begin{verbatim}
+The results in this section are a refined version
+of \cite{clar:eke}; the minimality result of Proposition~14
+was the first of its kind.
+\end{verbatim}
+The above input produces the citation: ``\dots\ refined version of
+[CE1]; the min\-i\-mality\dots''. Then the \verb|\bibitem| entry of
+the \verb|thebibliography| environment should read:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{MT1}
+.
+.
+\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for
+Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+.
+.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+The complete bibliography looks like this:
+%
+\begin{thebibliography}{MT1}
+%
+\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and
+boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+%
+\bibitem[CE2]{clar:eke:2}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Solutions p\'{e}riodiques, du
+p\'{e}riode donn\'{e}e, des \'{e}quations hamiltoniennes.
+Note CRAS Paris {\bf 287} (1978) 1013--1015
+%
+\bibitem[MT1]{mich:tar}
+Michalek, R., Tarantello, G.:
+Subharmonic solutions with prescribed minimal
+period for nonautonomous Hamiltonian systems.
+J. Diff. Eq. {\bf 72} (1988) 28--55
+%
+\bibitem[Ta1]{tar}
+Tarantello, G.:
+Subharmonic solutions for Hamiltonian
+systems via a $\bbbz_{p}$ pseudoindex theory.
+Annali di Matematica Pura (to appear)
+%
+\bibitem[Ra1]{rab}
+Rabinowitz, P.:
+On subharmonic solutions of a Hamiltonian system.
+Comm. Pure Appl. Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{thebibliography}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Number-Only System.}
+%
+For this system do not use the optional argument
+in the \verb|\bibitem| command: then, only numbers will
+appear for the citations in the text (enclosed in square brackets)
+as well as for the marks in your
+bibliography (here the number is only end-punctuated without
+square brackets).
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for
+Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsldoc.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsldoc.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41f2ab345e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/jnsl/jnsldoc.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+% This is JNSLDOC.STY the modification of the
+% JNS style file for the documentation of
+% the LaTeX macro package from Springer-Verlag
+% for the Journal of Nonlinear Science
+% version of 16 July 1990
+\def\LaTex{{\xxvpt
+\def\psc{\@getfont\psc\scfam\@xxvpt{\@mcsc\@magscale5}}\LaTeX}}
+\def\textfontii{\the\textfont\tw@}
+\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
+ {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX}
+%
+\def\degr{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+%
+\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{--}
+\newenvironment{alpherate}%
+{\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\alph{enumi})}\begin{enumerate}}%
+{\end{enumerate}\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{enumi}}
+%
+\def\bibauthoryear{\begingroup
+\def\thebibliography##1{\section*{References}%
+ \small\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{}\leftmargin\parindent
+ \itemindent=-\parindent
+ \labelsep=\z@
+ \usecounter{enumi}}%
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}%
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}%
+ \def\@cite##1{##1}%
+ \def\@lbibitem[##1]##2{\item[]\if@filesw
+ {\def\protect####1{\string ####1\space}\immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{##2}{##1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}%
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: Nonlinear
+oscillations and boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+\end{thebibliography}
+\endgroup}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.dem b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.dem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..672c5ae1c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.dem
@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+% laa.dem version 1.1 as of 25-Feb-91
+%
+% This is LAA.DEM, the demonstration file of the
+% LaTeX style file from Springer-Verlag for the
+% Astronomy and Astrophysics Main Journal
+%
+% It is for use with LaTeX version 2.09
+%
+% Please report all errors via e-mail to SPRINGER@DHDSPRI6.bitnet
+% or to the address mentioned on page 2 of the documentation
+%
+%\documentstyle{laamt} % LaTeX A&A Monotype Times Fonts
+\documentstyle{laa} % LaTeX A&A Standard Fonts
+
+%_____________________________________ `Thermodynamical' derivatives.
+%
+\newcommand{\DXDYCZ}[3]{\left( \frac{ \partial #1 }{ \partial #2 }
+ \right)_{#3}
+ }
+
+\begin{document}
+
+ \thesaurus{06 % A&A Section 6: Form. struct. and evolut. of stars
+ (03.11.1; % Cosmogony,
+ 16.06.1; % Planets and satellites: general,
+ 19.06.1; % Solar system: general,
+ 19.37.1; % Stars: formation of,
+ 19.53.1; % Stars: oscillations of,
+ 19.63.1) % Stars: structure of.
+ }
+%
+ \title{Hydrodynamics of giant planet formation}
+
+ \subtitle{I. Overviewing the $\kappa$-mechanism}
+
+ \author{G. Wuchterl
+% \inst{1}
+ }
+
+% \offprints{G. Wuchterl}
+
+ \institute{Institut f\"ur Theoretische
+ Astrophysik der Universit\"at Heidelberg, Im Neuenheimer
+ Feld 561,\\
+ W--6900 Heidelberg, Federal Republic of Germany\\
+ EARN: WCAH at DS0RUS1I
+ }
+
+ \date{Received September 15, 1989; accepted March 16, 1990}
+
+ \maketitle
+
+ \begin{abstract}
+%______________________________________ Do not leave a blank line here!
+%
+% 14.Sep.'90: Demo-Vs.
+%_____________________________________ Do not leave a blank line here!
+ To investigate the physical nature of the `nucleated instability'
+ of proto giant planets (Mizuno 1980), the stability of layers
+ in static,
+ radiative gas spheres is analysed on the basis of Baker's
+ 1966 standard one-zone model. It is shown that stability
+ depends only upon the equations of state, the opacities
+ and the local thermodynamic state in the layer. Stability
+ and instability can therefore be expressed in the form
+ of stability equations of state which are universal for a
+ given composition.
+
+ The stability equations of state are
+ calculated for solar composition and are displayed in the domain
+ $-14 \leq \lg \rho / {\rm [g\, cm^{-3}]} \leq 0 $,
+ $ 8.8 \leq \lg e / {\rm [erg\, g^{-1}]} \leq 17.7$. These displays
+ may be
+ used to determine the one-zone stability of layers in stellar
+ or planetary structure models by directly reading off the value of
+ the stability equations for the thermodynamic state of these layers,
+ specified
+ by state quantities as density $\rho$, temperature $T$ or
+ specific internal energy $e$.
+ Regions of instability in the $(\rho,e)$-plane are described
+ and related to the underlying microphysical processes.
+ Vibrational instability is found to be a common phenomenon
+ at temperatures lower than the second He ionisation
+ zone. The $\kappa$-mechanism is widespread under `cool'
+ conditions.
+
+ \keywords{giant planet formation --
+ $\kappa$-mechanism --
+ stability of gas spheres
+ }
+ \end{abstract}
+
+%
+% 14.Sep.'90: Demo-Vs.
+%________________________________________________________________
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+ In the {\em nucleated instability\/} (also called core
+ instability) hypothesis of giant planet
+ formation, a critical mass for static core envelope
+ protoplanets has been found. Mizuno (1980) determined
+ the critical mass of the core to be about $12 \,M_\oplus$
+ ($M_\oplus=5.975 \, 10^{27}\rm \,g$ is the Earth mass), which
+ is independent of the outer boundary
+ conditions and therefore independent of the location in the
+ solar nebula. This critical value for the core mass corresponds
+ closely to the cores of today's giant planets.
+
+ Although no hydrodynamical study was available many workers
+ conjectured that a collapse or rapid contraction will ensue
+ after accumulating the critical mass. The main motivation for
+ this article
+ is to investigate the stability of the static envelope at the
+ critical mass. With this aim the local, linear stability of static
+ radiative gas spheres is investigated on the basis of Baker's
+ (1966) standard one-zone model. The nonlinear, hydrodynamic
+ evolution of the protogiant planet
+ beyond the critical mass, as calculated by Wuchterl
+ (1989), will be described in a forthcoming article.
+
+ The fact that Wuchterl (1989) found the excitation of
+ hydrodynamical waves in his models raises considerable interest
+ on the transition from static to dynamic evolutionary phases
+ of the protogiant planet at the critical mass.
+ The waves
+ play a crucial role in the development of the so-called
+ nucleated instability in the nucleated instability hypothesis.
+ They lead to the formation of
+ shock waves and massive outflow phenomena.
+ The protoplanet evolves into a new quasi-equilibrium structure
+ with a {\em pulsating} envelope, after the mass loss phase
+ has declined.
+
+ Phenomena similar to the ones described above for giant planet
+ formation have been found in hydrodynamical models concerning
+ star formation where protostellar cores explode
+ (Tscharnuter 1987, Balluch 1988),
+ whereas earlier studies found quasi-steady collapse flows. The
+ similarities in the
+ (micro)physics, i.e., constitutive relations of protostellar cores and
+ protogiant planets serve as a further motivation for this study.
+
+%
+% 14.Sep.'90: Demo-Vs.
+%__________________________________________________________________
+
+\section{Baker's standard one-zone model}
+
+% Two column figure (place early!)
+%______________________________________________ Gamma_1 (lg rho, lg e)
+ \begin{figure*}
+ \picplace{4cm}
+ \caption{Adiabatic exponent $\Gamma_1$.
+ $\Gamma_1$ is plotted as a function of
+ $\lg$ internal energy $\rm [erg\,g^{-1}]$ and $\lg$ density
+ $\rm [g\,cm^{-3}]$
+ }
+ \label{FigGam}
+ \end{figure*}
+%
+ In this section the one-zone model of Baker (1966), originally
+ used to study the Cephe{\"{\i}}d pulsation mechanism, will
+ be briefly reviewed. The resulting stability criteria will
+ be rewritten in terms of local state variables, local timescales
+ and constitutive relations.
+
+ Baker (1966) investigates the stability of thin layers in
+ self-gravitating,
+ spherical gas clouds with the following properties:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item hydrostatic equilibrium,
+ \item thermal equilibrium,
+ \item energy transport by grey radiation diffusion.
+ \end{itemize}
+ For the one-zone-model Baker obtains necessary conditions
+ for dynamical, secular and vibrational (or pulsational)
+ stability [Eqs.\ (34a,\,b,\,c) in Baker 1966]. Using Baker's
+ notation:
+ \[
+ \begin{array}{lp{0.8\linewidth}}
+ M_{\rm r} & mass internal to the radius $r$ \\
+ m & mass of the zone \\
+ r_0 & unperturbed zone radius \\
+ \rho_0 & unperturbed density in the zone \\
+ T_0 & unperturbed temperature in the zone \\
+ L_{r0} & unperturbed luminosity \\
+ E_{\rm th} & thermal energy of the zone
+ \end{array}
+ \]
+\noindent
+ and with the definitions of the {\em local cooling time\/}
+ (see Fig.~\ref{FigGam})
+ \begin{equation}
+ \tau_{\rm co} = \frac{E_{\rm th}}{L_{r0}} \,,
+ \end{equation}
+ and the {\em local free-fall time\/}
+ \begin{equation}
+ \tau_{\rm ff} =
+ \sqrt{ \frac{3 \pi}{32 G} \frac{4\pi r_0^3}{3 M_{\rm r}} }\,,
+ \end{equation}
+ Baker's $K$ and $\sigma_0$ have the following form:
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ \sigma_0 & = & \frac{\pi}{\sqrt{8}}
+ \frac{1}{ \tau_{\rm ff} } \\
+ K & = & \frac{\sqrt{32}}{\pi} \frac{1}{\delta}
+ \frac{ \tau_{\rm ff} }
+ { \tau_{\rm co} }\,;
+ \end{eqnarray}
+ where $ E_{\rm th} \approx m (P_0/{\rho_0})$ has been used and
+ \begin{equation}
+ \delta = - \left(
+ \frac{ \partial \ln \rho }{ \partial \ln T }
+ \right)_P
+ \end{equation}
+ is a thermodynamical quantity which is
+ %of order $1$ and
+ equal to $1$ for nonreacting mixtures of classical perfect
+ gases.
+ The physical meaning of $ \sigma_0 $ and $K$ is clearly visible in
+ the equations above. $\sigma_0$ represents a frequency of the order one
+ per free-fall time. $K$ is
+ proportional to the ratio of the free-fall time and the cooling time.
+ Substituting into Baker's criteria, using thermodynamic identities
+ and definitions of thermodynamic quantities,
+ \begin{equation}
+ \Gamma_1 = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln \rho}{S} \; , \;
+ \chi^{}_\rho = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln \rho}{T} \; , \;
+ \kappa^{}_{P} = \DXDYCZ{\ln \kappa}{\ln P}{T} \, ,
+ \end{equation}
+ \begin{equation}
+ \nabla_{\rm ad} = \DXDYCZ{\ln T}{\ln P}{S} \; , \;
+ \chi^{}_T = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln T}{\rho} \; , \;
+ \kappa^{}_{T} = \DXDYCZ{\ln \kappa}{\ln T}{T} \, ,
+ \end{equation}
+ one obtains, after some pages of algebra, the conditions for
+ {\em stability} given
+ below:
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ \frac{\pi^2}{8} \frac{1}{\tau_{\rm ff}^2}
+ ( 3 \Gamma_1 - 4 )
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSDynSta} \\
+ \frac{\pi^2}{\tau_{\rm co}
+ \tau_{\rm ff}^2}
+ \Gamma_1 \nabla_{\rm ad}
+ \left[ \frac{ 1- 3/4 \chi^{}_\rho }{ \chi^{}_T }
+ ( \kappa^{}_T - 4 )
+ + \kappa^{}_P + 1
+ \right]
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSSecSta} \\
+ \frac{\pi^2}{4} \frac{3}{\tau_{ \rm co }
+ \tau_{ \rm ff }^2
+ }
+ \Gamma_1^2 \, \nabla_{\rm ad} \left[
+ 4 \nabla_{\rm ad}
+ - ( \nabla_{\rm ad} \kappa^{}_T
+ + \kappa^{}_P
+ )
+ - \frac{4}{3 \Gamma_1}
+ \right]
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSVibSta}
+ \end{eqnarray}
+%
+ For a physical discussion of the stability criteria see Baker (1966)
+ or Cox (1980).
+
+ We observe that these criteria for dynamical, secular and
+ vibrational stability, respectively, can be factorized into
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item a factor containing local timescales only,
+ \item a factor containing only constitutive relations and
+ their derivatives.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ The first factors, depending on only timescales, are positive
+ by definition. The signs of the left hand sides of the
+ inequalities~(\ref{ZSDynSta}), (\ref{ZSSecSta}) and (\ref{ZSVibSta})
+ therefore depend exclusively on the second factors containing
+ the constitutive relations. Since they depend only
+ on state variables, the stability criteria themselves are {\em
+ functions of the thermodynamic state in the local zone}. The
+ one-zone stability can therefore be determined
+ from a simple equation of state, given for example, as a function
+ of density and
+ temperature. Once the microphysics, i.e.\ the thermodynamics
+ and opacities (see Table~\ref{KapSou}), are specified (in practice
+%
+ by specifying a chemical composition) the one-zone stability can
+ be inferred if the thermodynamic state is specified.
+ The zone -- or in
+ other words the layer -- will be stable or unstable in
+ whatever object it is imbedded as long as it satisfies the
+ one-zone-model assumptions. Only the specific growth rates
+ (depending upon the time scales) will be different for layers
+ in different objects.
+
+%__________________________________________________ One column table
+ \begin{table}
+ \caption{Opacity sources}
+ \label{KapSou}
+ \[
+ \begin{array}{p{0.5\linewidth}l}
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\smallskip}
+ Source & T / {[\rm K]} \\
+ \noalign{\smallskip}
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\smallskip}
+ Yorke 1979, Yorke 1980a & \leq 1700 \\
+ Kr\"ugel 1971 & 1700 \leq T \leq 5000 \\
+ Cox \& Stewart 1969 & 5000 \leq \\
+ \noalign{\smallskip}
+ \hline
+ \end{array}
+ \]
+ \end{table}
+%
+%
+%___________________________________ Two column table (place early!)
+ \begin{table*}
+ \caption{Regions of secular instability}
+ \label{TabSecInst}
+ \picplace{4cm}
+ \end{table*}
+ We will now write down the sign (and therefore stability)
+ determining parts of the left-hand sides of the inequalities
+ (\ref{ZSDynSta}), (\ref{ZSSecSta}) and (\ref{ZSVibSta}) and thereby
+ obtain {\em stability equations of state}.
+
+ The sign determining part of inequality~(\ref{ZSDynSta}) is
+ $3\Gamma_1 - 4$ and it reduces to the
+ criterion for dynamical stability
+ \begin{equation}
+ \Gamma_1 > \frac{4}{3}\,.
+ \end{equation}
+ Stability of the thermodynamical equilibrium demands
+ \begin{equation}
+ \chi^{}_\rho > 0, \;\; c_v > 0\, ,
+ \end{equation}
+ and
+ \begin{equation}
+ \chi^{}_T > 0
+ \end{equation}
+ holds for a wide range of physical situations.
+ With
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ \Gamma_3 - 1 = \frac{P}{\rho T} \frac{\chi^{}_T}{c_v}&>&0\\
+ \Gamma_1 = \chi_\rho^{} + \chi_T^{} (\Gamma_3 -1)&>&0\\
+ \nabla_{\rm ad} = \frac{\Gamma_3 - 1}{\Gamma_1} &>&0
+ \end{eqnarray}
+ we find the sign determining terms in inequalities~(\ref{ZSSecSta})
+ and (\ref{ZSVibSta}) respectively and obtain the following form
+ of the criteria for dynamical, secular and vibrational
+ {\em stability}, respectively:
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ 3 \Gamma_1 - 4 =: S_{\rm dyn} > & 0 & \label{DynSta} \\
+%
+ \frac{ 1- 3/4 \chi^{}_\rho }{ \chi^{}_T } ( \kappa^{}_T - 4 )
+ + \kappa^{}_P + 1 =: S_{\rm sec} > & 0 & \label{SecSta} \\
+%
+ 4 \nabla_{\rm ad} - ( \nabla_{\rm ad} \kappa^{}_T + \kappa^{}_P )
+ - \frac{4}{3 \Gamma_1} =: S_{\rm vib}
+ > & 0\,.& \label{VibSta}
+ \end{eqnarray}
+ The constitutive relations are to be evaluated for the
+ unperturbed thermodynamic state (say $(\rho_0, T_0)$) of the zone.
+ We see that the one-zone stability of the layer depends only on
+ the constitutive relations $\Gamma_1$,
+ $\nabla_{\rm ad}$, $\chi_T^{},\,\chi_\rho^{}$,
+ $\kappa_P^{},\,\kappa_T^{}$.
+ These depend only on the unperturbed
+ thermodynamical state of the layer. Therefore the above relations
+ define the one-zone-stability equations of state
+ $S_{\rm dyn},\,S_{\rm sec}$
+ and $S_{\rm vib}$. See Fig.~\ref{FigVibStab} for a picture of
+ $S_{\rm vib}$. Regions of secular instability are
+ listed in Table~\ref{TabSecInst}.
+
+%
+% One column figure
+%----------------------------------------------------------- S_vib
+ \begin{figure}[htbp]
+ \picplace{5cm}
+ \caption{Vibrational stability equation of state
+ $S_{\rm vib}(\lg e, \lg \rho)$.
+ $>0$ means vibrational stability
+ }
+ \label{FigVibStab}
+ \end{figure}
+%
+%
+% 14.Sep.'90: Demo Vs.
+%______________________________________________________________
+
+\section{Conclusions}
+
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item The conditions for the stability of static, radiative
+ layers in gas spheres, as described by Baker's (1966) standard
+ one-zone model, can be expressed as stability equations
+ of state. These stability equations of state depend only on
+ the local thermodynamic state of the layer.
+ \item If the constitutive relations -- equations of state and
+ Rosseland mean opacities -- are specified, the stability
+ equations of state can be evaluated without specifying
+ properties of the layer.
+ \item For solar composition gas the $\kappa$-mechanism is
+ working in the regions of the ice and dust features
+ in the opacities, the $\rm H_2$ dissociation and the
+ combined H, first He ionization zone, as
+ indicated by vibrational instability. These regions
+ of instability are much larger in extent and degree of
+ instability than the second He ionization zone
+ that drives the Cephe{\"\i}d pulsations.
+ \end{enumerate}
+
+ \acknowledgements
+%________________________________________ Do not leave a blank line here!
+ Part of this work was supported by the German
+ {\em Deut\-sche For\-schungs\-ge\-mein\-schaft, DFG\/} project
+ number Ts~17/2--1.
+
+%
+% 14.Sep.'90: Demo-Vs.
+%_____________________________________________________________________
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+
+ \bibitem{} Baker N., 1966,
+ in: Stellar Evolution,
+ eds.\ R. F. Stein, A. G. W. Cameron,
+ Plenum, New York, p.\ 333
+
+ \bibitem{} Balluch M., 1988,
+ A\&A 200, 58
+
+ \bibitem{} Cox J. P., 1980,
+ Theory of Stellar Pulsation,
+ Princeton University Press, Princeton, p.\ 165
+
+ \bibitem{} Cox A. N., Stewart J. N., 1969,
+ Academia Nauk, Scientific Information 15, 1
+
+ \bibitem{} Kr\"ugel E., 1971,
+ Der Rosselandsche Mittelwert bei tiefen Temperaturen,
+ Diplom--Thesis, Univ.\ G\"ottingen
+
+ \bibitem{} Mizuno H., 1980,
+ Prog. Theor. Phys. 64, 544
+
+ \bibitem{} Tscharnuter W. M., 1987,
+ A\&A 188, 55
+
+ \bibitem{} Wuchterl G., 1989,
+ Zur Entstehung der Gasplaneten.\ Ku\-gel\-sym\-me\-tri\-sche
+ Gas\-str\"o\-mun\-gen auf Pro\-to\-pla\-ne\-ten,
+ Dissertation, Univ.\ Wien
+
+ \bibitem{} Yorke H. W., 1979,
+ A\&A 80, 215
+
+ \bibitem{} Yorke H. W., 1980a,
+ A\&A 86, 286
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97fe2458d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1458 @@
+% laa.doc version 1.1 as of 25-Feb-91
+%
+% This is LAA.DOC, the documentation of the
+% LaTeX style file from Springer-Verlag for the
+% Astronomy and Astrophysics Main Journal
+%
+% It is for use with LaTeX version 2.09
+%
+% Please report all errors via e-mail to SPRINGER@DHDSPRI6.bitnet
+% or to the address mentioned on page 2 of the documentation
+%
+\documentstyle{laa}
+\def\LaTex{{\xviipt{\rm L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\xviipt\sc a}\kern-.15em
+ T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}}
+\def\textfontii{\the\textfont\tw@}
+\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
+ {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX}
+%
+\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{--}
+\newenvironment{alpherate}%
+{\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{(\alph{enumi})}\begin{enumerate}}%
+{\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{enumi}\end{enumerate}}
+%
+\setlength{\textwidth}{14.5truecm}
+\addtolength{\fboxsep}{2pt}
+\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.4pt}
+\newcommand{\BibTeX}{{\sc Bib}\TeX}
+\newcommand{\laa}{\LaTeX{} A\&A style}
+\newcommand{\Msun}{M_{\odot}}
+\newcommand{\listing}[1]{\begin{verbatim}\input#1}
+%
+% demonstration article for A&A
+% units etc.
+\newcommand{\cm}{\ {\rm cm}}
+\newcommand{\mG}{\ {\rm mG}}
+\newcommand{\dyn}{\ {\rm dyn}}
+\newcommand{\erg}{\ {\rm erg}}
+\newcommand{\kpc}{\ {\rm kpc}}
+\newcommand{\yr}{\ {\rm yr}}
+\newcommand{\secnd}{\ {\rm s}}
+\newcommand{\Msol}{M_{\odot}}
+%
+% references
+%
+\newcommand{\araa}{ARA\&A} % Annual Review of Astronomy and Astrophys.
+\newcommand{\afz}{Afz} % Astrofizica
+\newcommand{\aj}{AJ} % Astronomical Journal
+\newcommand{\azh}{AZh} % Astronomicekij Zhurnal
+\newcommand{\aaa}{A\&A} % Astronomy and Astrophysics
+\newcommand{\aas}{A\&AS} % Astronomy and Astrophys. Supplement Series
+\newcommand{\aar}{A\&AR} % Astronomy and Astrophysics Review
+\newcommand{\apj}{ApJ} % Astronphysical Journal
+\newcommand{\apss}{Ap\&SS} % Astronphysics and Space Science
+\newcommand{\baas}{BAAS} % Bulletin of the American Astron. Society
+\newcommand{\jaa}{JA\&A} % Journal of Astronomy and Astrophysics
+\newcommand{\mnras}{MNRAS} % Monthly Notices of the Roy. Astron. Society
+\newcommand{\nat}{Nat} % Nature
+\newcommand{\pasj}{PASJ} % Publ. of the Astron. Society of Japan
+\newcommand{\pasp}{PASP} % Publ. of the Astron. Society of the Pacific
+\newcommand{\paspc}{PASPC} % Publ. Astron. Soc. Pacific Conf. Proc.
+\newcommand{\qjras}{QJRAS} % Quart. Journal of the Royal Astron. Society
+\newcommand{\Sci}{Sci} % Science
+\newcommand{\sova}{SvA} % Soviet Astronomy
+\newcommand{\rasav}{Ric.~astr.~Specola astr.~Vatic.}
+% Richerche Astronomicha. Specola astronomica Vaticana
+\newcommand{\sca}{Scient.~Am.} % Scientific American
+\newcommand{\stel}{Sky Telesc.} % Sky and Telescope
+\newcommand{\spsrev}{Space Sci.~Rev.} % Space Science Reviews
+\newcommand{\phfl}{Phys. Fluids}
+\newcommand{\phrev}{Phys. Rev.}
+\newcommand{\rprph}{Rep. Prog. Phys.}
+\newcommand{\rmph}{Rev. Mod. Phys.}
+\newcommand{\jplph}{J. Plasma Phys.}
+\newcommand{\jmph}{J. Math. Phys.}
+\newcommand{\jgeores}{J. Geophys. Res.}
+%
+\newfont{\mytitlebigfont}{cmr10 scaled \magstep5}
+\newfont{\mytitlefont}{cmr10 scaled \magstep3}
+%
+\begin{document}
+\onecolumn
+\begin{titlepage}
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{4}\small\normalsize
+\vspace*{.5cm}
+\begin{center}
+\mytitlebigfont
+ASTRONOMY\\
+AND\\
+ASTROPHYSICS
+\end{center}
+\vspace{2cm}
+\begin{center}
+\mytitlefont
+A European Journal\\[3cm]
+Springer Verlag\\
+\LaTex{} A\&A style file\\
+1990
+\end{center}
+\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1}\small\normalsize
+\end{titlepage}
+%
+\addtocounter{page}{1}
+\section*{For further information please contact us at Springer-Verlag,
+Heidelberg:}
+\label{assist}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{.5cm}}p{.5\textwidth}}
+Mailing address: & Springer-Verlag\\
+ & New Technologies/Product Developement\\
+ & P.O.~Box 105280\\
+ & D-6900 Heidelberg 1, FRG\\[2mm]
+Datex-P dial: & FRG 456 221 4305\\
+ & If you do not yet have an account, press RETURN when
+ asked for your name; then simply leave a message.\\
+ & The file name should be your name and country
+ or state, e.g. smith-texas\\[2mm]
+bitnet/EARN: & SPRINGER @ DHDSPRI6 \\[2mm]
+Telex: & 46\,17\,23 \\[2mm]
+Telefax: & (0) 62\,21 43\,982
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%
+\section*{Mailing address for your disk/magnetic tape and output:}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular*}{\textwidth}%
+{@{}l@{\extracolsep{\fill}}ll@{\extracolsep{0pt}}}
+J.~Lequeux (Editor in Chief) & M.~Grewing (Editor in Chief) &
+ S.~R.~Pottasch (Letters Editor)\\
+Astronomy and Astrophysics & Astronomy and Astrophysics & Kapteyn
+ Astronomical Institute\\
+Editorial Office & Editorial Office & P.O.~Box 800\\
+Observatoire de Meudon & c/o Astronomisches Institut &
+ NL--9700 AV Groningen\\
+F--92\,195 Meudon Principal Cedex & Waldh\"auserstra\ss{}e 64 & The
+ Netherlands\\
+France & D--7400 T\"ubingen & Tel. (31-50) 63\,40\,93\\
+Tel. (33-1) 45-07-06-30 & Fed.~Rep.~of Germany & Telex (44) 53\,572
+ stars nl\\
+Telex (42) 27\,09\,12 obsastr & Tel. (49-70\,71) 29\,49\,82 & Telefax
+ (31-50) 63\,40\,33\\
+Telefax (33-1) 46\,26\,62\,93 & Telefax (49-0\,70\,71) 29\,34\,58\\
+ & Telex (41) 7\,262\,714 ait d \\
+E-Mail: & E-Mail\\
+EARN AANDA @ FRMEU 51 & Datex-P 02\,62-45\,707\,130\,039\\
+SPAN MESIOA::AANDA & SPAN AITMVX::AAPTUE
+\end{tabular*}
+\end{flushleft}
+The following formats are acceptable: 5.25$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette
+MS-DOS, 5.25$^{\prime\prime}$ CP/M, 3.5$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette
+MS-DOS, 3.5$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette Apple MacIntosh, 9-track 1600
+bpi magnetic tape VAX/VMS, 9-track 1600 bpi magnetic tape ANSI with
+label, 9-track 1600 bpi magnetic tape SUN-Streamer Tape.
+
+Once you have completed your work using this style file,
+please submit your own printout of the
+{\em final version together with the disk
+or magnetic tape\/} containing your
+\LaTeX{} input (source) file and the final DVI-file and {\em make sure
+that the text in each is identical.}
+
+Articles coded with \LaTeX{} but not with the \laa{} file,
+and those not using Monotype Times fonts (MT fonts), cannot be
+accepted for electronic processing; they will be typeset in the
+conventional way.
+%
+\newpage
+\tableofcontents
+\newpage
+%
+\section{Introduction}
+%
+Authors wishing to code their article for
+\begin{center}
+{\em Astronomy and Astrophysics}
+\end{center}
+with \LaTeX{}, as well as
+those who have already coded it with \LaTeX{},
+will be provided with a style file that will give the text the
+desired layout. Authors are requested
+to adhere strictly to these instructions; {\em the \laa{} file
+must not be changed}.
+
+For the main body of the paper (the text)
+you should use the commands of standard \LaTeX{}.
+Even if you are familiar with these commands, we urge you to read
+this entire document thoroughly. It contains many suggestions on
+how to use our commands properly; thus with little work your paper
+will be formatted exactly to the A\&A standard.
+
+If you are already familiar with \LaTeX{}, then the
+\laa{} file should not give you any major difficulties.
+This style file will change the layout to the required A\&A style
+(for instance it will define the layout of \verb|\section|).
+We have also invented some extra commands,
+which are not provided by \LaTeX{} (e.g.
+\verb|\institute|, see Sect.~\ref{contbegin}).
+
+The majority of these hints are not specific for A\&A; they may improve
+your use of \LaTeX{} in general.
+Furthermore, the documentation provides suggestions for the proper
+editing and use
+of the input files (capitalization, abbreviation, etc. -- see
+Sect.~\ref{refedit}).
+
+Depending on your \LaTeX{} installation, especially the file
+\verb|LFONTS.TEX|, you can get the
+\LaTeX{} warning: \verb|No \boldmath typeface
+in this size, using \unboldmath.| This can be ignored because in
+the final version with the original MT fonts it will be correct.
+
+Articles using \LaTeX{} but not coded and formatted with the \laa{} file
+or {\em without} using MT fonts will have to be processed in the conventional
+way.
+%
+\subsection{Preparing the final version for submission}
+%
+Before submitting the {\em final} version of an article to the editorial
+office, authors must run \LaTeX{} with the MTLPLAIN format file.
+(Run it twice if you have citations or references.)
+In this way the original Monotype Times fonts (MT fonts)
+can be simulated, i.e. the length of lines, paragraphs, width of
+characters, and word divisions are absolutely identical with the printed
+version. Thus, proofreading becomes unnecessary and, at the same time,
+publication times are shortened. The installation of the MT fonts is
+described on page \pageref{mtinstr}.
+
+We do not advise using M\LaTeX{} (see Sect.~\ref{mlatex})
+from the start. Please note
+that the fonts will be only a simulation of the Monotype
+Times fonts.
+They may not appear well proportioned on your own printout
+if you use, for example, HP Laserjet, Apple Laserwriter
+(in general Postscript capable printers),
+this will be automatically corrected in the final version
+produced by the printers.
+The Previewer from Arbortext will work with the simulated
+fonts; however, other preview programs may not work.
+\begin{flushleft}
+\addtolength{\textwidth}{-11pt}
+\fbox{\parbox{\textwidth}{Once you have
+completed your work using this style file,
+please submit your own printout of the final version
+{\em together with the disk or magnetic tape} containing your
+\LaTeX{} input (source) file and the final DVI-file and {\em make sure
+that the text in each is identical.}}}
+\addtolength{\textwidth}{11pt}
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section{How to begin}
+%
+Please insert the enclosed diskette or tape into your computer. You will
+find the following files:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{5mm}}l@{\hspace{5mm}}l}
+Directory &Files&Contents \\
+\verb|\latex|&{\em laa.doc}
+ & General instructions (this document).\\
+\verb|\latex|&{\em laa.dem} & Run this to get a sample output.\\
+\verb|\latex|&{\em laa.sty}
+ & {\rm \laa{}} file for use with normal CM-Fonts.\\
+\verb|\latex|&{\em laamt.sty}
+ & {\rm \laa{}} file for use with MT-Fonts.\\[1.5mm]
+\verb|\|&{\em aa.the}
+& List of thesaurus codes (print it using the plain package
+\verb|\plain\aa.cmm|).
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+You need to run your file with the command:
+\verb|latex filename| or \verb|mlatex filename|.
+If you have citations or references run it
+once more with the same command.
+
+In order to facilitate the refereeing process (and to yield fine
+preprints!), please generate a ``referee version'' (single column,
+double-line spacing), before using the MT fonts
+by giving the following document-style option in
+the line \verb|\documentstyle{laa}| (or see in laatext.dem):
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[referee]{laa}
+\end{verbatim}
+After acceptance of your paper, delete this option in order to generate
+the final version.
+%
+\subsection{How to invoke the \protect\laa{} file}
+%
+The \laa{} file is an adaptation of the \LaTeX{} ``article'' style.
+Therefore you may use all ``article'' style commands to prepare your
+manuscript. \laa{} file is invoked by requesting ``laa'' in the
+\verb|documentstyle|-command:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{laa}
+ \begin{document}
+ <your article>
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+Do not use any other document-style options except for \verb|referee|!
+%
+\subsection{Articles already coded with \LaTeX{} without
+the \protect\laa{} file}
+%
+If your file is already coded with \LaTeX{}
+you can easily adapt it a posteriori to \laa{}.
+Articles using \LaTeX{} but not coded and formatted with the
+\laa{} file cannot be accepted at the present
+time; they will have to be processed in the conventional way.
+
+Please refrain from using any \LaTeX{} or \TeX{} commands
+that affect the layout or formatting of your document (i.e. commands
+like \verb|\textheight|, \verb|\vspace|, \verb|\hoffset|, etc.).
+There may nevertheless be exceptional occasions
+when some of them may be used.
+
+The \laa{} file has been carefully designed to produce the right layout
+from your \LaTeX{} input. If there is anything specific you would like
+to do and for which the style file does not provide a command,
+{\em please contact us.\/}
+
+If you have your own macros or definitions, insert them as shown here:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{laa}
+ <your own macros or definitions>
+ \begin{document}
+ <your article>
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\section{General rules for coding formulas}
+%
+With mathematical formulas, you may proceed as described
+in Sect.~3.3 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport (1986), Addison-Wesley Publishing
+Company, Reading, Mass.
+
+A formula that appears in the running text is produced by enclosing
+it in \verb|$| signs, e.g. \verb|$ x^{2} $|
+produces $x^{2}$.\label{math}
+
+Displayed formulas are produced by the
+equation environment; here
+equations are automatically numbered sequentially throughout
+your article using arabic
+numerals in parentheses on the right-hand side.
+
+If you have to break equations, please use the eqnarray environment
+described in Sect.~3.3.5 on p.~49 of the \LaTeX{} book.
+
+If you wish to start a new paragraph immediately after a displayed
+equation, insert a blank line to produce the required
+indention. If there is no new paragraph either do not insert
+a blank line or insert a blank line and
+code \verb|\noindent| immediately before continuing the text.
+
+Please punctuate a displayed equation in the same way as
+ordinary text.
+
+Note that the sizes of the parentheses or other delimiter
+symbols used in equations should ideally match the height of the
+formulas being enclosed. This is automatically taken care of by
+the following \LaTeX{} commands, e.g.\ \
+\verb|\left(| \quad or \quad \verb|\left[| \quad and \quad
+\verb|\right)| \quad or \quad \verb|\right]|.
+%
+\subsection{Italic and roman type in the math mode}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+In the math mode \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} treat all letters as though they
+were mathematical or physical variables; hence they are typeset in
+italics. However, any textual elements within formulas should be
+coded for roman. Roman should also be used for
+subscripts and superscripts {\em in formulas\/} where these are
+merely labels and not in themselves variables, e.g.\\
+\verb|$T_{\rm eff} = 5\,10^{9} \mbox{ K}$| produce
+$T_{\rm eff} = 5\,10^{9} \mbox{ K}$\\
+\verb|$T_{\rm K}$| produce $T_{\rm K}$ (K = Kelvin)\\
+\verb|$m_{\rm e}$| produce $m_{\rm e}$ (e = electron).
+
+However, do not code for roman
+if the subscripts or superscripts represent variables,
+e.g. $\sum_{i=1}^{n} a_{i}$.
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad
+ \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr.
+\end{equation}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad
+ \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr.
+\end{equation}
+%
+\item
+Please ensure that {\em physical units\/} (e.g.\ pc, erg s$^{-1}$
+K, cm$^{-3}$, W m$^{-2}$ Hz$^{-1}$, m kg s$^{-2}$ A$^{-2}$) and
+{\em abbreviations} such as Ord, Var, GL, SL, sgn, const.\
+are always set in roman type. To ensure
+this use the \verb|\mbox| command: \verb|\mbox{Hz}|.
+On p.\ 46 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport you will find the names of
+common mathe\-matical functions, such as log, sin, exp, max and sup.
+These should be coded as \verb|\log|,
+\verb|\sin|, \verb|\exp|, \verb|\max|, \verb|\sup|
+and will then automatically appear in roman.
+%
+\item
+In order
+to distinguish ``d'' used as ``differential sign'' and ``e''
+used as ``exponential function'' from normal variables,
+please code ``d'' and ``e'' for roman.
+%
+\item
+Chemical symbols and formulas should be coded for roman,
+e.g.\ Fe not $Fe$, H$_{2}$O not {\em H$_{2}$O\/}, H$\alpha$ not
+{\em H${\alpha}$}.
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\section{How to edit your input (source) file}
+\label{refedit}
+%
+\subsection{Headings}
+%
+The main title, subtitle, and all headings should not be capitalized,
+except, of course, for the first letter and any other words which are
+always capitalized. Titles have no end punctuation.
+%
+\subsection{Capitalization and non-capitalization}
+\label{capit}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+The following should always be capitalized:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+Abbreviations and expressions in the text such as
+Fig(s)., Table(s), Sect(s)., Chap(s)., Paper, Theorem,
+etc. but only when used with numbers, e.g. Fig.~3, Table~1,
+Paper III, Theorem 2.
+\end{itemize}
+Please follow the special rules
+in Sect.~4.3 for referring to equations.
+\item
+The following should {\em not\/} be capitalized:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+The words figure(s), table(s), equation(s),
+theorem(s) in the text when used without an accompanying number.
+\item
+Figure legends and table captions except for names,
+certain abbreviations, and the opening letter.
+\end{itemize}
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\subsection{Abbreviation of words}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+The following {\em should\/} be abbreviated
+when they appear in running text followed by a number {\em unless\/}
+they come at the beginning of a sentence:
+Chap., Sect., Fig., Eq.; e.g.\\
+The results are depicted in Fig.~5. Figure 9 reveals that \dots\\
+{\em Please note\/}: Equations should be referred by the abbreveation
+``Eq.'' and the respective number in parentheses,
+e.g.\ Eq.~(14). However, when the reference comes at the
+beginning of a sentence, the unabbreviated word ``Equation''
+should be used, e.g.\\
+Equation (14) is very important. However, Eq.~(15)
+makes it clear that \dots
+\item
+If abbreviations of names or concepts are used throughout
+the article, they should be defined at first occurrence,
+e.g. active galactic nuclei (AGN), magnetohydrodynamic (MHD).
+If these names or concepts are also mentioned in the Abstract,
+they should be defined there as well.
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\subsection{Foreign words and phrases}
+%
+Foreign words that have not come into general use are italicized.
+If a word or phrase or its abbrevation can be found in the main body
+of {\em Webster's\/} (and this also applies to British usage),
+it and its abbrevation are considered to be in general use and
+are not italicized. E.g. et al., cf., e.g.,
+a priori, in situ, brems\-strah\-lung, eigenvalues, should not be
+italicized.
+%
+\section{How to code the beginning of your article}
+\label{contbegin}
+%
+\subsection{Section number and thesaurus codes}
+\label{thescode}
+%
+When your article is published, the title and author(s)
+will be printed in the table of contents under the appropriate section
+heading (e.g. ``Cosmology'', ``Extragalactic astronomy'' etc.) In the
+annual index (and later in the 5-year index) your article will appear
+under between one and six (maximum) different subject headings
+(or key words). For computer storage and sorting, it is
+necessary that the {\em section number\/} and {\em thesaurus
+code numbers\/} are typeset above the title in the page proofs.
+The thirteen subject sections are listed on the first page of each
+issue of the journal. The list of thesaurus code numbers (revised in
+December 1989) is to be found on pages 471--473 of the 1989 annual
+index (A\&A 226/2, December II, 1989). These numbers correspond to
+the subject headings (or key words) used in the annual indexes.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\thesaurus{<thesaurus code(s)>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Example:}
+An article on ``Magnetohydrodynamic shock waves'' belongs to
+Sect.~3 (``Extragalactic astronomy'') and will be listed in the annual
+index under ``Acceleration mechanisms'' (01.01.1),
+``Galaxies: jets of''
+(07.13.1) and ``Hydromagnetics'' (08.01.1). The complete coding, printed
+automatically in boldface at the top of the
+first page, should have the following
+presentation (note that the codes within the parentheses are
+separated by semicolons):
+\begin{verbatim}
+\thesaurus{03(01.01.1; 07.13.1; 08.01.1)}
+\end{verbatim}
+The list of possible thesaurus codes and their meanings are included on
+the file {\em laa.the} in the root directory of the distribution
+disk (to be \TeX{}'ed using the plain\,\TeX{} package
+\verb|\plain\aa.cmm|).
+%
+\subsection{The title}
+%
+Code the title of your article as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title{<your title>}
+\subtitle{<your subtitle>}
+\end{verbatim}
+The main title and the subtitle should not be capitalized,
+except for the first letter and any other words which are
+always capitalized.
+
+If a long \verb|\title| or \verb|\subtitle|
+needs to be divided, please use the code \verb|\\| \ \ (for new line).
+%
+\subsection{Names of authors}
+%
+The preferred form for each name is: initial(s)
+of the forename(s) followed by the family name.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{<first author's name>
+\and <second author's name> ...}
+\end{verbatim}
+If there is more than one author, the order is optional.
+The names should be separated by \verb|\and|.
+
+If the authors have different affiliations, each name has to be
+followed by
+\begin{verbatim}
+\inst{<number>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Numbers referring to
+different addresses should be attached to each author.
+
+If there is more than one author, please provide an address for
+offprint requests, for example
+\begin{verbatim}
+\offprints{<name>}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\subsection{Addresses}
+%
+If there is more than one address,
+the entries are numbered automatically
+with \verb|\and|, in the order in which you type them.
+Please make sure that the numbers match those placed next to
+to the authors' names.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\institute{<name of the first institute>
+\and <name of the second institute> ...}
+\end{verbatim}
+(Unlike usual \LaTeX{} the \verb|\and| command is also used with the
+\verb|\institute| command.)
+%
+\subsection{Footnotes to the title block other than addresses}
+%
+If footnotes to the title, subtitle, author's names or institute
+addresses are needed, please code immediately after the word
+where the footnote indicator should be placed. These footnotes
+are marked by asterisks ($\star$). Please make the following
+input:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\thanks{<text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\subsection{Dates of receipt and acceptance}
+%
+Although the dates of receipt and acceptance of your
+manuscript will be fixed by the editors and inserted
+by the publisher, please make the following input:
+\verb|\date{Received date; accepted date}|
+
+The date is inserted later in the format {\tt month day,
+year}.
+\paragraph{Example:}\verb|\date{Received June 2, accepted September 22,
+1988}|
+\subsection{Typesetting the header}
+%
+After having entered the commands described so far in this section,
+please enter the command
+\begin{verbatim}
+\maketitle
+\end{verbatim}
+It will format the complete heading of your article. If you leave
+it out, the work done so far will produce {\em no\/} text.
+You will find a complete example of the beginning of an article
+later in this section.
+%
+\subsection{Abstract}
+%
+Proceed as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{abstract}
+<text of your abstract (summary)>
+\keywords{<keyword -- keyword -- keyword ...>}
+\end{abstract}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Please make sure that there is no blank line between
+the \verb|\begin{abstract}| string
+and the text of your abstract.
+%
+\subsection{Key words}
+%
+For the sake of simplicity and uniformity, authors should choose
+not more than six key words which are identical to those already
+chosen as thesaurus codes in Sect.~\ref{thescode} above.
+The heading ``Key words'' appears automatically.
+The individual key words
+should be separated by an en-dash (see Sect.~\ref{finetune})
+with one blank before and after.
+%
+\subsection{A complete example for the beginning}
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\thesaurus{03(01.01.1; 07.13.1; 08.01.1)}
+\title{Magnetohydrodynamic shock waves}
+\subtitle{I. Investigation of the structure of hot spots in
+ extragalactic radio jets}
+\author{N.~Copernicus\inst{1} \and G.~Galilei\inst{1,2} \and
+ E.P.~Hubble\inst{2,3} \and I.~Newton\inst{4}\thanks{On leave from
+ the Max-Planck-Institut f\"ur Radioastronomie, Auf dem H\"ugel 69,
+ D-5300 Bonn 1, Federal Republic of Germany}
+ \and C.~Ptolemaeus\inst{5}}
+\offprints{E.P.~Hubble}
+\institute{Institute of Physics, Pedagogical University, Pl.~Slowianski
+ 6, PL-65-069 Zielona Gora, Poland
+\and
+ Instituto di Fisica Generale, Via Pietro Giuria 1, I-10125
+ Torino, Italiy
+\and
+ Havard-Smithsonian Center for Astrophysics, 60 Garden Street,
+ Cambridge, MA 02138, USA
+\and
+ Armagh Observatory, Armagh, BT 61 9 DG, Northern Ireland
+\and
+ Department of Astronomy, University of Athens, Panepistimiopolis,
+ GR-15771 Zografos, Greece}
+\date{Received date; accepted date}
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract}
+The theory of special relativistic magnetohydrodynamic shock waves is
+...
+\keywords{acceleration mechanisms -- galaxies: jets of -- hydromagnetics}
+\end{abstract}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\section{How to code your text}
+%
+As for the main title and subtitle, headings should not be capitalized,
+except, of course, for the first letter and any other words which
+are always capitalized. Similary, headings -- except for italic run-in
+headings (produced by \verb|\paragraph{...}|) -- have no end
+punctuation.
+
+Main headings will be automatically numbered by the following makros.
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{This is a first-order title}
+\subsection{This is a second-order title}
+\subsubsection{This is a third-order title}
+\paragraph{This is an italic run-in heading.}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}
+\section*{1. This is a first-order title}
+\subsection*{1.1. This is a second-order title}
+\subsubsection*{1.1.1. This is a third-order title}
+\paragraph{This is an italic run-in heading.} The text
+continues in regular roman typeface.
+%
+\section{Fine tuning of the text}
+\label{finetune}
+%
+The following should be used to improve the readability of the text:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{.5cm}}p{.7\textwidth}}
+\verb|\,| & a thin space, e.g.\ between numbers with more than
+ 5 digits; a line division will not be made
+ following this space,\\
+\verb|--| & en-dash; two strokes, without a space at either end,\\
+\verb*| -- | & em-dash; two strokes, with a space at either end,\\
+\verb|-| & hyphen; one stroke, no space at either end,\\
+\verb|$-$| & minus, in the text {\em only},\\
+\verb|~| & tilde between parts of names.
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+20\,000 km, 1\,000\,000 s, NGC 468\,324
+1950--1985, p.~11--21
+this -- written on a computer -- is now printed
+signal-to-noise ration, early-type, metal-poor, non-relativistic
+$-30$ K, $-5^{\circ}$C
+Dr~h.c.~Rockefeller-Smith and Prof.~Dr~Mallory
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}
+\begin{flushleft}
+20\,000 km, 1\,000\,000 s, NGC 468\,324\\
+1950--1985, p.~11--21\\
+this -- written on a computer -- is now printed\\
+signal-to-noise ration, early-type, metal-poor, non-relativistic\\
+$-30$ K, $-5^{\circ}$C\\
+Dr~h.c.~Rockefeller-Smith and Prof.~Dr~Mallory
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section{Special typefaces}
+%
+Normal type (roman) need not be specified. {\em Emphasize\/}
+(not {\sl slanted\/}) should be used for emphasis in the text.
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{.5cm}}l}
+\verb|{\em Text}| & {\em Emphasized Text}.\\
+\verb|\vec{Symbol}| & Vectors may only appear in math mode.
+See note below.\\
+ & \verb|$\vec{A} \times \vec{B} \cdot \vec{C}|
+ yields $\vec{A}\times\vec{B}\cdot\vec{C}$.\\
+ & \verb|$\vec{A\/}^{\rm T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes \vec{\hat D}$|\\
+ & yields $\vec{A\/}^{\rm T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes \vec{\hat D}$.\\
+\verb|\tens{Symbol}| & Tensors may only appear in math mode. \\
+ & \verb|\tens{ABC}| yields $\tens{ABC}.$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\paragraph{Note:}
+Normally vectors are typeset as boldface italic symbols. But depending
+on your \LaTeX{} installation, especially the file \verb|LFONTS.TEX|,
+you might get the vectors printed as normal mathematical symbols, i.e.
+in italic typeface. You then will get the \LaTeX{} warning: \verb|No
+\boldmath typeface in this size, using \unboldmath.| This can be ignored
+because in the final version with the original MT fonts it will be
+correct.
+%
+\section{Footnotes}
+%
+Footnotes need to be punctuated at the end.
+Footnotes within the text should be coded
+\begin{verbatim}
+\footnote{<text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Text with a footnote\footnote{The footnote is automatically
+numbered.} and text continues \dots
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}
+\begin{flushleft}
+Text with a footnote\footnote{The footnote is automatically
+numbered.} and text continues \dots
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section{Lists}
+%
+Please code lists as described below:
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item First item,
+ \item second item,
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item first nested item,
+ \item second nested item,
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item third item.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item First item,
+\item second item,
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item first nested item,
+\item second nested item,
+\end{enumerate}
+\item third item.
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+\newpage
+\section{Figures}
+%
+The final positioning of floating objects (i.e. figures and tables)
+should be done at the end of development of your text.
+
+For further information see also Sect.~3.6.2 on p.~63 of the
+{\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport (1986), Addison-Wesley Publishing
+Company, Reading, Mass.
+Figure legends should be inserted after or before
+(not in) the paragraph in which the figure is first mentioned.
+They will be numbered automatically.
+
+The figure, including the legend, must not exceed 23~cm in height.
+Taller figures will be swallowed by \LaTeX{} without warning.
+
+{\em No\/} figures ({\em line drawings, halftone figures\/},
+or {\em figures containing halftone areas\/})
+should be pasted in, these will be reproduced separately.
+They should be enclosed separately in camera-ready form (glossy prints
+or photographs).
+
+As can be seen in the output, we will automatically
+leave 1~cm free above the box for the figure and 0.5~cm below.
+Please note that ``\verb|x|'' in the following
+coding stands for the {\em actual\/} height
+of the figure.
+%
+\subsection{Figures of width up to 8.8~cm (one column)}
+%
+Please code as follows:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\verb|\begin{figure}|\\
+\verb|\picplace{x cm}|\\
+\verb|\caption[ ]{...text of caption...}| \quad
+ (Type [ ] to save auxiliary space)\\
+\verb|\end{figure}|
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{2.5cm}
+\caption[ ]{This is the caption of width up to 8.8~cm (one column)}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{figure}[h]
+\fbox{\rule[-1.6cm]{7.8cm}{0cm}\phantom{Text}}
+\caption[ ]{This is the caption of width up to 8.8~cm (one column)}
+\end{figure}
+%
+\subsection{Figures of width up to 18~cm (extending over both columns)}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+\verb|\begin{figure*}|\\
+\verb|\picplace{x cm}|\\
+\verb|\caption[ ]{...text of caption...}| \quad
+ (Type [ ] to save auxiliary space)\\
+\verb|\end{figure*}|
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure*}
+\picplace{1.5cm}
+\caption[ ]{This is the caption of the figure of width 18~cm
+ (extending over both columns)}
+\end{figure*}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\newpage
+\typeout{The following overfull \string\hbox\space message can be
+ignored, the box is}
+\typeout{intentionally wider than the \string\textwidth\space of
+this documentation}
+\typeout{to demonstrate the output of double column figures in
+the journal.}
+\begin{figure*}[h]
+\fbox{\rule[-0.9cm]{17cm}{0cm}\phantom{Text}}
+\caption[ ]{This is the caption of the
+figure of width 18~cm (extending over both columns)}
+\end{figure*}
+%
+\section{Tables}
+%
+Tables should be treated
+in the same way as figure legends, except that
+the table captions appear {\em above\/} the tables. The tables
+will be numbered automa\-tically.
+
+Table columns should be set flush left. Vertical lines
+are normally not necessary and should only be inserted
+in exceptional cases for the sake of clarity.
+
+For further information you will find a complete description of
+the table and tabular environment
+on p.~63~ff. and p.~182 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \&
+Reference Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport.
+
+Height of tables must not exceed 23 cm. Taller tables will be swallowed
+by \LaTeX{} without warning.
+%
+\subsection{Tables coded with \LaTeX{} of width up to 8.8~cm
+(one column)}
+%
+As an example for simple coding of a table we give you
+the following advice for the coding.
+(Before continuing your text after the
+table environment you need an empty line.)
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption[ ]{Critical $N$ values}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{llllll}
+\hline
+$\Msun$ & $beta_{0}$ & $T_{\rm c6}$ & $\gamma$ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm L}$
+ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm Te}$\\
+\hline
+ 30 & 0.82 & 38.4 & 35.7 & 154 & 320 \\
+ 60 & 0.67 & 42.1 & 34.7 & 138 & 340 \\
+120 & 0.52 & 45.1 & 34.0 & 124 & 370 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{table}[h]
+\caption[ ]{Critical $N$ values}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+\begin{tabular}{llllll}
+\hline
+$\Msun$ & $\beta_{0}$ & $T_{\rm c6}$ & $\gamma$ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm L}$
+ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm Te}$\\
+\hline
+ 30 & 0.82 & 38.4 & 35.7 & 154 & 320 \\
+ 60 & 0.67 & 42.1 & 34.7 & 138 & 340 \\
+120 & 0.52 & 45.1 & 34.0 & 124 & 370 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table}
+%
+\subsection{Tables coded with \LaTeX{} of width up to 18~cm (extending
+over both columns)}
+%
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table*}
+\caption[ ]{Observational results from NGC 4827}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{llllllllllllll}
+\hline
+ & & \multicolumn{3}{l}{RA (1950)} &\ & \multicolumn{3}{l}{Dec (1950)}
+ & $S$ & Pol & \% & $\log P$\\
+\cline{3-5}\cline{7-9}
+ & &(h) &(m) & (s) & & (\degr) & (\arcmin) & (\arcsec)
+ & (mJy) & (mJy) & & (W Hz$^{-1}$)\\
+\hline
+Core & (5 GHz) & 12 & 54 & 18.0 & & 27 & 26 & 56.2
+ & 8 & & & 21.64 \\
+Total&(327 MHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 210 & & & 23.13 \\
+ &(1.4 GHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 57 & 1.3 & 2 & 22.49 \\
+ & (5 GHz) & & & & & & &
+ & 26 & 0.73 & 3 & 22.15 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table*}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{table*}[h]
+\caption[ ]{Observational results from NGC 4827}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+\begin{tabular}{llllllllllllll}
+\hline
+ & & \multicolumn{3}{l}{RA (1950)} &\ & \multicolumn{3}{l}{Dec (1950)}
+ & $S$ & Pol & \% & $\log P$\\
+\cline{3-5}\cline{7-9}
+ & &(h) &(m) & (s) & & (\degr) & (\arcmin) & (\arcsec)
+ & (mJy) & (mJy) & & (W Hz$^{-1}$)\\
+\hline
+Core & (5 GHz) & 12 & 54 & 18.0 & & 27 & 26 & 56.2
+ & 8 & & & 21.64 \\
+Total&(327 MHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 210 & & & 23.13 \\
+ &(1.4 GHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 57 & 1.3 & 2 & 22.49 \\
+ & (5 GHz) & & & & & & &
+ & 26 & 0.73 & 3 & 22.15 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table*}
+%
+\subsection{Tables not coded with \LaTeX{}}
+%
+If you do not wish to code your table using \LaTeX{}
+but prefer to have it reproduced separately,
+proceed similarily as for figures and use the following coding:
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\verb|\begin{table}| \quad
+ or \verb|\begin{table*}| for double-column table\\
+\verb|\caption[ ]{... text of caption ...}|\\
+\verb|\vspace{x cm}| \quad \verb|x| is the actual
+ height needed for your table\\
+\verb|\end{table}| \quad or \verb|\end{table*}| for double-column table
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section{Acknowledgements}
+%
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\verb|\acknowlegements{This research was partially supported by the
+Sonderforschungsbereich}|
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\acknowledgements This research was partially supported by the
+Sonderforschungsbereich
+%
+\section{Appendices}
+%
+Type \verb|\appendix| \\
+%
+Sets all sectioncounter etc to 0.
+Begin the actual appendix by typing\\
+\verb|\section{Appendix}|
+%
+\section{Signs and characters}
+%
+\subsection{Special signs}
+%
+You may need to use special signs.
+The available ones are listed in the
+{\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, pp.~44~ff.
+We have created further symbols for math mode
+(see p.~\pageref{math}):
+\begin{flushleft}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25}
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\hspace{2.5cm}}lll}
+\hline
+Input & Explanation & Output & Input & Explanation & Output\\
+\hline
+\verb|\la| & less or approx & $\la$ &
+ \verb|\ga| & greater or approx & $\ga$\\
+\verb|\getsto| & gets over to & $\getsto$ &
+ \verb|\cor| & corresponds to & $\cor$\\
+\verb|\lid| & less or equal & $\lid$ &
+ \verb|\gid| & greater or equal & $\gid$\\
+\verb|\sol| & similar over less & $\sol$ &
+ \verb|\sog| & similar over greater & $\sog$\\
+\verb|\lse| & less over simeq & $\lse$ &
+ \verb|\gse| & greater over simeq & $\gse$\\
+\verb|\grole| & greater over less & $\grole$ &
+ \verb|\leogr| & less over greater & $\leogr$\\
+\verb|\loa| & less over approx & $\loa$ &
+ \verb|\goa| & greater over approx & $\goa$\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+
+%
+%\newpage
+\subsection{Special characters in general}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25}
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\hspace{2cm}}lll}
+\hline
+Input & Explanation & Output & Input & Explanation & Output\\
+\hline
+\verb|\sun| & sun symbol & $\sun$ &
+ \verb|\degr| & degree & $\degr$\\
+\verb|\diameter| & diameter & \diameter &
+ \verb|\sq| & square & \squareforqed\\
+\verb|\fd| & fraction of day & \fd &
+ \verb|\fh| & fraction of hour & \fh\\
+\verb|\fm| & fraction of minute & \fm &
+ \verb|\fs| & fraction of second & \fs\\
+\verb|\fdg| & fraction of degree & \fdg &
+ \verb|\fp| & fraction of period & \fp\\
+\verb|\farcs| & fraction of arcsecond & \farcs &
+ \verb|\farcm| & fraction of arcmin & \farcm\\
+\verb|\arcsec| & arcsecond & \arcsec &
+ \verb|\arcmin| & arcminute & \arcmin\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\subsection{Gothic (Fraktur)}
+%
+In \LaTeX{} only the following gothic letters are
+available: \verb|$\Re$| which yields $\Re$, and \verb|$\Im$|
+which yields $\Im$.
+For the real and the imaginary parts of a complex number within math mode
+you should use instead \verb|$\mbox{Re}$| (which yields
+$\mbox{Re}$) or \verb|$\mbox{Im}$| (which yields $\mbox{Im}$).
+%
+\subsection{Script}
+%
+For script capitals use the coding\\
+\verb|${\cal AB}$| which yields ${\cal AB}$
+(see p.~43 of the \LaTeX{} book).
+%
+\subsection{Special roman}
+%
+We have created
+the blackboard bold characters also named special roman
+characters listed below.
+\begin{flushleft}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25}
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\hspace{2cm}}lll}
+\hline
+Input & Explanation & Output & Input & Explanation & Output\\
+\hline
+\verb|$\bbbc$| & complex numbers & $\bbbc$ &
+\verb|$\bbbf$| & blackboard bold F & $\bbbf$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbh$| & blackboard bold H & $\bbbh$ &
+\verb|$\bbbk$| & blackboard bold K & $\bbbk$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbm$| & blackboard bold M & $\bbbm$ &
+\verb|$\bbbn$| & natural numbers N & $\bbbn$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbp$| & blackboard bold P & $\bbbp$ &
+\verb|$\bbbq$| & rational numbers & $\bbbq$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbr$| & real numbers & $\bbbr$ &
+\verb|$\bbbs$| & blackboard bold S & $\bbbs$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbt$| & blackboard bold T & $\bbbt$ &
+\verb|$\bbbz$| & integer numbers & $\bbbz$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbone$| & symbol one & $\bbbone$ & & & \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\subsection{Small capitals}
+%
+Small capitals are used for roman numerals denoting ``degree of
+ionization'' e.g.\ H\,{\sc i}, H\,{\sc ii} region, C\,{\sc iv} produced
+by \verb|H\,{\sc i}|, \verb|H\,{\sc ii} region|, \verb|C\,{\sc iv}|.
+%
+\subsection{Invented symbols}
+%
+If you use your own home-grown symbols, we need a list of these for the
+further processing.
+%
+Our package automatically produces a list of all special symbols if they
+have names of the form \verb|\special| xx where xx is a roman numeral.
+%
+So either define your symbols giving them names \verb|\speciali
+\specialii| etc. or assign these names as ``aliases"\\
+\verb|\def\peter{...}|\\
+\verb|\let\speciali =\peter|\\
+%
+Be sure your makros work without math mode.
+%
+\section{References}
+\label{refer}
+%
+For overall information on the reference environment
+see the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, p.~73.
+
+Please abbreviate journal names according to the lists 16.2 and 16.3
+only.
+%
+\subsection{Author--year system}
+%
+References are cited in the text by name and year in parentheses
+and should look as follows:
+(Smith 1970, 1980; Ekeland et al. 1985, Theorem 2; Jones \& Jaffe
+1986; Farrow 1988, Chap.~2). If the name is part of the sentence
+only the year may appear in parentheses,
+e.g.\ Ekeland et al. (1985, Sect.~2.1).
+The reference list should contain all citations occurring in the text,
+ordered alphabetically by surname (with initials following). If there
+are several works by the same author(s) the references should be listed
+in the appropriate order indicated below:
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+One author: list works chronologically;
+\item
+Author and same co-author(s): list works chronologically;
+\item
+Author and different co-authors: list works alphabetically
+according to co-authors.
+\end{alpherate}
+If there are several works by the same author(s) and in the same year,
+but which are cited separately, they should be distinguished by
+the use of ``a'', ``b'' etc., e.g. (Smith 1982a; Ekeland et al. 1982b).
+%
+\subsubsection{How to code author-year system}
+%
+Write the surname of the author for your citation in the
+text explicitly, leaving the year up to \LaTeX{} with the
+\verb|\cite{<label name>}| command.
+Then give only the appropriate year as the optional
+argument with the command \verb|\bibitem[<year>]{<label name>}|.
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+The results in this section are a refined version of
+Clarke \& Ekeland (\cite{clar:eke}); the minimality result
+of Proposition~14 was the first of its kind.
+\end{verbatim}
+The above input produces (after running your programm twice)
+the citation:
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}
+\begin{flushleft}
+``\dots{} refined version of
+Clarke \& Ekeland (\cite{clar:eke}); the minimality \dots''.
+\end{flushleft}
+
+Then the \verb|\bibitem|
+entry of the \verb|thebibliography| environment should read:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{} % (do not forget {})
+\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I. 1982, Nonlinear oscillations
+and boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems,
+Arch.~Rat.~Mech.~Anal., 78, 315
+\bibitem[1985]{milani:nobili}
+Milani, A., Nobili, A.M. 1985, A\&A, 144, 261
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}
+\begin{thebibliography}{} % (do not forget {})
+\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I. 1982, Nonlinear oscillations
+and boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems,
+Arch.~Rat.~Mech.~Anal., 78, 315
+\bibitem[1985]{milani:nobili}
+Milani, A., Nobili, A.M. 1985, A\&A, 144, 261
+\end{thebibliography}
+%
+\newpage
+\subsection{Abbreviations of frequently used journals}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
+ARA\&A & Annual Review of Astronomy and Astrophysics\\
+Afz & Astrofizica\\
+AJ & Astronomical Journal (the)\\
+AZh & Astronomiceskij Zhurnal\\
+A\&A & Astronomy and Astrophysics (Letters indicated by number)\\
+A\&AS & Astronomy and Astrophysics Supplement Series\\
+A\&AR & Astronomy and Astrophysics Review (the)\\
+ApJ & Astrophysical Journal (the) (Letters indicated by number)\\
+ApJS & Astrophysical Journal Supplement Series (the)\\
+Ap\&SS & Astrophysics and Space Science\\
+BAAS & Bulletin of the American Astronomical Society\\
+JA\&A & Journal of Astronomy and Astrophysics\\
+MNRAS & Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society\\
+Nat & Nature\\
+PASJ & Publications of the Astronomical Society of Japan\\
+PASP & Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific\\
+PASPC & Ditto, Conference Proceedings\\
+QJRAS & Quarterly Journal of the Royal Astronomical Society\\
+Sci & Science\\
+SvA & Soviet Astronomy
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\subsection{Abbreviations of less frequently used journals
+(IAU acronyms)}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.35\textwidth}p{.6\textwidth}}
+Acta Astron.~Sin.
+ & Acta Astronomica Sinica\\
+Acta Astron.
+ & Acta Astronomica\\
+Ark.~Astron.
+ & Arkiv for Astronomi\\
+Astron.~Nachr.
+ & Astronomische Nachrichten\\
+Aust.~J.~Phys.
+ & Australian Journal of Physics\\
+Aust.~J.~Phys.~ Astrophys.~Suppl.
+ & Australian Journal of Physics Astrophysics Supplement\\
+Chin.~Astron.
+ & Chinese Astronomy\\
+C.~R.~Acad.~Sci.~Paris
+ & Comptes Rendus de l'Acad\'{e}mie des Science\\
+IAU Circ.
+ & International Astronomical Union, Circular\\
+Icarus & Icarus\\
+Ir. Astron.~ J.
+ & Irish Astronomical Journal\\
+J.~R.~Astron.~Soc.~Can.
+ & Journal of the Royal Astronomical Society of Canada\\
+Mem.~R.~Astron.~Soc.
+ & Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society\\
+Mem.~Soc.~Astron.~Ital.
+ & Memorie della Societa Astronomica Italiana\\
+Mitt.~Astron.~Ges.
+ & Mitteilungen der Astronomischen Gesellschaft\\
+Mon.~Notes Astron.~Soc.~S.~Afr.
+ & Monthly Notes of the Astronomical Society of Southern Africa\\
+Observatory & Observatory (the)\\
+Phil.~Trans.~R.~Soc.~London,~Ser.~A
+ & Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London,\\
+ & Series A\\
+Proc.~Astron.~Soc.~Aust.
+ & Proceedings of the Astronomical Society of Australia\\
+Rev.~Mex.~Astron.~Astrofis.
+ & Revista Mexicana de Astronomia y Astrofisica\\
+Ric.~Astron.~Specola~Vaticana
+ & Ricerche Astronomiche. Specola Vaticana\\
+Sci.~Am. & Scientific American\\
+Sky Telesc. & Sky and Telescope\\
+Space Sci.~Rev. & Space Science Reviews
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\subsection{The use of\/ {\rm\BibTeX{}}}
+%
+If you normally use \BibTeX{} to produce your references please
+customize its bibliography style according to the things mentioned
+above. We are working on an A\&A bibliography style for \BibTeX{} but
+it is not yet completely tested.
+So please be patient until the next release appears.
+%
+\section{How to install and use M\LaTeX{}}
+\label{mlatex}
+%
+Before submitting the final version of an article to the editorial
+office, authors must run \LaTeX{} with the \verb|MTLPLAIN| format file
+over their \LaTeX{} input;
+in this way the original Monotype Times fonts can be simulated,
+i.e. the length of lines, paragraphs, width of characters
+and word divisions are absolutely identical with the
+printed version. Only then is it not necessary for authors
+to read proof; at the same time, publication times are shortened.
+
+The final DVI-file directly drives the typesetting machine that can
+process the MT fonts only, CM fonts will not work.
+Therefore not the standard \LaTeX{} format file but the
+\verb|MTLPLAIN.FMT| must be used by \TeX{} for this last run.
+%
+\subsection{For PC users}
+%
+The diskettes with the MT fonts contain an installation program that
+will ask you for some configurations of your machine (e.g. path and name
+of the directory containing the \TeX{} program etc.). Then the data is
+copied to the appropriate directories of your hard disk.
+
+PC-\TeX{} and the MT fonts must be installed so that M\LaTeX{} can run
+(TEX.EXE is necessary).
+
+To create the \verb|MTLPLAIN.FMT| file, you have to call \TeX{} as
+\verb|INITEX| using the command \verb|TEX| \verb|MTLPLAIN /I|.
+When ``\verb|*|'' appears, ``\verb|\dump|'' should be
+entered. The file produced, \verb|MTLPLAIN.FMT|, must be stored in
+the directory where \TeX{} normally looks for its ``formats''.
+\verb|MTLPLAIN.FMT| is a special format file for use with
+PC-\TeX{} that does not work
+with the normal CM fonts (computer modern fonts)
+but with MT fonts (Monotype Times fonts) only.
+
+The installation of MT fonts may involve an additional time investment
+\label{mtinstr}
+for the user, as a variety of new directories are produced (if they are
+not already available):
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}l@{\quad}llll}
+$\backslash$pctex\\
+ & $\backslash$texinput\\
+ & $\backslash$textfms\\
+ & $\backslash$texfmts\\
+ & $\backslash$pixel\\
+ & & $\backslash$pk150 & $\backslash$pk180 &
+ $\backslash$pk210 & $\backslash$pk240 \cr
+ & & $\backslash$pk270 & $\backslash$pk300 &
+ $\backslash$pk330 & $\backslash$pk350 \cr
+ & & $\backslash$pk360 & $\backslash$pk420 &
+ $\backslash$pk425 & $\backslash$pk500 \cr
+ & & $\backslash$pk510 & $\backslash$pk600 &
+ $\backslash$pk625 & $\backslash$pk750
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+The names of these directories correspond to the standard \TeX{} names.
+It is possible that the hierarchy of the directories
+is different in other systems; to check this, please look at the
+directory names of your CM pixel files. If the directory names differ,
+give the correct names when asked by the installation program.
+
+In general, the printer- or screen-driver must be instructed how to find
+the MT pixel files.
+Most of the drivers have a configuration file that contains
+the names of the fonts available to the printer. There the MT fonts
+have to be added. Please refer to your driver manual.
+The names normally given to the pixel files
+by the installation program are \verb|\pctex\pixel\pk|\dots.
+If you run into trouble at this point, please call for assistance (see
+p.~\pageref{assist}).
+
+When the MT fonts have been installed and the file \verb|MTLPLAIN.FMT|
+is available, the user can start M\LaTeX{} by entering the command
+\verb|TEX &MTLPLAIN <filename>|.
+%
+\subsection{For mini, micro or mainframe users}
+%
+For technical and organizational reasons, no guidelines can be
+supplied for the installation of MT fonts in large computers
+(e.g. VAX, IBM). Users are kindly requested to
+have the MT fonts installed by a \TeX{}nician or a
+technician with appropriate knowledge of \TeX{}. When the installation
+has been completed, M\LaTeX{} must be initialized by giving the command
+``\verb|INITEX MTLPLAIN|''; when ``\verb|*|'' appears,
+``\verb|\dump|'' should be entered.
+The file produced, \verb|MTLPLAIN.FMT|, must be stored in the
+directory ``FORMATS''. The local \TeX{}nician
+can then tell users how to start up M\LaTeX{}.
+%
+\section{Output example of an article}
+%
+On the diskette you will find the file {\em laa.dem} in the directory
+{\tt LATEX} containing the \LaTeX{} source of a typical article. Please
+refer to it in the case of any problems. To gain an overall impression
+of the style and layout of A\&A articles, please also refer to the
+journal itself.
+%
+
+\end{document}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58829f5bb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,855 @@
+% laa.sty version 1.1 as of 25-Feb-91
+%
+% This is LAA.STY, the LaTeX style file
+% from Springer-Verlag for the
+% Astronomy and Astrophysics Main Journal
+%
+% It is for use with LaTeX version 2.09
+%
+% Please report all errors via e-mail to SPRINGER@DHDSPRI6.bitnet
+% or to the address mentioned on page 2 of the documentation
+%
+\typeout{Document Style `laa'. <25 Feb 1991>}
+
+\frenchspacing
+\def~{\penalty\@M\kern3pt}
+
+\def\@ptsize{0} \@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+\newif\if@referee \@refereefalse
+\def\ds@referee{\@refereetrue}
+\@options
+
+\widowpenalty=9000
+\clubpenalty=9000
+
+\lineskip 1pt \normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt
+\topsep 10pt plus2pt minus5pt
+\partopsep 0pt
+\itemsep 0pt plus 1pt
+\parindent 1.5em
+\leftmargin \parindent
+\leftmargini \leftmargin
+\leftmarginii \leftmargin
+\leftmarginiii \leftmargin
+\leftmarginiv \leftmargin
+\leftmarginv \leftmargin
+\leftmarginvi \leftmargin
+\labelwidth\leftmargini
+\labelsep 4pt
+\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep \z@}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep \z@}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\if@referee
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{18dd}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 18pt plus2pt minus5pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 8pt plus3pt minus3pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{16dd}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 15pt plus 3pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus2pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{18dd}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 18pt plus 2pt minus 5pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 8pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{14pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{24dd}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{24dd}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{30dd}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\else
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{10dd}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 0pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{9dd}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 8.5pt plus 3pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 0pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10dd}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 0pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{13dd}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{13dd}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{17dd}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\fi
+\@normalsize
+
+% Margins, textwidth and textheight are set to A&A formatting
+% conventions:
+
+\if@twoside \oddsidemargin 1.5cm \evensidemargin 1.5cm \marginparwidth
+107pt \else \oddsidemargin 63pt \evensidemargin 63pt \marginparwidth
+90pt \fi
+\marginparsep 11pt
+% The next offsets are set to get well centered output from our
+% laserprinter. Users may set the required offsets for local equipment
+% by adjusting equivalent values in their DVI to printer program.
+ \voffset -3.3true cm
+ \hoffset -3.2true cm
+\topmargin 27pt \headheight 12pt \headsep 25pt \footheight 12pt
+\footskip 30pt
+\textheight 23.5cm \textwidth 40cc \columnsep 1cc \columnseprule 0pt
+
+\footnotesep 8pt
+\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\floatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \@maxsep 20pt \dblfloatsep 12pt plus
+2pt minus 2pt \dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt \@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil \@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil \@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@dblfpbot 0pt plus
+1fil \marginparpush 5pt
+
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301 \@beginparpenalty
+-\@lowpenalty \@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty
+
+\def\vec#1{\ifmmode\mathchoice{\mbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\textstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}\else
+\hbox{\boldmath$\textstyle#1$}\fi}
+
+\def\tens#1{\ifmmode\mathchoice{\mbox{$\sf\displaystyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{$\sf\textstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{$\sf\scriptstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{$\sf\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}\else
+\hbox{$\sf\textstyle#1$}\fi}
+
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex} \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi { \parindent 0pt \raggedright \ifnum
+\c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \Large \bf Part \thepart \par \nobreak \fi \huge
+\bf #2\markboth{}{}\par } \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright \huge \bf #1\par} \nobreak
+\vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+
+% Section definitions have been adapted to produce (sub)section headings
+% in A&A typefaces.
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf\boldmath}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex
+minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus
+-1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus
+.2ex}{-.6em}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\subparagraph#1{\typeout{AandA Warning: You should not use
+\protect\subparagraph \space in this style.}\vskip0.5cm
+You should not use $\backslash${\tt subparagraph} in this
+style.\vskip0.5cm}
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname.\ }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+\def\@xsect#1{\@tempskipa #1\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \par \nobreak
+ \addvspace{\@tempskipa}
+ \@afterheading
+ \else \global\@nobreakfalse \global\@noskipsectrue
+ \everypar{\if@noskipsec \global\@noskipsecfalse
+ \clubpenalty\@M \hskip -\parindent
+ \begingroup \@svsechd \endgroup \unskip
+ \hskip -#1
+ \else \clubpenalty \@clubpenalty
+ \everypar{}\fi}\fi\ignorespaces}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}
+ \renewcommand{\theequation}{\thesection\arabic{equation}}
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}
+ \@addtoreset{equation}{section}}
+
+% End of art10.sty
+
+\def\labelenumi{\arabic{enumi}.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\alph{enumii})}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\labelenumiii{\roman{enumiii}.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+\def\labelitemi{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+\arraycolsep 2.5pt \tabcolsep 6pt
+\arrayrulewidth .4pt \doublerulesep 2pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\fboxsep = 3pt \fboxrule = .4pt
+
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter {section}
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+\newcounter {subparagraph}[paragraph]
+
+% Following commands have been adapted to produce (sub)section headings
+% according to A&A layout (a period after each number).
+
+\def\thepart{\Roman{part}} \def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{Contents\markboth{CONTENTS}{CONTENTS}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} \begingroup
+ \@tempdima 3em \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth \parfillskip
+-\@pnumwidth
+ {\large \bf \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak \endgroup}
+\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty} \addvspace{1.0em plus 1pt}
+\@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \bf \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{10em}{5em}}
+\def\listoffigures{\section*{List of Figures\markboth
+ {LIST OF FIGURES}{LIST OF FIGURES}}\@starttoc{lof}}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\section*{List of Tables\markboth
+ {LIST OF TABLES}{LIST OF TABLES}}\@starttoc{lot}}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+
+% \list parameters have been adjusted in the `thebibliography'
+% environment to the match A&A layout of References.
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{References\markboth
+ {REFERENCES}{REFERENCES}}\list
+% The \arabic{enumi} command has been removed because we don't use
+% numbered citations in astronomical journals.
+ {}{\setlength\labelwidth{1.4em}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \setlength\parsep{0pt}\setlength\itemsep{0pt}
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\section*{Index}]
+ \markboth{INDEX}{INDEX}\thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40pt}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{20pt}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{30pt}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width 2cm
+ \kern 2.6\p@}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to 1.8em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.9}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.15}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.85}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.85}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.85}
+
+% Captions of figures and tables are printed in a different point size
+% in A&A. There is only one \caption command in LaTeX, so we have to let
+% the \caption command know whether it is used within the `figure'
+% environment or within the `table' environment to decide what point
+% size should be used.
+
+\def\aafigurecaption{figure}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip 10pt
+% Use \small lettering when in `figure' environment:
+\makeatletter
+\ifx\@captype\aafigurecaption\small\fi
+\makeatother
+% Make sure that `Table <N>.' or `Fig. <N>.' is typeset in boldface:
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\bf #1} #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize \unhbox\@tempboxa\par \else \hbox
+to\hsize{\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi
+\makeatletter
+\ifx\@captype\aafigurecaption\else\vskip6pt\fi
+\makeatother}
+
+\def\picplace#1{\vbox{\hrule\@height 0.4pt\@width\hsize
+\hbox to\hsize{\vrule\@width 0.4pt\@height#1\hfil
+\vrule\@width 0.4pt\@height#1}\hrule\@height 0.4pt\@width\hsize}}
+
+\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fps@figure{htbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{Fig.\ \thefigure.}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}
+\let\endfigure\end@float
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+\newcounter{table}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{htbp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable.}
+\def\table{\@float{table}}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+% LaTeX does not provide a command to enter the authors institute
+% addresses. The \institute command is defined here.
+
+\newcounter{@inst}
+\newcounter{@auth}
+\newdimen\instindent
+
+\def\institute#1{\gdef\@institute{#1}}
+
+\def\institutename{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=0pt
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \def\and{\par\stepcounter{@inst}%
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to\instindent{\hss$^{\the@inst}$\enspace}\ignorespaces}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\@institute}
+ \ifnum\c@@inst>9\relax\setbox0=\hbox{$^{88}$\enspace}%
+ \else\setbox0=\hbox{$^{8}$\enspace}\fi
+ \instindent=\wd0\relax
+ \ifnum\c@@inst=1\relax\else
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \hangindent\instindent\hangafter=0\noindent
+ \llap{$^{\the@inst}$\enspace}\fi\ignorespaces
+ \@institute\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\offprints#1{\begingroup
+\def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}\xdef\@thanks{\@thanks
+\protect\footnotetext[0]{\unskip{\it Send offprint requests
+to\/}: \ignorespaces#1}}\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@thanks{}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+$^{\@thefnmark}$#1}
+
+\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ifcase#1\or\star\or{\star\star}\or{\star\star\star}%
+ \or \dagger\or \ddagger\or
+ \mathchar "278\or \mathchar "27B\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger
+ \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\@ctrerr\fi\relax}
+
+\def\inst#1{\unskip$^{#1}$}
+
+\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}}
+\def\@subtitle{}
+
+\def\thesaurus#1{\gdef\@thesaurus{#1}}
+\def\@thesaurus{missing; you have not inserted them}%
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+ \else
+ \newpage \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \global\@topnum\z@
+ \thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\gdef\@subtitle{}%
+ \let\thanks\relax}
+
+\def\AALogo{\setbox254=\hbox{ ASTROPHYSICS }%
+\vbox{\baselineskip=10dd\hrule\hbox{\vrule\vbox{\kern3pt
+\hbox to\wd254{\hfil ASTRONOMY\hfil}
+\hbox to\wd254{\hfil AND\hfil}\copy254
+\hbox to\wd254{\hfil\number\day.\number\month.\number\year\hfil}
+\kern3pt}\vrule}\hrule}}
+\def\makeheadbox{{\hsize=30cc
+\hbox to0pt{\vbox{\baselineskip=10dd\hrule\hbox
+to\hsize{\vrule\kern3pt\vbox{\kern3pt
+\hbox{\bf A\&A manuscript no.}
+\hbox{(will be inserted by hand later)}
+\kern3pt\hrule\kern3pt\bf
+\hbox{Your thesaurus codes are:}
+\hbox{\rightskip=0pt plus3em\advance\hsize by-7pt
+\vbox{\noindent\ignorespaces\@thesaurus}}
+\kern3pt}\hfil\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}
+\rlap{\quad\AALogo}\hss}}}
+
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \rm\vbox to0pt{}\vskip-8mm
+ \makeheadbox
+ \vskip13.5mm
+ {\LARGE \bf\boldmath
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \rightskip=0pt plus 4cm
+ \noindent\ignorespaces
+ \@title \par}\vskip .3cm
+\if!\@subtitle!\else {\Large \bf\boldmath
+ \vskip .05cm
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \rightskip=0pt plus 3cm
+ \noindent\@subtitle \par}\vskip .4cm\fi
+ {\bf \lineskip .5em
+\setbox0=\vbox{\setcounter{@auth}{1}\def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}}%
+\def\thanks##1{}\@author\global\c@@inst=\c@@auth}%
+\def\lastand{\ifnum\c@@inst=2\relax\unskip{} and \else
+\unskip, and \fi}%
+\setcounter{@auth}{1}%
+\def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}\ifnum\c@@auth=\c@@inst\lastand\else
+\unskip, \fi}%
+ \noindent\@author\vskip.125cm}
+ \institutename
+ \vskip .35cm {\normalsize\noindent\@date}
+ \par
+ \vskip .7cm}
+
+% The `abstract' environment has been renamed to `abstr' so a new
+% environment `abstract' can be defined in terms of the old one. Using
+% the standard LaTeX `abstract' environment now yields the A&A Summary.
+\def\abstr{{\noindent \bf Abstract. }\ignorespaces}
+\def\endabstr{\relax}
+
+\mark{{}{}}
+
+\if@twoside
+\def\ps@headings{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\rm
+\thepage\hfil \sl \leftmark}\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl \rightmark \hfil
+\rm\thepage}\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth {\uppercase{\ifnum
+\c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi
+##1}}{}}\def\subsectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
+\thesubsection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}
+\else
+\def\ps@headings{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\hbox
+{}\sl \rightmark \hfil \rm\thepage}\def\sectionmark##1{\markright
+{\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi
+##1}}}}
+\fi
+\def\ps@myheadings{\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\hfil\rm\thepage\hfil
+}\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\hfil\rm\thepage\hfil\hbox
+{}}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+\ps@myheadings \pagenumbering{arabic} \onecolumn
+\if@twoside\else\raggedbottom\fi
+
+% Here the LaTeX `twocolumn.sty' is included.
+
+% twocolumn.sty 27 Jan 85
+\if@referee
+ \textwidth 30cc
+ \onecolumn
+\else
+ \twocolumn
+\fi
+\sloppy
+\flushbottom
+\marginparwidth 48pt
+% End of twocolumn.sty
+
+\def\@array[#1]#2{\setbox\@arstrutbox=\hbox{\vrule
+ height\arraystretch \ht\strutbox
+ depth\arraystretch \dp\strutbox
+ width\z@}\@mkpream{@{}#2}\edef\@preamble{\halign \noexpand\@halignto
+\bgroup \tabskip\z@ \@arstrut \@preamble \tabskip\z@ \cr}%
+\let\@startpbox\@@startpbox \let\@endpbox\@@endpbox
+ \if #1t\vtop \else \if#1b\vbox \else \vcenter \fi\fi
+ \bgroup \let\par\relax
+ \let\@sharp##\let\protect\relax \lineskip\z@\baselineskip\z@\@preamble}
+
+% Here the LaTeX `fleqn.sty' is included.
+% fleqn.sty 6 Feb 85
+\def\[{\relax\ifmmode\@badmath\else\begingroup\trivlist
+\item[]\leavevmode \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup$ \displaystyle
+\hskip\mathindent\bgroup\fi}
+\def\]{\relax\ifmmode \egroup $\hfil \egroup \endtrivlist \endgroup\else
+\@badmath \fi}
+\def\equation{\refstepcounter{equation}\trivlist \item[]\leavevmode
+\hbox to\linewidth\bgroup $ \displaystyle \hskip\mathindent}
+\def\endequation{$\hfil \displaywidth\linewidth\@eqnnum\egroup
+\endtrivlist}
+\def\eqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\global\@eqnswtrue \global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\mathindent\let\\=\@eqncr
+\abovedisplayskip\topsep\ifvmode\advance\abovedisplayskip\partopsep\fi
+\belowdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip
+\belowdisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip $$\halign to
+\linewidth\bgroup\@eqnsel\hskip\@centering$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@
+{##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne \hskip 2\arraycolsep \hfil${##}$\hfil
+&\global\@eqcnt\tw@ \hskip 2\arraycolsep $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil
+\tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+\def\endeqnarray{\@@eqncr\egroup
+\global\advance\c@equation\m@ne$$\global\@ignoretrue}
+\newdimen\mathindent
+% A&A does not indent equations:
+\mathindent = 0pt
+
+% End of `fleqn.sty
+
+% Redefine `abstract' environment to close with a \rule
+
+\newenvironment{abstract}{\begin{abstr}\ignorespaces}{\vskip0.5cm\hrule
+\vskip3ptplus10dd\null\end{abstr}}
+
+% Define \keywords
+
+\def\keywords{\par\vspace{12pt}\noindent{\bf Key words: }}
+
+% Define \acknowledgements
+
+\def\acknowledgements{\vspace{12pt}\noindent{\em Acknowledgements.\/ }%
+\ignorespaces}
+
+% Redefine \@cite so no square brackets are output.
+% Redefine \@biblabel so the label is not output in the bibliography.
+
+\def\@cite#1#2{{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}}
+\def\@biblabel#1{}
+
+\def\squareforqed{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\sq{\ifmmode\squareforqed\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil
+\penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\squareforqed
+\parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi}
+
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\la{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\sim\cr}}}}}
+\def\ga{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\sim\cr}}}}}
+\def\degr{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\utw{\smash{\rlap{\lower5pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}}
+\def\udtw{\smash{\rlap{\lower6pt\hbox{$\approx$}}}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\cor{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\widehat=$}}{\hbox{$\widehat=$}}
+{\hbox{$\scriptstyle\hat=$}}
+{\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\hat=$}}}}
+\def\sol{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr
+<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr
+<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\sim\cr<\cr}}}}}
+\def\sog{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr
+>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\sim\cr>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\sim\cr>\cr}}}}}
+\def\lse{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\simeq\cr}}}}}
+\def\gse{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\simeq\cr}}}}}
+\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.5pt}<\cr}}}}}
+\def\leogr{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.5pt}>\cr}}}}}
+\def\loa{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\approx\cr}}}}}
+\def\goa{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\approx\cr}}}}}
+\def\diameter{{\ifmmode\mathchoice
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\displaystyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\displaystyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\textstyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\textstyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\scriptstyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\scriptstyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+\else{\ooalign{\hfil/\hfil\crcr\mathhexbox20D}}%
+\fi}}
+
+
+\def\getsto{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\gets\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\gets\cr\to\cr}}}}}
+\def\lid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\gid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\bbbr{{\rm I\!R}} %reelle Zahlen
+\def\bbbm{{\rm I\!M}}
+\def\bbbn{{\rm I\!N}} %natuerliche Zahlen
+\def\bbbf{{\rm I\!F}}
+\def\bbbh{{\rm I\!H}}
+\def\bbbk{{\rm I\!K}}
+\def\bbbp{{\rm I\!P}}
+\def\bbbone{{\mathchoice {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l}
+{\rm 1\mskip-4.5mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-5mu l}}}
+\def\bbbc{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbq{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbt{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+T$}\hbox{\hbox to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbs{{\mathchoice
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.5\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbz{{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptstyle Z\kern-0.3em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptscriptstyle Z\kern-0.2em Z$}}}}
+\def\ts{\thinspace}
+
+\def\typeset{\vfill{\small\noindent This article was processed by the
+author using Springer-Verlag \LaTeX\ A\&A style file 1990.\par}}
+
+\def\enddocument{\par\typeset
+\@checkend{document}\clearpage\begingroup
+\if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+\def\global\@namedef##1##2{}\def\newlabel{\@testdef r}%
+\def\bibcite{\@testdef b}\@tempswafalse\makeatletter\input \jobname.aux
+\if@tempswa \@warning{Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get
+cross-references right}\fi\fi\endgroup\deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.the b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.the
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..798b167192
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laa.the
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+% laa.the version 1 as of 23-Oct-90
+%
+% This is LAA.THE, the the thesaurus-list for the
+% Astronomy and Astrophysics Main Journal
+%
+\documentstyle{laa}
+\begin{document}
+\twocolumn[\LARGE\bf Thesaurus of key words used in the annual subject
+indexes\\
+\large\bf(revised November 1989, valid from January 1990
+until further notice)]
+{\bf N.B.} The key words listed under the code numbers 07.11.1, 09.11.1,
+09.16.1, 09.22.1, 16.03.1, 16.07.1, 16.14.1, 17.02.1, 19.42.1 and
+19.93.1 are intended for use with specific astronomical objects; each
+contains the word ``individual". The corresponding code numbers should
+never be used alone, but always in combination with the most common
+names for the astronomical objects in question. For example, if a paper
+discusses three individual galaxies, these should be coded on the title
+page of the manuscript in the following manner: \\ \indent
+07.11.1 Arp 220; 07.11.1 M 51; 07.11.1 NGC 4472\\
+Note that {\sl each object} (in the example the three galaxies) counts
+as {\sl one} Thesaurus code. No more than {\sl six} codes all together
+should be listed as this is the limit fixed by the computer program.
+%\begin{table}
+%\begin{flushleft}
+%\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{ }l}
+\begin{tabbing}
+ \= Absolute magnitudes; {\sl see Stars: luminosities of}\\%
+ \= Abundances; {\sl see under the different objects}\\%
+{\bf 01.01.1} \= Acceleration mechanisms\\%
+{\bf 01.01.2} \= Accretion, accretion disks\\%
+{\bf 01.02.1} \= Analytical methods\\%
+ \> Associations; {\sl see Clusters: open, and associations}\\%
+{\bf 01.03.1} \= Asteroids\\%
+{\bf 01.04.1} \= Astrometry\\%
+{\bf 01.05.1} \= Astronomical constants\\%
+{\bf 01.06.1} \= Atlases\\%
+{\bf 01.07.1} \= Atomic and molecular data\\%
+{\bf 01.08.1} \= Atomic and molecular processes; {\sl see also Chemical}\\%
+ \> {\sl reactions}\\%
+{\bf 01.08.2} \= Background radiations\\%
+ \> Binary stars; {\sl see Stars: binaries}\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 02.01.1} \= BL Lacertae objects\\%
+{\bf 02.02.1} \= Black holes\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 03.01.1} \= Catalogues and dictionaries\\%
+{\bf 03.02.1} \= Celestial mechanics\\%
+{\bf 03.03.1} \= Chemical reactions\\%
+{\bf 03.04.1} \= Clusters: of galaxies\\%
+{\bf 03.05.1} \= Clusters: globular\\%
+{\bf 03.06.1} \= Clusters: open, and associations\\%
+ \> Collisions, atomic and molecular; {\sl see Atomic and}\\%
+ \> {\sl molecular data}\\%
+{\bf 03.07.1} \= Comets\\%
+{\bf 03.08.1} \= Convection\\%
+{\bf 03.10.1} \= Cosmic rays; {\sl see also Sun (the): cosmic rays}\\%
+{\bf 03.11.1} \= Cosmogony\\%
+{\bf 03.12.1} \= Cosmology\\%
+{\bf 03.12.2} \= Dark matter\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 04.01.1} \= Data analysis; {\sl see also Image processing}\\%
+{\bf 04.02.1} \= Dense matter\\%
+{\bf 04.03.1} \= Distances, distance scale\\%
+ \> Double stars; {\sl see Stars: binaries}\\%
+ \> Dust; {\sl see Interstellar medium: dust; Interplanetary}\\%
+ \> {\sl medium}\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 05.01.1} \= Earth: atmosphere\\%
+{\bf 05.02.1} \= Earth: general\\%
+%\end{tabular}
+%\end{flushleft}
+%\end{table}
+%\clearpage
+%\begin{table}
+%\begin{flushleft}
+%\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{ }l}
+{\bf 05.02.2} \= Earth: rotation\\%
+{\bf 05.03.1} \= Eclipses\\%
+{\bf 05.04.1} \= Editorials\\%
+{\bf 05.06.1} \= Elementary particles\\%
+{\bf 05.07.1} \= Ephemerides\\%
+{\bf 05.08.1} \= Errata\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 06.01.1} \= Fundamental stars and other objects\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 07.01.1} \= Galaxies: active; {\sl see also Galaxies, Seyfert;}\\%
+ \> {\sl Galaxies: nuclei of; Quasars}\\%
+{\bf 07.02.1} \= Galaxies: barred\\%
+ \> Galaxies: clusters of, {\sl see Clusters: of galaxies}\\%
+{\bf 07.03.1} \= Galaxies: compact\\%
+{\bf 07.05.1} \= Galaxies: dwarf elliptical\\%
+{\bf 07.06.1} \= Galaxies: elliptical\\%
+{\bf 07.07.1} \= Galaxies: evolution of\\%
+{\bf 07.08.1} \= Galaxies: formation of\\%
+{\bf 07.09.1} \= Galaxies: general\\%
+{\bf 07.10.1} \= Galaxies: haloes of\\%
+{\bf 07.11.1} \= Galaxies: individual; {\sl see also Galaxies: Magellanic}\\%
+ \> {\sl Clouds}\\%
+{\bf 07.12.1} \= Galaxies: irregular\\%
+{\bf 07.13.1} \= Galaxies: jets of\\%
+{\bf 07.14.1} \= Galaxies: kinematics and dynamics of\\%
+{\bf 07.15.1} \= Galaxies: lenticular\\%
+{\bf 07.16.1} \= Galaxies: Magellanic Clouds\\%
+{\bf 07.17.1} \= Galaxies: radio\\%
+{\bf 07.18.1} \= Galaxies: nuclei of\\%
+{\bf 07.19.1} \= Galaxies: redshifts of\\%
+{\bf 07.20.1} \= Galaxies: Seyfert\\%
+{\bf 07.21.1} \= Galaxies: spiral\\%
+{\bf 07.22.1} \= Galaxies: stellar content of\\%
+{\bf 07.23.1} \= Galaxies: structure of\\%
+{\bf 07.24.1} \= Galaxy (the): bulge of\\%
+{\bf 07.25.1} \= Galaxy (the): center of\\%
+{\bf 07.27.1} \= Galaxy (the): disk of\\%
+{\bf 07.28.1} \= Galaxy (the): evolution of\\%
+{\bf 07.29.1} \= Galaxy (the): general\\%
+{\bf 07.30.1} \= Galaxy (the): halo of\\%
+{\bf 07.31.1} \= Galaxy (the): kinematics and dynamics of\\%
+{\bf 07.32.1} \= Galaxy (the): solar neighbourhood\\%
+{\bf 07.33.1} \= Galaxy (the): stellar content of\\%
+{\bf 07.34.1} \= Galaxy (the): structure of\\%
+{\bf 07.35.1} \= Gamma rays: bursts\\%
+{\bf 07.36.1} \= Gamma rays: general\\%
+ \> Gas dynamcis; {\sl see Hydrodynamics and hydromagnetics}\\%
+ \> Grains; {\sl see Interstellar medium: dust; Interplanetary}\\%
+ \> {\sl medium}\\%
+{\bf 07.37.1} \= Gravitation\\%
+{\bf 07.37.2} \= Herbig-Haro objects\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 08.01.1} \= Hydrodynamics\\%
+{\bf 08.02.1} \= Hydromagnetics\\%
+ \> H\small{II} regions; {\sl see Interstellar medium: H\small{II} regions}\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 09.01.1} \= Image processing\\%
+{\bf 09.02.1} \= Infrared radiation\\%
+{\bf 09.03.1} \= Instruments; {\sl see also: Interferometry; Radio telescopes;}\\%
+ \> {\sl Space vehicles}\\%
+{\bf 09.04.1} \= Interferometry\\%
+{\bf 09.05.1} \= Intergalactic medium\\%
+{\bf 09.06.1} \= Interplanetary medium\\%
+{\bf 09.07.1} \= Interstellar medium: abundances\\%
+{\bf 09.08.1} \= Interstellar medium: bubbles\\%
+{\bf 09.09.1} \= Interstellar medium: clouds: general\\%
+{\bf 09.10.1} \= Interstellar medium: clouds: high velocity\\%
+{\bf 09.11.1} \= Interstellar medium: clouds: individual\\%
+{\bf 09.12.1} \= Interstellar medium: dust\\%
+{\bf 09.13.1} \= Interstellar medium: extinction\\%
+{\bf 09.14.1} \= Interstellar medium: general\\%
+{\bf 09.15.1} \= Interstellar medium: H\small{II} regions: general\\%
+{\bf 09.16.1} \= Interstellar medium: H\small{II} regions: individual\\%
+{\bf 09.17.1} \= Interstellar medium: kinematics and dynamics of\\%
+{\bf 09.18.1} \= Interstellar medium: magnetic field\\%
+{\bf 09.19.1} \= Interstellar medium: molecules\\%
+ \> Interstellar medium: planetary nebulae; {\sl see Planetary}\\%
+ \> {\sl nebulae}\\%
+{\bf 09.20.1} \= Interstellar medium: radiation field\\%
+{\bf 09.21.1} \= Interstellar medium: reflection nebulae: general\\%
+{\bf 09.22.1} \= Interstellar medium: reflection nebulae: individual\\%
+ \> Interstellar medium: shells; {\sl see Interstellar medium:}\\%
+ \> {\sl bubbles}\\%
+ \> Interstellar medium: supernova remnants;\\%
+ \> {\sl see Supernovae and supernova remnants}\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 12.01.1} \= Lines: formation; {\sl see also: Radiation transfer}\\%
+{\bf 12.02.1} \= Lines: identification\\%
+{\bf 12.03.1} \= Lines: profile\\%
+{\bf 12.04.1} \= Luminosity function, mass function\\%
+ \> Magellanic Clouds: {\sl see Galaxies: Magellanic Clouds}\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 13.01.1} \= Magnetic field\\%
+ \> Magnetohydrodynamics; {\sl see Hydromagnetics, plasmas}\\%
+{\bf 13.02.1} \= Masers\\%
+ \> Mass function; {\sl see Luminosity function, mass function}\\%
+{\bf 13.03.1} \= Meteors, meteorites\\%
+ \> Microwave background; {\sl see Cosmic background}\\%
+ \> {\sl radiation}\\%
+ \> Molecules; {\sl see Atomic and molecular data; Interstellar}\\%
+ \> {\sl medium: molecules; Radio lines: molecular}\\%
+ \> Nebulae; {\sl see Interstellar medium: H\small{II} regions; Planetary}\\%
+ \> {\sl nebulae; Interstellar medium: reflection nebulae; Super-}\\%
+ \> {\sl novae and supernova remnants}\\%
+ \> Neutrinos; {\sl see Elementary particles}\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 14.01.1} \= Nuclear reactions\\%
+{\bf 14.02.1} \= Nucleosynthesis\\%
+{\bf 14.03.1} \= Numerical methods\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 15.01.1} \= Observational methods\\%
+{\bf 15.02.1} \= Occultations\\%
+ \> Parallaxes; {\sl see Distances, distance scale}\\%
+ \> Particle acceleration; {\sl see Acceleration mechanisms}\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 16.01.1} \= Photometry\\%
+{\bf 16.02.1} \= Planetary nebulae: general\\%
+{\bf 16.03.1} \= Planetary nebulae: individual\\%
+{\bf 16.04.1} \= Planets and satellites: abundances\\%
+{\bf 16.05.1} \= Planets and satellites: atmospheres of\\%
+{\bf 16.06.1} \= Planets and satellites: general\\%
+{\bf 16.07.1} \= Planets and satellites: individual\\%
+{\bf 16.08.1} \= Planets and satellites: magnetospheres of\\%
+{\bf 16.09.1} \= Planets and satellites: Moon\\%
+{\bf 16.09.2} \= Planets and satellites: rings\\%
+{\bf 16.10.1} \= Planets and satellites: satellites\\%
+{\bf 16.11.1} \= Plasmas\\%
+{\bf 16.12.1} \= Polarization\\%
+ \> Positions; {\sl see Astrometry; Fundamental stars and other}\\%
+ \> {\sl objects}\\%
+ \> Proper motions; {\sl see Astrometry; Fundamental stars and}\\%
+ \> {\sl other objects}\\%
+ \> Protostars; {\sl see Stars: pre-main-sequence; Interstellar}\\%
+ \> {\sl medium: clouds; Interstellar medium: kinematics and}\\%
+ \> {\sl dynamics of}\\%
+{\bf 16.13.1} \= Pulsars: general\\%
+{\bf 16.14.1} \= Pulsars: individual\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 17.01.1} \= Quasars: general\\%
+{\bf 17.02.1} \= Quasars: individual\\%
+{\bf 17.03.1} \= Quasars: jets of\\%
+{\bf 17.04.1} \= Quasars: redshifts of\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 18.01.1} \= Radar astronomy\\%
+{\bf 18.02.1} \= Radial velocities: {\sl see also Galaxy (the): kinematics and}\\%
+ \> {\sl dynamics of; Galaxies: redshifts of; Quasars: redshift of}\\%
+{\bf 18.03.1} \= Radiation mechanisms: general\\%
+{\bf 18.03.2} \= Radiation mechanisms: synchrotron radiation\\%
+{\bf 18.04.1} \= Radiation transfer; {\sl see also Lines, formation}\\%
+ \> Radio galaxies; {\sl see Galaxies, radio}\\%
+{\bf 18.05.1} \= Radio lines: molecular\\%
+{\bf 18.06.1} \= Radio lines: recombination\\%
+{\bf 18.07.1} \= Radio lines: 21-cm\\%
+{\bf 18.08.1} \= Radio sources: general; {\sl see also individual objects}\\%
+{\bf 18.08.2} \= Radio continuum\\%
+{\bf 18.09.1} \= Radio telescopes\\%
+{\bf 18.09.2} \= Reference systems\\%
+{\bf 18.10.1} \= Relativity\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 19.01.1} \= Satellites; {\sl see Planets and satellites}\\%
+{\bf 19.02.1} \= Scintillation\\%
+{\bf 19.03.1} \= Seeing\\%
+{\bf 19.04.1} \= Shock waves\\%
+{\bf 19.05.1} \= Site testing\\%
+ \> Solar neighbourhood: {\sl see Galaxy (the): solar neighbour-}\\%
+ \> {\sl hood}\\%
+{\bf 19.06.1} \= Solar system: general\\%
+ \> solar wind; {\sl see Interplanetary medium}\\%
+{\bf 19.07.1} \= Space vehicles and instruments\\%
+{\bf 19.08.1} \= Spectrophotometry\\%
+{\bf 19.09.1} \= Spectroscopy\\%
+ \> Spiral structure: {\sl see Galaxy (the): kinematics and}\\%
+ \> {\sl dynamics of; Galaxy (the): structure of; Galaxies:}\\%
+ \> {\sl kinematics and dynamics of; Galaxies: spiral; Galaxies:}\\%
+ \> {\sl structure of}\\%
+{\bf 19.10.1} \= Stars: abundances\\%
+{\bf 19.11.1} \= Stars: activity of\\%
+{\bf 19.12.1} \= Stars: atmospheres of\\%
+{\bf 19.13.1} \= Stars: Be\\%
+{\bf 19.14.1} \= Stars: $\beta$ Cep\\%
+{\bf 19.15.1} \= Stars: binaries: close\\%
+{\bf 19.16.1} \= Stars: binaries: general\\%
+{\bf 19.17.1} \= Stars: binaries: spectroscopic\\%
+{\bf 19.18.1} \= Stars: binaries: symbiotic\\%
+{\bf 19.19.1} \= Stars: binaries: visual\\%
+{\bf 19.20.1} \= Stars: blue stragglers\\%
+{\bf 19.21.1} \= Stars: bolometric correction\\%
+{\bf 19.22.1} \= Stars: carbon\\%
+ \> Stars: cataclysmic variables; {\sl see Stars: novae}\\%
+{\bf 19.23.1} \= Stars: Cepheids\\%
+{\bf 19.24.1} \= Stars: chromospheres of\\%
+{\bf 19.25.1} \= Stars: circumstellar matter\\%
+{\bf 19.25.2} \= Stars: chemical peculiar\\%
+{\bf 19.26.1} \= Stars: classification\\%
+{\bf 19.27.1} \= Stars: collapsed\\%
+{\bf 19.28.1} \= Stars: colors of\\%
+{\bf 19.29.1} \= Stars: coronae of\\%
+{\bf 19.30.1} \= Stars: diameters of\\%
+{\bf 19.31.1} \= Stars: $\delta$ Sct\\%
+{\bf 19.31.2} \= Stars: dynamics\\%
+{\bf 19.31.3} \= Stars: dwarfs\\%
+{\bf 19.32.1} \= Stars: early-type\\%
+{\bf 19.33.1} \= Stars: emission-line\\%
+{\bf 19.34.1} \= Stars: evolution of\\%
+{\bf 19.35.1} \= Stars: faint blue\\%
+{\bf 19.36.1} \= Stars: flare\\%
+{\bf 19.37.1} \= Stars: formation of\\%
+{\bf 19.38.1} \= Stars: general\\%
+{\bf 19.39.1} \= Stars: giant\\%
+{\bf 19.40.1} \= Stars: helium\\%
+{\bf 19.41.1} \= Stars: Hertzsprung-Russell diagram\\%
+{\bf 19.42.1} \= Stars: individual\\%
+ \> Stars: interior; {\sl see Stars: structure of}\\%
+{\bf 19.43.1} \= Stars: late-type\\%
+{\bf 19.44.1} \= Stars: long-period variables\\%
+{\bf 19.45.1} \= Stars: luminosities of\\%
+{\bf 19.46.1} \= Stars: magnetic field\\%
+{\bf 19.47.1} \= Stars: mass of\\%
+{\bf 19.48.1} \= Stars: mass loss\\%
+{\bf 19.49.1} \= Stars: mass-luminosity relation\\%
+ \> Stars: Mira; {\sl see Stars: long-period variables}\\%
+{\bf 19.50.1} \= Stars: neutron\\%
+{\bf 19.51.1} \= Stars: novae and cataclysmic variables\\%
+{\bf 19.52.1} \= Stars: OH/IR\\%
+{\bf 19.53.1} \= Stars: oscillations of\\%
+{\bf 19.55.1} \= Stars: Population I\\%
+{\bf 19.56.1} \= Stars: Population II\\%
+{\bf 19.57.1} \= Stars: Population III\\%
+{\bf 19.58.1} \= Stars: pre-main-sequence\\%
+{\bf 19.59.1} \= Stars: radio radiation of\\%
+{\bf 19.60.1} \= Stars: rotation of\\%
+{\bf 19.61.1} \= Stars: RR Lyr\\%
+{\bf 19.62.1} \= Stars: runaway\\%
+{\bf 19.63.1} \= Stars: structure of\\%
+{\bf 19.64.1} \= Stars: subdwarf\\%
+{\bf 19.65.1} \= Stars: supergiant\\%
+ \> Stars: supernovae; {\sl see Supernovae and supernova}\\%
+ \> remnants\\%
+{\bf 19.66.1} \= Stars: temperatures of\\%
+ \> Stars: T Tau; {\sl see Stars: pre-main-sequence}\\%
+{\bf 19.67.1} \= Stars: variable\\%
+{\bf 19.68.1} \= Stars: white dwarf\\%
+ \> Stars: winds; {\sl see Stars: mass loss}\\%
+{\bf 19.69.1} \= Stars: Wolf-Rayet\\%
+ \> Submillimetre radiation; {\sl see Infrared radiation}\\%
+{\bf 19.70.1} \= Sun (the): abundances\\%
+{\bf 19.71.1} \= Sun (the): activity of\\%
+{\bf 19.72.1} \= Sun (the): atmosphere of\\%
+{\bf 19.73.1} \= Sun (the): bursts\\%
+{\bf 19.74.1} \= Sun (the): chromosphere of\\%
+{\bf 19.75.1} \= Sun (the): corona of\\%
+{\bf 19.76.1} \= Sun (the): cosmic rays\\%
+{\bf 19.77.1} \= Sun (the): faculae\\%
+{\bf 19.78.1} \= Sun (the): flares\\%
+{\bf 19.79.1} \= Sun (the): general\\%
+{\bf 19.80.1} \= Sun (the): granulation\\%
+ \> Sun (the): {\sl see Sun (the): structure of}\\%
+{\bf 19.81.1} \= Sun (the): magnetic fields\\%
+{\bf 19.82.1} \= Sun (the): oscillations of\\%
+{\bf 19.83.1} \= Sun (the): photosphere of\\%
+{\bf 19.84.1} \= Sun (the): prominences\\%
+{\bf 19.85.1} \= Sun (the): radio radiation of\\%
+{\bf 19.86.1} \= Sun (the): rotation of\\%
+{\bf 19.87.1} \= Sun (the): solar-terrestrial relations;\\%
+ \> {\sl see also Interplanetary medium}\\%
+{\bf 19.88.1} \= Sun (the): solar wind; {\sl see also Interplanetary medium}\\%
+{\bf 19.89.1} \= Sun (the): structure of\\%
+{\bf 19.90.1} \= Sun (the): sunspots\\%
+{\bf 19.91.1} \= Sun (the): X-rays\\%
+{\bf 19.92.1} \= Supernovae and supernova remnants: general\\%
+{\bf 19.93.1} \= Supernovae and supernova remnants: individual\\%
+{\bf 19.94.1} \= Surveys\\%
+ \> Synchrotron radiation; {\sl see Radiation mechanisms}\\%
+{\bf 19.95.1} \= Time\\%
+ \> Transition probabilities: {\sl see Atomic and molecular data}\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 20.01.1} \= Turbulence\\%
+{\bf 20.01.2} \= Universe (the): structure of\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 21.01.1} \= UV radiation; {\sl see also under the different objects}\\%
+\\%
+{\bf 24.01.1} \= X-rays: binaries\\%
+{\bf 24.02.1} \= X-rays: bursts\\%
+{\bf 24.03.1} \= X-rays: general\\%
+{\bf 24.04.1} \= X-rays: spectroscopy\\%
+\end{tabbing}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laamt.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laamt.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8cc38aad08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/laamt.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,996 @@
+% laamt.sty version 1.1 as of 25-Feb-91
+%
+% This is LAAMT.STY, the LaTeX style file
+% from Springer-Verlag for the
+% Astronomy and Astrophysics Main Journal
+% using the Monotype Times fonts from
+% the Universit\"atsdruckerei H. St\"urtz at W\"urzburg
+%
+% It is for use with LaTeX version 2.09
+% and only with the MTLaTeX format file
+%
+% Please report all errors via e-mail to SPRINGER@DHDSPRI6.bitnet
+% or to the address mentioned on page 2 of the documentation
+%
+\typeout{Document Style `laamt'. <25 Feb 1991>}
+
+\frenchspacing
+\def~{\penalty\@M\kern3pt}
+
+\font\egtsf = mtss10 at 8pt
+
+\def\viiipt{\textfont\z@\egtrm
+ \scriptfont\z@\sixrm \scriptscriptfont\z@\fivrm
+\textfont\@ne\egtmi \scriptfont\@ne\sixmi \scriptscriptfont\@ne\fivmi
+\textfont\tw@\egtsy \scriptfont\tw@\sixsy \scriptscriptfont\tw@\fivsy
+\textfont\thr@@\tenex \scriptfont\thr@@\tenex
+\scriptscriptfont\thr@@\tenex
+\def\prm{\fam\z@\egtrm}%
+\def\unboldmath{\everymath{}\everydisplay{}\@nomath\unboldmath
+ \textfont\@ne\egtmi
+ \textfont\tw@\egtsy \textfont\lyfam\egtly
+ \@boldfalse}\@boldfalse
+\def\boldmath{\@ifundefined{egtmib}{\global\font\egtmib=mtmib10 at 8pt%
+ \global\font\egtsyb=mtbsy10 at 8pt%
+ \global\font\egtlyb=mtlasb10 at 8pt\relax\@addfontinfo\@viiipt
+ {\def\boldmath{\everymath{\mit}\everydisplay{\mit}\@prtct\@nomathbold
+ \textfont\@ne\egtmib \textfont\tw@\egtsyb
+ \textfont\lyfam\egtlyb \@prtct\@boldtrue}}}{}\@viiipt\boldmath}%
+\def\pit{\fam\itfam\egtit}\textfont\itfam\egtit
+ \scriptfont\itfam\sevit \scriptscriptfont\itfam\sevit
+\def\psl{\@getfont\psl\slfam\@viiipt{mtsl10 at 8pt}}%
+\def\pbf{\@getfont\pbf\bffam\@viiipt{mtbx10 at 8pt}}%
+\def\ptt{\@getfont\ptt\ttfam\@viiipt{mttt10 at 8pt}%
+\@nohyphens\ptt\@viiipt}%
+%\def\psf{\@getfont\psf\sffam\@viiipt{mtss10 at 8pt}}%
+\def\psf{\fam\sffam\egtsf}\textfont\sffam\egtsf
+ \scriptfont\sffam\sixsf \scriptscriptfont\sffam\fivsf
+\def\psc{\@getfont\psc\scfam\@viiipt{mtcsc10 at 8pt}}%
+\def\ly{\fam\lyfam\egtly}\textfont\lyfam\egtly
+ \scriptfont\lyfam\sixly \scriptscriptfont\lyfam\fivly
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+\def\@viiipt{}
+
+\font\ninsf = mtss10 at 9pt
+\font\fivsf = mtss10 at 5pt
+\font\sixsf = mtss10 at 6pt
+
+\def\ixpt{\textfont\z@\ninrm
+ \scriptfont\z@\sixrm \scriptscriptfont\z@\fivrm
+\textfont\@ne\ninmi \scriptfont\@ne\sixmi \scriptscriptfont\@ne\fivmi
+\textfont\tw@\ninsy \scriptfont\tw@\sixsy \scriptscriptfont\tw@\fivsy
+\textfont\thr@@\tenex \scriptfont\thr@@\tenex
+\scriptscriptfont\thr@@\tenex
+\def\prm{\fam\z@\ninrm}%
+\def\unboldmath{\everymath{}\everydisplay{}\@nomath\unboldmath
+ \textfont\@ne\ninmi
+ \textfont\tw@\ninsy \textfont\lyfam\ninly
+ \@boldfalse}\@boldfalse
+\def\boldmath{\@ifundefined{ninmib}{\global\font\ninmib=mtmib10 at 9pt%
+ \global\font\ninsyb=mtbsy10 at 9pt%
+ \global\font\ninlyb=mtlasb10 at 9pt\relax\@addfontinfo\@ixpt
+ {\def\boldmath{\everymath{\mit}\everydisplay{\mit}\@prtct\@nomathbold
+ \textfont\@ne\ninmib \textfont\tw@\ninsyb
+ \textfont\lyfam\ninlyb \@prtct\@boldtrue}}}{}\@ixpt\boldmath}%
+\def\pit{\fam\itfam\ninit}\textfont\itfam\ninit
+ \scriptfont\itfam\sevit \scriptscriptfont\itfam\sevit
+\def\psl{\@getfont\psl\slfam\@ixpt{mtsl10 at 9pt}}%
+\def\pbf{\fam\bffam\ninbf}\textfont\bffam\ninbf
+ \scriptfont\bffam\ninbf \scriptscriptfont\bffam\ninbf
+\def\ptt{\fam\ttfam\nintt}\textfont\ttfam\nintt
+ \scriptfont\ttfam\nintt \scriptscriptfont\ttfam\nintt
+%def\psf{\@getfont\psf\sffam\@ixpt{mtss10 at 9pt}}%
+\def\psf{\fam\sffam\ninsf}\textfont\sffam\ninsf
+ \scriptfont\sffam\sixsf \scriptscriptfont\sffam\fivsf
+\def\psc{\@getfont\psc\scfam\@ixpt{mtcsc10 at 9pt}}%
+\def\ly{\fam\lyfam\ninly}\textfont\lyfam\ninly
+ \scriptfont\lyfam\sixly \scriptscriptfont\lyfam\fivly
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+\def\@ixpt{}
+
+\def\xivpt{\textfont\z@\frtnrm
+ \scriptfont\z@\tenrm \scriptscriptfont\z@\sevrm
+\textfont\@ne\frtnmi \scriptfont\@ne\tenmi \scriptscriptfont\@ne\sevmi
+\textfont\tw@\frtnsy \scriptfont\tw@\tensy \scriptscriptfont\tw@\sevsy
+\textfont\thr@@\tenex \scriptfont\thr@@\tenex
+\scriptscriptfont\thr@@\tenex
+\def\unboldmath{\everymath{}\everydisplay{}\@nomath\unboldmath
+ \textfont\@ne\frtnmi \textfont\tw@\frtnsy
+ \textfont\lyfam\frtnly \@boldfalse}\@boldfalse
+\def\boldmath{\@ifundefined{frtnmib}{\global\font
+ \frtnmib=mtmib10 at 14pt\global\font\frtnsyb=mtbsy10 at 14pt%
+ \global\font\frtnlyb=mtlasb10 at 14pt\relax\@addfontinfo\@xivpt
+ {\def\boldmath{\everymath
+ {\mit}\everydisplay{\mit}\@prtct\@nomathbold
+ \textfont\@ne\frtnmib \textfont\tw@\frtnsyb
+ \textfont\lyfam\frtnlyb\@prtct\@boldtrue}}}{}\@xivpt
+ \boldmath}%
+\def\prm{\fam\z@\frtnrm}%
+\def\pit{\@getfont\pit\itfam\@xivpt{mtti10 at 14pt}}%
+\def\psl{\@getfont\psl\slfam\@xivpt{mtsl10 at 14pt}}%
+\def\pbf{\fam\bffam\frtnbf}\textfont\bffam\frtnbf
+ \scriptfont\bffam\tenbf \scriptscriptfont\bffam\ninbf
+\def\ptt{\@getfont\ptt\ttfam\@xivpt{mttt10 at 14pt}%
+\@nohyphens\ptt\@xivpt}%
+\def\psf{\@getfont\psf\sffam\@xivpt{mtss10 at 14pt}}%
+\def\psc{\@getfont\psc\scfam\@xivpt{mtcsc10 at 14pt}}%
+\def\ly{\fam\lyfam\frtnly}\textfont\lyfam\frtnly
+ \scriptfont\lyfam\tenly \scriptscriptfont\lyfam\sevly
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+\def\@xivpt{}
+
+\def\xviipt{\textfont\z@\svtnrm
+ \scriptfont\z@\twlrm \scriptscriptfont\z@\tenrm
+\textfont\@ne\svtnmi \scriptfont\@ne\twlmi \scriptscriptfont\@ne\tenmi
+\textfont\tw@\svtnsy \scriptfont\tw@\twlsy \scriptscriptfont\tw@\tensy
+\textfont\thr@@\tenex \scriptfont\thr@@\tenex
+\scriptscriptfont\thr@@\tenex
+\def\unboldmath{\everymath{}\everydisplay{}\@nomath\unboldmath
+ \textfont\@ne\svtnmi \textfont\tw@\svtnsy
+ \textfont\lyfam\svtnly
+ \@boldfalse}\@boldfalse
+\def\boldmath{\@ifundefined{svtnmib}{\global\font
+ \svtnmib=mtmib10 at 17pt\global\font\svtnsyb=mtbsy10 at 17pt%
+ \global\font\svtnlyb=mtlasb10 at17pt\relax\@addfontinfo\@xviipt
+ {\def\boldmath{\everymath
+ {\mit}\everydisplay{\mit}\@prtct\@nomathbold
+ \textfont\@ne\svtnmib \textfont\tw@\svtnsyb
+ \textfont\lyfam\svtnlyb\@prtct\@boldtrue}}}{}\@xviipt
+ \boldmath}%
+\def\prm{\fam\z@\svtnrm}%
+\def\pit{\@getfont\pit\itfam\@xviipt{mtti10 at 17pt}}%
+\def\psl{\@getfont\psl\slfam\@xviipt{mtsl10 at 17pt}}%
+\def\pbf{\fam\bffam\svtnbf}\textfont\bffam\svtnbf
+ \scriptfont\bffam\twlbf \scriptscriptfont\bffam\tenbf
+\def\ptt{\@getfont\ptt\ttfam\@xviipt{mttt10 at 17pt}\@nohyphens
+ \ptt\@xviipt}%
+\def\psf{\@getfont\psf\sffam\@xviipt{mtss10 at 17pt}}%
+\def\psc{\@getfont\psc\scfam\@xviipt{mtcsc10 at 17pt}}%
+\def\ly{\fam\lyfam\svtnly}\textfont\lyfam\svtnly
+ \scriptfont\lyfam\twlly \scriptscriptfont\lyfam\tenly
+\@setstrut \rm}
+
+\def\@xviipt{}
+
+\def\@ptsize{0} \@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt}
+\newif\if@referee \@refereefalse
+\def\ds@referee{\@refereetrue}
+\@options
+
+\widowpenalty=9000
+\clubpenalty=9000
+
+\lineskip 1pt \normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt
+\topsep 10pt plus2pt minus5pt
+\partopsep 0pt
+\itemsep 0pt plus 1pt
+\parindent 1.5em
+\leftmargin \parindent
+\leftmargini \leftmargin
+\leftmarginii \leftmargin
+\leftmarginiii \leftmargin
+\leftmarginiv \leftmargin
+\leftmarginv \leftmargin
+\leftmarginvi \leftmargin
+\labelwidth\leftmargini
+\labelsep 4pt
+\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep \z@}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep \z@}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\if@referee
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{18dd}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 18pt plus2pt minus5pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 8pt plus3pt minus3pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{16dd}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 15pt plus 3pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus2pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{18dd}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 18pt plus 2pt minus 5pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 8pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{14pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{24dd}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{24dd}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{30dd}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\else
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{10dd}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 0pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{9dd}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 8.5pt plus 3pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 0pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10dd}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\leftmargin \leftmargini
+\parsep 0pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{13dd}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{13dd}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{17dd}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\fi
+\@normalsize
+
+% Margins, textwidth and textheight are set to A&A formatting
+% conventions:
+
+\if@twoside \oddsidemargin 1.5cm \evensidemargin 1.5cm \marginparwidth
+107pt \else \oddsidemargin 63pt \evensidemargin 63pt \marginparwidth
+90pt \fi
+\marginparsep 11pt
+% The next offsets are set to get well centered output from our
+% laserprinter. Users may set the required offsets for local equipment
+% by adjusting equivalent values in their DVI to printer program.
+ \voffset -3.3true cm
+ \hoffset -3.2true cm
+\topmargin 27pt \headheight 12pt \headsep 25pt \footheight 12pt
+\footskip 30pt
+\textheight 23.5cm \textwidth 40cc \columnsep 1cc \columnseprule 0pt
+
+\footnotesep 8pt
+\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\floatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt \@maxsep 20pt \dblfloatsep 12pt plus
+2pt minus 2pt \dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt \@dblmaxsep 20pt
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil \@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil \@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@dblfpbot 0pt plus
+1fil \marginparpush 5pt
+
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301 \@beginparpenalty
+-\@lowpenalty \@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty \@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty
+
+\def\vec#1{\ifmmode\mathchoice{\mbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\textstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}\else
+\hbox{\boldmath$\textstyle#1$}\fi}
+
+\def\tens#1{\ifmmode\mathchoice{\mbox{$\sf\displaystyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{$\sf\textstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{$\sf\scriptstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{$\sf\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}\else
+\hbox{$\sf\textstyle#1$}\fi}
+
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex} \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi { \parindent 0pt \raggedright \ifnum
+\c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \Large \bf Part \thepart \par \nobreak \fi \huge
+\bf #2\markboth{}{}\par } \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright \huge \bf #1\par} \nobreak
+\vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+
+% Section definitions have been adapted to produce (sub)section headings
+% in A&A typefaces.
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+ -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf\boldmath}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex
+minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus
+-1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus
+.2ex}{-.6em}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\subparagraph#1{\typeout{AandA Warning: You should not use
+\protect\subparagraph \space in this style.}\vskip0.5cm
+You should not use $\backslash${\tt subparagraph} in this
+style.\vskip0.5cm}
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname.\ }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+\def\@xsect#1{\@tempskipa #1\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \par \nobreak
+ \addvspace{\@tempskipa}
+ \@afterheading
+ \else \global\@nobreakfalse \global\@noskipsectrue
+ \everypar{\if@noskipsec \global\@noskipsecfalse
+ \clubpenalty\@M \hskip -\parindent
+ \begingroup \@svsechd \endgroup \unskip
+ \hskip -#1
+ \else \clubpenalty \@clubpenalty
+ \everypar{}\fi}\fi\ignorespaces}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}
+ \renewcommand{\theequation}{\thesection\arabic{equation}}
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}
+ \@addtoreset{equation}{section}}
+
+% End of art10.sty
+
+\def\labelenumi{\arabic{enumi}.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\alph{enumii})}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\labelenumiii{\roman{enumiii}.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+\def\labelitemi{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+\arraycolsep 2.5pt \tabcolsep 6pt
+\arrayrulewidth .4pt \doublerulesep 2pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\fboxsep = 3pt \fboxrule = .4pt
+
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter {section}
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+\newcounter {subparagraph}[paragraph]
+
+% Following commands have been adapted to produce (sub)section headings
+% according to A&A layout (a period after each number).
+
+\def\thepart{\Roman{part}} \def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{Contents\markboth{CONTENTS}{CONTENTS}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} \begingroup
+ \@tempdima 3em \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth \parfillskip
+-\@pnumwidth
+ {\large \bf \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak \endgroup}
+\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty} \addvspace{1.0em plus 1pt}
+\@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \bf \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{10em}{5em}}
+\def\listoffigures{\section*{List of Figures\markboth
+ {LIST OF FIGURES}{LIST OF FIGURES}}\@starttoc{lof}}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\section*{List of Tables\markboth
+ {LIST OF TABLES}{LIST OF TABLES}}\@starttoc{lot}}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+
+% \list parameters have been adjusted in the `thebibliography'
+% environment to the match A&A layout of References.
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{References\markboth
+ {REFERENCES}{REFERENCES}}\list
+% The \arabic{enumi} command has been removed because we don't use
+% numbered citations in astronomical journals.
+ {}{\setlength\labelwidth{1.4em}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \setlength\parsep{0pt}\setlength\itemsep{0pt}
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\section*{Index}]
+ \markboth{INDEX}{INDEX}\thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40pt}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{20pt}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{30pt}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width 2cm
+ \kern 2.6\p@}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to 1.8em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.9}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.15}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.85}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.85}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.85}
+
+% Captions of figures and tables are printed in a different point size
+% in A&A. There is only one \caption command in LaTeX, so we have to let
+% the \caption command know whether it is used within the `figure'
+% environment or within the `table' environment to decide what point
+% size should be used.
+
+\def\aafigurecaption{figure}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip 10pt
+% Use \small lettering when in `figure' environment:
+\makeatletter
+\ifx\@captype\aafigurecaption\small\fi
+\makeatother
+% Make sure that `Table <N>.' or `Fig. <N>.' is typeset in boldface:
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\bf #1} #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize \unhbox\@tempboxa\par \else \hbox
+to\hsize{\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi
+\makeatletter
+\ifx\@captype\aafigurecaption\else\vskip6pt\fi
+\makeatother}
+
+\def\picplace#1{\vbox{\hrule\@height 0.4pt\@width\hsize
+\hbox to\hsize{\vrule\@width 0.4pt\@height#1\hfil
+\vrule\@width 0.4pt\@height#1}\hrule\@height 0.4pt\@width\hsize}}
+
+\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\fps@figure{htbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{Fig.\ \thefigure.}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}
+\let\endfigure\end@float
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+\newcounter{table}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{htbp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable.}
+\def\table{\@float{table}}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+% LaTeX does not provide a command to enter the authors institute
+% addresses. The \institute command is defined here.
+
+\newcounter{@inst}
+\newcounter{@auth}
+\newdimen\instindent
+
+\def\institute#1{\gdef\@institute{#1}}
+
+\def\institutename{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=0pt
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \def\and{\par\stepcounter{@inst}%
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to\instindent{\hss$^{\the@inst}$\enspace}\ignorespaces}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\@institute}
+ \ifnum\c@@inst>9\relax\setbox0=\hbox{$^{88}$\enspace}%
+ \else\setbox0=\hbox{$^{8}$\enspace}\fi
+ \instindent=\wd0\relax
+ \ifnum\c@@inst=1\relax\else
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \hangindent\instindent\hangafter=0\noindent
+ \llap{$^{\the@inst}$\enspace}\fi\ignorespaces
+ \@institute\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\offprints#1{\begingroup
+\def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}\xdef\@thanks{\@thanks
+\protect\footnotetext[0]{\unskip{\it Send offprint requests
+to\/}: \ignorespaces#1}}\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@thanks{}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+$^{\@thefnmark}$#1}
+
+\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ifcase#1\or\star\or{\star\star}\or{\star\star\star}%
+ \or \dagger\or \ddagger\or
+ \mathchar "278\or \mathchar "27B\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger
+ \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\@ctrerr\fi\relax}
+
+\def\inst#1{\unskip$^{#1}$}
+
+\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}}
+\def\@subtitle{}
+
+\def\thesaurus#1{\gdef\@thesaurus{#1}}
+\def\@thesaurus{missing; you have not inserted them}%
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+ \else
+ \newpage \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \global\@topnum\z@
+ \thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\gdef\@subtitle{}%
+ \let\thanks\relax}
+
+\def\AALogo{\setbox254=\hbox{ ASTROPHYSICS }%
+\vbox{\baselineskip=10dd\hrule\hbox{\vrule\vbox{\kern3pt
+\hbox to\wd254{\hfil ASTRONOMY\hfil}
+\hbox to\wd254{\hfil AND\hfil}\copy254
+\hbox to\wd254{\hfil\number\day.\number\month.\number\year\hfil}
+\kern3pt}\vrule}\hrule}}
+\def\makeheadbox{{\hsize=30cc
+\hbox to0pt{\vbox{\baselineskip=10dd\hrule\hbox
+to\hsize{\vrule\kern3pt\vbox{\kern3pt
+\hbox{\bf A\&A manuscript no.}
+\hbox{(will be inserted by hand later)}
+\kern3pt\hrule\kern3pt\bf
+\hbox{Your thesaurus codes are:}
+\hbox{\rightskip=0pt plus3em\advance\hsize by-7pt
+\vbox{\noindent\ignorespaces\@thesaurus}}
+\kern3pt}\hfil\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}
+\rlap{\quad\AALogo}\hss}}}
+
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \rm\vbox to0pt{}\vskip-8mm
+ \makeheadbox
+ \vskip13.5mm
+ {\LARGE \bf\boldmath
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \rightskip=0pt plus 4cm
+ \noindent\ignorespaces
+ \@title \par}\vskip .3cm
+\if!\@subtitle!\else {\Large \bf\boldmath
+ \vskip .05cm
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \rightskip=0pt plus 3cm
+ \noindent\@subtitle \par}\vskip .4cm\fi
+ {\bf \lineskip .5em
+\setbox0=\vbox{\setcounter{@auth}{1}\def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}}%
+\def\thanks##1{}\@author\global\c@@inst=\c@@auth}%
+\def\lastand{\ifnum\c@@inst=2\relax\unskip{} and \else
+\unskip, and \fi}%
+\setcounter{@auth}{1}%
+\def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}\ifnum\c@@auth=\c@@inst\lastand\else
+\unskip, \fi}%
+ \noindent\@author\vskip.125cm}
+ \institutename
+ \vskip .35cm {\normalsize\noindent\@date}
+ \par
+ \vskip .7cm}
+
+% The `abstract' environment has been renamed to `abstr' so a new
+% environment `abstract' can be defined in terms of the old one. Using
+% the standard LaTeX `abstract' environment now yields the A&A Summary.
+\def\abstr{{\noindent \bf Abstract. }\ignorespaces}
+\def\endabstr{\relax}
+
+\mark{{}{}}
+
+\if@twoside
+\def\ps@headings{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\rm
+\thepage\hfil \sl \leftmark}\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl \rightmark \hfil
+\rm\thepage}\def\sectionmark##1{\markboth {\uppercase{\ifnum
+\c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi
+##1}}{}}\def\subsectionmark##1{\markright {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\@ne
+\thesubsection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}
+\else
+\def\ps@headings{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\@oddhead{\hbox
+{}\sl \rightmark \hfil \rm\thepage}\def\sectionmark##1{\markright
+{\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi
+##1}}}}
+\fi
+\def\ps@myheadings{\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\hfil\rm\thepage\hfil
+}\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\hfil\rm\thepage\hfil\hbox
+{}}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+\ps@myheadings \pagenumbering{arabic} \onecolumn
+\if@twoside\else\raggedbottom\fi
+
+% Here the LaTeX `twocolumn.sty' is included.
+
+% twocolumn.sty 27 Jan 85
+\if@referee
+ \textwidth 30cc
+ \onecolumn
+\else
+ \twocolumn
+\fi
+\sloppy
+\flushbottom
+\marginparwidth 48pt
+% End of twocolumn.sty
+
+\def\@array[#1]#2{\setbox\@arstrutbox=\hbox{\vrule
+ height\arraystretch \ht\strutbox
+ depth\arraystretch \dp\strutbox
+ width\z@}\@mkpream{@{}#2}\edef\@preamble{\halign \noexpand\@halignto
+\bgroup \tabskip\z@ \@arstrut \@preamble \tabskip\z@ \cr}%
+\let\@startpbox\@@startpbox \let\@endpbox\@@endpbox
+ \if #1t\vtop \else \if#1b\vbox \else \vcenter \fi\fi
+ \bgroup \let\par\relax
+ \let\@sharp##\let\protect\relax \lineskip\z@\baselineskip\z@\@preamble}
+
+% Here the LaTeX `fleqn.sty' is included.
+% fleqn.sty 6 Feb 85
+\def\[{\relax\ifmmode\@badmath\else\begingroup\trivlist
+\item[]\leavevmode \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup$ \displaystyle
+\hskip\mathindent\bgroup\fi}
+\def\]{\relax\ifmmode \egroup $\hfil \egroup \endtrivlist \endgroup\else
+\@badmath \fi}
+\def\equation{\refstepcounter{equation}\trivlist \item[]\leavevmode
+\hbox to\linewidth\bgroup $ \displaystyle \hskip\mathindent}
+\def\endequation{$\hfil \displaywidth\linewidth\@eqnnum\egroup
+\endtrivlist}
+\def\eqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\global\@eqnswtrue \global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\mathindent\let\\=\@eqncr
+\abovedisplayskip\topsep\ifvmode\advance\abovedisplayskip\partopsep\fi
+\belowdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip
+\belowdisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip $$\halign to
+\linewidth\bgroup\@eqnsel\hskip\@centering$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@
+{##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne \hskip 2\arraycolsep \hfil${##}$\hfil
+&\global\@eqcnt\tw@ \hskip 2\arraycolsep $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil
+\tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+\def\endeqnarray{\@@eqncr\egroup
+\global\advance\c@equation\m@ne$$\global\@ignoretrue}
+\newdimen\mathindent
+% A&A does not indent equations:
+\mathindent = 0pt
+
+% End of `fleqn.sty
+
+% Redefine `abstract' environment to close with a \rule
+
+\newenvironment{abstract}{\begin{abstr}\ignorespaces}{\vskip0.5cm\hrule
+\vskip3ptplus10dd\null\end{abstr}}
+
+% Define \keywords
+
+\def\keywords{\par\vspace{12pt}\noindent{\bf Key words: }}
+
+% Define \acknowledgements
+
+\def\acknowledgements{\vspace{12pt}\noindent{\em Acknowledgements.\/ }%
+\ignorespaces}
+
+% Redefine \@cite so no square brackets are output.
+% Redefine \@biblabel so the label is not output in the bibliography.
+
+\def\@cite#1#2{{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}}
+\def\@biblabel#1{}
+
+\def\squareforqed{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\sq{\ifmmode\squareforqed\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil
+\penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\squareforqed
+\parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi}
+
+\def\sun{\hbox{$\odot$}}
+\def\la{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\sim\cr}}}}}
+\def\ga{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\sim\cr}}}}}
+\def\degr{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\utw{\smash{\rlap{\lower5pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}}
+\def\udtw{\smash{\rlap{\lower6pt\hbox{$\approx$}}}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\cor{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\widehat=$}}{\hbox{$\widehat=$}}
+{\hbox{$\scriptstyle\hat=$}}
+{\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\hat=$}}}}
+\def\sol{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr
+<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr
+<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\sim\cr<\cr}}}}}
+\def\sog{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr
+>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\sim\cr>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\sim\cr>\cr}}}}}
+\def\lse{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\simeq\cr}}}}}
+\def\gse{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\simeq\cr}}}}}
+\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.5pt}<\cr}}}}}
+\def\leogr{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.5pt}>\cr}}}}}
+\def\loa{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\approx\cr}}}}}
+\def\goa{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\approx\cr}}}}}
+\def\diameter{{\ifmmode\mathchoice
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\displaystyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\displaystyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\textstyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\textstyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\scriptstyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\scriptstyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+{\ooalign{\hfil\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle/$}\hfil\crcr
+{\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\mathchar"20D$}}}}
+\else{\ooalign{\hfil/\hfil\crcr\mathhexbox20D}}%
+\fi}}
+
+
+\def\getsto{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\gets\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\gets\cr\to\cr}}}}}
+\def\lid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\gid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\bbbr{{\rm I\!R}} %reelle Zahlen
+\def\bbbm{{\rm I\!M}}
+\def\bbbn{{\rm I\!N}} %natuerliche Zahlen
+\def\bbbf{{\rm I\!F}}
+\def\bbbh{{\rm I\!H}}
+\def\bbbk{{\rm I\!K}}
+\def\bbbp{{\rm I\!P}}
+\def\bbbone{{\mathchoice {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l}
+{\rm 1\mskip-4.5mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-5mu l}}}
+\def\bbbc{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbq{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbt{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+T$}\hbox{\hbox to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbs{{\mathchoice
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.5\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbz{{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptstyle Z\kern-0.3em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptscriptstyle Z\kern-0.2em Z$}}}}
+\def\ts{\thinspace}
+
+\def\typeset{\vfill{\small\noindent This article was processed by the
+author using Springer-Verlag \LaTeX\ A\&A style file 1990.\par}}
+
+\def\enddocument{\par\typeset
+\@checkend{document}\clearpage\begingroup
+\if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+\def\global\@namedef##1##2{}\def\newlabel{\@testdef r}%
+\def\bibcite{\@testdef b}\@tempswafalse\makeatletter\input \jobname.aux
+\if@tempswa \@warning{Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get
+cross-references right}\fi\fi\endgroup\deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/read.me b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/read.me
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35cfa2e7a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/laa/read.me
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+How to proceed
+
+On this diskette or tape you find the following files:
+
+read.me (the file you are currently reading)
+aa.the the thesaurus-list. TeX it to get a paper version
+ or use it online for searching.
+laa.doc general instructions, this is the LaTeX source
+ for the documentation. Please LaTeX it if you
+ have the paper version not at hand
+laa.dem run this to get a sample output of an article
+laa.sty the LaTeX style file for use with CM-fonts (for LaTeX 2.09)
+laamt.sty the LaTeX style file for use with MT-fonts (for LaTeX 2.09)
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/amsfont.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/amsfont.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eeff36b184
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/amsfont.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+% amsfont.sty
+% LaTeX substyle defining AMS fonts
+% Springer-Verlag HD
+%-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% This file `amsfont.sty', is a slightly changed `amsfonts.sty'
+%% which was generated from `amsfonts.doc'
+%% on 21-JUN-1991 by the docstrip.ams utility (1.0).
+%%
+%% The only changes consider the selection of {cmm}{b}{it}
+%% and {cmsy}{b}{n} fonts that are commented out.
+%%
+\expandafter\ifx\csname amsfonts.sty\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\def\csname amsfonts.sty\endcsname{}
+\else\message{---already loaded}\endinput\fi
+\def\filename{amsfonts.sty}
+\def\fileversion{1.1} \def\filedate{21-JUN-1991}
+\immediate\write16{%
+AMS-LaTeX option `\filename' (\fileversion, \filedate)}
+%%% end of file header
+\def\RIfM@{\relax\protect\ifmmode}
+\def\boxz@{\box\z@}
+\def\setboxz@h{\setbox\z@\hbox}
+\def\wdz@{\wd\z@}
+\def\noaccents@{\def\accentclass@{0}}
+\def\Invalid@@{Invalid use of \string}
+\def\nonmatherr@#1{\err@
+ {\string#1\space allowed only in math mode}\@ehd}
+\@ifundefined{err@}{\def\err@{\@latexerr}}{}
+\new@mathgroup\msa@group
+\new@mathgroup\msb@group
+\define@mathgroup\mv@normal\msa@group{msa}{m}{n}
+\define@mathgroup\mv@normal\msb@group{msb}{m}{n}
+\define@mathgroup\mv@bold\msa@group{msa}{m}{n}
+\define@mathgroup\mv@bold\msb@group{msb}{m}{n}
+{\catcode`\"=12
+\edef\@tempa{\hexnumber@\msa@group}%
+\edef\@tempb{\hexnumber@\msb@group}%
+\xdef\ulcorner{\delimiter"4\@tempa 70\@tempa 70 }
+\xdef\urcorner{\delimiter"5\@tempa 71\@tempa 71 }
+\xdef\llcorner{\delimiter"4\@tempa 78\@tempa 78 }
+\xdef\lrcorner{\delimiter"5\@tempa 79\@tempa 79 }
+\xdef\yen {\noexpand\mathhexbox\@tempa 55 }
+\xdef\checkmark{\noexpand\mathhexbox\@tempa 58 }
+\xdef\circledR {\noexpand\mathhexbox\@tempa 72 }
+\xdef\maltese {\noexpand\mathhexbox\@tempa 7A }
+\xdef\widehat#1{\noexpand\setboxz@h{$\noexpand\m@th#1$}%
+ \noexpand\ifdim\noexpand\wdz@>\tw@ em\mathaccent"0\@tempb5B{#1}%
+ \noexpand\else\mathaccent"0362{#1}\noexpand\fi}
+\xdef\widetilde#1{\noexpand\setboxz@h{$\noexpand\m@th#1$}%
+ \noexpand\ifdim\noexpand\wdz@>\tw@ em\mathaccent"0\@tempb5D{#1}%
+ \noexpand\else\mathaccent"0365{#1}\noexpand\fi}
+\mathchardef\dabar@="0\@tempa39
+\xdef\dashrightarrow{\mathrel{\dabar@\dabar@\mathchar"0\@tempa4B}}%
+\xdef\dashleftarrow{\mathrel{\mathchar"0\@tempa4C\dabar@\dabar@}}%
+\global\let\dasharrow\dashrightarrow
+\gdef\newsymbol#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \@ifdefinable#1{%
+ \edef\next@
+ {\ifcase #2 \or
+ \hexnumber@{\msa@group}\or
+ \hexnumber@{\msb@group}\fi}%
+ \ifx\next@\@empty
+ \err@{\Invalid@@\newsymbol}\@ehd%
+ \else
+ \global\mathchardef#1"#3\next@#4#5
+ \fi}}
+}
+\let\rightleftharpoons\undefined \newsymbol\rightleftharpoons 130A
+\let\angle\undefined \newsymbol\angle 105C
+\let\hbar\undefined \newsymbol\hbar 207E
+\let\sqsubset\undefined \newsymbol\sqsubset 1340
+\let\sqsupset\undefined \newsymbol\sqsupset 1341
+\let\mho\undefined \newsymbol\mho 2066
+\let\Box\undefined \newsymbol\Box 1203
+\let\Diamond\undefined \newsymbol\Diamond 1206
+\let\leadsto\undefined \newsymbol\leadsto 1320
+\let\lhd\undefined \newsymbol\lhd 1343
+\let\unlhd\undefined \newsymbol\unlhd 1345
+\let\rhd\undefined \newsymbol\rhd 1342
+\let\unrhd\undefined \newsymbol\unrhd 1344
+\edef\Join{\mathrel{\mathchar"0\hexnumber@\msb@group 6F\mkern-13.8mu%
+ \mathchar"0\hexnumber@\msb@group 6E}}
+\def\frak{\protect\pfrak}
+\def\pfrak{\RIfM@\expandafter\frak@\else
+ \expandafter\nonmatherr@\expandafter\frak\fi}
+\newmathalphabet\frak@
+\addtoversion{normal}\frak@{euf}{m}{n}
+\addtoversion{bold}\frak@{euf}{m}{n}
+\def\bold{\protect\pbold}
+\def\pbold{\RIfM@\expandafter\bold@\else
+ \expandafter\nonmatherr@\expandafter\bold\fi}
+\newmathalphabet*\bold@{cmr}{bx}{n}
+\def\Bbb{\protect\pBbb}
+\def\pBbb{\RIfM@\expandafter\Bbb@\else
+ \expandafter\nonmatherr@\expandafter\Bbb\fi}
+\edef\Bbb@{\noexpand\use@mathgroup
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname =msb\endcsname
+ \msb@group}
+\def\goth{\family{euf}\selectfont\frak@}
+\newbox\Mathstrutbox@
+\setbox\Mathstrutbox@\null
+\def\Mathstrut@{\copy\Mathstrutbox@}
+\addto@hook\every@size{\setbox\z@\hbox{$\m@th($}%
+ \ht\Mathstrutbox@\ht\z@
+ \dp\Mathstrutbox@\dp\z@}
+\newbox\strutbox@
+\def\strut@{\copy\strutbox@}
+\addto@hook\every@size{%
+ \setbox\strutbox@\hbox{\lower.5\normallineskiplimit
+ \vbox{\kern-\normallineskiplimit\copy\strutbox}}}
+\def\big{\bBigg@\@ne}
+\def\Big{\bBigg@{1.5}}
+\def\bigg{\bBigg@\tw@}
+\def\Bigg{\bBigg@{2.5}}
+\def\bBigg@#1#2{%
+ {%
+ \hbox{$\left#2\vcenter to#1\big@size{}\right.%
+ \nulldelimiterspace\z@ \m@th$}}}
+\addto@hook\every@size{\setbox\z@\vbox{\hbox{$($}\kern\z@}%
+ \big@size 1.2\ht\z@}
+\newdimen\big@size
+\newdimen\ex@
+\addto@hook\every@size{\ex@.2326\fontdimen5\textfont\@ne}
+\newdimen\minaw@
+\addto@hook\every@size{\minaw@11.11128\ex@}
+\addto@hook\every@size{\jot\thr@@\ex@}
+\newmuskip\dotsspace@
+\dotsspace@1.5mu
+\def\smash{\@ifnextchar[\@xsmash{\@xsmash[tb]}}
+\def\@xsmash[#1]{\def\smash@{#1}%
+ \ifmmode\expandafter\mathpalette\expandafter\mathsm@sh\else
+ \expandafter\makesm@sh\fi}
+\def\finsm@sh{\def\mb@t{\ht\z@\z@}\def\mb@b{\dp\z@\z@}%
+ \expandafter\@tfor\expandafter\@tempa
+ \expandafter:\expandafter=\smash@\do
+ {\csname mb@\@tempa\endcsname}%
+ \leavevmode\boxz@}
+\def\default@mextra{\def\accentclass@{7}}
+\extra@def{cmm}{\skewchar#1'177}{\noaccents@}
+\extra@def{cmsy}{\skewchar#1'60}{\noaccents@}
+\new@fontshape{msa}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>msam5%
+ <6>msam6%
+ <7>msam7%
+ <8>msam8%
+ <9>msam9%
+ <10>msam10%
+ <11>msam10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>msam10 at12pt%
+ <14>msam10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>msam10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>msam10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>msam10 at24.88pt}{}
+\extra@def{msa}{}{}
+\new@fontshape{msb}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>msbm5%
+ <6>msbm6%
+ <7>msbm7%
+ <8>msbm8%
+ <9>msbm9%
+ <10>msbm10%
+ <11>msbm10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>msbm10 at12pt%
+ <14>msbm10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>msbm10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>msbm10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>msbm10 at24.88pt}{}
+\extra@def{msb}{}{\noaccents@}
+\new@fontshape{euf}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>eufm5%
+ <6>eufm6%
+ <7>eufm7%
+ <8>eufm8%
+ <9>eufm9%
+ <10>eufm10%
+ <11>eufm10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>eufm10 at12pt%
+ <14>eufm10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>eufm10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>eufm10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>eufm10 at24.88pt}{}
+%\new@fontshape{euf}{b}{n}{%
+% <5>eufb5%
+% <6>eufb6%
+% <7>eufb7%
+% <8>eufb8%
+% <9>eufb9%
+% <10>eufb10%
+% <11>eufb10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>eufb10 at12pt%
+% <14>eufb14%
+% <17>eufb14 at17.28pt%
+% <20>eufb14 at20.74pt%
+% <25>eufb14 at24.88pt}{}
+\extra@def{euf}{\hyphenchar#1\m@ne
+ \@tempdima\fontdimen2#1%
+ \fontdimen3#1.4\@tempdima
+ \fontdimen4#1.3\@tempdima}
+ {\noaccents@}
+%\new@fontshape{cmm}{b}{it}{%
+% <5>cmmib5%
+% <6>cmmib6%
+% <7>cmmib7%
+% <8>cmmib8%
+% <9>cmmib9%
+% <10>cmmib10%
+% <11>cmmib10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmmib10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmmib10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmmib10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmmib10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmmib10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%\new@fontshape{cmsy}{b}{n}{%
+% <5>cmbsy5%
+% <6>cmbsy6%
+% <7>cmbsy7%
+% <8>cmbsy8%
+% <9>cmbsy9%
+% <10>cmbsy10%
+% <11>cmbsy10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmbsy10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmbsy10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmbsy10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmbsy10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmbsy10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+\def\unbracefonts@{\let\math@bgroup\@empty\let\math@egroup\@empty}
+\def\operator@font{\mathgroup\z@}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `amsfont.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/amssymb.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/amssymb.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..361defb76c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/amssymb.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+%% This is file `amssymb.sty' generated from `amssymb.doc'
+%% on 21-JUN-1991 by the docstrip.ams utility (1.0).
+%%
+%%@texfile{%
+%% filename="amssymb.sty",
+%% version="1.1",
+%% date="21-JUN-1991",
+%% filetype="AMS-LaTeX: option",
+%% copyright="Copyright (C) American Mathematical Society, all rights
+%% reserved. Copying of this file is authorized only if either:
+%% (1) you make absolutely no changes to your copy, including name;
+%% OR (2) if you do make changes, you first rename it to some other
+%% name.",
+%% author="American Mathematical Society",
+%% address="American Mathematical Society,
+%% Technical Support Group,
+%% P. O. Box 6248,
+%% Providence, RI 02940,
+%% USA",
+%% telephone="401-455-4080 or (in the USA) 800-321-4AMS",
+%% email="Internet: Tech-Support@Math.AMS.com",
+%% checksumtype="line count",
+%% checksum="265",
+%% codetable="ISO/ASCII",
+%% keywords="latex, amslatex, ams-latex, math symbol, amsfonts, msam,
+%% msbm",
+%% abstract="This file is part of the AMS-\LaTeX{} package, ver. 1.1.
+%% It is a \LaTeX{} option that defines symbol names for all the math
+%% symbols in the fonts MSAM and MSBM, of the AMSFonts (2.0+)
+%% package."
+%%}
+\expandafter\ifx\csname amssymb.sty\endcsname\relax
+\expandafter\def\csname amssymb.sty\endcsname{}
+\else\message{---already loaded}\endinput\fi
+\def\filename{amssymb.sty}
+\def\fileversion{1.1} \def\filedate{21-JUN-1991}
+\immediate\write16{%
+AMS-LaTeX option `\filename' (\fileversion, \filedate)}
+%%% end of file header
+\@ifundefined{amsfonts.sty}{\input{amsfonts.sty}}{}%
+\newsymbol\boxdot 1200
+\newsymbol\boxplus 1201
+\newsymbol\boxtimes 1202
+\newsymbol\square 1003
+\newsymbol\blacksquare 1004
+\newsymbol\centerdot 1205
+\newsymbol\lozenge 1006
+\newsymbol\blacklozenge 1007
+\newsymbol\circlearrowright 1308
+\newsymbol\circlearrowleft 1309
+\let\rightleftharpoons\undefined
+\newsymbol\rightleftharpoons 130A
+\newsymbol\leftrightharpoons 130B
+\newsymbol\boxminus 120C
+\newsymbol\Vdash 130D
+\newsymbol\Vvdash 130E
+\newsymbol\vDash 130F
+\newsymbol\twoheadrightarrow 1310
+\newsymbol\twoheadleftarrow 1311
+\newsymbol\leftleftarrows 1312
+\newsymbol\rightrightarrows 1313
+\newsymbol\upuparrows 1314
+\newsymbol\downdownarrows 1315
+\newsymbol\upharpoonright 1316
+ \let\restriction\upharpoonright
+\newsymbol\downharpoonright 1317
+\newsymbol\upharpoonleft 1318
+\newsymbol\downharpoonleft 1319
+\newsymbol\rightarrowtail 131A
+\newsymbol\leftarrowtail 131B
+\newsymbol\leftrightarrows 131C
+\newsymbol\rightleftarrows 131D
+\newsymbol\Lsh 131E
+\newsymbol\Rsh 131F
+\newsymbol\rightsquigarrow 1320
+\newsymbol\leftrightsquigarrow 1321
+\newsymbol\looparrowleft 1322
+\newsymbol\looparrowright 1323
+\newsymbol\circeq 1324
+\newsymbol\succsim 1325
+\newsymbol\gtrsim 1326
+\newsymbol\gtrapprox 1327
+\newsymbol\multimap 1328
+\newsymbol\therefore 1329
+\newsymbol\because 132A
+\newsymbol\doteqdot 132B
+ \let\Doteq\doteqdot
+\newsymbol\triangleq 132C
+\newsymbol\precsim 132D
+\newsymbol\lesssim 132E
+\newsymbol\lessapprox 132F
+\newsymbol\eqslantless 1330
+\newsymbol\eqslantgtr 1331
+\newsymbol\curlyeqprec 1332
+\newsymbol\curlyeqsucc 1333
+\newsymbol\preccurlyeq 1334
+\newsymbol\leqq 1335
+\newsymbol\leqslant 1336
+\newsymbol\lessgtr 1337
+\newsymbol\backprime 1038
+\newsymbol\risingdotseq 133A
+\newsymbol\fallingdotseq 133B
+\newsymbol\succcurlyeq 133C
+\newsymbol\geqq 133D
+\newsymbol\geqslant 133E
+\newsymbol\gtrless 133F
+\newsymbol\vartriangleright 1342
+\newsymbol\vartriangleleft 1343
+\newsymbol\trianglerighteq 1344
+\newsymbol\trianglelefteq 1345
+\newsymbol\bigstar 1046
+\newsymbol\between 1347
+\newsymbol\blacktriangledown 1048
+\newsymbol\blacktriangleright 1349
+\newsymbol\blacktriangleleft 134A
+\newsymbol\vartriangle 134D
+\newsymbol\blacktriangle 104E
+\newsymbol\triangledown 104F
+\newsymbol\eqcirc 1350
+\newsymbol\lesseqgtr 1351
+\newsymbol\gtreqless 1352
+\newsymbol\lesseqqgtr 1353
+\newsymbol\gtreqqless 1354
+\newsymbol\Rrightarrow 1356
+\newsymbol\Lleftarrow 1357
+\newsymbol\veebar 1259
+\newsymbol\barwedge 125A
+\newsymbol\doublebarwedge 125B
+\newsymbol\measuredangle 105D
+\newsymbol\sphericalangle 105E
+\newsymbol\varpropto 135F
+\newsymbol\smallsmile 1360
+\newsymbol\smallfrown 1361
+\newsymbol\Subset 1362
+\newsymbol\Supset 1363
+\newsymbol\Cup 1264
+ \let\doublecup\Cup
+\newsymbol\Cap 1265
+ \let\doublecap\Cap
+\newsymbol\curlywedge 1266
+\newsymbol\curlyvee 1267
+\newsymbol\leftthreetimes 1268
+\newsymbol\rightthreetimes 1269
+\newsymbol\subseteqq 136A
+\newsymbol\supseteqq 136B
+\newsymbol\bumpeq 136C
+\newsymbol\Bumpeq 136D
+\newsymbol\lll 136E
+ \let\llless\lll
+\newsymbol\ggg 136F
+ \let\gggtr\ggg
+\newsymbol\circledS 1073
+\newsymbol\pitchfork 1374
+\newsymbol\dotplus 1275
+\newsymbol\backsim 1376
+\newsymbol\backsimeq 1377
+\newsymbol\complement 107B
+\newsymbol\intercal 127C
+\newsymbol\circledcirc 127D
+\newsymbol\circledast 127E
+\newsymbol\circleddash 127F
+\newsymbol\lvertneqq 2300
+\newsymbol\gvertneqq 2301
+\newsymbol\nleq 2302
+\newsymbol\ngeq 2303
+\newsymbol\nless 2304
+\newsymbol\ngtr 2305
+\newsymbol\nprec 2306
+\newsymbol\nsucc 2307
+\newsymbol\lneqq 2308
+\newsymbol\gneqq 2309
+\newsymbol\nleqslant 230A
+\newsymbol\ngeqslant 230B
+\newsymbol\lneq 230C
+\newsymbol\gneq 230D
+\newsymbol\npreceq 230E
+\newsymbol\nsucceq 230F
+\newsymbol\precnsim 2310
+\newsymbol\succnsim 2311
+\newsymbol\lnsim 2312
+\newsymbol\gnsim 2313
+\newsymbol\nleqq 2314
+\newsymbol\ngeqq 2315
+\newsymbol\precneqq 2316
+\newsymbol\succneqq 2317
+\newsymbol\precnapprox 2318
+\newsymbol\succnapprox 2319
+\newsymbol\lnapprox 231A
+\newsymbol\gnapprox 231B
+\newsymbol\nsim 231C
+\newsymbol\ncong 231D
+\newsymbol\varsubsetneq 2320
+\newsymbol\varsupsetneq 2321
+\newsymbol\nsubseteqq 2322
+\newsymbol\nsupseteqq 2323
+\newsymbol\subsetneqq 2324
+\newsymbol\supsetneqq 2325
+\newsymbol\varsubsetneqq 2326
+\newsymbol\varsupsetneqq 2327
+\newsymbol\subsetneq 2328
+\newsymbol\supsetneq 2329
+\newsymbol\nsubseteq 232A
+\newsymbol\nsupseteq 232B
+\newsymbol\nparallel 232C
+\newsymbol\nmid 232D
+\newsymbol\nshortmid 232E
+\newsymbol\nshortparallel 232F
+\newsymbol\nvdash 2330
+\newsymbol\nVdash 2331
+\newsymbol\nvDash 2332
+\newsymbol\nVDash 2333
+\newsymbol\ntrianglerighteq 2334
+\newsymbol\ntrianglelefteq 2335
+\newsymbol\ntriangleleft 2336
+\newsymbol\ntriangleright 2337
+\newsymbol\nleftarrow 2338
+\newsymbol\nrightarrow 2339
+\newsymbol\nLeftarrow 233A
+\newsymbol\nRightarrow 233B
+\newsymbol\nLeftrightarrow 233C
+\newsymbol\nleftrightarrow 233D
+\newsymbol\divideontimes 223E
+\newsymbol\varnothing 203F
+\newsymbol\nexists 2040
+\newsymbol\eth 2067
+\newsymbol\eqsim 2368
+\newsymbol\beth 2069
+\newsymbol\gimel 206A
+\newsymbol\daleth 206B
+\newsymbol\lessdot 236C
+\newsymbol\gtrdot 236D
+\newsymbol\ltimes 226E
+\newsymbol\rtimes 226F
+\newsymbol\shortmid 2370
+\newsymbol\shortparallel 2371
+\newsymbol\smallsetminus 2272
+\newsymbol\thicksim 2373
+\newsymbol\thickapprox 2374
+\newsymbol\approxeq 2375
+\newsymbol\succapprox 2376
+\newsymbol\precapprox 2377
+\newsymbol\curvearrowleft 2378
+\newsymbol\curvearrowright 2379
+\newsymbol\digamma 207A
+\newsymbol\varkappa 207B
+\newsymbol\hslash 207D
+\newsymbol\backepsilon 237F
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `amssymb.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/cljour1.ini b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/cljour1.ini
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cab23aaa84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/cljour1.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+% cljour1.ini
+% LaTeX package LJour1 1.0: initialization file of format with CM fonts
+% (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------
+\let\FONTS=C
+\input flplain
+\input hyphen
+\makeatletter
+\input ljour1.mac
+\input amsfont.sty
+\makeatother
+\def\springerstylefile{cljour1}
+\dump
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/flplain.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/flplain.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..047ebc68dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/flplain.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+% flplain.tex
+% LaTeX initialization utility file
+% (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This file forces the first sub-\input of lplain to sleep
+% (this is normally the hyphenation which can be read in later)
+% and the second to call for lfonts.new then normal conditions
+% are restored.
+%
+\catcode`\{=1 % left brace is begin-group character
+\catcode`\}=2 % right brace is end-group character
+\catcode`\#=6 % hash mark is macro parameter character
+%
+\let\x=\input
+\def\y#1 {\let\input\x \let\x=\undefined \input lfonts.new}
+\def\input#1 {\let\input=\y \let\y=\undefinded}
+%
+\x lplain
+%
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/fontdef.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/fontdef.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b13700021
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/fontdef.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1261 @@
+% fontdef.tex
+% LaTeX NFSS font definition part for CM or PS fonts
+% (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------
+\if C\FONTS
+%% This is file `fontdef.cm'
+%% it is part of the Springer Verlag LaTeX support for use
+%% with the New Font Selection Scheme.
+%% From original copyright (C) 1989,1990 by Frank Mittelbach, Rainer Schoepf.
+%% changed January 20th 1993 by Springer Verlag
+%% It contains the NFSS-file 'fontdef.ori' with
+%%
+%% \def\fileversion{v1.1k}
+%% \def\filedate{91/11/26}
+%% \def\docdate {91/11/26}
+%%
+%% and only a few changes to the fonts that are selected.
+
+%% Error Reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to
+%%
+%% Springer Verlag
+%% Dept. New Technologies/Product Development
+%% Tiergartenstrasse 17
+%% D-W-6900 Heidelberg
+%% FRG
+
+\def\fileversion{v1.0}
+\def\filedate{93/01/20}
+\def\docdate {91/11/26}
+
+%% \CheckSum{127}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+%% This file contains the external font information needed to load
+%% the standard families of the computer modern fonts
+%% designed by Donald E. Knuth.
+%% This means that some of the font shapes are not available in
+%% all sizes; in this case some other size (or other font) is
+%% substituted instead.
+%%
+%% For a larger collection of fonts see the file `fontdef.max'.
+%%
+%% You should *not* change this file! If you want to change the
+%% fonts/shapes you should create a copy of it named `fontdef.tex'
+%% and edit this one according to your needs!
+%%
+%% The format of a font/shape definition is as follows:
+%%
+%% \new@fontshape{family}{series}{shape}%
+%% {<size_1>external_font_1%
+%% <size_2>external_font_2%
+%% ...
+%% <size_n>external_font_n}{}
+%%
+%% (Don't forget the final {} !)
+%%
+%% family : Name of font family like cmr etc.
+%% series : Weight and width of the font in 1 to 4 letter
+%% abbreviations. A table is given in the tugboat article
+%% distributed together with this file.
+%% shape : Either n (normal), it (italic), sc (small caps), sl
+%% (slanted) or u (upright italic).
+%% <size_i> : The size in printer points. Standard LaTeX supports 5,
+%% 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17, 20, 25 corresponding to
+%% \tiny, \scriptsize and so on. The angle brackets are
+%% part of the syntax!
+%%
+%% external_font_i : The name of the external font in your font
+%% library. If the font/shape is not available in a
+%% certain size you may use the name of a replacement
+%% font. E.g. one can substitute cmr5 for cmti.. which is
+%% only available in size 7 and higher. If you put a `1'
+%% in front of the name of the font a warning message will
+%% be produced (saying that the font has been substituted
+%% for the real one) when you use it for the first time.
+%% Below you can find examples of this mechanism.
+%%
+%% For font/shape combinations which aren't available at all like
+%% computer modern sans serif small caps a suitable default will be
+%% used automatically unless you specify a substitution yourself with
+%% the \subst@fontshape command.
+%%
+%% It syntax is as follows:
+%%
+%% \subst@fontshape{family}{series}{shape}%
+%% {subst_family}{subst_series}{subst_shape}
+%%
+%% This might be necessary if the automatically selected default does
+%% not match your needs. For example: the font shape choosen instead
+%% of `computer modern sans serif small caps' would be `computer
+%% modern sans serif normal'. With a \subst@fontshape command you can
+%% change this, for example, to `computer modern roman small caps' as
+%% we did below. (If you don't like this remove this line in your
+%% *copy* of this file.)
+%%
+%% Finally, for every family there is an \extra@def macro. It defines
+%% special action to be done at load time for every font of the family.
+%% In most cases you can simply write
+%%
+%% \extra@def{family}{}{}
+%%
+%% In this file it is used to suppress hyphenation for typewriter
+%% fonts (see \extra@def{cmtt}... below) and to set the \skewchar
+%% for math fonts (see \extra@def{cmm}... and \extra@def{cmsy}...).
+%%
+%%
+\newlinechar`\^^J
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n{File: `fontdef.cm' \space
+ \fileversion\space <\filedate> (Springer Verlag)}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n{English Documentation
+ \@spaces\space <\docdate> (FMi and RmS)}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {^^JIncludes Font/Shape Definitions for:^^J
+ ^^J\@spaces Computer Modern Standard Fonts%
+ .^^J}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {********************************************************************}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {* Customized by Springer Verlag to change the default fonts.}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {********************************************************************}
+%%
+%% Please don't change the next lines unless you know exactly what you
+%% are doing.
+%%
+\def\default@shape{n}
+\def\default@series{m}
+\def\default@family{cmr}
+\def\default@errfont{cmsy10}
+%%
+%% Again, this is doubly dangerous bent.
+%%
+\fontfamily\default@family
+\fontseries\default@series
+\fontshape\default@shape
+%%
+%% And here is your playground:
+%%
+\new@fontshape{cmr}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>cmr5%
+ <6>cmr6%
+ <7>cmr7%
+ <8>cmr8%
+ <9>cmr9%
+ <10>cmr10%
+ <11>cmr10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmr12%
+ <14>cmr12 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmr17%
+ <20>cmr17 at20.736pt%
+ <25>cmr17 at24.8832pt}{}
+\extra@def{cmr}{}{}
+\new@fontshape{cmr}{m}{sl}{%
+ <5>1cmr5%
+ <6>1cmr6%
+ <7>1cmr7%
+ <8>cmsl8%
+ <9>cmsl9%
+ <10>cmsl10%
+ <11>cmsl10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmsl12%
+ <14>cmsl12 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmsl12 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmsl12 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmsl12 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmr}{m}{it}{%
+ <5>1cmr5%
+ <6>1cmr6%
+ <7>cmti7%
+ <8>cmti8%
+ <9>cmti9%
+ <10>cmti10%
+ <11>cmti10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmti12%
+ <14>cmti12 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmti12 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmti12 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmti12 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmr}{m}{sc}{%
+ <5>1cmr5%
+ <6>1cmr6%
+ <7>1cmr7%
+ <8>cmcsc10 at8pt%
+ <9>cmcsc10 at9pt%
+ <10>cmcsc10%
+ <11>cmcsc10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmcsc10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmcsc10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmcsc10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmcsc10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmcsc10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+%%
+%% Warning: please note that the upright shape below is used
+%% for the \pounds symbol of LaTeX. So this font
+%% definition shouldn't be removed.
+%%
+% If cmu below 10pt is not available we substitute
+% cmti as far as possible (sizes 7, 8, 9). This is
+% done because cmu is used mainly for producing the
+% the \pound symbol and it is better to get a slanted
+% (or bigger) pound then to get a $ sign in such situations.
+%%
+\new@fontshape{cmr}{m}{u}{%
+ <5>1cmti7%
+ <6>1cmti7%
+ <7>1cmti7%
+ <8>1cmti8%
+ <9>1cmti9%
+ <10>cmu10%
+ <11>cmu10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmu10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmu10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmu10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmu10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmu10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+%%%%%%%% bold series
+
+\new@fontshape{cmr}{b}{n}{%
+ <5>1cmbx5%
+ <6>1cmbx6%
+ <7>1cmbx7%
+ <8>1cmbx8%
+ <9>1cmbx9%
+ <10>cmb10%
+ <11>cmb10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmb10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmb10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmb10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmb10 at20.736pt%
+ <25>cmb10 at24.8832pt%
+ }{}
+
+%%%%%%%%% bold extended series
+
+\new@fontshape{cmr}{bx}{n}{%
+ <5>cmbx5%
+ <6>cmbx6%
+ <7>cmbx7%
+ <8>cmbx8%
+ <9>cmbx9%
+ <10>cmbx10%
+ <11>cmbx10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmbx12%
+ <14>cmbx12 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmbx12 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmbx12 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmbx12 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmr}{bx}{sl}{%
+ <5>1cmbx5%
+ <6>1cmbx6%
+ <7>1cmbx7%
+ <8>1cmbx8%
+ <9>1cmbx9%
+ <10>cmbxsl10%
+ <11>cmbxsl10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmbxsl10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmbxsl10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmbxsl10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmbxsl10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmbxsl10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmr}{bx}{it}{%
+ <5>1cmbx5%
+ <6>1cmbx6%
+ <7>1cmbx7%
+ <8>1cmbx8%
+ <9>1cmbx9%
+ <10>cmbxti10%
+ <11>cmbxti10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmbxti10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmbxti10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmbxti10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmbxti10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmbxti10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Sans serif font shapes
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\new@fontshape{cmss}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>cmss10 at5pt%
+ <6>cmss10 at6pt%
+ <7>cmss10 at7pt%
+ <8>cmss8%
+ <9>cmss9%
+ <10>cmss10%
+ <11>cmss10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmss12%
+ <14>cmss12 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmss17%
+ <20>cmss17 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmss17 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+
+\subst@fontshape{cmss}{m}{it}{cmss}{m}{sl}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmss}{m}{sl}{%
+ <5>1cmr5%
+ <6>1cmr6%
+ <7>1cmr7%
+ <8>cmssi8%
+ <9>cmssi9%
+ <10>cmssi10%
+ <11>cmssi10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmssi12%
+ <14>cmssi12 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmssi17%
+ <20>cmssi17 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmssi17 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+%%%%%%% Font/shape undefined, therefore substituted
+
+\subst@fontshape{cmss}{m}{sc}{cmr}{m}{sc}
+
+%%%%%%%% semibold condensed series
+
+\new@fontshape{cmss}{sbc}{n}{%
+ <5>1cmr5%
+ <6>1cmr6%
+ <7>1cmr7%
+ <8>1cmss8%
+ <9>1cmss9%
+ <10>cmssdc10%
+ <11>cmssdc10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmssdc10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmssdc10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmssdc10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmssdc10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmssdc10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+%%%%%%%%% bold extended series
+
+\new@fontshape{cmss}{bx}{n}{%
+ <5>1cmbx5%
+ <6>1cmbx6%
+ <7>1cmbx7%
+ <8>1cmbx8%
+ <9>1cmbx9%
+ <10>cmssbx10%
+ <11>cmssbx10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmssbx10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmssbx10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmssbx10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmssbx10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmssbx10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\extra@def{cmss}{}{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Typewriter font shapes
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\new@fontshape{cmtt}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>1cmr5%
+ <6>1cmr6%
+ <7>1cmr7%
+ <8>cmtt8%
+ <9>cmtt9%
+ <10>cmtt10%
+ <11>cmtt10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmtt12%
+ <14>cmtt12 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmtt12 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmtt12 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmtt12 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmtt}{m}{it}{%
+ <5>1cmr5%
+ <6>1cmr6%
+ <7>1cmr7%
+ <8>1cmtt8%
+ <9>1cmtt9%
+ <10>cmitt10%
+ <11>cmitt10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmitt10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmitt10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmitt10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmitt10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmitt10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmtt}{m}{sl}{%
+ <5>1cmr5%
+ <6>1cmr6%
+ <7>1cmr7%
+ <8>1cmtt8%
+ <9>1cmtt9%
+ <10>cmsltt10%
+ <11>cmsltt10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmsltt10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmsltt10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmsltt10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmsltt10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmsltt10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmtt}{m}{sc}{%
+ <5>1cmr5%
+ <6>1cmr6%
+ <7>1cmr7%
+ <8>1cmtt8%
+ <9>1cmtt9%
+ <10>cmtcsc10%
+ <11>cmtcsc10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmtcsc10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmtcsc10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmtcsc10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmtcsc10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmtcsc10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\extra@def{cmtt}{\hyphenchar #1\m@ne}{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Math italic font shapes
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\new@fontshape{cmm}{m}{it}{%
+ <5>cmmi5%
+ <6>cmmi6%
+ <7>cmmi7%
+ <8>cmmi8%
+ <9>cmmi9%
+ <10>cmmi10%
+ <11>cmmi10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmmi12%
+ <14>cmmi12 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmmi12 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmmi12 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmmi12 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmm}{b}{it}{%
+ <5>cmmib10 at5pt%
+ <6>cmmib10 at6pt% 1cmmi6%
+ <7>cmmib10 at7pt%
+ <8>cmmib10 at8pt% 1cmmi8%
+ <9>1cmmi9%
+ <10>cmmib10%
+ <11>cmmib10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmmib10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmmib10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmmib10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmmib10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmmib10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\extra@def{cmm}{\skewchar#1'177}{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Math symbol font shapes
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\new@fontshape{cmsy}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>cmsy5%
+ <6>cmsy6%
+ <7>cmsy7%
+ <8>cmsy8%
+ <9>cmsy9%
+ <10>cmsy10%
+ <11>cmsy10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmsy10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmsy10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmsy10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmsy10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmsy10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmsy}{b}{n}{%
+ <5>cmbsy10 at5pt%
+ <6>cmbsy10 at6pt%
+ <7>cmbsy10 at7pt%
+ <8>cmbsy10 at8pt%
+ <9>1cmsy9%
+ <10>cmbsy10%
+ <11>cmbsy10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmbsy10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmbsy10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmbsy10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmbsy10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmbsy10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\extra@def{cmsy}{\skewchar#1'60}{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% LaTeX symbol font shapes
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\new@fontshape{lasy}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>lasy5%
+ <6>lasy6%
+ <7>lasy7%
+ <8>lasy8%
+ <9>lasy9%
+ <10>lasy10%
+ <11>lasy10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>lasy10 at12pt%
+ <14>lasy10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>lasy10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>lasy10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>lasy10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{lasy}{b}{n}{%
+ <5>lasyb10 at5pt%
+ <6>lasyb10 at6pt%
+ <7>lasyb10 at7pt%
+ <8>lasyb10 at8pt%
+ <9>lasyb10 at9pt%
+ <10>lasyb10%
+ <11>lasyb10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>lasyb10 at12pt%
+ <14>lasyb10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>lasyb10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>lasyb10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>lasyb10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\extra@def{lasy}{}{}
+\else
+
+%%
+%% This is file `fontdef.ps'
+%% it is part of the Springer Verlag LaTeX support for use
+%% with the New Font Selection Scheme.
+%% From original copyright (C) 1989,1990 by Frank Mittelbach, Rainer Schoepf.
+%% changed January 20th 1993 by Springer Verlag
+%%
+%% It provides font selection including PostScript fonts
+%% using the NFSS from Frank Mittelbach, Rainer Schoepf.
+
+%% Error Reports in case of UNCHANGED versions to
+%%
+%% Springer Verlag
+%% Dept. New Technologies/Product Development
+%% Tiergartenstrasse 17
+%% D-W-6900 Heidelberg
+%% FRG
+
+\def\fileversion{v1.0}
+\def\filedate{93/01/20}
+
+%% \CheckSum{126}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+%% This file contains the external font information needed to load
+%% the standard families of the computer modern fonts
+%% designed by Donald E. Knuth.
+%% This means that some of the font shapes are not available in
+%% all sizes; in this case some other size (or other font) is
+%% substituted instead.
+%%
+%% For a larger collection of fonts see the file `fontdef.max'.
+%%
+%% You should *not* change this file! If you want to change the
+%% fonts/shapes you should create a copy of it named `fontdef.tex'
+%% and edit this one according to your needs!
+%%
+%% The format of a font/shape definition is as follows:
+%%
+%% \new@fontshape{family}{series}{shape}%
+%% {<size_1>external_font_1%
+%% <size_2>external_font_2%
+%% ...
+%% <size_n>external_font_n}{}
+%%
+%% (Don't forget the final {} !)
+%%
+%% family : Name of font family like cmr etc.
+%% series : Weight and width of the font in 1 to 4 letter
+%% abbreviations. A table is given in the tugboat article
+%% distributed together with this file.
+%% shape : Either n (normal), it (italic), sc (small caps), sl
+%% (slanted) or u (upright italic).
+%% <size_i> : The size in printer points. Standard LaTeX supports 5,
+%% 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17, 20, 25 corresponding to
+%% \tiny, \scriptsize and so on. The angle brackets are
+%% part of the syntax!
+%%
+%% external_font_i : The name of the external font in your font
+%% library. If the font/shape is not available in a
+%% certain size you may use the name of a replacement
+%% font. E.g. one can substitute cmr5 for cmti.. which is
+%% only available in size 7 and higher. If you put a `1'
+%% in front of the name of the font a warning message will
+%% be produced (saying that the font has been substituted
+%% for the real one) when you use it for the first time.
+%% Below you can find examples of this mechanism.
+%%
+%% For font/shape combinations which aren't available at all like
+%% computer modern sans serif small caps a suitable default will be
+%% used automatically unless you specify a substitution yourself with
+%% the \subst@fontshape command.
+%%
+%% It syntax is as follows:
+%%
+%% \subst@fontshape{family}{series}{shape}%
+%% {subst_family}{subst_series}{subst_shape}
+%%
+%% This might be necessary if the automatically selected default does
+%% not match your needs. For example: the font shape choosen instead
+%% of `computer modern sans serif small caps' would be `computer
+%% modern sans serif normal'. With a \subst@fontshape command you can
+%% change this, for example, to `computer modern roman small caps' as
+%% we did below. (If you don't like this remove this line in your
+%% *copy* of this file.)
+%%
+%% Finally, for every family there is an \extra@def macro. It defines
+%% special action to be done at load time for every font of the family.
+%% In most cases you can simply write
+%%
+%% \extra@def{family}{}{}
+%%
+%% In this file it is used to suppress hyphenation for typewriter
+%% fonts (see \extra@def{cmtt}... below) and to set the \skewchar
+%% for math fonts (see \extra@def{cmm}... and \extra@def{cmsy}...).
+%%
+%%
+\newlinechar`\^^J
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n{File: `fontdef.ps' \space
+ \fileversion\space <\filedate> (Springer Verlag)}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {********************************************************************}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {*by Springer Verlag from M & S original, to support PostScript fonts *}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {********************************************************************}
+%%
+%% Please don't change the next lines unless you know exactly what you
+%% are doing.
+%%
+\def\default@shape{n}
+\def\default@series{m}
+\def\default@family{cmr}
+\def\default@errfont{cmsy10}
+%%
+%% Again, this is doubly dangerous bent.
+%%
+\family\default@family
+\series\default@series
+\shape\default@shape
+%%
+%% And here is your playground:
+%%
+%%
+%% Generalized scheme for PostScript fonts, assuming they
+%% all have the same basic structure
+\def\postscript@fontdef#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{
+% 1 : full name for family
+% 2 : short name for family
+% 3 : tfm name for normal font
+% 4 : tfm name for italic font
+% 5 : tfm name for bold font
+% 6 : tfm name for bolditalic font
+% 7 : tfm name for smallcaps font
+% 8 : tfm name for slanted font
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {********************************************************************}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {Defining fonts for PostScript #1 family, with }
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {#2 as shortname}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {#3 as TFM name for normal font}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {#4 as TFM name for italic font}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {#5 as TFM name for bold font}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {#6 as TFM name for bolditalic font}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {#7 as TFM name for smallcaps font}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {#8 as TFM name for slanted font}
+
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {********************************************************************}
+\new@fontshape{#2}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>#3 at5pt%
+ <6>#3 at6pt%
+ <7>#3 at7pt%
+ <8>#3 at8pt%
+ <9>#3 at9pt%
+ <10>#3 at10pt%
+ <11>#3 at11pt%
+ <12>#3 at12pt%
+ <14>#3 at14pt%
+ <17>#3 at17pt%
+ <20>#3 at20pt%
+ <25>#3 at25pt}{}
+\extra@def{#2}{}{}
+
+\new@fontshape{#2}{m}{sc}{%
+ <5>#7 at5pt%
+ <6>#7 at6pt%
+ <7>#7 at7pt%
+ <8>#7 at8pt%
+ <9>#7 at9pt%
+ <10>#7 at10pt%
+ <11>#7 at11pt%
+ <12>#7 at12pt%
+ <14>#7 at14pt%
+ <17>#7 at17pt%
+ <20>#7 at20pt%
+ <25>#7 at25pt%
+ }{}
+
+
+\new@fontshape{#2}{m}{it}{%
+ <5>#4 at5pt%
+ <6>#4 at6pt%
+ <7>#4 at7pt%
+ <8>#4 at8pt%
+ <9>#4 at9pt%
+ <10>#4 at10pt%
+ <11>#4 at11pt%
+ <12>#4 at12pt%
+ <14>#4 at14pt%
+ <17>#4 at17pt%
+ <20>#4 at20pt%
+ <25>#4 at25pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{#2}{m}{sl}{%
+ <5>#8 at5pt%
+ <6>#8 at6pt%
+ <7>#8 at7pt%
+ <8>#8 at8pt%
+ <9>#8 at9pt%
+ <10>#8 at10pt%
+ <11>#8 at11pt%
+ <12>#8 at12pt%
+ <14>#8 at14pt%
+ <17>#8 at17pt%
+ <20>#8 at20pt%
+ <25>#8 at25pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{#2}{bx}{n}{%
+ <5>#5 at6pt%
+ <6>#5 at6pt%
+ <7>#5 at7pt%
+ <8>#5 at8pt%
+ <9>#5 at9pt%
+ <10>#5 at10pt%
+ <11>#5 at11pt%
+ <12>#5 at12pt%
+ <14>#5 at14pt%
+ <17>#5 at17pt%
+ <20>#5 at20pt%
+ <25>#5 at25pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{#2}{bx}{it}{%
+ <5>#6 at6pt%
+ <6>#6 at6pt%
+ <7>#6 at7pt%
+ <8>#6 at8pt%
+ <9>#6 at9pt%
+ <10>#6 at10pt%
+ <11>#6 at11pt%
+ <12>#6 at12pt%
+ <14>#6 at14pt%
+ <17>#6 at17pt%
+ <20>#6 at20pt%
+ <25>#6 at25pt%
+ }{}
+
+
+% bold and bold-extended regarded as the same
+% slanted and smallcaps only in normal font
+\subst@fontshape{#2}{b}{sc}{#2}{m}{sc}
+\subst@fontshape{#2}{b}{sl}{#2}{m}{sl}
+\subst@fontshape{#2}{bx}{sc}{#2}{m}{sc}
+\subst@fontshape{#2}{bx}{sl}{#2}{m}{sl}
+\subst@fontshape{#2}{b}{n}{#2}{bx}{n}
+\subst@fontshape{#2}{b}{it}{#2}{bx}{it}
+}
+%%
+%\new@fontshape{cmr}{m}{n}{%
+% <5>cmr5%
+% <6>cmr6%
+% <7>cmr7%
+% <8>cmr8%
+% <9>cmr9%
+% <10>cmr10%
+% <11>cmr10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmr12%
+% <14>cmr12 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmr17%
+% <20>cmr17 at20.736pt%
+% <25>cmr17 at24.8832pt}{}
+%\extra@def{cmr}{}{}
+%\new@fontshape{cmr}{m}{sl}{%
+% <5>1cmr5%
+% <6>1cmr6%
+% <7>1cmr7%
+% <8>cmsl8%
+% <9>cmsl9%
+% <10>cmsl10%
+% <11>cmsl10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmsl12%
+% <14>cmsl12 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmsl12 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmsl12 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmsl12 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmr}{m}{it}{%
+% <5>1cmr5%
+% <6>1cmr6%
+% <7>cmti7%
+% <8>cmti8%
+% <9>cmti9%
+% <10>cmti10%
+% <11>cmti10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmti12%
+% <14>cmti12 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmti12 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmti12 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmti12 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmr}{m}{sc}{%
+% <5>1cmr5%
+% <6>1cmr6%
+% <7>1cmr7%
+% <8>cmcsc10 at8pt%
+% <9>cmcsc10 at9pt%
+% <10>cmcsc10%
+% <11>cmcsc10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmcsc10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmcsc10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmcsc10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmcsc10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmcsc10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%%%
+%%% Warning: please note that the upright shape below is used
+%%% for the \pounds symbol of LaTeX. So this font
+%%% definition shouldn't be removed.
+%%%
+%% If cmu below 10pt is not available we substitute
+%% cmti as far as possible (sizes 7, 8, 9). This is
+%% done because cmu is used mainly for producing the
+%% the \pound symbol and it is better to get a slanted
+%% (or bigger) pound then to get a $ sign in such situations.
+%%%
+%\new@fontshape{cmr}{m}{u}{%
+% <5>1cmti7%
+% <6>1cmti7%
+% <7>1cmti7%
+% <8>1cmti8%
+% <9>1cmti9%
+% <10>cmu10%
+% <11>cmu10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmu10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmu10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmu10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmu10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmu10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%%%%%%%%% bold series
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmr}{b}{n}{%
+% <5>1cmbx5%
+% <6>1cmbx6%
+% <7>1cmbx7%
+% <8>1cmbx8%
+% <9>1cmbx9%
+% <10>cmb10%
+% <11>cmb10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmb10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmb10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmb10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmb10 at20.736pt%
+% <25>cmb10 at24.8832pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%%%%%%%%%% bold extended series
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmr}{bx}{n}{%
+% <5>cmbx5%
+% <6>cmbx6%
+% <7>cmbx7%
+% <8>cmbx8%
+% <9>cmbx9%
+% <10>cmbx10%
+% <11>cmbx10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmbx12%
+% <14>cmbx12 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmbx12 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmbx12 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmbx12 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmr}{bx}{sl}{%
+% <5>1cmbx5%
+% <6>1cmbx6%
+% <7>1cmbx7%
+% <8>1cmbx8%
+% <9>1cmbx9%
+% <10>cmbxsl10%
+% <11>cmbxsl10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmbxsl10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmbxsl10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmbxsl10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmbxsl10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmbxsl10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmr}{bx}{it}{%
+% <5>1cmbx5%
+% <6>1cmbx6%
+% <7>1cmbx7%
+% <8>1cmbx8%
+% <9>1cmbx9%
+% <10>cmbxti10%
+% <11>cmbxti10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmbxti10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmbxti10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmbxti10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmbxti10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmbxti10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+
+\postscript@fontdef{Times}{cmr}{psmtimr}{psmtimi}{psmtimb}{psmtimbi}{psmtimr}{psmtimi}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Sans serif font shapes
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\postscript@fontdef{Helvetica}{cmss}{psmhlv}{psmhlvo}{psmhlvb}{psmhlvbo}{psmhlv}{psmhlv}
+
+%\new@fontshape{cmss}{m}{n}{%
+% <5>1cmr5%
+% <6>1cmr6%
+% <7>1cmr7%
+% <8>cmss8%
+% <9>cmss9%
+% <10>cmss10%
+% <11>cmss10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmss12%
+% <14>cmss12 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmss17%
+% <20>cmss17 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmss17 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%
+%\subst@fontshape{cmss}{m}{it}{cmss}{m}{sl}
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmss}{m}{sl}{%
+% <5>1cmr5%
+% <6>1cmr6%
+% <7>1cmr7%
+% <8>cmssi8%
+% <9>cmssi9%
+% <10>cmssi10%
+% <11>cmssi10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmssi12%
+% <14>cmssi12 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmssi17%
+% <20>cmssi17 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmssi17 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%%%%%%%% Font/shape undefined, therefore substituted
+%
+%\subst@fontshape{cmss}{m}{sc}{cmr}{m}{sc}
+%
+%%%%%%%%% semibold condensed series
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmss}{sbc}{n}{%
+% <5>1cmr5%
+% <6>1cmr6%
+% <7>1cmr7%
+% <8>1cmss8%
+% <9>1cmss9%
+% <10>cmssdc10%
+% <11>cmssdc10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmssdc10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmssdc10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmssdc10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmssdc10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmssdc10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%%%%%%%%%% bold extended series
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmss}{bx}{n}{%
+% <5>1cmbx5%
+% <6>1cmbx6%
+% <7>1cmbx7%
+% <8>1cmbx8%
+% <9>1cmbx9%
+% <10>cmssbx10%
+% <11>cmssbx10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmssbx10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmssbx10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmssbx10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmssbx10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmssbx10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%\extra@def{cmss}{}{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Typewriter font shapes
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\postscript@fontdef{Courier}{cmtt}{psmcou}{psmcouo}{psmcoub}{psmcoubo}{psmcou}{psmcou}
+\extra@def{cmtt}{\hyphenchar #1\m@ne}{}
+
+%\new@fontshape{cmtt}{m}{n}{%
+% <5>1cmr5%
+% <6>1cmr6%
+% <7>1cmr7%
+% <8>cmtt8%
+% <9>cmtt9%
+% <10>cmtt10%
+% <11>cmtt10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmtt12%
+% <14>cmtt12 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmtt12 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmtt12 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmtt12 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmtt}{m}{it}{%
+% <5>1cmr5%
+% <6>1cmr6%
+% <7>1cmr7%
+% <8>1cmtt8%
+% <9>1cmtt9%
+% <10>cmitt10%
+% <11>cmitt10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmitt10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmitt10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmitt10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmitt10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmitt10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmtt}{m}{sl}{%
+% <5>1cmr5%
+% <6>1cmr6%
+% <7>1cmr7%
+% <8>1cmtt8%
+% <9>1cmtt9%
+% <10>cmsltt10%
+% <11>cmsltt10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmsltt10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmsltt10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmsltt10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmsltt10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmsltt10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%\new@fontshape{cmtt}{m}{sc}{%
+% <5>1cmr5%
+% <6>1cmr6%
+% <7>1cmr7%
+% <8>1cmtt8%
+% <9>1cmtt9%
+% <10>cmtcsc10%
+% <11>cmtcsc10 at10.95pt%
+% <12>cmtcsc10 at12pt%
+% <14>cmtcsc10 at14.4pt%
+% <17>cmtcsc10 at17.28pt%
+% <20>cmtcsc10 at20.74pt%
+% <25>cmtcsc10 at24.88pt%
+% }{}
+%
+%\extra@def{cmtt}{\hyphenchar #1\m@ne}{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Math italic font shapes
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\new@fontshape{cmm}{m}{it}{%
+ <5>cmmi5%
+ <6>cmmi6%
+ <7>cmmi7%
+ <8>cmmi8%
+ <9>cmmi9%
+ <10>cmmi10%
+ <11>cmmi10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmmi12%
+ <14>cmmi12 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmmi12 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmmi12 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmmi12 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmm}{b}{it}{%
+ <5>cmmib10 at5pt%<5>1cmmi5%
+ <6>cmmib10 at6pt%<6>1cmmi6%
+ <7>cmmib10 at7pt%<7>1cmmi7%
+ <8>cmmib10 at8pt%<8>1cmmi8%
+ <9>1cmmi9%
+ <10>cmmib10%
+ <11>cmmib10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmmib10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmmib10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmmib10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmmib10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmmib10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\extra@def{cmm}{\skewchar#1'177}{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Math symbol font shapes
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\new@fontshape{cmsy}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>cmsy5%
+ <6>cmsy6%
+ <7>cmsy7%
+ <8>cmsy8%
+ <9>cmsy9%
+ <10>cmsy10%
+ <11>cmsy10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmsy10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmsy10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmsy10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmsy10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmsy10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{cmsy}{b}{n}{%
+ <5>cmbsy10 at5pt%<5>1cmsy5%
+ <6>cmbsy10 at6pt%<6>1cmsy6%
+ <7>cmbsy10 at7pt%<7>1cmsy7%
+ <8>cmbsy10 at8pt%<8>1cmsy8%
+ <9>1cmsy9%
+ <10>cmbsy10%
+ <11>cmbsy10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>cmbsy10 at12pt%
+ <14>cmbsy10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>cmbsy10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>cmbsy10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>cmbsy10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\extra@def{cmsy}{\skewchar#1'60}{}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% LaTeX symbol font shapes
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\new@fontshape{lasy}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>lasy5%
+ <6>lasy6%
+ <7>lasy7%
+ <8>lasy8%
+ <9>lasy9%
+ <10>lasy10%
+ <11>lasy10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>lasy10 at12pt%
+ <14>lasy10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>lasy10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>lasy10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>lasy10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\new@fontshape{lasy}{b}{n}{%
+ <5>lasyb10 at5pt%<5>1lasy5%
+ <6>lasyb10 at6pt%<6>1lasy6%
+ <7>lasyb10 at7pt%<7>1lasy7%
+ <8>lasyb10 at8pt%<8>1lasy8%
+ <9>lasyb10 at9pt%<9>1lasy9%
+ <10>lasyb10%
+ <11>lasyb10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>lasyb10 at12pt%
+ <14>lasyb10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>lasyb10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>lasyb10 at20.74pt%
+ <25>lasyb10 at24.88pt%
+ }{}
+
+\extra@def{lasy}{}{}
+
+
+
+
+
+%%
+%% End of file `fontdef.ps'.
+
+
+
+\fi
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/linvmat.dem b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/linvmat.dem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0877d4ba54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/linvmat.dem
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+% linvmat.dem
+% LaTeX package LJour1 1.0: demo file for Inventiones mathematicae
+% (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% customization
+\documentstyle[bibay]{pljour1}
+\journalname{Inventiones mathematicae} % State name of journal
+\newcommand{\DXDYCZ}[3]{\left( \frac{ \partial #1 }{ \partial #2 }
+ \right)_{#3}}
+% end of customization
+%
+\begin{document}
+%
+\title{ Optimality relationships for $p$-cyclic
+ SOR\thanks{Research supported in part by the US Air Force under
+ grant no. AFOSR-88-0285 and the National Science Foundation under
+ grant no. DMS-85-0285.}\fnmsep\thanks{In memory of J.L. Verdier}}
+\subtitle{A demonstration text}
+\author{Daniel J. Pierce\inst{1} \and Apostolos
+ Jadjidimos\inst{2}\fnmsep\thanks{{\it Present address:\/} Department
+ of Computer Science, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907, USA.}
+ \and Robert J. Plemmons\inst{3}}
+\mail{R. Plemmons}
+\titlerunning{Optimality relationships for $p$-cyclic SOR}
+\authorrunning{D. J. Pierce et al.}
+\institute{Boeing Computer Service, P.O. Box 24346, MS 7L-21,
+ Seattle, WA 98124-0346, USA \and
+ Department of Mathematics, University of Ioannina, GR-45 1210
+ Ionnanina, Greece \and
+ Department of Computer Science and Mathematics, North Carolina
+ State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-8205, USA}
+\date{Oblatum 20-I-1989 \& 3-VIII-1991}
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract}
+ The optimality question for block $p$-cyclic matrix into a block
+ $q$-cyclic form, $q < p$, results in asymptotically faster SOR
+ convergence for the same amount of work per iteration. As a
+ consequence block 2-cyclic SOR is optimal under these conditions.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+This text was compiled to demonstrate the use of the Springer
+\LaTeX\ macropackages {\em LJour1\/} for one-column journals.
+Please refer to \cite{leslie} for general information on coding \LaTeX{}
+and to the \cite{springer} for information concerning the Springer
+layout.
+
+Parts of this ``article" were taken from different real articles, but
+may have been changed to show a special feature of a macro.
+
+\section{Notation}
+
+Here are a few examples of how to use special fonts. Vectors are denoted
+by boldface letters: $\vec V,\; \vec W$. Tensors are denoted by sans
+serif letters: $\tens{A, B}$. If no tensors are needed, sans serif
+letters may be reserved for other purposes. Vector spaces may be denoted
+by gothic letters: $\frak{G, H}$. Sets of functions are denoted by
+script letters: ${\cal W}_i,{\cal F}$. Sets of numbers are denoted by
+special roman letters ${\Bbb R}, {\Bbb C}$.
+
+You are of course (within limits) free to design your own notation but
+sticking to conventions makes your article easier for others to read.
+
+\section{Preliminaries}
+Let us state a few well known results and demonstrate how to typeset
+lists. The functions $f$ and $g$ of (1) and (2) fulfill the following
+assumptions:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item $f: B_f \subset {\Bbb R}^n \times {\Bbb R}^n \times [a,b] \to
+{\Bbb R}^n$ \\
+$f^\prime _x$, $f^\prime_y$ exist and are continous
+\item ker$(f^\prime _y (y, x, t)) = N (t)\quad \forall (y, x, t)
+\in B_f$ \\
+${\rm rank} (f^\prime _y (y, x, t)) = r$ \\
+${\rm dim} (N (t)) = n - r$
+\item $Q(t)$ denotes a projection onto $N(t)$ \\
+$Q$ is smooth and $P(t) := I - Q (t)$
+\item The matrix $G (y, x, t) := f^\prime _y (y, x, t) + f^\prime
+_x (y, x, t) Q (t)$ is nonsingular \\
+$\forall (y, x, t) \in B_f$\quad (i.e. (1) is transferable)
+\item $g: B_g \subset {\Bbb R}^n \times {\Bbb R}^n \to M \subset
+{\Bbb R}^n$ \\
+$g^\prime _{x_a} , g^\prime _{x_b}$ exist and are continuous\\
+${\rm im} (g^\prime _{x_a} , g^\prime _{x_b}) =: M$
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Now we give another example of a list with changed indentation.
+
+\begin{description}[Shoot.]
+
+\item[Shoot.]
+Collocation methods for this type of equations are considered in
+\cite{yser} and \cite{wendl}. Shooting and difference methods for
+linear, {\it solvable} DAE's in the sense of [9], also with higher
+index, are treated in [8] under the assumption that consistent initial
+values can be calculated and a stable integration method is available.
+
+\item[Diff.]
+This paper aims at constructing an algorithm for solving a BVP in
+transferable nonlinear DAE's with nonsingular Jacobian and the same
+dimension as in the ODE case.
+
+\begin{description}[Jacob.]
+
+\item[Jacob.] We also deal with Jacobians, which means that we
+explain the functions, advantages and inconveniences of calling them not
+Jacobians.....
+
+\item[Nonl.] Nonlinear functions play an important role in
+this connection. Please note that we always call them nonlinear whenever
+there is no............
+
+\end{description}
+
+\end{description}
+
+\section{The shooting method}
+The natural way to construct a shooting method for DAE's is described by
+\cite{yser}.
+
+The physical meaning of $ \sigma_0 $ and $K$ is clearly visible in
+the equations above. $\sigma_0$ represents a frequency of the order one
+per free-fall time. $K$ is
+proportional to the ratio of the free-fall time and the cooling time.
+Substituting into Baker's criteria, using thermodynamic identities
+and definitions of thermodynamic quantities,
+\begin{displaymath}
+ \Gamma_1 = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln \rho}{S} \, , \;
+ \chi^{}_\rho = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln \rho}{T} \, , \;
+ \kappa^{}_{P} = \DXDYCZ{\ln \kappa}{\ln P}{T}
+\end{displaymath}
+\begin{displaymath}
+ \nabla_{\rm ad} = \DXDYCZ{\ln T}{\ln P}{S} \, , \;
+ \chi^{}_T = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln T}{\rho} \, , \;
+ \kappa^{}_{T} = \DXDYCZ{\ln \kappa}{\ln T}{T}
+\end{displaymath}
+one obtains, after some pages of algebra, the conditions for
+{\em stability} given
+below:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ \frac{\pi^2}{8} \frac{1}{\tau_{\rm ff}^2}
+ ( 3 \Gamma_1 - 4 )
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSDynSta} \\
+ \frac{\pi^2}{\tau_{\rm co}
+ \tau_{\rm ff}^2}
+ \Gamma_1 \nabla_{\rm ad}
+ \left[ \frac{ 1- 3/4 \chi^{}_\rho }{ \chi^{}_T }
+ ( \kappa^{}_T - 4 )
+ + \kappa^{}_P + 1
+ \right]
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSSecSta} \\
+ \frac{\pi^2}{4} \frac{3}{\tau_{ \rm co }
+ \tau_{ \rm ff }^2
+ }
+ \Gamma_1^2 \, \nabla_{\rm ad} \left[
+ 4 \nabla_{\rm ad}
+ - ( \nabla_{\rm ad} \kappa^{}_T
+ + \kappa^{}_P
+ )
+ - \frac{4}{3 \Gamma_1}
+ \right]
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSVibSta}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+For a physical discussion of the stability criteria see \cite{tetz}
+or \cite{yser}.
+
+\subsection{Disadvantages of the method}
+
+The disadvantage of Eq. (\ref{ZSVibSta}) is the singularity of the
+Jacobian. If we use the representation of
+$z_i = P_i z_i + Q_i z_i =: u_i + v_i$, we obtain the following system
+
+\begin{eqnarray}
+g (u_0 + v_0 , x (t_m, t_{m-1}, u_{m-1}))& = & 0 \label{dis}\\
+u_i - P_i x (t_i; t_{i-1}, u_{i-1}) & = & 0\;,
+ \quad i = 1, \ldots , m-1\;. \label{das}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+\subsection{Specialization of $V$}
+
+Now we specialize $V := \hat S^\prime $ in. Let $P_D$ be a
+projector with ${\rm im} (P_D) = M$. If we demand Eq. (\ref{das}) and
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+VV^- &=& P_D \\
+V^-V &=& P\; ,
+\end{eqnarray*}
+%
+the generalized inverse $V^-$ in uniquely determined. Using Lemma 1 we
+construct a regular matrix $K$ so that ${\rm im} (P_D) \oplus {\rm im}
+(K^{-1} Q) = {\Bbb R}^n$. This provides the possibility to add without
+loss $(K^{-1} Q) = {\Bbb R}^n$. This provides the possibility to add,
+without loss of information, the Eqs.\ts (\ref{dis}) and (\ref{six})
+(after multiplying by $K^{-1})$. The following shooting operator is
+created
+\begin{equation}
+\quad S (\xi ) := \left\{
+\begin{array}{ll}
+ S_1 (\xi):= & \left\{
+ \begin{array} {ll}
+ g (u_0 + v_0, x (t_m; t_{m-1}, u_{m-1})) + K^{-1} Q_0 u_0
+ &\quad (a)\\
+ u_i - P_i x (t_i; t_{i-1} , u_{i-1})\; i = 1, \ldots , m-1
+ & \quad(b)
+ \end{array} \right. \\
+ S_2 (\xi) := & \left\{
+ \begin{array} {ll}
+ Q_0 y_0 + P_0 v_0 & \quad (c)\\
+ f(y_0, u_0 + v_0, t_0) & \quad (d) \quad ,
+ \end{array}
+ \right.
+\end{array} \right.\label{six}
+\end{equation}
+%
+with $\xi := (u_0 , u_1, \ldots , u_{m-1} , y_0, v_0)^{\rm T}$.
+
+\begin{lemma}
+Let $V$ be a singular matrix and $V^-$ a reflexive inverse of $V$ with
+Sect. (2.3) and $VV^- = P_D$, $V^-V = P$, where $P$ and $P_D$ satisfy
+the conditions of Lemma 2.1. Then the matrix $V + K^{-1} Q$ is
+nonsingular and
+%
+\[ (V + K^{-1} Q) ^{-1} = V^- + QK\; , \]
+%
+where $K$ is defined in Sect. (2.2).
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{proof}
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+(V + K^{-1}Q)(V^- + QK) & = & VV^- + VQK + K^{-1}QV^- + K^{-1} QK \\
+& = & P_D + 0 + 0 + Q_D = I\; . \quad\qed
+\end{eqnarray*}
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{remark}
+The value $w := (P_s v_0 + Q_0 G^{-1} f (y_0, u_0 + v_0, t_0))$ at
+the right-hand side of Eq. (16) is the solution of the linear system
+\begin{equation}
+ J_4 \left(\begin{array}{c} \eta \\ w \end{array} \right)
+ = \left(\begin{array}{c} Q_0 y_0 + P_0 v_0 \\
+ f (y_0, u_0 + v_0, t_0) \end{array} \right)
+\end{equation}
+\end{remark}
+
+\begin{figure}\picplace {4 cm}
+\firstcaption{The doping profile $C (t)$ has the same structure as
+$N_-$}
+\secondcaption{The doping profile of $C (z)$}
+\end{figure}
+
+This leads to the following algorithm to compute the iteration $\xi^i$:
+\begin{description}[5 ---]
+\item[0 -- ] initial value $\xi^0 := (u_0^0 , \ldots , u^0_{m-1} , y_0^0
+, v_0^0)$
+\item[1 -- ] $i:= 0$
+\item[2 -- ] compute $u^{i+1}$ with (3.16)
+\item[3 -- ] compute $y^{i+1}_0, v_0^{i+1}$ with (3.17) using $\Delta
+u^{i+1} := u^{i+1} - u^i$
+\item[4 -- ]$i:= i + 1$
+\item[5 -- ]{\tt IF} accuracy not reached {\tt THEN GOTO 2 ELSE STOP}
+\end{description}
+
+\begin{theorem} Let the assumptions (A), (B) be fulfilled. Then the
+non-linear equation
+$$
+S (\xi) = 0
+$$
+has a nonsingular Jacobian in a neighbourhood of
+$$
+\xi = \xi_\star := (u_{\star 0}, \ldots , u_{\star m-1} , y_{\star 0},
+v_{\star 0})\; ,
+$$
+which corresponds with $x_\star$.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\section{Implementation}
+If listing of a program is desired, this is possible too \cite{darnell}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+void get_two_kbd_chars()
+{
+ extern char KEYBOARD;
+ char c0, c1;
+
+ c0 = KEYBOARD;
+ c1 = KEYBOARD;
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Solutions}
+We solve this problem with the relative accuracy of integration $1d-4$.
+The experimental tests of the Standard Model and thereby of the
+unification of the weak and electromagnetic interactions have reached a
+new level of accuracy. The results are given in Table \ref{KapSou}.
+
+\begin{table}
+ \caption{Opacity sources}\label{KapSou}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \hline\noalign{\smallskip}
+ Source & T/[K] \\
+ \noalign{\smallskip}
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\smallskip}
+ Yorke 1979, Yorke 1980a & $\leq 1700^{\rm a}$ \\
+ Kr\"ugel 1971 & $1700 \leq T \leq 5000$ \\
+ Cox and Stewart 1969 & $5000 \leq $ \\
+ \noalign{\smallskip}\hline\noalign{\smallskip}
+ $^{\rm a}$ This is a footnote.
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{acknowledgement}I wish to thank Prof. Dr. Roswitha M\"arz for
+many helpful discussions.\end{acknowledgement}
+
+\begin{thebibliography}[9]{References}
+% Note that space for square brackets is added to the width of the label
+% specified in the [] argument. If you don't use []s in your
+% bibliography, specify a narrower label or omit the specification
+% altogether. In this case \parindent is used.
+
+\bibitem{1.}{darnell}{[1]}
+Darnell, P.A., Margolis, P.E.: C, A software engineering
+approach. Berlin Heidelberg New York: Springer-Verlag, 1988
+
+\bibitem{2.}{leslie}{[2]}
+Lamport, L.: \LaTeX: A document preparation system.
+Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., 1986
+
+\bibitem{3.}{seroul}{[3]}
+Seroul, R., Levy, S.: A beginner's book of \TeX{}. New York Berlin
+Heidelberg: Springer, 1989
+
+\bibitem{4.}{springer}{[4]}
+LJour1: Springer's \LaTeX{} style file for journals with one-column
+layout. Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag, 1993
+
+\bibitem{5.}{stroud}{[5]}
+Strout, A.H.: Approximate calculation of multiple integrals.
+Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall, 1971
+
+\bibitem{6.}{tetz}{[6]}
+Tetzlaff, A.: Stability in the Common Market. (To appear)
+
+\bibitem{7.}{wendl}{[7]}
+Wendland, W.L.: Strongly elliptic boundary integral equations.
+In: A. Iserles, M. Powell, (eds.) The state of the art in numerical
+analysis. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1987, pp. 511--561
+
+\bibitem{8.}{yser}{[8]}
+Yserentant, H.: A remark on the numerical computation of
+improper integrals. Computing {\bf 30}, 179--183 (1983)
+
+\medskip\noindent
+\bibitem{Please}{}{}refer to a recent issue of the journal for further
+examples on how to format references.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d6c9e2b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1791 @@
+% ljour1.doc
+%-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+% LJour1 1.0: LaTeX style file for journals with one column layout
+% User's guide
+% (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+%-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+% use format file cljour1 !!
+\documentstyle[bibay]{cljour1}
+\makeatletter
+\journalname{Springer technical documentation}
+\renewcommand{\abstractname}{}
+\renewcommand{\makeheadbox}{}
+\newcommand{\ljour}{{\em LJour1\/}}
+\newcommand{\Msun}{M_{\odot}}
+\newcommand{\BibTeX}{{\sc Bib}\TeX}
+\def\sectionmark#1{\markright{{\ifnum\c@secnumdepth>\z@
+ \thesection.\hskip\betweenumberspace\fi #1}}}
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \let\@svsec\@empty\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1%
+ \endcsname.\hskip\betweenumberspace\ignorespaces}\fi % LsD
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{%
+ \raggedright%
+ \hyphenpenalty \@M%
+ \interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}%
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\relax
+ \@svsec #8\hskip\aftertext\ignorespaces% LsD
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{Contents}\@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty} \addvspace{0.5em plus 1pt}
+\@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \bf \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}% Only two levels of sections in the toc
+\makeatother
+\begin{document}
+%\pagestyle{headings}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+\overfullrule=0pt
+\headnote{Springer-Verlag technical information}
+\title {LJour1: Springer's \LaTeX{} style file\\
+for journals with one-column layout
+\\
+\\
+User's guide}
+\titlerunning{LJour1: User's guide}
+\author{}
+\authorrunning{LJour1: User's guide}
+\institute{}
+\date{version 1.0}
+\maketitle
+\markboth{LJour1: User's guide}{LJour1: User's guide}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\begin{abstract}
+This user's guide for the \LaTeX{} style file {\it LJour1\/} as well as
+the macro package itself have been developed by Springer-Verlag
+Heidelberg as a free service to authors and editors preparing articles
+for Springer journals.
+
+This user's guide and the macros may be copied and passed on to other
+Springer authors, but may not be sold or placed on any mailserver other
+than the one maintained by Springer-Verlag. Our macro packages may not
+be incorporated into other \TeX{} macro packages, and \LaTeX{} style
+files may not be used commercially, unless permission has been granted
+by Springer-Verlag.
+
+For all questions regarding the macro packages please write to
+\medskip
+{\obeylines
+Springer-Verlag
+New Technologies / Product Development
+Tiergartenstrasse 17
+D-69121 Heidelberg
+Germany
+\smallskip
+Fax number: x49 6221 487\,648
+E-mail: {\tt springer@vax.ntp.springer.de}
+Mailserver: {\tt svserv@vax.ntp.springer.de}
+}\medskip
+
+Please address all questions regarding typography, handling etc. to the
+editors or to the production department which is in charge of your
+journal.
+
+This macro package is available via mailserver. To obtain a copy,
+send an e-mail message to {\tt svserv@vax.ntp.springer.de} containing
+the line\\
+{\tt send /tex/latex/ljour1.zip}
+\end{abstract}
+\tableofcontents
+\section{Introduction} \label{intro}
+%
+This is the user's guide for our style files for journals with
+single-column layout. It is used with the document preparation system
+\LaTeX, a macro package for the typesetting program \TeX{}.
+
+\begin{petit}
+The program \TeX, which was developed by Donald E. Knuth at Stanford
+University, represents the state of the art in computer typesetting. The
+facts that it handles almost every typesetting problem, that it runs on
+almost any computer and that it is public domain software are the
+reasons why it is now one of the most widely used typesetting programs
+in the scientific community. In almost every country \TeX\ user groups
+have been founded. These and the international user group TUG can help
+you if you have any questions concerning \LaTeX{} that your local \TeX
+pert cannot answer.\end{petit}
+
+If you do not have \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} installed in your computer, you
+can obtain a copy for VAX computers from the company Maria
+Code\footnote{Address: Maria Code, DP Services, 1371 Sydney Drive,
+Sunnyvale, CA 94087, USA}. Installation may involve quite a bit of work.
+Commercial implementations are therefore available from a number of
+software houses, e.g. PC\TeX\footnote{PC\TeX\ is a trademark of Personal
+\TeX\ Inc.} from Personal \TeX, Inc. The \TeX\ user groups will provide
+you with the necessary information.
+
+In this user's guide we chiefly explain the Springer macros and some of
+the Springer layout conventions. A number of books are available with
+information concerning the program itself\footnote{For instance L.
+Lamport: {\it \LaTeX, A Document Preparation System\/} (Addison-Wesley
+Publ. Co.) 0-201-15790-X}.
+
+\noindent\fbox{\parbox{11.8cm}{ As this macro package may be used for
+articles for a number of journals, it contains macros for textual
+elements that may not appear in your journal. Please refer to the demo
+files or a recent copy of your journal for further details.
+\hfill\break\indent This documentation also includes rules for proper
+styling, e.g. capitalization and abbreviation of words, but in any case,
+we ask you to read the {\it Instructions for Authors\/} printed in every
+issue of the journals, where additional information not covered by this
+manual is given.}}
+
+\section{\TeX nical background information}
+\label{back}
+
+\subsection{Springer style files}
+
+As \LaTeX\ has become more and more {\it the\/} typesetting program for
+mathematical and scientific publications containing formulas and other
+complicated elements (from the typesetting point of view), we encourage
+authors to submit their contributions in the form of a \LaTeX (or \TeX)
+input file using our macros.
+
+In order that these manuscripts are uniformly prepared in the layout
+used by the particular journal, Springer provides macro packages or
+style files containing macros that can be used to achieve the desired
+result. Here you will find all the macros that are necessary to specify
+the textual elements that may appear in your text. If you feel that we
+have missed something important, we would be very grateful for
+your suggestions.
+
+Formulas and straight text are typed using the standard \LaTeX\
+commands.
+
+\subsection{Using PostScript fonts}
+
+Some of the journals covered by this macro package are phototypeset
+using the PostScript\footnote{PostScript is a trademark of Adobe.} Times
+(PS) fonts. As use of PostScript fonts results in a slightly different
+page make-up from Computer Modern (CM) fonts, we provide the possibility
+to use our macros with either CM or PS fonts. Provided you have a
+PostScript printer, you can make a \TeX-PS printout showing you the page
+make-up as it will appear in the journal.
+
+Please note that to preview dvi files using PS fonts requires either
+special drivers such as {\em DVIWINDOW\/}\footnote{Available from Y\&Y.}
+or {\em Ghostscript\/} or pixel fonts that simulate the PS fonts on your
+monitor.
+
+If, for technical reasons, you are not able to use the PS fonts, it is
+also possible to use our macro package together with the ordinary CM
+fonts. Note, however, that in this case we will have to rerun your file
+with PS fonts and correct for bad line breaks, making it necessary for
+you to check it again once you receive the proofs from the printer. The
+additional time required for these procedures plus the additional costs
+involved mean that preferably files \TeX ed with PS fonts should be
+submitted. All this, of course, does not apply to camera-ready journals.
+See Sect.~\ref{format} for information on how to build up a \TeX\
+format file including our macros and either the CM or PS fonts.
+
+\subsection{Why format files?}\label{why}
+
+As our macro package requires a lot of fonts in addition to those
+preloaded by \LaTeX, it will normally not work if used via the
+\verb|\documentstyle| statement. It is therefore necessary to create a
+new so-called format file with our package. This is done by submitting a
+set of macro definitions to a program called \verb|initex|. This program
+processes the definitions, the font specifications, and the original
+\LaTeX{} macros and stores all of them in ``compiled" form in a format
+file. This process does not produce any output, in the way that an
+ordinary run of \TeX\ does, but speeds things up for all subsequent runs
+you make, using \LaTeX{} in combination with our macros and font
+selection.
+
+For technical details, please see Sect. \ref{format}.
+
+\subsection{Hardware and software requirements}
+
+As we are striving to meet all of the needs of authors typing a
+manuscript using our format, the style file has developed into an object
+that requires a certain amount of disk storage capacity and memory
+space. In some installations of \TeX\ you may have to increase the
+amount of memory that is allocated. Please refer to the documentation of
+your \TeX\ installation for details.
+
+\subsubsection{\TeX\ and \LaTeX\ version}
+
+We have developed this style file with PC\TeX\ based on \TeX\ version
+3.0 through 3.14, \LaTeX\ 2.09 and the New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS)
+vers. 1. Using it with other versions or implementations may cause
+difficulties. If you run into problems, please contact us and we will
+try to help.
+
+\paragraph*{Warning:} PC\TeX{} 2.9 contains a bug that will cause
+failure of the initex run!
+
+\subsubsection{Files}
+The following files have to be present on your system, as they will be
+read in when the format file is created:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item {\tt latex.tex} as of March 25, 1992 or later
+\item {\tt lplain.tex}
+\item {\tt art10.sty}
+\item {\tt article.sty}
+\item {\tt hyphen.tex} or another hyphenation file
+\item the NFSS. If you don't have this set of files, you can get it from
+any \TeX{} file server or from Springer-Verlag NTP department on
+request.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\noindent
+All other files come with the macro package {\em LJour1}.
+
+\subsubsection{Fonts}\label{fonts}
+
+We have included access to the AMS\footnote{American Mathematical
+Society} symbol fonts and the AMS Euler fonts in our macro package.
+These fonts contain many symbols used by mathematicians and are now
+available on a public domain basis, provided the publication where they
+are used mentions their use. You can order them on DOS diskettes if
+necessary.
+
+The tfm and pixel files of the fonts used by the style files must be
+present on your installation. For your convenience we have listed below
+the fonts used by this package. Either the CM or the PS list applies.
+
+\begin{petit}\noindent
+\vbox
+{\offinterlineskip \tabskip = 0pt
+{\halign{\strut
+#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\hfill \cr
+\noalign{\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+{\bf CM fonts} && 5\ts pt && 6\ts pt && 7\ts pt && 8\ts pt && 10\ts pt && 14.4\ts pt \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+ cmr && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && --- \cr
+ && && && && &&5/700 && \cr
+ && && && && &&5/1000 && \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmbx && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ &&
+10/1440$^*$
+\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmmi && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && --- \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmsy && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && --- \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmmib && --- && 10/640 && 10/700 && 10/833 && $\times$ && 10/1440 \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmti && --- && --- && --- && $\times$ && $\times$ && 10/1440 \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmtt && --- && --- && --- && $\times$ && $\times$ && ---\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmbsy && --- && --- && --- && 10/833 && $\times$ && 10/1440\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmex && --- && --- && --- && --- && $\times$ && ---\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmbxti && --- && --- && --- && --- && --- && 10/1440\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+msam && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && 10/1440\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+msbm && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && 10/1440\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+eufm && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && 10/1440\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmcsc && 10/500 && 10/600 && 10/700 && 10/800 && $\times$ && 10/1440\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmss && 8/625 && 8/750 && 8/875 && 8 && $\times$ && 10/1440\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\hrule }}}}
+
+\smallskip\noindent $^*$ cmbx10 scaled 1440
+\end{petit}
+
+Using the PS fonts can be a bit tricky if you have never done it before.
+In the standard PS fonts the characters are arranged slightly
+differently from CM fonts, and you may run into trouble when trying to
+print accented letters. It is therefore necessary to work with a set of
+PS fonts that have their character positions remapped according to
+\TeX{} conventions. Also the names given to the PS fonts are not the
+same on all installations. At our site, the following naming conventions
+(as used by ArborText) apply, {\tt PSM} indicating that the fonts have
+been remapped for \TeX{}.
+
+\begin{description}[\tt PSMTIMBI]
+\item[\tt PSMTIMR] Times-Roman
+\item[\tt PSMTIMB] Times-Bold
+\item[\tt PSMTIMI] Times-Italic
+\item[\tt PSMTIMBI] Times-Italic-Bold
+\item[\tt PSMCOU] Courier
+\item[\tt PSMHLV] Helvetica
+\end{description}
+
+\noindent If the fonts have different names on your system, you will
+unfortunately have to use the CM fonts unless you are able to edit the
+file named {\tt fontdef.tex} to include the correct names. Note that
+more fonts are defined in this file than the ones mentioned above, but
+they are not needed for {\em LJour1}.
+
+\vbox{\noindent
+\begin{petit}\medskip
+{\offinterlineskip \tabskip = 0pt{\halign{\strut
+#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\enspace \hfill &
+\vrule width 0.2pt# &
+\hfill\enspace#\hfill \cr
+\noalign{\hrule}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+{\bf PS fonts} && at 5\ts pt && at 6\ts pt && at 7\ts pt && at 8\ts pt && at
+10\ts pt
+&& at 14\ts pt
+\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+ psmtimr && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$
+&&
+--- \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+psmtimb && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ &&
+$\times$
+&&
+$\times$\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmmi && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ &&
+--- \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmsy && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ &&
+--- \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmmib && --- && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ &&
+$\times$ \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+psmtimi && --- && --- && --- && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+psmcou && --- && --- && --- && $\times$ && $\times$ && ---\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmbsy && --- && --- && --- && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmex && --- && --- && --- && --- && $\times$ && ---\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+psmtimbi && --- && --- && --- && --- && --- && $\times$\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+msam && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ &&
+$\times$\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+msbm && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ &&
+$\times$\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+eufm && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ &&
+$\times$ \cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+cmcsc && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ &&
+$\times$\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt\hrule height 0.2pt}
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\vskip -6pt}
+psmhlv && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ && $\times$ &&
+$\times$\cr
+&&&&&&&&&&&& \cr
+\noalign{\hrule }}}}
+\end{petit}}
+
+\section{Creating format files}
+\label{format}
+The package comes with the following files
+
+\begin{description}[\tt mmmmmmmmmm.mmm]
+\item[\tt read.me] General information on the package
+\item[\tt cljour1.ini] \verb|.ini| file for a format file using
+ CM fonts
+\item[\tt pljour1.ini] \verb|.ini| file for a format file using
+ PS fonts
+\item[\tt flplain.tex] Macro file
+\item[\tt ljour1.mac] Macro file
+\item[\tt fontdef.tex] Font definitions (NFSS)
+\item[\tt preload.tex] Copy of {\tt preload.min} (NFSS)
+\item[\tt xxxlfont.sty] Copy of {\tt oldlfont.sty} (NFSS)
+\item[\tt amsfont.sty] Macro file defining AMS fonts
+\item[\tt amssymb.sty] Style option defining AMS symbols
+\item[\tt ljour1.doc] \LaTeX\ source of the user's guide
+\item[\tt ljour1.ref] ``Reference card" listing all commands available
+\item[\tt *.dem] Various demo files for different journals
+\end{description}
+
+\noindent For reasons that are explained in Sect.~\ref{why} our macros
+must be used as a format file and not merely via a \verb|\documentstyle|
+statement.
+
+\paragraph*{Creating a format file} is done using the program
+\verb|initex|.
+
+1. Create a directory called {\tt ljour1} and copy all files from the
+package except the style options into this directory. The style option
+file has to be transfered into a directory that \TeX{} searches for
+input files.
+
+2. Decide for which language you want to create a format file and, for a
+language other than English, edit the file \verb|cljour1.ini| or
+\verb|pljour1.ini| so that it includes the correct hyphenation patterns.
+Ask your \TeX pert for the correct file name or consult the
+documentation of your \TeX\ implementation. English hyphenation patterns
+are the default setting.
+
+3. Make sure that all fonts required are on your hard disk. If
+necessary, install the NFSS and any fonts that are missing.
+
+4. Before creating a PS format file, check and if necessary correct the
+names of the PS fonts in the file {\tt fontdef.tex}.
+
+5. Run \verb|initex| with the file \verb|cljour1.ini| or
+\verb|pljour1.ini|. The exact syntax of this command depends on the
+implementation. If necessary increase the amount of font and/or main
+memory allocated by \TeX{}.
+
+After \verb|initex| has successfully completed its task, you will have a
+format file called \verb|cljour1.fmt| if you requested CM fonts and
+\verb|pljour1.fmt| if you requested PS fonts.
+
+6. You will want to create both a CM and a PS format file, the first
+for previewing and the second for the final run.
+
+7. After you have completed both format files you can remove the
+following files from your hard disk:\newline
+{\tt pljour1.ini}, {\tt cljour1.ini}, {\tt ljour1.mac}
+{\tt flplain.tex}\newline
+{\tt fontdef.tex}, {\tt preload.tex},
+{\tt xxxlfont.sty}, {\tt amsfont.sty}.
+
+\subsection*{3.1. Installing the fonts}
+
+For DOS installations you can have the program \verb|finstall| (to be
+found on the AMS fonts diskettes only, not in the macro package
+itself) install the AMS fonts for you. In all other cases you must copy
+the files from diskettes into the appropriate directories yourself.
+
+Do not forget that, in general, the printer or screen driver must be
+instructed how to find the additional pixel files. Most of the drivers
+have a configuration file that contains the names of the fonts available
+to the printer. The names of these fonts have to be added to this file.
+Please refer to your driver manual. The names normally given to the
+pixel files by the installation program are \\
+\verb|\pctex\pixel\pk|{\it nnn}\verb|\<fontname>.pk|, where {\it nnn\/} is
+a three-digit number indicating the size of the font.
+
+\section{Using the style file}
+\label{using}
+
+The {\it LJour1\/} style is an adaptation of the \LaTeX{} {\it
+article\/} style. Therefore you may use all {\it article\/} style
+commands to prepare your manuscript. This style creates a number of
+macros and redefines others. This may sometimes involve a change in
+syntax.
+
+Although all style specifications are already incorporated in the format
+file, the \verb|\documentstyle| command has to be entered as usual. This
+is done to prevent mismatching format file and style specifications.
+
+The top of your article file must thus contain the lines
+\begin{verse}
+\verb|\documentstyle{cljour1}| or \verb|\documentstyle{pljour1}|\\
+\verb|<any macro definitions you wish to make>|\\
+\verb|\begin{document}|\\
+\end{verse}
+
+\noindent%
+To create the DVI file you must then use a command similar to\\
+\verb|tex &cljour1 <filename>|\\
+or\\
+\verb|tex &pljour1 <filename>|\\
+
+\noindent
+Make sure that format file name and specified document style are the
+same!
+
+\subsection{Style options}
+As style options can substantially change the layout of an article, we
+suggest that you use them with caution. The style options treated below,
+however, are suitable for our macro package. If you need other style
+options, you must include them on the diskette when you finally submit
+your file.
+
+\subsubsection{Style options {\tt referee} and {\tt footinfo}}
+When first submitting your paper to the editor, please make a referee
+version printed in double line spacing. This is done with the style
+option {\tt referee}. Send this printout to the editor, but do not
+include the diskette at this stage. When the paper has been accepted and
+you have incorporated all necessary changes in your file, please remove
+the style option and create the final printout.
+
+Using style option \verb|footinfo| will generate footlines such as the
+one shown here:
+
+\medskip
+\hbox to \hsize{\small\tt\noindent
+Page: 11\hfill job:ljour1\hfill macro: cljour1\hfill date/time: 2-Mar-1993/12:41}
+
+\medskip\noindent%
+If you want to use both options, you must type \verb|referee| before
+\verb|footinfo|.
+
+\subsubsection{Style option {\tt leqno}}
+In the default setting, equation numbers are positioned at the right
+margin of the page. If your journal usually has them at the left margin,
+please use the style option \verb|leqno|.
+
+\subsubsection{Style option {\tt bibay}}
+Use this option if you want to reference by author's name and year of
+publication.
+
+\subsubsection{Style options {\tt deutsch}, {\tt german} and {\tt
+francais}}
+Some of our macros insert fixed phrases, such as {\it Theorem\/} or {\it
+Lemma\/}, into your text. In the default setting, these words are in
+English. If you publish a text in French or German, you can translate
+these words into the respective languages by including the option
+\verb|deutsch| or \verb|francais| respectively at the top of the file.
+Usually you will then also include an option like \verb|german| to ease
+input of accented letters etc.
+
+\subsubsection{Style option {\tt amssymb}}
+This option allows you to use the large number of special AMS symbols.
+Note, however, that this may cause your \TeX\ to run out of pool, i.e.
+the capacity for characters in names of control sequences.
+
+\subsection{The preamble}
+At the top of your file, a few commands must be entered to set things up
+correctly for the journal for which you are preparing an article.
+
+\subsubsection{Name of the journal} Specify the name of the journal with
+the command \\ \verb|\journalname{<name of journal>}|
+
+\subsubsection{Summary or Abstract?}
+In the default setting, the summary of your article will be prefixed
+with the run-in heading {\it Summary}. If, however, your journal uses
+{\it Abstract}, include the command
+\verb|\renewcommand{\abstractname}{Abstract.}| \\
+If no run-in heading is to be printed at all, type\\
+\verb|\renewcommand{\abstractname}{}|
+
+\subsubsection{Heading to the subject classification}
+This heading may be changed with the command \\
+\verb|\renewcommand{\subclassname}{{\it <heading>.}}|
+
+\subsection{Articles already coded with \TeX{} but without
+the \ljour{} style file}
+
+\TeX\ files submitted for publication but not using our style file will
+have to be adapted and rerun with our macro package and fonts, thus
+causing a delay in publication.
+
+\subsection{Words of advice}
+
+If your text or your own macros contain layout commands such as
+\verb|\vspace| or \verb|\newpage|, these should be taken out. (There may
+be exceptional occasions on which some of them can be used, but then
+only with the PS fonts.)
+
+Also, unless your article will be reproduced from your camera-ready
+pages, please do not use any ``exotic" fonts that might not be available
+at our typesetters' installation.
+
+Please do not change or override our macro definitions. If you submit a
+file that does not meet our layout requirements, in most cases your
+article will
+have to be typeset in the conventional way.
+
+\subsection{Sending the file to Springer-Verlag}
+
+Once your article has been accepted for publication and you have
+completed your work using this style file, please rerun it twice without
+the style option \verb|referee| and submit your own printout of the
+final version {\it together with the diskette\/} containing your \TeX\
+input (source) file and all style options you used {\em Please make sure
+that the text in the file and the printout is identical.\/} The
+following diskettes are acceptable:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item{}5.25$''$ diskette MS-DOS
+\item{}3.5$''$ diskette MS-DOS or Macintosh
+\end{itemize}
+
+\noindent {\it Please indicate clearly whether the diskette is in DOS or
+in Macintosh format.\/}
+
+\section{Editorial and stylistic conventions}
+\label{ed}
+
+\subsection{General considerations}
+
+If you have any reservations concerning your proficiency in English,
+please have your manuscript checked by a native speaker of English
+before you submit it.
+
+\subsection{Headings}\label{ed:heads}
+
+The main title, subtitle, and all headings should not be capitalized,
+except, of course, for the first word and any words which are always
+capitalized, such as proper names. Abbreviations and symbols should be
+typeset as in the text. Displayed titles have no end punctuation, but
+run-in headings do.
+
+\subsection{Capitalization}
+%
+\begin{description}[a)]
+\item[a)] The following should always be capitalized:
+
+Abbreviations and expressions in the text, such as Fig(s)., Table(s),
+Eq(s)., Sect(s)., Chap(s)., Paper, and Theorem, {\em when used with
+numbers}, e.g. Fig.\ts 3, Table 1, Paper III, Theorem 2.\\
+Please follow the special rules in Sect.~\ref{ed:math} for referring
+to equations.
+
+\item[b)] The following should {\it not\/} be capitalized
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The words figures(s), table(s), equation(s), section(s),
+ chapter(s), paper, theorem(s) in the text when used without an
+ accompanying number.
+\item Figure legends and table captions except for names, certain
+ abbreviations, and the first word.
+\end{itemize}
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Abbreviation of words}\label{ed:math}
+%
+\begin{description}[a)]
+\item[a)] The following {\it should\/} be abbreviated when they appear
+in running text followed by a number {\it unless\/} they come at the
+beginning of a sentence:
+
+\item[]Chap., Fig., Eq.; e.g. The results are depicted in Fig.\ts 5.
+Figure 9 reveals that $\ldots$\\
+{\it Please note:\/} Equations should be referred to by the abbreviation
+Eq. and the respective number in parentheses, e.g. Eq.\ts (14).\\
+However, when the reference comes at the beginning of a sentence, the
+unabbreviated word Equation should be used, e.g. Equation (14) shows
+that $\ldots$ However, Eq.\ts (15) makes it clear that $\ldots$
+
+\item[b)]If abbreviations of names or concepts are used throughout the
+text, they should be explained at first mention, e.g. plurisubharmonic
+(PSH) functions, strong optimization (SOPT) problem. If these names are
+also used in the summary or abstract, they should be explained there as
+well.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Foreign words and phrases}
+%
+Foreign words that have not come into general use should be italicized.
+If a word or phrase or its abbreviation can be found in the main body of
+{\it Webster's\/} (and this also applies to British usage), it and its
+abbreviation are considered to be in general use and are not italicized.
+For example, et al., cf., e.g., a priori, in situ, and bremsstrahlung
+should appear in roman.
+
+\subsection{Punctuation}
+%
+Punctuation of equations will be dealt with in Sect.~\ref{math}.
+Not only headings, but also figure legends and table captions should
+have no end punctuation.
+
+\subsection{Fine tuning of the text}
+%
+The following should be used to improve the readability of the text:
+\medskip
+%%
+\begin{description}[\tt \char"20--\char"20]
+\item[\tt\char92,] a thin space, e.g. in numbers with more than 5
+ digits; a line division will not be made following
+ this space.
+\item[\tt-] hyphen; one stroke, {\it no\/} space at either end.
+\item[\tt--] en-dash; two strokes, {\it no\/} space at either
+ end. Please note: in \LaTeX, \verb|---| gives an
+ em-dash ``---"; Springer does not use this, but
+ rather the shorter en-dash {\it with\/} spaces, i.e.
+\item[\tt \char"20--\char"20]
+ space, two strokes, for an en-dash, space $\to $
+ ``Springer em-dash".
+\item[\tt\char"24-\char"24]
+ minus, in the text {\it only\/}.
+\item[\tt\char"7E] tilde between parts of names or between numbers and
+ units, producing a hard space
+\end{description}
+%%
+Their use is best explained in the following example.
+\medskip\noindent
+%
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+20\,000~km, 1\,000\,000~s, NGC 468\,324
+1950--1985, pp.~11--21
+this -- written on a computer -- is now printed
+signal-to-noise ratio, early-type, metal-poor,
+non-relativistic
+$-30$~K, $-5^{\circ}$C
+Dr.~h.c.~Rockefeller-Smith and Prof.~Dr.~Mallory
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}\leavevmode
+
+\medskip\noindent
+20\,000~km, 1\,000\,000~s, NGC 468\,324 \\
+1950--1985, pp.~11--21 \\
+this -- written on a computer -- is now printed \\
+signal-to-noise ratio, early-type, metal-poor, non-relativistic\\
+$-30$~K, $-5^{\circ}$C \\
+Dr.~h.c.~Rockefeller-Smith and Prof.~Dr.~Mallory
+
+\section{General rules for coding mathematics}
+\label{math}
+
+For mathematical expressions and tables please use standard \LaTeX.
+
+If there are long equations in the text that extend beyond the type area
+(12.2 cm), insert an \verb|\linebreak[0]| where the equation can be
+divided. Please refer to your \LaTeX{} documentation on how to typeset
+displayed equations.
+
+Remember to check your journal to see whether equation numbers
+have to be set at left or the right margin and include the style option
+\verb|leqno| where necessary.
+
+If you wish to start a new paragraph immediately after a displayed
+equation, insert a blank line to produce the required indentation. If
+there is no new paragraph, either do not insert a blank line, or insert
+a blank line and type \verb|\noindent| before continuing the text.
+
+If you want to structure the source text for better readability please
+use blank lines beginning with a percentage sign (\verb|%|) at such
+places.
+
+Please punctuate a displayed equation in the same way as any other
+written statement. Note, however, that any punctuation should be within
+or immediately after the displayed equation, never after the equation
+number. Please insert \verb|\;| before the punctuation sign to supply a
+little extra space.
+
+Note that the size of the parentheses or other delimiter symbols used in
+equations should ideally match the height of the formulas being
+enclosed. This is automatically taken care of by the following \LaTeX\
+commands, e.g. \verb|\left(| or \verb|\left[| and \verb|\right)| or
+\verb|\right]| (see {\it\LaTeX{} user's guide \& reference manual\/} p.
+48f.
+
+\subsection*{6.1. Italic and roman in math mode}
+
+In math mode \LaTeX\ treats all letters as though they were mathematical
+or physical variables; hence they are typeset in italics. However, for
+certain components of equations this would be incorrect and therefore
+coding in roman is required. The following elements of an equation
+should be set in roman by using the command \verb|{\rm ...}|.
+
+\begin{description}[a)]
+\item[a)]Text. Since \LaTeX\ ignores interword spaces in math mode, use
+the sequence \verb|\mbox{\rm <text>}| to typeset more than one word.
+
+\item[b)]Subscripts and superscripts where these are merely labels and
+not in themselves variables, e.g. $T_{\rm eff}$ not $T_{eff}$, $T_{\rm
+K}$ not $T_K$ (K = Kelvin), $m_{\rm e}$ not $m_e$ (e = electron).
+However, do not use roman if the sub-/superscripts represent variables,
+e.g. $\sum^n_{i=1} a_i$.
+
+\item[c)]Please ensure that {\it abbreviations\/} such as Ord, Var, GL,
+SL, Hom, Aut, Ker, sgn, const. etc. and {\it physical units\/} (e.g. pc,
+erg, s$^{-1}$, K, W, m$^{-2}$, Hz$^{-1}$) in math mode are always set in
+roman type. On p. 171 of the \LaTeX{} manual and further pages
+referenced there, you will find common math
+functions to be used in math mode such as \verb|\sin|, \verb|\cos|,
+\verb|\exp|, \verb|\log|.
+
+\item[d)]``e" used as ``exponential function", and ``i" used as
+``imaginary unity". Here we provide the macros \verb|\E| and
+\verb|\I|.\\ e.g. \verb|$d z/d x = \E^x+\I x$| yields $d z/d x = \E^x +
+\I x$.
+
+\item[e)]Chemical symbols and formulas should be set in roman, e.g. Fe
+not $Fe$, H$_2$O not $H_2O$, H$\alpha $ not $H\alpha $.
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Special fonts and symbols}
+\label{sym}
+
+Use the following commands to switch to other typefaces.
+%
+\begin{description}[Special roman]
+
+\item[Vectors] Vectors are typed using the command\\
+\verb|\vec{<symbol>}|. \\
+Example:
+\verb|$\vec{A}\times\vec{B}\times\vec{\Omega}$|\\
+yields $\vec A \times \vec B\times\vec{\Omega}$\\
+or \verb|$\vec{A}^T \otimes\vec{\hat D}$|
+yields $\vec A^T\otimes \vec{\hat D}$
+
+\item[Tensors] Ordinary second-order tensors (without indices)
+are typed with the command \verb|\tens{<symbol>}|.\\
+Example: \verb|$\tens{A}$| yields $\tens{A}$
+
+\item[Gothic] The command \verb|\frak{<symbol>}| requests
+$\frak{fraktur}$ or $\frak{gothic}$ letters.
+
+\item[Script] Use the command \verb|{\cal <symbol>}| to
+type script symbols ${\cal ABC}$, which will be replaced by a more
+elegant font during phototypesetting.
+
+\item[Sans serif] If no tensors are needed, use the
+command \verb|{\sf <symbol>}| to get sans serif letters. Note the
+different syntax.\\
+Example: \verb|{\sf A}| yields {\sf A}.
+
+\item[Special roman] Use the command \verb|{\Bbb <symbol>}|
+to get special roman letters from the AMS font.
+Example: \verb|{$\Bbb R$}| yields $\Bbb R$.
+
+\item[AMS symbols] Further symbols from the AMS {\it msam\/} and {\it
+msbm\/} fonts may be accessed via the usual commands as listed in the
+AMS-\TeX\ guide.\footnote{Note that you then have to use the style
+option {\tt amssymb} or define the necessary commands in the preamble.}
+
+\end{description}
+
+\medskip\noindent
+Please note that \verb|\frak|, \verb|\tens|, \verb|\vec|, \verb|\Bbb|
+and \verb|\cal| may only be used in math mode and that some symbols are
+not available in the size necessary for the main title. These symbols
+are set in text size and will be stripped in later after
+phototypesetting.
+
+\section{The head of an article}
+\label{top}
+
+\subsection{A template for the beginning of an article}
+%
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{<format>}
+\journalname{<name of journal>}
+<further material for the preamble>
+\begin{document}
+\headnote{<text>}
+\title{<your title>}
+\titlerunning{<short form of title>}
+\subtitle{your subtitle>}
+\author{<name of first author> \and <name of second author> ... }
+\authorrunning{<names of first author> et al.}
+\institute{<name and address of first institute> \and
+<name of second...>}
+\dedication{<dedication>}
+\mail{<name of corresponding author>}
+\maketitle
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent%
+The \verb|.dem| files demonstrate a rather complicated case for the
+head of an article.
+
+\subsection{Headnote}
+%
+If your paper is intended for a particular section of the journal, e.g.
+{\it Research article\/}, the section heading should be inserted in the
+form \verb|\headnote{<text>}|. This element is optional.
+
+\subsection{The title}
+%
+For the title and subtitle of your article there are the following two
+commands:
+
+\smallskip\noindent
+\verb|\title{<your title>}|\\
+\verb|\subtitle{<your subtitle>}| (optional)
+
+\medskip\noindent
+Use \verb|\\| to split a long \verb|\title| or \verb|\subtitle|.
+
+\subsection{Name(s) of the author(s)}
+%
+The preferred form for each name is: initial(s) of the forename(s)
+followed by the family name. Use the command
+\verb|\author{<author's name>}|.
+If there is more than one author the order is optional. The names must
+be separated by the command \verb|\and|.
+
+If the authors have different affiliations, each name has to be
+followed by
+\begin{verbatim}
+\inst{<number>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Numbers referring to different addresses should be attached to each
+author. If there is more than one \verb|\inst| to an author, please
+separate them by \verb|\fnmsep|.
+
+If there are three or more authors, the running title should be changed
+as described in the next subsection.
+
+\subsection{Changing the running heads}
+
+Normally the running heads are produced automatically by the command
+\verb|\maketitle| using the contents of \verb|\title| and
+\verb|\author|. If the result is too long for the page header (running
+head) our macro will produce an error message and you will be asked to
+supply a shorter version. This is done using the
+syntax
+
+\smallskip\noindent \verb|\titlerunning{<text>}|\\
+\verb|\authorrunning{<name of first author> et al.}|
+
+\smallskip\noindent
+These commands must be entered before \verb|\maketitle|.
+
+\subsection{Affiliations}
+Addresses are set with the command \verb|\institute|. If there is more
+than one address, the entries are numbered automatically with
+\verb|\and|, in the order in which you type them. Please make sure that
+the numbers match those placed next to to the authors' names.
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\institute{<name of the first institute>
+\and <name of the second institute> ...}
+\end{verbatim}
+(Unlike usual \LaTeX{}, in our style the \verb|\and| command is also
+used within the \verb|\institute| command.)
+
+\subsection{Footnotes to the title block}
+%
+If footnotes to the title or subtitle are needed, use the command
+
+\medskip\noindent
+\verb|\thanks{<text of footnote>}|
+
+\medskip \noindent instead of the ordinary footnote command. These
+footnotes are marked by asterisks ($\star$). If you need more than one
+consecutive footnote, use \verb|\fnmsep| to typeset the comma separating
+the asterisks.
+
+This macro is also used if you have to give the present address of an
+author to be typeset like a footnote at the bottom of the page.
+
+\noindent{\it Example:}
+\verb|R. Muller\thanks{{\it Present address:\/} Malibu, CA}|
+
+\subsection{Dedication}
+%
+If you wish to dedicate your article to somebody, you can do so by
+specifying \verb|\dedication{<dedication>}|
+
+\subsection{Dates}
+
+Although the dates of receipt and acceptance of your manuscript will be
+fixed by the editors and inserted by the publisher, please make the
+following input: \verb|\date{Received: <date> / Accepted: <date>}|
+
+The date is inserted later, usually in the format {\tt day month year}.
+
+\medskip\noindent
+{\em Examples:}
+
+\smallskip\noindent
+\verb|\date{Received: 2 June 1988 / Accepted: 22 September 1988}|\\
+\verb|\date{Received: 4 December 1990 / Accepted: 19 March 1991}|
+
+\subsection{Typesetting the title block}
+%
+After having entered the commands described so far in this section,
+please enter the command\\
+\verb|\maketitle| \\
+This command will format the complete title of your article. If you
+leave it out, no title will be printed.
+
+\subsection{Abstract/Summary}
+%
+Type the abstract/summary using the syntax
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{abstract}
+<text of your abstract (summary)>
+\end{abstract}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent%
+The word {\it Summary\/} (or whatever has been defined with
+\verb|\abstractname|) is automatically provided by the macros.
+Summaries should only have one paragraph.
+
+\subsection{Key words or subject classification}
+
+Here you have the syntax\\
+\verb|\subclass{<Classifications>}| or \\
+\verb|\keywords{<keyword> -- <keyword> -- <keyword> ...}| \\
+(whichever applies to your journal). Please refer to the demo file or a
+recent issue of the journal to establish which of the two applies to
+your article.
+
+\subsection{Translation of title and summary}
+
+If your article is not written in English, you may wish or be required
+to give a translation of title, summary and keywords. In this case,
+please insert
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\transtitle{<title in English>}
+\begin{transsummary} <English translation of summary>
+\end{transsummary}
+\transkey {<key words in English>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\subsection{Differences between journals}\label{diff:jour}
+
+Not all the features described in Sect.\,\ref{top} may apply to your
+journal. Some may be obligatory, others only optional or even not
+allowed. Please check the demo file for your journal or a recent printed
+issue if you are not sure what to use.
+
+\section{Headings}
+\label{head}
+
+For rules on capitalization and punctuation see Sect.~\ref{ed:heads}.
+Typeset headings using the following commands:
+
+\medskip\noindent
+\verb|\section{<text>}|\\
+\verb|\subsection{<text>}|\\
+\verb|\subsubsection{<text>}|\smallskip
+
+\noindent%
+If a long title of order 1 through 3 has to be divided please use the
+command \verb|\\|.
+
+\paragraph{Remark:} Please avoid using footnotes in headings.
+
+\section{Footnotes}
+\label{foots}
+
+Footnotes should have end punctuation. Footnotes within the text should
+be coded: \\
+\verb|\footnote{<text>}| ({\it no\/} blank before \verb|\footnote|)
+
+\section{Lists}
+\label{lists}
+
+Simple lists are done using:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item <first item>
+\item <second item>
+...
+\begin{itemize}
+\item <first item of sublist>
+\end{itemize}
+\item <last item of main list>
+\end{itemize}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+For enumerated lists please code:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item <first item>
+\item <second item>
+\item ...
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item <first item of sublist>
+\end{enumerate}
+\item <last item of main list>
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+For descriptions, use the description environment (see \LaTeX{} book p.
+26 f.). We have enhanced this environment by an optional parameter,
+which lets you specify the largest item label to appear within the
+list. If you code
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{description}[<largelabel>]
+\item[<label1>] <text1>
+\item[<label2>] <text2>
+\end{description}\end{verbatim}
+\noindent%
+the texts of all items are indented by the width of \verb|<largelabel>|
+and the item labels are typeset flush left within this space. Note: The
+optional parameter will work only two levels deep.
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{description}[Fact 2.4.(S).]
+\item[Fact 2.1.]
+A non-t.t. $U$-rank 1 type which is isolated among non-algebraics
+has infinite multiplicity.
+\item[Fact 2.2.]
+Let $A \subseteq B$, $S(A)\not\in p \subseteq q \in S(B)$. Suppose
+$p$ and $q$ are non-t.t. and $U$-rank 1.
+\item[Fact 2.3.]
+Let $p \in S(A)$ be an isolated and non-t.t. $U$-rank 1 type. If
+$\models p$, then $p$ has infinitely many solated and
+non-algebraic extensions over $Aa$.
+\item[Fact 2.4.(S).]
+Let every $b \in \bar b$ have $U$-rank 1 and suppose the weakly
+minimal type $t(a/\bar b)$ which ${\rm dnf} /\emptyset$ is not
+isolated (and thus of finite multiplicity).
+\end{description}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}
+\begin{description}[Fact 2.4.(S).]
+\item[Fact 2.1.]
+A non-t.t. $U$-rank 1 type which is isolated among non-algebraics has
+infinite multiplicity.
+\item[Fact 2.2.]
+Let $A \subseteq B$, $S(A)\not\in p \subseteq q \in S(B)$. Suppose $p$
+and $q$ are non-t.t. and $U$-rank 1. Further, let mult $(q) = \infty$.
+\item[Fact 2.3.]
+Let $p \in S(A)$ be an isolated and non-t.t. $U$-rank 1 type. If
+$\models p$, then $p$ has infinitely many solated and non-algebraic
+extensions over $Aa$.
+\item[Fact 2.4.(S).]
+Let every $b \in \bar b$ have $U$-rank 1 and suppose the weakly minimal
+type $t(a/\bar b)$ which ${\rm dnf} /\emptyset$ is not isolated (and
+thus of finite multiplicity).
+\end{description}
+
+\section{Paragraphs in small print}
+\label{pets}
+
+The syntax \verb|\begin{petit} <text> \end{petit}| is used for
+paragraphs in small print (petit), employed for passages in the text
+that the reader may disregard upon first reading or for exercises.
+
+\section{Mini-environments such as lemmas and theorems}
+\label{lemmas}
+
+To typeset things such as definitions, examples, and theorems
+a number of predefined environments are available:
+
+{\it claim\/}, {\it conjecture\/}, {\it corollary\/},
+{\it definition\/}, {\it example\/}, {\it exercise\/}, {\it lemma\/},
+{\it note\/}, {\it problem\/}, {\it property\/}, {\it proposition\/},
+{\it question\/}, {\it solution\/}, {\it theorem\/}, {\it proof\/}
+and {\it remark\/}.
+
+The words ``{\bf Theorem}", ``{\bf Lemma}", ``{\bf Corollary}",
+``{\bf Definition}", ``{\bf Pro\-posi\-tion}" etc. are printed in
+{\bf boldface}, followed by the formulation in {\it italics}. The words
+``{\it Proof\/}", ``{\it Remark\/}", ``{\it Example\/}" etc. are printed
+in {\it italics\/} with the formulation in ordinary (roman) typeface.
+
+These environments have the following syntax:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{<name of environment>}[<optional material>]
+<text for that environment>
+\end{<name of environment>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note that the labeling as well as the counting is done by \LaTeX. The
+fonts for the label and the text are predefined. In our style unlike
+standard \LaTeX{} these fonts may however vary from one environment to
+another. The optional material typed in angular brackets is appended to
+the label directly after the numbering. In this case no colon is set
+after the number, but after the optional material. Please refer also to
+the \LaTeX{} book p. 58 f.
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{conjecture}[L. Breiman] There is no such thing as a free
+lunch. \end{conjecture}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}
+\begin{conjecture}[L. Breiman] There is no such thing as a free lunch.
+\end{conjecture}
+
+When using the style options \verb|deutsch| or \verb|francais| the
+captions for these predefined environments are translated into the
+respective language.
+
+\subsection*{13.1 Defining your own environments}
+
+We have changed the syntax of the commands \verb|\newtheorem|
+and \verb|\newtheorem*| used to define additional environments.
+
+\noindent%
+\verb|\newtheorem| can be used in two ways.
+
+\subsubsection*{13.1.1 Method 1}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newtheorem{<env_nam>}{<caption>}[<within>]
+{<cap_font>}{<body_font>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+This defines a new environment \verb|<env_nam>| which prints the caption
+\verb|<caption>| in the font \verb|<cap_font>| and the text itself in
+the font \verb|<body_font>|. The environment is numbered beginning anew
+with every new section unless you specify something else with the
+optional parameter \verb|<within>|.
+
+\paragraph{Example} \leavevmode\\
+
+\medskip\noindent
+\verb|\newtheorem{joke}{Joke}[subsection]{\bf}{\rm}|
+
+\noindent defines a new environment called \verb|joke| which prints the
+caption {\bf Joke} in boldface and the text in roman. The jokes are
+numbered starting from 1 at the beginning of every subsection with the
+number of the subsection preceding the number of the joke e.g. 7.2.1 for
+the first joke in subsection 7.2.
+
+\subsubsection*{13.1.2. Method 2}
+Sometimes you will want to create an environment that shares its counter
+with another environment, say {\it main theorem\/} to be numbered like a
+{\it theorem\/}. In this case, use the syntax
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newtheorem{<env_nam>}[<num_like>]{<caption>}
+{<cap_font>}{<body_font>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent%
+Here the environment with which the new environment should share its
+counter is specified with the optional argument \verb|[<num_like>]|.
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newtheorem{mainth}[theorem]{Main theorem}{\bf}{\it}
+\begin{theorem} The early bird gets the worm. \end{theorem}
+\begin{mainth} The early worm gets eaten. \end{mainth}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample output}
+\newtheorem{mainth}[theorem]{Main theorem}{\bf}{\it}
+\begin{theorem} The early bird gets the worm. \end{theorem}
+\begin{mainth} The early worm gets eaten. \end{mainth}
+
+\subsubsection*{13.1.3. Unnumbered environments}
+If you wish to have an unnumbered environment, please
+use the syntax \\
+\verb|\newtheorem*{<env_nam>}{<caption>}{<cap_font>}{<body_font>}|
+
+\subsubsection*{13.1.4. Articles in a language other than English}
+Please note that unlike the headings of the predefined environments
+those of your newly defined environments will not be automatically
+translated when you switch to another language using the document style
+options \verb|[...deutsch...]| or \verb|[...francais...]|. You will have
+to define new environments with translated captions or change the
+English captions with:\\
+\verb|\renewcommand{<env_nam>name}{<translated caption>}|
+
+\smallskip\noindent
+{\it Example:\/} \verb|\renewcommand{counterexamplename}{Gegenbeispiel}|
+
+\section{Listings of computer programs}
+\label{verbs}
+
+Authors sometimes wish to include portions of program listings or
+mention program commands in their articles. These are normally set in
+typewriter font. Printing a short command string of just a few words
+inside a paragraph is done with the command \verb@\verb|<text>|@.
+Everything between the two vertical lines \verb@|...|@ is printed in
+typewriter font. If the text itself contains the character ``\verb@|@'',
+any other character that is not part of the text may be used as
+delimiter instead. Thus \verb@\verb|$a+b$|@ produces \verb|$a+b$| and
+\verb,\verb@|$a+b$|@, produces \verb@|$a+b$|@.
+
+Please do not use \verb|\verb*| as this command might not work properly
+with PS fonts.
+
+For small portions of a program where the line breaks should be
+preserved, please use the {\tt verbatim} environment. Again, please do
+not use the environment {\tt verbatim*}.
+
+\section{Figures}
+\label{figs}
+
+The final positions of figures and tables should be fixed when the text
+is complete.
+
+Figure coding should be inserted as a separate paragraph near the place
+where the figure is first mentioned in the text. If you are not
+satisfied with the position \LaTeX{} chooses for the figure, try moving
+its input a little towards the top of the file. The figures will be
+numbered sequentially using arabic numerals. If your figure is narrower
+than the width of the text, please do not try to fill the empty space
+with text.
+
+{\it The figures\/} (line drawings, halftones or combinations of the
+two) {\it should not be pasted into your laser printer output.\/} They
+should be enclosed separately in camera-ready form (original artwork,
+glossy prints, photographs and/or slides). Computer-drawn figures are
+acceptable provided they are of comparable quality. Lines and curves
+must be smooth. The lettering should be suitable for reproduction, and
+after reduction the capital letters should be at least 1.8\ts mm and not
+more than 2.5\ts mm in height. Check that lines and other details are
+uniformly black and that the lettering on figures is clearly legible.
+
+To leave the desired amount of space for the height of each figure,
+please use the coding given below. To generate the necessary amount of
+white space for the figure, you can choose between the commands
+\verb|\vspace <height>| and \verb|\picplace{<height>}|, the latter
+drawing a frame of the height you specified. The necessary
+additional empty space above (at least 1\ts cm) and below (at least
+0.5\ts cm) the figure will be inserted automatically.
+
+See also Sect. 3.5.1 on p.59 in the \LaTeX{} manual.
+
+{\it Important:\/} The figure, including the legend, must not exceed
+19.6\ts cm in height. Longer figures will be swallowed by \LaTeX{}
+without warning.
+
+{\samepage
+\subsection{One figure}
+\paragraph{Syntax}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{<height>cm}
+\caption[]{<text of figure legend>}
+\end{figure}\end{verbatim}} %end of scope for \samepage
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{1cm}
+\caption[]{This is a figure legend}
+\end{figure}\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{figure}[h]
+\picplace{1cm}
+\caption[]{This is a figure legend}
+\end{figure}
+
+
+\subsection{Two figures side by side}
+
+If you have two figures that you want to insert side by side and their
+total width does not exceed that of the type area (12.2 cm), then please
+code:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{<height>cm}
+\firstcaption{<legend of first figure>}
+\secondcaption{<legend of second figure>}
+\end{figure}\end{verbatim}
+where \verb|<height>| is the height of the taller figure.
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{1 cm}
+\firstcaption{Snowman in Iceland}
+\secondcaption{Lemon ice-cream on a white tablecloth}
+\end{figure}\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{1 cm}
+\firstcaption{Snowman in Iceland}
+\secondcaption{Lemon ice-cream on a white tablecloth}
+\end{figure}
+
+\subsection{Two figures side by side with legends one below the other}
+
+If the amount of text in the legends of two figures (to be placed side
+by side) greatly differs, please use the following coding:
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{1 cm}
+\caption{Legend of first figure}
+\caption {This is the extremely long legend of the second figure
+and should therefore be typeset using the full width of the type
+area. For typographical and aesthetic reasons it would be
+unacceptable if these legends were set next to one another in two
+columns, with a 2-line legend for the first figure and a 16-line
+legend for the second. Therefore we suggest that the legends for
+the two figures should be placed one below the other. It is not
+necessary to place the figure numbers below or beside the two
+figures because it should be clear that the left one is the first
+figure and the right one the second}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{1 cm}
+\caption{Legend of first figure}
+\caption {This is the extremely long legend of the second figure and
+should therefore be typeset using the full width of the type area. For
+typographical and aesthetic reasons it would be unacceptable if these
+legends were set next to one another in two columns, with a 2-line
+legend for the first figure and a 16-line legend for the second.
+Therefore we suggest that the legends for the two figures should be
+placed one below the other. It is not necessary to place the figure
+numbers below or beside the two figures because it should be clear that
+the left one is the first figure and the right one the second}
+\end{figure}
+
+\section{Tables}
+\label{tables}
+
+Table captions should be treated in the same way as figure legends,
+except that the table captions appear {\em above\/} the tables. The
+tables are also numbered sequentially (using arabic numerals).
+
+Table columns should be set flush left. Vertical lines are normally not
+necessary and should only be inserted in exceptional cases for the sake
+of clarity.
+
+For further information you will find a complete description of the
+table and tabular environment on p.\,63 f. and p.\,182 of the \LaTeX{}
+manual.
+
+{\it Important:\/} The height of each table, including the caption, must
+not exceed 19.6~cm. Tables exceeding this limit will be swallowed by
+\LaTeX.
+
+\subsection{Tables coded with \LaTeX}
+%
+Use the following standard syntax:
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\centering
+\caption[ ]{Critical $N$ values}
+\begin{tabular}{llllll}
+\hline\noalign{\smallskip}
+$\Msun$ & $beta_{0}$ & $T_{\rm c6}$ & $\gamma$ &
+$N_{\rm crit}^{\rm L}$ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm Te}$\\
+\noalign{\smallskip}\hline\noalign{\smallskip}
+ 30 & 0.82 & 38.4 & 35.7 & 154 & 320 \\
+ 60 & 0.67 & 42.1 & 34.7 & 138 & 340 \\
+120 & 0.52 & 45.1 & 34.0 & 124 & 370 \\
+\noalign{\smallskip}\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{table}
+\centering
+\caption[ ]{Critical $N$ values}
+%renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+\begin{tabular}{llllll}
+\hline\noalign{\smallskip}
+$\Msun$ & $\beta_{0}$ & $T_{\rm c6}$ & $\gamma$ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm L}$
+ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm Te}$\\
+\noalign{\smallskip}\hline\noalign{\smallskip}
+ 30 & 0.82 & 38.4 & 35.7 & 154 & 320 \\
+ 60 & 0.67 & 42.1 & 34.7 & 138 & 340 \\
+120 & 0.52 & 45.1 & 34.0 & 124 & 370 \\
+\noalign{\smallskip}\hline
+\end{tabular}
+%renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{table}
+
+\subsection{Tables not coded with \LaTeX}
+
+If you do not wish to code your table using \LaTeX\ but prefer to have
+it reproduced separately, proceed as for figures and use the following
+coding:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption[]{<text of caption>}
+\picplace{<height> cm}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption[]{Example of a table not coded with \LaTeX}
+\picplace{1 cm}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption[]{Example of a table not coded with \LaTeX}
+\picplace{1 cm}
+\end{table}
+
+\section{Acknowledgements}
+\label{ack}
+
+The command
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{acknowledgement}We thank A.\,Einstein for many helpful
+discussions.\end{acknowledgement}
+\end{verbatim}
+will print
+\begin{acknowledgement}We thank A.\,Einstein for many helpful
+discussions.\end{acknowledgement}
+
+\section{Appendix}
+\label{app}
+
+If you enter the command \verb|\appendix|, the following sections will
+be numbered with capital letters.
+
+\section{References}
+\label{refs}
+
+There are three reference systems available; only one, of course, should
+be used. Please refer to the {\it Instructions for Authors\/} as to
+which version is used in your journal. With each system (by author and
+year, by number only, or by letter or letter and number) a reference
+list, preferably headed ``References" and containing all citations
+appearing in the text, should be included at the end of your article.
+
+Please refer to p.\,72 ff. and p.\,187 ff. of the \LaTeX{} manual for
+overall information on the reference environment. We have added a new
+mandatory argument to the bibliography environment, namely the title of
+the reference section.
+
+Begin your bibliography with the command
+
+\smallskip\noindent
+\verb|\begin{thebibliography}[<label>]{<title>}|
+
+\smallskip\noindent
+where \verb|<title>| is something like {\tt References} and
+\verb|<label>| is the widest label (number or letter combination) to be
+used in the reference list. This argument is necessary to adjust the
+amount of indentation for wide labels. In the default setting the
+standard indentation for paragraphs is used.
+
+\subsection{References by number or by letter and number}
+
+Using standard \LaTeX{} syntax, references are cited in the text either
+by numbers or by the author's initials plus a sequence number where
+necessary. This number or letter/number combination is enclosed in
+square brackets, e.g. [1], [2], [BG], [GP\,1]. See p.\,72 ff. of the
+\LaTeX{} manual for details.
+
+The reference list is then either organized alphabetically or sorted
+according to the sequence of the citation in the text (the latter
+applies to citation by number only).
+
+\subsection{Author-year system}
+
+If you want to reference by author's name and year of publication, you
+have to use the style option \verb|bibay|. This changes the syntax of
+the command \verb|\bibitem|.
+
+References are cited in the text by name and year in parentheses, e.g.
+(Smith 1970, 1980), (Ekeland et al. 1985, Theorem 2), (Jones and Jaffe
+1986; Farrow 1988, Chap.\, 2), or with only the year in parentheses if
+the name is part of the sentence, e.g. Ekeland et al. (1985, Sect.\,
+2.1). The reference list should contain all citations that appear in the
+text, ordered alphabetically by surname (with initials following). If
+there are several works by the same author(s) the references should be
+listed in the appropriate order as indicated below:
+
+\smallskip
+\begin{description}[a)]
+\item[a)] One author: chronologically;
+\item[b)] Author and one co-author: alphabetically by coauthor, then
+chronologically;
+\item[c)] Author and more than one co-author: chronologically.
+\end{description}
+
+If there are several works by the same author(s) in the same year,
+they should be distinguished by the use of ``a",
+``b" etc., e.g. (Smith 1982a), (Ekeland et al. 1982b).
+
+Your bibliography entries must have the following structure:
+
+\smallskip\noindent
+\verb|\bibitem{}{<key>}{<citation>} <bibliographic entry>|,
+
+\smallskip\noindent
+
+where \verb|<key>| is the key used when citing in the text with
+\verb|\cite|. The argument of the third pair of braces,
+\verb|<citation>|, is the text that is to be printed in the text, when a
+publication is cited. The braces around the citation text are printed
+automatically. Please note that \LaTeX will not break a line inside the
+citation string and that the first pair of braces is obligatory.
+
+\paragraph{Sample input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+This is implicit in the recent work of \cite{ar} and the results
+are also discussed in \cite{le}. Consider as an example the
+theorem stated in \cite{dir}. We refer now to the hypothesis
+given in \cite{rh}. Extensions of the theorems are also
+interesting (Arnold 1968).
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{References}{}
+\bibitem {}{ar}{Arnold (1968)} Arnold V.I. (1968): Singularities
+ of smooth mappings. Usp. Mat. Nauk {\bf 23}, 3--44 (Russian).
+ [English transl.: Russ. Math. Surv. {\bf 23} (1968) 1--43]
+\bibitem {}{dir}{Lerch et al. (1983)} Dirac, P.A.M. (1950): On
+ generalized Hamiltonian dynamics. Can. J. Math {\bf 2}(2),
+ 129--148
+\bibitem {}{gro}{Gr\"otschel et al. (1988)} Gr\"otschel, M.,
+ Lov\'asz, L., Schrijver, A. (1988): Geometric algorithms and
+ combinatorial optimization. (Algorithms and Combinatorics,
+ vol.\, 2) Springer, Berlin Heidelberg New York
+\bibitem {}{le}{Lerche, Klosko et al. (1983)}Lerch, F.J., Klosko,
+ S.M., Patel, G.B. (1983): A refined gravity model from LAGEOS
+ (GEM-L2). NASA, Tech. Memo TM 84986
+\bibitem {}{rh}{Rham (1931)}Rham G. de (1931): Sur l'analysis
+ situs de vari\'et\'es \'a $n$ dimensions. J. Math. Pure Appl.
+ {\bf 10}, 115--200
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent{\it Sample output}
+
+\medskip\noindent
+This is implicit in the recent work of \cite{ar} and the results are
+also discussed in \cite{le}. Consider as an example the theorem stated
+in \cite{dir}. We refer now to the hypothesis given in \cite{rh}.
+Extensions of the theorems are also interesting (Arnold 1968).
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{References}{}
+\bibitem {}{ar}{Arnold (1968)} Arnold V.I. (1968): Singularities of
+ smooth mappings. Usp. Mat. Nauk {\bf 23}, 3--44 (Russian). [English
+ transl.: Russ. Math. Surv. {\bf 23} (1968) 1--43]
+\bibitem {}{dir}{Lerch et al. (1983)} Dirac, P.A.M. (1950): On
+ generalized Hamiltonian dynamics. Can. J. Math {\bf 2}(2), 129--148
+\bibitem {}{gro}{Gr\"otschel et al. (1988)} Gr\"otschel, M., Lov\'asz,
+ L., Schrijver, A. (1988): Geometric algorithms and combinatorial
+ optimization. (Algorithms and Combinatorics, vol.\, 2) Springer,
+ Berlin Heidelberg New York
+\bibitem {}{le}{Lerche, Klosko et al. (1983)}Lerch, F.J., Klosko, S.M.,
+ Patel, G.B. (1983): A refined gravity model from LAGEOS (GEM-L2).
+ NASA, Tech. Memo TM 84986
+\bibitem {}{rh}{Rham (1931)}Rham G. de (1931): Sur l'analysis situs de
+ vari\'et\'es \'a $n$ dimensions. J. Math. Pure Appl. {\bf 10},
+ 115--200
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\section{Example of an article\label{exs}}
+
+For a number of journals there are demo files ending with {\tt .dem}.
+Please \LaTeX\ them with the format file you created to get an example
+of an article typed with our style file. You might find it helpful to
+examine the input to see how certain more complicated things are done.
+
+\section{Reference card\label{r:card}}
+
+If you have received this macro package directly from us on diskettes,
+you also received a reference card listing all commands we created.
+
+The \LaTeX\ file for this command list is the file \verb|ljour1.ref|.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.mac b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.mac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a384e8779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.mac
@@ -0,0 +1,1179 @@
+% ljour1.mac
+% LaTeX package LJour1 1.0: main style file for one column journals
+% (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% It is for use with: LATEX VERSION 2.09 <25 March 1992>
+% and the NFSS from F. Mittelbach and R. Schoepf
+%
+% Please report all errors via e-mail to SPRINGER@vax.ntp.springer.de
+% or to the address mentioned on page 2 of the documentation
+%
+% This is sprbegch.tex
+% changes to LaTeX for Springer styles begin herewith
+%
+\makeatletter
+%
+\def\@optiondef#1{\expandafter\def\csname sp@#1\endcsname{}}
+%
+\def\@springererr#1#2{%
+\edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+\typeout{Springer Style error. \space See documentation for
+ explanation.^^J \space\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces Type \space H <return>
+ \space for immediate help.}\errmessage{#1}}
+%
+\def\@springerwarn#1#2{%
+\edef\@tempc{#2}\expandafter\errhelp\expandafter{\@tempc}%
+\typeout{Springer Style Warning. \space See documentation for
+ explanation.^^J \space\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces Type \space H <return>
+ \space for immediate help.}\errmessage{#1}}
+\def\springerstylefile{}
+% This is document.tex
+% checks whether style specified in \documentstyle and style used as
+% formatfile are the same
+\def\@documentstyle[#1]#2{\makeatletter
+ \def\@tempx{#2}
+ \def\@optionlist{#1}\gdef\@optionfiles{}%
+ \@ifundefined{springerstylefile}{\input \@tempx.sty\relax}%
+ {\ifx\@tempx\springerstylefile\relax
+ \typeout{This is \springerstylefile.}%
+ \else
+ \@springererr{Style '\springerstylefile' is preloaded}{Please
+ check your input.}\fi
+ \@options}
+ \let\@elt\input \@optionfiles \let\@elt\relax
+ \def\normalsize{\@normalsize}%
+ \makeatother
+ \normalsize\rm
+ \mark{{}{}}}
+%
+% Checks whether options specified to \documentstyle are allowed with
+% current style (e.g. are listed in the dataset options.tex)
+\def\@options{\let\@elt\relax
+ \@for\@tempa:=\@optionlist\do{
+ \@ifundefined{sp@\@tempa}%
+ {\@springerwarn{Option '\@tempa' not tested with
+ \springerstylefile, this may not work}%
+ {Press return to continue, but keep your
+ fingers crossed.}}%
+ {}%
+ \@ifundefined{ds@\@tempa}{\xdef\@optionfiles{\@optionfiles
+ \@elt \@tempa.sty\relax}}{\csname ds@\@tempa\endcsname}%
+ }%
+}
+% This is options.tex
+% it contains the table of options tested with the package
+% Use \@optiondef{NAME} to enable the option NAME.
+%
+\@optiondef{amssymb}
+\@optiondef{draft}
+\@optiondef{script}
+\@optiondef{footinfo}
+\@optiondef{twoside}
+\@optiondef{referee}
+\@optiondef{leqno}
+\@optiondef{array}
+\@optiondef{bibay}
+\@optiondef{deutsch}
+\@optiondef{francais}
+\@optiondef{german}
+% This is articl10.tex
+% load article style and substyle
+% disable \@options before and enable it after all.
+%
+\@ifundefined{springerstyletest}{%
+ \typeout{Loading article style and art10 substyle}
+ \let\@tempy\@options \let\@options\relax
+ \let\@tempi\input \def\input#1\relax{}
+ \let\normalsize\relax
+ \@tempi art10.sty
+ \@tempi article.sty
+ \let\input\@tempi
+ \let\@options\@tempy}{\relax}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is misc.xxx
+%
+% It defines various commands not available in "plain LaTeX"
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newcommand{\ts}{\thinspace{}}
+\newcommand{\sq}{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\newcommand{\qed}{\ifmmode\sq\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil
+ \penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\sq
+ \parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi{}}
+\def\E{{\rm e}}
+\let\eul=\E
+\def\I{{\rm i}}
+\let\imag=\I
+% Frame for paste-in figures or tables
+\def\picplace#1{\vbox{\hrule\@height 0.4pt\@width\hsize
+\hbox to\hsize{\vrule\@width 0.4pt\@height#1\hfil
+\vrule\@width 0.4pt\@height#1}\hrule\@height 0.4pt\@width\hsize}}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is referee.tex
+%
+% It defines the style option "referee"
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newif\if@referee \@refereefalse
+\def\ds@referee{\@refereetrue
+\typeout{A referee's copy will be produced.}%
+\def\baselinestretch{2}\small
+\normalsize\rm
+\newbox\refereebox
+\setbox\refereebox=\vbox to0pt{\vskip0.5cm%
+ \hbox to\textwidth{\normalsize\tt\hrulefill\lower0.5ex
+ \hbox{\kern5pt referee's copy\kern5pt}\hrulefill}\vss}%
+\def\@oddfoot{\copy\refereebox}\let\@evenfoot=\@oddfoot}
+% This is ucgreek
+% the definition of versal greek characters
+\mathchardef\Gamma="0100
+\mathchardef\Delta="0101
+\mathchardef\Theta="0102
+\mathchardef\Lambda="0103
+\mathchardef\Xi="0104
+\mathchardef\Pi="0105
+\mathchardef\Sigma="0106
+\mathchardef\Upsilon="0107
+\mathchardef\Phi="0108
+\mathchardef\Psi="0109
+\mathchardef\Omega="010A
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is vector.tex
+%
+% It redefines the plain TeX \vec command
+% and adds a \tens command for tensors
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\vec#1{\relax\ifmmode\mathchoice{\mbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\textstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}\else
+\hbox{\boldmath$\textstyle#1$}\fi}
+
+\def\tens#1{\relax\ifmmode\mathchoice{\mbox{$\sf\displaystyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{$\sf\textstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{$\sf\scriptstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{$\sf\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}\else
+\hbox{$\sf\textstyle#1$}\fi}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is defaults.tex
+%
+% It sets the switches for twoside printing, numbering
+% of equations and kind of citation.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\@twosidetrue % twoside is default
+\newif\if@bibay \@bibayfalse % citation with numbers
+ % is default
+\newif\if@numart \@numartfalse % numbering with chapternumbers
+ % is default
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is layout.lj1
+%
+% It defines various sizes and settings for journals
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+\topmargin=0cm
+\textwidth=27cc
+\textheight=525dd
+\oddsidemargin=0cm
+\evensidemargin=0cm
+\headsep=16.74dd
+%
+\baselineskip=10.5dd
+\parindent=15pt
+\parskip=0pt plus 1pt
+\hfuzz=2pt
+\frenchspacing
+%
+\tolerance=500
+%
+\abovedisplayskip=3 mm plus6pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip=3 mm plus6pt minus 4pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0.0 mm plus6pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt
+%
+\predisplaypenalty=0
+\clubpenalty=20000
+\widowpenalty=20000
+%
+\newdimen\betweenumberspace % dimension for space between
+\betweenumberspace=3.33pt % number and text of titles.
+\newdimen\aftertext % dimension for space after
+\aftertext=5pt % text of title.
+\newdimen\headlineindent % dimension for space between
+\headlineindent=1.166cm % number and text of headings.
+%
+% Figures and tables are processed in small print
+\def\figure{\small\rm\@float{figure}}
+\@namedef{figure*}{\small\rm\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\def\table{\small\rm\@float{table}}
+\@namedef{table*}{\small\rm\@dblfloat{table}}
+\def\fps@figure{htbp}
+\def\fps@table{htbp}
+%
+\labelsep=5pt % measures for lists
+\leftmargini=\parindent
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\leftmarginii=\parindent
+\parsep=\parskip
+%
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \parsep=\parskip
+ \topsep=\medskipamount
+ \itemsep=\parskip \advance\itemsep by -\parsep}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+%
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth by -\labelsep
+ \parsep=\parskip
+ \topsep=\z@
+ \itemsep=\parskip \advance\itemsep by -\parsep}
+%
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{10.5dd}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip=3 mm plus6pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip=3 mm plus6pt minus 4pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0.0 mm plus6pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt
+\let\@listi\@listI}
+%
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{9dd}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 8.5pt plus 3pt minus 4pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 4pt plus2pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt\parsep\parskip
+\itemsep\parskip}}
+%
+\def\petit{\par\addvspace{6pt}\small}
+\def\endpetit{\par\addvspace{6pt}}
+%
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{9dd}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 4pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\topsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt\parsep\parskip
+\itemsep\parskip}}
+%
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{16dd}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+% This is texte.tex
+% it defines various texts and their translations
+% called up with documentstyle options
+\def\abstractname{Summary.}
+\def\ackname{Acknowledgement.}
+\def\andname{and}
+\def\appendixname{Appendix}
+\def\chaptername{Chapter}
+\def\claimname{Claim}
+\def\conjecturename{Conjecture}
+\def\contentsname{Contents}
+\def\corollaryname{Corollary}
+\def\definitionname{Definition}
+\def\examplename{Example}
+\def\exercisename{Exercise}
+\def\figurename{Fig.}
+\def\keywordname{{\bf Keywords.}}
+\def\lemmaname{Lemma}
+\def\contriblistname{List of contributors}
+\def\listfigurename{List of Figures}
+\def\listtablename{List of Tables}
+\def\mailname{{\it Correspondence to\/}:}
+\def\noteaddname{Note added in proof}
+\def\notename{Note}
+\def\partname{Part}
+\def\problemname{Problem}
+\def\proofname{Proof}
+\def\propertyname{Property}
+\def\propositionname{Proposition}
+\def\questionname{Question}
+\def\remarkname{Remark}
+\def\solutionname{Solution}
+\def\subclassname{{\it Subject Classifications.}}
+\def\tablename{Table}
+\def\theoremname{Theorem}
+% Names of theorem like environments are already defined
+% but must be translated if another language is chosen
+%
+% French section
+\def\ds@francais{\typeout{On parle francais.}%
+ \def\abstractname{R\'esum\'e.}%
+ \def\ackname{Remerciements.}%
+ \def\andname{et}%
+ \def\appendixname{Appendice}
+ \def\chaptername{Chapitre}%
+ \def\claimname{Pr\'etention.}%
+ \def\conjecturename{Hypoth\`ese}%
+ \def\contentsname{Table des mati\`eres}%
+ \def\corollaryname{Corrolaire}%
+ \def\definitionname{D\'efinition}%
+ \def\examplename{Exemple}%
+ \def\exercisename{Exercice}%
+ \def\figurename{Fig.}%
+ \def\keywordname{{\bf Mots-cl\'e.}}
+ \def\lemmaname{Lemme}%
+ \def\contriblistname{List of contributors}
+ \def\listfigurename{Liste des figures}%
+ \def\listtablename{Liste des tables}%
+ \def\noteaddname{Note ajout\'ee \`a l'\'epreuve}%
+ \def\notename{Remarque}%
+ \def\partname{Partie}%
+ \def\problemname{Probl\`eme}%
+ \def\proofname{\'Epreuve}%
+ \def\propertyname{Caract\'eristique}%
+%\def\propositionname{Proposition}%
+ \def\questionname{Question}%
+ \def\remarkname{Remarque}%
+ \def\solutionname{Solution}%
+ \def\tablename{Tableau}%
+ \def\theoremname{Th\'eor\`eme}%
+}
+%
+% German section
+\def\ds@deutsch{\typeout{Man spricht deutsch.}%
+ \def\abstractname{Zusammenfassung.}%
+ \def\ackname{Danksagung.}%
+ \def\andname{und}%
+ \def\appendixname{Anhang}%
+ \def\chaptername{Kapitel}%
+ \def\claimname{Behauptung.}%
+ \def\conjecturename{Hypothese}%
+ \def\contentsname{Inhaltsverzeichnis}%
+ \def\corollaryname{Korrolar}%
+%\def\definitionname{Definition}%
+ \def\examplename{Beispiel}%
+ \def\exercisename{\"Ubung}%
+ \def\figurename{Abb.}%
+ \def\keywordname{{\bf Schl\"usselw\"orter.}}
+%\def\lemmaname{Lemma}%
+ \def\contriblistname{List of contributors}
+ \def\listfigurename{Abbildungsverzeichnis}%
+ \def\listtablename{Tabellenverzeichnis}%
+ \def\noteaddname{Nachtrag}%
+ \def\notename{Anmerkung}%
+ \def\partname{Teil}%
+%\def\problemname{Problem}%
+ \def\proofname{Beweis}%
+ \def\propertyname{Eigenschaft}%
+%\def\propositionname{Proposition}%
+ \def\questionname{Frage}%
+ \def\remarkname{Anmerkung}%
+ \def\solutionname{L\"osung}%
+ \def\tablename{Tab.}%
+%\def\theoremname{Theorem}%
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is headjour.tex
+%
+% Titles for journals are redefined
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3} % depth of the highest-level
+ % sectioning command
+\def\thesection{\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+%
+% definition of \chapter
+% not allowed with this springer style
+\def\chapter#1{\@springererr{Command \string\chapter \space
+ is not allowed with this Style File}%
+ {Please remove command \string\chapter.}%
+ \relax}
+%
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \let\@svsec\@empty\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1%
+ \endcsname.\hskip\betweenumberspace\ignorespaces}\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{%
+ \raggedright
+ \hyphenpenalty \@M%
+ \interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}%
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\relax
+ \@svsec #8\hskip\aftertext\ignorespaces
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+%
+% measures and setting of sections
+%
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-21dd plus-4pt minus-4pt}{10.5dd plus 4pt
+ minus4pt}{\normalsize\bf\boldmath}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-21dd plus-4pt minus-4pt}{10.5dd plus 4pt
+ minus4pt}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
+ {-21dd plus-4pt minus-4pt}{10.5dd plus 4pt
+ minus4pt}{\normalsize}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{subsubsection}{4}{\z@}%
+ {-21dd plus-4pt minus-4pt}{-1pt}{\normalsize\it}}
+% definition of \subparagraph
+% not allowed with springer styles
+\def\subsubparagraph#1{\@springererr{Command \string\subparagraph \space
+ is not allowed with this Style File}%
+ {Please remove command \string\subparagraph.}%
+ \relax}
+% definition of \part
+% not allowed with springer styles
+\def\part#1{\@springererr{Command \string\part \space
+ is not allowed with this Style File}%
+ {Please remove command \string\part.}%
+ \relax}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is toc.xxx
+%
+% it modifies the appearence of the table of contents
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\def\tableofcontents{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\chapter*{\contentsname \@mkboth{{\contentsname}}{{\contentsname}}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
+ \addvspace{1.8em plus\p@}% % space above part line
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@
+ \rightskip \z@ plus 5em
+ \hrule\vskip5pt
+ \bf\boldmath % set line in boldface
+ \leavevmode % TeX command to enter horizontal mode.
+ #1\par
+ \vskip5pt
+ \hrule
+ \vskip8pt
+ \nobreak % Never break after part entry
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\@dotsep{2}
+
+\def\l@chapter#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}
+ \vskip 1.0em plus 1pt \@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip
+ {\bf\boldmath#1}\nobreak
+ \leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern
+ \@dotsep mu$}\hfill
+ \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup}
+
+\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{10em}{5em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{12em}{6em}}
+
+\def\listoffigures{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\chapter*{\listfigurename\@mkboth{{\listfigurename}}{{\listfigurename}}}
+ \@starttoc{lof}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+
+\def\listoftables{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\chapter*{\listtablename\@mkboth{{\listtablename}}{{\listtablename}}}
+ \@starttoc{lot}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+% This is kopf.xxx
+% it does the whole head of a contribution extending the
+% \maketitle command.
+% LaTeX does not provide a command to enter the authors institute
+% addresses. The \institute command is defined here.
+
+\newcounter{inst}
+\newcounter{auth}
+\newdimen\instindent
+\newbox\authrun
+\newtoks\authorrunning
+\newbox\titrun
+\newtoks\titlerunning
+
+\def\journalname#1{\gdef\@journalname{#1}}
+
+\def\headnote#1{\gdef\@headnote{#1}}
+\def\@headnote{}
+
+\def\dedication#1{\gdef\@dedic{#1}}
+\def\@dedic{}
+
+\def\institute#1{\gdef\@institute{#1}}
+
+\def\institutename{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \parskip=0pt
+ \setcounter{inst}{1}%
+ \def\and{\par\stepcounter{inst}%
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to\instindent{\hss$^{\theinst}$\enspace}\ignorespaces}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\@institute}
+ \ifnum\value{inst}>9\relax\setbox0=\hbox{$^{88}$\enspace}%
+ \else\setbox0=\hbox{$^{8}$\enspace}\fi
+ \instindent=\wd0\relax
+ \ifnum\value{inst}=1\relax
+ \else
+ \setcounter{inst}{1}%
+ \noindent
+ \hbox to\instindent{\hss$^{\theinst}$\enspace}\ignorespaces
+ \fi
+ \small
+ \ignorespaces
+ \@institute\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\mail#1{\begingroup
+\def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}\xdef\@thanks{%
+\protect\footnotetext[0]{\kern-\parindent\mailname\
+\ignorespaces#1}\@thanks}\endgroup\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@thanks{}
+
+\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ifcase#1\or\star\or{\star\star}\or{\star\star\star}%
+ \or \dagger\or \ddagger\or
+ \mathchar "278\or \mathchar "27B\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger
+ \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\@ctrerr\fi\relax}
+
+\def\inst#1{\unskip$^{#1}$}
+\def\fnmsep{\unskip$^,$}
+
+\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}}
+\def\@subtitle{}
+
+%\def\thesaurus#1{\gdef\@thesaurus{#1}}
+
+\def\ch@ckobl#1#2{\@ifundefined{@#1}
+ {\typeout{Missing \expandafter\string\csname#1\endcsname}%
+ \csname #1\endcsname{#2}}
+ {}}
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+%\ch@ckobl{thesaurus}{missing; you have not inserted them}
+\ch@ckobl{journalname}{Noname}
+\ch@ckobl{date}{the date of receipt and acceptance should be inserted
+later}
+\ch@ckobl{title}{A title should be given}
+\ch@ckobl{author}{Name(s) and initial(s) of author(s) should be given}
+\ch@ckobl{institute}{Address(es) of author(s) should be given}
+ \begingroup
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+ \else
+ \newpage \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \global\@topnum\z@
+ \thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks
+ \def\\{ }\def\inst##1{\unskip}\def\thanks##1{\unskip}%
+ \def\fnmsep{\unskip}%
+ \if!\the\authorrunning!
+ \value{inst}=\value{auth}%
+ \setcounter{auth}{1}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@author{\the\authorrunning}%
+ \fi
+ \global\setbox\authrun=\hbox{\small\rm\unboldmath\@author\unskip}%
+ \instindent=\hsize
+ \advance\instindent by-\headlineindent
+ \ifdim\wd\authrun>\instindent
+ \typeout{Names of authors too long for running head. Please supply}%
+ \typeout{a shorter form with \string\authorrunning\space prior to
+ \string\maketitle}%
+ \global\setbox\authrun=\hbox{\small\rm
+ Authors suppressed due to excessive length}%
+ \fi
+ \xdef\@author{\copy\authrun}%
+ \if!\the\titlerunning!\else
+ \edef\@title{\the\titlerunning}%
+ \fi
+ \global\setbox\titrun=\hbox{\small\rm\unboldmath\ignorespaces\@title}%
+ \ifdim\wd\titrun>\instindent
+ \typeout{Title too long for running head. Please supply}%
+ \typeout{a shorter form with \string\titlerunning\space prior to
+ \string\maketitle}%
+ \global\setbox\titrun=\hbox{\small\rm
+ Title suppressed due to excessive length}%
+ \fi
+ \xdef\@title{\copy\titrun}%
+ \markboth{\@author}{\@title}
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\gdef\@subtitle{}%
+ \let\thanks\relax}
+
+\def\makeheadbox{{%
+\hbox to0pt{\vbox{\baselineskip=10dd\hrule\hbox
+to\hsize{\vrule\kern3pt\vbox{\kern3pt
+\hbox{\bf\@journalname\ Manuscript-Nr.}
+\hbox{(will be inserted by hand later)}
+\kern3pt}\hfil\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}%
+\hss}}}
+
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \rm\vbox to0pt{}\vskip-8mm
+ \makeheadbox
+ \vskip13.5mm
+ {\Large \bf\boldmath
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \rightskip=0pt plus 4cm
+ \if!\@headnote!\else
+ \noindent
+ {\em\ignorespaces\@headnote\par}\vskip 3.5mm
+ \fi
+ \noindent\ignorespaces
+ \@title \par}\vskip 3.5mm\relax
+ \bf\boldmath
+ \if!\@subtitle!\else
+ \vskip .05cm
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \rightskip=0pt plus 3cm
+ \noindent\ignorespaces\@subtitle \par\vskip .4cm
+ \fi
+ \lineskip .5em
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\setcounter{auth}{1}\def\and{\stepcounter{auth}}%
+ \def\thanks##1{}\@author}%
+ \def\lastand{\ifnum\value{inst}=2\relax
+ \unskip{} \andname\
+ \else
+ \unskip, \andname\
+ \fi}%
+ \def\and{\stepcounter{auth}\relax
+ \ifnum\value{auth}=\value{inst}%
+ \lastand
+ \else
+ \unskip,
+ \fi}%
+ \value{inst}=\value{auth}%
+ \setcounter{auth}{1}%
+ \noindent\ignorespaces\@author\vskip.225cm
+ \unboldmath\small\rm
+ \institutename
+ \vskip .4cm \noindent\@date
+ \if!\@dedic!\else
+ \par
+ \normalsize\it
+ \addvspace\baselineskip
+ \noindent\@dedic
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \vskip .5cm}
+
+% Define `abstract' environment
+\def\abstract{\trivlist\item[\hskip\labelsep
+{\bf\abstractname}]\if!\abstractname!\hskip-\labelsep\fi}
+\let\endabstract=\endtrivlist
+
+% Define `transsummary' environment
+\def\transsummary{\trivlist\item[\hskip\labelsep
+{\bf Summary.}]}
+\let\endtranssummary=\endtrivlist
+
+% Define \transtitle, (\trans-)\keywords and \subclass
+\def\transtitle#1{\par\addvspace\baselineskip\noindent
+{\bf\ignorespaces#1}\par}
+\def\transkey#1{\par\addvspace\baselineskip\noindent
+{\bf Keywords. }\ignorespaces#1\par}
+\def\keywords{\par\addvspace\baselineskip\noindent\keywordname\
+\ignorespaces}
+\def\subclass{\par\addvspace\baselineskip\noindent\subclassname\
+\ignorespaces}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is runnhead.j
+%
+% It redefines the headings of a text. There are two
+% pagestyles possible: "\pagestyle{headings}" and
+% "\pagestyle{myheadings}". The later is the default.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\if@twoside
+\def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}
+ \def\@evenhead{\rm\thepage\hskip\headlineindent\leftmark\hfil}
+ \def\@oddhead{\hfil\rightmark\hskip\headlineindent\rm\thepage}
+ \let\chaptermark\@gobble
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markright{{\ifnum\c@secnumdepth>\z@
+ \thesection.\hskip\betweenumberspace\fi ##1}}}}
+\else \def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}
+ \def\@oddhead{\hfil\rightmark\hskip\headlineindent\rm\thepage}
+ \let\chaptermark\@gobble
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markright{{\ifnum\c@secnumdepth>\z@
+ \thesection.\hskip\betweenumberspace\fi ##1}}}}
+\fi
+\def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}
+ \def\@evenhead{\small\rm\thepage\hfil\leftmark}
+ \def\@oddhead{\small\rm\rightmark\hfil\thepage}
+ \def\chaptermark##1{}
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\ps@myheadings
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is theorem.xxx
+%
+% It redefines the "\newtheorem" command.
+%
+% Usage now:
+%
+% \newtheorem{env_nam}{caption}[within]{cap_font}{body_font}
+% or \newtheorem{env_nam}[numbered_like]{caption}{cap_font}{body_font}
+% or \newtheorem*{env_nam}{caption}{cap_font}{body_font}
+%
+% New is "cap_font" and "body_font". It stands for
+% fontdefinition of the caption and the text itself.
+%
+% "\newtheorem*" gives a theorem without number.
+%
+% A defined newthoerem environment is used as described
+% by Lamport.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\@thmcounterend{.}
+
+\def\newtheorem{\@ifstar{\@sthm}{\@Sthm}}
+
+% definition of \newtheorem with number
+
+\def\@Sthm#1{\@ifnextchar[{\@othm{#1}}{\@nthm{#1}}}
+
+\def\@xnthm#1#2[#3]#4#5{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+ {\@definecounter{#1}\@addtoreset{#1}{#3}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname the#3\endcsname \@thmcountersep \@thmcounter{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}%
+ \global\@namedef{#1}{\@thm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#4}{#5}}%
+ \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+
+\def\@ynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+ {\@definecounter{#1}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}%
+ \global\@namedef{#1}{\@thm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#3}{#4}}%
+ \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+
+\def\@othm#1[#2]#3#4#5{%
+ \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\@latexerr{No theorem environment `#2' defined}\@eha}%
+ {\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+ {\global\@namedef{the#1}{\@nameuse{the#2}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#3}%
+ \global\@namedef{#1}{\@thm{#2}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#4}{#5}}%
+ \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}}
+
+\def\@thm#1#2#3#4{\refstepcounter
+ {#1}\@ifnextchar[{\@ythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{\@xthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+
+\def\@xthm#1#2#3#4{\@begintheorem{#2}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#3}{#4}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@ythm#1#2#3#4[#5]{\@opargbegintheorem{#2}{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{#5}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@begintheorem#1#2#3#4{\trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{#3#1\ #2\@thmcounterend}]#4}
+
+\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4#5{\trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{#4#1\ #2\ (#3)\@thmcounterend}]#5}
+
+% definition of \newtheorem* without number
+
+\def\@sthm#1#2{\@Ynthm{#1}{#2}}
+
+\def\@Ynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+ {\global\@namedef{#1}{\@Thm{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#3}{#4}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}%
+ \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+
+\def\@Thm#1#2#3{\@ifnextchar[{\@Ythm{#1}{#2}{#3}}{\@Xthm{#1}{#2}{#3}}}
+
+\def\@Xthm#1#2#3{\@Begintheorem{#1}{#2}{#3}\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@Ythm#1#2#3[#4]{\@Opargbegintheorem{#1}
+ {#4}{#2}{#3}\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@Begintheorem#1#2#3{#3\trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{#2#1\@thmcounterend}]}
+
+\def\@Opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4{#4\trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{#3#1\ (#2)\@thmcounterend}]}
+
+% definition of divers theorem environments
+
+\newtheorem*{claim}{Claim}{\it}{\rm}
+\newtheorem{conjecture}{Conjecture}{\it}{\rm}
+\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}{\bf}{\it}
+\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}{\bf}{\it}
+\newtheorem{example}{Example}{\it}{\rm}
+\newtheorem{exercise}{Exercise}{\bf}{\rm}
+\newtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}{\bf}{\it}
+\newtheorem{note}{Note}{\it}{\rm}
+\newtheorem{problem}{Problem}{\bf}{\rm}
+\newtheorem{property}{Property}{\it}{\rm}
+\newtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}{\bf}{\it}
+\newtheorem{question}{Question}{\it}{\rm}
+\newtheorem{solution}{Solution}{\bf}{\rm}
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}{\bf}{\it}
+\newtheorem*{proof}{Proof}{\it}{\rm}
+\newtheorem{remark}{Remark}{\it}{\rm}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is figure.xxx
+%
+% It redefines the captions for "figure" and "table"
+% environments.
+%
+% There are two new kind of captions: "\firstcaption"
+% and "\secondcaption" for captions set side by side.
+%
+% Usage for the new commands: like "\caption".
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\par\addcontentsline{\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\firstcaption{\refstepcounter\@captype\@dblarg%
+ {\@firstcaption\@captype}}
+
+\def\secondcaption{\refstepcounter\@captype\@dblarg%
+ {\@secondcaption\@captype}}
+
+\long\def\@firstcaption#1[#2]#3{\addcontentsline{\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \vskip10pt
+ \@maketwocaptions{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ignorespaces\hspace{.073\textwidth}\hfil%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\long\def\@secondcaption#1[#2]#3{\addcontentsline{\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \@maketwocaptions{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\long\def\@maketwocaptions#1#2{%
+ \parbox[t]{.46\textwidth}{{\bf #1.} #2}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\fig@type{figure}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\if\@captype\fig@type\vskip 10pt\fi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\bf #1.} #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize {\bf #1.} #2\par
+ \else \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\unhbox\@tempboxa\hfil}\fi
+ \if\@captype\fig@type\else\vskip5.5pt\fi}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is bibjour.xxx
+%
+% It redefines the "bibliography" environment.
+%
+% Usage: \begin{thebibliography}[label]{title}
+%
+% where "title" is the text of the title which will be
+% typeset, e.g. "References" or "Bibliography". It must
+% be given.
+%
+% together with "bibay" style option (e.g.
+% \documentstyle[bibay]{article}):
+%
+% \bibitem{label}{key}{referenced text}
+% for author-year-citation
+%
+% without style option (as described by Lamport):
+%
+% \bibitem[label]{key}
+% \bibitem{key}
+%
+% \cite{key} (as described by Lamport)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% definition of \begin{thebibliography}
+
+\def\thebibliography{\@ifnextchar[{\@lThebibliography}%
+ {\@Thebibliography}}
+
+\def\@lThebibliography[#1]#2{\section*{#2\@mkboth{#2}{#2}}%
+ \small\rm
+ \list{\arabic{enumiv}.}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p@enumiv\@empty
+ \def\theenumiv{\arabic{enumiv}}}%
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+
+\def\@Thebibliography#1{\section*{#1\@mkboth{#1}{#1}}
+ \small\rm
+ \list{\arabic{enumiv}.}%
+ {\settowidth\labelwidth{\hspace\parindent\hskip-\labelsep}%
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p@enumiv\@empty
+ \def\theenumiv{\arabic{enumiv}}%
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+
+% definition of \bibitem and \cite
+\def\ds@bibay{\@bibaytrue
+ \def\bibitem{\@bibitem}%
+ \def\@bibitem##1##2##3{\ifx!##1!\item[]\hskip-\labelwidth
+ \hskip-\labelsep\else\item[\@biblabel{##1}]\fi
+ \if@filesw
+ {\def\protect####1{\string ####1\space}\immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{##2}{##3}}}%
+ \fi\ignorespaces}%
+%
+ \def\cite{\@ifnextchar[{\@tempswatrue\@citex}%
+ {\@tempswafalse\@citex[]}}%
+%
+ \def\@citex[##1]##2{%
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{##2}}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@citea{}%
+ \@cite{\@for\@citeb:=##2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{{\bf ?}\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+ \hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}%
+ {##1}}%
+%
+ \def\@cite##1##2{{##1\if@tempswa , ##2\fi}}%
+ \def\@biblabel##1{##1\hfill}}
+%
+\def\bibitem{\@ifnextchar[{\@lbibitem}{\@bibitem}}
+\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\itemindent\z@
+ \item[\@biblabel{#1}]\if@filesw
+ {\def\protect##1{\string ##1\space}\immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}
+%
+\def\@bibitem#1{\item\if@filesw \immediate\write\@auxout
+ {\string\bibcite{#1}{\the\c@enumiv}}\fi\ignorespaces}
+%
+\def\cite{\@ifnextchar[{\@tempswatrue\@citex}{\@tempswafalse\@citex[]}}
+%
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \def\@citea{}%
+ \@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@citea\def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{{\bf ?}\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+ \hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}%
+ {#1}}
+\def\@cite#1#2{[{#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}]}
+\def\@biblabel#1{[#1]\hfill}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is fonotej.xxx
+%
+% It redefines how footnotes will be typeset.
+%
+% Usage like described by Lamport.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\newdimen\footnoterulewidth
+ \footnoterulewidth=4cc
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width\footnoterulewidth
+ \kern 2.6\p@}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima-15pt\parshape \@ne 15pt \@tempdima}\par
+ \parindent 15pt\noindent \hbox to \z@{%
+ \hss\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$ }#1}
+% This is footinfo.tex
+% it provides an informatory line on every page
+%
+\def\SpringerMacroPackageNameA{\springerstylefile}
+% \thetime, \thedate and \timstamp are macros to include
+% time, date (or both) of the TeX run in the document
+\def\maketimestamp{\count255=\time
+\divide\count255 by 60\relax
+\edef\thetime{\the\count255:}%
+\multiply\count255 by-60\relax
+\advance\count255 by\time
+\edef\thetime{\thetime\ifnum\count255<10 0\fi\the\count255}
+\edef\thedate{\number\day-\ifcase\month\or Jan\or Feb\or Mar\or
+ Apr\or May\or Jun\or Jul\or Aug\or Sep\or Oct\or
+ Nov\or Dec\fi-\number\year}
+\def\timstamp{\hbox to\hsize{\tt\hfil\thedate\hfil\thetime\hfil}}}
+\maketimestamp
+%
+% \footinfo generates a info footline on every page containing
+% pagenumber, jobname, macroname, and timestamp
+\def\ds@footinfo{\maketimestamp
+ \def\@oddfoot{\footnotesize\tt Page: \thepage\hfil job: \jobname\hfil
+ macro: \SpringerMacroPackageNameA\hfil
+ date/time: \thedate/\thetime}%
+ \let\@evenfoot=\@oddfoot}
+\def\footinfo{\maketimestamp
+ \ds@footinfo
+ \typeout{You ordered a foot-info line. }}
+\def\nofootinfo{%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \typeout{Foot-info has been disabled. }}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is environ.xxx
+%
+% It defines the environment for acknowledgements.
+% and noteadd
+%
+% Usage e.g.: \begin{acknowledgement}
+% Text
+% \end{acknowledgement}
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Define `abstract' environment
+\def\acknowledgement{\par\addvspace{17pt}\small\rm
+\trivlist\item[\hskip\labelsep
+{\it\ackname}]}
+\def\endacknowledgement{\endtrivlist\addvspace{6pt}}
+% Define `noteadd' environment
+\def\noteadd{\par\addvspace{17pt}\small\rm
+\trivlist\item[\hskip\labelsep
+{\it\noteaddname}]}
+\def\endnoteadd{\endtrivlist\addvspace{6pt}}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is item.xxx
+%
+% It redefines the kind of label for "itemize", "enumerate"
+% and "description" environment. The last is extended by
+% an optional parameter. Its length is used for overall
+% indentation.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% labels of enumerate
+
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
+\def\labelenumii{\theenumii)}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+
+% labels of itemize
+
+\def\labelitemi{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+% labels of description
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep #1\hfil}
+
+% make indentations changeable
+
+\def\setitemindent#1{\settowidth{\labelwidth}{#1}%
+ \leftmargini\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargini\labelsep
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth by -\labelsep
+ \parsep=\parskip
+ \topsep=\medskipamount
+ \itemsep=\parskip \advance\itemsep by -\parsep}}
+\def\setitemitemindent#1{\settowidth{\labelwidth}{#1}%
+ \leftmarginii\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmarginii\labelsep
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth by -\labelsep
+ \parsep=\parskip
+ \topsep=\z@
+ \itemsep=\parskip \advance\itemsep by -\parsep}}
+%
+% adjusted environment "description"
+% if an optional parameter (at the first two levels of lists)
+% is present, its width is considered to be the widest mark
+% throughout the current list.
+\def\description{\@ifnextchar[{\@describe}{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@
+ \itemindent-\leftmargin \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}}
+%
+\def\describelabel#1{#1\hfil}
+\def\@describe[#1]{\relax\ifnum\@listdepth=0
+\setitemindent{#1}\else\ifnum\@listdepth=1
+\setitemitemindent{#1}\fi\fi
+\list{--}{\let\makelabel\describelabel}}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is typeset.xxx
+%
+% It defines last text of every article.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+\def\typeset{\small\noindent This article was processed by the author
+ using the \LaTeX{} style file {\it\springerstylefile\/}
+ from Springer-Verlag.\par}
+
+\def\enddocument{\par\vspace{2\bigskipamount}\typeset
+ \@checkend{document}\clearpage\begingroup
+ \if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+ \def\global\@namedef##1##2{}\def\newlabel{\@testdef r}%
+ \def\bibcite{\@testdef b}\@tempswafalse \makeatletter\input \jobname.aux
+ \if@tempswa \@@warning{Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get
+ cross-references right}\fi\fi\endgroup\deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is numberj.xxx
+%
+% It redefines the kind of numeration for figures,
+% tables and equations like they should appear in
+% journals.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+\let\ds@numart=\relax
+%
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.ref b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.ref
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d5b4455f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/ljour1.ref
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+% ljour1.ref
+% LJour1 vers. 1.0, LaTeX style file for Springer journals with
+% one-column layout: Reference card
+% (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+%-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+% Please use style cljour1.
+\documentstyle{cljour1}
+\nofiles
+\renewcommand{\typeset}{}
+\newcommand{\oneskip}{\vskip0.7\baselineskip}
+\newcommand{\twoskip}{\vskip1.4\baselineskip}
+\newcommand{\halfskip}{\vskip0.35\baselineskip}
+\newcommand{\mhalfskip}{\vskip-0.65\baselineskip}
+\textwidth 12cm \textheight 18.5cm
+\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt
+\pagestyle{plain}
+\begin{document}
+
+{\large\bf LJour1: reference card\hfill version 1.0}
+\twoskip
+\noindent This is a list of commands provided by the \LaTeX{} style file
+{\it LJour1}. For a complete description of these commands please refer
+to the user's guide.
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip
+\obeylines
+
+{\bf Using the style file}
+\oneskip
+\verb|tex &cljour1 <filename>| or \verb|tex &pljour1 <filename>|
+
+\oneskip
+{\it Documentstyle}
+\halfskip
+\verb|cljour1| or \verb|pljour1|
+
+\oneskip
+{\it Styleoptions}
+\mhalfskip
+\begin{flushleft}\tt
+referee\hfill footinfo\hfill leqno\hfill bibay\hfill deutsch\hfill%
+german\hfill francais\hfill amssymb
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+{\bf The beginning of an article}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[<style options>]{<docstyle>}
+<macro definitions>
+\journalname{<name of journal>}
+\renewcommand{\abstractname}{<heading for abstract>.}
+\renewcommand{\subclassname}{{\it <heading>.}}
+\begin{document}
+\headnote{<text>}
+\title{<title of article>}
+\titlerunning{<short form of title>}
+\subtitle{<subtitle of article>}
+\author{<name of first author>\inst{<number>}
+\and <name of second author>\inst{<number>} ...}
+\authorrunning{<name of first author> et al.}
+\institute{<first address> \and <second address>}
+\thanks{<text of footnote>}
+\thanks{{\it Present address:\/} <address>}
+\offprints{<name>}
+\date{Received <date>; accepted <date>}
+\dedication{<dedication>}
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract} <abstract> \end{abstract}
+\keywords{<keyword -- keyword -- ...>}
+\subclass{<classification>}
+\transtitle{<title in English>}
+\begin{transsummary} <English translation of summary>
+\end{transsummary}
+\transkey {<key words in English>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\oneskip
+{\it Footnote mark separator}
+\halfskip
+\verb|\fnmsep|
+
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+
+{\bf Headings}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{<title of section>}
+\subsection{<title of subsection>}
+\subsubsection{<title of subsection>}
+\paragraph{<title of paragraph>}
+\end{verbatim}
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+
+{\bf Special typefaces}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\vec{<letter>}
+\tens{<letter>}
+{\Bbb <symbol>}
+{\sc <text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+
+{\bf Footnotes}
+\oneskip
+\verb|\footnote{<text>}|
+
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+
+{\bf Lists}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{description}[<largelabel>]
+\item[<label>] <text>
+\end{description}
+\end{verbatim}
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+
+{\bf Paragraphs in small print}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{petit} <text> \end{petit}
+\end{verbatim}
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+%\vfill\eject
+
+{\bf Mini-environments}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{<name of environment>}[<optional material>]
+<text for that environment>
+\end{<name of environment>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\oneskip
+{\it Defining new environments}
+\mhalfskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newtheorem{<env_nam>}{<caption>}[<within>]
+{<cap_font>}{<body_font>}
+\end{verbatim}
+or
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newtheorem{<env_nam>}[<num_like>]{<caption>}
+{<cap_font>}{<body_font>}
+\end{verbatim}
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+
+{\bf Listings of computer programs}
+\oneskip
+\verb@\verb|<code>|@
+
+\noindent\verb|\begin{verbatim}|
+\verb|<code>|
+\verb|\end{verbatim}|
+
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+
+{\bf Figures}
+\oneskip
+{\it One figure}
+\mhalfskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{<height> cm}
+\caption[]{<text>}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\oneskip
+{\it Two figures side by side}
+\mhalfskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{<height>cm}
+\firstcaption{<legend of first figure>}
+\secondcaption{<legend of second figure>}
+\end{figure}\end{verbatim}
+
+\oneskip
+{\it Two figures side by side with legend one below the other}
+\mhalfskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{<height> cm}
+\caption{<legend of first figure>}
+\caption{<legend of second figure>}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+%\vfill\eject
+
+{\bf Tables}
+\oneskip
+{\it Coded with \LaTeX}
+\mhalfskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\centering
+\caption[ ]{<table caption>}
+\begin{tabular}{<alignment specs>}
+<input for table>
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\oneskip
+{\it Not coded with \LaTeX}
+\mhalfskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption[]{<text of caption>}
+\picplace{<height> cm}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+
+{\bf Acknowledgements}
+\oneskip
+\verb|\begin{acknowledgements} <text>
+\end{acknowledgements}|
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+
+{\bf Appendices}
+\oneskip
+\verb|\appendix|
+\oneskip\hrule\twoskip%------------------------------
+
+{\bf References}
+\oneskip
+\verb|\cite{<ref-id>}|
+
+\oneskip
+{\it By number or by letter and number}
+\mhalfskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}[<label>]{<title>}
+<bibliographic entries>
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+For details please see \LaTeX{} manual.
+
+\oneskip
+{\it Author-year system}
+\mhalfskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}[<label>]{<title>}
+\bibitem{}{<key>}{<citation>} <bibliographic entry>
+...
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\vfill
+{\large\bf\hfill Springer International}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/lmatann.dem b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/lmatann.dem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af97517f29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/lmatann.dem
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+% lmatann.dem
+% LaTeX package LJour1 1.0: demo file for Mathematische Annalen
+% (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% customization
+\documentstyle[bibay]{pljour1}
+\journalname{Mathematische Annalen } % State name of journal
+\newcommand{\DXDYCZ}[3]{\left( \frac{ \partial #1 }{ \partial #2 }
+ \right)_{#3}}
+% end of customization
+%
+\begin{document}
+%
+\title{ Optimality relationships for $p$-cyclic
+ SOR\thanks{Research supported in part by the US Air Force under
+ grant no. AFOSR-88-0285 and the National Science Foundation under
+ grant no. DMS-85-0285.}\fnmsep\thanks{In memory of J.L. Verdier}}
+\subtitle{A demonstration text}
+\author{Daniel J. Pierce\inst{1} \and Apostolos
+ Jadjidimos\inst{2}\fnmsep\thanks{{\it Present address:\/} Department
+ of Computer Science, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907, USA.}
+ \and Robert J. Plemmons\inst{3}}
+\mail{R. Plemmons}
+\titlerunning{Optimality relationships for $p$-cyclic SOR}
+\authorrunning{D. J. Pierce et al.}
+\institute{Boeing Computer Service, P.O. Box 24346, MS 7L-21,
+ Seattle, WA 98124-0346, USA \and
+ Department of Mathematics, University of Ioannina, GR-45 1210
+ Ionnanina, Greece \and
+ Department of Computer Science and Mathematics, North Carolina
+ State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-8205, USA}
+\date{Received: 20 January 1989 / Accepted: 3 August 1991}
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Introduction}
+This text was compiled to demonstrate the use of the Springer
+\LaTeX\ macropackages {\em LJour1\/} for one-column journals.
+Please refer to \cite{leslie} for general information on coding \LaTeX{}
+and to the \cite{springer} for information concerning the Springer
+layout.
+
+Parts of this ``article" were taken from different real articles, but
+may have been changed to show a special feature of a macro.
+
+\section{Notation}
+
+Here are a few examples of how to use special fonts. Vectors are denoted
+by boldface letters: $\vec V,\; \vec W$. Tensors are denoted by sans
+serif letters: $\tens{A, B}$. If no tensors are needed, sans serif
+letters may be reserved for other purposes. Vector spaces may be denoted
+by gothic letters: $\frak{G, H}$. Sets of functions are denoted by
+script letters: ${\cal W}_i,{\cal F}$. Sets of numbers are denoted by
+special roman letters ${\Bbb R}, {\Bbb C}$.
+
+You are of course (within limits) free to design your own notation but
+sticking to conventions makes your article easier for others to read.
+
+\section{Preliminaries}
+Let us state a few well known results and demonstrate how to typeset
+lists. The functions $f$ and $g$ of (1) and (2) fulfill the following
+assumptions:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item $f: B_f \subset {\Bbb R}^n \times {\Bbb R}^n \times [a,b] \to
+{\Bbb R}^n$ \\
+$f^\prime _x$, $f^\prime_y$ exist and are continous
+\item ker$(f^\prime _y (y, x, t)) = N (t)\quad \forall (y, x, t)
+\in B_f$ \\
+${\rm rank} (f^\prime _y (y, x, t)) = r$ \\
+${\rm dim} (N (t)) = n - r$
+\item $Q(t)$ denotes a projection onto $N(t)$ \\
+$Q$ is smooth and $P(t) := I - Q (t)$
+\item The matrix $G (y, x, t) := f^\prime _y (y, x, t) + f^\prime
+_x (y, x, t) Q (t)$ is nonsingular \\
+$\forall (y, x, t) \in B_f$\quad (i.e. (1) is transferable)
+\item $g: B_g \subset {\Bbb R}^n \times {\Bbb R}^n \to M \subset
+{\Bbb R}^n$ \\
+$g^\prime _{x_a} , g^\prime _{x_b}$ exist and are continuous\\
+${\rm im} (g^\prime _{x_a} , g^\prime _{x_b}) =: M$
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Now we give another example of a list with changed indentation.
+
+\begin{description}[Shoot.]
+
+\item[Shoot.]
+Collocation methods for this type of equations are considered in
+\cite{yser} and \cite{wendl}. Shooting and difference methods for
+linear, {\it solvable} DAE's in the sense of [9], also with higher
+index, are treated in [8] under the assumption that consistent initial
+values can be calculated and a stable integration method is available.
+
+\item[Diff.]
+This paper aims at constructing an algorithm for solving a BVP in
+transferable nonlinear DAE's with nonsingular Jacobian and the same
+dimension as in the ODE case.
+
+\begin{description}[Jacob.]
+
+\item[Jacob.] We also deal with Jacobians, which means that we
+explain the functions, advantages and inconveniences of calling them not
+Jacobians.....
+
+\item[Nonl.] Nonlinear functions play an important role in
+this connection. Please note that we always call them nonlinear whenever
+there is no............
+
+\end{description}
+
+\end{description}
+
+\section{The shooting method}
+The natural way to construct a shooting method for DAE's is described by
+\cite{yser}.
+
+The physical meaning of $ \sigma_0 $ and $K$ is clearly visible in
+the equations above. $\sigma_0$ represents a frequency of the order one
+per free-fall time. $K$ is
+proportional to the ratio of the free-fall time and the cooling time.
+Substituting into Baker's criteria, using thermodynamic identities
+and definitions of thermodynamic quantities,
+\begin{displaymath}
+ \Gamma_1 = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln \rho}{S} \, , \;
+ \chi^{}_\rho = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln \rho}{T} \, , \;
+ \kappa^{}_{P} = \DXDYCZ{\ln \kappa}{\ln P}{T}
+\end{displaymath}
+\begin{displaymath}
+ \nabla_{\rm ad} = \DXDYCZ{\ln T}{\ln P}{S} \, , \;
+ \chi^{}_T = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln T}{\rho} \, , \;
+ \kappa^{}_{T} = \DXDYCZ{\ln \kappa}{\ln T}{T}
+\end{displaymath}
+one obtains, after some pages of algebra, the conditions for
+{\em stability} given
+below:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ \frac{\pi^2}{8} \frac{1}{\tau_{\rm ff}^2}
+ ( 3 \Gamma_1 - 4 )
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSDynSta} \\
+ \frac{\pi^2}{\tau_{\rm co}
+ \tau_{\rm ff}^2}
+ \Gamma_1 \nabla_{\rm ad}
+ \left[ \frac{ 1- 3/4 \chi^{}_\rho }{ \chi^{}_T }
+ ( \kappa^{}_T - 4 )
+ + \kappa^{}_P + 1
+ \right]
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSSecSta} \\
+ \frac{\pi^2}{4} \frac{3}{\tau_{ \rm co }
+ \tau_{ \rm ff }^2
+ }
+ \Gamma_1^2 \, \nabla_{\rm ad} \left[
+ 4 \nabla_{\rm ad}
+ - ( \nabla_{\rm ad} \kappa^{}_T
+ + \kappa^{}_P
+ )
+ - \frac{4}{3 \Gamma_1}
+ \right]
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSVibSta}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+For a physical discussion of the stability criteria see \cite{tetz}
+or \cite{yser}.
+
+\subsection{Disadvantages of the method}
+
+The disadvantage of Eq. (\ref{ZSVibSta}) is the singularity of the
+Jacobian. If we use the representation of
+$z_i = P_i z_i + Q_i z_i =: u_i + v_i$, we obtain the following system
+
+\begin{eqnarray}
+g (u_0 + v_0 , x (t_m, t_{m-1}, u_{m-1}))& = & 0 \label{dis}\\
+u_i - P_i x (t_i; t_{i-1}, u_{i-1}) & = & 0\;,
+ \quad i = 1, \ldots , m-1\;. \label{das}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+\subsection{Specialization of $V$}
+
+Now we specialize $V := \hat S^\prime $ in. Let $P_D$ be a
+projector with ${\rm im} (P_D) = M$. If we demand Eq. (\ref{das}) and
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+VV^- &=& P_D \\
+V^-V &=& P\; ,
+\end{eqnarray*}
+%
+the generalized inverse $V^-$ in uniquely determined. Using Lemma 1 we
+construct a regular matrix $K$ so that ${\rm im} (P_D) \oplus {\rm im}
+(K^{-1} Q) = {\Bbb R}^n$. This provides the possibility to add without
+loss $(K^{-1} Q) = {\Bbb R}^n$. This provides the possibility to add,
+without loss of information, the Eqs.\ts (\ref{dis}) and (\ref{six})
+(after multiplying by $K^{-1})$. The following shooting operator is
+created
+\begin{equation}
+\quad S (\xi ) := \left\{
+\begin{array}{ll}
+ S_1 (\xi):= & \left\{
+ \begin{array} {ll}
+ g (u_0 + v_0, x (t_m; t_{m-1}, u_{m-1})) + K^{-1} Q_0 u_0
+ &\quad (a)\\
+ u_i - P_i x (t_i; t_{i-1} , u_{i-1})\; i = 1, \ldots , m-1
+ & \quad(b)
+ \end{array} \right. \\
+ S_2 (\xi) := & \left\{
+ \begin{array} {ll}
+ Q_0 y_0 + P_0 v_0 & \quad (c)\\
+ f(y_0, u_0 + v_0, t_0) & \quad (d) \quad ,
+ \end{array}
+ \right.
+\end{array} \right.\label{six}
+\end{equation}
+%
+with $\xi := (u_0 , u_1, \ldots , u_{m-1} , y_0, v_0)^{\rm T}$.
+
+\begin{lemma}
+Let $V$ be a singular matrix and $V^-$ a reflexive inverse of $V$ with
+Sect. (2.3) and $VV^- = P_D$, $V^-V = P$, where $P$ and $P_D$ satisfy
+the conditions of Lemma 2.1. Then the matrix $V + K^{-1} Q$ is
+nonsingular and
+%
+\[ (V + K^{-1} Q) ^{-1} = V^- + QK\; , \]
+%
+where $K$ is defined in Sect. (2.2).
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{proof}
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+(V + K^{-1}Q)(V^- + QK) & = & VV^- + VQK + K^{-1}QV^- + K^{-1} QK \\
+& = & P_D + 0 + 0 + Q_D = I\; . \quad\qed
+\end{eqnarray*}
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{remark}
+The value $w := (P_s v_0 + Q_0 G^{-1} f (y_0, u_0 + v_0, t_0))$ at
+the right-hand side of Eq. (16) is the solution of the linear system
+\begin{equation}
+ J_4 \left(\begin{array}{c} \eta \\ w \end{array} \right)
+ = \left(\begin{array}{c} Q_0 y_0 + P_0 v_0 \\
+ f (y_0, u_0 + v_0, t_0) \end{array} \right)
+\end{equation}
+\end{remark}
+
+\begin{figure}\picplace {4 cm}
+\firstcaption{The doping profile $C (t)$ has the same structure as
+$N_-$}
+\secondcaption{The doping profile of $C (z)$}
+\end{figure}
+
+This leads to the following algorithm to compute the iteration $\xi^i$:
+\begin{description}[5 ---]
+\item[0 -- ] initial value $\xi^0 := (u_0^0 , \ldots , u^0_{m-1} , y_0^0
+, v_0^0)$
+\item[1 -- ] $i:= 0$
+\item[2 -- ] compute $u^{i+1}$ with (3.16)
+\item[3 -- ] compute $y^{i+1}_0, v_0^{i+1}$ with (3.17) using $\Delta
+u^{i+1} := u^{i+1} - u^i$
+\item[4 -- ]$i:= i + 1$
+\item[5 -- ]{\tt IF} accuracy not reached {\tt THEN GOTO 2 ELSE STOP}
+\end{description}
+
+\begin{theorem} Let the assumptions (A), (B) be fulfilled. Then the
+non-linear equation
+$$
+S (\xi) = 0
+$$
+has a nonsingular Jacobian in a neighbourhood of
+$$
+\xi = \xi_\star := (u_{\star 0}, \ldots , u_{\star m-1} , y_{\star 0},
+v_{\star 0})\; ,
+$$
+which corresponds with $x_\star$.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\section{Implementation}
+If listing of a program is desired, this is possible too \cite{darnell}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+void get_two_kbd_chars()
+{
+ extern char KEYBOARD;
+ char c0, c1;
+
+ c0 = KEYBOARD;
+ c1 = KEYBOARD;
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Solutions}
+
+We solve this problem with the relative accuracy of integration $1d-4$.
+The physical meaning of $ \sigma_0 $ and $K$ is clearly visible in the
+equations above. $\sigma_0$ represents a frequency of the order one per
+free-fall time. $K$ is proportional to the ratio of the free-fall time
+and the cooling time. The experimental tests of the Standard Model and
+thereby of the unification of the weak and electromagnetic interactions
+have reached a new level of accuracy. The results are given in Table
+\ref{KapSou}.
+
+\begin{table}
+ \caption{Opacity sources}\label{KapSou}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \hline\noalign{\smallskip}
+ Source & T/[K] \\
+ \noalign{\smallskip}
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\smallskip}
+ Yorke 1979, Yorke 1980a & $\leq 1700^{\rm a}$ \\
+ Kr\"ugel 1971 & $1700 \leq T \leq 5000$ \\
+ Cox and Stewart 1969 & $5000 \leq $ \\
+ \noalign{\smallskip}\hline\noalign{\smallskip}
+ $^{\rm a}$ This is a footnote.
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{acknowledgement}I wish to thank Prof. Dr. Roswitha M\"arz for
+many helpful discussions.\end{acknowledgement}
+
+\begin{thebibliography}[9]{References}
+% Note that space for square brackets is added to the width of the label
+% specified in the [] argument. If you don't use []s in your
+% bibliography, specify a narrower label or omit the specification
+% altogether. In this case \parindent is used.
+
+\bibitem{1.}{darnell}{[1]}
+Darnell, P.A., Margolis, P.E. (1988): C, A software engineering
+approach. Springer Verlag Berlin Heidelberg New York
+
+\bibitem{2.}{leslie}{[2]}
+Lamport, L. (1986): \LaTeX: A document preparation system.
+Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc.
+
+\bibitem{3.}{seroul}{[3]}
+Seroul, R., Levy, S. (1989): A beginner's book of \TeX{}. Springer New
+York Berlin Heidelberg
+
+\bibitem{4.}{springer}{[4]}
+LJour1: Springer's \LaTeX{} style file for journals with one-column
+layout. Springer Heidelberg
+
+\bibitem{5.}{stroud}{[5]}
+Strout, A.H. (1971): approximate calculation of multiple integrals.
+Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.
+
+\bibitem{6.}{tetz}{[6]}
+Tetzlaff, A. (1970): Stability in the Common Market. To appear.
+
+\bibitem{7.}{wendl}{[15]}
+Wendland, W.L., (1987): Strongly elliptic boundary integral equations.
+In: A. Iserles, M. Powell, eds., The state of the art in numerical
+analysis. Clarendon Press, Oxford, pp. 511--561
+
+\bibitem{8.}{yser}{[16]}
+Yserentant, H. (1983): A remark on the numerical computation of
+improper integrals. Computing {\bf 30}, 179--183
+
+\medskip\noindent
+\bibitem{Please}{}{}refer to a recent issue of the journal for further
+examples on how to format references.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/lnummat.dem b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/lnummat.dem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90105d535c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/lnummat.dem
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+% lnummat.dem
+% LaTeX package LJour1 1.0: demo file for Numerische Mathematik
+% (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% customization
+\documentstyle[bibay,leqno]{pljour1}
+\journalname{Numerische Mathematik} % State name of journal
+\renewcommand{\subclassname}
+ {{\it Mathematics Subject Classification (1991):\/}}
+\newcommand{\DXDYCZ}[3]{\left( \frac{ \partial #1 }{ \partial #2 }
+ \right)_{#3}}
+% end of customization
+%
+\begin{document}
+%
+\title{ Optimality relationships for $p$-cyclic
+ SOR\thanks{Research supported in part by the US Air Force under
+ grant no. AFOSR-88-0285 and the National Science Foundation under
+ grant no. DMS-85-0285.}\fnmsep\thanks{Second footnote.}}
+\subtitle{A demonstration text}
+\author{Daniel J. Pierce\inst{1} \and Apostolos
+ Jadjidimos\inst{2}\fnmsep\thanks{{\it Present address:\/} Department
+ of Computer Science, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907, USA.}
+ \and Robert J. Plemmons\inst{3}}
+\mail{R. Plemmons}
+\titlerunning{Optimality relationships for $p$-cyclic SOR}
+\authorrunning{D. J. Pierce et al.}
+\institute{Boeing Computer Service, P.O. Box 24346, MS 7L-21,
+ Seattle, WA 98124-0346, USA \and
+ Department of Mathematics, University of Ioannina, GR-45 1210
+ Ionnanina, Greece \and
+ Department of Computer Science and Mathematics, North Carolina
+ State University, \\
+ Raleigh, NC 27695-8205, USA}
+\date{Received January 20, 1992}
+\maketitle
+\begin{abstract}
+ The optimality question for block $p$-cyclic matrix into a block
+ $q$-cyclic form, $q < p$, results in asymptotically faster SOR
+ convergence for the same amount of work per iteration. As a
+ consequence block 2-cyclic SOR is optimal under these conditions.
+\end{abstract}
+\subclass{65N30}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+This text was compiled to demonstrate the use of the Springer
+\LaTeX\ macropackages {\em LJour1\/} for one-column journals.
+Please refer to \cite{leslie} for general information on coding \LaTeX{}
+and to the \cite{springer} for information concerning the Springer
+layout.
+
+Parts of this ``article" were taken from different real articles, but
+may have been changed to show a special feature of a macro.
+
+\section{Notation}
+
+Here are a few examples of how to use special fonts. Vectors are denoted
+by boldface letters: $\vec V,\; \vec W$. Tensors are denoted by sans
+serif letters: $\tens{A, B}$. If no tensors are needed, sans serif
+letters may be reserved for other purposes. Vector spaces may be denoted
+by gothic letters: $\frak{G, H}$. Sets of functions are denoted by
+script letters: ${\cal W}_i,{\cal F}$. Sets of numbers are denoted by
+special roman letters ${\Bbb R}, {\Bbb C}$.
+
+You are of course (within limits) free to design your own notation but
+sticking to conventions makes your article easier for others to read.
+
+\section{Preliminaries}
+Let us state a few well known results and demonstrate how to typeset
+lists. The functions $f$ and $g$ of (1) and (2) fulfill the following
+assumptions:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item $f: B_f \subset {\Bbb R}^n \times {\Bbb R}^n \times [a,b] \to
+{\Bbb R}^n$ \\
+$f^\prime _x$, $f^\prime_y$ exist and are continous
+\item ker$(f^\prime _y (y, x, t)) = N (t)\quad \forall (y, x, t)
+\in B_f$ \\
+${\rm rank} (f^\prime _y (y, x, t)) = r$ \\
+${\rm dim} (N (t)) = n - r$
+\item $Q(t)$ denotes a projection onto $N(t)$ \\
+$Q$ is smooth and $P(t) := I - Q (t)$
+\item The matrix $G (y, x, t) := f^\prime _y (y, x, t) + f^\prime
+_x (y, x, t) Q (t)$ is nonsingular \\
+$\forall (y, x, t) \in B_f$\quad (i.e. (1) is transferable)
+\item $g: B_g \subset {\Bbb R}^n \times {\Bbb R}^n \to M \subset
+{\Bbb R}^n$ \\
+$g^\prime _{x_a} , g^\prime _{x_b}$ exist and are continuous\\
+${\rm im} (g^\prime _{x_a} , g^\prime _{x_b}) =: M$
+\end{enumerate}
+
+Now we give another example of a list with changed indentation.
+
+\begin{description}[Shoot.]
+
+\item[Shoot.]
+Collocation methods for this type of equations are considered. Shooting
+and difference methods for linear, {\em solvable} DAE's, also with
+higher index, are treated in \cite{wendl} under the assumption that
+consistent initial values can be calculated and a stable integration
+method is available.
+
+\item[Diff.]
+This paper aims at constructing an algorithm for solving a BVP in
+transferable nonlinear DAE's with nonsingular Jacobian and the same
+dimension as in the ODE case.
+
+\begin{description}[Jacob.]
+
+\item[Jacob.] We also deal with Jacobians, which means that we
+explain the functions, advantages and inconveniences of calling them not
+Jacobians.
+
+\item[Nonl.] Nonlinear functions play an important role in
+this connection. Please note that we always call them nonlinear whenever
+they are not linear.
+
+\end{description}
+
+\end{description}
+
+\section{The shooting method}
+The natural way to construct a shooting method to solve equations
+of type DAE is described by \cite{yser}.
+
+The physical meaning of $ \sigma_0 $ and $K$ is clearly visible in
+the equations above. $\sigma_0$ represents a frequency of the order one
+per free-fall time. $K$ is
+proportional to the ratio of the free-fall time and the cooling time.
+Substituting into Baker's criteria, using thermodynamic identities
+and definitions of thermodynamic quantities,
+\begin{displaymath}
+ \Gamma_1 = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln \rho}{S} \, , \;
+ \chi^{}_\rho = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln \rho}{T} \, , \;
+ \kappa^{}_{P} = \DXDYCZ{\ln \kappa}{\ln P}{T}
+\end{displaymath}
+\begin{displaymath}
+ \nabla_{\rm ad} = \DXDYCZ{\ln T}{\ln P}{S} \, , \;
+ \chi^{}_T = \DXDYCZ{\ln P}{\ln T}{\rho} \, , \;
+ \kappa^{}_{T} = \DXDYCZ{\ln \kappa}{\ln T}{T}
+\end{displaymath}
+one obtains, after some pages of algebra, the conditions for
+{\em stability} given
+below:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ \frac{\pi^2}{8} \frac{1}{\tau_{\rm ff}^2}
+ ( 3 \Gamma_1 - 4 )
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSDynSta} \\
+ \frac{\pi^2}{\tau_{\rm co}
+ \tau_{\rm ff}^2}
+ \Gamma_1 \nabla_{\rm ad}
+ \left[ \frac{ 1- 3/4 \chi^{}_\rho }{ \chi^{}_T }
+ ( \kappa^{}_T - 4 )
+ + \kappa^{}_P + 1
+ \right]
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSSecSta} \\
+ \frac{\pi^2}{4} \frac{3}{\tau_{ \rm co }
+ \tau_{ \rm ff }^2
+ }
+ \Gamma_1^2 \, \nabla_{\rm ad} \left[
+ 4 \nabla_{\rm ad}
+ - ( \nabla_{\rm ad} \kappa^{}_T
+ + \kappa^{}_P
+ )
+ - \frac{4}{3 \Gamma_1}
+ \right]
+ & > & 0 \label{ZSVibSta}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+For further examples and a physical discussion of the stability criteria
+see \cite{tetz} or \cite{yser}.
+
+\subsection{Disadvantages of the method}
+
+The disadvantage of Eq. (\ref{ZSVibSta}) is the singularity of the
+Jacobian. If we use the representation of
+$z_i = P_i z_i + Q_i z_i =: u_i + v_i$, we obtain the following system
+
+\begin{eqnarray}
+g (u_0 + v_0 , x (t_m, t_{m-1}, u_{m-1}))& = & 0 \label{dis}\\
+u_i - P_i x (t_i; t_{i-1}, u_{i-1}) & = & 0\;,
+ \quad i = 1, \ldots , m-1\;. \label{das}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+\subsection{Specialization of $V$}
+
+Now we specialize $V := \hat S^\prime $ in. Let $P_D$ be a
+projector with ${\rm im} (P_D) = M$. If we demand Eq. (\ref{das}) and
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+VV^- &=& P_D \\
+V^-V &=& P\; ,
+\end{eqnarray*}
+%
+the generalized inverse $V^-$ in uniquely determined. Using Lemma 1 we
+construct a regular matrix $K$ so that ${\rm im} (P_D) \oplus {\rm im}
+(K^{-1} Q) = {\Bbb R}^n$. This provides the possibility to add without
+loss $(K^{-1} Q) = {\Bbb R}^n$. This provides the possibility to add,
+without loss of information, the Eqs.\ts (\ref{dis}) and (\ref{six})
+(after multiplying by $K^{-1})$. The following shooting operator is
+created
+\begin{equation}
+\quad S (\xi ) := \left\{
+\begin{array}{ll}
+ S_1 (\xi):= & \left\{
+ \begin{array} {ll}
+ g (u_0 + v_0, x (t_m; t_{m-1}, u_{m-1})) + K^{-1} Q_0 u_0
+ &\quad (a)\\
+ u_i - P_i x (t_i; t_{i-1} , u_{i-1})\; i = 1, \ldots , m-1
+ & \quad(b)
+ \end{array} \right. \\
+ S_2 (\xi) := & \left\{
+ \begin{array} {ll}
+ Q_0 y_0 + P_0 v_0 & \quad (c)\\
+ f(y_0, u_0 + v_0, t_0) & \quad (d) \quad ,
+ \end{array}
+ \right.
+\end{array} \right.\label{six}
+\end{equation}
+%
+with $\xi := (u_0 , u_1, \ldots , u_{m-1} , y_0, v_0)^{\rm T}$.
+
+\begin{lemma}
+Let $V$ be a singular matrix and $V^-$ a reflexive inverse of $V$ with
+Sect. (2.3) and $VV^- = P_D$, $V^-V = P$, where $P$ and $P_D$ satisfy
+the conditions of Lemma 2.1. Then the matrix $V + K^{-1} Q$ is
+nonsingular and
+%
+\[ (V + K^{-1} Q) ^{-1} = V^- + QK\; , \]
+%
+where $K$ is defined in Sect. (2.2).
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{proof}
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+(V + K^{-1}Q)(V^- + QK) & = & VV^- + VQK + K^{-1}QV^- + K^{-1} QK \\
+& = & P_D + 0 + 0 + Q_D = I\; . \quad\qed
+\end{eqnarray*}
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{remark}
+The value $w := (P_s v_0 + Q_0 G^{-1} f (y_0, u_0 + v_0, t_0))$ at
+the right-hand side of Eq. (16) is the solution of the linear system
+\begin{equation}
+ J_4 \left(\begin{array}{c} \eta \\ w \end{array} \right)
+ = \left(\begin{array}{c} Q_0 y_0 + P_0 v_0 \\
+ f (y_0, u_0 + v_0, t_0) \end{array} \right)
+\end{equation}
+\end{remark}
+
+\begin{figure}\picplace {4 cm}
+\firstcaption{The doping profile $C (t)$ has the same structure as
+$N_-$}
+\secondcaption{The doping profile of $C (z)$}
+\end{figure}
+
+This leads to the following algorithm to compute the iteration $\xi^i$:
+\begin{description}[5 ---]
+\item[0 -- ] initial value $\xi^0 := (u_0^0 , \ldots , u^0_{m-1} , y_0^0
+, v_0^0)$
+\item[1 -- ] $i:= 0$
+\item[2 -- ] compute $u^{i+1}$ with (3.16)
+\item[3 -- ] compute $y^{i+1}_0, v_0^{i+1}$ with (3.17) using $\Delta
+u^{i+1} := u^{i+1} - u^i$
+\item[4 -- ]$i:= i + 1$
+\item[5 -- ]{\tt IF} accuracy not reached {\tt THEN GOTO 2 ELSE STOP}
+\end{description}
+
+\begin{theorem} Let the assumptions (A), (B) be fulfilled. Then the
+non-linear equation
+$$
+S (\xi) = 0
+$$
+has a nonsingular Jacobian in a neighbourhood of
+$$
+\xi = \xi_\star := (u_{\star 0}, \ldots , u_{\star m-1} , y_{\star 0},
+v_{\star 0})\; ,
+$$
+which corresponds with $x_\star$.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\section{Implementation}
+If listing of a program is desired, this is possible too \cite{darnell}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+void get_two_kbd_chars()
+{
+ extern char KEYBOARD;
+ char c0, c1;
+
+ c0 = KEYBOARD;
+ c1 = KEYBOARD;
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Solutions}
+We solve this problem with the relative accuracy of integration $1d-4$.
+The experimental tests of the Standard Model and thereby of the
+unification of the weak and electromagnetic interactions have reached a
+new level of accuracy. The results are given in Table \ref{KapSou}.
+
+\begin{table}
+ \caption{Opacity sources}\label{KapSou}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{ll}
+ \hline\noalign{\smallskip}
+ Source & T/[K] \\
+ \noalign{\smallskip}
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\smallskip}
+ Yorke 1979, Yorke 1980a & $\leq 1700^{\rm a}$ \\
+ Kr\"ugel 1971 & $1700 \leq T \leq 5000$ \\
+ Cox and Stewart 1969 & $5000 \leq $ \\
+ \noalign{\smallskip}\hline\noalign{\smallskip}
+ $^{\rm a}$ This is a footnote.
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{acknowledgement}I wish to thank Prof. Dr. Roswitha M\"arz for
+many helpful discussions.\end{acknowledgement}
+
+\begin{thebibliography}[9]{References}
+% Note that space for square brackets is added to the width of the label
+% specified in the [] argument. If you don't use []s in your
+% bibliography, specify a narrower label or omit the specification
+% altogether. In this case \parindent is used.
+
+\bibitem{}{darnell}{(Darnell, 1988)}
+Darnell, P.A., Margolis, P.E. (1988): C, A software engineering
+approach. Springer Verlag Berlin Heidelberg New York
+
+\bibitem{}{leslie}{Lamport (1986)}
+Lamport, L. (1986): \LaTeX: A document preparation system.
+Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc.
+
+\bibitem{}{seroul}{Seroul (1989)}
+Seroul, R., Levy, S. (1989): A beginner's book of \TeX{}. Springer New
+York Berlin Heidelberg
+
+\bibitem{}{springer}{LJour1 user's guide}
+LJour1: Springer's \LaTeX{} style file for journals with one-column
+layout. Springer Heidelberg
+
+\bibitem{}{stroud}{Strout (1971)}
+Strout, A.H. (1971): approximate calculation of multiple integrals.
+Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.
+
+\bibitem{}{tetz}{Tetzlaff (1970)}
+Tetzlaff, A. (1970): Stability in the Common Market. To appear.
+
+\bibitem{}{wendl}{Wendland (1987)}
+Wendland, W.L., (1987): Strongly elliptic boundary integral equations.
+In: A. Iserles, M. Powell, eds., The state of the art in numerical
+analysis. Clarendon Press, Oxford, pp. 511--561
+
+\bibitem{}{yser}{Yserentant (1983)}
+Yserentant, H. (1983): A remark on the numerical computation of
+improper integrals. Computing {\bf 30}, 179--183
+
+\medskip\noindent
+\bibitem{Please}{}{}refer to a recent issue of the journal for further
+examples on how to format references.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/pljour1.ini b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/pljour1.ini
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd096d4858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/pljour1.ini
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+% pljour1.ini
+% LaTeX package LJour1 1.0: initialization file of format with PS fonts
+% (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------
+\let\FONTS=P
+\input flplain
+\input hyphen
+\makeatletter
+\input ljour1.mac
+\input amsfont.sty
+\makeatother
+\def\springerstylefile{pljour1}
+\dump
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/preload.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/preload.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce3b312cfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/preload.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+%% Save file as: PRELOAD.MIN Source: FILESERV@SHSU.BITNET
+%% Note: This is a file from the FONTSEL set written by Frank Mittelbach
+%% <PZF5HZ@RUIPC1E.BITNET> and Rainer Schoepf <SCHOEPF@SC.ZIB-Berlin.DE>
+%%
+%% This is file `/usr2/distrib/latex209/nfss/preload.min' generated
+%% on <1991/11/22> with the docstrip utility (v1.1k).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% preload.doc (with modules: `min')
+
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1989,1990,1991 by Frank Mittelbach, Rainer Schoepf.
+%% All rights reserved.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the NFSS (New Font Selection Scheme) package.
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% You are not allowed to change this file. You may however copy this file
+%% to a file with a different name and then change the copy if you obey
+%% the restrictions on file changes described in readme.mz.
+%%
+%% You are allowed to distribute this file under the condition that it is
+%% distributed together with all files mentioned in readme.mz3. If you
+%% receive only some of these files from someone, complain!
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to distribute this file alone. You are NOT ALLOWED
+%% to take money for the distribution or use of either this file or a
+%% changed version, except for a nominal charge for copying etc.
+%%
+%% For error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions see readme files.
+%%
+%% Please do not request updates from us directly. Distribution is done
+%% through Mail-Servers and TeX organizations.
+%%
+
+\def\fileversion{v1.0h}
+\def\filedate{91/11/22}
+\def\docdate {91/11/22}
+
+%% \CheckSum{52}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+
+%%
+%% This file preloads the absolute minimum of fonts (5) needed
+%% to successfully generate a format file for LaTeX.
+%%
+%% You should *not* change this file! If you want to preload more
+%% or less fonts you should create a copy of it named `preload.tex'
+%% and edit this one according to your needs!
+%%
+%%
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n{File: `preload.%
+ min' \space
+ \fileversion\space <\filedate> (FMi and RmS)}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n{English Documentation
+ \@spaces\space <\docdate> (FMi and RmS)}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {********************************************************************}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {* Probably customized by YOU who forgot to change the lines above! *}
+\immediate\write\sixt@@n
+ {********************************************************************}
+%%
+%% We begin by loading the math extension font (cmex10)
+%% and the \LaTeX{} line and circle fonts.
+%% It is necessary to do this explicitly since these are
+%% used by {\tt lplain.tex} and {\tt latex.tex}.
+%% Since the internal font name contains \verb+/+ characters
+%% and digits we construct the name via \verb+\csname+.
+\expandafter\font\csname cmex/m/n/10\endcsname=cmex10
+\font\tenln =line10 \font\tenlnw =linew10
+\font\tencirc=lcircle10 \font\tencircw=lcirclew10
+
+%% The preloads below (with comment signs in front) will be loaded
+%% whenever standard \LaTeX{} is starting in 10pt size. So maybe you
+%% like to preload at least these 9 fonts or a similar set if you
+%% prefer documents in 11pt or 12pt size.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% cm roman fonts
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ %% None preloaded
+ %% \preload@sizes{cmr}{m}{n}{5,7,10}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% cm sans serif fonts
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ %% None preloaded
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% cm typewriter fonts
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ %% None preloaded
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% cm math fonts
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ %% \preload@sizes{cmm}{m}{it}{5,7,10}
+ %% \preload@sizes{cmsy}{m}{n}{5,7,10}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% LaTeX symbol fonts
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ %% None preloaded
+
+
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `/usr2/distrib/latex209/nfss/preload.min'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/read.me b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/read.me
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9158f463c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/read.me
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+ read.me
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+LJour1 1.0: LaTeX style file for journals with one column layout
+read-me file
+ (c) Springer-Verlag HD
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+The package comes with the following files
+
+read.me General information on the package
+cljour1.ini .ini file for a format file using
+ CM fonts
+pljour1.ini .ini file for a format file using
+ PS fonts
+flplain.tex Macro file
+ljour1.mac Macro file
+fontdef.tex Font definitions (NFSS)
+preload.tex Copy of preload.min (NFSS)
+xxxlfont.sty Copy of oldlfont.sty (NFSS)
+amsfont.sty Macro file defining AMS fonts
+amssymb.sty Style option defining AMS symbols
+ljour1.doc LaTeX source of the user's guide
+ljour1.ref ``Reference card" listing all commands available
+*.dem Various demo files for different journals
+
+In addition, the following files have to be present on your system:
+- latex.tex as of March 25, 1992 or later
+- lplain.tex
+- art10.tex
+- article.tex
+- hyphen.tex or another hyphenation file
+- the New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS). If you don't have this set of
+ files, you can get it from any TeX file server or from
+ Springer-Verlag, NTP department on request.
+
+Using LJour1
+------------
+Please read the following instructions before starting to work with the
+macropackage.
+
+Why format files?
+-----------------
+As our macro package requires a lot of fonts in addition to those
+preloaded by LaTeX, it will normally not work if used via the
+\documentstyle statement. It is therefore necessary to create a new
+so-called format file with our package. This is done by submitting a set
+of macro definitions to a program called initex. This program processes
+the definitions, the font specifications, and the original LaTeX macros
+and stores all of them in "compiled" form in a format file. This process
+does not produce any output, in the way that an ordinary run of TeX
+does, but speeds things up for all subsequent runs you make, using LaTeX
+in combination with our macros and font selection.
+
+Creating the format file
+------------------------
+1. Create a directory called ljour1 and copy all files from the package
+except the style options into this directory. The style option file has
+to be transfered into a directory that TeX searches for input files.
+
+2. Decide for which language you want to create a format file and, for a
+language other than English, edit the file cljour1.ini or pljour1.ini so
+that it includes the correct hyphenation patterns. Ask your TeXpert for
+the correct file name or consult the documentation of your TeX
+implementation. English hyphenation patterns are the default setting.
+
+3. Make sure that all fonts required are on your hard disk. If
+necessary, install the NFSS and any fonts that are missing.
+
+4. Before creating a PS format file, check and if necessary correct the
+names of the PS fonts in the file fontdef.tex.
+
+5. Run initex with the file cljour1.ini or pljour1.ini. The exact syntax
+of this command depends on the implementation. If necessary increase the
+amount of font and/or main memory allocated by TeX.
+
+After initex has successfully completed its task, you will have a format
+file called cljour1.fmt if you requested CM fonts and pljour1.fmt if you
+requested PS fonts.
+
+6. You will want to create both a CM and a PS format file, the first for
+previewing and the second for the final run.
+
+7. After you have completed both format files you can remove the
+following files from your hard disk:
+ pljour1.ini, cljour1.ini, ljour1.mac, flplain.tex fontdef.tex,
+ preload.tex, xxxlfont.sty, amsfont.sty.
+
+Installing the fonts
+--------------------
+For DOS installations you can have the program finstall (to be
+found on the AMS fonts diskettes only, not in the macro package
+itself) install the AMS fonts for you. In all other cases you must copy
+the files from diskettes into the appropriate directories yourself.
+
+Do not forget that, in general, the printer or screen driver must be
+instructed how to find the additional pixel files. Most of the drivers
+have a configuration file that contains the names of the fonts available
+to the printer. The names of these fonts have to be added to this file.
+Please refer to your driver manual. The names normally given to the
+pixel files by the installation program are
+ \pctex\pixel\pk<nnn>\<fontname>.pk,
+where <nnn> is a three-digit number indicating the size of the font.
+
+Printing the User's Guide
+-------------------------
+Now you are ready to print the User's Guide. TeX it using your format
+file by issuing the command
+
+ tex &cljour1 ljour1.doc
+
+Ordering the macro package from the mailserver
+----------------------------------------------
+This macro package is available via mailserver. To obtain a copy,
+send an e-mail message to
+
+ svserv@vax.ntp.springer.de
+
+containing the line
+
+ send /tex/latex/ljour1.zip
+
+Technical support
+-----------------
+If you need help in using the macro packages or if you have suggestions
+on to how to improve them, please contact us at
+
+ Springer-Verlag
+ New Technologies/Product Development
+ P.O. Box 105280
+ D-69121 Heidelberg, Germany
+
+e-mail: springer@vax.ntp.springer.de
+Mailserver: svserv@vax.ntp.springer.de
+Telefax: (0) 6221 487 648
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/xxxlfont.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/xxxlfont.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cb45f12aec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/ljour/xxxlfont.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+% xxxlfont.sty
+% LaTeX copy of oldlfont.sty
+% Springer-Verlag HD
+%-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Save file as: OLDLFONT.STY Source: FILESERV@SHSU.BITNET
+%% Note: This is a file from the FONTSEL set written by Frank Mittelbach
+%% <PZF5HZ@RUIPC1E.BITNET> and Rainer Schoepf <SCHOEPF@SC.ZIB-Berlin.DE>
+%%
+%% This is file `/usr2/distrib/latex209/nfss/oldlfont.sty' generated
+%% on <1991/11/27> with the docstrip utility (v1.1k).
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% oldlfont.doc
+
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 1989,1990,1991 by Frank Mittelbach, Rainer Schoepf.
+%% All rights reserved.
+%%
+%% This file is part of the NFSS (New Font Selection Scheme) package.
+%%
+%% IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+%%
+%% You are not allowed to change this file. You may however copy this file
+%% to a file with a different name and then change the copy if you obey
+%% the restrictions on file changes described in readme.mz.
+%%
+%% You are allowed to distribute this file under the condition that it is
+%% distributed together with all files mentioned in readme.mz3. If you
+%% receive only some of these files from someone, complain!
+%%
+%% You are NOT ALLOWED to distribute this file alone. You are NOT ALLOWED
+%% to take money for the distribution or use of either this file or a
+%% changed version, except for a nominal charge for copying etc.
+%%
+%% For error reports in case of UNCHANGED versions see readme files.
+%%
+%% Please do not request updates from us directly. Distribution is done
+%% through Mail-Servers and TeX organizations.
+%%
+\def\fileversion{v1.3a}
+\def\filedate{91/11/27}
+\def\docdate {91/11/27}
+
+%% \CheckSum{222}
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%% Copyright (C) 1989,1990,1991 Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf,
+%% all rights reserved.
+
+\expandafter\ifx\csname ds@oldlfont\endcsname\relax
+ \let\ds@oldlfont\@empty
+ \else \endinput \fi
+\immediate
+ \write\sixt@@n{Style-Option: `oldlfont'
+ \fileversion\space <\filedate> (FMi and RmS)}
+\immediate
+ \write\sixt@@n{English Documentation
+ \@spaces\@spaces\space <\docdate> (FMi and RmS)}
+\def\newfont#1#2{\@ifdefinable#1{\global
+ \font#1=#2\relax}}
+\def\symbol#1{\char #1\relax}
+\def\@gobbletwo#1#2{}
+\let\load\@gobbletwo
+\new@mathgroup\bffam
+\new@mathgroup\sffam
+\new@mathgroup\ttfam
+\new@mathgroup\itfam
+\new@mathgroup\scfam
+\new@mathgroup\slfam
+\new@internalmathalphabet\mathbf\bffam{cmr}{bx}{n}
+\new@internalmathalphabet\mathsf\sffam{cmss}{m}{n}
+\new@internalmathalphabet\mathtt\ttfam{cmtt}{m}{n}
+\new@internalmathalphabet\mathit\itfam{cmr}{m}{it}
+\new@internalmathalphabet\mathsc\scfam{cmr}{m}{sc}
+\new@internalmathalphabet\mathsl\slfam{cmr}{m}{sl}
+\def\prm{\fontfamily\rmdefault
+ \fontseries\default@series
+ \fontshape\default@shape\selectfont
+ \mathrm}
+\def\psf{\fontfamily\sfdefault
+ \fontseries\default@series
+ \fontshape\default@shape\selectfont\mathsf}
+\def\psl{\fontfamily\rmdefault
+ \fontseries\default@series
+ \fontshape\sldefault\selectfont\mathsl}
+\def\pbf{\fontfamily\rmdefault
+ \fontseries\bfdefault
+ \fontshape\default@shape\selectfont\mathbf}
+\def\psc{\fontfamily\rmdefault
+ \fontseries\default@series
+ \fontshape\scdefault\selectfont\mathsc}
+\def\pit{\fontfamily\rmdefault
+ \fontseries\default@series
+ \fontshape\itdefault\selectfont\mathit}
+\def\ptt{\fontfamily\ttdefault
+ \fontseries\default@series
+ \fontshape\default@shape\selectfont\mathtt}
+\def\em{\protect\pem}
+\def\pem{\@nomath\em \ifdim \fontdimen\@ne\font >\z@
+ \rm \else \it \fi}
+\def\@setsize#1#2#3#4{\@nomath#1\fontsize{#4}{#2}%
+ \fontfamily\default@family
+ \fontseries\default@series\fontshape\default@shape
+ \selectfont}
+
+\let\math@bgroup\@empty
+\let\math@egroup\@empty
+\ifx\lyfam\undefined
+ \new@mathgroup\lyfam
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@normal\lyfam
+ {lasy}{m}{n}
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@bold\lyfam
+ {lasy}{b}{n}
+
+\edef\@tempa{\hexnumber@\lyfam}
+\mathchardef\mho"0\@tempa 30
+\mathchardef\Join"3\@tempa 31
+\mathchardef\Box"0\@tempa 32
+\mathchardef\Diamond"0\@tempa 33
+\mathchardef\leadsto"3\@tempa 3B
+\mathchardef\sqsubset"3\@tempa 3C
+\mathchardef\sqsupset"3\@tempa 3D
+\mathchardef\lhd"3\@tempa 01
+\mathchardef\unlhd"3\@tempa 02
+\mathchardef\rhd"3\@tempa 03
+\mathchardef\unrhd"3\@tempa 04
+\fi
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `/usr2/distrib/latex209/nfss/oldlfont.sty'.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.dem b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.dem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b580e8d795
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.dem
@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+% This is LLNCS.DEM the demonstration file of
+% the LaTeX macro package from Springer-Verlag
+% for Lecture Notes in Computer Science, version 1.1
+\documentstyle{llncs}
+%
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics}
+
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+
+\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA
+\and
+Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud,
+Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+The abstract should summarize the contents of the paper
+using at least 70 and at most 150 words. It will be set in 9-point
+font size and be inset 1.0 cm from the right and left margins.
+There will be two blank lines before and after the Abstract. \dots
+\end{abstract}
+%
+\section{Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case}
+%
+With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the search
+for periodic solutions to Hamiltonian systems. All this will be done in
+the convex case; that is, we shall study the boundary-value problem
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+ \dot{x}&=&JH' (t,x)\\
+ x(0) &=& x(T)
+\end{eqnarray*}
+with $H(t,\cdot)$ a convex function of $x$, going to $+\infty$ when
+$\left\|x\right\| \to \infty$.
+
+%
+\subsection{Autonomous Systems}
+%
+In this section, we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian $H(x)$
+is autonomous. For the sake of simplicity, we shall also assume that it
+is $C^{1}$.
+
+We shall first consider the question of nontriviality, within the
+general framework of
+$\left(A_{\infty},B_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic Hamiltonians. In
+the second subsection, we shall look into the special case when $H$ is
+$\left(0,b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic,
+and we shall try to derive additional information.
+%
+\subsubsection{ The General Case: Nontriviality.}
+%
+We assume that $H$ is
+$\left(A_{\infty},B_{\infty}\right)$-sub\-qua\-dra\-tic at infinity,
+for some constant symmetric matrices $A_{\infty}$ and $B_{\infty}$,
+with $B_{\infty}-A_{\infty}$ positive definite. Set:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\gamma :&=&{\rm smallest\ eigenvalue\ of}\ \ B_{\infty} - A_{\infty} \\
+ \lambda : &=& {\rm largest\ negative\ eigenvalue\ of}\ \
+ J \frac{d}{dt} +A_{\infty}\ .
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+Theorem 21 tells us that if $\lambda +\gamma < 0$, the boundary-value
+problem:
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{array}{rcl}
+ \dot{x}&=&JH' (x)\\
+ x(0)&=&x (T)
+\end{array}
+\end{equation}
+has at least one solution
+$\overline{x}$, which is found by minimizing the dual
+action functional:
+\begin{equation}
+ \psi (u) = \int_{o}^{T} \left[\frac{1}{2}
+ \left(\Lambda_{o}^{-1} u,u\right) + N^{\ast} (-u)\right] dt
+\end{equation}
+on the range of $\Lambda$, which is a subspace $R (\Lambda)_{L}^{2}$
+with finite codimension. Here
+\begin{equation}
+ N(x) := H(x) - \frac{1}{2} \left(A_{\infty} x,x\right)
+\end{equation}
+is a convex function, and
+\begin{equation}
+ N(x) \le \frac{1}{2}
+ \left(\left(B_{\infty} - A_{\infty}\right) x,x\right)
+ + c\ \ \ \forall x\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+%
+\begin{proposition}
+Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set:
+\begin{equation}
+ \delta := \liminf_{x\to 0} 2 N (x) \left\|x\right\|^{-2}\ .
+ \label{eq:one}
+\end{equation}
+
+If $\gamma < - \lambda < \delta$,
+the solution $\overline{u}$ is non-zero:
+\begin{equation}
+ \overline{x} (t) \ne 0\ \ \ \forall t\ .
+\end{equation}
+\end{proposition}
+%
+\begin{proof}
+Condition (\ref{eq:one}) means that, for every
+$\delta ' > \delta$, there is some $\varepsilon > 0$ such that
+\begin{equation}
+ \left\|x\right\| \le \varepsilon \Rightarrow N (x) \le
+ \frac{\delta '}{2} \left\|x\right\|^{2}\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+It is an exercise in convex analysis, into which we shall not go, to
+show that this implies that there is an $\eta > 0$ such that
+\begin{equation}
+ f\left\|x\right\| \le \eta
+ \Rightarrow N^{\ast} (y) \le \frac{1}{2\delta '}
+ \left\|y\right\|^{2}\ .
+ \label{eq:two}
+\end{equation}
+
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{2.5cm}
+\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white eagle and
+a white horse on a snow field}
+\end{figure}
+
+Since $u_{1}$ is a smooth function, we will have
+$\left\|hu_{1}\right\|_\infty \le \eta$
+for $h$ small enough, and inequality (\ref{eq:two}) will hold,
+yielding thereby:
+\begin{equation}
+ \psi (hu_{1}) \le \frac{h^{2}}{2}
+ \frac{1}{\lambda} \left\|u_{1} \right\|_{2}^{2} + \frac{h^{2}}{2}
+ \frac{1}{\delta '} \left\|u_{1}\right\|^{2}\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+If we choose $\delta '$ close enough to $\delta$, the quantity
+$\left(\frac{1}{\lambda} + \frac{1}{\delta '}\right)$
+will be negative, and we end up with
+\begin{equation}
+ \psi (hu_{1}) < 0\ \ \ \ \ {\rm for}\ \ h\ne 0\ \ {\rm small}\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+On the other hand, we check directly that $\psi (0) = 0$. This shows
+that 0 cannot be a minimizer of $\psi$, not even a local one.
+So $\overline{u} \ne 0$ and
+$\overline{u} \ne \Lambda_{o}^{-1} (0) = 0$. \qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+\begin{corollary}
+Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and
+$\left(a_{\infty},b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic at infinity. Let
+$\xi_{1},\allowbreak\dots,\allowbreak\xi_{N}$ be the
+equilibria, that is, the solutions of $H' (\xi ) = 0$.
+Denote by $\omega_{k}$
+the smallest eigenvalue of $H'' \left(\xi_{k}\right)$, and set:
+\begin{equation}
+ \omega : = {\rm Min\,} \left\{\omega_{1},\dots,\omega_{k}\right\}\ .
+\end{equation}
+If:
+\begin{equation}
+ \frac{T}{2\pi} b_{\infty} <
+ - E \left[- \frac{T}{2\pi}a_{\infty}\right] <
+ \frac{T}{2\pi}\omega
+ \label{eq:three}
+\end{equation}
+then minimization of $\psi$ yields a non-constant $T$-periodic solution
+$\overline{x}$.
+\end{corollary}
+%
+
+We recall once more that by the integer part $E [\alpha ]$ of
+$\alpha \in \bbbr$, we mean the $a\in \bbbz$
+such that $a< \alpha \le a+1$. For instance,
+if we take $a_{\infty} = 0$, Corollary 2 tells
+us that $\overline{x}$ exists and is
+non-constant provided that:
+
+\begin{equation}
+ \frac{T}{2\pi} b_{\infty} < 1 < \frac{T}{2\pi}
+\end{equation}
+or
+\begin{equation}
+ T\in \left(\frac{2\pi}{\omega},\frac{2\pi}{b_{\infty}}\right)\ .
+ \label{eq:four}
+\end{equation}
+
+%
+\begin{proof}
+The spectrum of $\Lambda$ is $\frac{2\pi}{T} \bbbz +a_{\infty}$. The
+largest negative eigenvalue $\lambda$ is given by
+$\frac{2\pi}{T}k_{o} +a_{\infty}$,
+where
+\begin{equation}
+ \frac{2\pi}{T}k_{o} + a_{\infty} < 0
+ \le \frac{2\pi}{T} (k_{o} +1) + a_{\infty}\ .
+\end{equation}
+Hence:
+\begin{equation}
+ k_{o} = E \left[- \frac{T}{2\pi} a_{\infty}\right] \ .
+\end{equation}
+
+The condition $\gamma < -\lambda < \delta$ now becomes:
+\begin{equation}
+ b_{\infty} - a_{\infty} <
+ - \frac{2\pi}{T} k_{o} -a_{\infty} < \omega -a_{\infty}
+\end{equation}
+which is precisely condition (\ref{eq:three}).\qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+
+\begin{lemma}
+Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n} \setminus \{ 0\}$ and
+that $H'' (x)$ is non-de\-gen\-er\-ate for any $x\ne 0$. Then any local
+minimizer $\widetilde{x}$ of $\psi$ has minimal period $T$.
+\end{lemma}
+%
+\begin{proof}
+We know that $\widetilde{x}$, or
+$\widetilde{x} + \xi$ for some constant $\xi
+\in \bbbr^{2n}$, is a $T$-periodic solution of the Hamiltonian system:
+\begin{equation}
+ \dot{x} = JH' (x)\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+There is no loss of generality in taking $\xi = 0$. So
+$\psi (x) \ge \psi (\widetilde{x} )$
+for all $\widetilde{x}$ in some neighbourhood of $x$ in
+$W^{1,2} \left(\bbbr / T\bbbz ; \bbbr^{2n}\right)$.
+
+But this index is precisely the index
+$i_{T} (\widetilde{x} )$ of the $T$-periodic
+solution $\widetilde{x}$ over the interval
+$(0,T)$, as defined in Sect.~2.6. So
+\begin{equation}
+ i_{T} (\widetilde{x} ) = 0\ .
+ \label{eq:five}
+\end{equation}
+
+Now if $\widetilde{x}$ has a lower period, $T/k$ say,
+we would have, by Corollary 31:
+\begin{equation}
+ i_{T} (\widetilde{x} ) =
+ i_{kT/k}(\widetilde{x} ) \ge
+ ki_{T/k} (\widetilde{x} ) + k-1 \ge k-1 \ge 1\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+This would contradict (\ref{eq:five}), and thus cannot happen.\qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.}
+The results in this section are a
+refined version of \cite{clar:eke};
+the minimality result of Proposition
+14 was the first of its kind.
+
+To understand the nontriviality conditions, such as the one in formula
+(\ref{eq:four}), one may think of a one-parameter family
+$x_{T}$, $T\in \left(2\pi\omega^{-1}, 2\pi b_{\infty}^{-1}\right)$
+of periodic solutions, $x_{T} (0) = x_{T} (T)$,
+with $x_{T}$ going away to infinity when $T\to 2\pi \omega^{-1}$,
+which is the period of the linearized system at 0.
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{This is the example table taken out of {\it The
+\TeX{}book,} p.\,246}
+\vspace{2pt}
+\begin{tabular}{r@{\quad}rl}
+\hline
+\multicolumn{1}{l}{\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+ Year}&\multicolumn{2}{l}{World population}\\[2pt]
+\hline\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+8000 B.C. & 5,000,000& \\
+ 50 A.D. & 200,000,000& \\
+1650 A.D. & 500,000,000& \\
+1945 A.D. & 2,300,000,000& \\
+1980 A.D. & 4,400,000,000& \\[2pt]
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+%
+\begin{theorem} [(Ghoussoub-Preiss)]
+Assume $H(t,x)$ is
+$(0,\varepsilon )$-subquadratic at
+infinity for all $\varepsilon > 0$, and $T$-periodic in $t$
+\begin{equation}
+ H (t,\cdot )\ \ \ \ \ {\rm is\ convex}\ \ \forall t
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ H (\cdot ,x)\ \ \ \ \ {\rm is}\ \ T{\rm -periodic}\ \ \forall x
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ H (t,x)\ge n\left(\left\|x\right\|\right)\ \ \ \ \
+ {\rm with}\ \ n (s)s^{-1}\to \infty\ \ {\rm as}\ \ s\to \infty
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ \forall \varepsilon > 0\ ,\ \ \ \exists c\ :\
+ H(t,x) \le \frac{\varepsilon}{2}\left\|x\right\|^{2} + c\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+Assume also that $H$ is $C^{2}$, and $H'' (t,x)$ is positive definite
+everywhere. Then there is a sequence $x_{k}$, $k\in \bbbn$, of
+$kT$-periodic solutions of the system
+\begin{equation}
+ \dot{x} = JH' (t,x)
+\end{equation}
+such that, for every $k\in \bbbn$, there is some $p_{o}\in\bbbn$ with:
+\begin{equation}
+ p\ge p_{o}\Rightarrow x_{pk} \ne x_{k}\ .
+\end{equation}
+\qed
+\end{theorem}
+%
+\begin{example} [{\rm(External forcing)}]
+Consider the system:
+\begin{equation}
+ \dot{x} = JH' (x) + f(t)
+\end{equation}
+where the Hamiltonian $H$ is
+$\left(0,b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic, and the
+forcing term is a distribution on the circle:
+\begin{equation}
+ f = \frac{d}{dt} F + f_{o}\ \ \ \ \
+ {\rm with}\ \ F\in L^{2} \left(\bbbr / T\bbbz; \bbbr^{2n}\right)\ ,
+\end{equation}
+where $f_{o} : = T^{-1}\int_{o}^{T} f (t) dt$. For instance,
+\begin{equation}
+ f (t) = \sum_{k\in \bbbn} \delta_{k} \xi\ ,
+\end{equation}
+where $\delta_{k}$ is the Dirac mass at $t= k$ and
+$\xi \in \bbbr^{2n}$ is a
+constant, fits the prescription. This means that the system
+$\dot{x} = JH' (x)$ is being excited by a
+series of identical shocks at interval $T$.
+\end{example}
+%
+\begin{definition}
+Let $A_{\infty} (t)$ and $B_{\infty} (t)$ be symmetric
+operators in $\bbbr^{2n}$, depending continuously on
+$t\in [0,T]$, such that
+$A_{\infty} (t) \le B_{\infty} (t)$ for all $t$.
+
+A Borelian function
+$H: [0,T]\times \bbbr^{2n} \to \bbbr$
+is called
+$\left(A_{\infty} ,B_{\infty}\right)$-{\it subquadratic at infinity}
+if there exists a function $N(t,x)$ such that:
+\begin{equation}
+ H (t,x) = \frac{1}{2} \left(A_{\infty} (t) x,x\right) + N(t,x)
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ \forall t\ ,\ \ \ N(t,x)\ \ \ \ \
+ {\rm is\ convex\ with\ respect\ to}\ \ x
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ N(t,x) \ge n\left(\left\|x\right\|\right)\ \ \ \ \
+ {\rm with}\ \ n(s)s^{-1}\to +\infty\ \ {\rm as}\ \ s\to +\infty
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ \exists c\in \bbbr\ :\ \ \ H (t,x) \le
+ \frac{1}{2} \left(B_{\infty} (t) x,x\right) + c\ \ \ \forall x\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+If $A_{\infty} (t) = a_{\infty} I$ and
+$B_{\infty} (t) = b_{\infty} I$, with
+$a_{\infty} \le b_{\infty} \in \bbbr$,
+we shall say that $H$ is
+$\left(a_{\infty},b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic
+at infinity. As an example, the function
+$\left\|x\right\|^{\alpha}$, with
+$1\le \alpha < 2$, is $(0,\varepsilon )$-subquadratic at infinity
+for every $\varepsilon > 0$. Similarly, the Hamiltonian
+\begin{equation}
+H (t,x) = \frac{1}{2} k \left\|k\right\|^{2} +\left\|x\right\|^{\alpha}
+\end{equation}
+is $(k,k+\varepsilon )$-subquadratic for every $\varepsilon > 0$.
+Note that, if $k<0$, it is not convex.
+\end{definition}
+%
+
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.}
+The first results on subharmonics were
+obtained by Rabinowitz in \cite{rab}, who showed the existence of
+infinitely many subharmonics both in the subquadratic and superquadratic
+case, with suitable growth conditions on $H'$. Again the duality
+approach enabled Clarke and Ekeland in \cite{clar:eke:2} to treat the
+same problem in the convex-subquadratic case, with growth conditions on
+$H$ only.
+
+Recently, Michalek and Tarantello (see \cite{mich:tar} and \cite{tar})
+have obtained lower bound on the number of subharmonics of period $kT$,
+based on symmetry considerations and on pinching estimates, as in
+Sect.~5.2 of this article.
+
+%
+% ---- Bibliography ----
+%
+\begin{thebibliography}{5}
+%
+\bibitem {clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and
+boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+%
+\bibitem {clar:eke:2}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Solutions p\'{e}riodiques, du
+p\'{e}riode donn\'{e}e, des \'{e}quations hamiltoniennes.
+Note CRAS Paris {\bf 287} (1978) 1013--1015
+%
+\bibitem {mich:tar}
+Michalek, R., Tarantello, G.:
+Subharmonic solutions with prescribed minimal
+period for nonautonomous Hamiltonian systems.
+J. Diff. Eq. {\bf 72} (1988) 28--55
+%
+\bibitem {tar}
+Tarantello, G.:
+Subharmonic solutions for Hamiltonian
+systems via a $\bbbz_{p}$ pseudoindex theory.
+Annali di Matematica Pura (to appear)
+%
+\bibitem {rab}
+Rabinowitz, P.:
+On subharmonic solutions of a Hamiltonian system.
+Comm. Pure Appl. Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{thebibliography}
+%
+\end{document}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2f06a65a8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1117 @@
+% This is LLNCS.DOC the documentation file of
+% the LaTeX macro package from Springer-Verlag
+% for Lecture Notes in Computer Science, version 1.1
+\documentstyle[llncsdoc]{llncs}
+%
+\newfont{\titelfont}{cmr10 scaled 1728}
+\newfont{\titelbffont}{cmbx10 scaled 2074}
+\newfont{\titelbigfont}{cmr10 scaled 2488}
+\markboth{Style File for Authors Coding with \LaTeX{}}{Style File
+for Authors Coding with \LaTeX{}}
+%
+\begin{document}
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\titelbffont Style File}\\[6pt]
+{\titelbffont for Authors Coding with \LaTex{}}\\[2cm]
+\end{flushleft}
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+\vspace{2pt}
+\begin{flushright}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l}
+{\titelbigfont Lecture Notes}\\[7pt]
+{\titelbigfont in Computer Science}\\[10pt]
+{\titelfont Version 1.1}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushright}
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+\vfill
+\begin{flushright}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l}
+{\titelfont Springer-Verlag}\\[8pt]
+{\titelfont Berlin\enspace Heidelberg\enspace New\kern0.1em York}\\[5pt]
+{\titelfont London\enspace Paris\enspace Tokyo}\\[5pt]
+{\titelfont Hong Kong\enspace Barcelona\enspace Budapest}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushright}
+\newpage
+%
+\section*{For further information please contact us:}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}l@{\hspace{3mm}}l}
+$\bullet$ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{\bf Springer-Verlag Heidelberg}\\[1mm]
+& \multicolumn{2}{l}{Department New Technologies/Product Development}\\
+& \multicolumn{2}{l}{Springer-Verlag, Postfach 105280, W-6900 Heidelberg
+1, FRG}\\[0.5mm]
+ & Telex: & 461723\\
+ & Telefax: & (06221)487648\\
+ &bitnet/EARN:& SPRINGER @ DHDSPRI6
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%
+\section*{Acceptable formats of your disk/magnetic tape and output:}
+%
+The following formats are acceptable: 5.25$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette
+MS-DOS, 5.25$^{\prime\prime}$ CP/M, 3.5$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette
+MS-DOS, 3.5$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette Apple MacIntosh, 9-track 1600
+bpi magnetic tape VAX/VMS, 9-track 1600 bpi magnetic tape ANSI with
+label, SUN-Streamer Tape.
+
+Once you have completed your work using this macro package,
+please submit your own printout of the {\it final
+version together with the disk or magnetic tape}, containing your
+\LaTeX{} input (source) file und the final DVI-file and make sure
+that the text is {\it identical in both cases.}
+
+\bigskip
+This macro package, as well as all other macro packages and style
+files that Springer distributes, are also available through our
+mailserver
+
+SVSERV @ DHDSPRI6.bitnet
+%
+\newpage
+\tableofcontents
+\newpage
+%
+\section{Introduction}
+%
+Authors wishing to code their contribution
+with \LaTeX{}, as well as those who have already coded with \LaTeX{},
+will be provided with a style file that will give the text the
+desired layout. Authors are requested to
+adhere strictly to these instructions; {\it the style
+file must not be changed}.
+
+The text output area is automatically set within an area of
+12.2\,cm horizontally and 19.3\,cm vertically.
+
+If you are already familiar with \LaTeX{}, then the
+LLNCS style file should not give you any major difficulties.
+This style file will change the layout to the required LLNCS style
+(it will for instance define the layout of \verb|\section|).
+We had to invent some extra commands,
+which are not provided by \LaTeX{} (e.g.\
+\verb|\institute|, see also Sect.\,\ref{contbegin})
+
+For the main body of the paper (the text) you
+should use the commands of the standard \LaTeX{} ``article'' style.
+Even if you are familiar with those commands, we urge you to read
+this entire documentation thoroughly. It contains many suggestions on
+how to use our commands properly; thus your paper
+will be formatted exactly to LLNCS standard.
+For the input of the references at the end of your contribution,
+please follow our instructions given in Sect.\,\ref{refer} References.
+
+The majority of these hints are not specific for LLNCS; they may improve
+your use of \LaTeX{} in general.
+Furthermore, the documentation provides suggestions about the proper
+editing and use
+of the input files (capitalization, abbreviation etc.) (see
+Sect.\,\ref{refedit} How to Edit Your Input File).
+%
+\section{How to Proceed}
+%
+Please insert the enclosed diskette or tape into your computer. You will
+find the following files:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{2.5cm}l}
+{\it llncs.doc} & General instructions (this document),\\
+ & {\it llncs.doc} means llncs latex documentation\\
+{\it llncs.dem} & An example showing how to code the text\\
+{\it llncs.sty} & Style file to invoke \LaTeX{}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+You have to run each file twice with: \verb|latex file.name|.
+%
+\subsection{How to Invoke the LLNCS Style File}
+%
+The LLNCS style file is an adaptation of the \LaTeX{} ``article'' style.
+Therefore you may use all ``article'' style commands to prepare your
+manuscript.
+LLNCS style is invoked by replacing ``article'' by ``llncs'' in the
+first
+line of your document:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{llncs}
+%
+\begin{document}
+ <Your contribution>
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\subsection{Contributions Already Coded with \protect\LaTeX{} without
+the \protect\\ LLNCS Style File}
+%
+If your file is already coded with \LaTeX{} you can easily
+adapt it a posteriori to LLNCS style.
+
+Please refrain from using any \LaTeX{} or \TeX{} commands
+that affect the layout or formatting of your document (i.e. commands
+like \verb|\textheight|, \verb|\vspace|, \verb|\hoffset| etc.).
+There may nevertheless be exceptional occasions on which to
+use some of them.
+
+The LLNCS style has been carefully designed to produce the right layout
+from your \LaTeX{} input. If there is anything specific you would like
+to do and for which the style file does not provide a command,
+{\em please contact us.\/}
+%
+\section{General Rules for Coding Formulas}
+%
+With mathematical formulas you may proceed as described
+in Sect.\,3.3 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport (1986), Addison-Wesley Publishing
+Company, Reading, Mass.
+
+Equations are automatically numbered sequentially throughout your
+contribution using arabic numerals in parentheses on the right-hand
+side.
+
+When you are working in math mode everything is typeset in italics.
+Sometimes you need to insert non-mathematical elements (e.g.\
+words or phrases). Such insertions should be coded in roman
+(with \verb|\mbox|) as illustrated in the following example:
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Input}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad
+ \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr \enspace .
+\end{equation}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad
+ \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr \enspace .
+\end{equation}
+
+If you wish to start a new paragraph immediately after a displayed
+equation, insert a blank line so as to produce the required
+indentation. If there is no new paragraph either do not insert
+a blank line or code \verb|\noindent| immediately before
+continuing the text. Titles have no end punctuation.
+
+Please punctuate a displayed equation in the same way as other
+ordinary text but with an \verb|\enspace| before end punctuation.
+
+Note that the sizes of the parentheses or other delimiter
+symbols used in equations should ideally match the height of the
+formulas being enclosed. This is automatically taken care of by
+the following \LaTeX{} commands:\\[2mm]
+\verb|\left(| or \verb|\left[| and
+\verb|\right)| or \verb|\right]|.
+%
+\subsection{Italic and Roman Type in Math Mode}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+In math mode \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} treat all letters as though they
+were mathematical or physical variables, hence they are typeset in
+italics. However, for certain components of formulas, like short texts,
+this would be incorrect and therefore coding in roman is required.
+Roman should also be used for
+subscripts and superscripts {\it in formulas\/} where these are
+merely labels and not in themselves variables,
+e.g.\ $T_{\rm eff}$ \ not \ $T_{eff}$,
+$T_{\rm K}$ \ not \ $T_K$ (K = Kelvin),
+$m_{\rm e}$ \ not \ $m_e$ (e = electron).
+However, do not code for roman
+if the sub/superscripts represent variables,
+e.g.\ $\sum_{i=1}^{n} a_{i}$.
+\item
+Please ensure that {\em physical units\/} (e.g.\ pc, erg s$^{-1}$
+K, cm$^{-3}$, W m$^{-2}$ Hz$^{-1}$, m kg s$^{-2}$ A$^{-2}$) and
+{\it abbreviations} such as Ord, Var, GL, SL, sgn, const.\
+are always set in roman type. To ensure
+this use the \verb|\rm| command: \verb|{\rm Hz}|.
+On p.\ 46 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport you will find the names of
+common mathe\-matical functions, such as log, sin, exp, max and sup.
+These should be coded as \verb|\log|,
+\verb|\sin|, \verb|\exp|, \verb|\max|, \verb|\sup|
+and will appear in roman.
+\item
+Chemical symbols and formulas should be coded for roman,
+e.g.\ Fe not $Fe$, H$_2$O not {\em H$_2$O\/}.
+\item
+Familiar foreign words and phrases, e.g.\ et al.,
+a priori, in situ, brems\-strah\-lung, eigenvalues should not be
+italicized.
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\section{How to Edit Your Input (Source) File}
+\label{refedit}
+%
+\subsection{Headings}
+%
+All words in headings should be capitalized except for
+conjunctions, prepositions
+(e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, under)
+and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they appear at
+the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text.
+%
+\subsection{Capitalization and Non-capitalization}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+The following should always be capitalized:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+Headings (see preceding Sect.\,4.1)
+\item
+Abbreviations and expressions
+in the text such as Fig(s)., Table(s), Sect(s)., Chap(s).,
+Theorem, Corollary, Definition etc. when used with numbers, e.g.\
+Fig.\,3, Table\,1, Theorem 2.
+\end{itemize}
+Please follow the special rules in Sect.\,4.3 for referring to
+equations.
+\item
+The following should {\it not\/} be capitalized:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+The words figure(s), table(s), equation(s),
+theorem(s) in the text when used without an accompanying number
+\item
+Figure legends and table captions except for names and
+abbreviations.
+\end{itemize}
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\subsection{Abbreviation of Words}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+The following {\it should} be abbreviated when they appear in running
+text {\it unless\/} they come at the beginning of a sentence: Chap.,
+Sect., Fig.; e.g.\ The results are depicted in Fig.\,5. Figure 9 reveals
+that \dots .\\
+{\it Please note\/}: Equations should usually be referred to solely by
+their number in parentheses: e.g.\ (14). However, when the reference
+comes at the beginning of a sentence, the unabbreviated word
+``Equation'' should be used: e.g.\ Equation (14) is very important.
+However, (15) makes it clear that \dots .
+\item
+If abbreviations of names or concepts are used
+throughout the text, they should be defined at first occurrence,
+e.g.\ Plurisubharmonic (PSH) Functions, Strong Optimization (SOPT)
+Problem.
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\section{How to Code the Beginning of Your Contribution}
+\label{contbegin}
+%
+The title of your contribution should be coded as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title{<Your contribution title>}
+\end{verbatim}
+All words in titles should be capitalized except for
+conjunctions, prepositions
+(e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, under)
+and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they appear at
+the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text.
+Titles have no end punctuation.
+
+If a long \verb|\title| must be divided please use the
+code \verb|\\| (for new line).\\[6mm]
+Now the name(s) of the authors(s) must be given:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{<author(s) name(s)>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Numbers referring to different addresses are
+to be attached to each author.
+If you have done this correctly, the entry now reads, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+\end{verbatim}
+The first name\footnote{Other initials are optional
+and may be inserted if this is the usual
+way of writing your name, e.g.\ Alfred J.~Holmes, E.~Henry Green.}
+is followed by the surname.
+
+If there is more than one author, the order is up to you.
+However, if there are more than two authors, you must separate the names
+by commas. If the authors have different affiliations,
+each name has to be followed by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\inst{<no>}
+\end{verbatim}
+\newpage
+Next the address(es) of institute(s), company etc. is (are) required.
+If there is more than one address, the entries are numbered
+automatically with \verb|\and|, in the order in which you type them.
+Please make sure that the numbers match those placed next to
+to the authors' names.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\institute{<name of an institute>
+\and <name of the next institute>
+\and <name of the next institute>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Unlike usual \LaTeX{} the \verb|\and| command is used with the
+\verb|\institute| and not with the \verb|\author| command.
+
+\medskip
+If footnotes are needed in \verb|\title| please code
+(immediately after the word where the footnote
+indicator should be placed):
+\begin{verbatim}
+\thanks{<text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+\verb|\thanks| may only appear in \verb|\title|, \verb|\author|
+and \verb|\institute| (see below) to footnote anything.
+
+\medskip\noindent
+The command
+\begin{verbatim}
+\maketitle
+\end{verbatim}
+formats the complete heading of your article. If you leave
+it out the work done so far will produce {\bf no} text,
+see {\it Sample Input\/} on p.~\pageref{samppage}.
+
+Then the abstract should follow. Please refer to the
+demonstration file {\tt llncs.dem} for an example or
+to the {\it Sample Input\/} like above.
+%
+\section{How to Code Your Text}
+%
+The contribution title and all headings should be capitalized
+except for conjunctions, prepositions
+(e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, under)
+and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they appear at
+the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text.
+
+Headings will be automatically numbered by the following codes.\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{This is a First-Order Title}
+\subsection{This is a Second-Order Title}
+\subsubsection{This is a Third-Order Title.}
+\paragraph{This is a Fourth-Order Title.}
+\end{verbatim}
+\verb|\section| and \verb|\subsection| have no end punctuation.\\
+\verb|\subsubsection| and \verb|\paragraph|
+need to be punctuated at the end.
+
+In addition to the above-mentioned headings your text may be structured
+by subsections indicated by run-in headings (theorem-like environments).
+All the theorem-like environments are numbered automatically
+throughout the sections of your file.
+If you call lemma once, this will be numbered 1; if corollary follows,
+this will be numbered 2; if you then call lemma again, this will be
+numbered 3.
+\newpage
+But in case you want to reset this counter at 1 in each section,
+please give the document style option \verb|envcountreset|:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[envcountreset]{llncs}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\vspace{.5cm}\noindent
+The following possibilities for run-in headings are available:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\verb|\begin{lemma} Text of the lemma \end{lemma}|\quad (see Output
+Sample 1)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma \end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 2)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}(overriding automatic numbering.) Text of the lemma
+\end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 3)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}(x)[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma\end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 4)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}* Text of lemma \end{lemma}| \quad (see Output
+Sample 5)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}*[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma\end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 6)
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 1}
+\begin{lemma}Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 2}
+\begin{lemma}[additional explanation of lemma] Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 3}
+\begin{lemma}(overriding automatic numbering.) Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 4}
+\begin{lemma}(x)[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 5}
+\begin{lemma}* Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 6}
+\begin{lemma}*[additional explanation of lemma] Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+\noindent
+The following variety of run-in headings are at your disposal:
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+{\bf Bold} run-in headings with italicized text
+as built-in environments:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{proposition} <text> \end{proposition}
+\begin{corollary} <text> \end{corollary}
+\begin{lemma} <text> \end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem} <text> \end{theorem}
+\end{verbatim}
+\item
+The following must generally appear as {\it italic} run-in heading:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{proof} <text> \qed \end{proof}
+\end{verbatim}
+\item
+Further {\it italic} or {\bf bold} run-in headings may also occur:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{definition} <text> \end{definition}
+\begin{example} <text> \end{example}
+\begin{remark} <text> \end{remark}
+\begin{exercise} <text> \end{exercise}
+\begin{problem} <text> \end{problem}
+\begin{solution} <text> \end{solution}
+\begin{note} <text> \end{note}
+\begin{question} <text> \end{question}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Defining Your Own Environments.}
+%
+You can define additional environments using the command
+\verb|\newstytheorem| which has five parameters. The first is the name
+your environment should have (e.g.\ \verb|conjecture|).
+After this follows the
+font family used for this heading (please use only \verb|\bf| for bold
+or \verb|\it| for italic) and the font family to use for the text of
+this new environment (e.g.\ \verb|\it| or \verb|\rm|). Then the name of
+an already known environment should be given in brackets (e.g.\
+\verb|[theorem]|). Your new environment will be numbered like the old
+one. Finally comes the real text of the new run-in heading (e.g.\
+\verb|Conjecture|).\\
+Sample definition:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newstytheorem{conjecture}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Conjecture}
+\end{verbatim}
+\newstytheorem{conjecture}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Conjecture}
+Use of that definition:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{conjecture} <text> \end{conjecture}
+\end{verbatim}
+e.g.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{conjecture} It is clear that ...\end{conjecture}
+\end{verbatim}
+Its output:
+\begin{conjecture}
+It is clear that \dots
+\end{conjecture}
+%
+\noindent
+{\it Sample Input}
+\label{samppage}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics}
+
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+
+\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA
+\and
+Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud,
+Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France}
+
+\maketitle
+%
+\begin{abstract}
+This paragraph shall summarize the contents of the paper
+in short terms.
+\end{abstract}
+%
+\section{Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case}
+%
+With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the
+search for periodic solutions \dots
+%
+\subsection{Autonomous Systems}
+%
+In this section we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian
+$H(x)$ \dots
+%
+\subsubsection*{The General Case: Nontriviality.}
+%
+We assume that $H$ is
+$\left(A_{\infty}, B_{\infty}\right)$-subqua\-dra\-tic
+at infinity, for some constant \dots
+%
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.}
+The first results on subharmonics were \dots
+%
+\begin{proposition}
+Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set \dots
+\end{proposition}
+\begin{proof}[of proposition]
+Condition (8) means that, for every $\delta'>\delta$, there is
+some $\varepsilon>0$ such that \dots \qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+\begin{example}[\rm (External forcing)]
+Consider the system \dots
+\end{example}
+\begin{corollary}
+Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and
+$\left(a_{\infty}, b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic
+at infinity. Let \dots
+\end{corollary}
+\end{verbatim}
+\newpage
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{lemma}
+Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n}\backslash \{0\}$
+and that $H''(x)$ is \dots
+\end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem}[(Ghoussoub-Preiss)]
+Let $X$ be a Banach Space and $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ \dots
+\end{theorem}
+\begin{definition}
+We shall say that a $C^{1}$ function $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$
+satisfies \dots
+\end{definition}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output\/} (follows on the next page together with
+examples of the above run-in headings)
+%
+\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics}
+
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+
+\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA
+\and
+Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud,
+Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France}
+
+\maketitle
+%
+\begin{abstract}
+This paragraph shall summarize the contents of the paper
+in short terms.
+\end{abstract}
+%
+\section*{1\quad Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case}
+%
+With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the search
+for periodic solutions \dots
+%
+\subsection*{1.1\quad Autonomous Systems}
+%
+In this section we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian
+$H(x)$ \dots
+%
+\subsubsection*{The General Case: Nontriviality.}
+%
+We assume that $H$ is
+$\left(A_{\infty}, B_{\infty}\right)$-subqua\-dra\-tic at
+infinity, for some constant \dots
+%
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.}
+The first results on subharmonics were \dots
+%
+\begin{proposition}
+Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set \dots
+\end{proposition}
+\begin{proof}[of proposition]
+Condition (8) means that, for every $\delta'>\delta$, there is
+some $\varepsilon>0$ such that \dots \qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+\begin{example}[\rm (External forcing)]
+Consider the system \dots
+\end{example}
+\begin{corollary}
+Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and
+$\left(a_{\infty}, b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic
+at infinity. Let \dots
+\end{corollary}
+\begin{lemma}
+Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n}\backslash \{0\}$
+and that $H''(x)$ is \dots
+\end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem}[(Ghoussoub-Preiss)]
+Let $X$ be a Banach Space and $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ \dots
+\end{theorem}
+\begin{definition}
+We shall say that a $C^{1}$ function $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ satisfies \dots
+\end{definition}
+%
+\section{Fine Tuning of the Text}
+%
+The following should be used to improve the readability of the text:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.19\textwidth}p{.79\textwidth}}
+\verb|\,| & a thin space, e.g.\ between numbers or between units
+ and num\-bers; a line division will not be made
+ following this space\\
+\verb|--| & en dash; two strokes, without a space at either end\\
+\verb*| -- |& en dash; two strokes, with a space at either end\\
+\verb|-| & hyphen; one stroke, no space at either end\\
+\verb|$-$| & minus, in the text {\em only} \\[8mm]
+{\em Input} & \verb|21\,$^{\circ}$C etc.,|\\
+ & \verb|Dr h.\,c.\,Rockefellar-Smith \dots|\\
+ & \verb|20,000\,km and Prof.\,Dr Mallory \dots|\\
+ & \verb|1950--1985 \dots|\\
+ & \verb|this -- written on a computer -- is now printed|\\
+ & \verb|$-30$\,K \dots|\\[3mm]
+{\em Output}& 21\,$^{\circ}$C etc., Dr h.\,c.\,Rockefellar-Smith \dots\\
+ & 20,000\,km and Prof.\,Dr Mallory \dots\\
+ & 1950--1985 \dots\\
+ & this -- written on a computer -- is now printed\\
+ & $-30$\,K \dots
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section {Special Typefaces}
+%
+Normal type (roman) need not be coded. {\it Italic}
+(not {\sl slanted}) or, if necessary, {\bf boldface}
+should be used for emphasis in the text.
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.19\textwidth}p{.79\textwidth}}
+\verb|{\it Text}| & {\it Italicized Text}\\
+\verb|{\em Text}| & {\em Emphasized Text}\\
+ & {\it If you would like to emphasize a {\em definition} within an
+ italicized text (e.g.\ of a {\em theorem)} you should code the
+ expression to be emphasized by} \verb|\em|.\\
+\verb|{\bf Text}| & {\bf Important Text}\\
+\verb|\vec{Symbol}| & Vectors may only appear in math mode. The default
+ \LaTeX{} vector symbol has been adapted to LLNCS conventions.\\
+ & \verb|$\vec{A times B\cdot C}| yields $\vec{A\times B\cdot C}$\\
+ & \verb|$\vec{A}^{T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes \vec{\hat{D}}$|\\
+ & yields $\vec{A}^{T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes \vec{\hat{D}}$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section {Footnotes}
+%
+Footnotes within the text should be coded:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\footnote{Text}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{flushleft}
+Text with a footnote\verb|\footnote{The footnote is automatically
+numbered.}| and text continues \dots
+\end{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\begin{flushleft}
+Text with a footnote\footnote{The footnote is automatically numbered.}
+and text continues \dots
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section {Lists}
+%
+Please code lists as described below:\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item First nested item
+ \item Second nested item
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item Third item
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+\item First item
+\item Second item
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item First nested item
+ \item Second nested item
+ \end{enumerate}
+\item Third item
+\end{enumerate}
+%
+\section {Figures}
+%
+Figure legends should be inserted after (not in)
+the paragraph in which the figure is first mentioned.
+They will be numbered automatically.
+
+{\it The figures\/} (line drawings and those containing halftone inserts
+as well as halftone figures) {\it should not be pasted into your
+laserprinter output}. They should be enclosed separately in camera-ready
+form (original artwork, glossy prints, photographs and/or slides). The
+lettering should be suitable for reproduction, and after reduction the
+height of capital letters should be at least
+1.8\,mm and not more than 2.5\,mm.
+Check that lines and other details are uniformly black and
+that the lettering on figures is clearly legible.
+
+To leave the desired amount of space for the height of
+your figures, please use the coding described below.
+As can be seen in the output, we will automatically
+provide 1\,cm space above and below the figure,
+so that you should only leave the space equivalent to the size of the
+figure itself. Please note that ``\verb|x|'' in the following
+coding stands for the actual height of the figure:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{x cm}
+\caption[ ]{...text of caption...} (Do type [ ])
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Input}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{2.5cm}
+\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white
+eagle and a white horse on a snow field}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{2.5cm}
+\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white eagle and
+a white horse on a snow field}
+\end{figure}
+%
+\section{Tables}
+%
+Table captions should be treated
+in the same way as figure legends, except that
+the table captions appear {\it above} the tables. The tables
+will be numbered automatically.
+%
+\subsection{Tables Coded with \protect\LaTeX{}}
+%
+Please use the following coding:\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption{This is the example table taken out of {\it The
+\TeX{}book,} p.\,246}
+\vspace{2pt}
+\begin{tabular}{r@{\quad}rl}
+\hline
+\multicolumn{1}{l}{\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+ Year}&\multicolumn{2}{l}{World population}\\[2pt]
+\hline\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+8000 B.C. & 5,000,000& \\
+ 50 A.D. & 200,000,000& \\
+1650 A.D. & 500,000,000& \\
+1945 A.D. & 2,300,000,000& \\
+1980 A.D. & 4,400,000,000& \\[2pt]
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+Before continuing your text you need an empty line. \dots
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\begin{table}
+\caption{This is the example table taken out of {\it The
+\TeX{}book,} p.\,246}
+\vspace{2pt}
+\begin{tabular}{r@{\quad}rl}
+\hline
+\multicolumn{1}{l}{\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+ Year}&\multicolumn{2}{l}{World population}\\[2pt]
+\hline\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+8000 B.C. & 5,000,000& \\
+ 50 A.D. & 200,000,000& \\
+1650 A.D. & 500,000,000& \\
+1945 A.D. & 2,300,000,000& \\
+1980 A.D. & 4,400,000,000& \\[2pt]
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+Before continuing your text you need an empty line. \dots
+
+\vspace{3mm}
+For further information you will find a complete description of
+the tabular environment
+on p.~63~ff. and p.~182 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport.
+%
+\subsection{Tables Not Coded with \protect\LaTeX{}}
+%
+If you do not wish to code your table using \LaTeX{}
+but prefer to have it reproduced separately,
+proceed as for figures and use the following coding:\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption{text of your caption}
+\vspace{x cm} % the actual height needed for your table
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\subsection{Signs and Characters}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Special Signs.}
+%
+You may need to use special signs. The available ones are listed in the
+{\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport,
+pp.~44\,ff.
+We have created further symbols for math mode (enclosed in \$):
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{1em}yields\hspace{1em}}
+c@{\hspace{3em}}l@{\hspace{1em}yields\hspace{1em}}c}
+\verb|\grole| & $\grole$ & \verb|\getsto| & $\getsto$\\
+\verb|\lid| & $\lid$ & \verb|\gid| & $\gid$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Gothic (Fraktur).}
+%
+If gothic letters are {\it necessary}, please use those of the
+relevant \AmSTeX{} alphabet which are available from the
+American Mathematical Society.
+
+In \LaTeX{} only the following gothic letters are available:
+\verb|$\Re$| yields $\Re$ and \verb|$\Im$| yields $\Im$. These should
+{\it not\/} be used when you need gothic letters for your contribution.
+Use \AmSTeX{} gothic as explained above. For the real and the imaginary
+parts of a complex number within math mode you should use instead:
+\verb|$\rm Re$| (which yields Re) or \verb|$\rm Im$| (which yields Im).
+%
+\subsubsection*{Script.}
+%
+For script capitals use the coding
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{1em}which yields\hspace{1em}}c}
+\verb|$\cal AB$| & $\cal AB$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+(see p.~43 of the \LaTeX{} book).
+%
+\subsubsection*{Special Roman.}
+%
+If you need other symbols than those below, you could use
+the blackboard bold characters of \AmSTeX{}, but there might arise
+capacity problems
+in loading additional \AmSTeX{} fonts. Therefore we created
+the blackboard bold characters listed below.
+Some of them are not esthetically
+satisfactory. This need not deter you from using them:
+in the final printed form they will be
+replaced by the well-designed MT (monotype) characters of
+the phototypesetting machine.
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{ yields }
+c@{\hspace{1.1em}}ll@{ yields }c}
+\verb|\bbbc| & (complex numbers) & $\bbbc$
+ & \verb|\bbbf| & (blackboard bold F) & $\bbbf$\\
+\verb|\bbbh| & (blackboard bold H) & $\bbbh$
+ & \verb|\bbbk| & (blackboard bold K) & $\bbbk$\\
+\verb|\bbbm| & (blackboard bold M) & $\bbbm$
+ & \verb|\bbbn| & (natural numbers N) & $\bbbn$\\
+\verb|\bbbp| & (blackboard bold P) & $\bbbp$
+ & \verb|\bbbq| & (rational numbers) & $\bbbq$\\
+\verb|\bbbr| & (real numbers) & $\bbbr$
+ & \verb|\bbbs| & (blackboard bold S) & $\bbbs$\\
+\verb|\bbbt| & (blackboard bold T) & $\bbbt$
+ & \verb|\bbbz| & (whole numbers) & $\bbbz$\\
+\verb|\bbbone| & (symbol one) & $\bbbone$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{displaymath}
+\begin{array}{c}
+\bbbc^{\bbbc^{\bbbc}} \otimes
+\bbbf_{\bbbf_{\bbbf}} \otimes
+\bbbh_{\bbbh_{\bbbh}} \otimes
+\bbbk_{\bbbk_{\bbbk}} \otimes
+\bbbm^{\bbbm^{\bbbm}} \otimes
+\bbbn_{\bbbn_{\bbbn}} \otimes
+\bbbp^{\bbbp^{\bbbp}}\\[2mm]
+\otimes
+\bbbq_{\bbbq_{\bbbq}} \otimes
+\bbbr^{\bbbr^{\bbbr}} \otimes
+\bbbs^{\bbbs_{\bbbs}} \otimes
+\bbbt^{\bbbt^{\bbbt}} \otimes
+\bbbz \otimes
+\bbbone^{\bbbone_{\bbbone}}
+\end{array}
+\end{displaymath}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Sans Serif.}
+%
+Using our macros you can also choose this font family;
+use the command \verb|\sf| for {\sf sans serif}
+(like \verb|\it| for {\it italic style}).
+%
+\section{References}
+\label{refer}
+%
+There are three reference systems available; only one, of course,
+should be used for your contribution. With each system (by
+number only, by letter-number or by author-year) a reference list
+containing all citations in the
+text, should be included at the end of your contribution placing the
+\LaTeX{} environment \verb|thebibliography| there.
+For an overall information on that environment
+see the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, p.~73.
+%
+\subsection{References by Letter-Number or by Number Only}
+%
+References are cited in the text -- using the \verb|\cite|
+command of \LaTeX{} -- by number or by letter-number in square
+brackets, e.g.\ [1] or [E1, S2], [P1], according to your use of the
+\verb|\bibitem| command in the \verb|thebibliography| environment. The
+coding is as follows: if you choose your own label for the sources by
+giving an optional argument to the \verb|\bibitem| command the citations
+in the text are marked with the label you supplied. Otherwise a simple
+numbering is done, which is preferred.
+\begin{verbatim}
+The results in this section are a refined version
+of \cite{clar:eke}; the minimality result of Proposition~14
+was the first of its kind.
+\end{verbatim}
+The above input produces the citation: ``\dots\ refined version of
+[CE1]; the min\-i\-mality\dots''. Then the \verb|\bibitem| entry of
+the \verb|thebibliography| environment should read:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{[MT1]}
+.
+.
+\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for
+Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+.
+.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+The complete bibliography looks like this:
+%
+\begin{thebibliography}{[MT1]}
+%
+\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and
+boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+%
+\bibitem[CE2]{clar:eke:2}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Solutions p\'{e}riodiques, du
+p\'{e}riode donn\'{e}e, des \'{e}quations hamiltoniennes.
+Note CRAS Paris {\bf 287} (1978) 1013--1015
+%
+\bibitem[MT1]{mich:tar}
+Michalek, R., Tarantello, G.:
+Subharmonic solutions with prescribed minimal
+period for nonautonomous Hamiltonian systems.
+J. Diff. Eq. {\bf 72} (1988) 28--55
+%
+\bibitem[Ta1]{tar}
+Tarantello, G.:
+Subharmonic solutions for Hamiltonian
+systems via a $\bbbz_{p}$ pseudoindex theory.
+Annali di Matematica Pura (to appear)
+%
+\bibitem[Ra1]{rab}
+Rabinowitz, P.:
+On subharmonic solutions of a Hamiltonian system.
+Comm. Pure Appl. Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{thebibliography}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Number-Only System.}
+%
+For this preferred system do not use the optional argument
+in the \verb|\bibitem| command: then, only numbers will
+appear for the citations in the text (enclosed in square brackets)
+as well as for the marks in your
+bibliography (here the number is only end-punctuated without
+square brackets).
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+\bibitem {clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for
+Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\subsection{Author-Year System}
+%
+References are cited in the text by name and year in parentheses
+and should look as follows:
+(Smith 1970, 1980), (Ekeland et al. 1985, Theorem 2), (Jones and Jaffe
+1986; Farrow 1988, Chap.\,2). If the name is part of the sentence
+only the year may appear in parentheses,
+e.g.\ Ekeland et al. (1985, Sect.\,2.1)
+The reference list should contain all citations occurring in the text,
+ordered alphabetically by surname (with initials following). If there
+are several works by the same author(s) the references should be listed
+in the appropriate order indicated below:
+\begin{alpherate}
+\setlength{\hfuzz}{5pt}
+\item
+One author: list works chronologically;
+\item
+Author and same co-author(s): list works chronologically;
+\item
+Author and different co-authors: list works alphabetically
+according to co-authors.
+\end{alpherate}
+If there are several works by the same author(s) and in the same year,
+but which are cited separately, they should be distinguished by the use
+of ``a'', ``b'' etc., e.g.\ (Smith 1982a), (Ekeland et al. 1982b).
+%
+\subsubsection*{How to Code Author-Year System.}
+%
+If you want to use this system you have to specify in
+\verb|documentstyle| the option \verb|[citeauthoryear]|, like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[citeauthoryear]{llncs}
+\end{verbatim}
+Write your citations in the text explicitly except for the year, leaving
+that up to \LaTeX{} with the \verb|\cite| command. Then give only the
+appropriate year as the optional argument (i.e. the label in square
+brackets) with the \verb|\bibitem| command(s).\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+The results in this section are a refined version
+of Clarke and Ekeland (\cite{clar:eke}); the minimality result of
+Proposition~14 was the first of its kind.
+\end{verbatim}
+The above input produces the citation: ``\dots\ refined version of
+Clarke and Ekeland (1982); the minimality\dots''. Then the
+\verb|\bibitem|
+entry of the \verb|thebibliography| environment should read:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{} % (do not forget {})
+.
+.
+\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for
+Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+.
+.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\bibauthoryear
+%
+\end{document}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..672c693a9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncs.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+% LLNCS DOCUMENT STYLE -- version 1.1
+% for LaTeX version 2.09
+
+% This style file is an adaptation of
+% the original LaTeX article.sty, by:
+% Frank Holzwarth, Springer-Verlag Heidelberg,
+% Tiergartenstrasse 17, D-6900 Heidelberg.
+
+\typeout{Document Style `llncs', <version 1.1>}
+
+\frenchspacing
+\def~{\penalty\@M\kern3pt}
+
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{References}\small\list
+ {\arabic{enumi}.}{\settowidth\labelwidth{#1.}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+
+\def\ds@citeauthoryear{\def\thebibliography##1{\section*{References}%
+ \small\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{}\leftmargin\parindent
+ \itemindent=-\parindent
+ \labelsep=\z@
+ \usecounter{enumi}}%
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}%
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}%
+ \def\@cite##1{##1}%
+ \def\@lbibitem[##1]##2{\item[]\if@filesw
+ {\def\protect####1{\string ####1\space}\immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{##2}{##1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}}%
+
+\newif\if@envcountreset\@envcountresetfalse
+\def\ds@envcountreset{\@envcountresettrue}
+
+\def\@mbi{cmmib10}
+\def\@ptsize{0} \@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule
+5pt}
+\@options
+
+\ds@twoside
+
+\lineskip 1pt \normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip=3 mm plus6pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip=3 mm plus6pt minus 4pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0mm plus6pt minus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt}
+
+\mathchardef\Gamma="0100
+\mathchardef\Delta="0101
+\mathchardef\Theta="0102
+\mathchardef\Lambda="0103
+\mathchardef\Xi="0104
+\mathchardef\Pi="0105
+\mathchardef\Sigma="0106
+\mathchardef\Upsilon="0107
+\mathchardef\Phi="0108
+\mathchardef\Psi="0109
+\mathchardef\Omega="010A
+
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\belowdisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0mm plus6pt minus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt}}
+
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\belowdisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0mm plus6pt minus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt}}
+
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8.4pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{13.2pt}\xipt\@xipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{14.4pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{16.8pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{22pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\@normalsize
+
+\if@twoside
+ \oddsidemargin 44pt
+ \evensidemargin 82pt
+ \marginparwidth 107pt
+\else \oddsidemargin 63pt \evensidemargin 63pt
+ \marginparwidth 90pt
+\fi
+\marginparsep 11pt
+\topmargin 11pt \headheight 12pt \headsep 13.66pt
+\footheight 12pt \footskip 30pt
+\textwidth 12.2truecm
+\textheight 19.3truecm
+\columnsep 1cc \columnseprule 0pt
+
+\footnotesep 7.7pt
+\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\floatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\textfloatsep 8mm plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 8mm plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\@maxsep 8mm
+
+\dblfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\@dblmaxsep 20pt
+
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil \@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop0pt plus1fil \@dblfpsep8pt plus2fil\@dblfpbot 0pt plus1fil
+\marginparpush 5pt
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt \parindent 1.5em \topsep 8pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\partopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt \itemsep \z@
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty-\@lowpenalty\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty\@itempenalty
+-\@lowpenalty
+
+\def\vec#1{\mathchoice{\mbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\textstyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptstyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptscriptstyle\bf#1$}}}
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\quad }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \noindent{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex} \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \Large \bf
+ Part\thepart\par\nobreak\fi\huge
+\bf #2\markboth{}{}\par } \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \huge \bf
+ #1\par} \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-18pt plus -4pt minus
+-4pt}{12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt}{\Large\bf\boldmath
+\pretolerance=10000\relax\rightskip=0pt plus8em}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-18pt plus-4pt minus
+ -4pt}{8pt plus 4pt minus 4pt}{\normalsize\bf\boldmath
+\pretolerance=10000\relax\rightskip=0pt plus8em}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-18pt plus-4pt
+ minus -4pt}{-0.5em plus -.22em minus -0.1em}{\normalsize\bf\boldmath}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{-12pt plus -4pt minus
+ -4pt}{-0.5em plus -.22em minus -0.1em}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\subparagraph#1{\typeout{LLNCS Warning: You should not use
+\protect\subparagraph \space in this style.}\vskip0.5cm
+You should not use $\backslash${\tt subparagraph} in this
+style.\vskip0.5cm}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+\leftmargini 17pt \leftmarginii 17pt
+\leftmarginiii 17pt \leftmarginiv 17pt
+\leftmarginv 10pt \leftmarginvi 10pt
+\leftmargin\leftmargini \labelwidth\leftmargini
+\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\labelsep 5pt
+\parsep 0pt plus 1pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+
+\def\labelenumi{\arabic{enumi}.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\alph{enumii})}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\labelenumiii{\roman{enumiii}.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+\def\labelitemi{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemii{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\ast$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+\arraycolsep 1.4pt \tabcolsep 1.4pt \arrayrulewidth .4pt \doublerulesep
+2pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\fboxsep = 3pt \fboxrule = .4pt
+
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter {section}
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+
+\def\thepart{\Roman{part}}
+\def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{Table of Contents}
+ \@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} \begingroup
+ \@tempdima 3em \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth \parfillskip
+-\@pnumwidth
+ {\Large \bf \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak \endgroup}
+%
+\def\numberline#1{\advance\hangindent by\@tempdima%
+\hbox to\@tempdima{\hss#1\enspace}}
+%
+\def\bf@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth \else
+ \vskip \z@ plus .2pt
+ {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip
+ \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue
+ \interlinepenalty\@M
+ \leavevmode
+ \@tempdima #3\relax \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \hbox{}\hskip
+ -\leftskip
+{\bf#4}\nobreak\leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern \@dotsep
+ mu$}\hfill \nobreak \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hfil\rm #5}\par}\fi}
+%
+\def\l@section{\vskip2mm\bf@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{1.7em}}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.7em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{4em}{2em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6em}{2em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{8em}{2em}}
+\def\listoffigures{\section*{List of Figures\markboth
+ {List of Figures}{List of Figures}}\@starttoc{lof}}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\section*{List of Tables\markboth
+ {List of Tables}{List of Tables}}\@starttoc{lot}}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\normalsize}
+
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\section*{Index}]
+ \markboth{Index}{Index}\thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40pt}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{20pt}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{30pt}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@\hrule width 2 true cm\kern 2.6\p@}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima-1em\parshape \@ne 1em\@tempdima}\par
+ \parindent 1em\noindent \hbox to \z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$\ }#1}
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.9}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.15}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.85}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.85}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.85}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\bf #1} #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize \unhbox\@tempboxa\par \else \hbox
+to\hsize{\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi\vskip5pt}
+
+\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\addcontentsline{\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\par
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+
+\def\fps@figure{htbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{Fig.\thinspace\thefigure.}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}\small\rm}
+\def\endfigure{\vskip-5pt\end@float}
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+\newcounter{table}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{htbp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable.}
+\def\table{\@float{table}\small\rm}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+% LaTeX does not provide a command to enter the authors institute
+% addresses. The \institute command is defined here.
+
+\newcounter{@inst}
+\newcounter{@auth}
+
+\def\institute#1{\gdef\@institute{#1}}
+
+\def\institutename{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \parskip=\z@
+ \parindent=\z@
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \def\and{\par\stepcounter{@inst}%
+ \noindent$^{\the@inst}$\enspace\ignorespaces}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\@institute}%
+ \ifnum\c@@inst=1\relax
+ \else
+ \setcounter{footnote}{\c@@inst}%
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \noindent$^{\the@inst}$\enspace
+ \fi
+ \ignorespaces
+ \@institute\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\@thanks{}
+
+\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ifcase#1\or\star\or{\star\star}\or{\star\star\star}%
+ \or \dagger\or \ddagger\or
+ \mathchar "278\or \mathchar "27B\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger
+ \or \ddagger\ddagger\else\@ctrerr\fi\relax}
+
+\def\inst#1{\unskip$^{#1}$}
+
+\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}}
+\def\@subtitle{}
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=\z@
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+ \else \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle \fi\thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\gdef\@subtitle{}%
+ \let\thanks\relax}
+
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \begin{center}%
+ {\LARGE \bf\boldmath
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \@title \par}\vskip .8cm
+\if!\@subtitle!\else {\Large \bf\boldmath
+ \vskip -.65cm
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \@subtitle \par}\vskip .8cm\fi
+{\normalsize\rm\lineskip .5em
+\@author\vskip.35cm}
+ {\small\rm\institutename}
+ \end{center}%
+ }
+
+\mark{{}{}}
+
+% Define `abstract' environment
+\def\abstract{%
+\list{}{\advance\topsep by0.35cm\relax\small\rm
+ \leftmargin=1cm
+ \labelwidth=\z@
+ \listparindent=\z@
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[\hskip\labelsep\bf Abstract.]}
+\let\endabstract=\endlist
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\ps@headings{\def\@evenhead{}%
+\let\@oddhead\@evenhead
+\let\@evenfoot\@evenhead
+\let\@oddfoot\@evenhead
+\def\sectionmark##1{}%
+\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\small\rm\rightmark \hfil\thepage}%
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\small\rm\thepage\hfil
+\leftmark\hbox {}}%
+\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+\ps@headings \pagenumbering{arabic} \onecolumn
+\if@twoside\else\raggedbottom\fi
+
+% new environments and theorems
+% borrowed form the LTMP-style of Springer-Verlag
+% designed by Dr. Christoph Ender
+%
+% define the new theorem like environments
+% define a new style of environments where it is possible to define
+% the font % used as the theorem name and the fontfamily for the text.
+%
+% \newstytheorem{name}{thefont}{txtfont}{Text}[Counter]
+% \newstytheorem{name}{thefont}{txtfont}[oldname]{Text}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+%
+\def\newstytheorem#1#2#3{%
+\@ifnextchar[{\che@othm{#1}{#2}{#3}}{\che@nthm{#1}{#2}{#3}}}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - text string of thorem name
+%
+\def\che@nthm#1#2#3#4{%
+\@ifnextchar[{\che@xnthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{\che@ynthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - text string of thorem name
+% #5 - add theorem counter to reset list of another counter
+%
+\def\che@xnthm#1#2#3#4[#5]{\expandafter
+\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+{\@definecounter{#1}\if@envcountreset\@addtoreset{#1}{#5}\fi
+\expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}%
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\che@thm{#1}{#4}{#2}{#3}}\global
+\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - text string of thorem name
+%
+\def\che@ynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+{\@definecounter{#1}%
+\expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}%
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\che@thm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}\global
+\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+%
+% change oldthm if oldname in specification is '*'
+% then don't use a counter
+% #1 - countername
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - counter used
+% #5 - string containing theorem name to print
+%
+\def\che@othm#1#2#3[#4]#5{\expandafter\@ifdefinable
+\csname#1\endcsname%
+{\@@othm@{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}\global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+%
+\def\@@othm@#1#2#3#4#5{\if *#4{\global\@namedef{the#1}{\relax}
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\@bthm@{}{#5}{#2}{#3}}}\else
+{\global\@namedef{the#1}{\@nameuse{the#4}}% define the counter
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\che@thm{#4}{#5}{#2}{#3}}}\fi}
+%
+% new defs for theorem environment che 17-MAR-1989
+% it improves the option possible
+%
+% #1 - countername = theorem name
+% #2 - string containing theorem name to print
+% #3 - theorem font
+% #4 - text font
+\def\che@thm#1#2#3#4{\@ifnextchar({\@athm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+\@ifnextchar *{\@bthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+{\@@thm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}}
+%
+% \begin{thm}(A.1)[test] results in:
+% \end{thm} thm A.1 (test) ....
+% #1 - theorem
+% #2 - string of theorem name
+% #3 - font for theorem name and label
+% #4 - Text font
+% #5 - is the new label
+% #6 - optional string
+%
+\def\@athm#1#2#3#4(#5){\@ifnextchar[{%
+\@aythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}{\@axthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}}
+\def\@axthm#1#2#3#4#5{\@@locthmlab{#1}{#5}%
+\@begintheorem{#2}{#5}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+\def\@aythm#1#2#3#4#5[#6]{\@@locthmlab{#1}{#5}%
+\fuh@opargbegintheorem{#2}{#5}{#6}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+%
+% \begin{thm}*[xytest] results in:
+% \end{thm} thm (xytest) ....
+% #1 - theorem
+% #2 - string of theorem name
+% #3 - font for theorem name and label
+% #4 - Text font
+% #5 - optional string
+%
+\def\@bthm@#1#2#3#4{\@ifnextchar[{\@bythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+\@bxthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+\def\@bthm#1#2#3#4*{\@ifnextchar[{\@bythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+\@bxthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+\def\@bxthm#1#2#3#4{\if !#1!\relax\else\@@locthmlab{#1}{}\fi
+\@@begintheorem{#2}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+\def\@bythm#1#2#3#4[#5]{%
+\@@opargbegintheorem{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}\ignorespaces}
+%
+% define local label
+% if no number or a user specified label occured
+%
+\def\@@locthmlab#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname the#1\endcsname{#2}
+\let\@chetempa\protect\def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}%
+\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@#1\endcsname\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+\let\protect\@chetempa}
+%
+% #1 - counter = theorem name
+% #2 - string with name
+% #3 - font for theorem name and label
+% #4 - font for text
+\def\@@thm#1#2#3#4{\refstepcounter
+ {#1}\@ifnextchar[{\che@ythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+ \che@xthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+%
+\def\che@xthm#1#2#3#4{\che@begintheorem{#2}{\csname
+the#1\endcsname}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+\def\che@ythm#1#2#3#4[#5]{\che@opargbegintheorem{#2}{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{#5}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - label string
+% #3 - font for name and lable
+% #4 - text fomt
+%
+\def\che@begintheorem#1#2#3#4{#4\trivlist\item[\hskip\labelsep
+#3#1\ts #2.]}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - label string
+% #3 - additonal text
+% #4 - font for name and lable
+% #5 - text fomt
+%
+\def\che@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4#5{#5\trivlist
+\item[\hskip\labelsep#4#1\ts #2\ #3.]}
+%
+\def\fuh@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\it \trivlist
+ \item[\hskip \labelsep{\bf #1\ #2\ (#3).}]}
+%
+\def\@@begintheorem#1#2#3{#3\trivlist\item[\hskip\labelsep
+#2#1.]}
+\def\@@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4{#3\trivlist\item[\hskip\labelsep
+#2#1 #4.]}
+
+\newstytheorem{theorem}{\bf}{\it}{Theorem}[section]
+\newstytheorem{example}{\it}{\rm}{Example}[section]
+\newstytheorem{proposition}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Proposition}
+\newstytheorem{corollary}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Corollary}
+\newstytheorem{lemma}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Lemma}
+\newstytheorem{proof}{\it}{\rm}[*]{Proof}
+\newstytheorem{definition}{\bf}{\rm}[theorem]{Definition}
+\newstytheorem{remark}{\it}{\rm}[*]{Remark}
+\newstytheorem{exercise}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Exercise}
+\newstytheorem{problem}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Problem}
+\newstytheorem{solution}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Solution}
+\newstytheorem{note}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Note}
+\newstytheorem{question}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Question}
+
+\def\squareforqed{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\qed{\ifmmode\squareforqed\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil
+\penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\squareforqed
+\parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi}
+
+\def\getsto{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\gets\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\gets\cr\to\cr}}}}}
+\def\lid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\gid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.8pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.3pt}<\cr}}}}}
+\def\bbbr{{\rm I\!R}} %reelle Zahlen
+\def\bbbm{{\rm I\!M}}
+\def\bbbn{{\rm I\!N}} %natuerliche Zahlen
+\def\bbbf{{\rm I\!F}}
+\def\bbbh{{\rm I\!H}}
+\def\bbbk{{\rm I\!K}}
+\def\bbbp{{\rm I\!P}}
+\def\bbbone{{\mathchoice {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l}
+{\rm 1\mskip-4.5mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-5mu l}}}
+\def\bbbc{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbq{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbt{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+T$}\hbox{\hbox to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbs{{\mathchoice
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.5\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbz{{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptstyle Z\kern-0.3em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptscriptstyle Z\kern-0.2em Z$}}}}
+\def\ts{\thinspace}
+
+\def\typeset{\vfill\small\noindent This article was processed using
+the \LaTeX\ macro package with LLNCS style\par}
+
+\def\enddocument{\par\typeset
+\@checkend{document}\clearpage\begingroup
+\if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+\def\global\@namedef##1##2{}\def\newlabel{\@testdef r}%
+\def\bibcite{\@testdef b}\@tempswafalse\makeatletter\input \jobname.aux
+\if@tempswa \@warning{Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get
+cross-references right}\fi\fi\endgroup\deadcycles\z@\@@end}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncsdoc.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncsdoc.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a87f4db93e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/llncsdoc.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+% This is LLNCSDOC.STY the modification of the
+% LLNCS style file for the documentation of
+% the LaTeX macro package from Springer-Verlag
+% for multiple authors books in mathematics, version 1.1
+\def\LaTex{{\xxvpt
+\def\psc{\@getfont\psc\scfam\@xxvpt{\@mcsc\@magscale5}}\LaTeX}}
+\def\textfontii{\the\textfont\tw@}
+\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
+ {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX}
+%
+\def\ps@myheadings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\hfil\small\rm
+\LaTeX\ style file for Lecture Notes in Computer Science --
+documentation\qquad\thepage}%
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\small\rm\thepage\qquad
+\LaTeX\ style file for Lecture Notes in Computer Science --
+documentation\hfil\hbox {}}%
+\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\ps@myheadings
+%
+\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{--}
+\newenvironment{alpherate}%
+{\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\alph{enumi})}\begin{enumerate}}%
+{\end{enumerate}\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{enumi}}
+%
+\def\bibauthoryear{\begingroup
+\def\thebibliography##1{\section*{References}%
+ \small\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{}\leftmargin\parindent
+ \itemindent=-\parindent
+ \labelsep=\z@
+ \usecounter{enumi}}%
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}%
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}%
+ \def\@cite##1{##1}%
+ \def\@lbibitem[##1]##2{\item[]\if@filesw
+ {\def\protect####1{\string ####1\space}\immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{##2}{##1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}%
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: Nonlinear
+oscillations and boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+\end{thebibliography}
+\endgroup}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/read.me b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/read.me
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30b24117ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/llncs/read.me
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+How to proceed
+
+On this diskette or tape you find the following files:
+
+llncs.doc general instructions, this is the LaTeX source
+ for the documentation. Please LaTeX it if you
+ have the paper version not at hand
+llncsdoc.sty modifications of the LLNCS style
+ needed for LLNCS.DOC
+llncs.dem an example showing how to code
+llncs.sty the LaTeX style file (for LaTeX 2.09)
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamudoc.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamudoc.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11ee066a89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamudoc.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+% This is LMAMUDOC.STY the modification of the
+% LMAMULT style file for the documentation of
+% the LaTeX macro package from Springer-Verlag
+% for multiple authors books in mathematics
+\def\LaTex{{\xxvpt
+\def\psc{\@getfont\psc\scfam\@xxvpt{\@mcsc\@magscale5}}\LaTeX}}
+\def\textfontii{\the\textfont\tw@}
+\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
+ {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX}
+%
+\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{--}
+\newenvironment{alpherate}%
+{\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\alph{enumi})}\begin{enumerate}}%
+{\end{enumerate}\renewcommand{\labelenumi}{enumi}}
+%
+\def\bibauthoryear{\begingroup
+\def\thebibliography##1{\section*{References}%
+ \small\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{}\leftmargin\parindent
+ \itemindent=-\parindent
+ \labelsep=\z@
+ \usecounter{enumi}}%
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}%
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}%
+ \def\@cite##1{##1}%
+ \def\@lbibitem[##1]##2{\item[]\if@filesw
+ {\def\protect####1{\string ####1\space}\immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{##2}{##1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}%
+\begin{thebibliography}{}
+\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.: Nonlinear
+oscillations and boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+\end{thebibliography}
+\endgroup}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.dem b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.dem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22aadc59e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.dem
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
+% This is LMAMULT.DEM the demonstration file of
+% the LaTeX macro package from Springer-Verlag
+% for multi author books in mathematics, version of March 1991
+\documentstyle{lmamult}
+%
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics}
+
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+
+\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA
+\and
+Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud,
+Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France}
+
+\maketitle
+%
+\section{Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case}
+%
+With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the search
+for periodic solutions to Hamiltonian systems. All this will be done in
+the convex case; that is, we shall study the boundary-value problem
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+ \dot{x}&=&JH' (t,x)\\
+ x(0) &=& x(T)
+\end{eqnarray*}
+with $H(t,\cdot)$ a convex function of $x$, going to $+\infty$ when
+$\left\|x\right\| \to \infty$.
+
+%
+\subsection{Autonomous Systems}
+%
+In this section, we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian $H(x)$
+is autonomous. For the sake of simplicity, we shall also assume that it
+is $C^{1}$.
+
+We shall first consider the question of nontriviality, within the
+general framework of
+$\left(A_{\infty},B_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic Hamiltonians. In
+the second subsection, we shall look into the special case when $H$ is
+$\left(0,b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic,
+and we shall try to derive additional information.
+%
+\subsubsection{ The General Case: Nontriviality.}
+%
+We assume that $H$ is
+$\left(A_{\infty},B_{\infty}\right)$-sub\-qua\-dra\-tic at infinity,
+for some constant symmetric matrices $A_{\infty}$ and $B_{\infty}$,
+with $B_{\infty}-A_{\infty}$ positive definite. Set:
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\gamma :&=&{\rm smallest\ eigenvalue\ of}\ \ B_{\infty} - A_{\infty} \\
+ \lambda : &=& {\rm largest\ negative\ eigenvalue\ of}\ \
+ J \frac{d}{dt} +A_{\infty}\ .
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+Theorem 21 tells us that if $\lambda +\gamma < 0$, the boundary-value
+problem:
+\begin{equation}
+\begin{array}{rcl}
+ \dot{x}&=&JH' (x)\\
+ x(0)&=&x (T)
+\end{array}
+\end{equation}
+has at least one solution
+$\overline{x}$, which is found by minimizing the dual
+action functional:
+\begin{equation}
+ \psi (u) = \int_{o}^{T} \left[\frac{1}{2}
+ \left(\Lambda_{o}^{-1} u,u\right) + N^{\ast} (-u)\right] dt
+\end{equation}
+on the range of $\Lambda$, which is a subspace $R (\Lambda)_{L}^{2}$
+with finite codimension. Here
+\begin{equation}
+ N(x) := H(x) - \frac{1}{2} \left(A_{\infty} x,x\right)
+\end{equation}
+is a convex function, and
+\begin{equation}
+ N(x) \le \frac{1}{2}
+ \left(\left(B_{\infty} - A_{\infty}\right) x,x\right)
+ + c\ \ \ \forall x\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+%
+\begin{proposition}
+Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set:
+\begin{equation}
+ \delta := \liminf_{x\to 0} 2 N (x) \left\|x\right\|^{-2}\ .
+ \label{eq:one}
+\end{equation}
+
+If $\gamma < - \lambda < \delta$,
+the solution $\overline{u}$ is non-zero:
+\begin{equation}
+ \overline{x} (t) \ne 0\ \ \ \forall t\ .
+\end{equation}
+\end{proposition}
+%
+\begin{proof}
+Condition (\ref{eq:one}) means that, for every
+$\delta ' > \delta$, there is some $\varepsilon > 0$ such that
+\begin{equation}
+ \left\|x\right\| \le \varepsilon \Rightarrow N (x) \le
+ \frac{\delta '}{2} \left\|x\right\|^{2}\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+It is an exercise in convex analysis, into which we shall not go, to
+show that this implies that there is an $\eta > 0$ such that
+\begin{equation}
+ f\left\|x\right\| \le \eta
+ \Rightarrow N^{\ast} (y) \le \frac{1}{2\delta '}
+ \left\|y\right\|^{2}\ .
+ \label{eq:two}
+\end{equation}
+
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{2.5cm}
+\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white eagle and
+a white horse on a snow field}
+\end{figure}
+
+Since $u_{1}$ is a smooth function, we will have
+$\left\|hu_{1}\right\|_\infty \le \eta$
+for $h$ small enough, and inequality (\ref{eq:two}) will hold,
+yielding thereby:
+\begin{equation}
+ \psi (hu_{1}) \le \frac{h^{2}}{2}
+ \frac{1}{\lambda} \left\|u_{1} \right\|_{2}^{2} + \frac{h^{2}}{2}
+ \frac{1}{\delta '} \left\|u_{1}\right\|^{2}\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+If we choose $\delta '$ close enough to $\delta$, the quantity
+$\left(\frac{1}{\lambda} + \frac{1}{\delta '}\right)$
+will be negative, and we end up with
+\begin{equation}
+ \psi (hu_{1}) < 0\ \ \ \ \ {\rm for}\ \ h\ne 0\ \ {\rm small}\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+On the other hand, we check directly that $\psi (0) = 0$. This shows
+that 0 cannot be a minimizer of $\psi$, not even a local one.
+So $\overline{u} \ne 0$ and
+$\overline{u} \ne \Lambda_{o}^{-1} (0) = 0$. \qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+\begin{corollary}
+Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and
+$\left(a_{\infty},b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic at infinity. Let
+$\xi_{1},\allowbreak\dots,\allowbreak\xi_{N}$ be the
+equilibria, that is, the solutions of $H' (\xi ) = 0$.
+Denote by $\omega_{k}$
+the smallest eigenvalue of $H'' \left(\xi_{k}\right)$, and set:
+\begin{equation}
+ \omega : = {\rm Min\,} \left\{\omega_{1},\dots,\omega_{k}\right\}\ .
+\end{equation}
+If:
+\begin{equation}
+ \frac{T}{2\pi} b_{\infty} <
+ - E \left[- \frac{T}{2\pi}a_{\infty}\right] <
+ \frac{T}{2\pi}\omega
+ \label{eq:three}
+\end{equation}
+then minimization of $\psi$ yields a non-constant $T$-periodic solution
+$\overline{x}$.
+\end{corollary}
+%
+
+We recall once more that by the integer part $E [\alpha ]$ of
+$\alpha \in \bbbr$, we mean the $a\in \bbbz$
+such that $a< \alpha \le a+1$. For instance,
+if we take $a_{\infty} = 0$, Corollary 2 tells
+us that $\overline{x}$ exists and is
+non-constant provided that:
+
+\begin{equation}
+ \frac{T}{2\pi} b_{\infty} < 1 < \frac{T}{2\pi}
+\end{equation}
+or
+\begin{equation}
+ T\in \left(\frac{2\pi}{\omega},\frac{2\pi}{b_{\infty}}\right)\ .
+ \label{eq:four}
+\end{equation}
+
+%
+\begin{proof}
+The spectrum of $\Lambda$ is $\frac{2\pi}{T} \bbbz +a_{\infty}$. The
+largest negative eigenvalue $\lambda$ is given by
+$\frac{2\pi}{T}k_{o} +a_{\infty}$,
+where
+\begin{equation}
+ \frac{2\pi}{T}k_{o} + a_{\infty} < 0
+ \le \frac{2\pi}{T} (k_{o} +1) + a_{\infty}\ .
+\end{equation}
+Hence:
+\begin{equation}
+ k_{o} = E \left[- \frac{T}{2\pi} a_{\infty}\right] \ .
+\end{equation}
+
+The condition $\gamma < -\lambda < \delta$ now becomes:
+\begin{equation}
+ b_{\infty} - a_{\infty} <
+ - \frac{2\pi}{T} k_{o} -a_{\infty} < \omega -a_{\infty}
+\end{equation}
+which is precisely condition (\ref{eq:three}).\qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+
+\begin{lemma}
+Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n} \setminus \{ 0\}$ and
+that $H'' (x)$ is non-de\-gen\-er\-ate for any $x\ne 0$. Then any local
+minimizer $\widetilde{x}$ of $\psi$ has minimal period $T$.
+\end{lemma}
+%
+\begin{proof}
+We know that $\widetilde{x}$, or
+$\widetilde{x} + \xi$ for some constant $\xi
+\in \bbbr^{2n}$, is a $T$-periodic solution of the Hamiltonian system:
+\begin{equation}
+ \dot{x} = JH' (x)\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+There is no loss of generality in taking $\xi = 0$. So
+$\psi (x) \ge \psi (\widetilde{x} )$
+for all $\widetilde{x}$ in some neighbourhood of $x$ in
+$W^{1,2} \left(\bbbr / T\bbbz ; \bbbr^{2n}\right)$.
+
+But this index is precisely the index
+$i_{T} (\widetilde{x} )$ of the $T$-periodic
+solution $\widetilde{x}$ over the interval
+$(0,T)$, as defined in Sect.~2.6. So
+\begin{equation}
+ i_{T} (\widetilde{x} ) = 0\ .
+ \label{eq:five}
+\end{equation}
+
+Now if $\widetilde{x}$ has a lower period, $T/k$ say,
+we would have, by Corollary 31:
+\begin{equation}
+ i_{T} (\widetilde{x} ) =
+ i_{kT/k}(\widetilde{x} ) \ge
+ ki_{T/k} (\widetilde{x} ) + k-1 \ge k-1 \ge 1\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+This would contradict (\ref{eq:five}), and thus cannot happen.\qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.}
+The results in this section are a
+refined version of \cite{clar:eke};
+the minimality result of Proposition
+14 was the first of its kind.
+
+To understand the nontriviality conditions, such as the one in formula
+(\ref{eq:four}), one may think of a one-parameter family
+$x_{T}$, $T\in \left(2\pi\omega^{-1}, 2\pi b_{\infty}^{-1}\right)$
+of periodic solutions, $x_{T} (0) = x_{T} (T)$,
+with $x_{T}$ going away to infinity when $T\to 2\pi \omega^{-1}$,
+which is the period of the linearized system at 0.
+
+\begin{table}
+\caption{This is the example table taken out of {\it The
+\TeX{}book,} p.\,246}
+\vspace{2pt}
+\begin{tabular}{r@{\quad}rl}
+\hline
+\multicolumn{1}{l}{\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+ Year}&\multicolumn{2}{l}{World population}\\[2pt]
+\hline\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+8000 B.C. & 5,000,000& \\
+ 50 A.D. & 200,000,000& \\
+1650 A.D. & 500,000,000& \\
+1945 A.D. & 2,300,000,000& \\
+1980 A.D. & 4,400,000,000& \\[2pt]
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+%
+\begin{theorem} [(Ghoussoub-Preiss)]
+Assume $H(t,x)$ is
+$(0,\varepsilon )$-subquadratic at
+infinity for all $\varepsilon > 0$, and $T$-periodic in $t$
+\begin{equation}
+ H (t,\cdot )\ \ \ \ \ {\rm is\ convex}\ \ \forall t
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ H (\cdot ,x)\ \ \ \ \ {\rm is}\ \ T{\rm -periodic}\ \ \forall x
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ H (t,x)\ge n\left(\left\|x\right\|\right)\ \ \ \ \
+ {\rm with}\ \ n (s)s^{-1}\to \infty\ \ {\rm as}\ \ s\to \infty
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ \forall \varepsilon > 0\ ,\ \ \ \exists c\ :\
+ H(t,x) \le \frac{\varepsilon}{2}\left\|x\right\|^{2} + c\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+Assume also that $H$ is $C^{2}$, and $H'' (t,x)$ is positive definite
+everywhere. Then there is a sequence $x_{k}$, $k\in \bbbn$, of
+$kT$-periodic solutions of the system
+\begin{equation}
+ \dot{x} = JH' (t,x)
+\end{equation}
+such that, for every $k\in \bbbn$, there is some $p_{o}\in\bbbn$ with:
+\begin{equation}
+ p\ge p_{o}\Rightarrow x_{pk} \ne x_{k}\ .
+\end{equation}
+\qed
+\end{theorem}
+%
+\begin{example} [{\rm(External forcing)}]
+Consider the system:
+\begin{equation}
+ \dot{x} = JH' (x) + f(t)
+\end{equation}
+where the Hamiltonian $H$ is
+$\left(0,b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic, and the
+forcing term is a distribution on the circle:
+\begin{equation}
+ f = \frac{d}{dt} F + f_{o}\ \ \ \ \
+ {\rm with}\ \ F\in L^{2} \left(\bbbr / T\bbbz; \bbbr^{2n}\right)\ ,
+\end{equation}
+where $f_{o} : = T^{-1}\int_{o}^{T} f (t) dt$. For instance,
+\begin{equation}
+ f (t) = \sum_{k\in \bbbn} \delta_{k} \xi\ ,
+\end{equation}
+where $\delta_{k}$ is the Dirac mass at $t= k$ and
+$\xi \in \bbbr^{2n}$ is a
+constant, fits the prescription. This means that the system
+$\dot{x} = JH' (x)$ is being excited by a
+series of identical shocks at interval $T$.
+\end{example}
+%
+\begin{definition}
+Let $A_{\infty} (t)$ and $B_{\infty} (t)$ be symmetric
+operators in $\bbbr^{2n}$, depending continuously on
+$t\in [0,T]$, such that
+$A_{\infty} (t) \le B_{\infty} (t)$ for all $t$.
+
+A Borelian function
+$H: [0,T]\times \bbbr^{2n} \to \bbbr$
+is called
+$\left(A_{\infty} ,B_{\infty}\right)$-{\it subquadratic at infinity}
+if there exists a function $N(t,x)$ such that:
+\begin{equation}
+ H (t,x) = \frac{1}{2} \left(A_{\infty} (t) x,x\right) + N(t,x)
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ \forall t\ ,\ \ \ N(t,x)\ \ \ \ \
+ {\rm is\ convex\ with\ respect\ to}\ \ x
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ N(t,x) \ge n\left(\left\|x\right\|\right)\ \ \ \ \
+ {\rm with}\ \ n(s)s^{-1}\to +\infty\ \ {\rm as}\ \ s\to +\infty
+\end{equation}
+\begin{equation}
+ \exists c\in \bbbr\ :\ \ \ H (t,x) \le
+ \frac{1}{2} \left(B_{\infty} (t) x,x\right) + c\ \ \ \forall x\ .
+\end{equation}
+
+If $A_{\infty} (t) = a_{\infty} I$ and
+$B_{\infty} (t) = b_{\infty} I$, with
+$a_{\infty} \le b_{\infty} \in \bbbr$,
+we shall say that $H$ is
+$\left(a_{\infty},b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic
+at infinity. As an example, the function
+$\left\|x\right\|^{\alpha}$, with
+$1\le \alpha < 2$, is $(0,\varepsilon )$-subquadratic at infinity
+for every $\varepsilon > 0$. Similarly, the Hamiltonian
+\begin{equation}
+H (t,x) = \frac{1}{2} k \left\|k\right\|^{2} +\left\|x\right\|^{\alpha}
+\end{equation}
+is $(k,k+\varepsilon )$-subquadratic for every $\varepsilon > 0$.
+Note that, if $k<0$, it is not convex.
+\end{definition}
+%
+
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.}
+The first results on subharmonics were
+obtained by Rabinowitz in \cite{rab}, who showed the existence of
+infinitely many subharmonics both in the subquadratic and superquadratic
+case, with suitable growth conditions on $H'$. Again the duality
+approach enabled Clarke and Ekeland in \cite{clar:eke:2} to treat the
+same problem in the convex-subquadratic case, with growth conditions on
+$H$ only.
+
+Recently, Michalek and Tarantello (see \cite{mich:tar} and \cite{tar})
+have obtained lower bound on the number of subharmonics of period $kT$,
+based on symmetry considerations and on pinching estimates, as in
+Sect.~5.2 of this article.
+
+%
+% ---- Bibliography ----
+%
+\begin{thebibliography}{MT1}
+%
+\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and
+boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+%
+\bibitem[CE2]{clar:eke:2}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Solutions p\'{e}riodiques, du
+p\'{e}riode donn\'{e}e, des \'{e}quations hamiltoniennes.
+Note CRAS Paris {\bf 287} (1978) 1013--1015
+%
+\bibitem[MT1]{mich:tar}
+Michalek, R., Tarantello, G.:
+Subharmonic solutions with prescribed minimal
+period for nonautonomous Hamiltonian systems.
+J. Diff. Eq. {\bf 72} (1988) 28--55
+%
+\bibitem[Ta1]{tar}
+Tarantello, G.:
+Subharmonic solutions for Hamiltonian
+systems via a $\bbbz_{p}$ pseudoindex theory.
+Annali di Matematica Pura (to appear)
+%
+\bibitem[Ra1]{rab}
+Rabinowitz, P.:
+On subharmonic solutions of a Hamiltonian system.
+Comm. Pure Appl. Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{thebibliography}
+%
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81fd37a375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1114 @@
+% This is LMAMULT.DOC the documentation file of
+% the LaTeX macro package from Springer-Verlag
+% for multiauthor books in mathematics
+\documentstyle[lmamudoc]{lmamult}
+%
+\newfont{\titelfont}{cmr10 scaled 1728}
+\newfont{\titelbffont}{cmbx10 scaled 2074}
+\newfont{\titelbigfont}{cmr10 scaled 2488}
+\markboth{Style File for Authors Coding with \LaTeX{}}{Style File
+for Authors Coding with \LaTeX{}}
+%
+\begin{document}
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\titelbffont Style File}\\[6pt]
+{\titelbffont for Authors Coding with \LaTex{}}\\[2cm]
+\end{flushleft}
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+\vspace{2pt}
+\begin{flushright}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l}
+{\titelbigfont Multiple-Author Mathematics}\\[8pt]
+{\titelfont Version of March 1991}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushright}
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+\vfill
+\begin{flushright}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l}
+{\titelfont Springer-Verlag}\\[8pt]
+{\titelfont Berlin\enspace Heidelberg\enspace New\kern0.1em York}\\[5pt]
+{\titelfont London\enspace Paris\enspace Tokyo}\\[5pt]
+{\titelfont Hong Kong\enspace Barcelona\enspace Budapest}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushright}
+\newpage
+%
+\section*{For further information please contact us:}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\quad}l@{\hspace{3mm}}l}
+$\bullet$ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{\bf Springer-Verlag Heidelberg}\\[1mm]
+& \multicolumn{2}{l}{Department New Technologies/Product Development}\\
+& \multicolumn{2}{l}{Springer-Verlag, Postfach 105280, W-6900 Heidelberg
+1, FRG}\\[0.5mm]
+ & DATEX-P dial: & FRG 456 221 4305\\
+ & & If you do not yet have an account, press RETURN\\
+ & & when asked for your name; then simply leave a message.\\
+ & & The file name should be your name and country\\
+ & & or state, e.g.\ smith-texas\\
+ & Telex: & 461723\\
+ & Telefax: & (06221)43982\\
+ &bitnet/EARN:& SPRINGER @ DHDSPRI6
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%
+\section*{Acceptable formats of your disk/magnetic tape and output:}
+%
+The following formats are acceptable: 5.25$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette
+MS-DOS, 5.25$^{\prime\prime}$ CP/M, 3.5$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette
+MS-DOS, 3.5$^{\prime\prime}$ diskette Apple MacIntosh, 9-track 1600
+bpi magnetic tape VAX/VMS, 9-track 1600 bpi magnetic tape ANSI with
+label, SUN-Streamer Tape.
+
+Once you have completed your work using this macro package,
+please submit your own printout of the {\it final
+version together with the disk or magnetic tape}, containing your
+\LaTeX{} input (source) file und the final DVI-file and make sure
+that the text is {\it identical in both cases.}
+%
+\newpage
+\tableofcontents
+\newpage
+%
+\section{Introduction}
+%
+Authors wishing to code their contribution
+with \LaTeX{}, as well as those who have already coded with \LaTeX{},
+will be provided with a style file that will give the text the
+desired layout. Authors are requested to
+adhere strictly to these instructions; {\it the style
+file must not be changed}.
+
+The text output area is automatically set within an area of
+12.2\,cm horizontally and 19.4\,cm vertically, excluding
+running heads.
+
+If you are already familiar with \LaTeX{}, then the
+LMAMULT style file should not give you any major difficulties.
+This style file will change the layout to the required LMAMULT style
+(it will for instance define the layout of \verb|\section|).
+We had to invent some extra commands,
+which are not provided by \LaTeX{} (e.g.\
+\verb|\institute|, see also Sect.\,\ref{contbegin})
+
+For the main body of the paper (the text) you
+should use the commands of the standard \LaTeX{} ``article'' style.
+Even if you are familiar with those commands, we urge you to read
+this entire documentation thoroughly. It contains many suggestions on
+how to use our commands properly; thus your paper
+will be formatted exactly to LMAMULT standard.
+For the input of the references at the end of your contribution,
+please follow our instructions given in Sect.\,\ref{refer} References.
+
+The majority of these hints are not specific for LMAMULT; they may improve
+your use of \LaTeX{} in general.
+Furthermore, the documentation provides suggestions about the proper
+editing and use
+of the input files (capitalization, abbreviation etc.) (see
+Sect.\,\ref{refedit} How to Edit Your Input File).
+%
+\section{How to Proceed}
+%
+Please insert the enclosed diskette or tape into your computer. You will
+find the following files:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{2.5cm}l}
+{\it lmamult.doc} & General instructions (this document),\\
+ & {\it lmamult.doc} means lmamult latex documentation\\
+{\it lmamult.dem} & An example showing how to code the text\\
+{\it lmamult.sty} & Style file to invoke \LaTeX{}
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+You have to run each file twice with: \verb|latex file.name|.
+%
+\subsection{How to Invoke the LMAMULT Style File}
+%
+The LMAMULT style file is an adaptation of the \LaTeX{} ``article'' style.
+Therefore you may use all ``article'' style commands to prepare your
+manuscript.
+LMAMULT style is invoked by replacing ``article'' by ``lmamult'' in the first
+line of your document:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{lmamult}
+%
+\begin{document}
+ <Your contribution>
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\subsection{Contributions Already Coded with \protect\LaTeX{} without
+the \protect\\ LMAMULT Style File}
+%
+If your file is already coded with \LaTeX{} you can easily
+adapt it a posteriori to LMAMULT style.
+
+Please refrain from using any \LaTeX{} or \TeX{} commands
+that affect the layout or formatting of your document (i.e. commands
+like \verb|\textheight|, \verb|\vspace|, \verb|\hoffset| etc.).
+There may nevertheless be exceptional occasions on which to
+use some of them.
+
+The LMAMULT style has been carefully designed to produce the right layout
+from your \LaTeX{} input. If there is anything specific you would like
+to do and for which the style file does not provide a command,
+{\em please contact us.\/}
+%
+\section{General Rules for Coding Formulas}
+%
+With mathematical formulas you may proceed as described
+in Sect.\,3.3 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport (1986), Addison-Wesley Publishing
+Company, Reading, Mass.
+
+Equations are automatically numbered sequentially throughout your
+contribution using arabic numerals in parentheses on the right-hand
+side.
+
+When you are working in math mode everything is typeset in italics.
+Sometimes you need to insert non-mathematical elements (e.g.\
+words or phrases). Such insertions should be coded in roman
+(with \verb|\mbox|) as illustrated in the following example:
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Input}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad
+ \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr \enspace .
+\end{equation}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad
+ \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr \enspace .
+\end{equation}
+
+If you wish to start a new paragraph immediately after a displayed
+equation, insert a blank line so as to produce the required
+indentation. If there is no new paragraph either do not insert
+a blank line or code \verb|\noindent| immediately before
+continuing the text. Titles have no end punctuation.
+
+Please punctuate a displayed equation in the same way as other
+ordinary text but with an \verb|\enspace| before end punctuation.
+
+Note that the sizes of the parentheses or other delimiter
+symbols used in equations should ideally match the height of the
+formulas being enclosed. This is automatically taken care of by
+the following \LaTeX{} commands:\\[2mm]
+\verb|\left(| or \verb|\left[| and
+\verb|\right)| or \verb|\right]|.
+%
+\subsection{Italic and Roman Type in Math Mode}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+In math mode \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} treat all letters as though they
+were mathematical or physical variables, hence they are typeset in
+italics. However, for certain components of formulas, like short texts,
+this would be incorrect and therefore coding in roman is required.
+Roman should also be used for
+subscripts and superscripts {\it in formulas\/} where these are
+merely labels and not in themselves variables,
+e.g.\ $T_{\rm eff}$ \ not \ $T_{eff}$,
+$T_{\rm K}$ \ not \ $T_K$ (K = Kelvin),
+$m_{\rm e}$ \ not \ $m_e$ (e = electron).
+However, do not code for roman
+if the sub/superscripts represent variables,
+e.g.\ $\sum_{i=1}^{n} a_{i}$.
+\item
+Please ensure that {\em physical units\/} (e.g.\ pc, erg s$^{-1}$
+K, cm$^{-3}$, W m$^{-2}$ Hz$^{-1}$, m kg s$^{-2}$ A$^{-2}$) and
+{\it abbreviations} such as Ord, Var, GL, SL, sgn, const.\
+are always set in roman type. To ensure
+this use the \verb|\rm| command: \verb|{\rm Hz}|.
+On p.\ 46 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport you will find the names of
+common mathe\-matical functions, such as log, sin, exp, max and sup.
+These should be coded as \verb|\log|,
+\verb|\sin|, \verb|\exp|, \verb|\max|, \verb|\sup|
+and will appear in roman.
+\item
+Chemical symbols and formulas should be coded for roman,
+e.g.\ Fe not $Fe$, H$_2$O not {\em H$_2$O\/}.
+\item
+Familiar foreign words and phrases, e.g.\ et al.,
+a priori, in situ, brems\-strah\-lung, eigenvalues should not be
+italicized.
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\section{How to Edit Your Input (Source) File}
+\label{refedit}
+%
+\subsection{Headings}
+%
+All words in headings should be capitalized except for
+conjunctions, prepositions
+(e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, under)
+and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they appear at
+the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text.
+%
+\subsection{Capitalization and Non-capitalization}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+The following should always be capitalized:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+Headings (see preceding Sect.\,4.1)
+\item
+Abbreviations and expressions
+in the text such as Fig(s)., Table(s), Sect(s)., Chap(s).,
+Theorem, Corollary, Definition etc. when used with numbers, e.g.\
+Fig.\,3, Table\,1, Theorem 2.
+\end{itemize}
+Please follow the special rules in Sect.\,4.3 for referring to
+equations.
+\item
+The following should {\it not\/} be capitalized:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item
+The words figure(s), table(s), equation(s),
+theorem(s) in the text when used without an accompanying number
+\item
+Figure legends and table captions except for names and
+abbreviations.
+\end{itemize}
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\subsection{Abbreviation of Words}
+%
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+The following {\it should} be abbreviated when they appear in running
+text {\it unless\/} they come at the beginning of a sentence: Chap.,
+Sect., Fig.; e.g.\ The results are depicted in Fig.\,5. Figure 9 reveals
+that \dots .\\
+{\it Please note\/}: Equations should usually be referred to solely by
+their number in parentheses: e.g.\ (14). However, when the reference
+comes at the beginning of a sentence, the unabbreviated word
+``Equation'' should be used: e.g.\ Equation (14) is very important.
+However, (15) makes it clear that \dots .
+\item
+If abbreviations of names or concepts are used
+throughout the text, they should be defined at first occurrence,
+e.g.\ Plurisubharmonic (PSH) Functions, Strong Optimization (SOPT)
+Problem.
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\section{How to Code the Beginning of Your Contribution}
+\label{contbegin}
+%
+The title of your contribution should be coded as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title{<Your contribution title>}
+\end{verbatim}
+All words in titles should be capitalized except for
+conjunctions, prepositions
+(e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, under)
+and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they appear at
+the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text.
+Titles have no end punctuation.
+
+If a long \verb|\title| must be divided please use the
+code \verb|\\| (for new line).\\[6mm]
+Now the name(s) of the authors(s) must be given:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{<author(s) name(s)>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Numbers referring to different addresses are
+to be attached to each author.
+If you have done this correctly, the entry now reads, for example:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+\end{verbatim}
+The first name\footnote{Other initials are optional
+and may be inserted if this is the usual
+way of writing your name, e.g.\ Alfred J.~Holmes, E.~Henry Green.}
+is followed by the surname.
+
+If there is more than one author, the order is up to you.
+However, if there are more than two authors, you must separate the names
+by commas. If the authors have different affiliations,
+each name has to be followed by:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\inst{no}
+\end{verbatim}
+\newpage
+Next the address(es) of institute(s), company etc. is (are) required.
+If there is more than one address, the entries are numbered
+automatically with \verb|\and|, in the order in which you type them.
+Please make sure that the numbers match those placed next to
+to the authors' names.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\institute{<name of an institute>
+\and <name of the next institute>
+\and <name of the next institute>}
+\end{verbatim}
+Unlike usual \LaTeX{} the \verb|\and| command is used with the
+\verb|\institute| and not with the \verb|\author| command.
+
+\medskip
+If footnotes are needed in \verb|\title| please code
+(immediately after the word where the footnote
+indicator should be placed):
+\begin{verbatim}
+\thanks{<text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+\verb|\thanks| may only appear in \verb|\title|, \verb|\author|
+and \verb|\institute| (see below) to footnote anything.
+
+\medskip\noindent
+The command
+\begin{verbatim}
+\maketitle
+\end{verbatim}
+formats the complete heading of your article. If you leave
+it out the work done so far will produce {\bf no} text,
+see {\it Sample Input} on p.~\pageref{samppage}.
+%
+\section{How to Code Your Text}
+%
+The contribution title and all headings should be capitalized
+except for conjunctions, prepositions
+(e.g.\ on, of, by, and, or, but, from, with, without, under)
+and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an) unless they appear at
+the beginning. Formula letters must be typeset as in the text.
+
+Headings will be automatically numbered by the following codes.\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\section{This is a First-Order Title}
+\subsection{This is a Second-Order Title}
+\subsubsection{This is a Third-Order Title.}
+\paragraph{This is a Fourth-Order Title.}
+\end{verbatim}
+\verb|\section| and \verb|\subsection| have no end punctuation.\\
+\verb|\subsubsection| and \verb|\paragraph|
+need to be punctuated at the end.
+
+Note that \verb|\title| and \verb|\author| will create the page
+header (running head), but it may happen that you need to shorten your
+title for the page header, because only one line is allowed (our macro
+will produce an error message whereupon you must provide a shortened
+version of the title for the page header). In this case you should use
+the following coding directly after the coding of \verb|\title|
+or \verb|\author|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\titlerunning{Abbreviated contribution title}
+\authorrunning{Abbreviated authors}
+\end{verbatim}
+\newpage
+In addition to the above-mentioned headings your text may be structured
+by subsections indicated by run-in headings (theorem-like environments).
+All the theorem-like environments are numbered automatically
+throughout the sections of your file.
+If you call lemma once, this will be numbered 1; if corollary follows,
+this will be numbered 2; if you then call lemma again, this will be
+numbered 3.
+
+But in case you want to reset this counter at 1 in each section,
+please give the document style option \verb|envcountreset|:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[envcountreset]{lmamult}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\vspace{.5cm}\noindent
+The following possibilities for run-in headings are available:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\verb|\begin{lemma} Text of the lemma \end{lemma}|\quad (see Output
+Sample 1)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma \end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 2)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}(overriding automatic numbering.) Text of the lemma
+\end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 3)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}(x)[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma\end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 4)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}* Text of lemma \end{lemma}| \quad (see Output
+Sample 5)\\[2mm]
+%
+\verb|\begin{lemma}*[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma\end{lemma}| \quad (see Output Sample 6)
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Output Sample 1}
+\begin{lemma}Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 2}
+\begin{lemma}[additional explanation of lemma] Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 3}
+\begin{lemma}(overriding automatic numbering.) Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 4}
+\begin{lemma}(x)[additional explanation of lemma] Text of
+lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 5}
+\begin{lemma}* Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+%
+{\it Output Sample 6}
+\begin{lemma}*[additional explanation of lemma] Text of lemma\end{lemma}
+\end{flushleft}
+\newpage
+\noindent
+The following variety of run-in headings are at your disposal:
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+{\bf Bold} run-in headings with italicized text
+as built-in environments:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{proposition} <text> \end{proposition}
+\begin{corollary} <text> \end{corollary}
+\begin{lemma} <text> \end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem} <text> \end{theorem}
+\end{verbatim}
+\item
+The following must generally appear as {\it italic} run-in heading:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{proof} <text> \qed \end{proof}
+\end{verbatim}
+\item
+Further {\it italic} or {\bf bold} run-in headings may also occur:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{definition} <text> \end{definition}
+\begin{example} <text> \end{example}
+\begin{remark} <text> \end{remark}
+\begin{exercise} <text> \end{exercise}
+\begin{problem} <text> \end{problem}
+\begin{solution} <text> \end{solution}
+\begin{note} <text> \end{note}
+\begin{question} <text> \end{question}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{alpherate}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Defining Your Own Environments.}
+%
+You can define additional environments using the command
+\verb|\newstytheorem| which has five parameters. The first is the name
+your environment should have (e.g.\ \verb|conjecture|).
+After this follows the
+font family used for this heading (please use only \verb|\bf| for bold
+or \verb|\it| for italic) and the font family to use for the text of
+this new environment (e.g.\ \verb|\it| or \verb|\rm|). Then the name of
+an already known environment should be given in brackets (e.g.\
+\verb|[theorem]|). Your new environment will be numbered like the old
+one. Finally comes the real text of the new run-in heading (e.g.\
+\verb|Conjecture|).\\
+Sample definition:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newstytheorem{conjecture}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Conjecture}
+\end{verbatim}
+\newstytheorem{conjecture}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Conjecture}
+Use of that definition:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{conjecture} <text> \end{conjecture}
+\end{verbatim}
+e.g.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{conjecture} It is clear that ...\end{conjecture}
+\end{verbatim}
+Its output:
+\begin{conjecture}
+It is clear that \dots
+\end{conjecture}
+\newpage
+%
+\noindent
+{\it Sample Input}
+\label{samppage}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics}
+
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+
+\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA
+\and
+Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud,
+Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France}
+
+\maketitle
+%
+\section{Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case}
+%
+With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the
+search for periodic solutions \dots
+%
+\subsection{Autonomous Systems}
+%
+In this section we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian
+$H(x)$ \dots
+%
+\subsubsection*{The General Case: Nontriviality.}
+%
+We assume that $H$ is
+$\left(A_{\infty}, B_{\infty}\right)$-subqua\-dra\-tic
+at infinity, for some constant \dots
+%
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.}
+The first results on subharmonics were \dots
+%
+\begin{proposition}
+Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set \dots
+\end{proposition}
+\begin{proof}[of proposition]
+Condition (8) means that, for every $\delta'>\delta$, there is
+some $\varepsilon>0$ such that \dots \qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+\begin{example}[\rm (External forcing)]
+Consider the system \dots
+\end{example}
+\begin{corollary}
+Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and
+$\left(a_{\infty}, b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic
+at infinity. Let \dots
+\end{corollary}
+\begin{lemma}
+Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n}\backslash \{0\}$
+and that $H''(x)$ is \dots
+\end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem}[(Ghoussoub-Preiss)]
+Let $X$ be a Banach Space and $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ \dots
+\end{theorem}
+\begin{definition}
+We shall say that a $C^{1}$ function $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$
+satisfies \dots
+\end{definition}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output\/} (follows on the next page together with
+examples of the above run-in headings)
+%
+\title{Hamiltonian Mechanics}
+
+\author{Ivar Ekeland\inst{1} and Roger Temam\inst{2}}
+
+\institute{Princeton University, Princeton NJ 08544, USA
+\and
+Universit\'{e} de Paris-Sud,
+Laboratoire d'Analyse Num\'{e}rique, B\^{a}timent 425,\\
+F-91405 Orsay Cedex, France}
+
+\maketitle
+%
+\section*{1 \ Fixed-Period Problems: The Sublinear Case}
+%
+With this chapter, the preliminaries are over, and we begin the search
+for periodic solutions \dots
+%
+\subsection*{1.1 \ Autonomous Systems}
+%
+In this section we will consider the case when the Hamiltonian
+$H(x)$ \dots
+%
+\subsubsection*{The General Case: Nontriviality.}
+%
+We assume that $H$ is
+$\left(A_{\infty}, B_{\infty}\right)$-subqua\-dra\-tic at
+infinity, for some constant \dots
+%
+\paragraph{Notes and Comments.}
+The first results on subharmonics were \dots
+%
+\begin{proposition}
+Assume $H'(0)=0$ and $ H(0)=0$. Set \dots
+\end{proposition}
+\begin{proof}[of proposition]
+Condition (8) means that, for every $\delta'>\delta$, there is
+some $\varepsilon>0$ such that \dots \qed
+\end{proof}
+%
+\begin{example}[\rm (External forcing)]
+Consider the system \dots
+\end{example}
+\begin{corollary}
+Assume $H$ is $C^{2}$ and
+$\left(a_{\infty}, b_{\infty}\right)$-subquadratic
+at infinity. Let \dots
+\end{corollary}
+\begin{lemma}
+Assume that $H$ is $C^{2}$ on $\bbbr^{2n}\backslash \{0\}$
+and that $H''(x)$ is \dots
+\end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem}[(Ghoussoub-Preiss)]
+Let $X$ be a Banach Space and $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ \dots
+\end{theorem}
+\begin{definition}
+We shall say that a $C^{1}$ function $\Phi:X\to\bbbr$ satisfies \dots
+\end{definition}
+\newpage
+%
+\section{Fine Tuning of the Text}
+%
+The following should be used to improve the readability of the text:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.19\textwidth}p{.79\textwidth}}
+\verb|\,| & a thin space, e.g.\ between numbers or between units
+ and num\-bers; a line division will not be made
+ following this space\\
+\verb|--| & en dash; two strokes, without a space at either end\\
+\verb*| -- |& en dash; two strokes, with a space at either end\\
+\verb|-| & hyphen; one stroke, no space at either end\\
+\verb|$-$| & minus, in the text {\em only} \\[8mm]
+{\em Input} & \verb|21\,$^{\circ}$C etc.,|\\
+ & \verb|Dr h.\,c.\,Rockefellar-Smith \dots|\\
+ & \verb|20,000\,km and Prof.\,Dr Mallory \dots|\\
+ & \verb|1950--1985 \dots|\\
+ & \verb|this -- written on a computer -- is now printed|\\
+ & \verb|$-30$\,K \dots|\\[3mm]
+{\em Output}& 21\,$^{\circ}$C etc., Dr h.\,c.\,Rockefellar-Smith \dots\\
+ & 20,000\,km and Prof.\,Dr Mallory \dots\\
+ & 1950--1985 \dots\\
+ & this -- written on a computer -- is now printed\\
+ & $-30$\,K \dots
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section {Special Typefaces}
+%
+Normal type (roman) need not be coded. {\it Italic}
+(not {\sl slanted}) or, if necessary, {\bf boldface}
+should be used for emphasis in the text.
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}p{.19\textwidth}p{.79\textwidth}}
+\verb|{\it Text}| & {\it Italicized Text}\\
+\verb|{\em Text}| & {\em Emphasized Text}\\
+ & {\it If you would like to emphasize a {\em definition} within an
+ italicized text (e.g.\ of a {\em theorem)} you should code the
+ expression to be emphasized by} \verb|\em|.\\
+\verb|{\bf Text}| & {\bf Important Text}\\
+\verb|\vec{Symbol}| & Vectors may only appear in math mode. The default
+ \LaTeX{} vector symbol has been adapted to LMAMULT conventions.\\
+ & \verb|$\vec{A times B\cdot C}| yields $\vec{A\times B\cdot C}$\\
+ & \verb|$\vec{A}^{T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes \vec{\hat{D}}$|\\
+ & yields $\vec{A}^{T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes \vec{\hat{D}}$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\newpage
+%
+\section {Footnotes}
+%
+Footnotes within the text should be coded:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\footnote{Text}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{flushleft}
+Text with a footnote\verb|\footnote{The footnote is automatically
+numbered.}| and text continues \dots
+\end{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\begin{flushleft}
+Text with a footnote\footnote{The footnote is automatically numbered.}
+and text continues \dots
+\end{flushleft}
+%
+\section {Lists}
+%
+Please code lists as described below:\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item First item
+ \item Second item
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item First nested item
+ \item Second nested item
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item Third item
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+\item First item
+\item Second item
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item First nested item
+ \item Second nested item
+ \end{enumerate}
+\item Third item
+\end{enumerate}
+\newpage
+%
+\section {Figures}
+%
+Figure legends should be inserted after (not in)
+the paragraph in which the figure is first mentioned.
+They will be numbered automatically.
+
+{\it The figures\/} (line drawings and those containing halftone inserts
+as well as halftone figures) {\it should not be pasted into your
+laserprinter output}. They should be enclosed separately in camera-ready
+form (original artwork, glossy prints, photographs and/or slides). The
+lettering should be suitable for reproduction, and after reduction the
+height of capital letters should be at least
+1.8\,mm and not more than 2.5\,mm.
+Check that lines and other details are uniformly black and
+that the lettering on figures is clearly legible.
+
+To leave the desired amount of space for the height of
+your figures, please use the coding described below.
+As can be seen in the output, we will automatically
+provide 1\,cm space above and below the figure,
+so that you should only leave the space equivalent to the size of the
+figure itself. Please note that ``\verb|x|'' in the following
+coding stands for the actual height of the figure:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{x cm}
+\caption[ ]{...text of caption...} (Do type [ ])
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Input}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{2.5cm}
+\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white
+eagle and a white horse on a snow field}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{flushleft}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{2.5cm}
+\caption{This is the caption of the figure displaying a white eagle and
+a white horse on a snow field}
+\end{figure}
+%
+\section{Tables}
+%
+Table captions should be treated
+in the same way as figure legends, except that
+the table captions appear {\it above} the tables. The tables
+will be numbered automatically.
+%
+\subsection{Tables Coded with \protect\LaTeX{}}
+%
+Please use the following coding:\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption{This is the example table taken out of {\it The
+\TeX{}book,} p.\,246}
+\vspace{2pt}
+\begin{tabular}{r@{\quad}rl}
+\hline
+\multicolumn{1}{l}{\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+ Year}&\multicolumn{2}{l}{World population}\\[2pt]
+\hline\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+8000 B.C. & 5,000,000& \\
+ 50 A.D. & 200,000,000& \\
+1650 A.D. & 500,000,000& \\
+1945 A.D. & 2,300,000,000& \\
+1980 A.D. & 4,400,000,000& \\[2pt]
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+Before continuing your text you need an empty line. \dots
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\begin{table}
+\caption{This is the example table taken out of {\it The
+\TeX{}book,} p.\,246}
+\vspace{2pt}
+\begin{tabular}{r@{\quad}rl}
+\hline
+\multicolumn{1}{l}{\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+ Year}&\multicolumn{2}{l}{World population}\\[2pt]
+\hline\rule{0pt}{12pt}
+8000 B.C. & 5,000,000& \\
+ 50 A.D. & 200,000,000& \\
+1650 A.D. & 500,000,000& \\
+1945 A.D. & 2,300,000,000& \\
+1980 A.D. & 4,400,000,000& \\[2pt]
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+Before continuing your text you need an empty line. \dots
+
+\vspace{3mm}
+For further information you will find a complete description of
+the tabular environment
+on p.~63~ff. and p.~182 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport.
+%
+\subsection{Tables Not Coded with \protect\LaTeX{}}
+%
+If you do not wish to code your table using \LaTeX{}
+but prefer to have it reproduced separately,
+proceed as for figures and use the following coding:\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption{text of your caption}
+\vspace{x cm} % the actual height needed for your table
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\subsection{Signs and Characters}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Special Signs.}
+%
+You may need to use special signs. The available ones are listed in the
+{\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport,
+pp.~44\,ff.
+We have created further symbols for math mode (enclosed in \$):
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{1em}yields\hspace{1em}}
+c@{\hspace{3em}}l@{\hspace{1em}yields\hspace{1em}}c}
+\verb|\grole| & $\grole$ & \verb|\getsto| & $\getsto$\\
+\verb|\lid| & $\lid$ & \verb|\gid| & $\gid$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Gothic (Fraktur).}
+%
+If gothic letters are {\it necessary}, please use those of the
+relevant \AmSTeX{} alphabet which are available from the
+American Mathematical Society.
+
+In \LaTeX{} only the following gothic letters are available:
+\verb|$\Re$| yields $\Re$ and \verb|$\Im$| yields $\Im$. These should
+{\it not\/} be used when you need gothic letters for your contribution.
+Use \AmSTeX{} gothic as explained above. For the real and the imaginary
+parts of a complex number within math mode you should use instead:
+\verb|$\rm Re$| (which yields Re) or \verb|$\rm Im$| (which yields Im).
+%
+\subsubsection*{Script.}
+%
+For script capitals use the coding
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{l@{\hspace{1em}which yields\hspace{1em}}c}
+\verb|$\cal AB$| & $\cal AB$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+(see p.~43 of the \LaTeX{} book).
+%
+\subsubsection*{Special Roman.}
+%
+If you need other symbols than those below, you could use
+the blackboard bold characters of \AmSTeX{}, but there might arise
+capacity problems
+in loading additional \AmSTeX{} fonts. Therefore we created
+the blackboard bold characters listed below.
+Some of them are not esthetically
+satisfactory. This need not deter you from using them:
+in the final printed form they will be
+replaced by the well-designed MT (monotype) characters of
+the phototypesetting machine.
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{ yields }
+c@{\hspace{1.1em}}ll@{ yields }c}
+\verb|\bbbc| & (complex numbers) & $\bbbc$
+ & \verb|\bbbf| & (blackboard bold F) & $\bbbf$\\
+\verb|\bbbh| & (blackboard bold H) & $\bbbh$
+ & \verb|\bbbk| & (blackboard bold K) & $\bbbk$\\
+\verb|\bbbm| & (blackboard bold M) & $\bbbm$
+ & \verb|\bbbn| & (natural numbers N) & $\bbbn$\\
+\verb|\bbbp| & (blackboard bold P) & $\bbbp$
+ & \verb|\bbbq| & (rational numbers) & $\bbbq$\\
+\verb|\bbbr| & (real numbers) & $\bbbr$
+ & \verb|\bbbs| & (blackboard bold S) & $\bbbs$\\
+\verb|\bbbt| & (blackboard bold T) & $\bbbt$
+ & \verb|\bbbz| & (whole numbers) & $\bbbz$\\
+\verb|\bbbone| & (symbol one) & $\bbbone$
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\begin{displaymath}
+\begin{array}{c}
+\bbbc^{\bbbc^{\bbbc}} \otimes
+\bbbf_{\bbbf_{\bbbf}} \otimes
+\bbbh_{\bbbh_{\bbbh}} \otimes
+\bbbk_{\bbbk_{\bbbk}} \otimes
+\bbbm^{\bbbm^{\bbbm}} \otimes
+\bbbn_{\bbbn_{\bbbn}} \otimes
+\bbbp^{\bbbp^{\bbbp}}\\[2mm]
+\otimes
+\bbbq_{\bbbq_{\bbbq}} \otimes
+\bbbr^{\bbbr^{\bbbr}} \otimes
+\bbbs^{\bbbs_{\bbbs}} \otimes
+\bbbt^{\bbbt^{\bbbt}} \otimes
+\bbbz \otimes
+\bbbone^{\bbbone_{\bbbone}}
+\end{array}
+\end{displaymath}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Sans Serif.}
+%
+Using our macros you can also choose this font family;
+use the command \verb|\sf| for {\sf sans serif}
+(like \verb|\it| for {\it italic style}).
+%
+\section{References}
+\label{refer}
+%
+There are three reference systems available; only one, of course,
+should be used for your contribution. With each system (by author-year,
+by number only or by letter-number) a reference list
+containing all citations in the
+text, should be included at the end of your contribution placing the
+\LaTeX{} environment \verb|thebibliography| there.
+For an overall information on that environment
+see the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, p.~73.
+%
+\subsection{Author-Year System}
+%
+References are cited in the text by name and year in parentheses
+and should look as follows:
+(Smith 1970, 1980), (Ekeland et al. 1985, Theorem 2), (Jones and Jaffe
+1986; Farrow 1988, Chap.\,2). If the name is part of the sentence
+only the year may appear in parentheses,
+e.g.\ Ekeland et al. (1985, Sect.\,2.1)
+The reference list should contain all citations occurring in the text,
+ordered alphabetically by surname (with initials following). If there
+are several works by the same author(s) the references should be listed
+in the appropriate order indicated below:
+\begin{alpherate}
+\item
+One author: list works chronologically;
+\item
+Author and same co-author(s): list works chronologically;
+\item
+Author and different co-authors: list works alphabetically
+according to co-authors.
+\end{alpherate}
+If there are several works by the same author(s) and in the same year,
+but which are cited separately, they should be distinguished by the use
+of ``a'', ``b'' etc., e.g.\ (Smith 1982a), (Ekeland et al. 1982b).
+%
+\subsubsection*{How to Code Author-Year System.}
+%
+If you want to use this system you have to specify in
+\verb|documentstyle| the option \verb|[citeauthoryear]|, like:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[citeauthoryear]{lmamult}
+\end{verbatim}
+Write your citations in the text explicitly except for the year, leaving
+that up to \LaTeX{} with the \verb|\cite| command. Then give only the
+appropriate year as the optional argument (i.e. the label in square
+brackets) with the \verb|\bibitem| command(s).\\[2mm]
+{\it Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+The results in this section are a refined version
+of Clarke and Ekeland (\cite{clar:eke}); the minimality result of
+Proposition~14 was the first of its kind.
+\end{verbatim}
+The above input produces the citation: ``\dots\ refined version of
+Clarke and Ekeland (1982); the minimality\dots''. Then the
+\verb|\bibitem|
+entry of the \verb|thebibliography| environment should read:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{} % (do not forget {})
+.
+.
+\bibitem[1982]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for
+Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+.
+.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+{\it Sample Output}
+\bibauthoryear
+%
+\subsection{References by Letter-Number or by Number Only}
+%
+References are cited in the text -- using the \verb|\cite|
+command of \LaTeX{} -- by number or by letter-number in square
+brackets, e.g.\ [1] or [E1, S2], [P1], according to your use of the
+\verb|\bibitem| command in the \verb|thebibliography| environment. The
+coding is as follows: if you choose your own label for the sources by
+giving an optional argument to the \verb|\bibitem| command the citations
+in the text are marked with the label you supplied. Otherwise a simple
+numbering is done.
+\begin{verbatim}
+The results in this section are a refined version
+of \cite{clar:eke}; the minimality result of Proposition~14
+was the first of its kind.
+\end{verbatim}
+The above input produces the citation: ``\dots\ refined version of
+[CE1]; the min\-i\-mality\dots''. Then the \verb|\bibitem| entry of
+the \verb|thebibliography| environment should read:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{MT1}
+.
+.
+\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for
+Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+.
+.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+The complete bibliography looks like this:
+%
+\begin{thebibliography}{MT1}
+%
+\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and
+boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+%
+\bibitem[CE2]{clar:eke:2}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Solutions p\'{e}riodiques, du
+p\'{e}riode donn\'{e}e, des \'{e}quations hamiltoniennes.
+Note CRAS Paris {\bf 287} (1978) 1013--1015
+%
+\bibitem[MT1]{mich:tar}
+Michalek, R., Tarantello, G.:
+Subharmonic solutions with prescribed minimal
+period for nonautonomous Hamiltonian systems.
+J. Diff. Eq. {\bf 72} (1988) 28--55
+%
+\bibitem[Ta1]{tar}
+Tarantello, G.:
+Subharmonic solutions for Hamiltonian
+systems via a $\bbbz_{p}$ pseudoindex theory.
+Annali di Matematica Pura (to appear)
+%
+\bibitem[Ra1]{rab}
+Rabinowitz, P.:
+On subharmonic solutions of a Hamiltonian system.
+Comm. Pure Appl. Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{thebibliography}
+%
+\subsubsection*{Number-Only System.}
+%
+For this system do not use the optional argument
+in the \verb|\bibitem| command: then, only numbers will
+appear for the citations in the text (enclosed in square brackets)
+as well as for the marks in your
+bibliography (here the number is only end-punctuated without
+square brackets).
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+\bibitem[CE1]{clar:eke}
+Clarke, F., Ekeland, I.:
+Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value problems for
+Hamiltonian systems.
+Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78} (1982) 315--333
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+%
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8c8ea68db1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/lmamult.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,775 @@
+% LMAMULT DOCUMENT STYLE -- Released 29 December 1989
+% for LaTeX version 2.09
+
+% This style file is an adaptation of
+% the original LaTeX article.sty, by:
+% Frank Holzwarth, Springer-Verlag Heidelberg,
+% Tiergartenstrasse 17, D-6900 Heidelberg.
+
+\typeout{Document Style `lmamult' <29 Dec 89>.}
+
+\frenchspacing
+\def~{\penalty\@M\kern3pt}
+
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{References}\small\list
+ {\arabic{enumi}.}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+
+\def\ds@citeauthoryear{\def\thebibliography##1{\section*{References}%
+ \small\list{}{\settowidth\labelwidth{}\leftmargin\parindent
+ \itemindent=-\parindent
+ \labelsep=\z@
+ \usecounter{enumi}}%
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}%
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}%
+ \def\@cite##1{##1}%
+ \def\@lbibitem[##1]##2{\item[]\if@filesw
+ {\def\protect####1{\string ####1\space}\immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{##2}{##1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}}%
+
+\newif\if@envcountreset\@envcountresetfalse
+\def\ds@envcountreset{\@envcountresettrue}
+
+\def\@mbi{cmmib10}
+\def\@ptsize{0} \@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}}
+\@namedef{ds@12pt}{\def\@ptsize{2}}
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue \@mparswitchtrue}
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule
+5pt}
+\@options
+
+\ds@twoside
+
+\lineskip 1pt \normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{12pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip=3 mm plus6pt minus 4pt
+\belowdisplayskip=3 mm plus6pt minus 4pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0mm plus6pt minus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt}
+
+\mathchardef\Gamma="0100
+\mathchardef\Delta="0101
+\mathchardef\Theta="0102
+\mathchardef\Lambda="0103
+\mathchardef\Xi="0104
+\mathchardef\Pi="0105
+\mathchardef\Sigma="0106
+\mathchardef\Upsilon="0107
+\mathchardef\Phi="0108
+\mathchardef\Psi="0109
+\mathchardef\Omega="010A
+
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\belowdisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0mm plus6pt minus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt}}
+
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\belowdisplayskip=2.5 mm plus5pt minus 3pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0mm plus6pt minus 2pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2 mm plus4pt minus 4pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt}}
+
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8.4pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6pt}\vpt\@vpt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{13.2pt}\xipt\@xipt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{14.4pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{16.8pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{22pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\@normalsize
+
+\if@twoside
+ \oddsidemargin 44pt
+ \evensidemargin 82pt
+ \marginparwidth 107pt
+\else \oddsidemargin 63pt \evensidemargin 63pt
+ \marginparwidth 90pt
+\fi
+\marginparsep 11pt
+\topmargin 11pt \headheight 12pt \headsep 13.66pt
+\footheight 12pt \footskip 30pt
+\textwidth 12.2truecm
+\textheight 19.4truecm
+\columnsep 1cc \columnseprule 0pt
+
+\footnotesep 7.7pt
+\skip\footins 9pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\floatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\textfloatsep 8mm plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\intextsep 8mm plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\@maxsep 8mm
+
+\dblfloatsep 12pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+\dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\@dblmaxsep 20pt
+
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil \@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil \@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil
+\@dblfptop0pt plus1fil \@dblfpsep8pt plus2fil\@dblfpbot 0pt plus1fil
+\marginparpush 5pt
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt \parindent 1.5em \topsep 8pt plus 2pt minus 4pt
+\partopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt \itemsep \z@
+\@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 \@highpenalty 301
+\@beginparpenalty-\@lowpenalty\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty\@itempenalty
+-\@lowpenalty
+
+\def\vec#1{\mathchoice{\mbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\textstyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptstyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptscriptstyle\bf#1$}}}
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\enspace }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \noindent{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+\def\part{\par \addvspace{4ex} \@afterindentfalse \secdef\@part\@spart}
+
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \refstepcounter{part}
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart \hspace{1em}#1}\else
+\addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \Large \bf
+ Part\thepart\par\nobreak\fi\huge
+\bf #2\markboth{}{}\par } \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+
+\def\@spart#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \huge \bf
+ #1\par} \nobreak \vskip 3ex \@afterheading }
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-18pt plus -4pt minus
+-4pt}{12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt}{\Large\bf\boldmath
+\pretolerance=10000\relax\rightskip=0pt plus8em}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-18pt plus-4pt minus
+ -4pt}{8pt plus 4pt minus 4pt}{\normalsize\bf\boldmath
+\pretolerance=10000\relax\rightskip=0pt plus8em}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-18pt plus-4pt
+ minus -4pt}{-0.5em plus -.22em minus -0.1em}{\normalsize\bf\boldmath}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{-12pt plus -4pt minus
+ -4pt}{-0.5em plus -.22em minus -0.1em}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\subparagraph#1{\typeout{LMAMULT Warning: You should not use
+\protect\subparagraph \space in this style.}\vskip0.5cm
+You should not use $\backslash${\tt subparagraph} in this
+style.\vskip0.5cm}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}}}
+
+\leftmargini 17pt \leftmarginii 17pt
+\leftmarginiii 17pt \leftmarginiv 17pt
+\leftmarginv 10pt \leftmarginvi 10pt
+\leftmargin\leftmargini \labelwidth\leftmargini
+\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\labelsep 5pt
+\parsep 0pt plus 1pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0pt plus 1pt}
+
+\def\labelenumi{\arabic{enumi}.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+\def\labelenumii{(\alph{enumii})}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+\def\labelenumiii{\roman{enumiii}.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+\def\labelenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+\def\labelitemi{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemii{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\ast$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+\arraycolsep 1.4pt \tabcolsep 1.4pt \arrayrulewidth .4pt \doublerulesep
+2pt
+\tabbingsep \labelsep
+
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+\fboxsep = 3pt \fboxrule = .4pt
+
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter {section}
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+
+\def\thepart{\Roman{part}}
+\def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{Table of Contents}
+ \@starttoc{toc}}
+\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} \begingroup
+ \@tempdima 3em \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth \parfillskip
+-\@pnumwidth
+ {\Large \bf \leavevmode #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak \endgroup}
+%
+\def\numberline#1{\advance\hangindent by\@tempdima%
+\hbox to\@tempdima{\hss#1\enspace}}
+%
+\def\bf@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{\ifnum #1>\c@tocdepth \else
+ \vskip \z@ plus .2pt
+ {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip
+ \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue
+ \interlinepenalty\@M
+ \leavevmode
+ \@tempdima #3\relax \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \hbox{}\hskip
+ -\leftskip
+{\bf#4}\nobreak\leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern \@dotsep
+ mu$}\hfill \nobreak \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hfil\rm #5}\par}\fi}
+%
+\def\l@section{\vskip2mm\bf@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{1.7em}}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.7em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{4em}{2em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6em}{2em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{8em}{2em}}
+\def\listoffigures{\section*{List of Figures\markboth
+ {List of Figures}{List of Figures}}\@starttoc{lof}}
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\listoftables{\section*{List of Tables\markboth
+ {List of Tables}{List of Tables}}\@starttoc{lot}}
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+\def\endthebibliography{\endlist\normalsize}
+
+\newif\if@restonecol
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\section*{Index}]
+ \markboth{Index}{Index}\thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40pt}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{20pt}}
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{30pt}}
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@\hrule width 2 true cm\kern 2.6\p@}
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima \hsize
+ \advance\@tempdima-1em\parshape \@ne 1em\@tempdima}\par
+ \parindent 1em\noindent \hbox to \z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$\ }#1}
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.9}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.15}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.85}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.85}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.85}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\bf #1} #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize \unhbox\@tempboxa\par \else \hbox
+to\hsize{\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi\vskip5pt}
+
+\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\addcontentsline{\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\par
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\newcounter{figure}
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+
+\def\fps@figure{htbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{Fig.\thinspace\thefigure.}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}\small\rm}
+\def\endfigure{\vskip-5pt\end@float}
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+\newcounter{table}
+\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{htbp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable.}
+\def\table{\@float{table}\small\rm}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+% LaTeX does not provide a command to enter the authors institute
+% addresses. The \institute command is defined here.
+
+\newcounter{@inst}
+\newcounter{@auth}
+\newdimen\instindent
+
+\def\institute#1{\gdef\@institute{#1}}
+
+\def\institutename{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \parskip=0pt
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \def\and{\par\stepcounter{@inst}%
+ \hangindent\instindent\hangafter=0\noindent
+ \llap{$^{\the@inst}$\enspace}\ignorespaces}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\@institute}%
+ \ifnum\c@@inst>9\relax\setbox0=\hbox{$^{88}$\enspace}%
+ \else\setbox0=\hbox{$^{8}$\enspace}\fi
+ \instindent=\wd0\relax
+ \ifnum\c@@inst=1\relax\else
+ \setcounter{footnote}{\c@@inst}%
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \hangindent\instindent\hangafter=0\noindent
+ \llap{$^{\the@inst}$\enspace}\fi\ignorespaces
+ \@institute\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\@thanks{}
+
+\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ifcase#1\or\star\or{\star\star}\or{\star\star\star}%
+ \or \dagger\or \ddagger\or
+ \mathchar "278\or \mathchar "27B\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger
+ \or \ddagger\ddagger\else\@ctrerr\fi\relax}
+
+\def\inst#1{\unskip\/$^{#1}$}
+
+\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}}
+\def\@subtitle{}
+
+\def\titlerunning#1{\gdef\@titlerunning{#1}}
+\def\@titlerunning{}
+
+\def\authorrunning#1{\gdef\@authorrunning{#1}}
+\def\@authorrunning{}
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=\z@
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+ \else \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle \fi\thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\gdef\@subtitle{}%
+ \let\thanks\relax}
+
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ {\LARGE \bf\boldmath
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \rightskip=0pt plus 4cm
+ \@title \par}\vskip .6cm
+\if!\@subtitle!\else {\Large \bf\boldmath
+ \vskip -.45cm
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \rightskip=0pt plus 3cm
+ \@subtitle \par}\vskip .6cm\fi
+{\large\it \lineskip .5em
+\@author\vskip.35cm
+\def\\{ }\def\inst##1{}\def\thanks##1{}\def\and{}%
+\setcounter{@auth}{1}%
+\if!\@titlerunning!\else\def\@title{\@titlerunning}\fi
+\if!\@authorrunning!\else\def\@author{\@authorrunning}\fi
+\xdef\@author{\@author\unskip\unskip}%
+\xdef\@title{\ignorespaces\@title}%
+\instindent=\hsize\advance\instindent by-1cm\relax
+\setbox0=\hbox{\@author}\ifdim\wd0>\instindent
+\typeout{LMAMULT Warning: The running head produced by the
+\protect\author \space command}\typeout{exceeds the pagewidth,
+please supply a short form with \protect\authorrunning.}%
+\def\@author{Authors suppressed due to excessive length,
+please use {\tt$\backslash$authorrunning}.}\fi
+\setbox0=\hbox{\@title}\ifdim\wd0>\instindent
+\typeout{LMAMULT Warning: The running head produced by the
+\protect\title \space command}\typeout{exceeds the pagewidth,
+please supply a short form with \protect\titlerunning.}%
+\def\@title{Title suppressed due to excessive length,
+please use {\tt$\backslash$titlerunning}.}\fi
+\markboth{\@author}{\@title}}
+ {\small\rm\institutename}
+ \par
+ \ifdim\pagetotal<5.8true cm\instindent=5.8true cm\relax
+ \advance\instindent by-\pagetotal\relax
+ \advance\instindent by-18pt\relax
+ \ifdim\instindent>0pt\relax\vskip\instindent\hrule height0pt\fi\fi}
+
+\mark{{}{}}
+
+\if@twoside
+\def\ps@headings{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%
+\def\@evenhead{\small\rm
+\thepage\hfil\leftmark}\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\small\rm\rightmark \hfil
+\thepage}\def\sectionmark##1{}%
+\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+\else \def\ps@headings{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\def
+\@oddhead{\hbox
+{}\sl \rightmark \hfil \rm\thepage}\def\sectionmark##1{\markright
+{\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection\hskip 1em\relax \fi ##1}}}}
+\fi
+\def\ps@myheadings{\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl\rightmark \hfil
+\rm\thepage}\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\rm \thepage\hfil\sl
+\leftmark\hbox
+{}}\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+\ps@headings \pagenumbering{arabic} \onecolumn
+\if@twoside\else\raggedbottom\fi
+
+% new environments and theorems
+% borrowed form the LTMP-style of Springer-Verlag
+% designed by Dr. Christoph Ender
+%
+% define the new theorem like environments
+% define a new style of environments where it is possible to define
+% the font % used as the theorem name and the fontfamily for the text.
+%
+% \newstytheorem{name}{thefont}{txtfont}{Text}[Counter]
+% \newstytheorem{name}{thefont}{txtfont}[oldname]{Text}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+%
+\def\newstytheorem#1#2#3{%
+\@ifnextchar[{\che@othm{#1}{#2}{#3}}{\che@nthm{#1}{#2}{#3}}}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - text string of thorem name
+%
+\def\che@nthm#1#2#3#4{%
+\@ifnextchar[{\che@xnthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{\che@ynthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - text string of thorem name
+% #5 - add theorem counter to reset list of another counter
+%
+\def\che@xnthm#1#2#3#4[#5]{\expandafter
+\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+{\@definecounter{#1}\if@envcountreset\@addtoreset{#1}{#5}\fi
+\expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}%
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\che@thm{#1}{#4}{#2}{#3}}\global
+\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - text string of thorem name
+%
+\def\che@ynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+{\@definecounter{#1}%
+\expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}%
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\che@thm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}\global
+\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+%
+% change oldthm if oldname in specification is '*'
+% then don't use a counter
+% #1 - countername
+% #2 - theorem font
+% #3 - text font
+% #4 - counter used
+% #5 - string containing theorem name to print
+%
+\def\che@othm#1#2#3[#4]#5{\expandafter\@ifdefinable
+\csname#1\endcsname%
+{\@@othm@{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}\global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+%
+\def\@@othm@#1#2#3#4#5{\if *#4{\global\@namedef{the#1}{\relax}
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\@bthm@{}{#5}{#2}{#3}}}\else
+{\global\@namedef{the#1}{\@nameuse{the#4}}% define the counter
+\global\@namedef{#1}{\che@thm{#4}{#5}{#2}{#3}}}\fi}
+%
+% new defs for theorem environment che 17-MAR-1989
+% it improves the option possible
+%
+% #1 - countername = theorem name
+% #2 - string containing theorem name to print
+% #3 - theorem font
+% #4 - text font
+\def\che@thm#1#2#3#4{\@ifnextchar({\@athm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+\@ifnextchar *{\@bthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+{\@@thm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}}
+%
+% \begin{thm}(A.1)[test] results in:
+% \end{thm} thm A.1 (test) ....
+% #1 - theorem
+% #2 - string of theorem name
+% #3 - font for theorem name and label
+% #4 - Text font
+% #5 - is the new label
+% #6 - optional string
+%
+\def\@athm#1#2#3#4(#5){\@ifnextchar[{%
+\@aythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}{\@axthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}}
+\def\@axthm#1#2#3#4#5{\@@locthmlab{#1}{#5}%
+\@begintheorem{#2}{#5}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+\def\@aythm#1#2#3#4#5[#6]{\@@locthmlab{#1}{#5}%
+\fuh@opargbegintheorem{#2}{#5}{#6}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+%
+% \begin{thm}*[xytest] results in:
+% \end{thm} thm (xytest) ....
+% #1 - theorem
+% #2 - string of theorem name
+% #3 - font for theorem name and label
+% #4 - Text font
+% #5 - optional string
+%
+\def\@bthm@#1#2#3#4{\@ifnextchar[{\@bythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+\@bxthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+\def\@bthm#1#2#3#4*{\@ifnextchar[{\@bythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+\@bxthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+\def\@bxthm#1#2#3#4{\if !#1!\relax\else\@@locthmlab{#1}{}\fi
+\@@begintheorem{#2}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+\def\@bythm#1#2#3#4[#5]{%
+\@@opargbegintheorem{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}\ignorespaces}
+%
+% define local label
+% if no number or a user specified label occured
+%
+\def\@@locthmlab#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname the#1\endcsname{#2}
+\let\@chetempa\protect\def\protect{\noexpand\protect\noexpand}%
+\edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@#1\endcsname\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+\let\protect\@chetempa}
+%
+% #1 - counter = theorem name
+% #2 - string with name
+% #3 - font for theorem name and label
+% #4 - font for text
+\def\@@thm#1#2#3#4{\refstepcounter
+ {#1}\@ifnextchar[{\che@ythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{%
+ \che@xthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+%
+\def\che@xthm#1#2#3#4{\che@begintheorem{#2}{\csname
+the#1\endcsname}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+\def\che@ythm#1#2#3#4[#5]{\che@opargbegintheorem{#2}{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{#5}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - label string
+% #3 - font for name and lable
+% #4 - text fomt
+%
+\def\che@begintheorem#1#2#3#4{#4\trivlist\item[#3 #1\ts #2.]}
+%
+% #1 - name of theorem
+% #2 - label string
+% #3 - additonal text
+% #4 - font for name and lable
+% #5 - text fomt
+%
+\def\che@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4#5{#5 \trivlist
+\item[#4 #1\ts #2\ #3.]}
+%
+\def\fuh@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\it \trivlist
+ \item[\hskip \labelsep{\bf #1\ #2\ (#3).}]}
+%
+\def\@@begintheorem#1#2#3{#3\trivlist\item[#2 #1.]}
+\def\@@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4{#3\trivlist\item[#2 #1 #4.]}
+
+\newstytheorem{theorem}{\bf}{\it}{Theorem}[section]
+\newstytheorem{example}{\it}{\rm}{Example}[section]
+\newstytheorem{proposition}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Proposition}
+\newstytheorem{corollary}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Corollary}
+\newstytheorem{lemma}{\bf}{\it}[theorem]{Lemma}
+\newstytheorem{proof}{\it}{\rm}[*]{Proof}
+\newstytheorem{definition}{\bf}{\rm}[theorem]{Definition}
+\newstytheorem{remark}{\it}{\rm}[*]{Remark}
+\newstytheorem{exercise}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Exercise}
+\newstytheorem{problem}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Problem}
+\newstytheorem{solution}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Solution}
+\newstytheorem{note}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Note}
+\newstytheorem{question}{\it}{\rm}[theorem]{Question}
+
+\def\squareforqed{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\qed{\ifmmode\squareforqed\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil
+\penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\squareforqed
+\parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi}
+
+\def\getsto{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\gets\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\gets\cr\to\cr}}}}}
+\def\lid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\gid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.8pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.3pt}<\cr}}}}}
+\def\bbbr{{\rm I\!R}} %reelle Zahlen
+\def\bbbm{{\rm I\!M}}
+\def\bbbn{{\rm I\!N}} %natuerliche Zahlen
+\def\bbbf{{\rm I\!F}}
+\def\bbbh{{\rm I\!H}}
+\def\bbbk{{\rm I\!K}}
+\def\bbbp{{\rm I\!P}}
+\def\bbbone{{\mathchoice {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l}
+{\rm 1\mskip-4.5mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-5mu l}}}
+\def\bbbc{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbq{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbt{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+T$}\hbox{\hbox to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbs{{\mathchoice
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.5\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbz{{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptstyle Z\kern-0.3em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptscriptstyle Z\kern-0.2em Z$}}}}
+\def\ts{\thinspace}
+
+\def\typeset{\vfill\small\noindent This article was processed using
+the \LaTeX\ macro package with LMAMULT style\par}
+
+\def\enddocument{\par\typeset
+\@checkend{document}\clearpage\begingroup
+\if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@mainaux
+\def\global\@namedef##1##2{}\def\newlabel{\@testdef r}%
+\def\bibcite{\@testdef b}\@tempswafalse\makeatletter\input \jobname.aux
+\if@tempswa \@warning{Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get
+cross-references right}\fi\fi\endgroup\deadcycles\z@\@@end}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/read.me b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/read.me
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75840e3284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/lmamult/read.me
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+How to proceed
+
+On this diskette or tape you find the following files:
+
+lmamult.doc general instructions, this is the LaTeX source
+ for the documentation. Please LaTeX it if you
+ have the paper version not at hand
+lmamudoc.sty modifications of the LMAMULT style
+ needed for LMAMULT.DOC
+lmamult.dem an example showing how to code
+lmamult.sty the LaTeX style file (for LaTeX 2.09)
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.dem b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.dem
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..492e831ea5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.dem
@@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This is an example of writing a book using LaTeX and Springer's
+% MATHSING.STY style option file.
+%
+% The \documentstyle command specifies the use of the 12pt book style.
+% Do not remove the 12pt option since this would only change the
+% fontsizes but no other dimensions. The "mathsing" entry of the
+% style option list specifies the use of the Springer changes to the
+% LaTeX default layout for books. The "mathdef" entry specifies a
+% user defined macro file with extension .STY that is included before
+% processing the various chapters.
+%
+% To start TeX use
+%
+% $ tex &lplain math
+%
+% or a similar command depending on your operating system.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\documentstyle[12pt,mathsing]{book}
+%\documentstyle{mathsing}
+\newthe{conjecture}{conjecture*}{Conjecture}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\it}
+\def\frak{\rm}
+ \numberlikebook
+% \numberlikearticle
+\begin{document}
+\chapter{Orbits on Flag Manifolds}
+Please note that this is a preliminary example text demonstrating our
+preliminary MathSing \LaTeX style file.
+\section{$H$-Orbits on $X=G/P$}
+
+Let $G$ be a connected real semisimple Lie group
+and $X$ the flag manifold of $G$.
+$X$ is a homogeneous space of $G$ and the isotropy subgroup
+$P=P_x$ of
+each point $x$ of $X$ is called a minimal parabolic subgroup
+of $G$.
+Let $\sigma$ be an involutive automorphism ($\sigma ^2=id.$)
+of $G$
+and $H$ a subgroup of $G^\sigma =\{x\in G\mid \sigma x=x\}$
+containing
+the identity component $G^\sigma_0$ of $G^\sigma$.
+Irreducible pairs $({\frak g}, {\frak h})$ of Lie algebras
+of $G$ and $H$ are
+classified by \cite{Be}.
+
+The following are special cases of $H$-orbit decompositions
+of
+$X=G/P$.\\[5pt]
+\indent
+(i) Let $\sigma$ be a Cartan involution of $G$,
+${\frak g}={\frak k}\oplus
+{\frak s}$ the Cartan decomposition of the Lie algebra
+${\frak g}$ of $G$ for
+$\sigma$ and $K=H=G^\sigma$. Then $P=MAN$ where
+$A=P\cap\exp {\frak s}$, $M=Z_K(A)$ and $N$ is the unipotent
+radical of $P$. The Iwasawa decomposition
+$G=KAN(\cong K\times A\times N)$
+implies that $\#(K\setminus G/P)=1$.
+
+(ii) Let $G=G_1\times G_1$, $P=P_1\times P_1$ and
+$\sigma (x, y)=(y, x)$ for $(x, y)\in G_1\times G_1$.
+Then $H=G^\sigma=\{(x, x)\in G\mid x\in G_1\}$. Since
+$H\setminus G\cong G_1$ by the map $H(x, y)\mapsto x^{-1}y$,
+the
+double coset decomposition $H\setminus G/P$ is
+identified with the Bruhat decomposition
+$P_1\setminus G_1/P_1$.
+
+(iii) When $G$ is a complex semisimple Lie group and $\sigma$
+is a
+conjugation of $G$, $H$-orbits on $X$ are studied in \cite{A}.
+This study
+suggested the formulation for the following general cases.
+
+Let $\theta$ be a Cartan involution of $G$ such that
+$\sigma\theta =\theta\sigma$, ${\frak g}={\frak k}\oplus {\frak
+s}$
+the Cartan decomposition of ${\frak g}$ for $\theta$ and $K=G^\theta$.
+
+\begin{definition} An element $x$ of $X$ is called ``special''
+when $A_x=P_x\cap \exp {\frak s}$ is $\sigma$-stable. Put
+$$U=\{x\in X\mid x \mbox{ is special }\}\enspace .$$
+\end{definition}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{theorem} [{\rm[R, M1]}.] {\em $K\cap H\setminus U\cong H\setminus
+X$ by the inclusion map $U\hookrightarrow X$.}
+There exists a unique subgroup $H^a$ of $G$ such that
+$G^{\sigma\theta}_0 \subset H^a \subset
+G^{\sigma\theta}$ and that $K\cap H^a=K\cap H$. (Rem. $(H^a)^a=H$.)
+\end{theorem}
+\begin{corollary} {\rm\cite{M1}.} There exists a one-to-one
+correspondence
+$D\mapsto D^a$ between $H$-orbits and $H^a$-orbits on $X$ given
+by $K\cap
+H\setminus U\cong H\setminus X$ and $K\cap H\setminus
+U\cong H^a\setminus X$.
+\end{corollary}
+
+\begin{example} {}{}Let $G=SL(2,\bbbc)$. Then
+$X=P^1(\bbbc)=\bbbc \cup \{\infty\}$,
+$${\rm where}\quad
+\left(\matrix{a & b \cr c & d}\right)x={ax+b\over cx+d} \quad
+{\rm for}\
+\left(\matrix{a & b \cr c & d}\right)\in SL(2,\bbbc), \ x\in
+X.$$
+$${\rm Let}\quad
+\sigma\left(\matrix{a & b \cr c & d}\right)=
+\left(\matrix{a & -b \cr -c & d}\right),
+\quad{\rm and}\quad\theta g={}^t\bar g^{-1}.$$
+Then
+$$K=SU(2),\quad H=G^\sigma =
+\biggl\{\left(\matrix{a & 0 \cr 0 &
+a^{-1}}\right)\mid a\in \bbbc^\times\biggr\},$$
+$$H^a=G^{\sigma\theta}=SU(1,1)=
+\biggl\{\left(\matrix{a & b \cr \bar b &
+\bar a}\right)\mid a\bar a-b\bar b=1\biggr\}.$$
+The $H$-orbits on $X$ are $\{0\},\ \bbbc^\times$ and $\{\infty\}$
+and the corresponding $H^a$-orbits are $\{|x|<1\},\ \{|x|=1\}$
+and
+$\{|x|>1\}$, respectively.
+($U=\{0\}\cup \{|x|=1\}\cup \{\infty\}$\,.)
+\end{example}
+
+\section{Expression by Symbols}
+
+\begin{remark}[1] If $H=G^\sigma_0$, then $H\setminus X$ depends
+only on the pair $({\frak g}, \sigma )$ because
+$$X\cong \mbox{ the set of minimal parabolic subalgebras of
+}{\frak g}$$
+and
+$$H\setminus X\cong {\rm Ad}(H)\mbox{-conjugacy classes of minimal
+parabolic subalgebras of }{\frak g}\enspace .$$
+\end{remark}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{theorem} {\rm\cite{MO}.} Let $G$ and $H$ be as in the following
+list
+(complex classical cases). Then we can express $H\setminus X$
+(and
+$H^a\setminus X$) by symbols. ($p+q=n$, $[H: G^\sigma_0]=1$
+or $2$.)
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{table}
+\begin{petit}
+\caption{Example of a table}
+ \begin{tabular}{l @{\hspace{8pt}}
+ | @{\hspace{8pt}} c @{\hspace{8pt}}
+ | @{\hspace{8pt}} c @{\hspace{8pt}}
+ | @{\hspace{8pt}} c }
+\rule[-5pt]{0pt}{5pt}
+ Type & $G$ & $H$ & $H^a$ \\ \hline
+\rule[5pt]{0pt}{8pt}
+ AI & $GL(n, \bbbc)$ & $O(n, \bbbc)$ & $GL(n, \bbbr)$ \\
+ AII & $GL(n, \bbbc)$ & $Sp(n/2, \bbbc)$ ($n$ even) & $U^*(n)$
+\\
+ AIII & $GL(n, \bbbc)$ & $GL(p, \bbbc)\times GL(q, \bbbc)$
+& $U(p, q)$ \\
+ BI & $SO(2n+1, \bbbc)$ & $S(O(2p+1, \bbbc)\times O(2q, \bbbc))$
+ & $SO(2p+1, 2q)$ \\
+ CI & $Sp(n, \bbbc)$ & $GL(n, \bbbc)$ & $Sp(n, \bbbr)$ \\
+ CII
+ & $Sp(n, \bbbc)$ & $Sp(p, \bbbc)\times Sp(q, \bbbc)$ & $Sp(p,
+q)$ \\
+ DI & $SO(2n, \bbbc)$ & $S(O(2p, \bbbc)\times O(2q, \bbbc))$
+ & $SO(2p, 2q)$ \\
+ DI' & $SO(2n, \bbbc)$ & $S(O(2p+1, \bbbc)\times O(2q-1, \bbbc))$
+ & $SO(2p+1, 2q-1)$ \\
+ DIII & $SO(2n, \bbbc)$ & $GL(n, \bbbc)$ & $SO^*(2n)$ \\
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{petit}
+\end{table}
+
+\begin{note}
+In \cite{MO} p.155, we should read $GL(n, \bbbc)$
+for $\bbbc^\times\times PSL(n, \bbbc)$ on the line of DIII in
+Table 1.
+\end{note}
+
+Precise description of symbols and many examples are given in
+\cite{MO}. But we can explain shortly the essencial part as
+follows.
+
+Let $x\in U\subset X$. Then
+${\frak a}_x={\rm Lie}(P_x)\cap {\frak s}$ is
+$\sigma$-stable by the definition of $U$. Let
+$\Sigma_x$ be the root system of the pair
+$({\frak g}, {\frak a}_x)$ and $\Sigma_x^+$ the positive system
+of
+$\Sigma_x$ corresponding to $P_x$. Let $\Psi_x$ denote the set
+of
+simple roots in $\Sigma_x^+$. Then we can take an orthogonal
+basis
+$\{e_1,\ldots , e_n\}$ of the dual ${\frak a}_x^*$ of ${\frak
+a}_x$
+such that
+\[ \Psi_x=\left\{ \begin{array}{lc} \{\alpha_1,\ldots , \alpha_{n-1}\}
+ & \mbox{ if }G=GL(n, \bbbc), \\
+ \{\alpha_1,\ldots , \alpha_n\} & \mbox{ otherwise,}
+ \end{array} \right. \]
+where $\alpha_1=e_1-e_2, \ldots , \alpha_{n-1}=e_{n-1}-e_n$
+and
+$\alpha_n=e_n$, $e_{2n}$ or $e_{n-1}+e_n$ if $G=SO(2n+1, \bbbc)$,
+$Sp(n, \bbbc)$ or $SO(2n, \bbbc)$, respectively.
+
+To the left coset $(K\cap H)x$ in $U$, there corresponds a sequence
+$\varepsilon_1\varepsilon_2\ldots \varepsilon_n$ consisting
+of the
+following four kinds of letters.
+
+($\pm$) If $\sigma e_i=e_i$, then $\varepsilon_i=+$ (``a boy'')
+or $-$ (``a girl''). When $\varepsilon_i=\pm$ and $\varepsilon_j=\pm$
+($i\ne j$),
+$$\varepsilon_i=\varepsilon_j \iff
+{\frak g}({\frak a}_x, e_i-e_j)\subset {\rm Lie}(H)\enspace
+.$$
+
+(a) If $\sigma e_i=e_j$ with $i\ne j$, then we put a small letter
+(``a family name'') to the couple $(\varepsilon_i, \varepsilon_j)$.
+
+(A) If $\sigma e_i=-e_j$ with $i\ne j$, then we put a capital
+letter
+to the ``old'' couple $(\varepsilon_i, \varepsilon_j)$.
+
+(O) If $\sigma e_i=-e_i$, then $\varepsilon_i=O$ (``the aged''
+or
+``dead''?).
+
+Let $w_i$ be the reflection with respect to the simple root
+$\alpha_i$
+and $P_i=P\cup Pw_iP$ ($P=P_x$) the parabolic subgroup of $G$
+for
+$\alpha_i$. Let $\pi_i$ denote the projection of $X=G/P$ onto
+$G/P_i$.
+
+\section*{Notation} For two $H$-orbits $D_1$ and $D_2$ on $X$, we
+write
+$$D_1\stackrel{i}{\rightarrow}D_2 \iff \pi_i(D_1)=\pi_i(D_2)
+\mbox{ and } \dim D_1<\dim D_2\enspace .$$
+
+%\vspace{1ex}
+We put here two examples. (You can see 23 figures of examples
+in \cite{MO}.)
+
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
+\thicklines
+\begin{picture}(115,70)(4,0)
+\put(10,60){\makebox(0,0){$-++$}}
+\put(30,60){\makebox(0,0){$+-+$}}
+\put(50,60){\makebox(0,0){$++-$}}
+\put(20,40){\makebox(0,0){$aa+$}}
+\put(40,40){\makebox(0,0){$+aa$}}
+\put(30,20){\makebox(0,0){$a+a$}}
+\put(11,58){\vector(1,-2){8}}
+\put(31,58){\vector(1,-2){8}}
+\put(21,38){\vector(1,-2){8}}
+\put(29,58){\vector(-1,-2){8}}
+\put(49,58){\vector(-1,-2){8}}
+\put(39,38){\vector(-1,-2){8}}
+\put(12,49){1}
+\put(22,49){1}
+\put(36,49){2}
+\put(46,49){2}
+\put(22,29){2}
+\put(36,29){1}
+\put(30,9){\makebox(0,0){\ixpt{\bf Fig. 1.} $G=GL(3, \bbbc)$}}
+\put(30,4){\makebox(0,0){\ixpt$H=GL(2, \bbbc)\times GL(1, \bbbc)$}}
+
+\put(66,64){\makebox(0,0){$++$}}
+\put(82,64){\makebox(0,0){$+-$}}
+\put(98,64){\makebox(0,0){$-+$}}
+\put(114,64){\makebox(0,0){$--$}}
+\put(74,48){\makebox(0,0){$+O$}}
+\put(90,48){\makebox(0,0){$aa$}}
+\put(106,48){\makebox(0,0){$-O$}}
+\put(74,32){\makebox(0,0){$O+$}}
+\put(90,32){\makebox(0,0){$AA$}}
+\put(106,32){\makebox(0,0){$O-$}}
+\put(90,16){\makebox(0,0){$OO$}}
+\put(67,62){\vector(1,-2){6}}
+\put(83,62){\vector(1,-2){6}}
+\put(99,62){\vector(1,-2){6}}
+\put(81,62){\vector(-1,-2){6}}
+\put(97,62){\vector(-1,-2){6}}
+\put(113,62){\vector(-1,-2){6}}
+\put(74,46){\vector(0,-1){12}}
+\put(90,46){\vector(0,-1){12}}
+\put(106,46){\vector(0,-1){12}}
+\put(76,30){\vector(1,-1){12}}
+\put(90,30){\vector(0,-1){12}}
+\put(104,30){\vector(-1,-1){12}}
+\put(67,55){2}
+\put(76,55){2}
+\put(84,55){1}
+\put(95,55){1}
+\put(103,55){2}
+\put(111,55){2}
+\put(72,39){1}
+\put(88,39){2}
+\put(107,39){1}
+\put(79,23){2}
+\put(88,23){1}
+\put(99,23){2}
+\put(90,4){\makebox(0,0){\ixpt{\bf Fig. 2.} $G=Sp(2, \bbbc)$,
+$H=GL(2, \bbbc)$}}
+\end{picture}
+
+\begin{remark}[2] (\cite{Sp}, \cite{M2}) In complex cases, we
+can
+find all
+the closure relations among $H$-orbits on $X$ from the following
+two
+properties.
+
+(a) $D_1\stackrel{i}{\rightarrow}D_2 \Rightarrow D_1\subset
+D_2^{cl}$.
+
+(b) $D_1\stackrel{i}{\rightarrow}D_2, D_3\stackrel{i}{\rightarrow}D_4$
+and
+$D_1\subset D_3^{cl}\ \Rightarrow\ D_2\subset D_4^{cl}$.
+
+This is proved by the same argument as that of the Bruhat ordering
+since
+$$D_1\stackrel{i}{\rightarrow}D_2 \mbox{ and } D_1\stackrel{i}{\to}D_3\
+\Rightarrow\ D_2=D_3$$ in complex cases. To find all the closure
+relations in
+general real cases, we should follow a rather complicated procedure
+given in
+\cite{M2}.
+\end{remark}
+
+\begin{remark}[3] These diagrams of orbits are useful to the
+study of the
+asymptotic behavior of spherical functions on semisimple symmetric
+spaces
+(\cite{O}) and embeddings of Harish-Chandra modules into principal
+series
+(\cite{MO}).
+\end{remark}
+
+\begin{remark} [4] (Problem) If $\Sigma =\Sigma ({\frak g}, {\frak
+a})$ is
+classical, then there exists (in principle) a similar
+(sometimes the same)
+expression of the $H$-orbits on $X$ as that in a complex case.
+Give a
+complete list of such expressions by symbols. (For example,
+it is proved in
+\cite{M2} that the diagram of $H^a\setminus X$ is upside-down
+to that of
+$H\setminus X$.)
+\end{remark}
+\begin{example} {}{}($=$ Exercise). When $G=GL(n, \bbbf)$ and
+$H=GL(p,
+\bbbf)\times GL(n-p, \bbbf)$ for a division algebra $\bbbf$
+of characteristic
+$\ne 2$, the diagram of the $H$-orbits on $X$ does not depend
+on $\bbbf$.
+\end{example}
+
+\begin{problem*} Give good symbols for $H$-orbits on $X$ when
+$\Sigma$ is exceptional.
+\end{problem*}
+
+%pagestyle{myheadings}
+\newpage
+\markright{Uzawa's Stuff (This is to demonstrate changed headlines.)}
+\section{Uzawa's Function $f$ and Vector Field $v$ on $X$ \protect\\
+(Related to Intersections of \protect
+$H$- and $H^a$-Orbits on $X$)}
+%pagestyle{headings}
+
+Recently, T. Uzawa discovered the following function $f$
+and vector field $v$
+on $X$ which have very nice properties with respect to $H$-orbits
+and
+$H^a$-orbits.
+
+Let $Y_0$ be a generic element of ${\frak s}$.
+Then $Y_0$ defines a minimal parabolic subgroup $P_0$ of $G$
+such that $Y_0\in {\frak a}_0={\rm Lie}(P_0)\cap {\frak s}$
+and
+that $Y_0$ is dominant for the positive system of the root system
+$\Sigma ({\frak g}, {\frak a}_0)$ corresponding to $P_0$.
+By the natural identification
+$$G/P_0\cong K/M_0\cong {\rm Ad}(K)Y_0$$
+($K\cap P_0=M_0=$ the centralizer of $Y_0$ in $K$), $X=G/P_0$
+is embedded into ${\frak s}$. Let $Y_x$ denote the element in
+Ad$(K)Y_0$ corresponding to $x\in X$.
+
+\begin{definition} (i) We define a function $f$ on $X$ by
+$f(x)=|Y_x^+|^2=B(Y_x^+, Y_x^+)$ on $X$ where
+$Y_x^+={1\over 2}(Y_x+\sigma Y_x)$ and $B( , )$ is the Killing
+form on ${\frak g}$.
+
+(ii) A vector field $v$ on $X$ is defined by $v_x=$ the
+(infinitesimal) $Y_x^+$-action at $x$ for $x\in X$.
+
+(iii) $\Phi_t$ ($t\in \bbbr$) is the one-parameter group of
+transformations of $X$ for the vector field $v$.
+
+(iv) $\Phi_{\pm\infty}(x)=\lim_{t\to\pm\infty}\Phi_t(x)$ for
+$x\in X$.
+\end{definition}
+
+\begin{remark}[5] The vector field $v$ is the gradient of the
+function $f$ with respect to the $K$-invariant Riemannian metric
+on $X=K/M_0$ induced from the inner product
+$(Z, Z')=B([Z, Y_0], Z'_{\frak s})$ on ${\frak k}^{\perp{\frak
+m}_0}$
+where $Z'_{\frak s}$ is the element in ${\frak s}$ such
+that $Z'_{\frak s}-Z'\in {\rm Lie}(P_0)$.
+\end{remark}
+
+\begin{remark}[6] If the real rank of $G$ is larger than one,
+then $f$ and $v$ depend essencially (not constant multiple)
+on
+the choice of $Y_0$.
+\end{remark}
+
+\begin{example} {}{}{\rm (continued from Example 1.9)} Take
+$$Y_0=\pmatrix{1 & 0 \cr 0 & -1}\in
+{\frak s}=\biggl\{\pmatrix{z & x+iy \cr x-iy & -z}
+\mid x, y, z\in \bbbr \biggr\}\enspace .$$
+Since $P_0$ is the subgroup of $G$ consisting of upper
+triangular matrices, $eP_0$ corresponds to $\infty$ in
+$P^1(\bbbc)=\bbbc\cup \{\infty\}$ and
+$$kP_0\mapsto \pmatrix{a & b \cr -\bar b & \bar a}\infty =
+{a \over -\bar b}\quad \mbox{ for }\quad k=
+\pmatrix{a & b \cr -\bar b & \bar a}\in K\enspace .$$
+On the other hand,
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\pmatrix{a & b \cr -\bar b & \bar a}
+\pmatrix{1 & 0 \cr 0 & -1}
+\pmatrix{a & b \cr -\bar b & \bar a}^{-1}
+& = & \pmatrix{a & -b \cr -\bar b & -\bar a}
+\pmatrix{\bar a & -b \cr \bar b & a} \\
+& = &
+\pmatrix{a\bar a -b\bar b & -2ab \cr -2\bar a\bar b &
+ -a\bar a +b\bar b}\enspace .
+\end{eqnarray*}
+So Ad$(K)Y_0$ is the sphere given by $x^2+y^2+z^2=1$
+and the function $f$ is
+given by $z^2$. Two points $\{\infty\}$, $\{0\}$ and
+the unit circle in
+$P^1(\bbbc)$ correspond to $(0, 0, 1)$, $(0, 0, -1)$
+and the circle defined
+by $z=0$, respectively, in Ad$(K)Y_0$.
+\end{example}
+
+\noindent
+\begin{theorem} {\rm\cite{U}} (i) $v$ is tangent to
+$H$-orbits and $H^a$-orbits.
+
+(ii) $(df)_x=0 \iff v_x=0 \iff x$ is special.
+
+(iii) Let $D$ be an $H$-orbit on $X$. Then
+there exists $m=\min_{x\in D}f(x)$ and for $x\in D$,
+$$f(x)=m \iff x \enspace \mbox{is special}\enspace .$$
+
+(iv) $\Phi_{-\infty}(D)=D\cap U$ for $H$-orbits $D$ on
+$X$.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{corollary}(1) {\em \cite{M3} }(a) $D\cap D^a=(K\cap
+H)x$
+for an $x\in U$.
+
+(b) For two $H$-orbits $D$ and $E$ on $X$,
+$$D^{cl}\supset E \iff D\cap E^a\ne \phi
+\iff D^a\subset (E^a)^{cl}\enspace .$$
+\end{corollary}
+
+\begin{proof} (\cite{U}) (a) Let $x\in D\cap D^a$.
+We have only to show that
+$x\in U$ by Theorem 1. Let $m$ be the value of the
+function $f$ at the points
+in $D\cap U$ ($=D^a\cap U$). Suppose that $x\notin U$.
+Then $f(x)>m$ by
+(iii). Since the function for the $H^a$-orbit structure
+is $|Y_0|^2-f(x)$, we
+have also $f(x)<m$ by (iii), a contradiction.
+
+(b) Since $(H^a)^a=H$, we have only to prove the left $\iff$.
+
+The assertion $D^{cl}\supset E \Rightarrow D\cap E^a\ne \phi$
+is clear since
+$$T_x(E)+T_x(E^a)=T_x(X)$$
+for any $x\in E\cap E^a$ (\cite{M3}).
+
+Suppose that $D\cap E^a\ne \phi$ and let $x\in D\cap E^a$. Then
+$$\Phi_\infty(x)=\lim_{t\to \infty}\Phi_t(x)\in D^{cl}\cap E^a\cap
+U=
+D^{cl}\cap E\cap U$$
+by (i) and (iv). Hence $D^{cl}\cap E\ne \phi$ and therefore
+$D^{cl}\supset E$. \qed
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{corollary}(2) Let $D$ be an $H$-orbit on $X$ and
+$x\in D\cap D^a$. Then
+$$D\cong (K\cap H)\times_L\Phi_{-\infty}^{-1}(x)\leqno(i)$$
+where $L=K\cap H\cap P_x$ and
+$$D\cap E^a\cong (K\cap H)\times_L(\Phi_{-\infty}^{-1}(x)\cap
+E^a)
+\leqno(ii)$$
+for any $H^a$-orbit $E^a$ on $X$. (Moreover it is clear that
+the
+fibers $\Phi_{-\infty}^{-1}(x)$ and $\Phi_{-\infty}^{-1}(x)\cap
+E^a$
+are contractible to the point $x$.)
+\end{corollary}
+
+\section{Remarks on Spherical Subgroups}
+
+Suppose that $G$ is a complex semisimple Lie group. A complex
+Lie
+subgroup
+$H$ of $G$ is called ``spherical'' if there exists an open $H$-orbit
+on $X$.
+Such pairs $(G, H)$ are classified by \cite{K} when $G$ is simple
+and $H$ is
+reductive, and by \cite{Br2} in general.\\[8pt]
+\noindent
+\begin{theorem} [{\rm[Br1, V]}] $H\subset G$ is spherical $\iff
+\#(H\setminus X)$ is finite. (Note that $\Leftarrow$ is clear.)
+\end{theorem}
+There is a simple proof of $\Rightarrow$ using ``rank-one sections''
+as follows.
+
+\begin{proof} We may assume that $HP$ is open in $G$. Write
+$G=P_{\beta_1}P_{\beta_2}\cdots P_{\beta_m}$ where the $\beta_i$'s
+are simple
+roots and $P_{\beta_i}=P\cup Pw_{\beta_i}P$. Put
+$P^{(i)}=P_{\beta_1}P_{\beta_2}\cdots P_{\beta_i}$ ($P^{(0)}=P$).
+We will
+show
+$$ \#(H\setminus HP^{(i)}/P)<\infty \mbox{ for } i=0, 1,\ldots
+, m$$
+by induction on $i$.
+
+By the hypothesis of induction, we may assume that
+$$ HP^{(i-1)}=Hg_1P\cup \cdots \cup Hg_kP\enspace .$$
+Then we have
+$$ HP^{(i)}=Hg_1P_{\beta_i}\cup \cdots \cup Hg_kP_{\beta_i}\enspace
+.$$
+We have only to show that $\#(H\setminus Hg_jP_{\beta_i}/P)<\infty$
+for $j=1,\ldots , k$. Since $HP^{(i-1)}$ is open in $G$,
+$(g_jP_{\beta_i}/P)\cap (HP^{(i-1)}/P)$ is (Zariski) open in
+the one-dimensional subvariety $g_jP_{\beta_i}/P$ of the complex
+alge
+braic variety $X$. Hence the compliment of $(g_jP_{\beta_i}/P)\cap
+(HP^{(i-1)}/P)$ in $g_jP_{\beta_i}/P$ consists of finte points
+and therefore $\#(H\setminus Hg_jP_{\beta_i}/P)<\infty$. \qed
+\end{proof}
+
+Let $G$ be a real semisimple Lie group and $H$ a Lie subgroup
+of $G$.
+
+\begin{conjecture}(1) If the real rank of $G$ is one and there
+exists an open $H$-orbit on $X=G/P$, then $\#(H\setminus X)<\infty$.
+\end{conjecture}
+
+By the same argument as above for spherical subgroups, Conjecture
+1 implies
+the following Conjecture 2.
+
+\begin{conjecture}(2) If there exists an open $H$-orbit on
+$X$, then $\#(H\setminus X)<\infty$.
+\end{conjecture}
+
+\begin{remark}[7] In general, $\#(H\setminus G/P)<\infty$ does
+not imply $\#(H_\bbbc \setminus G_\bbbc /P_\bbbc )<\infty$.
+For example, if $G=SU(n, 1)$ ($n>2$) and $H=\theta N$ (where
+$N$ is the unipotent radical of $P$), then $\#(H\setminus G/P)=2$
+and $
+\#(H_\bbbc \setminus G_\bbbc /P_\bbbc )=\infty$.
+\end{remark}
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{[M-O]}
+\bibitem[A]{A} Aomoto, K.: On some double coset decompositions
+of complex
+semi-simple Lie groups. J. Math. Soc. Japan {\bf 18} (1966)
+1--44
+\bibitem[Be]{Be} Berger, M.: Les \'{e}space symm\'{e}triques
+non compacts.
+Ann. Sci. \'{E}cole Norm. Sup. {\bf 74} (1957) 85--177
+\bibitem[Br1]{Br1} Brion, M.: Quelques propri\'{e}t\'{e}s des
+espaces
+homog\`{e}nes sph\'{e}riques. Manuscripta Math. {\bf 55} (1986)
+191--198
+\bibitem[Br2]{Br2} Brion, M.: Classification des espaces homog\`{e}nes
+sph\'{e}riques. Comp. Math. {\bf 63} (1987) 189--208
+\bibitem[F]{F} Flensted-Jensen, M.: Discrete series for semisimple
+symmetric spaces. Ann. Math. {\bf 111} (1980) 253--311
+\bibitem[H]{H} Hecht, H., Mili\v{c}i\'{c}, D., Schmid, W.,
+Wolf, J. A.: Localizations and standard modules for real semisimple
+Lie groups I: The duality theorem, Invent. math. {\bf 90} (1987)
+297--332
+\bibitem[K]{K} Kr\"{a}mer, M.: Sph\"{a}rische Untergruppen in
+Kompakten
+zusammenh\"{a}ngenden Liegruppen. Comp. Math. {\bf 38} (1979)
+129-153
+\bibitem[M1]{M1} Matsuki, T.: The orbits of affine symmetric
+spaces under the
+action of minimal parabolic subgroups. J. Math. Soc. Japan {\bf
+31} (1979)
+331--357
+\bibitem[M2]{M2} Matsuki, T.: Closure relations for orbits on
+affine
+symmetric spaces under the action of minimal parabolic subgroups.
+Adv.
+Studies Pure Math. {\bf 14} (1988) 541--559
+\bibitem[M3]{M3} Matsuki, T.: Closure relations for orbits on
+affine
+symmetric spaces under the action of parabolic subgroups. Intersections
+of
+associated orbits. Hiroshima Math. J. {\bf 18} (1988) 59--67
+\bibitem[M-O]{MO} Matsuki, T., Oshima, T.: Embeddings of discrete
+series into
+principal series. In: The Orbit Method in Representation Theory.
+Birkh\"{a}user, Boston 1990, pp. 147--175
+\bibitem[O]{O} Oshima, T.: Asymptotic behavior of spherical
+functions on
+semisimple symmetric spaces. Adv. Studies Pure Math. {\bf 14}
+(1988)
+561--601
+\bibitem[O-M]{O-M} Oshima, T., Matsuki, T.: A description of
+discrete series for semisimple symmetric spaces, Adv. Studies
+Pure Math. {\bf 4} (1984) 331--390
+\bibitem[R]{R} Rossmann, W.: The structure of semisimple symmetric
+spaces.
+Canad. J. Math. {\bf 31} (1979) 157--180
+\bibitem[S]{Sp} Springer, T. A.: Some results on algebraic groups
+with
+involutions. Adv. Studies Pure Math. {\bf 6} (1984) 525--534
+\bibitem[U]{U} Uzawa, T.: Invariant hyperfunction sections of
+line bundles.
+Preprint 1990
+\bibitem[V]{V} Vinberg, E. B.: Complexity of actions of reductive
+groups.
+Funct. Anal. Appl. {\bf 20} (1985) 1--11
+\bibitem[W]{W} Wolf, J. A.: Finiteness of orbit structure for
+real flag manifolds, Geometriae Dedicata {\bf 3} (1974) 377--384
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{document}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9dc11b0196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,1145 @@
+\documentstyle[12pt,mathsing]{book}
+%
+\numberlikebook
+\let\ts=\thinspace
+\let\picplace=\vspace
+%
+\newfont{\fivebf}{cmbx7 scaled 714} %Fonts fuer die Vektor-definition
+\newfont{\sevenbf}{cmbx7}
+%
+\makeatletter
+
+\def\laTeX{{\rm L\kern-.35em\raise.3ex\hbox{\LARGE A}\kern-.15em
+T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}
+
+\newcommand{\BibTeX}{{\rm B\kern-.05em{\sc i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em
+ T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}
+%
+\def\textfontii{\the\textfont\tw@}
+\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
+ {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX}
+%
+\def\runnheadl{Single-Author Mathematics -- \LaTeX{} Style File}
+\def\runnheadr{Documentation}
+\def\@evenhead{\rm\small\thepage\hspace{1.5cm}\runnheadl\hfil\hbox{}}
+\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\hfil\rm\small\runnheadr\hspace{1.5cm}\thepage}
+%
+% braik: \tableofcontents changed to produce arabic page numbers
+\def\tableofcontents{
+ \@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \chapter*{Table of Contents}
+ \markboth{Table of Contents}{Table of Contents} % headline
+ \renewcommand{\thepage}{\arabic{page}} % arabic page numbers
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi
+ }
+% braik: \chapter should not start new page
+\def\chapter{\vskip18pt \global\@topnum\z@
+\@afterindentfalse \secdef\@chapter\@schapter}
+%
+\def\@makechapterhead#1{{\parindent 0pt \noindent\raggedright
+{\Large \bf \thechapter.\hspace{0.3cm}#1\par}%
+ \nobreak\vskip\baselineskip} }
+
+\def\@makeschapterhead#1{{\parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \Large \bf #1\par
+ \nobreak \vskip\baselineskip} }
+%%%
+\makeatother
+%
+\begin{document}
+% hier geht's dann los!
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+\noindent
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+\vspace*{11mm}
+
+\noindent
+{\Huge \bf Single - Author Mathematics}
+
+\vspace*{11mm} \noindent
+{\huge \laTeX{} MathSing Style File}
+
+\vspace*{11mm} \noindent
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+
+\vspace*{11mm}\noindent
+Version 1.1
+\vfill
+\noindent
+{
+{\huge Springer-\kern-1pt Verlag}\\
+\LARGE
+Berlin\enspace Heidelberg\enspace New~Y\kern-2.5pt ork\\
+London\enspace Paris\enspace Tokyo\enspace Hong~Kong \\
+Barcelona\enspace Budapest}
+\newpage \noindent
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+\section*{For further information please contact us\newline
+at Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg:}
+%
+%begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{.35cm}}p{0.75\textwidth}}
+Mailing address: & Springer-Verlag\\
+ & New Technologies/Product Developement\\
+ & P.O.~Box 105280\\
+ & D-6900 Heidelberg 1, FRG\\[2mm]
+bitnet/EARN: & SPRINGER @ DHDSPRI6 \\[2mm]
+Telex: & 46\,17\,23 \\[2mm]
+Telefax: & (0) 62\,21 43\,982
+\end{tabular}
+
+\bigskip\noindent
+All Springer macros are also available through our mailserver
+
+SVSERV@DHDSPRI6.bitnet.
+
+\noindent Send an e-mail just containing the word "help"
+to this e-mail address and you will receive further information.
+%end{flushleft}
+
+\bigskip\bigskip\noindent
+Once you have completed your work using this style file, please
+submit your own printout of the {\it final version together with the
+disk/magnetic tape\/}$^*$ containing your \LaTeX{} input (source) file
+and
+the final DVI file and make sure that the text is {\it identical in both
+cases}. Moreover, please check that you have also copied the dataset
+containing your macros on the disk.
+\vfill
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[$^*$] {\it The following formats are acceptable:}
+%\smallskip
+\item[] $5.25^{\prime\prime}$ or $3.5^{\prime\prime}$ diskette MS-DOS,
+$5.25^{\prime\prime}$ CP/M, $3.5^{\prime\prime}$ diskette Apple
+Macintosh, 9-track 1600 bpi magnetic tape VAX/VMS, 9-track 1600 bpi
+magnetic tape ANSI with label, SUN-Streamer Tape.\par
+\end{itemize}
+\bigskip\bigskip
+\rule{\textwidth}{1pt}
+%%%
+\newpage
+\tableofcontents
+\newpage
+%
+%
+\chapter{Introduction}
+%
+Authors wishing to code their book
+with \LaTeX{}, as well as
+those who have already coded it with \LaTeX{},
+will be provided with a style file that will give the text the
+desired layout. Authors are requested
+to adhere strictly to these instructions; {\em the \LaTeX{}-mathsing file must not be changed}.
+
+For the main body of the text
+you should use the commands of standard \LaTeX{}.
+Even if you are familiar with these commands, we urge you to read
+this entire document thoroughly. It contains many suggestions on
+how to use our commands properly; thus with little work your book
+will be formatted exactly to the Springer standard.
+
+If you are already familiar with \LaTeX{}, then the \LaTeX{}
+MathSing file should not give you any major difficulties.
+This style file will change the layout to the required MathSing style
+(for instance it will define the layout of \verb|\section|).
+We have also invented some extra commands,
+which are not provided by \LaTeX{}.
+
+The majority of these hints are not specific for MathSing; they may improve
+your use of \LaTeX{} in general.
+Furthermore, the documentation provides suggestions for the proper
+editing and use
+of the input files (capitalization, abbreviation, etc. -- see
+Sects.~\ref{refedit} ff).
+
+\vspace{12pt}
+\chapter{How to Begin}
+
+Please insert the enclosed diskette or tape into your computer. You will
+find the following files:
+%end{document}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{1cm}}l}
+{\em mathsing.doc} & General instructions (this document).\\
+{\em mathsing.dem} & Run this to get a sample output.\\
+{\em mathsing.sty} & \LaTeX{} MathSing file for use with normal CM-Fonts.\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+You need to run your file with the command:
+\verb|latex filename|.
+If you have citations or references run it
+once more with the same command.
+
+\section{How to invoke the \LaTeX{} MathSing style file}
+
+The \LaTeX{} MathSing style file is substyle for the \LaTeX{}
+``book'' style.
+Therefore you may use all ``book'' style commands to prepare your
+manuscript except the command \verb|\part|. \LaTeX{} MathSing style file
+is invoked by requesting ``book'' in the
+\verb|documentstyle|-command:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[12pt,mathsing]{book}
+ \begin{document}
+ <your book>
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+Do not use any other document-style options!
+
+\section{Text Already Coded with \LaTeX{} Without
+the \LaTeX{} mathsing file}
+
+If your file is already coded with \LaTeX{}
+you can easily adapt it a posteriori to \LaTeX{} MathSing style.
+
+Please refrain from using any \LaTeX{} or \TeX{} commands
+that affect the layout or formatting of your document (i.e. commands
+like \verb|\textheight|, \verb|\vspace|, \verb|\hoffset|, etc.).
+There may nevertheless be exceptional occasions
+when some of them may be used.
+
+The \LaTeX{}-MathSing style file has been carefully designed to produce
+the right layout
+from your \LaTeX{} input. If there is anything specific you would like
+to do and for which the style file does not provide a command,
+{\em please contact us.\/}
+
+If you have your own macros or definitions, insert them as shown here:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[12pt, mathsing]{book}
+ <your own macros or definitions>
+ \begin{document}
+ <your book>
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+ or, if your macros are in a separate file:
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[12pt, mathsing, <macrofilename>]{book}
+\begin{document}
+ <your book>
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+Please supply comments with your macros to help us understand them.
+
+\section{Problems with PC\ts\TeX{}}
+In PC\ts\TeX{} the default memory capacity is not sufficient to
+accommodate
+our fonts. To cope with this problem, invoke \TeX{} with the following
+command:
+\begin{verbatim}
+latex file.tex /f=26000 /m=65000
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\chapter{General Rules for Coding Formulas}
+
+With mathematical formulas, you may proceed as described
+in Sect.~3.3 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport (1986), Addison-Wesley Publishing
+Company, Reading, Mass.
+
+A formula that appears in the running text is produced by enclosing
+it in \verb|$| signs, e.g. \verb|$ x^{2} $|
+produces $x^{2}$.\label{math}
+
+Displayed formulas are produced by the
+equation environment; here
+equations are automatically numbered sequentially throughout
+the chapters of your book using arabic
+numerals in parentheses on the right-hand side.
+
+You can choose between two kinds of numbering:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item the command \verb|\numberlikebook| at the beginning of your file,
+after the
+\verb|\documentstyle| and before the \verb|\begin{document}| command
+invokes structured numbering, e.g. (1.1), (1.2) of equations, tables
+and figures.
+\item Replacing this command by the command
+\verb|\numberlikearticle| results in ``ordinary" numbering e.g. (1),
+(2).
+\end{itemize}
+
+If you have to break equations, please use the eqnarray environment
+described in Sect.~3.3.5 on p.~49 of the \LaTeX{} book.
+
+If you wish to start a new paragraph immediately after a displayed
+equation, insert a blank line to produce the required
+indention. If there is no new paragraph either do not insert
+a blank line or insert a blank line and
+type \verb|\noindent| immediately before continuing the text.
+
+Please punctuate a displayed equation in the same way as
+ordinary text.
+
+Note that the sizes of the parentheses or other delimiter
+symbols used in equations should ideally match the height of the
+formulas being enclosed. This is automatically taken care of by
+the following \LaTeX{} commands, e.g.\ \
+\verb|\left(| \quad or \quad \verb|\left[| \quad and \quad
+\verb|\right)| \quad or \quad \verb|\right]|.
+
+\section{Italic and Roman Type in the Math Mode}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[a)]
+In the math mode \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} treat all letters as though they
+were mathematical or physical variables; hence they are typeset in
+italics. However, any textual elements within formulas should be
+set in roman. Roman should also be used for
+subscripts and superscripts {\em in formulas\/} where these are
+merely labels and not in themselves variables, e.g.\\
+\verb|$T_{\rm eff} = 5\,10^{9} \mbox{ K}$|\quad produce\quad
+$T_{\rm eff} = 5 \cdot 10^{9} \mbox{ K}$\\
+\verb|$T_{\rm K}$|\quad produce\quad $T_{\rm K}$ (K = Kelvin)\\
+\verb|$m_{\rm e}$|\quad produce\quad $m_{\rm e}$ (e = electron).
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad
+ \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr.
+\end{equation}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Output}
+\begin{equation}
+ \left(\frac{a^{2} + b^{2}}{c^{3}} \right) = 1 \quad
+ \mbox{ if } c\neq 0 \mbox{ and if } a,b,c\in \bbbr.
+\end{equation}
+
+%\begin{itemize}
+\item[b)]
+Please ensure that {\em physical units\/} (e.g.\ pc, erg\ts s$^{-1}$\ts
+K, cm$^{-3}$, W\ts m$^{-2}$\ts Hz$^{-1}$, m\ts kg\ts s$^{-2}$\ts
+A$^{-2}$) and
+{\em abbreviations} such as Ord, Var, GL, SL, sgn, const.\
+are always set in roman type. To ensure
+this use the \verb|\mbox| command: \verb|\mbox{Hz}|.
+On p.\ 46 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport you will find the names of
+common mathe\-matical functions, such as log, sin, exp, max and sup.
+These should be coded as \verb|\log|,
+\verb|\sin|, \verb|\exp|, \verb|\max|, \verb|\sup|
+and will then automatically appear in roman.
+
+\item[c)]
+In order
+to distinguish ``d'' used as ``differential sign'' and ``e''
+used as ``exponential function'' from normal variables,
+please set those in roman.
+%
+\item[d)]
+Chemical symbols and formulas should be set in roman,
+e.g.\ Fe not $Fe$, H$_{2}$O not {\em H$_{2}$O\/}, H$\alpha$ not
+{\em H${\alpha}$}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\chapter{How to Edit Your Input (Source) File}
+
+\section{Headings}
+
+All words in headings should be capitalized except for conjunctions,
+prepositions up to five letters (e.g. on, of, by, and, or, but, from,
+with, with, under) and definite and indefinite articles (the, a, an)
+unless they appear at the beginning of a sentence. Formula letters must
+be typeset as in the text.
+
+\section{Capitalization and Non-capitalization}\label{refedit}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[a)] The following should always be capitalized:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Headings (see preceding Sect.\ts 4.1)
+\item Abbreviations and expressions in the text such as
+Fig(s).,
+Table(s), Sect(s)., Chap(s)., Theorem, Corollary, Definition, etc. when
+used with numbers, e.g. Fig.\ts 3.1, Table 1.1, Theorem 2.1.
+\end{itemize}
+\item[] Please see below the special rules in Sect.\ts 4.3 for
+referring to equations.
+\item[b)] The following should {\it not\/} be capitalized:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item The words figure(s), table(s), equation(s),
+theorem(s) in the text when used without an accompanying number.
+\item Figure legends and table captions except for names and
+abbreviations.
+\end{itemize}
+\end{itemize}
+\section{Abbreviation of Words}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[a)] The following {\it should\/} be abbreviated in the running
+text
+{\it unless\/} they come at the beginning of a sentence: Chap., Sect.,
+Fig.; e.g. The results are depicted in Fig.\ts 5. Figure 9 reveals that
+\dots
+\item[] {\it Please note\/}: Equations should be referred to solely by
+their number in parentheses e.g. (14). However, when the reference comes
+at the beginning of a sentence, the unabbreviated word ``Equation"
+should be used: e.g. Equation (14) is very important. However, (15)
+makes it clear that \dots
+\item[b)] If abbreviations of names or concepts are used throughout the
+text, they should be defined at first occurrence, e.g. Plurisubharmonic
+(PSH) Functions, Strong Optimization (SOPT) Problem.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{Foreign Words and Phrases}
+Foreign words that have not come into general use are italicized.
+If a word or phrase or its abbrevation can be found in the main body
+of {\em Webster's\/} (and this also applies to British usage),
+it and its abbrevation are considered to be in general use and
+are not italicized. E.g. et al., cf., e.g.,
+a priori, in situ, brems\-strah\-lung, eigenvalues, should not be
+italicized.
+
+
+\chapter{Sectioning Commands}
+
+Main headings will be automatically numbered by the following macros.
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\chapter{This is a First-Order Title}
+\section{This is a Second-Order Title}
+\subsection{This is a Third-Order Title}
+\subsubsection{This is an Bold Run-in Heading.}
+\paragraph{This is an Italic Run-in Heading}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\newpage
+\paragraph{Sample Output}\
+
+
+\chapter*{1. This is a First-Order Title}
+\section*{1.1 This is a Second-Order Title}
+\subsection*{1.1.1 This is a Third-Order Title}
+\subsubsection*{This is an Bold Run-in Heading.} The text continues in
+regular roman typeface.
+\paragraph{This is an italic run-in heading.} The text
+continues \dots
+
+
+\chapter{Minienvironments}
+We have defined a number of minienvironments, namely for lemma,
+propositions, theorems, corollaries, exercises, problems, solutions,
+definitions, examples, notes and questions.
+
+These commands automatically provide the correct fonts and print the
+appropriate run-in headings. They all come in two flavors: without an
+asterisk they produce automatically numbered run-in heading.
+
+An optional argument is enclosed in [\ ] brackets. Note that unlike
+the standard \LaTeX syntax, no brackets or fullstops are provided
+automatically but have to be typed by the user.
+
+Using an asterisk will turn off the automatic numbering:
+
+General syntax:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{<env.name>}
+ <text>
+\end{<env.name}
+\end{verbatim}
+ or
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{<env.name>}[<text>]
+ <text>
+\end{<env.name}
+\end{verbatim}
+ or
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{<env.name>*}
+ <text>
+\end{<env.name*}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{lemma}
+Every day the night falls
+\end{lemma}
+\begin{lemma}[(Proverb).]
+At night, all cats are grey
+\end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem*}
+Every day the cats are grey
+\end{theorem*}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Output}\
+
+
+\begin{lemma}
+Every day the night falls
+\end{lemma}
+\begin{lemma}[(Proverb).]
+At night, all cats are grey
+\end{lemma}
+\begin{theorem*}
+Every day the cats are grey
+\end{theorem*}
+
+\section{Defining new minienvironments}
+If you want to define similar minienvironments or alter existing ones,
+you can do so by using the command
+\begin{verbatim}
+\newthe{<environmentname>}{<environmentname>}
+ {lemmacount}{<title of heading>}
+ {<font of heading>}
+ {<font of text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+\chapter{Fine Tuning of the Text}
+
+The following should be used to improve the readability of the text:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{.5cm}}p{.7\textwidth}}
+\verb|\,| & a thin space, e.g.\ between numbers with more than
+ 5 digits; a line division will not be made
+ following this space,\\
+\verb|--| & en-dash; two strokes, without a space at either end,\\
+\verb*| -- | & em-dash; two strokes, with a space at either end,\\
+\verb|-| & hyphen; one stroke, no space at either end,\\
+\verb|$-$| & minus, in the text {\em only},\\
+\verb|~| & tilde between parts of names.
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+20\,000 km, 1\,000\,000 s, NGC 468\,324
+1950--1985, p.~11--21
+this -- written on a computer -- is now printed
+signal-to-noise ratio, early-type, metal-poor, non-relativistic
+$-30$ K, $-5^{\circ}$C
+Dr~h.c.~Rockefeller-Smith and Prof.~Dr~Mallory
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Output}
+\begin{flushleft}
+20\,000 km, 1\,000\,000 s, NGC 468\,324\\
+1950--1985, p.~11--21\\
+this -- written on a computer -- is now printed\\
+signal-to-noise ratio, early-type, metal-poor, non-relativistic\\
+$-30$ K, $-5^{\circ}$C\\
+Dr~h.c.~Rockefeller-Smith and Prof.~Dr~Mallory
+\end{flushleft}
+
+
+\chapter{Special Typefaces}
+
+Normal type (roman) need not be specified. {\em Italic\/}
+(not {\sl slanted\/}) should be used for emphasis in the text or, if
+not avoidable, {\bf boldface} could be used too.
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{.5cm}}l}
+\verb|{\em <text>}| & {\em Emphasized Text}.\\
+
+\verb|\begin{petit}| & Paragraph in small print (petit) for passages in the \\
+\verb|<text>| & text that the reader may skip upon first reading or for \\
+\verb|\end{petit}| & exercises or sections of similar
+importance.\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+
+For the use of further typefaces, please refer to Sect. 3.1 of the
+\LaTeX manual by Lamport.
+
+\chapter{Footnotes}
+
+Footnotes need to be punctuated at the end.
+Footnotes within the text should be coded
+\begin{verbatim}
+\footnote{<text>}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+Text with a footnote\footnote{The footnote is automatically
+numbered.} and text continues \dots
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+{\bf Remark}: Please avoid using footnotes in headings.
+
+\paragraph{Sample Output}
+\begin{flushleft}
+Text with a footnote\footnote{The footnote is automatically
+numbered.} and text continues \dots
+\end{flushleft}
+
+
+\chapter{Lists}
+
+Please code lists as described below:
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item First item.
+ \item Second item.
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item First nested item.
+ \item Second nested item.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \item Third item.
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Output}
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item First item.
+\item Second item.
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item First nested item.
+\item Second nested item.
+\end{enumerate}
+\item Third item.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\chapter{Figures}
+
+{\it The figures\/} (line drawings and those containing halftone inserts
+as well as halftone figures) {\it should not be pasted into your
+laserprinter output}. They should be enclosed separately in camera-ready
+form (original artwork, glossy prints, photographs and/or slides). The
+lettering should be suitable for reproduction, and after reduction the
+capital letters should be at least 1.8 mm and not more than 2.5 mm in
+height. Check that lines and other details are uniformly black and that
+the lettering on figures is clearly legible.
+
+To leave the desired amount of space for the height of your figures,
+please use the following coding. As can be seen in the output, we will
+automatically provide 1\ts cm space above and below the figure, so that
+you should only leave the space corresponding to the size of the figure
+itself.
+
+If the figure is narrower than the page-width, please do not try to fill
+up the empty space with text.
+
+The final positioning of floating objects (i.e. figures and tables)
+should be done at the end of development of your text.
+
+For further information see also Sect.~3.6.2 on p.~63 of the
+{\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport (1986), Addison-Wesley Publishing
+Company, Reading, Mass.
+Figure legends should be inserted after or before
+(not in) the paragraph in which the figure is first mentioned.
+They will be numbered automatically.
+
+The figure, including the legend, must not exceed 23~cm in height.
+Taller figures will be swallowed by \LaTeX{} without warning.
+
+Please code as follows:
+\begin{flushleft}
+\verb|\begin{figure}|\\
+\verb|\picplace{<height> cm}|\\
+\verb|\caption[ ]{<text of caption>}| \quad
+ (Type [ ] to save auxiliary space)\\
+\verb|\end{figure}|
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\picplace{2.5cm}
+\caption[ ]{This is the caption.}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent
+Please use the minipage environment to place two figures next to each
+other.
+
+\paragraph{Sample Output}\ \\[2mm]
+see fig.\ts 11.1
+\begin{figure}%\label{table11.1}
+\picplace{2.5cm}
+\caption[ ]{This is the caption.}
+\end{figure}
+
+\chapter{Tables}
+
+Tables should be treated
+in the same way as figure legends, except that
+the table captions appear {\em above\/} the tables. The tables
+will be numbered automa\-tically.
+
+Table columns should be set flush left. Vertical lines
+are normally not necessary and should only be inserted
+in exceptional cases for the sake of clarity. Please note that tables
+should be set in small print using the \verb|\small| command.
+
+For further information you will find a complete description of
+the table and tabular environment
+on p.~63~ff. and p.~182 of the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \&
+Reference Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport.
+
+Height of tables must not exceed 23 cm. Taller tables will be swallowed
+by \LaTeX{} without warning.
+
+\section{Tables coded with \LaTeX{}}
+
+As an example for simple coding of a table we give you
+the following advice for the coding.
+(Before continuing your text after the
+table environment you need an empty line.)
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption[ ]{Critical $N$ values}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\small
+\begin{tabular}{llllll}
+\hline
+\noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+$M_$\sun & $beta_{0}$ & $T_{\rm c6}$ & $\gamma$
+ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm L}$
+ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm Te}$\\
+\noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+\hline
+\noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+ 30 & 0.82 & 38.4 & 35.7 & 154 & 320 \\
+ 60 & 0.67 & 42.1 & 34.7 & 138 & 340 \\
+120 & 0.52 & 45.1 & 34.0 & 124 & 370 \\
+\noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Output}\ \\[2mm]
+See table\ts12.1
+\begin{table}
+%\label{table12.1}
+\caption[ ]{Critical $N$ values}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\small
+\begin{tabular}{llllll}
+\hline
+\noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+$M_\sun$ & $beta_{0}$ & $T_{\rm c6}$ & $\gamma$
+ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm L}$
+ & $N_{\rm crit}^{\rm Te}$\\
+\noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+\hline
+\noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+ 30 & 0.82 & 38.4 & 35.7 & 154 & 320 \\
+ 60 & 0.67 & 42.1 & 34.7 & 138 & 340 \\
+120 & 0.52 & 45.1 & 34.0 & 124 & 370 \\
+\noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table}
+
+\newpage
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\caption[ ]{Observational results from NGC 4827}
+\small
+\begin{flushleft}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+\begin{tabular}{lllllllllllll}
+\hline
+ & & \multicolumn{3}{l}{RA (1950)} &\
+ & \multicolumn{3}{l}{Dec (1950)}
+ & $S$ & Pol & \% & $\log P$\\
+ \cline{3-5}\cline{7-9}
+ & &(h) & (m) & (s) & & (\degr) & (\arcmin)
+ & (\arcsec) & (mJy) & (mJy) & & (W Hz$^{-1}$)\\
+\hline
+Core & (5 GHz) & 12 & 54 & 18.0 & & 27 & 26 & 56.2
+ & 8 & & & 21.64 \\
+Total&(327 MHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 210 & & & 23.13 \\
+ &(1.4 GHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 57 & 1.3 & 2 & 22.49 \\
+ & (5 GHz) & & & & & & &
+ & 26 & 0.73 & 3 & 22.15 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Output}\ \\[2mm]
+See table\ts 12.2
+\begin{table}
+\label{table12.2}
+\caption[ ]{Observational results from NGC 4827}
+\small
+\begin{flushleft}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.2}
+\tabcolsep=0.9\tabcolsep
+\begin{tabular}{lllllllllllll}
+\hline
+ & & \multicolumn{3}{l}{RA (1950)} &\
+ & \multicolumn{3}{l}{Dec (1950)}
+ & $S$ & Pol & \% & $\log P$\\
+ \cline{3-5}\cline{7-9}
+ & &(h) & (m) & (s) & & (\degr) & (\arcmin)
+ & (\arcsec) & (mJy) & (mJy) & & (W Hz$^{-1}$)\\
+\hline
+Core & (5 GHz) & 12 & 54 & 18.0 & & 27 & 26 & 56.2
+ & 8 & & & 21.64 \\
+Total&(327 MHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 210 & & & 23.13 \\
+ &(1.4 GHz)& & & & & & &
+ & 57 & 1.3 & 2 & 22.49 \\
+ & (5 GHz) & & & & & & &
+ & 26 & 0.73 & 3 & 22.15 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+\end{table}
+\section{Tables Not Coded with \LaTeX{}}
+
+If you do not wish to code your table using \LaTeX{}
+but prefer to have it reproduced separately,
+proceed similarily as for figures and use the following coding:
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\verb|\begin{table}| \\
+\verb|\caption[ ]{<text of caption>}|\\
+\verb|\vspace{<actual height of table> cm}| \\
+\verb|\end{table}|
+\end{flushleft}
+
+
+\chapter{Appendices}
+
+Type \verb|\appendix| to set all sectioncounter etc to 0.
+Begin the actual appendix by typing\\
+\verb|\section{Appendix}|
+
+
+\chapter{Signs and Characters}
+
+\section{Special Signs}
+
+You may need to use special signs. Though quite a number is supplied by
+{\em \LaTeX{}} (see
+{\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, pp.~44~ff.) we have created further
+symbols.
+
+\section{Mathematical Symbols}
+\begin{flushleft}
+%\small
+\footnotesize
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25}
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\hspace{1.5cm}}lll}
+\hline
+Input & Explanation & Output & Input & Explanation & Output\\
+\hline
+\verb|\la| & less or approx & $\la$ &
+ \verb|\ga| & greater or approx & $\ga$\\
+\verb|\getsto| & gets over to & $\getsto$ &
+ \verb|\cor| & corresponds to & $\cor$\\
+\verb|\lid| & less or equal & $\lid$ &
+ \verb|\gid| & greater or equal & $\gid$\\
+\verb|\sol| & similar over less & $\sol$ &
+ \verb|\sog| & similar over greater & $\sog$\\
+\verb|\lse| & less over simeq & $\lse$ &
+ \verb|\gse| & greater over simeq & $\gse$\\
+\verb|\grole| & greater over less & $\grole$ &
+ \verb|\leogr| & less over greater & $\leogr$\\
+\verb|\loa| & less over approx & $\loa$ &
+ \verb|\goa| & greater over approx & $\goa$\\
+\verb|\qed| & less over approx & $\qed$ & \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\section{Special Roman or Blackboard Bold}
+
+\begin{flushleft}
+%\small
+\footnotesize
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25}
+\begin{tabular}{lll@{\hspace{1cm}}lll}
+\hline
+Input & Explanation & Output & Input & Explanation & Output\\
+\hline
+\verb|$\bbbc$| & complex numbers & $\bbbc$ &
+\verb|$\bbbf$| & blackboard bold F & $\bbbf$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbh$| & blackboard bold H & $\bbbh$ &
+\verb|$\bbbk$| & blackboard bold K & $\bbbk$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbm$| & blackboard bold M & $\bbbm$ &
+\verb|$\bbbn$| & natural numbers N & $\bbbn$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbp$| & blackboard bold P & $\bbbp$ &
+\verb|$\bbbq$| & rational numbers & $\bbbq$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbr$| & real numbers & $\bbbr$ &
+\verb|$\bbbs$| & blackboard bold S & $\bbbs$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbt$| & blackboard bold T & $\bbbt$ &
+\verb|$\bbbz$| & integer numbers & $\bbbz$ \\
+\verb|$\bbbone$| & symbol one & $\bbbone$ & & & \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1}
+\end{flushleft}
+
+\section{Gothic (Fraktur)}
+If gothic letters are {\em necessary}, please
+use those from \AmSTeX{},
+available from the American Mathematical Society.
+
+For the real and imaginary parts
+of a complex number within math mode the commands \verb|$\Re$|
+and \verb|$\Im$| have been redefined to produce Re and Im
+instead of gothic letters.
+
+\section{Script}
+
+For script capitals use the coding\\
+\verb|${\cal AB}$| which yields ${\cal AB}$
+(see p.~43 of the \LaTeX{} book).
+
+\section{Vectors}
+\begin{flushleft}
+\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{.5cm}}l}
+\verb|\vec{<Symbol>}| & Vectors may only appear in math mode.\\
+\end{tabular}
+\end{flushleft}
+\verb|$\vec{A} \times \vec{B} \cdot \vec{C}|\quad
+ yields $\vec{A}\times\vec{B}\cdot\vec{C}$.\\
+\verb|$\vec{A\/}^{\rm T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes \vec{\hat D}$|\\
+yields $\vec{A\/}^{\rm T} \otimes \vec{B} \otimes
+\vec{\hat D}$.
+
+
+\def\refchapter{\chapter*{References}
+\parindent0pt\parskip0pt\small}
+\chapter{References}
+
+There are three reference systems available; only one, of course,
+should be used. With each system (by author-year,
+by number only or by letter-number) a reference list
+containing all citations in the
+text, should be included at the end of your book.
+
+\newpage
+\paragraph{Examples of Typical Text Containing Reference Citations}\
+\\[2mm]
+This is implicit in recent work of Arnold (1968) and Lerch et al. (1983)
+\dots\\
+Consider as an example the following theorem [1].\\
+We refer now to the hypothesis as given in [S1].
+
+\section{Author-Year System}
+References are cited in the text by name and year in parentheses, e.g.
+(Smith 1970, 1980), (Ekeland et al. 1985, Theorem 2), (Jones and Jaffe
+1986; Farrow 1988, Chap.\ts 2) or only the year in parentheses if the
+name is part of the sentence, e.g. Ekeland et al. (1985, Sect.\ts 2.1).
+The reference list should contain all citations contained in the text,
+ordered alphabetically by surname (with initials following). If there
+are several works by the same author(s) the references should be listed
+in the appropriate order indicated below:
+\medskip
+\begin{itemize}
+\item[a)] One author: list works chronologically;
+\item[b)] Author and same co-author(s): list works chronologically;
+\item[c)] Author and different co-authors: list works alphabetically
+according to co-authors.
+\end{itemize}
+\medskip
+If there are several works by the same author(s) and in the same year,
+but cited separately, they should be distinguished by
+the use of ``a", ``b" etc., e.g. (Smith 1982a), (Ekeland et al. 1982b).
+
+To achieve a reference list in the author-year system, please use the
+following springer macro syntax
+
+\noindent
+\verb|\begin{references}{}|\quad Don't forget those empty braces\\
+\verb|\refer <text>|\\
+\verb|\refer ...|\\
+\quad $\vdots$\\
+\verb|\end{references}|
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{references}{}
+ \refer Clarke, F., Ekeland, I. 1982, Nonlinear oscillations
+ and boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems,
+ Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78}, (1982) 315--333
+ \refer Rabinowitz, P.: On subharmonic solutions
+ of a Hamiltonian system. Comm. Pure Appl. Math.
+ {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{references}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Output}\
+
+\begin{references}{}
+
+ \refer Clarke, F., Ekeland, I. 1982, Nonlinear oscillations and
+ boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems,
+ Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78}, (1982) 315--333
+ \refer Rabinowitz, P.: On subharmonic solutions of a Hamiltonian
+ system. Comm. Pure Appl. Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+
+\end{references}
+
+\section{References by Number Only or by Letter-Number}
+The author-year system is probably the most convenient to the reader.
+However,\newline
+ refer\-en{}ces may instead be cited in the text by
+numbers
+in square brackets, e.g. [1], [2] etc. used sequentially throughout your
+text or by letter-number, e.g. [E1, S2], [P1] etc. or a
+similar version.
+For example, the first two references are given as [1] and [2] in the
+text, and as 1. and 2. (i.e. the brackets are dropped) in the reference
+list.
+
+\subsection{Syntax for Number-Only System}
+
+\verb|\begin{references}{<widest number used in ref. list>}|\\
+\verb|\refno{<no.>}<text>|\\
+\verb|\refno ...|\\
+\quad $\vdots$\\
+\verb|\end{references}|
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+%
+\begin{references}{1.}
+ \refno{1.} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I. 1982, Nonlinear oscillations
+ and boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems,
+ Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78}, (1982) 315--333
+ \refno{2.} Rabinowitz, P.: On subharmonic solutions
+ of a Hamiltonian system. Comm. Pure Appl. Math.
+ {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{references}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\newpage
+\paragraph{Sample Output}\
+
+\begin{references}{1.} %Springer macros
+ \refno{1.} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I. 1982, Nonlinear oscillations and
+ boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems,
+ Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78}, (1982) 315--333
+ \refno{2.} Rabinowitz, P.: On subharmonic solutions of a Hamiltonian
+ system. Comm. Pure Appl. Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{references}
+
+\subsection{Letter-Number system}
+Here you have the choice between the traditional \LaTeX{}-way of doing
+things and Springer macros.
+
+\smallskip\noindent
+Traditional \LaTeX{} syntax
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{widest-label} % \LaTeX{} standard macros
+ \bibitem[<label>]{name}<text>
+ \bibitem[<label>]{name}<text>
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{[MT1]}
+\bibitem[CE1]{CE1} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I. 1982,
+ Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value
+ problems for Hamiltonian systems,
+ Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78},
+ (1982) 315--333
+\bibitem[Ra1]{Ra1} Rabinowitz, P.: On subharmonic solutions
+ of a Hamiltonian system. Comm. Pure Appl.
+ Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\paragraph{Sample Ouput}\
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{[MT1]}
+\bibitem[CE1]{CE1} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I. 1982, Nonlinear oscillations and
+boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems, Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal.
+{\bf 78}, (1982) 315--333
+\bibitem[Ra1]{Ra1} Rabinowitz, P.: On subharmonic solutions of a
+Hamiltonian system. Comm. Pure Appl. Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\noindent
+For overall information on the reference environment
+see the {\em \LaTeX{} User's Guide \& Reference
+Manual\/} by Leslie Lamport, p.~73.
+
+\subsection{Springer macros syntax}
+
+\verb|\begin{references}{[<widest label used in your list>]}|\\
+\verb|\refmark{[<label>]}<text>|\\
+\verb|\refmark ...|\\
+\quad $\vdots$\\
+\verb|\end{references}|
+
+\paragraph{Sample Input}
+\begin{verbatim}
+%
+\begin{references}{[CEW]}
+ \refmark{[Aa]} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I. 1982,
+ Nonlinear oscillations and boundary-value
+ problems for Hamiltonian systems,
+ Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78}, (1982) 315--333
+ \refmark{[Bi]} Rabinowitz, P.: On subharmonic solutions
+ of a Hamiltonian system. Comm. Pure Appl. Math.
+ {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+ \end{references}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent{\em Sample Output}
+
+\begin{references}{[CEW]}
+ \refmark{[Aa]} Clarke, F., Ekeland, I. 1982, Nonlinear oscillations and
+ boundary-value problems for Hamiltonian systems,
+ Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal. {\bf 78}, (1982) 315--333
+ \refmark{[Bi]} Rabinowitz, P.: On subharmonic solutions of a Hamiltonian
+ system. Comm. Pure Appl. Math. {\bf 33} (1980) 609--633
+ \end{references}
+
+\smallskip
+In reality, all these references start at the top of a new right page
+thus creating an empty page if necessary.
+
+\smallskip\noindent
+{\it Very important\/}: For each entry in the reference list please
+follow {\it exactly\/} the order shown in the examples and
+ensure that the references cited in the text (name-year,
+number or letter-number) correspond exactly with the entries
+in the reference list.
+
+\section{The use of\/ {\rm\BibTeX{}}}
+
+If you normally use \BibTeX{} to produce your references please
+customize its bibliography style according to the things mentioned
+above.
+
+\chapter{Postscriptum}
+
+We include a file named mathsing.dem on the diskette containing the
+\TeX{} -- input for an example of a text being formatted with the
+MathSing style-file.
+\end{document}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8d888fa76b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/mathsing.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,934 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% MATHSING.STY Version 1.1
+%
+% This LaTeX style option file contains necessary macros for writing
+% camera ready english single author math book manuscripts.
+%
+%
+% Usage:
+%
+% \documentstyle[12pt,mathsing]{book}
+% ...
+%
+% Change log:
+%
+% 90/11/04 pagestyle empty for first page of chapter
+% 90/11/04 distinct figure and table captions
+% 90/11/04 \small for captions and headings
+% 90/11/04 improved definition of theorem-like environments
+% 90/12/01 separation after chapter title changed to 5.1cm
+% 90/12/01 page size changed to 45x14.4+10pt=23.05cm
+% 90/12/01 references
+% 90/12/01 common counter for theorem-like environments
+% 90/12/02 table of contents
+% 90/12/02 final improvements and corrections
+% 90/12/26 two styles for equation numbers
+% 91/02/05 \numberlikebook and \numberlikearticle replace
+% \eqnbook and \eqnarticle
+% 91/10/07 \listoffigures, \listoftables made similar to
+% \tableofcontents,
+% running head of Index changed: Sachverzeichnis -> Index,
+% \newthe now uses \thechapter instead of \arabic{chapter}
+% 91/02/05 binding: \tablebook, \tablearticle
+% \figurebook, \figurearticle added
+% 91/10/07 holzwarth: \listoffigures, \listoftables
+% according to \tableofcontents,
+% \begin{theindex}
+% \newthe to produce correct numbers
+% 91/12/03 \chapter, \section, and \subsection now do not
+% hyphenate the headings any more
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% change the catcode of @ (allows names containing @ after \begin{document})
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\makeatletter
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% page layout and dimensions
+%
+% The following commands are redefined:
+%
+% \ps@headings (cf. BOOK.STY)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%
+% Layout
+%
+% Note: The following values do not apply for English Springer
+% books on phsics; use \baselineskip=14pt, \textwidth=13.8cm,
+% \textheight=640pt (=45x14pt+10pt=22.5cm) instead!
+%
+
+\baselineskip=14.4pt % LaTeX default
+
+\topmargin=0cm
+\textwidth=14.2cm % 1.2 x 11.833 cm
+\textheight=658pt % 45x14.4pt+10pt = 658pt = 23.0554cm
+%\textheight=23.2502cm % 1.2x19.3752cm=23.2502cm (first version)
+\oddsidemargin=0.7cm
+\evensidemargin=0.7cm
+\headsep=20pt % ?
+
+\parindent=7mm % 1.2 x 5.833mm
+
+\hfuzz=2pt % supress "overfull box" messages below 2pt
+
+\frenchspacing % no large blanks at the end of a sentence
+
+
+\tolerance=500
+
+\abovedisplayskip=3.6 mm plus7.2pt minus 4.8pt
+\belowdisplayskip=3.6 mm plus7.2pt minus 4.8pt
+\abovedisplayshortskip=0.0 mm plus7.2pt minus 2.4pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=2.4 mm plus4.8pt minus 4.8pt
+
+\predisplaypenalty=0 % penalties for page break
+\clubpenalty=10000 %
+\widowpenalty=10000 %
+
+
+%
+% running titles
+%
+
+% binding 5.2.91 \hspace changed to 1.0 cm | |
+% binding 5.2.91 dot deleted after \thesection |
+\def\ps@headings{
+ \let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \def\@oddfoot{}
+ \def\@evenfoot{}
+ \def\@evenhead{\rm\small\thepage\hspace{1.0cm}\leftmark\hfil\hbox{}}
+ \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\hfil\rm\small\rightmark\hspace{1.0cm}\thepage}
+ \def\chaptermark##1{\markboth
+ {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \thechapter.\ \fi ##1}{}}
+%hier punkt raus. binding |
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markright
+ {\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@ \thesection\ \fi ##1}}
+ }
+
+\pagestyle{headings}
+
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Chapters and Sections
+%
+% The following commands are redefined:
+%
+% \@makechapterhead (cf. BK12.STY)
+% \@makeschapterhead (cf. BK12.STY)
+% \chapter (cf. BK12.STY)
+% \@sect (cf. LATEX.TEX)
+% \section (cf. BK12.STY)
+% \subsection (cf. BK12.STY)
+% \subsubsection (cf. BK12.STY)
+% \paragraph (cf. BK12.STY)
+% \subparagraph (cf. BK12.STY)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%
+% number of numbered section levels
+%
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+
+
+%
+% Adapt the font size for chapter titles and supress printing of
+% the word "chapter"
+%
+
+\def\@makechapterhead#1{ { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+% \pretolerance added 12/3/91 fuh
+{\pretolerance=10000\Large \bf \thechapter.\hspace{0.3cm}#1\par}%
+ \nobreak \vskip 4cm \vskip\baselineskip} }
+
+\def\@makeschapterhead#1{ { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+% \pretolerance added 12/3/91 fuh
+ \pretolerance=10000\Large \bf #1\par
+ \nobreak \vskip 4cm \vskip\baselineskip} }
+
+%
+% define pagestyle=empty for first page of a chapter
+%
+
+\def\chapter{\cleardoublepage \thispagestyle{empty} \global\@topnum\z@
+\@afterindentfalse \secdef\@chapter\@schapter}
+
+%
+% Change the distance between section number and title from 1em to 2mm
+% binding: changed again to 1en=0.5em | 5.2.91
+%
+
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}%
+ \edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname\hskip 0.5em }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+% changed by Binding :) 20.3.91
+% old: \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+% \@hangfrom deleted to avoid hanging indentation \noindent added
+ {\noindent\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}%
+ {\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+
+%
+% Font size for section titles;
+% Increased vertical space before and after sections, subsections
+% and subsubsections by 1ex; run-in headings starting with subsubsection
+%
+% (\@startsection{NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE})
+%
+
+%binding, 18.3.91: \boldmath inserted
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{
+ -4.50ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{3.3ex plus .2ex}
+ {\large\bf\boldmath\raggedright\pretolerance=10000}}
+% \raggedright and \pretolerance added 12/3/91 fuh
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{
+ -4.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{2.5ex plus .2ex}
+ {\normalsize\bf\boldmath\raggedright\pretolerance=10000}}
+% \raggedright and \pretolerance added 12/3/91 fuh
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{
+ -3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{-0.5em}
+ {\normalsize\bf\boldmath}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{
+ -3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{-0.5em}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\@}{
+ -3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{-0.5em}{\normalsize\it}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%20.3.91, binding: \labelitemi changed
+\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\bullet$}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Tables
+%
+% Change width of horizontal and vertical lines in arrays and tables
+%
+% The following commands are redefined:
+%
+% \arrayrulewidth
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\arrayrulewidth0.15mm
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Figure and table captions (small)
+%
+% To meet the different requirements for table and figure captions
+% new macros \@makefigurecaption and \@maketablecaption are introduced
+% in addition to \@makecaption (cf. BOOK.STY). The \@caption macro is
+% changed to check for figures and tables.
+%
+% The following commands are redefined:
+%
+% \@caption (cf. LATEX.TEX)
+% \fnum@figure (cf. BOOK.STY)
+% \fnum@table (cf. BOOK.STY)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\addcontentsline{\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\par
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \normalsize
+ \csname @make#1caption\endcsname
+ {\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\long\def\@makefigurecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip 10pt % skip between figure and caption
+ {\small % required here for correct \baselineskip !
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\small{\bf#1}#2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ \unhbox\@tempboxa\par
+ \else
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil} % centered short caption !
+ \fi}
+ \vskip 10pt} % additional space between caption and text
+
+\long\def\@maketablecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip 10pt % additional space between text and caption
+ {\small % required here for correct \baselineskip !
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\small{\bf#1}#2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ \unhbox\@tempboxa\par
+ \else \hbox to\hsize{\box\@tempboxa\hfil} % leftadjusted short caption !
+ \fi}
+ \vskip 10pt} % skip between caption and table
+
+\def\fnum@figure{Fig.$\,$\thefigure.$\;$}
+\def\fnum@table{Table$\,$\thetable.$\;$}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Distance between text and floatings (tables, figures)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\floatsep 14pt plus 2pt minus 4pt % LaTeX defaults values
+\textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt %
+\intextsep 14pt plus 4pt minus 4pt %
+\@maxsep 20pt %
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Table of contents
+%
+% The following commands are redefined:
+%
+% \l@chapter (cf. LATEX.STY)
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%
+% lowest level for table of contents entries
+%
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+%
+% dotted line for chapters in table of contents
+% (cf. definition of \@dottedline in LATEX.STY)
+%
+\def\l@chapter#1#2{\pagebreak[3]
+ \vskip 1.0em plus 1pt \@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \rm \leavevmode #1
+ \nobreak\leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern \@dotsep mu$}\hfill
+ \nobreak
+ \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss \rm #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+%
+% Adaption of \tableofcontents (title,headings,pagenumber)
+%
+
+\def\tableofcontents{
+ \@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \chapter*{Table of Contents}
+ \markboth{Table of Contents}{Table of Contents} % headline
+ \renewcommand{\thepage}{\Roman{page}} % roman page number
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+
+%%%%%%%% added 91/10/07 fuh %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% List of figures
+%
+% The following commands are redefined:
+%
+% \listoffigures
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+\def\listoffigures{
+ \@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \chapter*{List of Figures}
+ \markboth{List of Figures}{List of Figures} % headline
+ \renewcommand{\thepage}{\Roman{page}} % roman page number
+ \@starttoc{lof}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+
+%%%%%%%% added 91/10/07 fuh %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% List of tables
+%
+% The following commands are redefined:
+%
+% \listoftables
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+\def\listoftables{
+ \@restonecolfalse
+ \if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+ \chapter*{List of Tables}
+ \markboth{List of Tables}{List of Tables} % headline
+ \renewcommand{\thepage}{\Roman{page}} % roman page number
+ \@starttoc{lot}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Index (with table of contents entry)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\theindex{ \cleardoublepage
+ \small
+ \columnseprule \z@
+ \columnsep=0.84cm
+ \twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{Index}
+ \@mkboth{Index}{Index}
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 15pt}
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 15pt -- }
+\def\endtheindex{\clearpage}
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% References (Bibliography)
+%
+% Macros for creating a list of references in small print using LaTeX
+% defaults or some special Springer commands.
+%
+% Usage:
+%
+% \begin{thebibliography}{wide-label} % LaTeX standard macros
+% \bibitem[label]{name} ... text ...
+% \bibitem[label]{name} ... text ...
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% or
+%
+% \begin{references}{wide-label} % Springer macros
+% \refer ... text ...
+% \refno{no.} ... text ...
+% \refmark{[label]} ... text ...
+% \end{references}
+%
+% New commands:
+%
+% \refchapter starts an unnumbered chapter "References"; small font
+% \refer unlabeled item with hanging indentation
+% \refno right adjusted label (for numbers)
+% \refmark left adjusted label (for text labels)
+%
+% Changed commands
+%
+% \thebibliography (BOOK.STY)
+% \endthebibliography (BOOK.STY)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\refchapter{\chapter*{References}
+\parindent0pt\parskip0pt\small
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{References}
+\markboth{References}{References}}
+
+
+\def\thebibliography#1{\refchapter\list
+ {[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \labelsep0pt\advance\leftmargin\labelsep\itemsep0pt\parsep0pt
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+
+
+\newenvironment{references}[1]{\refchapter
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{#1\enspace}
+ \begingroup}{\endgraf\endgroup}
+%
+% The following macros are from REFER.TEX.
+% \refindent is replaced by the predefined dimension \labelwidth
+% that is also used by \thebibliography; \ref is replaced by \refer
+% since \ref is already used for referencing lables!
+
+\newlinechar=`\|
+
+% \refer produces ordinary entries, successive line are indented 1em
+\def\refer{\goodbreak\hangindent1em\hangafter=1\noindent\ignorespaces}
+
+% \refno produces entries with right-aligned marks in the margin
+\def\refno#1{\goodbreak
+\setbox0=\hbox{#1\enspace}\ifdim\labelwidth<\wd0\relax
+\message{|Your reference `#1' is wider than you pretended in using
+\string\begref.}\fi
+\hangindent\labelwidth\hangafter=1\noindent
+\kern\labelwidth\llap{#1\enspace}\ignorespaces}
+
+% \refmark produces entries with left-aligned marks in the margin
+\def\refmark#1{\goodbreak
+\setbox0=\hbox{#1\enspace}\ifdim\labelwidth<\wd0\relax
+\message{|Your reference `#1' is wider than you pretended in using
+\string\begref.}\fi
+\hangindent\labelwidth\hangafter=1\noindent
+\hbox to\labelwidth{#1\hss}\ignorespaces}
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% New environments
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%
+% The following lines define a new environment 'listing'
+%
+% \begin{listing}
+% ...
+% \end{listing}
+%
+% that prints listings using \footnotesize and takes care to reset
+% the \baselineskip. The macro definition is based on ALLTT.STY that
+% allows various TEX commands to be given within the environment
+% (e.g. '\input', '\index' or '\it'). '%' has been retained as a special
+% character within 'listing', however, to avoid unwanted line breaks.
+%
+%
+
+\def\docspecials{\do\ \do\$\do\&%
+ \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\~}
+
+\newdimen\oldbaselineskip
+\def\listing{\par\noindent\oldbaselineskip=\baselineskip \footnotesize%
+\trivlist \item[]\if@minipage\else\vskip\parskip\fi
+\leftskip\@totalleftmargin\rightskip\z@
+\parindent\z@\parfillskip\@flushglue\parskip\z@
+\@tempswafalse \def\par{\if@tempswa\hbox{}\fi\@tempswatrue\@@par}
+\obeylines \tt \catcode``=13 \@noligs \let\do\@makeother \docspecials
+ \frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces}
+
+\def\endlisting{\endtrivlist\baselineskip=\oldbaselineskip}
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Acknowledgements ( = acknow.tex)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\ack#1{\vskip11pt\begingroup\noindent{\it Acknowledgements\/}.
+\ignorespaces#1\vskip6pt\endgroup}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Definition of versal greek letters ( = ucgreek.tex)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\mathchardef\Gamma="0100
+\mathchardef\Delta="0101
+\mathchardef\Theta="0102
+\mathchardef\Lambda="0103
+\mathchardef\Xi="0104
+\mathchardef\Pi="0105
+\mathchardef\Sigma="0106
+\mathchardef\Upsilon="0107
+\mathchardef\Phi="0108
+\mathchardef\Psi="0109
+\mathchardef\Omega="010A
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Vectors ( = vector.tex)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% This is vector.tex
+% it redefines the plain TeX \vec command
+% to produce bold characters
+%
+\def\vec#1{\ifmmode
+\mathchoice{\mbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\textstyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptstyle\bf#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptscriptstyle\bf#1$}}\else
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\bf#1$}}\fi}
+%
+%\def\vec#1{{\textfont0=\tenbf\scriptfont0=\sevenbf
+%\scriptscriptfont0=\fivebf
+%\textfont1=\tenbf\scriptfont1=\sevenbf
+%\scriptscriptfont1=\fivebf
+%\ifmmode % supply all varieties of math sizes
+% \mathchoice{\hbox{$\displaystyle#1$}}{\hbox{$\textstyle#1$}}
+% {\hbox{$\scriptstyle#1$}}{\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}
+%\else\hbox{$#1$}\fi}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Symbols ( = symbols.tex )
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% This is symbols.tex
+% the symbols not available in plain TeX are constructed
+% by overprinting some characters
+
+\def\sun{{\hbox{$\odot$}}}
+\def\la{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.5pt}\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.0pt}\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil
+\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\sim\cr}}}}}
+\def\ga{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.5pt}\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.0pt}\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\sim\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil
+\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\sim\cr}}}}}
+\def\sq{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\degr{\hbox{$^\circ$}}
+\def\arcmin{\hbox{$^\prime$}}
+\def\arcsec{\hbox{$^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\utw{\smash{\rlap{\lower5pt\hbox{$\sim$}}}}
+\def\udtw{\smash{\rlap{\lower6pt\hbox{$\approx$}}}}
+\def\fd{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm d}$}}
+\def\fh{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm h}$}}
+\def\fm{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm m}$}}
+\def\fs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\rm s}$}}
+\def\fdg{\hbox{$.\!\!^\circ$}}
+\def\farcm{\hbox{$.\mkern-4mu^\prime$}}
+\def\farcs{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\prime\prime}$}}
+\def\fp{\hbox{$.\!\!^{\scriptscriptstyle\rm p}$}}
+\def\getsto{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\gets\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\gets\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\gets\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\gets\cr\to\cr}}}}}
+\def\cor{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\widehat=$}}{\hbox{$\widehat=$}}
+{\hbox{$\scriptstyle\hat=$}}
+{\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\hat=$}}}}
+\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.5pt}<\cr}}}}}
+\def\lid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.5pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\gid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.5pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\sol{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.2mm}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr<\cr}}}}}
+\def\sog{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.2mm}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\sim\cr>\cr}}}}}
+\def\lse{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.5pt}\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\simeq\cr}}}}}
+\def\gse{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.5pt}\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.0pt}\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\simeq\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\simeq\cr}}}}}
+\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.5pt}<\cr}}}}}
+\def\leogr{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1.5pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}>\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.5pt}>\cr}}}}}
+\def\loa{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.5pt}\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.0pt}\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\approx\cr}}}}}
+\def\goa{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.5pt}\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.0pt}\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\approx\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip0.5pt}\approx\cr}}}}}
+\def\bbbr{{\rm I\!R}} %reelle Zahlen
+\def\bbbn{{\rm I\!N}} %natuerliche Zahlen
+\def\bbbm{{\rm I\!M}}
+\def\bbbh{{\rm I\!H}}
+\def\bbbf{{\rm I\!F}}
+\def\bbbk{{\rm I\!K}}
+\def\bbbp{{\rm I\!P}}
+\def\bbbone{{\mathchoice {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l}
+{\rm 1\mskip-4.5mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-5mu l}}}
+\def\bbbc{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbe{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{\smalletextfont e}\hbox{\raise
+0.1\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule width0.3pt
+height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{\smalletextfont e}\hbox{\raise
+0.1\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule width0.3pt
+height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{\smallescriptfont e}\hbox{\raise
+0.1\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.5\wd0\vrule width0.2pt
+height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{\smallescriptscriptfont e}\hbox{\raise
+0.1\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule width0.2pt
+height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbq{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbt{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+T$}\hbox{\hbox to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbs{{\mathchoice
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.5\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+
+%
+% note: changed \sans to \sf for LaTeX
+%
+
+\def\bbbz{{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptstyle Z\kern-0.3em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\sf\scriptscriptstyle Z\kern-0.2em Z$}}}}
+
+\def\diameter{{\ifmmode\oslash\else$\oslash$\fi}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% petit (substitute for petit.tex)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\newenvironment{petit}{\vskip6pt\begingroup\small}{\endgroup\vskip6pt}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% New environments
+%
+% lemma, proposition, theorem, corollary (\bf,\it) (numbered)
+% exercise, problem, solution, definition (\bf,\rm)
+% 27.3.91 binding: example, note and question changed to (\bf, \rm)
+%
+% lemma*, proposition*, theorem*, corollary* (\bf,\it) (unnumbered)
+% exercise*, problem*, solution*, definition* (\bf,\rm)
+% example*, note*, question* (\it,\rm)
+%
+% remark, proof (\it,\rm) (unnumbered)
+%
+% usage: \begin{lemma} or \begin{lemma}[COMMENT]
+% ... ...
+% \end{lemma} \end{lemma}
+%
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% currently one counter is used for all theorem like environments
+
+\newcounter{lemmacount}[chapter]
+\renewcommand{\thelemmacount}{\thechapter.\arabic{lemmacount}}
+
+
+%
+% short form for defininng new theorem like environments:
+% \newthe{NAME}{NAME*}{TITLE}{COUNTER}{FONT1}{FONT2}
+%
+\def\@@begthe#1{\@ifnextchar[{\@optbegthe#1}{\@begthe#1}}
+%27.3.91 binding: dot deleted
+%def\@begthe#1{. #1} old
+\def\@begthe#1{ #1}
+\def\@optbegthe#1[#2]{ {#2} #1}
+\newcommand{\newthe}[6]{
+ \def\nlni{\par\ifvmode\removelastskip\fi\vskip\baselineskip\noindent}
+ \def\xxxend{\endgroup\vskip\baselineskip}
+ \newenvironment{#1}{\nlni\begingroup\refstepcounter{#4}#5#3
+%changed 91/10/7 fuh:\arabic{chapter}.\arabic{#4}\@@begthe{#6}}{\xxxend}
+ \thechapter.\arabic{#4}\@@begthe{#6}}{\xxxend}
+ \newenvironment{#2}{\nlni\begingroup#5#3\@@begthe{#6}}{\xxxend}}
+
+
+% Lemma, Proposition, Theorem, Corollary (\bf,\it)
+
+\newthe{lemma}{lemma*}{Lemma}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\it}
+\newthe{proposition}{proposition*}{Proposition}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\it}
+\newthe{theorem}{theorem*}{Theorem}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\it}
+\newthe{corollary}{corollary*}{Corollary}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\it}
+
+
+% Exercise, Problem, Solution, Definition (\bf,\rm)
+
+\newthe{exercise}{exercise*}{exercise}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\it}
+\newthe{problem}{problem*}{Problem}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\it}
+\newthe{solution}{solution*}{Solution}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\it}
+\newthe{definition}{definition*}{Definition}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\it}
+
+
+% Example, Note, Question (\bf,\rm)
+
+\newthe{example}{example*}{Example}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\rm}
+\newthe{note}{note*}{Note}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\rm}
+\newthe{question}{question*}{Question}{lemmacount}{\bf}{\rm}
+
+
+% Remark, Proof
+
+\newenvironment{remark}{\nlni\begingroup\it Remark. \rm}{
+ \endgroup\vskip\baselineskip}
+\newenvironment{proof}{\nlni\begingroup\it Proof. \rm}{
+ \endgroup\vskip\baselineskip}
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% qed
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\qed{\ifmmode\sq\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil
+\penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\sq
+\parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% \eqnarticle simple equation numbers without chapter number
+% \eqnbook structured equation numbers (default)
+% changed by binding 5.2.91: changed to \numberlikearticle and
+% \numberlikebook, changing numbering of
+% figures and tables also.
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\numberlikearticle{\global\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+\global\def\thetable{\arabic{table}}
+\global\def\thefigure{\arabic{figure}}}
+\def\numberlikebook{\global\def\theequation{\thechapter.\arabic{equation}}
+\global\def\thetable{\thechapter.\arabic{table}}
+\global\def\thefigure{\thechapter.\arabic{figure}}}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Redeclaration of \makeatletter; no @-expressions may be used from now on
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\makeatother
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% End of MATHSING.STY
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/read.me b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/read.me
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e813f9076
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/mathsing/read.me
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+%%==================================================================%%
+%% %%
+%% %%
+%% LaTeX Style File %%
+%% %%
+%% Single - Author Mathematics %%
+%% %%
+%% %%
+%% (c) Springer-Verlag 1992 %%
+%% %%
+%% Version 1.1 %%
+%% %%
+%% %%
+%%==================================================================%%
+
+On this diskette or tape you find the following files:
+
+mathsing.sty LaTeX style file
+mathsing.doc This is the LaTeX source for the documentation.
+ Please LaTeX it.
+mathsing.dem example input file
+
+If you happen to find any bugs in our style file we would be very
+grateful if you could notify us. In order to help us reproduce the
+effects you report, please be so kind and provide us with LaTeX input,
+log-file and a short description of your "findings".
+
+We wish you happy TeXing and many thanks in advance.
+
+Springer-Verlag Heidelberg
+New Technologies / Product Development
+
+P.O. Box 105280
+W-6900 Heidelberg
+
+e-mail: SPRINGER@DHDSPRI6.bitnet
+
+
+All Springer macros are also available through our
+
+mailserver: SVSERV@DHDSPRI6.bitnet
+
+Send an e-mail just containing the word "help" to this e-mail
+address and you will receive further information.
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicread.me b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicread.me
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1216c1751d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicread.me
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+LATEX STYLE FILE FOR "WORKSHOPS IN COMPUTING" SERIES
+
+The style file on this disk is copyright
+(C) 1991 Springer-Verlag London Limited.
+
+It may be freely used for the production of papers intended for
+publication in the Springer "Workshops in Computing" series, and
+may be copied for this purpose.
+
+The file may not be used or copied for any other reason.
+
+We expect that authors will be able to suggest additions and
+improvements to this style file, and welcome any ideas. Please
+contact the Computing Editor or Associate Editor for Computing.
+
+Telephone (0) 81 947 5885
+Fax (0) 81 947 4651
+ (UK, international dialling code 44)
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsadv.org b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsadv.org
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c24dda5614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsadv.org
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+%Please make the following changes to your source file
+%The file WICSBOOK.sty should be used as an option as follows
+%\documentstyle{FACS}
+\documentstyle[twoside,WICSBOOK]{article}
+%Please alter the \title command using \vspace{-3pc}\titlesize\bf as follows
+\title{\vspace{-3pc}\titlesize\bf This is an Example of a Title with only the
+Main Words in Capitals}
+
+%The address should be broken into "logical" units with each unit preceded by
+%\normalsize. Each author name should be preceded by the command \large as
+%shown.
+%\date{} removes the date of the last version of your paper.
+%In the case of multiple authors the "logical" units should be long enough to
+%avoid the authors/adresses being sided.
+
+\author{\large First Author\\
+\normalsize Institute or Department (optional), University or College\\
+\normalsize City and Country\and
+
+\large Second Author\\
+\normalsize Institute or Department (optional), University or College\\
+\normalsize City and Country \date{}}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+%include \noindent and \ninesize in the abstract as shown
+
+\begin{abstract}\ninesize
+\noindent The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if an
+abstract is not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3
+line space if an abstract is not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there
+is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract is not supplied. The text of the
+abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract is not supplied.
+
+The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract is
+not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if
+an abstract is not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3
+line space if an abstract is not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there
+is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract is not supplied. The text of the
+abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract is not supplied.
+The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract is
+not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if
+an abstract is not supplied. \end{abstract} %The remainder of the file requires
+no special treatment.
+
+\section{Comments}
+Your cooperation in complying with the instructions provided in example.tex
+will add considerably to the overall appearance of the volume. Any suggestions
+that could improve the admittedly crude WICSBOOK.sty file would be appreciated
+and should be addressed to the publisher.
+
+\section{Example of a second level heading (the title is the first level)}
+
+\subsection{Example of a third level heading}
+
+\subsubsection{Example of a fourth level heading}
+A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the
+heading in normal type not indented.
+
+A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the heading in
+normal type not indented. {\bf Example of an equation}
+\[ x=\frac{y+2/2}{y^{2}+1}.\]
+{\bf The text following an equation is automatically indented unless the
+following is adopted}
+\[ x=\frac{y+2/2}{y^{2}+1}\]
+\noindent {\bf in which case the text is flush left.} A fifth level heading is
+indicated by a line space above with the heading in normal type not indented. A
+fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the heading in
+normal type not indented. {\bf Example of a reference. Either of \LaTeX\rq s
+systems may be adopted\ }\cite{ref1}. A fifth level heading is indicated by a
+line space above with the heading in normal type not indented. A fifth level
+heading is indicated by a line space above with the heading in normal type not
+
+\subsection{Example of a third level heading}
+indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the
+heading in normal type not indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a
+line space above with the heading in normal type not
+indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the
+heading in normal type not indented.
+
+A fifth level heading is
+indicated by a line space above with the heading in normal type not
+indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the
+heading in normal type not indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a
+line space above with the heading in normal type not
+indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the
+heading in normal type not indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a
+line space above with the heading in normal type not indented. A fifth level
+heading is indicated by a line space above with the heading in normal type not
+indented.
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+\bibitem{ref1} A. Author, Paper title, Publication ({\bf if book} then page
+numbers, publisher details, date of publication) ({\bf if Journal} then vol.
+and page numbers
+\end{thebibliography}\end{document}
+
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsadv.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsadv.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..61cc8e0a89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsadv.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+% WICSADV.TEX
+% Last modification : 30.10.91, M.Reed (CUP)
+
+% Please make the following changes to your source file.
+% The file WICSBOOK.sty should be used as an option as follows:
+
+\documentstyle[twoside,wicsbook]{article}
+
+% Please alter the \title command using \vspace{-3pc}\titlesize\bf as follows
+\title{\vspace{-3pc}\titlesize\bf This is an Example of a Title with only
+the Main Words in Capitals}
+
+% The address should be broken into "logical" units with each unit preceded
+% by \normalsize. Each author name should be preceded by the command \large
+% as shown.
+% \date{} removes the date of the last version of your paper.
+% In the case of multiple authors the "logical" units should be long enough
+% to avoid the authors/adresses being sided.
+
+\author{\large First Author\\
+ \normalsize Institute or Department (optional), University or College\\
+ \normalsize City and Country\and
+\large Second Author\\
+ \normalsize Institute or Department (optional), University or College\\
+ \normalsize City and Country \date{}}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+% Include \noindent and \ninesize in the abstract as shown.
+
+\begin{abstract}\ninesize
+\noindent The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if an
+abstract is not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3
+line space if an abstract is not supplied. The text of the abstract, if
+there is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract is not supplied. The text of
+the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract is not
+supplied.
+
+The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract
+is not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line
+space if an abstract is not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there
+is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract is not supplied. The text of the
+abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract is not supplied.
+The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space if an abstract
+is not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there is one, or a 3 line space
+if an abstract is not supplied. The text of the abstract, if there is one, or
+a 3 line space if an abstract is not supplied.
+\end{abstract}
+
+% The remainder of the file requires no special treatment.
+
+\section{Comments}
+
+Your cooperation in complying with the instructions provided in example.tex
+will add considerably to the overall appearance of the volume. Any
+suggestions that could improve the admittedly crude WICSBOOK.sty file would
+be appreciated and should be addressed to the publisher.
+
+\section{Example of a second level heading (the title is the first level)}
+
+\subsection{Example of a third level heading}
+
+\subsubsection{Example of a fourth level heading}
+
+A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the
+heading in normal type not indented.
+
+A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the heading in
+normal type not indented. {\bf Example of an equation}
+\[ x=\frac{y+2/2}{y^{2}+1}.\]
+{\bf The text following an equation is automatically indented unless the
+following is adopted}
+\[ x=\frac{y+2/2}{y^{2}+1}\]
+\noindent {\bf in which case the text is flush left.} A fifth level heading
+is indicated by a line space above with the heading in normal type not
+indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the
+heading in normal type not indented. {\bf Example of a reference. Either of
+\LaTeX\rq s systems may be adopted\ }\cite{ref1}. A fifth level heading is
+indicated by a line space above with the heading in normal type not indented.
+A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the heading in
+normal type not
+
+\subsection{Example of a third level heading}
+
+indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the
+heading in normal type not indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by
+a line space above with the heading in normal type not indented. A fifth
+level heading is indicated by a line space above with the heading in normal
+type not indented.
+
+A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the heading in
+normal type not indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space
+above with the heading in normal type not indented. A fifth level heading is
+indicated by a line space above with the heading in normal type not indented.
+A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space above with the heading in
+normal type not indented. A fifth level heading is indicated by a line space
+above with the heading in normal type not indented. A fifth level heading is
+indicated by a line space above with the heading in normal type not indented.
+
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+\bibitem{ref1} A. Author, Paper title, Publication ({\bf if book} then page
+numbers, publisher details, date of publication) ({\bf if Journal} then vol.
+and page numbers
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsbook.org b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsbook.org
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02bd18faf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsbook.org
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+%page numbers will be inserted by the printer
+\pagestyle{myheadings}\markboth{}{}
+\def\onesize{\@setsize\onesize{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\twosize{\@setsize\onesize{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\titlesize{\@setsize\titlesize{18pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\ninesize{\@setsize\ninesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\textwidth342pt
+%\textwidth29pc
+\textheight 46pc
+\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{\onesize\bf}}
+\renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\twosize\bf}}
+\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\it}}
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{9pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt\belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus
+2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt\parsep 2pt
+plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt
+minus3pt\let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width 138pt
+ \kern 2.6\p@}
+%the following will indent equations
+\def\[{\relax\ifmmode\@badmath\else\bgroup\@beginparpenalty\predisplaypenalty
+ \@endparpenalty\postdisplaypenalty
+ \begin{trivlist}\item[]\leavevmode
+ \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup$ \displaystyle
+ \hskip\mathindent\bgroup\fi}
+\def\]{\relax\ifmmode \egroup $\hfil \egroup \end{trivlist}\egroup\else
+\@badmath \fi}
+\def\equation{\@beginparpenalty\predisplaypenalty
+ \@endparpenalty\postdisplaypenalty
+\refstepcounter{equation}\trivlist \item[]\leavevmode
+ \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup $ \displaystyle
+\hskip\mathindent}
+\def\endequation{$\hfil \displaywidth\linewidth\@eqnnum\egroup \endtrivlist}
+\def\eqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\global\@eqnswtrue
+\global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\mathindent\let\\=\@eqncr
+\abovedisplayskip\topsep\ifvmode\advance\abovedisplayskip\partopsep\fi
+\belowdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip
+\belowdisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+$$\halign to
+\linewidth\bgroup\@eqnsel\hskip\@centering$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@
+ {##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne \hskip 2\arraycolsep \hfil${##}$\hfil
+ &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ \hskip 2\arraycolsep $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil
+ \tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+\def\endeqnarray{\@@eqncr\egroup
+ \global\advance\c@equation\m@ne$$\global\@ignoretrue }
+\newdimen\mathindent
+\mathindent = 2 em
+
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsbook.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsbook.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..99683386ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/springer/wics/wicsbook.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+% WICSBOOK.STY
+% Last Modification : 30.10.91, M.Reed (CUP)
+
+% Modified \ps@myheadings, so that it never gives any page numbers.
+% The page numbers will be inserted by the printer.
+% ------------------- PAGE STYLES ----------------
+\def\ps@myheadings{%
+ \let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo%
+ \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl\rightmark \hfil\rm}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\rm \hfil\sl\leftmark\hbox{}}%
+ \def\@evenfoot{}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+% ------------------------------------------------
+
+\pagestyle{myheadings}%
+\markboth{}{}%
+
+\def\onesize{\@setsize\onesize{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\twosize{\@setsize\onesize{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\titlesize{\@setsize\titlesize{18pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\ninesize{\@setsize\ninesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\textwidth342pt
+%\textwidth29pc
+\textheight 46pc
+
+% Modified \section, \subsection and \subsubsection to have ragged right
+% headings.
+% ------------------- SECTIONS -------------------
+\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-3.5ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{\onesize\raggedright\bf}}
+\renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\twosize\raggedright\bf}}
+\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex plus -1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\raggedright\it}}
+% ------------------------------------------------
+
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{9pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 4pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt\belowdisplayshortskip 3pt plus 1pt minus
+2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt\parsep 2pt
+plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{11pt}\xpt\@xpt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt
+minus3pt\let\@listi\@listI}
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width 138pt
+ \kern 2.6\p@}
+%the following will indent equations
+\def\[{\relax\ifmmode\@badmath\else\bgroup\@beginparpenalty\predisplaypenalty
+ \@endparpenalty\postdisplaypenalty
+ \begin{trivlist}\item[]\leavevmode
+ \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup$ \displaystyle
+ \hskip\mathindent\bgroup\fi}
+\def\]{\relax\ifmmode \egroup $\hfil \egroup \end{trivlist}\egroup\else
+\@badmath \fi}
+\def\equation{\@beginparpenalty\predisplaypenalty
+ \@endparpenalty\postdisplaypenalty
+\refstepcounter{equation}\trivlist \item[]\leavevmode
+ \hbox to\linewidth\bgroup $ \displaystyle
+\hskip\mathindent}
+\def\endequation{$\hfil \displaywidth\linewidth\@eqnnum\egroup \endtrivlist}
+\def\eqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\global\@eqnswtrue
+\global\@eqcnt\z@\tabskip\mathindent\let\\=\@eqncr
+\abovedisplayskip\topsep\ifvmode\advance\abovedisplayskip\partopsep\fi
+\belowdisplayskip\abovedisplayskip
+\belowdisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip\abovedisplayskip
+$$\halign to
+\linewidth\bgroup\@eqnsel\hskip\@centering$\displaystyle\tabskip\z@
+ {##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne \hskip 2\arraycolsep \hfil${##}$\hfil
+ &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ \hskip 2\arraycolsep $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil
+ \tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+\def\endeqnarray{\@@eqncr\egroup
+ \global\advance\c@equation\m@ne$$\global\@ignoretrue }
+\newdimen\mathindent
+\mathindent = 2 em
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/README b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9506136764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/README
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+This directory contains the LaTeX 2.09 packages for using the St
+Mary's Road math fonts. These packages are OBSOLETE and are NOT
+MAINTAINED. They have been replaced by the LaTeX2e packages in
+latex/contrib/supported/stmaryrd.
+
+These packages are supplied for `historical interest only'. I
+encourage anyone using these packages to upgrade to the latest version
+of LaTeX and to use the maintained stmaryrd package.
+
+Alan Jeffrey, 1 Oct 1994.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/ltugboat.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/ltugboat.sty
new file mode 120000
index 0000000000..052eefff3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/ltugboat.sty
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../../../../macros/latex209/contrib/tugboat/ltugboat.sty \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/module.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/module.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82e59c649f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/module.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Alan Jeffrey",
+%%% version = "1.1",
+%%% date = "02 June 1992",
+%%% time = "14:51:35 BST",
+%%% filename = "module.sty",
+%%% address = "School of Cognitive and Computing Sciences
+%%% University of Sussex
+%%% Brighton BN1 9QH
+%%% UK",
+%%% telephone = "+44 273 606755 x 3238",
+%%% FAX = "+44 273 678188",
+%%% checksum = "59444 265 1437 10221",
+%%% email = "alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX module fonts",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "This is a document style option for
+%%% modularizing definitions",
+%%% docstring = "This is a document style option for
+%%% modularizing definitions. It is part of
+%%% the St Mary's Road font package, described
+%%% in stmaryrd.tex.
+%%%
+%%% Copyright 1992 Alan Jeffrey.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%% package = "St Mary's Road",
+%%% dependencies = "none",
+%%% }
+%%%
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%
+%%% 23 May 1991, v1.0: Created file.
+%%%
+%%% 24 May 1991, v1.01: Hacked around with it quite a bit, redefined how
+%%% \iftag...\fi works, allowed \else, \isunsettag and conjunction.
+%%% Came up with the \modulefredloaded trick, implimented the settags
+%%% environment, rewrote some of the comments, defined tags so that
+%%% using one as a command causes an error message, changed the syntax
+%%% of \ifdef, and generally nicened it up a bit.
+%%%
+%%% 25 May 1991, v1.02: More hackery. Renamed \iftag to \iftest ... \then, and
+%%% reimplemented it. Renamed \issettag to \tagisset, ditto
+%%% \tagisunset. Introduced \truetest, \falsetest, \andtest, \ortest,
+%%% \nottest and \newfontselection. Went back to the original syntax
+%%% for \ifdef.
+%%%
+%%% 2 Jun 1992, v1.1: Added the file headers.
+
+% This style allows you to define modules for LaTeX, which the user can
+% then use all or none of, depending on their fancy. This is mainly
+% useful for loading in new symbol fonts, which may define over 200 new
+% commands, of which the user only wants a handful. At the moment, the
+% AMS gets round this by defining a command \newsymbol, but here we
+% present a more user-friendly way of getting the same effect.
+%
+% The main concept the user needs is that of a {\em tag\/} which is a
+% request to a module saying `please give me this facility'. Usually
+% these are just command names that the module will define---for
+% example the module stmaryrd has tags \varoplus, \bindnasrepma, and so
+% on. But there are other tags which control how the module behaves,
+% for example the tag \substitutefonts means `We don't have the
+% necessary fonts, please use substitutes instead.'
+%
+% To set the tag \foo, you say \settag{\foo}. To set \foo, \baz and
+% \bar, you can say \begin{settags} \foo\baz\bar \end{settags}.
+%
+% To unset the tag \foo, you say \unsettag{\foo}. To unset \foo, \baz
+% and \bar, you can say \begin{unsettags} \foo\baz\bar \end{unsettags}.
+%
+% You can then import a module. This can be done in various ways:
+%
+% a) By saying \import{fred}, which only loads the commands whose tags
+% you set.
+%
+% b) By saying \import*{fred}, which loads in all the commands.
+%
+% c) As a \documentstyle option, e.g. \documentstyle[module,fred]{article}.
+% This is equivalent to \import*{fred}.
+%
+% And that's it.
+
+% This all works by keeping a file fred.sty, which is loaded in when fred
+% is imported. This can have any sort of definition you like (including the
+% character @, which is made into a letter for the occasion). It should
+% include a command:
+%
+% \settag\modulefredloaded
+%
+% to tell other modules (including itself) that fred.sty has been loaded.
+% You also get a special command:
+%
+% \iftest <test> \then <true text> \fi
+%
+% or
+%
+% \iftest <test> \then <true text> \else <false text> \fi
+%
+% meaning `if the test is true, do the true text, otherwise do
+% the false text.' A test is of the form
+%
+% \truetest
+% \falsetest
+% \tagisset<tag>
+% \ortest{<test>}{<test>}
+% \andtest{<test>}{<test>}
+% \nottest{<test>}
+%
+% For example, there is a special tag called \everything, which is set if we
+% are meant to define every command we can. So if we are defining a
+% command \fred, we would like to test if either \fred or \everything has
+% been set. We can do this by saying
+%
+% \iftest \ortest{\tagisset\fred}{\tagisset\everything} \then \def\foo... \fi
+%
+% This is so common as to warrant its own syntactic sugar:
+%
+% \ifdef \then \def\foo... \fi
+%
+% You can also say \ifdef\then\mathchardef\foo...\fi,
+% \ifdef\then\let\foo...\fi, or any other defining command. Since
+% these are so common in modules, I've included the extra commands:
+%
+% \delimiterdef\foo"1234567 \textchardef\foo"123
+%
+% Another common usage is
+%
+% \iftest \tagisset\foo \then \settag\baz \fi
+%
+% meaning `If we are exporting \foo, we should export \baz as well.'
+% This sort of dependency information is so common as to warrant its own
+% syntactic sugar:
+%
+% \dependent\foo\baz
+%
+% Note that since modules may well be loaded in more than once, you have
+% to make sure your commands can be obeyed many times. To get round
+% this, the module `fred' can look at the value of \modulefredloaded to
+% see whether or not it's been loaded before. For example, if you have
+% some sensitive definitions (such as loading fonts) which shoudn't be
+% done more than once, you can say (before setting \modulefredloaded):
+%
+% \iftest \tagisunset\modulefredloaded \then ...sensitive material... \fi
+%
+% If your module does some font loading, it can look at the tag
+% \newfontselection to see whether the new font selection scheme has been
+% installed.
+
+% So how is this all done? Well, the name of the game is to use TeX's
+% primitive \if ... \fi constructs in such a way that they always group
+% nicely. So a <test> is a command that expands out to either \iftrue
+% or \iffalse. NB: \iffalse and \iftrue are *not* valid tests, as they'd
+% foul up the \if...\fi matching.
+
+\def\truetest{\iftrue}
+\def\falsetest{\iffalse}
+
+\def\ortest#1{#1\expandafter\K@true\else\expandafter\@identity\fi}
+\def\@identity#1{#1}
+\def\K@true#1{\iftrue}
+
+\def\andtest#1#2{#1\@fi#2}
+\def\@fi{\fi}
+
+\def\nottest#1{#1\expandafter\falsetest\else\expandafter\truetest\fi}
+
+% Then all that \iftest...\then has to do is expand out the test.
+
+\def\iftest#1\then{#1}
+
+% In order to make sure that \if ... \fi matching works properly, we need
+% to define \then to be an \if-like command.
+
+\let\then\iftrue
+
+% To test whether a tag is set or not we just look to see if it
+% is the same as \magic@value.
+
+\def\tagisset#1{\ifx\magic@value#1}
+
+% So to set a tag, we just \let it to \magic@value.
+
+\def\settag#1{\let#1\magic@value}
+\def\unsettag#1{\let#1\unmagic@value}
+
+% If the user says something like \settag\foo \import{fred} but fred
+% doesn't define \foo, we'd like some way of failing gracefully. We do
+% this by defining \magic@value and \unmagic@value to produce error messages.
+
+\def\magic@value{\set@error}
+\def\set@error{\@latexerr{This command is a set tag}{You just used a tag
+ where LaTeX expected an ordinary command.^^JIf you press return now, I'll
+ ignore the tag.^^JSee `A module system for LaTeX' by Alan Jeffrey for
+ details.}}
+
+\def\unmagic@value{\unset@error}
+\def\unset@error{\@latexerr{This command is an unset tag}{You just used a tag
+ where LaTeX expected an ordinary command.^^JIf you press return now, I'll
+ ignore the tag.^^JSee `A module system for LaTeX' by Alan Jeffrey for
+ details.}}
+
+% Then \ifdef and \dependent are just syntactic sugar, speeded up a bit.
+
+\def\ifdef\then#1#2%
+ {\tagisset\everything\expandafter\iftrue
+ \else\expandafter\tagisset\expandafter#2\fi#1#2}
+\def\dependent#1#2%
+ {\tagisset#1\settag#2\fi}
+
+% The settags and unsettags environments:
+
+\def\settags#1%
+ {\ifx#1\end\expandafter\end\else\settag#1\expandafter\settags\fi}
+\def\unsettags#1%
+ {\ifx#1\end\expandafter\end\else\unsettag#1\expandafter\unsettags\fi}
+
+% The trouble with \import is getting it to save the current values of
+% \everything and the catcode for @ correctly. Oh, if only I could
+% use TeX grouping for this, but I can't, because the font selection
+% scheme doesn't allow you to load fonts globally. Oh well.
+
+\def\import
+ {\@ifstar{\@import\settag}{\@import\unsettag}}
+\def\@import#1#2%
+ {\tagisset\everything
+ \def\next{\@@import{#2}\settag\everything}\else
+ \def\next{\@@import{#2}\unsettag\everything}\fi
+ #1\everything\next}
+\def\@@import#1%
+ {\edef\next{\noexpand\@@input #1.sty
+ \catcode`\noexpand\@\the\catcode`\@}\makeatletter\next}
+
+% We need to set \everything initially, so that if a module is read in
+% as a .sty file, it behaves like \import*{fred}.
+
+\settag\everything
+
+% And to be a well-behaved module, we should set \modulemoduleloaded.
+
+\settag\modulemoduleloaded
+
+% Look to see if \selectfont is defined (as a check for whether we're
+% using the new font selection scheme).
+
+\@ifundefined{selectfont}{}{\settag\newfontselection}
+
+% Old-fashioned LaTeX didn't have this:
+
+\def\hexnumber@#1{\ifcase#1 \z@
+ \or \@ne \or \tw@ \or \thr@@
+ \or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or 8\or
+ 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi}
+
+% A few extra commands for definitions:
+
+\def\textchardef#1"#2#3#4{\edef#1{\noexpand\mathhexbox#2#3#4}}
+\def\delimiterdef#1"#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{\edef#1{\delimiter"#2#3#4#5#6#7#8 }}
+
+% And that's that.
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/msam.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/msam.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..277709a1bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/msam.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Alan Jeffrey",
+%%% version = "1.1",
+%%% date = "02 June 1992",
+%%% time = "14:58:36 BST",
+%%% filename = "msam.sty",
+%%% address = "School of Cognitive and Computing Sciences
+%%% University of Sussex
+%%% Brighton BN1 9QH
+%%% UK",
+%%% telephone = "+44 273 606755 x 3238",
+%%% FAX = "+44 273 678188",
+%%% checksum = "23694 285 580 10809",
+%%% email = "alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX fonts AMS",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "This module imports the AMS A symbol font.",
+%%% docstring = "This module imports the AMS A symbol font.
+%%% It uses the module document style option,
+%%% which allows symbols to be loaded
+%%% individually, thus bypassing the need for
+%%% \newsymbol, and for the user to need to
+%%% know where each symbol is in the font
+%%% layout.
+%%%
+%%% It is described in stmaryrd.tex.
+%%%
+%%% Copyright 1992 Alan Jeffrey.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%% package = "St Mary's Road",
+%%% dependencies = "module.sty",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%
+%%% 23 May 1991, v1.01: file created.
+%%%
+%%% 21 Jun 1991, v1.02: Updated for the new module.sty.
+%%%
+%%% 7 Jul 1991, v1.03: Added \sqsubset and \sqsupset.
+%%%
+%%% 15 Aug 1991, v1.04: Added \checkmark.
+%%%
+%%% 2 Jun 1992, v1.1: Added the headers.
+
+% This is the module for importing the AMS A symbol font.
+% It's pretty incomplete at the moment, and specifically doesn't
+% understand the \substitutesymbols tag.
+%
+% But it's a start.
+
+\@ifundefined{modulemoduleloaded}{\input module.sty}{}
+
+% The first time the module is loaded, we grab the fonts.
+
+\iftest \tagisset\modulemsamloaded \then \else
+
+ \iftest \tagisset\newfontselection \then
+
+ \new@mathgroup\msa@group
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@normal\msa@group{msa}{m}{n}
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@bold\msa@group{msa}{m}{n}
+
+ \new@fontshape{msa}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>msam5%
+ <6>msam6%
+ <7>msam7%
+ <8>msam8%
+ <9>msam9%
+ <10>msam10%
+ <11>msam10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>msam10 at12pt%
+ <14>msam10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>msam10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>msam10 at20.736pt%
+ <25>msam10 at24.8832pt}{}
+
+ \else
+
+ \newfam\msa@group
+
+ \font\msamfiv msam5
+ \font\msamsix msam6
+ \font\msamsev msam7
+ \font\msamegt msam8
+ \font\msamnin msam9
+ \font\msamten msam10
+ \font\msamelv msam10 at10.95pt
+ \font\msamtwl msam10 at12pt
+ \font\msamfrtn msam10 at14.4pt
+ \font\msamsvtn msam10 at17.28pt
+ \font\msamtwty msam10 at20.736pt
+ \font\msamtwfv msam10 at24.8832pt
+
+ \@addfontinfo\@vpt{\textfont\msa@group\msamfiv
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamfiv
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@vipt{\textfont\msa@group\msamsix
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamsix
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamsix}
+ \@addfontinfo\@viipt{\textfont\msa@group\msamsev
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamsix
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@viiipt{\textfont\msa@group\msamegt
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamsix
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@ixpt{\textfont\msa@group\msamnin
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamsix
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xpt{\textfont\msa@group\msamten
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamsev
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xipt{\textfont\msa@group\msamelv
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamsev
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xiipt{\textfont\msa@group\msamtwl
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamegt
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamsix}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xivpt{\textfont\msa@group\msamfrtn
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamten
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamsev}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xviipt{\textfont\msa@group\msamsvtn
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamtwl
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamten}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xxpt{\textfont\msa@group\msamtwty
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamfrtn
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamtwl}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xxvpt{\textfont\msa@group\msamtwfv
+ \scriptfont\msa@group\msamtwty
+ \scriptscriptfont\msa@group\msamsvtn}
+ \fi
+
+\fi
+
+% For the rest of the style, ! is the hex number of the family.
+
+\catcode`\!\active
+\edef!{\hexnumber@\msa@group}
+
+% Then we load those symbols!
+
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\square"0!03\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\blacksquare"0!04\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lozenge"0!06\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\blacklozenge"0!07\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\backprime"0!38\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bigstar"0!46\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\blacktriangledown"0!48\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\blacktriangle"0!4E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\triangledown"0!4F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\measuredangle"0!5D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\sphericalangle"0!5E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\circledS"0!73\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\complement"0!7B\fi
+
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxdot"2!00\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxplus"2!01\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxtimes"2!02\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\centerdot"2!05\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxminus"2!0C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\veebar"2!59\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\barwedge"2!5A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\doublebarwedge"2!5B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Cup"2!64\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\doublecup"2!64\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Cap"2!65\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\doublecap"2!65\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\curlywedge"2!66\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\curlyvee"2!67\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leftthreetimes"2!68\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rightthreetimes"2!69\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\dotplus"2!75\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\intercal"2!7C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\circledcirc"2!7D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\circledast"2!7E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\circleddash"2!7F\fi
+
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\circlearrowright"3!08\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\circlearrowleft"3!09\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rightleftharpoons"3!0A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leftrightharpoons"3!0B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\twoheadrightarrow"3!10\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\twoheadleftarrow"3!11\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leftleftarrows"3!12\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rightrightarrows"3!13\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\upuparrows"3!14\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\downdownarrows"3!15\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\upharpoonright"3!16\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\restriction"3!16\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\downharpoonright"3!17\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\upharpoonleft"3!18\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\downharpoonleft"3!19\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rightarrowtail"3!1A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leftarrowtail"3!1B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leftrightarrows"3!1C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rightleftarrows"3!1D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rightsquigarrow"3!20\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leftrightsquigarrow"3!21\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\looparrowleft"3!22\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\looparrowright"3!23\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Rrightarrow"3!56\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Lleftarrow"3!57\fi
+
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Vdash"3!0D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Vvdash"3!0E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\vDash"3!0F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Lsh"3!1E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Rsh"3!1F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\circeq"3!24\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\succsim"3!25\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gtrsim"3!26\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gtrapprox"3!27\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\multimap"3!28\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\therefore"3!29\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\because"3!2A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\doteqdot"3!2B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Doteq"3!2B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\triangleq"3!2C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\precsim"3!2D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lesssim"3!2E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lessapprox"3!2F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\eqslantless"3!30\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\eqslantgtr"3!31\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\curlyeqprec"3!32\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\curlyeqsucc"3!33\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\preccurlyeq"3!34\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leqq"3!35\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leqslant"3!36\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lessgtr"3!37\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\risingdotseq"3!3A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\fallingdotseq"3!3B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\succcurlyeq"3!3C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\geqq"3!3D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\geqslant"3!3E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gtrless"3!3F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\sqsubset"3!40\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\sqsupset"3!41\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\vartriangleright"3!42\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\vartriangleleft"3!43\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\trianglerighteq"3!44\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\trianglelefteq"3!45\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\between"3!47\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\blacktriangleright"3!49\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\blacktriangleleft"3!4A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\vartriangle"3!4D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\eqcirc"3!50\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lesseqgtr"3!51\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gtreqless"3!52\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lesseqqgtr"3!53\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gtreqqless"3!54\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varpropto"3!5F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\smallsmile"3!60\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\smallfrown"3!61\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Subset"3!62\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Supset"3!63\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\subseteqq"3!6A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\supseteqq"3!6B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bumpeq"3!6C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Bumpeq"3!6D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lll"3!6E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\llless"3!6E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ggg"3!6F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gggtr"3!6F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\pitchfork"3!74\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\backsim"3!76\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\backsimeq"3!77\fi
+
+\ifdef\then\textchardef\checkmark"!58\fi
+
+% Change the catcode of ! back to other.
+
+\catcode`\!=12
+
+% Set our own name:
+
+\settag\modulemsamloaded
+
+% And that's it.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/msbm.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/msbm.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..806b18d30b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/msbm.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Alan Jeffrey",
+%%% version = "1.1",
+%%% date = "02 June 1992",
+%%% time = "15:02:39 BST",
+%%% filename = "msbm.sty",
+%%% address = "School of Cognitive and Computing Sciences
+%%% University of Sussex
+%%% Brighton BN1 9QH
+%%% UK",
+%%% telephone = "+44 273 606755 x 3238",
+%%% FAX = "+44 273 678188",
+%%% checksum = "39778 253 543 9329",
+%%% email = "alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX fonts AMS",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "This module imports the AMS B symbol font.",
+%%% docstring = "This module imports the AMS B symbol font.
+%%% It uses the module document style option,
+%%% which allows symbols to be loaded
+%%% individually, thus bypassing the need for
+%%% \newsymbol, and for the user to need to
+%%% know where each symbol is in the font
+%%% layout.
+%%%
+%%% It is described in stmaryrd.tex.
+%%%
+%%% Copyright 1992 Alan Jeffrey.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%% package = "St Mary's Road",
+%%% dependencies = "module.sty",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%
+%%% 24 May 1991, v1.0: file created.
+%%%
+%%% 21 Jun 1991, v1.01: Updated for the new module.sty.
+%%%
+%%% 2 Jun 1992, v1.1: Added the file headers.
+
+% This is the module for importing the AMS B symbol font.
+% It's pretty incomplete at the moment, and specifically doesn't
+% understand the \substitutesymbols tag.
+%
+% But it's a start.
+
+\@ifundefined{modulemoduleloaded}{\input module.sty}{}
+
+% The first time the module is loaded, we grab the fonts.
+
+\iftest \tagisset\modulemsbmloaded \then \else
+
+ \iftest \tagisset\newfontselection \then
+
+ \new@mathgroup\msb@group
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@normal\msb@group{msb}{m}{n}
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@bold\msb@group{msb}{m}{n}
+
+ \new@fontshape{msb}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>msbm5%
+ <6>msbm6%
+ <7>msbm7%
+ <8>msbm8%
+ <9>msbm9%
+ <10>msbm10%
+ <11>msbm10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>msbm10 at12pt%
+ <14>msbm10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>msbm10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>msbm10 at20.736pt%
+ <25>msbm10 at24.8832pt}{}
+
+ \else
+
+ \newfam\msb@group
+
+ \font\msbmfiv msbm5
+ \font\msbmsix msbm6
+ \font\msbmsev msbm7
+ \font\msbmegt msbm8
+ \font\msbmnin msbm9
+ \font\msbmten msbm10
+ \font\msbmelv msbm10 at10.95pt
+ \font\msbmtwl msbm10 at12pt
+ \font\msbmfrtn msbm10 at14.4pt
+ \font\msbmsvtn msbm10 at17.28pt
+ \font\msbmtwty msbm10 at20.736pt
+ \font\msbmtwfv msbm10 at24.8832pt
+
+ \@addfontinfo\@vpt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmfiv
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmfiv
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@vipt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmsix
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmsix
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmsix}
+ \@addfontinfo\@viipt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmsev
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmsix
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@viiipt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmegt
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmsix
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@ixpt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmnin
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmsix
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xpt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmten
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmsev
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xipt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmelv
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmsev
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xiipt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmtwl
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmegt
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmsix}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xivpt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmfrtn
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmten
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmsev}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xviipt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmsvtn
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmtwl
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmten}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xxpt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmtwty
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmfrtn
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmtwl}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xxvpt{\textfont\msb@group\msbmtwfv
+ \scriptfont\msb@group\msbmtwty
+ \scriptscriptfont\msb@group\msbmsvtn}
+ \fi
+
+\fi
+
+% For the rest of the style, ! is the hex number of the family.
+
+\catcode`\!\active
+\edef!{\hexnumber@\msb@group}
+
+% Then we load those symbols!
+
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varnothing"0!3F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nexists"0!40\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\eth"0!67\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\beth"0!69\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gimel"0!6A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\daleth"0!6B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\digamma"0!7A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varkappa"0!7B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\hslash"0!7D\fi
+
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\divideontimes"2!3E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ltimes"2!6E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rtimes"2!6F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\smallsetminus"2!72\fi
+
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lvertneqq"3!00\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gvertneqq"3!01\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nleq"3!02\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ngeq"3!03\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nless"3!04\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ngtr"3!05\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nprec"3!06\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nsucc"3!07\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lneqq"3!08\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gneqq"3!09\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nleqslant"3!0A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ngeqslant"3!0B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lneq"3!0C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gneq"3!0D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\npreceq"3!0E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nsucceq"3!0F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\precnsim"3!10\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\succnsim"3!11\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lnsim"3!12\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gnsim"3!13\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nleqq"3!14\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ngeqq"3!15\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\precneqq"3!16\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\succneqq"3!17\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\precnapprox"3!18\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\succnapprox"3!19\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lnapprox"3!1A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gnapprox"3!1B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nsim"3!1C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ncong"3!1D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varsubsetneq"3!20\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varsupsetneq"3!21\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nsubseteqq"3!22\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nsupseteqq"3!23\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\subsetneqq"3!24\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\supsetneqq"3!25\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varsubsetneqq"3!26\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varsupsetneqq"3!27\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\subsetneq"3!28\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\supsetneq"3!29\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nsubseteq"3!2A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nsupseteq"3!2B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nparallel"3!2C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nmid"3!2D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nshortmid"3!2E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nshortparallel"3!2F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nvdash"3!30\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nVdash"3!31\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nvDash"3!32\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nVDash"3!33\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ntrianglerighteq"3!34\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ntrianglelefteq"3!35\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ntriangleleft"3!36\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ntriangleright"3!37\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nleftarrow"3!38\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nrightarrow"3!39\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nLeftarrow"3!3A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nRightarrow"3!3B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nLeftrightarrow"3!3C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nleftrightarrow"3!3D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\eqsim"3!68\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lessdot"3!6C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\gtrdot"3!6D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\shortmid"3!70\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\shortparallel"3!71\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\thicksim"3!73\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\thickapprox"3!74\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\approxeq"3!75\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\succapprox"3!76\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\precapprox"3!77\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\curvearrowleft"3!78\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\curvearrowright"3!79\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\backepsilon"3!7F\fi
+
+% Change the catcode of ! back to other.
+
+\catcode`\!=12
+
+% A hack from amsfonts.sty to define \Bbb
+
+\ifdef\then\def\Bbb{\protect\pBbb}
+ \def\pBbb{\RIfM@\expandafter\Bbb@\else
+ \expandafter\nonmatherr@\expandafter\Bbb\fi}
+ \edef\Bbb@{\noexpand\use@mathgroup
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname =msb\endcsname
+ \msb@group}
+ \def\RIfM@{\relax\protect\ifmmode}
+\fi
+
+% Set our own name:
+
+\settag\modulemsbmloaded
+
+% And that's it.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/stmaryrd.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/stmaryrd.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d969309244
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/stmaryrd.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Alan Jeffrey",
+%%% version = "1.1",
+%%% date = "02 June 1992",
+%%% time = "15:30:37 BST",
+%%% filename = "stmaryrd.sty",
+%%% address = "School of Cognitive and Computing Sciences
+%%% University of Sussex
+%%% Brighton BN1 9QH
+%%% UK",
+%%% telephone = "+44 273 606755 x 3238",
+%%% FAX = "+44 273 678188",
+%%% checksum = "21107 335 695 12492",
+%%% email = "alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX math fonts symbols",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "This document style option loads the St
+%%% Mary's Road symbol font.",
+%%% docstring = "This document style option loads the St
+%%% Mary's Road symbol font. The font
+%%% contains a number of mathematical
+%%% characters which are not present in the
+%%% standard TeX and AMS symbol fonts.
+%%%
+%%% It is described in stmaryrd.tex.
+%%%
+%%% Copyright 1992 Alan Jeffrey.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%% package = "St Mary's Road",
+%%% dependencies = "module.sty stmary*.tfm",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%
+%%% 23 May 1991, v1.0: file created.
+%%%
+%%% 25 May 1991, v1.01: Updated for the new module.sty and stmaryrd.mf.
+%%%
+%%% 5 Jun 1991, v1.02: By mistake, \varotimes wasn't swapped for \otimes.
+%%%
+%%% 25 Jun 1991, v1.03: Added \longarrownot and \Longarrownot.
+%%%
+%%% 27 Jun 1991, v1.04: The default is now for the cmsy circles, not the
+%%% heavier ones. If you want \oplus, \otimes, etc. to generate the
+%%% heavier symbols, set the tag \heavycircles.
+%%%
+%%% 2 Jun 1992: v1.1: Added the headers.
+
+% This module loads in the St Mary's Road symbol font, and defines loads
+% of new commands to access it. It understands the tag \heavycircles
+% to mean `please give me the heavy versions of \oplus etc.' It
+% can cope with new or obsolete font selection, but doesn't understand the
+% \substitutesymbols tag yet.
+
+\@ifundefined{modulemoduleloaded}{\input module.sty}{}
+
+% Dependency information:
+
+\dependent\Mapsto\Mapstochar
+\dependent\mapsfrom\mapsfromchar
+\dependent\Mapsfrom\Mapsfromchar
+\dependent\longarrownot\arrownot
+\dependent\Longarrownot\Arrownot
+\dependent\Longmapsto\Mapstochar
+\dependent\longmapsfrom\mapsfromchar
+\dependent\Longmapsfrom\Mapsfromchar
+
+% If we're replacing the old eggshaped \oplus-like symbols, we need to
+% make sure they're defined.
+
+\iftest\tagisset\heavycircles\then
+ \settag\varotimes
+ \settag\varoast
+ \settag\varobar
+ \settag\varodot
+ \settag\varoslash
+ \settag\varobslash
+ \settag\varocircle
+ \settag\varoplus
+ \settag\varominus
+ \settag\varbigcirc
+\fi
+
+% The first time the module is loaded, we grab the fonts.
+
+\iftest \tagisset\modulestmaryrdloaded \then \else
+
+ \iftest \tagisset\newfontselection \then
+
+ \new@mathgroup\stmaryrdfam
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@normal\stmaryrdfam{stmaryrd}{m}{n}
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@bold\stmaryrdfam{stmaryrd}{m}{n}
+
+ \new@fontshape{stmaryrd}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>stmary5%
+ <6>stmary6%
+ <7>stmary7%
+ <8>stmary8%
+ <9>stmary9%
+ <10>stmary10%
+ <11>stmary10 at10.95pt%
+ <12>stmary10 at12pt%
+ <14>stmary10 at14.4pt%
+ <17>stmary10 at17.28pt%
+ <20>stmary10 at20.736pt%
+ <25>stmary10 at24.8832pt}{}
+
+ \else
+
+ \newfam\stmaryrdfam
+
+ \font\stmaryfiv stmary5
+ \font\stmarysix stmary6
+ \font\stmarysev stmary7
+ \font\stmaryegt stmary8
+ \font\stmarynin stmary9
+ \font\stmaryten stmary10
+ \font\stmaryelv stmary10 at10.95pt
+ \font\stmarytwl stmary10 at12pt
+ \font\stmaryfrtn stmary10 at14.4pt
+ \font\stmarysvtn stmary10 at17.28pt
+ \font\stmarytwty stmary10 at20.736pt
+ \font\stmarytwfv stmary10 at24.8832pt
+
+ \@addfontinfo\@vpt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryfiv
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryfiv
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@vipt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysix
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysix
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysix}
+ \@addfontinfo\@viipt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysev
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysix
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@viiipt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryegt
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysix
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@ixpt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarynin
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysix
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xpt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryten
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysev
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xipt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryelv
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysev
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryfiv}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xiipt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarytwl
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryegt
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysix}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xivpt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryfrtn
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryten
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysev}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xviipt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysvtn
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarytwl
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryten}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xxpt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarytwty
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmaryfrtn
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarytwl}
+ \@addfontinfo\@xxvpt{\textfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarytwfv
+ \scriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarytwty
+ \scriptscriptfont\stmaryrdfam\stmarysvtn}
+ \fi
+
+\fi
+
+% For the rest of the style, ! is the hex number of the family.
+
+\catcode`\!\active
+\edef!{\hexnumber@\stmaryrdfam}
+
+% Then we load those symbols!
+
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\shortleftarrow"3!00\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\shortrightarrow"3!01\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\shortuparrow"3!02\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\shortdownarrow"3!03\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Yup"2!04\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Ydown"2!05\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Yleft"2!06\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Yright"2!07\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varcurlyvee"2!08\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varcurlywedge"2!09\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\minuso"2!0A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\baro"2!0B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\sslash"2!0C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bbslash"2!0D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\moo"2!0E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varotimes"2!0F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varoast"2!10\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varobar"2!11\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varodot"2!12\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varoslash"2!13\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varobslash"2!14\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varocircle"2!15\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varoplus"2!16\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varominus"2!17\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxast"2!18\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxbar"2!19\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxdot"2!1A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxslash"2!1B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxbslash"2!1C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxcircle"2!1D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxbox"2!1E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\boxempty"2!1F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lightning"0!20\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\merge"2!21\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\vartimes"2!22\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\fatsemi"2!23\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\sswarrow"3!24\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ssearrow"3!25\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\curlywedgeuparrow"3!26\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\curlywedgedownarrow"3!27\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\fatslash"2!28\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\fatbslash"2!29\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\lbag"2!2A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rbag"2!2B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varbigcirc"2!2C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leftrightarroweq"3!2D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\curlyveedownarrow"3!2E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\curlyveeuparrow"3!2F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nnwarrow"3!30\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nnearrow"3!31\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leftslice"2!32\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rightslice"2!33\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varolessthan"2!34\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varogreaterthan"2!35\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varovee"2!36\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\varowedge"2!37\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\talloblong"2!38\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\interleave"2!39\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\obar"2!3A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\obslash"2!3B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\olessthan"2!3C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ogreaterthan"2!3D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ovee"2!3E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\owedge"2!3F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\oblong"2!40\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\inplus"3!41\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\niplus"3!42\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\nplus"2!43\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\subsetplus"3!44\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\supsetplus"3!45\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\subsetpluseq"3!46\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\supsetpluseq"3!47\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Lbag"4!48\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Rbag"5!49\fi
+
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\llparenthesis"4!4C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rrparenthesis"5!4D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\binampersand"4!4E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bindnasrepma"5!4F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\trianglelefteqslant"3!50\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\trianglerighteqslant"3!51\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ntrianglelefteqslant"3!52\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\ntrianglerighteqslant"3!53\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\llfloor"4!54\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rrfloor"5!55\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\llceil"4!56\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rrceil"5!57\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\arrownot"3!58\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Arrownot"3!59\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Mapstochar"3!5A\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\mapsfromchar"3!5B\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\Mapsfromchar"3!5C\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leftrightarrowtriangle"2!5D\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\leftarrowtriangle"3!5E\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\rightarrowtriangle"3!5F\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bigtriangledown"1!60\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bigtriangleup"1!61\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bigcurlyvee"1!62\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bigcurlywedge"1!63\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bigsqcap"1!64\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bigbox"1!65\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bigparallel"1!66\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\biginterleave"1!67\fi
+\ifdef\then\mathchardef\bignplus"1!70\fi
+
+\ifdef\then\delimiterdef\llbracket"4!4A!71\fi
+\ifdef\then\delimiterdef\rrbracket"5!4B!79\fi
+
+\def\@tempa#1{\ifdef\then\def\varcopyright
+ {{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{c}\hfil\crcr\mathhexbox#12C}}}\fi}
+\expandafter\@tempa!
+
+% The long arrow negations.
+
+\ifdef\then\def\longarrownot{\mathrel{\mkern5.5mu\arrownot\mkern-5.5mu}}\fi
+\ifdef\then\def\Longarrownot{\mathrel{\mkern5.5mu\Arrownot\mkern-5.5mu}}\fi
+
+% The variants on \mapsto:
+
+\ifdef\then\def\Mapsto{\Mapstochar\Rightarrow}\fi
+\ifdef\then\def\mapsfrom{\leftarrow\mapsfromchar}\fi
+\ifdef\then\def\Mapsfrom{\Leftarrow\Mapsfromchar}\fi
+\ifdef\then\def\Longmapsto{\Mapstochar\Longrightarrow}\fi
+\ifdef\then\def\longmapsfrom{\longleftarrow\mapsfromchar}\fi
+\ifdef\then\def\Longmapsfrom{\Longleftarrow\Mapsfromchar}\fi
+
+\catcode`\!=12
+
+% The circular circles:
+
+\iftest
+ \andtest{\tagisset\heavycircles}{\nottest{\tagisset\swappedcircles}}
+\then
+ \def\@swap#1#2{\let\@tempa#1\let#1#2\let#2\@tempa}
+ \@swap\varotimes\otimes
+ \@swap\varolessthan\olessthan
+ \@swap\varogreaterthan\ogreaterthan
+ \@swap\varovee\ovee
+ \@swap\varowedge\owedge
+ \@swap\varoast\oast
+ \@swap\varobar\obar
+ \@swap\varodot\odot
+ \@swap\varoslash\oslash
+ \@swap\varobslash\obslash
+ \@swap\varocircle\ocircle
+ \@swap\varoplus\oplus
+ \@swap\varominus\ominus
+ \@swap\varbigcirc\bigcirc
+ \@swap\varcopyright\copyright
+ \settag\swappedcircles
+\fi
+
+% Set our own name:
+
+\settag\modulestmaryrdloaded
+
+% And that's it.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/stmaryrd.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/stmaryrd.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..869d964089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/stmaryrd.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,701 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-file{
+%%% author-1 = "Jeremy Gibbons",
+%%% author-2 = "Alan Jeffrey",
+%%% version = "1.1",
+%%% date = "02 June 1992",
+%%% time = "15:06:36 BST",
+%%% filename = "stmaryrd.tex",
+%%% address-1 = "Department of Computer Science
+%%% University of Aukland
+%%% Private Bag
+%%% Aukland
+%%% New Zealand",
+%%% address-2 = "School of Cognitive and Computing Sciences
+%%% University of Sussex
+%%% Brighton BN1 9QH
+%%% UK",
+%%% telephone-1 = "+64 9 373 7599 x 5120",
+%%% telephone-2 = "+44 273 606755 x 3238",
+%%% FAX-1 = "+64 9 373 7453",
+%%% FAX-2 = "+44 273 678188",
+%%% checksum = "57063 696 2497 23237",
+%%% email-1 = "jeremy@cs.aukuni.ac.nz",
+%%% email-2 = "alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "metafont symbols math fonts LaTeX module",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% abstract = "This is the documentation for module.sty and
+%%% the St Mary's Road symbol font.",
+%%% docstring = "This is the documentation for module.sty and
+%%% the St Mary's Road symbol font. The font
+%%% contains a number of mathematical
+%%% characters which are not present in the
+%%% standard TeX and AMS symbol fonts.
+%%%
+%%% Copyright 1992 Jeremy Gibbons and Alan Jeffrey.
+%%%
+%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
+%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
+%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
+%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
+%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
+%%% Solovay's checksum utility.",
+%%% package = "St Mary's Road",
+%%% dependencies = "ltugboat.sty tugboat.com stmaryrd.sty
+%%% module.sty stmary*.tfm"
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%%
+%%% 27 Jun 1991, v1.0: Finished v1.0 of the documentation.
+%%%
+%%% 2 Jun 1992, v1.1: added the headers and changed our addresses.
+
+% A keyboard check:
+%
+% @ # $ % ^ & * ~ at hash dollar percent caret ampersand asterisk tilde
+% : ; , . colon semicolon comma period
+% ? ! question-mark exclamation-mark
+% " ' ` double-quote apostrophe back-quote
+% ( ) { } [ ] parentheses braces square-brackets
+% - + = / \ minus plus equals forward-slash backslash
+% _ | < > underscore vertical-bar less-than greater-than
+%
+
+\documentstyle[stmaryrd]{ltugboat}
+
+\title{The St Mary's Road symbol package}
+
+\author{Jeremy Gibbons}
+%\address{Programming Research Group\\
+% Oxford University\\
+% 11 Keble Road\\
+% Oxford OX1 3QD\\
+% UK}
+%\netaddress{jg@prg.ox.ac.uk}
+\address{Department of Computer Science\\
+ University of Aukland\\
+ Private Bag\\
+ Aukland\\
+ New Zealand}
+\netaddress{jeremy@cs.aukuni.ac.nz}
+
+\author{Alan Jeffrey}
+%\address{Department of Computer Sciences\\
+% Chalmers University\\
+% S-412 96 G\"oteborg\\
+% Sweden}
+%\netaddress{jeffrey@cs.chalmers.se}
+\address{School of Cognitive and Computing Sciences\\
+ University of Sussex\\
+ Falmer\\
+ Brighton BN1 4QR\\
+ UK}
+\netaddress{alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk}
+
+% The current version of ltugboat.sty uses (and doesn't define)
+% \tensl.
+
+\font\tensl cmsl10
+
+% The symbols environment for laying out symbol declarations.
+
+\def\symbols#1{\hbox\bgroup\count0=#1\startcolumn}
+\def\endsymbols{\endcolumn\egroup}
+\def\startcolumn{\vtop\bgroup\count1=\count0\relax}
+\def\endcolumn{\egroup}
+\def\dosymbol#1{\hbox to .33\textwidth{\hbox to
+ 2em{\hfil$#1$\hfil}{\tt\string#1}\hfil}%
+ \advance\count1 by-1\relax
+ \ifnum \count1=0\endcolumn\startcolumn\fi
+}
+
+% The \table macro from testfont.tex.
+
+\newcount\n
+\newcount\m
+\newcount\p
+\newdimen\dim
+\newif\ifskipping
+\def\oct#1{\hbox{\rm\'{}\kern-.2em\it#1\/\kern.05em}} % octal constant
+\def\hex#1{\hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}} % hexadecimal constant
+\def\setdigs#1"#2{\gdef\h{#2}% \h=hex prefix; \0\1=corresponding octal
+ \m=\n \divide\m by 64 \xdef\0{\the\m}%
+ \multiply\m by-64 \advance\m by\n \divide\m by 8 \xdef\1{\the\m}}
+\def\testrow{\setbox0=\hbox{\penalty 1\def\\{\char"\h}%
+ \\0\\1\\2\\3\\4\\5\\6\\7\\8\\9\\A\\B\\C\\D\\E\\F%
+ \global\p=\lastpenalty}} % \p=1 if none of the characters exist
+\def\oddline{\cr
+ \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
+ \multispan{19}\hrulefill&
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\lower 2.3pt\hbox{\hex{\h x}}}\smash{\box0}\cr
+ \noalign{\nointerlineskip}}
+\def\evenline{\loop\skippingfalse
+ \ifnum\n<256 \m=\n \divide\m 16 \chardef\next=\m
+ \expandafter\setdigs\meaning\next \testrow
+ \ifnum\p=1 \skippingtrue \fi\fi
+ \ifskipping \global\advance\n 16 \repeat
+ \ifnum\n=256 \let\next=\endchart\else\let\next=\morechart\fi
+ \next}
+\def\morechart{\cr\noalign{\hrule\penalty5000}
+ \chartline \oddline \m=\1 \advance\m 1 \xdef\1{\the\m}
+ \chartline \evenline}
+\def\chartline{&\oct{\0\1x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&}
+\def\chartstrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to14pt{}}
+\def\table{$$\global\n=0
+ \halign to\hsize\bgroup
+ \chartstrut##\tabskip0pt plus10pt&
+ &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##\cr
+ \lower6.5pt\null
+ &&&\oct0&&\oct1&&\oct2&&\oct3&&\oct4&&\oct5&&\oct6&&\oct7&\evenline}
+\def\endchart{\cr\noalign{\hrule}
+ \raise11.5pt\null&&&\hex 8&&\hex 9&&\hex A&&\hex B&
+ &\hex C&&\hex D&&\hex E&&\hex F&\cr\egroup$$\par}
+\def\:{\setbox0=\hbox{\char\n}%
+ \ifdim\ht0>7.5pt\reposition
+ \else\ifdim\dp0>2.5pt\reposition\fi\fi
+ \box0\global\advance\n 1 }
+\def\reposition{\setbox0=\vbox{\kern2pt\box0}\dim=\dp0
+ \advance\dim 2pt \dp0=\dim}
+
+% A little hackette to make <foo> expand out to $\langle${\it foo}$\rangle$.
+
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<#1>{\leavevmode\hbox{$\langle$\rm\it#1\/$\rangle$}}
+
+\ifx\normalshape\undefined
+ \def\stmaryrd{\stmaryten}
+\else
+ \def\stmaryrd{\family{stmaryrd}\selectfont}
+\fi
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This is a guide to the St Mary's Road symbol package for \LaTeX. It
+contains a number of new commands for use in math mode, and a new
+document style option {\tt module}, for modularizing large {\tt sty}
+files. The package is available as free software, the only restriction
+we make is that it should always be distributed as a package, not as
+individual files. The package consists of:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item {\tt README}: a short description.
+\item {\tt stmaryrd.tex}: this documentation.
+\item {\tt ltugboat.sty}: the {\tt sty} file this document uses.
+\item {\tt stmaryrd.sty}: loads the St Mary's Road symbol font.
+\item {\tt msam.sty}: loads the AMS symbol A font.
+\item {\tt msbm.sty}: loads the AMS symbol B font.
+\item {\tt module.sty}: provides commands for modularizing document style
+ options.
+\item Various \MF\ files, which generate the St Mary's Road symbol
+ font.
+\end{itemize}
+At its simplest, you can use the St~Mary's Road symbol font by saying
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentstyle[stmaryrd]{article}
+\end{verbatim}
+This gives you the new symbols in Tables~\ref{Tab-op}, \ref{Tab-bin},
+\ref{Tab-rel}, \ref{Tab-arrow} and~\ref{Tab-delim}. However, this
+defines over 100 new commands, and if you are using a \TeX\
+implementation with limited memory, you might want to be more selective
+about which commands you use. In that case, you should read on, in order
+to find out about how modules work.
+
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{symbols}{3}
+\dosymbol\bigbox
+\dosymbol\bigcurlyvee
+\dosymbol\bigcurlywedge
+\dosymbol\biginterleave
+\dosymbol\bignplus
+\dosymbol\bigparallel
+\dosymbol\bigsqcap
+\dosymbol\bigtriangledown
+\dosymbol\bigtriangleup
+\end{symbols}
+\caption{New large operators}
+\label{Tab-op}
+\end{table*}
+
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{symbols}{19}
+\dosymbol\baro
+\dosymbol\bbslash
+\dosymbol\binampersand
+\dosymbol\bindnasrepma
+\dosymbol\boxast
+\dosymbol\boxbar
+\dosymbol\boxbox
+\dosymbol\boxbslash
+\dosymbol\boxcircle
+\dosymbol\boxdot
+\dosymbol\boxempty
+\dosymbol\boxslash
+\dosymbol\curlyveedownarrow
+\dosymbol\curlyveeuparrow
+\dosymbol\curlywedgedownarrow
+\dosymbol\curlywedgeuparrow
+\dosymbol\fatbslash
+\dosymbol\fatsemi
+\dosymbol\fatslash
+\dosymbol\interleave
+\dosymbol\leftslice
+\dosymbol\merge
+\dosymbol\minuso
+\dosymbol\moo
+\dosymbol\nplus
+\dosymbol\obar
+\dosymbol\oblong
+\dosymbol\obslash
+\dosymbol\ogreaterthan
+\dosymbol\olessthan
+\dosymbol\ovee
+\dosymbol\owedge
+\dosymbol\rightslice
+\dosymbol\sslash
+\dosymbol\talloblong
+\dosymbol\varbigcirc
+\dosymbol\varcurlyvee
+\dosymbol\varcurlywedge
+\dosymbol\varoast
+\dosymbol\varobar
+\dosymbol\varobslash
+\dosymbol\varocircle
+\dosymbol\varodot
+\dosymbol\varogreaterthan
+\dosymbol\varolessthan
+\dosymbol\varominus
+\dosymbol\varoplus
+\dosymbol\varoslash
+\dosymbol\varotimes
+\dosymbol\varovee
+\dosymbol\varowedge
+\dosymbol\vartimes
+\dosymbol\Ydown
+\dosymbol\Yleft
+\dosymbol\Yright
+\dosymbol\Yup
+\end{symbols}
+\caption{New binary operators}
+\label{Tab-bin}
+\end{table*}
+
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{symbols}{4}
+\dosymbol\inplus
+\dosymbol\niplus
+\dosymbol\ntrianglelefteqslant
+\dosymbol\ntrianglerighteqslant
+\dosymbol\subsetplus
+\dosymbol\subsetpluseq
+\dosymbol\supsetplus
+\dosymbol\supsetpluseq
+\dosymbol\trianglelefteqslant
+\dosymbol\trianglerighteqslant
+\end{symbols}
+\caption{New relations}
+\label{Tab-rel}
+\end{table*}
+
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{symbols}{7}
+\dosymbol\leftarrowtriangle
+\dosymbol\leftrightarroweq
+\dosymbol\leftrightarrowtriangle
+\dosymbol\lightning
+\dosymbol\Longmapsfrom
+\dosymbol\longmapsfrom
+\dosymbol\Longmapsto
+\dosymbol\Mapsfrom
+\dosymbol\mapsfrom
+\dosymbol\Mapsto
+\dosymbol\nnearrow
+\dosymbol\nnwarrow
+\dosymbol\rightarrowtriangle
+\dosymbol\shortdownarrow
+\dosymbol\shortleftarrow
+\dosymbol\shortrightarrow
+\dosymbol\shortuparrow
+\dosymbol\ssearrow
+\dosymbol\sswarrow
+\end{symbols}
+\caption{New arrows}
+\label{Tab-arrow}
+\end{table*}
+
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{symbols}{4}
+\dosymbol\Lbag
+\dosymbol\lbag
+\dosymbol\llbracket
+\dosymbol\llceil
+\dosymbol\llfloor
+\dosymbol\llparenthesis
+\dosymbol\Rbag
+\dosymbol\rbag
+\dosymbol\rrbracket
+\dosymbol\rrceil
+\dosymbol\rrfloor
+\dosymbol\rrparenthesis
+\end{symbols}
+\caption{New delimiters}
+\label{Tab-delim}
+\end{table*}
+
+\section{Modules}
+
+It is not uncommon for some document style options, particularly those
+loading new symbol fonts, to define hundreds of new commands, of which
+each user only wants a handful. This is not a problem on machines with
+memory to spare, but on a PC one has to be careful about these things.
+
+The solution adopted by the AMS, in their {\tt amsfonts} document style
+option, is to provide a new command \verb|\newsymbol|. For example, to
+use the symbol \verb|\lneq|, you say
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newsymbol\lneqq 2308
+\end{verbatim}
+Unfortunately, this requires the user to look up the four-digit code for
+each symbol whenever they want to use it. The {\tt module} document
+style option is designed to get around this problem, by allowing
+the user to specify which new commands they want, without having to
+remember how they are defined.
+
+The main concept the user needs is that of a {\em tag\/} which is a
+request to a module saying `please give me this facility'. Usually
+these are just command names that the module will define---for
+example the module {\tt stmaryrd} has tags \verb|\varoplus|,
+\verb|\llbracket|, and so on. But there are other tags which control
+how the module behaves, for example the tag \verb|\heavycircles|
+means `please redefine $\oplus$, $\otimes$, etc.~to make them
+heavier.'
+
+To set the tag \verb|\foo|, you say \verb|\settag{\foo}|. To set
+\verb|\foo|, \verb|\baz| and \verb|\bar|, you say:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{settags}
+ \foo\baz\bar
+ \end{settags}
+\end{verbatim}
+To unset the tag \verb|\foo|, you say \verb|\unsettag{\foo}|. To unset
+\verb|\foo|, \verb|\baz| and \verb|\bar|, you say:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{unsettags}
+ \foo\baz\bar
+ \end{unsettags}
+\end{verbatim}
+You can then import a module. This can be done in various ways:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item By saying \verb|\import{fred}|, which only loads the commands whose
+ tags you set.
+\item By saying \verb|\import*{fred}|, which loads in all the commands.
+\item In the same way as a \verb|\documentstyle| option,
+ e.g.~\verb|\documentstyle[module,fred]{report}|.
+ This is equivalent to \verb|\import*{fred}|.
+\end{itemize}
+For example, to load in the St Mary's Road symbol font, but only define
+\verb|\Lbag| and \verb|\Rbag|, you say:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \settag\Lbag \settag\Rbag
+ \import{stmaryrd}
+\end{verbatim}
+The St Mary's Road package comes with three modules---{\tt stmaryrd},
+which loads the St Mary's Road symbol font, {\tt msam}, which loads the
+AMS A font, and {\tt msbm}, which loads the AMS B font.
+
+\section{The {\tt stmaryrd} module}
+
+The St Mary's Road symbol font is designed to live with the AMS symbol
+fonts, and complement their focus on `concrete mathematics' by adding symbols
+for `abstract nonsense' such as domain theory ($\bigsqcap$), linear logic
+($\binampersand$ and $\bindnasrepma$), process theory ($\llfloor$
+and $\lightning$) and program calculation ($\moo$ and $\merge$).
+
+It also contains a number of circular characters (such as $\varotimes$,
+$\varoplus$, etc.)~which duplicate Knuth's. The only difference is that
+they have had digitization kludges added, so they are guaranteed to be
+symmetrical and circular. At low resolutions, Knuth's $\oplus$ tends to
+be rather egg-shaped. We have also made them the same weight as the
+other symbols. If you want \verb|\oplus| to produce $\varoplus$ and
+\verb|\varoplus| to produce $\oplus$, you should set the
+\verb|\heavycircles| tag.
+
+Note that \verb|\llbracket| and \verb|\rrbracket| are the only `growing'
+delimiters. For example:
+\[
+ \left\llbracket {\cal P} \right\rrbracket \quad
+ \left\llbracket \bigbox {\cal P} \right\rrbracket \quad
+ \left\llbracket \bigbox_{i\inplus I}^{a \varoplus b} P_i
+ \right\rrbracket \quad
+ \left\llbracket \begin{array}{c}a\\b\\c\end{array} \right\rrbracket \quad
+ \left\llbracket \begin{array}{c}a\\b\\c\\d\\e\\f\end{array} \right\rrbracket
+\]
+Table~\ref{Tab-special} contains characters that are only used to build
+other ones.
+For example:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb|$\arrownot\rightarrow$| is $\arrownot\rightarrow$.
+\item \verb|$\Arrownot\Rightarrow$| is $\Arrownot\Rightarrow$.
+\item \verb|$\longarrownot\longrightarrow$| is $\longarrownot\longrightarrow$.
+\item \verb|$\Longarrownot\Longrightarrow$| is $\Longarrownot\Longrightarrow$.
+\end{itemize}
+The characters \verb|\mapsfromchar|, \verb|\Mapstochar| and
+\verb|\Mapsfromchar| are used in defining \verb|\mapsfrom|,
+\verb|\Mapsto| and \verb|\Mapsfrom|.
+
+\begin{table*}
+\begin{symbols}{3}
+\dosymbol\Arrownot
+\dosymbol\arrownot
+\dosymbol\Longarrownot
+\dosymbol\longarrownot
+\dosymbol\Mapsfromchar
+\dosymbol\mapsfromchar
+\dosymbol\Mapstochar
+\end{symbols}
+\caption{Special symbols used for building other symbols}
+\label{Tab-special}
+\end{table*}
+
+\begin{table*}
+{\stmaryrd\table}
+\caption{The font layout for {\tt stmary10}}
+\end{table*}
+
+\section{Implementing a module}
+
+So, how does this magic with tags work? Well, a module {\tt fred} is
+just a {\tt sty} file like any other, but uses some extra commands
+defined in the {\tt module} document style option, including
+\verb|\settag| and \verb|\unsettag|.
+
+Each module {\tt fred} should include the command
+\verb|\settag\modulefredloaded|, to tell other modules (including itself,
+if {\tt fred} is loaded more than once) that it has been loaded. For
+example, a module can check to see if the {\tt module} document style
+option has been loaded by saying:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \@ifundefined{modulemoduleloaded}
+ {\input module.sty}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+The most important new command a module-writer has is \verb|\iftest|,
+which tests to see if a <test> is true or not. It has the syntax:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \iftest <test>
+ \then <true text>
+ \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+or:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \iftest <test>
+ \then <true text>
+ \else <false text>
+ \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+meaning `if the test is true, do the true text, otherwise do
+the false text.' A <test> is of the form:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \truetest
+ \falsetest
+ \tagisset<tag>
+ \ortest{<test>}{<test>}
+ \andtest{<test>}{<test>}
+ \nottest{<test>}
+\end{verbatim}
+For example, there is a special tag \verb|\everything|, which is
+set if the module was imported with \verb|\import*| or loaded as a
+document style option. So if we are defining a command \verb|\foo|, we
+would like to test if either \verb|\foo| or \verb|\everything| has
+been set. We can do this by saying
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \iftest\ortest
+ {\tagisset\foo}{\tagisset\everything}
+ \then\def\foo{<definition>}
+ \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+This is so common as to warrant its own syntactic sugar:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ifdef\then\def\foo{<definition>}\fi
+\end{verbatim}
+This can also be used with \verb|\mathchardef|, \verb|\let|, or any other
+defining command. There are extra commands for defining new text
+characters (such as \verb|\varcopyright|) and delimiters (such as
+\verb|\llbracket|), since such definitions are so common:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \delimiterdef\foo"<7 digits>
+ \textchardef\foo"<3 digits>
+\end{verbatim}
+Another common usage is
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \iftest\tagisset\foo
+ \then\settag\baz
+ \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+meaning `If we are exporting \verb|\foo|, we should export \verb|\baz| as
+well.' This sort of dependency information is so common as to warrant its
+own syntactic sugar:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \dependent\foo\baz
+\end{verbatim}
+Note that since modules may well be loaded in more than once, care is
+needed to make sure the definitions stand up to being executed
+repeatedly. Unfortunately, this is not always the case---commands such
+as \verb|\newfam| or \verb|\font| should only be executed once. To get round
+this, the module {\tt fred} can look to see whether
+\verb|\modulefredloaded| is set. For example, you can say:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \iftest\tagisset\modulefredloaded
+ \then\else <sensitive material>
+ \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+There is also a tag \verb|\newfontselection| which is set if Mittelbach
+and Sch\"opf's new font selection scheme is in force.
+
+\section{Implementing {\tt stmaryrd.sty}}
+
+As an example, we can look to see how the St Mary's Road module is
+implemented. To begin with, it looks to see if the {\tt module} document
+style is loaded, and inputs it if necessary:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \@ifundefined{modulemoduleloaded}
+ {\input module.sty}{}
+\end{verbatim}
+Then it sets up the dependency information. For example, we need
+\verb|\Mapstochar| in order to build \verb|\Mapsto|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \dependent\Mapsto\Mapstochar
+ ...
+ \dependent\Longmapsfrom\Mapsfromchar
+\end{verbatim}
+If the \verb|\heavycircles| tag is set, we need to define
+\verb|\varotimes|, \verb|\varoast|, etc.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \iftest\tagisset\heavycircles
+ \then
+ \settag\varotimes
+ ...
+ \settag\varbigcirc
+ \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+Then we can do the real work of the module, which is to load the fonts
+in. We only do this the first time the module is loaded.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \iftest\tagisset\modulestmaryrdloaded
+ \then\else
+ \iftest\tagisset\newfontselection
+ \then <load the fonts the new way>
+ \else <load the fonts the old way>
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+We can then define all those symbols, but first a quick cheat to make
+\verb|!| expand out to the hex digit for the St Mary's Road family.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \catcode`\!\active
+ \edef!{\hexnumber@\stmaryrdfam}
+\end{verbatim}
+Then we have a huge number of definitions:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \ifdef\then\mathchardef\shortleftarrow
+ "3!00\fi
+ ...
+ \ifdef\then\def\Longmapsfrom
+ {\Longleftarrow\Mapsfromchar}\fi
+\end{verbatim}
+There's then a little hackette to swap the circular operators around if
+necessary. This works by keeping a tag \verb|\swappedcircles| which is
+set once we've swapped the circles round. So we swap the circles if
+\verb|\heavycircles| is set and \verb|\swappedcircles| is not.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \iftest\andtest
+ {\tagisset\heavycircles}
+ {\nottest{\tagisset\swappedcircles}}
+ \then\else
+ \def\@swap#1#2{\let\@tempa#1
+ \let#1#2\let#2\@tempa}
+ \@swap\varotimes\otimes
+ ...
+ \@swap\varcopyright\copyright
+ \settag\swappedcircles
+ \fi
+\end{verbatim}
+Finally, the St Mary's Road module sets its own name.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \settag\modulestmaryrdloaded
+\end{verbatim}
+And that's it.
+
+\section{Implementing {\tt module.sty}}
+
+So the only question left is how the {\tt module} document style option
+is defined. The main problem is to implement \verb|\iftest| in a
+reasonably efficient manner, even though \TeX\ doesn't have primitives
+for `and' and `or' on booleans.
+
+The solution adopted here is to make a <test> a command which expands out
+to either \verb|\iftrue| or \verb|\iffalse|. Note that \verb|\iftrue|
+and \verb|\iffalse| are not good tests, since they would fall foul of
+\TeX's \verb|\if...\fi| matching.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\truetest{\iftrue}
+ \def\falsetest{\iffalse}
+\end{verbatim}
+The definition of `or':
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\ortest#1{#1\expandafter\K@true
+ \else\expandafter\@identity\fi}
+ \def\@identity#1{#1}
+ \def\K@true#1{\iftrue}
+\end{verbatim}
+The definition of `and':
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\andtest#1#2{#1\@fi#2}
+ \def\@fi{\fi}
+\end{verbatim}
+The definition of `not':
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\nottest#1{#1\expandafter\falsetest
+ \else\expandafter\truetest\fi}
+\end{verbatim}
+Then all that \verb|\iftest<test>\then| has to do is expand out to <test>.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\iftest#1\then{#1}
+\end{verbatim}
+However, in order to make sure that nested uses of \verb|\if...\fi| and
+\verb|\iftest...\then...\fi| work, we need to make \verb|\then| an
+\verb|\if|-like command. It doesn't matter which, since we're only using
+it to match against \verb|\fi| properly.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \let\then\true
+\end{verbatim}
+Then we can set a tag by making it the same as some magic value
+\verb|\magic@value|.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\tagisset#1{\ifx\magic@value#1}
+ \def\settag#1{\let#1\magic@value}
+ \def\unsettag#1{\let#1\unmagic@value}
+\end{verbatim}
+It doesn't matter which magic value we choose, so we let
+\verb|\magic@value| produce an error message. That way, if the user sets
+a tag, but none of the modules actually defines it, then they will get an
+error message if they try to use it.
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \def\magic@value{\set@error}
+ \def\set@error{<error message>}
+ \def\unmagic@value{\unset@error}
+ \def\unset@error{<error message>}
+\end{verbatim}
+The rest of the {\tt module} document style option is fairly routine.
+
+\section{Acknowledgements}
+
+We'd like to thank Dave Murphy for many thought-provoking comments, and
+Simon, Nigel and Stuart for making our life in St~Mary's Road livable.
+
+\makesignature
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/tugboat.cmn b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/tugboat.cmn
new file mode 120000
index 0000000000..a10c88d36c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/stmary/tugboat.cmn
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+../../../../../macros/plain/contrib/tugboat/tugboat.cmn \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svcon.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svcon.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c883b4a69a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svcon.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+% Copyright (C) 1988 Springer-Verlag, Inc.
+%
+% Everyone is granted permission to copy and redistribute this file, as
+% long as it is unchanged.
+%
+%
+% smva.sty 01 Nov 87
+%
+%
+\newif\if@multipleauthors
+\@ifundefined{@svsa}{%
+ \@multipleauthorstrue
+ \typeout{Sub-style 'svcon' (Springer-Verlag Multi-Authored). Released January 1993}}%
+ {\@multipleauthorsfalse}
+\ds@twoside
+\headheight=9pt
+\headsep=15pt % 2pc-9pt
+\textheight=45pc
+\textwidth=27pc
+\parindent=1em
+%
+% Running head: 9 pt CM, c/lc, 2em# inside of fl. outside folio, base aligns
+% with folio; recto: CN, period, word # to CT; verso: contributor's name(s).
+% In single-author, verso: SN, period, word # to ST.
+%
+% If you want the running heads on the opposite pages, just put \flipheads
+% after the documentstyle. LaTeX isn't bright enough to allow one option
+% file to define ds@flipheads.
+%
+\newif\if@flipheads \@flipheadsfalse
+\def\flipheads{\@flipheadstrue}
+\def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth=\markboth % Instead of \@gobbletwo, for toc
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% No feet.
+ \if@flipheads
+ \def\@oddhead{\ixONxi\rm
+ \hbox{}\hfil{\rightmark}\hskip 2em minus 1em\thepage}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\ixONxi\rm \thepage\hskip 2em\leftmark \hfill}%
+ \else
+ \def\@oddhead{\ixONxi\rm
+ \hbox{}\hfil{\leftmark}\hskip 2em minus 1em\thepage}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\ixONxi\rm \thepage\hskip 2em\rightmark \hfill}%
+ \fi
+ \def\chaptermark##1{\markbothsame{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \@chapapp\ %\thechapter. \
+ \fi ##1}}%
+ \if@multipleauthors
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \else
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markleft{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection. \ \fi ##1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\pagenumbering{roman} % toc is in roman
+\def\@chapterauthors{}
+\def\markbothsame#1{\markboth{#1}{#1}}
+\def\markleft#1{{\let\protect\noexpand\expandafter\@markleft\@themark
+ {#1}\mark{\@themark}}}
+\def\@markleft#1#2#3{\gdef\@themark{{#3}{#2}}}
+\def\leftmark{\expandafter\@leftmark\topmark}
+%
+% All pages without running heads must carry corner marks.
+%
+\def\clap#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss#1\hss}}
+\newdimen\@crosshairrule \@crosshairrule=.24pt
+\def\@crosshairs{\vbox to 0pt{\hsize=0pt\baselineskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \vss
+ \clap{\vrule height .125in width \@crosshairrule depth 0pt}
+ \clap{\vrule width .25in height \@crosshairrule depth 0pt}
+ \clap{\vrule height .125in width \@crosshairrule depth 0pt}
+ \vss}}
+\def\ps@empty{%
+\def\@oddhead{\hfill\raise\headheight\@crosshairs}
+\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
+\def\@evenfoot{}\let\@oddfoot\@evenfoot}
+\frenchspacing
+\def\@chapapp{}
+\def\viiiONx{\@setsize\viiiONx{10pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\ixONxi{\@setsize\ixONxi{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\def\xONxii{\normalsize}
+\def\xiiONxiv{\@setsize\xiiONxiv{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\xivONxvi{\@setsize\xivONxvi{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\xivONxiv{\@setsize\xivONxiv{14pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\xxONxx{\@setsize\xxONxx{20pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+
+\def\chapter{\cleardoublepage % Starts new recto.
+ \thispagestyle{empty} % Page style of chapter page is 'empty'
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@afterindentfalse % Suppresses indent in first paragraph. Change
+ \secdef\@chapter\@schapter} % to \@afterindenttrue to have indent.
+
+%
+% Chapter number: 20 CM arabic numeral, fl.l, top text
+% Chapter title: 20/20 CM x 27pc, c/lc, fl.l, sink 60 pt from top
+% type to base of CT, to's fl.l, do not hyphenate
+%
+%\def\@makechapterhead#1{ % Heading for \chapter command
+% We want the chapter number to be 20 pts from top text. The simplest
+% was is to set \topskip, making sure there's nothing between the number
+% and the top of page, so \baselineskip doesn't come in.
+% { \topskip=60pt \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+% \xxONxx\rm
+% \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne % IF secnumdepth > -1 THEN
+ % \@chapapp{} \thechapter % Print 'Chapter' and number.
+ % \par
+ % \vskip 20pt \fi % Space between number and title.
+ % DELETED CHAPTER NUMBER -- HR
+ % #1\par % Title.
+ % \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+ % \vskip-\prevdepth % Fool TeX into ignoring the depth of
+ % \prevdepth=0pt % the CT when spacing to the CA
+ % \if@multipleauthors
+ % \vskip 16pt % 2.5pi b/b between title and chapter authors
+ % \else
+ % \vskip 44pt % want ~60pt b/b to abstract
+ % \fi
+ % }
+% }
+
+\def\@makechapterhead#1{ % Heading for \chapter command
+ { \topskip=44pt \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \xxONxx\rm
+ #1\par % Title.
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+ \vskip-\prevdepth % Fool TeX into ignoring the depth of
+ \prevdepth=0pt % the CT when spacing to the CA
+ \if@multipleauthors
+ \vskip 30pt % 2.5pi b/b between title and chapter authors
+ \else
+ \vskip 44pt % want ~60pt b/b to abstract
+ \fi
+ } }
+\def\@makeschapterhead#1{ % Heading for \chapter* command
+ { \topskip=44pt \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \xxONxx\rm
+ #1\par % Title.
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+ \vskip-\prevdepth % Fool TeX into ignoring the depth of
+ \prevdepth=0pt % the CT when spacing to the CA
+ \if@multipleauthors
+ \vskip 16pt % 2.5pi b/b between title and chapter authors
+ \else
+ \vskip 44pt % want ~60pt b/b to abstract
+ \fi
+ } }
+
+\if@multipleauthors
+\gdef\chapterauthors#1{%
+ {\def\\{, }\def\footnote##1{}\def\footnotemark[##1]{}%
+ \xdef\@chapterauthors{#1}}%
+ \markright{\@chapterauthors}%
+ {\parindent0pt \raggedright\xivONxiv\rm #1\par
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip 12pt\noindent
+}}\fi
+
+%
+% Restart the footnote counter each chapter.
+%
+%\newcounter{footnote}[chapter]
+%
+% FN 1pc space above footnotes to text.
+% 5 pc 1/2 pt rule fl.l. above footnotes
+% leave 6pt # after rule followed by ftn
+%
+\skip\footins=18.5pt % space above line and below line, 1pc+6pt+.5pt
+\footskip=16pt
+\footnotesep=7pt % pretty arbitrary
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-6.5pt\hrule width 5pc height .5pt\vskip 6pt}
+%
+% Footnote at end of chapter position below last text line (not at bottom
+% of page).
+%
+\def\clearpage{\par\penalty -\@M \write\m@ne{}\vbox{}\penalty -\@Mi}
+\def\@makecol{\ifvoid\footins \setbox\@outputbox\box\@cclv
+ \else\setbox\@outputbox
+ \vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule\unvbox\footins}\fi
+ \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}\gdef\@midlist{}\@combinefloats
+ \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\@colht{\boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \@texttop
+ \@tempdima=\@colht \multiply\@tempdima by 10 \divide\@tempdima by 9
+ \ifdim \ht\@outputbox<\@tempdima
+ \unvbox\@outputbox \vfill
+ \else
+ \unvbox\@outputbox
+ \fi
+ \@textbottom}\global\maxdepth\@maxdepth}
+%
+% Abstract: 9/11 TRx25pi, sink 2.5pi b/b from CA
+%
+\def\abstract{\vskip 9pt % from CA
+\rightskip=1pc\leftskip=1pc\parindent=\z@
+\ixONxi\rm
+{ABSTRACT }}
+\def\endabstract{\par} % If we don't do this, the paragraph won't be
+ % set until after rightskip and leftskip have been
+ % returned to their old values.
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\chapter*{Contents\@mkboth{Contents}{Contents}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+
+%
+% Don't indent the paragraph following each header. Vertical distances
+% showld have \baselineskip taken out, and the height of the next
+% line, which should be text (10/12 TR).
+%
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2} % number section and subsections
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} % and put them in the table of contents
+% No 1 Head, 14/16 CM, 36pt b/b above, 24 tp b/b below
+\def\section{\@startsection
+ {section}{1}{\z@}{-21pt plus 6pt minus 1pt}{12pt plus 2pt}%
+ {\xivONxvi\rm\raggedright}}
+% No 2 Head, 12/14 CM italic, 30pt above, 18 pt below
+\def\subsection{\@startsection
+ {subsection}{2}{\z@}{-16pt plus 4pt minus 1pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xiiONxiv\it\raggedright}}
+% No 3 Head, 10/12 CM, 24pt above, 18pt below
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection
+ {subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-12pt plus 3pt minus 1pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xONxii\rm\raggedright}}
+% No 4 Head, 10/12 CM italic, 20pt above, 18pt below
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection
+ {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{-8pt plus 2pt minus .5pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xONxii\it\raggedright}}
+% No 5 Head, 10/12 CM italic, period, en space to run in text, 18pt above
+\def\subparagraph#1{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{5}{\z@}{-6pt plus 2pt minus .5pt}{-.5em}{\xONxii\it}{#1.}}
+% Ack: Acknowledgements same as No 5 head, 36pt above
+\def\acknowledgments{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{6}{\z@}{-24pt plus 6pt minus 1pt}{-.5em}%
+ {\xONxii\it}*{Acknowledgments:\/}}
+% R-1: ``References'', same as No.2 head
+% unless it's single-author.
+\def\mainbibliography#1{{\@multipleauthorsfalse\bibliography{#1}}}
+\def\thebibliography#1{%
+\if@multipleauthors
+ \@startsection
+ {section}{2}{\z@}{-16pt plus 4pt minus 1pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xiiONxiv\rm\raggedright}{References}%
+\else
+ \chapter*{References\@mkboth
+ {References}{References}}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}References}%
+\fi
+%endif
+ \list
+ {[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+% Put index in the toc
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Index}{Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\theauthorindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Author Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Author Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Author Index}{Author Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\thesubjectindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Subject Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberlin6e{}Subject Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Subject Index}{Subject Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\thesymbolindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Symbol Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Symbol Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Symbol Index}{Symbol Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+
+%
+% lists: 10/12 TRx27pc, 1/2line# above/below
+%
+\topsep 6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip, added above and below list and
+ % paragraphing environments.
+\itemsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip, added between list items.
+%
+% Eq: Center on text width; equation numbers set flush right, align with
+% last line of equation, 6pt # above/below.
+%
+\abovedisplayskip=6pt plus 1.5pt minus 3pt
+\belowdisplayskip=\abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip=\z@ plus 1.5pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=3pt plus 1.5pt minus 1.5pt
+%
+% FL: Figure legends ``FIGURE 0.0'' 9/11 TR, c/lc, period, word # to text.
+%
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{{
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \ixONxi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1. #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize % IF longer than one line:
+ \unhbox\@tempboxa\hfil\par % THEN set as ordinary paragraph.
+ \else % ELSE center.
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi}}
+\def\fnum@figure{\ixONxi FIGURE \thefigure}%{\sc FIGURE~}\thefigure}
+%
+% TN+TT: ``TABLE 0.0'' 9/11 TR, c/lc. period, word # to table title:
+% 3 pt # below to 1/2 pt rule x table measuer, 3 pt # below rule to
+% TCH
+%
+\arrayrulewidth=.5pt
+\def\fnum@table{\ixONxi TABLE~\thetable}
+\def\TableSubtitleRule{\noalign{\vskip 3pt}\hline\noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\long\def\TableFootnote#1{\gdef\TFN{#1}}
+
+\def\@@startpbox#1{\vtop\bgroup \hsize #1\@arrayparboxrestore
+\parindent=-1em\leftskip=1em}
+\newsavebox{\@stablebox}
+\def\stable#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\@stable{#1}{#2}}{\@stable{#1}{#2}[h]}}
+\def\@stable#1#2[#3]{\begin{table}[#3]
+ \def\foo{#1}\def\TFN{}%
+ \viiiONx
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup
+ \begin{tabular}{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\@namedef{endstable}{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\end{tabular}\egroup
+$$\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@stablebox
+\caption{\foo}
+\box\@stablebox
+\prevdepth=0pt % last thing was a rule
+\par
+\TFN}$$
+\end{table}}
+%%%% GROT. This is hacked to move a label definition outside.
+%%%% I think the whole stable idea is broken.
+
+\def\stable#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\@stable{#1}{#2}}{\@stable{#1}{#2}[h]}}
+\def\@stable#1#2[#3]{\table[#3]
+ \def\foo{#1}\def\TFN{}\def\stablelabel{}%
+ \viiiONx
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup\def\label##1{\gdef\stablelabel{\label{##1}}}%
+ \tabular{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}%
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\@namedef{endstable}{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\endtabular\egroup
+$$\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@stablebox
+\caption{\foo}\stablelabel
+\box\@stablebox
+\prevdepth=0pt % last thing was a rule
+\par
+\TFN}$$
+\endtable}
+
+\def\stablecont#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\@stablecont{#1}{#2}}{\@stablecont{#1}{#2}[h]}}
+\def\@stablecont#1#2[#3]{\table[#3]
+ \def\foo{#1}\def\TFN{}
+ \viiiONx
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup\def\label{\error}
+ \tabular{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}%
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\@namedef{endstablecont}{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\endtabular\egroup
+$$\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@stablebox
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \ixONxi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\ignorespaces \foo}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize % IF longer than one line:
+ \unhbox\@tempboxa\hfil\par % THEN set as ordinary paragraph.
+ \else % ELSE center.
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi\par
+ \endgroup
+\box\@stablebox
+\prevdepth=0pt % last thing was a rule
+\par
+\TFN}$$
+\endtable}
+
+%%%%
+\newdimen\stabularwidth
+
+\def\stabular{\@ifnextchar[{\@stabular}{\@stabular[h]}}
+\def\@stabular[#1]#2{
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup\viiiONx
+ \tabular[#1]{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}%
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\def\endstabular{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\endtabular\egroup
+\stabularwidth=\wd\@stablebox
+\box\@stablebox}
+
+\def\thesection{\arabic{section}} %% deletes Chap No from Section.
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure} %% deletes Chap No from Section.
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{chapter}{0}
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \def\@chapapp{}
+ \def\thechapter{\Alph{chapter}}}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svlatex.doc b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svlatex.doc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d00d5ef2f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svlatex.doc
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+\def\UNX{Unix}
+\documentstyle[svcon]{report}
+\begin{document}
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+%\tableofcontents
+\chapter{Springer-Verlag New~York Document Styles for \LaTeX}
+\chapterauthors{Anne Author\\
+A. Writer}
+\begin{abstract}
+This document describes the \LaTeX\ styles ``svcon,'' Springer-Verlag's style package for multiauthored books and ``svsing,'' Springer-Verlag's style package for single-authored books. These styles are variations of the standard ``report'' style, and only the differences are noted here. For a complete reference, see \LaTeX: {\it A Document Preparation System} by Leslie Lamport. A short example of a paper prepared with the ``svcon'' style may be found at the end of this document. Support may be obtained for these macrosby sending a request by electronic mail to svnytex@spint.compuserve.com.
+\end{abstract}
+\section{Starting the Document}
+\label{starting}
+\subsection{Multiauthored Books} Each chapter in a multiauthored book may be written by different authors, who write and test their parts as self-contained manuscripts. The chapters are then submitted to the editor to be collected into the whole. An author's document should start out as follows.
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[svcon]{report}
+\begin{document}
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\chapter{Title of your Chapter}
+\chapterauthors{Your Name\\
+Another Author's Name}
+\begin{abstract}
+The abstract...
+\end{abstract}
+\end{verbatim}
+and should end with
+\begin{verbatim}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+All these are standard \LaTeX\ commands, except for \verb|\chapterauthors|. \verb|\chapterauthors| takes as an argument a list of authors, separated by the command \verb|\\|. (Author affliations will be listed in the front matter in a List of Contributors.) As a side-effect of this command, the chapter name and the names of the authors will be placed in the running heads automatically.
+
+\subsection{Single-Authored Books}
+A document that uses the ``svsing'' style should start as follows. \begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[svsing]{report}
+\begin{document}
+\end{verbatim} and each chapter starts with
+\begin{verbatim}
+\chapter{Chapter Title}
+\end{verbatim}
+Naturally, \verb|\chapterauthors| and the abstract is not necessary for each chapter. In this style, the chapter name and the section name will be placed in the running heads.
+\section{Sectioning Commands}
+The following sectioning commands are available in these styles: \verb|\part|, \verb|\chapter|, \verb|\section|, \verb|\subsection|,
+\verb|\subsubsection|, \verb|\paragraph|, and \verb|\subparagraph|; to be used as described in the \LaTeX\ book. \verb|\part| is only used when the separate papers are put together into one document. By default, \verb|\part|, \verb|\chapter|, \verb|\section|, and \verb|\subsection| are numbered and placed in the table of contents. The commands
+\begin{verbatim}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}% number section and subsections
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}% and put them in table of contents \end{verbatim}
+found in the style file may be copied and changed by the editor if desired, but should not be changed by the individual authors. The important words in a section argument should be capitalized.
+%\section{Tables}
+%A special type of float, the \verb|stable|, has been added. For example,
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%\begin{stable}{HYN Common Stock}{rcrp{2in}}
+%\multicolumn{1}{c}{Year}&
+%\multicolumn{1}{c}{Price}&
+%\multicolumn1c{Dividend}\\
+%\TableSubtitleRule 1971& 41--54& \$2.60\\
+% 2& 41--54& 2.70&
+%This paragraph is long enough to span at least two lines.
+%\TableFootnote{Prices are in dollars per share}
+%\end{stable}
+%\end{verbatim} will produce table \ref{shorttable} here or at the top of the %next page.
+%\begin{stable}{HYN Common Stock}{rcrp{2in}} \multicolumn{1}{c}{Year}&
+%\multicolumn{1}{c}{Price}&
+%\multicolumn1c{Dividend}\\
+%\TableSubtitleRule 1971& 41--54& \$2.60\\
+% 2& 41--54& 2.70&
+%This paragraph is long enough to span at least two lines.
+%\TableFootnote{Prices are in dollars per share}
+%\label{shorttable}
+%\end{stable} The first argument to \verb|stable| is the title of the table, %the second is the normal preamble that would be specified for a table made %with the \verb|tabular| environment. The body of the \verb|stable| is %specified in the same manner as the body of \verb|tabular|. The command %\verb|\TableSubtitleRule| will draw a horizontal rule below the column heads, %with the proper vertical spacing. Note that you have to specify the center%ing of the column heads, since \TeX\ doesn't know they're different from %normal column entries. \verb|\TableFootnote| takes one argument, the text to %go in the footnote of the table. It may appear anywhere in the body of the %\verb|stable|.
+\section{Acknowledgments}
+Acknowledgments go at the end of a chapter, just before the bibliography. \verb|\acknowledgments| is a sectioning command without any arguments, and should be followed by a paragraph of text.
+\section{The Bibliography}
+\label{bibl}
+Bibliographies are created with \verb|bibtex|. Generally, you will have a central bibliography database, which will have an entry for every paper you have ever referenced. Put the command \verb|\cite{CHERI83}|, in the text of the document, to reference the paper ``The Distributed V Kernel and its Performance for Diskless Workstations'' by D.R. Cheriton. Then, at the end of the document, but before the \verb|\end{document}|, put
+\begin{verbatim}
+\bibliographystyle{alpha}
+\bibliography{master}% name of your bibliography database \end{verbatim}
+Then, run your document through \LaTeX. It will complain \begin{verbatim} LaTeX Warning: Citation `CHERI83' on page 1 undefined.
+\end{verbatim} and
+\begin{verbatim}
+No file paper.bbl
+\end{verbatim}
+This will put some entries in the .aux file. Now run \verb|bibtex paper|, which will create the file paper.bbl, by extracting the proper references from your bibliographic database. \verb|bibtex| should not give any error messages. Then run \LaTeX\ again. Again, the warning
+\begin{verbatim}
+LaTeX Warning: Citation `CHERI83' on page 1 undefined. \end{verbatim} will appear. Run \LaTeX\ yet again, and there should be no warnings. This process must be repeated every time a new reference is added to your document, so you will probably want to wait until the paper is nearly finished before producing the bibliography.
+\subsection{The Bibliography Database}
+The bibliography entry for the preceding example would have been put into the file master.bib as follows:
+\begin{verbatim}
+@Inproceedings(CHERI83, key ="CHERI83",
+author="D.R.~Cheriton and W.~Zwaenepoel",
+title="The Distributed V Kernel and its Performance for
+Diskless Workstations",
+booktitle="Proceedings of the 9th Symposium on Operating
+System Principles",
+Organization="ACM", Year=1983)
+\end{verbatim}
+\subsection{What Bibtex Produces} In the preceding example, the file paper.bbl might contain
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{CZ83}
+\bibitem[BL80]{lampson} Ed. B.W.~Lampson.
+\newblock
+{\it Distributed Systems: Architecture and Implementation}.
+\newblock
+Springer-Verlag, 1980.
+\bibitem[CZ83]{cheri83} D.R.~Cheriton and W.~Zwaenepoel.
+\newblock
+The distributed v kernel and its performance for diskless
+workstations.
+\newblock In {\it Proceedings of the 9th Symposium on
+Operating System Principles}, ACM, 1983.
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+If you don't have bibtex, this file could be produced by hand. However, bibtex should be part of the \LaTeX\ package.
+\section{Producing the Collected Works in the ``svmult'' Style}
+This section is for editors collecting chapters from various contributors of a multiauthored book. The standard commands up to and including \verb|\begin{document}|, and after and including \verb|\end{document}| must be removed from each chapter. Then, a master file should be produced, with the commands
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[svmult]{report}
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\end{verbatim}
+followed by an \verb|\include| command for each chapter. Front material may be in this master file, or a separate file that's included. \verb|part| commands, if desired, should be put in this file, between the \verb|include| commands.
+
+\subsection{Bibliography}
+In order to produce a bibliography for each chapter in a collected work, each chapter must be in a separate file, and be set up as in section \ref{bibl} (except the chapter doesn't end in \verb|\end{document}|). Run \LaTeX\ on the whole document, then bibtex on each chapter, then re-run \LaTeX\ on the whole document twice. A master bibliography for the entire work may be produced in the normal manner, by putting the appropriate commands in the master file and running bibtex on the master file. You can have both bibliographies for each chapter and for the entire work at the same time.
+\appendix
+\chapter{Getting Started}
+\section{A Short Example}
+This example will serve as a framework from which to start. \begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[svcon]{report}
+\begin{document}
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\chapter{Springer-Verlag Multi-Author Style for \LaTeX}
+\chapterauthors{Anne Author\\
+A. Writer}
+\begin{abstract}
+This document describes the style ``svcon,''
+Springer-Verlag's style package for
+multiauthored books that are typeset using \LaTeX.
+\end{abstract}
+\section{Starting the Document}
+Each chapter in a multiauthored book may be written by a
+different author, who write and test their parts as
+self-contained manuscripts.
+\subsection{The Bibliography Database}
+\acknowledgements
+Thanks go to the appropriate people.
+\appendix
+\chapter{Getting Started}
+\section{A Short Example}
+\bibliographystyle{alpha}
+\bibliography{master}% name of your bibliography database
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\section{Submission of \TeX\ Files for Publication}
+
+Authors should submit the following to book editors and, likewise, editors or single authors should submit the same to Springer-Verlag.\\
+
+\vspace{.5pc}
+\noindent {\tt
+Hardcopy of the chapter (or book),\\
+plus a diskette or diskettes of all .tex files,\\
+plus all .dvi files,\\
+plus all author macro files,\\
+as well as originals and a photocopy of all illustrations.
+}
+
+\vspace{.5pc}
+Authors and editors should remember to keep at least one copy of all files and illustrations for themselves.
+
+\section{Indexes}
+
+These style files work for the output of a \LaTeX\ index file as well. Follow the instructions in the \LaTeX\ book. Authors wishing to generate separate author and subject indexes may use the commands
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{theauthorindex} . . .\end{theauthorindex}
+
+\begin{thesubjectindex} . . .\end{thesubjectindex}
+\end{verbatim}
+in place of the \verb|theindex| commands. This will produce the proper chapter heading as well as running heads.
+\section{Installing the Style Packages}
+Optimally, the files svsing.sty, svcon.sty, and svmult.sty should be placed in the same location as the rest of the style files; on \UNX, that might be /usr/local/lib/tex/macros/svcon.sty. If the user doesn't have the privileges to install system software, the environment variable \verb|TEXINPUTS| may be set to look for style files wherever desired. For example, on \UNX, the csh command
+\begin{verbatim}
+setenv TEXINPUTS ".:$HOME/lib:/usr/local/lib/tex/macros" \end{verbatim}
+will cause \TeX\ to look in the current directory, the user's private library directory, and the default system directory. svcon.sty will be found if placed in any of these locations. Equivalent commands are available on most other operating systems. Directly including the style file into your source, or using \verb|\input| or \verb|\include| will not work, because the style files contain special commands that are valid only when processed using \verb|documentstyle|.
+\end{document}  \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svmult.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svmult.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8fa677639
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svmult.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+% Copyright (C) 1988 Springer-Verlag, Inc.
+%
+% Everyone is granted permission to copy and redistribute this file, as
+% long as it is unchanged.
+%
+%
+% smva.sty 01 Nov 87
+%
+%
+\newif\if@multipleauthors
+\@ifundefined{@svsa}{%
+ \@multipleauthorstrue
+ \typeout{Sub-style 'svmult' (Springer-Verlag Multi-Authored). Released January 1993}}%
+ {\@multipleauthorsfalse}
+\ds@twoside
+\headheight=9pt
+\headsep=15pt % 2pc-9pt
+\textheight=45pc
+\textwidth=27pc
+\parindent=1em
+%
+% Running head: 9 pt CM, c/lc, 2em# inside of fl. outside folio, base aligns
+% with folio; recto: CN, period, word # to CT; verso: contributor's name(s).
+% In single-author, verso: SN, period, word # to ST.
+%
+% If you want the running heads on the opposite pages, just put \flipheads
+% after the documentstyle. LaTeX isn't bright enough to allow one option
+% file to define ds@flipheads.
+%
+\newif\if@flipheads \@flipheadsfalse
+\def\flipheads{\@flipheadstrue}
+\def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth=\markboth % Instead of \@gobbletwo, for toc
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% No feet.
+ \if@flipheads
+ \def\@oddhead{\ixONxi\rm
+ \hbox{}\hfil{\rightmark}\hskip 2em minus 1em\thepage}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\ixONxi\rm \thepage\hskip 2em\leftmark \hfill}%
+ \else
+ \def\@oddhead{\ixONxi\rm
+ \hbox{}\hfil{\leftmark}\hskip 2em minus 1em\thepage}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\ixONxi\rm \thepage\hskip 2em\rightmark \hfill}%
+ \fi
+ \def\chaptermark##1{\markbothsame{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \@chapapp\ %\thechapter. \
+ \fi ##1}}%
+ \if@multipleauthors
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \else
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markleft{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection. \ \fi ##1}}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\pagenumbering{roman} % toc is in roman
+\def\@chapterauthors{}
+\def\markbothsame#1{\markboth{#1}{#1}}
+\def\markleft#1{{\let\protect\noexpand\expandafter\@markleft\@themark
+ {#1}\mark{\@themark}}}
+\def\@markleft#1#2#3{\gdef\@themark{{#3}{#2}}}
+\def\leftmark{\expandafter\@leftmark\topmark}
+%
+% All pages without running heads must carry corner marks.
+%
+\def\clap#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss#1\hss}}
+\newdimen\@crosshairrule \@crosshairrule=.24pt
+\def\@crosshairs{\vbox to 0pt{\hsize=0pt\baselineskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \vss
+ \clap{\vrule height .125in width \@crosshairrule depth 0pt}
+ \clap{\vrule width .25in height \@crosshairrule depth 0pt}
+ \clap{\vrule height .125in width \@crosshairrule depth 0pt}
+ \vss}}
+\def\ps@empty{%
+\def\@oddhead{\hfill\raise\headheight\@crosshairs}
+\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
+\def\@evenfoot{}\let\@oddfoot\@evenfoot}
+\frenchspacing
+\def\@chapapp{}
+\def\viiiONx{\@setsize\viiiONx{10pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\ixONxi{\@setsize\ixONxi{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\def\xONxii{\normalsize}
+\def\xiiONxiv{\@setsize\xiiONxiv{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\xivONxvi{\@setsize\xivONxvi{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\xivONxiv{\@setsize\xivONxiv{14pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\xxONxx{\@setsize\xxONxx{20pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\font\chnum = cmr10 scaled \magstep5
+
+\def\chapter{\cleardoublepage % Starts new recto.
+ \thispagestyle{empty} % Page style of chapter page is 'empty'
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@afterindentfalse % Suppresses indent in first paragraph. Change
+ \secdef\@chapter\@schapter} % to \@afterindenttrue to have indent.
+
+%
+% Chapter number: 24 CM arabic numeral, fl.l, top text
+% Chapter title: 20/20 CM x 27pc, c/lc, fl.l, sink 60 pt from top
+% type to base of CT, to's fl.l, do not hyphenate
+
+\def\@makechapterhead#1{ % Heading for \chapter command
+% We want the chapter number to be 20 pts from top text. The simplest
+% was is to set \topskip, making sure there's nothing between the number
+% and the top of page, so \baselineskip doesn't come in.
+ { \topskip=20pt \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \xxONxx\rm
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne % IF secnumdepth > -1 THEN
+ \@chapapp{} {\chnum \thechapter} % Print 'Chapter' and number.
+ \par
+ \vskip 6pt \fi % Space between number and title.
+ #1\par % Title.
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+ \vskip-\prevdepth % Fool TeX into ignoring the depth of
+ \prevdepth=0pt % the CT when spacing to the CA
+ \if@multipleauthors
+ \vskip 30pt % 2.5pi b/b between title and chapter authors
+ \else
+ \vskip 44pt % want ~60pt b/b to abstract
+ \fi
+}
+ }
+
+\def\@makeschapterhead#1{ % Heading for \chapter* command
+ { \topskip=44pt \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \xxONxx\rm
+ #1\par % Title.
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+ \vskip-\prevdepth % Fool TeX into ignoring the depth of
+ \prevdepth=0pt % the CT when spacing to the CA
+ \if@multipleauthors
+ \vskip 30pt % 2.5pi b/b between title and chapter authors
+ \else
+ \vskip 44pt % want ~60pt b/b to abstract
+ \fi
+
+ } }
+
+\if@multipleauthors
+\gdef\chapterauthors#1{%
+ {\def\\{, }\def\footnote##1{}\def\footnotemark[##1]{}%
+ \xdef\@chapterauthors{#1}}%
+ \markright{\@chapterauthors}%
+ {\parindent0pt \raggedright\xivONxiv\rm #1\par
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip 12pt
+}}\fi
+
+%
+% Restart the footnote counter each chapter.
+%
+%\newcounter{footnote}[chapter]
+%
+% FN 1pc space above footnotes to text.
+% 5 pc 1/2 pt rule fl.l. above footnotes
+% leave 6pt # after rule followed by ftn
+%
+\skip\footins=18.5pt % space above line and below line, 1pc+6pt+.5pt
+\footskip=16pt
+\footnotesep=7pt % pretty arbitrary
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-6.5pt\hrule width 5pc height .5pt\vskip 6pt}
+%
+% Footnote at end of chapter position below last text line (not at bottom
+% of page).
+%
+\def\clearpage{\par\penalty -\@M \write\m@ne{}\vbox{}\penalty -\@Mi}
+\def\@makecol{\ifvoid\footins \setbox\@outputbox\box\@cclv
+ \else\setbox\@outputbox
+ \vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule\unvbox\footins}\fi
+ \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}\gdef\@midlist{}\@combinefloats
+ \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\@colht{\boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \@texttop
+ \@tempdima=\@colht \multiply\@tempdima by 10 \divide\@tempdima by 9
+ \ifdim \ht\@outputbox<\@tempdima
+ \unvbox\@outputbox \vfill
+ \else
+ \unvbox\@outputbox
+ \fi
+ \@textbottom}\global\maxdepth\@maxdepth}
+%
+% Abstract: 9/11 TRx25pi, sink 2.5pi b/b from CA
+%
+\def\abstract{\vskip 9pt % from CA
+\rightskip=1pc\leftskip=1pc\parindent=\z@
+\ixONxi\rm
+{ABSTRACT }}
+\def\endabstract{\par} % If we don't do this, the paragraph won't be
+ % set until after rightskip and leftskip have been
+ % returned to their old values.
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\chapter*{Contents\@mkboth{Contents}{Contents}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+
+%
+% Don't indent the paragraph following each header. Vertical distances
+% showld have \baselineskip taken out, and the height of the next
+% line, which should be text (10/12 TR).
+%
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2} % number section and subsections
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} % and put them in the table of contents
+% No 1 Head, 14/16 CM, 36pt b/b above, 24 tp b/b below
+\def\section{\@startsection
+ {section}{1}{\z@}{-21pt plus 6pt minus 1pt}{12pt plus 2pt}%
+ {\xivONxvi\rm\raggedright}}
+% No 2 Head, 12/14 CM italic, 30pt above, 18 pt below
+\def\subsection{\@startsection
+ {subsection}{2}{\z@}{-16pt plus 4pt minus 1pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xiiONxiv\it\raggedright}}
+% No 3 Head, 10/12 CM, 24pt above, 18pt below
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection
+ {subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-12pt plus 3pt minus 1pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xONxii\rm\raggedright}}
+% No 4 Head, 10/12 CM italic, 20pt above, 18pt below
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection
+ {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{-8pt plus 2pt minus .5pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xONxii\it\raggedright}}
+% No 5 Head, 10/12 CM italic, period, en space to run in text, 18pt above
+\def\subparagraph#1{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{5}{\z@}{-6pt plus 2pt minus .5pt}{-.5em}{\xONxii\it}{#1.}}
+% Ack: Acknowledgements same as No 5 head, 36pt above
+\def\acknowledgments{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{6}{\z@}{-24pt plus 6pt minus 1pt}{-.5em}%
+ {\xONxii\it}*{Acknowledgments:\/}}
+% R-1: ``References'', same as No.2 head
+% unless it's single-author.
+\def\mainbibliography#1{{\@multipleauthorsfalse\bibliography{#1}}}
+\def\thebibliography#1{%
+\if@multipleauthors
+ \@startsection
+ {section}{2}{\z@}{-16pt plus 4pt minus 1pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xiiONxiv\rm\raggedright}{References}%
+\else
+ \chapter*{References\@mkboth
+ {References}{References}}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}References}%
+\fi
+%endif
+ \list
+ {[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+% Put index in the toc
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Index}{Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\theauthorindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Author Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Author Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Author Index}{Author Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\thesubjectindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Subject Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberlin6e{}Subject Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Subject Index}{Subject Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\thesymbolindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Symbol Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Symbol Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Symbol Index}{Symbol Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+
+%
+% lists: 10/12 TRx27pc, 1/2line# above/below
+%
+\topsep 6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip, added above and below list and
+ % paragraphing environments.
+\itemsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip, added between list items.
+%
+% Eq: Center on text width; equation numbers set flush right, align with
+% last line of equation, 6pt # above/below.
+%
+\abovedisplayskip=6pt plus 1.5pt minus 3pt
+\belowdisplayskip=\abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip=\z@ plus 1.5pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=3pt plus 1.5pt minus 1.5pt
+%
+% FL: Figure legends ``FIGURE 0.0'' 9/11 CM, c/lc, period, word # to text.
+%
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{{
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \ixONxi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1. #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize % IF longer than one line:
+ \unhbox\@tempboxa\hfil\par % THEN set as ordinary paragraph.
+ \else % ELSE center.
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi}}
+\def\fnum@figure{\ixONxi FIGURE \thefigure}%
+%
+% TN+TT: ``TABLE 0.0'' 9/11 TR, c/lc. period, word # to table title:
+% 3 pt # below to 1/2 pt rule x table measuer, 3 pt # below rule to
+% TCH
+%
+\arrayrulewidth=.5pt
+\def\fnum@table{\ixONxi TABLE~\thetable}
+\def\TableSubtitleRule{\noalign{\vskip 3pt}\hline\noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\long\def\TableFootnote#1{\gdef\TFN{#1}}
+
+\def\@@startpbox#1{\vtop\bgroup \hsize #1\@arrayparboxrestore
+\parindent=-1em\leftskip=1em}
+\newsavebox{\@stablebox}
+\def\stable#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\@stable{#1}{#2}}{\@stable{#1}{#2}[h]}}
+\def\@stable#1#2[#3]{\begin{table}[#3]
+ \def\foo{#1}\def\TFN{}%
+ \viiiONx
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup
+ \begin{tabular}{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\@namedef{endstable}{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\end{tabular}\egroup
+$$\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@stablebox
+\caption{\foo}
+\box\@stablebox
+\prevdepth=0pt % last thing was a rule
+\par
+\TFN}$$
+\end{table}}
+%%%% GROT. This is hacked to move a label definition outside.
+%%%% I think the whole stable idea is broken.
+
+\def\stable#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\@stable{#1}{#2}}{\@stable{#1}{#2}[h]}}
+\def\@stable#1#2[#3]{\table[#3]
+ \def\foo{#1}\def\TFN{}\def\stablelabel{}%
+ \viiiONx
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup\def\label##1{\gdef\stablelabel{\label{##1}}}%
+ \tabular{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}%
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\@namedef{endstable}{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\endtabular\egroup
+$$\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@stablebox
+\caption{\foo}\stablelabel
+\box\@stablebox
+\prevdepth=0pt % last thing was a rule
+\par
+\TFN}$$
+\endtable}
+
+\def\stablecont#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\@stablecont{#1}{#2}}{\@stablecont{#1}{#2}[h]}}
+\def\@stablecont#1#2[#3]{\table[#3]
+ \def\foo{#1}\def\TFN{}
+ \viiiONx
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup\def\label{\error}
+ \tabular{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}%
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\@namedef{endstablecont}{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\endtabular\egroup
+$$\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@stablebox
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \ixONxi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\ignorespaces \foo}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize % IF longer than one line:
+ \unhbox\@tempboxa\hfil\par % THEN set as ordinary paragraph.
+ \else % ELSE center.
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi\par
+ \endgroup
+\box\@stablebox
+\prevdepth=0pt % last thing was a rule
+\par
+\TFN}$$
+\endtable}
+
+%%%%
+\newdimen\stabularwidth
+
+\def\stabular{\@ifnextchar[{\@stabular}{\@stabular[h]}}
+\def\@stabular[#1]#2{
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup\viiiONx
+ \tabular[#1]{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}%
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\def\endstabular{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\endtabular\egroup
+\stabularwidth=\wd\@stablebox
+\box\@stablebox}
+
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure} %% deletes Chap No from Section.
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{chapter}{0}
+ \setcounter{section}{0}
+ \def\@chapapp{}
+ \def\thechapter{\Alph{chapter}}}
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svsing.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svsing.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d2369d771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/svlatex/svsing.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+\typeout{Sub-style 'svsing' (Springer-Verlag Single-Authored). Released January 1993}
+
+% Copyright (C) 1988 Springer-Verlag, Inc.
+%
+% Everyone is granted permission to copy and redistribute this file, as
+% long as it is unchanged.
+%
+%
+
+\ds@twoside
+\headheight=9pt
+\headsep=15pt % 2pc-9pt
+\textheight=45pc
+\textwidth=27pc
+\parindent=1em
+%
+% Running head: 9 pt TR, c/lc, 2em# inside of fl. outside folio, base aligns
+% with folio; recto: CN, period, word # to CT; verso: contributor's name(s).
+% In single-author, verso: SN, period, word # to ST.
+%
+% If you want the running heads on the opposite pages, just put \flipheads
+% after the documentstyle. LaTeX isn't bright enough to allow one option
+% file to define ds@flipheads.
+%
+\def\ps@headings{\let\@mkboth=\markboth % Instead of \@gobbletwo, for toc
+ \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% No feet.
+ \def\@oddhead{\ixONxi\rm
+ \hbox{}\hfil{\leftmark}\hskip 2em minus 1em\thepage}%
+ \def\@evenhead{\ixONxi\rm \thepage\hskip 2em\rightmark \hfill}%
+ \def\chaptermark##1{\markbothsame{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{\markleft{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection. \ ##1}}%
+ }
+
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\pagenumbering{roman} % toc is in roman
+\def\@chapterauthors{}
+\def\markbothsame#1{\markboth{#1}{#1}}
+\def\markleft#1{{\let\protect\noexpand\expandafter\@markleft\@themark
+ {#1}\mark{\@themark}}}
+\def\@markleft#1#2#3{\gdef\@themark{{#3}{#2}}}
+\def\leftmark{\expandafter\@leftmark\topmark}
+%
+% All pages without running heads must carry corner marks.
+%
+\def\clap#1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss#1\hss}}
+\newdimen\@crosshairrule \@crosshairrule=.24pt
+\def\@crosshairs{\vbox to 0pt{\hsize=0pt\baselineskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+ \vss
+ \clap{\vrule height .125in width \@crosshairrule depth 0pt}
+ \clap{\vrule width .25in height \@crosshairrule depth 0pt}
+ \clap{\vrule height .125in width \@crosshairrule depth 0pt}
+ \vss}}
+\def\ps@empty{%
+\def\@oddhead{\hfill\raise\headheight\@crosshairs}
+\let\@evenhead\@oddhead
+\def\@evenfoot{}\let\@oddfoot\@evenfoot}
+\frenchspacing
+\def\@chapapp{}
+\def\viiiONx{\@setsize\viiiONx{10pt}\viipt\@viipt}
+\def\ixONxi{\@setsize\ixONxi{11pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\def\xONxii{\normalsize}
+\def\xiiONxiv{\@setsize\xiiONxiv{14pt}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+\def\xivONxvi{\@setsize\xivONxvi{16pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\xivONxiv{\@setsize\xivONxiv{14pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\xxONxx{\@setsize\xxONxx{20pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\font\chnum = cmr10 scaled \magstep5
+
+\def\chapter{\cleardoublepage % Starts new recto.
+ \thispagestyle{empty} % Page style of chapter page is 'empty'
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@afterindentfalse % Suppresses indent in first paragraph. Change
+ \secdef\@chapter\@schapter} % to \@afterindenttrue to have indent.
+
+%
+% Chapter number: 24 CM, arabic numeral, fl.l, top text
+% Chapter title: 20/20 CM x 27pc, c/lc, fl.l, sink 60 pt from top
+% type to base of CT, to's fl.l, do not hyphenate
+%
+\def\@makechapterhead#1{ % Heading for \chapter command
+% We want the chapter number to be 20 pts from top text. The simplest
+% was is to set \topskip, making sure there's nothing between the number
+% and the top of page, so \baselineskip doesn't come in.
+\vbox to 20pc{{ \topskip=20pt \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \xxONxx\rm
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne % IF secnumdepth > -1 THEN
+ {\chnum \@chapapp{} \thechapter} % Print 'Chapter' and number.
+ \par
+ \vskip 10pt % Space between number and title.
+ #1\par % Title.
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+~ \vfil
+} } }
+
+\def\@makeschapterhead#1{ % Heading for \chapter* command
+\vbox to 20pc{{ \topskip=46pt \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \xxONxx\rm
+ #1\par % Title.
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+ %\v~fil
+} } }
+
+%
+% Restart the footnote counter each chapter.
+%
+%\newcounter{footnote}[chapter]
+%
+% FN 1pc space above footnotes to text.
+% 5 pc 1/2 pt rule fl.l. above footnotes
+% leave 6pt # after rule followed by ftn
+%
+\skip\footins=18.5pt % space above line and below line, 1pc+6pt+.5pt
+\footskip=16pt
+\footnotesep=7pt % pretty arbitrary
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{10pt}\ixpt\@ixpt}
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-6.5pt\hrule width 5pc height .5pt\vskip 6pt}
+%
+% Footnote at end of chapter position below last text line (not at bottom
+% of page).
+%
+\def\clearpage{\par\penalty -\@M \write\m@ne{}\vbox{}\penalty -\@Mi}
+\def\@makecol{\ifvoid\footins \setbox\@outputbox\box\@cclv
+ \else\setbox\@outputbox
+ \vbox{\unvbox\@cclv\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule\unvbox\footins}\fi
+ \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}\gdef\@midlist{}\@combinefloats
+ \setbox\@outputbox\vbox to\@colht{\boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \@texttop
+ \@tempdima=\@colht \multiply\@tempdima by 10 \divide\@tempdima by 9
+ \ifdim \ht\@outputbox<\@tempdima
+ \unvbox\@outputbox \vfill
+ \else
+ \unvbox\@outputbox
+ \fi
+ \@textbottom}\global\maxdepth\@maxdepth}
+%
+% Abstract: 9/11 TRx25pi, sink 2.5pi b/b from CA
+%
+\def\abstract{\vskip 21pt % from CA
+\rightskip=1pc\leftskip=1pc\parindent=\z@
+\ixONxi\rm
+{ABSTRACT }}
+\def\endabstract{\par} % If we don't do this, the paragraph won't be
+ % set until after rightskip and leftskip have been
+ % returned to their old values.
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\chapter*{Contents\@mkboth{Contents}{Contents}}
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+
+%
+% Don't indent the paragraph following each header. Vertical distances
+% showld have \baselineskip taken out, and the height of the next
+% line, which should be text (10/12 TR).
+%
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2} % number section and subsections
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} % and put them in the table of contents
+% No 1 Head, 14/16 TR, 36pt b/b above, 24 tp b/b below
+\def\section{\@startsection
+ {section}{1}{\z@}{-21pt plus 6pt minus 1pt}{12pt plus 2pt}%
+ {\xivONxvi\rm\raggedright}}
+% No 2 Head, 12/14 TR, c/sc, 30pt above, 18 pt below
+\def\subsection{\@startsection
+ {subsection}{2}{\z@}{-16pt plus 4pt minus 1pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xiiONxiv\it\raggedright}}
+% No 3 Head, 10/12 TR, 24pt above, 18pt below
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection
+ {subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-12pt plus 3pt minus 1pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xONxii\rm\raggedright}}
+% No 4 Head, 10/12 TR italic, 20pt above, 18pt below
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection
+ {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{-8pt plus 2pt minus .5pt}{6pt plus 1pt}%
+ {\xONxii\it\raggedright}}
+% No 5 Head, 10/12 TR italic, period, en space to run in text, 18pt above
+\def\subparagraph#1{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{5}{\z@}{-6pt plus 2pt minus .5pt}{-.5em}{\xONxii\it}{#1.}}
+% Ack: Acknowledgements same as No 5 head, 36pt above
+\def\acknowledgments{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{6}{\z@}{-24pt plus 6pt minus 1pt}{-.5em}%
+ {\xONxii\it}*{Acknowledgments:\/}}
+% R-1: ``References'', same as No.2 head
+% unless it's single-author.
+\def\mainbibliography#1{{\@multipleauthorsfalse\bibliography{#1}}}
+\def\thebibliography#1{%
+ \chapter*{References\@mkboth
+ {References}{References}}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}References}%
+%endif
+ \list
+ {[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+% Put index in the toc
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Index}{Index}\thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\theauthorindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Author Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Author Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Author Index}{Author Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\thesubjectindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Subject Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberlin6e{}Subject Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Subject Index}{Subject Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+\def\thesymbolindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Symbol Index}]
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect\numberline{}Symbol Index}%
+ \@mkboth{Symbol Index}{Symbol Index}\thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+
+%
+% lists: 10/12 TRx27pc, 1/2line# above/below
+%
+\topsep 6pt plus 3pt minus 1pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip, added above and below list and
+ % paragraphing environments.
+\itemsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip, added between list items.
+%
+% Eq: Center on text width; equation numbers set flush right, align with
+% last line of equation, 6pt # above/below.
+%
+\abovedisplayskip=6pt plus 1.5pt minus 3pt
+\belowdisplayskip=\abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip=\z@ plus 1.5pt
+\belowdisplayshortskip=3pt plus 1.5pt minus 1.5pt
+%
+% FL: Figure legends ``FIGURE 0.0'' 9/11 TR, c/lc, period, word # to text.
+%
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{{
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \ixONxi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1. #2}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize % IF longer than one line:
+ \unhbox\@tempboxa\hfil\par % THEN set as ordinary paragraph.
+ \else % ELSE center.
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi}}
+\def\fnum@figure{\ixONxi FIGURE \thefigure}%{\sc FIGURE~}\thefigure}
+%
+% TN+TT: ``TABLE 0.0'' 9/11 TR, c/lc. period, word # to table title:
+% 3 pt # below to 1/2 pt rule x table measuer, 3 pt # below rule to
+% TCH
+%
+\arrayrulewidth=.5pt
+\def\fnum@table{\ixONxi TABLE~\thetable}
+\def\TableSubtitleRule{\noalign{\vskip 3pt}\hline\noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\long\def\TableFootnote#1{\gdef\TFN{#1}}
+
+\def\@@startpbox#1{\vtop\bgroup \hsize #1\@arrayparboxrestore
+\parindent=-1em\leftskip=1em}
+\newsavebox{\@stablebox}
+\def\stable#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\@stable{#1}{#2}}{\@stable{#1}{#2}[h]}}
+\def\@stable#1#2[#3]{\begin{table}[#3]
+ \def\foo{#1}\def\TFN{}%
+ \viiiONx
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup
+ \begin{tabular}{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\@namedef{endstable}{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\end{tabular}\egroup
+$$\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@stablebox
+\caption{\foo}
+\box\@stablebox
+\prevdepth=0pt % last thing was a rule
+\par
+\TFN}$$
+\end{table}}
+%%%% GROT. This is hacked to move a label definition outside.
+%%%% I think the whole stable idea is broken.
+
+\def\stable#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\@stable{#1}{#2}}{\@stable{#1}{#2}[h]}}
+\def\@stable#1#2[#3]{\table[#3]
+ \def\foo{#1}\def\TFN{}\def\stablelabel{}%
+ \viiiONx
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup\def\label##1{\gdef\stablelabel{\label{##1}}}%
+ \tabular{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}%
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\@namedef{endstable}{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\endtabular\egroup
+$$\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@stablebox
+\caption{\foo}\stablelabel
+\box\@stablebox
+\prevdepth=0pt % last thing was a rule
+\par
+\TFN}$$
+\endtable}
+
+\def\stablecont#1#2{\@ifnextchar[{\@stablecont{#1}{#2}}{\@stablecont{#1}{#2}[h]}}
+\def\@stablecont#1#2[#3]{\table[#3]
+ \def\foo{#1}\def\TFN{}
+ \viiiONx
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup\def\label{\error}
+ \tabular{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}%
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\@namedef{endstablecont}{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\endtabular\egroup
+$$\vbox{\hsize=\wd\@stablebox
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \ixONxi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\ignorespaces \foo}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize % IF longer than one line:
+ \unhbox\@tempboxa\hfil\par % THEN set as ordinary paragraph.
+ \else % ELSE center.
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi\par
+ \endgroup
+\box\@stablebox
+\prevdepth=0pt % last thing was a rule
+\par
+\TFN}$$
+\endtable}
+
+%%%%
+\newdimen\stabularwidth
+
+\def\stabular{\@ifnextchar[{\@stabular}{\@stabular[h]}}
+\def\@stabular[#1]#2{
+ \setbox\@stablebox=\hbox\bgroup\viiiONx
+ \tabular[#1]{#2}%
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}%
+ \hline
+ \noalign{\vskip 3pt}}
+\def\endstabular{\crcr\noalign{\vskip 6pt}\hline\endtabular\egroup
+\stabularwidth=\wd\@stablebox
+\box\@stablebox}
+
+
+% End of svsing
+ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/NOTE b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/NOTE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f280abe583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/NOTE
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+ The following is a shar file for the thesis document styles of
+the Department of Electrical Engineering at Texas A&M University. Inside
+the file, there are style files, the eethesis maual, an example,
+and Postscript files of the example and manual. Please
+use /bin/sh command to shar the file. Run latex of manv4.tex and
+thesis.tex to get the manual and the example. In manv4.tex you may have
+difficulties to run through. If you have difficulties, please delete the two
+fonts {\euf R} and {\pun R} on line 1538, 1539 and 1542 of manv4.tex and you
+can get your printout.
+
+ If you have any problems, please let me know. Good luck.
+ wenlin@ee.tamu.edu (wenlin@128.194.24.2)
+
+Wen-Lin Hsieh
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/READ.ME b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/READ.ME
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a3d434f4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/READ.ME
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+READ.ME this file
+eethesis.sty eethesis style file I
+eethe12.sty eethesis style file II
+eethetitle.sty eethesis style file III
+manv4.tex the ee thesis manual
+manv4.ps the Postscript version of ee thesis manual
+app.sty the revised appendix sty file
+subequation.sty the subequation sty file
+file.c an example of c for the verbatimfile
+thesis.tex the main file of the example of eethesis
+thesis.ps the Postscript file of the example of eethesis
+title.tex the title of the example
+approve.tex the approval page of the example
+abstract.tex the abstract of the example
+ded.tex the dedication of the example
+ack.tex the acknowledgment of the example
+lists.tex the lists of the example
+ch1.tex chapter 1 of the example
+ch2.tex chapter 2 of the example
+bib.tex the bibliography of the example
+biblio.tex the bibliography (for bibtex) of the example
+append.tex Appendix A of the example
+vita.tex the vita of the example
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/abstract.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/abstract.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dfb4d62763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/abstract.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+\absone
+{Transient Queueing Approximations for Computer\\Networks}
+{December 1986}
+{William A. Baker}
+{B.S., Rutgers University}
+{Dr. P.\ E.\ Cantrell}
+{ The objective of this thesis was to evaluate the performance of several
+transient queue approximations. The approximations were tested and
+characterized for a single M/M/1 queue and a tandem queue (two node)
+network.
+
+The five approximations tested in this thesis used a closure
+assumption to obtain the probability of an empty system. Then, depending
+on the method, equations were integrated to obtain the mean and, in
+some cases, the variance. Johnston's and Rider's methods solved for just the
+mean. Rothkopf/Oren's and Chang/Wang's methods obtained mean and variance
+values, and Clark's method produced several quantities which were used to
+find mean and variance statistics.
+
+For the M/M/1 case, the approximations by Clark and Chang were very accurate
+over a wide range of input patterns and initial conditions. Rothkopf's was
+accurate over all conditions but never as accurate as Chang or Clark.
+Johnston's and Rider's approximations performed acceptably only over some
+of the cases.
+The hardest
+conditions to follow, based on relative error, were low utilization cases with
+a large number in the queue at $t=0$.
+
+For nonstationary arrival patterns into the M/M/1 queue, Clark's method was
+superior to all others; mean and variance values were always within
+three percent of the exact.
+
+For the tandem queue, equations for $dM/dt$ and $dV/dt$ were derived
+to observe dependencies on joint probabilities between the queues. While
+the rate of change of the mean was only a function of the marginal
+probabilities of each queue, the rate of change for the variance
+included joint probability terms. An assumption of queue independence
+was made in order to implement the closure assumptions for the tandem
+queue.
+
+The approximations by Chang and Clark were very accurate in producing
+the mean. For low utilization cases, the methods experienced difficulties
+in following the true variance values. This was due to inaccuracies in the
+assumption that the two queues were independent of each other.
+
+In conclusion, the methods by Chang/Wang and Clark hold promise for
+use in modeling computer networks, particularly for the mean in each queue.}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ack.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ack.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c39c8ef63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ack.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+\acknow{Special thanks to Dr.\ P.\ E.\ Cantrell, whose guidance
+and patience made this thesis possible. I would also like to thank
+Drs. R.\ M.\ Feldman, J.\ D.\ Gibson, and K.\ Watson for their time
+and useful comments in reviewing this document.
+
+I am indebted to Dr.\ G.\ M.\ Clark of Ohio State University
+for help in implementing his
+approximation method.}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/app.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/app.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f27aff09c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/app.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+\def\appendix#1{
+ \refstepcounter{appendix}
+ \newpage
+\def\theequation{\Alph{appendix}.\arabic{equation}}
+ \vskip .2truein
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\null\hspace{-2em}
+ APPENDIX \theappendix
+ \hspace{1.0em}#1}
+ \centerline {APPENDIX \theappendix}
+ \bigskip
+ \begin{center} {\uppercase{#1}}
+ \end{center}
+ \nobreak\bigskip}
+\tocnumflushright
+\def\fignumbox{9em}
+
+\def\l@chapter#1#2{\pagebreak[3]
+ \vskip 1.0em plus 1pt % space above chapter line
+% \@tempdima 1.55em % width of box holding chapter number
+% thesis mod
+% this section is adapted from def of \@dottedtocline
+% change hangindent in next line to
+% leftskip 6-20-89 to work with later latex changes
+ {\leftskip 2em\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip
+ \parindent 2em\relax\@afterindenttrue
+ \interlinepenalty\@M
+ \leavevmode
+ \@tempdima 4em\relax % width of box holding chapter number
+% change 6-20-89
+ \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \hbox{}\hskip -\leftskip
+% end 6-20-89
+ \uppercase{#1}\nobreak\leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern
+ \@dotsep mu$}\hfill \nobreak \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hfil\rm #2}\par}
+ \vskip 1.0em plus 1pt} % space below chapter line
+%
+% \begingroup
+% \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+% \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+% \bf % Boldface.
+% \leavevmode % TeX command to enter horizontal mode.
+% #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+%
+%
+% \endgroup}
+\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{7em}{1.5em}}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{9em}{1.5em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{11em}{1.5em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{13em}{1.5em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{14em}{1.5em}}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/append.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/append.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22969ea7e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/append.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+\appendix{Supplemental Results}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{8.0in}
+\caption{Rothkopf/Oren's $\widehat {P_0}$ results for stationary M/M/1 queue.}
+\label{fig:p0joh}
+\end{figure}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/approve.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/approve.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5227203203
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/approve.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+\approvalone
+{Transient queueing approximations for computer\\networks}
+{William A. Baker}
+{Pierce E. Cantrell}
+{Richard M. Feldman}
+{Jerry D. Gibson}
+{Karan Watson}
+{Jo W. Howze}
+{December 1986}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/bib.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/bib.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5c820ade85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/bib.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+\begin{thebibliography}{99}
+\bibitem{AR:1} Author(s) of Report, ``Title of Report,'' {Research
+Report, Department of Publication, Name of University, Date of Publication.
+
+\bibitem{AJ:1} Author(s) of Journal, ``Title of article,'' {\sl
+Title of Journal,} vol. Volume number, pp. Page numbers, Date of Publication.
+
+\bibitem{AB:1} Author(s) of Book, {\sl Title of Book.} City, State of
+Publication: Name of Publishing Company, Date of Publication.
+
+\bibitem{AA:1} Author(s) of Article, ``Title of Article,'' in {\sl Title
+of Book.} Editor of Book, ED. City, State of Publication: Name of
+Publishing Company, Date of Publication, chap. Chapters, pp. Page numbers.
+
+\bibitem{AA:2} Author(s) of Article, ``Title of Article,'' in {\sl Title of
+Proceedings Record,} Location of Symposium, Date.
+\end{thebibliography}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/bibdata.bib b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/bibdata.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d1bf6c7d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/bibdata.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+@techreport{JA:1,
+ author="Joe Author",
+ title="Title of Report",
+ type="Research Report",
+ institution="Department of Publication, Name of University",
+ year=1999,
+ number=23,
+ address="City, State",
+ month="October"}
+
+@article{AAJA:1,
+ author="Arthur Author and Joe Author",
+ title="Title of Journal Article",
+ journal="Title of Journal",
+ volume=76,
+ pages="27--45",
+ month="July",
+ year=1776}
+
+@book{AB:1,
+ author="Author Book",
+ title="Title of Book",
+ address="City, State of Publication",
+ publisher="Name of Publishing Company",
+ volume=1,
+ edition="16th",
+ year=1988}
+
+@inbook{MWJCDL:1,
+ author="Matthew Wright and James Chodzko and Danny Luk",
+ title="Title of Book",
+ chapter="4--5",
+ pages="56--99",
+ address="College Station, Texas",
+ publisher="Name of Publisher",
+ year=1988}
+
+@booklet{HC:1,
+ author="Han Chen",
+ title="Title of Booklet",
+ howpublished="Texas A\&M University",
+ address="College Station, Texas",
+ month="July",
+ year=1989}
+
+@manual{ROPC:1,
+ author="Russell L. Oertel and Pierce Cantrell",
+ title="\LaTeX\ Example Manual",
+ organization="Department of Electrical Engineering, Texas A\&M
+ University",
+ address="College Station, Texas",
+ month="September",
+ year=1988}
+
+@incollection{JS:1,
+ author="Joseph W. Simpson",
+ title="Title of Article",
+ booktitle="Title of Book",
+ editor="of Book, Editor",
+ address="City, State of Publication",
+ publisher="Name of Publishing Company",
+ year=1983,
+ chapter="3",
+ pages="400--402"}
+
+@proceedings{PR:1,
+ title="Title of Conference Proceedings",
+ editor="Peter J. Rizzo",
+ organization="Sponsoring Organization",
+ address="Location of Symposium",
+ publisher="Name of publisher",
+ month="June",
+ year=1987}
+
+@inproceedings{AA:1,
+ author=" Arthur Article",
+ title="Title of Conference Article",
+ booktitle="Title of Conference Proceedings Record",
+ organization="Sponsoring Organization",
+ address="Location of Symposium",
+ publisher="Name of Publisher",
+ month="January",
+ year=1989}
+
+@unpublished{PKGT:1,
+ author="P. Kenneth and G. E. Taylor",
+ title="Solution of variational problems with bounded control variables
+ by means of the generalized {N}ewton-{Raphson} method",
+ note="presented at the Symp.\ on Recent Advances in Optimization
+ Techniques, Carnegie Inst.\ of Tech., Pittsburgh, Pa.",
+ month="April",
+ year=1965}
+
+@phdthesis{RL:1,
+ author="R. E. Larson",
+ title="Title of Dissertation",
+ school="Stanford University",
+ address="Stanford, California",
+ year=1964}
+
+@mastersthesis{EG:1,
+ author="Elaine G. Haschke",
+ title="Title of Thesis",
+ school="Drofnats University",
+ address="West Yellowstone, Montana",
+ month="May",
+ year="1993"}
+
+@misc{JS:2,
+ author="J. D. Simon",
+ month="November",
+ year=1963,
+ howpublished="private communications"}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/biblio.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/biblio.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa3886bb59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/biblio.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+\bibliographystyle{unsrt}
+\bibliography{bibdata}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ch1.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ch1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5306053e86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ch1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+\chapter {Introduction}
+\label{ch:int}
+\body
+The objective of this thesis is to evaluate the performance of several
+transient queueing approximations for a network of queues. These
+approximations will be tested and characterized for a single M/M/1
+and a tandem queue (2 node) network~\cite{JA:1}.
+
+The statistics of queueing systems, such as the mean number in each
+queue and the variance, are often computed using steady state assumptions.
+In many systems, however, the queue parameters change with time and
+steady state assumptions lead to erroneous mean and variance quantities.
+It is therefore desirable to solve the transient system. Unfortunately,
+solutions to transient queueing systems are difficult to obtain. Although
+an analytic solution exists for the single M/M/1 queue, a network of two
+such queues remains an open problem. The approximation methods are used reduce
+the computational complexity of existing transient solutions and to provide
+insight into the behavior of systems for which no analytic solution exists.
+It is hoped that this research will serve to improve present methods of
+modelling computer networks~\cite{AAJA:1}.
+
+\section{Queueing Theory Background}
+Central to interpreting results from any queueing model is the understanding
+of the underlying queueing process. If you now refer to Fig.~\ref{fig:pic},
+you will see an example of the \LaTeX\ picture environment.
+\begin{figure}
+\centering
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1mm}
+\begin{picture}(50,39)
+\put(0,7){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{cm}}
+\multiput(10,7)(10,0){5}{\makebox(0,0)[b]{\protect\addtocounter{cm}{1}
+ \arabic{cm}}}
+\put(15,20){\circle{6}}
+\put(30,20){\circle{6}}
+\put(15,20){\circle*{2}}
+\put(30,20){\circle*{2}}
+\put(10,24){\framebox(25,8){car}}
+\put(10,32){\vector(-2,1){10}}
+\multiput(1,0)(1,0){49}{\line(0,1){2.5}}
+\multiput(5,0)(10,0){5}{\line(0,1){3.5}}
+\thicklines
+\put(0,0){\line(1,0){50}}
+\multiput(0,0)(10,0){6}{\line(0,1){5}}
+\end{picture}
+\caption{A sample {\bf\tt picture} environment.}
+\label{fig:pic}
+\end{figure}
+Of particular importance are five basic
+characteristics~\cite{AB:1}: arrival pattern of customers, service pattern of
+servers, queue discipline, system capacity, and the number of service channels.
+
+\section{Network Applications}
+
+The study of a network of queues can be used to provide useful information
+for the design and maintenance of computer networks, where several computers
+are communicating with each other. On the design side, the modeling of a
+network can provide statistics such the average number of packets waiting
+to be transmitted at each computer~\cite{MWJCDL:1}.
+
+\section {Solution Methods}
+The most common numerical solution to the transient queueing model is found
+through the use of the Kolmogorov forward equations~\cite{HC:1}.
+This method can handle non-stationary arrival and service rates
+and, for reasonable error bounds, provides an exact solution. One equation is
+integrated to find the probability of being in a particular state.
+
+\section{Thesis Structure}
+Chapter II starts by reviewing some of the fundamentals in queueing theory
+upon which the approximations are based. The closure approximations
+are presented for the M/M/1 queue and compared to reveal differences
+in structure~\cite{ROPC:1}.
+
+In Chapter III the M/M/1 approximations are tested against exact methods for both
+stationary and nonstationary arrival patterns. The stationary cases are compared
+against exact results from Cantrell~\cite{JS:1,PR:1}, while the
+nonstationary cases will be compared to solutions from Kolmogorov forward
+equations. Each approximation will
+be characterized to show areas of weakness and strength.
+
+In Chapter IV the methods proving to be most
+accurate will be tested in a two node feed-forward network, otherwise known
+as the tandem queue.
+The results are compared against the Kolmogorov forward equation solutions and
+results from the previous chapter to see the effect of the first node on the
+accuracy of the second node results.
+
+In Chapter V final conclusions are drawn and suggestions for further research
+topics are suggested.
+An equation using the equation environment
+\begin{equation}
+\lim_{x\to0}{\sin x\over x}=1,
+\end{equation}
+and one using the displaymath environment
+\begin{displaymath}
+\sqrt{1+\sqrt{1+\sqrt{1+x}}}.
+\end{displaymath}
+are displayed here. Now refer to Fig.~\ref{fig:block} for another example
+of what you can do with the \LaTeX\ picture environment.
+\begin{figure}
+\begin{center}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1in}
+\begin{picture}(5,6)
+\thicklines
+\put(2,4){\framebox(1,0.75){\LaTeX}}
+\put(0.5,4){\framebox(1,0.75){User Input}}
+\put(3.5,4){\framebox(1.25,0.75){Document Style}}
+\put(2,2.25){\framebox(1,0.75){\TeX}}
+\put(1.75,0.5){\framebox(1.5,0.75){Printed Document}}
+\put(1.5,4.375){\vector(1,0){0.5}}
+\put(3.5,4.375){\vector(-1,0){0.5}}
+\put(2.5,4){\vector(0,-1){1}}
+\put(2.5,2.25){\vector(0,-1){1}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{center}
+\caption{Overall Structure}
+\label{fig:block}
+\end{figure}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ch2.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ch2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c97fccc79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ch2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+\chapter{Closure Approximations in the Tandem Queue}
+\label{ch:clo}
+The purpose of this chapter is to extend the results from the M/M/1 queue to
+a two queue system consisting of a M/M/1 queue whose output is directed
+to a second Markovian queue. This small network is known as a tandem queue
+and is depicted in Fig.~\ref{fig:tan}.
+\begin{figure}
+\centering
+\begin{picture}(360,180)
+\multiput(72,45)(0,18){4}{\framebox(18,18){0}}
+\multiput(90,45)(0,18){4}{\framebox(18,18){0}}
+\multiput(108,45)(0,18){3}{\framebox(18,18){1}}
+\multiput(126,45)(0,18){4}{\framebox(18,18){1}}
+\put(108,99){\framebox(18,18){0}}
+\multiput(234,45)(18,0){4}{\framebox(18,18){0}}
+\multiput(234,63)(18,0){4}{\framebox(18,18){0}}
+\multiput(234,81)(18,0){2}{\framebox(18,18){0}}
+\multiput(270,81)(18,0){2}{\framebox(18,18){1}}
+\multiput(234,99)(18,0){3}{\framebox(18,18){0}}
+\put(288,99){\framebox(18,18){1}}
+\put(126,72){\oval(32,15)[t]}
+\put(126,54){\oval(32,15)[b]}
+\multiput(110,54)(32,0){2}{\line(0,1){18}}
+\multiput(126,90)(162,0){2}{\oval(32,15)}
+\multiput(135,99)(162,0){2}{\oval(15,32)}
+\multiput(55,49)(162,0){2}{10}
+\multiput(55,67)(162,0){2}{11}
+\multiput(55,85)(162,0){2}{01}
+\multiput(55,103)(162,0){2}{00}
+\multiput(75,124)(162,0){2}{00}
+\multiput(93,124)(162,0){2}{01}
+\multiput(111,124)(162,0){2}{11}
+\multiput(129,124)(162,0){2}{10}
+\multiput(72,117)(162,0){2}{\thicklines \line(-1,1){28}}
+\multiput(54,137)(162,0){2}{CD}
+\multiput(35,125)(162,0){2}{AB}
+\end{picture}
+\caption{The two node tandem queue.}
+\label{fig:tan}
+\end{figure}
+The size of this network makes possible a solution by near-exact methods so
+that the closure methods can be evaluated for the dependencies of the mean and
+variance of the second queue on the state of the first queue. Since the first
+queue of the tandem is simply M/M/1, this chapter will concentrate on the
+results from the second queue. The two most accurate closure assumptions, Clark
+and Chang/Wang, will be compared against the Kolmogorov solution~\cite{AA:1}.
+
+\section{The Kolmogorov Solution}
+The state space for the tandem queue is a two-dimensional lattice
+of states indexed by the number in each queue. For example, $P_{1,2}(t)$ is
+the probability that there is one in the first queue and two in the second.
+The size of the state space depends on the maximum number in each queue. If
+each queue can hold 49 items, including server, than the number of possible
+states is $50^2$ or 2500~\cite{PKGT:1}.
+
+The Kolmogorov solution for the tandem queue was obtained using a stochastic
+balance between various states of the birth-death process. Fig.\ \ref{fig:sto}
+shows the stochastic balance used to obtain (\ref{eq:kolt4}).
+\begin{figure}
+\centering
+\begin{picture}(224,180)
+\put(36,50){\thicklines \framebox(60,80)[t]{\&}}
+\put(14,70){\line(1,0){22}}
+\put(0,110){\line(1,0){36}}
+\put(0,115){$x$}
+\put(14,70){\line(0,-1){40}}
+\put(14,30){\line(1,0){30}}
+\put(49,26){$c$}
+\put(96,90){\line(1,0){38}}
+\put(134,40){\thicklines \framebox(60,100){ }}
+\put(139,85){D}
+\put(194,110){\line(1,0){18}}
+\put(194,70){\line(1,0){18}}
+\put(204,75){$\overline{Q}$}
+\put(204,115){$Q$}
+\put(24,10){\thicklines \dashbox(200,150){ }}
+\end{picture}
+\caption{Stochastic balance for tandem queue without feedback.}
+\label{fig:sto}
+\end{figure}
+The Kolmogorov equation set for the tandem queue was found to be
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\frac{dP_{0,0}}{dt} & = & -\left( \gamma _1 + \gamma _2\right) P_{0,0} +
+\mu _2 P_{0,1} \label{eq:kolt1}\\
+\frac{dP_{0,i}}{dt} & = & -\left( \gamma _1 + \gamma _2+ \mu_2\right) P_{0,i} +
+\mu _2 P_{0,i+1} \nonumber \\
+& & \mbox{}+\qquad\gamma _2P_{0,i-1}+\mu _1 P_{1,i-1}
+\hspace{.993in}\qquad i=1,2,3... \label {eq:kolt2}\\
+\frac{dP_{j,0}}{dt} & = & -\left( \gamma _1 + \gamma _2+ \mu _1\right) P_{j,0}
++ \gamma _1P_{j-1,0} + \mu _2P_{j,1} \qquad j=1,2,3... \label{eq:kolt3} \\
+\frac{dP_{j,i}}{dt} & = & -\left( \gamma _1 + \gamma _2+ \mu _1
++\mu _2\right) P_{j,i} +\gamma _1P_{j-1,i}+
+\mu _2 P_{j,i+1} \nonumber \\
+& & \mbox{}+\qquad\gamma_2P_{j,i-1}+\mu _1 P_{j+1,i-1} \qquad \hspace{0.77in}
+j,i=1,2,3... \label{eq:kolt4}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+The mean and variance statistics for the second queue are obtained by the
+following equations:
+\[ M_2 = \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}i\cdot\sum_{j=0}^{\infty}P_{j,i} \]
+\noindent { and}
+\[ V_2 = \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}i^2\cdot\sum_{j=0}^{\infty}P_{j,i} - M_2^2.\]
+Calculation of the mean and variance requires the truncation of the M/M/1$/\infty$
+to some maximum number of states. Stated differently, the M/M/1/$\infty$ queue
+model is approximated by an M/M/1/k queue. While it is impossible to
+evaluate the error in this approximation, an indication
+of the truncation error can be obtained by summing all the probability states
+up to state $k$ and subtracting this total from one. This yields the probability
+of being in a state greater than $k$. If this value is very small then
+its product with $i$ and $i^2$ will also be small.
+
+It is easy to see how large and complicated the Kolmogorov equation set can become
+for just a small network, and the usefulness of an accurate, state-reducing
+approximation~\cite{RL:1}.
+\section{Approximations for the Tandem Queue}
+\subsection{Independent Queue Assumption}
+Jackson \cite{EG:1} showed that a network of queues can be analyzed as
+a group of independent M/M/1 queues when the network is operating
+under steady-state conditions. One method to approximate the tandem queue
+state space is to assume that the independence holds under transient conditions
+as well. By assuming the two queues are independent, the joint probability
+$P_{j,i}$ simply becomes the product of the marginal probabilities, $P_j$ and
+$P_i$. Thus, the number of states needed to model the tandem M/M/1/50 queue by
+the Kolmogorov equations decreases from 2500 to 100.
+
+Since the primary motivation behind the approximation methods is to
+obtain accurate mean and variance statistics for the queues, it is
+of interest to investigate errors induced by assuming the queues
+to be independent. The mean and variance statistics for the first
+and second queues are defined as
+
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ M_1&=&\sum_{j=1}^{\infty}j\cdot P_j\nonumber\\
+ V_1&=&\sum_{j=1}^{\infty}j^2\cdot P_j - M_{1}^2,\nonumber
+\end{eqnarray}
+\noindent{and}
+\begin{eqnarray}
+ M_2&=&\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}i\cdot P_i\label{eq:m2}\\
+ V_2&=&\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}i^2\cdot P_i - M_{2}^2\label{eq:v2}.
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+The accuracy of $P_j$ for $j>0$ will determine the effectiveness of the
+independence assumption. By definition, $P_j=\sum_{i=0}^{\infty}P_{j,i}$.
+By summing (\ref{eq:kolt3}) and (\ref{eq:kolt4}), we obtain
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{dP_j}{dt} & = & -\left(\gamma_1 +\gamma_2 +\mu_1\right)\sum_{i=0}^{\infty}P_{j,i}
+-\mu_2\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}P_{j,i}+\gamma_1\sum_{i=0}^{\infty}P_{j-1,i} \\
+& & \mbox{}+\mu_1\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}P_{j+1,i-1}+\mu_2\sum_{i=0}^{\infty}
+P_{j,i+1}.
+\end{eqnarray*}
+By gathering similar terms and summing, the above equation simplifies to
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{dP_j}{dt} & = & -\left(\gamma_1 +\mu_1\right)P_j
++\gamma_1P_{j-1}+\mu_1P_{j+1},\hspace{1.25in}j=1,2,3...
+\end{eqnarray*}
+which is identical to (\ref{eq:kolt4}) developed for the single M/M/1 queue.
+This is true because the addition of
+the second queue does not effect the first in any manner. If, however,
+there was feedback from the second queue to the first then this result
+would no longer hold.
+
+The equation for $dP_i/dt$ for the second queue will now be derived
+to show how the joint probability state must be decoupled to
+obtain the independent queue probability equations.
+
+\subsection{Closure Approximations for the Tandem Queue}
+The approximations by Clark and Chang/Wang were shown in the previous
+chapter to be most accurate for the M/M/1 queue. In this section, we will
+investigate the extension of these approximations for the tandem queue.
+The resulting equation for $dM_2/dt$ is
+\begin{equation}
+\frac{dM_2}{dt}=\gamma_2+\mu_1\left(1-P0_1\right) - \mu_2\left(1-P0_2\right).
+\label{eq:dm2}
+\end{equation}
+
+To derive $dV_2/dt$, we differentiate (\ref{eq:v2}) to obtain
+\begin{equation}
+\frac{dV_2}{dt}=\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}i^2\cdot \frac{dP_i}{dt} -
+2M_2\cdot \frac{dM_2}{dt}.
+\label{eq:dv2a}
+\end{equation}
+
+\section{Implementation and Results}
+Clearly, there are two issues concerning the accuracy of the closure
+approximations in a tandem queue. The first is the accuracy of the assumption
+of independent queues. When is the assumption that $P0_2$ is independent on the
+state of the first queue a good one? Also, what error results from the
+approximation for $V_2(t)$ via (\ref{eq:dv2a})? The second concern is how well
+the closure approximations model the independent tandem queue. Since the
+independence assumption makes the tandem queue a network of two M/M/1 queues,
+the second issue was largely answered in the previous chapter. Therefore this
+chapter will be dedicated to investigating the performance of
+the independent queue assumption~\cite{JS:2}.
+
+\subsection{Test Conditions}
+Three approximations were compared against the truncated Kolmogorov solution
+for the tandem queue: the independent Kolmogorov solution, Chang/Wang's
+approximation, and Clark's approximation. The test cases were the same as
+those discussed in Chapter~\ref{ch:int}, except that cases with $\rho$ close to
+or greater than one could not be included. This is because the truncated
+Kolmogorov equation set models the tandem queue as two dependent M/M/1/k
+queues, requiring the integration of $k^2$ equations. If $\rho$ becomes too
+large then the probability of being in a state
+with greater than $k$ in a queue can no longer be neglected, resulting in
+mean and variance inaccuracies. We used $ k= 50 $ which limited $\rho \le 0.8$.
+
+\subsection{Results}
+The approximations all performed well for most of the conditions presented.
+The most accurate of the three was the Kolmogorov independent solution by
+a very small margin over Clark. Chang/Wang's method also was accurate, but
+it encountered difficulty with the high $M_0$, low utilization cases. See
+Table~\ref{tab:nsta} for the full comparison.
+\begin{table}[p]
+\caption{Results for Nonstationary M/M/1 Queue}
+\label{tab:nsta}
+\vspace{0.125in}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}[b]{|r|r|r|r|r|r|r|r|r|r|r|}
+\hline
+\multicolumn{3}{|l|}{Test case }&\multicolumn{8}{c|}{Average Percent Error,
+$e_{ave}$, in \%}\\ \cline{4-11}
+\multicolumn{3}{|l|}{parameters} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{John.} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{Rider} &
+\multicolumn{2}{c|}{Rothkopf} &
+\multicolumn{2}{c|}{Chang} &
+\multicolumn{2}{c|}{Clark} \\ \hline
+\multicolumn{1}{|c|}{$\frac{\lambda}{\mu}$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$a$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$T$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$M(t)$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$M(t)$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$M(t)$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$V(t)$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$M(t)$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$V(t)$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$M(t)$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$V(t)$} \\ \hline \hline
+0.5&1.0&10 &28.96 &9.77 &1.98 &11.27 &3.39 &5.00 &0.05 &0.47 \\
+0.5&1.0&20 &28.35 &11.75 &4.28 &21.06 &6.21 &9.37 &0.17 &0.65 \\
+0.5&1.0&40 &25.76 &14.24 &7.32 &32.02 &10.60 &16.07 &0.64 &1.96 \\
+0.5&1.0&60 &24.25 &16.48 &8.65 &33.88 &9.97 &19.25 &1.03 &2.47 \\
+0.5&1.0&80 &22.17 &17.04 &8.99 &32.19 &15.68 &17.41 &1.24 &2.70 \\
+0.5&1.0&100 &19.60 &14.92 &8.18 &20.33 &14.77 &18.63 &1.17 &2.75 \\
+0.5&1.0&120 &17.45 &13.03 &4.51 &11.37 &6.60 &21.80 &0.86 &2.19 \\
+\hline \hline
+0.9&0.25&10 &12.26 &4.82 &2.52 &9.26 &1.27 &4.50 &0.19 &0.67 \\
+0.9&0.25&20 &7.59 &3.71 &2.37 &11.26 &1.08 &4.39 &0.17 &0.76 \\
+0.9&0.25&40 &6.44 &3.81 &1.72 &13.10 &1.50 &5.65 &0.47 &1.20 \\
+0.9&0.25&60 &7.08 &4.13 &2.12 &14.26 &2.05 &7.72 &0.85 &1.71 \\
+0.9&0.25&80 &7.88 &4.37 &2.74 &15.13 &2.64 &10.26 &1.23 &2.20 \\
+0.9&0.25&100 &8.47 &4.65 &3.41 &15.79 &3.22 &13.22 &1.58 &2.73 \\
+0.9&0.25&120 &8.89 &5.09 &3.96 &16.25 &3.89 &16.52 &1.88 &3.27 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+The comparable performance of the approximations is shown in
+Fig.~\ref{fig:avet1}.
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{8.0in}
+\caption{$e_{ave}$ for stationary tandem queue, $M_0=0$.}
+\label{fig:avet1}
+\end{figure}
+The Appendix also contains plots
+for the worst case percent error and the mean-square error.
+
+As can be seen from Table~\ref{tab:cpu}, Chang's method is much faster than the
+rest of the approximations.
+\begin{table}
+\begin{center}
+\caption{CPU Times for Stationary Tandem Queue}
+\label{tab:cpu}
+\vspace{0.125in}
+\begin{tabular}[b]{|r|r|r|r|r|r|}
+\hline
+\multicolumn{2}{|l|}{Test case }&\multicolumn{4}{c|}{CPU time for VAX 8650
+, in secs.}\\ \cline{3-6}
+\multicolumn{2}{|l|}{parameters} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{Exact} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{Independent} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{ } &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{ } \\ \cline{1-2}
+\multicolumn{1}{|c|}{$\frac{\lambda}{\mu}$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{$T_{final}$} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{Kolmogorov} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{Kolmogorov} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{Chang} &
+\multicolumn{1}{c|}{Clark} \\ \hline \hline
+0.1 &39 &20.76 &0.51 &0.08 &0.16 \\
+0.3 &56 &24.21 &0.48 &0.07 &0.27 \\
+0.6 &120 &44.96 &0.84 &0.04 &0.43 \\
+0.8 &300 &119.89 &2.27 &0.05 &1.44 \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+\end{table}
+Clark's method also provides significant
+computational savings over both the dependent and the independent
+Kolmogorov methods. As is usually the case, increased accuracy and information
+accompanies increased computation.
+
+This concludes the study of the tandem queue. To summarize, both Clark's and
+Chang/Wang's performed strongly for all tests when $\rho > 0.3$. For low utilization
+cases, the approximations incurred larger errors with respect to $e_{ave}$
+and $e_{wor}$. This however was due to numerical accuracy problems
+for small values of the mean coupled with large values (close to one) of $P0$
+in both queues. The $e_{wor}$ criterion in the Appendix did not show any model
+weakness for the low utilization cases.
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ded.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ded.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01c0b67b34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/ded.tex
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+\dedicate{my mother, Rose}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethe12.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethe12.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..60b8b407bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethe12.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
+% EETHE12 DOCUMENT STYLE -- Ver. 2.21 released 5 July 1991
+% EETHE12 DOCUMENT STYLE -- Ver. 2.2 released 20 November 1990
+% EETHE12 DOCUMENT STYLE -- Ver. 2.1 released 20 June 1989
+% file EETHE12.DOC
+% Adapted from report.sty for LaTeX version 2.09
+% Copyright (C) 1985 by Leslie Lamport
+% fixed problems with \part command 5-3-89 --- RLO
+% fixed problemw with \part command 4-17-91 --- Ken
+% fixed problemw with \appendix that does not reset the equation number
+% that every time when \appendix start.
+%
+% ****************************************
+% * FONTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% thesis mod
+\def\tocspace{\baselineskip=16pt}
+\def\singlespace{\baselineskip=12pt}
+\def\refspace{\baselineskip=15pt}
+\def\doublespace{\baselineskip=24pt}
+\def\body{
+ \pagenumbering{arabic}\setcounter{page}{1}
+ \doublespace
+ \setlength{\headheight}{12pt}
+ \pagestyle{myheadings}
+ \def\@thefnmark{\char32}
+ \@footnotetext{\normalsize Journal model is {\sl IEEE}
+ {\sl Transactions on Automatic Control.}}\setcounter{footnote}{0}}
+%
+\lineskip 1pt % \lineskip is 1pt for all font sizes.
+\normallineskip 1pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+% Each size-changing command \SIZE executes the command
+% \@setsize\SIZE{BASELINESKIP}\FONTSIZE\@FONTSIZE
+% where:
+% BASELINESKIP = Normal value of \baselineskip for that size. (Actual
+% value will be \baselinestretch * BASELINESKIP.)
+%
+% \FONTSIZE = Name of font-size command. The currently available
+% (preloaded) font sizes are: \vpt (5pt), \vipt (6pt),
+% \viipt (etc.), \viiipt, \ixpt, \xpt, \xipt, \xiipt,
+% \xivpt, \xviipt, \xxpt, \xxvpt.
+% \@FONTSIZE = The same as the font-size command except with an
+% '@' in front---e.g., if \FONTSIZE = \xivpt then
+% \@FONTSIZE = \@xivpt.
+%
+% For reasons of efficiency that needn't concern the designer,
+% the document style defines \@normalsize instead of \normalsize . This is
+% done only for \normalsize, not for any other size-changing commands.
+
+\def\@normalsize{\@setsize\normalsize{24pt}\xiipt\@xiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 12pt plus3pt minus7pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt minus3pt}
+
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{13.6pt}\xipt\@xipt
+\abovedisplayskip 11pt plus3pt minus6pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 6.5pt plus3.5pt minus3pt
+\def\@listi{\parsep 4.5pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep
+ \topsep 9pt plus 3pt minus 5pt}}
+
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{12pt}\xiipt\@xiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 10pt plus2pt minus5pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 6pt plus3pt minus3pt
+\def\@listi{\topsep 6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt\parsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+
+\def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{9.5pt}\viiipt\@viiipt}
+\def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{7pt}\vipt\@vipt}
+\def\large{\@setsize\large{18pt}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+\def\Large{\@setsize\Large{22pt}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+\def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{25pt}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+\def\huge{\@setsize\huge{30pt}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\let\Huge=\huge
+
+\normalsize % Choose the normalsize font.
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE LAYOUT *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% All margin dimensions measured from a point one inch from top and side
+% of page.
+
+% SIDE MARGINS:
+%\if@twoside % Values for two-sided printing:
+% \oddsidemargin 21pt % Left margin on odd-numbered pages.
+% \evensidemargin 59pt % Left margin on even-numbered pages.
+% \marginparwidth 85pt % Width of marginal notes.
+%\else % Values for one-sided printing:
+% \oddsidemargin 39.5pt % Note that \oddsidemargin = \evensidemargin
+% \evensidemargin 39.5pt
+% \marginparwidth 68pt
+%\fi
+%
+% thesis mod
+ \oddsidemargin .375in
+ \evensidemargin .375in
+ \marginparwidth 68pt
+%
+\marginparsep 10pt % Horizontal space between outer margin and
+ % marginal note
+
+
+% VERTICAL SPACING:
+ % Top of page:
+%\topmargin 27pt % Nominal distance from top of page to top of
+%
+% thesis mod
+\topmargin -.5in % *** move the page number to the center between top
+\headsep 42pt % *** edge and blue line. ******** K. C. 12-4-89
+%\topmargin -.15in % Nominal distance from top of page to top of
+ % box containing running head.
+\headheight 12pt % Height of box containing running head.
+%\headsep 15pt % Space between running head and text.
+% \topskip = 10pt % '\baselineskip' for first line of page.
+ % Bottom of page:
+\footheight 12pt % Height of box containing running foot.
+\footskip 30pt % Distance from baseline of box containing foot
+ % to baseline of last line of text.
+
+
+% DIMENSION OF TEXT:
+
+%\textheight 536.5pt % Height of text (including footnotes and figures,
+% % excluding running head and foot).
+%\textwidth 390pt % Width of text line.
+%
+% thesis mod
+\textheight 8.5in % Height of text (including footnotes and figures,
+ % excluding running head and foot).
+\textwidth 6in % Width of text line.
+%
+ % For two-column mode:
+\columnsep 10pt % Space between columns
+\columnseprule 0pt % Width of rule between columns.
+
+% A \raggedbottom command causes 'ragged bottom' pages: pages set to
+% natural height instead of being stretched to exactly \textheight.
+
+% FOOTNOTES:
+
+\footnotesep 14pt % Height of strut placed at the beginning of every
+ % footnote
+
+\skip\footins 8pt plus 2pt minus 4pt % Space between last line of text and
+ % top of first footnote.
+
+% FLOATS: (a float is something like a figure or table)
+%
+% FOR FLOATS ON A TEXT PAGE:
+%
+% ONE-COLUMN MODE OR SINGLE-COLUMN FLOATS IN TWO-COLUMN MODE:
+\floatsep 14pt plus 2pt minus 4pt % Space between adjacent floats moved
+ % to top or bottom of text page.
+\textfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt % Space between main text and floats
+ % at top or bottom of page.
+\intextsep 14pt plus 4pt minus 4pt % Space between in-text figures and
+ % text.
+\@maxsep 20pt % The maximum of \floatsep,
+ % \textfloatsep and \intextsep (minus
+ % the stretch and shrink).
+% TWO-COLUMN FLOATS IN TWO-COLUMN MODE:
+% thesis mod does not handle two-column mode
+%\dblfloatsep 14pt plus 2pt minus 4pt % Same as \floatsep for double-column
+% % figures in two-column mode.
+%\dbltextfloatsep 20pt plus 2pt minus 4pt % \textfloatsep for double-column
+% % floats.
+%\@dblmaxsep 20pt % The maximum of \dblfloatsep and
+% % \dbltexfloatsep.
+
+% FOR FLOATS ON A SEPARATE FLOAT PAGE OR COLUMN:
+% ONE-COLUMN MODE OR SINGLE-COLUMN FLOATS IN TWO-COLUMN MODE:
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at top of float page/column. (Must be
+ % 0pt plus ...)
+\@fpsep 10pt plus 2fil % Space between floats on float page/column.
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at bottom of float page/column. (Must be
+ % 0pt plus ... )
+
+% DOUBLE-COLUMN FLOATS IN TWO-COLUMN MODE.
+% thesis mod does not handle two-column mode
+%\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at top of float page. (Must be 0pt plus ...)
+%\@dblfpsep 10pt plus 2fil % Space between floats on float page.
+%\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at bottom of float page. (Must be
+% % 0pt plus ... )
+% MARGINAL NOTES:
+%
+\marginparpush 7pt % Minimum vertical separation between two marginal
+ % notes.
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PARAGRAPHING *
+% ****************************************
+%
+%\parskip 0pt plus 1pt % Extra vertical space between paragraphs.
+%\parindent 1.5em % Width of paragraph indentation.
+%
+% thesis mod
+\parskip 0pt % No extra vertical space between paragraphs.
+\parindent 2em % Width of paragraph indentation.
+%
+\topsep 10pt plus 4pt minus 6pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip, added above and below list and
+ % paragraphing environments.
+\partopsep 3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip and \topsep, added when user
+ % leaves blank line before environment.
+\itemsep 5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt % Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip, added between list items.
+
+% The following page-breaking penalties are defined
+
+\@lowpenalty 51 % Produced by \nopagebreak[1] or \nolinebreak[1]
+\@medpenalty 151 % Produced by \nopagebreak[2] or \nolinebreak[2]
+\@highpenalty 301 % Produced by \nopagebreak[3] or \nolinebreak[3]
+
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty % Before a list or paragraph environment.
+\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty % After a list or paragraph environment.
+\@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty % Between list items.
+
+% \clubpenalty % 'Club line' at bottom of page.
+% \widowpenalty % 'Widow line' at top of page.
+% \displaywidowpenalty % Math display widow line.
+% \predisplaypenalty % Breaking before a math display.
+% \postdisplaypenalty % Breaking after a math display.
+% \interlinepenalty % Breaking at a line within a paragraph.
+% \brokenpenalty % Breaking after a hyphenated line.
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * CHAPTERS AND SECTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+
+\def\part{\par % \par is added by Ken 4-17-91
+% thesis mod
+% \cleardoublepage % Starts new page.
+% \thispagestyle{plain} % Page style of part page is 'plain'
+\stepcounter{section}
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+ \@afterindentfalse
+%
+ \if@twocolumn % IF two-column style
+ \onecolumn % THEN \onecolumn
+ \@tempswatrue % @tempswa := true
+ \else \@tempswafalse % ELSE @tempswa := false
+ \fi % FI
+ \hbox{}%\vfil % Add fil glue to center title
+ \bgroup \centering % BEGIN centering
+ \secdef\@part\@spart}
+
+\def\@part[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax % IF secnumdepth > -2
+ \refstepcounter{part} % THEN step part counter
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart % add toc line
+ \hspace{1em}#1}\else % ELSE add unnumbered line
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}\fi % FI
+ \markboth{}{}
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >-2\relax % IF secnumdepth > -2
+%
+% thesis mod
+% \huge\bf Part \thepart % THEN Print 'Part' and number
+% \par % in \huge bold.
+% \vskip 20pt \fi % Add space before title.
+% \Huge \bf % FI
+% #1\@endpart} % Print Title in \Huge bold.
+ \thepart\hspace{.6em} #1\@endpart\fi\par} % Print Title of Part
+ % \par is added by Ken 4-17-91
+
+% \@endpart finishes the part page
+%
+\def\@endpart{\par\egroup % END centering
+% \vfil\newpage % End page with 1fil glue.
+ \if@twoside % IF twoside printing
+ \hbox{} % THEN Produce totally blank page
+ \thispagestyle{empty}
+ \newpage
+ \fi % FI
+ \if@tempswa % IF @tempswa = true
+ \twocolumn % THEN \twocolumn
+ \fi} % FI
+
+\def\@spart#1{\Huge \bf % Print title in \huge boldface
+ #1\@endpart}
+
+% \@makechapterhead {TEXT} : Makes the heading for the \chapter command.
+%
+
+\def\@makechapterhead#1{ % Heading for \chapter command
+% \vspace*{50pt} % Space at top of text page.
+ { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne % IF secnumdepth > -1 THEN
+% \huge\bf \@chapapp{} \thechapter % Print 'Chapter' and number.
+%
+% thesis mod
+ \centering \@chapapp{} \thechapter % Print 'Chapter' and number.
+%
+ \par
+ \vskip 20pt \fi % Space between number and title.
+% \Huge \bf % Title.
+% #1\par
+% Thesis mod
+ \uppercase{#1}\par
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+% \vskip 40pt % Space between title and text.
+ } }
+
+% \@makeschapterhead {TEXT} : Makes the heading for the \chapter* command.
+%
+
+\def\@makeschapterhead#1{ % Heading for \chapter* command
+% \vspace*{50pt} % Space at top of page.
+ { \parindent 0pt \raggedright
+% \Huge \bf % Title.
+% thesis mod
+ \centering
+%
+% #1\par
+% Thesis mod
+ \uppercase{#1}\par
+ \nobreak % TeX penalty to prevent page break.
+ \vskip 40pt % Space between title and text.
+ } }
+
+% \secdef{UNSTARCMDS}{STARCMDS} :
+% When defining a \chapter or \section command without using
+% \@startsection, you can use \secdef as follows:
+% \def\chapter { ... \secdef \CMDA \CMDB }
+% \def\CMDA [#1]#2{ ... % Command to define \chapter[...]{...}
+% \def\CMDB #1{ ... % Command to define \chapter*{...}
+
+\def\chapter{\clearpage % Starts new page.
+% \thispagestyle{plain} % Page style of chapter page is 'plain'
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@afterindentfalse % Suppresses indent in first paragraph. Change
+ \secdef\@chapter\@schapter} % to \@afterindenttrue to have indent.
+
+\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\protect
+ \numberline{\thechapter}\uppercase{#1}}
+ \else\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}\fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}
+% \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} % Adds between-chapter space
+% \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} % to lists of figs & tables.
+ \if@twocolumn % Tests for two-column mode.
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]
+ \else \@makechapterhead{\uppercase{#2}}
+ \@afterheading % Routine called after chapter and
+ \fi} % section heading.
+
+\def\@schapter#1{
+% thesis mod
+ \if@twocolumn \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{#1}]
+ \else \@makeschapterhead{#1}
+ \@afterheading\fi}
+
+% \@startsection {NAME}{LEVEL}{INDENT}{BEFORESKIP}{AFTERSKIP}{STYLE}
+% optional * [ALTHEADING]{HEADING}
+% Generic command to start a section.
+% NAME : e.g., 'subsection'
+% LEVEL : a number, denoting depth of section -- e.g., chapter=1,
+% section = 2, etc. A section number will be printed if
+% and only if LEVEL < or = the value of the secnumdepth
+% counter.
+% INDENT : Indentation of heading from left margin
+% BEFORESKIP : Absolute value = skip to leave above the heading.
+% If negative, then paragraph indent of text following
+% heading is suppressed.
+% AFTERSKIP : if positive, then skip to leave below heading,
+% else - skip to leave to right of run-in heading.
+% STYLE : commands to set style
+% If '*' missing, then increments the counter. If it is present, then
+% there should be no [ALTHEADING] argument. A sectioning command
+% is normally defined to \@startsection + its first six arguments.
+
+\def\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1ex minus
+% -.2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{\Large\bf}}
+ -.2ex}{2.3ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize}}
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus -1ex minus
+% -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\large\bf}}
+ -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\centering}}
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.25ex plus
+% -1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize\bf}}
+ -1ex minus -.2ex}{1.5ex plus .2ex}{\normalsize}}
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection
+% {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+ {paragraph}{4}{\z@}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize}}
+\def\subparagraph{\@startsection
+ {subparagraph}{4}{\parindent}{3.25ex plus 1ex minus
+% .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize\bf}}
+ .2ex}{-1em}{\normalsize}}
+
+
+\def\vita{
+ \newpage
+ \vskip .2truein
+ \centerline {VITA}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\null \hspace{4.0em}VITA}
+ \bigskip}
+
+\def\typist#1{\vfill\noindent The typist for this thesis was #1.}
+\def\typeset#1{\vfill\noindent This document was typeset in \LaTeX\ by #1.}
+
+%
+%\def\appendix#1#2#3{
+\def\appendix#1{
+ \refstepcounter{appendix}
+ \newpage
+% thesis mod
+\@addtoreset{equation}{appendix} % Makes \appendix reset 'equation' counter.
+ % added by Ken 10-8-91
+\def\theequation{\Alph{appendix}.\arabic{equation}}
+ \vskip .2truein
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\null \hspace{2.0em}#1}
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\null \hspace{4.0em}APPENDIX \theappendix}
+ \centerline {APPENDIX \theappendix}
+ \bigskip
+ \begin{center} {\uppercase{#1}}
+ \end{center}
+% \centerline{\uppercase{#2}}
+% \centerline{\uppercase{#3}}
+ \nobreak\bigskip}
+
+% thesis mod
+\def\supplement{
+ \goodbreak
+ \vskip 1in
+ \goodbreak
+ \centerline{SUPPLEMENTAL SOURCES CONSULTED}
+ \nobreak
+ \bigskip
+ \nobreak}
+
+\newenvironment{supplements}{
+ \supplement
+% \newcounter{sucount}
+ \begin{list}{[\arabic{sucount}]}{\usecounter{sucount}
+ \addtolength{\leftmargin}{4mm}}
+ \refspace}{\addtolength{\leftmargin}{-4mm}\end{list}}
+
+
+\def\report#1#2#3#4#5{
+ {#1},\ ``{#2},''\ {\sl Research Report},\ {#3},\ {#4},\ {#5}.}
+\def\journal#1#2#3#4#5#6{
+ {#1},\ ``{#2},''\ {\sl {#3}},\ vol.~\hbox{#4},\ pp.~\hbox{#5},\ {#6}.}
+\def\book#1#2#3#4#5{
+ {#1},\ {\sl {#2}}.\ {#3}: {#4},\ {#5}.}
+\def\edbook#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{
+ {#1},\ ``{#2},''\ in\ {\sl {#3}}.\ {#4},~ED.\ {#5}: {#6},\ {#7},
+ \ chap.~{#8},\ pp.~{#9}.}
+\def\person#1#2{
+ {#1},\ private communications,\ {#2}.}
+\def\proceed#1#2#3#4#5{
+ {#1},\ ``{#2},''\ in\ {\sl {#3}},\ {#4},\ {#5}.}
+\def\confer#1#2#3#4#5{
+ {#1},\ ``{#2},''\ presented\ at\ the\ {#3},\ {#4},\ {#5}.}
+\def\other#1{#1}
+
+
+% Default initializations of \...mark commands. (See below for their
+% us in defining page styles.
+%
+
+\def\chaptermark#1{}
+% \def\sectionmark#1{} % Preloaded definitions
+% \def\subsectionmark#1{}
+% \def\subsubsectionmark#1{}
+% \def\paragraphmark#1{}
+% \def\subparagraphmark#1{}
+
+% The value of the counter secnumdepth gives the depth of the
+% highest-level sectioning command that is to produce section numbers.
+%
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}
+
+% thesis mod - appendix is now defined above
+% APPENDIX
+%
+% The \appendix command must do the following:
+% -- reset the chapter counter to zero
+% -- set \@chapapp to Appendix (for messages)
+% -- redefine the chapter counter to produce appendix numbers
+% -- reset the section counter to zero
+% -- redefine the \chapter command if appendix titles and headings are
+% to look different from chapter titles and headings.
+
+%\def\appendix{\par
+% \setcounter{chapter}{0}
+% \setcounter{section}{0}
+% \def\@chapapp{APPENDIX}
+% \def\thechapter{\Alph{chapter}}}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * LISTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+
+% The following commands are used to set the default values for the list
+% environment's parameters. See the LaTeX manual for an explanation of
+% the meanings of the parameters. Defaults for the list environment are
+% set as follows. First, \rightmargin, \listparindent and \itemindent
+% are set to 0pt. Then, for a Kth level list, the command \@listK is
+% called, where 'K' denotes 'i', 'ii', ... , 'vi'. (I.e., \@listiii is
+% called for a third-level list.) By convention, \@listK should set
+% \leftmargin to \leftmarginK.
+%
+% For efficiency, level-one list's values are defined at top level, and
+% \@listi is defined to set only \leftmargin.
+
+\leftmargini 2.5em
+\leftmarginii 2.2em % > \labelsep + width of '(m)'
+\leftmarginiii 1.87em % > \labelsep + width of 'vii.'
+\leftmarginiv 1.7em % > \labelsep + width of 'M.'
+\leftmarginv 1em
+\leftmarginvi 1em
+
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+\labelsep .5em
+\parsep 5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt
+
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini}
+
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 5pt plus 2.5pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep 2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 2.5pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep \z@ \partopsep 1pt plus 0pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethesis.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethesis.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d952e5eb06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethesis.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1338 @@
+% EETHESIS DOCUMENT STYLE -- Version 2.22 Released 21 July 1993
+% EETHESIS DOCUMENT STYLE -- Version 2.21 Released 5 July 1991
+% EETHESIS DOCUMENT STYLE -- Version 2.2 Released 20 November 1990
+% EETHESIS DOCUMENT STYLE -- Version 2.1 Released 20 June 1989
+% Adapted from report.sty for LaTeX version 2.09
+% Copyright (C) 1985 by Leslie Lamport
+%
+% Change History:
+% 1) fixed roman numeral problem in list of tables 28 Feb 1989 --- RLO
+% 2) eliminated extra spacing at top of References section 3 May 1989 --- RLO
+% 3) Fixed problem with two line chapter titles in table of contents
+% where the second line did not indent properly. This problem
+% only appeared with versions of latex after the 4 Aug 88 release.
+% -p cantrell june 20, 1989
+% 4) Caption text set to be \def\captionpace{\baselineskip=18pt}.
+% --Ken 4-20-90
+% 5) In \listoffigures(\listoftables) the space between figure(table) line is
+% doublespaced, however, the space inside figure(table) line is \tocspace.
+% --Ken 5-28-90
+% 6) The numbers of 'TABLE OF CONTENTS', 'LIST OF FIGURES', and 'LIST OF
+% TABLES' in tableofcontents, listoffigures, and listoftables can be
+% switched to be lined up to right hand side of the box. The default is
+% lined up to the left hand side of the box, the command for switching to
+% be lined up to the right hand side of the box is \tocnumflushright.
+% The box of the number may be too samll,
+% the user can set the width of the box by setting \fignumbox to the
+% number the user thinks that is right (the default is 4em).
+% --Todd and Ken. 6-5-90
+% 7) newcommand \longcaption{sentence 1}{rest of caption}
+% only 'sentence 1' will be written to the lof/lot as appropriate.
+% 'sentence 1' and 'rest of caption' will be written together to the
+% figure/table caption.
+% --Todd
+% 8) Multiline Fig/Tab captions shown as following
+%
+% Fig. ##. Long caption ....
+% Start of second line ...
+% Statr of Third line ...
+% etc.
+% --Todd
+% 9) Put more sapce for Chapter headings before start of text.
+% --Todd
+% 10) The first paragraph indented for section and subsection.
+% --Todd
+% 11) Improve to set the title on the abstract page
+% --Todd
+% 12) Include doublespace.sty from Jean-Francois Lamy, and make the single
+% space in tabbing and tabular environment possible. It is simply write
+% as following.
+% \begin{sspace}
+% \begin{tabbing}(or \begin{tabular})
+% \foo
+% \foo
+% \end{tabular}(or \end{tabular}
+% \end{sspace}
+% For normal text just type \singlespace to switch to single spaced
+% contents, if it does not work, then try use \sspace environment.
+% --Ken 7-16-90
+% 13) Blueline emulating. If you want the blueline emulating alive, just
+% type \blueline, and then there will generate a frame similar to blue
+% line in every page.
+% --Ken 7-24-90
+% 14) verbatimfiles, this macro is adopted from Chris Rowley. It can include
+% code that the thesis either in the text or in the appendix.
+% \verbatimfile{<filename>} for verbatim inclusion of a file
+% \verbatimlisting[n]{<filename>} for verbatim inclusion
+% with line numbers every nth line
+% --Ken 7-24-90
+% 15) Originally when \ref chapter, section, or subsection, the \label
+% always generate 'chapter.', 'section.' and 'subsection.'. In this
+% version, the '.' is gone.
+% --Ken 7-24-90
+% 16) Table of Contents would violate the blue line at the bottom
+% of the page if certain letters were used on the lower most
+% line such as 'g' or 'q'. Removed some of the space between
+% lines of the table of contents to compress vertically the
+% text. This was accomplished by changing the
+% \vspace*{-1em} to \vspace*{-2em}.
+% --John Hermann 4-22-93
+% 17) Reduced the length of the line used by footnotes to separate
+% the footnote from the text. This was done so that the 10
+% character length requirement for the first footnote was
+% satisfied as specified by the thesis manual.
+% --John Hermann (jkh) 3-29-93
+% 18) The \parindent variable was changed from 20pt to 25pt in the
+% \verbatimlisting function.
+% --John Hermann 4-22-93
+% 19) The signature(approval) page has been modified based on
+% the OGS Thesis Manual version July 1992. This modification is
+% made in the eethetitle.sty file.
+% --Wen-Lin Hsieh 7-21-1993
+
+%\typeout{Document Style 'report'. Released 23 September 1985}
+%\typeout{Document Style 'eethesis'. Ver. 2.1 Released 20 June 1989}
+%\typeout{Document Style 'eethesis'. Ver. 2.2 Released 20 November 1990}
+\typeout{Document Style 'eethesis'. Ver. 2.21 Released 5 July 1991}
+
+% The type size option is handled by reading a different file for each
+% size, as follows, to define font size-specific commands:
+% 10pt : THE10, 11pt : THE11, 12pt : THE12
+% Implemented by \def'ing \@ptsize to last digit of file name.
+%
+% In eethesis of Electrical Engineering Dept. at Texas A&M university
+% only 12pt is available. The relational style files are eethe12.sty,
+% and eethetitle.sty.
+%
+
+\def\@ptsize{2} % Default is THE12.STY
+\@namedef{ds@11pt}{\def\@ptsize{1}} % 11pt option reads in THE11.STY
+\@namedef{ds@10pt}{\def\@ptsize{0}} % 10pt option reads in THE10.STY
+
+% Two-side or one-side printing.
+%
+% \@twosidefalse % Default is one-sided printing.
+\def\ds@twoside{\@twosidetrue % Defines twoside option.
+ \@mparswitchtrue} % Marginpars go on outside of page.
+% draft option
+%
+% \overfullrule = 0pt % Default is don't mark overfull hboxes.
+\def\ds@draft{\overfullrule 5pt} % Causes overfull hboxes to be marked.
+
+% The \@options command causes the execution of every command \ds@FOO
+% which is defined and for which the user typed the FOO option in his
+% \documentstyle command. For every option BAR he typed for which
+% \ds@BAR is not defined, the file BAR.sty will be read after the present
+% (main) .STY file is executed.
+
+\@options
+
+\input eethe1\@ptsize.sty\relax
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * LISTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+
+% ENUMERATE
+% Enumeration is done with four counters: enumi, enumii, enumiii
+% and enumiv, where enumN controls the numbering of the Nth level
+% enumeration. The label is generated by the commands \labelenumi
+% ... \labelenumiv. The expansion of \p@enumN\theenumN defines the
+% output of a \ref command.
+
+\def\labelenumi{\arabic{enumi}.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+
+\def\labelenumii{(\alph{enumii})}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}
+
+\def\labelenumiii{\roman{enumiii}.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+
+\def\labelenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+% ITEMIZE
+% Itemization is controlled by four commands: \labelitemi, \labelitemii,
+% \labelitemiii, and \labelitemiv, which define the labels of the various
+% itemization levels.
+
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\ast$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+
+% VERSE
+% The verse environment is defined by making clever use of the
+% list environment's parameters. The user types \\ to end a line.
+% This is implemented by \let'in \\ equal \@centercr.
+%
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+
+% QUOTATION
+% Fills lines
+% Indents paragraph
+%
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+
+% QUOTE -- same as quotation except no paragraph indentation,
+%
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+% DESCRIPTION
+%
+% To change the formatting of the label, you must redefine
+% \descriptionlabel.
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+\newdimen\descriptionmargin
+\descriptionmargin=3em
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * OTHER ENVIRONMENTS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+%
+% THEOREM
+% \@begintheorem ... \@endtheorem are the commands executed at the
+% beginning and end of a (user-defined) theorem-like environment.
+% Except \@opargbegintheorem is executed when an optional argument is
+% given. Cf. LATEX.TEX.
+%
+% \def\@begintheorem#1#2{\it \trivlist \item[\hskip \labelsep{\bf #1\ #2}]}
+% \def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\it \trivlist
+% \item[\hskip \labelsep{\bf #1\ #2\ (#3)}]}
+% \def\@endtheorem{\endtrivlist}
+
+
+% TITLEPAGE
+% In the normal environments, the titlepage environment does nothing but
+% start and end a page, and inhibit page numbers. It also resets the
+% page number to zero. In two-column style, it still makes a one-column
+% page.
+\def\titlepage{
+ \@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}
+
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}
+
+% ARRAY AND TABULAR
+%
+
+\arraycolsep 5pt % Half the space between columns in an array environment.
+\tabcolsep 6pt % Half the space between columns in a tabular environment.
+\arrayrulewidth .4pt % Width of rules in array and tabular environment.
+\doublerulesep 2pt % Space between adjacent rules in array or tabular env.
+
+% TABBING
+%
+\tabbingsep \labelsep % Space used by the \' command. (See LaTeX manual.)
+
+% MINIPAGE
+% \@minipagerestore is called upon entry to a minipage environment to
+% set up things that are to be handled differently inside a minipage
+% environment. In the current styles, it does nothing.
+%
+% \skip\@mpfootins : plays same role for footnotes in a minipage as
+% \skip\footins does for ordinary footnotes
+
+\skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+
+% FRAMEBOX
+%
+\fboxsep = 3pt % Space left between box and text by \fbox and \framebox.
+\fboxrule = .4pt % Width of rules in box made by \fbox and \framebox.
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * CHAPTERS AND SECTIONS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% DEFINE COUNTERS:
+%
+% \newcounter{NEWCTR}[OLDCTR] : Defines NEWCTR to be a counter, which is
+% reset to zero when counter OLDCTR is stepped.
+% Counter OLDCTR must already be defined.
+
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter {chapter}
+\newcounter {section}[chapter]
+\newcounter {subsection}[section]
+\newcounter {subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter {paragraph}[subsubsection]
+\newcounter {subparagraph}[paragraph]
+%
+% thesis mod
+\newcounter {appendix}
+\newcounter {sucount} % counter for supplemental sources
+%
+% For any counter CTR, \theCTR is a macro that defines the printed version
+% of counter CTR. It is defined in terms of the following macros:
+%
+% \arabic{COUNTER} : The value of COUNTER printed as an arabic numeral.
+% \roman{COUNTER} : Its value printed as a lower-case roman numberal.
+% \Roman{COUNTER} : Its value printed as an upper-case roman numberal.
+% \alph{COUNTER} : Value of COUNTER printed as a lower-case letter:
+% 1 = a, 2 = b, etc.
+% \Alph{COUNTER} : Value of COUNTER printed as an upper-case letter:
+% 1 = A, 2 = B, etc.
+%
+
+%\def\thepart {\Roman{part}}
+%\def\thechapter {\arabic{chapter}}
+%\def\thesection {\thechapter.\arabic{section}}
+%\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+%\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}
+%\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}
+%\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+%
+% old eethesis mod
+%\def\thepart {\Roman{part}.}
+%\def\thechapter {\Roman{chapter}}
+%\def\thesection {\Alph{section}.}
+%\def\thesubsection {\arabic{subsection}.}
+%\def\thesubsubsection {\alph{subsubsection}.}
+%\def\theparagraph {\null}
+%\def\thesubparagraph {\null}
+%\def\theappendix {\Alph{appendix}}
+%
+% thesis mod
+\def\thepart {\Roman{part}.}
+\def\thechapter {\Roman{chapter}}
+\def\thesection {\Alph{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection {\alph{subsubsection}}
+\def\theparagraph {\null}
+\def\thesubparagraph {\null}
+\def\theappendix {\Alph{appendix}}
+
+%
+% when ref section(subsection and subsubsection) there is no '.' generated after
+% section number any more. Ken 6-29-90
+%
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth
+ \def\@svsec{}\else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}\edef\@svsec{\csname the#1\endcsname.\hskip 1em }\fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup #6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\par}
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}\fi
+ #7}\else
+ \def\@svsechd{#6\hskip #3\@svsec #8\csname #1mark\endcsname
+ {#7}\addcontentsline
+ {toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}\fi
+ #7}}\fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+
+% \@chapapp is initially defined to be 'Chapter'. The \appendix
+% command redefines it to be 'Appendix'.
+%
+\def\@chapapp{CHAPTER}
+
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TABLE OF CONTENTS, ETC. *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% A \subsection command writes a
+% \contentsline{subsection}{TITLE}{PAGE}
+% command on the .toc file, where TITLE contains the contents of the
+% entry and PAGE is the page number. If subsections are being numbered,
+% then TITLE will be of the form
+% \numberline{NUM}{HEADING}
+% where NUM is the number produced by \thesubsection. Other sectioning
+% commands work similarly.
+%
+% A \caption command in a 'figure' environment writes
+% \contentsline{figure}{\numberline{NUM}{CAPTION}}{PAGE}
+% on the .lof file, where NUM is the number produced by \thefigure and
+% CAPTION is the figure caption. It works similarly for a 'table' environment.
+%
+% The command \contentsline{NAME} expands to \l@NAME. So, to specify
+% the table of contents, we must define \l@chapter, \l@section,
+% \l@subsection, ... ; to specify the list of figures, we must define
+% \l@figure; and so on. Most of these can be defined with the
+% \@dottedtocline command, which works as follows.
+%
+% \@dottedtocline{LEVEL}{INDENT}{NUMWIDTH}{TITLE}{PAGE}
+% LEVEL : An entry is produced only if LEVEL < or = value of
+% 'tocdepth' counter. Note, \chapter is level 0, \section
+% is level 1, etc.
+% INDENT : The indentation from the outer left margin of the start of
+% the contents line.
+% NUMWIDTH : The width of a box in which the section number is to go,
+% if TITLE includes a \numberline command.
+%
+% This command uses the following three parameters, which are set
+% with a \def (so em's can be used to make them depend upon the font).
+% \@pnumwidth : The width of a box in which the page number is put.
+% \@tocrmarg : The right margin for multiple line entries. One
+% wants \@tocrmarg > or = \@pnumwidth
+% \@dotsep : Separation between dots, in mu units. Should be \def'd to
+% a number like 2 or 1.7
+
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.5em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {4.5em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+
+% TABLEOFCONTENTS
+% In report style, \tableofcontents, figures, etc. are always
+% set in single-column style. @restonecol
+
+\newdimen\toddhack
+\newdimen\twoem \twoem 0em
+\newdimen\zeroem \zeroem 0em
+\newdimen\fignumbox \fignumbox 4em
+
+\def\tocnumflushright{
+\twoem 2em
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% The justification of the chapter heads is on the left side instead of
+% the right
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% The macro below controls how the box is formed.
+%\def\numberline#1{\hbox to\@tempdima{#1\hfil}}
+\def\numberline##1{\hbox to\@tempdima{\hfil##1\hskip 2ex\hskip \toddhack}}
+
+%
+% these control the spacing from the left margin
+% #1 is the indentation level at which an entry is produced in the toc file
+% #2 is the total indentation from the left margin
+% #3 is the width of the box containing the chapter/section number
+%
+
+\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{4em}{2.0em}}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{6em}{2.0em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{8.0em}{2.0em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{7em}{2.0em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{8em}{2.0em}}
+
+
+\def\l@chapter##1##2{\pagebreak[3]
+\vskip 0.75em plus 1pt %%%%%% 1 em seems too large,
+ %%%%%% change to 0.75em; by Ken 7-8-91
+{\leftskip 0em\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip
+\parindent 0em\relax\@afterindenttrue
+\interlinepenalty\@M
+\leavevmode
+\@tempdima 4em \toddhack 1em \relax
+\advance\leftskip \@tempdima \hbox{}\hskip -\leftskip
+\uppercase{##1}\nobreak\leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern
+\@dotsep mu$}\hfill \nobreak \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hfil\rm ##2}\par}
+\vskip 0.5em plus 1pt\toddhack 0em}} %%% change 1 em to 0.5em; by Ken 7-8-91.
+
+\def\tableofcontents{
+\newpage
+ \let \tempp \topskip
+ \topskip 1em
+% \@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+% thesis mod
+\tocspace
+%
+% \chapter*{TABLE OF CONTENTS\markright{CONTENTS}}
+% thesis mod
+ \chapter*{\vspace*{-2em}TABLE OF CONTENTS\markright{CHAPTER}} % change -1em to -2em ; by jkh(16) 4-22-1993
+ {\vskip -1em CHAPTER \hfill Page\\}
+ \thispagestyle{myheadings}
+%
+ \@starttoc{toc}
+% \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+% thesis mod
+ \doublespace \topskip \tempp}
+%
+%\def\l@part#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}
+% \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} % space above part line
+% \begingroup
+% \@tempdima 3em % width of box holding part number, used by
+% \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth %% \numberline
+% \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+% {\large \bf % set line in \large boldface
+% \leavevmode % TeX command to enter horizontal mode.
+% #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+% \nobreak % Never break after part entry
+% \endgroup}
+%
+% thesis mod
+\def\l@part#1#2{\pagebreak[3]
+ \vskip 0.75em plus 1pt % space above chapter line
+ %% change 1 em to 0.75em; by Ken 7-8-91.
+ \@tempdima 1.5em % width of box holding chapter number
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \leavevmode % TeX command to enter horizontal mode.
+ #1\dotfill \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\l@chapter#1#2{\pagebreak[3]
+ \vskip 0.75em plus 1pt % space above chapter line
+ %% change 1 em to 0.75em; by Ken 7-8-91.
+% \@tempdima 1.55em % width of box holding chapter number
+% thesis mod
+% this section is adapted from def of \@dottedtocline
+% change hangindent in next line to
+% leftskip 6-20-89 to work with later latex changes
+ {\leftskip 2em\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip
+ \parindent 2em\relax\@afterindenttrue
+ \interlinepenalty\@M
+ \leavevmode
+ \@tempdima 4em\relax % width of box holding chapter number
+% change 6-20-89
+ \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \hbox{}\hskip -\leftskip
+% end 6-20-89
+ \uppercase{#1}\nobreak\leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern
+ \@dotsep mu$}\hfill \nobreak \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hfil\rm #2}\par}
+ \vskip 0.5em plus 1pt} % space below chapter line
+ %% change 1 em to 0.5em; by Ken 7-8-91.
+%
+% \begingroup
+% \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+% \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+% \bf % Boldface.
+% \leavevmode % TeX command to enter horizontal mode.
+% #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+%
+%
+% \endgroup}
+
+%\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.55em}{2.3em}}
+%\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+%\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+%\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{10em}{5em}}
+%\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{12em}{6em}}
+%
+% thesis mod
+\def\l@section{\@dottedtocline{1}{7em}{1.5em}}
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{9em}{1.5em}}
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{11em}{1.5em}}
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{13em}{1.5em}}
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{14em}{1.5em}}
+%
+
+%LIST OF FIGURES
+%
+%\def\listoffigures{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+% \fi\chapter*{LIST OF FIGURES\markboth
+% {LIST OF FIGURES}{LIST OF FIGURES}}\@STARTTOC{lof}\if@restonecol\twocolumn
+% \fi}
+%
+% thesis mod
+\def\listoffigures{\tocspace % \tocspace for \listoffigures, Ken 5-28-90
+ \let \tempp \topskip
+ \topskip 1em
+ \chapter*{LIST OF FIGURES\markright{Figure}}
+ {\vskip -1em FIGURE \hfill Page\\}
+ \thispagestyle{myheadings}
+ \toddhack \twoem
+ \@starttoc{lof}\if@restonecol\twocolumn
+ \toddhack \zeroem
+ \fi\topskip \tempp \doublespace}
+%
+%\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{5em}}
+%%%%
+%%%%
+%%%% Inside the figure line is \tocspaced (16pt)
+%%%% Between the figureline is 1.0em
+%%%% Revised by Ken, 5-28-90
+%%%%
+%%%%
+ %\begin
+\def\l@figure#1#2{\pagebreak[3]
+ \vskip .5em plus 1pt % space above figure line
+ {\leftskip 0pt\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \parfillskip -\rightskip
+ \parindent 0pt\relax\@afterindenttrue
+ \interlinepenalty\@M
+ \leavevmode
+ \@tempdima \fignumbox\relax % width of box holding figure number
+ % \fignumbox default to 4em
+ \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \hbox{}\hskip -\leftskip
+ #1\nobreak\leaders\hbox{$\m@th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern
+ \@dotsep mu$}\hfill \nobreak \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hfil #2}\par}
+ \vskip .5em plus 1pt} % space below figure line
+ %\end
+
+% LIST OF TABLES
+%
+%\def\listoftables{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+% \fi\chapter*{LIST OF TABLES\markboth
+% {LIST OF TABLES}{LIST OF TABLES}}\@starttoc{lot}\if@restonecol\twocolumn
+% \fi}
+% thesis mod
+\def\listoftables{\tocspace
+ \let \tempp \topskip
+ \topskip 1em
+ \chapter*{\vspace*{-1em}LIST OF TABLES\markright{Table}}
+ {\vskip -1em TABLE \hfill Page\\}
+ \thispagestyle{myheadings}
+ \toddhack \twoem
+ \@starttoc{lot}\if@restonecol\twocolumn
+ \toddhack \zeroem
+ \fi\topskip \tempp \doublespace}
+%
+\let\l@table\l@figure
+
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * BIBLIOGRAPHY *
+% ****************************************
+%
+%
+% \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em} --
+% Defines the `closed' format, where the blocks (major units of
+% information) of an entry run together.
+%
+% \sloppy -- Used because it's rather hard to do line breaks in
+% bibliographies,
+%
+% \sfcode`\.=1000\relax --
+% Causes a `.' (period) not toproduce an end-of-sentence space.
+
+\def\thebibliography#1{
+\addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\null\hspace{4.0em}REFERENCES}
+%
+% Modification to eliminate extra space 5-3-89 --- RLO
+%\chapter*{REFERENCES\markboth{REFERENCES}{REFERENCES}}\list
+\vskip .2truein
+\centerline{REFERENCES}
+\bigskip
+\list % ******* LOST FOR SOME REASON, BUT RECOVERED AT RIGHT NOW ******
+%
+ {[\arabic{enumi}]}{\settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}\leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \usecounter{enumi}}
+ \def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus -.07em}
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}
+
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist
+
+% \def\@biblabel#1{[#1]\hfill} % Produces the label for a \bibitem[...]
+ % command.
+% \def\@cite#1{[#1]} % Produces the output of the \cite command.
+
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * THE INDEX *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% THE THEINDEX ENVIRONMENT
+% Produces double column format, with each paragraph a separate entry.
+% The user commands \item, \subitem and \subsubitem are used to
+% produce the entries, and \indexspace adds an extra vertical space
+% that's the right size to put above the first entry with a new letter
+% of the alphabet.
+
+\newif\if@restonecol
+
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+\columnseprule \z@
+\columnsep 35pt\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Index}]
+ \markboth{INDEX}{INDEX}\thispagestyle{plain}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}
+
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 40pt}
+
+\def\subitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{20pt}}
+
+\def\subsubitem{\par\hangindent 40pt \hspace*{30pt}}
+
+\def\endtheindex{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
+
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10pt plus 5pt minus 3pt\relax}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FOOTNOTES *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% \footnoterule is a macro to draw the rule separating the footnotes from
+% the text. It should take zero vertical space, so it needs a negative
+% skip to compensate for any positive space taken by the rule. (See
+% PLAIN.TEX.)
+
+% Paper format footnote separating line on first page of body must be 10 chars.
+% Therefore, changed the hrule below from .4 to .125
+% John Hermann (jkh(17)) March 27, 1993
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-1\p@
+ \hrule width .125\columnwidth
+ \kern .6\p@} % The \hrule has default height of .4pt .
+
+% \newcounter{footnote}
+\@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter} % Numbers footnotes within chapters
+
+% \@makefntext{NOTE} :
+% Must produce the actual footnote, using \@thefnmark as the mark
+% of the footnote and NOTE as the text. It is called when effectively
+% inside a \parbox of width \columnwidth (i.e., with \hsize =
+% \columnwidth).
+%
+% The following macro indents all lines of the footnote by 10pt, and
+% indents the first line of a new paragraph by 1em. To change these
+% dimensions, just substitute the desired value for '10pt' [in both
+% places] or '1em'. The mark is flushright against the footnote.
+% \long\def\@makefntext#1{\@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima \hsize
+% \advance\@tempdima-10pt\parshape \@ne 10pt \@tempdima}\par
+% \parindent 1em\noindent \hbox to \z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+%
+% A simpler macro is used, in which the footnote text is
+% set like an ordinary text paragraph, with no indentation except
+% on the first line of a paragraph, and the first line of the
+% footnote. Thus, all the macro must do is set \parindent
+% to the appropriate value for succeeding paragraphs and put the
+% proper indentation before mark.
+
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hbox to 1.8em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+%
+% thesis mod
+%\long\def\@makefntext#1{\@setpar{\@@par\@tempdima \hsize
+% \advance\@tempdima-10pt\parshape \@ne 10pt \@tempdima}\par
+% \parindent 1em\noindent \hbox to z@{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1}
+%
+% \@makefnmark : A macro to generate the footnote marker that goes
+% in the text. Default used.
+%
+
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * FIGURES AND TABLES *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% Float placement parameters. See LaTeX manual for their definition.
+%
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.7}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.2}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.5}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.7}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.5}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Long Captions -- this is a slightly modified \caption to allow just
+% the first sentence on a very long caption to be
+% written on the lof/lot
+%
+% \longcaption{sentence 1}{rest of caption}
+%
+% only 'sentence 1' will be written to the lof/lot as appropriate.
+% 'sentence 1' and 'rest of caption' will be written together to the
+% figure/table caption. --Todd
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% \@dblarg{CMD}{ARG} : \@dblarg{CMD}{ARG} expands to CMD[ARG]{ARG}. Use
+% \@dblarg\CS when \CS takes arguments [ARG1]{ARG2},
+% where default is ARG1 = ARG2.
+%
+% \def\caption{\refstepcounter\@captype \@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}
+
+
+\def\longcaption{\refstepcounter\@captype \@longcaption\@captype}
+
+\long\def\@longcaption#1#2#3{\par\addcontentsline{\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2 #3}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Multiline Fig. captions -- calculated the width of "Fig. ##. "
+% and use that to indent the caption so all lines will allign under the
+% first letter of the caption rather than against the right margin.
+%
+% Fig. ##. Long caption ....
+% Start of second line....
+% third line ... etc.
+% --Todd
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% \@makecaption{NUMBER}{TEXT} : Macro to make a figure or table caption.
+% NUMBER : Figure or table number--e.g., 'Figure 3.2'
+% TEXT : The caption text.
+% Macro should be called inside a \parbox of right width, with \normalsize.
+
+\def\captionspace{\baselineskip=18pt} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 4-24-90
+ %% \captionspace is added by Ken 4-20-90
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1 #2} %
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize % IF longer than one line:
+ \captionspace % THEN measure the width of "Fig. ##. "
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1} % we'll indent the entire TEXT portion
+ \hangindent=\wd\@tempboxa % of the caption by this amount.
+ \hangafter=0 % The Fig. num. is typeset as a negative
+ % width hbox to cancel the \hangindent
+ % on the first line. This the only way
+ % I could line things up without
+ % messing with tex glue.
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\llap{#1 }#2}
+ \unhbox\@tempboxa\par % set TEXT as an ordinary paragraph
+ \doublespace %
+ \else % ELSE center.
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi}
+
+% To define a float of type TYPE (e.g., TYPE = figure), the document style
+% must define the following.
+%
+% \fps@TYPE : The default placement specifier for floats of type TYPE.
+%
+% \ftype@TYPE : The type number for floats of type TYPE. Each TYPE has
+% associated a unique positive TYPE NUMBER, which is a power
+% of two. E.g., figures might have type number 1, tables type
+% number 2, programs type number 4, etc.
+%
+% \ext@TYPE : The file extension indicating the file on which the
+% contents list for float type TYPE is stored. For example,
+% \ext@figure = 'lof'.
+%
+% \fnum@TYPE : A macro to generate the figure number for a caption.
+% For example, \fnum@TYPE == Figure \thefigure.
+%
+% The actual float-making environment commands--e.g., the commands
+% \figure and \endfigure--are defined in terms of the macros \@float
+% and \end@float, which are described below.
+%
+% \@float{TYPE}[PLACEMENT] : Macro to begin a float environment for a
+% single-column float of type TYPE with PLACEMENT as the placement
+% specifier. The default value of PLACEMENT is defined by \fps@TYPE.
+% The environment is ended by \end@float.
+% E.g., \figure == \@float{figure}, \endfigure == \end@float.
+
+
+% FIGURE
+
+\newcounter{figure}
+%\@addtoreset{figure}{chapter}
+%\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+%
+% thesis mod
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}
+
+\def\fps@figure{tbp}
+\def\ftype@figure{1}
+\def\ext@figure{lof}
+\def\fnum@figure{Fig.\ \thefigure.}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}
+\let\endfigure\end@float
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+% TABLE
+%
+\newcounter{table}
+%\@addtoreset{table}{chapter}
+%\def\thetable{\@arabic\c@table}
+% thesis mod
+%
+\def\thetable{\@Roman\c@table}
+\def\fps@table{tbp}
+\def\ftype@table{2}
+\def\ext@table{lot}
+\def\fnum@table{Table \thetable.}
+\def\table{\@float{table}}
+\let\endtable\end@float
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * TITLE AND ABSTRACT *
+% ****************************************
+%
+%
+% Uses same title and abstract format as the article style's
+% titlepage option.
+
+\input eethetitle.sty
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * PAGE STYLES *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% The page style 'foo' is defined by defining the command \ps@foo. This
+% command should make only local definitions. There should be no stray
+% spaces in the definition, since they could lead to mysterious extra
+% spaces in the output.
+%
+% The \ps@... command defines the macros \@oddhead, \@oddfoot,
+% \@evenhead, and \@evenfoot to define the running heads and
+% feet---e.g., \@oddhead is the macro to produce the contents of the
+% heading box for odd-numbered pages. It is called inside an \hbox of
+% width \textwidth.
+%
+% To make headings determined by the sectioning commands, the page style
+% defines the commands \chaptermark, \sectionmark, ... , where
+% \chaptermark{TEXT} is called by \chapter to set a mark, and so on.
+% The \...mark commands and the \...head macros are defined with the
+% help of the following macros. (All the \...mark commands should be
+% initialized to no-ops.)
+%
+% MARKING CONVENTIONS:
+% LaTeX extends TeX's \mark facility by producing two kinds of marks
+% a 'left' and a 'right' mark, using the following commands:
+% \markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT} : Adds both marks.
+% \markright{RIGHT} : Adds a 'right' mark.
+% \leftmark : Used in the \@oddhead, \@oddfoot, \@evenhead or \@evenfoot
+% macro, gets the current 'left' mark. Works like TeX's
+% \botmark command.
+% \rightmark : Used in the \@oddhead, \@oddfoot, \@evenhead or \@evenfoot
+% macro, gets the current 'right' mark. Works like TeX's
+% \firstmark command.
+% The marking commands work reasonably well for right marks 'numbered
+% within' left marks--e.g., the left mark is changed by a \chapter command and
+% the right mark is changed by a \section command. However, it does
+% produce somewhat anomalous results if two \bothmark's occur on the same page.
+%
+
+\mark{{}{}} % Initializes TeX's marks
+
+% \def\ps@empty{\def\@oddhead{}
+% \def\@oddfoot{}
+% \def\@evenhead{}\def\@evenfoot{}}
+%
+% \def\ps@plain{\def\@oddhead{}
+% \def\@oddfoot{\rm\hfil\thepage\hfil}
+% \def\@evenhead{}
+% \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot}
+
+% Definition of 'headings' page style
+% Note the use of ##1 for parameter of \def\chaptermark inside the
+% \def\ps@headings.
+%
+
+\def\@headmk{\vbox to 36pt{\hbox to \hsize{\hfil \rm\thepage} %Ken 11-16-90
+ \vskip 37pt
+ \hbox to \hsize{\rightmark \hfil Page}}}
+\if@twoside % If two-sided printing.
+\def\ps@headings{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% No feet.
+%\def\@evenhead{\rm \thepage\hfil \sl \leftmark}% Left heading.
+%\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl \rightmark \hfil \rm\thepage}% Right heading.
+\def\@evenhead{\vbox to 36pt{\hbox to \hsize{\rm\thepage \hfil} % Ken 11-16-90
+ \vskip 37pt
+ \hbox to \hsize{\leftmark\hfil Page}}}
+\def\@oddhead{\@headmk} %%%%%%%%%%%% Ken 11-16-90
+\def\chaptermark##1{\markboth {\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}}{}}%
+\def\sectionmark##1{\markright {\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\z@
+ \thesection. \ \fi ##1}}}}
+\else % If one-sided printing.
+\def\ps@headings{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}% No feet.
+%\def\@oddhead{\hbox {}\sl \rightmark \hfil \rm\thepage}% Heading.
+%
+% thesis mod
+\def\@oddhead{\@headmk} %%%%%%%%%%%% Ken 11-16-90
+%\def\@oddhead{\vbox to 36pt{\hbox to \hsize{\hfil \rm\thepage}
+% \vskip 12pt
+% For page number moving to between top edge and blue line the \vskip should
+% be changed from 12 pt to 37pt. ******* K. C. 12-4-89
+% \vskip 37pt
+% \hbox to \hsize{\rightmark \hfil Page}}}
+%
+\def\chaptermark##1{\markright {\uppercase{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \@chapapp\ \thechapter. \ \fi ##1}}}}
+\fi
+
+% Definition of 'myheadings' page style.
+%
+% thesis mod - change necessary for headings on continued pages of toc, etc.
+%
+%\def\ps@myheadings{\def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\sl\rightmark \hfil \rm\thepage}%
+\def\ps@myheadings{\def\@oddhead{\vbox to \headheight{\hbox to \hsize{\hfil
+ \rm\thepage}\vfill}}
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenhead{\rm \thepage\hfil\null\hbox {}}
+%\sl\leftmark\hbox {}}%
+\def\@evenfoot{}\def\sectionmark##1{}\def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * MISCELLANEOUS *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% DATE
+%
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+% EQUATION and EQNARRAY -- put here because it must follow \chapter definition
+% thesis mod
+%
+% \newcounter{equation}
+%
+\@addtoreset{equation}{chapter} % Makes \chapter reset 'equation' counter.
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{chapter}.\arabic{equation}}
+
+% \jot = 3pt % Extra space added between lines of an eqnarray environment
+
+% The macro \@eqnnum defines how equation numbers are to appear in equations.
+%
+% \def\@eqnnum{(\theequation)}
+%
+
+
+% ****************************************
+% * INITIALIZATION *
+% ****************************************
+%
+% Default initializations
+
+% thesis mod
+%\ps@plain % 'plain' page style
+\ps@myheadings % default is `myheadings' page style
+%
+\pagenumbering{arabic} % Arabic page numbers
+\onecolumn % Single-column.
+\if@twoside\else\raggedbottom\fi % Ragged bottom unless twoside option.
+
+% ***************************************
+% * SINGLESPACE ANd DOUBLESPACE *
+% ***************************************
+
+
+%-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% LaTeX Document style option "doublespace"
+% -- usage: \documentstyle[...,doublespace,...]{...}
+%
+% This style option produces a double-spaced document by redefining
+% the LaTeX parameter \baselinestretch to 2.
+%
+% It also fixes a number of problems with standard LaTeX, as follows:
+%
+% 1. A new environment "singlespace" is provided, within which single
+% spacing will apply.
+% JFL - changed so that it works in regular text and so that vertical
+% space is before and after is correctly computed
+% 2. Double spacing is turned off within footnotes and floats (figures
+% and tables).
+% 3. Proper double spacing happens below tabular environments and in other
+% places where LaTeX uses a strut.
+% 4. Slightly more space is inserted before footnotes.
+% 5. JFL - fixes spacing before and after displayed math
+%
+% Note: This version sets a baselinestretch of 2. If this is too much,
+% put \setstretch{1.7} (or some appropriate value) before the
+% \begin{document} command. To print the document with single spacing
+% again, without removing "singlespace" environments, just put a
+% \setstretch{1} at the top of the document.
+%
+% PLEASE REPORT ANY BUGS
+%
+% Modified by: Jean-Francois Lamy
+% lamy@ai.toronto.edu
+% lamy@utai.uucp
+%
+% Author: Stephen Page -- sdpage@prg.oxford.ac.uk
+% sdpage%prg.oxford.ac.uk@cs.ucl.ac.uk
+%
+% Release date: 6 July 1986 - September 3, 1986
+%
+% Known bugs:
+% . It might be nice if spacing before the footnote rule (\footins)
+% were provided in a tidier way.
+% . Increasing struts may possibly cause some other obscure part of
+% formatting to fall over.
+% . \begin{singlespace}\begin{quote} produces the wrong spacing before
+% the quote (extra glue is inserted).
+% . shouldn't @setsize stretch parskip as well?
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%---Set up double spacing
+
+%\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+
+%---New command "\setstretch" (slightly more mnemonic... and easier to type)
+
+\def\setstretch#1{\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{#1}}
+
+%---Stretch the baseline BEFORE calculating the strut size. This improves
+% spacing below tabular environments etc., probably...
+% Comments are welcomed.
+
+\def\@setsize#1#2#3#4{\@nomath#1%
+ \let\@currsize#1\baselineskip
+ #2\baselineskip\baselinestretch\baselineskip
+ \parskip\baselinestretch\parskip
+ \setbox\strutbox\hbox{\vrule height.7\baselineskip
+ depth.3\baselineskip width\z@}%
+ \normalbaselineskip\baselineskip#3#4}
+
+
+%---Increase the space between last line of text and footnote rule.
+% This is a very untidy way to do it!
+
+\skip\footins 20pt plus4pt minus4pt
+
+
+%---Reset baselinestretch within footnotes and floats. Originally stolen
+% from Stanford thesis style.
+
+\def\@xfloat#1[#2]{\ifhmode \@bsphack\@floatpenalty -\@Mii\else
+ \@floatpenalty-\@Miii\fi\def\@captype{#1}\ifinner
+ \@parmoderr\@floatpenalty\z@
+ \else\@next\@currbox\@freelist{\@tempcnta\csname ftype@#1\endcsname
+ \multiply\@tempcnta\@xxxii\advance\@tempcnta\sixt@@n
+ \@tfor \@tempa :=#2\do
+ {\if\@tempa h\advance\@tempcnta \@ne\fi
+ \if\@tempa t\advance\@tempcnta \tw@\fi
+ \if\@tempa b\advance\@tempcnta 4\relax\fi
+ \if\@tempa p\advance\@tempcnta 8\relax\fi
+ }\global\count\@currbox\@tempcnta}\@fltovf\fi
+ \global\setbox\@currbox\vbox\bgroup
+ \def\baselinestretch{1}\small\normalsize
+ \boxmaxdepth\z@
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore}
+\long\def\@footnotetext#1{\insert\footins{\def\baselinestretch{1}\footnotesize
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep
+ \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore
+ \edef\@currentlabel{\csname p@footnote\endcsname\@thefnmark}\@makefntext
+ {\rule{\z@}{\footnotesep}\ignorespaces
+ #1\strut}}}
+
+% Stolen from MIT.
+%
+% A single spaced quote (say) is done by surrounding singlespace with quote.
+%
+\def\sspace{%
+\vskip\parskip%
+\vskip\baselineskip%
+\def\baselinestretch{0.65}%
+\ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi%
+\vskip-\parskip%
+\vskip-\baselineskip%
+}
+
+\def\endsspace{\par}
+
+% spacing, doublespace and onehalfspace all are meant to INCREASE the
+% spacing (i.e. calling onehalfspace from within doublespace will not
+% produce a graceful transition between spacings)
+%
+\def\spacing#1{\par%
+ \def\baselinestretch{#1}%
+ \ifx\@currsize\normalsize\@normalsize\else\@currsize\fi}
+
+\def\endspacing{\par%
+ \vskip \parskip%
+ \vskip \baselineskip%
+ \endgroup%
+ \vskip -\parskip%
+ \vskip -\baselineskip%
+ \begingroup}
+
+\def\onehalfspace{\spacing{1.5}}
+\let\endonehalfspace=\endspacing
+
+\def\dspace{\spacing{2}}
+\let\dspace=\endspacing
+
+% Fix up spacing before and after displayed math
+% (arraystretch seems to do a fine job for inside LaTeX displayed math,
+% since array and eqnarray seem to be affected as expected)
+% Changing \baselinestretch and doing a font change also works if done here,
+% but then you have to change @setsize to remove the call to @nomath)
+%
+\everydisplay{
+ \abovedisplayskip \baselinestretch\abovedisplayskip%
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip%
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \baselinestretch\abovedisplayshortskip%
+ \belowdisplayshortskip \baselinestretch\belowdisplayshortskip}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% verbatimfiles, adopted from Chris Rowley %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% --- This LaTeX style-file defines two user-callable macros:
+% --- \verbatimfile{<filename>} for verbatim inclusion of a file
+% --- \verbatimlisting[n]{<filename>} for verbatim inclusion
+% with line numbers every nth line
+%
+% --- The macros are based on those distributed with Sunil Podar's
+% --- `EPIC.STY' macro package, attributed to Tim Morgan,
+% --- modified to keep internal macros internal by Adrian F. Clark,
+% --- alien@uk.ac.essex.ese
+% --- ---and further latexification by Chris Rowley,
+% --- ca_rowley@uk.ac.open.acs.vax.
+% --- optional argument for numbering multiples of [N] by H. Schulzrinne
+% hgschulz@cs.umass.edu
+%
+% --- Note that the precise layout of line breaks in this file is important!
+%
+
+\def\verbatimfile#1{\begingroup
+ \@verbatim\frenchspacing \@vobeyspaces
+ \input#1 \endgroup
+}
+
+\newcounter{lineno}\newcounter{Lineno}
+\def\verbatimlisting{\@ifnextchar[{\@verbatimlisting}{\@verbatimlisting[5]}}
+\def\@verbatimlisting[#1]#2{\setcounter{lineno}{0}\setcounter{Lineno}{0}%
+ \begingroup \@verbatim \frenchspacing \@vobeyspaces \parindent=25pt %jkh(18)
+ \everypar{\stepcounter{lineno}\stepcounter{Lineno}\ifnum\value{Lineno}=#1
+ \setcounter{Lineno}{0}\llap{\footnotesize\it\thelineno\ \ }\fi}\input#2
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% Blue line emulator %
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Box the pages similarly to the blue line paper boxs the pages.
+% In \tableofcontents, \listoffigures, and \listoftables we set the \headheight
+% to be 36pt and it is too much so we have to reduce that by setting
+% \extraspace to be 24pt. And after we finish \tableofcontents, \listoffigures,
+% and listoftables, the \extraspace should be recovered to be 0pt. So the
+% \extraspace should be set to 0pt just right before \include{ch1}.
+%
+%
+\def\blueline{
+\newdimen\topdist \topdist 4pt
+\newdimen\rightdist \rightdist .23in
+\newdimen\marsepsize \marsepsize 8pt
+\newdimen\theight \theight 8.5in
+\newdimen\twidth \twidth 6.0in
+\newdimen\botdist \botdist 6pt
+\newdimen\extraspace \extraspace 0pt
+\newdimen\extradim \extradim 0pt
+
+\def\tableofcontents{
+\newpage
+\extraspace 24pt
+ \let \tempp \topskip
+ \topskip 1em
+% \@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\fi
+% thesis mod
+\tocspace
+%
+% \chapter*{TABLE OF CONTENTS\markright{CONTENTS}}
+% thesis mod
+ \chapter*{\vspace*{-1em}TABLE OF CONTENTS\markright{CHAPTER}}
+ {\vskip -1em CHAPTER \hfill Page\\}
+ \thispagestyle{myheadings}
+%
+ \@starttoc{toc}
+% \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+% thesis mod
+ \doublespace \topskip \tempp}
+%
+
+\def\listoffigures{\tocspace % \tocspace for \listoffigures, Ken 5-28-90
+ \let \tempp \topskip
+ \topskip 1em
+ \chapter*{LIST OF FIGURES\markright{Figure}}
+ {\vskip -1em FIGURE \hfill Page\\}
+ \thispagestyle{myheadings}
+ \toddhack \twoem
+ \@starttoc{lof}\if@restonecol\twocolumn
+ \toddhack \zeroem
+ \fi\topskip \tempp \doublespace} % the rest of the text is \doublespace
+ % Ken 5-28-90
+%
+
+\def\listoftables{\tocspace
+ \let \tempp \topskip
+ \topskip 1em
+ \chapter*{\vspace*{-1em}LIST OF TABLES\markright{Table}}
+ {\vskip -1em TABLE \hfill Page\\}
+ \thispagestyle{myheadings}
+ \toddhack \twoem
+ \@starttoc{lot}\if@restonecol\twocolumn
+ \toddhack \zeroem
+ \fi\topskip \tempp \doublespace}
+%
+
+\def\body{
+ \pagenumbering{arabic}\setcounter{page}{1}
+ \headheight 12pt
+ \extraspace 0pt % recover to \headheight = 12pt
+ \pagestyle{myheadings}
+ \def\@thefnmark{\char32}
+ \@footnotetext{\normalsize Journal model is {\sl IEEE}
+ {\sl Transactions on Automatic Control.}}\setcounter{footnote}{0}}
+
+%%% LaTeX's output routine, tweaked for page boxes.
+
+\def\@outputpage{\begingroup\catcode`\ =10
+ \extradim \extraspace
+ \let\-\@dischyph \let\'\@acci \let\`\@accii \let\=\@acciii
+ \if@specialpage
+ \global\@specialpagefalse\@nameuse{ps@\@specialstyle}\fi
+ \if@twoside
+ \ifodd\count\z@ \let\@thehead\@oddhead \let\@thefoot\@oddfoot
+ \let\@themargin\oddsidemargin
+ \else \let\@thehead\@evenhead
+ \let\@thefoot\@evenfoot \let\@themargin\evensidemargin
+ \fi\fi
+ \shipout
+ \vbox{\normalsize \baselineskip\z@ \lineskip\z@
+ \let\par\@@par %% 15 Sep 87
+ \vskip \topdist \moveright \rightdist
+ \vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern 1.03\marsepsize\vbox{\vskip\topmargin
+ \setbox\@tempboxa
+ \vbox to\headheight{\vfil \hbox to\twidth
+ {\let\label\@gobble \let\index\@gobble
+ \@thehead}} %% 22 Feb 87
+ \dp\@tempboxa\z@
+ \box\@tempboxa
+ \vskip 0.84\headsep
+ \box\@outputbox
+ \baselineskip \footskip
+ \hbox to\textwidth{\let\label\@gobble
+ \let\index\@gobble %% 22 Feb 87
+ \@thefoot}\kern -\botdist \kern-\extradim}
+ \kern 1.1\marsepsize\vrule}
+ \hrule}}\global\@colht\theight
+ \endgroup\stepcounter{page}\let\firstmark\botmark}
+\makeatother
+}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethetitle.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethetitle.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2a7097a12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/eethetitle.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+% EETITLEPAGE DOCUMENT-STYLE OPTION - Version 2.22 released 21 July 1993
+% EETITLEPAGE DOCUMENT-STYLE OPTION - Version 2.21 released 5 July 1991
+% EETITLEPAGE DOCUMENT-STYLE OPTION - Version 2.2 released 20 November 1990
+% EETITLEPAGE DOCUMENT-STYLE OPTION - Version 2.1 released 20 June 1989
+% FILE: eethetitle.sty
+% Modifications: 4-10-87 PEC, 12-1-88 RLO, 2-28-89 RLO
+% Fixed the centering problem of absone 7-4-91 Ken
+% Modify the approval page based on the 7/92 version of Thesis Manual,
+% 6-17-93, Wen-Lin Hsieh
+% THESIS modification
+% for LaTeX version 2.08
+% Copyright (C) 1985 by Leslie Lamport
+
+\def\type{Thesis} % Sets default document type to be a thesis
+\def\degree{MASTER OF SCIENCE} % Sets default degree to be a MS, 6/17/93
+\def\major{Electrical Engineering} % Sets default major to be ELEN, 6/17/93
+\def\maketitlepage#1#2#3#4#5{\begin{titlepage}
+ \let\footnotesize\small % Local definitions to make \thanks produce
+ \let\footnoterule\relax % \normalsize footnotes with no separating rule.
+ \setcounter{page}{0}
+ \null
+ \vfil
+ \vskip 5truept % To adjust centering.
+ \begin{center}
+ \vskip -2em % Adjust vertical position.
+ {\uppercase{#1} \par} % Set title in \normal size.
+ \vskip 4.5em % Vertical space after title. 6em --> 4.5em, 6/17/93
+ {\lineskip .75em % Author
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c} A \type\\ by\\ \uppercase{#2}
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 5em % Vertical space after author.
+ {\singlespace Submitted to the Office of Graduate Studies of\\ Texas A\&M
+ University\\ in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the
+ degree of \\ \uppercase{#3}\smallskip}
+ \vskip 8em % Vertical space, 6-->8, 6/17/93
+ {#4 \par} % Date
+ \vskip 6.5em % Vertical space, 5-->6.5, 6/17/93
+ {Major Subject: #5}
+\end{center} \par
+\@thanks
+\vfil
+\null
+\end{titlepage}
+\setcounter{footnote}{0} % Footnotes start at zero again.
+\let\thanks\relax
+\gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\let\maketitlepage\relax}
+
+\newdimen\apprlineup
+\apprlineup 0pt
+\def\approvalone#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{\newpage
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\null\vfill
+\vskip -3em % 6/17/1993
+\vspace*{\apprlineup} %%%%%%% To adjust cpproval line.
+\begin{center}
+ {\uppercase{#1} \par}
+ \vskip 1.5em % 5em-->1.5em, 6/17/93
+ {\lineskip .75em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c} A \type\\ by\\ \uppercase{#2}
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+ {\singlespace Submitted to Texas A\&M University\\
+ in partial fulfillment of the requirements\\ for the
+ degree of \\ \degree}
+\end{center}
+\vskip .5em % 6/17/93
+\@@line{Approved as to style and content by:\hfil}
+\vskip .7truein
+{\singlespace
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#3}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Chair of Committee)\hss}}}\hfil
+\vskip .38truein
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#4}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#5}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}}
+\vskip .43truein
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#6}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#7}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Head of Department)\hss}}}
+\vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+\centerline{#8}
+\vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+\centerline{Major Subject: \major}} % 6/17/93
+\vfill
+\newpage}
+
+\def\approvaltwo#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{\newpage
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\null\vfill
+\vskip -3em % 6/17/93
+\vspace*{\apprlineup} %%%%%%% To adjust cpproval line.
+\begin{center}
+ {\uppercase{#1} \par}
+ \vskip 1.5em % 6/17/93
+ {\lineskip .75em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c} A \type\\ by\\ \uppercase{#2}
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+ {\singlespace Submitted to Texas A\&M University\\
+ in partial fulfillment of the requirements\\ for the
+ degree of \\ \degree}
+\end{center}
+\vskip .5em % 6/17/93
+{Approved as to style and content by:\hfil}
+\vskip .7truein
+{\singlespace
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#3}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Chair of Committee)\hss}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#4}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}}
+\vskip .38truein
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#5}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#6}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}}
+\vskip .43truein
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#7}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#8}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Head of Department)\hss}}}
+\vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+\centerline{#9}
+\vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+\centerline{Major Subject: \major}} % 6/17/93
+\vfill
+\newpage}
+
+\def\approvalthree#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{\newpage
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\null\vfill
+\vskip -3em % 6/17/93
+\vspace*{\apprlineup} %%%%%%% To adjust cpproval line.
+\begin{center}
+ {\uppercase{#1} \par}
+ \vskip 1.5em % 6/17/93
+ {\lineskip .75em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c} A \type\\ by\\ \uppercase{#2}
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+ {\singlespace Submitted to Texas A\&M University\\
+ in partial fulfillment of the requirements\\ for the
+ degree of \\ \degree}
+\end{center}
+\vskip .5em % 6/17/93
+{Approved as to style and content by:\hfil}
+\vskip .7truein
+{\singlespace
+%\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+% \smallskip
+% \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#3}\hss}
+% \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Co-Chair of Committee)\hss}}}\hfil
+%\vskip .38truein
+%\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+% \smallskip
+% \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#4}\hss}
+% \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Co-Chair of Committee)\hss}}\hfil
+%\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+% \smallskip
+% \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#5}\hss}
+% \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}}
+%\vskip .43truein
+%\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+% \smallskip
+% \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#6}\hss}
+% \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}\hfil
+%\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+% \smallskip
+% \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#7}\hss}
+% \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Head of Department)\hss}}}
+%\vskip .93truein
+%\centerline{#8}}
+%\vfill
+%\newpage}
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#3}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Co-Chair of Committee)\hss}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#4}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Co-Chair of Committee)\hss}}}
+\vskip .38truein
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#5}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#6}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}}
+\vskip .43truein
+\@@line{%\vbox{
+ %\hbox to 2.5truein{}
+ %\hbox to 2.5truein{}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#7}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Head of Department)\hss}}\hfil}
+ %\hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Head of Department)\hss}}}
+\vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+\centerline{#8}
+\vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+\centerline{Major Subject: \major}} % 6/17/93
+\vfill
+\newpage}
+
+\def\approvalfour#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{\newpage
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\null\vfill
+\vskip -3em % 6/17/93
+\vspace*{\apprlineup} %%%%%%% To adjust cpproval line.
+\begin{center}
+ {\uppercase{#1} \par}
+ \vskip 1.5em % 6/27/93
+ {\lineskip .75em
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c} A \type\\ by\\ \uppercase{#2}
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+ {\singlespace Submitted to Texas A\&M University\\
+ in partial fulfillment of the requirements\\ for the
+ degree of \\ \degree}
+\end{center}
+\vskip .5em % 6/17/93
+{Approved as to style and content by:\hfil}
+\vskip .7truein
+{\singlespace
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#3}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Co-Chair of Committee)\hss}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#4}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Co-Chair of Committee)\hss}}}
+\vskip .38truein
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#5}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#6}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}}
+\vskip .43truein
+\@@line{\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#7}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Member)\hss}}\hfil
+\vbox{\hrule height .7pt
+ \smallskip
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss {#8}\hss}
+ \hbox to 2.5truein{\hss (Head of Department)\hss}}}
+\vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+\centerline{#9}
+\vskip 2em % 6/17/93
+\centerline{Major Subject: \major}}
+\vfill
+\newpage}
+
+\def\beginabs{\newpage\pagestyle{myheadings}\begingroup
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\setcounter{page}{3}
+\null\vskip 2em\begin{center}}
+
+\def\endabs{\endgroup\newpage}
+
+%\long\def\absone#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\beginabs
+%{ABSTRACT\\ \vskip 1em
+%#1\\ #2. (#3)\\ #4, B.S., #5\\ Chair of Advisory Committee: #6}
+%\vskip 1.5em
+%\end{center}
+%\indent #7
+%\endabs}
+%
+% Thesis mod
+%
+\long\def\absone#1#2#3#4#5#6{\beginabs
+{ABSTRACT\\ \vskip 1em
+#1. (#2)\\ #3, #4\\ Chair of Advisory Committee: #5}
+\vskip 1em
+\end{center}
+\hspace*{\parindent} #6
+\endabs}
+
+%%% The following revision causes some problem, therefore, we comment those new
+%%% revisions and recover the old stuff. ----- Ken 7-4-91
+%%%
+%%\long\def\absone#1#2#3#4#5#6{
+%
+% the problem is the ugly linebreaks involving the period and the end of
+% the title and the (DATE)
+%
+% the goal is to typeset "TITLE. (DATE)" without breaking ". (DATE)"
+% at any place across a line
+%
+% begin by setting the strings "TITLE." and "TITLE. (DATE)" into
+% temporary boxes.
+%
+%%\newsavebox\@tempboxb
+%%\newsavebox\@tempboxc
+%%\setbox\@tempboxb\hbox{#1. (#2)}
+%%\setbox\@tempboxc\hbox{#1.}
+%
+% next, make a crude estimate of how many lines TeX will use to set this.
+% this simplistic calculation ignores the effect of TeX glue and might
+% fail in borderline cases where the line is just a few points longer
+% or shorter than the hsize.
+%
+% estimate: #lines = ( width of box ) / ( current hsize )
+%
+%%\dimen0=\wd\@tempboxb \divide\dimen0 by \hsize
+%%\dimen2=\wd\@tempboxc \divide\dimen2 by \hsize
+%
+% if "TEXT. (DATE)" requires more lines than just "TEXT.", then we might
+% as well force a line break and typeset "TEXT.\\(DATE)" and not even
+% give TeX a chance to mess with ". (DATE)" If they look like the same
+% number of lines, set "TEXT. (DATE)" and hope for the best
+%
+%%\ifdim\dimen2<\dimen0
+%% \setbox\@tempboxb\hbox{#1.\\(#2)}
+%%\else
+%% \setbox\@tempboxb\hbox{#1. (#2)}
+%%\fi
+%
+% now back to the original abstract macro. this time, grab the text
+% from the \@tempboxb that we set above.
+%
+%%\beginabs
+%%{ABSTRACT\\ \vskip 1em
+%%\unhbox\@tempboxb\\ #3, #4\\ Chair of Advisory Committee: #5}
+%\vskip 1em
+%%\end{center}
+%%\hspace*{\parindent} #6
+%%\endabs}
+
+%\long\def\abstwo#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{\beginabs
+%{ABSTRACT\\ \vskip 1em
+%#1\\ #2. (#3)\\ #4, B.S., #5\\ \centerline{\hbox{\singlespace
+% Co--Chairs of Advisory Committee: \vtop{
+% \hbox{#6}
+% \hbox{#7}}}}}
+%\vskip 1.5em
+%\end{center}
+%\indent #8
+%\endabs}
+%
+% Thesis mod
+%
+\long\def\abstwo#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{\beginabs
+{ABSTRACT\\ \vskip 1em
+#1. (#2)\\ #3, #4\\ \centerline{\hbox{\singlespace
+ Co--Chairs of Advisory Committee: \vtop{
+ \hbox{#5}
+ \hbox{#6}}}}}
+\vskip 1em
+\end{center}
+\hspace*{\parindent} #7
+\endabs}
+
+\def\acknow{\newpage
+%\pagenumbering{roman}
+%\setcounter{page}{5}
+\vskip .2truein
+\centerline{ACKNOWLEDGMENTS}
+\indent}
+%\newpage}
+
+\def\dedicate#1{\newpage
+%\pagenumbering{roman}
+%\setcounter{page}{5}
+\null\vskip 7.5em
+\centerline{To #1}
+\newpage}
+
+% thesis mod - all of this next section is no longer needed in eethesis
+%\def\tocontchap{\newpage
+%\null\vskip 2em
+%\centerline{TABLE OF CONTENTS}
+%\vskip .25truein
+%\@@line{CHAPTER \hfil Page}
+%\vskip .2truein\singlespace}
+%
+%\def\tocchapcontinue{\newpage
+%\null\vskip 2em
+%\centerline{TABLE OF CONTENTS~~(Continued)}
+%\vskip .25truein
+%\@@line{CHAPTER \hfil Page}
+%\vskip .2truein\singlespace}
+%
+%\def\chapterno#1{\hbox to 0.45truein{\hfill #1}}
+%\def\sectionno#1{\hbox to 0.25truein{\hfill #1}}
+%\def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfil}
+%\def\threeover{\hskip 1in}
+%\def\fourover{\hskip 1.4in}
+%\newcount\scount
+%\newcount\sscount
+%
+%\def\tochapone#1#2{\advance \scount by 1
+% \@@line{\chapterno{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\scount}}
+% ~~~~~~\uppercase{#1}\leaderfill
+% $#2$\kern 6pt}\bigskip\sscount=64}
+%
+%\def\tochaptwo#1#2#3{\advance \scount by 1
+% \@@line{\chapterno{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\scount}}
+% ~~~~~~\uppercase{#1}\hfil}
+% \@@line{\chapterno{}~~~~~~
+% \uppercase{#2}\leaderfill $#3$\kern 6 pt}\bigskip
+% \sscount=64}
+%
+%\def\tochapthree#1#2#3#4{\advance \scount by 1
+% \@@line{\chapterno{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\scount}}
+% ~~~~~~\uppercase{#1}\hfil}
+% \@@line{\chapterno{}~~~~~~~\uppercase{#2}\hfil}
+% \@@line{\chapterno{}~~~~~~~\uppercase{#3}
+% \leaderfill $#4$\kern 6 pt}\bigskip
+% \sscount=64}
+%
+%\def\tocrefvita#1#2{
+% \@@line{\chapterno{}
+% ~~~~~~\uppercase{#1}\leaderfill $#2$\kern 6 pt}\bigskip}
+%
+%\def\tocsubsectone#1#2{\advance \sscount by 1
+% \@@line{\threeover\sectionno{\char\sscount.}~~#1
+% \leaderfill $#2$\kern 6 pt}
+% \smallskip}
+%
+%\def\tocsubsectwo#1#2#3{\advance \sscount by 1
+% \@@line{\threeover\sectionno{\char\sscount.}~~#1\hfil}
+% \@@line{\threeover\sectionno{}~~{#2}\leaderfill $#3$\kern 6 pt}
+% \smallskip}
+%
+%\def\tocsubsecthree#1#2#3#4{\advance \sscount by 1
+% \@@line{\threeover\sectionno{\char\sscount.}~~#1\hfil}
+% \@@line{\threeover\sectionno{}~~{#2}\hfil}
+% \@@line{\threeover\sectionno{}~~{#3}\leaderfill $#4$\kern 6 pt}
+% \smallskip}
+%
+%\def\tocssectone#1#2{
+% \@@line{\fourover~~#1 \leaderfill $#2$\kern 6 pt}\smallskip}
+%
+%\def\tocssectwo#1#2#3{
+% \@@line{\fourover~~#1\hfil}
+% \@@line{\fourover~~#2 \leaderfill $#3$\kern 6 pt}\smallskip}
+%
+%\def\tocssecthree#1#2#3#4{
+% \@@line{\fourover~~#1\hfil}
+% \@@line{\fourover~~#2\hfil}
+% \@@line{\fourover~~#3 \leaderfill $#4$\kern 6 pt}\smallskip}
+%
+%\def\tocontsect{\newpage
+%\null\vskip 2em
+%\centerline{TABLE OF CONTENTS}
+%\vskip .25truein
+%\@@line {\hfil Page}
+%\vskip .2truein\singlespace}
+%\newcount\scount
+%
+%\def\tocsectcontinue{
+%\null\vskip 2em
+%\centerline{TABLE OF CONTENTS~~(Continued)}
+%\vskip .25truein
+%\@@line {\hfil Page}
+%\vskip .2truein\singlespace}
+%
+%\def\tocsectionone#1#2{\advance \scount by 1
+% \@@line{\chapterno{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\scount.}}
+% ~~~~~~\uppercase{#1}\leaderfill $#2$\kern 6 pt}\bigskip
+% \sscount=64}
+%
+%\def\tocsectiontwo#1#2#3{\advance \scount by 1
+% \@@line{\chapterno{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\scount.}}
+% ~~~~~~\uppercase{#1}\hfil}
+% \@@line{\chapterno{}~~~~~~~\uppercase{#2}
+% \leaderfill $#3$\kern 6 pt}\bigskip
+% \sscount=64}
+%
+%\def\tocsectionthree#1#2#3#4{\advance \scount by 1
+% \@@line{\chapterno{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\scount.}}
+% ~~~~~~\uppercase{#1}\hfil}
+% \@@line{\chapterno{}~~~~~~~\uppercase{#2}\hfil}
+% \@@line{\chapterno{}~~~~~~~\uppercase{#3}
+% \leaderfill $#4$\kern 6 pt}\bigskip
+% \sscount=64}
+%
+%\def\tabhead{\newpage
+%\null\vskip 2em
+%\centerline{LIST OF TABLES}
+%\bigskip
+%\@@line{~~Table \hfil Page}\medskip\singlespace}
+%
+%\def\tabheadcontinue{\newpage
+%\null\vskip 2em
+%\centerline{LIST OF TABLES~~(Continued)}
+%\bigskip
+%\@@line{~~Table \hfil Page}\medskip\singlespace}
+%
+%\newcount\tabcount
+%\def\tabno#1{\hbox to .5truein{\hfil #1}}
+%
+%\def\tableone#1#2{\advance \tabcount by 1
+% \@@line{\tabno{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\tabcount.}}
+% ~~~{#1}\leaderfill $#2$\kern 6 pt}\medskip}
+%
+%\def\tabletwo#1#2#3{\advance \tabcount by 1
+% \@@line{\tabno{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\tabcount.}}
+% ~~~{#1}\hfil}
+% \@@line{\tabno{}~~~~{#2}\leaderfill{#3}\kern 6 pt}\medskip}
+%
+%\def\fighead{\newpage
+%\null\vskip 2em
+%\centerline{LIST OF FIGURES}
+%\bigskip
+%\@@line{Figure \hfil Page}\medskip\singlespace}
+%
+%\def\figheadcontinue{\newpage
+%\null\vskip 2em
+%\centerline{LIST OF FIGURES~~(Continued)}
+%\bigskip
+%\@@line{Figure \hfil Page}\medskip\singlespace}
+%
+%\newcount\figcount
+%\def\figno{\hbox to .22truein{\hfil {$\the\figcount$}}}
+%
+%\def\figureone#1#2{\advance \figcount by 1
+% \@@line{\ \ {\figno}.~~~{#1}\leaderfill{#2}\kern6pt}\medskip}
+%
+%\def\figuretwo#1#2#3{\advance \figcount by 1
+% \@@line{\ \ {\figno}.~~~{#1}\hfill}
+% \@@line{\ \ {}~~~~~~~~{#2}\leaderfill{#3}\kern6pt}\medskip}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+%\newcount\chaptercount
+%\newcount\sectioncount
+%\newcount\sectcount
+%\chaptercount=0
+%
+%\def\chapterone#1{\vfill\eject
+% \advance \chaptercount by 1
+% \centerline{
+% CHAPTER~~\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\chaptercount}}
+% \bigskip
+% \centerline{\uppercase{#1}}
+% \nobreak\smallskip
+% \sectioncount=64}
+%
+%\def\chaptertwo#1#2{\vfill\eject
+% \advance \chaptercount by 1
+% \centerline{
+% CHAPTER~~\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\chaptercount}}
+% \bigskip
+% \centerline{\uppercase{#1}}
+% \centerline{\uppercase{#2}}
+% \nobreak\smallskip
+% \sectioncount=64}
+%
+% % --- Note: sectioncount is initialized to the ---
+% % --- ACSII equivalent of the character 'A'. ---
+%
+%\sectcount=0
+%\def\sectiontwo#1#2{\vfill\eject
+% \advance \sectcount by 1
+% \centerline{
+% {\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\sectcount}.}~~{\uppercase{#1}}}
+% \nobreak
+% \centerline{\uppercase{#2}}
+% \nobreak\bigskip
+% \sectioncount=64}
+%
+%\def\sectionone#1{\vfill\eject
+% \advance \sectcount by 1
+% \centerline{
+% {\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\sectcount}.}~~{\uppercase{#1}}}
+% \nobreak\bigskip
+% \sectioncount=64}
+%
+%\def\myno#1{\hbox to 0.3truein{#1\hfill}}
+%\def\subsectwo#1#2{\advance \sectioncount by 1 \bigbreak\medskip\singlespace
+% \leftline{\myno{\char\sectioncount.}~~#1}
+% \nobreak
+% \leftline{\myno{}~~#2}
+% \nobreak\medskip\doublespace}
+%
+%\def\subsectone#1{\advance \sectioncount by 1 \bigbreak\medskip
+% \leftline{\myno{\char\sectioncount.}~~#1}
+% \nobreak\medskip}
+%
+%\def\gbigbreak{\par \ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip
+% \penalty-500\bigskip\fi}
+%
+%\def\ssectwo#1#2{\gbigbreak\medskip\goodbreak\singlespace
+% \centerline{#1}
+% \nobreak
+% \centerline{#2}
+% \nobreak\medskip\nobreak\doublespace}
+%
+%\def\ssectone#1{\gbigbreak\medskip\goodbreak
+% \centerline{#1}
+% \nobreak\medskip\nobreak}
+%
+%\def\appendix#1#2#3{\vfill\eject
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{appendix}{\null \hspace{3.5em}#1}
+% \centerline{\uppercase{#1}}
+% \bigskip
+% \centerline{\uppercase{#2}}
+% \centerline{\uppercase{#3}}
+% \nobreak\bigskip}
+
+%\def\eqmynum#1#2{$$#1\eqno({#2})$$\hspace{7truemm}}
+%
+%
+%\newcount\figurecount
+%\def\figpage#1#2{\singlespace %\pageinsert
+%\begin{figure}\vskip1pc %\endinsert
+%\advance \figurecount by 1
+%\centerline{{Fig.~$\the\figurecount$.}~~#1}
+%\centerline{#2}\endfigure %\endinsert
+%\doublespace}
+%
+%\newcount\figurecount
+%\def\fig#1#2{\singlespace
+%\advance \figurecount by 1
+%\centerline{{Fig.~$\the\figurecount$}~~#1}
+%\centerline{#2}}
+%
+%\newcount\tablecount
+%\def\tab#1#2#3{\singlespace
+%\advance \tablecount by 1
+%\centerline{TABLE~ \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\tablecount.}}
+%\centerline{#1}
+%\centerline{#2}
+%\centerline{#3}
+%}
+%
+%\newcount\tablecount
+%\def\tablepage#1#2#3{\singlespace\pageinsert\topinsert\vskip1pc\endinsert
+%\advance \tablecount by 1
+%\centerline{TABLE~ \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\tablecount.}}
+%\centerline{#1}
+%\centerline{#2}
+%\centerline{#3}
+%\endinsert}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/file.c b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/file.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..daeef3d2e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/file.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/**************************************************************/
+/* Filename: auto4.c by: Shiau Yan-Chyuan */
+/* */
+/* Usage: */
+/**************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "malloc.h"
+
+#define LINE 121
+#define LOW 0.5
+#define MID 2.5
+#define UP 4.5
+
+typedef struct SOLUTION
+{
+ float rise_l,rise_m,rise_h,rise_r,rise_dt1,rise_dt2;
+ float fall_l,fall_m,fall_h,fall_f,fall_dt1,fall_dt2;
+ float pre_r_dt2,pre_f_dt2;
+ int flag_rl,flag_rm,flag_rh;
+ int flag_fl,flag_fm,flag_fh;
+} SX;
+
+struct SOLUTION sol[2];
+FILE *point_out,*point_abs,*fopen();
+char file_out[20],file_abs[20];
+float start_time=2.0e-09;
+/* char *sprintf(),*strcpy(),*fprintf(); */
+float fabs(),atof();
+int atoi();
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/lists.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/lists.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13bf78408f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/lists.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\setlength{\headheight}{36pt}
+\tableofcontents
+\listoftables
+\listoffigures
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/manv4.ps b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/manv4.ps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e6702ce86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/manv4.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,3072 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0
+%%Creator: dvips 5.516 Copyright 1986, 1993 Radical Eye Software
+%%Title: manv4.dvi
+%%CreationDate: Thu Jul 22 15:47:10 1993
+%%Pages: 59
+%%PageOrder: Ascend
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 612 792
+%%EndComments
+%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips manv4
+%DVIPSSource: TeX output 1993.07.22:1544
+%%BeginProcSet: tex.pro
+/TeXDict 250 dict def TeXDict begin /N{def}def /B{bind def}N /S{exch}N
+/X{S N}B /TR{translate}N /isls false N /vsize 11 72 mul N /hsize 8.5 72
+mul N /landplus90{false}def /@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}
+ifelse 0 0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale
+isls{landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div
+hsize mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul
+TR matrix currentmatrix dup dup 4 get round 4 exch put dup dup 5 get
+round 5 exch put setmatrix}N /@landscape{/isls true N}B /@manualfeed{
+statusdict /manualfeed true put}B /@copies{/#copies X}B /FMat[1 0 0 -1 0
+0]N /FBB[0 0 0 0]N /nn 0 N /IE 0 N /ctr 0 N /df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn
+begin /FontType 3 N /FontMatrix fntrx N /FontBBox FBB N string /base X
+array /BitMaps X /BuildChar{CharBuilder}N /Encoding IE N end dup{/foo
+setfont}2 array copy cvx N load 0 nn put /ctr 0 N[}B /df{/sf 1 N /fntrx
+FMat N df-tail}B /dfs{div /sf X /fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B /E{
+pop nn dup definefont setfont}B /ch-width{ch-data dup length 5 sub get}
+B /ch-height{ch-data dup length 4 sub get}B /ch-xoff{128 ch-data dup
+length 3 sub get sub}B /ch-yoff{ch-data dup length 2 sub get 127 sub}B
+/ch-dx{ch-data dup length 1 sub get}B /ch-image{ch-data dup type
+/stringtype ne{ctr get /ctr ctr 1 add N}if}B /id 0 N /rw 0 N /rc 0 N /gp
+0 N /cp 0 N /G 0 N /sf 0 N /CharBuilder{save 3 1 roll S dup /base get 2
+index get S /BitMaps get S get /ch-data X pop /ctr 0 N ch-dx 0 ch-xoff
+ch-yoff ch-height sub ch-xoff ch-width add ch-yoff setcachedevice
+ch-width ch-height true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 ch-xoff sub ch-yoff .1 add]{
+ch-image}imagemask restore}B /D{/cc X dup type /stringtype ne{]}if nn
+/base get cc ctr put nn /BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{dup dup length 1
+sub dup 2 index S get sf div put}if put /ctr ctr 1 add N}B /I{cc 1 add D
+}B /bop{userdict /bop-hook known{bop-hook}if /SI save N @rigin 0 0
+moveto /V matrix currentmatrix dup 1 get dup mul exch 0 get dup mul add
+.99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N /eop{SI restore showpage
+userdict /eop-hook known{eop-hook}if}N /@start{userdict /start-hook
+known{start-hook}if pop /VResolution X /Resolution X 1000 div /DVImag X
+/IE 256 array N 0 1 255{IE S 1 string dup 0 3 index put cvn put}for
+65781.76 div /vsize X 65781.76 div /hsize X}N /p{show}N /RMat[1 0 0 -1 0
+0]N /BDot 260 string N /rulex 0 N /ruley 0 N /v{/ruley X /rulex X V}B /V
+{}B /RV statusdict begin /product where{pop product dup length 7 ge{0 7
+getinterval dup(Display)eq exch 0 4 getinterval(NeXT)eq or}{pop false}
+ifelse}{false}ifelse end{{gsave TR -.1 -.1 TR 1 1 scale rulex ruley
+false RMat{BDot}imagemask grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 -.1 TR rulex ruley
+scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot}imagemask grestore}}ifelse B /QV{gsave
+transform round exch round exch itransform moveto rulex 0 rlineto 0
+ruley neg rlineto rulex neg 0 rlineto fill grestore}B /a{moveto}B /delta
+0 N /tail{dup /delta X 0 rmoveto}B /M{S p delta add tail}B /b{S p tail}
+B /c{-4 M}B /d{-3 M}B /e{-2 M}B /f{-1 M}B /g{0 M}B /h{1 M}B /i{2 M}B /j{
+3 M}B /k{4 M}B /w{0 rmoveto}B /l{p -4 w}B /m{p -3 w}B /n{p -2 w}B /o{p
+-1 w}B /q{p 1 w}B /r{p 2 w}B /s{p 3 w}B /t{p 4 w}B /x{0 S rmoveto}B /y{
+3 2 roll p a}B /bos{/SS save N}B /eos{SS restore}B end
+%%EndProcSet
+TeXDict begin 40258431 52099146 1000 300 300
+(/u4/test/eethesis/manv4.dvi) @start /Fa 1 51 df<0F8030E040708030C038E0
+384038003800700070006000C00180030006000C08080810183FF07FF0FFF00D157E9412
+>50 D E /Fb 1 83 df<000003FE00000000001FFFC0000000007FFFF000000001FFFFFC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>82 D E /Fc 1 83 df<03F003E0000FFC0FF00018
+7E18F000301E20F000600F607000600FC07000E007C07800F007807F00F803803C007C03
+8030007C0380C0003E038380001E039FE0000E03FFF0000C0381F000180380F000300300
+7000200300700000030070000003007000000600700000060078000004007800000C0078
+000E10007C401F20003F807FC0003E00C780001C008300001800221D7F9B22>82
+D E /Fd 6 117 df<387CFEFEFE7C380000000000000000387CFEFEFE7C3807167C9510>
+58 D<FFF8001FFEFFFC001FFE07FC0000C007FE0000C006FF0000C0067F8000C0063FC0
+00C0061FE000C0060FE000C0060FF000C00607F800C00603FC00C00601FE00C00600FE00
+C00600FF00C006007F80C006003FC0C006001FE0C006000FF0C0060007F0C0060007F8C0
+060003FCC0060001FEC0060000FFC00600007FC00600007FC00600003FC00600001FC006
+00000FC006000007C006000003C006000003C0FFF00001C0FFF00000C027227EA12C>78
+D<00FE0007FF800F87C01E01E03E01F07C00F07C00F8FC00F8FC00F8FFFFF8FFFFF8FC00
+00FC0000FC00007C00007C00007E00003E00181F00300FC07003FFC000FF0015167E951A
+>101 D<FF07E000FF1FF8001F307C001F403C001F803E001F803E001F003E001F003E00
+1F003E001F003E001F003E001F003E001F003E001F003E001F003E001F003E001F003E00
+1F003E001F003E001F003E00FFE1FFC0FFE1FFC01A167E951F>110
+D<00FE0007FFC00F83E01E00F03E00F87C007C7C007C7C007CFC007EFC007EFC007EFC00
+7EFC007EFC007EFC007E7C007C7C007C3E00F81F01F00F83E007FFC000FE0017167E951C
+>I<0180000180000180000180000380000380000780000780000F80003F8000FFFF00FF
+FF000F80000F80000F80000F80000F80000F80000F80000F80000F80000F80000F80000F
+81800F81800F81800F81800F81800F830007C30003FE0000F80011207F9F16>116
+D E /Fe 39 122 df<0C1E3F3F1D02020204040810204080080F75A20F>39
+D<000F800030C000E06001C0700380700300700700700F00700E00701E00701E00701C00
+F03C00F03C00F03C00F07801E07801E07801E07801E0F003C0F003C0F003C0F00380E007
+80E00780E00700E00F00E00E00E01C00E01C00E0380060700030E0001F000014227AA019
+>48 D<0001000300030006001E002E03CE001C001C001C001C0038003800380038007000
+700070007000E000E000E000E001C001C001C001C003800380038003800780FFFC10217A
+A019>I<000FC000106000603800801800801C01001C02201E02101E04101E04101E0410
+1E08203C08203C0840380840780880F00700E00001C000030000060000180000200000C0
+000100000200000400100800301000202000605F80C063FFC040FF80807F00801E001722
+7CA019>I<0000030000000300000007000000070000000F0000000F0000001F0000002F
+0000002F0000004F0000004F800000878000008780000107800002078000020780000407
+80000407800008078000080780001007800030078000200780007FFF80004007C0008007
+C0008003C0010003C0030003C0020003C0040003C0040003C00C0003C03C0007C0FF003F
+FC1E237DA224>65 D<00FFFFF000000F003C00000F000E00000F000700001E000380001E
+000380001E0001C0001E0001C0003C0001C0003C0001E0003C0001E0003C0001E0007800
+01E000780001E000780001E000780001E000F00003C000F00003C000F00003C000F00003
+C001E000078001E000078001E000070001E0000F0003C0000E0003C0001C0003C0003C00
+03C00038000780007000078000E000078001C00007800700000F801C0000FFFFF0000023
+227DA125>68 D<00FFFFFF80000F000780000F000180000F000180001E000180001E0001
+80001E000100001E000100003C000100003C000100003C010100003C0100000078020000
+0078020000007806000000780E000000FFFC000000F00C000000F00C000000F00C000001
+E008000001E008000001E008040001E000080003C000080003C000080003C000100003C0
+00100007800020000780006000078000C000078001C0000F8007C000FFFFFF800021227D
+A121>I<00007F00800003808100000E00630000380027000070001F0000E0000E0001C0
+000E000380000E000700000E000F000004000E000004001E000004003C000004003C0000
+0800780000000078000000007800000000F000000000F000000000F000000000F0000000
+00F0003FFC00E00001E000E00001E000E00001E000E00003C000E00003C000F00003C000
+700003C0007000078000380007800018000F80001C0013800006002300000381C1000000
+FE000000212479A226>71 D<00FF800007FC000F80000F80000F80001780000F80001780
+001780002F000013C0002F000013C0004F000013C0008F000023C0009E000023C0011E00
+0023C0011E000023C0021E000043C0043C000043C0043C000043C0083C000041E0083C00
+0081E01078000081E02078000081E02078000081E04078000101E040F0000101E080F000
+0101E100F0000101E100F0000200F201E0000200F201E0000200F401E0000200F801E000
+0400F803C0000400F003C0000400F003C0000C00E003C0001E00C007C000FFC0C07FFC00
+2E227DA12C>77 D<00FF000FFC000F8001E0000F800180000FC000800013C001000013C0
+01000011E001000011E001000021E002000020F002000020F002000020F0020000407804
+000040780400004078040000403C040000803C080000803E080000801E080000801E0800
+01001F100001000F100001000F10000100079000020007A000020007A000020003E00002
+0003E000040003C000040001C000040001C0000C0001C0001E00008000FFC00080002622
+7DA124>I<0000FE0000078380000C00E0003800700070003800E0003801C0001C038000
+1C0700001C0F00001E1E00001E1C00001E3C00001E3C00001E7800001E7800001E780000
+1EF000003CF000003CF000003CF0000078F0000078E0000078E00000F0E00000F0E00001
+E0E00001C0F00003C0F00007807000070078000E0038001C001C0038000E00E000070380
+0001FC00001F2479A225>I<00FFFFE0000F0038000F001E000F000E001E0007001E0007
+001E0007001E0007003C000F003C000F003C000F003C001E0078001E0078003C00780078
+007800E000F003C000FFFE0000F0000000F0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E00000
+03C0000003C0000003C0000003C00000078000000780000007800000078000000F800000
+FFF8000020227DA121>I<00FFFFC0000F0070000F003C000F001C001E000E001E000E00
+1E000F001E000F003C001E003C001E003C001E003C003C0078003800780070007801E000
+78078000FFFC0000F00E0000F0070000F0038001E003C001E003C001E003C001E003C003
+C0078003C0078003C0078003C0078007800F0007800F0107800F01078007020F800702FF
+F8038C000000F020237DA124>82 D<0001F020000E0C40001802C0003001C0006001C000
+E0018000C0018001C0018001C0018003C0010003C0010003C0000003C0000003E0000001
+F8000001FF000000FFE000007FF000001FF8000003FC0000007C0000003C0000001E0000
+001E0000001E0020001C0020001C0020001C002000180060003800600030007000600070
+00C000C8018000C607000081FC00001B247DA21B>I<1FFFFFF81E03C0381803C0183003
+C01820078018200780184007801040078010400F0010800F0010800F0010000F0000001E
+0000001E0000001E0000001E0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C0000007800000078
+0000007800000078000000F0000000F0000000F0000000F0000001E0000001E0000001E0
+000001E0000003E00000FFFF00001D2277A123>I<3FFE03FF03C0007803C0006003C000
+20078000400780004007800040078000400F0000800F0000800F0000800F0000801E0001
+001E0001001E0001001E0001003C0002003C0002003C0002003C00020078000400780004
+00780004007800040070000800F0000800F0001000700010007000200070004000300040
+0038018000180200000E0C000003F00000202377A124>I<FFF001FF1F8000780F000060
+0F0000600F0000400F0000800F0000800F0001000F0003000F0002000F8004000F800400
+078008000780080007801000078020000780200007804000078040000780800007810000
+07C1000003C2000003C2000003C4000003C8000003C8000003D0000003D0000003E00000
+03C0000003C00000038000000180000001000000202376A124>I<007FF81FF8000FC007
+C000078003000007C002000003C004000003C008000003E010000001E030000001E02000
+0001F040000000F080000000F100000000FA000000007C000000007C000000007C000000
+003C000000003C000000007E000000009E000000011E000000031F000000060F00000004
+0F000000080F80000010078000002007C000004007C00000C003C000018003E000010001
+E000070001E0001F0003F000FFC01FFE0025227EA124>88 D<00F8C00185C00705C00E03
+800E03801C03803C0380380700780700780700780700F00E00F00E00F00E00F00E10F01C
+20701C20703C20305C40308C400F078014157B9419>97 D<03C03F800380038003800700
+0700070007000E000E000E000E001C001CF81D0C1E0E3C0638073807380F700F700F700F
+700FE01EE01EE01EE03CE038E038607060E031C01F0010237BA216>I<007E0001C10003
+01800703800E07801C07803C0000380000780000780000780000F00000F00000F00000F0
+0000F00100700100700200300C001830000FC00011157B9416>I<00003C0003F8000038
+0000380000380000700000700000700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00001C000F9C0
+0185C00705C00E03800E03801C03803C0380380700780700780700780700F00E00F00E00
+F00E00F00E10F01C20701C20703C20305C40308C400F078016237BA219>I<00F803840E
+021C023C0238027804F018FFE0F000F000E000E000E000E000E002E0026004701830600F
+800F157A9416>I<00003E0000470000CF00018F00018600038000038000038000070000
+0700000700000700000700000E0000FFF0000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C0000
+1C00001C0000380000380000380000380000380000700000700000700000700000700000
+E00000E00000E00000E00000C00001C00001C000718000F18000F300006200003C000018
+2D82A20F>I<001F180030B800E0B801C07001C0700380700780700700E00F00E00F00E0
+0F00E01E01C01E01C01E01C01E01C01E03800E03800E0780060B8006170001E700000700
+000700000E00000E00000E00701C00F01800F0300060E0003F8000151F7E9416>I<00F0
+000FE00000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C00001C0000380000380000380000380
+00070000071F0007218007C0C00F00E00F00E00E00E00E00E01C01C01C01C01C01C01C01
+C0380380380380380380380704700708700E08700E10700610E006206003C016237DA219
+>I<00C001E001C001C0000000000000000000000000000000001C002300430043008700
+870087000E000E001C001C001C00380038003840708070807080710032001C000C217BA0
+0F>I<00F0000FE00000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C00001C000038000038000
+0380000380000700000701E0070210070C700E10F00E10F00E20600E40001D80001E0000
+1FC0001C7000383800383800381C00381C20703840703840703840701880E01880600F00
+14237DA216>107 D<01E01FC001C001C001C0038003800380038007000700070007000E
+000E000E000E001C001C001C001C0038003800380038007000700070007100E200E200E2
+00E200640038000B237CA20C>I<1C0F80F8002610C10C00476066060087807807008780
+780700870070070087007007000E00E00E000E00E00E000E00E00E000E00E00E001C01C0
+1C001C01C01C001C01C01C001C01C0382038038038403803807040380380708038038030
+8070070031003003001E0024157B9428>I<1C0F002631C04740C08780E08780E08700E0
+8700E00E01C00E01C00E01C00E01C01C03801C03801C03801C0704380708380E08380E10
+3806107006203003C017157B941B>I<007E0001C3000381800701C00E01C01C01E03C01
+E03801E07801E07801E07801E0F003C0F003C0F00380F00780700700700E00700C003018
+0018700007C00013157B9419>I<01C1F002621804741C08780C08700E08700E08701E00
+E01E00E01E00E01E00E01E01C03C01C03C01C03C01C07803807003807003C0E003C1C007
+2380071E000700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C0000FFC00017
+1F7F9419>I<1C1F002620804741C08783C08703C08701808700000E00000E00000E0000
+0E00001C00001C00001C00001C000038000038000038000038000070000030000013157B
+9415>114 D<00FC000183000200800401800C03800C03000C00000F00000FF00007FC00
+03FE00003E00000F00000700700700F00600F00600E004004008002030001FC00011157D
+9414>I<00C001C001C001C001C003800380038003800700FFF8070007000E000E000E00
+0E001C001C001C001C003800380038003810702070207040708031001E000D1F7C9E10>
+I<1E00602300E04380E04381C08381C08701C08701C00703800E03800E03800E03801C07
+001C07001C07001C07081C0E10180E101C0E101C1E200C262007C3C016157B941A>I<1E
+03802307C04387C04383C08381C08700C08700C00700800E00800E00800E00801C01001C
+01001C01001C02001C02001C04001C08001C08000C300003C00013157B9416>I<1E0030
+2300704380704380E08380E08700E08700E00701C00E01C00E01C00E01C01C03801C0380
+1C03801C03801C07001C07001C07001C0F000C3E0003CE00000E00000E00001C00601C00
+F03800F03000E0600080C0004380003E0000151F7B9418>121 D
+E /Ff 32 122 df<0001E000000006100000000C100000001C1000000018100000003810
+000000381000000030100000003020000000702000000070400000007080000000710000
+00007200000000720000000074007FE00038001F000038000E00007800080000B8000800
+013C001000021C002000041C0040000C1E004000180E008000380F010000780702000070
+07840000F003840000F003C80000F001D00100F001E00100F000E002007801F006003802
+380C001C1C1C180007E007E00023257DA326>38 D<060F1F1F0E00000000000000000000
+003078F8787008157C940E>58 D<0000040000000006000000000E000000001E00000000
+1E000000003E000000003F000000004F000000004F000000008F000000008F000000010F
+000000010780000002078000000207800000040780000004078000000807C000000803C0
+00001003C000001003C000002003C000003FFFE000004001E000004001E000008001E000
+008001E000010001E000010000F000020000F000060000F000040000F0000C0000F0003E
+0001F800FF800FFF8021237EA225>65 D<0001FC02000F0306003C008C0070005C00E000
+3C01C0003C0380001C0700001C0F0000181E0000181E0000083E0000083C0000087C0000
+087C000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F0000000F0000000F00000
+00F0000020F0000020F0000040F80000407800004078000080380001003C0001001C0002
+000E000C000700100001C0E000003F00001F247AA223>67 D<03FFFFC000003E00F00000
+3C003C00003C001E00003C000E00003C000F00003C000780007800078000780007800078
+0007C000780003C000780003C000780007C000F00007C000F00007C000F00007C000F000
+07C000F00007C000F00007C001E0000F8001E0000F8001E0000F8001E0000F0001E0001F
+0001E0001E0003C0001E0003C0003C0003C000780003C000700003C000E00003C001C000
+078007800007C01E0000FFFFF8000022227EA125>I<03FFFFFF003E001F003C000E003C
+0006003C0002003C0002003C000200780002007800020078000200780202007802000078
+060000F0040000F0040000F01C0000FFFC0000F01C0000F00C0001E0080001E0080001E0
+080001E0080201E0000401E0000403C0000403C0000803C0000803C0001803C0001003C0
+0030078000F007C003E0FFFFFFE020227EA121>I<03FFFFFF003E001F003C000E003C00
+06003C0002003C0002003C00020078000200780002007800020078020200780200007806
+0000F0040000F0040000F01C0000FFFC0000F01C0000F00C0001E0080001E0080001E008
+0001E0080001E0000001E0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C000
+0007C0000007C00000FFFE000020227EA120>I<03FFF0003E00003C00003C00003C0000
+3C00003C0000780000780000780000780000780000780000F00000F00000F00000F00000
+F00000F00001E00001E00001E00001E00001E00001E00003C00003C00003C00003C00003
+C00003C00007800007C000FFFC0014227EA112>73 D<03FE00000FF8003E00001F80002F
+00001F00002F00002F00002F00002F00002F00004F00002F00004F00004780009E000047
+80009E00004780011E00004780011E00004780021E000043C0041E000083C0043C000083
+C0083C000083C0083C000083C0103C000081E0103C000081E0203C000101E02078000101
+E04078000101E04078000100F08078000100F08078000100F10078000200F100F0000200
+F200F00002007C00F00002007C00F00002007800F00006007800F00006007001E0001F00
+3001F000FFE0203FFF002D227EA12D>77 D<03FFFFC0003E00F0003C0078003C003C003C
+003E003C001E003C003E0078003E0078003E0078003E0078003E0078003C0078007C00F0
+007800F000F000F001E000F0078000FFFE0000F0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E0
+000001E0000001E0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C000000780
+000007C00000FFFC00001F227EA121>80 D<000FC0800030318000C00B00018007000380
+07000300030007000300070003000E0002000E0002000F0002000F0000000F0000000F80
+000007E0000007FE000003FFC00001FFE000007FF000000FF8000000F800000078000000
+3C0000003C0000003C0020003C0040003800400038004000380060003000600070006000
+6000F000C000E8018000C607000081FC000019247DA21B>83 D<1FFFFFFE3C03E03E3803
+C00C3003C0042003C0046003C0044003C00440078004C007800480078004800780040007
+800000078000000F0000000F0000000F0000000F0000000F0000000F0000001E0000001E
+0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C
+0000003C0000007C000000FC00003FFFF0001F227AA123>I<03FFE01FF8003F800FC000
+1F000700001F000600000F000400000F80080000078010000007C020000003C060000003
+E040000001E080000001F100000000F200000000FC000000007C000000007C000000003C
+000000003E000000005E000000009F000000010F000000030F80000002078000000407C0
+00000803C000001003E000002001E000006001F000004000F000008000F8000100007800
+0300007C001F8000FC00FFE007FFC025227FA125>88 D<03FC000606000F03000F038006
+01800001C0000380000380007F8003E3800F03801C0380380700780700F00708F00708F0
+0F08F00F08F017107867A01F83C015157D9418>97 D<0780003F80000700000700000700
+000700000700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00001C3F001CC1801D00
+C01E00601C00701C00703800783800783800783800783800783800787000F07000F07000
+E07001E07001C0700380E80700C61C0081F00015237BA21B>I<00FF000381C00603C00C
+03C01C0180380000780000700000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000E00000F00000F0
+00807001007001003806001C180007E00012157C9416>I<00FE000383800701C00C00E0
+1C00E03800E07800E07000E0FFFFE0F00000F00000F00000F00000E00000E00000F00040
+7000803000801803000E0C0003F00013157D9416>101 D<0003E0000E30001C700038F0
+00307000700000700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0003FFE0001C000
+01C00001C00001C00001C000038000038000038000038000038000038000070000070000
+0700000700000700000700000E00000F0000FFF00014237FA20F>I<00000780001F8880
+0070D18000E0E18001C0700003C0700003C070000780F0000780F0000780F0000780E000
+0381E0000181C00002C30000027E00000400000004000000040000000600000007FF8000
+07FFE00007FFF0001C007800300018006000180060001800C0001800C0001800C0003000
+600060003000C0001C07800003FC00001921809518>I<00780003F80000700000700000
+700000700000700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00001C3F001CC1801
+D00C01E00E01E00E01C00E03C01C03801C03801C03801C03801C03801C07003807003807
+00380700380700380700380E00700F0078FFE7FF18237FA21B>I<007000F001F000F000
+E00000000000000000000000000000000001C00FC001C001C001C001C003800380038003
+80038003800700070007000700070007000E000F00FFE00C227FA10E>I<0078000003F8
+000000700000007000000070000000700000007000000070000000E0000000E0000000E0
+000000E0000000E0000000E0000001C07FC001C03E0001C0380001C0300001C0400001C0
+80000383000003840000038E000003BE000003CF00000387000007078000070380000701
+C0000701C0000700E0000700F0000E00F0000F00F800FFE3FE001A237FA21A>107
+D<007803F800700070007000700070007000E000E000E000E000E000E001C001C001C001
+C001C001C00380038003800380038003800700070007000700070007000E000F00FFE00D
+237FA20E>I<01C1F807E01FC60C183001D80E603801E007801C01E007801C01C007001C
+03C00F003803800E003803800E003803800E003803800E003803800E003807001C007007
+001C007007001C007007001C007007001C007007001C00700E003800E00F003C00F0FFE3
+FF8FFE27157F942A>I<01C3F01FCC1801D00C01E00E01E00E01C00E03C01C03801C0380
+1C03801C03801C03801C0700380700380700380700380700380700380E00700F0078FFE7
+FF18157F941B>I<007E000383800600C00C00E01C0070380070780078700078F00078F0
+0078F00078F00078E000F0E000F0E000E0F001E07001C07003803807001C1C0007F00015
+157D9418>I<00E1F8000FE60C0000E8060000F0070000E0038000E0038001C003C001C0
+03C001C003C001C003C001C003C001C003C003800780038007800380070003800F000380
+1E0003801C00074038000730E000070F80000700000007000000070000000E0000000E00
+00000E0000000E0000000E0000001E000000FFC000001A1F80941B>I<01C7C01FC8E001
+D1E001E1E001E0C001C00003C00003800003800003800003800003800007000007000007
+00000700000700000700000E00000F0000FFF00013157F9413>114
+D<01F906070C0318031801180118021C001FE00FF807FC007E000E400640064006600660
+0CE008D83087C010157E9413>I<008000800080018001000300030007000F001F00FFF8
+0E000E000E000E000E001C001C001C001C001C001C003810381038103810381038203820
+1C4007800D1F7C9E13>I<0E0070FE07F00E00F00E00700E00700E00701C00E01C00E01C
+00E01C00E01C00E01C00E03801C03801C03801C03801C03803C03805C0380B801C13C007
+E3F815157C941B>I<0FFC0FE001E0078000E0030000E0020000E0040000E00400007008
+0000700800007010000070300000782000003840000038400000388000003C8000001D00
+00001D0000001E0000001C0000000C000000080000000800000010000000100000002000
+0000400000F0400000F0800000F1000000C20000003C0000001B1F80941A>121
+D E /Fg 88 127 df<701CF01EF01EF01EF01EF01EF01EF01E701C701C701C701C701C60
+0C0F0E7B9D1A>34 D<01818003C3C003C3C003C3C003C3C003C3C003C3C07FFFF0FFFFF8
+FFFFF8FFFFF80787800787800787800F8F800F0F000F0F000F0F000F0F00FFFFF8FFFFF8
+FFFFF87FFFF01E1E001E1E001E1E001E1E001E1E001E1E000C0C00151E7E9D1A>I<0060
+0000E00000E00000E00000E00003F8000FFE001FFF803CE7C078E1C070E0E0E0E0E0E0E1
+E0E0E1E0E0E0C070E00078E0003FE0001FF00007FC0000FF0000EF8000E3C000E1C000E0
+E0F0E0E0F0E0E0F0E0E0E0E0E070E1C078E3C03CEF801FFF000FFE0003F00000E00000E0
+0000E00000600013277DA21A>I<1800C03C01E07E01E07E03E0E703C0E703C0E707C0E7
+0780E70F80E70F00E70F007E1F007E1E003C1E00183E00003C00007C0000780000780000
+F80000F00000F00001F00001E00003E00003C00003C0C007C3F00783F00787380F87380F
+07381F07381E07381E07383E07383C03F03C03F01800C015277EA21A>I<00E00003F000
+07F8000738000E1C000E1C000E1C000E1C000E38000E39FC0E71FC07F1FC07E1C007C1C0
+0781C00783800F83801F83803DC70079E70070EE00E07E00E07E00E03C08E03C1CF07E1C
+70FF1C3FE7F83FC3F80F00E0161E7F9D1A>I<183C3E1E0E0E0E0E0E1C3C38F0F0C0070F
+779D1A>I<0038007800F001E003C007800F000E001C001C0038003800700070007000E0
+00E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000700070007000380038001C001C000E000F
+00078003C001E000F8007800380D2878A21A>I<6000F00078003C001E000F0007800380
+01C001C000E000E000700070007000380038003800380038003800380038003800380070
+0070007000E000E001C001C0038007800F001E003C007800F00060000D287CA21A>I<00
+E00000E00000E00000E00040E040F0E1E0F8E3E07EEFC01FFF0007FC0003F80007FC001F
+FF007EEFC0F8E3E0F0E1E040E04000E00000E00000E00000E00013157D991A>I<003000
+0078000078000078000078000078000078000078000078007FFFF0FFFFF8FFFFF87FFFF0
+00780000780000780000780000780000780000780000780000300015167E991A>I<183E
+7E7F3F1F070E0E1CFCF8E0080D77851A>I<7FFFC0FFFFE0FFFFE07FFFC013047D901A>I<
+3078FCFC7830060676851A>I<0000C00001E00001E00003E00003C00007C0000780000F
+80000F00000F00001F00001E00003E00003C00007C0000780000780000F80000F00001F0
+0001E00003E00003C00003C00007C0000780000F80000F00001F00001E00001E00003E00
+003C00007C0000780000F80000F00000F0000060000013277DA21A>I<01F00007FC000F
+FE001F1F001C07003803803803807001C07001C07001C0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E0
+00E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0F001E07001C07001C07803C03803803C07801C07001F
+1F000FFE0007FC0001F000131E7D9D1A>I<00C001C001C003C007C00FC07FC0FDC071C0
+01C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C0
+7FFF7FFF7FFF101E7B9D1A>I<03F0000FFC001FFF003C0F807803C07001C0E000E0F000
+E0F000E06000E00000E00000E00001C00001C0000380000780000F00000E00003C00007C
+0000F00001E00003C0000780000F00001E00E03C00E07FFFE0FFFFE07FFFE0131E7D9D1A
+>I<01FC0007FF001FFF801E03C03C01C03C00E03C00E00000E00000E00001C00003C000
+078001FF0001FF0001FFC00003E00000F0000070000078000038000038600038F00038F0
+0078E000707000F07E03E03FFFC00FFF0001FC00151E7E9D1A>I<000F80001F80003B80
+003B8000738000F38000E38001C38003C3800383800783800F03800E03801E03803C0380
+380380780380F00380FFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFFE000380000380000380000380000380000380
+003FF8007FFC003FF8171E7F9D1A>I<3FFFC07FFFC07FFFC07000007000007000007000
+0070000070000070000070000071F8007FFE007FFF007E07807803C03001C00001C00000
+E00000E00000E06000E0F000E0F001C0E001C07003807C0F803FFF000FFC0003F000131E
+7D9D1A>I<007E0001FF8003FFC00781E00F01E01E01E03C00C038000070000070000070
+0000E1F800E7FE00FFFF00FE0780F803C0F001C0F000E0F000E0E000E0F000E07000E070
+00E07001C03801C03C03801E0F800FFF0007FC0001F000131E7D9D1A>I<E00000FFFFF8
+FFFFF8FFFFF0E000E0E001C00003C0000780000F00000E00001C00001C00003800003800
+00700000700000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C00001C000038000038000038000
+038000038000038000038000038000151F7E9E1A>I<01FC0007FF001FFFC01F07C03C01
+E07800F07000707000707000707800F03800E01E03C00FFF8003FE0007FF001F8FC03C01
+E07800F0700070E00038E00038E00038E00038F000787000707800F03E03E01FFFC007FF
+0001FC00151E7E9D1A>I<01F00007FC001FFE003E0F003807807003807001C0E001C0E0
+01C0E001E0E000E0E000E0E001E07001E07803E03C0FE01FFFE00FFCE003F0E00001C000
+01C00001C0000380600380F00700F00F00F03E007FFC003FF0000FC000131E7D9D1A>I<
+3078FCFC78300000000000000000003078FCFC7830061576941A>I<183C7E7E3C180000
+00000000000000183C7E7E3E1E0E0E1C3CF8F0C0071C77941A>I<0000C00003E00007E0
+000FC0003F80007E0000FC0003F80007E0000FC0003F80007E0000FC0000FC00007E0000
+3F80000FC00007E00003F80000FC00007E00003F80000FC00007E00003E00000C0131A7D
+9B1A>I<7FFFF0FFFFF8FFFFF87FFFF00000000000000000000000007FFFF0FFFFF8FFFF
+F87FFFF0150C7E941A>I<600000F80000FC00007E00003F80000FC00007E00003F80000
+FC00007E00003F80000FC00007E00007E0000FC0003F80007E0000FC0003F80007E0000F
+C0003F80007E0000FC0000F80000600000131A7D9B1A>I<003E0001FF8003FFC007C1E0
+0F00E01E0F703C3FF0387FF07070F870E07870E078E1C038E1C038E1C038E1C038E1C038
+E1C038E1C038E1C03870E07070E0707070E0387FE03C3FC01E0F000F003807C0F803FFF0
+01FFE0003F00151E7E9D1A>64 D<003800007C00007C00006C0000EE0000EE0000EE0000
+C60000C60001C70001C70001C70001C7000383800383800383800383800701C00701C007
+FFC007FFC00FFFE00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E01C00707F01FCFF83FE7F01FC171E7F9D
+1A>I<FFFE00FFFF80FFFFC01C03E01C00E01C00F01C00701C00701C00701C00701C00E0
+1C01E01C07C01FFF801FFF801FFFC01C01E01C00F01C00701C00381C00381C00381C0038
+1C00381C00781C00F01C01F0FFFFE0FFFFC0FFFF00151E7E9D1A>I<007C3801FF3807FF
+F80F83F81E00F81C0078380078380038700038700038700000E00000E00000E00000E000
+00E00000E00000E00000E000007000007000387000383800383800381C00701E00F00F83
+E007FFC001FF80007C00151E7E9D1A>I<7FFE00FFFF007FFF801C07C01C01E01C00F01C
+00701C00781C00381C00381C003C1C001C1C001C1C001C1C001C1C001C1C001C1C001C1C
+001C1C003C1C00381C00381C00781C00701C00F01C01E01C07C07FFFC0FFFF007FFE0016
+1E7F9D1A>I<FFFFF8FFFFF8FFFFF81C00381C00381C00381C00381C00001C00001C0000
+1C0E001C0E001C0E001FFE001FFE001FFE001C0E001C0E001C0E001C00001C00001C0000
+1C001C1C001C1C001C1C001C1C001CFFFFFCFFFFFCFFFFFC161E7E9D1A>I<7FFFFCFFFF
+FC7FFFFC0E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E00000E00000E00000E03800E03800E03800FFF
+800FFF800FFF800E03800E03800E03800E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00
+000E00007FE000FFE0007FE000161E7F9D1A>I<00F8E003FEE007FFE00F07E01E03E03C
+01E03800E07000E07000E07000E0E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00FF8E0
+0FF8E00FF8E000E07000E07000E07001E03801E03C03E01E03E00F07E007FFE003FEE000
+F8E0151E7E9D1A>I<FF83FEFF83FEFF83FE1C00701C00701C00701C00701C00701C0070
+1C00701C00701C00701C00701FFFF01FFFF01FFFF01C00701C00701C00701C00701C0070
+1C00701C00701C00701C00701C00701C0070FF83FEFF83FEFF83FE171E7F9D1A>I<FFFF
+80FFFF80FFFF8001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C0
+0001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C0
+0001C00001C000FFFF80FFFF80FFFF80111E7C9D1A>I<01FFC003FFC001FFC0000E0000
+0E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0000
+0E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00600E00F00E00F01E00F03C007FF8003F
+F0000FC000121E7C9D1A>I<7F03F8FF87FC7F03F81C01E01C03C01C03801C07001C0F00
+1C1E001C1C001C38001C78001CF0001CF8001DF8001FDC001F9C001F0E001E0F001E0700
+1C07801C03801C01C01C01C01C00E01C00E01C00707F00FCFF81FE7F00FC171E7F9D1A>
+I<7FE000FFF0007FE0000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00
+000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E001C0E00
+1C0E001C0E001C0E001C7FFFFCFFFFFC7FFFFC161E7F9D1A>I<7E003F00FF007F807F00
+7F001D80DC001D80DC001D80DC001DC1DC001DC1DC001CC19C001CC19C001CE39C001CE3
+9C001C631C001C771C001C771C001C361C001C361C001C3E1C001C1C1C001C1C1C001C00
+1C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C007F007F00FF80FF807F00
+7F00191E809D1A>I<FE03FEFF03FEFF03FE1D80701D80701DC0701CC0701CC0701CE070
+1CE0701C60701C70701C70701C30701C38701C38701C18701C1C701C1C701C0C701C0E70
+1C0E701C06701C06701C07701C03701C0370FF81F0FF81F0FF80F0171E7F9D1A>I<0FFE
+003FFF807FFFC07C07C07001C0F001E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000
+E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0F001E0F001
+E07001C07C07C07FFFC03FFF800FFE00131E7D9D1A>I<FFFE00FFFF80FFFFC01C03E01C
+00F01C00701C00781C00381C00381C00381C00381C00781C00701C00F01C03E01FFFC01F
+FF801FFE001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C0000FF8000FF
+8000FF8000151E7E9D1A>I<FFFC00FFFF00FFFF801C07C01C01E01C00F01C00701C0070
+1C00701C00701C00F01C01E01C07C01FFF801FFF001FFF801C07C01C01C01C00E01C00E0
+1C00E01C00E01C00E01C00E21C00E71C00E71C00E7FF807EFF807EFF8038181E7F9D1A>
+82 D<03F1C00FFDC03FFFC07C0FC07003C0E003C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E00000700000
+7800003F00001FF00007FE0000FF00000F800003C00001C00000E00000E06000E0E000E0
+E000E0E001C0F001C0FC0780FFFF80EFFE00E3F800131E7D9D1A>I<7FFFFEFFFFFEFFFF
+FEE0380EE0380EE0380EE0380E0038000038000038000038000038000038000038000038
+000038000038000038000038000038000038000038000038000038000038000038000038
+0003FF8003FF8003FF80171E7F9D1A>I<FF83FEFF83FEFF83FE1C00701C00701C00701C
+00701C00701C00701C00701C00701C00701C00701C00701C00701C00701C00701C00701C
+00701C00701C00701C00701C00700E00E00E00E00701C00783C003FF8001FF00007C0017
+1E7F9D1A>I<FF01FEFF01FEFF01FE1C00701C00701C00701E00F00E00E00E00E00E00E0
+0701C00701C00701C00701C003838003838003838003838001C70001C70001C70001C700
+00C60000EE0000EE0000EE00006C00007C00007C00003800171E7F9D1A>I<FE00FEFF01
+FEFE00FE70001C78003C380038380038380038380038380038380038380038387C381C7C
+701CEE701CEE701CEE701CEE701CEE701CC6701CC6700DC7600DC7600DC7600D83600D83
+600D83600F83E00F83E00701C0171E7F9D1A>I<7F87F87F87F87F87F80F01C007038007
+838003870003C70001CE0001EE0000FC0000FC00007800007800007800007C00007C0000
+FE0000EE0001CF0001C7000387800383800703C00701C00E00E00E00E07F01FCFF83FE7F
+01FC171E7F9D1A>I<FF01FEFF01FEFF01FE1C00700E00E00E00E00701C00701C00783C0
+03838003C78001C70001C70000EE0000EE00007C00007C00003800003800003800003800
+00380000380000380000380000380000380001FF0001FF0001FF00171E7F9D1A>I<FFF8
+FFF8FFF8E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000
+E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000FFF8
+FFF8FFF80D2776A21A>91 D<600000F00000F00000F800007800007C00003C00003E0000
+1E00001E00001F00000F00000F800007800007C00003C00003C00003E00001E00001F000
+00F00000F800007800007800007C00003C00003E00001E00001F00000F00000F00000F80
+0007800007C00003C00003E00001E00001E00000C013277DA21A>I<FFF8FFF8FFF80038
+003800380038003800380038003800380038003800380038003800380038003800380038
+00380038003800380038003800380038003800380038003800380038FFF8FFF8FFF80D27
+7EA21A>I<7FFFC0FFFFE0FFFFE07FFFC013047D7E1A>95 D<061E1E387870E0E0E0E0E0
+F0F87830070F76A11A>I<1FF0003FFC007FFE00780F00300700000380000380007F8007
+FF801FFF803F8380780380700380E00380E00380E00380700780780F803FFFFC1FFDFC07
+F0FC16157D941A>I<FE0000FE0000FE00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0000
+0E3E000EFF800FFFE00FC1F00F80700F00380E00380E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C
+0E001C0E001C0F00380F00780F80F00FC1E00FFFC00EFF80063E00161E7F9D1A>I<00FF
+8003FFC00FFFE01F01E03C00C0780000700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00000E000
+007000007000007800703C00701F01F00FFFE003FFC000FE0014157D941A>I<001FC000
+1FC0001FC00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C001F1C007FDC00FFFC01E0FC03C
+07C07803C07001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C07003C07003C038
+07C03E0FC01FFFFC07FDFC01F1FC161E7E9D1A>I<01F80007FF000FFF801E07C03C01C0
+7800E07000E0E00070E00070FFFFF0FFFFF0FFFFF0E000007000007000007800703C0070
+1F01F00FFFE003FFC000FE0014157D941A>I<0007E0001FF0003FF800787800F03000E0
+0000E00000E00000E0007FFFF0FFFFF0FFFFF000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0
+0000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0003FFF807FFFC03FFF
+80151E7F9D1A>I<01F87C07FFFE0FFFFE1E078C1C03803801C03801C03801C03801C038
+01C01C03801E07801FFF001FFE0039F8003800003800001C00001FFF801FFFE03FFFF878
+007C70001CE0000EE0000EE0000EE0000E70001C78003C3E00F81FFFF007FFC001FF0017
+217F941A>I<FE0000FE0000FE00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E3E00
+0EFF800FFFC00FC1C00F80E00F00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E0
+0E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E0FFE3FEFFE7FEFFE3FE171E7F9D1A>I<00C00001E0
+0001E00000C0000000000000000000000000000000000000007FE0007FE0007FE00000E0
+0000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0
+0000E00000E0007FFF80FFFFC07FFF80121F7C9E1A>I<000C001E001E000C0000000000
+000000000000000FFE0FFE0FFE000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E00
+0E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E001C601CF038FFF87FF01FC00F
+2A7E9E1A>I<FE0000FE0000FE00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0FFC
+0E1FFE0E0FFC0E03C00E07800E0F000E1E000E3C000E78000EFC000FFC000FDE000F8F00
+0E07800E03800E01C00E01E00E00F0FFE3FEFFE3FFFFE3FE181E7F9D1A>I<FFE000FFE0
+00FFE00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0
+0000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0
+0000E000FFFFE0FFFFE0FFFFE0131E7D9D1A>I<7CE0E000FFFBF8007FFFF8001F1F1C00
+1E1E1C001E1E1C001C1C1C001C1C1C001C1C1C001C1C1C001C1C1C001C1C1C001C1C1C00
+1C1C1C001C1C1C001C1C1C001C1C1C001C1C1C007F1F1F00FF9F9F807F1F1F0019158094
+1A>I<FE3E00FEFF80FFFFC00FC1C00F80E00F00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E0
+0E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E0FFE3FEFFE7FEFFE3FE17157F941A>
+I<01F00007FC001FFF003E0F803C07807803C07001C0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000
+E0E000E0F001E07001C07803C03C07803E0F801FFF0007FC0001F00013157D941A>I<FE
+3E00FEFF80FFFFE00FC1F00F80700F00380E00380E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E
+001C0E001C0F00380F00780F80F00FC1E00FFFC00EFF800E3E000E00000E00000E00000E
+00000E00000E00000E00000E0000FFE000FFE000FFE00016207F941A>I<01F8E007FEE0
+0FFFE01E07E03C03E07801E07001E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E000E0E001E0
+7001E07803E03C03E01E0FE00FFFE007FCE001F0E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0
+0000E00000E00000E0000FFE000FFE000FFE17207E941A>I<7F83F0FF8FF87FBFFC03FC
+3C03F01803E00003C00003C0000380000380000380000380000380000380000380000380
+000380000380007FFF00FFFF007FFF0016157E941A>I<07FB801FFF807FFF80780780E0
+0380E00380E003807800007FC0003FFC0007FE00003F800007806001C0E001C0E001C0F0
+03C0FC0780FFFF00EFFE00E3F80012157C941A>I<00C00001C00001C00001C00001C000
+01C00001C0007FFFE0FFFFE0FFFFE001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C000
+01C00001C00001C00001C07001C07001C07001C07000E0E000FFE0007FC0001F00141C7F
+9B1A>I<FE0FE0FE0FE0FE0FE00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00
+E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E01E00F03E007FFFE03FFFE00FCFE17157F941A
+>I<7F83FCFFC7FE7F83FC0E00E00E00E00E00E00701C00701C00701C003838003838003
+838001C70001C70001C70000EE0000EE0000EE00007C00007C0000380017157F941A>I<
+FF83FEFFC7FEFF83FE3800383800381C00701C00701C00701C38701C7C701C7C700E6CE0
+0E6CE00EEEE00EEEE00EEEE00EC6E006C6C007C7C007C7C003838017157F941A>I<7FC7
+F87FCFFC7FC7F80703C003838003C70001EF0000FE00007C00007800003800007C0000EE
+0001EE0001C7000383800783C00F01C07FC7FCFFC7FE7FC7FC17157F941A>I<7FC3FCFF
+C7FE7FC3FC0E00E00E00E00700E00701C00781C00381C003838003C38001C38001C70000
+E70000E70000E600006600006E00003C00003C00003C0000380000380000380000700000
+700030700078E00071E0007FC0003F80001E000017207F941A>I<7FFFF0FFFFF0FFFFF0
+E001E0E003C0E00780000F00001E00003C0000780000F00001E00003C0000780000F0038
+1E00383C0038780038FFFFF8FFFFF8FFFFF815157E941A>I<0007E0001FE0003FE00078
+0000F00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0
+0001E00003C000FF8000FF0000FF800003C00001E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0
+0000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000F000007800003FE0001FE00007E01327
+7DA21A>I<7C0000FF0000FF800003C00001E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000
+E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000F000007800003FE0001FE0003FE000780000
+F00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00001
+E00003C000FF8000FF00007C000013277DA21A>125 D<0703001F87803FCF80F9FE00F0
+FC0060700011067C9D1A>I E /Fh 12 121 df<FFFFFC00FFFFFF0007800FC0078003E0
+078001F0078001F0078000F8078000F8078000F8078000F8078000F8078000F0078001F0
+078003E0078007C007801F0007FFFF00078007C0078001E0078000F0078000F807800078
+0780007C0780007C0780007C0780007C0780007C07800078078000F8078001F0078003F0
+07800FE0FFFFFF80FFFFFE001E227CA126>66 D<FFFCFFFC078007800780078007800780
+078007800780078007800780078007800780078007800780078007800780078007800780
+078007800780078007800780FFFCFFFC0E227DA114>73 D<FFFFF800FFFFFF0007800F80
+078003C0078001E0078001F0078000F0078000F8078000F8078000F8078000F8078000F8
+078000F0078001F0078001E0078003C007800F8007FFFE00078000000780000007800000
+078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000
+0780000007800000FFFC0000FFFC00001D227CA125>80 D<01F80807FF181E07983800F8
+300078700038600018E00018E00008E00008E00008F000007800007C00003F00003FF800
+1FFF0007FFC001FFE0001FF00001F800007800003800003C00001C80001C80001C80001C
+80001CC00018E00038E00030F80070CF01E0C7FF8080FE0016247CA21E>83
+D<00040000000E0000000E0000000E0000001F0000001F0000003F800000278000002780
+000043C0000043C0000043C0000081E0000081E0000101F0000100F0000100F00003FFF8
+000200780006007C0004003C0004003C000C001E000C001E003C003F00FF00FFE01B1A7F
+991F>97 D<FFFF800F00E00F00700F00380F003C0F003C0F003C0F003C0F003C0F00780F
+00700F01E00FFFC00F00F00F00380F003C0F001C0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001C0F
+003C0F00780F00F0FFFFC0171A7E991D>I<003F0201C0C603002E0E001E1C000E1C0006
+380006780002700002700002F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000700002700002
+7800023800041C00041C00080E000803003001C0C0003F00171A7E991D>I<FFF00F000F
+000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F000F
+000F000F000F000F00FFF00C1A7F990F>105 D<FFF0000F80000F00000F00000F00000F
+00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F
+00100F00100F00100F00300F00200F00600F00600F01E0FFFFE0141A7E991A>108
+D<007F800001C0E000070038000E001C001C000E003C000F003800070078000780700003
+8070000380F00003C0F00003C0F00003C0F00003C0F00003C0F00003C0F00003C0780007
+8078000780380007003C000F001C000E000E001C000700380001C0E000007F80001A1A7E
+9920>111 D<FFFE00000F03C0000F00E0000F00F0000F0078000F0078000F0078000F00
+78000F0078000F00F0000F00E0000F03C0000FFE00000F0380000F01E0000F00E0000F00
+F0000F00F0000F00F0000F00F0000F00F0000F00F0000F00F0400F0070400F003880FFF0
+1F001A1A7E991E>114 D<7FE07F800FC03E000F80180007C0100003C0200003E0600001
+F0400000F0800000790000007D0000003E0000001E0000001F0000000F00000017800000
+37C0000023C0000041E0000081F0000180F0000100780002007C0006003C000E003E001E
+003F00FF80FFE01B1A7F991F>120 D E /Fi 16 122 df<70F8F8F87005057C840E>58
+D<007FC003FF0007C000780007C000600005E000200009E000400009E000400008F00040
+0008F000400010F800800010780080001078008000103C008000203C010000203E010000
+201E010000201E010000400F020000400F020000400F0200004007820000800784000080
+07C400008003C400008003C400010001E800010001E800010001F800010000F800020000
+F0000200007000020000700006000070000F00002000FFE000200028227EA127>78
+D<00786001C4E00302E00601C00E01C01C01C03C01C0380380780380780380780380F007
+00F00700F00700F00708F00E10700E10701E1030262018C6200F01C015157E941A>97
+D<03C0003F80000380000380000380000700000700000700000700000E00000E00000E00
+000E00001C00001C78001D8E001E07003C07003803803803803807807007807007807007
+80700780E00F00E00F00E00F00E01E00E01C00601C0060380030700030C0000F00001123
+7DA215>I<003F0000E0800380C00701C00E03C01C03C03C00003C000078000078000078
+0000F00000F00000F00000F000007000407000403001803802001C1C0007E00012157E94
+15>I<00001E0001FC00001C00001C00001C000038000038000038000038000070000070
+0000700000700000E00078E001C4E00302E00601C00E01C01C01C03C01C0380380780380
+780380780380F00700F00700F00700F00708F00E10700E10701E1030262018C6200F01C0
+17237EA219>I<007C000382000701000E01001C0100380100780200700400FFF800F000
+00F00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00080E000807003003004001838000FC0001115
+7D9417>I<00001E00000063800000C7800001C7800001C3000001800000038000000380
+0000038000000380000007000000070000000700000007000000FFF800000E0000000E00
+00000E0000000E0000000E0000000E0000001C0000001C0000001C0000001C0000001C00
+000038000000380000003800000038000000380000007000000070000000700000007000
+000060000000E0000000E0000000E0000000C0000070C00000F1800000F1000000620000
+003C000000192D7EA218>I<000F0C00389C00605C00C03801C038038038078038070070
+0F00700F00700F00701E00E01E00E01E00E01E00E01E01C00E01C00E03C00605C0031B80
+01E380000380000380000700000700000700700E00F00C00F018006070003FC000161F80
+9417>I<00F0000FE00000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C00001C0000380000380
+00038000038000070000071F0007218007C0C00F00E00F00E00E00E00E00E01C01C01C01
+C01C01C01C01C0380380380380380700380704700708700E08700E08700610E006206003
+C016237DA21C>I<00F0000FE00000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C00001C00003
+80000380000380000380000700000700F00703080704380E08780E10780E20300E40001C
+80001F00001FC0001C7000383800383800381C00381C10703820703820703820701840E0
+0C8060070015237DA219>107 D<3C07C000461860004720300087403800878038008700
+3800870038000E0070000E0070000E0070000E0070001C00E0001C00E0001C01C0001C01
+C1003801C200380382003803820038018400700188003000F00019157E941D>110
+D<003E0000C1800380C00700E00E00E01C00F03C00F03C00F07800F07800F07800F0F001
+E0F001E0F001C0F003C0700380700700700600381C001C380007E00014157E9417>I<00
+6000E000E000E000E001C001C001C001C00380FFFC0380038007000700070007000E000E
+000E000E001C001C001C001C08381038103820182018C007000E1F7F9E12>116
+D<01E0F006310C081A1C101A3C201C3C201C18201C000038000038000038000038000070
+0000700000700000700860E010F0E010F0E020E170404230803C1F0016157E941C>120
+D<1E00302300704380704380E08380E08380E08700E00701C00E01C00E01C00E01C01C03
+801C03801C03801C03801C07001C07001C07001C0F000C3E0003CE00000E00000E00001C
+00601C00F03800F03000E0600080C0004180003E0000151F7E9418>I
+E /Fj 5 111 df<FFFFFFFCFFFFFFFC1E027C8C27>0 D<03F0000FFC001FFE003FFF007F
+FF807FFF80FFFFC0FFFFC0FFFFC0FFFFC0FFFFC0FFFFC0FFFFC0FFFFC07FFF807FFF803F
+FF001FFE000FFC0003F00012147D9519>15 D<000F0038007000E001C001C001C001C001
+C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C0038007001E00F0001E0007
+00038001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001
+C000E000700038000F10317CA419>102 D<F0001E000700038001C001C001C001C001C0
+01C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C000E000700038000F00380070
+00E001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C001C0
+038007001E00F00010317CA419>I<C00000C00000E00000600000600000700000300000
+3000003800001800001800001C00000C00000C00000E0000060000060000070000030000
+03000003800001800001800001C00000C00000E000006000006000007000003000003000
+003800001800001800001C00000C00000C00000E00000600000600000700000300000300
+0003800001800001800001C00000C00000C012317DA419>110 D
+E /Fk 87 125 df<001F83E000706E3000C07C780180F8780380F0780700700007007000
+07007000070070000700700007007000070070000700700007007000FFFFFFC007007000
+070070000700700007007000070070000700700007007000070070000700700007007000
+070070000700700007007000070070000700700007007000070070000700700007007800
+7FE3FF801D2380A21C>11 D<001FC0000070200000C01000018038000380780007007800
+0700300007000000070000000700000007000000070000000700000007000000FFFFF800
+070078000700380007003800070038000700380007003800070038000700380007003800
+070038000700380007003800070038000700380007003800070038000700380007003800
+070038007FE1FF80192380A21B>I<001FD8000070380000C07800018078000380780007
+0038000700380007003800070038000700380007003800070038000700380007003800FF
+FFF800070038000700380007003800070038000700380007003800070038000700380007
+003800070038000700380007003800070038000700380007003800070038000700380007
+003800070038007FF3FF80192380A21B>I<000FC07F00007031C08000E00B004001801E
+00E003803E01E007003C01E007001C00C007001C000007001C000007001C000007001C00
+0007001C000007001C000007001C0000FFFFFFFFE007001C01E007001C00E007001C00E0
+07001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007
+001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E00700
+1C00E007001C00E07FF1FFCFFE272380A229>I<70F8F8F8F8F8F8F87070707070707070
+70707070202020202020000000000070F8F8F87005247CA30E>33
+D<7038F87CFC7EFC7E743A04020402040204020804080410081008201040200F0F7EA218
+>I<0780000C001840001C0018200018003010007800701C00F0006013FF6000E00800E0
+00E00800C000E00801C000E008038000E008030000E008070000E0080E0000E0080C0000
+60101C000070101800003010380000182070000018406000000780E03C000001C0420000
+0180C100000381810000070380800006030080000E030040000C070040001C0700400038
+0700400030070040007007004000E007004000C007004001C00300400180030080038003
+80800700018100060000C1000E000042000C00003C0022287DA429>37
+D<003C000000006200000000C20000000181000000018100000003810000000381000000
+03810000000381000000038200000003820000000384000000038800000001C800000001
+D000000001E003FF8001C0007C0000E000380001E000300001F000200002700040000470
+0040000838008000183C008000301C010000701E020000700E020000F007040000F00788
+0000F003880000F001D00100F000E0010078007003003800B802003C031C04000E0C0E0C
+0003F003F00021257EA326>I<70F8FCFC7404040404080810102040060F7CA20E>I<0020
+0040008001000300060004000C000C00180018003000300030007000600060006000E000
+E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E00060006000600070003000
+30003000180018000C000C0004000600030001000080004000200B327CA413>I<800040
+002000100018000C000400060006000300030001800180018001C000C000C000C000E000
+E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000C000C000C001C0018001
+800180030003000600060004000C00180010002000400080000B327DA413>I<00018000
+000180000001800000018000000180000001800000018000000180000001800000018000
+000180000001800000018000000180000001800000018000FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFE00018000
+000180000001800000018000000180000001800000018000000180000001800000018000
+0001800000018000000180000001800000018000000180001F227D9C26>43
+D<70F8FCFC7404040404080810102040060F7C840E>I<FFE0FFE00B027F8B10>I<70F8F8
+F87005057C840E>I<000180000180000380000300000300000700000600000600000E00
+000C00000C00001C00001800001800001800003800003000003000007000006000006000
+00E00000C00000C00001C000018000018000038000030000030000070000060000060000
+0E00000C00000C00000C00001C0000180000180000380000300000300000700000600000
+600000E00000C00000C0000011317DA418>I<01F000071C000C06001803003803803803
+807001C07001C07001C07001C0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001
+E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E07001C07001C07001C07803C03803803803
+801C07000C0600071C0001F00013227EA018>I<008003800F80F3800380038003800380
+038003800380038003800380038003800380038003800380038003800380038003800380
+0380038003800380038007C0FFFE0F217CA018>I<03F0000C1C001007002007804003C0
+4003C08003E0F003E0F801E0F801E0F801E02003E00003E00003C00003C0000780000700
+000E00001C0000180000300000600000C000018000010000020020040020080020180060
+3000403FFFC07FFFC0FFFFC013217EA018>I<03F8000C1E001007002007804007C07807
+C07803C07807C03807C0000780000780000700000F00000E0000380003F000001C00000F
+000007800007800003C00003C00003E02003E07003E0F803E0F803E0F003C04003C04007
+80200780100F000C1C0003F00013227EA018>I<000200000600000E00000E00001E0000
+1E00002E00004E00004E00008E00008E00010E00020E00020E00040E00040E00080E0010
+0E00100E00200E00200E00400E00800E00FFFFF8000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0000
+0E00000E00001F0001FFF015217FA018>I<1000801E07001FFF001FFE001FF80013E000
+10000010000010000010000010000010000010F800130E001407001803801003800001C0
+0001C00001E00001E00001E00001E07001E0F001E0F001E0E001C08001C04003C0400380
+2007001006000C1C0003F00013227EA018>I<007E0001C1000300800601C00E03C01C03
+C0180180380000380000780000700000700000F0F800F30C00F40600F40300F80380F801
+C0F001C0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E07001E07001E07001E03801C03801C01803
+801C03000C0600070C0001F00013227EA018>I<4000006000007FFFE07FFFC07FFFC040
+0080C0010080010080020080020000040000080000080000100000300000200000600000
+600000600000E00000C00000C00001C00001C00001C00001C00003C00003C00003C00003
+C00003C00003C00003C00003C00001800013237DA118>I<01F800060E00080300100180
+2001802000C06000C06000C06000C07000C07801803E01003F02001FC4000FF80003F800
+03FC00067F00083F80100F803007C06001C06000E0C000E0C00060C00060C00060C00060
+6000406000C03000801803000E0E0003F00013227EA018>I<01F000060C000C06001807
+00380380700380700380F001C0F001C0F001C0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E07001
+E07003E03803E01805E00C05E00619E003E1E00001C00001C00001C00003800003803003
+00780700780600700C002018001030000FC00013227EA018>I<70F8F8F8700000000000
+00000000000070F8F8F87005157C940E>I<70F8F8F870000000000000000000000070F8
+F8F87808080808101010204040051F7C940E>I<FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFE0000000000000000
+000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFE1F0C7D91
+26>61 D<000FE00000701C0000800200030001800400004008000020080000201007C010
+20183008203008084060040440C0078441C0038481C00382838003828380038283800382
+8380038283800382838003828380038281C0038241C0038240C007824060078420300B84
+201831881007C0F00800000008000000040000000300000E00800078007007C0000FFC00
+1F237DA226>64 D<0001800000018000000180000003C0000003C0000003C0000005E000
+0005E000000DF0000008F0000008F0000010F800001078000010780000203C0000203C00
+00203C0000401E0000401E0000401E0000800F0000800F0000FFFF000100078001000780
+030007C0020003C0020003C0040003E0040001E0040001E00C0000F00C0000F03E0001F8
+FF800FFF20237EA225>I<FFFFF8000F800E0007800780078003C0078003E0078001E007
+8001F0078001F0078001F0078001F0078001F0078001E0078003E0078007C007800F8007
+803E0007FFFE0007800780078003C0078001E0078001F0078000F0078000F8078000F807
+8000F8078000F8078000F8078000F8078001F0078001F0078003E0078007C00F800F00FF
+FFFC001D227EA123>I<0007E0100038183000E0063001C00170038000F0070000F00E00
+00701E0000701C0000303C0000303C0000307C0000107800001078000010F8000000F800
+0000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F800000078000000780000107C00
+00103C0000103C0000101C0000201E0000200E000040070000400380008001C0010000E0
+020000381C000007E0001C247DA223>I<FFFFF0000F801E0007800700078003C0078001
+C0078000E0078000F007800078078000780780007C0780003C0780003C0780003C078000
+3E0780003E0780003E0780003E0780003E0780003E0780003E0780003E0780003E078000
+3C0780003C0780007C0780007807800078078000F0078000E0078001E0078003C0078007
+000F801E00FFFFF8001F227EA125>I<FFFFFFC00F8007C0078001C0078000C007800040
+078000400780006007800020078000200780002007802020078020000780200007802000
+078060000780E00007FFE0000780E0000780600007802000078020000780200007802008
+0780000807800008078000100780001007800010078000300780003007800070078000E0
+0F8003E0FFFFFFE01D227EA121>I<FFFFFFC00F8007C0078001C0078000C00780004007
+800040078000600780002007800020078000200780202007802000078020000780200007
+8060000780E00007FFE0000780E000078060000780200007802000078020000780200007
+80000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000F
+C00000FFFE00001B227EA120>I<0007F008003C0C1800E0021801C001B8038000F80700
+00780F0000381E0000381E0000183C0000183C0000187C0000087800000878000008F800
+0000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8001FFF780000F87800
+00787C0000783C0000783C0000781E0000781E0000780F00007807000078038000B801C0
+00B800E00318003C0C080007F00020247DA226>I<FFFC3FFF0FC003F0078001E0078001
+E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001
+E0078001E0078001E0078001E007FFFFE0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001
+E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001
+E0078001E00FC003F0FFFC3FFF20227EA125>I<FFFC0FC0078007800780078007800780
+078007800780078007800780078007800780078007800780078007800780078007800780
+0780078007800780078007800FC0FFFC0E227EA112>I<03FFF0001F00000F00000F0000
+0F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F0000
+0F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00700F00F80F00F8
+0F00F80E00F01E00401C0020380018700007C00014237EA119>I<FFFC03FF000FC000F8
+000780006000078000400007800080000780010000078002000007800400000780080000
+078010000007802000000780400000078080000007818000000783C000000787E0000007
+89E000000788F000000790F0000007A078000007C03C000007803C000007801E00000780
+0F000007800F00000780078000078007C000078003C000078001E000078001E000078000
+F000078000F8000FC000FC00FFFC07FF8021227EA126>I<FFFE00000FC0000007800000
+078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000
+078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000
+078000000780008007800080078000800780008007800180078001800780010007800300
+0780030007800F000F803F00FFFFFF0019227EA11E>I<FFC00003FF0FC00003F007C000
+03E005E00005E005E00005E004F00009E004F00009E004F00009E004780011E004780011
+E004780011E0043C0021E0043C0021E0043C0021E0041E0041E0041E0041E0040F0081E0
+040F0081E0040F0081E004078101E004078101E004078101E00403C201E00403C201E004
+01E401E00401E401E00401E401E00400F801E00400F801E00400F801E004007001E00E00
+7001E01F007003F0FFE0203FFF28227EA12D>I<FF8007FF07C000F807C0007005E00020
+04F0002004F0002004780020047C0020043C0020041E0020041F0020040F002004078020
+040780200403C0200401E0200401E0200400F0200400F8200400782004003C2004003E20
+04001E2004000F2004000F20040007A0040003E0040003E0040001E0040001E0040000E0
+0E0000601F000060FFE0002020227EA125>I<000FE00000783C0000E00E0003C0078007
+8003C00F0001E00E0000E01E0000F03C0000783C0000787C00007C7C00007C7800003C78
+00003CF800003EF800003EF800003EF800003EF800003EF800003EF800003EF800003EF8
+00003E7800003C7C00007C7C00007C3C0000783E0000F81E0000F00F0001E00F0001E007
+8003C003C0078000E00E0000783C00000FE0001F247DA226>I<FFFFF0000F803C000780
+0F0007800780078007C0078003C0078003E0078003E0078003E0078003E0078003E00780
+03E0078003C0078007C00780078007800F0007803C0007FFF00007800000078000000780
+000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780
+000007800000078000000FC00000FFFC00001B227EA121>I<FFFFE000000F803C000007
+800E00000780078000078007C000078003C000078003E000078003E000078003E0000780
+03E000078003E000078003C000078007C000078007800007800E000007803C000007FFE0
+00000780700000078038000007801C000007801E000007800E000007800F000007800F00
+0007800F000007800F000007800F800007800F800007800F800007800F808007800FC080
+078007C0800FC003C100FFFC01E2000000007C0021237EA124>82
+D<03F0200C0C601802603001E07000E0600060E00060E00060E00020E00020E00020F000
+00F000007800007F00003FF0001FFE000FFF0003FF80003FC00007E00001E00000F00000
+F0000070800070800070800070800070C00060C00060E000C0F000C0C80180C6070081FC
+0014247DA21B>I<7FFFFFF87807807860078018400780084007800840078008C007800C
+800780048007800480078004800780040007800000078000000780000007800000078000
+000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000
+00078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000FC00003FFFF00
+1E227EA123>I<FFFC07FF0FC000F8078000700780002007800020078000200780002007
+800020078000200780002007800020078000200780002007800020078000200780002007
+800020078000200780002007800020078000200780002007800020078000200780002007
+8000200380004003C0004003C0004001C0008000E000800060010000300600001C080000
+03F00020237EA125>I<FFF0007FC01F80001F000F00000C000780000C00078000080007
+8000080003C000100003C000100003E000300001E000200001E000200000F000400000F0
+00400000F000400000780080000078008000007C018000003C010000003C010000001E02
+0000001E020000001F020000000F040000000F040000000F8C0000000788000000078800
+000003D000000003D000000003F000000001E000000001E000000000C000000000C00000
+0000C0000022237FA125>I<FFF03FFC03FE1F8007E000F80F0003C000700F0003C00020
+0F0003C00020078001E00040078001E00040078001E0004003C002F0008003C002F00080
+03C002F0008001E00478010001E00478010001E00478010000F0083C020000F0083C0200
+00F0083C020000F8183E06000078101E04000078101E0400007C101E0400003C200F0800
+003C200F0800003C200F0800001E40079000001E40079000001E40079000000F8003E000
+000F8003E000000F8003E00000070001C00000070001C00000070001C000000300018000
+0002000080002F237FA132>I<7FF807FF0007E001F80003C000E00003E000C00001E000
+800000F001000000F80300000078020000007C040000003E0C0000001E080000001F1000
+00000FB000000007A000000007C000000003E000000001E000000001F000000003F80000
+000278000000047C0000000C3E000000081E000000101F000000300F8000002007800000
+4007C00000C003E000008001E000010001F000030000F000070000F8001F8001FC00FFE0
+07FFC022227FA125>I<FFF0007FC01F80001F000F80000C00078000080007C000180003
+E000100001E000200001F000200000F000400000F800C000007C008000003C010000003E
+010000001E020000001F040000000F84000000078800000007D800000003D000000003E0
+00000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000
+000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000003E00000003FFF0000
+22227FA125>I<7FFFFE7E003E78003C7000786000784000F0C000F0C001E08003C08003
+C0800780000780000F00001F00001E00003C00003C0000780000780000F00001F00001E0
+0103C00103C0010780010780030F00031E00021E00023C00063C000E78001EF8007EFFFF
+FE18227DA11E>I<FEFEC0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0
+C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0FEFE07317BA40E>I<0804100820102010
+402040208040804080408040B85CFC7EFC7E7C3E381C0F0F7AA218>I<FEFE0606060606
+060606060606060606060606060606060606060606060606060606060606060606060606
+06060606FEFE07317FA40E>I<08102020404080808080B8FCFC7C38060F7DA20E>96
+D<0FE0001838003C0C003C0E0018070000070000070000070000FF0007C7001E07003C07
+00780700700700F00708F00708F00708F00F087817083C23900FC1E015157E9418>I<0E
+0000FE00001E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E
+00000E00000E1F000E61C00E80600F00300E00380E003C0E001C0E001E0E001E0E001E0E
+001E0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001C0E003C0E00380F00700C80600C41C0083F0017237FA2
+1B>I<01FE000703000C07801C0780380300780000700000F00000F00000F00000F00000
+F00000F00000F000007000007800403800401C00800C010007060001F80012157E9416>
+I<0000E0000FE00001E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000
+E00000E00000E001F8E00704E00C02E01C01E03800E07800E07000E0F000E0F000E0F000
+E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000E07000E07800E03800E01801E00C02E0070CF001F0FE1723
+7EA21B>I<01FC000707000C03801C01C03801C07801E07000E0F000E0FFFFE0F00000F0
+0000F00000F00000F000007000007800203800201C00400E008007030000FC0013157F94
+16>I<003C00C6018F038F030F070007000700070007000700070007000700FFF8070007
+00070007000700070007000700070007000700070007000700070007000700070007807F
+F8102380A20F>I<00007001F198071E180E0E181C07001C07003C07803C07803C07803C
+07801C07001C07000E0E000F1C0019F0001000001000001800001800001FFE000FFFC00F
+FFE03800F0600030400018C00018C00018C000186000306000303800E00E038003FE0015
+217F9518>I<0E0000FE00001E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0000
+0E00000E00000E00000E00000E1F800E60C00E80E00F00700F00700E00700E00700E0070
+0E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E0070
+FFE7FF18237FA21B>I<1C001E003E001E001C0000000000000000000000000000000000
+0E00FE001E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E00
+0E000E00FFC00A227FA10E>I<01C003E003E003E001C000000000000000000000000000
+00000001E00FE001E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000
+E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E060E0F0C0F18061803E000B2C82A10F>I<
+0E0000FE00001E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0000
+0E00000E00000E03FC0E01F00E01C00E01800E02000E04000E08000E10000E38000EF800
+0F1C000E1E000E0E000E07000E07800E03C00E01C00E01E00E00F00E00F8FFE3FE17237F
+A21A>I<0E00FE001E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E00
+0E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E00
+FFE00B237FA20E>I<0E1FC07F00FE60E183801E807201C00F003C00E00F003C00E00E00
+3800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E0038
+00E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800
+E0FFE3FF8FFE27157F942A>I<0E1F80FE60C01E80E00F00700F00700E00700E00700E00
+700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00
+70FFE7FF18157F941B>I<01FC000707000C01801800C03800E0700070700070F00078F0
+0078F00078F00078F00078F00078F000787000707800F03800E01C01C00E038007070001
+FC0015157F9418>I<0E1F00FE61C00E80600F00700E00380E003C0E001C0E001E0E001E
+0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001E0E003C0E003C0E00380F00700E80E00E41C00E3F00
+0E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0000FFE000171F7F941B>
+I<01F8200704600E02601C01603801E07800E07800E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000
+E0F000E0F000E07000E07800E03801E01C01E00C02E0070CE001F0E00000E00000E00000
+E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0000FFE171F7E941A>I<0E3CFE461E8F0F
+0F0F060F000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000F00FFF010
+157F9413>I<0F8830786018C018C008C008E008F0007F803FE00FF001F8003C801C800C
+800CC00CC008E018D0308FC00E157E9413>I<02000200020002000600060006000E001E
+003E00FFF80E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E040E040E040E040E
+040E040708030801F00E1F7F9E13>I<0E0070FE07F01E00F00E00700E00700E00700E00
+700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00F00E00F00601
+7003827800FC7F18157F941B>I<FFC1FE1E00780E00300E00200E002007004007004003
+808003808003808001C10001C10000E20000E20000E20000740000740000380000380000
+380000100017157F941A>I<FF8FF8FF1E01E03C1C01C0180E01C0180E01E0100E01E010
+07026020070270200702702003843040038438400384384001C8188001C81C8001C81C80
+00F00D0000F00F0000F00F0000600600006006000060060020157F9423>I<FF83FE1F01
+F00E00C007008003810003830001C20000E400007800007800003800003C00004E00008E
+000187000103800201C00401E00C00E03E01F0FF03FE17157F941A>I<FFC1FE1E00780E
+00300E00200E002007004007004003808003808003808001C10001C10000E20000E20000
+E200007400007400003800003800003800001000001000002000002000002000004000F0
+4000F08000F180004300003C0000171F7F941A>I<3FFFC0380380300780200700600E00
+401C00403C0040380000700000E00001E00001C0000380400700400F00400E00C01C0080
+380080780180700780FFFF8012157F9416>I<FFFFFE1701808C18>I<FFFFFFFFFFFF3001
+808C31>I E /Fl 27 122 df<1C007F00FF80FF80FFC0FFC0FFC07FC01CC000C000C001
+C0018001800380070006000E001C00380030000A157BA913>39 D<000003800000000007
+C00000000007C0000000000FE0000000000FE0000000000FE0000000001FF0000000001F
+F0000000003FF8000000003FF8000000003FF80000000073FC0000000073FC00000000F3
+FE00000000E1FE00000000E1FE00000001C0FF00000001C0FF00000003C0FF8000000380
+7F80000007807FC0000007003FC0000007003FC000000E003FE000000E001FE000001E00
+1FF000001C000FF000001FFFFFF000003FFFFFF800003FFFFFF80000780007FC00007000
+03FC0000700003FC0000E00001FE0000E00001FE0001E00001FF0001C00000FF0001C000
+00FF00FFFE001FFFFEFFFE001FFFFEFFFE001FFFFE2F297EA834>65
+D<FFFFFFF80000FFFFFFFF8000FFFFFFFFE00003FC001FF80003FC0007FC0003FC0001FE
+0003FC0000FF0003FC00007F8003FC00003FC003FC00001FC003FC00001FE003FC00001F
+E003FC00000FF003FC00000FF003FC00000FF003FC00000FF003FC00000FF803FC00000F
+F803FC00000FF803FC00000FF803FC00000FF803FC00000FF803FC00000FF803FC00000F
+F803FC00000FF803FC00000FF803FC00000FF003FC00000FF003FC00000FF003FC00001F
+E003FC00001FE003FC00001FC003FC00003FC003FC00007F8003FC00007F0003FC0001FE
+0003FC0003FC0003FC001FF800FFFFFFFFE000FFFFFFFF8000FFFFFFFC00002D297DA835
+>68 D<FFFFFFFFE0FFFFFFFFE0FFFFFFFFE003FC001FE003FC0007F003FC0001F003FC00
+01F003FC0000F003FC00007003FC00007003FC00007003FC01C07803FC01C03803FC01C0
+3803FC01C03803FC03C00003FC03C00003FC0FC00003FFFFC00003FFFFC00003FFFFC000
+03FC0FC00003FC03C00003FC03C00003FC01C00E03FC01C00E03FC01C00E03FC01C01C03
+FC00001C03FC00001C03FC00001C03FC00003C03FC00003803FC00007803FC0000F803FC
+0001F803FC0003F803FC001FF8FFFFFFFFF0FFFFFFFFF0FFFFFFFFF027297DA82D>I<FF
+FFFFFFC0FFFFFFFFC0FFFFFFFFC003FC003FC003FC000FE003FC0003E003FC0001E003FC
+0001E003FC0000E003FC0000E003FC0000E003FC0000F003FC03807003FC03807003FC03
+807003FC03800003FC07800003FC07800003FC1F800003FFFF800003FFFF800003FFFF80
+0003FC1F800003FC07800003FC07800003FC03800003FC03800003FC03800003FC038000
+03FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003
+FC00000003FC000000FFFFFC0000FFFFFC0000FFFFFC000024297DA82B>I<FFFFFC0000
+FFFFFC0000FFFFFC000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003
+FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC
+00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00000003FC00
+000003FC00000003FC0001C003FC0001C003FC0001C003FC0001C003FC0003C003FC0003
+8003FC00038003FC00078003FC00078003FC000F8003FC000F8003FC001F8003FC007F80
+03FC01FF00FFFFFFFF00FFFFFFFF00FFFFFFFF0022297DA829>76
+D<FFFE0000001FFFC0FFFE0000001FFFC0FFFF0000003FFFC003FF0000003FF00003FF00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>I<FFFC0000FFFEFFFE0000FFFEFFFF0000FFFE03FF80000380
+03FFC000038003FFE000038003BFE0000380039FF0000380038FF80003800387FC000380
+0387FE0003800383FE0003800381FF0003800380FF80038003807FC0038003807FE00380
+03803FF0038003801FF0038003800FF80380038007FC0380038003FE0380038003FF0380
+038001FF8380038000FF83800380007FC3800380003FE3800380001FF3800380001FFB80
+0380000FFB8003800007FF8003800003FF8003800001FF8003800001FF8003800000FF80
+038000007F80038000003F80038000001F80038000000F80FFFE00000F80FFFE00000780
+FFFE000003802F297DA836>I<FFFFFFE00000FFFFFFFE0000FFFFFFFF800003FC007FE0
+0003FC000FF00003FC0007F80003FC0007FC0003FC0003FC0003FC0003FE0003FC0003FE
+0003FC0003FE0003FC0003FE0003FC0003FE0003FC0003FE0003FC0003FC0003FC0007F8
+0003FC0007F80003FC001FE00003FC007FC00003FFFFFE000003FFFFF0000003FC01FC00
+0003FC007F000003FC007F800003FC003FC00003FC003FC00003FC001FE00003FC001FE0
+0003FC001FE00003FC001FE00003FC001FF00003FC001FF00003FC001FF00003FC001FF0
+0003FC001FF00703FC001FF80703FC000FF80703FC000FFC0FFFFFF007FE1EFFFFF001FF
+FCFFFFF0003FF030297DA834>82 D<007F806003FFF0E00FFFFFE01F807FE03F001FE07E
+0007E07E0003E07C0003E0FC0001E0FC0001E0FC0000E0FE0000E0FE0000E0FF000000FF
+C000007FFE00007FFFE0003FFFFC003FFFFF001FFFFF8007FFFFC003FFFFE000FFFFF000
+07FFF000007FF000000FF8000007F8000003F8E00003F8E00001F8E00001F8E00001F8F0
+0001F8F00001F0F80003F0FC0003E0FF0007E0FFE01FC0FFFFFF00E0FFFE00C01FF0001D
+297CA826>I<7FFFFFFFFFC07FFFFFFFFFC07FFFFFFFFFC07F803FC03FC07E003FC007C0
+78003FC003C078003FC003C070003FC001C0F0003FC001E0F0003FC001E0E0003FC000E0
+E0003FC000E0E0003FC000E0E0003FC000E0E0003FC000E000003FC0000000003FC00000
+00003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC00000
+00003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC00000
+00003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC0000000003FC00000
+00003FC0000000003FC00000007FFFFFE000007FFFFFE000007FFFFFE0002B287EA730>
+I<FFFFF001FFFCFFFFF001FFFCFFFFF001FFFC03FC0000070003FC0000070003FC000007
+0003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC000007
+0003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC000007
+0003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC000007
+0003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC0000070003FC000007
+0003FC00000F0001FC00000E0001FE00000E0000FE00001E0000FF00003C00007F800078
+00003FC000F800001FF007E0000007FFFFC0000001FFFF000000001FF800002E297DA835
+>I<01FF800007FFF0000F81FC001FC0FE001FC07F001FC07F001FC03F800F803F800000
+3F8000003F8000003F80000FFF8000FFFF8007FC3F801FE03F803F803F807F803F807F00
+3F80FE003F80FE003F80FE003F80FE007F80FF007F807F00FFC03F83DFFC0FFF0FFC01FC
+03FC1E1B7E9A21>97 D<001FF80000FFFE0003F01F000FE03F801FC03F803F803F803F80
+3F807F801F007F000000FF000000FF000000FF000000FF000000FF000000FF000000FF00
+0000FF000000FF0000007F0000007F8000003F8001C03FC001C01FC003C00FE0078003F0
+1F0000FFFC00001FE0001A1B7E9A1F>99 D<003FE00001FFF80003F07E000FE03F001FC0
+1F803F800FC03F800FC07F000FC07F0007E0FF0007E0FF0007E0FF0007E0FFFFFFE0FFFF
+FFE0FF000000FF000000FF000000FF0000007F0000007F8000003F8000E03F8001E01FC0
+01C00FE003C003F81F8000FFFE00001FF0001B1B7E9A20>101 D<00FF81F003FFE7FC0F
+C1FE7C1F80FC7C3F80FE7C3F007E107F007F007F007F007F007F007F007F007F007F007F
+007F003F007E003F80FE001F80FC000FC1F8001FFFE00018FF8000380000003C0000003C
+0000003E0000003FFFF8003FFFFF001FFFFFC00FFFFFE007FFFFF01FFFFFF07E0007F87C
+0001F8F80001F8F80000F8F80000F8F80000F8FC0001F87E0003F03F0007E00FC01F8003
+FFFE00007FF0001E287E9A22>103 D<FFE0000000FFE0000000FFE00000000FE0000000
+0FE00000000FE00000000FE00000000FE00000000FE00000000FE00000000FE00000000F
+E00000000FE00000000FE00000000FE00000000FE07F00000FE1FFC0000FE787E0000FEE
+07F0000FFC03F8000FF803F8000FF003F8000FF003F8000FF003F8000FE003F8000FE003
+F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8
+000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F800FFFE3FFF80
+FFFE3FFF80FFFE3FFF80212A7DA926>I<07001FC01FE03FE03FE03FE01FE01FC0070000
+00000000000000000000000000FFE0FFE0FFE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00F
+E00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE0FFFEFFFEFFFE0F2B7DAA14
+>I<FFE0FFE0FFE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE0
+0FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE00FE0
+0FE00FE00FE00FE0FFFEFFFEFFFE0F2A7DA914>108 D<FFC07F800FF000FFC1FFE03FFC
+00FFC783F0F07E000FCE03F9C07F000FDC01FB803F000FF801FF003F800FF001FE003F80
+0FF001FE003F800FF001FE003F800FE001FC003F800FE001FC003F800FE001FC003F800F
+E001FC003F800FE001FC003F800FE001FC003F800FE001FC003F800FE001FC003F800FE0
+01FC003F800FE001FC003F800FE001FC003F800FE001FC003F800FE001FC003F800FE001
+FC003F800FE001FC003F80FFFE1FFFC3FFF8FFFE1FFFC3FFF8FFFE1FFFC3FFF8351B7D9A
+3C>I<FFC07F0000FFC1FFC000FFC787E0000FCE07F0000FDC03F8000FF803F8000FF003
+F8000FF003F8000FF003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8
+000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F800
+0FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F800FFFE3FFF80FFFE3FFF80FFFE3FFF80211B7D9A26>
+I<003FE00001FFFC0003F07E000FC01F801F800FC03F800FE03F0007E07F0007F07F0007
+F07F0007F0FF0007F8FF0007F8FF0007F8FF0007F8FF0007F8FF0007F8FF0007F8FF0007
+F87F0007F07F0007F03F800FE03F800FE01F800FC00FC01F8007F07F0001FFFC00003FE0
+001D1B7E9A22>I<FFC1F0FFC7FCFFCE3E0FDC7F0FD87F0FF87F0FF07F0FF03E0FF0000F
+E0000FE0000FE0000FE0000FE0000FE0000FE0000FE0000FE0000FE0000FE0000FE0000F
+E0000FE0000FE000FFFF00FFFF00FFFF00181B7E9A1C>114 D<03FE300FFFF03E03F078
+00F07000F0F00070F00070F80070FC0000FFE000FFFE007FFFC03FFFE01FFFF007FFF800
+FFFC0003FC0000FCE0007CE0003CF0003CF0003CF80078FC0078FF01F0F7FFC0C1FF0016
+1B7E9A1B>I<00700000700000700000700000F00000F00000F00001F00003F00003F000
+07F0001FFFF0FFFFF0FFFFF007F00007F00007F00007F00007F00007F00007F00007F000
+07F00007F00007F00007F00007F00007F03807F03807F03807F03807F03807F03807F038
+03F87001F8F000FFE0001F8015267FA51B>I<FFE03FF800FFE03FF800FFE03FF8000FE0
+03F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003
+F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE003F8
+000FE003F8000FE003F8000FE007F8000FE007F8000FE00FF80007E01FF80003F03BFF80
+01FFF3FF80003FC3FF80211B7D9A26>I<FFFE03FF80FFFE03FF80FFFE03FF8007F00070
+0007F000700007F800F00003F800E00003FC01E00001FC01C00001FC01C00000FE038000
+00FE038000007F070000007F070000007F8F0000003F8E0000003FDE0000001FDC000000
+1FDC0000000FF80000000FF80000000FF800000007F000000007F000000003E000000003
+E000000001C000000001C000000003800000000380000038078000007C07000000FE0F00
+0000FE0E000000FE1E000000FE3C0000007C780000003FE00000000FC000000021277F9A
+24>121 D E /Fm 1 98 df<000100000003800000038000000380000007C0000007C000
+000BE0000009E0000009E0000010F0000010F0000030F800002078000020780000403C00
+00403C0000C03E0000801E0000801E0001FFFF0001FFFF0001000F000200078002000780
+040003C0040003C00C0003C00C0001E03E0003F0FF000FFEFF000FFE1F1F7E9E25>97
+D E /Fn 4 89 df<FFFFFFFF80FFFFFFFF8007E0001F8003E000078003E00001C003E000
+00C003E00000C003E000004003E000004003E000004003E000004003E000002003E00100
+2003E001002003E001000003E001000003E003000003E003000003E00F000003FFFF0000
+03FFFF000003E00F000003E003000003E003000003E001000003E001001003E001001003
+E001001003E000001003E000002003E000002003E000002003E000002003E000006003E0
+00006003E00000E003E00001E003E00003C007E0001FC0FFFFFFFFC0FFFFFFFFC024297E
+A829>69 D<FFFFE000FFFFE00007F0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E000
+0003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E000
+0003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E0000003E000
+0103E0000103E0000103E0000103E0000203E0000203E0000203E0000203E0000603E000
+0603E0000E03E0001E03E0007C07E001FCFFFFFFFCFFFFFFFC20297EA825>76
+D<7FFFFFFFF87FFFFFFFF87C007C00F870007C003860007C001840007C000840007C0008
+C0007C000CC0007C000C80007C000480007C000480007C000480007C000480007C000400
+007C000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C00000000
+7C000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C
+000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C000000007C00
+0000007C000000007C00000000FE000000FFFFFE0000FFFFFE0026297EA82B>84
+D<7FFF803FFE007FFF803FFE0003FC000FE00000F80007000000FC00020000007C000400
+00003E00040000003F00080000001F00100000001F80100000000FC02000000007C04000
+000007E04000000003F08000000001F10000000001F90000000000FE00000000007C0000
+0000007E00000000003F00000000001F00000000003F80000000002FC00000000047C000
+000000C7E00000000083E00000000101F00000000301F80000000200F80000000400FC00
+00000C007E00000008003E00000010003F00000030001F80000020000F80000040000FC0
+0000C00007E00001C00003E00007F0000FF000FFFC003FFFC0FFFC003FFFC02A297FA82D
+>88 D E end
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+%%Feature: *Resolution 300dpi
+TeXDict begin
+
+%%EndSetup
+%%Page: 1 1
+1 0 bop 621 116 a Fn(L)636 108 y Fm(a)664 116 y Fn(T)697
+134 y(E)731 116 y(X)23 b Fl(Do)r(cume)o(n)n(t)d(St)n(yle)i(F)-6
+b(or)726 190 y(Thesis)22 b(F)-6 b(ormatting)720 644 y(USER'S)23
+b(MANUAL)889 921 y Fk(W)l(ritten)16 b(b)o(y:)613 1021
+y(Donna)h(Knigh)o(t)f(and)h(Suzanne)f(Lednic)o(ky)696
+1120 y(Vija)o(y)f(Ko)q(dali)h(and)h(Mik)o(e)e(P)o(a)o(yne)863
+1220 y(Russell)g(Oertel)853 1320 y(Pierce)g(Can)o(trell)858
+1419 y(Ken)h(J.)g(Chiang)846 1519 y(W)l(en-Lin)h(Hsieh)614
+1796 y(Departmen)o(t)d(of)j(Electrical)d(Engineering)766
+1895 y(T)l(exas)j(A&M)e(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)895 2172 y(V)l(ersion)g(2.3)
+910 2272 y(July)h(1993)p eop
+%%Page: 3 2
+3 1 bop 1872 -117 a Fk(iii)739 215 y(A)o(CKNO)o(WLEDGMENTS)210
+315 y(Sp)q(ecial)14 b(thanks)h(to)g(the)f(follo)o(wing)g(p)q(eople)g
+(for)h(their)e(assistance)i(in)f(preparing)h(this)f(man-)112
+415 y(ual)j(and)g(completing)d(this)i(pro)s(ject:)185
+556 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(Lily)14 b(Mumme)o(rt)d(for)j(her)g(in)o(v)m
+(aluable)f(help)g(in)g(helping)g(us)i(\014x)e(our)i(most)e(stubb)q(orn)
+i(prob-)234 655 y(lems.)185 796 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(Surja)c(Sutan)o(to)h
+(and)f(T)l(o)q(dd)g(Chauvin)g(for)g(answ)o(ering)f(questions)h(and)g
+(pro)o(viding)f(help)234 896 y(with)e(the)f(V)-5 b(AX.)185
+1037 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(Bill)13 b(Bak)o(er)g(for)i(the)f(use)h(of)g(his)
+f(thesis)g(to)h(test)f(the)g(new)h(do)q(cumen)o(t)e(st)o(yle)g(and)i
+(to)g(b)q(e)g(the)234 1137 y(basis)i(of)g(the)f(example)e(included)h
+(in)h(this)g(man)o(ual.)185 1278 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(Ka)o(y)16
+b(Y)l(o)q(c)o(ham)f(for)i(the)f(blo)q(c)o(k)g(diagram)f(example.)185
+1419 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(Dr.)16 b(Naugle)g(for)h(his)f(T)662
+1430 y(E)689 1419 y(Xp)q(ertise.)185 1560 y Fj(\017)24
+b Fk(Elaine)16 b(Hasc)o(hk)o(e)f(for)i(help)e(in)h(t)o(yping)g(this)g
+(man)o(ual.)185 1701 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(All)15 b(of)i(the)f(p)q(eople)g
+(at)h(the)f(Thesis)g(Clerk's)f(o\016ce)h(for)g(their)g(feedbac)o(k.)185
+1843 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(T)l(o)q(dd)18 b(Chauvin)e(for)h(his)f(con)o
+(tribution)g(and)g(ideas)h(to)f(this)g(macro.)185 1984
+y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(Jon)g(Odegard,)h(Zhong)f(Deng,)h(and)f(Sho)o(wi-Min)f
+(Shen)g(for)h(their)e(kindly)g(using)i(this)234 2083
+y(draft)19 b(macro)f(and)h(ga)o(v)o(e)f(us)h(the)g(errors)f(and)h
+(suggestions)h(to)f(accomplish)e(the)h(\014nal)h(of)234
+2183 y(this)e(macro.)185 2324 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(All)d(of)i(the)f(p)q
+(eople)g(used)g(the)g(previous)g(v)o(ersion)f(of)i(this)f(macro)f(and)i
+(dev)o(oted)e(their)234 2424 y(precious)16 b(suggestions)i(for)e(us)h
+(to)g(revise)e(this)h(new)g(macro.)p eop
+%%Page: 4 3
+4 2 bop 112 -1 a Fk(iv)740 191 y(T)l(ABLE)16 b(OF)g(CONTENTS)112
+375 y(CHAPTER)1452 b(P)o(age)345 562 y(I)42 b(INTR)o(ODUCTION)12
+b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95 b Fk(1)454
+684 y(A.)22 b(Bac)o(kground)36 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+95 b Fk(1)454 752 y(B.)24 b(Getting)16 b(Started)31 b
+Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95 b Fk(3)454 819 y(C.)24
+b(Where)16 b(to)g(Find)g(the)g(Files)43 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95
+b Fk(3)454 887 y(D.)22 b(Running)17 b(Y)l(our)f(Thesis)28
+b Fi(:)d(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95 b Fk(4)454 955 y(E.)26 b(Prin)o(ting)16
+b(Y)l(our)g(Thesis)35 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95 b Fk(7)454
+1022 y(F.)27 b(Using)16 b(a)h(Sp)q(elling)e(Chec)o(k)o(er)25
+b Fi(:)g(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+f(:)h(:)95 b Fk(9)326 1143 y(I)q(I)42 b(USING)15 b(THE)i(THESIS)f(MA)o
+(CR)o(OS)h Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(12)454 1265 y(A.)22 b(The)16
+b(Title)g(P)o(age)45 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(12)454 1333 y(B.)24 b(The)16 b(Appro)o(v)m(al)g(P)o(age)32
+b Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(12)454 1400 y(C.)40 b(The)17
+b(Abstract)f(P)o(age)23 b Fi(:)h(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(14)454
+1468 y(D.)22 b(The)16 b(Dedication)g(P)o(age)h(\(optional\))37
+b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(15)454 1535 y(E.)26 b(The)16 b(Ac)o(kno)o(wledgmen)o(t)d(P)o(age)k
+(\(optional\))k Fi(:)j(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(16)454 1603 y(F.)27 b(T)l(able)16 b(of)h(Con)o(ten)o(ts,)f(List)g
+(of)h(T)l(ables,)e(and)i(List)g(of)f(Figures)39 b Fi(:)24
+b(:)h(:)71 b Fk(16)454 1670 y(G.)21 b(The)16 b(Reference)f(P)o(age)20
+b Fi(:)k(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)
+h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(17)551 1738 y(1.)36 b(The)16
+b(L)737 1732 y Fh(a)761 1738 y Fk(T)788 1753 y(E)815
+1738 y(X)g(Bibliograph)o(y)f(En)o(vironmen)o(t)36 b Fi(:)24
+b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(17)551 1805 y(2.)36
+b Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)734 1816 y(E)761 1805 y(X)19 b Fi(:)25
+b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(19)551 1873 y(3.)36
+b(Supplemen)o(tal)13 b(Sources)k(Consulted)36 b Fi(:)24
+b(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(25)454
+1941 y(H.)22 b(App)q(endices)45 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+71 b Fk(26)454 2008 y(I.)41 b(The)16 b(Vita)g(P)o(age)h
+Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(26)307 2129
+y(I)q(I)q(I)42 b(F)o(ORMA)l(TTING)15 b(THE)h(BOD)o(Y)f
+Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(27)454 2251 y(A.)22 b(The)16 b(First)g(P)o(age)h
+(of)f(the)g(Bo)q(dy)46 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(27)454 2318 y(B.)24
+b(Headings)16 b(for)h(Chapters,)f(Sections,)g(and)h(Subsections)45
+b Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(27)454 2386 y(C.)24
+b(Equations)39 b Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(28)551 2454 y(1.)36 b(Sub)q(equations)24 b Fi(:)g(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+71 b Fk(29)454 2521 y(D.)22 b(T)l(ables)16 b(and)h(Figures)39
+b Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(30)551 2589 y(1.)36 b(Creating)16
+b(T)l(ables)h(and)f(Figures)49 b Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(31)551 2656 y(2.)36 b(Including)15
+b(T)l(ables)h(and)h(Figures)f(F)l(rom)f(Other)h(Sources)50
+b Fi(:)25 b(:)71 b Fk(32)551 2724 y(3.)36 b(P)o(ostScript)16
+b(Figures)28 b Fi(:)c(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(33)p eop
+%%Page: 5 4
+5 3 bop 1887 -129 a Fk(v)112 59 y(CHAPTER)1452 b(P)o(age)551
+223 y(4.)36 b(PGPLOT)24 b Fi(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)
+h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(33)551 290 y(5.)36 b(Fig)45 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)
+h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(34)551 357 y(6.)36 b Fh(Pic)p Fk(T)733
+368 y(E)760 357 y(X)20 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(35)551 425 y(7.)36 b(PICSURE)50 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(36)551 492 y(8.)36 b(GNUPLOT)21 b Fi(:)k(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(36)551 559 y(9.)36 b(Placemen)o(t)13 b(of)k(T)l(ables)f(and)h
+(Figures)33 b Fi(:)24 b(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(36)454 627 y(E.)26 b(Including)15 b(Source)i(Co)q(de)g(in)o(to)f
+(the)g(Thesis)49 b Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(38)454 694 y(F.)27 b(Blue)15 b(Line)h(Em)o(ulation)37
+b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(40)454 761 y(G.)21 b(W)l(riting)16
+b(Y)l(our)g(Prop)q(osal)38 b Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(40)454
+829 y(H.)22 b(Miscellaneous)36 b Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(40)551 896 y(1.)36 b(The)16 b Fj(n)p Fg(label)e
+Fk(Command)48 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(41)551 963 y(2.)36 b(New)15
+b(F)l(on)o(ts)44 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)
+h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b
+Fk(41)551 1031 y(3.)36 b Fh(Sli)p Fk(T)723 1041 y(E)750
+1031 y(X)30 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fk(41)551 1098 y(4.)36 b(PCs)17 b(and)f(Macin)o(toshes)41
+b Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)71 b Fk(41)551 1165 y(5.)36 b(Problem)14 b(Rep)q(orting)h
+Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(42)405 1285 y(REFERENCES)39 b
+Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(43)129
+1458 y(APPENDIX)15 b(A)48 b(SAMPLE)17 b(THESIS)40 b Fi(:)24
+b(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fk(44)129 1631 y(APPENDIX)15
+b(B)48 b Fh(BIB)p Ff(T)615 1642 y(E)644 1631 y(X)21 b
+Fi(:)j(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)46 b Fk(101)129
+1805 y(APPENDIX)15 b(C)49 b(TRANSFIG)26 b Fi(:)e(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)
+h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)46 b Fk(119)129 1978 y(APPENDIX)15 b(D)49
+b Fj(n)p Fg(PSFIG)14 b Fk(AND)i(EXAMPLES)k Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)46
+b Fk(141)129 2151 y(APPENDIX)15 b(E)49 b(GNUPLOT)40 b
+Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)46 b Fk(161)129
+2324 y(APPENDIX)15 b(F)49 b(D)o(VIHP)12 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)46 b Fk(187)129 2497 y(APPENDIX)15
+b(G)49 b(D)o(VIPS)16 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)
+f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)46 b Fk(197)129 2670 y(APPENDIX)15 b(H)48 b(PGPLOT)18
+b(EXAMPLE)42 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)
+f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)46 b Fk(205)p eop
+%%Page: 6 5
+6 4 bop 112 -117 a Fk(vi)112 71 y(CHAPTER)1452 b(P)o(age)129
+223 y(APPENDIX)15 b(I)48 b(SETTING)17 b(UP)f(A)g(CSC)h(STUDENT)f(A)o
+(CCOUNT)31 b Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)46 b
+Fk(211)129 387 y(APPENDIX)15 b(J)49 b(T)510 397 y(E)537
+387 y(XR)o(O)o(X)15 b(CARD)e Fi(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)46
+b Fk(215)129 550 y(APPENDIX)15 b(K)49 b(PICSURE)16 b(CARD)i
+Fi(:)25 b(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)46 b Fk(219)p eop
+%%Page: 1 6
+1 5 bop 1888 -118 a Fk(1)873 123 y(CHAPTER)16 b(I)813
+306 y(INTR)o(ODUCTION)112 405 y(A.)48 b(Bac)o(kground)112
+554 y(The)16 b(Departmen)o(t)d(of)j(Electrical)d(Engineering)i(at)h(T)l
+(exas)f(A&M)g(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)d(previously)i(used)112
+654 y(b)q(oth)g(T)251 665 y(E)278 654 y(X)e(and)i(L)431
+648 y Fh(a)455 654 y Fk(T)482 669 y(E)509 654 y(X)e(to)h(generate)g
+(theses.)20 b(T)995 665 y(E)1022 654 y(X)12 b(can)h(create)f(do)q
+(cumen)o(ts)f(of)i(t)o(yp)q(eset)f(qualit)o(y)l(,)112
+753 y(but)k(it)g(is)f(di\016cult)g(to)h(learn,)f(requiring)g(a)h(great)
+g(deal)g(of)g(time)e(and)i(e\013ort)h(on)f(the)f(part)i(of)f(the)112
+853 y(user.)210 953 y(Donna)f(Knigh)o(t)d(and)i(Suzanne)g(Lednic)o(ky)e
+(w)o(ere)g(mem)o(b)q(ers)e(of)k(an)g(EE)f(403/404)j(team)c(that)112
+1052 y(designed)17 b(a)g(set)g(of)g(macros)f(called)g(\\T)841
+1063 y(E)869 1052 y(X)g(Macros)h(for)g(Thesis)g(F)l(ormatting")f(that)i
+(generated)112 1152 y(all)k(of)h(the)f(sp)q(ecial)g(pages)i(and)f
+(created)f(simpli\014ed)e(sectioning)i(commands,)f(making)h(T)1849
+1163 y(E)1876 1152 y(X)112 1252 y(m)o(uc)o(h)13 b(easier)i(to)h(use.)21
+b(Ho)o(w)o(ev)o(er,)13 b(their)h(pac)o(k)m(age)h(did)g(not)h(allo)o(w)f
+(virtual)f(lab)q(eling)h(of)h(equation)112 1351 y(and)h(reference)e(n)o
+(um)o(b)q(ers)g([1].)210 1451 y(Tw)o(o)20 b(y)o(ears)e(later,)h
+(another)h(EE)g(403/404)h(team,)d(Mik)o(e)g(P)o(a)o(yne)g(and)i(Vija)o
+(y)e(Ko)q(dali,)i(in-)112 1550 y(corp)q(orated)e(the)f(T)470
+1561 y(E)497 1550 y(X)f(macros)g(in)o(to)g(L)827 1544
+y Fh(a)851 1550 y Fk(T)878 1565 y(E)906 1550 y(X)g(do)q(cumen)o(t)f(st)
+o(yle)h Fg(thesis)p Fk(,)e(whic)o(h)i(made)g(the)g(for-)112
+1650 y(matting)d(of)i(theses)e(ev)o(en)g(easier.)20 b(Ho)o(w)o(ev)o
+(er,)12 b(this)i(do)q(cumen)o(t)f(st)o(yle)f(did)i(not)h(allo)o(w)e
+(studen)o(ts)h(to)112 1750 y(use)h(some)e(of)i(the)f(really)f(nice)h
+(features)g(of)h(L)929 1744 y Fh(a)953 1750 y Fk(T)980
+1765 y(E)1007 1750 y(X,)f(suc)o(h)g(as)h(the)f(automatic)g(table)g(of)h
+(con)o(ten)o(ts,)112 1849 y(list)h(of)h(tables,)e(and)i(list)f(of)g
+(\014gures)h([2].)210 1949 y(This)f(pac)o(k)m(age)h(incorp)q(orates)f
+(the)g(original)g(T)1067 1960 y(E)1094 1949 y(X)g(Thesis)g(Macros)g(in)
+o(to)g(a)g(new)g Fg(eethesis)112 2049 y Fk(do)q(cumen)o(t)h(st)o(yle)f
+(so)i(as)g(to)g(utilize)d(the)j(man)o(y)e(useful)h(built-in)f
+(functions)i(a)o(v)m(ailable)e(with)i(the)112 2148 y(L)124
+2142 y Fh(a)148 2148 y Fk(T)175 2163 y(E)203 2148 y(X)23
+b(system.)40 b(The)23 b(impro)o(v)o(em)o(en)o(ts)d(o)o(v)o(er)i(the)h
+(old)g Fg(thesis)e Fk(do)q(cumen)o(t)h(st)o(yle)g(are)h(listed)112
+2248 y(b)q(elo)o(w:)185 2385 y Fj(\017)h Fk(Sectioning)12
+b(is)f(no)o(w)i(done)f(b)o(y)f(the)h(standard)h(L)1074
+2379 y Fh(a)1098 2385 y Fk(T)1125 2400 y(E)1152 2385
+y(X)f(commands)e Fg(\\chapter,)22 b(\\section)p Fk(,)234
+2484 y(and)17 b Fg(\\subsection)o Fk(.)185 2624 y Fj(\017)24
+b Fk(The)13 b(T)l(able)f(of)h(Con)o(ten)o(ts,)f(List)h(of)g(T)l(ables,)
+g(and)g(List)f(of)h(Figures)f(are)g(no)o(w)h(automatically)p
+eop
+%%Page: 2 7
+2 6 bop 112 -100 a Fk(2)234 123 y(generated.)185 274
+y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(By)17 b(using)g(the)g Fg(\\include)d
+Fk(and)j Fg(\\includeonl)o(y)d Fk(commands,)h(y)o(ou)i(can)g(no)o(w)g
+(split)g(y)o(our)234 374 y(input)23 b(in)o(to)f(sections)g(without)g
+(ha)o(ving)h(to)f(re-initialize)e(page)j(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers)e(or)i
+(equation)234 474 y(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers)15 b(in)h(eac)o(h)g(\014le.)185
+625 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(It)c(is)g(no)o(w)g(p)q(ossible)h(to)f(use)g
+Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)897 636 y(E)925 625 y(X)g(to)g(pro)q(duce)g(y)o(our)g
+(reference)f(pages.)33 b(This)21 b(will)234 725 y(free)14
+b(y)o(ou)f(from)g(w)o(orrying)h(ab)q(out)i(ho)o(w)e(to)g(format)f(y)o
+(our)h(bibliograph)o(y)g(as)g(w)o(ell)f(as)h(sa)o(ving)234
+825 y(y)o(ou)j(time)d(if)h(y)o(ou)i(write)e(sev)o(eral)g(pap)q(ers)i
+(using)g(man)o(y)e(of)h(the)g(same)g(sources.)185 976
+y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(If)17 b(the)f(caption)h(of)g(a)h(\014gure)f(or)g(a)g
+(table)g(is)f(longer)h(than)h(one)f(line,)e(the)i(new)f(macro)g(can)234
+1076 y(line)g(them)e(up)j(righ)o(t)f(after)g(the)g(table)g(or)g
+(\014gure)h(n)o(um)o(b)q(er.)185 1227 y Fj(\017)24 b
+Fk(There)e(are)g(some)f(new)g(options.)39 b(F)l(or)22
+b(example)e(the)h Fg(\\blueline)e Fk(command)g(can)j(b)q(e)234
+1327 y(included)16 b(to)g(em)o(ulate)e(blueline)h(pap)q(er,)h(and)h
+Fg(\\verbatimf)o(il)o(e{f)o(ile)o(})c Fk(and)234 1427
+y Fg(\\verbatimli)o(sti)o(ng[)o(n])o({fi)o(le})j Fk(can)k(b)q(e)g(used)
+g(to)g(include)f(co)q(de)h(or)g(a)g(program)g(in)o(to)234
+1526 y(the)c(thesis.)185 1678 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(Finally)l(,)14
+b(all)h(kno)o(wn)g(errors)h(in)f(the)g(old)g Fg(thesis)e
+Fk(do)q(cumen)o(t)h(st)o(yle)g(ha)o(v)o(e)g(b)q(een)h(corrected)234
+1777 y(in)h(this)g(new)h Fg(eethesis)c Fk(do)q(cumen)o(t)i(st)o(yle.)
+210 1927 y(The)21 b(journal)g(mo)q(del)f(for)h(the)g
+Fg(eethesis)d Fk(do)q(cumen)o(t)h(st)o(yle)h(is)h Ff(IEEE)g(T)l
+(ransactions)h(on)112 2026 y(Automatic)17 b(Con)o(trol)p
+Fk(.)26 b(It)17 b(do)q(es)i(not)f(matter)f(if)g(y)o(our)h(ma)s(jor)f
+(area)h(is)g(comm)o(uni)o(cations,)e(com-)112 2126 y(puters,)e(p)q(o)o
+(w)o(er,)f(etc.,)g(as)h(this)f(journal)h(mo)q(del)e(is)h(accepted)g(b)o
+(y)f(the)h(en)o(tire)f(departmen)o(t.)19 b(There)112
+2226 y(are)e(man)o(y)f(di\013erences)f(in)i(format)f(among)g(the)h
+(IEEE)g(journals;)g(y)o(ou)g(cannot)g(simply)e(c)o(hange)112
+2325 y(the)20 b(fo)q(otnote)h(at)f(the)f(b)q(ottom)g(of)h(the)g
+(\014rst)g(page)g(to)g(sa)o(y)f(that)h(the)g(journal)g(mo)q(del)e(is)i
+(some)112 2425 y(other)d(IEEE)f(journal.)22 b(The)16
+b(fo)q(otnote)i(will)d(not)h(b)q(e)h(true)f(and)h(y)o(our)f(thesis)g
+(ma)o(y)e(b)q(e)j(rejected.)210 2525 y(If)i(y)o(ou)g(are)g(in)f(a)i
+(departmen)o(t)d(other)i(than)h(Electrical)d(Engineering,)i(y)o(ou)g
+(ma)o(y)e(still)h(b)q(e)112 2624 y(able)h(to)h(use)f(this)g(do)q(cumen)
+o(t)e(st)o(yle;)i(c)o(hec)o(k)e(with)i(y)o(our)g(departmen)o(t.)28
+b(If)19 b(the)f(journal)i(mo)q(del)p eop
+%%Page: 3 8
+3 7 bop 1888 -118 a Fk(3)112 123 y(pro)o(v)o(es)17 b(to)h(b)q(e)f
+(unsatisfactory)h(to)f(y)o(our)g(departmen)o(t,)e(y)o(ou)i(should)h
+(probably)f(consider)g(using)112 223 y(another)d(means)e(to)i(t)o(yp)q
+(e)f(y)o(our)g(thesis.)20 b(Changing)14 b(a)g(do)q(cumen)o(t)d(st)o
+(yle)h(is)h(not)h(a)f(trivial)f(matter;)112 322 y(only)17
+b(exp)q(erienced)d(users)j(should)f(attempt)f(it.)112
+516 y(B.)48 b(Getting)17 b(Started)112 669 y(Before)g(y)o(ou)h(em)o
+(bark)e(up)q(on)j(y)o(our)e(thesis)h(pro)q(duction,)g(w)o(e)f(suggest)i
+(that)f(y)o(ou)g(obtain)g(a)g(cop)o(y)112 769 y(of)24
+b(the)f(\\Thesis)h(Man)o(ual")g(and)f(a)h(cop)o(y)f(of)h(Leslie)e(Lamp)
+q(ort's)i(L)1389 763 y Fh(a)1413 769 y Fk(T)1440 784
+y(E)1467 769 y(X)f Fe(User's)h(Guide)g(and)112 868 y(R)n(efer)n(enc)n
+(e)e(Manual)f Fk([3])g(whic)o(h)f(are)g(a)o(v)m(ailable)g(in)h(the)f
+(MSC)h(Bo)q(okstore.)35 b(If)21 b(y)o(ou)f(in)o(tend)g(to)112
+968 y(write)h(equations)h(in)f(T)555 979 y(E)582 968
+y(X)h(y)o(ou)f(ma)o(y)f(wish)i(to)g(purc)o(hase)f(a)h(cop)o(y)f(of)h
+(Donald)g(Kn)o(uth's)f Fe(The)112 1068 y(T)139 1078 y(E)166
+1068 y(Xb)n(o)n(ok)g Fk([4],)g(whic)o(h)g(is)g(also)h(a)o(v)m(ailable)e
+(in)h(the)g(MSC)g(Bo)q(okstore.)37 b(Another)21 b(in)o(tro)q(ductory)
+112 1167 y(L)124 1161 y Fh(a)148 1167 y Fk(T)175 1182
+y(E)203 1167 y(X)12 b(b)q(o)q(ok)h(is)f(Da)o(vid)g(J.)g(Buerger's)f(L)
+827 1161 y Fh(a)851 1167 y Fk(T)878 1182 y(E)905 1167
+y(X)j Fe(for)f(Engine)n(ers)i(and)e(Scientists)h Fk([6],)e(also)h(a)o
+(v)m(ailable)112 1267 y(in)j(the)g(MSC)g(Bo)q(okstore.)22
+b(Y)l(ou)16 b(migh)o(t)e(also)i(\014nd)h(it)e(useful)h(to)g(ha)o(v)o(e)
+f(a)i(cop)o(y)e(of)i(the)e(Electrical)112 1367 y(Engineering)e(L)390
+1361 y Fh(a)414 1367 y Fk(T)441 1382 y(E)468 1367 y(X)f(Examples)g(b)q
+(o)q(ok,)i(whic)o(h)e(is)g(a)o(v)m(ailable)g(in)h(the)f(WER)o(C)h(Cop)o
+(y)f(Cen)o(ter.)20 b(W)l(e)112 1466 y(are)g(assuming)e(that)i(y)o(ou)f
+(ha)o(v)o(e)f(at)i(least)f(a)g(basic)h(understanding)f(of)h(L)1472
+1460 y Fh(a)1496 1466 y Fk(T)1523 1481 y(E)1550 1466
+y(X)f(and)h(an)f(editor.)112 1566 y(Y)l(ou)c(will)e(need)g(to)i
+(consult)f(the)g(L)730 1560 y Fh(a)754 1566 y Fk(T)781
+1581 y(E)808 1566 y(X)g(Users)g(Guide)g(and)h(p)q(ossibly)f
+Fe(The)i(T)1534 1577 y(E)1560 1566 y(Xb)n(o)n(ok)p Fk(,)e(the)g(latter)
+112 1665 y(when)j(pro)q(ducing)g(complex)d(mathematical)f(equations.)
+112 1860 y(C.)49 b(Where)16 b(to)g(Find)g(the)g(Files)112
+2012 y(There)g(are)h(t)o(w)o(o)f(t)o(yp)q(es)g(of)g(\014les)g(asso)q
+(ciated)h(with)g(the)f(L)1149 2006 y Fh(a)1173 2012 y
+Fk(T)1200 2028 y(E)1227 2012 y(X)g(thesis)g(do)q(cumen)o(t)f(st)o(yle:)
+185 2169 y Fj(\017)24 b Fg(.tex)14 b Fk(\014les:)20 b(There)14
+b(are)h(\\b)q(oiler-plate")g(\014les)f(for)h(eac)o(h)g(of)g(the)f
+(preliminary)e(and)j(supple-)234 2268 y(men)o(tary)g(pages.)23
+b(Y)l(ou)17 b(will)e(need)h(to)h(cop)o(y)f(all)h(of)f(these)h(\014les)f
+(in)o(to)g(y)o(our)h(o)o(wn)f(directory)234 2368 y(and)g(customize)c
+(them)h(for)i(y)o(our)f(thesis.)21 b(On)14 b(ee)g(or)h(eemips)e(y)o(ou)
+h(can)h(do)g(this)f(b)o(y)g(issuing)234 2468 y(the)i(command)491
+2624 y Fg(cp)25 b(/usr/loca)o(l/l)o(ib/)o(te)o(x/e)o(eth)o(es)o(is_)o
+(tem)o(pla)o(te)o(/*)d(.)p eop
+%%Page: 4 9
+4 8 bop 112 -100 a Fk(4)632 150 y(T)l(able)16 b(I.)g(Lo)q(cation)h(of)g
+Fg(eethesis)c Fk(Files)p 209 206 1625 2 v 209 216 V 208
+315 2 100 v 217 315 V 258 286 a(No)q(de)66 b(.st)o(y)16
+b(\014les)415 b(.tex)15 b(\014les)p 1824 315 V 1833 315
+V 209 317 1625 2 v 208 417 2 100 v 217 417 V 292 387
+a(ee)99 b(/usr/lo)q(cal/lib/tex/inputs)51 b(/usr/lo)q
+(cal/lib/tex/eethesis)p 1598 387 15 2 v 17 w(template)p
+1824 417 2 100 v 1833 417 V 208 516 V 217 516 V 242 487
+a(eemips)c(/usr/lo)q(cal/lib/tex/inputs)k(/usr/lo)q
+(cal/lib/tex/eethesis)p 1598 487 15 2 v 17 w(template)p
+1824 516 2 100 v 1833 516 V 208 616 V 217 616 V 253 586
+a(sigma)59 b(tex)p 505 586 15 2 v 17 w(ro)q(ot:[latex.st)o(yles])p
+1824 616 2 100 v 1833 616 V 208 716 V 217 716 V 255 686
+a(v)o(en)o(us)i(tex)p 505 686 15 2 v 17 w(ro)q(ot:[latex.st)o(yles])p
+1824 716 2 100 v 1833 716 V 209 717 1625 2 v 209 727
+V 234 848 a(Y)l(ou)15 b(will)f(need)h(to)g(cop)o(y)f(the)h(b)q
+(oiler-plate)f(\014les)h(from)f(ee)g(or)h(eemips)e(if)h(y)o(ou)h(are)g
+(running)234 948 y(on)i(SIGMA)f(or)g(VENUS)g(using)g(ftp.)185
+1083 y Fj(\017)24 b Fg(.sty)17 b Fk(\014les:)26 b(These)18
+b(are)h(the)f(\014les)g(that)h(L)1010 1077 y Fh(a)1034
+1083 y Fk(T)1061 1098 y(E)1088 1083 y(X)f(reads)h(in)f(to)h(con)o(trol)
+f(formatting.)28 b(Y)l(ou)234 1183 y(will)20 b(not)g(normally)f(need)h
+(to)g(access)g(these)g(\014les)g(directly)f(unless)h(y)o(ou)g(w)o(an)o
+(t)g(to)h(mo)q(d-)234 1282 y(ify)e(the)g(st)o(yle)f(or)h(cop)o(y)g(the)
+g(\014les)g(to)g(y)o(our)g(PC)h(or)f(Macin)o(tosh)g(\(see)g(Chapter)h
+(I)q(I)q(I,)e(Sec-)234 1382 y(tion)23 b(H{4\).)39 b(There)22
+b(are)h(three)e(\014les)h(asso)q(ciated)h(with)g(the)f(L)1425
+1376 y Fh(a)1449 1382 y Fk(T)1476 1397 y(E)1503 1382
+y(X)g(thesis)g(do)q(cumen)o(t)234 1482 y(st)o(yle:)e
+Fg(eethesis.st)o(y,)i(eethe12.sty)o(,)h(and)h(eethetitle)o(.st)o(y.)210
+1606 y Fk(App)q(endix)15 b(A)g(con)o(tains)h(a)g(sample)e(thesis)h
+(that)h(illustrates)f(the)g(output)i(from)d(this)i(do)q(cu-)112
+1706 y(men)o(t)f(st)o(yle.)20 b(T)l(able)c(I)g(sho)o(ws)h(the)f(lo)q
+(cation)h(of)f(the)g(\014les)g(on)h(v)m(arious)g(computers)e(on)h
+(campus.)112 1877 y(D.)49 b(Running)17 b(Y)l(our)f(Thesis)112
+2026 y(A)j(thesis)g(tends)g(to)g(b)q(e)g(so)h(long)f(that)h(y)o(ou)f
+(will)f(often)h(run)g(out)g(of)g(disk)g(space)g(if)g(y)o(ou)f(try)h(to)
+112 2126 y(run)d(it)f(all)g(at)h(once.)21 b(Also,)15
+b(it)g(is)h(ine\016cien)o(t)d(to)j(re-run)f(y)o(our)h(en)o(tire)e
+(thesis)h(when)h(all)f(y)o(ou)g(ha)o(v)o(e)112 2226 y(done)h(is)f(to)h
+(ha)o(v)o(e)e(made)g(a)i(small)e(c)o(hange)h(in)g(a)g(p)q(ortion)h(of)g
+(it.)k(Therefore,)15 b(it)g(is)g(recommende)o(d)112 2325
+y(that)i(y)o(ou)f(use)f(separate)i(\014les)e(for)h(eac)o(h)g(c)o
+(hapter)f(and)i(eac)o(h)e(preliminary)e(and)k(supplemen)o(tary)112
+2425 y(page.)22 b(The)15 b(b)q(est)h(w)o(a)o(y)e(to)i(do)g(this)f(is)f
+(to)i(use)f(the)g Fg(\\include)d Fk(and)k Fg(\\includeon)o(ly)c
+Fk(commands,)112 2525 y(whic)o(h)17 b(are)g(explained)f(in)h(Section)f
+(4.4)h(of)h(the)f(L)1016 2519 y Fh(a)1040 2525 y Fk(T)1067
+2540 y(E)1094 2525 y(X)g(man)o(ual.)22 b(Basically)l(,)15
+b(what)j(y)o(ou)f(should)112 2624 y(do)f(is)g(to)g(w)o(ork)f(from)f
+(one)i(main)e(\014le,)h(whic)o(h)g(will)f(then)h(call)g(the)g
+(\014le\(s\))g(y)o(ou)h(wish)f(to)h(w)o(ork)f(on.)p eop
+%%Page: 5 10
+5 9 bop 1888 -118 a Fk(5)112 123 y(Y)l(ou)17 b(need)g(not)g(en)o(ter)f
+(the)h(extension)f Fg(.tex)f Fk(in)i(the)f Fg(\\include)e
+Fk(statemen)o(ts.)22 b(A)16 b(sample)g(main)112 223 y(\014le)h(is)f(a)o
+(v)m(ailable)g(for)h(y)o(ou)g(to)g(edit)f(as)i(y)o(ou)e(wish;)h(it)f
+(is)h(called)e Fg(thesis.tex)f Fk(and)j(con)o(tains)g(the)112
+322 y(follo)o(wing)f(commands:)112 440 y Fg(\\documentst)o(yle)o({ee)o
+(the)o(si)o(s})112 502 y(\\includeonl)o(y{t)o(itl)o(e,a)o(pp)o(rov)o
+(al,)o(..)o(.})112 564 y(\045\\def\\type{)o(Dis)o(ser)o(tat)o(io)o(n})
+22 b(\045)k(Uncomment)c(this)i(line)g(for)h(dissertat)o(ion)112
+626 y(\045\\def\\degre)o(e{D)o(OCT)o(OR)d(OF)j(PHILOSOPHY)o(})e(\045)i
+(Uncomment)d(this)i(line)h(for)f(Ph.D.)112 689 y(\045\\def\\major)o
+({De)o(pt.)e(Name})i(\045)h(Uncomment)d(this)i(line)h(if)g(not)f(ELEN)
+112 751 y(\\begin{docu)o(men)o(t})112 813 y(\\pagenumber)o(ing)o({ro)o
+(man)o(})112 875 y(\\include{ti)o(tle)o(})112 938 y(\\include{ap)o(pro)
+o(val)o(})112 1000 y(\\include{ab)o(str)o(act)o(})112
+1062 y(\\include{de)o(d})112 1124 y(\\include{ac)o(k})112
+1187 y(\\include{li)o(sts)o(})112 1249 y(\\pagenumber)o(ing)o({ar)o
+(abi)o(c})112 1311 y(\\setlength{)o(\\he)o(adh)o(eig)o(ht)o(}{1)o(2pt)o
+(})112 1374 y(\\pagestyle{)o(myh)o(ead)o(ing)o(s})112
+1436 y(\\include{ch)o(1})112 1498 y(\\include{ch)o(2})112
+1560 y(\\include{bi)o(b})253 b(\045)25 b(Include)e(only)i(one)f(of)h
+(these)f(two)g(lines.)112 1623 y(\045)i(\\include{)o(bib)o(lio)o(})151
+b(\045)25 b("biblio")e(if)i(you)f(use)h(BibTeX,)e("bib")g(if)i(not.)112
+1685 y(\045)h(\\include{)o(sup)o(p})112 1747 y(\\include{ap)o(pen)o(d})
+112 1809 y(\\include{vi)o(ta})112 1872 y(\\end{docume)o(nt})210
+2026 y Fk(The)21 b Fg(\\include)c Fk(commands)i(tell)g(L)886
+2020 y Fh(a)910 2026 y Fk(T)937 2041 y(E)964 2026 y(X)h(whic)o(h)g
+(\014les)g(comprise)f(the)h(en)o(tire)f(do)q(cumen)o(t)112
+2126 y(while)h(the)f Fg(\\includeonl)o(y)e Fk(command)h(tells)h(L)1004
+2120 y Fh(a)1028 2126 y Fk(T)1055 2141 y(E)1082 2126
+y(X)h(whic)o(h)f(\014les)h(y)o(ou)g(w)o(an)o(t)g(to)g(run)h(at)f(that)
+112 2226 y(time.)42 b(When)23 b(y)o(ou)h Fg(latex)d Fk(the)j(main)e
+(\014le)h(\(i.e.,)g Fg(latex)h(thesis)p Fk(\),)e(L)1469
+2220 y Fh(a)1493 2226 y Fk(T)1520 2241 y(E)1548 2226
+y(X)h(will)f(ignore)i(all)112 2325 y Fg(\\include'd)13
+b Fk(\014les)k(that)g(are)f(not)h(men)o(tioned)e(in)h(the)g
+Fg(\\includeonl)o(y)e Fk(command,)g(but)j(it)f(will)112
+2425 y(k)o(eep)i(trac)o(k)f(of)i(page)g(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers,)e(equation)h
+(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers,)f(etc.)g(as)i(if)e(the)h(ignored)h(\014les)f(had)h
+(b)q(een)112 2525 y(included.)27 b(W)l(e)19 b(recomme)o(nd)d(that)j(y)o
+(ou)f(p)q(erfect)g(eac)o(h)g(p)q(ortion)h(of)g(y)o(our)g(thesis)f(b)o
+(y)g(using)h(the)112 2624 y Fg(\\includeonl)o(y)c Fk(command)g(to)j(w)o
+(ork)g(on)g(eac)o(h)f(\014le)g(individually)l(.)23 b(Y)l(ou)18
+b(can)f(delete)g(the)g Fg(.dvi)p eop
+%%Page: 6 11
+6 10 bop 112 -100 a Fk(6)112 123 y(\014les)20 b(from)f(y)o(our)g
+(directory)g(if)g(y)o(ou)h(wish,)g(but)g(y)o(ou)g(should)g(k)o(eep)f
+(the)g(latest)h(v)o(ersion)f(of)h(the)112 223 y Fg(.aux)13
+b Fk(\014les)h(around.)22 b(The)14 b Fg(.aux)f Fk(\014le)g(is)h(what)h
+(L)979 217 y Fh(a)1003 223 y Fk(T)1030 238 y(E)1058 223
+y(X)f(uses)g(to)h(k)o(eep)e(trac)o(k)h(of)g(things)h(relativ)o(e)d(to)
+112 322 y(the)h(other)f Fg(\\include'd)d Fk(\014les)j(\(e.g.,)g(page)h
+(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers,)e(equation)h(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers,)g(reference)e(n)o(um)
+o(b)q(ers,)112 422 y(\014gure)17 b(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers,)d(and)j(table)f(n)
+o(um)o(b)q(ers\).)112 521 y Fd(Note:)k Fk(When)c(using)f(the)g
+Fg(\\include)e Fk(command,)g(it)h(is)h(v)o(ery)f(imp)q(ortan)o(t)h(to)g
+(b)q(e)h(sure)f(that)h(an)o(y)112 621 y(new)h(coun)o(ters,)e(en)o
+(vironmen)o(ts,)e(etc.)i(that)h(y)o(ou)g(de\014ne)g(are)g(de\014ned)g
+(in)g(the)g(pream)o(ble)d(of)k(y)o(our)112 721 y(main)d(\014le)h
+(\(i.e.,)e(b)q(efore)i Fg(\\begin{docu)o(men)o(t})d Fk(in)j
+Fg(thesis.te)o(x)p Fk(\).)j(Do)e Fe(not)f Fk(de\014ne)g(an)o(y)g(of)h
+(these)112 820 y(things)h(in)f(the)g(middle)e(of)i(y)o(our)h(do)q
+(cumen)o(t)d(or)j(an)g(error)f(will)f(o)q(ccur.)210 920
+y(After)h(y)o(ou)h(ha)o(v)o(e)g(p)q(erfected)f(eac)o(h)h(section)g
+(individually)e(b)o(y)h(using)i Fg(\\includeon)o(ly)p
+Fk(,)c(y)o(ou)112 1020 y(need)21 b(to)g(put)h(the)e(en)o(tire)g(thesis)
+h(together.)35 b(The)21 b(b)q(est)g(w)o(a)o(y)g(to)g(do)h(this)f(is)g
+(to)g(start)g(at)h(the)112 1119 y(b)q(eginning)15 b(of)f(y)o(our)g(do)q
+(cumen)o(t)f(\(the)h(titlepage\))f(and)i(w)o(ork)f(to)h(the)e(end)h
+(\(the)g(vita\),)g(L)1719 1113 y Fh(a)1743 1119 y Fk(T)1770
+1134 y(E)1797 1119 y(X'ing)112 1219 y(one)21 b(or)f(more)f(\014les)h
+(at)g(a)h(time)d(using)i Fg(\\includeonl)o(y)p Fk(.)30
+b(The)20 b(only)g(\014le)g(that)g(should)h(not)f(b)q(e)112
+1318 y(L)124 1312 y Fh(a)148 1318 y Fk(T)175 1333 y(E)203
+1318 y(X'd)e(in)g(sequen)o(tial)g(order)h(is)g(the)f(\014le)g(that)i
+(con)o(tains)f(y)o(our)f(T)l(able)h(of)g(Con)o(ten)o(ts,)g(List)g(of)
+112 1418 y(T)l(ables,)k(and)f(List)g(of)g(Figures)g(\(i.e.,)f
+Fg(lists.tex)o Fk(\).)35 b(This)22 b(\014le)f(should)h(b)q(e)g(L)1594
+1412 y Fh(a)1618 1418 y Fk(T)1645 1433 y(E)1672 1418
+y(X'd)f(last)h(so)112 1518 y(that)f(it)f(can)h(gather)g(the)f(most)g
+(up-to-date)i(information)d(from)h(the)g(v)m(arious)h
+Fg(.aux)e Fk(\014les.)34 b(If)112 1617 y(y)o(ou)18 b(run)h(y)o(our)e
+(\014les)h(sequen)o(tially)l(,)e(they)h(will)g(ha)o(v)o(e)g(all)h(of)g
+(the)g(information)f(they)g(need)h(from)112 1717 y(the)h(previous)g
+(\014les)g(\(page)h(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers,)e(equation)h(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers,)f
+(etc.\))30 b(to)19 b(format)g(text)f(correctly)l(.)112
+1817 y(Ho)o(w)o(ev)o(er,)d(if)g(y)o(ou)i(ha)o(v)o(e)e(made)g(ma)s(jor)h
+(c)o(hanges)g(in)g(the)h(\014le)e(since)h(the)g(last)g(time)f(y)o(ou)h
+(L)1757 1811 y Fh(a)1781 1817 y Fk(T)1808 1832 y(E)1835
+1817 y(X'd)112 1916 y(it)i(\(i.e.,)e(c)o(hanges)i(whic)o(h)f(a\013ect)h
+(the)g Fg(.aux)e Fk(\014le\),)h(L)1063 1910 y Fh(a)1087
+1916 y Fk(T)1114 1931 y(E)1141 1916 y(X)h(will)e(output)j(a)f(w)o
+(arning)g(message)f(to)112 2016 y(y)o(our)g(screen)f(telling)g(y)o(ou)h
+(that)g(y)o(ou)g(m)o(ust)e(re-run)i(y)o(our)g(do)q(cumen)o(t)f(to)h
+(\\get)g(cross-references)112 2115 y(righ)o(t.")e(It)g(is)g(imp)q
+(ortan)o(t)g(that)g(y)o(ou)g(do)h(L)871 2109 y Fh(a)895
+2115 y Fk(T)922 2130 y(E)950 2115 y(X)e(y)o(our)i(thesis)f(again;)h
+(otherwise)f(page)g(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers,)112 2215 y(equation)20
+b(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers,)f(or)i(the)e(table)h(of)g(con)o(ten)o(ts)g(ma)o(y)e
+(not)j(b)q(e)f(correct.)32 b(It)19 b(is)h(imp)q(ortan)o(t)f(to)112
+2315 y(remem)o(b)q(er)13 b(that)k(when)f(y)o(ou)h(prin)o(t)e(a)i(p)q
+(ortion)g(of)g(y)o(our)f(thesis)g(it)g(ma)o(y)f(not)i(b)q(e)f(totally)g
+(correct)112 2414 y(if)e Fe(any)g Fk(of)h(the)f(other)g
+Fg(\\incude'd)22 b(.aux)13 b Fk(\014les)h(is)f(not)i(up-to-date.)22
+b(Do)15 b(not)f(b)q(e)g(alarmed)f(if)h(page)112 2514
+y(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers)k(or)h(equation)g(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers)f(are)h(wrong;)h
+(if)f(y)o(ou)g(L)1178 2508 y Fh(a)1202 2514 y Fk(T)1229
+2529 y(E)1256 2514 y(X)g(y)o(our)f(thesis)h(sequen)o(tially)e(and)112
+2614 y(re-run)h(individual)d(\014les)i(when)g(told)g(to)h(do)g(so)f(b)o
+(y)g(the)g(computer,)e(y)o(our)i(\014nal)g(output)h(should)p
+eop
+%%Page: 7 12
+7 11 bop 1888 -118 a Fk(7)112 123 y(b)q(e)17 b(correct.)112
+297 y(E.)49 b(Prin)o(ting)16 b(Y)l(our)g(Thesis)112 446
+y(Di\013eren)o(t)21 b(computers)f(at)i(T)l(exas)g(A&M)f(Univ)o(ersit)o
+(y)d(ha)o(v)o(e)j(di\013eren)o(t)g(commands)e(for)j(prin)o(t-)112
+545 y(ing)c(a)f(L)248 539 y Fh(a)272 545 y Fk(T)299 560
+y(E)326 545 y(X)g(do)q(cumen)o(t.)22 b(Y)l(ou)17 b(will)f(alw)o(a)o(ys)
+h(b)q(egin)g(the)g(pro)q(cess)h(with)f(the)f(command)f
+Fg(latex)112 645 y(filename)p Fk(.)35 b(This)21 b(pro)q(duces)i(a)f
+Fg(.dvi)e Fk(\014le)h(whic)o(h)f(can)i(b)q(e)g(transferred)f(to)h(an)o
+(y)g(other)g(com-)112 744 y(puter)c(for)g(further)f(pro)q(cessing.)27
+b(After)17 b(this,)g(y)o(ou)h(m)o(ust)e(run)i(some)f(sort)h(of)g
+Fg(dvi)e Fk(program)i(on)112 844 y(y)o(our)g(do)q(cumen)o(t)d(and)j
+(then)f(use)g(another)h(command)d(to)j(prin)o(t)e(it.)24
+b(Some)16 b(computer)g(systems)112 944 y(com)o(bine)f(all)g(of)i(these)
+f(steps)g(in)o(to)g(one)h(command.)210 1043 y(The)f(commands)f(for)h
+Fg(ee)g Fk(or)g Fg(eemips)e Fk(to)j Fg(dvi)e Fk(and)i
+Fg(print)d Fk(the)i(L)1411 1037 y Fh(a)1435 1043 y Fk(T)1462
+1058 y(E)1490 1043 y(X)g(output)h(are:)112 1140 y Fg(dvihp)24
+b(file)112 1190 y(lpr)h(-Phpzac)e(-l)i(file.hp)112 1336
+y(dvihp)18 b Fk(is)g(a)i(program)f(that)g(con)o(v)o(erts)f
+Fg(.dvi)f Fk(\014les)i(to)g Fg(.hp)f Fk(\014les)h(for)g(our)g
+Fg(HP)25 b(Laserjet)e(2000)112 1435 y Fk(laser)f(prin)o(ter.)37
+b(There)21 b(are)h(man)o(y)e(options)i(a)o(v)m(ailable)f(for)h
+Fg(dvihp)p Fk(,)f(for)h(details)f(the)h(man)o(ual)112
+1535 y(page)c(is)e(included)g(in)g(App)q(endix)h(F.)f(The)h
+Fg(-Phpzac)d Fk(option)j(selects)f(the)g Fg(HP)25 b(Laserjet)e(2000)112
+1635 y Fk(prin)o(ter)17 b(in)f(Zac)o(hry)h(214.)25 b(The)17
+b Fg(-l)g Fk(option)g(is)g(required)f(for)h(prin)o(ting)g
+Fg(.hp)f Fk(\014les.)24 b(If)16 b(y)o(ou)h(forget)112
+1734 y(to)g(put)g Fg(-l)e Fk(after)h Fg(lpr)p Fk(,)f(y)o(ou)h(will)f
+(not)i(get)f(an)o(y)g(binary)g(\014le)g(prin)o(tout.)210
+1834 y(The)23 b(EE)g(departmen)o(t)e(also)i(has)h(a)f(DEC)h(LPS20)g(P)o
+(ostScript)f(prin)o(ter.)39 b(F)l(or)23 b(straigh)o(t)112
+1933 y(L)124 1927 y Fh(a)148 1933 y Fk(T)175 1948 y(E)203
+1933 y(X,)f(this)h(prin)o(ter)g(is)g(slo)o(w)o(er)g(than)g(the)g
+Fg(Laserjet)g(2000)p Fk(,)g(and)h(the)f(cost)h(p)q(er)f(page)h(for)112
+2033 y(supplies)15 b(is)g(higher.)21 b(F)l(or)15 b(these)f(reasons,)i
+(w)o(e)f(ask)g(that)h(y)o(ou)f(use)g(the)f(LPS20)j(only)e(if)f(y)o(ou)h
+(ha)o(v)o(e)112 2133 y(P)o(ostScript)k(graphics)h(to)g(include)e(or)h
+(if)g(the)g Fg(Laserjet)k(2000)17 b Fk(is)i(do)o(wn.)31
+b(The)19 b(command)e(to)112 2232 y Fg(dvi)f Fk(and)g
+Fg(print)f Fk(the)h(output)h(on)g(ee)e(or)i(eemips)d(are)i(as)h(follo)o
+(ws:)112 2329 y Fg(dvips)24 b(file)112 2378 y(lpr)h(-Plpszac)e(-l)i
+(file.ps)112 2525 y(dvips)17 b Fk(con)o(v)o(erts)h Fg(.dvi)g
+Fk(\014les)g(to)h Fg(.ps)f Fk(\014les)g(for)h(a)h(P)o(ostScript)e(prin)
+o(ter.)28 b(There)19 b(are)f(man)o(y)g(op-)112 2624 y(tions)h(for)g
+Fg(dvips)p Fk(;)e(the)h(man)o(ual)f(page)i(is)f(included)f(in)h(App)q
+(endix)g(G.)g(The)h Fg(-Plpszac)c Fk(option)p eop
+%%Page: 8 13
+8 12 bop 112 -100 a Fk(8)112 123 y(selects)18 b(the)g(LPS20)i(prin)o
+(ter)d(in)h(Zac)o(hry)g(214.)29 b(Including)17 b(P)o(ostScript)i
+(graphics)f(is)h(discussed)112 223 y(in)d(Section)g(I)q(I)q(I.D.3.)210
+322 y(Users)h(of)g(SIGMA)f(and)h(VENUS)f(can)h(use)g(the)f(Xero)o(x)g
+(4050)i(prin)o(ter)e(a)o(v)m(ailable)g(in)h(ZCC.)112
+422 y(After)f(y)o(ou)g(\014nish)g(running)h(L)656 416
+y Fh(a)680 422 y Fk(T)707 437 y(E)734 422 y(X,)f(y)o(ou)g(just)g(t)o
+(yp)q(e)112 574 y Fg(texrox/que=)o(xrx)o(zcc)22 b(file)112
+726 y Fk(and)15 b(then)f(y)o(ou)g(can)h(go)g(to)f(the)g(ZCC)g(help)g
+(desk)g(to)g(get)h(y)o(our)f(prin)o(tout.)20 b(Chec)o(k)13
+b(at)i(a)f(help)g(desk)112 826 y(if)i(y)o(ou)g(don't)h(kno)o(w)f(the)g
+(commands)e(to)j(use)f(from)g(y)o(our)g(computer.)210
+925 y(There)c(are)g(t)o(w)o(o)h(recomme)o(nded)d(w)o(a)o(ys)i(for)h
+(prin)o(ting)e(y)o(our)i(thesis)f(on)g(blueline.)19 b(The)12
+b(\014rst)h(is)112 1025 y(to)h(send)f(y)o(our)g Fg(.dvi)f
+Fk(\014les)h(to)h(y)o(our)f(SIGMA)f(or)i(VENUS)e(accoun)o(t)h(\(a)o(v)m
+(ailable)f(to)i(ev)o(ery)e(studen)o(t)112 1124 y(|)17
+b(see)g(App)q(endix)f(I)h(for)g(instructions)g(on)g(getting)g(an)h
+(accoun)o(t\))e(and)i(then)f(send)g(y)o(our)g(thesis)112
+1224 y(to)h(the)e(Xero)o(x)g(4050)i(laser)f(prin)o(ter)e(in)i(the)f(R)o
+(CC)h(\(The)f(Remote)f(Computing)i(Cen)o(ter)f(b)q(ehind)112
+1324 y(the)h(library\))g(or)g(to)h(one)f(of)h(the)f(t)o(w)o(o)g(Xero)o
+(x)f(9700)j(laser)e(prin)o(ters)f(in)h(the)g(TCC)h(\(The)f(T)l(eague)
+112 1423 y(Computing)f(Cen)o(ter)g(in)g(the)g(T)l(eague)g(Building\).)k
+(The)d(commands)d(for)j(doing)f(this)g(are)112 1575 y
+Fg($)26 b(texrox/bo)o(x=n)o(nnn)o(/qu)o(eu)o(e=R)o(CC/)o(fo)o(rm=)o
+(11A)o(1)d(filename)176 b(\(for)24 b(the)h(4050\))112
+1675 y($)h(texrox/bo)o(x=m)o(mmm)o(/qu)o(eu)o(e=X)o(ERO)o(X/)o(for)o
+(m=1)o(1A1)c(filename)125 b(\(for)24 b(the)h(9700s\))112
+1827 y Fk(Do)15 b(not)f(t)o(yp)q(e)f(in)g(the)h(extension)f(on)h(y)o
+(our)f(\014lename.)19 b(Y)l(our)14 b(thesis)f(will)g(b)q(e)g(prin)o
+(ted)g(on)h(blueline)112 1927 y(pap)q(er)19 b(and)f(y)o(ou)f(ma)o(y)f
+(pic)o(k)h(it)g(up)g(from)g(the)g(b)q(o)o(x)h(that)g(y)o(ou)g(sp)q
+(eci\014ed)f(\(The)g(R)o(CC)h(b)q(o)o(xes)f(are)112 2026
+y(n)o(um)o(b)q(ered)d(from)g(100A)i(through)h(117E)f(and)g(the)f(TCC)h
+(b)q(o)o(xes)g(are)f(n)o(um)o(b)q(ered)e(001A)j(through)112
+2126 y(017D;)c(y)o(ou)f(ma)o(y)e(c)o(ho)q(ose)j(an)o(y)e(one\).)20
+b(The)11 b(T)918 2137 y(E)945 2126 y(X)p Fh(r)o(o)o(x)e
+Fk(reference)h(card)g(is)h(included)f(in)g(App)q(endix)g(J)112
+2226 y(of)17 b(this)f(man)o(ual.)210 2325 y(A)f(second)h(w)o(a)o(y)f
+(is)h(to)g(prin)o(t)e(y)o(our)i(thesis)f(on)h(a)g(laser)g(prin)o(ter)e
+(attac)o(hed)i(to)g(the)f(computer)112 2425 y(system)h(y)o(ou)h
+(usually)f(w)o(ork)h(on,)g(and)g(then)g(ha)o(v)o(e)f(one)h(of)g(the)g
+(cop)o(y)f(cen)o(ters)g(cop)o(y)g(y)o(our)h(thesis)112
+2525 y(on)i(blueline.)26 b(T)l(o)19 b(a)o(v)o(oid)f(pap)q(er)h(jams,)f
+(blueline)e(pap)q(er)j(is)f Fd(not)h Fk(allo)o(w)o(ed)e(in)h(EE)h
+(Departmen)o(t)112 2624 y(prin)o(ters.)p eop
+%%Page: 9 14
+9 13 bop 1888 -118 a Fk(9)210 123 y(P)o(ap)q(er)24 b(is)g(exp)q(ensiv)o
+(e.)44 b(Do)24 b(not)h(run)f(more)f(than)i(one)f(\014nal)g(cop)o(y)g
+(of)g(y)o(our)g(thesis)g(or)112 223 y(dissertation)18
+b(on)f(EE)g(Departmen)o(t)f(prin)o(ters.)22 b(T)l(ak)o(e)16
+b(y)o(our)h(\014nal)g(v)o(ersion)f(to)i(a)f(cop)o(y)g(cen)o(ter)e(to)
+112 322 y(obtain)i(additional)g(copies.)210 422 y(Sometimes)23
+b(a)j(laser)g(prin)o(ter)f(ma)o(y)g(b)q(e)h(out)h(of)f(adjustmen)o(t)f
+(and)h(y)o(our)g(output)h(ma)o(y)112 521 y(not)e(b)q(e)g(within)f(the)g
+(blue)g(line)g(\(try)g(to)h(\014nd)f(a)h(sheet)f(of)h(blueline)e(pap)q
+(er)i(to)g(c)o(hec)o(k)e(y)o(our)112 621 y(output\).)52
+b(T)l(o)27 b(alter)f(the)g(left/righ)o(t)f(orien)o(tation)h(on)h(the)f
+(page,)j(c)o(hange)d(the)g(parameter)112 721 y Fg(\\oddsidemar)o(gin)18
+b Fk(\(see)k(p.163)g(of)h(the)e(L)895 715 y Fh(a)919
+721 y Fk(T)946 736 y(E)973 721 y(X)h(b)q(o)q(ok\),)i(and)f(to)f(alter)f
+(the)h(top/b)q(ottom)g(ori-)112 820 y(en)o(tation)15
+b(c)o(hange)g(the)g(parameter)f Fg(\\topmargin)p Fk(,)d(whic)o(h)k(is)g
+(initially)e(set)i(at)g Fj(\000)p Fi(:)p Fk(15)h(inc)o(hes.)j(F)l(or)
+112 920 y(example,)c(if)h(the)g(laser)h(prin)o(ter)e(is)i(prin)o(ting)f
+(y)o(our)h(thesis)f(.25)h(inc)o(hes)f(to)q(o)i(far)f(to)g(the)f(left,)g
+(y)o(ou)112 1020 y(will)21 b(w)o(an)o(t)h(to)g(increase)f(the)h
+Fg(\\oddsidema)o(rg)o(in)p Fk(.)35 b(Since)21 b(the)g
+Fg(\\oddsidemar)o(gi)o(n)e Fk(is)j(initially)112 1119
+y(set)d(at)h(.25)f(inc)o(hes,)f(y)o(ou)h(will)f(w)o(an)o(t)h(to)g(c)o
+(hange)g(it)g(to)g(0.5)h(inc)o(hes)e(b)o(y)g(placing)h(the)g(command)
+112 1219 y Fg(\\setlength{)o(\\od)o(dsi)o(dem)o(ar)o(gin)o(}{0)o(.5)o
+(in})e Fk(in)o(to)k(y)o(our)g(main)e(\014le)h(\()p Fg(thesis.tex)p
+Fk(\))e(righ)o(t)i(b)q(e-)112 1318 y(fore)d(the)g Fg(\\begin{doc)o(ume)
+o(nt})c Fk(statemen)o(t.)22 b(If)16 b(y)o(our)h(thesis)f(is)h(b)q(eing)
+g(prin)o(ted)f(.25)h(inc)o(hes)f(to)q(o)112 1418 y(far)h(to)g(the)f
+(righ)o(t,)f(y)o(ou)h(can)h(set)f(the)g Fg(\\oddsidem)o(arg)o(in)d
+Fk(to)j Fg(0in)g Fk(in)g(the)g(same)f(manner.)112 1594
+y(F.)49 b(Using)16 b(a)g(Sp)q(elling)g(Chec)o(k)o(er)112
+1743 y(After)g(y)o(ou)g(ha)o(v)o(e)f(t)o(yp)q(ed)h(in)g(y)o(our)g
+(thesis,)g(it)g(is)g(a)g(go)q(o)q(d)j(idea)c(to)i(run)f(y)o(our)h(do)q
+(cumen)o(t)d(through)112 1842 y(a)h(sp)q(elling)f(c)o(hec)o(k)e
+(program.)21 b(There)13 b(are)i(a)f(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)f(of)h(di\013eren)o
+(t)f(sp)q(elling)h(programs)g(installed)112 1942 y(on)g(the)e(campus)g
+(computers.)19 b(If)12 b(p)q(ossible,)i(y)o(ou)e(probably)i(w)o(an)o(t)
+e(to)h(use)g(one)g(that)h(understands)112 2042 y(that)j(T)245
+2052 y(E)272 2042 y(X)f(and)h(L)432 2036 y Fh(a)456 2042
+y Fk(T)483 2057 y(E)510 2042 y(X)f(commands)f(should)h(not)h(b)q(e)f
+(\015agged)i(as)f(sp)q(elling)e(errors.)210 2141 y(On)j(VENUS)g(the)g
+(public)g(domain)f(sp)q(elling)h(program)g(installed)g(automatically)e
+(selects)112 2241 y(T)139 2252 y(E)167 2241 y(X/L)240
+2235 y Fh(a)264 2241 y Fk(T)291 2256 y(E)318 2241 y(X)g(mo)q(de.)k(T)l
+(o)d(c)o(hec)o(k)d(the)i(sp)q(elling)g(of)h(a)f(\014le)g
+Fg(junk.tex)d Fk(issue)j(the)g(command)343 2383 y Fg(spell)24
+b(junk.tex)210 2525 y Fk(On)11 b(ee)f(and)i(eemips)c(there)i(are)h(t)o
+(w)o(o)g(sp)q(elling)f(programs)h(that)h(can)f(b)q(e)g(used)g(with)f(T)
+1731 2535 y(E)1758 2525 y(X/L)1831 2519 y Fh(a)1855 2525
+y Fk(T)1882 2540 y(E)1910 2525 y(X.)112 2624 y(There)22
+b(is)f(an)h(in)o(teractiv)o(e)c(program)k Fg(ispell)p
+Fk(.)34 b(See)21 b(the)g(man)o(ual)f(page)i(for)g(information)e(on)p
+eop
+%%Page: 10 15
+10 14 bop 112 -100 a Fk(10)112 123 y Fg(ispell)p Fk(.)35
+b(Y)l(ou)21 b(can)g(also)h(use)f(the)g(follo)o(wing)g(metho)q(d)g(to)g
+(obtain)h(a)g(list)e(of)i(the)f(missp)q(elled)112 223
+y(w)o(ords)c(and)g(then)f(correct)g(them)e(using)j(an)g(editor:)p
+eop
+%%Page: 11 16
+11 15 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(11)343 123 y Fg(detex)24 b(<)h(file.tex)e(>)i
+(junk)343 173 y(spell)f(junk)g(>)h(misspell)112 326 y
+Fk(The)14 b(\014le)f Fg(misspell)e Fk(will)i(con)o(tain)g(a)h(list)f
+(of)h(the)f(missp)q(elled)f(w)o(ords.)21 b(If)13 b(y)o(ou)h(missp)q
+(ell)d(the)j(same)112 426 y(w)o(ord)21 b(sev)o(eral)d(times,)h(it)g
+(will)g(only)h(b)q(e)g(listed)f(once.)31 b(Therefore,)20
+b(b)q(e)g(sure)g(to)g(searc)o(h)g(for)g(all)112 526 y(o)q(ccurrences.)p
+eop
+%%Page: 12 17
+12 16 bop 112 -100 a Fk(12)863 123 y(CHAPTER)16 b(I)q(I)662
+306 y(USING)f(THE)h(THESIS)g(MA)o(CR)o(OS)112 405 y(A.)48
+b(The)17 b(Title)e(P)o(age)112 554 y(The)j(\014le)e(whic)o(h)h(y)o(ou)g
+(will)f(b)q(e)h(using)h(is)f(called)f Fg(title.tex)o
+Fk(.)22 b(After)16 b(cop)o(ying)h(this)g(\014le)f(to)i(y)o(our)112
+654 y(directory)l(,)13 b(edit)g(it)f(and)i(replace)f(the)g(data)h
+(enclosed)f(within)f(the)h(braces)h(with)f(the)g(appropriate)112
+753 y(information)20 b(for)h(y)o(our)g(particular)f(thesis.)34
+b(Remem)n(b)q(er)18 b(to)j(enclose)f(all)g(of)h(the)f(parameters)112
+853 y(within)g(braces.)33 b(As)19 b(required)g(b)o(y)h(the)g(Thesis)g
+(Man)o(ual,)g(the)g(mon)o(th)f(m)o(ust)f(b)q(e)j(either)e(Ma)o(y)l(,)
+112 953 y(August,)e(or)g(Decem)o(b)q(er.)i(The)d(follo)o(wing)g(is)g
+(the)h(\014le)e Fg(title.tex)e Fk(that)k(y)o(ou)f(ha)o(v)o(e)g(copied)g
+(in)o(to)112 1052 y(y)o(our)h(accoun)o(t:)112 1189 y
+Fg(\\maketitlep)o(age)112 1251 y({First)24 b(Line)g(of)h(Title\\\\)e
+(Second)g(Line)i(of)g(Title})49 b(\045)25 b(For)f(one-line)f(title,)
+1292 1314 y(\045)i(delete)e(the)i("\\\\")112 1376 y({Your)f(Full)g
+(Name})112 1438 y({Degree})228 b(\045)26 b(For)e(example,)f(`Master)g
+(of)i(Science')548 1500 y(\045)h(or)e(`Doctor)f(of)i(Philosophy')112
+1563 y({Month)f(Year})112 1625 y({Major)g(Subject})48
+b(\045)26 b(For)e(example,)f(`Electric)o(al)f(Engineering)o(')112
+1799 y Fk(No)o(w)17 b(run)f(L)325 1793 y Fh(a)349 1799
+y Fk(T)376 1814 y(E)403 1799 y(X)g(on)h(the)f(mo)q(di\014ed)f(\014le)h
+Fg(titlepage)o(.te)o(x)d Fk(as)k(usual.)112 1973 y(B.)48
+b(The)17 b(Appro)o(v)m(al)f(P)o(age)112 2122 y(W)l(e)f(ha)o(v)o(e)f
+(created)g(four)h(forms)f(of)h(the)f(Appro)o(v)m(al)g(P)o(age)h(to)g
+(accommo)q(date)e(the)i(most)f(common)112 2222 y(organizations)22
+b(of)f(the)g(Advisory)f(Committee)o(.)32 b(Use)20 b(only)h
+Fe(one)g Fk(of)g(the)f(follo)o(wing)h Fe(Appr)n(oval)112
+2322 y(Page)d Fk(macros:)172 2484 y(1.)24 b(F)l(or)17
+b(One)f(c)o(hairman)e(and)j(3)g(mem)o(b)q(ers)c(use)j
+Fg(\\approvalon)o(e)172 2624 y Fk(2.)24 b(F)l(or)17 b(One)f(c)o
+(hairman)e(and)j(4)g(mem)o(b)q(ers)c(use)j Fg(\\approvaltw)o(o)p
+eop
+%%Page: 13 18
+13 17 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(13)172 123 y(3.)24 b(F)l(or)17
+b(Tw)o(o)g(Co{Chairmen)e(and)i(2)g(mem)o(b)q(ers)c(use)j
+Fg(\\approvalth)o(ree)172 269 y Fk(4.)24 b(F)l(or)17
+b(Tw)o(o)g(Co{Chairmen)e(and)i(3)g(mem)o(b)q(ers)c(use)j
+Fg(\\approvalfo)o(ur)210 443 y Fk(If)g(y)o(ou're)f(not)i(in)f(one)h(of)
+f(these)g(categories,)g(either)g(c)o(hange)g(y)o(our)g(Advisory)g
+(Committee)112 542 y(or)22 b(cop)o(y)e Fg(eethetitle.)o(sty)d
+Fk(in)o(to)k(y)o(our)g(directory)f(and)h(edit)f(the)h(appro)o(v)m(al)h
+(page)f(macro)f(at)112 642 y(y)o(our)d(o)o(wn)f(risk!)210
+742 y(Y)l(ou)d(will)e(edit)h(one)h(of)g(the)f(appro)o(v)m(al)h(page)h
+(\014les)e(in)g(the)g(same)g(manner)f(that)j(y)o(ou)e(did)g(when)112
+841 y(creating)k(the)g(titlepage.)21 b(Remem)n(b)q(er)14
+b(to)i(enclose)g(all)f(of)i(the)f(parameters)f(within)h(braces.)210
+941 y(Examples)j(of)h(eac)o(h)g(of)g(the)g(appro)o(v)m(al)h(\014les)e
+(are)i(sho)o(wn)f(b)q(elo)o(w;)i(they)e(can)g(b)q(e)g(found)h(in)112
+1040 y Fg(approval.te)o(x)p Fk(.)30 b(Study)21 b(the)f(Thesis)g(Man)o
+(ual)g(for)h(additional)f(detailed)g(information.)32
+b(Use)112 1140 y(one)17 b(of)f(the)g(follo)o(wing)g(and)h(delete)e(the)
+h(others.)22 b(F)l(or)16 b(a)h(single)f(line)f(title)g(delete)g(the)h
+Fg(`\\\\')p Fk(.)112 1317 y Fg(\\approvalon)o(e)112 1379
+y({First)24 b(Line)g(of)h(Title\\\\)e(Second)g(Line)i(of)g(Title})112
+1441 y({Your)f(Full)g(Name})112 1503 y({Chairman's)e(name})112
+1566 y({Member's)h(Name})112 1628 y({Member's)g(Name})112
+1690 y({Member's)g(Name})112 1752 y({Head)h(of)h(Department')o(s)d
+(Name})112 1815 y({Month)i(Year})112 1939 y(\\approvaltw)o(o)112
+2001 y({First)g(Line)g(of)h(Title\\\\)e(Second)g(Line)i(of)g(Title})112
+2064 y({Your)f(Full)g(Name})112 2126 y({Chairman's)e(name})112
+2188 y({Member's)h(Name})112 2251 y({Member's)g(Name})112
+2313 y({Member's)g(Name})112 2375 y({Member's)g(Name})112
+2437 y({Head)h(of)h(Department')o(s)d(Name})112 2500
+y({Month)i(Year})112 2624 y(\\approvalth)o(ree)p eop
+%%Page: 14 19
+14 18 bop 112 -100 a Fk(14)112 123 y Fg({First)24 b(Line)g(of)h
+(Title\\\\)e(Second)g(Line)i(of)g(Title})112 185 y({Your)f(Full)g
+(Name})112 247 y({Co-Chairma)o(n's)e(name})112 310 y({Co-Chairma)o(n's)
+g(name})112 372 y({Member's)h(Name})112 434 y({Member's)g(Name})112
+497 y({Head)h(of)h(Department')o(s)d(Name})112 559 y({Month)i(Year})112
+683 y(\\approvalfo)o(ur)112 746 y({First)g(Line)g(of)h(Title\\\\)e
+(Second)g(Line)i(of)g(Title})112 808 y({Your)f(Full)g(Name})112
+870 y({Co-Chairma)o(n's)e(name})112 932 y({Co-Chairma)o(n's)g(name})112
+995 y({Member's)h(Name})112 1057 y({Member's)g(Name})112
+1119 y({Member's)g(Name})112 1181 y({Head)h(of)h(Department')o(s)d
+(Name})112 1244 y({Month)i(Year})112 1441 y Fd(Note:)d
+Fk(When)15 b(y)o(ou)h(run)g(the)g(appro)o(v)m(al)g(page,)g(y)o(ou)g(ma)
+o(y)e(get)i(some)e(\\o)o(v)o(er\014ll)h(h)o(b)q(o)o(x")h(w)o(arnings)
+112 1541 y(with)c(\\badness)h(10000.")22 b(Neglect)10
+b(these)h(w)o(arnings|h)o(b)q(o)o(xes)h(are)g(to)q(o)g(pic)o(ky!)18
+b(These)12 b(w)o(arnings)112 1641 y(are)17 b(due)f(to)h(the)f(la)o(y)o
+(out)f(of)i(the)f(appro)o(v)m(al)h(page)f(whic)o(h)g(is)g(formatted)f
+(correctly)l(.)112 1839 y(C.)65 b(The)17 b(Abstract)f(P)o(age)112
+1992 y(Y)l(ou)h(ha)o(v)o(e)f(t)o(w)o(o)h(alternativ)o(es)f(from)f(whic)
+o(h)h(to)h(c)o(ho)q(ose)h(in)e(creating)h(y)o(our)f(abstract)i(page.)23
+b(Use)112 2092 y Fg(\\absone)14 b Fk(if)i(y)o(ou)g(ha)o(v)o(e)g(one)g
+(c)o(hairman)f(on)i(y)o(our)f(Advisory)f(Committee;)e(use)j
+Fg(\\abstwo)e Fk(if)i(y)o(ou)112 2192 y(ha)o(v)o(e)g(t)o(w)o(o)g(co{c)o
+(hairmen.)k(Begin)c(b)o(y)g(editing)g(the)g(\014le)g
+Fg(abstract.t)o(ex)d Fk(and)k(replace)e(the)i(data)112
+2291 y(enclosed)f(within)g(the)h(braces)f(with)h(the)f(appropriate)h
+(information)f(for)g(y)o(our)h(thesis.)22 b(Include)112
+2391 y(the)11 b(en)o(tire)f(text)h(of)g(the)g(abstract)h(within)e(one)i
+(set)f(of)g(braces.)20 b(As)11 b(stated)g(in)g(the)g(Thesis)g(Man)o
+(ual,)112 2491 y(the)18 b(text)e(of)i(y)o(our)f(abstract)h(m)o(ust)e
+(not)h(exceed)f(350)j(w)o(ords)e(in)g(length.)24 b(The)18
+b(follo)o(wing)f(is)g(the)112 2590 y(\014le)f Fg(abstract.t)o(ex)p
+Fk(:)p eop
+%%Page: 15 20
+15 19 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(15)112 123 y Fg(\\absone)112
+185 y({First)24 b(Line)g(of)h(Title\\\\Sec)o(ond)d(Line)i(of)h(Title})
+112 247 y({Month)f(Year})112 310 y({Your)g(Full)g(Name})112
+372 y({Degree,)f(University;)o(\\\\)o(Deg)o(ree)o(,)f(University})g
+(\045)j(Degrees)e(ALREADY)g(RECEIVED,)1010 434 y(\045)i(e.g.)f({B.S.,)g
+(Rice)g(Universit)o(y;\\)o(\\)1010 497 y(\045)h(M.S.,)f(Texas)g(A\\&M)g
+(Universit)o(y})1010 559 y(\045)h(If)g(only)f(one)h(degree,)e(delete)g
+(`;\\\\')112 621 y({Chairman's)f(name})112 683 y({Place)i(your)g
+(abstract)f(between)g(these)h(braces.)f(The)h(text)g(of)h(your)f
+(abstract)112 746 y(must)h(not)f(exceed)g(350)g(words.)g(Place)f(your)i
+(abstract)d(between)h(these)h(braces.)112 808 y(The)h(text)f(of)h(your)
+f(abstract)f(must)h(not)h(exceed)e(350)i(words.})112
+932 y(\\abstwo)112 995 y({First)f(Line)g(of)h(Title\\\\Sec)o(ond)d
+(Line)i(of)h(Title})112 1057 y({Month)f(Year})112 1119
+y({Your)g(Full)g(Name})112 1181 y({Degree,)f(University;)o(\\\\)o(Deg)o
+(ree)o(,)f(University})112 1244 y({Co-Chairma)o(n's)g(name})112
+1306 y({Co-Chairma)o(n's)g(name})112 1368 y({Place)i(your)g(abstract)f
+(between)g(these)h(braces.)f(The)h(text)g(of)h(your)f(abstract)112
+1431 y(must)h(not)f(exceed)g(350)g(words.)g(Place)f(your)i(abstract)d
+(between)h(these)h(braces.)112 1493 y(The)h(text)f(of)h(your)f
+(abstract)f(must)h(not)h(exceed)e(350)i(words.})112 1680
+y Fk(D.)49 b(The)16 b(Dedication)g(P)o(age)h(\(optional\))112
+1831 y(Y)l(ou)i(ma)o(y)d(include)h(a)h(dedication)g(in)g(y)o(our)g
+(thesis)g(if)f(y)o(ou)h(lik)o(e.)25 b(Using)18 b(the)g
+Fg(\\dedicate)d Fk(com-)112 1931 y(mand,)g(y)o(ou)g(can)h(en)o(ter)e
+(in)i(as)g(man)o(y)e(names)g(as)i(will)f(\014t)g(on)h(one)g(line.)k(W)l
+(e)15 b(recommend)d(one)k(or)112 2030 y(t)o(w)o(o)f(names)f(only)l(.)20
+b(If)14 b(y)o(ou)h(do)g(not)g(wish)f(to)h(ha)o(v)o(e)f(this)h(page,)g
+(do)g(not)g(include)e(it)h(when)h(y)o(ou)f(run)112 2130
+y(y)o(our)j(\014nal)f(thesis)g(cop)o(y)l(.)21 b(The)16
+b(\014le)g(that)g(y)o(ou)g(will)g(b)q(e)g(editing)f(\()p
+Fg(ded.tex)p Fk(\))f(lo)q(oks)j(lik)o(e)d(this:)112 2327
+y Fg(\\dedicate{N)o(ame)o(})210 2525 y Fk(F)l(or)k(example,)d(if)i(y)o
+(ou)h(replaced)f(the)g(w)o(ord)h(\\Name")f(in)g(the)h(ab)q(o)o(v)o(e)f
+(\014le)g(with)h(\\Suzanne)112 2624 y(and)h(Donna,")g(then)f(y)o(ou)g
+(w)o(ould)g(get)g(the)f(follo)o(wing)h(line)e(appropriately)i(spaced)g
+(on)h(its)e(o)o(wn)p eop
+%%Page: 16 21
+16 20 bop 112 -100 a Fk(16)112 123 y(page:)763 223 y(T)l(o)17
+b(Suzanne)f(and)h(Donna)112 423 y(E.)49 b(The)16 b(Ac)o(kno)o(wledgmen)
+o(t)d(P)o(age)k(\(optional\))112 574 y(The)e(\014le)f(whic)o(h)g(y)o
+(ou)g(will)g(b)q(e)g(using)h(is)f(called)g Fg(ack.tex)p
+Fk(.)k(Begin)c(b)o(y)g(editing)g(this)g(\014le)g(inserting)112
+674 y(the)19 b(data)g(appropriate)g(for)g(y)o(our)g(thesis.)27
+b(Place)18 b(the)h(en)o(tire)e(text)h(of)h(y)o(our)f(ac)o(kno)o
+(wledgmen)o(t)112 773 y(within)d(one)g(set)f(of)i(braces.)k(If)15
+b(y)o(ou)f(do)i(not)f(wish)g(to)g(ha)o(v)o(e)f(this)h(page,)g(do)g(not)
+h(include)d(it)h(when)112 873 y(y)o(ou)j(run)f(y)o(our)g(\014nal)h
+(thesis)f(cop)o(y)l(.)k(The)d(follo)o(wing)e(is)i(the)f(\014le)f
+Fg(ack.tex)p Fk(:)112 1054 y Fg(\\acknow{Pla)o(ce)22
+b(your)j(acknowled)o(gm)o(ent)d(within)h(these)h(braces.})112
+1240 y Fk(F.)49 b(T)l(able)16 b(of)g(Con)o(ten)o(ts,)g(List)h(of)f(T)l
+(ables,)g(and)h(List)f(of)h(Figures)112 1353 y(Latex)12
+b(will)d(automatically)g(generate)i(these)g(for)g(y)o(ou)f(if)h(y)o(ou)
+f Fg(\\include)e Fk(a)k(\014le)e(suc)o(h)g(as)i Fg(lists.tex)112
+1416 y Fk(sho)o(wn)17 b(here:)112 1528 y Fg(\\pagestyle{)o(hea)o(din)o
+(gs})112 1590 y(\\setlength{)o(\\he)o(adh)o(eig)o(ht)o(}{3)o(6pt)o(})
+112 1653 y(\\tableofcon)o(ten)o(ts)112 1715 y(\\listoftabl)o(es)112
+1777 y(\\listoffigu)o(res)112 1927 y Fk(If)12 b(y)o(ou)g(ha)o(v)o(e)g
+(only)f(one)i(table)f(or)g(\014gure)h(\(or)f(no)h(tables)f(or)g
+(\014gures\),)h(y)o(ou)f(do)h(not)g(need)e(to)i(include)112
+2026 y(a)21 b(listing,)g(and)g(y)o(ou)g(can)f(therefore)g(delete)g(the)
+g(appropriate)h(command)e(from)g Fg(lists.tex)p Fk(.)112
+2126 y(Ev)o(ery)f(time)e(y)o(ou)j(use)f(a)h Fg(\\chapter)p
+Fk(,)d Fg(\\section)p Fk(,)f Fg(\\subsection)o Fk(,)h(or)j
+Fg(\\appendix)c Fk(command,)112 2226 y(an)g(en)o(try)e(will)f(b)q(e)i
+(created)g(in)f(the)h(T)l(able)f(of)h(Con)o(ten)o(ts.)21
+b(An)13 b(en)o(try)g(will)g(also)h(b)q(e)g(automatically)112
+2325 y(generated)k(for)f(the)g(References)f(and)i(Vita)f(pages.)25
+b(T)l(able)17 b(and)h(\014gure)f(en)o(tries)f(are)i(generated)112
+2425 y(b)o(y)k(the)f Fg(\\caption)e Fk(command.)36 b(Remem)n(b)q(er)19
+b(that)j(if)g(y)o(ou)f(mak)o(e)f(an)o(y)i(c)o(hanges)g(that)g(a\013ect)
+112 2525 y(these)15 b(lists,)g(y)o(ou)g(m)o(ust)f(L)573
+2519 y Fh(a)597 2525 y Fk(T)624 2540 y(E)651 2525 y(X)h(y)o(our)g(en)o
+(tire)f(do)q(cumen)o(t)f(to)j(up)q(date)g(the)f Fg(.aux)f
+Fk(\014les)g(b)q(efore)i(y)o(ou)112 2624 y(try)g(to)h
+Fg(\\include{l)o(ist)o(s})c Fk(to)j(generate)h(y)o(our)f(up)q(dated)h
+(lists.)p eop
+%%Page: 17 22
+17 21 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(17)210 123 y(If)19 b(y)o(our)f(T)l(able)h(of)g
+(Con)o(ten)o(ts)g(is)g(pro)q(duced)g(in)g(suc)o(h)g(a)g(w)o(a)o(y)g
+(that)g(there)g(are)g(no)g(c)o(hapter)112 223 y(en)o(tries)i(on)g(a)h
+(particular)f(page)g(\(see)g(the)g(second)g(page)h(of)g(the)e(T)l(able)
+i(of)f(Con)o(ten)o(ts)g(of)h(this)112 322 y(man)o(ual)14
+b(for)h(an)g(example\),)d(the)i(Thesis)h(Clerk)f(will)f(not)i(appro)o
+(v)o(e)f(y)o(our)h(thesis.)20 b(Y)l(ou)15 b(ha)o(v)o(e)f(t)o(w)o(o)112
+422 y(options:)32 b(either)20 b(white-out)h(the)f(w)o(ord)i(\\CHAPTER")
+f(and)h(ha)o(v)o(e)e(that)h(page)h(photo)q(copied)112
+521 y(on)o(to)d(blueline)e(pap)q(er,)i(or)g(force)f(a)g(pagebreak)h(b)o
+(y)f(putting)h(the)f(follo)o(wing)g(command)e(at)j(the)112
+621 y(b)q(eginning)e(of)g(one)f(of)h(y)o(our)f(c)o(hapter)f(\014les:)
+112 748 y Fg(\\addtoconte)o(nts)o({to)o(c}{)o(\\p)o(rot)o(ect)o(\\n)o
+(ewp)o(age)o(})112 876 y Fd(Note:)j Fk(Y)l(ou)11 b(ma)o(y)f(see)g(some)
+g(\\underfull)g(vb)q(o)o(x")i(w)o(arnings)f(when)g(running)g
+Fg(lists.tex)p Fk(.)16 b(Ignore)112 976 y(these)g(w)o(arnings;)h(they)f
+(are)g(due)g(to)h(the)f(format)f(of)i(these)f(pages.)112
+1148 y(G.)49 b(The)16 b(Reference)f(P)o(age)565 1297
+y(1.)49 b(The)16 b(L)764 1291 y Fh(a)788 1297 y Fk(T)815
+1312 y(E)842 1297 y(X)g(Bibliograph)o(y)f(En)o(vironmen)o(t)112
+1429 y(Y)l(ou)e(ha)o(v)o(e)g(t)o(w)o(o)f(c)o(hoices)g(of)i(ho)o(w)f(to)
+g(do)h(y)o(our)e(references.)19 b(The)13 b(\014rst)g(is)g(to)g(use)g
+(the)g(bibliograph)o(y)112 1528 y(en)o(vironmen)o(t)g(describ)q(ed)j
+(in)f(the)h(L)760 1522 y Fh(a)784 1528 y Fk(T)811 1543
+y(E)838 1528 y(X)f(man)o(ual.)20 b(This)c(will)f(pro)q(duce)h(the)g
+(appropriate)g(page)112 1628 y(headings)f(for)g(y)o(our)f(bibliograph)o
+(y)g(and)h(will)e(also)i(create)f(the)g(appropriate)h(T)l(able)f(of)h
+(Con)o(ten)o(ts)112 1728 y(en)o(try)l(.)27 b(The)19 b(L)376
+1722 y Fh(a)400 1728 y Fk(T)427 1743 y(E)454 1728 y(X)f(man)o(ual)f
+(can)i(sho)o(w)g(y)o(ou)f(ho)o(w)h(to)g(do)g(this.)28
+b(Be)17 b(sure)i(to)g(tak)o(e)e(adv)m(an)o(tage)112 1827
+y(of)k(the)f(automatic)f(referencing)f(facilit)o(y)g(o\013ered)j(b)o(y)
+e(L)1156 1821 y Fh(a)1180 1827 y Fk(T)1207 1842 y(E)1234
+1827 y(X.)h(The)g Fg(\\cite{})d Fk(command)h(and)112
+1927 y(the)c(other)h(facets)f(of)g(automatic)f(referencing)g(are)h
+(explained)f(in)h(Section)g(C.10.3)g(of)h(the)f(L)1798
+1921 y Fh(a)1822 1927 y Fk(T)1849 1942 y(E)1876 1927
+y(X)112 2026 y(Users)k(Guide.)26 b(It)18 b(can)g(b)q(e)g(v)o(ery)f(b)q
+(ene\014cial)g(to)h(use)g Fg(\\cite{})d Fk(to)k(note)f(y)o(our)g
+(citations)f(rather)112 2126 y(than)i(n)o(um)o(b)q(ering)d(them)h(y)o
+(ourself,)g(esp)q(ecially)g(if)g(y)o(ou)h(decide)f(to)i(delete)d(or)j
+(add)f(an)h(en)o(try)e(to)112 2226 y(y)o(our)k(bibliograph)o(y)l(.)32
+b(L)548 2220 y Fh(a)572 2226 y Fk(T)599 2241 y(E)626
+2226 y(X)20 b(will)f(ren)o(um)o(b)q(er)f(all)i(of)h(y)o(our)f
+(citations)g(automatically)l(.)31 b(If)20 b(y)o(ou)112
+2325 y(wish)d(to)g(pro)q(duce)g(y)o(our)g(bibliograph)o(y)f(this)h(w)o
+(a)o(y)l(,)e(y)o(ou)i(can)g(edit)f(the)g(\014le)g Fg(bib.tex)e
+Fk(and)j(use)g(a)112 2425 y(`\045')d(to)g(commen)o(t)d(out)k(the)f
+Fg(\\include{bi)o(bli)o(o})d Fk(command)h(in)i(y)o(our)g(main)f
+(\014le.)20 b(Examples)13 b(of)112 2525 y(references)e(formatted)h
+(according)g(to)h(the)f(journal)h(mo)q(del)e Ff(IEEE)i(T)l(ransactions)
+g(on)g(Automatic)112 2624 y(Con)o(trol)k Fk(are)f(giv)o(en)g(b)q(elo)o
+(w.)p eop
+%%Page: 18 23
+18 22 bop 112 -100 a Fk(18)112 123 y Fg(\\begin{theb)o(ibl)o(iog)o(rap)
+o(hy)o(}{1)o(0})112 247 y(\\bibitem{JA)o(:1})112 310
+y(Joe)25 b(Author,)e(``Title)g(of)i(report,'')d(Research)h(Report~23,)f
+(Department)g(of)164 372 y(Publicati)o(on,)g(Name)i(of)h(University)o
+(,)e(City,)g(State,)h(October)f(1999.)112 497 y(\\bibitem{AA)o(JA:)o
+(1})112 559 y(Arthur)h(Author)f(and)i(Joe)f(Author,)f(``Title)h(of)g
+(journal)g(article,')o(')e({\\sl)164 621 y(Title)i(of)g(Journal},)f
+(vol.~76,)f(pp.~27--45,)g(July)i(1776.)112 746 y(\\bibitem{AB)o(:1})112
+808 y(Author)g(Book,)g({\\sl)g(Title)g(of)h(Book},)e(vol.~1.)g(City,)h
+(State)g(of)h(Publicati)o(on:)164 870 y(Name)f(of)h(Publishing)d
+(Company,)g(16th)j(edition,)d(1988.)112 995 y(\\bibitem{MW)o(JCD)o(L:1)
+o(})112 1057 y(Matthew)i(Wright,)f(James)g(Chodzko,)g(and)i(Danny)e
+(Luk,)i({\\sl)f(Title)g(of)g(Book}.)164 1119 y(College)f(Station,)g
+(Texas:)g(Name)h(of)h(Publisher,)d(1988,)i(chap.~4--)o(5,)164
+1181 y(pp.~56--9)o(9.)112 1306 y(\\bibitem{HC)o(:1})112
+1368 y(Han)h(Chen,)f(``Title)f(of)i(Booklet,')o(')e(College)g(Station,)
+g(Texas,)g(Texas)h(A\\&M)164 1431 y(Universit)o(y,)e(July)j(1989.)112
+1555 y(\\bibitem{RO)o(PC:)o(1})112 1617 y(Russell~L.)d(Oertel)i(and)g
+(Pierce)g(Cantrell,)e({\\sl)i(\\LaTeX\\)f(Example)g(Manual}.)164
+1680 y(Departmen)o(t)g(of)i(Electrica)o(l)e(Engineeri)o(ng,)f(Texas)i
+(A\\&M)g(Universit)o(y,)164 1742 y(College)f(Station,)g(Texas,)g
+(September)f(1988.)112 1866 y(\\bibitem{JS)o(:1})112
+1929 y(Joseph~W.)h(Simpson,)g(``Title)g(of)h(article,'')e(in)j({\\sl)g
+(Title)e(of)i(Book}.)164 1991 y(Editor)e(of~Book,)g(Ed.,)h(City,)g
+(State)g(of)h(Publicati)o(on:)d(Name)i(of)164 2053 y(Publishin)o(g)f
+(Company,)f(1983,)i(chap.~3,)f(pp.~400--4)o(02.)112 2178
+y(\\bibitem{PR)o(:1})112 2240 y(Peter~J.)g(Rizzo,)h(Ed.,)g({\\sl)g
+(Title)g(of)h(Conferenc)o(e)e(Proceedin)o(gs})o(,)164
+2302 y(Sponsorin)o(g)g(Organizat)o(ion)o(,)g(Location)f(of)j
+(Symposium,)d(Name)i(of)164 2365 y(publisher)o(,)f(June)h(1987.)112
+2489 y(\\bibitem{AA)o(:1})112 2551 y(Arthur)g(Article,)f(``Title)g(of)i
+(conferenc)o(e)e(article,')o(')g(in)h({\\sl)h(Title)e(of)164
+2614 y(Conferenc)o(e)g(Proceedin)o(gs)f(Record},)h(Sponsoring)f
+(Organizati)o(on,)p eop
+%%Page: 19 24
+19 23 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(19)164 123 y Fg(Location)22
+b(of)j(Symposium,)d(Name)i(of)h(Publisher,)d(January)h(1989.)112
+247 y(\\bibitem{PK)o(GT:)o(1})112 310 y(P.)i(Kenneth)e(and)i(G.~E.)f
+(Taylor,)f(``Solution)f(of)j(variation)o(al)d(problems)164
+372 y(with)i(bounded)f(control)g(variables)f(by)j(means)f(of)h(the)g
+(generaliz)o(ed)164 434 y({N}ewton-)o({Ra)o(phs)o(on})d(method,'')g
+(presented)g(at)j(the)g(Symp.\\)e(on)i(Recent)164 497
+y(Advances)d(in)j(Optimizatio)o(n)e(Technique)o(s,)f(Carnegie)h
+(Inst.\\)g(of)i(Tech.,)164 559 y(Pittsburg)o(h,)d(Pa.,)j(April)e(1965.)
+112 683 y(\\bibitem{RL)o(:1})112 746 y(R.~E.)h(Larson,)f(``Title)g(of)i
+(dissertatio)o(n,')o(')d(Ph.D.)i(dissertatio)o(n,)164
+808 y(Stanford)e(University,)g(Stanford,)g(California,)g(1964.)112
+932 y(\\bibitem{EG)o(:1})112 995 y(Elaine~G.)h(Haschke,)g(``Title)g(of)
+h(thesis,'')f(Master's)g(thesis,)g(Drofnats)164 1057
+y(Universit)o(y,)f(West)j(Yellowsto)o(ne)o(,)e(Montana,)f(May)j(1993.)
+112 1181 y(\\bibitem{JS)o(:2})112 1244 y(J.~D.)f(Simon,)g(private)f
+(communica)o(tio)o(ns,)f(November)h(1963.)112 1368 y(\\end{thebib)o
+(lio)o(gra)o(phy)o(})883 1586 y Fk(2.)48 b Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)1078
+1597 y(E)1106 1586 y(X)112 1728 y(The)17 b(second)f(w)o(a)o(y)g(to)g
+(handle)g(references)f(is)h(to)h(use)f Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)1211
+1738 y(E)1238 1728 y(X.)g Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)1414 1738 y(E)1441
+1728 y(X)g(will)f(b)q(e)h(useful)g(if)g(y)o(ou)112 1827
+y(are)21 b(writing)f(other)h(pap)q(ers)g(\(p)q(ossibly)f(for)h
+(publication\))f(similar)e(to)j(y)o(our)f(thesis.)33
+b Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)1848 1838 y(E)1876 1827 y(X)112 1927
+y(allo)o(ws)18 b(y)o(ou)g(to)g(build)g(one)g(bibliographic)f(database)i
+(for)f(use)g(with)g(all)f(of)i(y)o(our)e(pap)q(ers.)27
+b(It)18 b(is)112 2026 y(explained)d(in)g(App)q(endix)g(B)g(of)h(the)g
+(L)810 2020 y Fh(a)834 2026 y Fk(T)861 2041 y(E)888 2026
+y(X)f(man)o(ual.)20 b(The)15 b(L)1242 2020 y Fh(a)1266
+2026 y Fk(T)1293 2041 y(E)1321 2026 y(X)g(man)o(ual)f(recommends)f
+(that)112 2126 y(y)o(ou)22 b(not)f(use)h Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)500
+2137 y(E)527 2126 y(X)f(for)h(just)f(one)g(pap)q(er,)i(but)f(w)o(e)e
+(think)h(it)g(should)h(b)q(e)f(used,)h(ev)o(en)e(for)112
+2226 y(just)d(y)o(our)g(thesis,)f(esp)q(ecially)f(if)h(y)o(ou)h(hate)f
+(w)o(orrying)h(ab)q(out)h(formatting)e(eac)o(h)g(en)o(try)g(of)h(y)o
+(our)112 2325 y(bibliograph)o(y)l(.)k(Another)15 b(go)q(o)q(d)j(reason)
+e(to)h(use)e Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)1121 2336 y(E)1149 2325 y(X)g(is)g(that)h
+(it)g(automatically)e(puts)i(y)o(our)112 2425 y(bibliograph)o(y)j(in)g
+(the)h(order)f(that)h(sources)f(w)o(ere)g(cited,)g(freeing)f(y)o(ou)i
+(from)e(w)o(orrying)h(ab)q(out)112 2525 y(that)e(problem)e(as)i(w)o
+(ell.)210 2624 y(Y)l(our)c(bibliographic)g(database)h(will)e(lo)q(ok)h
+(something)f(lik)o(e)g(the)h(\014le)f Fg(bibdata.bi)o(b)p
+Fk(,)e(whic)o(h)p eop
+%%Page: 20 25
+20 24 bop 112 -100 a Fk(20)112 123 y(is)21 b(sho)o(wn)g(on)f(the)g
+(follo)o(wing)g(pages)h(\(the)f(output)h(generated)f(from)f(this)i
+(\014le)e(w)o(as)i(sho)o(wn)g(in)112 223 y(the)h(previous)g(section\).)
+39 b(Y)l(ou)22 b(ma)o(y)e(notice)i(that)g(there)g(are)g(braces)g
+(around)h(a)f(few)g(of)h(the)112 322 y(w)o(ords)d(and)g(letters)e(in)g
+(the)h(database.)31 b(This)19 b(is)g(b)q(ecause)g Fh(Bib)p
+Fk(T)1340 333 y(E)1368 322 y(X)f(will)g(de-capitalize)g(all)g(of)112
+422 y(the)g(letters)f(in)h(titles,)f(except)f(for)j(the)e(\014rst)h
+(letter)f(of)h(the)g(\014rst)g(w)o(ord.)27 b(In)17 b(order)i(to)f
+(preserv)o(e)112 521 y(the)h(capitalization)f(of)h(prop)q(er)g(names)f
+(in)g(an)i(article)d(title,)h(y)o(ou)g(m)o(ust)g(enclose)g(the)g(w)o
+(ord)h(or)112 621 y(letter)c(in)h(braces)g(so)g(that)h
+Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)722 632 y(E)749 621 y(X)f(kno)o(ws)g(to)h(lea)o(v)o(e)d
+(it)h(alone.)21 b(P)o(ages)c(144{146)i(of)d(the)g(L)1798
+615 y Fh(a)1822 621 y Fk(T)1849 636 y(E)1876 621 y(X)112
+721 y(User's)f(Guide)h(will)e(help)h(y)o(ou)g(decide)g(ho)o(w)h(to)f
+(classify)g(eac)o(h)g(of)h(y)o(our)g(references.)j(Also,)c(there)112
+820 y(ha)o(v)o(e)k(b)q(een)g(some)f(minor)g(c)o(hanges)i(made)e(in)h
+Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)1101 831 y(E)1128 820 y(X)g(since)f(the)h(L)1405
+814 y Fh(a)1429 820 y Fk(T)1456 835 y(E)1484 820 y(X)g(User's)f(Guide)h
+(w)o(as)112 920 y(written.)36 b(These)21 b(c)o(hanges)g(are)g
+(explained)f(in)h(a)h(do)q(cumen)o(t)d(called)h Fh(Bib)p
+Ff(T)1546 931 y(E)1574 920 y(Xing)h Fk([5])f(that)i(is)112
+1020 y(included)16 b(in)g(App)q(endix)f(B.)185 1157 y
+Fj(\017)24 b Fk(@in)o(b)q(o)q(ok)18 b(and)g(@inpro)q(ceedings)f(are)h
+(for)f Fe(p)n(ortions)g Fk(of)h(a)f(b)q(o)q(ok)i(or)f(pro)q(ceedings)f
+(record,)234 1257 y(while)f(@b)q(o)q(ok)h(and)g(@pro)q(ceedings)g(are)f
+(for)g(the)g(en)o(tire)f(source.)185 1397 y Fj(\017)24
+b Fk(@b)q(o)q(oklet)17 b(and)g(@man)o(ual)e(are)h(formatted)g(m)o(uc)o
+(h)e(lik)o(e)g(a)j(b)q(o)q(ok.)185 1537 y Fj(\017)24
+b Fk(Y)l(ou)c(ma)o(y)d(use)i(the)g Fg(note)f Fk(\014eld)g(to)i
+(indicate)e(when)h(an)h(@unpublished)e(article)g(will)g(b)q(e)234
+1637 y(published)e(and)h(use)f(@misc)f(when)h(nothing)h(else)e(\014ts.)
+185 1777 y Fj(\017)24 b Fk(There)f(is)f(no)o(w)h(an)g(optional)h
+Fg(type)d Fk(argumen)o(t)g(in)i(@mastersthesis)e(and)j(@phdthesis)234
+1876 y(whic)o(h)15 b(y)o(ou)g(can)g(use)g(to)g(cause)g
+Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)931 1887 y(E)959 1876 y(X)f(to)i(call)e(y)o(our)h
+(reference)e(an)i(\\M.S.)g(Thesis")g(\(or)234 1976 y(whatev)o(er\))h
+(instead)g(of)h(the)f(default)g(\\Master's)g(Thesis.")112
+2126 y Fg(@techreport)o({JA)o(:1,)112 2188 y(author="Joe)22
+b(Author",)112 2251 y(title="Titl)o(e)h(of)i(Report",)112
+2313 y(type="Resea)o(rch)d(Report",)112 2375 y(institution)o(="D)o(epa)
+o(rtm)o(en)o(t)h(of)i(Publicati)o(on,)d(Name)i(of)h(University)o(",)112
+2437 y(year=1999,)112 2500 y(number=23,)112 2562 y(address="Ci)o(ty,)d
+(State",)112 2624 y(month="Octo)o(ber)o("})p eop
+%%Page: 21 26
+21 25 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(21)112 185 y Fg(@article{AA)o(JA:)o(1,)112
+247 y(author="Art)o(hur)22 b(Author)h(and)i(Joe)f(Author",)112
+310 y(title="Titl)o(e)f(of)i(Journal)e(Article",)112
+372 y(journal="Ti)o(tle)f(of)j(Journal",)112 434 y(volume=76,)112
+497 y(pages="27--)o(45")o(,)112 559 y(month="July)o(",)112
+621 y(year=1776})112 746 y(@book{AB:1,)112 808 y(author="Aut)o(hor)d
+(Book",)112 870 y(title="Titl)o(e)h(of)i(Book",)112 932
+y(address="Ci)o(ty,)d(State)i(of)h(Publicati)o(on")o(,)112
+995 y(publisher=")o(Nam)o(e)e(of)i(Publishin)o(g)d(Company",)112
+1057 y(volume=1,)112 1119 y(edition="16)o(th")o(,)112
+1181 y(year=1988})112 1306 y(@inbook{MWJ)o(CDL)o(:1,)112
+1368 y(author="Mat)o(the)o(w)h(Wright)g(and)i(James)e(Chodzko)g(and)i
+(Danny)f(Luk",)112 1431 y(title="Titl)o(e)f(of)i(Book",)112
+1493 y(chapter="4-)o(-5")o(,)112 1555 y(pages="56--)o(99")o(,)112
+1617 y(address="Co)o(lle)o(ge)d(Station,)h(Texas",)112
+1680 y(publisher=")o(Nam)o(e)g(of)i(Publisher)o(",)112
+1742 y(year=1988})112 1866 y(@booklet{HC)o(:1,)112 1929
+y(author="Han)d(Chen",)112 1991 y(title="Titl)o(e)h(of)i(Booklet",)112
+2053 y(howpublishe)o(d=")o(Tex)o(as)d(A\\&M)i(University")o(,)112
+2115 y(address="Co)o(lle)o(ge)e(Station,)h(Texas",)112
+2178 y(month="July)o(",)112 2240 y(year=1989})112 2365
+y(@manual{ROP)o(C:1)o(,)112 2427 y(author="Rus)o(sel)o(l)g(L.)i(Oertel)
+e(and)h(Pierce)g(Cantrell",)112 2489 y(title="\\LaT)o(eX\\)e(Example)h
+(Manual",)112 2551 y(organizatio)o(n=")o(Dep)o(art)o(me)o(nt)f(of)j
+(Electrical)d(Engineering)o(,)g(Texas)i(A\\&M)112 2614
+y(University")o(,)p eop
+%%Page: 22 27
+22 26 bop 112 -100 a Fk(22)112 123 y Fg(address="Co)o(lle)o(ge)22
+b(Station,)h(Texas",)112 185 y(month="Sept)o(emb)o(er")o(,)112
+247 y(year=1988})112 372 y(@incollecti)o(on{)o(JS:)o(1,)112
+434 y(author="Jos)o(eph)f(W.)j(Simpson",)112 497 y(title="Titl)o(e)e
+(of)i(Article",)112 559 y(booktitle=")o(Tit)o(le)d(of)j(Book",)112
+621 y(editor="of)d(Book,)i(Editor",)112 683 y(address="Ci)o(ty,)e
+(State)i(of)h(Publicati)o(on")o(,)112 746 y(publisher=")o(Nam)o(e)e(of)
+i(Publishin)o(g)d(Company",)112 808 y(year=1983,)112
+870 y(chapter="3")o(,)112 932 y(pages="400-)o(-40)o(2"})112
+1057 y(@proceeding)o(s{P)o(R:1)o(,)112 1119 y(title="Titl)o(e)h(of)i
+(Conferenc)o(e)e(Proceedin)o(gs")o(,)112 1181 y(editor="Pet)o(er)f(J.)j
+(Rizzo",)112 1244 y(organizatio)o(n=")o(Spo)o(nso)o(ri)o(ng)d
+(Organizatio)o(n",)112 1306 y(address="Lo)o(cat)o(ion)g(of)j(Symposium)
+o(",)112 1368 y(publisher=")o(Nam)o(e)e(of)i(publisher)o(",)112
+1431 y(month="June)o(",)112 1493 y(year=1987})112 1617
+y(@inproceedi)o(ngs)o({AA)o(:1,)112 1680 y(author=")e(Arthur)h
+(Article",)112 1742 y(title="Titl)o(e)f(of)i(Conferenc)o(e)e(Article",)
+112 1804 y(booktitle=")o(Tit)o(le)f(of)j(Conference)d(Proceeding)o(s)h
+(Record",)112 1866 y(organizatio)o(n=")o(Spo)o(nso)o(ri)o(ng)f
+(Organizatio)o(n",)112 1929 y(address="Lo)o(cat)o(ion)g(of)j(Symposium)
+o(",)112 1991 y(publisher=")o(Nam)o(e)e(of)i(Publisher)o(",)112
+2053 y(month="Janu)o(ary)o(",)112 2115 y(year=1989})112
+2240 y(@unpublishe)o(d{P)o(KGT)o(:1,)112 2302 y(author="P.)d(Kenneth)i
+(and)g(G.)h(E.)g(Taylor",)112 2365 y(title="Solu)o(tio)o(n)e(of)i
+(variation)o(al)d(problems)h(with)h(bounded)f(control)164
+2427 y(variables)f(by)j(means)f(of)h(the)f(generalized)e({N}ewton-{)o
+(Ra)o(phs)o(on})g(method",)112 2489 y(note="prese)o(nte)o(d)h(at)i(the)
+f(Symp.\\)f(on)i(Recent)f(Advances)f(in)h(Optimizatio)o(n)164
+2551 y(Technique)o(s,)e(Carnegie)h(Inst.\\)g(of)i(Tech.,)f(Pittsburgh)o
+(,)e(Pa.",)112 2614 y(month="Apri)o(l",)p eop
+%%Page: 23 28
+23 27 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(23)112 123 y Fg(year=1965})112
+247 y(@phdthesis{)o(RL:)o(1,)112 310 y(author="R.)22
+b(E.)j(Larson",)112 372 y(title="Titl)o(e)e(of)i(Dissertat)o(ion)o(",)
+112 434 y(school="Sta)o(nfo)o(rd)d(University")o(,)112
+497 y(address="St)o(anf)o(ord)o(,)h(Californi)o(a")o(,)112
+559 y(year=1964})112 683 y(@mastersthe)o(sis)o({EG)o(:1,)112
+746 y(author="Ela)o(ine)f(G.)j(Haschke",)112 808 y(title="Titl)o(e)e
+(of)i(Thesis",)112 870 y(school="Dro)o(fna)o(ts)d(University")o(,)112
+932 y(address="We)o(st)g(Yellowstone)o(,)h(Montana",)112
+995 y(month="May")o(,)112 1057 y(year="1993")o(})112
+1181 y(@misc{JS:2,)112 1244 y(author="J.)f(D.)j(Simon",)112
+1306 y(month="Nove)o(mbe)o(r",)112 1368 y(year=1963,)112
+1431 y(howpublishe)o(d=")o(pri)o(vat)o(e)d(communicati)o(ons)o("})210
+1588 y Fk(Once)d(y)o(ou)g(ha)o(v)o(e)f(created)h(y)o(our)f
+(bibliographic)h(database,)i(y)o(ou)e(are)g(ready)g(to)g(use)g(it)g(to)
+112 1687 y(automatically)i(create)g(the)g(bibliograph)o(y)h(of)g(y)o
+(our)f(thesis.)38 b(T)l(o)22 b(use)g Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)1577
+1698 y(E)1604 1687 y(X,)f(y)o(ou)h(should)112 1787 y
+Fg(\\include)15 b Fk(the)i(\014le)f Fg(biblio.tex)e Fk(\(sho)o(wn)k(b)q
+(elo)o(w\).)24 b(Also)17 b(use)g(the)g(`\045')f(to)h(commen)o(t)d(out)k
+(the)112 1887 y Fg(\\include{bi)o(b})13 b Fk(command)h(in)i(y)o(our)g
+(main)f(\014le.)369 2006 y Fg(\\bibliogra)o(ph)o(yst)o(yle)o({t)o(heu)o
+(nsr)o(t})369 2069 y(\\bibliogra)o(ph)o(y{b)o(ibd)o(at)o(a})210
+2226 y Fk(These)d(commands)f(sp)q(ecify)g(that)i(y)o(our)f(bibliograph)
+o(y)g(should)g(b)q(e)h(created)f(from)f(en)o(tries)g(in)112
+2325 y(the)j(\014le)f Fg(bibdata.bib)o Fk(.)18 b(There)13
+b(are)h(sev)o(eral)f(bibliograph)o(y)h(st)o(yles)f(that)h(can)g(b)q(e)g
+(used)g(with)g(the)112 2425 y(eethesis)i(do)q(cumen)o(t)e(st)o(yle;)h
+(the)g(st)o(yle)g Fg(theunsrt.b)o(st)d Fk(is)k(the)g(st)o(yle)f(used)h
+(in)f(the)h(examples)e(in)112 2525 y(this)h(man)o(ual.)20
+b(The)15 b(en)o(tries)f(in)h(this)f(st)o(yle)g(are)h(patterned)g(after)
+g(those)h(in)e Ff(IEEE)h(T)l(ransactions)112 2624 y(on)h(Automatic)e
+(Con)o(trol)p Fk(.)21 b(It)15 b(lists)g(the)g(sources)g(in)g(the)g
+(order)h(they)f(w)o(ere)f(cited.)20 b(There)15 b(is)g(also)p
+eop
+%%Page: 24 29
+24 28 bop 112 -100 a Fk(24)112 123 y(a)18 b(generic)e
+Fg(ieeetr.bst)o Fk(,)e(whic)o(h)j(formats)f(sources)h(similar)e(to)j
+(man)o(y)d(IEEE)j(publications.)23 b(If)112 223 y(neither)13
+b(of)h(these)g(st)o(yles)f(is)g(suitable)h(for)g(y)o(our)g(departmen)o
+(t,)e(y)o(ou)h(migh)o(t)f(consider)i Fg(acm.bst)d Fk(or)112
+322 y Fg(siam.bst)e Fk(whic)o(h)h(format)g(y)o(our)h(bibliograph)o(y)g
+(in)f(the)h(st)o(yle)f(of)h(A)o(CM)g(and)g(SIAM)f(publications.)112
+422 y(Chec)o(k)16 b(the)g Fg(tex.bibtex)c Fk(directory)k(on)g(the)g
+(mac)o(hine)e(that)j(y)o(ou)f(use)h(to)f(see)g(if)g(there)f(are)i(an)o
+(y)112 521 y(other)g Fg(.bst)e Fk(\014les)g(y)o(ou)i(can)f(use.)210
+621 y(If)g(none)g(of)h(these)e(st)o(yles)h(or)g(the)g(standard)h(st)o
+(yles)f(are)g(suitable)g(for)g(use)g(in)g(y)o(our)g(depart-)112
+721 y(men)o(t,)h(y)o(ou)i(can)f(t)o(yp)q(e)g(y)o(our)h(bibliograph)o(y)
+f(b)o(y)g(hand)h(as)g(explained)e(in)h(the)h(previous)f(section)112
+820 y(of)f(this)f(man)o(ual)f(or)h(y)o(ou)h(try)e(to)i(adapt)g(one)f
+(of)h(the)f(bibliograph)o(y)f(st)o(yles)h(\(a)g(w)o(ord)h(of)f(w)o
+(arning)112 920 y(|)f(adapting)i(an)e(existing)g(bibliograph)o(y)f(st)o
+(yle)g(is)h(not)h(a)f(trivial)f(matter\).)20 b(Alternativ)o(ely)l(,)12
+b(y)o(ou)112 1020 y(can)17 b(c)o(hec)o(k)d(the)i(L)429
+1014 y Fh(a)453 1020 y Fk(T)480 1035 y(E)508 1020 y(X)g(\014le)f(serv)o
+(er)g(at)i(Clarkson.)210 1119 y(T)l(o)j(create)e(the)g(bibliograph)o(y)
+l(,)h(y)o(ou)g(m)o(ust)e(\014rst)j(L)1146 1113 y Fh(a)1170
+1119 y Fk(T)1197 1134 y(E)1224 1119 y(X)e(eac)o(h)h(section)f(of)i(y)o
+(our)e(pap)q(er)i(so)112 1219 y(that)d Fg(.aux)e Fk(\014les)h(are)g
+(created.)21 b(After)15 b(this,)h(y)o(ou)g(t)o(yp)q(e:)369
+1398 y Fg($)25 b(bibtex)f(thesis)210 1628 y Fh(Bib)p
+Fk(T)319 1639 y(E)347 1628 y(X)10 b(will)g(then)g(create)h(a)g
+Fg(thesis.bb)o(l)d Fk(\014le)i(b)o(y)g(scanning)i(the)e
+Fg(.aux)g Fk(\014les)g(for)h Fj(n)p Fg(cite)p Fj(f)24
+b(g)112 1728 y Fk(commands.)f(Because)17 b Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)673
+1738 y(E)700 1728 y(X)g(reads)h(only)f(the)g Fg(.aux)f
+Fk(\014les,)h(it)g(do)q(esn't)g(matter)f(whic)o(h)h(\014les)112
+1827 y(y)o(ou)k(ha)o(v)o(e)e(men)o(tioned)f(in)i(an)h
+Fg(\\includeon)o(ly)c Fk(command.)31 b(It)20 b(will)f(create)h(an)g(en)
+o(try)g(in)g(the)112 1927 y(bibliograph)o(y)14 b(for)h(ev)o(ery)e
+(di\013eren)o(t)g(source)i(that)g(y)o(ou)f(cite)f(in)h(y)o(our)g(pap)q
+(er.)22 b(This)14 b Fg(.bbl)f Fk(\014le)h(will)112 2026
+y(lo)q(ok)j(v)o(ery)d(m)o(uc)o(h)g(lik)o(e)g(a)i(bibliograph)o(y)f
+(that)h(y)o(ou)g(migh)o(t)e(t)o(yp)q(e)h(in)o(to)h(a)g(L)1460
+2020 y Fh(a)1484 2026 y Fk(T)1511 2041 y(E)1538 2026
+y(X)f(\014le)h(y)o(ourself.)k(In)112 2126 y(fact,)14
+b(y)o(ou)g(ma)o(y)e(edit)i(the)f Fg(.bbl)g Fk(\014le)g(should)h(y)o(ou)
+g(\014nd)g(that)g(y)o(ou)g(w)o(ould)g(lik)o(e)e(to)i(mak)o(e)e(some)h
+(mi-)112 2226 y(nor)j(c)o(hanges)g(to)g(the)f(bibliograph)o(y)l(.)20
+b(\()p Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)944 2236 y(E)972 2226 y(X)15 b(isn't)g(p)q
+(erfect,)f(and)i(ma)o(y)e(not)i(handle)f(un)o(usual)112
+2325 y(things)j(quite)f(righ)o(t.\))25 b(Ho)o(w)o(ev)o(er,)16
+b(the)h Fg(.bbl)f Fk(\014le)h(y)o(ou)h(ha)o(v)o(e)e(edited)h(will)g(b)q
+(e)g(destro)o(y)o(ed,)g(and)h(a)112 2425 y(new)d(one)g(created)f(if)g
+(y)o(ou)g(run)h Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)798 2436 y(E)826 2425 y(X)f(again.)21
+b(The)15 b(next)f(time)e(y)o(ou)j(L)1444 2419 y Fh(a)1468
+2425 y Fk(T)1495 2440 y(E)1522 2425 y(X)f(y)o(our)h(pap)q(er)g(with)112
+2525 y Fg(\\includeonl)o(y{b)o(ibl)o(io})o Fk(,)c(the)i(bibliograph)o
+(y)h(will)e(b)q(e)i(prin)o(ted)f(as)h(if)f(y)o(ou)h(had)g(put)g(it)f
+(in)o(to)h(the)112 2624 y(thesis)j(y)o(ourself.)p eop
+%%Page: 25 30
+25 29 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(25)621 123 y(3.)49 b(Supplemen)o(tal)14
+b(Sources)i(Consulted)112 259 y(F)l(ollo)o(wing)23 b(y)o(our)h(list)e
+(of)i(references,)f(y)o(ou)g(ma)o(y)f(include)g(a)i(list)f(of)g
+(Supplemen)o(tal)e(Sources)112 359 y(Consulted)d(for)f(general)g
+(references)e(as)j(outlined)e(in)g(the)h(Thesis)g(Man)o(ual.)23
+b(Examples)15 b(of)j(this)112 459 y(are)f(sho)o(wn)g(b)q(elo)o(w.)112
+602 y Fg(\\begin{supp)o(lem)o(ent)o(s})112 664 y(\\item)24
+b(Author\(s\))f(of)i(Paper,)e(``Title)g(of)i(Paper,'')e(presented)f(at)
+112 727 y(the)j(Name)f(of)h(Conference)o(,)e(City,)g(State)h(of)h
+(Conference,)112 789 y(Date)g(of)g(Conferenc)o(e.)112
+913 y(\\item)f(Name)g(of)h(Person,)e(private)g(communicati)o(ons)o(,)g
+(Date.)112 1038 y(\\item)h(I)i(can)e(put)h(anything)d(here.)112
+1100 y(\\end{supple)o(men)o(ts})112 1163 y(\\end{docume)o(nt})210
+1343 y Fk(There)d(is)h(a)g(tric)o(k)e(y)o(ou)h(can)h(use)f(to)h(ha)o(v)
+o(e)f Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)1131 1354 y(E)1159 1343 y(X)g(mak)o(e)f(y)o(our)h
+(supplemen)o(tal)e(sources)112 1443 y(section)h(for)f(y)o(ou.)25
+b(Create)17 b(a)h(dumm)o(y)d(\014le)h(whic)o(h)h(con)o(tains)h(only)f
+(the)g Fg(\\bibliogra)o(phy)o(sty)o(le)112 1543 y Fk(command,)12
+b(the)h Fg(\\bibliogr)o(aph)o(y)d Fk(command,)h(and)j
+Fg(\\nocite)c Fk(commands.)19 b(Y)l(ou)13 b(can)g Fg(\\nocite)112
+1642 y Fk(all)22 b(of)g(y)o(our)g(supplemen)o(tal)e(sources)i(and)h
+(run)f Fh(Bib)p Fk(T)1146 1653 y(E)1174 1642 y(X)f(to)i(create)e(a)i
+Fg(.bbl)d Fk(\014le.)38 b(Y)l(ou)22 b(can)112 1742 y(then)j(edit)g(the)
+g Fg(.bbl)e Fk(\014le,)k(c)o(hanging)e(the)g(commands)e
+Fg(\\begin{theb)o(ib)o(lio)o(gra)o(phy)o(})f Fk(and)112
+1841 y Fg(\\end{thebib)o(lio)o(gra)o(phy)o(})f Fk(to)j
+Fg(\\begin{supp)o(lem)o(ent)o(s})d Fk(and)j Fg(\\end{supple)o(me)o(nts)
+o(})p Fk(.)42 b(Fi-)112 1941 y(nally)l(,)18 b(rename)e(the)i(\014le)f
+(to)i Fg(supp.tex)c Fk(and)k Fg(\\include)c Fk(it)i(in)h(y)o(our)g
+(thesis.)26 b(The)18 b(dumm)o(y)d(\014le)112 2041 y(should)i(lo)q(ok)g
+(something)e(lik)o(e)g(this:)112 2184 y Fg(\\documentst)o(yle)o({ee)o
+(the)o(si)o(s})112 2246 y(\\begin{docu)o(men)o(t})112
+2309 y(\\nocite{src)o(1})112 2371 y(\\nocite{src)o(2})112
+2433 y(\\nocite{src)o(3})112 2495 y(\\bibliograp)o(hys)o(tyl)o(e{t)o
+(he)o(sis)o(})112 2558 y(\\bibliograp)o(hy{)o(bib)o(dat)o(a})112
+2620 y(\\end{docume)o(nt})p eop
+%%Page: 26 31
+26 30 bop 112 -100 a Fk(26)112 123 y(H.)48 b(App)q(endices)112
+272 y(App)q(endices)13 b(ma)o(y)e(b)q(e)i(added)g(to)h(the)e(end)h(of)g
+(y)o(our)g(pap)q(er.)21 b(If)12 b(y)o(ou)h(c)o(ho)q(ose)h(to)f(ha)o(v)o
+(e)f(app)q(endices,)112 372 y(they)17 b(should)g(b)q(e)g(created)f(the)
+h(same)e(w)o(a)o(y)i(y)o(ou)f(w)o(ould)h(start)h(a)f(c)o(hapter)f
+(except)g(that)h(y)o(ou)f(use)112 471 y Fg(\\appendix{T)o(itl)o(e})d
+Fk(instead)j(of)h Fg(\\chapter{Ti)o(tl)o(e})p Fk(.)h(L)1195
+465 y Fh(a)1219 471 y Fk(T)1246 486 y(E)1274 471 y(X)e(will)f
+(automatically)g(lab)q(el)h(the)112 571 y(app)q(endix)25
+b(with)e(a)i(letter)d(\(i.e.,)i Fg(Appendix)f(A,)i(Appendix)d(B,)j
+(etc.)p Fk(\))e(and)h(capitalize)f(the)112 670 y(app)q(endix)17
+b(title.)j(This)c(is)g(the)g(\014le)g Fg(append.te)o(x)p
+Fk(.)112 787 y Fg(\\appendix{T)o(itl)o(e)23 b(of)i(Appendix})112
+849 y(This)g(is)g(the)f(text)g(of)h(the)g(Appendix.)d(If)j(this)f(is)h
+(the)g(first)e(appendix,)g(it)112 911 y(will)i(be)g(labeled)e(Appendix)
+f(A.)112 1165 y Fk(I.)48 b(The)17 b(Vita)e(P)o(age)112
+1314 y(The)21 b(\014le)e(whic)o(h)h(y)o(ou)g(will)f(b)q(e)h(using)g(is)
+g(called)g Fg(vita.tex)p Fk(.)30 b(Begin)19 b(b)o(y)h(inserting)f(y)o
+(our)h(brief)112 1413 y(biographical)k(sk)o(etc)o(h)d(as)j(the)f
+(parameter)f(for)h Fg(\\vita)e Fk(and)j(y)o(our)f(t)o(ypist's)f(name)f
+(\(whic)o(h)i(is)112 1513 y(probably)17 b Fe(your)f Fk(name\))g(as)h
+(the)f(parameter)f(for)i Fg(\\typist)p Fk(.)j(Y)l(our)c
+Fe(Vita)h Fk(m)o(ust)e(not)i(exceed)e(one)112 1613 y(page)j(in)f
+(length.)23 b(Y)l(ou)17 b(should)g(consult)g(the)g(Thesis)g(Man)o(ual)f
+(for)i(other)f(requiremen)n(ts)e(of)i(the)112 1712 y
+Fe(Vita)k Fk(paragraph.)34 b(Remem)n(b)q(er,)17 b(since)i(the)h(whole)g
+(paragraph)i(is)d(just)h(one)g(parameter,)g(y)o(ou)112
+1812 y(m)o(ust)12 b(use)i(only)f(one)g(set)h(of)f(braces.)21
+b(Do)14 b(not)g(enclose)e(ev)o(ery)g(line)g(y)o(ou)h(en)o(ter)g(with)g
+(braces!)20 b(This)112 1911 y(is)d(what)f(y)o(ou)h(will)e(see)h(in)g
+Fg(vita.tex)p Fk(:)112 2053 y Fg(\\vita{Place)22 b(the)j(text)f(of)h
+(your)f(Vita)g(between)f(these)h(braces.})112 2115 y(\\typist{Typ)o
+(ist)o('s)e(Name})210 2293 y Fk(If)13 b(y)o(ou)g(decide)g(that)h(y)o
+(ou)f(do)h(not)g(w)o(an)o(t)f(to)h(ac)o(kno)o(wledge)f(y)o(our)g(t)o
+(ypist)g(in)g(y)o(our)g(do)q(cumen)o(t,)112 2393 y(then)k(do)f(not)h
+(use)f(the)g Fg(\\typist)e Fk(command)g(after)i Fg(\\vita)p
+Fk(.)p eop
+%%Page: 27 32
+27 31 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(27)854 123 y(CHAPTER)16 b(I)q(I)q(I)699
+306 y(F)o(ORMA)l(TTING)f(THE)h(BOD)o(Y)112 405 y(The)g(b)q(o)q(dy)h(of)
+f(a)g(thesis)g(pro)q(duced)g(b)o(y)f(this)g(do)q(cumen)o(t)g(st)o(yle)f
+(is)i(formatted)f(using)h(the)f(journal)112 505 y Ff(IEEE)22
+b(T)l(ransactions)h(on)f(Automatic)d(Con)o(trol)j Fk(as)g(a)g(mo)q
+(del.)35 b(There)21 b(is)g(no)h Fe(simple)g Fk(w)o(a)o(y)f(to)112
+604 y(adapt)e(this)e(do)q(cumen)o(t)f(st)o(yle)h(so)h(that)g(it)f
+(follo)o(ws)g(a)h(di\013eren)o(t)e(mo)q(del.)24 b(W)l(e)17
+b(suggest)i(that)f(y)o(ou)112 704 y(either)c(use)g(this)g(system)e(as)j
+(it)f(is)g(\(assuming)f(y)o(our)h(departmen)o(t)f(will)g(appro)o(v)o(e)
+g(of)i(the)f(format\),)112 804 y(or)j(use)f(another)h(metho)q(d)f(for)g
+(writing)g(y)o(our)g(thesis.)112 981 y(A.)48 b(The)17
+b(First)e(P)o(age)i(of)g(the)f(Bo)q(dy)112 1131 y(The)e(\014rst)g(page)
+f(of)h(the)f(b)q(o)q(dy)i(of)e(y)o(our)h(thesis)f(is)g(a)h(sp)q(ecial)e
+(one.)21 b(The)13 b(page)h(n)o(um)o(b)q(ering)e(sc)o(heme)112
+1231 y(needs)h(to)g(b)q(e)g(reinitialized)e(so)i(that)g(the)g(page)h(n)
+o(um)o(b)q(ers)d(will)h(no)o(w)h(b)q(e)g(arabic)g(instead)g(of)g(roman)
+112 1330 y(n)o(umerals.)30 b(Y)l(ou)19 b(are)h(also)g(required)e(to)i
+(mak)o(e)e(a)i(fo)q(otnote)h(designating)f(the)f(journal)h(mo)q(del)112
+1430 y(y)o(ou)f(used.)30 b(W)l(e)18 b(ha)o(v)o(e)g(this)h(all)f(set)h
+(up)g(for)h(y)o(ou)e(with)h(a)g Fg(\\body)e Fk(command)g(to)j(b)q(e)f
+(used)g(after)112 1530 y(the)e(\014rst)f Fg(\\chapter)d
+Fk(command.)210 1629 y(The)20 b Fg(\\body)e Fk(command)g(is)i(allo)o(w)
+o(ed)f Fe(only)h Fk(in)f(Chapter)i(1.)32 b(If)20 b(y)o(ou)f(put)h
+Fg(\\body)f Fk(in)g(ev)o(ery)112 1729 y(c)o(hapter,)h(the)g(page)g(n)o
+(um)o(b)q(ers)f(will)f(b)q(e)i(reset)g(ev)o(ery)e(time)g(y)o(ou)i(put)g
+(the)f Fg(\\body)p Fk(.)30 b(Therefore,)112 1828 y Fe(DO)18
+b(NOT)f Fk(put)f Fg(\\body)f Fk(command)f(in)i(other)g(c)o(hapters)g
+(except)f(Chpater)i(1.)112 2006 y(B.)48 b(Headings)17
+b(for)f(Chapters,)h(Sections,)e(and)i(Subsections)112
+2156 y(No)o(w)h(y)o(ou)f(are)h(ready)f(to)h(en)o(ter)f(the)g(text)g(of)
+h(y)o(our)f(thesis.)25 b(Y)l(ou)17 b(ma)o(y)f(do)i(this)g(b)o(y)f
+(editing)g(the)112 2255 y(sample)c(c)o(hapter)g(\014les)h(whic)o(h)f(w)
+o(e)g(ha)o(v)o(e)h(pro)o(vided)f(for)h(y)o(ou.)20 b(There)14
+b(are)g(t)o(w)o(o)f(\014les:)20 b Fg(ch1.tex)11 b Fk(for)112
+2355 y(the)j(\014rst)g(c)o(hapter,)g(and)g Fg(ch2.tex)e
+Fk(for)i(all)f(subsequen)o(t)h(c)o(hapters.)20 b(Most)14
+b(theses)g(ha)o(v)o(e)f(c)o(hapters)112 2455 y(and)20
+b(sections.)27 b(V)l(ery)17 b(detailed)h(do)q(cumen)o(ts)f(often)i(ha)o
+(v)o(e)e(subsections)i(as)g(w)o(ell.)27 b(The)18 b(c)o(hapter)112
+2554 y(command)d(lo)q(oks)i(lik)o(e)d(this:)p eop
+%%Page: 28 33
+28 32 bop 112 -100 a Fk(28)292 123 y Fg(\\chapter{T)o(itl)o(e)22
+b(of)j(Chapter})112 289 y Fk(This)13 b(command)d(will)i(start)g(the)h
+(new)f(c)o(hapter)g(on)h(a)f(new)h(sheet)f(of)h(pap)q(er,)g(and)g(skip)
+f(the)g(prop)q(er)112 389 y(amoun)o(t)18 b(after)g(the)f(title)g(b)q
+(efore)h(it)f(b)q(egins)i(to)f(prin)o(t)f(y)o(our)h(text.)26
+b(Y)l(ou)18 b(do)g(not)g(need)g(to)g(lea)o(v)o(e)112
+489 y(an)o(y)d(sp)q(ecial)f(blank)h(lines)f(or)h(sp)q(ecify)f(an)o(y)h
+(spacing.)21 b(This)15 b(command)d(will)i(also)h(automatically)112
+588 y(capitalize)j(the)h(c)o(hapter)f(title;)h(it)f(is)h(the)g(only)f
+(one)i(of)f(the)g(sectioning)f(commands)f(that)j(will)112
+688 y(do)d(this.)k(The)c(c)o(hapters)f(are)g(n)o(um)o(b)q(ered)e(with)i
+(roman)g(n)o(umerals)f(automatically)l(.)292 867 y Fg(\\section{T)o(he)
+22 b(Title)i(of)h(Your)f(Section})112 1046 y Fk(The)14
+b(section)e(command,)g(sho)o(wn)i(ab)q(o)o(v)o(e,)f(will)f
+(left-justify)g(and)h(prop)q(erly)g(format)g(y)o(our)g(section)112
+1145 y(title.)20 b(The)15 b(\014rst)h(letter)e(of)h(eac)o(h)g(w)o(ord)h
+(in)f(the)g(section)f(title)g(m)o(ust)g(b)q(e)i(capitalized;)d(there)i
+(is)g(no)112 1245 y(automatic)j(capitalization.)26 b(The)19
+b(prop)q(er)f(amoun)o(t)g(of)h(spacing)f(for)h(the)f(text)f(preceding)h
+(and)112 1345 y(follo)o(wing)e(the)g(title)e(is)i(included)f(in)h(the)f
+(macro.)20 b(The)c(alphab)q(etic)g(c)o(haracters)g(that)g(lab)q(el)g
+(the)112 1444 y(sections)h(are)f(automatic!)k(Do)d(not)g(t)o(yp)q(e)f
+(them)e(in.)292 1623 y Fg(\\subsectio)o(n{T)o(he)22 b(Title)i(of)h
+(Your)f(Subsection)o(})210 1802 y Fk(This)e(command)e(cen)o(ters)h(y)o
+(our)g(subsection)h(title.)37 b(The)22 b(\014rst)g(letter)e(of)i(eac)o
+(h)g(w)o(ord)g(in)112 1902 y(a)g(subsection)f(title)e(should)j(b)q(e)f
+(capitalized;)g(there)g(is)g(no)g(automatic)f(capitalization.)34
+b(The)112 2001 y(prop)q(er)20 b(amoun)o(t)d(of)i(spacing)g(is)f
+(included)f(for)i(the)f(text)g(preceding)g(and)h(follo)o(wing)f(the)g
+(title;)112 2101 y(do)d(not)g(add)f(an)o(y)g(spacing.)21
+b(Subsections)14 b(will)f(automatically)f(b)q(e)j(assigned)f(arabic)g
+(subsection)112 2201 y(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers;)h(do)i(not)f(t)o(yp)q(e)g
+(them)f(in.)112 2376 y(C.)49 b(Equations)112 2525 y(If)13
+b(y)o(our)g(thesis)g(do)q(es)h(not)g(con)o(tain)f(complicated)e
+(mathematics,)g(the)h(material)g(in)h(Sections)g(3.3,)112
+2624 y(4.2,)19 b(and)f(App)q(endices)f(C.6)h(and)g(C.9.2)g(of)h(the)e
+(L)1036 2618 y Fh(a)1060 2624 y Fk(T)1087 2639 y(E)1114
+2624 y(X)h(man)o(ual)e(will)h(probably)h(b)q(e)g(su\016cien)o(t.)p
+eop
+%%Page: 29 34
+29 33 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(29)112 123 y(F)l(or)21 b(sophisticated)f
+(mathematics,)e(whic)o(h)i(is)g(T)1031 134 y(E)1058 123
+y(X's)f(real)h(strength,)h(y)o(ou)f(will)g(also)g(need)g(to)112
+223 y(study)d(the)f(T)358 233 y(E)385 223 y(Xb)q(o)q(ok.)210
+322 y(Y)l(ou)h(need)g(to)h(pa)o(y)f(particular)g(atten)o(tion)g(to)h
+(Section)e(4.2)i(of)g(the)f(L)1483 316 y Fh(a)1507 322
+y Fk(T)1534 337 y(E)1561 322 y(X)g(man)o(ual)f(where)112
+422 y(automated)e(n)o(um)o(b)q(ering)d(and)j(referencing)f(of)g
+(equations)h(are)f(describ)q(ed.)20 b(This)14 b(ma)o(y)e(seem)f(lik)o
+(e)112 521 y(more)17 b(trouble)g(than)h(it)e(is)i(w)o(orth.)25
+b(Ho)o(w)o(ev)o(er,)15 b(if)i(y)o(ou)g(ha)o(v)o(e)g(ev)o(er)f(remo)o(v)
+o(ed)e(an)k(equation)g(from)112 621 y(the)c(b)q(eginning)g(of)g(a)g
+(pap)q(er)g(and)g(then)f(had)i(to)f(ren)o(um)o(b)q(er)d(all)i
+(subsequen)o(t)g(equations,)h(y)o(ou)g(will)112 721 y(understand)j(ho)o
+(w)g(m)o(uc)o(h)d(w)o(ork)i(this)h(feature)e(can)i(sa)o(v)o(e)e(y)o
+(ou.)210 820 y(In)k(the)g Fg(eethesis)d Fk(do)q(cumen)o(t)i(st)o(yle,)g
+(equations)h(will)f(b)q(e)h(n)o(um)o(b)q(ered)f(b)o(y)g(c)o(hapter)h
+(\(e.g.,)112 920 y(1.1,)k(1.2,)p Fi(:)8 b(:)g(:)f Fk(2.1,)23
+b(2.2,)f(etc.\).)36 b(If)21 b(y)o(ou)g(need)g(sub)q(equations)h
+(\(e.g.,)g(1.1a,)g(1.1b,)h Fi(:)8 b(:)g(:)g Fk(\),)22
+b(see)f(the)112 1020 y(follo)o(wing)d(subsection.)24
+b(If)17 b(y)o(ou)g(ha)o(v)o(e)g(some)f(equations)i(whic)o(h)f(y)o(ou)g
+(do)h(not)g(w)o(an)o(t)f(n)o(um)o(b)q(ered,)112 1119
+y(y)o(ou)g(can)f(use)g(the)g Fg(displaymath)d Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t)g
+(or)k(the)f Fg(\\nonumber)d Fk(command.)210 1219 y(The)20
+b Fg(\\ref{)j(})c Fk(command)f(do)q(es)i(not)g(place)f(paren)o(thesis)g
+(around)h(the)g(equations.)31 b(Y)l(ou)112 1318 y(will)12
+b(need)f(to)i(insert)f(these)g(b)o(y)f(y)o(ourself)h(\(e.g.,)g
+Fg(\(\\ref{lab)o(el)o(}\))p Fk(\).)17 b(When)12 b(y)o(ou)g(w)o(an)o(t)g
+(to)h(refer)e(to)112 1418 y(an)18 b(equation,)e(do)h
+Fd(not)f Fk(use)h(the)f(w)o(ord)h(equation)g(or)g(the)f(abbreviation)h
+(eqn.)k(Please)c(examine)112 1518 y(the)g(examples)d(in)i(App)q(endix)f
+(A.)827 1687 y(1.)48 b(Sub)q(equations)112 1819 y(If)18
+b(y)o(ou)f(w)o(an)o(t)h(the)f(equations)h(to)g(b)q(e)f(n)o(um)o(b)q
+(ered)f(as)i(sub)q(equations)h(\(e.g.,)d(1.1a,)i(1.1b,)g
+Fi(:)8 b(:)g(:)g Fk(1.1f,)112 1918 y(1.1g,)17 b(etc.\),)d(the)i(st)o
+(yle)f(\014le)g({)i Fg(subequatio)o(n.s)o(ty)o Fk(,)c(whic)o(h)i(is)h
+(in)g(the)g(st)o(yle-\014le)e(library)l(,)h(can)h(b)q(e)112
+2018 y(used.)21 b(If)11 b(y)o(ou)i(are)f(not)h(on)g Fg(ee)f
+Fk(or)h Fg(eemips)p Fk(,)d(please)i(c)o(hec)o(k)f(T)l(able)h(I)g(and)h
+(cop)o(y)f Fg(subequatio)o(n.s)o(ty)112 2118 y Fk(to)17
+b(y)o(our)f(lo)q(cal)g(directory)l(.)210 2217 y(The)e
+Fg(subequati)o(on.)o(st)o(y)d Fk(is)i(included)f(as)j(an)f(option)g(in)
+f(the)g Fg(documentst)o(yle)d Fk(as)k(follo)o(ws,)112
+2320 y Fg(\\documentst)o(yle)o([su)o(beq)o(ua)o(tio)o(n]{)o(ee)o(the)o
+(sis)o(})210 2472 y Fk(When)i(y)o(ou)g(w)o(an)o(t)h(to)f(add)h(the)f
+(sub)q(equations)h(in)o(to)f(the)g(thesis,)g(y)o(ou)g(can)g(t)o(yp)q(e)
+112 2574 y Fg(\\begin{sube)o(qua)o(tio)o(ns})138 2624
+y(\\begin{equ)o(ati)o(on})p eop
+%%Page: 30 35
+30 34 bop 112 -100 a Fk(30)164 123 y Fg(equation)22 b(1)138
+173 y(\\end{equat)o(ion)o(})164 223 y(Text)i(of)h(paragraph.)138
+272 y(\\begin{equ)o(ati)o(on})164 322 y(equation)d(2)138
+372 y(\\end{equat)o(ion)o(})112 422 y(\\end{subequ)o(ati)o(ons)o(})210
+571 y Fk(Equation)f(2)g(will)f(follo)o(w)g(equation)g(1)h(and)g(they)g
+(are)f(sub)q(equationed)h(ev)o(en)f(if)g(there)g(is)112
+670 y(some)c(text)f(in)h(b)q(et)o(w)o(een)g(them.)210
+770 y(The)g(follo)o(wing)g(is)g(a)h(simple)d(example.)19
+b(If)d(y)o(ou)g(t)o(yp)q(e,)112 869 y Fg(\\begin{sube)o(qua)o(tio)o
+(ns})138 919 y(\\begin{eqn)o(arr)o(ay})164 969 y(a)25
+b(&=&)g(b)g(+)g(c)g(+)h(d)f(\\\\)215 1019 y(&=&)g(e)g(+)g(f)g(+)h(g)f
+(\\nonumber)d(\\\\)215 1069 y(&)j(&)h(h)f(+)g(k)g(\\\\)215
+1118 y(&=&)g(x)g(+)g(y)138 1168 y(\\end{eqnar)o(ray)o(})112
+1218 y(\\end{subequ)o(ati)o(ons)o(})210 1367 y Fk(Y)l(ou)16
+b(will)f(get)i(the)f(follo)o(wing)g(equations,)868 1616
+y Fi(a)e Fk(=)f Fi(b)e Fk(+)g Fi(c)g Fk(+)g Fi(d)642
+b Fk(\(3.1a\))908 1728 y(=)13 b Fi(e)e Fk(+)g Fi(f)17
+b Fk(+)11 b Fi(g)959 1840 y(h)h Fk(+)f Fi(k)712 b Fk(\(3.1b\))908
+1952 y(=)13 b Fi(x)e Fk(+)g Fi(y)720 b Fk(\(3.1c\))210
+2102 y(Y)l(ou)11 b(can)h(refer)e(to)i(the)e(equation)i(in)e(the)h(same)
+g(manner)f(as)h(regular)h(equations.)19 b(Therefore,)112
+2201 y(y)o(ou)e(can)f(put)h Fg(\\label)d Fk(command)g(in)i(the)g(end)g
+(of)g(the)g(equation)h(and)f(then)h(use)f Fg(\\ref)f
+Fk(to)h(refer)112 2301 y(that)h(equation.)112 2475 y(D.)49
+b(T)l(ables)16 b(and)h(Figures)112 2624 y(L)124 2618
+y Fh(a)148 2624 y Fk(T)175 2639 y(E)203 2624 y(X)g(has)i(a)f
+Fg(table)e Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t)f(and)j(a)g Fg(figure)e
+Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t)f(so)j(that)g(y)o(ou)g(can)g(include)p
+eop
+%%Page: 31 36
+31 35 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(31)112 123 y(tables)16 b(and)h(\014gures)f(in)
+g(y)o(our)f(pap)q(ers.)22 b(The)16 b Fg(\\caption)d Fk(command)h(is)h
+(used)h(to)g(mak)o(e)e(titles)h(for)112 223 y(y)o(our)i(tables)f(and)h
+(\014gures)g(within)f(the)g(text)g(of)h(y)o(our)f(thesis.)22
+b(Lo)q(ok)c(on)f(pages)g(59,)g(72)g(and)g(177)112 322
+y(of)d(y)o(our)g(L)286 316 y Fh(a)310 322 y Fk(T)337
+337 y(E)364 322 y(X)f(man)o(ual)f(for)i(more)e(details)h(on)h
+Fg(\\caption)p Fk(.)j(Y)l(ou)d(ma)o(y)e(wish)h(to)h(use)f(the)h
+Fg(\\label)112 422 y Fk(command)i(along)j(with)f Fg(\\caption)c
+Fk(so)19 b(y)o(ou)f(can)g(automatically)e(reference)g(y)o(our)i
+(\014gures)g(and)112 521 y(tables)23 b(using)f(the)g
+Fg(\\ref)e Fk(command.)37 b(This)22 b(could)g(sa)o(v)o(e)g(y)o(ou)g
+(from)f(doing)h(a)h(great)f(deal)g(of)112 621 y(ren)o(um)o(b)q(ering)15
+b(should)h(y)o(ou)h(decide)e(to)h(add)h(or)g(delete)e(a)h(\014gure)h
+(or)f(table.)666 1046 y(1.)49 b(Creating)17 b(T)l(ables)f(and)h
+(Figures)112 1229 y(L)124 1223 y Fh(a)148 1229 y Fk(T)175
+1244 y(E)203 1229 y(X)e(is)h(v)o(ery)f(go)q(o)q(d)j(at)e(making)f
+(tables)h(and)h(simple)c(\014gures)k(suc)o(h)f(as)g(blo)q(c)o(k)g
+(diagrams.)21 b(Y)l(ou)112 1329 y(can)j(create)g(y)o(our)f(o)o(wn)h
+(tables)g(using)g(the)g Fg(tabular)d Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t)g(and)j
+(create)g(y)o(our)f(o)o(wn)112 1429 y(\014gures)c(using)g(the)f
+Fg(picture)e Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t)g(of)i(L)1035 1423
+y Fh(a)1059 1429 y Fk(T)1086 1444 y(E)1114 1429 y(X.)f(These)h(en)o
+(vironmen)o(ts)e(are)j(explained)112 1528 y(in)13 b(the)g(L)259
+1522 y Fh(a)283 1528 y Fk(T)310 1543 y(E)338 1528 y(X)f(User's)h
+(Guide.)19 b(Y)l(ou)14 b(will)e(need)g(to)i(lea)o(v)o(e)d(space)j(b)q
+(et)o(w)o(een)e(the)h(caption)g(and)h(y)o(our)112 1628
+y(table)19 b(and)g(b)q(et)o(w)o(een)f(y)o(our)g(\014gure)h(and)g(its)g
+(caption)f(\(see)h(examples)d(in)j(App)q(endix)e(A\).)h(Also,)112
+1728 y(the)g Fg(\\centering)c Fk(command)i(will)h(cen)o(ter)g(y)o(our)g
+(\014gure)h(or)h(table)e(if)h(it)f(is)h(included)e(just)j(after)112
+1827 y Fg(\\begin{figu)o(re})7 b Fk(or)12 b Fg(\\begin{tab)o(le})o
+Fk(.)17 b(Examples)9 b(sho)o(wing)j(the)f(use)g(of)g(these)g(en)o
+(vironmen)o(ts)112 1927 y(are)17 b(included)e(in)h(the)g(sample)f(pap)q
+(er)h(in)g(App)q(endix)g(A.)210 2026 y(The)i(caption)f(for)h(a)g
+(\014gure)g(go)q(es)g(b)q(elo)o(w)g(the)f(\014gure,)h(and)g(the)f
+(caption)h(for)f(a)h(table)f(go)q(es)112 2126 y(ab)q(o)o(v)o(e)j(the)f
+(table.)31 b(See)19 b(the)h(examples)d(in)j(App)q(endix)e(A)i(for)f
+(the)h(prop)q(er)g(placemen)o(t)d(of)j(the)112 2226 y
+Fg(\\caption{)j(})16 b Fk(command.)210 2325 y(When)e(y)o(ou)f(refer)g
+(to)i(a)f(\014gure,)g(use)g(the)f(abbreviation)h(Fig.)f(\(or)h(Figs.)f
+(for)h(sev)o(eral)f(\014gures\))112 2425 y(and)24 b(include)d(a)i(tie)e
+(\(i.e.,)h Fg(")k(~)f(")p Fk(\))d(to)h(a)o(v)o(oid)f(lea)o(ving)f
+(extra)h(space)h(or)g(line)e(breaking.)40 b(See)112 2525
+y(App)q(endix)17 b(A)f(for)i(examples.)j(Use)c(the)g(complete)d(w)o
+(ord)k(\\T)l(able")f(and)h(a)f(tie)g(for)g(referring)f(to)112
+2624 y(a)h(table.)p eop
+%%Page: 32 37
+32 36 bop 112 -100 a Fk(32)436 123 y(2.)49 b(Including)15
+b(T)l(ables)i(and)g(Figures)f(F)l(rom)f(Other)h(Sources)112
+256 y(Lea)o(ving)i(space)g(for)h(\014gures)f(and)h(tables)f(is)f
+(particularly)g(easy)h(in)g(L)1397 250 y Fh(a)1421 256
+y Fk(T)1448 271 y(E)1475 256 y(X.)f(One)h(common)e(ap-)112
+356 y(proac)o(h)e(in)f(theses)h(is)f(to)h(put)g(\014gures)g(on)g
+(separate)g(pages.)21 b(An)13 b(easy)g(w)o(a)o(y)h(to)f(lea)o(v)o(e)f
+(blank)i(pages)112 455 y(for)j(\014gures)g(and)g(still)e(k)o(eep)g(the)
+h(correct)f(page)i(n)o(um)o(b)q(ering)e(is)h(giv)o(en)f(b)q(elo)o(w.)
+112 580 y Fg(\\begin{figu)o(re})112 643 y(\\vspace{8.0)22
+b(in})537 b(\045)26 b(If)e(your)h(figure)e(does)h(not)h(require)1035
+705 y(\045)h(an)e(entire)g(page,)g(you)g(may)h(change)1035
+767 y(\045)h(`8.0)e(in')g(to)h(a)g(smaller)e(amount.)112
+830 y(\\caption{Is)o(n't)f(this)i(a)h(pretty)f(picture})112
+892 y(\\label{fig:)o(pre)o(tty)o(})112 954 y(\\end{figure)o(})210
+1116 y Fk(When)13 b(y)o(ou)f(include)g(\014gures)h(from)f(another)h
+(source,)g(one)g(w)o(a)o(y)f(to)i(do)f(it)f(is)h(to)g(use)f(L)1741
+1110 y Fh(a)1765 1116 y Fk(T)1792 1131 y(E)1820 1116
+y(X)g(to)112 1216 y(prin)o(t)k(the)g(caption)g(and)h(then)e
+(cut-and-paste)j(y)o(our)e(\014gure)g(in)o(to)g(place.)k(This)c(w)o(a)o
+(y)l(,)f(the)h(\014gure)112 1316 y(coun)o(ter)22 b(will)f(b)q(e)i
+(incremen)o(ted)c(and)k(the)f(\014gure)g(will)g(automatically)e(b)q(e)j
+(en)o(tered)e(in)o(to)h(the)112 1415 y(List)c(of)g(Figures.)25
+b(If)17 b(y)o(ou)g(c)o(ho)q(ose)h(to)g(ignore)f(our)h(advice,)f(y)o(ou)
+g(will)g(ha)o(v)o(e)f(to)i(do)g(these)f(things)112 1515
+y(y)o(ourself.)34 b(If)21 b(y)o(ou)f(use)h(\014gures)g(with)g(captions)
+g(not)g(made)f(b)o(y)g(L)1346 1509 y Fh(a)1370 1515 y
+Fk(T)1397 1530 y(E)1425 1515 y(X,)f(y)o(ou)i(m)o(ust)e(man)o(ually)112
+1615 y(mak)o(e)14 b(the)h(en)o(try)g(in)o(to)g(the)h(List)f(of)h
+(Figures)g(and)g(up)q(date)g(the)f(\014gure)h(coun)o(ter)f(b)o(y)g
+(putting)h(the)112 1714 y(follo)o(wing)g(commands)f(in)h(y)o(our)g
+(text)f(b)q(efore)i(the)f(next)g(\014gure)g(is)g(to)h(app)q(ear:)112
+1839 y Fg(\\addcontent)o(sli)o(ne{)o(lof)o(}{)o(fig)o(ure)o(}{)o(\\pr)o
+(ote)o(ct\\)o(nu)o(mbe)o(rli)o(ne{)o(n})o({ca)o(pti)o(on)o(}})112
+1901 y(\\addtocount)o(er{)o(fig)o(ure)o(}{)o(1})112 1964
+y(\\addtocount)o(er{)o(pag)o(e}{)o(1})112 2126 y Fk(If)j(y)o(ou)g(en)o
+(ter)f(more)g(than)i(one)f(\014gure,)h(y)o(ou)f(will)f(ha)o(v)o(e)g(to)
+h(use)g(sev)o(eral)f Fg(\\addcontent)o(sli)o(ne)112 2226
+y Fk(commands)c(and)i(replace)e(the)h(`1's)g(in)f(the)h(example)e(ab)q
+(o)o(v)o(e)i(with)g(the)g(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)f(of)h(\014gures)h(y)o(ou)112
+2325 y(added)g(and)g(the)f(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)e(of)j(pages)g(y)o(ou)f
+(added.)210 2425 y(Instead)d(of)f(the)g(cut)h(and)g(paste)g(metho)q(d,)
+e(it)h(is)h(also)g(p)q(ossible)f(to)h(include)e(\014gures)i(electron-)
+112 2525 y(ically)l(.)27 b(The)19 b(only)f(problem)f(with)i(including)f
+(\014gures)h(electronically)d(is)i(that)h(graphics)g(often)112
+2624 y(requires)c(lots)h(of)h(disk)e(space.)21 b(In)16
+b(the)f(follo)o(wing)h(sections,)f(w)o(e)h(describ)q(e)f(sev)o(eral)g
+(metho)q(ds)g(for)p eop
+%%Page: 33 38
+33 37 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(33)112 123 y(including)16 b(graphics.)21
+b(Sev)o(eral)15 b(of)h(the)g(programs)g(can)g(generate)f(output)i(that)
+f(can)g(b)q(e)g(prin)o(ted)112 223 y(on)23 b(either)e(the)i
+Fg(Laserjet)f(2000)f Fk(or)i(the)f(LPS20.)40 b(Our)23
+b(p)q(ersonal)g(fa)o(v)o(orite)e(is)h(to)h(generate)112
+322 y(P)o(ostScript)17 b(output)f(and)h(use)g(the)f(LPS20.)772
+494 y(3.)48 b(P)o(ostScript)17 b(Figures)112 626 y(P)o(ostScript)i(is)g
+(a)h(page)g(description)e(language)i(that)g(is)f(useful)g(for)g(do)q
+(cumen)o(ts)f(that)i(include)112 726 y(graphics.)26 b(There)18
+b(are)f(man)o(y)f(mac)o(hines)g(and)i(programs)g(that)g(can)g(generate)
+f(P)o(ostScript)h(\014g-)112 826 y(ures.)38 b(F)l(or)21
+b(example,)g(PGPLOT,)h(Fig,)g(and)h(GNUPLOT)e(describ)q(ed)g(b)q(elo)o
+(w)h(can)g(generate)112 925 y(P)o(ostScript)17 b(output)g(\(These)f
+(programs)h(can)g(also)g(generate)f(output)h(that)g(can)g(b)q(e)f(prin)
+o(ted)g(on)112 1025 y(non-P)o(ostScript)k(prin)o(ters)e(lik)o(e)g(our)h
+Fg(Laserjet)k(2000)18 b Fk(as)h(w)o(ell.\).)28 b(In)19
+b(addition,)g(virtually)f(all)112 1124 y(Macin)o(tosh)c(applications)f
+(can)h(generate)f(P)o(ostScript)h(\(e.g.,)f(MacDra)o(w,)h(Can)o(v)m
+(as,)g(Sup)q(erP)o(ain)o(t,)112 1224 y(and)k(DeltaGraph\).)23
+b(There)16 b(is)h(also)g(a)g(gro)o(wing)h(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)d(of)i(IBM)e
+(PC)i(applications)g(that)g(can)112 1324 y(generate)h(P)o(ostScript.)23
+b(The)18 b(easiest)f(t)o(yp)q(e)f(of)i(P)o(ostScript)f(\014gure)g(to)h
+(include)e(is)h(an)g(Encapsu-)112 1423 y(lated)i(P)o(ostScript)f
+(\014le)h(\(EPSF\).)f(In)h(purc)o(hasing)g(applications)f(for)h(y)o
+(our)g(Macin)o(tosh)f(or)i(PC,)112 1523 y(c)o(hec)o(k)11
+b(to)h(mak)o(e)f(sure)h(that)h(they)e(can)i(generate)f(EPSF.)g(Y)l(ou)g
+(can)g(simply)e(include)h(those)i(\014gures)112 1623
+y(in)o(to)j(y)o(our)f(T)348 1633 y(E)376 1623 y(X)g(or)h(L)499
+1617 y Fh(a)523 1623 y Fk(T)550 1638 y(E)577 1623 y(X)g(do)q(cumen)o
+(t.)j(An)d(imp)q(ortan)o(t)e(c)o(haracteristic)h(of)h(P)o(ostScript)f
+(\014gures)112 1722 y(is)i(that)g(they)f(are)g(scalable,)g(i.e.,)e(the)
+i(\014gures)h(can)g(b)q(e)f(scaled)g(to)h(an)o(y)f(size.)21
+b(The)c(DEC)g(LPS20)112 1822 y(is)g(a)f(P)o(ostScript)g(prin)o(ter;)f
+(the)h Fg(Laserjet)23 b(2000)14 b Fi(cannot)p 1048 1829
+146 2 v 17 w Fk(prin)o(t)h(P)o(ostScript.)210 1921 y(If)23
+b(y)o(ou)h(ha)o(v)o(e)e(P)o(ostScript)i(\014gures,)h(y)o(ou)e(can)h
+(use)g(the)f Fg(\\psfig)e Fk(command)h(to)i(include)112
+2021 y(those)h(\014gures)f(in)o(to)g(a)g(T)592 2032 y(E)619
+2021 y(X)g(or)g(L)759 2015 y Fh(a)783 2021 y Fk(T)810
+2036 y(E)838 2021 y(X)f(do)q(cumen)o(t.)43 b(In)24 b(App)q(endix)f(D,)h
+(y)o(ou)g(will)e(\014nd)j(the)112 2121 y Fg(\\psfig)16
+b Fk(man)o(ual)g(and)i(an)g(example)e(that)i(sho)o(ws)g(ho)o(w)g(to)g
+(include)e(\014gures)i(generated)g(on)g(the)112 2220
+y(Macin)o(tosh)e(in)o(to)g(T)474 2231 y(E)502 2220 y(X)f(or)i(L)626
+2214 y Fh(a)650 2220 y Fk(T)677 2235 y(E)704 2220 y(X)f(do)q(cumen)o
+(ts.)865 2392 y(4.)49 b(PGPLOT)112 2525 y(The)22 b(PGPLOT)h(F)l(ortran)
+g(graphics)f(subroutine)g(library)f(is)g(a)o(v)m(ailable)g(on)h(ee,)g
+(eemips,)f(and)112 2624 y(V)l(en)o(us.)f(Originally)13
+b(dev)o(elop)q(ed)g(b)o(y)g(T.)g(J.)h(P)o(earson)g(of)g(the)g(Caltec)o
+(h)f(Astronom)o(y)g(Departmen)o(t,)p eop
+%%Page: 34 39
+34 38 bop 112 -100 a Fk(34)112 123 y(the)24 b(lo)q(cal)g(v)o(ersion)f
+(has)i(b)q(een)e(mo)q(di\014ed)g(to)h(generate)g(output)h(that)f(can)g
+(also)g(b)q(e)g(directly)112 223 y(inserted)16 b(in)o(to)g(a)h(T)464
+233 y(E)491 223 y(X)g(or)f(L)616 217 y Fh(a)640 223 y
+Fk(T)667 238 y(E)695 223 y(X)g(do)q(cumen)o(t.)k(PGPLOT)e(is)e(the)h
+(primary)d(scien)o(ti\014c)h(graphics)112 322 y(pac)o(k)m(age)k(w)o(e)e
+(supp)q(ort)i(in)f(the)g(EE)g(departmen)o(t.)25 b(PGPLOT)19
+b(can)f(generate)g(either)f(T)1747 333 y(E)1774 322 y(X)g(fon)o(t)112
+422 y(\014le)22 b(output)h(or)g(P)o(ostScript)f(output.)40
+b(PGPLOT)24 b(can)e(also)h(plot)g(to)g(just)f(ab)q(out)i(an)o(y)e(kind)
+112 521 y(of)g(in)o(teractiv)o(e)d(device)g(kno)o(wn)j(to)f(man.)35
+b(An)21 b(in)o(teractiv)o(e)e(fron)o(t-end)i(for)g(PGPLOT)i(called)112
+621 y(`iplot')14 b(is)g(also)i(a)o(v)m(ailable.)k(Y)l(ou)14
+b(can)h(also)g(call)f(PGPLOT)i(routines)f(from)e(C.)i(A)f(user's)h(man)
+o(ual)112 721 y(is)i(a)o(v)m(ailable)g(from)e(the)i(WER)o(C)g(cop)o(y)g
+(cen)o(ter,)e(and)j(a)f(cop)o(y)g(is)f(a)o(v)m(ailable)h(for)g(c)o(hec)
+o(k)o(out)e(in)i(the)112 820 y(instrumen)o(t)12 b(ro)q(om.)19
+b(An)13 b(example)e(of)i(including)g(a)g(PGPLOT)h(P)o(ostScript)f
+(\014gure)g(in)o(to)g(a)h(L)1798 814 y Fh(a)1822 820
+y Fk(T)1849 835 y(E)1876 820 y(X)112 920 y(do)q(cumen)o(t)h(is)h(sho)o
+(wn)h(in)f(App)q(endix)g(H.)934 1103 y(5.)49 b(Fig)112
+1238 y(On)18 b(the)f(Sun)h(Sparc)f(w)o(orkstations)h(there)f(is)g(a)h
+(plotting)f(pac)o(k)m(age)h(called)e(Fig.)25 b(This)17
+b(pac)o(k)m(age)112 1338 y(can)c(b)q(e)g(used)f(to)h(dra)o(w)g(blo)q(c)
+o(k)e(diagrams.)20 b(The)13 b(graph)g(can)f(b)q(e)h(transferred)f(to)h
+(either)e(the)i(L)1798 1332 y Fh(a)1822 1338 y Fk(T)1849
+1353 y(E)1876 1338 y(X)112 1437 y Fg(picture)18 b Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t)
+g(or)i(Fig)g(can)h(generate)f(P)o(ostScript)g(output.)34
+b(It)20 b(is)g(cum)o(b)q(ersome)d(to)112 1537 y(dra)o(w)h(\014gures)f
+(in)g(the)g Fg(picture)d Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t)g(of)j(L)1077
+1531 y Fh(a)1101 1537 y Fk(T)1128 1552 y(E)1156 1537
+y(X.)f(Fig)h(is)f(a)i(neat)f(alternativ)o(e,)e(all)i(y)o(ou)112
+1637 y(need)h(to)h(do)g(is)f(use)g(the)g(mouse.)27 b(The)18
+b(help)g(command)e(is)i(in)o(teractiv)o(e.)25 b(T)l(o)19
+b(execute)e(Fig,)h(do)112 1736 y(the)f(follo)o(wing)112
+1856 y Fg(sun\045)25 b(fig)f(figure.fig)112 2026 y Fk(where)16
+b Fg(figure.fig)d Fk(is)j(the)g(\014le)g(name)f(of)h(the)g(\014gure)h
+(y)o(ou)f(w)o(an)o(t)g(to)h(dra)o(w.)210 2126 y(There)g(are)g(some)f
+(restrictions)g(on)i(L)891 2120 y Fh(a)915 2126 y Fk(T)942
+2141 y(E)969 2126 y(X)f Fg(picture)e Fk(output.)24 b(F)l(or)17
+b(example,)e(the)i(length)112 2226 y(of)g(the)f Fg(\\line)e
+Fk(should)j(b)q(e)f(more)f(than)i(10pt)g(\(or)f(1/7)i(in\),)d(the)h
+(diameter)e(of)i(a)h Fg(circle)d Fk(should)112 2325 y(b)q(e)g(less)f
+(than)h(1/2)h(inc)o(hes,)d(and)i(the)f(diameter)f(of)h(a)h(disk)f(\()p
+Fg(\\circle*)p Fk(\))e(should)j(b)q(e)f(less)g(than)h(0.2)112
+2425 y(inc)o(h.)23 b(There)16 b(is)h(an)g(ellipse)e(in)i(Fig,)f(but)h
+(there)f(is)h(no)g(ellipse)e(fon)o(t)i(in)g(L)1453 2419
+y Fh(a)1477 2425 y Fk(T)1504 2440 y(E)1531 2425 y(X.)f(If)g(y)o(ou)h
+(dra)o(w)g(an)112 2525 y(ellipse)f(in)g(Fig)g(and)i(use)f
+Fg(transfig)c Fk(to)k(transfer)g(y)o(our)g(\014gure)g(to)g(the)g
+Fg(picture)d Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t,)112 2624 y(all)j(y)o(ou)h(can)f(get)
+h(is)f(an)h Fg(oval)p Fk(.)24 b(There)17 b(are)g(no)h(similar)d
+(restrictions)i(if)g(y)o(ou)g(select)g(P)o(ostScript)p
+eop
+%%Page: 35 40
+35 39 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(35)112 123 y(output.)34 b(Y)l(ou)20
+b(can)g(use)h Fg(transfig)c Fk(to)j(transfer)h(a)f(\014gure)h(with)f
+(an)g(ellipse)f(to)h(a)h(P)o(ostScript)112 223 y(\014le)15
+b(and)i(then)e(use)h(the)f Fg(\\psfig)f Fk(command)f(to)j(include)f
+(this)g(\014gure)h(in)o(to)g(a)g(L)1560 217 y Fh(a)1584
+223 y Fk(T)1611 238 y(E)1638 223 y(X)f(do)q(cumen)o(t.)112
+322 y(The)i(details)e(of)i(using)g Fg(\\psfig)d Fk(are)i(giv)o(en)f(in)
+h(App)q(endix)g(D.)210 422 y(The)j(follo)o(wing)g Fg(transfig)d
+Fk(command)h(is)i(used)h(to)f(transfer)h(y)o(our)f(\014gure)g(to)h(the)
+f(L)1798 416 y Fh(a)1822 422 y Fk(T)1849 437 y(E)1876
+422 y(X)112 521 y Fg(\\picture)14 b Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t)f(\(this)j
+(can)h(b)q(e)f(prin)o(ted)g(on)g(the)g Fg(Laserjet)23
+b(2000)p Fk(\),)446 643 y Fg(sun\045)h(transfig)f(-L)h(latex)g(-f)h
+(cmr)g(figure.fi)o(g)446 693 y(sun\045)f(make)112 865
+y Fk(where)c Fg(sun\045)e Fk(is)h(the)h(prompt)e(of)i(the)f(sun)h(w)o
+(orkstation.)32 b(If)19 b(y)o(ou)h(w)o(an)o(t)f(to)h(get)g(a)g(P)o
+(ostScript)112 965 y(\014le,)c(y)o(ou)g(can)g(t)o(yp)q(e)g(the)g(follo)
+o(wing)g(command.)446 1086 y Fg(sun\045)24 b(transfig)f(-L)h
+(postscript)e(-f)j(cmr)g(figure.fig)446 1136 y(sun\045)f(make)210
+1308 y Fk(After)f(running)h(the)g(ab)q(o)o(v)o(e)g(t)o(w)o(o)f
+(commands,)h(y)o(ou)g(should)g(delete)e Fg(Makefile)p
+Fk(.)42 b(Next)112 1408 y(transfer)19 b(the)e(\014gure.tex)g(or)i
+(\014gure.ps)f(to)g(y)o(our)g(thesis)f(directory)g(and)i(include)d
+(that)j(\014le)e(in)o(to)112 1507 y(y)o(our)g(L)236 1501
+y Fh(a)260 1507 y Fk(T)287 1522 y(E)314 1507 y(X)f(do)q(cumen)o(t.)210
+1607 y(F)l(or)g(the)g(details)g(ab)q(out)i Fg(transfig)13
+b Fk(please)j(c)o(hec)o(k)e(App)q(endix)i(C.)883 1792
+y(6.)49 b Fh(Pic)p Fk(T)1078 1803 y(E)1105 1792 y(X)112
+1927 y(The)20 b(L)228 1921 y Fh(a)252 1927 y Fk(T)279
+1942 y(E)306 1927 y(X)f(picture)f(en)o(vironmen)o(t)e(is)j(useful)g
+(for)g(making)f(simple)f(pictures)h(and)i(blo)q(c)o(k)e(dia-)112
+2026 y(grams.)30 b Fh(Pic)p Fk(T)392 2037 y(E)420 2026
+y(X)19 b(is)f(useful)h(for)h(more)e(complicated)e(graphs)21
+b(and)f(plots;)g(y)o(ou)f(migh)o(t)f(\014nd)h(it)112
+2126 y(handy)e(for)f(plotting)g(data)h(to)f(displa)o(y)f(in)g(y)o(our)h
+(thesis.)21 b Fh(Pic)p Fk(T)1283 2137 y(E)1311 2126 y(X)15
+b(is)h(installed)f(on)h(eemips)e(and)112 2226 y(ee.)23
+b(Unfortunately)l(,)16 b Fh(Pic)p Fk(T)627 2236 y(E)655
+2226 y(X)g(tak)o(es)h(a)g(v)o(ery)f(long)h(time)e(to)i(execute)e(|)i(w)
+o(e)g(suggest)h(y)o(ou)e(run)112 2325 y(it)f(on)g(ee)f(or)g(eemips.)19
+b(F)l(urthermore,)13 b Fh(Pic)p Fk(T)923 2336 y(E)950
+2325 y(X)h(seems)f(to)i(us)g(to)g(b)q(e)g(more)e(complex)f(than)j
+(other)112 2425 y(plotting)g(pac)o(k)m(ages)f(suc)o(h)g(as)h(PGPLOT,)g
+(PICSURE,)e(and)i(DeltaGraph.)21 b(The)14 b Fh(Pic)p
+Fk(T)1726 2436 y(E)1753 2425 y(X)g(man-)112 2525 y(ual)19
+b(should)g(b)q(e)f(a)o(v)m(ailable)g(at)g(the)g(MSC)h(Bo)q(okstore,)g
+(and)f(a)h(cop)o(y)f(is)g(a)o(v)m(ailable)g(for)g(c)o(hec)o(k)o(out)112
+2624 y(in)e(the)g(instrumen)o(t)f(ro)q(om.)p eop
+%%Page: 36 41
+36 40 bop 112 -100 a Fk(36)860 123 y(7.)48 b(PICSURE)112
+255 y(The)16 b(PICSURE)e(graphing)i(program)f(is)g(a)o(v)m(ailable)f
+(on)i(SIGMA,)e(and)h(it)g(is)g(prett)o(y)f(p)q(opular)i(on)112
+354 y(our)g(campus.)k(Access)13 b(PICSURE)i(using)g(TEX)g(as)g(the)g
+(secondary)g(device)e(and)i(the)g(output)g(of)112 454
+y(PICSURE)f(can)g(b)q(e)g(included)f(in)o(to)g(a)i(T)851
+465 y(E)878 454 y(X)e(do)q(cumen)o(t.)19 b(When)14 b(a)h(c)o(hart)e(is)
+h(ready)g(to)g(b)q(e)g(p)q(orted)112 554 y(in)o(to)22
+b(T)244 564 y(E)272 554 y(X,)f(giv)o(e)g(the)h(command)e(`PLOT)j(2')f
+(and)h(answ)o(er)f(the)g(questions)h(concerning)e(plot)112
+653 y(orien)o(tation)14 b(and)g(size.)20 b(Actually)l(,)12
+b(the)i(`PLOT)g(2')f(command)f(starts)j(the)e(PGPLOT)i(program,)112
+753 y(and)f(will)d(generate)i(t)o(w)o(o)f(\014les,)h
+Fg(pvi.300pk)c Fk(and)14 b Fg(pvi.tfm)p Fk(,)c(in)i(the)h(curren)o(t)f
+(directory)l(.)19 b(Y)l(ou)12 b(can)112 852 y(cop)o(y)i(these)f(t)o(w)o
+(o)h(\014les)f(to)i(y)o(our)e(thesis)h(directory)f(and)h(then)g
+(include)e(the)i(follo)o(wing)f(commands)112 952 y(to)21
+b(the)e(place)h(the)f(\014gure)i(in)e(y)o(our)h(thesis)g(\(here)f(w)o
+(e)g(include)g(the)h(command)e(of)i(Example)e(1)112 1052
+y(from)e(the)g(PicSure)f(Line)h(Graph)h(card)g(as)g(our)f(example)e
+(from)h(App)q(endix)h(K\):)266 1140 y Fg(\\font\\chart)o(=pv)o(i)266
+1190 y(\\centerline)o({\\c)o(ha)o(rt)22 b(A})112 1328
+y Fk(App)q(endix)g(K)h(includes)f(t)o(w)o(o)g(PicSure)g(quic)o(k)g
+(reference)f(cards)i(and)g(there)f(include)g(sev)o(eral)112
+1428 y(examples)16 b(of)j(PicSure)e(graphs)i(in)f(T)808
+1439 y(E)835 1428 y(X.)f(The)h(detailed)f(man)o(ual)g(for)h(PICSURE)f
+(is)h(a)o(v)m(ailable)112 1528 y(in)e(the)g(WER)o(C)h(cop)o(y)f(cen)o
+(ter.)845 1695 y(8.)49 b(GNUPLOT)112 1827 y(GNUPLOT)23
+b(is)f(a)g(graphics)h(program)f(that)h(is)f(p)q(opular)h(with)f(T)1381
+1838 y(E)1408 1827 y(X)g(and)h(L)1580 1821 y Fh(a)1604
+1827 y Fk(T)1631 1842 y(E)1658 1827 y(X)f(users.)39 b(It)112
+1926 y(is)19 b(a)o(v)m(ailable)e(on)i(ee)f(and)h(eemips.)26
+b(GNUPLOT)18 b(can)h(generate)f(\014gures)h(using)g(mathematical)112
+2026 y(functions)f(or)g(input)f(data.)26 b(The)18 b(output)g(\014gure)g
+(can)f(b)q(e)h(either)f(P)o(ostScript)g(or)h(the)f Fg(picture)112
+2126 y Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t)d(of)i(L)460 2120 y Fh(a)484
+2126 y Fk(T)511 2141 y(E)539 2126 y(X.)f(The)h(P)o(ostScript)g(\014le)g
+(can)g(b)q(e)h(included)e(in)o(to)g(a)i(T)1539 2136 y(E)1566
+2126 y(X)f(or)h(L)1691 2120 y Fh(a)1715 2126 y Fk(T)1742
+2141 y(E)1769 2126 y(X)f(do)q(c-)112 2225 y(umen)o(t)f(b)o(y)h(using)g
+(the)g Fg(\\psfig)e Fk(command.)19 b(The)e(man)o(ual)e(is)h(attac)o
+(hed)g(in)g(App)q(endix)f(E.)620 2393 y(9.)49 b(Placemen)o(t)13
+b(of)k(T)l(ables)f(and)h(Figures)112 2525 y(L)124 2519
+y Fh(a)148 2525 y Fk(T)175 2540 y(E)203 2525 y(X)11 b(will)e(nev)o(er)h
+(place)h(y)o(our)g(\014gure)g(or)h(table)e(on)i(an)g(earlier)d(page)j
+(than)g(the)f(text)f(immedi)o(ately)112 2624 y(preceding)k(the)g
+Fg(figure)e Fk(or)j Fg(table)d Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t.)18
+b(Therefore,)c(the)g(b)q(est)g(place)g(for)h(y)o(ou)f(to)g(put)p
+eop
+%%Page: 37 42
+37 41 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(37)112 123 y(the)20 b Fg(figure)d
+Fk(or)i Fg(table)f Fk(en)o(vironmen)o(t)e(is)j(righ)o(t)g(after)g(the)g
+(sen)o(tence)f(in)h(whic)o(h)g(the)g(\014gure)g(or)112
+223 y(table)g(is)f(\014rst)g(referenced.)27 b(If)17 b(more)h(of)g(the)g
+(paragraph)j(follo)o(ws,)d(do)h Fe(not)g Fk(lea)o(v)o(e)e(a)h(blank)h
+(line)112 322 y(ab)q(o)o(v)o(e)e(or)f(b)q(elo)o(w)h(the)f(\014gure)g
+(or)h(table)f(en)o(vironmen)o(t)d(\(c.f.,)h(p.)i(60)h(L)1376
+316 y Fh(a)1400 322 y Fk(T)1427 337 y(E)1455 322 y(X)f(User's)f
+(Guide\).)210 422 y(There)j(is)h(an)g(optional)g(argumen)o(t)f(in)g
+(the)g Fg(\\begin{tabl)o(e/f)o(ig)o(ure)o(})e Fk(command)g(whic)o(h)112
+521 y(allo)o(ws)k(y)o(ou)f(to)g(sp)q(ecify)f(where)h(y)o(ou)g(w)o(an)o
+(t)g(y)o(our)g(table)g(or)h(\014gure)f(to)g(b)q(e)h(placed.)29
+b(T)l(ables)19 b(\(or)112 621 y(\014gures\))j(placed)e(using)h(the)g
+Fg([h])f Fk(placemen)o(t)e(option)j(\(placed)g(at)g(the)g(p)q(osition)g
+(in)g(the)f(text)112 721 y(where)c Fg(\\begin{tab)o(le/)o(fig)o(ur)o
+(e}[)o(h])c Fk(app)q(ears\))18 b(can)e(lo)q(ok)g(v)o(ery)f(go)q(o)q(d.)
+23 b(Ho)o(w)o(ev)o(er,)13 b(using)k(this)112 820 y(option)e(can)g(also)
+f(result)g(in)g(problems)f(\(see)h(p.)f(177)j(of)e(the)g(L)1226
+814 y Fh(a)1250 820 y Fk(T)1277 835 y(E)1305 820 y(X)f(User's)h
+(Guide\).)20 b(Our)14 b(advice)112 920 y(for)21 b(amateurs)e(is)g(to)i
+(use)f(the)f(default)h Fg([tbp])e Fk(option.)32 b(If)20
+b(y)o(ou)f(ha)o(v)o(e)g(problems)g(with)h(L)1798 914
+y Fh(a)1822 920 y Fk(T)1849 935 y(E)1876 920 y(X)112
+1020 y(insisting)g(up)q(on)h(putting)f(a)g(\014gure)g(or)g(table)g(in)f
+(a)h(bad)h(lo)q(cation,)f(read)g(App)q(endix)f(C.8.1)h(on)112
+1119 y(page)14 b(176)f(of)g(the)f(L)452 1113 y Fh(a)476
+1119 y Fk(T)503 1134 y(E)530 1119 y(X)g(User's)g(Guide)g(to)h(help)f(y)
+o(ou)g(try)h(to)f(o)o(v)o(ercome)e(L)1460 1113 y Fh(a)1484
+1119 y Fk(T)1511 1134 y(E)1539 1119 y(X's)h(stubb)q(ornness.)210
+1219 y(If)k(the)h(table)f(is)g(to)q(o)i(big)f(and)g(exceeds)f(one)g
+(page,)h(there)f(is)h(a)g(con)o(v)o(enien)o(t)d(w)o(a)o(y)j(to)g
+(handle)112 1318 y(this.)k(In)10 b(the)h(\014rst)g(page)g(of)h(that)f
+(table)f(y)o(ou)h(can)g(t)o(yp)q(e)f(as)i(usual)f(and)g(put)g
+Fg(\\begin{tabl)o(e})22 b(\\caption)112 1418 y Fk(and)16
+b Fg(\\end{table)o(})c Fk(to)j(generate)f(the)h(table)f(n)o(um)o(b)q
+(er)f(and)j(caption)e(of)i(that)f(table.)20 b(According)112
+1518 y(to)c(the)f(rules)g(of)h(the)f(thesis)g(clerk,)f(the)h(caption)h
+(of)g(the)f(table)g(on)h(the)f(second)h(page)f(should)h(b)q(e)112
+1617 y(as)h(follo)o(ws,)769 1767 y Fg(Table)24 b(XX.)g(Continued)112
+1917 y Fk(W)l(e)16 b(suggest)i(the)e(follo)o(wing)g(w)o(a)o(y)g(to)g
+(handle)g(the)g(second)h(page)g(of)f(a)h(table:)112 2046
+y Fg(\\begin{tabl)o(e})112 2109 y(\\centerline)o({Ta)o(ble)o(~\\t)o(he)
+o(tab)o(le.)22 b(Continued.)o(}\\)o(\\)112 2171 y(\\begin{tabu)o(lar)o
+(}[o)o(pti)o(on)o(]{a)o(dju)o(st)o(men)o(t})112 2233
+y(content)i(of)g(tabular)112 2296 y(\\end{tabula)o(r})112
+2358 y(\\end{table})112 2525 y Fk(where)19 b Fg(\\thetable)c
+Fk(is)k(a)g(L)612 2519 y Fh(a)636 2525 y Fk(T)663 2540
+y(E)690 2525 y(X)f(coun)o(ter)h(that)g(con)o(tains)f(the)h(table)f(n)o
+(um)o(b)q(er)f(of)i(the)f(curren)o(t)112 2624 y(table.)j(If)15
+b(y)o(our)g(table)g(is)g(longer)g(than)h(t)o(w)o(o)f(pages,)h(the)f
+(caption)g(for)h(the)f(rest)g(of)g(the)g(table)g(can)p
+eop
+%%Page: 38 43
+38 42 bop 112 -100 a Fk(38)112 123 y(b)q(e)16 b(done)f(in)g(the)g(same)
+f(w)o(a)o(y)l(.)20 b(Using)15 b(this)g(metho)q(d)f(of)h(breaking)g
+(tables,)g(y)o(ou)g(ha)o(v)o(e)f(to)i(measure)112 223
+y(the)h(length)f(of)g(the)g(table)g(and)h(man)o(ually)d(break)i(the)g
+(pages.)112 402 y(E.)49 b(Including)15 b(Source)i(Co)q(de)g(in)o(to)e
+(the)h(Thesis)112 552 y(Some)f(theses)g(ma)o(y)f(include)g(source)i(co)
+q(de)g(or)g(an)g(algorithm)e(in)h(the)g(text)g(b)q(o)q(dy)l(,)h
+(\014gure,)g(or)g(ap-)112 652 y(p)q(endix.)k(In)11 b(this)h(v)o(ersion)
+f(of)h Fg(eethesis.s)o(ty)o Fk(,)e(w)o(e)h(include)f(a)i(do)q(cumen)o
+(t)f(st)o(yle)f Fg(verbatimfil)o(es)112 751 y Fk(dev)o(elop)q(ed)k(b)o
+(y)h(Chris)f(Ro)o(wley)g(to)h(deal)g(with)f(this)h(problem.)k(There)c
+(are)f(t)o(w)o(o)h(commands)e(that)112 851 y(can)19 b(b)q(e)g(used.)28
+b Fg(\\verbatimfi)o(le{)o(fil)o(e.)o(c})15 b Fk(can)k(include)e(a)i
+(program)g(called)e Fg(file.c)g Fk(to)i(the)112 951 y(text.)37
+b Fg(verbatimli)o(sti)o(ng[)o(n])o({fi)o(le.)o(c})18
+b Fk(will)i(include)h(the)g(program)h Fg(file.c)d Fk(to)j(the)f(text)
+112 1050 y(and)c(will)e(list)h(the)g(line)f(n)o(um)o(b)q(ers)g(of)h
+(program)h Fg(file.c)d Fk(ev)o(ery)g Fg(n)i Fk(lines.)210
+1150 y(Supp)q(ose)h(w)o(e)f(ha)o(v)o(e)g(a)g(program)g
+Fg(file.c)p Fk(,)e(and)j(t)o(yp)q(e)f(the)g(commands,)112
+1259 y Fg(\\singlespac)o(e)112 1309 y(\\verbatimfi)o(le{)o(fil)o(e.c)o
+(})112 1359 y(\\doublespac)o(e)112 1518 y Fk(the)h(output)f(form)g(is)g
+(giv)o(en)f(b)q(elo)o(w:)112 1628 y Fg(/**********)o(***)o(***)o(***)o
+(**)o(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(***)o(**)o
+(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(/)112 1678 y(/*)25 b(Filename:)e(auto4.c)510
+b(by:)24 b(Shiau)g(Yan-Chyuan)48 b(*/)112 1728 y(/*)1538
+b(*/)112 1777 y(/*)25 b(Usage:)1357 b(*/)112 1827 y(/**********)o(***)o
+(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o
+(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(/)112 1927 y(#include)23
+b(<stdio.h>)112 1977 y(#include)g("malloc.h")112 2076
+y(#define)h(LINE)g(121)112 2126 y(#define)g(LOW)g(0.5)112
+2176 y(#define)g(MID)g(2.5)112 2226 y(#define)g(UP)50
+b(4.5)112 2325 y(typedef)24 b(struct)f(SOLUTION)112 2375
+y({)215 2425 y(float)h(rise_l,ris)o(e_)o(m,r)o(ise)o(_h)o(,ri)o(se_)o
+(r,r)o(is)o(e_d)o(t1,)o(ris)o(e_)o(dt2)o(;)215 2475 y(float)g
+(fall_l,fal)o(l_)o(m,f)o(all)o(_h)o(,fa)o(ll_)o(f,f)o(al)o(l_d)o(t1,)o
+(fal)o(l_)o(dt2)o(;)215 2525 y(float)g(pre_r_dt2,)o(pr)o(e_f)o(_dt)o
+(2;)215 2574 y(int)h(flag_rl,f)o(lag)o(_r)o(m,f)o(lag)o(_r)o(h;)215
+2624 y(int)g(flag_fl,f)o(lag)o(_f)o(m,f)o(lag)o(_f)o(h;)p
+eop
+%%Page: 39 44
+39 43 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(39)112 123 y Fg(})26 b(SX;)112
+223 y(struct)e(SOLUTION)f(sol[2];)112 272 y(FILE)i(*point_ou)o(t,*)o
+(poi)o(nt)o(_ab)o(s,*)o(fo)o(pen)o(\(\);)112 322 y(char)g(file_out[)o
+(20])o(,fi)o(le)o(_ab)o(s[2)o(0])o(;)112 372 y(float)f(start_time=)o
+(2.0)o(e-)o(09;)112 422 y(/*)h(char)g(*sprintf\()o(\),*)o(st)o(rcp)o
+(y\(\))o(,*)o(fpr)o(int)o(f\(\))o(;)d(*/)112 472 y(float)i
+(fabs\(\),atof)o(\(\);)112 521 y(int)h(atoi\(\);)210
+621 y Fk(In)16 b(con)o(trast,)g(if)g(w)o(e)g(use)g Fg(\\verbatiml)o
+(ist)o(in)o(g[1)o(0]{)o(fi)o(le.)o(c})112 724 y(\\singlespac)o(e)112
+774 y(\\verbatimli)o(sti)o(ng[)o(10])o({f)o(ile)o(.c})112
+824 y(\\doublespac)o(e)112 977 y Fk(then)g Fg(file.c)e
+Fk(will)h(b)q(e)h(included)f(in)h(the)g(text)f(and)i(the)e(line)g(n)o
+(um)o(b)q(ers)g(prin)o(ted)g(ev)o(ery)g(10)h(lines)112
+1076 y(as)h(follo)o(ws,)216 1180 y Fg(/**********)o(***)o(**)o(***)o
+(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(***)o
+(**)o(***)o(***)o(***)o(/)216 1229 y(/*)25 b(Filename:)e(auto4.c)510
+b(by:)24 b(Shiau)g(Yan-Chyuan)48 b(*/)216 1279 y(/*)1538
+b(*/)216 1329 y(/*)25 b(Usage:)1357 b(*/)216 1379 y(/**********)o(***)o
+(**)o(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o
+(***)o(***)o(**)o(***)o(***)o(***)o(/)216 1478 y(#include)23
+b(<stdio.h>)216 1528 y(#include)g("malloc.h")216 1628
+y(#define)g(LINE)i(121)216 1678 y(#define)e(LOW)i(0.5)132
+1728 y Fe(10)34 b Fg(#define)23 b(MID)i(2.5)216 1777
+y(#define)e(UP)51 b(4.5)216 1877 y(typedef)23 b(struct)h(SOLUTION)216
+1927 y({)319 1977 y(float)g(rise_l,ri)o(se_)o(m,)o(ris)o(e_h)o(,ri)o
+(se)o(_r,)o(ris)o(e_)o(dt1)o(,ri)o(se_)o(dt)o(2;)319
+2026 y(float)g(fall_l,fa)o(ll_)o(m,)o(fal)o(l_h)o(,fa)o(ll)o(_f,)o(fal)
+o(l_)o(dt1)o(,fa)o(ll_)o(dt)o(2;)319 2076 y(float)g(pre_r_dt2)o(,pr)o
+(e_)o(f_d)o(t2;)319 2126 y(int)g(flag_rl,fla)o(g_r)o(m,)o(fla)o(g_r)o
+(h;)319 2176 y(int)g(flag_fl,fla)o(g_f)o(m,)o(fla)o(g_f)o(h;)216
+2226 y(})i(SX;)132 2325 y Fe(20)34 b Fg(struct)24 b(SOLUTION)e(sol[2];)
+216 2375 y(FILE)i(*point_out,)o(*po)o(int)o(_a)o(bs,)o(*fo)o(pen)o
+(\(\))o(;)216 2425 y(char)g(file_out[20)o(],f)o(ile)o(_a)o(bs[)o(20])o
+(;)216 2475 y(float)g(start_time)o(=2.)o(0e-)o(09)o(;)216
+2525 y(/*)h(char)f(*sprintf\(\),)o(*st)o(rc)o(py\()o(\),*)o(fpr)o(in)o
+(tf\()o(\);)e(*/)216 2574 y(float)i(fabs\(\),ato)o(f\(\))o(;)216
+2624 y(int)h(atoi\(\);)p eop
+%%Page: 40 45
+40 44 bop 112 -100 a Fk(40)210 123 y(The)18 b Fg(\\verbatimfi)o(le)d
+Fk(and)j Fg(\\verbatimli)o(sti)o(ng)d Fk(can)j(b)q(e)g(used)g(in)g(the)
+g(text)g(b)q(o)q(dy)l(,)h(the)112 223 y Fg(figure)c Fk(en)o(vironmen)o
+(t,)e(or)j(in)g(an)h(App)q(endix.)112 463 y(F.)49 b(Blue)15
+b(Line)h(Em)o(ulation)112 625 y(The)e(text)f(of)h(the)g(thesis)f
+(should)i(not)f(exceed)e(the)i(frame)e(of)i(the)f(blue)h(line)e(pap)q
+(er.)21 b(Some)13 b(thesis)112 724 y(writers)21 b(ma)o(y)e(w)o(orry)i
+(if)g(their)f(\014gures)h(or)g(co)q(des)h(exceed)d(the)i(frame.)34
+b(W)l(e)20 b(ha)o(v)o(e)g(included)g(a)112 824 y(command)f
+Fg(\\blueline)f Fk(to)j(em)o(ulate)d(the)i(frame)g(of)h(the)f(blue)g
+(line)g(pap)q(er.)35 b(If)20 b(y)o(ou)g(w)o(an)o(t)h(to)112
+923 y(utilize)16 b(the)g(em)o(ulation)f(of)i(blue)g(line)f(y)o(ou)g(ha)
+o(v)o(e)h(to)g(t)o(yp)q(e)f Fg(\\blueline)e Fk(in)j(the)f(pream)o(ble,)
+f(then)112 1023 y(y)o(ou)g(will)f(get)g(a)h(frame)f(to)h(enclose)f(y)o
+(our)g(text)g(in)h(ev)o(ery)e(page)i(of)g(y)o(our)g(thesis.)20
+b(But)15 b(remem)n(b)q(er,)112 1123 y(after)i(y)o(ou)f(\014nish)g(y)o
+(our)g(thesis,)g(y)o(ou)g(should)h(commen)n(t)d(out)i(the)g
+Fg(\\blueline)d Fk(command.)112 1363 y(G.)49 b(W)l(riting)16
+b(Y)l(our)g(Prop)q(osal)112 1525 y(Y)l(ou)22 b(can)f(also)h(write)e(y)o
+(our)h(thesis)g(prop)q(osal)i(using)f(the)f Fg(eethesis)d
+Fk(do)q(cumen)o(t)i(st)o(yle.)34 b(The)112 1624 y(only)18
+b(thing)g(y)o(ou)g(should)h(do)f(di\013eren)o(tly)f(is)h(to)g(use)g
+(the)g(L)1200 1618 y Fh(a)1224 1624 y Fk(T)1251 1639
+y(E)1278 1624 y(X)g(command)e Fg(\\part)g Fk(instead)i(of)112
+1724 y Fg(\\chapter)p Fk(.)g(All)13 b(of)i(the)g(other)f(facilities)f
+(of)i(the)f Fg(eethesis)e Fk(do)q(cumen)o(t)h(st)o(yle)g(will)h(b)q(e)g
+(a)o(v)m(ailable)112 1824 y(to)19 b(y)o(ou,)f(although)h(the)e
+Fg(\\body)g Fk(command)f(ma)o(y)g(v)o(ery)h(w)o(ell)f(b)q(e)j(the)e
+(only)h(one)g(that)h(is)f(partic-)112 1923 y(ularly)f(useful.)22
+b(The)17 b Fg(\\part)e Fk(command)g(will)h(correctly)g(format)g(the)h
+(ma)s(jor)e(section)i(headings)112 2023 y(of)g(y)o(our)f(prop)q(osal)i
+(and)f(will)e(not)i(start)f(the)g(sections)g(on)h(new)f(pages)h(as)g
+Fg(\\chapter)d Fk(do)q(es.)112 2263 y(H.)48 b(Miscellaneous)112
+2425 y(In)16 b(this)f(section)g(w)o(e)g(attempt)f(to)h(an)o(ticipate)g
+(some)f(un)o(usual)i(situations)f(y)o(ou)h(migh)o(t)d(ha)o(v)o(e)i(and)
+112 2525 y(try)e(to)h(help)e(y)o(ou)h(deal)g(with)g(them.)19
+b(W)l(e)13 b(also)g(w)o(ould)h(lik)o(e)d(to)i(men)o(tion)f(a)h(few)g
+(features)g(of)h(L)1798 2519 y Fh(a)1822 2525 y Fk(T)1849
+2540 y(E)1876 2525 y(X)112 2624 y(that)j(y)o(ou)f(migh)o(t)f(\014nd)h
+(particularly)g(helpful.)p eop
+%%Page: 41 46
+41 45 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(41)725 123 y(1.)48 b(The)17
+b Fj(n)p Fg(label)d Fk(Command)112 258 y(The)j Fg(\\label)d
+Fk(command)g(can)i(also)h(b)q(e)f(used)g(in)g(conjunction)g(with)g(the)
+g Fg(\\pageref)e Fk(command)112 358 y(to)g(refer)f(to)g(text)g(on)h
+(other)f(pages.)21 b(This)14 b(can)f(b)q(e)h(helpful)e(as)i(y)o(ou)f
+(can)h(refer)e(to)i(another)g(section)112 458 y(of)i(text,)e(whic)o(h)h
+(migh)o(t)e(slide)i(from)f(page)i(to)f(page)h(as)g(y)o(ou)f(edit)g(y)o
+(our)g(text.)20 b(It)15 b(is)g(explained)f(on)112 557
+y(page)j(72)g(of)g(the)f(L)443 551 y Fh(a)467 557 y Fk(T)494
+572 y(E)521 557 y(X)g(Users)g(Guide.)856 745 y(2.)49
+b(New)16 b(F)l(on)o(ts)112 881 y(In)h(addition)f(to)h(the)f(fon)o(ts)h
+(of)g Fg(\\bf,)24 b(\\sf,)g(\\sl,)g(\\sc,)15 b Fk(and)i
+Fg(\\tt)p Fk(,)e(w)o(e)h(ha)o(v)o(e)g(man)o(y)f(new)h(fon)o(ts)112
+981 y(on)i(ee)e(and)i(eemips,)d(suc)o(h)i(as)g Fc(R)h
+Fk(and)f Fb(R)p Fk(.)g(If)g(y)o(ou)g(think)f(all)h(the)g(regular)g(fon)
+o(ts)g(supp)q(orted)h(b)o(y)112 1080 y(L)124 1074 y Fh(a)148
+1080 y Fk(T)175 1095 y(E)203 1080 y(X)e(are)g(not)h(enough)g(for)f(y)o
+(our)g(thesis,)g(y)o(ou)g(can)g(con)o(tact)g(to)h(W)l(en-Lin)g(Hsieh)
+112 1180 y(\()p Fg(wenlin@ee.t)o(amu)o(.ed)o(u)p Fk(\))c(and)k(he)f
+(will)f(sho)o(w)i(y)o(ou)f(the)g(fon)o(t)g(map.)888 1368
+y(3.)49 b Fh(Sli)p Fk(T)1073 1379 y(E)1100 1368 y(X)112
+1504 y(Y)l(ou)16 b(ma)o(y)f(\014nd)h Fh(Sli)p Fk(T)513
+1514 y(E)540 1504 y(X)g(useful)g(for)g(making)f(the)g(slides)h(that)g
+(y)o(ou)g(will)f(use)h(in)g(y)o(our)f(thesis)h(or)112
+1603 y(dissertation)i(defense.)24 b Fh(Sli)p Fk(T)667
+1614 y(E)694 1603 y(X)17 b(uses)h(sp)q(ecial)f(larger)g(fon)o(ts)h
+(whic)o(h)e(are)i(more)e(readable)h(than)112 1703 y(the)f(standard)h(L)
+411 1697 y Fh(a)435 1703 y Fk(T)462 1718 y(E)489 1703
+y(X)f(fon)o(ts.)21 b(Y)l(ou)16 b(ma)o(y)e(\014nd)i(it)f(v)o(ery)g(con)o
+(v)o(enien)o(t)e(to)j(pull)f(equations)h(directly)112
+1802 y(out)i(of)f(y)o(our)g(thesis)f(in)o(to)h(a)g(slide)f(\014le)g
+(whic)o(h)g Fh(Sli)p Fk(T)1074 1813 y(E)1101 1802 y(X)h(will)e(use)i
+(to)g(create)f(y)o(our)h(slides.)22 b(Refer)112 1902
+y(to)17 b(App)q(endix)f(A)f(of)i(the)f(L)600 1896 y Fh(a)624
+1902 y Fk(T)651 1917 y(E)678 1902 y(X)g(User's)g(Guide)g(for)g(more)f
+(information)g(ab)q(out)j Fh(Sli)p Fk(T)1719 1913 y(E)1746
+1902 y(X.)739 2090 y(4.)49 b(PCs)17 b(and)g(Macin)o(toshes)112
+2226 y(T)139 2236 y(E)167 2226 y(X)k(and)h(L)337 2220
+y Fh(a)361 2226 y Fk(T)388 2241 y(E)416 2226 y(X)f(b)q(oth)i(run)f(w)o
+(ell)e(on)i(IBM)f(PCs)h(and)h(MA)o(Cs)e(with)g(hard)i(disks)e(and)i
+(laser)112 2325 y(prin)o(ters.)e(F)l(or)16 b(example,)d(in)i(the)h
+(Electrical)d(Engineering)j(Departmen)o(t)e(w)o(e)h(run)h(PCT)1754
+2336 y(E)1782 2325 y(X)f(and)112 2425 y(L)124 2419 y
+Fh(a)148 2425 y Fk(T)175 2440 y(E)203 2425 y(X)g(on)g(IBM)f(A)l(T)h
+(clones)g(with)g(a)g(40MB)g(hard)h(disk,)f(EGA,)f(and)i(Laserjet)g(I)q
+(I.)e(W)l(e)h(also)g(run)112 2525 y Fi(N)156 2506 y Fa(2)196
+2525 y Fk(Computer)k(Asso)q(ciates)h Fg(cdvi)e Fk(preview)h(program)h
+(to)g(view)f(the)g(output)h(on)h(the)e(displa)o(y)112
+2624 y(b)q(efore)e(w)o(e)f(prin)o(t)f(|)h(this)g(sa)o(v)o(es)g(time)e
+(and)j(laser)f(prin)o(ters.)p eop
+%%Page: 42 47
+42 46 bop 112 -100 a Fk(42)210 123 y(Y)l(ou)16 b(are)f(w)o(elcome)e(to)
+j(cop)o(y)f(to)h(y)o(our)g(MA)o(C)e(or)i(PC)g(the)g(three)f(\014les)g
+(asso)q(ciated)h(with)g(the)112 223 y Fg(eethesis)e Fk(do)q(cumen)o(t)g
+(st)o(yle:)20 b Fg(eethesis.s)o(ty,)i(eethe12.st)o(y)p
+Fk(,)13 b(and)j Fg(eethetitle)o(.st)o(y)d Fk(\(see)112
+322 y(T)l(able)19 b(I)f(for)h(directories\).)27 b(Cop)o(y)19
+b(the)f Fg(.sty)f Fk(\014les,)h(whic)o(h)g(are)h(prin)o(table)e(ASCI)q
+(I)h(c)o(haracters,)112 422 y(using)f(Kermit,)d(X-Mo)q(dem,)g(or)j
+(ftp,)f(etc.)765 591 y(5.)48 b(Problem)15 b(Rep)q(orting)112
+723 y(If)j(y)o(our)f(thesis)h(is)g(rejected)e(b)o(y)h(the)h(thesis)f
+(clerk)g(b)q(ecause)h(of)g(an)g(error)g(or)g(de\014ciency)e(in)i(this)
+112 823 y(thesis)d(preparation)g(system,)e(please)h(send)h(electronic)e
+(mail)f(to)j Fg(cantrell@ee)o(.ta)o(mu)o(.ed)o(u,)c Fk(or)112
+922 y Fg(wenlin@ee.t)o(amu)o(.ed)o(u)p Fk(.)18 b(W)l(e)e(will)f(try)h
+(to)h(\014x)f(the)g(problem.)p eop
+%%Page: 43 48
+43 47 bop 1864 -118 a Fk(43)845 123 y(REFERENCES)137
+272 y([1])24 b(Donna)19 b(Knigh)o(t)e(and)h(Suzanne)g(Lednic)o(ky)l(,)e
+Ff(T)1072 283 y(E)1099 272 y(X)i(Macros)g(F)l(or)f(Thesis)h(F)l
+(ormatting)p Fk(.)e(De-)213 372 y(partmen)o(t)23 b(of)j(Electrical)d
+(Engineering,)j(T)l(exas)g(A&M)e(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)l(,)g(College)g
+(Station,)213 472 y(T)l(exas,)16 b(August)g(1984.)137
+613 y([2])24 b(Vija)o(y)19 b(Ko)q(dali)i(and)g(Mik)o(e)e(P)o(a)o(yne,)h
+(L)910 607 y Fh(a)934 613 y Fk(T)961 628 y(E)989 613
+y(X)g Ff(Do)q(cumen)o(t)f(St)o(yle)h(F)l(or)g(Thesis)h(F)l(ormatting)p
+Fk(.)213 712 y(Departmen)o(t)16 b(of)j(Electrical)d(Engineering,)i(T)l
+(exas)g(A&M)f(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)l(,)f(College)h(Station,)213
+812 y(T)l(exas,)f(1st)h(edition,)e(August)h(1986.)137
+953 y([3])24 b(Leslie)32 b(Lamp)q(ort,)37 b(L)615 947
+y Fh(a)639 953 y Fk(T)666 968 y(E)693 953 y(X)p Ff(:)32
+b(A)h(Do)q(cumen)o(t)f(Preparation)h(System)p Fk(.)e(Reading,)37
+b(Mas-)213 1053 y(sac)o(h)o(usetts:)21 b(Addison)16 b(W)l(esley)f
+(Publishing)h(Compan)o(y)l(,)f(1986.)137 1194 y([4])24
+b(Donald)14 b(E.)e(Kn)o(uth,)h Ff(The)g(T)727 1205 y(E)754
+1194 y(Xb)q(o)q(ok)p Fk(.)h(Reading,)f(Massac)o(h)o(usetts:)20
+b(Addison)13 b(W)l(esley)f(Pub-)213 1294 y(lishing)j(Compan)o(y)l(,)g
+(1986.)137 1435 y([5])24 b(Oren)16 b(P)o(atashnik,)g
+Fh(Bib)p Ff(T)686 1445 y(E)713 1435 y(Xing)p Fk(.)g(Stanford)h(Univ)o
+(ersit)o(y)l(,)c(F)l(ebruary)j(1988.)137 1576 y([6])24
+b(Da)o(vid)d(J.)g(Buerger,)h(L)637 1570 y Fh(a)661 1576
+y Fk(T)688 1591 y(E)715 1576 y(X)f Ff(for)h(Engineers)g(&)f(Scien)o
+(tists)p Fk(.)f(New)h(Y)l(ork,)h(McGra)o(w{Hill)213 1675
+y(Publishing)16 b(Compan)o(y)l(,)f(1990.)p eop
+%%Page: 44 49
+44 48 bop 854 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)15 b(A)813 326 y(SAMPLE)i(THESIS)112
+530 y(This)22 b(sample)d(thesis)i(is)g(adapted)h(from)e(Bill)f(Bak)o
+(er's)h(thesis,)i(whic)o(h)e(w)o(as)i(done)f(in)g(the)f(old)112
+629 y(L)124 623 y Fh(a)148 629 y Fk(T)175 644 y(E)203
+629 y(X)c Fe(Thesis)h Fk(do)q(cumen)o(tst)o(yle)e(in)h(1986.)25
+b(Since)16 b(m)o(uc)o(h)e(of)k(the)e(thesis)h(has)g(b)q(een)g(deleted)f
+(and)112 729 y(mo)q(di\014ed,)h(it)h(probably)g(do)q(esn't)g(mak)o(e)e
+(m)o(uc)o(h)g(sense)i(an)o(y)f(more)g(if)g(y)o(ou)h(try)f(to)i(read)f
+(it.)25 b(It)18 b(is)112 829 y(included)c(solely)f(for)i(y)o(our)f
+(reference)f(to)i(help)f(y)o(ou)g(see)g(ho)o(w)h(a)f(thesis)h(can)f(b)q
+(e)h(formatted)e(using)112 928 y(L)124 922 y Fh(a)148
+928 y Fk(T)175 943 y(E)203 928 y(X.)h(In)h(addition)h(to)g(the)f
+(material)f(from)g(Mr.)g(Bak)o(er's)h(thesis,)g(I)g(also)h(used)f
+(material)f(from)112 1028 y(the)j(sample)d(thesis)i(from)g(the)g(old)g
+(L)788 1022 y Fh(a)812 1028 y Fk(T)839 1043 y(E)866 1028
+y(X)g(Thesis)g(man)o(ual)f(and)i(other)g(sources.)p eop
+%%Page: 101 50
+101 49 bop 855 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)15 b(B)926 326 y Fh(Bib)p
+Ff(T)1035 337 y(E)1062 326 y(X)p eop
+%%Page: 119 51
+119 50 bop 855 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)15 b(C)883 326 y(TRANSFIG)p
+eop
+%%Page: 141 52
+141 51 bop 854 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)15 b(D)727 326 y Fj(n)p
+Fg(PSFIG)f Fk(AND)i(EXAMPLES)p eop
+%%Page: 161 53
+161 52 bop 856 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)15 b(E)888 326 y(GNUPLOT)p
+eop
+%%Page: 187 54
+187 53 bop 856 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)16 b(F)933 326 y(D)o(VIHP)p
+eop
+%%Page: 197 55
+197 54 bop 853 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)16 b(G)937 326 y(D)o(VIPS)p
+eop
+%%Page: 205 56
+205 55 bop 854 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)15 b(H)776 326 y(PGPLOT)j(EXAMPLE)p
+eop
+%%Page: 211 57
+211 56 bop 864 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)15 b(I)512 326 y(SETTING)h(UP)g(A)g
+(CSC)h(STUDENT)f(A)o(CCOUNT)p eop
+%%Page: 215 58
+215 57 bop 860 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)15 b(J)833 326 y(T)860
+337 y(E)887 326 y(XR)o(O)o(X)f(CARD)p eop
+%%Page: 219 59
+219 58 bop 853 123 a Fk(APPENDIX)16 b(K)823 326 y(PICSURE)g(CARD)p
+eop
+%%Trailer
+end
+userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if
+%%EOF
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/manv4.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/manv4.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7223233b8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/manv4.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1639 @@
+% 28 Feb 1989 version
+% 18 May 1989 -- fixed changes to page numbering
+% in thesis.tex, updated directories.
+% 31 Aug 1989 version 2.1
+%
+% 20 Nov 1990 version 2.2
+%
+% 23 Jul 1993 version 2.3
+%
+\documentstyle[twoside,subequation,app]{eethesis}
+\newcommand{\Ps}{Post\-Script}
+\renewcommand{\leftmark}{\rightmark}
+\markboth{}{}
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+\begin{document}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+\begin{center}
+{\large {\bf \LaTeX\ Document Style For \\
+Thesis Formatting \vspace{3cm}\\
+USER'S MANUAL}}\vspace{1.5cm}\\
+Written by:\\
+Donna Knight and Suzanne Lednicky\\
+Vijay Kodali and Mike Payne\\
+Russell Oertel\\
+Pierce Cantrell \\
+Ken J. Chiang \\
+Wen-Lin Hsieh \vspace{1.5cm}\\
+Department of Electrical Engineering\\
+Texas A\&M University\vspace{1.5cm}\\
+Version 2.3\\
+July 1993
+\end{center}
+\newpage
+
+\thispagestyle{myheadings}
+\markboth{}{}
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\doublespace
+\acknow{Special thanks to the following people for their assistance in
+preparing this manual and completing this project:
+\setcounter{page}{3}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Lily Mummert for her invaluable help in helping us fix our most stubborn
+ problems.
+\item Surja Sutanto and Todd Chauvin for answering questions and providing help
+ with the VAX.
+\item Bill Baker for the use of his thesis to test the new document style and
+ to be the basis of the example included in this manual.
+\item Kay Yocham for the block diagram example.
+\item Dr.\ Naugle for his \TeX pertise.
+\item Elaine Haschke for help in typing this manual.
+\item All of the people at the Thesis Clerk's office for their feedback.
+\item Todd Chauvin for his contribution and ideas to this
+ macro.
+\item Jon Odegard, Zhong Deng, and Showi-Min Shen for their kindly
+ using this draft macro and gave us the errors and suggestions to
+ accomplish the final of this macro.
+\item All of the people used the previous version of this macro
+ and devoted their precious suggestions for us to revise this new macro.
+\end{itemize}}
+
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\setlength{\headheight}{36pt}
+\tableofcontents
+
+\chapter{INTRODUCTION}
+\setlength{\headheight}{12pt}
+
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\setcounter{page}{1}
+\markboth{}{}
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+\section{Background}
+The Department of Electrical Engineering at Texas
+A\&M University previously used both \TeX\ and \LaTeX\
+to generate theses. \TeX\ can create documents of typeset
+quality, but it is difficult to learn, requiring a great deal of time and
+effort on the part of the user.
+
+Donna Knight and Suzanne Lednicky were members of an EE 403/404 team that
+designed a set of macros called ``\TeX\ Macros for Thesis Formatting'' that
+generated all of the special pages and created simplified sectioning commands,
+making \TeX\ much easier to use. However, their package did not allow
+virtual labeling of equation and reference numbers~\cite{kl}.
+
+Two years later, another EE 403/404 team, Mike Payne and Vijay
+Kodali, incorporated the \TeX\ macros into \LaTeX\ document style {\tt thesis},
+which made the formatting of theses even easier. However, this document style
+did not allow students to use some of the really nice features of \LaTeX, such
+as the automatic table of contents, list of tables, and list of
+figures~\cite{pk}.
+
+This package incorporates the original \TeX\ Thesis Macros into a new
+{\tt eethesis} document style so as to utilize the many useful built-in
+functions available with the \LaTeX\ system. The improvements over the
+old {\tt thesis} document style are listed below:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item Sectioning is now done by the standard \LaTeX\ commands \verb+\chapter,
+\section+, and \verb+\subsection+.
+\item The Table of Contents, List of Tables, and List of Figures are now
+automatically generated.
+\item By using the \verb+\include+ and \verb+\includeonly+ commands, you can
+now split your input into sections without having to re-initialize page numbers
+or equation numbers in each file.
+\item It is now possible to use {\sc Bib}\TeX\ to produce your reference pages.
+This will free you from worrying about how to format your bibliography as well
+as saving you time if you write several papers using many of the same sources.
+\item If the caption of a figure or a table
+is longer than one line, the new macro
+can line them up right after the table or figure number.
+\item There are some new options. For example
+the \verb+\blueline+ command can be included to emulate blueline
+paper, and
+\verb+\verbatimfile{file}+ and \\
+\verb+\verbatimlisting[n]{file}+
+can be used to include code or a
+program into the thesis.
+\item Finally, all known errors in the old {\tt thesis} document style have been
+corrected in this new {\tt eethesis} document style.
+\end{itemize}
+
+The journal model for the {\tt eethesis} document style is {\sl IEEE
+Transactions on Automatic Control}. It does not matter if your major area is
+communications, computers, power, etc., as this journal model is accepted by
+the entire department. There are many differences in format among the IEEE
+journals; you cannot simply change the footnote at the bottom of the first page
+to say that the journal model is some other IEEE journal. The footnote will not
+be true and your thesis may be rejected.
+
+If you are in a department other than Electrical Engineering, you may still be
+able to use this document style; check with your department. If the journal
+model proves to be unsatisfactory to your department, you should probably
+consider using another means to type your thesis. Changing a document style is
+not a trivial matter; only experienced users should attempt it.
+
+\section{Getting Started}
+Before you embark upon your thesis production, we suggest that you obtain a
+copy of the ``Thesis Manual''
+and a copy of Leslie Lamport's {\em \LaTeX\
+User's Guide and Reference Manual}~\cite{ll} which are available in the MSC
+Bookstore. If you intend to write equations in \TeX\ you may wish to purchase
+a copy of Donald Knuth's {\it The \TeX book}~\cite{dk}, which is also available
+in the MSC Bookstore. Another introductory \LaTeX\ book is
+David J. Buerger's {\em \LaTeX\ for Engineers and
+Scientists}~\cite{db}, also available in the MSC Bookstore.
+You might also find it useful to have a copy of the
+Electrical Engineering \LaTeX\ Examples
+book, which is available in the WERC Copy Center.
+We are assuming that you have
+at least a basic understanding of \LaTeX\ and an editor. You will need
+to consult the \LaTeX\ Users Guide and possibly {\it The \TeX book},
+the latter when producing complex mathematical equations.
+
+\section{Where to Find the Files}
+There are two types of files associated with the \LaTeX\ thesis document
+style:
+%\doublespace
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \verb+.tex+ files: There are ``boiler-plate'' files for each of the
+preliminary and supplementary pages. You will need to copy all of these files
+into your own directory and customize them for your thesis.
+On ee or eemips you can do this by issuing the command
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+ cp /usr/local/lib/tex/eethesis_template/* .
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+You will need to copy the
+boiler-plate files from ee or eemips if you are running on SIGMA or VENUS using
+ftp.
+\item \verb+.sty+ files: These are the files that \LaTeX\ reads in to control
+formatting. You will not normally need to access these files directly
+unless you want to modify the style or copy the files to your PC or Macintosh
+(see Chapter~III, Section~H--4). There are three files associated with the
+\LaTeX\ thesis document style: {\tt eethesis.sty,
+eethe12.sty, and eethetitle.sty.}
+\end{itemize}
+
+Appendix~A contains a sample thesis that illustrates the output from this
+document style. Table~I shows the location of the files on various computers on
+campus.
+
+\begin{table}[tbp]
+\caption{Location of {\tt eethesis} Files}
+\vspace{12pt}
+\centerline{
+\begin{tabular}{||c l l||}
+\hline\hline
+Node&.sty files&.tex files\\
+\hline
+ee&/usr/local/lib/tex/inputs&
+/usr/local/lib/tex/eethesis\_template\\
+eemips&/usr/local/lib/tex/inputs&
+/usr/local/lib/tex/eethesis\_template\\
+sigma&tex\_root:[latex.styles]&\\
+venus&tex\_root:[latex.styles]&\\
+\hline\hline
+\end{tabular}
+}
+\end{table}
+
+\section{Running Your Thesis}
+A thesis tends to be so long that you will often run out of disk space if you
+try to run it all at once. Also, it is inefficient to re-run your entire thesis
+when all you have done is to have made a small change in a portion of it.
+Therefore, it is recommended that you use separate files for each chapter and
+each preliminary and supplementary page. The best way to do this is to use the
+\verb+\include+ and \verb+\includeonly+ commands, which are explained in
+Section~4.4 of the \LaTeX\ manual. Basically, what you should do is to work from
+one main file, which will then call the file(s) you wish to work on. You need
+not enter the extension \verb+.tex+ in the \verb+\include+ statements. A sample
+main file is available for you to edit as you wish; it is called
+\verb+thesis.tex+ and contains the following commands:
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentstyle{eethesis}
+ \includeonly{title,approval,...}
+ %\def\type{Dissertation} % Uncomment this line for dissertation
+ %\def\degree{DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY} % Uncomment this line for Ph.D.
+ %\def\major{Dept. Name} % Uncomment this line if not ELEN
+ \begin{document}
+ \pagenumbering{roman}
+ \include{title}
+ \include{approval}
+ \include{abstract}
+ \include{ded}
+ \include{ack}
+ \include{lists}
+ \pagenumbering{arabic}
+ \setlength{\headheight}{12pt}
+ \pagestyle{myheadings}
+ \include{ch1}
+ \include{ch2}
+ \include{bib} % Include only one of these two lines.
+% \include{biblio} % "biblio" if you use BibTeX, "bib" if not.
+% \include{supp}
+ \include{append}
+ \include{vita}
+ \end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+
+The \verb+\include+ commands tell \LaTeX\ which files comprise the entire
+document while the \verb+\includeonly+ command tells \LaTeX\ which files you
+want to run at that time. When you \verb+latex+ the main file (i.e.,
+\verb+latex thesis+), \LaTeX\ will ignore all \verb+\include'd+ files that are
+not mentioned in the \verb+\includeonly+ command, but it will keep track of
+page numbers, equation numbers, etc.\ as if the ignored files
+had been included. We recommend that you perfect each portion of your thesis
+by using the \verb+\includeonly+ command to work on each file individually.
+You can delete the \verb+.dvi+ files from your directory if you wish, but you
+should keep the latest version of the \verb+.aux+ files around. The \verb+.aux+
+file is what \LaTeX\ uses to keep track of things relative to the other
+\verb+\include'd+ files (e.g., page numbers, equation numbers, reference
+numbers, figure numbers, and table numbers).
+
+\noindent {\bf Note:} When using the \verb+\include+ command, it is very
+important to be sure that any new counters, environments, etc.\ that you define
+are defined in the preamble of your main file (i.e., before
+\verb+\begin{document}+ in \verb+thesis.tex+). Do {\em not} define any of these
+things in the middle of your document or an error will occur.
+
+After you have perfected each section individually by using \verb+\includeonly+,
+you need to put the entire thesis together. The best way to do this
+is to start at the beginning of your document (the titlepage) and work to the
+end (the vita), \LaTeX'ing one or more files at a time using
+\verb+\includeonly+. The only file that should not be \LaTeX'd in sequential
+order is the file that contains your Table of Contents, List of Tables, and
+List of Figures (i.e., \verb+lists.tex+).
+This file should be \LaTeX'd last so that it can gather the most up-to-date
+information from the various \verb+.aux+ files. If you run your files
+sequentially, they will have all of the information they need from the previous
+files (page numbers, equation numbers, etc.) to format text correctly. However,
+if you have made major changes in the file since the last time you \LaTeX'd it
+(i.e., changes which affect the \verb+.aux+ file), \LaTeX\ will output a
+warning message to your screen telling you that you must re-run your document
+to ``get cross-references right.''\@ It is important that you do \LaTeX\ your
+thesis again; otherwise page numbers, equation numbers, or the table of contents
+may not be correct. It is important to remember that when you print
+a portion of your thesis it may not be totally correct if {\em any} of
+the other \verb+\incude'd .aux+ files is not up-to-date. Do not be alarmed if
+page numbers or equation numbers are wrong; if you \LaTeX\ your thesis
+sequentially and re-run individual files when told to do so by the computer,
+your final output should be correct.
+
+\section{Printing Your Thesis}
+Different computers at Texas A\&M University
+have different commands for printing a \LaTeX\
+document. You will always begin the process with the command {\tt latex filename}.
+This produces a {\tt .dvi} file which can be transferred to any other computer
+for further processing. After this, you must run some sort of {\tt dvi} program
+on your document and then use another command to print it. Some computer systems
+combine all of these steps into one command.
+
+The commands for \verb+ee+ or \verb+eemips+ to {\tt dvi} and {\tt print}
+the \LaTeX\ output are:
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+dvihp file
+lpr -Phpzac -l file.hp
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\doublespace\noindent
+\verb+dvihp+ is a program that converts \verb+.dvi+ files to \verb+.hp+ files
+for our \verb+HP Laserjet 2000+ laser printer.
+There are many options available for \verb+dvihp+, for details the manual page
+is included in Appendix~F. The \verb+-Phpzac+ option selects the
+\verb+HP Laserjet 2000+ printer in Zachry~214.
+The \verb+-l+ option is required for printing \verb+.hp+ files.
+If you forget to put \verb+-l+ after \verb+lpr+,
+you will not get any binary file printout.
+
+The EE department also has a DEC LPS20 PostScript printer. For straight \LaTeX,
+this printer is slower than the {\tt Laserjet 2000}, and the cost per page for
+supplies is higher. For these reasons, we ask that you use the LPS20 only if you
+have PostScript graphics to include or if the {\tt Laserjet 2000} is down. The
+command to {\tt dvi} and {\tt print} the output on ee or eemips are as follows:
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+dvips file
+lpr -Plpszac -l file.ps
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+{\tt dvips} converts {\tt .dvi} files to {\tt .ps} files for a PostScript
+printer. There are many options for {\tt dvips}; the manual page is included
+in Appendix~G. The \verb+-Plpszac+ option selects the LPS20 printer in
+Zachry~214. Including PostScript graphics is discussed in Section~III.D.3.
+
+Users of SIGMA and
+VENUS can use the Xerox 4050 printer available in ZCC. After
+you finish running \LaTeX, you just type
+\begin{verbatim}
+texrox/que=xrxzcc file
+\end{verbatim}
+and then you can go to the ZCC help desk to get your printout.
+Check at a help desk if you don't know the commands to use from your computer.
+
+There are two recommended ways for printing your thesis on blueline.
+The first is to send your \verb+.dvi+ files to your SIGMA or VENUS account
+(available to every student --- see Appendix~I for instructions on getting an
+account) and then send your thesis to the Xerox 4050
+laser printer in the RCC (The Remote Computing Center behind the library) or to
+one of the two Xerox 9700 laser printers in the TCC (The Teague Computing Center
+in the Teague Building).
+The commands for doing this are
+\begin{verbatim}
+$ texrox/box=nnnn/queue=RCC/form=11A1 filename (for the 4050)
+$ texrox/box=mmmm/queue=XEROX/form=11A1 filename (for the 9700s)
+\end{verbatim}
+Do not type in the extension on your filename.
+Your thesis will be printed on blueline paper and you may pick it up from the
+box that you specified (The RCC boxes are numbered from 100A through 117E and
+the TCC boxes are numbered 001A through 017D; you
+may choose any one). The
+\TeX{\sc rox} reference card is included in Appendix~J of this manual.
+
+A second way is to print your thesis on a laser printer attached to the computer
+system you usually work on, and then have one of the copy centers copy your
+thesis on blueline.
+To avoid paper jams, blueline paper is {\bf not} allowed in EE Department
+printers.
+
+Paper is expensive. Do not run more than one final copy of your thesis or
+dissertation on EE Department printers. Take your final version to a copy
+center to obtain additional copies.
+
+Sometimes a laser printer may be out of adjustment and your output may
+not be within the blue line (try to find a sheet of
+blueline paper to check your
+output). To alter the left/right orientation on the page, change the parameter
+\verb+\oddsidemargin+ (see p.163 of the \LaTeX\ book), and to alter the
+top/bottom orientation change the parameter \verb+\topmargin+, which is
+initially set at $-.15$ inches. For example, if
+the laser printer is printing your thesis .25 inches too far to the left, you
+will want to increase the \verb+\oddsidemargin+. Since the
+\verb+\oddsidemargin+ is initially set at .25 inches, you will want to change
+it to 0.5 inches by placing the command
+\verb+\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0.5in}+ into your main file (\verb+thesis.tex+)
+right before the \verb+\begin{document}+ statement. If your thesis is being
+printed .25 inches too far to the right, you can set the \verb+\oddsidemargin+
+to \verb+0in+ in the same manner.
+
+\section{Using a Spelling Checker}
+After you have typed in your thesis, it is a good idea to run your document
+through a spelling check program. There are a number of different spelling
+programs installed on the campus computers. If possible, you probably want to
+use one that understands that \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ commands should not be flagged
+as spelling errors.
+
+On VENUS the public domain spelling program installed automatically
+selects \TeX/\LaTeX\ mode.
+To check the spelling of a file {\tt junk.tex} issue
+the command
+\begin{verbatim}
+ spell junk.tex
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\doublespace
+On ee and eemips there are two spelling programs that can be used with
+\TeX/\LaTeX.
+There is an interactive program \verb+ispell+. See the manual
+page for information
+on \verb+ispell+. You can also use the following method to obtain a list of the
+misspelled words and then correct them using an editor:
+\newpage
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+ detex < file.tex > junk
+ spell junk > misspell
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+The file {\tt misspell} will contain a list
+of the misspelled words. If you misspell the
+same word several times, it will only be listed once. Therefore, be sure to
+search for all occurrences.
+
+\chapter{USING THE THESIS MACROS}
+\section{The Title Page}
+The file which you will be using is called {\tt title.tex}. After copying this
+file to your directory, edit it and replace the
+data enclosed within the braces with the appropriate information for your
+particular thesis. Remember to enclose all of the parameters within braces.
+As required by the Thesis Manual, the month must be either
+May, August, or December. The following is the file
+{\tt title.tex} that you have copied into your account:
+\medskip
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\maketitlepage
+{First Line of Title\\ Second Line of Title} % For one-line title,
+ % delete the "\\"
+{Your Full Name}
+{Degree} % For example, `Master of Science'
+ % or `Doctor of Philosophy'
+{Month Year}
+{Major Subject} % For example, `Electrical Engineering'
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+
+\medskip\noindent
+Now run \LaTeX\ on the modified file {\tt titlepage.tex} as usual.
+
+\section{The Approval Page}
+We have created four forms of the Approval Page to accommodate
+the most common organizations of the Advisory Committee.
+Use only {\it one} of the following {\it Approval Page} macros:
+\smallskip
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item For One chairman and 3 members use \verb+\approvalone+
+\item For One chairman and 4 members use \verb+\approvaltwo+
+\item For Two Co--Chairmen and 2 members use \verb+\approvalthree+
+\item For Two Co--Chairmen and 3 members use \verb+\approvalfour+
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\smallskip
+If you're not in one of these categories, either change your
+Advisory Committee or copy \verb+eethetitle.sty+ into your directory and edit
+the approval page macro at your own risk!
+
+You will edit one of the approval page files in the same manner that you did
+when creating the titlepage. Remember to enclose all of the parameters within
+braces.
+
+Examples of each of the approval files are shown below; they can be found in
+\verb+approval.tex+. Study the Thesis Manual
+for additional detailed information. Use one of the following and delete
+the others. For a single line title delete the \verb+`\\'+.
+\nobreak
+\bigskip
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\approvalone
+{First Line of Title\\ Second Line of Title}
+{Your Full Name}
+{Chairman's name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Head of Department's Name}
+{Month Year}
+
+\approvaltwo
+{First Line of Title\\ Second Line of Title}
+{Your Full Name}
+{Chairman's name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Head of Department's Name}
+{Month Year}
+
+\approvalthree
+{First Line of Title\\ Second Line of Title}
+{Your Full Name}
+{Co-Chairman's name}
+{Co-Chairman's name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Head of Department's Name}
+{Month Year}
+
+\approvalfour
+{First Line of Title\\ Second Line of Title}
+{Your Full Name}
+{Co-Chairman's name}
+{Co-Chairman's name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Member's Name}
+{Head of Department's Name}
+{Month Year}
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+
+
+\smallskip
+\noindent {\bf Note:} When you run the approval page, you may get some
+``overfill hbox'' warnings with ``badness 10000.'' Neglect these
+warnings---hboxes are too picky! These warnings are due to the layout
+of the approval page which is formatted correctly.
+
+\section{ The Abstract Page}
+You have two alternatives from which to choose in creating your
+abstract page. Use \verb+\absone+ if you have one chairman
+on your Advisory Committee; use \verb+\abstwo+ if you have two co--chairmen.
+Begin by editing the file {\tt abstract.tex} and replace the data enclosed
+within the braces with the appropriate information for your thesis.
+Include the entire text of the abstract within one set of braces.
+As stated in the Thesis Manual, the text of your abstract must not
+exceed 350 words in length.
+The following is the file {\tt abstract.tex}:
+\medskip
+\goodbreak
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\absone
+{First Line of Title\\Second Line of Title}
+{Month Year}
+{Your Full Name}
+{Degree, University;\\Degree, University} % Degrees ALREADY RECEIVED,
+ % e.g. {B.S., Rice University;\\
+ % M.S., Texas A\&M University}
+ % If only one degree, delete `;\\'
+{Chairman's name}
+{Place your abstract between these braces. The text of your abstract
+must not exceed 350 words. Place your abstract between these braces.
+The text of your abstract must not exceed 350 words.}
+
+\abstwo
+{First Line of Title\\Second Line of Title}
+{Month Year}
+{Your Full Name}
+{Degree, University;\\Degree, University}
+{Co-Chairman's name}
+{Co-Chairman's name}
+{Place your abstract between these braces. The text of your abstract
+must not exceed 350 words. Place your abstract between these braces.
+The text of your abstract must not exceed 350 words.}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\doublespace
+\section{The Dedication Page (optional)}
+You may include a dedication in your thesis if you like. Using the
+\verb+\dedicate+ command, you can enter in as many names as will fit on one
+line. We recommend one or two names only. If you do not wish to have this
+page, do not include it when you run your final thesis copy.
+The file that you will be editing (\verb+ded.tex+) looks like this:
+\medskip
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\dedicate{Name}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\medskip
+\doublespace
+For example, if you replaced the word ``Name'' in the above file with
+``Suzanne and Donna,'' then you would get the following line
+appropriately spaced on its own page:\\
+\smallskip
+\centerline{To Suzanne and Donna}
+\doublespace
+
+\section{The Acknowledgment Page (optional)}
+The file which you will be using is called {\tt ack.tex}.
+Begin by editing this file inserting the data appropriate for your thesis.
+Place the entire text of your acknowledgment within
+one set of braces. If you do not wish to have this
+page, do not include it when you run your final thesis copy.
+The following is the file {\tt ack.tex}:
+\smallskip
+\goodbreak
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+\acknow{Place your acknowledgment within these braces.}
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+
+\section{Table of Contents, List of Tables, and List of Figures}
+Latex will automatically generate these for you if you \verb+\include+ a file
+such as \verb+lists.tex+ shown here:
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \pagestyle{headings}
+ \setlength{\headheight}{36pt}
+ \tableofcontents
+ \listoftables
+ \listoffigures
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+If you have only one table or figure (or no tables or figures), you do not need
+to include a listing, and you can therefore delete the appropriate command from
+\verb+lists.tex+. Every time you use a \verb+\chapter+, \verb+\section+,
+\verb+\subsection+, or \verb+\appendix+ command, an entry will be created in
+the Table of Contents. An entry will also be automatically generated for the
+References and Vita pages. Table and figure entries are generated by the
+\verb+\caption+ command. Remember that if you make any changes that affect
+these lists, you must \LaTeX\ your entire document to update the \verb+.aux+
+files before you try to \verb+\include{lists}+ to generate your updated lists.
+
+If your Table of Contents is produced in such a way that there are no chapter
+entries on a particular page (see the second page of the Table of Contents of
+this manual for an example), the Thesis Clerk will not approve your thesis. You
+have two options: either white-out the word ``CHAPTER'' and have that page
+photocopied onto blueline paper, or force a pagebreak by putting the following
+command at the beginning of one of your chapter files:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\newpage}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\noindent {\bf Note:} You may see some ``underfull vbox'' warnings when running
+{\tt lists.tex}. Ignore these warnings; they are due to the format of these
+pages.
+
+\section{The Reference Page}
+\subsection{The \LaTeX\ Bibliography Environment}
+You have two choices of how to do your references. The first
+is to use the bibliography environment described in the \LaTeX\ manual.
+This will produce the appropriate page headings for your bibliography
+and will also create the appropriate Table of Contents entry. The \LaTeX\
+manual can show you how to do this. Be sure to take advantage of the automatic
+referencing facility offered by \LaTeX. The \verb+\cite{}+ command and the
+other facets of automatic referencing are explained in Section~C.10.3 of
+the \LaTeX\ Users Guide. It can be very beneficial to use \verb+\cite{}+ to note
+your citations rather than numbering them yourself, especially if you decide to
+delete or add an entry to your bibliography. \LaTeX\ will renumber all of your
+citations automatically. If you wish to produce your bibliography this way, you
+can edit the file \verb+bib.tex+ and use a `\%' to comment out the
+\verb+\include{biblio}+ command in your main file.
+Examples of references formatted according to the journal
+model {\sl IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control} are given below.
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{thebibliography}{10}
+
+\bibitem{JA:1}
+Joe Author, ``Title of report,'' Research Report~23, Department of
+ Publication, Name of University, City, State, October 1999.
+
+\bibitem{AAJA:1}
+Arthur Author and Joe Author, ``Title of journal article,'' {\sl
+ Title of Journal}, vol.~76, pp.~27--45, July 1776.
+
+\bibitem{AB:1}
+Author Book, {\sl Title of Book}, vol.~1. City, State of Publication:
+ Name of Publishing Company, 16th edition, 1988.
+
+\bibitem{MWJCDL:1}
+Matthew Wright, James Chodzko, and Danny Luk, {\sl Title of Book}.
+ College Station, Texas: Name of Publisher, 1988, chap.~4--5,
+ pp.~56--99.
+
+\bibitem{HC:1}
+Han Chen, ``Title of Booklet,'' College Station, Texas, Texas A\&M
+ University, July 1989.
+
+\bibitem{ROPC:1}
+Russell~L. Oertel and Pierce Cantrell, {\sl \LaTeX\ Example Manual}.
+ Department of Electrical Engineering, Texas A\&M University,
+ College Station, Texas, September 1988.
+
+\bibitem{JS:1}
+Joseph~W. Simpson, ``Title of article,'' in {\sl Title of Book}.
+ Editor of~Book, Ed., City, State of Publication: Name of
+ Publishing Company, 1983, chap.~3, pp.~400--402.
+
+\bibitem{PR:1}
+Peter~J. Rizzo, Ed., {\sl Title of Conference Proceedings},
+ Sponsoring Organization, Location of Symposium, Name of
+ publisher, June 1987.
+
+\bibitem{AA:1}
+Arthur Article, ``Title of conference article,'' in {\sl Title of
+ Conference Proceedings Record}, Sponsoring Organization,
+ Location of Symposium, Name of Publisher, January 1989.
+
+\bibitem{PKGT:1}
+P. Kenneth and G.~E. Taylor, ``Solution of variational problems
+ with bounded control variables by means of the generalized
+ {N}ewton-{Raphson} method,'' presented at the Symp.\ on Recent
+ Advances in Optimization Techniques, Carnegie Inst.\ of Tech.,
+ Pittsburgh, Pa., April 1965.
+
+\bibitem{RL:1}
+R.~E. Larson, ``Title of dissertation,'' Ph.D. dissertation,
+ Stanford University, Stanford, California, 1964.
+
+\bibitem{EG:1}
+Elaine~G. Haschke, ``Title of thesis,'' Master's thesis, Drofnats
+ University, West Yellowstone, Montana, May 1993.
+
+\bibitem{JS:2}
+J.~D. Simon, private communications, November 1963.
+
+\end{thebibliography}
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+\subsection{{\sc Bib}\TeX}
+The second way to handle references
+is to use {\sc Bib}\TeX.\@ {\sc Bib}\TeX\ will
+be useful if you are writing other papers (possibly
+for publication) similar to your thesis. {\sc Bib}\TeX\ allows
+you to build one bibliographic database for use with all of your
+papers. It is explained in Appendix~B of the \LaTeX\ manual. The \LaTeX\
+manual recommends that you not use {\sc Bib}\TeX\ for just one paper,
+but we think it should be used, even for just your thesis, especially
+if you hate worrying about formatting each entry of your bibliography. Another
+good reason to use {\sc Bib}\TeX\ is that it automatically puts your
+bibliography in the order that sources were cited, freeing you from worrying
+about that problem as well.
+
+Your bibliographic database will look something like the file
+\verb+bibdata.bib+, which is shown on the following pages (the output
+generated from this file
+was shown in the previous section). You may notice that there are braces
+around a few of the words and letters in the database. This is because
+{\sc Bib}\TeX\ will de-capitalize all of the letters in titles, except for the
+first letter of the first word. In order to preserve the capitalization of
+proper names in an article title, you must enclose the word or letter in braces
+so that {\sc Bib}\TeX\ knows to leave it alone. Pages 144--146 of the \LaTeX\
+User's Guide will help you decide how to classify each of your references. Also,
+there have been some minor changes made in {\sc Bib}\TeX\ since the \LaTeX\
+User's Guide was written. These changes are explained in a document called {\sl
+{\sc Bib}\TeX ing}~\cite{op} that is included in Appendix~B.
+\begin{itemize}
+\item @inbook and @inproceedings are for {\em portions} of a book or
+proceedings record, while @book and @proceedings are for the entire source.
+\item @booklet and @manual are formatted much like a book.
+\item You may use the {\tt note} field to indicate when an @unpublished article
+will be published and use @misc when nothing else fits.
+\item There is now an optional {\tt type} argument in @mastersthesis and
+@phdthesis which you can use to cause {\sc Bib}\TeX\ to call your reference an
+``M.S. Thesis'' (or whatever) instead of the default ``Master's Thesis.''
+\end{itemize}
+\goodbreak
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+@techreport{JA:1,
+ author="Joe Author",
+ title="Title of Report",
+ type="Research Report",
+ institution="Department of Publication, Name of University",
+ year=1999,
+ number=23,
+ address="City, State",
+ month="October"}
+
+@article{AAJA:1,
+ author="Arthur Author and Joe Author",
+ title="Title of Journal Article",
+ journal="Title of Journal",
+ volume=76,
+ pages="27--45",
+ month="July",
+ year=1776}
+
+@book{AB:1,
+ author="Author Book",
+ title="Title of Book",
+ address="City, State of Publication",
+ publisher="Name of Publishing Company",
+ volume=1,
+ edition="16th",
+ year=1988}
+
+@inbook{MWJCDL:1,
+ author="Matthew Wright and James Chodzko and Danny Luk",
+ title="Title of Book",
+ chapter="4--5",
+ pages="56--99",
+ address="College Station, Texas",
+ publisher="Name of Publisher",
+ year=1988}
+
+@booklet{HC:1,
+ author="Han Chen",
+ title="Title of Booklet",
+ howpublished="Texas A\&M University",
+ address="College Station, Texas",
+ month="July",
+ year=1989}
+
+@manual{ROPC:1,
+ author="Russell L. Oertel and Pierce Cantrell",
+ title="\LaTeX\ Example Manual",
+ organization="Department of Electrical Engineering, Texas A\&M
+ University",
+ address="College Station, Texas",
+ month="September",
+ year=1988}
+
+@incollection{JS:1,
+ author="Joseph W. Simpson",
+ title="Title of Article",
+ booktitle="Title of Book",
+ editor="of Book, Editor",
+ address="City, State of Publication",
+ publisher="Name of Publishing Company",
+ year=1983,
+ chapter="3",
+ pages="400--402"}
+
+@proceedings{PR:1,
+ title="Title of Conference Proceedings",
+ editor="Peter J. Rizzo",
+ organization="Sponsoring Organization",
+ address="Location of Symposium",
+ publisher="Name of publisher",
+ month="June",
+ year=1987}
+
+@inproceedings{AA:1,
+ author=" Arthur Article",
+ title="Title of Conference Article",
+ booktitle="Title of Conference Proceedings Record",
+ organization="Sponsoring Organization",
+ address="Location of Symposium",
+ publisher="Name of Publisher",
+ month="January",
+ year=1989}
+
+@unpublished{PKGT:1,
+ author="P. Kenneth and G. E. Taylor",
+ title="Solution of variational problems with bounded control
+ variables by means of the generalized {N}ewton-{Raphson} method",
+ note="presented at the Symp.\ on Recent Advances in Optimization
+ Techniques, Carnegie Inst.\ of Tech., Pittsburgh, Pa.",
+ month="April",
+ year=1965}
+
+@phdthesis{RL:1,
+ author="R. E. Larson",
+ title="Title of Dissertation",
+ school="Stanford University",
+ address="Stanford, California",
+ year=1964}
+
+@mastersthesis{EG:1,
+ author="Elaine G. Haschke",
+ title="Title of Thesis",
+ school="Drofnats University",
+ address="West Yellowstone, Montana",
+ month="May",
+ year="1993"}
+
+@misc{JS:2,
+ author="J. D. Simon",
+ month="November",
+ year=1963,
+ howpublished="private communications"}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\doublespace
+Once you have created your bibliographic database, you are ready to use it to
+automatically create the bibliography of your thesis. To use {\sc Bib}\TeX, you
+should \verb+\include+ the file \verb+biblio.tex+ (shown below). Also use the
+`\%' to comment out the \verb+\include{bib}+ command in your main file.
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \bibliographystyle{theunsrt}
+ \bibliography{bibdata}
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+
+These commands specify that your bibliography should be created from entries
+in the file {\tt bibdata.bib}. There are several bibliography styles that can be
+used with the eethesis document style; the style {\tt theunsrt.bst} is the style
+used in the examples in this manual. The entries in this style are patterned
+after those in {\sl IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control}. It lists the
+sources in the order they were cited. There is also a generic {\tt ieeetr.bst},
+which formats sources similar to many IEEE publications. If neither of these
+styles is suitable for your department, you might consider {\tt acm.bst} or {\tt
+siam.bst} which format your bibliography in the style of ACM and SIAM
+publications. Check the {\tt tex.bibtex} directory on the machine that you use
+to see if there are any other {\tt .bst} files you can use.
+
+If none of these styles or the standard
+styles are suitable for use in your department, you can type your bibliography
+by hand as explained in the previous section of this manual or you try to adapt
+one of the bibliography styles (a word of warning --- adapting an existing
+bibliography style is not a trivial matter).
+Alternatively, you can check the \LaTeX\ file server at Clarkson.
+
+To create the bibliography, you must first \LaTeX\ each section of your paper
+so that {\tt .aux} files are created. After this, you type:
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+ $ bibtex thesis
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\doublespace
+{\sc Bib}\TeX\ will then create a {\tt thesis.bbl} file by scanning the
+\verb+.aux+ files for {\tt $\backslash$cite\{~\}} commands. Because
+{\sc Bib}\TeX\ reads only the \verb+.aux+ files, it doesn't matter which files
+you have mentioned in an \verb+\includeonly+ command.
+It will create an entry in the bibliography for every different
+source that you cite in your paper. This {\tt .bbl} file will look very much
+like a bibliography that you might type into a \LaTeX\ file yourself. In fact,
+you may edit the {\tt .bbl} file should you find that you would like to make
+some minor changes to the bibliography. ({\sc Bib}\TeX\ isn't perfect, and may
+not handle unusual things quite right.) However, the {\tt .bbl} file you have
+edited will be destroyed, and a new one created if you run {\sc Bib}\TeX\
+again. The next time you \LaTeX\ your paper
+with \verb+\includeonly{biblio}+,
+the bibliography will be printed as if you had put it into the thesis yourself.
+\subsection{Supplemental Sources Consulted}
+Following your list of references, you may include a list of Supplemental
+Sources Consulted for general references as outlined in the Thesis Manual.
+Examples of this are shown below.
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{supplements}
+\item Author(s) of Paper, ``Title of Paper,'' presented at
+the Name of Conference, City, State of Conference,
+Date of Conference.
+
+\item Name of Person, private communications, Date.
+
+\item I can put anything here.
+\end{supplements}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\doublespace
+
+There is a trick you can use to have {\sc Bib}\TeX\ make your supplemental
+sources section for you. Create a dummy file which contains only the
+\verb+\bibliographystyle+ command, the \verb+\bibliography+ command, and
+\verb+\nocite+ commands. You can \verb+\nocite+ all of your supplemental
+sources and run {\sc Bib}\TeX\ to create a {\tt .bbl} file. You can then edit
+the {\tt .bbl} file, changing the commands \verb+\begin{thebibliography}+ and
+\verb+\end{thebibliography}+ to \verb+\begin{supplements}+ and
+\verb+\end{supplements}+. Finally, rename the file to {\tt supp.tex} and
+\verb+\include+ it in your thesis. The dummy file should look something like
+this:
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle{eethesis}
+\begin{document}
+\nocite{src1}
+\nocite{src2}
+\nocite{src3}
+\bibliographystyle{thesis}
+\bibliography{bibdata}
+\end{document}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\doublespace
+
+\section{Appendices}
+Appendices may be added to the end of your paper. If you choose to have
+appendices, they should be created the same way you would start a chapter
+except that you use \verb+\appendix{Title}+ instead of \verb+\chapter{Title}+.
+\LaTeX\ will automatically label the appendix with a letter (i.e.,
+\verb+Appendix A, Appendix B, etc.+) and capitalize the appendix title. This is
+the file \verb+append.tex+.
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\appendix{Title of Appendix}
+This is the text of the Appendix. If this is the first appendix, it
+will be labeled Appendix A.
+\end{verbatim}
+\medskip
+\doublespace
+
+\section{The Vita Page}
+The file which you will be using is called {\tt vita.tex}. Begin by
+inserting your brief biographical sketch as the parameter for \verb+\vita+
+and your typist's name (which is probably {\it your} name) as the
+parameter for \verb+\typist+. Your {\it Vita} must not exceed
+one page in length. You should consult the Thesis Manual for other
+requirements of the {\it Vita} paragraph.
+Remember, since the whole paragraph is just one parameter, you must use only
+one set of braces. Do not enclose every line you enter with braces!
+This is what you will see in {\tt vita.tex}:
+\medskip
+\goodbreak
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\vita{Place the text of your Vita between these braces.}
+\typist{Typist's Name}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\doublespace
+\medskip
+If you decide that you do not want to acknowledge your typist in your
+document, then do not use the \verb+\typist+ command after \verb+\vita+.
+
+\chapter{FORMATTING THE BODY}
+The body of a thesis produced by this document style is formatted using the
+journal {\sl IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control} as a model. There is no
+{\em simple} way to adapt this document style so that it follows a different
+model. We suggest that you either use this system as it is (assuming your
+department will approve of the format), or use another method for writing your
+thesis.
+
+\section{The First Page of the Body}
+The first page of the body of your thesis is a special one.
+The page numbering scheme needs to be
+reinitialized so that the page numbers will now be arabic instead
+of roman numerals. You are also required to make a footnote designating the
+journal model you used. We have this all set up for you with a \verb+\body+
+command to be used after the first \verb+\chapter+ command.
+
+The \verb+\body+ command is allowed {\em only} in Chapter~1. If you put
+\verb+\body+ in every chapter, the page numbers will be reset every time
+you put the \verb+\body+. Therefore, {\em DO NOT} put \verb+\body+ command
+in other chapters except Chpater~1.
+
+\section{Headings for Chapters, Sections, and Subsections}
+Now you are ready to enter the text of your thesis. You may do this by editing
+the sample chapter files which we have provided for you. There are two files:
+\verb+ch1.tex+ for the first chapter, and \verb+ch2.tex+ for all subsequent
+chapters. Most theses have chapters and sections. Very detailed documents
+often have subsections as well. The chapter command looks like this:
+\medskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \chapter{Title of Chapter}
+\end{verbatim}
+\medskip
+This command will start the new chapter on a new sheet of paper, and skip the
+proper amount after the title before it begins to print your text. You do not
+need to leave any special blank lines or specify any spacing. This command will
+also automatically capitalize the chapter title; it is the only one of the
+sectioning commands that will do this. The chapters are
+numbered with roman numerals automatically.
+
+\medskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \section{The Title of Your Section}
+\end{verbatim}
+\medskip
+The section command, shown above, will left-justify and properly format your
+section title. The first letter of each word in the section title must be
+capitalized; there is no automatic capitalization.
+The proper amount of spacing for the text preceding and following the title is
+included in the macro. The alphabetic characters that label the sections are
+automatic! Do not type them in.
+
+\medskip
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \subsection{The Title of Your Subsection}
+\end{verbatim}
+\medskip
+
+This command centers your subsection title. The first letter of each word in a
+subsection title should be capitalized; there is no automatic capitalization.
+The proper amount of spacing is included for the text preceding and following
+the title; do not add any spacing. Subsections will automatically be assigned
+arabic subsection numbers; do not type them in.
+
+\section{Equations}
+If your thesis does not contain complicated mathematics, the
+material in Sections~3.3, 4.2, and Appendices~C.6 and C.9.2
+of the \LaTeX\ manual will probably be sufficient. For
+sophisticated mathematics, which is \TeX 's real strength, you
+will also need to study the \TeX book.
+
+You need to pay particular attention to Section 4.2 of the
+\LaTeX\ manual where automated numbering and referencing
+of equations are described. This may seem like more trouble
+than it is worth. However, if you have ever removed an equation
+from the beginning of a paper and then had to renumber
+all subsequent equations, you will understand
+how much work this feature can save you.
+
+In the {\tt eethesis} document style, equations will
+be numbered by chapter (e.g.,
+1.1, 1.2,\ldots 2.1, 2.2, etc.). If you need subequations (e.g., 1.1a, 1.1b,
+\ldots), see the following subsection.
+If you have some
+equations which you do not want numbered, you can use the \verb+displaymath+
+environment or the \verb+\nonumber+ command.
+
+The \verb+\ref{ }+ command does not place
+parenthesis around the equations.
+You will need to insert these by yourself (e.g., \verb+(\ref{label})+).
+When you want
+to refer to an equation, do {\bf not}
+use the word equation or the abbreviation eqn. Please
+examine the examples in Appendix~A.
+
+\subsection{Subequations}\label{subeq}
+If you want the equations to be numbered as subequations (e.g., 1.1a, 1.1b,
+\ldots 1.1f, 1.1g, etc.), the style file~--~\verb+subequation.sty+, which is in
+the style-file library, can be used. If you are not on {\tt ee} or {\tt eemips},
+please check Table~I and copy \verb+subequation.sty+ to your local directory.
+
+The \verb+subequation.sty+ is included as an option in the \verb+documentstyle+
+as follows,
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\documentstyle[subequation]{eethesis}
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+
+When you want to add the subequations into the thesis, you can type
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{subequations}
+ \begin{equation}
+ equation 1
+ \end{equation}
+ Text of paragraph.
+ \begin{equation}
+ equation 2
+ \end{equation}
+\end{subequations}
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+
+Equation~2 will follow equation~1 and they are subequationed even if there
+is some text in between them.
+
+The following is a simple example. If you type,
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{subequations}
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ a &=& b + c + d \\
+ &=& e + f + g \nonumber \\
+ & & h + k \\
+ &=& x + y
+ \end{eqnarray}
+\end{subequations}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\doublespace
+You will get the following equations,
+
+\begin{subequations}
+ \begin{eqnarray}
+ a &=& b + c + d \\
+ &=& e + f + g \nonumber \\
+ & & h + k \\
+ &=& x + y
+ \end{eqnarray}
+\end{subequations}
+
+You can refer to the equation in the same manner
+as regular equations. Therefore,
+you can put \verb+\label+ command in the end of the equation and then
+use \verb+\ref+ to refer that equation.
+
+\section{Tables and Figures}
+\LaTeX\ has a \verb+table+ environment and a \verb+figure+ environment so that
+you can include tables and figures in your papers.
+The \verb+\caption+ command is used to make titles for your tables
+and figures within the text of your thesis. Look on pages 59, 72 and 177
+of your \LaTeX\ manual for more details on \verb+\caption+. You may wish to
+use the \verb+\label+ command along with \verb+\caption+ so you can
+automatically reference your figures and tables using the \verb+\ref+ command.
+This could save you from doing a great deal of renumbering should you decide to
+add or delete a figure or table.
+\subsection{Creating Tables and Figures}
+\LaTeX\ is very good at making tables and simple figures such as block
+diagrams. You can create your own tables using the \verb+tabular+ environment
+and create your own figures using the \verb+picture+ environment of \LaTeX.
+These environments are explained in the \LaTeX\ User's Guide. You will need to
+leave space between the caption and your table and between your figure and its
+caption (see examples in Appendix~A). Also, the \verb+\centering+ command will
+center your figure or table if it is included just after \verb+\begin{figure}+
+or \verb+\begin{table}+. Examples showing
+the use of these environments are included in the sample paper in Appendix~A.
+
+The caption for a figure goes below the figure, and the caption for a table
+goes above the table. See the examples in Appendix~A for the proper placement
+of the \verb+\caption{ }+ command.
+
+When you refer to a figure, use the abbreviation Fig.\ (or Figs.\ for several
+figures) and include a tie (i.e., \verb+" ~ "+) to avoid
+leaving extra space or line
+breaking. See Appendix~A for examples. Use the complete word ``Table''
+and a tie for
+referring to a table.
+\subsection{Including Tables and Figures From Other Sources}
+Leaving space for figures and tables is particularly easy
+in \LaTeX. One common approach in theses is to put
+figures on separate pages. An easy way to leave blank
+pages for figures and still keep the correct page numbering is given below.
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{figure}
+\vspace{8.0 in} % If your figure does not require
+ % an entire page, you may change
+ % `8.0 in' to a smaller amount.
+\caption{Isn't this a pretty picture}
+\label{fig:pretty}
+\end{figure}
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+
+When you include figures from another source,
+one way to do it is to use
+\LaTeX\ to print the caption and then cut-and-paste your figure into place.
+This way, the figure counter will be incremented and the figure will
+automatically be entered into the List of Figures. If you choose to ignore our
+advice, you will have to do these things yourself. If you use figures with
+captions not made by \LaTeX, you must manually make the entry into the List of
+Figures and update the figure counter by putting the following commands in your
+text before the next figure is to appear:
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\addcontentsline{lof}{figure}{\protect\numberline{n}{caption}}
+\addtocounter{figure}{1}
+\addtocounter{page}{1}
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+If you enter more than one figure, you will have to use several
+\verb+\addcontentsline+ commands and replace the `1's in the example above with
+the number of figures you added and the number of pages you added.
+
+Instead of the cut and paste method, it is also possible to include figures
+electronically. The only problem with including figures electronically is
+that graphics often requires lots of disk space. In the following sections, we
+describe several methods for including graphics. Several of the programs can
+generate output that can be printed on either the {\tt Laserjet 2000} or the
+LPS20. Our personal favorite is to generate PostScript output and use the LPS20.
+
+\subsection{\Ps\ Figures}
+\Ps\ is a page description language that is useful for documents that include
+graphics. There are many machines and programs that can generate
+\Ps\ figures. For example, PGPLOT, Fig, and GNUPLOT described below can
+generate \Ps\ output (These programs can also generate output that can be
+printed on non-\Ps\ printers like our {\tt Laserjet 2000} as well.). In
+addition, virtually all Macintosh applications can generate PostScript (e.g.,
+MacDraw, Canvas, SuperPaint, and DeltaGraph). There is also a growing number
+of IBM PC applications that can generate PostScript. The easiest type of \Ps\
+figure to include is an Encapsulated \Ps\ file (EPSF).
+In purchasing applications
+for your Macintosh or PC, check to make sure that they can generate EPSF.
+You can simply include those figures
+into your \TeX\ or \LaTeX\ document.
+An important characteristic of
+\Ps\ figures is that they are scalable, i.e.,
+the figures can be scaled to any size.
+The DEC LPS20 is a \Ps\ printer; the {\tt Laserjet 2000} $\underline{cannot}$
+print \Ps.
+
+If you have
+\Ps\ figures, you can use the \verb+\psfig+ command to
+include those figures into a \TeX\ or \LaTeX\ document.
+In Appendix~D, you will find the \verb+\psfig+ manual and an example
+that shows how to include figures generated
+on the Macintosh into \TeX\ or \LaTeX\
+documents.
+
+\subsection{PGPLOT}
+The PGPLOT Fortran graphics subroutine library is available on ee,
+eemips, and Venus. Originally developed by
+T. J. Pearson of the Caltech Astronomy
+Department, the local version has been modified
+to generate output that can also be
+directly inserted into a \TeX\ or \LaTeX\ document.
+PGPLOT is the primary scientific graphics package we support in the EE
+department. PGPLOT can generate either \TeX\ font file output or \Ps\ output.
+PGPLOT can also plot to just about any kind of interactive device known to man.
+An interactive front-end for PGPLOT called `iplot' is also available. You can
+also call PGPLOT routines from C.
+A user's manual is
+available from the WERC copy center, and a copy is available for checkout
+in the instrument room. An example of including a PGPLOT
+\Ps\ figure into a \LaTeX\ document is shown in Appendix~H.
+
+\subsection{Fig}
+On the Sun Sparc workstations there is a plotting
+package called Fig. This package
+can be used to draw block diagrams. The graph
+can be transferred to either the \LaTeX\
+\verb+picture+ environment or Fig can generate \Ps\ output.
+It is cumbersome to draw figures in the
+\verb+picture+ environment of \LaTeX. Fig is a neat alternative, all you need to
+do is use the mouse. The help command is interactive. To execute
+Fig, do the following
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+sun% fig figure.fig
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+
+\noindent
+where {\tt figure.fig} is the file name of the figure you want to draw.
+
+There are some restrictions on \LaTeX\ \verb+picture+
+output. For example, the length of the \verb+\line+ should be more than
+10pt (or 1/7 in), the diameter of a
+\verb+circle+ should be less than 1/2 inches, and
+the diameter of a disk (\verb+\circle*+) should be less than 0.2 inch. There is
+an ellipse in Fig, but there is no ellipse font in \LaTeX.
+If you draw an ellipse
+in Fig and use \verb+transfig+ to transfer your
+figure to the \verb+picture+ environment, all
+you can get is an \verb+oval+. There are no similar restrictions if you select
+PostScript output. You can use \verb+transfig+ to transfer a
+figure with an ellipse to a \Ps\ file and then use the
+\verb+\psfig+ command to include
+this figure into a \LaTeX\ document. The details of
+using \verb+\psfig+ are given in
+Appendix~D.
+
+The following \verb+transfig+ command is used to transfer your figure to
+the \LaTeX\ \verb+\picture+ environment (this can be printed on the {\tt
+Laserjet 2000}),
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+ sun% transfig -L latex -f cmr figure.fig
+ sun% make
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+where \verb+sun%+ is the prompt of the sun workstation.
+If you want to get a \Ps\ file, you can type the following command.
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+ sun% transfig -L postscript -f cmr figure.fig
+ sun% make
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+
+After running the above two commands, you should delete \verb+Makefile+.
+Next transfer the figure.tex or figure.ps to your thesis directory
+and include that file into your \LaTeX\ document.
+
+For the details about \verb+transfig+ please check Appendix~C.
+
+\subsection{{\sc Pic}\TeX}
+The \LaTeX\ picture environment is useful for making simple pictures and block
+diagrams. {\sc Pic}\TeX\ is useful for more complicated graphs and plots; you
+might find it handy for plotting data to display in your thesis.
+{\sc Pic}\TeX\ is installed on eemips and ee.
+Unfortunately, {\sc Pic}\TeX\ takes a very long time to execute --- we suggest
+you run it on ee or eemips. Furthermore,
+{\sc Pic}\TeX\ seems to us to be more complex
+than other plotting packages such as PGPLOT, PICSURE, and DeltaGraph.
+The {\sc Pic}\TeX\ manual should be available at the MSC Bookstore, and a
+copy is available for checkout in the instrument room.
+
+\subsection{PICSURE}
+The PICSURE graphing program is available on SIGMA, and it is pretty popular on
+our campus. Access PICSURE using TEX as the secondary device and
+the output of PICSURE can be included into a \TeX\ document. When a chart is
+ready to be ported into \TeX, give the command `PLOT 2' and answer the questions
+concerning plot orientation and size. Actually, the `PLOT 2' command starts
+the PGPLOT program, and will generate two files, \verb+pvi.300pk+ and
+\verb+pvi.tfm+, in the current directory. You can copy these two files to your
+thesis directory and then include the following commands to the place
+the figure in your thesis (here we include the command of Example~1
+from the PicSure Line
+Graph card as our example from Appendix~K):
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \font\chart=pvi
+ \centerline{\chart A}
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+Appendix~K includes two PicSure quick reference cards and there include
+several examples of PicSure graphs in \TeX.
+The detailed manual for PICSURE is available in
+the WERC copy center.
+
+\subsection{GNUPLOT}
+GNUPLOT is a graphics program that is
+popular with \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ users.
+It is available on ee and eemips. GNUPLOT can
+generate figures using mathematical functions or input data. The output figure
+can be either PostScript or the \verb+picture+ environment of \LaTeX.
+The PostScript file can be included into a \TeX\ or \LaTeX\ document by using
+the \verb+\psfig+ command.
+The manual is attached in Appendix~E.
+
+\subsection{Placement of Tables and Figures}
+\LaTeX\ will never place your figure or table on an earlier page than the text
+immediately preceding the \verb+figure+ or \verb+table+ environment.
+Therefore, the best place for you to put the \verb+figure+ or \verb+table+
+environment is right after the sentence in which the figure or table is first
+referenced. If more of the paragraph follows, do {\em not} leave a blank line
+above or below the figure or table environment (c.f., p.~60 \LaTeX\ User's
+Guide).
+
+There is an optional argument in the
+\verb+\begin{table/figure}+ command which allows you to specify where you want
+your table or figure to be placed. Tables (or figures) placed using the
+\verb+[h]+ placement option (placed at the position in the text where
+\verb+\begin{table/figure}[h]+ appears) can look very good. However, using this
+option can also result in problems (see p.~177 of the \LaTeX\ User's Guide).
+Our advice for amateurs is to use the default \verb+[tbp]+ option.
+If you have problems with \LaTeX\ insisting upon putting a figure
+or table in a bad location, read Appendix~C.8.1 on page~176 of the \LaTeX\
+User's Guide to help you try to overcome \LaTeX's stubbornness.
+
+If the table is too big and exceeds one page, there is a convenient way
+to handle this. In the first page of that table you can type as usual and
+put \verb+\begin{table} \caption+ and \verb+\end{table}+ to generate the
+table number and caption of that table.
+According to the rules of the thesis clerk, the caption of the
+table on the second page should be as follows,
+\begin{center}
+{\tt Table XX. Continued}
+\end{center}
+We suggest the following way to handle the second page of a table:
+
+\refspace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{table}
+\centerline{Table~\thetable. Continued.}\\
+\begin{tabular}[option]{adjustment}
+content of tabular
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\doublespace
+\noindent
+where \verb+\thetable+ is a \LaTeX\ counter that
+contains the table number of the current table.
+If your table is longer than two pages, the caption for
+the rest of the table can be done in the same way.
+Using this method of breaking tables, you have to measure the length
+of the table and manually break the pages.
+
+\section{Including Source Code into the Thesis}
+Some theses may include source code
+or an algorithm in the text body, figure, or appendix. In
+this version of \verb+eethesis.sty+, we include a document style
+\verb+verbatimfiles+ developed by Chris Rowley to deal with this
+problem. There are two commands that can be used.
+\verb+\verbatimfile{file.c}+
+can include a program called \verb+file.c+ to the text.
+\verb+verbatimlisting[n]{file.c}+ will include the program \verb+file.c+ to the
+text and will list the line numbers of program \verb+file.c+ every
+\verb+n+ lines.
+
+Suppose we have a program \verb+file.c+, and type the commands,
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\singlespace
+\verbatimfile{file.c}
+\doublespace
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+the output form is given below:
+
+\singlespace
+\verbatimfile{file.c}
+\doublespace
+
+In contrast, if we use \verb+\verbatimlisting[10]{file.c}+
+
+\singlespace
+\begin{verbatim}
+\singlespace
+\verbatimlisting[10]{file.c}
+\doublespace
+\end{verbatim}
+\doublespace
+then \verb+file.c+
+will be included in the text and the line numbers printed every
+10 lines as follows,
+
+\singlespace
+\verbatimlisting[10]{file.c}
+
+\doublespace
+The \verb+\verbatimfile+ and \verb+\verbatimlisting+ can be used in
+the text body, the \verb+figure+ environment, or in an Appendix.
+
+\section{Blue Line Emulation}
+The text of the thesis should not exceed the frame of the blue line
+paper. Some thesis writers may worry if their figures or codes exceed
+the frame. We have included a command \verb+\blueline+ to
+emulate the frame of the blue line paper. If you want to utilize the emulation
+of blue line you have to type \verb+\blueline+
+in the preamble, then you will get
+a frame to enclose your text in every page of your thesis. But remember, after
+you finish your thesis, you should comment out the \verb+\blueline+ command.
+
+\section{Writing Your Proposal}
+You can also write your thesis proposal using the {\tt eethesis} document style.
+The only thing you should do differently is to use the \LaTeX\ command
+\verb+\part+ instead of \verb+\chapter+. All of the other facilities of the
+{\tt eethesis} document style will be available to you, although the
+\verb+\body+ command may very well be the only one that is particularly useful.
+The \verb+\part+ command will correctly format the major section headings of
+your proposal and will not start the sections on new pages as \verb+\chapter+
+does.
+
+\section{Miscellaneous}
+In this section we attempt to anticipate some unusual situations you might have
+and try to help you deal with them. We also would like to mention a few features
+of \LaTeX\ that you might find particularly helpful.
+\subsection{The {\tt $\backslash$label} Command}
+The \verb+\label+ command can also be used in conjunction with the
+\verb+\pageref+ command to refer to text on other pages. This can be helpful as
+you can refer to another section of text, which might slide from page to page
+as you edit your text. It is explained on page 72 of the \LaTeX\ Users Guide.
+
+\newfont{\euf}{eufm10}
+\newfont{\pun}{punkbx20}
+\subsection{New Fonts}
+In addition to the fonts of \verb+\bf, \sf, \sl, \sc,+ and \verb+\tt+, we have
+many new fonts on ee and eemips, such as {\euf R} and {\pun R}. If you
+think all the regular fonts supported by \LaTeX\ are not enough for your
+thesis, you can contact to Wen-Lin Hsieh\\
+(\verb+wenlin@ee.tamu.edu+) and he will
+show you the font map.
+
+\subsection{{\sc Sli}\TeX}
+You may find {\sc Sli}\TeX\ useful for making the slides that you will use in
+your thesis or dissertation defense. {\sc Sli}\TeX\ uses special larger fonts
+which are more readable than the standard \LaTeX\ fonts. You may find it very
+convenient to pull equations directly out of your thesis into a slide file which
+{\sc Sli}\TeX\ will use to create your slides. Refer to Appendix~A of the
+\LaTeX\ User's Guide for more information about {\sc Sli}\TeX.
+
+\subsection{PCs and Macintoshes}
+\TeX\ and \LaTeX\ both run well on IBM PCs and MACs with hard disks and laser
+printers. For example, in the Electrical Engineering Department we run PC\TeX\
+and \LaTeX\ on IBM AT clones with a 40MB hard disk, EGA, and Laserjet II.\@
+We also run $N^{2}$ Computer Associates {\tt cdvi} preview program to view the
+output on the display before we print --- this saves time and laser printers.
+
+You are welcome to copy to your MAC or PC the three files associated with the
+{\tt eethesis} document style: {\tt eethesis.sty, eethe12.sty}, and {\tt
+eethetitle.sty} (see Table~I for directories). Copy the \verb+.sty+ files,
+which are printable ASCII characters, using Kermit, X-Modem, or ftp, etc.
+\subsection{Problem Reporting}
+If your thesis is rejected by the thesis clerk because of an error or deficiency
+in this thesis preparation system, please send electronic mail to
+\verb+cantrell@ee.tamu.edu,+ or
+\verb+wenlin@ee.tamu.edu+.
+We will try to fix the problem.
+
+\newpage
+\begin{thebibliography}{33}
+\bibitem{kl} Donna Knight and Suzanne Lednicky, {\sl \TeX\ Macros For
+Thesis Formatting}. Department of Electrical Engineering, Texas A\&M
+University, College Station, Texas, August 1984.
+\bibitem{pk} Vijay Kodali and Mike Payne, {\sl \LaTeX\ Document Style For
+Thesis Formatting}. Department of Electrical Engineering, Texas A\&M
+University, College Station, Texas, 1st edition, August 1986.
+\bibitem{ll} Leslie Lamport, {\sl \LaTeX: A Document Preparation System}. Reading,
+Massachusetts: Addison Wesley Publishing Company, 1986.
+\bibitem{dk} Donald E. Knuth, {\sl The \TeX book}. Reading, Massachusetts: Addison
+Wesley Publishing Company, 1986.
+\bibitem{op} Oren Patashnik, {\sl {\sc Bib}\TeX ing}. Stanford University,
+February 1988.
+\bibitem{db} David J. Buerger, {\sl \LaTeX\ for Engineers \& Scientists}.
+New York, McGraw--Hill Publishing Company, 1990.
+\end{thebibliography}
+
+\newcommand{\Bib}{{\sl {\sc Bib}\TeX}}
+
+\appendix{Sample Thesis}
+\pagestyle{empty}
+This sample thesis is adapted from Bill Baker's thesis, which was done in the
+old \LaTeX\ {\em Thesis} documentstyle in 1986. Since much of the thesis has
+been deleted and modified, it probably doesn't make much sense any more if you
+try to read it. It is included solely for your reference to help you see how a
+thesis can be formatted using \LaTeX. In addition to the material from
+Mr.~Baker's thesis, I also used material from the sample thesis from the old
+\LaTeX\ Thesis manual and other sources.
+
+\appendix{\Bib}
+\setcounter{page}{101}
+
+\appendix{Transfig}
+\setcounter{page}{119}
+
+\appendix{$\backslash${\tt psfig} and Examples}
+\setcounter{page}{141}
+
+\appendix{GNUPLOT}
+\setcounter{page}{161}
+
+\appendix{dvihp}
+\setcounter{page}{187}
+
+\appendix{dvips}
+\setcounter{page}{197}
+
+\appendix{PGPLOT Example}
+\setcounter{page}{205}
+
+\appendix{Setting up a CSC Student Account}
+\setcounter{page}{211}
+
+\appendix{\TeX ROX Card}
+\setcounter{page}{215}
+
+\appendix{PICSURE Card}
+\setcounter{page}{219}
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/subequation.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/subequation.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be96880ed9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/subequation.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+% This file, equations.sty (August 1988), contains a collection of macros
+% to aid in constructing displayed equations in LaTeX. Written by
+% Charles Karney
+% Plasma Physics Laboratory Phone: +1 609 243 2607
+% Princeton University MFEnet: Karney@PPC.MFEnet
+% PO Box 451 ARPAnet: Karney%PPC.MFEnet@NMFECC.ARPA
+% Princeton, NJ 08543-0451 Bitnet: Karney%PPC.MFEnet@ANLVMS.Bitnet
+% with some ideas and macros borrowed from John Hobby and Stephen Gildea.
+
+% --------------------USER DOCUMENTATION--------------------
+
+% Use this as a style option, e.g.,
+% \documentstyle[equations]{article}
+% These probably don't work in conjunction with the leqno option.
+
+% This implements the following:
+
+% (1) \yesnumber turns on an equation number in an eqnarray* environment
+% (just as \nonumber turns it off in an eqnarray environment). E.g.,
+% \begin{eqnarray*}
+% a &=& b \\
+% & & + c \\
+% & & + d \\
+% & & + e \\
+% & & + f \\
+% & & + g \yesnumber
+% \end{eqnarray*}
+
+% (2) The eqalign environment is just like Plain TeX's \eqalign. E.g.,
+% \begin{equation}
+% \begin{eqalign}
+% a &= b, \\
+% c &= d.
+% \end{eqalign}
+% \end{equation}
+% Note that \begin{equation} \end{equation} or equivalent is needed.
+
+% (3) The eqalignno environment is just like Plain TeX's \eqalignno. E.g.,
+% \begin{eqalignno}
+% a &= b, \label{foo}\\
+% c &= d. \label{bar}
+% \end{eqalignno}
+% Note the absence of \begin{equation} \end{equation}. \nonumber can be used
+% to suppress the equation number. eqalignno* is the same except that the
+% equation numbers are suppressed (unless a \yesnumber appears).
+
+% (4) The eqaligntwo environment is a two-equation per line equivalent of
+% eqalignno. E.g.,
+% \begin{eqaligntwo}
+% a &= b, & x &= y, \label{foo} \\
+% c &= d, & z &= w. \label{bar}
+% \end{eqaligntwo}
+% eqaligntwo* is defined similarly.
+
+% (5) The cases environment is just like Plain TeX's \cases. E.g.,
+% \begin{equation}
+% u(x) =
+% \begin{cases}
+% 0, & for $x < 0$,
+% 1, & for $x \ge 0$.
+% \end{cases}
+% \end{equation}
+% Note the first column is treated as math, the second column as text.
+
+% (6) I've borrowed John Hobby's modifications to the eqnarray environment
+% (to fix up the spacing around the operator), and to the \big, \bigg, etc.
+% operators (to make them scale with the point size).
+
+% (7) I've borrowed Stephen Gildea's subequations environment, and fixed it
+% so that it ignores spaces after the environment and so that you can refer
+% both to the overall set of equations and to individual subequations. E.g.,
+% \begin{subequations} \label{foo}
+% \begin{eqalignno}
+% a &= b, \label{foo-a} \\
+% c &= d, \label{foo-b}
+% \end{eqalignno}
+% text text text text ...
+% \begin{equation}
+% e = f. \label{foo-c}
+% \end{equation}
+% \end{subequations}
+% Now \ref{foo}, \ref{foo-a}, \ref{foo-b}, \ref{foo-c}, produce 1, 1a, 1b,
+% 1c.
+
+% --------------------END OF USER DOCUMENTATION--------------------
+
+% Fix up eqnarray* so that \yesnumber and \nonumber do the obvious things
+\newif\if@defeqnsw \@defeqnswtrue
+
+% This is John Hobby's (hobby@research.att.com) version to fix up the spacing.
+\def\eqnarray{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\if@defeqnsw\global\@eqnswtrue\else\global\@eqnswfalse\fi
+%\global\@eqnswtrue % It seems redundant here. Deleted by Ken Chiang 4-3-90.
+\tabskip\@centering\let\\=\@eqncr
+$$\halign to \displaywidth\bgroup\hfil\global\@eqcnt\z@
+ $\displaystyle\tabskip\z@{##}$&\global\@eqcnt\@ne
+ \hfil$\displaystyle{{}##{}}$\hfil
+ &\global\@eqcnt\tw@ $\displaystyle{##}$\hfil
+ \tabskip\@centering&\llap{##}\tabskip\z@\cr}
+
+\def\yesnumber{\global\@eqnswtrue}
+%\def\nonumber{\global\@eqnswfalse}
+
+\def\@@eqncr{\let\@tempa\relax\global\advance\@eqcnt by \@ne
+ \ifcase\@eqcnt \def\@tempa{& & & &}\or \def\@tempa{& & &}\or
+ \def\@tempa{& &}\or \def\@tempa{&}\else\fi
+ \@tempa \if@eqnsw\@eqnnum\stepcounter{equation}\fi
+ \if@defeqnsw\global\@eqnswtrue\else\global\@eqnswfalse\fi
+ \global\@eqcnt\z@\cr}
+
+% Several formulas like \eqalign (to go inside \begin{equation}
+% \end{equation} or $$ $$.
+
+\def\@eqnacr{{\ifnum0=`}\fi\@ifstar{\@yeqnacr}{\@yeqnacr}}
+
+\def\@yeqnacr{\@ifnextchar [{\@xeqnacr}{\@xeqnacr[\z@]}}
+
+\def\@xeqnacr[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi}\cr \noalign{\vskip\jot\vskip #1\relax}}
+
+\def\eqalign{\null\,\vcenter\bgroup\openup1\jot \m@th \let\\=\@eqnacr
+\ialign\bgroup\strut
+\hfil$\displaystyle{##}$&$\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\crcr}
+\def\endeqalign{\crcr\egroup\egroup\,}
+
+% \cases
+
+\def\cases{\left\{\,\vcenter\bgroup\normalbaselines\m@th \let\\=\@eqnacr
+ \ialign\bgroup$##\hfil$&\quad##\hfil\crcr}
+\def\endcases{\crcr\egroup\egroup\right.}
+
+% Several formulas like \eqalignno (doesn't need the $$ $$)
+
+\def\eqalignno{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\if@defeqnsw\global\@eqnswtrue\else\global\@eqnswfalse\fi
+\let\\=\@eqncr
+$$\displ@y \tabskip\@centering \halign to \displaywidth\bgroup
+ \global\@eqcnt\@ne\hfil
+ $\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip&\global\@eqcnt\tw@
+ $\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip\@centering&
+ \llap{\@lign##}\tabskip\z@skip\crcr}
+
+\def\endeqalignno{\@@eqncr\egroup
+ \global\advance\c@equation\m@ne$$\global\@ignoretrue}
+
+
+% Here's the eqalignno* environment:
+
+\@namedef{eqalignno*}{\@defeqnswfalse\eqalignno}
+\@namedef{endeqalignno*}{\endeqalignno}
+
+% There is no definition of {eqnarray*}, and the \yesnumber does not work.
+% The following two lines are added by Ken Chiang. 4-3-90
+
+\@namedef{eqnarray*}{\@defeqnswfalse\eqnarray}
+\@namedef{endeqnarray*}{\endeqnarray}
+
+% Two formulas like \eqalignno (doesn't need the $$ $$)
+
+\def\eqaligntwo{\stepcounter{equation}\let\@currentlabel=\theequation
+\if@defeqnsw\global\@eqnswtrue\else\global\@eqnswfalse\fi
+\let\\=\@eqncr
+$$\displ@y \tabskip\@centering \halign to \displaywidth\bgroup
+ \global\@eqcnt\m@ne\hfil
+ $\@lign\displaystyle{##}$\tabskip\z@skip&\global\@eqcnt\z@
+ $\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\qquad&\global\@eqcnt\@ne
+ \hfil$\@lign\displaystyle{##}$&\global\@eqcnt\tw@
+ $\@lign\displaystyle{{}##}$\hfil\tabskip\@centering&
+ \llap{\@lign##}\tabskip\z@skip\crcr}
+
+\def\endeqaligntwo{\@@eqncr\egroup
+ \global\advance\c@equation\m@ne$$\global\@ignoretrue}
+
+\@namedef{eqaligntwo*}{\@defeqnswfalse\eqaligntwo}
+\@namedef{endeqaligntwo*}{\endeqaligntwo}
+
+% subequations
+%%% File: subeqn.sty
+%%% The subequations environment %%%
+%
+% Within the subequations environment, the only change is that
+% equations are labeled differently. The number stays the same,
+% and lower case letters are appended. For example, if after doing
+% three equations, numbered 1, 2, and 3, you start a subequations
+% environmment and do three more equations, they will be numbered
+% 4a, 4b, and 4c. After you end the subequations environment, the
+% next equation will be numbered 5.
+%
+% Both text and equations can be put inside the subequations environment.
+%
+% If you make any improvements, I'd like to hear about them.
+%
+% Stephen Gildea
+% MIT Earth Resources Lab
+% Cambridge, Mass. 02139
+% mit-erl!gildea
+% gildea@erl.mit.edu
+%
+\newtoks\@stequation
+
+\def\subequations{\refstepcounter{equation}%
+ \edef\@savedequation{\the\c@equation}%
+ \@stequation=\expandafter{\theequation}% %only want \theequation
+ \edef\@savedtheequation{\the\@stequation}% %expanded once
+ \edef\oldtheequation{\theequation}%
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}%
+ \def\theequation{\oldtheequation\alph{equation}}}
+
+\def\endsubequations{%
+ \setcounter{equation}{\@savedequation}%
+ \@stequation=\expandafter{\@savedtheequation}%
+ \edef\theequation{\the\@stequation}%
+ \global\@ignoretrue}
+
+% More from John Hobby
+% Fix Plain's \bigl, \Bigl, etc. macros so that they try to scale with
+% LaTeX size changes. This uses the fact that \@setsize sets \ht\strutbox
+% to be 70% of the normal unstretched baselineskip.
+
+\def\big#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vcenter to1.428\ht\strutbox{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+\def\Big#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vcenter to2.142\ht\strutbox{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+\def\bigg#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vcenter to2.857\ht\strutbox{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+\def\Bigg#1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vcenter to3.571\ht\strutbox{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/thesis.ps b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/thesis.ps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd7d96f201
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/thesis.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,1625 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0
+%%Creator: dvips 5.516 Copyright 1986, 1993 Radical Eye Software
+%%Title: thesis.dvi
+%%CreationDate: Thu Jul 22 15:34:01 1993
+%%Pages: 27
+%%PageOrder: Ascend
+%%BoundingBox: 0 0 612 792
+%%EndComments
+%DVIPSCommandLine: dvips thesis
+%DVIPSSource: TeX output 1993.07.22:1531
+%%BeginProcSet: tex.pro
+/TeXDict 250 dict def TeXDict begin /N{def}def /B{bind def}N /S{exch}N
+/X{S N}B /TR{translate}N /isls false N /vsize 11 72 mul N /hsize 8.5 72
+mul N /landplus90{false}def /@rigin{isls{[0 landplus90{1 -1}{-1 1}
+ifelse 0 0 0]concat}if 72 Resolution div 72 VResolution div neg scale
+isls{landplus90{VResolution 72 div vsize mul 0 exch}{Resolution -72 div
+hsize mul 0}ifelse TR}if Resolution VResolution vsize -72 div 1 add mul
+TR matrix currentmatrix dup dup 4 get round 4 exch put dup dup 5 get
+round 5 exch put setmatrix}N /@landscape{/isls true N}B /@manualfeed{
+statusdict /manualfeed true put}B /@copies{/#copies X}B /FMat[1 0 0 -1 0
+0]N /FBB[0 0 0 0]N /nn 0 N /IE 0 N /ctr 0 N /df-tail{/nn 8 dict N nn
+begin /FontType 3 N /FontMatrix fntrx N /FontBBox FBB N string /base X
+array /BitMaps X /BuildChar{CharBuilder}N /Encoding IE N end dup{/foo
+setfont}2 array copy cvx N load 0 nn put /ctr 0 N[}B /df{/sf 1 N /fntrx
+FMat N df-tail}B /dfs{div /sf X /fntrx[sf 0 0 sf neg 0 0]N df-tail}B /E{
+pop nn dup definefont setfont}B /ch-width{ch-data dup length 5 sub get}
+B /ch-height{ch-data dup length 4 sub get}B /ch-xoff{128 ch-data dup
+length 3 sub get sub}B /ch-yoff{ch-data dup length 2 sub get 127 sub}B
+/ch-dx{ch-data dup length 1 sub get}B /ch-image{ch-data dup type
+/stringtype ne{ctr get /ctr ctr 1 add N}if}B /id 0 N /rw 0 N /rc 0 N /gp
+0 N /cp 0 N /G 0 N /sf 0 N /CharBuilder{save 3 1 roll S dup /base get 2
+index get S /BitMaps get S get /ch-data X pop /ctr 0 N ch-dx 0 ch-xoff
+ch-yoff ch-height sub ch-xoff ch-width add ch-yoff setcachedevice
+ch-width ch-height true[1 0 0 -1 -.1 ch-xoff sub ch-yoff .1 add]{
+ch-image}imagemask restore}B /D{/cc X dup type /stringtype ne{]}if nn
+/base get cc ctr put nn /BitMaps get S ctr S sf 1 ne{dup dup length 1
+sub dup 2 index S get sf div put}if put /ctr ctr 1 add N}B /I{cc 1 add D
+}B /bop{userdict /bop-hook known{bop-hook}if /SI save N @rigin 0 0
+moveto /V matrix currentmatrix dup 1 get dup mul exch 0 get dup mul add
+.99 lt{/QV}{/RV}ifelse load def pop pop}N /eop{SI restore showpage
+userdict /eop-hook known{eop-hook}if}N /@start{userdict /start-hook
+known{start-hook}if pop /VResolution X /Resolution X 1000 div /DVImag X
+/IE 256 array N 0 1 255{IE S 1 string dup 0 3 index put cvn put}for
+65781.76 div /vsize X 65781.76 div /hsize X}N /p{show}N /RMat[1 0 0 -1 0
+0]N /BDot 260 string N /rulex 0 N /ruley 0 N /v{/ruley X /rulex X V}B /V
+{}B /RV statusdict begin /product where{pop product dup length 7 ge{0 7
+getinterval dup(Display)eq exch 0 4 getinterval(NeXT)eq or}{pop false}
+ifelse}{false}ifelse end{{gsave TR -.1 -.1 TR 1 1 scale rulex ruley
+false RMat{BDot}imagemask grestore}}{{gsave TR -.1 -.1 TR rulex ruley
+scale 1 1 false RMat{BDot}imagemask grestore}}ifelse B /QV{gsave
+transform round exch round exch itransform moveto rulex 0 rlineto 0
+ruley neg rlineto rulex neg 0 rlineto fill grestore}B /a{moveto}B /delta
+0 N /tail{dup /delta X 0 rmoveto}B /M{S p delta add tail}B /b{S p tail}
+B /c{-4 M}B /d{-3 M}B /e{-2 M}B /f{-1 M}B /g{0 M}B /h{1 M}B /i{2 M}B /j{
+3 M}B /k{4 M}B /w{0 rmoveto}B /l{p -4 w}B /m{p -3 w}B /n{p -2 w}B /o{p
+-1 w}B /q{p 1 w}B /r{p 2 w}B /s{p 3 w}B /t{p 4 w}B /x{0 S rmoveto}B /y{
+3 2 roll p a}B /bos{/SS save N}B /eos{SS restore}B end
+%%EndProcSet
+TeXDict begin 40258431 52099146 1000 300 300
+(/u4/test/eethesis/thesis.dvi) @start /Fa 27 121 df<00FFFFE0000F0038000F
+001C000F001E001E000E001E000F001E000F001E000F003C000E003C001E003C001E003C
+003C00780078007800F0007801E00078078000FFFF8000F001E000F000F000F0007801E0
+007801E0003801E0003C01E0003C03C0007803C0007803C0007803C000F0078000F00780
+01E0078003C0078007000F801E00FFFFF00020227DA122>66 D<00007F00800003808100
+000E00630000380027000070001F0000E0000E0001C0000E000380000E000700000E000F
+000004000E000004001E000004003C000004003C00000800780000000078000000007800
+000000F000000000F000000000F000000000F000000000F000000000E000000000E00000
+2000E000002000E000004000E000004000F0000080007000008000700001000038000200
+0018000400001C0008000006003000000381C0000000FE000000212479A223>I<00FFFF
+F000000F003C00000F000E00000F000700001E000380001E000380001E0001C0001E0001
+C0003C0001C0003C0001E0003C0001E0003C0001E000780001E000780001E000780001E0
+00780001E000F00003C000F00003C000F00003C000F00003C001E000078001E000078001
+E000070001E0000F0003C0000E0003C0001C0003C0003C0003C000380007800070000780
+00E000078001C00007800700000F801C0000FFFFF0000023227DA125>I<00FFFFFF8000
+0F000780000F000180000F000180001E000180001E000180001E000100001E000100003C
+000100003C000100003C010100003C01000000780200000078020000007806000000780E
+000000FFFC000000F00C000000F00C000000F00C000001E008000001E008000001E00804
+0001E000080003C000080003C000080003C000100003C000100007800020000780006000
+078000C000078001C0000F8007C000FFFFFF800021227DA121>I<0007FFC000003C0000
+003C0000003C00000078000000780000007800000078000000F0000000F0000000F00000
+00F0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C00000
+078000000780000007800000078000000F0000000F0000380F0000780F0000F81E0000F8
+1E0000F03C0000403800004070000021E000001F8000001A237CA11A>74
+D<00FF800007FC000F80000F80000F80001780000F80001780001780002F000013C0002F
+000013C0004F000013C0008F000023C0009E000023C0011E000023C0011E000023C0021E
+000043C0043C000043C0043C000043C0083C000041E0083C000081E01078000081E02078
+000081E02078000081E04078000101E040F0000101E080F0000101E100F0000101E100F0
+000200F201E0000200F201E0000200F401E0000200F801E0000400F803C0000400F003C0
+000400F003C0000C00E003C0001E00C007C000FFC0C07FFC002E227DA12C>77
+D<00FFFFE0000F0038000F001E000F000E001E0007001E0007001E0007001E0007003C00
+0F003C000F003C000F003C001E0078001E0078003C00780078007800E000F003C000FFFE
+0000F0000000F0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E0000003C0000003C0000003C000
+0003C00000078000000780000007800000078000000F800000FFF8000020227DA121>80
+D<00FFFFC0000F0070000F003C000F001C001E000E001E000E001E000F001E000F003C00
+1E003C001E003C001E003C003C0078003800780070007801E00078078000FFFC0000F00E
+0000F0070000F0038001E003C001E003C001E003C001E003C003C0078003C0078003C007
+8003C0078007800F0007800F0107800F01078007020F800702FFF8038C000000F020237D
+A124>82 D<1FFFFFF81E03C0381803C0183003C018200780182007801840078010400780
+10400F0010800F0010800F0010000F0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E0000003C00
+00003C0000003C0000003C00000078000000780000007800000078000000F0000000F000
+0000F0000000F0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E0000003E00000FFFF00001D2277
+A123>84 D<00F8C00185C00705C00E03800E03801C03803C038038070078070078070078
+0700F00E00F00E00F00E00F00E10F01C20701C20703C20305C40308C400F078014157B94
+19>97 D<007E0001C1000301800703800E07801C07803C00003800007800007800007800
+00F00000F00000F00000F00000F00100700100700200300C001830000FC00011157B9416
+>99 D<00003C0003F80000380000380000380000700000700000700000700000E00000E0
+0000E00000E00001C000F9C00185C00705C00E03800E03801C03803C0380380700780700
+780700780700F00E00F00E00F00E00F00E10F01C20701C20703C20305C40308C400F0780
+16237BA219>I<00F803840E021C023C0238027804F018FFE0F000F000E000E000E000E0
+00E002E0026004701830600F800F157A9416>I<00003E0000470000CF00018F00018600
+0380000380000380000700000700000700000700000700000E0000FFF0000E00000E0000
+0E00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C0000380000380000380000380000380000700000
+700000700000700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00000C00001C00001C000718000F1
+8000F300006200003C0000182D82A20F>I<001F180030B800E0B801C07001C070038070
+0780700700E00F00E00F00E00F00E01E01C01E01C01E01C01E01C01E03800E03800E0780
+060B8006170001E700000700000700000E00000E00000E00701C00F01800F0300060E000
+3F8000151F7E9416>I<00C001E001C001C0000000000000000000000000000000001C00
+2300430043008700870087000E000E001C001C001C003800380038407080708070807100
+32001C000C217BA00F>105 D<00F0000FE00000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C0
+0001C0000380000380000380000380000700000701E0070210070C700E10F00E10F00E20
+600E40001D80001E00001FC0001C7000383800383800381C00381C207038407038407038
+40701880E01880600F0014237DA216>107 D<01E01FC001C001C001C003800380038003
+8007000700070007000E000E000E000E001C001C001C001C003800380038003800700070
+0070007100E200E200E200E200640038000B237CA20C>I<1C0F80F8002610C10C004760
+66060087807807008780780700870070070087007007000E00E00E000E00E00E000E00E0
+0E000E00E00E001C01C01C001C01C01C001C01C01C001C01C03820380380384038038070
+403803807080380380308070070031003003001E0024157B9428>I<1C0F002631C04740
+C08780E08780E08700E08700E00E01C00E01C00E01C00E01C01C03801C03801C03801C07
+04380708380E08380E103806107006203003C017157B941B>I<007E0001C30003818007
+01C00E01C01C01E03C01E03801E07801E07801E07801E0F003C0F003C0F00380F0078070
+0700700E00700C0030180018700007C00013157B9419>I<01C1F002621804741C08780C
+08700E08700E08701E00E01E00E01E00E01E00E01E01C03C01C03C01C03C01C078038070
+03807003C0E003C1C0072380071E000700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00001C0000
+1C00001C0000FFC000171F7F9419>I<1C1F002620804741C08783C08703C08701808700
+000E00000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C00001C00003800003800003800003800
+0070000030000013157B9415>114 D<00FC000183000200800401800C03800C03000C00
+000F00000FF00007FC0003FE00003E00000F00000700700700F00600F00600E004004008
+002030001FC00011157D9414>I<00C001C001C001C001C003800380038003800700FFF8
+070007000E000E000E000E001C001C001C001C0038003800380038107020702070407080
+31001E000D1F7C9E10>I<1E00602300E04380E04381C08381C08701C08701C00703800E
+03800E03800E03801C07001C07001C07001C07081C0E10180E101C0E101C1E200C262007
+C3C016157B941A>I<03C1E0046210083470103CF02038F0203860203800007000007000
+00700000700000E00000E00000E00000E02061C040F1C040F1C080E2C100446200383C00
+14157D9416>120 D E /Fb 4 65 df<0000020000000E0000003E000001FE000007FE00
+003FFE0001FFFE000FFFFE00FFFFFE00FFFFFE000FFFFE0001FFFE00003FFE000007FE00
+0001FE0000003E0000000E000000020019127E882A>27 D<800000E00000F80000FF0000
+FFC000FFF800FFFF00FFFFE0FFFFFEFFFFFEFFFFE0FFFF00FFF800FFC000FF0000F80000
+E0000080000017126F882A>45 D<FFFFC07FFF807FFF803FFF003FFF001FFE001FFE001F
+FE000FFC000FFC0007F80007F80007F80003F00003F00003F00001E00001E00001E00000
+C00000C00000C00000C000121789982A>63 D<600000000000F00000000000F800000000
+007C00000000003E00000000001F00000000000F800000000007C00000000003E0000000
+0001F00000000000F800000000007C00000000003E00000000001F00000000000F800000
+000007C00000000003E00000000001F00000000000F800000000007C00000000003E0000
+0000001F00000000000F800000000007C00000000003E00000000001F00000000000F800
+000000007C00000000003E00000000001F00000000000F800000000007C00000000003E0
+0000000001F00000000000F800000000007C00000000003E00000000001F00000000000F
+800000000007C00000000003E00000000001F00000000000F800000000007C0000000000
+3C0000000000182E2E82AB2A>I E /Fc 5 113 df<FFFFFFFCFFFFFFFC1E027C8C27>0
+D<70F8F8F87005057C8E0E>I<0000000C0000003C000000F0000003C000000F0000003C
+000000F0000007C000001F00000078000001E00000078000001E00000078000000E00000
+00780000001E0000000780000001E0000000780000001F00000007C0000000F00000003C
+0000000F00000003C0000000F00000003C0000000C000000000000000000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFFFCFFFFFFFC1E277C9F27>20
+D<03F80001F80007FE000FFE001E3F801C0300380FC03001802003E06000804001F0C000
+404000F9800040C0007F00002080003F00002080003E00002080001F00002080000F8000
+2080001F80002080001FC00060400033E00040400061F000402000C0F800803001807E03
+801807003F8F000FFE000FFC0003F00003F8002B157D9432>49 D<000000000300000000
+0300000000070000000006000000000E000000000C000000001C00000000180000000038
+00000000300000000070000000006000000000E000000000C000000001C0000000018000
+000003800000000300000000070000000006000000000E000000000C000000001C000000
+001800000000380006000030001E000070002F000060004F0000E000878000C000078001
+C00003C001800003C003800003C003000001E007000001E006000000F00E000000F00C00
+0000781C00000078180000003C380000003C300000001E700000001E600000000FE00000
+000FC000000007C0000000078000000003800000000300000028327D812A>112
+D E /Fd 3 50 df<FFFFF0FFFFF014027D881B>0 D<0000010000000080000000800000
+004000000020FFFFFFFCFFFFFFFC00000020000000400000008000000080000001001E0C
+7E8D23>33 D<0F8007C019E01C202070301040184008C00C800480078004800700048003
+8004800780048004C00C400860082030381010E01E600F8007C01E0E7E8D23>49
+D E /Fe 2 90 df<C00000000000F000000000003C00000000000F000000000003C00000
+000000F000000000003C00000000000F000000000003C00000000000F000000000003C00
+000000000F000000000003C00000000000F000000000003C00000000000F000000000003
+C00000000000F000000000003C00000000000F000000000003C00000000000F000000000
+00302C1781952A>72 D<8000007F00003FFF001FFF000FFE0007FE0003FC0001FC0000F8
+0000F800007000003000110C7F942A>89 D E /Ff 9 118 df<FC000000FF80000003F0
+0000007C0000001E0000000780000001C0000000E000000070000000380000001C000000
+0C0000000E000000070000000300000003800000018000000180000001C0000000C00000
+00C0000000E000000060000000600000006000000060000000601B1B998132>8
+D<0000006000000060000000600000006000000060000000E0000000C0000000C0000000
+C0000001C00000018000000380000003000000070000000E0000000C0000001C00000038
+00000070000000E0000001C00000078000001E0000007C000003F00000FF800000FC0000
+001B1B999A32>I<C0000000C0000000C0000000C0000000C0000000E000000060000000
+6000000060000000700000003000000038000000180000001C0000000E00000006000000
+070000000380000001C0000000E0000000700000003C0000000F00000007C0000001F800
+00003FE0000007E01B1B809A32>I<000007E000003FE00001F8000007C000000F000000
+3C00000070000000E0000001C000000380000007000000060000000E0000001C00000018
+000000380000003000000070000000700000006000000060000000E0000000C0000000C0
+000000C0000000C0000000C00000001B1B808132>I<FE00000000FFE000000001FC0000
+00001F0000000003C000000000F00000000038000000001E000000000700000000038000
+000001C000000000E0000000007000000000380000000018000000001C000000000C0000
+00000E000000000600000000070000000003000000000380000000018000000001800000
+0001C000000000C000000000C000000000C000000000E000000000600000000060000000
+00600000000060000000006000000000602323A18142>I<000000006000000000600000
+00006000000000600000000060000000006000000000E000000000C000000000C0000000
+00C000000000C000000001C0000000018000000003800000000300000000070000000006
+000000000E000000000C000000001C00000000180000000038000000007000000000E000
+000001C0000000038000000007000000001E000000003800000000F000000003C0000000
+1F00000001FC000000FFE0000000FE000000002323A1A242>I<C000000000C000000000
+C000000000C000000000C000000000C000000000E0000000006000000000600000000060
+00000000600000000070000000003000000000380000000018000000001C000000000C00
+0000000E00000000060000000007000000000300000000038000000001C000000000E000
+000000700000000038000000001C000000000F00000000038000000001E0000000007800
+0000001F0000000007F000000000FFE00000000FE0232380A242>I<0000000FE0000000
+FFE0000007F00000001F000000007800000001E000000003800000000F000000001C0000
+000038000000007000000000E000000001C0000000038000000003000000000700000000
+06000000000E000000000C000000001C0000000018000000003800000000300000000070
+000000007000000000600000000060000000006000000000E000000000C000000000C000
+000000C000000000C000000000C000000000C0000000002323808142>I<007F800001FF
+E00007FFF8000FFFFC001FFFFE003FFFFF003FFFFF007FFFFF807FFFFF80FFFFFFC0FFFF
+FFC0FFFFFFC0FFFFFFC0FFFFFFC0FFFFFFC0FFFFFFC0FFFFFFC07FFFFF807FFFFF803FFF
+FF003FFFFF001FFFFE000FFFFC0007FFF80001FFE000007F80001A1A8D8C19>117
+D E /Fg 17 118 df<3078F8787005057C840E>46 D<0000040000000006000000000E00
+0000001E000000001E000000003E000000003F000000004F000000004F000000008F0000
+00008F000000010F00000001078000000207800000020780000004078000000407800000
+0807C000000803C000001003C000001003C000002003C000003FFFE000004001E0000040
+01E000008001E000008001E000010001E000010000F000020000F000060000F000040000
+F0000C0000F0003E0001F800FF800FFF8021237EA225>65 D<0001FC02000F0306003C00
+8C0070005C00E0003C01C0003C0380001C0700001C0F0000181E0000181E0000083E0000
+083C0000087C0000087C000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F00000
+00F0000000F0000000F0000020F0000020F0000040F80000407800004078000080380001
+003C0001001C0002000E000C000700100001C0E000003F00001F247AA223>67
+D<03FFFFFF003E001F003C000E003C0006003C0002003C0002003C000200780002007800
+020078000200780202007802000078060000F0040000F0040000F01C0000FFFC0000F01C
+0000F00C0001E0080001E0080001E0080001E0080201E0000401E0000403C0000403C000
+0803C0000803C0001803C0001003C00030078000F007C003E0FFFFFFE020227EA121>69
+D<03FFF0003E00003C00003C00003C00003C00003C000078000078000078000078000078
+0000780000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00001E00001E00001E00001E00001E0
+0001E00003C00003C00003C00003C00003C00003C00007800007C000FFFC0014227EA112
+>73 D<1FFFFFFE3C03E03E3803C00C3003C0042003C0046003C0044003C00440078004C0
+07800480078004800780040007800000078000000F0000000F0000000F0000000F000000
+0F0000000F0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E0000003C000000
+3C0000003C0000003C0000003C0000003C0000007C000000FC00003FFFF0001F227AA123
+>84 D<03FC000606000F03000F03800601800001C0000380000380007F8003E3800F0380
+1C0380380700780700F00708F00708F00F08F00F08F017107867A01F83C015157D9418>
+97 D<00FF000381C00603C00C03C01C0180380000780000700000F00000F00000F00000
+F00000F00000E00000F00000F000807001007001003806001C180007E00012157C9416>
+99 D<007000F001F000F000E00000000000000000000000000000000001C00FC001C001
+C001C001C00380038003800380038003800700070007000700070007000E000F00FFE00C
+227FA10E>105 D<007803F800700070007000700070007000E000E000E000E000E000E0
+01C001C001C001C001C001C0038003800380038003800380070007000700070007000700
+0E000F00FFE00D237FA20E>108 D<01C1F807E01FC60C183001D80E603801E007801C01
+E007801C01C007001C03C00F003803800E003803800E003803800E003803800E00380380
+0E003807001C007007001C007007001C007007001C007007001C007007001C00700E0038
+00E00F003C00F0FFE3FF8FFE27157F942A>I<01C3F01FCC1801D00C01E00E01E00E01C0
+0E03C01C03801C03801C03801C03801C03801C0700380700380700380700380700380700
+380E00700F0078FFE7FF18157F941B>I<007E000383800600C00C00E01C007038007078
+0078700078F00078F00078F00078F00078E000F0E000F0E000E0F001E07001C070038038
+07001C1C0007F00015157D9418>I<01C7C01FC8E001D1E001E1E001E0C001C00003C000
+0380000380000380000380000380000700000700000700000700000700000700000E0000
+0F0000FFF00013157F9413>114 D<01F906070C0318031801180118021C001FE00FF807
+FC007E000E4006400640066006600CE008D83087C010157E9413>I<0080008000800180
+01000300030007000F001F00FFF80E000E000E000E000E001C001C001C001C001C001C00
+38103810381038103810382038201C4007800D1F7C9E13>I<0E0070FE07F00E00F00E00
+700E00700E00701C00E01C00E01C00E01C00E01C00E01C00E03801C03801C03801C03801
+C03803C03805C0380B801C13C007E3F815157C941B>I E /Fh 1
+98 df<00040000000E0000000E0000000E0000001F0000001F0000003F80000027800000
+2780000043C0000043C0000043C0000081E0000081E0000101F0000100F0000100F00003
+FFF8000200780006007C0004003C0004003C000C001E000C001E003C003F00FF00FFE01B
+1A7F991F>97 D E /Fi 5 115 df<FFFFFFFFE0FFFFFFFFF07000001FF078000001F03C
+000000781C000000180E0000000C0F000000040700000004038000000203C000000001E0
+00000000E0000000007000000000780000000038000000001C000000001E000000000F00
+0000000700000000038000000003800000000300000000070000000006000000000C0000
+00001800000000380000000030000000006000000000C000000001C00000000180000002
+030000000406000000040E0000000C0C00000018180000007830000001F07000001FF07F
+FFFFFFF0FFFFFFFFE0272A7E7F2C>80 D<FFFFFFFFFFFFC0FFFFFFFFFFFFE07F00000001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>88
+D<00001C0000000000FF8000000007E3F00000003F007E000001F00007C0000F800000F8
+00380000000E00C000000001802908809F2A>99 D<00000000060000000006000000000E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>113 D<000000000600000000060000000006000000000E000000000C0000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>I E /Fj 5 62 df<0030000030000030000030000030000030
+00003000003000003000003000003000FFFFFCFFFFFC0030000030000030000030000030
+0000300000300000300000300000300000300016187E931B>43 D<07C018303018701C60
+0C600CE00EE00EE00EE00EE00EE00EE00EE00EE00E600C600C701C30181C7007C00F157F
+9412>48 D<03000700FF0007000700070007000700070007000700070007000700070007
+0007000700070007007FF00C157E9412>I<0F8030E040708030C038E038403800380070
+0070006000C00180030006000C08080810183FF07FF0FFF00D157E9412>I<FFFFFCFFFF
+FC000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFCFFFFFC160A7E8C1B>61
+D E /Fk 15 121 df<0E00030003800180018001C000C000C00060006000700030003000
+7800980118020C040C080C180630066007C00310177E9615>21 D<0402000C06000C0600
+0C0600180C00180C00180C00180C003018003018803018803038807859006F8E00600000
+600000C00000C00000C0000080000011147E8D15>I<60F0F070101020204040040A7D83
+0A>59 D<071018F0307060706060C060C060C06080C080C480C4C1C446C838700F0E7E8D
+13>97 D<07C01C20301060106020FFC0C000C000C000C000C010402060C01F000C0E7E8D
+10>101 D<000E0013003700360060006000600060006007FC00C000C000C000C000C001
+800180018001800180018003000300030003006600E600CC007800101D7E9611>I<0300
+038003000000000000000000000000001C002400460046008C000C001800180018003100
+3100320032001C0009177F960C>105 D<00180038001000000000000000000000000001
+C0022004300430086000600060006000C000C000C000C001800180018001806300E300C6
+0078000D1D80960E>I<3E0C0C0C0C181818183030303060606060C0C8C8C8D07007177E
+960B>108 D<383C0044C6004702004602008E06000C06000C06000C0C00180C00180C40
+181840181880300880300F00120E7F8D15>110 D<07C00C20101020186018C018C018C0
+1880308030C060C0C061803E000D0E7E8D11>I<38F04518463846308C000C000C000C00
+1800180018001800300030000D0E7F8D10>114 D<1C04260E4606460686040C040C040C
+0418081808181018100C6007800F0E7F8D11>118 D<1C020426060E460606460606860C
+040C0C040C0C040C0C041818081818081818100818100C2C2003C7C0170E7F8D19>I<0F
+1F0011A18020C38020C300418000018000018000018000030000030200C30200E70400C5
+080078F000110E7F8D14>I E /Fl 7 118 df<00FF8003FFC00FFFE01F01E03C00C07800
+00700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00000E000007000007000007800703C00701F01
+F00FFFE003FFC000FE0014157D941A>99 D<01F80007FF000FFF801E07C03C01C07800E0
+7000E0E00070E00070FFFFF0FFFFF0FFFFF0E000007000007000007800703C00701F01F0
+0FFFE003FFC000FE0014157D941A>101 D<00C00001E00001E00000C000000000000000
+0000000000000000000000007FE0007FE0007FE00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E000
+00E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0007FFF80FFFFC0
+7FFF80121F7C9E1A>105 D<FE3E00FEFF80FFFFE00FC1F00F80700F00380E00380E001C
+0E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0E001C0F00380F00780F80F00FC1E00FFFC00EFF80
+0E3E000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E0000FFE000FFE000FFE000
+16207F941A>112 D<7F83F0FF8FF87FBFFC03FC3C03F01803E00003C00003C000038000
+0380000380000380000380000380000380000380000380000380007FFF00FFFF007FFF00
+16157E941A>114 D<00C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C0007FFFE0FFFFE0
+FFFFE001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C00001C070
+01C07001C07001C07000E0E000FFE0007FC0001F00141C7F9B1A>116
+D<FE0FE0FE0FE0FE0FE00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00
+E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E01E00F03E007FFFE03FFFE00FCFE17157F941A>I
+E /Fm 21 121 df<01F00107F8010FFC021FFC02380E0460020440030880010880010800
+00900000900000A00000A00000A00000C00000C00000C000008000008000008000018000
+018000018000030000030000030000030000060000060000060000040000040018207F94
+19>13 D<00C00C01C01C01C01C0380380380380380380380380700700700700700700700
+700E00E00E00E00E00E00E00E11E01C21E01C21E03C21E04C43F08C439F0383800003800
+00700000700000700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00000C0000018207E941D>22
+D<000F800018E000707000E07000C0380180380380780380780700780700780700780E00
+F00E00F00E00F00E01E01C01C01C01C01E03801E0700390C0038F0003800003800007000
+00700000700000700000E00000E00000E00000E00000C0000015207E9419>26
+D<70F8F8F87005057C840E>58 D<70F8FCFC7404040404080810102040060F7C840E>I<
+000180000180000380000300000300000700000600000600000E00000C00000C00001C00
+00180000180000180000380000300000300000700000600000600000E00000C00000C000
+01C0000180000180000380000300000300000700000600000600000E00000C00000C0000
+0C00001C0000180000180000380000300000300000700000600000600000E00000C00000
+C0000011317DA418>61 D<C0000000F00000003C0000000F00000003C0000000F0000000
+3E0000000F80000001E0000000780000001E0000000780000001E0000000780000007800
+0001E00000078000001E00000078000001E000000F8000003E000000F0000003C000000F
+0000003C000000F0000000C00000001D1C7C9926>I<007FC00001FF0007C00003E00007
+C00005E00007C00005E00009E0000BC00009E0000BC00009E00013C00009E00023C00011
+E00027800011E00047800011E00047800011E00087800021E0010F000020F0010F000020
+F0020F000020F0040F000040F0041E000040F0081E000040F0081E000040F0101E000080
+F0203C00008078203C00008078403C00008078803C000100788078000100790078000100
+7900780001007A00780002007C00F00002007C00F00002003800F00006003800F0000F00
+3001F000FFE0203FFF0030227EA12F>77 D<007FFFF0000007801C000007800F00000780
+0700000F000380000F000380000F000380000F000380001E000780001E000780001E0007
+80001E000F00003C000F00003C001E00003C003C00003C007000007801E000007FFF0000
+0078000000007800000000F000000000F000000000F000000000F000000001E000000001
+E000000001E000000001E000000003C000000003C000000003C000000003C000000007C0
+000000FFFC00000021227EA11F>80 D<00007F00000381C0000E00600038003800700038
+00E0001C01C0001E0380000E0700000E0F00000F0E00000F1E00000F3C00000F3C00000F
+7800000F7800000F7800000FF000001EF000001EF000001EF000001CF000003CE000003C
+E0000078E0000078E00000F0E00000E0F00001E0F01E03C0702103807840870038408E00
+1C40B8000E40F00007C1C02000FE80200000802000018040000180C00001C0800001C380
+0001FF000000FF000000FE0000007800202D7DA227>I<1FFFFFFE1E01E00E1801E00630
+01E0062003C0062003C0064003C0044003C0044007800480078004800780040007800000
+0F0000000F0000000F0000000F0000001E0000001E0000001E0000001E0000003C000000
+3C0000003C0000003C00000078000000780000007800000078000000F0000000F0000000
+F0000000F0000001F00000FFFFC0001F227EA11D>84 D<FFF8007FC00F80000F000F0000
+0C000F000008000F000010000F8000100007800020000780006000078000400007800080
+0007800080000780010000078002000007C002000003C004000003C00C000003C0080000
+03C010000003C010000003C020000003E040000003E040000001E080000001E180000001
+E100000001E200000001E200000001E400000001F800000000F800000000F000000000E0
+00000000E000000000C000000000C000000022237DA11C>86 D<00786001C4E00302E006
+01C00E01C01C01C03C01C0380380780380780380780380F00700F00700F00700F00708F0
+0E10700E10701E1030262018C6200F01C015157E941A>97 D<003F0000E0800380C00701
+C00E03C01C03C03C00003C0000780000780000780000F00000F00000F00000F000007000
+407000403001803802001C1C0007E00012157E9415>99 D<00001E0001FC00001C00001C
+00001C0000380000380000380000380000700000700000700000700000E00078E001C4E0
+0302E00601C00E01C01C01C03C01C0380380780380780380780380F00700F00700F00700
+F00708F00E10700E10701E1030262018C6200F01C017237EA219>I<007C000382000701
+000E01001C0100380100780200700400FFF800F00000F00000E00000E00000E00000E000
+00E00080E000807003003004001838000FC00011157D9417>I<00E000E001E000C00000
+000000000000000000000000000000001E0023004380438083808380870007000E000E00
+0E001C001C0038003820384070407040308031001E000C227EA111>105
+D<0000E00001E00001E00000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
+00000000001E000023000043800083800103800103800103800007000007000007000007
+00000E00000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C00001C000038000038000038000038
+0000700000700000700070E000F0C000F180006300003E0000132C81A114>I<00F0000F
+E00000E00000E00000E00001C00001C00001C00001C00003800003800003800003800007
+00000700F00703080704380E08780E10780E20300E40001C80001F00001FC0001C700038
+3800383800381C00381C10703820703820703820701840E00C8060070015237DA219>I<
+006000E000E000E000E001C001C001C001C00380FFFC0380038007000700070007000E00
+0E000E000E001C001C001C001C08381038103820182018C007000E1F7F9E12>116
+D<01E0F006310C081A1C101A3C201C3C201C18201C000038000038000038000038000070
+0000700000700000700860E010F0E010F0E020E170404230803C1F0016157E941C>120
+D E /Fn 81 124 df<001F83E000706E3000C07C780180F8780380F07807007000070070
+0007007000070070000700700007007000070070000700700007007000FFFFFFC0070070
+000700700007007000070070000700700007007000070070000700700007007000070070
+000700700007007000070070000700700007007000070070000700700007007000070078
+007FE3FF801D2380A21C>11 D<001FC0000070200000C010000180380003807800070078
+000700300007000000070000000700000007000000070000000700000007000000FFFFF8
+000700780007003800070038000700380007003800070038000700380007003800070038
+000700380007003800070038000700380007003800070038000700380007003800070038
+00070038007FE1FF80192380A21B>I<000FC07F00007031C08000E00B004001801E00E0
+03803E01E007003C01E007001C00C007001C000007001C000007001C000007001C000007
+001C000007001C000007001C0000FFFFFFFFE007001C01E007001C00E007001C00E00700
+1C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C
+00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00E007001C00
+E007001C00E07FF1FFCFFE272380A229>14 D<0780000C001840001C0018200018003010
+007800701C00F0006013FF6000E00800E000E00800C000E00801C000E008038000E00803
+0000E008070000E0080E0000E0080C000060101C00007010180000301038000018207000
+0018406000000780E03C000001C04200000180C100000381810000070380800006030080
+000E030040000C070040001C07004000380700400030070040007007004000E007004000
+C007004001C0030040018003008003800380800700018100060000C1000E000042000C00
+003C0022287DA429>37 D<003C000000006200000000C200000001810000000181000000
+038100000003810000000381000000038100000003820000000382000000038400000003
+8800000001C800000001D000000001E003FF8001C0007C0000E000380001E000300001F0
+002000027000400004700040000838008000183C008000301C010000701E020000700E02
+0000F007040000F007880000F003880000F001D00100F000E0010078007003003800B802
+003C031C04000E0C0E0C0003F003F00021257EA326>I<70F8FCFC740404040408081010
+2040060F7CA20E>I<00200040008001000300060004000C000C00180018003000300030
+007000600060006000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E0
+006000600060007000300030003000180018000C000C0004000600030001000080004000
+200B327CA413>I<800040002000100018000C0004000600060003000300018001800180
+01C000C000C000C000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E0
+00C000C000C001C0018001800180030003000600060004000C0018001000200040008000
+0B327DA413>I<0001800000018000000180000001800000018000000180000001800000
+0180000001800000018000000180000001800000018000000180000001800000018000FF
+FFFFFEFFFFFFFE0001800000018000000180000001800000018000000180000001800000
+01800000018000000180000001800000018000000180000001800000018000000180001F
+227D9C26>43 D<70F8FCFC7404040404080810102040060F7C840E>I<FFE0FFE00B027F
+8B10>I<70F8F8F87005057C840E>I<000180000180000380000300000300000700000600
+000600000E00000C00000C00001C00001800001800001800003800003000003000007000
+00600000600000E00000C00000C00001C000018000018000038000030000030000070000
+0600000600000E00000C00000C00000C00001C0000180000180000380000300000300000
+700000600000600000E00000C00000C0000011317DA418>I<01F000071C000C06001803
+003803803803807001C07001C07001C07001C0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001
+E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E07001C07001C07001C07803
+C03803803803801C07000C0600071C0001F00013227EA018>I<008003800F80F3800380
+038003800380038003800380038003800380038003800380038003800380038003800380
+0380038003800380038003800380038007C0FFFE0F217CA018>I<03F0000C1C00100700
+2007804003C04003C08003E0F003E0F801E0F801E0F801E02003E00003E00003C00003C0
+000780000700000E00001C0000180000300000600000C000018000010000020020040020
+0800201800603000403FFFC07FFFC0FFFFC013217EA018>I<03F8000C1E001007002007
+804007C07807C07803C07807C03807C0000780000780000700000F00000E0000380003F0
+00001C00000F000007800007800003C00003C00003E02003E07003E0F803E0F803E0F003
+C04003C0400780200780100F000C1C0003F00013227EA018>I<000200000600000E0000
+0E00001E00001E00002E00004E00004E00008E00008E00010E00020E00020E00040E0004
+0E00080E00100E00100E00200E00200E00400E00800E00FFFFF8000E00000E00000E0000
+0E00000E00000E00000E00001F0001FFF015217FA018>I<1000801E07001FFF001FFE00
+1FF80013E00010000010000010000010000010000010000010F800130E00140700180380
+1003800001C00001C00001E00001E00001E00001E07001E0F001E0F001E0E001C08001C0
+4003C04003802007001006000C1C0003F00013227EA018>I<007E0001C1000300800601
+C00E03C01C03C0180180380000380000780000700000700000F0F800F30C00F40600F403
+00F80380F801C0F001C0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001E07001E07001E07001E03801
+C03801C01803801C03000C0600070C0001F00013227EA018>I<4000006000007FFFE07F
+FFC07FFFC0400080C0010080010080020080020000040000080000080000100000300000
+200000600000600000600000E00000C00000C00001C00001C00001C00001C00003C00003
+C00003C00003C00003C00003C00003C00003C00001800013237DA118>I<01F800060E00
+0803001001802001802000C06000C06000C06000C07000C07801803E01003F02001FC400
+0FF80003F80003FC00067F00083F80100F803007C06001C06000E0C000E0C00060C00060
+C00060C000606000406000C03000801803000E0E0003F00013227EA018>I<01F000060C
+000C0600180700380380700380700380F001C0F001C0F001C0F001E0F001E0F001E0F001
+E0F001E07001E07003E03803E01805E00C05E00619E003E1E00001C00001C00001C00003
+80000380300300780700780600700C002018001030000FC00013227EA018>I<70F8F8F8
+70000000000000000000000070F8F8F87005157C940E>I<70F8F8F87000000000000000
+0000000070F8F8F87808080808101010204040051F7C940E>I<FFFFFFFEFFFFFFFE0000
+000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFFFEFFFF
+FFFE1F0C7D9126>61 D<07E01838201C400E800FF00FF00FF00F000F000E001C00380030
+006000C000C0008000800180010001000100010001000100000000000000000000000380
+07C007C007C0038010237DA217>63 D<0001800000018000000180000003C0000003C000
+0003C0000005E0000005E000000DF0000008F0000008F0000010F8000010780000107800
+00203C0000203C0000203C0000401E0000401E0000401E0000800F0000800F0000FFFF00
+0100078001000780030007C0020003C0020003C0040003E0040001E0040001E00C0000F0
+0C0000F03E0001F8FF800FFF20237EA225>65 D<FFFFF8000F800E0007800780078003C0
+078003E0078001E0078001F0078001F0078001F0078001F0078001F0078001E0078003E0
+078007C007800F8007803E0007FFFE0007800780078003C0078001E0078001F0078000F0
+078000F8078000F8078000F8078000F8078000F8078000F8078001F0078001F0078003E0
+078007C00F800F00FFFFFC001D227EA123>I<0007E0100038183000E0063001C0017003
+8000F0070000F00E0000701E0000701C0000303C0000303C0000307C0000107800001078
+000010F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F800000078
+000000780000107C0000103C0000103C0000101C0000201E0000200E0000400700004003
+80008001C0010000E0020000381C000007E0001C247DA223>I<FFFFF0000F801E000780
+0700078003C0078001C0078000E0078000F007800078078000780780007C0780003C0780
+003C0780003C0780003E0780003E0780003E0780003E0780003E0780003E0780003E0780
+003E0780003E0780003C0780003C0780007C0780007807800078078000F0078000E00780
+01E0078003C0078007000F801E00FFFFF8001F227EA125>I<FFFFFFC00F8007C0078001
+C0078000C007800040078000400780006007800020078000200780002007802020078020
+000780200007802000078060000780E00007FFE0000780E0000780600007802000078020
+000780200007802008078000080780000807800010078000100780001007800030078000
+3007800070078000E00F8003E0FFFFFFE01D227EA121>I<FFFFFFC00F8007C0078001C0
+078000C00780004007800040078000600780002007800020078000200780202007802000
+0780200007802000078060000780E00007FFE0000780E000078060000780200007802000
+078020000780200007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000
+07800000078000000FC00000FFFE00001B227EA120>I<0007F008003C0C1800E0021801
+C001B8038000F8070000780F0000381E0000381E0000183C0000183C0000187C00000878
+00000878000008F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8000000F8
+001FFF780000F8780000787C0000783C0000783C0000781E0000781E0000780F00007807
+000078038000B801C000B800E00318003C0C080007F00020247DA226>I<FFFC3FFF0FC0
+03F0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E00780
+01E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E007FFFFE0078001E0078001E00780
+01E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E0078001E00780
+01E0078001E0078001E0078001E00FC003F0FFFC3FFF20227EA125>I<FFFC0FC0078007
+800780078007800780078007800780078007800780078007800780078007800780078007
+8007800780078007800780078007800780078007800FC0FFFC0E227EA112>I<03FFF000
+1F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F0000
+0F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F0000
+0F00700F00F80F00F80F00F80E00F01E00401C0020380018700007C00014237EA119>I<
+FFFC03FF000FC000F8000780006000078000400007800080000780010000078002000007
+800400000780080000078010000007802000000780400000078080000007818000000783
+C000000787E000000789E000000788F000000790F0000007A078000007C03C000007803C
+000007801E000007800F000007800F00000780078000078007C000078003C000078001E0
+00078001E000078000F000078000F8000FC000FC00FFFC07FF8021227EA126>I<FFFE00
+000FC0000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000
+000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000
+000780000007800000078000000780008007800080078000800780008007800180078001
+8007800100078003000780030007800F000F803F00FFFFFF0019227EA11E>I<FFC00003
+FF0FC00003F007C00003E005E00005E005E00005E004F00009E004F00009E004F00009E0
+04780011E004780011E004780011E0043C0021E0043C0021E0043C0021E0041E0041E004
+1E0041E0040F0081E0040F0081E0040F0081E004078101E004078101E004078101E00403
+C201E00403C201E00401E401E00401E401E00401E401E00400F801E00400F801E00400F8
+01E004007001E00E007001E01F007003F0FFE0203FFF28227EA12D>I<FF8007FF07C000
+F807C0007005E0002004F0002004F0002004780020047C0020043C0020041E0020041F00
+20040F002004078020040780200403C0200401E0200401E0200400F0200400F820040078
+2004003C2004003E2004001E2004000F2004000F20040007A0040003E0040003E0040001
+E0040001E0040000E00E0000601F000060FFE0002020227EA125>I<000FE00000783C00
+00E00E0003C00780078003C00F0001E00E0000E01E0000F03C0000783C0000787C00007C
+7C00007C7800003C7800003CF800003EF800003EF800003EF800003EF800003EF800003E
+F800003EF800003EF800003E7800003C7C00007C7C00007C3C0000783E0000F81E0000F0
+0F0001E00F0001E0078003C003C0078000E00E0000783C00000FE0001F247DA226>I<FF
+FFF0000F803C0007800F0007800780078007C0078003C0078003E0078003E0078003E007
+8003E0078003E0078003E0078003C0078007C00780078007800F0007803C0007FFF00007
+800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007
+800000078000000780000007800000078000000FC00000FFFC00001B227EA121>I<000F
+E00000783C0000E00E0003C00780078003C00F0001E00E0000E01E0000F03E0000F83C00
+00787C00007C7C00007C7800003C7800003CF800003EF800003EF800003EF800003EF800
+003EF800003EF800003EF800003EF800003E7800003C7C00007C7C00007C3C0000783C00
+00781E0380F00E0420E00F0801E0078813C003C8178000E80E00007C3C02000FEC020000
+0C0200000C0200000E0600000F0E000007FC000007FC000007F8000003F8000001E01F2D
+7DA226>I<FFFFE000000F803C000007800E00000780078000078007C000078003C00007
+8003E000078003E000078003E000078003E000078003E000078003C000078007C0000780
+07800007800E000007803C000007FFE000000780700000078038000007801C000007801E
+000007800E000007800F000007800F000007800F000007800F000007800F800007800F80
+0007800F800007800F808007800FC080078007C0800FC003C100FFFC01E2000000007C00
+21237EA124>I<03F0200C0C601802603001E07000E0600060E00060E00060E00020E000
+20E00020F00000F000007800007F00003FF0001FFE000FFF0003FF80003FC00007E00001
+E00000F00000F0000070800070800070800070800070C00060C00060E000C0F000C0C801
+80C6070081FC0014247DA21B>I<7FFFFFF8780780786007801840078008400780084007
+8008C007800C800780048007800480078004800780040007800000078000000780000007
+800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007
+80000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000780000007800000078000000F
+C00003FFFF001E227EA123>I<FFFC07FF0FC000F8078000700780002007800020078000
+200780002007800020078000200780002007800020078000200780002007800020078000
+200780002007800020078000200780002007800020078000200780002007800020078000
+2007800020078000200380004003C0004003C0004001C0008000E0008000600100003006
+00001C08000003F00020237EA125>I<FFF0007FC01F80001F000F00000C000780000C00
+0780000800078000080003C000100003C000100003E000300001E000200001E000200000
+F000400000F000400000F000400000780080000078008000007C018000003C010000003C
+010000001E020000001E020000001F020000000F040000000F040000000F8C0000000788
+000000078800000003D000000003D000000003F000000001E000000001E000000000C000
+000000C000000000C0000022237FA125>I<FFF03FFC03FE1F8007E000F80F0003C00070
+0F0003C000200F0003C00020078001E00040078001E00040078001E0004003C002F00080
+03C002F0008003C002F0008001E00478010001E00478010001E00478010000F0083C0200
+00F0083C020000F0083C020000F8183E06000078101E04000078101E0400007C101E0400
+003C200F0800003C200F0800003C200F0800001E40079000001E40079000001E40079000
+000F8003E000000F8003E000000F8003E00000070001C00000070001C00000070001C000
+0003000180000002000080002F237FA132>I<7FF807FF0007E001F80003C000E00003E0
+00C00001E000800000F001000000F80300000078020000007C040000003E0C0000001E08
+0000001F100000000FB000000007A000000007C000000003E000000001E000000001F000
+000003F80000000278000000047C0000000C3E000000081E000000101F000000300F8000
+0020078000004007C00000C003E000008001E000010001F000030000F000070000F8001F
+8001FC00FFE007FFC022227FA125>I<FFF0007FC01F80001F000F80000C000780000800
+07C000180003E000100001E000200001F000200000F000400000F800C000007C00800000
+3C010000003E010000001E020000001F040000000F84000000078800000007D800000003
+D000000003E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E0
+00000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000001E000000003E000
+00003FFF000022227FA125>I<FEFEC0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0
+C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0C0FEFE07317BA40E>91
+D<FEFE060606060606060606060606060606060606060606060606060606060606060606
+060606060606060606060606FEFE07317FA40E>93 D<0FE0001838003C0C003C0E001807
+0000070000070000070000FF0007C7001E07003C0700780700700700F00708F00708F007
+08F00F087817083C23900FC1E015157E9418>97 D<0E0000FE00001E00000E00000E0000
+0E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E1F000E61C00E8060
+0F00300E00380E003C0E001C0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001C
+0E003C0E00380F00700C80600C41C0083F0017237FA21B>I<01FE000703000C07801C07
+80380300780000700000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000F000007000007800
+403800401C00800C010007060001F80012157E9416>I<0000E0000FE00001E00000E000
+00E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E001F8E00704E00C
+02E01C01E03800E07800E07000E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000E070
+00E07800E03800E01801E00C02E0070CF001F0FE17237EA21B>I<01FC000707000C0380
+1C01C03801C07801E07000E0F000E0FFFFE0F00000F00000F00000F00000F00000700000
+7800203800201C00400E008007030000FC0013157F9416>I<003C00C6018F038F030F07
+0007000700070007000700070007000700FFF80700070007000700070007000700070007
+0007000700070007000700070007000700070007807FF8102380A20F>I<00007001F198
+071E180E0E181C07001C07003C07803C07803C07803C07801C07001C07000E0E000F1C00
+19F0001000001000001800001800001FFE000FFFC00FFFE03800F0600030400018C00018
+C00018C000186000306000303800E00E038003FE0015217F9518>I<0E0000FE00001E00
+000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E1F
+800E60C00E80E00F00700F00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00
+700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E0070FFE7FF18237FA21B>I<1C001E00
+3E001E001C00000000000000000000000000000000000E00FE001E000E000E000E000E00
+0E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E00FFC00A227FA10E>I<01
+C003E003E003E001C00000000000000000000000000000000001E00FE001E000E000E000
+E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000
+E000E000E060E0F0C0F18061803E000B2C82A10F>I<0E0000FE00001E00000E00000E00
+000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E03FC0E01F00E01
+C00E01800E02000E04000E08000E10000E38000EF8000F1C000E1E000E0E000E07000E07
+800E03C00E01C00E01E00E00F00E00F8FFE3FE17237FA21A>I<0E00FE001E000E000E00
+0E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E00
+0E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E00FFE00B237FA20E>I<0E1FC07F00
+FE60E183801E807201C00F003C00E00F003C00E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E
+003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E00
+3800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E00E003800E0FFE3FF8FFE27157F942A>I<0E
+1F80FE60C01E80E00F00700F00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E
+00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E0070FFE7FF18157F941B>I<01FC00
+0707000C01801800C03800E0700070700070F00078F00078F00078F00078F00078F00078
+F000787000707800F03800E01C01C00E038007070001FC0015157F9418>I<0E1F00FE61
+C00E80600F00700E00380E003C0E001C0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001E0E001E0E00
+1E0E003C0E003C0E00380F00700E80E00E41C00E3F000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00
+000E00000E00000E00000E0000FFE000171F7F941B>I<01F8200704600E02601C016038
+01E07800E07800E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000E0F000E07000E07800E038
+01E01C01E00C02E0070CE001F0E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E00000E000
+00E00000E0000FFE171F7E941A>I<0E3CFE461E8F0F0F0F060F000E000E000E000E000E
+000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000E000F00FFF010157F9413>I<0F8830786018C018
+C008C008E008F0007F803FE00FF001F8003C801C800C800CC00CC008E018D0308FC00E15
+7E9413>I<02000200020002000600060006000E001E003E00FFF80E000E000E000E000E
+000E000E000E000E000E000E000E040E040E040E040E040E040708030801F00E1F7F9E13
+>I<0E0070FE07F01E00F00E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E
+00700E00700E00700E00700E00700E00F00E00F006017003827800FC7F18157F941B>I<
+FFC1FE1E00780E00300E00200E002007004007004003808003808003808001C10001C100
+00E20000E20000E20000740000740000380000380000380000100017157F941A>I<FF8F
+F8FF1E01E03C1C01C0180E01C0180E01E0100E01E0100702602007027020070270200384
+3040038438400384384001C8188001C81C8001C81C8000F00D0000F00F0000F00F000060
+0600006006000060060020157F9423>I<FF83FE1F01F00E00C007008003810003830001
+C20000E400007800007800003800003C00004E00008E000187000103800201C00401E00C
+00E03E01F0FF03FE17157F941A>I<FFC1FE1E00780E00300E00200E0020070040070040
+03808003808003808001C10001C10000E20000E20000E200007400007400003800003800
+003800001000001000002000002000002000004000F04000F08000F180004300003C0000
+171F7F941A>I<3FFFC0380380300780200700600E00401C00403C0040380000700000E0
+0001E00001C0000380400700400F00400E00C01C0080380080780180700780FFFF801215
+7F9416>I<FFFFFE1701808C18>I E end
+%%EndProlog
+%%BeginSetup
+%%Feature: *Resolution 300dpi
+TeXDict begin
+
+%%EndSetup
+%%Page: 0 1
+0 0 bop 270 255 a Fn(TRANSIENT)15 b(QUEUEING)g(APPR)o(O)o(XIMA)l(TIONS)
+e(F)o(OR)j(COMPUTER)866 355 y(NETW)o(ORKS)918 674 y(A)g(Thesis)987
+773 y(b)o(y)768 873 y(WILLIAM)g(A.)g(BAKER)511 1186 y(Submitted)e(to)j
+(the)f(O\016ce)f(of)i(Graduate)g(Studies)f(of)766 1235
+y(T)l(exas)h(A&M)e(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)399 1285 y(in)h(partial)g
+(ful\014llmen)o(t)d(of)k(the)f(requiremen)o(ts)d(for)k(the)f(degree)f
+(of)746 1385 y(MASTER)h(OF)g(SCIENCE)850 1887 y(Decem)o(b)q(er)e(1986)
+606 2304 y(Ma)s(jor)i(Sub)s(ject:)21 b(Electrical)14
+b(Engineering)p eop
+%%Page: 1 2
+1 1 bop 270 296 a Fn(TRANSIENT)15 b(QUEUEING)g(APPR)o(O)o(XIMA)l(TIONS)
+e(F)o(OR)j(COMPUTER)866 395 y(NETW)o(ORKS)918 568 y(A)g(Thesis)987
+668 y(b)o(y)768 767 y(WILLIAM)g(A.)g(BAKER)617 934 y(Submitted)f(to)h
+(T)l(exas)h(A&M)e(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)582 983 y(in)h(partial)g
+(ful\014llmen)o(t)d(of)k(the)f(requiremen)o(ts)838 1033
+y(for)g(the)g(degree)g(of)746 1133 y(MASTER)g(OF)g(SCIENCE)112
+1311 y(Appro)o(v)o(ed)g(as)h(to)f(st)o(yle)f(and)i(con)o(ten)o(t)f(b)o
+(y:)p 112 1538 750 3 v 296 1585 a(Pierce)f(E.)h(Can)o(trell)255
+1634 y(\(Chair)h(of)f(Committee\))p 112 1805 V 267 1852
+a(Ric)o(hard)g(M.)f(F)l(eldman)381 1902 y(\(Mem)o(b)q(er\))p
+1162 1805 V 1366 1852 a(Jerry)g(D.)i(Gibson)1431 1902
+y(\(Mem)o(b)q(er\))p 112 2051 V 333 2097 a(Karan)g(W)l(atson)381
+2147 y(\(Mem)o(b)q(er\))p 1162 2051 V 1396 2097 a(Jo)f(W.)g(Ho)o(wze)
+1300 2147 y(\(Head)g(of)h(Departmen)o(t\))850 2294 y(Decem)o(b)q(er)d
+(1986)606 2442 y(Ma)s(jor)i(Sub)s(ject:)21 b(Electrical)14
+b(Engineering)p eop
+%%Page: 3 3
+3 2 bop 1872 -117 a Fn(iii)875 313 y(ABSTRA)o(CT)473
+461 y(T)l(ransien)o(t)16 b(Queueing)g(Appro)o(ximations)e(for)j
+(Computer)715 561 y(Net)o(w)o(orks.)j(\(Decem)o(b)q(er)14
+b(1986\))550 661 y(William)g(A.)h(Bak)o(er,)g(B.S.,)f(Rutgers)j(Univ)o
+(ersit)o(y)485 760 y(Chair)f(of)h(Advisory)f(Committee)o(:)j(Dr.)i(P)l
+(.)16 b(E.)g(Can)o(trell)237 931 y(The)e(ob)s(jectiv)o(e)e(of)i(this)f
+(thesis)h(w)o(as)g(to)g(ev)m(aluate)f(the)h(p)q(erformance)e(of)i(sev)o
+(eral)f(transien)o(t)112 1030 y(queue)g(appro)o(ximations.)19
+b(The)13 b(appro)o(ximations)f(w)o(ere)h(tested)f(and)i(c)o
+(haracterized)d(for)j(a)f(single)112 1130 y(M/M/1)k(queue)f(and)h(a)f
+(tandem)f(queue)h(\(t)o(w)o(o)g(no)q(de\))h(net)o(w)o(ork.)210
+1229 y(The)d(\014v)o(e)e(appro)o(ximations)h(tested)h(in)f(this)g
+(thesis)h(used)f(a)h(closure)g(assumption)f(to)h(obtain)112
+1329 y(the)23 b(probabilit)o(y)g(of)g(an)h(empt)o(y)d(system.)40
+b(Then,)25 b(dep)q(ending)e(on)h(the)f(metho)q(d,)g(equations)112
+1429 y(w)o(ere)f(in)o(tegrated)g(to)g(obtain)h(the)f(mean)f(and,)j(in)e
+(some)f(cases,)i(the)f(v)m(ariance.)39 b(Johnston's)112
+1528 y(and)18 b(Rider's)d(metho)q(ds)h(solv)o(ed)g(for)h(just)f(the)h
+(mean.)k(Rothk)o(opf/Oren's)16 b(and)h(Chang/W)l(ang's)112
+1628 y(metho)q(ds)i(obtained)h(mean)e(and)i(v)m(ariance)f(v)m(alues,)h
+(and)g(Clark's)f(metho)q(d)g(pro)q(duced)h(sev)o(eral)112
+1728 y(quan)o(tities)c(whic)o(h)f(w)o(ere)h(used)g(to)h(\014nd)f(mean)f
+(and)i(v)m(ariance)f(statistics.)210 1827 y(F)l(or)d(the)f(M/M/1)h
+(case,)g(the)g(appro)o(ximations)f(b)o(y)g(Clark)g(and)i(Chang)f(w)o
+(ere)f(v)o(ery)g(accurate)112 1927 y(o)o(v)o(er)17 b(a)h(wide)g(range)g
+(of)g(input)f(patterns)h(and)h(initial)d(conditions.)25
+b(Rothk)o(opf)s('s)18 b(w)o(as)h(accurate)112 2026 y(o)o(v)o(er)d(all)g
+(conditions)h(but)g(nev)o(er)e(as)j(accurate)e(as)h(Chang)h(or)f
+(Clark.)23 b(Johnston's)17 b(and)h(Rider's)112 2126 y(appro)o
+(ximations)12 b(p)q(erformed)f(acceptably)h(only)h(o)o(v)o(er)e(some)h
+(of)g(the)h(cases.)20 b(The)12 b(hardest)h(condi-)112
+2226 y(tions)i(to)f(follo)o(w,)g(based)g(on)g(relativ)o(e)f(error,)g(w)
+o(ere)h(lo)o(w)f(utilization)g(cases)h(with)g(a)g(large)g(n)o(um)o(b)q
+(er)112 2325 y(in)i(the)g(queue)g(at)h Fm(t)c Fn(=)h(0.)210
+2425 y(F)l(or)19 b(nonstationary)g(arriv)m(al)g(patterns)f(in)o(to)g
+(the)h(M/M/1)g(queue,)e(Clark's)h(metho)q(d)g(w)o(as)112
+2525 y(sup)q(erior)f(to)g(all)g(others;)f(mean)g(and)h(v)m(ariance)f(v)
+m(alues)h(w)o(ere)f(alw)o(a)o(ys)g(within)g(three)g(p)q(ercen)o(t)g(of)
+112 2624 y(the)h(exact.)p eop
+%%Page: 4 4
+4 3 bop 1873 -117 a Fn(iv)210 116 y(F)l(or)17 b(the)g(tandem)g(queue,)f
+(equations)h(for)h Fm(dM)r(=dt)h Fn(and)e Fm(dV)5 b(=dt)19
+b Fn(w)o(ere)e(deriv)o(ed)e(to)j(observ)o(e)112 215 y(dep)q(endencies)f
+(on)g(join)o(t)g(probabilities)f(b)q(et)o(w)o(een)g(the)h(queues.)24
+b(While)16 b(the)h(rate)g(of)g(c)o(hange)g(of)112 315
+y(the)j(mean)e(w)o(as)i(only)f(a)h(function)f(of)h(the)f(marginal)f
+(probabilities)h(of)g(eac)o(h)g(queue,)g(the)g(rate)112
+415 y(of)e(c)o(hange)g(for)g(the)f(v)m(ariance)g(included)g(join)o(t)g
+(probabilit)o(y)f(terms.)21 b(An)16 b(assumption)g(of)h(queue)112
+514 y(indep)q(endence)11 b(w)o(as)i(made)d(in)i(order)g(to)g(implem)o
+(en)o(t)d(the)i(closure)h(assumptions)g(for)g(the)g(tandem)112
+614 y(queue.)210 713 y(The)20 b(appro)o(ximations)f(b)o(y)g(Chang)i
+(and)f(Clark)g(w)o(ere)f(v)o(ery)f(accurate)i(in)f(pro)q(ducing)i(the)
+112 813 y(mean.)f(F)l(or)c(lo)o(w)g(utilization)f(cases,)h(the)f(metho)
+q(ds)h(exp)q(erienced)e(di\016culties)g(in)h(follo)o(wing)h(the)112
+913 y(true)k(v)m(ariance)f(v)m(alues.)31 b(This)20 b(w)o(as)g(due)f(to)
+h(inaccuracies)f(in)g(the)g(assumption)g(that)h(the)g(t)o(w)o(o)112
+1012 y(queues)c(w)o(ere)g(indep)q(enden)o(t)f(of)i(eac)o(h)e(other.)210
+1112 y(In)j(conclusion,)g(the)g(metho)q(ds)g(b)o(y)f(Chang/W)l(ang)k
+(and)e(Clark)f(hold)g(promise)f(for)i(use)f(in)112 1212
+y(mo)q(deling)e(computer)e(net)o(w)o(orks,)i(particularly)f(for)h(the)g
+(mean)f(in)h(eac)o(h)g(queue.)p eop
+%%Page: 5 5
+5 4 bop 1887 -129 a Fn(v)795 581 y(T)l(o)16 b(m)o(y)f(mother,)f(Rose)p
+eop
+%%Page: 6 6
+6 5 bop 1873 -117 a Fn(vi)739 116 y(A)o(CKNO)o(WLEDGMENTS)210
+215 y(Sp)q(ecial)21 b(thanks)h(to)g(Dr.)f(P)l(.)g(E.)h(Can)o(trell,)f
+(whose)h(guidance)g(and)g(patience)e(made)h(this)112
+315 y(thesis)16 b(p)q(ossible.)21 b(I)15 b(w)o(ould)g(also)h(lik)o(e)e
+(to)i(thank)g(Drs.)21 b(R.)15 b(M.)g(F)l(eldman,)e(J.)i(D.)g(Gibson,)h
+(and)g(K.)112 415 y(W)l(atson)i(for)e(their)g(time)e(and)j(useful)f
+(commen)n(ts)e(in)i(reviewing)f(this)h(do)q(cumen)o(t.)210
+514 y(I)k(am)f(indebted)g(to)i(Dr.)f(G.)g(M.)f(Clark)h(of)g(Ohio)g
+(State)h(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)c(for)j(help)g(in)g(imple-)112
+614 y(men)o(ting)15 b(his)h(appro)o(ximation)f(metho)q(d.)p
+eop
+%%Page: 7 7
+7 6 bop 1860 -117 a Fn(vii)740 191 y(T)l(ABLE)16 b(OF)g(CONTENTS)112
+375 y(CHAPTER)1452 b(P)o(age)210 545 y(I)177 b(INTR)o(ODUCTION)12
+b Fm(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95 b Fn(1)454
+635 y(A.)22 b(Queueing)16 b(Theory)g(Bac)o(kground)35
+b Fm(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)
+95 b Fn(1)454 702 y(B.)24 b(Net)o(w)o(ork)15 b(Applications)k
+Fm(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95 b Fn(2)454 768 y(C.)24 b(Solution)16
+b(Metho)q(ds)30 b Fm(:)24 b(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95 b Fn(2)454
+835 y(D.)22 b(Thesis)16 b(Structure)e Fm(:)25 b(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95
+b Fn(2)210 938 y(I)q(I)158 b(CLOSURE)17 b(APPR)o(O)o(XIMA)l(TIONS)c(IN)
+i(THE)i(T)l(ANDEM)e(QUEUE)40 b Fm(:)95 b Fn(5)454 1028
+y(A.)22 b(The)16 b(Kolmogoro)o(v)g(Solution)48 b Fm(:)24
+b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95
+b Fn(5)454 1095 y(B.)24 b(Appro)o(ximations)15 b(for)h(the)g(T)l(andem)
+g(Queue)27 b Fm(:)d(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95
+b Fn(7)551 1161 y(1.)36 b(Indep)q(enden)o(t)15 b(Queue)h(Assumption)44
+b Fm(:)24 b(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95
+b Fn(7)551 1228 y(2.)36 b(Closure)16 b(Appro)o(ximations)f(for)h(the)g
+(T)l(andem)f(Queue)23 b Fm(:)i(:)f(:)h(:)95 b Fn(9)454
+1294 y(C.)24 b(Implem)o(en)o(tation)13 b(and)k(Results)33
+b Fm(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)95 b Fn(9)551 1360 y(1.)36 b(T)l(est)16 b(Conditions)47
+b Fm(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fn(10)551 1427 y(2.)36 b(Results)g
+Fm(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fn(10)405
+1530 y(REFERENCES)39 b Fm(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)
+h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71
+b Fn(14)405 1657 y(APPENDIX)16 b(A)h Fm(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)
+h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fn(16)405 1785 y(VIT)l(A)20 b Fm(:)k(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)
+g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fn(18)p
+eop
+%%Page: 8 8
+8 7 bop 1846 -117 a Fn(viii)810 240 y(LIST)16 b(OF)g(T)l(ABLES)112
+424 y(T)l(ABLE)1532 b(P)o(age)112 581 y(I)178 b(Results)16
+b(for)g(Nonstationary)h(M/M/1)g(Queue)c Fm(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g
+(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fn(11)112
+696 y(I)q(I)159 b(CPU)16 b(Times)e(for)j(Stationary)g(T)l(andem)e
+(Queue)26 b Fm(:)f(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)71 b Fn(13)p eop
+%%Page: 9 9
+9 8 bop 1873 -117 a Fn(ix)796 223 y(LIST)17 b(OF)f(FIGURES)112
+406 y(FIGURE)1504 b(P)o(age)112 563 y(1)172 b(A)15 b(sample)g
+Fl(picture)f Fn(en)o(vironmen)o(t.)9 b Fm(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)
+h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95
+b Fn(2)112 679 y(2)172 b(Ov)o(erall)14 b(Structure)23
+b Fm(:)h(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)
+h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95 b
+Fn(4)112 794 y(3)172 b(The)16 b(t)o(w)o(o)g(no)q(de)h(tandem)e(queue.)
+39 b Fm(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)f(:)h
+(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95 b Fn(6)112 909 y(4)172
+b(Sto)q(c)o(hastic)16 b(balance)g(for)h(tandem)e(queue)g(without)i
+(feedbac)o(k.)22 b Fm(:)j(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)95
+b Fn(6)112 1024 y(5)172 b Fm(e)331 1031 y Fk(av)q(e)402
+1024 y Fn(for)17 b(stationary)f(tandem)g(queue,)f Fm(M)1085
+1031 y Fj(0)1118 1024 y Fn(=)f(0.)32 b Fm(:)25 b(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)g(:)h(:)
+f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fn(12)112 1139 y(6)172
+b(Rothk)o(opf/Oren's)689 1123 y Fi(c)684 1139 y Fm(P)715
+1146 y Fj(0)751 1139 y Fn(results)16 b(for)h(stationary)g(M/M/1)g
+(queue.)h Fm(:)24 b(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)f(:)h(:)71 b Fn(17)p
+eop
+%%Page: 1 10
+1 9 bop 1888 -118 a Fn(1)873 123 y(CHAPTER)16 b(I)813
+306 y(INTR)o(ODUCTION)112 405 y(The)c(ob)s(jectiv)o(e)d(of)i(this)g
+(thesis)g(is)g(to)h(ev)m(aluate)f(the)g(p)q(erformance)f(of)h(sev)o
+(eral)f(transien)o(t)h(queueing)112 505 y(appro)o(ximations)20
+b(for)h(a)g(net)o(w)o(ork)f(of)g(queues.)34 b(These)20
+b(appro)o(ximations)g(will)f(b)q(e)i(tested)f(and)112
+604 y(c)o(haracterized)15 b(for)i(a)f(single)g(M/M/1)h(and)g(a)f
+(tandem)g(queue)f(\(2)i(no)q(de\))g(net)o(w)o(ork)e([1].)210
+704 y(The)h(statistics)g(of)g(queueing)g(systems,)e(suc)o(h)i(as)g(the)
+g(mean)f(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)f(in)i(eac)o(h)g(queue)f(and)112
+804 y(the)i(v)m(ariance,)g(are)h(often)f(computed)f(using)h(steady)h
+(state)f(assumptions.)24 b(In)17 b(man)o(y)f(systems,)112
+903 y(ho)o(w)o(ev)o(er,)c(the)f(queue)g(parameters)g(c)o(hange)h(with)g
+(time)e(and)i(steady)g(state)h(assumptions)e(lead)h(to)112
+1003 y(erroneous)i(mean)d(and)i(v)m(ariance)g(quan)o(tities.)18
+b(It)13 b(is)f(therefore)g(desirable)g(to)h(solv)o(e)f(the)g(transien)o
+(t)112 1103 y(system.)19 b(Unfortunately)l(,)13 b(solutions)h(to)f
+(transien)o(t)g(queueing)f(systems)g(are)h(di\016cult)f(to)h(obtain.)
+112 1202 y(Although)19 b(an)g(analytic)f(solution)g(exists)g(for)h(the)
+f(single)g(M/M/1)h(queue,)e(a)i(net)o(w)o(ork)f(of)h(t)o(w)o(o)112
+1302 y(suc)o(h)e(queues)f(remains)f(an)i(op)q(en)g(problem.)j(The)c
+(appro)o(ximation)f(metho)q(ds)h(are)h(used)f(reduce)112
+1401 y(the)k(computational)e(complexit)o(y)e(of)k(existing)e(transien)o
+(t)h(solutions)h(and)g(to)f(pro)o(vide)g(insigh)o(t)112
+1501 y(in)o(to)13 b(the)f(b)q(eha)o(vior)g(of)h(systems)e(for)h(whic)o
+(h)g(no)h(analytic)f(solution)g(exists.)20 b(It)12 b(is)g(hop)q(ed)h
+(that)g(this)112 1601 y(researc)o(h)j(will)f(serv)o(e)g(to)i(impro)o(v)
+o(e)d(presen)o(t)h(metho)q(ds)h(of)h(mo)q(delling)d(computer)h(net)o(w)
+o(orks)h([2].)112 1775 y(A.)48 b(Queueing)16 b(Theory)h(Bac)o(kground)
+112 1924 y(Cen)o(tral)g(to)h(in)o(terpreting)d(results)i(from)f(an)o(y)
+h(queueing)g(mo)q(del)f(is)h(the)f(understanding)i(of)g(the)112
+2024 y(underlying)g(queueing)g(pro)q(cess.)27 b(If)18
+b(y)o(ou)g(no)o(w)h(refer)e(to)i(Fig.)f(1,)g(y)o(ou)g(will)g(see)f(an)i
+(example)d(of)112 2124 y(the)21 b(L)213 2118 y Fh(a)237
+2124 y Fn(T)264 2139 y(E)291 2124 y(X)f(picture)g(en)o(vironmen)o(t.)32
+b(Of)20 b(particular)g(imp)q(ortance)g(are)g(\014v)o(e)g(basic)h(c)o
+(haracter-)112 2223 y(istics)f([3]:)30 b(arriv)m(al)20
+b(pattern)h(of)g(customers,)f(service)f(pattern)i(of)g(serv)o(ers,)f
+(queue)g(discipline,)112 2323 y(system)15 b(capacit)o(y)l(,)g(and)i
+(the)f(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)e(of)j(service)e(c)o(hannels.)p
+112 2413 225 2 v 200 2485 a(Journal)i(mo)q(del)e(is)h
+Fg(IEEE)h(T)l(ransactions)g(on)g(Automatic)d(Con)o(trol.)p
+eop
+%%Page: 2 11
+2 10 bop 1888 -118 a Fn(2)717 452 y(cm)50 b(1)94 b(2)g(3)h(4)f(5)860
+333 y Ff(\016\015)860 266 y(\017)q(\014)1037 333 y(\016\015)1037
+266 y(\017)q(\014)894 299 y(u)153 b(u)p 834 156 299 2
+v 834 250 2 95 v 950 214 a Fn(car)p 1131 250 V 834 252
+299 2 v 794 157 a Fe(H)752 136 y(H)717 119 y(H)-42 b(Y)p
+728 535 2 30 v 740 535 V 752 535 V 764 535 V 775 535
+V 787 535 V 799 535 V 811 535 V 823 535 V 835 535 V 846
+535 V 858 535 V 870 535 V 882 535 V 894 535 V 905 535
+V 917 535 V 929 535 V 941 535 V 953 535 V 964 535 V 976
+535 V 988 535 V 1000 535 V 1012 535 V 1023 535 V 1035
+535 V 1047 535 V 1059 535 V 1071 535 V 1083 535 V 1094
+535 V 1106 535 V 1118 535 V 1130 535 V 1142 535 V 1153
+535 V 1165 535 V 1177 535 V 1189 535 V 1201 535 V 1212
+535 V 1224 535 V 1236 535 V 1248 535 V 1260 535 V 1272
+535 V 1283 535 V 1295 535 V 775 535 2 42 v 894 535 V
+1012 535 V 1130 535 V 1248 535 V 717 537 591 4 v 716
+535 4 60 v 834 535 V 952 535 V 1070 535 V 1188 535 V
+1306 535 V 588 676 a Fn(Fig.)16 b(1.)22 b(A)15 b(sample)g
+Fl(picture)f Fn(en)o(vironmen)o(t.)112 819 y(B.)48 b(Net)o(w)o(ork)15
+b(Applications)112 968 y(The)j(study)g(of)g(a)g(net)o(w)o(ork)g(of)g
+(queues)f(can)h(b)q(e)g(used)g(to)g(pro)o(vide)f(useful)g(information)g
+(for)h(the)112 1067 y(design)23 b(and)f(main)o(tenance)f(of)h(computer)
+f(net)o(w)o(orks,)i(where)e(sev)o(eral)g(computers)g(are)i(com-)112
+1167 y(m)o(unicating)f(with)h(eac)o(h)f(other.)42 b(On)23
+b(the)g(design)g(side,)h(the)f(mo)q(deling)f(of)h(a)h(net)o(w)o(ork)e
+(can)112 1267 y(pro)o(vide)d(statistics)h(suc)o(h)f(the)h(a)o(v)o
+(erage)f(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)f(of)i(pac)o(k)o(ets)f(w)o(aiting)g(to)h(b)q
+(e)g(transmitted)e(at)112 1366 y(eac)o(h)e(computer)f([4].)112
+1541 y(C.)49 b(Solution)16 b(Metho)q(ds)112 1690 y(The)27
+b(most)e(common)f(n)o(umerical)g(solution)i(to)h(the)f(transien)o(t)f
+(queueing)h(mo)q(del)f(is)h(found)112 1790 y(through)20
+b(the)e(use)h(of)f(the)h(Kolmogoro)o(v)f(forw)o(ard)h(equations)f([5].)
+28 b(This)18 b(metho)q(d)g(can)h(handle)112 1889 y(non-stationary)k
+(arriv)m(al)d(and)i(service)d(rates)i(and,)h(for)f(reasonable)g(error)f
+(b)q(ounds,)j(pro)o(vides)112 1989 y(an)e(exact)e(solution.)33
+b(One)19 b(equation)h(is)g(in)o(tegrated)f(to)h(\014nd)h(the)e
+(probabilit)o(y)g(of)h(b)q(eing)h(in)e(a)112 2088 y(particular)d
+(state.)112 2263 y(D.)49 b(Thesis)16 b(Structure)112
+2412 y(Chapter)21 b(I)q(I)g(starts)g(b)o(y)f(reviewing)f(some)h(of)h
+(the)f(fundamen)o(tals)f(in)h(queueing)g(theory)g(up)q(on)112
+2512 y(whic)o(h)f(the)f(appro)o(ximations)g(are)h(based.)29
+b(The)19 b(closure)g(appro)o(ximations)e(are)i(presen)o(ted)f(for)112
+2611 y(the)f(M/M/1)f(queue)g(and)h(compared)e(to)i(rev)o(eal)d
+(di\013erences)i(in)g(structure)g([6].)p eop
+%%Page: 3 12
+3 11 bop 1888 -118 a Fn(3)210 123 y(In)23 b(Chapter)h(I)q(I)q(I)e(the)i
+(M/M/1)f(appro)o(ximations)g(are)g(tested)g(against)h(exact)f(metho)q
+(ds)112 223 y(for)h(b)q(oth)h(stationary)f(and)g(nonstationary)h(arriv)
+m(al)f(patterns.)44 b(The)23 b(stationary)i(cases)e(are)112
+322 y(compared)13 b(against)h(exact)f(results)g(from)g(Can)o(trell)f
+([7,)h(8],)h(while)e(the)h(nonstationary)i(cases)f(will)112
+422 y(b)q(e)k(compared)e(to)i(solutions)g(from)e(Kolmogoro)o(v)h(forw)o
+(ard)h(equations.)25 b(Eac)o(h)18 b(appro)o(ximation)112
+521 y(will)e(b)q(e)g(c)o(haracterized)f(to)h(sho)o(w)h(areas)g(of)g(w)o
+(eakness)f(and)h(strength.)210 621 y(In)g(Chapter)g(IV)f(the)g(metho)q
+(ds)h(pro)o(ving)f(to)h(b)q(e)g(most)f(accurate)h(will)f(b)q(e)h
+(tested)f(in)g(a)i(t)o(w)o(o)112 721 y(no)q(de)i(feed-forw)o(ard)f(net)
+o(w)o(ork,)f(otherwise)g(kno)o(wn)h(as)h(the)e(tandem)g(queue.)27
+b(The)19 b(results)f(are)112 820 y(compared)h(against)i(the)f
+(Kolmogoro)o(v)g(forw)o(ard)g(equation)g(solutions)h(and)f(results)g
+(from)f(the)112 920 y(previous)c(c)o(hapter)f(to)g(see)g(the)g
+(e\013ect)g(of)h(the)f(\014rst)h(no)q(de)g(on)f(the)h(accuracy)f(of)g
+(the)g(second)h(no)q(de)112 1020 y(results.)210 1119
+y(In)20 b(Chapter)h(V)f(\014nal)g(conclusions)h(are)f(dra)o(wn)h(and)g
+(suggestions)g(for)g(further)f(researc)o(h)112 1219 y(topics)d(are)f
+(suggested.)22 b(An)16 b(equation)g(using)h(the)f(equation)g(en)o
+(vironmen)o(t)874 1368 y(lim)871 1397 y Fk(x)p Fd(!)p
+Fj(0)957 1335 y Fn(sin)9 b Fm(x)p 957 1357 96 2 v 992
+1402 a(x)1072 1368 y Fn(=)14 b(1)p Fm(;)650 b Fn(\(1.1\))112
+1518 y(and)17 b(one)g(using)f(the)g(displa)o(ymath)f(en)o(vironmen)o(t)
+803 1590 y Fi(r)p 844 1590 365 2 v 844 1667 a Fn(1)d(+)929
+1607 y Fi(q)p 970 1607 239 2 v 970 1667 a Fn(1)g(+)1055
+1626 y Fc(p)p 1096 1626 113 2 v 1096 1667 a Fn(1)g(+)f
+Fm(x:)112 1817 y Fn(are)16 b(displa)o(y)o(ed)f(here.)20
+b(No)o(w)c(refer)f(to)h(Fig.)f(2)h(for)g(another)g(example)e(of)i(what)
+g(y)o(ou)g(can)f(do)i(with)112 1916 y(the)g(L)209 1910
+y Fh(a)233 1916 y Fn(T)260 1931 y(E)287 1916 y(X)f(picture)f(en)o
+(vironmen)o(t.)p eop
+%%Page: 4 13
+4 12 bop 1888 -118 a Fn(4)p 859 747 307 4 v 859 972 4
+225 v 949 869 a(L)961 863 y Fh(a)985 869 y Fn(T)1012
+884 y(E)1039 869 y(X)p 1162 972 V 859 975 307 4 v 409
+747 V 409 972 4 225 v 447 872 a(User)16 b(Input)p 713
+972 V 409 975 307 4 v 1309 747 382 4 v 1309 972 4 225
+v 652 w(Do)q(cumen)o(t)f(St)o(yle)p 1687 972 V 1309 975
+382 4 v 859 1272 307 4 v 859 1497 4 225 v 967 1396 a(T)994
+1407 y(E)1021 1396 y(X)p 1162 1497 V 859 1500 307 4 v
+784 1797 457 4 v 784 2022 4 225 v 815 1927 a(Prin)o(ted)h(Do)q(cumen)o
+(t)p 1237 2022 V 784 2025 457 4 v 713 863 150 4 v 821
+861 a Fb(-)p 1162 863 V 299 w(\033)p 1011 1274 4 300
+v 1012 1274 a(?)p 1011 1799 V 1012 1799 a(?)747 2369
+y Fn(Fig.)g(2.)21 b(Ov)o(erall)15 b(Structure)p eop
+%%Page: 5 14
+5 13 bop 1888 -118 a Fn(5)863 123 y(CHAPTER)16 b(I)q(I)346
+306 y(CLOSURE)g(APPR)o(O)o(XIMA)l(TIONS)d(IN)j(THE)g(T)l(ANDEM)g(QUEUE)
+112 405 y(The)22 b(purp)q(ose)h(of)f(this)g(c)o(hapter)f(is)h(to)g
+(extend)f(the)h(results)f(from)g(the)g(M/M/1)i(queue)e(to)h(a)112
+505 y(t)o(w)o(o)16 b(queue)e(system)g(consisting)h(of)h(a)f(M/M/1)h
+(queue)f(whose)g(output)h(is)f(directed)f(to)i(a)f(second)112
+604 y(Mark)o(o)o(vian)j(queue.)27 b(This)19 b(small)d(net)o(w)o(ork)i
+(is)g(kno)o(wn)h(as)g(a)g(tandem)e(queue)h(and)g(is)h(depicted)112
+704 y(in)e(Fig.)g(3.)24 b(The)17 b(size)g(of)g(this)g(net)o(w)o(ork)g
+(mak)o(es)e(p)q(ossible)i(a)h(solution)f(b)o(y)g(near-exact)g(metho)q
+(ds)112 804 y(so)i(that)e(the)g(closure)g(metho)q(ds)g(can)h(b)q(e)f
+(ev)m(aluated)h(for)f(the)g(dep)q(endencies)g(of)h(the)f(mean)f(and)112
+903 y(v)m(ariance)h(of)g(the)g(second)g(queue)f(on)i(the)e(state)i(of)f
+(the)f(\014rst)i(queue.)k(Since)16 b(the)h(\014rst)g(queue)f(of)112
+1003 y(the)j(tandem)e(is)h(simply)f(M/M/1,)i(this)f(c)o(hapter)g(will)f
+(concen)o(trate)h(on)h(the)f(results)g(from)g(the)112
+1103 y(second)f(queue.)j(The)c(t)o(w)o(o)g(most)f(accurate)g(closure)h
+(assumptions,)f(Clark)h(and)g(Chang/W)l(ang,)112 1202
+y(will)g(b)q(e)g(compared)f(against)i(the)f(Kolmogoro)o(v)g(solution)h
+([9].)112 1377 y(A.)48 b(The)17 b(Kolmogoro)o(v)e(Solution)112
+1526 y(The)j(state)g(space)g(for)g(the)f(tandem)g(queue)g(is)g(a)h(t)o
+(w)o(o-dimensional)e(lattice)g(of)i(states)h(indexed)112
+1625 y(b)o(y)14 b(the)g(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)e(in)i(eac)o(h)f(queue.)20
+b(F)l(or)14 b(example,)e Fm(P)1074 1632 y Fj(1)p Fk(;)p
+Fj(2)1121 1625 y Fn(\()p Fm(t)p Fn(\))i(is)g(the)g(probabilit)o(y)f
+(that)h(there)g(is)f(one)112 1725 y(in)k(the)f(\014rst)h(queue)f(and)i
+(t)o(w)o(o)e(in)h(the)f(second.)23 b(The)16 b(size)g(of)h(the)g(state)g
+(space)g(dep)q(ends)g(on)g(the)112 1825 y(maxim)o(um)c(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)
+j(in)g(eac)o(h)h(queue.)24 b(If)16 b(eac)o(h)h(queue)g(can)g(hold)h(49)
+g(items,)d(including)h(serv)o(er,)112 1924 y(than)h(the)f(n)o(um)o(b)q
+(er)f(of)h(p)q(ossible)h(states)g(is)f(50)963 1906 y
+Fj(2)999 1924 y Fn(or)h(2500)h([10].)210 2024 y(The)e(Kolmogoro)o(v)g
+(solution)g(for)g(the)g(tandem)f(queue)g(w)o(as)i(obtained)f(using)h(a)
+f(sto)q(c)o(hastic)112 2124 y(balance)e(b)q(et)o(w)o(een)f(v)m(arious)h
+(states)g(of)g(the)g(birth-death)f(pro)q(cess.)21 b(Fig.)13
+b(4)h(sho)o(ws)h(the)e(sto)q(c)o(hastic)112 2223 y(balance)21
+b(used)f(to)h(obtain)g(\(2.4\).)34 b(The)21 b(Kolmogoro)o(v)e(equation)
+i(set)f(for)h(the)f(tandem)f(queue)112 2323 y(w)o(as)e(found)g(to)g(b)q
+(e)301 2439 y Fm(dP)357 2446 y Fj(0)p Fk(;)p Fj(0)p 301
+2461 104 2 v 331 2506 a Fm(dt)451 2472 y Fn(=)42 b Fc(\000)8
+b Fn(\()p Fm(\015)622 2479 y Fj(1)653 2472 y Fn(+)j Fm(\015)727
+2479 y Fj(2)747 2472 y Fn(\))d Fm(P)805 2479 y Fj(0)p
+Fk(;)p Fj(0)864 2472 y Fn(+)j Fm(\026)942 2479 y Fj(2)962
+2472 y Fm(P)993 2479 y Fj(0)p Fk(;)p Fj(1)1812 2472 y
+Fn(\(2.1\))306 2558 y Fm(dP)362 2565 y Fj(0)p Fk(;i)p
+306 2580 99 2 v 334 2626 a Fm(dt)451 2591 y Fn(=)42 b
+Fc(\000)8 b Fn(\()p Fm(\015)622 2598 y Fj(1)653 2591
+y Fn(+)j Fm(\015)727 2598 y Fj(2)758 2591 y Fn(+)g Fm(\026)836
+2598 y Fj(2)856 2591 y Fn(\))d Fm(P)914 2598 y Fj(0)p
+Fk(;i)967 2591 y Fn(+)j Fm(\026)1045 2598 y Fj(2)1065
+2591 y Fm(P)1096 2598 y Fj(0)p Fk(;i)p Fj(+1)p eop
+%%Page: 6 15
+6 14 bop 1888 -118 a Fn(6)p 563 737 79 2 v 563 812 2
+75 v 589 791 a(0)p 639 812 V 563 814 79 2 v 563 662 V
+563 737 2 75 v 589 716 a(0)p 639 737 V 563 739 79 2 v
+563 588 V 563 662 2 75 v 589 641 a(0)p 639 662 V 563
+664 79 2 v 563 513 V 563 588 2 75 v 589 566 a(0)p 639
+588 V 563 590 79 2 v 637 737 V 637 812 2 75 v 664 791
+a(0)p 714 812 V 637 814 79 2 v 637 662 V 637 737 2 75
+v 664 716 a(0)p 714 737 V 637 739 79 2 v 637 588 V 637
+662 2 75 v 664 641 a(0)p 714 662 V 637 664 79 2 v 637
+513 V 637 588 2 75 v 664 566 a(0)p 714 588 V 637 590
+79 2 v 712 737 V 712 812 2 75 v 739 791 a(1)p 788 812
+V 712 814 79 2 v 712 662 V 712 737 2 75 v 739 716 a(1)p
+788 737 V 712 739 79 2 v 712 588 V 712 662 2 75 v 739
+641 a(1)p 788 662 V 712 664 79 2 v 787 737 V 787 812
+2 75 v 814 791 a(1)p 863 812 V 787 814 79 2 v 787 662
+V 787 737 2 75 v 814 716 a(1)p 863 737 V 787 739 79 2
+v 787 588 V 787 662 2 75 v 814 641 a(1)p 863 662 V 787
+664 79 2 v 787 513 V 787 588 2 75 v 814 566 a(1)p 863
+588 V 787 590 79 2 v 712 513 V 712 588 2 75 v -99 w(0)p
+788 588 V 712 590 79 2 v 1235 737 V 1235 812 2 75 v 1262
+791 a(0)p 1311 812 V 1235 814 79 2 v 1310 737 V 1310
+812 2 75 v 51 w(0)p 1386 812 V 1310 814 79 2 v 1384 737
+V 1384 812 2 75 v 50 w(0)p 1461 812 V 1384 814 79 2 v
+1459 737 V 1459 812 2 75 v 51 w(0)p 1536 812 V 1459 814
+79 2 v 1235 662 V 1235 737 2 75 v 1262 716 a(0)p 1311
+737 V 1235 739 79 2 v 1310 662 V 1310 737 2 75 v 51 w(0)p
+1386 737 V 1310 739 79 2 v 1384 662 V 1384 737 2 75 v
+50 w(0)p 1461 737 V 1384 739 79 2 v 1459 662 V 1459 737
+2 75 v 51 w(0)p 1536 737 V 1459 739 79 2 v 1235 588 V
+1235 662 2 75 v 1262 641 a(0)p 1311 662 V 1235 664 79
+2 v 1310 588 V 1310 662 2 75 v 51 w(0)p 1386 662 V 1310
+664 79 2 v 1384 588 V 1384 662 2 75 v 50 w(1)p 1461 662
+V 1384 664 79 2 v 1459 588 V 1459 662 2 75 v 51 w(1)p
+1536 662 V 1459 664 79 2 v 1235 513 V 1235 588 2 75 v
+1262 566 a(0)p 1311 588 V 1235 590 79 2 v 1310 513 V
+1310 588 2 75 v 51 w(0)p 1386 588 V 1310 590 79 2 v 1384
+513 V 1384 588 2 75 v 50 w(0)p 1461 588 V 1384 590 79
+2 v 1459 513 V 1459 588 2 75 v 51 w(1)p 1536 588 V 1459
+590 79 2 v 721 670 a Ff(\013)p 721 701 2 7 v 83 w(\010)p
+854 701 V 747 670 84 2 v 721 782 2 7 v 721 807 a(\012)p
+854 782 V 83 w(\011)p 747 807 84 2 v 721 775 2 75 v 854
+775 V 721 596 a(\013)p 721 632 2 13 v 721 658 a(\012)854
+596 y(\010)p 854 632 V 854 658 a(\011)p 747 658 84 2
+v 747 596 V 1393 596 a(\013)p 1393 632 2 13 v 1393 658
+a(\012)1526 596 y(\010)p 1526 632 V 1526 658 a(\011)p
+1419 658 84 2 v 1419 596 V 794 523 a(\013)p 794 630 2
+84 v 794 656 a(\012)856 523 y(\010)p 856 630 V 856 656
+a(\011)p 819 656 13 2 v 819 523 V 1466 523 a(\013)p 1466
+630 2 84 v 1466 656 a(\012)1528 523 y(\010)p 1528 630
+V 1528 656 a(\011)p 1492 656 13 2 v 1492 523 V 494 796
+a Fn(10)624 b(10)494 721 y(11)g(11)494 647 y(01)g(01)494
+572 y(00)g(00)577 485 y(00)g(00)-646 b(01)625 b(01)-646
+b(11)625 b(11)-646 b(10)624 b(10)523 514 y Fb(@)481 472
+y(@)448 439 y(@)1195 514 y(@)1154 472 y(@)1120 439 y(@)489
+431 y Fn(CD)601 b(CD)411 481 y(AB)f(AB)621 1141 y(Fig.)16
+b(3.)21 b(The)c(t)o(w)o(o)f(no)q(de)h(tandem)e(queue.)p
+694 1754 256 4 v 694 2086 4 333 v 803 1789 a(&)p 946
+2086 V 694 2089 256 4 v 606 2005 92 2 v 548 1839 150
+2 v 548 1818 a Fm(x)p 605 2171 2 167 v 606 2172 125 2
+v 751 2187 a(c)p 946 1922 158 2 v 1101 1712 256 4 v 1101
+2128 4 416 v 1353 2128 V 1101 2131 256 4 v 1125 1942
+a Fn(D)p 1353 1839 75 2 v 1353 2005 V 1394 1945 39 2
+v 1394 1984 a Fm(Q)1394 1818 y(Q)p 647 2255 3 4 v 647
+1633 V 1475 2255 V 1475 1633 V 653 2255 5 4 v 662 2255
+V 670 2255 V 678 2255 V 687 2255 V 695 2255 V 703 2255
+V 712 2255 V 720 2255 V 728 2255 V 736 2255 V 745 2255
+V 753 2255 V 761 2255 V 770 2255 V 778 2255 V 786 2255
+V 795 2255 V 803 2255 V 811 2255 V 819 2255 V 828 2255
+V 836 2255 V 844 2255 V 853 2255 V 861 2255 V 869 2255
+V 878 2255 V 886 2255 V 894 2255 V 902 2255 V 911 2255
+V 919 2255 V 927 2255 V 936 2255 V 944 2255 V 952 2255
+V 961 2255 V 969 2255 V 977 2255 V 986 2255 V 994 2255
+V 1002 2255 V 1010 2255 V 1019 2255 V 1027 2255 V 1035
+2255 V 1044 2255 V 1052 2255 V 1060 2255 V 1069 2255
+V 1077 2255 V 1085 2255 V 1093 2255 V 1102 2255 V 1110
+2255 V 1118 2255 V 1127 2255 V 1135 2255 V 1143 2255
+V 1152 2255 V 1160 2255 V 1168 2255 V 1176 2255 V 1185
+2255 V 1193 2255 V 1201 2255 V 1210 2255 V 1218 2255
+V 1226 2255 V 1235 2255 V 1243 2255 V 1251 2255 V 1259
+2255 V 1268 2255 V 1276 2255 V 1284 2255 V 1293 2255
+V 1301 2255 V 1309 2255 V 1318 2255 V 1326 2255 V 1334
+2255 V 1343 2255 V 1351 2255 V 1359 2255 V 1367 2255
+V 1376 2255 V 1384 2255 V 1392 2255 V 1401 2255 V 1409
+2255 V 1417 2255 V 1426 2255 V 1434 2255 V 1442 2255
+V 1450 2255 V 1459 2255 V 1467 2255 V 653 1633 V 662
+1633 V 670 1633 V 678 1633 V 687 1633 V 695 1633 V 703
+1633 V 712 1633 V 720 1633 V 728 1633 V 736 1633 V 745
+1633 V 753 1633 V 761 1633 V 770 1633 V 778 1633 V 786
+1633 V 795 1633 V 803 1633 V 811 1633 V 819 1633 V 828
+1633 V 836 1633 V 844 1633 V 853 1633 V 861 1633 V 869
+1633 V 878 1633 V 886 1633 V 894 1633 V 902 1633 V 911
+1633 V 919 1633 V 927 1633 V 936 1633 V 944 1633 V 952
+1633 V 961 1633 V 969 1633 V 977 1633 V 986 1633 V 994
+1633 V 1002 1633 V 1010 1633 V 1019 1633 V 1027 1633
+V 1035 1633 V 1044 1633 V 1052 1633 V 1060 1633 V 1069
+1633 V 1077 1633 V 1085 1633 V 1093 1633 V 1102 1633
+V 1110 1633 V 1118 1633 V 1127 1633 V 1135 1633 V 1143
+1633 V 1152 1633 V 1160 1633 V 1168 1633 V 1176 1633
+V 1185 1633 V 1193 1633 V 1201 1633 V 1210 1633 V 1218
+1633 V 1226 1633 V 1235 1633 V 1243 1633 V 1251 1633
+V 1259 1633 V 1268 1633 V 1276 1633 V 1284 1633 V 1293
+1633 V 1301 1633 V 1309 1633 V 1318 1633 V 1326 1633
+V 1334 1633 V 1343 1633 V 1351 1633 V 1359 1633 V 1367
+1633 V 1376 1633 V 1384 1633 V 1392 1633 V 1401 1633
+V 1409 1633 V 1417 1633 V 1426 1633 V 1434 1633 V 1442
+1633 V 1450 1633 V 1459 1633 V 1467 1633 V 646 2254 4
+3 v 1476 2254 V 646 1633 V 1476 1633 V 646 1641 4 5 v
+646 1650 V 646 1658 V 646 1666 V 646 1675 V 646 1683
+V 646 1691 V 646 1700 V 646 1708 V 646 1716 V 646 1724
+V 646 1733 V 646 1741 V 646 1749 V 646 1758 V 646 1766
+V 646 1774 V 646 1783 V 646 1791 V 646 1799 V 646 1807
+V 646 1816 V 646 1824 V 646 1832 V 646 1841 V 646 1849
+V 646 1857 V 646 1866 V 646 1874 V 646 1882 V 646 1890
+V 646 1899 V 646 1907 V 646 1915 V 646 1924 V 646 1932
+V 646 1940 V 646 1949 V 646 1957 V 646 1965 V 646 1974
+V 646 1982 V 646 1990 V 646 1998 V 646 2007 V 646 2015
+V 646 2023 V 646 2032 V 646 2040 V 646 2048 V 646 2057
+V 646 2065 V 646 2073 V 646 2081 V 646 2090 V 646 2098
+V 646 2106 V 646 2115 V 646 2123 V 646 2131 V 646 2140
+V 646 2148 V 646 2156 V 646 2164 V 646 2173 V 646 2181
+V 646 2189 V 646 2198 V 646 2206 V 646 2214 V 646 2223
+V 646 2231 V 646 2239 V 646 2247 V 1476 1641 V 1476 1650
+V 1476 1658 V 1476 1666 V 1476 1675 V 1476 1683 V 1476
+1691 V 1476 1700 V 1476 1708 V 1476 1716 V 1476 1724
+V 1476 1733 V 1476 1741 V 1476 1749 V 1476 1758 V 1476
+1766 V 1476 1774 V 1476 1783 V 1476 1791 V 1476 1799
+V 1476 1807 V 1476 1816 V 1476 1824 V 1476 1832 V 1476
+1841 V 1476 1849 V 1476 1857 V 1476 1866 V 1476 1874
+V 1476 1882 V 1476 1890 V 1476 1899 V 1476 1907 V 1476
+1915 V 1476 1924 V 1476 1932 V 1476 1940 V 1476 1949
+V 1476 1957 V 1476 1965 V 1476 1974 V 1476 1982 V 1476
+1990 V 1476 1998 V 1476 2007 V 1476 2015 V 1476 2023
+V 1476 2032 V 1476 2040 V 1476 2048 V 1476 2057 V 1476
+2065 V 1476 2073 V 1476 2081 V 1476 2090 V 1476 2098
+V 1476 2106 V 1476 2115 V 1476 2123 V 1476 2131 V 1476
+2140 V 1476 2148 V 1476 2156 V 1476 2164 V 1476 2173
+V 1476 2181 V 1476 2189 V 1476 2198 V 1476 2206 V 1476
+2214 V 1476 2223 V 1476 2231 V 1476 2239 V 1476 2247
+V 344 2436 a Fn(Fig.)h(4.)21 b(Sto)q(c)o(hastic)c(balance)f(for)g
+(tandem)f(queue)h(without)g(feedbac)o(k.)p eop
+%%Page: 7 16
+7 15 bop 1888 -118 a Fn(7)542 123 y(+)108 b Fm(\015)713
+130 y Fj(2)733 123 y Fm(P)764 130 y Fj(0)p Fk(;i)p Fd(\000)p
+Fj(1)862 123 y Fn(+)11 b Fm(\026)940 130 y Fj(1)961 123
+y Fm(P)992 130 y Fj(1)p Fk(;i)p Fd(\000)p Fj(1)1474 123
+y Fm(i)i Fn(=)h(1)p Fm(;)8 b Fn(2)p Fm(;)g Fn(3)p Fm(:::)98
+b Fn(\(2.2\))304 201 y Fm(dP)360 208 y Fk(j;)p Fj(0)p
+304 223 101 2 v 333 269 a Fm(dt)451 235 y Fn(=)42 b Fc(\000)8
+b Fn(\()p Fm(\015)622 242 y Fj(1)653 235 y Fn(+)j Fm(\015)727
+242 y Fj(2)758 235 y Fn(+)g Fm(\026)836 242 y Fj(1)856
+235 y Fn(\))d Fm(P)914 242 y Fk(j;)p Fj(0)969 235 y Fn(+)j
+Fm(\015)1043 242 y Fj(1)1063 235 y Fm(P)1094 242 y Fk(j)r
+Fd(\000)p Fj(1)p Fk(;)p Fj(0)1197 235 y Fn(+)g Fm(\026)1275
+242 y Fj(2)1295 235 y Fm(P)1326 242 y Fk(j;)p Fj(1)1468
+235 y Fm(j)16 b Fn(=)e(1)p Fm(;)8 b Fn(2)p Fm(;)g Fn(3)p
+Fm(:::)98 b Fn(\(2.3\))310 320 y Fm(dP)366 327 y Fk(j;i)p
+310 342 95 2 v 336 388 a Fm(dt)451 354 y Fn(=)42 b Fc(\000)8
+b Fn(\()p Fm(\015)622 361 y Fj(1)653 354 y Fn(+)j Fm(\015)727
+361 y Fj(2)758 354 y Fn(+)g Fm(\026)836 361 y Fj(1)867
+354 y Fn(+)g Fm(\026)945 361 y Fj(2)965 354 y Fn(\))d
+Fm(P)1023 361 y Fk(j;i)1073 354 y Fn(+)j Fm(\015)1147
+361 y Fj(1)1167 354 y Fm(P)1198 361 y Fk(j)r Fd(\000)p
+Fj(1)p Fk(;i)1295 354 y Fn(+)g Fm(\026)1373 361 y Fj(2)1393
+354 y Fm(P)1424 361 y Fk(j;i)p Fj(+1)542 466 y Fn(+)108
+b Fm(\015)713 473 y Fj(2)733 466 y Fm(P)764 473 y Fk(j;i)p
+Fd(\000)p Fj(1)859 466 y Fn(+)11 b Fm(\026)937 473 y
+Fj(1)957 466 y Fm(P)988 473 y Fk(j)r Fj(+1)p Fk(;i)p
+Fd(\000)p Fj(1)1447 466 y Fm(j;)d(i)14 b Fn(=)g(1)p Fm(;)8
+b Fn(2)p Fm(;)g Fn(3)p Fm(:::)82 b Fn(\(2.4\))210 616
+y(The)18 b(mean)f(and)i(v)m(ariance)f(statistics)g(for)g(the)g(second)g
+(queue)f(are)i(obtained)f(b)o(y)g(the)f(fol-)112 715
+y(lo)o(wing)g(equations:)816 815 y Fm(M)863 822 y Fj(2)897
+815 y Fn(=)961 761 y Fd(1)949 773 y Fi(X)950 864 y Fk(i)p
+Fj(=1)1017 815 y Fm(i)11 b Fc(\001)1083 761 y Fd(1)1070
+773 y Fi(X)1070 864 y Fk(j)r Fj(=0)1139 815 y Fm(P)1170
+822 y Fk(j;i)129 941 y Fn(and)742 1041 y Fm(V)770 1048
+y Fj(2)804 1041 y Fn(=)869 987 y Fd(1)856 1000 y Fi(X)858
+1091 y Fk(i)p Fj(=1)925 1041 y Fm(i)942 1021 y Fj(2)972
+1041 y Fc(\001)1010 987 y Fd(1)998 1000 y Fi(X)997 1091
+y Fk(j)r Fj(=0)1066 1041 y Fm(P)1097 1048 y Fk(j;i)1147
+1041 y Fc(\000)g Fm(M)1249 1021 y Fj(2)1244 1053 y(2)1269
+1041 y Fm(:)112 1168 y Fn(Calculation)20 b(of)g(the)g(mean)f(and)h(v)m
+(ariance)g(requires)e(the)i(truncation)g(of)g(the)g(M/M/1)p
+Fm(=)p Fc(1)g Fn(to)112 1267 y(some)c(maxim)o(um)d(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)i
+(of)i(states.)24 b(Stated)17 b(di\013eren)o(tly)l(,)e(the)i(M/M/1/)p
+Fc(1)h Fn(queue)e(mo)q(del)g(is)112 1367 y(appro)o(ximated)f(b)o(y)g
+(an)i(M/M/1/k)g(queue.)j(While)15 b(it)g(is)h(imp)q(ossible)e(to)j(ev)m
+(aluate)e(the)h(error)g(in)112 1467 y(this)d(appro)o(ximation,)f(an)h
+(indication)f(of)h(the)f(truncation)h(error)f(can)h(b)q(e)g(obtained)g
+(b)o(y)f(summing)112 1566 y(all)h(the)f(probabilit)o(y)g(states)h(up)f
+(to)h(state)g Fm(k)i Fn(and)e(subtracting)g(this)f(total)h(from)f(one.)
+20 b(This)13 b(yields)112 1666 y(the)k(probabilit)o(y)e(of)i(b)q(eing)g
+(in)f(a)h(state)g(greater)f(than)h Fm(k)r Fn(.)22 b(If)16
+b(this)h(v)m(alue)f(is)g(v)o(ery)g(small)e(then)j(its)112
+1765 y(pro)q(duct)g(with)g Fm(i)e Fn(and)i Fm(i)551 1747
+y Fj(2)587 1765 y Fn(will)e(also)i(b)q(e)f(small.)210
+1865 y(It)21 b(is)f(easy)i(to)f(see)g(ho)o(w)g(large)g(and)h
+(complicated)c(the)j(Kolmogoro)o(v)f(equation)h(set)g(can)112
+1965 y(b)q(ecome)e(for)h(just)h(a)f(small)f(net)o(w)o(ork,)h(and)g(the)
+g(usefulness)g(of)g(an)h(accurate,)f(state-reducing)112
+2064 y(appro)o(ximation)c([11].)112 2239 y(B.)48 b(Appro)o(ximations)15
+b(for)h(the)g(T)l(andem)g(Queue)626 2388 y(1.)49 b(Indep)q(enden)o(t)15
+b(Queue)h(Assumption)112 2520 y(Jac)o(kson)f([12)q(])f(sho)o(w)o(ed)h
+(that)g(a)g(net)o(w)o(ork)f(of)h(queues)f(can)h(b)q(e)f(analyzed)h(as)g
+(a)g(group)h(of)f(indep)q(en-)112 2619 y(den)o(t)21 b(M/M/1)g(queues)g
+(when)g(the)g(net)o(w)o(ork)f(is)h(op)q(erating)g(under)g(steady-state)
+h(conditions.)p eop
+%%Page: 8 17
+8 16 bop 1888 -118 a Fn(8)112 123 y(One)17 b(metho)q(d)f(to)h(appro)o
+(ximate)e(the)h(tandem)g(queue)f(state)i(space)g(is)f(to)h(assume)f
+(that)h(the)g(in-)112 223 y(dep)q(endence)c(holds)h(under)f(transien)o
+(t)h(conditions)f(as)h(w)o(ell.)19 b(By)13 b(assuming)g(the)g(t)o(w)o
+(o)g(queues)g(are)112 322 y(indep)q(enden)o(t,)19 b(the)g(join)o(t)g
+(probabilit)o(y)f Fm(P)893 329 y Fk(j;i)951 322 y Fn(simply)f(b)q
+(ecomes)h(the)h(pro)q(duct)h(of)g(the)f(marginal)112
+422 y(probabilities,)h Fm(P)441 429 y Fk(j)480 422 y
+Fn(and)h Fm(P)610 429 y Fk(i)625 422 y Fn(.)33 b(Th)o(us,)21
+b(the)f(n)o(um)o(b)q(er)e(of)j(states)g(needed)e(to)i(mo)q(del)e(the)h
+(tandem)112 521 y(M/M/1/50)e(queue)e(b)o(y)g(the)g(Kolmogoro)o(v)f
+(equations)i(decreases)f(from)f(2500)j(to)e(100.)210
+621 y(Since)k(the)h(primary)f(motiv)m(ation)g(b)q(ehind)h(the)g(appro)o
+(ximation)f(metho)q(ds)h(is)g(to)g(obtain)112 721 y(accurate)f(mean)e
+(and)h(v)m(ariance)g(statistics)g(for)h(the)f(queues,)g(it)g(is)g(of)g
+(in)o(terest)f(to)i(in)o(v)o(estigate)112 820 y(errors)g(induced)e(b)o
+(y)g(assuming)h(the)f(queues)g(to)i(b)q(e)f(indep)q(enden)o(t.)28
+b(The)19 b(mean)e(and)j(v)m(ariance)112 920 y(statistics)d(for)f(the)g
+(\014rst)h(and)f(second)h(queues)f(are)g(de\014ned)g(as)746
+1169 y Fm(M)793 1176 y Fj(1)855 1169 y Fn(=)947 1115
+y Fd(1)935 1128 y Fi(X)934 1219 y Fk(j)r Fj(=1)1004 1169
+y Fm(j)e Fc(\001)d Fm(P)1094 1176 y Fk(j)765 1318 y Fm(V)793
+1325 y Fj(1)855 1318 y Fn(=)947 1264 y Fd(1)935 1277
+y Fi(X)934 1368 y Fk(j)r Fj(=1)1004 1318 y Fm(j)1027
+1298 y Fj(2)1058 1318 y Fc(\001)f Fm(P)1113 1325 y Fk(j)1143
+1318 y Fc(\000)h Fm(M)1245 1298 y Fj(2)1240 1331 y(1)1265
+1318 y Fm(;)112 1468 y Fn(and)752 1617 y Fm(M)799 1624
+y Fj(2)861 1617 y Fn(=)952 1563 y Fd(1)940 1576 y Fi(X)942
+1667 y Fk(i)p Fj(=1)1008 1617 y Fm(i)g Fc(\001)g Fm(P)1092
+1624 y Fk(i)1812 1617 y Fn(\(2.5\))771 1760 y Fm(V)799
+1767 y Fj(2)861 1760 y Fn(=)952 1706 y Fd(1)940 1718
+y Fi(X)942 1810 y Fk(i)p Fj(=1)1008 1760 y Fm(i)1025
+1739 y Fj(2)1056 1760 y Fc(\001)g Fm(P)1112 1767 y Fk(i)1137
+1760 y Fc(\000)g Fm(M)1239 1739 y Fj(2)1234 1772 y(2)1259
+1760 y Fm(:)539 b Fn(\(2.6\))210 1909 y(The)14 b(accuracy)f(of)h
+Fm(P)591 1916 y Fk(j)624 1909 y Fn(for)g Fm(j)j(>)c Fn(0)i(will)d
+(determine)f(the)j(e\013ectiv)o(eness)e(of)i(the)g(indep)q(endence)112
+2009 y(assumption.)21 b(By)16 b(de\014nition,)f Fm(P)727
+2016 y Fk(j)760 2009 y Fn(=)812 1976 y Fi(P)855 1989
+y Fd(1)855 2021 y Fk(i)p Fj(=0)923 2009 y Fm(P)954 2016
+y Fk(j;i)992 2009 y Fn(.)22 b(By)15 b(summing)f(\(2.3\))j(and)f
+(\(2.4\),)h(w)o(e)e(obtain)392 2125 y Fm(dP)448 2132
+y Fk(j)p 392 2147 76 2 v 408 2193 a Fm(dt)514 2158 y
+Fn(=)41 b Fc(\000)8 b Fn(\()p Fm(\015)684 2165 y Fj(1)715
+2158 y Fn(+)j Fm(\015)789 2165 y Fj(2)820 2158 y Fn(+)g
+Fm(\026)898 2165 y Fj(1)918 2158 y Fn(\))958 2104 y Fd(1)946
+2117 y Fi(X)947 2208 y Fk(i)p Fj(=0)1014 2158 y Fm(P)1045
+2165 y Fk(j;i)1095 2158 y Fc(\000)f Fm(\026)1173 2165
+y Fj(2)1214 2104 y Fd(1)1202 2117 y Fi(X)1203 2208 y
+Fk(i)p Fj(=1)1270 2158 y Fm(P)1301 2165 y Fk(j;i)1351
+2158 y Fn(+)h Fm(\015)1425 2165 y Fj(1)1465 2104 y Fd(1)1453
+2117 y Fi(X)1454 2208 y Fk(i)p Fj(=0)1521 2158 y Fm(P)1552
+2165 y Fk(j)r Fd(\000)p Fj(1)p Fk(;i)604 2301 y Fn(+)g
+Fm(\026)682 2308 y Fj(1)723 2247 y Fd(1)711 2260 y Fi(X)712
+2351 y Fk(i)p Fj(=1)779 2301 y Fm(P)810 2308 y Fk(j)r
+Fj(+1)p Fk(;i)p Fd(\000)p Fj(1)952 2301 y Fn(+)g Fm(\026)1030
+2308 y Fj(2)1070 2247 y Fd(1)1058 2260 y Fi(X)1059 2351
+y Fk(i)p Fj(=0)1126 2301 y Fm(P)1157 2308 y Fk(j;i)p
+Fj(+1)1241 2301 y Fm(:)112 2451 y Fn(By)16 b(gathering)h(similar)d
+(terms)h(and)i(summing,)c(the)j(ab)q(o)o(v)o(e)g(equation)g
+(simpli\014es)e(to)243 2566 y Fm(dP)299 2573 y Fk(j)p
+243 2589 V 259 2634 a Fm(dt)364 2600 y Fn(=)42 b Fc(\000)8
+b Fn(\()p Fm(\015)535 2607 y Fj(1)566 2600 y Fn(+)j Fm(\026)644
+2607 y Fj(1)664 2600 y Fn(\))d Fm(P)722 2607 y Fk(j)752
+2600 y Fn(+)j Fm(\015)826 2607 y Fj(1)846 2600 y Fm(P)877
+2607 y Fk(j)r Fd(\000)p Fj(1)952 2600 y Fn(+)g Fm(\026)1030
+2607 y Fj(1)1050 2600 y Fm(P)1081 2607 y Fk(j)r Fj(+1)1144
+2600 y Fm(;)383 b(j)17 b Fn(=)d(1)p Fm(;)8 b Fn(2)p Fm(;)g
+Fn(3)p Fm(:::)p eop
+%%Page: 9 18
+9 17 bop 1888 -118 a Fn(9)112 123 y(whic)o(h)13 b(is)f(iden)o(tical)f
+(to)i(\(2.4\))g(dev)o(elop)q(ed)f(for)h(the)f(single)h(M/M/1)g(queue.)
+19 b(This)13 b(is)g(true)f(b)q(ecause)112 223 y(the)k(addition)f(of)h
+(the)f(second)g(queue)g(do)q(es)h(not)f(e\013ect)g(the)g(\014rst)h(in)f
+(an)o(y)g(manner.)20 b(If,)14 b(ho)o(w)o(ev)o(er,)112
+322 y(there)f(w)o(as)i(feedbac)o(k)d(from)h(the)g(second)h(queue)f(to)h
+(the)f(\014rst)h(then)f(this)h(result)f(w)o(ould)g(no)h(longer)112
+422 y(hold.)210 521 y(The)e(equation)g(for)h Fm(dP)628
+528 y Fk(i)642 521 y Fm(=dt)g Fn(for)f(the)g(second)g(queue)g(will)f
+(no)o(w)h(b)q(e)h(deriv)o(ed)d(to)j(sho)o(w)f(ho)o(w)h(the)112
+621 y(join)o(t)g(probabilit)o(y)e(state)i(m)o(ust)e(b)q(e)h(decoupled)g
+(to)h(obtain)g(the)f(indep)q(enden)o(t)g(queue)f(probabilit)o(y)112
+721 y(equations.)461 890 y(2.)49 b(Closure)17 b(Appro)o(ximations)d
+(for)j(the)f(T)l(andem)f(Queue)112 1022 y(The)i(appro)o(ximations)f(b)o
+(y)g(Clark)g(and)i(Chang/W)l(ang)h(w)o(ere)d(sho)o(wn)h(in)f(the)h
+(previous)f(c)o(hapter)112 1121 y(to)21 b(b)q(e)e(most)g(accurate)h
+(for)g(the)g(M/M/1)g(queue.)31 b(In)19 b(this)h(section,)g(w)o(e)f
+(will)f(in)o(v)o(estigate)h(the)112 1221 y(extension)e(of)g(these)f
+(appro)o(ximations)g(for)i(the)e(tandem)g(queue.)22 b(The)17
+b(resulting)f(equation)h(for)112 1321 y Fm(dM)184 1328
+y Fj(2)205 1321 y Fm(=dt)f Fn(is)577 1387 y Fm(dM)649
+1394 y Fj(2)p 577 1409 93 2 v 601 1454 a Fm(dt)688 1420
+y Fn(=)e Fm(\015)765 1427 y Fj(2)796 1420 y Fn(+)d Fm(\026)874
+1427 y Fj(1)902 1420 y Fn(\(1)g Fc(\000)g Fm(P)c Fn(0)1068
+1427 y Fj(1)1089 1420 y Fn(\))k Fc(\000)f Fm(\026)1197
+1427 y Fj(2)1226 1420 y Fn(\(1)h Fc(\000)g Fm(P)c Fn(0)1392
+1427 y Fj(2)1412 1420 y Fn(\))i Fm(:)358 b Fn(\(2.7\))210
+1547 y(T)l(o)17 b(deriv)o(e)d Fm(dV)478 1554 y Fj(2)499
+1547 y Fm(=dt)p Fn(,)i(w)o(e)g(di\013eren)o(tiate)f(\(2.6\))h(to)h
+(obtain)680 1663 y Fm(dV)733 1670 y Fj(2)p 680 1685 74
+2 v 696 1731 a Fm(dt)773 1696 y Fn(=)837 1642 y Fd(1)824
+1655 y Fi(X)826 1746 y Fk(i)p Fj(=1)893 1696 y Fm(i)910
+1676 y Fj(2)940 1696 y Fc(\001)970 1663 y Fm(dP)1026
+1670 y Fk(i)p 970 1685 71 2 v 984 1731 a Fm(dt)1057 1696
+y Fc(\000)11 b Fn(2)p Fm(M)1178 1703 y Fj(2)1209 1696
+y Fc(\001)1239 1663 y Fm(dM)1311 1670 y Fj(2)p 1239 1685
+93 2 v 1264 1731 a Fm(dt)1336 1696 y(:)462 b Fn(\(2.8\))112
+1871 y(C.)49 b(Implem)o(en)o(tation)13 b(and)k(Results)112
+2020 y(Clearly)l(,)c(there)g(are)h(t)o(w)o(o)g(issues)f(concerning)h
+(the)f(accuracy)g(of)h(the)g(closure)f(appro)o(ximations)g(in)112
+2120 y(a)k(tandem)f(queue.)21 b(The)16 b(\014rst)h(is)f(the)h(accuracy)
+f(of)h(the)f(assumption)g(of)h(indep)q(enden)o(t)e(queues.)112
+2219 y(When)e(is)g(the)f(assumption)g(that)h Fm(P)7 b
+Fn(0)795 2226 y Fj(2)828 2219 y Fn(is)13 b(indep)q(enden)o(t)f(on)h
+(the)f(state)h(of)g(the)g(\014rst)g(queue)e(a)j(go)q(o)q(d)112
+2319 y(one?)22 b(Also,)14 b(what)h(error)f(results)g(from)f(the)h
+(appro)o(ximation)f(for)i Fm(V)1361 2326 y Fj(2)1381
+2319 y Fn(\()p Fm(t)p Fn(\))f(via)g(\(2.8\)?)21 b(The)14
+b(second)112 2419 y(concern)f(is)f(ho)o(w)i(w)o(ell)d(the)i(closure)f
+(appro)o(ximations)g(mo)q(del)f(the)i(indep)q(enden)o(t)f(tandem)g
+(queue.)112 2518 y(Since)f(the)h(indep)q(endence)e(assumption)i(mak)o
+(es)e(the)h(tandem)g(queue)g(a)h(net)o(w)o(ork)f(of)h(t)o(w)o(o)g
+(M/M/1)112 2618 y(queues,)i(the)g(second)h(issue)f(w)o(as)h(largely)e
+(answ)o(ered)i(in)f(the)g(previous)g(c)o(hapter.)20 b(Therefore)14
+b(this)p eop
+%%Page: 10 19
+10 18 bop 1864 -118 a Fn(10)112 123 y(c)o(hapter)16 b(will)f(b)q(e)i
+(dedicated)e(to)h(in)o(v)o(estigating)g(the)f(p)q(erformance)h(of)g
+(the)g(indep)q(enden)o(t)f(queue)112 223 y(assumption)h([13)q(].)800
+392 y(1.)49 b(T)l(est)16 b(Conditions)112 524 y(Three)f(appro)o
+(ximations)f(w)o(ere)h(compared)f(against)i(the)e(truncated)h
+(Kolmogoro)o(v)g(solution)g(for)112 623 y(the)21 b(tandem)e(queue:)29
+b(the)21 b(indep)q(enden)o(t)e(Kolmogoro)o(v)h(solution,)i(Chang/W)l
+(ang's)g(appro)o(xi-)112 723 y(mation,)15 b(and)h(Clark's)g(appro)o
+(ximation.)k(The)c(test)f(cases)i(w)o(ere)e(the)g(same)g(as)h(those)h
+(discussed)112 823 y(in)h(Chapter)g(I,)g(except)e(that)j(cases)f(with)f
+Fm(\032)h Fn(close)g(to)g(or)g(greater)g(than)h(one)f(could)f(not)i(b)q
+(e)f(in-)112 922 y(cluded.)26 b(This)18 b(is)g(b)q(ecause)g(the)g
+(truncated)g(Kolmogoro)o(v)f(equation)h(set)g(mo)q(dels)f(the)h(tandem)
+112 1022 y(queue)e(as)h(t)o(w)o(o)e(dep)q(enden)o(t)h(M/M/1/k)h
+(queues,)e(requiring)g(the)h(in)o(tegration)g(of)g Fm(k)1661
+1004 y Fj(2)1697 1022 y Fn(equations.)112 1121 y(If)g
+Fm(\032)f Fn(b)q(ecomes)g(to)q(o)h(large)g(then)f(the)h(probabilit)o(y)
+e(of)i(b)q(eing)g(in)f(a)h(state)g(with)f(greater)h(than)g
+Fm(k)i Fn(in)112 1221 y(a)e(queue)f(can)h(no)g(longer)f(b)q(e)h
+(neglected,)e(resulting)h(in)g(mean)f(and)j(v)m(ariance)e
+(inaccuracies.)20 b(W)l(e)112 1321 y(used)d Fm(k)f Fn(=)e(50)j(whic)o
+(h)e(limited)e Fm(\032)h Fc(\024)g Fn(0)p Fm(:)p Fn(8.)891
+1490 y(2.)49 b(Results)112 1622 y(The)22 b(appro)o(ximations)f(all)f(p)
+q(erformed)h(w)o(ell)f(for)h(most)g(of)h(the)f(conditions)h(presen)o
+(ted.)35 b(The)112 1721 y(most)15 b(accurate)f(of)i(the)e(three)g(w)o
+(as)i(the)e(Kolmogoro)o(v)h(indep)q(enden)o(t)f(solution)h(b)o(y)f(a)h
+(v)o(ery)f(small)112 1821 y(margin)22 b(o)o(v)o(er)f(Clark.)39
+b(Chang/W)l(ang's)24 b(metho)q(d)d(also)i(w)o(as)g(accurate,)g(but)f
+(it)f(encoun)o(tered)112 1921 y(di\016cult)o(y)13 b(with)i(the)f(high)h
+Fm(M)660 1928 y Fj(0)680 1921 y Fn(,)g(lo)o(w)f(utilization)g(cases.)21
+b(See)14 b(T)l(able)h(I)f(for)h(the)g(full)f(comparison.)112
+2020 y(The)f(comparable)e(p)q(erformance)g(of)i(the)f(appro)o
+(ximations)g(is)g(sho)o(wn)h(in)f(Fig.)g(5.)20 b(The)12
+b(App)q(endix)112 2120 y(also)17 b(con)o(tains)g(plots)f(for)h(the)f(w)
+o(orst)g(case)h(p)q(ercen)o(t)e(error)h(and)h(the)f(mean-square)g
+(error.)210 2220 y(As)j(can)g(b)q(e)g(seen)g(from)f(T)l(able)h(I)q(I,)g
+(Chang's)h(metho)q(d)e(is)h(m)o(uc)o(h)e(faster)i(than)h(the)e(rest)h
+(of)112 2319 y(the)f(appro)o(ximations.)23 b(Clark's)17
+b(metho)q(d)g(also)h(pro)o(vides)f(signi\014can)o(t)g(computational)f
+(sa)o(vings)112 2419 y(o)o(v)o(er)j(b)q(oth)i(the)e(dep)q(enden)o(t)g
+(and)i(the)e(indep)q(enden)o(t)g(Kolmogoro)o(v)g(metho)q(ds.)31
+b(As)19 b(is)h(usually)112 2518 y(the)d(case,)e(increased)h(accuracy)g
+(and)h(information)e(accompanies)g(increased)h(computation.)210
+2618 y(This)f(concludes)g(the)g(study)g(of)h(the)f(tandem)f(queue.)20
+b(T)l(o)c(summarize,)c(b)q(oth)k(Clark's)f(and)p eop
+%%Page: 11 20
+11 19 bop 1864 -118 a Fn(11)481 447 y(T)l(able)16 b(I.)g(Results)g(for)
+g(Nonstationary)h(M/M/1)g(Queue)p 188 556 1649 2 v 187
+656 2 100 v 213 626 a(T)l(est)f(case)p 559 656 V 434
+w(Av)o(erage)f(P)o(ercen)o(t)g(Error,)h Fm(e)1373 633
+y Fk(av)q(e)1428 626 y Fn(,)g(in)g(\045)p 1836 656 V
+560 658 1277 2 v 187 756 2 100 v 213 726 a(parameters)p
+559 756 V 135 w(John.)p 726 756 V 50 w(Rider)p 893 756
+V 85 w(Rothk)o(opf)p 1212 756 V 152 w(Chang)p 1534 756
+V 186 w(Clark)p 1836 756 V 188 757 1649 2 v 187 857 2
+100 v 234 807 a Fk(\025)p 234 815 22 2 v 234 844 a(\026)p
+300 857 2 100 v 356 827 a Fm(a)p 436 857 V 99 w(T)p 559
+857 V 79 w(M)5 b Fn(\()p Fm(t)p Fn(\))p 726 857 V 59
+w Fm(M)g Fn(\()p Fm(t)p Fn(\))p 893 857 V 55 w Fm(M)g
+Fn(\()p Fm(t)p Fn(\))p 1051 857 V 58 w Fm(V)11 b Fn(\()p
+Fm(t)p Fn(\))p 1212 857 V 59 w Fm(M)5 b Fn(\()p Fm(t)p
+Fn(\))p 1373 857 V 60 w Fm(V)11 b Fn(\()p Fm(t)p Fn(\))p
+1534 857 V 57 w Fm(M)5 b Fn(\()p Fm(t)p Fn(\))p 1691
+857 V 50 w Fm(V)11 b Fn(\()p Fm(t)p Fn(\))p 1836 857
+V 188 859 1649 2 v 188 869 V 187 968 2 100 v 213 938
+a(0.5)p 300 968 V 75 w(1.0)p 436 968 V 74 w(10)p 559
+968 V 57 w(28.96)p 726 968 V 81 w(9.77)p 893 968 V 72
+w(1.98)p 1051 968 V 51 w(11.27)p 1212 968 V 75 w(3.39)p
+1373 968 V 75 w(5.00)p 1534 968 V 72 w(0.05)p 1691 968
+V 58 w(0.47)p 1836 968 V 187 1068 V 213 1038 a(0.5)p
+300 1068 V 75 w(1.0)p 436 1068 V 74 w(20)p 559 1068 V
+57 w(28.35)p 726 1068 V 57 w(11.75)p 893 1068 V 72 w(4.28)p
+1051 1068 V 51 w(21.06)p 1212 1068 V 75 w(6.21)p 1373
+1068 V 75 w(9.37)p 1534 1068 V 72 w(0.17)p 1691 1068
+V 58 w(0.65)p 1836 1068 V 187 1167 V 213 1138 a(0.5)p
+300 1167 V 75 w(1.0)p 436 1167 V 74 w(40)p 559 1167 V
+57 w(25.76)p 726 1167 V 57 w(14.24)p 893 1167 V 72 w(7.32)p
+1051 1167 V 51 w(32.02)p 1212 1167 V 50 w(10.60)p 1373
+1167 V 51 w(16.07)p 1534 1167 V 73 w(0.64)p 1691 1167
+V 58 w(1.96)p 1836 1167 V 187 1267 V 213 1237 a(0.5)p
+300 1267 V 75 w(1.0)p 436 1267 V 74 w(60)p 559 1267 V
+57 w(24.25)p 726 1267 V 57 w(16.48)p 893 1267 V 72 w(8.65)p
+1051 1267 V 51 w(33.88)p 1212 1267 V 75 w(9.97)p 1373
+1267 V 50 w(19.25)p 1534 1267 V 73 w(1.03)p 1691 1267
+V 58 w(2.47)p 1836 1267 V 187 1367 V 213 1337 a(0.5)p
+300 1367 V 75 w(1.0)p 436 1367 V 74 w(80)p 559 1367 V
+57 w(22.17)p 726 1367 V 57 w(17.04)p 893 1367 V 72 w(8.99)p
+1051 1367 V 51 w(32.19)p 1212 1367 V 50 w(15.68)p 1373
+1367 V 51 w(17.41)p 1534 1367 V 73 w(1.24)p 1691 1367
+V 58 w(2.70)p 1836 1367 V 187 1466 V 213 1436 a(0.5)p
+300 1466 V 75 w(1.0)p 436 1466 V 50 w(100)p 559 1466
+V 57 w(19.60)p 726 1466 V 57 w(14.92)p 893 1466 V 72
+w(8.18)p 1051 1466 V 51 w(20.33)p 1212 1466 V 50 w(14.77)p
+1373 1466 V 51 w(18.63)p 1534 1466 V 73 w(1.17)p 1691
+1466 V 58 w(2.75)p 1836 1466 V 187 1566 V 213 1536 a(0.5)p
+300 1566 V 75 w(1.0)p 436 1566 V 50 w(120)p 559 1566
+V 57 w(17.45)p 726 1566 V 57 w(13.03)p 893 1566 V 72
+w(4.51)p 1051 1566 V 51 w(11.37)p 1212 1566 V 75 w(6.60)p
+1373 1566 V 50 w(21.80)p 1534 1566 V 73 w(0.86)p 1691
+1566 V 58 w(2.19)p 1836 1566 V 188 1568 1649 2 v 188
+1578 V 187 1677 2 100 v 213 1647 a(0.9)p 300 1677 V 50
+w(0.25)p 436 1677 V 75 w(10)p 559 1677 V 57 w(12.26)p
+726 1677 V 81 w(4.82)p 893 1677 V 72 w(2.52)p 1051 1677
+V 75 w(9.26)p 1212 1677 V 75 w(1.27)p 1373 1677 V 75
+w(4.50)p 1534 1677 V 72 w(0.19)p 1691 1677 V 58 w(0.67)p
+1836 1677 V 187 1777 V 213 1747 a(0.9)p 300 1777 V 50
+w(0.25)p 436 1777 V 75 w(20)p 559 1777 V 81 w(7.59)p
+726 1777 V 81 w(3.71)p 893 1777 V 72 w(2.37)p 1051 1777
+V 51 w(11.26)p 1212 1777 V 75 w(1.08)p 1373 1777 V 75
+w(4.39)p 1534 1777 V 72 w(0.17)p 1691 1777 V 58 w(0.76)p
+1836 1777 V 187 1876 V 213 1847 a(0.9)p 300 1876 V 50
+w(0.25)p 436 1876 V 75 w(40)p 559 1876 V 81 w(6.44)p
+726 1876 V 81 w(3.81)p 893 1876 V 72 w(1.72)p 1051 1876
+V 51 w(13.10)p 1212 1876 V 75 w(1.50)p 1373 1876 V 75
+w(5.65)p 1534 1876 V 72 w(0.47)p 1691 1876 V 58 w(1.20)p
+1836 1876 V 187 1976 V 213 1946 a(0.9)p 300 1976 V 50
+w(0.25)p 436 1976 V 75 w(60)p 559 1976 V 81 w(7.08)p
+726 1976 V 81 w(4.13)p 893 1976 V 72 w(2.12)p 1051 1976
+V 51 w(14.26)p 1212 1976 V 75 w(2.05)p 1373 1976 V 75
+w(7.72)p 1534 1976 V 72 w(0.85)p 1691 1976 V 58 w(1.71)p
+1836 1976 V 187 2076 V 213 2046 a(0.9)p 300 2076 V 50
+w(0.25)p 436 2076 V 75 w(80)p 559 2076 V 81 w(7.88)p
+726 2076 V 81 w(4.37)p 893 2076 V 72 w(2.74)p 1051 2076
+V 51 w(15.13)p 1212 2076 V 75 w(2.64)p 1373 2076 V 50
+w(10.26)p 1534 2076 V 73 w(1.23)p 1691 2076 V 58 w(2.20)p
+1836 2076 V 187 2175 V 213 2145 a(0.9)p 300 2175 V 50
+w(0.25)p 436 2175 V 51 w(100)p 559 2175 V 81 w(8.47)p
+726 2175 V 81 w(4.65)p 893 2175 V 72 w(3.41)p 1051 2175
+V 51 w(15.79)p 1212 2175 V 75 w(3.22)p 1373 2175 V 50
+w(13.22)p 1534 2175 V 73 w(1.58)p 1691 2175 V 58 w(2.73)p
+1836 2175 V 187 2275 V 213 2245 a(0.9)p 300 2275 V 50
+w(0.25)p 436 2275 V 51 w(120)p 559 2275 V 81 w(8.89)p
+726 2275 V 81 w(5.09)p 893 2275 V 72 w(3.96)p 1051 2275
+V 51 w(16.25)p 1212 2275 V 75 w(3.89)p 1373 2275 V 50
+w(16.52)p 1534 2275 V 73 w(1.88)p 1691 2275 V 58 w(3.27)p
+1836 2275 V 188 2277 1649 2 v eop
+%%Page: 12 21
+12 20 bop 1864 -118 a Fn(12)483 2582 y(Fig.)15 b(5.)22
+b Fm(e)665 2589 y Fk(av)q(e)736 2582 y Fn(for)17 b(stationary)g(tandem)
+e(queue,)g Fm(M)1419 2589 y Fj(0)1453 2582 y Fn(=)e(0.)p
+eop
+%%Page: 13 22
+13 21 bop 1864 -118 a Fn(13)459 204 y(T)l(able)16 b(I)q(I.)g(CPU)g
+(Times)f(for)h(Stationary)h(T)l(andem)e(Queue)p 381 257
+1263 2 v 380 357 2 100 v 406 327 a(T)l(est)h(case)p 666
+357 V 194 w(CPU)g(time)e(for)j(V)-5 b(AX)14 b(8650)k(,)e(in)g(secs.)p
+1643 357 V 667 359 977 2 v 380 456 2 100 v 406 427 a(parameters)p
+666 456 V 116 w(Exact)p 973 456 V 116 w(Indep)q(enden)o(t)p
+1287 456 V 1475 456 V 1643 456 V 381 458 286 2 v 380
+556 2 100 v 427 507 a Fk(\025)p 427 515 22 2 v 427 543
+a(\026)p 492 556 2 100 v 523 526 a Fm(T)552 533 y Fk(f)t(inal)p
+666 556 V 692 526 a Fn(Kolmogoro)o(v)p 973 556 V 52 w(Kolmogoro)o(v)p
+1287 556 V 53 w(Chang)p 1475 556 V 51 w(Clark)p 1643
+556 V 381 558 1263 2 v 381 568 V 380 667 2 100 v 406
+637 a(0.1)p 492 667 V 125 w(39)p 666 667 V 197 w(20.76)p
+973 667 V 229 w(0.51)p 1287 667 V 102 w(0.08)p 1475 667
+V 81 w(0.16)p 1643 667 V 380 767 V 406 737 a(0.3)p 492
+767 V 125 w(56)p 666 767 V 197 w(24.21)p 973 767 V 229
+w(0.48)p 1287 767 V 102 w(0.07)p 1475 767 V 81 w(0.27)p
+1643 767 V 380 867 V 406 837 a(0.6)p 492 867 V 101 w(120)p
+666 867 V 197 w(44.96)p 973 867 V 229 w(0.84)p 1287 867
+V 102 w(0.04)p 1475 867 V 81 w(0.43)p 1643 867 V 380
+966 V 406 936 a(0.8)p 492 966 V 101 w(300)p 666 966 V
+173 w(119.89)p 973 966 V 229 w(2.27)p 1287 966 V 102
+w(0.05)p 1475 966 V 81 w(1.44)p 1643 966 V 381 968 1263
+2 v 112 1154 a(Chang/W)l(ang's)e(p)q(erformed)9 b(strongly)j(for)f(all)
+f(tests)h(when)g Fm(\032)j(>)g Fn(0)p Fm(:)p Fn(3.)19
+b(F)l(or)11 b(lo)o(w)g(utilization)f(cases,)112 1253
+y(the)k(appro)o(ximations)f(incurred)g(larger)h(errors)g(with)g(resp)q
+(ect)g(to)g Fm(e)1352 1260 y Fk(av)q(e)1421 1253 y Fn(and)g
+Fm(e)1536 1260 y Fk(w)q(or)1598 1253 y Fn(.)21 b(This)14
+b(ho)o(w)o(ev)o(er)112 1353 y(w)o(as)20 b(due)e(to)h(n)o(umerical)d
+(accuracy)i(problems)f(for)i(small)e(v)m(alues)h(of)h(the)f(mean)g
+(coupled)g(with)112 1453 y(large)f(v)m(alues)f(\(close)g(to)h(one\))g
+(of)f Fm(P)7 b Fn(0)17 b(in)f(b)q(oth)i(queues.)j(The)16
+b Fm(e)1290 1460 y Fk(w)q(or)1369 1453 y Fn(criterion)f(in)h(the)g(App)
+q(endix)112 1552 y(did)h(not)f(sho)o(w)h(an)o(y)f(mo)q(del)f(w)o
+(eakness)h(for)h(the)f(lo)o(w)g(utilization)f(cases.)p
+eop
+%%Page: 14 23
+14 22 bop 1864 -118 a Fn(14)845 123 y(REFERENCES)137
+315 y([1])24 b(Jo)q(e)c(Author.)31 b(Title)19 b(of)g(rep)q(ort.)32
+b(Researc)o(h)19 b(Rep)q(ort)h(23,)h(Departmen)o(t)d(of)h(Publication,)
+213 414 y(Name)14 b(of)j(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)l(,)c(Cit)o(y)l(,)i(State,)h
+(Octob)q(er)g(1999.)137 554 y([2])24 b(Arth)o(ur)14 b(Author)h(and)g
+(Jo)q(e)g(Author.)21 b(Title)13 b(of)i(journal)g(article.)20
+b Fa(Title)d(of)f(Journal)p Fn(,)e(76:27{)213 653 y(45,)i(July)g(1776.)
+137 793 y([3])24 b(Author)d(Bo)q(ok.)38 b Fa(Title)23
+b(of)f(Bo)n(ok)p Fn(,)g(v)o(olume)d(1.)37 b(Name)20 b(of)i(Publishing)f
+(Compan)o(y)l(,)h(Cit)o(y)l(,)213 892 y(State)16 b(of)h(Publication,)e
+(16th)i(edition,)e(1988.)137 1031 y([4])24 b(Matthew)17
+b(W)l(righ)o(t,)f(James)h(Cho)q(dzk)o(o,)g(and)h(Dann)o(y)f(Luk.)24
+b Fa(Title)19 b(of)f(Bo)n(ok)p Fn(,)f(c)o(hapter)g(4{5,)213
+1131 y(pages)g(56{99.)23 b(Name)14 b(of)j(Publisher,)e(College)h
+(Station,)g(T)l(exas,)g(1988.)137 1270 y([5])24 b(Han)d(Chen.)36
+b(Title)20 b(of)i(b)q(o)q(oklet.)36 b(T)l(exas)22 b(A&M)e(Univ)o(ersit)
+o(y)l(,)g(College)g(Station,)j(T)l(exas,)213 1370 y(July)15
+b(1989.)137 1509 y([6])24 b(Russell)17 b(L.)i(Oertel)e(and)h(Pierce)f
+(Can)o(trell.)27 b(L)1066 1503 y Fh(a)1090 1509 y Fn(T)1117
+1524 y(E)1144 1509 y(X)19 b Fa(Example)h(Manual)p Fn(.)28
+b(Departmen)o(t)16 b(of)213 1609 y(Electrical)e(Engineering,)i(T)l
+(exas)h(A&M)e(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)l(,)f(College)h(Station,)i(T)l(exas,)f
+(Septem-)213 1708 y(b)q(er)g(1988.)137 1848 y([7])24
+b(Joseph)19 b(W.)g(Simpson.)28 b(Title)18 b(of)h(article.)28
+b(In)18 b(Editor)h(of)g(Bo)q(ok,)h(editor,)f Fa(Title)h(of)g(Bo)n(ok)p
+Fn(,)213 1947 y(c)o(hapter)15 b(3,)h(pages)g(400{402.)i(Name)c(of)i
+(Publishing)f(Compan)o(y)l(,)g(Cit)o(y)l(,)f(State)i(of)g(Publica-)213
+2047 y(tion,)g(1983.)137 2186 y([8])24 b(P)o(eter)14
+b(J.)h(Rizzo,)f(editor.)20 b Fa(Title)d(of)g(Confer)n(enc)n(e)g(Pr)n(o)
+n(c)n(e)n(e)n(dings)p Fn(,)c(Lo)q(cation)k(of)e(Symp)q(osium,)213
+2286 y(June)h(1987.)h(Sp)q(onsoring)h(Organization,)e(Name)f(of)i
+(publisher.)137 2425 y([9])24 b(Arth)o(ur)19 b(Article.)29
+b(Title)18 b(of)i(conference)f(article.)29 b(In)20 b
+Fa(Title)h(of)f(Confer)n(enc)n(e)i(Pr)n(o)n(c)n(e)n(e)n(dings)213
+2525 y(R)n(e)n(c)n(or)n(d)p Fn(,)13 b(Lo)q(cation)18
+b(of)e(Symp)q(osium,)e(Jan)o(uary)i(1989.)h(Sp)q(onsoring)h
+(Organization,)e(Name)213 2624 y(of)g(Publisher.)p eop
+%%Page: 15 24
+15 23 bop 1864 -118 a Fn(15)112 123 y([10])25 b(P)l(.)20
+b(Kenneth)f(and)i(G.)f(E.)g(T)l(a)o(ylor.)33 b(Solution)21
+b(of)f(v)m(ariational)h(problems)e(with)h(b)q(ounded)213
+223 y(con)o(trol)h(v)m(ariables)h(b)o(y)g(means)f(of)h(the)g
+(generalized)f(Newton-Raphson)i(metho)q(d.)37 b(pre-)213
+322 y(sen)o(ted)16 b(at)g(the)h(Symp.)d(on)j(Recen)o(t)e(Adv)m(ances)h
+(in)h(Optimization)d(T)l(ec)o(hniques,)h(Carnegie)213
+422 y(Inst.)g(of)i(T)l(ec)o(h.,)e(Pittsburgh,)h(P)o(a.,)g(April)f
+(1965.)112 563 y([11])25 b(R.)17 b(E.)g(Larson.)27 b
+Fa(Title)19 b(of)g(Dissertation)p Fn(.)25 b(PhD)18 b(thesis,)f
+(Stanford)h(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)l(,)d(Stanford,)213 663
+y(California,)h(1964.)112 804 y([12])25 b(Elaine)19 b(G.)g(Hasc)o(hk)o
+(e.)29 b(Title)18 b(of)i(thesis.)30 b(Master's)19 b(thesis,)h(Drofnats)
+h(Univ)o(ersit)o(y)l(,)c(W)l(est)213 903 y(Y)l(ello)o(wstone,)d(Mon)o
+(tana,)j(Ma)o(y)f(1993.)112 1044 y([13])25 b(J.)16 b(D.)g(Simon.)k
+(priv)m(ate)c(comm)o(uni)o(cations,)d(No)o(v)o(em)o(b)q(er)h(1963.)p
+eop
+%%Page: 16 25
+16 24 bop 1864 -118 a Fn(16)854 123 y(APPENDIX)15 b(A)690
+326 y(SUPPLEMENT)l(AL)i(RESUL)l(TS)p eop
+%%Page: 17 26
+17 25 bop 1864 -118 a Fn(17)323 2587 y(Fig.)15 b(6.)22
+b(Rothk)o(opf/Oren's)863 2571 y Fi(c)858 2587 y Fm(P)889
+2594 y Fj(0)925 2587 y Fn(results)16 b(for)h(stationary)g(M/M/1)g
+(queue.)p eop
+%%Page: 18 27
+18 26 bop 1864 -118 a Fn(18)952 123 y(VIT)l(A)210 272
+y(Mr.)27 b(William)16 b(A.)h(Bak)o(er)g(w)o(as)i(b)q(orn)g(on)g(Ma)o(y)
+f(28,)h(1958)h(in)e(Camden)f(N.J.)g(He)h(receiv)o(ed)112
+372 y(his)f(B.)g(S.)f(in)h(Mec)o(hanical)f(Engineering)g(at)i(Rutger's)
+f(College)f(of)h(Engineering)g(in)g(1980.)25 b(His)112
+472 y(mailing)15 b(address)i(is)f(6)h(Suburban)g(Blvd.,)d(Delran)i
+(N.J.)112 2614 y(The)h(t)o(ypist)e(for)i(this)f(thesis)g(w)o(as)h
+(William)c(A.)j(Bak)o(er.)p eop
+%%Trailer
+end
+userdict /end-hook known{end-hook}if
+%%EOF
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/thesis.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/thesis.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..693849d92c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/thesis.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+\documentstyle{eethesis}
+%\includeonly{ch2}
+%\def\type{Dissertation} % Uncommennt out this line if you are
+\newcounter{cm} % writing a dissertation
+\begin{document}
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\include{title}
+\include{approve}
+\include{abstract}
+\include{ded}
+\include{ack}
+\include{lists}
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+\setlength{\headheight}{12pt}
+\pagestyle{myheadings}
+\include{ch1}
+\include{ch2}
+%\include{bib} % Include only one of these two lines.
+\include{biblio} % "biblio" if you use BibTeX, "bib" if not
+%\include{supp}
+\include{append}
+\include{vita}
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/title.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/title.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c95e4959e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/title.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+\maketitlepage
+{Transient queueing approximations for computer\\networks}
+{William A. Baker}
+{Master of Science}
+{December 1986}
+{Electrical Engineering}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/vita.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/vita.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0f0134bd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/tamueethesis/vita.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+\vita{Mr. William A. Baker was born on May 28, 1958 in Camden N.J. He
+received his B.\ S.\ in Mechanical Engineering at Rutger's College
+of Engineering in 1980. His mailing address is 6 Suburban Blvd., Delran
+N.J.}
+\typist{William A. Baker}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/.idx b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/.idx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e69de29bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/.idx
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/fnidx.idx b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/fnidx.idx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e69de29bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/fnidx.idx
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/moremath.ps b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/moremath.ps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9ef7f24d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/moremath.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+%!PS-Adobe-2.0
+%%Title: Fontographer 2.4.1
+%%FontName: DemoMoreMath
+%%CreationDate: 2/13/89 9:14:34 AM
+%%Creator: PAUL BACSICH, THE OPEN UNIVERSITY
+%%Pages: 0
+%% Version 1.1 of MoreMath font, by Paul Bacsich.
+%%EndComments
+%serverdict begin 0 exitserver % remove first percent sign for PC fonts...
+systemdict/currentpacking known{/SavPak currentpacking def true setpacking}if
+userdict/AltRT6 known{{currentfile( )readstring{(%%%)eq{exit}if}{pop}ifelse}loop}if
+userdict begin/AltRT6 39 dict def AltRT6 begin/NL 0 def/B{bind def}bind def
+/Cache{NL 0 eq{setcachedevice}{6{pop}repeat}ifelse 0 0 moveto}B
+/SetWid{NL 0 eq{0 setcharwidth setgray}{pop setgray}ifelse 0 0 moveto}B
+/ShowInt{/NL NL 1 add store BC2 grestore/NL NL 1 sub store}B
+/charStr(.)def/Strk 0 def/Sstrk{/Strk 1 store}B
+/Cfill{PaintType 0 eq{Strk 0 eq{exec}{gsave exec grestore
+currentgray 0 ne{0 setgray}if stroke}ifelse}{pop stroke}ifelse}B
+/Fill{{fill}Cfill}def/Eofill{{eofill}Cfill}def/Cp{closepath 0 0 moveto}def
+/ShowExt{EFN exch get findfont setfont matrix currentmatrix exch
+InvMtx concat 0 0 moveto charStr 0 3 -1 roll put PaintType 0 ne Strk 0 ne
+or currentgray 0 ne or{charStr false charpath setmatrix Fill}
+{charStr show pop}ifelse grestore}B/stringtype{{UCS}forall}B
+/arraytype/exec load def/packedarraytype/exec load def
+/BuildChar{AltRT6 begin exch begin BC2 end end}B
+/BC2{save exch StrokeWidth setlinewidth/Strk 0 store
+Encoding exch get dup CharDefs exch known not{pop/.notdef}if
+CharDefs exch get newpath dup type exec restore}B
+/UVec[{rmoveto}{rlineto}{rcurveto}{ShowExt}{]concat}{Cache}{setlinewidth}
+{ShowInt}{setlinecap}{setlinejoin}{gsave}{[}{Fill}{Eofill}{stroke}{SetWid}
+{100 mul add}{100 mul}{100 div}{Cp}{Sstrk}{setgray}]def
+/UCS{dup 200 lt{100 sub}{dup 233 lt{216 sub 100 mul add}
+{233 sub UVec exch get exec}ifelse}ifelse}B
+/CD{/NF exch def{exch dup/FID ne{exch NF 3 1 roll put}
+{pop pop}ifelse}forall NF}B
+/MN{1 index length/Len exch def dup length Len add string dup
+Len 4 -1 roll putinterval dup 0 4 -1 roll putinterval}B
+/RC{(|______)anchorsearch {1 index MN cvn/NewN exch def cvn
+findfont dup maxlength dict CD dup/FontName NewN put dup
+/Encoding MacVec put NewN exch definefont pop}{pop}ifelse}B
+/RF{dup cvn FontDirectory exch known{pop}{RC}ifelse}B
+/MacVec 256 array def MacVec 0 /Helvetica findfont
+/Encoding get 0 128 getinterval putinterval MacVec 127 /DEL put
+MacVec 16#27 /quotesingle put MacVec 16#60 /grave put/NUL/SOH/STX/ETX
+/EOT/ENQ/ACK/BEL/BS/HT/LF/VT/FF/CR/SO/SI/DLE/DC1/DC2/DC3/DC4/NAK/SYN
+/ETB/CAN/EM/SUB/ESC/FS/GS/RS/US MacVec 0 32 getinterval astore pop
+/Adieresis/Aring/Ccedilla/Eacute/Ntilde/Odieresis/Udieresis/aacute
+/agrave/acircumflex/adieresis/atilde/aring/ccedilla/eacute/egrave
+/ecircumflex/edieresis/iacute/igrave/icircumflex/idieresis/ntilde/oacute
+/ograve/ocircumflex/odieresis/otilde/uacute/ugrave/ucircumflex/udieresis
+/dagger/degree/cent/sterling/section/bullet/paragraph/germandbls
+/register/copyright/trademark/acute/dieresis/notequal/AE/Oslash
+/infinity/plusminus/lessequal/greaterequal/yen/mu/partialdiff/summation
+/product/pi/integral/ordfeminine/ordmasculine/Omega/ae/oslash
+/questiondown/exclamdown/logicalnot/radical/florin/approxequal/Delta/guillemotleft
+/guillemotright/ellipsis/nbspace/Agrave/Atilde/Otilde/OE/oe
+/endash/emdash/quotedblleft/quotedblright/quoteleft/quoteright/divide/lozenge
+/ydieresis/Ydieresis/fraction/currency/guilsinglleft/guilsinglright/fi/fl
+/daggerdbl/periodcentered/quotesinglbase/quotedblbase
+/perthousand/Acircumflex/Ecircumflex/Aacute
+/Edieresis/Egrave/Iacute/Icircumflex/Idieresis/Igrave/Oacute/Ocircumflex
+/apple/Ograve/Uacute/Ucircumflex/Ugrave/dotlessi/circumflex/tilde
+/macron/breve/dotaccent/ring/cedilla/hungarumlaut/ogonek/caron
+MacVec 128 128 getinterval astore pop end end
+%%%%%%
+%%EndProlog
+/$DemoMoreMath 19 dict def $DemoMoreMath begin/PaintType 0 def/FontType 3 def
+/StrokeWidth 60 def/FontBBox[-91 -300 1603 900]def %/UniqueID 4475750 def
+/FontMatrix[0.001000 0 0 0.001000 0 0]def/InvMtx[1000 0 0 1000 0 0]def
+/CharDefs 257 dict def/FontName (DemoMoreMath) def
+/BuildChar{AltRT6/BuildChar get exec}def
+/FontInfo 3 dict def FontInfo begin
+/UnderlinePosition -160 def/UnderlineThickness 20 def end
+/Encoding AltRT6/MacVec get def CharDefs begin/.notdef{500 0 setcharwidth} def
+/SOH {815 0 432 -58 858 538 Cache 540 30 rmoveto 210 210 rlineto -210 210
+rlineto stroke }def
+/STX {580 0 -104 187 685 453 Cache 537 320 rmoveto -56 -80 -174 -80 -257
+0 rcurveto -83 80 -180 80 -236 0 rcurveto stroke }def
+/ETX {1000 0 -221 88 1221 394 Cache 0 240 rmoveto 1000 0 rlineto -120 80
+rmoveto 120 -80 rlineto -120 -78 rlineto stroke }def
+/EOT {575 0 -81 -3 691 483 Cache 545 400 rmoveto -320 0 rlineto -87 0 -160
+-73 -160 -160 rcurveto 0 -86 72 -160 158 -160 rcurveto 322 0 rlineto
+stroke }def
+/ENQ {380 0 74 250 306 450 Cache 160 350 rmoveto 0 -40 60 -40 60 0
+rcurveto 0 40 -60 40 -60 0 rcurveto Cp stroke }def
+/ACK {1000 0 -163 -83 938 706 Cache 40 setlinewidth 10 630 rmoveto 0 -160
+rlineto 120 160 rmoveto 120 0 rlineto 0 -80 rlineto -120 0 rlineto 0 -80
+rlineto 120 0 rlineto 120 160 rmoveto 120 0 rlineto 0 -160 rlineto -120
+0 rlineto 0 80 rmoveto 120 0 rlineto -490 -165 rmoveto 0 -105 rlineto 120
+0 rlineto -50 45 rmoveto 0 -100 rlineto 305 165 rmoveto -120 0
+rlineto 0 -80 rlineto 120 0 rlineto 0 -80 rlineto -120 0 rlineto 220 150
+rmoveto 0 -160 rlineto 120 0 rlineto 0 80 rlineto -120 0 rlineto 180 80
+rmoveto 120 0 rlineto 0 -160 rlineto -775 -60 rmoveto 0 -160 rlineto 120
+0 rlineto 0 160 rlineto Cp 0 80 rmoveto 120 0 rlineto 251 -87 rmoveto 0
+160 rlineto -120 0 rlineto 0 -80 rlineto 120 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/BEL {1570 0 -203 -87 1829 832 Cache 1103 715 rmoveto 0 -700 rlineto 219
+0 rlineto 100 0 221 58 221 203 rcurveto 0 160 -147 194 -164 193
+rcurveto -1 0 75 37 75 136 rcurveto 0 119 -94 168 -180 168 rcurveto
+Cp 1143 675 rmoveto 0 -255 rlineto 140 0 rlineto 77 0 131 53 131 127
+rcurveto 0 76 -49 128 -137 128 rcurveto Cp 1143 381 rmoveto 0 -326
+rlineto 180 0 rlineto 70 0 182 41 180 163 rcurveto -1 118 -114 163 -180
+163 rcurveto Cp 83 730 rmoveto 0 -700 rlineto 40 0 rlineto 0 350
+rlineto 131 0 rlineto 71 0 189 43 190 176 rcurveto 1 132 -116 174 -190
+174 rcurveto Cp 123 420 rmoveto 0 271 rlineto 130 0 rlineto 41 0 152 -21
+151 -135 rcurveto -1 -110 -113 -136 -150 -136 rcurveto Cp 520 720
+rmoveto 0 -700 rlineto 232 0 rlineto 53 0 315 43 314 351 rcurveto -1 303
+-256 349 -312 349 rcurveto Cp 560 681 rmoveto 0 -621 rlineto 190 0
+rlineto 41 0 275 38 276 311 rcurveto 1 273 -227 310 -272 310 rcurveto
+Cp stroke }def
+/space {1000 0 -1 -1 1 1 Cache 0 0 rmoveto Fill }def
+/exclam {1095 0 -157 83 1285 447 Cache 1064 160 rmoveto -1000 0
+rlineto 210 210 rlineto stroke }def
+/quotedbl {845 0 -159 -91 999 571 Cache 2 setlinejoin 330 480 rmoveto 480
+-240 rlineto -480 -240 rlineto -300 480 rmoveto 480 -240 rlineto -480 -240
+rlineto stroke }def
+/numbersign {0 0 62 452 474 618 Cache 40 setlinewidth 148 570 rmoveto 120
+-70 rlineto 120 70 rlineto stroke }def
+/dollar {1095 0 -191 33 1251 397 Cache 30 320 rmoveto 1000 0 rlineto -210
+-210 rlineto stroke }def
+/percent {80 0 -59 165 200 475 Cache 111 240 rmoveto -1 0 rlineto -43 0
+-80 37 -80 80 rcurveto 0 43 37 80 80 80 rcurveto 1 0 rlineto stroke }
+def
+/ampersand {560 0 -113 89 673 315 Cache 35 244 rmoveto 5 -4 rlineto 80
+-64 143 -80 240 -80 rcurveto 97 0 160 16 240 80 rcurveto 5 4 rlineto
+stroke }def
+/parenleft {545 0 -116 -91 656 571 Cache 510 480 rmoveto -80 -160 -260
+-240 -460 -240 rcurveto -20 0 rlineto 20 0 rlineto 200 0 380 -80 460 -240
+rcurveto stroke }def
+/parenright {545 0 -111 -91 661 571 Cache 35 480 rmoveto 80 -160 260 -240
+460 -240 rcurveto 20 0 rlineto -20 0 rlineto -200 0 -380 -80 -460 -240
+rcurveto stroke }def
+/asterisk {560 0 -113 85 673 311 Cache 35 156 rmoveto 5 4 rlineto 80 64
+143 80 240 80 rcurveto 97 0 160 -16 240 -80 rcurveto 5 -4 rlineto
+stroke }def
+/plus {1095 0 -191 75 1251 615 Cache 30 320 rmoveto 1000 0 rlineto -210
+210 rlineto -790 -370 rmoveto 1000 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/comma {735 0 -69 -88 817 570 Cache 0 setlinewidth 30 480 rmoveto 0 -80
+120 -80 120 0 rcurveto 0 80 -120 80 -120 0 rcurveto Cp 590 480
+rmoveto 0 -80 120 -80 120 0 rcurveto 0 80 -120 80 -120 0 rcurveto Cp 30
+0 rmoveto 0 -78 118 -78 118 0 rcurveto 0 78 -118 78 -118 0 rcurveto
+Cp 600 0 rmoveto 0 -78 118 -78 118 0 rcurveto 0 78 -118 78 -118 0
+rcurveto Cp Fill }def
+/hyphen {380 0 -93 166 473 454 Cache 30 240 rmoveto 320 0 rlineto -190
+110 rmoveto 0 -40 60 -40 60 0 rcurveto 0 40 -60 40 -60 0 rcurveto Cp
+stroke }def
+/period {735 0 -68 -88 808 570 Cache 0 setlinewidth 30 480 rmoveto 0 -80
+120 -80 120 0 rcurveto 0 80 -120 80 -120 0 rcurveto Cp 590 480
+rmoveto 0 -80 120 -80 120 0 rcurveto 0 80 -120 80 -120 0 rcurveto Cp 310
+0 rmoveto 0 -78 118 -78 118 0 rcurveto 0 78 -118 78 -118 0 rcurveto
+Cp Fill }def
+/slash {610 0 -81 -91 691 571 Cache 305 240 rmoveto 240 240 rlineto 0 -480
+rlineto Cp 65 480 rmoveto 240 -240 rlineto -240 -240 rlineto Cp
+stroke }def
+/zero {580 0 -77 -89 657 539 Cache 65 225 rmoveto 0 -300 450 -300 450 0
+rcurveto 0 300 -450 300 -450 0 rcurveto Cp 269 225 rmoveto 0 -26 40 -26
+40 0 rcurveto 0 26 -40 26 -40 0 rcurveto Cp stroke }def
+/one {1 167 SetWid 0 setlinewidth 100 0 rmoveto stroke }def
+/two {1 333 SetWid 0 setlinewidth 240 0 rmoveto Fill }def
+/three {1 1000 SetWid 0 setlinewidth 240 0 rmoveto Fill }def
+/colon {850 0 -154 -91 1004 571 Cache 2 setlinejoin 515 480 rmoveto -480
+-240 rlineto 480 -240 rlineto 300 480 rmoveto -480 -240 rlineto 480 -240
+rlineto stroke }def
+/semicolon {230 0 -14 -193 244 523 Cache 40 setlinewidth 55 450
+rmoveto 0 -120 rlineto 120 0 rlineto 0 120 rlineto Cp 55 120 rmoveto 0
+-120 rlineto 120 0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto 0 120 rlineto Cp 115
+-120 rmoveto 50 120 rlineto -50 0 rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/less {550 0 -111 -259 661 579 Cache 2 setlinejoin 515 480 rmoveto -480
+-240 rlineto 480 -240 rlineto -480 80 rmoveto 480 -240 rlineto stroke }
+def
+/equal {560 0 -113 -7 673 487 Cache 35 404 rmoveto 5 -4 rlineto 80 -64
+143 -80 240 -80 rcurveto 97 0 160 16 240 80 rcurveto 5 4 rlineto -490 -328
+rmoveto 5 4 rlineto 80 64 143 80 240 80 rcurveto 97 0 160 -16 240 -80
+rcurveto 5 -4 rlineto stroke }def
+/greater {550 0 -111 -259 661 579 Cache 2 setlinejoin 35 480 rmoveto 480
+-240 rlineto -480 -240 rlineto 480 80 rmoveto -480 -240 rlineto
+stroke }def
+/at {1095 0 -157 33 1285 397 Cache 1064 320 rmoveto -1000 0 rlineto 210
+-210 rlineto stroke }def
+/B {510 0 -61 -55 571 705 Cache 40 setlinewidth 172 348 rmoveto 78 0
+rlineto 102 0 210 -61 210 -163 rcurveto 0 -103 -107 -165 -210 -165
+rcurveto -200 0 rlineto 0 610 rlineto 200 0 rlineto 88 0 181 -52 180 -140
+rcurveto -1 -87 -93 -136 -180 -136 rcurveto -78 0 rlineto -2 -332
+rmoveto 0 599 rlineto 170 -292 rmoveto 0 -290 rlineto 0 335 rmoveto 0 235
+rlineto stroke }def
+/C {620 0 -79 -77 718 723 Cache 40 setlinewidth 589 582 rmoveto 0 0 -61
+64 -229 64 rcurveto -140 0 -310 -115 -310 -323 rcurveto 0 -205 172 -323
+310 -323 rcurveto 161 0 229 67 229 67 rcurveto -419 510 rmoveto 0 -506
+rlineto stroke }def
+/D {860 0 -103 -99 1003 739 Cache 80 0 rmoveto 370 640 rlineto 370 -640
+rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/E {660 0 -133 -47 793 527 Cache 30 320 rmoveto 180 0 rlineto 0 1
+rlineto 0 35 10 61 34 85 rcurveto 24 24 51 34 86 34 rcurveto 35 0 60 -10
+85 -34 rcurveto 25 -24 35 -50 35 -85 rcurveto 0 -1 rlineto 180 0
+rlineto -600 -160 rmoveto 180 0 rlineto 0 -1 rlineto 0 -35 10 -61 34 -85
+rcurveto 24 -24 51 -34 86 -34 rcurveto 35 0 60 10 85 34 rcurveto 25 24
+35 50 35 85 rcurveto 0 1 rlineto 180 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/F {450 0 -62 -348 509 689 Cache 337 531 rmoveto -149 150 -375 -75 -226
+-225 rcurveto 149 -150 375 75 226 225 rcurveto Cp 225 252 rmoveto 0 -492
+rlineto -160 120 rmoveto 320 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/G {550 0 -111 -91 661 571 Cache 2 setlinejoin 35 480 rmoveto 480 -240
+rlineto -480 -240 rlineto 240 240 rmoveto -240 120 rlineto 240 -120
+rlineto -240 -120 rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/H {0 0 -195 671 1195 849 Cache 40 setlinewidth 1000 720 rmoveto -1000
+0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto 80 80 rlineto stroke }def
+/I {850 0 -116 -277 966 957 Cache 65 -160 rmoveto 0 640 rlineto 0 197 163
+360 360 360 rcurveto 197 0 360 -163 360 -360 rcurveto 0 -640 rlineto
+stroke }def
+/J {1 0 SetWid 0 setlinewidth 0 760 rmoveto 0 -280 rlineto 480 0
+rlineto 0 280 rlineto Cp Fill }def
+/L {550 0 -111 -91 661 571 Cache 2 setlinejoin 515 480 rmoveto -480 -240
+rlineto 480 -240 rlineto -240 240 rmoveto 240 120 rlineto -240 -120
+rlineto 240 -120 rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/M {759 0 -104 -97 872 737 Cache 65 160 rmoveto 0 -212 319 -212 319 0
+rcurveto 0 212 -319 212 -319 0 rcurveto Cp 342 278 rmoveto 361 361
+rlineto -160 0 rmoveto 160 0 rlineto 0 -160 rlineto stroke }def
+/N {580 0 -71 -55 651 705 Cache 40 setlinewidth 51 629 rmoveto 359 -609
+rlineto 120 0 rlineto 0 610 rlineto -480 -610 rmoveto 0 610 rlineto 115
+0 rlineto 362 -605 rlineto stroke }def
+/O {640 0 -169 -97 809 738 Cache 0 320 rmoveto 0 -426 640 -426 640 0
+rcurveto 0 426 -640 426 -640 0 rcurveto Cp stroke }def
+/P {900 0 -168 -229 1068 829 Cache 750 720 rmoveto 0 -840 rlineto -600
+0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto 0 840 rlineto -120 -840 rmoveto 840 0
+rlineto stroke }def
+/Q {750 0 -91 -79 844 724 Cache 40 setlinewidth 266 40 rmoveto 18 21 27
+39 48 56 rcurveto 33 27 60 48 104 48 rcurveto 39 0 69 -8 96 -36
+rcurveto 88 -90 rlineto 6 -6 rlineto 9 -9 21 -14 34 -14 rcurveto 13 0 27
+2 32 13 rcurveto 1 2 2 5 3 8 rcurveto -108 40 rmoveto 4 2 13 8 13 8
+rcurveto 161 73 214 580 -212 580 rcurveto -425 0 -420 -645 6 -647
+rcurveto 102 0 178 46 178 46 rcurveto 0 0 6 5 9 7 rcurveto -393 528
+rmoveto 0 -510 rlineto 410 509 rmoveto 0 -497 rlineto stroke }def
+/R {520 0 -62 -55 582 705 Cache 40 setlinewidth 296 596 rmoveto 1 -236
+rmoveto 0 -38 rmoveto 173 -302 rlineto -120 0 rlineto -171 306
+rlineto 115 0 rlineto 72 0 166 39 166 152 rcurveto 0 117 -99 152 -163 152
+rcurveto -247 0 rlineto 0 -610 rlineto 120 0 rlineto 0 610 rlineto 180
+-10 rmoveto 0 -284 rlineto stroke }def
+/S {610 0 -81 -99 691 749 Cache 65 0 rmoveto 0 650 rlineto 480 0
+rlineto 0 -650 rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/T {700 0 -139 -99 839 739 Cache 30 640 rmoveto 320 0 rlineto 320 0
+rlineto -320 -640 rmoveto 0 640 rlineto stroke }def
+/U {850 0 -116 -277 966 957 Cache 65 840 rmoveto 0 -640 rlineto 0 -197
+163 -360 360 -360 rcurveto 197 0 360 163 360 360 rcurveto 0 640
+rlineto stroke }def
+/V {685 0 -62 -56 741 705 Cache 40 setlinewidth 398 20 rmoveto -210 610
+rlineto 0 0 rlineto -120 0 rlineto 211 -611 rlineto 120 0 rlineto 212 611
+rmoveto -212 -611 rlineto stroke }def
+/X {730 0 -98 -97 828 697 Cache 65 0 rmoveto 600 600 rlineto 0 -296
+rmoveto 0 296 rlineto -296 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/Y {730 0 -98 -96 828 695 Cache 665 0 rmoveto -600 599 rlineto 304 -599
+rmoveto 296 0 rlineto 0 296 rlineto stroke }def
+/Z {580 0 -72 -55 662 705 Cache 40 setlinewidth 500 20 rmoveto -450 0
+rlineto 370 605 rlineto -330 5 rmoveto 450 0 rlineto -370 -610
+rlineto stroke }def
+/bracketleft {595 0 -84 -3 714 483 Cache 565 80 rmoveto -500 0
+rlineto 0 320 rlineto 500 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/backslash {310 0 -38 -267 348 757 Cache 65 650 rmoveto 0 -810
+rlineto 0 0 rlineto 180 810 rmoveto 0 -810 rlineto stroke }def
+/bracketright {595 0 -119 -3 679 483 Cache 30 80 rmoveto 500 0
+rlineto 0 320 rlineto -500 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/asciicircum {80 0 -120 165 139 475 Cache -31 240 rmoveto 1 0 rlineto 43
+0 80 37 80 80 rcurveto 0 43 -37 80 -80 80 rcurveto -1 0 rlineto
+stroke }def
+/underscore {580 0 -77 -89 657 539 Cache 1 setlinecap 65 225 rmoveto 0
+-300 450 -300 450 0 rcurveto 0 300 -450 300 -450 0 rcurveto Cp 215 225
+rmoveto 151 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/a {815 0 -151 -58 931 538 Cache 30 160 rmoveto 640 0 rlineto -640 160
+rmoveto 640 0 rlineto -340 130 rmoveto 0 -420 rlineto 210 0 rmoveto 210
+210 rlineto -210 210 rlineto stroke }def
+/b {490 0 -64 -267 554 757 Cache 65 645 rmoveto 0 0 rlineto 0 5
+rlineto 360 0 rlineto 0 -810 rlineto -360 0 rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/c {420 0 -151 589 571 811 Cache 40 setlinewidth -30 640 rmoveto 38 34
+55 67 100 90 rcurveto 48 25 85 30 140 30 rcurveto 53 0 88 -7 135 -30
+rcurveto 47 -23 65 -56 105 -90 rcurveto -120 0 rmoveto 120 0 rlineto 0
+120 rlineto stroke }def
+/d {470 0 -61 -13 530 492 Cache 65 240 rmoveto 170 169 rlineto 169 -169
+rlineto -169 -170 rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/e {660 0 -133 79 793 521 Cache 30 160 rmoveto 600 0 rlineto -600 160
+rmoveto 180 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto 0 35 10 61 34 85 rcurveto 24 24 51 34
+86 34 rcurveto 35 0 60 -10 85 -34 rcurveto 25 -24 35 -50 35 -85
+rcurveto 0 -1 rlineto 180 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/g {605 0 -87 -260 689 579 Cache 2 setlinejoin 60 480 rmoveto 480 -240
+rlineto -480 -240 rlineto 482 -89 rmoveto -41 -88 -152 -94 -248 -30
+rcurveto -95 64 -191 47 -232 -41 rcurveto stroke }def
+/h {0 0 -93 671 653 849 Cache 40 setlinewidth 530 720 rmoveto -500 0
+rlineto 80 80 rlineto stroke }def
+/i {0 0 192 -267 348 757 Cache 270 650 rmoveto 0 -810 rlineto 0 0
+rlineto stroke }def
+/j {435 0 -63 -91 503 571 Cache 60 160 rmoveto 80 -160 rlineto 240 480
+rlineto stroke }def
+/l {610 0 -85 -260 692 579 Cache 545 480 rmoveto -480 -240 rlineto 480
+-240 rlineto -3 -89 rmoveto -41 -88 -152 -94 -248 -30 rcurveto -95 64 -191
+47 -232 -41 rcurveto stroke }def
+/m {880 0 -120 -58 1000 538 Cache 65 400 rmoveto 0 -320 rlineto 0 160
+rmoveto 750 0 rlineto -210 -210 rmoveto 210 210 rlineto -210 210
+rlineto stroke }def
+/n {610 0 -81 -91 691 571 Cache 65 0 rmoveto 0 480 rlineto 480 0
+rlineto 0 -480 rlineto stroke }def
+/o {690 0 -171 -99 821 749 Cache 0 320 rmoveto 0 -426 640 -426 640 0
+rcurveto 0 426 -640 426 -640 0 rcurveto Cp 0 650 rmoveto 650 -650
+rlineto stroke }def
+/p {870 0 -163 -99 1033 749 Cache 190 650 rmoveto 0 -650 rlineto 0 0
+rlineto -160 0 rmoveto 810 0 rlineto -650 240 rmoveto 240 0 rlineto 0 -240
+rlineto stroke }def
+/r {240 0 -43 -171 343 826 Cache 65 720 rmoveto 33 -135 46 -239 47 -360
+rcurveto 2 -146 -10 -265 -52 -425 rcurveto 180 785 rmoveto -175 0
+rlineto 0 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/s {370 0 -47 41 417 439 Cache 65 360 rmoveto 240 0 rlineto 0 -240
+rlineto -240 0 rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/t {575 0 -81 -99 691 739 Cache 65 0 rmoveto 0 640 rlineto 0 -320
+rlineto 480 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/u {610 0 -81 -91 691 571 Cache 65 480 rmoveto 0 -240 rlineto 0 -131 109
+-240 240 -240 rcurveto 131 0 240 109 240 240 rcurveto 0 240 rlineto -360
+-160 rmoveto 240 0 rlineto -120 120 rmoveto 0 -235 rlineto stroke }
+def
+/w {610 0 -81 -91 691 571 Cache 65 480 rmoveto 0 -480 rlineto 480 0
+rlineto 0 480 rlineto stroke }def
+/x {730 0 -98 -97 828 697 Cache 65 0 rmoveto 600 600 rlineto stroke }
+def
+/y {730 0 -98 -96 828 695 Cache 665 0 rmoveto -600 599 rlineto stroke }
+def
+/braceleft {630 0 -84 -171 714 491 Cache 2 setlinecap 565 80 rmoveto -500
+0 rlineto 0 320 rlineto 500 0 rlineto -500 -480 rmoveto 500 0 rlineto
+stroke }def
+/bar {490 0 -64 -267 554 757 Cache 65 650 rmoveto 0 -810 rlineto 0 0
+rlineto 180 810 rmoveto 0 -810 rlineto 180 810 rmoveto 0 -810 rlineto
+stroke }def
+/braceright {630 0 -84 -171 714 491 Cache 2 setlinecap 65 80 rmoveto 500
+0 rlineto 0 320 rlineto -500 0 rlineto 500 -480 rmoveto -500 0
+rlineto stroke }def
+/asciitilde {1090 0 -150 -91 1240 571 Cache 2 setlinecap 65 0 rmoveto 0
+480 rlineto 480 0 rlineto 0 -480 rlineto 0 480 rmoveto 0 -480 rlineto 480
+0 rlineto 0 480 rlineto stroke }def
+/Aring {0 0 95 650 361 869 Cache 40 setlinewidth 165 700 rmoveto 126 119
+rlineto stroke }def
+/Ccedilla {275 0 -71 -89 313 719 Cache 32 8 rmoveto 78 45 121 90 152 165
+rcurveto 20 50 23 87 23 142 rcurveto 0 67 -9 112 -40 171 rcurveto -33 64
+-68 98 -132 136 rcurveto 175 -614 rmoveto -176 0 rlineto 0 175
+rlineto stroke }def
+/aacute {1000 0 -149 168 649 852 Cache 0 260 rmoveto 500 0 rlineto 0 500
+rlineto stroke }def
+/acircumflex {1000 0 -221 168 1221 852 Cache 500 260 rmoveto 0 500
+rlineto -500 -500 rmoveto 1000 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/adieresis {800 0 -109 -91 914 571 Cache 740 0 rmoveto -675 0 rlineto 480
+480 rlineto -222 -223 rmoveto 31 -34 53 -59 72 -102 rcurveto 11 -26 16
+-45 21 -73 rcurveto 6 -30 8 -51 9 -82 rcurveto stroke }def
+/aring {0 0 80 449 346 680 Cache 40 setlinewidth 150 500 rmoveto 126 129
+rlineto stroke }def
+/ccedilla {275 0 -71 -97 313 711 Cache 32 614 rmoveto 78 -45 121 -90 152
+-165 rcurveto 20 -50 23 -87 23 -142 rcurveto 0 -67 -9 -112 -40 -171
+rcurveto -33 -64 -68 -98 -132 -136 rcurveto 175 614 rmoveto -176 0
+rlineto 0 -175 rlineto stroke }def
+/eacute {1000 0 351 168 1149 852 Cache 500 760 rmoveto 0 -500 rlineto 500
+0 rlineto stroke }def
+/ecircumflex {1000 0 351 -357 1149 877 Cache 500 -240 rmoveto 0 1000
+rlineto 0 -500 rmoveto 500 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/iacute {1000 0 351 -332 1149 352 Cache 1000 260 rmoveto -500 0
+rlineto 0 -500 rlineto stroke }def
+/icircumflex {1000 0 -221 -332 1221 352 Cache 500 -240 rmoveto 0 500
+rlineto -500 0 rmoveto 1000 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/oacute {1000 0 -149 -332 649 352 Cache 500 -240 rmoveto 0 500
+rlineto -500 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/ocircumflex {1000 0 -149 -357 649 877 Cache 500 -240 rmoveto 0 1000
+rlineto -500 -500 rmoveto 500 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/ucircumflex {1000 0 -221 -357 1221 877 Cache 500 -240 rmoveto 0 1000
+rlineto -500 -500 rmoveto 1000 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/dagger {635 0 -125 -99 725 739 Cache 570 0 rmoveto 0 640 rlineto 0 -320
+rlineto -540 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/degree {0 0 -123 565 623 875 Cache 40 setlinewidth 400 820 rmoveto 100
+-100 rlineto -500 0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto 400 -100 rmoveto 100 100
+rlineto stroke }def
+/cent {0 0 -123 510 623 600 Cache 40 setlinewidth 500 555 rmoveto -500
+0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/sterling {1095 0 -191 163 1251 527 Cache 30 240 rmoveto 1000 0
+rlineto -210 210 rlineto stroke }def
+/section {0 0 62 449 474 671 Cache 40 setlinewidth 148 500 rmoveto 120
+120 rlineto 120 -120 rlineto 0 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/bullet {0 0 -123 400 623 710 Cache 40 setlinewidth 400 655 rmoveto 100
+-100 rlineto -500 0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto 400 -100 rmoveto 100 100
+rlineto stroke }def
+/paragraph {0 0 72 452 466 618 Cache 40 setlinewidth 156 570 rmoveto 23
+-46 61 -70 112 -70 rcurveto 51 0 89 23 114 70 rcurveto stroke }def
+/copyright {0 0 80 449 348 679 Cache 40 setlinewidth 278 500 rmoveto -128
+128 rlineto stroke }def
+/trademark {0 0 199 499 381 542 Cache 0 setlinewidth 320 520 rmoveto 0
+-26 40 -26 40 0 rcurveto 0 26 -40 26 -40 0 rcurveto Cp 320 519
+rmoveto 0 0 0 0 0 0 rcurveto 0 0 0 0 0 0 rcurveto Cp 220 520 rmoveto 0
+-26 40 -26 40 0 rcurveto 0 26 -40 26 -40 0 rcurveto Cp 220 519
+rmoveto 0 0 0 0 0 0 rcurveto 0 0 0 0 0 0 rcurveto Cp Fill }def
+/notequal {580 0 -109 82 689 465 Cache 40 160 rmoveto 500 0 rlineto -5
+201 rmoveto -48 -84 -166 -95 -256 -23 rcurveto -89 72 -187 63 -235 -21
+rcurveto stroke }def
+/AE {600 0 -108 71 690 703 Cache 541 160 rmoveto -500 0 rlineto 0 160
+rmoveto 0 0 rlineto 500 0 rlineto -500 294 rlineto stroke }def
+/Oslash {0 0 126 648 384 870 Cache 40 setlinewidth 195 759 rmoveto 0 -80
+120 -80 120 0 rcurveto 0 80 -120 80 -120 0 rcurveto Cp stroke }def
+/infinity {0 0 -115 462 594 657 Cache 40 setlinewidth 475 580 rmoveto -48
+-84 -146 -93 -236 -21 rcurveto -89 72 -187 64 -235 -20 rcurveto
+stroke }def
+/plusminus {1095 0 -156 -135 1286 405 Cache 1065 160 rmoveto -1000 0
+rlineto 210 -210 rlineto 790 370 rmoveto -1000 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/lessequal {450 0 -58 -179 508 659 Cache 65 240 rmoveto 320 320
+rlineto 0 -640 rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/greaterequal {450 0 -58 -179 508 659 Cache 385 240 rmoveto -320 320
+rlineto 0 -640 rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/yen {730 0 -98 -96 828 695 Cache 665 0 rmoveto -600 599 rlineto 295 0
+rmoveto -295 0 rlineto 0 -296 rlineto stroke }def
+/mu {575 0 -111 -3 661 483 Cache 35 400 rmoveto 320 0 rlineto 87 0 160
+-73 160 -160 rcurveto 0 -86 -72 -160 -158 -160 rcurveto -322 0
+rlineto 250 160 rmoveto 0 40 -60 40 -60 0 rcurveto 0 -40 60 -40 60 0
+rcurveto Cp stroke }def
+/partialdiff {610 0 -101 27 711 748 Cache 2 setlinecap 65 240 rmoveto 240
+415 rlineto 240 -415 rlineto Cp 50 120 rmoveto 510 0 rlineto stroke }
+def
+/summation {0 0 -78 -257 658 -62 Cache 40 setlinewidth 536 -138
+rmoveto -48 -84 -166 -94 -256 -22 rcurveto -89 72 -188 63 -236 -21
+rcurveto stroke }def
+/integral {1095 0 -191 -267 1251 757 Cache 270 645 rmoveto 0 0
+rlineto 0 5 rlineto 360 0 rlineto 0 -810 rlineto -360 0 rlineto Cp 30 240
+rmoveto 1000 0 rlineto -210 -210 rmoveto 210 210 rlineto -210 210
+rlineto stroke }def
+/ordmasculine {540 0 -81 -101 616 748 Cache 268 645 rmoveto -277 0 -285
+-645 0 -647 rcurveto 280 -2 277 647 0 647 rcurveto Cp 65 0 rmoveto 413
+649 rlineto stroke }def
+/ae {550 0 -111 -311 661 791 Cache 2 setlinejoin 35 680 rmoveto 480 -240
+rlineto -480 -240 rlineto 480 80 rmoveto -480 -240 rlineto 480 240
+rmoveto -480 -240 rlineto 480 -240 rlineto stroke }def
+/oslash {0 0 126 448 384 670 Cache 40 setlinewidth 195 559 rmoveto 0 -80
+120 -80 120 0 rcurveto 0 80 -120 80 -120 0 rcurveto Cp stroke }def
+/exclamdown {1000 0 264 499 316 542 Cache 0 setlinewidth 270 520
+rmoveto 0 -26 40 -26 40 0 rcurveto 0 26 -40 26 -40 0 rcurveto Cp Fill }
+def
+/logicalnot {575 0 -81 -3 691 483 Cache 545 400 rmoveto -320 0
+rlineto -87 0 -160 -73 -160 -160 rcurveto 0 -86 72 -160 158 -160
+rcurveto 322 0 rlineto -250 160 rmoveto 0 -40 60 -40 60 0 rcurveto 0 40
+-60 40 -60 0 rcurveto Cp stroke }def
+/florin {615 0 -86 -99 731 739 Cache 65 0 rmoveto 0 640 rlineto 0 -320
+rlineto 515 0 rlineto -360 320 rmoveto 0 -640 rlineto stroke }def
+/approxequal {730 0 -98 -97 828 697 Cache 65 0 rmoveto 600 600
+rlineto -599 -303 rmoveto -1 -296 rlineto 296 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/Delta {260 0 -19 -84 290 591 Cache 136 500 rmoveto 80 -55 79 -173 0 -257
+rcurveto -79 -83 -80 -181 0 -236 rcurveto stroke }def
+/guillemotleft {1000 0 -221 193 1221 327 Cache 0 260 rmoveto 1000 0
+rlineto stroke }def
+/guillemotright {1000 0 422 -357 578 877 Cache 500 -240 rmoveto 0 1000
+rlineto stroke }def
+/ellipsis {550 0 -111 -311 661 791 Cache 2 setlinejoin 515 680
+rmoveto -480 -240 rlineto 480 -240 rlineto -480 80 rmoveto 480 -240
+rlineto -480 240 rmoveto 480 -240 rlineto -480 -240 rlineto stroke }
+def
+/endash {540 0 -116 -97 656 697 Cache 30 240 rmoveto 480 0 rlineto -5 0
+rlineto 0 0 rlineto 5 0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto -240 240 rmoveto 0 -480
+rlineto 0 0 rlineto -240 600 rmoveto 480 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/quotedblleft {310 0 -46 -269 366 804 Cache 2 setlinecap 260 695
+rmoveto -200 0 rlineto 0 -855 rlineto 200 0 rlineto -100 854 rmoveto 0
+-854 rlineto stroke }def
+/quotedblright {590 0 -81 -91 691 571 Cache 545 0 rmoveto -480 0
+rlineto 480 480 rlineto stroke }def
+/quoteleft {325 0 -46 -269 366 804 Cache 2 setlinecap 60 695 rmoveto 200
+0 rlineto 0 -855 rlineto -200 0 rlineto 100 854 rmoveto 0 -854
+rlineto stroke }def
+/quoteright {590 0 -101 -91 671 571 Cache 45 0 rmoveto 480 0 rlineto -480
+480 rlineto stroke }def
+/lozenge {725 0 -98 -229 828 829 Cache 665 720 rmoveto -300 -840
+rlineto 0 0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto -300 840 rlineto stroke }def
+/fraction {1000 0 264 699 316 742 Cache 270 720 rmoveto 0 -26 40 -26 40
+0 rcurveto 0 26 -40 26 -40 0 rcurveto Cp Fill }def
+/currency {0 0 199 699 381 742 Cache 320 720 rmoveto 0 -26 40 -26 40 0
+rcurveto 0 26 -40 26 -40 0 rcurveto Cp 320 719 rmoveto 0 0 0 0 0 0
+rcurveto 0 0 0 0 0 0 rcurveto Cp 220 720 rmoveto 0 -26 40 -26 40 0
+rcurveto 0 26 -40 26 -40 0 rcurveto Cp 220 719 rmoveto 0 0 0 0 0 0
+rcurveto 0 0 0 0 0 0 rcurveto Cp Fill }def
+/guilsinglleft {0 0 36 630 500 840 Cache 148 770 rmoveto 120 -70
+rlineto 120 70 rlineto stroke }def
+/guilsinglright {0 0 -149 653 649 787 Cache 500 720 rmoveto -500 0
+rlineto 0 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/fi {0 0 -141 641 620 880 Cache 475 780 rmoveto -48 -84 -146 -92 -236 -20
+rcurveto -89 72 -187 63 -235 -21 rcurveto stroke }def
+/fl {0 0 36 627 500 893 Cache 148 700 rmoveto 120 120 rlineto 120 -120
+rlineto 0 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/daggerdbl {0 0 72 641 466 807 Cache 40 setlinewidth 156 759 rmoveto 23
+-46 61 -70 112 -70 rcurveto 51 0 89 23 114 70 rcurveto stroke }def
+/periodcentered {545 0 -116 -217 656 577 Cache 510 480 rmoveto -80 -160
+-260 -240 -460 -240 rcurveto -20 0 rlineto 20 0 rlineto 200 0 380 -80 460
+-240 rcurveto -460 130 rmoveto -20 0 rlineto 20 0 rlineto 187 0 335 -90
+415 -250 rcurveto stroke }def
+/quotesinglbase {545 0 -106 -217 666 577 Cache 40 480 rmoveto 80 -160 260
+-240 460 -240 rcurveto 20 0 rlineto -20 0 rlineto -200 0 -380 -80 -460
+-240 rcurveto 460 130 rmoveto 20 0 rlineto -20 0 rlineto -187 0 -335 -90
+-415 -250 rcurveto stroke }def
+/quotedblbase {730 0 -98 -229 828 829 Cache 665 720 rmoveto 0 -840
+rlineto -600 0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto 0 840 rlineto stroke }def
+/perthousand {540 0 -116 -9 656 609 Cache 30 240 rmoveto 480 0
+rlineto -480 160 rmoveto 120 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto 0 35 10 61 34 85
+rcurveto 24 24 51 34 86 34 rcurveto 35 0 60 -10 85 -34 rcurveto 25 -24
+35 -50 35 -85 rcurveto 0 -1 rlineto 120 0 rlineto -480 -320 rmoveto 480
+0 rlineto stroke }def
+/Ecircumflex {575 0 -87 -99 692 739 Cache 65 0 rmoveto 0 640 rlineto 0
+-400 rlineto 0 160 rlineto 480 0 rlineto 0 -160 rmoveto -485 0
+rlineto stroke }def
+/Aacute {730 0 -98 -96 828 695 Cache 665 0 rmoveto -600 599 rlineto 304
+-599 rmoveto 296 0 rlineto 0 296 rlineto -305 303 rmoveto -295 0
+rlineto 0 -296 rlineto stroke }def
+/Edieresis {850 0 -116 -333 966 875 Cache 65 760 rmoveto 0 -618
+rlineto 0 -197 163 -360 360 -360 rcurveto 197 0 360 163 360 360
+rcurveto 0 618 rlineto -605 -525 rmoveto 480 0 rlineto -5 0 rlineto 0 0
+rlineto 5 0 rlineto 0 0 rlineto -240 240 rmoveto 0 -480 rlineto 0 0
+rlineto stroke }def
+/Egrave {0 0 25 -96 605 681 Cache 150 0 rmoveto 330 585 rlineto
+stroke }def
+/Icircumflex {860 0 -123 -99 983 739 Cache 60 640 rmoveto 370 -640
+rlineto 370 640 rlineto Cp stroke }def
+/Idieresis {615 0 -120 -102 706 797 Cache 507 271 rmoveto -148 150 -374
+-73 -226 -223 rcurveto 148 -150 374 73 226 223 rcurveto Cp 407 320
+rmoveto -348 346 rlineto 198 30 rmoveto -225 -227 rlineto stroke }def
+/Igrave {0 0 80 649 348 879 Cache 40 setlinewidth 278 700 rmoveto -128
+128 rlineto stroke }def
+/Oacute {0 0 -45 320 445 630 Cache 40 setlinewidth 50 375 rmoveto 300 200
+rlineto stroke }def
+/Uacute {600 0 -84 71 714 703 Cache 65 160 rmoveto 500 0 rlineto 0 160
+rmoveto 0 0 rlineto -500 0 rlineto 500 294 rlineto stroke }def
+/Ugrave {730 0 -98 -97 828 697 Cache 65 0 rmoveto 600 600 rlineto -600
+-304 rmoveto 0 -296 rlineto 296 0 rlineto 304 304 rmoveto 0 296
+rlineto -296 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/circumflex {730 0 -98 -229 828 829 Cache 65 -120 rmoveto 0 840
+rlineto 600 0 rlineto 0 -840 rlineto stroke }def
+/tilde {735 0 -98 -229 828 829 Cache 65 -120 rmoveto 300 840 rlineto 0
+0 rlineto 300 -840 rlineto stroke }def
+/macron {450 0 -58 -179 508 659 Cache 65 240 rmoveto 320 320 rlineto 0
+-640 rlineto Cp 65 240 rmoveto 320 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/breve {450 0 -58 -179 508 659 Cache 385 240 rmoveto -320 320 rlineto 0
+-640 rlineto Cp 385 240 rmoveto -320 0 rlineto stroke }def
+/dotaccent {0 0 -20 370 470 680 Cache 40 setlinewidth 75 425 rmoveto 300
+200 rlineto stroke }def
+/ogonek {1000 0 -148 -99 1138 739 Cache 105 161 rmoveto 0 -160
+rlineto 256 -1 rmoveto 0 160 rlineto -120 0 rlineto 0 -80 rlineto 120 0
+rlineto 344 80 rmoveto 0 -160 rlineto 120 0 rlineto 0 160 rlineto Cp 705
+80 rmoveto 120 0 rlineto -335 80 rmoveto 0 -160 rlineto 120 0 rlineto 0
+160 rlineto Cp 490 80 rmoveto 120 0 rlineto -20 560 rmoveto 0 -160
+rlineto 120 0 rlineto 0 160 rlineto Cp 815 640 rmoveto 0 -160 rlineto 120
+0 rlineto 0 80 rlineto -120 0 rlineto -760 80 rmoveto 0 -160 rlineto 120
+0 rlineto 0 160 rlineto Cp 275 640 rmoveto 0 -160 rlineto stroke }def
+/caron {1245 0 -183 -118 1368 551 Cache 40 setlinewidth 30 480
+rmoveto 0 -480 rlineto 445 480 rmoveto 0 -480 rlineto -280 0 rmoveto -3
+-60 87 -65 90 -5 rcurveto 3 60 -87 65 -90 5 rcurveto Cp 645 -5
+rmoveto 120 475 rlineto 145 -475 rlineto -220 165 rmoveto 170 0
+rlineto 55 159 rmoveto 240 0 rlineto 0 -320 rlineto stroke }def
+end/EFN[]def
+end systemdict/currentpacking known{SavPak setpacking}if
+/DemoMoreMath $DemoMoreMath definefont pop
+/DemoMoreMath findfont/EFN get AltRT6 begin{RF}forall end
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/pmmr.tfm b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/pmmr.tfm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11dfa6d8c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/pmmr.tfm
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/typeidx.idx b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/typeidx.idx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e69de29bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/typeidx.idx
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdm.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdm.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0cdd35731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdm.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1413 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Mario Wolczko",
+%%% version = "3.01",
+%%% date = "21 May 1992",
+%%% time = "21:05:48 BST",
+%%% filename = "vdm.sty",
+%%% address = "Dept of Computer Science
+%%% The University of Manchester
+%%% Oxford Road
+%%% Manchester M13 9PL
+%%% UK",
+%%% telephone = "+44-61-275-6146",
+%%% FAX = "+44-61-275-6236",
+%%% checksum = "32169 1413 3689 43831",
+%%% email = "mario@cs.man.ac.uk (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX, VDM specification language",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "LaTeX macros for typesetting VDM
+%%% specifications.",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%
+% BSI VDM documentstyle option for LaTeX
+%
+% M. Wolczko
+%
+% Last edited: Thu May 21 21:05:52 1992 by mario (Mario Wolczko) on madarch
+%
+% Dept. of Computer Science Internet: mario@cs.man.ac.uk
+% The University uucp: mcsun!uknet!man.cs!mario
+% Manchester M13 9PL JANET: mario@uk.ac.man.cs
+% U.K. Tel: +44-61-275 6146 (FAX: 6236)
+%
+% Can use either the AMS ms[ab]m fonts or the MoreMath font if
+% available: follow the instructions near the string FONT-CUSTOMIZING.
+%
+%
+%
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Installation-dependent features
+%
+\let\vdm\relax % signal to ps-amsfonts
+
+\newif\ifams@% use AMS fonts?
+\newif\ifps@ % PostScript-based?
+\newif\ifmoremath@ % use MoreMath font?
+\newif\ifnfss@ % NFSS?
+
+% NFSS code is enabled if \selectfont is defined;
+% this is the usual test for the nfss.
+\ifx\selectfont\@undefined
+ \global\nfss@false
+\else
+ \global\nfss@true
+\fi
+
+\ifnfss@
+ % This is a patch for an NFSS bug, from Frank Mittelbach.
+ % It applies to the versions of lfonts.new of NFSS up to
+ %\def\fileversion{v1.3a}
+ %\def\filedate{91/11/27}
+ %\def\docdate {90/01/28}
+
+ \def\extract@alph@from@version#1#2{%
+ % #1 = alph id (cs)
+ % #2 = version (string)
+ \expandafter\extract@alph@from@version@\expandafter
+ #1\csname mv@#2\endcsname}
+
+ \def\extract@alph@from@version@#1#2{%
+ % #1 = alph id (cs)
+ % #2 = version (cs)
+ \def\extract@help##1\gdef#1##2##3\@nil{%
+ \def\@tempa####1{\gdef#2{##1####1##3}}%
+ \def\content@part{##2}}%
+ \expandafter\extract@help#2\@nil
+ \def\extract@group@no@etc\select@group#1##1##2##3\@nil{%
+ % ##1 group no
+ % ##2 extra part
+ % ##3 fam/ser/sha
+ \@tempa{%
+ \getanddefine@fonts{##1}##3%
+ \gdef#1{\use@mathgroup##2{##1}}}}%
+ \expandafter\extract@group@no@etc\content@part\@nil}
+
+ \def\select@group#1#2#3#4{\relax \ifmmode
+ \begingroup
+ \let \math@fonts \@empty
+ \escapechar \m@ne
+ \getanddefine@fonts #2#4%
+ \globaldefs \@ne
+ \math@fonts
+ \endgroup
+ \gdef #1{\use@mathgroup #3{#2}}%
+ \expandafter\extract@alph@from@version
+ \expandafter#1\expandafter{\math@version}%
+ \expandafter #1\fi }
+\fi
+
+\def\@fmtname{lplain}
+\def\@psfmtname{pslplain}
+
+\def\@testcmsy{\if@usecmsy \else
+ \@latexerr{Can't use vdm with this PSLaTeX}%
+ {This PSLaTeX does not have the CMSY symbols
+ available, and cannot be used with VDM style. Get
+ a guru to rebuild PSLaTeX with the CMSY and CMMI
+ fonts included.}\fi}
+\def\@testcmmi{\if@usecmmi \else
+ \@latexerr{Can't use vdm with this PSLaTeX}%
+ {This PSLaTeX does not have the CMMI symbols
+ available, and cannot be used with VDM style. Get
+ a guru to rebuild PSLaTeX with the CMSY and CMMI
+ fonts included.}\fi}
+
+\global\ps@false
+\ifx\fmtname\@psfmtname
+ \global\ps@true \@testcmsy \@testcmmi
+\fi
+
+
+
+% FONT-CUSTOMIZING
+% Decide under which conditions, you want to use which fonts.
+% You need to set either ams@true or ams@false, and either moremath@true or
+% moremath@false.
+% If in doubt, set both to false.
+
+% This uses moremath if pslatex/NFSS is in use , AMS fonts otherwise.
+\global\moremath@false \global\ams@true
+\ifps@
+ \ifnfss@ \global\moremath@true \global\ams@false \fi
+\else\ifx\fmtname\@fmtname
+\else \global\ams@false % don't use AMS for SliTeX
+\fi\fi
+
+\ifnfss@
+ \ifams@
+ % Firstly we call amsfonts.sty to load the AMS fonts for us.
+ \ifps@
+ \input ps-amsfonts.sty
+ \else
+ \input amsfonts.sty
+ \fi
+ \edef\msx@{\hexnumber@\msa@group}
+ \edef\msy@{\hexnumber@\msb@group}
+ \else\ifmoremath@
+ \new@mathgroup\mm@group
+ \define@mathgroup\mv@normal\mm@group{mm}{m}{n}
+ \edef\mm@{\hexnumber@\mm@group}
+ % FONT-CUSTOMIZING
+ % substitute correct name of MoreMath font here
+ \new@fontshape{mm}{m}{n}{%
+ <5>pmmr at5pt%
+ <6>pmmr at6pt%
+ <7>pmmr at7pt%
+ <8>pmmr at8pt%
+ <9>pmmr at9pt%
+ <10>pmmr at10pt%
+ <11>pmmr at10.95pt%
+ <12>pmmr at12pt%
+ <14>pmmr at14.4pt%
+ <17>pmmr at17.28pt%
+ <20>pmmr at20.74pt%
+ <25>pmmr at24.88pt}{}
+ \extra@def{mm}{}{}
+ \fi\fi
+ % \itfam is only defined if oldlfonts is in force, so if it is not defined,
+ % define it.
+ \ifx\itfam\@undefined
+ \new@mathgroup\itfam
+ \ifps@
+ \new@internalmathalphabet\mathit\itfam{times}{m}{it}
+ \else
+ \new@internalmathalphabet\mathit\itfam{cmr}{m}{it}
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\math@bgroup\@empty
+ % nomargid synatax, \mathit will just switch the \fam if the font is
+ % already loaded, but will load the font the first time.
+ \def\vdm@it{\mathit}
+ \else
+ % margid syntax, as for nomargid, but here the scope of \mathit is its
+ % argument, so we call it with a null argument to make sure the font is
+ % loaded, then switch \fam in the old way.
+ \def\vdm@it{\mathit{}\fam\itfam}
+ \fi
+\else
+ \ifams@
+ % kludges for \newfam necessary because it's \outer
+ \csname newfam\endcsname\msxfam
+ \csname newfam\endcsname\msyfam
+
+ % this is lifted from amssymbols.sty
+ \ifcase\@ptsize
+ \font\tenmsx=msam10
+ \font\sevenmsx=msam7
+ \font\fivemsx=msam5
+ \font\tenmsy=msbm10
+ \font\sevenmsy=msbm7
+ \font\fivemsy=msbm5
+ \or
+ \font\tenmsx=msam10 scaled \magstephalf
+ \font\sevenmsx=msam8
+ \font\fivemsx=msam5 scaled \magstephalf
+ \font\tenmsy=msbm10 scaled \magstephalf
+ \font\sevenmsy=msbm8
+ \font\fivemsy=msbm5 scaled \magstephalf
+ \or
+ \font\tenmsx=msam10 scaled \magstep1
+ \font\sevenmsx=msam8
+ \font\fivemsx=msam5 scaled \magstephalf
+ \font\tenmsy=msbm10 scaled \magstep1
+ \font\sevenmsy=msbm8
+ \font\fivemsy=msbm5 scaled \magstephalf
+ \fi
+
+ \textfont\msxfam=\tenmsx \scriptfont\msxfam=\sevenmsx
+ \scriptscriptfont\msxfam=\fivemsx
+ \textfont\msyfam=\tenmsy \scriptfont\msyfam=\sevenmsy
+ \scriptscriptfont\msyfam=\fivemsy
+
+ \def\hexnumber@#1{\ifnum#1<10 \number#1\else
+ \ifnum#1=10 A\else\ifnum#1=11 B\else\ifnum#1=12 C\else
+ \ifnum#1=13 D\else\ifnum#1=14 E\else
+ \ifnum#1=15 F\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+ \def\msx@{\hexnumber@\msxfam}
+ \def\msy@{\hexnumber@\msyfam}
+ \else\ifmoremath@
+ \csname newfam\endcsname\mmfam
+ \edef\mm@{\hexnumber@\mmfam}
+ \else\fi
+ \fi
+ % NFSS-change
+ % The previous version placed \fam\itfam in \everymath to get text italic
+ % in math mode. This does not work if this font has not yet been loaded.
+ % With oldlatex, most text italic sizes are preloaded, but \huge\it may not
+ % be.
+ % With the nfss, things may be set up so almost no fonts are preloaded.
+ % we will put \vdm@it into \everymath later, here we give the definition
+ % for oldlatex, \fam\itfam as before.
+ \def\vdm@it{\fam\itfam}
+\fi
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% The vdm environment
+%
+% record whether we were in horizontal mode when entering...
+\newif\ifhm@
+
+\def\vdm{\ifhmode\hm@true\else\hm@false\fi
+ \@changeMathmodeCatcodes\@postUnderPenalty10000\relax}
+
+% after an \end{vdm} the next paragraph is not indented unless a \par
+% comes first (if we entered in horizontal mode). This is a bit of a
+% kludge!
+\def\endvdm{\ifhm@\else
+ \global\let\par=\@undonoindent
+ \global\everypar={{\setbox0=\lastbox}\global\everypar={}%
+ \global\let\par=\@@par}%
+ \fi}
+
+\def\@undonoindent{\global\everypar={}\global\let\par=\@@par\@@par}
+
+%-----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Controlling line and page breaks
+%
+% Text within the vdm environment is essentially mathematical in
+% nature, so requires special care. Whenever outer vertical mode is
+% entered, the \@beginVerticalVDM command should be used. This sets
+% up \leftskip, \rightskip, \baselineskip, \lineskip and
+% \lineskiplimit to conform with the overall style.
+%
+% When entering unrestricted horizontal mode, the \@beginHorizontalVDM
+% command should be used. This sets up:
+% \leftskip and \rightskip to 0,
+% \\ to do line breaking
+% ragged right line breaking, with special penalties, and
+% enters math mode.
+% \@endHorizontalVDM should be called when leaving unrestricted
+% horizontal mode.
+
+\def\@beginVerticalVDM{\@changeMargins\@changeBaselineskip}
+
+\def\@beginHorizontalVDM{\@restoreLineSeparator
+ \@restoreMargins\@raggedRight\noindent$\strut\relax}
+\def\@endHorizontalVDM{\relax\strut$}
+
+% \VDMindent is used for \leftskip within VDM, \VDMrindent for
+% \rightskip, \VDMbaselineskip for \baselineskip
+\newdimen\VDMindent \VDMindent=\parindent
+\newdimen\VDMrindent \VDMrindent=\parindent
+\def\VDMbaselineskip{\baselineskip}
+
+\def\@changeMargins{\leftskip=\VDMindent \rightskip=\VDMrindent}
+\def\@restoreMargins{\advance\hsize by-\leftskip
+ \advance\hsize by-\rightskip
+ \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt}
+\def\@changeBaselineskip{\baselineskip=\VDMbaselineskip
+ \lineskip=0pt \lineskiplimit=0pt
+ % need to alter the size of struts, too
+ \setbox\strutbox\hbox{\vrule height.7\baselineskip
+ depth.3\baselineskip width\z@}}
+
+% these are used in externals, records and cases
+\def\@changeLineSeparator{\let\\=\cr} % for usr within \halign
+\def\@restoreLineSeparator{\let\\=\newline}
+
+\def\@raggedRight{\rightskip=0pt plus 1fil
+ \hyphenpenalty=-100 \linepenalty=200
+ \binoppenalty=10000 \relpenalty=10000 \pretolerance=-1}
+
+%------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Font and Character Changes
+%
+% make a-zA-Z use the \it family within math mode, and ~ mean \hook.
+% Digits 0-9 remain as normal.
+\everymath=\expandafter{\the\everymath\vdm@it
+ \@changeMathmodeCatcodes}
+\everydisplay=\expandafter{\the\everydisplay\vdm@it
+ \@changeMathmodeCatcodes}
+\mathcode`\0="0030
+\mathcode`\1="0031
+\mathcode`\2="0032
+\mathcode`\3="0033
+\mathcode`\4="0034
+\mathcode`\5="0035
+\mathcode`\6="0036
+\mathcode`\7="0037
+\mathcode`\8="0038
+\mathcode`\9="0039
+
+% If the user really wants the normal codes, she can call \defaultMathcodes
+\def\defaultMathcodes{\let\vdm@it\relax}
+
+% remember the original mathcode of minus sign
+\edef\@minuscode{\the\mathcode`\-}
+
+\def\mathminus{\mathcode`\-=\@minuscode }
+\def\textminus{\mathcode`\-="002D }
+% by default, use text minus
+%\textminus
+
+% make a : into punctuation, a - into a letter, and | mean \mid
+\ifps@
+ \def\@changeOtherMathcodes{\mathcode`\:="603A \textminus
+ \mathcode`\|="327C \mathchardef\Or="32DA % this is a rel to get 5mu spacing
+ \mathcode`\f="0166} % normal letter spacing
+\else
+ % NFSS-change
+ % \mathcode`\-="042D changed to \mathcode`\-="002D as we can not rely on
+ % \itfam being fam 4.
+ \def\@changeOtherMathcodes{\mathcode`\:="603A \textminus
+ \mathcode`\|="326A \mathchardef\Or="325F }% this is a rel to get 5mu spacing
+ \def\relbar{\mathrel{\smash\minus}}% redefine because mathcode of -
+ % has changed
+\fi
+
+% alternative underscore
+\def\@VDMunderscore{\leavevmode
+ \kern.06em\vbox{\hrule\@height .2ex\@width .3em}\penalty\@postUnderPenalty
+ \hskip 0.1em}
+
+% Allow line breaks after an underscore, but not in vdm mode (see
+% \vdm). This is so long identifiers can be broken when run
+% into paragraphs.
+\newcount\@postUnderPenalty \@postUnderPenalty=200
+
+% now require some catcode trickery to enable us to change _ when we want to
+{\catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\"=\active
+ \gdef\@changeGlobalCatcodes{% make _ a normal char
+ \catcode`\_=\active \let_=\@VDMunderscore}
+ \gdef\@changeMathmodeCatcodes{%
+ % make ~ mean \hook, " do text, @ mean subscript
+ \let~=\hook
+ \catcode`\@=8
+ \catcode`\"=\active \let"=\@mathText}
+ \gdef\underscoreoff{% make _ a normal char
+ \catcode`\_=\active \let_=\@VDMunderscore}
+ \gdef\underscoreon{% restore underscore to usual meaning
+ \catcode`\_=8}
+ \gdef\@mathText#1"{\hbox{\mathTextFont #1\/}}}
+
+\ifnfss@
+ \def\mathTextFont{\mathrm}
+\else
+ \def\mathTextFont{\rm}
+\fi
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Keywords
+%
+\ifx\fmtname\@fmtname
+ \def\keywordFontBeginSequence{\sf}% user-definable
+\else\ifx\fmtname\@psfmtname
+ \def\keywordFontBeginSequence{\sf}% Helvetica is OK
+\else
+ \def\keywordFontBeginSequence{\bf}% good for SliTeX
+\fi\fi
+
+\def\kw#1{\hbox{\keywordFontBeginSequence #1\/}}
+
+\def\makeNewKeyword#1#2{% use \newcommand for extra checks
+ \newcommand{#1}{\hbox{\keywordFontBeginSequence #2\/}}}
+
+\makeNewKeyword{\nil}{nil}
+\makeNewKeyword{\True}{true}
+\makeNewKeyword{\true}{true}
+\makeNewKeyword{\False}{false}
+\makeNewKeyword{\false}{false}
+\makeNewKeyword{\rem}{ rem }
+
+\def\where{\par\moveright\VDMindent\hbox{\keywordFontBeginSequence where\/}}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% monadic operator creation
+%
+\def\newMonadicOperator#1#2{\newcommand{#1}{\kw{#2\kern.16667em}\nobreak}}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% primitive numeric types
+%
+% use the AMS fonts for these if possible
+
+\ifams@
+ \mathchardef\Bool="0\msy@42 % Booleans
+ \mathchardef\Nat="0\msy@4E % Natural numbers
+ \def\Nati{\Nat_1} % Positive natural numbers
+ \mathchardef\Int="0\msy@5A % Integers
+ \mathchardef\Real="0\msy@52 % Reals
+ \mathchardef\Rat="0\msy@51 % Rationals
+\else\ifmoremath@
+ \mathchardef\Bool="0\mm@42 % Booleans
+ \mathchardef\Nat="0\mm@4E % Natural numbers
+ \def\Nati{\Nat_1} % Positive natural numbers
+ \mathchardef\Int="0\mm@5A % Integers
+ \mathchardef\Real="0\mm@52 % Reals
+ \mathchardef\Rat="0\mm@51 % Rationals
+\else
+ \def\Bool{\hbox{\bf B\/}}
+ \def\Nat{\hbox{\bf N\/}}
+ \def\Nati{\hbox{$\hbox{\bf N}_1$}}
+ \def\Int{\hbox{\bf Z\/}}
+ \def\Real{\hbox{\bf R\/}}
+ \def\Rat{\hbox{\bf Q\/}}
+\fi\fi
+\let\Natone=\Nati % just for an alternative
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Operations
+%
+% The op environment. Within op you can specify args,
+% result, etc. which are gathered into registers, and output when the
+% op env. ends.
+%
+% The optional argument is the operation name
+
+% shorthand for an operation on its own: the vdmop env.
+\def\vdmop{\vdm\op} \def\endvdmop{\endop\endvdm}
+
+% registers constructed within an op environment
+\newtoks\@operationName
+\newbox\@operationNameBox
+\newif\ifArgumentListEncountered@
+\newtoks\@argumentListTokens
+\newtoks\@resultNameAndTypeTokens
+\newbox\@externalsBox
+\newbox\@preConditionBox
+\newbox\@postConditionBox
+\newbox\@errConditionBox
+
+\def\op{% clear temporaries, deal with optional arg
+ \setbox\@operationNameBox=\hbox{}%
+ \@argumentListTokens={}\ArgumentListEncountered@false
+ \@resultNameAndTypeTokens={}%
+ \setbox\@externalsBox=\box\voidb@x
+ \setbox\@preConditionBox=\box\voidb@x
+ \setbox\@postConditionBox=\box\voidb@x
+ \par\preOperationHook
+ \vskip\preOperationSkip
+ \@beginVerticalVDM
+ \@ifnextchar [{\@opname}{}}
+
+% breaking parameters
+\newcount\preOperationPenalty \preOperationPenalty=0
+\newcount\preExternalPenalty \preExternalPenalty=2000
+\newcount\prePreConditionPenalty \prePreConditionPenalty=800
+\newcount\prePostConditionPenalty \prePostConditionPenalty=500
+\newcount\preErrConditionPenalty \preErrConditionPenalty=500
+\newcount\postOperationPenalty \postOperationPenalty=-500
+
+% gaps between bits of operations
+\newskip\preOperationSkip \preOperationSkip=2ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.2ex
+\newskip\postOperationSkip \postOperationSkip=2ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.2ex
+\newskip\postHeaderSkip \postHeaderSkip=.5ex plus .2ex minus .2ex
+\newskip\postExternalsSkip \postExternalsSkip=.5ex plus .2ex minus .2ex
+\newskip\postPreConditionSkip \postPreConditionSkip=.5ex plus .2ex minus .2ex
+\newskip\preErrConditionSkip \preErrConditionSkip=.5ex plus .2ex minus .2ex
+
+\def\endop{% make up operation
+ % IMPORTANT---don't remove the vskips in this macro
+ % if you don't want one, set it to 0pt
+ \vskip 0pt
+ \@setOperationHeader
+ \betweenHeaderAndExternalsHook
+ \vskip\postHeaderSkip
+ \ifvoid\@externalsBox
+ \betweenExternalsAndPreConditionHook
+ \else \moveright\VDMindent\box\@externalsBox
+ \betweenExternalsAndPreConditionHook
+ \vskip\postExternalsSkip
+ \fi
+ \ifvoid\@preConditionBox
+ \betweenPreAndPostConditionHook
+ \else \moveright\VDMindent\box\@preConditionBox
+ \betweenPreAndPostConditionHook
+ \vskip\postPreConditionSkip
+ \fi
+ \ifvoid\@postConditionBox
+ \betweenPostAndErrHook
+ \else \moveright\VDMindent\box\@postConditionBox
+ \betweenPostAndErrConditionHook
+ \fi
+ \ifvoid\@errConditionBox
+ \else \vskip\preErrConditionSkip
+ \moveright\VDMindent\box\@errConditionBox
+ \fi
+ \postOperationHook
+ \vskip\postOperationSkip}
+
+% hooks for user-defined expansion
+% TeX is in outer vertical mode when these are called.
+% ALWAYS leave TeX in vertical mode after these macros have been called
+\def\preOperationHook{\penalty\preOperationPenalty }
+\def\betweenHeaderAndExternalsHook{\penalty\preExternalPenalty }
+\def\betweenExternalsAndPreConditionHook{\penalty\prePreConditionPenalty }
+\def\betweenPreAndPostConditionHook{\penalty\prePostConditionPenalty }
+\def\betweenPostAndErrConditionHook{\penalty\preErrConditionPenalty }
+\def\postOperationHook{\penalty\postOperationPenalty }
+
+% combine the operation name, argument list and result
+\def\@setOperationHeader{%
+ \moveright\VDMindent\vtop{%
+ \ifArgumentListEncountered@
+ \setbox\@operationNameBox=%
+ \hbox{\unhbox\@operationNameBox$($}\fi
+ \hangindent=\wd\@operationNameBox \hangafter=1
+ \noindent\kern-.05em\box\@operationNameBox
+ \@beginHorizontalVDM
+ \ifArgumentListEncountered@\the\@argumentListTokens)\fi
+ \ \the\@resultNameAndTypeTokens
+ \@endHorizontalVDM}}
+
+% set the operation name
+% \opname{name-of-operation}
+\def\opname#1{\@opname[#1]}
+\def\@opname[#1]{\@operationName={#1}%
+ \global\setbox\@operationNameBox=\hbox{$\relax#1$\ }}
+
+% set up the argument list
+% \args{ argument \\ argument \\ argument... } where \\ forces a line break
+% This is also used in the fn environment
+\def\args{\global\ArgumentListEncountered@true \global\@argumentListTokens=}
+
+% result name and type
+\def\res{\global\@resultNameAndTypeTokens=}
+
+% externals list
+%
+% An external list could be either very long or very short, so we provide
+% two forms. One is the short \ext{..} command, the other is the externals
+% environment.
+% Externals are always separated by \\
+%
+
+% we have to mess a little to get the catcode of : right
+\def\ext{\bgroup\@makeColonActive\@ext}
+\def\@ext#1{\externals#1\endexternals\egroup}
+
+\def\externals{\global\setbox\@externalsBox=%
+ \@beginIndentedPara{\hsize}{ext }{\@setUpExternals}}
+\def\endexternals{\@endIndentedPara{\@endAlignment}}
+
+\def\@setUpExternals{\@makeColonActive\@changeLineSeparator\@beginAlignment}
+
+% more catcode trickery for :
+{\catcode`\:=\active
+ \gdef\@makeColonActive{\catcode`\:=\active \let:=&}}
+
+% the \expandafters are necessary because TeX doesn't expand
+% \halign specs when scanning for # and &
+\def\@beginAlignment{\expandafter\halign\expandafter\bgroup
+ \the\@extAlign\strut\enspace&:\enspace$##$\hfil\cr}
+\def\@endAlignment{\crcr\egroup}
+
+% the user can decide on the exact alignment of the field names
+\newtoks\@extAlign
+\def\leftExternals{\@extAlign={$##$\hfil}}
+\def\rightExternals{\@extAlign={\hfil$##$}}
+\leftExternals
+
+\makeNewKeyword{\Rd}{rd } \makeNewKeyword{\Wr}{wr }
+
+% pre-condition, post-condition and err-condition
+%
+% once again we provide short forms \pre, \post, \err and environments
+% precond, postcond and errcond
+\def\pre#1{\precond#1\endprecond}
+\def\precond{\global\setbox\@preConditionBox=%
+ \@beginMathIndentedPara{\hsize}{pre }}
+\def\endprecond{\@endMathIndentedPara}
+
+\def\post#1{\postcond#1\endpostcond}
+\def\postcond{\global\setbox\@postConditionBox=%
+ \@beginMathIndentedPara{\hsize}{post }}
+\def\endpostcond{\@endMathIndentedPara}
+
+\def\err#1{\errcond#1\enderrcond}
+\def\errcond{\global\setbox\@errConditionBox=%
+ \@beginMathIndentedPara{\hsize}{errs }}
+\def\enderrcond{\@endMathIndentedPara}
+
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Box man\oe uvres
+%
+% Here's where all the tricky box manipulation commands go
+%
+% \@beginIndentedPara begins construction of a \hbox of width #1
+% which contains keyword #2 to the left of a para in a vtop.
+% #3 is evaluated within the inner vtop.
+% endIndentedPara closes the box off; its arg. is evaluated just
+% before closing the box.
+%
+\def\@beginIndentedPara#1#2#3{\hbox to #1\bgroup \setbox0=\kw{#2}%
+ \copy0 \strut \vtop\bgroup \advance\hsize by -\wd0 #3}
+\def\@endIndentedPara#1{\strut#1\egroup\hss\egroup}
+
+% \@beginMathIndentedPara places the para in vdm mode
+\def\@beginMathIndentedPara#1#2{\@beginIndentedPara{#1}{#2}%
+ {\@beginHorizontalVDM}}
+\def\@endMathIndentedPara{\@endIndentedPara{\@endHorizontalVDM}}
+
+% \@belowAndIndent#1#2 places #2 in a vbox below and to the right of #1
+\def\@belowAndIndent#1#2{#1\hfil\break
+ \@beginMathIndentedPara{\hsize}{\qquad}#2\@endMathIndentedPara}
+
+% \@mathIndentedPara does the whole thing
+\def\@mathIndentedPara#1#2#3{\@beginMathIndentedPara{#1}{#2}#3%
+ \@endMathIndentedPara}
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Constructions
+%
+% Here are all the standard constructions.
+% The only tricky one is \cases.
+% Those that construct a box must be made to make that box of 0 width,
+% and force a line break immediately afterwards.
+
+% \If mm-exp \Then mm-exp \Else mm-exp \Fi
+% multi-line indented if-then-else
+%
+\def\If#1\Then#2\Else#3\Fi{\vtop{%
+ \@mathIndentedPara{0pt}{if }{#1}%
+ \@mathIndentedPara{0pt}{then }{#2}%
+ \@mathIndentedPara{0pt}{else }{#3}}}
+
+% \SIf mm-exp \Then mm-exp \Else mm-exp \Fi
+% single line if-then-else
+\def\SIf#1\Then#2\Else#3\Fi{\hbox to 0pt{\vtop{\@beginHorizontalVDM
+ \kw{if }\nobreak#1\penalty0\hskip 0.5em
+ \kw{then }\nobreak#2\penalty-100\hskip 0.5em % break here OK
+ \kw{else }\nobreak#3\@endHorizontalVDM}\hss}}
+
+% \Let mm-exp \In mm-exp2
+% multi-line let..in ; mm-exp2 is `curried'
+\def\Let#1\In{\vtop{%
+ \@mathIndentedPara{0pt}{let }{#1\hskip 0.5em\kw{in}}}\hfil\break}
+
+% \SLet mm-exp \In mm-exp
+% single-line let..in
+\def\SLet#1\In#2{\hbox to 0pt{\vtop{\@beginHorizontalVDM
+ \kw{let }\nobreak#1\hskip 0.5em
+ \kw{in }\penalty-100 #2\@endHorizontalVDM}\hss}}
+
+% multi-line cases
+%
+% \Cases{ selecting-mm-exp }
+% from-case1 & to-case1 \\
+% from-case2 & to-case2 \\
+% ...
+% from-casen & to-casen
+% \Otherwise{ mm-exp }
+% \Endcases[optional text for the rest of the line]
+
+\newif\ifOtherwiseEncountered@
+\newtoks\@OtherwiseTokens
+
+\def\Cases#1{\hbox to 0pt\bgroup \vtop\bgroup
+ \@mathIndentedPara{\hsize}{cases }{\strut
+ #1\hskip 0.5em\strut\kw{of}}%
+ \bgroup % we might be in a nested case, so we have to
+ % save the \Otherwise bits we might lose
+ \OtherwiseEncountered@false \@changeLineSeparator
+ \@beginCasesAlignment}
+
+% the user can decide on the exact alignment
+\newtoks\@casesDef
+\def\leftCases{\@casesDef={$##$\hfil}}
+\def\rightCases{\@casesDef={\hfil$##$}}
+\rightCases
+
+% the \expandafters are necessary because TeX doesn't expand
+% \halign specs when scanning for # and &
+\def\@beginCasesAlignment{\expandafter\halign\expandafter\bgroup
+ \the\@casesDef&$\,\rightarrow##$\hfil\cr}
+
+\def\Otherwise{\global\OtherwiseEncountered@true \global\@OtherwiseTokens=}
+\let\Others=\Otherwise
+
+\def\Endcases{\@endCasesAlignment \@setOtherwise \egroup \@setEndcases}
+\def\@endCasesAlignment{\crcr\egroup}
+\def\@setOtherwise{\ifOtherwiseEncountered@ % have an otherwise clause
+ \@mathIndentedPara{\hsize}{others }{%
+ \strut\the\@OtherwiseTokens\strut}
+ \fi}
+
+% must test for the optional arg to follow the end
+\def\@setEndcases{\noindent
+ \strut\kw{end}\@ifnextchar [{\@unbracket}{\@finalCaseEnd}}
+\def\@unbracket[#1]{$#1$\@finalCaseEnd}
+\def\@finalCaseEnd{\egroup\hss\egroup}%\hfil\break
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% special symbols
+
+% defined as
+\ifps@
+ \def\DEF{\raise.5ex
+ \hbox{\footnotesize\underline{$\mathchar"3\cmsy@34$}}}% a \triangle
+\else
+ \def\DEF{\raise.5ex
+ \hbox{\footnotesize\underline{$\mathchar"3234$}}}% a \triangle
+\fi
+
+% cross product
+\let\x=\times
+
+% logical connectives
+%
+\def\Iff{\penalty-50\mskip 7mu plus 2mu minus 2mu
+ \Leftrightarrow\mskip 7mu plus 2mu minus 2mu}
+\let\iff=\Iff
+\def\Implies{\penalty-35\mskip 6mu plus 2mu minus 1mu \Rightarrow
+ \mskip 6mu plus 2mu minus 1mu}
+\let\implies=\Implies
+% see changeOtherMathcodes for \Or
+\let\And=\land
+\let\@and=\and
+\def\and{\ifmmode\And\else\@and\fi}
+% use \neg for logical not, or
+\def\Not{\neg\,}
+
+% quantification
+%
+\ifps@
+ \mathchardef\Exists="0224
+ \mathchardef\Forall="0222
+ \mathchardef\suchthat="22D7
+\else
+ \mathchardef\Exists="0239
+ \mathchardef\Forall="0238
+ \mathchardef\suchthat="2201
+\fi
+\def\exists{\@ifstar{\@splitExists}{\@normalExists}}
+\ifams@
+ \mathchardef\@nexists="0\msy@40 % crossed out existential quantifier
+\else\ifps@
+ \def\@nexists{\hbox to 0pt{\kern0.2ex\raise0.1ex\hbox{/}\hss}\Exists}
+\else
+ \def\@nexists{\hbox to 0pt{\raise0.15ex\hbox{/}\hss}\Exists}
+\fi\fi
+\def\nexists{\@ifstar{\@splitNExists}{\@normalNExists}}
+\def\forall{\@ifstar{\@splitForall}{\@normalForall}}
+\def\unique{\@ifstar{\@splitUnique}{\@normalUnique}}
+\def\uniqueval{\@ifstar{\@splitUniqueval}{\@normalUniqueval}}
+
+\def\@normalExists#1#2{{\Exists#1}\suchthat #2}
+\def\@normalNExists#1#2{{\@nexists#1}\suchthat #2}
+\def\@normalForall#1#2{{\Forall#1}\suchthat #2}
+\def\@normalUnique#1#2{{\Exists!\,#1}\suchthat #2}
+\def\@normalUniqueval#1#2{{\iota\,#1}\suchthat #2}
+
+\def\@splitExists#1{\@belowAndIndent{\Exists#1\suchthat}}
+\def\@splitNExists#1{\@belowAndIndent{\@nexists#1\suchthat}}
+\def\@splitForall#1{\@belowAndIndent{\Forall#1\suchthat}}
+\def\@splitUnique#1{\@belowAndIndent{\Exists!\,#1\suchthat}}
+\def\@splitUniqueval#1{\@belowAndIndent{\iota\,#1\suchthat}}
+%
+% sequents
+%
+\let\Tstlp=\vdash
+%
+\def\sequent{\@ifstar{\@splitSequent}{\@normalSequent}}
+\def\@normalSequent#1#2{{#1}\:\Tstlp\: #2}
+\def\@splitSequent#1{\@belowAndIndent{#1\;\Tstlp}}
+
+%
+% strachey brackets
+%
+% (see TeXbook, p.437)
+\ifmoremath@
+ \def\term#1{\thinspace\mathchar"4\mm@ D2\relax#1\mathchar"5\mm@ D4\thinspace}
+\else
+ \def\term#1{[\mkern-\thinmuskip[#1\relax]\mkern-\thinmuskip]}
+\fi
+% function composition
+%
+\let\compf=\circ
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% function environment
+%
+% This environment is similar to the op environment, but is used for
+% function definition.
+%
+% The mandatory first parameter is the name of the function, the
+% second is the argument list.
+%
+% The *-form simply doesn't force the parentheses round the argument list
+
+\def\fn{\parens@true\@beginVDMfunction}
+\@namedef{fn*}{\parens@false\@beginVDMfunction}
+\@namedef{endfn*}{\endfn}
+
+% short form
+\def\vdmfn{\vdm\parens@true \@beginVDMfunction}
+\def\endvdmfn{\endfn\endvdm}
+\@namedef{vdmfn*}{\vdm\parens@false \@beginVDMfunction}
+\@namedef{endvdmfn*}{\endfn\endvdm}
+
+% registers used within the fn environment
+\newtoks\@fnName
+\newbox\@fnNameBox
+\newif\ifsignatureEncountered@
+\newtoks\@signatureTokens
+\newbox\@fnDefnBox
+\newif\ifparens@
+
+\def\@beginVDMfunction#1#2{%
+ \@fnName={#1}%
+ \setbox\@fnNameBox=\hbox{$#1$}%
+ \setbox\@preConditionBox=\box\voidb@x % for people who want to do
+ \setbox\@postConditionBox=\box\voidb@x% implicit defns
+ \@signatureTokens={}\signatureEncountered@false
+ \ifparens@
+ \@argumentListTokens={(#2)}%
+ \else
+ \@argumentListTokens={#2}%
+ \fi
+ \par\preFunctionHook
+ \vskip\preFunctionSkip
+ \@beginVerticalVDM
+ \@beginFnDefn}
+
+% read in a signature
+\def\signature{\global\signatureEncountered@true \global\@signatureTokens=}
+
+\def\@beginFnDefn{\global\setbox\@fnDefnBox=\vtop\bgroup
+ \hangindent=2em \hangafter=1 \@beginHorizontalVDM
+ \advance\hsize by-2em % this fools vboxes within the
+ % function body about the hanging indent...yuk.
+ % If you change the size of the indent, change the
+ % corresponding line in \endfn.
+ \copy\@fnNameBox \the\@argumentListTokens
+ \quad\DEF\penalty-100\quad }
+
+\newskip\preFunctionSkip \preFunctionSkip=2ex plus .5ex minus .2ex
+\newskip\postFunctionSkip \postFunctionSkip=2ex plus .5ex minus .2ex
+\newskip\betweenSignatureAndBodySkip
+\betweenSignatureAndBodySkip=1.2ex plus .3ex minus .2ex
+\newskip\betweenFunctionAndPreSkip
+\betweenFunctionAndPreSkip=1.2ex plus .3ex minus .2ex
+
+\def\endfn{%
+ \advance\hsize by 2em% matches the dirty \advance in \@beginFnDefn
+ \@endHorizontalVDM
+ \egroup % this ends the vtop we started in \@beginFnDefn
+ \ifsignatureEncountered@
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\unhbox\@fnNameBox$\;\mathpunct:\,$}%
+ \dimen255=\wd0 \noindent \box0
+ \vtop{\advance\hsize by-\dimen255 \@beginHorizontalVDM
+ \the\@signatureTokens \@endHorizontalVDM}\par
+ \betweenSignatureAndBodyHook
+ \vskip\betweenSignatureAndBodySkip
+ \fi
+ \moveright\VDMindent\box\@fnDefnBox\,
+ \ifvoid\@preConditionBox
+ \betweenPreAndPostConditionHook
+ \vskip\postFunctionSkip
+ \else \betweenFunctionAndPreHook
+ \vskip\betweenFunctionAndPreSkip
+ \moveright\VDMindent\box\@preConditionBox
+ \betweenPreAndPostConditionHook
+ \vskip\postPreConditionSkip
+ \fi
+ \ifvoid\@postConditionBox
+ \postFunctionHook
+ \else \moveright\VDMindent\box\@postConditionBox
+ \postFunctionHook
+ \vskip\postOperationSkip
+ \fi}
+
+\newcount\preFunctionPenalty \preFunctionPenalty=0
+\newcount\betweenSignatureAndBodyPenalty
+ \betweenSignatureAndBodyPenalty=10000
+\newcount\betweenFunctionAndPrePenalty \betweenFunctionAndPrePenalty=1000
+\newcount\postFunctionPenalty \postFunctionPenalty=-500
+
+% These are called in outer vertical mode---they must also exit in this mode
+\def\preFunctionHook{\penalty\preFunctionPenalty }
+\def\betweenSignatureAndBodyHook{\penalty\betweenSignatureAndBodyPenalty }
+\def\betweenFunctionAndPreHook{\penalty\betweenFunctionAndPrePenalty }
+\def\postFunctionHook{\penalty\postFunctionPenalty }
+
+% other function-related things
+%
+
+% function arrow
+\def\to{\penalty-100\rightarrow}
+
+% explicit lamdba function
+\def\LambdaFn{\@ifstar{\@splitLambdaFn}{\@normalLambdaFn}}
+\def\@normalLambdaFn#1#2{{\lambda#1}\suchthat#2}
+\def\@splitLambdaFn#1#2{% place body in a separate box below and to the right
+ {\lambda#1}\suchthat\hfil\break
+ \@mathIndentedPara{\hsize}{\qquad}{#2}}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Optional fields
+%
+\def\Opt#1{\big[#1\big]}
+
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Sets
+
+% new set type
+\def\setof#1{#1-\kw{set}}
+
+% set enumeration
+\def\set#1{\{#1\}}
+
+% empty set
+\def\emptyset{\{\,\}}
+
+% usual LaTeX operators apply: \in \notin \subset \subseteq
+\let\inter=\cap \let\intersection=\inter
+\let\Inter=\bigcap \let\Intersection=\Inter
+\let\union=\cup
+\let\Union=\bigcup
+\ifps@
+ \mathchardef\minus="222D
+\else
+ \mathchardef\minus="2200
+\fi
+\def\diff{\minus} \let\difference=\diff
+
+\newMonadicOperator{\card}{card}
+\newMonadicOperator{\Min}{min}
+\newMonadicOperator{\Max}{max}
+\newMonadicOperator{\abs}{abs}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Map type
+
+% new map type
+\def\mapof#1#2{#1\buildrel m\over\longrightarrow#2}
+
+% one-one map
+\def\mapinto#1#2{#1\buildrel m\over\longleftrightarrow#2}
+
+% map enumeration
+\def\map#1{\{#1\}}
+
+% empty map
+\def\emptymap{\{\,\}}
+
+% map operators
+%
+% use \mapsto for |->
+% overwrite
+\def\owr{\dagger}
+
+\ifmoremath@
+ \mathchardef\dres="2\mm@ B2
+ \mathchardef\rres="2\mm@ B3 % the right hand version
+\else
+ \let\dres=\lhd
+ \let\rres=\rhd
+\fi
+
+% domain subtraction
+\ifmoremath@
+ \mathchardef\dsub="2\mm@ F8
+% what a horror -- some people will insist on these daft symbols...
+\else\ifps@
+ \def\dsub{\mathbin{\hbox{$\rlap{$\mathord\minus$}\mkern-3mu\hbox{$\dres$}$}}}
+\else
+ \def\dsub{\mathbin{\hbox{$\rlap{$\mathord\minus$}\mkern-1.5mu
+ \lower.1ex\hbox{$\dres$}$}}}
+\fi\fi
+
+% range subtraction
+\ifmoremath@
+ \mathchardef\rsub="2\mm@ F9
+\else\ifps@
+ \def\rsub{\mathbin{\hbox{$\rlap{$\mathord\minus$}\mkern-1.5mu\rres$}}}
+\else
+ \def\rsub{\mathbin{\hbox{$\rlap{$\mathord\minus$}\mkern-1.5mu
+ \lower.1ex\hbox{$\rres$}$}}}
+\fi\fi
+
+\newMonadicOperator{\dom}{dom}
+\newMonadicOperator{\rng}{rng}
+\newMonadicOperator{\merge}{merge}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Sequences
+%
+
+% new type
+\def\seqof#1{#1^*}
+
+% non-empty sequence
+\def\neseqof#1{#1^+}
+
+% enumeration
+\def\seq#1{[#1]}
+
+% empty sequence
+\def\emptyseq{[\,]}
+
+\newMonadicOperator{\len}{len}
+\newMonadicOperator{\hd}{hd}
+\newMonadicOperator{\tl}{tl}
+\newMonadicOperator{\elems}{elems}
+\newMonadicOperator{\inds}{inds}
+\def\cons#1{\kw{cons}\nobreak(#1)}
+
+% sequence concatenation
+\ifmoremath@
+ \mathchardef\sconc="2\mm@63
+\else\ifams@
+ \def\sconc{\mathbin{\hbox{\raise1ex\hbox{$\mathchar"2\msy@79$}}}}
+\else
+ % this is truly yukky
+ \def\sconc{\mathbin{\hbox{\raise1ex\hbox{$\frown$}\kern-0.47em
+ \raise0.2ex\hbox{\it\char"12}}}}
+\fi\fi
+
+% distributed concatenation
+\newMonadicOperator{\Conc}{dconc}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% type equation
+%
+\newtoks\@typeName
+\def\type#1#2{{\@typeName{#1} \preTypeHook \vskip\preTypeSkip
+ \@beginVerticalVDM
+ \moveright\VDMindent\vtop{\@beginHorizontalVDM #1=#2%
+ \@endHorizontalVDM}
+ \postTypeHook \vskip\postTypeSkip}}
+
+% restricted type (has invariant)
+\def\rtype#1#2#3{{\@typeName{#1} \preTypeHook \vskip\preTypeSkip
+ \@beginVerticalVDM
+ \moveright\VDMindent\vtop{\@beginHorizontalVDM #1=#2%
+ \@endHorizontalVDM}
+ \vskip\betweenTypeAndInvSkip
+ \moveright\VDMindent\@mathIndentedPara{\hsize}{inv }{#3}%
+ \postTypeHook \vskip\postTypeSkip}}
+
+% initialised type
+\def\ritype#1#2#3#4{{\@typeName{#1} \preTypeHook \vskip\preTypeSkip
+ \@beginVerticalVDM
+ \moveright\VDMindent\vtop{\@beginHorizontalVDM #1=#2%
+ \@endHorizontalVDM}
+ \vskip\betweenTypeAndInvSkip
+ \moveright\VDMindent\@mathIndentedPara{\hsize}{inv }{#3}%
+ \vskip\betweenInvAndInitSkip
+ \moveright\VDMindent\@mathIndentedPara{\hsize}{init }{#4}%
+ \postTypeHook \vskip\postTypeSkip}}
+
+\def\preTypeHook{} \def\postTypeHook{}
+\newskip\preTypeSkip \preTypeSkip=1.2ex plus .5ex minus .3ex
+\newskip\postTypeSkip \postTypeSkip=1.2ex plus .5ex minus .3ex
+\newskip\betweenTypeAndInvSkip
+ \betweenTypeAndInvSkip=.5ex plus .3ex minus .2ex
+\newskip\betweenInvAndInitSkip
+ \betweenInvAndInitSkip=.5ex plus .3ex minus .2ex
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Composite Objects
+%
+
+% literal composition; we have a compose and a composite env.
+
+% single line compose
+\@namedef{composite*}#1{\kw{compose }$\relax#1\relax$\kw{ of }$\relax}
+\@namedef{endcomposite*}{\relax$\kw{ end}}
+
+% multiple line version
+\def\composite#1{\bgroup\vskip\preCompositeSkip
+ \@beginVerticalVDM
+ \moveright\VDMindent\vtop\bgroup
+ \@beginHorizontalVDM
+ \kw{compose }#1\kw{ of}%
+ \@endHorizontalVDM
+ \@makeColonActive\@changeLineSeparator
+ \expandafter\halign\expandafter\bgroup\expandafter\qquad
+ \the\@recordAlign\strut\enspace&:\enspace$##$\hfil\cr}
+\def\endcomposite{\crcr\egroup % closes \halign
+ \kw{end}\egroup % ends the \vtop
+ \vskip\postCompositeSkip\egroup}
+
+\def\scompose#1#2{\@nameuse{composite*}{#1}{#2}\@nameuse{endcomposite*}}
+
+\newskip\preCompositeSkip \preCompositeSkip=1.2ex plus .5ex minus .3ex
+\newskip\postCompositeSkip \postCompositeSkip=1.2ex plus .5ex minus .3ex
+
+% record composites; likewise we have a short and a long form
+\newtoks\@recordName
+
+\def\record#1{%
+ \InvEncountered@false \InitEncountered@false
+ \@invTokens={}\@initTokens={}
+ \@recordName{#1}
+ \par\preRecordHook
+ \vskip\preRecordSkip
+ \@beginVerticalVDM
+ \moveright\VDMindent\hbox\bgroup
+ \setbox0=\hbox{$#1$\enspace::\enspace}%
+ \@makeColonActive\@changeLineSeparator
+ \advance\hsize by-\wd0 \box0
+ \@restoreMargins
+ %
+ % the \expandafters are necessary because TeX doesn't expand
+ % \halign specs when scanning for # and &
+ \vtop\bgroup\expandafter\halign\expandafter\bgroup
+ \the\@recordAlign\strut\enspace&:\enspace$##$\hfil\cr}
+
+\def\endrecord{\crcr\egroup% closes halign
+ \egroup% closes vtop
+ \egroup% closes hbox
+ \ifInvEncountered@
+ \betweenRecordAndInvHook
+ \vskip\betweenRecordAndInvSkip
+ \moveright\VDMindent\@mathIndentedPara{\hsize}{inv }{%
+ \the\@invTokens}
+ \fi
+ \ifInitEncountered@
+ \betweenInvAndInitHook
+ \vskip\betweenInvAndInitSkip
+ \moveright\VDMindent\@mathIndentedPara{\hsize}{init }{%
+ \the\@initTokens}
+ \fi
+ \par\postRecordHook
+ \vskip\postRecordSkip}
+
+\def\inv{\global\InvEncountered@true \global\@invTokens=}
+\def\init{\global\InitEncountered@true \global\@initTokens=}
+
+\newif\ifInvEncountered@
+\newif\ifInitEncountered@
+\newtoks\@invTokens
+\newtoks\@initTokens
+\def\betweenRecordAndInvHook{}
+\def\betweenInvAndInitHook{}
+\newskip\betweenRecordAndInvSkip
+ \betweenRecordAndInvSkip=0.5ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.1ex
+\newskip\betweenInvAndInitSkip
+ \betweenInvAndInitSkip=0.5ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.1ex
+
+% the user can decide on the exact alignment of the field names
+\newtoks\@recordAlign
+\def\leftRecord{\@recordAlign={$##$\hfil}}
+\def\rightRecord{\@recordAlign={\hfil$##$}}
+\rightRecord
+
+% more catcode trickery
+\def\defrecord{\bgroup\@makeColonActive\@defrecord}
+\def\@defrecord#1#2{\record{#1}#2\endrecord\egroup}
+
+\newskip\preRecordSkip \preRecordSkip=.75ex plus .3ex minus .2ex
+\newskip\postRecordSkip \postRecordSkip=.75ex plus .3ex minus .2ex
+\newcount\preRecordPenalty \preRecordPenalty=0
+\newcount\postRecordPenalty \postRecordPenalty=-100
+\def\preRecordHook{\penalty\preRecordPenalty }
+\def\postRecordHook{\penalty\postRecordPenalty }
+
+% \chg: mu function on composites
+\def\chg#1#2#3{\mu(#1,#2\mapsto#3)}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Hooks
+%
+% hooked identifiers --- these are taken from the TeXbook, p.357, 359
+\ifps@
+ \def\leftharpoonupfill{$\m@th \mathord\leftharpoonup \mkern-6mu
+ \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu \mathchar"0\cmsy@00 \mkern-2mu$}\hfill
+ \mkern-6mu \mathchar"0\cmsy@00$} % p.357, \leftarrowfill
+\else
+ \def\leftharpoonupfill{$\m@th \mathord\leftharpoonup \mkern-6mu
+ \cleaders\hbox{$\mkern-2mu \mathord\minus \mkern-2mu$}\hfill
+ \mkern-6mu \mathord\minus$} % p.357, \leftarrowfill
+\fi
+\def\overleftharpoonup#1{{%
+ \boxmaxdepth=\maxdimen % this fixes Lamport's figures, but isn't necessary
+ % for versions after 15 Dec 87
+ \vbox{\ialign{##\crcr % p.359, \overleftarrow
+ \leftharpoonupfill\crcr\noalign{\kern-\p@\nointerlineskip}
+ $\hfil\displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\crcr}}}}
+
+\let\hook=\overleftharpoonup % c'est simple comme bonjour
+
+%-----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% General formula environment, a bit like \[ \] but is
+% indented to \VDMindent and will take \\
+%
+%
+\def\form#1{\formula #1\endformula}
+
+\def\formula{\par\preFormulaHook
+ \vskip\preFormulaSkip
+ \@beginVerticalVDM
+ \bgroup
+ \moveright\VDMindent\vtop\bgroup\@beginHorizontalVDM}
+\def\endformula{\@endHorizontalVDM\egroup % ends the vtop
+ \egroup % ends the overall group
+ \par\postFormulaHook
+ \vskip\postFormulaSkip}
+
+\newskip\preFormulaSkip \preFormulaSkip=1.2ex plus .5ex minus .3ex
+\newskip\postFormulaSkip \postFormulaSkip=1.2ex plus .5ex minus .3ex
+\newcount\preFormulaPenalty \preFormulaPenalty=0
+\newcount\postFormulaPenalty \postFormulaPenalty=-100
+\def\preFormulaHook{\penalty\preFormulaPenalty }
+\def\postFormulaHook{\penalty\postFormulaPenalty }
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Formula within a box, when width is unknown
+%
+% equivalent to \parbox[t]{\hsize}{\@beginHorizontalVDM
+% ...\@endHorizontalVDM}
+%
+\def\formbox{\vtop\bgroup\@beginHorizontalVDM}
+\def\endformbox{\strut\@endHorizontalVDM\egroup}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% special font for constants
+%
+\def\constantFont{\sc}
+\def\const#1{\hbox{\constantFont{#1}\/}}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% line break and indent
+%
+\def\T#1{\\\hbox to #1em{}}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% line break and push line after to RHS
+%
+\def\R{\\\hspace*{\fill}}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Proofs
+%
+% a proof environment for typesetting proofs in the "natural
+% deduction" style.
+
+\newdimen\ProofIndent \ProofIndent=\VDMindent
+\newdimen\ProofNumberWidth \ProofNumberWidth=\parindent
+
+\def\proof{\par\preProofHook
+ \vskip\preProofSkip
+ \let\&=\@proofLine
+ \moveright\ProofIndent\vtop\bgroup
+ \@indentLevel=1
+ \advance\linewidth by-\ProofIndent
+ \begin{tabbing}%
+ \hbox to\ProofNumberWidth{}\=\kill} % template line
+\def\endproof{\end{tabbing}\advance\linewidth by\ProofIndent
+ \egroup % ends the \vtop
+ \par\postProofHook
+ \vskip\postProofSkip}
+
+\newskip\preProofSkip \preProofSkip=1.2ex plus .5ex minus .3ex
+\newskip\postProofSkip \postProofSkip=1.2ex plus .5ex minus .3ex
+
+\newcount\preProofPenalty \preProofPenalty=-100
+\newcount\postProofPenalty \postProofPenalty=0
+\def\preProofHook{\penalty\preProofPenalty }
+\def\postProofHook{\penalty\postProofPenalty }
+
+\def\From{\@indentProof\kw{from }\=%
+ \global\advance\@indentLevel by 1
+ \@enterMathMode}
+\def\Infer{\global\advance\@indentLevel by-1
+ \@indentProof\kw{infer }\@enterMathMode}
+\def\@proofLine{\@indentProof\@enterMathMode}
+\def\by{\`}
+
+\newcount\@indentLevel
+\newcount\@indentCount
+\def\@indentProof{% do \>, \@indentLevel times
+ \global\@indentCount=\@indentLevel
+ \@gloop \>\global\advance\@indentCount by-1
+ \ifnum\@indentCount>0
+ \repeat}
+
+% need special loop macros that works in across boxes
+\def\@gloop#1\repeat{\gdef\@body{#1}\@giterate}
+\def\@giterate{\@body \global\let\@gloopNext=\@giterate
+ \else \global\let\@gloopNext=\relax \fi \@gloopNext}
+
+% this enters math mode and sets the LaTeX macros \@stopfield up
+% to exit math mode
+\def\@enterMathMode{\def\@stopfield{$\egroup}$}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+\def\VDMauthor{M.Wolczko,
+CS Dept.,
+Univ. of Manchester, UK.
+mario@cs.man.ac.uk
+uknet!man.cs!mario}
+
+\def\VDMversion{vdm3.0}
+
+\typeout{BSI VDM style option <1 May 1992>}
+%----------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% Global changes
+%
+% All things that have to be invoked before the user's stuff appears
+% should go here.
+%
+% by default the math spacing and changes to @ and _ apply everywhere
+\@changeOtherMathcodes \@changeGlobalCatcodes
+%
+%-------------------the end--------------------------------------
+\endinput
+%
+% Summary of penalties
+%
+% Penalties in vertical mode
+%
+% \preOperationPenalty before an op begins
+% \preExternalPenalty between the header and externals of an op
+% \prePreConditionPenalty before the precondition
+% \prePostConditionPenalty before the postcondition
+% \postOperationPenalty at the end of an op
+%
+% \preFunctionPenalty before a fn begins
+% \betweenSignatureAndBodyPenalty -guess
+% \postFunctionPenalty after a fn ends
+%
+% \preRecordPenalty before a record
+% \postRecordPenalty after a record
+%
+% etc for formula, proof
+%
+% Penalties in horizontal mode in boxes
+%
+% \linepenalty 101 \@raggedRight
+% `if mm-exp ^ then..' 0 \SIf
+% `if ... then mm-exp ^ else' -100 \SIf
+% `let mm-exp in ^ ...' -100 \SLet
+% `map mm-exp ^ to ...' -50 \map
+% ^\iff -50 \iff
+% ^\implies -35 \implies
+% func(args) \DEF^ -100 \begin{fn}
+% \binoppenalty 10000
+% \relpenalty 10000
+% \hyphenpenalty -100 \suchthat
+% ^\to -100 \to
+% _^ 100 \@VDMunderscore
+%
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdm.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdm.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba10a34860
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdm.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1533 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-file{
+%%% author = "Mario Wolczko",
+%%% version = "4",
+%%% date = "21 May 1992",
+%%% time = "21:06:53 BST",
+%%% filename = "vdm.tex",
+%%% address = "Dept of Computer Science
+%%% The University of Manchester
+%%% Oxford Road
+%%% Manchester M13 9PL
+%%% UK",
+%%% telephone = "+44-61-275-6146",
+%%% FAX = "+44-61-275-6236",
+%%% checksum = "44880 1533 6504 51347",
+%%% email = "mario@cs.man.ac.uk (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX, VDM specification language",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "Documentation for vdm.sty",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+\documentstyle[vdm]{article}
+
+\title{Typesetting BSI VDM with \LaTeX}
+\author{Mario Wolczko\\
+Dept. of Computer Science\\
+The University\\
+Manchester M13 9PL\\
+U.K.\\
+\verb;mario@cs.man.ac.uk;, {\tt ...!uknet!man.cs!mario}}
+\date{21 May 1992 \\
+Version 626836.626836}
+
+\newcommand{\Vdm}{{\tt vdm\/}}
+
+\newenvironment{dangerous}{\par\vspace{5pt}\bgroup\small\noindent}%
+ {\par\egroup\vspace{5pt}}
+
+\newlength{\righthalf} \setlength{\righthalf}{0.5\textwidth}
+\newlength{\lefthalf} \setlength{\lefthalf}{0.4\textwidth}
+\newenvironment{leftside}{\noindent\hspace{0.1\textwidth}%
+ \parbox[t]{\lefthalf}\bgroup\vspace{10pt}%
+ \noindent\begin{vdm}\leftskip=0pt\VDMindent=0pt}%
+ {\end{vdm}\egroup}
+\newenvironment{rightside}{\parbox[t]{\righthalf}\bgroup\begin{verbatim}}%
+ {\egroup}
+
+\renewcommand{\^}[1]{$\langle${\rm #1\/}$\rangle$}
+
+\newcommand{\mmexp}{\^{math-mode-expression}}
+\newcommand{\cs}[1]{\leavevmode\hbox{\tt \string#1}}
+
+\setlength{\VDMindent}{3\parindent}
+
+\setlength{\preOperationSkip}{0pt}
+\setlength{\preFunctionSkip}{0pt}
+\setlength{\preTypeSkip}{0pt}
+\setlength{\preCompositeSkip}{0pt}
+\setlength{\preRecordSkip}{0pt}
+\setlength{\preFormulaSkip}{0pt}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Overview}
+
+This document describes a style option, \Vdm, for use with
+\LaTeX. The purpose of \Vdm\ is to make the typesetting of VDM
+specifications easy. Other goals are:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item To enable users of \Vdm\ to communicate their specifications
+ to others, possibly in a variety of concrete syntaxes, without
+ having to change their source files
+\item To enable a user of \Vdm\ to concentrate on his%
+ \footnote{Read `his/her' for every occurence of `his'.}
+ specifications, and ignore the detailed layout as much as
+ possible. A side effect of this is that the effort required
+ to improve layout is concentrated in one place, within the
+ \Vdm\ macros.
+\end{itemize}
+(This version of the \Vdm\ style option uses the {\sc bsi} concrete
+syntax. Any document prepared using earlier versions is still
+accepted, but the way it is typeset will match more closely the {\sc
+bsi} standard concrete syntax. There are also a few additional
+commands (summarised at the end). Note that this is {\em not\/} a
+complete style file for all of {\sc bsi vdm}.)
+
+But enough evangelising. Let's get to the the real meat. This
+document is broken up into the following sections:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item General points about using \Vdm
+\item Typesetting formulas
+\item How to typeset data types
+\item How to typeset functions
+\item How to typeset operations
+\item How to typeset proofs
+\item How to tailor/extend the system for your own
+ application.
+\end{itemize}
+You should definitely read the first two sections---then you'll know
+roughly what you're in for, and whether you want to continue. The
+remaining sections can be read as and when you need them.
+
+\begin{dangerous}
+In keeping with the best traditions of \TeX\ documentation, paragraphs
+that contain material that is not essential for novices, but vital if
+you want to parameterise or extend the system, are in smaller type,
+like this one.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+Just to give a preliminary example, here is some output from \Vdm, and
+the corresponding input:
+
+\begin{vdm}
+\begin{fn}{dec}{ptrs,om} \\
+\signature{
+ \setof{Oop} \x \mapof{Oop}{Object} \to \mapof{Oop}{Object}
+}
+\If ptrs = \emptyset
+\Then om
+\Else \Let gone = \set{p \in ptrs | RC(om(p)) = 1} \In
+ \Let om' = gone \dsub om \In
+ \Let om'' = om' \owr
+ \map{p \mapsto \chg{om'(p)}{RC}{RC\minus 1}\R
+ | p \in ptrs \diff gone} \In
+ dec(\Union\set{\elems{BODY(om(p))} | p \in gone}, om'')
+\Fi
+\end{fn}
+
+\begin{op}[DESTROYPTR]\label{op-ex}
+\args{ Obj, Ptr : Oop }
+\ext{ \Wr OM : \mapof{Oop}{Basic_Object} }
+\pre{ ptr \in \elems{BODY(om(obj))} }
+\post{ om = ~{om} \owr \map{ obj \mapsto
+ \chg{om(obj)}{BODY}{BODY \diff \set{ptr}}}}
+\end{op}
+\end{vdm}
+
+% this is verbatim input
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{vdm}
+\begin{fn}{dec}{ptrs,om} \\
+\signature{
+ \setof{Oop} \x \mapof{Oop}{Object} \to \mapof{Oop}{Object}
+}
+\If ptrs = \emptyset
+\Then om
+\Else \Let gone = \set{p \in ptrs | RC(om(p)) = 1} \In
+ \Let om' = gone \dsub om \In
+ \Let om'' = om' \owr
+ \map{p \mapsto \chg{om'(p)}{RC}{RC\minus 1}
+ | p \in ptrs \diff gone} \In
+ dec(\Union\set{\elems{BODY(om(p))} | p \in gone}, om'')
+\Fi
+\end{fn}
+
+\begin{op}[DESTROYPTR]
+\args{ Obj, Ptr : Oop }
+\ext{ \Wr OM : \mapof{Oop}{Basic_Object} }
+\pre{ ptr \in \elems{BODY(om(obj))} }
+\post{ om = ~{om} \owr \map{ obj \mapsto
+ \chg{om(obj)}{BODY}{BODY \diff \set{ptr}}}}
+\end{op}
+\end{vdm}
+
+\end{verbatim}
+
+
+
+\section{Using \Vdm---General Points}
+
+To get at \Vdm, include {\tt vdm\/} as a document style option, e.g.:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \documentstyle[12pt,vdm]{report}
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{dangerous}
+To the best of my knowledge, the use of \Vdm\ does not conflict with
+any of the other document styles, except when something has been
+redefined. An attempt will be made to document all such redefinitions.
+\end{dangerous}
+Once \Vdm\ has been included, you can then use the {\tt vdm\/}
+environment. For example,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{vdm}
+ ....
+ \end{vdm}
+\end{verbatim}
+All specification material should be placed within the {\tt vdm\/}
+environment. The use of \Vdm\ only affects text within the {\tt vdm\/}
+environment, except for the following global changes (which are only
+relevant when in math or display math mode):
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item The mathcodes of a\dots z and A\dots Z have been changed. In
+ plain English, this means that when you type letters in math
+ mode the inter-letter spacing is different than it would be
+ had you not included \Vdm\ as an option.\footnote{This is not
+ the case if you are using PS\LaTeX.} This is because
+ \LaTeX\ math mode is usually tuned for single letter
+ identifiers, as used by mathematicians for millenia. However,
+ you and I both know that most meaningful identifiers have more
+ than one letter in them, so \Vdm\ provides better spacing for
+ them. As an example, if you type \verb;$identifier$;, \LaTeX\
+ would normally print {\defaultMathcodes$identifier$}, whereas
+ the use of \Vdm\ will yield $identifier$.
+ \begin{dangerous}If you really want to use the
+ `normal' inter-letter spacing, say \cs\defaultMathcodes.
+ \end{dangerous}
+\item Underscore gives you an underscore, and not a subscript. If
+ you want a subscript use \verb;@;, e.g.,~$x@0$ is typed
+ \verb;x@0;, or use \TeX's \cs\sb\ macro. An \verb;@; is still an
+ @ when not in math mode. Occasionally you may find that an @
+ in math mode {\em doesn't\/} give you a subscript
+ (particularly when used with moving arguments). Should
+ this happen, you are advised to use \TeX's \cs\sb\ macro,
+ e.g.,~\verb;$x\sb0$;.
+ \begin{dangerous}
+ If you don't use
+ underscores much, and you want to use \verb;_; for subscripts,
+ you can say \cs\underscoreon\ (and \cs\underscoreoff\ to
+ make it revert to its usual meaning in \Vdm).
+ \end{dangerous}
+\item \verb;-; typesets a hyphen, and not a minus sign. VDM specifications
+ usually contain a lot more
+ \begin{vdm}$long-identifiers$\end{vdm}\
+ than subtractions, so
+ on the whole this alteration should save effort.
+ If you really want
+ to do a single subtraction sign, use \cs\minus.
+ If you find the default is inappropriate, you can revert to
+ the original behaviour using \cs\mathminus; \cs\textminus\ is
+ the inverse. Example: \verb;a-b \mathminus a-b; gives
+ \begin{vdm}$a-b \ne\mathminus a-b$\end{vdm}.
+\item \verb;|; gives you a \begin{vdm}$|$\end{vdm}, and not a $\vert$.
+ Do you see the difference? No? The former goes between things,
+ e.g., \begin{vdm}$\set{x|p(x)}$\end{vdm}, while the latter is
+ a delimiter, e.g.,~$\vert x\vert$.
+ In VDM, most people use the former more than the latter, so again this
+ seems reasonable.
+ If you really want a $\vert$ (the second kind),
+ say \cs\vert.
+\item In \TeX\ and \LaTeX\ \verb;~; has always been a tie (a space
+ between words at which the line is never broken). Well
+ in \Vdm\ it isn't. \verb;~x; will give you a
+ \begin{vdm}$~x$\end{vdm}. For long identifiers, such as
+ \begin{vdm}$~{long}$\end{vdm}, say
+ \verb;~{long};.
+ {\em Note that this only applies in math
+ mode; elsewhere a \verb;~; is still a tie.}
+\item In math mode, the double quote character \verb;"; is actually
+ a macro. Placing text between pairs of double quotes causes
+ that text to be set in the normal text font. For example,
+ \verb;$x="a variable"$; gives you $x="a variable"$.
+ \begin{dangerous}
+ \indent If you want to change the font used for text placed between
+ quotes, redefine the command \cs\mathTextFont. By default
+ it is defined to be \cs\rm\ (\cs\mathrm for the New Font
+ Selection Scheme).
+ \end{dangerous}
+\item The following macros have been altered in a non-trivial way:
+ \cs\forall, \cs\exists\ (see later).
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\begin{dangerous}
+When you typeset some VDM within the {\tt vdm\/} environment, by
+default it is set in from the left margin by an amount equal to
+\cs\parindent, the indentation at the beginning of each paragraph.
+If you want to change this, change the value of \cs\VDMindent, e.g.:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \setlength{\VDMindent}{0cm}
+\end{verbatim}
+will make your specs come out flush left. This document has been
+typeset with \cs\VDMindent\ equal to $3\times \cs\parindent$.
+
+Similarly, the right hand margin is controlled by a parameter called
+\cs\VDMrindent. By default it is also set to \cs\parindent.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+\begin{dangerous}
+You can have a particular line spacing in force within the
+{\tt vdm} environment.
+The spacing within a {\tt vdm} environment is dictated by the
+\cs\VDMbaselineskip\ command. Note that this is {\em not\/} a
+length, but a command. By default it expands to \cs\baselineskip\
+so that the line spacing is that of the surrounding text, whatever
+size that may be. To make it smaller, you may want to say
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \renewcommand{\VDMbaselineskip}{0.8\baselineskip}
+\end{verbatim}
+for example.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+
+\section{Typesetting formulas}
+
+Most of the text you enter within {\tt vdm\/} environments will be in
+\TeX's math mode, but VDM does its best to conceal this fact from you,
+so that you should rarely, if ever, have to type a dollar sign.
+However, several new features have been provided for the typesetting
+of logical formulas. Firstly, operators with sensible names have been
+provided: use \cs\Iff, \cs\Implies, \cs\Or, \cs\And\
+and \cs\Not\ for the operators~\begin{vdm}%
+$\Leftrightarrow,\Rightarrow,\Or,\And$ and $\Not$\end{vdm}.
+(To retain compatibility with a previous version, \cs\iff,
+\cs\implies, \cs\and\ and \cs\neg\ are still provided, but
+\cs\or\ is not.)
+
+A major change has come in the area of quantified expressions. In
+VDM, they
+have very well-defined forms, so the \LaTeX\ sequences \cs\forall\
+and \cs\exists\ have been re-defined to take arguments. For
+example, to get
+\begin{vdm}
+\begin{formula}
+\exists{x \in S}{p(x)}
+\end{formula}
+\end{vdm}
+\noindent type
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \exists{x \in S}{p(x)}
+\end{verbatim}
+Note the separating dot that was put in auto\-matically. If you want
+one of these dots by itself, you can have one by saying
+\cs\suchthat.
+
+In addition, two new quantifiers, \cs\unique\ and \cs\nexists, have
+been added:
+
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+\begin{formula}
+\unique{x \in S}{p(x)}
+\end{formula}
+\begin{formula}
+\nexists{x \in S}{p(x)}
+\end{formula}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\unique{x \in S}{p(x)}
+\nexists{x \in S}{p(x)}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+Additionally, to complement \cs\unique, there is \cs\uniqueval. This
+is the so-called ``iota-function'' that returns the unique value, if
+there is one:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+\begin{formula}
+\uniqueval{x \in S}{p(x)}
+\end{formula}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\uniqueval{x \in S}{p(x)}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+
+\begin{dangerous}
+If you want to use the old versions of \cs\forall\ and
+\cs\exists\ they are available under the pseudonyms of
+\cs\Forall\ and \cs\Exists.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+If you find that the body of the quantified expression is too long to
+fit comfortably on a line, there are *-forms of the above commands
+that place the body of the quantified expression on a new line,
+slightly indented. For example,
+
+\begin{vdm}
+\begin{formula}
+\exists*{x \in S}{
+ p(x) \And q(x) \Or \Not p(x) \Implies r(x) \And S(x)}
+\end{formula}
+\end{vdm}
+
+\noindent can be obtained with
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \exists*{x \in S}{p(x) \And q(x) \Or \Not p(x)
+ \Implies r(x) \And S(x)}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+If you need ``Strachey'' brackets, e.g., $M\term{e}$, place the
+material to appear within the brackets within \verb;\term{ ... };,
+thus: \verb;$M\term{e}$;.
+
+A special control sequence, \cs\const, is available for constants.
+To get, for example, $\const{Yes}|\const{No}$, type
+\verb;\const{Yes}|\const{No};.
+\begin{dangerous}
+If you don't like the font that constants are set in, you can change
+them by redefining the command \cs\constantFont. By
+default it expands to \cs\sc.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+\subsection{The {\tt formula} Environment}
+
+Occasionally you may want a formula on its own, between paragraphs of
+text, say. Normally, the provided environments and commands suffice,
+but sometimes they don't. If you need an odd equation to stand on its
+own, use the {\tt formula} environment:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{formula}
+ x = 10
+ \Or \forall{i \in \Nat}{i \ne 10 \Implies i \ne x}
+ \end{formula}
+\end{verbatim}
+\sloppy
+The {\tt formula} environment is similar to displayed math mode,
+except: formulas are indented by \cs\VDMindent, not
+\cs\mathindent, and line breaks can be made using \cs\\.
+Also, within the {\tt formula} environment everything appears flush
+left, as opposed to being centred.
+
+\subsection{Constructions}
+
+A particularly nice feature of \Vdm\ is that you can typeset multi-line
+constructions such as those in the earlier example without having to
+worry about, say, lining up ``thens'' and ``elses'' with ``ifs''.
+In the following definitions, whenever you see the term \mmexp, you
+should type an expression as if in math mode, but you needn't put
+dollar signs in. All of the constructions described below can be used
+where a \mmexp\ is required. Each construction is shown by example;
+the output on the left results from the input on the right.
+Also note that each macro name begins with an upper-case letter.
+\TeX\ and \LaTeX\ frequently use the lower-case variants for
+completely unrelated things. Naturally, chaos will ensue if you mix
+the names up.
+
+Typesetting an \kw{if} is done using \cs\If\ \mmexp \cs\Then\ \mmexp
+\cs\Else\ \mmexp \cs\Fi.
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{formula}
+ \If x\in S
+ \Then S \diff x
+ \Else \emptyset
+ \Fi
+ \end{formula}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\If x\in S
+\Then S \diff x
+\Else \emptyset
+\Fi
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+If you nest \cs\If{}s then you must enclose inner \cs\If{}s within
+braces:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{formula}
+ \If \ldots
+ \Then{
+ \If \ldots
+ \Then \ldots
+ \Else \ldots
+ \Fi
+ }\Else
+ \Fi
+ \end{formula}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\If ...
+\Then{
+ \If ...
+ \Then ...
+ \Else ...
+ \Fi
+}\Else
+\Fi
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+You are advised to place the extra braces exactly as above; don't let
+extraneous spaces intervene between the keywords and the braces.
+
+The \cs\If\ macro always starts a new line for the \kw{then} and
+\kw{else} parts. If you want \TeX\ to try to choose line breaks, use
+\cs\SIf\ instead:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{formula}
+ \SIf a=b
+ \Then c=d+e
+ \Else p=q+r+s+t+u
+ \Fi
+ \end{formula}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\SIf a=b
+\Then c=d+e
+\Else p=q+r+s+t+u
+\Fi
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+\mbox{\kw{let}\dots\kw{in}} constructions are done in a similar way:
+\cs\Let{} \mmexp{} \cs\In{} \mmexp, and \cs\SLet{} \mmexp{}
+\cs\In{} \mmexp.
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{formula}
+ \Let x=f(y,z) \In
+ g(x)+h(x)
+ \end{formula}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\Let x=f(y,z) \In
+g(x)+h(x)
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{formula}
+ \SLet x=f(y,z) \In{x^2}
+ \end{formula}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\SLet x=f(y,z) \In{x^2}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+Notice that \cs\SLet\ takes a second argument, which is part of the
+same `paragraph', where \cs\Let\ does not.
+
+The typesetting of a \kw{cases} clause is more complicated. It takes
+the form:
+\begin{verse}
+\verb;\Cases{; \mmexp \verb;}; \\
+from-\mmexp \verb;&; to-\mmexp \cs\\ \\
+from-\mmexp \verb;&; to-\mmexp \cs\\ \\
+\dots \\
+\verb;\Otherwise{; \mmexp \verb;}; \\
+\verb;\Endcases;
+\end{verse}
+
+The \cs\Otherwise\ field is optional. This construction follows a
+general pattern that is common in \Vdm\ input: lists of things are
+separated by \cs\\s, and subfields are separated by \verb;&;s or
+\verb;:;s.
+\begin{dangerous}
+In reality, there is another, optional argument, after the
+\cs\Endcases. If you were to try typesetting something like
+\begin{verbatim}
+ (... var = \Cases ...
+ \Endcases)
+\end{verbatim}
+you'd find the closing right parenthesis in an unexpected place (on
+the same line as the $=$, in fact). To get text to the right of the
+\cs\Endcases\ you can place an optional argument within brackets
+after it:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ (... var = \Cases ...
+ \Endcases[)]
+\end{verbatim}
+Admittedly, this looks a little strange, but it does work.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+Here is an example of \cs\Cases\ in action:
+
+\begin{formula}
+ \Cases{ select(x) }
+ \nil & \emptyset \\
+ mk-Lst(hd,tl) & \set{hd} \union \elems{tl}
+ \Otherwise{ x }
+ \Endcases
+\end{formula}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \Cases{ select(x) }
+ \nil & \emptyset \\
+ mk-Lst(hd,tl) & \set{hd} \union \elems{tl}
+ \Otherwise{ x }
+ \Endcases
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Note the \cs\\ is a {\em separator\/} and not a {\em
+terminator\/}---you don't need one after the last item. Also, the
+\cs\Otherwise\ can appear anywhere between the \verb;\Cases{}; and the
+\cs\Endcases, but it will always be typeset last.
+\begin{dangerous}
+Some people prefer the selectors to appear lined up on the left, some
+on the right. If you want them to appear on the left, say
+\cs\leftCases; if you want them on the right, say
+\cs\rightCases. The scope of the \cs\leftCases\ and
+\cs\rightCases\ commands is the current group. By default, you
+get \cs\rightCases.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+\subsubsection{The {\tt formbox} Environment}
+
+Occasionally you might find that you want to put a line break in a
+place that can't handle \cs\\. For example, if you have a \cs\Cases\
+command and the rhs of a particular case is too big, you can't use
+\cs\\ to break the line directly, as it will be interpreted as the
+separator between cases. Then you must the {\tt formbox} environment.
+It is similar to the {\tt formula} environment in that you can put all
+sorts of things in it, but it can be used within other constructions,
+unlike the {\tt formula} environment, which can only be used at the
+outermost level.
+
+This example should convey the general idea:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \Cases{ f(x) }
+ mk-Very_long_constructor(foo,bar) &
+ {\begin{formbox}
+ long_predicate_with(foo) \\
+ \And long_predicate_with(bar)
+ \end{formbox}}
+ ...
+\end{verbatim}
+\begin{vdm}
+\begin{formula}
+ \Cases{ f(x) }
+ mk-Very_long_constructor(foo,bar) &
+ {\begin{formbox}
+ long_predicate_with(foo) \\
+ \And long_predicate_with(bar)
+ \end{formbox}}\\
+ \ldots
+ \Endcases
+\end{formula}
+\end{vdm}
+Note the extras braces around the {\tt formbox}; these are required to
+``hide'' the \cs\\ from the \cs\Cases.
+
+\subsection{Other General Points about Formulas}
+
+\cs\\ will%
+\footnote{For `will' read `should'.}
+{\em always\/}
+start a new line. Sometimes this is done in addition to some other
+function (as in the \cs\Cases\ macro, where it delimits a
+particular case), but you should be able to use \cs\\ almost
+anywhere to force a line break. Indeed, sooner or later you'll want
+to typeset a long formula and \TeX\ will not be able to break the line
+sensibly, or will choose an unpleasant break. In this case you'll
+have to use \cs\\.
+
+Frequently you need to indent things within multi-line formulas. To
+help you do this, a command is provided which breaks a line, and
+indents the next line by an amount which you can supply (in units of
+{\tt ems}). The \cs\T\ command takes a single argument that controls
+how much the next line will be indented:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+\begin{formula}
+a \And b \T2
+\Implies b \And a \T1
+\Or d \And e
+\end{formula}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+a \And b \T2
+\Implies b \And a \T1
+\Or d \And e
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+Along similar lines is the \cs\R\ command. This does a line break,
+like \cs\\, but then pushes the formula on the next line as far to the
+right as it can:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+\begin{formula}
+(a \And b \Implies b \And a) \R
+\Or d \And e
+\end{formula}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+(a \And b \Implies b \And a) \R
+\Or d \And e
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+Beware: it may end up pushing it further to the right than you
+expected! This is {\sc A Bug}, and {\sc Will Not Be Fixed}, so you'll
+have to work around it.
+
+The \cs\If, \cs\Let, etc., constructions are all unusual in
+that it's impossible to typeset something sensibly to the right of
+them. For example, if you try
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \exists{x \in S}{
+ \If x=0 \Then S=Q \Else S=P \Fi}
+ \Or S=\emptyset
+\end{verbatim}
+then you'll get
+
+\begin{vdm}
+ \begin{formula}
+ \exists{x \in S}{\If x=0 \Then S=Q \Else S=P \Fi} \Or S=\emptyset
+ \end{formula}
+\end{vdm}
+
+\noindent which is unlikely to be what you wanted.
+
+You should also remember that where \Vdm\ wants a \mmexp, \TeX\ will
+be placed in math mode. This is usually the right thing to do, but
+occasionally you might want a natural language comment to appear
+there.
+In this case you'll have to insert an \cs\mbox\ or a \cs\parbox\
+depending on whether your comment might span one or more lines:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{formula}
+ \If \mbox{the condition is true}
+ \Then \mbox{do the true part}
+ \Else "do the false part"
+ \Fi
+ \end{formula}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\If \mbox{the condition is true}
+\Then \mbox{do the true part}
+\Else "do the false part"
+\Fi
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+The else-part illustrates how quotes can be used an an abbreviation
+for \verb;\mbox{...}; within math mode.
+
+Finally, all the constructions above will not break at a page
+boundary. This means that you're in big trouble if you want to
+typeset a three-page \cs\Cases. The only statement I can make to
+mitigate this is: you shouldn't have expressions that complicated in
+the first place---who do you expect to read them? Remember: ``truth
+is beauty'', so if your formulas are not beautiful, then chances are
+they're not true either.
+
+
+
+
+
+\section{Typesetting data types}
+
+The following table lists the primitive types and values available:
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|}
+\hline
+$\set{0,1,\dots}$ & $\Nat$ & \cs\Nat \\
+$\set{1,2,\dots}$ & $\Natone$ & \cs\Natone,\cs\Nati \\
+$\set{\dots,\minus1,0,1,\dots}$& $\Int$ & \cs\Int \\
+Rationals & $\Rat$ & \cs\Rat \\
+Real numbers & $\Real$ & \cs\Real \\
+$\set{\true,\false}$ & $\Bool$ & \cs\Bool \\
+Truth & $\true$ & \cs\true,\cs\True \\
+Falsehood & $\false$ & \cs\false,\cs\False\\
+Nil & $\nil$ & \cs\nil \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+If you need a new keyword, you can create one easily. For example, if
+your favourite brand of logic has ``maybe'' as a value, you can say
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \makeNewKeyword{\maybe}{maybe}
+\end{verbatim}
+and henceforth \cs\maybe\ is a valid control sequence that produces
+the text \kw{maybe}. The text of the second argument to
+\cs\makeNewKeyword\ can be anything; it doesn't have to match your
+control sequence name.
+\begin{dangerous}
+If you don't like the font that keywords are set in, you can change
+it by redefining the command \cs\keywordFontBeginSequence. By
+default it expands to \cs\sf.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+The following type-related commands are provided:
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|}
+\hline
+Output & Input & \\
+\hline
+$\setof{x}$ & \verb;\setof{x}; & set type constructor \\
+$\set{a,b,c}$ & \verb;\set{a,b,c}; & set enumeration \\
+$\emptyset$ & \cs\emptyset & the empty set \\
+$\seqof{x}$ & \verb;\seqof{x}; & seq. type constructor\\
+$\seq{a,b,a,c}$ & \verb;\seq{a,b,a,c}; & seq. enumeration\\
+$\emptyseq$ & \cs\emptyseq & the empty sequence \\
+$\mapof{x}{y}$ & \verb;\mapof{x}{y}; & map type constructor \\
+$\mapinto{x}{y}$& \verb;\mapinto{x}{y}; & one-one map type \\
+$\map{p\mapsto x}$
+ & \verb;\map{p\mapsto x}; & map enumeration\\
+$\emptymap$ & \cs\emptymap & the empty map \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\noindent Here are the relevant operators:
+
+\begin{center}\small
+\begin{tabular}{llllll}
+$\in$ & \cs\in &
+ $\owr$ & \cs\owr &
+ $\sconc$ & \cs\sconc \\
+$\notin$ & \cs\notin &
+ $\dres$ & \cs\dres &
+ $\len{l}$ & \verb;\len{l};\\
+$\subset$ & \cs\subset&
+ $\rres$ & \cs\rres &
+ $\hd{l}$ & \verb;\hd{l}; \\
+$\subseteq$ & \cs\subseteq&
+ $\dsub$ & \cs\dsub &
+ $\tl{l}$ & \verb;\tl{l}; \\
+$\inter$ & \cs\inter,\cs\intersection;&
+ $\rsub$ & \cs\rsub &
+ $\elems{l}$ & \verb;\elems{l};\\
+$\Inter$ & \cs\Inter,\cs\Intersection;&
+ $\dom{m}$&\verb;\dom{m};&
+ $\inds{l}$ & \verb;\inds{l};\\
+$\union$ & \cs\union &
+ $\rng{m}$&\verb;\rng{m};&
+ $\Conc{l}$ & \verb;\Conc{l};\\
+$\Union$ & \cs\Union &
+ $\Min{s}$& \verb;\Min{s};&
+ $\cons{h,t}$ & \verb;\cons{h,t};\\
+$\diff$ & \cs\diff,\cs\difference;&
+ $\Max{s}$& \verb;\Max{s};&
+ & \\
+$\card{s}$ & \verb;\card{s};&
+ & &
+ &
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\begin{dangerous}
+If you invent a new monadic keyword operator (like \dom{}, etc.),
+then you can have \Vdm\ define for you a control sequence which
+switches font, and puts the right spacing in. For example,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \newMonadicOperator{\inv}{inv}
+\end{verbatim}
+will define the \cs\inv\ control sequence to print
+{\keywordFontBeginSequence inv\/}. Henceforth you can say, e.g.,
+\verb;\inv{Foo};. All such sequences take one argument (they are
+monadic, after all).
+\end{dangerous}
+
+You can define a new type using
+\verb;\type{;type-name\verb;}{;type\verb;};:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \type{Complex}{\Real\x \Real}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\type{Complex}{\Real\x \Real}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+Composites types can be typeset using the {\tt composite} environment:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{composite}{Datec}
+ day:\set{1,\ldots,366}, \\
+ year:\set{1583,\ldots,2599}
+ \end{composite}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\begin{composite}{Datec}
+ day :\set{1,\ldots,366}, \\
+ year:\set{1583,\ldots,2599}
+\end{composite}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+There is also a {\tt composite*} environment (and an equivalent
+\cs\scompose\ control sequence) that places the entire composite
+type on a single line:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{composite*}{Celsius}
+ \Real
+ \end{composite*}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\begin{composite*}{Celsius}
+ \Real
+\end{composite*}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \scompose{Celsius}{\Real}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\scompose{Celsius}{\Real}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+`Records' can be defined using the {\tt record\/} environment:
+
+\begin{verse}
+\verb;\begin{record}{;record-type-name\verb;}; \\
+field-name \verb;:; field-type \cs\\ \\
+\dots \\
+\verb;\end{record};
+\end{verse}
+The colons are used as sub-field separators.
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{record}{PERSON}
+ NM : \seqof{Char} \\
+ FEM : \Bool
+ \end{record}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+ \begin{record}{PERSON}
+ NM : \seqof{Char} \\
+ FEM : \Bool
+ \end{record}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+If the definition is short, you may prefer to use a short form:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \defrecord{PERSON}{
+ NM : \seqof{Char} \\
+ FEM : \Bool
+ }
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{dangerous}
+Some people prefer the field names to appear lined up on the left, some
+on the right. If you want them to appear on the left, say
+\cs\leftRecord; if you want them on the right, say
+\cs\rightRecord. The scope of the \cs\leftRecord\ and
+\cs\rightRecord\ commands are the current group. By default, you
+get \cs\rightRecord.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+Updating fields of composites using the $\mu$-function can be
+specified using \cs\chg:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{formula}
+ \chg{p}{FEM}{\Not man(q)}
+ \end{formula}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\chg{p}{FEM}{\Not man(q)}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+Notice that the $\mu$, parentheses, comma and $\mapsto$ were inserted
+automatically.
+
+
+
+\section{How to Typeset Functions}
+
+Typesetting $\lambda$-expressions is easy:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{formula}
+ \LambdaFn{x,y}{x^2+y^2}
+ \end{formula}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\LambdaFn{x,y}{x^2+y^2}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+As with \cs\forall, \cs\exists\ and \cs\unique,
+\cs\LamdbaFn\ has a *-form that places the body of the function
+below and to the right:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+ \begin{formula}
+ \LambdaFn*{x,y,z}{
+ (x^2+y^2+z^2)^{\frac12}}
+ \end{formula}
+\end{leftside}%
+\begin{rightside}
+\LambdaFn*{x,y,z}{
+ (x^2+y^2+z^2)^{\frac12}}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+There is also a {\tt fn\/} (function) environment for defining named
+functions. It has the following structure:
+\begin{verse}
+\verb;\begin{fn}{;name-of-function\verb;}{; argument-list \verb;}; \\
+\verb;\signature{;signature-of-function\verb;}; \\
+\^{optional precondition}\\
+\^{optional postcondition}\\
+ body of function (a \mmexp) \\
+\verb;\end{fn};
+\end{verse}
+
+See the third page for an example. The \cs\signature\ is optional
+and can be placed anywhere within the body---it will always be typeset
+before the body. Useful macros within the \cs\signature\ are:
+\cs\x\ and \cs\to, which yield $\x$ and~$\to$. Note that you can also
+enter functions defined implicitly with pre- and post-conditions; see the
+next section on how to enter them.
+
+All of the material in the section on formulas is relevant within the
+body of the function.
+
+\sloppy\sloppy
+If you frequently intersperse your function definitions with text (and you
+should), you can save some typing by using the {\tt vdmfn\/} environment.
+\cs\begin\verb;{vdmfn}; \dots \cs\end\verb;{vdmfn}; is equivalent to
+\cs\begin\verb;{vdm};\cs\begin\verb;{fn}; \dots
+\cs\end\verb;{fn};\cs\end\verb;{vdm};.
+
+The {\tt fn} environment also has a *-form that does not insert
+parentheses around the argument list. For example:
+
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+\begin{fn*}{MP}{\term{p}\rho\sigma}
+\ldots
+\end{fn*}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\begin{fn*}{MP}{
+ \term{p}\rho\sigma}
+...
+\end{fn*}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+If you require the $\DEF$ symbol by itself, then you can get it by
+saying \cs\DEF.
+
+\subsection{Invariants}
+
+To typeset an invariant on a composite object, use the following
+structure:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+\begin{record}{D}
+ day : Day \\
+ year : Year
+\end{record}
+\where
+\begin{fn}{inv-D}{mk-D(d,y)}
+ is-leapyr(y) \Or d \le 365
+\end{fn}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\begin{record}{D}
+ day : Day \\
+ year : Year
+\end{record}
+\where
+\begin{fn}{inv-D}{mk-D(d,y)}
+ is-leapyr(y) \Or d \le 365
+\end{fn}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+
+\section{How to Typeset Operations}
+
+Operations are typeset within the {\tt op\/} environment.
+The general structure is:
+
+\begin{verse}
+\verb;\begin{op}[;\^{name-of-operation}\verb;]; \\
+\verb;\args{;\^{list-of-arguments}\verb;}; \\
+\verb;\res{;\^{result(s)}\verb;}; \\
+\verb;\ext{;\^{list-of-externals}\verb;}; \\
+\^{pre-condition} \\
+\^{post-condition} \\
+\verb;\end{op};
+\end{verse}
+
+The order of the various parts within the {\tt op} environment is not
+important; they will always be printed in a canonical style (see
+page~\pageref{op-ex} for an example).
+
+Any of \cs\args, \cs\res, \cs\ext, \^{pre-condition} or
+\^{post-condition} may be omitted. \verb;\begin{vdmop}; is an
+abbreviation for \verb;\begin{vdm}\begin{op};; \verb;\end{vdmop}; is an
+abbreviation for \verb;\end{op}\end{vdm};.
+
+The \^{name-of-operation} can be any one-line expression; it is
+typeset in math mode. An alternative way of specifying the name of
+the operation is to omit the optional argument (within \verb;[];), and
+use \verb;\opname{;\^{name-of-operation}\verb;};, anywhere within the
+body of the {\tt op} environment.
+
+The \^{list-of-arguments} is a \mmexp\ that can span multiple lines;
+force a newline with \cs\\. If present it is placed within
+parentheses.
+
+The \^{result(s)} is also any \mmexp. It is typeset to the right of
+any arguments.
+
+The \^{list-of-externals} takes the following form:
+\begin{verse}
+\verb;\ext{; \\
+\quad $\langle$optional \cs\Rd\ or \cs\Wr$\rangle$
+ \^{external-name(s)} {\tt :\/} \^{external-types} \cs\\ \\
+\quad $\langle$optional \cs\Rd\ or \cs\Wr$\rangle$
+ \^{external-name(s)} {\tt :\/} \^{external-types} \cs\\ \\
+\dots \\
+\verb;};
+\end{verse}
+Alternatively, if the list of externals is long (say, more than five
+lines) the {\tt externals\/} environmment can be used:
+\begin{verse}
+\verb;\begin{externals}; \\
+\quad $\langle$optional \cs\Rd\ or \cs\Wr$\rangle$
+ \^{external-name(s)} {\tt :\/} \^{external-types} \cs\\ \\
+\quad $\langle$optional \cs\Rd\ or \cs\Wr$\rangle$
+ \^{external-name(s)} {\tt :\/} \^{external-types} \cs\\ \\
+\dots \\
+\verb;\end{externals};
+\end{verse}
+\begin{dangerous}
+Some people prefer the externals identifiers to appear lined up on the
+left, some on the right. If you want them to appear on the left, say
+\cs\leftExternals; if you want them on the right, say
+\cs\rightExternals. The scope of the \cs\leftExternals\ and
+\cs\rightExternals\ commands are the current group. By default,
+you get \cs\leftExternals.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+
+The \^{pre-condition} and \^{post-condition} take similar forms:
+\begin{verse}
+\verb;\pre{;\mmexp\verb;}; \\
+\end{verse}
+or
+\begin{verse}
+\verb;\begin{precond}; \\
+\mmexp \\
+\verb;\end{precond};
+\end{verse}
+and
+\begin{verse}
+\verb;\post{;\mmexp\verb;}; \\
+\end{verse}
+or
+\begin{verse}
+\verb;\begin{postcond}; \\
+\mmexp \\
+\verb;\end{postcond};
+\end{verse}
+Use the \cs\begin\dots\cs\end\ style if the \mmexp\ is longer
+than a few lines.
+All of the constructs mentioned in the section on formulas can be used
+within pre- and post-conditions.
+
+\section{Proofs}
+
+Here's an example of typesetting proofs in the ``natural deduction''
+style.
+
+\begin{proof}
+ \From E@1 \Or E@2 \\
+1 \From E@1 \\
+ \Infer E@2 \Or E@1 \` $\vee$-I(h1) \\
+2 \From E@2 \\
+ \Infer E@2 \Or E@1 \` $\vee$-I(h2) \\
+ \Infer E@2 \Or E@1 \` $\vee$-E(h,1,2)\\
+\end{proof}
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \begin{proof}
+ \From E@1 \Or E@2 \\
+ 1 \From E@1 \\
+ \Infer E@2 \Or E@1 \by $\vee$-I(h1) \\
+ 2 \From E@2 \\
+ \Infer E@2 \Or E@1 \by $\vee$-I(h2) \\
+ \Infer E@2 \Or E@1 \by $\vee$-E(h,1,2) \\
+ \end{proof}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+Proofs are embedded within the {\tt proof} environment. (A proof does
+not have to be within a {\tt vdm} environment.) Each line of the
+proof ends with \cs\\. Lines that begin a subproof
+have \cs\From\ after the equation number. Lines that end a
+subproof have \cs\Infer\ after the equation number. Other lines
+have \cs\& after the equation number (see next example). If you
+don't need an equation number, just omit it, but you must have one of
+either \cs\From, \cs\Infer\ or \cs\& on each proof line.
+If you want to include a justification of a particular proof line at
+the right hand end of the line, type it after a \cs\by. \cs\by\
+is optional; you needn't include it if you don't need a justification.
+
+Points worth bearing in mind:
+\begin{itemize}
+\item You are automatically placed in math mode after the
+ \cs\From, \cs\Infer\ or \cs\&; the math mode ends
+ at the next \cs\by\ or \cs\\.
+\item You {\em cannot} break a line in the middle simply by using
+ \cs\\ before \cs\by; you must use separate proof lines
+ to split a formula.
+\item You are within a {\tt tabbing} environment within a proof, so
+ you can use all the usual {\tt tabbing} commands (\cs\=,
+ \cs\>, etc.) to line things up across proof lines. Note
+ that you will explicitly have to enter math mode again after
+ any of these commands though.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Here's another example:
+
+\begin{proof}
+ \From \forall{x\in X}{E(x); s\in X} \\
+1 \& \Not\exists{x\in X}{\Not E(x)} \` $\Forall$-defn(h)\\
+2 \& \Not\Not E(s/x) \` $\Not\Exists$-E(1,h)\\
+ \Infer E(s/x) \\
+\end{proof}
+\begin{verbatim}
+\begin{proof}
+ \From \forall{x\in X}{E(x); s\in X} \\
+1 \& \Not\exists{x\in X}{\Not E(x)} \by $\Forall$-defn(h)\\
+2 \& \Not\Not E(s/x) \by $\Not\Exists$-E(1,h)\\
+ \Infer E(s/x) \\
+\end{proof}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{dangerous}
+The amount of space used by the proof number can be changed by
+changing the length \cs\ProofNumberWidth. The distance from the
+left margin to the proof number is dictated by \cs\ProofIndent.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+
+\section{Customising the Style}
+
+{\em Some people are never satisfied.} We all know that it's true.
+In order to cater for those who aren't satisfied with the output from
+\Vdm, some attempt has been made to allow a limited degree of
+customisation by the user. In particular, you can alter some of the
+internal spacing chosen by \Vdm, and even have your own macros called
+at chosen places within \Vdm's macros. Naturally, you are not advised
+to try this unless you feel you have some idea of what you want, and
+what you are doing. In this section we list the things that you can
+change, in order of increasing difficulty.
+
+\subsection{Changing the Spacing}
+
+In several places, essentially arbitrary spacings have been chosen by
+the author. The dimensions of these spaces are given by {\em rubber
+lengths.}\footnote{See the \LaTeX\ book for an explanation of rubber
+lengths} If you want to change any of them, use \LaTeX's
+\cs\setlength\ or \cs\addtolength\ commands.
+For example,
+\begin{verbatim}
+ \setlength{\postHeaderSkip}{13.33pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\begin{dangerous}
+The {\tt plus} and {\tt minus} parts of a length let you say how much
+that length can grow or shrink by. For example, {\tt 12pt plus 2pt
+minus 1pt} means that the length will be in the range 11--14pt, with
+12pt as its ``natural'' length.
+\end{dangerous}
+
+The spaces in question all appear around \Vdm\ items such as
+operations, and in between major parts of such items. The names of
+the lengths should convey where they apply. The following table lists
+all the lengths, and their default settings. Note that an {\tt ex} is
+about the height of an ``x'' in the current font, and an {\tt em} is
+about the width of an ``M'' in the current font.
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|}
+\hline
+\em Length &\em Default size &\em Used within \\
+\hline
+\cs\preOperationSkip &2ex $+$ 0.5ex $\minus$ 0.2ex & {\tt op} env \\
+\cs\postOperationSkip &2ex $+$ 0.5ex $\minus$ 0.2ex &\\
+\cs\postHeaderSkip &.5ex $+$ .2ex $\minus$ .2ex &\\
+\cs\postExternalsSkip &.5ex $+$ .2ex $\minus$ .2ex &\\
+\cs\postPreConditionSkip &.5ex $+$ .2ex $\minus$ .2ex &\\
+\hline
+\cs\preFunctionSkip &2ex $+$ .5ex $\minus$ .2ex & {\tt fn} env \\
+\cs\postFunctionSkip &2ex $+$ .5ex $\minus$ .2ex &\\
+\cs\betweenSignatureAndBodySkip&1.2ex $+$ .3ex $\minus$ .2ex &\\
+\cs\betweenFunctionAndPreSkip&1.2ex $+$ .3ex $\minus$ .2ex &\\
+\hline
+\cs\preTypeSkip &1.2ex $+$ .5ex $\minus$ .3ex & {\tt type} command \\
+\cs\postTypeSkip &1.2ex $+$ .5ex $\minus$ .3ex &\\
+\hline
+\cs\preCompositeSkip &1.2ex $+$ .5ex $\minus$ .3ex & {\tt
+composite} env \\
+\cs\postCompositeSkip &1.2ex $+$ .5ex $\minus$ .3ex &\\
+\hline
+\cs\preRecordSkip &.75ex $+$ .3ex $\minus$ .2ex & {\tt
+record} env \\
+\cs\postRecordSkip &.75ex $+$ .3ex $\minus$ .2ex &\\
+\hline
+\cs\preFormulaSkip &1.2ex $+$ .5ex $\minus$ .3ex & {\tt
+formula} env \\
+\cs\postFormulaSkip &1.2ex $+$ .5ex $\minus$ .3ex &\\
+\hline
+\cs\preProofSkip &.75ex $+$ .3ex $\minus$ .2ex & {\tt
+proof} env \\
+\cs\postProofSkip &.75ex $+$ .3ex $\minus$ .2ex &\\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+\subsection{Controlling Line and Paragraph Breaks}
+
+\TeX\ uses the notion of {\em penalties\/} to decide where line and
+page breaks go. Various values of penalty are used at places within
+\Vdm\ to control breaks. To fully understand how to choose breaks,
+read {\em The \TeX{}book}. However, put simply, penalties are whole
+numbers in the range $\minus10000$~to $10000$. A value of $10000$
+means ``never break here,'' and a value of $\minus10000$ means
+``always break here.'' Values in between penalise or encourage
+breaking proportionally, so that, e.g.,~a value of $\minus500$
+encourages a break, but by no means forces it. A value of zero is
+neutral.
+
+To assign to a penalty~\cs\p, write {\tt \cs\p=1000}, for example.
+The table below list the penalties used by \Vdm, and their default
+values.
+
+\begin{center}
+\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|}
+\hline
+\em Penalty Name & Default Value & Where Used \\
+\hline
+\cs\preOperationPenalty & 0 & {\tt op} env \\
+\cs\preExternalPenalty & 2000 & \\
+\cs\prePreConditionPenalty & 800 & \\
+\cs\prePostConditionPenalty & 500 & \\
+\cs\postOperationPenalty & -500 & \\
+\hline
+\cs\preFunctionPenalty & 0 & {\tt fn} env \\
+\cs\betweenSignatureAndBodyPenalty&500&\\
+\cs\betweenFunctionAndPrePenalty&1000&\\
+\cs\postFunctionPenalty & -500 & \\
+\hline
+\cs\preRecordPenalty & 0 & {\tt record} env\\
+\cs\postRecordPenalty & -100 & \\
+\hline
+\cs\preProofPenalty & -100 & {\tt proof} env\\
+\cs\postProofPenalty & 0 & \\
+\hline
+\cs\preFormulaPenalty & -100 & {\tt formula} env\\
+\cs\postFormulaPenalty & 0 & \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+
+\subsection{Unforeseen Changes}
+
+It is a truism that no matter how good the designer of a piece of
+software is, he can never foresee all of its uses. In this case, the
+author is quite certain that people will use \Vdm\ for all sorts of
+things apart from typesetting VDM specifications. To cater for those
+who find that \Vdm\ does almost, but not quite, what they want, a
+number of {\em hooks\/} have been left in place. These hooks are
+macros, which at the moment do little or nothing, but which can be
+redefined by users to change the basic operation of \Vdm (see the {\tt
+vdmindex} style for one such use). Needless to
+say, anyone wishing to redefine a hook should already be competent in
+the ways of \LaTeX\ at least, and probably \TeX\ as well. Rather than
+trying to explain what the hooks do, and where they do it, the user
+should look through the commented version of \Vdm\ (usually stored as
+{\tt vdm.doc}) and figure it out for himself. Below are listed all
+the provided hooks, their default definitions, and where they are used.
+
+\begin{center}\footnotesize
+\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}
+\hline
+\em Name of hook & \em Default definition \\
+\hline
+\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{{\tt op} environment} \\
+\hline
+\cs\preOperationHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\preOperationPenalty ;\\
+\cs\betweenHeaderAndExternalsHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\preExternalPenalty ;\\
+\cs\betweenExternalsAndPreConditionHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\prePreConditionPenalty ;\\
+\cs\betweenPreAndPostConditionHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\prePostConditionPenalty ;\\
+\cs\postOperationHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\postOperationPenalty ;\\
+\hline
+\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{{\tt fn} environment} \\
+\hline
+\cs\preFunctionHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\preFunctionPenalty ;\\
+\cs\betweenSignatureAndBodyHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\betweenSignatureAndBodyPenalty ; \\
+\cs\betweenFunctionAndPreHook&\verb*;\vskip-\lastskip ;\\
+ &\verb;\vskip\betweenFunctionAndPreSkip ;\\
+ &\verb*;\penalty\betweenSignatureAndBodyPenalty ; \\
+\cs\postFunctionHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\postFunctionPenalty ; \\
+\hline
+\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{{\tt record} environment} \\
+\hline
+\cs\preRecordHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\preRecordPenalty ;\\
+\cs\postRecordHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\postRecordPenalty ; \\
+\hline
+\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{{\tt proof} environment} \\
+\hline
+\cs\preProofHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\preProofPenalty ;\\
+\cs\postProofHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\postProofPenalty ; \\
+\hline
+\multicolumn{2}{|c|}{{\tt formula} environment} \\
+\hline
+\cs\preFormulaHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\preFormulaPenalty ;\\
+\cs\postFormulaHook
+ &\verb*;\penalty\postFormulaPenalty ; \\
+\hline
+\end{tabular}
+\end{center}
+
+
+\section{Installing the \Vdm\ files}
+
+Place the files {\tt vdm.sty} and {\tt vdm.doc} in your standard
+directory for \LaTeX\ style files (your system administrator will know
+where this is). If you have the AMS fonts, change the appropriate
+line in {\tt vdm.doc} (see instructions at the head of the file)
+and make the corresponding change in {\tt vdm.sty}. If you're on a
+UNIX\footnote{UNIX is a trademark of AT\&T} system, you can make the
+{\tt .sty} file from the {\tt .doc} file with the command:
+\begin{verbatim}
+ sed -e '/^[ ]*%/d' -e 's/%.*/%/' -e '/^$/d' vdm.doc > vdm.sty
+\end{verbatim}
+There are two characters between the square brackets: a tab and a
+space. If you're on some other system, figure out an equivalent
+command, or make the two files the same.
+
+If you want to keep up with changes to the \Vdm\ style, send a message
+to the e-mail address on the front cover, and your name will be added
+to a mailing list, so that you can be provided with updates.
+
+
+\section{New \Vdm\ commands (introduced for the {\sc bsi} version)}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item There is a new keyword, \cs\rem.
+ \item Operations can also have an {\em error condition\/} part, typeset
+ after the postcondition. The error condition is placed in an {\tt
+ errcond} environment. An alternative short form, \cs\err, is also
+ available, which works in the same way as \cs\pre\ and \cs\post.
+
+ In support of this new part, there is a hook,
+ \cs\betweenPostAndErrConditionHook, defined to be
+ \cs\penalty\ \cs\preErrConditionPenalty\ (the default penalty is
+ 500). The preceding white space is defined by
+ \cs\preErrConditionSkip\ (default .5ex $+$ .2ex $\minus$ .2ex).
+ \item \cs\Others\ is an alias for \cs\Otherwise.
+ \item Sequents are supported using the {\tt sequent} command,
+ thus:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+\begin{formula}
+\sequent{A}{B}\\
+\sequent*{Truth,Beauty,eq-intr}{Truth=Beauty}
+\end{formula}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\sequent{A}{B}
+\sequent*{Truth,Beauty,eq-intr}
+ {Truth=Beauty}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+ \item Optional items can be typeset using \cs\Opt, thus:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+$\Opt{fred}$
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\Opt{fred}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+ \item There are two new monadic operators, \cs\abs\ and \cs\merge.
+
+ \item A non-empty sequence type can be defined using \cs\neseqof,
+ thus:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+\begin{formula}
+\neseqof{\Nat}
+\end{formula}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\neseqof{\Nat}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+ \item Restricted types (those with invariants) can be typeset, with
+ or without initialisation, using \cs\ritype\ and \cs\rtype, thus:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+\rtype{Partition}{\setof{(\setof{\Nat})}}{inv-Partition(p)}
+\ritype{Dict}{\Bool \x (\mapof{Letter}{Dict})}{\true}{(\true,\emptymap)}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\rtype{Partition}
+ {\setof{(\setof{\Nat})}}
+ {inv-Partition(p)}
+\ritype{Dict}
+ {\Bool \x (\mapof{Letter}{Dict})}
+ {\true}
+ {(\true,\emptymap)}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+ Accompanying these commands are \cs\betweenTypeAndInvSkip\ (default
+ .5ex $+$ .3ex $\minus$ .2ex) and \cs\betweenInvAndInitSkip\
+ (same default).
+
+ \item Record types may also have invariants and initial states
+ attached, using the \cs\inv\ and \cs\init\ commands within the {\tt
+ record} environment, thus:
+
+\noindent\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\begin{leftside}
+\begin{record}{D}
+ day : Day \\
+ year : Year
+\inv{(mk-D(d,y)) \DEF\\
+\quad is-leapyr(y) \Or d \le 365}
+\init{day=40 \And year=1962}
+\end{record}
+\end{leftside}\begin{rightside}
+\begin{record}{D}
+ day : Day \\
+ year : Year
+\inv{(mk-D(d,y)) \DEF
+ is-leapyr(y) \Or d \le 365}
+\init{day=40 \And year=1962}
+\end{record}
+\end{verbatim}\end{rightside}\end{minipage}
+
+ To go with these are \cs\betweenRecordAndInvHook,
+ \cs\betweenInvAndInitHook, \cs\betweenRecordAndInvSkip\ (default
+ .5ex $+$ .2ex $\minus$ .1ex), and \cs\betweenInvAndInitSkip\
+ (same default).
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{Acknowledgements}
+
+Many people have passed on useful suggestions and comments about \Vdm\
+and this documentation; many thanks to all of them. In particular I
+would like to acknowledge the extensive testing done by Lynn Marshall
+while preparing her thesis, and her helpful comments and ideas, and
+the numerous worthwhile discussions with Cliff Jones. Cliff, in
+particular, deserves the highest commendation for bravery, in actually
+using these macros in his book. Thanks to David Carlisle for helping
+with the conversion to \TeX~3.
+
+\end{document}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdmindex b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdmindex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9008b3e22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdmindex
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# vdmindex foo
+#
+# takes foo.idx and writes out type and function indexes on
+# typeidx.idx and fnidx.idx
+
+sed -e 's/\\unhbox \\voidb@x \\kern .06em\\vbox {\\hrule height.2exwidth.3em}\\penalty \\@postUnderPenalty \\hskip 0.1em/_/g' -e 's/@/\\sb /g' -e 's/\\atletter/@/g' \
+ $1.idx >/tmp/vdmidx$$
+cp /tmp/vdmidx$$ $1.idx
+rm -f /tmp/vdmidx$$
+egrep '({type-)|({rec-)' $1.idx |
+ sed -e 's/{type-/{/' -e 's/{rec-/{/' >typeidx.idx
+egrep '({fn-)|({op-)' $1.idx |
+ sed -e 's/{fn-/{/' -e 's/{op-/{/' >fnidx.idx
+makeindex typeidx.idx
+makeindex fnidx.idx
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdmindex.sty b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdmindex.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3df2f7a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/vdm/vdmindex.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+%%% ====================================================================
+%%% @LaTeX-style-file{
+%%% author = "Mario Wolczko",
+%%% version = "2",
+%%% date = "21 May 1992",
+%%% time = "21:10:02 BST",
+%%% filename = "vdmindex.sty",
+%%% address = "Dept of Computer Science
+%%% The University of Manchester
+%%% Oxford Road
+%%% Manchester M13 9PL
+%%% UK",
+%%% telephone = "+44-61-275-6146",
+%%% FAX = "+44-61-275-6236",
+%%% checksum = "16947 78 289 2980",
+%%% email = "mario@madarch (Internet)",
+%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%%% keywords = "LaTeX, VDM specification language, indexing",
+%%% supported = "yes",
+%%% docstring = "Modifies the behaviour of the VDM style to
+%%% facilitate indexing of types, functions and operations.",
+%%% }
+%%% ====================================================================
+%
+% The makeidx and ifthen styles must also be included in the style options when
+% using this style, eg:
+% \documentstyle[vdm,makeidx,ifthen,vdmindex,12pt...
+% \makeindex
+% See the makeindex manual for more detail on how indexing works.
+%
+% Under normal use, an index of all \type, {record}, {fn} and {op}
+% names will be written to a .idx file. After this is done, the shell
+% script vdmindex should be run, generating typeidx.ind and fnidx.ind,
+% which are then subsequently included using \include, eg:
+% \section{Index to Types}
+% \input{typeidx.ind}
+%
+% \section{Index to Functions}
+% \input{fnidx.ind}
+%
+% Any type, record, function or operation can be excluded from the
+% index by placing the command \noindex within the environment (or
+% before, for \type).
+%
+{\makeatother\global\let\atletter@}
+
+% stuff to index names
+\newcommand{\@doindex}{yes}
+\def\noindex{\gdef\@doindex{no}}
+\def\doindex{\gdef\@doindex{yes}}
+
+\def\postOperationHook{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@doindex}{yes}}%
+ {\index{op-\the\@operationName\atletter$\the\@operationName$}}%
+ {\doindex}%
+ \penalty\postOperationPenalty}
+\def\postFunctionHook{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@doindex}{yes}}%
+ {\index{fn-\the\@fnName\atletter$\the\@fnName$}}%
+ {\doindex}%
+ \penalty\postFunctionPenalty}
+\def\postTypeHook{\ifthenelse{\equal{\@doindex}{yes}}%
+ {\index{type-\the\@typeName\atletter$\the\@typeName$}}%
+ {\doindex}}
+\def\postRecordHook{%
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@doindex}{yes}}%
+ {\index{rec-\the\@recordName\atletter$\the\@recordName$}}%
+ {\doindex}%
+ \penalty\postRecordPenalty}
+
+% this overrides LaTeX's theindex env, which generates "Index"
+% and goes into two column mode.
+\def\theindex{\@restonecoltrue\if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
+%\columnseprule \z@
+%\columnsep 35pt%\twocolumn[\@makeschapterhead{Index}]
+% \@mkboth{INDEX}{INDEX}\thispagestyle{plain}
+ \parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ plus .3pt\relax\let\item\@idxitem}